UNIXHRSITV OF CALIFORNIA.
THi; SM>SS COLLECTION (F THH SEMITIC LIBKARV
OP THE UXIVERSITV OF CALIF(>KMA.
GIFT Ol'
LOUIS SLOSS.
February, 1897.
Acct^ssiou No. o9obo . Class No.
1
HEBREW AND ENGLISH
LEXICON
THE OLD TESTAMENT,
INCLUDING THE
BIBLICAL CHALDEE.
FEOM THE LATIN OF
WILLIAM GESENIUS,
LATE PROFESSOR OP THEOLOGY IN THE UNIVEBSITT OP HALLH-WITTEMBERO.
EDWAED EOBINSON,
Professor in the Unio^Jt^ata^jjal Serainary, New-Tork.
FOURTH EDITION,
WITH CORRECTIONS AND LARGE ADDITIONS, PARTLY FURNISHED BY THE AUTHOR IN
MANUSCRIPT, AND PARTLY CONDENSED FROM HIS LARGER THESAURUS.
BOSTON:
PUBLISHED BY CROCKER AND BREWSTER,
47 Washington-street.
1850.
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S19, by
CROCKER AND BREWSTER,
/%
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts.
JOHN F. TROW, PRINTIB,
49, 51, & 63 Aim-street, Ne-w-Tork.
PREFACE
TO THE EDITION OF 1844.
BY THE TRANSLATOR.
William Gesenius, the author of this work, died at Halle, October
23d, 1842, aged 56 years 8| months. His Hfe was devoted to the illus-
tration of the Hebrew language ; first, its Lexicography, and then its
Grammar and the interpretation of the Sacred Writings.
The works of Gesenius in the department of Hebrew Lexicography
have been the following, arranged chronologically.
Hehrdisch-deutsches Handworterhuch des Alien Testaments, 2 vols,
8vo. Leipz. 1810-12. The first volume was published at the age of
twenty-four, in the same year in which the Author became Professor of
Theology at Halle. Translated and published in England by Christopher
Leo : A Hebrew Lexicon, etc. 2 vols. 4to. Cambr. 1825.
Neues Hehrdisch-deutsches Handworterhuch, einer fur Schulen um-
gearheiteter Auszug, etc. 8vo. Leipz. 1815. Translated and published
in this country by J. W. Gibbs : A Hehrew and English Lexicon of the
Old Testament, etc. 8vo. Andover 1824.
Hehrdisches und Chalddisches Handworterhuch iiher das Alte Testa-
ment, 8vo. Leipz. 1823. A new and improved edition of the preceding,
introduced by a valuable Essay on the Sources of Hebrew Lexicography.
This essay was translated and printed in the Biblical Repository, 1833,
p. 1 sq.
The same work, 3d edit. Leipz. 1828. This edition received many
improvements, especially in the Particles.
Of each of the editions of the above Manual three thousand copies
were printed.
Thesaurus philologicus criticus Linguce Hebrcece et ChaldcecB Veteris
Testamenti, Tom. I. Fascic. 1. Lips. 1829. The printing was completed
two years earlier ; and this number was presented to Niemeyer, to whom
it was dedicated, on the day of his Juhilceum, in April 1827.
Lexicon Manuale Hehraicum et Chaldaicum in V. T. Libras, 8vo.
Lips. 1833.
,^ Hehrdisches und Chalddisches Handworterhuch, etc. Leipz. 1834.
A new edition of the German M^n^aL .informed to the preceding Latin
edition. (>.->OUO
IV PREFACE.
Thesaurus philologicus, etc. Tom. I. Fascic. 2. Lips. 1835. Tom. II.
Fascic. 1. ib. 1839. Fascic. 2. ib. 1840. Tom. III. Fascic. 1. ib. 1842.
This last Part includes the root ^yw and its derivatives ; and here the
Author's labours terminated. The completion of this great work, in
another Part, was intrusted by Gesenius at his death to his friend and
colleague Roediger.
The above works are all distinguished by that accurate and thorough
research, and by a skilful and judicious use of the materials collected,
which placed the Author in the first rank of modern philologists. In
them was first exhibited a complete specimen of what may be termed
the historico-logical method of lexicography ; which first investigates
the primary and native signification of a word, and then deduces from
it in logical order the subordinate meanings and shades of sense, as
found in various constructions and in the usage of different ages and
writers ; which, in short, presents a logical and historical view of each
word in all its varieties of signification and construction. This is doubt-
less the only true method ; and it was ably followed out* by Passow in
his admirable Greek Lexicon.
Of all the labours of Gesenius above enumerated, it will be seen that,
with the exception of the present work, only the two earliest have been
translated into English.
The work of which the present volume is a translation, was com-
menced in the year 1827 ; and was at first intended to be nothing more
than a Latin version of the German edition of 1828, for the use of foreign
students unacquainted with the German tongue. But about this time,
the views of comparative philology, especially in respect to the Indo-
European languages, developed by Bopp and Grimm in various works,
and applied to the Hebrew and its kindred tongues by Hupfeld, Ewald,
and others, appear to have given a new direction, or rather a new im-
pulse, to the studies of Gesenius ; and these pursuits, together with
ofiicial duties, caused a suspension of the Thesaurus, and also protracted
the completion of the Latin Manual until the close of 1832. At the
same time the character of the latter was greatly changed ; and it
became a new and independent work, drawn chiefly from the materials
collected for the Thesaurus under the influence of these more extended
views.
The work thus exhibited a great advance upon the previous labours
of the Author ; both in the wider range of scientific principles, and in
the skill and tact of their practical application. The main point of dis-
tinction was, and is, a more careful and thorough investigation of the
primary signification of the Hebrew roots ; the reference of whole fami-
lies of triliteral roots to single biliteral ones, which are mostly onomato-
pceetic ; and the illustration of these latter from the analogy of the
Indo-European tongues, viz. the Sanscrit, Zend, Persian, Greek, Latin,
PREFACE.
Gothic, Glerman, English, and other kindred dialects. Here it is found,
that the Hebrew and the Semitic dialects generally, in their primary-
elements, (not in their grammatical structure,) approach much nearer to
the great family of Eastern and Western languages, than has usually
been supposed. From a similar comparison of other languages is also
given a more full and complete exposition of the power and use of the
Hebrew particles and pronouns. From all these sources, the Author
was able, both in the Latin Manual and especially in the later Parts
of the Thesaurus, not indeed to obtain a new basis for Hebrew
Grammar and Lexicography, but certainly to enlarge and strengthen
the old one by new courses of solid materials and a new and firmer
cement.
The same remarks apply to the tenth edition of the Author's smaller
Hebrew Grammar, published in 1831 ; and reprinted in the eleventh
and twelfth editions, in 1834 and 1839, without great change. The
thirteenth edition, bearing extensive marks of further progress, was pub-
lished in 1842.
To Gesenius unquestionably belongs the high merit of having given
an impulse and interest to the cultivation of Hebrew Literature, far
beyond any thing which has been felt since the days of the Buxtorfs.
At the commencement of his labours, Hebrew learning in Germany, as
elsewhere, was at a very low ebb. In the autumn of 1829, the writer
was present at the opening of his course of Lectures on the Book of
Grenesis. He then stated, as illustrating the progress of this branch of
literature, that he was now about to lecture on that book for the tenth
time in course ; that when twenty years before he had commenced his
career in Halle with the same course, the number of his hearers was but
fourteen ; and that he had then felt gratified, inasmuch as his colleague,
the celebrated Vater, had lectured on the same book the preceding year
to a class of only seven. This statement was made to a class of more
than five hundred hearers. But among the thousands who had been his
pupils, many of whom were now devoting their lives to Hebrew and
Oriental learning ; and also among others who had been led on by his
example and instructed by his labours ; it would have been strange
indeed, had there arisen none to penetrate further than he into some of
the various departments and recesses of Hebrew philology. And it is
perhaps, at the present day, a singular merit in Gesenius, that he was
among the first to admit and adopt, with full acknowledgment, every
valuable suggestion, from whatever quarter it might come ; and also
every result which would bear examination, however contrary it might
be to his own previous views. The following sentence is doubtless a
fq^ir and candid exposition of his creed and practice on this point :
" Unwearied personal observation and an impartial examination of the
researches of others ; the grateful admission and adoption of every real
VI PREFACE.
advance and illustration of science ; but also a manly foresight and
caution, which does not with eager levity adopt every novelty thrown
out in haste and from the love of innovation ; all these must go hand
in hand, wherever scientific truth is to be successfully promoted."* To
the sincerity of this language the following pages bear ample testimony,
as do all his later works, in the frequent references and acknowledgments
to the works of Winer, Ewald, and others.
If therefore it be true, that others have in various respects made
advances upon the earlier works of Gesenius, it may be said without
hesitation, that these advances bear no proportion to those which he has
made upon himself, in the present work as compared with former editions
of his Manual, and in the later numbers of the Thesaurus as compared
with the first.
The master of a wide and useful movement in the human mind has
now been removed from the sphere of his labours ; but those labours
and their fruits will long live after him. Let the present state of the
study and interpretation of the Bible, and especially of the Old Testament,
be compared Avith what it was thirty years ago, when Gesenius com-
menced his career, and it will be seen that in no department of theo-
logical or philological learning has the advance been more rapid and
great. The study of the Hebrew Scriptures is no longer an isolated
pursuit, repulsive from the want of scientific helps, and the jargon of
unmeaning technical terms. Indeed, it may be safely affirmed, that, at
the present day, the lexicography and grammar of the Old Testament
stand upon a higher step of scientific philology, than do those of the
New.t
Out of Germany and Denmark, the influence of this movement in
behalf of the Hebrew has been perhaps most perceptible in this western
hemisphere. The good sense and ardour of Prof Stuart early led him
to adopt the philological principles and results of Gesenius, and to apply
them zealously and successfully in the wide field of his own labour.
His Hebrew Grammar, first published in 1821, was founded on those
principles ; and the successive issue of six editions testifies to the spirit
awakened, and the results produced, by his efforts in this department of
theology. This was followed in 1824 by Prof. Gibbs' translation of the
Hebrew and German Manual of Gesenius, which removed many of the
difficulties still remaining in the way of the student. The publication
of Halm's Hebrew Bible in 1831, and the Latin Manual of Gesenius in
1833, furnished great additional facilities ; and large numbers of both
these works were constantly imported. The translation of tiiis Manual
by the writer first appeared in 1836, in an edition of three thousand
Pref. to Heb. Gram. edit. 11, p. 7.
t For a fuller account of the life, character, and labours of Gesenius, the reader is referred to
the EiBLioTHECA Sacra, 1843, p. 361 sq.
PREFACE. yil
copies ; which were all sold at the end of six years. Meanwhile the
public received the excellent Hebrew Grammar of Dr. Nordheimer in
two volumes, 1839-41, of which the first volume has been reprinted ;
and likewise Prof. Conant's translation of Gesenius' Elementary Hebrew
Grammar, Bost. 1839, Lond. 1840.
When it became necessary in 1841 to prepare a new edition of the
present work, Gesenius wrote proposing to furnish his own corrections
and additions, made during an interval of several years while carrying
at least four fasciculi of his Thesaurus through the press. Thb arrange-
ment was entered into ; and the corrected copy of the first 384 pages of
the Latin Manual, extending to the end of the letter Heth (n), was trans-
mitted in April 1842. It was a transcript of his own copy prepared for
a new edition of the same work, which he expected to put to press near
the close of the same year. The portion sent covers nearly the wlu)le
of the first two fasciculi of the Thesaurus, which were completed in 1827
and 1835 ; and comprises all his emendations to those two earliest parts
of his great work. With these his own revision of the Manual ceased.
The remainder of the copy was received after his death. It contained,
however, for the most part, only short hints and references, noted down
by the Author for future use ; but not wrought out by him and incor-
porated into the work. The labour therefore devolved upon the Trans-
lator of carrying out the remainder of the Lexicon in the same spirit, by
conforming it to the latest views of the Author as exhibited in the
Thesaurus. Under these circumstances it is a gratifying fact, that the
Author was spared to revise just those earliest portions of the work which
stood most in need of correction, and as to which there is yet no printed
record of his latest views ; while in the remaining portion, the Translator
had only to follow those Parts of the Thesaurus which had recently
appeared, and of course required comparatively very little correction.
His effort was to make the new edition a condensed copy of that great
work ; and perhaps the conformity is most complete in those portions
not revised by the Author himself. A large number of the articles,
especially the most important, had to be entirely rewritten.
The Translator has added nothing of his own ; except an occasional
remark or reference, always with his signature. Nothing more seemed
to be necessary ; since the work , is purely philological, and rarely pre-
sents an allusion to theological views. In respect to new expositions of
various passages, which the Author had formerly been led to propose, it
was his own remark, that the older he grew the more he was inclined
to return in very many cases to the long-received methods of interpreta-
tion. The later numbers of his Thesaurus, as also the following pages,
furnish abundant testimony to the sincerity of this declaration.
PEETACE
TO THE THIRD EDITION,
The sale of a second impression of three thousand copies of the
Lexicon, in less than five years, rendered necessary early measures for
the preparation of a new edition. As the Author now rests from his
labours ; and his colleague Roediger, to whom he intrusted the comple-
tion of his Thesaurus, was understood to have nearly finished the manu-
script ; it seemed advisable to conform the present Lexicon every where
to the latest views expressed in the Thesaurus and the accompanying
corrections, and then give to the Avork a permanent form. Measures were
accordingly taken to insure the reception of the sheets from the German
publisher at the earliest moment ; and the process of stereotyping the
pages was begun and continued, until interrupted by the delay of the
Thesaurus in Germany. It appears from the latest intelligence, that
although the concluding fasciculus of that work is completed in manu-
script, yet the printing and publication are likely to be delayed many
months, both for the sake of final revision, and in consequence of the
deranged state of public affairs and the general stagnation of business.
Meanwhile, the former edition of this Translation being entirely ex-
hausted, the publishers, in order to meet the pressing demand, determined
to strike off" a limited impression from the plates so far as finished, and
the rest from types. Accordingly, the present volume is thus printed
from the plates as far as to p. 1032 inclusive, with the exception of pp.
623-634. This portion, having been thoroughly revised, is now perma-
nent ; and exhibits the latest views of Gesenius, as contained in the
Thesaurus or transmitted to the Translator in manuscript just before the
Author's decease. The remaining portion has also been carefully revised
and compared with the later writings of the Author ; but can receive its
permanent form only when the publication of the Thesaurus shall have
been completed.
It is not too much to say, that the present volume, even now, exhibits
the only full summary of the latest labours and results of Gesenius in
the department of Hebrew Lexicography. No other work yet published,
of whatever pretensions, bears a like close relation to the Thesaurus and
to the later views and corrections of its Author.
In this final revision, the Translator has made numerous corrections,
and has occasionally added new information from later sources ; but
PREFACE. IX
always preceded by a bracket, and followed by the letter R. The most
important change of this kind is in the article !i3 . Great care has been
taken to secure the utmost correctness. The sheets have been read
once by my friend and associate Mr. W. W. Turner, the extent and
accuracy of whose learning as a Hebrew scholar and general philologist
are well known ; and the last proofs have always passed under my own
eye and been laboriously compared throughout with the originals. The
scriptural references will be found at least to be more correct than those
of the Thesaurus or the Latin Manual. Very many corrections in the
work itself, and much of the minute filing, have been contributed by
Mr. Turner ; and occasionally a remark added at his suggestion is dis-
tinguished by the letter T.
NOTE TO THE FOUKTH EDITION.
When the third edition of this work was published, nearly two years
ago, it was hoped that the Thesaurus of Gesenius would be completed
without much delay ; so that the whole of the present volume might be
conformed to it, and issued in a permanent shape. This hope has not
been fulfilled ; it being understood that no progress has been made
in the printing of the Thesaurus during the interval. The latter portion
of the volume is therefore again printed in letter-press, as before, with
some minor corrections.
E. ROBINSON.
Union Theological Seminary,
NeiD- York, Nov. 1850.
FOR THE STUDENT.
The following are the full Titles of works by the Author (and one by the
Translator) often referred to in the following pages :
Thesaur.
Lehrgb. or Lgb.
Heb. Gr.
Gesch. der Heb. Spr.
Comment, on Is.
Monumm. Fhoen.
Bibl. Sea, in Palest.
Thesaurus Philologicus criticus Linguce HebrtB<B et Chaldcem V, T.
See Pref. p. iii, iv.
Lehrgeh&ude der Hebrdischen Sprache, Leipz. 1817.
Hebrdische Grammatik, 14th edition, revised by Roediger, Leipz.
1845. English, with the same divisions, Hebrew Grammar, etc.
by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847 ; also by T. J. Conant, New-York,
1847.
Geschichte der Hebrdischen Sprache und Schrift, Leipz. 1815.
Der Prophet Jesaia, ubersetzt und mit einem Commentar begleitet,
4 Theile, Leipz. 1820-21. The first Part, containing the Trans-
lation, was reprinted separately in 1829.
ScripturcB Linguaque Phaenicice Monumenta quotquot supersunt,
4to. Lips. 1837.
Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai, and Arabia Petreea,
hy E. Robinson and E. Smith. 3 vols. Boston, 1841. Lond. 1841.
The references to this work were made by Gesenius in all those
parts of the Thesaurus and Manual prepared by him after its
publication. In the other parts they have been added by the
Translator.
For Addenda, see p. 1120.
'* ./N.
LEXICON.
^
The name Aleph, like those of the
other letters, is of Phenician origin, and
signifies o.r, bullock, i. q. Heb. C]^i* . So
Plutarch. Q,ua;st. Sympos. IX. 2 : Aleph
is put before the other letters 3iu joig
fpolrixag oito) xaXuy rov (ioiiv. The
name is derived from the form of this
letter in the most ancient alphabet, re-
presenting the rude outline of a bullock's
head, still found in the remains of the
Phenician dialect: /Ri J^*^' Aa a
numeral it denotes unity or 1 ; and with
two points above (St), 1000.
Of all the Hebrew gutturals Aleph
has the softest pronunciation, being ut-
tered with a slight breathing from the
throat or rather lungs, like the Greek
epiritus lenis, and the French h in habit,
homme, which we are apt to neglect,
because we cannot give them correctly.
And since by a sort of common usage in
languages, especially in those of the
Semitic family, (comp. Ewald in Heb.
Gram. 31.) the stronger and harsher
letters in the course of time become by
degrees softened and give place to
smoother ones, we hence see why in
Arameean, in the later Hebrew, and in
Arabic, the stronger gutturals n and S
are softened into fi*. E. g. h'4'^T\f},
V^L^^; ^^rP'n, '^^l, ^'^.P,^; 1i-^
Jer. 52, 15 for "(1"^ multitude, etc.
But, vice versa, X sometimes passes
over into Si and 5 ; and in general,
these letters, being very similar in pro-
nunciation, are very oft^en interchanged
with one another. Comp. Tf -i in the
later Hebrew for the common "n^'X ; 3l3^<
ear of grain, comp. Syr. I^aaoi flower ;
rtxs and nns, nxb and nnb ; also OJS
and BSS to be sad ; 1>iX and TlS to turn
(both of them also in Ethiopic) ; i>Sta and
I
b?a to pollute ; SStn and 25n to abhor ;
N^a and yna to suck in, to drink ; DXno
suddenly, from yrjo a moment, etc.
Wlaere Aleph is to be still more soft-
ened, it passes over into the quiescents 1
and ', as "inx and in'j to make one ; ti^Jj
*a1uI to learn; DX"), D'^n, buffalo; lia
for "ixa a well. Hence it comes, that
many verbs S<a accord in signification
with verbs is , comp. Heb. Gr. 76. 2 ;
e. g. lanx and v:^'^ ; ttJsx , Syr. y-iJ , to be
sick.
In respect to the forms of words it may
be noted: a) That X without a vowel at
the beginning of a word is often dropped
by aphffiresis, as ^3n3X, isns, we ; "i^X,
later 'li , who, which, what ; *inx and in
one, Ez. 33, 30; Q'^-iion fo/ ni-i!iDxn
Ecc. 4, 14 ; comp. Lehrgeb. p. 135, 136.
b) But also at the beginning of words, a
prosthetic X is often prefixed, comp.
Lehrgeb. p. 139. See cn-'aas , n-iDax ,
nsiiasax, V'S"!'?'*- This is done chiefly,
where a word otherwise begins with two
consonants separated in pronunciation
only by a movable Sheva, as 5ilT , JiitX,
the arm; VauJX Aram, biao grape (in
which both forms occur) ; also r]''"'B!!* for
ni"iQ progeny; Cliax for !:i'"ia the fist;
Ijnx for i;?) a gift ;' "iTax for ats false.
Comp. Gr. x^^? and ex^^ig yesterday,
and also similar examples in the transi-
tion from Latin to French, as spiritus,
esprit; status, etat. In the Syriac man-
ner X is also added before the letter *^ ;
as '^'^ and ''ttjix Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, 12.
*3^ m. constr. ''ax,c. suffl T'asj,
J^-'ax, cs'^ax, l pers. ''ax (from ax);
Plur. niax , constr. max , c. suff". "^nax ,
C3"Tnhx, crax and on-^nax, father.
It is a primitive word, see note ; and is
common to all the Semitic dialects, Arab.
nM
2
nM
i^t, constr. ot, _j|, Utj Chald. and
Syr. Stast, t^f.
1, In a proper sense, Gen. 19, 31 sq.
44, 19. 20. al. ssepiss. But the word
father often has a wider sense ; see
Fessehi Adv. Sacra VI. 6. E. g.
' 2. i. q. forefather, ancestor, 1 K. 15, 11.
2 K. 14, 3. 15, 38. 16, 2. al. E. g. a grand-
father. Gen. 28, 13. 31, 42. 32, 10. 37, 35;
a great-grandfather, Num. 18, 1. 2. 1 K.
15, 11. 24. al. Is. 43, 27 X'Jn "pUJX'in T^-^tix
collect, thy first forefathers sinned.
Very frequent in Plur. niax fathers,
i. e. forefathers, Gen. 15, 15. Ps. 45, 17.
For the phrase ni2X-^5< ^1^^?.) see un-
der ClOiJ.
3. i. q. the founder, author, i. e. first
ancestor of a tribe or nation. Gen. 10, 21.
17, 4. 5. 19, 37. 36, 9. 43. Josh. 24, 3.
Here we may refer Gen. 4, 21 the fa-
ther of all such as handle the harp and
the pipe, i. e. the founder of the family
of musicians, the inventor of the art of
music.
4. Of the author or maker of any
thing, espec. a creator ; Job 38, 28 hath
the rain a father 7 i. e. creator. In this
sense God is called the father of men,
their Creator, Is. 63, 16. 64, 7. Deut. 32,
6 ; comp. Jer. 2, 27. Here too may be
referred Job 34, 36 ni'S jna'^ "^as , Vulg.
vd pater, probetur Jobus, i. e. m,y Father,
let Job be tried ; but the sense is lan-
guid. Others not unaptly make "'SX i. q.
liast wo!
The above tropical senses come from
the notion of source, origin; others are
drawn from the idea of paternal love and
care, the honour due to a father, etc. E.g.
5. i. q. a nursing father, benefactor, as
doing good and providing for others in
the manner of a father. Job 29, 16 I was
a father to the poor. Ps. 68, 6 a father
to the fatfierless. Is. 22, 21 a father to
the inhabitants of Jerusalem, spoken of
Eliakim the prefect of the palace. Is.
9, 5 "15 ''^if. tlie everlasting father oi his
people, i. e. the Messiah ; comp. pater
patriae among the Romans. By the
same metaphor God is called ihcfatlier
of the righteous and of kings, and these
also are called his sons, 2 Sara. 7, 14.
1 Chr. 17, 13. 22, 10. Ps. 89, 57. 28.
6. For a master, teacher^ from the idea
of paternal instruction, 1 Sam. 10, 12.
Hence priests and prophets, as teachers
sent with divine authority, are saluted
with the title o father, out of respect
and honotr, even by kings, 2 K. 2, 12. 5,
13. 6, 21. 13, 14. (comp. 8, 9.) Judg. 17, 10
be unto me a father and a priest. 18, 19.
So the Rabbins are called niax fathers y
much as we use the honorary appellation
of fathers of the church, the holy father
i. e. the pope.
7. Spec, father of the king, in a similar
sense, i. e. his chief adviser and prime
minister, whom the modern orientals call
Vizier. Gen. 45, 8 nsisb ax^ la^'i^jil
and hath made me a father to Pharaoh.
So Haman is said to be Stintgog nuTi^Q
to Artaxerxes, Sept. Esth. 3, 13; comp.
1 Mace. 11, 32. Comp. also Turkish
vioLJi AtAbe\ father-prince, and Lala
father, spoken of the Vizier ; see Ja-
blonsky Opusc. ed. te Water, T. I. p. 206.
Barhebrsei Chron. Syr. p. 219. I. 15.
Some of the ancient interpreters uli-
derstand the same by the word T^t!^!*
Gen. 41, 43; explaining it father of the
king,or of the land, kingdom; so Luther.
8. As expressing intimate relationship,
close alliance. Job 17, 14 ''riX'il? nnub
npix lax to the grave J said, thou art
my father ; and in the other hemistich,
to the worm, thou art my mother and
my sister; comp. Ps. 88, 19.
9. In Arab, and Ethiopic, the name
father is also put trop. for possessor, and
is spoken of one who excels in any thing,
and is distinguished for it, e. g. |*Lui jjI
father of odours, i. e. an odoriferous tree.
So in Heb. only in pr. names, e. g.
mbl^ax father of peace, i. e. pacific.
Note. The grammatical form of this
noun may be said to follow the analogy
of verbs rtb, as if for Mas, Lehrg. 118.
Still it is no doubt primitive ; since
both ax father and DX mother imitate
the simplest labial sounds of the infant;
as also nanag (TTannu^o)), papa, pappus,
avus, Turk. Uu. Besides the usual
form of the constr. ''ax there is also
an ancient form ax, or also ax, (like 1|^,
03*1^,) found only in compound proper
names, as onnax, Dib\;iax, "in^ax; al-
though even in these the form ''ax is also
often employed, as Tj^a-^a^, 'ijS'^ax.
IM
3
HM
Once in Gen. 17,4. 5, the form a stands
alone, in order to render the etymology
of Bfi'^ax more distinct and obvious.
a Chald. m.c. suff. 1 pers. "^a^ ; TjISK ,
iniSX ; plur. 'nax , the letter n being
inserted (comp. tt^ii), father, i. q. Heb.
3K , Dan. 2, 23. Ezra 4, 15. 5, 12. Perh.
for grandfather, Dan. 5, 2.
3S m. (r. 22J<) greenness, green, ver-
dure, of a plant. Job 8, 12 iaxa ^SViS
while yet in its greenness, i. e. yet green
and flourishing. Cant. 6, 11 bnsn "^ax
the greens (green things) of the valley ;
Vulg. poma, after the Chaldee usage.
2*
Arab. u>! green fodder.
a Chald. (r. 22J)/rMi, c. suff. ina3,
the Dag. forte being resolved into Nun,
Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18. In Targg. often for '"iB .
* ^3^ in Heb. not used ; Chald. Pa.
336* to bear fruit, espec. early ripe, pre-
cocious fruit. Syr. v.Tnqi to blossom. In
Arab, and Heb. it seems to have signifi-
ed to be green, verdant, to sprout, etc. see
the deriv. ax greenness, a*'3J< green ear.
The primary idea would seem to be that
of protruding, sprouting with impetus,
comp. Engl, to burst forth, to shoot.
Germ, treiben, whence -S pr. young
shoots ; so as to have affinity with the
roots nsij , ax"^ > ^-l^* 5 which express de-
sire, eager impulse ; see anx .
^^^?^ Abagtha, Pers. pr. n. of a eu-
nuch of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. It seems to
be i. q. Knss , and may be explained from
the Sanscr. bagad&ta ' a fortuna datus' ;
from baga fortune, the sun. (Bohlen.)
* ''^^ fut. ISb^i , and at the end of a
clause *iaK^.
1. Prop, to lose oneself, to be lost, to
icander about, espec. of a sheep wander-
ing from the flock and lost ; Arab. Jul to
flee away wild into the desert, to lose
oneself in the waste. So "lak nv} a sheep
lost and wandering, Ps. 119, 176 ; comp.
Jer. 50, 6. Ez. 34, 4. 16. Of men. Is.
27, 13 "i^iss ,r'nxa O'^nakn who are lost
in the land of Assyria, i. e. wander as
exiles. Deut. 26, 5 nax "^a-ix a wander-
ing Syrian. Also of things, e. g. of
streams which lose themselves in the
desert, Job 6, 18. Metaph. of wisdom
become extinct, Is. 29, 14. Hence
2. to perish, to be destroyed; Syr.
Samar. id. The Arabic in this sense
has the kindr. t>U . Spoken of persons
and other living things as perishing, Ps.
37, 20. Job 4, 11 ; sometimes with b?a
Y^.i<n Deut. 4, 26. 11, 17. Josh. 23, 13. 16"
Also of a land or houses which are laid
waste, Jer. 9, 11. Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of
hope, desires, vows, as failing, being dis-
appointed, Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10. Prov. 10,28.
1 1, 7. Ez. 12, 22. Constr. with b of pers.
1 Sam. 9, 3. 20 ; seq. '^"0 Deut. 22, 3. Job
11, 20 onsTa nax oiso their refuge per-
isheth. Jer. 25^ 35. Ps. 142. 5. Ez. 7, 26
D'^ajr-'TTa nssi '(n'sn laxn nyln the law
shall perish from the priest and counsel
from the aged, i. e. shall forsake them,
comp. Jer. 18, 18. 49, 7. Hence Deut.
32, 28 niS5 las 'ia a nation whose
counsel is perished, void of counsel, Vulg.
consilii expers. Jer. 4, 9 T^^Bti ab nas^
the heart of the king shall perish, i. e. for
fear and terror. Job 8, 13 Cjsn nifsM
laxn and [so] shall the hope of the im-
pious man perish. Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10.
Prov. 10, 28.
3. to be ready to perish, i. e. to be
wretched, miserable. Part, lax one
wretched, miserable, unfortunate. Job
29, 13. 31, 19. Prov. 31, 6.
PiEL'iax 1. fo Zose, pr. to let be lost,
to give up as lost, Ecc. 3, 6.
2. to make wander, to scatter a flock,
Jer. 23, 1.
3. to cause to perish, to destroy ; Ecc.
7, 7 njPjTa a^rx lax^ a gift destroyeth
i. e. corrupteth the mind. Seq. "yO , to de-
stroy out of any thing, Jer. 51, 55. Spec,
a) Of things, to destroy, to lay waste, 2 K.
19, 18. Num. 33, 52. Deut. 12, 2. ]in na
to waste one's substance, Prov. 29, 3. b)
Of men, to destroy, to kill, to put to death,
Esth. 3, 9. 13. 2 K. 11, 1. 13, 7.
Hi PH. '''axn i. q. Pi. to destroy, to cut
off, as men and nations, Deut. 7, 10. 8, 20 ;
sometimes with the addition of C5n a'^iso
Lev. 23, 30 ; B-iaTari rnni? Deut.V, 24 ;
also of a land, to lay waste, Zeph. 2, 5 ;
of hope. Job 14, 19. Very rarely the
quiescent S in 1 pers. fut. is dropped, as
nniax for nniass Jer. 46, 8.
Deriv. naj< '("lax .
iza^
4^'
iSi
*15^ Chald. fut. 'lax;:, to perish. Jer.
10, 11.'
Aph. "J3in, fut. T^ifTi, inf: tTiain, fo
destroy, to cut off. Daii. 2, 12. 18^ 24.
HoPH. *i?in, after the Heb. manner,
Dan, 7, 11.
^?^ m. 1. one wretched, unfortu-
nate ; see r. *i2X no. 3.
2. Participial noun, destruction, Num.
24, 20. 24. See Lehrg. p. 488.
^'7^^ ^ (Tseri impure) 1. a thing
lost, something missing, Ex. 22, 8. Lev.
5, 22. 23.
2. i. q. "ji'^SX p/ace o/" destructicni,
abyss, i. e. Sheol, Hades, Prov. 27, 20
Chethibh.
'J'WDS?. m. 1. destruction, Job 31, 12.
2. ^^ace of destruction, abyss, nearly
eynon. with bixir , Job 26, 6. 28, 22. Prov.
15, 11.
'j'lli? m. verbal of Piel for 'j'i35< , hence
without Dag. lene in 1, destruction,
slaughter, Esth. 9, 5.
I'lllij constr. 'j'i2N id. destruction
death, Esth. 8, 6. ' ^
* ^^^ fut. n2X'' , pr. to breathe after,
to desire ; comp. the kindred roots H1X ,
nx^, nsn, also snx, aan, Lat. aveo.^
Hence
1. to be willing; inclined, disposed ; to
will, always with a negative partic. ex-
cept Is. 1, 19. Job 39, 9. Constr. c. infin.
either simpl. Deut. 2, 30. 10, 10. 25, 7. Is.
30, 9; or with b, which however be-
longs rather to prose, Lev. 26. 21. 2 Sam.
13, 14. 16. Exod. 10, 27 crk-dib nax xb
he would not let them go. Job 39, 9
Tj-ias cn "5i<^n will the buffalo be will-
ing to serve thee 7 Ako c. ace. Prov. 1,
25 ; absol. Is. 1, 19 cnrrrii ssxn ox if
ye be willing and obedient, lit. if ye con-
sent and obey ; see in bx^ Hiph. no. 2.
Prov, 1, 10. With dat. of pers. to be
villing towards any one. willing-mind-
ed, <o obey (often with synon. b IfOli),
Ps. 81, 12. Deut. 13j 9. Prov. 1, 30. "
2. to drsire, i. e. to want, to need, a
eignif fonnd in the derivatives ''iSJ*,
Note. In Arabic this vcrl) lian the
sense to be unwilling, to rifuife. to loathe,
corresponding to Heb. nsK Kb . But this
must not be regarded as a contrary sig-
nification ; since the idea of inclining,
which in Heb. implies towards any one,
expressing good will. Germ. Zuneigung,
is in Arabic merely referred to the oppo-
site direction, i. e. from or against any
one, expressing ill vfi\\,GeTm.Abneigung,
1. e. aversion, loathing; whence ,ejUo
stinking swamp-water, pr. loathsome,
s ^f.
S*Ljf a reed growing in marshes, bul-
rush ; comp. cax , "(i^lS ,
Deriv. nrs , and those under no. 2.
^?^ m. reed, bulrush, papyrus, i. q.
Arab. S^ul, collect. gDt, see r. nnx
note ; although the Heb. word might
come from the notion of a reed with its
top inclined, bowed down, comp. Is.
58, 5. Once Job 9, 26 nrx ni'sx skiffs
of reed, i. e. boats or skiffs made of the
papyrus of the Nile, in common use
among the Egyptians and Ethiopians,
and famous for their lightness and swift- "^
ness ; see Comment, on Is. 18, 2. Others
translate ships of desire, i. e. hasting
with eager desire to the haven, Symm.
vttval annSoicaig. The reading na'^X,
which is exhibited in 44 Mss. is doubt-
less to be pronounced '^^'^^^ ' ^^^ ^^ ^
explained of hostile or robber-ships,
which likewise sail swiftly ; this gives a
very good parallelism to the eagle in the
other hemistich pouncing upon his prey.
So the Syr. The same sense would also
be expressed by the common reading, if
for tlax it were written n2S .
''1-2!! m. (r. M2N no. 2) want, poverty,
wretchedness, once Prov. 23. 29 ; aft(T the
form biap , prob. for tlie sake of paro-
nomasia with the words "'is and "'"in,
comp. Lehrg. p. 374 note r, and Is. 15,
4. 17, 1. 59, 13. So Abulwalid, whom
we do not hesitate to follow. Kimchi,
who is followed by most interpreters,
makes it an exclamation of pain. O! wo!
like "^"ix and "'in. Comp. Gr. /5oT,
Arist. Pac. 1066.
0^285 m. (r. C2X) by Syrinsui for
Diax , whence constr. CS3X Is. 1, 3 ; plur.
CpiSX ; a .ttall, stable, born, where cat-
tle are fed Job 39, 9 ; and fodder stored
Prov. 14, 4. The signif .ttall is also ap-
propriate in Is. 1,3 ; where however Sept.
na
Sb
^3K
and Vulg. render preBsepe, i. e. crib,
manger, which both here and in Job
1. c. is not IcBs apt and probable. Comp.
Arab. ^A, Chald. ^n!i!t, stall and crib.
So 013X is also used in the Talmud.
'^T^ a root of doubtful signif perh.
i. q. T(35< , ^Bf^ , to turn, to turn about.
Hence
nnn f. once, Ez. 21, 20 snn rnsH
a turning of the sword, i. e. a sword
turning itself, perh. glittering, i. q. 2^n
pscnn^ Gen. 3, 24. But more proba-
bly it should here read : S'ln rnsa tlie
slaughter of the sword ; and this con-
jecture is supported by the Sept. atpnyta
i^ofi(paiag, Chald. XS'^n "'^tijs , and the
words of the text whicli follow, ah ! it is
made bright, it is sharpened for slaugh-
ter, naob ; comp. v. 14. 15. The Greek
words aqxiyiov, acpny^, are elsewhere
often put for the Heb. nn'j , nnsa , nhiJ .
O'ln'^ranS (r. naa, by transp. for
ttaa , gr.A^ to cook) m. plur. melons,
Num. 11, 5. Corresponding is Arab.
6 - -
^ ^y^"^ by transp. for ^jjuJs from J^lo
to cook, to ripen ; like Gr. ninwv melon,
squash, from ninxta, comp. ilJiS . The
Hebrews prefixed the prosthetic X .
From the above Arabic word comes the
Spanish budiecas, French pasteques.
''IS? pr. n. f. Abi, the mother of Heze-
kiah. 2 K. 18, 2. In the parallel passage
2 Chr. 29, 1, she is called more fully and
correctly n*ax , which is also read in
some copies in 2 K. 1. c.
jinbr^nS (father of strength, i. e.
strong, from r. ^.../JLa praevaluit) Abi-
albon, pr. n. of one of David's officers,
2 Sam. 23, 31 ; called also bstiax 1 Chr.
11,32.
bS'^Si? (father of strength, i. e.
strong) Abiel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 32,
see "I'iabs-'asit . b) The grandfather of
king Saul, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. In the
genealogical table in 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9. 39,
Ner is said to have been the grandfather
of Saul ; but according to 2 Sam. 14, 5,
he was his uncle. The true descent was
as follows :
1*
Abiel
A
Kish Ner
I I
Saul Abncr.
?1DK''3S (father of gathering, i. e.
gatherer.) Abiasaph, pr. n. of a Levite
of the family of Korah, Ex. 6, 24 ; called
also no-^ax 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22. 9, 19.
^''^SJ m. (r. aax) an ear of grain, a
green ear, Lev. 2, 14. Ex. 9, 31 nnism
a.^a!<(3) the barley was in the ear;
comp. for the syntax Cant. 2, 13. ninH
a'^axn the month Abib, i. e. of green
ears, afterwards called 'iD^S Nisan, be-
ginning with the new moon of April, or,
according to the Rabbins, of March ;
the first month of the Heb. year, Ex.
13, 4. 23, 15. Deut. 16, 1.
'??'^-?^ (whose father is exultation)
Abigail, pr. n. f a) The wife ofNabal
and afterwards of David, 1 Sam. 25, 3. 14 ;
called also by contr. ^r?** v. 32. 2 Sam.
of- ^of-
3, 3 Cheth. Comp. Arab, lit for ijMjf
what ? b) A sister of David, 1 Chr. 2,
16 ; called also bs-^ax 2 Sam. 17, 25.
n*^^^ (father of the judge) Abidan,
pr. n. of a phylarch or chief of the tribe
of Benjamin in the time of the exodus,
Num. 1, 11. 2, 22.
i^'7''^^ (father of knowledge, i. e.
knowing, wise) Abidah. pr. n. of a son of
Midian, Gen. 25. 4.
"'f^^ (i. q. in*3X whose faiher is
Jehovah) pr. n. Abijah.
1. Masc. a) The second son of Sam-
uel, 1 Sam. 8, 2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8. c)
1 K. 14, 1. d) 1 Chr. 24, 10. Neh. 10, 8.
e) i. q. It^^ax king of Judah, see the
next article.
2. Fem. a) I Chr. 2, 24. b) See in
^ax.
in^Sl^ (whose father is Jehovah)
also "^^^^ (id.) pr. n. Abijah, king of
Judah, son and successor of Rehoboam,
2 Chr. 13, 1 sq. In the books of Kings
always written 3jax Abijam, 1 K. 14,
31. 15, 1. 7. 8, i. e. father of the sea, vir
maritimus.
^ni^
6
''Ml'
MlSl^'ii^ (to whom He, i. e. God, is
father) pr. n. Abihu, a eon of Aaron,
slain by fire from Grod for offering un-
lawful sacrifice. Lev. 10, 1 sq.
"l^tTiSblt (whose father is Judah, i. q.
nnsirri las^) Abihud, pr. n. m. 1 Cfir. 8, 3.
b;>n'iai5 (perh. for ^?n-3) Abihail,
pr. n. f. a) Tlie wife of Rehoboam, 2
Chr. 11, 18. b) 1 Chr. 2, 29.
'ji'iriS adj. (r. nax no. 2) 1. needy,
poor, Deut. 15, 4. 7. 11. Sons of the
needy, i. e. the needy, the poor, Ps. 72,
4 J see "|2 no. 8.
2. poor, i. e. afflicted, distressed,
vxretched, often coupled with synon. ''SS .
Ps. 40, 18 '|i'^3i') "i:^ "'SXI and I am poor
and afflicted.' io, 6. 81, 1. 109, 22. Spec.
like ''i^ , spoken of one who suffers un-
justly, with the accessory idea of humble
and pious feeling ; whence in Am. 2, 6
]p''^5t and ')i''SX are joined. Also of a
whole people subjected to suffering and
calamity, e. g. the Israelites in exile, Is.
41, 17 ; comp. 25, 4. In the same sense
the sect of the Ebionites adopted this
name, as being ol Tixmxul tw nrfvfiun, av
ivTiv i] ^uaiXda iwv ov^avwv Matt. 5, 3.
nil^^i? f pr. desire, appetite, lust, from
r.nax no. 1 ; then the caper-berry, which
is said to be a provocative of appetite and
lust, Plut. aua?st. Symp. 6. 2. Plin. H.
N. 13. 23. ib. 20. 15. Once Ecc. 12, 5.
So Sept. Vulg. Syr. The Rabbins use
the plur. I'^S'i'^SX not only for caper-ber-
ries, but also tor the small fruits orberries
of other trees, as the myrtle, olive, etc.
5'^H'^SK (father of might, i. q. mighty)
Abihail, pr. n. m. a) Num. 3, 35. b)
1 Chr. 5, 14. c) The father of Esther,
Bsth. 2, 15. 9, 29.
S'lti'^SJ* (fiither of goodness) Abiiub,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21.
btS'^Iiyi [vfhoBe father is the dew) Abi-
tal, pr. n. of one of David's wives, 2 Sam.
3,4.
b^'S'^nX m. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 22,
Abimael, pr. n. of one of the descendants
of Joktan in Arabia, prob. the father or
founder of an Arabian tribe called bxQ,
a trace of which Bochart (Phalcg 2. 24)
finds in Theophrast. Hist. Plant. 9. 4 ;
where the name Malt prob. refers to
the same wandering tribe in the vicinity
of the modern Mecca, which Strabo calla
MiLvaioi, MincBi.
?jb'a''lS? (father of the king, or father
king) in pause T)^a*i2S< , Abimelech,j>T.n.
a) Of several kings in the land of the Phi-
listines at different periods of time. Gen.
20, 2 sq. 21, 22 sq. 26, 1 sq. Ps. 34, 1, The
same king who in Ps. 1. c. is called Abi-
melech, in 1 Sam. 21, 11 bears the name
of tt5">3 Achish; and hence the former
might seem to be a common title of these
kings,like the sLw i^[ji Padishah (Pater
Rex) of the Persian kings, and (o^Lii
Atdlik (father, pr. paternity) of the
Khans of Bucharia. b) A son of Gideon,
Judg. 8, 31 sq. 9, 1 sq. 2 Sam. 11, 21.
c) 1 Chr. 18, 16, where the true reading
is prob. Tj^.^.'^nit , as in 2 Sam. 8, 17.
^7?"^^^: (father of nobleness, or noble
father) Abinadab, pr. n. m. a) A son
of Jesse, 1 Sam. 16, 8. 17, 13. b) A son
of Saul, 1 Sam. 31, 2. c) 1 Sam. 7, 1.
d) 1 K. 4, 11.
Q?-"^?^ (father of pleasantness or
grace) Abinoam, pr. n. of the father of
Barak, Judg. 4, 6. 5, 1 .
'^r'^^i^ (father of a light) Abiner, pr.
n. m. 1 Sam. 14, 50. Elsewhere lanx
Abner, q. v.
"lT:?inK (father of help, like Germ.
Adolf, from Atta father and Holf help)
Abiezer, pr. n. m. a) A son of Gilead,
Josh. 17, 2 ; also meton. of his descend-
ants, Judg. 6, 34. 8, 2. Patronym. is
""iT^rj ""^N the Abi-ezrite Judg. 6, 11. 24.
8, 32. An abridged form is ^.tS''i< lezer,
Num. 26, 30 ; and the patronym. ''itS"
ib. b) One of David's warriors, 2 Sam.
23, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 28. 27, 12.
1*'3l!j m. subst. (r. ^2S) ove strong,
mighty, only in the formula 2p5^ '^'^^^,,
bxnia'i "i-^nx, the mighty One of Jacob, of
Israel, spoken of God, Gen. 49, 24. Is. 1,24.
"l''3S adj. (r. "las) 1. strong, mighty,
spoken of persons, and oflen as subst.
one strong, a mighty one, Judg. 5,
22. Lam. 1, 15. Jer. 46, 15. Ps. 76, 6
ab '"D'^SK the strong of heart, stout-
hearted. Poetically xai Hoxiv put : a)
aK
bni^
Forabullock, Pa. 22, 13 1^3 ''n-'ax strong
onu of liashan, i. e. bulls of Bashan.
60, 13. Metaph. for princes Ps. G8, 31.
b) For a horse, only in Jeremiah, as 8,
16. 47, 3. 50, 11. Corap. Heb. Gram.
104. 2, note.
2. pow.erful, potent, noble, Job 24, 22.
34, 20. cn'iax nnb food of nobles or
princes, i. e. of superior quality, rich
and delicate, Ps. 78, 25; comp. Judg.
5, 25. n-'Snn n-^ax chief of the herds-
men 1 Sam. 21, 8.
3. ab I'lax stout of heart, i. e. obsti-
nate, wilful, perverse^ Is. 46, 12. Corap.
-^ ptn.
D'1'^3i|{ (father of altitude) Abiram,
pr. n. m'. a) Num. 16, 1. 12. 26, 19.
b) 1 K. 16, 34.
51D"'3St (Either of error) Abishag,
pr. n. of a concubine of David, 1 K. 1, 3.
2, 17.
yiC^aj* (father of wellare) Abishua,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 4. b) 6, 4. 5. 50.
Ezra 7, 5.
nWinX (father of the wall) Abishur,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 28. 29.
itDinyi (father of a gift, see "^TC) Abi-
shai, pr. n. of a son of David's sister
and one of his chief officers, the brother
of Joab, 1 Sam. 26, 6 sq. 2 Sam. 2, 18.
24 ; sometimes also written ''laax 2 Sam.
10, 10.
DlbO'^li? (father of peace) Abisha-
lom, pr. n. of the father-in-law of Reho-
boam, 1 K. 15, 2. 10. But in 2 Chr. 11,
20. 21, it is written Oibt^ax.
"Itl^SiJ (father of abundance, for
in^ait) Abiathar, pr. n. of a son of Ahi-
melech the priest, and a faithful friend
of David, by whom he was made high-
priest along with Zadok, but was de-
posed by Solomon, 1 Sam. 22, 20 sq.
23, 6. 30, 7. 2 Sam. 15, 24. For 2 Sam.
8,17, seer)^^"'ni<.
^5^ prob. to roll, to roll up or wind,
to entangle. Kindr. roots are T^ia , vJU ,
to entangle, to be entangled, intricate,
^33 to well or boil up, as a fountain, Tjao
to interweave, to braid ; also the harsher
^?n ' *i^l ) to turn. Once
HiTHP. to roll itself together^ to he
rolled up, spoken of nraoke roUinif up-
wards in a dense column ; Is. 9, 17
laJs nwa waxn*! o<Art^ (the thickets)
shaJl roll upwards as the mounting up
of smoke; comp. Syr.Vulg. Syr. fS\2\
is explained by the grammarians as i. q.
to be proud, to walk proudly, perh. pr.
'to roll oneself forwards,' in the manner
of a corpulent man.
! ^?s^ fut. iasifj, to mourn, seq.
bs over any thing Hos. 10, 5. Am. 8, 8.
Arab. Syr. id. The primary idea seems
to be, to be languid, to go with the head
hanging down, as do mourners ; comp.
the kindr. roots bsx, bax, also nba,
paa , bB5 , all which are from the bilite-
ral stock bal,fal, and include the idea of
falling, sinking ; corap. atpaXXm, failo,
Germ, fallen, Engl, to fall. It is trans-
ferred also frora the dress and manner
of mourners to the voice and to himen-
tation, see bax. Poet, of inanimate
things. Am. 1, 2 n-'S-in-ri'iKS iibax the
pastures of the shepherds mourn. Is. 24,
4. 7 "jsa nbbisx tDiT^Fi bax tlie new wine
(i. e. the grapes) moumeth, the vine Ian-
guisheth. 33, 9.
Hi PH. b^axn to cause to mourn, to
make lament, Ez. 31, 15 ; of inanimate
things, Lam. 2, 8.
HiTHP. pr. to show oneself as mourn-
ing, hence to mouim. i. q. Kal, but chief-
ly in prose, while Kal is more usual in
poetry. Gen. 37, 34. Ex. 33, 4 ; with bx
or bs of pers. 1 Sam. 15, 35. 2 Sam.
13, 37.
Deriv. bax I, bax,
*II.bn5<, Arab, jol and Jol to be
moist, wet, sc. with the moisture of
grass ; hence Syr. Vlal grass. Kindr.
is '??; Jo, to water, ba'j to flow.
Hence bax II.
^' ^?^ adj. (r. bax I.) mmiming,
Gen. 37, 35. Lam. 1, 4 nibax 'p*5t 'S-j^
the ways of Zion are mourning, i. e.
they mourn. Constr. ba^t Ps. 35, 14.
Plur. constr. "^bax Is. 61, a with Tsere
s *
impure; comp. Arab. Jujf.
II. 55^ m. (r. bax II,) prob. a grassy
place, pasture, meadow, Arab, Jul fresh
and long grass, sea-weed. So 1 Sam.
6, 18, unless instead of rtSan y>ax it
Bhould read J^biari ')2S which the con-
text in V. 14. 15, seems to demand, and
which is expressed by Sept. and Syr. It
is frequent in geographical pr. names :
a) nsStt-n'^a bas Abel Beth-Maachah
i. e. situated near Beth-Maachah q. v.
[now called Ahil el-Kamh, a town on the
west side of the valley leading from
Merj 'AyAn to the plain of the Huleh,
west of Paneas and Dan ; see Biblioth.
Sac. 1846, p. 213 sq. R.] 2 Sam. 20,
14. 15. 1 K. 15, 20. 2 K. 15, 29. Else-
where e-ia-bsit Abel-maim 2 Chr. 16, 4:,
comp. 1 K. 15, 20. Also simpl. bajj
2 Sam. 20, 18.
b) n"^:sTrr! ^?5* Abel-shittim (acacia-
meadow) Num. 33, 49 ; a place in the
plains of Moab, prob. the same which in
Num. 25, 1. Mic. 6, 5, is called simpl,
c) D''0'i3 bax Abel-keramim, (mea-
dow of vineyards) Judg. 11, 33 ; a village
of the Ammonites, according to Euse-
bius still rich in vineyards in his day.
d) nbima bax (meadow of dancing)
Abel-meholah, a village of Issachar, not
far irom Scythopolis, the birth-place of
the prophet Elisha, Judg. 7, 22. 1 K. 4,
12. 19, 16.
e) Cii-iSTs bax Gen. 50, 11 (meadow
of the Egyptians) Abel-Mizraim, name
of an area or threshing-floor near the
Jordan. Here prob. we should read
with other points, and pronounce bax
a';i'n:i73 , i. e. mourning of the Egyptians ;
see the context.
b2 m. (r. bax I,) c. suff. ''bax,
mourning, lamentation, Esth. 4, 3. 9, 22 ;
espec. for the dead. Gen. 27, 41. bax
l"n^ mourning for an only son. Am. 8,
10. Jer. 6, 26. Mic. 1,8 n5S>:] nisas bax'j
a mourning as of ostriches, which make
a wailing cry. b bax rtb to make a
mourning for any one, Gen. 50, 10.
513iK adv. 1) Affirmative, in the earlier
Hebrew, truly, certainly, indeed, Gen.
42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 5. 2 K. 4, 14. Also
with a corrective sense, nay inded,nay
rather, immo vera. Gen. 17,19. 1 K. 1,43.
It corresponds to the Arabic corrective
partic. Jo but indeed, but more, nay
rather ; and is derived from r. Siba , pr.
i. q. Heb. ba , so that its primary force
seems to lie in denying the contrary.
The X is prosthetic.
2. In later writers, adversative, hut,
hut yet, nevertheless, Dan. 10, 7. 21.
Ezral0,13. 2Chr.l,4. 19,3. Arab. JS
but. Other particles of this kind, which
are both affirmative and adversative, are
'^'5) l?"*' Comp. Lat, ferwm, rero.
^3i* see ba^x,
jrv obsol. root, prob. to build,
comp. nja to build, and I^SX to prop, to
support, to found, whence "j^X artisEun,
rixnay. Hence
. 15^ , in pause lax , c. suff". isax ; plur,
S''iax, constr, "Sax ; comm. gend. most-
ly fem. and so even Job 28, 2 ; but m.
1 Sam. 17, 40.
1. a stone, of any kind, whether rough
or polished, large or small. Collect.
stones, Gen. 11, 3. Spoken of a founda-
tion stone. Is. 28, 16 ; of vessels of stone
Ex. 7, 19. Syr. U^] id, but rare. Eth.
Ji-fl? . Metaph. 1 Sam. 25, 37 and he
became stone, i.e. stiff, rigid like stone.
axrj ab the heart of stone, i. e. hard, ob-
dura'te, Ez. 11, 19. 36, 26; also of firm
undaunted courage Job 41, 16. Tna "jax
collect, hailstones Is. 30, 30 ; whence
Josh. 10, 11 nibna tJ-^jax large hail-
stones, called just afterwards *T^2r; "^aax .
2. Spec, a precious stone, gem, Ex.
28, 9 sq. 35, 27 ; more fully }'Bn 'lax
Is. 54, 12 ; in "jax Prov. 17, 8 ; ',ax
iT^i?'^ Ez. 28, 13 ; which last is also said
of finer kinds of stones for building, as
marble, 1 K. 10, 2. 11.
3. stone-ore, ore. Job 28, 2. Comp.
Arabic dual ^Lj'^^ the two stones,
ores, i. e. gold and silver.
4. a rock. Gen. 49, 24 bx^to"; lax the
rock of Israel, i. e. Jehovah ; comp. "113K.
5. a weight of a balance, even when
not made of stone ; since anciently, as
at the present day, the Orientals often
made use of stones for weights ; comp.
Engl, stone for a weight of 14 pounds,
Germ. Stein, "jaxj "jax diverse weights,
Deut. 25, 13. o'-^a "'sax weights of the
bag, i. e. carried about in a bag, Prov.
16, 11. Zech. 5, 8 n-jBnjn last the leaden
veight. 4, 10 b'^'isn iax .Also a plum-
met^ Is. 34, 11 Ae shall stretch nut upon it
the line of icasteness ina ^?3!<'l and the
plummet (^desolation, i. e. as il'iill tilings
are to be destroyed by line and rule ; as
t to the sense, comp. Am. 7, 8.
6. Sometimes a stone serves as a de-
signation in geographical names, e. g.
i) '^IZ 'i?^. (''toiie of help) Eben-ezer, set
up by Samuel at Mizpeh, 1 Sam. 4, 1.
5, 1. 7, 12. b) ^jxn lax (stone of de-
parture) 1 Sam. 20, 19 ; comp. nbriT .
135$ Chald. St. eraphat. KSax , id. Dan.
2, 31. 35.
n:2S 2 K. 5, 12 in Chethibh for nsrs
q. V. Comp. in lett. 3.
li^^ i. q. lax , a stone, only in Dual
tjaax pr. pair of stones, and spoken :
1. Of a polter^s wheel. Jer. 18, 3
a-ijaxn-bs naxbia n^s v\tr} behold he
(the potter) xcrought a work upon the
wheel. It appears to have consisted of
two stones, one above and the other
below, and is so depicted on Egyptian
==
monuments : 1 I
See Rosellini
Monum. Civil. Tab. L. Wilkinson's
Manners and Cust. of the Anc. Egypt. III.
p. 164. Originally, and also for potters
working in the open air, it seems to have
been made of stone ; afterwards of wood.
A wooden wheel of this kind is called in
the Talmud '("lO , pr. trunk, stem, then
cippus, then a potter's wheel made of a
tru;ik, and also a cart-wheel made in like
manner. Hence, from the resemblance,
it comes to signify
2. a low seat, stool, on which the work-
man sat ; made, it would seem, of a block
of wood and frequently represented on
Egyptian monuments. A seat of this
kind was doubtless used by the midwife
while assisting a woman in labour lying
on a bed. So Ex. 1, 16 when ye do the
office of a midwife to tlie Hebrew women
xnn "iS-zx =-::axn-5S iri-^x-i^ then shall
ye see (while yet) upon the stool, wJiether
ii be a boy. etc. The midwife is di-
rected, at the very moment of birth,
while she yet sits on her stool and no
one else has seen or touched the infant,
to ascertain its sex by the sight or ra-
PBMf
ther touch, and, if it be a male, to kill it ;
as she could easily do by the pressure
of her hand or finger, unknown to the
parents.
DSnSS m. (for B53, Aleph prosthct.) c.
sufT. ?i'J3a!< ; plur. C^liSax ; a belt, gir-
dle, worn by the priests, Ex. 28, 4. 39. 40.
Lev. 16, 4 ; also by other persons of rank,
Is. 22, 21. Comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2.
Chald. 13B , X-iJiiS , N-iJ^BX , a belt. This
word both in Heb. and Chald. is derived
from the Persian, where JJ!j (Sanscr.
bandlia, Germ, and Engl, band) denotes
any thing that binds, and also a girdle.
^.r^^ pr.n.m. (father of a light) Abner,
Saul's commander in chief. 1 Sam. 14, 51.
17, 55. 57. 20, 25. Sometimes called
"la-iax q. V. 1 Sam. 14, 50. Sept. yl(iivv7jg.
* CSiJ as in Chald. and Talmud, to
fodder, to feed largely, to fatten ; pr.
prob. to stamp in, comp. kindr. 012 , and
hence to stuff, to cram ; comp. Gr. rgi-
(jpWj pr. i. q. JiY/vvfii. Only in Part. pass.
Prov. 15, 17 ; of geese, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23].
Deriv. Diax, D^ax^.
rii^ayiiX plur. fem. blains, pustules,
rising in the skin, Ex. 9, 9. 10. It is a
verbal from Chald. r. S^a, Pilp. 52Sa,
to boil up, to swell up ; hence Syr.
|A SnnSn pustules. The Heb. pre-
fixes St prosthetic. Comp. S^ia, S33.
y ^^5 obsol. root, perh. i. q. y^<^ , to
be white ; whence Chald. KSax tin.
Hence the two following :
T^^ Abez, pr. n. of a city in the tribe
of Issachar, perh. so called from tin, Josh.
19, 20.
jilX (perh. of tin) Ibzan, pr. n. of a
judge of Israel, Judg. 12, 8. 10. R. y 35* .
r'^T "ot used in Kal, prob. to pound,
to beat small, to bray, from the force of
the onomatopoetic syllables pa, ~a. IB,
p3, which like pi, "T, (see pp^. '^z'^l:)
express the idea of pounding, beating
small; comp. iira to distil. pC, 533,
liSS , also nriyi). nriyvvia. Germ, pochen,
boken, espec. Erz pochen. Hence pax
dust, npax .
NiPH.'pas: Gen. 32, 25.26; denom.
from pax dust, recipr. pr. to dust each
other sc. by wrestling, and hence to wres-
tie, eeq. fiS. So in Greek, naXaitiv,
avunaXa'uiv^ avyxoviova&ai, from jikAjj,
xong. This rather unusual word seems
to have been chosen by the writer here,
by way of allusion to the torrent p3^ v.
23.
P?^ m. dust, spec, such as is fine and
light, comp. in r. p3N ; easily driven by
the wind. Is. 5, 24 ; or raised by horses
in running, Ez. 26, 10. Hence distin-
guished from *1S thick and heavy dust,
Deut. 28, 24. Poet, the dust of God^s
feet, for the clouds, as if trodden of God,
Nah. 1, 3. Comp. pn^J.
^p^^ f. id. whence bail "pSH powder
of the merchant, i. e. aromatic, Cant. 3, 6.
'~^? 1. pr. to strive upwards, to
mount, to soar, see Hiph. and the deriv.
'^'2^ and nnnx . Perhaps kindr. with -i2S ,
*I25 , comp. Pers. -it eber, vjiig, super, all
which express the idea of above, over,
passing over, transcending ; see in IDS .
2. Trop. of any force or ivsgysia, to be
strong, mighty, see deriv. "I'^ax , ^"^ax .
Hiph. to mount upwards in flight, to
soar, as the hawk, Job 39, 26.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.
*^5^ m. a wingfeather, pinion, as the
instrument of flying, soaring, e. g. of the
eagle. Is. 40, 21 ; the dove, Ps. 55, 7. Dis-
tinguished from the wing itself^ Ez. 17, 3.
nn3K f. id. Job 39, 16 [13]. Ps. 68, 14.
Poet, ascribed to God, Deut. 32, 11. Ps.
91,4.
t^f^"^^^ pr. n. Abraham, the founder
of the Jewish nation, eon of Terah, born
in Mesopotamia, which he left to wander
through the land of Canaan with his
flocks in the nomadic manner ; see Gen.
c. 12-25. In the book of Genesis as for
as to c. 17, 5. he is called D'lrK ' father
of altitude,' Abrain. But in that place,
where a numerous posterity is promised
him, by a slight change of name he is
called BS^^SX 'father of a multitude,'
(comp. Arab. (\J^) a great number,
multitude,) or as the context explains it
B^i* "liw nx .So on-^ax -^rfs^ the God
of Abraham, i. e. Jehovah, 2 Chr. 30, 6.
Ps. 47, 10. cnn^x y>i the seed of Abra-
ham, i. e. the Israelites, Ps. 105, 6. Is.
41, 8. In the same sense simpl. Brt'iSK
Mic. 7, 20.
m"!?"?^ a word cried by the heralds
before the chariot of Joseph, Gen. 41, 43.
Were it a Hebrew word, it might be
infin. abaol. Hiph. from r. T\2^ , for the
regular Ti';]2n, (comp. C^S^'N for n*3'lJrT
Jer. 25, 3.) here supplying the place of
the imperat. i. q. bow the knee ; Vulg.
clamante proecone, ut omnes coram eo
genua fecterent ; and so Abulwalid and
Kimchi; comp. Lehrg. p. 319. More
prob. the word is of Egyptian origin, but
changed and inflected by the Heb. writer
so that, although foreign, it might yet
have a Heb. sound, and be referred to a
Heb. etymology; comp. on, Ht^a, ni."'1Q .
The true form of the Egyptian word
which lies hid in Tj';i2i<, is prob. either
iCfpeK afrek, i. e. let every one bow
hiinself in an opt. sense ; so Jablonsky
Opusc. ed. te Water Tom. I. p. 4. Copt.
Vers. John 8, 8 ; or better ^neOGK or
^npeK, aperek, aprek, i. e. bow the
head, Rossii Etymologise ^gypt. s. v.
See also in 35* no. 7.
''TOnS see ''T?j"'2K.
D15tJDi5 (father of peace, i. e. pacific)
Absalom, pr. n. a) The third son of Da-
vid, by Maacah, 2 Sam. 3, 3, celebrated
for his rebellion against his father ; for
an account of his life and death, see 2
Sam. c. 13-18. As to the sepulchre near
Jerusalem which in modern times has
borne his name, see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 519, 520. b) i. q. Qibia-'2X q. v.
* l!<5SJl obsol. root, Arab. \^\ to flee.
Hence
K?i$ (fugitive) Agee, pr. n. m. 2 Sam.
23, 11.
* yj^ obsol. root, Arab. _f to bum,
to fame, as fire. Hence the two foil,
pr. names.
WK and W (Num. 24, 7) Agag, pr. n.
of Amnlekitish kings. Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam.
15, 8. 9. 20. 32.
"'^J^ Agagitc, gentile n. of Haman,
Esth. 3, 1. 10. 8, 3. 5. Josephus explains
it by !^/uAijx/rj3f, Ant. 11. 6. 5.
'5v obaol. root, Chald. to bind, to tie,
corap. "isx, IRS, and the remark under
r. n^a . In Arabic some of its derivatives
are used trop. of arched work, edifices
of arched and firmly compacted struc-
ture, in reference to the firm coherence
of all their parts ; comp. Tnx and n^lH
no. 4. Hence
T^^X f 1. a band, knot, naia nitjax
bands of the yoke, Is. 58, 6.
2. a bundle, bunch, tied together, e. g.
of hyssop, Ex. 12, 22.
3. a band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 2, 25.
Comp. ^an.
4. an arch, vault, e. g. of the heavens,
Am. 9, 6. Comp. Germ. Gat, Gaden,
story of a building, from the verb gaden,
gatten, which implies a binding ; see
Adelung Lex. h. vv.
T15S m. a nut, Cant. 6, 11. Syr. and
Arab. S^ , i^a^, Pers. \^ . The
Heb. word seemg derived from the Per-
sian, prefixing X prosthetic. Corap. in
lett. X.
"I'.^iJ Agur, pr. n. of a wise man, the
son of Jakeh, rtp?^ , to whom the 30th
chapter of Proverbs is ascribed, v. 1. If
the name be symbolical, like Koheleth,
it may denote an assembler, one of the
assembly, sc. of wise men, i. q. nsDX ^53
Ecc. 12, 11. R. -lax.
rr^ISi? f a small coin, piece of money,
penny, so called from the idea of collect-
ing, from r. "iJX ; as Lat. slips in the
phrase stipem colligere. 1 Sam. 2, 36.
In the Maltese idiom, agar denotes the
same. [Or perh. pr. hire, wages, from r.
nsx no. 2, comp. Syr. I^r^) Is. 23, 18 ;
then money, 1 Sara. 2, 36, where too Syr.
1^i--mI . T.] Sept. Vulg. o^olog, num-
mus. Rabb. rina q. v.
^ri^J obsol. root, pr. to flow together,
to be collected, as water, kindr. with r.
^ba, which is also used of the rolling
waves; comp. in "iSX. Arab. Jk^l Conj.
II, to make flow together, hence to collect
water ; Je^Uo standing water, a pond,
reservoir ; comp. also "tax . Hence
^^^ , Job 38, 28 bo 'bax tht reservoirs
11 ftti
of the dew, i. e. in the heavens ; comp. in
v. 22 the storehouses of the snow and
hail. Vulg. Chald. Syr. give it by drops
of the dew, q. d. globules, comp. bbs j.but
the former is better.
Q!*^^^ (two ponds) Is. 15, 8 Eglaim,
pr. n. of a village in the territory of Moab,
the 'Ayulhi(i of Eusebius, called by Jo-
sephus yZ/wAAa, Ant. 14. 1. 4.
^rlrj obsol. root ; in Arabic :
1. Mid. A, to burn, to be hot, comp.
u-qn, cnv Hence lioax no, 1.
2. Mid. E, to be warm, spoiled, dead,
as water ; hence cax and ll^ax no. 2.
3. Mid. E, to loathe, to abhor, and
Chald. C5X to be pained, sad, to grieve ;
hence oax .
D?i5 m. (r. cax no. 2) absol. Is. 35, 7 ;
constr. 41, 18. Ps. 107, 35 ; plur. a-^aax,
constr. "^aax .
1. stagnant water, a pool, marsh, Is.
35, 7. 41, 18. 42, 15. Ps. 114, 8. Spec, of
the pools of stagnant water left by the
Nile after its inundation, Ex. 7, 19.
8,1.
2. i. q. 'i^JX , a reed, cane, Jer. 51, 32,
with which fortifications (stockades, pa-
lisades) were constructed. Hence R.
Jonah explains it strong-holds; corap.
9- -*
K^ry} the marshy lair of the lion, then
a refuge, strong-hold.
D55J adj. once in plur. constr. dsa "^aa^
sad, sorroxcful in mind, Is. 19, 10. R.
nax no. 3.
lilSJi?, "jia^S, m. (r. nax) l. a caldron,
heated kettle, Job. 41, 12 [20]. Others
translate the words "paaxi n^iSJ 1in3
as a boiling pot and a (burning) reed.
See the root no. 1.
2. a reed, bulrush, growing in marsh-
es, from cax marsh, and the ending "jT,
Is. 58, 5. For Is. 9, 13. 19, 15, comp.
MBS . Hence
3. a rope made of reeds, a rush-cord^
like Gr. axolvoq. Job 40, 26 [41, 2].
Corap. Plin. H. N. 19. 2.
- ^ *
"j-jlij obsol. root; Arab, j.^l i. q.
^.a*., (see 'a^) to tread with the feet,
to stamp, to beat ; then to wash clothes, to
full, as a washer or fuller by treading
them in a trough. Hence
"jAi? m. pr. a trough for washing gar-
ments, Aoi'Tj;^, from root "iSJ q. v. then
any laver, basin, boid ; constr. 'SX Cant.
7, 3! Plur. ni:J5< Is. 22^ 24. Ex. 24, 6.
Arab, and Syr. HJLs^l, M-^l, i<i-
Cfi^N m. plur. (r. C|Sa) a word found
only in Ezekiel, hosts, armies, Ez. 12, 14.
17, 21. 38, 6. 9. 39, 4. It corresponds to
the Chald. t]5i<, P|5, wing; hence pr.
icings of an army, comp. D'^SSS Is. 8, 8.
The Arabic and Chaldee have the same
trop. use of the word wings ; comp.
Comment, on Is. 1. c.
* ^^^ fut. ^ax^ 1. to gather, to col-
lect, e. g. the harvest, Deut. 28, 39. Prov.
6, 8. 10, 5. Comp. -i^5 no. 3, and -i^-j ;
also Gr. aysiQoi. The primary idea seems
to be that of scraping together, comp.
1'^a . By softening the letter "i we have
h^i< and b^5, which denote the rolling
and flowing together of water.
2. In the kindred dialects it has the
eignif. to gain, to make profit, from the
idea of scraping together ; and hence to
hire for wages ; see ^'isix.
Deriv. rnsx, tTnijX, pr. n. n^iix, and
according to most b::"iix .
S'labj! Chald. Stat, emphat. Xn-^SX , a
letter, epistle, i. q. Heb. rr^iiX q- v. Ezra
4,8.11.5,6.
?li"ljS5 m. (for Cll'ia , Aleph. prosthet.
from r. C)"]J no. 2) the fist, Ex. 21, 18. Is.
68, 4. So Sept. and Vulg. in both pas-
sages ; the Rabbins also use this word
in the same sense.
b;3'nii5 m. Ezra 1, 9 !:]DS, ^M "^Vj-iax
Sept. Vulg. Syr. basins, chargers of gold,
of silver. In the Jerus. Talmud this
word is said to be compounded from "ilX
to collect, and n^M a lamb, and basins
are so called, because the blood of lambs
is collected in them. But there is here
no mention of blood. It seems rather a
qiiadriliteral formed with N prosthet. and
denoting slaughter-basin, for ba"ia , bas ,
see under letter 1 ; and this is prob. i. q.
iB|5, bug, (comp. Zab. bua for iap,)
ffom V4V.0 to slaughter, JlIls to cut the
throat. Some also hold it to be i. q. Gr.
noiQTaXog, xu()jttXXog, which in the Sept.
signifies a basket, fruit-basket, whence
IS Tli^
Arab. sXlsyS , Rabb. ii'^a'i;? , Sjt.
f^a^-^t^; and it might perhaps in Ezra
I. c. be understood of baskets of the first-
fruits. But this Greek word itself seems
rather of Semitic origin, from the verb
i'la to plait.
^t'l^ f plur. ninsx, a word of the
later Hebrew, a letter, epistle, espec.
spoken of royal letters and edicts, writ-
ten by public authority and transmitted
by a public courier, uyyaqog, to those to
whom they were directed, 2 Chr. 30, 1.
The word comes most prob. from an
obsol. form "i&X , which denoted one
hired, spec, a letter-carrier, courier, from
r. ^5X no. 2 ; and was adopted by the
Greeks under the form uyyaqog, see
Lex. N. T. h. V. Neh. 2, 7. 8. 9. 6, 5.
17, 19. Esth. 9, 26. 29. Lorsbach, in
Staudlin's Beytr. V. p. 20, supposes it to
be derived from the Persian ; comp. mod.
Pers. . JonUoI engdriden, to paint, to
write, whence s^ljot ^ng'<2reA, any writ-
ing.
1^ m. vapour, mist, rising from the
earth and forming clouds, so called be-
cause it sut^ounds the earth like a veil
or covering, from r. ^^ix no. 1. This
etymology is also supported by the Ara-
bic, in which oUt (from r. ot mid. Ye,
to surround, comp. in IIX no. 1) is any
thing which protects and strengthens,
as a bulwark, bark, a veil, also the atmo-
sphere. Corresponding is also Chald.
1\N{ vapour. Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27.
riili5 see niTix .
J^ by transpos. i. q. SS'n q. v. to
pine away, to languish. Found only in
Hi PH. causat. inf a-'ixb for a-^isnb
1 Sam. 2, 33. Comp. espec. Deut, 28',
63.
^SSl'IX (peril, miracle of God, from
0?
LJ(3I miracle) Adbeel, pr. n. of a son of
Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13.
*"'!^^ obsol. root, Arab. t>f i. q- tXtf
to befall any one, as misfortune ; whence
Sf
4>1 misfortune. Hence i^X and
T!7^ Adad, pr. n. of an Edoniite, 1 K.
II, 17 ; called also Tin Hadad, v. 14.
m
13
* n'lfij obeol. root, prob. i. q. nt and
WSJ to pass. Hence 17*3^
i'n^ pr. n. Iddo, Ezra 8, 17. R. Tii< .
Q'i^^? sec ons*.
jil^ m. (r. nx q. v.) with suff. and in
plur. defect, ''anst, B'^a^iX ; with pref.
'snxa , '^?^S<3 , ''J^xb ; master^ lord, do-
minus. Spoken a) Of an owner, pos-
sessor, 1 K. 16,21 oicner of mount Shom-
ron, i. e. Samaria. Hence of the owner
and master of slaves. Gen. 24, 14. 27. 39,
2. 7 ; of kings as the lords of their sub-
jects. Is. 26, 13 ; of a husband as lord of
the wife, Gen. 18, 12, corap. bsa and Gr.
MVQiog ywaixog, Germ. Ehehernr. Also
of God as the owner and governor of
the world, Josh. 3, 13 'J'nsjn-bs Tinjt,
Lord of the whole earth ; hence called
*oi iloxi]V linxn Ex. 23, 17, and with-
out art. iSnx 'Ps. 114, 7; comp. "'px
in next art. b) Of a ruler, governor,
Gren. 45, 8. So "'pst my lord! an honor-
ary title of address to nobles and others
to whom honour and reverence are due ;
e. g. to a father Gen. 31, 35, a brother
Num. 12, 11, to a royal consort 1 K. 1,
17. 18 ; espec. to kings and princes, as
tl^in ""P^, 2 Sara. 14, 9. 1 K. 3, 17. In
respectfully addressing a person, the
Hebrews, instead of the second personal
pron. thou, were accustomed to say my
lord, and instead of the first person, thy
sercant, thy handmaid, Gen. 33, 8. 13, 14.
15. 44, 7. 9. 19 l-^nss-n!* bxia 'Snx my
lord asked his servants, i. e. thou didst
ask us. In a style of still stronger adu-
lation, this mode of speaking is also used
in the case of an absent person, as Gen.
32,4.
Plur. d-'sHs masters, lords, Is. 26, 13
with a verb plural ; and so c. suff. ">-, ""aHx
i. e. my lords Gen. 19, 2. 18. Elsewhere
the plural forms B'^sHx, "^Sns, c. suff.
^"'-r , ^^ , B^"! ) etc. are always plur.
excellenticB, and of the same signif. as
the sing. Gen. 39, 2 sq. Hence joined
with an adj. in the sing, number, as Is.
19, 4 nir;^ D"'?^*^ a hard muster, cruel
lord. Gen. 42, 30. 33 y^Ti ""n.Nt lord
of the land. ^"^s^S thy master 2 K. 2, 3.
5. 16. Ps. 45, 12 ; rjnx his m^xster Gen.
24, 9. 39, 2. 3. 40, 7. Job 3, 19. Dcut. 10,
17 B'^sistn liHst Lffrd of lards, i. e. Je-
hovah. Fa. 136, 3. Spoken of idols,
Zeph. 1, 9; comp. b?a.
Note. This word is wanting in all
the kindred dialects, except the Pheni-
cian, where it is applied to princes,
kings, and gods, see Monumenta Phoenic.
p. 346 (comp. "Adav, "Adavii, Hesych.
xvgiog); and perhaps the Chaldean,
where a vestige of it seems to be pre-
served in the pr. n. *)*jxba .
''5'IS^ Lord, the Lord, spoken every
where xai i^oxriv of God, chiefly (in the
Pentat. always) where God is submis-
sively and reverently addressed ; as in
the formulas ''pS "^a Ex. 4, 10. 13. Josh.
7, 8 ; 'inx XSit Neh. 1, 11, comp. Gen, 15,
2. 18, 30^32! Ex. 34, 9. etc. Then also
where God is spoken of, 1 K. 13, 10. 22,
6. 2 K. 7, 6. 19, 23. Is. 6, 8. 8, 7. Fre-
quently other divine names are added ;
as Jnirri 'jnx (which the Masorites write
""!":; T?) Is. 40, 10. Jer. 2,22; ''m
a^rrbxrj Dan. 9, 13. As to the ending' -^
grammarians differ in opinion. Many
regard it as a plural form put for the
sing, as spoken of the divine majesty
(pluralis excelUnticB), i. q. C-^nx, the
Kamets being put for Pattah to distin-
guish it from "^315* my lords; see Gram.
86. 1. c. 106. 2. 6. Others consider
i. q. "'"T) and make it strictly a suffix
plural ; so that "'J'lX is pr. my lords,
then as plur. excell. my Lord, and at
last, the force of the suffix being by de-
grees neglected, Lord, the Lord, Kv
Qiog. Comp. Syr. v.jio and Fr. Mon-
sieur. This latter view seems prefer-
able, for the following reasons : a) Th
words of Ps. 35, 23 ''31X1 '^nPX . 16, 2.
b) The ancient usage of the Pentat.
where it is for the Voc. my Lord ! c) A
similar usage in possessive pronouns,
afterwards neglected, in the Phenician
names of gods, as ''ahx "Admvig, "^nbsa
Baalxig, for which see Monum. Phoenic.
p. 400. Heb. Gr. 119. 6. n. 4. d) 'ns
never has the article, and so nouns with
a suffix. To all this it might be an-
swered : ) That "^anx is plural. But
in one place only is it coupled with a
plural. Gen. 19, 2 ; in the two remaining
passages it is singular, my Lord ! Gen.
18, 3. 19, 18. /S) That God twice calls
himself "'anx , Is. 8, 7. Job 28, 28. But
nj^
14
m
this arose from the superstitious practice
of the Jews, who never pronounce "^jn"^
in the sacred text, but always substitute
for it ''31N in reading ; whence in writers
of a later age this latter word was some-
times received into the text itself; Dan.
9, 3. 7. 8. 9, 15. 16. 19. See in tip'] .
'3?'^'^'^^ (two mounds or tumuli) Ado-
raim, pr. n. of a city of Judah, 2 Chr. 11,
9. Comp. "Adaga, Jwqu, Jos. Ant. 8. 10.
1. ib. 14. 5. 3. Now |ji> />ra, a village
W. of Hebron; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 2 sq.
B'^i'li? see ta'n''5Ss<.
l?*!^ Chald. adv. of time, at that time,
thereupon, then, i. q. Heb. lij, itx, q. v.
Dan. 2, 15. 17. 19. T^ixa pr. in that
time, thereupon, immediately, Dan. 2, 14.
35. 3, 13. 19. 21. 26. l-^nx "j^ from then,
since that time, Ezra 5, 16, i. q. Hebr.
ma.
I'^'lii adj. (r. tin) 1. large, great,
mighty, e. g. mighty waves Ps. 93, 4 ; of
a large ship Is. 33, 21.
2. mighty, powerful, of kings Ps. 136, 18 ;
of nations Ez. 32, 18; of gods 1 Sam. 4, 8.
3. a chief a prince, plur. chiefs, nobles,
pnnces, 2 Chr. 23, 20. Neh. 10, 30. ^Eb
d'^'ii'nx a princely bowl i. e. precious,
Judg. 5, 25. 'iXsrn ''n'^'^X chiefs of the
flock i. q. shepherds, n"^sS, Jer. 25, 34 sq.
4. splendid, glorious, Ps. 8, 2.
5. Trop. of moral qualities, noble, ex-
cellent, excelling in piety and virtue.
Ps. 16, 3 the saints who are in the earth,
as *>ssr:-i33 '^'''njtl and the excellent
[of the earth] all my delight is in them,
i. e. I delight in them alone.
^^f*!^ Persian, Adaliah, pr. n. of a
eon of Haman, Esth. 9, 8.
* D jNl to be red, ruddy; Arab. mid.
E and O, and Ethiop. id. also to be beau-
tiful. Once in Kal, Lam. 4, 7 their prin-
ces .. . are whiter than milk, CxS l^*]^
B'^J'^JBTD they are more ruddy in body than
corals. Whiteness and ruddiness belong
to the description of youthful beauty ;
hence it is not correct to refer *io'iH in
this passage to the idea of dazzling
whiteness, as Bochart has done in Hie-
roz. II. p. 688, and Ludolf in Comm.
ad Hist, .^thiop. p. 206 ; although the
Romans do indeed use purpureas of any
shining whiteness, Hor. Od. 4. 1. 10 ;
comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. p. 750. But
these writers would hardly have fallen
into this opinion, had they not been
anxious to make out for fi''2''3Q the signi-
fication o( pearls.
PuAL Part, fnxa made red, dyed red,
Nah. 2, 4. Ex. 25^ 5. 35, 7. 23.
Hi PH. to be red, pr. to make oneself
red, to redden, Is. 1, 18.
HiTHPA. to be red, e. g. wine in a cup,
to blush, to sparkle, Prov. 23, 31.
Deriv. Dnx in'ijj ; comp. also d^ .
0*^^ m. 1. aman, a human being, male
or female, pr. one red, ruddy, as it would
seem. The Arabs distinguish two races of
men ; the one red, ruddy, orperhr. copper-
coloured, which we call white; the other
black. This word has neither construct
nor plural form, but is very often collect,
for men, mankind, the human race. Gen.
1, 26. 27. 6, 1. Ps. 68, 19. 76, 11. Job 20,
29; U'l^-h'D all men 3oh 21, 33. Some-
times put in the gen. after adjectives,
as Dlij *'3'i"'Ir'* tlt^ poor of men, among
men, i. e. poor men. Is. 29, 19, comp.
Hos. 13, 2 ; so with 3 intervening, as
cnsa n'l'iSSi Prov. 23, 28. Spec, a) For
other men, the rest of mankind, opp. to
those in question, Jer. 32, 20 bxiia'^a
d'lijai in Israel and among other men.
Jud'g. 16, 7. 18, 28. Ps. 73, 5. Is. 43, 4.
b) Of common men, men of low degree,
opp. to those of higher rank and better
character; so D'iNS Zi/ce (common) Tnen,
Job 31, 33. Hos^ 6,' 7. Ps. 82, 7. So in
antith. with "^X men of high degree,
nobles. Is. 2, 9. 5, 15 ; d-i-ib Ps. 82, 7,
comp. Is. 29, 21 ; and in Plur. V'^H ''33
Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4. c) Of slaves,' like
irs3 , Num. 16, 32. d) Of soldiers, like
Engl, men. Is. 22, 6. Comp. ^-is no. 1. 1.
2. a man, not a woman, i. q. ttJ''S*.
Ecc. 7, 28 one man [worthy of the name]
among a thousand have I found, but a
woman among them all have I not found.
3. any man, any one, Lev. 1, 2. "With
a negative, no man, no one. Job 32, 21.
Comp. tJ'^X no. 3.
4. Adam, pr. n. a) Of the first man.
Gen. 2, 7 sq. At least in these passages
d'lJJ assumes the nature of a proper
name in a certain degree, designating
D1
the man as the only one of his kind ;
comp. ^??n Baal, the lord xaz i^ox.
Jbton Satan. Lehrg. p. 653, 654. Hence
Sept. Udufi, Vulg. Adam, b) Of a city
near the Jordan, Josh. 3, 16.
5. onx-ja , with art. n-iKn-^a , son of
man, poet, for man, Num. 23, 19. Ps. 8,
6. 80, 18. Job 16, 21. 25, 6. 35, 8 ; so
very often in Ezekiel, where the prophet
is addressed from God, D'^H"")? son of
man, i. e. mortal ! Ez. 2, 1. 3. 3, 1. 3. 4.
10. 4, 16. 8, 5. 6. 8. Often also in Plur.
B^X 'Sa sons of m^n, i. e. men, Deut.
32, 8. Ps. 11, 4. al. and with art. "'Sa
BXsn 1 Sam. 26, 19. 1 K. 8, 39. Ps. 145",
12. Ecc. 1, 13. Comp. Syr. t^fS> son
of man, for man.
D'IS and D^^^ adj. f "'3>5', plur.
a-^BlX ; after the form Vji'p^ , nlb'jps , which
is common in noting colours, see Lehrg.
120. no. 21 ; red, rvddy, e. g. of a gar-
ment sprinkled with blood Is. 63, 2 ; of
ruddy cheeks Cant. 5, 10 ; of a chesnut
or bay-coloured horse Zech. 1, 8. 6, 2 ;
of a red heifer Num. 19, 2 ; of the red-
dish colour of lentiles Gen. 25, 30.
Subst. red, redness Is. 63, 2.
D iS pr. n. Edam. 1. The son of Isaac
and elder twin-brother of Jacob, Gen.
25, 25 ; more freq. called Esau, ibS .
2. Collect, for the Edomites, the pos-
terity of Edom or Esau, and likewise for
their country, Idumea. Of the nation
Num. 20, 20 ; more folly niS ^33 Ps. 137,
7, and poet. oHs na daughter of Edom
Lam. 4, 21. 22. "of the country, taHx yv*.
Gen. 36, 16. 21. 31 ; nhx Amos 1, 6 ; and
chit JTib Gen. 32, 3 [4]. Judg. 5, 4.
Where it stands alone, it is masc. when
spoken of the people, Num. 20, 20 ; but
fem. when it denotes the country, Jer.
49, 17. The country of the Edomites,
Idumea, was the mountainous tract be-
tween the Dead sea and the Elanitic
gulf of the Red sea, afterwards called
Gebalene, rf^aXtjW], now JLv^ JebAl.
The gentile n. is "'Six Edomite, Idu-
mean, Deut. 23, 8; plur. oi^inx 2 K.
16, 6 Keri. Fem, n-^tthx , plur. ni'anjt
Edomitish women 1 K. 11, 1.
'^'^^ a gem of a red colour, perh. ruby,
garnet, Ex. 28, 17. 39, 10. Ez. 28, 13.
Sept. Vulg. adgdiov, sardius.
Dlia'IX , f n'nia'n , plur. f MiaWiK,
adj. reddish, e. g. spots in leprous per-
sons, which are described as riaab
nia'np'ix white and somewhat reddish,
Lev' 13,^19 sq. 14, 37. R. Dnx .
W\ f. 1. earth, Ex. 20, 24. So
called from its reddish colour ; see Crcd-
ner on Joel p. 125 sq. Spec, the earth,
ground, land, as tilled. Gen. 4, 2. 47, 19.
22. 23. Ps. 105, 35. Is. 28, 24. nanx tt)''K
a husbandman Gen. 9, 20 ; Ha'iN anx a
lover of the ground, i. e. of husbandry,
2 Chr. 26, 10. Spoken of the produce
of the earth. Is. 1, 7.
2. a land, region, country. Gen. 28, 15.
nini naix land of Jehovah, i. e. Canaan,
Is. 14, 2. Plur. rianx lands, countries,
once Ps. 49, 12. q. d. in all lajids.
3. tfie earth, orbis terree. Gen. 4, 11.
6, 1. 7, 4.
4. Adamah, pr. n. of a city in Naph-
tali. Josh. 19, 36.
^^7^ Admah, pr. n. of a city de-
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah,
Gen. 10, 19. 14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22. Hos.
11,8.
^V\xn^_ and ^ycn)^ adj. (after the form
'Jb'ij?) red, i. e. red-haired, e. g. Esau,
Gen. 25, 25 ; David, 1 Sam. 16, 12. 17,
42. Sept. nvqqaxrig, Vulg. rufus.
^"'^y^, (pr. human) Adami, pr. n. of a
city of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33.
''tt'lS 6ee in Dnx .
i^ri'Q'li? Admatha, pr. n. of a Persian
nobleman, Esth. 1, 14.
IJv obsol. root. 1. i. q. ")W , Arab.
^\i^ mid. Waw, to be low, humble, infe-
rior. Hence '"iK .
2. Transit, i. q. y^ , to judge, to com-
mand, to domineer. Hence "jiTlit domi-
nus, lord, and "ijix the Lord ; also
I'li? Addan, pr. n. of a man who re-
turned under Zerubbabel to Jerusalem,
Ezra 2, 59 ; in the parall. passage Neh.
7, 61 written ','inx .
n^ m. plur. n'^S'iX , constr. ''J'lX , a
foundation, e. g. of a column, base, pedes-
tal, Cant. 5, 15. Ex. 26. 19 sq. 27, 10 sq.
36, 38 ; of a building. Job 38, 6. R. yrst
no. 1.
5n&5
i^
^m
^yi^ see after linisj .
pn-'iS'lX (lord of Bezek) Adoni-Be-
zek, name or title of a king of the Ca-
naanitish city Bezek, Judg. 1, 5. 6. 7.
p'l^-^nX (lord of justice) Adoni-
zedek, pr. n. of a Canaanitish king of
Jerusalem, Josh. 10, 1. 3.
'I'^f ?'1^ (my lord is Jehovah) Adoni-
jah, pr. n. m. a) A son of David, who
attempted to usurp the succession, 1 K.
1, 8 sq. Called also n^aSx v. 5. 2 Sam.
3, 4. b) 2 Chr. 17, 8." c) Neh. 10, 17.
In Ezra 2, 13 the same person is called
t3j3''3"ix Adonikam, i. e. lord of the ene-
my. Comp. Ezra 8, 13. Neh. 7, 18.
QjJ'^S'lX see ^n^jHj* c.
DT3^i< (lord of altitude) Adoniram,
pr. n. of a man who had charge of the
public works under David and Solomon,
1 K. 4, 6. By an unusual contraction,
called D-iilX Adoram, 2 Sam. 20, 24.
1 K. 12, 18 ; also Dnnq 2 Chr. 10, 18.
_ V ii^ Kal not used, pr. to be large,
great, ample, see deriv. "i^X, P'^l'nx ;
comp. jOl to have the hernia, pr. to be
swollen ; J^l swollen, inflated, e. g.
the belly. Kindr. is ^"ifi . Trop. to be
great, splendid, power/id; see in T''!JX.
NiPH. to be made great, to be magni-
fied, glorious. Part. Ex. 15, 6 nin'i 'r\^.^ri')
hisa '^"i'JX? thy right hand, Jehovah, is
magnified in might, is made glorious in
strength. The Yod in "'^'HNS is para-
gogic.
Hi PH. to magnify, to make honourable.
Is. 42, 21.
Deriv. -i'ni< , n-i'nx , n-^^x , and the com-
pounds T'"!!|'?1^, , '^k^'^1^
"^^^t Adar, the twelfth Hebrew month,
from the new moon of March to that of
April ; or according to the Rabbins,
from the new moon of February to that
of March. Esth. 3, 7. 13. 8, 12. 9, 1. 15.
17.19.21. Gr. '^^Jp, 1 Mace. 7, 43. Syr.
jjr, Arab, jtjf, j|St, and jjof, the
sixth month of the Syro-Macedonians.
Perh. from Pers. 6! fire.
^7^ Chald. id. Ezra 6, 15.
^^5? see "i^wS-'nsn .
*^7^ m. pr. largeness, amplitude j
hence
1. a wide cloak, mantle, i. q, ir^nXj
Mic. 2, 8.
2. greatness, splendour, whence Zech.
11, 13 'i)5'jn "i"!!^ splendour of the price,
i. e. the splendid price, ironically.
"^"^^ Chald. (r. "I'lJ II ) area, threshing-
fioor, pr. a wide open place, Dan. 2, 35.
Syr. |?|, Arab. \JoI. Hence some
refer it to Arab. Jo excidit granum ;
but in Arab. \ Jul the nd seems to be
for dd. ^
V^]^*}!^. Chald. plur. m. chief-judges,
Dan. 3, 2. 3. Compounded from nnx i. q.
"TiX greatness, comp. 1'^'nx no. 3; and
'p'it| judges, comp. "its ,
i^'7T"?7^ Chald. adv. Ezra 7, 2. 3 right-
ly, diligently, careftdly, Vulg. diligenter.
Prob. it is a Persian word, perh. i. q. Pers.
c c >
\ciM*i\i^ recte, vere, probe.
V^y^^: m. only in Plur. fi''33"i'iK
1 Chr. 29. 7. Ezra 8, 27, i. q. ')1>23'i^',"
daric, a Persian coin of pure gold, com-
mon also among the Jews while they
were under the Persian dominion. The
K is prosthetic ; comp. in Mishna 'jiS'TT
and SjT. jJoArf j? . The etymology is
not certain, although we can hardly
doubt that the word is kindred to the pr.
n. Z?aW?<s.llSl^"i'i. Others make it either:
a) Dimin. from T^"*! , daric, dnQirjXTjg, if
the common reading is correct in Strabo
XVI. p. 5874 ; or b) A compound from
Mt> king (Darius) and ^j^i^ appear-
ance, figure. The daric was equal in
value to the Attic jfpi'ffoi'?, which, ac-
cording to our mode of reckoning, was
worth nearly 1^ German ducats, or
about three Spanish dollars ; see Boeckh
Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 23. The coin
usually bears the image of an archer
with a tiara. Darics of gold and silver
are extant in the Museums of Paris and
Vienna. See Eckhel Doctr. Num. P. I.
Vol. III. p. 551.
?|bT3'1'1X (rontr. for r^.-ajn nnx splen-
dour of the king) Adrammelech, pr. n.
a) An idol of the Sepharvites or Sip-
"n
17
m
parenes brought from Mesopotamia to
Samaria, 2 K. 17, 31. b) A son of Sen-
nacherib king of Assyria, who aided in
slaying his father, Is. 37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37.
y"^*}^ Chald. i. q. ^"^"^^ , th arm, with
tt prosthetic, Ezra 4, 23. Hebr. iiT ,
In the Targums with Patah yT\i<.-
Hence
''y^'lS (strong, mighty) Edrei, pr. n.
a) The former metropolis of Bashan,
situated in the territory of Manasseh,
Num. 21, 33. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 12, 4.
Called by Eusebius 'AdQnu, by Ptolemy
IdSfja, by Arabian geographers csV
Zer'a, now Lft^4> Der'ft. [According to
Euseb. and the Peut. Tables, it lay 24
Rom. miles from Bozrah on the way to
Capitolias and Gadara. See Reland
Palffistina p. 547. Bibl. Res. in Pal. III.
App. p. 152. R.] b) A city in Naph-
tali. Josh. 19, 37.
^Tli^ 1. Fem. of adj. l-'^Xj/arg-e,
grecU, mighty, (comp. a"^ba , f. nzi^d ,)
Ez. 17, 8 r^.?.5< *Ea a large vine, i. e. full
of branches and leaves. Comp. 'T'^K
no. 1.
2. Subst. atpide cloak, mantle, pallium,
1 K. 19, 13. 19. 2 K. 2, 13. 14. Jon. 3, 6.
nssid r'n'nx a Babylonish mantle Josh. 7,
21, i. e. variegated with figures, having
the figures of men and animals interwo-
ven in colours ; comp. Plin. H. N. 8. 48.
So ISO T\yi}< a hairy mantle, shaggy
with hair, or (according to some) of fur,
Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 13, 4.
3. splendour, glory, Zech. 11, 3.
"Cli^ i, q, iiSl'^ , to thresh, once inf
absol. Is. 28, 28 siSiTiiTj lainx threshing
Tie threshes it.
* -^I^ and ^Hi^ fut. snx;: and ^nx'^,
1 pers. anx Prov. 8, 17 and nnx Hos. 14,
5 ; inf. sH^ Ecc. 3, 8, also ^'yn]i< q. v.
1. to breathe after, to long for, to de-
sire, c. ace. Ps. 4. 4. 40, 17. 70, 5 ; seq.
"^3 Ps. 116, 1. This sense of breathing
after belongs to the syllables an , an ,
and with the letters softened ax , IX ;
, * -
comp. the roots saJi ; aan , ,_;w^ to de-
sire, to love ; niX and nax to desire, to
be willing.
2. to love, in which signif. it is kindr.
2*
with aas , ayanoua. With ace. Gen. 37,
3. 4. Deut. 4, 37 ; rarely c. b Lev. 19, 18.
34. 1 K. 5, 15 ; c. a Ecc. 5, 9. 1 Sam. 20,
17 ianx iOBJ nanx he loved him as he
loved his oum soul. Part, anx a friend,
loving and beloved, intimate, different
from S"D a companion, Prov. 18, 24. Esth.
5, 10. 14. Is. 41, 8 'anx onnax ynt the
seed of Abraham my friend.
3. to love to do any thing, to delight
in doing, seq. infin. c. !> , Hos. 12, 8 p4)sb
anx he loveth to oppress. Is. 56, 10. Jer.
14", '10.
NiPH. part, anxa lovely, amiable, wor-
thy of love, 2 Sani. 1, 23.
Pi EL part, anxtt 1. a friend, Zech.
13, 6.
2. a lover, but only in a bad sense, a
paramour, debauchee, Ez. 16, 33 sq. 23,
5 sq. i. e. metaph. for an idolater.
Deriv. the three following.
^^^ , only in plur. C^anx. 1. loves,
spec, in a bad sense, amours, trop. of
intercourse and alliances with foreign
nations, Hos. 8, 9.
2. delight, loveliness. Prov. 5, 19 n^*X
D'^anx a lovely hind.
3r?i5 m. love, in sing, once meton. for
lovers, paramours, Hos. 9, 10. Sept.
01 TjyaTtTjfikfoi. Plur. O'^anx loves, spec.
amours, Prov. 7, 18.
nnns n i. inf fem. of the verb anx ,
with h pref Is. 56, 6 nin-i ois-nx nanxl?
to love the name of Jehovah. Deut. 10,
15. 11, 13. 22. Josh. 22, 5. 23, 11. With
a 1 K. 10, 9 bx'^i'^-rx nin'^^ nanxa in
Jehovah's loving Israel, i. e. because he
loved Israel. In the same sense with
pref 3 Hos. 3, 1, and "t? Deut. 7, 8 ranxiS^
narx n^in"^ because Jehovah loved you^P'^
2. love, espec. between the sexes, CsSS*.'
2, 4. 5, 8. 8, 6. 7 ; of God towards-'tifgiP
Hos. 3, 1 ; of friends towards each'trther,
1 Sam. 18, 3. " ^mm
3. lore, delight, concr. on%e6>CT^
fem. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. So p4ite^r.^^3
where others eis adv. lovely. "/ \ -"^^
'G^ obsol. root, i. q. 1t3Ri<isiMtop
united. Hence "iinx amfcnrf .jjji .jai^
in Ohad, pr. n. of ^.^^^f^takS
Gen. 46, 10. -o'^ .02 ,81 .al .nih
.-^^ . -o" ''>t -P-i "'I'H
',' mterj. yxjpe^jQg gfie^
Ti^
18
bnik
row, and imitating the sound or cry, ah !
> *
alas ! comp. Arab. t, sH, whence the
f --- *
verbs si and s! to grieve, lament, like
Germ, ach, achzen. Mostly in the con-
nection nin^ ijhx Pinx aA, / Lord God,
Josh. 7, 7. Judg. 6, 22 ;' or ^nst ttnx 2 K.
6, 5. 15. Alone, 2 K. 3, 10 ; c. dat! Joel
1,15.
"TinX (union, r. IfJSj) Ehud, pr. n. m.
a) A judge of Israel, Judg. 3, 15 sq. 4, 1.
Sept. Uflid. b) 1 Chr. 7, 10.
^jri^ Ahava, pr. n. ofa river between
Babylon and Jerusalem, Ezra 8, 21. 31.
The same is probably meant in v. 15,
where we may render: the river that
runneth to the Ahava. It is hardly
doubtful, that the word signifies pr. wa-
ter, aqua ; comp. Sanscr. ajp, Pers. ah,
Goth, ahva, Lat. aqua. It is hard to
Bay what river is meant ; possibly the
Euphrates, which was called xai i^oxriv
the river; comp. "^nsn .
"'H^. Hos. 13, 10, i. q. n*X , \n5 , where 7
Elsewhere TiX is always 1 pers. fut.
apoc. from r. n^n to be ; and not improb.
it is here an error of transcription arising
out of V. 7. 14, instead of nX . The
words are sisx ?i3b?? "'Hit where then is
thy king ? the two words xiBX "Tjx be-
ing closely joined, as elsewhere NiEN "'J* .
Ewald regards this word (Gr. 444) as
compounded from 8* (i. q. rt) and T} i. e.
Jiic, here ; comp. Ethiop. UP ibi, *HP
-hie, hue. So too Hupfeld.
* JJliJ perh. i. q. Vs'n , J^ 1 . to shine,
to glitter, from the mutual relation of
verbs KB and s's ; see Hiph. Hence
^nk tent, from the shining, glittering
appearance.
2. Denom. from bnk tent, to tent, to
move one^s tent, in the manner of no-
mades, now pitching their tents in one
place and then removing to another.
Gen. 13, 12. 18 Dn=N ^nxl , Sept. ino-
axTjvdaag 'APqafi, Vulg. movens tabema-
culum suum.
Pi EL, fut. bnX'J contr.bn^ , i. q. Kal no.
2, to pitch one^s tent, in the nomadic man-
ner, Is. 13, 20. Comp. ti\-q for CjixTa .
Hiph. i. q. Kal no. 1, to shine, pr. to
give light. Job 25, 6 "Jibi n-n^-i? ^n
^^ns^ lo ! even the moon, it shineth not,
i. e. is not bright, pure, in the sight of
God. Jerome : ecce ! luna etiam non
splendet. Sept. oix inKpavvxti,
The deriv. follow.
^n'fi^ c. suff. "ibriij, ?j^n (oholka),
with He parag. nbnx ; ' Plur. U>\r^k
Syriasm for Ci"!3nx Lehrg. p. 152, 572 ;
with pref Q"'^nxa Judg. 8, 11. Jer. 35, 7.
10: constr. ''bnV, c. sufF. T^btiX, T^ht^k,
1. a tent, tabernacle, Gen. 9, 27. al.
ISia bfik tabernacle of the congregation
or of assembly, comm. tabernacle of the
covenant, i. e. the movable and portable
sanctuary of the Israelites in the desert,
described Ex. c. 26, comp. c. 36 ; also
called simply ^f]i<r\ 1. K. 1, 39. As to
the distinction in the tabernacle,between
bnS< and "iS^Ja , the former (}f}k) denoted
the exterior covering, consisting of
twelve curtains of goats' hair, which was
placed over the proper dwelling ("BUJa)
i. e. the twelve interior curtains or hang-
ings which lay upon the frame-work;
see Ex. 26, 1. 7. 36, 8. 14. 19.
2. a dwelling, habitation, house, Is.
16, 5 "ii'n bnk the habitation of David.
1 K. 8,' 66. Jer. 4, 20. Lam. 2, 4. Poet.
Ps. 132, 3 'n-'a bnka stax Cit / will not
enter the dwelling of my house.
3. Spec, the temple, Ez. 41, 1.
4. Ohel, pr. n. ofa son of Zerubbabel,
1 Chr. 3, 20.
nbriS Oholah, Aholah, pr. n. of a
harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol
of Samaria, Ez. 23, 4 sq. Put for winx
(Mappik) i. e. she has her tent, her own
tabernacle, temple.
nibnx see in c^^^;?!.
nij'ibinfij (tent of his father) Aholiah,
pr. n. of an artificer, Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34.
Til'ibrW Oholibah, Aholibah, pr. n. of
a harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol
of the idolatrous kingdom of Judah, Ez.
23, 4 sq. lit. my tabernacle is in her, na
for na. Comp. n^C^'l-
nttn''brW (tent of the height) Aholi-
bamah, pr. n. of a wife of Esau, Gen. 36,
2. 14 ; also of an Edomitieh tribe, v. 14.
Q''bn Num. 24, 6. Prov. 7, 17, and
trftnS Pe. 45, 9. Cant. 4, 14, Plur. a epe-
^n
19
niK
joies of odoriferous tree growing in India,
called by the Greeks uyaXXoxoy, later
ivlaXotj, in modern times ligiium aloes,
also li'^num paradisi, and lignum aquike,
ExccEcaria Agallocha Linn. See Diosc.
lib. 1. 21. The Heb. as well as the Greek
name is derived from the Indian name
of the tree, Sanscr. agaru and aguru (the
r being soflened into i), also agarukam.
See Celsius in Hierobot. T. I. p. 135-
170. Gilderaeister de rebus Indicis, Fasc.
I. p. 65, 66. The Portuguese also would
seem to have heard the name under the
form agulu or the like ; since they call
this wood aquiliB lignum.
^U^ a doubtful root ; hence perhaps
I'l^n^ pr. n. m. (perh. i. q. liiH moun-
taineer, comp. Arab, ijj)'-*) -^^^o^j the
elder brother of Moses, Ex. 6, 20. 7, 7 ;
and the first high-priest, Ex. c. 29. Lev.
C.8. 'jlirtx 'sa sons of Aaron Josh. 21,
4. 10. 13; poet, linnx n'^a house of
Aaron Ps. 115, 10. 12. 118, 3, put for the
priests in general. So Aaron for any
high-priest Ps. 133, 2.
*^ , constr. iK , a noim after the form
IS, 1j?, from r. MIX to will, to desire.
1. Subst. will, desire, appetite, once
Prov. 31, 4 Cheth. "iso I'x ni3T"i^!| nor
for princes the desire of strong drink.
Keri 13 "'st (to say) where is strong
drink 7
2. free-will, choice, and hence constr.
iK as a Conjunction, implying the power
of freely choosing this or that, or, eitlier;
comp. Lat. vel, apoc. ve, from velle.
g.
Arab. A . Deut. 13, 2 riBia ix niit the
sign or the wonder. Job 3, 15. 2. K. 2,
16 n-ix^an nnxa ix ti-^^riri nnxa upon
some mountain or into some valley. Re-
peated i. q. sive sive, whether or, Lev.
5, 1 n^ ix nsjn is< whether he hath seen
or known. Ex. 21, 31. Sometimes it is
intensive, i. q. or rather, 1 Sam. 29, 3
who hath been with me now these many
days, Q'^SOi nt ix or rather these years.
So Arab. J , which they explain by Ja .
Sometimes also ellipt. for ''S < or (be
it) that, or (it must be) thai, with fut. sub-
junct. where we may properly render
or else, unless perhaps. (Comp. Arab.
f c. fot. nasb, ellipt. for ^\ !, which
is explained by \\ j\ unless.) Is. 27, 5
I woidd bum them all together, pTn;j int
''?Si2a or else let them lay hold of my
refuge, i. e. unless they take hold etc.
Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 21, 15 [10]. Hence
3. As a conditional particle, pr. if one
choose, i. q. if if perhaps, but if Sept.
idv, comp. Lat. sive, in which lies also
of
the si conditional. So Arab, .f is often
explained by the Grammarians by j%t.
With fut. 1 Sam. 20, 10 who shall tell me
n'^|5 rpatj ?13?!"na ix if thy father an-
swer thee any thing harshly ? Sept. idy,
Vulg. si forte. (Winer attributes to this
passage more than the context will bear,
in endeavouring to make out a disjunc-
tive sense, ad Sim. Lex. p. 26.) Ex. 21,
36 xin naa -i-i^j "^a snia ix but if it be
known, that the ox wets wont to push,
Sept. iuv 8s, Vulg. sin autem. Lev. 4,
23. 28. 2 Sam. 18, 13. Without a verb.
Gen. 24, 55 let the maiden abide with us
"libs I'x D''a^ some days, if perhaps ten,'
q. d. ten days if she choose j Sept. tjfugag
oifTil 8ixa, Vulg. dies saltem decern. In
this example the primary sense o^ choice
remains ; nor can it be well explained :
midtos dies, aid saltem decern.
bX1 (prob. will of God, from 1i<, "ix,
r. nix) Uel, pr. n. Ezra 10, 34.
* mi< or 2^5^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab.
o!t for ojl .
1. to come back, to return; also to
come to one's senses, resipiscere, whence
s ,f . .
oul resipiscens.
2. to go dofwn, to set, e. g. the sun.
3. to come by night, espec. in order to
9 .a?
get water. Conj. V, VIII, id. ^L>f a
water-carrier, aquarixis. Hence in He-
brew:
31fi5 , plur. maix masc. comp. for the
gender of the plur. Job 32, 19.
1. a leathern bottle, pr. a water-skin,
for CEirrying water, see r. aifit no. 3.
Spoken of skins for wine, Job 1. c. fiiaxa
Sira*^ CiJJ'J'!!! Ulce new bottles which Imrst,
i. e. like skins full of new wine.
2. vtxQOfittVTig or vixvoftoeyns, i. e. a
aiK
SO
nii^
necromancer, sorcerer, a conjtirer who
professes to call up the dead by meEins
of incantations and magic formulas, in
order that they may give response as to
doubtful or future things ; comp. 1 Sam.
28, 7. Is. 8, 19. 29, 3. Deut. 18, 11. 2 K.
21, 6. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Plur. niak Lev. 19,
31. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 3. 9. Is. 8, 19. 19, 3.
Spec, put a) For the divining spiritjthe
foreboding demon, python, supposed to be
present in the body of such a conjurer;
comp. Acts 16, 16. So Lev. 20, 27 ttJ-^X
Six cnn n;:n'i 13 nisx ix a man or a
woman in whom is the spirit of divina-
tion, Eng. ' familiar spirit.' 1 Sam. 28, 8
ais<a -')> i<3"iJDt3j5 divine unto me by the
foreboding spirit ; whence such a sorce-
ress is called SIX nbl?3 PiUJx a woman in
whom is a divining spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 7. 8.
b) For the dead, the shade or spirit
evoked. Is. 29,4 r\?.V f '5'$'? ^l'^*^ ^^ri) and
thy voice shall be like a shade out of the
ground. The LXX usually render niak
by fyyaarglfivd-oi, ventriloquists, and
correctly; since among the ancients this
power of ventriloquism was often mis-
used for the purposes of magic. As to
the connection between these two signifi-
cations of! bottle and necromancer, it prob.
arose from regarding the conjurer, while
possessed by the demon, as a bottle, i. e.
vessel, case, in which the demon was
contained. Hence
rilSIN (water-skins) Oboth, pr. n. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert.
Num. 21,10. 34, 43. It must be sought
in the desert on the eastern skirts of
Idumea, not far from Moab.
is'^aiX 1 Chr. 27, 30, Obil, pr. n. of an
Ishmaclite. who had charge of the cam-
els of David. It signifies pr. chief of the
camels, like Arab. JGf and Juol from
Jot camel. The form ^''aitt is for isaix ,
as rpain for ^ain Ps. 16, 5.
b^M^ and '5^) ^- i^- ^^1) a stream,
river, only in Dan. 8, 2. 3. 6.
* 1^fc< and TWI obsol. root. 1. to bend,
to inflect, Arab. 4>| mid. Waw; thenfo
turn, to turn about or orer, to stir, see
Bubst, 11K , nillK J also to put around,
to surround, see IS . Corresponding is
Heb. 'IW. Hence
2. to load, to burden, to press down with
9 ^
weight; whence Jo| heavy, burden-
some, 4>.t a load, weight, 65HJ0 mis-
fortunes, evils, calamities, by which one
is weighed down ; see 1''8J .
3. i. q. 4>|t for Jol, to be strong, ro-
bust ; Conj. II, to strengthen, to aid, Jof
and 4>! strength, might, force ; whence
Heb. ikia . Comp. iTi2J|3 and other verbs
which also connect the notions of weight
and strength.
Tli^ m. pr. a wooden poker, with which
a fire is stirred, see r. 'TIS no 1 ; hence
any burnt wood, a f re-brand, Zech. 3, 2.
Am. 4, 11. Is. 7, 4. Syr. and Chald. id.
Others make it i. q. t>jA wood.
rmii? plur. pr. turnings, turns, see r.
IIS no. 1 ; then circumstances, reasons,
.-^
causes of things. Comp. ^.^.j-**/ cause,
from r. aa& to turn about; JL^ way,
manner, cause, from JL&., ilH, to turn
oneself; Germ, um for wegen; ^^53 be-
cause of, from b^a . Found only in the
formula niiix-bs'i. q. na'n b?, 'nan b?,
for the causes, i. e. on account of, be-
cause of, propter. Gen. 21, 11. 25. 26, 32.
Ex. 18, 8 ; c. suff. ''Pinit b? on my ac-
count. Josh. 14, 6. "iQix nins-bs b?
for all these causes that, for this very
cause that, Jer. 3, 8. In some editt. is
found 2 Sam. 13, 16 nils bx, which
has arisen from combining two readings,
niiiH-bx and Piiiis b?.
1 . n^i not used in Kal, pr. to bend,
to inflect ; comp. kindr. MJS . Hence
1. to turn aside, to take lodging, to
lodge, to dwell ; i.q. Arab. (Cjl Conj. I,
II; (^Uo a lodging, dwelling. See
deriv. "'S .
2. i. q. Arab. (<| to incline, to have a
bent, i. e. to desire, to long far, to wish ;
see Pi. Hithpa. euid comp. ytin . Kindr.
roots are ^las, Lat. aveo, Arab. ^5*^)
Sanscr. aw, to desire. ''
nii^
21
)m
PiBL. fijK i. q. Kal no. 2, to desire, to
long for, ascribed mostly to the soul, tJ}B3 .
Prov. 21, 10 5*1 nnjK yuin ttiBS /^e om/
of the wicked desireth evil. Deut. 12, 20.
14, 26. Job 23, 13. 33, 20. 1 S;un. 2, 16.
2 Sam. 3, 21. Mic. 7, 1. Without ttJB;
^Ps. 132, 13. 14. I8. 26, 9 ?;^n^?x ';^B3
rib'^ia my soul even / desire thee in the
night; comp. ^C^S? for /, with 1 pers.
Gen. 44, 32.
HiTHPA. njsrn , fut. apoc. lijn^Prov.
23, 3. 6, i. q. Pi. but pr. to desire for one-
self to long; absol. 1 Chr. 11, 17; q.
ace. Deut. 5, 18. Jer. 17, 16 ; c. dat. Prov.
23, 3. 6. nixn TOxnn to lo7ig a longing,
i. e. to long for with eagerness, to lust
after, Num. 11, 4. Ps. 106, 14. Hithpael
differs also from Piel, in that it is never
joined with tt5E3, which is the common
usage with Piel.
Deriv. IX constr. ix, mK, ''isj, ''X I,
I I . mij obsol. root, onomatopoetic,
to cry, to howl, vlidare ; so Arab. i^yS-
to howl, as a dog, wolf) jackal ; see the
deriv. ''ix, "^K,
III. n*K^ in Kal. not used, prob.
to sign, to mark, to describe with a mark ;
kindr. with njtn and nin . Comp. nax .
TT TT XT Y r '
nix 1, 2X0 , to desire. Hence
HiTHPA. id. Num. 34, 10 D3b Dn'^^xnn
ye shall mark otdfor yourselves a border,
etc. comp. V. 7. 8, where in the same
connection is read fut. Q3b ^xnpi . Sept.
and Syr. in all three passages, xaTUfis-
TQiiatTs, ^qJLomZZ, ye shall measure out,
determine. Hence also niX for P5X, a
sign.
_ f^?S? f (r. n^^x I. 2 ) 1. desire, long-
ing, e. g. after food, with 'rsg, Deut. 12,
15. 20. 21. 18, 6 ; of sexual desire, Jer.
2, 24. Comp. in njx I. Pi.
2. desire, pleastire, will, with lass,
1 Sam. 23, 20 ; simpl. Hos. 10, 10.
''?185 (prob. i. q. '^x , "'W , strong, ro-
bust) Uzai, pr. n. m. Neh.^3, 25.
^r^ Gen. 10, 27, pr. n. Uzal, a de-
scendant of Joktan, here taken in a geo-
graphical sense for a city and district of
the Joktanidae in Arabia, prob. the same
afterwards called Sanaa, the metropolis
of the kingdom of Yemen ; see Bochart
Phaleg. II. 21. J. D. Michaelis Spicil.
Geogr. Heb. ext. T. II. p. 164 sq. Rut-
ger's Hist. Jemane, p. 217.
'''il^ (desire or dwelling, i. q. ''X) Evi,
pr. n. of a king of Midian, Num. 31, 8.
Josh. 13, 31.
'iX (r. n;x II ) 1. Subst. wailing,
lamentation. Prov. 23, 29 "^Vih 'ix "tab
''iax who hath wailing, who Jiath want 7
2. Interj. wo ! a) Of sorrow, griefj
c. dat. wo to me ! etc. 1 Sam. 4, 8. la.
3, 9. 6, 5 ; rarely c. ace. Ez. 24, 6. 8 ;
absol. Num. 24, 23. b) Of threatening,
imprecation, Num. 21, 29. Kindr. is ^in .
n^i^ i. q. 'IX, c. dat. Ps. 120, 5.
^1^ m. (r. b;3s) plur. t:'ib"'')X 1. fool-
ish, as adj. b-'ix ttS-ix Prov. 29, 9. Hos.
9, 7. More freq. subst. a foolish man, a
fool, Job 5, 2. Is. 19, 11. 35, 8. Prov. 7, 22.
10, 14. 11, 29. 14, 3. 15, 5. 0pp. to a
prudent man (nrs) Prov. 12, 16 ; to a
wise man (D3Hj Prov. 10, 14.
2. Impl, impious, wicked, Job 5, 3.
''?^'!'^ id. with adj. ending, foolish,
Zech. 11, 15.
^nhtt b-'IK Evil-Merodach, pr. n. of
a king of Babylon, who set at liberty
Jehoiachin king of Judah after he had
been long detained in prison by Nebu-
chadnezzar, 2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52, 31. He
succeeded Nebuchadnezzar, and reigned
two years, according to Berosus in Jos.
c. Ap. 1. 20. As to the signification of
the name, Ti'iits q. v. is the name of a
Babylonish idol, and b^lx is in Heh. fool-
ish. But we may take it for granted
that some other name of Assyrian or
Persian origin lies concealed under this,
which the Jews thus wrested into the
analogy of their own tongue ; pleasing
themselves perhaps with the idea of
calling the hostile and gentile king in
scorn MerodacKs fool, i. e. his foolish
worshipper.
'_!? with Vav movable, obsol. root,
i. q. bx;;i . bxi , to be foolish, pr. to be
turned away, perverse, comp. kindr. biS,
and also bnx . Hence b';'X , "b-'^X , fool-
ish, Pbjx folly.
^^^ and ' *? a root not used in
bi>^
22
the verl), but of wide extent in the
derivatives.
1. Pr. to roll, to twist, to twirl, as in
kindr. bw, i^n, W, b\^; comp. slUco,
tiXvci), I'lXa, and see below under r. b^a .
Hence ^"^S a ram, from his twisted
horns ; also V)>lX belly.
2. Trop. to be strong, stout, powerful ;
for the connection comp. in bin and b'^n .
Hence bx the Strong One, God ; n^x
terebinth, q. d. the strong tree ; 'libj*
an oak, Lat. robur ; also b^X , r.'ib'J^ ,
strength, aid.
3. Trop. to be first, foremost, chief,
from the notion of strength and power ;
so Arab. J.| to be foremost, to come out
first, J.I first, primus, (pr. princeps, like
jittSx"! ,) comp. Heb. bx; .Hence nibsix ,
n''l5''X , the mighty, the chief; C^\'< the
front part, q. v. b"^X no. 2, and B^-'X , a
projection on a building ; n^.!j'* no. 3, the
first place, rank.
y^f^ m. 1. the belly, body, pr. a roll,
roller, from the round form ; r. Vi^iX no. 1.
Ps. 73, 4. Arab. JlT, Jl.
2. Plur. the mighty, tlie powerful, the
chief 2 K. 24, 15 Cheth. ^-nsjn ^h^a.
the chief of the land. The Keri has the
more usual form '^b'^X . R. b*S no. 3.
I. ''bis compounded from IX constr.
ist , and 'b i. q. ^^ , xb , xb , not ; comp.
'box, ''biib,
1. if not, unless, once Num. 22, 33
Sai *^:ST3 yin^J ''bis wwZess s^ had turn-
ed from me, surely now I had slain thee.
Sept. (l ffq. Aben Ezra well ""bib .
*2. whether not. Is. 47, 12 ; and hence
elly)t. [who knows] whether not, i. e. per-
haps, peradventure, expressing doubt,
fear, Gen. 24, 5. 27, 12. Josh. 9, 7 ; and
also hope. Gen. 16, 2. Am. 5, 15. Hos.
8, 7 the stalk shall yield no meal, ''blX
^nsb37 0^'it nbS"^ [or if] perhaps it
yield, strangers shall devour it. Jer. 21, 2.
In like manner Arab. JJu and Jlc
perhaps, is pr. whetlier not, ellipt. As to
its origin, for j^f , and its various forms
and use, see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe 1.
867, and note. More nearly corre-
sponding arc the Tnlraudic particles xati
and Kisbitj pr. whether not, annon, then
whether perhaps, if perhaps, fortasse ;
e. g. Pirke Aboth 2, 4 ' ne dicas : cum
otiosus fuero, discam, fortasse (sra) non
eris otiosus.' Berach 2, 1. 9. Also CSTS
what if? perhaps, which is put for Heb.
^bix Is. 47, 12.
II. ''b'liS pr, n. Ulai, Eulceus, a river
flowing by Susa in Persia, and emptying
itself into the united stream of the Eu-
phrates and Tigris, called by the Greeks
Choaspes, now Kerah. Dan. 8, 2. See
Hdot. 5. 49. Plin. H. N. 6. 27 or 31.
R. K. Porter's Travels, Vol. II. p. 412,
and Map.
Qbli<, Dbs|t, (Kamets impure,) Plur.
D''bx, (r. bix no. 3,) pr. the anterior
part, front ; hence
1. vestibule, porch, portico, 1 K. 7, 6
sq. Ez. 40, 7 sq. Spec, of the vestibule
or porch erected on the eastern front of
the temple of Solomon, Gr. o nqovaog,
1 K. 6, 3. Joel 2, 17 ; more fully nbix
nin'i 2 Chr. 15, 8. 29, 17. The altitude
of this porch is said (2 Chr. 3, 4) to have
been 120 cubits, while the height of the
temple itself was only 30 cubits, and its
length 60 cubits, 1 K. 6, 2. This would
give to the porch the form of a tower,
unless there is here an error in the text.
Perhaps for ci-i5Si nxa we may read
with Meyer and others D'''nffi miast
twenty cubits.
2. Adv. pr. in front, and therefore op-
posite, on the contrary ; hence trop. as a
strong adversative particle, but, but yet,
nay but, nevertheless, ov fir,v aXXn, as
Sept. well. Job 2, 5. 5, 8. 13, 3. Often
also cblXI , Sept. ov fiT|v 5i aXXti, Gen.
48, 19.' Ek. 9, 16. Job 1, 11. 12, 7. 33, 1.
Where two adversative propositions
stand one after the other, the Hebrews
repeat the adversative particle, as in
Engl. e. g. cbix^ obix Job 13, 3. 4.
Comp. "^ri "'3. Once in Job 17, 10
it is written nbx , where some Mss.
falsely read cbx'. It may be worth
inquiry, whether this particle also, as
well as ""bix , may not be compounded
from W i. q. ix an, whether, mid ab i. q.
jlio^ , IJ, not, in the ellipt. sense, [who
knows] whether not, i. q. bttt perhaps.
This conjecture would seem to be
supported by the Syriac word } Sn^ o| ,
which according to the ancient Syrian
lexicographers signifies 'annon,fortas8e,'
3. Ulam, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 16.
b) 8, 39. 40.
fl^?S? n (r. b]it) 1. folly, very often
'in Proverbs, as 5^,23. 12, 23. 13, 16. 14,
17. 18. 29. 15, 2. 14. 21.
2. Impl. impiety, wickedness, comp.
nb25 . Ps. 38, 6. 69, 6.
3. Perh. Ihe first place, high rank,
power, from r. h^H no. 3. Prov. 14, 24
rbix 2''^"'D3 rbix the precedence of fools
is folly, i. e. high honour is to them only
a source of foolish actions. There would
seem to be here a paronomasia or play
upon the twofold signification of r^.^iX .
*TQ*1S (perh. eloquent, talkative, Syr.
Uolfi) , r. "i^i<) Omar, pr. n. m. Gen.
36, 11.
p> obsol. root. 1. Pr. to be no-
thing, not to be, i. e. having a negative
power, like S13 and kindred forms, as
ULJ- JL^, to hinder, S3T3, ixa ; the
same power which in most languages
is expressed by the letter n; comp.
Sanscr. na, no, an and a privative ;
Pers. aj, Li ; Zend, and Copt, an; Gr.
vtj in vrjuio,; VTjfxfQTi^g, and liyev ; Lat. ne,
nemo, non, also in priv. prefixed to ad-
jectives ; Germ, nie, nein, and vulgar
ne, also ohne and un prefixed to adjec-
tives ; Engl, no, nay, not, and un, in
privative ; also Greek uvaivofiai. Less
frequently the negative power is ex-
pressed by the kindred letters m, comp.
Sanscr. ma, Gr. fir} ; and I, comp. xS ,
Kb, Kb, ^b, ^h, bx, bbx. Hence l^X,
*p5< nothing, not, 'IX nothingness.
From the idea of nothing come the
following tropical senses :
2. to be vain, empty, fruitless ; and
hence to be false, worthless, wicked, see
l^s no. 1, 2, 3. Comp. in Engl. ' to be
nothing worth,' 'there is nothing in
him ;' Lat. ' homo nequam.'
3. to be deficient in strength, debilitat-
ed, exhausted. Arab, ^f mid. Ye, to be
of
weak, exhausted ; ^^\ weariness, trou-
ble, sorrow. Hence )!!< no. 4, Ci'^sxn
labours.
4. to be light, easy, facile; since
thmgs light and easy are to us "pM ,
Engl, as nothing. Comp. "Jin to be light,
easy. Hence "jiK I, faculty (facility) of
doing any thing, ability, power.
I^ij m. (r. 'iix no. 1) c. sufT. !^3i,
03iK Jer. 4, 14. Ps. 94, 23. Plur. o"''3ix
Prov. 11, 7.
1. nothingness, vanity, also a vain and
empty thing, Is. 41, 29. Zech. 10, 2.
Spec, of the nothingness of idols and of
every thing pertaining to idolatry (comp.
ban) 1 Sam. 15, 23; and so put for an
idol, idols. Is. 66, 3. Hence in Hosea
the city bxT'^a house of God, as being
given to idolatry, is scornfiilly called
'i^X-n-^a hmise of idols, Hos. 4, 15. 10, 5.
Here too are to be referred : a) P5pa
"i.ix plain ofAven (idols), Amos 1, 5, i. e. a
certain valley in the vicinity of Damas-
cus, perh. Heliopolis of Syria, b) '^X
Aven for '"iX i. e. Heliopolis of Egj-pt
Ez. 30, 17 ; but with the notion of an
idolatrous city. Spec.
2. nothingness of words, i. e. false-
hood, deceit, Ps. 36, 4. Prov. 17, 4.
3. nothingness as to worth, naughti-
ness, wickedness, iniquity, comp. r. "jlX
no. 2. Num. 23, 21. Job 36, 21. Is. 1, 13.
jlX "n^, "(IX ^'r^ii , wicked men. Job 22,
15. 34, 36. "i^iX 'br's workers of iniquity,
evil doers, 31, 's. 34, 8. 22. Plur. C^six
Prov. 11, 7, prob. for l^X "^i^sx, as in
Sept. Chald. Syr. Arab.' '
4. toil, trouble, evil, calamity, i. q. ba5.
Ps. 55, 4 they cast calamity upon me.
Prov. 22, 8 he that soweth iniquity shall
reap evil, calamity. Ps. 90, 10. Job 15,
35. Hab. 3, 7. Spec, sorrow, pain. Gen.
35, 18 'SiX'ia Ben-oni, i. e. son of nhj
sorrow, csix Dnb bread of sorrojcs
i. e. the food of mourners, which was
reckoned unclean, Hos. 9, 4 ; comp.
Deut. 26, 14.
Note. As "i^jK with suffixes coincides
as to form with 'p'x , care must be taken
not to confound the two words.
I. "Jli^ m. (r. "jlX no. 4) faculty, ability;
hence
1. strength, power, Job 18, 7. 12. 40, 16.
Spec, of manly vigour, power of procrea-
tion, -jixn n-'OSx'i the first-fruits or first-
ling of one's strength, the first-born. Gen.
49, 3. Deut. 21, 17. Ps. 105, 36. Plur.
n^S-JX Is. 40, 26. 29. Ps. 78, 51.
2. wealth, substance, Hos. 12, 9. Job
20, 10.
3. On, pr. n. m. Num. 16, 1.
III. "jiX Gen. 41, 50 and 1^5 41, 45. 46,
20, O??, the domestic pr. n. of an ancient
Egyptian city, in Ez. 30, 17 written LI'*
q. V. no. 1. b. Called also by the He-
brews, prob. as a translation of the
Egyptian name, liJttia rr^a Beth-shemesh,
i. e. house of the sun, Jer. 43, 13 ; by
the Greeks Heliopolis, city of the sun ;
by the Arabs imx^^ iih*^ 'Ain Shems,
1. e. fountain of the sun. Coptic LUll
which signified light, and spec, tfie sun,
as there seems hardly a doubt ; comp.
OTejJl, OejJl, OTCUmi, light, lumi-
nary ; see Peyron Lex. p. 273. The city
stood on the eastern side of the Nile, a
few miles north of Memphis ; and was
celebrated for the worship and temple
of the sun, and for its obelisks, one of
which remains to the present day ;
Diod. Sic. I. 85. Hdot. 2, 59. Near the
ruins of the ancient city is a fountain
Btill called ^Ain Shems, in the adjacent
modern village of Matariyeh. Comp.
Descr. de I'Egypte, Antiq. V. PI. 26, 27.
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 36, 37.
i2iS5 (strong, for "jiSIX) Ono, pr. n. of
a city in Benjamin, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7,
37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12; with a valley
or plain of like name, Neh. 6, 2.
t^i^Sii? f. plur. 2 Chr. 8, 18 Cheth. for
Pil'SX ships, with Vav as mater lectionis
redundant.
QpIS^ (strong, stout) Onam, pr. n. m.
a) Gen, 36, 23. b) 1 Chr. 2, 26.
'}5'^fi? (id.) Onan, pr. n. of a son of
Judah, Gen. 38, 9. 46, 12. Num. 26, 19.
TS1S Uphaz, pr. n. of a gold country,
Jer. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 5. It seems to be
corrupted out of I'^Bix ; since the letters
"1 and t are also elsewhere interchanged,
comp. pja and p^a lightning, ys^ and
jj^ to boast.
n^fiiX , -|Bi , T'fcS , pr. n. Ophir,
a celebrated region, abounding in gold,
which the seamen of Solomon in com-
pany with the Phenicians were accus-
tomed to visit, taking their departure
from the ports of the Elanitic gull^ and
bringing back every three years gold,
precious stones, and sandal-wood, also
silver, ivory, apes, and peacocks ; 1 K. 9,
28. 10, 11. 2 Chr. 8, 18. 9, 10 ; espec. 1 K.
10, 22, where Ophir is to be understood,
although not expressly mentioned. The
gold of Ophir is frequently mentioned
in the O. T. as Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 10. Is.
13, 12. 1 Chr. 29, 4; once also "iiBIK
itself is put for gold of Ophir Job 22, 24.
As to the geographical situation of
Ophir, there is the greatest diversity
of opinion among commentators. Yet
among modern interpreters, the best
hesitate only between two regions, viz.
India, and some part of Arabia. That
Ophir is to be sought in India, was the
opinion of Josephus (Ant. 8. 6. 4), and
among the moderns, of Vitringa, Reland,
and others ; and this view is supported
by the following arguments : a) The
countries of India abound in the arti-
cles of traffic above mentioned; and se-
veral of these, as ivory and sandal-wood,
are found only in India ; also the words
for apes and peacocks correspond en-
tirely with the Indian words for the same
on the coast of Malabar, and are doubt-
less derived from these latter ; see Clip,
d''*S)Pi . b) The LXX have everywhere
(except once in Gen. 10, 29) for "I'^ois
put 2ov(f>lQ, 2^ov(piiQ, 2(x)(flq, 2wq)f Iq, 2(a-
(fUQa, SfacprtQu. But COCIJO ; according
to the ancient Coptic lexicographers,
(whose authority, however, is not very
great,) is the name for India, c) There
exists in India a district from the name
of which both the names Ophir and So-
phir may be readily explained, viz. 2ov-
naqa, the Ovnnaga of Arrian, (Sanscr.
Uppara upper,) situated in the hither
Chersonesus where is now the celebrated
emporium of Goa, and mentioned by
Ptolemy, Ammianus, and Abulfeda.
Of not less weight are the arguments
brought in favour of Arabia; which
view is supported among the moderns
by Michaelis (Spicil. II. p. 184 sq.) Gos-
selin, Vincent, Bredow (Histor. Unters.
11. p. 253), T. C. Tychsen, Seetzen in
Zach's Monatl. Corresp. XIX. p. 331 sq.
and others. It is said : a) That Ophir,
in Gen. 10, 29, is enumerated among
other regions inhabited by the descend-
'.X
25
ni
ttto of Joktiin ; all of which, so f.u- <is
known to us, urc to be sought in the
southern part of Arabia, and especially
between Saluea and Ilavilah, both of
which are rich in gold ; although it can-
not be denied that Ophir, even if more
remote and situated in India, might have
ben referred, in this genealogical list of
nations, to the colonies of the Joktanidae.
b) Of the articles of tralHc above men-
tioned, only certain ones, indeed, as gems
and apes, are now found in Arabia ; and
in modern times no gold whatever is
found there. But that formerly certain
districts at least of Arabia abounded in
gold, and that too native and u7tv(}og, is
testified not only by the writers of the
O. T. e. g. Num. 31, 22. 50. Judg. 8, 24.
26. Ps. '72, 15 ; but also by Diod. Sic. 2.
50. ib. 3. 44, 47, (comp. in T^flS .) by
Agatharchides ap. Phot. Cod. 250, by
Artemidorus ap. Strab. 16. 4. 22, and by
Pliny H. N. 6. 28, 32. The authority of
all these witnesses cannot well be im-
peached ; since the mines may have been
exhausted or wholly neglected, as in
Spain ; or the globules of native gold
formerly found in the sand may have
failed, c) Ophir is expressly mentioned
as an island of Arabia by Eupolemus ap.
Euseb. Pra?p. Evang. IX. 30 ; and at the
present day there exists a place called
el- Ophir in the district of Oman, a few
miles from the city Sohar towards the
interior.
However it may be as to the respec-
tive merits of these two hypotheses, (for
Ave cannot here exhaust tlie discussion,)
they arc both far more probable than
that which assigns Ophir to the eastern
coast of Africa, making it to comprise
Nigritia and the Sofala of Arabian
writers, now Zanguebar and Mozam-
bique, where there is a gold district call-
ed Fura ; an opinion held by Grotius,
Huet, D'Anville, Bruce, Schulthess, and
others.
jSis? m. (r. ISX) constr. "jEiit, plur.
B''32'ix, a wheel, Ex. 14, 25. al. Prov.
20, 26 "iSix nn-^bs ac^i and tumeth over
them the wheel sc. of the threshing-
sledge, i. e. he crushes them in pieces ;
see in W"^ .
Y^J^ 1. iopress on, to urge, to hcLsten
3
any one, E.x:. 5, 13. Comp. Chald. 'fl^ .
Kindr. l)olh in sound and signif. are the
roots "f'^X, *f'n^) Y^^i comp. niiiia.
2. Intrans, to urge oneseltj tnkaaten, to
make haste. Josh. 10, 13. Prov. 19, 2. 28,
20.- With 'yO , to hasten from, i.q. to with-
draw oneself Jer. 17, 16 nsno Tiax x!.
M"''?.'^^, for nsn niTiiQ, I have not with-
drawn myself from being a pastor (pro-
phet) after thee.
3. to press close, i. e. to he strait
narrow, Josh. 17, 15.
Hi PH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to press on t^
urge, to hasten ary one; c. inf et ^,
Is. 22, 4 ; with a of pers. Gen. 19, 15. "
*lr?1S5 m. constr. n2eijt,plur. ni-iri-'x.
R. -12X.
1. Pr. what is laid up, a store, stock,
e. g. of fi^uits, produce, provision, 2 Chr.
11, 11. 1 Chr. 27, 27; espec. of gold,
silver, and other precious things, treas-
ure, e. g. of the treasures of the temple
1 K. 7, 51 ; of the king 14, 26. 15, 18.
"isix IT^a treasure-house, treasury, Neh.
lO', 39.
2. i. q. i^ix 'a a store-house, gamerj
Joel 1.17; a treasury 2 Chr. 32, 27.
''5s to he or become light, to shine, to
be bright, Gen. 44, 3 ; also of the eyes
of a fainting person when he recovers
1 Sam. 14, 27. 29. Praet. impers. niX it
is light 1 Sam. 29, 10. Imperat. ""nixf.
Is. 60, 1 shine, he bright, i. e. be sur-
rounded and resplendent with light.
NiPH. 11X3 , fut. nix;] , i. q. Kal, 2 Sam.
2.32. Job33,'30 Tixb for Tixnb to become
light, to be mcule light, to dawn. Part.
iiX3 , bright, splendid, glorious, Ps. 76, 5.
Hi PH. T'xn 1. to lighten, to make
light, to illuminate, c. accus. Ps. 77, 19,
97, 4. 105, 39. a) 's ^3"'5 nixn to enlight-
en the eyes ofany one, which before were
dark, dim, i. e. to recall him as it were to
life, Ps. 13, 4 ; hence to refresh, to glad-
den, Prov. 29, 13. Ps. 19, 9. Ezra 9, 8.
Comp. Ecclus. 31, 17. b)_'B "iSB i"^xrj to
light up one's countenance, to cause it'
to shine, i. e. to cheer, to enliven. Ecc. 8, 1.
Comp. synon. "inj II. So of one's own
countenance, T'JS T'Xn to cav.<;e his
face to shine, spoken, espec. ot" God as
regarding men with a serene and propi-
tious countenance, Ps. 80, 4. 8. 20 ; c.
^ Num. 6, 2 ; b? Ps. 31, 17; a Ps. 119,
135; h 118,27; rx Ps.67,2. Once omit-
ting D^:3 Ps. 118, 27. c) Trop. to en-
lighten, i. e. to impart loiowledge and
wisdom, Ps. 119, 130,
2. to give light, to shine, ahsol. Gen. 1,
^15; c. dat. Ex. 13, 21. Is. 60, 19.
3. to light, i. e. to kindle, to set on fire.
Mai. 1, 10. Is. 27, 11. Comp. n^ix fire!
Arab. ,i to kindle.
Deriv. IVS , nsix , ny,n , pr. names ""isiX
^r!^-;!iX, also "lix's, n'n5:3j t'X"!.
^lii* m. (once f. Job 36, 32; see Lehrg.
p. 546) light, Gen. 1, 3. 4. 5. Job 3, 9.
12, 25. The ditf. between it and "lis-a
is apparent fi-om Gen. 1, 3 comp. v. 14. 16,
i. e. "lis is light as universally diffused,
e. g. the light ofday and of the sun, while
liXTS is pr. a light, luminary, which gives
light, and therefore admits the plural,
which lis does not, except in one exam-
ple Ps. 136, 7, where ai-^is is poetically
put for C^-isr. Spec, a) day-light,
morning-light, dawn, Neh. 8, 3 liSil-jiQ
Si'rt r"'in^ "iyfrom day-light until noon.
Job 24, 14 -lix^ with the light, at dawn.
b) light of the sun, also the sun itself! Job
31, 26. 37, 21. Hab. 3, 4. Is. 18, 4 ; comp.
qitiog for the sun Odyss. 3. 335. Also light
ofday, the day, Ecc. 12, 2. C^y'r-i lis
light of the nicked, i. e. their day-time,
put for the night. Job 38. 15. c) i. q.
light?iing, Job 36, 32 "lis ns3 c^ss-bs
he covereth his hands with light, i. e.
lightning, q. d. his hands are red with
lightning. Job 37, 3. 11. 15. A)thelight
of life, life. Job 3, 16. 20 ; more fully "lis
B"^*n Ps. 56, 14. e) Metaph. light as
the emblem o^acelfare, prosperity, hap-
piness ; eitlier so that the proper sense
of light is retained, Job 22, 28. Is. 9, 1 ;
or trop. for prosperity itseltj Job 30, 26.
Ps. 97, 11. In Is. 10, 17 Jehovah is called
the light of Israfil, as the author and
Bource of prosperity and happiness to
them ; comp. 60, 1. 3. f ) light for Icnow-
ledge, instruction, doctrine, Is. 49, 6 "liS
C:7ia a light of the Gentiles, i. e. an cn-
lightener, teacher. 51, 4. 2, 5 let w.? walk
in the light of Jehovah, see v. 3. Comp.
Prov. 6, 23ybr tlie commandment (of God)
t* a lamp, and the law ia light, g) lis
0*^30 light of the countenance, i.e. a Berene
and cheeriiil countenance, Job 29, 24
I'lX
(comp. Ps. 104, 15). Prov. 16, 15 ^:s -lisa
T|^^ in the light of the king^s countenance,
i. e. when his countenance is cheerful and
pleasant. Ps. 4, 7. 44, 4.
"^^i* m. 1. i. q. lis , light, and hence in
Plur. D'^'i^S a) lights, i. e. region of light,
the East, Orient, Is. 24. 15. Comp. Hom.
n(joc: i/bt iiihov if, 11. 12. 239. Od. 9. 26.
b) lights, metaph. for revelations, revela-
tion, spoken of the sacred lot of the He-
brews, Urim, Num. 27, 21. 1 Sam. 28, 6;
oftener more fldly csnni cnsn Urim
and Thiimmim. light and tndh, i.e. reve-
lation and truth, Ex. 28, 30. Lev. 8, 8 ;
once ci-iST c-^rn Deut. 33, 8. Sept. well,
Si'ilbmiq xul uh]i)iiu, Luth. Licht und
Recht. These sacred lots, which the
high-priest alone might consult in mat-
ters of great moment, were worn in his
breast-plate, as appears from Ex. 28, 30,
where -S *|P2 is topid into ; comp. Deut.
23, 25. Num.' 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. What
they were, was already matter of dispute
in the time of Philo and Josephus. The
latter supposed that the augury was
taken from the twelve gems which deco-
rated the exterior of the breast-plate,
and from their degree of splendour; Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 9. But Philo teaches that the
Urim and Thumraim were two small
images inserted between the double
folds of the breast-plate, one of which
symbolically represented revelation, and
the other tndh; Tom. II. p. 152. ed,
Mangey. In this case, the Hebrews
perhaps imitated a similar custom of the
Egyptians, among whom the supreme
judge wore suspended from his neck a
small image of sapphire, as the symbol
of /ra//i ; see Diod. Sic. 1. 48. 75. iElian.
V. H. 14. 34.
2. light of fire, Is. 50, 11 tlis -!5S3.
Hence for f re itself i. e. flame, blaze, Is.
44, 16. 47, 14. Ez. 5, 2. Comp. lis '
Hiph. no. 3.
3. Ur, pr. n. a) Of Abraham's native
city, more fully c^irs -,ss Ur of the
Chaldecs, Gen. 11, 28. 31. 15, 7. Neh. 9, 8.
A trace of it seems to have remained in
the Persian fortress Ur, situated between
Nesibis and the Tigris according to Ara-
mian. 25. 8. But dr as an appellative
may perhaps have signified a fortress,
cattle; so at least Pers. k.t castle,
Zend and Sanscr. vara, fortification,
comp. Sanscr. pnra a fortified city, after
the analogy ofpunar, Pracrit. unar, etc.
See F. Denary in the Berliner Jahrbb.
1841. p. 146 sq. b) m. 1 Chr. 11, 35.
nniX n 1 . light, Ps. 1 39, 12 ; metaph.
of welfare, happiness, Esth. 8, 16.
2. Plur. niiix gj-eeiis, green herbs, 2 K.
4, 39. The idea of 6rtV/i/ess, splendour,
is often transferred in the Semitic
tongues to verdure and flowers ; comp.
I's:, Arab. ^f*jf lights and flowers.
Comp. also Samarit. iH'' Gen. 1, 11. 12,
for Xtt5"5 herb. So Is. 26, 19 m'-nx ba "^S
viY^ f^^ ** '^^ f^^"' o/" herbs is thy dew,
i. e. God's quickening influence will raise
the dead to life, as the dew of heaven
refreshes plants. Comp. Ecclus. 46, 12.
49, 10. Others render dew of light, i. e.
of life, the vivifying dew, comp. nix d.
fll"^!?* by transp. for m>nx q. v. stalls,
cribs, 2 Chr. 32, 28.
'''!^^* (fiery, or perh. an abridged form
for rj*nt|j<) t'ri, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 31, 2.
b) Ezra 10, 24. c) 1 K. 4, 19.
^''">'!i5 (flame of God) Uriel pr. n. ra.
a) 1 Chr. 6, 9. 15, 5. 21. b) 2 Chr. 13, 2.
nnnX (flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr.
n. m. a) A Hittite, the husband of Bath-
?heba, treacherously slain by order of
David, 2 Sam. 11, 3. b) A priest in the
time of Ahaz and Isaiah, Is. 8, 2. 2 K.
16, 10.
tH^'I^S (id.) Urijah. pr. n. of a prophet
slain by order of Jehoiakim, Jer.26, 20 sq,
^ 32=1S see rd-ixnn under IC-'X.
* t^lK or ln^J< a root not used in Kal.
NiPH. nix:, fnt. 1 plur. nixa, 3 plur.
snix'' . to consent. 2 K. 12, 9 ; with dat. of
pers. to consent unto any one, to gratify
him, Gen. 34, 15. 22. 23. In Arabic this
sense is found under the form ^\ i. q.
nrx to come, Conj. Ill ^\ , Hob. nnix ,
whence seems to have arisen the new
root rix ; unless by changing the points,
instead of rixj , ?,rix;: , we prefer to read
nix:, inix"!!. which forms may then be
referred to Poel ofr. nnx,
1. ^l*l^5 ^ p]yr rir'x , comm. gend. comp.
Bing. Gen. 9, 12. Ex. 4, 8 ; plur. Ex. 4, 9.
27 m
Josh. 24, 17. Contr. for riX from nix III,
comp. jI or j| sign, for *j,| from
1. a sign, Chald. nx, Syr. \l\, plur.
f ioi| . Ex. 12, 13. Josh. 2, 12. Gen. 1, 14
e-^nji-ai;!! ninxb rni and they shall be
for signs and for seasons, i. e. by Hen-
diadys, for signs of seasons. Then
2. an ensign, flag, military standard,
espec. of each single tribe. Num. 2, 2 sq.
diflferent fi-om bs'i the banner of three
tribes together.
3. a sign of something past, a token,
memorial, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8.
Hence a memorial, monument, Is. 55, 13.
Ez. 14, 8.
4. a sign of something future, qp por-
tent, omen, itniog rov fidUovTog Rom. 5,
14, i. q. rtV2 . Is. 8, 18 lo ! I and tlie
children whom Jehovah hath given me
are signs and portents in Israel from the
Lord of hosts, i. e. through the names
divinely given us, which are all of good
omen, (viz. rt^si^*: salvation of Jehovah ;
bxVBS God with us, 7, 14. 8, 8 ; Shear-
Jashub 7, 3.) God has made us types of
future things to prefigure future deliver-
ance and prosperity. Comp. 20, 3. Ez.
4,3.
5. a sign or token of any thing in itself
not visible or discernible ; e. g. the token
of a covenant, as circumcision. Gen. 17,
11 ; the sabbath, Ex. 31, 13. Hence
a token, argument, proof Job 21, 29;
comp. Lat. signum Cic. de Invent. 1. 34,
Gr. xfxiiriQiov, nr,fiHov, Sept. Job 21. 29.
So of the prophetic sign or token of the
truth of a prophecy, viz. when God or
the prophet as his interpreter foretells
some minor event, the fulfilment of which
serves as a sign or proof of the future
fulfilment of the whole prophecy ; Ex.
3, 12. Deut. 13, 2. 3. 1 Sam. 2, 27-34. 10,
7-9. 2 K. 19, 29. 20. 8. 9. Is. 7, 11-14. 38,
7. 22. Jer. 44, 29. 30 ; comp. Mark 13, 4.
Luke 1, 18. 2, 12. Comm". on Is. 7. 10. 1 1.
Finally, a wonder, prodigy, miracle,
as a sign of the divine power, i. q. rsi^,
Deut. 4. 34. 6. 22. 7, 19. 29, 2. 34, IL
II. niS or riS only c. suflT. "^nix , r,nx ,
etc. i. q. rx I, pron. demonstr. commonly
as sign of the accus.
TN demonstr. part, originally of place,
i575<
28
bti^
in that place, there, kindred with f\1,
Arab. t>1 ecce ! Then
1. Part, demonstr. of time, at that time,
then, Chald. ']';i'iN . Spoken : a) Of time
past, Arab. j>[, Gen. 12, 6. Josh. 10, 12.
14, 11. With prt. 1 K. 8, 12. 2 Chr.
6, 1. 8, 12. 17 ; also with flit, in praeter
sense, Josh. 1. c. Ex. 15, 1. Deut. 4, 41.
Comp. Lehrg. p. 773. b) Of a future
time, then, thereupon, after that ; with
ifat. in fut. sense, Ps. 96, 12 ^ziy^ tn then
;shall they rejoice. Sometimes also with
prset. in a future sense, where a future
precedes, Judg. 5, 11. Ex. 15, 15.
2. Part, illat. then, for thence, there-
fore, on that account, Jer. 22, 15. Ps.
40, 8. 69, 5.
3. With pref. tN72 and TX-)^, pr./rom
that time, from then ; hence a) Adv.
from ancient times, of old, long since,
' 2 Sam. 15, 34. Is. 16, 13. 44, 8. 45, 21.
48, 3. 5. 7. b) Prep, and Conj. ^om the
time, from when, since, Fr. depuis, des-
lors, c. inf: Ex. 4, 10 ?]n3-T tX52 since
thou hast spoken. Josh. 14, 10. With
subst. Ruth 2, 7 "ip>n txp from the time
of morning, since morning. Ps. 76, 8
?iDX tNT2yrom tlie time of thy anger, i. e.
when once thou art angry. As Conj.
-with a finite verb, pr. for "iCX txi? .from
tlie time that, since, Ex. 5, 23 "'rxa TX^
nsnQ bx since I came unto Pharaoh.
Gen.' 39J' 5.
Note. Fuller forms from tX are "'TX
q. V. and Chald. "j'^'iX . The latter seems
10 have come (by softening the letters)
from T*n ) Vl^'^. 1 here, also there ; so
that its ending appears to be plural,
while in fact it is not so ; comp. ';"'']? for
*ri~ns . See. for these particles and their
etymology, Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d.
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 434.
* ^J^ and nji^ Chald. to light, to
kindle; comp. Arab. \\ to be hot, to light
a fire. Part. pass, njx by Syriasm for
mx Dan. 3, 22; inf. Xtt? for Xtx^a, c.
suff. V\y^ 3, 19.
Iv obsol. root, whence S'iTX q. v.
'3T^5 pr. n. m- Ezhai, 1 Chr. 11, 37.
* "I^ Chald. i. q. Vtx to go away, to
depart. B'or the interchange of d unJ
I, comp. SuxQvov, lacryma, and see under
lett. \> no. 2. Hence Dan. 2, 5. 8 xr^:3
X^TX "^STa tlie word has gone out from me,
i. e. what I have said is ratified and can-
not be recalled ; comp. 9, 23. Is. 45, 23.
The Heb. intpp. as Saadias and Tanchum
of Jerus. have long ago well compared
the Talm.udic phrase ninj-::b xmx aUit
in sentaitiam suam, i. e. to follow one's
opinion. As to the grammatical form,
XHTX is part. fem. from masc. IJX, after
the form '51 X, "bzi-p .
SITS m. (by Syriasm fbr3"Wx,) vaam-
nog, hyssop, much used by the Hebrews
in their sacred purifications and sprink-
lings, Ex. 12, 22. Lev. 14, 4. 6. 21. 49.
Ps. 51, 9. 1 K. 5, 13. Like the names
of many other oriental plants, that of
hyssop also seems to have come to the
Greeks from the oriental languages.
Under this name the Hebrews appear to
have comprised not only the common
hyssop of the shops, but also other aro-
matic plants, espec. mint, wild marjoram,
etc. Some derive it from 3TX . which
a ^
they regard as i. q. vj\ to be hairy,
shaggy ; but the plants above ntuned
hardly admit this epithet.
"liTS m. by Syriasm for ^T'tx . R.
-itx,
i. a girdle, belt, Is. 5, 27. Jer. 13, 1 sq.
2. a hand, bond, chain, Job 12, 18.
Yulg. funis.
*^t^. i. q- TX , adv. at that time, then,
thereupon, Ps. 124, 3. 4. 5. Similar is
Chald. '''IX . See in TX , note.
rnSTS? f (verbal of Hiph. from r. ->2t
in the sense of sacrificing Is. 66, 3 ; comp.
Hiph. no. 1. b,) a memorial, a remem-
brance-offering, Sept. fivr,n(.ainov. Vulg.
memoriale. This name was given to
that portion of the vegetable oblation
(nn;r:) which was burnt with frankin-
cense upon the altar; the sweet odour
of which ascending to heaven, was sup-
posed to commend the person sacrificing
to the remembrance and favour of God.
Lev. 2. 2. 9. 16. 5. 12. Num. 5. 26. In
Lev. 24, 7 the frankincense sprinkled
upon the shcw-bread, is also called
* ^I^J fut. ^Tx^, , whence "^l^^n for
itlin Jer. 2, 36 ; prob. to roll, to roll
together; hence
1. to .fpin. from the rolling or twist-
ing of the thread. So Tiilnuid. btx,
whence nx^TX weaver, Arab. Jyt Conj.
I) IV, JjX something spun, Syr. and
Chald. '^>:k, its, id. comp. kindr. Vt: to
spin, to flow, both from the idea of rdlling.
See Pual.
2. Intrans. to roll off, i. e. to go away,
to depart, espec. quickly, suddenly ;
comp. Germ, sich trollen, Engl, to troll,
Gr. vibi to spin, and Mid. viofiiu to go
away, to flee. So in Chald. and Syr.
Comp. Arab. Jyc to put away, to re-
move. Prov. 20, 14 where c. dat. pleon.
ii, like ib 7\ir]. Jer. 2, 36. Metaph.
to he gone, to fail, as water Job 14, 11 ;
food 1 Sam. 9, 7 ; power Deut. 32, 36.
Pual Part, bjixia something spun,
thread, yarn, Ez. 27, 19.
Deriv. bTx .
^TiC Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2. 1. to go
away, to depart, Dan. 6, 19. So also in
Syr. and Samar.
2. to go any where, to take a journey,
Ezra 4, 23. 5, 8. 15.
5TS departure, see in "jax no. 6. b.
' (I^J in Kal not used, pr. accord-
ing to the probable conjecture of Simo-
nis, to be sharp, acute, pointed; whence
*|Tk the ear, (which espec. in animals
might be so called from its pointed
shape,) and "ITS, cstx arms, pointed
weapons. Comp. axorj, uxovoi, and xjj,
acies, actio. Kindr. is perh. "SS q. v.
Hi PH. 'p!i<n denom. Irom "Tk, q. d. to
make ears, i. e. to point or prick up the
ears, iv(x)Ti^((T&(u, a Greek word peculiar
J.*
to the Sept. version, Arab. JjOl id.
Hence, to give ear, to hear, to listen, ab-
sol. Is. 1, 2 ; c. accus. Gen. 4, 23. Job 33.
1 ; b Job 34, 2 ; bx Ps. 77, 2 ; bs Prov!
17, 4 ; 15 Num. 23, 18, both of person
and thing. Spec, of God, to hear and
answer, Ps. 5, 2. 17, 1. 39, 13. 54, 4. Job
9, 16; of men, to hear and obey, c. dat.
Neh. 9, 30. Ex. 15, 26. Put. 1 pers. ^''X
for -i-^IXX Job 32, 11 ; Part, 'pto for ^tXTO
Prov. 17, 4.
Deriv. see in Kal, and the four after It x.
3*
29 pTfi^
11. "i^JJ, i. q. Arab. /j)5i '" '^^^g^^
to poise; whence o^STXia balances.
Found only in
Pi EL, *,tx to weigh, trop. to ponder, to
consider, Ecc. 12, 9, where it is fol-
lowed by synon. i^n . Rabbin. "(Tx to
be weighed, proved.
"jT^ m. (r. 'TX I ) furniture, implement^
pr. weapon, arms, comp. Chald. 'pIIX
arms, and see r. "iTX I. Deut. 23, 14 and
thou sha.lt have a little spade ?i3TX hy
among thy furniture ; where many Mss.
read 7j"':tx bs among thy implements,
which is preferable. The same sense
of both utensil and weapon exists in
the word "'bs.
)f^ f. dual t37:TX (used also for plur.)
constr. ''JTX, the ear, from r. ',TX I.
Arab, ^jjf, ^31, Ethiop. tilVi ,
Chald. nix, Xjnnx, contr. X2!iX; Syr.
)j>| . JJ>1 . Comp. Gr. oiv, Lat. audio.
Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. al. Phrases of
which this word makes part, see under
the verbs nbs, n:;: Hiph. nns, nns.
So "'3'5S3 "'i'X? "".zy] to .speak in the ears
of any one, i. e.. before any one, in his
presence and hearing. Gen. 20, 8. 23,
16. 44, 18. Ex. 10, 2. So Is. 5, 9 \3Txa
nin"! in mine ears (said) Jehovah, comp.
22, 14. 'b ^.iTxa cr:: to'*put or lay up in
the ears of any one, i. e. to rehearse so
that one may hear with the ear and
lay up in his mind, Ex. 17, 14. S^W
i"'3TX3 to hear with one's ears, emphat.
Vs. 44, 2. Job 28, 22.
nnSTO liTS (ear of Sherah, or She-
rah's corner) Uzzen-S/ierah, pr. n. of
a small city founded by Sherah the
daughter of Ephraim, 1 Chr. 7, 24.
"Tl3r\~ni2TN (pr. ears i. e. summits of
Tabor) Aznoth-Tabor, pr. n. of a city in
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 34.
''PT^ (auritus) Ozni, pr. n. m. of a son
of the patriarch Gad, Num. 26, 16.
"C?T^ (whom Jehovah hears) pr. n.
m. Azaniah, Neh. 10, 10.
CJ^T^ m. plur. (r. p:j) manacles,
chains for the hands, Jer. 40, 1. 4 ; i. q.
C'^;?'! with Aleph prosthetic, which some
Mss. omit in v. 1.
^7>5
30
m
* "15? fot. -.tX^. Jer. 1, 17, c. suff. ^sntx^
Job 30, 18, to gird, to bind around;
also to gird oneself, to he girded. Arab.
x\( to be strong, robust, but doubtful
whether also pr. to be girded; Conj. II
to gird. Conj. Ill to strengthen, to aid.
Kindred roots, which all have the force
o!" hiiiding around or together, girding,
surrounding, are ""5X, "i-iX [-^S*], "^3?,
n-j?. -,T?; nan, -nn, nnj. Spoken:
a) Of a garment with which one is
girded, c. ace. of pers. Job 30, 18. b)
With ace. of the member girded. Job 38,
3 ^"'^'^n ^?"~J? gird tip 71010 thy loins.
40. 2. Jer.'l, 17. c) With ace. of the
girdle or garment with which one is
girded, only trop. 1 Sam. 2. 4 b^n ^-iTX
they gird on strength.
NiPH. part. -iTXD girded Ps. 65, 7.
Pi EL to gird, with ace. of pers. and
also of the girdle, Ps. 18, 33. 40 '^i'^'NlriT
T\'Cnhi2h \^n thou hast girded me with
strength for the battle. 30, 12 '^S'^'XFi]
nnr'J thou hast girded [or surrounded]
me icith gladness. Is. 50, 11 r'ip"'T "'tj-li*^
girded i. e. armed with burning wea-
pons. For the construction of such
verbs with two accusatives, see Lehrg.
219. 1. Heb. Gr. 136. 1.
HiTHPA. to gird oneself, e. g. for bat-
tle, to arm oiieself Is. 8, 9 ; c. ace. trop.
Ps. 93, 1.
Deriv. Tits .
^ilTX i. q. sini, the arm, (Aleph
prosthet. see p. 1,) Jer. 32, 21. Job 31,
22.
JT^I^ m. for n-^t with Aleph pros-
thetic. R. n^T no. 2. c.
1. a native tree, growing in its own
soil, not transplanted, Ps. 37, 35.
Hence
2. Of persons, a native, one born in
the country, not a foreigner, Lev. 16,
29, 18, 26. al.
T'"?!^ patronym. an EzrahiLe, one
of the descendants of Ezrah, T^TX ;
spoken of Ethan. 1 K. 5. 11 [4, 31].' Ps.
89, 1 ; also of Heman Ps. 88, 1. In
I Chr. 2, 6 both these are said to be
descendants of Zerah, nnt , the eon of
Judah ; so that we may regard nnts as
another form of the same name, ibutid
only in the patronymic.
1. ' '^ constr. "^riN, c. sufT. Tis (my
brother), ^pnx, c="ns ; Plur. c^nx
(Dag. impl.) constr. Tix , c. suff. "fnx,
cr'^ns, c. suff. 3 pers. T^nx for i"nx ,
comp. Lehrg. p. 602.
1. a brother, undoubtedly a primitive
word, Arab. ^|, st. constr. 5^'; <^i j
Li.t; Syr. W, Chald. nx. It follows
partly the analogy of verbs l^b , and
partly that of verbs J" ; comp. Lehrg.
118. Spoken in a less exact sense of
half-brothers, e. g. those born to the
same father, but of different mothers,
Gen. 42. 15. 43, 3. Judg. 9, 21 ; or vice
versa those born of the same mother, but
by different fathers, Judg. 8, 19. These,
where there is need of greater dcfinite-
ness, are called -X"'|3, nx ,2, Gen.
49, 8. 43, 29. Sometimes emphat.
of full brethren, by both the father's
and mother's side. Gen. 42, 4. 44, 20.
Comp. Gen. 49. 5 c-nx 'ib^ "il'^^'y Simeon
and Levi are true brethren, i. e. not only
by birth but also in disposition. The
word brother is employed by the He-
brews in other and wider senses, e. g.
2. a relative, kinsman, in any degree
of blood. Gen. 14. 16 Lot his brother, pr.
his brother's son. 13, 8. 29, 12. 15.
3. one of the same tribe, contribidis,
2 Sam. 19, 13 ; e. g. of the Levites, Num.
8, 26. 16, 10. Neh. 3, 1.
4. a fellow-countryman, pnpidaris,
Judg. 14, 3. Ex. 2, 11. 4, 18. Spoken also
even of kindred nations, e. g. of the
Edomites and Hebrews, Gen. 9, 25. 16,
12. 25, 18. Num. 20. 14.
5. an ally, confederate, spoken of allied
nations, as the Tyrians and Hebrews
Am. 1,9; or those of the same religion
Is. 66, 20.
0. a friend, associate ; so of the friends
of Job 6. 15. and perh. akso 19. 13 ; of
Solomon, whom Hiram calls his brother,
1 K. 19, 13. Comp. Neh. 5, 10. 14.
7. any one of the same nature, afcl-
low-man, i. q. S'^, Lev. 19, 17. Hence
preceded by ttS'^x, 07ie the other; Gen.
13, 11 rnx by 13 r-'S ^t^b] and they
separated themselves one from the other.
26, 31. This formula is applied also to
inanimate things of the same kind in the
masculine gender, just as ninx "IKX
njs<
31
T.K
are used in the same sense for things
feminine, e. g. Ex. 25, 20 uJ^X on-^SBI
rnx-bx and their faces (i. e. of the
Cherubim, shall look) one towards an-
other. 37, 9.
8. Trop. as expressing likeness of dis-
position, habits, etc. Job 30, 29 I am a
brother to jackals, i. e. I cry and howl
like them. Prov. 18, 9.
' Deriv. rinx, nnnx, and pr. n. axnx,
janx, ^la^nXj'-'nx Vbhtix.
* II. njj intcrj. expressing grief^ com-
plaint, onomatopoetic, ah ! alas ! c. dat.
Ez. 6, 11. 21, 20. Hence the Arabic verb
^L^l to cry ah, ah, ah! repeatedly;
see below in nnx .
S
III. ns f Arab, ^t , a large pot, a
portable furnace or stove, in which fire
was kept in the king's winter-apartment,
Jer. 36. 22. 23. At the present day the
Orientals sometimes make use of such
pots or furnaces instead of fireplaces, for
warming rooms ; they are called in Per-
sian and Turkish, Jo tannilr. They
have the form of a large pitcher ; and
are placed in a cavity sunk in the middle
of the apartment. When the fire has
burnt down, a frame like a table is
placed over the pot, and the whole is
then covered with a carpet ; and those
who wish to warm themselves sit upon
the floor and thrvist their feet and legs
and even the lower part of their bodies
imder the carpet. R. nns II.
Hi? Chald. a brotlier ; plur. c. suff.
rp J^s Ezra 7, 18.
Hii only in plur. cnx , pr. bowlings,
shrieks ; hence howling animals, doleful
creatures, (comp. ''X II,) prob. howlets,
owls, Is. 13, 21. The word is onomato-
poetic, like Lat. ulula. Germ. Uhii,
Schubut, Fr. hibou. See nx II, and
r. nns.
SSjns? (father's brother) .4/ia6. pr. n. m.
a) A king of Israel r. 918897 B. C.
noted for his uxoriousness and idolatry,
1 K. 16, 28.-22, 40. b) Jer. 29, 21.
"jSnS (brother of the wise, or for IjnX
brotherly) Ahban, pr. n. of a man of the
tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 29.
in Si a verb derived from the numeral
^^^< , not used in Kal, its place being
there supplied by ^^^ to make one, to
unite.
HiTHPA. to unite oneself, to collect one-
self. Ez. 21,21 'inxnn pr. unite thyself
[three-edged sword.] i. e. ravage with
all thy force united ; or, as the parallel-
ism permits, collect thyself i. e. attend !
The suggestion of C. B. Michaelis is not
to be contemned, who regards the four
first words of the verse as spoken in the
character of a military chief: " Conjunge
te, dextrorsum ! [aciem] strue, sinis-
trorsum !" i. e. Fall together, right ! to
your post, left !
* ''v'^ constr. inx (and so before '(O
Lev. 13, 2 ; before' nbs Gen. 32, 23 ;
also Gen. 48, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 22. Zech.
11,7,) fem. nrix for nnnx, in pause
rnx ; a cardinal numeral having the force
IT V ' ^
of an adjective, one ; unus, a, um. Arab.
Jl&.!, f ^^^^\ , Eth. AfhJ?. ahadu,
Chald. and Syr. in, ,_. The same
radical letters are found in the Pehlvi
arlvek one ; and except the third rad.
Daleth, in Sanscr. eka. and Pehlvi j'eA:.
Gen. 42, 13 fin. Ex. 11, 1. Deut. 1, 23.
32, 30. Josh. 12, 9 sq. Spec, also
1. one, i. q. the same. Gen. 40, 5. Job
31, 15.
2. As ordinal, the first, primus, a. um,,
but only in enumerating the days of the
month. Ezra 10, 16. 17 onnb nnx ai"'3
on the first day of the month, ili^nb "ins^a
on the first of the month Gen. 8, 5. 13 ;
comp. fiia iMv aaiSjii'aojv Acts 20. 7. In
enumerating years the construction is
rnx rs'l^, as sometimes in Engl, the
year one. two, etc. for the first year, Dan.
9, 1. 2. Ezra 1, 1. In other passages, aa
Gen. 1, 5. 2, 11, *ins retains its common
signif as a cardinal, and the numbers
follow each other as in Engl, one.secondj
third ; Lat. unus, alter^ tertius, Sueton.
^ Octav. 101.
3. some one, any one, Lev. 13. 2. Deut.
12, 14. 2 Sam. 7, 7. nyn inx one of the
people, Gen. 26, 10. ' 1 Sam. 26, 15.
nnx -px, X3, no one. Num. 16, 15. 1 K.
8, 5(3. Ps. 14, 3. Hence often
4. i. q. the indef art. a, an, one, espec.
in the later Hebrew. 1 K. 20, 13 K-^aa
rs^
32
inn
jnx a prophet, a certain prophet, Trpoqpij-
TTig'zig. Dan. 8, 3 nnx b-'^iK a ram. 1 K.
19, 4. Also where nnx precedes ; e. g.
ttini? inx aholyone, a certain angel, tig
uyytXog, Dan. 8, 13. Sometimes also in
the earlier books, as Ex. 29, 3. 1 Sam.
1, 1 ; seq. gen. as niisn ^nx one of the
cisterns, i. e. a cistern, Gen. 37, 20 ; comp.
Job 2, 10.
5. one only of its kind, i. q. oiUy, alone,
eoZe, Job 23, 13. Ez.7,5. Cant. 6, 9. Arab.
s s
(X^U unique, incomparable, cXa^* id.
A. Schultens ad Job 1. c. et 9, 5.
6. Repeated, "inx inx, one ano-
ther, units alter, Ex. 17, 12. 18. 3. Also
thrice, 1 Sam. 10, 3. 13, 17. 18. In like
manner distributively, Num. 13, 2 ttJ"'S<
*ins iy"^s inx one man to a tribe shall ye
send, i. e. a man for every tribe. 34, 18.
7. Ins3 as one, i. e. together, at once,
Ezra 2, 64 ins3 ^n;3f3~'^3 the whole con-
gregation together. 3,9.6,20. Eccl. 11,6
inssi Wi'Sai both together, both alike.
Also together, in company, Is. 65, 25.
In the same sense is used "in5< ^"5<3
Judg. 20, 8. 1 Sam. 11, 7. Chald. snns'.
8. Fem. rnx ellipt. for rnx C70 one
time, once, 2 K. 6, 10. Ps. 62, 12.
9. rnxs a) i.q. rnx no. 8. Num.10,
4. b) at once, i. e. suddenly, Prov. 28, 18.
c) i.q. ^nxs together, altogether, Jer.lO, 8.
10. "irx iHxb one after another, one by
one, Is. 27, 12 ; " and so Ecc. 7, 27 rnx
rnxlji.
Note. In the difficult and vexed pas-
sage Is. 66, 17, the common signification
is to be retained : those who sanctify and
purify themselves in or for the [idol-]
groves nnx ^nx after one, i. e. following
and imitating the one priest who directed
the sacred ceremonies. Comp. Com-
ment, on Is. 1. c.
Pluh. C'l'inx 1. the same. Gen. 11, 1.
Comp. Lat. uni, e.g. 'unis moribus vivere'
Cic. pro Flacco 26. Terent. Eun. 2. 3. 75.
2. joined in one, nnifed, Ez. 37, 17
tJinnxb rnn and they (the two sticks)
shall become one.
3. some, a few, Gen. 27, 44. 29, 20.
Deriv. the verb THSt , also pr. n. liriN .
IHS (MilC'l) an Egyptian word signify-
ing nuirsli-grass, reeds, Indrushes, sedge,
every thing green which grows in wet
grounds. Gen. 41. 2. 18. Job 8, 11. The
word was adopted not only into the He-
brew, but also into the Greek idiom of
Alexandria, where it is written it/i, uxti,
see Sept. Gen. 41, 2. 18. Is. 19, 7 ; like-
wise in Ecclus. 40, 16, the author ofwhich
lived in Egypt. Jerome in his Comment.
on Is. 1. c. says : " quum ab eruditis
quserarem, quid hie sermo significaret,
audivi ab ^Egyptiis hoc nomine lingua
eorum omne quod inpalude virens nasci-
ir<rappellari." The Coptic translator has
retained the same word, Avriting for the
Gr. w^a of the Sejjt. nJ-J^J Comp.
the same in Num. 11, 5. Kindred are
^Ke, OKG) bulrush, reed. See De
Rossii Etymol. ^gypt. p. 24. Jablonski
Opusc. ed. te Water T. I. p. 45. T. II. p.
160. Peyron Lex. p. 16.
"l^nj? (forliinx union, from 'inx) Ehud,
pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 6 ;
called in the parallel passage Gen. 46,
21 "nx.
^^tl!!? f declaration of one's mind, Job
13, 17. It is a verbal of Hiph. from r.
n|!n , used in Hebrew only in Piel, but in
Chaldee also in Hiph.
ninS f brotherhood, Zech. 11, 14.
Denom. from nx q. v.
nini? Ahoah pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 4, for which
V. 7 n^nx . Patronymic 'n'nx Ahohite,
2 Sam'. 23, 9. 28.
^^^t!^ Chald. a declaration, showing,
explanation, Dan. 5, 12. Strictly inf.
Aph. from n^n.
'''Qin55 (brother of water, i. e. dwelling
near it) Ahumai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2.
>inS5 m. (r. *in!!{) 1. the hinder part,
G > \
back-side, rear. Arab. -&.f id. Hence
a) ninx^yrom behind, i. e. behind, in the
rear. opp. n':Da, 2 Sam. 19,9. Arab.
^&.| Jv*. b) ^"inxb backward, back,
Ps. 114, 3. 5 ; with averted face, Jer. 7,
24. c) "linxa backward, bark. Prov.
29, 11 a fool uttereth all his anger. C3n^
ninair'' nlnxa but a wise man kecpeth
it back, q. d. drives it backward, so that
it comes back to himself, d) "ilriK in ace.
as Adverb, Arab, f ^i^f , behind, on the
rs<
33
TMR
back-side, opp. to cpo and C"ip. . Ez.
2, 10 and it (tlid roll) was written D^:d
"linxi in front and on the back, i. e. witli-
ia and without. 1 Chr. 19, 10. Ps. 139. 5.
Also hackicard, Gen. 49, 17 iasn bo']
"linx aiid his rider falleth backward.
Jer. 15, 6. Often pleonast. after verbs
of turning or going away, i. e. of turning
back, Ps. 9, 4. 56^ 10. 2 Sara. 1, 22. Ps.
35, 4. 40. 15 ; and so others, e) Plur.
Cnhx the hinder parts, the back sides,
Ex. 33, 23. 26, 12. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 8, 16.
2. the west, the western quarter ; since
the Hebrew, in speaking of the points of
the compass, always regarded himself as
looking towards the east. Job 23, 7. 8.
Is. 9, 11 linx-a n^nr^E^ and the Philis-
tines behind, i. e. in the west. Comp.
Ci^:, r^";, |^''n, Vj<?:b ; also C. B. Mi-
chajlis Diss, de locorum diii'erentia rati-
one anticee, posticae, dextrse, sinistrae,
Halffi 1735 ; reprinted in Pott's Sylloge
Commentt. V. p. 80 sq. 8. The Hin-
dus, Mogols, and Irish, follow the same
method.
3. after-time, the future, Tinxb here-
after, Is. 41, 23. 42, 23.
ninj? f. (for n;nsj5, from masc. WK,
which in Arab, and Chald. is i. q. 'Tix)
plur. c. suff. Ti^riinx Ez. 16, 55 from a
sing, nnx, also Tini^nx Ez. 16, 52 irom
a sing. iT^n?) which comes from masc.
*>ns ; comp'. Lehrg. p. 602.
Q of f
1. a sister, Arab. ic^S-l, Syr. |i.j for
fiJ.) , Chald. rnx , id. Pr. a sister of
full blood, i. e. of both the same father
and mother ; but spoken also less accu-
rately of a half-sister, e. g. one born to
the same father but of a different mother,
hfionuTQlu. Gen. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 13, 2. 5 ;
or one born of the same mother by a
different father, ofto/nriTfjiu, Lev. 18. 9.
11. 20, 17. The word sister is also em-
ployed by the Hebrews in other and
wider senses ; e. g.
2. a relative, kinswoman, Job 42. 11.
So Gen. 24. 60, where the mother and
brother say to Rebecca, rix "SPhx thou
art our sister.
3. a countrywoman, one of the same
tribe or country, popularis, Num. 25, 18.
4. an ally, a confederate city or state,
Ez. 16. 46. 23. 31.
5. Af\er niSX, one the other, spoken
also of inanimate things of the fem. gen-
der. Ex. 26 Zfive curtains were coupled
nnhx-bx ncx one to another, v. 5. 6. 17.
Ez. 1, 9.3, 13.
6. Metaph. sister is said of any thing
with which we are intimately connect-
ed ; Prov. 7, 4 say unto wisdom. Thou
art my sister. Job 17, 14. Comp. other
words expressing relationship, espec. -X
no. 8. nx no. 8.
7. As a term of endearment addressed
to a spouse, Cant. 4, 9 sq. Comp. TibuII.
3. 1. 26.
* Tni< fut. THfii'i , rarely Tnx;; 1 K. 6,
10. Ecc. 7, 18.
1. to lay hold of, to take, to seize, espec.
with the hand. Arab. tX^t , Chald. and
Syr. inx, ,_if. Constr. with ace. of
pers. or thing, Ps. 56, 1. Judg. 12, 6 ;
often also c. a , Ex. 4, 4. Job 23. 1 1. 2 Sam.
20; 9 and the right hand of Joab took
holdofAmasa's beard. Metaph. ascrib-
ed also to terror, fear, (like Xu^fiuvtiv,)
Ex. 15, 14 Pttibs '2a"' tnx h^n terror
hath taken hold on the inhabitants of
Philistia. v. 15. Ps. 48, 7. But also vice
versa one is said as in Engl, to take
fright, i. q. to be affrighted ; Job 18. 20
"iSb ilTHS C''3"^'7|5 the ancient ones took
fright, were affrighted, for : ' terror seiz-
ed upon them.' 21, 6. Is. 13, 8 n^n-^S
ntnxi c-'bnril they (the Babylonians)
take hold of pangs and sorro^cs, for :
' pangs and sorrows seize upon them.'
2. to take, to catch, e. g. in hunting,
fishing, Cant. 2, 15.
3. to hol^, to holdfast that which one
has taken hold of c. ace. 1 Chr. 13, 9.
2 Chr. 25, 5 ; a Gen. 25, 26. Metaph.
c. ace. Job 17, 9, comp. xQmiia Rev. 2,
25; c. a Job 23, 11. Part. pa.ss. with
active signif Cant. 3, 8 ann-imx hold-
ing the sword. Comp. on this deponent
use of passive participles, Lehrg. p. 309,
310. Heb. Gram. 49. n. 2 ; also comp.
for this same verb Syr. ^Lm] holding,
Ethiop. Ti-J-lH ehuz, taken, held, also
holding.
4. to hold or fasten together, to join,
and in Pass, to be joined, to adhere.
Many verbs of taking and holding thus
pass over to the notion of joining and
tm
adhering, these ideas being closely al-
lied ; comp. ^ab and npb in Hithpa. and
ixofiiu tirog to hold or depend from any-
thing, f'/ofisvog joined with any thing ;
also al^m, whence Lat. hcereo. Ez. 41,
6 r-ian 'T'pa a'^iwx si'^n'! ^'^) that they
might not be joined to the wall of the
temple, i. e. inserted in it. 1 K. 6, 6.
Hence
5. to make fast, to shut, e.g. to bar,
Neh. 7, 3. So Syr. ^f-
6. to join together timber, to cover
with timber, beams, boards, etc. conta-
hulare. 1 K. 6, 10 and he covered th^
hoiise with cedar-wood. Comp. tosn
Hab. 2, 19.
7. to take out or away, sc. from a larger
number ; whence Part. pass, taken out,
taken, sc. from a lot or portion, (like sy-
non. isb? .) Num. 31, 30 and from the
half which belongs to the children of Is-
rael, shall thou take one [part] "i^ T^nx
C^li'^nn taken from fifty, v. 47. 1 Chr.
24, 6 mx Tnxn ">u"bxl? nnx ins aK'n"*?
^cn"^Kb (where it should twice read
with many Mss. fWN ins) one family
being taken for Eleazar, and one being
taken for Ithamar, i. e. in drawing lots
they drew first a lot for a family of Elea-
zar, and then one for a family of Itha-
mar.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, Ecc. 9, 12.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 3, Gen. 22, 13.
Ecc. 9, 12.
3. to make oneself possessor of any
thing, to take or have possession. Gen.
34, 10. 47, 27. Josh. 22. 9. 19. Comp.
Syr. f^f to possess, and deriv. Mjns.
Pi EL to shut up. as Kal n&. 5. Job
26, 9 shutting up the face of his throne,
i. e. veiling his throne with clouds.
HoPH. to be joined, fastened, to any
thing, pass, of Kal no. 4. 2 Chr. 9, 18.
Deriv. the six following.
THS (possessing, possessor) Ahaz. pr.
n. m. a) A king of Judah. contemporary
with Isaiah, Hosea, and Micah, r. 744
728 B. C. noted for his weakness of
character and idolatry, 2 K. 16, 1 sq. 2
Chr. 28. 16 sq. Is. 7. l' sq. 38, 8. Sept.
'JxK ^) 1 Clir. 8, 35. 9, 42.
yrrnijl r (r. inx Nlph. no. 3) posses-
gion, espec. the posfleesion of land,
fields, etc. Lev. 27, 24 rnx ib irxb
34 ^n5<
^'iNrt to whom possession of the land be-
longed, i. e. who had been its owner,
v. 16. 21. 22. lap? rmx possession of a
sepidchre, i. e. a sepulchre belonging to
a family, their own, Gen. 23, 4. 9. 20.
49, 30. In the connection 'rhr,^ rxrvA
Num. 27, 7, and njns nbna 35,' 2. Spo-
ken of slaves Lev. 25, 45. 46.
"'THN Ahzai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13 ; for
which 1 Chr. 9, 12 n-,mv Prob. it
should read in both passages ii^friK,
which see.
n^rnS and ^'"prnS (whom Jehovah
holds) pr. n. Ahaziah. a) A king of Is-
rael, the son of Ahab and Jezebel, 897
895 B. C. 1 K. 22, 40. 2 K. 1, 2. Sept.
'O/o^lug. b) A king of Judah, the son
and successor of Joram, 884 B. C. 2 K.
8, 24. 9, 16.
Djnx (their possession) Ahuzzam,
pr. n. of one of the descendants of Ju-
dah, 1 Chr. 4, 6.
r-jnX (possession) Ahuzzaih. pr. n. of
a Philistine, the friend of king Abime-
lech. Gen. 26, 26.
* iM a root not in use. I. Arab.
_-L^f onomatop. from the sound rix
interj. to cry ah, ah, ah ! repeatedly ;
in Heb. perh. to sigh, to groan, to howl,
whence CTiJ*.
II. In Arabic also to be warm, hot, to
glow, sc. with anger, as in the words
s .- ^ s 1 -- ^
_,Lafctj .L^t ; whence perhaps may
be derived Heb. ns , -j^' , a pot, furnace.
Better however to derive the signif fur-
nace from r. _| to flame, to burn, as fire,
^ Os f
Conj. II to kindle, it2.| heat, etc. See
lett. 5 .
'1^^^{ see ninx.
''ns? (perh. apoc. from 1;HS) Ahi, pr.
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 15. b) 7," 34.
"^nS see I'lnx.
DS'^nX (for rJt-'nH father's brother,
uncle) Ahiam^ pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33.
1 Chr. 11, 35.
'^V'n^, Chald. i. q. Heb. ri'^^n with
Alcph. prostUet. a riddle, enigma, Dan.
5,12. R. nin.
IX
35
brw
n^ns (hrothcr i. e. friend of Jehovah)
AhiaJi, pr. n. ra. a) A priest in the time
of Siiul, 1 Sam. 14, 3. 18. b) 1 Chr.
8,7. c) 11,36. d)lK.4,2. e) 1 Chr.
26, 20. f ) 2, 25. g) 1 K. 15, 27. 33.
h) Neh. 10, 27. i) A prophet dwelling
at Siiiloh in the time of .Icroboam, 1 K.
11, 29. 12, 15; for which W^rix 14, 6. IS.
2 Chr. 10, 15.
^l^rrriS (brother i. e. friend of the
Jews, for nin-j "^nx) Ahihud, pr. n. m.
Num. 34, 27. '
'i'^nX (brotherly) Ahio, pr. n. m. a)
2 Sam. 6, 3. 4. b) 1 Chr. 8, 14. c)
1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37.
*Tn''ns? (brother i. e. friend of union)
Ahihud, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 7.
S'113'^nX (brother i. e. friend of good-
ness) Ahitub. pr. n. m. a) 1 Sam. 14. 3.
22, 9. b) 2 Sam. 8, 17. c) 1 Chr. 5, 37.
Neh. 11, 11.
n^bTIS (brother of one born, for "Tix
"11^7) Ahilud. pr. n. of the father of Je-
hosiiaphat, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 1 K.4,2.
0''nS5 see nk.
tTi'a"'nii (brother of death) Ahimoth,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 10 [25] ; for which in
the parallel passages stands rn"? .
5jb^inS (brother of the king) Ahi-
melec, , pr. n. m. a) A priest dwelling
at Nob. lather of Abiathar. and the inti-
mate friend of David, 1 Sam. 21, 2. 22, 9.
Ps. 52, 2 ; and on this account put to
death by Saul. Different from hira ap-
parently is b) Ahimelcch the son of
Abiathar, one of the two high priests in
the time of David, 2 Sam. 8. 17. 1 Chr.
24, 3. 6. 31. But Korb, in Winer's
Theol. Journal IV. p. 295, very plausi-
bly conjectures that in 2 Sam. 8. 17 in-
stead of ' Ahimelech the son of Abia-
thar,' it ought to read Abiathar the son
of Ahimelech ; from which error he
supposes the reading in 1 Chron, 1. c. to
have flowed.
'J'Q'^nK (brother of a gift) Ahiman,
pr. n. m. a) One of the Anakim Num.
13, 22. Joih. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10. b)
1 Chr. 9, 17.
T?^''^'^ (brother of anger) Ahimaaz,
pr. n. m. a) A Sam. 14, 50. b) A son
of Zadok the high-priest in the time of
David, 2 Sam. 15, 27. 36, 17. 17, 20. 18, 19
sq. The same person seems intended
in 1 K. 4, 15.
1^'7^ (brotherly) Ahian, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 7, 19.
3'7r'^r'^ (liberal or noble brother)
Ahinatlah, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 14.
D?-T'^ (brother of pleasantness)
Ahinoam, pr. n. fem. a) 1 Sam. 14, 50.
b) 1 Sam. 25, 43. 27, 3. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 2,2.
3,2.
?f73D'^n^ (brother of support or help)
Ahisamak, pr. n. m. Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34,
nryTIX (brother of help) Ahiezer,
pr. n. m. a) A phylarch or head of
the tribe of Dan, Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 7, 66.
b) 1 Chr. 12, 3.
Qj^'^r'^ (brother of the enemy) Ahi-
kam, pr. n. of the father of Gedaliah,
w^hom the Chaldeans made governor in
Judea, 2 K. 25, 22. Jer. 39, 14. 40, 5 sq.
0'^"'^? (brother of the high) Ahiram,
pr. n. m. Num. 26, 38. Patronyra. ''-
ibid.
^"^n^ (brother of evil) Ahira, pr. n.
m. of a phylarch or head of the tribe of
Naphtali. Num. 1. 15. 2, 29. 7, 78. 83.
10, 27.
nnTT'^nX (brother of the dawn) Ahi-
shahar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10.
"^^''n^ (brother of the singer, or for
"^'^f """- brother of the upright) yi^tsAar,
pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 6.
bch-^nx (brother of folly) Ahithophel,
pr. n. of an early friend of David, who
conspired with Absalom against him,
2 Sam. c. 15-17.
^i^^ (fatness, fertility) Ahlab, pr. n.
of a place in the tribe of Asher, Judg. 1,
31. R. a^n.
^bm Ps. 119, 5, and '^^Hi? 2 K. 5, 3, a
particle of wishing, O that ! would God!
with fut. Ps. 1. c. without verb 2 K. I. c.
It is commonly derived from r. nbn Pi.
CJS fkn to stroke one's face, to caress,
to court. But not improb. it may be
compounded from nx and "^ i. q. ^b .
''^n^ (O that !) Ahlai, pr. n. m. and f.
1 Chr. 2, 31 ; comp. 11, 41.
br.^
36
"tn^
n^bribi f. Ex. 28,, 19, the name of a
gem, Sept. Viilg. KjusiVt'o-toc, amethyst ;
but .Tosephus gives it by a/uTrfi, agate,
though there seems to be some confusion
in the order of his words. The form is
that of a verbal of Hiph. from r. cbn to
dream; perhaps because it was worn as
an amulet to induce dreams. A similar
superstition is also the ground of the
name u^i&vaTog, this stone being re-
garded as a charm against drunkenness.
Comp. Braun de Vestitu saccrdot. Heb.
II. 16.
Xn'SHN Ezra 6, 2, Adnnetha, i. e.
Ecbatana, the ancient metropolis of
Media, the summer residence of the Per-
sian kings. The ancient orthography
of this name is traced by Lassen (Ind.
Biblioth. III. 3C) in the Sanscr. agi'a-
dhana. i. e. InnoviuaiK ; the Sanscr. p
passing over sometimes into a guttural
and sometimes into s. The correspond-
ing modern name is Ispahan.
iSCnX pr. n. m. Ahasbai, 2 Sam. 23,
34. From !^;;2 ncnx I take refuge in
Jehovah.
'J^ to be after, behind ; to stay be-
hind , hence, to stay, to (Jjdwj. to remain,
in Kal once, 1 pers. fut. inxn Gen. 32,5.
Arab. _i>.t Conj. II, to defer, to delay.
Syr. Aph. and Shaph. t-"o| and ^o^
id.
PiEL ^ns, plur. ^inx for ^i-inx Judg.
5, 28, fut. -nx'n .
1. to delay, to retard, to hinder any
one, Gen. 24. 56 ; to delay, to defer any
thing Ex. 22. 28. Also ellipt. Deut. 7,
10 he will not rfe/oy ^(punishment) to
him who halcth him.
2. Intrans. i. q. Kal, to stay, to delay,
to linger. Judg. 4, 28 why linger the
paces of his chariots 7 Ps. 40. I'd ~^5<
"inxn delay not. 70, 6. Gen. 34, 19.
3. to stay long, to tarry late in or by
any thing, with bs . Prov. 23, 30 Dinns^
'i?!"! ^? ''i'/'^o tarry long at the whu, i. e.
who drink till late in the night. Comp.
Is. 5, 11, Ps. 127, 2.
Deriv. "inx n-'snhK, and -linx.
"ini!? (Dag. forte im])l.) f n-inx, Plur.
t)'nn{<, ri-inx, from an ob.sol. sing, "im
with Kamets pure.
1. Adj. pr. after, hinder, following
spec, next following, next, second, (comp.
sccundus a sequendo.) Gen. 17, 21 !^-"i'2
riHxn m the next year, the following
year. 1 K. 3, 22. Hence genr. another,
otlier ; alius, alia, aliud ; Gen. 4. 25. 8,
10. 12. 29, 19. al. sa;p. Arab. '^\ id.
Syr. ^t-A_, jir-'lj plur. Pi^)_, Chald.
^nx. So t:i"in!!< Din'sx other gods,
le. 'idols, Deut. 6,' 14. 7, l. Jer. 1, 16.
7, 18. al. siBp. Sing, "inx Vs Ex. 34, 14 ;
without bx id. Is. 42. 8 "nIj "ipixb '^ni^Di
"nx and viy glor-y nnll I not give unto
another god. 4S, 11. Ps. 16,4 -nx (-rx)
!|~rj*a who hasten to another god, i. e.
away from the true God after idols.
2. Aher, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 12.
iri!? pr. after, the after part, hinder
part, extremity. Hence
1. Adv. a) Of place, behind, in the
back-ground. Gen. 22, 13 ^nx b-^x nsni
T^j^l^a T|^&3 Tnx3 and lo ! a ram in the
back-grojcnd, caught in a thicket by his
horns. Abraham did not see the ram
behind, himself, as the Vulgate renders,
and as it is usually taken ; but in the
distant part, the back-ground, of what
lay before his e^s. [Yet he may
naturally be supposed to have looked
round on hearing the angel's voice. T.]
Nor is it necessary to refid "^nx, with
the Samar. Sept. Syr. and 42 Mss. b)
Adv. of time, afterwards, then, Gen. 10,
IS. 18, 5. 24, 55. 30, 21. al.
2. Prep, a) Of place, behind. Cant.
2, 9. Ex. 3, 1 behind the desert, back of
it. i. e. on the west of the desert, see in
"linx no. 2. Also after, as 's ".nx r^Ti
to go after, to follow any one, Gen. 37, 17.
Job 31, 7. "^nxis prjpgn. pr. from after,
Ps. 78, 71 ix'^sn n'sr ^nxia from after
the ewes he brought him, i. e. from fol-
lowing the ewes, from being a shep-
herd, b) Prep, of time, after. Gen. 9,
28. So nixrj O'^-iS'nr! nnx after these
things, I. e. afterwards, a formula of
transition, Gen. 15, 1. 22, 1. With infin.
after that, after, Num. 6, 19. ',3 int?
pr. cifter so, i. e. after it had so hap-
pened, aftencards, Lev. 14, 36. Deut.
21, 13.
3. Conj. I^X "inx after that, Ez. 40, 1 ;
and without nix. Lev. 14, 43. Job 42, 7.
Note. Instead of the sing, "inx , the
plur. '^nx is lUr more frequently used ;
see below. With sulfixcs the plur. form
is always used.
Pi.UH. D'^nnx , only in constr. "''Iin!*, c.
euir. "'"^inx, DS-innx, on'^-inx. etc.
1. Subst. the, hindnr partu, 2 Sam. 2,
23 n-'snn ''^nxa with the hinder end of
the spear.
2. Prep, a) Of place, behind, Judg.
18, 12 where it ia i. q. on the west of, see
in ninx no. 2. More fVeq. after, behind
any one, Lev. 26, 33. 1 Sara. 14, 37.
2 K. 19, 21. Dn-'':;nx ("I'Jx) those who
go after them, their flatterers, parasites,
Ps. 49, 14. Hence, with verbs of going,
to follow ; also 'b ^'^HJt rr^n to be after,
to go after any one, i. q. to follow, to be
on one's side, Ex. 23, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 10.
Comp. 1 K. 1, 7. Prov. 28, 23 ons n'^aiia
KSTS"^ ",n "^nrtit he that rebuketh a man
after m/'. (i. e. after my precepts) shall
find faroiir. b) Of time, after, Gen.
16. 13. 17, 8. With inf. after thai, after,
Gen. 5, 4.
3. Conj. "I'r** ''"!'^^ (^fi'^r that, Deut.
24, 4. Josii. 9, 16. 23, 1 ; rarely with ^dx
omitted. Lev. 25, 48. Once nrxs -^nnx
Josh. 2. 7.
4. *3"''')'!'.S< pr. after so, after it had so
happened, i. e. aftericards, Gen. 6, 4.
15, 14. 23, 19. 25, 26. al. Comp. Syr.
siLs:, and _aoi iLs . With I'lJN added
it becomes a conjunction, i. q. iiax '^tlH'??
cifter that, like Lat. posteaquam for post-
quam, Deut. 24, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 10. In the
later Hebrew we find also rxt "^"inx
after this, afterwards, Job 42, 16. Ezra
9, 10. Comp. Chald. njT -"nnx Dan. 2,
29. 45.
5. With other prepositions :
a) 'initia , once "^^nx ",p 1 Chr. 17, 7,
"pr. from after, from behind, from going
or following after ; chiefly used of those
who abandon a person or party whom
they have before followed, Num. 14, 43.
Deut. 7, 4. 2 Sam. 20, 2. Also at or on
the back, behind, after, (comp. 'a no. 3.
h,) Josh. 8, 2. Ex. 14, 19. Jer. 9, 21.
Of time, after, Ecc. 10, 14; and in Neh.
4, 7 ^ "'"l)'!!'*^ , in the same sense. Hence
*)3 "^nnx^ pr. after so, i. e. afterwards,
2"Sam'.'3, 28. 15, 1.
b) "^nns-bx after^ with verbs of mo-
4
37 ^nfc^
tion. 2 K. 9, 18 '^'inx-bst sb turn thee
after me, behind me, 2 Sam. 5, 23.
p) '"l^nix"^? i. q. ""IT^^, Ez. 41, 15.
Comp. b3 no. 3. b.
^nS Chald. plur. constr. ''"^nx, after^
Dan. 2, 29 ; but by Hebraism. The
pure Chaldee preposit. is "in2 .
linnx, fem. i^j'inx, from nnx with
the adj. ending ',i.
1. hinder, hindermost, latter, opp. to
foremost, fi)rmer, (Tioxn ,) Gen. 33, 2.
Ex. 4, 8. Deut. 24, 3. Ti^nxn n^n the
hinder sea, i. e. western, the Mediterra-
nean, Deut. 11, 24. 34, 2. Joel 2, 20.
2. after, later, following, as ")'i"<ns< "n'n
Ps. 48, 14. liinx oi"' after time, future,
Prov. 31, 25. Is. 30, 8. Plur. n-^annx
those after, posterity. Job 18, 20.
3. the last, latest, Neh. 8, 18. Is. 44, 6
/ [Jehovah] am the first, and I the last.
Job 19, 25. Fem. n:nn>5 adv. last, the
last, Dan. 11, 29. Also njinsa Deut.
13, 10. 1 K. 17, 13, and njnnx^" Num. 2,
31. Ecc. 1, 11, at last, last.
^y)^ (for nx^nx, after the brother,)
Aharah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 1.
'H^n^ (behind the breast-work sc
born) Aharhel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8.
^y^^ Chald. constr. see "inx Chald.
^'y}^ Chald. adj. fem. another, alia,
Dan. 2, 39. 7, 5. 6 ; for the common-
n'^inx , the n of the fem. gender being-
dropped by apocope, like "''^'X'n for
n'^^'x-i , ^-zh-q for niD?:? .
r*:^"^ Chald. adj. (fr. in ^n^) Dan..
4; 5 "i"'";}ns"ns pr. at the last, at last, at
length ; the "is being pleonastic, see 1?
Chald. A. 2. keri T^niJ .
^''iriS? f (r. "inx) 1. the last or
extreme part, uttermost part, Ps. 139, 9.
Oftener of time : a) the end of a pe-
riod, Deut. 11, 12; the end, event of any
course oi things, latter state, final lot,
Job 8, 7. 42, 12. Prov. 5,4 frnia ttni'inx
her end is bitter, i. e. the final lot of
those whom the adultress seduces ;
comp. 23, 32. Sometimes of a happy
end or result, Prov. 23, 18. 24, 14. b)
after-tim, the future, espec. in the pro-
phetic formula D'^oj-l n''"!n^3 in future
time, in the last days, Is. 2, 2. Gen. 49, 1.
Mic. 4, 1. Num. 2^ 14. Dan. 10, 14.
ir5<
38
rji^
2. Concr. those who come after ^ de-
scendants, posterity. Ps. 109, 13. Am. 4,
2. 9, 1. Dan. 11, 4.
n^-inj? Chald. f: i. q. Heb. n^nnsi no.
1. b. Dan. 2, 28.
Tvt?^ Chald. adj. another, alius, Dan.
2,11.'
PT^S'nnj? adv. (r. "inx) backwards.
Gen. 9, 23. 1 Sam. 4, 18.' Comp. -.inj| .
D^rS^.^tnN m. plur. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9.
9, 3. Ezra 8. 36, satraps, the governors
or viceroys of the large provinces among
the ancient Persians, poBsessing both
civil and military power, and being in
the provinces the representatives of the
sovereign, whose state and splendour
they also rivalled. Single parts or sub-
divisions of these provinces were under
procurators or prelects, nins ; the sa-
traps governed only whole pro^nnces.
See Brisson de regio Pers. principatu 1.
168. Heeren Ideen T. I. p. 489 sq. ed.
4. The genuine form of this name,
which has lately been found in the
inscriptions of ancient India, isksatrapa
i. e. warrior of the host ; see Benfey in
Gott. Gel. Anz. 1839. p. 805 sq. Lassen
Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. III. p. 161. To
this harsher form corresponds the Greek
i'iuiQunriq, ilaid^qimriQ, (Boeckh Corp.
Inscr. no. 2691. c,) whence arose by
degrees the softer auiQunr,(;. The "(- is
appended. Comp. D^J'nrirrjs .
j^SS-l^CnS!! Chald. m.plur. i. q. Heb.
Dan. 3, 2. 3. 27. 6, 2. 3.
*J'i"^!]T^r!J!? Ahnsuenis, the Hebrew
form of the name Xerxes, as it would
seem. It is found Esth. 1, 1, and oflen
in this book ; also Ezra 4, 6. where the
order of time would require it to be un-
derstood of Canibyses ; and further in
Dan. 9, 1, where it stands for Astyages,
the father of Darius the Mede. The true
native orthography of the name Xerxes
has recently been brought to light from
the cuneiform inscriptions ; where it is
written kh-sh-y-A-r-sh-A, which seems
to correspond to the modern Persian
sLaiu^jcw i. e. lion-king ; since it is cer-
tain that for the softer pronunciation of
8 and sh, as uttered by the modern Per-
sians, the ancient Persians had far harsh-
er sounds, as in the words khshayathiya
i. q. Shah king, khshatrap i. q. Satrap.
From this ancient harsher form, the
Hebrews, by prefixing their prosthetic
Aleph, made iri-'.rw'ns Ahashverosh, and
the Greeks it(*^ryc. See St. Martin in
Journal Asiatique III. p. 85. Champol-
lion Precis du Systeme hieroglyphique,
Tableau general. Tab. 7. 2. p. 24. Las-
sen iib. d. Keilschrift p. 165 ; also in Zeit-
schr. f Kunde des Morgenl. VI. p. 124 sq.
tJlt^ns Esth. 10, 1 in Chethib, for
''"iriffinX (prob. mule-driver, a name
of Persian origin, see next art.) pr. n. m.
Ahashiari, 1 Chr. 4, 6.
n^'S'nrnCriN pinr. m. mides.PeTs. jljLwwf
estdr, JuA/t ester, a mule, Sanscr. afwa-
iara. Esth. 8, 10. where it is rendered
definite by the addition sons of mares.
The "- is appended, as in D^sS'i'nuJnK .
iT75? see nnx.
tSX subst. m. (r. t:Ej<) 1. a gentU
sound, m.urmwr, whisper, and plur. dsx
concr. viittterers, whisperers, i. e. vrxQo-
/<'7fi?, necromancers, ventriloquists, im-
itating artifi'cially the supposed murmur
or thin voice of the shades or manes, Is.
19,3. See under nix .
2. a going softly, gentle motion ;
whence often adverbially, CX, BX^. 2S^ ,
softly, gently, slowly, e. g. of the still slow
g-ait of a mourner, 1 K. 21, 27 ; of wafer
gently flowing, Is. 8, 6. So "^KSfb pr. in
my slow gait, sloicly, at my convenience,
Gen. 33, 14. Also of the manner of act-
ing and speaking ; 2 Sam. 18, 5 "^1? liX^
"iJib (deal) gently with the yonvg man
for my .mke ! Job 15, 11 r(BV BN^ -i2ni
a7nl words gently (spoken) towards thee.
' _ V ^ o^ "o* ^^ "'^^ j Arab, to be
fast, frm; Conj. II, to make last, to
confirm. Hence
Tt^X m. the southern bu ckthom, Chris fs
thorn, Ifhammis palinms Linn, so called
from the firmness of its roots, Jndg. 9, 14.
15. Ps. 58, 10. Arab. JiJte! , i. q. the more
usual ^jX.
I'ltJN m. (by Syriasm for ^lOX, r. losj)
thread, yam, of linen or cotton ; in Chald.
t2i:i<
39
*
mnew, string. Oiice Prov. 7, 16 tapes-
try, coverings, of Egyptian yam, which
was distinguished for its tirmness ao^l
beauty. Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. 89^.
A. Schultena compares Gr. od^ovt], 6&6-
viov, linen cloth.
* I3t35< a root not in use. 1. i. q. ic\
to utter a gentle sound, to murmur,
spoken of the sighing of the camel when
weary; also of the rumbling of the
bowels when one is hungry, t^v^hv.
See Comment, on Is. 19, 3.
2. to go softly, gently, see OH no. 2.
* Dt3i< to shut, to close, to stop, e. g.
the mouth, the ears, Prov. 17, 28. 21, 13.
ni^sax nisibn Ez. 40, 16. 41, 16. 26,
windows closed, sc. with bars or lattices,
which being let into the walls or beams
could not be opened and shut at pleas-
ure. Sept. #t'p/5f,- SixtvotTiti, Symm.
rolixai. Comp. 1 K. 6, 4. Kindr. is Arab.
to cover a window with a curtain-
jU?t
Hi PH. id. Ps. 53, 5.
* 'tm^ obsol. root, perh. to bind, to bind
together, kindr. with t:::X. Arab. ^j-ot
tent-cords. Hence "ox.
* 1t2>5 fut. las'!, to shut, to close,
once Ps. 69, 16. Arab. _iot to shut
in. to enclose. Kindred roots are "i^i< ,
"isn, "IS3 . Hence the two following:
IlSX (shut up, bound, perh. dumb)
Ater, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 16. Neh. 7,
21. b) Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45.
IClSl m. adj. (r. "i^x) shut up, bound,
i. e. impeded. Judg. 3. 15. 20. 16 -i2:x
iS'^a^ "I'] impeded as to his right hand,
i. e. who cannot use the right hand free-
ly, and hence i. q. left-handed. Arab.
Jot Conj. V, to be impeded ; comp.
JJCc. to bind, to tie, transferred also to
the tongue, like Engl, tongue-tied.
^ , constr. "'St I. Interrog. adverb,
where? c. suff. f^S^J? where art thou?
Gen. 3. 9. i'X tp/iere is he? Ex. 2 20.
tsjx where are they? Is. 19, 12. More
freq. with He parag. M^X q. v. This
particle seems to have arisen by drop-
ping the Nun from "S II. (q. v. in '"iNTa
whence ?) and this again seems to have
been originally the same as the nega-
tive 178< I ; just as many other negative
words have also passed over to an in-
terrogative power ; comp.Lat. ne. Germ.
nicht ioa.hr? Engl, not so? Hence i*!*
pr. hn is not there, not present, i. q. ISJ^!* ,
comp. Job 14, 10 ; and interrog. i ha Jiot
there ? q. d. where is he? In this way
';'X no. I and II become closely related.
Comp. Hcb. Gram. 150. no. 1 ult. In
Arabic ic( has passed over into an in-
terrog. pron. i/J^o ? f. abf ; and the same
also is Eth. A^. Comp. Germ, wo?
Kngl.who?
2. As a mere sign of interrogation, put
before adverbs and pronouns in order to
give them an interrogative power ; just
as "I'lJx gives them a relative sense.
Comp. Germ, wovon ? for von welchem?
Engl, wherefore ? i. q-for what ? Hence
a) HT ""X , which? what ? but always with
reference to place (except in Ecc. 11,
6), 1 K. 13, 12 r^t!7 "H"!!!?! HT IK what way
went he? (Or perh. i. q. Lat. ubi vice?
quorsum vies? see under M|rT3 "'X in lett.
b.) 2 K. 3, 8. 2 Chr. 18, 23. Job 38, 24.
Also without interrogation, Jer. 6, 16.
Ecc. 11, 6. Elsewhere i. q. where?
(from r\1 here.) Job 28, 12. Esth. 7, 5.
Sometimes written in one word, ^.'f^X,
q. V. b) n|rTD 'S from what ? whence ?
(from riro thence.) Gen. 16, 8. 1 Sam.
30, 13. Jon. 1, 8 nnx ns n:^ ''X from
what people art thou ? 2 Sam. 15, 2 "'X
nrix I"'? n^-^ from what city art thou?
strictly Lat. 'undenara populi? undenam
urbis ?' as Plaut. unde gentium ? Odyss.
1. 170 no&fr mSnm: c) rSTb "H where-
fore ? why? from rsfb therefore, Jer. 5,7.
Note. With certain other particles
^X is joined more closely, so as to coa-
lesce with them into one word, as 'T^'^X ,
ns-^it , n'2"St , n'S'^iC , q. v. The same use
of this particle is found in Syr. >.3 ft .*|
in what way? how? jJtSi*] whence?
llll who? Chald. (^i-'S who then? nn^X
id. Eth. A^* where ? how ? In Prov.
31, 4 Keri i3'i "'X a'^I^-iVi, render: nor
for princes [to .say], Where is strong
drink? See in ix no. 1.
I. ''Jit contr. for "'^X . (as '3 for ^'i'S . -^"i
for '^"i , comp. Lehrg. p. 510.) m. perhaps
^
40
tl^i<
fern. Is. 23, 2 ; plur. n-^fSt, once 'p'^S? Ez.
26, 18. R. mx I.
1 . Pr. habitable ground, dry land, opp.
to water, the sea, rivers ; see the root
no. 1. Is. 42, 15 D"'*i<b ni-inj '^RTSir /wjV^
??iaA;e the rivers dry lands ; comp. 43, 19.
50, 2. Hence
2. terra maritima, land adjacent to
the sea, sea-coast, whether on the shore
of the main land, or an island ; like the
East-Indian Dcipa. which sig^nifies both
oast and island. Spec, a) tlie coast,
the sea-const, Is. 20, 6. 23, 2. 6. Ez. 27,
7 nir-'^j* i_^S the coast ofElishah, i. e. of
Peloponnesus or Greece, b) an island,
Jer. 47 ,4 "ins? "^x the isle of Caphtor, i. e.
Crete. d'^Pid'-'^X the isles of Chittim, Ez.
27, 6. Jer. 2, 10 ; comp. Esth. 10, 1, where
tfir] i_*X are put in antith. with the main
land, continent, c) Plur. d'^'^X very o^an
for coasts, maritime regions, espec. be-
yond sea, as in Jer. 25, 22 is added by-
way of epexegesis C^n "i33?3 "i^J< ''S<^J .
Hence genr. of coasts and islands far
remote, Is. 24, 15. 40, 15. 41, 1. 5. 42, 4.
10. 12. 49, 1. 51, 5; espec. those of the
Mediterranean Ps. 72, 10. Dan. 11, 18,
which also are called more definitely
c^!!! "'!* Is- 11; 11, and n'^'^'^T^ "^^N Gen.
10, 5. Zeph. 2, 11. In Ez. 27,' 15 the
Indian Archipelago is to be understood.
II. ''X contr. for '^'iX (r. n^^N II, see in
''it I ) pr. <z howling, wailing cry. Hence
1. Concr. tJie howler, i. e. the jackal,
Arab, j^.t ^^\, piur. (^.1 ^iij'-Xj, son,
daughters of howling, Pers. JULui,
whence Germ. Schakal, Engl, jackal.
So called from its nocturnal cry or howl,
which resembles the scream of a child.
Damiri ap. Bochart. Hieroz. I. p. 843.
Found only in plur. C^X, Is. 13, 22. 34,
14.
2. Interj. i. q. *'ij< ah ! alas ! \co ! c.
dat. Ecc. 10, 16. 4, 10 "ib 'X , which seve-
ral editt. read in one word, i'?"'i< wo to
him !
III. "'K adv.no^, non, found Job 22, 30,
and in thepr. names 'Ti-S"'^N( inglorious)
Ichabod 1 Sam. 4, 21, and brrx Jeze-
bel. It is much more freq. in Rabbinic,
espec. MR prefixed to adjecfive forms
with a privative signification, like Engl.
in, un, in the same usage ; and also in
Ethiopic, where i5i. is prefixed also to
verbs. It is doubtless an abridged form
from "("ix , see r. "iX , T^X ; like the Greek
and Sanscr. a priv. from an.
TlM"*'i? (inglorious) Ichabod, pr. n.
1 Sam'. 4, 21. See in ^X III.
-1_K to be an adversary, enemy, to
any one ; (o persecute, to hate. The
primary idea is prob. to be sought in
breathing, blowing, puffing at or upon
any one, which is often referred to anger
and hatred, Germ, anschnauben. Kin-
dred is snx, in which the idea of ftreaZ^-
hig after pas'ses over into that of desire
and love. The finite verb occurs only
once, Ex. 23, 22 ; but very freq. is Part,
:3;^iX as subst. an adversary, enemy. Gen.
22, 17. 49, 8. al. Sometimes it retains
the construction of a participle, 1 Sam.
18, 29 I'l'^TX ni^iX an enemy to Davids
Fem. rn^ix collect efiwmies, Mic. 7,
8. 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 477.
Deriv. Si'X, and
nn''i5 f. (contr. for t^3^^;, as !t:'^N for
n^l^x) enmity, hostility, Gen. 3, 15. Num.
35',2i.
T^i? m. pr. a load, burden, by which
one is oppressed, crushed ; from r. "IIX
no. 2. Hence
1. misfortune, calamity, Ps. 18, 19. Job
21, 30.
2. destrttction, ruin, Job 18. 12. 21, 17.
30, 12. bx I"*!* destruction fram Gody
Job 31, 23."
^'^^ f (for tr^ix , r. n;s 11 ) pr. cry, cla-
mour; hence
1. As the name of a clamorous bird
of prey, unclean. Lev. 11, 14. Deut. 14,
13 ; also keen-sighted, Job 28, 7. S(jpt.
and Vulg. sometimes vulture, sometimes
kite. The opinion of Bochart is not im-
probable. Hieroz. 11. p. 193 sq. that it is
the species of//co/J called by the Arabs
-}J> yio/u. i. e.falco epsalon. called also
smirle, e.merillon, Engl, merlin. Or
perhaps the Heb. Avord is a general term
for hawk, falcon, etc. whence in Lev.
and Dent. 11. cc. is added W5"'r^ .
2. Ajah. pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 24.
b) 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8.
^l!'^ i- q- ''* where? with n- parng.
as nsn from in, Gen. 3, 9. 18, 9. al. Also
VK 41
without interrogation, Job 15, 23 he wan-
dereth about for bread, njx where-ever
it muy be.
S1"i|l pr. n. Job, an Arab of Uz or
Ausitis, distinguished for wealth and
also for piety and virtue, but tried of God
witli the heaviest cahimities. Besides
the boolt of Job, he is also mentioned in
Ez. 14, 14. 20. Sept. "lo\5, Arab. C>^\-
Tile name signifies pr. one perseciiled,
from r. -"5$, as TijJ"; one born, from th^ ;
and refers to the calamities by which
he was afflicted. Others render it: serio
G s*
resipiscens, i. q. Arab. v_*Lt , from r. 2ix,
ij|, to return, to convert, comp. Cor.
Sur. 38. 40-44 ; but see against this,
Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 81. col. 1.
'?P^ f. (pr. non-cohabited, i. e. uXo-
2fo^ Plat. p. 249. B, Lat. iniacta, chaste,
comp. Agnes ; an appropriate female
name, and not to be estimated from the
character and conduct of A hab's queen ;)
Jezebel, Isabella, pr. n. of a notorious
woman, the daughter of Ethbaal king
of Tyre, and wifeof Ahab king of Israel,
infamous for her idolatry and cruel per-
secution of the prophets. 1 K. 16, 31.
18, 4. 13. 21, 5 sq. 2 K. 9, 7 sq.
npi? where 7 Job 38, 19. 24. Com-
pounded from the interrog. part. ''X , "'X
q. V. no. 2, and nt here.
^""i? hoxo 7 apoc. from nD^x , Gen. 26,
9. Without interrogation, Ruth 3, 18.
2 K. 17, 28. Often as an exclamation
of pain or grief, how 1 Ps. 73, 19. Is. 14,
4. Ecc. 2, 16.
^3"'^? from "iX no. 2, and n3 i. q. nb
so, here.
1 . hov) 7 in what way ? Deut. 1, 12.
Without interrogation, Deut. 12, 30.
2. where 7 Cant. 1,7.
3. Often as an exclamation of pain or
grief how ! like TfX, Is. 1, 21. Lam. 1, 1.
ro'^i? (id.) where, not interrogative,
once 2 K. 6, 13, where Keri has is'^x id.
nDS^St (Milel) how 7 Cant. 5, 3. Esth.
8, 6. From "^X and n=3 i. q. ns, ns, so.
^''S? seer. ^ix.
'I'i? m. \. a ram, so called from his
twisted horns, q. d. rolled up ; see r. ^^X .
4*
Gen. 15, 9. Plur. o-'^-'X Ex. 25, 5, and
O^lrX Job 42, 8. Hence intens, b;x q. v.
2. A term of architecture, referring,
as it would seem, to a projection in a la-
teral wall, serving as a post or column,
i. e. a pilaster ; either from r. bix no, 3.
or like Lat. aries, cap-enliis. Germ. liock,
used for a buttress. 1 K. 6. 31. Ez. 41,
3. Plur. c^b^x. Ez. 41. 1. 40. 10. 14. 10.
3S; comp. V. 26. 31. 34. 37. The ancient
versions render it sometimes posts, some-
times columns. See Boettcher's Proben
alttestamtl. Schrifterkl. p. 302.
"^^^ m. a stag, hart, male deer, Deut.
12, 15. 14, 5. Is^ 35, 6. Plur. z^r Cant.
2. 9. 17. Always masc. but in Ps. 42, 2
joined with a fern, in the manner of
comm. gend. thus denoting a hind, which
elsewhere has the specific name "V^X,
rb*x . Chald. and Syr. id. Arab. J^J
wild goat, mountain-goat, chamois. Etli!
JPA , by which orthography the affinity
of the roots b^x and bin is distinctly con-
firmed. As to the etymology. bx is a
sort of inten.sive of h'ii . therefore pr. a
large ram or buck, and nb^x a large sJie-
goat or the like. Indeed the Hebrews
would seem to have called all the va-
rious species of deer and antelopes, which
in part are furnished with twisted horns
like the ram. by the general name of
large rams or wild ram^ ; just as the
Germans call the same animals Berg-
ziegen, wilde Ziegen, and the Latins
caprecB, from their general resemblance
to a goat, capra. Sept. every where
ikafpoi.
b^
m. strength, might, once Ps. 88, 5.
R. b^x no. 2.
^"'S? m. (r. bnx) plur. t:''b''X , pr. strong,
stout, mighty.
1. Plur. tlie mighty, the powerful, the
nobles of a state, city. Ex. 15. 15. Ez. 17,
13. 2 K. 24, 15 Keri.'
2. a strong, stout, mighty tree, like 8^vg,
spec, the oak, terebinth, and sometimes
also the palm, i. q. nbx , '(-ibx , which is
more usual. Sing, once Gen. 14, 6 in
the pr. n. ,'nxs b-^x . Sept. xfqi^iv&o; lijg
fhuQuv. Plur. n-ib-'X, c^bx Is. 1. 29. 57
5.61,3.
^^^^ f a hind, female deer, and perh.
also caprea, wild she-goat, these two ani-
h'^
m
:\s
mals being hardly distinguished in the
common usage of the Hebrew. Gen. 49,
21. Plur. nib*x constr. nb^x 2 Sam. 22,
34. Cant. 2, 7. See in masc. i:x .
"jl^^S (from b*s, q. d. Deerfteld, from
the number o^ deer,) Ajalon. pr. n. a)
A Levitical city in the tribe of Dan,
Josh. 10, 12. 19, 42. 21, 24. Judg. 1, 35.
See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. b)
A city in Zebulun, Judg. 12, 12.
V^'^^ (an oak, see I"!'!*) Elon, pr. n.
1. A city in Dan, Josh. 19, 43. 1 K.
4,9.
2. Of several men : a) Gen. 26. 34.
36, 2. b) Gen. 46. 14. c) Judg. 12, 11.
ril5'i&? (trees, a grove, perh. palm-
grove, see under nbx) 1 K. 9, 26. 2 K.
16, 6, also rb'iN (for nb-^x Lehrg. p. 467,
and that collect, ibr rib-N) Dent. 2, 8.
2 K. 14, 22. 16, 6 bis, Eloth, Elath, pr. n.
of a city of Idumea on the eastern gulf
of the Red Sea, which is called from it
Sinus ^lanites, or Elanitic Gulf The
Edomites being subdued. 2 Sam. 8, 14,
David took possession of it, and after
him Solomon, whose fleet sailed hence
to Ophir, 1 K. 9, 26. It was again recov-
ered by the Idumeans ; and once more
subdued by Uzziah king of Judah, 2 K.
14, 22 ; but Rezin king of Syria took it
at length from the Jews, who seem never
again to have recovered it, 2 K. 16, 6.
Josephus calls it J^llarr}, Ptolemy "jAava,
Pliny ^lava H. N. 6. 32 or 38. See
Relandi Pala^st. p. 217, 554 sq. Le
auien Oriens Christ. T. III. p. 758. By
Arabian writers it is called SJo! Aileh,
Ailat. The ruins of the former city are
Btill visible near to the fortress of 'Aka-
bah, on the N. W. Ruppell's Reisen,
p. 248 Bcq. FrankC 1829. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 241 sq.
f^^^^^ f. i. q. b^S* pr. strength^ viight,
then help, Ps, 22, 20. R. bix no. 2.
th^'if; plur. Q''^b"'i< and ni^^K. an ar-
chitectural term, which tlie Sept. Vulg.
and Targums make i. q. cbflx pnrcJi;
from which however it is manifestly
distinguifihed, Ez. 40, 7 sq. The niBb-^it
were carried round an edifice, and arc
usually mentioned along with the O'^^'^x ;
see Ez. 40, 16. 22. 26. 29. Comp. Boett-
cher Proben. p. 319,
^r''^ (trees, perh. palm-trees) Elim,
pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert, the second after leaving Egypt,
with twelve fountains and seventy palm-
trees, Ex. 15. 27. 16, 1. Num. 33.9. With
He loc. nrb-x Ex. 15, 27. Geographers
rightly assume the place of Elim in the
Wady Ghurundel, a valley of that re-
gion ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 100,
105.
1^'^S? Chald. m. a tree, Dan. 4, 7. 8 sq.
Syr. i-lii^*| id. It corresponds to Heb.
"T^X ; but the Chaldee word is used in a
wider sense.
J^'?"^^ see in rlbi^.
^?^i? f. i. q. n^*x (fo which it is also
St. constr.) a hind, as a term of endear-
ment towards a female, Prov. 5, 19.
More difficult of explanation is it in the
inscription oi Ps. 22 ""ncn rijl'N-br upon
(according to) the hind, of the dawn.
These words seem to be the name of
some other poem or song, to the measure
of which this Psalm was to be sung or
chanted ; comp. rr]5 2 Sam. 1, 18. The
phrase hind of the dawn prob. stands for
the morning sun scattering his first ravs
upon the earth ; just as the Arabian po-
ets call the rising siin the gazelle, com-
paring his rays with the horns of that
animal ; comp. '"^p. lett. e. See Schultens
ad Job. p. 1193 ; ad Har. Cons. V. p. 163.
* C]j;J< obsol. root, Chald. and Tal-
mud. C'S , to terrify. The primary idea
seems to be to strike dumb; comp. r.
CTsn , cnri ; perh. also 0^5 q. v. Hence
the two following:
D'^'K adj. f nB;5<, terrihlejormidahle,
Hab. 1, 7. Cant. 6. 4. 10.
fTH"^!* and H12X f (for rtr';s) terror,
dread. Dent. 32, 25. With genit. of that
which inspires terror ; Prov. 20, 2 va^Hf.
T(^^ the dread, of a king, whicii one feels
before him. Job 33, 7 "^ra-'N the terror of
vie, i. e. wliich I inspire. With He parag.
nna^x Ex. 15, 16. Plur. rvj-'X Ps. 55, 5. .
Pi.rn. D'^r'^N 1. terrm-s, Ps. 88, 16.
2. jV/o/.? Jer. 50, 38, so called from the
terror with which they inspire their
worshippers. Comp. nsbca .
"K 43
3. Emim, pr. n. of an ancient people
who originally inhabited the land of
Moab, Gen. 14, 5. Deut. 2, 11.
"l"*^ obsol. root, i. q. "iix q. v. Hence
! T?^ constr. ')''>||, pr. subst. nothing;
nothingness. Is. 40, 23 |7xb o-'rp "jrjn
who bringeth princes to nothing. Hence
adverbially:
1. nothing, nought, usually including
the id6a of the subst. verb to be, e. g.
1 K. 8, 9 csaxn ninb 'sa p-i liixa "px
nothing was in tlie ark saiie the two ta-
bles of stone. Ps. 19, 7. Ex. 22, 2. So
2 Sam. 19, 7 c^")a?.5 ^^ya r,b -j-^x 7jo?<g-/i
fo </iee are princes aiul servants.
2. no, not, including the idea of the
Bubst. verb, there is not, was not ; tliere
are not, were not, etc. i. q. V^ xb , Arab.
J^, Aram. :^^, n^b, n^^, AiTlZ
Num. 14, 42 cs3"ip2 niiT^ 'ps 13 for
Jehovah is not among you. .Tudg. 21, 25
t tliose duT/s b!i<nir7a -;bt; -j-ix there waj?
no king in Israel. Gen. 37, 29 C]Di^ I^X
"liaa Joseph was not in the cistern. Ps.
10, 4. Ex. 12, 30. Lev. 13, 31. In the
same phrases where O") is said affirma-
tively. "fX is also used negatively, as
'^^1 bsb mn Gen. 31, 29, and 13-17 bsb r^
Neh. 5, 5. Further : a) Where' the sub-
ject of a sentence is a personal pronoun,
this latter is often appended as a suffix
to the word "pX ; e. g. 'JS^x / am iiot,
etc. Tj3'^s thou art not, etc. ~.3''X , ir3'X ,
nrs'^X .' Dsrx , nrx ; and also with plur.
form (as if from B'^^X), 'i'2"3'^X, i^J'^X
Ps. 59, 14. 73, 5. b) "The substantive
verb being implied in this negative par-
ticle, as above, the latter is almost al-
ways joined with a participle ; e. g. Dan.
8, 5 behold, a he-goat came from the west
over the face of the whole earth, 533 "j'^xi
ynxa and touched not the ground, i. q.
553 X^. Esth. 3, 8. 7, 4. Ezra 3, 13. Ex.
5, 16 in? "px ',an straw there is none giv-
en, i. q. '{Hi xb. It often in this way
forms a periphrasis for no one, none, ne-
mo, Josh. 6, 1 xa -pxi xsii -j-^x none went
out, and, none came in. Lev. 26 6. Is. 5
29. Rarely joined with a finite verb.
Ex. 3. 2. Ecc.8, 11. Jer. 38, 5 T]ban j-^x 13
*^?^ C2.!^x bD-r for the king cannot do
any thing against you. Job 35, 15 ; and
80 with the particle UJ], Ps. 135, 17 -j^x
Dn'^Ba lyn td;; nor is there any breath in
their month. In both these passages tib
would be more correct. In like manner
the modern Arabs write iw*^ for if.
c) "^b i^X there is not to me, i. e. / have
not, I had not, etc. Lev. 11, 10. 1 Sam.
1, 2. So Arab. ^ [j**^ Before an
infin. it is often i. q. non licet, it is not
lawfid, not permitted, like ohx 'iaxiv for
oirx tifOT/y, and Arab. ^^ i^\S'est mihi
for licet mihi. Cor. 4, 94. ib. 10, 100, So
Esth. 4, 2 xiab 'px it is not lawful to en-
ter, none might enter. Ruth 4, 4. Ps. 40, 6
T^'^bx T("i5 "px there is nothing to compare
unto thee, i. e. nothing which can rightly
be compared, where T(i5 is poetic for
rpyb. d) Joined with various words:
d-'X -px there is no man, Gen. 31. 50. E.x,
2, 12. -inn fX Ex. 5, 11, and ms!iXT3 ,-'X
1 K. 18, 43, there is not any thing, ba *px
there is nothing at all, Ecc. 1, 9.
3. As 1^7 is sometimes i. q. to be pre-
sent, to be here or at hand, so "i"^!* is not
to be present, not to be here or at hand,
etc. Fr. il n''y a pas. Num. 21. 5 j'^X ''S
'2"''? T'X^ cnb for there is no bread here,
nor water. 1 Sam. 9, 4. 10, 14 and we
saw "i^x "a that they were nowhere. Gen,
2, 5. Num. 20, 5. Gen. 5, 24 of Enoch :
n-Tibx irx npb ^a iss-'Xi , l K. 20, 40
13.3-x xirti lo I he was not, i. e. he was
gone. So of death, Ps. 39, 14.
4. Sometimes it may be rendered
without, i. q. j"'xa ; but the examples
strictly fall back under no. 2 ; e. g. Joel
1, 6 strong and xvithout number, pr. ' and
there is no number.' Deut. 32. 4.
5. With prefixes : a) "pxa pr. in not,
in there not being, in defect of: a) i. q.
'when there was not,' Prov. 8, 24 T'xa
ni'ainn when there were no deeps, i. e. be-
fore the floods were yet created ; comp.
tsn-ja . /5) Often i. q. xba , withoiU. Ez.
38, li n^ln l-^xa without a wall. Pro v.
5, 23. 11, 14,
b) "i^xa as nothing, nothing wanting,
i. e. almost, well-nigh, Ps. 73. 2. Comp.
L:5"a little wanting, i. e. almost; see
c) 'pxb a) For ^X ili:5<b to whom
there is no, nothing, Is. 40, 29. Neh. 8,
10, /5) For m"in xbb so that there should
be no, etc. Ezra 9, 14.
d) I'^X'q pr, from there being no, i, q
5<
44
i2rj<
'p!*, but intensive, none, not one; see on
this idiom in '{^ 1. b. 2. Jer. 10, 6. 7. 30,
7. So rri^ )'iC2 i. q. sdi'i ',"ii<, Is. 5, 9.
6, 11. 50, 2.
Note. The absol. form "|";x stands
only at the end of a clause ; while
the constr. 'f X everywhere depends on
something following ; e. g. Num. 20, 5
'(^x C^TS there is no water, for which
might also be said c'^'a "px .
II. 'J'?i? adv. of interrog. where ? Arab.
of
/Twi ; found only with '{0 prefixed, 'i"'X^
whence ? Gen. 29, 4. Nali. 3, 7. al Ori-
ginally this was the same with the
negat. 'I'^'X I, and passed over into the
interrogative sense ; hence by apoc. "'X ,
^X, -^x III. See in "^X no. 1. Heb.
Gram. 150. 1. fin.
"pJ* 1 Sam. 21, 9, i. q. 'j'^X, but inter-
rogatively for VXin .
^T^'^S see "'1"'^2X.
^'X , rarely ^25? ^ f. an ephah, a
measure of grain, containing three seahs,
nxp, or ten omers, irir, Ex. 16, 36.
According to Josephus, Ant. 8. 2. 9, the
ephah contained 72 sextarii, equal to the
Attic (liquid) metretes, or 1993.95 Paris
cubic inches, about 1 ^ bush. English ;
Bee Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. pp.
259, 278. This is also confirmed by
other testimony ; so that there is doubt-
less an error in another passage of Jose-
phus, Ant. 15. 9. 2, where the ephah
seems to be equal to 96 sextarii, or the
Attic mcdimnus. 1 Sam. 17, 17. Zech.
6, 6 sq. Judg. 6, 19. Ruth 2, 17. Also
riB"Xi nE"^x a double ephah, one just,
the other false, Prov. 20, 10. Deut. 25,
14. Am. 8, 5. The origin of this word
is to be sought in the Egyptian lan-
guage ; where the Heb. ns'^x corre-
sponds to OOSni measure, spec, of corn,
modius, from r. OtJIIj HH, to number;
whence Sept. olql. Arab. -o , an Egyp-
tian measure. See Rudiger in Allg.
Encyclop. art. Epha. Thes. Ling. Heb.
in Append.
riD^S (from ''X and tva here) where ?
Is. 49. 21. Ruth 2, 19 ; hmP ? what kind
of? Judg. 8, 18. In an indirect inquiry,
Jer. 36, 19.
^i'^S'lX i. q. x'EX , q. V.
"^'^, c. sufF. 'C'^X, "noix, t^^"'X;
Plur. C^ffl'X only thrice, Ps. 141, 4. Prov.
8, 4. Is. 53, 3 ; instead of which the com-
mon usage has substituted C^r:x (from
obsol. sing. ai:x), constr. "^^j'^X , c. suff
'''^"?^ tfi"'B:x ; also as periphrastic plur.
Qj'^x ':2,'comp. no. 6.
1. a 7nan. Spec, a) a male, opp. to
a female ; Gen. 4, 1 / have gotten a man
with the Lord, i. e. a man-child. 1 Sam.
1, 11. So even of brutes, Gen. 7, 2 ;
comp. 1, 27. 6, 19. So Lat. vir of beasts,
Virg. Eclog. 7, 7. b) a husband, opp.
to a wife, Ruth 1, 11. Gen. 3. 6. 29, 32.
34. With sufT. l:'^"l'5X our men, i. e. our
husbands, Jer. 44. 19. So Gr mr,^ II.
IS. 291 ; Lat. vir Hor. Sat. 1. 2. 127. c)
As opp. to an old man, one of manly age,
vigour, 1 Sam. 2, 33. d) Emphat. of
manliness, warlike valour, comp. Hithpa.
below. 1 Sam. 4, 9 C'crx^ rni *P;nrn
be strong, and be ye men ! 1 K. 2. 2.
Comp. Horn. II. 5. 529. e) a man, mor-
tal opp. to God, Job 9, 32. 12. 10. Is. 31,
8 ; espcc. in plur. Gen. 32, 29. Is. 7, 13.
Comp. Horn, ^mtj;^ m8()MV le ^em' re.
Opp. to beasts, Ex. 11, 7. Gen. 49, 6.
f ) Joined in apposition with other sub-
stantives, as Dino 'X a man a eunuch
i. e. a eunuch Jer. 38, 7 ; 'n's ex a
priest Lev. 21, 9; espec. with gentile
names, e. g. "'"irS tti-^x a Hebrew Gen.
39. 14. Comp. Gr. livdQfg FaXihiioi, uv-
diff^ 'liTQttriXlTui, Acts 1, 11. 3. 12. g)
With genit. of a city, land, people, it de-
notes a citizen, inhabitant, etc. e. g. ttJ'X
Vx'b"; a man of Israel, i. e. Israelite ;
ix'nc': "idsx 1 Sam. 7, 11 ; .Tniin-i n^-jx
2 Sam. 19, 42 ; also n-^yn "^ttjjx Gen. 24,
13. In this signif the sing. lli"'X is mo-sitly
?ut collectively, as iiXTri tb"'X for ''irJsx
X-nb: Josh. 9, 6. 7. 10,' 24. Judg. 7. a s',
22. al. h) With genit. of a king, leader,
military chief, master, etc. the men of
any one, for his companions. foUmrers,
soldiers, his people, 1 Sam. 23. 3. 12. 24,
5. 8. 28, 1. Once perhaps spoken of
relatives and near friends, like Syr.
,!i^ -JaS] , e. g. Ez. 24, 17. 22. where
e''tti:x cnb fhe bread of men. is the food
which rehitivoR and friiMids wore ncous-
tomed to send to mourners, i) So too
D-^rrlsx DtK and with art, t3\T^xn ta-^x .
1 '.-IT*'
*K
45
tVJl
man of God, i. q. servant and minister
of God ; ppoken of ungels Juiig. 13, 6. 8 ;
of prophets 1 Sam. 2, 27 ; of Moses
Deut. 33, 1 ; of David 2 Chr. 8, 14. k)
"With genit. of an attribute, quality, vir-
tue, vice, etc. It denotes one possess-
ing that attribute or quality ; and In
this way the Hebrews form a peri-
phrasis for an adjective ; e. g. "^Nh a3''x
a man of form. 1. c. handsome ; C's'^ ttJ'^x
a man of blood, bloody ; -sb "^uiDX intel-
ligent, see in zb no. 1. e ; c^f\ "'iU:!? men
of name, famous. Gen. 6, 4 ; comp. UJ'^s
nonxn a husbandman, Gen. 9, 20. ij
Collect, for men, i. e. soldiers, troops, Is.
21, 9. Comp. ons Is. 22, 6. m) OS-'X
marks' also a man of rank, a great man,
noble, as opp. to D"ix a man of low con-
dition ; sec in C"ix no. 1. b. n) As joined
with numerals, we find after numerals
below ten n"'!t):x, as n'^ajjx n'r;a3 Gen.
18, 2 ; between ten and twenty some-
times 'X , Num. 1, 44 ; and above twen-
ty always ttJ-^X, 1 Sam. 14, 14. 22, 2. 18.
al. seep.
2. With nj* or "i, OTie another ; see
MS and sn .
3. Put for any man, i. e. one. some one,
any one, Gen. 13. 16. Ex. 16, 29. Cant.
8, 7. So Syr. ^.aJ) for itc, e. g. )>t9a.
^aJ) a certain Jew. Plur. CCSX men,
certain men. like Syr. ' ^'^\ , 1 K. 20,
17. Jer. 37, 10.
4. each, every one. 1 K. 20, 20 !|3?1
"iC^X d"is< and they slew every one his
man.* d-ixn "X this and that man, each
and every one, Ps. 87, 5. Esth. 1, 8.
Once like Vs prefixed to another subst.
Gen. 15, 10 inrn rxn;?b i-nn"cj"'j< 'n'l
a7id laid each part of each (animal) one
over again.<!t the other, where Tir2~UJ"'S<
is i. q. lir2-53, but tlie sacred writer
puts tti^X foi Vb in order to correspond
with the following insn. So too "'X
Wx Gen. 9, 5. "
5. Impers. like Germ, man, Fr. on,
Engl. one. plur. men. e. g. one says, men
say, etc. 1 Sam. 9. 9 ns bxnr'^a c:th
13"'X nrx formerly in Israel men said
thus, i. q. it was said.
6. (IJ'^X "ija sons of men. as a peri-
phrastic plur. for men simply, Ps. 4, 3 ;
like cnx "-z^ , see n^ix no. 5. Sometimes
emphat. for the noble, the high, opp. to
onx "53. Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4 ; see no. I.
m, and D'lX no. 1. b.
Note. As to the etymology, we hold
ti^X to be a primitive word ; yet soft-
ened from the harsher form ti:x (Cix)
q. v. whence also niEX for ni:x, and
plur. B'^^JX . In like manner the Arabic
has ijLuof and jjLwof .
Deriv. "ptljix, pr. n. Tintli-^x, ntia-ti'^X,
also
f^i^ denom. verb, only in Hithpal.
ttStUixrn to show oneself a man, ctfdgi-
^fff&ai ; Is. 46, 8 niirxrin show your-
selves men, be men, i. e. be wise, cast
away the childish trifles of idolaters.
Chald. irif^xnn and ii%'xrn id.
nO3"T0'^iC (man of shame, i. e. sham-
ing himself perh. bashful,) pr. n. Ishbo-
sheth, the son of Saul, who for two years
after the death of his father and brothers
reigned over eleven tribes in opposition
to David. 2 Sam. c. 2-4.
^inO^S? (man of glory) Ishhod^ pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 18,
'jiti'^Sl m. (dimin. from ttJ"'X) 1. a
little man, manikin, homunculus, and
with "i"^? the little man of the eye, i. e. the
pupil, apple of the eye, in which, as in
a mirror, a person sees his own image
reflected in miniature. Deut. 32, 10.
Prov. 7, 2. This pleasing image is
found in several languages ; e. g. Arab.
juAxJI pjLwwo* homunculus oculi, Gr.
xoojj, xoQuaiov, xooaaldiuv, Lat. pupa,
pupula, pupilla, Pers. d) Jwo ; see more
in Thesaur. p. 86. More fully Ps. 17, 8
'?? 5^? p'^'^'* i- 6. the pupil, daughter of
the eye ; see in rs no. 7.
2. Metaph. the middle, the midst of
any thing, like Arab, ajo apple of the
eye, for the midst, the summit. Hence
Prov. 7, 9 ill the eye-ball (pupil) of the
night, i. e. at midnight. 20, 20 in the very
eye-ball of darkness, i. e. in the midst of
darkness ; where in Keri is read n "il^xa
in the darkness of night.
"''^X Chald. for ''? Jesse, 1 Chr. 2,
13.
jiniiJ; for frx m. Ez. 40, 15 Keri,
an entrance, from r. r".rx i, q. xia to
ri^i^ 46
come, to enter. In Chethibh the letter
Yod is transposed so as to read 'pnx'^.
''^'''^ Chald. i. q. Heb. a);; there is,
from which it is derived. Arab. ijIIjI,
but only in a few phrases ; Syr. hZ,\ , in
Targg. n^X , Talmud. Nn\^t .Dan. 5, 11
^(^^''-^^2 ^25 in'iN there is a man in thy
kingdom. 2, 28. 30. 3, 25. With a nega-
tive partic. "^n^N ah Dan. 2, 10. 11. 3, 29.
With plur. Dan. 3, 12. In order to ex-
press the various persons of the substan-
tive verb to be, pronouns are suffixed,
mostly in the plural : ^nin'^N he is Dan.
2, 11 ; Njn^x we are 3, 18 ; Ti'^n'^x thou
art 2,26; Ti^-'n'^X ye are3,U.^ These
forms construed with a participle, consti-
tute a periphrasis for the finite verb, e. g.
Dan. 3. 18 "pnbs NJn^s nh we worship
not. Where it stands absolutely, it is
sometimes to be rendered there is, there
exists, il y a, Dan. 2, 10. 11. With dat
i "'n'X there is to any one, he has, Ezra
4,16.
''r!!''^ pr. n. see ''ri>t .
^^'f^^i? (for 5X ^nx, God with me)
pr. n. m. Ithiel, Prov. 30, 1. Ithiel and
Ucal seem to have been children or dis-
ciples of Agur, to whom he addressed
his maxims.
*T0ri''i5 (palm-coast) Ithamar, pr. n.
of the youngest son of Aaron, Ex. 6, 23.
28, 1.
IC"'^, also IfiS Job 33, 19, for 'jn';
with Aleph prosthet. from r. "in^j to be
perennial, constant.
1. percnnity, perpetuity, spoken espec.
of water. Ex. 14, 27 the sea returned
'i-'?'^?^ to its perpetuity i. e. to its perpet-
ual, ceaseless flow. Num. 24. 21 "r'^x
'^5'^"'^ V^V't^'ify (perpetual) is thy habi-
tation. Joined in the genit. with other
nouns : ns ,n'^X n'"iti3 perennial streams
P. 74, 15; 'in"'X fTi3 perennial pasture
i.e. ever verdant, Jer. 49, 19. 50, 44;
*n^K ^nj a pere7inial brook, ever flowing,
never faihng Dcut. 21, 4. Am. 5, 24 ; and
BO without bnj, 1 K. 8, 2 c"3n"^xn ni^
the month of jlouing brooks. (lK<'where
called Tisri. the seventh niontli of the
Heb. year, from the new moon of October
to the new moon of November. Prov.
13, 15 the uay of tranegreesora 'jn'^K is a
^
perennial stream, full of water, by which
one may easily be borne away and over-
whelmed. Job 33, 19 "inx i''rs5 :n'i'Ti
and the strife in his bones is perpetuity]
perpetual.
2. firmness, strength. Gen. 49, 24 Sirn
i^^l^ '\^^^'^_ his bow abides in strength,
i. e. is strong, firm. Jer. 5, 15 'jn-'X ^1a
a people of strength, i. e. strong, mighty.
Plur. Ci'^:n\x the strong, the mighty, Yulg.
optimates, Job 12, 19.
3. Ethan, pr. n. an Ezrahite, (see
'n':!'? ,) a wise man 1 K. 5, 11 ; to whom
Ps. 89 is attributed in the inscription.
^i? 1- Part, of affirmation, 7/ea, ttre-
ly, certainly, without doubt. Kindr. are
''2', "|3, 'i=J$, seeHupfeldinZeitschr.f d.
Morgenl. II. 143. Gen. 44, 28 Cina TiX
tri'^ surely he is torn in pieces. Judg. 3,
24. 1 K. 22, 32. 2 K. 24, 3. Ps. 58, 12. Job
18, 21. Hence
2. Adv. of restriction, limitation, only,
merely. Ex. 10. 17 cren r^x onlythisonce.
Lev. 11.21 iibrxn nrrj< rjx onlythesemay
ye eat. Ps. 37. 8 be thou not angry (which
is) only for doing evil, i. e. anger is the
frequent source of evil. Prov. 14, 23
empty talk licnttb "r^x (tendeth) only to
penury. 11.24. 21,'5. Spec, a) Before
adjectives, where only is equiv. to wholly,
altogether. Deut. 16, 15 H-b ~x r'^'^m
and thou shalt be only joyfid. i. c. shalt
wholly rejoice. Is. 16,7 C"ixr3 r,x wholly
contrite. 19. 11. b) Before substantives,
only, nothing btit, where we may render
it alo7}e, merely. Ps. 139, 11 Tlr^n r,x the
darkness alone, i.e. nothing but the dark-
ness. Ps. 39, 13 b?n Tjx nothing but
vanity, merely vanity, c) Before ad-
verbs and verbs, only. i. q. wholly, comp.
above in lett. a. Ps. 73, 13 p"^i "^X only in
rain, i. c. wholly in vain. 1 Sam. 25. 21.
Job 19. 13 "^rriD nt r^x -SJ-i^ mine ac-
quaintance are wholly estranged froin me.
Jiidg. 20. 39. Job 23. 6. Comp. Ex. 12, 15
(irx-^n ci'2 r|X wholly the first day, i. e.
the very first day, on no other but the
first day. i
3. As a particle of exception, only, hut,
Gen. 20. 12 "'fiX r2 xb r^x only not
(fjoroiovxl.) thp daufrhtcr of my mother,
i.e. but not. Lev. 11, 4. Num. 26, 55.
Deut. 18, 20. Josh. 3, 4.
4. Of time, only now, i. c. jtist now,
n2s
47
bx
scarcely. Gen. 27, 30 apJ-^ KU^ 5<s"; r(i<
fe<a WX lias? and Jacob teas scarce
gone out w/ie7i Esau his brother came
in. Judg. 7, 19. So Lat. tantum quod,
Cic. ad Fam. 8. 23, ^Uantum quod ex
Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te litterai
redditiE sint." Vellei. 2. 117.
* "1?^ obsol. root, i. q. T|?S , IJX , to
hind; tlien to strengthen^ to fortify a
city. Hence
nSS? (fortress, castle) Acccul, pr. n. of
a city built by Nimrod, Gen. 10, 10. Sept.
*u49/ttd, comp. pas'!! and P'^^.")^ . The
Targums and Jerome understand Nesi-
bis a city of Mesopotamia.
2J?i? (for aT3 , Aleph. prosthet. r. 2T3)
pr. fal-sehood, deceit, but every where
concr. for STss bns a deceitful brook, a
failing torrent, soon drying up and dis-
appointing the hope of the traveller,
Jer. 15. IS. Mic. 1, 14. 0pp. "in-'S a per-
ennial stream. Comp. Lat. fundus men-
dax Hor. Carm. 3. L 30.
n''TDS? (i. q. -T=x) Achzib, pr. n. a)
A city on the sea-coast of Asher, be-
tween Acco and Tyre, Gr. Ecdippa. now
called ez-Zib. Josh. 19, 29. Judg. 1, 31.
b) A city in tlie tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 44. Mic. 1, 14. Comp. a-^TS and naTS .
"^19^ "^- (^- "^l-?) W- violence, but every
where as concr. violent. Lam. 4, 3. Job
30, 21. Of poison, violent, deadly, Deut.
32, 33. Once in a good sense for bold,
brave, Job 41, 2. Hence
"""^T?^ fierce, cruel, Prov. 5, 9. Jer. 6,
23. Also cruel, terrible; Prov. 17, 11 a
terrible messenger, who brings fatal tid-
ings, as of a sentence of death. Is. 13, 9.
Jer. 30, 14.
M'^ntSK f. (from -^-itax with the end-
ing TO, see Heb. Gram. 85.6,) ferce-
ness, cruelty, of wrath Prov. 27, 4.
*^T^^- f- ^ eating, a meal, 1 K. 19. 8.
tJ^DSj (r. laax) Achish, pr. n. of a king
of the Philistines in Gath. 1 Sam. 21, 11.
27, 2. 1 K. 2, 39.
* ^5^ inf constr. bbif, , with pref Vziih ,
iba, c. suff. r,b3X, ib25<; fut. i>3!!<"i, in
pause bsx^, once ibs-n Ez. 42, 5.
1. to eat, to eat up, to devour; absol.
Deut. 27, 7. 1 Sam. 9, 13; ofkener with
ncc. of food ; rarely h Lam. 4, 5 ; a Ex.
12, 43-45. Lev. 22, il ; -,13 Lev. 7, 21.
25, 22. Num. 15, 19, comp. la&lnv nrog.
Spoken not only very frequently of
men, but also of beasts. Is. 1 1, 7 ; whence
hznn the eater, in Samson's riddle
Judg. 14, 14, is the lion, comp. Arab.
J|y^^lt . The following phrases are to be
noted : a.) to eat of a land, afield, a vine,
i. e. to eat the fruit of them. Gen. 3, 17.
Is. 1, 7. 36, 16, comp. 37, 30. b) to de-
vour sacrifices, spoken of idols in allusion
to the lectisternia, Deut. 32 38. Ez. 16,20,
c) cn^ bsij to eat bread, i. q. to take food,
1 K. 21, 7.' Ps. 102, 5 ; witli xb , not to
take food, to fast, 1 Sam. 28, 20. 30, 12.
Also, to take a meed, to dine or sup. to
feast, Gen. 31, 54. 43, 16. Jer. 41, 1. 52, 33 ;
comp. tpnynv u/jtov Luke 14, 1. Some-
times cnb b:x is simply i. q. to lire, Am.
7, 12. d) ni.Ti i5Eb bDJj to eat before
Jehovah, spoken of the sacrificial feasts
held in the temple, Deut. 12, 7. 18. 14,23.
Ex. 18, 12. e) to eat tlicjle.'ih of any one,
Ps. 27, 2, spoken of fierce and cruel ene-
mies, thirsting for one's blood. Differ-
ent is f ) to eat one^s ownflesh, Eccl. 4, 5,
spoken of the fool devoured by envy.
Comp. Hom. II. 6. 202 ov &v^ov KuriUbn'.
g) c???? , D?n bsx , to eat up or devour a
people, the poor, spoken of rulers or no-
bles who consume the wealth of a peo-
ple by oppression and extortion, Ps. 14, 4.
Prov. 30, 14. Hab. 3, 15. Comp. 5j;uo,5o-
Qot; jSttadsvg II. 1. 231. So also to devour
thejiesli of a people id. Mic. 3. 3. Else-
where to eat, to devour, is i. q. to consume
in war, by slaughter, Hos. 7, 7. Is. 9, 11.
Deut. 7, 16. Jer. 10, 25. 30, 16. 50, 7. 17,
51, 34. Comp. Judith 5, 24. h) to eat
or devour the words of any one, i. e. to
receive them greedily, to listen eagerly;
Gr. vpn/flv ^rjfiatn, dicta devorare. Plaut.
Asin. 3. 3. 59. So Jer. 15, 16 ^xai35
obaitl ?]''^3'7 thy words were brought to
me, and I did eat them, i. e. devoured
them eagerly, made them wholly mine.
(Comp. ad Carm. Samarit.4. 16.) Hence
is to be explained the vision of the roll
or volume given to the prophet to be
devoured, Ez. 2, 8. 3, 1 sq, comp. Rev.
10, 9. 10.
2, to devour, to consume, ofleD spoken
h
48
^5S
of inanimate things, e. g. fire, Num. 16,
35. 21, 28. 26, 10. Job 1, 16. al. With 3
Zech. 11, 1 ; comp. -ignis edax, Virg.
.^n. 2. 758 ; 'n:txvT<xg nvQ iuxfiiL II. 23.
182. Al!?o of the sword, 2 Sara. 2, 26.
18, 8. Deut. 32, 42 ; of famine and pesti-
lence Ez. 7, 15 ; of deadly disease Job
18, 13 ; of the wrath of God Ex. 15, 7 ;
of a curse Is. 24, 6 ; of heat and cold
Gen. 31, 40; of ardent zeal Ps. 69, 10.
3. i. q. to enjoy any thing, e. g. good,
good-fortune, c. 3 Job 21, 25 ; the iruits
of good or bad actions, sensual pleasures,
Prov. 30. 20 ; comp. 9, 17. So Lat. vesci
voluptatibus Cic. Fin. 5. 20.
4. Peril, to taste, to have the sense of
taste, Deut. 4, 28.
5. to eat off, i. e. to take from, to di-
minish. Ez. 42, 5 the upper chambers
itere shorter, nsn'D C^p^nx Jibai'i ^'Z for
the galleries took away from them, i. e.
crccupied part of the space.
Ni PH. b=x: , fut. bss;: , to he eaten, Ex.
12, 46. 13. 3. 7 ; also of what may he eat-
en, to be fit ibr food. Gen. 6, 21. Metaph.
to he devoTered by fire, Zech. 9, 4. ^^^
PiEL Vsx i. q. Kal, like Arab, jjj,
to eat up, to coiisurae. Job 20, 26 "nb=Nn
trx a fire consumes him, for inVsxn .
The Dagesh forte extruded is com-
pensated by the long vowel Kamets ;
though some Mss. read ^inbsxn. See
Lchrg. 72. n. 2. p. 251.
PuAL to he consumed, with fire Neh.
2, 3. 13 ; by the sword Is. 1, 20.
Hi PH. ^"^?tr!; ftit. ^"'SX^, once 1 pers.
V-'aiK Hos. 11, 4 ; inf b-'sn for biaxn Ez.
21, 33 ; pr. to make eat up or consume,
e. g. the sword Ez. 21, 33. Spec, to
give to eat, to feed with any thing, with
two ace. of pers. and thing, Ex. 16, 32.
Num. 11, 18. Deut. 8, 16. Is. 49, 26;
with -(O of food, P.S. 81, 17.
Deriv. the four following, and nb'^sx,
^xa, rbsxT?, n^2xi?, nVso.
^?Si> Chald. fut. bax;; , i. q. Hob. to eat,
to devour. "'T '^nijfjp brx pr. to cat the
. pieces of any one, to eat him tip piece-
meal, metaph. for to slander, to acatse
falsely, to inform against^ Dan. 3, 8. 6,
25. So in Targg. T^y? ^25< for Hcb.
ia-n , b-ian r^ht^ . Syr. t^^ Vaf for Gr.
dta/Jdlku Luke 16, 1 ; whence part.
1,^1- diabolus, Arab. i^^Vi f^ Jk5^ id.
See also in Chald. 'f^p..
'3S5 m. c. euff. 'i^r'J 1- ^ eating,
devouring, i. e. act of eating, Ex. 12, 4
ibrx "^S^ d"'X every one according to his
eating. 16, 16. 18. 21. Job 20, 21.
2. food, spec, a) grain, fruits, pro-
duce, provision. Gen. 14. 11. 41. 35 sq.
42, 7 sq. 43, 2 sq. 44, 1. b) prey, meat,
of wild animals, Job 9, 26. 39, 3. 32. [38,
41. 39, 29.]
bDX or b2S: pr. n. m. Ucal, Prov. 30, 1 ;
see in bx'^n-'X.
nbDSJ f. (r. bDN) food, Gen. 1, 29. 6,
21 ; so of the Tneat or prey of animals
Jer. 12, 9 ; food i. e. fuel of fire Ez. 15,
4.6.
1?^ adv. pr. inf absol. Hiph. from r.
*|13, for "i=r,, )^::n ; firmly. Josh. 3, 17.
4,3. Chald. rsn, 'sn. Others, i. q.
JS with X prosthetic.
1. Strongly affirming, surely! tndy!
of a certain truth ! Gen. 28, 16. Ex. 2,
14. Jer. 8, 8.
2. Adversat. but, yet, Ps. 31, 23. Is. 49,
4. 53, 4.
Vjd^ 1- to load up a beast of bur-
den, pr. prob. to bend, to make bow down
under a load, kindr. with Cjas q. v. Arab.
Off
II, to bind fast the pack-saddle ;
IV, to put on the pack-saddle. See de-
riv. "rx. Hence
2. to impel to labour, to urge on, like
Syr. s^f. Once Prov. 16, 26 :i3X "^3
WQ i-^hy for his mouth urges him on,
i. e. his himgcr drives him to labour.
The construction with bs is to be ex-
plained from the primary signif. of lay-
ing on a load.
vjii? ra. a load, burden; hence me-
taph. weight, dignity, authority, like
nias. Job 33, 7 laa": i<h r^-'hs "^csxi and
my dignity shall not weigh heavy upon
thee. So Chald. Syr. But Sept. ; x^^Q
fiov, and so Kimchi, regarding ?^^^. i. q.
CIS in the similar passage Job 13, 21.
The former sense is to be preferred.
* ^iS'rJ a root not in use, i. q. Arab.
oi Conj. V, to dig, espec. the earth j
^3
4S
b
whence S\ . >3 ! , a pit, litch. Kindr.
roots are nns, 1^3, n^ip, -ijrj. Hence
"13S m. a digger, husbandman, Jer.
51, 23. Am. 5, 16. Plur. C'nSS, c. suff.
CS-nsx 2 Chr. 26, 10. Joel 1, 11. Is. 61, 5.
Chald. id. Syr. and Zab. ^^si . Arab.
AS\. Peril, from the same stock may
come Gr. </(<oV, Lat. ager, Goth, a/rr,
Germ. Acker, whence Engl. OAyre is a
measure of land.
* uJ-i^ a root not in use, Syr. h^\ to
he angary. Hence 'D'^SS .
5|tDDS5 (fiiscination, r. ritiS) Achshaph,
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher,
Josh. 12, 20. 19, 25.
! ^5 a negative word, like the
kindr. sib , ^ , -^b , xb , "^b .
1. Subst. nothing, naught. Job 24, 25
who will bring my speech to nought ?
2. Conj. in the sense of prohibiting,
dehoriing, deprecating, i. e. of wishing
that not, that something may not be done.
Joined always with the future, viz. with
fut. apoc. where this exists, and with 1
pers. paragog. Ex. 16, 29 ti'^X ssi^-bx let
no man go out. 1 Sam. 26, 20. In 2 pers.
Gen. 22, 12 r,"!^ nbcn-bx stretch not
forth thine hand. Jixn'^n'bi* /ear ye not
43, 23. Jer. 7, 4. In 1 pers. Ps. 25, 2
nt^i2X~bs let me not be ashamed, i. e.
God grant that I may not be put to
shame. Rarely is it separated from the
verb, Ps. 6, 2 "^inisin r,Bxa-bj< not in
thine anger reprove me. Also in impre-
cation. Gen. 49, 4 nnin-bs* excel thou
not! thou shalt have no privilege. In
entreaties X3 is added. Gen. 13, 8 Nj-bx
Tin let there not be now, I pray thee.
18, 3. 30. 32. The partic. sib construed
with the fut. is a direct and absolute
negative ; 'S ne forte, lest perhaps, im-
plies milder dissuasion. But a) A s the
flit. apoc. which properly expresses an
optative, subjunctive, or imperative idea,
is also put poetically for the simple fu-
ture (Heb. Gr. 126. 2), so bx with
the fut is put not only prohibitively,
but sometimes also poetically for the
simple idea of time future. So S<^.;;"bj
pr. a command, let him not see, ne vi-
deat, but poet, for simple fut. fie will
not gee, non videbit, Job 20, 17 ; comp. for
a similar use of the imperat. Heb. Gr.
127. 1. So .Hn;:"b mil not keep
silence Ps. 50, 3, comp. 41, 3. 2 K. 6, 27
nirri "r^s-^uii'^-bs Jehovah will not save
thee. Job 5, 22 xnTl-bx thou sfuilt (wilt)
not fear, there will be nothing to fear.
b) The verb is sometimes omitted,
whether it has preceded or not. Am. 5,
14 seek good sn bNl and not (seek) evil.
2 Sam. 1, 21 ns-'b? "1^15 bxi btt-bx no
dew and no rain (descend) npon you!
c) Absol. nay! not so! like fiy] for (it]
joiiTo yitTjiai (Aristoph. Acharn. 458) ;
as Gen. 19, 18 ''Sitx KJ"^^ ^^^ *^ "^'"'j
my lord ! Ruth 1, 13 "^nija bx not so, my
daughters ! i. e. let it not be.
3. Interrog. like Gr. fir}, i. q. Lat.
mim, whether, presupposing a negative
answer; see Passow Lex. /u?/ lett. C.
Buttm. Gr. Gram. 148. 5. Once, 1 Sam.
27, 10 ni^n cnadD-bx ye have then not
made any incursion in these days? The
reply is : No, for on every side dwell the
Hebrews, my countrymen.
Deriv. perh. b"^bit, since the assumed
root bbx I, is quite doubtful.
51:5 Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, but found
only in the biblical Chaldee, Dan. 2, 24.
4, 16. 5, 10.
II. -'^ the Arabic article, i. q. Heb.
bn, prefixed to a few Hebrew words in the
O. T. which are either of Arabic origin,,
or at least have been received through
the Arabic into the Hebrew ; see ttS'SJ^bx,
D-'spbx , Tiiribx , C>ipbx . Kindred is the
demonstr. pron. plur. bx , nbx , q. v.
I- ^S? m. 1. Particip. of the verb-
b>iX , b'X , no. 2. strong, mighty, a mighty-
one, hero, champion; comp. b"is< no. 1.
(See note.) Sing. Ez. 31, 11 D-^ia bx
the mighty one, hero, among the nations,
i. e. Nebuchadnezzar ; Sept. agxav i&roiv.
(Many Mss. read ff^is b'^x, and so espec.
Babylonish copies.) Is. 9, 5 maa bx the
mighty hero, i. e. the Messiah. Is. 10, 21
of God. Kindred to this is the phrase
in Plur. Ez. 32, 21 B''-ii35 "'bx (23 Mss.
'^b'^x) pr. the mighty among the heroes,
i. e. the mightiest heroes, comp. Lehrg.
p. 678. So Job 41, 17 D-'bx , where many
Mss. and editions read D''b^^
2. strength, might, power, comp. bx''2K
b.s;
50
Sr*-
So in the phrase '^'i^ hi<h 'r^ it is in the
power of my hand, in my power, e. g.
Gen. 31, 29 ns^ 03535 r\it'jh i-i; b^h tti;] .
Prov. 3, 27. Mie. 2, 1 ; also negatively,
Deut. 28, 32 ?("!; bxb 'i^N nothing is in
the power of thy hand, thou canst avail
nothing. Neh. 5, 5. The ^ here indi-
cates state or condition. Some, with a
very slight perception of the nature of
this phrase, understand bs of God, and
render: my hand is for God, i. e. instead
of God, comp. Job 12, 6. Hab. 1, 11 ; also
Virg. ^n. 10. 773 De.vtra mihi Deus,
etc. Those passages are indeed paral-
lel among themselves ; but have nothing
to do with this phrase. See in rti^s .
3. God, the Mighty One, the Almighty.
In order to illustrate how far the Hebrew
usage in respect to the names of God, as
^i<, D^Y:=?<, nin-i, n'l, is synonymous,
we note here the following in respect to
this word : a) In prose, when spoken of
God y.ttz fio/t'iv, it never stands alone,
but always either with an attribute, as
"O"'^? bx, -^r bx, xsp bx,-n is ; or with
another name of God, as b^'nir" "'n'sx PS
Gen. 33, 20 ; rpss ^^?s bxn Gen. 46, 3
rrini c^ribn bs Josh. '22. 22. Ps. 50, 1,
where it may be rendered, God of gods,
Jehovah, comp. Dan. 11, 36 C^bx bx ; or
lastly with the genitive of a place or
person of which God is called the God,
as bx-n-^5 bx Gen. 31, 13. b) Far more
frequently it is the poetic name lor God,
and stands in poetry very often alone,
sometimes with the art. bxrt. Ps. 18, 31.
33. 48. 68, 21. Job 8, 3. cVlt takes the
suff. of 1 pers. "'bs my God ! Ps. 18, 3.
22, 2. 11. The other suffixes are never
found with it ; and for thy God. his God,
etc. is always said ~pln'bi<, i"''7bx. d)It
is also a general name for a divinity, and
is thus used of idols ; either alone Is. 44,
10. 15; or with an epithet, as "iHX bx an-
other god Ex. 34, 14, "IT bx a strange
god Ps. 81, 10.
To God is said in Scripture to belong
whatever is excellent, distinguished,
superior in its kind; since the ancients
were accustomed to refer all excellence
directly to the deity as its immediate
author. Hence bK "'nx Ps. 80, 11 cedars
qf God, i. e. the loftiest, most beautiful,
as if planted by Jehovah ; comp. "^SS
r;jn'; ?. 104, 16, ninn |a Gen. 13, lo!
So bx ''"n-ifi moitntains of God Ps. 36, 7.
Comp. ulc dla, 87u yirxxidalfiMv. See in
ta-^n-bx no. 6.
Plur. cbx 1. mighty ones, heroes ;
see above in Sing. no. 1.
2. gods, in a wider sense, spoken oi
Jehovah and also heathen gods, Ex. 15,
11, comp. 18, 11. Dan. 11, 36 c"^bx bx
God of gods, i. e. the supreme God. Also
c-ibx ^33 Ps.29, 1. 89,7, smsofthe gods,
by an idiom of Heb. and Syriac syntax,
poet, for sons of God, i. e. angels.
Note. Following the example of most
etymologists, we have above referred bx
to the root b^ix ; but to speak more accu-
rately, bx would seem, rather to be a
primitive word, yet adapted in a certain
measure to an etymology from b^ix, so
that to the mind of the Hebrew it always
presented the idea of strength and power.
However this may be, we may note in
respect to Semitic usage : a) That from
s s S
the word bx (Arab. Jot, j|, and Jl)
as from a root or stem, are formed several
other derivative words, e. g. nbx to invoke
^ \^
God, espec. in an oath ; <^bx , xj| , to wor-
ship God; also ttibx, nbx, sNIf, God;
comp. auci to be a father, )Zavs| fathers,
from wc] . b) That in Hebrew, besides
bx , which follows the analogy of verbs
"IS, there are two other forms follow-
ing the analogy o'i verbs rtb, viz.
bx, 'bx, which are usual in pr. names,
comp.
cp-^bx, a-itJ'ibx, ribTa''bx, etc.-
Among the Phenicians, ^llji, 'lloi;, was
iised 7tuTf'^oxi,v of Saturn; see Monurti.
Phcenic. p. 406.
II. 3N pron. plur. i. q. fn^X these, Lat.
hi, hce, here, found only in the Pentateuch
and in 1 Chr. 20, 8. Kindred is the form
of the art. bn, Arab. Jf.
^'*' '^, only in constr, ^^, almost al-
ways with Makkeph, (without Makk.
2 Sam. 8, 7. 1 K. 7, 34,) rarely and poet.
in Plur. constr. ''bx Job 3, 22. 5. 2Q.
15, 22. 29, 19, (comp. Arab. Jf ,) plur. c.
suff. 'bx, r^-^bx, rbx, sirbx. Ds-bx,
dn-'bx and Dfnbx, once on"<bx Ez. 31. 14,
poet, 'in'^bx Ps. 2, 5 ; pr. a subst. implying
motion and direction to or towards a
M
51
^
place, but in common usage always
passing over into a preposition.
A) Prep, fiignifying in general to tend
or verge to or towards a place, whether
one reaches and so enters that place, or
not ; whether spoken of motion or direc-
tion of the body, or of the mind, thoughts,
attention, etc. i. q. to, into, towards; Lat.
ad, versus, in; Germ, zu, gen; Greek
n^oi, tig. It differs from b , which is
abridged from it, chiefly in being more
commonly used in the physical and pro-
per sense ; see under b. Spec.
1. Of motion to a place, to, unto, io-
vsards ; cspec. with verbs of going, "bfi ,
ia, niaS Gen. 8, 9, in'; 2 K. 1, 15, nbs
Deut. 17, 8, 7^ Gen. 24 29, snj? Ex. U,
20 ; of placing, casting. 1 Sam. 6, 1 1. Lev.
1, 16. Is. 5, 14 ; also of giving, delivering
over, Ex. 25, 16. 21 ; of selling, Joel 4, 8 ;
and with other like verbs, where the Lat.
and Germ, use the dative, the French
and Engl, d, to. Sometimes in construc-
tio prregnans, as bx n:T to commit whore-
dom (by going in) unto, Num. 25, 1. Ez.
16, 29 ; bx 'C'n to seek an oracle (in
turning) unto any one Is. 8. 19. 0pp. is
',, as n^jsn-bx nsi3n,i3 /rom end to
end Ex. 26^28; ns-bx nsa Ezra 9, 11.
Of time, Qi''"bx ni'O from day to day.
Num. 30, 15. 1 Chr. 9, 25.
2. Of a turning or direction to or to-
wards any thing, e. g. a) Of the body,
as after verbs of turning. Is. 38. 2 ; of
looking, beholding, Gen. 4, 4. 5. Ex. 3. 6 ;
of speaking, 19, 9 ; of commanding,
Num. 36, 13. b) Of the mind, as after
verbs of desiring, Lam. 4, 17 ; of expect-
ing, Hos. 12, 7 ; of accustoming oneself,
Jer. 10. 2.
3. Where the motion or direction is
hostile, against, contra, like nc, n()6s,
oftener ini. Gen. 4, 8 b^n-bx -t"]^ ci^^n
1T|X a7id Cain rose up against Abel his
brother. Is. 3, 8 '^'^ bx cn/bbriai csit^b
their tongue and their doings were
against Jehovah. 2. 4. Josh. 10, 6. Judg.
12, 3. 20, 30. Hence after a verb of con-
tending, fighting, Hos. 12, 5. Espec. be-
longs here the phrase ca'ibx ''rin lo ! I
am against you^ (Targ. ecce mitto iram
meam contra cos.) Ez. 13, 8. 21, 8. 34. 10.
Jer. 50, 31. 51, 25. Nah. 2. 14; which also
very rarely is taken in the opp. sense,
lo! 1 am for you, Ez. 36, 9. So too bx
is taken in a sense of favour, taitarda]
2 Chr. 16, 9 rbx cb^J ossb their heart
is upright toward him. 2 Sam. 3, 8.
Comp. Ex. 14, 5.
4. Denoting also the reaching or at-
taining to any term, limit, object, even to,
usque ad, i.q. IS. Jer. 51,9 hi^jiulgment
(punishment) reachelh C^JSTsn'bN even
unto heaven. W^B'bx even unto his mouth
Job 40, 23. Metapli. Hos. 9, 1 rejoice
not, Israel, b"'a"bx even unto joy. Job 3,
22. To these latter examples may not
unaptly be applied the remark of the
Arabian Grammarians, that ^t includes
what is of the same kind, but excludes
what is of a different kind ; see Cent.
Reg. p. 44, 45. Here belongs also the
use of bx : a) As denoting measure,
e. g. nBX"bx Gen. 6, 16, even to a cubit,
a cubit long ; comp. Gr. tig iviavrov till
the completion of a year, a year long ;
fig T^iiiiv r/fifQtxv, Bast. Ep. Grit. p. 12.13.
Schaef Ellips. p. 108. b) Compounded,
j^-bx even oitt of. Job 5, 5 B-^sao-bxi
1in|37 and taketh it even out of tlie thorns,
i. e. thorn-hedges which enclose fields,
etc. Comp. the like use of b Deut. 24,
5 ; also IS Judg. 4, 16. In Arabic we
may compare \^ utique ex. Cor. 26,
41, pr. adeo ex. Indeed J seems to
have been derived from this signification
ofbx.
5. As implying the entering or passing
into a term, limit, object, into, fig, i. q.
the fuller '^'in-bx. Deut. 23,25 "i"?b3-bx
pn xb thou shall not put (grapes) into
thy vessel, n^rirt'bx Xi2 to come into the
ark Gen. 6, 18. 7, 1. 8, 9 ; n-^an-bx into
the house Gen. 19, 3. 2 Sam. 5, 8 ; on-bx
(to cast) into the sea Jon. 1, 5 ; '}'|)xn~bx
into the landDcui. 11,29. Hence.where
spoken of a number or multitude, it may
be rendered among, i. q. the fuller 'i''2"bx .
Jer. 4, 3 sow not C^Sip'bx among thorns.
1 Sam. 10. 22 lo. lie hath hid himself
D'bsn'bx among the baggage.
6. As we have seen above (no. 1)
that bx is used to denote giving, so also
it expresses an adding, superadding,
(comp. bx Ci-^O-in 1 K. 10, 7.) to, i. e. in
addition to, together with, besides; comp.
Gr. fJil loltTi besides these, and Arab.
Jt for *jo Cor. 4, 2. Cent. Reg. p. 43.
b
52
bM
Lev. 18, 18 nor shall thou take a wife
nninx-bx to her sister. Lam. 3, 41 N^3
bx-bx CiBS-bx siJSab let us lift up our
heart with our hands unto God ; Sept.
inX ;^i?wi', Arab, mji . After a verb of
joining together, Dan. 11, 23. But the
prep, hy is more frequent in this sense.
7. Metaph. of regarding, having re-
spect to any thing ; hence a) in respect
to, as to, Ex. 14, 5 ; comp. Gr. tig (liv
-lavta. b) on account of, because of,
propter. Ez. 44, 7 Da-^niriSitn-bs-bN be-
i:ause of all your abominations ; comp.
V. 6 where in the same connection is
read '{o , and v. 11 where it is 2 . 2 Sam.
21, 1. 1 K. 14, 5. 21, 22. So Vx naa to
weep on account of for any one, 2 Sam.
1, 24; bx pniu, bH cnsn Judg. 21, 6.
c) about, concerning, of, after verbs of
speaking, narrating, as 'I'SN Gen. 20, 2,
IS'n Jer. 40, 16, ISO Ps. 69, 27 ; also of
hearing Ez. 19, 4, bx ns:i7:a3 tidings
about any thing 1 Sam. 4, 19. (Comp. in
N. T. t? Acts 2, 25. Eph. 5, 32.) See
also 1 Sam. 1, 27 ""rib^enn n.trt irsn-bx
for {concerning) this child I prayed ;
where bx marks also the end or object
of the prayer.
8. Metaph. also of a rule or norm, ac-
cording to, secundum ; as "^Q'bx accord-
ing to the commandment Josh. 15, 13.
17, 4 ; "jiSS'bx according to the certainty,
for certain, 1 Sam. 26, 4 ; nibTlsn-bx ad
tibias Ps. 5, 1. 80, 1. So too after verbs
of likeness, as "^'9'^, ^^P?, q- v.
9. When put before prepositions de-
noting rest in a place, bx gives to them
the signif of motion or direction to, to-
wards that place ; b y^ms without, out
of doors, but b "j/iiriTS'bx to wiihoxit.forth
without Lev. 4, 12, comp. foris and fo-
ras ; "ps between, 'p3"bx in between Ez.
10, 2. 31, 10. Comp. '^":inx-b5<, n-'aia-bx,
^ 25:^"bx Josh. 15, 3, n2j-bx, rnn-bx.
B) Less frequently and in a less accu-
rate use of language, but yet in many
certain and definite examples, bx as
Prep, is used also of rest or delay at, on,
in a place to which one has come ; comp.
b lett. B, and also Gr. ik. ig, for ^v, as ^g
dofiovg fiivHV Soph. Aj. 80, oi'xuSe /jivfiv,
see PasHow Gr. Lex. ^v no. 6. Bern hardy
Gr. Synt. p. 215, 216. So in common
Engl, to home, to bed ; Germ, zu Hause,
zu Leipzig ; comp. vice versa also )'U at
a place, no. 3. h. In all this, however,
the idea of motion is not wholly lost,
viz. a motion which preceded. Hence
spec.
1. at, by, near, )r:h^r^-hi< SIS'; to sit
at table. Germ, zzi Tische sitzen, 1 K.
13, 20 ; comp. eg ^Qorovg IXovto Od. 4. 51.
Jer. 41, 12 n"'3'i c^^s-bx irx ^ix::^"*! tliey
found him by the great waters near Gi-
beon, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 13. BIbl. Res. in
Palest, n. p. 136, 138. 1 Sam. 17, 3 the
Philistines stood by a mountain on this
side ; where the same sense would be
given by "inn",'a , see '^_ no. 3. h. "bi$
nr23 at the hill Josh. 5. 3. Ez. 7, 18
n^ia D"';5-bs-bx shame shall be on all
faces ; comp. just after, Ctn"icx'n"b23 .
Here does not belong Gen. 24, 11 T|"i2?T
C'la '-,X3-bx...c^^?2jrf, which Winer
inaccurately renders : bibendum dedit
ad puteum aqiice, but which strictly sig-
nifies, ' he made them kneel down to the
well of water,' a verb of motion.
2. in, at, as in the phrase of Sophoc.
ig (JojUoi'c fts'vtiv. Deut. 16, 6 ~bx~cx "'S
noBfi-rx nam Da...c'ipfin but in the
place which Jehovah shall choose . . . there
shalt thou sacrifce the passover. (Sa-
mar. Cod. fiip^a.) Ps. 5. 8. 1 K. 8, 30
t:';int-n-bx ?^n32J O'ipa-bx s^irn nnxi
hear thou in thy dwelling-place in hea-
ven. Here by a slight change it might
be : ' let our prayers come up into hea-
ven ;' but as the words now stand, bx
follows a verb of rest. Gen. 6, 6 32isr*5
iab~bx it grieved him at his heart, he
felt grief in his heart ; not, as Winer
renders, ' it grieved him to his heart ;*
since 3S?rfi as being intrans. does not
express the idea of penetrating into the
mind. Hence also
3. bx as sometimes put before parti-
cles denoting rest in a place, does not
always change the sense ; comp. above
in A. 9. 1 Sam. 21, 5 nnn-bx bn cnb ,>!
''"i^ tliere is no common bread under my
hand. blB-bx for b!\?3 q. v.
Note. Other significations have been
ascribed to bx . which are f()reign to its
true power; e. g. with, appealing to
Num. 25, 1. Josh. 11, 18, see in A. 1, 3,
but comp. in no. 6 ; also by, with, Jer.
33, 4, etc.
sbi^
63
S^^J* (terebinth, i. q. nVx) Ela, pr. n.
m. 1 K. I. 18.
'a^bs m. i. q. 2i"'2> ice, xgrnrak-
log, whence i''=abx "'SZX pr. stotics of
ice, i. e. hail-stoties, hail, Ex. 13, U. 13.
38, 22. The word perhaps is rather
> f
Arabic than Hebrew, viz. (j-^^l , which
the Camoos p. 742 explains by tXxiLit
i. e. concretum, spec, congelatum. See
in bx II.
D"'Ta^abx see Q^aiabx .
: - \ -
*T^bS (whom God lovcth, Theophilus)
Eldarl, pr. n. m. Num. 11, 26. 27.
^^'l'?^ (whom God calls, see fi^"^)
Eldaah, pr. n. of a son of Midian, Gen.
25,4.
* n5!!jl a root not in use, Arab. Jt
to worship God, to adm-e ; mid. Kesra
to he astonished, affrighted. See note
under bx I ; corap. Ptibx .
ON I. pr. to he round, rotund ;
hence to he thick, fat, gross ; kindr. with
r. ilS , comp. espec. blit abdomen, belly,
Ps. 73, 4. Arab. ^ to have thick but-
tocks, of a man ; to have a fat tail, of a
sheep. Hence n^^X .
II. Denom. from Vx I, where see note ;
pr. to call on God, to invoke God ; hence
^& _,^%
1. to swear, Arab. ^| for^'t Conj. IV,
V, pr. to call on God as a witness, to af-
firm by God. 1 K. 8. 31.
2. to curse, Judg. 17, 2. Hos. 4, 2.
3. to lament, to wail, pr. to call on God
for mercy, like Engl. ' God have mercy !'
Joel 1, 8.
Note. It may perhaps be worth in-
quiry, whether this root be not strictly
onomatopoetic, like V?^ , bbx ; and then
the signification which we have here put
last (no. 3), would be the primary one.
HiPH. to cause to swear, to bind hy an
oath, c. ace. 1 K. 8, 31. 2 Chr. 6, 22.
1 Sam. 14, 24. Put. apoc. bx'"] irom
rtx-i for nbx^ 1 Sam. I. c.
beriv. n^!< and nbxn .
^^SJ f. Kamets impure, from tiVx no.
II, for n^XX , which again is for i^xbx ,
ni^X, Arab, slit, see Lehrg, p. 509.
^ 6*
1. an oath. nVixa xia to come into or
under an oath, i. c. to take an oath, Neh.
10, 30 ; hence n^X3 X'sn to put to an
oath Ez. 17, 13. So ""Pbx my oath, l e.
sworn to me. Gen. 24, 41.
2. an oatk of covenant, a sworn cove-
nant, Gen. 26, 28. Deut. 29, 11. 14. Ez.
16, 59.
3. an imprecation, curse, cvecration,
Num. 5, 21. Is. 24, 6. nbx-nr=tti an oath
of cursing, i. e. joined with curses. Num.
5, 21. nbxb n^n to he for an execration
Jer. 44, 12. '42' 18. Plur. nibx curses,
execrations. Num. 5, 23. Deut. 29, 11.
n^i? f. an oak, Josh. 24, 26, i. q. li^X .
R. bbx III.
nbs? C (r. Vi^X) i. q. Is^X no. 2, a strong
hardy tree, spec, a terebinth, PLslacia
Terehinthus Linn, a tree common in
Palestine, long-lived, and therefore often
employed for landmarks and in designa-
ting places, Gen. 35, 4. Judg. 6, 11. 19.
According to Pliny (16. 12) it is an ever-
green ; but this is contrary to the fact.
The ancient versions render it sometimes
a terebinth, and sometimes an oak ; see
more in Thesaur. p. 50, 51. Hence the
word would seem to have been taken in
a broader signification, for any large and
durable tree, like Gr. Sqiq. The modern
name is J^ hutm ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 15.
f^5S? Chald. m. emphat. Xrtbx, i. q.
Heb. nilsx a god, generally Dan. 3, 28.
6, 8. 13 ; Stat, emphat. spec, of Jehovah
Dan. 2, 20. 3, 32. With a prefix, n^xi)
2, 19; but also with suffix contr. tnnbxa
Dan. 6, 24. Plur. ,^^?x gods Dan. 2,'ll"
5, 4. 11. 23. 'pnbx la a son of the gods
Dan. 3, 25.
^1^ pron. demonstr. plur. coram. ^A^se.
Lat. hi, hce, hcec, employed in common
usage as the plural of nT this. The
simple form is bx q. v, which is less
frequent ; the ending n ,, has a de-
monstrative power, comp. t^in . Arab.
i;t, J!, !^J, fem. ^^t, Ethiop. ?iA-
hi, 'h A. hae, Chald. r^X -It refers both
to what follows. Gen. 2, 4. 6, 9. 11, 10;
and also to what precedes. Gen. 9, 19.
10, 20. 29.^ 31. Usually put after the
noun, as '"i|xn nin^-n Gen. 15. 1 : rare-
nb
54
lb
ly before the noun, where it is dfiy.xtxbK,
Ps. 73, 12. Comp. til. Sometimes it
is thrice repeated, Is. 49, 12. Like MT it
refers also to space, nibx~n3 i. q. nT 13
Lev. 26, 18. Some suppose n^J< to be
used also for the Sing, as 2 Chron. 3, 3.
Ez. 46, 24. Ezra 1. 9 ; but these passages
are uncertain. See on this pron. Hup-
feld in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. XL 161.
tibi^^ , D-'n'bN , see Ribx .
1^5$ Chald. see, lo, behold! i. q. ^i-^N
q. V. Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. 7, 8. Comp. under
lett. b .
^!5i? if^ although, a particle of the later
Hebrew, Ecc. 6, 6. Esth. 7, 4. Syr.
olikl . According to Hupfeld (Zeitschr.
f d. Morgenl. II. 130) it is i. q. ^h with
the demonstr. 'jX prefixed.
rt155? m. a god, God, with pref. and
suff. rj'sxb Dan. 11, 38, inVxb Hab. 1, 11.
Arab, s^lt , Jt , c. art. aJJt the true
God, Syr. i<Ti^, Chald. tnbx. In uni-
son with Aramaean usage, the form of
the singular is employed only in the
poetic style and later Hebrew ; while
the pluralis majestaticus v. excellentice,
C^'^X , is the common and very frequent
form.
Sing. 1. a god, i. e. any god, Dan.
11, 37. 38. 39.. 2 Chr. 32, 15. Neh. 9, 17.
So in the proverbial phrase, Hab. 1,
11 in^xb inb ^IT this his strength is his
god, spoken of a self-confident person
who contemns God, and trusts to the
strength of his own hand and sword.
Comp. Job 12, 6 in;!! nibx xian -I'rx
who carries his god in his hand, i. e. his
sword, weapons. Comp. Virg. JEn. 10.
773 Dextra mihi deiLS, et telum . . . Nunc
adsint.
2. More comm. God, the true God xat
i^oxrtv, for rribxn , xXll , Dcut. 32, 15.
Ps. 50, 22 ; and often in the book of Job.
Constr. with an adj. sing. Dcut. I.e. and
plur. Job 35, 10.
Pi.uR. '^^'^ with pref. contr. Cirj'bxa,
tt'^n'bxB , D"'n''bxb .
A) In a plural sense : 1. god^<<, deities,
in general, true or false. tr'\:sro inbx
the gods of Hie Egyptians Ex. 12, 12.
nsin Thvt. strange ov foreign gods Gen.
35, 2.4. Deut. 29, 18. o"^riri fi-rrbx new
gods 32, 17. Sometimes in the language
of common life, both Jehovah and idols
are included under this common appel-
lation ; as Ps. 86, 8 among the gods
there is none like unto thee, O Lord!
Ex. 18, 11. 22, 19. But elsewhere the
attribute of deity is expressly denied to
idols, and ascribed to Jehovah alone, as
Is. 44, 6 besides me there is no god. 45,
5. 14. 21. 46, 9. Idols are even called
C^nbx-Nb no-gods 2 Chr. 13, 9.
2. Once of kings, i. q. Dinbx "^aa, Ps.
82, 1 ; espec. v. 6.
Note. Many interpreters, both an-
cient and modern, assign also to CTi'bx
the signif angels, see Ps. 8, 6 ibique
Sept. et Chald. 82, 1. 97, 7. 138, 1 ; and
also judges, Ex. 21, 6. 22, 7. 8. For an
examination and refutation of this opin-
ion, see Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 95.
B) In the sense of the Sing, spoken
o^ one God ; see on this pluralis niajes-
tatis s. excellentice, Lehrg. p. 663, 664.
Heb. Gram. 106. 2. b. Construed with
verbs (Gen. 1, 1. 3 sq.) and adjectives
singular, as -^n DTi-bx 2 K. 19," 4. 16 ;
pia D^nbx Ps. 7, 10. 57, 3. 78, 56.
Construed with a verb plural only in
certain formulas, retained possibly from
the usage of polytheism, in which D'Ti'bx
may perhaps be translated in the plvaral
and understood of the higher powers
or intelligences. Gen. 20, 13 "^nx iiynn
cn^?* q- d. the gods caused me to wan-
der. 35, 7. Ex. 22, 8. 32, 4. 8. 2 Sam. 7,
23. 1 K. 19, 2. Ps. 58, 12. Comp. Com-
ment, de Pent. Sam. p. 58. Hence
1. any god, deity. Deut. 32. 39 there
is no god besides me. Ps. 14. 1. So
where the divine nature is opp. to the
human, Ez. 28, 2. Ps. 8, 6 thou hast made
him but Utile less than a god; comp.
Heb. 2, 7.
2. an idol-god, god of the heathen.
Ex. 32, 1 make us a god, i. e. an idol.
1 Sam. 5, 7 Dagon our god. 2 K. 1, 2.
3. 6. 10. So of a goddess, IK. 11, 5.
3. the God of any one, is the god
whom one worships, his domestic and
tutelary god, d^ihg fnixo'tfiioc. Jon. 1, 5
they cried ei'ery one unto his god. Ruth
1, 16. Gen. 17, 7. 8. 28, 21. So the God
of Israel is Jehovah, hence very often
called bxnb-i 'rrbx Ex. 5, 1. Pa. 41, 14 ;
Ibx 65
ap3|? 'n'^sj Pb. 20, 2. 46, 8 ; and connect-
ed 'H'^x njni Ps. 18. 29, 'T'n'^x "jn"; in
Deuteronomy more tlmn 200 times.
4. More rarely followed by a genit.
expressing that over which the deity
presides, or which lie has created ; e, g.
ynxrjT DiT2'i'n ^^^x Gen. 24, 3; "'n'^x
nixasn the God of hosts, L e. of the
celestial hosts, Am. 3, 13. So with an
attribute of God, as "{O'A "'nbx the God
of truth Is. 65, 16.
5. Q^'"7'^i< is put for a godlike shape,
apparition, spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 13, where
the sorceress says to Saul, F see a god-
like form ascending otd of the earth.
6. With the art. D-^nlaxn, GOD, xai
ilo/i,y, the one true God; Arab. aJU! in
the well known formula iJUi ^t sJt ^
'there is no god but God.' Comp. Ps.
77, 14. Dcut. 4, 35 ^^^^?<^ xin ni.Ti -^3
for Jehovah he is (lie true God. 1 K. 18,
21 if Jehovah be God, follow him; if
Baal, follow him. v. 37. Deut. 7, 9.
Hence DTi'ssn very freq. for Jehovah,
Gen. 5, 22. 6^ 9. 11. 17, 18. 20, 6. 17. al.
sflepiss. But the same is also D'^n'^x
without the art. Josh. 22, 34; and this
is very often used both in prose and in
poetry for i^)^"^, , with scarcely any dis-
tinction ; either so that both names are
employed together, or the use of one or
the other depends on the nature of the
formula and a certain usus loquendi, or on
the taste and usage of particular writers.
Thus we find constantly Q'^n'^X ^53, and
on the other hand tiin'i n"'ir-Q , hin'^^ DX3 ;
while in other instances the usage is pro-
miscuous, as nini ^3^ and D'^nbxri las
Dan. 9, 11 ; ninV nn and cn'ss nh
Gen. 1, 2. 41, 'ss! Ex. 31, 3. On the
special usage of different writers, see
the remarks in Thesaur. p. 97, 98,
To God is said in the Scriptures to
belong whatever is excellent, distin-
guished, pre-eminent in its kind, or
which bears an august or divine appear-
ance, TO &iiov ; since this was regarded
by the ancients as especially^roceeding
from, or created of God; e. g. the moun-
tain of God Ps. 68, 16 ; river of God Ps.
65, 10 ; B'^n'jx rnn terror of God, i. e,
suddenly inspired by him, q. d. panic ter-
ror, Gen. 35, 5. I Sam. 14, 15 ; o^n^JX dx
'M
fre of God, lightning, Job 1, 16. Comp. bsj
p. 50. col. 1. Similar is the force of the
phrase D'^nbx^ of or through God, like
Gr. Toi &fuf after adjectives ; Jon. 3, 3 1"'^
D^rpxb nbna a city great through God,
divinely great ; and so Acts 7, 20 ufnuoq
c
Tw ^e(j>. Comp. Arab. xJU pr. & Deo,
divinitus, egregie, Har. Cons. IV. p. 38
ed. De Sacy.
For the phrases O'^n'bx id-^X , nTr^X-ja ,
see under UJ^X, "(3, etc.
Note. Some interpreters also sup-
pose cn'^x to be spoken of owe king, for
D^n'^x"*,a, (see as to the plural in A. 2
above) and they appeal chiefly to Ps.
45, 7, where they translate : ntn'bx :]X03
151 obis thy throne, O God, (i. e. 6 King
divine.) is for ever and ever. But this
is to be construed as by ellipsis for:
D'^nSx XB3 "jXes thy throne shall be a
throne divine, i. e. established and pros-
pered of God, according to a very com-
mon rule of language, Lehrg. 233. 6.
[The rule here referred to is not ap-
plicable ; and there is no philological
ground whatever for taking D'^n'bx in
any other than its simple and direct
sense : Thy throne, O God, is for ever
and ever. R.
b^bSt m. 1. i. q. b^bx nought, vain,
Jer. 14, 14 Cheth.
2. Elul, the sixth Hebrew month, from
the new moon of September to that of
October, Neh. 6, 15. Syr. yoL-f, Arab.
JjJLjI . The etymology is unknown.
V^i^ m. 1. i. q. n^>? an oak. Gen. 35,
8. Ez. 27, 6. R. bbx'llt.
2. Allon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 37.
jibs m. (r. bix) 1. Any strong, dura-
ble tree, spec, an oak. Gen. 12, 6. 13, 18.
14, 13. 18, 1. Deut. 11, 30. al. So the
ancient interpreters unanimously. Cel-
sius in Hierob. T. I. p. 34 sq. endeavours
to show that "(ibx, like nbx . is the tere-
binth ; but see our remarks to the con-
trary in Thesaur. p. 50. 51. Sometimes
single oaks are distinguished by pr.
names, e. g. the magicians'' oak Judg. 9,
37 ; oak of Tabor 1 Sam. 10, 3 ; also in
Plur. oaks of Mamre Gen. 13, 18. 14, 13 j
oaks ofMoreh Deut. 11, 30.
2. Elon, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14.
ti<
56
t|^?^ adj. m. (r. tri^s) 1. familiar,
intimate, a friend, Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9.
Mic. 7, 5. Di-s:n Cjii^s friend of one's
youth, i. e. a husband, Jer. 3, 4 ; comp.
n Jer. 3, 20.
2. -wonted, i. e. tame, gentle. Jer. 11, 19
and I was ri'ifex ^^r? ^i^ea tamed lamb.
3. aw o.r, bidlock, i. q. Cl^x no. 1, so
called as tamed and accustomed to
the yoke ; in gender it is mascidine
epiccEne, so that under the mascuUne the
female of the ox-kind is also included ;
Ps. 144. 14 C-'isO^ !i:"S!|^.
4. head of a family or tribe, tpvluQ^o?,
U chief, chieftain, prince ; espec. of the
chiefs of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 15 sq.
1 Chr. 1, 51 sq. More rarely of the
Jews, Zech. 9, 7. 12, 5. 6. Also genr. of
chiefs, leaders, Jer. 13, 21.
0^5X (Talmud.f?<r6a hominu7n)Alush,
pr. n. of a station of the Israelites, Num.
33, 13.
^rJf^ (whom God hath given, Oeo
dwQog, Theodore) Elzabad, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 26, 7. b) 12, 12.
' ^t^ in Kal not used ; Arab. Conj.
VIII AwLXjI to become acid, sour, as
milk, w
NiPH. nbxs trop. to be corrupt, in a
moral sense. Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. Job 15, 16.
If*?: ^ (whom God bestowed) Elha-
nan, pr. n. of one of David's warriors,
who according to 2 Sam. 21, 19 slew
Goliath ; see under pr. n. "^rnb . The
one mentioned 2 Sara. 23, 24 does not
eeem to be a different person.
V Sif 'V^, (to whom God is father) Eliab,
pr. n. m. a) A phylarch or chief of
Zebulun, Num. 1, 9. 2, 7. b) Num. 16,
]. 12. 26, 8. c) A brother of David,
1 Sam. 16, 6. 17, 13. 28. d) 1 Chr. 16, 4.
'^''^^ (to whom God is strength)
Eliel, pr. n. m. a) Of two of David's
warriors, 1 Chr. 11, 46. 47. 12, 11. b)
A phylarch of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 5, 24.
c) A phylarch of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8,
20. d) ib. v. 22. e) 15, 9. 11. f ) 2
Chr. 31, 13.
nriX''b (to whom God cometh) Eli-
athah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4 ; in v. 27
written nn'bx .
ni'^bX (whom God loveth) Elidad,
pr. n. of a phylarch of Benjamin, Num.
34, 21.
5''7^r'? (whom God knoweth, i. e.
careth for) Eliada, pr. n. m. a) A son
of David, 2 Sam. 5, 16, for which 1 Chr.
14, 7 yi-jbra . b) 1 K. 1 1, 23. c) 2 Chr.
17, 17."""
"Ci'^ (r. Jnbx I ) i. q. Arab. &1II the
fat tail of the common species of oriental
sheep, oris laticaudia Linn, the smallest
of which according to Golius, himself an
eye-witness, weigh ten or twelve pounds,
p. 146. Comp. Hdot. 3. 113. Diod. Sic.
2. 54 ; and other writers quoted by Bo-
chart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 494 sq. See
Russell Nat. Hist, of Aleppo II. p. 147.
Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 7, 3. 8, 25. 9, 19. 3, 9
the whole tail let him take off near the
back-bone.
^i^^ and ^"I'bs (my God is Jehovah)
Elijah, Ellas, pr. n. m. a) A celebrated
prophet, the chief of the prophets in
the kingdom of Israel during the reign
of Ahab, distinguished by many mira-
cles, and received up into heaven, 2 K.
2, 6 sq. But comp. 2 Chr. 21, 12. The
Jews expected him to reappear before
the coming of the Messiah, Mai. 3, 23
[4, 5]. b) 1 Chr. 8, 27. c) Ezra 10,
21.26.
^~'^?^, (whose God is He, i. e. Jehovah)
Elihu, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 7. b)
1 Chr. 27, 18. c) i. q. ^^'n'b^^ lett. a,
^^"'"^r^ (id.) Elihu, pr. n. m. a)
The son of ^arachel the Buzite, a friend
of Job and the fourth disputant against
him. Job c. 32-35. Sometimes written
iin-^N Job 32, 4. 35, 1. b) 1 Sam. 1, 1.
c) 1 Chr. 12, 20.
''p3?in|'-'S (towards Jehovah are my
eyes) Elihoenai, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 8,
4. b) 1 Chr. 26, 3.
*'P?'^'^7^ (id.) Elioenat, pr. n. m. a)
1 Chr. 3. 23. b) 4, 36. c) 7, 8. d)
Ezra 10. 22. e) 10, 27.
NZni^bX (whom God hideth) Eliahba.
pr. n. of one of David's warriors, 2 Sam.
23, 32.
tl"?n"'5S (God his recompense, from
Oy^ Conj. Ill to recompense,) Eliho-
rej)h, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 3.
b
67
bK
y^K (r. Vbs I ) 1. Adj. q/" nothing,
nought, enipfij, vain, 1 Chr. 16, 26. Pe.
96, 5. Plur. the nought, i. e. idols, Lev.
19, 4. 26, 1. Comp. Van .
2. Subst. nougfU, vanity. Job 13, 4
b'^bx ''XEi physicians of nought, nothing
worth, i. e. empty comfbrterB ; comp.
Zech. 11. 17.
?I^^''^S (God his king) Elimelech,
pr. n. of Ruth's father-in-law, Ruth 1, 2.
2,1.
Y?^ and "J^i? Chald. pron. demonstr.
phir. comm. these, Lat. hi, Jub, hcec, i. q.
Heb. n|s . Dan. 2, 44. 6, 7.
ri9;'bx (whom God hath added) Elia-
saph. pr. n. m. a) A chief of the tribe
of Gad, Num. 1, 14. 2, 14. b) 3, 24.
"IJ?^'?^ (God his help) Eliezer, pr. n.
m. a) A man of Damascus, whom Abra-
ham before the birth of Isaac had intend-
ed tor his heir. Gen. 15, 2. According
to V. 3 he was a servant born in his house,
vema. b) A son of Moses, Ex. 18, 4.
c)lChr.7.8. d)27, 16. e) 15,24. f)
2 Chr. 20, 37. g) Ezra 8, 16. 10, 18. h)
10, 23. i) 10, 31.
T?''^^ (perh. contr. from T?''''^!i<)
Elienai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 20.
D^"*^^ (i. q. Cij-'V^, ^T^^) Eliam,
pr. n. m. a) The father of Bathsheba,
2 Sam. 11, 3; for which 1 Chr. 3, 5 b''a?.
b) 2 Sam. 23, 34.
f5''5X (God his strength) EHphaz,
pr. n. m. a) A son of Esau, Gen. 36, 4
eq. b) A friend of Job and one of the
disputants against him. Job 2, 11. 4, 1.
15, 1. al.
bB-^bS (whom God judgeth, from bbs)
Eliphal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 35.
'I'^^Pr^ (whom Grod makes distin-
guished) EUpheleh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15,
18, 21.
^??'^'r'^ (God his deliverance) Eliphe-
let, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3. 6. 14, 7 ; for
which 14, 5 a^sBlix . b) 2 Sam. 23, 34.
c) 1 Chr. 8, 39. ' d) Ezra 8, 13. e)
10, 33.
n^Jt^bs (God his rock) Elizur, pr. n.
m. Num. 1, 5. 2, 10. 7, 30. 35. 10, 18.
]B2''bs (whom God protects) Eliza-
fhan, pr. n. m. a) Num. 3, 30 ; for
which IBS^X E.X. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. b)
Nimi. 34, 25.
^i?'''?^ pr- n. m. Elika, 2 Sam. 23, 25.
The etymology is unknown.
D'^pr'?^ (whom God hath set up) Eli-
akim, pr. n. m. a) A prefect of the pa-
lace under king Hezekiah, 2 K. 18, 18.
19, 2. Is. 22, 20. 36, 3. b) A son of king
Josiah, set upon the throne by Necho
king of Egypt, who also changed his
name to O^p^'in*^ (whom Jehovah hath
set up) Jehoiakim, 2 K. 23, 34. 24, 1.
Jer. 1, 3. 1 Chr. 3, 15. c) Neh. 12, 41.
yi iP'^bX (God her oath, q. d. worship-
per of God, comp. Is. 19, 18,) pr. n. f.
Elisheha, Elisabeth, Ex. 6, 23. Sept.
'jLliaa^ix, as Luke 1, 7.
^^"^b^ EUshah, pr. n. of a region situ-
ated on the Mediterranean, whence pur-
ple was brought to Tyre, Gen. 10, 4. Ez.
27, 7. Most prob. Elis, a district of the
Peloponnesus, (comp. Cod. Samar. in
which it is written la^bx without n,) the
name of which seems to have been em-
ployed by the Hebrews as an appellation
for the whole Peloponnesus ; as not un-
frequently whole countries, espec. if re-
mote, are designated by the names of
single provinces ; comp. "(J") . The pur-
pura, or shell-fish producing the purple
dye, was found not only in Laconia (Hor.
Od. 2. 18. 7), but also in the gulf of Co-
rinth and the islands of the ^gean sea;
comp. Bochart Phaleg III. 4. Others
understand by rTi5^bx , Hellas ; see Mi-
chaelis Spicil. Geogr. Hebr. T. I. p. 78.
y^TB^bX (God his salvation) Elishua,
pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 5, 15.
1 Chr. 14, 5.
n"';ibx (whom God restoreth) Elia-
shib, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 24. b) 1 Chr.
24, 12. Ezra 10, 6. c) Neh. 3, 1. 20. 12,
10. d) e) Ezra 10, 24. 27. 36.
yi2TDibK (whom God heareth) Eli-
shaina, pr. n. m. a) 2 Sam. 5, 16. b)
Num. 1, 10. 2, 18. c) 2 K. 25, 25. Jer.
41, 1. d) 1 Chr. 2, 41. e) 2 Chr. 17, 8.
yC'^bs (for STSI ''bx God his salva-
tion) pr. n. m. Elisha, a celebrated
prophet, the disciple as well as the com-
panion and successor of Elijali, and dis-
tinguished by many miracles. He flour
^bi^
58
ished in the kingdom of the ten tribes, in
the ninth century B. C. 2 K. c. 2-13. In
N. T. 'EkKjuttloq Luke 4, 27.
t2&10''bX (whom God judgeth) Elisha-
phat, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 23, 1.
rtlT^bx see nriXi^JX.
T T t: t t t:
^^fi? Chald. pron. plur. these, i.q. Heb.
M|s. Dan. 3, 12. 13. 21. 22. Ezra 4, 21.
5, 9. al. In T(- lurks the suff. 2 pers.
(tibi), as in r\^, T^'n, Arab. ij|3.
* -'^v ^ verb not in use, to be no-
thing, to be empty, vain; comp. under
flit no. 1. It is comm. derived from the
particle ^X I, merely in order to form
i'^bx , but is quite doubtful ; see in ^X fin.
11. ?2^ lo wail, to howl, onomatop.
i. q. b^^ , and Arab. Jt Camoos p. 1391.
Comp. Gr. ukaXo.'Qiw. Hence "'^^X .
*III. bbSJ kindr. with ^^S, nbx I,
pr. to roll, then to be round, swelling,
thick; whence n^X, ')i^X, an oak, thick
tree.
''5555 interj. expressing grief^ wo!
alas ! Gr. iXeliv, only with ""^ , Job 10,
15. Mic. 7, 1. R. h\v^ II.
u5n in Kal not used. 1. to bind, to
tie, see Piel and nabs .
2. Pass, to be bound sc. as to the tongiie,
i. e. to be mute, dumb ; see Niph. and the
nouns D^X, t|x, "'Jbbx. Comp. Engl.
tongue-tied, Gr. dta/ibg rijg yXunjai]? Mark
7,^5, also <jPt/uot(T 5^at, Pers. ^^wLwO ijwV
to bind the tongue, i.q. to be silent dumb.
3. to be lo7iely, forsaken, widowed, since
solitary persons remain silent, mute ;
comp. Arab. *Xj to be mute, also to be
tmmarried. Hence are derived )'^\^,
Niph. 1. to be mute, dumb, Ps. 31, 19.
39. 3. 10. Is. 53. 7.
2. to be silent, to keep silence. Ez. 33, 22.
Pfel. to bind Bheaves, Gen. 37, 7.
Deriv. eee in Kal. no. 1, 2, 3.
0^^ m. dumbness, silence. Ps. 58, 2
'}!|'^2"TPi pnjt cbx CJ'Ixn do ye indeed
decree dumb justice? i. c. do you really
at length decree justice, wliich po long
has seemed dumb ? So commonly ; but
it. may be worth inquiry, whether C^X
should not be dropped, having arisen
perhaps from a careless repetition of
DiT3X . This being dropped there arises
the sense which the parallelism requires :
do ye indeed decree justice ? Maurer
gives to cbx the signif oi' league, law,
from the sense of binding; as JJic
league, from ^jTS ligavit. Ps. 56, 1 rzi"
C^phn c^x the silent dove among stran-
gers, (i. e. perh. the people of Israel in
exile, comp. lin Ps. 74, 19.) prob. the
inscription of a song or poem, to the tune
or measure of which Ps. 50 was to be
sung. Comp. the remarks under nb*X .
D?i? m. adj. mute, dumb, pr. tongue-
tied, see r. cbx no. 2. Ex.4, 11. Is. 35, 6.
Ps. 38, 14. Plur. C"is|x Is. 56, 10.
obit porch, see cb^ix . Once t:|x but
Job 17, 10 in some editions ; see in cbix
no. 2.
D''5^b55 m. plur. 1 K. 10, 11. 12, and
by transpos. D'^IS^ilbs 2 Chr. 2, 7. 9, 10.
11, almug-trees, a kind o? precious wood,
brought along with gold and precious
stones in the time of Solomon from
Ophir, and employed for ornamenting the
temple and palace, and for making mu-
sical instruments ; according to 2 Chr.
2. 7 growing also on Lebanon. It seems
to correspond to Sanscr. micaia simpl.
mica (so Bohlen), with the Arab.
art. Jt, lignum SantaJinum, Pterocar-
piis Santaliorus Linn, red sandal-
wood, still used in India and Persia for
costly utensils and instruments. Or it
may be compared with the Malabar
word malajaga, a name of the same
wood ; ."o Hoffmann. See Celsii Hiero-
bot. I. p. 171 sq. Many of tlie Rab-
bins understand corals, and so the singu-
lar aic^X is used in the Talmud ; but
these are not7roofZ, a'^S? ; although were
the Talmudic usage ancient, this wood
might have been so named from its
resemblance to coral, q. d. coral-wood.
Kimclii : (^juil , i.q. ^''^xna Brazil-wood.
'^"'SbN f. plur. fi-y and ri , a bundle,
sheaf, ^of grain, Gen. 37, 7. Ps. 126, 6.
R. cbx no 1.
"Tfrdl^ Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1. 20, Al-
modad, pr. n. of n son of Joktnn, i. e. of a
people and district of southern Arabia.
Assuming an ancient error in transcrip-
tion, T for 1, i.e. T^iTsbx, we niigiit
compare Morad, otwo or otwo ,fAJ,
the name of a tribe inhabiting a moun-
tainous region in Arabia Felix, near to
Zabid.
IfbiajK (perh. king's oak, for rlbx
^Ijon) Atammelech, pr. n. of a place in
the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 26.
Tr^^ m. adj. forsaken, widowed, Jer.
51, 5. R. nbjj no. 3.
"J'Q-'X m. widowhood, trop. of a state
deprived of its king. Is. 47, 9. R. nbx
no. 3.
1. HITSiS f. a widow, Arab. jLL^nI ,
Syr. fiJilitfir. Gen. 38. 11. Ex. 22,
21. al. Metaph. ofa state deprived of
its king, Is. 47, 8 ; comp. v. 9 and 54, 4.
R. cbs no. 3.
II. nispbx f. piur. Is. 13, 22, pa/aces,
i. q. rii^-ix. which latter is read in
some Mss. The letter n is here softened
into b, as is very often done ; comp. in
',1^ns. Others retain the idea of a
widow, and understand trop. desolate
palaces.
n^SiabX piur. Ci"'n!i3ri!5X widowhood
Gen. 38, 15. Metaph. of the condition
of the Israelites in exile, Is. 54, 34. R.
Cbx no. 3.
-ja^S^ m. a certain one. some one, 6
Suva, pr. one kept silent, whose name is
not mentioned, from r. cVs no. 2. Al-
ways preceded by ';b3 q. v.
1^5? Chald. 1. q. ^-^bs these, q. v.
Cl?:'555 (God his delight) Elnaam,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46.
ICJr^ (whom God hath given, comp.
'iWi"', q. d. Theodore, Diodate) Ehia-
ihan, pr. n. m. a) The grandflather
of king Jehoiakim, 2 K. 24, 8 ; perhaps
the same mentioned Jer. 26, 22. 36 12.
,- 25. b) Three Levites in the time of
Ezra, Ezra 8, 16.
"^D^i? Gen. 14, 1. 9, Ellasar, pr. n. of
a country or district in the vicinity, as it
would seem, of Babylonia and Elymais ;
since it is read between "lya'JJ and fib-^s .
69 jqbH
Symm. and Vulg. Pontits. Targ. Hie-
ros. I'tSxbn Is. 37, 12. But the Assyro-
Babylonish name of its king, Tjl^"^K,
would seem to indicate some province
of Persia or Assyria ; comp. Dan. 2, 14.
^,^ (whom God applauds, from
*1!1S, comp. Job 29, 11,) Elad, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 7, 21.
rriybS (whom Grod puts on, i. e. fills
with himself, comp. t^b Job 20, 14,)
Eladah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 20.
''T'l^ybSj in some Mss. "^Trbx (pr. God
is my praises, i. e. the object of my
praise) Eluzai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5.
"^J^f ^ (whom God helpeth) Eleazar,
pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 23. 25. 28, 1. Lev.
10, 6 sq. Num. 3, 2. 4. 32. Deut. 10, 6.
Josh. 14, 1. al. b) 2 Sam. 23, 9. 1 Chr.
11, 12. c) 1 Sam. 7, 1. d) 1 Chr. 23,
21. 24, 28. e) Ezra 8, 33, comp. Neh.
12, 42. f) Ezra 10, 25. Sept. 'lii-id-
^ag. From 'Lltii^agog was atterwards
made by contraction the name ylu^u^o^.
^?^ and J^^y^S? (whither God as-
cends) Elealeh. pr. n. ofa town or large
village in the tribe of Reuben, near
Heshbon, where there are still ruins
called JLxJf el-Al. See Burckhardt's
Travels in Syria etc. p. 365. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 278. Num. 32, 3. 37. Is.
15, 14. 16, 9.
^'^^f ^ (whom God made, i. e. cre-
ated. Job 32, 10,) Eleasah, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 2, 39. b) ib, 8, 37. 9, 43-
c) Jer. 29, 3.
* V|^^ or tp.^ fut. tibs:: Prov. 22, 25,
Arab. v^| ; to join together, to asso^
date, Arab. Conj. I, III. IV; whence
ribi< a thousand, a family. Kindred
senses are : to he accustojued, wonted^
to learn, Prov. 22, 25. Syr. Chald. id.
Hence ri^^x , tbx ox. R.
Pi EL to cause to learn, to teach, like
Syr. <.^1^) , with two ace. of pers. uid
thing. Job 15, 5. 33, 33; with ace. of
pers. only, Job 35, 11, where Part. S^g
for iiaS^K^ , comp. qSvi .
Hi PH. denom. from C]bs, to bring forth
Arab. uaJI mille
thousands, Ps. 144, 13,
fecit.
5|^^ 1. an ox or cow, as tame and
wonted to the yoke ; comm. gend.
like Gr. ^ovg, Lat. bos, Germ. Rind,
Engl, beeve ; see Pjikx no. 3. Only in
plur. Csbx oxeti Ps. 8, 8. Prov. 14, 4 ;
fem. ki7ie Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. The sin-
gular is found only in the name of the
first letter of the alphabet, Aleph, Alpha.
2. a thousand, Arab. ^\, Syr. )-a!i.l
id. but Eth. /iA^^ a myriad, ten thou-
sand. Perh. pr. 'conjunction of num-
bers.' The nouns enumerated for the
most part follow the numeral word ;
some in the singular, as \y'^X Judg. 15,
16 ; others in the plural, 2 Sam. 10, 18.
1 K. 10, 26. Deut. 1, 11; and others
again promiscuously, as "i33 1 Chr. 19,
6, and C'^ss 29, 7. Rarely and only in
the later Hebrew does the noun pre-
cede, 1 Chr. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 1, 6. Comp.
Lehrg. p. 695. 697, 699. The construc-
tion is different in the phrase vlD3! rjbx a
thousand (shekels) of silver, for which
see Lehrg. p. 700. Not unfrequently it
is put for a large round number. Job 9,
3. 33, 23. Ps. 50, 10. Dual n-iBK< two
thousand Judg. 20, 45. 1 Chr. 5, 21.
Plur. C-iESN thousands, e. g. nisbs rirbia
Ex. 38, 26. Put also for an indefinitely
large round number, f^ssn *'sbs thou-
sands of myriads Gen. 24. 60.
3. a family, i. q. nnSTi;^ q. v. as the
subdivision of a tribe (UTa, naia) Judg.
6, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 19. 23, 23. Spoken of
a city. Bethlehem, as the residence of
such a family, Mic. 5, 1.
4. Eleph, pr. n. of a city of Benjamin
Josh. 18, 28.
5]^^ 5 S'l^^. } Chald. a thousand, Dan.
5, 1.' 7, 10. '
tsbBbit see a^B^'bi<.
5??f^ (God his wages, comp. ^50,
ni?!? , wages) Elpaal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
8,'ll. 12. 18.
* Y^^ in Kal not used, i. q. yiK q. v.
Pi EL yTi< to urge, to press any one,
Judg. 16, 16. More frequent in Syriac
and Zabian.
Jtsbx see BS'^Vk.
DIp^S i. q. Arab. **)! , with the art.
retained, the people, populace; see in
60 r!^
^5* II. Prov. 30, 31 i52 Ciip^x ri^a a
king with whom is the people, i. e. who is
surrounded by his people, in the midst of
his people. See Pococke ad Spec. Hist.
Arabum p. 207. Arab. ^^' people seems
to come from the idea ot living ; comp.
Samar. Dip to live, Heb. C^ip^ what lives,
and nn people, from n^ri to live. Sept.
drifiTiyoQbiv iv tdvti. The Heb. intpp,
regard Oipbx as a compound from bx
part, of negation, and c^p to rise up,
(comp. r;].T3-bx Prov. 12, 28.) and trans-
late : a king against whom there is no
rising up, i. e. who cannot be resisted.
But this does not accord with the con-
text.
^tP ! ^ (whom God created) Elkanah,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Sam. I, 1 sq. 2, 11. 20.
b) Ex. 6, 24. c) 2 Chr. 28, 7. d) 1
Chr. 12, 6. e) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 10. 11. 20.
21. 15, 23.
''Pf^ gentile n. Elkoshite, spoken
of Nahum the prophet, Nah. 1, 1. Sept.
and Vulg. without o, 'jj^kxeffalog, Elce-
saius. As to a place Elkosh there are
two opinions ; one, that of the ancient
fathers, makes it a town of Palestine
and spec, of Galilee, see Hieron. Procem.
ad Nahum ; the other, that of the ori-
ental Jews, regards it as the village
(jijJiJt el-Kush, near Mosul. Both are
very doubtful; see Thesaur. p. 1211. B.
nbinbsj (perh. God its race or pos-
terity) Eltolad, pr. n. of a place in Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4. See ibin.
S*pnb and n]?pbi (God its fear)
Eltekeh, pr. n. of a Levitical city in the
tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21, 23.
Ippbi^ (God its foundation) Eltekon,
pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 59.
* Di< f: constr. Dtf| , c. suflT. ''BX ; plur.
1. a mother, Arab. ^\ and ^\ , Eth.
7i<P, Aram. NfiS*, M, Sam. "^^A,
id. E. g. CNJ 'S.H father and mother, pa-
rents, Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 27, 10. Esth. 2, 7.
'BK"*,? the son of my mother, my womb-
brother. Gen. 43, 29. Poet. ''BX ^}2 i. q.
my brethren, genr. Gen. 27, 29. Cant. 1,
6. With less exactness mother is also
t3H
61
Qi(
put for a step-mother Gen. 37, 10 ; comp.
35, 16 sq. the hitter being more accu-
rately called ax ni^x Lev. 18, 11. But
niotlier has ollcn a wider sense, e. g.
2. i. q. a grandmother 2 K. 15, 10 ;
also of any female ancestor, Gen. 3, 20.
3. Metaph. for a benefactress, Judg.*
5,7.
4. As expressing intimate relation-
ship, close alliance, Job 17, 14; see in
ax no. 8.
5. Of a nation or people, as opp. to the
children i. e. individuals born of it, Is. 50,
1. Jer. 50, 12. Ez. 19, 2. Hos. 2, 4. 4, 5.
6. Tj-i'nn zii, the mother of the way, i. e.
bitium, place where a way divides, pr.
the source, beginning, head of the way,
Ez. 21,26 [21], i.q. n-ian^n '513 ttJxn ibid.
Arab. ft root, beginning of a thing ; but
S "* i^
^Jj Ja-'f (! the highway.
7. i. q. nax , mother-city, metropolis,
i. e. any large and important city, al-
though not the capital. 2 Sam. 20, 19
ixnia'a cx^ I'^S a city, even a mother in
Israel. So on the Phenician coins of
Tyre and Sidon; comp. Arab, a! me-
tropolis ; also Gr. fi^TrjQ Callim. Fragm.
112, and mater Flor. 3. 7. 18. Ammian.
17. 13.
8. Metaph. of the earth, as the com-
mon mother of all, Job 1, 20.
Note. This word is without doubt
primitive ; and like ax (see p. 2. n.) im-
itates the earliest sounds of the lisp-
ing infant; comp. Gr. ftdfifia, uaftftt],
fxafjfiala, fiaia, Sanscr. md, ambA. Copt.
mau. Germ. Engl. Fr. Mama, Germ.
Amme. Deriv. fem. is naS , used only
in tropical significations. In Arabic
a*-
there is a denom. verb |t to be a moth-
er ; then, to be related, to set an exam-
ple, to teach.
* D^ mostly with Makkeph, a particle
demonstrative, interrogative, and condi-
tional ; the various significations of which
are distinguished in the more copious
Arabic by various forms, as -.f, ^f,
(1)' 1)' ' Lvj' 5 while on the other hand
the Elliiopic and SyrTac also have only
one, Ji^, S- Traces of this particle
exist also in the occidental languages ;
as in Gr. ^v, lo, if, Lat en, Germ, wenn,
wann.
A) The primary power seems to be
demonstrative, lo ! behold ! (kindr. 'n , Gr.
^v, Lat. en,) Arab. ^\ truly, certainly,
%\ id. see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe L
889, J*!)! lo ! as in the phrase j%t *^L^
he came and lo ! Comp. Hupfeld in
Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. II. p. 130. Hos.
12, 12 'OX nrba ex lo! Gilead is^ wicked-
ness, i. e. wholly wicked ; where the
other member has TjX . Job 17, 13 BX
ini3 bix r\^X^i<lo.' I waitfor Sfieol.my
house, vs. 16. Prov. 3, 34. Preceded by
ii in the same sense, Jer. 31, 20. There
are some who deny the demonstrative
power of this particle in these passages,
and claim for it here the usual condi-
tional sense. But granting that it might
be here so explained, still analogy shows
that the former is the primitive and na-
tive power of the word. Hence
B) Adv. of interrogation, comp. )f}
II. 3, and the remarks there made ; also
bn, n, t, interrogative, from htj, Jt>
demonstrative.
1. In a direct interrogation, Lat. num?
an 1 corresp. with Arab. aS. IK. 1, 27..
Is. 29, 16. Job 39, 13. 31, 5. 16. 24. 25. 29.
33. From the whole of Job c. 31 is seen*
the close connection between this inter-^
rogative power of OX and its conditional
sense in lett. C, since between sentences^
beginning with DX interrog. are interpos-
ed others beginning with DX conditional
followed by an apodosis ; see v. 7. 9. 13.
19. 20. 21. 25. Far more frequent in dis-
junctive forms of interrogation, where
H precedes, utrum an 7 whethei or ?'
Arab. \ \- Josh. 5, 13 'DX ntix sisbn
13'^'nsb art thou for us, or for our ene-
mies? 1 K. 22, 15 h'rin DX -^2n shall
we go ... or shall we not go ? The same
is DX1 II Gen. 17, 17. Job 21, 6 ; and
DX1 jrixn 34. 17. 40, 8. 9. The two are
also used together in a question with
two clauses, though not disjunctive, as
DX n Gen. 37, 8, DXI -d
tnsriVERSITY
D5<
62
t
where two questions follow each otlier
with a less degree of coherence, rt is re-
peated, 1 Sam. 23, 11. See Heb. Gr.
150. 2.
2. In indirect interrogation, whether,
^if, after verbs of inquiring, examining,
doubting, Cant. 7, 13. 2 K. 1 , 2. So in a
double and disjunctive question, CX n
Gen. 27, 21. Num. 13, 20. The phrase
CX r'li"! "^72 Esth. 4, 14, who knoweth
whether, corresponds to the Lat. nescio
an, i. q. perhaps.
C) Conj. 1. Mostly conditional, if,
Gr. il, Lat. si, q. d. supposing that, etc.
comp. 'rt lo, num ? if; Syr. |oi lo, if In
this signif correspond Arab. /j| , Sam.
^A, ijA, Eth. "hep. FoWed,
according to the sense, by the przeter,
Esth. 5, 8 n iD"iya '{n ""nxsTa Zi< if I
have found favour in the eyes of the king.
Gen. 43, 9. 18, 3 ; and lut. Judg. 4. 8 ex
ipisbnT IBS ^z^'P^if thou wilt go with me,
I will' go. Gen. 13, 16. 28, 20. Job 8, 4
sq. 11, 10 ; more rarely by a particip.
Judg. 9, 15. 11, 9 ; by the infin. for a
finite verb. Job 9. 27 ; also without a
verb, Job 8, 6. 9, 19. This particle dif-
fers from >lb, in that tx implies a true
and real condition, where the fact is left
uncertain, whether a thing exists or will
exist, is or will be done, 'si fecisti, si
facturus es ;' while ^ib implies that a thing
does not exist, is not or will not be done,
or is at least very uncertain and impro-
bable, ' si faceres, si fecisses,' Gr. u f/^j'.
See ^ , emd also for the like distinction
and yi De Sacy Gramm,
Arabe I. 885. By an ingenious and
delicate usage, CX is every where put
in conditional curses and imprecations,
where we might perhaps expect lb ; e. g.
Ps. 7, 4-6 b^s tt5;) ex rxT "'n-'bs ex
Cl^n"! . . ."'Pib^a ex ! 'EDS if Ihave^done
this, if there he iniquity in my hands, if
I have done evil to my friend, ...let the
enemy persecute me, etc. The Psalmist
here denies, (if we look at his object,)
that he had done such things ; but, as if
on trial, he leaves this point undecided,
or even assumes the truth of the allega-
tion, and then invoking the severest
punishment upon himself, he thus adds
great emphasis to the imprecation.
Comp. Ps. 44, 21. 73, 15. 137, 5. 6. Job
31, 7 sq. Other examples, where more
accurately ^b would be put instead of
ex , are : Ps. 50, 12 2?"!i< esi; if I were
hungry. Hos. 9, 12. Yet CX is here
not incorrect ; since its usage has a
wide extent. Spec, a) Condition or
supposition is modestly or timidly ex-
pressed by X5"BX, see in X3. b)ex ex
disjunctive, if if, i. q. whether or, Gr.
sl'ji-tl'is, ittv is-iuv ra, Lat. sive-sire ;
comp. si si Gell. 2. 28. So Ex. 19, 13
ttJ-X-cx nrns-ex whether it be beast or
man. 2 Sam. 15, 21. Lev. 3, 1. Dcut. 18,
3 ; also preceded by a negative, neither
nor, 2 K. 3, 14. The same is ex") cx
Gen. 31, 52. Josh. 24, 15. Ecc. 11, 3. 12,
14. Arab, jj^^ j^)! and UI^-UL
c) By an ellipsis of the formula of an
oath, ex becomes in some connections
a negative particle. The full form
is read in 1 Sam. 3, 17 God do so to thee,
and more also, if thou, etc. 24, 7. 2 Sam.
3. 35. Hence by ellipsis, espec. in oaths ;
2 Sam. 11, 11 by thy life, [let God do so
to me, and more] nTn ns'nn-rx >^VTi< est
if I do this thing, i. e. I will not do this
thing. 20, 20. 1 K. 1, 51 ; also in obtes-
tations. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. Neh. 13, 25 ;
rarely elsewhere, and chiefly in poetry,
Is. 22, 14. 62, 8. Judg. 5, 8. Prov. 27, 24,
where the other member has xb. In
the same manner the Arabs use "J,
more folly \\ Uo, for not.
2. As concessive, though, although ;
Arab, lo' v ^^' *"'' *"*' '*"*' Followed
by the pr8eter,to express the idea ' though
I arh,' Job 9, 15. 29 ; more usually by
the fut. expressing the idea ' though I
were,' Is. 1, 18. 10, 22. Ps. 139, 8. Job
20, 6 ; but comp. Job 9, 20. Also with
a verbal noun, Nah. 1, 11.
3. As a particle of wishing, oh if !
woidd that ! oh that ! il yaq . Comp.
^b. With fut. Ps. 08, 14. 81, 9. 95, 7.
139, 19. An anacoluthon occurs in
Gen. 23, 13 "'SsrttJ !ib nnx ex wmdd thai
thou oh that thou wouldst hear me.
4. It passes over also into a particle
of time, when, pr. ?/; comp. Germ, wenn
and wann. Followed by the prater,
which is often to be rendered by the
pluperfect or by tlxe fot. exactum ; Is
ri5<
63
TV2i^
24, 13 "I'^sa n^S SX when the vintage is
doiie, pr. if it shall have been ended.
Ara. 7, 2 bbjjb nbs est rr^ni and it came
to pass wh.en they hail finished eating.
Is. 4, 4 V''2t-ri33 rxs rx ""inx yrn dx
when the iMrd shall have washed away
the filth of the daughters of Zion. Gen.
38, 9. Ps. 63, 7. Job 8, 4. 17, 13. So also
in connection with other particles, as "S
OS until when, until, Gen. 24, 19 ; *I5
nji -itrix 28, 15. Num. 32 17. Is. 6, 11.
5. Rarely for wheti causal, i. e. since,
of
Arab. ^\ . Gen. 47, 18 we will not hide
it from my lard, that bx . . . ClDSn Cn BX
"nxd: xb ^3"ix when (since) all our mo-
ney is spent . . . there is nothing left for
my lord, etc. Is. 53, 10.
D) In composition with other parti-
cles:
1. Dxn , twice in the beginning of an
interrogation, i. q. xbri , put affirmative-
ly, is not 7 nonne ? i. q. lo ! Num. 17, 28
[13]. Job 6, 13.
2. sib-DX a) is not 1 nonne 7 pre-
ceded by xbrj. Is. 10. 9. b) if not, un-
less, Ps. 7, 13. Gen. 24, 8. Hence after
formulas of oaths it appears as a strong
affirmation and asseveration ; comp.
above in C. 1. c. Num. 14, 28. Josh. 14,
9. Is. 14, 24 ; also in obtestations. Job 1,
11. 2, 5. 17, 2. 22, 20. 30, 25. Is. 5, 9. c)
After a negative partic. in the sense of
but. Gen. 24, 37. 38. Comp. d (j.^, nisi,
Chald. xibx from xb-DX.
* *^'t^ f subst. plur. n-in^x , the letter
n being inserted, comp. Chald. ""^^X , and
Lehrg. p. 530 ; a maid-sercant, hand.-
maid, female slave. Hence Tjr^x thy
handmaid, for /, spoken even by a free
woman in addressing her superiors, Judg.
19, 9. 1 Sam. 1, 11. 16. 25, 24 sq. 2 Sam.
14. 15. Comp. in "(inx . Also nr;x-;3 son
of a handmaid, i. e. a servant, slave. Ex.
23, 12. Ps. 116,-16. Hence is derived
the Arab. Ixl to be a handmaid. The
word n^X is prob. primitive ; least of all
is it to be referred to a root rrsx, ^uf ,
inito pacto indixit.
TliSi pr. i. q. cx, but everywhere
metaph. the beginning, head, foundation
of any thing. Spec.
1. mo^A^r of the arm, i.e. the fore-arm,
below the elbow, cubitus, Deut. 3, 11.
Hence
2. a cubit, ulna, a measure of length ;
comp. Lat. cubitus, vlna, Or. nr^vi apd
8.-.
nvytiiv, Arab, c f j> , Egypt, mahi. The
mode of enumerating cubits is as fol-
lows : a"'rBX two cubits Ex. 25, 10. 17 ;
niax UJb\a 27, 1, and so on up to ten
cubits ; in the later Hebrew '-ab',d niax
2 Chr. 6, 13. With numbers above ten,
in the earlier Hebrew HBX Ci\ST:ri Gen.
6, 15, in the later niax D"^iS^n Ez.42,2,
or n-'nirs niax 2 Chr. 3, 4. Further, it
is joined with numerals of every kind,
both in the early and later Hebrew, by
means of a , as naxa s?"ix lit. four by
the cubit, i.e. four cubits ; HBXa iiX'D a
hundred cubits Ex. 27, 9. 18. '36, 15! 38,
9. The common cubit of the Hebrews
(2 Chr. 3, 3) was reckoned at 6 palms, or
18 inches ; though some without good
reason make it only 4 palma, or 12 inches.
A larger cubit of seven palms, iTiTanti-
laiffToq, is mentioned Ez. 40, 5. 43, 13,
which agrees with the royal cubit of the
Babylonians (Hdot. 1. 178) and Egyp-
tians ; see Boeckh Metrol. Untersuch.
pp. 212 sq. 265 sq. Metaph. Jer. 51. 13
thine end is come, the measure of thy
rapine, i. e. the time when God will
set bounds and measure to thy iniqui-
tous gain.
3. i. q. C!jk no. 7, a m.etropolis. 2 Sam.
8, 1 and David took the bridle (bit) of
the metropolis out of the hand of the Phi-
listines, i. e. he subdued the metropolis
of the Philistines. Comp. the Arabic
proverb : I give thee not my bridle, i. e. do
not subject myself to thee ; see Schult.
ad Job. 30, 11. and Hariri Cons. IV. p. 24.
See also Gesch. der Hebr. Sprache p. 41.
4. a fonndalion. Is. 6, 4 ciESn pirx
the foundations of the thresholds. Comp.
vijLol r Cjl-Axf , roots, beginnings.
5. Ammah, pr. n. of a liill, 2 Sam. 2, 24.
max Chald. f. plur. 1T2X, a cubit,
ulna, Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 3. Syr. jloT,
fiOsof, plur. ,^f.
TQX i. q. rr^'X q. v. terror.
maS5 f. (r. n~x) a people, nation,
tribe, Arab. jLof a people, Aram. XPrx
n53K
64
:^
]i^o] id. Found only in Plur. Wax
Gen. 25, 16. Num. 25, 15 ; also n-'SS Ps.
117, 1. Syr. fzaii^f.
!"t^5< Chald. f. id. Dan. 3, 29. Plur.
pfix, emphat.N^BJt, Dan. 3, 4. 7. 5, 19.
7, 14. Ezra 4, 10.
1. 'Jl^iJ m. 1. a7i architect, builder,
opifex, (r. "i^sx no. 1. b.) i. q. liSN q. v.
Prov. 8. 30 spoken of the hypostatic wis-
dom of God as the architect of the world.
The word seems not to have admitted
tthe form of the fem. gender, any more
than the Lat. artifex, opifex, whence
Plin. II. 1 artifex omnium riatura.
Cluinct.^. 15 rhetorica persuadendi opi-
Jex. Others understand son or foster-
child, from r. '^X no. 1. a.
2. Amon, pr. n. a) The son and
successor of Manasseh, king of Judah,
r. 644-642 B. C. 2 K. 21, 18-26. 2 Chr.
33, 20 sq. b) 1 K. 22, 26. c) Neh. 7,
59, for which Ezra 2, 57 '^ax .
II. "jTOJ^ i. q. "liTan, a mtdtiiude of
people, Jer. 52, 15. R. n52rj .
III. "jTOiJ Amon, pr. n. of the supreme
god of the Egyptians, worshipped at
Thebes with great pomp. Jer. 46, 25, see
'('iax X5 ; called by the Greeks "Ayfiarr,
Ammon, and compared by them to Jupi-
ter, see Hdot. 2. 42. Diod. Sic. 1. 13.
On Egyptian monuments he is usually
depicted with a human body and the
head of a ram ; and the name is there
written Amn, more fully Amn-Re i. e.
Amon-Sun ; see the figures as given in
Thesaur. p. 115. Comp. also Kosegar-
ten de Scriptura vett. .^gyptiorum, p.
59 sq. Wilkinson's Mann, and Gust, of
the Anc. Egyptians, Second Ser. I. p.
243 sq.
'JI'DiC m. (r. (Cij) by Syriasm for lirK,
faithfidness, Jiilelity, Deut. 32, 20.
Plur. trvmvi id. Prov. 20, 6 ts-'jsirx ffiix
a man of fidelity, faithful.
nj^^X f (r. "(rx) 1. firmness, sta-
hility. Ex. 17. 12 nr.ax 1111 'nil and
Ms (Moses') hands were firm, steady,
lit. firmness. _.
-?
2. spcurity, Is. 33, 6. Arab, j^wofj
^Ul,id.
3. faithfulness, fidelity, espec. in ful-
filling one's promises ; so of God, Deut.
32, 4. Ps. 36, 6. 40, 11 ; of men, Plur.
T^i:K^ Prov. 28; 20. Also faith, trust,
confidence of men towards God, Hab. 2,
4. Ps. 37, 3 ; see in ns-i no. 2.
f'y^^ (strong) pr. n. Amoz, the father
of the prophet Isaiah, Is. 1, 1. 2, 1. 13, 1.
20, 2.
^iy^ Ami pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 57. It
seems to be a corrupted form for 'jiait
Neh. 7, 59.
D'^'aX see D'^a'^x.
'j1D''13i5 (faithful) Aminon, pr. n. i. q.
li;^^ , a son of David, 2 Sam. 13, 20.
'{^''Bi? m. (r. yax) adj. strong, mighty^
Job 9, 4. 19 ; more fully as joined with
n"3 , Nah. 2, 2. Abstr. strength, might,.
fs. 40, 26.
ly^i^ m. (r. 'inij q. v, no. 1, and
Hithp.) the top, summit, e. g. of a tree,
Is. 17, 6 T^ax dxia in the highest top.
Also of a mountain Is. 17, 9 ; see under
art. n^iiTS .
^i2)s or ^ rv ^^ languish, to droop,
pr. to hang the head, kindr. with bsx
q. V. In Kal part. pass, of a drooping
heart, Ez. 16, 30.
PuL. ?'^'ax only in poetry. 1. to lan-
guish, to droop, as of plants, Is24, 7 ;
hence of fields Is. 16, 8. Nah. 1, 4;
of a sick person Ps. 6, 3, where ^bax
seems to be for ^^axx ; so Maurer.
2. to motim, to lament, Is. 19, 8 ; so
of a land laid waste Is. 24, 4. 33, 9 ; of
walls thrown down Lam. 2, 8. Hence
in prose
bb')2^5 m. languid, feeble, Neh. 3, 34.
* D'^iJ obsol. root, perh. i. q. caa,
Da 5 q. V, to join together, to collect, to
congregate. Arab. * I to be near, relat-
ed. Hence the noun nax i. q. fis a
people, and
D'OS Amam pr. n. of a place or city in
the southern part of the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 26.
*^'l'!s^ 1. pr. to prop, to stay,
to support, a) Spec, with the arm.
to bear or carry a child, Num. 11, 12.
Lam. 4, 5. Part, "jax, natdnyoiyog, a
nurnng-fatJier, one who carries a child
on his arm and takes care of it. Num.
1. c. Is. 49, 23 ; also a foster-father, Esth.
2, 7. 2 K. 10, 1. 5. Comp. bsbs , Arab.
l^Lo sustentavit, ahiit. Fem. rsrk a
nurse, Ruth 4, 16. 2 Sam. 4, 4. 'b) to
found, to build up, kindr. with nsB , lajj ;
hence "ittij, ^i'^x, architect, njisx a pil-
lar, prop.
2. Intrans. to stay oneself, to be stayed
tip, supported ; hence to be firm, stable,
such as one may safely lean upon, me-
taph. to be faithful. Part. pass. B-^Jiilsx the
faithfid, niaioi, Ps. 12, 2. 31, 24. Comp.
tJ!iG Is. 26, 3. Arab, ^f to be faith-
^ ,*
fill, jj^t to lean upon and trust in any
one, ^iyA to trust, to be secure.
NiPH. 1. to be supported, i. e. to be
home in the arms as a child, Is. 60, 4.
Comp. Kal no. 1.
2. to be founded, i. e. to be firm, sta-
ble, sure, e. g. of a house 1 Sam. 2, 35.
25, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 K. 11. 3S; of a
firm place, where a nail holds fast. Is.
22. 23. 25 ; of a firm and stable condition
7, 9.
3. to be durable, lasting, permanent,
e. g. of waters which never fail (opp.
aj2i<) Is. 33, 16. Jer. 15, 18 ; of diseases
Deut. 28, 59 ; of a covenant Ps. 89, 29.
4. Metaph. to be faithful, trustworthy,
sure, such as one can lean upon ; so of
a servant 1 Sam. 22, 14. Num. 12, 7 ; a
messenger Prov. 25, 13 ; a witness Jer.
42, 5. Is. 8,2; of God Deut. 7, 9. Is. 49, 7.
Hos. 12, 1. Ps. 78, 8 ss-nx n:ri xb
"inn his spirit was not faithful towards
God. Part. yoHi faithfid, upright, Prov.
11, 13. 27, 6 =nx irsB ^-^z^ii: faithful
are the wounds of a friend, i. e. his se-
vere rebukes proceed from fidelity and
sincerity. Also of a man of tried wis-
dom. Job 12, 20.
5. to be sure, certain, true, Hos. 5, 9 ;
of the word of God Ps. 19, 8. Also to be
found true, to be verified, confirmed,
Gen. 42, 20. 1 K. 8, 26.
HiPH. '("'^ill^l 1. to stay upon, to build
upon; pr. Is. 28, 16 he that buildeth
thereon shall notfiee away. Usually
2. Metaph. to tinist, to confide in, like
Arab, 'wiol c. u . Job 4, 18 i-^iisa '.n
*^ 6*""
j^ax^ fcib lo ! he putteth no trugt in his
servants. 15. 15. 39, 12. Ps. 78, 22. 32. 119,
66. nin-'a T'?^!! to trmt in Jehovah Gen.
15, 6 ; I'^jna 'n tib to have no tnmt in
one's life, i. e. to fear for one's life, Deut.
28, 66 ; c. ace. et inf. Judg. 11, 20.
3. to believe, to receive as true, absol.
Is. 7, 9 ; oftener with h of pers. and thing,
Gen. 45, 26. Ex. 4, l! 8. 9. Prov. 14, lb.
Ps. 106, 24 ; ^3 Ex. 4, 5. Job 9, 16. Also
with infin. Job 15, 22 he beliereth (hopeth)
not to escape out of darkness i. e. terror.
4. Perh. intrans. to stand firm, still.
Job 39, 24 he standeth not still, when the
voice of the trumpet sc. is heard. Comp.
Virg. Georg. 3. 83. According to a com-
mon idiom of speech, it might also be ex-
plained : ' He so longs for the battle that
he scarce believes or trusts his ears for
joy,' etc. Comp. Job 9, 16. 29, 24.
Deriv. px c:"ax , *,i^x , 'M^n , rivrorn
II. yc^ HiPH. rrxn
i. q. denom.
pain to turn to the right hand, Is. 30, 21.
1''?^ Chald. Aph. ',13''n to trust, c. 3
Dan. 6, 24 ; like Syr. ,_c la^oi . Part,
pass, '(q^ryo faithful, trustworthy, Dan.
6, 5. 2, 45, Syr.,-Li.oiio.
"P?^ m. an architect, artist, workman,
Cant. 7, 2; see r. "jrij no. 1. b. Syr.
l^ol , Chald. l-oix , id. To this Ara-
maean form inclines the orthography IBX
omman, which Kimchi and Judah Ben
Karish read in their Mss.
1''?^ (r. "jax no. 2) 1. Adj. verbal/rw;
*
metaph. faithfid; Arab, .j^^ Syr.
)> tV] . Abstr. i. (\. faithfulness, fidelity ;
as "ii^X "^"bN the God of faithfulness Is.
65, 16. Comp. Rev. 3, 14.
2. Adv. amen, i. e. verily, truly, cer-
tainly, Jer. 28, 6. '{oy^) "(oyt Ps. 41, 14.
72, 19. 89, 53. Its proper place is, where
one person confirms the words of another,
and adds his wish for success to the
other's vows and predictions, amen, so be
it. Sept. well, yivono. 1 K. 1. 36. Jer.
11,5. Num. 5, 22. Deut. 27, 15 sq. Neh.
5, 13. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 16, 36.
I'QS^ m. (r. *|UX) faithfulness, verity,
Is. 25, 1.
\'2i!^
m
"^2^
^r''?^ f. (r. ''cx) 1. a covenant, pr. a
confirmation, surety, Neh. 10, 1. Arab.
2. Something fixed, appointed, i. e.
an allou-ance, portion, i. q. ph, Neh.
11, 23 ; spoken of a daily allowance for
the subsistence of the singers.
3. Amanah, pr. n. of a perennial stream
(comp. Is. 33, 16) which rises in Anti-
Lebanon, and waters the territories of
Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. Hence also that
part of Anti-Lebanon bore the same
name, Cant. 4, 8. The Greek name was
Chysorrhoas ; now el-Barada.
ni'Oi? f. pr. supporting ; hence a pillar,
column, plur. m:rN.n 2 K. 18, 16. R. '{ot^.
nr'GS f (r. "iix) 1. a hringing-up,
tutelage, Esth. 2, 20.
2. verity, only as adv. verily, truly, in-
deed, Josh. 7, 20. Gen. 20, 12.
'J1*'52X (faithful) Amnon pr. n. m. a)
The eldest son of David, by Ahinoam,
slain by his brother Absalom, 2 Sam. 3,
2. 13, 1-39 ; once Ti3'*ai< q. v. b) 1 CHr.
4, 20.
02121$ adv. (from ',ttX with the adv.
ending C_ ,) verily, truly, indeed, Job 9, 2.
19, 4. 5. Is. 37, 18. 'S c:w true that,
at is true that, Job 12, 2. Ruth 3, 12.
Dp'aX id. Gen. 18, 13. Num. 22, 37.
*Y'^^ fut. f^S?., to be alert, active,
Jirm; kindr. with yoH, C>^n, to be
sharp, eager. Hence of the feet, to be
strong in the feet, to be swift-footed, comp.
Piel no. 1, V''2S, and the Arabic usage.
Trop. of activity and alertness of mind,
a firm and undaunted spirit, 2 Chr. 13.
18 ; opp. ?:3 and ?"i3 to have the knees
fiink, to befecble-minded. With '{O to
be stronger than, to prevail over any
one. Gen. 25, 23. Ps. 18, 18. 142, 7. ptn
yrxi be strong and of good courage, i.e.
brave and undaunted, Deut. 31, 7. 23.
f-
Josh, 1, 6-18. Arab. (ja^\ to be active,
s ,f
fleet, of a horse ; whence \jOyJ} i. q.
ytK, a fleet horse.
Piel T'SK I. to make fiTtn, to strength-
en, pr. sinking knees, faltering feet, Job
4, 4. Ih. 35, 3. Trop. to render alert, to
encourage, Deut. 3, 28. Job 16, 5.
2. to strengthen, to make strong. Is. 41,
10. Ps. 89, 22. 2 Chr. 11, 17. Prov.' 31, 17.
24, 5.
3. to restore, to repair a building, i. q.
pm , 2 Chr. 24, 13. Also to found, to set
fast, Prov. 8, 28.
4. to strengthen, i. e. to harden the
heart, to make obstinate, Deut. 2, 30.
15, 7. 2 Chr. 36, 13.
5. to set fast, i. e. to appoint, to choose.
Ps. 80. 18 whom thou haM chosen far
thyself, comp. v. 16. Is. 44, 14.
HiPH. intrans. to be alert, of good cour-
age, undaunted, Ps. 27, 14. 31, 25.
HiTHPA. 1. to be alert, active, c. infin.
to do any thing with alacrity, eagerly,
1 K. 12, 18. 2 Chr. 10, 18.
2. to make oneself strong, of conspira-
tors, 2 Chr. 13, 7.
3. to make oneself firm, i. e. to resolve
firmly, to be resolute. Ruth 1, 18. Comp.
Deriv. f'^BS, yrxia, and the five fol-
lowing :
V"OX plur. fiiS^S, active, spirited,
fleet, of horses Zech. 6, 3. It is read
also in v. 7, where the context demands
8 * 6 >^
fis'is red. Arab. (JOjI and itOjjf ac-
tive, fleet, of a horse. ^
f ''2^5 m. strength. Job 17, 9.
ni12ll5 f strength, protection, i. q. Ti?o ,
Zech. 12, 5. R. fax.
''^''r^ (strong) Amzi, pr. n. m. a)
1 Chr. 6, 31. b) Neh. 11, 12.
n^S'OS (whom Jehovah strengthens)
Amaziah, pr. n. m. a) A king of Judah,
son of Joash and father of Uzziah, r.
838-811 B. C. 2 K. 12, 22. 14, 1 sq. 2 Chr.
25, 1 sq. Written also in^sr^N; 2 K. 14,
1. 9. 11. b) A priest of the golden calf
at Bethel, hostile to Amos, Amos 7,10 sq.
c) 1 Chr. 4, 34. d) 6, 30.
* "^'2^. inf absol. ^"iiss, constr. IfeX,
c. pref -itX3 Deut. 4, 10, itx3 Josh. 6. 8,
but always itsb contracted ; fut. "irfci"',
nrx'T . with conj. accent. "i^X'^ , with
Alcph dropped r^wci'' Ps. 139. 20.
1. to say. very freq. The primary
idea is to l)ear forth, to bring out to light,
and hence to utter, to say ; comp. Xtoj,
K33 , i;3 , and Gr. (ftifil. Hence Hithpa.
q. v. also "i'^H top, summit, and "'"^'b^
Ta
67
im
pr. mountaineer. It differs from ta'i to
apeak, in that "^an is put absolutely,
while "lojj is followed by the words
spoken; e.g. Lev. 1,2 iixya") 'ja-bxnan
Dn''^ i?""?!*^ fipeak unto tlie children of
Israel, and say unto them, etc. 18, 2. 23,
2. 10 ; or also Ex. 6, 10 "bx nin-i nan^ii
ibsb nd'a and Jehovah spake unto Moses,
saying-, i. e. in these words. 13, 1. Also
c. accus. Jer. 14, 17 Tx cn-'bx nn^xn
'^?'l "^-^n <^'w^ ^^?i s/ia/< say unto them
this word. Gen. 44, 16 niaxs-nTa what
shall we say? 41, 54 rjOi'' 1T25< -idi<3
according as Joseph haxl said. 22, 3
to the place n*'n"bx ib lox nrx which
God had said unto him. Rarely with
'S, Job 36, 10. In a few doubtful ex-
amples, and only in the later Hebrew,
"lOX seems to be put absol. for la^ ; e. g.
2 Chr.2, 10 -bx nb'j*] ansa n^nn nrxi?
niabttJ and Hnram said (spake) by letter,
and sent it to Solomon ; but here the very
words follow, so that the clause and sent
it to Solomon is parenthetic, and "itSX""]
refers to the words of the letter. 2 Chr.
32, 24 ib -nsx'] and he (God) said unto
him, i. e. spake to him ; but here we may
also render : and he promised him, since
after verbs of speakino-, showing, etc. the
object it is very often omitted ; see Lehrg.
p. 734. This remark also throws light
upon the vexed passage in Gen. 4, 8 : and
Cain said (it) unto Abel his brother (i. e.
he told him that which God had said to
him in V. 7), but it came to pass when they
were in the field, etc. Samar. and Sept.
insert m'rn nabs, Siil&apiv ti^ to
nediov.
The person to whom one says any
thing, is put with bs 2 K. 22, 8 ; bx
Gen. 3, 16. 13, 14 ; and b Gen. 3, 17. 20',
5. 6. But both these latter particles,
although more rarely, serve to mark the
person of, concerning whom one speaks,
6. g. b.x 2 K. 19, 32. Jer. 22, 18. 27, 19 ;
b. Gen.' 20, 13 "b "n^x say of me. Ps. 3,
3. 71, 10. Judg. 9, 54. The person of
whom is also put in the ace. Gen. 43, 27
your father, the old man cniTSX -i^'x
whom ye said, i. e. spoke of. v. 29. Num.
14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Ps. 139, 20.
Spec, a) to say to or of any thing
this or that, i. q. to call it so or so, to
term, to name, Is. 5, 20. 8, 12. Ecc. 2, 2.
Part. pass. IWX called, named, Mic. 2, 7.
Comp. Niph. no. 2. b) to say is some'
times i. q. to exhort, Job 36, 10 ; to pro-
mise, 2 Chr. 32, 24 ; to tell, to declare^
Ex. 19, 25; and hence to declare c. ace.
i. q. to proclaim, to laud, Ps. 40, 11.
Is. 3, 10. Such examples are for the
most part readily determined by the
context.
2. iaba "nax Gen. 17, 17. Ps. 10, 6. 11.
14, 1. Is. 47, 8, (Arab. JU ^^ Jli,
Sj^ ^^ J\j,) also iaabb -irx Hos. 7, 2,
iab-bx Gen. 8, 21, and simpl. niax , to say
in or to one's heart or self, i. q. to think,
to suppose, to wish, to purpose j see in
ab no. 1. f. Comp. i^^^, ^2^'^., Arab.
JIS* , Gr. tptjpi in Homer and the tragic
writers. For.ster relates that among
some of the savages of the Pacific ocean
they use the phrase to speak in the belly
for to think. I Sam. 20, 4. Gen. 44. 28
ami I thought, Surely he is torn in pieces.
Ex. 2, 14 -iiax nnx "^SJ-iribn thinkest thou
to kill me 7 Sept. pi] mtXnv ftt <jv &tlfig ;
2 Sam. 21, 16, Sept. duronzo. 1 K. 5, 5
[19]. 1 Sam. 20, 4. Ab.sol. Ps. 4, 5 com^
mune with your own heart upon your
bed. So simpl. lax Ps. 16, 2. 31, 15.
116, 11. etc. ' ^
3. toco?raman(i, like Arab. _>ot, chiefly
in the later or silver age of the Heb.
tongue; c.inf etb, Esth. l,17X''3nb -iBX
^ndlTX he commanded to bring in Vash-
ti. 4, 13. 9, 14. Also followed by 1 and
a finite verb, Neh. 13. 9 sntn::':] "b^i<3
then I commanded and they purified. 2
Chr. 24, 8 inx )iix !ir3^] r)bBn -i-ax";;
the king commanded and they made a
chest. 1 Chr. 21, 7. Ps. 105, 31. 34. Jon.
2, 11. Job 9, 7. (In Chaldee we find the
former construction Dan. 2, 46. 3, 13 ;
and the latter Dan. 5. 29. The same is
common in Syriac, Samaritan, Arabic.)
Elsewhere also with ace. of thing, 2 Chr.
29, 24 for the king had commanded this
burnt-offering for all Israel, i. e. had ap-
pointed, instituted. 1 K. 11. 18 "nsx anb
ib and commanded (to give) him victuals.
Job 22, 29. With dat, of pers. 2 Sam.
16, 11. Comp. hat. jubere legem, faedus.
Niph. ^nx?, fut. icx;i and "lOSJ".
1. to be said, with b and bx of pers.
Num. 23, 23. Ez. 13, 12. Also impers.
1?ii5
68
*e5^
it is said, they say, Gen. 10, 9. 22, 14.
Num. 21, 14.
2. ^ '^V.^'2 to be said to any one, sc.
this or that, i. e. to be so called, to be
named, Is. 4, 3. 19, 18. 61, 6. 62, 4. Hos.
2,1.
Hi PH. *i*^^i<n to make say, to cause to
promise. Deut. 26, 17 thou hast this day
tnadc Jehovah say or promise, 18 and
Jehovah hath made thee promise, i. e. ye
have mutually promised, have mutually
accepted and ratified the conditions of
each other.
HiTHPA. ">fisr.fl to lift up oneself, to
boast oneself Ps. 94, 4. Comp. Kal no. 1.
Deriv. "nax bsi-ax , also t'sx , naxia.
"TJaSi Chald. 3 fem. n-i^X for rinttx
Dan. 5, 10 ; fiit. -ii2X^ , inf. "i^XB and "isa
Ezra 5, 11 ; part, nax; i. q. Hebr.
1. to say, with dat. of pers. Dan. 2, 25 ;
ace. of thing, Dan. 7. 1 ; also followed
by the words spoken. Dan. 2, 24, or even
written, Dan. 7, 2. See our remarks on
the oriental usus loquendi in Luke 1, 63,
in the London Class. Journ, no. 54. p.
240. Plur. 'i'^'^^X pr. they are saying,
i. q. they say, put for the Pass, it is said,
proclaimed ; Dan. 3, 4 X^B^S "i"'")^!< '|13^
to you it is proclaimed, O people, etc.
Theod. kiynai. On the idiom see Lehrg.
p. 798.
2. to command, see the examples in
Heb. "IBS Kal. no. 3.
Deriv. xr33.
"1^^ in sing, only c. suff. iittX Job 20,
29 ; plur. ="^-iS< , constr. innx .' For the
sing, absol. the form "ink is used.
1. a word, discourse, what is said, i. q.
*12^ ; but, with the exception of Josh.
24. 27, only in the poetic style. Espec.
of the words of God, bx-inax Num. 24,
4. 16. rrx inisx Prov. 22, 21 ; c?3 i"iBX
15, 26. Ps. 19, 15. Prov. 6, 2. al. Gen."49,
21 Naphlali is nn^i)ttJ nb'x a slender
hind, "Bt5 "''DBH '(r'fi giving forth words
of grace, i. e. pleasant, persuasive ; prob.
to be referred to some poetic or oratorical
talent of this tribe, otherwise unknown.
If it be objected, that words cannot be
ascribed to a hind, we may reply that
jrsn refers to Naphtali and not to nb*8<
hind ; and hence there is no necessity
lor the ctjnjccture of Bochart, following
the Sept. that it should read n^"^K and
."'nrx. For this use of the art. ft, see
Heb.' Gr. 107. init.
2. a command. Job 20, 29 ilBX n^n_
bXB lit. the lot of his command from God,
i. e. his appointed lot from God. Comp.
"iBX no. 3.
"TSfi? Chald. m. plur. 'p'lax, a lamb,
Ezra 6, 9. 17. 7, 17. Syr. f-^] , Arab. '
^\^, Sjjof , a lamb. The root is ^]
Conj. I, IV, to make much, to multiply,
vc| to be much, multiplied ; hence pr.
progeny of the flock. Or it may also be
'progeny of the flock' from the idea of
bringing forth, see in r. "inij no. 1.
"^'SSi (talkative) Immer, pr. n. m. a)
Jer. 20, 1. b) Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61.
"^''r^ i. q. "lOX ; the forms of which it
borrows in the plural ; a poetic word.
1. a word, discourse, Ps. 19, 4.
2. Spec, a song, hymn, i'nog, Ps. 19, 3 ;
a song of triumph, epinicium, Ps. 68, 12.
3. a promise, trom God, Ps. 77, 9. In
a punitive sense, threat, Hab. 3, 9.
4. a matter, thing, like "ili'n , Job 22,
28. Arab. Jcf id.
nn'QX f. (r. IBS) plur. ninrx, i. q.
"irx , nrk , and like them only poetic ; a
ward, discourse, mostly of God, Ps. 18,
31. 119, 38. 50. 103. 140 ; also a song,
hymn. Gen. 4, 23. Deut. 32, 2. Ps. 17, 6.
H'n'aX f id. Lam. 2, 17.
''"'''2^ according to the probable con-
jecture of Simonis pr. mountaineer, from
an obsol. "its height, mountain, see un-
der r. "iwS no. 1 ; hence as gentile n. an
Amorite, collect, the Amoritcs, Sept.
'jfiOQ^tuoi. a Canaanitish people, appa-
rently the largest and most powerful of
all, and whose name is sometimes taken
in a wide sense so as to include all the
other Canaanitish tribes ; Gen. 15, 16.
48, 22. Am. 2, 9. 10. Deut. 1, 20. A part
of them dwelt in the mountainous tract
which afterwards belonged to the tribe
of Judnh, and were subject to five kings,
Gen. 14, 7. 13. Num. 13, 29. Another
part held the country beyond Jordan
north of the Arnon as fiir as to the Jab-
bok and even beyond this stream, Num.
21, 13. 24. 32, 39. These were subject
T^
69
to two kings, viz. of Heshbon and Ba-
shan or Biitanea, Deut. 4, 47. Josh. 2, 10.
'I'aX (eloquent) Imri, pr. n. m. a)
1 ciir. 9, 4. b) Neh. 3, 2.
n^'^'QX (whom Jehovah said, i. e. pro-
mised, q. d. Theophrastus) Amariah, pr.
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 33 [6, Z]. b) 1 Chr.
5, 37 [6, llj. Ezra 7, 3. Comp. Winiax
a. c) Neh. 10, 4. 12, 2. 13. d) Ezra
10, 42. e) Neh. 11,4. f) Zeph. 1, 1.
g) See =in;")T?5< b.
'l'^^''''?^ (id.) Amariah, pr. n. m. a)
2 Chn 19, 11. b) 1 Chr. 24, 23, written
also n-'i-ax 23, 19. c) 2 Chr. 31, 15.
5B"1X1S Amraphel, pr. n. of a king of
Shinar, i. e. Babylonia, in the time of
Abraham, Gen. 14, 1. 9. It seems to be
Sanscr. amampdla, keeper of the gods ;
comp. Sardaiiapaius, Sanscr. sridhana-
p&la, keeper of the treasures ; so Boh-
len and F. Benary.
ttS for filJ< from r. M^, LUo,
vcsperi fecit ; comp. T|~X from ns'lj .
1. Pr. the past night, as adv. yester-
night, last night, Gen. 19, 34. 31, 29. 42.
Also yesterday, i. q. bi^Pi , 2 K. 9, 26. It
implies strictly the last part of the pre-
ceding natural day, (not the civil,) i. e.
the evening and night of yesterday, and
is then transferred so as to denote even-
ing and night in general ; just as the
words which signify to-morrow, are also
often referred to morning in general. Of
yesterday we remember the close ; of to-
morrow the beginning is more impressed
cf
on our mind. See Arab. (j*ye1 adv. yes-
s of
terday, (j^uoi subst. yesterday, comp.
Lwwuo vesperi fecit; and for to-morrow,
Bee Heb. *ij?i2 morning and morrmo, like
Germ. Morgen; Gr. av^iov to-morrow,
from avga morning air; Arab, stjc^
5 - # ^
morning, Jet morrow, f Jut to-morrow.
Hence
2. night, darkness, genr. Job 30, 3 they
Jlee nsiaisn nxid liBX into the night or
darkness of desolate wastes, the pathless
desert being strikingly compared by the
Orientals to night and darkness ; see Jer.
2, 6. 31, and Is. 42, 16. Others : yesterday
of desolation, i. e. places long since deso-
lated ; but against this it may be urged,
0.*
that (WMjoi, according to Arabian gram-
marians, is spoken only of time just past.
naX f (for r.:S!t , r. yqn) c. sufT. 'Fi^x ,
'in'qx .
1. firmness, stability^ perpetuity, Ps.
19, 10, parall. "rrb rni2"J. Is. 39, 8 cftii
rnxi peace and stability, i. e. firm and
stable peace, by tV din dvdlv, comp. no.
2. Also sureness, certainty; Josh. 2, 12
nax nist a token of sureness, i. e. sure
and certain.
2. faithfulness, fidelity^ truth, i. e. firm-
ness and constancy in oneself^ in keeping
and executing one's promises, etc. As-
cribed to a people Is. 59, 14. 15 ; to a
king Ps. 45, 5 ; to God Ps. 30, 10. 71, 22.
91, 4. Very freq. joined with lorj , Ps.
25, 10. 40, 11. 57, 4. 11. 108, 5. 'l'38, 2,
all which passages, by iv dia dvolv, are
to be understood of the faithful and con-
stant goodness of God. So TOn ntoS
ns riaxi to deal kindly and truly with
any one, to show him sincere kindness,
Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29. Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam.
2, 6. 15, 20.
3. truth, as opp. to falsehood, Gen. 42,
16. Deut. 22, 20. 2 Sam. 7, 28. O-'-iax
n^x words which are truth Prov. 22,21.
Ascribed to the word of God Ps. 119,
142 ; to prophecies Jer. 26, 15 ; to the
servant of Grod Is. 42, 3. Hence noX
nin*;! the truth of Jehocah, often put for
his true doctrine, the true religion, Ps.
25, 5. 26, 3. 86, 11.
4. good faith, uprightness, integrity.
Ex. 18, 21 5SS 'X3b nr:i< 'd55< men of
integrity, not eager for gain. Neh. 7, 2.
Judg. 9, 16. 19. Opp. ran Prov. 8, 7.
Spec, of a judge, uprightness, justice;
Ps. 19, 10 the judgments of Jehovah are
upright, just. Is. 16, 5. Prov. 29, 14.
Also sincerity, opp. to hypocrisy, Josh.
24, 14. 1 Sam. 12,24. 1 K.2,4. Is. 10,20.
nnrnaS? f. (r. nna to expand) plur.
constr. ninrnax , a sack, Gen. 42, 27 sq.
43, 18. 21. 22."
''n'aS (true, veracious) Amittai, pr. n.
of the father of the prophet Jonah, 2 K.
14. 25. Jon. 1, 1.
i:r\ia Chald. f. (for n^-) strong,
mighty, Dan. 7, 7. R. ina q. v.
JJ* interrog. adv. contr. from. "i^X II, pr.
1
70
n5i<
where? I^a whence! 2 K. 5, 25 Cheth.
Then, where ? whither ? 1 Sam. 10, 14.
Also of time, '(H~*i5 until when? how
long? Jobs, 2.
Hence npij , with M local ; but Milra
Deut. 1, 28. Ps. 139, 7.
1. whither? also without interrogation
Josh. 2, 5. Neh. 2, 16. Praign. Is. 10, 3
C3*7'i33 ''3'Sn njx whither will ye (carry
and) leave your wealth ?
2. where ? Ruth 2, 19.
3. Of time, n3K"l5 until when ? how
long? Ex. 16, 28. Ps. 13, 2. Job 18, 2
'p^^ib iS2p ',!iaiiyn njx-i? how long ere
ye make an end of words ?
4. Without interrogation, njXI nsx
hither and thither, any wldther, 1 K. 2,
36. 42.
"Ji^ i. q. '|ix Heliopolis, q. v.
i^pij! Chald. pron. 1 pers. /, Dan. 2, 8 ;
oftener riDX 2, 23. 3, 25. 4, 6. As genit.
Dan. 7, 15. '
i^J$ Milel (read Anna, not onna) in-
ter], of entreaty, compounded from PTi<
and S3 , pr. ah now ! ah I pray thee !
With an imperat. Gen. 50, 17 ; or fut.
apoc. as Opt. Neh. 1, 5 ; elsewhere ab-
sol. Ex. 32, 31. Dan. 4, 4. Written also
4n2X Milel, 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. Jon. 1, 14.
* 1. npX (for r??s, Arab. &S|) i. q.
M5X , pDX , ISX , onomutopoetic, to sigh, to
groan. Is. 3, 26. 19, 8. Hence the noun
i^SX, Gr. uvla (^uvtua, uvid^o)), and
11. ijJs in Kal not used, to ap-
proach, to come to meet, to be present.
'f ^
Arab. ^1 to be in good time, jf fit
time. Conj. V, X, to delay, to be pa-
tient, pr. to take time. IV, to retain.
PiEi, to cause to meet, to let fall in
with, spoken of God, Ex. 21, 13.
PuAL pr. to be made to meet, i. q. to
be brought upon, to befall, e. g. evil, ca-
lamity, sent from God, Prov. 12, 21. Ps.
91. 10.
HiTHPA. to seek occasion against any
one, c.b 2 K. 5, 7.
Deriv. '3X, n*3X, rx II (for rpK),
nsxn, n3xh7
^3* whither? when? see 'tj.
fljl* Chald. /, Bee WK.
. ''2^ see in XS5J .
13Sf| we, pron. i. q. ISl^SS, once Jer. 24,
6 Cheth. This unusual form, which is
found also in Rabbinic, is derived from
"SS , as iisnsx from i33N ; and from it
come the suffixes 13, >13 , !13 . In Keri
is read the common 13n3it, but most
prob. 13K is the genuine reading.
"J^Si? Chald. pers. pron. 3 plur. i. q.
Heb. dn , they, Dan. 2, 44. Fem. 'psx they,
7, 17, and in this passage strictly for
sunt, they are. The more regular fem.
form would seem to be 'j'^Ji* ; but '("^JX
stands in all the editions, so e. g. Ex.
1, 19 Onk. The form "iSX comes from
>-i35<, and I'^SX or 'pSX from -(iisx, the
demonstrative syllable "S {ecce !) being
prefixed. So also in the Talmud, insx
i. q. S>in . See under "^sbN , note. In the
Targums also "|1Sf7j fem. "j'^sn- ^Y^-
^01 and lloi .
tJ13^ m. 1. a man, (see below in
t'SN ,) i. q. D'JN , but only in poetic style.
Rarely in the sense of the singular, Ps.
55, 14. Job 5, 17 ; more usually collect,
for the whole human race, man. Job 7,
17. 15. 14. Ps. 8, 5. The same is ^i3i<-",a
Ps. 144, 3. Spec, a) Of a multitude,
the common people, vulgus ; hence Is. 8,
1 Ci'lX I2"jn2 pr. with a man's stylus, i.e.
with common letters, not artificial, so
that the common people may read with-
out difficulty ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c.
and Rev. 13, 18. 21, 17; also xmt av&^ut-
nov Gal. 3, 15. b) wicked men, Ps. 9, 20.
56, 2. 66, 12. Comp. cnx no. 1.
2. Enos, pr. n. of a son of Seth and
grandson of Adam, Gen. 4, 26. 5, 6. 9.
"iK> in Kal not used, kindr. with the
roots n:x I, p3S , pxj .
NrPH. to sigh, to groan, pr. to bemoan
oneself, Fr. se plaindre, Ex. 2. 23, Joel
1, 18. Aram. Ethpa. id. With br Ez,
21, 12, 1 Ex. 2. 23, of that on account
of which one groans. Hence
^'^P^ f plur. riinjx , a sighing, sigh,
groaning. Ps. 31, 11.' Lam. 1, 22. Is; 21,
2 nrn3X"b3 all the sighing on account
of her i. e. Babylon. 35, Iftk^l, 11.
^-'7?^ pers. pron. 1 plur.romm. ire, the
common form ; whence by apheercsis
rm 71
Hjn? . Arab. ^ . Gen. 13, 8. 29, 4.
42,' 31. etc. See "=b5<, note.
KSnrX , n:n: , eimld. id. Dan. 3, 16.
17. Ezra 4, 16.
''3S!t, with distinct, accent ""JX, pers.
pron. 1 pers. sing, of botli genders, /, i. q.
^abst q. V. Pleon. joined with the 1 pers.
of verbs, espec. in the books of the silver
age of the Hebrew, as ''JX Tinax Ecc.
2, 1. 11. 12. 15. 18. 20. 3, 17. 4, 1. 2. 4. 7.
7, 25. Mostly in the nominative case ;
and put for tlie obUque cases only where
these already precede, Heb. Gramm.
119. 3. Sometimes it includes the idea
of the subst. verb, i. q. lam, Gen. 15, 7.
24, 24. See ''=35$ , note.
''Sit comm. a ship, or rather collect.
ships, a fleet, navy. Arab. Sul , plur.
Suj| and Ji\l\ , a vessel, espec. for wa-
ter, a bucket, urn, pitcher, so called from
the idea of retaining and containing,
comp. -it Conj. IV. Comp. in Engl.
vessel for ship ; also Gr. yavlo? a milk-
pail, and yni'Xoq ship, Hdot. 3. 136 ; axn-
<jptV milk-pail and ship; Heb. nan and
KOJ 'bs Is. 18, 2. So 1 K. 9, 26. 27.
10, 11 where it is joined with a verb
masc. V. 22. Is. 33, 21, in both passages
with a fem. In all these passages it
seems to be a collective, to which the
corresponding noun of unity is n'SX,
afler the analogy of the Arabic nomina
vicis et singulaHlatis, as 2(jLo one stalk
S
of straw, f^yj^ straw, see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe I. 577 ; whence also
'3X wants the plural. The author of
Chronicles by way of explanation has
twice put for it the plur. m'SX ; see 1 K.
9, 26, comp. 2 Chr. 8, 18 ; i K. 10, 22,
comp. 2 Chr. 9, 21. Vulg. always clas-
eis, Syr. ships.
^^^ f noun of unity corresponding
^ to collect. '3X , a ship, Prov. 30, 19. Jon.
1, 3. 5. Plur. Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5, 17.
nniO ni'SX merchant-ships Prov. 31, 14.
tS-'iri-jn ni'3X.-#Aips of Tarshish Is. 23,
\\ spoken genr. of any large merchant-
ihips (see in tti'^'^nr)) 2 Chr. 9, 21. Ps.
5:
48^ 8. Is. 2, 16. ni^SX '1^38< ship-men,
siulors, 1 K. 9, 27.
n^3S| f. sighing, vuntming, Is, 29, 2.
R. n:x I.
lay'SSf; (sighing of the people) pr. n.
m. Aniain, 1 Chr. 7, 19.
* ^31^ m. lead, Lat. plumbum, i. q.
tTiBJ ; hence for a plumb-line, plummet,
Ami. 7, 7 T|3! rain a wall of the plumb-
line, i. e. built by rule, plumb, v. 8 I will
lay tfie plumb-line to my people Israel,
i. e. I will destroy utterly as if by rule
and measure ; comp. Is. 34, 11. 2 K. 21,
13. This word appears to be primitive ;
at least the Arabic verb viLi! to be gross,
unwieldy, dull, is prob. a denom. derived
from lead. pr. to be leaden. Correspond-
ing is Arab, viljl , Syr. \^ . Eth. by
transp. fTijft, also Armen, ui&urij.
anak, which comprehends both black
and white lead.
''^-ij (Milra), in Pause with a change
of tone ^33'x (Mil6l), 1 pers. pron. of both
genders, /, i. q. ''SX . This is the pri-
mary and fuller form, and is in general
more rare than the shorter one ; yet in
the Pentateuch it is more frequent, while
in some of the later books, as the Chroni-
cles and Ecclesiastes, it wholly disap-
pears. The Phenicians have the same
form written "3X , see Inscr. Citiens. 2, 1.
3, 1, in Monumenta Phoeniciae ; the an-
cient Egyptians and Copts also have
it written ANoK, ANoG ; while Aram.
Uf, St3>{, Arab. Ul,Eth. Al, accord
more nearly with the form "'SS .
Note. The striking resemblance of
the Hebrew personal pronouns to those
of the ancient Egyptian language, ap-
pears from the following table ; in which
the capital letters are those found in the
ancient writing, and the small vowels
are inserted from the Coptic.
Pron. sep. Suffix.
1. ANoK A, I
2. m. eNToK K
2. /. eNTO T
3. m. eNToP P
3. /. eNToS S
:&^
72
1H'
Plur.l. ANaN N
2. eNTOTeN TeN
3. eNTSeN SeN
This table shows clearly the follow-
ing points : a) All the Egyptian sepa-
rate pronouns are compounded, by pre-
fixing to the proper kernel of'the pronoun
the prosthetic syllable an, ant, ent,\vhich
must have had a demonstrative mean-
ing, and served to give more body and
force to the pronominal word, b) This
prosthetic syllable, at least an, is found
in the Hebrew pronouns of the first and
second persons : 1. an-oki, an-i. 2. an-
ta (sometimes an-ka), f. an-ti, an-t.
Plur. 1. an-ahhnu. 2. an-iem, an-ten.
The third pers. has it not in biblical
Hebrew ; but the Talmud frequently
has injN Ae, ipse; Plur. "IjX for "nsx.
c) The demonstr. prosthetic syllable an,
in, ('|X.) has a clear analogy to the
Heb. demonstr. 'fH , ecce ! lo ! and may
originally not have been prefixed to the
third person in Hebrew, because this
could not be pointed at as present. But
we clearly find the same syllable in the
Nun epentheticum (so called) inserted in
the suffixes of verbs future ; and there
is therefore scarcely a doubt, that this
Nim belongs strictly to the pronoun.
For a fuller exhibition of the pronouns.
Bee Heb. Gram. pp. 293, 294, edit. 13.
Leipz. 1842.
* 1^^ in Kal not used, Chald. 'JX to
be grieved, to be sad, to mourn. Arab.
fif
jMi to groan, to sigh.
HiTHPo. 'i.iis^rn pr. ' to show oneself
sad;' hence to complain, to murmur.
Lam. 3, 39 ; with the notion of impiety,
Num. 11, 1.
p3cS to urge, to press, to compel;
kindr. are ybx, yf[i<, q. v. Once Esth.
1, 8 OSix "N none did compel sc. the
guests to drink. This root is frequent
in the Targums for Heb. bn , y:i'\ , pty .
Syr. Ethpe. aajfi) to be compelled;
Pa. vJLl) for dxftid!^o(iai Wisd. 14, 19.
03X Chald. id. Dan. 4, 6 [9] in-^B
'^ 05K"S<^ no secret presseth upon thee,
troubleth thee.
* CjS!^ fut. CiSK-i, to breathe; also to
breathe hard through the nostrils, to
snort ; found in the verb only trop. to be
angry, comp. H'^sn Ps. 10, 5. Constr.
absol. Ps. 2, 12. 60, 3. 79, 5 ; or with 3
of the object, Is. 12, 1. 1 K. 8, 46. Ps. 85,
6. Found only in the loftier and poetic
style ; in prose the more common form is
HiTHPA. pr. to show oneself angry,
hence to be angry, i. q. Kal, c. a Deut.
1, 37. 4, 21. 9, 8. 20.
Deriv. r,N II.
vl?i? Chald. only in plur. c. suff*. ""iniBJS ,
i. q. Heb. C^BX, the face, visage, Dan.
2. 46. 3, 19. In the Targums we more
frequently find the contracted form 'pSX ,
with a plural termination, Targ. Gen.
32, 30. Deut. 1, 17. 34, 10. Cant. 1, 11.
A Dual "I'^SX is not found in Chaldee.
^^y!?. f name of an unclean bird,
to which are ascribed several species
(nprb) Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Sept.
Xug(xd(}i6t, i. e. a bird haunting clefts and
chasms in the banks of rivers, perh. sand-
piper. Bochart in Hieroz. II. 335 sq.
renders it with the Rabbins angry bird,
s a>
and understands the bird ^^\ i. e. the
wrathful, a species of eagle ; which
would also accord with the Heb. etymo-
logy from r;?!!* . Among the more irasci-
ble birds is also the parrot, and so both
the Arabic versions.
Pi^ 1. Pr. Lat. angi, to choke,
to be in anguish ; hence of cries extort-
ed by pain and anguish, to shriek, to
sob, to groan, Germ. Angstgeschrey,
Jer. 51, 52. Ez. 26, 15. Kindred are the
roots P?n, p;5, and words depending
from them, as uyxh uruyxi], angere, an-
g7istus. Germ, enge, Angst, Engl, an-
guish, anxious ; and more softened nsx,
nsx for nsK. Chald. p3X, Syr. waJ], id.
2. From the idea of choking (see
p3n) comes also the signif of collar,
p3S , and to adorn with a collar, see p3S j
hence also the neck, (o-JLc. From its
slender neck, a she-goat or kid is called
in Arab. ijU-fc q. d. long-neck, in
Heb. perhajKs anciently p55 , p3X, comp.
(^Jx to have a slender neck. From
the goat, is derived the word for roe, i. e.
ipx ; comp. Lat. caprea from capra.
NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1, Ez. 9. 4. 24, 17
p!5< ' 73
n^ pJNrt sob in silence, i. e. forbear to |
cry out. Hence
^}^_ f. coiistr. rpJX 1. a shriek,
cry, mourning, Mai, 2, 13; of captives Ps.
79, 1 1. 102, 21 ; of the wretched Ps. 12, 6.
2. Lev. 11, 30, a species of reptile,
prob. of the lizard genus, having its
name from the moaning cry uttered by
some species of lizards. Sept. and Vulg.
mils aratteus or shrew-moxise. See Bo-
chart Hieroz. I. 1068 sq.
ffiwSJ i. q. tt5, Syr. Jil, (comp. Gr.
voaoq,) to be sick, ill at ease; found only
in Part pass. aJlsx, f niB-isx^, ill. des-
perate, incurable, fatal, of a disease or
wound, Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1, 9. Job 34, 6.
Trop.of grief Is. 17, 11, like nbin, nbn?;
of a day of calamity Jer. 17, 16 j of a
malignant disposition Jer. 17, 9.
NiPH. to be very sick, 2 Sam. 12, 15.
* Iji'M . .
*'.;':> ra. a primitive word, not used
in the sing. pr. a man, vir, and then man
in general, homo. Instead of it the He-
brews used the contracted and softened
form d-'X a man, comp. Gr. tig for IVc,
gen. evog,- and also the prolonged form
KJ"i3X homo. From this primary form
comes fern, nis.s for rtdsx a woman, and
plur. D^Cjx men. The signif. of sick-
ness and disease, which lies in the root
'^^i* , is derived from another source, the
primary syllable liJ: ; and has no con-
nection with this substantive root.
?N Chald. and ttJ3X Dan. 2, 10, stat.
emphat. X'.:;:^ Dan. 2, 38. and saSjx 5,21,
also Xirisx 4, 13 Cheth. manrhomo,
and collect, men, mankind, Dan. 4, 29.
30. So in ffiJX ^2 i. q. a-jx-js son of man,
i. e. man. homo; Dan. 7, 13 lo! aJSS -123
om like the son of man came wYth the
clouds of heaven, i. e. the king of the fifth
empire, the Messiah. From this passage
in Daniel was derived the appellation of
the Messiah which in the times of our
Saviour was the most common of all,
viz. Son of man. Besides the N. t!
traces of it are found also in the apocry-
phal Book of Enoch, written about the
time of Christ's birth, but before the
death of Herod the Great. See c. 46, ed.
Oxon. Plur. XtUJX \Da Dan. 2, 38. 5, 21.
Plur. CttSajt after the Heb. form, Dan
4, U
7
f^P>: Chald. i. q. Heb. Mnx q. v.
Pron. 2 pers. Sing, m. thou, Dan. 2, 29.
31. 37. 38. 3, 10. 5, 13. 18. 22. 23. 6^ 17.
21 Cheth, This form is a Hebraism
peculiar to the biblical Chaldee, instead
of the usual wx, nx, comm. gend. and
for that reason not acknowledged by the
Masorites, who everywhere regard n i8
redundant, and substitute in Keri WX.
JinSX Chald. ye, pron. 2 pers. plur.
Dan. 2, 8. In the Targg. id. also "(tnx.
^9^ (prob. physician) Asa, pr. n. m.
a) A king of Judah, son of Abijam and
grandson of Rehoboam, who died after
a reign oi: 41 years, 914 B. C. 1 K. 15, 9
sq. 2 Chr. c. 14-16. b) 1 Chr. 9, 16.
"-'^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ^61,
(t and D being interchanged, see under
T.) to be hurt, injured, and trans, to hurt,
harm, injure. Hence "jiOX and XQX .
^'lOX m. (r. ^^o) pr. a vessel for hold-
ing ointment, an oil-Jlask, 2 K. 4, 2.
rCJJ ni. (r. ntjx) hurt, harm, mischief,
done to any one, Gen. 42, 4. 38. Ex. 21,
22. 23.
110^? m. (r. 1D5J) plur. D'^'ISOX, a
band, bond. Ecc. 7, 26. "n^iDxri n^a Jer.
37, 15 the house ofbmids, i. e. prison.
"11055 Chald. id. Dan. 4, 12. Ezra 7, 26:.
f]''?^ m. (r. CiGX) collection, ingather-
ing of fruits, Ez. 23, 16. 34, 22. Formed
after the analogy of the like nouns "i''::p ,
T^Ci? m. (r. -ittx) plur. tDi-iibiit , one
bound, a captive, prisoner, Job 3, 18. Ps.
68, 7. It differs from ^IIDX, in that the
latter retains the force of a participle,
while "i-iDx is a substantive ; see Gen.
39, 20.
T'Si? m. (r. ^tsx) 1. id. Is. 10, 4. 24,
22. 42, 7.
2. Assir, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 24. 1 Chr,
6,7. b) 1 Chr. 6, 8. 22.
"?v> obsol. root, i. q. t3!ib, tailJ^, to
put, to set, to lay up; comp. Aram. 1DX,
T^l , (^3 and 3 being- interchanged,) to
heap up, to lay up, whence }jjc)' and
(Zaa.*i8j a heaping up, provision, K^3&X
store-houses. Hence
^Cti^
74
Viw
Si(
D^'^D^ plur. store-houses, Deut. 28, 8.
Prov. 3, 10. In the East these are often
under ground, and are now called Mat-
miirAt, to K y^iojo .
t| ("tv obsol. and doubtful root, Aram.
to lay up, to hoard, see in COS. Hence
njCX pr. n. m. Asnah. Ezra 2, 50. It
is an appellative, signifying either store-
hoicse, or thorn-hush i. q. Chald. H5DS ,
Heb. nJO.
"^^?^^ Asnappar, Sept. ^Aaatracpug,
Vulg. Assenaphar, pr. n. of an Assyrian
king or satrap, who is said to have led
out colonies into Palestine, Ezra 4, 10.
Bohlen compares Sanscr. Sen&pa, leader
of an army ; see also 3i"in30 .
^?P^ Asenaih, Egyptian pr. n. of the
daughter of Potiphar priest of Heliopo-
lis, the wife of Joseph, Gen. 41, 45. 46,
20, The LXX. whose authority is con-
siderable in Egyptian pr. names, write it
'AtTsvid^, Ms. Alex. 'Aafrvi&, which may
be written in Egyptian thus, <5.C-JiejT
she is of Neith, i. e. belongs to Neith the
Minerva of the Egyptians (^C she
is) ; like Asisi, ^C-HCG she is of Isis,
i. e. devoted to her. A different expla-
nation is given by Jablonsky in Opusc.
II. 209. Panth. .^gypt. I. 56. For the
goddess Neith, see Jablonsky 1. c. and
Champollion Pantheon Egyptien no. 6.
* r^?^, imper. tbx, MSpX Num. 11,
16, plur. JlSOX Ps. 50J 5; fut. ?|bs;i, in
plur, et c. suff. ^SpX"^, "'?EOX'], rarely
with 6t quiescent or dropped C|D'', ~0''i ,
t;.Gk 1 Sam. 15, 6. 2 Sam. 6, 1. Ps. 104,'2'9.
Pr. to scrape, to scrape together, kindr.
with the verbs Cl^iO (whence H31D
whirlwind), ^BD, also CiD^, and the
harsher rion q. v. Hence
1. to collect, to gather, as fruits Ex. 23,
10; ears of grain Ruth 2, 7; money 2 K,
22, 4. Also to gather together, to assem-
ble men, a people, nations, Ex. 3, 16.
Num. 21, 16. 2 Sam, 12, 28. Conetr,
with ace. to which is sometimes added
ix of pers. or place to or at which ; Gen.
42, 17 -lattJia-S}* Bns Sibx*^ awl he ga-
thered them together into prison, i. e. put
them all together in priaon. 1 Sam. 14,
52. 2 Sam. 11, 27. Gen. 6. 21 ; also !=?
2 K. 22, 20. Hence
2. to gather to oneself, to take, to receive,
espec. to one's hospitality and protection,
Deut. 22, 2. Josh. 20, 4. rs-isa 's qO!
2 K. 5, 3 sq. to receive one from leprosy,
i. e. to restore a leprous person, so that
he is again received into the society and
intercourse of others.
3. to gather up, i. e. to contract, to
draw up or back, to withdraw. Gen. 49,
33 he gathered up his feet into the bed.
1 Sam. 14, 19 :|7.; C)bs withdraw thy
hand, i. e. desist. Joel 2, 10 the stars
drti: ^ips icithdraw their brightness, i, e.
shine no more. Hence
4. to take back or away, espec. that
which one has formerly given. Ps. 104,
29 ('i"i"t7 cn^-i v[Oh thou takest away
their breath, they die. Job 34, 14. Gen.
30, 23 ''nQ-in-rN on'^K rjox God hath
taken away my reproach. Is. 4, 1. 10, 14.
5. to take out of the way, to destroy,
Judg. 18, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 6 rav r^EOS -(S
lest I destroy thee with them. E z. 34, 29
DS'i "^SIDN taken away by famine, con-
sumed. Jer. 8, 13. Zeph. 1, 2. Comp.
the roots "^20, t^^^ .
6. to bring rip the rear, to be a rear-
ward, agmen claudere, as coJIectLng and
bringing together the stragglers. Is, 58,
8. Comp. Pi. no. 3.
NiPH. 1. to be collected, gathered to-
gether, assembled, with hit. of place, Lev.
26, 25 ; ^ 2 Chr. 30, 3 ; ^?' 2 Sam. 17, 11 ;
though more commonly b? in this phrase
signifies against. Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 35, 15.
Also is?--!? r,CN3 Gen. 49, 29, lininx-^s*
Judg. 2, 10, and sirapl. CiDSJ Num." 20,
26, to be gathered to one^s people, fathers,
etc. i. e. to depart into Sheol, Hades,
where the Hebrews supposed all their
ancestors to be congregated. The being
gatiiered to one's people or fathers, is ex-
pressly distinguished both irom death and
from burial, Gen. 25, 8. 35, 29. 2 K. 22, 20.
Different are those passages in wliich
CiO?*!? denotes the gathering of the dead
slain in battle for the pui-pose of burial,
Jer. 8, 2. Ez. 29, 5. Job 27, 19.
2. to be received, comp, in Kal no. 2,
e. g. a leprous person, i. q. to be restored,
as healed, Num. 12, 14. Reflex, of a
sword, Jer. 47, 6 put up thyself into thy
scabbard.
C1C
3. to be taken away/jto depart, to perish,
Is. 16, 10. 60, 20. Jcr. 48, 33. Hos. 4, 3.
PiEL 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to collect, to
gather, Is. 62, 9.
2. to receive in hospitality, Jiulg. 19. 18.
3. i. q. Kal no. 6, to bring up t/ie rear,
to be a rear-ward, Num. 10, 25. Josh. 6,
9. 13. Is. 52, 12.
PuAL pass, of Piel no. 1, to be collected,
gathered together, Is, 24, 22. 33, 4.
HiTHPA. to gather themselves together,
to be assembled, Deut 33, 5.
Deriv. C)"^!* , and the six here follow-
ing.
5|C8J (collector) Asaph, pr. n. m. a)
A Levite, the chief of David's singers,
1 Chr. 16, 4. 5 ; in a later age celebrated
also as a poet and prophet, 2 Chr. 29. 30 ;
to whom twelve Psalms (50, 73-83) are
ascribed in their titles ; and whose pos-
terity, r;DX '33 , in the times of Ezra and
Nehemiahstilloccupied themselves with
sacred poetry and song. 1 Chr. 25, 1.
2 Chr. 20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra 2, 41. 3, 10.
Neh. 7, 44. 11, 22. b) 2 K. 18, 18. Is.
36, 3. c) Neh. 2, 8.
vjbS (after the form tiSit) only in Plur.
D''BDX collections, i. e. stores, store-hou-
ses, 1 Chr. 26, 15. 17. D"^":5T2n iDOX the
store-chambers of the gates, Neh. 12, 25.
t|9^ collection, ingathering, harvest,
espec. of fruits, Is. 32, 10. 33, 4. Mic. 7, 1.
^^DS| f a gathering together, assem-
blage. Is. 24, 22 pleon. nSDX ilEBX they
are gathered together with a gath.eHng,
i. e. in one gathering, all at once.
^BDii f. only in Plur. niSDX, assem-
blies, congregations, espec. of wise and
learned men to dispute on divine things.
Ecc. 12. 11 niBDX ^br3 masters of assem-
blies, i. e. members, associates of such
assemblies, i. q. a''7::n in the other clause.
In Arabic &/oLaj! v>LsP| ; though the
Arabian consessus. i:i3LoULo , are a dif-
ferent thing from these Jewish assem-
blies. [Others : masters of collections,
i. e. compilers, composers of books ; so
Kimchi. T.
Q'^Ewi^t see C;b!<.
vlCtDS m. pr. collected, adj. dimin.
used in contempt for a mi.T^d multiliide,
rabble, vagabonds, scraped together from
75 it
every quarter and following the Israel-
ites in their exodus : with art. tiOBCJXn
Num. 11, 4, Aleph being quiescent.
The same is called in Ex. 12, 38 an an J.
2nBC (Mil^l) Chald. adv. diligently,
carefully, speedily, Ezra 5, 8. 6, 8. 12. 13,
7, 17. 21. 26. Sept. iniSi^iov, irttfifXdtc,
iioifioji, Vulg. stmliose, diligenter. The
etymology is doubtless to be sought in
the Persian language, comp. Sf^tnnx ; but
in respect to the root and signification
there is little certainty. Bohlen, Symb.
p. 21, regards it as from joLj^i \\ from
wisdom, i. e. wisely, diligently. Kose-
garten prefers with Castell to compare
i^y-f^ and ,^yjuuk>\ , wholly, perfectly.
XnSDJ^ Pers. Aspatha, pr. n. of a eon
of Haman, Esth. 9, 7. Prob, Sanscr,
Asvaddta, Pers. 54>tjuu*,f, 'ab equo
datus/ (i. e. by Bramah'under the form
of a horse,) comp, Gr. 'Aanadijg. So
Benfey, Pott
**^?^ fiit. ibx^ and nbx^, c. suff.
1. to bind, to make fast, to bind to any
thing, kindr. with "itx and other roots of
binding, which see in art. nix. Chald.
nox, Syr. iJsl Arab, ^l, Eth. AftZ,
and AUJ^ id. E. g. an animal, Gen.
49, 11 ; a victim, Ps. 118, 27 ; a sword
upon the thigh, Neh. 4, 12 ; a person
with cords, Ez. 3, 25. Hence
2. to bind, to put in bonds. Gen. 42, 24 ;
espec. in fetters, chains, Ps. 149, 8. Jer.
40, 1. 2 K. 25, 7. Part. lilDX one bound,
a captive, prisoner, Ps. 146, 7 ; metaph.
of a captive to woman's love, Cant. 7. 6.
3. to put in pmson, to hold in confine-
ment, although not bound. 2 K. 17, 4v23,
33. Part, "i^ox a prisoner. Gen. 40. 3. 5.
Is. 49, 9. ninsiDsn n-^Si the house of pri-
soners, i. e, prison, Judg. 16, 21, 25 ; contr.
B-^-n-ion n"'aEcc.4,14. Arab. Ill id. lit
captivity.
4. to make fast animals to a cart or
vehicle, i. e. to harness, to yoke. 1 Sam.
6, 7 nVsTS rT-isn-rx cn^ioxn aiid yoke
the kine to the cart. v. 1 0. AKso with ace.
of the vehicle, to harness a chariot, Gen.
46. 29 ; or absol. 1 K. 18, 44 "inj "bx har-
ness thy chariot and go down. 2 K. 9, 21.
1&
76
t^:
5. Pr. to bind on, to join ; hence "ibX
nrri^SitnTX to join battle, to begin the
fight, 1 K. 20, 14. 2 Chr. 13, 3.
6. iCSD-bs -IBS "^rsi^ to bind a binding
(interdict) vpon oneself, i. e. to bind one-
self by a vow of abstinence from the use
of any thing otherwise lawful, Num. 30,
3 sq. Different from *i"i3 ^"i! to vow a
vow, which implies something to be per-
formed. Chald. 1&J to prohibit, to for-
bid, Syr. lj-*o jjff] to bind and loose, to
prohibit and permit.
NiPH. 1. to be bound, Judg. 16, 6. 13.
:2. to be kept in prison. Gen. 42, 16. 19.
PcAL to be made captive in war, Is.
22.3.
Deriv. the two following, and "^IDX,
"^9^ ^rid '^'^^ - P''- ^ binding, pro-
hibition, interdict ; hence a vow of absti-
nence. Num. 30, 3 sq. See in r. "Ci< no.
6. The absol. state is every where "i&X ,
but c. suff. tn^CX, plur. rj'''?OS<, Num.
30,6.8. 15.
"^9^ Chald. a prohibition, interdict,
Dan. 6, 8 sq.
"jlin'ICK pr. n. Esar-haddon, a king
of Assyria, the son and successor of
Sennacherib, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38. Ezra
4, 2. Before his father's death, he had
been made viceroy over the province of
Babylonia, with regal honours. See
Berosus in Eusebii Chron. Arm. T. I. p.
42, 43, where he is called 'Aaogdav, as
also in Sept. 2 K. et Is. 1. c. elsewhere
^'(xxiQSuv, ^uxiQ^ovog Tob. 1, 21. This
name was perh. in ancient Assyrian
-equivalent to Athro-ddna, Pers. xifj \3t
' gift of fire,' which comes near to Asor-
.dan. Bohlen.
"^nCS Esther, Pers. pr. n. of a Jewish
virgin, before called Hadassah, "iS^i!! j
Esth. 2, 7, who became the wife of
Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and queen of Per-
sia. The etymology is correctly given
in Targ. sec. ad Esth. 2, 7, as i. q. Pers.
SsUIaw sitdreh, star, also good fortune,
happiness, Zend, stara, Sanscr. sirl nom.
stA for stdr ; whence in the occidental
languages. Gr. aairiQ, Lat. aster, Germ.
Stem, Engl. star. See Lassen Ind.
Biblioth. III. 18. In Syr. put for the
8tar of Venus, (see Bar Bahlul Ms.) and
we recognise the same Persian name in
the Heb. n'n'ncs. for which see in its
place. This name therefore was parti-
cularly appropriate to the character and
circumstances of Esther.
i?S? Chald. St. emphat. N5N, wood,
Ezra 5, 8. 6, 4. 11. Dan. 5, 4. 'ft is soft-
ened from Heb. ys , the S being changed
into X, and y into 5. See under the
letters X , S , s .
1. V|S? Partic. denoting : 1. addition,
accession, espec. of something greater
and more important, pr. yea more, be-
sides, even, adeo. Kindr. with riB, is,
iN ; Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d. Morg. II.
p. 143. Corresp. are Syr. ws] , Chald. C]!* .
Arab.o. Job 15,4 nxn*;! isn nm-fix
yea more, thou dost bring to nought the
fear of God. 14, 3. 34, 12. So with a
partic. of interrogation, rjXii is it even ?
shall even ? followed by QX1 , e. g. Job
34, 17. 40, 8. Am. 2, 11. Before a pro-
noun repeated for emphasis, Prov. 22, 19
tifiX ?iJ< t'ptns'iifi I inake known to thee,
even to thee. Hence i. q. Lat. nedum,
much more, by impl. much less, how
much less, (more fully "^S PjX , which see
in its order below, no. 2,) Job 4, 18. 19.
So "^3 "X separ. miu^h less when, if. Job
9, 14 issrx 'sbx 'S r]N how much less if
I should answer him? 35, 14. Ez. 15, 5.
2. Simpl. marking accession in gene-
ral, also. Lev. 26, 16. 28. 2 Sam. 20, 14.
Ps. 93, 1. 108, 2. Job 32, 10. al. Often
riXI and also. Lev. 26, 39. Deut 15, 17 ;
once even Ca"C;i<'i , like Lat. etiani quo-
qiie. Lev. 26, 44. Twice or thrice re-
peated. Is. 40, 24. 41, 26. Often put
poetically and with emphasis for the
more common and, aha; comp. Arab.
O. Is. 48, 12. 13 / also am the last ;
my hand aho hath founded the eartli,
i. q. and I... and my hiuid, etc. 26, 8.
33, 2. 41, 10.
3. By ellipsis of the conditional parti-
cle, i. q. CX px ereji if although. Job
19, 4 'n-'Sd D:^K-r,Kn although indeed I
have erred. Syr. .1 c], and contr.
_s| .- Also even tliough, when yet ; Ps.
44, 10 we praise God all tlw day Clt<
isr'^bzn;) Finn although thou hast cast us
off" and put us to shame. 68, 17.
:
n
1E
515* Chald. also, Dan. 6, 23.
**? ^^ 1. pr. yea more, that; but
also, but even. Ez. 23, 40 yea further-
more, that ye did send for men from
far. Hab. 2, 5. Gen. 3, 1 nox "^s r,x
D^n'bx, put for 'S 5|Xn, w it even so,
that God hath said ? Hence
2. Lat. nedum, pr. much more, how
much more, when preceded by an affirm-
ative, 1 Sam. 14. 30. 2 Sam. 4, 11 ; where
a negative precedes, how much less.
Job 25, 6. Sometimes with "^ji omit-
ted, id.
II. 51* m. (for tr3S , r. ClJX) c. suff.
'BX, iDX, dual o^BX, pr. ' a breathing-
place,' the member with which we
breathe ; hence g^^
1. the nose, Arab, k^ijt, Eth. A^-4i,
id. Spoken of men Num. 11, 20, and of
animals Job 40, 24 ; anthrojwp. of God,
Ps. 18, 9. v|X r\zi pride, see r.z'i . Also
C;x nil breath or blast of llie 7iose, spoken
of the hard breathing of an angry per-
son, Job 4, 9. Hence
2. anger , which shoAvs itself in hard
breathing. CjX b?S Prov. 22, 24, and
tiX d'^X 29, 22, an angry man. Very
often of the anger of God, Deut. 32, 22.
29, 19. Job 36, 13.
Dual D-^BX 1. Pr. 'the two breathing-
holes,' i. e. the nostrils, Gen. 2, 7.
2. anger, chiefly in the phrases Tp.i<
C^BX slow to anger, patient, and isp
d'^BX short i. e. quick of anger, impa-
tient ; see in TpS , "isfs .
3. Meton. the face, countenance, Syr.
tsf, Chald. VB?i<- Gen. 3, 19. Fre-
quent in the phrase to bow oneself o^BX
njtnx the face to the ground, Gen. 19, 1.
42,6. nn "^Exb before David 1 Sam.
25, 23, for the common "'JEb.
4. two persons, as if dual from Sing.
CJX in the signif. of face, persmi ; comp.
nqoawnov, C"^2B , and Syr. \Jz\ . 1 Sam.
1, 5 B^BX rnx nsia a portion of two per-
sons, i. e. a double portion. See more
fully in Thesaur. p. 127. Others, he
gave to Hannah one portion in anger,
1. e. with sadness, in a sad and sorrow-
ful spirit; words signifying anger being
sometimes transferred to express the
idea of grief, sadness.
5. Appaim, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 30. 31.
7*
'?;^ flit. "iBx;;, to girdon^toputon,
sc. the high-priest's ephod, niBX, Ex.29,
5. Lev. 8, 7.
Deriv. tlie two following, and TiEK .
"I^l* (i. q. TiBX ephod.) pr. n. m.
Ephod, Num. 34, 23.
fT^S f. 1. Inf. of r. 1BX, a girding
on, putting on, sc. of the ephod, Ex.
28,8.
2. a covering, overlaying of a statue
with gold, plating, Is. 30, 22, i. q. ''^DS.
Idols of wood were often thus overlaid
with plates of gold or silver, mglxqvaa,
jifqiufjyvQu, Ep. Jer. 6, 34.
n?^ i- q- Syr. \!z^'^ a palace; Dan.
1 1, 45 insx "ibn X his palace-like tabema-
cles. It is i. q. Arab, ^jjo a high
tower, castle, fortress, with Aleph. pros-
thetic followed by Dag. forte ; comp.
,r-BX , also D^ , Chald. Cix , C-iX , blood;
"i? , ISX . '5^ ) a garden. R. )-iQ q. v.
^f^, imp. lEX for !|X Ex. 16, 23;
fut. nsx"^, once sinEhl 1 Sam. 28,24; to
cook, spec, to bake, e. g. bread or cakes
in an oven. Chald. Syr. id. Arab.
^^^, whence ^^ajuo oven, furnace. In
the occidental languages comp. Gr. I'y/w,
omtxM, nimut, Lat. epulcB, epnlari.
Gen. 19, 3. Lev. 26, 26. Is. 44, 15. 19.
With two ace. of the material and of
that which is prepared from it ; Lev. 24, 5
ni^n nnbs ens rtri< n-'sx:! and bake
[of] it twelve cakes; comp. Lehrg. 219.
Part. riEX a baker Gen. 40, 1. D-^Exn nfej
chief of the. bakers, chief-baker, an officer
of the Egyptian court, Gen. 40, 2 sq.
The same dignity exists among the
Mo go Is.
NiPH. to be cooked, baked. Lev. 6, 10.
7, 9. Plur. i^3"'Bxri Lev. 23, 17.
Deriv. MEXB, CS'^Bn.
"'Sex an ephah, see nS'^X.
IBi? and i^ISi?, Aleph paragog. like
i3"i , Xia"^ ; pr. here, hie. and of time,
now; but always a particle postposi-
tive, which gives emphasis to the pre-
ceding word, like the Greek enclitics
noTs, noK, nov, Lat. tandem. It is sub-
joined : a) To interrogative pronouns.
tsx
T8
b
and adverbs, Engl, nmo, Gen. 27, 33.
Ex. 33, 16 XiES naa wherein now?
Is. 22, 1 N-iEX T\\~^'q what aileth thee
now? Job 17. 15 xisx n*X where now?
Judg. 9, 38. Is. 19, 12. ' Gen. 27, 37 nzbl
"JS ^^3ri< n^ xiEX and what now shall I
do for thee, my son? b) To negative
and affirmative particles or words. Job
9, 24 iEN xb ns if not now (God), i. e. if
it be not God, Avho is it 1 24, 25. The
contrary is found Gen. 43, 11 "isx '|3 DX
if so noiD. c) In exhortations and wishes.
Job 19, 6 ifiBX *1ST know now, know there-
fore, Sept. yvmsovv. 19, 23. 2 K. 10, 10.
Prov. 6, 3. Corresponding is Chakl. "(is
indeed, truly, now, etc. see Buxtorf
Lex. 1706. The primary force of isx
is demonstrative, as in is , ns , here ;
with S prefixed, which is also demon-
strative, like xrr ecce ! Comp. Rabb.
ttsirriii, "'nix, sn"'X, i. q. xin, xin. See
Hupfeld in Zeitschr. fiir d. Morg. II. p.
128, 137. This iSit nov enclitic, and the
interrogative MS"'i< nov, are kindred.
TiSS m. (by Syriasm for Tien)
onstr. also liSJJ^ 1 Sam. 2, 18. Syr. f,<i^
from the Heb. R. 'JEX .
1. an ephod, a garment of the high
priest, worn over the tunic and outer
garment or pallium, b-isa liss Ex. 28,
31. 29, 5 ; without sleeves, and divided
below the armpits into two parts or
halves, of which one was in front cover-
ing the breast and belly, and the other
behind covering the back. These were
joined above on the shoulders by clasps
or buckles of gold and precious stones,
.and reached down to the middle of the
thighs ; they were also made fust by a
belt around the body, TiBxn 3'^n; see
Ex. 28, 6-12. Besides the high-priest,
the ephod was sometimes worn also by
other persons ; e. g. by David as lead-
ing the sacred choir and dance 2 Sam.
'6. 14 ; by Samuel as the high-priest's
minister 1 Sam. 2, 18. 28 ; and also by
ome priests of lower rank. As to the
material, the ephod of the high-priest
was of gold, purple, scarlet, and byssus ;
that worn by others was usually of linen.
2. an image, staiue of an idol, comp.
fv^ts. no. 2. Judg. 8, 27 ; prob. also in
Judg. 17, 5. 18, 17-20. Hoe. 3, 4.
3. Ephod, pr. n. m. Num. 34, 23.
H"'^^ (refreshed, from an obsoL root
nsx i. q. rns, U, to breathe, to blow,)
pr. n. m. Aphiah. 1 Sam. 9, 1.
5''J$ adj. (r. >EX) late, slow of growth,
long in ripening, spoken of fruit and
grain, Ex. 9, 32. Pr. weak, tender, see
the root no. 2.
p-'SDi? or P^'&X, m. (r. pEX) constr.
p-iES. plur. "'p^'EX.
1. a pipe, tube, from the idea of hold-
ing, containing, see r. pBS no. 1. Job
40, 18 ndsnj ^p-'EX tubes of brass.
Spec, a) a channel, bed of a brook or
stream, Is. 8, 7. Ez. 32, 6 ; also for the
bottom of the sea, 2 Sam. 22, 16. b) a
brook, torrent, Ps. 42, 2. 126, 4. Joel 1, 20.
D-'bnj piEX a valley-brook, Job 6, 15.
Hence c) a valley itself^ as watered by
a stream or torrent, i. q. bn3 , Arab. i<t>(
wAdy, Ez. 6, 3. 34, 13. 35, 8. 36, 4. 6.
2. Adj. strong, mighty, see r. pES no.
2. Job 41, 7 [15] CSaia '^p-'SX the strong
of shields, i. e. the strong shields or
scales of the crocodile. 12, 21 he looseth
the girdle of the mighty; parall. C"2"''i3.
Ewald ad Cant. 5, 12. ascribes to this
word the notion o^ swiftness; but arbi-
trarily.
p''S5|| see in pSN no. 1.
TiSi? see T^six .
"^^y a root not used in Hebrew ;
Arab. Jjf is:
1. Pr. to go down, to set, as the sun ;
comp. the kindr. roots b^N, ^33, ^3;
hence to be dark, obscure.
2. to fail, to be weak, tender ; spec, of
plants, to be late, of slow growth.
Deriv. from no. 1, bEX, ht'n, nbfiK,
bBNT3, n;^!5BX^ ; from no. 2 )>''tii.
^B^ dark, e. g. the day, Am. 5, 20.
5B55 m. darkness, gloom, espec. thick
darkness, a poetic word, Job 3, 6. 10, 22.
28, 3. 30, 26. Trop. for misfortune, ca-
lamity. Job 23, 17 ; also of a place of am-
bush, Ps. 11, 2.
nbest f. (r. bBX) darkness, thick dark-
ness, Ex. 10,22! Comp. bE>. Trop.
for misfortune, calamity. Is. 8, 22. Plur.
nibcx Is. 59. 9.
bbfiS (judgment, r. 1>^B) Ephlal, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 37.
* 1?'?? obsol. root, prob. to turn, to re-
volve, like njD . Hence "BiK a wheel, and
IBS m. time, season, from the idea of
turning, revolving, see r. "(BX ; comp.
Tin, riBiipn, nt(jlo8og, and other words
which denote a year, many of which
* signify pr. a circle, as annus, whence an-
nulus a ring, Gr. iviavxog. Hence Prov.
25, 11 r3EX"br "an -isn a word spoken
in its times, i. e. in due season, timely.
(On the form rjEX for 1-3EX see Lehrg.
p. 575.) So among the ancient intpp.
yymm. Vulg. Abulvvalid, who rightly
compares Arab. ^mLs' time. Or, if we
may take *|Sk as i. q. ",Bix a wheel, the
phrase l''!EX~b5 might be rendered upon
its wheels, as a proverbial expression
implying quickness, celerity in replying.
So Syr. V^ and U.^, ''^-^j *
rota, i. e. quickly, rapidly.
^^y to cease, to fail, to have an
end. Gen. 47, 15. 16. Ps. 77, 9. Is. 16, 4.
Kindred perh. is 0533. Hence
CSX pr. cessation, a coming- to an
end; hence
A) Subst. m. 1. an end, extremity.
yix ""DBS the ends of the earth, poet, and
hyperbol. for th^ remotest regions, Ps.
2," 8. 22, 28. al.
2. Dual o'^DBX pr. the e.rtremities i. e.
soles o^ the feet; e. g. Ez. 47, 3 C^OES ''la
waters of the soles, i. e. not deep, not
rising above the soles. Comp. DQ.
Chald. Syr. Vulg. ankles.
B) Adv. 1. no more, no further, i. q.
n-is rx. Is. 5, 8. 54, 15. Am. 6, 10. Deut.
32, 36. Also, none besides. Is. 45, 6. 46,
9. Once with liy 2 Sam. 9, 3 ; and so
with Yod parag. lis 'OBX Is. 47, 8. 10.
Zeph. 2, 15 Ti5 "'CBX'i ''3X / am, and
there is none besides. With prep. DEN2
i. q. lis -fxa, with no more; Job 7. 6
"^^kP? ^P.^^ '"^tl^ "no more of hope, i. e.
without hope. Prov. 14, 28. Also for
'j-'xa Dan. 8, 25.
2. nothing, nought, Is. 41, 12. 29, tiEsa
for nothing, i. e. without cause. Is. 52, 4.
tJEXTS of or from nothing, i. e. something
from nothing. Is. 40, 17; see y>2 1. b. 3.
3. Adv. of restriction, limitation, no-
79 iPt
thing but, only, Num. 22, 35 comp. v. 20.
23, 13.
4, Conj. "'B OBS< pr. only that, i. q.
nevertheless, but yet, Num. 13, 28. Deut.
15, 4. Am. 9, 8.
O^TST CBK Ephcs-Dammim, pr. n. of
a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 17,
1 ; for which 1 Chr. 11, 13 D-^on-DD.
JPBX found only once, and prob. a
wrong reading for D?.X ; spoken of the
nothingness of idols. Is. 41, 24 03^50
STEXtJ, where the other clause has
"l^Xia. Some of the Rabbins regard
JEX as being i. q. !^SES< riper ; and ren-
der, your work is worse than vipers ; but
wholly against the context, in which
idols are said to be altogether nought.
Better therefore with Vulg. Chald.
Saad. to replace CBXa, which is read in
the similar passages Is. 40, 17. 41, 12.
29 ; and is also very frequent in these
chapters.
n^SS comm. (f Is, 59, 5) a viper,
adder, any poisonous serpent, Joel 20,
16. Is. 30, 6. 59, 5. Arab, ^jiit . R.
nsD q. v.
^1- T i- I- ^5'?) '^ surround, to en-
compass, but only poetic, c. ace. Ps. 18, 5.
116, 3. 2 Sam. 22, 5. Jon. 2, 6; b? Pa.
40, 13. It is not contracted in flexion,
whence siESX, "'S^BESJ.
\^hy in Kal not used. 1. to hold, to
contain, i, q. ptn , P'^tnn Hipli. no. 1. b ;
see P^BS no. 1, and Hithpa.
2. to be firm, strong, see p^BX no. 2 ; the
idea o( holding, espec. o? holding firmly,
being often transferred to strength. Arab.
jUJl to overcome, to conquer ; liii to
excel (pr. to prevail, to be strong) in
liberality, in eloquence, etc. (3J1 ex-
cellent, pre-eminent.
Hithpa. to contain oneself, i. e. to with-
hold or refrain oneself from giving way
e. g. to affection Gen. 43, 31. 45, 1 ; to
grief Is. 42, 14; to anger Esth. 5, 10; to
conscience 1 Sam. 13, 12. So Gen. 45, 1
and Joseph coidd not refrain himself. Is.
63, 15 ipcxnn 'bx ^'^n"!! thy compas-
sion toward me refraineth itself. 1 Slam.
13, 12 of Saul, I forced myself and offered
pSi5
a bumt-qffering, i. e. did violence to my
conscience, since I knew that this was
forbidden.
Deriv. the two following and p'^BS .
P?^ (strength, a fortress, strong city)
pr. n. Aphek.
1. A city in the tribe of Asher, Josh.
13, 4. 19, 30 ; also called p-^BS Judg. 1,
31. This can hardly be any other than
Apheca, a city of Mount Lebanon near
the sources of the river Adonis, cele-
brated for a temple of Venus ; the ruins
are still called Afka, and are situated
between Byblus and Heliopolis or Baal-
bec. See Burckhardt's Travels in Syria
etc. p. 25, or p. 70 Germ, and p. 493 note.
2. A city near which Benhadad was
defeated by the Israelites, 1 K. 20, 26 sq.
To this corresponds the Apheca of Euse-
bius, situated east of the sea of Galilee
near Hippus, Onom. s. v. !^<jpfx. It is
called also by Arabian writers (o-Aif
and liAi Feik ; and is described by
Seetzen and Burckhardt under this
name ; see Travels in Syria etc. p. 279.
3. A city in the tribe of Issachar near
Jezreel, famous for several battles with
the Philistines, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 29, 1 ; comp.
28. 4. Either this or the Aphek in no. 1
was the residence of a Canaanitish king.
Josh. 12. 18.
^^?^ (strong place) Aphekah, pr. n.
of a city in the mountains of Judah,
Josh. 15, 53.
*^ a root of doubtful signification,
kindred with "1B5 ; prob.
I. to cover, i. q. -Aft ; whence "iSs a
covering.
II. to be whitish, Arab. _flx ; whence
1SX ashes ; unless this comes perhaps
from the idea of grinding, pulverizing,
^BX i. q. "ino . Comp. IBS , nes ,
"IBS m. (r. "lEX) ashes, Num. 19, 9. 10.
2 Sam. 13, 19. Used chiefly in reference
to mourning. Jer. 6. 26. Lam. 3, 16;
where also belong the phrases, Ps. 102,
10 / have eaten ashes like bread, and
Esth. 4, 1 "EXJ p'q tt}?V5 he put on
tackcloth and ashes, comp. 4, 3. Is. 58, 5.
So in paronomasia, "^BStJ "lES dust and
ashes, Job 30, 19, 42, 6. Mctaph. of any
thing Ughl, worthless, fallacious, Job
80 ^su^
13, 12 '^B^5 ''Va^ viaxims of ashes, i. e.
empty, fallacious. Is. 44, 20 lEX nsil
feeding on ashes i. e. grasping after thera
as driven by the wind, i. q. elsewhere
n^in nsn to feed upon the wind, see in
nr'n no. 3. For the difference between
lE-X and ITrn, see in 'jTr'n.
"^5^ m. (r, "^BX) a covering for the
head, head-band, turban, 1 K. 20, 38. 41.
Sept. Tiknfzitiv. Chald. and Abulwalid,
by the help of their respective lan-
guages, employ for it almost the same
word, the former nnssa, the latter
i y iJtj c i. e. cap, helmet. The same
word exists in Syriac, fpSV> i. e. the
turban or tiara of the priests and bish-
ops. Others make it by transpos. i. q.
INS ornament of the head.
IHIESJ m. the young of birds, a brood,
Arab. /^>i, comp. nn"^S. Deut. 22, 6.
Ps. 84^4. R. nne to break forth, to
sprout, as plants ; in Arab, also of the
. young of animals.
'JI'^'IBK m. a sedan, Utter, a portable
couch or palanquin, once Cant. 3, 9, i, q.
t^'^'O in V. 7, Sept. tpognov litter, comp.
Athen. 5. 5; Yulg.ferculum. Talmud.
"iii-iSSS and XIJ-i^B bed; and so also Syr.
)_.?as. The root is n-iQ, Chald. S"iQ
to be borne along, to run, comp. JTiQ no.
2, Gr. qisQa, Lat. fero; like curriis from
ctirrendo, tqo/o? from rQs;;tiv, (fOQtiov
fercidum from fptoiiv ferre.
OrfP'? (perh. double land, twin-land,
comp. c"^n^^) pr. n. Ephraim.
1. The youngest son of Joseph, and
founder of the tribe of Ephraim, ''53
d^-nEN Num. 10, 22, and simpl. C^'^EX
Josh. 16, 10 ; the territory of which lay
almost in the middle of the Holy Land,
Josh. 16, 5 sq. In this tract was ^rt
D^'nBX mount Ephraim, or the mountains
of' Ephraim, Josh. 19, 50. 20, 7. 21, 21.
Judg. 2. 9. 3. 27. Diflerent is the forest
of Ephraim 2 Sam. 18, 6, which ac-
cording to the context is to be sought
beyond the Jordan, conjp. 17, 24-29;
prob. so called from the slaughter of
the Ephraimites, Judg. 12, 1 sq. 2 Sam.
13, 23 D-i^BS 05 at Ephraim, i. e. in the
territory of Ephraim.
'S.S
81
bsil
2. The kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of
the ten tribes, or Samaria, so called be-
cause the tribe of Ephraiin was the most
important, and also because the liimily
of Jeroboam the first king was of that
tribe, 1 K. 11, 26. So espec. in the pro-
phetical books, Is. 9, 8. 17, 3. 28, 3. Hos.
4, 17. 5, 3 sq. 9, 3 sq. Is. 7, 2 Sijria resi-
eth D"^".B!< by ttpon Ephraiin, i. e. the
Syrians are encamped in the territory
of Ephraim. When the land of Ephraim
is meant, it is fem. Hos. 5, 9 ; when the
people, masc. Is. 7, 8. Comp. '^f^'JEX no. 2.
^1^97'^^ Chald. plur. Apharsites, pr.
n. of a people from which a colony was
sent to Samaria, Ezra 4, 9. Hiller under-
stands the Parrliasii, a tribe of eastern
Media ; better the Persians themselves,
see in D"!D . The Aleph is prosthetic,
as in the two names here following.
."^DD-iBi6 Ezra 5, 6, and SI^SnonB^
Ezra 4, 9, Chald. plur. Apharsachites,
ApharsathchUes. pr. n. of two Assyrian
tribes otherwise unknown ; unless per-
haps they are to be regarded as one and
the same. Not improb. the ParcEtaceni,
between Persia and Media ; comp. Hdot.
1. 101.
r^^Bi? Gen. 48, 7, oftener
nnnSX with He parag. Gen. 35, 16.
19. Ruth 4, 11, (land, region.) pr. n.
Ephrath, Ephratah.
1. A city in Judah. called also Bethle-
hem, Gen. 48, 7 ; more fully Dethlehem-
Ephratah, Mic. 5, 1.
2. i. q. s'^nE.y Ephraim, Ps. 132, 6.
Comp. Ti-^as no. 2.
3. As pr.'n. f 1 Chr. 2, 19. 50. 4, 4.
Tl'^S^ m. 1. an Ephrathite, a Beth-
lehemite, 1 Sam. 17, 12. Plur. DTi-iBit
Ruth 1,2.
2. i. q. an Ephraimite, Judg. 12, 5.
1 K. 11, 26 ; perh. 1 Sam. 1, 1. Comp.
in ni;';iax no. 2.
OnES Chald. adv. perh. in the end,
at last, from the Pers. *| Jo end, at last,
comp. Pehlv. Afdom end. Once Ezra 4,
13 pTsnn n-'zh-q crexn and so at last
bring- dainasre to the kings ; comp. v. 15.
22, where Cnsx is wanting. Sept. chsxi
*a\ toDto, Peshito s*oi y^\o . Aben Ezra
and others, by conjecture from the con-
text, render it revenue (of the kings) ; so
the English version.
~^ a doubtful root, perh. i. q. 2^? ,
to work, to toil. Hence
r^^^ Ezbon, pr. n. m. a) A eon of
Gad, Gen. 46, 16 ; called also "MX q. v,
b) 1 Chr. 7, 7 ; but comp. 8, 3.
yaS f. (r. sax I ) c. suff. 'SaXN, plur.
ni-SJtX ; for ?2S, Aleph. prosthet.
1. ajinger, Ex. 31, 18 ; espec. the fore-
finger, which is more usually dipped in
any thing, comp. r. Jas. Lev. 4, 6 sq.
14, 16. Ex. 8, 15 stin a'^nbx yass* this is
the finger of God, i. e. this is done by the
power of God himself Plur. the fingers,
for the hand, Ps. 8, 4. 144, 1. As a mea-
sure, e. g. four fingers thick, Jer. 52, 21.
6^ f V
Chald. id. Arab. /x^l, Syr. ''!>-s;,
espec. of the fore-finger.
2. With n^ban , pr. finger of the feet,
i. e. a toe, 2 Sam. 21, 20. Chald. Syr.
Arab. id.
yaSiC Chald. f id. plur. 'p^'lVi fingers,
Dan. 5, 5 ; toes, Dan. 2, 41. 42.
b'^SS m. (r. iiSX) 1. a side, i. q. ^SX.
Is. 41, 9 ynxn '^'SX the sides of the
earth, i. e. the extremities, remotest
countries, as elsewhere 7*!!5<'7 m'SJSj
]'";!^\f TS*^!!- In the other clause it
is V^xfi nisj? . g ^
2. Adj. i. q. Arab. Juyol pr. deep-
rooted, striking its roots deep and firmly
into the earth ; hence metaph. ' sprung
from an ancient and noble .stock,' noble,
Ex. 24, 11. See, for both the Heb. and
Arabic words, under r. b^x no. 1. In
Engl, the corresponding metaphor is
drawn from the stock or trunk.
i'^Sit m. (r. 'SX) a juncture, joint ;
hence plur. D-^n;; rib-'sx , "'b-'ax joints
of the hands, i. q. the knuckles, Jer. 38, 12.
Ez. 41, 8. The same are to be under-
stood in Ez. 13, 18, where the sewing
of cushions 'lor all the joints of the
hands ' is put hyperbolically to express
the extreme luxurj^ofthe females; since
usually cushions are placed at most only
under the elbow.
-'i^? 1. i. q. Arab. J-^ifl. , to join, to
connect ; whence b'lSX joint, bsx , b'^XX
b:
a^
no. 1, the side, near by. Arab, Ji..*o t root,
as that which joins a tree to the ground,
t 'f
Juo! to take root deeply, pr. to be firmly
joined to the ground ; raetaph. to be of
an ancient and noble stock, comp. ^""liX
no. 2.
2. Denom. from ^SX , pr. to put aside,
to separate, comp. ^5 ; hence with '(Q to
take from or of any thing, Num. 11, 17 ;
to keep back from, to refuse, Ecc. 2, 10.
With b , to reserve for any one. Gen. 27,
36 ; comp. ^"^3^ and DTJ c. b .
NiPH. to be drawn in, contracted, Ez.
42, 6.
Hi PH. ftit. ^X*5 , i. q. Kal no. 2. Num.
11,25.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1.
'?^ (noble) Azel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
8, 37. 9, 43 ; in Pause b^X 8, 38. 9, 44.
b) A place near Jerusalem on the east
of the Mount of Olives, (in Pause i'SX.)
Zech. 14, 5. Perh. appellat. side or root
6 o*
of a mountain, i. q. Jwot.
^^ m. (r. ^2N) c. suff. "^bl^iSt 1. a
side, i. q. ^''SX no. 1, so called from join-
ing, see r. bsx no. 1. 1 Sam. 20, 41
aSiH b'3,i<'0 from the south side, from the
south, 'b ^X^ from one^s side, 1 K. 3,
20 ; also i. q. at the side of. by, Ez. 40, 7 ;
comp. "i^: no. 3. More freq. as
2. Prep, at the side ofi.e. by, near.
Gen. 41, 3. Lev. 1, 16. 6, 3. 10, 12. 1 Sam.
5, 2. 20, 19. Joined also with verbs of
motion to a place, Gen. 39. 10. 2 Chr.
28, 15.
'I'^^f?^. (whom Jehovah reserved)
Azaliah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 8.
^^V '^'^ uncertain root, perh. i. q.
W5, to be strong. Hence
D28 Ozem, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 15.
b) ib. 2, 25.
rnySK f. i. q. JTiSX with Aleph pros-
thet. pr. step-chain, ankle-chain, i. q.
myu no. 2. q. V. Hence, without refer-
rence to the etymology, an arm-band,
bracelet, Num. 31, 50. 2 Sam. 1, 10.
"^^^ to lay up, to store, to treasure
up. 2 K. 20. 17. Is. 39, 6. Am. 3, 10.
The primary idea ia that of shitttirifr up,
enclosing, restraining ; comp. the kindr.
roots *isn, 1SS, also ^tij, *10X, and
Arab. _ci| to shut up, to restrain, kindr.
with which are -*! and ^'^
NiPH. pass. Is. 23, 18.
HiPH. ' to cause to store up or treasure
up,' i. e. to set one over the store-house or
treasury, to make treasurer ; Neh. 13, 13
niisix by rrnsixj and Imade treasurers
over the treasuries,
Deriv. "isix, and
"^^^ (treasure) Ezer, pr. n. m. Gen.
36, 21. 30.
"I3ti5 see isix.
T T
'^'7)?^ m. a species of gem, precious
stone ; prob. as the name would indicate,
a flaming, sparkling gem, from r. TUp to
kindle. Once Is. 54, 12.
Ipi? m. (r. p3it) a roe, roe-buck, Lat.
caprea, capreolus, from p5X or ppx i. q.
Arab. ^vlJi-fc she-goat, and Talmud.
^if^ a goat, with the ending "i i. q. 'p' ;
just as Lat. caprea is from copra. Deut.
14, 5. See more under r. p3X no. 2.
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 900 sq.
^i5 see TiX light, and "ik"^ .
S^"^!?? (perh. i. q. '''ix lion) Ara, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 38.
bsnS prob. i. q. ^X'^'X lion of God,
hero. Hence
a) ^^5<"ii< (of heroic birth, son of a
hero) Areli, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16. Num.
26, 17.
b) Also the difficult word 2^X-ix Is.
33, 7, their hero, or rather collect, their
heroes, i. e. those of Israel, Engl. Vers.
their valiant 07ies ; in which interpreta-
tion no change is required in the form,
except dropping the Dagesh from the
letter h, i. e. c^X'ix. The common
reading with Dagesh has doubtless
arisen from another interpretation an-
ciently received, in which Dbx~X was
regarded as contracted from c^~nx"ix,
cr^>-nN-iX , Symm. et Theod. iSov oq&ri-
aofiiu ftirou", Jerome ecce videutes ; see
also Cliald. Syr. Sec Comment, on
Is. I. c. and Thes. Heb. pp. 146, 1248.
* -^"^ flit. aiX"! 1. to knot, to knit,
to ivierlace, Lat. ncctere ; whence ?1S"^^|
net- work, lattice. Kindr. is a"iy to min-
anx
5n
fie, Arab. ^**jf to tie a knot, II id.
'?
&jf a knot.
2. /o /ie tn watV, to /i in ambush. Arab.
W\' to be cunning, astute, III to a^X
cunningly, pr. intricately. Verbs of
knitting or weaving, also of twisting,
spinning, sewing, are often transferred
to wiles and plots, opp. to upright and
open dealing; comp. iJ!}Q, "iias, Gr.
iokov V. firjTiv vcpalytiv, xaxu v. doXov
^anjiiv, iiectere inshlias v. scelera, suere
dolos, Germ. TVug spinnen^ Engl, to
weave plots. Constr. c. b Ps. 59, 4.
Prov. 24, 15. Josh. 8. 4 ; ace. Prov. 12,
6; b? Judg. 9, 34. Elsewhere also to
watch, to reconnoitre in ambush. Judg. 9,
32. 21, 20; c. inf et b Prov. 1. c.Ps.
10, 9. Part. 2-iiX , anixn , a lier-in-wail,
often collect, liers-in-wait, an ambiish,
a band of soldiers placed in ambush.
Josh. 8, 14. 19. 21. Judg. 20, 33 sq. Hence
with plur. Judg. 20, 37.
PiEL i. q. Kill, c. is 2 Chr. 20, 22 ;
absol. Judg. 9, 25.
HrPH. to lay wait, to set an ambush.
fut. 3-1^1 for n-iwS^l , 1 Sam. 15. 5.
Deriv. nnx, anx, nanx, nanx, aisja,
and pr. names anx, bxanx.
^I^ij (ambush) Arab, pr. n. of a city
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 52.
Hence prob. the gentile n. "laix Arbite
2 Sam. 23, 35.
^"^^ m. 1. a lying'in-wait, ambush,
of wild beasts, Job 38, 40.
2. Place of lying-in-wait, covert, lair
of wild beasts, Job 37, 8.
S'^i^ m. c. sufT. 'ia'JX, wait, insidious
attempts, plots ; Jer. 9, 7 Qir^ "i^lpa!!
isnx and in his breast he layeth his
wait, his plots.
'i^S-lS seebxanx n-^a in n^a no. 12. d.
5^17^ m. (r. nan) a locust, Ex. 10, 4
sq. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. Ps. 78, 46.
Spoken also of a particular species, prob.
the grylhis gregarius or common migra-
tory locust. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4. On
the various species of locusts, see Bo-
chaxt Hieroz. II. 447.
T^'^liJ f. i. q. a-^it , Plur. constr. n-ianij ;
only Is. 25, 11 nianx ns -imxa b'^aian
IT T -:- J
I'^'i^ God will humble his (Moab's)
pride with the plots of his hamls, i. e.
the plots which his own hands have
woven, in allusion to the prinuiry mean-
ing of the root; see in r. anx no. 1, 2.
nanfiC C (r. anx) once in Sing. Hob
13, 3; elsewhere only Plur. niaix.
1. net-work, laced wqrk; hence a lat-
tice, a window, sc. as closed by a lattice
and not with glass, Hos. 13, 3. Ecc. 12, 3.
2. a dove-house, dove-cote, aa shut in
with lattice- work. Is. 60, 8.
3. a chimney, or hole lor the smoke
covered with lattice-work, Hos. 13, 3.
Comp. Voss ad Virg. Greorg. 2. 242.
4. o'^53'i"n r^iz'^n the windows of /leaven,
1. e. sltiices.Jlood-gates, which are opened
to let fall the rain, Gen. 7. 11. 8, 2. 2 K.
7, 19. Is. 24, 18. Mai. 3, 10.
5. n'a'nx. Aruboth, pr. n. of a place,
prob. in the tribe of Judah, 1 K. 4, 10.
y^"}^ f. and nyans? constr. nsanx m.
See Heb. Gram. 95. 1.
1. Card. num./o?t7', for 53*1 with Aleph
prosthet. which is wanting in the deriva-
tives, as in 53-1 , '^lan , 53"! , etc. With
sufF. apranx they four Ez. 1, 8. 10.
Dual n";in?a-ix fourfold, quadruple, 2
Sam. 12, 6.' Plur. D-^sa-iX forty Gen. 8,
6. The number forty, like seven and
seventy, is sometimes used by the Ori-
entals as a common and indefinite round
number; e. g. Gen. 7, 17. Jon. 3. 4. Ez.
4, 6. etc. Comp. Chil mindr, tlie forty
towers, spoken of the ruins of Persepolis ;
see more in Lehrg. p. 700. Thes. Heb.
p. 1258.
2. Arba, pr. n. of a giant of the race
of the Anakim, Josh. 14, 15. 15, 13. 21,
11. Comp. rsnx n;inp .
^3^5? and '^?3'}i< Chald. i. q. Heb-
four, Dan. 3, 25. 7, 2. 3. 6. 17.
* ^^^ fut. anxi Is. 59, 5, ^a-ixn Judg.
16, 13.
1. to plait, to braid, Judg. 16, 13,
Kindr. are anb , "r.iia .
- T ' '1 - r
2. to weave, e. g. of the spider, whence
Gr. oQttxvri, Is. 59, 5. Part. Jnix weav-
ing Is. 19, 9; and subst. a weaver Ex.
28, 32. Is. 38, 12. n^anx niso a leaver's
beam, jugum tentorium, 1 Sam. 17, 7.
^"^^ m. 1. any thing plaited, a braidf
Judg. 16, 14. R. 3"]X no. 1.
^5^
84
Wmtt
2. a weaver's shuttle. Job 7, 6 '^'\^ "'^^
i"iS""'JT3 my days are swifter than a
weaver^s shuttle ; comp. 9, 25.
35*1^5 (for s;"! heap of stones, from r.
-^"^ i. q. can) Argob, pr. n.
1. A region beyond Jordan, containing
sixty cities, anciently subject to Og l<ing
of Bashan, Deut.2, 4. 13. I K. 4, 13. [A
vestige of it remains in the fortress and
city 'jP^/5m beyond Jordan, Joseph.
Ant. 13. 15. 5 ; mentioned also by Euse-
bius as 'ii'^/ (read 'Jj^gyix^u). fifteen Ro-
man miles west of Gcrasa. Now ^^A-i^K
/?<2/t6,with ruins ; see Bibl. Res. III. App.
p. 166. Buckingh. Arab. Tr. p. 12. R.
2. A man, 2 K. 15, 25.
'}ia'nS Chald. purple, i. q. |'95"}X , Dan.
5, 7. 16. 29 ; also once by Chaldaism
2 Chr. 2, 6. Arab. J^ l^jl , Syr. iJa^^jf .
For the root see under TCJ")^ , note.
W'li? m. a box, chest, coffer, hanging
from the side of a cart or wain, 1 Sam.
6, 8. 11. 15. The form is for tin with
Aleph prosthet. from r. Tin to be moved,
ehalien ; whence also Arab. 8^l^^ a sack
of stones suspended from a camel by way
of equipoise.
1135 "IK m. 1. purple, reddish purple,
a precious colour obtained from certain
species of shell-fish or muscles found on
the coasts of the Mediterranean, Gr.
7To(>cpi()n, Lat. purpura, 1 Mace. 4, 23.
Flin. H. N. 9. 60 sq. So Ez. 27, 7. 16.
'j''Si~iX 152 a purple cloth or coreidng.
Num. 4, 13. Different is the cerulean
purple, r^sn q. v. Comp. under the
word ^i^j'^^X, and Bochart Hicroz. II.
740 sq. Braun de Vestitu sacerdo-
tum p. 201 sq. Amati de restitutione
Purjwrarum, edit. 3. Cesenae 1784. Hee-
ren Hist. Werke XI. p. 84.
2. Any thing dyed with purple, pur-
ple cloths, Ex. c. 25. 26. 27. Ez. 27, 16.
Prov. 31, 22. Jer. 10, 9.
Note. The etymology of this word,
and of the kindred "(Jft'js?, has been
traced with great probability by F.
Bennry in the Sanscrit ; Berl. Jahrbb.
1841. p. 141. The form 'I'aa'iK is Sanscr.
rdgaman, and "ija^!^ is Sanscr. rAgavan,
' tinged with a red colour ;' from vAga
red colour, with the formative syllable
mat, vat, see Wilson's Sanscr. Diet. p.
700. a. RAgaman and rAgavan are put
in the nom. the primary forms being
rdgamat, rdgavat.
'_ V obsol. root, perh. i. q. T^rj , ^"iS ,
to Jiee. Hence the pr. names liiX and
the two following :
'^'!'^ pr. n. Ard, a grandson of Benja-
min Num. 26, 40, or a son Gen. 46, 21.
The gentile n. is '''nnx Num. 1. c.
pT^K (fugitive) Ardon, pr. n. m.
1 Chr! 2, 18.
1 , ' V V 1 ^0 pluck, to pull, to pluck
off, to gather, e. g. leaves, Cant. 5, 1.
grapes from a vine Ps. 80, 13. Ethiop.
AZ,P to pluck off, to gather, e. g. fruits,
herbs ; and hZ^Z^ to harvest.
2. to feed by pulling, cropping, in the
manner of flocks and herds. Hence
ni'nx and <^^"|X a crib, manger, rack,
from which animals pull or crop their
fodder; ''"iX lion, pr. one pulling m
pieces; ri^j^x a hare, pr. cropping the
grass. So other animals have their
names from the idea of plucking, crop-
ping, as ''la, -i-iya, Dn,b''Dn, cr^o, Arab.
G.J -
*J.*-&. lamb, from i*_5w.&. to pluck.
3. to gather, to collect, see Ethiop.
above ; hence 'j'i"is .
Deriv. see in no. 2, 3.
11. ('^JJ i. q. Arab. ;^xf, ^J, to
bum, to inflame, \\ to kindle ; kindr.
with Heb. nin, "Tin, and the occidental
areo, ardeo, uro. Hence ^X'^nst no. 2,
hearth or altar of God.
^^^i> Chald. also 1^i< q. v. lo ! behold!
Dan. 7, 6. 7. 13. Not found in other
Chaldaic books; but kindred with it are
in Chald. and Talmud, '^nn lo, "''nx lo,
then for, because, (like Chald. "(H lo,
if) and BIIN because; also Samar. N^n
lo, then for, because. This demonstra-
tive force exists elsewhere likewise both j
in the syllables h, \>n, (see ^n, b^|,
nix, K^n, nxbn, Arab, j!,) and also
in IS, in, (comp. |iffi, ^\f^, i<50,
here, in this place,) so that it is hard to
Bay. which form is the more ancient and
*l-l
85
nj*
primitive. Commonly ^"X is lielJ to be
by transposition irom ixn see ye.
^y)"^ (for i^n Aleph. prosthet. prob.
wandering, place of fugitives, from r.
1in q. V.) An'ad, Aradiis, a Phenician
city situated on a small island nt;ar the
coast, founded according to Strabo by
fugitives from Sidon, Strab. 16. 2. 13;
see the etymology above. Ez. 27, 8.
11. The Arabian geographers write it
i>|. liuicdd, which is now the name of
tlie island. See Rosennmller Bibl. Ge-
ogr. II. i. p, 6 sq. W. M. Thomson in
Miss. Her. 1841, p. 98. The gentile n.
is -^niix Armdite Gen. 10, 18. 1 Chr. 1,
T I - J '
16.
IT^S (perh. i. q. "J"i^5 wild-ass) Arod,
pr. n. m. Num. 26. 17. '^Gentile n. 'jiix
Aroclile Gen. 46, 16. R. "inx .
nin and n;>nS f. after the form
ncsn", Plur. absol."n"TiX 2 Chr. 32, 28,
(by Syriasm for nii';ix, as C^fi'x for
ta-'Vjx ,) plur. constr. ninx 1 K. 4,26 [5,
6] and rrn.y 2 Chr. 9, 25.^ R. rrist I.
1. a crib, manger, rack, whence cattle
in a stall pidl out their fodder, see the root
nnx I. 2 ; hence for stall, stable, 2 Chr.
32, 28. Arab, ^^tj stall, ^J\ crib. By
transpos. nii'is 2 Chr. 32, 28.
2. a stall of horses, i. e. a certain
number which usually stood in one stall,
or were harnessed to one vehicle ; per-
haps tico, as this was the number har-
nessed to a chariot, Engl, a pair, span,
team. 1 K. 4, 16 [5, 6] and Solomon had
niOiiO p''',-ix qbx oiyanx forty thousand
stalls [pairs?] of horses.
T^'IS adj. (denom. from T'n5<) of cedar,
cedrinus, Ezra 27, 24. Others explain
it frm, stable ; comp. r. f^N .
ns^lS? and "^^"^^ f. in some copies
also n3'i5< , but against the Masora. see
J. H. Michaclis ad Jer. 30, 17. R. "rj-ix .
\. a long bandage, applied by a physi-
cian in order to heal a wound, see the
root no. 1. E. g. b nsiinx nnbs the band-
age is applied to any one, i. e. his wound
is healed. Jer. 8, 22. Neh. 4, 1 [7]. 2 Chr.
24, 13 ; also in Hiph. b nD!i-!< nbsn to
apply the bandage to any one, i. e. to
heal his wound, Jer. 30, 17. 33, 6. Every-
where metaph. of the restoration of
8
the state Jer. I.e. or the repairing of the
walls 2 Chr. Neh. 11. cc. Hence
2. a healing, health; trop. welfare,
prosperity. Is. 58, 8. Arab. 'iSii\\ heal-
ing of a wound.
rroilSt Ai^imah, pr. n. of a city near
Neapolis, Judg. 19, 41 ; perh. the same
with nia!|-i 2 K. 23, 36.
D'^'ainX 2 K. 16, 6 Cheth. a corrup-
tion for D^isinK , which is read in Keri j
see m c"ix .
I'l'^iJ and l"'^ comm. gend. (m. 1 Sam.
6, 8. f. 4, 17. 2 Chr. 8, 11,) an ark,
chest, in which things to be preserved
are collected, from r. iTjX I. 3. Arab.
i^\y and (on' ^ wooden chest, espec.
a cotHn. Spoken of a money-chest 2 K.
12, 10. 11 ; of a mummy-case or coffin
Gen. 50, 26 ; but most frequently of the
sacred ark, in which the two tables of
the law were deposited, called more fully
ninyn )i-^v. the ark of the law Ex. 25. 22.
26, 33'; nin-i n^na inx Deut. 10, 8. 31,
9. 25 ; r-i-ian -(i-ix' Josh. 3, 6. 4, 9 ; liiX
nin"^ 1 Sam. 5, 3. 4. 6, 8 sq.
f^r'!''^^ 2 Sam. 24, 20 sq. Araunah,
pr. n. of a Jebusite, written in v. 16
Cheth. nj-iix , in v. 18 Cheth. n^j-ix ; in.
1 Chr. 21' 18 sq. IJ'iS Oman.
T^iJ a root not in use, Arab. \ J tbi
contract oneself to shrink together, hence
to be compact, firm ; \\f firm, stable, vJ
a tree firmly rooted. Hence A. Schul-
tens and many after him derive Part,
pass. T^i-iX madefast,firm,Ez. 27, 24. But
most of the ancient versions h^re render
D*ipx made of cedar, cedrini, as a
denom. from TlX, after the form \3sin3
brazen, see Lehrg. p. 512 ; and to these
we do not hesitate to accede. Hence
n'nia for Ti-ixis, and
riJ* m. plur. cnx,- constr. ''nN, a
cedar, so called from the firmness of its
roots, which is common to all trees of
the pine genus, Theoph. Hist. Plant. 2. 7.
It is the cedrus coniferi, or pinus cedrus,
known as tlie cedar of Lebanon, a tree
uncommonly tall. Is. 2, 13. 37, 24, Am.
2, 9; and wide-spreading Ez. 31, 3;.
formerly very frequent on Mount Leba-
T^i^
86
^S
non Ps. 29, 5. 92, 13. 104, 16, but now
greatly reduced in number; Bibl. Res. in
Pal. III. p. 440. The wood is odorifer-
ous, without knots, and exceedingly dura-
ble ; and was therefore much used in the
-temple and the royal palaces for orna-
mental work, and espec. for the wainscot
and ceiling. Hence put for cedar-work,
So*
wainscoting. 1 K. 6, 18. Arab. vJ , which
is still in use among the inhabitants of
Lebanon; Ethiop. ACrl, Aram. SJ")N,
\}v . There is therefore no ground for
understanding T'^X to be the pine, and
not the cedar, according to Celsius in
Hierob. I. 106 sq. -
^l"?^ f- denom. from T"iit, cedar-
work, e. g. wainscoting, Zeph. 2, 14.
The fem. has the force of a collective,
as in nss wood, Lehrg. 477.
1 ' L V ^'^ ?^-: ^^ fcalk, to be on the
way, as finite verb once Job 34, 8. Chald.
irns id. Similar is Gr. %QXo^ai, and
softer forms from the same stock are
M-rj) Tj'''^- Pfirt. n'lJX a wayfarer, tra-
veller, Judg. 19, 17. 2 Sam. 12, 4. Jer.
14, 8. Plur. Jer. 9, 1. Fem. nrj-iK col-
lect, a company of travellers, espec. of
merchants, a caracan, avroSiu, Gen. 37,
25. Is. 21. 13. See Lehrg. p. 477. Comp.
Deriv. nnsj nn^i^-
1 J . I ijfis to decree, to appoint, i. q.
p|5ll, whence nn-isi. q. pin. something
appointed, fixed. Corresponding is Arab.
"f- S :
to appomt a time; whence xi^sl a
set time, era, epoch, -^ J to date a letter,
Ao jLi* a chronicle, annals. Perh. kindr.
with r. 'Tj'jS q. v.
n"!!? (perh. for n^X wayfaring) Ardh,
pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 5. Neh. 7, 10. b) 1
Chr. 7, 39.
Try^ , plur. Pin-ns , constr. Pinnx ; c.
suff. 'rh-isj , rppn-K, cr'nnx. in place
of which sometimes inMss. and editions
'rnnk , rprh-jit , enrr^x , see J. H.Mich,
ad Job 13, 27 ; coram, gend. e. g. masc.
Prov. 2, 15, comp. Job 6, 18. 19; fem.
Prov. 15, 19 ; a poetic word, a way,
path, road, i. q. r^-n . Chald. nnk, Syr.
U'>o\ . Samar. VS/TIA id. Gen. 49,
17. Judg. 5. 6. Ps. 19, 6. c"^3ai rin-ix the
paths of the seas Ps. 8, 9, comp. iys^u
xihv&u Horn. II. 1. 312. D^'n nns the
path of life i. e. to life or happiness Prov.
5, 6. Hence : a) Metaph. way i. e.
manner of life and conduct, i. q. "?. So
"'P.'^ ^'Z^ false way, i. e. false and deceit-
ful conduct, life, Ps. 119, 104. ninnx
nirrj the ways of Jehovah, i. e. a way of
life pleasing to God, Ps. 25. 4. 119, 15. Is.
2. 3. The idea of a way is often pre-
served, as Prov. 4, 14. 8, 20. b) i. q.
mode, manner, Gen. 38, 11 niT}^ bnn
c-^CSS n-iit nyab it ceased to he with
Sarah after the manner of wmnen, by
euphemism for the menses, comp. 31, 35.
c) The ways or patlis of any one, i. q. hia
condition, lot. Job ^, 13. Prov. 1, 19.
Comp. in Engl. ' the way it goes with
him.' d) Poet, nnk is put for a way-
farer, traveller, Job 31, 32. Plur. ninnx
Nrn the travellers of Tema, the cara-
vans. Job 6, 19.
n^ji^ Chald. plur. c. suff. Tirn-ix
nnn'iX, i. q. H&hr.ways, i. e. metaph.
counsels of God, Dan. 4, 34 ; affairs,
destinies of any one, Dan. 5, 23.
nn^iS f. company of travellers, cara-
van } see under r. JTiX I.
^0^^ ^- ij- '"'1*5 II ) an appointed por-
tion of food or provision, an allowance,
delivered out daily or at fixed times, 2 K.
25, 30. Jer. 52, 34. Hence genr. a por-
tion of food, meal, Prov. 15, 17. Jer. 40, 5.
''"IJ* m. plur. C^nsi 1 K. 10, 20, else-
where ni-inst 1 K. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 9, 18.
19, a lion, q. d. the puller in pieces, the
render (see r. rr^x I. 2). Num. 24, 9. 1
Sam. 17, 34 eq. 2 Sam. 23, 20. al. -i-B3
riins a young lion J adg. 14,5; nT^-^x ^la
a lion^s whelp Jer. 51, 38. Trop. as the
emblem of strength andvalocr, Num. 23,
25 ; of fierceness and cruelty, Prov. 28,
15. See Bochart Hicroz. I. 715 sq.
Syr. )lf .
'^'''?^ m. compounded from ''1S< and
L lion of God, i. e. lion-like champion,
hero. a) Collect. 2 Sam. 23, 20 'Jtri
axiis ^{{"""is^ two lion-like champions of
Moab; see^K'isj and ''^ 1 Chr. 11, 22.
^-i 87
Comp. Arab. iJjt S^\ and JJt c;>4^
Won q/" Corf, an epithet of heroic war-
riors ; also Pcrs. IJl^ -jui Shin kJwda
lion of God. Spoken of Jerusalem, Is.
29, 1. 2, q. d. cUy of heroes, which should
never be subdued ; though others refer
this passage to no. 2. Hence b) As
pr. n. m. Ariel, Ezra 8, 16.
II. hearth i. e. altar of God, comp.
i^\ hearth, fire-place, from r. Sr^S II ;
spoken of the altar of burnt-otTerings, Ez.
43, 15. 16.
'''!T'^"IS( Aridai, Pers. pr. n. of the ninth
son of Haman. Esth. 9, 9. Comp. !//pt-
duios i. e. the strong, from Pers. art, ard.
Perh. from Airyadao 'digna dans'
(Benfey), or Arydday 'donum Arise'
(Bohlen). Comp. the next article.
Sril'^'lS Aridatha, pr. n. of the sixth
eon of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. The etymo-
logy like the preceding article.
'^!?'!'^ i. q. "'"^X , with n- parag. comp.
tix and n^X ; more frequent than "'"iX,
but used only in the sing.alion, Gen. 49,
9. Deut. 33, 22. Judg. 14, 8. al. Spoken of
a powerful and cruel enemy. Is. 15, 9.
Jer. 4, 7. Is. 21, 8 n:;-is if^i^^l and he
cried as a lion. Comp. Rev. 10, 3.
'^!?'? Chald. id. Dan. 7, 4. Plur.
emphat. xrj^inx Dan. 6, 8.
n'^'^i^ see rti-.x ,
?fT^"\j!{ Anoch, an Assyrio-Chald. pr.
n. a) A king of EUasar Gen. 14, 1. 9 ;
comp. Judith 1, 6. b) A captain of the
royal guard at the court of Babylon,
Dan. 2, 14. Sanscr. Aryaka veneran-
dus ; Bohlen.
''?'^'^^, Arisai, Pers. pr. n. of a son of
Haman, Esth. 9, 9. Sanscr. Arydsdya
sagitta Arias ; Bohlen.
'!_ V 1- pr. trans, to make long, to
prolong, to extend in a straight line ;
kindr. with T\'^^, where see. Hence
n3!i-ix a long bandage. Comp. Syr.
f.
yf'ff to prolong, Arab, li^l to defer, to
delay.
2. Intrans. fut. TpS'^ . plur. is^X": , to
be lo^ng, prolonged ; Syr. Arab. Samar.
id. Aph. Ti'^'^'X, >^c| . to prolong. Ez.
31, 5. Gen. 26, 8 DO iVi8* 3 'nil
Diojn and it came to pass when the time
there was long to him, i. e. when he had
lived there a long time. Ez. 12, 22.
Hipn. Tj^^HH 1. to make long, to pro-
long, Ps. 129, 3 ; to extend or thrnst out
the tongue. Is. 57, 4. 'd ''a'^ '^'^'}^'^ to
prolong the days of tiny one, lo grant him
long life, 1 K. 3, 14 ; also ra^ 'n to pro-
long one's own days, to live long, to be
long lived, Deut. 4, 26. 40. 5, 30. 17, 20.
22, 7. Is. 53, 10 ; and without a-'a;; Prov.
28, 2. Ecc. 7, 15. 8. 12.
2. Intrans. to be made long, 1 K. 8, 8.
Espec. of time, as l"''a^ iis'^'iNn his days
are 7nade long, i. q. to live long, Ex. 20,
12. Deut. 5, 16. 6, 2. 25, 15. Comp. no. 1.
3. to retard, to delay, to defer, as "^^Xfi
"ilSfit to defer one^s anger, i. e. to be pa-
tient, ^ittxQo&vfxog, Is. 48, 9. Prov. 19, 11.
So too iOB3 r("'")X!7. id. Job 6, 11. Comp.
^"^BJ? tilN in ?;njj . '
4. to remain long, to tarry, Num. 9,
19. 22.
Deriv. M3i"i>!| , and those here follow-
ing.
^"^^ Chald. i. q. Hebr. to make long j
also toft, to adapt. Part. TpiX^f, jneet,
Ezra 4, 14. Talmud, id. Arab. cJ>l ap-
tissimus, dignissimus.
^'!?J$ adj. found only in constr. Tp.S<.
1. long, Ez. 17, 3 i3xn rj-jx having
long pinions or wing-feathers.
2. tardy, slow, in the phrases tii"i Tpx
slow of spirit Ecc. 7, 8, and O'^SX 'Tj'ix
sloic of anger,'patient. finxQo&vfiog, Prov.
15, 18. 16, 32. Ex. 34, 6. Num. 14, 18.
Comp. Syr. |-o? Ir*-^ patient, Arab.
Jj-b mO long, i. e. long-suffering, longa-
nimis. Once Cl^BX ""IX is to finxQo&v-
por, patience, Jer. 15, 13. 0pp. Hli "i^p .
^lij adj. f. fi3"i!<, ?077g-, e.g. of space,
Job 11, 9 ; of tinie, 2 Sam. 3. 1.
5?")^ (length) Erech, pr. n. of a city
of Babylonia, Gen. 10, 10. Among the
ancient interpreters, Pseudo-Jon. Targ.
of Jerus. Jerome, and Ephrem under-
stand Edessa ; but Bochart, Phaleg IV.
16. more correctly regards it as Areca or
Arecca. situated on the cxjnfines of Baby-
lonia and Susiana ; comp. Ammian. 23.
21.
'^'^^ m. c. sufT. 'iS'^l*, length, Gen. 6,
15. Ex. 26, 2 sq. 27,' 'l sq. D152;; r|';ii<
length of days, long life, Ps. 21, 5. 91, 16.
Cd'^jd;; r^nxb as long as I live Ps. 23, 6.
i^"??? Tp.jt patience Prov. 25, 15.
1 ^?'?^ Chald. fem. length, a lengthen-
' ing, spoken of time, Dan. 4, 24. 7, 12.
JlD'lb* see rtsnx.
nS'TS'lK Chald. fem. the knee, Dan. 5,
6. In the Targums ailD'n, !!t3n, the
prosthetic Aleph being dropped. See
in r. asn .
i^SnS Chald. plur. St::;?'!^, gentile n.
, Arche cites Ezra 4, 9 ; from the city Tii^i
Gen. 10, 10.
''S'^K gentile n. Archite, an inhabitant
of a city or district T|'15< situated in the
territory of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 2, differ-
ent from the city of like name in Baby-
Ionia. 2 Sam. 15, 32. 16, 16.
^_V 3. root not in use, i. q. C^ii,
tn'i , Dnn , ens , dK-i , to be high j comp.
Arab. ^v. intumuit, extulit se. Hence
"jio'ix, and
Q"^^ constr. ts'nx pr. n. Aram, pr. high
region, q. d. Highlands, opp. '^23 Lcno-
lands.
1. Aramcsa, the Arameeans, i. e. Syria,
the Syrians, constr. with a verb masc.
sing. 2 Sam. 10, 14. 15. 18. 1 K. 20, 26 ;
plur. 2 Sam. 10, 17. 19. 1 K. 20, 20 ;
rarely with sing. fem. Is. 7, 2. To the
Greeks also this ancient and domestic
name of Syria was not wholly unknown ;
:see Horn. II. 2. 783. Hesiod. Theog. 304.
Strabo 13. 4. 6. ib. 16. 4. 27. The name
Aranuea however was of wider extent
than Si/ria, and comprehended also
Mesopotamia ; although Pliny and Mela
ascribe to Syria the same and even a
greater extent ; Plin. H. N. 5. 15. 12.
Mela 1. 11. Where it stands alone,
B'lK , it is for the most part to be under-
stood of Western Syria, or Syria strictly
so called, Judg. 3, 10. 1 K. 10, 29. 11, 25.
15, 18 ; espec. the territory of and around
Damascus, Is. 7, 1. 8. Am. 1, 5 ; which
is more definitely called pttJa? nnx Syria
of Damascus 2 Sam. 8, 5. Where Me-
Bopotiimia is meant, the expression is
D'?'?'!!? O"!]^ Syria of the two rivers Gen.
88
f^
24, 10. Deut. 23, 5. Judg. 3, 8 ; or H?
n";N Padan Aram, Plain of Syiia. Gen.
25, 20. 28, 2. 5. 6. 7 ; and ellipt. -(^Q Gen.
46, 7 ; rarely simply D-nx Num. 23, 7,
where however it is made definite by a
description ; comp. ''a'^S? . The king-
doms of Western Syria in the time of
David, (not of Mesopotamia, as is often
supposed.) were the following: fi:^i: cnit
Aram Zobah, see iinis ; 2hn r."3 cnx
Aram Beth Rehoh, see inn h"ia in n7a
no. 12. pp ; ^12579 Dnst Aram Maacah,
see <i2y^ ; and also others ; but these all
became afterwards subject to the kings
of Damascus, 1 K. 20, 1. Comp. gentile
n. ''a'lix, "^"^s.
2. Aram, pr. n. m. a) A son of Ke-
muel and grandson of Nahor, Gen. 22,
21. He seems to have given his name
to the region of Syna. Comp. D'l,
b) 1 Chr. 7, 34.
'jTa'lK m. (r.dnx) plur. constr. m'jo'ix,
a fortress, castle, palace, so called from
its height, Is. 32, 14. Prov. 18, 19. al.
Also ry^.^n n""? '(i'a'ix the fortress of the
king''s house, the innermost part, as the
highest and strongest, q. d. the citadel^
1 K. 16, IS. 2 K. 15, 25. J. D. Michaelis
(Suppl. 128) and after him most modern
interpreters here translate it the women's
apartment, comparing Arab. *| i. q.
(tys^ conclavia. Gol. p. 78, and (v^
Haram ; but there is no trace of this in
the ancient interpreters, nor is there any
reason for departing from the simple ex-
planation above given. Spoken of the
citadel of a hostile metropolis, Is. 25, 2.
'^'anS i. q. 'B'nN, fem. T'^^anx, adv.
Aramaice, in Aramcean or Syriac, Dan.
2,4. Ezra 4, 7. Is. 36, 11.
'i'52'ni? gentile n. an Aramtean, Syri-
an, I. e. an inhabitant either of Western
Syria 2 K. 5, 20 ; or also of Mesopota-
mia, Gen. 25, 20. 28,5- 31, 20. 24. Fem.
nja-^x 1 Chr. 7, 14. Plur. D^B-iN 2 K.
8, 29 ; and by aphroresis D^sa'in for
tD^B-^sn 2 Chr. 22, 5.
*i2bn (q. d. Palatinus, from I'i^'JX)
pr. n. m. Armoni, 2 Sam. 21, 8.
1!^^ a root not in use ; Arab, /jjl ? to
be active, nimble ; whence pM wild goat.
Hence
?
89
pfil
T^* (wi^<i S^^) A^'> P*"- " ^ ^
Horit'c. Gen. 36, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 42.
P see ^isj.
T^K in. 1. <A pine, pinua, Is. 44, 14-
In the Talmud of Babyl. (Pnni fol. 96. 1)
are joined n^iST^si c^3^i< c^nx 'S^.
Sept. niivg, Vulg. pimis.So called,
because when agitated by the wind it
emits a tremulous sound; from r. "(3'^,
i. e. '("IX contr. for lanjj , as yp for |5-jn ,
^nt from t^an . See I'l'n .
2. Oren, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 2, 25.
nS31>S f. epicoen. a hare, Lev. 11, 6.
Deut. 14,7. Arab. ^^ , Syr. |!aJ)f id.
Sec Bochart Hieroz. I. 994 sq. who re-
gards this quadriliteral as compounded
from nnjj to crop, and "STi produce, fruit.
'ji:';iX and l^nS (for Ti:-) a noise,
murmur ; concr. a noisy or murmuring
stream.) Anion, pr. n. of a torrent (^n?)
with a valley of like name, running from
the eastward into the Dead Sea, an-
ciently the northern boundary of Moab
and the southern of the Ammonites;
now called ,^^^\ el-Mojeb. Num.21,
13 sq. 22, 36! Duut. 2, 24. 36. 3, 8 sq.
4, 48. Is. 16, 2. al. See Burckhardt's
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. Also
Comment, on Is. 16, 2. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 204.
n^3")fif: see njinx.
IJ^X (active, nimble, see r. I'^X) Ar-
nan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 21.
IpniS (id.) Oman, pr. n. of a Jebusite,
on the site of whose threshing-floor
Solomon built the temple. 1 Chr. 2, 15.
2 Chr. 3, 1. Comp. njnnx.
!r) Chald. St. emph. its^ix . 1. the
earth, i. q. Heb. 7'7.5t, S and :i being in-
terchanged, see under S . Dan. 2, 35. 39.
3, 31. al.
2. the ground, and as adv. /mc, be-
low. Dan. 2. 39 after thee shall arise
another kingdom T^S^a srnst hncer than
thee, inferior to thee. Corap. Chald.
'SnK, '^XS'^X, low; r-^ib^a for ^nxbia
at the lowest part, below. Hence
rr^l^nS Chald. f. the ground, the low-
est part, bottom of a pit, Dan. 6, 25.
IB^S (prop, support, i. e. a strong
city ; for ^fy from r. nsn ,) Arpad, pr.
8*
n. of a city and region of Syria, not fer
from the city Haraath, with which it
is often coupled, governed by its own
kings, and to be distinguished from
njns* q. v. 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 10, 9.
Jer. 49, 23. [More prob. the same with
T'lS Arvad, i. e. the iwland Ruwftd, with
its territory on the adjacent coast;
which was contiguous to that of Ha-
math. The interchange of B and 1
(like a and 1) is not unnatural. R.
ITTDSIS Arjihaxad, pr. n. of the third
son of Shera, and denoting at the same
time a people or region of country,
Gen. 10, 22. 24. 11, 10-13. The con-
jecture of Bochart is not improbable
(Phaleg. 2. 4), that it is the province
'ytQ^njin/lTig, Arrapachitis, in northern
Assyria near Armenia (Ptol. 6. 1), the
primitive country of the Chaldeans ; see
Comment, on Is. 23, 13. Josephus. Ant.
1. 6. 4, ^Ai)(faiu8ifS; 8s Toig vvv Xakdut-
ovg xalovfiivovg 'Aocpaludxiovg (avofinatv.
Bohlen ad Gen. 1. c. compares Sanscr.
AryapakshatA ' (a land) by the side of
Asia ;' comp. Borussia i. q. Po-rus, near
the Russians.
\ _V ^ root of uncertain sigoif. Arab.
\]0\\ low, inferior ; but this is derived
rather from the prirhary idea earth.
7'}'$ cbmm. gend. (rarely masc. Gen.
13, 6.' Ps. 104, 6. Is. 9, 18; or when
the earth is put for its inhabitants. Is.
26, 18. 66, 8,) c. suff. ''2inw> , c. art. I'^wXti ,
Go*
He loc. f^^'JX, the earth, Arab. ^Jj
Chald. xsnx , Syr. |:^?f . Spec.
1. the earth, orbis terranim, opp. to
the heavens; 7"!Xni D?^''^"^l Gen. 1, 1.
2, 1. 4, and n->^'i^ y-nx Gen. 2, 4, the
heavens and the earth, the whole uni-
verse. Synecd. for the inhabitants of
the earth, Gen. 9, 19. 11, 1. 19, 31.
2. the earth, land, opp. to the sea,
Gen. 1, 28.
3. a laiid, country, Ex. 3, 8. 13, 5.
Gen. 21. 32 t3"'riqba yyt. Ruth 1, 7 yiit
rrisin^ . So the land of any one is either
the country subject to him. as the land
of Sihon Neh. 9, 22 ; or consecrated to
any one Jer. 2, 7. 16, 18 ; or in which
one dwells Deut. 19, 2. 10. 28, 12 ; or was
born, q. d. one's father-land Gen. 24, 4.
:s:nx
wlB
ffi"li5
30, 25. Num. 10, 9. Is. 8, 9. Comp. yi]
Tivog Acts 7, 3; and the words D5, T^S,
t;"'X . Absol. l^nx and 7?.5<n often de-
note Palestine xax t^oxiv Joel 1, 2 ; and
so in the formula yix "i^c , uin;; , Ps. 37,
9. 11. 22. 29. 44, 4. Prov. 2, 21. 'lO, 30.
Synecd. for the inhabitants of a land,
Is. 26, 18 ; spec, of Avicked inhabitants
Is. 11, 4; conmp. Ci;x no. 1. b.
4. land-i i. e. a piece of land, a field,
Gen. 23, 15. Ex. 23, 10. Of the fields
or country around a city. Josh. 8, 1.
5. the ground, with He local ^S"iX
(Milel) to the ground, as n^nx wna'i
Gen. 33, 3. 37, 10. Hence poet, forrep-
tiles. as crawling upon the ground, i. q.
y^ixn tr-i , as Job 12, 8 "f"?.'<^ ^^'^. speak
to the gTOund, i. e. to the reptiles crawl-
ing thereon ; followed by ' the fishes of
the sea ;' comp. Gen. 9, 2. 1 K. 5, 13.
6. earth, i. e. the element, earthy par-
ticles, sco7-i(B of metals. Ps. 12, 7 silver
purified in a work-shop Y^.^ ^^ ^^ ^^^
earth, i. e. from its dross, scoriee.
Plur. riijJ'^.S lands, countries, regions.
Gen. 26, 3. 4.' So ni:i'nsn the lands,
often espec. in the later Hebrew put y.aT
.i^oxiv for heathen lands, foreign coun-
tries, comp. C'^x , ^"^y* ; e.g. r^i^^^n ^^s
,the nations of the (heathen) lands 2 Chr.
:13, 9. 17, 10. ni-^"ixn nirbTs?: the king-
,do7ns of the (gentile) lands 1 Chr. 29, 30.
.2 Chr. 12, 8. 17, 10. The origin of this
lusus loquendi is apparent from the fol-
-lowing passages in Ezekiel, 5, 6. 11, 17.
12, 15. 20, 23. 22, 15. 20, 32. 22, 4.
Note. He paragogic in n^"ix is for
the most part local : but sometimes also
it is merely a poetic form, so that f^S"^:*
does not differ from yiX , e. g. Job 34, 13.
37, 12. Is. 8, 23; comp.' nb^b for b^b.
'Hence
SS")^ (earth) Arza, pr. n. m. 1 K.
16, 9. '
p'^5?! Chald. stat. emphat. Ni^-ix , i. q.
:Krnx, the earth, the letter S being
changed into the harsher p, Jer. 10, 11.
Preq. in the Targums.
* T^ fut. ".H;;, imp. l-i-ix Judg. 5, 23,
with He parag.lT^K Num. 22, 6, to curse;
cs ^
corrcpponding is Arab. -JC to abhor, to
detcRt; and still more nearly Gr. (,
Jiffuofiui. Constr. c. ace. Num. 22, 6.
23, 7. Mai. 2, 2. Judg. 5, 23. Job 3, 8
Di"' "^"^JiX cursers of the day, i. e. a
class of magicians who were thought
to render particular days unfortunate
by their imprecations. Gen. 3, 14 cursed
art thou from every beast, i. e. all beasts
shall avoid thee as infamous and ac-
cursed. Deut. 27, 15 sq. 28, 16 sq.
NiPH. pass. Part. 0"^"iN5 Mai. 3, 9.
PiEL "inx, part, "i'^ntd 1. i. q. Kal,
to curse. Gen. 5, 29.
2. to cause a curse. Num. 5, 22 D'^fiil
D'i"i~iX7:n the waters causing a curse, i. e.
which cause destruction to the adulterous
and perjured woman who drinks them.
Hopn. fvit. "iSI'ipass. to be cm^sedjNum.
22, 6.
Deriv. nns^a,
"^"^"^^ pr. n. Ararat, a region or pro-
vince near the middle of Armenia, be-
tween the Araxes and the lakes Van
and Oroomiah, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38;
still called by the Armenians Ararat,
uiniuniuui ; vipon whose mountains,
wiTN ''^ri, the ark of Noah rested. Gen.
8, 4. It is sometimes taken in a wider
sense for Armenia itself, Jer. 51, 27.
That it is the name of a region, and not
strictly of a mountain, is affirmed also
by Moses Chorenensis ; see Schroeder
Thes. Ling. Arm. p. 55. Mosis Choren.
Hist. Arm. ed. Whiston, p. 289, 308, 358,
361. For an account of this region, see
Morier's Second Journey, p. 312. R. K.
Porters Travels Vol. I. p. 178 sq. Smith
and Dwight's Researches in Armenia.,
Vol. II. p. 73 sq. The root is Sanscr.
Anjararta, ' terra sancta ;' Bohlen, Ben-
fey, etc.
'^^'^ in Kal not used, but as is
noted by Miuiger ad Hos. 2, 21, pr. i. q.
b^S ) ipr^ ) ^^ cjcct, to build, whence
il5"i5 a bed or couch, with a canopy.
s -
Thence also (v-j-t a bed-fellow, lius-
> ^
band or wife, iv-^Y^ one betrothed.
Hence
PiEL to';)X to betroth a woman, pr. to
make her a spouse ; c. ncc. niX b*lJ
Dcut. 20, 7. 28, 30 ; and nrs ib ionx
Hos. 2. 21. 22. 2 Sam. 3, 14. The price
paid for a wife is put with 2 2 Sam. !. c.
PuAL tonk, fem. in Pause rii^;;i<, tohe
betrothed, Ex. 22, 15. Deut. 22, 28. Part.
nbnki2 Deut. 22, 23. 25.27. Chald. onst
Pe. and Pa. id.
* ^^''J' obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ji.
to desire, to long for. Hence
PnD")X f. desire, longing, Ps. 21, 3.
Sept. dir,aig, Vulg. voluntas.
' nttJTnnnX Ezra 4, 8. 11. 23. 6, 14,
snotcnnnx 7, 1. 7, snwcnmx 4^ 7^
Artaxerxes, pr. n. of several Persian
kings ; in Greek written 'jlQ^u^iqitfi, by
the Armenians uinuiuxol^u Ardaslies,
by the modern Persians -A^t>|,
^uiJCc>J, Ardeshir ; by the ancient
Persians, in the inscriptions of Nakshi-
Rustam in Niebuhr's Reisebeschr. II.
tab. 27, according to De Sacy, nnrnnx
Artakhshetr, Artakhshatra ; whence by
interchanging the letters r and s, and by
transposition, arose the form Artakh-
sharla and the Heb. Artakhshast, Ar-
takh^haula, as above. Comp. Lassen in
Zeitsclir. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. VI.
p. 160.
This name is compounded from the
eyllable art. strong, mighty, (comp. the
pr. names 'AgTo^tiorjg, 'Aqza^i't^rig, 'A(JTa-
(pigvijc,) and inTrn , which in the ancient
usage denoted king, like the Zend and
Sanscr. ksatra. Nor yet is Herodotus
to be taxed with error in rendering it
mighty icarrior (6. 98), comp. ksatra
' soldier ;' since kings also were warriors.
See Lassen Keilschrifl p. 36.
Two kings of this name are mentioned
in the O. Test, a) Pseudo-Smerdes
Ezra 4, 7. 8. 23 comp. 24, who not improb.
took the name of Artaxerxes on his
accession, b) Artaxerxes Longhna-
nus. in whose seventh year Ezra led out
a colony into Palestine, Ezra 7, 1. 7. 11.
12. 21. 8. 1 ; and from the twentieth to
the thirty-second year of whose reign
Nehemiah was governor of Judea, Neh.
2, 1. 5, 14. 13, 6. See more fully in
Thesaur. p. 155, 156.
^~^? obsol. root, prob. i. q. lOX to
bind. Hence the two following :
'^'}''?^ (whom Gfod hath bound sc. by
a vow) pr. n. m. Asareel, 1 Chr. 4, 16.
1SK
bi{'''7TDJ!< (vow of God) pr. n. m. As-
riel. Num. 26, 31. Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr.
7, 14. Patronym. is "'Vxnbx AarielUe,
Num. I. c.
* ^i< c. suff. "iisx Job 18, 5, cattSH U.
50, 11, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Job
20, 26. Ps. 104, 4. Jer. 48, 45 ; comp. on
the gender of words signifying Jire,
Lehrg. p. 546 note,)^re, comp. Chald.
Kli'X, NriuJs, fire, fever, Syr. \L^] fe-
ver, Ethiop. "KA^ fire, Arab. tUMjut,
which however is rarely used. The
branches of this very ancient stock are
widely spread throughout the languages
of Asia and Europe ; comp. Sanscr. ush
to burn, Pehlv. and Pers. iiioi , perh.
Lat. restus, Germ, heitzen, heiss. Spec.
1. the Jire of God, often for the lightning,
1 K. 18, 38. 2 K. 1, 10. 12. 14. Job 1, 16 ;
comp. Ex. 9, 23 and Pers. ^L^ami yi^Ji*
Trop. for the anger and wrath of God,
(comp. Virg. ^n. 2. 575 exarsere ignes
aniino, subit ira, etc.) Deut. 32, 22
^BS3 nn'ip irx a fre is kindled in mine
anger. Jer. 4,'4. 15, 14. 21, 12. Lam. 2,
4. Ez. 22, 21. In like manner^re is put
for ardour in men, q. d. burning zeal or
passion, Jer. 20, 9. Ps. 39, 3. 4.
2. Poet, fire for war, e. g. to be con-
sumed by fire, i. q. to be consumed, wasted
by war, Num. 21, 28. Jer. 48, 45. Judg.
9, 15. 20. Is. 10, 16. 26, 11. Ps. 21, 10.
So 113X nnj5 to kindle a, fre, metaph. to
kindle a war, to excite the tumult of war,
Is. 50, 11. The same figure is frequent
in the Arabian poets ; comp. Comment,
on Is. 7, 4.
3. Trop. for destruction, ruin, of any
kind, both of men and things. Job 15, 34.
20, 26. 22, 20. 31, 12. Is. 1, 31. 30, 30.
33, 11. 14.
4. heat, scorching, of the sun. Joel 1,
19, 20. 2, 3. 5.
5. a flashing, brightness, splendour, e.g.
of armsNah. 2, 5. 3X '"'i'l^ stones of fire,
glittering gems, Ez. 28, 14. 16; comp.
Stat. Theb. 2. 276 arcano florentes igne
smaragdi.
Deriv. Si^^X, q. v.
TC Chald. St. emphat. K1X, id. Dan.
7, 11.
ffii^
Tlti^
^^ i. q. tu;;, there is, there are, 2
U^'
Sam. 14, 19. Mic. 6, 10. Arab.
Chald. n-^X, 'P'S.
tJi5 (dsh) Chald. plur. I'^ffiij , founda-
tions. Ezra. -ir, 12. 5, 16. R. laiax. Arab.
^~V obsol. root, perh. i. q. \,^/^U
^^,,/Jm.^,, S^Jn, to mingle, to compute.
Hence
b3TDS (for bxsdx sententiaDei) Ash-
bel, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46,
21. 1 Chr. 8, 1. Hence patronym. "^^aaJJ?
Ashhclite Num. 26, 38.
jaOS (i. q. -(isaJn) pr. n. m. Eshban,
Gen. 36, 26.
yST^Ji? (I adjure) pr. n. m. Ashbea,
1 Chr.' 4, 21.
bySTDJ^ Eshbaal, pr. n. of a son of
Saul, 1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39 ; i. q. nttJa-lU^K
p. 45.
^^ obsol. root, i. q. Chald. and
Syr. T^iJX, f^] , to pour, to pour out,
Hence the two following :
"1?^ m. an outpouring. Num. 21, 15
C^nsn "laJs i. e. places where the tor-
rents from the mountains are poured out,
or flow down, into the valleys and plains
below, q. d. ravines.
"0^^ ^ id. outpouring of torrents, a
low place or ravine at the foot of a moun-
tain where a torrent flows down, Josh.
10,40.12,8. naosn ni^aJit the ravines
of Pisgah, for the foot or base of the
mountain, Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49. Josh.
12, 2. 3. Comp. ^L^ foot of a mountain
or hill, from ^**< to pour out.
*li'^ffiS (strong-hold, castle, for "inoS
from *TiO) pr. n. Ashdod, Gr. '^^coroc, one
of the five principal cities of the Philis-
tines, (assigned to the tribe of Judah
Josh. 15, 47,) Josh. 11.22. 15,46. 1 Sam.
6, 1. Is. 20, 1. It was a key of Pales-
tine towards Egypt ; comp. Is. 1. c. and
Hdot. 2. 157. A village still stands upon
its site, called Esdud ; see Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 374 sq. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 368. The gentile n. ia
''ji'iid!*, fern, n''^, and this latter adver-
bially, in the dialect of Ashdod, Neh. 13,
24.
"^"^Jj obsol. root, i. q. Arab. U,| for
1. to prop, to support, i. q. UJ ais .
2. Metaph. to heal, to cure.
Deriv. nitux and pr. n. .TCX"^.
riT^S fem. i. q. ttix , fre, as in Chald.
Jer. 6, 29 Cheth. n-iEi? firrxia by their
fire the lead (is consumed). Keri nn UJSia
consumed by fire.
m^S? m. constr. nt;N , plur. constr. ''1SX ,
a sacrifice, offering, so called from the
fire (>iJs) which consumes it, as nvqd
from ni'Q, q. d. the sacred fuel lo be burn-
ed before God, with t\ parag. like "''IX ,
''^!!"1'* ; "r!) ^"-P:- Spoken of every kind
of sacrifice and oftering, and once even
of those not burned. Lev. 24. 7. 9. Most
freq. in certain ritual formulas, as n^'X
niiT'b rin"'3 ri"''i a sacrifice of sweet odour
2into Jehovah Lev. 1. 9. 13. 17. 2, 2. 9. 3, 5.
r\'^n''h ncx nrr: n^nb Ex. 29, 41. Lev.
8, 21 ; eliipt. nin-b n'iix a sacrifice to
Jehovah sc. of sweet odour Lev. 2, 16.
Ex. 29, 18. 25. Plur. njn-; -^'i-x sacrifices
of Jehovah, i. e. offered to him. Lev. 2,
3, 10.
niES (for PiTijix, fem. of the form
tJJx), constr. r-ix (fem. of the form tt5''X,
for rtti/'x) which is sometimes also put
for the absol. Deut. 21, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 7.
Ps. 58, 9; c. suff". ''ricx, ?;na:x, in^x,
etc. once ^Fi'iJX Ps. 128, 3 ; Plur. orice
ni^'X Ez. 23, 44, elsewhere always DittJ:
(for C^aDX by aphseresis, from sing.
nuJ3X), constr. 11^3, c. suff. iCJ, T^^UJ,
1. a woman.female, of any age or con-
dition, married or unmarried. Cant. 1, 8
O'lCSa HE*r; O thou fairest among wo-
men! 5, 9. 6, 1. Gen. 31, 35 "h Didj r\^-r\
the way of women is upon me, i. e. I have
what is usual with women, the menses.
2 Sam. 1, 26 thy love to me was. . .pass-
ing tlie lore of women. Job 42. 15. Of
unmarried females Gen. 24, 5. Is. 4, 1.
Spec, a) As the name of the sc.v, and
thus applied to animals, a female, Gen.
7, 2 ; so hat. femina, Frenchfevielle, Or.
yvvrj in Aristotle. See t'^li no. 1. a.
With the artic. collect, women, the fe-
male sex, Ecc. 7, 26. b) a wife, opp.
m
r*rx
to a husband, Gen. 24, 3. 4. 25, 1. 26, 34.
28, 1. 34, 4 sq. T^-<ZH. ndx thy father's
V)ife, i. e. thi/ step-mother, Lev. 18, 8. 11.
Comp. 1 Cor. 5, 1. Frequent in the
phrase HBJxb ib Pij^b to take to oneself a
woinan/<ir a wife, Gen. 4. 19. 6, 2. Spo-
ken also of a concubine, Gen. 30, 4 ; of
one betrothed, Gen. 29, 21. c) As a
term of reproach for a maniwho is weak,
cowardly, effeminate, Is./l9, 16. 3, 12.
Jer. 51, 30. Nah. 3, 13. \Comp. Horn.
'Axniidiq ovx it 'A/mol. Virg. ^n. 9.
C17. d) Joined in apposition with va-
rious nouns, e. g. njiT n;i-i< a harlot Josh.
2, 1 ; ttJab-'S nirx a concubine Judg. 19, 1 ;
f^J^V'"? iT'i'x a widow 1 K. 7, 14; !Ti\s
riK''^: Judg. 4, 4 ; r^^bxYr^ 'x Lev. 24, 10.
e) With genit of an attribute, instead
of an adjective, e. g. b^n rds a capable
woman Ruth 3, 11 ; D-'i^'i's' rajx a con-
tentions woman Pror. 27,'i5; c-^j^rT ruix
a prostitute Hos. 1, 2. f ) Empliat. of a
true woman, such as she should be,
Ecc. 7, 28 ; see D^x no. 2, comp. in bx^b^
FiO. 1, and the saying of Diogenes,' 'I
seek a man.'
2. Followed by ninx or nii^i , one, an-
other ; altera, altera ; see under these
words.
3. every one, Ex. 3, 22. Am. 4, 3.
Note. In Chaldee the word for wo;mn
is Kns, sL emph. Nrnx, xnnjx. plur.
r-:i. Syr. fwl^l", plur. 1^. "Arab.
syj^, yj, plur. 'iy^, ^\y^,
- ' " ' . ^"f ^ *^
U5,J"***^ ' ^^^^ i^'^' woman, plur. c>jf .
Ethiop. h'itl^ anest (not ajiset) which
also is put for plur. women,
^^^^i^ see rriffix .
1^i? m. (r. p_ii) darkness, obscurity,
only Prov. 20. 20 Keri r^'rn -.^ajxa ; in
Cheth. r^rn -isj.xa. The Targ? gives
the like orthography in Chaldee, ri\>{
'imX or 11i5 m. only c. suff. Tirrx
plur. c. suff. -ii-i'^x . R. -,^j< "' '
1. a step, going, Prov. I4' 15. Ps. 40,
3. Metaph. in reference to virtue and
piety, e. g. to follow the steps of Jeho-
vah. Job 23, 11 ; also one's steps are
eaid to slide and fall, Ps. 37, 31. 73. 2.
Comp. nrs . - !
2. i. q. -iVi-xn, a species of cedar,
Arab. Sherbin. Ez. 27, 6 l^-^J rjiJig
D^'l'^x-na thy benches (or decks) ih'e'y
make (f ivory, the daughter of the Sher-
bin-cedars, i. e. ivory inlaid in cedar
wood, bordered with it; comp. Virg
^n. 10.136. Seein-i^nrxn.
" f
1^1i< (r. -il^S) l.i.q.^^^^, a step,
constr. with a fem. Job 31, 7.
2. Rarely nex 1 Chr. 5, 6, with He
local nnm-x Gen. 25, 18, pr. n. Assyria,
Hos. 9, 3. 10, 6. Zech. 10, 10 ; more fully
nVi-x |r-,i< Is. 7^ 18. Also the Assyrians,
constr. c. masc. Is. 19, 23. 23. 13. 30, 31.
31, 8. Ps. 83, 9. Hos. 14, 4. In the cunei-
form inscriptions it is written Asurd ;
see Lassen iiber d. Persepol. Keilschr.
p. 71-79. The name Assyria is va-
riously employed by the Hebrews, e. g.
a) Assyria proper, in the ancient sense,
Gen. 10, 11. 22, seems to have compre-
hended nearly the same countries which
Ptolemy (6. 1) assigns to Assyria proper,
viz. those lying east of the Tigris, be-
tween Armenia, Susiana, and Media,
and espec. Adiabene. b) Usually it
stands for the Assyrian empire, which
comprehended also Babylonia and Me-
sopotamia, Is. 10, 9. 10, comp. Comment,
on Is. 39, 1 ; and extended to the Euphra-
tes, Is. 7, 20, which river therefore is put
as the emblem of the Assyrian empire
Is. 8, 7. So too the name Assyria com-
prehends also Babylonia in Hdot. 1. 102,
106. Strabo 16 init. Arrian Exped. Alex.
7. 7. 6. Once also in the O. Test, the
provinces beyond the Tigris seem to be
left out of view, and the Tigris is thus
said to flow on the east of Assyria, r.-q'-ip^
-^it^i, Gen. 2, 14. c) After the over-
throw of the Assyrian empire, the name
"ilt'x Assyria continued to be sometimes
used of the countries over which that
empire had formerly extended, and of the
new kingdoms which had then taken its
place, e. g. of Babylonia 2 K. 23. 29. Jer.
2, 18 (comp. Is. 8, 8). -Lam. 5. 6 ; also
Judith 1, 5. 2, 1. 5, 1 ; of Persia Ezra 6,
22, where Darius is called -irix rfei2 .
Hitzig attempts to show that -^isx is put
also for Syria. Is. 19, 23. Ps. 83, 9. (Begr.
d. Kritik p. 98. Jes. p. 235.) But his argu-
ments are not convincing.
''nWi? plur. d^>iri-x Asshnrim. pr. n.
of an Arabian tribe Gen. 25, 3 j perh. the
rrir^
same which is called in 2 Sam. 2, 9
">n!iil5x , to be sought in the vicinity of
Gilead.
*1^mD5? (perh. blackness, black, r.inaJ)
pr. n. m. Ashur, 1 Chr. 2, 24. 4, 5.
n|<Oi< f. (r. nciit no. 1) a support, col-
wmn /Plur. c. suff. n'^ni'^lJJX Jer. 50, 15
Keri, Sept. enul^Hg vcvtrjg, Vulg. better
fundamenta ejus. Comp. Arab. &a^'
column. In Cheth. is rj-^n^siTlSx from
aformn^lttSs.
i5'a''tp^. Ashima, the domestic idol of
the city of Hamath, 2 K. 17, 30. The
name is of uncertain etymology ; most
prob. it stands in connection with Pers.
^U^f osumAn heaven, Zend, agmdnd.
n'l'^TCifl see Tri^_i<.
TD'^TDSJ m. (r. SDtOS) afoundation. Arab.
yjjLlf, (jlj jj|j j^Ij U*"^'* Found
only in plur. n'^d'^aJiit foundations, i. e.
ruins of buildings destroyed to the foun-
dations, so that those alone remain.
(Comp. D")Oi^ Is. 58, 12 of ruins.) Is.
16, 7 riD'iri"i''|D ''ii;"'^:;"^ the ruins of Kir-
hareseth, i. e. of the city Kerak. In Jer.
48, 31, where there is an imitation of
this passage in Isaiah, is read "CSX
iU'in-TT? tJie men ofKir-heres ; but there
is no need of supposing an exact corre-
spondence in such passages. Later
writers employed the words of earlier
prophets only so far as they were appli-
cable to their purposes ; and sometimes
added explanations, or even changed
them, e. g. substituting for difficult or
perhaps obsolete words others more easy
and in current use. See Gesch. der
Heb. Spr. p. 37 eq. and Comment, on Is,
I.e.
ntC-^lCS f. 2 Sam. 16, 19. 1 Chr. 16. 3 ;
Plur.' C''ai''ffiS< Hos. 3, 1, and n'ittS-'t'X
Cant. 2. 5. a cake, cakes, Lat. liha, spec,
such as were prepared from dried grapes
or raisins, pressed or compacted into a
certain form, from r. llittJx ; so 'id^uix
d''255 raisin-cakes Hos. 1. c. They are
mentioned as delicacies with wluch the
weary and languid are refreshed. 2 Sam.
1 Chr.Cant.ll.ee. and were also offered to
idoU in sacrifice, Hos. 1. c. They differ-
94 ym
ed from p*iB!!t i. e. grapes dried, but not
compacted into the form of cakes ; and
also from nbS'n i. e. figs pressed into
cakes. The etymology is doubtless to
be sought in the idea of pressing toge-
ther ; (see the root, and comp. 'J? a
cake, from '^^^ to make firm, also n'^ln"^B3
from nss to spread out ;) and not in that
of fire, ^^X , as if cakes prepared with fire.
The same word occurs in Pseudo-Jon.
Ex. 16, 31, where '^l^^tiA^ is for Heb.
nin^BS ; also in the Mishna, Nedarim
6. 10, where D'^lT'^TrN denotes a kind of
food prepared from lentiles, prob. cakes
made from boiled lentiles.
tftDS m. a testicle, Lev. 21, 20. Syr.
^IXJ and Ethiop. 5ifi^^ id. The
form is for n^^CJS from r. n2'>a, (as irrs,
^jJa, from Ll^,) Ethiop. A^P to in-
dicate, to inform, whence A IR index,
informer. So in Lat. testis, testiculus.
bbiJJii plur. niVsTTX and ribsicx as if
from rVs^'s, comp. ")i^"ii< ; masc. Num.
13, 23. '
1. a hunch, cluster, pr. the stem, or
stalk of a cluster, Lat. racemus ; spoken
of berries or flowers hanging in clusters
like grapes, e. g. of dates. Cant. 7, 8 ; of
the flowers of the henna, alhenna, Cant.
1, 14 ; but chiefly of the vine, either fully
with issn 7, 9; a''::? Num. 13, 23. 24;
or absoi. Is. 65, 8. Mic. 7, 1. Once Gen.
40, 10 Vacs is distinguished from "35,
and denotes the stem, racemus. strictly
so called, e. g. c-njs n^r'^^rs ^b-'ran ,
i. e. and its stems (the cluster-stems of
the vine) ripened the grapes, the berries,
i. e. shot forth ripe grapes. Correspfind-
ing is Arab. JIXjI- JIXa^, palm-
branch, Ethiop. Ail'OA.agrape.avine,
whence the verb AYlA to bear grapes ;
Syr. and Chald. l^a^. K^i^O , a grape,
cluster. Among all this variety of or-
thography, the etymology is doubtful.
Perhaps Vs^-S may be (or Vs':;i^, from
briU, JjCi, to bind, to braid, to plait,
q. d. a braid, of grapes ; comp. 355.
2. Eshcol pr. n. a) Of a valley
abounding in vines, in the southern part
of Palestine, Num. 13, 23. 21. 32, 9.
^-^
^m 95
Deut. 1, 24. See Bibl. Rea. in PalcBt.
1. p. 316. b) Of a man, Gen. 14, 13.24.
T;3T^X Ashkenaz, pr. n. of a people
and region in northern Asia, sprung
from the Cimmerians (""DS) Gen. 10, 3,
and situated in tiie vicinity of Armenia
Jer. 51, 27 ; unless perhaps it was a pro-
vince of that country itself A similar
form is tJOtCX . The modern Jews un-
derstand by it Germany, and even call
this country by the Heb. name ; a rare
specimen of ignorance in geographical
matters.
"13^ m. for "12^, Aleph prosthet. a
gift, present, Ez. 27," 15. Ps 72, 10. R.
13d II, i. q. i;i3, to hire, to reward.
obsol. root, Arab.
and
Jol i. q. Jwol to strike deep root, to be
deeply rooted, aJof a root, stock, origin.
Hence
bT5 (Kimchi b5<) i. q. Arab. JJf ,
a tamarisk, myrica, Tamarix orientalis
Linn. 1 Sam. 22, 6 brsn rnn umler the
tamarisk-tree. 31, 13, the parall. passage
to which in 1 Ciir. 10, 12 ha.s t^bxn nnn
under a terebinth or tree generally.
Then perh. any large tree, (like nbx ,
'ibx ,) and collect, trees, a wood, grove,
Gen. 21, 33. An accurate description of
the tree Jlj! is given by J E. Faber, in
Fab. and Reiskii Opusc. med. ex mo-
numm. Arabum. p. 137 ; see also R. K.
Porter's Ti^ivels II. p. 311.
* Q"^^ Lev. 5, 19. Num. 5, 7, also
tSoii^ Lev. 4, 13. 5, 2. 3. 4. 17 ; fut. D^S<:| .
1. to fail in duty, to transgress, to
be guilty, Engl. Vers, to trespass. Arab.
aJI id. *jt catisat. reum judicavit, ..Lj!
and j,UM fault, guilt, a mulct, comp.
Ethiop. fh\iJ<p fault, guilt, A/hlU<P
malefecit. The primary idea seems to
be that of negligence espec. in one's gait,
whence ^] a camel of slow gait, falter-
ing, weary. Comp. xiin, nsttJ. Lev.
4, 13. 22. 27. 5, 2. 3. 4.' 17. Jer. 50, 7.
The person towards whom one fails in
duty is put with )> Num. 5, 7. Lev. 5, 19 ;
that in which one is guilty, with b Lev.
5, 5, with a Hos. 13, 1. Ez. 22^ 4.
Others, in several passages, render Btilf
to acknowledge oneself guilty, as IIos. 5,
15. Zech. 11, 5. Lev. 4, 22. But there
seems no good reason to depart from the
common acceptation of O'ix , since we
need only render in Hos. 1. c. until
they sjiffer punishment, as in no. 2 ; in
Zech. 1. c. and are not punished; in
Lev. 1. c. when a rvler hath sinned
through ignorance . . . then he is guilty,
ha.s contracted guilt; here BOX is i. q.
1515 J<t33 in c. 5. 1. 17.
2. to bear one's guilt, i. e. its conse-
quences, to suffer punishvtent, to he pun-
ished, Ps. 34, 22. 23. Is. 24, 6. Jer. 2, 3.
3. i. q. DTT^ and cis'r , to be laid waste,
destroyed, spoken of altars Ez. 6, G.
Comp. Syr. ^fiVi* a] a desert.
NiPH. to be punished ; hence to be de-
stroyed, to perish, e. g. flocks, Joel 1, 18,
Hi ph. to punish, and hence to destroy,
Ps. 5, 11.
Deriv. the three following.
DT^fiJ m. c. suff, ia'rx, plur. c. suff.
T'OOiX.
1. fault, blame, guilt, which one con-
tracts, Gen. 26, 10. Jer. 51, 5. Hence
2. Meton. trespass, i. e. the thing
through which guilt is contracted,
Num. 5, 7. 8.
3. a sacrifice for fault or guilt, Engl.
Vers, a trespass-offering, 1 Sam. 6, 3 sq.
2 K. 12, 17. Is. 53, 10. Ez. 40, 39. In the
Mosaic law these sacrifices for fault or
trespass-offerings (cr'-ax) are carefully
distinguished from sacrifices for sin or
sin-offerings (rlxan). Not only were
the rites and ceremonies of each differ-
ent ; (see Lev. 5, 1-26, or 1-19 and 6, 1-
7 ; 7, 1-7, comp. 4, 1-35. 6, 17-23 or 24-
30 ;) but the different victims pertaining
to each were sometimes conjoined in one
and the same offering, (as Lev. 14, 10 sq.
Num. 6, 12 sq. comp. Lev. 5, 7-10,) and
the particular faults or sjns are carefully
enumerated by the lawgiver, which were
to be expiated by this or that rite ; see
Lev. c. 5. 14, 12. 24. 19, 20-22. Num. 6,
11. 12. Still, the precise point of distinc-
tion between the two kinds of faults or
sins, has hitherto been sought in vain
See Jos. Ant. 3. 9. 3. Philo de Victimis
2. p. 247. ed. Mang. Rosenm. ad Lev. 5,
6. Carpzov. Antiquit. S. cod. p. 707 sq.
Q'ij^
^
"rx
D'OiJ m. adj. verbal 1. in fault, guilty.
Gen. 42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 13.
2. bringing a trespass-offering, Ezra
10, 19.
niarS? f 1. Inf. of the verb CCN (like
inShX. nx'i'i ), a being in fault, trespass-
ing ; Lev. 5, 26 [6, 7] niuy;^ ndx Vso
Pt3 nrcxb o/" all that he hath done in
trespassing therein, i. e. every thing in
vs^hich he is in fault. Lev. 4, 3 r^rxb
CsTi i. e. so that the people incur
guilt.
2. a fault, blame, guilt, Engl. Vers.
trespass, 1 Chr. 21, 3. 2 Chr. 24, 18. 28,
13. Am. 8, 14 "il-i^aiili nruix the guilt of
Samaria, i. e. its idols. Plur. nirrx
2 Chr. 28, 10. Ps. 69, 6.
3. the bringing of a trespass-offering,
see in CT^'x no. 3. Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5] Q'i-'a
"in^iTrN in the day when he bringelh his
trespass-offering. Comp. Dt'X no. 2.
ni^'aiTfi? see n-n:irx .
D'^i'STCX m. plur. i. q. 0"^?^^, Aleph
prosthet. pr. fatness ; hence fat felds,
fertile fields (comp. Gen. 27, 28) ; Is. 59J
10 n-^PES D-'jrdxa in fertile fields we
are as the dead. The Rabbins and Je-
rome render it darkness, comp. Lam. 3.
6; but see Comment, on Is. 1. c.
nntnr< , nn^^irx , f (r. na;a ,) con-
str, n-^r':;!:* (once absol. Judg. 7, 19),
Plur. Piii^ttix , a watch, (pvlax-q, a part
of the night, so called from the military
watches. Among the ancient Hebrews
there were only three night-watches ;
the first or rinrCN Ci<n Lam. 2, 19 ;
the middle Judg. 7, 19; and the third
-iirar; r.-^zt^ Ex. 14, 24. 1 Sam. 11, 11.
Later and in the times of the N. T. there
were four, after the Roman manner.
j'^ obsol. root, perh. I. to be hard,
firm, strong ; Chald. (ittJi* , 'prx , hard,
'.f
Btrong ; comp. 'fCS , Arab, i^wuf , hard,
strong, robust.
II. to be dark, obscure, see )>\i^H .
S^jffiiJ m. a lattice, i. e. a latticed
window, through which the cool breeze
passes, Judg. 5, 28, Prov. 7, 6. R. 331^
q.v.
t15t5fc< (the Btrong, fortified) Ashnah,
pr. n. of two cities in the tribe of Juduh,
Josh. 15, 33. 43.
1^^^ (prop, support) Eshean, pr. n.
of a city in Judah. Josh. 15, 52. R. '^vtii .
^|_^? obsolete root, Syr. ^2,.) to
use incantation, enchantment. Simonis
places the primary power in the notion
of covering, hiding ; whence Syr. to use
incantation, pr. to practise hidden arts,
comp. uxb and K^b ; also neuix a quiver,
so called a recondendo. Kindred with
the signif of incantation is C;ai3,
Deriv. the two following.
v]ffiN Heb. and Chald. an enchanter,
magician, Dan. 2, 10. Plur. Heb. C'BT^X
Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2 ; Chald. T^'<^.^ , emphat.
N^EttJX (fi-om a Sing. t:tt;N)"ban. 2, 27.
4, 4. 5, 7. 11. 15. Syr. isaJ] enchanter.
TiBT^K f c. suff. ipQttJX , a gtn'rer, perh.
so called as covering and concealing
the arrows, see r. C^lBX. Is. 22, 6. 49, 2.
Jer. 5, 16. Ps. 127, 5. 'job 39, 23. Lam.
3. 13 "iPEtdX "^sa the sons of his quiver,
his arrows.
'J':^^^ Ashpenaz, pr. n. of a chief
eunuch in the court of Nebuchadnezzar,
Dan. 1, 3. Roediger well compares Pers.
(^.XM/t, Sanscr. agvas, horse, and n/isA
nose ; pr. ' nose of the horse.' A simi-
lar form is TJSttJX.
"IBTCN an obscure word, found only
twice,' 2 Sam. 6, 19. 1 Chr. 16, 3; where
Vulg. assatura bubulcB camis, deriving
it absurdly enough from ttJX fire and "1D
bullock. Engl. Vers, a good piece of
flesh. But there can be little doubt
that it was a certain measure of wine
or drink, a measure, cup, for "iEtl5 with
Aleph. prosthet. from r. *iE\y no. 3, i. q.
Ethiop. il^L, to measure, whence
^flZ.C a measure, cyathus, see Lu-
dolph Lex. ^Ethiop. p. 187 ; comp. kindr.
"iBO to number. An approach to the
truth was made by L. de Dieu, who,
following the same etymology, under-
stands a portion of the sacrifice measured
out.
nCCSt m. a dunghill, fimetum, for .
PBtlS (Neh. 3, 13) with Aleph. prosthet.
from r. Pttti to put, to place, peril, also to
heap up, comp. H'^iO. So PBttixn 1?tti
Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12, 31, contr. Ktibn -iStO
3, 13, the dunghill-gatc, dung-gate, in
ps^
Jerusalem, see in "i?^. Trop. put as
tlie emblem of deep iiiuJ.squiilid pwerty;
1 Sam. 2. 8 he raiscth up the poor out
of the dust, Ti'^nst W'"!'^ ris'^x^ he Ufteth
up the needy from the dunghill. Ps. 1 13, 7.
Corap. Arab, ju dung, mire, put for the
deepest poverty. Plur. ninD'^BX, from
a lost Sing, nnssax or ris'iix . Lam. 4, 5
they embrace dinigltilh. i. e. lie in the
duvst, wallow in filth. Comp. the simi-
lar phrases ' to embrace the rock' Job
24, 8 ; ' to lick the dust,' etc.
Note. The signify dunghill, which
J. D. Michaelis needlessly calls in ques-
tion, Suppl. p. 137, is expressed by all the
ancient version-s with once voice ; and the
same is found also in the Mishna, where
occurs the Sing. i"iB"JX dunghill, Chetu-
both 7. 5. Baba Mezia 5. 7 ; and Plur.
nTB'JX of dunghills in the fields, She-
biith 3. 1-3. According to this first form,
we might suppose the word to be de-
rived from the root TiOX, but whence
then would come the Plur. ninaiUX ?
Most prob. however this Sing, belongs
to a later age and arose from an error of
etymology by which the earlier nB'ix ,
was regarded as a Plur. Comp. n?2X ,
plur. nin:aN, and thence Chald. Sing.
T : -
"Jl^lpiCX (perh. migration, from r. Vp!^
Aram, to migrate, comp. rtU^s) pr. n.
Ashkehn, Askelon, a maritime city of the
Philistines, Judg. 1, 18. 14, 19. 1 Sam. 6,
17. 2 Sam. 1, 20. Arab. ^j^LiLu*^ 'As-
keldn. which name is still retained by
the village which stands among the
ruins of the ancient city. The gentile
n. is 'Siispax Josh. 13, 3.
* *"^-J or "'"?^, see the pr. n. isajj.
1. Pr. to be straight, right, i. q. "id^ no.
2. espec. of a way, and then also of what is
upright, erect ; whence comes the signif.
to be firm, strong, in the Talmud.
2. to go straight forward, and genr. to
go on, to advance, Pro v. 9, 6.
3. to go well, to prosper, to be happy;
comp. the kindr. verbs i^ no. 1, "iai3,
Pi EL 'Tisst to cause to go straight, to
gmde right, Prov. 23, 19. Is. 1, 17 nisx
y ion lead right the oppressor^ i. e. guide
9
97' ^m ..
him into the right path. Or it may
here be taken as the Act. of Pual no. 2;
and then we may render with the an-
cient versions: ^mita&t uSixovfttvov,
Vulg. subcenite oppresso, Eng. Vers.
relieve tfie oppressed. [More exactly:
right the oppressed. R.] Part. "itBXia
genr. leader, guide, Is. 3, 12. 9, 15.
2. Intrans. to go on, to advance, i. q.
Kal. no. 2. Prov. 4, 14.
3. to pronounce happy, to call blessed.
Gen. 30, 13. Ps. 72, 17. Prov. 31, 28. Cant'.
6, 9. Job 29, 11.
Pual iisx and "ittJix 1. to be led,
guided. Is. 9, 15.
2. to be made happy, to be blessed, Ps.
41, 3. Prov. 3, 18.
Deriv. "iscx, rrnttJx, ^aix, iidx, isiaJ^,
-.iiTi'x , -iviixn , X3-ni;x .
ItDS (happy, blessed, comp. Gen. 30,
13) Aslier, pr. n. a) A son of Jacob
by Zilpah, Gen. 30, 13. 35, 26 ; the foun-
der of the tribe of like name Num. 1, 40.
41, the territory of which lay in the north-
ern part of Palestine and is described
Josh. 19, 24-31. The gentile n. is ''n^rx
Asherite Judg. 1, 32. b) A city east-
ward from Shechem, Josh. 17, 7.
""^^ A) Pron. relat. of all genders
and numbers, like Engl, who, which ;
also that, what. In the later Hebrew
and Rabbinic is found the abbreviated!
form . !l) , which was elsewhere used;
only among the Phenicians ; in the other-
kindred dialects the relative has forms-
derived from the demonstrative nj, as
Chald. ^-n , -n, Syr. ?, Samar. T, Arab..
(^ jJt i- q- "^J^r! , Ethiop. H who, comp..
n he, this ; see Thesaur. p. 165. The
various uses of the relative belong strict-'
ly to Syntax ; and we give here only
the following :
1. Before the relative, the pron. for he,
she, it, or their plurals, is often omitted,
e. g. Num. 22, 6 ixn -HIJXI and he whom
thoti ciirsest. Ruth 2, 2. Ex. 4, 12. Josh.
2, 10. The same pron. is also to be sup-
plied wherever prepositions are prefixed
to the relative ; e. g. iwJxb to him who
Gen. 43, 16, to them who 47, 24 : I'^.X-nx
him who, that which; "'tt^X'D from or of
those which Is. 47, 13. Sometimes the
pron. implied refers to place, eus ItBX'Vst
Tii^
98
"VSiK
to that place which Ex. 32, 34 ; "li^N? in
that place which, i. e. where, Ruth 1, 17.
Lehrg. 198.
2. Often ^CX is merely a sign of rela-
tion, which serves to give to substantives,
adverbs, and pronouns, a relative sense ;
as "lei^TX "iTTX^ which dust Gen. 13, 16 ;
n-!'^.Tri<'-ici< which f eld 49, 30;_cd-naJx
where, from cb there ; C'i"^ "liDX whence,
from C'i'^a thence; i^ ^ffix to whom, from
lb to him; ia -I'i^x in wfwmj siSS^ "iist
front whom ; iDttib TuJn whose tongue Deut.
28, 49, etc. Indeed this is the usual mode
in which the Hebrews express the ob-
lique cases of the relative, Lehrg. p. 743 ;
with a very few exceptions not as yet
noted by any one, that I am aware of
viz. -H^.xa Is! 47, 12. for cna n6x (Targl
','1.-13'^, Syr. .octjS-j); and 'iQJX dS
Gen. 31, 32, for iss ntlix with whom.
3. "b ^OX serves to circumscribe the
genitive, like the Talmudic bi^, espec.
where several genitives depend on one
governing noun, and in the later Hebrew;
e. g. 1 Sam. 21, 8 b^x'i'p -lilix aishn T^ax
the chief of SauPs lierdsnien. Cant. 1, 1
nfVib -lUix c-^n-'t'n n-ia the Song of
songs of Solomon, i. e. Solomon's Song
of songs. See Lehrg. p. 672, 673.
4. In the later Hebrew itUX is some-
times redundant, like the Aram. '^'=T , "i ;
e. g. Esth. 1, 12 i:;3 ntus r^;^ -ir^t
D'^Qilsn ; see v. 13, where "ilix is omit-
ted; comp. 2 Sam. 7, 14. 9, 8. See in
art. 'n.
B) It passes over also into a relat.
Conjunction, like Heb. '^'3, Aram, '^'n, j
Ethiop. H, Gr. on, Lat. qtiod, Germ.
dass, Engl. that. Its various uses, in
which it has a great resemblance to ""S,
may be reduced to the following :
1. that, quod, after verbs of seeing,
hearing, knowing, Ex. 11, 7; of finding
Ecc. 7, 29; of speaking Esth. 3, 4; con-
fessing Lev. 5, 5 ; swearing 1 K. 22, 16,
etc. Also after nouns of like power, Is.
38, 7. Ecc. 5, 4. The manner in which
the neut. of the relative passes over into
this power, is exemplified in the follow-
ing passages : Josh. 2, 10 -"ittSx rs !i:s^u5
Cl1D-a^ ^B-n^t nin"^^ t'^Z^n we have heard
that which (how) Jehovah dried up tlie
voters of the Red eea. 1 Sam. 24, 11. 19.
2 Sam. 11, 20. 2 K. 8, 12. Deut. 29, 15,
Is. 38, 7 this shall be to thee a sign, that,
etc. Comp. no. 9.
2. that, in order that, ut. denoting end,
purpose, aim, before the Fut. Deut. 4, 40
and ye shall diligently keep his statutes
which f command you this day, ~'4^^_ I'i'X
rpnrix T',"':nb!i r,b that it may be well with
thee and with thy children. 6, 3. Ruth 3,
1. Gen. 11, 7. 2 K. 9, 37. Ps. 14^1, 12.
Also alter a verb of asking. Dan. 1, 18.
More lully "iirs )S'q'b in order that, see
in -(STg ; once "i^.*^""^ Ez. 36, 27. Neg.
Nb ittJs iJiat not, lest, Ecc. 7, 21. Esth.
1, 19. '2. 10.
3. Causal, becajise that, because, be-
fore a Prajt. Gen. 30, 18. 31, 49. 34, 27.
Josh. 4, 7. 22, 31. 1 K. 15, 5. Ecc. 4, 9.
8, 11. Rarely before a Fut. referring
to something still uncertain, 1 K. 8. 33 ;
comp. 2 Chr. 6, 24, Avhere in the same
connection is "^3 . More luIIy "iCX rnn ,
"I? "i?^) see no. 9. Like '^'3 it is also
put at the beginning of an answer as-
signing a reason where one lias been
demanded ; 1 Sam. 15, 19 wherefrre then
didst thou not obey tlie voice of the Lord,
bid didst fly upon the spoil . . . ? 20 And
Said said unto Samuel, because that
(-icx) / have obeyed the voice of the
Lord, . . , and have brought Agag . . .
and have xitterly destroyed the Amalek-
ites, i. e. because, in doing as I have
done, I have obeyed (I think) the di-
vine command. Vulg. 'imo audivi vo-
cem domini.' Sometimes it may be
more conveniently rendered for, Deut.
3, 24; so Sept. Sjt. Vulg. Here loo
belongs rrab lajx Dan. 1, 30 (comp.
H'S^ir Ciint. 1, 7). pr. /or wherefore? for
why ? and hence i. q. ne, lest, Syr. )^^<
See under na D. 3. b.
T
4. Conditional, if that, if, Lev. 4, 22;,
comp. ex in vv. 3.27. Deut. 11,27, comp,
cx V. 28. Deut. 18, 22. 1 K. 8, 31 (comp.
2 Chr. 6, 22). 2 Chr. 6, 29. Before a
Fut. Gen. 30, 38. Is. 31, 4. Josh. 4, 21.
Rarely it is concessive, if that, i. q. al-
though, Ecc. 8, 12.
5. Of time, wJien. ot, pr. 'ihe time
that ;' before the Pnet. Deut. 11, 6 wJien
the earth opened her mouth. 1 K. 8, 9.
Ps. 139, ] 5. 2 Chr. 35, 20 ^njCJ^-^ j-'arr ifflK
n^an'DK when Josiah had repaired the
^"j:
99
^zi^
temple. Comp. Syr. ? Mark 11, 3. Matt.
26, 54. 28, 1.
6. Of place, wltere, ov, pr. ' the place
that,' for OO ncj*. Num. 20, 13. Ps. 95,
9. Is. 64, 10. ^Iso'for nod idx whither,
vhithersoever, Num. 13,27. Ps. 84, 4. Is.
65, 11. Comp. Syr. ? Heb. 3, 9 for ov.
7. i. q. "i^X?, as, like a^, in protasis
Ex. 14, 13, Sept. ov tq6tiov. 1 K. 8, 24.
Followed by *,? Jer. 33, 22. Also in
tchat way, how; Job 37, 17 knowest thou
can 'fj^lja isx how thy garments he-
come warm 7
8. As a sign of the apodosis, pr. ' then
18 it that,' etc. i. q. tlien, like "^3 no. 5,
where see. With -X preceding, Is. 8, 20
*ir:3 ib |''>5 irx nvn n3"n3 !;-i^x"> stb ojt
if they speak not thus, then shall there he
to them no dawn. Like "'S and ^ (Lehrg.
p. 723) it is put where a nominative ab-
solute precedes ; 2 Sam. 2, 4 tlie men of
Jahesh-Gilcad b^s-r-nx f<-a2 n^x tlten
they buried Saul. Also with other cases
absolute, espec. those marking time and
place; Zech. 8, 23 Trx nann n-^a*?
Ip^TH^ ;n those days, then sliall ten men
take hold, etc. Deut. 1, 31 I'ix lanas
l^'^XT in the desert, there thou hast seen ;
corap. 2 Sam. 14, 15 "'nxs "nus nns'i and
now, so am I come. Chald. 'n '(53 .
This usage of the particle "illJX is denied
by Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 650 ; but in so
doing he seems to have overlooked the
fact, that the Heb. and Aram, particles
3, f, ''^, all have the like origin and
signification.
9. Prepositions to which "^CX is sub-
joined are converted into conjunctions;
comp. '3. E. g. nrx inx after that ;
"irx 13 until that, even to; "i':ixx3 l;b
a-ride from that, except, Esth. 4. 11 ;
Ifflx -ir^b in order that; "^CX nnrn,
n-rjt 11373, 1CX bs, lajx i:;n ^y, -,51
hrx, lexTS, irx 'sr, iqx "'Jss'o, 2;rs
lOJt . on account of that, hecause ; comp.
Lehrg. p. 636. Once irx is put first,
*,3 b3 I'jix Job 34,27, i.'q. icJs$, -,3 by
and '2 by "^3 on this account that, because.
C) With prefixes.
1. liTXa a) Pr. in what place, where,
wheresoever. Ruth 1. 17. Judg. 5. 27. 17,
9; followed by cd thfre. Job 39. 30.
More fully C'r-iix2 Gen. 21. 17, and
c;a I'rx oip-aa 2 Sam 15, 21 The
same sense may be retained in 1 Sam.
23, 13. 2 K. 8, 1, where it is commonly
rendered whitfier, whithersoever, as if for
nad ittist . b) in that, hecause, i. q. Syr.
yi , Gen. 39, 9. 23. Ecc. 8, 4. c) b lOKa
on account of, hecause of, propter, where
it takes the nature of a preposition,
Jon. 1, 8. Contracted b;;5a ib. 1, 7. 12.
Both forms correspond to Syr. '^^.o
propter.
2. i':3x3 see after 3 .
3. i^XB pr. from that, i. e. since, be-
cause. Is. 43, 4.
1T?X m. (r. ioh) happiness, blessed-
ness, Ibund only in plur. constr. "^ittJX,
where it takes the nature and force of
an interjection ; as tti-^xn 'idx lit. O the
happiness of the man, i. e. Happy the
man ! Ps. 1, 1. 2, 12. 32, 1.2. 33, 12. So by
an ellipsis of the relative, Ps. 65, 5 "'ITSX
irian happy he whom thou choosest.
With sutT. ^'?>"2< happy art thou!
Deut. 33, 29 ; Tf I'ljx for Ti'^ii'X Ecc. 10,
17, 1''11CX Prov. 14, 21, and WiCX for
^n-iicx Prov. 29, 18, C3->iiaj< Is. 32, 20.
For the shorter plural form of Segholate
nouns, e. g. ^^'}p^it for ^"7.^x, see in
Lehrg. p. 575, 576. In the present word
this shorter form pertains to its use in
exclamation. Comp. the Gr. and Lat.
exclamatory phrases, iQitr^axvi^ioq, rgia-
6X^10?, TQi(Tfv8uifion', terque qucUerque
bealus ; Germ, vvel Glilck !
IT^S id. c. euflf. et pref "^l^xa pr. with
my happiness, i. q. happy ant /. Gen.
30, 13.
"'j''??"^^^ Milel (upright towards God)
Asharclah, pr. n. of a Levite and singer,
1 Chr. 25, 2 ; in v. 14 written nbxiHJ': .
^\}t^, f rarely rn^rs^ Mic. 5, 13.
Deut. 7, 5 ; Plur. n-'ids and n'-t-rx.
1. Asherah, a goddess of the Heb.
idolaters, to whom they made statues,
images. (rsbsTa .) 1 K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15,
16 ; and whom they often worshipped
together with Baal, as at other times
Baal and Astarte (Judg. 2, 13. 10, 6.
1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10). 1 K. 18. 19 prophets
of Baal . .. prophets of A.'iherah. 2 K.23,
4 of Baal, of Asherah. and of all the liost
of hearen. Judg. 3, 7 and served "HiJ
niirxn-rxi cb^an Baals and Ashe'
rah.s, comp. 2 K.'lV, 16. 21, 3. 2 Chr. 33
^i2Ji<
100
rSBK
3. Judg. 6, 25. Once, where in the same
context mention is made of fr^ttJx 2 K.
23, 6. 14. 15, and also of n? v. 13,
the latter seems to pertain to the idola-
trous worship of the Sidonians, and the
former to that of the Hebrews.
2. a statue, image, of Asherah, made
of wood, a wooden pillar, of great size,
Judg. 6. 25-27 ; which on account of
its height was fixed or planted in the
ground, Deut. 16, 21. An Asherah or
: statue of this sort stood near the altar of
. Baal at Samaria from the time of Ahab,
1 K. 16, 32. 33. 2 K. 10. 26. 17, 16 ; on
the high place of Bethel, 2 K. 23, 15 ; at
' Ophra, Judg. 6, 25 ; and even in the
temple at Jerusalem from Manasseh
until Josiah, 2 K. 21, 3. 7. 23. 6. Plur.
C'lttSN , Asherahs, pillars, columns, often
coupled with the cippi or stone pillars
(nias^) consecrated to Baal, 1 K. 14,
23. 2 K. 17, 10. 23, 14. 2 Chr. 14, 2.
Mic. 5, 12. 13. Ex. 34, 13. Deut. 7, 5. 12,
3; with Qibra Judg. 3, 7; with D"^3Bn
Is. 17, 8. 27, 9.' 2 Chr. 34, 4. 7 ; and with
other species of idols, Deut. 7, 5. 12. 3.
2 Chr. 31, 1. 33, 9. That these pillars
were of wood appears especially from
the fact, that whenever they are de-
stroyed they are always said to be cut
down and burned, Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25.
2 K. 23, 6. 15. etc.
Note. Of the ancient versions some
render this word Astarte, others a wood-
en pillar, others a tree. Sept. very fre-
quently uXaog, Vulg. lucus, (Engl, a
grove,) by which they seem to have
understood a sacred tree ; but see 2 K.
17, 10. In the Mishna too it is explained
by "I3?5 'ib'^K ' a tree that is worshipped.'
The primary signification of the word
may pertain either to the goddess, her
nature and qualities ; or to the statue or
figure of the goddess. The latter has
recently been maintained by Movers in
a learned dissertation on this word (Phoe-
nizier I. p. 560 sq. Bonn 1840) ; accord-
ing to whom nncJx is pr. right, upright,
then a pillar, and at last a female divi-
nity of the Canaanites worshipped under
the figure of an upright pillar, often as
the partner {av(i^wfioc) of Baal in his
altars, but difierent from Astarte ; comp.
the epithet of Diana, '0(}dut, 'O{idoiaia.
The former idea was adopted by mc,
(Thesaur. s. h. v. et in Append.) referring
nnffiN to the nature and qualities of the
goddess herself; though I admit, that
the proper and primary signification of
the word was afterwards neglected and
obliterated, as is not uncommon. Ac-
cording to this view fT^^i>i is pr. For-
tune, happiness, (comp. "tjs no. 3, "ittJX
Gen. 30, 13, espec. ''jr^;) ^^^d hence
became an attribute of Astarte. or Venus
as Fortuna datrix, which was made
great account of among the Hebrew
idolaters ; see the arts. *I3 , "'Jt: . To
this we may add, that the Romans too
regarded Venus as the giver of good
fortune and a happy lot ; comp. the
expressions : Venerem jacere Suet, ve-
nereum jactus Cic. et al. And I am still
induced to regard this view with favour,
by the analogy of other similar names
derived obviously fi-om the nature and
qualities of heathen gods, and very
rarely if ever from the form of their sta-
tues or images ; e. g. B'^^^s , ni"ip,!lJ5 ,
Q'^SBn. It is however quite possible
that, the proper signification of iT^^UX ,
C^TwX, being afterwards neglected,
these words might come to be used of
rude pillars and Avooden statues ; just as
the Gr. 'j^Qfiiji; was used of any human
statue which terminated below the
breast in a square column, although it
might represent any thing or every thing
but Mercury.
NI^ll^X Chald. a wall, so called as
being upright, see r. "itrx no. 1. Ezra
5, 3. For the form, see in njca .
"iTlTN obsol. root, pr. to cram or
press together, to make compact, either
by treading, stamping, or in any other
^ OS*
way ; comp. Arab, viot to tread, to
stamp, to subdue. Kindr. isyss to press,
to urge ; also yis and the roots there
adduced. Hence no'^ttJs a pressed cake
of dried grapes ; ^''CS a foundation, so.
as made firm by stamping ; also Arab.
^w*f Conj. II, to found, to make firm;
comp. HlTN to prop.
Note. Hitlip. liii'iKnn see under r.
ti-'X p. 45.
t^T?^ see htt'x.
trsin,
rtl
ff
bitntDS (peril, recessus, as if Inf. from
Syr. Vl^^f to recede, to withdraw, 1
Tim. 5, 11) Eshlaol, pr. n. of a city
belonging to the tribe of Dan, situated
in the plain of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 33. 19, 41. Judg. 13, 25. 16, 31. Eu-
Bcbius places it fifteen Roman miles
north of Eleutheropolis on tlie way to Ni-
copolis. Gentile n. "'^xnrx 1 Chr. 2, 53.
ni'^nipX Chald. rebellion Ezra 4, 15.
]9 ; verbal of Conj. Ithpa. from r. nniij
to strive, q. v.
jimDit (womanish, uxorious, from
Mfix) pn n. m. Eahtun, 1 Chr. 14, 11. 12.
nbnizJs Josh. 15, 50, and yi^aPT^Jx
(obedience, as if Inf of Arab. Conj. VIII,
from r. ^"0^) Eshtemoh, Eshtemva, pr. n.
of a Levitical city in the mountains of
Judah, Josh. 21, 14. 1 Sam. 30, 28. 1 Chr.
4, 17. 19. 6, 42. Still called Semii'a, a
large village south of Hebron ; Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 194, 627.
nS Chald. comm. gend. i. q. Heb. nix ,
a sign, portent, synonym. Pi^n . Dan. 3,
32,33.6,28. R. nvx.
Pi? i. q. nnx thoit^ q. v.
riS? , with distinctive accent nijt , pers.
pron. 2 pers. fem. thou, often. The form
is apocopated from the fuller Tix , where
see. Sometimes joined with a masc.
Ez. 28, 14. Deut. 5, 24.
* I. ril<^ with Makk. TSt, c. suff.
"'nk, T;rx, in Pause "nrix, iPX, nnx,
sirnbt . (all which are just as often writ-
ten fully.) DSnX , rarely DDnix Josh. 23,
15, tr^, "inx," njrx Ex. 35, 26, more
rarely'cnnx Gen.'32, 1, Dnnix Ez. 23, 45,
jnnix V. 47.
1. Pron. demonstr. avxog, ipse, self, this
same. This primary demonstr. power
appears less in the early Hebrew ; but
would seem to have been preserved in
the language of common life, and~after-
wards to have emerged and become
current in the later books, as also in
Rabbinic and Syriac. Josh. 22. 17 is it
too little for its "i?9 VS'i^X this same ini-
quity of Peor? Hagg. 2, 17 'V^ ttis'i* TX
yet ye yourselves turned not to me. Dan.
9, 13 OS is vrritten in the law of Moses
sa-'bs nsa rx?n nsnpj-Vs nx all this
same evil is come upon us, e. g. as an-
9*
nounccd in Lev. c. 26 and Dcut. c. 2S.
Jer. 38, 10 ttJttn-rx fljb n=r5 -nix rx '^ -^n
i. e. the same who gave us this life. 2
K. 6, 5 as one was felling a beam,, the
IRON (M"'?'^"^'?) f'^ll' i^o the water,
where the word iron is at least to be
pronounced with a certain emphasis.
Neh. 9, 19. 1 Sam. 17, 34 s^n-pxi ''n.xn sta
there came the lion and namely the bear;
or perh. with the bear him.self comp. uvrfj
ai'v (fOQfiiyyi Horn. II. 9. 194. Others,
and with the bear. Here belong also in
the O. T. the following : a) The refexive
use of rx. as irx euvtov, crj< iuvTovs.
Ez. 34, 2 wo to the sliepherds rr^ -ncx
nns cj'n who do feed themselves, i. q.
C'I'e?. v. 8. 10. Jer. 7, 19. Num. 6, 13.
b) In Ezekiel it is read four times with-
out a noun following, being put for avto,
this, it, itself ; while every where else,
in a relaxed sense (see no. 2), it requires
a noun or suffix ; so Ez. 43. 7 cipa rx
"^ST riES c-ipia rsi ""xca thi-i (i'ro) is
the place of my throne and this the place
of the soles of my feet. Ez. 47, 17. 18.
19 ; comp. v. 20, where rx; is read in
the same context.* Comp. the Rabbi-
nic Ibrmula. CT'n inxa avt7j rfj ri{ii(jn on
the same day, that very day ; nmso
nycn in the same hour, that very hour ;
also Syr. oiiL^ ^^, comp. acp kavrov, a
se ipso.
Note. Some have questioned the
above use of this particle, choosing ra-
ther to refer the passages cited, and
others like them, to its use with an ac-
cusative ; but with little success. See
Maurer's Comm. II. p. 608. The origin
of the word, which is treated of below, is
not contrary to the above view; but
rather favours it.
2. By degrees rs lost much of its pri-
mitive force ; so that as set before nouns
and pronouns already definite, it came
to add little of demonstrative power ;
e. g. is^n rN , like Engl, the thing itself,
the same thing, often put redundantly
for simpl. this thing, the thing. As to
* Some have suspected the reading in v. 17.
18. 19 ; and have proposed to substitute PKT,
as in V. 20. But the similar passage in c. 43, 7,
where nsh could not well be substituted, sap-
ports the common reading. Maurer suppHes :
lo 1 the place, etc. Sept. iojoaza; xov ro/zov
X. X. i..
ri
102
r
case, it is put : a) Rarely before the
nomiimiive, e. g. 2 Sam. 11, 25 sni^-bx
f^?0 ">='=|r!"!"N. ~)^;"'?a let not this thing
displease thee, i Sam. 20, 13. Neh. 9,
32. Not to mention, further, the exam-
ples where rx is coupled with a passive
verb, as Gen. 4, 18 "in-^y-rN T\''-^)> l^J'!']
and tliere was born unto JEnoch had, ;
for which construction see Heb. Gr.
140, 1. a. For the examples, see
Lehrg. p. 682-685. Maurer Comment.
. on Hagg. 2, 5. b) Very freq. and chiefly,
before the object of a proposition, when
definite ; comp. the pronouns witoc, ipse,
which espec. in the oblique cases uviov,
ai'iui, aviuv, ipsum, ipsi, lose in a degree
their demonstrative power. Hence it
passes over into a particle designating
a determinate object; so that Heb. "rx
f^riiri, which would be pr. i. q. avjov
tbv ovQavov, becomes in common usage
i. q. TOJ' oi'^mov, like Gr. uhiiiV Xgyaii'lSa
II. 1. 143, without emphasis for A''^t'r77//5M/
also ?^inN pr. nvjov at, afavrov, and then
simpl. as. In this manner rN is put very
frequently before substantives made de- ^
finite by the article, as rxn c^Ti^n nx
VJJjn Gen. 1, 1, comp. D'^cdS y-iN 2, 4 ;
^or by a genitive or suffixes added, Esth.
:9, 14. Ruth 2, 15; also before proper
; names, Jon. 2, 1. In all these construc-
'tions it is far more frequent in prose than
iin poetry. Very rarely is nx put before
nouns not made definite ; Ex. 2, 1. 21,
28. 2 Sam. 18, 18. Prov. 13, 21. Ecc. 3, 15.
JVoTE. The origin of this particle is
still uncertain. Corresponding to it in
the Semitic languages are Chald. tn^,
:Syr. iw , ipse ; but these are of rare oc-
' currence. Kindred are Ethiop. enta who
(pr. demonstr. like all relatives), Egypt.
ent who ; and espec. the demonstr. syl-
lable ent., which in the Egyptian lan-
,guage is prefixed to the personal pro-
nouns, as ent-oten ye, ent-sen they, ent-of
he. Here the simple and genuine forms
are oten, sen, of. The form ent-sen cor-
responds entirely to the Heb. Cihns,
'^inpiK , and ent-of to the Heb. iPN ; yet
all these forms express the nomina-
tive. See the Table in "'six, note. Heb.
'Gr. p. 293. edit, 13. From ent comes
'both r (as nn from rjn) and nix ;
comp. Sanscr. ctat, Gr. uvj-6g. Others
refer rx , n'^'s , to the Aram, n'^x , in-^x ,
i. q. ^2 ; so Hupfeld. On the demonstr,
power of the letter n, see Hupfeld in
Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. II. p. 135.
11. ni? J with Makk. TX , c. suff. "'Fix ,
T,tnx, in pause and fern. Tirx Gen. 6,
18 comp. 20, 18, inx, !i:nx, cirix Gen.
9, 9. 11, CFiJt; more rarely and chiefly
in the books of Joshua, Kings, Jer. and
Ezek. r,rx, nrk, crk, where it might
seem to be confounded with rx as sign
of the accus. Strictly a Subst. denoting
nearness, vicinity, prob. for r:x from r.
n:x II, to approach, as r^3 from nbs .
In common usage it passed over into a
Preposition, of like force with CS q. v.
1. with, apud, i. e. at, by, near, of
nearness and vicinity, comp. DS . Gen.
19, 33. Lev. 19, 13. Job 2, 13. 1 K. 9, 26
Ezion-geber ribiXTX lUix which is
near by Elothj comp. Judg. 4, 11. TX
's "i^S with i. e. in the presence of any
one, i. q. "^rsb, see in nDD . Unusual
is Gen. 30, 29, thou knowest what thy
flock f I as become ""Fix with me, i. e. under
my care as their shepherd ; comp. 39, 6
lie took care for nothing inx with him,
i. e. so long as he had Joseph for his
oixovopog. V. 8. Spec, a) As implying
possession, like Lat. penes, comp. Gr. t
na' f(ioi, Arab, ^jlxj ^\S, espec. of
what one has in mind ; Job 12, 3 '^'O'rx
ri|x i^S "ps who knoweth not such things?
14, 5 the number of his months is tcith
thee, i. e. in thy mind, is determined by
thee ; comp. C5 no. 2. c. b) Rarely of
motion to or towards a place, (like nit(j<'t
c. ace. and vulg. apud te Inscr. Grut.)
2 Sam. 15, 23. Ps. 67, 2 f|2Pf< rSD tX^ ,
i. q. iS'^bs. Ps. 4, 7. c) i. q. besides,
prcBter, (comp. naga rninu praoter ista,)
Ex. 1, 14. 1 K. 11, 1. 25. d) Ellipt. for
nxia Gen. 49, 25, where )-q is implied
from the preceding context. e) In
some phrases and examples rx might
seem to stand more laxly for in ; as in
Lat. apud villam, apud forum, apud
Hierosolyma Suet. Vesp. 93 ; apud Pa-
iBBstinam Eutr. 7, 13; see Handii Tur-
sell. p. 414, 415. But still, in all such
cases, the notion of nearness can and
ought to be retained ; c. g. 1 Sam. 7, 16
and he judged /s7-ac/nibxn rirpT:-bs-nN
at all these places; tiie tribunals in
n
103
nr
which justice was administered being in
the gates ofthe cities, and therefore at or
hy the cities. 1 K. 9, 25 it^x inx "i-''jpnT
*>"* ''SBb and Solomon burned incense at
that uhiir which was before Jehovafi ;
comp. Suet. Aug. 35, 'ut thure et mero
supplicaret aptid aram ejus dei etc'
andDeut. 16,6 nam ctd . . . oipan-bx .
Sacrifices were offered strictly a< the al-
tar, and in 1 K. 1. c. this phrase is employ-
ed as if the usual one for offering incense.
2. with, cuin^ comp. CS no. 1 ; pr. of
accompanying, society, etc. Gen. 6, 13.
43, 16. Judg. 1, 16. Jer. 51, 59 ; of affi-
nity 1 K. 3. 1 ; of a covenant Gen. 15,
18; of help, aid, Gen. 4, 1 I have gotten
a 7M7i-child niiTj-nx with Jehovah, i. e.
with his help, through his aid. Jer. 1, 8.
15, 20. Also, to speak with any one 1 K.
8, 15 ; to figiit or wage war with any one,
where rx can also be rendered against,
Gen. 14, 9. 1 Chr. 20, 5. Prov. 23, 11.
nirvi-rs 7)^nnn to walk with God, q. d.
as the companion of God, to live a life
pleasing to God, Gen. 5, 24. *iqn nil's
'B~nx to do kindness i. e. to act kindly
with any one, Zcch. 7, 9. Deut. 1, 30 ;
comp. Ruth. 2, 20. 2 Sam. 16, 17.
For PXT? see after '{O .
Note. Noldius in his Concord, has
everywhere confounded the two words,
rx I and II.
III. ns c. suff. irx 1 Sam. 13, 20 ;
Plur. n-inx ib. v. 21, and D"^ns< Is. 2, 4.
Mic. 4, 3. Joel 4, 10 ; an agricultural
instrument of iron, having an edge and
requiring to be sometimes sharpened,
(1 Sam. 1. c.) according to most of the
ancient intpp. a plough-share or coulter,
though in 1 Sam. 1. c. it is joined with
Mttjnri'a plough-share ; according to
Symm. and the Rabbins, a mattock.
The LXX in Sam. 1. c. use the more
general word axsvog ; comp. Arab.
vdJLJi household-stuff, flocks and herds,
utensils. Better perhaps to regard rx
as contr. for rrix (as rs for rriS from
' "s ^* " " g *
fTi5) i. q. Arab, stjt instrument, icO!
apparatus, instrument, espec. of war,
from r. !Ti5 I j! to help, also to be fur-
nished with instruments, apparatus ;
and then this general word is prob. put
for some particular kind of instrument,
perhaps for the coulter of a plough; see
the pjis.sages above cited from Isaiah
and Micah.
jysril* (with Baal, i. c. enjoying the
favour and help of Baal) Ethbaal,
pr. n. of a king of Sidon 1 K. 16. 31. Jo-
sephus calls him '/i^d/5aAo?, Jjiifut^uloc,
(bs3 inx ,) Ant. 8. 13. 1, 2. c. Apion. 1, 18.
* nn^ Deut. 33. 2, and ^^l^ Is. 21,
12, plur. !i3nJ Jer. 3, 22 for I3xrx ; Fut.
"r^x;; Job 3'7' 22, plur. ^^r1 JoV 16, 22,
contr. and defect, nnsri Mic. 4, 8, XPJT
Deut. 33, 21 and nx'^] for nnx*] Is. 41,
25; Imper. il^rx for rrx Is. 21, 12. 56,
9. 12 ; most of which forms imitate the
Aramaean.
1. to come, poetic instead of Xia.
Chald. xnx, Syr. fzf, Arab. lji|, in
these languages the common prose
forms. Constr. with \ of pers. to whom
one comes Jer. 3, 22. and i? Mic. 4, 8.
Part. plur. fem. ni*rn'xn things to come
i. e. future. Is. 41, 23. 44,' 7. 45, 11. Arab.
\ip\ for ^t future.
2. to come upon any one, to happen to
him, e. g. evil. Job 3, 25, i. q. \ji\ c. ace.
3. to go, to pass away, Job 16, 22.
Vulg. transeunt.
HiPH. to bring, i. q. X'lnn. Prspt. plur.
il-^nn for =l'^rxn is. 21, 14; also the
same form for Imper. Jer. 12, 9.
Deriv. |ir^"'X.
nns? Chald. Dan. 7, 22, inf. xn Dan.
3, 2; i. q. Hebr. to come, with \>'S of pers.
Ezra 4, 12. 5, 3.
Aph. 'n'^n, inf. n^n'^n , by Hebraism,
to cause to come, to bring, e. g. persons
Dan. 6, 17. 25 ; things Dan. 5, 2. 23. Syr.
HoPH. borrowed from the Hebrew,
but anomalous, "^n'^M , 3 fem, r^PTi Dan.
6, 18, plur. I'^n-'n 3, 13. to be brought.
rinS pers. pron. 2 pers. m. thou.
With distinctive accent nrix (Mildl)
Gen. 3, 11, 4, 11. 27, 32; without n five
times in Cheth. PiX 1 Sam. 24, 19. Ps.
6, 4. Ecc. 7, 22. Job 1, 10. Neh. 9, 6.
In oblique cases : of thee, thine, 1 K. 21,
19; thee Prov. 22, 19; see Heb. Gr.
119. 3. Lehrg.p.727. Instead of the n
irii^
104
sm
doubled, the Arabic and Ethiopic have
nt, ojf , f. ciAJf , \Tilg. ^Jii\ , h'i't , f.
hi'il ; the Syriac has Nun. occult, 0|
f. vA^) ; and the same letter appears also
in the Egyptian eNToK, f. eNTO ; all
which are compounded of the demonstr.
syllable en and the simple pronouns ta,
ti, tok, corap. Tndo-europ. tu. See in
*'=bs, note. Heb. Gr. p. 293. edit. 13.
Jinjj f. (r. "jnx) a she-ass, so called
6 , ^f
from its slow gait; Arab. ^^Li\ she-ass,
both domestic and wild, Aram. S^Ji^x,
Jjif id. Num. 22, 23 sq. i:hx "'DS son
of his ass i. e. his ass's colt. Gen. 49, 11.
Plur. ri:r.x Gen. 12, 16. 32, 16.
^W5C Chald. comm. gend. a furnace,
i. q. Syr. {Joif, Dan. 3, 6. 11. 15 sq.
The form "nx is for *,!i:ns , from r. "jjo
to smoke ; like p^l for p'pll .
p^nX Ez. 41, 15 Cheth. for p-'PiX q. v.
''niiJ i. q. PX pers. pron. 2 pars. sing,
fem. thou. T?his form is rare in th#
O. Test, occurring only seven times in
Cheth. 1 K. 14, 2. 2 K. 4, 16. 23. 8, 1.
Judg. 17, 2. Jer. 4, 30. Ez. 36, 13 ; the
Yod being everywhere dropped through
the uxQtala of the Masorites, and tnx
substituted, so that in the text itself the
apparent form is "^FiX . Still, there can
be no doubt but that this ("^RX) is a
genuine form, (comp. Arab. ,eAJf and
Syr. >*J1 ,) and even the more ancient
and i)rimary form, which the negligent
pronunciation of common life afterwards
abridged into nx . Yod at the end of
words is a mark of the feminine, as in
"^^^ (perh. near, from TN nearness,
and the ending ''-,) Itfai, pr. n. m.
a) A Gittite. one of David's military
chiefs, 2 Sam. 15, 19. 22. 18, 2. b) A
Renjamite 2 Sam. 23, 29; also written
'n-'X 1 Chr. 11, 31.
p^r m. Ez. 41, 15 Keri, v. 16. 42, 3,
5, a tfTm of architecture signifying in-
crement, projection of a story or portico,
an offset^ terrace, gallery. It is a verbal
Iliph. from pn; Hiph. to tear away, to
ad off. So Bottchcr recently, Proben p.
350 J but so too Abulwalid long before,
i. q. Juufli augment, increment, etc. see
his words quoted in Thesaur. Append.
s. h. V.
DPS? pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. m. ye,
joined less accurately with a fem. Ez.
13, 20. Arab. jwCij , Aram, liinsx .
DJ^i? Ex. 13, 20. Num. 33, 6, Etham,
pr. n. of a place on the confines of Egypt
and the Arabian desert; from which also
the adjacent part of the desert as far as
to Marah had the same name. Num. 33,
8. Sept. 'O&w^- Jablonsky supposes it
to be i. q. Egyptian ^TlOJtl i. e. bound-
ary of the sea; Opusc. ed. te Water II.
p. 157. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 80.
bilans? l Sam. 4, 7. 14, 21. 19, 7.
2 Sam. 5, 2. Ps. 90, 4 ; b^^njS Mic. 2, 8.
Is. 30, 33 ; once bilinS 1 Sam. 10, 11 ;
Adv.
1. aforetime, of old, spoken of time
long past, xMic. 2, 8. Is. 30, 33.
2. yesterday; so in all the other pas-
sages above cited.
Note. There exists likewise a form
birn q. V. Also Syr. VL.if, Chald.
IsiTirN, 'i^onx. The form seems com-
pounded from rx with, at, and bio i. q.
CSS, fore-part, front; hence of time,
antea, aforetime.
"inj^ obsol. root, Arab. Jo| i. q. jG't
to take short steps, to go slowly; Conj.
IV to Slop, to stand still j comp. *jf to
delay. Hence 'jinx a she-ass.
jriSJ in some Mss. and editions for
'n'^X perennity, perpetuity, Mic. 6, 2,
Job 33, 19. Seein-^x.
ypj^ pers. pron. 2 pers. plur. fem. ye ;
only once Ez. 34, 31, where some Mss.
read "nx . Elsewhere with He parag.
riDns?, but only Gen. 31, 6. Ez. 13, 11.
34, 17 ; also Ez. 13, 20 nrnx after the
analogy of the forms Viisn , r^ir\ . Nun
added at the end of words is a sign of
multitude, espcc. in the fem. comp. ")''-,
n:ri8< f a gift, reward, spec, as given
lo a'liarlot, Hos. 2, 14 [12]. R. njin.
"ijriS (giving, munificent, from njn^j)
J5/Ant, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 26 [41].
snx
105
i;riS Ez. 16, 34. 41, and Tr^'. m. (for
",3n, Aleph. prosthet. from r. njn,) c.
8uH". ""rsrix .
1. a gift, hire, e. g. of a harlot, absol.
Ez. 16, 31. 34 ; and with n:iT added
Deut. 23, 19. Metaph. of fruits and pro-
duce of the fields, regarded by idolaters
as gifts from the idols, Hos. 9, 1. Mic. 1,
7 ; comp. Is. 23, 17. 18.
2. Elhnan, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 4, 7.
* ""[^^ Chald. subst. m. c. suff. nnnx .
1. a place, Dan. 2, 35. Ezra 5, 15. 6, 5.
7. In the Targums freq. Syr. et Samar.
\hA id. Hence ''^ inx tlie place wJiere
Ezra 6, 3, i. q. where, a pleonasm very
common in Aramnean, Syr. > '^A', comp.
lox oipa , in Dipis .
'"'' ' G". o-rf
2. Perh. track, i. q. Arab, jl , Jjf ,
Eihiop. AftC. Hence irxs tor nnxa
Dan. 7, 6. 7, after, i. q. J| (^ . J| Jji ,
pr. in the track; with aff. T^'^ra after
thee Dan. 2, 39. Syr. and Samar.
D"^"?^^ (places, regions) Atharim, pr.
n. of a place in the south of Palestine.
Num. 21, 1 n'^'^nxvj T]!!^. by the way of
Atharim.
Beth. ^"^3 , the second letter of the
Hebrew alphabet ; as a numeral denot-
ing 2. The Hebrew name is contracted
from n";!? , house, tent, to which the ear-
liest form of this letter seems to have
borne a resemblance. See Heb. Gr. p.
291. edit. 13. Monumm. Phoen. p. 21.
It passes over into the other labials,
e. g. a) Into B, as "iT3 and "its to dis-
perse; S]?a and ''s.j^ to cleave; ^na
Aram. VTns,13]i^, iron; 15Q and ^.o
to be weak, b) Rarely into 1 , as a'nan ,
<-coi, great; also into 1 quiescent, as
n'r"ra for "a'l5"na ; comp. in the occi-
dental languages ^oaxa vescor, pascor ;
^u8ui vado. c) Into a , the sounds of
these two letters being very nearly re-
lated in the mouth of an oriental ; e. g.
N-'-ia and X-^n^a fat ; r^xn^ and T]"ii<^a
pr. n. of a Babylonish idol ; "jna ^^y^ to
try ; 'T2t ^i time ; "nat -3\ to prune a
vine ; ",ia-'n and ,i^i'n pr. n. of a stream ;
dnsp i. q. an3i3 a writing, poem; Arab.
SXj for iJCo Mecca. Comp. /JAi'ttm for
fiiXiiTw from [dU mel, honey ; scamnum,
scahellum; marmor, Fr. marbre, Engl.
marble, etc.
^, before monosyllables sometimes a
(see Heb. Gr. 100), c. suff. "'a ; T^a^,
rarely n=a Ps. 141, 8. in Pause and fem.
^3; ia, na; a ; ==a, -,=3; cna, na,
f. 1^3; Arab, lo, rarely i-j; Ethiop.
fl ; rarely -fl ; Syr. ^ ; a prefix Prepo-
sition, for the origin of which see the
note at the end of the article ; primarily
denoting the being and remaining in a
place, Gr. iv, Lat. in ; then transferred
to the ideas of nearness and society or
accompaniment, at, by, with ; and coupled
also with verbs of motion.
A) Pr. in, Lat. in c. abl. Gr. iv. Spec.
1. in, pr. of the being t/i a place,
(which might be more fully and pre-
cisely expressed by T)"ip2 . a'^pa ,) as
lira in the city, n';'a3 in the house, "liaa
in the pit, y^Jja in the land or province,
"iilJxa in (the place) which, i. q. where.
Here belong also the following: a)
The formulas ''5'^?3 in the eyes (pr. in
the sight of the eyes), 'ifxa, "'SBa ;
comp. iv o(f &aXfioig Horn. II. 2. 587, in
ocnlis Q,. Curt. 9. 4. b) The idiom
a '^n'C ' to drink in a cup,' as in Engl. i. e.
to drink what is in a cup, for ' to drink out
of a cup,' Gen. 44, 5. Am. 6, 6, comp.
Chald. Dan. 5, 2. So Gr. tv xQvaia, if
TTOTTjoiotg niveiy Xen. Anab. 6. 1.4. Fr.
' boire d<ins une tasse,' ' puiser dans une
fontaine,.' The Euialogy of these other
languages speaks decidedly against the
explanation of Fasi, that the vessel is
here to be conceived of as an instru-
ment, q. d. to drink with a cup.
106
2. As denoting the being in the midst
of a number or multitude, in, among ;
Lam. 1, 3 B'^'isa among the nations.
Gen. 23, 18 in^S *isq ''Ha-bsa ainong
all tJiat went in at the gate of his city,
i. q. in their presence, before them.
Spec, a) When a person or thing is
one individual or part from among a
large number. Cant. 1, 8 Ci"HliS2 nsn O
thou fair (fairest) among women. 2 Sam.
15, 31 Ahithophel is among the conspira-
tors, i. e. one of them. Ps. 118, 7 MJ'T)
^nTJa Jehovah is among my helpers, i. e.
is my helper. Ps. 54,6. 99, 6. Judg. 11,
35. (Comp. eV (TO<po7g fivai.) Ps. 139, 16
my days were predestined ctia inx itb^
and there was not yet one among them,
i.e. of them. 1 Sam. 11, 11 075 Da ^tco
among them, of them. Ex. 14, 28. Lev.
16, 36. Deut. 1, 35. Hence : b) After
several verbs, when they relate only to
a part of a large number ; e. g. a nsti
to smite among i. e. of them, a part of
them, 2 Sam. 23, 10 ; diff. from nsn c.
accus. to smite them, a vy\ Ps. 78, 31.
Comp. a bDX , a nnia , to eat of to drink,
of Prov. 9J 5. ' c) Gfen. 7, 21 and all
Jlesh (animals) died . . . fiTinaan r|i"3
y"iirn-bs21 rina!l pr. which was among
the birds, and among the cattle, and
among tlie wild beasts, etc. i. e. even all
the birds, the cattle, and the wild beasts,
etc. 8, 17. 9, 2. 10. Ho.s. 4, 3.
3- As referring to the bounds, limits,
by which any thing is circumscribed, in,
within, intra, e. g. rpn?'i;a within thy
gales Ex. 20, 10. "^ni^ha within my
walls Is. 56, 5.
4. Of high objects, epoken of being
upon them, in, on, upon ; as a^ha in or
on Hareb 1 K. 8, 9. ir*ln bnxa on the
taberricu-le Num. 14, 10. Deut. 31, 15.
t:*>p^a upon horses Is. 66, 20. So Gr.
if Toi o()u, IV iTiTioig.
5. Trop. of a being or happening in
time, in, within ; as r'^rixna in the be-
ginning Gen. 1, 1. XTin nj'i'a in that
year Judg. 10, 8. t:"^3 tlibuia in three
years, i. e. within three years, Is. 16, 14.
Comp. nnaa, "iiJa, So of being in any
situation, condition ; as cibna in peace
1 Sam. 29, 7. So in later H('bre-.v even
before adverbs, as *|3a . nba ; hoc "S , t^S .
6. Trop. of the mode or manner, the
norm or rule, in, after ; comp. iv k-'i t()6-
nco, iv Tw vofib^, Lat. 'hunc in modum,'
Heb. bs no. 1. a. ?. Thus T("!!ia in (af-
ter) the manner of Am. 4, 10. Is. 10, 24.
26 ; and, after the same analogy, la'ia in
(after) the commandment of nsya Ty^jn
B'^SC") to walk in (live after) the coun-
sel of the vricked Ps. 1, 1. Gen. 1, 26
sisn'ia'iD 'iS'a^sa in mtr image after
our likeness, v. 27. 5, 1. 3 Adam begat a
son i2^:i3 'in!|73'ia. The original form
is here conceived of as the rule or
standard, within which the copy is
kept. Hence, without further addition,
a takes the signif in, after, according to,
secundum; as Gen. 21, 12 sn;?'^ P^V-^,
^11 'i^ i''^ (after) Isaac shall thy seed be
named ; comp. ^? ^"^i^? 5 xaXela&ai inl
rivog. Also in the manner of, as, like
as; comp. in Greek inl ^Vj^og in the
manner of beasts, like beasts, Arab.
LaaOvaJI ^^ 'in homine.' i. e. in the man-
ner "of men. So Job 34, 36 because of
his answers ",;iX "^i^"?^? in the mamier of
wicked men ; Sept. mantq ol uif^ovsg.
Two Mss. here read 12 ; and others
translate, ' among wicked men,' contra-
ry to the context. Is. 44, 4 and they
(the Israelites) shall spring up 'paa
I'^sn AS among grass, i. e. joyously and
luxuriantly ; parall. as (3) willows by
the water-courses ; Sept. w?, and several
Mss, and editions read 3 . (It would be
absurd to translate : 'the Israelites shall
spring up in anumg the grass?) Ps. 37,
20 lbs "jirya iba they (the wicked) shall
vanish axmy as the smoke; parall. as (3)
the beauty of the pastures. Against the
sense : they vanish array in smoke, we
have here the parall. passage, Ps. 102,
4 "^r;; "'^^'^ ''^3 '"y '^'^y* ^^^ consumed
as smoke, parall. it^i^iS. Zech. 10, 5,
parall, 3 . Hos. 10, 15 as tlie moming-
dawn (int'a) shall the king of Israel be
cut off. Others, to-morrow, i. e. speedi-
ly. The remarks of Ewald and others
against this signif of 3 arc not eatislac-
tory. (Ewald Gr, p, 607. Winer's Lex.
p. 109. Fasi in Jahn's Jahrb, I. p. 183
aq.) As has been shown, it is not only
susceptible of entire explanation and
has the clearest analogies in several
languagps ; but also in several of the
passages above cited, (which those
writers do not notice or else interpret
107
contrary to the context and in a forced
manner,) it is necessary, and was there-
fore adopted in the ancient versions and
even by copyi:Jta. who sometimes wrote
3 as an explanatory gloss.
7. A Her verbs of motion, in the several
relations of no. 1-4, in, into, t,-. So with
verbs signil'. to go in, Gen. 19, 8. 31, 33 ;
to send, Lev. 16, 22. Deut. 7, 20 ; to
place, put, lay, 'ponere in loco,' Gen. 27,
17. Also, into and through any thing,
so as to come out on the other side ;
Deut. 15, 17 thou shalt take an awl and
thrxist it nb'nan i:Tsa through his ear and
into the door ; corap. 1 Sam. 18, 11. 19,
10. So too in, among, Deut. 4. 27. 1 K.
11. 2 ; on, upon, 1 K. 2, 44 Jehocah shall
return thy wickedness ?jdx"i3 upon thine
own head. Lev. 20, 9. Coinp. a T)"]'^ to
tread upoti ; 2 naa metaph. to put trust
upon or 171.
B) The other main signification is,
at, bij, with, expressing nearness ; used
also in several tropical senses, and put
after verbs of motion.
1. Pr. at, by, near, on j "|i?3 at a
fountain 1 Sara. 29, 1 ; 123 "iHsa by the
river Chebar, Chaboras, Ez. 10, 15 (Gr.
iv noxafib) by the river) ; C"]^\S3 on the
sky, iv ovqavM, Prov. 30, 19. Here be-
long also : a) The phrases, ni"'a Di"i
day by day, every day, q. d. so that one
day touches the other; ^"ins iTin month
by month 1 Chr. 27, 1 ; nsra nyj year
by year Lev. 25. 33. b) Tlie formula
2 ?3':J3 to swear by any one, i. e. appeal-
ing to him and invoking his name, Gen.
21, 23. 22, 16. So to curse by any one,
1 Sam. 17, 43. Arab. iJLJb by God.
Here a may indeed be referred to no. 4
below, as expressing that to or towards
which one turns in taking an oath ;
comp. in Engl. ' I swear to God.'
2. Closely connected with the pre-
ceding is the signif idth ; spoken :
a) Of accompaniment. Num. 20, 20 53
123 with 7nuch people. Is. 8, 16 ''lEbs
with my disciples, i. e. they taking part.
Jer. 11, 19 i^n^2 ys the tree with its
fruit. Hence St^3 , 'pXB , '^^22 , without.
Hence too a) Verbs of coming followed
by 3 denote a coming with something,
i. q. to brings see X"i2, in'], B-np, ifjs ;
comp. Lehrg. p. 818. De Sacy Gramm.
Arabe I. p. 47. edit. 2. /S) As it is said,
Ps. 55, 19 they come with many against
7ne, and DeuL 28, 62 ye sfuill be lift with
few, i. e. few of you shall renuiin; so
also it is Stiid, IS'um. 13, 23 tlu-.y bafe. it
(tlie cluster) upon a staff D'^Jlia with
two, i, e. by two at a time, Vulg. dwo
viri. b) Of help, aid, with, by; Ps.
18, 30 with thee (r|3) i. e. with thy help
I have run upon a troop. 44, 10 thou (O
God) goest not forth with our armies.
14, 5. 60, 14. Is. 26, 13, c) Of the in-
strument ; as 2ina with the sword Josh-
10, 11 ; Cibsia with tliefeet Ez. 34, 11 ;
"jiiaa Xifs to cry with the throat, i. e.
aloud, with full voice. Is. 58, 1 ; to bum
with Jirc, iax2. Lev. 8, 32; ndia i::2,
nc'sa, by the hand of Moses. 6y Moses;
a 13S to serve with any one, i. e. to im-
pose labour or service upon him, Lev.
25, 29 ; see in 13S . Sometimes also of
the material, regarded as an instrument,
tvith, of, out of. Ex. 38, 8 A made the
laver . . . with (out of) the mirrors.
1 K. 7, 14 to work all works rianja
with copper, i. e. out of copper, or as in
Engl, in copper. Lev. 13, 52. 2 Chr. 9,
18. In like manner of the cause, author;
as, to punish with hunger Lam. 2, 19; to
prophesy by Baal Jer. 23, 13 ; and also
of the efficient cause or agent after
passive verbs, Num. 36, 2. Is. 45, 17.
d) With a noun of quality 3 forms a
periphrasis for an adjective ; as Ps. 29, 4
the voice of Jehocah is (n'3'2) with power,
i. e. powerful. Also for adverbs ; "ilTEna
vrith haste, hastily, Ex. 12, 11. SijJiari
understandingly, wisely, Prov. 3, 19.
e) rxT'baa with all thi^, i. e. for, in
spite of all this, Is. 9, 11. 16. 20. 10, 4.
47, 9. The 3 here denotes something aa
done with, along with, other acts ; hence
pr. ' though all this has occurred or will
occur, yet along with it this other will
also take place.'
3. Spoken of price, wages, exchange,
for, at, (derived from the local signifT
at, by, comp. loco,) Deut. 19. 21 Il5s3
TTBsa life for life. Gen. 29, 18 ^5^23 /or
thy daughter. Is. 7, 23 a thousand vines
af (2) a thousand shekels, i. e. worth so
much. 2 Sam. 23, 17 onidBSS with jeo-
pardy of their lives.
4. As implying motion quite <o a place
108
or thing, to, unto, upon; different from
^X towards a place, which does not imply
that the object is actually reached; this
latter idea being still more definitely
expressed by "i? even to, usque ad. Gen.
11. 4 a tower C^i^Ti'n *iu:x"i whose top may
reach unto heaxen , comp. Jer. 51, 9 with
l)X . IK. 16, 11 "i"^!?? 'C'P^^'O mingens ad
parietem. upon (against) the wall ; see in
jrn^ With 2 in this sense are con-
strued a large number of verbs, which
denote motion to or upon any thing, and
in Latin are compounded with in or ad ;
as 2 P'^fin, -. fijij, to lay hold upon;
3 S55 to touch iipon; 2 rSQ to rush ripon ;
2 p2':j to cleave to, or hang upon; 3 N^)?
to call to or upon; also a "155 to chide
at ; 2 bxir , 2 ^^"iT , to ask or seek at, etc.
Especially : a) After verbs of sense ; as
3 nxn , 2 nm , to look upon or at ; 2 r^U
to hear or listen to; 2 n^'in to smell to
or ai; sometimes too with the accessory
idea of sympathy, usually complacent,
rarely painful, as Gen. 21, 16 nx-iN-bx
lb"n r/ira / cannot look upon the death
of the child. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11. Lehrg.
p. 814. b) In a hostile sense upon, i. e.
against; as ^32 iTj his hand is iipon
(against) every man Gen. 16, 12. 2 Sam.
24, 17 ; 2 nnVj to fight against; 2 nn72 ,
2 br^ , 2 i;2 , to rebel or be fliithless
against any one ; 2 rx (Tin anger is
kindled against.
5. Implying a reference or respect to
any thing, e. g. a) in respect to, as to,
1 K. 5, 22 [8]. b)/or, i. e.for the sake
of, because of; Gen. 18, 28 n^L'rna he-
cause offve. Ex. 10, 12. 2 K. 14, 6.
Jon. 1, 14. c) about, concerming, after
verbs of rejoicing, see M^'i^, ^''3, y\^ ;
speaking (f or about, see IZ'^ ; testify-
ing, see n:3? .
C) Particular consideration is demand-
ed by that peculiar idiom of the He-
brew and Arabic called Beth pleonastic,
S<>L> jJ! U , or also Beth essentice. In
Arabic, where it is far more frequent, it
is commonly put before the predicate,
espec. where this is a participle or ad-
jective, and in negative or interrogative
sentences ; rarely is it prefixed to a
Bubfitantive, Hamas, ap. Schult. ad Prov.
3, 26 ; never to the subject. This use
of it therefore approaches near to that
of the Accusative after the substantive
verb in Arabic ; so that one might say
promiscuously, JoLiJ }sjj] Lo, and
^LsLft aJUf Lo, God is not remiss;
where the former construction may be
explained, ' God (acts) not as 7^ remiss ;'
Fr. en, e. g. * vivre en honnete homme.'
In the same manner most of the ex-
amples in the O. Test, may be explain-
ed ; and thus this use of 3 approaches
near to its use in comparison, see in A.
no. 6. Ex. 6, 3 I appeared unto Abraham
I'nd bs3 as God Almighty, q. d. in the
character of God Almighty. Is. 40,
10 ptri3 Ni3'j ''j^x n:n h .' the Lord will
come as a strong one. Ex. 32, 22 thou
knowest thepeople x^n s'na i3 that they are
evil ; Vulg. pro7ius ad malum, bent on
evil. Ecc. 7, 14 3i>l:3 iiz'!^ t^3rJ Cii3 in
the day of joy be thoit joyful, pr. conduct
thyself a.9 joyful. Prov. 3. 26 n^n'i njn'i
Tibo33 Jehovah shall he thy hope. Ps.
68, 5 irffi n^3 his name is Jah. (Targ.
Jon. tr''ip, P^ . Sept. Syr. Vulg. omit 3 ;
comp. Josii. 47, 4. 48, 2.) Is. 26, 4 R;|3 "^3
t\'\r\'i for Jah (i. e. eternal, unchange-
able) is Jehovah. Some of these and
other passages may indeed be differently
explained ; but it is in vain to deny the
existence of the idiom itself in Hebrew,
as has been done by Ewald, Heb.
Gramm. p. 607 ; and after him by Wi-
ner, Lex. p. 109. Still it is not less cer-
tain, that many examples which have
been referred to this idiom, do not belong
under it ; but are to be otherwise ex-
plained. So Hos. 13, 9 "^3 ^^a^;"". ^\^f)p.
rptsa 'a, where Vulg. perditio tua, Is-
rael, tantummodo in me aua^ilium timm ;
but, comparing c. 7, 13, it should be so
explained : This hath destroyed thee, O
Israel, that (thou art) against me thy
helper. 1 K. 13, 34 render : and for this
cause (ti-rn 13^3) the house of Jeroboam
fell into sin. In three examples, all in
the later Hebrew, 3 seems clearly to be
prefixed to the subject ; e. g. Ezra 3, 3
Dfi"^^?! ni2''X3 "13, unless this is a min-
gling of two constructions, 6?!''^^ ^''rT^ '
and cn nc-xa . l Chr. 9, 3i3 tj'^i-^ i3
naxbas on'^bs nb-jbi, where yet wo
might render, ' it was incumbent on them
to be in the work.'' 7, 23 nn-in nsna 'a
in'^aa because evil was in his house, i. e.
109
nx3
calamity. Perh:\ps this is a solecism of
the liittT age of tlie Hebrew.
D) With the Infinitive a forms a pe-
riphrasis for the Lat. gerund, Engl, in
with pres. particip. as pnas in ridendo,
Engl, in laughing-, Prov. 14, 13. More
commonly it may be better expressed in
Engl, by an adverb or conjunction with
a finite verb ; e. g. a) while, when, i. q.
in that, of time, comp. in A. no. 5. Num.
35, 19 iS"i"aE3 when lie lighleth upon
him. Prov. 30, 32. Cant. 5, G. Esth. 2, 8.
b) when, after, with a past tense, of time
completed, comp. in A. no. 5; the infin.
here having tlie force of the praeter.
Gen. 33, IS onx "jng^ isha ^/te /^g had
come from Mesopotamia, atler he came,
etc. 2, 4. Ex. 3, 12. Is. 20, 1. Job 42, 10.
c) though, even if, comp. in B. 2. e. Ps.
46, 3 Yi^ I'^'afia though the earth be
changed. Is. 1, 15. d) because, comp.
in B. 5 ; oayra because they hadforsaken,
2 Chr. 28, 6. '
Note. The opinion of the ancient
Grammarians is not improbable, that a
was originally apocopated from n"'a, "^a ,
in the house, within, in ; as "b from bi< , a
from "(^ . This view may be supported
on the following grounds : a) The
Chald. ''a, Syr. -^s, not only signifies
house, but also has the power of the par-
ticle a in, not unfrequently in the Tar-
gums, as Cant. 1, 9. 2, 15. b) Even now
in the East the word ouo house, in geo-
graphical names, is often abridged into
^ , Li , v> ; as ^mLwvajO Beis&n for Heb.
jSTii r^a Beth-sliean ; )Loo for c^jo
\\jo\ ; see note on Burckhardt's Travels
in Syria, I. p. 491. Germ. c) An ex-
ample of the same abbreviation occurs in
the O. Test, itself in the form rTinttJ^a for
f^"JP?^? r^"'? the house of Astarte ; comp.
Debeten in Euseb. and Jerome, for Beth
Beten. d) The Persian exhibits a Uke
analogy ; in which are promiscuously
employed the separate forms xj in, LS
with, and the inseparable (,> . Comp.
Arab, ^j prob. for ^, and also other
words not less violently abbreviated,
as "ja , see a below ; and s<'^a whence
tssn s-'j, nan la, Chald. Dsna, Arab.
*- "
p* ^'* , Gr. yiewa.
10
3 Chald. in, i. q. Heb. e. g. in heaven,
in a dream, Dan. 2, 19. 28, comp. Heb. A.
1 ; to drink in vessels Dan. 5, 2. comp.
A. 1. b ; to be given into one's hand
Dan. 11, 11, comp. A. 7 ; with the had
Dan. 2, 34, comp. B. 2. c.
^ in proper names appears as a con-
traction for "(3 son; as in "js'ia i. q, ii5'l~'(a
son of stabbing ; see also i>n^a, 0"^!?'?)
sd-ia, CiVra. See Schol. ad Hanuisa
ed. PVcitag, p. 3. Iloediger de Libb. Hist,
interp. Arab. p. 20, 21.
"^i53 f. an entrance, entry, Ez. 8, 5.
R. Kia to enter.
t5l5?3 Chald. adj. bad, wicked, Ezra
4, 12. R. uJxa .
f.
'*5t in Kal not used, Arab. X^ to
dig, e. g. a well, ditch. Kindred roots
are "i^a, *Tna, also "^XB, hat. forare,
Germ, bohren, Engl, to bore. Comp.
1X3. 1X3, Ii3.
PiEL 1. to dig in, to grave, e. g. letters
on stone, to inscribe, c. ^? Deut. 27, 8.
Hab. 2, 2.
2. to expound, to declare, pr. to dig
out, to dig out and explain, Deut 1, 5.
Deriv. nia, "'IS, nni"i3 or "^niia, and'
those here following.
Ii?2 f plur. ni-!xa, constr. Mixa,
Gen. i4. 10.
1. a well, Arab, -aj, Syr. )j)Jo, Vr^r
id. Gen. 24, 11. 20. 26, 19. 20. 21. al.
Often more fully n^o nxa Gen. 21, 19,
D-^'H nig 1X3 26, 19. Different from
a fountain (T]?) on the surface of the
ground or flowing from a rock ; al-
though a well (1X3) may also be called
ix. fountain (")"??), as Gen. 16, 7 comp. v.
14. 24, 11. 13. 16. Spoken of pits of
bitumen Gen. 14, 10.
2. a pit, Ps. 54, 24. 69, 16.
3. Beer, pr. n. a) A station of the
Israelites in the confines of Moab. Num.
21, 16-18 ; prob. the same place which
in Is. 15. 8 is called more fully Q"^l?x ixa
Beer-elim, i. e. well of heroes. b) A
place in Palestine, Judg. 9, 21. Perh.
521^ "1X3, so Studer ; more prob. the
place now called el-Bireh in the plain of
Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. H. p.
132.
D'^bs? "iXa , see ixa no. 3. a.
nna-'
no
':;.^!i
''ijin '^nb nsa (well of life of vision,
i. e. a vision of God, comp. Judg. 6, 22
sq.) Beer-lahai-rol. pr. n. of a well on the
southern borders of Palestine, Gen. 16,
14. 24. 62. 25, 11. The etymology above
given is that of the sacred writer. Gen.
16, 14. By neglecting the vowels, one
might also conjecture it to be for "iX3
^Kn inb well of the jaw-bone (or rock) of
vision, i. e. well of the conspicuous rock,
comp. Judg. 15, 19 ; or also ' well of the
far seen region,' comp. Arab. jLo\Lc-
jaw-bone, region.
5'STO nS3 (well of the oath, i. q. "^X?
ns^rui', according to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33)
Beer-sheba, pr. n. of an ancient city on
the southern border of Palestine, 2 Sam.
24, 7 ; whence the phrase, in describing
the limits of Palestine: rsaj 'S^-nS "]-n?2
from Dan to Beer-sheba Judg. 20, 1 ;
and of the kingdom of Judah : -2;;^
~2"iJ 1X2 -ns from Geba to Beer-sheba
2 K. 23; 8. Still called Bir es-Seba\
with two deep wells ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 300-3.
N'lXS (well, fountain) pr. n. m. Bee-
ra, I Chr. 7, 37.
iinSS (id.) pr. n. m. Beerah, 1 Chr.
5, 6.'
tmtJS (wells) Beeroth, pr. n. of a
city of tiie Gibeonitcs Josh. 9, 17, after-
wards belonging to the tribe of Benja-
min, Josh. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 4, 2. After
the exile it was still in existence and
inhabited, Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7, 29. Now
el-Bireh on the great road north of Jeru-
salem ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 132.
Gentile n. T'"^5<2 2 Sara. 4, 2. 23, 37 ;
and contr. ''ria 1 Chr. 11. 39. Comp.
in "^ri-a.
"J]??;: '>Z'3. ni-ia , Wells of the sons
of Jaakan. pr. n. of a station of the Isra-
elites in the desert, Deut. 10, 6. In the
parallel passage Num. 33, 31 ellipt. "^33
py^ . See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 583.
*'"IS3 (q. d, fontanus) Beeri, pr. n. m.
a) The father of Hosea, Hos. 1, 1. b)
Gen. 26, 34.
"1a (by Syriasm for >S<3) i. q. "lia,
which is the more usual form, a cistern,
2 Sam. 23, 15. 10. 20, Cheth. where Keri
has "ni3, as also 1 Chr. 11, 17. 18, 22;
comp. Gcsch. der Heb. Sprache, p. 40,
not. 46. Plur. ni-N2 Jer. 2, 13.
* 'kTSf^^ fut. ^Kn": 1. to have a bad
smell, to stink. Ex. 7, 18. 21. 8, 10. 16,
20. Comp. aiwSa .
2. i. q. Chald. to be bad, wicked, to be
of a bad disposition ; see UJ^xa, D-'ttSsa,
- i^ '
rrrxa. and Hiph. no. 3. Arab. (j^%J to
be bold, audacious, pr. to be bad ; com]).
Germ. bOse. Among Orientals the idea
of bad smell is often transferred to a bad
disposition ; just as a good smell is put
for a good and pleasant disposition ;
comp. cba to have a good smell, to be
fragrant, and Syr. >~infs to be pleasant j
31u) to be good, and Arab. (oLb to have
a good smell.
NiPH. to be made to stink ; metaph. to
become loathsome, hatefid, with a and rs
(nx) of pers. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2 Sam. 10,
6.' 16, 21. Comp. Engl, 'to be in good
or bad odour.'
Hiph. 1, to cause to sti?ik, Ecc. 10, 1.
Metaph. to make loathsome, hatefid, with
a of pers. Gen. 34, 30. More fully Ex. 5.
21 ^3n"i")-rx cnajsan ye have made our
odonr bad, i. e. ye have made us loath-
some, objects of hatred.
2. Intrans. to stink, pr. to make a stink ;
Ex. 16, 24. Ps. 38, 6. Metaph. to be loath-
some, hateful, c. a 1 Sam. 27, 12.
3. to act badly, wickedly, like Syr.
^jk-jlcf . Prov. 13, 5 a righteous man
hateth false words, 'I'^on^l ttJ-'Sa'i jri^T
but the wicked man acteth wickedly, and
causeth shame, sc. by his falsehoods.
HiTHPA. i. q. Niph. c. c 1 Chr. 19, 6.
Deriv. those here following.
t'Sa Chald. to be bad.evil, with bs to
displease, Dan. 6, 15.
Deriv. ttjsiita.
tUX3 (l)ef)sh) m. a stink, stench, Amos
4,10; c. sutr. iis<a, oi^'Na, Joel 2, 20.
Is. 34, 3.
ntJSa f a had plant, weed, Job 31, 40.
Q-^CNa only in Plur. Is. 5, 2. 4. bad
grapes, unripe and sour, labrusca:, Fr.
lambnisques, i. e. wild grajyes, worthless,
as Jerome and Jarchi well. Kimchi
nxn
111
i:cl
ccxas n-'SSJ, Saad. n'^sn n-'SSS, Aqu.
vunqiui, Symm. uxiX^. The same use
of the word is found in the Mishna, Maa-
Beroth I. 2 ; wh!re for n'^anx is to be
read n"'ft3J<a, as appears from the gloss
of Tanchum of Jerusalem. Sec a full
discussion in Coram, on Is. I. p. 230. II.
p. 364 ; where it is shown that the
sense o{^ aconitum or wolfs bane, mnnk's
hood, so commonly received among mo-
dern interpreters, rests upon a mere error
of Celsius, Hierobot. II. p. 199.
"^^^ Chald. after, see jn art. inx.
ni33 f (Kameta impure, for fisa?,
h2it23 , r. -33 ) pr. a hollow, hole ; and
hence a gate, door, like Arab, v >U
In Hebrew found only in the phrase
'^S rsa the gate of the eye, i. e. the pupil,
which is literally the door to the inte-
rior of the eye, Zech. 2, 12 [8]. Cor-
responding is ]XiA? )^-s-s Chald. fi<t^^a,
KSa . Another etymology which I for-
merly followed, has perhaps no less
probability ; namely, that naa may be
for nxSxa i. q. ajo hoy, piiellns, Syr.
M^ i ^^ , from the onomatop. UU nan-
na^Hv i and then this is transferred to
the pupil of the eye, like )"iU"'X q. v.
133 pr. n. m. Behai, Ezra 2, 11. 8, 11.
Neh. 7, 16. Pehlvi hab signifies father.
>^3 Babel, i. e. confusion, hv ^3^S
from r. V^a. Gen. 11,9; comp. Syr. jLajs
confusion of speech, stammering ; and
for the dropping of the second letter
comp. riE-uiia for nsaS'J Lehrg. 134, 869.
Others regard it as i. q. Arab. Jo i >U
gate i. e. court of Bel ; comp. the Sub-
lime Porte. Babel, Babylon, is the name
of the most ancient and celebrated city
of Asia, the metropolis of Babylonia,
Gen. 10, 10. 2 K. 17, 24. 20, 12 sq. Mic. 4,
10. al. It was situated in lat. 32 32' on
both banks of the Euphrates. Its ruins
are still visible near the small city Hil-
lah, JL^, and have recently been ex-
plored and described with great accura-
cy and learning. See Hdot. 1. 178, 183.
Strabo 16. 1. 6. R. K. Porter's Travels
11. p. 283 sq. C. J. Rich Memoirs on the
Ruins of Babylon. Ritter's Erdkunde
Th. XI. pp. 865-925. Bcrl. 1844. The
name of the city is also applied to the
province Babylonia, Ps. 87, 4, 137, 1.
Is. 14, 4 ; whence often baa T^bia the king
of Babylonia, a title ascribed also to
the kings of Persia, as to Cyrus, Ezra
5,13; and Artaxerxes, Neh. 13,6. Comp.
ibaa Chald. plur. emphat. Kll^aa Ba-
bylonians, Ezra 4, 9.
^ a Persian word signifying food,
Pers. sU , in Arab. _lj , comp. cpuynv,
and the Phryg. ftexog bread Hdot. 2. 2.
Found in the compound sans q. v. and
also in Ez.25,7 Cheth. c^iaS sab T|-'nn5
/ will give thee for food to the nations.
Here the Keri has tab /or a spoil, which
also the ancient versions express ; and
this is likewise supported by the similar
passages in Jer. 15, 13. 17, 3, and espec.
Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. The reading aab is
therefore prob. a mere error of transcrip-
tion, like na for MT in Ez. 47, 13.
* n^l| fut. naa-i , once irc-i Mai. 2, 10;
pr. to cover, whence 153 a covering, gar-
ment. Hence
1. to act covertly, deceiffidly ; to deal
falsely, faithlessly, treacherously. Verbs
of covering, concealing, are often thus
transferred to deceit and treachery ;
comp. ijjJ to cover, to clothe, to dis-
semble ; Samar. '*''^3i to defraud, c. a
Ex. 21, 8 ; "a;? xi' to cover, to hide
oneself, whence ~ap ; also to defraud ;
comp, bso, bj'n, and Jk.=-J, JjLi..
Constr. absol. 1 Sam. 14, 33. Job 6, 15;
oftener with a of pers. (comp. a B. 4.)
q. d. to treachcrcnisly desert any one
Judg. 9, 23. Lam. 1, 2 ; espec. towards a
friend Lara. I. c. a spouse Ex. 21, 8 ; God
Hos. 5, 7. 6, 7. Rarely with )ri Jer. 3, 20 ;
ace. Ps. 73, 15 "nisn Tj-^sa -lin n:n lo,
I shnuld deal falsely with the generation
of thy children. Part.-il'ia. plur. B"''i33,
treacherous dealers sc. towards God, the
ungodly, wicked, Sept. nnonvo^ioi, trans-
gressors. Prov. 2, 22. 11, 3. 6. 13, 2. 15.
Ps. 25. 3. 59, 6. Jer. 9. 1. Part. plur.
fern. r"inas treacheries Zeph. 3, 4.
2. to oj)press, to pillage, to spoil, i. q.
hn. pr?; c. a, Is. 21, 2 xia na-iin
Tiiai Tii'^ni the spoiler spoileth and the
i:;:3
112
i^l2
waster wasteth. 24, 16 ll?!] iinsa fi'^'ija
siisa 0*^153 ^/t* spoilers spoil, 7jea, the
spoilers spoil the spoiling. 33, 1. With
the idea of impudence^ shamelessness,
Hab. 2, 5.
Deriv. the three following.
I^a in pause ^52 , c. sufF. 1^53 , i"J52i ,
as if from ^53 , the T without Dag. lene,
contrary to the rule, Lehrg. p. 94 ; Plur.
Di"i52, iT-ia, once v^'^niisa Ps. 45, 9 j m.
once fem. Lev. 6, 20.
1. a covering, cloth, in which any thing
is wrapped, Num. 4, 6-13 ; also for a bed,
a coverlet, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 1 K. 1, 1,
2. a garment, robe, usually the outer
garment of the Oriental, Gen. 39, 12. 13.
15. 41, 42; espec. costly, 1 K. 22, 10.
2 Chr. 18, 9. iian Nb^ his lap-full 2 K.
4, 39. Sept. IfiuTiov, utoXi^.
3. faithlessness, treachery, Jer. 12, 1.
4. a spoiling, rapine, Is. 24, 16.
tTTT^jl see in '^5a no. 1, fin.
"TlS^ adj. (Kamets impure, Lehrg.
120. 3) f 'TJ'i^^ ) faithless, treacherous,
Jer. 3, 7. 10.' R. n;.2.
'^'^'^^ Bigvai, pr. n. of a man of rank
who returned with Zerubbabel from the
exile, Ezra 2, 2. 14. 8, 14. Neh. 7, 19.
Perh. Chald. 'S52 husbandman, Syr.
ji_b garden, which passed over also into
the Persian cLj bdgh, garden. Or i. q.
Pers. Buyaiog Hdot. 3. 128 ; according
to Bohlen, Sanscr. bhagi, bhagasan,
happy.
^C?^ (perh. garden, gardener, see
''5?r ) liigtha, pr. n. of a eunuch in the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. For another
etymology see xnaax.
1^3 (i,l.) Bigthan, id. Esth. 2, 21 ;
also XJnsa Esth. 6, 2. Comp. Pers.
nnd Sanscr. bhagaddna ' gift of for-
tune ;' Bohlen.
I. "13 m. pr. separation, thing sepa-
rated, from. r. Tia I. Hence
1. apart, Ex. 30, 34 naa na part for
part, i. e. like parts, equal portions. Plur.
C'na spec, parts of the body, the mem-
bers, limbs. Job 18, 13. 41, 4 ; of a tree,
the hrancli^s (comp. Gr. xcuAw) Ez. 17. 6.
19, 14 ; hence stares, bars, poleA, for
bearing any thing, Ex. 25, 13 sq. Num.
4, 6 sq. Metaph. bars of a city, its
princes, chiefs, Hoa. 11, 6. Sing, with
prefix, ^ab a) Adv. apart, separately^
by oneself. Ex. 26, 9 five curtains by
themselves C^ab), six curtains by them-
selves (lab). 36, 16. In this sense a
suffix is often added : Gen. 21, 28 and
Abraham set seven ewe-lambs "n??b by
themselves. 30, 4fl. 32,17. 43,'32.'aL
b) Oftener Tab c. suff. is i. q. alone ; so-
lus, a, urn ; Gre'n. 2, 18 tTsn ni"'fi ai'J-xb
i^ab it is not good for man to be alone,
pr. man's being in his separation, "^abx
i^ab / alone Num. 11, 14 ; tj-iab nnj<
Ex.' 18, 14; i^ab aps'i Gen. "32, 25;
BTab D-^Dnari Gen. 44,' 20. Also after
oblique cases, as Dat. "("nab r^b towards
thee alone Ps. 51, 6 ; Genit. Ps. 71, 16
r^'j^ab "niDT^ lit. the righteousness of
thee, of thee alone, i. e. thy righteous-
ness, thine only, c) Adv. of restriction,
limitation, only, in the later Hebraism,
Ecc. 7, 29. Is. 26, 13. d) With ',13 it
passes over into a Prep, apart from, be-
sides ; Ex. 12. 37 besides children. Num.
29, 39. Josh. 17, 5 ; with b? Ezra 1, 6.
The same is Ta^?3 Gen. 26, 1. Num. 17,
14; c. sufT. "i^afe^ besides him Deut. 4,
35 ; niax na^5a besides that which Num.
6, 21. '
2. Spec, a thread, collect, thread, yam,
espec. of linen, comp. "^CX ; hence linen,
i. e. fine white linen, Ex. 28, 42. 39, 28.
Lev. 6, 3. Plur. ts'iTa linen garments Ez.
9, 2 sq. Dan. 10, 5. Arab, yi byssus.
II. 'I? m. plur. cna, from r. ina JL
1. empty talk, lies, rain boasting, Job
11, 3. Is. 16, 6. Jer. 48, 30.
2. i. q. D'^'na ''ll'SX, liars, boasters, spo-
ken of conjurers and false prophets. Is.
44, 25. Jer. 50, 36.
N^^ 1. to form, to fashion, spoken
of a potter ; and this sense is preserved
in the Zabian }|>o.
2. to devise, to invent, to feign, with
ia^T3 1 K. 12. 33 where Sept. well fnXu-
anro. Neh. 6, 8. Part. c. suff. 0NT2 by
Syriaem for CXTS Neh. 1. c Arab.
tjo to begin; IV, to produce something
new, to devise and do first ; comp. ctXj
I, IV, to feign.
nn
113
bia
I. j3 1. pr. to durjoin, to divide,
to separate, like Arab. Ju. The notion
of cutting or tearing iipart, and hence of
dividing, lies in the primary syllable 13,
as likewise with various modifications in
the kindred and liarder syllables ra,
IB , rc ; conip. bn3 . pi2 ; PPS , bra ,
np3, pna ; tid, nno ; rno. nno, nro,
ynB,"rD. Kindred also are the sylla-
bles Ts, y^, yt; for which see under
na , 5sa .
2. fo separate OTieself, to be alone,
solitary. Part, ilia a/one, solilanj, Ps.
102, 8. Hos. 8, 9. Is. 14, 31.
Deriv. 13 I, and iia .
- J T T
II 'Jy i- q. SIj3 q. v. PuTtoXoynv,
blaterare, to babble, i. e. to talk idly.
Talmud. a::a, '^'B'.sq .Hence is II.
17t fo- separation, i. q. 13 I. Hence
in Ace. as adv. separately, i. e. solitary,
aJom, Lev. 13, 46. Is. 27, 10 ni^sa i"^5
113 t/ie strong city is left solitaT~y, i. e.
desolate. Deut. 32, 12 isnr ina nin".
Jehovah alone did lead him. Also iia?
pr. in separation, i. q. solitary, alone,
Num. 23, 9. Ps. 4, 9. Mic. 7, 14.
^*^3 (separation, part.) Bedad, pr. n.
m. Gen. 36, 35.
'I'ISl see ''5 .
H^^S (prob. i. q. n^i3? servant of Je-
hovah, see ")13) Bedeiah, pr. n. m. Ezra
10, 35. ' '
'"^l^ m. (r. ^13) stannum of the an-
cients, i. e.
1. alloy of lead, tin, or other inferior
metals, combined with silver in the ore
and separated from it by smelting, dross;
Pliny phimbnm nigrum, H. N. 34. 16.
Is. 1, 25 Ti'^bina-bs nn-cx I will remove
all thy alloy, i. e. all thy impure and
spurious parts. Comp. a"'q b.
2. tin, plumbum album. Num. 31, 22.
Ez. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12.
-"2^ in Kal not used, kindr. ^^3,
JoCj, to separate.
HiPH. I. to separate, to divide, Lev.
1, 17 ; e. g. two places by a curtain or
wall, Ex. 26, 33. Ez. 42, 20 ; or things
mixed together, Gen. 1, 4. Part. ^"'1212
dividing, a divider, Gen. 1, 6. For
the construction see no. 2.
10*
2. Trop. of the mind, to discern be-
tween dillerent things, to distinguish.
Lev. 10, 9. 10 ye shall drink neither wine
nor strong drink . . . that ye may discern
between tchat is Ivoly and unholy. 11, 47.
20, 25. In both these significations (no.
1, 2) constr. c, ^ai *r3 Gen. 1, 4. 7.
Ex. 26, 33 ; '(-^a!? yz Is" 59, 2 ; V -pS
Gen. 1,6."'
3. to separate from others, to select, to
choose out, in a good sense ; with "ja
Num. 8, 14. 16, 9. Lev. 20, 24. 26 ; also
with b of that to or for which one is des-
tined, 1 K. 8, 53. Without p Deut. 4,
41. 10, 8. 1 Chr. 25, 1 ; absol. Deut. 19,
7. Ez. 39, 14.
4. to separate out, to shut otd, e. g. a
mixed multitude from a people, with '{0
Neh. 13, 3, bsa Is. 56, 3. With nrnb
Deut. 29, 20. "
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be
separated, to separate oneself, Avith "(^
Ezra 6, 21. 9, 1. 10, 11. Also to be se-
lected, chosen out, Ezra 10, 16; with b to
or for any thing, 1 Chr. 23, 13.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 4, to be separated,
shui out, Ezra 10, 8.
3. Pr. to separate oneself fivm a. -p\a.ce,
i. e. to go away, to depart, with "j^ of
place, Num. 16, 21 ; with bx of pers. to
whom one departs, 1 Chr. 12, 8.
Deriv. b^is, nibia?:, perhaps ribi3,
also
'"721 m. a part, piece, e. g. of an ear,
,Tk , Am. 3, 12.
n5"3 a costly article of merchandise,
mentioned along with gold and precious
stones Gen. 2, 12, and described as re-
sembling the Arabian manna Num. 11,
7 ; which latter consisted of white grains
and scales, and is elsewhere compared
to hoar-frost, see Ex. 16, 14. Num. 1. c.
though according to Burckhardt, the
colour of the present manna is a dirty
yellow ; Travels in Syria, etc. p. 599 sq.
Most of the ancient interpreters, e. g.
Aqu. Symm. Theodot. Vulg. Josephus
(Ant. 3. 1. 6), understand (SdilXtov betel-
Hum, a whitish gum or resin which distils
from a tree growing in Arabia, India,
and Babylonia ; pellucid, approaching
to the colour of frankincense, and with
grains like frankincense, but larger ; Plin.
H. N. 12, 9 01 19. With this accord
nn
114
bti2
the variolas names fiudiXxov, ^Solxov
(whicli latter rests on conjecture, see
Diosc. 1. 71 or 80), ^8iUM, ^diXhot:
On the other hand, bdellium is not of so
costly a nature as to be properly ranked
among gold and gems ; or as that the
region of Havilah should become cele-
brated for producing it. Hence, the
opinion of the Rabbins is not to be con-
temned, which also Bochart has learn-
edly supported (Hieroz. II. 674-683),
viz. tliat nb"i3 signifies a pearl, collect.
pearls, which are found in great num-
bers on the shores of the Persian Gulf
and of India, and which may not unaptly
be compared with the grains of manna.
Bochart also gives the etymology, as
being quadril. nb"i2 from r. ^"^S, i. q.
something selected, precious, and hence
a pearl,
a pearl; comp. Arab. JoJ
from r. i^yi i. q. bT2 , ''
"l"^ Bedan, pr. n. a) A judge of Is-
rael, 1 Sam. 12, 11; not found written
with these letters in the book of Judges.
Sept. and Syr. read pna ; the Targ. ex-
plains it by "I'^'l? a Danite ; see S for '3
rp. 109. But Tja is doubtless i. q. f-na?
. Judg. 12, 13, 15 ; the S being dropped,
as was often the case among the Pheni-
cians in the word ^J.'S ; e. g. '(B'i'X~3 for
j^'i-N nas, -iriTNia Bodostor for ins
nrci^. See Monumm. Phcenic. pp. 174,
175. b) 1 Chr. 7, 17.
HJ^ 1. to sunder, to make a
breach ; whence p"!3 . Comp. under
r. Tj2 I.
2. Denom. from plS , to repair breach-
es, and genr. to repair, to rebuild, 2 Chr.
34, 10. Syr. >-d,^ and SfS id.
p'75 m. c. suff. Tipia, a breach, gap,
chink, in a building 2 K. 12, 6. 7. 8. 9;
in a ship Ez. 27, 9. 27.
^j;^3 Bidkar, pr. n. of one of Jehu's
captains, 2 K. 9.25. The form is contr.
for "pi"*|S son of stabbing, i. e. stubber ;
see 3 p. 109.
* ^1'^ Chald. Pa. 113 , to scatter Dan.
4, 11; i.q. Heb. its, ^D.
''^'^ obfiol. root, prob. to be clean,
pure ; lie nee in Arabic trop. oi neatness,
elegance, whence L|^ to be neat, bright,
beautiful ; but also of emptiness, whence
g'< to be empty, waste, of a house.
Hence
'ins m. (for iria, a Segolate form)
emptiness, voidness, concr. empty, void ;
found thrice in paronomasia with IJiFi
Gen. 1, 2. Jer. 4, 23. Is. 34, 11.
^Jt obsol. root, either i. q. Arab,
o^ to lie, to feign ; or i. q. Aram. :3n3 ,
Heb. bl^, pr. to be white, shining;
Redslob. Hence
'^'!35 Esth. 1, 6, a species of marble
used lor pavements ; Sept. Vulg. afia-
s ^
Quyonrfi, smaj-agdites. Arab. ::; g < , ac-
cording to the Camoos p. 176, is a spe-
cies of stone, either perh. white marble,
or imitation marble ; so called as feigning
the appearance of marble; comp. r. :;n3 .
^binS Chald. f. haste, Ezra 4, 23.
^'^ns adj. bright, shining, of the sun
Job 37, 21. R. in3.
^nil or ^D^ in Kal not used, io
tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp. by
transp. n^3. and Ethiop. OUZ,Z^ to in-
spire terror, h and "i being interchanged.
NiPH. 1. to tremble, to shake, e. g. of
the bones Ps. 6, 3 ; the hands Ez. 7, 27 j
trop. of the soul, Ps. 6, 4. Hence
2. to be in trepidation, to be amazed,
confounded, to be .struck with terror,
consternation; Ex. 15,15. 1 Sam. 28, 21.
2 Sam. 4, 1. Ps. 48, 6. Ez. 26. 18 ; with
^:bt3 Gen. 45, 3. Job 23, 15. Ecc. 8, 3.
Including also the idea of despondency.
Job 4, 5. Is. 21, 3.
3. to flee in trepidation, in consterna-
tion, Judg. 20, 41. Hence genr. to hfisten
to or after any tiling, c. b Prov. 28, 22
(^s-yn ir-'N ,'inb bn33 the man of eril eye
hasteth after riches, i. e. anxiously socks
to be rich. Ecc. 8, 3 -^n V3B"a btisFi-bx
be not hasty to go out of his sight, i. e.
depart not arrogantly, perversely.
4. to perish suddenly, as with fright,
to be destroyed; Ps. 104, 29 thou hidest
thy face, ^i-n^? theij perish at onve, sc.
thy creatures. So Ps. 90, 7, as required
bn2
115
5rD
by the parallelism. Comp. ^^fjS Part,
feni. n^ns? subst. sudden desti-uction
Zeph. 1, 18; comp. ns-^n:.
PiEL I. to cause to tremble, to terri-
fy, to confound, to strike with terror and
consternation, Ps. 2, 5. 83, 16. Dan. 11,
44. Job 22, 10. Hence to cause to de-
spond, Ezra 4, 4 Keri.
^ 2. to hasten, to quicken, Esth. 2, 9.
Hence with inf. c. b , i. q. "ina , to hasten
to do any thing, i. e. to do it hastily,
rashly, Ecc. 5, 1. 7, 9.
PuAL to he hastened, quickened. Prov.
20, 21 Keri, rbnho nbn? a possession
hastily gotten, i. e. acquired with anx-
ious haste. Hence part, bn'ma hastened,
quickened, Esth. 8, 14,
HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1. Job 23, 16.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 2. Esth. 6, 14.
3. Caus. of Kal no. 3, to drive out in
haste, to thrust out, 2 Chr. 26, 20.
5n2l Chald. in Pe. not used.
Ith pe. Inf nbnann subst. haste, speed,
with pref 2 adv. in haste, quickly, Dan.
2, 25. 3, 24! 6. 20.
Pa. to terrify, to put in trepidation,
Da'rT 4, 2. 16. 7, 15. Ithpa. pass. Dan.
5,9.
' Deriv. sibTja .
5^^n3 f. (r. bns) terror, Lev. 26, 16.
Plur. Jer. 15, 8. With the art. terror,
xT i^ozr,v, i. e. sudden destruction, Is..
65, 23. Ps. 78, 33.
^*Jt^ a root not in use, pr. to shut,
to close, spec, the mouth, hence to be
mute, dumb. Arab. ^^ IV to shut, X
to be mute, dumb. The like significa-
tion is found in many roots ending with
the letter D, and denoting sounds pro-
duced with the mouth shut ; as crrn .
6^5$, Bb2. d^^^, c^'n, CISC, comp. Lat
Jiem, Gr. fivoj. Other roots ending with
the same letter designate murmuring,
whisperingr humming sounds, which
likewise are produced with the mouth
closed; as onj, cx3. man, cna, Arab.
| g t ^ ? /??*><, fremo, (SQiftdo/uat, ^o,
Germ, brummen, Engl, to hum.
^''?ri^ f. constr. r^n3 , c. suff. ipirna ,
*]P^fTls (as if from nrna) ; piur. niona ,
constr. nirna; a beast, pr. a dumb
beast, from r. cna ; spoken usually of
the larger land quadrupeds, opp. to
birds and reptiles ; but see in Piur. no.
2. Arab. k^J^. Gen. 6, 7. 20. 7,2.
8. 23. 8, 20. Ex. 9, 25. Lev. 11, 2. Prov.
30, 30 nrnaa n-iaa t^b the Hon, a mighty
one among the beasts. Spec.
1. Collect, domestic beasts, cattle, Lat.
pecus; opp. "^"ixn r.^n Gen. 1, 24, rvm
nn^n 2, 20. 3. 14,' n^nn 7, 14. 21. Lev'
25, 7, i. e. beasts of the field, wild beasts.
The word HrnS includes both ^KS and
n;?3. Gen. 47', 18. Lev. 1, 2. Elsewhere
2. beasts of burden, as asses, camels,
opp. nsjria , Gen. 34, 23. 36. 6. Num. 32,
26. 2 K.'3, 17. Comp. Is. 30. 6. 46, 1.
3. Poet, also for beasts of the field,
wild beasts ; so in plur. ni^na Deut. 32,
24. Hab. 2, 17 ; espec. wilh ^"xn Deut.
28, 26. Is, 18, 6, iTi\Bn, ^nb 1 Sam. 17,
44. Joel 1, 20, ns;: Mic. 5, 7!
Plur. nirna 1. beasts, quadrupeds,
see above.
2. Plur. majest. joined with sing, masc.
Behemoth, i. e. the great beast, huge quad-
ruped, by which name is designated the
hippopotamus, Job 40, 15. So Bochart,
Hieroz. II. p. 754 sq. Ludolt; Hist.
.(Ethiop. I. 11. Others wrongly under-
stand the elephant ; asDrusius, Grotius,
Schultens, J. D. Michaelis ad h. 1. Scho-
der in Hieroz, Spec, I. p. 2 sq. Proba-
bly under the form ni^na there lies
concealed some Egj-ptian name for the
hippopotamus, so modified as to put on
the appearance of a Semitic word; see
in r02i<. Thus n-e^e-JULCUOVT
P-ehe-mout would signify the water-ox;
by which epithet (bomarino) the Italians
al.so designate the hippopotamus ; see
Jablonsky Opusc. ed, te Water. 1. 52. It
is true that this word so compounded is
not now found in the remains of the Cop-
tic language ; but the objection urged
(Lee's Heb. Lex. p. 74), that it is formed
contrary to the laws of language, is not
valid. It is said indeed that ehe (ox) is
of the fem. gender, and that tiie word for
water is mou, not mout. But ehe is of
the comm. gender md is frequently
used as masculine, see Peyron p, 46;
and the t in mout may be an article
postpositive, see Lepsius Lettre k Ro-
sellini p. 63.
m
116
Kta
fj"? obeol. root, prob. i. q. fi>l^,
|V-g-3 Conj. IV, to shut up, to cover.
Hence the two following :
IT}^ m. tJie thumb when followed by
*l^ , so called as shutting and covering
the hand; also the great toe when fol-
lowed by ban ; so Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23
sq. 14, 14. 17.' 25. 28. Plur. constr. nisina
Judg. Ij 6. 7, from a lost sing, "jins . Arab.
l*L^T , and in vulgar Arab, j^^ id.
jriS (thumb) Bohan, pr. n. of a son
of Reuben ; from whom also comes the
name '(ri3"'(3X Stone of Bohan, a place
on the confines of Judah and Benjamin.
Josh. 15, 6. 18, 17.
I""-'*? obsol. root ; Syr. ^^ai^j to be
white, spec, with leprosy ; Chald. pf^3J<
to be bright, shining, p"'na bright, shin-
ing. Comp. ~iH2. Hence
^T\2. m. vitiligo alba, white scurf,
vnorphexo, an efflorescence on the skin,
not uncommon in the East, consisting
of spots of a palish white, ^^'i^'^, niina
niD^b, resembling the leprosy, but
harmless, and neither contagious nor
s .
hereditary. Lev. 13. 39. Arab. ^^J-^
ap. Avic. See more in Thes. p. 183.
'J-7 obsol. root, Arab. _aj to shine,
to be bright, trop. to be conspicuou.s.
Ethiop. nCU to be light, bright, 11 C^
light, flCVl a light, luminary. The
primary idea lies in being tremulous,
glittering, glancing; comp. bna. Hence
"i*^na and
^^"^0^ f plur. ni^irtS, a brightness,
i, e. a spot in the skin, for the most part
white. Wlien such a spot is lower than
the rest of the skin, and has in it white
hairs, it is a symptom of the oriental
leprosy, Lev. 13, 2-4. 18-23. 24-28.
Otherwise it is harmless, whether it be
a scar, or arise from a burning, or from
the morphew, pn2 , ib. v. 38. 39. Jahn
wrongly supposes the word n'iria to be
the name of a particular disease, the
Xu'XTi of Hippocrates; Archseol. I. 215.
Dilfcrerit is pnia boliak q. v. the name of
a pjirticular disease consisting of whitish
spots.
* N1S praet. K3 , once a Mil^l for
sa 1 Sam. 25. 8; imp. Nia, s<a , twice
.1X2 Milel 1 Sam. 20, 21. 1 K. 13, 7 ; inf
N-ia, once nx2 Milra 1 K. 14, 12; fut.
Nia'; , Na*i , once ia^i 1 K. 12, 12 Cheth,
with He parag. and sufF. sometimes
irreg. nrsan Deut. 33, 16, ^rxian Job
22, 21, ''rKan, Keri rsian l' Sam. 25,
34 ; see Index at the end of the volume.
1. to go or come in, to enter; Ethiop.
fl^/i id. Arab. *Lj to return. Kin-
dred is so coeundi sensu. Correspond-
ing are Sanscr. va to go, Gr. /Jaw,
whence ^uivoj, vado, see signif no. 3,
which although less frequent is perhaps
the primary one. 0pp. NS^ Josh. 6, 1.
1 K. 15, 17. The place into which one
goes, as a house, city, country, ship, is
put with a Gen. 19, 8. Deut. 23, 25. 26 ;
bit Gen. 6,'l8. 7, 1. 19, 3; b Esth. 6, 4 ;
with He local Gen. 12, 11. 14; and poet,
c. ace. Ps. 100, 4. Lam. 1, 10, comp. Lat.
' ingredi urbem :' whence Gen. 23, 10. 18
i^'^s "i^'lU "^xa those entering the gates
of his city. Prov. 2, 19. The person to
whom one enters, is put with bx Gen. 6,
20. 7, 13 ; with a , to enter into e. g. one's
body, Ez. 2, 2'nn "^a siini the spirit
entered into me (comp. fjtvog urdgag
iai^Xfjai II. 17. 157). 2 K. 18, 21.
Spec, a) nii'X'bx xla to go in unto a
woman, an euphemism for sexual inter-
course, Gen. 6, 4. 16, 2. 30, 3 ; rarely
with by Gen. 19, 31. Arab. f.\^ and slj
id. b) to go Or come into the house of a
husband, spoken of a bride. Josh. 15, 18.
Judg. 1, 14; with bx Dan. 11, 6. Comp.
Hiph. no. 1. c) CS ::Ett3^a xia to enter
into judgment with anyone, i. e. to bring
before a tribunal, to arraign, Is. 3, 14.
Job 22, 4. Ps. 143, 2. d) X131 PXS to
go out and come in, to go out and in, spo-
ken of one's daily walk and life, 1 Sam.
29, 6. Deut. 28. 6. Ps. 121, 8. Diflerent
is to go out and come in before the peo-
ple, i. e. to lead out a people to war,
spoken of a military leader, commander,
Num. 27, 17. 1 Sam. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 1,
10 ; also without cyn "^Stb Josh. 14, 11.
1 K. 3. 7 ; comp. Deiit. 31, 2 of Moses.
Comp. Hiph. e) 3 Xi'a to enter in ipith
any one, i. o. to hare ivteirourse withy
Josh. 23, 7. 12. Hence nbxa xia , ct c.
xia
117
N"a
ace. n^SJ, to enter into an oath, see
nbx ; n"'"i::a info a covenant, see n^na ;
"lioB to enter into the secret counsels
of any one, to become his confederate,
Gen. 49, 6. With bx, Gen. 15, 15
i-'niawS-bx stia to go unto one's fathers,
i. q. to be gathered to one's fathers, to
enter into Sheol ; sec Cjox Niph. f ) to
enter upon an office, duty, ] Chr. 27, 1.
0pp. xx^ 2 K. 11, 9, g) to enter sc.
into his chamber Ps. 19,6, spoken of the
sun, i. q. to go down, to set, Sept. dv<a.
Gen. 15, 12. 17. 28, 11. al. 0pp. MS^ .
h) to come in, spoken of the annual pro-
duce of the earth, to be brought in, to be
gathered. Lev. 25, 22 ; hence of profits,
revenues, to come in, to be rendered,
1 K. 10, 14. 2 Chr. 9, 13. Comp. ni<n .
0pp. its';) to go out, to be expended.
2. to come, very often in O. T. 0pp.
^bn, Gen. 16, 8. 1 Sam. 20, 21. 22. Ecc.
5, 15. With bx of pers. or place Gen.
37, 23 ; bs Ex. IS, 23 ; 1? 2 Sam. 16, 5 ;
\ 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 18 ; also ace. and
hence Lam. 1, 4 1?1^ ""XS those coming
to the/estical. Often of inanimate things.
Gen. 43, 23. Job 37, 9. 38, 11 ; espec. of
time, Jer. 7, 32. Ecc. 2, 16; whence
f^xan the coming days, adv. in the time
to come, Is. 27, 6 ; comp. nnx . Spec,
a) a Xia to come with any thing, i. e. to
bring it, to offer, see 3 B. 2. 1 K. 13, ] .
Ps. 66, 13. Ecc. 5, 2 ana mbnn xa "^a
TJ?^ f^ ^ dream brings much ado, i. e.
many and empty matters. Ps. 71, 16
'jHx n-iasa xiax J will come with the
mighty deeds of the Lord, i. e. I will re-
count and celebrate them ; parall. "T^aTX .
Comp. Pers. ^<^\y\ to bear and to nar-
rate ; also Lat. fenmt. b) xab T? lit.
even unto the coming, until one ccmie,
Judg. 3, 3, and ellipt. xab Num. 13, 21.
34. 8. for even unto, usque ad, in geogra-
phical descriptions. The same is ?iX2-i
until thou comest Gen.l9. 22 ; n2X2 . Tjxa ,
id. Gen. 10, 19. 30, 13. 10. c) With "? '
to come to a place or person Ex. 22, 8 ; and
metaph. to reach or attain imto anyone,
he equal to, 2 Sam. 23, 19; bx 2 Sam.
23,23. Arab. tLs to be equal, like ; comp.
Germ, gleichkommen. d) to come upon
any one, to fall upon unexpectedly;
e.g. of an enemy, to attack, Gen. 34, 27.
1 Sam. 12, 12. Job 15, 21 ; of calamity
Job 20, 22. In prose for the most part
constr. c. bs Gen. 1 Sam. 11. cc. bx Gen.
32, 8; in pwetry with ace. and b Job
3, 25. Is. 47, 9. Rarely spoken of good,
something desired, c. b? Josh. 23, 15 ;
ace. Job 22, 21. Ps. 119, 41. 77. Arab.
ul c. ace. to eome upon any one, to fall
upon, e) i. q. to come to pass, to be
fulfilled, ctccomplished, e. g. of desire,
Prov. 13, 12 ; espec. of prophecies 1 Sara.
9, 6. Dcut. 13, 2. 18, 22. Judg. 13, 12 ; of
a sign given by a prophet, 1 Sam. 10,7.
0pp. baa, anttS. f) nioida xia to come
with their names, i. e. to be enumerated
by name, 1 Chr. 4, 38.
3. Rarely simpl. to go, i. q. T)bfi, the
place whither being usually expressed.
Gen. 37, 30 xa "'JX^ n:x whitlier shall I
go ? whither turn myself. Gen. 45, 17.
Jon. 1,3 he found a ship tl5"'nn nx3
going to Tarshish. Is. 7, 24. 22, 15. Num.
32, 6. Job 2, 11. With dat. pleon. ?)b
1 Sam. 22, 5. Metaph. to walk, to live,
i. q. r\?r\ , T[sr\nn ; so with nx and D
with any one, i. e. to have intercourse
with, to associate with, Ps. 26, 4. Prov.
22, 24.
HiPH. x-^an, 2 pers. nxan, c. suff.
^inxan Ps. 66, 11, c^nxaq Ez. 23, 22;
more freq. "^jrixian , ?;inx''ar! , o'^nx'^a!! ;
plur. cnxan Lev.' 23, 10, and nnxiati
1 Sam. 16, 17 ; inf. X^an , once "lan Ruth
3, 15, with pref. X-^anb , twice X^ab 2 Chr.
31, 10. Jer. 39, 7 ; fut. x^a^ , xa^] , with
X dropped "ax 1 K. 21, 29 ; causat. of
Kal in most of its significations.
1. to cause to come in, i. e. to lead or
bring in, e. g. into a house Gen. 43, 17 ;
a ship Gen. 6, 19 ; a land Ex. 6, 8. Spec,
a) to bring home a wife Judg. 12, 9, see
in Kal no. 1. b. b) liQ'^'?^ '^"'rT! to bring
into judgment, i. e. before a tribunal,
Job 14. 3. Ecc. 11, 9, see in Kal no. 1. c.
c) X-'ani X"'S'iri to lead out and in a peo-
ple i. e. <o and/rom war. spoken of a king
or other military leader, Num. 27, 17.
1 Chr. 11, 2; see in Kal no. 1. d. d)
Also to cause the sun to go down, to set,
Am. 8, 9 ; see Kal no. 1. g. e) Spoken
of inanimate things, e. g. to bring in
fruits, produce, i. q. to bring home, to
gather, 2 Sam. 9, 10 ; to bring or bear
in, Sept. H(X(pi^a, Gen. 27, 10. Lev. 4, 5.
sin
118
tf0
16. to put in,to insert, e. g. the hand in-
to the bosom Ex. 4, 6 ; staves or poles
into rings Ex. 25, 14. 26, 11.
2. to bring to any one, to lead up, pr.
of persons or animals; with ^S or h to
any one, Gen. 2, 19. 22. 43, 9. 44, 32 to
let come, i. e. to call for, to admit, Esth.
5, 10. 12. Also of things inanimate : a)
to bring to any one. Gen. 27, 10. 30, 14.
31, 39. 33, 11. 2 Chr. 9, 10. Gen. 37, 2
cn^ax-bx nsn nns'n-rx xa*] he brought
to their father an evil report concerning
them, b) i. q. to offer, e. g. a present
1 Sam. 9, 7. 25, 27 ; a sacrifice Gen. 4, 4.
c) With b'S to bring upon one any evil,
destruction, e. g. the deluge Gen. 6, 17 ;
calamity Jer. 4, 6. 5, 15. More rarely
with h Jer. 15, 8, and bx 32, 42. d) to
bring to pass, tofuJfl, to accomplish, e. g.
one's words, purpose, a prophecy, Is. 37,
26. 46, 11. Jer. 39, 16. Comp. Kal no. 2. e.
3. to bring with oneself, to bear, to
carry away, 2 Chr. 36, 7. Dan. 1, 2.
Sept. (X7ioq;Q(a. Hence a) Simpl. to
bear, to carry, i. q. Xb5 . Job 12, 6 who
carries his god in his hand, see in i^lVx
no. 1, p. 54. Ps. 74, 5 t^^?^^ S<^=^3
niti'n*n|? . . . as one who beareth upward
axes, i. e. lifteth up, as a wood-cutter.
b) to bring back, to let return ; comp.
Arab. cLj to return, IV to let return.
Deut. 33, 7 hear, Jehovah, the voice of
Jndah, '^rs'^an ifiS-^x;) and bring him
back unto his jyeople. c) to bring away
any thing, i. e. to get, to acquire, comp.
Arab. ..G c. ^^ . Ps. 90, 12 ^ih Sf^zji
nrsn timt we may acquire a lieart of
wisdfjvi, a wise heart.
HopH. X2>in 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 1,
to be led or brought in, Gen. 43, 18. Ps.
45, 15 ; (0 be brought in, Lev. 10. 18. 2 K.
12, 10 sq. to be put in, inserted, Ex. 27, 7.
2. Pa.'^s. of Hiph. no. 2, to be brought
or led to any one, Lev. 13, 2. 9. 14, 2 ;
to be brought to any one. Gen. 33, 11.
Deriv. nxa , xiais , also xaia , nxran .
S'il a root usually assumed for the
forms 1*1-5 and niia ; which belong rather
to r. 2~3 q. v.
T'Q fut. tll^, to despise, to contemn;
kindr. is nja. The primary idea is i. q.
b13 q. v. to tread under foot, which also
IB put for contempt, comp. Prov. 27, 7.
ConKtr, c, ace, Prov. 1, 7 ; oftener c. b
Prov. 11, 12. 13, 13. 14, 21. 23, 9. Cant. 8,
1.7. Prov. 6, 30 235b W^-^ xb men do not
despise a thief i. e. do not overlook his
crime and let him go unpunished ; comp.
30, 17. In Zech. 4, 10 Ta is read in prset.
3 pers. for t2 , as if from ITS .
Deriv. the two following :
T^3 m. 1. contempt. Job 12, 5. 31, 34.
2. Buz, pr. n. a) The second son of
Nahor Gen. 22, 21 ; also as the name of
a people and district of Arabia Deserta
Jer. 25, 23. Gentile n. is "'T^a Buzite,
Job 32, 2. b) 1 Chr. 5, 14. '
HT'^Ja f. contempt, meton. one con-
temned, collect, despised ones Neh. 3, 36
[4, 4].
"^T^S (pr. a Buzite, see in ra no. 2. a.)
pr. n. Buzi, a priest, the father of the
prophet Ezekiel, Ez. 1, 3.
^'^'^ Bavai, pr. n. m. of Persian origin,
i. q. "laa , Neh. 3, 18.
5|'in not used in Kal, prob. to roll up,
to involve, to entangle, and hence to per-
plex ; comp. "32*, v-Ut and t]Srj to turn,
to turn about, Arab. (iJLS to be confused
and perplexed, e. g. a business, viAo to
entangle oneself in evil.
NiPH. Tjia; , Part. plur. ^=23 Ex. 14,
Z; to be perplexed, disquieted, Esth. 3,
15; to wander in perplexity, in perturba-
tion, Joel 1, 18. Ex. 1. c.
Deriv. rtD^aa .
^^S m. (for bna": , r. ba;;) 1. Pr. rain,
see the root no. 1 ; hence as the name
of the eighth Hebrew month. Bid. i. e.
rainy month, from the new-moon of No-
vember to that of December, 1 K. 6, 38.
2. produce, increase, i. q. nxnan , Job
40, 20. Hence Is. 44, 19 fS bsia stock or
trunk of wood, as in Chaldee.
* D^S obsol. root, prob. to be high,
whence nra high place, q. v. This
root is not found in the other Semitic
dialects, (yet see Syr. jials 1 Sam. 10,
23 Pcsh.) but obvious traces of it are
extant in the languages of tlie Indo-
european family ; ns Pers. *U top of any
thing, roof; ^ift6g altar, tumulus, and
ftoiivoc hill ; pomus. of tall trees ; and in
the Teutonic tongues /?07, Boom, Baitm.
p=
119
113
* "jlSl ^vith its deriv. see in T'S) .
njll (discretion) pr. n. m. Bunah,
1 Chr. 2, 25.
''lia see 'ja.
CmIH ft. 0i3;j, <o freai rfotpra. fo
trample umler foot. e. g. in neglect and
contempt, Prov. 27, 7. Also to trample.
in, pieces, to stamp upon enemies, i. e.
Utterly to subdue them, Is. 14. 25. 63, 6.
Ps. 44, 6. 60. 14. Part. D"'Di3 Zech. 10,
5. The idea of^ treacling is expressed in
many languages by the syllable pat va-
riously inflected ; e. g. Sanscr. pati way,
pad, pada. foot, path to go ; Zend pethd,
pAte, a path, (Pers. Lj foot.) Gr. natog,
hajBw, and novg for no8g, gen. no86g,
Lat. pes, pedis, also petere, Low Germ.
padden, pedden, i. q. nainv, Pfad, Engl,
path, also to pad, to pat ; in Hob. t being
changed to a sibilant, pas, bos. In the
kindred sense ofstampitig in, cnimming,
is 02X ; in that oi despising, T^2, nja,
like Gr. nazioi II. 4. 157. Corap. also
PiL. OOia to tread down a place, land,
i. e. to lay waste, with the accessory
idea of pollution, profanation, Jer. 12,
10. Is. 63, 18. Comp. xmanaziiv i. q.
/JsIStiIovv 1 Mace. 3, ,45. 51. Rev. 11, 2;
also O^T .
HoPH. part. Dlalia trodden under foot,
e. g. a corpse. Is. 14, 19.
HiTHPAL. DD"i2nrt to be cast forth to
be trodden under foot, Ez. 16, 6. 22.
Comp. DS'inn .
Deriv. rtOii^^ , noian , and pr. n. Oin'^ .
?^^ a root not in use, which with
kindr. nsa , 533 . signifies to swell, and is
then variously applied, e.g. to water as
boiling up, gushing forth ; to ulcers and
pustules as breaking forth, rising in the
ekin. Eence rssssx,
\ : :
y^S obsol. root, i. q. Arab. x^\^
mid. Ye, to he white, c. ace. to surpass
in whiteness ; II to make white ; IX
and XI to be of a white colour ; whence
(joajT white, bright. Kindr. are Chald.
yax, -jras, y-^sa, stannum, tin; also
tiia . Comp. also Pers. 5 tij, white,
bright. Germ, weiss, High Germ, biess.
Hence ns'^2 egg, and
ffi m. hyssua, also cloth of hyssus, so
called from its whiteness; see r. V1J
and Rev. 19, 8. 14 , comp. also further in
Thesaur. p 190. Spoken of the finest
and most precious stuffs, as worn by
kings I Chr. 15, 27, by priests 2 Chr. 5,
12, and by other persons of high rank or
honour Esth. 1, 6. 8, 15. The word is
of Aramaean origin, and is therefore used
spec, of the Syrian byssus Ez. 27. 16,
which seems to be there distinguished
from the Egyptian byssus or ttJ ib. v.
7. Elsewhere it seems not to ditTer
from lad, and is ollen put for it in the
later Hebrew, 1 Chr. 4. 21. 2 Chr. 3, 14;
comp. Ex. 26, 31. So f^oa and Chald.
712 in O. and N. T. for Heb. ttSt^ and
Gr. ^vaaoq. After long inquiry and dis-
pute, whether the cloths of byssus were
of linen or cotton, (see Celsii Hierobot.
II. 167 sq. Forster de Bysso antiquor.
Lond. 1776.) recent minute investiga-
tions at London with the aid of the
microscope have decided the contro-
versy so far as relates to cloths found
around Egyptian mummies, and shown
that the threads are linen. See Wil-
kinson's Manners and Cust. of the Anc.
Egyptians, III. p. 115.
7?*^^ (shining, glittering, from ija^
to shine) Dozez, pr. n. of a rock near
Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 4.
r^ i- q. PE^5 to empty ; hence
n;5!aa , and
^'^''O. f. emptiness, i. e. desolation, de-
vastation, comp. p;53 . Once Nah. 2, 11
<if?n372l n;r>a2 intens. for uttermost deso-
lation, like nxiaas) nsiii, narrs-i n^ia'j.
fix)m the roots xi;ij, aaa.
' - T
^y^ pr. a herdsman, keeper of cat-
tle, denom. from "i|^3 q. v. In a wider
sense also of a shepherd. Am. 7. 14,
comp. v. 15. Vulg. armentariiis, which
is like comprehensive ; comp. Virg.
Georg. 3. 344.
I. Tia and ^3 m. (for ii<2 , -ik3 , r.
iX2,)plur. nin2. g^^^
1. a pit, Arab. S^jJ, 1 Sam. 13, 6.
1 Chr. 11, 22. ^
2. Spec, a cistern. Gen. 37, 20 sq.
D*^3isr! niia cisterns hewn, so. in the
rock, Deut. 6, 11. Cisterns when with
^13
120
n
out water were often used as prisons,
Zech. 9, 11. Jer. 38, 6 sq. Hence
3. i. q. a prison, dungeon. Is. 24, 22 ;
more fully -lisn n"^S Jer. 37, 16. Ex.
12, 29.
4. a sepulchre, the grave ; freq. in the
phrase "ii2"''n'ni^ those rcho go down to
the sepidchre, i. e. the dead, Ps. 28, 1. 30,
4. 88, 5. Is. 38, 18. 14, 19 -'Sax-bx ''inii
ll's who go down to the stones of the sepul-
chre, i. e. those laid in costlier sepulchres
hewn in the rock, "ila "i? eren to the se-
pidchre Pro v. 28, 17. Is. 14, 15 nin-^rSnT
the recesses of the sepidchre.
II. lis alkali, see 1*3 II.
'n*l!Il j. q. -I'^a , ^0 search out, to exa-
mine, to prove, once Ecc. 9, 1 inf. "13^;
comp. 3, 18 D";!3^.
* "JJIHI . prget. dia , *ipitt)3 ; part. plur.
t3''iri3; fut. iiJiav
1. <o fee ashamed, to feel shame. So
Chald. Syr. Tina , Zai^ ; comp. also
^ ^ ^ ) ^
Arab. vo-gJ ) o-J to be astonished,
amazed, struck dumb ; Lat. pudere, pu-
dor. The primary idea seems not to lie
in blushing, but in paleness and terror,
thus kindr. with y 13 and rs'2 . [Or rather
perh. to be hot, to glow, and then to blush,
comp. ttia;i . T.] Ezra 8. 22 bkllSb "^'003
I was ashamed to ask. 9, 6. Once fol-
lowed by a finite verb, Job 19. 3 ^ittJan-sb
*'V!|"i3f7n ye are not ashamed, ye stun me,
i. e. shameless ye stun me. With '"O of
that of which one is ashamed, Ez. 36, 32 ;
comp. 43, 10. 11. Hence
2. Spec, to be disappointed in one's
hope or expectation, which is often con-
joined with blushing and shame, Jer.
14, 3. Job 6, 20. Ascribed to enemies
and wicked men who are put to flight
after vain attempts, Ps. 6, 11. 25, 3. 31,
18. 35, 4. Also to persons oppressed
with sudden calamity, Jer. 15, 9. 20, 11 ;
to husbandmen disappointed of their
harvest, Jer. 14, 4 ; comp. Is. 19, 9, and
ti'^ain . On the contrary, it is said those
who tnist in God shall never he ashamed,
disappointed, Ps. 22, 6. 25, 2. 3. With
ja of that which disappoints the hope,
Jer. 2, 36.
3. Trop. of the mind, i. q. to he con-
fused, perplexed, troubled ; comp. Arab.
r (? > . So espec. in the phrase Il5l3 IS ;
Judg. 3; 25 they waited oJia ir until
they were ashamed, i. e. perplexed, trou-
bled. 2 K. 2, 17.
4. Once apparently spoken of that
which disappoints the hopes of any one ;
comp. naJ3. Hos. 13, 15 ii"ip ttiia;; his
fountain shall be ashamed, i. e. shall dry
up. comp. Jer. 14, 3 ; followed by a'nri".
But more prob. IJia^ is here equivalent
to ttJ3i'^ .
Note. This verb is frequent in po-
etry, and rare in prose ; see in no. 2, 4.
Kal is not found in the Pentateuch ; see
Hithpal.
PiL. OT1J3 to delay, pr. to shame or
disappoint a person waiting ; constr. c.
inf et \ Ex. 32, 1. Judg. 5, 28. Comp.
tt)i3 -IS Judg. 3, 25.
HiPH. <U"'3n, 2 pers. nittiian.
1. to shame, to put to shame, to frus-
trate evil designs, i. q. to disappoint,
Ps. 14, 6; so of God, Ps. 44, 8. 119, 31.
116.
2. to bring to shame, to disgrace, Pro v.
29, 15.
3. Intrans. to do shameful things, to act
shamefully ; comp. 3'il2''n , snn , Part.
^'a^ shameful, base, wicked, opp. b'^SiUQ ,
Prov. 10, 5. 14, 35. 17, 2. The idea' of
wickedness includes also folly ; and else-
where words signifying folly (b"i03,
iibas) are transferred to wickedness.
Fem. na:"ia"3 Prov. 12, 4, opp. h-r\ rtjA .
Note. Another form of Hiphil, ttj'^ain,
see under the root ttSa'^ .
Hithpal. to be asJiamed, Gen. 2, 25.
This seems to have been the prose form ;
comp. in baxnfi, CiJSrn.
Deriv. njttia, nttia , n-^ohaa , and
nC^ f. sMme, Ps. 89, 46. Ez. 7, 18.
Obad. 10. Mic. 7, 10.
Tva Chald. to pass the night, Dan.
6, 19. In Targg. often for "yiST Syr.
wO id. also to sojourn, to remain ; Arab.
oLj mid. Ye, Ethiop. fl>T, to pass the
night, to remain. Hence is commonly
derived the word n^a house ; but see in
n'l'a.
T3 m. (r. tta) c. suff. W3 , prey, spoil,
booty, spoken of men and beasts carried
away in war, (elsewhere "'315 , np^ ,)
Kin
121
inn
and also of goods or property plundered
by un enemy ; Num. 14, 3. Jer. 15, 13.
49,32. ta tTa, see in tT3. Very fre-
quently in the phrase T2^ n^n to become
a prey, to he carried off as spoil, Num.
14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Is. 42, 22 ; some-
times c. dat. Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. Also
T^b 'rj to gipe for prey, as spoil, Jer. 17,
3."Ez.'25, 7 Keri.
^J^ M?ti Ifyofi, Is. 18, 2 a people . . .
iunx D'^inj flxta naJx whose land rivens
rend, i. e. break up into parts, 1XT3 i. q.
ina ; or perh. divide 7ip, 1X^3 i. q. 1"T3 fr.
Chald. 5T3 to cleave. The aUnsion is
to Ethiopia ; see Coram, on Is. I. c.
'J^ i.q. t^a, to despise, to contemn ;
pr. to tread under foot, see T^ia, 013,
Constr. c. ace. Num. 15, 31. Ps. 22, 25.
102, 18 ; more rarely with b 2 Sam. 6, 16,
and (suitably to the primary idea) bs
Neh. 2, 19. Opp. *i33 1 Sam. 2, 30. Also
Prov. 19, 16 i"'2'^'? n.T'ia he that despiseth
ifis ways, i. e. overlooks them, lives heed-
lessly. Esth.3,6 1^ n^ujb vj'ss la^i atid
he despised to lay hands on Mordecai
alone, i. e. this was too little. Ps. 73, 20.
NiPH. part. nT33 despised, contemned,
Is. 53, 3. Ps. 15, 4.
HiPH. i. q. Kal, Esth. 1, 17.
Deriv. '(i-'JB, pr.n. n^rn-T3, nT3:o3, also
^T3 verbal adj. of the intrans. or pass,
form, despised, contemned. Is. 49. 7 "nT3
tl5S2 despised of men, i. q. CS "^Ita Ps. 22. 7.
f^jS i. q. Ta (r. na) prey, booty, found
only in the later Hebrew ; comp. Aram.
U}^- 2 Chr. 14, 13. 28, 14. Ezra, 9, 7.
Neh. 3, 36. Esth. 9, 10 sq. Dan. 11, 24.
33. Ollen joined with the synon. Vs'Q
and ""aa .
*"I^)plur. W3, !i:n3, once iTa; inf.
T3, fut. Th^ ; to prey upon, to spoil, i. e. to
size as prey, to plnnder. Arab, "o Conj.
I, VIII. Aram. T^a , }L , id. The primary
notion seems to be that of pulling in
pieces, scattering ; comp. the kindred
roots XJ2 , pT2 , "ita . Hence Chald. TSTS
to squander, to dissipate, from which is
commonly derived 03133 gift, q. v.
Construed : a) Absol. Num. 31, 53.
1 Sam. 14, 36. b) With ace. of the
prey, to seize as prey, to carry off as
11
spoil. Gen. 34, 29. Num. 31, 9. Deut. 2,
35. 3, 7. ta TTa to prey th't jrrey. i. e. to
take the prey. Is. 10, 6. 33, 23 ; bb^ TTi
id. 2 Chr. 28, 8. c) With ace. of a city'
country, persons. Gen. 34, 27. Ez. 39,10.
2 K. 7, 16. 2 Chr. 14, 13. Is. 42. 22.
NiPH. tas, plur. 1?a3, inf. and fut. Tian,
Tia*; , to be spoiled, plundered, pass, of Kal
lett. c. Amos 3, 11. Is. 24, 3.
PuAL. id. Jer. 50, 37.
Deriv. 13, ma.
"Jl^^a m. (r. ni2) contempt, Esth. 1, 18.
f^^riT'Ti (contempt of Jehovah) Biz-
jothjah, pr. n. of a place in the south of
Judah, Josh. 15, 28.
|<I-f obsol. root, prob. to scatter, to
y
disperse, like Syr. wCj^. The Arab,
^"o is to spit, to sow seed ; also to rise,
as the sun, pr. to scatter his rays ; in
which sense of radiating, coruscating, it
would seem t-o be kindr. with P";j2 ; for
the interchange of T and ", see under "i.
Hence
pj^ m. 7ra| Xfyofi. Ez. 1, 11. i. q. pn3 ^
lightning, Jiash of lightning. So all the
ancient versions ; also Abulwalid and
Kimchi.
pT3 (lightning) Bezek, pr. n. of a Ca-
naanitish city, whose king was Adoni-
bezek, Judg. 1, 4 sq. 1 Sam. 11, 8. As.
to its site, see Studer on Judg. 1. c.
'I^ to scatter, to disperse, to dissi-
pate, i.q. "ita, Dan. 11, 24. Arab, yo
Conj. II, and nJu, to sow seed; comp.
Aram. "Tia .
PiEL. to scatter enemies, to put to flight,
Ps. 68, 31.
^^T^ Biztha, pr. n.of a eunuch in the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Perh. i. q.
Pers. xXamJ beste ligatus sc. membro, i. e.
spado.
1"in3 m. verbal adj. i, q. "nSi , a trier oi
metals, assayer, Jer. 6, 27. R. ina .
j^rtS m. (Dag. impl.) a v;atch-tower,
tower, built by a besieging array, Is. 23,
13 Keri. R. ',n2 no. 2.
"l^na m. plur. e-'-ilPia , constr. "''^ina ,
(after the form b'liit^ ^ Dag. f. impl. to
distinguish it from D'^ninS ,) a yoiUh^
ir::3
122
ira
ycrang man, pr. a chosen youth, i. e.
choice, one in the prime of manhood, etc.
See part. "i^n2 in r. "^ns no. 2. Or per-
haps the signif. may be derived from the
kindr. *i?3 no. 3, whence Arab. _Xj vir-
gin. E. g. Judg. 14. 10. 1 Sam. 8, 16.
It denotes pr. a young man of ripe vi-
gour, but unmarried, Ruth 3, 10. Is. 62,
5 ; often joined with in'^^rS Deut. 32, 25.
Lam. 1, 18. 2, 21. al. Spec, yomig men
for young warriors, Is. 9, 16. 31, 8. Jer.
18, 21. 49, 26. 51. 3. Am. 4, 10. Comp.
raib^ and Vzta .
riil^na see cinna .
"W^ Is. 23, 13 Cheth. see -,^2.
THS m. (r. ~f]S) verbal adj. chosen,
elect, iy-lsxToi;, found only in the phrase
nirri n-^na the chosen of Jehovah, spoken
of Saul, 2'Sam. 21, 6 ; of Moses, Ps. 106,
23 ; of the people of Israel. Is. 43. 20. 45,
4, parall. f^i^'l nns ; of pious men and
prophets, or of the Messiah, Is. 42, 1.
Plur. of the righteous Is. 65, 9. 15. 22.
Ps. 105, 43.
* btj^ I. i. q. ^52 no. 3, with 2 , to
loathe, to abhor ; comp. Syr. ]\ tw o hav-
ing nausea, sick at the stomach. Zech.
11, 8 "'a nVt)? ^'j^S? tlieir soul abhorred
vie. This signification may be drawn
either from the kindr. 2 bS2, or also
from "712 and 2 "in2 in the sense of re-
jecting.
II. i. q. Arab. J^ to be greedy, avari-
cious. Hence Pdal Prov. 20, 21 Cheth.
t^Tyyo ti'bVi': wealth greedily gotten. See
Schult. Animadv. ad h. 1. The ancient
versions express the sense of the Keri
rbnro .
* "ij!^ fut. 'iHa"^ 1. to try, to prove, to
put to the test, espec. metals, like the
sjmon. C11S ; Jer. 9, 6. Zech. 13, 9. Ps.
66, 10. Metaph. Job 23, 10 nnj? ^53n2
KSX let him try we, /shall come forth as
gold ; also neglecting the primary force,
Job 12, 11 "(nari T\^ vM ^^^ (^ofh not
the ear try words 7 34, 3. a) Ol'ten of
God as trying the hearts or minds of
men, Ps. 7, 10. 17, 3. Prov. 17, 3. Ps. 81,
8 ; espec. by sending calamities upon
them, Job 7, 18. b) Of men as proving
or tempting God, i. q. n? , i. e. by doubt,
unbelief, Mai. 3, 10. 15. Ps. 95, 9.
Chald. "1112, Syr. ^ ^ n , to try, to exa-
mine. The Arabic in this sense has
fjY^ Conj. I, VIII, (_> and ^ being
interchanged ; pr. to rub, to rub upon,
and hence to try metals, sc. by rubbing
them upon the lapis Lydius or touch-
stone, Gr. ^danyog.
2. to keep a look-out, to watch ; whence
"(ina , "1^2 , watch-tower.
NiPH. to be tried, proved. Gen. 42. 15.
16. Job 34. 36.
PuAL inis id. Ez. 21, 18 )ry2 "3 for it
is tried, i. e. trial is made, comp. Schnur-
rer ad h. 1. Sept, oit didtxaiujixi. Others
take "n2 as a noun, for trial sc. is made.
Deriv. the two following, and |in2 ,
|W2,rn2.
1^^ m. a watch-tower, tower, see the
root no. 2. Is. 32, 14 "inr;! btS the hill
(Ophel) and the tower upon it ; prob. the
tower upon the hill Ophel mentioned in
Neh. 3, 26. 27.
jnia m. trial, proof. Is. 28, 16 iri3 I^X
a tried stone, i. e. proved and found suit-
able for a foundation-stone. Ez. 21, 18,
see in r. *fH2 Pu.
* '^'j-^ ftit. ^ns^ 1. to prove, i. q. to
try, to examine; like Syr. j_ifcO,i.q.Hebr.
',n2 . We place this signification first,
although it is rare and mostly found only
in the later Hebrew ; since trial must
precede choice. The primary idea is
either that of rubbing upon the lapis
Lydius or touch-stone, so as then to be
i. q. "1112 q. v. or else it lies in cutting in
pieces and scrutinizing, comp. i-fl^, "i|5^
no. 1. Corresponding are Gr. Tifiooto,
Lat. per/or, whence cxperior, comperior,
periciilum, peritus. Is. 48, 10 r,"'ri'in3
'SS "i!ir2 / Jiave proved thee in thefur^
nace of affliction. Job 34, 4. 2 Chr. 34,
6, where the Chethibh is to be thus read :
Gn"ri2 in2 he proved their houses, i. e.
examined the houses of the idolaters.
2. to ap])rove, i. q. to chno.^e. to select.
Comp. Arab, -is? VIII to choose out the
best, to take the best part; Si^; Svi^>
thing selected, chosen. Job 9, 14. 15, 5.
29. 25. Often c. dat. "ib to choose for one-
self Gen. 13, 11. Ex. 17, 9. Josh. 24, 15.
*ira
123
TOn
The thing chos'n is put in the accus.
860 the examples already quoted ; also
more freq. with a , (comp. a B. 4,) Deut.
7, 6. 14, 2. 18, 5. Num. 16, 5. 17, 20.
1 Sam. 10. 24. 16, 8. 9. al. Once with
bs as marking desire, see bs no. 4, Job
36, 21 ; also '(la implying preference, Ps.
84, 11. Part. nW2, plur. constr. '"^ina
1 Sam. 26, 2. a) chosen, select, Ex. 14,
7. b) choice, excellent, Cant. 5, 15.
3. to choose, I ({.to like, to delight in, to
desire ; c. ace. Gen. 6, 2. Is. 1, 29. 2 Sam.
15, 15 'sHx "inaynax bbs according to
all that my lord shall please. Pro v. 1, 29.
3, 31 ; 3 Is. 14. 1 bx^'^J^'S Ti5 in=1 and
he will yet delight in Israel. Zcch. 1, 17.
3, 2 ; b 1 Sam. 20, 30, where yet many
Mes. read 3 . Once praegn. with bs of
pers. 2 Sam. 19, 39 "'^3 nnan-na.x bin
Tjfe-nbrx whatsoever thou shall desire to
lay %ipon me, that I will dx)for thee.
NiPH. 1. to he chosen, i. e. to be wor-
thy of choice, with "t: to he hetter, rather
to be chosen, Jer. 8, 3. Part, nnaa cho-
sen, choice, excellent, "^nas t]03 choice
silrer Prov. 10, 20. 8, 10.' 19 ; with )-o
choicer than, rather to be chosen, better,
Prov. 16, 16. 22. 1.
2. With b, to be chosen by any one,
i. 6. to be acceptable, pleasing to him,
Prov. 21, 3.
PcAL to be chosen, selected, only Ecc.
9. 4 Chethibh.
Deriv. "iTia, -i^n3 , M'lWa , ^TinrD,
"iin3"2, pr. n. "ina^, and the two here
following :
D'^ina (young men's village) Bahit-
rim, a small town of Benjamin, beyond
the Mount of Olives ; Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. 103. n. 3.-2 Sam. 3, 16. 16, 5.
17, 18. 19, 17. 1 K. 2, 8. Hence Simonis
derives the gentile n. "'^iiina Baharur
mite 1 Chr. 11, 33 ; and with the letters
transposed "'an"; 3 2 Sam. 23, 31.
D'^"inS (after the form csp"!) m. plur.
Num. 11. 28, and nin^na Ecc. 11, 9. 12.
1, youth, youthful age. Comp. "i^n3 .
* i5t:S and !^^r: i- q- "^"13 H. /?tto-
Xoyfiv, hlaterare. to babble, i. e. to talk
idly, unadvisedly, onomatop. like the
Greek, Latin, and English words. Part.
nana an idle talker, babbler. Prov. 12, 18.
PiEL id. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33. In
both these passages o'^nEtoa is added
intensively, see Q^nEb in nB'iU no. 1.
Deriv. xaaia.
* J' '^?'^ 1- to trust, to confide, to
place hope and confidence in any one.
Chald. and Samar. id. but rare. Arab.
^Jaj to throw one down upon his back,
to throw in his face ; whence Heb. 2 n:ia
perh. pr. ' to cast oneself or one's cares
upon any one ;' comp. b? bba Ps. 22, 9.
With 3 Prov. 11, 28. Ps. 28, 7 ; b? 2
K. 18, 20. 21. 24 ; bx Ps. 4, 6. 31, 7.
With dat. plcon. Jer. 7, 4 WJan-bx
"VMyi '''!!^^"b5< cpb tritst not for your-
selves in lying words, v. 8. 2 K. 18, 21.
Rarely in this sense absol. Job 6, 20 ;
but often
2. Absol. to he confident, i. e. to be se-
cure, without fear, Judg. 18, 7. 10. 27.
Jer. 12, 5. Job 40, 23 '(T)'^ n'^a^"'? "^^'^"^
!|lT^Q"bx he feareth not, though Jordan
break forth over his mouth, i. q. Engl,
over his head. Prov. 11, 15 Csph K3iZJ
ri^3 he that hatcth suretyship is sure,
i. e. secure, has nothing to fear. Opp.
?'i"'!! ^J"!. Further: a) In a good sense,
of the trust and security of the righteous,
Is. 12, 2. Prov. 28, 1. Job 11, 18. b) In
a bad sense, of those who place trust
and confidence in the things of this
world, and have no fear of God nor of
his punishments. Is. 32, 9. 10. 11. Prov.
14, 16. Comp. "JIXO , nVa , nibir .Part.
nil -3 trusting, confiding, in an active
signif. Is. 26, 3 rrisa :;2 "^3 for he is
trusting in thee. Ps. 112, 7.
HiPH. fut. apoc. n:23^ 1. to cause to
tnist, to persuade to trust, with bx and
bs , Is. 36, 15. Jer. 28, 15. 29, 31.
2. Absol. to make secure, without fear,
Ps. 22. 10.
Deriv. n::3. nn::3 . *,'int33, m'nisa,
nzja^a.
* II. i''''55^ transp, i. q. naa. A-j-b,
to cook, to ripen; whence n"^?-< a me-
lon, where see more.
rit22 m. (r. n::3 I) 1. trust, confidence,
as adv. confidently, boldly, Gen. 34, 25.
2. security, fearlessness, Is. 32, 17.
Elsewhere dhvay:? n^ab and n:23 adv.
a) in security, without danger, i. e. se-
curely, safely ; so n:;ab ar^, Piaa 3'^r,
nt:a
124
nD2 "jSlU , to dwell securely, safely, 1 Sam.
12, 11. Lev. 25, 18. 19. 26, 5. Deut. 33, 12.
b) securely, i. e. without fear, Mic. 2, 8 ;
also as implying too great security,
want of care and caution, Judg. 8, 11.
3. Betah, pr. n. of a city of Syria,
:'ich in brass, situated in the territory of
Hadadezer, 2 Sam. 8, 8. In the parall.
jassage 1 Chr. 18, 8 written nnais .
ntltS^ f trust, confidence, Is. 30, 15.
jiriDla m. trust, confidence, Is. 36, 4 ;
.hope Ecc. 9, 4. R. n::a I.
n in 123 f plur. Job 12, 6, security,
.tranquillity. R. naa I.
^ _T to ^^ vacant, comp. 't^S ;
'espec. to be free from labour ; hence, to
cease, to rest from, Ecc. 12, 3. Arab.
,JJaj and Ethiop. fllHA to be empty,
vain; more rarely, to cease.
btJa Chald. id. Ezra 4, 24.
Pa. to cause to cease, to hinder, to for-
bid, Ezra 4, 21. 23. 5, 5. 6, 8.
* "it3^ obsol. root, pr. to be vacant,
empty, holloed, i. q. 1=^2, JiaJ. Hence
the three following:
"i^^ c. EufF. "^soa, fem. as being a
female member, see no. 2 ; comp. Arab.
l>~^^ and Lat. cunnus, both of which Eire
lem. for the same reason.
1. the belly, so called as being empty,
hollow ; comp. Gr. Ktvimv, }.aym\ xoiUu.
Arab. ij-iaJ id. ij Jo body, mostly dead
body, Etliiop. [\}V'i dead body. Spoken
of the external belly, both of man Cant.
7, 3, and of beast Job 40, 16. Mostly of
the internal belly, as the receptacle of
food, Prov. 13, 25. 18, 20. Job 20, 20.
Ecc. 11, 5. Ez. 3, 3. Also as the place
of the foetus, and hence
2. the womb. Gen. 25, 23. 24. TJ2fl")^
Judg. 13, 5. 7, ",U2'P Is. 48, 8. 49, 1, and
more fully ''BX ",a3^: Pa. 22, 10. Judg.
16, 17, from the womb, i. e. as soon as
born ; liypcrbol. i. q. from the tenderest
years Job 31, 18. V^S -^iVi fruit of the
womb, i. e. offspring, progeny. Gen. 30, 2.
Dent. 7, 13. Ih. 13, 18. Mic. 6. 7, always
spoken of cliiidron already born, and not
of the foRtus; also with gen. of the father,
Mic. 1. c. Spoken of one child, ''3tta ia
son of my womb Prov. 31, 2, where the
suffix refers to the mother ; but in Job
3, 10 "^2:33 my womb is for my mother^s
womb. Also in Job 19, 17 "'Jaa "'33 the
sons of my womb seem not to be the sons
of Job, for these had perished, 1, 19 comp.
29, 5; but prob. his uterine brothers,
u8iX(fol, comp. Ps. 69, 9.
3. Trop. the inmost part, i. q. 2"nj3 .
So bixttJ ,::3 the womb of Sheol, its deep-
est recesses, Jon. 2, 3. Espec. the inmost
part of man, where he thinks and feels,
like the heart, breast, reins, etc. Job 15,
35. 32, 18. Prov. 22, 18. ia? ""T}^ cham-
bers of the belly, depths of the heart,
Prov. 18, 8. 20, 27. 30. 26, 22. Hab. 3,
16 "^5133 fa'iFil a7id my bowels trembled.
Comp. xodiu Ecclus. 51, 21. John 7, 38.
4. belly of a column, proiuberancej
1 K. 7, 20.
5. Beten, pr. n. of a place in Asher,
Josh. 19, 25. Peril, valley, i. q. ^^iaJ>
y.oiXug.
C^rP^ plur. Gen. 43, 11, pistacia-nuts,
pistachios, a kind of nuts of an oblong'
shape, so called from their form, which is
flat on one side and round or bellied on the
other. They grow on a tree resembling^
the terebinth, Pistacia vera of Linn,
which is found in Syria, Plin. H. N. 13.
10. The kindred dialects have not this
. ^ i
word; but).la^j '*';:; !13, jjbj Butm,
signify terebinth, i. e. Pistacia terebin-
thus of Linn, a tree often confounded
with the pistacia.
D''3t2S (pistacias) Betonim. pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 26.
""^ (for "^ya , r. nya , as ba for bsa)
entreaty, prayer, in common use in ac-
cus. as a particle of entreaty, or rather
of asking leave ; everywhere joined
with ^3'^^{ , "'pN , pr. with entreaty, i. q.
Engl, with have, by permission. Gen. 44,
18 "^nx 'JKva lan ^nas Nj-ia"]"! 'px 'a
with leave, my lord, i. e. I beseech thcti,
let now thy .lervnnt speak one word, in
my hmVs ears. Ex. 4, 10. 13. Num. 12,
11. Josh. 7, 8. Judg.6,13.15. 13,8. 1 Sam.
1, 26. 1 K. 3, 17. 26. Also when sevenil
speak. Gen. 43, 20 "^^^ "^jns "'S iirxn
iJl I3nn^ and they said. With leave, my
lord, we came down indeed, etc. Of the
T^
126
p
ancient versions, Sept. well diofini,
dfouf^a, Yu\g. nbsecro, oramtts, Targg.
iiraa, Syr. aS^'o Judg. 13, 8 cum roga-
tione, rogando ; all which correspond
exactly to the Heb. "'a, and confirm
the etymology here proposed. Other
opinions see reviewed in Thes, p. 222.
* "^ pnet. nrisa Ps. 139, 2, also T^a
Dan. 10, 1, 'nra Dan. 9. 2 ; inf. and imp.
^3 ; fut. j'^a^ . apoc. and conv. 3'; , laj] ,
see note under Hiphil ; pr. to separate,
to distinguish; comp. *)'^a, 'pa. and
Arab. Jjlj mid. Ye intrans. to be sepa-
rate, distinct; mefcph. Conj, I, V, X, to
be distinct, manifest, easily discerned.
Hence tn discern, to mark, to imderstand,
all wliich depend on the power of sepa-
rating, distinguishing, discriminating;
comp. xqiviii Lat. cerno, intelligo for
inter-ligo. Germ, merken comp. Marke,
1S2 , i;?2 , etc. Spec.
1. to perceive, to discern, e. g. a)
With the eyes, i. q. to see, c. ace. Prov.
7, 7; 2 Neh. 13, 7 ; b Job 9, 11. 23, 8.
b) With the ears, i. q. to hear. Job 23. 5.
Prov. 29, 19. c) By the touch, i. q. to
feel, of inanimate things, Ps. 58. 10.
2. As implying will, purpose, to mark,
to attend, to give heed to ; c. ace. Dan. 9,
2. 10, 1. Ps. 5, 2. 94, 7. Deut. 32, 7. Prov.
23, 1 ; with 3 . which seems peculiar to
the later Hebrew, comp. in no. 1 above,
Ezra 8. 15. Dan. 9, 2. 23; bit Ps. 28, 5;
b 73, 17. Job 14, 21. Deut. 32, 29. Is. 32,
4; bs Dan. 11, 30. 37 ; absol. Ps. 94, 7.
3. to discern mentally, to understand ;
Dan. 12, 8 *p3X sibl TlS^iy I heard, hut
lunderstood not. Is. 6, 9 ; with "'S 1 Sam.
3, 8. 2 Sam. 12, 19. Is. 43. 10.
4. To have understood, i. e. to know,
to be acquainted with, c. ace. Ps. 19, 13.
Job 38. 20 ; b Ps. 139. 2. -JS^T? "iiS to
know the right Job 32, 9. Prov. 28, 5.
irs'n_ '"^a Prov. 29, 7, comp. nra -n-j .
5 Absol. to hare understanding, to be
intelligent, wise. Job 42, 3. 18, 2 he wise,
ihenicill we speak. Hos. 4, 14. Partplur.
B"'3a the wise, the prudent, Jer. 49, 7.
NiPH. '133 to be intelligent, discreet,
knowing. Is. 10.13. Part, "i"!!; asparticip.
adj. intelligent, discreet, knowing, often
joined with B3n wise. Gen. 41, 33. 39.
Deut. 1, 13. 4, 6. Is. 5, 21 ; opp. to words
11*
signifying folly, Prov. 10, 13. 14, 33 1^3}
*i3'n knotoing nf speech, eloquent, 1 Sam.
16,'l8.
PiL. IJia i. q. Kal no. 2. Deut. 32, 10
!in3"iai iinraab"^ he compassed him about
and gave heed to him.
Hipn. "i'^an, inf ^an, imp, *|an, part.
I'^aia ; Kee note below.
1. Pr. causat. e. g. a) Causat. of Kal
no. 3, to cause to understand, i. e. to de-
clare, to explain, Dan. 8, 16. 27. Neh. 8, 8
K^psa i:-'3^?i. b) Causat. of Kal no. 4,
to teach, to instruct, with ace. of pars.
Neh. 8. 9. Ps. 119, 34. 73. 130. Is. 40, 14 ;
also with ace. of thing added, Ps. 119, 27
'^33''an T^'^nipB T^-n teach me tlie way of
thy precepts. Prov. 8, 5. Elsewhere also
with ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Job
6,24. Dan.11,33; and with ace. of pers.
and dat. of thing, Neh. 8. 7. Spoken
also of one who reveals future events,
Dan. 10, 14. c) Causat. of Kal no. 5,
to give understanding, to make intelli-
gent, Job 32. 8.
2. Like Kal. e. g. a) i. q. Kal no. 1,
to perceive, e. g. a rumour, report. Is. 28,
19. b) i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to give
heed, to attend to any thing, with a Dan.
9, 23. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 12 ; bx Ps. 33, 15;
absol. Dan. 8, 5. 17. c) i. q. Kal no. 3,
to discern mentally, to understand, 1 K.
3, 9. d) i. q. Kal no. 4, to know, to be
acquainted icith. Job 28, 23. Mic. 4, 12.
f^?!J r^n Dan. 1, 4. Prov. 1, 2, to be
knowing, skilled in any thing, c. a
Dan. 1, 17; ace. Dan. 8, 23. Prov. 1, 6;
absol. Is. 29, 16. e) i. q. Kal no. 5, to
have understanding, to he wise, Is. 57, 1.
Part. pa'Q wise, intelligent, Prov. 8, 9. 17,
10, 24. 28, 7. 11.
Note. In the examples adduced under
no. 2, are found only the Praeter, Infin.
Imper. and Participle ; which forms alone
can with certainty be referred to this
conjugation. The forms of the Fut.
"l"'3'^ , "ja^ , etc. we have assigned to Kal ;
and only a few examples are found where
they have a causative power, e. g. Is.
28. 9. 40, 14. Job 32. 8.
HiTHPAL. l^'arn 1. pr. to show one-
self attentive, and hence for the most
part i. q. Kal no. 2. to mark, to attend,
to consider ; absol. Jer. 2, 10. 9, 16. Job
11, 11 ; c. bx 1 K. 3, 21. Is. 14, 16; bs
Job 31, 1. Ps. 37, 10 ; 15 Job 32, 12. 38,
ri
126
r^
18 ; 3 Jer. 30, 24. Job 30, 20 ; also, the
force of the conjugation passing over to
a transitive sense, c. ace. Job 37, 14.
Hence
2. to perceive, e. g. with the ears, i. q.
to hear. c. ace. Job 26, 14.
3. to have understanding, to he intelli-
gent, tcise, pr. to show oneself intelligent,
Ps. 119, 100.
Deriv. ",-:3, 'pa, nrs, -(iisti, ni^cri,
and pr. n. "pri^ .
1^3 constr. 'pa pr. subst. i. q. Arab.
6 o- . .
j^wo separation, interval, space inter-
posed, see Dual below ; found only in
the constr. state 'f?, ril2''2, and with
suffixes 'r 3, -;^3, ira; alsoplur. rpra,
rr3, !i:";-3, cr-^ra. and^irrirs, crnrs.
In these forms it passes over into a Pre-
position.
1. between, betwixt, Lat. inter, Arab.
TwAj . C"^n>^ '^3 between brethren Prov.
6, 19 ; CTiitJ -pa betwixt the bushes Job
30,7; 07?"^? 'f'^^_ between the eyes. i.e.Mj)on
the forehead, see )1^ no. 1. d. '^3 "h^n
between the Ulai, i. e. among its windings
and branches, Dan. 8. 16. Plur. riir3 id.
Ez. 10. 7. After verbs of motion, i. q. "bx
')"' 3 , Judg.5, 27. In repetitions, between
and, intei e<. we find "paii "p3 Gen. 26,
28. Ex. 11, 7. Josh. 22, 25 ; more rarely
"b 'pa (pr. interval even to) Gen. 1, 6.
Lev. 20, 25. Deut. 17, 8 ; ","'3b -pa jg.
59, 2 ; ^1 T? Joel 2, 17. Where it is
thus put after verbs of seeing, under-
standing, teaching, and the like, it gives
them the sense : to see, understand,
teach the difference between ; Mai. 3, 18
"SV-h p""n:j -pS Sn-'X'i!! ye shall discei-n
. the difference between the righteous and
the wicked; comp. b ')''2 y'l'^ 2 Sam.
19, 36. Jon. 4, 11 ; V Tr TV}. 1 K. 3,
9 ; \ Tli '^T^ Ez. 44, 23.
2. within, Lat. intra. Job 24, 11 'pS
tn'-i^OJ within their walls. Prov. 26, 13
r'ian-.n "pa within the streets, i. q. in the
streets ; comp. Zech. 13, 6. Of time,
Neh. 5, 18 within ten days ; comp. Arab.
3. Sometimes Is 'pS, and T^aii "j^a ,
are put di.^ijnnctively, i. q. whothe) or,
sire sire. 2Chr. 14. lO-pa -lirb r^-^j -px
r.'s "("Kb 3"! it is nothing with thee to help,
^ichet/ur the strong or tlie weak ; pr. with
thee, O God, is no distinction in helping,
between the strong and the weak. The
source of this idiom may be seen from
Lev. 27, 12 and the priest shall value it
(the beast) J""] '{^'z^ 3i:3 'pa whether it
be good or bad, pr. deciding between the
good and the bad. Sept. fix? v.alr;, ti'xs
aauQu. 2 Sam. 19, 36. So in Rabbinic,
'pa 'pa whether or, as so.
4. With other prepositions :
a) 'pIii"~N pr. into-between, inainongst,
i. e. between, after verbs of motion, Lat.
inter, c. ace. Ez. 31, 10. 14 ; also rira-bx
10, 2.
b) *pa-b3 id. between, after a verb of
motion, Ez. 19, 11. *
c) )"3,'2 from between, Fr. d'entre ;
Zech. 6, 1 there came oiit fmir chariots
Cinri ''3tiJ ''{''\'0 from between two moun-
tains. Ps. 104, \2 which sin g'C'^if.^'S "pao
from between the branches, amid the foli-
age. Jer. 48, 45 'pn^D l^a?: ellipt./rom
the midst of the kingdom of Sihon. So
^ic-:'^ Tr.'^ ffoni between the feet, by
euphem. for from the womb ; Deut. 28,
57 the after-birth rj'^^.^i"^ "Pr."^ ^V^'^
that Cometh out from her womb ; comp.
Hom. II. 19. 110 o? xsv in %^aTi JO}ds
Ttiat) fitja TioaiTi yvvaixog. Also meton.
i. q.from the seed, offspring, posterity of
any one ; Gen. 49, 10 the sceptre shall
not depart ... '\'^\^'^ )''^^'a from his seed.
Itisthusequivalenttol''J'53l2, irja '^'isa,
iyi^a . Sept. ty. Tbtv fir^Qbiv uvtov, comp.
Gen. 46. 26. Where two things are
mentioned //wn. between which any thing
comes, I'S^ is repeated, 'pa's!! "paa
2 K. 16, 14. Ez. 47, 18.
d) h r^'i'^aa between, in between, i, q.
rira,'Ez. 10, 2. 6. 7.
e) 'paa in between Is. 44, 4 ; see a A. 6.
Dual CJa the interval between two
armies, ra fifjul/fttn Eurip. Plium. 1285;
whence Di:an d"^N 1 Sam. 17. 4. 23, a
go-between, ^ifaiirfi, i. e. a champion, who
decides between the two in single com-
bat, as Goliah.
^5 Chald. between, Dan. 7, 5. 8.
np3 f (r. *pa) 1. understanding.,
i. e. the act, Is. 33, 19 a people of a fo-
reign tongue, nj'ia 'px which Ihou under-
standest not. Dan. 8, 15. 9, 22. 10, 1.
2. understanding, i. e. the faculty of
insight, intelligence, Prov. 4, 5. 7. 8, 14.
rn
127
t3
9, 6. 10. 16, 16. Job 28, 12. 20. ns'^a 51';
io know unclerstanding, i. e. to be or be-
come intelligent, Job 38, 4. Prov. 4, 1.
Is. 29, 24. Plur. n"i:''3 D? a people of
umlerstamliiig^, intelligent, Is. 27, 11.
Spec, of skill in any art or science, 2
Chr. 2. 12. 1 Chr. 12, 32 D-^nrb nrn ^s'l^
i. e. skilled to judge of the times ; comp.
Esth. 1, 13.
npa Chald. f. i. q. Heb. no. 2, Dan.
2,21.
n2^3 f an egg, so called from its
<'
whiteness, see r. yia . Arab. &.ojo >
Syr. ]^i-J3. In Sing, not found. Plur.
CS-a with adj. f. n'=T5 BiS-'3 eg-^-s /fi/"<,
forsaken, Is. 10, 14. Deut. 22, 6. Job 39,
14. Is. 59, 5.
"I^a a well, i. q. "1X3 , Jer. 1, 7 Keri.
Comp. Arab. _aj .
TVVjI f. a word of the later Hebrew.
1. a fortress, castle, fortified palace ;
see Chald. and Syr. below. If it be of
Semitic origin, it may be for fTn"'"
strong, fortified ; or, as some prefer, for
JTn"'33 , from Ethiop. iiXL, to sit, whence
^iflC seat, tribunal, and ^^xJuo seat,
tribunal, metropolis, q. d. royal seat.
Perhaps however it is of Pers. origin ;
comp. Pers. .jLs haru, fortress, wall,
castle, Sanscr. pura, puri, pur, Gr. nvfj-
yoq and iSuQig. Very often in the phrase
nn'^sn '{Sx6 Shushan the palace, not
only of the royal palace or citadel. Neh.
1, 1. Esth. 1, 2. 2, 3. 8. 3, 15. Dan. 8, 2 ;
but also of the whole adjacent city, Esth.
1, 5. 2, 5. 8, 14. 9, 6. 11. 12 ; comp. Ezra
6, 2. This city is elsewhere more defi-
nitely called y^'^^ "''"O) Esth. 3, 15. 8,
15. Where it refers to Jerusalem, the
fortress of the temple is meant, prob. the
same called Buoig and afterwards Anto-
nia, Neh. 2. 8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 15. 1 1. 4.
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 632.
2. the temple, 1 Chr. 29, 1. 19.
TH^^ Chald. f. emphat n"i'i3 id. a
fortress, castle, palace, Ezra 6, 2. Syr.
t\'^':y^ f. twice in Plur. n'i'3n''3 far-
tresses, castles, 2 Chr. 17, 12. 27, 4.
Comp. on the nature of this ending
Lehrg. p. 516 note.
f1?? m. but fem. Prov. 2, 18 ? conrtr.
n-^a, with He parag. nr-ja Gen. 19, 10,
constr. nn-<2 43, 17 ; Plur. n-^ra bdttim,
c. suff. ts'^na, es'^na, cn-'na, foV n-inna
from a lost Sing, nra, comp. Syr. ^^
Lehrg. 604.
1. a house, domus, Arab. ^^:.*^, Syr.
]2u.kS, Ethiop. At, Phenic. defective
pa, see Monumm. Phcen. p. 348. It is
commonly referred to the root P12 to
pass the night, to remain. But it may
be worth inquiry, whether r'^a , r'^a, ia
not rather for the harder form nja from
r. nja, as dofioi, domus, from difio). As
to the form, we may then compare ^"^H
q. V. for 5X, tt53X ; D-'a purse, for 033 ;
013 cup, for 033 ; Gr. fig {'evog) for fV?,
Lat. unus; fig prep, for ivg, see Schmidt
de Praepopitt. Gr. p. 7; tvcpd^flg for rv~
(pd^irg ; Itdovg for odurg, Lat. dens. Adopt-
ing this conjecture, r^iS might then be
regarded as a secondary verb from the
noun r"^? ; and the plur. cna as for
0"n3a from a sing. n3a i. q. r:a, after
the form C"^3aa , csan , see Lehrg.
p. 575. E. g. n73r]""|3 son of the house
Gen. 15, 3. Ecc. 2, 7; also r-^a T^b-i
one bom in the house Gen. 17, 12. 27.
Jer. 2, 14, i. e. vema, a home-born ser-
va7it or slave, whose fidelity was there-
fore greater. So r^^H ^? "'^^^ (^^^ over
the house, i. e. in private houses the oixo-
vo^og, steward, dispenser, a servant who
had charge of the household affairs and
of the other servants. Gen. 43. 16. 44, 1;
see also below in no. 3. it:n "ina houses
of claij Job 4, 19, spoken of the human
body as frail and mortal ; comp. 2 Cor.
5, 1 , and the commentators. The house
of God is put once for the whole world,
Ps. 36, 9. The constr. n"a in ace. often
stands for n''32 in the house of any one.
Gen. 24, 23. 38, 11, also genr. in the
house ; and nn'^ari into the house Gen.
24, 32. Spec."
2. A movable house or dwelling, a
tent, tabernacle, Arab, ox?. Gen. 27,
15. 33, 17 ; of tabernacles consecrated to
idols 2 K. 23. 7, comp. n^a no. 3, 4. So
nirri, c\"ibj<n rr^a , of the tabernacle of
the covenant, Ex. 23, 19. Josh. 6, 24
n^n
128
n*^!
Judg. 18, 31. 1 Sam. 1, 7. 24. 3, 15. 2 Sam.
12. 20. Ps. 5, 8. In other places n-^a and
br}i< are opposed, 2 Sam. 7, 6.
3. House of a king, a palace, castle,
citadel; fully Ti^Erj r^2 2 Sam. 11,2. 9.
IK. 9, 1.10. 14,' 26. 15,18; r^zh^zri n^2
Esth. 1, 9. Also xT fto/riv n^^ri , whence
r"^??! bs "itis one over the palace, i. e. the
prefect of the palace, one of the king's
attendants and ministers, to whom the
key of the palace or royal castle was
committed. Is. 22.22; who also had charge
over all the household affairs of the king,
much like the mod. Marechal du palais,
Marshal of the Court, 1 K. 4, 6. 2 K. 10, 5.
15, 5. Is. 22, 15, comp. Dan. 2, 49. In later
Hebrew called r';'2n sn Esth. 1,8; comp.
in no. 1. Further, l"'n n"*:! the house i. e.
palace of David, Is. 22, 22 ; nisJ-iQ n-^a
the palace of Pharaoh Gen. 12, 15.
Sometimes also of single parts of the
royal palace or castle, yet consisting of an
entire house, e. g. C"'d:ri r."'2 the harem
Esth. 2, 3. 9. nnruir n-'3 2 Sam. 20, 3.
4. House of God, i. e. a temple; spoken
of idol-temples, Is. 37, 38. 44, 13. 1 Sam.
5, 2. 5. Oftener of the temple of Je-
hovah at Jerusalem, called '^)<^'] rria
O-^nKsn n-^2, l K. 6, 5. 37. 7, 12. 'is.' 66, 1^
and often. Comp. above in no. 1.
5. House of the dead, i. e. a sepidchre,
espec. one costly, sumptuous. Is. 14, 18 ;
comp. '|3 w"^ Is. 22, 16. More fully called
also cbirtn n"'2 the eternal house, long
home, Ecc. 12, 5.
6. a dwelling, habitation, place of any
kind : a) Of men. e. g. Sheol, orcus,
Job 17, 13. crn n-^3 collect, houses of
the people, i. e. of the citizen,?, Jer. 39,8,
i. q. cVri-i'i 'na 52. 13. cina?.; r-^a house
of servants, i.e. Avorkhouse, prison, spoken
of Egypt, Ex. 20, 2. b) Of animals. Job
39, 6. Ps. 84, 4. 104, 17 ; comp. Virg. Ge.
2. 209 antiquasque domos avium. n''3
UJ^SSS" tlie spider^s house, her web, Arab.
Ki:i,.jSiXxj\ v:>jO, Jobs. 14 ; house of the
moth Job 27, 18. c) place, space, recep-
tacle for any thing ; (1JE3 ''na perfume-
boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3. 20. C'na
Cn^nab . t"'na^ , places for the bars, Ex.
2G, 29. 36, 34. 37, 14. 38, 5. 1 K. 18, 32 and
he made a trench y^t Cirxo H'^as about
the space (capacity) of two measures of
teed. D'^asx Pi'' a place of stones, 1. e.
stony place in the soil. Job 8, 17. Neh.
2, 3. Ez. 41, 9 n-^ab ^cx nir^s n-^a the
space of the side-chambers of the temple.
7. In the house, i. e. the inside, inkier
part, within, (opp. y W out of doors, with-
out.) nr-ia Ex. 28, 26, r'^ajs Gen. 6, 14.
Ex. 25, Vl. 37, 2, and nr-^aia l K. 6, 15,
inside, inward, within, opp. y^ny^ ; comp.
')12 no. 3. h. So b n^a Ez. 1, 27, h n^aa
1 K. 6, 16, b n-'a^b Num. 18. 7, within a
certain space, b n-^a^-bx to within, Lat.
intra c. accus. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp. bx
A. 9. From this signification comes the
Chald, ""a in, whence also we have above
derived the prefix 2 ; see p. 109, note.
8. Trop. of persons living together, a
house, i. q. household, family, comp. Arab.
JjCf ; 1. e. including the wife, children,
and all domestics. Gen. 7, 1. 12, 17. 35, 2.
36, 6. 42, 19. So the king''s household, i. q.
his court, courtiers, Is. 22, 18. nynss rr^a
i. q. nirns "''la? Gen. 50, 4. Hence
9. Of those descended from one's
household, house, for descendants, pos-
terity, lineage, race, i. q. ci:a sons, child-
ren (hence joined with a Plur. Is. 2. 5),
Gen. 18, 19. ''lb n^a i. q. 'ib 'la Ex.
2, 1. r-ci-i n-^a josh. 11, 17 ; bxyqi' n^a ,
rrinrrn n-^a , Tin rr^a house of David, his
descendants, I'Sam. 20, 16. Is. 7, 2. 13. ol-
y.og Ju/ild Luke 1 , 27. Like 'Sa used also
trop. as "'Pirnb^ n-a l. q. ''PirnbTs ^^ja ,
pr. my house of war, i. e. my adversaries,
enemies, 2 Chr. 35, 21 ; "^q r-^a a stub-
born house, people, Ez. 2, 5; and vice
versa nj.Ti n'^a the house or family of
God, i. q. Israel, Num. 12, 7. Hos. 8, 1 ; as
oixoc S^toii 1 Tim. 3. 15. In other phrases
the figure of a house is more distinctly
preserved : Ruth 4, 11 Leah and Rachel
did build, the house of Israel, i. e. founded
the race of Israel, b r.'^'n nja to build up
a house to anyone, i. e. to give him pos-
terity; spoken of one who marries his
brother's widow (i. q. b CttJ c^p^T}) Deut.
25, 9 ; of God 1 Sam. 2, 35. 25, 28." 2 Sam.
7, 27. The same is b n^a nii'T 2 Sam.
7, 11, Ex. 1,21.
10. Trop. also of the things contained
in one's house, goods, substance, wealth;
Esth. 8, 1 "irn n^a , Sept. vau i7i(/j;^t
y/jur, comp. v. 2. 7. Gen. 15, 2. Ex. 1,21.
So Gr. oixtn, olxog,
11. asj n*'? , fr.father^s house Gen. 24,
n^a
129
tr^
2^', father's household 31, 30. In the
enuincmtion or census of the Hebrew
tribes, C^ascJ, riaia, they are divided
into families, mnottJo ; and these again
are subdivided into households, ancestral
liousea, niaxn n*^2 1 Chr.7,40. In this
signification the Plural, instead of "'nS
ax , takes the form niaxn n"^2 , as is com-
mon in Syriac ; see in bsi"* note. Heb.
Gram. 106. 3. c. Num. 1, 2 number tlie
children of Israel cnisx T\^z\ arnattJiab
after their families ami after t/ieir houses
of fathers, v. 18. 20. 22. 24. 26 sq. 2, 2 sq.
Over these households, or houses of
fiithers, were crnrx n-'S 'Oxn Ex. 6, 14,
tniax n-isb D-^dsn 4 Chr. 5, 24 ; often
by ellipsis niixn 'iLKn Num. 31, 26.
Josh. 14. 1. or niaxn ^nlr 1 Chr. 29, 6,
niixn ^X"'ir3 2 Chr. 5, 2, i. e. heads,
chiefs, princes of households, patriarchs.
12. Very often, espec. in later writers,
tr^a is put before the pr. names of cities
and places, sometimes necessarily, as
forming part of the name ; at other times
more loosely, so that it can also be omit-
ted; see below in the letters, e, h, i, 1,
V, X. So Syr. i-kO, comp. Germ, hausen
in Nordhaitsen, Muhlhausen. Such are
the following :
a) "i^X n""? (house of nothingness i. e.
of idols, see "i"]!* no. 1.) Beth-aven, a city
in Benjamin, eastward from Bethel Josh.
7, 2. 1 Sam. 13, 5 ; with a desert of like
name Josh. 18, 12. The Talmudists have
confounded this city with the adjacent
Beth-El, (lett. b.) which also is some-
times called by the prophets in contempt
t^"'^"'i ; see 'ijx .
b) bx n-'S (house of God) DetlirEl,
Bethel, a very ancient city of the Ca-
naanites, afterwards belonging to Ben-
jamin, in the time of Joshua still called
^^h Josh. 18, 13, comp. Gen. 28, 19and nb ;
though once (Josh. 16, 2) it is more defi-
nitely called by both names. It lay upon
high ground, 1 Sam. 13, 2. Josh. 16, 1,
comp. Gen. 35, 1 ; and was for a long
time the station of the sacred tabernacle,
Judg. 20, 18. 26. 27. 21, 2. 1 Sam. 10, 3.
Afterwards one of the calves of Jeroboam
was set up here, 1 K. 12, 28 sq. Comp.
j'X n-2 and "i^x . Its ruins are still seen
near the high road north of Jerusalem,
and are now called Beitin; see Bibl.
Res, in Palest. II. p. 125-30. For the
origin of the name, see Gen. 28, 10 sq.
35. 1 sq. 9 sq. The gentile n. is n**?
^bsn Bethelite 1 K. 16, 34.
c) 'Sxn n"^? (house of firm root, i. e.
fixed dwelling) Beth-ezel, a town of Ju-
dea probably, Mic. 1, 11; where there
is an allusion to this etymology.
d) ^XSiX ri'^a (house of Goil's am-
bush) Beih-arbel Hos. 10, 14 ; prob. i. q.
'AQ^r,Xa in Galilee 1 Mace. 9, 2, situated
between Sepphoris and Tiberias, Jos.
Ant. 12. 11. 1. ib. 14. 15. 4. de Vit. 60.
Now Irbid, a site of ruins, with a singu-
lar fortified cavern in the vicinity ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 281, 282.
e) )^yq bra nia Josh. 13, 17, elsewhere
j-iya bsa Num. 32, 38, and 'pra n-"?
(house of habitation) Jer. 48. 23. Beth-
Baal-Meon, a place or town assigned to
the tribe ofReuben, but which soon came
into the power of the Moabites. Its ruins,
still called jmjXjuo MVun, are mentioned
by Burckhardt, Travels in Syria, p. 365.
The same place seems meant by pa
(for -(ira) Num. 32, 3.
f ) ^X'la rr^a (house of my creation)
Beth-birei, a city belonging to the tribe
of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4. 31 ; perh. corrupted
from nxab n-^a Josh. 19, 6.
g) rria n'^a Judg. 7, 24, Beth-bara,
a place near the Jordan, prob. for IT^a
trnas (house of passage) ; comp. Hrj&a-
fiitQu John 1, 28 in many Mss.
h) ~''}i n'^a (house of the wall) Beth-
gader, a place in the tribe of Judah, 1
Chr. 2. 51, i. q. rri-ia q. v.
i) b:,ba n-'a Neh.'l2, 29, Beth-Gilgal,
i. q. bsba q. v.
k) inna n-^a (house of the weaned)
Bethrgamul, a city of Moab. Jer. 48. 23.
1) c'^nba'n n'^Si. Jer. 48, 22. see n-^nba^ .
m) "jW n^a (temple of Dagon) i7efA-
Dagon, a city : a) of Judah, Josh. 15
41 ; /3) of Asher, Josh. 19, 27. Comp.
mod. Beit Dejan.
n) nnn n'^a (house of the height, q.d.
mountain-house) Beth-haram, Josh. 13
27. a city of Gad. called -or. r'\ Num.
32. 36. afterwards Julias and Livias ; see
Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1. Jerome Onomast. s. v.
Betharam.
o) nbsn n"^?. (partridge-house) Beth-
hoglah, a place in Benjamin on the con-
tVSk
130
n^3
fines of Judah, Josh. 15, 6. 18, 19. 21.
The ancient name is still preserved in
^Ain Hajla near Jericho ; Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 268.
p) -(Sn n-'S (house of grace) Beth-
hanayi, a place belonging to Judah or
Dan, 1 K. 4, 9.
q) "li-ih rr^S (house of the hollow)
Beth-horon, the name of two towns be-
longing to the tribe of Ephraim, called
Upper and Lower Beth-horon ; both of
which lay in the western part of the ter-
ritory of that tribe. Josh. 16, 5. 21, 22 ;
and the latter near the western extremity
of Benjamin, Josh. 16, 3. 18, 13. Twice
Beth-horon simply is mentioned, Josh.
10, 11. 2 Chr. 25, 13 ; where at least in
Josh. 1. c. the Lower Beth-horon is to be
understood. These two towns still bear
their ancient names ; that on the moun-
tain being Beit 'Ur el-Foka (the upper),
and the other in the valley being Beit
''Ur et-Tahta (the lower). Between
them is a long, steep, difficult ascent or
pass ; Jos. 1. c. 1 Mace. 3, 16, 24. The
two towns and the pass lie on the present
camel-road between Ramleh and Jeru-
ealera. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
69 sq.
r) nS^'^tli^n n'^S (house of desolations)
Beth-jeshimoth;& town in Reuben near
the Jordan. Num. 33, 49. Josh. 12, 3. 13,
20. It afterwards became subject to
Moab, Ez. 25, 9.
s) 13 r-2 (house of pasture) Beth-
car, 1 Sam. 7; 11, perh. a guard-house
or garrison of the Philistines in the ter-
ritory of Judah.
t) n-isn n-'a (house of the vineyard)
Beth-hakkerem. Jer. 6, 1. Neh. 3, 14, a
town of Judah situated on a hill between
Jerusalem and Tekoa, according to Je-
rome on Jer. 1. c.
u) P"is<rb r'^^ i. q. nixib q. v.
v) n'^E5^ r-^a. seenncs.
w) cnb n"2 (house of bread) BetJi-
lehem, m;isc. Mic. 5, 1. ) A city of
Judah, more fully nnw; cnb n->a Judg.
17, 7. 9. Ruth M. 2 ; also nnnrx cnb n^a_
Mic. 5, 1. since Ephratah was anciently
the name not only of the city itsolf. Gen.
35, 19, but also apparently of the cir-
cumjacent region. It was the seat of
the family of David (Ruth 1. c.) and the
birth-place of the Saviour ; and is henco
still celebrated under the same name,
^L v:;;uO Beit Lahm, lying six Roman
miles distant from Jerusalem, west of
south. The gentile n. is ^nrfsi^ n">a
Bethlehemite 1 Sam. 16, I. 18.' 17, 58.
/5) A city in the tribe of Zebulun, Josh.
19, 15.
x) sti^a IT'S, see xifeo.
y) 'jis^. rT'a , see lett. e.
z) nssja n'^a (house of Maachah)
Beth-AIaachah, a place situated in or
near Merj 'Ayun, not far from Mount
Hermon, 2 Sam. 20, 14. See in ir^a jjax
aa) pl^'^'sn fi'^S (house of remoteness)
Beth-merhak. a place near the brook
Kidron, 2 Sam. 15. 17.
bb) niaa-iari n^a (house of chariots)
Beth-marcahoth, a place belonging to the
tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 5. 1 Chr. 4, 31.
cc) rnr3 n'^a (house of limpid and
sweet waters, see r. "iri II ) Num. 32, 36.
Josh. 13, 27, and nnsD Num. 32. 3, Beth-
nimrah. a city in the tribe of Gad. called
Bri&ra(iql? in the time of Eusebius, now
Nimrin; Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 279.
The waters in the vicinity are called
D'^'^o 'a Is. 15, 6.
dd) ""IS ri^a (house of pleasantness)
Beth-eden, a city of Syria, the residence
of a king, Amos 1, 5. Prob. the same
called by the Greeks llitgudfiaog, Ptolem.
5. 15. [and mentioned with labruda now
Yebrud on the eastern slope of Anti-
Lebanon north of Damascus. Cellar.
II. p. 374. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App.
p. 171. R.
ee) r.1'7'!? I^"*^. Neh. 7, 28, and simpL
nn^TS \h. 12. 29. Ezra 2, 24, a village in
Judah or Benjamin, Beth-azmaveth.
ff ) pi^yn n"a (house of the valley)
Beth-emek, a place belonging to the
tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 27.
gg) nias n"a (house of response, perh.
of echo) Beth-amth, a place in Judah,
Josh. 15. 59. Perhaps mod. Beit ^Ainitn;
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 186.
hh) r:s n-a (id.) Beth-anath, a place
in Naphtali. .Tosh. 19, 38. Judg. 1, 33.
ii) ^'^'S^Ti npr tra (house of the shep-
herds' hamlet, comp. Arab. 4XAC ham-
let, farm) a place near Samaria, 2 K.
10, 12 ; without o-'S^n v. 14.
kk) nans n"a, with art na^sn n*'*
n^
131
TO3
(house of the desert) Beili-arabah, a
place on the confines of Jiulah and Ben-
jamin. Josh. 15, 6. 18, 22 ; without n-'S
Josh. 18, 18.
11) abo n"*? (house of escape) Beth-
pelet. a place in the south of Judah, Josh.
15, 27.
mm) "liSB rr^a (temple of Peor, i. e.
of Baal-Peor, see ^i?D) Belh-Peor, a
city of Moab assigned to Reuben, noted
for the worship of Baal-Peor, Deut.
3, 29. 34, 6. Josh. 13, 20.
nn) yil'i ir^Si (house of dispersion)
Beth-pazzez, a place in Issachar, Josh.
19, 21.
oo) "lis n-^a (house of the rock) Beth-
zur, a city in the mounUiins of Judah
between Jerusalem and Hebron, Josh.
15, 58 ; fortified by Rehoboam 2 Chr.
11, 7 ; and again also by the Maccabees,
1 Mace. 14. 33. [The spot is now called
Beit S&r and ed-Dirweh ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. I. p. 320. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843.
p. 56. R.
pp) ann n^S (house or region of the
street) Beih-rehob Judg. IS, 28. 2 Sam.
10, 6 ; also shn Rehoh, (unless perhaps
one denotes a district, and the other a
city.) a city or district on the northern
borders of Palestine Num. 13. 21, situ-
ated among the valleys of Lebanon not
far from the sources of the Jordan. The
adjacent part of Syria is called rr^a D";ix
ann 2 Sam. 10, 6 ; nni cnx v. 8. [Prob!
the region of Wady et-Teira west of
Mount Hermon, and perh. including also
Merj 'Ayun. R.
qq) -iSjr ni2 (house of quiet) Josh. 17,
11. 16. contr. -(Sj n-2 1 Sam. 31. 10. 12,
and ;? r^''2i 2 Sara. 21, 12, Beth-shean,
Beth-shan, a city in the tribe of Manas-
eeh. but long subject to the Canaanites
and Philistines ; situated on this side the
Jordan, and afterwards called Scythopo-
lis, Sept. Judg. 1, 27. Rabb. "(D'^a . Now
called (jL**jO Beisdn ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 174.
rr) !TJ"i"n n^a (acacia-house) Beth-
shittah, a place near the Jordan between
Beth-shan and Abel-meholah, Judg. 7
22. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 219,
ss) ttj':td n-^a (house of the sun) Bet?i-
shemesh. the name of several cities :
o) A Levitical city Josh. 21, 16, situated
in Judah on the confines of Dan and
Philietin, Josh, 15, 10, 1 Sam. 6, 12 sq.
2 Chr. 28, 18 ; large and populous, 1 Sam.
6, 19. 1 K. 4, 9. 2 K. 14, 11. Constr. c.
plur. 1 Sam. 6, 13, where it is to be un-
derstood of the inhabitants. It ruins
are still visible, called M/n Shems ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 18. The
gentile n. is "^iTOffin iT'a Bethshemite 1
Sam. 6, 14. 18. ' /J) In Naphtali, Josh.
19, 38. Judg. 1. 33. y) In Issachar, Josh.
19, 22. 8) i. q. "(ix, i, e, Heliopolis in
EgjTit. Jer. 43, 13, Comp. 'px .
tt) nnen n">a (house of apples) Betfv-
tappiiah. a place in Judah, Josh. 15, 53.
Now called TeffHh ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 428.
fl^S Chald. m. st. emphat. Kn^a , HT^"^^ ,
constr. n'^a , c. suff. Pin^a , plur. "pria ,
i. q. Hebr. a hmise, Dan. 2, 5. xalsT? n^a
Ezra 6, 4, irbr n"^a Dan. 4, 27, fioiise of
the king, palace. Nrtbx rr^a house of
God, temple, Ezra 5, 2 sq. also simpl.
Kn-^a id, V, 3. 9. 11.
'JJ^'^3 m. constr. "jn'^a, a great house,
palace, Esth. 1, 5. 7, 7. 8.
*^5 T obsol. root, i. q. ^i^a, to drop,
distil; hence to weep. Arab. Uo to
pour milk by drops. Hence
i^23 1. weeping, lamentation, Arab.
sLXj, xUj . So xsan p^? tJie rale of
Baca i. e. of weeping, valley of lamenta-
tion, pr. n. of a valley in Palestine, prob.
gloomy and sterile ; hence the allusion in
Ps. 84. 7 Jin^r.iiri -,^s"!a K=an prra "iias
passing through the valley of Baca (of
lamentation) they make it fountains, i. e.
it becomes so to the pilgrims.
2. Plur. D^><2a 2 Sam. 5, 23. 24. 1 Chr.
14, 13. 14, the name of a certain tree, so
called from its weeping i. e. distilling,
q. d. weepers. According to Celsius,
Hierobot. I. p. 335-340, i. q. the Arab.
sIXj, similar to the balsam-tree, and
distilling white tears of a pungent acrid
taste.
't'^ fut. MSa^ J convers. Ty^'^'y , i. q.
xaa, to drop, to distil, to flow in drops,
see ""sa . Spec, to weep, and in this sense
common to all the kindred languages
and dialects, Ex. '*^ ^"i ^^| 30.
TT"N"TVlcr>aT'r'ir V
SI
132
"153
2 Sam. 19. 2 ; often of a people making
lamentation under public calamities,
Num. 11, 10. 25, 6; also of the sorrow
of a penitent, Ezra 10, 1. With ace. to
weep for any one, to mourn, to lament j
espec. for one dead, Gen. 23, 2. 37, 35.
50, 3; also with bs of pers. or thing
wept for. Lam. 1, 15. Judg. 11, 37; bs
2 Sam. 1, 24. Ez. 27, 31, and h Jer. 22,
10. Job 30, 25. Further nra c". by is to
come weeping to any one. Num. 11, 13.
Judg. 14, 16 ; also to iceep upon any one,
i. e. in his embrace. Gen. 45, 15. 50, 1.
PiEL to weep for one dead, to mourn,
c. ace. Jer. 31, 15. Ez. 8, 14.
Deriv. n=3, ni-a, "'33, n^ra.
nD3 m. a weeping, Ezra 10, 1. R.tiaa.
1132 m. (r. *i3a) 1. the first-horn,
firstling, both of man Gen. 25, 13. 35,
23; and of beast Ex. 11, 5. 12, 29. 13,
15. It denotes the eldest son on the
fathers side. Gen. 49, 3. The first-born
son enjoyed many rights and privileges,
eee M~.i=2 no. 2 ; hence
2. Metaph. i. q. the first, the chief of
its kind, whatever is most distinguished,
pre--eminent. Job 18, 13 r;;^ 1133 the
first-horn of death, i. e. the cliief among
deadly diseases, the most terrible dis-
ease. By the common Heb. idiom dis-
ease is aptly termed the son of death,
as being its precursor and attendant;
so the Arabs call fevers iu-M-M c^LXj
the daughters of fate or of death ; and the
most fatal and terrible disease is here
figuratively described as the first-hom
among many brethren. Is. 14. 30 "'"[^'isa
t"^n the first-horn of the poor, the very
poorest, the most wretched, q. d. the
chief among the sons of the poor; or
the first-born (next descendants) of the
present wretched and oppressed genera-
tion ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c.
Note. As Fern, the form 'r^'^ss q- v.
is in use, i. e. first-born daughter.
1^5221 eing. Is. 28, 4 according to the
Masora, see in nn^aa ; elsewhere only
in plur. C^nisa , C-iSa , the first-fruits^
spoken of fruit and grain, the first
which is gathered from the trees or
fields. Num. 13, 20; espec. of the first-
fi-uits offered to God Lev. 2, 14. 23, 17.
Nch. 10, 36. Sometimes n'^irixi. is add-
ed, Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. O"'-?"" t:nb
hread of the first-fruits, made of the first
new grain. Lev. 23, 20. C-inJisari c^
day of the first-fruits, the festival of
Pentecost, Num. 28, 26.
rniD3, n-nba, f. (r. -^aa) i. Adj.
first-horn, firstling ; Plur. ni"iza the
first-horn cti'spring, of men Neh. 10, 37;
of beasts Gen. 4, 4. Deut. 12, 6. 17. 14, 23.
2. Subst. earlier birth, seniority, opp.
nn-^r^ , Gen. 43, 33. fr^aan CEtJJ^ right
of primogeniture, birthright, Deut. 21,
17. Ellipt. for the same, .Tniaa Gen.
25, 31. 34. 27, 36.
STl^SS f. (r. ^aa) the first-ripe fig,
early fig, regarded as a delicacy Mic. 7,
1. Hos. 9, 10. In Is. 28, 4 it is better to
read with several Mss. rr^'sa with n
quiescent, instead of W^^aa with the
Masora and editions ; the suffix is pro-
saic. In Mauritania the early fig is
still called SLi , S;^W j hoccOre, Span.
alhacora.
rn^.33 id. Plur. ni-iiaan "^axn Jer.
24, 2.
r)"1"i23 (first-birth, first-born) Becho-
rath, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1.
t1^33 f (r. <^aa) a weeping, mourning.
Gen. 35, 8 n^aa -ii^X oak of weeping.
''SS m. in Pause ''aa, c. sufi". '''^aa.
R. naa.
1. weeping, lamentation. Gen. 45, 2.
Is. 15, 3. 22, 4. al. bins ''aa naa to
weep a great weeping, to make great
lamentation, 2 Sam. 13, 36.
2. a weeping, dropping, trickling of
water in mines, Job 28, 11. Comp.^ere
for rorare, stillare, Lucret. 1. 350, Gr.
duy-QVOv, and nr-'n,
D'^33 (the weeping) Bochim, pr. n. of
a place near Gilgal, Judg. 2, 1. 5.
n^'^DS adj. fem. tlie first-bom daugh-
ter, Gen. 19. 31. 29, 26. 1 Sam. 14, 49.
It corresponds to "liaa .
rr^DS f. a weeping, mourning. Gen.
50,4. R. naa.
* "^5^ in Kal not used, pr. to cleave,
to open, to burst forth, i. q. kindr. *ipa ;
hence to be first, to come or do first ; also
to be early, seasonable; to do early, teor
sonably. Referred
1. To the day, whence ^Xj to rise
"iDn
133
Kbn
early, to do any thing early, 8*^ early
time, morning; comp. kindr. ""isa.
2. To tlio year and its produce ; hence
cniixa first-fruits, nn32 early fig,
S*jJo early fruit
3. To the time of life, espec. birth ;
hence "iisa , n"n^a2 , first-born, Jo and
8Jo a virgin, a woman who has her
first child, "is? , Jo , young camel.
PiKL 1. to bear early fruity as a tree,
Ez. 47, 12. Comp. Kal no. 2.
2. to make or constitute as first-born,
to give the birthright to any one, Deut.
21, 16.
PoAL fo be be treated as a firstling, to
be devoted as a firstling sc. to God, Lev.
27, 26.
HrpH. part. f. 0^^3313 one bearing h^r
first child, Jer. 4, 31.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3.
"^33 m. (r. "sa no. 3) a young camel,
already fit for riding and light bur-
dens: comp. "1^3 and bss. Plur. constr.
'Hsa Is. 60 6. Corresponding is Arab.
Jo young camel, which they describe
as denoting the same age as JtoJf ado-
lescens in man. See Bochart. Hieroz. I.
p. 82 sq. See also more in Comment.
on Is. 1. c. and in Thes. p. 206.
'^?'l (i- <1- "^5? young camel) Becher,
pr. n. m. a) A son of Ephraim, Num.
26. 35. Gentile n. "'133 ibid, b) A son
of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 21.
^"^^^ f. a young she-camel, in heat
Jer. 2, 23. See -=3.
rr^sa see fi'^isa.
^1D3 (i. q. xin -iDh the first-born is
he) Bocheru, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 38. 9, 44.
'"133 (youthful) Bichri, pr. n. m.
2 Sara. 20, 1.
ba (r. n^a no. 3) 1. nothing, Ps. 17,
3 Iry thou me, X^^Fi ^a thou shalt find
nothing sc. of evil ; unless like Sept. and
Vulg. we connect "'ni'sT KSiari ^2 , thou
shalt not find my evil thoughts, i. e. those
which perh. lurk within me.
2. Adv. not, no, i. q. Ut^ , but poetic ;
with praet Ps. 10, 11. 21, 3; with fut.
12
Ps. 10, 4. 6. 49, 13. Prov. 10, 30. Is, 26,
24. Also not yet, i, q. scarcely, Is. 40,
24. comp. 2 K. 20, 4. Once for baa i. q.
xba , Ps. 32, 9 be not as horses . . , to be
held in with bit and bridle ^"'bx 31"'P ba
lit in not coming near to thee, i. e. be-
cause otherwise they avoid thee. Put
for is not, non est, tlie verb being omit-
ted, Ps. 16, 3 Tj-'bs ba 'nai'j.
3. Conj. that not, lest, Lat. ne, i. q.
bx , c. fut. Ps. 10, 18. 78, 44. Is. 14, 21.
^3 Chald. ra. the heart Dan. 6, 15.
Syr. Us) heart, mind, Arab. JU id. for
^_^o from nba, ij^ III to care for; pr.
care, hence the mind aa caring, full of
care.
^3 contr. from bja i. q. bsa , Bel, Be-
lus, the chief domestic god of the Baby-
lonians, worsliipped in the celebrated
tower of Babylon, Is. 46, 1. Jer. 50, 2.
51, 44 ; also Sept. Dan. c. 14. Greek
and Roman writers compare him with
Jupiter, Diod. Sic. 2. 8, 9. Plin. H. N.
37. 10. Cic. de Nat Deor. 3. 16. Here
however we are not to understand Jupi-
ter as the father of the gods, of whom
the Orientals were ignorant ; but, in ac-
cordance with the peculiar mythology of
the Babylonians, which was wholly con-
nected with the worship of the stars, it
stands for the planet Jupiter, Stella Jovis,.
Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2. 20. This planet
was regarded as a good genius, the
author and guardian of all good fortune
and felicity, hence called by the Arabs
-AJ ^l| JutjwwJt Fortuna major ; and,
together with the planet Venus, (see
nnirx, rn'ryrs ,) was the object of wor-^
ship to the Semitic nations. Comp; ^3,
'J'a , and see bsa no. 5. Hence the fre-
quency of this name in the compound pr.
names of Chaldee men, aa "iSxtuba,
n^xttJ-jba, J?eZesys, 5e/i6?w, etc.
* ^^ Chald. i. q. Heb. nba. Pa. to
afflict, to vex, Dan. 7, 25. Comp. Heb.
Pi. no. 2.
pSiba (contr. fi-om Ti^tbya i. e. Bel is
his lord, worshipper of, Bel) Baladan^
pr. n. of the father of king Merodach-
Baladan, 2 K. 20, 12,. Is. 39, 1.
:b2
134
^a
S:;-3' in Kal not used, Arab. ^^ to
be bright, to shine forth, as the dawn ;
V, to be cheerful, to smile.
HiPH. 1. to cause to shine forth, me-
taph. Amos 5, 9 Ti"-?5 TJ: i'^^nrsfi icho
causeth desolation to shine forth upon the
mighty, i. e. who bringeth it suddenly
upon them ; the figure being taken from
the swift and sudden diffusion of the
dawning light ; comp. Joel 2. 2.
2. to make cheerful, to enliven one-
self, i. e. to be or become cheerful, joyful,
glad, Ps. 39, 14. Job 9, 27. 10, 20.
Deriv. rr'^'^ba^ , and
^^f"? (cheerfulness) Bilgah, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 5. 18; written in Neh. 10, 9 -^r-ba.
*^'^f2 pr. n. (prob. i. q. Tib ';3 son o^
strife, quarreller, from r. "i^b q. v. see in
2 p. 109.) Bildad, the Shuhite. the friend
of Job and the second disputant with
him. Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 18, 1. 25, 1.
''i^ in Kal not used, prob. i. q. brra,
to tremble, to be in trepidation; comp,
Arab. xJj to be feeble, bashful, pr. timid.
PiEL P]i2 to terrify, to frighten; hence
to cause to despond, Ezra 4, 4 Cheth.
In Keri is read the more usual d'^b?i373 .
Syr. sai i quadril. to temfy.
Deriv. nriiS, and pr. names nnba,
* ^^i^ fut. nba^ , to fall, to fall away,
to fail; like b33, biX, where see.
Spec.
1. Of garments, to fall aitay, to decay,
e.g. to be worn out. to wax old; wnth brt; ,
Deut. 8, 4 thy raiment ?("b^^ ^^^i? ^^
did not fall from thee, did not wax old
or wear out. 29, 4; absol. Josh. 9, 13.
Neh. 9, 21. Trop. oC the heavens and
earth as growing old and perishing like
a garment, Is. 50, 9. 51, 6, Ps. 102, 27.
Arab. ,J>^ to be worn out, as a garment.
2. Of persons labouring under disease,
old age, cares, to fall away, to waste
away, fail ; comp. Gr. nuXaiog, and with
another flexion fiiXo) to care. Job 13, 28
nba-i ai3-o 6<in|i and he {dfixjixu^; for /)
as a rott-en thing fallelh away, in cori-
umed. Gen. 18, 12. Ps. 32, 3. Comp,
^Lj to care, to be consumed with cares,
,^o consumed with cares, JLj, ]j[^, the
heart, mind, as affected with cares, see
Chald. hz . Ethiop. HAP to be or grow
old. Hence
3. to fail wholly, to be reduced to no-
thing; whence ba, "^ba, ''Piba, nothing,
not.
PiEL 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, Lam.
3, 4. Hence genr. to consume. Ps. 49, 15,
Is. 65, 22. Spoken of time, like Lat.
tempus terere, Gr. i(ji(ifiv ^lor, Engl.
to wear out the time, i. q. to spend, to
pass. Job 21, 13 cn-:c'i aisja ^^a^i they
spend their days in prosperity. Hence
2. to afflict, to vex, 1 Chr. 17, 9. Arab.
(^ IV. id. %%^ and &lij sorrow,
affliction, calamity. Comp. Chald. xba ,
Deriv. bax, ba, ba, nba, "iba, -ii.
"nba, C\xib2, r.-^ban, and the com-
pounds bs^ba, I'lrba, naiba.
"'?5 Pi*- n- see in Mriba lett. b.
^v? ^^j- ^- '^^?; decayed, worn out,
old, e. g. garments, sacks, bottles, shoes,
Josh. 9. 4. 5. Trop. of an adulteress,
n^SXJ nba worn out with adulteries, ef-
/e<e,"Ez. 23, 43. R. nba.
^^^5 f sing, once Is. 17, 14; often
in Plur. R. rtba .
1. terror, terrors, Job 18, 11. 24, 17,
27, 20. 18, 14 nin^a r^y^ the king of
terrors ; see m "i?s Hiph.
2. sudden destruction, comp. nbna
no. 2. Ps. 73, 19 nin|a",T3 ^sn they
perish with sudden destruction. Ez. 26,
21 "r?;! "in5< nin^, Sept. ane^iXudv
as dftiaoi, xnl oi/ inao^itg tii, Vulg. in
nihilum redigam te. 27, 36. 28, 19.
^C?"^ (perh. bashfulness, see fiVa in
Kal) Bilhah. pr. n. a) The hand-
maid oi Rachel, the mother of Dan and
Naphtali by Jacob, Gen. 30. 3 sq. 35, 22.
b) A place belonging to the tribe of
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; written also nba
Joslj. 19, 3; sometimes nbya q. v.
I*^!^ (peril, bashful, modest) Bilhan,
pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 27. b) 1 Chr.
7, 10.
I52l Chald. iribtite of some kind,
prob. a tax on articles consumed, excise.
Ezra 4, 13. 20. 7, 24. Coipp. also KSba .
R. rta .
i^1^3 m. (r. fi^a) only in plur. constr.
Kiba Jer. 38, 12, 'and contr. "'jba v. 1 1,
old clothes, rags. The latter form (pron.
belo-vi) is Irom a sing, iba lor iVsa ; but
in some Msa. (see J. H. Michaelis) is read
'IJiba, and in editt. ^'i^^, i^^t^r tlie form
^ia , Dia , from a sing, ''iba of the form
nsrSOIpba (Bel's prince, i. e. whom
Bel favours, compounded from ba, tsha
an ending which in Zend marks the
genitive, and tsar i. q. nb prince) Belle-
thazzar, an Assyrio-Babylonish name
given to Daniel at the court of Nebu-
chadnezzar, Dan. 1, 7. 2, 26. 4, 5. 6. 15.
16. 10, 1.
^3 subst. (r. nba) 1. consumption,
destruction, Is. 38, 17. Arab. ,Jo id.
2. failure, nought, nothing ; iience as
Adv. of negation, i. q. i<b , joined %vith
verbs and nouns ; Gen. 31, 20. Hos. 7, 8.
8, 7. Is. 14, 6. 32, 10. Sometimes "'ba is
so closely joined with a subst. as to coa-
lesce with it into one idea, like Engl, in,
un ; e. g. ni^ "ba no-nai)ie, i. e. a bad
name, infamy, Job 30, 8.
3. For 'baa with no, i. e. without, only
in poetry; Job 8, 11 D"^?? "'ba without wa-
ter. 24, 10. 31, 39. 33, 9. 34^ 6. Ps. 59, 5.
4. With prepositions : a) "'baa pr. in
defect ot' with no, i. e. without, i. q. siba .
So rST ^baa without knowledge. Job So,
16 ; also i. q. unknowingly, unawares,
Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4 ; une.vpectedly, Job 36,
12. Comp. in no. 2.
b) 'bab id. comp.b lett. B. 3. Job 38, 41
b= X-'bab without food. 41, 25. Is. 5, 14.
c) "^ba^ pr. from defect of^ from not,
i. e. ) because not, c. infin. Deut. 9,
28 r<'vn'i nbb-i ^Va^a because Jehovah
was not able, lit. from Jehovah's not
being able. Is. 5, 13. With particip.
because no one, none ; Lam. 1, 4 "^ba^
ir-ia ixa became no one came to the
solemn festival. Sometimes pleon. "^baia
r, 2 K. 1, 3. 6. 16. Ex. 14, 11. Syr!
? >-*^i-o ,^ ands i \n ^Jio because not.
/5) so that not; Job 18. 15 ibnxa '{3'Cir\
ib 'baia terror shall dwell in his tent, so
that it shall be no longer his, i. e. terror
shall take possession of the tent of the
135
**^
wicked, and drive him out of it. Job 6, 6.
Deut. 28, 55. With particip. so that no
one ; aid*' 'ba^ so that no one dwells there,
so that there is no inhabitant, Jer. 2, 15.
9, 10; comp. Ez. 14, 15. With "nxJit
forming a Conj. and with pleon. K3,
Ecc. 3, 11 D-nxn xaia^-sib ntS!* 'bai: so
so that man cannot find met, etc.
d) ''ba ns pr. until failure, i. e. as long
as, quamdiu, Ps. 72, 7. Mai. 3, 10.
e) ""ba'bs 6ecate Tiof, with Praet. Gen.
31, 20.
b V^ m. (r. bba) pr. mixed, a mixture ;
spec, meslin, mixed provender, hat. far-
rago, made up of various kinds of grain,
as wheat, barley, vetches, and the like,
all mixed together, and thus sown or
given to cattle. Job 6, 5. 24, 6. That
grain is to be understood, is apparent
from Is. 30, 24. See Varro de Re Rust.
1. 31. Plin. H. N. 18. 15 or 41.
^V-'^ compounded from ""ba and tia ,
i. q. nT:!ixi3 Kb, not any thing, nothing,
Job 26*7. ' So at least Sept. Vulg. Syr.
Chald. The Rabbins refer it to r. nba,
and explain it by bridle, band.
'^-fr^ compounded from ''ba not, with-
out, and b?5 use, profit; comp. b"5in
po
to be of use, profit, and Arab. Jcc. and
s ^
J^ i. q. uAJ>-<i noble, prince. Not
from "^ba and b'l? yoke, q. d. impatient
of the yoke, obstinate, rebellious, as pro-
posed by Fischer. Prolus. de Verss. Gr.
p. 93. Pr. improfitableness, worthless-
ness, nothingness, yielding no profit or
good fruit ; comp. Arab. JoUb -jLfc
useless, without fruit, bad. See note
below. Hence
1. worthlessness, badness, wickedness,
as bs^ba ta-x a worthless man, i. e. wick-
ed, abandoned, 1 Sam. 25, 25. 30, 22.
b?ba =7x Prov. 6, 12, and br*b3--,a
1 Sam. 25', 17, id. Plur. often brnba'-'aa
1 Sam. 2. 12, and bs^ba.^Ja CCSX, 'dsx
b?^'-a ''.:a Deut. 13, 14. Judg. 19, 22. 20,
13. bs'bz ra a wicked woman 1 Sam.
1. 16. b^^ba -ia"n an evil thing, wicked,
Ps. 41, 9. 101, 3 ; comp. Deut. 15. 9 -iD
br^ba r^a^b c5 -,a"i ri^rt'! ^^'^^ ^^'"e be a
wicked thought in thy heart.
2. destruction. Nah. 1. 11 b?*b3 yyi-^
purposing destruction. Ps. 18, 5 "'bris
bba
136
S^
iSiinsn'i "btj^":^ jloods of destruction ter-
rified me ; Sept. x^f^f^oi^^oi uvofiia? i. e.
torrents of iniquity, q. d. of wicked men,
enemies. Some of the moderns render
it incorrectly: torrents of the netlier-
world or Sheol.
3. EUipt. for >?!Via CJiX a wicked man,
see no. 1. 2 Sam. 23,' 6. Job 34, 18. Also
a destroyer Nah. 2, 1 ; see no. 2.
Note. Hence was derived in later
.usage and in N. T. the pr. n. BtUaX or
:BtXiaQ, Belial, i. q. 6 novriqoc, Satan.
The Engl. Vers, also often gives bs^^
in the O. T. as a pr. n. Belial ; but in-
correctly. See Thesaur. p. 210.
55^ 1. to pour over, to oint, to wet
all over ; comp. Arab, Jjj to wet, to
moisten, i"?^ to flow, VlQ , bslsB , Val^
to sprinkle. In Heb. only of oil ; Part,
pass. ")^'i;2 h^h'2 poured over with oil,
6. g. oblations Lev. 2, 4. 5. 7, 10. 12.
14, 21. Num. 7, 13. 19. Intrans. of per-
sons, to be poured over with oil, to be an-
ointed; Ps. 92, 11 "isn ",^.iyn 'ni^a lam
anointed with fresh oil. Comp. the deriv.
Jj^batu and b^^an .
2. to pour together, Gr. avyxim, i. e.
trop. to mingle, to confound, espec. lan-
guage. Gen. 11, 7 Dttj nbas'i JTins nan
Onsb come, let us go down and confound
their lips i. e. speech, which is further
explained, so that they may not under-
stand one another^s speech. The form
nbaj is for nVaj ; see V. 9, and Lehrg.
p.'372. Heb. Gr.' 66. 11. Comp. b"^ba .
Arab. Jw*-Lj to be confounded, as speech,
^j..*AJ^It J^aJ-o confusion of languages ;
Conj. II, to stammer.
3. to smear, to soil, to stain ; comp.
b^h^, \ q\i, cited in Kal. So in the
deriv. ban, b^i^an. Comp. Chald. cba
to mingle, also to stain.
4. Dcnom. from b'^bS provender, to
give provender to beasts, to fodder. Judg.
19, 21 n'^'iianb baji , Vulg. et pabrdum
asinis prcebuit.
Hi PH. fut. plur. 1 pers. ba!] Is. 64, 5 as
to form ; but the signification is from r.
baa , we fade, we wither, prob. for Hiph.
1 fut. baS^ ; see Index.
HiTHPO. to mix oneself to be mixed,
with 2 Hos. 7, 8.
Deriv. b^ba, bain, bsiban, b^bai^, and
pr. n. baa.
^2^ to bind together, to shut fast, to
stop, spec, the mouth with a bit or muz-
zle, Ps. 32, 9. Syr. >a!i^ id. Ethpe.
to be shut, e. g. one's mouth, i. q. to be
dumb, ^Sfi\n a muzzle. In iorm and
signif. t;ba is kindr. with tbx ; see on
roots ending in d , under cna .
^2*^ (denom. from yiwJo . flAfl, fig,
in Ethiop. also sycamore-fig.) to ctdti-
vatefigs or sycamorefgs, to gather fgs ;
comp. avY.u'QtLT and unoavv.a'Quy. Am.
7, 14 drpsa obia, Sept. technically
xvl'Qav avaafiivft, Vulg. vellicans sycami-
na, i. e. one who nips sycamore-figs, a
process by which they were ripened.
Theophr. Hist. PI. 4, 2 nsmeiv or 8vva-
Tai av fit] inixvKJ&fi' aXX t;(ovTfg. ovv/ag^
aid7j()ag inixvi^vviv a 8 Ixv inixvia^^y
TEjaQjula nimtiai. Plin. H. N. 13. 7.
14. Bochart Hieroz. L 384 sq.
^2^ fut. yba"^ 1. t& swallow, to de-
vour, with the idea of eagerness, greedi-
ness. Arab. -L? ^^^ quadril. *Jt-Lj id.
Ethiop. flAO to eat, to eat vip. Kindr.
roots are ?^b, ^.aiii^, and many others
beginning with yb. Spoken of persons
eating any thing greedily. Is. 28, 4 ; of
animals, Ex. 7, 12. Jon. 2, 1. Jer. 51, 34.
Gen. 41, 7. 24. In a proverbial expres-
sion, Job 7, 19 nor let me alone *'5b^-^?
''|3"i till r can swallow my spittle, i. e. not
for a moment, as in Engl. ' till I can fetch
1 'f
a breath.' So in Arabic ^-i^5^ ^AjiAji
let me swallow my spittle, i. e. give me a
moment's time, Har. Consess. 15. p. 142.
ed. De Sacy. See more in Schult. ad
Job 1. c. In like manner Pers. ^^t a
swallowing of spittle, for delay. Comp.
Pi. no. 1.
2. Mctaph. fC) tocomnimcJodestroy,
yet so that the figure of swallowing up,
devouring, is preserved, e. g. to demur
substance, wealth, Job 20, 18 ; comp. ' de-
voratam pecuniam evomcre ' Cic. Pis. 37.
Prov. 1, 12 let us swallow them up alive
as Sheol, i. e. consume, destroy Ihem. Ps.
124, 3. Comp. b=S< no. 1. g. b) Ascrib-
yb2
137
ujba
6d to inanimate things, e. g. a chaem of
the earth Num. 16, 30 sq. the sea Ps. 69,
16 ; comp. Ex. 15, 12.
NiPH. pass, of Pi. no. 2, to be swaUoxced
up, destroyed^ lost, Hos. 8, 8. Spec, of
drunkards, Is. 28, 7 l^'n *jT3 :i5b33 they
are swallowed up of wine, i. e. overcome,
broken down. Comp. obn, "jn, "las.
The Syriac Vers, retains the same word,
fi^aOM _Lo n S\ oZ) ; the Arabic in the
same phrase uses the verb iJLj .
PiEL 1. i. q. Kal, to swallow ; once
ellipt. Num. 4, 20 nor shaJl they go in
to look at the holy things 5^33 for a
swallowing sc. of spittle, i. e. not for a
single moment ; comp. in Kal. no. 1.
Sept. well i^iijtiva. Metaph. "i^X ?ka to
devour iniquity, to fill oneself witli wick-
edness, Prov. 19, 28 ; comp. nnaj Job 15,
16.
2. to destroy, spec, a) to give over to
destruction, to ruin. Job 2, 3. 10, 8. Is. 49,
19. H;ib. 1, 13. b) to destroy utterly, to
exterminate, Ps. 21, 10. 35, 25; c. '"O
Job 8, 18. c) to lay waste a country
2 Sam. 20, 19. 20. Lam. 2, 8 ; also to
waste, to spend property, Prov. 21, 20 ;
to destroy counsel, i. e. to disappoint, to
render vain, Is. 19, 3, comp. Ps. 55. 10 ;
to destroy one's way, i. e. to lead him
into destruction. Is. 3, 12.
Pdal pass, of Pi. no. 2. to he destroyed,
to perish. Is. 9, 15. Impers. c. i, de-
struction is prepared for any one, 2 Sam.
17, 16.
HiTHPA. id. to vanish away, Ps. 107,
27. Hence
*S>?^ m. c. sufT. "'sbn 1. a swallow,
thing swallowed, devoured, Jer. 51, 44.
2. destruction, Ps. 52, 6.
3. Beta, pr. n. of a city ne.ar the south-
ern extremity of the Dead Sea, called
also t5S (the small) Zoar, Gen. 14, 2. 8 ;
comp. 19, 20 sq.
4. Bela, pr. n. m. a) A king of Edom
Gen. 36, 32. b) Gen. 46, 21. c) 1
Chr. 5, 8.
''l^lpa c. suff. ''15^3, 'i'^S^a, com-
pounded from ^2 not, non, and 15, ins,
to, even to.
1. Pr. not unto, nothing to or for. a
particle of deprecating or declining any
thing. Gen. 14. 24 ^b^x icx pi insba
B'^iyrn nothing for me, I ask nothing for
myself, only tluii which the young men
have eaten, etc. 41, 16 OTibx "'is^
nsiB ciiill5-rx n:?^ iti not for me, God
will answer as to the welfare of Pharaoh.
2. without. Gen. 41, 44 without thee,
i. e. without thy knowledge and assent,
shall no man lift up his hand, etc.
3. besides, Is. 45, 6. EUipi. for ''l?)^
1CX besides that which; Job 34, 32
^nin nnx nmx "^isba (if I have sin-
ned) besides what I see, show thou it me.
Syr. f\\n, ^ .sSn, id.
'''??f? id. only with prefix "j^, i. e.
1. without. Is. 36, 10 am I now come
up without the Lord against this land?
i. e. without his will and permission. Jer.
44, 19. Comp. 'issa no. 2.
2. besides, Ps. 18," 32. Num. 5, 20. Is.
43, 11.
D^p3 (compounded from 'sa anddS,
peril, non-popularis, i. q. a foreigner,
stranger) pr. n.
1. Balaam, a false prophet. Num. c.
22-24. Deut. 23, 5. 6. Josh. 13, 22. 24, 9.
Mic. 6, 5. Sept. liuXm'tfi.
2. Bileam, a city of Manasseh beyond
Jordan, 1 Chr. 6. 55 [70] ; elsewhere
called c?!::;': (c? n^i^) Ibleam q. v.
P?^ to empty out, to make empty,
waste, i. q. p;?2 , and like it onomato-
poetic. imitating the sound of emptying
out a bottle. Is. 24, 1. Comp. Arab.
(^J-o I, IV, to open a bottle.
PuAL part. f. n;?x3T2 emptied out, i. e.
wasted, desert, Nah.'2, 11. Hence
Pf^ (emptier, spoiler) Balak, pr. n.
of a king of Moab in the time of Moses,
Num. 22, 2 sq. Josh. 24, 9. Judg. 11, 25.
Mic. 6; 5.
^^i<^r3 Dan. 5, 1. 2. 9. 22. 29. 30. 8,
1, and n^T^J?bs 7, 1, Belshazzar, pr. n.
of the last of the Chaldean kings, whom
the book of Daniel speaks of as the son
of Nebuchadnezzar. 5, 2. 11. 13. 18. 22;
comp. Bar. 1, 11. 12. Sept. BulTt'yaag.
The last king of the Babylonians is
called by Herodotus A(tlivyr,ro:, 1. 188;
by Berosus in Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20. NuSov-
vTfSo?. It seems to be i. q. IStXSl^o^a q. v
t))2
138
"22
(i. q. '"iirb-'iS son of the tongue,
i. 6. eloquent, see in a p, 109) Bilshan,
pr. n. of a man of rank who returned
with Zerubbabel from the exile, Ezra 2,
2. Neh. 7, 7.
f^rr? or f^r"? a subst. not in use, from
r.nba, after the form ros from i^DS,
Lehrg. p. 507; pr. vothing, a reducing
to nothing, i. q. b2 , "'^a . Hence, in the
construct state with Yod paragogic.
comes the form :
"^PfS 1. Adv. of negation, i. q. X^,
not, i Sam. 20, 26.
2. Prep. for. Ti^aa, i. q. xba , without
Is. I'l^ ; e.rcept, besidesSwhere a nega-
tive precedes, Gen. 21, 26. Ex. 22, 19.
Num. 11, 6. 32, 12. With suff. "^n^a be-
sides me Hos. 13, 4. Is. 10, 4. ^tnba besides
thee 1 Sam. 2, 2. In Is. 1. c. render : with-
out me (forsaken by me) they shall sink
down under the prisoners, and shall fall
beneath the slain, i. e. part of them as
captives, exhausted with hunger, thirst,
and toil, shall sink down under the feet
of their companions, conip. <^'^5'^ "pa
Judg. 5, 27 ; and part of them slain in
tattle shall be covered with the corpses
Df their fellows.
3. Conj. for ^ilix "^Pilsa besides that
Dan. 11, 18 ; except that, unless, Gen. 43,
.'3 ye shall not see my face D^Tix "^nba
tsaPix concept your brother be with you.
More fully CX "^nba unless if, unless it be
that, Amos 3, 4 ; also simply unless, save,
Judg. 7, 14. Gen. 47, 18.
4. With other prepositions: a) ''tn^aVi
c. Inf pr. to not, in that not, Judg. 8, 1.
The Hebrews use this particle whenever
the infin. with b ('tip^) is to be put
negatively (b-Jfs "'Fi^ab), and it may
.usually be rendered so as not to do so
ind so. in not doing so and so, etc. Ex.
8, 25 [29J. 9, 17 ; e. g. after verbs of re-
eisting, Jer. 16. 12; of forgetting, Deut.
S, 11 ; of hindering. Num. 9, 7. Also, o
that not, lest, Gen. 38, 9. With ace. and
inf. after verbs of commanding, Gen. 3,
11; of consenting, 2 K. 12, 9. Once
-pleonast. b ''Fibab 2 K. 23, 10. Thrice
''pbab ifi followed by a finite verb for
IVSK "^nbab , Jer. 23. 14. 27, 18. Ez. 13, 3.
b) Tiba^ from not, i. e. because not,
with Inf Num. 14, 16 j before a verbal
Aoun Ez. 16, 28.
c) "^Piba 1!? tmtil not, until none, with
Praet. Num.21. 35. Deut. 3, 3. Josh. 8, 22.
10, 33 ; hence i. q. so long as, quanidiu,
Job 14, 12. Comp. ^ba IS .
rraS Kamets impure, (r. cna ,) plur.
Pi?3a , constr. id. and "'n'i^a Deut. 32, 13.
Is. 58, 14. Mic. 1, 3 Chethibh, but in
Keri ""rij^^ , and so in the text Job 9, 8.
Is. 14, 14. Amos 4, 13, see note ; c. suff.
'nira, etc.
1. a high place, height, a general word
comprehending mountains and hills, see
the root; 2 Sam. 1. 19. 25. "lyi pica
mountains with forests, Jer. 26, 18. Mic.
3, 12. Ez. 36, 2, comp. v. 1 T'r'^N riaa
the heights of Arnon, i. e. through which
that river flows. Num. 21, 28.
2. a fastness, strong-hold, an inac-
cessible retreat; comp. Lat. arx, Germ.
Burg. Ps. 18,34 "'S'lirs:: -"niTsa-b? he set
me upon my fastnesses, i. e. put me in
safety from the enemy. Hab. 3, 19.
Whoever possesses the fastnesses of a
country has also secure possession
of the whole land ; hence the poetical
phrase : j^is -rca-b? rp'^ he walketh
upon the fastnesses of the earth, spoken
of God as the Lord and governor of the
world, Amos 4, 13. Mic. 1, 3. Deut. 33,
29. Trop. B^-^rra-b? Job 9, 8 upcm the
fastnesses of the sea ; as""'rra-by Is. 14,
14 above the fastnesses of the clouds ; all
spoken in like mannerof God. Alsoa'^3'^11
Yyi ""r^Jrl"^? Deut. 32, 13. Is. 58, 14.'
3. The Hebrews, like most other an-
cient nations, supposed that sacred rites
performed on high places were particu-
larly acceptable to the Deity; see Com-
ment, on Is. 65, 7, and Vol. II. p. 316.
Hence they were accustomed to offer
sacrifices upon mountains and hills, both
to idols and to God himself, 1 Sam. 9, 12
sq. 1 Chr. 13, 29 sq. 1 K. 3, 4. 2 K. 12,
2. 4. Is. 56, 7 ; and also to build there
chapels, fanes, tabernacles, riran 'pia
1 K. 13, 32. 2 K. 17, 29 ; with their
priests and other ministers of tlie sacred
rites, niran -^rna l K. 12, 32. 2 K. 17, 32.
And so tenacious of this ancient custom
were not only the ten tribes, (see the
passages above cited) but also all the
Jews, that even after the building of
Solomon's temple, notwithstanding the
express law in Deut. c. 12, they conti-
n?jn
139
nued to erect such chapels on the moun-
tains around Jerusalem, and to offer
aacrificea in them ; and even those kings
who in other respects strictly observed
the law of Moses, until Josiah, did not
abolish these unlawful sacrifices among
the people, nor themselves desist from
them ; 2 K. 12, 14. 14, 4. 15,4. 35 ; comp.
2 Chr. 20, 33. 15, 17. 2 K. 23, 8. 9. 19.
Ez. 6, 3. 20, 29. Lev. 26, 30. Even
Solomon himself sacrificed in chapels of
this sort, 1 K. 3, 2. 3, comp. 11, 7. See
the author's discussion respecting these
high places in Pref to Gramberg's Reli-
gionsideen des A. T. Vol. I. p. xiv, etc.
4. Very often m:a is i. q. ri^^'^^n n-^?
hotisc of the high-place, i. e. a hill-chapel,
erected to God or to idols upon a moun-
tain or hill, see in no. 3. 1 K. 11. 7. 14.
23. 2 K. 17, 9. 21, 3. 23, 15. Trans-
ferred also to any chapel or fane, e. g. in
the valley of Hinnom, Jer. 7, 31 ; comp.
Ethiop. .^flC mountain, also cloister.
Prob. these chapels or fanes were some-
times tents or tabernacles, decked with
curtains, Ez. 16. 16; comp. 2 K. 23, 7.
Am. 5, 26. Such tabernacles were in
use among the Carthaginians, and also
among the ancient Slavi; Diod. 20. 25.
Mone in Creuzer's Symbol. 5. 176.
5. Rarely a sepulchral mound, tumw-
lus, Gr. ^oifiog, Ez. 43, 7 ; comp. v. 8 and
the intpp. on Is. 53. 9. where also this
signification is applicable.
Note. The form of the Plur. constr.
"niiaa, in which there is a double plural
ending, has its counterpart in 'ni'lJX'i
1 Sam. 26. 12 ; comp. Lehrg. p. 541.' The
Masorites reject this form, and substitute
for it T! Jt^ This latter many pronounce
bA-inthe ; but i , as being immutable,
could not thus be shortened into Hateph-
Kamets. More correctly therefore it is
pronounced bo-mPthe, for ''n'23 , from a
sing, nra after the form niua, the n
being retained in the plural, as in rbn,
P.irb'n . But disregarding this judgment
of the Masorites, it should prob. every
where be read "'niTaa , "^nta .
'\l''?-? (son of circumcision, i. e. cir-
cumcised, for bnis'^a , see in "2 p. 109)
Bimhal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33.
Itta see I'a.
m>aa (heights) Bamoth, Num. 21, 19,
more fully bs2 piisa (heights of Baal)
22, 41. Josh. 13, 17, pr. n. of a town in
Moab on the river Amon.
1? (for nsa from r. njS no. 3 ) constr.
""(3 , and 80 before the prefixes S , 3 , b ,
without Makkeph ; rarely '(3 Prov. 30, 1.
Deut. 25, 2. Jon. 4, 10, and always be-
fore the pr. n. ")13 ; once "'^a (like ^3X)
Gen. 49, 11, and 133 Num. 24,' 3. 15. Plur.
D"'33 as if from a Sing. ")3 ; constr. "'Sa .
1. a son. Arab, ^^f , plur. /jj^'
constr. yXj , ^JLj ; in the Phenician re-
mains very often "ja; Aram. sing. 13,
Ij-s, from K'13 to beget, but with plur.
"fSS, "33, } tin. Spoken xaz f'^o^rjv of
a king^s son Is. 9, 5 ; comp. Tj^^'l? Ps.
72, 1. Plur. C^SB sons sometimes for
children of both sexes, Gen. 3, 16. 21, 7.
30, 1. 31, 17. 32, 12. Deut. 4, 10 ; though
this idea is more frequently put fully,
so)is and daughters risai csa Gen. 5, 4.
7. 10. 13. 11, 11 sq. In 'the Sing, there
is also a trace of comm. gend. in "i:T"*(a
(more correctly "i3T "3) a man-child Jer.
20, 15 ; comp. vlog uq^t]v Rev. 12, 5.
Poet, sons of the Greeks for the Greeks
themselves Joel 4, 6, like vitq ^Jymwv ;
also sons of the Ethiopians i. q. Ethiop-
ians Am. 9, 7; comp. n"'"i33 I'nb'i i. q.
strangers Is. 2, 6, *i"^a5< "'Sa i. q. the poor
Ps. 72, 4, Gr. 8vaxriV(av ntndfi II. 21. 151.
This mode of speaking every where im-
plies a like condition of the father and
son.
The word son, like those of father and
brother (see ax, ns), is employed by
the Hebrews in various other and wider
senses, e. g.
2. a grandson, like 3X a grandfather,
Gen. 29, 5. Ezra 5, 1 ; comp. Zech. 1, 1.
More definitely a grandson is called
:^:a",a Judg. 9, 22. Plur. n-i^a grand-
sons Gen. 32, 1 [31, 55}. 31. 28; though
where greater accuracy is used grand-
sons are Ct^Ued csa "^ia, Ex. 34, 7. Prov.
13, 22. 17, 6. Plur. also for children,
i. e. descendants, posterity, as bx'^''P7 ^5^
children of Israel, Israelites ; irj'n"} 133 ,
"''lb "ija, the children of Judah, of Levi,
i. e. Jews, Levites ; "i'i'2? T3a Ammonites,
nrj -^sa Hittites, bKSnia'i 'SS Ishmaelites.
T^
140
IS
In the same sense is said ^*|'jia'J ri'^3,
n'i!in'i n-^a, see rr^a no. 9; also''b"' ai'^x
see ai"'S< no. 1. g.
3. As a name of age, i. q. a hoy^ youth,
like Gr. iiuig, comp. n2 no. 3. Cant. 2, 3.
Prov. 7, 7.
4. Put for a subject, vassal, yielding
obedience to a king or lord, as to a father,
2 K. 16, 7. Hence metaph.sono/'fZea^A
i. e. one condemned to death, q. d. deliv-
ered over to the power of death, 1 Sam.
20, 31. 2 Sam. 12,5; a son of stripes, i. e.
condemned to be beaten, Deut. 25, 2.
Comp. vioi; ytivvrjg Matt. 23, 15 ; vlog
trjg ikiKxAdaq John 17, 12.
5. afosler-son, educated as a son, Ex.
2, 10, comp. Acts 7, 21. Also a pupil,
disciple, since teachers were regarded
and obeyed as in the place of parents,
and were also addressed by the title of
father, see in ax no. 6. Hence "^53
CX'^asn the sons i. e. disciples of the pro-
phets, spoken of the schools of prophets,
1 K. 20, 35. 2 K. 2, 3. 5. 7. 4, 38. al.
comp. Am. 7, 14. So among the Per-
sians the sons of the magi are their disci-
ples ; comp. among the Greeks uaQbtv
viol, ^Tjic^wP vtoi, nuidsg povaiHwv, tpilo-
aoifon', for lutqoI, /dovaixol, etc. Syr.
.^yfi ^Xs sons i. e. disciples of Bar-
desanes. Hence also in the book of
Proverbs, the poet (teacher) addresses
the reader as his son, Prov. 2, 1. 3, 1.
21. 4, 10. 20. 5, 1. 6, 1. 7, 1 ; comp. r?
Ps. 45. 11.
6. With a genit. of place, 13 denotes a
zai/reofthat place, one born and brought
up there ; e. g. sons of Zion, Zionites, Ps.
149,2; sons (f Babylon, Babylonians, Ez.
23, 15. 17 ; sons of the East, Arabians, see
C"i|5 no. 2 ; sons of the province Ezra 2, 1 ;
tons of a strange land Gen. 17, 12 ; son
of the house, i. e. a home-born slave,
verna, see ri^a no. 1 ; son of my womb,
i. e. born of the same womb, see in "iKa
no. 2. This arises from the more gene-
ral idiom, by which whatever is done in
any place or time is ascribed to that
place or time itself, see ts. 3, 26. 8, 23.
Job 3, 3, etc. So too countries or cities
are regarded as mothers of tlie indivi-
dual inhabitants, see CK no 5 ; and also
nations or a people, os fathers ; whence
is said likewise ^aJ? "^i^, the wiis of my
people, i. e. my countrymen, my tribe's-
men, see cy ; and csn "^23 are the com-
mon people Jer. 17, 19. 26, 23. Spoken
of animals, Deut. 32, 14 rams, the sons
of Bashan. Trop. also of things con-
tained in anyplace, as sons of the quiver^
i. e. arrows. Lam. 3, 13.
7. With a genit. of time, it denotes a
person or thing born or appearing in that
time, or which has existed during that
time. So the son of one''s old age, i. e.
begotten in old age. Gen. 37, 3 ; the son of
one's youth, i. e. begotten in his father's
youth, Ps. 127, 4 ; sons of bereavement,
born of a mother bereaved, i. e. in exile.
Is. 49, 20. Also the son of five hundred
years, i. e. five hundred years old, Gen.
5, 32 ; a lamb ri2d~"|a the son of a year,
a yearling. Ex. 12, 5; of the ricinus, .Ton.
4, 10 nax nb";b-ja!i n^'^ nb';'y-,2'ij which
came up in a night and perished in a
night. Poet, son of the morning for the
morning star, Lat. Lucifer, Is. 14, 12.
8. With a genit. of a quality good or
bad, or of a condition in life, '3 denotes a
man possessing that quality or brought
up in that condition ; e. g. ^';'n~'i2 son of
strength or of the host, i.e. a warrior, hero,
see in b^n ; also !:rba-;2 son of ic-ick-
edness, a wicked man, ribiy ja id. "^33
yntu sons of pride, poet, of wild beasts ;
':>'",3 i. q. i:y afflicted Prov. 31, 5 ; son
of possession i. e. possessor, heir. Gen. 15,
2 ; sons of suretyship i. e. hostages. 2 K.
14, 14. Comp. vlog t^? U7iti&ii(xg Eph.
2,2; Tsxvu vnuxof,g 1 Pet. 1. 14. In other
figurative and poetical expressions of
this kind, which are also frequent in the
kindred languages, (see Gol. Lex. Arab,
art. ^^1, Castell and Buxtorf art. "i3,
Jones de Poesi Asiat. p. 128 sq.) that is
said to be the son of any thing, which is
similar to that thing, as sons of the light-
ning for birds of prey which fly swift as
the lightning Job 5, 7; or which is de-
pendent on it, as sons of the bow i. q.
arrows Job 41, 20; or which is in any
close connection with it. as sons of oil i. e.
anointed Zech. 4. 14 ; son of oil or fatness
i. e. fat, fertile, Is. 5, 1. Comp. ax , ttJ^N ,
9. Sons of God. an appellation given
in the O. T. a) To angels. Gen. 6, 2 sq.
Job 1, 6. 2, 1. 38, 7. Ps. 29 1. 89, 7 ; either
:n
1141
n
as constituting the hosts and minlBtere of
God, see S35C ; or because of their greater
resemblance to the divine nature, al-
though a body is ascribed to tliem in
Gen. 1. c. b) To kings, not only of the
Hebrews, but sometimes also to those
of foreign nations, comp. Ps. 89, 28 ; as
being the vicegerents of God on earth,
taught and aided by a divine spirit,
1 Sam. 10, 6. 9. 11, 6. 16, 13. 14. Is. 11,
1.2; on this account called also by the
Greek poets Jw/evng (iacrdiitg. Ps. 2, 7
Jehorah said unto me, Thou art my son
this day fuwe I begotten thee, i. e. con-
stituted thee king, comp. Jer. 2, 27. Ps.
82, 6. 7 I fuice said, Ye are gods, (O ye
kings.) and all of you sans of the Must
High ; but ye shall die like common men,
etc. Ps. 89, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 14. c) To
righteous men, the pious worshippers of
God, saints, Ps. 73, 15. Prov. 14, 26.
Deut. 14. 1. Spec, to the Israelites, al-
though often ungrateful children. Is. 1,
2. 30, 1. 9. 43, 6. Hos. 2, 1. Jer. 3, 14. 19.
In Sing. Israel is called the son of God
Hos. 11, 1 ; and also the first-born and
beloved son, Ex. 4, 22. 23, comp. Jer. 31,
20.
10. Spoken of the young of animals, as
iXS-ija sons of the flock, lambs, Ps. 114,
4 ; iahx "^la the son of his ojss, i. q. his foal,
ii"^!?, Gen. 49, 11 ; sons of the dove, i. e.
young doves. Lev. 12, 6; sons of the
raven i. e. young ravens, Ps. 147, 9.
11. Poet, son of a tree seems put for a
shoot, branch, bough, (com]p. p3T^ , nj?3i'i ,)
Gen. 49, 22 Cici-> nn's "|2 Joseph is the
son of a frnilful tree ; here "|3 (or perh.
more correctly "'la) seems to be in the
constr. state, and n'lS to be i. q. Ti'^'~\'B Is.
17; 6. i. e.f mi t-bearing, fruitful, sc. tree ;
see in r. nno no. 1. a. '(na-jSi Is. 21, 10,
see in 'iia.
12. Ben, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15. 18. Other
compound pr. names are the following :
a) ''?"i>5"'2. (son of my sorrow) Ben-oni,
a name given by his mother to Benja-
min. Gen. 33, 18.
b) iinia (son or worshipper of Ha-
dad or Adod, the chief divinity of the
Syrians, comp. Macrob. Saturnal. 1. 23,
and pr. n. "'.!>'7ir!) Ben-Hadad, pr. n.
of three kings of Syria of Damascus.
The first of them waged war with Baa-
sha king (4" the ten tribes, 1 K. 15, 20 sq.
2 Chr. 16, 2 sq. The second was the sob
of the preceding and contemporary with
Ahab (I K. 20, 34); he twice besieged
Samaria, and became more famous than
his father, 1 K. 20, 1 sq. 2 K. 24, 6 sq. 8, 7.
The third was the son of Hazael, and
lost most of the provinces acquired by
his predecessors, 2 K. c. 13. The pa-
laces of Ben-hadad, i. e. of Damascus,
Jer. 49, 27. Am. 1, 4.
c) nnif'ia BeU'Zoheth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
4, 20. See nnit .
d) ^"'"'l^ (son of strength, warrior)
Ben-luiil, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 17, 7.
e) *ijn~")a (son of one gracious) Ben^
hanan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.
f ) 'j''a^~']a (son of the right hand, i. e.
of good fortune, see in art. )"''?^3a, also
"pov) Benjamin, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
7, 10. b) Ezra 10, 32. Neh. 3, 23.
Where the patriarch Benjamin is meant^
this name is always written as one word,
^^^sa q. V. except once in 1 Sam. 9, 1
Cheth.
g) p'ia"''3a (sons of lightning) Bene-
berak, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of
Dan, Josh. 19, 45.
h) 'li'?'^ 'sa see '"> 'a m'nxa.
IS Chald. id. found only in Plur. |'^33,
"^33 , the place of the Sing, being filled
by' "la . E. g. xnsiba 153 so)is of exile,
i. e. exiles, captives, Dan. 2, 25. V'?'^^ ''^^
young bullocks, Ezra 6, 9. Syr. j^ , plur.
:? Chald. c. suff. ^^2 Ezra 5, 11,
infin. N3a^b Ezra 5, 2. 17, n^saab 5, 9,
N33b 5, 3. 13, i. q. Hebr. nja,' to build,
Dan. 4, 27.
Ithpe. pass. Ezra 4, 13, 21 ; with ace.
of material Ezra 5, 8.
**y^ fut. n3ai,conv. "ja^i, and six
times n3a*i , nsasi .
1. to build, to erect, to construct, as a
house, temple, city, walls, fortifications
Ez. 4, 2 ; an altar Gen,^8, 20 ; chapels or
tabernacles Jer. 7, 31 ; the frame-work of
ships Ez. 27, 5 ; once apparently of lay-
ing the foundation of an edifice 1 K. 6, 1,
comp. 2 Chr. 3, 1 where it is nisab bn^] .
Arab. Laj, Aram, lis, Ksa, id. Comp.
lax and "iiax. The material vnth, of,
from which any thing is built, is mostly
put in the ace. 1 K. 18, 32 "nx nsa-si
rwi
142
nst^a fi'^r^^Hf^ ciiid he built the stones
(into) an altar, i. e. with or of them ;
comp. Lehrg. p. 813. Ex. 20, 22. Deut.
27,6. 1 K. 15,22. More rarely with 3 1 K.
15, 22 fin. Construed also : a) With
ace. of place on which one builds, to build
tip or over, 1 K. 6, 15. 16, 24. b) With
ace. of person, where it is i. q. to build a
house for any one. i. e. to give him a fixed
abode, and trop. to make him prosperous
(for another sense of this formula see no.
3) ; Jer. 24, 6 / will bring them again
into this land, c^nrosii o'nnx xbn o''n"'2a!i
tJiFiS iibi and I will build them and not
j)uU down, and I will plant them and not
pluck up, i. e. I will give them a fixed
abode and make them prosperous. 31, 4.
S3, 7. 42, 10. Ps. 28, 5. Arab. Lo bene-
ficiis auxit aliquem. c) With 3 , to build
on any thing, to be occupied in building,
Neh. 4, 4. IL Zech. 6, 15. With hv, to
huildagainst anyone, to obstruct ; Lam.
3, 5 God hath builded against me, ob-
structed me, shut up my way on every
side so that I cannot get out ; comp. "I'la
V. 7. 9. Trop. to construct, i. e. to form,
to make, with ^ , into a woman Gen. 2, 22.
2. to build up, to rebuild, to restore,
e. g. a house or city in ruins, Amos 9,
14. Ps. 122, 3 O Jerusalem thou restored!
Ul, 2. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. 2 K. 14,
22. Comp. r^is-^n nja under art. fisin
no. 2. So of the fortifications of a city,
1 K. 15, 17.
3. h n"^3 njs to build a house to or for
any one, i. q. to give him offspring, pos-
terity ; see n'^S no. 9, and Niph. no. 3.
By a common oriental metaphor, house
is transferred to a family, and children ;
and whoever begets children, is said to
build a house. Hence 'S son comes
from the idea of building, i. e. of beget-
ting. The same metaphor is elegantly
carried out in Plaut. Mostell. 1. 2. 37.
Niph. 1 . Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be built,
Num. 13, 22. Deut. 13, 17; with ace. of
material 1 K. 6. 7. Persons are said to
be built up, when they are placed in a
fixed abode and rendered prosperous,
see in Kal no. 1. b. Jer. 12, 16. Mai. 3,
15. Job 22. 23. A different metaphor
see in no. 3.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be rebuilt, re-
stored, U. 44, 28.
3. A woman is said to be built up when
her house (family) is built up, i. e. when
offspring is given her ; see in Kal no. 3.
Gen. 16, 2 nSH^ nsax "^Vsis perhaps I
may be built up through her, i. e. obtain
children by her. 30, 3.
Deriv. ,3 . ra, n;;32, 'I'^ss , njaio , ri-^Jan,
to which may be added many pr. names,
as ''iisa, 'ja, 1S2, ni:a, -iniis, nan*',
i>s<3ai, nijai, "^sa^a,
''^SSl (a building) Binnui, pr. n. m.
freq. after the exile : a) Neh. 7, 15 ;
written "^sa Ezra 2, 10. b) Ezra 10,
30. 38. c) Ezra 8, 33. d) Neh. 3, 24.
10, 10. 12, 8.
f^1"5 daughters, see ra .
"'23 (built) Bani, pr. n. m. a) One
of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23, 36. b)
1 Chr. 6, 31. c) 1 Chr. 9, 4 Keri. d)
Neh. 3, 17. 9, 4. 5. 10, 14. 11, 22. e) See
-^2 a. f ) Ezra 10, 29. 34. 38. Neh. 8,
7. 10, 15.
^^^ (built, a verbal of Pual) Bunni,
pr. n.' m. Neh. 9, 4. 10, 16. Different is
'i^S Bunni, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 15.
*'^'^r'^ (whom Jehovah hath built up,
see ri:3 no, 1. b,) Benaiah, pr. n. m. a)
1 Chr'. 4, 36. b) 2 Chr. 20, 14. c) Ezra
10, 25. 30. 35. 43. d) See next art. c. e.
^'^^r^ pr. n. m. Benaiah (i. q. i^^!')
a) 1 Chr. 15, 24. 16, 5. b) 1 Chr. 27734.
c) 2 Sam. 8, 18. 23, 20. 22 ; written also
rrjra 20, 23. d) 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5.
e)" 2 Sam. 23, 30 ; written also n^sa
1 Chr. 11, 31. 27. 14. f) 2 Chr. 31, 13.
g) Ez. 11, 1. 13.
n^:S f a building, Ez. 41, 13. R.
nja. Comp. ,^:3.
'j">'!a^!3 (son of the right hand i. e. of
good fortune, q. d. Felix, see "j'^c^ no. 4,)
pr. n. Benjamin, Sept. Btvut^iv, the
patriarch, youngest son of Jacob and
Rachel, and founder of the tribe of like
name, r;'?3 "^23 Num. 1, 36, 'a na
Josh. 21, 4. 17, and simpl. 'r^^JS m. Judg.
20, 39. 40. Their territory, '^^'^^ V^K
Jer. 1, 1, lay nearly in the middle oCPalcs-
tine on this side Jordan, and is described
Josh. 18, 21 sq. A certain warlike dis-
position in this tribe is alluded to in Gen.
49, 27. The r^>:= "^5^ Sa^^ "f I^''"p-
min was on the northern side of Jerusa-
143
rf2,
lera, Jer. 37, 13. 38, 7. Zech. 14, 10 ; prob.
the same Ci'\lled elsewhere the gate of
Ephraim. 2 K. 14, 13. Neh.8, 16. When-
ever this imme designates the patriarch
Benjamin, it is written in one word ; see
in T'^^'ia p. 141. The gentile n. is writ-
ten separately, "'3''0']"'ia (comp. Lehrg.
p. 515) 1 Sam. 9, 21.'P8. 7, 1, Ben-
jaminite, lienjamite ; with the art. ""|2
'r';n (like 'fflT^'in n-'s) Judg. 3, 15".
2 Sam. 16, 11. Plur. '^s^B-; '33 Judg.
19, 16. Ellipt. 'S'^o^ ir-is Ibr ",3 \rii<
>?;, 1 Sara. 9, 1. 2 Sam. 20. 1 also
'^Y^l 7")^ 1 Sam. 9, 4, like Arab. ^>Xj
Bekrite for Abubekrite, from Jo v?!-
1^221 m. (r. nja) 1. a building, edi-
fice, Ez. 41, 12. Syr. |Vi1n a build-
,^o>
ing, Arab. ^LuJ id.
2. a ira//. Ez. 40, 5.
I^'SS Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, Ezra 5, 4.
13'^33 (our son, from the Segolate form
"aa Gen. 49, 11) Beninti, pr. n. m. Neh.
lb,' 14 [13].
rr-r Chald. to be angry, indignant,
Dan. 2. 12. Often in the Targuras.
^^r^ (according to Simonis i. q. FiJaJ
a gushing forth, fountain) Binea, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 9, 43; also n?:3 ib. 8, 37.
^t'^^^r' {^^ the intimacy of Jehovah,
Bee ^io) Besodeiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 6.
''?? pr. n. m. Besai, Ezra 2, 49. Neh.
7, 52. Perh. Sanscr. bigaya victory, also
pr. n. So Bohlen.
^*ET ^ spurious root, see Dia Hithp.
'i'7 a root not used in Hebrew,
prob. to he sour, i. q. "ixb q. v. whence
Arab. ^.jmO to do any ihing too soon ;
also to look sour, to make a sour face.
Hence
103 c. suff. i-ioa Job 15, 33, and
10*^ m. collect, unripe grapes, sour
grapes. Is. 18, 5. Jer. 31, 29, 30. Ez. 18,
2. Different from n'^cxa q. v. labruscee,
wild-grapes. Sept-o^/qpaJ. Chald. Kno^ia
id. Syr. ]fMi sour grapes.
^^3 Chald. see after nsa .
"l^ a root not used in Hebrew;
Arab. Juu to be distant, absent, re-
mote ; IV, to remove ; Ethiop. pr. to be
other, different, and hence Prsut. A, trans.
nUiR to change, to exchange, 't'flOJ?
to be made other, different, flOJ?' and
QO.^ other, another, different Among
the Hebrews it would seem to have de-
noted : to be without (opp. to within), to
be near, close by. Hence
*1?3 and 1?3, c. suff. "-^sa et 'jnsa
Ps. 139, 11, T^nra in Pause Tj-ija, in?a,
!i3-ira, once 'iJ^'ira Amos 9, 10, csnra,
Ciya ; primarily a Subst. but in usage
always a Prepo.sition denoting in general
the being without an object (opp. to
within), but near to it ; and then spec,
the two following more definite relations
of place.
1 . about, round about, which latter idea
is expressed more definitely by a'^ao .
a) Genr. see for both particles (tya
and a-'ao) Job 1, 10 lira riD';? nnx xbn
aias73 ib i^jx-ba -isai irca if a^ hast
thou not made an hedge about him, and
about his house, and about all that lie
hath, on ever-y side ? Lam. 3, 7 ""ira ti3
he hath made a wall round about me.
Ps. 139, 11 "irnsa nix nb-^bi even the night
is light about me. Hence a) With
verbs of shutting up, (pr. shutting up
aro?M?dorw/)o?iany one.)a8Cn'; isa tJO
1 Sam. 1, 6, and cnn 1?a ns^' Gen. 20",
18, to shut up the womb, i. e. to render a wo-
man unfruitful. Poet. CJ-^asisn nsa crn
God sealeth up the stars Job 9, 7. For
'a nsa njo and i"tsa 15D, see no. 2.
(5) With words implying protection ; Ps.
3, 4 ''133 ja'a a shield round about me.
Zech. 12, 8. /) Put, like the Gr. v^bq,
for all that one does^br, on account of,
in behalf of any one ; e. g. to pray /or
any one 1 Sam. 7, 9, see bbarn ; to
bring a sin-offering for. Job 42. 8, see
IQ2 . So of consulting an oracle Is. 8,
19, Jer. 21, 2 ; bribing a judge Job 6. 22 ;
and of other like ideas, Ez. 22, 30. 2 Sam.
10, 12. 2 Chr. 19, 12. Ps. 138, 8. In Prov.
20, 16 to take a pledge /or any one, for
whom one becomes security. Then
without a verb. Job 2, 4 liS 153 lis skin
for skin. Prov. 6, 26 IS njir'nt's 153
onb ^^'sfor a whore one comes to a piece
;'S
144
ofbread^ i. e. he who yields to her, hves
for her and comes to want.
b) In a passive relation as surrounded
round about by any thing, i. e. in or
through the midst of^ amid, among,
through ; like ufi(fl in the phrases afi(fl
icXudoig, ufjql dQV/joXc, u^q.1 tivqI aiijiTui
rginoda, see Matthias Gr. Gramm.
583. b. Joel 2. 8 >ibD7 rib^n nsS in the
midst of the weapons (missiles) do they
fall J comp. TKfimljiitiv xivl to rush into
the midst of any thing. Very often in
the phrase "P^nri 1?2 through a window,
with a verb of looking, Gen. 26, 8. Prov.
7, 6 ; of passing in or out, Josh. 2, 15.
1 Sam 19, 12. Joel 2, 9 ; of falling, 2 K.
1^ 2. ^'ix 1^"2 surrounded with dark-
ness Job 22, 13. Is. 32, 14 mound and
watch-tower shall be amid caverns, i. e.
surrounded by them. Amos 9, 10 xb
ni-nn ^rns'3 n-''np?ni ui-'an the evil will
not draw near nor come among zis.
c) As expressing indefinite nearness,
like Gr. nf^l, Engl, about, i. e. by, near.
1 Sam. 4. 18 ^rirn 1^ ^Vl by the side of
the gate ; comp. ^?Tl'n i;:-bj< 2 Sam. 18,
4. Here ";] 1;'2 is pr. ' about the side,'
i.a. at luind, near by.
2. behind, after; Arab. Juu, JoU)
after, spoken of time. This signif con-
nects itself directly with no. 1. a. b ; for
whoever is surrounded by certain limits
or objects, e. g. a wall, is behind the
same ; see 2 Sam. 20, 21. Cant. 4, 1. Job
22, 13. This sense is also clear and
necessary (though questioned by FSsi)
in Judg. 3, 23 then Ehud went forth
through the porch and shut the door of
the chamber (i'lia) after him. Here it
is impossible to translate i'lya ""50*1, he
shut himself in ; for Ehud shut up the
murdered king in the chamber, and he
himself fled ; nor can insa be referred to
Eglon, who is not mentioned in this con-
nection'. [But see the Note below.] In
the Bfime manner we may best construe
the phrases 'b n?3 rbrjn ijo , 'd Trii -lao ,
to shut to (the door) after one who enters
a place, Gen. 7, 16. 2 K. 4, 4. 5 ; and
inri ^ats, inra rt-nn njo, to shut to af-
ter oneself on entering a place or room,
Judg. 9, 51. 2 K. 4, 33. Is. 26, 20. It is
true, in both these cases, so far as the
sense is concerned, we might translate,
to shut in any one or oneself pr. to shut
in round about, as in no. 1. a. / but
against this is the construction with rh'i ,
since we cannot speak of shutting a door
round about any one, inasmuch as the
door does not surround the person.
Judg. 3, 22 the fat closed nnbn Tra be-
hind the blade. Cant. 4, 1 "v^^s^b "i??^
behiiul thy veil, h 'li'S^ being i. q. X"2.
V. 3. 6, 7. 2 Sam. 20, 21 his head shall
be thrown to thee n7:iPiri ira pr. behind
the wall, i. e. from behind the wall, where
the thrower stood ; others, around the
wall, i. e. over it, since the thing thrown
describes a curve over the wall. So in
Job 22, 13 bs'iN -IS 3 might be rendered :
behind the darkness ; see in no. 1. b.
Note. See on this particle Ewald's
Gramm. p. 613 ; Fasi in Jahn's Neue
Jahrbiicher I. p. 187-9. Against the
latter we have here endeavoured to vin-
dicate the sense : behind, after ; which
the former also at a later period ac-
knowledged, Schulgramm. 550. [But
it is not easy to see why the passage
chiefly relied upon above, Judg. 3, 23,
may not be rendered as in the English
version : and shut the door il^^a upon
him sc. Eglon, who is distinctly referred
to, both in the preceding and following
verse ; and to shut a door upon one in
this way, is to shut him up in an en-
closed space, and in so far to shut up
around him, as in no. 1. a. u. So too of
the other similar phrases above cited.
Further, in Judg. 3, 22 we may say, the
fat closed around the blade ; in Cant. 4,
1 the doves' eyes are in the m,idst of the
veil, surrounded by it, or else seen
through it ; while in 2 Sam. 20, 21 it is
more easy to conceive that the head
may have been thrown through a win-
dow or hole in the wall, tht\n to adopt
the explanation given above. Tliere
seems, therefore, to be no necessity for
the sense no. 2 ; since all the passages
may be satisfactorily explained by the
diflerent shades of the meaning no, 1.
R.
*n;j3 fut. nsa^ 1. to make swell,
to cause to boil, as water ; Is. 64, 1 Cia
tJX nsan as the fire caiiseth the water to
boil. Corresponding is Arab. Ub spoken
i<7a
145
bra
of a lumor or swelling Chald. K2 to
boil. For the kiiidrcd roots yi2 , 533,
see uiuk-r J^ia . From the idea of swell-
ing iind heat comes in Arab, the signif.
of absorhing, and also of ardently desir-
ing, longing ; hence likewise in Hebrew :
2. to seek, to ask, to inquire, Is. 21, 12
bis. Aram. KS2 , |ls .
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be
swollen, tumid, and hence to swell out. to
be prominent. Is. 30, 12 0523 bob yiZS
nssbs nrina as a breach ready to fall,
auielling out in a high wall.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be sought out,
searched, Obad. 6.
Deriv. "'SS , and ""S for '^S2 .
K^a Chald. fut. KJa") 1. to seek, to
search after, c. ace. Dan. 2, 13. 6, 5. In
the Targums often for Heb. ^'^3l .
2. to ask. to petition, to entreat of any
one, c. -{0 Dan. 2, 16, tnp^^ 6, 12, tnp^^ 'k
2, 18. fly2 J<r2 to ask a petition Dan. 6,
8. Hence
'TS^S Chald. f a petition, request, Dan.
6, 8. 14.
"Iiya (a torch, lamp, r. *iy3) Beor, pr.
n. a) The father of Balaam, Num. 22,
5. Deut. 23, 5. Sept. IhbiQ, Baimg. 2
Pet. 2, 15 Boa6g. b) The father of Be-
la king of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 32.
1 Chr. 1, 43.
D'lri^ya m. plur. (r. n52) terrors, Ps.
88, 17. Job 6, 4.
'?^ obsol root, Arab, -jjb alacer,
agilis fuit. Hence -^
T?a (alacrity) Boaz, pr. n. a) A
Bethlehemite who married Ruth, Ruth
2, 1 sq. b) A column set up before the
temple of Solomon, so called either from
the architect, or, if it was perhaps an
avd&i,ixa, from the name of the donor. 1
K. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 3, 17. See too Movers,
Phcenizier I. p. 293.
* '^?^ fut. -JSa*^ 1. to tread down, to
trample under foot. Chald. Pe. et. Pa.
id. Syr. l^^kOA a treading down, leap-
ing ; comp. further under r. Di2 . Me-
taph. to contemn, to neglect, (comp. Prov.
27, 7.) 1 Sam. 2, 29 "^nsTa !i::r2n nab
''n'l^^ iffix innjoasi why trample ye upon
my sacrifice and upon mine offering
13
which I have commanded! i. e. in con-
tempt. Sept. ^ni^Xftpug, Vulg. ' quare
calce abjecistis victimam meam et mu-
nera mea? '
2. to kick, as an ox ; trop. of obsti-
nacy and rebellion against God, Deut.
32, 15.
''5'a m. (r. nsa , comp. Chald, KT3)en-
<rea/j/. prayer.' Job 30, 24 nbi:5"; "'53 Kb
"i^ yea, prayer is nought, when God
stretcheth forth his hand, nor in his
(God's) destruction doth tlieir cry avail.
The 2 in '^52 is doubtless a radical let-
ter ; and hence by contr. "'2 q, v.
T'ya m. (r. "152) cattle, beasts, so called
from feeding, grazing ; comp. fT^X no. 2.
Only in Sing, collect, like ,Lat. pecus,
-oris, of every species of cattle, large
and small, Ex. 22, 4. Num. 20, 4. 8. 11.
Ps. 78, 48. Spec, of beasts of burden,
Gen. 45, 17. Syr. iV^ with Ribbui
as a mark of the plural, Arab, yxxi id.
^^^ fut. bsn*^ 1. to be lord or ma-
ter over any thing, to have dominion oveVy.
to possess. Ethiop. flCA to possess
much, to be rich, OD'A. rich. Is. 26^
13 r,r!b!iT cnx !i:!ibS3 lords besides thee
have had dominion over us. With b
1 Chr. 4, 22. Hence
2. to become the husband of any one,
to marry a wife, like Arab. dULo to rule,
to marry, Arab. JJu, Syr. '^ Sa id.
Deut. 21, 13. 24, 1. Mai. 2, 11. Is. 62, 5,
Part. act. ~';'b?2 in Plur. majest. thy hus-
band, thy lord. Is. 54, 5. Part. pass. f.
nbws Is. 54, 1, and b52 rb^irs one mar-
ried, married to a husband, Gen. 20, 3.
Deut. 22, 22. Metaph. of a land deso-
lated, but again filled with inhabitants,
Is. 62, 4.
3. 2 bra prob. to disdain, to reject.
Jer. 3, 14 ''sbx 13 , . . D-^aaiuJ cja wid'
D33 ''Plbys turn ye, O rebellious chil-
dren , , . for I have rejected you. 31, 32
they did break my covenants ''33X1
03 "'Pibsa and I rejected them. Sept.
xn/M Tifiilriaa avTuv, comp. Heb. 8, 9.
So Syr. Abulwalid, and other ancient in-
terpreters. See Pococke ad Port. Mosis
p. 5-10, and comp. Arab. Jaj c. (.j to
bs^n
146
b?!
fear, to disdain. In c. 31 the common
eignif! might perhaps be adopted, q. d.
although I ("'sbs'i) vas their lord. But
this sense is not so easy ; and besides,
the signif. of disdaining is not foreign
from the primary meaning of the verb.
In Arabic there are also other verbs, in
which the sigoif of subduing, being
high, having dominion, is transferred
also to that o'l looking down upon, despis-
ing, contemning, as iwwjI to subdue,
c. (o to despise ; 13"*-^ V, to be
high ; Conj. I, to look down upon, to
contemn.
NiPH. to hare a husband, to be mar-
ried, Prov. 30, 23. Metaph. Is. 62, 4.
Deriv. b?S n:;bs2 , rh'J^ .
b;?3 c. sufl'. ''hv'2. , n'3 ; Plur. n-'^ss ,
constr. "'Vi:^ , c. sutf. 3 sing, l-'b^a Ex.
21, 29. 34. 36. 22, 10-14. Ecc. 5.' 12, and
n-ipsa Job 31, 39. Ecc. 7, 12, sometimes
for Sing, like VJ^X his lord, comp. Lehrg.
663; butc. suff. 3 plur. ^n-'^ra Esth, 1,
17, 20, as plural.
1. lord, master, possessor, owner. Fre-
quent in the Phenician dialect ; see
Monuraen. Phoen. p. 348. Aram. !=?2,
, - ?"
?Sa, Vl^, id. Arab. JjLi in the dia-
lect of Yemen lord, master, elsewhere a
husband; Ethiop. 00 A.. Comp. also
Sanscr. pdla lord. Spoken of the mas-
ter and owner of a house, Ex. 22, 7.
Judg. 19, 22 ; of land Job 31, 39 ; of cat-
tle Ex. 21. 28. Is. 1, 3 ; of money lent,
i. e. a creditor Deut. 15. 2. Spoken of
the head of a family Lev. 21, 4 ; also
D'^ia "^bss the lords of the nations Is. 16,
8, spoken of the Assyrians as the con-
querors of nations ; or according to
others, of their princes.
2. a husband, Arab. Syr. Chald. id.
Comp. Sanscr. pati lord, also husband.
Ex. 21, 22. 2 Sam. 11,26 ncs Is?? hus-
band of a itrife, i. e. married Ex. 21, 3.
ts'^'inrj ^52 husband of mie^s youth, i. e.
to whom one was married in youth,
Joel 1, 8, i. q. xovQldtog noan; II. 5. 414.
3. Plur. with gen. oi a city, lords o^ a
city, i. q. inhabitants, citizens, in'^n'i i^sa
Josh. 24. 11, C3a5 Judg. 9, 2 sq. tti?"; --bsa
nS5a 2 Sam. 2i, 12, who also are called
in 2 Sam. 2, 4. 5 'a '"' "'tijx . Some mod-
em interpreters undeitrtand chiefs, no-
bles, princes, misled perhaps by the
words in Judg. 9, 51 D"'ttJim c^fflrxn bsj
"("^Sm 1552 5=1 , where also Sept. TravTsq
01 lyovfifvoi iTjg noXiwg. Better, all the
men and icomen, even all ike inhabitants
of the city, the latter expression compre-
hending the two former ; Engl. Vers.
and all they of the city.
4. With genit. of thing, lord or pos-
sessor of a thing, i. e. one having thai
thing, one to whom that attribute or
quality belongs ; thus often forming a
periphrasis for an adjective ; comp. Oi'^it
no. 1. k. 3X no. 9. E. g. D?:^;?^! ^?2 b")!*
a ram having tico horns, aries bicornis,
Dan. 8, 6, 20 ; n'^sjan hv2 tlie winged one,
poet, for a bird Ecc. 10. 20 ; nrb b:a ili-'X
a hairy man 2 K. 1, 8 ; rlTO^nn !:S;a the
dreamer, one who has dreams. Gen. 37,
19; D"'";i3'n bS3 one who has a law-suit,
controversy, Ex. 24, 14, comp. "'^Sttiia '3
my adversary Is. 50, 8. So too possessor
of my covenant, of my oath, i. e. joined
in covenant with me, confederate. Gen,
14, 13. Neh. 6, 18; 'pffiln Vs2 master of
the tongue, i. e. a charmer, enchanter,
Ecc. 10, 11 ; ffiE3 hv'z given to appetite,
greedy, Prov. 23, 2, comp. 29, 22 ; also
the receiver of a bribe Prov. 17, 8. Prov.
16, 22 i-^hvi ^a c-i^n nipra a fountain
of life is understanding to its possessor,
i. e. to him who hath it is endued with
it. 1, 19. 17, 8. Ecc. 8, 8 y(^n 'ch-q-} b
T^^SSTX nor shall wickedness delivei^ its
possessor, i. e. him who is given to it,
the wicked man. 7, 12. Prov. 3, 27
i-^b^'Sa 2rj-r37:tn-?i< withhold no good
from its lord, from him to whom it is due,
to whom it pertains, i. e. from the needy.
5. With the Art. b?3n , and pref b?23 ,
bsab , Baal, i. e. the Lord, xkt iloxr,r,
as the name of a chief domestic and
tutelary god of the Phenicians, and par-
ticularly of the Tyrians ; worshipped
also by the Hebrews espec. at Samaria
with great pomp, along with Astarte ;
Bee in M^ttJN , r'irnuis . Judg. 6, 25 eq.
2 K. 10, IS sq. Hence b?2n n-^a the tem-
ple of Baal 1 K. 16, 32 ; bsari ''X"'a3 the
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 22. 25 ; 'lS<J
bsan the remnant of Baal, i. e. of his
worshippers, Zeph. 1, 4. Plur. D'^bsari
Baalim, i. e. images of Baal, Judg. 2, 11.
3, 7. 8, 33. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10. aL
Mr
147
b?n
Of the currency and extent of this wor-
ship among the Phcnicians and Cartha-
ginians, vvc have one proolamong others
in the frequency of the name Baal in
compound pr. names of Phenician men,
as bsanx q. v. Jerombalns (^?3T)),
and also of Carthaginians, as Hannibal
(bsasn grace of Baal), Hasdrubal
(bsznts help of Baal), Muthumballes
(bssino man of Baal), etc. Among
the Babylonians the same god was
called in the Aramaean manner ia Bel,
Belus, for bsa, see ba. Among the Ty-
rians themselves the full name of this
divinity appears to have been r.'^^^h'Q
su ^a (Inscr. Melit. biling.) i. e. Malke-
reth lord of Tyre ; where again r^"!I?^^
is for r^i? ~^o kin<^ of the city. The
Greeks, on account perhaps of some
similarity of emblems, constantly gave
him the name of Hercules, Hercules
Tyrius, and compared him with Jupiter;
see Inscr. laudat. See more in Ersch and
Gruber's Encyclop. Vol. VIII. p. 397 sq,
under the articles Baal, Bel, Belus.
Munter, Religion der Babylonier p. 16
eq. Movers Phcenizier I. p. 169 sq.
These writers suppose that under this
name the sun was worshipped ; but I
have elsewhere endeavoured by various
arguments to show that not the sun, but
the planet Jupiter, Stella Jovis, as the
guardian and giver of good fortune, was
the object of this worship. See Com-
ment, on Is. Vol. II. p. 335 .sq. Encyclop.
1. c. p. 398 sq. and so Rosenmuller in his
Bibl. Alterthumskunde I. ii. p. 11. Yet I
would not deny, that bS2 with certain
attributes, as ",:an bra (see 'j^n), is also
referred to the sun. In some cities
where the worship of Baal was preva-
lent, a special epithet was added to the
name, e. g. a) ni-i2 bra Baal-berith,
i. e. lord or guardian of covenants, wor-
shipped by the Shechemites, Judg. 8,
33. 9. 4, comp. v. 46 ; q. d. Zfh: bfjxiog.
Dens fdius ; or. according to Movers 1. c.
'Baal in covenant with the idolaters of
Israel.' b) aiat bra . Baal-zehub, wor-
shipped by the Philistines at Ekron 2 K.
1, 2 ; q. d. fly-Baal, fly-destroyer, like
the Zivg'Anofivtos of Elis, Pausan. 5. 14.
2; and the Myiagr-us deus of the Ro-
mans. Solin. Polyhist. c. 1. c) "iWE bra
ofthe Moabites. see "lire.
6. As denoting the possessor o^^ thing
it is trop. also applied to a place which
has or contains any thing, i. e. a place
at or in which any thing is or is found,
equivalent to r'^'a no. 6. So in the pr.
names of cities and places : ,
a) bra Baal, 1 Chr. 4, 33, perh. the
same place elsewhere called ixa nbra
Baalath-beer (having a well) in the
borders of the tribe of Simeon, Josh.
19,8.
b) *ia bsa Baal- Gad, so called from
the worship of Gad i. e. Fortune, at the
foot of Hermon near the sources of the
Jordan, prob. i. q. '("ionn bra in lett. e.
Josh. 11, 17. 13, 5. By some it is er-
roneously supposed to be the same with
the celebrated Ba'albek or Heliopolis ;
see Thesaur. p. 225.
c) "jiiirt bra Baal-hamon (place of
multitude, or i. q. ""OX bra sacred to
Jupiter Amraon) a place near which
Solomon had a vineyard, Cant. 8, 11. A
town BiXafida/ (Sept. Bakufitav) situated
in Samaria is mentioned Judith 8, 3.
d) ii:in bra (having a village or
hamlet) Baal-hazor, a town or village
near the territory of Ephraim, 2 Sara.
13, 23 ; perh. i. q. "lisn Neh. 11, 33, in
the tribe of Benjamin, q. v.
e) ")i^"!n bra Baal-JJermon, a town
and an adjacent height near Mount
Hermon, 1 Chr. 5, 23. Judg. 3, 3. Comp.
lett. b.
f) '(ira bra Baal-meon (place of
dwelling), see ',i?T2 bra n-^a p. 129.
g) d"':!';B bra (place of breaches, de-
feats) Baal-perazim, a place or village
near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam. 5,
20. 1 Chr. 14, 11 ; comp. Is. 28, 21.
h) "lis^ bra (place of Typhon, or sa-
cred to Typhon) Baal-Zephon, a place
in Egypt near the head of the Red Sea,
Ex. 14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7. The name
accords well with the site of this place,
near the desert tracts between the Nile
and the Red Sea. which were held to be
the abode of Typhon. the evil genius of
the Egyptians. See Creuzer in Cora-
mentt. Herodoteis I. 22. Symbolik I.
317 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81.
i) nii'ba bra Baal-shalisha 2 K. 4, 42,
the name of a place prob. situated in the
district ncb'i, near the mountains of
Ephraim; comp. 1 Sam. 9, 4.
bn
148
n'
k) I^W ^53 Baal-tamar (place of
palm-trees) Judg. 20, 33.
1) nniin'i 'bra (cives Judae) 2 Sam. 6,
2, a city elsewhere called also i^^?3
(civitas) Baalah and Kirjath-jearim,
comp. 1 Chr. 13, 6. See nbra no. 2. a.
7. As pr. n. of several men, e. g.
a) ^53 Baal a) 1 Chr. 5, 5. /5) 8,
30. 9, 36.
b) "jjn bS3 (lord of grace) Baal-ha-
man, pr. n. a) A king of Edom Gen.
36, 38. 1 Chr. 1. 49. /5) A royal prefect
or overseer, 1 Chr. 27, 28,
^?3 Chald. m. i. q. Heb. b?3, lord ;
tfor D?l: bS3 see Dsa . From this form
comes by contraction ^3 q. v.
^^^^ f (corresp. to b?3) 1. a mistress,
tr^^ri nbrs 1 K. 17, 17. Metaph. mis-
tress of any thing, i. e. possessing or
endued with any thing, as SiXT^rs a
-woman having a divining spirit, see
aix ; D'^sajs pbya mistress of sorceries,
;a sorceress, Nah. 3, 4.
2. Collect, civitas, i. q. 0*^^53 cives, in-
habitants, see b?? no. 3 ; as ns daughter,
for ta'123 . So I explain n^53 Baalah as
the pr. n. of towns or cities, viz. a) One
in the northern part of the tribe of Ju-
dah. Josh. 15, 9. 1 Chr. 13, 6 ; called also
riT'in'i ibsa (cives Judae) see b?? no. 6.
lett. i; tii-iS"^ P^jnR q. v. and bSBTTii-ip.
It seems likewise to have given name to
a mountain Baalah Josh. 15, 11, lying
in the same region, but nearer the sea.
b) Another city was situated in the
.southern part of the same tribe. Josh. 15,
.29; and seems to be the same which
elsewhere is called n^3 Josh. 19, 3, and
TiT\h^ 1 Chr. 4, 29, and was assigned to
.Simeon, c) See in bs3 no. 6. a.
PiVyS (civitates, see f^^SS no. 2) Bea-
iloth, pr. n. of a town in the southern part
of Judah. Josh. 15, 24; different from
n^S? in V. 9. 29.
yi^^ya (whom the Lord knows and
cares for, comp. S'n'^'in'j) Beeliada, pr.
n. of a son of David, 1 Clir. 14, 7 ; called
in 2 Sam. 5, 16 rn^^sj i. e. whom God
knows, q. v.
n^bya (whose lord is Jehovah) Bea-
liah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5.
C"'^?? (i. q. 0"'l3y,a son of exultation,
Bee in 3 p. 109) Baalim, pr. n. of a king of
the Ammonites, Jer. 40, 14. Some Mss.
read B'^^sa ; and so Josephus Ant. 10,
9.2.
nb?S (civitas i. q. n^ra no. 2, after
the form nnoT, H'nTy) Baalath, a city of
the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19. 44; rebuilt or
fortified by Solomon, 1 K. 9, 18. 2 Chr.
8,6.
^S?3"nb?a see in ^S3 no. 6. a-
jS^Sl see in IT)? no. 12. e.
S2S?!3 (i. q. t<3S"'|2 son of affliction, see
in 3 p. 109) Baana, pr. n. m. a) 1 K.
4, 12. b) ib. V. 16. c) Neh. 3, 4.
M255 (id.) Baanah, pr. n. m. a) 2
Sam. 4, 2. b) 2 Sam. 23, 29. 1 Chr. 11,
30. c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 7, 7. 10, 28.
* *'?'7 fut. "i^S"? 1 . to feed upon, to eat
up, to consume; see Pi. and Hiph. no. 1,
also "I'lya cattle, so called from feeding.
Syr. i-ljo to glean, li-i^a-s a gleanmg.
2. Spec, to consume with fire, to hum
up; comp. ^3!$ no. 2. Chald. "ir3 to
burn, Pa. to kindle. Ps. S3, 15 iS3n CX3
"15^ as a fire bumeth a forest. Mostly
with 3, to set fire to, to bum up; Job 1,
16 the fire of God is fallen from heaven
D"i*i?23n -(SSa "i53ni and hath burned up
the flocks and the servants. Num. 11, 1.
3. Ps. 106, 18. Is. 42, 25. Jer. 44, 6. Lam.
2. 3. Also to cause to burn, to kindle,
Is. 30, 33. Elsewhere intrans. a) to
be consumed with fire, to be burned, Ex.
3, 3. Is. 1, 31. 9, 17. b) to burn, as fire
Jer. 20, 9; pitch Is. 34, 9; coals Ez. 1,
13; trop. of anger Is. 30, 27. Ps. 79, 5.
89, 47. c) to be set on fire, kindled.
Hos. 7,i as an oven n?.ko frnsia kindled
by the baker. Also to kindle up, to in-
fiame, as coals Ps. 18, 9 ; metaph. an-
ger, Pa. 2, 12. Esth. 1, 12.
3. Denom. from "I'^Ja cattle, to be
brutish, Jer. 10, 8. Part. D-'nrls brutish
men Ps. 94, 8 ; savage E/.. 21, 36.
NiPH. to be or become, brutish, Jer. 10,
14. 21. 51, 17. Is. 19, 11 nn533 r^^v the
counsel is become brutish.
PiKL "irs. inf constr. "irB, fut. nrav
1. to feed upon, to eat up, to consume,
e.g. a field, vineyard, Is. 3, 14. 5,5;
with 3 Ex. 22, 4 [5].
2. i.' q. Kul no. 2, to cause to burn, to
kindle, e. g. fire Ex. 35, 3 ; wood Lev. 6,
n^n
149
bja
6 f 12]. Also to hum. to consume, Nnli.
10, 35. Is. 44, 15. 40, 16 ; a <l5s< ^53 to
get fire to any thing. Ez. 39, 9. 10.
3. to take or put away, to remove, to
destroy. 1 K. 22, 47 and the remnant of
the Sinlomites ^^nxn'^O isa he put away
Old of the land. Deut. 26, 13. 14. 2 Sam.
4, 1 1. 2 K. 23, 24. 2 Clir. la 3. A usual
formula in Deuteronomy, implying the
punishment of death, is: rnn mS2^
ja'i;ro thou shalt put away the evil per-
son from the midst of thee, Deut. 13, 6.
17, 7. 19, 19. 21, 21. 22,21.24. 24,7; or
ixTr'B 17, 12. 22, 22 ; comp. Judg. 20,
13. (For synon. formuhis in Exodu.s,
Levit and Numbers, sec r. n^3 Niph.)
Is. 6, 13 although a tenth part remain in
the land, iszb nr.";ini r\zt^ yet shall this
be again destroyed. Num. 24, 22 n;;n'i
*P;? 153b the Kenites shall be driven out,
destroyed. Is. 4, 4 when Jehovah shall
hare washed away th^ filth of the daugh-
ters of Zion . . . "152 n!i-ir^ as'ii^a ro-ia
with a spirit of judgment and a spirit
of destroying, i. e. judging and destroy-
ing the wicked by his Spirit, his divine
energy or power. Construed also with
"'^nx, implying pursuit and destruction
from behind, 1 K. 14. 10 "''^nx Ti-iy^i
'^?n "i??! ""^.5<3 c?2"n;;-n''a"ad iwill
take away the house of Jeroboam, as one
taketh away dung. 21, 21.
PuAL to be kindled, to bum, of a fur-
nace or stove, Jer. 36, 22.
HiPH. 1. to feed upon, to eat up, i. q.
Pi. no. 1, Ex. 22, 4 [5].
2. i. q. Pi. no. 2. to cause to burn, to
kindle, Ex. 22, 5 [6] ; also to burn up, to
consume, c. ace. Ez. 5, 2. Judg. 15, 5.
With ttJxa 2 Chr. 28. 3. 2 tijx T'san to
set fire to any thing Judg. 15, 5 init.
3. i. q. Pi. no. 3. to take or put away,
to destroy, with innx 1 K. 16, 3.
Deriv. the three following, also "I'^SS ,
srnsan, and pr. n. nir2 .
"1?3 m. pr. brutishness, stupidity, only
as concr. brutish, stupid, like cattle ;
spoken of men, Ps. 49, 11. 73, 22. Prov.
12, 1. 30, 2. Comp. r. "isa no. 3. and
Niph.
Sni^a (brutish) Baara. pr. n. f. 1 Chr.
8. 8 ; written in v. 9 'ii'rn , by a manifest
error.
TI)?3 f. a burning, fire^ conflagration,
13*
espec. of produce in the field, Ex. 22, 5
[6j. Comp. r. ira no. 2.
^?i??^3 (for n;;a5a work of Jehovah)
liaaseiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 25 [40].
Comp. under lett. 3.
* *^?^ obsol. root, Chald. tflsa i. q.
rxa , to be bad, offensive. Hence
NTT^a Baaslia. pr. n. of a king of Is-
rael, r. 952-930 B. C. 1 K. 15, 16 sq. c.
16. 2 Chr. 16, 1 sq. Jer. 41, 9.
nnniS^a (i. q. rrnnic? n-^a house of
Astarte, see in 3 note, lett. c, p. 109)
Bee.<shterah, pr. n. of a Levitical city
in the tribe of Manasseh beyond Jor-
dan, Josh. 21, 27 ; called in 1 Chr. 6,
56 ri-in-r? .
* f^?^ or ^>:^ in Kal not used. Syr.
i^^ikS to fear, to be terrified.
PiEL nr2 fut. PSa-^ 1. to make afraid,
to terrify, only poetic, Ps. 18. 5. Job 3. 5. 6,
4. 7, 14. 9. 34. 13, 11.21. 15, 24. Is. 21, 4.
2. to come upon suddenly, to seize sud-
denly. 1 Sam. 16, 14 rxTS nrn n-in ^nnsa
n^n-j an evil spirit from Jehovah came
upon him suddenly, v. 15. Arab. oiXj
to come suddenly, to happen unexpect-
edly; III, to attack unexpectedly; 'iJXJu
suddenly.
Niph. to be afraid, terrified, Dan. 8,
17 ; with "^SM 1 Chr. 21, 30. Esth. 7, 6.
Deriv. C^n^ra and
^K^^ l- terror Jer. 8, 15. 14, 19.
f^ m. (r. 7s ^) mire, mud, in which
one sticks fast, Jer. 38, 22.
'*^'^ f. (r. 7S3) a mnrsh.fen, Job 8,
11. 40, 21. Plur.'c. suff. rnxS2 by an
incorrect orthography for l'^ni2I2 , Ez,
47, 11.
''?? (prob. i. q. ''DS q. v.) Bezai, pr.
n. m. Ezra 2, 17. Neh. 7, 23. 10, 19.
T^23 m. (r. "iS2 no. 1) 1. a vintage,
Lev. 26, 5. Is. 24^13. 32. 10. Jer. 48, 32.
2. Adj. inaccessible, lofty, steep, i. q.
*i!i:i2 , spoken of a forest Zech. 11, 2
Keri. Comp. r. ^^3 no. 2.
^"^3, not in use, i. q. bsB, Arab.
jJcL) , to strip, to peel ; kindr. is 1X3 ,
comp. in Kta , nsQ . Hence nibxa and
b:iz
150
^sxs
?23 only plur. t"'b:i3 , onions, Num.
11, 5. Syr. P'^, Ethiop. Il/IA., Arab.
Joaj,i(l. Comp. quadril. rbsan.
^^r^r' (in the shadow of God, i. e. in
his protection) Bezaleel, pr. n. m. a)
Ex. 31, 2. 35, 30. b) Ezra 10, 30.
ni^^fcS (a stripping, nakedness) Baz-
btth, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52 ; in Neh. 7, 54
written n^bsa Bazlith.
^^^ fut. "ii2'^ 1. ?o CM< in pieces,
to break or dash in pieces. Cliald. yS3
to cut in pieces, to divide, as bread ; Syr.
y
'^^ to break, Arab. v^; to cut, to
cleave asunder, to cut off, *-OJ , Sji-tdJ s
a part, piece. Kindr. is rr^D to wound ;
comp. in "i^S . Amos 9, 1 smite the capi-
tals of the columns t^3 aJSiS cy^^^ and
dash them in pieces upon the heads of
all; C2.'S2 for nrS2. Intrans. to be
wounded ; Joel 2, 8 of locusts, they rush
among the weapons, i"^r? *^-' ^^^V ^^^
not iijounded; others less well, they break
not off their course. Comp. in ^S2 no.
1. b.
2. to tear in pieces, i. q. to plunder, to
:spoil, pr. of enemies Hab. 2, 9. Ps. 10, 3.
Trop. in the formula 5^3 ys2 to spoil the
spoil, to get unlawful gain, to be greedy
after gain, spoken of those who rob and
defraud others by extortion and oppres-
sion, Germ. Geld schneiden. Part, ss'2
y?2 Prov. 1, 19. 15, 27. Jer. 6, 13. 8, 10.
Jnfi' Ez. 22, 27. Comp. bta, and A.
Schult. 0pp. min. p. 61.
PiEL. SS3 fut. yss-; 1. to cut off; Is.
38, 12 'sraa'i n^np he (God) ciitteth me
off from the thrum, a metaphor drawn
from a weaver, who, when his web is
finished, cuts it off from the thrum by
which it was fastened to the beam. Job
6,9.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to plunder, to defraud
any one, Ez. 22, 12.
3. to bring to an end, to finish, to com-
plete, e. g. the temple Zech. 4, 9. Of
God, who executes his judgment upon
the wicked Is. 10, 12 ; or fulfb his pro-
mise Lam. 2, 17. Hence
y?S m. in pause S2ia , c. suff. Tiyaf3 .
1. spoil, plunder, prey, see the root no.
2 ; pr. of enemies Judg. 5, 19. Jer. 51, 13,
Mic. 4, 13. Trop. of the rapine and
extortion of kings and nobles who de-
spoil a people, Jer. 22, 17. Ez. 22, 13.
Hence
2. unjust gain, lucre, e. g. fiom bribes
1 Sam. 8, 3. Is. 33, 15 ; or by other un-
lawful means, Is. 57, 17. Also Ex. 18,
21. Prov. 28, 16. Is. 56, 11. Ez. 33, 31.
3. gain in general, proft ; rss"n^
what profit ? Gen. 37, 26. Job. 22, 3. Ps.
30, 10.
1 "^~ obsol. root, Arab. \jLi to flow
^. <"
gradually, to trickle, e. g. water, \jo.^a^ ,
-I - ' ? -
aLaLo-5) JUaji^oj, little water. Hence
)'-^^ to swell ; hence spoken of the
foot as unshod, to become callous, to have
callous spots or tumors, Deut. 8, 4. Neh.
9. 21. Sept. in Deut. well, hv}.(u&r,aav.
Hence
pr?2l m. dough, so called from its swell-
ing, rising ; but spoken also of that not
yet fermented, Ex. 12, 34. 39. 2 Sam. 13,
8. Jer. 7, 18.
np^3 (stony region, high, Arab.
JLaj) Bozkath, pr. n. of a place in
Judali, Josh. 15, 39. 2 K. 22, 1. Josephus
Uoay.i&, Ant. 10. 4. 1.
^^^ 1. to cut off. Syr. Pa. to short-
en, to diminish, )h,s^ diminished, small,
low. Kindred roots are ^^2, ys3 ; see
on the primary power of the syllables ta,
j'a, ys , under the roots nS , n^S ; comp.
also under TiS I. 1. Spoken mostly of
the vintage of grapes, e. g. to gather
grapes, to hold a vintage, c. ace. Lev.
25, 5. 11 ; of a vineyard Deut. 24, 21.
Judg. 9, 27. Part. "isi2 a vintager, grape-
gatherer, Jer. 6, 9 ; Plur. C^n^ji vinta-
gers, metaph. of enemies preparing de-
struction, Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5 ; comp.
>'^S2. Metaph. Ps. 76. 13 nn "ii31
D'^'i'^s: he cntteth off the spirit of princes,
q. d. cuts down their pride, breaks their
spirit.
2. to cut offacce-is, i. q. to restrain, to
prevent, see Niph. and H'^sa ; also to
make inaccessible. Hence Part. pass.
niaS inaccessible, 'walled, spoken oi" high
'.2n
161
T3
walls Dent. 1, 28. 28, 62. Is. 2, 15 ; of a
lofty imperviouB forest Zech. 11, 2Ke-
ri ; of fortified cities, strong, Num. 13,
28. Deut. 3, 5. Josh. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 20, 6.
Is. 25, 2. Deut. 1, 28. Metaph. difficult
to be understood, Jer. 33, 3.
3. to cut ofit, to break or dig out, e. g.
metals, sec laa.
NiPH. pas.'?, of Kal no. 2, to be cut
off or restrained from any one, <o be
inaccpssible, difficidt ; c. "j^ , Gen. 11,
6 ni'jyb nan -laJN bs cnx: -laa^ xb no-
thing toill be restrained from them, will
be too hard for them, which they may
purpose to do. Job 42, 2.
Pi EL i. q. Kal no. 2, to make inaccessible,
e. g. a fortification, Jer. 51, 53. Also sim-
ply to fortify, to rebuild a wall. Is. 22, 10.
Deriv. i^2 nn'aa , also T'sa , "isst? .
"ISS Job 36, 19, i. q. "iS2 q. v. no. 1.
"^23 m. 1. ore of gold and silver,
precious metals, in the rude state, as cut
or dug out of the mines, from r. "is 3 in
the sense of cutting or breaking Ps. 76,
So
13; like Arab. _aj native gold or silver,
not yet subjected to the fire and hammer,
8-o noun of unity, i. q. a piece or par-
ticle of such gold, from -o i. q. 13123 II,
to break ; VIII, to be cut off, broken off;
comp. Germ, brechen as a technical
word in mining. Job 22, 24 "lE^'bs r"U
1S2 cast upon the earth the precious o?'e,
parall. with gold of Ophir in the other
hemistich. Plur. v. 25 ^"""ISS 'Trai n^ni
and the Almighty shall be thy precious
ores, parall. with riESin viD3. So
also "isa, in pause laa Job 36, 19, id.
This satisfactory explanation of an ob-
scure word we owe to Abulwalid ; see
more in Thesaur. p. 230. Winer ad
Sim. Lex. prefers the signif a piece, par-
ticle of native gold or silver, from the
notion of cutting off, comparing iyj^
piece of gold. But the notion of piece,
particle, in this word, does not come from
the root, but from the circumstance that
S' o . 6 ^ r
8 j^ is a noun of unity. So from ^_;J63
gold, comes j^i> a particle or bit of
gold ; firom ^^v-o straw, JLo a bit of
straw, chaff; although these feminine
forms do not always thus imply a part or
particle.
2. ' Dezer, pr. n. a) A Levitical city
of refuge in the tribe of Reuben, Deut.
4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21, 36. Vulg. Bosor.
b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 37.
nnX3 f 1. a fold, sheep-fold, Mic. 2,
12 ; so called from the idea of restrain-
ing, see r. "iS3 no. 2 ; comp. X^s^ from
ixba , Chald. xn-i^Sia an enclosure, stalL
2. Pr. a fortress, strong-hold, i. q.
*saT3 ; hence pr. n. Bozrah, one of the
chief cities of the Edomites, Is. 34, 6. 63,
1. Jer. 49, 13. 22. Am. 1,12; comp. Gen.
36, 33. There can scarcely be a doubt
that it was the same with el-Busaireh
(Svjud^'t dimin. from ^y'Ti^ Busrah),
a village and castle in Arabia Petraea
south-east of the Dead Sea ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 570. I formerly held
that Bozrah of the Edomites was identi-
cal with Bozrah of Auranitis or Haurftn;
see Comm. ad Is. 1. c. Burckhardt's
Travels in Syria etc. p. 226 sq. Yet
I cannot but assent to the reasons virged
to the contrary by Raumer, Hitzig, and
Robinson I. c.
jn^S m. a fortress, strong-hold, Zech.
9, 12. R. -122 no. 2.
nnka f (r. -isa no. 2) a cutting off of
rain, drought, Jer. 17, 8 ; Sept. a.3iioxia.
Plur. ni-iaa Jer. 14, I ; comp. Lehrg. p.
600. Some refer hither the word i^^sa
Ps. 9, 10. 10, 1 ; but a is there a prefix.
p13pa m. (r. p;52) 1. a bottle, so
called from the gurgling or bubbling
sound made in emptying; 1 K. 14. 3. Jer.
19, 1. 10. Syr. l\<^i^^, and Gr. /9o>-
(ivXoq, Pofi^vXri, also from the sound.
Comp. Maltese bakbyka, under r. Pi^a.
2. Bakbuk, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh.
7,53.
^^t?^!?^ (emptying i. e. wasting of
Jehovah) Bakbukiah, "pr. n. m. Neh. 11,
17. 12. 9. 25.
1j53j53 (perh. i. q. *rt P^pl wasting
of the mount) Bakbakkar, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 9, 15.
''jJS . i. q. nn^pa , Bukki. pr. n. m. a)
Num.' 34, 22. 'b/ 1 Chr. 5, 31 [6, 5]. 6
36 [51].
^pn
152
Tpi
'in^jjS (wasting from Jehovah) Buk-
kiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 13.
;?ijya m. plur. C'^S'ipa , clefts,Jbsures,
breaches, Am. 6, 11.' Is.' 22, 9. R. ri^a .
* S'g_^ fut. Si^S-i , inf. c. sufT. CSpa .
1. ^0 cleave asunder, to rend, to divide.
Kindred are Sj^e , Syr. ''s^-os . The sig-
nification of cleaving and opening, as
proceeding from a blow or violence (see
P2K, n=^) and inherent in the syllables
pi. pS , is found also in the kindred roots
nps. "pa, "32. Spec, to cZeare wood
Ecc. 10, 9; to divide the sea, spoken of
God, Ex. 14, 16 ; to rip up women with
child Am. 1, 13 ; to rend or wound the
shoulder Ez. 29, 7. Of a city, to rend
its walls, to break open, to take by
storm, to subdue ; 2 Chr. 32, 1 ncx^n
T'h'A crpa^ and thought to subdue these
cities to' himself . 21, 17. With 3, to
cleave into or through any thing, to
break through, 2 Sam. 23, 16. 1 Chr. 11,
18.
2. to cleave, to lay open any thing shut,
80 that what is enclosed may be set free
and break forth. Is. 48, 21 he clave tlie
rock, the v-aters gushed forth. Judg. 15,
19. Prajgn. and constr. with ace. of the
thing bursting forth ; Ps. 74, 15 n?pa
^jjj IT^^ ^hou didst cleave (and make
burst forth) fountains and torrents.
Comp. Niphal. Pi. no. 3, and Gr. Qrjrvai
duxQva, nr,yac, to shed tears, to send
forth fountains.
3. to cleave eggs, spoken of a fowl,
i. e. to hatch, Is. 34. 15.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to 6e cleft
asunder ; intrans. to be divided, to open
itself e. g. the earth Num. 16, 31. Zech.
14, 4. Also to be rent, ruptured, Job 26,
8. 32, 19. 2 Chr. 25, 12 ; to be broken in
upon, to be taken by storm, as a city 2 K.
25, 4. Jer. 52, 7.
2. Pass, of Kal no 2, to be opened, as
fountains Gen. 7, 11. Spoken also of
waters which break forth, Is. 35, 6. Prov.
3, 20; so the light Is. 58, 8. Comp.
synon. "OB, ">p3, "i=a, in which the
idea of deaving, rending, is also trans-
ferred to Ihe thing bursting forth.
3. Pass, of Kal no. 3. to bt hatched, to
break forth from an egg, as tlie viper's
brood Is. 59, 5.
4. to be rent, hyperbol. for to be sJiaken,
to tremble, e. g. the earth, 1 K. 1, 40.
PiEL yp3 , fut. 5pa"n 1. i. q. Kal no.
1, to cleave, as wood Gen. 22, 3, a rock
Ps. 78, 15 ; to rip up women with child,
2 K. 8, 12. 15, 16.
2. to rend, to tear in pieces, as wild
beasts, i. q. q-^'J , Hos. 13, 8. 2 K. 2, 24.
3. i. q. Kal no. 2, to open, to cause to
break forth, e. g. waters from a rock Job
28; 10 ; torrents Hab. 3, 9, comp. in Kal
Ps. 74, 15 ; a wind Ez. 13, 11. 13.
4. i. q. Kal no. 3, to hatch eggs. Is. 59, 5.
PuAL 5pa to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 4;
to be ripped up Hos. 14, 1 [13, 16] ; of a
city, i. q. Niph. to be broken into, to be
taken by storm, Ez. 26, 10.
HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to rend or
break open a city. i. e. to take it by storm,
to subdue, Is. 7, 6.
2. With bx , to cleave or break through
to any one, 2 K. 3, 26. Comp. in Kal
no. 1 ult.
HoPH. ?p3n pass, of Hiph. no. 1, to
be broken open, taken, as a city, Jer.
39,2.
HiTHPA. to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 13.
Mic. 1, 4.
Deriv. ?'p3 , and the three here fol-
lowing.
2?^la m. a part, half ; spec, half a
shekel. Gen. 24, 22. Ex. 38, 26.
iyj?a Chald. Dan. 3, 1, i. q. Heb.
nspa.
nyj^ai, f (r. ypa) plur. nirps, a val-
ley, pr. a cleft of the mountains ; opp.
to mountains Deut. 8. 7. 11, 11. Ps. 104,
8 ; to hills Is. 41, 18. Often also for a
low plain, a wide plain, level country,
Sept. nfSlov, e. g. that in which Babylon
was situated, Gen. 11, 2 ; comp. Ez. 3,
23. 37, 1. 2. "P'Ji^n rspa valley or jdain
of Lebanon, lying at the foot of Hermon
and Anti-Lebanon around the sources
of the Jordan, Josh. 11, 17. 12,7; not
the valley between Lebanon and Anti-
Lebanon, the CoRlesyria of Strnbo,
and el-nakd'a cUJI of the Arabs.
Other plains take their names from ad-
jacent cities, as ,i'nrTa ryp3 2 Chr. 35,
22 ; inn-i 'a Deut. 34, 3 ; IJiJ rrps Am.
1, 5; see in T'^ao, "(iK no. 1. a. Syr.
tLitla, Arab. fuM, iuUJ and 'ixAi id.
153
ipIS
Pli-^ 1. to pour out, to empty, ec. a
veseel, bottle, see piSJ^^a . Arab, (^aaj
onomatopootic from the sound of a bot-
tle in being emptied ; iiite Pcjs. JjlLc
gtUgul, Engl, to gurgle, to bubble. In
the Maltese dialect, bakbak is to boil, as
water, like Arab. fuJU, /V^ ' ^^^^^i
a bubble in water ; bakb'^ka, bekbi/ka, a
bottle. Comp. also ria, rasa, pia.
Trop. a) to empty of inhabitants, to de-
populate a land Is. 24, 1 ; to spoil, to pil-
lage a peo{)le, Nab. 2, 3. b) Jcr. 19, 7
rTiin*! rss-rx 'rpa / will empty out,
pour out, the counsel of Judah, i. e. will
make them without counsel. Comp.
Niph. Is. 19, 3.
2. Intrans. to be poured out, i. q. to
spread wide, spoken of luxuriant growth
and foliage. Hos. 10, 1 pp3 -jsa a
spreading vine; Sept. afinsXog tvxXrj-
ftaiovau, Vnlg. frondosa.
Niph. pas. infinit. pian. fut. pia^.
1. Pass, of Kal no. 1. a, Is. 24, 3.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. b. Is. 19, 3
ia^n;?*? c^naa nin nfjns the spirit of
Egypt shall be emptied out from within
him, i. e. Egypt shall be wholly deprived
of spirit, understanding. The form np23
is for n;33D , see Lehrg. p. 372.
Po. ppia i. q. Kal 1. a, to empty a
land, to dfpopidate, Jer. 51, 2.
Deriv. p^iapa , and pr. names JT^papa ,
''132,!in:pa,pa:. '"''
'li^ in Kal not used, pr. i. q. Arab.
-ftj to cleave, to divide, to lay open,
kindr, with r. 133 . The notion of cleav-
ing, laying open, is in this root transfer-
red to signify :
1. to cleave the soil, to plough, Lat.
arare, comp. ttJnn, nns, ma. Hence
1)33 armentum qs. aramentum, cattle.
2. to burst forth, to break forth, as
light, see rpa Kal and Niph. no. 3.
Hence "ipia morning.
3. to search into, to inquire ; Syr.
jJio to search, to examine, iVao and
Ij-oas search, inquisition. Also in the
sense to look at. to inspect ; so in
PiEL ijsa 1. to search, to inspect
carefully, to take note of any thing, with
\ Lev. 13, 36; ) 'C^ (cornp. -pa no. 1)
Lev. 27, 33. With a, to look a/ with
plea.sure, to behold with a-iminition, to
admire, Ps. 27. 4. Comp, a B. 4. a.
2. to look after, to take care of, c. ace.
Ez. 34, 11. 12.
3. to look at mentally, to consider, to
think upon, 2 K. 16, 15. Prov. 20, 25.
4. to take note of any one, to animad-
vert, i. e. to punish ; comp. nlpa .
The derivatives all follow.
"^t"-? Chald. in Pe. not used.
Pa. -ipa, plur. ii;3a, fut. ipa-;, inf.
f^^i^^ ; ^'^ earc/i. to inquire, to examine^
Ezra 4, 15. 19. 6, 1 ; c. bs 7, 14.
Ithpa. pass. Ezra 5, 17.
1)5? comm. gend. m. Ex. 21, 37 ; f.
Job 1, 14.
1. a becve, Lat. bos, male or female,
ox or cow, so called as used for plough-
ing ; see r. "ipa no. 1. So according to
Varro de L. L. 4. 19, Lat. armentum for
aramentum ; and Arab. _flj , according
to Damiri so called as cleaving the
ground with a plough ; see Bochart
Hieroz. I. 280 ; or according to Ewald
from the cloven hoofs, Gramra. 358.
Plur. Am. 6, 12. Neh. 10, 37. 2 Chr. 4, 3.
Elsewhere always
2. Collect, oxen, cattle, herd of neat
cattle, Arab. Jb id. and noun of unity
5 Ju an ox. Syr. fjjirs a herd, pr. of
oxen, but in a wider sense also of other
herds and flocks. Comp. ip'ia, So '(XX
"ipai sheep and oxen, flocks and fierds,
Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20, 14. Deut. 32, 14
"ipa Pson milk of kine. It is joined :
a) With numerals, opp. "itdJ an ox, etc.
comp. nb and "iXS. Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if
a man steal an ox (ti).. .-ips nffirn
niisn rnn c^aii flve oxen shall he re-
store for tlie one. Num. 7, 3 ibs ''3ttJ
ipa , V. 17 n-ija) ipa . b) With verbs
and adjectives plural-; 2 Sam. 6, 6 "3
"ipan ^li'Q^ for the oxen were restive. 1
K. 5. 3. Also with fem. where kine are
understood. Job 1, 14. Gen. 33, 13.
ipa--,a ba? a young calf Lev. 9, 2; rbss
"ipa Is. 7, 21, and simpl. ""i^a"'.? Gen!
18, 7. 8, a calf Of the figures of oxen,
1 K. 7, 29.
Hence the denom. ipia.
1P=1
154
ffipn
*^^3 m. plur. f *i|5a 1. morning, the
dawn, or even before light, Ruth 3, 14 ;
pr. day-break, from the breaking forth of
the light ; see r. "^iDS no. 2. Arab.
Jo, SvJo id. comp. r. "i52 no. 1. So
-i;?2 nix iAe morning light 2 Sam. 23, 4.
Ace. as adv. tu the morning, early, (like
Arab. I>Xj.) Ps. 5, 4; oflener ^'p^%
early Gen. 19, 27, and poet. n;^2b Ps. 30,
6. 59, 17 ; which elsewhere is also "iS
ni^ia Deut. 16, 4. Ps. 130, 6. Distribu-
tively "^pas ^p>2 Ex. 16, 21. 30, 7. 36,
3. Lev. 6, 5 ; n;^2^ np2b 1 Chr. 9, 27 ;
0^n;?S^ Ps. 73, 14. 101,' 8. Is. 33, 2. Lam.
3, 23 ta-^nj^a?: Job 7, 18 ; all signifying
every morning. Metaph. moiming, q. d.
dawn of prosperity, happiness. Job 11, 17.
2. Spec, the next morning, Ex. 29, 34.
Lev. 19, 13. 22, 30. Num. 9. 12, Judg.
6, 31 i;r2n-n3 r-q^"^ ib a-i'i;; -icx he that
'trill plead for him,, let him be pxd to death
before morning ; Vulg. antcquam lux
craslina veniat, Sept. toiq n^oji'. Hence
the morrow, i. q. "inTS (comp. C^.s), and
as Adv. to-morrow, Ex. 16, 7. Num. 16, 5
(comp. V. 16) ; i. q, -i|?3a 1 Sam. 19, 2.
Also for early, soon, speedily, Ps. 5, 4
init. 90, 14. 143, 8 ; nprsb id. Ps. 49, 15.
"0)?^ f. (Kamets impure, pr. Inf.
Aram, in Pael) a looking after, care, Ez.
34, 12. R. n|?2 Pi. no. 2.
tr^pS f. animadversion, i. e. punish^
ment, chastisement. Lev. 19, 20. R. "i|?a
Pi. no. 4.
" ^^^ in Kal not used, to seek, to
search, (see Pi.) corresponding to Arab.
'^^<\ s Chald. tliH2, to inquire into, to
scrutinize, which is kindr. with i^'En.
The primary idea seems to be that of
iotiching. feeling out; Syr. | 4^^ a touch-
ing ; comp. lisia to feel out, tJTT)? to seek
pr. by feeling.
PiEL t'lTa 1. to seek, to search for, to
inquire after ; absol. 2 K. 2. 17 ; ace. of
pers. or thing Gen. 37, 15. 16. 1 Sam.
10, 14. With b, to search or inquire
into any thing. Job 10, 6; different is
Gen. 43. 30 ri::^ Cita'ji he sought where
to weep. i. e. a place where. Sometimes
c. dat. commodi ib, 1 Sam. 28, 7. Lam.
I, 19 ; heuce, with this dat. to seek out
for oneself, i. q. to choose, 1 Sam. 13, 14.
Is. 40, 20; comp. Ez. 22, 30. Spec, a)
to seek the face, presence, of a king, i. e.
to go to him, to wish to see him, 1 K.
10, 24 ; also to supplicate his favour,
Prov. 29, 26. b) to seek the face of Je-
hovah, pr. to turn unto him. to draw near
to him, espec. with prayer and supplica-
tion, 2 Sam. 12, 16. Ps. 24, 6. 27, 8. 105,
4 ; or <o inquire of him, to seek a re-
sponse, 2 Sam. 21, 1 ; or in order to ap-
pease his anger, Hos. 5, 15. The same
is : c) ninvrx ^isa Ex. 33, 7. 2 Chr.
20, 4. 0pp. N:i73 to find God, i. e. to be
heard by him, Deut. 4, 29. Is. 65, 1.
nirT^ 'lirP?^ ^^^y "^^^^ ^^^^ Jehovah, his
worshippers, Ps. 40, 17. 69, 7. 105, 3. Is.
51, 1. Comp. ttJn^ no. 2.
2. to seek, to strive after, to try to gain,
e. g. the priesthood Nmn. 16, 10, false-
hood Ps. 4. 3, love Prov. 17. 9 ; rarely
with h Prov. 18, 1. So 'e lliS3 ffljss to
seek the life of any one, to plot against
him, Ex. 4, 19. 1 Sam. 20, 1. 22, 2~'3. 23,
15. 2 Sam. 4, 8. 16, 11 ; once in a good
sense, to seek to preserve one^s life, Prov.
29, 10 ; comp. Cjb 'iinri Ps. 142, 5. Also
'B rsn t;;?3 to seek the hurt of any one,
to strive to do him harm or to destroy
him, 1 Sam. 24, 10. Ps. 71, 13. 24. rj;5a
hi< nsn id. 1 Sam. 25, 26. With inf c.
b to seek to do any thing, e. g. 1 Sam.
io, 2 "(n-'rrib "^nx bfisai u;;33^ Saul my
father seeketh to kill thee. Ex. 2, 15. 4,
24 ; inf: simpl. Jer. 26, 21.
3. to require, to demand, Neh. 5, 18 ;
c. ',^ Ps. 104, 21 ; 1!^ Gen. 31, 39. 43, 9.
Is. 1, 12. Spec, 'b 11:^ 'b c-n ir;5S to re-
quire the blood of any one at the hand of
or from any one, i. e. to exact or inflict
punishment for bloodshed, 2 Sam. 4. 11.
Ez. 3, 18. 20. 33, 8 ; without cn 1 Sam.
20, 16.
4. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask, to
request, with '|t: of pers. Ezra 8, 21. Dan.
1, 8 ; also ace. of thing Esth. 2, 15. With
bs to entreat for any one, to supplicate
for, Esth. 4, 8. 7, 7.
5. to inquire of any one, to interrogate^
c. *,:? Dan. 1, 20.
PiTAL to be sougU Ez. 26, 21. Jer. 50,
20. Esth. 2, 23. Hence
mC||i3 f. (Kamets impure) request,
entreaty, Esth. 5, 3. 7. 8. Ezra 7, 6.
^a
155
ira
I. "3 m. c. suff. "^S , a son, from the
idea of begetting, being born, sec r. S'na
no. 3, and Niph. no. 2 ; the common
word for son in the Chaldee, but in He-
brew only poetic. Twice, Prov. 31, 2.
Ps. 2, 12 na npis? kisn the son sc. of Jeho-
vah, the king ; comp. v. 7, and ^a Is. 9,
5. Others here take ia in the sense of
chosen or pure (from I'^a. see 12 no. II),
and supjwse the king to be saluted by
the title of //e chosen, the pure, i. q. "("^na
Hirrj ; but tliis is less satisfactory.
II. "Q f. nna , adj. from r. n-ia .
1. chosen, beloved. Cant. 6, 9 fC^n rrnS
Mri*i^i^b she is the beloved of her mother,
her mother's delight.
2. pure, clear. Cant. 6. 10 fair as the
V70on. n^H3 rrna clear as the sun, i. e. of
purest brightness. Metaph. in a moral
sense : aab -'a pnre in heart, Ps. 24, 4.
73, 1. See r. "na no. 3. b.
3. clean, i. e. empty, of a stall or barn,
Prov. 14. 4.
III. 13 m. Am. 5, 11. 8, 6. Ps. 72, 16;
elsewhere "13 , subst. R. "na ,
1. com. grain, pr. that which has been
cleansed, winnowed, (comp. Jer. 4, 11,)
and is stored up in garners or sold, Gen.
41, 35. 49. Prov. 11, 26. Joel 2. 24. Once
of grain standing in the fields, Ps. 65,
my
14. Arab, o wheat ; corresponding is
also Lat. far, whence farina.
2. the open fields, country, Job 39, 4.
See Chald. "la II.
I. "^ Chald. m. c. suff. Pina Dan. 5,
22. Plur. ''33, see in la p. 139".
1. a son. Dan. 6. 1. lin^N~ia son of
the gods Dan. 3, 25.
2. a grandson, descendant, Ezra 5, 1 ;
comp. Zech. 1, 1.
11. *13 Chald. m. emph. X'la, the open
field, campus, pr. campus punts Liv. 24.
14 ; i. e. the open country without woods
or villages, Dan. 2, 38. 4, 18. 22. 29.
Arab, -j, xjo campus, the open
fields, desert, Syr. Ij-s id.
13 see D'l'ia .
I- "13 a pit, see "lia .
II. "la ra. (r. ina) once "liS Job 9, 30.
1. cleanness, pureness, mostly with
D-i-i;; Ps. 18, 21. 25, or D-iB? Job 9, 30. 22,
30, i. e. cleanness of hands, metaph. for
innocence. Once 13 simpi. in the same
sense, 2 Sam. 22, 25.
2. That which cleanses, salt of lye,
vegetable salt, alkali, e. g. potash or soda,
i. q. pina q. V. Job 9, 30, The ancienta
made use of alkali, both as mingled with
oil instead of soap for wa.shing, Job 9, 30 ;
and also in smelting metals to make them
melt and flow more readily and purely,
Is. 1, 25.
* ^^-^ fut. Kna-i 1. pr. to cut, to cut
out, to carve, to form by cutting or carv-
ing, see Piel. Arab, f o final Ye and
fut. /. to cut out, to cut or pare down, to
plane and polish. For the notion of
breaking, cutting, separating, which is
inherent in the radical syllable IB , see
under l^a . The same belongs also to
the softer syllable ia ; comp. "T^a , ma ,
irna, rna; ina to scatter, T^na pr.^to
break ; also ~an , ^\ .
2. to form, to create, to produce. Comp.
^ .^ to smooth, to polish, then to form,
to create ; also Germ, schajfen, Dan.
skabe, which is of the same stock with
Germ, schaben, Belg. schaeven, Eng. to
shave. Arab. |o id. ^vLj creator. Syr.
Chald. ]\si, ^pa, x-na id, Spoken of
the creation of the heavens and the earth
Gen. 1,1; of men Gen. 1, 27. 5, 1. 2. 6, 7 ;
spec, of Israel Is. 43, 1. 15. Jer. 31, 22
y-nxa nc-in nin"! xna Jeliorah hath
created a new thing in the earth, a wo-
man shall protect a man; comp. Num.
6. 30. Is. 65, 18 d-iVjiii^-rN stn'a 13:1-1
i"Tb"'a behold, I create Jerusalem a re-
joicing, i. e. cause her to rejoice. Part.
"("^T^ in Plur. majest. thy creator Ecc,
12, 1. In Gen. 2, 3 is read: nibyb xna
which he created in making, i. e. which
he made in creating. As to the construc-
tion, comp. the formulas mbrb ^"''nsrj,
nibsb yy\ .
3. to beget, to bring forth, whence
"la son ; see Niph. no. 2. Chald. Itlipe.
genitus est.
4. to feed, to eat, to grow fat, from th
idea of cutting up food; hence Hiph. t
fatten, and adj. Xina fattened, fat. Comp,
i^^.n
166
ins
h'na no. 2. Kindred roots are |j to be
filled with food, (<I and ^^I to be fat,
K-na to be well-led, X-^-in i.q. x-'-ia fat-
tened, fdt, and Gr. /5^oa) (^(iijSQaay.w),
whence ^oQa, Lat. vorare.
NiPH. 1. to be created Gen. 2, 4. 5, 2 ;
<o 6e made, done, Ex. 34, 10.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 3, to be bom Ez. 21,
35 [30]. 28, 13. Ps. 104, 30.
PiEL N'^3 1. to cut, to cut doxcn, e. g.
:with a sword Ex. 23, 47 ; wood, a forest
with an axe, Josh. 17, 15 get thee up to
the forest Cttj Tjb rxnan and there cut
thee down room ; Vulg. well, ibique suc-
cide tibi spatia ; so v. 18 but the moun-
tain shall be thine, I'riX'nSfl NmI "ij^ ^s
for it is a forest, and thou shall cut it
down.
S. to form, to fashion, to make, i. q.
^s;,Ez. 21, 24[19].
IIiPH. causat. of Kal no. 4, to feed, to
fatten, to make fat, 1 Sam. 2, 29.
Deriv. "i2 I, x^-ia . ni<i"i2 . and pr. n.
S"ia , ""iJina , see 'i<'n2-n'^2 p. 129.
n'^r^ m'j^'''-? Berodach Daladan,
pr. n. of a king of Babylon, 2 K. 20, 12 ;
called also Merodach Baladan Is. 39, 1.
This latter orthography seems to be
more ancient, and accords better with
the etymology ; see in T)']5<"'''3 .
^^^"^^ (whom Jehovah created) Be-
raiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21.
Q'^'?S'l3 m. plur/oi/^Z.?, which are said
to be fattened for the table of Solomon,
1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. Kimchi understands
capons; but more prob. with the Tar-
gum of Jerus. geese, so called from the
pureness and whiteness of their plu-
mage ; from r. ""^S no. 3.
IjS. pr. to strew, to scatter, to sprin-
kle, corap. ^"^S and 1*12, J^jd; hence
to scatter hail, to hail. Is. 32, 19. Eth.
X14^> Syr. f?i.s hail ; Arab. Jo hail ;
5o to be cold, to hail ; but the signif,
of cold is secondary, and derived from
that of hail.
Deriv. inaTia.
T^^ m. hail, Ex. 9, 18 sq. 10. 5 sq.
Ps. 18, 13. 14. 78, 47. 48. Tin ^32X hail-
stones, i. q. hail ; see 'jax .
^'13 adj. (r. nns) plur. C'^'^i'ns, pr.
strewed or sprinkled with spots, spotted,
piebald, spoken of goats Gen. 31, 10. 12;
of horses Zech. 6, 3. 8. So Lat. sparsua
albo pelles, Virg. Eel. 2. 41. It differa
from lp: in Gen. 1. c. in that the lat-
ter denotes smaller spots, speckled.
Arab. O^j and SOo paity-coloured gar-
ment; by transp. Jo* Conj. II, to be
spotted, piebald, spoken of sheep. Syr.
Pc'jJs a leopard, panther, so called from
his spots ; and from this source have
doubtless come also Gr. and Lat. nuQdoe,
j)ardn^. From the above Arabic word
comes the Fr. broder, Engl, to braider.
T^3 (hail) Bered. pr. n. a) A place
in the desert of Shur, Gen. 16, 14 ; comp.
V. 7. b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 20.
* 11^3, fut. nnai 1. i. q. kindr. X^3,
to cut, to cut asunder; comp. Arab. t*j
final Waw, to cut out or off, also N'^S no.
1. Hence FT^ia covenant, so called from
cutting in two or dividing the victims.
2. to eat, i, q. X'^a no. 4, from the idea
of cutting up food; like ^Tw no. 3, and
many verbs of cutting in Arabic, see
Thesaur. p. 238. Comp. /5(jow, ^i/i()(a-
ay.bu2 Sam. 12, 17 Onb nn2, i. q. isij
snb, see brx no. 1. c. 2 Sam. 13, 6. lol
3. to select, to choose out, likewise from
the idea of cutting out and separating,
see "ina no. 2. 1 Sam. 17, 8 lli-^x cab ^na
choose you out a man.
PiEL inf nina i. q. Kal no. 2. Lam.
4, 10.
HiPH. causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
eat, to give to eat, with two ace. 2 Sam.
3, 35. 13, 5.
Deriv. "^na , fr^na , niia , ni-i3 .
tj^'ia (blessed, Benedict) Baruch, pr.
n. a) The friend and companion of the
prophet Jeremiah, to whom the apocry-
phal book of the same name is ascribed,
Jer. 32, 12-16. 36, 4 sq. 43, 3-6. 45, 1. 2.
b) Neh. 3, 20. 10, 7. c) Neh. 11, 5.
D'^'oi'lSl m. plur. Ez. 27, 24, variegated
Bluffs, damask cloths, in which threads
T3
157
ma
of various coloura arc woven together
in figures, etc. conip. r. D'la no. 2. So
Kiinchi correctly. Arab. f^,j-i a thread
or cord of two colours, t>*^ stuff woveiv
of such threads.
113 m. plur. D^UJi"!a 1. a cypress,
a tall and fruit or cone-bearing tree, Is.
55, 13. Hos. 14, 9 ; constituting along
with the cedar, with which it is often
joined, the glory of Lebanon, Is. 14, 8.
37, 24. 60, 13. Zech. 11, 2 comp. v, 1.
Its wood, like that of the cedar, was em-
ployed for the floors and ceilings of the
temple, 1 K. 5, 22. 24. 6, 15. 34. 2 Chr.
2, 7. 3, 5 ; also for the decks and sheath-
ing of ships Ez. 27, 5 ; for spears Nah.
2, 4 ; and for musical instruments 2 Sam.
6, 5. Once by Syriasm called ni"i3
Cant. 1, 17. That the cypress and not
the fir-tree is to be understood, is apparent
from the nature of the case, as well as
from the autliority of ancient interpret-
ers ; although this name may perhaps
also have comprehended other trees of
the pine genus ; see more in Thesaur.
p. 246. As to its etymology, the name
seems to come from the idea of cutting
up into boards, planks, etc. see r. llJna.
[The cypress is not now indicrenous on
Lebanon, while the species of pine
known as the Pinus bruttia is found in
large tracts ; Schubert Reise ins Mor-
genl. in. p. 347, 353. Hence, if an in-
ference may be drawn from the present
Flora to that of ancient times, the
TlJiia was probably not the cypress, but
the pine. R.
2. Any thing made of cypress [or
pine], e. g. a) a lance Nah. 2, 4. b) a
musical instrument^ 2 Sara. 6, 5.
ttr^ m. plur. D'^niia a cypress [or
pine\ i. q. OJiia q. v. a form tending to
Aramaism, Cant. 1, 17. R. pna.
miia f /ood, Ps. 69, 22. R. nna no. 2.
nni-13 Ez. 47, 16, and '^TTTa 2 Sam.
8, 8, (my wells, for "^niisa .) Berofha.h,
Berothai, pr. n. of a city rich in brass,
formerly subject to the kings of Zobah,
and situated in the northern extremity
of Palestine. Some suppose it to be i. q.
Berytus, Beirut, a maritune city of Phe-
nicia; but from Ez. I. c. it would seem
14
not to have been situated on the coast,
but rather in the neighbourhood of Ha-
math. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii.
p. 292. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 441
sq. In the parallel passage 1 Chr. 18, 8
it is '|13 q. V.
T^^ obsol. root, Chald. and Talmud.
to traiisfix, to pierce ; also NTna a hole,
wound, made by piercing. Hence quad-
rilit. bT~ia and niT^a in next art.
tr}V)iL (perh. rn iKa well of olives)
Birzaith, pr. n. prob. fem. 1 Chr. 7, 31
Keri. But Chethibh has flitna (holes,
wounds, r. T'na) Birzoth.
'T7^ - Deut. 19, 5, iron, a quadril.
from Chald. Tna to transfix, with b add-
ed; comp. b^ia from B"i3, bs"^n from
ym . Chald. bna and bns? , Syr. P'^ji.
Gen. 4, 22. Ez. 27, 12. 19. etc. Often
put as the symbol of hardness and firm-
ness, as ^T^a aaic a sceptre of iron, for
stern dominion Ps. 2, 9. Is. 48, 4 T^a
Tjans bna a sinew of iron is thy neck, in
allusion to the perverse obstinacy of a
people. Spec, an iron, i. e. an iron tool,
Deut. 27, 5. Josh. 8. 31 : an axe 2 K, 6,,
5. Is. 10, 34 ; irons, iron fetters Ps. 105, 18,
fully bna I'^na 149, 8.
''5T'!'? (iron, of iron, unless perh. we
compare Talmud. st^tiS herdsman,.
*l''b"'1"i3 princes,) Barzillai, pr. n. a)i
A Gileadite distinguished for his hos-
pitality and liberality towards David,
2 Sam. 17, 27. 19 32-39. 1 K. 2, 7. b>
A IVIfehoIathite, father of Adriel, 2 Sam.
21, 8. c) Ezra 2, 61.
''_-? fut. rina*! l. to pass through,
to reach across, as a bar or bolt ; prob.
pr. to cut through, to break through ;
comp. T|"!!a, and for the signif of cutting
and breaking which belongs to verbs
beginning with "^S, ^B, see above in
xna. Ex. 36, 33 and he made the mid-
dle bar n^jsn-ja DiffiTjsn 'T^lra n'-ia^
ns^n-^X to pass through the middle of
the boards from one end to the other.
Comp. Hiph. no. 1, and ri'^'na a bar, bolt.
Hence
2. to break away, to fee; Arab. -o
to depart, to slip away, to escape into a de-
sert place, ^->v? ^j^} the son of flight,
n^n
158
'ni
a gazelle. Absol. Gen. 31.22.27. 1 Sam.
19, 18 ; ace. of place whither, 1 Sam.
27, 4; also ) Neh. 13, 10, 5X Num. 24,
11 ; with "j^ of" place whence 1 Sam.
20, 1. The person from whom one flies
is preceded by ''i^^ Gen. 16, 8. 35, 1. 7,
"SBI^ Jon. 1, 3, )-q Is. 48, 20, T^-q frmn
one^s hand i. e. his power Job 27, 22,
^N53 from with ] K. 11, 23. It differs
from -^^n to escape, e. g. 1 Sam. 19,
12 :3^:a*5 nn:*;; ri^.'T a??r/ fe departed,
and fed, and escaped. To the imperat.
is sometimes added the dat. t]l3"n"j2 q.d.
in Engl, get thee away, fee, Gen. 27, 43.
Num. 24, 11. Am. 7, 12. Comp. Fr.
s^enfuir.
Note. In one passage, Ex. 14, 5,
Michaelis and others assign to JTia the
signif. of Arab. _wi fo turn the left side
or to the left. But this is needless ; for
it might well be said of a people, whom
Pharaoh had expected to return after
three days, but who were now prepa-
ring to pass into Arabia, that they fed.
HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, Ex. 26, 28.
2. to make fee, to put to fight, Job 41,
20. Also to chase away, Neh. 13, 28.
Deriv. m'72, nnsa, and
nia Is. 27, 1. Job 26, 13, and T')'^
plur. n-'tt'i-ia Is. 43, 14; for ni^a, after
the form p"'"^ .
1. One who flies, afiigitive. Is. 43, 14.
Also feeirig, the feet, as a poetical epi-
thet for the serpent, Is. 27, 1 ; likewise a
constellation Job 26, 13.
2. Bariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 22.
I'jpri'ia see inte'^'^na.
*^*ia adj. (r. nna) f n;'i2,/a^, i. q.
'^'ia, comp. the root no.' 2. Ez. 34, 20
n^'na lib a fat sheep, where perh. it
should read n-i3. or with three Mss.
njjins. In Jpb 37. u 3S ri-^-ia;! ina qs,
many interpreters following the Chaldee
and Rabbins explain "^la by pureness,
spec, clearness, serenity of the heavens,
(Targ. xniiT'na,) and then render the
whole clause: also serenity dispelleth the
cloud. But the interpretation given be-
low in art. IT^a is more satisfactory.
^nS (i. q. 'nxa q. d. fontanus) Um,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 36.
W"}!! a.d'y fatted, fat, see r. rj2 no. 4 ;
of men Judg. 3, 17. Dan. 1, 15 ; of kine
Gen. 41, 2. 4. 18. 20 ; of ears of grain ib.
V. 5. 7, comp. abn ; of food Hab. 1, 16.
Fcm. nx-^nan collect, the failings, the fat
ftock or herd, Zech. 11, 16. Ez. 34, 3.
15<'>'l!il f. (r. S*"^^) a creation, thing
created or performed of God, espec. new
and unlieard of. Num. 16, 30. Comp.
Jer. 31, 22.
n^-!3 f food, 2 Sam. 13, 5. 7. 10. R.
rrna no. 2.
n'^"'^ see rra.
r}''"l3 m. plur. ^''rji'j^, from r. JTia
no. 1.
1. a bar, cross-bar, which passed from
one side of the tabernacle to the other
through rings attached to each board,
and thus held the boards together; so
called from passiiig thrmigh, as Lat.
transirum for transitrum. Ex. 26, 26 sq,
35, 11. 36, 31 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31.
2. a bar, bolt, for fastening a gate or
door, Judg. 16, 3. Neh. 3, 3 sq. al. In
Jon. 2, 7 the bars of the earth are the
bars of the gate which leads into the
deep recesses of the earth, i.e. into Sheol,
i. q. bixiu ''na Job 17, 16. Metaph. bars,
bolts, for princes, as aiding lo protect and
defend a state (comp. 12 Hos. 11, 6) ; Is.
15, 5 1SS "IS rj"'ni"ia his princes dee unto
Zoar. Jerome, vectes ejus. Yet perhaps
such an ellipsis of the verb to fee is here
too harsh, especially as there has been
no previous mention o^ flight ; and I
would prefer therefore with Chald. Saad.
Kimchi, to render ir^ni-ia his fugitives ;
whether we read it in"'n''"ia, or derive
ii'^n'^'ia from '^"'"^3 with Kamets pure,
after the form nittis .
Q-^ia (put for n'l'iNa, wells) Bcrim,
pr. name of a place or district in the
north of Palestine, 2 Sam. 20, 14. R.
ny'^"l2 (gift, donation, r. S*^^) Beriah,
pr. n. m. a) A son of Ephraim; 1 Chr.
7, 23 and he called hi^ name Beriah
in'^aa nn^fi n5"ia 'a because a gift was
unto his house ; so at least Michaelis
Suppl. 224. Better it would seem : be-
cause evil, calamity, was tmto his hm/se ;
ns'ia being for nsn with Beth pleonastic,
see a lett. C ; comp. v. 21. 22. Sept. oTt
iv xaxdlg fyirtto h> Otxut ftov. Vulg. eo
quod in malls domus ejus ortus essct. b)
^'2
<1$9
T>3
Gen. 46, 17. c) 1 Chr. 8, 13. d) 1 Chr.
23, 10. Patronym. from b, '^S'^'ia Bn-
riite Num. 26, 44.
^''"^^ n (r. JT^S) 1. a covenant, league,
usually referred to the cutting in pieces oi
the victims which were sacrificed on con-
cluding a solemn covenant, and between
the parts of which the contracting parties
were accustomed to pass ; see in r. n"]3
and Gen. 15, 9 sq. But the idea sug-
gested by Lee (Heb. Lex. h. v.) deserves
attention, viz. that riina is strictly no-
thing more than an eating together, han-
qicet, from !Tn2 no. 2 ; since among Ori-
entals to eat together is almost the same
as to make a covenant of friendship.
The Hebrews too were accustomed to
eat together when entering into a cove-
nant, see Gen. 31, 54 ; and in this way
we obtain an explanation of nh-q n'^'ia
covenant (an eating ?) of salt, see rib^ ,
Spoken of a league between nations
or tribes Josh. 9, 6 sq. or between private
persons and friends 1 Sara. 18. 3. 23, 18 ;
of the matrimonial covenant Mai. 2, 14.
'b n-'-in 'bya Gen. 14, 13, and 'CSX
S n'^in Obad. 7, possessors or men of a
covenant, i. e. confederate with any one.
n-i-ia bx Judg. 9, 46, i. q. n'-na hs2 v. 4,
god or guardian of covenants ; see in hsz
no. 5. a. The verbs employed to express
the making and sanctioning of a cove-
nant, are : nna, C^pn, ',P5, o^b 2 Sam.
23, 5, a !tia,ana3Deut.29,ll,allwhich
see in their order. Those which denote
its violation, are : "iSn , hhn , aT5 , a lisrj.
The cox-enant of any one is the covenant
made by or with him. Lev. 26, 45. Deut.
4, 31 ; nSn'^ n'>'ia the covenant entered
into with Jehovah Deut. 4, 23. 29, 24. al.
Spec, and very freq. spoken of the cove-
nant instituted between God and Abra-
ham Gen. c. 15, c. 17 ; confirmed with
Moses Ex. 24, 7. 8. 34, 27. Deut. 5, 2 ; to
be renewed and ennobled in after times
through the intervention of prophets
and the Messiah, Is. 42, 6. 49, 8. Mai. 3
1 ; comp. Jer. 31, 33. The land pro-
mised and given to the people of Israel
by this covenant is called r-^'^an y-ix
the covenant land Ez. 30, 5 ; and the
people itself ttJ'i'p n'^na the hoi i/ covenant
(people) Dan. 11, 28. 30. n-^-ian r.i(b-2
the messenger of the (new) covenant^
fdealiijg, i. e. the Messiah, Mai. 3, 1.
2. Elsewhere it signifies also the corir
dition of God^s covenant with Israel, viz.
a) the covenant promise of God, Is. 59,
21. b) Oftener the precepts of God
which are to be observed by Israel, the
divine law, i. q. nnin. Hence nrmb
n--i2n Deut. 9, 9. 15 ; riirri n-'-na li-ij*
and n-^ian -ji-ijit the ark of tJie covenant
or law, i. e. in which the tables of the law
were preserved ; see 'li-iK . So "'tan
ninan tlie words of the covenant or law
Jer. il, 2-8. 34, 18. Ex. 34, 28 rr^nan ^-lan
O"'"??'^''? ^^^?, the words of the covenant
or law, the ten commandnmnts. "iBO
IT'nan the book of the law, spoken both
ofits earliest beginnings, Ex. 24,7; and
also of the whole collection of laws, 2 K.
23, 2. 21. 2 Chr. 34, 30. For a covenant
of salt, see in n^ia.
3. EUipt. a.) I. (\.T^'^']'2.X\'^^hT2 the mes-
senger of the (new) covA'.nant, its interpre-
ter, fiiditij:;, i. e. the introducer of a new
law and new dispensation, the Messiah,
Is. 42, 6. 49, 8 ; comp. Mai. 3, 1. b) i. q.
rr^na nix the sign of the covenant, i. e. cir-
cumcision, Gen. 17, 10. 13; comp. v. 11.
fl'^"'3 f pr. that which cleanses, any
thing used for cleansing and scouring ;
from "lis q. v. with the fern. adj. ending
ri-. Spec, salt of lye, vegetable salt,
alkali, (that from minerals is called
ir? q. V.) obtained from the ashes of
various plants of a saltish or alkaline
nature, Arab. ,^Llcof, j^LLiJ^, JU,
Salsola Kali Linn. The ancients made
use of this along with oil lor washing
and scouring garments instead of soap,
Jer. 2, 22 ; and also in refining metals,
Mai. 3, 2. See more on the various
names and uses of these plants, in Bo-
chart Hieroz. II. p. 43 sq. Celsius Hi-
erob. I. 449 sq. C. B. Michaeiis Epist.
ad'Fr. HolTmannum de herba Borith,
HaliB 1728. J. Beckmann Beytrage zur
Geschichte d. Erfindd. IV. p. 10 sq.
M-T f^t- m'^^'? 1- to bend the knee,
to kneel; Arab, (^o, Ethiop. fl^^,
Syr. '^j-s, id. The primary notion is
that of breaking down. comp. p'^Q ; and
for the connection of these two ideas,
T^
160
pi
see under S'^^, 5?3. 2 Chr. 6, 13 rp^T^
1'i3'iS"bs and he kneeled down Jipon his
knees ; comp. Dan. 6, 11. Ps. 95. 6 Oh
coOTe...iiU5 nirri ijsb ri:'iS3 let us
kneel before Jehovah our maker. See
Hiph. and Tp.2 knee.
2. to invoke God, to bless ; often in Piel,
but in Kal only Part. pass. T|^"i3 adored,
blessed, Sept. siXoyrjfiivog, BvloyrjTog.
The fuller detail in respect to T\'^~^ is
given in Piel. The forms Tp"ia (inf
absol. for ^i'na after the form XiSj^ ] -lis;))
Josh. 24, 10. and ^is-ia Gen. 28, 6. 1 Sam.
13, 10. 2 Sam. 8, 10." 1 Chr. 18, 10, are
more correctly referred to Piel.
NiPH. reflex, i. q. Hithpa. to bless one-
self, Gen. 12, 3. 18, 18. 28, 14. See folly
in Hithpa.
Piel rp?, once T)":? Num. 23, 20 ; fut.
^"na"!, Tina"^], with a distinctive accent
1. Spoken in respect to God, to invoke,
to bless God, i. e. to celebrate, to praise, to
ad-ore, which is done with bended knees ;
Bee 2 Chr. 6, 13. Ps. 95, 6. Dan. 6, 11, etc.
Arab. t^vJ Conj. V, to bless, to praise ;
VI, God is praised with reverential mind.
Constr. c. ace. (like yovimfxtiv lira
Matt. 17. 14.) Ps. 104, 1. 26, 12. 34, 2. 63,
5. 66, 8. 103. 1. 2. 104, 35 ; rarely c. h
1 Chr. 29, 20. So Part, passive of Kalj
O'in'bx 'rjl-,3 , nin-i 'a , blessed be Jehovah,
i. e. praised, adored, Ex. 18, 10. 1 Sam.
25, 32. 39. Ps. 28, 6. 31, 22. 41, 14. Job
2, 9 rsi fn'bx -r^ia bless God and die,
i. e. bless and praise God as thou wilt,
yet thou must now die ; thy piety towards
God is in vain. The language is that of
an impious woman. For this use of two
imperatives, one of which is concessive,
while the other affirms, promises, threat-
ens, see Heb. Gram. 127. 2. b. More
fully Min'^ CIS Tj"!!? to bless tJie. name of
Jehovah Ps. 96, 2. and nin'i naia r,n2
(like '1 noa N-nj?) Deut. 10, 8. 21, 5.
Once of the invocation of idols Is. 66, 3 ;
also of self-praise, Ps. 49, 19.
2. Of men towards men, to bless, pr. to
invoke blessingR upon any one in the
nameofGod,nin"i ni^a P8."]29.8. 1 Chr.
16, 2. Arab. (^L , Ethiop. Q^^ , id.
Gen. 27, 27. 28. Spoken of the vows
and prayers of a dying parent in behalf
of his family, his last blessing. Gen
27, 4. 7. 10. 48, 9 ; of a priest for a pea-
pie. Lev. 9, 22. 23. Num. 6, 23 ; of one
or more tribes for others, Deut. 27, 12.
Constr. usually with ace. rarely h Neh.
11, 2. Once of the consecration of a
sacrifice, 1 Sam. 9, l3.
3. God too is said to bless men and
other created things. Gen. 1, 22. 9, 1.
Often implying also the effect of the di-
vine favour and blessing, i. q. to prosper ^
to make prosperous ; Gen. 12, 2 ?^3'iaN]i
?]ra: nb^Jitl I will bless thee, and I will
make thy name great, v. 3. 17, 16. 22, 17.
24, 1. 30, 27. Constr. with two ace. of
pers. and of that in or with which one
is blessed of God, Deut. 12, 7. 15, 14 ; or
a of thing. Gen. 24, 1. Ps, 29, 1 1 . Where
a blessing is invoked upon any one from
God, the formula is : njni^ nns T^lia
blessed be thou of Jehovah 1 Sam. 15, 13 ;
nin-'b N^n ti^a Ruth 2, 20; comp. Gen.
14, 19. Judg. 17, 2. nirr7 ti^^a blessed
of Jehovah Gen. 24, 31.^26, 29. Num. 24,
9. God is also said to bless inanimate
things, i. q. to cause them to prosper,
thrive, be abundant, Ex. 23, 25. Job 1,
10. Ps. 65, 11. 132, 15. Prov.3, 33. So
of the consecration of the Sabbath, Gen.
2,3.
4. Of men, to bless, i. q. to salute, to
greet, implying the wish or invocation
of every good, 1 Sam. 15, 13 ; comp.
slQrjvr,vfilv,Arab.\iXjkX- ^"^^mJ^. (This
of course is more emphatic than the mode
of salutation which merely asks after
one's welfare, b Dibcb bxiB , see Cibui.)
Prov. 27, 14. 2 K. 4,' 29. I'Sam. 25, 14,
comp. V. 6. Spoken of a person who
comes to any one. Gen. 47, 7. 2 Sam. 6,
20 ; of one who departs and bids fare-
well, Gen. 47, 10. 1 K. 8, 66 ; also of
those present who salute a person on
coming, 1 Sam. 13, 10 ; or bid farewell
to those departing. Gen. 24. 60. 28, 1.
Josh. 22, 6. 7.
5. In the sense of invoking evil, i. q.
to curse, to invoke a curse from God, to
wish destruction to any one ; comp. Job
31, 30. This is one of the class of inter-
mediate verbs, verba media, like Arab.
JwajI; Ethiop. n^iVl, to bless and to
curse ; J^ VIII, to supplicnle, also to
wish one ill ; see more in Thesaur. p.
241. Spoken strictly only of men. bu
T-
transferred also to curses and impious
words uttered against God, 1 K. 21, 10.
Ps. 10, 3. Job 1, 5. 11. 2, 5. Some inter-
preters, as Scliultens, are not fully satis-
fied that the sense of cursing belongs to
this verb ; tliey tlierefore derive li-om
the idea of bidding farewell (see no. 4)
a signif. to deny, to renounce, which they
apply in the passages above cited ;
comp. Gr. ^wt^ttr *'', ;jf/(iv q>gii!^fiv
rivii But the signif of cursing is sup-
ported both by the words in 1 K. 21, 10,
and by the analogy of the kindred lan-
guages as above exliibited.
PuAL Tj"^*2 , part. Tj'jbTa , 1. Pass, of Pi.
no. I. to be blessed^ i. e. adored, praised,
8C. God, Job 1, 21.
2. Pass, of Pi. no. 3, to be blessed, i. e.
prospered of God, with ""Q of the thing
icith which ; Deut. 33. 13 nin^ r>z-pXi
'l5l C^OTSn nsaa 1S-1X blessed of Jehovah
be his land with the precious gifts of
fieacen, etc. Comp. '^ Tj^iiS i. e. T(l~3
niiT^b . The prep. "|12 has here the same
force as elsewhere after verbs of abun-
dance, Ex. 16, 32.
HiPH. Tj^isn causat. of Kal no. 1. to
make kneel down, e. g. camels, in order
to rest and drink, Gen. 24, 11. Arab.
(i)p| id. Eth. A'flZ.Yl, Syr. yj^l id.
See nana , also "n-iax p. 10.
HiTHPA. T^'iarn reflex, of Pi. no. 2, to
bless oneself, Deut. 29, 18. Constr. with
a : a) Of God as invoked in blessing
oneself comp. ^^ Cw3 ""^3. Is. 65, 16
,^x -Ti'sxa "'^3^7 ^nxa "'i^anan he that
blesseth himself in the land, shall bless
himself in (by) the true God. Jer. 4, 2.
b) Of a person or people whose happi-
ness one invokes for himself comp. Gen.
48, 20. Ps. 72, 17 spoken of the king
there celebrated: niia-ba ia ^s'lan'i
siniisx"^ in (by) him shall all nations
bless themselces, they shall call him
blessed. In a similar manner is to be
explained the formula occurring with
slight variation five times in the book of
Genesis: f'-jxn ^ys^'h^ r,r-iTa isnanni
and in thy seed shall all the nations of
the earth bless themselves, i. e. they shall
invoke for themselves the lot of Israel,
Gen. 22, 18. 26, 4, comp. 28, 14 where
Niph. is read for Hithpael ; also 12, 3.
18, 18, where for r,SlTa is read Tja , ia .
14* '
161 yo
So Jarchi, Le Clerc, and others. But
many interpreters, as I also formerly,
prefer to follow the Sept. and Chald.
(comp. Gal. 3, 8.) and explain this pas-
sively : and in thy seed shall all the
nations of the earth be blessed, i.e. pros-
pered, be brought by them to the know-
ledge and worship of the true God. See
Jalm Archa?ol. II. ii. 163 note. But the
analogy of the other examples in which
a Tpa, a r^'narn, are read, favour the
other interpretation.
The derivatives follow, except the pr.
names Tjiia , in^a-na-j ; comp. Tpax .
X]"^ Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to
fall upon tlie knees, to kneel down, sc. in
prayer to God Dan. 6, 11.
2. to bless; Part. pass. T\'^'^3 i. q. Heb.
r,iia . Dan. 3, 28.
Pa. Tp3 for comm. T^}^^ , to bless Grod,
to praise, to adore, with h Dan. 2, 19. 4
31. Part. pass. Dan. 2, 20.
^"13 a knee, once in sing. Is. 45, 23.
Syr. -^oj^, jJsiao, Ethiop. -flC^l) id.
Chald. transp. xaianx .
Dual Q'^a"ia , constr. ''3'ia , knees, the
knees, spoken not only of two but also
of many, for the plural. C^anz-ba all
knees, every knee, Ez. 7, 17. 21, 12. V]-Q
C^ana waters reaching to the knees Ez.
47; 4. c';'ana is npon the knees, upon the
lap, where new-born children are re-
ceived by the parents or nurses. Gen. 30,
3. 50, 23. Job 3, 12 ; where also children
are fondled by their parents, Is. 66, 12.
T}^ Chald. id. Dan. 6, 11.
?SD'13 (whom God hath blessed)
Barachel, pr. n. of the father of Elihu,
Job 32, 2. 6.
HDna f. once na'na Gen. 27, 38, constr.
nana . c. suff. TD-ia ; plur. riisna . R.
T^naT
1. a blessing, benediction, as of a dy-.
ing parent. Gen. 27, 12 sq. 33, 11. P?"]?
n"'"iw"^ the blessing of the upright Prov.
11, 11. rt'yn'] nana the benediction of Je-
hovah, the divine blessing, the source of
prosperity and happiness of every kind,
Gen. 35, 9. Ps. 3, 9. Is. 44, 3 ; so also
riD-ia simpl. Is. 19, 24. Joel 2, 14 ; some-
times with genit. of liim whom God thus
blesses. Gen. 28, 4 crj-jax nana the
^^^2
162
p^n
blessing of Abraham, i. e. with which
God has blessed him. 49, 26 "^nin nis-iS
13 the blessings of the everlasting moun-
tains, i. 6. with which God has blessed
them. With gen. in another sense, Prov.
24. 25 i'^a r^Sia benediction of good.
Piur. nij'^S blessings from God, Prov.
10, 6. 28, 2 ; but oftener benefits, favours,
gifts, sent from God, Ps. 84, 7. Gen. 49,
25. Com}). Is. 65. 8 destroy it not (the
cluster) 13 HDnn ""S ybr a blessing is in
it, i. e. a git\ from God.
2. Concr. i. q. an object of blessing,
one blessed of God, one prosperous and
happy. Gen. 12,2 na-.S n^nv Ps. 21,
7 lys ni:-i3 li^n'^ain thori dost make him
most blessed forever. Collect. Zech.8, 13.
3. a gift, present, as signifying kind-
ness and good-will, usually offered with
congratulations and good wishes, Gen.
33, 11. 1 Sam. 25, 27. 30, 26. 2 K. 5, 15.
na'na irss the liberal soul, i. e. a munifi-
cent man, Prov. 11, 25. Syr. j-sjo^,
Eth. nz.^^ , id.
4. i. q. ni^d , peace, 2 K. 18, 31 ''t^H rss
<i3'n3 make ye peace with me. Is. 36, 16.
5. Berachah, pr. n. a) A valley in
the desert near Tekoa, 2 Chr. 20, 26.
-"Still called Wady Bereikut, near the
"village Bereikut; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843,
J). 43. b) m. 1 Chr. 12,3.
^^"ll'^ f. constr. n?";)^ , a pond, pool,
jr. at which camels kneel down to drink ;
see r. Tj'^a Hiph. Arab. xSi^ the basin
of a fountain or other like reservoir for
water, Span, alberca. 2 Sam. 2, 13. 4,
12. Cant. 7, 5 ; fully C^a n=n2 Nah. 2, 9.
Ecc. 2, 6. There were two pools of this
kind on the western side of Jerusalem,
one at the head of the valley of Hinnom,
and the other lower down in the same
valley, intended to preserve the waters
-of the rainy season and perhaps those
of Gihon ; viz. the upper pool Is. 7, 3,
called also the old pool Is. 22. 11 ; and
the lower pool Is. 22, 9. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. I. p. 483-87.
'^^3'^5 (whom Jchovali hath blessed,
lor ri^3")S) Berechiah, Bararhiah, pr. n.
in. a) A son of Zerubbabel 1 Chr. 3,
20. b) ib. 9, 16. c) Neh. 3, 4. 30.
d) See "tn-^aia a.
^^^t'"!}^ (id.) Berechiah, Barachiah,
pr. n. m. a) The father of the prophet
Zechariah, Zech. 1, 7 ; but in v. 1 n^3-;2 .
b) 1 Chr. 3, 24. c) 2 Chr. 28, 12.' ' '' ''
^-7 a root not used in the verb,
pr. onomatopoetic, i. q. ^(jf^m, ^^Lftuofiai,
Lat. fremo. Germ, brummen, summen,
Engl, to hum, to buzz. In Arabic it is
spoken:
1. Of the noise and murmuring of mo-
rose and discontented men, to murmur,
to grumble; whence in 1 Pet. 4, 9 for
Gr. yoyyviTfiog the Arabic version has
^-o; comp. also jo to be disdainful,
proud, pr. to be peevish, morose.
2. Of the sound made in spinning
and twisting a thread, to hum, to buzz ;
and hence *o Conj. II, IV, to twist
threads together, e. g. of different col-
ours. Hence Heb. t3"i73i"iS .
3. Like other verbs of twisting and
binding, (see bw, pin,) this is also
transferred to the idea of firmness,
strength, as |*o to make firmj comp.
Lat. firmus. Hence perhaps
D'^3 Chald. pr. adv. of affirmation,
yea, truly, certainly, as in the Targums
and Syr. icj^ ; but in the O. T. it is
every where adversative, brtt, yet, never-
theless. Dan. 2, 28. 4, 12. 5, 17. Ezra 5,
13. Comp. bax no. 2. The possible
derivation of this word from r. C^a is
denied by some ; who however do not
suggest any other. Kindred perhaps
with Chald. W-iX ; see lix , sibs.
ysns see s:"^! lan;?.
^'_T obsol. root, Arab, co to ex-
cel; Conj. V, to g-ive spontaneously.
Hence pr. n. "iS"'':a .
TOna 1 Chr. 7, 23, see in ny-^na ,
^P'ln (for sn-'ia, see a p. 109) Bera,
pr. n. of a king of Sodom, Gen. 14, 2.
P_^ to lighti'n. to send forth light-
ning, as God, once Ps. 144, 6. Arab.
^o, Syr. Jej^ id. Ethiop. CiZ,^
fulsit, A-flZ^* fulminavit.
Deriv. ts"!:!?-!?, rij^'^a, and
pn 163
P'Ti m. 1. lightning, S3rr. Arab.
TQ
Ge^
\j>fS, (JijJ, id. Dan. 10, 6. Collect.
lightnings, Ps. 144, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 15.
Ezra 1, 13. Plur. n-^p^a Job 38, 35.
Ps. 18, 15. 77, 19. al. "'Trop. of the
brightness or glittering of a sword, Ez.
21, 15. 33. Deut. 32, 41 ^2-jn pna the
lightning of my sword i. e. my glittering
Bword. Null. 3, 3. Hab. 3, 11 ; comp.
Zech. 9, 14. Hence
2. Poet, for a glittering sword, Job
20, 25.
3. Barak, pr. n. of a leader of the Is-
raelites, who with the aid of Deborah,
obtained a great victory over the Ca-
naanites, Judg. 4, 6 sq. 5, 1. 12. 15.
He is called Barak i. e. thunderbolt,
Lat. fulmcn (Cic. pro Balb. 15), as
among the Carthaginians Hamilcar
was called Barcas.
p"l3, see p'^a-'Ja, p. 141. g.
^V}^ (painter, for Oipn-ja, see 2
p. 109 ; from Arab. yiJj\ to paint with
colours ; or from the quadril. yiiJO id.)
Barkos, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55.
Q''?I?75 ra. plur. i. q. tJ-^ania, thresh-
ing sledges, tribida, see in a-^iTS. Judo-.
8> 7. 16. The bottom or the rollers were
set with jagged iron or stone, prob. flint-
stone so common in Palestine, Gr. nvgl-
ng fire-stone ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 143. This name is perhaps de-
rived from an obsol. form "jj^na lighten-
ing, giving out light, which prob.
denoted flint, Jirestone, nv(nng ; comp.
jLj stony ground, perh, pr. abounding
in flint-stone, as is the case with a great
part of Palestine and Arabia. Hence
Sing. ''3;?'ia a threshing-sledge of flint,
Plur. CJi^-ia .
np'^a f. Ex. 28, 17, and hj^na (Lehrcr.
p. 467) Ez. 28, 13, a species of gem, ^o
called from its glittering, sparkling, from
r. p-ia . Sept. Vulg. and Josephus ren-
der it smaragdus, emerald, which Braun
also advocates, de Vest. Sacerdott. p.
517 sq. appealing to the Greek form (id-
^aydoc, cfinQaydog, which seems to come
from the Heb. word. And not unaptly ;
since also Gr. fiagayi^, afiuqayri, with
their derivatives, which have the signif:
o^ noise, thunder, correspond also to the
Heb. p-ia ; while fioQaydoi, as the name
of a gem, would come from the notion of
brightness, sparkling, which is primary
in this root.
"1^^ , praet. 1 pers. ^nina Ez. 20, 38,
inf c. Hufl^. nna Ecc. 3, 18 after the form
"jlj from T)?^. Kindr. are K-^a, irna.
1. to separate, to sever out. Ez. 20, 38
D-'-inan t5T3 'niia I will separate from
among you the rebellious. Arab. _j
Conj. VIII, to stand separate from others.
2. to select, to choose out, comp. rrna
no. 3. Part. pass, "ina , selected, chosen]
1 Chr. 9, 22 a-i-isiiib' cni'.an c^s all
those chosen for porters, as porters. 16,
41. Also select, chosen, choice, 1 Chr. 7,
40 ; animals Neh. 5, 18.
3. to separate and remove filth, impu-
rity, i. q. to cleanse, to purge, to purify,
e. g. a) An arrow from rust, to polish,
to make bright and sharp. Is. 49, 2. See
Hiph. Arab, to to cut or pare down,
to point a weapon, b) In a moral sense,
of words and actions, to cleanse, to pu-
rify. Part. pass. Zeph. 3, 9 'r\y['>-^ nsb
a pure lip, i. e. language. Adv. Job 33^,
3 ^bfeia nina "^nEb rsni and what Iknmo,
my lips shall utter purely, i. e. with sin-
cerity, without falsehood. Ps. 19, 9
the commandment of Jehovah is pure
i. e. true, just, holy. Comp. Niph.
Pi. Hithpa. Arab. Is mid. E, to be
just, true, Jj just, true. Syr. fjlj^s
pure, neat, simple, fzcj-.^ purity. In
the literal signification it corresponds
with Lat. punis, Engl, pure. Germ, bar,
Engl, bare; and trop. with Lat. verus,
Germ. wahr.
4. to search out, to e.vamine, to prove,
which is done by separating and distin-
guishing, comp. -ip2 no. 3. Ecc. 3, 18
C^a^; corresp. to inf ib Ecc. 9, 1.
See "lis. Arab.
05.-- O .
^xJLwi scrutatus est
veritatem, AS mid. Waw, exploravit.
5. to be clean, clear, i. e. empty, see
adj. -13 II. no. 3, and Chald. ia II.
Niph. "laj reflex, to purify oneself, to
be clean, sc. for the performance of a sa-
cred office, Is. 52, 11. Part, las pure
WCl
164
^n
i. e. upright, pious, Ps. 18, 27. 2 Sam.
22, 27. See Kal no. 3. b.
PiEL to cleanse, to purify, morally,
Dan. 11, 35.
HiPH. to cleanse, to clean, e. g. arrows,
to make bright and sharp Jer. 51, 11, see
Kal no. 3. a. Also grain in the thresh-
ing-floor, Jer. 4, 11.
HiTHPA. 1. to purify oneself sc. from
the filth of idolatry and sin, to be purified,
to reform, Dan. 12, 10; comp. 11, 35.
2. to show oneself pure, i. e. ju^t, up-
right, benignant, spoken of God, comp.
in Kal no. 3. b. Ps. 18, 27 ^33 C5>
TiSnn v;ith the pure thou wilt show
thyself pure. The form "isnn 2 Sam.
22. 27. i.s for "T^srn in Ps. 1. c. see Lehrg.
p. 374.
Deriv. ns II, "^a, n-'-i2, c^-isna.
* '*^'2^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab,
tyo to cut, to cut in, see under r. X"J3 ;
^ 5 o >
whence Arab. iCvJ axe. Hence lUinS
cypress or pine, q. v.
yirna (i. q. Sicn-ja son of wicked-
ness, see n p. 109.) Birsha, pr. n. of a
king of Gomorrah Gen. 14, 2.
* ri]^^ obsol. root, prob, to cut, to hew;
see tUt!^ . Hence ni"2 cypress or pine.
iVttJa (cool, cold, comp. Arab. -*mJ V,
to be cool, e. g. water,) every where
with art. irran q. d. the cold, Desor, pr.
n. of a torrent emptying itself into the
Mediterranean near Gaza, 1 Sam. 30, 9.
10. 21.
nnniua and ft^m f (r. ^iaa) i. giad
tidings, good news, 2 Sam. 18, 22. 25.
2 K. 7, 9 ; once with nai:: added, 2 Sam.
18, 27^
2. reward for good tidings, 2 Sam. 4,10.
* DlTIi obsol. root, to have a good
smell, to be fragrant. Chald. et Syr.
tsoa. >cJic, id. but oftener genr. to be
svxet, pleasant. Comp. ttJita.
Deriv. the pr. names oiaa'^ , 6to3a ;
also the three following :
Dtoa or Oi?^ (Kamets impure) m.
balsam, balsam-plani, frequent in the
gardens of the Hebrews, Cant. 5, 1.
Arab. -Lio a fragrant shrub, similar
to the balsam-plant; also with Lam
inserted quadril. [LwuJo, ^^Lw^Jj,
^alaupog, balsam, balsam-plant or tree.
Chald. and Talmud. l^Dia, also 'i"i^D"^B Jt
I being changed into r.
nm and Di?a m. both in Ex. 30, 23.
1. aromatic odour, fragrance, espec.
as diffused by spices ; Syr. )Sff,fnT5 spice
Is. 3, 24. tba-jrip spicy cinnamon,
aromatic, Ex. 1. c. Plur. Cant. 4, 16.
2. spice itself, spicery, 1 K. 10, 10.
Ex. 35, 28. Ez. 27, 22. Plur. D^^sra
spices, aromatics, Ex. 25, 6. 35, 8. "''in
D'^rira mountains bearing spices, spice
mountains, Cant. 8. 14.
3. i. q. era, balsam-plant, Cant. 5,
13. 6, 2.
tTGlClS (fragrant) Basemath, pr. n. f.
a) A wife of Esau, spoken of as a Hittite
Gen. 26, 34, and also as a daughter of
Ishmael Gen. 36, 3. 4. 13. b) A daugh-
ter of Solomon, 1 K. 4, 15.
"1^3 in Kal not used, Arab. _^
to be cheerful, joyful, espec. on account
of good news ; mid. A and Conj. II. to
cheer by good news, with ace. of pers. and
\^ of thing. The primary idea seems
to be that of fairness, beauty, perh. T~ud-
diness or brightness, see Cix ; whence
6 ^
-a^mO fair, beautiful ; since the coun-
tenance is made fairer by cheerfulness
and joy ; (comp. aili good, fair, joyful ;
"^rib cheek, from r. nnb to be fair ;)
as vice versa it is deformed by stern-
s -: - ?.-:-
ness and anger. Hence /-*io ; SvXmJ
the human skin, "ib3 flesh, in both which
is the seat of beauty.
PiEL "t^a 1. pr. to cheer with glad
tidings, i. e. to bring glad tidings, good
news, to announce (good news) to any
one, with ace. of pers. 2 Sam. 18, 19
'151 'S r,b5sn-ri< MTyZJax ixs-n:i!!'^5< let
me now run and bring the king tidings,
etc. Ps. 68, 12 an sas nin-^arn (fe-
males) annotmced the glad tidings to
the mighty host. 1 Sam. 31, 9. Is. 40, 9.
Absol. 2 Sam. 4, 10 i-^jisa i'ZJa'C3 n;;ri
he tliought to have brought gooil tidings.
Also with ace. of the thing announced.
Is. 60, 6. Ps. 40, 10. Part. -iU5aa mea-
senger of good tidings Is. 40, 9 ; eep. of
"iTDn
165
blDS
peace 52, 7, of victory 1 Sam. 31, 9. Ps.
68, 12.
2. Rarely in a more general eense of
any messenger, to bear tidings, 2 Sara.
18, 20. 26 ; even of evil, 1 Sam. 4, 17.
Hence twice more definitely 313 n'lSa
1 K. 1, 42. Is. 52, 7.
HiTHPA. to receive good tidings, 2 Sam.
18, 31. Arab. Conj. I, mid. E, and Conj.
IV, VIII, X.
Deriv. nniba , and
"ITCS m. once plur. Q'^-iba Prov. 14, 30.
1. Jlesh ; for the etymology see in r.
"iba KaU Syr. fjJiir), Chald. itnpa and
K-iba . id.
^^ 9.
Arab. ..^io and s.
^-vio and Swio the
skin, but metaph. the human race, which
comes Jrom the idea of flesh. Spoken :
a) Of the flesh of the living body, both
of men and beasts. Gen. 41, 2. 19. Job
33, 21. 15. Once, it would seem, for the
skin. (comp. Arab.) Ps. 102.6 'T3S3 npz"^
''"irab 7ny bones cleave to my skin, as
denoting extreme emaciation, b) Of
the flesh of cattle for eating, meat, Ex.
16, 12. Lev. 7, 19. Num. 11, 4. 13. So
Job 31. 31 in praise of his hospitality:
sab? xb "iiba-!? ,pi'i ^q where is one wlw
is not satiated with his meat ? i. e. his
feasts. Also
2. Meton.Jlesh, i. q. the body, the whole
body, opp. bBJ , Is. 10, 18. Job 14, 22.
Prov. 14, 30 XEnia ab d-iba "^'n the life
of the body is a quiet heart. Sometimes
with the accessory notion of frailty and
proneness to sin. (comp. Matt. 26, 41,)
Ecc. 2. 3. 5, 5.
3. Spoken of all living creatures; as
"iba-ba all Jiesh, i. e. all animate be-
ings, men and animals. Gen. 6. 13. 17.
19. 7, 15. 16. 21. 8, 17; all animals Gen.
8, 17. Spec, all wen, the human race,
mankind, Gen. 6, 12. Ps. 65, 3. 145, 21.
Is. 40. 5, 6. Very often as opp. to God
and the divine Spirit, (cn'sx nn-i . niinn ,)
with the accessory notion ofWeakness,
frailty, mortality. Gen. 6, 3. Job 10, 4
M^ '^^ T?r! J^ast thou eyes of fesh ?
i. e. mortal eyes, dull, not clear-sighted.
Is. 31, 3 the Egyptians are men. and not
gods; nn sbl nba cn-'Dro their horses
are Jiesh. and not spirit, i. e. not endowed
with a divine spirit. Ps. 56, 5. 78. 39.
Jer. 17, 5 ; comp. 2 Cor. 10, i. In N. T.
(TMpS xul itifxa are in like manner opp. to
God and his Spirit, Matt. 16, 17. Gal.
1, 16.
4. "'"ibai ''OSS , my bone and my Jiesh,
i. e. my relative, blood-relation, Gen. 29,
14. Judg. 9, 2. 2 Sam. 5, 1. 19, 13. 14;
comp. Gen. 2, 23. Also simpl. '^'iba id.
Gen. 37, 27 xm wnba ^rnx 'a . Spoken
of any other person, a fellow-mortal, Is.
58, 7. Comp. -ixb .
5. By euphemism i. q. pudenda viri,
comp. Gr. amfjia, Gen. 17, 11 sq. Lev.
15, 2. 3. 7. 19. Also mns nba Jiesh of
nakedness Ex. 28, 42.
*ltOa Chald. i. q. YLeb. Jiesh, Dan. 7, 5 ;
in Stat, emphat. N'lba , spoken of man-
kind, mortals, Dan. 2, 11. xnba'ba all
Jiesh, all living creatures, men and ani-
mals. Dan. 4, 9 [12].
nnioa see ni'iba.
T 1 T I
^"^-^ or ^'^^ to be cooked, ripen-
ed, i. e.
1. By fire, to be boiled, seethed, Ez.
24,5.
2. In the sun's heat, to ripen, to be
ripe, e. g. a harvest, Joel 4, 13 [3, 1.3j.
Syr. Via, Chald. bba, Eth. fljftA to
be cooked, to be ripe. In the same man-
ner the ideas of cooking and ripening
are united in other verbs ; as in Arab,
j^Jo , Pers. M>iA^ and ^^vX^ bukhten
and pukhten, to which nearly corre-
sponds Germ, backen, Engl, to bake;
Gr. ninxa, niaaa, Lat. coquitur uva,
vindemia, Virg. Georg. 2. 522, i. q.
Germ, die Traube kocht.
PiEL causat. of Kal no. 1, to cook, i. e
to seethe, to boil, espec. flesh. Ex. 16, 23.
29. 31. 1 K. 19, 21 ; other kinds of food,
Num. 11, 8. 2 Sam. 13, 8. 2 K. 4, 38.
6, 29.
PnAL pass, of Pi. Ex. 12, 9. Lev. 6, 21.
HiPH. causat. of Kal no. 2, to ripen,
to bring to maturity^ Gen. 40. 10 ; see
under Vsbx.
Deriv. nibisaa and
^SJa m. Ex. 12, 9, nbtja f Num. 6,
19, the boiled, the sodden.
D^T!J3 (for C^b"'|2 son of peace, see
in a p. 109) Bishlam, pr. n. of a Persian
officer in Palestine Ezra 4, 7
w^
166
rd
1*5^ not used in Hebrew ; Arab.
aJub light and level soil, soft sand.
Hence pr. n. *|li233 and
1^? (light sandy soil) often with art.
I'^an, Bashan. pr. n. of the northern
part of the country beyond Jordan ;
bounded on the northwest by the region
adjacent to Mount Hermon 1 Chr. 5,
23; on the south by the Jabbok and
mountains of Gilead ; and extending on
the east as far as to Salchah (Siilkhad)
Deut. 3, 10. 13. Josh. 12, 4. It was
taken by the Israelites from Og, king of
the Amorites ; and given with a part
of Gilead to the half tribe of Manasseh,
Num. 21, 33. 32, 33. It is often cele-
brated for its groves of oaks, Is. 2, 13.
Ez. 27, 6. Zech. 11, 2; and for its rich
pastures and fat cattle and flocks, Deut.
32, 14. Ps. 22, 13. Am. 4, 1. Ez. 39, 18.
[Though comparatively a level region,
yet there are high mountains in its
southwestern part, Ps. 68, 16. R.]
Chald. ',:n^, 15^3., Syr. .^iie. Or. in
Josephus and Ptolemy Buravala, Bata-
ntxa, Arab. HjyuuJt el-Bethenyeh ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 158.
n. 5.
n2a f. (r. iai2) shame, Hos. 10, 6.
Nouns ending in the syllable ri3 , it3 ,
appended to the root, are found also in
Chaldee, see art. X3"itt:!!t ; and more fre-
quently in Ethiopic, see Ludolf Gram,
.ffithiop. p. 90. It is analogous to the
ending ")-.
* ^^T once read in Po. DttJia for
OOia to tread down, to trample upon, c.
br Am. 5, 11. For the interchange of
O and a5 , see under lett. .
T25T?3 a spurious root, whence some
derive the form UitBia Pil. of the verb
tiia , q. V.
riTOa f (r. t}-i2) c. suff. "^rnrJa , enttJa .
1. shame, confusion, often with CJD
added, where Engl. Vers, confusion of
face, Jer. 7, 19. Ps. 44, 16. Dan. 9, 7. 8.
So r^ra 'rab Job 8, 22. Ps. 35, 26, and
rda n'as Ps.' 109, 29, to he clothed with
shame, to be covered with confnsion.
2. shame, i. e. disgrace, ignominy, Is.
54,4. 61, 7. Hab. 2, 10. Mic. 1, 11 nj"!?
Mra in nakedness and shame ; others :
having thy shame (pudenda) naked.
3. an idol, which only disappoints the
hopes of its worshippers, and puts them
to shame and disgrace, Jer. 3, 24. 11, 3.
Hos. 9, 10.
I. f'S f (contr. from rsa for rsa , r.
nja) c. suff. ""Pia from rsaVpiur. ni:a,
constr. n'ja as fr. a Sing, insa, comp.
0*^33 sons.
So
1. a daughter. Arab, ui^, plur.
<:j\11 ; Syr. Ui^, plur. fiO^ ; Chald.
ra and NFi'H a, constr. n-na, c. suff. t^n-ia ,
plur. nja. So cxxn n'i3a the daughters
of men, women, opp. to the sons of God,
Gen. 6, 2. 4. Cant. 7, 2 [1] ainj-ra O
princess daughter, a term of courteous
address to a high-born maiden. So the
queen herself is addressed as nS , Ps. 45,
11 ; comp. "|a no. 4.
The word ra daughter, like '3, is.
employed also by the Hebrews in wider
senses:
2. a grand-daughter, and genr. a fe-
male descendant. So ^N'^b'^ ri;2 daugh-
ters of Israel for the Hebrew women,
Judg. 11, 40; 1533 ni3a daughters of
Canaan, the Canaanitish women, espec.
maidens, Gen. 28, 8 ; and so with the
name of a particular people, m33
c^ri'dbsn 2 Sam. 1, 20; "las nira my
countrywomen Ez. 13, 17. So also ni33
iTiirri Ps. 48, 12, where some incorrectly
understand the towns of J udah ; since the
small places around a city are called the
daughters of that city, and not of the
district. In this passage the daughters
i. e. women of Judah (no. 5) are put in
antith. with Zion, i. e. the sons or men of
Zion, and thus both together according
to the laws of parallelism designate the
inhabitants of Zion and the rest of Ju-
dah of both sexes. Comp. Is. 4, 4.
3. a maiden, young woman, comp. "i?
no. 3 ; Gr. &vyinri(j, Fr. file. Gen. 30",
13. Cant. 2, 2. 6, 9. Judg. 12. 9. Is. 32, 9.
Poet. Cirsn na daughter of women, a
maiden, Dan. 11, 17.
4. an adopted daughter, foster-daugh-
ter, Esth. 2, 7. 15. Also afevmle pupil,
disciple, comp. 'i? no. 5; here in refer-
ence to a god, \.(i. female worshipper.
rn
167
nnn
Mai. 2, 11 "^35 ^*?"n2 the daughter of a
ufrange god.
5. With a genit. of jilace, espec. of a
city or country, r2 denotes a natire of
that place, one born and broujjht up
there, a female inhiibitant, espec. of
youthful age ; e. g. n^b^^ni-j n:a Cant.
2, 7. 3, 5. 5, 8. 16 ; V'X niaa' Is. 3,' 16. 17.
4, 4 ; 7"ixn niia Gen. 34, 1. By a pe-
culiar idiom of the Hebrew and Syriac
tongues, the word r2 daughter, like
other feminines (comp. Lehrg. p. 477.
Heb. Gram. 105. 3. d,) is used by the
poets as a collective, for ^32 sons; comp.
nna n2 Mic. 4, 14 for "ins ^52 2 Chr. 25,
13 ; and then the daughter of a city,
country, people, is put poetically for its
inhabitants. E. g. is-n2 for "is "^sa the
T^/rians Ps. 45, 13 ; D-^bdii-J-n"; Is. 37,
22 ; V>2c-n2 Is. 16, 1. 52,'2. Jer. 4, 31 ;
cnx-r2 Lam. 4, 22 ; O^nstB-na Jer. 46,
ll.'lO, 24; :3-'ffl-in-n2 Is. 23, 10; "^as-P?
i. q. "^BS ''ra my countrymen Is. 22, 4.
Jer. 4, 11. 9, 6. So also in Syriac,
yo<n^\ ZfSi the daughter of Abraham,
for tiie sons or descendants of Abraham,
the Hebrews ; see Comment, on Is. 1, 8.
Hence has arisen the n^ouuiTionouu so
common to the Hebrew poets, by which
the whole body of inhabitants in a place
is personified as a female, (Is. 23, 12 sq.
47, 1 sq. 54. 1 sq. Lam. 1, 1 sq.) and thus
the daughter of a land is also said to be
a virgin, as "lin^sTia pbin2 i. e. thou
virgin, daughter of Sidon, st. constr. in-
stead of apposition, Is. 23, 12 ; bss-pa 'a
Is. 47, 1, nnrin-j-n? 'a Lam. ' 1, 15,
D'^ns-i-na 'a Jer. 46, 11. "'Jay-na 'a Jer.
14, 17. But as the name of a people is
often transferred to designate its land,
and vice versa, (Lehrg. p. 469, ) so this use
of r\2 , which strictly designates inhabi-
tants, is transferred by the poets to the
city or country itself Thus '|iS-r2
i. q. the city Jerusalem Is. 1, 8. 10. 32 ;
i>a2-r2_ Ps. 137, 8 ; and so we find even
ba2-r2 nabi"' inhabitant of the daugh-
ter of Babylon, i. e. inhabitants, dwellers
in Babylon, Zech. 2, 11. Jer. 46,19. 48.18.
6. With genit. of time, as denoting a
female who has lived during that time ;
e. g. njifl D-iscn-n2 the daughter of
ninety years, i. e. ninety years old, Gen.
17, 17. Comp. -ja no. 7,
7. Trop. the daughter of any thing is
that which is dependent on, connected
with, or distinguished for that thing;
comp. 'i? no. 8. Thus the daughters of
a city are the small towns and villages
lying around it and dependent on its
jurisdiction. Num. 21, 25. 32. 32, 42. Josh.
17, 11. Judg. 11, 26. So T??-r2 daugh-
ter of the eye, i. e. the pupil, Ps. 17, 8,
see in ")'i"ii"'X; also "T^t'n rrisa the daughters
of song, songstresses, Ecc. 12, 4; PS
^?!^ a wicked woman, 1 Sam. 1, 16 ;
D'^niuxTa (ivory) the daughter of cedar-
wood, i. e. inlaid in cedar, Ez. 27, 6.
8. Once of animals, in the phrase ~r3
njS'^ , joLjlJI oub , daughters of the
ostrich, i. q. tiie ostrich, see under nasi .
Comp. *|a no. 10.
9. Poet, daughters of a tree, for its
bonghf, branches ; Gen. 49, 22 nn?^ nisa
"ii'j "^53 its daughters mount over the
wall, i. e. the branches of the fruitful
tree to which Joseph is compared ; see
nsx,
10. In a few feminine proper names :
^) c-'Sn-na (daughter of many) Zfa/A-
rahbim, pr. n. of a gate in Heshbon,
Cant. 7, 5 [4].
b) "ao-ra (daughter of the oath)
Bath-sheba, pr. n. oi" the wife of Uriah,
defiled by David, and then taken as his
wife after the murder of her husband ;
known also as the mother of Solomon.
2 Sam. c. 11, c. 12. 1 K. 1, 15 sq. Called
also ?!itt5-ra Bath-shua, 1 Chr. 3. 5.
c) '^l'^-. (daughter i. e. worshipper
of Jehovah) Bithiah, pr. n. f 1 Chr. 4, 18.
11. ri2 (r. nn2 no. 1) plur. n-^na,
comm. gend. m. Ez. 45, 10. f Is. 5. 10 ;
bath, a measure of liquids, as of wine
and oil, equal to the ephah (fis'^x q. v.)
in dry measure, i. e. about 8^ gallons.
Ten baths made one homer (T^n, see
Ez. 45, 11. 14), 1 K. 7, 26. 38. 2 Chr. 2,
9. 4, 5. Ez. 45, 10 sq. Is. 5, 10.
Jn3 Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. II. Plur.
Jipia Ezra 7, 22.
riri3 f. (r. rin2 no. 2) desolation ; Is.
7; 19 m'n2n i^nj the desolate valleys, de-
serts. Or perh. abrupt valleys, precipi-
tous, craggy; comp. "il:!2 cut off, abrupt,
precipitous, and ^ayug from griyvvfii. But
the former sense is preferable. Comp.
-nn
168
inn
^^^ f. (r. ITTIS no. 2) desolation ; spo-
ken of a vineyard Is. 5, 6 rira *inniw|x
q. A.T\hz >inin''tt5j< / wi7/ make it a deso-
lation^ pr. a cutting off, consumption ;
Vulg. ponam earn, desertam. The gram-
marians have not been consistent in re-
Bpect to this and the preceding Ibrm
nna ; they ought both to have been
pointed with the same vowels.
55{^r;? Bethuel, pr. n. 1. Of a man,
(i. q. bKW^ man of God.) the father of
Laban andRebecca, Gen. 22, 22. 23. 24,
15. 24. 47. 50. 25, 20. 28, 2. 5.'
2. Of a phice, (from \jii i. q. riia , pr.
abode of God.) belonging to the tribe of
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 30 ; written by con-
traction ^^na in Josh. 19, 4. In the
same list of citice; in Josh. 15, 30, we find
instead of it b 03 , See Reland Palags-
tina p. 152, 153.
b^na see in bx^ina no. 2.
t'"^"? ^ (r- ^J!!? q. v.) 1. a virgin,
pure and unspotted ; Arab. JjJO , Syr.
|3o2lD, id. Gen. 24, 16 n^lna . . . -i?|ni
PiS'i';' xb w"'X'i cf??d ^Ae maiden . . . was a
virgin, neither had any man known her.
2 Sam. 13. 2. 18. nb^na n-\yi a maiden
who is a. virgin, intacta, Deut. 22. 23. 28.
Judg. 19, 24^ 21, 12. 1 K. 1, 2. Hence
also
2. a virgin just married, a young
spouse, Joel 1, 8. Sept. vvfxcfi^. So Lat.
Virgo Virg. Eel. 6. 47. JEn. 1. 493;
s s.
ptiella Georg. 4. 458 ; also Arab. Jo
virgin.
3. By a nQoffomonoiia common to the
Hebrews, in which cities or countries
are personified as females, the same are
also called virgins, see the examples
cited in ns no. 5. So too where na is
omitted, simpl. bxnb"^ nbiira virgin of
Israel, i. e. the Israelitish people, Jer. 18,
13. 31, 4. 21 . Am. 5. 2. Chald. Vers,
correctly bx'i w"^"] XFid'^sa ccetus Israelis.
Hence
Dy^ria m. plur. 1. virginity. Lev.
21, 13 n;?-; n'^bsinaa nrs ^^n^ he shall
take a wife in her virginity, who is a
virgin. Judg. 11, 37. Ez. 23, 3 ''^^
^n'^b'tna tlieir virgin breasts.
2. signs, tokens of virginity, (comp.
n'^'ja no. 3. b, sign of a covenant,) i. e.
the bed-clothes stained with blood on the
wedding-night. Deut. 22, 14 sq. Comp.
Leo Afric. p. 325. Niebuhr's Descript.
of Arabia p. 35 sq. Germ. Michaelis
Mosaisches Recht II. 92.
n^ipS see na I. no. 10. c. >
D"^ri3 plur. houses, see tT^a .
''~^: whence nb^i-a virgin. Arab.
JjJ is to separate, i. q. bna ; hence
ri^ira is one separated and secluded
from intercourse with men. But it may
be worth inquiry, whether bra is not
i. q. bca to ripen; whence nb:ina one
ripe, mature. Comp. nnbsJ .
|'^3i in Kal not used ; once in Piel
Ez. 16, 40 cnianna ri^pnai and thy
shall cut (hew) thee in pieces xcith their
swords ; Sept. xaruatpix^ovai at, Vulg.
trucidabunt te. Arab, vil^ to cleave
asunder, to cut in pieces, to cut off;
Ethiop. [{'VHl to break.
'L-^ to cut in two or in pieces, to
divide, as victims in sacrifice, so in
Kal and Piel, Gen. 15, 10. Arab. JCj
to cut off, to break off. Kindred roots
are -kj) JCo, laB, ^ns.
Deriv. "ina , "(i-ina .
"ira Chald. after, for inxa ; see art.
T}S p. 105.
ina m. (r. ina) c. suff. Iina, plur.
constr. "'Iina.
1. a piece, part of a victim as cut up.
Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 34, 19.
2. section, i. e. the being cut up ; spo-
ken of a region cut up or divided by
mountains and valleys, rugged, craggy,
precipitous, comp. 'J'i'ina. Cant. 2, 17
"ina"''nn~b5, Sept. inl oqi] xoiXafiaxtav,
i. e. mountains cut up with valleys.
jTlfia m. (r. "in^) \}t. section, i. e. a re-
gion cut up with mountains and valleys ;
or better, a valley cutting into mountains,
i. q. a craggy valley, mountain gorge,
defile, xolXwfia, like ^nydg from ^tjyvvo}.
2 Sam. 2, 29. Comp. it^i no. 2. Others
take it as the pr. n. of some particular
valley or region ; but this would make
little diflference, since even then it must
Mra
169
"WO
have been derived from the nature of
the place.
* nna obsol. root, Arab, vlo I, IV, to
cut, to cut oir, to break otf, comp. under
9 ^^
r. fia I ; v;:^IJb something broken off,
finished, destroyed, aUj and iXju] whol-
ly, entirely. In Hebrew it seems to
have signified :
1. to cut or mark out, to define, and
hence to vieasure ; whence na II, as a
measure of liquids.
2. to cut o/f any thing, to make an end
of, to lay wholly waste, i, q. ri|3 ; whence
nna, nna.
Gimel, bTa"'*, the third letter of the
Hebrew alphabet ; as a numeral denot-
ing 3. Its name differs only in form
from bra camel ; and its figure in Pheni-
cian inscriptions (A, \,) bears acer-
tain resemblance to the camel's hump
or neck ; see Monumen. Phoen. p. 22.
As the softest of the palatal letters
(pa'^a) except Yod, it is often inter-
changed: a) With the harder palatals
S and p, both in the Hebrew itself,
and in the corresponding forms of the
>
kindred dialects; e. g. tS'^'ia, (jtX^,
9 ^
(j*otW) a heap of sheaves; r>"''ia,
lw*i-a3, oOwa5, sulphur; 'i?^ and *|3S
to cover, to protect ; tsa and 033 , yJOj
to collect, to heap up ; bsn and b?") to run
up and down , s^aa , gjuS , calix of flow-
ers ; *Tia, Jl^ and Jo to cut; "'pi^,
*^y,3, \f-^, an almond-tree.
b) More rarely with the gutturals ; as
5 , e.g. ?a3 , Chald. 5a3 , jas , to burst
forth: nna, Arab. ,^wC to provoke ; also n ,
6. g. H"^^'?) (-5r) young of birds;
comp. MHiJ.
^53 m. adj. for nxa (r. nxa) elated, i. e.
haughty, proud, Is. 16, 6.
*nX3 fut. hxa-i, a poetic word.
1. to lift ttp oneself, to rise, to increase,
e. g. of rising waters Ez. 47, 5 ; of a
plant growing Job 8, 11. Job 10, 16
'nViPi bn'i"3 nxs-^l and if it lift up itself
(sc. my head) thou huniest me as a lion.
15
2. Metaph. to be exalted, majestic,
glorious, spoken of God. Ex. 15. 1. 21.
Hence in the derivatives also :
3. to be eminent, excellent, splendid;
see deriv. *|"ix* no. 2.
4. to be elated, i. e. haughty, proud;
see deriv. nxa no. 2, njxa and '(''^J no. 3.
Syr. Pa. ) )^ to decorate, to make
splendid, magnificent ; Eihpa. to boast
oneself; JU., l-^Ul decorated, elegant,
magnificent. In the signif of pride it
corresponds with Gr. yaio).
Deriv. xa. ma I, and those here fol-
lowing.
nst5 adj. 1. lifted up, high, lofly^
Is. 2, 12. Job 40, 11. 12 nK5-b3 nx*
!iiib"'Bffln'] look upon every high thing,
and bring it low.
2. elated, i. e. proud, haughty, Jer. 43",
29. Plur. D-^xa the proud, often with the-
accessory notion of impiety, ungodli-
ness; as elsewhere gentleness and hu-
mility include also the idea of piety, see
13?. Ps. 94, 2. 140, 6. Prov. 15, 25. 16,
19. Sept. vntqr,(pavoi; v^giaTal.
^^3 f pride, haughtiness, Prov. 8, 13^
7S^S?5 (majesty of God) Geuel "pr.n.
m. Num. 13, 15.
^^^5 f (r. ns{a) pr. elevation, exalta-
tion; hence
1. majesty, glory, as of Grod, Deut33
26. Ps. 68, 35.
2. ornament, excellency, splendour,
Job 41, 7. Deut. 33, 29.
3. pride, haughtiness ; Ps. 73, 6 "jib
nisa i?3np3S therefore pride surroundeth
them like a neck-chain, i. e. clothes their
neck, as being the seat of pride. Ps. 3J,
1.S3
170
b^^
24. Prov. U, 3. Is. 9, 8. 13. 3. 11. 16. 6.
25, 11. Trop. of the sea, Ps. 46, 4 the
mountains tremble through its pride, i. e.
its proud swelling or heaving.
D^'b^Na m. plur. (r. bS5, after the form
D'^pnttJs, ca'ip,) redemptions, redemp-
tion ; Is. 63, 4 'b^isa r:tij the year of viy
redemption, i. e. in which I Avill redeem
my people. So Sept. Vulg. Syr. Usu-
ally : the year of my redeemed.
1*1X5 m. (r. nxr.) constr. "|'ix5, once
plur. n"^3isa Ez. 16, 56; pr. elevation,
exaltation; hence
1. majesty, grandeur, e. g. of God. Ex.
15, 7. Is. 2, 10. 19. 21. 24. 14 ^bsix ^1 -pxsa
they shout for the majesty of Jehovah.
Job 37, 4 iJiJta '?!? the voice of his ma-
jesty, i. e. thunder. 40, 10 "pSJ NJ'n'ns
Fisil deck thyself nov: with majesty and
grandeur. Mic. 5, 3.
2. ornament, excellence, splendour. Is.
4, 2. 60, 15 I will make thee obis '(iita a
perpetual excellency, glory . 13,19 r^xsri
B'^'niS ""isa the glorious oi^ament of the
Chaldeans, i. e. the city of Babylon.
14, 11. Ps.47,5 -p?;;? ')"iM5 the excellency,
ornament, of Jacob, q. d. the pride of Ja-
cob, the Holy Land ; also of Grod, Am. 8,
7- 'r}i1'^ ''^^?' ^^^ excellency, pride, of
Jordan, poet, for its green and shady
banks, clothed with willows, tamarisks,
and cane, in which lions make their cov-
ert, Jer. 12, 5. 49, 19. 50, 44. Zech. 11, 3.
Comp. Jerome on Zech. 1. c. Relandi
Palaestina p. 274.
3. i. q. >"'^N no. 3, pride, haughtiness ;
Prov. 16, 1 8 pride goeth before a fall.
D'ps'2 "i'isa the haughtiness of Jacob Am.
6, 8." Nah. 2, 3. Job 35, 12. Is. 13, 11.
16, 6. Hos. 5, 5. Ascribed also to waves.
Job 38, 11; see in njsa no. 3. Comp.
niX5 no. 4.
n^S3 f. (r. nsa) Teere impure.
1. a lifting up, any thing high. Is.
9, 17 ItiJs r^ixa a column of smoke.
2. majesty of God. Ps. 3, 1.
o. ornament, excellency, splendour, Is.
28, 1. 3. Concr. Is. 12, 5.
4. haught.ines8,pride, Ps. 17, 10. Trop.
of the sea, Ps. 89, 10 ; comp. in njs<a no. 3.
'ji"'K5 adj. (r. ns<a) proud, haughty,
Pi. 123, 4 Cheth. In Keri D^ar ''xa the
proud oppressors.
ni''5 valUys, 8ee8t^4.
* I. ^)^ fut. bxa-i 1. to redeem, to
ransom, e. g. a field or larm sold, by
paying back the price. Lev. 25, 25. Ruth
4, 4. 6 ; any thing consecrated to God,
Lev. 27, 13. 15. 19. 20. 31 ; a slave Lev.
25, 48. 49. Part, bxa redeemer, one who
redeems a field, Lev. 25, 26. Trop. and
very often spoken of God as redeem-
ing and delivering men and espec,
Israel, e. g. from the bondage of Egypt
Ex. 6. 6; fi-om the Babylonian exile Is.
43, 1. 44, 22. 48, 20. 49, 7. al. Constr. with
10 Ps. 72. 14 ; -i^B Ps. 106. 10. Part. pass.
C-^bxa, njn'^ '^sa, the redeemed of Jeho-
xah'.U. 35, 9. 5l' 10. Part. act. Job 19, 25
Ti "bxa ^P}^"]"' "^JS I know that myredeem-
erliveth.i.e. God himself who will deliver
me from these calamities. Job 3, 5 in
curses upon his natal day : Tyi^p inb^iTj
rrc\m''- let darkness and death-shade re-
deem it for themselves, i. e. recover it,
again take possession of it.
2. With C^ , to redeem blood, i. e. to
avenge bloodshed, to demand or inflict
punishment lor blood ; found only in Part.
cnn bxa the avenger of blood. Num. 35,
19 sq. Deut. 19, 6. 12. Josh. 20, 3. 2 Sam.
14, 11 ; without C^n id. Num. 3-5, 12.
3. As the right of redemption (no. 1)
and the duty of blood-revenge (no. 2) be-
longed to the nearest relative, hence bs3
denotes a blood relative, kinsman. Num.
5,8. Lev. 25, 25. Ruth 3, 12. With the
art. bsan the Gael, the next of kin, near-'
est kinsman, Ruth 4, 1. 6. 8; comp. 3, 9.
12. The one next after him is called
bxa^ Ruth 2, 20, comp. 4, 4. Plur. tr\^i
blood-relatives, kinsmen, 1 K. 16, 11.
So to Heb. 1X13 i. e. Hood-relative, cor-
s . -:
responds Arab. -sU) avenger o^ blood,
and ^^I a friend, kinsman, also a pro-
tector, avenger.
4. Since also by the Mosaic law,
when a man died without children, it
was the duty of the next of kin to marry
his widow and niise up children in his
name, (see cn^, 03"^,) the verb bita was
also transferred to denote this riglit and
duty of relationship, and is then denom.
from bxa . E. g. Ruth 3, 13, where Boaz
says: ybn'^ 6<b-DK"i bxr 2ia r,b3'i-D!
''Da^ T^'^nbsa^ "^^J55^ if he vnll perform
b3
171
unto thee the kinamari's part (i. e. m firry
thee), well ; let him do the klnsmati's
part; but if fie will not, . . . then I will
do the kinsinarCa part to thee, i. e. will
marry thee. Comp.,Tob. 3, 17.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, to he redeemed,
ransomed, e. g. a field or farm Lev. 25,
30 ; things consecrated Lev. 27, 20. 27.
28. 33 ; a slave Lev. 25, 54. Reflex, to
redeem oneself hcv. 25, 49.
Deriv. nisj , n"b^xj , and pr. n. ixa*' .
11. 5S3j a verb of the later He-
brew, in Kal not used, to be defiled, pol-
luted, unclean, i. q. Chald. bsi , bsa ,
Ithpe. bsanx to be polluted.
PiEL bxa to defile, to pollute, Mai. 1,7.
PuAL 1. to be poUated. Part. bxJia
polluted, unclean, of food Mai. 1, 7. 12.
2. to be pronounced unclean, i. e. to
be removed as polluted from the priest-
hood. Ezra 2, 02. Neh. 7, 64. Comp. Syr.
V.--J to cast away, to reject, and ^55
Hiph.
NtpH. bxss Zeph. 3, 1, and bx55 Is. 59,
3. Lam. 4. 14, to be defied, polluted.
The latter form is similar to the Arabic
^ fei-
passive Conj. VII JuJuf.
Hiph. to soil, to stain, as a garment
with blood, Is. 63, 3. The form "TibsSit
for 'Fibxsri is by Syriasm.
HiTHPA. to defle oneself e. g. with
unclean food, Dan. 1, 8. Hence
^i53 plur. constr. "'bxa , deflement,
pollution, Neh. 13, 29.
T '^^ f- (r- bxa I ) 1. redemption, re-
purchase of a field or farm, Lev. 25. 24.
Ruth 4. 7. Hence a) i. q. ri^ht of re-
demption. fiiUy nVxsn bettt: Jer. 32, 7,
comp. V. 8 and see nni^a . Lev. 25. 29.
31. 48. cbis rixa perpetual right of
redemption, in perpetuity, Lev. 25, 32.
b) With gen. of pers. a field to be re-
deemed by any one as next of kin, Ruth
4, 6. c) price, of redemption, Lev. 25,
26. 51. 52.
2. relationship, kindred. Ez. 11, 15
^nbxa ""dDX thy relatives, thy kindred.
Seer.'bsaL 3.
33 m. (r. saa no. 1) c. aufl". *a . plur.
B'^Sa and rrsa , see no. 5. 6 ; pr. some-
thing gibbous, convex, arched; hence
1. the hcuk, e. g. of animals Ez 10,
12 ; also of men, Ps. 129, 3 %^^n 'aa b?
D''tt5in the ploughers plouglied upon my
back, i. e. they made deep furrows on
ray back with their blows.
2. the boss of a shield or buckler, i. e.
the exterior convex part; comp. Arab.
o ^
^f^ shield, and Fr. bouclier from bou-
cle. So in the proverbial expression. Job
15, 26 i-inia ""a? 'ara . . . "fbii yn^ fie
runneth upon him . . . with tlie thick
bosses of his bticklers, a metaphor drawn
from soldiers who join their shields to-
gether and so rush upon the enemy.
Comp. Schult. ad 1, c. Har. Cons. 23, p.
231. 40, p. 454, ed. de Sacy. Hence
3. a brdwark, intrenchment, strong-
hold. Job 13. 12 nD-^aa ".Tsn ""aa buhcarks
of clay are your bulwarks ; here spoken
of weak and futile arguments behind
which his opponents intrench them-
selves ; comp. Is. 41, 21. So Arab, i? ^^
back, also for bulwark.
4. a vault, fornix, spec, of a brothel,
arched cell, in which harlots prostituted
themselves, Ez. 16, 24. 31, 39. Sept.
oi'xrjfia jro^i'txor, Ttogviiov. So Lat. for-
nix Juven. 3. 156.
5. the rim of a wheel, the circum-
ference, felloes. Plur. n-^aa l K. 7, 33 ;
niaa Ez. 1, 18.
6. an eye-brow. q. d. arch of the eye,
Plur. n>!2a Lev. 14, 9. Arab. &x=k the
bone which the eye-brow covers.
7. the back, i. e. upper part, top of an
altar, Ez. 43, 13. Sept. to v*i)oq xoii &v-
aiaviriijiov. So Gr. vaixog for the surface
of the sea, of the land. etc. The same
is naTan aa Ex. 30. 3. 37, 26; so that
one might doubt whether it ought not to
be so read in Ez. 1. c.
S5 Chald. i. q. Heb. the back; plur.
for sing, like Gr. ju vuiu, Dan. 7, 6
Cheth. it had four wings R'^aa by upon
its back ; Keri "33 . ^epi. indvo) avTijg,
Theod. vnf^uro) uiiij;, Vulg. super se.
-3 plur. n'^aa 2 K. 25, 12 Cheth. see
r. ana no. 3.
1. !13 m. (r. a"a) 1. a board, from
the idea of cutting; plur. a-'aa 1 K. 6, 9.
2. a well, cistern ; plur. S'^aa Jer. 14,
3. 2 K. 3, 16.
172
nnji
II. ^ (for fiaa , r. i^^S) a locust, plur.
tJ'^Sa Is. 33, 4. Sept. ax^idsg.
33 G-'o&, pr. n. see sia.
35 Chald. (r. naa no. 2) emph. N25 , a
pit, den, in which lions were kept, Dan. 6,
8 eq. In Targg. for Heb. "lia. Syr.
}^a^, llitfo^, Arab, v.^^^? ^^h. l-fl,
id.
^75 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. U.^ final
"Waw and Ye, to gather together, to col-
lect, e. g. waters into a reservoir, tribute ;
lXs IV. to gather together, to collect.
Hence
^3^ m. 1. a reservoir, cistern, Is.
30, U. Vulg. fovea.
2. a rharsh, pool, Ez. 47, 11.
^-r ^ verb of twofold signification,
one its own, the other derived.
1. Pr. to he curved, hollow, or also to
be gibbous, convex^ in the manner of an
arch, vault ; hence aa q. v. something
gibbous, the back, etc. The same pri-
mary idea lies also in the kindred roots,
as "lia . nia , w^hence 1? , ia ; CjBa whence
')? ; ?)!ia whence nsia ; also in tiS3
"where see more, and ME3 ; 22p3, i^Ls,
and even Cli^H. Corresponding are also
Lat. gibbus, Engl, gibbous, Germ. Gie-
bel, Gipfel. Comp. also the roots ^T2^,
.naa , ',aa , yaa .
2. The other signif. is borrowed from
c ^
aw J aa^, to cut in, to dig; Arab. v_>:^
"to cut, to cut or hew out ; comp. Vw>L&-
mid. Waw and Ye id. Conj. VIII, to dig
a well. Hence Chald. aa a well or pit.
*, ^^ f^^
'7' obsol. root, i. q Arab. Lk^ to
<Come forth out of the ground, to creep
forth, as a serpent from his hole ; whence
i" * I -
V^L^ for jtfJv^ a locust, so called as
issuing from the earth when hatched;
comp. Eth. A^fl'n, the great locust,
from -iajJ) to emerge from the ^yater.
Comp. Piin. H. N. 11. 29 or 35. Borhurt
Hieroz. II. p. 443. Hence aa II, aia I.
* "^?5 inf. rr'aa , once nna^ Zeph.
3, 11; flit. RSi", 3 plur. fcm. irregular
nj-^naari Ez. 16, 50.
1. to be high, lofty, tall; comp. in a^S
no. 1. E. g. a tree Ez. 19, 11 ; the
heavens Ps. 103, 11 ; a man . Sam.
10, 23.
2. to be elevated, exalted, to a higher
degree of dignity, and glory, Is. 52, 13.
Job 36, 7.
3. "iab naa one's heart lifts itself up, is
lifted up, elated : a) In a good sense,
i. q. to take courage, 2 Chr. 17, 6 ?i3a*5
nin"^ ''?"i']a ia^ and his heart was en-
couraged in the ways of Jehovah, b) In
a bad sense, to be lifted up in pride, to be
proud, haughty, Ps. 131, 1. Prov. 18, 12.
2 Chr. 26, 16. Hence
4. Of a person himself to be proud,
haughty, Is. 3, 16. Jer. 13, 15.
HiPH. (^"^aart to make high, to exalt,
Ez. 17, 24. 2i, 31 [26]. Prov. 17, 19
inrs M'^aa^ who maketh his gate high,
Jer. 49, 16 Tjsp irra tt'^aan-^a though
thou makest thy nest high like the eagle,
i. e. buildest thy castles upon the highest
cliffs ; comp. Obad. 4, where Tjlp? is omit-
ted. Adverbially with an infin. Ps. 113, 5
nauib iniaarn pr. who maketh high to
dwell, i. e. who dwelleth on high. Job
5, 7 tflS liT^aa^ tJiey fly on high, soar
aloft ; so with 'r|W impl. Job 39, 27 [30].
Also followed by a finite verb, Is. 7, 11.
Deriv. the four following, and pr. n.
nnsr.
135 i. q. naa adj. high, lofty, proud,
only in constr. D"'?"'? waa Ps. 101, 5 ; waa
ab Prov. 16, 5 ; nil naa Ecc. 7, 8.
rlh^ adj. once -ifiSI Ps. 138, 6 ; constr.
tnbs 1 Sam. 16, 7, comp. Piaa ; f. nnaa .
1. high, lofty, tall, e. g. a tree Ez. 17,
24 ; a tower Is. 2, 15 ; a mountain Gen.
7, 19. Is. 57, 7 ; a man 1 Sam. 9, 2.
Trop. powerful Ecc. 5, 7. Subst. height,
talliicss, 1 Sam. 16, 7.
2. proud, haughty. Is. 5, 15. 1 Sam. 2, 3.
^33 m. c. sufT. inaa 1. height, alti-
tude, as of trees, buildings, etc. Ez. 1, 18.
40, 42. 1 Sam. 17. 4. Am. 2, 9. Job 22, 12
ci:^; nra n-isx-xVn is not God in the
height of heaven? i. e. in tlie lofty hea-
vens. Plur. conf-tr. Job 11, 8 C^r^fl %nan
b?Bn-n^ as the heights ofhearm are the
mysteries of divine wisdom, what canst
thou do 7
2. nwjrsly, grandeur, Job 40, 10.
3. pride, haughtiness, Jer. 48, 29 ; more
S3
173
isa
fully 2^ R2J 2Chr.26,16; nin nsa Prov.
16, 18 ; qx naa Pa. 10, 4. Tliis latter
expression is also very frequent in Ara-
bic, see Thesaur. p. 257.
ITinsa f. (r. naa) pride, haughtiness,
Is. 2, li. 17.
^133 m. (r. baa) c. suff. '^1=3, '^35,
plur. cs^a ,
1. a hound, limit, border, as of a field,
district, country ; pr. a cord or litie by
which a limit is measured out ; see r.
iaa no. 1. Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Prov.
22,' 23. Judg. 11, 18. c; bnaa western
border Num. 34, 3. 6. Spoken of the
bounds of the sea, Ps. 104,9. The idiom
b^aJS Num. 34, 6 etc. see in i copul. no.
1. f!
2. The space included within certain
borders, territory, country, district, like
Engl, bounds, limits. Gen. 10, 19 biaa
*'5?;sn the bounds, territory, of the Ca-
naanites. C^-iSia ^siaa-bs the wlwle.
bounds, land, of' Egypt Kx. 10, 14. 19.
bxnr^ biaa-ba i Sam. 11, 3. 7 ; 'aa l>^aa
j-ias Num. '21,'24. al. Plur. boimds, ter-
ritories, Jer. 15, 13. Is. 60, 18. 2 K. 15, 16.
Ez. 27, 4 thy borders, territories, are in
the midst of the sea, spoken of Tyre.
3. a margin, edge, e. g. of an altar,
Ez. 43, 13. 17.
T^"^? f (r. bas) a border, margin. Is.
28, 25 inbaa n^sai and spelt in the bor-
der of it, sc. oi the field. Plur. nibwa ,
mbaa , borders, bounds, as of a field, Job
24, 2 ; of regions, countries. Num. 34, 2.
12 ; of nations, Deut. 32, 8.
niaa, nina. adj. (r. naa) i. strong,
mighty, valiant ; spoken of a hunter. Gen.
10, 9 ; mostly of an impetuous warrior,
champion, hero, 2 Sam. 17, 10. Ps. 33,
16. 45. 4. "liaa ~r.^. a mighty king, im-
petuous, i. e. Alexander the Great, Dan.
11, 3. i-iaa bx the mighty hero Is. 9, 5.
10, 21. comp. Ez. 32, 11. Gen. 6, 4 nizr}
CTi-n "^rrx cbira laix c-''^,aar! these were
the mighty m^n^ heroes, who of old were
men of renown. Prov. 30, 30 the lion is
mighty among the beasts. Also genr. a
icarrior, Jer. 51, 30. Ps. 120, 4. 127, 4;
b'n iiaa a mighty man ofralour, valiant
warrior. Judg. 6, 12. 11, 1. 1 Sam. 9, 1 ;
plur. cj-^b^n "^niai l Chr. 7. 5. 11. 40. So
of God, Ps. 24, 8 nini -liaa-i n?s nin-^
15* ' '
rrcnbia "lias Jehovah strong and mighiy,
Jehorah mighty in battle. Deut. 10, 17.
Jer. 32, 18. Neh. 9, 32. Ironically, Is. 5,
22 "rp-zb b'^n-^rax ,"2 r';n-:jb oinraa rn
~i;iii wo unto those mighty to drink vyine,
the valiant to mingle strong drink ; see
Comment, on Is. 28, 1. Trop. spoken
also of ability, activity, in the transac-
tion of business, etc. b^^n liaa strong
in ability, i. e. active, capable, enter-
prising, 1 K. 11, 28. Neh. 11. 14;
also of wealth, h^n "liaa mighty in
wealth, of great substance, Ruth 2, 1.
1 Sam. 9, 1. 2 K. 15, 20 ; oC power, Gen.
10, 8. Hence
2. Like Engl, warrior, put for a leader
in war, war-chief Is. 3, 2 d"'t<'i "iiaa
Pionbia the war-chief and the soldier ;
comp. Ez. 39. 20. The same is prob. to be
understood of those who are called "'"^aa
i^.n 2 Sam. 23. 8. 1 K. 1, 8. ] Chr. 11,26.
29, 24. Genr. of any chief, prefect ; 1
Chr. 9, 26 n"i-,>ii-n iniaa the chiefs of the
porters.
3. In a bad sense, violent, an oppress-
Q, a ^
or, tyrant, Ps. 52, 3. So Arab. Lv^..
4. Poet, a man. i. q. ">aa . 2 Sam. 22,
26. In the parall. Ps. IS, 26 is "laa .
nnnna f. ( r. -laa ) l. strength. Ecc.
9, 16 ri"iaaT3 'T'J^n naia wisdom is bet-
ter than strength. 10, 17 O happy land !
whose princes eat in due season
"in'i'a xbl iiniaaa for strength and not
for drunkenness, i. e. in order to strength-
en the body. Plur. Ps. 90, 10 our years
are seventy years ii^^ WitV nii^aaa cxn
a7id if by reason of strength they be eighty
years, etc. Job 41, 4 [12].
2. Spec, valour, strength, might, sc.
for war. Judg. 8, 21. Is. 36, 5 ; ascribed
also to the horse. Job 39, 19. Once trop.
of the bold and intrepid spirit of a pro-
phet, Mic. 3, 8. Sometimes as concr.
might, for mighty deeds ; 1 K. 15, 23 and
the rest of all the acts of Asa "in'i^taa'bsi
rtw? -irx-bsi and all his mighty deeds,
ami all thai' he did, etc. 16, 27. 22, 46.
Also concr. for C'^'iiaa mighty men, he-
roes. Is. 3, 25.
3. power, might, Is. 30, 15 ; espec. of
God, Ps. 21, 14. 54. 3. 66, 7. 71, 18. 89,
14. Plur. i^ini niiiaa mighty acts, won-
ders of Jehovah, Deut. 3, 24. Ps. 106 2.
Job 26, 14.
in:;
174
bi:i
4. victory, Ex. 32, 18 ; comp. the verb
in Ex. 17, 11.
nn^2il Chald. emph. Kri*^!i3a , power,
might, ofOod, Dan. 2, 20.
"^ ^~5 i- 1- "^^^ ) ^^ ^^ '" ^^^ ->' spec, of
stature and of the forehead. So Chald.
J^'ias one who is too tall ; Arab. 2U^f
one who has a high broad forehead, Lat.
fronto. aLaJj2>- forehead. Hence the two
following :
nS5 m. adj. one who has the forehead
too high., fronto. since nouns of the form
V^ap denote blemishes of the body ;
hence, bald in front, forehead-bald, Lev.
13, 41. Sept. ava(falavjoi;. 0pp. Xy^il
I. 6. bald behind.
filnSS f (r. ri25) baldness in front, a
bald forehead, Lev. 13, 42. 43. Trop.
bareness, a threadbare spot on the outer
or right side of cloth, Lev. 13, 55. 0pp.
rn'^f? baldness behind, also a threadbare
spot on the wrong side of cloth.
''S^ (i. q. Syr. ) *ri^. tax-gatherer)
djlahbai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 8.
Q"^D5 (cisterns Jer. 14, 3, or locusts Is.
33, 4) Gebim, pr. n. of a small place a short
(distance north of Jerusalem, Is. 10, 31.
JlS'^Sa f (r. -j^a no. 3) curdled milk,
cheese. Job 10, 10. Arab, ^^y^ IV to
K^urdle milk ; V, to be curdled, coagu-
lated; (J-ajsk, ^_^^-*jik, Ethiop. ^13^5
iSyr. li^a^ cheese.
?'^^5 m. ( r. 525 ) 1. a cnp, goblet,
bowl, of a large size, Gen. 44, 2 sq. So
a bawl or goblet of wine Jer. 35. 5. distin-
guished from the mOS or smaller cups
into which the wine was poured from
the larger goblet.
2. ci'p, cali.v of flowers, as an orna-
ment of the sacred candelabra, Ex. 25,
31 sq. 37, 17. 19. Comp. Arab. Sjuo calix
of flowers, and Hob. n?af? cup, calix.
*l''Da m. (r. "'Sa) a master, lord, from
the notion of might and power, Gen. 27,
29.37.
}Tl*'35 f (fem. of preced.) a mistress,
every where for a queen, e. g. the king's
consort, IK. 11,19. 2 K. 10, 13; the king's
mother! 1 K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15, 16.
TO'^^a m. (r. lasa) pr. ice, see aJ"'2r>Vx.
Trop. for crystal, which resembles ice,
and was in flict supposed to be ice, Plin.
H. N. 37. 2 ; comp. Gr. xiJixnulkog and
Eth. 'h'fM ! flZ,^ hail-stones, also crys-
tal. Once, Job 28, 18.
'' ^ 1- to twist, to wreathe, as a
cord or rope, wreathen work ; kindr. ^^n,
?S3, comp. also (>*. a rope. Hence
T>^z> , ni25?3 wreathen work ; also b^iaa
pr. a cord, line, with which boundaries
are measured, and then for a bound or
limit itself; comp. Lat. ^to'.9 mxHi funis,
Engl, line i. q. cord and boundary. Then
from the signif. boundary comes Arab.
Juls>. mountain, chain of mountains, as
the natural boundary of countries; comp.
oQOi and oQog, and Heb. bsa , bsa .
2. Denom. from ^123 , to bound, to limit,
e. g. a) As a boundary, Josh. 18, 20
inis-Visa'^ 1!!')!^!" and Jordan shall be
its boundary. b) With ace. of bound-
ary, to set, to determine ; Deut. 19, 14
thoit shall not remove thy neighbour'' s
boundary, DiyiJNl 1^23 "icx which they
of old time have established.
3. With 2 , to border upon, also denom.
from b^2a . Zech. 9, 2.
Hi PH. to set bounds around any thing.
Ex. 19, 23 "irjrj'nx i2an .set bounds
around tJie mountain, v. 12 "nx r.baani
Dsn and set bounds to the people round
about.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1.
-^ (i- q. (J-**^ Jebel, mountain, see
r. b2a no. 1.) debal, pr. n. of a Phenician
city between Tripolis and Beirut, situ-
ated on a hill, and inhabited by seamen
and builders. Ez. 27, 9 ; comp. 1 K. 5, 32
[18]. Strabo XVI. p. 755 Casaub. It
was called by the Greeks JJi'jSloc, see
Strab. Ptol. Steph. Byz. rarely li!,nog.
The Arabs still call it Jux2> Jebeil,
i. e. little mountain. Gentiie n. '^b25
Giblile, plur. cbaa 1 K. 5, 32 [18].
'25 m. (mountain, see in r. l52a no. 1,)
Gebal Ps. 83, S, i. e. Gebalene. pr. n. of
the mountainous tract inliabited by the
Edomites, extending from the Dead Sea
bns
175
yn:;
southwards to Petra, and still called by
the Arabs JLa&. Jebdl. In Judith 3, 1
Lat. Vers, and also in the writings of the
Crusaders, it is called Syria Sobal; by
Josephus, Euseb. and Steph. Byz. I'o^o-
Xixiq, rt^uXi,rrf, lulSaXa. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 552.
^33 see bwa.
\ > I
ri1533 f. (r. baa) wreaihen work, twist-
ed like cords, see the root Kal no. 1. Ex.
28, 22 and thou sluilt make upon the
breast-plate 2nT nhs nbso nbaa ni'j-itt)
iin:: wreathed chains (i. e. like cords),
braided or laced work of pure gold ;
Sept. well x^oaiToi'g avfinfnkfyfiivovg.
Ex. 39, 15. The same thing is expressed
in Ex. 23, 14, and two chains of pure gold,
r"33 nisy-g cnx nb?n ribasB wreathed
(like cords) shalt thou make them, braid-
ed work; Sept. xaTafifftiyfieva (tV uv-
&tai). Most prob. we are to understand
small chains made of gold threads or
wire twisted or braided together like
cords ; and then ray nb?T3 is added by
way of epexegesis.
j 3 not used in Heb. 1. to be gib-
bous, curved, see under aaa no. 1 ; so of
the body, see "jaa ; of a mountain, see
CJsaa ; of the eye-brow, arch of the eye,
see Syr. and Chald. NJ-'aa .
2. Trop. of the body, to shrink together
from fear, terror, Arab, ^y^ and ^\j^
to be timid, fearful ; Act. to terrify.
3. Of milk, to curdle, to coagulate ;
comp. Germ, die Milch erschrickt, i. e.
curdles. Hence H3"^aa curdled milk,
cheese.
1213 m. adj. gibbous, hunch-backed,
Lev. 21, 20. R. "jaa no. 1.
D''33na m. plur. (r. "jaa no. 1) heights,
summits, q. d. humps, hummocks of a
mountain. Ps.68, 16"|Oa~inn-'3;aa-"in O
mount of summits, mount of Bashan;
and V. 17 D-iSJaa C^nn by apposit. ye
mountains, summits, i. e. abounding
in summits. Comp. Talm. n"'3i3aa
crown of the head, summit ; Syr. ) ' ^
summit of a mountain, arch of the eye-
brow ; Arab. xJul:^ rough uneven coun-
try ; also a cemetery, so called from the
sepulchral mounds, tumuli.
^?f not found in the verb, kindr.
with the roots aaa q. v. naa , naa , etc.
and signifying to be high, like a moun-
tain, hill ; and spec, to be arched, can,'
vex, round, like a cup, the top of the
head, etc. see J-'aa , bjaa , nsasa . Comp.
S ,
Arab. ^^^ head chief^ Gr. xKfuXri, Lat.
caput, capo, all which flow from the same
primary source.
Deriv. S-'aa , nsaiia , and the six here
following.
i^?a (hill) Geba, Gaba, pr. n. of a
Levitical city in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24.
21, 17 ; situated on the northern border
of the kingdom of Judah, 2 K. 23, 8. Zech.
14, 10. More fully T^a^sa saa 1 Sam.
13, 16. 1 K. 15, 22. it was' near io
Gibeah (nraa no. 2. a), towards the
northeast, Is! 10, 29. Jo.sh. 18, 24. 28.
From these passages too it is evident
that Geba and Gibeah could not have
been the same place ; although in Judg.
20, 10. 33, 533 is inaccurately put for
nsaa ; comp. the context. [Now /t-K^-
Jeb'a; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. 11. p.
113, 114. Biblioth. Sac. 1844. p. 598 sq.
R.
i5^35 (hill) Gibea, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
2, 49.
nyna f (r. yaa) plur. nraa l. a hill,
2 Sam. 2,25. Is. 40,12. 41.15. Cant. 2, 8. al.
nbiy rraa everlasting hills, i.e. ever the
same from the creation until now. Gen.
49, 26. Job 15, 7 nbbin plyaa ':zh wast
thou brought forth before the hills? Prov.
8, 25. nin-i nsaa the hill of Jehovah, i. e.
Zion, Ez. 34, 26, comp. Is. 31,4. Many
of the hills in Palestine were distinguish-
ed by pr. names ; as nax, 3';;a, ns'an.
2. Meton. a city on a hill; comp. the
termination dunum in the early names of
cities in Germany, France, and Britain,
which in Celtic signifies a hill, as Au-
gustodunu7n, C?esa.r odunum. hugdunum,
etc. Hence as pr. n. Gibeah :
a) "i-^B^ia ryaa i Sam. 13, 2. 15, ""sa 'a
'pa-^sa 2 Sam. 23, 29, Gibeah of Benja-
min; likewise called b^X'J rraa Gibeah
of Saul 1 Sam. 11, 4; cn'sxr; nyaa
1 Sam. 10, 5, comp. 10 ; also xai i^ox^v
nyaan Gibeah, Hos. 5, 8. 9, 9. 10, 9;
nsaa l Sam. 10, 26, ryaa Josh. 18, 28 ;
525
176
^n:s
a city of Benjamin, the birthplace of
Saul, noted for the atrocious crime com-
mitted by its inhabitants Judg. 19, 12 sq.
20, 4 sq. Liiic Bethel it seems to have
been reckoned among the ancient sanc-
tuaries of Palestine, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 6. [It
lay on and around a high and sharp hill,
now called Thileil el-Fiil, about three
miles north of Jerusalem, near the great
road ; see Biblioth. Sac, 1844, p. 598 sq.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 144, 317. Jo-
seph. B. J. 5. 2. 1. R.] Gentile n. insaa
Gibeathite 1 Chr. 12, 3.
b) Ons'^S r535 Gibeahof Phinehas, in
the mountains of Ephraira, Josh. 24, 33.
c) "535 Glbeah, a place in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15, 57. Now called
Xxojfc Jeb'ah, a village southwest of
Jerusalem near the foot of the moun-
tains ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 327.
j^yna (hill-city, i. e. built on a hill,)
Gibeon, a large city of the Hivites Josh.
10. 2. 11, 19, afterwards belonging to
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25. 21, 17 ; to be dis-
tinguished from the neighbouring cities
Geba r:a , and Gibeah rwas , lying west-
ward of both, and northwest of Jerusa-
lem; now called v_>as-I el- Jib ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 135-9. In the
reigns of David and Solomon the sacred
tabernacle was stationed here, 1 K. 3, 4.
5. 9, 2. Gentile n. ''sraa Gibeonite, 2
Sam. 21; 1 sq.
bysa quadril. m. the calix or corolla
of flowers, i. q. 5"Ca cali.v with \> added,
which sometimes seems to have the force
of a diminutive, comp. ^'2"'?) ^P.'j from
a-^n . Once spoken of flax. Ex. 9, 31 for
the barley was in the ear ^535 nnttiBHl
and thejlaa: in the calix, i. e. in flower.
It is used also in the Mishna for the calix
or corolla in the flowers of hyssop or ori-
ganum, which exhibits almost the ap-
pearance of cars of grain, e. g. Para 11.
7,9. ib. 12. 2.3; where the more learn-
ed Rabbins have long ago explained it
correctly. See more in Thesaur. p. 261.
fiyaa see in nsaa no. 2. a.
* n5 nnd "^r^S 2 Sam. 1, 23, fut. IM'^ ,
to he or Income strong, misrhty. to prevail,
The primary idea is that of binding^
Jdndr, with ^ja ; like Arab. "lli. I. VII,
VIII to bind up something broken, to
make firm and solid, which is also re-
ferred to strength and power, as in Conj,
V, to be strong, strengthened, confirmed ;
Syr. t-=iv'<^l i-'S^i^'^l to show oneself
strong. Ethiop. ^'fl^r to labour, to do,
which seems derived from the idea of
force and strength. Kindred is also "133,
-A^ Absol. of an enemy Ex. 17, 11 ;
of waters rising and increasing. Gen. 7,
18. 19. 20. 24 ; of wealth Job 21, 7. With
'"0 to be stronger than anyone, 2 Sam. 1,
23 ; also with bs , Gen. 49, 26.
Pi EL to make strong, to strengthen,
Zech. 10, 6. 12. Ecc. 10, 10 nasi cb^n
he puts to more strength.
Hi PH. 1. to make strong, to confirm.
Dan. 9, 27 f^anb r'^'^a n-^arin he shall
make a firm covenant with many.
2. Intrans. to prevail, pr. to exercise
strength, comp. synon. y'^cxfi , p*''tnn)
and Lat. rohurfacere Hirt. Bell.Afr. 85.
Ital./ar /orze. Ps. 12. 5 ">'^a53 IJSttJbb
with our tongue will we prevail. Comp.
Is. 28, 15.
HiTHPA. 1. to show oneself strong, to
prevail, with h'J Is. 42, 13.
2. to conduct oneself proudly, insolently,
i'^Ql'Qtiv, Job 36, 9 ; with bx against any
one. Job 15, 25. Arab. V, to be proud,
0, s^
contumacious, \\j^ proud, contuma-
cious.
Deriv. "n'aa , JTiiiaa , *;-'aa , tT;"^2iJ , and
those here following.
"^51 m. plur, C'^'^sa 1. a man, so
called from his strength, i. q. tU"^X ; foxmd
only in poetry except a few examples,
Deut. 22. 5. 1 Chr. 24, 4. 26, 12, comp.
D"'na5b ; but the usual word in Aramaean,
-\aa , -^s-^, fj-a^. Ps. 34, 9 -laan "ncyt.
iaTion^. happy the man who tnisteth in
him. 52J 9. 94, 12. al. n^naab . D'^nasb ,
man by man. Josh. 7, 14. 17. 1 Chr. 23^ 3.
Spec, a) 0pp. to woman, a man. male,
Deut. 22. 5. Jer. 30,6. 31. 22 ; and so even
of a man-child ']Ufit born. Job 3. 3 the night
wlien it was said laa nnn a man-child is
conceived. Comp. "ix 1. a. b) 0pp.
to a wife, a husband, Prov. 6, 34. c)
Somelimefi put for manly vigour, might.
Is. 22, 17 behold Jehovah ivill cast thee
oui *i3J Hbijba wiUi a manly cast, L e.
nns
177
tt
mij?hty, violent. Job 38, 3. 40,7. Ps.88,5.
Coinp. tJ'X 1. d. (1) a man, mortal,
opp. to God, comp. Ci-'X 1. e. Job 4, 17.
10, 5. 14, 10. 14. e) a soldier, warrior,
comp. d-^X 1. 1. Judg. 5, 30; coinp. Jer.
41, 16 n^nbfl ^tiSrx cnaj .
2. i. q. ttJ^X no. 4. each, every one. Joel
2, 8 ytdhi2 "irbpTsa "laa they shall go every
one in his path. Lam. 3, 39 in the sec-
ond hemistich.
3. Geber, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 19, comp. 13.
"133 i. q, 133 , a man, a form imitating
the Chaldee, Ps. 18, 26. In the parallel
passage 2 Sara. 22, 26 is niaa .
^33 Chald. id. a man, Dan. 2, 25. 5,
1 1 . Plur. "pias , K'laa (as if from x-iaa),
men^ Dan. 3, 8 sq. 6, 6 sq.
"133 Chald. m. i. q. liaa , plur. constr.
1 . a mighty man, hero, warrior, Dan.
3,20.
2. Gihhar, jjr. n. of a place, Ezra 2,
20 ; apparently for ")i52a , comp. Neh.
7, 25.
na see liaa .
'S?''"'35 (man of God) Gabriel, one of
the archangels, Dan. 8, 16. 9, 21. Comp.
Luke 1, 19.
mna f (for nn-^ra from masc. Ii2a)
c. sufT. Ti'iaa , a mistress, opp. to a
maid-servant,' Gen. 16, 4. 8. 9. 2 K. 5, 3.
Prov. 30, 23. Pis'^^ia n-iaa mistress of
kingdoms Is. 47, 5. 7.
""^ not found in the verb, i. q.
Arab, (j*-*^ and yf%. ^o freeze, to
congeal; whence d'^aabx and llJ'^sa.
But Chald. C33 is <o collect, to gather ;
hence pr. n. tli^sj'a .
jinaa (a height, hill, r. 335 , comp.
Chald. xraa) Gibbethon. pr. n. of a city
of the Philistines in the territory of
Dan, Josh. 19, 44. 21, 23. 1 K. 15, 27.
It is called by Eusebius ra^a&uiv rdjv
*Ai.lo(pvX(ar, by Josephus ra^a&w.
*^ m. constr. SJ , c. snff. "inj , with He
parag. naa Josh. 2, 6, plur. riai.
1. a roof the flat roof of an oriental
house, Josh. 2, 6. 8. 1 Sam. 9, 25. 26.
Prov. 21. 9. al. Spoken of the roof of
a tower Judg. 9, 51 ; of a temple Judg.
16, 27.
2. the top, upper part of an altar, Ex.
30, 3. 37, 26.
Note, The suggestion of Bedslob is
not improbable, that 36 may be for >3>,
aja, and this from *)a33 ; as nti'no from
nnisn^ ; 1^3, (Jji^ from 13-13 ; loXyo-
yo&u Arab. H-^j^*;^ from nbjba , It
can also be for na , na , from tlie root
a ^ S
^1^ , whence ^"^ a plain, level 8ui>
face ; comp. Ala roof^ from a^Im,! to
expand. ^ ^
ia m. (r. Tia) 1. coriander, the seed,
so called from the little furrows or stripes
on the grains, see r. iia no. 1. Ex. 16,
31. Num. 11, 7. Sept. Vulg. xoqiov, xoqI-
avov, coriandrum ; and so the other ori-
ental interpreters, except the Chald. and
Samar. This is also supported by the
Carthaginian usage ; comp. Dioscorid.
3. 64 Alyvntioi oxiov, Idtf^oi (i. e. the
Carthaginians) yolS.
2. i. q. ^a no. 1, fortune, with the art.
spec, the god Fortune, Gad, worshipped
by the Babylonians and the Jewish ex-
iles. Is. 65, 11. He is elsewhere called
also Baal, Bel, b?2, ^3, i. e. the planet
Jupiter, Stella Jovis, which was regard-
ed throughout the east as the genius
and giver of good fortune, and is hence
called by the Arabs ^^.y ^t ()<XMjj\bona
fortuna m,ajor ; see more in art. ba . In
the other hemistich in Is. 1. c. is also
mentioned ^313 , prob. the planet Venus,
which is called in the east bona fortuna
minor, see in "^373 . See more fully on
these superstitions in Comment, on Is.
II. p. 283 sq. 335 sq. Sept. well Tvxn>
Vulg. Fortuna. Comp. ia bya p. 147.
*^a m. 1. fortune, i. q. "13 no. 2, comp.
r. ^I'la no. 3. Arab. Jk^ and Syr. 1,-^
id. jL:>. to be fortunate, to be rich,
jLjJea^ fortunate. Gen. 30, 11 Cheth.
'laa. Sept. (V ri'xj], in fortune, fortunate-
ly. Vulg. feliciter sc. hoc mihi accidit.
Keri 13 xa fortune cometh.
2. Gad. pr. n. a) A son of Jacob,
the name being prob. derived from good
fortune, Gen. 30, 11 ; although another
mr;
178
Tfll
signification is alluded to in Gen. 49, 19.
He was the head of the tribe of like name,
whose territory lay in the mountains of
Gilead, Deut. 3, 12. 16, between that of
Manasseh and Reuben, Josh. 13. 24-28 ;
comp. Num. 32, 34. 35. 36. Ez. 48, 27.
28. lari ^n: the torrent ofGad^ i. e. the
Jabbok, not the Arnon, 2 Sam. 24, 5.
Gentile n. is "^"ra Gadite, (diff. from '''na ,)
mostly collect. *^l5fi the Gadites Deut.
3, 12. Josh. 22, 1. ' b) A prophe twho
lived in the time of David, 1 Sam. 22, 5.
2 Sam. 24, 11 sq.
'Jina'ia Chald. see below in "i2ta .
~^7^ quadril. Ethiop. guadguada
to beat, pulsare ; to thunder. Hence
'15'15 (perh. thunder) G'idg-ad, whence
15'ian "in Hor-hagidgad Num. 33, 32,
pr. n. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert, i. q. fTiana Gudgodah Deut. 10, 7.
ma^ra see in na-ia ,
*J^ fut. *ia^ 1. to cut or hew, to cut
in, to make incisions, see Hithpo. Arab.
iX;> to prune a vine, to cut cloth from
the loom ; comp. Chald. *Tia . Kindred
roots are JTia , ""la . This primary sig-
nification of cutting, hewing, is possessed
by the syllable "11 in common with the
Bibilated U, see TTa ; from which indeed
it has arisen by dropping the sibilation;
and both of them are only softened forms
from the harder syllables "J^p , f p , DD .
yn, tn, and dropping the sibilation cp,
*Tp, tsn, *in, to all which belong the
same idea of cutting ; see the roots Tta,
yrp^, y^n, l-n;?, Tin. in the Indo-
European languages, comp. Lat. ccedo,
tcindo, Gr. o-^f/ ^w for a/idb), Pers. ^^ Ju,^.
to cut, to cleave, ^t^y^ i. q. Engl, to
cut. Hence
2. to penetrate, i. e. to break in upon
any one, to press or crowd upon, i. q.
n?ta ; c. ir, Ps. 94, 21. Hence "ilia and
Hithpo. no. 2.
3. From the notion of rutting ofif, de-
ciding, comes also the Bignlf.ol'lot.fate,
fortune, comp. "itfi no. 2 ; wlience Heb.
ifl , na , fortune.
Hithpo. 1. to cut oneself, to make
incisions in the skin or flesh ; e. g. in
mourning Jer. IG, 6. 41, 5. 47, 5; or as
a part of idol worship, Deut. 14, 1. 1 K,
18, 28.
2. Reflex, of Kal no. 2, to press or
crowd themselves together, sc. great num-
bers into one place, Jer. 5, 7. Mic. 4, 14.
Deriv. la, ia, i^na, and pr. n. ^"^J,
iix'i'na, WSTS.
'TIS Chald. to cut or hew, to cut down,
e. g. a tree, Imper. 1'na Dan. 4, 11. 20.
Comp. Heb. 'J'la no. 1.
JT^a see rrna nsn.
'^'^ obsol. root, prob. to cut, to cut
off, and hence to pluck, to crop, to tear
off; comp. kindr. Tia. Hence "'"la a
kid, so called from cropping ; also
T7? or ST^^ f. plur. constr. Mia,
hanks of a river, Josh. 3, 15. 4, 18. Is. 8,7;
so called as cut and torn away by the
stream, comp. r. tTia . Comp. ^j'^a , also
?iin, xiL^, shore, from C;sn to rub or
wash away; jQj;^ bank, from ivJ^
s f -
to cut away, whence also *J-^ a kid ;
comp. Gr. tixx^, tt^'jj, from uytifii; ^r,-
yixiv, ^nxla, from ^t'yvviii. Chald. K^^ia
a wall, stone wall ; also bank, shore, q. d.
wall of the sea. Arab. jLa- shore, coast,
also from the notion of cutting.
^^1? m. plur. 51'iina and ninna .
1. an incision, cutting, from r. i^a no.
1 ; e. g. in the skin Jer. 48, 37; in the
soil, a furrow, Ps. 65, 11,
2. a troop, band of warriors, (pr. a
cutting in.) so called from the figure as
intended to cut or break in upon the
enemy, like Lat. acies ; used mostly of
light-armed troops engaged in plunder-
ing and predatory incursions. Gen. 49,
19in.''a'J "iina ia Gad, troops shall press
tipon him. i. e. bands of wandering Arabs
from the neighbouring desert. 2 K. 5, 2
fi-^'ina !iss; c-ix the Syi-ians had made
an excursion in bands. 1 Sam. 30. 8. 15.
23. 2 Sam. 3, 22. n^nsn 'sa the sons of
the troop, i. e. soldiers. 2 Chr. 25, 13 ; poet.
ins ra Mic. 4. 14. Of a band of robbers
Hos. 7, 1. 1 K. 11, 24. nin-i "^"isna th^
bands of Jehovah, his armies of angels,
Job 25, 3 ; also hosts of calamities in-
flicted by him. Job 19, 12. Syr. f?l a
troop, band of soldiers.
rra
179
)m
bina m. adj. (r. b'ls) rarely defect.
bl3 Gen. 1. U) ; coiistr. bina , bia , thrice
in kcri "bna Ps. 145, 8. Na'h. 1,'3. Prov.
19, 19 ; fern, nbina , nbHa .
1. great, in magnitude and extent,
iiisn c*n Num. 34, 6 ; Viian cnxn
D'^pjra a large (tall) ma/i among the
Anakim Josh. 14, 15 ; in number and
multitude, as bna '"ia Gen. 12, 2 ; in
intensity, as joy Neh. 8, 12, mourning
Gen. 50, 10 ; in weight, importance.
Gen. 39, 9. Joel 2, 11. Also Gen. 29, 7
bili DiTi ^i^ it is yet great (high) day,
i. e. much of the day yet remains ; comp.
French gi-aml jour, Germ, hoch am
Tage. Sept. til itTTivrifiifianoXki'j. Subst.
tjyiiT bni the greatness of thine arm Ex.
15, 16. Plur. ribna great things, mighty
deeds, espec. of God. Job 5, 9. 9, 10. 37,
5. Spec, a) Of greater age, 7JoiM ?a-
jor. elder, eldest ; Gen. 10, 21 PE7. Ttx
^y^^T^ the elder brother of Japhet. 27, 1
bHan i:a his eldest son. v. 15. 42. b)
great in power, dignity, rank, wealth,
powcrfd, high, noble. Ex. 11, 3. 2 K. 5, 1.
Job 1, 3. binan "inzn the high priest
Hag. 1, 1. 12. 14. Plur. cbha the great,
i. e. men of rank and power, Prov. 18,
16 ; 1-^sn "bha 2 K. 10, 6. 11.
2. haughty, proud, insolent, comp. bia
Hiph. Hithpa. no. 2. Ps. 12, 4 "ittJb
rib"ia ri'^a'iTa <A^ tongue speaking proud
things, i. e. insolent, impious. Comp.
Dan. 7, 8. 11. 20. 11. 36. Rev. 13, 5;
also Gr. fiiya tlnilv Od. 16. 243. ib. 22.
288.
nb^ia or n^^Til , see nibna .
51^'ia only in Plur. o-'E^'na Is. 43, 28.
Zeph. 2, 8, and niswa Is. 51, 7, reproach-
es, revilings. R. cina .
nt^na f id. Ez. 5, 15.
'''7^ 1. a Gadite, patronyra. from ^a ;
Bee ia no. 2. a.
2. bac/t, pr. n. m. 2 K. 15, 14.
*'?5 (fortunate, from na, la) Gaddi,
pr. n. m. Num. 13, 11.
''71 m. (r. nna) a /nd, so called from
its cropping the herbage, see the root.
Arab. (^J^ id. SJ^Xs^ a she-kid.
Gen. 38, 23. Ex. 23, 19. Deut. 14, 21 ;
more fully C^J 'na a kid of the goats
Gen. 38, 17. 20. Plur. D'^'^'is 1 Sam. 10,
3 ; CTS "^y^i Gen. 27, 9. 16.'
'^^"7? (lortune of God, i. e. sent from
God) Gaddiel, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 10.
^T)^ or n^na r (r. ma) bank of a
river; Plur. ''"'ni'^'ia or I'^ni'na 1 Chr.
12, 15 Cheth. In Ken rnii^', see nn*
subst.
n^'ia f a she-kid, plur. ni*na Cant. 1,
8. Comp. "^na .
^^"ta m. only in plur. cb"**!* . pr. twiMed
threads, see r. bna no. 1. Chald. xb-'na
a thread, cord, Syr. Poj-^ plaited locke,
9
Arab. Jo Jc&- a rein or halter of braided
thongs. Hence
1. fringe, tassels, i. q. rs'^S, worn by
the Israelites on the corners of the outer
garment, Deut. 22, 12.
2. festoons, on the capitals of columns,
1 K. 7, 17.
tC'^ia m. (r. dna) 1. a lieap of
sheaves in the field, a shock or stack of
grain, Ex. 22, 5. Judg. 15, 5. Job 5, 26.
Syr. Chald. i^r\, X'^"'"?? id. Arab,
espec. among the Moors, (j*jj^,
(jwcXs*., comp. ^jA-Jk^ to heap up.
2. a tom6, tumulus, sepulchral mound,
Job 21, 32. Comp. Arab. c^Jc:*. sepul-
chre.
* 5*15 1. to twist, to twist together,
to bind together, like Arab. J Jc=>- to turn,
to twist a cord, Chald. bna , Syr. \,-,, to
twist, to twine ; hence Heb. cb^ia
twisted threads q. v. This primary
signification is in the kindred dialecta
transferred, on the one hand to wrestling,
whence J5L^ to wrestle, also Ethiop.
iJf A to wrestle, to contend ; and on the
other to strength and force, like oth,er
verbs of twisting and binding, as b^n,
ban, ^33, lia;? ; whence JjL^ strength,
might. And from this again comes the
intrans. signification alone current in
Hebrew, viz.
2. to be or become great, to grow ; once
praet. E, bna , Job 31, 18 ; fut. always
b'5?'! . (A trace of transitive power hes
bi^
180
na
in the pr. n. ii'i^'ia q. v.) Gen. 21, 8.
25, 27. 38, 14. Ex. 2, 10. 11. Job 31, 18
-iij^ '':\'?A he grew up to (with) me as
with a father, i. e. the orphan, the suff.
being here for the dative. Trop. of
wealth and power; Gen. 26, 13 bns-^s is
^6tia wnii'Z Ae became very great, i. e. very
wealthy. 24, 35. 48, 19. 41, 40 only in the
throne will I be greater than thou, i. e.
ae possessing royal dignity.
3. to be great in value, i. e. to be greatly
valued, to be highly prized, 1 Sam. 26,
24 ; comp. v. 21. Also to 6e magnijied,
i. e. praised, extolled ; Ps. 35, 27 ^"[i"
nifi^ let Jehovah be magnified. 40, 17.
70, 5. 2 Sam. 7, 26.
PiEL b-^a Josh. 4, 14. Esth. 3, 1 ; at
the end of a clause b'?i5 Is. 49, 21 ; comp.
Lehrg. 93. n. 1. Heb. Gram. 51. n. 1.
1. to make gi^eat, to cause to grow, to
let grow, i. q. to nourish, to train ; e. g.
the hair Num. 6, 5 ; so the rain nourish-
es plants, trees, i. e. causes them to grow,
Is. 44, 14. Ez. 31, 4 ; to bring up children
2 K. 10, 6. Is. 1, 2. 23, 4. Trop. to make
great, paicerful, Josh. 3, 7. Esth. 3, 1. 5,
11. 10, 2. Gen. 12, 2.
2. Trans, of Kal no. 2. to value greatly,
to prize highly. Job 7, 17 what is man
li-^'SSn "2 that thou shoiddst so greatly
prize him 1 Hence to magnify, i. e. to
praise, to extol, Ps. 69, 31 ; with ^ 34, 4.
PuAL pass, of Pi. no. 1, to be brought
tip, trained up, Part. Ps. 144, 12.
HiPH. 1. to make great, to increase,
Gen. 19, 19. Is. 9, 2. 28, 29. nibs^ ^^-ri^n
pr. to make great in doing, i. e. to do
great things, wonders, spoken of God,
Joel 2, 21, and with p'ibsb impl. 1 Sam.
12, 24 ; see also below. So with the
ellipsis of a different infin. 1 Sam. 20, 41
and they both wept Ti'n ^'nsn-ns (sc.
ni:sb) until David wept greatly, vehe-
mently. The like construction is also
taken in a bad sense : !ia b'^'nsfi Obad.
12, n^S b^ri;,n Ez. 35, 13, pr.'to make
great the mouth, i. q. to speak great
things, i. e. proudly, insolently. Also
riiarb ^"^"nJii to do proud things, to act
proudly, insolently, Joel 2, 20 ; and
simpl. b-'^an Lam. 1, 9. Zeph. 2, 8 ; with
i? Ps. 35, 26. 38, 17. 55, 13. Job 19, 5.
Jer. 4S, 26. 42. Comp. naa Hithpa.
2. to make high, to lift up, Ps. 41, 10.
Hithpa. 1. to ahov) oneself great and
powerful, to magnify oneself, of God, Ez.
38, 23.
2. to magnify oneself in a bad sense,
i. e. to act proudly, insolently, c. bs Is.
10, 15. Dan. 11, 36, 37.
Deriv. bina, c'lb'^na , W^-o, and pr.
n. 'n^b'^a':, bnaa or iJiiaiaV The rest
here follow.
^1^ m. part, or verbal adj. becoming
great, growing up, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Gen.
26, 13 ; great Ez. 16, 26.
513 m. c. suff. ibna , once ibia Ps. 150,
2. R. bna.
1. greatness, magnitude, Ez. 31, 7.
2. greatness, i. e. majesty, magnificence,
as of a king Ez. 31, 2. 18 ; of God, Deut.
3, 24. 5. 21.
3. 22b bna greatness of heart, i. e. pride,
insolence, Is. 9, 8. 10, 12.
'"il^ (perh. too great, giant, after the
form of adjectives expressing blemishes
of the body, as f]?5, lllk;, rii^^) Giddel,
pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49.
b) Ezra 2, 56. Neh. 7, 58.
^^5 see bina.
n^'l^ f (r. bna) five times f}^nia or
nb^*ia (the copies differ, see J. H. Mich,
ad 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 19) a word
of the later Hebrew.
1. greatness, concr. great things,
mighty deeds, espec. of God. 2 Sam. 7,
23. 1 Chr. 17, 19. Plur. nife-ia 1 Chr.
17, 19. 21, also Ps. 145, 6 Chethibh.
2. greatness, i.e. majesty, magnificence,
of God Ps. 145, 3 5 of a king, Esth. 1, 4.
Ps. 71, 21.
^T s*^? (whom Jehovah hath made
great or powerful, see r. b^a no. 2) Gedor
liah, pr. n. m. a) Of the governor of
Judea appointed by Nebuchadnezzar,
2 K. 25, 22 sq. Jer. 40, 5 sq. 41, 1 sq.
called also lii^bna 39, 14. b) Ezra 10,
18. c) Zeph. \\ l!
^'^^P'j^ (id.) Gedaliah, pr. n. m. a)
Jer. 38, 1. b) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 9. c) See
n-'b-ta lett. a.
T ( - 1
''Pi'ia Oiddalti, pr. n. of n son of He-
man, 1 Chr. 25, 4. 29. R. b"]a Pi.
* ^^5 fut. 51517 \. to cvi or hew down
to cut off, to fell trees, eee Pual. Trop.
of persons slain, Is. 10, 33. Arab.
na
181
"na
C(X^ to cut oiT the hands, nose, ears,
pJ<^\ mutilated. Kindr. is IPTJi ; see
more under Tia . Once of the beard aa
cutotTin mourning, Is. 15,2 n:jna li^J"i3
evertj beard is cut off, mutilated. In the
corresponding passage Jer. 48, 37 is read
n5^*<a clipped, which some 80 Mss. have
also adopted in Is. 1, c. though without
good reason ; since Jeremiah, in the man-
ner of later writers, substitutes a more
common word in the place of one less
usual. See Comm. on Is. 1. c. comp.
Qesch. d. hebr. Sprache p. 37 ; see also
above under ti^tOX p. 94.
2. to cut or break asunder, as a staff,
Zech. 11, 10. 14. Trop. God is said to
break the arm of any one 1 Sam. 2, 31,
or the horn of any one Lam. 2, 3 (comp.
Ps. 75, 11), i, q. to break his power, to
take away his stength. So also in
Arabic.
NiPH. to be cut off or down, Judg. 21, 6.
Is. 14, 12. 22, 25. Also to be broken, e. g.
horns Is. 48. 25, statues Ez. 6, 6.
PiEL y^3 . with distinct, accent S'^i , to
cut or break asunder, to break in pieces,
as bars, bolts. Is. 45, 2 ; horns, Ps. 75, 11 ;
idols, images, Deut. 7, 5. 12, 3.
PuAL to be cut down, as a tree Is. 9, 9.
The derivatives all follow.
V^^'l^ (perh. tree-feller, i. e. impetuous
warrior, comp. Is. 10 33) Gideon, pr. n.
of a warrior and judge of Israel, who de-
livered the nation from the bondage of
Midian, Judg. c. 6-8. Sept. rtdicoi'.
Q^'lil (a cutting down) Gidom, pr. n.
of a place in the tribe of Benjamin, Judg.
20, 45.
''fi'7^ (id. after the form las-i';') Gid-
eoni, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 11. 2, 22.
^p3 pr. i. q. Arab, o J^ to cut off,
comp. under ina ; trop. to me cutting
words, verbis proscindere. Hence
PiEL Cna to reproach, to revile; Arab.
Conj. II, Syr. Pa. id. So as to men, see
fBl^a ; mostly of God, to blaspheme,
2 K. 19, 6. 22. Is. 37, 6. 23. Ps. 44, 17.
So also by actions, by presumptuous
anji voltmtary sins, with which men mock
and contemn JehoTuh, Num. 15, 30. Ez.
20, 27.
Deriv. nasi'ia, B'^uwa.
16
U5 to wall, to wall in or around,
also to build a wall. Arab. \(X^ id.
The primary idea is that of gurrounding;
enclosing, e. g. with a wall, hedge, etc.
comp. the kindr. roots nsn, inn, etc.
and see under "iTX p. 30. Comp. also
"'^'Jj "^^3- The same stock of roots is
widely diffused likewise in the occidental
languages, designating now that which
encloses, and now the space enclosed.
Compare in later Lat. cadarum, Ital.
catarata, Germ. Gaiter, Gitter; oftcner
with the letter r transposed, aa Gr. /op-
Tos, Lat hortus, cors, chors, cohors, Germ.
Garten, Engl. g-arJen, also Germ. Gard,
i. e. a fortified enclosure, fortress, as in
the pr. n. Stuttgard, etc. Slavic gorod
i. e. fortified city, comp. Russ. Novogorod,
Engl, yard, etc. etc. Part, o-^nna ma-
sons, Germ. Maurer, 2 K. 12, 13. ' Trop.
^) '? "^1^ ""l^ to build a wall around any
one, i. e. to protect, to defend, Ez. 13, 5,
comp. 22, 30. b) 'b 153 "ina to wall up
around any one, i. e. to obstruct his way,
shut him up, Lara. 3, 7. 9. Job 19j 8.
Hos. 2, 8.
The derivatives all follow.
^1^ comm. gend. m. Ez. 42, 7 ; f. Ps,
62,4.
1. a wall Ez. 13, 5 ; spec, wall of a
vineyard Num. 22, 24. Is. 5, 5.
2. a walled place, enclosure, Ezra 9, 9.
s g .- 8 ^
Arah.siXs^, \ltXa>., a wall of a house-
, s " ^
or enclosure, /JJ*^ place walled in..
''!!5 m. 1. i. q. "iia , a wall of a court;,
garden, etc. twice in constr. state, Prov.
24, 31. Ez. 42, 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 565.
2. Geder, pr. n. of a Canaanitish city,
the residence of a king, Josh. 12, 13 ; per-
haps the same with mia .
T - I
^^3 (wall) Gedor, pr. n. a) A place
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 58.
Now called Jedur on the brow of the
mountains; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 338. b) m. 1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37.
^^ j5 f. (r, -iia) constr. niia ; plur.
niiia, constr. niiia, c. suff. T'nH'ia Ps.
89, 4i.
1. a wall, as of a city Ps. 89, 41 j oP-
tener of a vineyard Jer. 49, 3. Nah. 3,
IIIJ
17. It differs from a hedge, o-Vr^a Is.
5, 5. ' '
2. a place walled in, enclosure ; hence
i. q. Arab, sojes*, a fold for flocks and
^^cattle, i. e. a stall in the open fields, open
above and surrounded with a wall ; liilly
jNS m-ina sheep-folds Num. 32, 16. 24,
36. For such folds, comp. Hom. Od. 9.
185.
3. With art. iTn-isri, Gederah. pr. n. of
a city in the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 36 ;
perh. the same elsewhere called I'li n'^3.
Comp. Pun. inj i. e. Gades in Spain, see
Monumm. Phcen. p. 304 sq. also Fudtigu
a city of Persea, I'uda^rjvog Matt. 8, 28.
al. The gentile n. is "'nn'ia Gederathite
IChr. 12, 4.
f^'T^'l^ (folds) Josh. 15, 41, and with
art. ri-nsn 2 Chr. 28, 18, Gederoth, also
a town in Judah. R. Tia .
Q!^f!'T'1i* (two folds, comp. ti'^nsffl^a)
Gederothaim, pr. n. of a town in the plain
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36. R. -il5 .
*'"I'15 gentile n. Gederite, from "n'^a
n-ia, or from l-ia q. v. 1 Chr. 27, 28.
*^ J? i- q- Chald. ttJ"!? , to heap up.
Hence ^^13 q. v.
n5 Ez. 47, 13, a corrupt reading for
MT , which stands in v. 15, and is also ex-
pressed in the Sept. Vulg. Chald. and
Engl. Vers. So also in 14 Mss. See un-
der 53 .
"t T P*"- '^ thrust away, to remove,
so. the bandage or dressing from a wound,
i. q. to cure. Hos. 5, 13 cs^a nna^-sbi
"Tita nor remove from you the sore,
i. e. the king of Assyria could not cure
the wounds of the Jewish state ; as in
the other clause. Syr. fcru^to go away
to flee ; Aph. to give rest, to relieve, to
deliver; Arab. xs to repulse. The
Rabbin.s explain rirta by SB1 . Hence
!1H5 f pr. ' removal of the dressings,'
L e. a healing, cure of a wound. Prov.
17, 22 T\r)t a''!?'';; rrq-a sb a joyful heart
maketh a happy aire; comp. 16, 24,
Sept. IVtXTHV JlOltl.
^nS to bow oneself dovm, to prostrate
oneself } spokeo of Elisha as about
to raise the dead child, 2 K. 4. 34. 35
v^S "ns^T and he bowed himself upon
him.. Also 1 K. 18, 42 ns-ii< -.snj'ni and
he bowed himself to the ground. This
signif is demanded by the context, and
is also unanimously expressed by all
the ancient versions and interpreters j
except Chald. and Arab, in 2 K. The
Syriac has the same word under the
form ,ai_^ Ethpe. with which corre-
sponds Chald. "jna ; the letters "r and "}
being frequently interchanged ; see ex-
amples under lett. 3.
13 m. (r. nja I ) c. suff. "^W, the back;
only in tlie phrase iw "^'^rx T{fy^<] to
cast behind one's back, i. e. to neglect,
to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Ez. 23, 35. Neh.
9,26. Comp. rpV^n- So the Arabic
15 Chald. m.constr. "ia and X'ra, c. suff.
i^^ia , TO3 : the middle, midst, see r. fTia
I. Syr. a-^J id- Arab. jjs*. the inside of
a house, \%=^ within. Hence a) 133,
Xiaa, i. q. I^ira; in the midst of, or
simpl. in ; as X'^'13 133 in the f re Dan. 3,
25. 4, 7. 7, 15. Vl33' in it Ezra 4, 15.
Ezra 6, 2 !^3i-i3"n W33 3'^n3 "(y} and in it
(the roll) iras a record thus written. 5, 7.
b) ^izh> into the midst of, i. q. into, Dan.
3, 6. 11. 15. c) S<ia">a frmn the midst
of, Dan. 3, 26.
15 for nia m. (r. nia, ae ',3 for nss)
constr. 13 , c. suff. "'ia , Tjia .
1. the back, Prov. 10, 13. 19, 29. 26, 3.
Is. 50, 6. 51, 23. 13 'ins ^'^t;n Is. 38,
17, see in ia.
2. Trop. the middle, midst ; pr. the
belly, see r. nia . Job 30, 5 W'Ji'^ i?-*!^
they are driven forth from the midst of
men, from among men.
Si5 see 13 Chald.
* ^^3 1. i. q. i^t:>- mid. Waw and
Ye, to cleave, to cut ; whence aa a board,
plank. Hence
2. to dig a well, like Arab. Conj. VIII.
See 33 I. 2.
3. i. q. 33^ , to plough, to cleave the
ground with a plough. Hence 2 K. 25,
12 Cheth. n-^na (csa) ploughers; in
Keri D-^aSli .
ni3
183
m
I. SSa m. (r. nas q. v.) a locust, Nah.
3, 17. Plur. or collect. "213 and "^sa
(for o-'=ia, Heb. Gram. 86. 1. c)
Am. 7, 1. Nah. 3, 17 "'ana ail locust of
loctisis, denoting swarms of locusts.
Chald. Kaia , xaia , ""aia , plur. "^xaia .
II. y^i and 33 pit, cistern, (r. a^a no.
2,) Gob, pr. n. of a place otherwise un-
known, where David fought with the
Philistines, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 19 ; in 1 Chr.
20, 4 in.
^13 Go^, pr. n. a) The king of
the land Magog, aiJarj ynx, Ez. 38,
2. 3. 14. 16. 18. 39,' i. u] also of
Meshech and Tubal, Ez. 38, 2. 3 ; who is
described by the prophet Ezekiel as
about to come with a vast army from
the extreme north, 38, 15. 39, 2, after
the exile, 38, 8. 12, in order to invade the
Holy Land; where, however, he is to
perish. See ai-a .In Rev. 20, 8 Fwy,
like Magog, seems to be the name of a
region, and not of a king; as also in
Arabic, _^Lj . b) A Reubenite, 1
Chr. 5, 4^
'^^ i. q. T'la no. 2, to press or crowd
upon any one, to invade, Gen. 49, 19.
Hab. 3, 16.
\if and L'^ a root not in use, hav-
ing the same general force as aaa , i. e.
to be rising, gibbous, like a back or belly.
The derivatives follow partly the ana-
logy of verbs s's , as ia , ''V^ ; and partly
that of verbs nb, as ia for nia, nja,
n*ia ; and have partly the signif. of
hack, see "? ; and also that of bellij, see
ia no. 2. From the belly comes then
the word for body, see nia, nia ; and
this idea is then transferred to the
signif. of a people, see ''ia .
I. nia f. contr. fornjxa, fromr. nsa-
1. a lifting up. exaltation. Job 22. 29
nia "i^XW ^b-^Ern -^si -when men humble
themselves, thou dost commanxl exalta-
tion, i. e. the humble and meek thou
dost exalt. Others: when they (thy
ways, V. 28) are cast down, then thou
thalt say, e.ralta(ion, i. e. thou shalt
soon pass from the lowest to the most
prosperous condition.
2. haughtiness, pride, Jer. 13, 17. Job
33, 17.
II. Jnia f. i. q. ^i,the body, Job 20, 25.
See in r. Mja.
fl^a Chald. pride^ Dan. 4, 34.
T^3 kindr. with TTJ, pr. to cut in
pieces, to cut through ; hence
1. to pass through, to pass over or
away, i. q. Arab. vLa. mid. Waw, Syr.
\^, to pass away, to fail. Ps. 90, 10
r.Ei'2] O'^n \v"^'Stfor it (life) soonpasseth
over, and wejly away.
2. Caueat. to cause to pass through or
over, to bring over. Num. 11, 31 there
went forth a wind from Jehovah, Ta*5
C*r]"",Ta C^lbb and brought up quails
from the sea; Sept. iitni^uaiv, Vulg.
detulit ; Heb. intpp. and cut them off
from the sea, corap. Tta . [Also to bring
or take out, e. g. an infant from the
mother's womb ; Ps. 71, 6 "'fiX ^rars
'pa nnx thou didst take me out of my
mother''s bowels, where Tia is a less usual
form of the participle, Lehrg. p. 402;
comp. part, "nia Ps. 22, 10, and see in
Vpi> no. 2. But see also r. <^ta no. 2. R.
^Tia m. (r. bta II ) a young bird, e. g,
a dove or pigeon Gen. 15, 9 ; an eaglet
Deut. 32, 11. So called from its peeping,
see the root. Arab. uSj-^ the young
of doves and other birds of the same
genus ; Syr. transp. %^\
jTia (r. nta , as ibia from nba , perh.
quarry,) Gozan, Gauzanitis, a region of
Mesopotamia subject to the Assyrians
2 K. 19. 12. Is. 37. 12, situated on the
river Chaboras 2 K. 17, 6. 18, 11. 1 Chr.
5, 26 ; whither a part of the ten tribes
were carried away by Shalmaneser 2 K.
17. 6 ; Gr. ruv^m-ljic, Ptolem. 5, 18. Cel-
larius II. p. 603. In 1 Chr. 5, 26 indeed,
in the words xini liani rhnh cxia^i
"ijia "tnsi, the Chaboras is separated
from the river of Gozan by the word
sini interposed ; so that these might
seem to be different streams. But this
is prob. to be attributed to a laxness of
construction in the writer.
1*3 see n'^a .
"'"ia m. (r. n'^a) c. stiff. 1 pers. once
^ia Zeph. 2, 9 ; plur. B^ia , constr. ';;'ia ,
^i:s
184
'jBPQt
sometimes in Cheth. C'^a Ps. 79, 10.
Gen. 25, 23.
1. a people, nation, pr. it would seem,
body, corpus, see the root; and then
transferred to a body politic or whole
people ; comp. Lat. ' corpus reipublicee,
populi, civitatis' in Cicero and Livy. It
is a general word, spoken of nations
universally, and also of the Israelites,
notwithstanding the doubts of some
interpreters ; e. g. Is. 1, 4. 9, 2. 26, 2. 49,
7. Gen. 35, 11. 12, 2. Ps. 33, 12. The
Plur. Ciia is spoken spec, agnations other
than Israel, foreign nations, Neh. 5, 8.
Comp. CiX no. 1. a, espec. Jer. 32, 20 ;
also nis'ni< p. 90. Often with the ac-
cessory notion of hostile and barbarous,
Ps. 2, i. 8. 9, 6. 16. 20. 21. 10, 16. 59, 6.
9. 79, 6. 10. 106, 47 ; comp. D'^'iT . Or also
as profane, aliens from the true God,
i. e. Gentiles, heathen, (see below,) Jer.
31, 10. Ez. 23, 30. 30, 11. Ps. 135, 15.al.
C^iaf] b"!!:! the circle of the Gentiles, Gali-
lee of nations, see b^ba . So D^ian "''X
islesofthe Gentiles, comp. "^X . Collect, "^la
for O'^ia Is. 14, 32. Sometimes opp. to D? ,
Dyrt, which the Israelites usually ap-
plied to themselves; Is. 42, 6 n'^'^S^ ~\'^^^
D'^ia "lixb DS I will set thee as a covenant
for the people and a light to the Gen-
tiles, i. e. a teacher, enlightener, comp.
V. 1. 49, 6. Deut. 26, 18. 19. 32, 43.
Very rarely found with a genit. or
euflf. nin-j "lia, "lia Zeph. 2, 9; usually
nin"! D? ,' ""a? , ias . The LXX com-
monly render nS by Xaog, "^ia by t&vog,
Vulg. gens; whence also in N. T. tk
Bdrr) opp. o Xuog &ioi) 'Igqixti). Luke 2, 32.
2. Poet, of flights or troops of animals,
Joel 1, 6. Zeph. 2, 14. Comp. C? Prov.
30, 25. 26 ; Gr. i&vta xrjvwv, yf^mvofv,
fiviawv, fiiXiaauoxv, xoIqmv, Hom. II. 2. 87,
458, 469. Od. 14. 73 ; equorum gentes
Virg. Geor. 4. 430.
3. Sometimes D'^ia Gentiles approach-
es nearly to the nature of a proper name.
Josh. 12. 23 babab c-^ia T)ba the king of the
Gentiles at Gilgal. wluire apparently, as
afterwards in Galilee, Gentiles had set-
tled down among the Hebrews. In Gen.
14, 1 it is uncertain where the O'^ia are
to be Bouglit who joined in the war
against Rodom ; Le Clerc understands
the people of Gralilee, comparing b'^ba
Dlian Is. 8,23; perhaps comparing Gen.
10, 5 we might understand nations of the
West. Not unaptly Interp. anon, (iaai^
Xtvg JIa(i(pvXlag.
n^ia f. (r. nia) 1. the body, pr. the
belly, as Syr. ^-'0-^5J^ trunk. Ez. 1, 11.
23. Dan. 10, 6. Gen. 47, 18 there is no-
thing left, . . . wna'js? n^^a-n 'Ftba
but our bodies and our lands. Neh. 9, 37
iisnrnnn^ c^b'^^^ ''sn^^a-bs they have
dominion over our bodies and over our
cattle.
2. dead body, corpse, carcass, of men
1 Sam. 31, 10. 12. Nah. 3, 3; of animals
Judg. 14, 8. 9.
^^5 see b-'a .
^515 f. 1. Part. act. fern, of the verb
nba no. 2; collect, exiles, company of ex-
iles, captives, (comp. sing, iibia an exile
2 Sam. 15, 19,) Ezra 1, 11. 9, 4. Jer. 28,
6. Ez. 1, 1. 3, 11. 15. 11, 24. 25. al.
Spoken also of those who have been
in exile and returned, Ezra 10, 8.
Arab. iuL&. and iuJL^ exiles.
2. Abstr. e.Tnle, captivity, emigration.
1 Chr. 5, 22 nbian-i? until the exile.
fibian "lbs equipment for exile, vessels
or baggage for wandering, Ez. 12, 7.
rtbias T(bn to go into exile, captivity, Jer.
29, 16. al. nbiarj *i:3 exiles, captives, also
those who have been in captivity, Ezra 4,
1. 6, 19. 8, 35.
)}'^^ (exile) Golan, pr. n. of a city of
Bashan, afterwards belonging to Manas-
seh, and assigned as a city of refuge to
the Levites. Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21,
27 (where Cheth libl). 1 Chr. 6, 56.
Josephus mentions both the citj', which
lie calls ruvhtrrj, B. J. 1. 4. 4, 8 ; and the
adjacent region, rnvlavaig, Ant. 8. 2. 3.
ib. 8. 13. 4 ; which latter he sometimes
distinguishes from Bashan and places
west of it on the Upper Jordan and Sea
of Galilee, though elsewhere he includes
it under Bashan. Its modern name is
Jauldn. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
pp. 308, 312. App. 149, 162.
T^'E^a m. (r. yci) a pit, once Ecc. 10,
8. Syr. f^o^^ id. CImld. KS^W,
KSrsiB, the letter a being interchanged
with 3. The root yti has in Syr. and
Chald. the sign if. to dig.
p
185
TO
Sam. 31, 12.
belly, &Axg>-
"1^3 a root not used ; Syr. ,o-,^colour,
Chald. "i5J to colour, to dye. Hence
^S^a (coloured, dyed) Guni, pr. n. m.
a) Gen. 46, 24 ; whence also patronym.
of the same form, for "^'Siia , Gitnite, Num.
26, 48. b) 1 Chr. 5, 15.
*^} inf. ?i and 515, fut. yiS":, to
breathe out one'a life, to expire, to die,
Gen. 6, 17. 7, 21. Num. 17, 27 ; mostly
poet. Job 3, 11. 10, 18. 13, 19. 14, 10. 27,
5. al. Sometimes with rsia Gen. 25, 8.
* "i^S i. q. Arab. oL^ to be hollow,
see in aaa no. 1 ; Conj. V, id. also to be,
or be hid. within any thing ; Conj. II,
to shut, to close a door or gate. pr. to
cause any thing to be or be hid within.
HiPH. to shiU, e. g. a door, Neh. 7, 3.
Hence
nBl3 f a body, i.e. dead body, corpse,
8o called from its hoUowness, 1 Chr. 10,
12 ; i. q. MJia in the parall. passage 1
Arab. 0j^ a hollow, the
dead body. Rabb. t]ia
body, person.
I. "3 i. q. Arab. jL^ pr. to ttirn
aside from the way, like i^i" ; then, to turn
aside to any person or place, sc. in order
to lodge or remain ; and hence in com-
mon usage :
1. to sojourn, to dwell for a time, i. e.
as a stranger or guest ; e. g. of single
persons Gen. 12, 10. 19, 9. 20, 1. Judg.
17, 7 ; also of a people Ex. 6, 4. Ps. 105,
23. Ezra 1, 4. Poet, of beasts, Is. 11, 6.
With 3 of the land in which one sojourns
Gen. 21, 23. 26, 3. 47, 4. The person or
people with whom one sojourns is put
with cs Gen. 32, 5 ; rx Ex. 12, 48. Lev.
19, 33 ; 2 Is. 16. 4 ; but poet, also in the
accus. Ps. 120, 5 T\^j^ "F}"!"''? "'^"n^'ix
ICO is me that I sojourn with Meshech, the
Moschi. Judg. 5. 17 ri'sx -ms-^ n-ah -ni
and Dan, why abides he at the ships ?
i. e. why dwells he listless on the coast
of the sea ? as aptly Sept. Vulg. Luth.
Job 19, 15 ''n^n "^^i the srrjourners in my
house, i. e. my servants, parall. with
maids in the other hemistich. Ex. 3, 22
nn'^a nna the sojourner in her house,
Sept. (Tvaxijvog, Vulg. hospita ejus ;
16*
others understand neighhnurs, from the
Arabic usage. Is. 33. 14 ttSx b isia^ 'a
obis "inpn^ lib nsiaiia n^tz'vi who among
tis shall dwell with devouring^ fire 7 who
among ns shall inhabit everlasting burn-
ings 7 the language of sinners trembling
for themselves in sight ofdestruction and
overthrow from God, v. 12, 13. bnka ">!|3
irin*' to dwell in the tabernacle of Jeho-
vah, i. e. to frequent the temple, to be as
it were the guest of Jehovah, and by
impl. under his care and protection, Ps.
15, 1. 61, 5, comp. 39, 13 ; also c. ace.
Ps. 5. 5 5^ M-iji xb nor shall the wicked
dwell with thee ; parall. God hath no
pleasure in wickedness. Arab, \\j^
Conj. Ill, to remain in a temple out of a
sense of religious duty, also to receive
under one's protection ; itJJI \L^ guest
of God, i. e. one who has sojourned in
the sacred city. Part, na a stranger,
foreigner, to be distinguished from the
verbal noun ia ; whence Lev. 17, 12
cssnrs lan "lan the stranger that so-
joumeth among you. 18, 26. 19, 34.
Fem. n-na Ex. 3, 22. Plur. n^-ia stran-
gers, nomadee, Is. 5, 17. Job 28, 4 in
the description of a mine, CSp bnj ynB
"la he breaketh a channel, shaft, from
where men dwell, i. e. from the surface of
the ground as the abode of man ; here
^a C5T3 is for the fuller Ci'lJ ">a 1a;^{ ds^
i. q. afterwards ^'iSH"? . So with R. Levi
would I interpret this passage.
2. to fear, to be afraid, like ^5^ and
wSfc. , from the primary idea of turning
Old of the way ; since he who is timid
and in fear of any one, yields the way
to him, gets out of his way. With '(^ ,
(comp. 'i^ no. 3. b,) Job 41, 17 ; ^JBO
Num. 22, 3. Deut. 1, 17. 9, 19. 18, 22.
1 Sam. 18, 15; once with ace. of the
thing feared Deut, 32. 27 ; with b of that
for which one fears Hos, 10, 5. Of fear
or reverence towards God, Ps. 22, 24.
33,8.
3. to gather themselves together, to be
gathered together, a signification which
it has in common with kindr. "^ax , "1*^3 ,
q. V. pr, to scrape together ; see more in
Thesaur, p. 274, where this meaning is
vindicated against J. D. Michael is. Ps.
56, 7 W'^Bli;; n^ia^ they gather themselves
nin
186
ats
together^ they hide themselves, i. e. in
troops they lurk in ambush. With b?
and rx against any one, Ps. 59. 4. Is.
54, 15. See Hithpal. Once, it would
seem, trans, i. q. Chald. and Syr. 5'^5 ,
wj^; Ps. 140, 3 nianbTa !|-.^ they ga-
ther together wars, i. e. multiply wars,
strifes.
Hithpal. "T^isrH ]. i. q. Kal no. 1,
to sojourn, 1 K. 17, 20.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to gather themselves
together. Hos. 7, 14 wiiT;.! '|5vi?
"'a 1~1D^ ^"^'y^^'^^. ff^ com and wine they
assemble themselves, they rebel (turn
away) against me, i. e. they assemble to
supplicate idols in behalf of the fertility
of their fields. For insriT: Jer. 30, 23,
see under "1*^5 .
Deriv. ia, n-^a , wia, liaia, 'A'yo,
niia^ . r\'->rj.->2 , rrnaaa , pr. n. "ina"* .
11. "3 J a different root, perh. to
suck J whence "iia , "lia , a suckling, the
sucking whelp of a lion. Comp. I'^S,
Ethiop. ij^Sk , a young ass ; bis a suck-
ing child ; )\*S a young animal.
'I'l^ m. (r. "i!ia II) a whelp, sc. of a
lion, plur. ni^nx I'na Jer. 51, 38 ; liniia
Nah. 2, 13. ' ' "
"113 m. (r. 1ia II ) plur. t!'"i>ia 1. a
whelp, cub, so called as still a suckling ;
see the root. Spec, of a lion's whelp,
Ez. 19, 2. 3, 5. n;:-!!* lia Gen. 49, 9.
Deut. 33, 22. Different from "i^BS i. e. a
young lion already weaned and begin-
ning to seek prey for itself Once of
the whelp of the jackal ("n) Lam. 4. 3.
So .- So Qa >
Arab. .^, jyfi^j v^ whelp of the lion
and of the dog. Syr. lja^, .
2. Pr. n. "iia"nb?^ (ascent of the whelp
or whelps) Maaleh-gur, a place near
Ibleam, 2 K. 9, 27.
bya "1ia (sojourn of Baal) Gur-Baal,
pr. n. of a place in Arabia, prob. so called
from a temple of Baal, 2 Chr. 26, 7.
b^iia m. (r. b';^) plur. ribn-ia, pr. a
small stone, calculus, *i.T,Qoq, as used in
casting lots ; hence
1. a lot. Lev. 16, 8 sq. To express
the casting of lota the verbH used are
which see ; for the lot as cast, ^5 Jon,
1, 7. Ez. 24. 6 ; of the lot as shaken from
the urn is said bs b'lij nbs Lev. 6, 9,
and h b-iia Ns;' Num.' 33, M. Josh. 19.
1 sq. That as to which the lot is con-
sulted is put with bs Ps. 22, 19, bx Joel
4,3.
2. lot, that which falls to one by lot,
espec. a portion, inheritance. Judg. 1, 3
ibnia2 "^FX nb? come up with me into
my lot, my portion. Is. 57, 6. Ps. 125, 3.
Metaph. lot, portion, destiny, as assigned
to men from God, Ps. 16, 5. Dan. 12, 13
"(c^5^ '^^iT? (ind arise to thy lot in the
end of days, in the Messiah's kingdom ;
comp. Rev. 20, 6.
u^"i> , 'C5 ^ a clod, lump of earth or
dust; once Job 7, 5 Keri nsn ^-lira aiab
1E^ tti^a-i (Cheth. ai-^a) my body is clothed
with worms and lumps of dust i. e. they
cover it, referring to the ashy skin of a sick
person, which, as being also rough and
scaly, has in a measure the appearance
of being sprinkled over with lumps of
dust. Sept. ^uXaxig yijc, Vulg. sordes
pidveris. The Talnmdists also use this
word for a clod, or mass like a clod,
Mishna Tehor. 3. 2. ib. 5. 1. See
more in Thes. p. 276. From it they then
derive the denom. lUCarn to wrestle,
pr. to raise the dust in wrestling ; see
p3N3. The etymology is very ob-
scure. Simonis regards Cla and ^''i as
put for iri;3 , laiJS , from r. J^ to be
unclean, filthy, whence iuwU:^ filth.
Better perh. to assume a root ilJ^ia i. q.
fj**^ ; whence also pr. n. 'jlD'^a .
T5 m. (r. TTa) plur. cstr. ''ja 1. a shear-
ing, meton. wool shorn, a fleece. Deut.
18, 4 :]:xa ta r-tt:xn the frst of the
fleece of thy sheep. Job 31, 20. Comp.
ma.
2. a mowing, e. g. a mown meadow,
Ps. 72, 6. Am. 7, 1 r,bsn -Ja the king's
mowing.^, relerring periiaps to some right
of the Israelitish kings to exact the ear-
liest grass.
"^afa m. Ezra 1, 8, a treasurer, the
keeper of the royal treasures among the
Persians; see in r. t33 . Piin-. Cimld.
T^'iata Ezra?. 21; anddroj)pirig the pibi-
lation r?2'ifl Dan. 3, 2. 3. Corresponding
ntri
187
yOt
Jy^<f, all which are compounded from
ta , T3a , and the Pers. syllable ^L , . ,
(like Germ, bar in ehrbar, achlbar,)
which seems to denote possession.
nT3 pr. to ait, like tta q. v. Spec.
1. to cut stone, to hew, to form by cut-
ting or hewing; whence n^Ta. Syr. '^'j-^
to cut oft', to shear
2. Metaph. to divide out to any one, to
mete out. to assign as a portion ; comp.
Gr. !/' from tifivtiv. Espec. like
eynon. boa , spoken of benefits, kindness
bestowed- Ps. 71, 6 "^na nnx 'ax ^svfo
from my mother's womb thou hast meted
out to me in kindness, i. e. hast been my
benefactor. [Better from r. tna no. 2,
where see. R.] Arab. ty&. to retri-
bute, to repay, sty^ retribution, pun-
ishment, reward.
Deriv. n"Ta . and pr. n. riTa , "jTia.
fTTS f (r. Tta) i. q. Ta no. 1, a fleece,
Judg. 6, 39. 40; more fully "iTSsn PJa
V. 37. Arab. y&..
nVa (r. nra , after the form n^a , rrb-'aS ,
perh. quarry) Gizoh, pr. n. of a place
otherwise unknown, whence is derived
the gentile n. "'rta Gizanite,! Chr. 11,34.
Comp. 'Jb'^a from npa , 'Sb'^ttS from n'^-'ttJ .
''jITil see preced. art.
'15 to cut, e. g. grass, to mow, see
ta no. 2. Spec, to shear a flock, Gen. 31, 19.
38, 12. 1 Sam. 25, 4. 7. Also of the hair,
to shave the head in mourning Job 1, 20.
e ^
Mic. 1, 16. Syr. Chald. and Arab. ya*.
id. Kindred roots, all having the pri-
mary idea of cutting, are fit a, Qta, ?n,
^ta , "iT3 , and transp. fia ; see under
ys;?, ^'sn, Tia, inn. The form Ta*n
Num. 11, 31, see under the root na .
NiPH. nas, plur. Miaj, fo be shorn, to
be shaven, spoken of enemies, i. e. to be
cut off. slain, Nah. 1, 12. Comp. as to
the metaphor, Is. 7, 20.
Deriv. ia, nja, and
TT5 (shearer) Gazez, pr. n. of two
men, 1 Chr. 2, 46.
fT'T3 f (r. nta) a cutting; hewing of
stone ; hence n'^tr. "'sax /letcn atones^
espec. squared, IK. 5, 31 ; and simpl.
n^Ta id. Is. 9, 9. 1 K. 6, 36. 7, 9. 11. 12.
Ex.' 20, 22.
*I. ?T5 fut. Vw-i, kindr. with ITJ.
1. fo sfWp off, as skin from the flesh,
to flay, Mic. 3, 2. Arab. J*:> of a beast
of burden, to be galled, wounded, flayed.
Hence
2. to pluck off or away, to tear away,
to take by force, like Syr. transp. }>^-u
a) By open violence, 2 Sam. 23, 21 Vts'T
insan n^^o n-'snri-rx he plucked the
spear out of the Egyptian's hand. 1 Chr.
11, 23. Job 24, 9 they tear the orphan
from the mother's breast. Gen. 31, 31 /
feared lest thou wouldst take by force thy
daughters from me. Deut. 28, 31. Of
the carrying off of women, Judg. 21, 23.
Trop. Job 24, 19 "'^a-'a nhn'j cn-sa n;x
jbtc drought and heat carry of the snow-
waters, i. e. absorb them, dry them up.
b) Oftener by fraud or injustice of any
kind, e. g. the property or possessions of
others, to seize upon, to take by force,
Job 20, 19. 24, 2. Mic. 2, 2. Espec. of
the rich and powerful who seize upon
the possessions of the poor by fraud and
violence. Lev. 5, 23. Jer. 21, 12. 22, 3.
3. With ace. of pers. to strip, to spoil,
to rob any one, Judg. 9, 25. Ps. 35, 10.
Also by fraud and injustice, i. q. P^,
Lev. 19, 13. Prov. 22. 22. 28, 24. Part,
pass. bnTa Deut. 28, 29.
NiPH. pass, to be taken away, e. g.
sleep, Prov. 4, 16.
IJ . ^Ti obsol. root. i. q. Arab. Jy&>
to peep, as a young bird. Hence btia .
'?5 m. robbery, concr. any thing taken
by violence, plunder, Lev. 5. 21. Is. 61, 8.
K!3 bTs Ez. 22, 29. R. bra I.
'?? m. (r. bta I ) a spoiling, violence,
violation, Ez. 18, 18. Ecc. 5, 7.
5^^?5 f (r. bta I) constr. pbta Is. 3, 14,
a spoiling, violence ; nbn bia Ez. 18, 7.
12. "'srn nbra the spoil of the poor,
i. e. goods taken from them by violence
and injustice, Is. 3, 14.
OQ,
11
it:;
HI^ obsol. root, to cut off, like
Arab. *tXs- and (yc*
whence
Jesm, the cutting off of a syllable ; comp.
under r. tla. In Heb. trop. to crop, to
eat off, to devour, like kindr. DOS, OO'^'S,
comp. i^i no. 3. Hence
QJS m. a locust not yet winged, bru-
chus, Joel 1. 4. 2, 25. Am. 4, 9. Targ.
KbriT a creeping locust ; Syr. t-j n Ai V
(exuens, detrahens) a locust without
wings ; Sept. xdfmt}, Vulg. eruca. See
Credner axl Joel. 1. c.
DJ5 (devouring) Gazzam, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 51.
* 3^1^ obsol. root, i. q. T}^ no. 1, ifo cm
down a tree. Comp. c Jkjs. Conj. II, and
eye*. I, II, to cut off; VIII, to cut wood
from a tree. Hence
2??5 m. c. suff. ii'ta , the trunk of a tree
cut down, the stump. Job 14, 8. Then,
genr. a trunk, stock, stem, Is. 11, 1 ; also
of a tree just planted and taking root. Is.
s ?
40,24. Arab. ctX. trunk of the palm,
Syr. 1^1=-* a trunk, espec. a slender
trunk.
* "^15 fut. ^U*' see no. 3, and "iTa*i see
no. 4.
1. to cut, to cut in two, to divide, 1 K.
3, 25. 26. Ps. 136, 13. Arab.'^G^ to cut
off, Syr. j}-^ to cut away or around.
Comp. under the roots tta , "fii . Kindr.
are also "is;?, "its, -m*j, and by transp.
2. to cut down trees, wood, 2 K. 6, 4.
See "T^K^^ , and *(tna axe, from kindr.
fifi . ' '
3. to eat, to devour, from the notion of
cutting up food, see X'na no. 4, and STia
no. 2. So Fut. O. Is. 9,' 19, trop. of war
and slaughter, parall. with bsx. Arab.
\^ to eat quickly, to slaughter, to kill.
4. Trop. to cut off, i. e. to decide, tode-
terminc, to decree, fut. A, Job 22, 28. So
Chald. Syr. "ITS, i^^. Comp. nnTa.
5. Intrann. to be cut off, to fail. Hah.
3, 17 ^KX ntefflia "na though the flock
fail from the fold ; Sept. f^elmsv ngo-
jSaia. Arab. y^ spec, of failing water.
NiPH. 1. pass, of Kal no. 4, to be de-
creed, Esth. 2, 1.
2. to be cut off, i. e. separated, excluded,
2 Chr. 26, 21 nin"; n"^a^ -itSJ "^S for he
was cut off, excluded, from the hoitse of
Jehovah. Is. 53, 8 C^'^n "J^-iXTa "i]a3 ""^for
he was cut off from the land of the living.
Ps. 88,6.
3. to be cut off, i. q. to perish. Lam. 3,
54 ; c. dat. pleon. Ez. 37, 11 wb fisnu: we
G
perish. Arab. 'i\y^ calamity, destruc-
tion.
The derivatives follow, except fTitSis .
>?a Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to cut.
to cut off ; see Ithpe.
2. i. q. Heb. no. 4, to decide, to deter-
mine, to decree, spec, of fate, destiny.
Part. plur. 'Cy.^ pr. deciders, determiners,
put fortlie Chaldeanastrologers. diviners,
who by casting nativities from the place
of the stars at one's birth, and by various
arts of computing and divining, foretold
the fortunes and destinies of individuals,
(numeri Babylonii Hor. Carm. 1. 11. 2,)
Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 5, 7. 11. Comp. Chald.
K'n'^Ta decree, in Rabbinic spoken of the
divine decree, fate ; *|l"ila the art of cast-
ing nativities, astrology ; on which see
Comment, on Is. II. p. 349.
Ithpe. to cut off or out, 3 prset. fem.
f^'!5T?'f^!'* Dan. 2, 45; and in the Heb.
manner ri^Tann v. 34.
*1T3 m. (r. "ita) 1. apiece, par^, plur.
D'^ita pieces of victims Gen. 15, 17;
parts of the sea as divided Ps. 136, 13.
2. Gezer, (prob. a steep place, preci-
pice,) pr. n. a) A city anciently the
seat of a Canaanitish king Josh. 10, 33.
12, 12 ; situated on the western border
of Ephraim and assigned to the Levites
Josh. 16, 3. 21, 21 ; although the ancient
inhabitants were not expelled. Josh. 16,
10. Jiulg. 1, 29. It was destroyed by the
Egyptians, and again rebuilt by Solo-
mon, 1 K. 9, 15 sq. b) A place else-
where called =a Gob, 1 Chr. 20, 4;
comp. 1 Sam. 21, 18.
rnra r once Lev. 16, 22 n-ita V^.8<-bi$
into a desert land or tract. Tlie same
is expressed in v. 10. 21. 22 fin. by
nnanBn . Sept. tit yJjr ajiaTov, Vulg. in
it:
189
WOt
terrain solilanam. Lit. into a land eaten
off, cropped, naked, without herbage,
sec r, "lU no. 3. So Arab. \ys>-^ )r^>
see Camoos p. 699. Syr. b>-^ sterile.
J^"?!? Chald. f. constr. ron , a decree,
sentence of God, of angels, Dan. 4, U. 21.
Often in the Targums. Comp. r. ita no.
4, and Syr. l-^t->-\'
n^T3 f. (r. ita) 1. cut, i. e. form,
Jigure of a man, the body ; comp. 2Sp.
from 3^)3 and Fr. taille. Lara. 4, 7.
Corresponding is Arab. \y&. .
2. Pr. a place cut oft' a separate place,
prob. an area, enclosure, court, in the
middle of which the temple was built,
Ez. 41, 12-15. 42, 1. 10. 13.
^nta 1 Sam. 27, 8 Keri (Cheth. ''nj)
Gezrites, pr. n. of a people attacked by
David while sojourning among the Phi-
listines; prob. the inhabitants of the
city Gezer, ija .
jITO m. (r. *,na) the belly of reptiles,
so called from its bent or curved form,
Lev. 11, 42; of a serpent Gen. 3, 14.
Comp. Germ. Bauch from beugen, bilcken.
''Tm 2 K. 4, 31. 5, 25, oftener ''Tri'^5
(valley ofvision) Gehazi, pr. n. of the ser-
vant of Elisha, 2 K. 4, 12. 14. 25 sq. 5,
20 sq.
* V n
-'L't obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
|v3^ (^ and "o being interchanged) to
light a f re, to kindle; mid. Daram. to
G ^
hum, tojlame, whence (V^St a great fire
burning fiercely, Gehenna ; from the
primary root en, Dn. Hence
ri^O^ <" plur- =''Vn?. 5 constr. ibn? (f
Ez. 1, 13) a coaZ, a burning coal, difT.
from ons a black coal Pro v. 26, 21. So
Job 41. 13. Prov. 6, 28. Is. 44. 19; more
fully dx 'bna Lev. 16, 12. Poet, coals
for lightnings, 2 Sam. 22. 9. 13. Hence
put for punishments to be sent from God,
Ps. 140, 11. Coals upon the head, a pro-
verbial expression denoting something
exceedingly troublesome, which causes
tlie severest pains and torments ; so
Prov. 25, 21 if thine enemy be hungry,
give him bread to eat; and if he be
thirsty, give him water to drink; 12 fot
80 thou shalt heap coals of fire on hit
head, i. e. thou wilt overwhelm him with
shame and remorse for his enmity to-
wards thee ; comp. Rom. 12. 20. In like
manner the Arabs speak of coals of the
heart, fire of tlie liver, to denote burning
care, anxiety, remor.se, and siiame. See
the author's remarks on this expression
in RosenmuUer's Repert. I. p. 140, and
in the Lond. Class. Journ. no. LIV. p.
244. Further, a coal, as being kept in
order to preserve fire, is put for the last
hope or scion of a race or family, like
Gr. ^ujtvgov, 2 Sam. 14, 7.
^U^ i. q. Arab. |v3^ to hum, to
flame, see bna . Hence
DT?? Gaham, pr. n. of a son of Nahor,
Gen. 22, 24 ; perh. appellat. i. q. *3t!
having flaming eyes.
* "nS i. q. Chald. "jfia , Syr. ^ou^ to
incline, to bend. Hence "jina .
'L'^T^ obsol. root, Arab. -^ to hide
oneself, to lurk, _3t: lurking-place.
Hence
"15^3 (lurking-place) Gahar, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49.
"'S see X-^^a .
* Ui'ii or 5^''Ii to flow together, as wa-
ter. Hence
S;*? rarely i?''? Zech. 14, 4, and K**!
Is. 40, 4, without Aleph ""S ; constr. X''3
and ''a ; Plur. pr. mx-^a (nix:;a) 2 K. 2,
16. Ez. 6, 3 Chethib, but oftener transp.
m>xa , c. sufi: TJ'^niifa Ez. 35, 8 ; comm.
gend. (m. Zech. 14, 5. f v. 4,) a valley,
so called as the place where waters flow
together ; then a level region, low plain;
Arab. }ys>- valley, level tract, io^
2UjL=k> ! Kjl> , place where waters flow
together, valley, depressed tract. It
differs from bna , which signifies a valley
watered by a brook or torrent ; also from
nsj^a and p^5, which denote plains of
greater extent ; see Relandi Palaest. 348
sq. Hence it is spoken only of certain
particular valleys ; just as others are
called hm , nrpa , pas . Thus
a) csn-)^ ji-^a, ''a ,' Jer. 7, 32. 19, 2. 6.
Ta
190
cjin 'sa 'a 2 K. 23, 10 Cheth. tssn "^a
Josh. 15, 8, valley of Hinnom, of the sons
of Hinnom, etc. on the south and west
of Jerusalem, through which passed the
southern boundary of Benjamin and the
northern of Judah, Josh. 15,8. 18, 16. It
was noted for the human sacrifices here
offered to Moloch, 2 K. Jer. 11. cc. and
was also called nSFl and teat i^o/'^v
K*ian Jer. 2, 23. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I.'p. 382, 402 sq.
b) D-^iann "^a , with Art. t3*'ttjnnn ^a ,
valley of craftsmen (see ^"^.n) near Je-
rusalem, with a village of like name,
1 Chr. 4, 14. Neh. 11, 35.
c) bx-nnS'i "^a (valley which God
liath opened) the valley of Jiphthah-el in
the northern part of Zebulun, Josh. 19,
14. 27.
d) nbi2 N-^a 2 Sam. 8, 13. Ps. 60, 2, the
valley of salt, [prob. the very remarka-
ble Valley of Salt a few miles southeast
of Aleppo ; see Russell's Nat. Hist, of
Aleppo I. p. 55. Maundrell p. 213.
Another valley of salt, nbaf] ''a , is men-
tioned 2 K. 14, 7, in the vicinity of the
Dead Sea ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 483. R.
e) C'nSJ'n ''a th valley of the passen-
gers, east of the seaof Galilee, Ez. 39, 11.
f) C^sbsn "^a the valley of Zeboim i. e.
hyenas, in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam.
13, 18.
g) nr^S:i X'^a the valley of Zephathah
in the plain of Judah, 2 Chr. 14, 9 [10].
Comp. the mod. es-Sdfeh, Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 345.
h) ifia , with Art. fif^art , the valley, a
place in Mount Pisgah, opposite to Beth-
peor in the land of Moab, a station of
the Israelites. Num. 21, 20. Deut. 3, 29.
4, 46.
~ i* a root not in use, signifying to
bind, to tie togetlier, to couple, like Arab.
<>l3* mid. Ye Conj. II, to bind, to fetter,
cXxi a bond, fetter, thong ; and with a
guttural prefixed ipS, nrx, JJ^f , nax,
perh. inx, tntj. In the occidental lan-
guages comp. the roots f^aden, gatten,
i. e. to couple, whence Germ. Gatte,Gat-
tung, Kette, Lat. catena, etc. Hence
*T^5 m. a nerre, sinew, tendon, Chald.
Vtrr\, Syr. f,!^. Gen. 32, 33. Plur.
Ez. 37, 8. Job 10, 11. 40, 17. Trop.
Is. 48, 4 of a stiff-necked people: ^^s
;||"iS ^na a sinew of iron is thy neck.
* tj''5 and t^'iS Mic. 4, 10, fut. n^i^,
conv. naji
1. to break or burst forth, spoken of a
fountain or stream of waters, Job 40, 23 ;
of an infant breaking forth from the
womb. Job 38, 8 ; of a warrior rushing
forth to battle, Ez. 32, 2. Syr. >-^to
break forth, as water or as an infant.
Chald. id. and espec. to break forth to
battle.
2. Trans, to cause to break forth, to
bring or draw forth ; e. g. an infant from
the mother's womb, Ps. 22, 10 nnN-^S
Itjao ipia for thou didst bring me forth
out of the womb, where na is a less usual
form of the participle, comp. Lehrg. p.
402. So of a mother, to bring forth,
Mic. 4, 10.
HiPH. to break forth, to rush forth
from a place of ambush, Part. H'^a^ Judg.
20, 33.
Deriv. 'jirfia .
'n^^ or r?'5 Chald. Aph. to break
forth, to rush forth, e. g. the winds, as
if to battle, Dan. 7, 2. See the Heb.
root no. 1.
n'^A (breaking forth sc. of a fountain)
Gialti, pr. n. of a place near Gibeon,
2 Sam. 2, 24.
"Jirr^^ pr. a stream, river, so called as
breaking forth from fountains ; comp.
Job 40, 23. Corresponding is Arab.
jmL^^ and j^fc^Sk; which is used
by the Arabs before the names of several
large Asiatic streams, as the Ganges,
the Araxes, etc. In Heb. it is a pr. n.
Gihon, e. g.
1. A fountain with a stream and pools
on the west and southwest of Jerusalem,
1 K. 1, 33. 38. 2 Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 512.
2. The second of the four rrvere of
Paradise, which is said to flow around
the land of Cxsh. Gen 2, 13. Some
follow here the Arabic u.sage of the word
,.,<^,'->- mentioned ahovw, and under-
stand the Araaes; thus taking ttiis in a
sense different from the usual one. On
191
A
the other hand, the constant teBtimony
of tlie ancients is in favour of the Nile,
aa Sept. Jer. 2, 18. Ecclua. 24, 37. Jo-
seph. Ant. I. 1. 3. On this supposition,
prob. the Ethiopian Nile is to be under-
stood, wluch may be truly said to Jiow
around Ethiopia. See Thesaur. p. 281 sq.
"'in'^a see "'tna.
^a rarely blS or blS Prov. 23, 25
Cheth. fut. b^5^ , apoc. hi"^ ; pr. to move
in a circle^ to revolce, whence deriv. b'^i ,
corap. Vba ; also like Arab. JL^ mid.
Waw, to dance in a circle, comp. ^s^in
and wn . Hence
1. to extdt, to rejoice, poetic. Job 3, 22
5''l~'^^x CPjTa'iSn joyful even unto rejoic-
ing, pr. unto leaping lor joy. Is. 49, 13.
65, 18 ; witii a of pers. or thing in which
one rejoices, Ps. 9. 15. 13. 6. 21, 2. 31, 8.
149, 2 ; also hs Zeph. 3, 17. nin-ia b-^a
to rejoice in Jehovah, espec. in his good-
ness and mercies. Is. 29, 19. 41, 16. Joel
2, 23. Ps. 35, 9. 89, 17. Trop. joy is also
ascribed to inanimate things, Ps. 96, 11.
Is. 35, 1.
2. to tremble, to fear, which comes
from the leaping or palpitation of the
heart, see Job 37, 1. Ps. 29. 6 ; comp. the
roots Ssri and b^n . So Gr. oq/jIiiu xhq-
ditt qioi^o) ^schyl. Choeph. 164, 1022;
1] x(t(j5ia nuklet, nuXXsi q>6^o>, Seidl. ad
Eurip. Electr. 433 ; Lat. cor salit Plaut.
So vice versa inD implies a trembling
for joy. Is. 60, 5. Jer. 33, 9. Hence Ps.
2, 11 STisna sib-^a /ear with trembling-;
others, rejoice with trembling, as no. 1.
Hos. 10, 5 for the people shall moiirn aver
it (the calf) sib-;^ iibj rn^sn and its
priests shall tremble for it.
The derivatives follow.
^f? see ^':5''ax .
5''3 m. 1. pr. a circle, circuit ; hence
an age, eevum, and meton. men of an age,
generation, i. q. "lin , comp. -iSk . Dan. 1,
10 t33b^53 n-ax C^nb-jn the youths of your
age. Arab. Jju^ or Joa i. q. ^i-n,
ysvta. In the Talmud "'b'^a -ja is one
born in the same hour and under the
same star with me.
2. exultation, rejoicing, gladness, Hos.
9, 1. Is. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 33.
nb'^a f. i. q. b'^a no. 2, exultation, re-
joicing, gladness, Ps. 65, 13. Is. 35, 3
"(Sni rb^a rejoicing and shouting, i. e. st.
constr. for the absol.
''3'b''a see in n^a .
'""i* obsol. root, Arab. u>. mid. Ye,
prob. to boil up, to effervesce, whence
_jL^ a boiling of the breast, from an-
ger, hunger, thirst. Corresponding is
Germ, gdhren, in some dialects gohren,
giehren. Hence
^\ or "^a m. lime, so called from its
effervescing when slacked, Is. 27, 9.
9 ^ S. c5 ^
Arab. ^.^^ and \Lx&. unslacked lime.
"T^a Chald. emphat. 6<n"^a id. Dan. 5, 5.
Comp. Targ. Is. 27, 9. Am! 2, 1.
T^a a sojourner, stranger, i. q, 13 q. v.
2 Chr. 2, 16. R. n!)a I.
'a see TBia.
'JTB'^a (filthy, see tj^a) CesAan, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 47.
53 m. (r. bba) plur. D'l^a 1. a heap
of stones. Job 8, 17 ; mostly with C'Sax
added. Josh. 7, 26. Often of ruins Is.
25. 2. Plur. heaps, ruins, Jer. 9, 10 Tinjl
i^ab O'lbttjlT^-pi* and I will make Jeru-
salem heaps, ruins. 51, 37.
2. a fountain, spring, so called from
the rolling or welling up of the waters,
Cant. 4, 12. See bba Niph. no. 1. Plur.
rolling waves, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 89, 10.
107, 25. 29. Syr. \L^ a wave, billow.
^a m. a bowl, reservoir for oil upon the
sacred candelabra, so called from its
round form. i. q. nba no. 2. Zech. 4, 2.
R. bba to roll
55^3 see nba.
^2? obsol. root, softened from S'la ,
to scratch, to scrape, to shave ; kindr.
Arab. t_q.l'^ to scrape, to abrade, (^-^^
to shear wool. Hence
if a m. o barber, Ez. 5, 1. Syr. 1
a razor.
yaba (boiling fountain, from ba and
5"'a ebullition, see r. 513) Gilboa, pr. n.
of a mountain or mountainous tract in
192
rM
the tribe of Issachar, where Saul was
defeated and slain by the Philistines.
1 Sam. 28, 4. 31, 1. 2 Sam. 1, 6. 21.
From the etymology it would seem to be
strictly the name of a fountain (^Titba-
nia ?) or of a village near a fountain ;
whence it was prob. transferred to the
neighbouring mountain. A village called
Ff^ove (r. I\).(iovi) is mentioned by Eu-
sebius ; and the same exists upon the
mountain at the present day as Jelhon ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 157, 170.
^?^4 m.(r.bba)plur. fbh 1. awheel,
e. g. of a chariot, etc. Is. 5, 28. Ez. 10,
2. 6. 23, 24. 26, 10 ; of a well, for draw-
ing water, Ecc. 12, 6.
2. a whirlwind, Ps. 77, 19. Ez. 10, 13.
Syr. ]"\,,\.^. Hence
3. chajf, stubble, any thing driven
round before a whirlwind. Ps. 83, 14
i^W i^n'OJ 'ri'bx O my God, make them
as the chaff, etc. Is. 17, 13 "'SeI? br.l>;3
nciD like stubble before the whirl-
wind ; parall. y'a. Aram. U-^,N^a,
chaff, dust, or the like, which is driven
round by the Avind ; Arab, jks- id.
^3^5 Chald. a wheel, Dan. 7, 9.
baja m. (r. bV^) 1. a wheel, Is. 28, 28.
2. With the art. l^^^an (circle, or ac-
cording to Josh. 5, 9 a rolling away)
Gilgal.
a) A place situated between Jericho
and the Jordan, Josh. 4, 19. 20. 9, 6. 10,
C. 7. 14, 6. 15, 7 ; where Samuel and
Saul offered sacrifices, 1 Sam. 10, 8. 11,
14. 15. 13, 4-9. 15, 21. 33 ; and where
the prophets dwelt, 2 K. 4, 38, although
idols were also worshipped there, Judg.
3, 19. Hos. 4, 15. 9, 15. Am. 5, 5. More
fully babsn n^a Neh. 12, 29. Gr. iVd-
yala, 1 Mace. 9, 2. No trace of the
name or site of Gilgal now remains ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 287.
b) [A place or region near the western
coast of Palestine, Deut. 11, 30. Josh. 12,
23. Euseb. and Jerome speak here of a
Galgula. and the modern name Jiljuleh
is still found ; Bibl. Rea. in Palest. III.
p. 47. R.
nbabU f. (r. h\i) a skull, cranium, eo
called from its round form, 2 K. 9, 35.
Also used like Lat. cofta, Engl, head^
poll, where the individuals of a tribe or
people are enumerated or mentioned, aa
Ex. 16, 16 rbabyb ^^s an omer the
head, i. e. for each person. Num. 1, 2
cr^a!:^!? "i:j"b3 all the males according
to their polls, i. e. singly, man by man.
v. 18. 20. 22. Comp. irxn Judg. 5, 20.
Among the Rabbins rbj^5f] ",03 is
'poll-money,' a poll-tax. Syr. ]i^Q~^
id. Lamed being dropped in the first
syllable ; Arab. ?L:gs.'^ , id. where the
second Lamed is dropped, comp. Foi.-
yo&u Matt. 27, 33.
'^^ obsol. root, signifying prob. to
be smooth, polished. Kindr. are l^n ,^\'^,
q. V. Hence
'^^3 m. c. suff. "^"^hi, , the skin, i. e. the
human skin, as smooth and naked, Job
Go p .,
16, 15. Arab. jJl^, Syr. Ir^ id.
* ^^| fut. ribs'! conv. b5*1, pr. to be
naked, and trans, to make naked ; kindr.
with r. nba to be naked, bald, whence
with a softer pronunciation Jnba , nba .
It is applied espec. to the ear as unco-
vered by removing the hair, or to the
face when the veil is removed. Comp.
Arab. ^Vr^ to put off a garment, to put
off a veil and so uncover the face ; me-
taph. to disclose any thing. Hence in
Hebrew :
1. to make naked, to -uncover ; and
then to disclose, to reveal; espec. in
the phrase B "iTX fiba to make bare or
tmcover the ear of any one by removing
the overhanging locks, as is often done
in whispering a secret to another ; hence
to tell to any one, to disclose, to show.
1 Sam. 20, 2 my father doeth nothing . . .
'STX-nx nba") {<h^ but that he telleth me.
V.' 12. 13. 9,' 15.' 22, 8. 17. Also in a
slightly different sense spoken of God,
Job 36, 10 he openeth their ear to disci-
pline, to instruction, i. e. causes them to
hear. v. 15. 36, 16. Hence trop. lio nba
to reveal a secret. Am. 3, 7. Prov. 20, 19.
Also 1BD nba to unfold or open a
book, to unroll a volume. Jer. 32, 11. 14.
2. to make bare a land of its inhabit-
ants, i. e. to migrate, to emigrate, (Arab.
iLsfcand JL>. id.) either voluntarily a8
2 Sam. 15, 19 ; or involuntarily, 1. e. to be
nba
193
4b
earried away captive, to go into captivity
or exile, 2 K. 17, 23. 21, U. 25, 21. Am.
1, 5. 6. 7. al. Spoken ofinaniinate tilings,
Is. 21, 1 1 Ififjny of the land in banished,
gone. Job 20, 28. Prov. 27, 25.
NiPH. 1. to be uncovered, made na-
ked ; Is. 47. 3 thy nakedness shall be
uncovered. Ez. 13, U. 16, 36. 23, 29.
Also of removing a veil, Jer. 13. 22.
2. to be revealed, i. e. a) Of men and
God. in discover oneself, to appear, as if
a veil were removed, i. q. nx"ij , with bx
Gen. 35, 7. 1 Sam. 14, 8. 11 ; comp. Is. 53,
1, where c. bs. b) to be discovered,
manifested, to come to light, spoken of
what before was concealed. Is. 49, 9.
Hos. 7, 1. c) to be uncovered, with b
andbx. Is. 23, 1. 1 Sam. 3, 7.
3. to be carried away, removed, pass.
ofHiph. Is. 38, 12.
PiEL i. q. Kal. but oftener in the literal
and primary signification.
1. to make naked, to uncover, e. g. the
feet Ruth 3, 4. 7 ; the foundations of
a building Mic. 1, 6, Also with ace. of the
veil or covering removed, Is. 22,8. 47,2.
Nah. 3, 5. Job 41, 5. Spec, a) nh
Ti*s< r]"iS to uncover the nakedness of a
v;oman, i. e. to have carnal intercourse
with her, Lev. 18, 8 sq. 20, 17 sq. So
to uncover the nakedness of a man is to
have unlawful intercourse with his wife,
Lev. 20, 11. 20. 21, as is explained by
Lev. IS, 8 ; and in the same sense is used
the phrase to uncover one's skirt or cover-
let, Deut. 23, 1. 27, 20. b) God is said
to uncover the eyes of any one, i. e. to
open the eyes, to discover secret things
to mortal eyes, Num.22. 31. Ps. 119, 18.
O^?"'? ^lia opened as to the eyes, having
the eyes open, spoken of a prophet. Num.
24, 4. 16.
2. Metaph. to reveal any thing hidden.
Job 20, 27; a secret Prov. 11, 13 ; to be-
tray a fugitive Is. 16. 3 ; to lay open, id'
make knoxvn, e. g. God his attributes Ps.
98, 2. Jer. 33. 6. So 'i bs n^s is i. q. n^a
'l bs "iirxTX to uncover that which is
ttpon any thing, to remove the veil from
upon it. Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22.
PoAL to be uncovered, made naked.
Nah. 2, 8 nn'sa she is made naked, i. e.
ignominiously, spoken of Nineveh.
HiPH. nban and nban , fut conv. Va'i ,
17
to carry away captive, to carry into exile,
1 K. 1.5,29. 17,6. 11. 18, 11. al.
HoPH. pass. ofHiph. Esth. 2, 6. al.
HiTHP. 1. to uncover oneself, Geo. 9,
21.
2. to disclose or reveal oneself, e. g. the
heart, Prov. 18, 2.
Deriv. nbij, mba, ji-'b, and pr. n.
^bia, r^ba, 'ba^.
nba. Sba, Chald. to reveal, Dan. 2,
22. 2S! 29.' '
A PH. after the Heb. manner "'ban, i. q.
Heb. Hiph. to carry away captive, to
cause to migrate, Ezra 4, 10. 5, 12.
^53 i. q. nbia q. v. exile, migration.
rs'^a (after the form lia'^P, rfb-'tt) ;
exile, r. nba .) Giloh, pr. n. of a city in
the mountains of Judah, Jo.sh. 15, 51.
2 Sam. 15, 12. Gentile n. "'ab-'a Gilon-
ite 2 Sam. 1. c. from a form ')'ib"'a, as
^ab-iti from nh-'td.
^^5 f (r. bba) 1, a fountain, spring,
i. q. ba no. 2. Plur. Josh. 15, 19. Judg^
1, 1.5. '
2. a bowl, reservoir, so called from its;
round form ; spoken of the reservoir for
oil above the sacred candelabra, Zech.
4, 3, comp. V. 2, where is masc. b$
Trop. Ecc. 12, 6 in describing old age-
and death: 7^03^ ban pn-iysb laJx it
3^^"5 ^^^ T^^'^' before the silver cord be-
loosed, and the golden bowl be broken,.
i. e. lamp-bowl, oil-cup.
3. a ball or globe, as an ornament on
the tops or capitals of columns, 1 K. 7,
41. 2 Chr. 4, 12. 13.
4. r^^s nib and n-^nnn 'a, Gulloth,.
Upper and Lower, pr. n. of two towns,
not fir from Hebron, Judg. 1, 15. In the
parall. passage Josh. 15, 19 it is n'iis 'l
and ri'nnn 'a .
Wh^))i m. plur. (r. bba note, lett. b)
pr. trunks, logs, blocks, which are rolled;
hence in derision, idols. Lev. 26, 30.
Deut. 29, 16. al. So in various phrases,
as cb'ibn "^nnx Tjbn to go after idols,
1 K. 21. 26 ; cblban nns to serve or wor-
ship idols 2 K. 17, 12. 21, 21 ; o^r? ^'
'an-bx to lift up the eyes unto idols Ez.
18, 12. Often joined with other con-
temptuous names of idols, as ta'^X^ttS
Deut. 29, 17, niasin Ez. 16, 36, D''b''b
30, 13 ; also very freq. in expressions to
Ib3
194
*^
Avhich idol-worship is reprobated, as
c^?"b;:: n^w? to pvllule oneself with idols
Ez. 20.'7 ; V'^r^ss ^"]ns njT 6, 9 ; "riN r,x:
c-bsi'san 23, 37 ; etc'
dibs m. (r. cbr.) a covering, mantle,
pallium, in which one is v.-rapped, Ez.
27,21. Chald. cbs, x^-'bs, id. Hence
Gr. ;^A^i;s, ;(hnL, y^Kairu.
"jiba Josh. 21, 27 Cheth. i. q. ',V:5 q. v.
niba r once I^^3 Obad. 20, with Ka-
mets impure. R. nba .
1. a carrying away, captivity, exile,
2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52, 31. Ez. 1, 2. 33, 21.
2. Collect, captives, e.viles. nniiTj raba
//je e.^-tVes ifJudah, Jer. 24, 5. 28, 4. 29,
22. 40. 1. nin'^ rnbj spoken of Israel
living in exile Is. 45, 13.
Ti'^i'S Chald. f. emph. i<rn^3 . captivity,
e.rile. X'^'J ^33 ^Ae e^j7e5 Dan. 2, 25. 5,
13. Ezra 6, 16. Syr. f^a^.
' '5^ in Kal not used, pr, to be
smooth, and hence to be bare, naked,
comp. n^a ; spec, to be bald, Arab.
e^
to have a bald forehead. This
is a softened root from the harsher nn;? ;
comp. by transpos. phn . In the western
languages correspond calvus, Slavic
goly. holy, Germ, kahl; also gelu, glades.
PiEL to make bare, bald; hence to
shave the head, Num.6, 9. Deut. 21, 12;
a person 1 Chr. 19, 4. Also to shave off,
to cid off the hair, see Pual ; the beard
2 Sam. 10, 4. Once intrans. to shave
oneself, the hair and beard. Gen. 41.
14. Metaph. to shave a land, i. e. to lay
it w^aste with fire and sword. Is, 7, 20.
Chald. n^a to shave, to shear, n^a shave-
ling, spoken by the Rabbins of monks,
like Boh era. holy.
Pual to be shaven, shorn, Judg, 16,
17. 22,
HiTHPA, \. to shave oneself, Lev, 13, 33.
2. to shave or cut off from oneself, c.
ace. Num. 6, 19, Comp. Lehrg. p, 284. d.
"ji'^^am. (r. n^, after the form ir^S,
^'i'^m, Ti"*!??) o table, tablet, o^ wood,
Btone, or metal, on which to write or
Inscribe anything, i, q. TV^, bo called
as being smooth, bare, naked, or empty;
MS the root. Is. 8, 1. Li Talmudic
')i"''~5 is the empty margin of a page or
volume, roll.
Plur. ciji^a Is, 3, 23, mirrors, i, e.
tablets or plates, lamincB, of polished
metal, which were used by the Hebrew
women as mirrors, Ex. 38. 8. Job 37, 18 ;
and which were carried about by them
in the manner of other nations, being
mostly of a round form and furnished
with a handle ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c.
So Chald. Vulg. Kimchi in Comment.
Abarbenel, Jarchi. On the other hand,
the LXX and Kimchi in Lex. under-
stand transparent garments, Siucfuvi)
udaxonxd, as ii' making naked the body ;
comp, Schroeder de Vestitu mul, Heb.
p, 311, 312,
'"'-^a m. (r. ^\0 1. Adj. rolling, tinm-
ing, e. g. the leaves of a folding door,
1 K. 6, 34. Comp. Ez. 41, 24.
2, Subst. a ring, Esth. 1, 6. Cant. 5, 14
tt3iB'iri3 C'K^TSTa snt ""b-^ba ^'^'}1 his
hands are as gold rings set with gems of
Tarshish, i. e. the fingers when curved
are like gold rings, and the nails dyed
with henna or the like resemble gems.
3. a circle, circuit, region, i. q. ~33 .
Spec. C^ian b^bj Is. 8, 23 ' the circle of the
Gentiles,' i. e, Galilee; and xmi' iio/fiv,
b^VvH Josh. 20, 7, 21, 32 ; nb^bsn (He
parag.) 2 K, 15, 29 ; b^ban />x'l K. 9,
11, i, e. the district with twenty small
cities, in the tribe of Naphtali. around the
city Kedesh (thrice called b'lbja I37.iv))
inhabited mostly by Gentiles, espec. by
the neighbouring Phenicians. Sept, ^
l\t).t).nift, Galilee.
"'^''r^ f i- q- ^"'^a no, 3, a circle, cir-
cuit, region, cnttjbsn n'!b"'ba the cir-
cles or districts of the Philistines Josh,
13,2; Pbba nib-iba Joel 4, 4; laXdnlu
UlXocfvXun' 1 Mace, 5, 15, "i^l^n nib-'ba
i, q. '(^ITD "^S^! th^ circuit or borders of
the Jordan, el-Gh&r, Josh. 22, 10. 11.
The same region seems to be meant in
Ez, 47, 8.
W'^i (fountains) Gallim, pr, n. of a
city of Benjamin, lying north of Jerusa-
lem, 1 Sam", 25. 44, Is, 10, 30,
r^-'pa (exile, an exile) Goliath, a Phi-
listine giant, slain by David in single
combat, 1 Sam, 17, 4. 23. 21, 10, 22, 10;
comp. Ecclas, 42, 5. On 1 Chr. 20. &
see under art. ''on^.
bba
195
b!*'
* bbS J 1 pcrs. 'n-ih , but 3 plur. ibba
Gen. 29, 3. 8 ; imp. Vi , bia , once ba Ps,
119,22 ; ^o roll, e. g. a stone Gen. 29, 3.
8. Metaph. with b?^ to roll off or awaij
from any one, e. g. reproach Josh. 5, 9.
Pe. 119, 22 ; with bx and bs to roll from
oneself to or j^jo/i another, Ps. 37, 5 bia
?jS"i^ niiT'-bj ro// or devolve thy way
ujHm Jehovah, i. e. commit all thy alluirs
to him. Prov*. 16, 3 ^''CJ^TJ "J^r;"^^ ba
commit unto Jehovah thy works, deeds.
EUipt. Ps. 22, 9, where the poet intro-
duces his enemies as deriding his confi-
dence in God and saying: nini"bx ba
inaba^ [^roll all upon Jehovah, rely upon
him; let him deliver him; comp. a like
change of person in v. 27. R.] Or, ba
may be infin. put for the finite verb, he
roUeth etc.
Note. The genuine force of this
widely extended root, which imitates the
sound of a globe, ball, or other round
body rolling rapidly forwards, is ex-
pressed by the Germ, rollen, Engl, to
roll, each onomatopoetic like the Hebrew
word. Hence in the derivatives it is re-
ferred : a) To things round, rolling, re-
volving, as baba wheel, also a whirlwind,
b^ba a ring, nhia a roll, volume, nbaba
a skull, bba , bba ball of dung, ba, nba a
bowl, reservoir. b) To things heavy,
which are rolled along, and not carried ;
whence ba a heap of stones, C^bl^
logs, blocks, put for idols ; bba weight, a
large stone ; Arab. JuL^ a heavy busi-
ness, c) Also spoken of rolling waves,
like Germ, quellen, Engl, to well, whence
ba , n-iba , i. q. Germ. Wellen, Engl.-at;es,
billows. From this most fertile mono-
syllabic stock have also flowed the
triliteral roots bas. Arab. J^f, bas,
whence i^bas wagon, wain ; and as in-
creased at the end, cba to roll or wrap
up, Ciba, cba, Lat. glomus, glomeravii,
globus, Germ. Klumpen. Engl, clump.
Other kindred roots in the Hebrew it-
self are : b^a to move in a circle ; and,
changing the palatal to a guttural, bnn,
bTi , b!iJ< , b-x . q. V. Beside these, there
is also a multitude of shoots branchino-
oflf into the occidental languages, e.^pec.
the Greek; comp. xikitxt, xilXo) (Valck.
ad Hdot. 7. 155). xvktu, xvh'ydoj (oba),
xolloif), x6lkai%g, xoXlil, xvlXog (comp.
xotAo*;), x6kXv(ja a round cake ("^SS) ;
also, the palatal being dropped or tnms-
ferred to the end, tklot, iikto, fiieo), nkvin,
I'iry, ovXog, iovlof, ihyyoi, ili^ and tXiaaw,
etc. Lat. volvo, later Lat. callus i. q. Fr.
gallet, caillou (ba), Germ. Galle, O'Olle
i. q. Q,uelle, quellen, wallen, w&lzen, ono-
mat. kullem, Swed. kida, low Germ.
Kaul, whence Kugel. Where any thing
is rolled along or revolves on a rough,
stony, gravelly soil, so as to cause a
harsh, grating, scraping sound, this is
expressed by similar roots made harsh
by the letter n* as bna, nna, ins, the
branches of which are no less widely
diffused.
NiPH. baj, plur. 3 pers. siBj, fut. ba^.
1. to be rolled, to roll along, as billows,
Am. 5, 24.
2. to be rolled together, as a scroll, e. g.
the heavens. Is. 34, 4.
HiPH. fut. conv. ba*5, to roll, to roll
away a stone, Gen. 29, 10.
PoAL, to be rolled, e. g. in blood, to be
stained with blood. Is. 9, 4.
HiTHPo. id. 2 Sam. 20, 12. With b?
to roll oneself upon any one, i. e. to rush
or fall upon him. Gen. 43, 18.
PiLP. baba i. q. Kal no. 1, to roll, to roll
down, Jer. 51,25.
HiTHPALP. babann to roll oneself down
upon an enemy, i. e. to rush or fall upon.
Job 30, 14.
Deriv. see in Note above.
^^3 m. 1. dung, ordure, so called from
its globular form, i. q. bba ; see r. bba
Si. J
note, lett. a. 1 K. 14, 10. Arab. xJLs*-
the round dung of camels, sheep, etc.
2. a circumstance, cause, reason. Germ.
Umstand ; comp. as to this turn of the
etymology. ns3 . rinix . Hence bbas as
Prep.c.sutr. "3352. Crbbaa. on afco??fo/j
because of Gen.' 12, 13. 30, 27. Deut. 15,
10. 18, 12. Jer. 11, 17. Mic. 3, 12. Cor-
responding is Arab. viJJ^L&. ^^ and
viLLLsvt ^^w>o with Elif prosthet.
3. Galal, pr. n. m. perh. weighty,
- ^*-
worthy, like Arab. Je^t. a) 1 Chr.
9, 15. b) ib. V. 16. Neh. 11, 17.
5f5 Chald. m. pr. a rolling, then
weight, magnitude, see r. bba note. lelt.
to
196
m
b. Ezra 5, 8 and 6, 4 b^3 'ns* ^ea^ or
heavy stones^ hewn stones, which must
be rolled along, not carried. So Tal-
mud. ft<b^a without px, spoken of a
large stone, Buxt. Lex. p. 433.
^55 m. i. q. ^^5 no. 1, dung, ordure of
men ; in Sing, once, Job 20, 7 n^:^ iVbis
n3X"^, Chald. and Vulg. well, sicut ster-
cus suum in atemum peribit. Comp. for
this degrading figure of destruction, 1 K.
14, 10. Plur. cibba balls of dutig, dung,
Zeph. 1, 17 ; spec, human ordure Ez. 4, I
12. 15.
''^^.^ (perh. dungy) Gilalai, pr. n. m.
Neh.'l2, 36.
* D^^ fut. B'PS'i , to roll or iprap toge-
ther, to' fold, once 2 K. 2, 8. See r. ^bi
Kal and note.
Deriv. ciba, and
D^3 m. pr. any thing rolled or wrap-
ped together ; hence an unformed mass,
substance, not yet wrought, the parts of
which are not yet unfolded nor devel-
oped ; spoken of the embryo foetus, Ps.
139, 16. Often in the Talmud for any
thing not yet wrought, elaborated, per-
fected, see Chelim 12. 6 ; also trop. of
an unformed unlettered man, Pirke
Aboth. 5. 7.
* T^-?3 quadril. not in use, formed
from tX*^ and jJL=>. , both which roots
signify to be hard. Hence
TWba adj. quadrilit. hard, Arab,
O^Xs*- ; hence sterile, barren, as a hard
stony soil, comp. oifQ^og, sterilis ; then
of a woman, Is. 49, 21. Poet, of a night
in which none are born, Job 3, 7. Trop.
lean, famished, emaciated with hunger,
.Job 15, 34. 30, 3.
* 3'2? in Kal not used, Arab. Conj.
Ill, to quarrel with any one, espec. in a
game of dice, drinking, or in dividing an
inheritance. So in Hebrew :
HiTHPA. to become angry, to be irri-
tated, to grow warm, bc. in strife. Prov.
20, 3 it is an honour to a man to cease
from strife, siftP"? ^''"?<"^=1' ''"' *"^^''y
fool herometh angry. With a of thing or
cause, Prov. 18. 1. Spoken also of strife
itself af) growing warm, Prov. 17, 14.
'*^'i obsol. quadrilit. comp. Arab.
jJulL^K hard, rough. Hence
*;;?>5 Gilead, pr. d. 1. Of several
men : a) A son of Machir and grand-
son of Manasseh, Num. 26, 29. 30.
Patronym. "^"i?^? Gileadite, Judg. 11, 1.
12. 4. b) Judg.' 14, 1. 2. c) 1 Chr. 5, 14.
2. With the art. "ir^rSn , Gilead, Gilea-
ditis, (pr. hard, stony region, or i. q. "iibi
hill of witness,) a district of Palestine be-
yond Jordan, strictly comprehending the
mountainous region south of the river
Jabbok, Gen. 31, 21-48. Cant. 4, 1 ; with
a city of like name, Hos. 6, 8, comp. Sept.
Judg. 12, 7, apparently the same with
ny^j nlT2n . Here is the highest part of
the mountains east of the Jordan ; and
one ridge is still named Jebel JePdd or
JeVnd, from two rained towns so called
upon it ; see Burckhardt's Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 348. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 243, 306. III. App. p. 167. But the
name Gilead was also employed in a
wider sense, so as to include the whole
mountainous tract between the Anion
and Bashan, inhabited by the tribes of
Gad, Reuben, and part of Manasseh,
now called UlLJI and (j^-L^ J*-*^ >
i. e. el-Belka and Jebel ^Ajlun, Num. 32j
26. 29. 39. Deot. 3, 12. Josh. 12, 2. 5. 13,
10. 11. 30. Am. 3, 13. Hence put for
the territory of the tribes of Gad and
Reuben Ps. 60, 9. 108, 9 ; for the tribe
ofGad Judg.5, 17, comp. 5, 16; although
too this usage is not constant, and in 1
Sam. 13, 7 the land of Gad and Gilead
are joined. Once it comprehends also
Bashan, and extends to the northern
extremity of Palestine, Deut. 34, 1.
'^?'?^ (i- e. IS ba heap of witness)
Galeed, pr. n. Gen. 31, 47. 48.
* ^bS i. q. Arab. ^J*J^ to sit down,
to lie down. Cant. 4, 1. 6, 5 thy locks
are as a flock of goats Tsba ^n^ itebsttJ
which lie down upon Mount Gilead. i. e.
upon its side, as if hanging/rom it, see
) no. 3. h. Jerome Cant. 4. 1 qwe ascen-
deruiit. Sept. Compl ut. Cant. 6.5 uyit)r,trar.
Comp. (j-JLs- Conj. II, to ascend.
riba see riba .
W Conj. (r. Bpj) 1. Implying con-
junction, together, at once; so in th
K'2:>
197
rzy
phrases CSid ca two together, both, Gen.
27, 45. Prov.'n, 15. 20, 10. 12 ; Vs ca all
together, i. e. every one, cuncti, 2 Sam.
19, 31. Pa. 25, 3 ; nn^ =a Ps. 133, 1.
2. Implyingjicccssion, also,etiain. Gen.
3, 6. 22. 7, 3. 19, 21. 35. 30, 15. 35, 17. al.
It is commonly put before the word to
which it refers ; but where a word is re-
peated for the sake of emphasis, its place
is before the latter, e. g. with pronouns
X-^n ca X-'n she. she hirself also, Gen.
20, f) ; xnn c; rE2 in his mouth also,
2 Sam. 17, 5. Prov. 23, 15. Gen. 27, 34,
comp. Lehrg. 191. Heb. Gr. 119,3.
With verbs, Gen. 46, 4 c? r,^?x "'sbxi
n'bs and I will also come up with thee.
31, 15. 1 Sam. 1, 6. Sometimes at the
beginning of a clause it refers not to the
next word, but to another more remote,
Prov. 20, 11. Repeated ca =a also
also, i. q. both and, Gen. 24, 25. 43, 8.
Ex. 12, 31. Jer. 51, 12 ; thrice repeated
Is. 48, 8 ; C51 oa Gen. 24, 44.
3. Intensive, even, see ^X no. 1 ; Prov.
14, 20. 17, 26. Joel 3, 2. With a nega-
tive particle, not ecen, not so mttch as,
Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13. comp.
n? 0. 3. So =51 Gen. 6, 4. Often it
serves merely to give emphasis to the
'' "owing word, and frequently cannot
be rendered into English, q. d. yea, in-
deed, 1 Sam. 24, 12 nxT C5 nx'] see, yea
see ! Gen. 29, 30 and he loved Rachel
more than Leah, where it shows merely
that the word Rachel is emphatic. Gen.
16, 13 'x'-i "innx ^p'lxn c'sn nan do I
then here see (live) after the vision, sc.
of God ? i. e. in this ^'^nce.just here, and
not elsewhere. Job 2, 10 what! shall
we receive good at the hand of God. and
not etc. Hos. 9. 12 far wo to them !
Gen. 42, 22. Job 13, 16. 16, 19. Is. 66, 4.
nr,r s; yea now, now then, Gen. 44, 10.
4. Adversative, even so, yet, neverthe-
less. Ez. 16, 28 yea thou hast played
the harlot with them, nsrb x'^ C5^ and
even so (yet) thou art not satisfied. Ps.
129. 2. Ecc. 4, 16. Hence "^S ca even
when, even if, although. Is. 1, 15; and
without ^^ id. Is. 49, 15. Ps. 95, 9. OS "3
id. Ecc. 4, 14.
^^^ in Kai not used, to absorb, to
drink up, to swallow, i. q. Chald.
PiEL poet, of the horse swallowing as
17*
it were the ground in Iiis eagerness and
fleetness. Job 39, 24 "/'X-XW^ he sw(d-
loweth the ground, q. d. he runs away
with it. The same meUiphor is common
in Arabic in the verb ^ g I to drink, to
take a draught, as ijOn^I *.^I ; see
Schultens ad h. 1. and Bochurt Hieroz.
I. p. 142-148.
Hi PH. to let swallow, to give to drink,
Gen. 24, 17. Hence ,
i*^3 m. a bulrush, spec. t?ie Egyptian
papyrus, papyrus nilotica, paper-reed,
so called from its porous nature as ab-
sorbing moisture ; comp. bibula papyrus
Lucan^ 4. 136. Job 8, 11. Is. 35, 7. The
Egyptians made from it garments, shoes,
baskets, vessels of various kinds, and
especially boats or skiffs, Plin. H. N. 13.
21-26. So Ex. 2, 3 xrh rsn an ark or
skiff of papyrus. Is. 18, 2.
* T*"^" ^ ^ ^
' -f a root not m use. Arab. cXtJS*.
to cut off, to amputate ; Ethiop. I^X ,
transp. cna, >C|-. Hence is derived
*i^a a cut, i. e. a rod, staff, and then .
cubit. The same verb is transferred to
brave warriors, who cut down the enem^
like trees ; whence Arab. Jl^ and Syr.
Aph. to be bold, brave, fierce, of a soldier.
Hence
^5 m. (r. lies q. v.) pr. a cut, i. e. a
staff, rod, as being cut from a tree ; Zab.
ll-Iio?Q^ a staff, rod, the letter l being
inserted, and T and *i interchanged ;
Chald. xrisnns. Then a cubit, the
measure of a cubit, Judg. 3, 16. Syr.
f^a^^ cubit, i^hzl^^ 'r^K' '^
^Vm'^ m. plur. Ez. 27, 11 brave sol-
diers, fierce warriors, Jerome bellatores.
This word has given rise to endless
conjectures among interpreters ; see
Thesaur. p. 292.
5^123 (weaned) Gamid, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 24, 17. Comp. S'ira n-3 .
^flSS m, (r. ^^a) 1. act, work, deed,
whether good or evil, (\. A. desert ; more
fully =":!; b^::3 Judg. 9, 16. Prov. 12, 14.
Is. 3, 1 1 ; in a good sense, benefit, Ps.
103, 2. Hence \ ib-iTia c^rn to render
to any one his desert, to repay his doings,
works; Ps.28.4cnb Db--2a srn. Prov.
rz^
198
rij
12, 14 ; c. 'b? Ps. 94, 2. So h *:sr5 C^;S
id. Ps. 137, 8. Prov. 19, 17;"c. Vr Joel
4,4.
2. recompense, retribution, Is. 35, 4.
nb^'25 f. (r. brs) 1. i. q. h^-Z!, no. 1,
Is. 59. 18 ; some copies read plur. nibas .
2. i. q. b!i-25 no. 2, 2 Sam. 19, 37.
r^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. 1^5 to cut
off; whence Arab. Va*^ acute-minded,
sagacious, and w ^^ sycamore, from
the idea of cutting, see cba. Hence
ITttS (for "("iT^a , place fertile in syca-
mores) Gim.zo, pr. n. of a place in the
plain of Judea, 2 Chr. 28, 18. Now
Jimzv, a village east of Lydda ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 56, 57.
''-^ fut. Pt57 I. 1. to do, show, or
cause to any one, sc. good or evil, to deal
well or ill with him, with two ace. of
pers. and of thing (comp. Gr. tv, xwxai?
jiQuntiv Tivu). 1 Sam. 24, 18 "'iribT:^ nnx
n^iliri thou hast done me good, hast dealt
well with me. Gen. 50, 15 all the evil
Srif, !i:l3?:a I'ix ichich we did unto him.
V. 17. PrJv. 3, 30. 31, 12. Is. 63, 7. With
'b of pers. Is. 3, 9^5^ cnb ^ibrs they have
brought evil upon themselves. Ps. 137, 8
b ribrsiij r,V^ra thy deed which thaii
'hast done to us.
2. to do good to any one, to benefit;
Prov. 11. 17 i-E3 bra he doeth good unto
himself. With'b? Ps. 13, 6. 116, 7. 119.
17. 142, 8.
3. to reward, to render, to recompense
to any one good or evil ; c. ace. Ps. 18, 21
'P'ISS nin-i "^rbTSS"! the Lord rewarded
me according to my righteousness. With
b? 2 Chr. 20, 11. Ps. 103, 10; \ Deut.
32, 6, unless by a diff. division of the
words nin-i bn is here ace. of person.
Deriv. bnra , nbiira , bi^n, and pr. n.
II. 1. to toean a child. Is. 28, 9 where
sVjip is added. Is. 11, 8. 1 K. 11, 20
Hos. 1, 8. Hence pr. n. bira.
2. to ripen fruit, to make ripe, Num.
17, 23. Inlrane. to ripen, to become
ripe. Is. 18, 5.
Nipii. pass, of no. II. 1, Gen. 21, 8,
1 Sam. 1, 22.
Note. The primary signification of
this verb, and the origin and connection
of the other senses, are illustrated by A.
Schultens (ad Prov. 3, 30) by comparing
Arab, ij^^ pr. to cover with fomenta-
tions so as to produce warmth and heat,
to cherish ; which idea of warming and
cherishing he supposes is then trans-
ferred : a) To the ripening of fruit ;
b) To a child as weaned ; c) To be-
nefits done to any one, by which we as
it were cherish him ; and also even to
evils which we bring npon any one. But
the verb J-*x^ can refer only to the sig-
nifications in no. II ; while for those in
no. I, we may compare br5 , Arab. J^ ^r j
to labour, to do.
v735 plur. fi''^T3a , comm. gend. a car
mel, male or female. Gen. 32, 16. al.
Ttiis word is found in all the Semitic
languages ; also not only in Greek
and Latin, but likewise in Egyptian,
2S:^.JUL0T?\ J (TljULOvA, and in San-
scrit under the form kramela, krame-
laka. If the origin of the word is to be
sought in the Semitic languages, bsa
is prob. bearer, carrier, from b?3a i. q.
Ara|). J-*i* to be^r.
nboa see nbl^a ..
''?'Q5 (camel-driver, or camel-rider)
Gemalli. pr. n. m. Num. 13, 12.
"^"^r''?? (reward or benefit of God)
Gamaliel, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 10. 2, 20. 7,55.
^r'i a root not used, i. q. D^5 q. v.
to congregate, to conjoin, to heap up;
comp. Arab, j^^ to heap up, to increase,
also intrans. to be heaped up, to be
much.-^Hencc oa and nsa^ .
j( r^ a root not used in Hebrew, to
dig, see 'j'aia .
'=^ fut. "^ta") 1. to bring to an
end, to complete, to perfect. Ps. 57, 3 bx
"ov -ira God who will complete for m^,
i. e. will do all for me, will maintain my
cause ; c. lya Ps. 138, 8.
2. Intrans. to come to an end, to cease,
to fail, Ps. 7. 10. 12, 2. 77. 9. In the
Aramjpan dialects this verb is very fre-
quent in both significations.
TC]! Chald. id. Part. pass, -''ra . per-
fect, complete, finished, in skill or learn-
ing, Ezra 7, 12.
i-aa
199
TDa
^133 Gotner. pr. n. 1. A northern
people sprung from Jaj)hcth, Gen. 10, 2 ;
from which Togarmah or the Arme-
nians are said to be descended. Gen.
10, 3 ; and who are mentioned along
with Togarmah in the armies of Gog,
Ez. 38, 6. Most prob. we are to under-
stand the Ciinmenans, Kififiifjioi, inha-
biting the Chersonesus of Taurica and
the adjacent regions as far as the mouths
of the Tanais and the Ister, and cele-
brated for their incursions into Asia Mi-
nor in the sixth century before Christ;
see Herodot. I. 6, 15, 103. IV. 1, 11, 12.
The Arabs call this people by transpos.
IJ, whence the modern Kriin, Crimea,
i. e. the Taurican Chersonesus ; also
*viu| -^ the Cimmerian sea, for the
Euxine. Wahl compares Gamir. the
Armenian name for Cappadocia; Altes
and neues Asien I. p. 274.
2. The wife of the prophet Hosea, a
.-
harlot, Hos. 1, 3. Perh. appell. i. 1 ty
coals. .
I ^?7^5 (whom Jehovah has perfect-
ed) Gemariah, pr. n.jn. JtJt, 29, 3.
'^^r'?^? (id.) Gemariah, pr. . of a
man of rank in the time- of Jeremiah,
Jer. 36, 10-12. '
]S c. suff. ''JS (r. ':i) comm. gend. (f
Gen. 2. 15.) a garden, espec. a park,
orchard, place planted with trees ; pr.
a place surrounded and protected by a
fence or wall ; Gen. 2, 8 sq. p'^'^J'i ',^ a
garden of herbs, plants, Deut. 11, 10.
1 K. 21, 2. -jan n-'S a garden-house 2 K.
9, 27. or perh. pr. n. of a place, "("is 'ja
the garden of Eden, planted of God, Gen.
3,24. Joel 2,3; also called n^Tbs -,5 Ez.
28, 13. 31, 8. 9; and nin^ -,a Gen. 13, 10.
is. 51. 3. A garden enclosed, shut up, as
the emblem of a chaste female, Cant. 4,
12. Plur. csa Cant. 4, 13. 6, 2.
* -33 fut. =357 1. to steal, to take
by stealth, secretly. This verb would
seem strictly to be a denom. from Arab.
v..>A3fc side, latus. Chald. 25 . and hence
to signifj^ pr. to put aside privily ; comp.
Sanscr. pdrfvaka thief from parfva
Bide ; and so Arab. \^m^ has several
fiignifications drawn from the idea of
side, as fregit latus, dxtxit a latere. la
Heb. with ace. of thing, Gen. 31, 19. 30.
32 ; ace. of pers, 2 Sam. 19, 42. Deut.
24, 7. Job 21, 18 noio inaja y'^V^ "f' *
chaff which the storm steaielh (carrieth)
away. 17, 20. Part. pass. fem. with Yod
parag. 'Pinsa Gen. 31, 39.
2. to deceive, like Gr. xltmtiy. Gen.
31, 27 ""nx sian;; and didst deceive me.
Espec. with 3b , pr. to deceive the heart
or mind of any one, as nXininv voov
Hom. II. 14. 217. Gen. 31, 20 =p3i siss'l
"it, -="^'5 o.nd Jacob deceived Laban.
v. 26. See L. de Dieu ad Gen. I. c.
NiPH. pass, of no. 1, Ex. 22, 11.
PiEL i. q. Kal. 1. to steal, Jer. 23, 30.
2. With ab , to deceive, 2 Sam. 15, 6.
PuAL pass. i. q. to steal intrans. Job 4,
12 asa"! nan 'bx an oracle stole secretly
upon me. In^. absol. a:a Gen. 40, 15.
HiTHPA. to do by stealth, with inf and
b, 2 Sam. 19, 4 x^inn oi'a crn ajan^i
l-'~n Niab and the people that day gat
them by stealth into the city. Syr.
'"-^ ' ^1 y. to steal oneself away.
Deriv. the three following:
-f3 m. a thief, Ex. 22, 1. 6, 7.
^^.?5 f a theft, thing stolen, Ex, 22, 3.
fl?J5 (theft) Genubath, pr. n. m. 1 K.
11,20.
"35 fem. of ',5 , a garden, park. Job 8,
16 ; Plur. nisa Am. 4, 9. 9, 14 ; a grove,
where idolatrous rites were performed,
Is. 1, 29. 65, 3. 66. 17. R. '^li .
nra f id. chiefly in the later Hebrew,
Esth. 1, 5. 7, 7. 8. Cant. 6, 11. R. -jja,
T33 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. \J^ and
Chald. TSa , to hide, to hoard, to lay up
in store. Kindred roots are t333 , -yiS,
\jujS, 1J?3, and transp. oaa, ",20, '\0T\^
wy^ . Hence
n'^T?3 plur. constr. "^Tra 1. treasures,
Esth. 3. 9. 4, 7.
2. chests, treasure-chests, in which
precious goods or wares are stored, Ez.
27, 24.
T'tf-' Chald. plur. m. treasures, Ezra
6. 1. x"T3a n'^a house of treasures, treas-
ury, Ezra 5, 17. 7, 20. Comp. nan .
=fl?5 m. plur. Q"3!3a , treasury of the
temple, 1 Chr. 28, 11.' The ending T\-,
p
200
TT?:*
T^, occurs also in other Chaldee words,
as r^^ , Ti^st ; Lehrg. p. 516. R. T35 .
)r^ to cover,
to cover over, i. q.
Arab, i^ws^ ; kindr. '(53 , )l'S . Trop. to
j)ro/ec<. everywhere of God as protecting
men, c. ^5, like other verbs of covering,
see ^5 no. 2. b. 2 K. 20, ti iisn-^s "inissi
rsTrt a7id I will protect this city. Is. 37,
35. 38, 6 ; c. bs 2 K. 19, 34. Inf. absol.
,i:a Is! 31, 5.
Hi PH. fut. ",5^ i. q. Kal, c. hs Is. 31, 5.
Zech. 9, 15; with n?3 Zech. 12, 8, see
152 no. 1 . a.
Deriv. ',a , nsa, nw, ',5^3, n::^, and
pr. n. rra , "I'lnsa .
"JlrsS (gardener) Ginnethon, pr. n. m.
Neh. 10, 7. 12, 6. In v. 4 is the corrupted
reading "^irsa .
'^^ fo tow, as an ox or cow, an ono-
matopoetic root, 1 Sam. 6, 12. Job 6, 5.
Talm. id. Syr. P^to cry out, to exclaim.
Corresponding is Gr. yotm, Sanscr. and
Zend, gau-s, Pers. Ai, ASkau. gait, ox
or cow, Lat. ceva cow, Columel. 6. 24
fin. Teut. Ko, Kuh, Engl, cow, so
called from their lowing. See Grimm's
Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 327. Hence
W3 (lowing) Goah, with He local
nrrj, Goath, pr. n. of a place near
Jerusalem, Jer. 31, 39.
-^^^ to abhor, to reject with loath-
ing, to cast away. Chald. Ithpe. to be
polluted, impure, unclean, see bxa II ;
wlience too the signif of loathing, ab-
horring may be derived, i. q. to hold as
polluted, unclean, comp. criT . Often in
the plirase nx "'UiE? n^?a my soul abhors
any thing. Lev. 26, U.'lS. 30. 43 ; c. a
Jer. 14, 19 ; also without tt\ Lev. 26, 44.
Ez. 16, 45.
NiPH. to he cast away. 2 Sam. 1, 21
C'^'iiaa *|5'0 ^"53 Cd ^"3 for there was cast
away the .'shield of the mighty ; Vulg. ibi
enim al/jectns est clypeus heroum; Sept.
Hipn. i. q. Kal, Job 21, 10 niS i-iio
isa^ K^"^ his cow breedeth and casteth not,
i. e. doc8 not suffer abortion ; Vulg. bos
eontm concepit,et nan ahortirit ; and ro
Aqu. Symm. Sept. But Saadias, Kim-
chi, and others, his hidl gendereth 'pr
lets pass in, sc. membrum genitale) and
suffereth not to cast his seed. See in
"135 Pi. Hence the two following :
'?5 (loathing) Gaal, pr. n. m. Judg.
9, 26. 28. 30.
^?a a loathing. Ez. 16, 5 T{4.^} b?53
with loathing of thy soul, i. e. so that thou
didst loathe thyself, i. q. T\^2.;a3 . Not, as
some suppose, with loathing of thy life.
i^ fut. i?a'^ , to rebuke, to reprove^
to chide, e. g. as a father his son, c. 3
Gen. 37, 10 r3X 13 -i?a*1 and his father
rebuked him. Ruth. 2, 16. Jer. 29, 27.
Syr. jiL id. Ethiop. "JOZ, to cry out.
Kindred is Arab. jLs. to low, to ask with
a loud voice, to supplicate with wailing
and lamentation. Often spoken of God
as rebuking his enemies, constr. with 3 or
accus. Is. 17, 13. 54, 9. Ps. 9, 6. 68, 31.
119; 21. Espec. as thereby restraining
and deterring them from their wicked
purposes; Zech. 3,2 -(ZJ'^an TjS njITi ira^
the Lord rebttke thee, Satan ! i. e. restrain
thee, deter thee. Mai. 3. 11 c=5 Ti-ira
V:n3 / icill rebuke (restrain) for your
sakes the devourer, i. e. voracious and
hurtful, animals. 2, 3 -PX c=b "iri ''2:n
r'^Tn behold, J will rebuke your seed, i. e.
will restrain it from coming into your
garners, will deny you the usual harvest.
Spoken also of the sea as dried up at
God's rebuke, Ps. 106, 9. Nah. 1, 4.
Deriv. r'^rJ^ and
rny3 f. constr. trnsa . rebuke, reproof
Prov.l3, 1. 17, 10. Ecc. 7, 5. Is. 30, 17.
Spoken of the rebuke of God upon his
enemies, by which they are destroyed,
Ps. 76, 7. 80, 17 ; also as causing the
sea to become dry, Ps. 104, 7. Is. 50, 2.
''^^'i pr. to push, to thrust, to shake
by a sudden impulse. Syr. ..a S ^to push
with the horns, to butt ; and in the pas-
sive conjugations, to be ,'ihaken. to be
moved, violently to and fro. to ([uuke. So
Heb. once in Kal, Ps. 18. 8 ir>-^r}-. aJram
y^xn then the earth shook and trembled.
In the parall. passage 2 Sam. 22, 8 Keri,
Hithpael is read, which is more frequent
in this signification; while in Ps. I.e.
the writer seems to have employed Kal
201
ii
intrans. ibr the eakc of paronomasia in
the words ttJssn, uSjnn.
PuAL cjyii ' ill. Job 34, 20 cs sicrin
^"las^l the people shall be moved and
pass away, i. e. shuii be troubled, shall
reel and perish.
HiTHPA. to be moved, shaken, to quake,
of the earth Ps. 18, 8 and 2 Sam. 22, 8 fin.
Of waves, to be agitated, to toss them-
selves. Jer. 5, 22. 46, 7. 8.
HiTHPO. to stagger, to reel, as one
drunken, Jer. 25, 16. Hence
TOya (a shaking, earthquake) Gaash,
pr. n. of a hill among the mountains of
Ephraim, Josh. 24, 30. Judg. 2,9. Hence
^?5 "^^r!? the valleys of Gaash, around
that hill, 2 Sam. 23, 30. 1 Chr. 11, 32.
DP?a (i. q. Arab, f^^^xs^ one puny
and thin) Gatam pr. n. m. of a son of
Eliphaz, Gen. 36. 11. 16.
SH m. (r. rjBa) 1. the back, i. q. 33;
hence ''Da bs upon the back of. i. q. simpl.
upon, like Ciiald. "^33 bs , Prov. 9. 3.
2. the body; hence ioaa pr. with his
body, i. e. by himself alone, without
wife and children, Ex. 21, 3. 4. Sept.
povog.
Sia Chald. aicing-, plur. 'pBa Dan. 7, 4.
6. Syr. i&l, comp. Heb. c-'sax. It
seems to come from Heb. riJS, whence
C]33 , C|3a , and thence Cja .
\rti a root ncrt used, i. q. 'iSa to
be bent, curved, arched; hence Arab.
6 9 ^
^2^A^ the eye-lashes, also a young and
pendulous shoot, vine-branch, so called
from its bending. See more on this
root in Thesaur. p. 298. Hence
JB?, c. sufT. ':sa. plur. c^asa . comm.
gender, (rarely m. Hos. 10, 1. 2 K. 4, 39,)
a young and pendulous shoot ; hence a
plant having such shoots, espec. a vine,
grape-vine (comp. salir i.q. ?AtJ, pr. a rod,
switch), which where greater accuracy
is required, as in laws, is called fully -jBa
l":?!! Num. 6. 4. Judg. 13, 14. Rarefy
spoken of other .similar plants, as nnb |Ba
2 K. 4. 39 a wild vine, bearing wild cu-
cumbers. Most freq. it denotes simpl.
vine, i. e. grape-vine. Gen. 40, 9. Is. 7. 23.
24,7. 32, 12. Judg. 9. 13 sq. A noble
vine is put as an emblem of men of no-
ble and generous disposition, Jer. 2, 21,
comp. Is. 5, 2 ; and vice versa a strange
vine, a vine of Sodom, stands for men of
ignoble and degenerate character, Jer.
2, 21. Deut. 32, 32. With the latter
comp. also the apples of Sodom, Joseph.
B. J. 4. 8. 4.
Vjiit obsol. root, i. q. 35a , to be curv-
ed, gibbous, convex. Hence Cja , B"p5X .
'*^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. n3 and
jJlc. to cover, to cover over. Hence the
two following :
"^^a once Gen. 6, 14. pr. pitch, i. q. IBS ;
hence lEJ "'SS pr. pitch-wood, resinous
wood, such as the wood of the pine,fir,
cypress, cedar, and other trees of like
kind, which are used in ship-building ;
see n'^nsa . Among modern interpret-
ers, Bochart in Phaleg. I. 4, and Celsius
in Hierob. 1. 328, not unaptly understand
the cypress-tree, xvntigiaaog, aipressu^ ;
appealing not without reason to the
similar letters and sound.
fT^">E)5 f. (r. -^Ba) prob. pr. pitch, but
transferred also to other combustible
substances, spec, brimstone, sulphur.
Gen. 19, 24. Deut. 29, 22. Is. 30, 33. 34,
9. Job 18. 15. Syr. fiUj-aa and liJj^,
Arab. iOvx5' whence y^j-o to smear
with sulphur; Chald. Xn'^n&a, XD'^nSiia,
xn-^nssis, id.
"15 , f nna , plur. n'^'ia , Part, of r. -i^a I.
I, q. V. p. 185.
la m. (r. "iia I) a sojourner, stranger^
a man living out of his own country,
Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. 22, 20. al.
Often joined with the synon. 35)10 a
stranger (comp. Michaelis in Mos. Recht
II. 38) Gen. 23, 4 ; opp. n-iTX a native
Ex. 12, 19. With suff. T^naV iia, thy or
his sojourner, stranger, i. e. living in
thy or his land, (not ia thy house,) Ex.
20, 10. Deut. 5, 14. 24, 14. 31, 12.
"la lime, see l"'a .
"^a lion's whelp, see iia.
^'i'^ (i. q. JTia a grain) Gera pr. n.
a) A son of Benjamin Gen. 46, 21. b)
Judg. 3. 15. c) 1 Chr. 8, 7. d) 8, 3. 5.
e) 2 Sara. 16, 5.
nti
202
rrG
^-x ol>sol. root, pr. to scratch, to
scrape, a signif. found also in several
other verbs beginning with "15, imitating
the sound of scratching, scraping ; see
nna , cna , -jna , sna . nna ; and transferred
also afterwards to the idea of roughness,
see fTia , bna . Arab. <w>yafc to be scab-
by, mangy, <*-Jy:^ the scab, mange, Syr.
Ji^i leprosy ; comp. Germ. Kriitze,
kratzan, Engl, with sibilant to scratch,
the scratches, scurf, scurvy. Hence S"na ,
pr. n. ana .
3^^ m. scab, scurf, scurvy, perh. of a
malignant kind, Deut. 28, 27 ; concr.
scabbed, scurvy, 'Ley. 2\, 20. 22.22. Sept.
yjaQOL uygla, Vulg. scabies jugis.
2!?^ (scabby) Gareb, pr. n. a) One
of David's chief warriors. 2 Sam. 23, 38.
1 Chr. 11, 40. b) A hill near Jerusa-
lem, Jer. 31, 39.
'^5'1|, m. (r. "i-ns no. 5) plur. Di'ia'ia,
a berry, from its round and rolling
hrm, Is. 17, 6. In the Mishna id.
S i
Arab. ^y=s>..
flil^na plur. f (r. n-na no. 3) the throat,
gullet, (comp. Lat. gurges. Germ. Gur-
gel, Engl, gargle.) i. q. 'jiia ; spoken
every where of the external throat,
neck, Prov. 1, 9. 3, 3. 22. 6, 21. A Sing.
ri"a"ia is read in the Mishna, Cholin 2. 4.
ib. 3. 3.
* '257^ obsol. quadril. Chald. SPittSa'ia
clay, loam, lump of earth, Syr. ll^*^^,
Arab. (j*fc&.*j^ black mud. Hence
*'^'^? (dwelling in clayey or loamy
Boil) a Girgashile, collect. Girgashites,
a Canaanitish tribe, whose residence is
not distinctly specified in the O. Test
Gen. 10, 16. 15, 21. Josh. 24, 11. Sept.
and Josephus Ant. 1. 6. 2 I'fQyKnuoc.
Euseb. in Onom. 8. v. r^qyttati affirms
that they dwelt beyond Jordan.
C^ in Kal not upod. Arab. Aram.
Tna to grate, to scrape, to scratch,
onomatopoetic ; comp. ann, D^n, ttJ^n,
and from the occidental languages, gra/-
tare, gratter, to grate, to scratch, kratzen.
Comp. in 3'ia .
HiTHPA. to scrape oneself, e. g. with a
shell or sherd to allay an itching. Job 2, 8.
'7't in Kal not used, pr. to be rough,
from the notion of grating, scraping,
comp. roots beginning with ia ; spec, of
roughness of the throat, i. q. "na no. 3 ;
whence "liia throat. Thence transferred
to harshness, moroseness, proneness to
anger, Arab. (^ j^ to give way to anger,
IV to provoke, e. g. a dog ; Aram. '^'15 ,
>*i-^, wi-vx to uTitate. Comp. Germ.
kratzig, griesgrdmig, spoken of a morose
person.
PiEL. iT^S to e.Tcite, to stir up strife.
Prov. 15, 18 '|ilo rrir nrn t'^i^ a wrath-
ful man stirreth up strife. 28, 25. 29, 22.
HiTHPA. pr. to excite oneself, to be
stirred up to anger, strife, battle, etc.
Hence
1. to be irritated, angry. Prov. 28, 4
CS ii-isn'i nn-in ^-irii they who keep the
law are angry with them sc. the wicked.
Dan. 11, 10 init.
2. to contend with, to make war upon ;
c. 3, Deut. 2, 5. 19 C2 -isnn-'bs'i nor
contend with them. ; so with SrsHbTS added,
to contend with in battle, v. 9. 24. n"ijrri
nirr^n to contend with Jehovah, to wage
war against him. Jer. 50, 24. 2 K. 14, 10
nr'in Tijnn nab wherefore sho7ihlest
thou contend with calamity, q. d. excite
it to battle. Absol. Dan. 11. 10 nnspi
n"?r~i5 and shall wage war even to his
fortress, v. 25 n^nhrs^b ny^r.-; he shall
be stirred up to battle, i. e. shall rouse
himself to war.
Deriv. Tina, n^sm.
^"v? f (r. nna no. 4) 1. niminalion ;
hence the cud, the food which ruminating
animals bring up and chew over again,
.^ . . ,
Arab. 8v^. Of a ruminating animal
is said : Tns nbrn to bring up the cud,
i. q. to chew the cud. Lev. 11. 3 sq. Deut.
14, 6. 7 ; also nna -i-,a Lev. 11, 7.
2. a grain, berry, i. q. "la^s ; used as
the smallest weight and coin of the He-
brews, a gerah. equivalent to tiie twen-
tieth part of a shekel, Ex. 30, 13. Lev.
27. 25. Num. 3, 47. 18. 16. Sept. Vulg.
v/iolog, obolm. So called cither from a
r:
203
iro
granule of lead (as Gr. o^^Xoq accord-
ing to Aristotle is from the figure of a
Bpit or needle, Chald. XSia a little stone,
obelus) ; or because in weighing small
things the Hebrews used grains or ker-
nels either of barley (comp. Engl.
barleycorn), or perhaps the seeds of
the carob tree, ceratonia sitiqria, like
the Greeks and Romans. But it must
be remembered, that the Mosaic gerah,
which is 13,0 Paris grains, is equal to 4
or 5 beans of the carob, and according to
the Rabbins to 16 grains of barley. Of
a like origin are Arab. kA:^ grain, ber-
?' *" ' .1
ry, and 'Li^^y^ carob bean, Pers. ^SJIJ
(^Snvi'txr,) i. q. sjLj|>, xjto. all of which
refer also to eraaU weights.
11^5 m. (r. nna) constr. 'i'^i , che throat,
BO called as giving forth rough, harsh,
hoarse sounds ; see the root, also "^"^^ no. 3.
PiiS"^?, comp. Ps. 69, 4. Spoken of as the
instrument of speech, Ps. 115.7. 149,6. 5,
10 c:"ia niPD 'a;? their throat is an open
eepulchre, i. e. they utter smooth speech-
es, while like an open sepulchre they
meditate destruction. Is. 58, 1 IT^SS xnp
cryAcith the throat, i. e. with open throat,
aloud, with full voice coming from the
throat and breast ; while vice versa one
who speaks low uses only the lips and
tongue. 1 Sam. 1, 13. Of the external
throat, the neck; Is. 3, 16 "ilia nrs-o?
icith outstretched throat or neck, i. e. toss-
ing back the head. Ez. 16, 11.
ni'15 f. place of sojourning, habitation,
encampment, Jer. 41. 17. R. n^ia 1. 1.
'_^ in Kal not used, i. q. "iT3 q. v.
Arab. \js>- to cut, to cut off, to separate ;
also to devour, whence Samar. ^/Tl'^^
locust. Comp. in 'Ta .
NiPH. i. q. i!a Niph. no. 2. Ps. 31, 23
tl-^rs nj:i3 TinSS I am ctit off from be-
fore thine eyes, excluded from thy sight
or presence ; comp. "itaj Ps. 88, 6. But
14 Mss. in Ps. 31 read also Tntss .
The derivatives follow.
"tna or ''7"15 (after the form "^na,
dwelling in a shorn or desert land,
So ^
tomp. Arab. Vy^ sterile land.) Cnrzite
or Gerizite, pr. n. of a tribe in the vicinity
of the Philistines, attacked and stibdued
by David, 1 Sam. 27, 8 Chethibh. In
Keri ^"^n q. v.
D"'-T"\a, always O-'na in Mmtnt Ge-
rizim. one of the mountains of Ephraim,
situated over against Mount Ebal. Deut,
11, 29. 27, 12. Josh. 8, 33 ; and over She-
chem Jos. Ant. 4. 8. 44 ; on which after
tha exile a temple was built by the Sa-
maritans as the seat of their national
worship; see Joseph. Ant. 11. 7. 2. ib.
11. 8. 2, 4, 6. On the reading of the
Samar. Codex Deut. 27, 4, see the au-
thor's Comment, de Pent. Sam. p. 61.
As to the etymology, c^^ia in seems to
be pr. Mount of the Gerizites. see ^13 ;
so called prob. from some colony or set-
tlement of that people which anciently
dwelt there ; just as the Amalekites their
neighbours also gave name to another
mountain in the same tribe, "'p^Tsyn "^n
Judg. 12, 15. Now called Jebel et-Titr,
overhanging Nftbulus ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 97 sq.
IT^? m- (r. ^1\) an a.re, for cutting or
chopping wood, Deut. 19, 5. 20, 19. Is.
10, 15 ; lor hewing stone, 1 K. 6, 7. Kin-
dred words are ,jSvJ) U)P-' C^^)j^'
-\w5, |*-?)y5, an axe.
^.y obsol. root, softened from *lia ,
(as bin from iin to burn,) pr. to be
rough, espec. of a rough, gravelly, gritty
soil, in which the foot partially sinks
s ^
with a grating sound ; comp. Arab. Jy^
a gravelly place, J>^ gravel, grit.
Hence Heb. bl-ia pr. a small stone, lapil-
lus, then lot, Gr. transp, Kytr/Pog, Lat.
GLaRea ; also Arab. Jv^ to be stony,
gravelly, Camoos p. 1412, derived from
9
the noun J>^ q. v. above.
Deri v. blia and
T
'"^3 rough, m.orose, stem, comp. Germ.
grollig, grillig, from the same stock.
Prov. 19, 19 Cheth. n":n-bn2 stem in
anger, i. e. rough, harsh, angry. All
the versions express the Keri non iia ,
which however is too feeble.
^y^ see bl-ia .
tr:^
204
roi
^_? pr. to cut of or away, as Syr.
^ - ^
>ci.^, and Arab, (j^- Once in Kal,
c. dat. to cut off for any thing, i. q. to
reserve, to keep, to lay up. Zeph. 3. 3
"ipja^ ii^"^! t<b f^ey Zay up nothing for
the mo7Tuw ; Sept. well oix iuMnovjo,
Vulg. 7mn relinquebant ad mane. Comp.
\ baij Gen. 27, 36 ; also *ya. Koran
11.87. '^
PiEL D"ia denom. from cna, to gnaw,
crush, craunch bones. Num. 24, 8 ^e
eAa/f devour the nations his enemies,
t'lS'j cri"'r,'ii2^?T and shall craunch their
hones. Hence trop. Ez. 23, 34 thou shall
drink and suck it out (the cup) tnt
'snSFi fiib'nn a7id thou shall craunch the
sherds thereof, i. e. hyperbol. thou shalt
lick it out clean, lest a single drop be
left therein.
C^l m. 1. a bone, i. q. ca>, but rarer
and only poetic, Prov. 17. 22. 25, 15.
Plur.Job40,18. Syr.Chald.>c^, jj^j^,
Hr-ia, Sam. "^^1^ id. Arab, f La^ the
body. The letters r and s being inter-
changed, kindred words are Chald. CCJ ,
So
|Vm*^, and even DSS itself.
2. ^tlie body, as in Arabic. Gen. 49, 14
O'na "lien an ass of body, well-bodied,
i. e. strong, stout; Vulg. asinus fortis.
Go
So also Arab. ty^ body is used of a
beast of burden, e. g. (>* (j*v9 ^ horse
of body, large bodied, .j-s* jLjv a
strong ass. The same is expressed by
a special adj. |V^y^>
3. the very bone, substance, of any
thing, i. q. self, ipse, like Z'lV . 2 K. 9.
13 then torjk every man his garment and
spread them under him, (Jehu) C^j"!:*;
piVran 7q)on the steps themselves, the
very steps.
D'na Chald. a hone, Dan. 6, 25.
'^'^^ (bony) Garmi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
4, 19.'
")J* obsol. root, Arab, /jr^ ^^ make
smooth, level, to wipe or streep off; kindr.
With C^a and other roots beginning with
. Hence
T}'^ m. (but fern. Jer. 51, 33) c. suff.
'S^a, He parag. njns Mic. 4, 12 ; Plur.
ri5-^: Joel 2, 24, constr. p-ir-is Hos. 9, 1 ;
a place made level, an area. Arab.
9c- 9 - 9-0
a) Of the area or open place around
the gates of cities, called also :hn. 1 K.
22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9. b) Mostly of the
area on which grain is trodden out or
threshed in the open field, a threshing-
fioor, Ruth 3, 2 sq. Judg. 6, 37. al. nssi^Pi
("JJ the produce of the ihreshingfloor,
i.e. grain, Num. 18, 30. ns'ia id. Is. 21,
10 ''jn;",^ my son (grain) of the thresh-
ingffoor, i. e. my country, my people !
now broken and trodden down, as grain
upon a threshing-floor; parall. "^nuilTS
my threshing. Comp. Mic. 4, 12. 13.
Meton. for the grain itsell^ Job 39, 12.
^^^ pr. to break in pieces by scrap-
ing, grating, i-ubbing ; and genr, to
grate, to break in coarse pieces, to
crush ; comp. ~2'n . S3'^ . So Syr. ^r^^
Arab, ^j^, comp. Heb. ons", whence
no'^nT grits, groats, Germ. Gries, Griltze.
In 6. T. once intrans. Ps. 119. 20 noia
^^sr? 'Ce? my soul is broken, crvshed,
for longing.
HiPH. to break in pieces, to cj^f-sh. Lam.
3, 16 \:d y:jri3 Dn::;l he hath broken my
teeth with gravel-stoiies, trop. for a state
of calamity and wretchedness. See be-
low in \a7.a .
^-'T fut. S'lS'i, pr. to scratch, to
scrape, like many verbs beginning with
15, see in a'na , "inj . Hence
1. to scrape off, to shave off the beard,
like Syr. '^.^j Jer. 48, 37 ; also Is. 15, 2
in some Mss. see under 5'ia . Corre-
sponding is Gr. xfi()(it, Germ, schceren,
Eng. to shear. Then
2. Genr. to take away, to detract, to
withhold; kindr. />Jpoc, and intrans. ca-
reo. Jer. 26, 2 "i^n ynan bx thou shalt
not withhold aught therefrom; with "T?
Job 36, 7. Often "; sn; is i. q. to take i
away (aught)yrcM any thing, the accus.
of the part taken away being omitted,
comp. opp. Sri'^Oin no. 2. Deut. 4, 2. 13,
1. Ex. 5, 8. 19. Ecc. 3, 14. Hence c. ace.
to diminish, pr. to take away or with-
ra
205
hold from. Ex. 21, 10. Ez. 16, 27. Job 15,
4 Vx '':b^ nn"^b ^isni ami withholdcst
praijer (inlonition) hrforeGod. With bj<
to take to or for oneself, i. e. to reserve, to
keep, tn lay up for oneself, comp. D'la .
Job 15. 8 hast thou listened in the council
ofJehorah, nrsn T^-'bx V^rA and dost
thou reserve all wisdom to thyself? Simi-
lar is the Arabic usage, in which Cy^
is to absorb, to drink in. '^
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 2, to take to oneself
to attract : Job 36, 27 caBa: ;ir 'S
trhen (God) altracteth, draweth upwards,
the drops of water.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be
taken away, withheld; construed so that
the thing to be taken away is either ex-
pressly mentioned, Num. 27, 4. 36, 3 ; or
else it is implied, *|T3 5^35 it (something)
is taken away from a thing, i. q. to be
diminished. Num. 36, 3 fin. Ex. 5, 11.
Lev. 27. 18. Hence
2, to be put back, to be made less of
Num. 9. 7.
Deriv. n'ir'na'a .
H_^' 1. to snatch or hurry away, to
drag off, to pluck off; comp. Engl, to
g^rab, to gripe. There is something
onomatopoetic in this root, both in the
letters 15, which include the notion of
scraping, grating, see under r. 2-i5 ; and
also in the syllable S)"!, comp. Lat. rape-
re, Germ, raffen. Arab. 0*.. to scrape
away, to clear off. e. g.mire with a shovel ;
Conj. II, to carry off, to wear away, as a
stream a part 01 its bank ; Ov:^ > >^>-^ >
a shore eaten away by a stream. Ethiop,
iZ^'^i a drag-net, which sweeps all be-
fore it. Chald. and Talmud, to sweep ;
^y- >^r^of water sweeping away what-
ever it meets. Once in O. T. Judg. 5. 21
OE'ia V^"'?; '^3 the river Kishon swept
them airay ; Sept. iUavqtv, Vu!g. traxit
cadavera earum.
2. to grasp, to gripe, whence Cliias*
the fist. See also '"'E'^.573 .
L^' an onomatopoetic root, express-
ing the idea of grating, scraping, drag-
ging, satcing, and other similar rough
and harsh sounds, such as are produced
in the throat ; comp. Gr. vttiQoi, auQou),
^tvqta, Lat sario, sarrio, serro, verro, gar-
18
rio, Germ, zerren, scharren^ scMren,
sclietiern, kehren, Eng. to grate, to scrape^
to scour, to drag, to saw ; comp. also ^ax
no. 1, -T5 . Spec.
1. to drag or sweep away, Ilab. 1, 15.
Prov. 21, 7. See Hithpo. Syr. and
Arab. id.
2. to saw, to cut with a saw ; whence
iT^Sia a saw. See Poal. In Syr. and
Arab, this signif. belongs to the kindred
form 133 .
3. Lat. gargarizare, to gargle, to gur-
gle, to give forth harsh or gurgling sounds
from the throat. Comp. Arab, ^ys^,
-C^, which denote various guttural or
gurgling sounds as made either by a
liquid or by the voice ; also Germ, schlur-
fen. schnarren, schnarchen. gurgeln, Gr.
yaoyi*(ji"C*", Fr. gargariser, Eng. to gur-
gle, to guggle, to gulp. Hence ni^a'ia ;
comp. "pia throat.
4. to ruminate, to chew the cud ; pr. to
bring up again through the gullet, sc. the
food in order to chew it over ; which is
usually attended with a gurgling noise.
So fut. la-; Lev. 11, 7. Arab, la^ W
and VIII ; Syr. ^^a-^-^f. This form -1x7-
may be either in Kal by Chaldaism, or
in Niphal; as also the Syriac and Ara-
bic languages express this idea by pas-
sive or reflexive forms, pr. to ruminate-
with oneself.
5. Sometimes this verb remits some-
thing of its roughness of signification,
and expresses the softer sound to roll,
which elsewhere pertains to the kindr.
Vsa. So Ethiop. Ki1Q.1l, to roll one-
self Syr. ]2i..^j^ i. q. ] ^ . N^\ ^ a cha^
riot, and in O. T. "iJ^a for ^jba a berry,
which latter form is read in the Talmud.
Comp. I'^S, i?"^?, and Lat. currere.
NiPH. 1. to be dragged or scraped
together, collected, spoken of wealth,
riches ; comp. kmdr. "last, which also ia
used of wealth scraped together and
collected trom every quarter. Sodoubt-
less Part. plur. m'laa after the Chaldee '
form Job 20, 28, i. e. gathered riches, i. q.
bin"^ in the other hemistich. The whole
verse may then be rendered : The in-
crease of his house shall depart, his
riches shall depart in the day of his anger.
in:
206
nD:
2. to ruminate, see in Kal no. 4.
PoAL to be sawed, to be cut with a
saw 1 K. 7, 9. Comp. Kal no. 2.
HiTHPO. i. q. Kal no. 1, spoken of a
whirlwind sweeping all before it, Jer.
30, 23.
Deriv. frii , ni-'S'^J, n-jTS , -i-^-isd q. v.
"("^S (according to Simonis, a sojourn,
lodging-place, from r. "ii5 i. q. TiS , comp.
Gen. 20, 1 ; perh. also Avater-pots, Arab.
'*.&.) Gerar, pr. n. of a city, anciently
the residence of a Philistine king, and
in the time of the patriarchs subject to
king Abimelech, Gen. 20, 1. 26, 1. bn:
"ina valley of Gerar Gen. 26, 17.
^-^ i. q. 0*15 q. v. Hence
''^^ c. sufT. ''w"ia , something crushed,
broken, pounded. Lev. 2, 14. 16.
^-^ pr. to drive, to thrust, to carry
off or away, as in Chald. Spec.
1. to drive or cast out, to expel, as a
people from a land, Ex. 34. 11 ; but this
eignif is more usual in Piel. Spoken of
inanimate things. Is. 57, 20 the wicked
are like the troubled sea when it cannot
rest, '^"^'^1 rsi. v^'Ta to-ij';;! whose wa-
ters cast up mire and dirt, mud. Also
to put away a wife, to divorce; Part,
pass. nii"^"i5 one put away, divorced, Lev.
21, 7. 14. 22, 13. Num. 30, 10. Ez. 44, 22.
2. to plunder, to pillage, to spoil, Ez.
36, 5 i=b .-nttJ-iSTa "?i:b to spoil it (the
land) as a prey, booty ; here 'iJ'^i^ is
infin. after the Aramaean form.
3. to drive out, i. e. to put forth fruit,
Bee ttJ"?.?.
4. to dnve to pasture, e. g. cattle, see
Piel C"]! to drive or ca^it out, to expel,
with ace. of pers. Gen. 3, 24. 4, 14. 21,
10 ; also '"0 of place whence, Ex. 11, 1.
Judg. 11, 7. 't ''pB-o ir-ia to drive out
from, before any one, so as to make room
for any one, e. g. God the Canaanites
before Israel, Ex. 23, 29. 31. Judg. 2, 3.
PiTAL ):! pass, of Piel, Ex. 12, 39.
Ni PH. 1. to be driven or cast out, Jon.
2,5.
2. to be carried off, swept away, by the
violence of waters. Am. 8, 8 Mf??i^i naj-nw
O'^'^Sia l'is<''S it shall be incept away and
drovmed as with the flood of Egypt.
3. to be driven, agitated, tossed, ^. g,
the sea. Is. 57, 20 an:? z^ the tossed sea,
troubled.
Deriv. 0'^5'2 and those here following.
T^'^S m. pr. what is put forth, protrud-
ed ; henc6^o(/?<ce, product. Deut. 33, 14
CT}"!"] uJ";i the produce, products of the
months, that which each month produces
from the earth. Comp. r. ttJns no. 3.
mS'13 f; a driving out, expidsion ; spec,
of a person from his possessions, extor-
tion, exaction, Ez. 45, 9. R. tlins .
plDn^ (expulsion) pr. n. Gershon, a
son of Levi and the founder of the Leri-
tical family of the Gershonites Gen. 46,
II. Ex. 6, 16. Num. 3, 17 sq. Once Cic-ia
q. V. lett. b. Hence patronym. ''I'^IS, a
Gershanite, and co\\ect.Gershon,tes,Kam.
3, 23. 26, 57.
DTS'13 (expulsion i. q. "'ittS'ia) pr, n.
Gershom. a) A son of Moses and Zip-
porah, Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. In the first of
these passages there is an allusion to
the etymology of the name, as if it were
for cib 13 i. q. do "la a sojourner there
(comp. *j'i-q. ct^); and hence the LXX,
in order the more clearly to express this
etymology, write it rijQauft. b) A son of
Levi, 1 Chr. 6, 1 ; elsewhere called "(ioia
q. V. c) Judg. 18, 30. d) Ezra 8, 2. '
i-iiDil (a bridge, Arab. ^m*^, Syr.
)i A* ,. ) pr. n. Geghur, a district o'l Syria
subject to king Tolmai, whose daughter
David married, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37. 15, 8.
From 1 Chr. 2, 23, we may gather that
GeshuT is to be sought in the neigh-
bourhood of Gilead, and that its inha-
bitants are not to be distinguished from
the n"<n!HDa ; see the next article.
''"^WS Geshurite, a gentile name
a) Of a people dwelling at the foot of
Mount Hermon, near Maachah, on the
north of Bashan and Argob ; included
indeed within the boundaries of the Holy
Land, but not subject to the Hebrews
Deut. 3, 14. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 2.
23 ; comp. "isittSs . [Perh. near the pre-
sent bridge in that quarter over the Jcm^
dan, called Jisr llenAt Ya^k6b ; see
Burckh. Syr. p. 315. Bib!. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 301. R. b) Of a people ia the
d'>3i
207
r
neighbourhood of the Philistines, Josh.
13, 2. 1 Sam. 27, 8.
* D35 in Kal not used, to rain, espec.
with violence, to pour.
Pdal Ez. 22, 24 ; see in OOa.
Hi PH. to cause to rain, Jer. 14, 22.
Hence the two following :
UIDi m. plur. O^ooia , constr. ''Otia .
1. rain, i. e. violent rain, heavy shower,
dift". from "^'O, which denotes rain in
general. Hence D'Sa "la^ nhower of rain
Zech. 10, 1 ; also -i-jt3 era Job 37, 6. The
same is apparent from the epithets, as
b'ha CO J 1 K. 18, 45, rfJioS 'a Ez. 13, 11.
13.'
2. Geshem, pr. n. m. Neh. 2, 19. 6, 1. 2 ;
written also noa Gashmu Neh. 6, 6.
DOa c. sufF. ncaJa Ez. 22, 24, rain.
But it is better to write without Mappik,
n:3ra for n;a Pual of ctlia , is rained
ffpoK, Vulg. compluta est. R. Da.
oca Chald. c. suff. nottba, Tinai^a,
^^ body, Dan. 4, 30. 5, 21. Syr. ioL*.^,
ii>fl.*Q-^. Arab. ^ J^ ^ and ^l.^ ^~^ id.
See in ona .
TOTDS Gashmu, pr. n. see in Dl^a no. 2.
"JTCa pr. n. Goshen. 1. A region of
Egypt where the Hebrews dwelt from
the time of Jacob until Moses, i.e. during
four hundred and thirty years, Gen. 45,
10. 46, 28. 34. 47, 27. 50, 8. Ex. 9, 26.
As the name of this region is mentioned
by none of the Greek geographers, in-
terpreters and modern geographers have
differed widely in respect to its site.
But it seems well ascertained, that Gro-
ehen was the name given to that part of
Lower Egypt lying east of the Pelusian
branch of the Nile, between Heiiopolis
and the extremity of the Sinus Heroupo-
litanus or Gulf of Suez. This opinion
is supported: a) By several passages
of the O. Test, which indicate the same
not obscurely ; e. g. Gen. 46, 29. Ex. 13,
17. 1 Chr. 7, 21. b) By the authority
of the LXX, who render '|CS3 by rHjifi
^AQn^Laq Gen. 45, 10, and 'Hqowiv nolig
iv Yfi 'Pufisaajj 46, 28. Other opinions
are reviewed in Thesaur. p. 307. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest, p. 76 sq.
2. A city with the neighbouring dis-
trict in the mountains of Judah Josh. 10,
41. 11, 16. 15, 51.
^I'i^ obsol. root, Syr. > t>a ^ to
stroke, to caress, tojlalter. Hence
SBTD3 (caress, flattery) Gishpa, pr. n.
m. Neil. 11, 21.
^?5 obsol. root, Arab. r***c^ to
bridge, to build a bridge, pr. to join,
comp. ~td;3 ; also to be bold, daring ;
since the building of a bridge, espec. in
war or over a rapid stream, requires
boldness and energy. Syr. i-*^ "^-
Hence n^ltJa.
^'^3, only in Piel, to feel, i. e. to
seek by feeling, to grope for, c. ace. Is.
59, 10. Arab, fj**^ , Aram, wjl-^ and
i-AiM id. but mostly trop. to examine, to
explore. Kindr. is tt5c;3.
f^ f. (contr. from P3a , after the form
P53, PS; for Viip^, r. '"(a^) plur. PTTia.
1 . apre.is, wine-press, or rather trougli,
vat. in which the grapes were trodden
with the feet, and from which the juice
flowed off into a lower vat placed near,
rjr"!, vnolr,viov. Joel 4, 13. Pa "^"n to
tread the wine-press Neh. 13, 15. Lam.
1, 15.
2. Gath, pr. n. of one of the chief cities
of the Philistines, the birth-place of Goli-
ath. Josh. 13. 2. 1 Sam. 6, 17. 21, 11. 1 K.
2, 39. 40. Hence patronym. "ina GittHe.
3. "sn na (wine-press of the well)
Gath-hepher, a cityof Zebulun. with He
loc. nan nna Josh. 19, 13; the birth-
I>lace of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 14. 25.
4. '"iB"! r.a (press of the pomegranate)
Gath-rimmon, a city of the tribe of Dan,
Josh. 19, 45.
''na Gittite, gentile n. from Pa no. 2,
2 Sam. 6, 10. 11. 15, 18. For PTia see
in its place.
'^^P^a (two wine-presses) Gittaim, pr.
n. of a city in Benjamin, Neh. 11, 33.
IT^Pa . a stringed instrument of music,
Ps. 8. 1. 81, 1. 84, 1. So called from Pa,
P3a for P;?? (r. "(ij) ' music of stringed
instruments ;' hence similar to, if not
identical with n:"i: q. v. See Redslob
"in:s
208
an
de voc. n'^na , Lips. 1831. 8. The usual | 'IW Qen. 10, 23, Gether, pr. n. of an
derivation from na a city or wine-press ! Aramaean region, otherwise wholly un-
is less probable. 1 known.
Daleth, nb'n , the fourth letter of the
Hebrew alphabet ; as a numeral denot-
ing 4. The name signifies a door, and
the most ancient form of the letter (//)
obviously imitated the triangular door
of a tent.
In sound Daleth is kindred : a) To the
harder dentals, as 13 , n , with which it is
often interchanged; see 22'n, 233, Cisa;
^na, bna, JkjCj; p'ia,pr!3. Rarely it
passes over also into "b , see Itx , and
lett. h no. 2. b) To the sibilant t , see
below under lett. t .
fi^T Chald. i. q. Heb. fiT and rxt , this,
fem. and neut. hcBC, hoc ; elsewhere 7('n ,
rtJ'n , Dan. 4, 27. 5, 5 X^l? xn this upon
that, together. In the Targg. written
with n demonstrat. K'ln, X'jn ; Syr. fjai.
-^fi^T to melt away; hence to pine
away, to languish. This signif of melt-
ing or pining away is widely extended
in the kindred verbs, as a'lX , xan , a>i'n .
riVj, Syr. wsoj, Arab. 016. LjI j ;
and is variously transferred, both to the
languor of sickness and old age, and to
the weakness of terror. Spoken of the
eye as pining away for grief Ps. 88, 10.
see ttJirr, nba; of the spirit, tt:B3, Jer.
31, 25 ; of a'person Jer. 31, 12.
Deriv. the two following :
^^"^ f terror, dread, from the idea
of melting away, becoming weak, comp.
eOB Niph. Job. 41, 14, 22.
'jinX'1 m. (r. axn) constr. "iiSH?, a
pining, languor, faintness of spirit, 11563 ,
Deut. 28, 65. Comp. Jer. 31, 25.
SiJ'n i. q. a'l, a fish, Neh. 13, 16. Since
Kamete in this word (signifying a
fish, and not a fisherman) is pure, as
coming from Ma"! , the letter K which the
Maaora notes as being omitted in very
many Mss. is here a mater lectionis re-
dundans, as in n''3xb 2 Sam. 11, 1.
**? V fut. ax"!"^ , to be anxious, tofeary
to be afraid, not found in the kindred
dialects. Absol. Jer. 17, S; c. ace. Jer.
38, 19. Is. 57, 11 ; ',13 Jer. 42, iq. Also
with b of pers. for whom one fears
1 Sam. 9, 5. 10, 2 ; and ')^ of that from
or on account of which one fears, Ps.
38, 19.
Deriv. the two following :
^^"^ (fearful) Doeg, pr. n.of an Edom-
ite, the chief of Saul's herdsmen, 1 Sam.
21, 8. 22, 9. Ps. 52. 2. In Chethibh
1 Sam. 22, 18. 22, it is written ayi'n, after
the Syrian pronunciation.
~?^'7 ^ i- q- '^SX'n , fear, dread, anx-
iety, Ez. 4, 16. i2Vl8. 19. Prov. 12, 25.
Ascribed also to the sea as agitated, Jer.
49, 23. R. ax^ .
'^V ^u^- '^'^l'?? apoc. and conv.
Nn*!! Ps. 18, 11, tojiy, to dart Sanscr. dt
id. Spoken of the rapid flight of birds
of prey, Deut. 28, 49. Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22.
Trop. of the Deity, Ps. 18, 11 "b? S<'i1
nnn 'BJB a7id did Jly upon the icings of
the wind.~For 2 K. 17, 21, see rrnj I.
Deriv. n*'n and
^ij'7 f only Lev. 11, 14, a species of
ravenous bird, having a rapid flight,
Sept. yH'' Vulg. milvus. Comp. Bochart
Hieroz. II. p. 191. In the parail. passage
Deut. 14, 13 is read nx"^, by an error of
the copyists.
bxn
nbxn'i ,
'Ifi^'l see "nn no. 3.
31 and STl masc. cpicosn. (r. 33^) a
bear, so called from its slow gait ; 1 Sam.
17, 34. 36. 37. 2 Sam. 17. 8. Prov. 17, 12.
Hos. 13. 8 bsST^ 3^ a bear fw reared of
hei- whelps. Plur. D^M bears, she- bears,
SI
209
bm
2 ,
2 K. 2, 24. Arab. i^J , iu J , bear, she-
bear.
a^ Chald. id. Dan. 7, 5.
^?V ** TO*'* "ot in use, i. q. Arab.
Uj to rest, to be quiet, kindr. with r.
ait^ q. V. A vestige of this root appears
in the pr. n. 8<3"'^? Medeba, i. e. waters
of quiet. Hence
i^S'T m. rest, quiet, i. e. a condition
of rest; once Deut. 33, 25 TjxaT T^.1^,
as thy (lays, so shall thy rest be, i. e. as
long as thy life endures, so long shall
thy condition of rest continue, i. e. thy
prosperity. Vulg. seiiectus tua ; but old
age cannot well be put in antithesis
with life.
-^"Tri Arab. (jk> 1. pr. fo go soft-
ly and slowly, to creep along, an ono-
matopoetic root like Germ, tappen, Fr.
tapper, comp. Engl, to tap, to step.
Similar is "Ba . spoken of a light and
quick gait, which we express by the
verb to trip, Germ. dim. trippeln; comp.
also 2r3 whence ^T^J, Gr. <nfi^m. In
the signif. oi treading the Semitic lan-
guages have by transp. pat, see under
r. D^ia. Hence 3^ a bear.
2. to creep about, as a slanderer, tale-
bearer ; then i. q. to slander, to dispar-
age, whence na^ ; comp. ^5'^ and 7|bri
^''^?-
3. Of liquids, to jioxo softly, e. g. wine
Cant. 7, 10 ; for which passage see in
art. ycJ'^ adj.
rQ'^ f. (r. 22^ no. 2 ) slander, evil re-
port, e. g. nan Sf'Sin to bring out an evil
report, to spread a slander. Num. 14, 36.
Prov. 10, 18. The genitive which fol-
lows is either active, i. e. of the slander-
er, as Ps. 31, 14 B"'2'] ran "^nsiQ'r ^s for
I hear the slander of many. Jer. 20, 10;
or also passive, i. e. of the person slan-
dered, as Num. 13, 32. 14, 37. Gen. 37,
2. Prov. 25, 10 aicn xb T;ria"ii and let
thine infamy (ill report) turn not away,
s > -
i. e. not depart from thee. Arab, <_}j>
a secret detractor, one who spreads slan-
ders. Syr. )^a4 report, rumor, and .^f
to spread a report. Chald. naa re-
proach, contumely.
18*
nnin-l n (r. nr^ no. 2 ) l.abee, Is. 7,
18; plur. D^nh-rj Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 118,
r' .
Zio^j a bee, wasp. Arab.
9
-jj collect, a swarm of bees, wasps,
comp. Lat. e.vamen, qs. exagimen, ab
exagendo; like agmen, qs. agimen, ab
agendo ; comp. r. "a^ no. 2. But in
Heb. this word is a noun of unity from
s
an obsol. form "iia^ i. q, -Jt>.
2. Deborah, pr. n. f. a) A prophet-
ess, Judg. 4, 4. 5. 5, 1. b) Rebecca's
nurse. Gen. 35, 8.
''^7 Chald, to sacrifice, to offer
sacrifice, i. q. Heb. nat . Ezra 6, 3.
Hence nan? altar, and
nn^l Chald. plur. "pna-^ , a sacrifice,
Ezra 6, 3.
D'^pi-'nT m. plur. 2 K. 6, 25 Keri,
doves' dung, a softer expression for "'"in
D"^:!^, which stands in Chethibh ; pr.
the flowing, flux of doves, from the verb
xan , na'n , i. q, axn , a^i-n , to flow. Comp.
^iVfta yuaigoc, diuq^oiu, flux, diarrhoea.
"^"^y^ m. (r. na'n no. 3 ) 1. the inner
sanctuary, adytum, of the Mosaic taber-
nacle and of Solomon's temple, also
called n-'On;?. ainp holy of holies, 1 K. 6,
5, 19-22, S' 6, 8.' 2 Chr. 3, 16. 4, 20, 5, 7.
9, Aquil, Symm. xQiifi(XTi(TTi]Qiov, Vulg.
oraculum, from na'n to speak ; but more
prob. it is pr. pars poslica, the hinder
part, i. e. the western side ; see in ninx
no. 2. See Iken, in Dissert, philol. theol.
P. I. p. 214.
2. Debir, pr. n. a) A royal city o(
the Canaanites Josh. 12, 13 ; afterwards
within the limits of Judah, lying on the
mountains not far from Hebron, Josh.
11, 21. 15, 49; and assigned to the
priests 21, 14. Called also ">B0 n;i-ip q. v.
b) A town of the Gadites, Josh. 13, 26.
c) A king of the Eglonites, Josh. 10, 3.
M~:' Chald. obsol. root, prob. i. q.
pan (o cleave, to adliere ; trans, to join
together; see T^an:.
^5v ^0 press together, espec. into a
round mass ; kindr. baT . Hence Arab.
JUJ , x-oj ball of dung (comp. bba),
bin
210
nan
buccella rotunda. Hence
Tby^ f. constr. rb^n, plur. C'^r.'ri ,
round cakes of dried figs pressed toge-
ther into a mass. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 Chr.
12, 40 ; with c-'rxn added 2 K. 20, 7.
Gr. nalu&i], from Aram, xnlsr'n. l^^i^s?,
dropping the Daleth. See Celsii Hie-
robot. T. II. p. 377-79.
Toy^ Ez. 6, 14. doubtless a corruption
of the text for nbzn Riblah, a city in
the northern part of Palestine, q. v.
D^b2~ (double-cake?) Diblaim, -pr.n.
of the father-in-law of Hosea. Hos. 1, 3.
D'l'lj-'lll'l (twin cakes, prob. so called
from the shape of the city) Diblaihaiyn
Num. 33, 46, and CirbrTi r.'^a Jer. 48,
22, pr. n. of a city of Moab. Jerome in
Onomast. sub v. Jassa: " et usque hodie
ostenditur inter Medabam et Deblatai.''''
* p^M and 'py^, fut. pa'T^, inf nf?;'n .
1. to cleave^ to adhere, spec, with firm-
ness as with glue, to be glued, to stick
fast. Arab. (5j5, Syr. wo-c?, id. Con-
strued c. S Job 19, 20, bx Jer. 13, 11, b
Ps. 102, 6.' Lam. 4. 4 "bs psi'^ )ith p'^i
isn the tongue of the suckling cleaveth to
his palate, for thirst, dryness. Ps. 22, 16.
The same expression is also used of one
who is silent from reverence and awe,
.Job 29, 10. Ps. 137, 6; comp. Hiph. Ez.
-3, 26. Also Deut. 13, 18 let nothing
cleave to your hands, i. e. take nothing
covertly. Job 31, 7. Trop. to cleave to
a person, i. e. to follow, to adhere to him,
Ruth 2, 8. 21 ; c. 3 v. 23. Hence to be
attached or devoted to any one, to hang
upon, to love him, Gr. xoklua&ai, jivl,
,e. g. a wife, a king, God, with 3 and h
Deut. 10. 20. 11, 22. 2 Sam. 20, 2. 1 K.
11, 2. Josh. 23, 12. Gen. 2, 24. 34. 3;
with "^nnx . Ps. 63, 9 ^"?.'^^ ''^^z "i^"!5
my sold cleaveth unto thee, is wholly
devoted unto thee.
2. to attach oneself to any thing, i. e.
to come upon, to overtake, to befall, with
ace. or 3 or ')n Gen. 19, 19. Deut. 28,
60. Jer. '42, 16 Da-'nns pB'i'^ caJ there
^{famine) shall overtake you, befall you.
Comp. Hiph. no. 3. Synon. Avith a"^\en
no. 1, see in 3b3 .
PuAL pass, to be glued together, to
cleave fast together, to cleave, Job 38, 38.
41, 9.
Hiph. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
cause to cleave, to make adhere, Ez. 3,
26. 29, 4. Jer. 13, 11.
2. to follow close, to pursue, with ace.
Judg. 18, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 6; with "'^nx,
Judg. 20, 45 1'^'^nx ip'^s']?] a^id they
pursued hard after him. 1 Sam. 14, 22.
31,2.
3. to overtake, comp. Kal no. 2. Gen.
31, 23. Judg. 20, 42. Also causat. to let
overtake, to cause to come upon, Deut.
28, 21.
HoPH. to be made to adhere, i. e. to
cleave fast, Ps. 22, 16.
The derivatives all follow.
py^ Chald. id. Dan. 2, 43.
I^S"! verbal adj. cleaving, adhering,
2 K. 3, 3. Prov. 18, 24.
p?"^ m. I. a soldering, welding of
metals, Is. 41, 7.
2. Plur. C^p:^ 1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18,
33, prob. joints of a coat of mail ; so
Chald. Others understand armpits,
comp. Chald. -'J'? "^p^n^D Jer. 38, 12 Targ.
T mostly to speak ; a root of va-
rious significations, some of which in
Heb. are found only in derivatives, al-
though in the kindred languages they
still appear in the verb itself E. g.
1. to set in a row, to range in order ;
comp. TC_v . Hence
2. to lead, to guide, to drive, spec,
flocks and herds to pasture, see "'3^.
T^"'^, '2'i'2 ; also to govern, to rule a
people, Chald. and Syr. ^3'n , i-b>, to lead,
to rule, Arab. o<5 ; further, to reduce
to order, to subdue, see Hiph. and comp.
5 o
Arab. -3v> swarm of bees, e.ramen, q. d.
flock or herd of bees, also rini':*| a bee,
q. V. Hence as a shepherd who guides
or dri res his flock i\\so follows it, there
arises also the sense :
3. to follow, to be behind, like Arab.
-jfc>, whence yjt> the hinder part, -jfO
131
211
in
hindmost, last ; Heb. V3^ inner sanctu-
ary of the temple. Hence also
4. to apjrroachfrom behind, i. e. to way-
lay, to plot against, to destroy, comp. 3pS .
Hence "i3^ > /-?*^ > destruction, death, pes-
tilence.
6. From the primary idea of ranging
in order, connecting, comes also the
roost freq. significution of this verb, to
speak, pr. to set in order words ; comp.
sertno and dissero a serendo, and Gr.
tl'ifu to connect and to speak. In Kal
found in Part. act. na'i Ex. 6, 29. Num.
32, 27. 36, 5. Ps. 5. 7. 15, 2. 28, 3. al. Part,
pass. 13^ Prov. 25. 11. Inf c. sufT. Tjl^'n
Ps. 51, 6. Far more freq. is
PiEL la'n at the end of a clause, else-
where lan ; fut. lan-j .
1 . to speak, diff. from Tax to say (q. v.
no. 1), as also Germ, reden and sagen,
Gr. laXilv and Uynv, Lat. loqui and di-
cere, Aram. hk'O and iBX . Construed :
a) Absol.e.g. Job 11,5 is-i nibx "ni-'Ta
Oh that God would speak. 33, 2. Num.
12, 2. Ez. 3. 18. al. Sometimes emphat.
i. q. to speak well, eloquently. Ex. 4. 14
K!in nan^ naT ^a 'psn; . Jer. 1, 6. Often
with "i^x added, see examples under
1-2X no. \. b) With the ace. of that
which one speaks, utters, as PIS "ia"n ,
aja , KltD , -'pffl , to speak or utter justice,
deceit, falsehood, etc. Ps. 101, 7. Is. 45,
19. 59. 3. Dan. 11, 27. "la^ na'n to talk
a talking, i. e. much and idly. Is. 58, 13.
Cna'n la'n to speak words, i. q. Lat.
verba dedil, Hos. 10, 3. Ex. 6, 29 "bx na-^
i^ilsx nan 'Ji); "iiijx-sa rx nrns spmA:
<Ao M;jto Pharaoh all that I speak unto
thee. 24, 7 niss nin-) nanidx ba a/Z
i^< Jehovah hath spoken will we do.
Jer. 1. 17. Dan. 10, 11. Jon. 3, 2. c)
Rarely, it is immediately followed by
the words spoken, and ~txb is to be
mentally supplied. Gen. 41, 17. Ex. 32. 7
-r)b n-i-a-bx nin-^^ -^an^i and Jehovah
spake unto Moses, Go, etc. 1 K. 21, 5.
2 K. 1, 7. 9. Ez. 40, 4. Dan. 2, 4.
The person to or with whom one
speaks, is put mostly after the particles
bK Gen. 8, 15. 19, 14. 1 K. 21. 6 ; and b
Jiidg. 14, 7 ; but also after D5 Gen. 3l',
29. beut. 5, 4; rx (nx) Gen. 23, 8. 42,
30 ; bs Jer. 6, 10 ; 'Sob Ex. 6, 12. Also
a "la^ to speak to or with^ is used of God
as making a revelation, communication,
an oracle ; Zech. 1, 9 "^a "lann rxban
the angel who spake with me. v. 14. 2,
2. 7. 4, 1. 4. 55. Hab. 2, 1. Jer. 31. 20.
Num. 12, 6. 8. Once c. ace. to speak to,
to address, Gen. 37, 4, comp, Xiynv iira.
To speak of any person or tiling is put
with ace. as Xiyiiv jivu. Ruth 4, 1 bxan
T53~ia'7 "ii;5x "laJJ the kinsman came l/y,
of whom lioaz spake. Gen. 19, 21. 23,
16 ; with a, 1 Sam. 19, 3 rja nanx '3.S1
^ax'bx and I will speak of thee to my
fatlier\v. 4) , bx Job 42, 7 ; b? 1 K. 2,
19, tlie latter espec. of what God speaks
or promises to any one (see below in
lett. a) 1 K. 2, 4. Dan. 9, 12. Jer. 25, 13.
42, 19. To speak against any one, with
br (pr. to assail with reproaches) Ps.
109, 20. Jer. 29, 32. Deut. 13, 6 ; with a
(.see a B. 4. b) Num. 21, 7 nin-a wnan
Tj3l we have spoken against Jehovah and
against tliee. Job 19, 18. Ps. 50. 20. 78,
19. But a "^a'n is also to speak through
or by any one, to use one as an interpre-
ter (see a B. 2. c) Num. 12, 2. 2 Sam.
23, 2. 1 K. 22, 28.
Spec, to speak is also used in various
senses according to the context : a)
i. q. to promise, Deut. 19, 8. Jon. 3, 10 ;
with ace. of thing Deut. 6, 3 ; with bx
and bs of pers. see above ; also of evil,
to threaten, Ex. 32, 14. Jer. 25, 13. b)
i. q. to command, to prescribe, comp. "lOX
no. 3 ; with bx Ex. 1, 17. 23, 22 ; to warn,
to admonish, 1 Sam. 25, 17. c) to utter
a song. i. q. to sing, Judg. 5. 12 ; comp.
Arab. JUs and Gr. tJiog i. q. song. d)
to speak for a woman, i. e. to ask her in
marriage, with b Judg. 14, 7 ; a 1 Sam.
25, 39. Comp. Arab. _ t^^ and Pual.
Further to be noted are also the fol-
lowing phrases : e) 's ab-bs "la^ to
speak to one^s heart, i. e. to speak kindly
with any one, espec. to comfort, to con-
sole ; comp. Gr. naQuuv&io/xat, Lat. al-
loquium. Gen. 34. 3. 50, 21. Rutii 2, 13.
2 Sam. 19. 8. 2 Chr. 30, 22. 32, 6. f)
iab"b5 , -bx ia^ to speak to one's own
heart, with oneself, Gen. 24. 45. 1 Sam.
1, 13 nab-bs rian^ she spoke in her
heart. Also iab ns , laba , Ecc. 1, 16. 2,
15. Ps. 15, 2. g) bs naia, a-ia -latr, of
God, to speak good concerning any one,
to promise good. Num. 10, 29, 1 Sam.
nm
212
nai
25, 30. Jer. 18, 20. Also ^? ns"! ia'7 ^o
speak evil concerning any one, to deter-
mine evil, 1 K. 22, 23. Jer. 11, 17. 19, 15.
26, 19. 35, 14; with bx 36, 31. In a
somewhat different sense, Esth. 7, 9
M^'?'"^''?" 2l'a lan -itN 'S^-ia iMordecai,
who had spoken good for the king, i. e.
given him good information, corap. 6, 2.
h) bx, rs ria-ia na'i to A-pmA; kindly
with any one, 2 K. 25, 28. Jer. 12, 6 ;
also OS Dibir la*:; to speak peace with
any one, i. e. kindly, friendly, Ps. 28, 3 ;
rx Jer. 9, 7 ; with bx to speak peace
unto. i. e. to announce or promise welfare,
happiness, Pe. 8.5, 9 ; c. 3 Ps. 122, 8
Tja did XS-n'ia'ix i. e. I will now pray
for thy peace, prosperity ; c. h Esth. 10,
3 1'?"!"^^ cibd -la^ and spake for the
peace, jnosperity, of all his race. So
absol. Ps. 35, 20. i) PX ::sr^ "la'n to
speak a judgment i. e. to pronounce sen-
tence upon ; see in liOdiD.
Note. In former editions, like A.
Schultens (0pp. mm. p. 124. al.) I have
ascribed further to the verb ~a'n in Pi.
the significations to waylay, to plot
against, also to destroy; corap. "la'n and
Arab. 04> c. ^Jk- motitus est in ali-
quem. But the three passages usually
cited, do not necessarily make out this
sense. Thus Gen. 34, 13 I'^an';'] and they
spake so, i. e. nianra deceitfully, as before.
Ps. 127, 5 they shall not be ashamed when
they shall talk wiUi the enemies within
the gate, i. e. when they combat with
enemies ; corresponding to the Gr. phrase
vvlXaXtlv Tivi Is. 7, 5 Alex, and Engl. ' to
have something to say to any one,' sc.
in fight ; comp. also Heb. nx'^ro 2 K.
14, 8, and see Comra. in Jcs. I. p. 280.
More difficult is 2 Chr. 22, 10 and Alha-
liah arose r.zh-a^n snT-^a-rx la"]!:!] , in
parall. 2 K."li, 1 laxn;] ; here Sept.
unuXtai, Vulg. interfecit. But it can be
rendered : and she talked with them i. e.
made war upon them, comp. Ps. 127, 5 ;
or it may be cllipt. for c^aoria "naipil
'3~rx i. 6. jrronounced sentence upon
them,.
PcAL pass. Ps. 87, 3 "^^a "nanio niiaa?
glorious things are spoken of thee, i. e.
decreed of God. Cant. 8, 8 "lai'ti oi'a
Jna when she shall be spoken frr, i. e.
asked in marriage. See in Piel. lett. d.
NiPH. recipr. of Piel, to speakone with
another, to converse, Mai. 3, 16; c. 3 Ez.
33, 30. Ps. 119, 23; b? Mai. 3, 13. '
HiPH. to subdue, see in Kal no. 2. Pa.
18,48 "'nnn n-'S? "ian;^T who subdueththe
nations under me. Ps. 47, 4.
HiTHP. 1. Pass. part. fern. rria'ft'Q,
what one has spoken. So with Jarchi
would I interpret Deut.33.3 r|inSa'n^ x'jaT
they{lsrciG\)receive what thou hastspoken,
i. e. thy words, precepts.
2. Recipr. to speak with, to converse
with, Part, nana Num. 7, 89. 2 Sam. 14,
13. Ez. 2,2.
The derivatives follow, except fTiia'n ,
-I'^a'n , nan^ .
"^^"l m. 1. a word, verbum, lo/og,
2 K. 18, 36. Job 2, 13. Gen. 44, 18. Col-
lect, words, speech, discourse, Job 15, 3.
C^rsb la'n lip-talk, vain words, Is. 36,
5. "I'n "(ias skilled in discourse, fluent.
1 Sam.'ie, 18. Often in plur. Gen. 29, 13
r^kv^ri n-na'nn-ia all these words. 34,18.
Ex. 4, 28.' 'l8, 19.' 19, 7. 8. 20, 1. 24, 3. al.
cna" bra. tti"^X, a man of words, fluent,
eloquent. Ex. 4, 10. 24, 14. Spec, a)
a promise, 1 K. 2, 4. 8, 20. 12, J 6. Ps. 33,
4. 56, 5 ; comp. Gr. t* Am- tJiog, Engl. ' to
give one's word.' b) precept, command,,
mandate, comp. r. "la'n Pi. lett. b. ""'a'n
ris^B a royal mandate, Esth. 1, 19. Josh.
1, 13. 1 Sam. 17. 29 X^n -an xbn was there
not a command? Is. 8, 10. Ex. 34.28 rncs
C^na^n the ten commandments, the deca-
logue. 1 Chr. 26, 32. 2 Chr. 2$, 15. c)
a saying, sentence, maxim, as of a wise
man ; Plur. Ecc. 1, 1 r^np -na'n. Prov.4,
4. 20. 30, 1. 31, 1 ; espec. an oracle, effa-
tum of the deity. Num. 23. 5. 10 ; comp.
cTToc, koyoi:. So bx ni"n"i "ia*i "n'^'l and the
word, oracle, of Jehovah came to any one,
Jer. 1, 4. 11. 2, 1. 13, 8. Ez. 3, 16. 6, 1.
7, 1. 11, 14 ; c. b? 1 Chr. 22, 8. Job 4, 12
api "la'n ^b'X a word, oracle, stole upon
me, i. e. a divine communication. Col-
lect, oracles, Hos. 1, 1. Mic. 1. 1. Joel 1, 1.
d) counsel, advice given, 2 Sam. 17, 6.
e) report, rumor, I K. 10. 6. With genit
the report of any thing is what is to be
reported of that thing, what is to be said
of it ; Job 41,4 [12] I will not conceal . . .
nin^aa ^a'l the report of Im strength, i. e.
what is to be said concerning his strength.
1 K. 9, 15. Deut 15, 2. 19, 4. Or we might
^-1
213
cn
also render, the measitr-e, manner of his
ttrength, comp. n"jr?i no. 1.
2. thiiifr^ mailer, affair, business ; pr.
thing spoken of, subject of diBcourse ;
coinp. lo/oi in Pasfiow, A. no. 11, iioi,
^ijfiu from ^f'oj, Germ. Sacfie from sagen.
Tlie same sigiiif. word and thing are
united in Arum. n^Q, )J^^^^, &arD,
9 * ' ^
Arab, wc! and ^r^*^ E. g. rwn nnnn
/Ai> thing. Gen. 20, 10. 21, 11. 26; "bs
nsxn C-'-ir'nn all these things Gen. 20, 8.
mn 'irt|3'Gen. 18, 25. 32, 20. 44, 7, and
nixn 0^-1=^3 24, 28. 39, 17. 19, i. e. in
this manner, so. nixn n''-i3'nn nnx
(LXX (iiiu ju ^t'ifiuTtt TuiiTa) after these
things, afterwards, Gen. 15, 1. 22, 1. 39.
7. nf 3a5 ^nnn the things of Solomon, i. e.
his acts', deeds, 1 K. 11, 41. CO'n >'\^1
daily affairs, i. e. course of events,
chronicles, 1 Chr. 27. 24. Esth. 6, 1. Also
Ci"' lan daily mailer, hence iai-'a ci'^ ir^
the daily task in its day, i. e. day by day,
every day, Ex. 5, 13. 19. 16, 4. Lev. 23,
37. 1 K. 8, 59 ; oi^a oi"' -^ana 2 Chr.
8, 13, and i^ra oii' "^anb v. 14. 31, 16.
Often pleonast. like Gr. ;?'o/,w. 1 Sam.
10, 2 m'shxrj ^-latj-rx jj-'ajj tUBS /Ay
father hath left the matter of the asses,
i. e. has done thinking of the asses. Ps.
65, 4 'S^ 1-iaa ni2i5 ""nan iniquities
prevail over me. Ps. 105, 27. 145, 5.
Hence
a) cause, in a fo;*ensic sense, suit at
law. Ex. 18, 16 -la'n cnb n^n^-^S v/^/iey
Aare a cause, suit. v. 22. 22, 8. "bs"bs
2f5^?~"'r'^ "I every suit of trespass, fraud,
etc. 24, 14 S'^'ja'n bsa oh* icAo /las causes.
Fully -wBa:^ "ia':|' 2 Chr. 19, 6.
b) something, any thing, Gen. 18. 14.
^an rx. lan xb, nothing; 1 Sam. 20, 21
lain T"}* //lere w nothing sc. to fear. Judg.
18, 7. 28 CiJJ-aS =r!b-"r^ "^=7^ af^ they
had nothing to do with other men. "lan-ba
every thing Num. 31. 23. Deut. 17, I.
K^'J ia':j any unclean thing Lev. 5, 2.
^Vi ^"^1^. "y thing filthy Deut. 23, 15.
24, 1. sn la'JT cfj/ thing,harm, 2 K. 4, 41.
Also Plur. ni3i:3 C'^'^^^ 2 Chr. 12, 12.
3. a cause, reason, Josh. 5, 4. Hence
^a^ bs because of, for the sake of Gen.
12, '17. 20, 11. 43, 18. Ps. 45, 5; ^na^ bs
id. Deut. 4, 21. Jer. 7,22. 14. 1. naV bs
1)6x before a verb, because that, because,
Deut. 22, 24. 23, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 22. Comp.
rr^a-rj no. 3.
"I^'l m. plur. C'^i^ Hos. 13, 14, pr.
destruction, dealh, like Arab. -Jfc>, see
r. la'n no. 4. Hence plague, pestilence,
comp. r^-O; often with the art. lann
(Heb. Gr. 107. n. 1) Lev. 26, 25. Deut".
28, 21. 2 Sam. 24, 13. 1 K. 8, 37 ; mur-
rain among beasts Ex. 3, 9. Sept.
mostly &uratog, comp. Ecelus. 39, 29.
"^^T m. (r. "la'n no. 2 ) i. q. "lan^ , a
pasture, whither flocks and herds are
driven ; Mic. 2, 12. Is. 5, 17. Syr. f^c?
j> * Go ^
and \-fS9, Arab. -i4> field, tilled field.
nina^ plur. f. (r. -la'^ no. 2) pr. drifts^
i. e. floats, rafts, as driven by the sea,
1 K. 5, 23 [9]. Sept. o/f<5mi.
^t*?"? or fl'^5'^ a form assumed in
Deut. 33, 3. But see r. na"! Hithp. no. 1.
'^'^'^'1 f- i. q. 'ia'5 , but mostly in the
later Hebrew.
1. thing, i. e. manner, mode, see in 131
no. 1 fin. Ps. 110, 4 thoic art a prieM for
ever p'lS-'Sib^ "^r''^^'^"^? after tlie man-
ner of Melchizedek ; here the '' is para-
gogic, see Lehrg. 127. 2.
2. i. q. "la'n no. 2. a, cause, suit at law,
Job 5, 8.
3. i. q. "lai no. 3, cause, reason; hence
^'H^'^. '? because of Ecc. 3, 18. 8, 2. bs
r'^aTi /or this cause that, to the end
that, Ecc. 7, 14.
^7"?'^^ Chald. f a cause, reason. Dan.
2. 30 ""n-nnat; b? /or f^is caze f^ to
the end that.
'''^?^ (perh. eloquent) Dibri, pr. n. ra.
Lev. 24, 11.
tT\yi Josh. 21, 28 ; with art. n-nann 19,
12 ; Daberath, pr. n. of a town in Issa-
char ; prob. now Deburieh at the foot of
Mount Tabor ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 210.
*^~T ^ root not in use. prob. i. q.
ditf)ta, Lat. depso, to knead, to make soft
by kneading, working over. etc. Kindr.
are I'n , lb, perh. rsa to be fat.
Hence the two following.
TC^'l m. c. suff. "^'^ai , honey, so called
as being glutinous, like a kneaded mass ;
irni
214
*sn
Arab. (jmJ<>, Syr. |-*^?, id. Maltese
difet yellow, i. e. honey-coloured. There
is noiv in the Semitic languages no verb
from which this noun can be derived ; in
Greek however there is derived from
this word the verb ti&aipbXTao) to make
homy, Od. 13. 106. Spec.
1. honey of bees, Lev. 2, 11. 1 Sam. 14,
26- 27. 29. 43. Pro v. 16, 24. 24, 13. al.
Spoken of wild honey, i.e. from wild bees,
Deut. 32, 13. Ps. 81, 17 Tisiaiux ITiS'n "i^SO
with honey from the rocks I will satisfy
thee.
2. honey of grapes, syrup, i. e. the
newly expressed juice of grapes, must,
boiled down to the half or third part, Gr.
ttpt^fia, LaL sapa, defnUum, Ital. musto
cotto. At the present day this syrup is
in common use in Palestine under the
Arabic name o**J4> dibs, and is export-
ed espec. from the district of Hebron into
Egypt ; see Russell's Nat.Hist. of Aleppo,
I. p. 82. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 442,
453. Gen. 43, 11. Ez. 27, 17. Often
joined with milk, as the spontaneous pro-
ducts of nature ; and hence the frequent
phrase : a land fowing with milk and
homy, Ex. 3, 8. 17. 13, 5. 33, 3. Lev. 20,
24. Num. 13, 27. Honey and milk are
put also for pleasant discourse, Cant. 4,
IL
^T??*!? f- 1. the hump of a camel. Is.
30,6. This signif is sufficiently certain
from the context, and is expressed by the
Chald. Syr. Vulg. but the etymology
has long exercised the ingenuity of in-
terpreters. Perhaps so called from the
softness of the flesh or fat of which the
hump is composed ; it being a mere mass
of fat, soft and yielding to the touch ;
comp. r. UJi^ . See Burckh. Notes on
the Bedouins II. p. 82 sq.
2. Dabbasheth, pr. n. of a place, Josh.
19. 11.
y^ m. (r. f^J^) afsh, so called as mul-
tiplying abundantly (comp. "(la), Jon. 2,
1. 11. Plur. C'S'n, constr. "'J'n . Gen. 9, 2.
Num. 11, 22. 1 K. 5, 13. Hence comes
the denom. verb VtH tofsh. The form
5X^ see in its order.
^"^ constr. rJ^ , fcm. of the preceding,
afsh, Deut. 4, 18. Jon. 2, 2 ; mostly col-
lect, ^ft., (comp. MD10,) Gen. 1, 26. 28.
Ex. 7, 18. 21. Num. 11, 5. Ez. 29, 4. 5.
'5*^ W- ^^ cover, Arab. L&.J ; then
to cover over by numbers, to multiply, to
be increased; once Gen. 48, 16.
Deriv. :'n , na^ , ', w .
V'^'^ (pr. little fish ; then in endear-
ment and worship, ' dear little fish ;'
comp. on this use of diminutives in sa-
cred things, J. Grimm's Deutsche Gram.
III. p. 665.) Dagon, pr. n. of an idol of
the Philistines worshipped at Gaza and
Ashdod, Judg. 16, 23 sq. 1 Sam. 5, 1 ;
having a human head and arms, but the
rest of the body like a fish ; see 1 Sam.
5, 2 sq. espec. v. 4. Judg. 16, 23. 1 Chr.
10, 10; comp. 1 Mace. 10, 83. 11, 4.
Similar was the figure of Derceto, wor-
shipped at Askelon under the like form
of a fish; comp. Diod. Sic. 2. 4, mi/tj; 8s
TO ^iv 7l()0(TU7lOV ;(Bl yWOUXOC, 10 8k tiXlo
aoiptx nvev ix&vog. See on the worship
of fishes in this region, Selden de Diis
Syris II. 3. Creuzer Symbol. II. 12.
Movers Phoenizier I. p. 590.
^i!V perh. i. q. Arab. jL2k(> , to cover,
to cover over; then also to act covertly,
to deceive, comp. 153. Hence bl'^i a
flag, banner, standard, pr. a covering,
lijce Germ. Fahne from Ti^yo?, pannvs.
The signif of glittering, shining, which
I formerly ascribed to this root, with
Nanninga Diss. Lugd. II. 916, and
Muntinghe ad Ps. 20, 6, now seems to me
hardly susceptible of proof From the
noun tl'n is then again derived the de-
nom. sense of bj'n , to set up a banner, to
erect a standard ; Ps. 20, 6 irn'Vx nira
bJ'i'iJ in honour of our God will we set
up our banners ; comp. tlie formulas
>^ era "i"'STn, and ''^ cfflS S'n;r. Sept.
fjfyitkvvOr,<j6/jfda, reading or conjectur-
ing b*iJ5. Muntinghe (I. c.) from his
etymological conjecture, gloriahimur^
eandtabimus. Part. pass, bl:'^ lifted upas
a banner, i. e. conspicuous, distinguished,
spoken of a noble youth. Cant. 5 10.
NiPH. to befurni.thcd with banners;
Cant. 6. 4. 10 ribj^SS ns-X tervihh' as an
army with banners ; Symrn. o'v luy^ma
nitffffi/ioXoiv. The virgin is here repre
sented as victorious nnd triumphant over
hearts. Comp. the similar figure drawn
b5-i
215
Dm
from an army in c. 2, 4; the same is
yery common in Arabian poets.
^5"^ m. (r.^sn) c. eutT. ihr;, plur. C^a'n ,
constr. ''\^^, , ti Jictg, banner, standard^
i. e. of a larger kind, serving for throe
tribes together; the smaller flags being
called nirx . Num. I, 52. 2, 2. 3. 10. 18.
25. 10, 14. 55. Cant. 2. 4 nanx 'br ihm
and his banner over vie is love.
|f^ obsol. root, to cover, i. q. nw ;
then, /o multiply, to increase. Hence
f?*!? m. constr. P'n , com, grain, pr. aa
covering the ground, increase ; Gen. 27,
23. 37. Num. 18, 27. Deut. 28, 51. Me-
ton. for bread Lam. 2, 12. Samar. 'fii,
pan, 'lanx, id.
*"'5'?, like Chald. lan, to brood, to sit
upon, as a bird her eggs or young. Jer.
17, 11 ib;| xbi -^an x-ip Me partridge
titteth on eggs she hath not laid, so is he
that gathereth riches and not by right.
Sept. niodi^ (rvvriynytv m oix hfxfv. In
Is. 34, 15 spoken of a serpent brooding
its young, not eggs. Vulg. in each pas-
sage well, fovere, The rash assertions
of J. D. Michffilis in respect to this root,
have been well refuted by Rosenmuller,
ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. 632 sq.
' J 1. q. n\3 , in , q. V. breast, pap,
found only in the Dual, constr. ^nn . c.
fluflf. ninn . breasts, paps, Ez. 23, 3. 8. 21.
Prov. 5,' 19.
'V'^ to go slowly, softly. Talmud.
JTnn to lead slowly, gently, e. g. a child.
HiTHp. r\'rnr[ for nnnrn, Is. 38, 15
niSttJ-ba nn'rix / yyiU ^go softly all my
years, i. e. submissively, comp. OX "n^n
1 K. 21, 27 ; q. d. I will walk humbl'y and
submissively all my life, I will never
cease to mourn. Hence spoken of a
slow and solemn procession, Ps. 42 5
tt^nbx n^a -\-s nnnx / went with them
(in slow procession) to the house of God;
here the suffix D- is for cnb, and this
dative is to be referred to the circum-
stance, that the poet as leader of the choir
prob. led the way /or the procession.
n^ Dedan. pr. n. 1. A people with
a region of like name, descended from
Raamah, Gen. 10, 7. Ez. 27, 15. Raa-
mah, Hiasn , Sept. 'Piypa, is to be sought
on the shore of the Persian Gulf (see
rTarn no. 2), and so also Dedan ; in
which, with Bochart (Plial. IV. 6) and
J. D. Micheelis. we recognise jMt>f4>
DAden, an island of the Persian Gulf,
called by the Syrians ^r**? ; see Asse-
mani Biblioth. Orient. III. ii. p. 560, 564,
744. Most of the islands of this gulf
were anciently occupied by colonies of
the Phenicians ; see Heeren's Ideen I.
2. p. 227, 419.
2. A people of northern Arabia, de-
scended from Keturah, Gen. 25, 3, adja-
cent to the Edomites Jer. 49, 8. 25, 23.
'Ez. 25, 13 ; and also following traffic. Is.
21, 13. According to Eusebius and
Jerome, they dwelt not far from the city
Phseno ; prob. a colony of the Ibrmer
(no. 1), or vice versa.
D'^?7^ ni. plur. Dodanim Gen. 10, 4,
pr. n. of a people descended from Javan,
i. e. from the Greeks. It is usually re-
ferred to tlie inhabitants of Dwlona in
Epirus ; but possibly D"'2'in may be for
C^anntt i, e. Dardani, the Trojans. For
"1 thus softened into a vowel, see Mo-
numm. Phcenic. p. 432. Still we must
not overlook the reading csni Roda-
nim, the Rhodians, which is expressed
by the Samar. Sept. and by the Heb.
text itself in 1 Chr. 1, 7. See in c^an'"!.
SH"! Chald. m. emph. Stan'rj, ^^T^y\,
gold. \. q. Heb. nnj, Dan. 2' 32. 3, 1. 5.
7. Hence nnnnia .
^yri Chald. or in Cheth. NIH^, m.
plur. DaJii, Dehavites, pr. n. of a people
from which a colony was led out into
Samaria, Ezra 4, 9. Most prob. the /iiioi
Hdot. 1. 125. (i. e. perh.pa^-ani, villagers,
from Pers. 8i> deh, dih, a village.) a Per-
sian tribe near the Caspian Sea, some-
times enumerated with the Scythians,
Strab. XI. p. 580. Piin. H. N. VI. 17.
"JV if' Kal not Used, prob. to he
dumb, to be struck dumb, like nrra, an
idea which is also kindred to stupor,
astonishment, aa in Q^'^, R^n. Arab.
*J*(i> is to come upon suddenly, pr. to
confound, to amaze, ivaJ&J stupified,
s 0^
stupid, *jJft4> sudden calamity, pr.
astounding, stupifying.
"^TTl
216
W
NiPH. part, cnnj struck dumb, aslo-
nished, by sudden calamity, Jer. 14, 9.
'J? i. q. 11" , pr. to move in a cir-
cle, and espec. swiftly ; comp. also "i'^'^ .
Hence
1. to move swiftly, to press on rapidly,
to course, spoken of a horse and his rider,
Nah. 3, 2 ; pr. to run, course, prance in
a circle, as is usual with horses in break-
ing and exercise. See the noun nnn^i ,
2. to revolve in a circle; then to en-
dure., to last. Hence in'in; also
^^'j'!! f. rapid course of a horse, Judg.
5, 22. See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 97.
2'T^ i. q. S'H q. v. a hear.
^^ i. q. SS'lj q. V. to pine away, to
languish. Not used in Kal.
HiPH. causat. to cause to pine away,
to consume. Lev. 26, 16.
Deriv. pr. n. I'lS^'n .
-^^ and -< V a secondary root, de-
nom. from ."fl , to fish . Jer. 16, 16 C15'''7i
and they shall fsh them.
Deriv. nv'n , a^'^ and 5J'^ fisher.
y^^^ m. a fsher, a fisherman, Kz. 4:7,
10 and Jer. 16. 16 Cheth.
JT^^"^ f (r.j>*'!\)ajishi}ig.fsherij; hence
na*^ r\i'':'^t)Jishing-hooks. harpoons. Am,
4, 2 he will take you away tvith hooks,
tii>i':f riT^DS ".r^'^'^n^i" and your pos-
terity with fshing-hooks, a figure ttiken
from animals which are tamed by put-
ting hooks and rings in their noses;
comp. Is. 37, 29. Why fshing-hooks are
here mentioned, may be understood from
Ez. 29, 4. Job 40, 26 ; comp. Oedmann
Verm. Sammll. aus d. Naturkunde V. 5.
The larger fishes when taken were again
let down into the water, suspended by a
ring or hook in their nostrils.
* ^^'^ obsol. root, 1. i. q. ntlT, T'T, to
boil, as water ; hence ii^ a pot.
2. Trop. of the mind, to be moved,
agitated, Syr. jc? ; espec. to love, i. q.
n^, Oy Hence "ni-n love, rTii'n,n'ix'i!i^,
and pr. names iin , Tnbx , iTi>i , i-ii-n^
Ti"! ra. c. BuflT. defect, inn , ^n?i , etc.
1. love, chiefly as between the sexes,
only in Plur. Q'^nn , loves, caresses, endear-
menit, Cant. 1, 2. 4. 4. 10. Ez. 16, 8v 23,
17 C"^in -SCO bed of love. Prov. 7, 18
cnn n"il3 tizb come, let tis drink our fill
of love.
2. Concr. object of love, one beloved
2^ S S
comp. J5 \.^j^j '-m^^^j love and one
beloved, a lover, friend ; rs'nio acquaint-
ance, also an acquaintance ; Engl, my
love, my first love, etc. Cant. 1, 13. 14.
16. 2, 3. 8. 9. 10. 16. 17.
3. afHend, Is. 5, 1. Spec, an uncle, the
father's brother, Syr. ]> xx' tlo;^;-^ called
the friend of the family, as also Chald.
N3"'2n friend, then uncle ; comp. KPi2"'2n
mother-in-law. Germ, and Eng. Freiind,
fiiend, for a relative, Lat. amita aunt,
qs. amata. Lev. 10, 4. 20, 20. 1 Sam. 10,
14. 15, 16. Esth. 2, 1.5. Jer. 32, 7. 8. 9 ;
in V. 12 it seems to be put for nin-)a
uncle's son.
^^'^ m. 1. a boiler, pot, see r. n^in no.
I. Job 41, 11. ISam. 2, 14. Plur. Dinin
2 Chr. 35, 13. Syr. I??) a large pot,
l?c? kettle, Samar. n^n pots.
2. a basket, Jer. 24, 2. Ps. 81, 7. Plur.
B^n!-,n 2 K. 10, 7.
^;'^, also 'T^'l'n in Chron. Ezra,
Nehem. Zech. and rarely in the earlier
books, Hos. 3, 5. Am. 6, 5. 9, 11. (beloved,
verbal adj. from nin i. q. n^in no. 2.)
David, pr. n. of the eon of Jesse, the
second king of the Israelites, r. 1055-
1015 B. C. renowned for his warhke
achievements as well as for his sacred
songs. The account of his life is chiefly
contained in the books of Samuel, Irom
1 Sam. c. 16 to the end of the second
book ; also 1 Chr. c. 12-30. By meton.
David is put for n'in""3 spoken of the
Messiah, the son of David, Ez. 34, 23. 24.
37.24; elsewhere also i. q. Tin "^la, Hos.
3, 5. n^n n-iS the city of David i. e. Zion,
1 K. 3, I. 8, i. 9, 24. Is. 22, 9 nin r^g
the Jiouse of David, i. e. the palace or cita-
del of his race, Is. 22, 22 ; elsewhere his fa-
mily, posterity, Is. 7, 2. 13. Jer. 21, 12.
STli"! f. aunt, father's sister, Ex. 6, 20;
also an uncle's wife, Lev. 18, 14. 20, 20.
iTi"! (for ^inin amatory) Dodo, pr. n.
m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 12. 2 Sam. 23, 9 Keri.
b) Judg. 20, 1. c) 2 Sam. 23, 24. 1 Chr
II, 26.
TH
217
Dfn
in^'lil (for in^'i'i'51 love of Jehovah)
Dodiivah, pr. n. m.' 2 Chr. 20, 37.
'''I'i'n 2 Sam. 23, 9 Cheth. See iTi^ a.
'''7'n adj. with Chald. ending 't i. q.
-, from r. nil. In Sing, not used;
piur. n-'Nn^'n,
1. Pr. boiling ; hence a boiler, pot, i. q.
*11^ no. 1 ; then a basket, Jer. 24, 1.
2. Inring, amatory, from r. *l1'n no. 2 ;
piur. lore-apples, Gen. 30, 14 sq. i. e. the
apples of the mandnigora, Atrcrpa man-
dragora Linn, a plant similar to the
belladoima, with a root like a beet, white
and reddish fragrant blossoms Cant. 7,
14, and with yellow apples also fragrant,
which ripen from May to July. To these
apples the Orientals to this day ascribe
the jwwer of exciting to venery ; comp.
Gen. 1. c. See Dioscorid. 4. 76, MayS^a-
yoonf . . . ot di KiQxniav xalomi, intidr)
doxfl tj ol^n (fiXiQwv (ivai noiTjrixi]
x lino' aiiTu (^(fvlXn) fiTjXu, oioig (sor-
bis) f^q)C(jij, (>>J(QU, tviudi), iv oU xt xag-
it6<;, wiTJiffj uttIov. Schulz Leitungen
des HOchsten, V. p. 197. D'Herbelot
Biblioth. Oriental, p. 17. Sept. fiijhx [lav-
iayoQwv. Chald. fnns'^ which denotes
the same ; comp. Arab. ^^>aj , and see
Sprengel Hist. Rei herbariae I. p. 215,
ed. 2. Tuch Comm. in Gen. 1. c.
^^ i. q. awj q. V. to he languid, faint,
unwell, Arab. i^%<^ and *.\o for tjO j
spoken espec. of women in their monthly
courses. Lev. 12, 2 the uncleanness of
her being sick, i. e. of her courses, comp.
15, 33.
2. to be sick at lieart, sad; see ni'^
no. 2.
Deriv. n^'n. ^'\'rt, 'J":?, M^'iia .
*^v7 ^- "^^^j ^^J- 1- Ictnguid, faint,
sick, spec, of women in the menses, Lev.
15, 33 nr^:3 n;n . 20, 18. Hence r^n
ls.^0, 22 a menstruous cloth, i. e. polluted
with menstrual blood.
2. sick at heart, sad, Lam. 5, 17 ; af-
flicted, unhappy. Lam. 1, 13. Syr. ]o?
to grieve, to be unhappy ; Aph. to af-
fliot, to make unhappy. |-kO afflicted,
wretched; poo? affliction, misery.
19
J^^ in Kal not used, i. q. nnt , WJ ,
to thrust aioay, to cast off; Arab. mAi^
to render abject ; also intrans. to be ab-
ject, vile ; VI, to project.
Hi PH. n'''in l. to thrust away, to cast
out, Jer. 51, 34.
2. to wash away, to cleanse, e. g. an
altar, 2 Chr. 4, 6. Ez. 40, 38 ; blood-
guiltiness Is. 4, 4.
''?'? m. (r. nj^ , after the form bp;)
constr. ^yn .
1. languor, sickness, Ps. 41, 4.
2. Spokenof any thing sickening, i. e.
insipid, loatJisome, exciting loathing,
nausea. Job 6, 6 can that which is un-
seasoned be eaten without salt? or is
there flavour in the tasteless herb 7 (7)
My soul refusethto touch, '''snb "^nns i^iaT^
tJiese are as the loathsomeness of my
food; i.e. heavy calamity is described
under the figure of insipid and loath-
some food (comp. in rrni^n), in accord-
ance with the common OrienUil figure
by which one is said to eat or ia^te of
any thing, i. q. to experience it ; comp.
nniaa bax Job 21, 25, ytvea^ai ^avuiov,
Syr. ].Iai* >o:^ .
'^^'^ m. (after the form h'^^) faint, sick
at heart, Is. 1, 5. Jer. 8, 18. Lam. 1, 22-
R. n^-n .
Tl'n see in-n.
^" i. q. "3'^ , to pound, to beat nv.
a mortar, to bray, Num. 11, 8. Chald.
T^in, Arab. ii)l5,id.
Deriv. n3"ia a mortar.
T I
nS-^D^I f. Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18,.
a species of unclean bird, according
to Sept. Vulg. Saad. the hoopoe, Lat.
upupa ; according to the Targum.
gallus montanus, mountain-cock, a spe-
cies of large grouse, Tctrao urogallus.
Perh. compounded from T^i'^ , ^ilo4>., gal-
lus, and SB'^S, one 3 being dropped.
The ending n- is for n , see Heb. Gr.
77. n. 2.
* D^'n obsol. root, i. q. tran no. V,tohe
dumb, silent, still. Arab. ^U to be still,
quiet, to remain ; II, to quiet, to allay.
Hence the three following nounsn
^n
218
trr
niS'fl f. 1. silence, land of silence,
poet, for Sheol, the region of the dead,
Ps. 94, 17. 1 15, 17.
2. Dumah, pr. n. of a tribe and district
of Ishmaehtes in Arabia, Gen. 25, 14. Is.
21, 11. Prob. the same called at this
day JjoLs-t x-Cjt^ Stony Dumah, and
iLueLciJI XjOti^ Sijrian Dumah. situated
on the confines of the Syrian desert and
Arabia, with a fortified castle, marked
on D'Anville's map under lat. 29, 30',
long. 58 ; the /Jovfini&n, of Ptolemy.
See Abulfeda ed. Paris, p. 82. Edrisi par
Jaubert I. p. 355. Niebuhr Arabien p. 344.
n^'Q'I'vI f. 1. Adj. fern, (from an obsol.
masc. ^Sl'n) silent, mute; Ps. 62, 2 "bx
^tasJ njt3!i"n C^nsx viy soul is silent unto
God, i. e. trusts in him. R. c^fn .
2. Subst. silence, and adv. silently, Ps.
39, 3; quiet, remis.sion of pain, Ps. 22,
3 ; trust, confidence in God, Ps. 65, 2
nbnn n^^sT r,b to thee (belongeth) confi-
dence and -praise.
D'Q^'^ (r. C*'^) 1. Subst. dumbness, si-
lence, Hab. 2, 19 Disn -(SS the dumb
stone, silent, lifele.ss. Or it could be
taken here adverbially, comp. CiH .
2. Adv. silently, in silence, Is. 47, 5.
Lam. 3, 26 it is good tttat one wait nrsni
even in silence, quietly.
pteia^'n pr. n. 2 K. 16, 10, a rare form
in Hebrew, but usual in Syriac for
piasi'1 or p'v!';'^'!! ; Damascus.
* 'yl*^ or "j^TI prob. i. q- Jj!5 "lid. Waw
intrans. to be low, depressed, humble;
whence perh. "p'n trans, to subject to
oneself, to rule, to judge. Kindred is
Tl^ 1- ^- whence "lilX lord, master.
Once Gen. 6, 3 s^isb MX^ "^nn lin^-sb
my spirit shall not be made low in man
for ever, i. e. the higher and divine na-
ture shall not for ever be humiliated in
the lower, shall not ever descend from
heaven and dwell in flesh upon the
earth ; comp. v. 1. 2. Others here take
yn as i. q. "f 'n , thus : my spirit shall not
rule in man for ever. Most of the an-
cient versions give to *|il^ the sense of
remaining and dwelling; Sept. oh fiij
Xttjafiilvrj TO nvttifia ftov x. t. X. Vulg.
non permanebit ; Syr. Arab, shall not
dwell. This is best adapted to the con-
text ; whether they regarded the spirit
as the lading and therefore indwelling
principle in man, or perhaps read ",ib"' ;
comp. "jilb /.livM Judg. 19. 9.
1^"^ Job 19, 29 Keri, i. q. "pti Cheth.
judgmeiit.
551'^ Ps. 97. 5, and 5?"''^ m. waa^, Ps.
22, 15. 68, 3. Mich. 1, 4. R. i:"^ q. v.
y ^ '* to leap, to skip, to dance ; Job
41, 14 [22] n^Nti ynn ':'^:E5:i brfore him
dancelh terror. So the trepidation of
terror is compared to skipping, dancing,
in Ps. 29, 6. Corresponding is Arab.
ijotiJ mid. Waw and Ye, see Schult. ad
1. c. Syr. ,0? in N. T. for uaiqiur, Chald.
yi"^ , whence X^""^ caprea, Lacon. blQa.
Kindred roots are ia"'n, lU'l'^.
H^'' obsol. root, Chald. and Syr. to
look around, to keep a look-out. Chald.
'P'^ Dan. 2, 35, see in r. pjr':; . Hence
'^^ 1. i. q. Arab. JtS to move round
Go-
in a circle, to go round; whence . (.> and
S G
sot J circle, orb, ^\o round. Kindr.
roots are "'^'fj, "Tr^, i''^. ^''n, and the
dental being changed to a sibilant "llT ,
"1^0, "i^HB , all which express the idea of
going round, turning oneself surround-
ing, variously modified. Hence "il'n no.
1, and Ti'^ .
2. to remain, to dwell, like Chald. i""^.
Ps. 84, 11. This sense comes perhaps
from the circumstance that the primitive
dwellings were usually erected in a cir-
cle (Simonis) ; or better, the signif of
moving round, turning oneself^ is trans-
ferred to the idea of mo\nng about in
a place, Lat. versari; comp. "iia, n^s.
Tl'^ Chald. to dwell, Dan.4, 9. 18. Part.
'i-'-^W, Keri 'cy^'^l Dan. 2, 38. 3,31. 6,26.
De'riv. "iia, ^ino, mniio, Tnn.
"" m. 1. a circle, Arab. *.J. Is.
29, 3 "t'l'vs as a circle, 1. e. round about.
2. a ball, Is. 22, 18.
3. a round pile oC wood or bones for
burning, Ez. 24, 5 ; comp. nnnio v. 9.
"iTn and ^'^ m. 1. an age, genera^
lion of men, q. d. the revolving period or
circle of the years of human life, from r.
til
219
ttfW
ITJ no. 1. Comp. Arab. SxU lime, from
\S to go round ; also other words sig-
nifying time, see under *)BX. Corre-
spondiiig to the letter is -J6J time, age,
middle Waw and He being interchan-
ged, see lett. n . Ecc. 1, 4 nini r,V^ "''^^
Ka one generation godh, and another
generation cometh. Dcut 23, 3. 4. 9
nb-'bttS ni^ , 'I'^ios ll'n , the third, the tenth
gtrter'ation. Job ''42, 16. Judg. 2, 10 -i"n
"inx another generation. Num. 32, 13
""i'nn-b3 cms witil all the generation
was con.tumed. 1"i|i t^ generation and
generation, every generation, many gen-
erations, all ages, for ever, Ps. 61, 7. Joel
2, 2 "i"ii i"i '3aJ~iS to the years of many
generations, all future time. Ps. 45, 18
"vinj li'n'bDa through all geiierations, all
coming ages. So 1^ i"ib unto all gene-
rations, all future ages, Ex. 3, 15. Joel
4, 20 ; nn; nnb Ps. 10, 6. 33, 11. 49, 12 ;
simpl. linb id.' Ps. 22, 31. 71, 18. in IS
ini 100, 5. Is. 13, 20 ; 1^ l=ia Ex. 17, 16
Elsewhere also of past ages or genera-
tions, Deut. 32, 7. Is. 58, 12. 60, 15 ; nna
niPs.90, 1. Comp. Plur. below. With
genit. or suff. the generation of any one,
i. e. the men of his age, his contempora-
ries. Is. 53, 8. Gen. 6, 9 ir^n n-ian
I'lnima Noah was upright among his
generation. The Hebrews, as we do,
seem commonly to have reckoned the
duration of a generartion at from thirty
to forty years, comp. Job 42, 16 ; but in
the times of the patriarchs it was reck-
oned at a hundred years, see Gen. 15, 16,
comp. V. 13 and Ex. 12, 40. So among
the Romans the word seculum originally
signified an age or generaiioa of men, and
was later transferred to denote a centur
ry ; see Censorin. de Die natali c. 17.
Dropping the notion of an age, lin sig-
nifies also a race, class of men, e. g. of
the righteous Ps. 14, 5. 24, 6. 73, 15.
112, 2 ; of the wicked Deut. 32, 5 nn
?Pibns>l isS a deceitful and perverse ge-
neration, race. v. 20. Jer. 7, 29 "imss in
the generation of his wrath, i. e. against
which Gt)d is angry.
Pldr. with two forms in this sense,
B"^ni'n and m-n, both masc. Job 42, 16.
The former occurs thrice in the phrase
D**"!!^ "^il ages of ages, generations of
generationg, signifying perpetuity, eter-
nity, everlasting, Ps. 72, 5. 102, 25. is. 51,
8. The latter is very frequent for future
ages, generations to come, posterity;
Lev. 23, 43 DDinSn sisn;! -js-Db. 22, 3.
Num. 9, 10 D3"'ri-inb ist cDb (f you or
ymtr posterity . 15, 14. Espcc. in the
legislative formula csTi^nHb cbis Pjsn a
perpetual law for your posterity. Lev. 3,
17. 23, 14. 31. 41 ; comp. Gen. 17, 7. 9.
12. Ex. 12, 14. 17. 10, 32. 33. g
2. a dwelling, habitation, Arab. JJ-
Is. 38, 12. Ps. 49, 20 T^niax nin the dwell-
ing of his fathers, i. e. their sepulchre.
3. Dor, pr. n. of the city of a Canaan-
itish king, Judg. 1, 27 ; written also "ixi
Josh. 17, 11 ; more fully "li'n nS5 (height
of Dor) Josh. 12, 23 ; "ixn pes IK. 4, 11 ;
-iNn mej l K. 12. 2 ; Gr. ^oi^'w, T Jotfju.
7) Jijj^a. It belonged to Manasseh ; but
lay in the territory of Issachar, on the
coast, near Mount Carmel. Now Tan-
tura. See Reland Palaest. p. 738 sq.
Prokesch Reise p. 27.
S^ll Chald. pr. n. Dura, a town, it
would seem, in Babylonia. Dan. 3, 1
xnii-n PSpa the plain or valley- of Dura ;
comp. 'in'n'i nspa, j'i'ns^ r^spa. Inter-
preters usually compare Dura a city
mentioned by Ammian. Marcell. 25. 6.
situated on the Tigris ; or another of like
name in Polyb. 5, 48, on the Euphrates
near the mouth of the Chaboras.
*OT, m Mic. 4, 13, and 12J^"n
Deut. 25, 4, softened from ^n'J q. v.
1. to beat, to bruise in pieces, espec. by
treading; comp. Engl, to dash. Hence
to tread, to trample, to crush, Job 39, 15.
Hab. 3, 12 ; enemies, Mic. 4, 13. 2 K.
13,7.
2. to tread oid grain, to thresh, by
driving cattle round upon the grain, Jer.
50, 11. Hos. 10, 11. Spoken also of per-
sons who thus thresh with cattle ; 1 Chr.
21, 20 S-ian CJT -J-^XT and Oman was
threshing (treading out) xrheat. Trop.
of a cruel punishment inflicted by the
Hebrews upon captives, by crushing
them with threshing-drays like grain on
the threshing-floor. Am. 1, 3. Arab.
(j*/ik> to trample the earth, to trample
upon enemies, to tread out grain. Syr.
<-A,9 id. Comp. C'lX.
irn
220
NiPH. tJilJ , inf. constr. til'mn , pass, of
Kal no. 1. is. 25, 10.
HoPH. pass, of Kal no. 2. Is, 28, 27.
Deriv. UJ'^'n, 'liuj'i'n, nTSia,
tJ'l'n Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 1, Dan. 7, 23.
"^^ ^0 thrust, to push or knock
doton, to overthrow. Arab. L^.(> id. also
de coilu, like ^_iwO and other verbs o{^
thrusting, pushing, see nin/n . Syr. and
'Chald. ll?,xm, id. The idea of thrust-
ing, pushing, knocking, impelling, is
found in many verbs of which the pri-
mary syllable is m, as n*'n, nn'n, Cjn'n,
<^Lj*9 ; comp. similar families of roots
under Tj=^ and pj5n. Ps. 35, 5. 118, 13
Vssb "'SC'^ni i^^"^ thou hast thrust me thai
I shmldfall. 140, 5. 62, 4 n^^n^in >Tia
a waiZ thrust down, overthrown.
NiPH. pass. 'of Kal, to be thrust down.
Prov. 14, 32 the wicked is thrust down in
his wickedness, i. e. rushes to destruc-
tion, perishes. Comp. in'n'^ from nn'n,
Jer. 23, 12. But Part. plur. constr.
"n'lS , aa ^i^bf '''1'!? ) is more jroperly
referred to r. Ti'ii q. v.
PuAL prfEt. in^; to be thrust down,
wade to fall, Ps. 36, 13.
Deriv. Ti'n, nrp^-a, and
^^ri'^ Chald. f plur. )'^Tyn , a concubine,
from r. ^H'^, Arab. L^5 and L^6 /6e-
gt7/emraTO. Dan. 6, 19 brsn-Nb ,jn'i1
Tiia^iS anrf his concubines he did not
let come before him. Theodot. and Syr.
render it food, but arbitrarily. The
Rabbins, instruments of music, spec,
those which are struck.
^-T J- q- '^'7'^) to thrust; whence
fut. Niph. irn-i Jer. 23, 12. But by
simply writing it in^'^ , it may be re-
ferred to nn'n .
"n*! m. (r. HH'n) in Pause Ti'fj, a
thrust, push, so as to fall ; hence a fall,
falling, P8.56, 14. 116,8.
'''jV Chald. to fear, to be afraid,
i. q. Heb. bnj, pr. to creep along hesi-
tatingly and timidly. Corresponding is
Sjrr. Vi? to fear, Arab. Jki*.t> to flee, to
get away, pr. to steal away, to withdraw
covertly. Constr. c. 0*113 1X3 (comp. K"}";
""SBi!:) Dan. 5, 19. Part, b'^nn fearful
terrible, Dan. 2, 31. 7, 7.
Pa. hrn to terrify, Dan. 4, 2.
* "(LJi? J^ot in use, Arab. . .w^i> fo
smoke, and trop. of a smoky, tawny
colour. Hence probably
irn m. Arab. ,j-&.4>, Ez. 4, 9, the
holms dochna of Linn, a species o^ mil-
let of which several kinds are cultivated
in Italy, Syria, and Egypt, and used
partly as green fodder, and partly for
the grain ; which is of a dark smokif
colour, and is employed for bread, pot-
tage, etc. The ancient versions render
it milium, i. q. Panicum Italicum Linn,
panic-grass ; see Celsii Hierob. 1. 453 sq.
VfJ^ to thrust, to impel, to urge, see
under r. ^tn. Part. pass, impelled^
hastened, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 14.
Niph. Cin^iD to urge oneself, to hasten^
2 Chr. 26, 20. Esth. 6, 12.
Deriv. nisri'io .
P'_V 'o thriist, to push, to press upon,
as is done in a great crowd, Joel 2, 8.
Arab. (S.^4> to repulse, to drive away,
(J.(ta.t> rejected. Aram. *--?, pn^
i. q. Heb. Comp. Gr. dtbixu. Part. pTVn
oppressor of a people, Judg. 2, 18.
^^ , constr. ''n , c. suff. ">:? , r,*'n , C*^ .
1. Subst. sufficiency, quantum stifficit^
enough J and hence as Adv. enough.
The form is as if from a verb '^^'^ i. q.
S - o^
n^'n (like Ti , ^.a. from .g^) which ac-
cording to Simonis is equivalent to
Arab. (^Ji to be much. Or one might
also conjecture that "''n is put for "^Xij ; but
this is quite uncertain. Esth. 1, 18 "''131
ClSpi "(i'^ja and there will be enough of
contempt and strife. Mai. 3, 10 / will
pour you out a blessing ^1 ''ba 1? until
there is not enough, i. e. until my abun-
dance shall be exhausted ; hence, as
this can never be, the sense is : per-
petually, for ever ; comp. Ps. 72, 6. The
genitive or suffix which follows mostly
designates the person or thing to or for
whom any thing is sufficient. Prov. 25,
16 r,"n wfiat is sufficient for thee, pr. thy
quantum sufficit. Ex. 36. 7 C^^ sufficient
for them. Obad. 5. Jer. 49, 9. Lev. 5, 7
221
Pto ''I enough for a lamb, i. e. to buy a
lamb ; not as Simoiiis renders, quot siiffi-
ciunt ad agnnm cnmedendum. 12, 8. 25,
26 irixj '"IS inoiiixh to redeem it. Ncli.
5, 8 133 "*|3 qufintum in nobis erat, after
our ability. Rarely the genit. denotes
that of which there is enough ; Prov.
27,27 CW abn -^-q enough of goat's milk.
2. To the construct ""^ , the preposi*-
tions T). '"a, S. are often prefixed, \^!m
which it then forms new compound pre-
positions; in all of which, however, the
notion of sufficiency and abundance is
more or less preserved.
a) ''13 according to the abundance
of i. q. according to, as. Judg. 6, 5 they
came up 3ib na^S "^na as the loaist for
multitude. Deut. 25, 2 irr^n "^na ac-
cording to hisfaidt.
b) "^^^ i'J- according to the abundance
or multitude of. comp. "jia no. 2. g. Hence
with inf. as often as, whenever ; 1 Sara.
IS, 30 cnss 1 1'p 'rt'15 aw/ it came to pass,
as often as they went oiU, made an excur-
sion ; comp. 1, 7. 1 K. 14, 28 xia 'n-a ''n'i'i
^^^^7 (I'td it was so, as often as the king
went, etc. Is. 28, 19. Jer. 31, 20. 2 K. 4, 8.
Also before a finite verb, where suppl.
itix. Jer. 20, 8 "lans -^^a as'often as I
speak. In like manner before a noun,
where there is an ellipsis, as TT'ih "in-Q
ittjnna Is. 66, 23, i. e. as often as the new-
moon Cometh in its iiew-moon. i. q. in its
time, every month ; and so nj'^r ^^'^ '^'^'^
from year to year, every year, 1 Sam.
7, 16. Zech. 14, 16.
c) ''V^ ) according to the abun-
dance or midtitude of, i. q. i-ia and "^"a
comp. a A. 6 ; hence as often as, Job 39,
25 "lEid -^na as often as the trumpet sc. is
sounded. /?) to sufficiency for any one,
(comp. a B. 4,) i. e. until he have enough,
i. q./or any one. usually where there is
mention of food ; Nah. 2, 13 rni-15 -^na
for his whelps, comp. in the other hemi-
stich ^^rxa-sb. H;ib. 2. 13 the nations
labour t^ '^la/or the fire (i. e. they only
become food/or the fire), yea, the nations
labour p-^n "}z for nothing, in vain. Jer.
51, 58, where the same words are read.
^ Chald. A) Pron. relat. who, which,
what, that ; qui. qua, quod ; \. q. Heb.
'tis* . This form of the relative comes
from the demonstr. MT, Arab. .6, ic6,
19*'^
which latter is often rendered lord, mas-
ter, possessor; e. g. ,j>ju JiJt .3 posses-
sor of two horns, bicornis ; but still it is
nothing more than a pronoun, and in
the Tayitic dialect is used f<)r tlie relat.
^jJ(- So plur. y^l and J | com-
monly lords, masters, but pr. i. q. il|,
n|x , qui; comp. anj 't; . Hence in Syri-
ac and Chald. the apocopated prefix ^ .
On the use of the.Chaldee relative the
following is to be noted :
1. It is often put for he who, that
which, Dan. 2, 23 ; more fully "'1 no 2,
28. 43. Comp. "I'iix no. 1.
2. Often it is merely a sign of rela-
tion, comp. "i-^x no. 2. nan ^n where
Ez. 6, 1. V'""!7^ '^ whose dwelling
Dan. 2, 11. nJ<'''''n Dan. 7, 17.
3. Also as a .sign of the Genitive, comp.
i;x no. 3; e. g. xaba -^t n-j4':3 the
king's captain, pr. who was of the king,
Dan. 2, 15. The preceding subsL is thxis
put either in stat. emphat. as Dan. 1. c. or
in the constr. ~ "'n in: Dajn. 7, 10; or
c. suff. pleon. nrjsx 1^ R-s*:;^ /zame of
God, c(*np. Engl. 'God his nanic,' Dan.
2,20; wSi^n-n-i ^t, 'tir^^^'jp_J.rop^ accusa-
tions of the Jews 3, 8. 'So with a genit.
of material, Dan. 2, 32 ai; ann '^'n naxi
/lis head was of fine gold. Ezra 6, 4.
4. In the verbose manner of the Chal-
dee, it is sometimes redundant before the
prepositions a. "iia ; e.g. obdinia ^n sba^n
the temple (tchich is) in Jerusalem Dan.
5, 2. '1123 in xni-'a ^Ae palace {which
is) in Media Ez. 6, 2. Dan. 6, 14 ; espec.
Dan. 2, 34, comp. Esth. 1, 12 with v. 15.
B) It also passes over into a relat.
Conjunction, like Heb. n\ax lett. B, and
then signifies:
1. that, Dan. 2. 23 ; because that, since,
4. 15. in ^^ Dan. 2. 9. i. q. Heb. nx ^3,
but ij ; Theodot. well euv ovv.
2. that, so that, ut, Dan. 2, 16. 47.
3. Put before words directly quoted or
spoken, like "3 . oti. Dan. 2. 25 and said
unto him, na^ rna'in -n I have found a
man, etc. v. 37. 5, 7. 6, 6. 14.
C) With Prefixes. 1. "''13 i.q. *iCit3,
as soon as, when, comp. I'^x? no. 3.
Dan. 3,7. 5,20. 6, 11. 15.
2. "'^""^ from what time, after, Dan.
4, 23. Ez. 5. 12.
3) 'ri'5;3,-^3, see in bajs no. 2.
222
T^
^\l| '''^ (of gold, i. e. a place rich in
gold, comp. under Chald. "^^ no. 1) Di-
zahab, pr. n. of a place in the desert of
Sinai, apparently so called from the
presence of gold, Deut. 1, 1. Now called
Dahab, on the western shore of the
Elanitic gulf, abounding in palms ; see
Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p.
523. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 217 and
Map. II. p. tJOO. n. Sept. KajuxQvata,
comp. Euseb. et Hieron. in Onom. h. v.
T^^"^? (a pining, wasting, r. -1'n) pr.
n. Dibon.
1. A city in the borders of Moab, on
the northern bank of the Arnon, rebuilt
by the Gadites Num. 32, 34 ; hence call-
ed Dibo?i-Gad, Num. 33, 45; afterwards
assigned to Reuben, Josh. 13. 9. 17 ; and
at last again occupied by the Moabites,
Is. 15, 2. Jer. 48, 18. 22. At the present
day it is called Dhibdn ; see Burck-
hardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372.
Once by an interchange of the letters "O
and 3 it is written "(i^^'^ . for the sake of
harmonizing with the word Cn , Is. 15, 9.
2. A city in the tribe of Judah, Neh.
.11, 25; also written nji^i^ Josh. 15, 22.
y**^ to fish, see Vf^ . Hence
5^"^ m. a fislier, fisherman, Is. 19, 8
and Jer. 16, 16 Keri.
1^^ a root not in use and doubtful ;
I. Perh. i. q. Chald. nntj to be dark,
dusky ; hence i'^'n ink.
II. to be enough, sufficient, much ; see
"^
W f Deut. 14, 13. Is. 34, 15, a bird
ofpreij, inhabiting ruins. Bochart under-
stands the black vulture, comparing i^"^ .
Better, the kite or falcon, so called from
its swift flight; deriving n*^ from r. ns'J ,
the fic when doubled being changed into
" , as Syr. '^I-a , Pa. Vaa . Vulg. milvus.
i'''7 m. (r. n^'n , after the form llsa)
ink, Jer. 36, 18. Aram, xnrn, fzcL?^
.Arab. ij!t> ink-stand.
'jiiai'l, n3ilQ'''n, see -.iS"^^ no. 1, 2.
* 1''? fut. pn'J , prat. 1^ . 1. to mlc, to .
.govern ; pr. as it would seem, to subju^
.gate, to subject to oneself, causat. af r.
"^n q. V. as if for 'j'^'in . Constr. c. ace.
1 Sam. 2, 10. Zech. 3, 7 then shalt thou
rule my house. Gen. 6, 3, see in r. ""^ .
2. to judge, i. q. tiS , but more fre-
quent in poetic style. The ideas of ruling
and judging are closely allied not only
in Oriental practice and polity, but also
in their languages; comp. ^20. also
^!5 and *JC&.. Gen.49,16 i5:s -p"!; '(-n
Dan shall judge his people. Often of
God as judging the nations. Ps. 7, 9. 9, 9,
50, 4. 72, 2. 96, 10. Is. 3, 13. Spec, to
judge any one is i. q. a) to condemn, to
punish the guilty, Gr. yaTux^iriiv, Gen.
15, 14. Job 36, 31 ; c. 2 Ps. 110. 6. b)
to protect the cause of any one, to defend
his right, to see that he obtains justice ;
spoken of a just judge, espec. of God.
Prov. 31, 9 )'i^=N: 'IS -pTj defend the cause
of the poor and needy. Gen. 30, 6 "'Jl'n
cn'bs God hath judged me, hath pro-
tected my cause. Ps. 54, 3 Tjr.TsiSJa?
"'33"''ir and in thy might defend me. i. e.
protect and avenge me. More fully Jer.
5, 28. 22, 16 V>2i<^ ^P''\"^. 'rl hejudgeth
the cause of the poor and needy. 30, 13.
3. With CS , to contend with any one,
pr. before a judge, as in Niph. Ecc. 6, 10.
NiPH. "("nD recipr. to co7itend together,
pr. before a judge, to strive togetJier,
2 Sam. 19, 10. Comp. synom. wDllia.
Arab. (vX!&. to judge ; III, IV to strive
together.
Deriv. '1"^ , "jila , n^na , t^^^^r: , and pr.
n. 'Ciy. , 'il'O , bx*5'n ; also those'here fol-
lowing:
X^'^ and 'i^'l Chald. id. part. Ezra 7, 25.
r"? m. 1. judgment, Fs. 76, 9. 'pT KM
judgment-seat, tribunal, Prov. 20, 8.
Spec, a) a judgment-seat, tribunal,
Is. 10, 2. b) a cause, right, which is
brought for judgment ; Deut. 17, 8 "j"'?
Tl^. 'C'l between cause and cause, i. e.
between the rights of the parties. Prov.
29, 7. p-i ntv Ps. 140, 13, i. q. '^'H. ',^
to judge or protect the cause of any one.
c) wrong, guilt, as being judged ; Job
36, 17 and fittest thou up the guilt of the
wicked, g^iilt and, punishment lake hold
on each otJier. d) sentence of a judge,
Ps. 76, 9. e) right, jmlicr ; F.M\\. 1, 13
y'^^ m 15^^-il^ all who knew law and
justice.
r
223
VOl
2. controversy^ strife, Prov. 22, 10 ; see
r. y^, no. 3, and Niph.
y^, Chalil. m. \. judgment, and meton.
a
tribunal, i. e. tfie judges ; comp. ijlyJO
DitcAn, the highest tribunal. Dan. 7, 10
an'J S3^^ the judges were seated, v. 26.
2. jtislice. right, righteousness, Dan. 4,
31 "p^ nrnnjj his ways are righteotis-
ness. i. e. just, upright. Dan. 7, 22 X3"''i'!
T'Si^bs ^W^n;?b sn^ and until justice was
rendered to the saints of the Most High.
3. jmnishment, Ezra 7, 26.
'I^'l m. (r. y^) 1. a ;'<Zg-e, 1 Sam.
24, 16.
2. a defender, advocate, Ps. 68, 6.
Chald. Ezra 7, 25.
ni^l (judged, acquitted) Z?tnaA,pr. n.
of the daughter of Jacob, Gen. 30, 21.
34, 1 sq,
^!??''? Chald. m. plur. Dinaites, pr. n.
of an Assyrian people transferred to Sa-
maria, Ezra 4, 9.
riB"^^ 1 Chr. 1, 6, a various reading
for rc'^T in the parallel passage Gen.
10, 3. But many Mss, have rB''i also
in 1 Chr. 1. c. and so Sept. and Vulg.
Riphat. See re*'") .
P!''n m. (r. pW Chald. and Syr. q. v.)
pr. a watch-tower, specula ; then genr.
a tower, erected by besiegers to over-
look and harass a city ; i. q. "jna and Syr.
|!ec?. Mostly collect. 2 K. 25, 1. Jer.
52, 4. Ez. 4, 2. 17, 17. 21, 27. 26, 8.
Freq. pl^T nja; once 'i )T\i Ez. 26, 8.
J. D. Michael is understands a wall or
line of circumvallation, Sept. in 2 K.
ntQirttxog, and this I have formerly fol-
lowed ; but see Rosenm. ad Ez. 4, 2,
and also Barhebr. p. 206, ' exstruxit tur-
rim f-eoj-:^ ad speculandura.'
''^"^ i. q. e5-"n q. v. to tread out grain,
to thresh. Hence
IC"^"! m. threshing-time, Lev. 26, 5.
IW"! m. 1. A species of antelope,
so called from its leaping, springino- ;
from r. tl5'.^ pr. to tread, but prob. also
i. q. yin to leap, to spring, whence
Aram. XS'^'n, )^j caprea,pygarg; comp.
Bochart Hieroz. 11. p. 270, ibique Ro-
senm. Deut 14, 5. Sept. nvyaQyog,
Engl. Vers, pygarg, Syr. and Targ,
>alj, Arabs (both) t^^yi\; all which
words denote a species of antelope, ga-
zelle, etc.
2. Dishon, pr. n. a) A son of Seir,
also of a region of Idumea bearing his
name, Gen. 36, 21. 30. 1 Chr. 1, 38. b)
A grandson of Seir, Gen. 36, 25. 1 Chr.
1,41.
^"^ m. adj. (r. Tj?^) crushed, broken;
hence dejected, afflicted, opjrressed, un-
happy, Ps. 9, 10. 10, 18. 74, 21. Once
apparently in an active signification, i. q.
crushing, i. e. chastising ; so with Luther
and Geier I understand Prov. 26, 28
T^ST Nj"::'^ npia y.xoh a lying tongue (per-
son) haleth tliem thai chastise it. Ver-
bal adjectives of the forms ~^ , 7yi , and
also of the form ba;5 from which these
are contracted, are indeed for the most
part intransitive, and are derived from
intransitive verbs, as en, b'n, 3n, and
many others ; yet there is nothing in the
nature of the case, why a form of this
sort derived from a transitive verb, such
as is T(?''J , should not also have a transi-
tive sense, T)2'n contr. Ty\ , ~'\! . i. q. 7|?"i ;
and that in some instances this is the
fact, is shown by the words "i::"^ , *,73!< .
Sept. well as to the sense, ylMiau ifttvd'rig
ftian ulri&fiav. The other clause favours
the same sense, a flattering mouth work-
eth ruin. Those who prefer to take
it intransitively, may render : a lying
tongue hateth those crushed by it, q. d.
its victims.
^"n Chald. m. this, hie, Ezra 5, 16. 17.
6, 7. 8 ; and ^'^ fem. this, hcec, Ezra 4,
15. 16. 19. 5, 8. Corresponding is Arab.
^iljj; and both have arisen from the
simple demonstrative t j (ht), with the
pleonastic suffix of the second person,
liJI j pr. hie tibi, elsewhere dU j ; and
where one speaks with several, XJQ}^
hie vobis. In the Targums for Heb. f\t
are put T0_ , rf^ , "'S''-! , ''?1'^
K>^~ i. q. n2^ , to be broken in
pieces, beaten small, crushed, in Kal not
used. Comp. TJ?'^.
iUTi
224
r^n
PiEL X2'n 1. to break in pieces, to
crush. Ps. 72. 4 ptais X?1"'') Ae breaketh
in pieces the oppressor. 89, 11. 143, 3.
Job 6, 9 ''3X3'!"'T ^ii'X is'^'! and would
that God might crush me ! destroy me.
4, 19 those dwelling in houses of clay . . .
they are crushed (lit. they crush them)
as by the moth, in the manner of the
moth. Infin. NSii as noun, a bruising,
bruise, wound, Is. 53, 10 ixS'n ysn nin-i
'bnri it pleased Jehovah, he made sick
his wound, i. e. it pleased Jehovah to
wound him severely, incurably ; the con-
struction is affvidsTog. Others: it pleased
Jehovah that disease should cmtsh him ;
'bnn for '^nn ; so Hitzig. Metaph.
Job 19, 2 C"'^^a "^ijnxsnni and (how
long) break me in pieces with words ?
2. to crush under foot, to trample upon,
Lam. 3, 34. Hence to oppress, e. g. the
needy, Is. 3, 15. Ps. 94, 5 ; espec. in the
fbrura, in court, Prov. 22, 22.
NiPH. part, broken in spirit, contrite,
humble, Is. 57, 15.
PcAL X.tobe broken, crushed, bruised ;
e. g. the arm, Job 22, 9; with plagues,
calamities, Is. 53, 5.
2. to be broken in spirit, afflicted,
humbled. Is. 19, 10; with penitence, con-
trite, Jer. 44, 10.
HiTHP. fut. XS'n'^ , pass, of Pi. no. 1,
Job 5, 4. 34, 25.' Hence
5^3'^ adj. intensive from r. N^'^ , after
the form b'j;? .
1. broken very small, beaten fine ;
hence as Subst. poet, for dust. Ps. 90, 3
6ts^~"i? Tri:x sen thou tumest man to
dust.
2. broken in spirit, contrite, humble. Is.
57, 15. Ps. 34, 19.
'^^ i. q. n:^ . to be broken in pieces,
crushed; in Kal once, Ps. 10, 10 Cheth.
tva^ nsn*) ami he is cruslied, he sinks
down. Keri ns*]";! id.
PiEL to break in pieces, to crush; Ps.
44. 20. 51, 10 n"'2'n r-i-c^fr n:^;pi that the
bones thou hast Jrroken nuiy rejoice, i. e.
broken with the consciousness of guilt.
NiPH. to be broken, CTUshed, Ps. 38,
fl; trop. of the raind, heart, Ps. 51, 19
nsisi 13U.'3 ab a broken and contrite
heart.
Deriv. 'ag .
"3"^ f. (r. T)?"^) a crushing ; Deut. 23,
2 n~'il y^^S wounded or mutilated by
crushing, sc. the testicles. The allusion
is to a peculiar kind of emasculation, still
practised in the East, as we have learn-
ed from Greek physicians; it consists in
softening the testicles of very young
boys in warm water, and then rubbing
and pressing them till they disappear.
The Greeks call a eunuch of this kind
^hxSlug, as Sept. h. 1. Vulg. well, eu-
nuchus attritis testiculis.
"^P^l m. (r. ^^'^) a crushing, dashing,
beating together of waves ; hence a
raging, roaring noise. Ps. 93, 3 IStS^
Cr'n ri'ri: the fioods lift up their roar-
ing, parall. zhip . Arab. \Si^ to beat, to
thrust ; VI to beat together, to collide ;
comp. ii)t*> VI to press upon each other
in the tumult of battle, ^o.^> tumult,
conflict.
*^5t obsol. root, Arab, ijj, ifo beat
small, to break in pieces, to crush, i. q.
sr'n, ns'n, -(''^ , Chald. "==! Hence
t|'n . T\2'!\ . Comp. pp'n and the remarks
under nn':j . In the western languages
comp. Gr. duxo), duxvat.
)? V Chald. this, hie, i. q. T\^ . Dan. 2
31. 7, 20.
* ^r'i' Chald. i. q. Heb. i:t , to re-
member; whence "P^^ti, "I'^^'n, and
'^?'7 Chald. plur. '""la^ , a ram, Ezra
6, 9. 17. 7, 17. It signifies pr. a male,
i. q. Heb. "ist ; but is put spec, for a mule
sheep, ram, like Gr. ug^r,v male, m^J/v,
u^Tjc, aries, a ram.
li^^"! Chald. m.(r.na^)emph.n3'ia^,
a record, register, in which any thing is
noted for remembrance, Ezra 6, 2.
'Jt'^'^ Chald. m, id. Ezra 4, 15 lEO
N*3"^a'n the book of the records, i. e. the
public records of tlie kingdom kept by the
king's secretary or recorder. Heb. ">''3?]'5
Syr; Pi-sc? record, memoir, e. g. me-
moirs of the martyrs.
^"^ m. (lor nb"n , r. nb-n) ronstr. b-n , pr.
something hanging, swinging; hence
valve of a door, a door, as hanging sus-
pended and moving to and fro. Once,
metaph. door of the lips for the moutb
225
bbi
Ps. 141, 3 ; corap. Mic. 7, 5, and nvltu
ajofiaioi Eurip. Hippol. 882. The fern.
pb?[ door is far more frequent, q. v.
51 m. (r. VyrC) in pause ^ , plur. n^V^ ,
toealf.feeble, powerless. 2 Sam. 3, 1 Va-
^ vid vaxed stronger and stronger, P'^ai
cini n"'3bh b^Sii and the house of Said
%Daa:ed weaker and weaker, i. e. conti-
nually weaker. Spec, a) lean, thin,
2 Sam. 13, 4 b^ nas nnx rn-q why art
thou so lean? emaciated. Once plur.
fern, rib^ of kinc, Gen. 41,19. b) weak,
low, poor, of low estate, Ex. 23, 3. Lev.
14, 21. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ruth 3, 10. Ps. 41,
2. 72, 13. Prov. 10, 15. Is. 14, 30. al. saep,
-i^ to leap, to spring, in Kal once
Zeph. 1, 9.
Pi EL id. Is. 35, 6 n&Q *)!3 a^n-^ tsj
tlien shall the lame man leap as the
hart; with bs Cant. 2, 8; ace. Ps. 18,
30 n^ti-aHx Tibxa with my God have I
leaped walls.
T^7 1- i- q- ^r*^ ) ^0 hang down, to
be pendidotis ; comp. Arab. ^^ Conj.
V, spoken of pendulous boughs, and Eth.
^AU) to wave, to hang down. See
n''^^ .For the form si-'b'n Prov. 26, 7,
Bee under bb'n .
2. to let hang down, i. e. to let down a
bucket or pitcher into a well, to draw
water, Ex. 2, 16. 19. Arab. ^O and Jo,
Syr. P> id. Metaph. Prov. 20, 5 coun-
sel in the heart of man is deep water,
nihy^ n;!i:n aj'^xi but a mun of under-
standing will draw it out.
PiEL to draw out., pr. from a well ;
metaph. to deliver, to set free. Ps. 30, 2
"an^n "S :;':T3-ii.N| I will extol thee, for
thou hast delivered me.
Deriv. b^ . nb'n , rb/n , "'byi , Vjrj ^ n"'!?^ ,
and pr. n. nV:*i , in^J'n . ' "
<n^^ i. q. rtn a door, see in b^ . Is. 26,
20 Keri. Hence Dual D^nV^ , see under
^\'^.
^I'l f. (r. b^n) pr. something Aangang-
down, pliant^ slender. Spec.
1. thread, spoken of the threads or
thrums which tied the web to the weav-
er's beam. Is. 33. 12 ':rS3'^ nH^ from
the thrum he cuttelh me off', an image of
death drawn from the weaver, who when
his work ia finished cuts it out of the
loom. Chald. b^b^ filamentum.
2. hair, locks, hanging down, Cant 7,
6. Vulg. coma capitis.
3. slenderness, i. e. weakness, lovmesa,
poverty; concr. the poor, 2 K. 24, 14.
25, 12. Plur. orn mii? id. Jer. 52, 15.
and 77.i<'"J 'i v. 16.
* nb'n to trouble water with-the feet,
to make turbid, Ez. 32, 2. 13. Syr. - "^
id.
''?'7 m. (r. fb'n) a bucket, any vessel
for drawing water, Is. 40, 15. Arab.y J.
''r''^ m. (r. nb-n) id. Num. 24, 7 n^a bn
l^b^B f/ie waters stream from his buck-
ets, i. e. his posterity will be numerous;
a metaphor drawn from water as flow-
ing from a bucket, and applied to the
semen virile ; comp. bj^, Je$f , and Is.
48, 1. In the other hemistich D-^aa isnt
D-^an . The form l^b^ {d6l-]/dv) is from
Dual n">^b^ the two buckets (as was
usual), Metheg being retained in the
penultima.
'^?r'7 (whom Jehovah hath freed)
Delaiah. pr. n. m. a) Neh. 6, 10. b)
1 Chr. 3, 24. c) Ezra 2, 60. Neh. 7,
62. The Phenicians had the pr. n. //s-
XaiaaxuQxoq. as read in Jos. c. Ap. 1 , 18,
i. e. mnirs -^bT 'freed by Astarte.'
'''^T . ^ (id.) Delaiah, pr. n. m. a) Jer.
36, 12. 25. b) 1 Chr. 24, 18.
^? V? f (feeble, pining with desire)
Delilah, pr. n. of a Philistine woman
whom Samson loved, Judg. 16, 4-18.
f^"'^'7 f. (r. nb^) only plur. ni^b^
(Kamets impure), boughs, branches, so
called as hanging down, waving ; Jer.
11, 16. Ez. 17, 6. 23. 31, 7. 9. 12. Syr.
\h:i:^9 id.
* 5b^, prat. 3 plur. sibb^ Is. 19, 6, ^ht
Job 28, 4, and si-^bn Prov. 26' 7 (see in no.
1), Ipers. "ni^Ps. 116,6.
1. to luing down, to be pendulous, to
swing, to wave ; e. g. as a bucket let
do wn in a well, the slender and pendulous
branches of the palm, willow, etc. which
wave to and fro. Kindr. is nb'n , also bbr ,
uy\ , bbn and bnbn q. v. Comp. in the
Indo-European tongues, Sanscr. tilla to
yh
226
Twl
go, to be moved, Gr. aaXtvco, (raldaao},
au'/.og, to wave, to fluctuate, etc. To the
Bame family may be also referred V'ln,
JJa^ , JJa& 5 in all which the primary
notion is that of hanging down, laxness,
languor. In Job 28, 4 spoken of miners
letting themgelves down into the pits or
shafts: ^Vi "CiiH-Q 1^^ tliei/ hang dawn
Jar fi'om men, they swing to and fro.
Here too I would refer Prov. 26, 7 T'b'n
fiiliitjp isa bd?:!i ns? ^'I'i^^ the legs
hang down from a lame man (sc. as a
useless weight), and so is a sententious
saying in the mouth of fools. In this
passage if we read "^"h^ (with Patah), it
may be for l^n ; so several Rabbins, and
comp. lCi-'";'n Ezra 10, 16 for tlii'n'n, qoti-
Xov folium, allot; alius, and vice versa
Jilia, file. But it is easier with R. Ju-
dah, R. Jonah; and several Mss. to read
s"^^ i. q. ibn , from r, n^'n .
2. to be slack, languid, feeble, weak.
Spoken a) Of shallow and languid
waters ; Is. 19, 6 nis^ ''nk'^ Jisniil sibbn
the streams of Egypt languish and are
dried up ; comp. ' flumen languidum '
Hor. Od. 2. 14, 17, ' aqua languida ' Liv.
1. 4. b) Of persons, to be brought low.,
to be afflicted, oppressed, Ps. 79, 8. 116,
6. 142, 7. c) Of the eye, to languish,
to pine with desire, Is. 38, 14 "^a"^? !>W
NiPH. pass, of no. 2, to be enfeebled, to
be brought low, of a people, Judg. 6, 6.
Is. 17, 4.
Deriv. b"?, n^n, and pr. n. t^Y\^,.
^^ obsol. root, Arab, to thrust out
the tongue ; Chald. rsb'n a gourd, perh.
oblong, tongue-shaped. Hence
T^r? (goord-field) Dilean, pr. n. of a
city in Judah. Josh. 15, 38.
P^" fut. tCs'l'} 1. to drop, to drip,
to distil ; spoken of a house, Ecc. 10, 18
P^sn CJ'^'T' the house droppeth, i. e. leaks,
lets the rain drop through the roof.
2. to sfied toars. to weep, as the eye,
Job 16, 20 "^rr ne^^ f^'^x-bs my eye
weej)th unto God. Ps. 1 1 9. 28 '<Vti ncbrj
my soul weepeth ; comp. tt^ES no. 3. Aram,
id. Arab. v_AJt> to go slowly, to creep
along ; VII, to be poured out, to flow ;
comp. as'n . Hence
^^rl m. a dropping, dripping, from a
roof; Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15.
V^i^ pr. n. of a son of Haman, Dal-
phon, Esth. 9, 7.
* P2? fut. pb^-i 1. to bum, to fame,
Aram, ua^? id. Ps. 7, 14 C^pbV? iisn
bye"^ he maketh his arrows faming, i. e.
shooteth burning arrows. With 3 to
inflame, to kindle, Obad. 18.
2. Trop. in various senses : a) Of
love, ardent friendship, to bum. Prov.
26, 23 Cij^b^ ^"^f^S^ burning lips, i. e.
discourse professing ardent atiection,
burning love. b) Of burning anxiety,
to bum with anguish, oflen compared to
heat; Ps. 10. 2 through the pride of the
wicked ""as p\'^1 doth the poor man burn,
is troubled, anxious ; comp. Is. 13, 8. Ps.
39,4. c) Of burning persecution, whence
"''!!'!!!? pb"^ to bum after any one, to pur-
sue hotly, Germ, nachfeuemi. Gen. 31,
36 "^nnx npbn -O that thou so hotly pur-
suest after me. 1 Sam. 17, 53. With
ace. id. Lam. 4, 19 -irpbTi n-i-nnn-bs they
pursued us hotly upon the mountains.
Hi PH. to make burn, to kindle. Ez. 24,
10. Trop. to inflame, e. g. as wine. Is.
5, 11 Cj^'^b":;;' '{^"^ wine inflames them.
Deriv. rjr^'n .
p^^ Chald. to bum, Dan. 7, 9.
^'^?'^ f (r. pb'n) inflammation, fever,
Deut. 28, 22.
f^?'!? f (r. f^^'n) comp. the masc. unal
If/ofi. b'n ; pr. valve of a door, so called
as hanging and swinging ; then a door,
as hanging and turning on hinges Prov.
26. 14 ; as shut and opened Gen. 19, 10.
2 K. 4, 4. 9, 3 ; as knocked at, beaten,
Judg. 19, 22. Diflf. from nno, which
denotes a door-way or opening for a
door. Where a double or folding door
is meant, the Dual (q. v.) is lor the most
part employed ; but the Sing, al.'jo some-
times includes both valves ; e. g. 1 K. 6,
34 c^b-'ba rnsn rb^n c^rbs ':a the
two leaves of the one door were folding,
turning. In Ez. 41. 24 rbrt \i( hixly put
both for the single valve and also for the
whole door : cn-iJ t^irb"nb riTb-n fpir^
'najn rnx nbib 'cina 'r-irbn r-iapiD
pnnsb Pirbn two Irares wrre to each
door, two turning leaves, two to the one
en
227
tisn
door and two to the other door. Spoken
of the lid of n chest. 2 K. 12, 10. Me-
taph. Cant. 8, 9 if he be a d(jor sc. our
sister, i. e. if she make herself easy of
access to suitors.
Dual e^rib^ constr. 'nb'3 (pr. from a
form T^'^) folding doors. Lat. fores, es-
pec. large, as of a city, gates. Deut. 3, 5.
1 Sam. 23. 7. Is. 45. 1. Jer. 49, 31. Me-
ta.\)[\. doors of heaeen. through which the
rain flown down, (elsewhere niaiX.) Ps.
78, 23. Job 3, 10 TJa 'nb':i t/ui doors
of my (mother's) woinb. 41, 6 rjB "'nb^
the doors of his face, i. e. the jaws of the
crocodile. 38, 8 or shut up the sea with
doors, comp. v. 10.
Plitr. nirb^ constr. n"irb^ f. but in
Neh. 13, 19 niasc.
1. doors, i. e. leaves of a folding door
or gate, 1 K. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 24 ; see Sing.
Hence
2. a door. gate. Ju<lg. 3. 23-25. 19, 27.
Ez. 26. 2 c"B?f7 nirbij nnao? broken is
the gale of the nations, i. e. Jerusalem.
3. the columns of a book or roll, so
called as resembling a door in their
form, as in Lat. from their likeness to a
column, Jer. 36, 23. Others, chapters
of a book, like Rabb. 'nrttj.
0'7 m. constr. Cn , c. sufli'. la-n , C3531
Gen. 9, 5.
1. blood ; prob. forr Dnx , r. cnx to be
red ; whence Talmud, nnx , n^x , xr'n'^x ,
Punic edom accordjng to Augustine
on Ps. 136. Arab. |4>, rareiy ^J,
whence a new verb .-^3 to bleed, to
let blood ; II, to wound. So on bs b^x
to eat (flesh) with the blood, 1 Sam. 14,
32. 55. Ez. 33, 25 ; this was contrary to
the Mosaic law. Lev. 17, 11. Deut. 12,
23. 'ps nn innocent blood 2 K. 21, 16.
Ps. 106, 38 ; spoken likewise of an inno-
cent person, Ps. 94, 21 "S'^ttJ*;; "'pj dt^
and condemn innocent blood; also "^ps n'n
blood of the innocent Deut. 19. 10. 13. 27,
25. Jer. 19, 4. 22. 17.
2. Trop. blood, tor bloodshed, murder,
Lev. 19, 16. Also for the guilt of mur-
der, blood-guiltiness, Gen. 37, 26. Lev. 17,
4. Deut. 17, 8 wfs nn-,ia. Num. 35, 27
^"7 ''^ V* ^ i* "o< guilty of blood, no
blood-guiltiness is upon him.
3. 6ioodo/'gTa/)e, poet. foricine, which
in Palestine is red, Gen. 49, 11. DcuL
32. 14. Comp. aifia Ttji oiaipvi^t EccliM.
39, 26.
Pluh. C'S'i bloods, i. e. drops of blood,
but put like the sing.
1. blood, espec. as shed. Gen. 4, 10.
Is. 9, 4. Hos. 1, 4. Ps. 106, 38.
2. bloodshed, blood-guiltiness ; ttJ^s^
D'^O'n a man of blood, bloody man, Ps. 5,
7. 26, 9. 55, 24. cs'j pia, nij , house or
city of blood, i. e. guilty of bloodshed, 2
Sam. 21, 1. Ez. 22, 2. 24, 6. ia fB'n
Lev. 20, 9. Ez. 18, 13, and 03 Dn"'??^
Lev. 20; 11 sq. his blood be upon him,
their blood be upon them, i. e. they are
guilty of their own blood.
Note. To Cn is once usually ascribed
the signif likeness, similitude, i. q. ria^,
in Ez. 19; 10 ^"ona -isw :;bx thy mother
is like a vine after thy likejiess, than
which nothing can be more languid,
especially as there tbllows : planted by
the waters. Most prob. we ought to read
with Calmet : Tp'rs ^CJS like a vine of
thy vineyard.
* I. n"-'n, Aram. XTsn, lie?, to be or
become like, similar, to resemble, c. h Ps.
102, 7. 144, 4. Cant. 2, 9. 7, 8 ; bx 'Ez.
31. 8. With dat. pleonast. Cant. 2, 17
^asb 'lin Vjb-nr^ be thou, my beloved^
like a roe. 8, 14.
NiPH. to become like, to resemble, c.
ace. Ez. 32, 2.
Pi EL nr'n 1. to liken, to compare, c.
bx Is. 40. 18. 25 ; b 46, 5. Cant. 1. 9. Lam.
2, 13 Ti^-na-ix na what shall I liken unto
thee 7 Hence to use similitudes, paru'
bles. i. q. h'S-o, biTT:. Hos. 12, 11 n^a
nanx o-'X-'arn by the prophets . . . Ihar^
used similitudes ; so in accordance with
the context. Others, / have destroyed,
i. e. announced destruction.
2. to liken in one^s mind, i. q. Engl, to
deem, to think. Ps. 50, 21 "ni'^n n^an
Tjira ^"^jn^. thou thoughtest me to be like
thyself Esth. 4, 13. Is. 10, 7.
3. to think, i. e. to purpose, to meditate^
sc. to do any thing ; Num. 33, 56. Judg.
20. 5 iinb sia'n ""rix they thought to have
slain me. Is. 14, 24. 2 Sam. 21, 5 C-'Xn
nsb msi -iiajy wfea ^VHthemanwhocon"
sumed us and who meditated against us
Bc. destruction.
4. to think upon, to remember. Ps. 4^
^T
228
rm
10 r,'iDn nit-i"l:s< w-^b-^t tee remember, O
God, thy laving-kindness.
HiTHPA. fut. 1 pers. ns'nx Is. 14, 14, to
make oneself like, to become like, with b.
Deriv. n*!^'^. ')'i"'TO'n.
Note, This signif. of likeness seems
to be the appropriate and primary one
In this verb ; but it has still another,
borrowed fiom the kindred family 20'n,
blT, as in the following article :
11. t'-^ 1. to be dumb, silent, still;
to rest, to cease. Jer. 14, 17 my eyesjiow
down with tears night arid day, and do
not rest. Lam. 3, 49.
2. Causat. to cause to cease, to make
an end of; hence to destroy, comp. B'lii ,
*T>nsn , ri"'2'rn , nbs no. 3 ; espec. to lay
waste, to destroy a country, Hos. 4, 5
jBS ''ni^'n I will destroy thy mother, i. e.
will lay waste thy country. Jer. 6, 2
ji'S-ra T^'^-c-n I will destroy the daugh-
ter of Zion, i. e. thee.
NiPH. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish;
of persons, Hos. 10. 15 nian: nbn; ~nra
bs'ib'^ "(!??. to-morrow the king of Israel
shall be cut off. Is. 6, 5 '^n"'^n3-"'3 -^b-iix
wo is me, for I perish ! So of brutes Ps.
49, 13. 21 ; of nations Zeph. 1, 11. Hos.
4 6; of cities. lands, Is. 15, 1. Jer. 47, 5.
Hos. 10. 7. In all the examples here
quoted, the Praeter only is read. For
the Fut. are used tlie forms 1B^7 , IB'nn ,
from the synon. C^'n .
Deriv. ''r'n , ""rn .
n'52'n Chald. to be like, similar, Dan.
3, 25. 7, 5.
TJ?"^ f. (r. C^'!j) desolation, destruc-
tion; also for concr. desolated, laid
waste. So commonly Ez. 27. 32 "iss "la
riBiS who is like Tyre, like the de-
stroyed ; but probably it is better with
Hitzig to read HBiB the desolated.
riTO'n f (r. fiB'n I) \. a likeness,
image, i. q. Syr. fzoicj . Gen. 1, 26 let
Its make man . . . isrir'iS after our like-
ness ; comp. 5, 1. 3 Jie begat a son iriiB'iia
"inbsa in his own likeness, after his own
image. 2 Chr. 4, 3 n'''n;3a niB'n images
of oxen, i. e. cast, molten. Is. 40, 18
ft laiyn niBTma what likeness, image,
Vnll ye compare unto him 7
2. a model, pattern^ e. g. for an altar,
2 K. 16, 10.
3. an appearance, form, shape. Ez.
1, 16 ini'anxb nnx ni^an one shape was
to the four. With genit. the appearance,
likeness, shape of any thing, i. e. some-
thing having that form ; e. g. spoken of
what is indistinctly seen in dreams or
visions ; Ez. 1, 5 rs'ix nsi^^ n:ini:a
m'n and in the midst of it the appear-
ance, likeness, of four living creatures,
i. e. an appearance like four animals, v.
26 S&3 n!|?;'n the appearance of a throne.
V. 28" 8, 2. 10, 1. 21. Dan. 10, 16. Comp.
nxno , Hence
4! Adv. like, as. Is. 13, 4; nsians id.
Ps. 58, 5.
^'^ m. (r. nr'n II ) stillness, rest, qui-
et, i. q. '^T . Is. 38, 10 'a^ la'ia in the
quiet of my days. i. e. now when I might
reign in quiet. Sept. iv tw vfti twv i,^i-
Qb)v [iov, either reading or conjecturing
''B^a . See more in Comment, on Is. I. c.
''P'n m- (r> ^^'1 II) stillne.'js, quiet;
Ps. 83, 2 Ti^-^Bj'-bx c-^n-JX O God, be
thou not quiet, i. e. look not in quiet in-
activity upon our persecutions, defer not
thy help ; comp. (tinn, ncn . Is. 62, 6. 7.
n^ia'l see n*B!i^.
'ji''73'7 m. (r. nr-n I ) i. q. n^r-n , a like-
ness, Ps. 17, 12.
^St prajt. IB'n, imp. and inf M,
D'i'n Josh. 10, 12. Ps. 37, 7 ; fut. c=Ti , plur.
la'n^ in the Chald. manner.
1. to be dumb, silent, still. Lev. 10, 3.
Lam. 3, 28. Ez. 24. 17 o=n p:s<n, Vulg.
ingemisce tacens. With b to be silent to
any one. i. e. to listen to him in silence ;
hence Job 29, 21 "'nsJ lab siB'n'iT they
kept silence at my counsel, nirr^b orij
to be silent towards Jehovah, i. e. to wait
in silent patience and confidence for his
help. Ps. 37, 7. 62, 6. Jer. 8, 14 why do
we sit still ? assemble yoursehes and let
us enter into the fenced cities ctSTiB'nsi
and let iis be silent there (i. e. remain
quiet), /or Jehovah hath put vs to silence,
q. d. hath brought our atl'airs to such a
strait that we cannot resist. Here na^3
is fut. Kal with He parngogic. <
2. to be struck dumb, i. e. to be asto-
nished, amazed, see note below ; i. q.
OBtfi . E. g. with admiration and terror,
Ex.'lS, 16. Is. 23, 2 'X "attJ"' la'n be asto-
nished, ye inhabitarUs of the coast, sc. of
D-n
229
Wml
Tyre. Lam. 2, 10. The idea of silence,
Btillness, is also transferred from speak-
ing to acting, comp. t"^n, nrn ; hence
3. to test, to cease, to leaee off, Pa. 4,
5. 1 Sam. 14, 9. Job 31, 34. Lam. 2, 18
T^rSTa cnn-bx let not the apple of
thine eye cnise sc. to weep. Job 30, 27
im xbl ^npn 'S't: my bowels boil, and
rest not. A Iso to stand still ; Josh. 10, 12
Ci'n ")i"333 BJp.\3 Sun, stand thou still on
(iibeon! v. 13 Ocisn o^^i and the sun
stood still.
Note. Thi.s root is onomatopoetic and
widely spread in other families of lan-
guages, imitating, like the kindred OTsn,
Ciin, n^sn , and Gr. /xi'w, the sound made
with the lips closed, hm, dm. It is there-
fore pr. to be dumb, which is referred
either to silence and stillness, quiet; or
also to stupor, astonishment ; or lastly in
the causative and transitive conjugations
to desolation and destruction, as implying
subsequent silence. Most nearly kin-
dred to oz'ii are the roots C^ll (the ob-
scure sound made with the lips closed,
comp. the Lat. and Teutonic words
below) and n^^ , which see ; and the
same primary force lies in the roots D^lS,
P^ian. nn^, etc. not to mention those in
which the idea of the mouth as closed
is referred to the taste (o?^), to hun-
ger (ois), to inarticulate or unmeaning
sounds (c^a. cm, rixj, n^n), or lastly
to the general sense o^ closing, shutting,
see nax, ess, etc. In the Greek lan-
guage a root of the same family is uvu),
which is spoken of the mouth, lips, eyes,
as closed ; and also of sounds made with
the lips dosed ; see Passow's Lex. in |uu,
ui'w, and the citations there made ; then
also &av^a, &iifij}og, i, q. Heb. B'STIJ,
Chald. nw. In Lat. mutus [rom fiidog,
uim ; and still more in the Teutonic
languages. Germ, dumm stupid, Anglo-
sax, and Engl, dumb, mute, which is
nearer the primary idea; also with a
sibilant, Germ, stumm, comp. Lat. stu-
por, stnpidiis, Germ, staunen, Engl, to
ttun, Fr. etonner.
Po. 0'?*^^ to silence, to quiet, Ps. 131,2.
HiPH. C"in to make silent, Jer. 8, 14 ;
ee in Kal no. 1.
NiPH. 0*13 , plur. ^isanj Jer. 25, 37 ; fut.
>^T., also 'a^n Jer. 48, 2; pass, of
Hiph. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish ;
20
spoken of persons, 1 Sam. 2, 9 cstin
iia]^") ~>ljna the wicked perish in dark-
ness. Jer. 49, 26. 50, 30. 51, 6. Of a
region, to be laid wa^te, destroyed, Jer.
25, 37. 48, 2.
Deriv. nan , niSTS^ .
ntlTa'n n sHence, stillness, e. g. of the
winds, a calm Ps. 107, 29. 'n'O-m bip a
voice of stillness, i. e. still, gentle, 1 K.
19, 12. So poet, by Hendiadys, Job 4, 16
yiadx bipi naia'n / hear stillness aiul a
voice i. e. a still voice, light whisper.
Sept. and Vulg. lenis aura, gentle
breeze.
Y^*? obsol. root, Arab. ^>^t> to dung,
o
to manure; perh. denora. from (^wot^*
Hence the deriv. '(^nT?, njisn^, nsa-ja,
and the two following. '
1^1 m. dung, manure, 2 K. 9, 37. Jer.
8, 2. 16, 4. 25, 33. Arab. ^0 and
niTQ'l Dimnah, pr. n. of a city in Ze-
bulun. Josh. 21, 35. But prob. we ought
here to read njan Rimmon, see Josh.
19, 13. 1 Chr. 6, 62 [77]. Comp. Mover'a
Chronik,p.72,73.
^ S^ to weep, to shed tears, Jer. r3y
17. Aram, and Arab. id. Hence the
two following.
S^'?^ m. a tear, collect, tears; me-
taph. tears of olives and grapes, i. e.
wine and oil. Ex. 22, 28 ^^X^.] ~\^^y,'
Sept. (tTinQX'i? uXmvog xal Irjvov. Comp.
Gr. ddxQvov rwv divdQuv Theophr. arb&~
rum lacrimcB Plin. 11. 6.
n:?'?2'^ f. (r. 'SXr\) a tear, but only col-
lect. tears; Arab. X4> tears, sjuii^ a
tear ; and so Gr. 5dxpi; is oflen used col-
lectively by the poets. Ps. 6, 7. 39. 13.
56, 9. Plur. ni?7:"!i Ps. 80, 6. Lam. 2, 11.
For the poetic phrase in Jeremiah : l^n
nyan 'rs my eye foxes down with tears, .
see in r. T^^ no. 1 fin. '^
* ^"5^ obsol. root, whence "lanp) q. v.
* P^^? quadril. not used ; Arab.
in.iY''^ to be quick, hasty, active,
u-^1
230
n
(^-li-cj, (S.*i^k>, quick, active, alert.
Hence perh. pr. n.
P'^W^, Arab. (S-Cis^t^ and iH^u<jCt>
Dimeshk, (activity, alertness, perh. in
reference to traffic,) sometimes pb*?"':!,
pbSiitj q. V.
2. Damascus, the metropolis of west-
ern Syria, situated on the river Chry-
sorrhoas, now lidrada, in a large and
beautiful plain at the eastern foot of
Anti-Lebanon, Gen. 14, 15. 15, 2. It
was subdued by David, but in the reign
of Solomon recovered its independence,
2 Sam. 8, 6. 1 K. 11, 24; and was gov-
erned by its own kings, until Tiglath-
pileser king of Assyria annexed it to his
empire, 2 K. 16, 9. Is. 7, 4. 8. 8, 4. 10, 9.
At the present day Damascus is one of
the most opulent cities of hither Asia.
2. Damascene, Gen.15,2, i.q. pi253^ d-iR
or pir/Sn js a man of Damascus ; as )t^'3
Hos. 12, 8 ibr -^3^:3 . The writer doubt-
less chose this form, and not "'pbs'n, for
the sake of paronomasia with the pre-
ceding pia^ . See more under pcp. .
ptC'Q'n (in very many Mss. pa^'n,
pCJH'^ , see De Rossi Schol. Crit.) a spe-
cies of cloth, stuff, of silk artificially
woven, silk stuff, manufactured at Da-
mascus, and still bearing in the western
languages the name of that city, Engl,
and Dan. daynask, Ital. damasco, Fr.
damas. Germ. Damast. Amos 3. 12.
The same word with the letters various-
ly interchanged and transposed is found
S o^
also in Arabic, viz. jj*JLc(3 silk, ac-
cording to the Camoos p. 760, espec.
that made from cocoons from which the
insects have broken forth, Jlos-silk ; or
according to others, white silk. Also
jj*Ui>oJ, ^jaJtjei>, ijoULoJ. At the
present day there is still a great culture
of the silk- worm around Mount Lebanon.
T7 (judge) Dan pr. n. 1. The son
of Jacob and the tribe tlesconded from
him, wlioBc territories are described in
Josh. 19, 40-48.
2. A city in the northern extremity of
Palestine, forme rly called ttS "jb , but named
Dan from a colony of Danites, Josh. 19,
47. Judg. IS, 29. "it lay west of Paneag
at the spot now called Tell el-KAdy ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 351, 358.
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 196, 211. In the
words "i?^ n:^ 2 Sam. 24, 6, there seems
to be an error in transcribing, for which
1?'^ should be restored. Vulg. silvestria.
For ',11 Ez. 27, 19, see in its order
under i.
1"^ Chald. St. emphat. 'nV'i , Pron, de-
monstr. i. q. Heb. m, rXT, comm. this,
Lat. hie, hcec, hoc; Dan. 2, 18. 28. 30. 36.
43. 47. al. n;")S as this, so, thus ; Ezra
5, 7 2"'r3 n;"i3 th^is it was written. Jer.
10, 11. Dan^. 2, 10 r!:-:3 n|^. a word like
this, such a word, nn biJ on this accaient,
therefore, Dan. 3, 16. Ezra 4, 14. 15.
^P, ''IT:^ after this, afterwards, Dan, 2,
29. In the Targums mostly fully writ-
ten )-'n, -p-irr, TTT}, for Heb. W; -j^ns
thv^.
^^?"il see inbs;^?^.
*^r obsol. root, prob. to melt, to be-
come liquid, like as^, 5>l1, rr^xw. See un-
der lett. Vav, Thesaur. p. 393. Hence
351^ wax.
^I*^ (r- 1?"?) Damiali, pr. n. of a city in
Judah, Josh. 15, 49.
n^nn (perh. for nsns '''n lord i. e.
place of plundering, q. d. robber's den j
comp. ^,^tJ^ to rob, to plunder,) Dinha-
bah, pr. n. of an Edomitish city, Gen. 36,
32. 1 Chr. 1, 43.
'^!*-'!J (judge of Grod, i. e. who judges
in the name of God, r. )'''^) Daniel, pr. n,
a) The celebrated Heb. prophet and sage
attached to the court of Babylon, whose
life and prophecies are contained in the
book bearinghis name. Mentioned also
Ez. 14, 14. 20. 28, 3; where it is 5N:^.
b) A son of Darid, 1 Chr. 3, 1. c) Ezra
8, 2. Neh. 10, 7.
'ir obsol. root, Arab. ^^S to whis-
per, to murmtcr. Hence MS^ .
y^ m. pr. infin. of r. yi^, as Subst.
what one knows, kncmledire. opinion. Job
32, 10 ''3SJ"!:]!* "'S"! 'n^'n^ I aUo will show
my opinion, v. 6. 17. 36, 3. Plur. D-'an
D^S'n perfect in knowledge or wisdom)
Job 37, 16.
n
231
bpi
ST^!? (fern, of prcced.) a knowing^
knowledge, Ps. 73, 11; c. ace. Is. 11, 9
nin^'nx nri knowledge of Jehovah, pr.
a knowing Jehovah. 28, 9. Plur. nijT
1 Sam. 2, 3. Job 36, 4.
n?^ Prov. 24, 14, see r. J'l'J init. and
Index.
njjl obsol. root, i. q. Arab. LfcO
to ca//. A trace of this root is found in
pr. n. nsflbx, and in
5l*V^ (invocation of God) Deuel, pr.
n. m. Num. 1, 14. 7, 42 ; for which in
2, 14 bx^5-j q. V. lett d.
M?^ i. q. T)5J and Syr. ^> , to go
otU, to be quenched, extingidshed, as a
light, lamp. Prov. 13, 9 T^r-t"^ o-'SlSn nj
the lamp of the wicked shall he put
out, i. e. their good fortune shall perish;
comp. the Arabic proverb Lo^t -JC jjf
^^f.M/ ill fortune has put out my lamp.
Prov. 20, 20, 24, 20. Job 18, 5. 6. 21, 17.
Trop. of the destruction of enemies^ Is.
43, 17. Also of water drying up, see
Niph.
NiPH. to become extinct, e. g. water,
to dry lip, Job 6, 17. Comp. extinguere
aquam Liv. 5. 16, succum Curt. 6. 4,
mammas Plin. 23. 2.
PuAL to he quenched, destroyed, e. g.
enemies, Ps. 118, iS.
^?T obsol. root, in Samar. i. q. bni
to fear. Hence pr. n. bsnn .
J^ inf fem. of r. 5"i^, as Subst. like
?^ and nsn.
1. a knowing, knowledge sc. of any
thing ; which is thus put as the object,
either in the ace. Gen. 2, 9 r^nn y^
rni avj. Jer. 22. 16; or in the genit. as
d'^n'bx ryri knowledge of God Hos. 4, 1.
6,6; once c. art ry-nn id. Hos. 4, 6.
With genit. of the subject, Job 10, 7.
Also rsn ibaa without knowing, un-
awares, (opp. on purpose, with intent.)
Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4. Josh. 20, 3. 5. "'ba'a
rVPT Is. 5, 13 either: because of no know-
ledge i. e. because of their lack of know-
ledge of God, religion, comp. Hos. 4, 6
where once ri5"^n ^ba^ ; or: unexpect-
edly, suddenly, see r. ""i^ no. 1. a. Sept.
ita TO fti) fldivni airov; rov Kvqiov.
2. intelligence, understanding, insight,
wisdom, i. q. fi'jsn, Milan, Prov. 1, 4, 7.
2, 6. 24, 5. al. rsn sn^ to have wisdom
Prov. 17, 27. rr'ia wisely, discreetly
Prov. 13, 16; contra Psna xb unwisely,
indiscreetly, Job 34, 35 ; n?T ''ba id. 38. 2.
42,3; nsn ""baa id. 35, 16.
^f"|! obsol. root, Arab. ^4>, Uj
<o thrust, to push sc. so as to make fall ;
comp. the similar roots ri^fi , o J, /*i>>
pB^ . Hence ^
''B'^ m. in pause ''BH, a stumbling-
block, cause of falling, Ps. 50, 20 ; Sept.
Vulg. axiirdaiov, offendicidum. The
Rabbins, by a conjecture drawn from
the other hemistich, explain it by nai
n5"i evil report, slander.
PiiV 1. to thrust, to beat, to knock
sc. at a door, Cant. 5, 2. Comp. Hithpa.
2. to drive hard, to overdrive a flock.
Gen. 33, 13. Arab. iSJ*^ * S^ swiftly,
pr. to be thrust forward, propelled.
HiTHP. Part. c'lpD'nnTa knocking in
rivalry at a door, i. e. emulously, eager-
ly, Judg. 19, 22. This seems here to be
the force of the conj. Hithp. Hence
^iJP"? Dophkah, pr. n. of a station of
the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33. 12.
Comp. Bib). Res. in Palest. I. p. 107.
p"!! adj. (r. ppn) f. n;sn l. beaten
small, fine, minute, spoken of dust. Is.
29, 5 pn pax small dust, fine. Lev. 16,
12. Hence Subst. any thing small, mi-
nute, q. d. small dust, atom, Ex. 16, 14.
Is. 40, 15.
2. slender, thin, lank, withered; e. g.
hair Lev. 13, 30 ; of kine and ears of
grain Gen.4l, 3 sq. So of a person, tabid,
withered, dwarf, or having a withered
member. Lev. 21. 20. Also small, light,
s/i^-A^. of a sound or whisper, 1 K. 19. 12.
p"^ m. pr. inf. of r. PP^, fineness ;
hence fine cloth, a garment, curtain, etc.
Is. 40, 22.
^HV obsol. root, Arab. J^(5, Aram.
sbpn, ILoj, palm-tree. Hence
J^fp"? f Gen. 10, 27, Diklah, pr. n. of a
district of Joktanic Arabia, prob. abound-
ing in palm-trees ; of such there are
several in Arabia. One flimous place
of palm-trees existed at the very en-
trance of Arabia Felix, called by the
Greeks <I^oivix(uv Ptol. 6. 7 ; but this was
remote from the other territories of the
Joktanidse. With Bochart therefore
(Phaleg II. 22) I would understand the
district of the Mincei, which was also
rich in palm-trees, Plin. 6. 28.
* V^ prset. p'^ , fut. pn"; , i. q. T,?-^
<q. V. and Arab. ,^0, onomatopoetic.
)Kindred are n=T, X=n, also nnn, nn'n.
1. to beat small, to break in pieces, to
tcrush, espec. by pounding, stamping,
threshing. Is. 41, 15 behold I will make
thee as a new sharp threshing-sledge . . .
:pSn'i 0''"!^ !i:>isn thou shall thresh the
mountains and crush them small. There
is a play upon a twofold usage in Is.
.28, 28 ^tt'i-i'i ujinx nssb ikh "'s p-ini en!;
!liJ3T^ sb . . . bread-corn is beaten out,
but yet one does not thresh it always . . .
nor does he crush it. Here the first
'p'11'i is i. q. tlJl^"' in v. 27 (perh. it should
be so read) ' to beat or tread out with a
dray or cattle,' opp. li'Z'n'}^ v. 27 ; while
sisisii implies the crushing of the ker-
nels, which the husbandman avoids.
2. Intrans. to be beaten small, crushed,
to be made fine. Ex. 32, 20 12 ^{nc^^
p'n"ittJX and he brake it in pieces until
it was made fine, like powder. Deut.
9, 21.
HiPH. p'lri i. q. Kal no. 1, to beat or
Stamp small, to break in pieces, e. g.
altars, idols, 2 K. 23, 6. 15. 2 Chr. 15, 16.
34, 4. 7. Inf. ptlfi adv. very small, fine,
like powder, Ex. 30, 36. Metaph. Mic.
4, 13 and thou shall beat in pieces many
nations. Inf p'iri, 2 Chr. 34, 7. Fut. c.
.euff. Cj^-jx for Bp^nx 2 Sam. 22, 43.
HoPH. pass. Is. 28, 28, see Kal no. 1.
Deriv. pn,p^.
pp'^ Chald. id. to be beaten small,
/broken in pieces ; in Peal only ip'^ for
;!ip?, Dan. 2, 35.
A PH. p'!\<^ to beat small, to break in
pieces, in 3 prtet. fern, rpnn Dan. 2. 34.
45 ; fut. p^n , p^in ; part. 'p':\nv , f. njT^O
Dan. 7, 7. 19.
* *l2^ fut. ip"!"?, to thrust through, to
pierce, to stab, as with a sword, spear,
Aram, j^?, "'p'^,id. Num. 25, 8. Judg.
9, 54. 1 Sam. 31, 4. Metaph. to curse,
to contemn, Zech. 12, 10; comp. SJ?3,
NiPH. fut. 'ip'^'?) io ^fi thrust through,
Is. 13, 15.
PuAL id. Jer. 37, 10. 51, 4. Lam. 4, 9
happier those slain with the sword than
those slain with hunger, C^"ip^T3 ^Zf^ CfiaJ
'^'VU rizKTi'O for these pine away, being
thrust through (perishing) for want of
the fruits of the field ; here D''"i|3nT3 by
the force of antithesis is put for those
perishing of famine, as in the preceding'
member 35^ "'!^1 is opp. Sin "'^bn ;
comp. Is. 22, 2. Vulg. contabuerunt con-
sumti a sterilitate terree.
Deriv. "ip'a, ninpna, and
"^^"^ (a thrusting through) Dekar, pr.
n. m'. 1 K. 4, 9.
'^^ m. Esth. 1, 6, commonly taken as
i. q. Arab. \i>, SjO, a pearl, espec. a
large pearl, from r. "I'i'n to glance, to
glitter. Nor indeed would pavements
inlaid with pearls be foreign from Asiatic
luxury; see Bochart. Hieroz. 11. 708 sq.
Yet we may perhaps understand a spe-
cies of marble resembling pearl; per-
haps a kind of alabaster called mother
of pearl stone ; or possibly mother of
pearl itself.
l'^ Chald. i. q. li'^, age, generation^
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31.
"Tl see "li'n.
% ^^^
*J^'^"^ obsol. root, Arab. Co i. q. 5st>,
_,5 , to thrust away from oneself, to re-
pidse, espec. evil. Hence the two fol-
lowing :
'JlS'n'l m.constr. '|iX'^"n,re/J7</j?; hence
aversion, abhorrence. Dan. 12, 2 and
these to shame cbis 'ps^'jl^ to everlast-
ing abhorrence. Sept. et Theod. ulaxv-
VTf. Syr. \fSLtt .
T^y^ m. Is. 66, 24. an abhorrence, o\>
jcct of horror. R. S*"^'^.
^^^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ^\^
to be sharp, pointed. Hence
'jin'n'l only in plur. ni'J'is';.^ (dSrbdndth,
comp. Lchrg. p. 43) goads, ox-goads,
PoixiviQrt, Ecc. 12, 11.
'^a'1'1 m. (dorbdn.) a goad, ox-goad,
ftotxiviQor, 1 Sam. 13, 21. It diffcre from
311
233
HI
ToVtt , the latter being strictly the etaff in
which the goad is fixed. As to the form,
Dag. Iciie is not more necessary in ",3"j'n
than in Tia!$ E 8th. 8, 6, or in PW^a,
* 311 obsol. root, Arab. _. J to go on,
to advance, espec. by steps, and so to as-
cend by steps, kindr. T\V\ Hence nan*iO .
3nn^ (pearl of wisdom, compounded
8'
from "Ti, t>, and 5^ i. q. J^, ns^ wis-
dom.) IJardd, pr. n. of a wise man con-
temporary with Solomon or a little be-
fore him, 1 K. 4, 31 [5, 11]. In the parall.
passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 by contraction or
corruption 5^'^.
"l^ni m. (r. "1";;^ no. 3) a thorny plant,
caltrop, thistle, tribulus terrestris Linn,
growing in fields and among grain ; col-
lect. Gen. 3, 18. Hos. 10, 8. Syr. fj>>>
for Gr. Tp/.5oilot Heb. 6, 8, and for axav-
&ai Matt. 7, 16.
Dill m. (for Di^ti, r. "i"^^ no. 2.) pr.
bright sunny region, hence the south,
the southern quarter, Ez. 40, 24 sq. 42,
12 sq. Ecc. 1, 6. Poet, for the south wind,
Job 37, 17. 0pp. ('IBS region covered
with darkness, the north, comp. Horn.
Tt^og '//cu T 'Jlihov t, and n^og ^oqpov.
Ii"l1 m. but fern. Ps. 84, 4. R. n-i^ .
1. Pr. swift flight", a wheeling, a gyra-
tion; hence concr. for a bird which flies
in circles, wheels in gyrations, according
to the Heb. intpp. the s^oallow ; in the
other member is "lias a sparrow. Ac-
cording to the ancient versions a turtle-
dove, i. q. ^Fi , which is less suited to the
context. Ps. 84, 4. Prov. 26, 2.
2. spontaneous jiow, a flowing freely
and abundantly, comp. r. "n'n no. 3. Ex.
30, 23 niTn""^ myrrh Jlowing sponta-
neously, q. d. pure. Hence
3. a letting go free, freedom, liberty.
So h "liiT X"^!^ to proclaim liberty to any
one,' Is. 61, 'l Jer. 34, 8. 15, 17; c. 3
Lev. 25, 10. ni-.'nn p:o the year of lib-
erty i. e. of the manumission of slaves,
i. q. year of jubilee, Ez. 46, 17.
^l?^"?"^ Darius, pr. n. of several Me-
dian and Persian kings.
1. Darius the Mede, Dan. 6, 1. 9, 1 ; of
whom Josephus says, Ant. 10. 11.4, /
'Aaxvayovq vlog, iitqov 5b naQct xoTj "E)^
20*
hjiTiv ixnltlto Ztofiu. This was appar-
ently Cyaxarcs II, the son and successor
of Astyages, and uncle of Cyrus ; who
held the empire of Media between As-
tyages and Cyrus, yet so that Cyrus was
his colleague and viceroy, on which ac-
count he alone is mentioned by Herodo-
tu.s. See Xenoph. Cyrop. I. 5. IV. 5. 8,
18, 27, 51, 53. V. 1. 5. See also Ber-
thold'a Daniel p. 842 sq. Against this
view see v. Lengerke ad Dan. p. 219 sq.
Hitzig Begriff'der Kritik p. 141 sq.
2. Darius HystasjKS, king of Persia,
Ezra 4, 5. 5, 5. Ilagg. 1, 1. Zech. 1, 1.
3. Darius Nothus, king of Persia, Neh.
12, 22.
Note. The genuine form of this
name appears in the cuneiform inscrip-
tions of Persepolis, nom. DAIi Ya WUS,
accus. DAR Ya WUM; see Lassen iiber
d. keilfOrmigen In-schriften p. 158. Zeit-
echr. fiir d. Morgcnl. VI. p. 9, 169 sq. Beer
in AUg. Lit. Zeit. 1838. no. 5. It is com-
pounded according to Lassen (p. 39)
from the root darh (dary), Zend, dere,
Sanscr. dhri,io preserve. with the afform-
ative awu, and s as sign of the nomina-
tive; all which accords sufficiently with
Herodotus (6. 98), who translates the
name by k^iilrjg, peril, coercer, con-
servator.
ffii'^'ll Ezra 10, 6, see VJ'^'n Piel.
M-T ^^t- ""'7'^ ^-to tread, to tram-
ple with the feet. Syr. and Chald. id.
s '.
Kindred are an'n, ,\Oi (5jj-b a way,
Gr. TQi^b) ; and of the same family are
also ^y\ , iy^\(^ , pr. to rub, beat, pound ;
and from the occidental languages tero,
d^fficti, trappen, treten, to track, to tread;
in all which the initial letters or sounds
tr imitate the sound of the foot planted
firmly upon the ground, espec. as in
stamping any thing in pieces, TReTen,
zertreten. Engl, to TReaD. Spec, a)
-V2 m"!!^ Job 24. 11. or P5, raa, Lam. 1,
15. Is. 63. 2, to tread the wine-press, etc.
i. e. in order to crush the fruit and
express the wine or oil. Also T^^ T^'n
n-'ajj'^a Is. 16, 10, r":: -^^ Mic. 6, 15, and
simpl. Tp'n to tread sc. the grapes, etc.
Judg. 9, 27. Jer. 25. 30. Metaph. of ene-
mies trodden down as grapes Is. 63, 3 j
v^
234
and so also Judg. 5, 21 TS 'ttSs! '^="i'7ri O
my soul, thou didst tread down strength
i. e. the mighty, b) rajjr 7(";;'n to tread
a bow, i. e. to bend a bow by placing the
foot upon it, as is usually done when the
bow is strong and stilf, comp. Arrian.
Ind. 16. Diod. Sic. 3. 8. So Ps. 7, 13.
n, 2. 37, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 18. 8, 40. 2 Chr.
14, 7. Is. 5. 28. al. Trop. and without
reference to the origin of the phrase,
B'^Sn TQ'^ to bend the arrows i. e. to fit
tlie arrows upon the bent bow, Ps. 58, 8.
64,4.
2. Spec, to tread a way or place, by
going or walking upon it, entering into
it ; hencefo tread in or upon, to walk, to
enter a place, Mic. 5, 4 ; in a place, c. 3
Deut. 11, 24. 25. Josh. 1, 3. 14, 9. Is. 59,
8 ; c. ace. Job 22, 15 ; b? 1 Sam. 5, 5 ;
c. "(13 to tread forth out of a place, to come
forth. Num. 24, 17. h'S ri^"^^ is also to
tread upon, to walk or go upon any thing,
Job 9, 8. Ps. 91, 13.
HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to tread, go, walk. Is. 11, 15
-D"'^3.'i3 Tf "I'ini and he shall make them
.tread (the channel of the Euphrates) in
shoes, i. e. pass over dry-shod, scarcely
iwet. With 3. to cause to tread in a
,way. to lead, to guide ; Ps. 107, 7 CS'^-i'i'l
in'nta^ T\^'-},^ he caused them to go in a
right way, he led them forth in a right
way. 119, 35. Is. 42, 16. 48, 17. Prov. 4,
.11. Ps. 25, 5 T;npx3 ''33"'-)'in cause me to
iV)alk (lead me) in thy truth, v. 9.
2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to tread a threshing-
'Hoor, i. e. to tread out the grain, Jer. 51,
.33 ; also a bow, but metaph. Jer. 9, 2
ij>0 crnr;? criab-rx isin^i they bend
.(tread down) their tongues, as their bow,
for lies. Also i. q. Kal no. 2, to tread a
.way, to walk in it, poet. c. ace. Job 28, 8.
3. i. q. Arab. C'>4>I and Syr. Aph. to
tread upon. i. e. to overtake in pursuing,
c. ace. Judg. 20, 43.
Deriv. Tj^ii? and the two following :
^"^7 <! "l"!"^) '^^y^ "'y '" *'^^ Dual
te'^sn'n tti;35 perverse in his double way,
spoken of a double-tongued deceitful
person. Prov. 28, 6. 18.
sH'^ comm. gend. (m. 1 Sam. 21, 6.
f. Ezra 8, 21,) c. suff. ''Sn'n, plur. n-^ann
<onstr. ^3'j'n . R. Tj-^n ,
1. Pr. the act of treading, walking,
going; a going, way. journey J e.g. r.irs
Tp*! , noitiadui Idor, to make one's way
Judg. 17. 8, and ""!'!) T^l<^ to go one''s way
Prov. 7, 19, i. e. to be on one's way, to
journey. 1 K. 18, 27 ib T^"?.'^ lit. a way
is to him, i. e. he is journeying _, or perh.
he is gone out, is away from home. Tj"!"!!
D'i"> a day\s journey 1 K. 19, 4 ; see Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 161. rc>J TCfi
D^r^ three days'' journey Gen. 30, 36,
comp. 31, 23. Ex. 5, 3.
2. a way, path, t] vdoe, in which one
treads, goes ; very freq. So T|'!'^'^ ^? by
the wayside Gen. 38, 21. 1 Sam. 24, 3.
Also T)"!)'!) T\?.^. to go (by) a way, comp.
Engl, the icay he went, Deut. 1, 31. Judg.
2, 17 ; and after other verbs of going.
Num. 21, 34. Josh. 13, 18. a) With
genit. of place, it is i. q. the way leading
to that place ; comp. on the Attic usage
Valck. ad Hippolyt. 1197. E. g. 'p. "O'^J
the way to the tree Gen. 3, 24 ; bix':3 'zy:
Prov. 7, 27 ; comp. Gen. 16, 7. 35, 19.
38, 14. Ex. 1 3, 17. Rarely another word
is interposed, as Hos. 6, 9 ina*"^ 'T\T\
tnrs'j they murder in the way to Shechem.
In the Accus. it approaches to the force
of a preposition, the way to, i. q. towards ;
e. g. Di~fln ~nr| towards the south, T\y^.
nsies towards the north, Ez. 8, 5. 21, 2.
40, 20 sq. 41, 11. 12. Deut. 1, 19 %ce passed
through the desert .. .'^'yc'!<r\ "lii Tj'll'n to-
wards the mountain of the Amorites. b)
With genit. of pers. the way of any one,
i. e. the way by which he is wont to go
or pass, e. g. T)-!Sfl Tp.'H the king's way,
i. e the public highway, military road,
Num. 20, 17. 21. 22 ; comp. i) idog ^aai-
Xrl'ia Herod. 5. 53. "is^nb "bn to go on
in one^s way, to proceed on one's journej'
by the usual road, Gen. 19, 2. 32. 2.
Num. 24, 25. Josh. 2, 16. y-:Nn-b3 -r^n^
the way of all the earth i. e. of all man-
kind, the way to Slieol, ] K. 2, 2. Josh.
23, 14. Sometimes it inchidos a wliole
region or district in or through which a
way passes ; Is. 8, 23 Dn T)";^ the iraj
i. e. region of the sea, the coast of the sea
of Galilee.
3. a way, i. e. course, mode, manner, in
which one walks, lives, which one follows ;
like Gr. odoi, Arab. j^jJo J^jyu*;,
Tn
235
vm
Eth. 4:5*, 4;^^, 'L<)'H, Germ, einen
Qang nehmen. Gen. 19, 31 "bs ""^1?
ynxn after the manner of all t/ie earth,
of nil mankind. Spec, a) way of living,
acting, one's walk, conduct, life. Prov.
12, 15 i''3''?a ^ti^ b''';x Ti"!"n the way of a
fool is rii^ht in his own eyes. Ps. 107, 17
5^0 ~"!^ sinful way. Prov. 1, 31 '^'^}^
C3nT the fruit of their ways, the good or
evil resulting from their own conduct.
1 Sam. 18, 14 arid David acted wisely
l^snn-bsi. Often the figure of a way-
is retained, comp. T^bn no. 2 ; "^."^S 7\>^ ,
# 'b ^3'713 . to walk in the way of n.ny one,
to imitate his conduct, 1 K. 16, 26. 22,
43. 2 K. 22, 2. 2 Chr. 17, 3. 21. 12. 22, 3.
Also njni 'S^'n.^")^, spoken of men, a
way or conduct which Jehovah approves,
and in which men ought to walk. Ps. 5, 9.
27. 11. 25. 4 ; spoken of God, his mode of
acting, agency, Ps. 18, 31. Deut. 32, 4 ;
spec, of the creation, as the effect of the
agency, operation of God, Prov. 8, 22 nin"^
isn^ n-'CJtT ''}};; Jehovah created me the
beginning of his way, i. e. as the firstling
of his agency, work. Plur. ways of God,
i. e. his works, Joh 26, 14. 40, 19 [14].
b) way of worshipping God, worship,
religion; comp. a, g.Lo , sJJ] Jua***,
Pers. sK , odog Act. 19, 9. 23. So Amos
8, 14 ?3i* isa T^l'n the way of Beer-sheba,
i. e. idol-worship. Ps. 139, 24 3Sr rpri
idol-way, idolatry ; ibid. obiS rpri the
way of old, i. e. the fathers' way, the
true and genuine worship ; comp. "'b'^ailJ
obi? Jer. 18, 15. c) Sometimes pass-
ive, way, manner of one's experience,
i. e. lot. how it goes with any one. ""!"!3
O'^TS'a after the manner, lot, of Egypt,
Is. lb, 24. Ps. 37, 5 ?i3-in 1^ bs bia com-
mit thy way, lot, fate, unto Jehovah. So,
retaining the figure of a way, Job 3, 23.
Amos 2, 7.
'jitt.'iJ'I'l m. Ezra 2, 69. Neh. 7, 70-72,
a daric, a Persian gold coin, i. q. ""is-inx
' q. V. from which however it differs perh.
in its origin, being i. q. Pers. jML5l\lt>
how of DaHus, as bearing the image of
an archer.
p'lD'ani i. q. pran Damascus, 1 Chr.
18, 5. 6. The Dagesh forte is by Syri-
asm resolved into '\ .
* 2^7 Chald. i. q. Heb. J-ht the arm,
Dan. 2, 32. Hence snnx, "S'J^sj.
^'\i pr. n. see S^T? .
* P!]'? obsol. root, Chald. i. q. p"?t to
strew, to scatter ; Arab. ^^sO to hasten.
Hence
VPT^ pr. n. m. Darkon, Ezra 2, 56.
_T an onomatopoetic root, not in
use, imitating the sound of swift rotary
motion, like Engl, to drill, to twirl, to
whirl ; comp. kindr. "il'H and the roots
there quoted ; also rogvos, lOQvtvia,
Germ, dorl, drillen, trillen, trillern, Engl.
to trill. In Arabic spoken of a spindle,
9^ -^ 2
8\lsv> a spindle, Juo a woman turning
her spindle. Hence in Hebrew :
1. to fly in circles, to wheel in flight ;
whence "ilTn the swallow, so called from
its gyrations. Also to run swiftly in a
circle, as a horse, comp. in^ ; whence
9
Arab. yJ>> a fleet horse. From the
idea of swift motion comes the sense
2. to glance, to sparkle, to radiate.
2 - > ?.= .
Hence i<)t^ radiant star, "i'^, 8\t> a
pearl, (although this might also be so
called from its roundness,) and ui~'^ for
Di'n'n bright region. Also
3. to flow out like rays, to spout, as
milk, blood, rain; Arab. x3 ap. Gol. no.
1-3. s(> abundance of milk. Hence to
flow freely, spontaneously, see liT^ no.
2, 3. Trop. to grow hutmriandy, exitbe-
rantly, as a plant ; hence i'^'^^ .
* '^'!^ fut. ir-.'i'^ , pr. Lat. terere, to
rub with the hands ; to stamp, to tread
with the feet, like Syr. ^^hy to tread or
beat a path, Arab. |J*'^t> to rub, to beat,
to thresh ; trop. terere libros. i. 0. to use
books, to study. The kindred roots are
collected under tj^", all having the
common idea of treading. The letter 1
being softened into a vowel, there comes
from this root the biliteral ffil'n ; comp.
Germ, dreschen, Engl, to thresh, Belg.
diirschen, low Germ, dcschen. Hence in
Hebrew :
12m
236
an
1. Pr. to tread a place, i.e. to go or
come to it, to frequent, c. ace. 2 Chr. 1. 5.
Amos 5, 5 ; c. bx Deut. 12, 5. Part,
pass, nci"!'^ a city frequented, celebrat-
ed. Is. 62, 12. The signif. of going or
coming to a place or person, is also
transferred to express the ideas oi seek-
ing, inquiring, demanding, and also car-
ing for ; hence the following :
2. to seek, to search for, Ez. 34. 6; c.
ace. of thing, Lev. 10, 16 ; h Job 10, 6 ;
^nx to search after Job 39, 8. Chiefly
in the phrase niiT^TN dn^ Engl. Vers.
to seek Jehovah, pr. to go to him, to have
recourse to him (or aid, by prayer, etc.
(Often coupled with synon. 12(52 q. v.
no. 1.) 2 Chr. 16, 12 yet in his dis-
ease n-^xs'-ia ""S iiin-i-rx irnn-xb he
sojight not the Lord (implored not his
aid) but to the physicians. Deut. 4, 29.
Ps. 34, 5. 88, 34. Lam. 3, 25. al. seep. Of-
ten of the pious who habitually invoke
God, to worship, to adore, Ps. 1 4, 2. Is.
58, 2 ; nin-n "^an^ seekers of God, his
pious worshippers, Ps. 9, 11. 22, 7. 34,
11. al. Sometimes with =^-^22 Ps. 109,
2. 10. 2 Chr. 22, 8. Also in the later
Hebrew with b, as nin^b ir-^.tj i Chr.
22, 19. 2 Chr. 15, 13. 17, 4. Ezra 4, 2.
6, 21. Once with bx Job 5, 8. Spo-
ken also rarely of false gods of whom
their followers implore aid, 2 Chr. 25,
15. 20. Jer. 8, 2 ; with b Deut. 12, 30.
Part. pass. Ps. Ill, 2 the icorks of the
Lord are great, cn"'SBn-b=b c"id!i-i^
bought out of all those delighting there-
in, i. e. sought and obtained of God by
their prayers.
3. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask,
to inquire, Judg. 6, 29. Deut. 13, 15. 17,
4. 9. With ace. of pers. or thing about
or tn/o which one inquires ; 2 Chr. 32. 31
PBiBH tJinb to inquire concerning the
miracle. 1 Chr. 28. 9 "'' Iti-i^ rissb-bs
T " TIT
Jehovah inquireth into all hearts, i. e.
examines, searches them ; also with b
2 Sam. 11, 3 ; br 2 Chr. 31, 9. Eec. 1, 13'.
Spec, to inquire of any one, to ask an
oracle, to consult, e. g. God, c. ace. Gen.
25, 22. Ex. 18, 15. 2 K. 22, 13 ; also idols,
inagicians. with 3 , pr. to inquire at or of
any one. 1 Sara. 28, 7. 2 K. 1, 2. 1 Chr.
10, 14 ; bx , pr. to go with inquiry to any
one, Is. 8,' 19. 19, 3. Deut. 18, 11 ; b Ez.
14, 7 i 'J 1ED bSB out of the book of
Jehovah Is. 34, 16. The prophet by or
through Avhom one inquires of God, is
put with era 1 K. 14, 5, nXT3 2 K. 3, 11.
8, 8, a Ez. 14, 7 ; e. g. 1 K. i. c. the wife
of Jeroboam cometh "bx r(BS-q -i^n aJTib
PtJ2 to ask an oracle of thee concerning
Iter son.
4. to ask for, to demand, to require,
vf'xih. ace. of thing and "(^ , B5^ of pers,
Deut. 22, 2. 23, 22. Mic. 6, 8." Absol.
to ask bread, to beg; Ps. 109, 10 vrnii
Cn''ni2nni2 let them beg far from the
desolations of their home. Also to re-
quire or demand back, with n^ Ez.
34, 10 ; and hence by impl. to avenge,
to punish, absol. Ps. 10, 4 lain"! b2 God
will not punish, v. 13. Deut. IS, 19.
Spec, n^-a , n:;^ en dnn to require blood
from or at the hand of any one, i. e. to
punish bloodshed, to avenge murder,
(comp. bxa.) Gen. 9,5. 42,22. Ez. 33,
6. Ps. 9, 13.
5. to seek, i. e. to apply oneself unto,
to regard, to follow, to practise ; comp.
jw,j4> to apply oneself, to study, Elh.
y.ZS^ to compose a book with study.
E. g. to seek or practise justice Is. 1,
17. 16. 5 ; good Am. 5, 14 ; the divine
law Ps. 119, 45. 1 Chr. 28, 8. cibiy dn'n,
'b r2ia 't, to seek the good, the welfare
of any one Deut. 23, 7. Ezra 9.12 ; d-in
b cib'ib Jer. 33, 4 ; 'b rsn izj-.tj Ps. 38*
13. Prov. 11, 27. 31, 13 irs nin^ she
applieth herself to wool, etc. Hence,
to care for, to take care of any thing ;
comp. no. 1 and IITQ. Deut. 11, 12 yn{
Pirx "; TT";]^ laix a land which Jehovah
carethfor. Job 3, 4. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 34,
8; c. b Ps. 112, 5. Jer. 30, 14. 17; bs
2 Chr. 24, 6.
NiPH. ir-nns , inf. absol. dn^jx for TU-.ntl
Ez. 14, 3 ; i fut. ttJn^X . "
1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to let come to
oneself to grant access to any one, with
b ; hence of God, to hear and anstcer
any one. to listen to his prayer. Ez. M, 3
C"^ ^"^'^ ^"^V^n should I listen unto
them? i. v. to their prayer. 20, 3. 31. Is.
65, 1 tbxaj xbb 'ncn']? / have listened
nnto those that asked not. So with
accus. of the thing granted, Ez. 36, 37;
comp. njs c. ace. to bestow.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be sought out,
mustered, i. q. "i^O , 1 Chr. 26, 31.
KlSl
237
m
3. Pass, of Knl no. i, to be required,
e. g. blood. Gen. 42, 22.
PiEL inf. OTi-itj Ezra 10, 16, if the
reading be genuine, for tiil^, comp.
under r. bb"n no. 1.
Deriv. C"^ti3.
K*"^^ to sprout, to spring up; hence
to be green, Joel 2, 22. Kindr. is Arab.
jj*<4>, whence i^t^i sprouts from the
earth.
HiPH. to cause to sprout, to bring forth
herbage, e.g. the earth Gen. 1, 11 ; comp.
et-'Xin V. 4. Hence
^^'!J m. the first shoots from the earth,
tender grass, young herbage, Gr. /ioij (so
Sept. five times), Is. 66, 14 ; as clothing
the meadows Deut. 32, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 4 ;
as the ciioice food of beasts Job 6, 5.
8*^^ PI") greenness of the herbage, green
herisage. Ps. 37, 2. Diff. from n^sn ripe
grass, ready for mowing, Prov. 27, 25.
Ps. 104, 14; and also from SbS an herb
full grown and setting seed, Gen. 1, 11,
12. Chald. nxn-^, Syr. transp. lj2,
Zab. Ui\. '
1'4?^ to be or become fat, Deut. 31,
20. Arab. (V*^3 id. D and "] being in-,
terchanged.
PiEL 1. to make fat, marrowy, e. g.
the bones. Prov. 15, 30 nsia nsiTSia
^^J"V'^!"3^ good news maketh the bones
fat, q. d. fills them with marrow, gives
strength. Hence also to anoint, Ps.
23,5.
2. to pronounce or regard as fat. Ps.
20, 4 n:Tsi-j rphis) and pronounce fat
thy burnt-offering, i. e. regard it favour-
ably, accept it. For n- parag. comp.
1 Sam. 28. 15. Kimchi here takes it as
denom. from '^^^J, comp. no. 3, i. e. to
reduce to ashes sc. by fire from heaven,
comp. 1 K. 18. 24. 36.
3. Denom. from V^?.- to ckanse from
ashes, to lake away ashes, Ex. 27 3.
Num. 4, 13.
PuAL pass, of Pi. no. 1, to be madefai,
epoken of the ground moistened with
blood Is. 34. 7; of men Prov. 11, 25. 13,
4. 28, 25. where it is metaph. i. q. to be-
come rich. Trop. to be satiated, abun-
dantly satisfied, Prov. 13, 4 C^s-in dB3
[iFi the desire of the diligent shall be
abundantly satisfied. 28, 5.
HoTHP. V''5^ lor "(Tl'Unn to besmeared
with fat, e. g. a sword. Is. 34, 6.
The derivatives here follow.
1^7 aflj- fat, comp. "(tt^. 1. rich,
fertile, of soil Is. 30, 23.
2. full of sap, fresh, of a tree Ps. 92, 15.
3. rich,optdent,F8.22,30. Comp.'^q.
1'^ m. c. suff. 'Jicn . 1. fatness, fat,
Judg. 9, 9. Meton. of fat food, i. e. sump-
tuous, Job 36, 16. Is. 55, 2. Jer. 31, 14.
Trop. fertility, abundance, Ps. 65, 12.
2. ashes, pr. fat ashes, from the vic-
tims consumed upon the altar. Lev. 1,
16. 4, 12. 6, 3. 4. 1 K. 13, 3 ; also from
corpses burned, Jer. 31, 40. Diff. from
"iBX q. V. Ashes were also used by the
ancients, as by us, ^or fattening i.e. ma-
nuring the soil ; see Plin. 17. 9.
fT^ f. constr. M , plur. constr. ''M , a
word of the later Hebrew: see note.
1. a mandate of a king, an edict, de-
cree, Ezra 8, 36. Esth. 1, 8. 2, 8. 3, 14.
2. a law, statute, Esth. 1, 19. 2, 12. 3,
8. 4, 11. 15. Here too we may refer the
difficult words, Deut. 33, 2 rn ttix ij^a^'Ta
i^b at his (Jehovah's) right hand fire
a law to them sc. the Israelites, where
we may understand perhaps the pillar
of fire guiding their way in the desert.
Others render: afire of law, referring it
to the law as given in fire. Vulg. lex
ignea, Engl. Vers, fiery law.
Note. The origin of this word is
doubtful. Many regard it as Persian,
comparing JJJ right, justice, from the
verb ^jt>t J ddden, to give, to publish,
to command, coll. "lar"^ . But it may be
Semitic, for Pil^ , from r. nn^ to throw,
to cast, perhaps also to point out to
teach, like the synon. !T^^ ; hence pr. a
pointing out, concr. one who points out,
a guide, leader, as in Deut. 1. c. then i. q.
frnin law, mandate.
^^ Chald. f. 1. an edict, decree. Dan.
2, 9. 13. 1.5.
2. a law, collect, laws, law, Dan. 6, 9.
1 3. 16. PtVx it xn-n the law of God, Ezra
7,12.21.'"
3. divine law, i. q. religion, system of
faith and worship. Dan. 6, 6 nn^x nna
in his religion, comp. 7, 25. So tlie
IXSTt
238
rt
Rabbins call the Christian and Moham-
medan religions.
i^ri'l Chald. St. emph. nxruj , i. q. Heb.
K'wti J tender gra88, young herbage, Dan.
4, 12. 20.
"lartt Chald. m. (pr. Pers.) only
plur. eraph. X^":!2r'n Dan. 3, 2. 3, skilled
in the law, judges; compounded from
M law, and the ending ia, L ; comp.
in "lata . In Pehlvi datouber is a judge,
Pers. ^jKLi>f J lawyers.
)'^ty^ (two cisterns, dual of Talm. M
a cistern, r. in';) Gen. 37, 17, contracted
'jri'l 2 K. 6, 13, comp. Lehrg. p. 536 ;
Dothain, Doihan, ipr. n. of a place in the
north of Samaria. Gr. /fw&u'ifi Judith
4, 6. 7, 18 ; Jatjala 3, 9.
IC^ (perh. fontanus, from M i. q. M
a well, see in '{"^M) Dathan, pr. n. of
one of the conspirators with Korah,
Num. 16. 1. 26, 9. Deut. 11, 6. Ps. 106,
17.
n
He, Kfl, the fifth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 5. Its
original figure represented perhaps a
lattice or window, and the same seems
to be expressed by the word Kf] lo ! see !
Compare the German Hahd, a garden-
window opening upon a prospect. See
Heb. Gr. p. 291. edit. 13.
As a guttural, n holds a middle place
between the softer X and the harsher
T\ . It is interchanged with N , see p. 1 ;
rarely With n, as*,na, ^'^-^s; "''?, ^23,
etc. Not unfrequently also n , as the mid-
dle letter of a root, is softened into Vav
quiescent ; although in the present state
of the Semitic languages, the harder
form with r is more frequent in the later
dialects. Comp. ttSia, Aram, rna, zks
Go- .
to be ashamed ; *i1^ , Jbi^ age ; PTO ,
inia to circumcise; "113, "na to shine;
^^1, >i^(Ji9 to run.
k MH taB
**J, *r, ..', 1. Pron. demonstrative,
this, Lat. hie, fuec, hoc; like 6, fj, to in
Homer and often in Herodotus. So
in the forms C'*n , jjJ' , this day, i. e.
to-day ; crcn this time Ex. 9, 27 ; nb^in
this night Gen. 19, 34, comp. 35. OiTi
on a day, at a time, pr. at this time,
about this time. Rarely: a) Prefixed
to the relative as in Engl. 2 K. 6. 22
r^ntipa!) "anna r-'aiu "i^iixn those whom
thou luist taken captive with thy sword
and with thy bow. b) Or it Btands itself
in the place of the relative, and is then
prefixed to the verb, but mostly only in
the later Hebrew. Josh. 10, 24 the chiefs
of the warriors inst NiDbnn who had
gone with him. Ezra 8, 25 the vessels
T'ssi'-i Tjbsn si^a-innn which the king
and his ministers had offered. 10, 14. 17.
1 Chr. 26, 28. 29, 17. Dan. 8, 1. In hke
manner Arab. Jf for fcd^\ is put before
verbs and prepositions ; see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe I. 793. Hence
2. As the definite article, Engl, the,
like Gr. 6, fj, to, in the insertion or omis-
sion of which the Hebrews and Greeks
and also the English and Germans fol-
low similar laws, for which see the
usual grammars, e. g. Lehrg. p. 652 sq.
Heb. Gramm. 107 sq. One topic how-
ever, which has latterly been much
discussed, although superficially and
carelessly, as is usual where the deduc-
tions are made from a few examples, it
will be proper here to consider, and to
give the result of recent and careful
investigations. See Winer's Lex. p. 239.
Gramm. Excurs. p. 57. Ewald Heb.
Gramm. p. 568. The question is raised:
Whether the definite article is used
indefinitely 7 This is wholly denied by
some, and affirmed by others. The
true answer is, that the definite article
cannot indeed be rightly said to stand
indefinitely; but yet the Hebrew con-
ceives and expresses many things defi-
nitely, which in Greek. German, En-
glish, French, are expressed without
the article. Just as the modern Ian-
239
guages differ much in thia respect nmonjj
themselves ; and espec. the French lan-
guasfc by a pecuUiir idiom inserts the
article before very nmny words, which
in English and German do not admit of
it. Thus iti French it is said correctly :
nous aurons aujourd'hui la pluie, soyez
le bicn vena, il a /a nieinoire bonne, V es-
prit inquiet ; in all which phrases the
idiom of the English and German does
not tolerate the definite article. The
Hebrew usage in this respect may be
reduced to certain classes ; which how-
ever for the most part all flow from the
one principle, that the article is prefixed
to things well known. Apollon. de Synt.
1. 6 TO U(ld-(JOf TTffo'i'tfKTTMiruV yVMiJlV dfj-
Xait, et ibid. uit&iJOf, ov eiMt'^tro,- iaiiv i]
uvu(fo(fd, comp. 2. 3 idiotfta nwuifOfii'ig n(fo-
xttxiihy^ivov nfjoubinov dtvTS(/a yvw-
(Ttg, See the excellent remarks of Har-
ris in his Hermes, B. II. c. 1. Hence, in
a manner ditforing from English usage,
the article is put :
a) Before nouns which denote objects
and classes or species of thiiigs which
are known to all j such as "xan , ^''^^^^ .
ClOsn , n->_^rt . Gen. 13, 2 Abraham was
very rich anjafi C]D33 n3-_aa . Dcut. 14,
26 and thow shall lay oat that money
^3iS3i T)!2!i -(Xsaii i;?3a. Ex. 31, 4
C]D331 snja riasb to work in gold and
eiiver. Lam. 4, 2 lisa n-'xibo^ . Is. 1, 22
wi7i c^sa bnma . Ex. 2, 3 and daubed
it (the ark or skiff) rsnii irn3 with
bitumen and pitch. 2 K. 9, 30 Tj^iB? "an]
ri'^S'^S sfie put her eyes in paint, painted
them. Comp. Is. 28, 7. 40, 19. 43, 24.
Comp. Heb. Gramm. 107. n. 1.
b) Before abstract nouns, like Gr. to
TToiltTJxov, TO innixuv, espec. before the
namesofvirtues and vices; comp. Fr. '/a
modestieconvienti/ajeunesse,/ super-
stition engendre Z'erreur.' where Engl,
omits the article. So ip;^a T\^n Jer. 23,
14, comp. 51, 19. 16, 4. 5. Is. 29, 2*1. Prov.
25, 5 l!tD3 p-iS3 ,n3'i . Yet freq. in such
cases the article is omitted. Also before
words signifying evils and calamities ;
e. g. XT2S3 r to perish of thirst Is. 41,
17. SO,^. Judg. 15, 18 ; C'niijsn blind-
ness (which in Engl, is indefinite, though
we too say t?ie plague, the small-pox),
Gen. 19, U ^ smote them 0"'n'i33. Is.
45, 16 nab33 iisbrj inn^ i. e. 'iato dis-
grace, shfimc ; comp. 32, 19 VotlSr hbciE^
i"'Sn into (the) lownesa nnks the city.
46, 2 rizbn 'aisa nujEj . 47, 5 T^^na ^k2,
comp. 60, 2.
c) The most frequent ue of the article
in this manner is after 3, the particle of
comparison ; since a thing can properly
be compared only with what is presup-
po.sed to be well known. Sce.Heb. Gram.
107. n. 1. a. Comp. in Engl. ' quick as
the bird in the air, as tlie fish in the water j
white as the driven snow.' So "(XS? Is.
53, 6. Ps. 49, 15 ; n:a? Is. 53, 7 ; ipja? 11,
7. 65,25. Job 40, 15'; ntt^3 Is. 1, 18. 51,
8 ; ^3? Job 17, 8. 14, 2 ; n-?Ti'? , sVn? , as
the coccus, as crimson. Is. 1, 18. How
very widely this usage is extended, is
apparent from the following examples
taken from the single book of Isaiah :
5, 21 n^-j-i pas . v. 25 nrjstss . v. 28 is3
and nciSS, comp. 66, 15. Jer. 4, 13. Is.
10, 14 "(is?. 13. 8 nnbi"? (and so always
in this word, Ps. 48, 7. Is. 42, 14. Jer. 6,
24. 30. 6. 49, 24. Mic. 4. 9. 10). 14, 17
lanas (comp. 27, 10. Jer. 9, 11. Hos. 2,
5). 22, 18 -<!n3 as tlie ball, comp. 29, 3.
24, 20 "iiSffiS like the drunkard, etc. see
30, 17. 29. 34, 4. 35, 6. 38, 14. 41, 15. 42,
13. 43, 17. 44, 22. Here it is to be noted,
that the article is mostly omitted before
the noun or objectof comparison, when-
ever this is rendered definite by an adjec-
tive or in any other way ; comp. "(jss Is.
10, 14, but n^ra -,p3 16, 2 ; ya? Ps. 1, 4.
but -I3S yas'ls. 29, 5 ; qijjiw bn:3 30, 28 ;
eians r-^n-isas Ex. 16, 31. Add baa?
and ias -^hv b^iaJS Ps. 131, 3; also Is. 17,
13. 24, 13. 28, 4! 29, 4.
The following usages with the article
are more commonly known :
d) Before Collectives, see Lehrg. p.
653. Heb. Gr. 107. 1.
e) Sometimes the article is put before
a noun which more accurately would be
made definite by a suffix ; comp. De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe II. 482. 1 ; as when a
German woman calls her husband xa?
iioxriv, the husband; or a servant his
master, the master. So Is. 9, 6 nsnab
rriban for irniaa , which the Engl. Vers,
expresses; v. 2 nna^Bn for irnab. So
too is prob. to be explained nabsn Is. 7,
14, which, with the Hebrew intpp. and
Grotius, I understand as for Tiabs .
After this exposition it is hardiv ner
n
240
h
cessary to repeat, that every noun which
has the article, is, and ought to be taken
as, definite and demonstrative. As to the
exampiesu'hicliwe have elsewhere cited
in support of the contrary opinion, Lehrg.
p. 655, they maybe explained as follows:
1 Sam. 17, 34 """ixn the lion, as the known
and perpetual enemy of flocks, comp. 6
Uxoi John 10, 12, Arab. v^^.iX'l , JyJt .
Ex. 2, 15 -ixan the weU'oV that region.
Num. 11, 27 "iJiH the young man. i. e.
the servant, minister ; and so Gen. 14, 13
O'^bsn the fugitive, the only one who
escaped. 1 Sam. 17, 8 /o, I am the Phi-
listine, TicVan, i. e. he who challenges
you to single combat. So in Is. 66, 3
aba qni? n'L^ na'iT tij-x ns^ n:t'n anva .
Here it may be asked why the words
^id, nb . take the article, while 'i"^X and
2^3 omit it. The reason is. that the
slaughterers of oxen and sheep really
existed and could be pointed out by the
writer as with the finger; but homicides
and sacrificers of dogs are here only
supposed, for the sake of comparison ;
the ox-slaughterer is as a homicide, etc.
The precept is also correctly given
by Grammarians, that the predicate of
a sentence does not take the article;
comp. /itXfnu xa xixXu and ru xuXtnu
auXu. See Heb. Gr. 108. 3.
Note 1. The vowels with which M
is to be written, may be specified as
follows :
a) Commonly before letters not gut-
tural, it takes Patah followed by Dag.
forte, t-c^^p. .
b) The gutturals do not admit Dagesh
forte, and before them n therefore takes
different vowels; e.g. ) Before X,
which wholly rejects all duplication, the
Patah is every where prolonged into
Kamets. as li^xn, tjxO> 7"''$rj' ^''^^'l-
So also before "i , as bsnn , baiin ; and
often also before 5 and n , as '^Tvn , csti .
/J) On the other hand the harsher gut-
turals n and n admit a certain degree of
duplication, although no Dagesh forte is
marked in them by the Grammarians ;
(just as Germ. sicJier, verglichen. are pro-
nounced almost as if with double ch;)
and the syllable being therefore more
acute, the Patah is mostly retained, as
K^nn , tinnn . But see nevertheless Tin
Gen. 6, 19. y) But whenever the gut-
tural has Kamets, the Patah passes over
into Segol, according to the general rule,
Heb. Gram. 27. n. 2. b. So espec. be-
fore n, as ^^nn, "liTnn, snn, nTnn.
Before n and 5 in monosyllables the
vowel is Kamets, (see above in ,) as
nnn , cyn ; and Segol stands only in dis-
syllables or trisyllables, where the tone
is thrown forward towards the end. as
D-'^nn (although ~nn), -ii^nn. nipi-inn,
Note 2. Corresponding to the Heb.
article in the kindred languages are :
a) Phenician X , more rarely n , once bx ;
see Monumm. Phoen. p. 437. h) Ara-
bic Ji , rarely and in the vulgar tongue
JjC, kindr. with Heb. ^N, n^X. Many
grammarians suppose therefore that -n
of-
comes from bn i. q. bx, J| ; and this
not without reason, compare 'i'^.Ti;>i the
sun, Arab. iju.^m:J] pron. esh-Shems.
On the other hand, it cannot be denied,
that the pure syllable ha has the same
demonstrative power; as in Chald. yi,
T1\i ; 1?'; Arab, f jjO ; and this sylla-
ble Hupfeld supposes to be the source
of the Heb. article, so that Dagesh in
tt!^lt;n arises in the same way as in n?'^
for S^.]""^ , c=|b for csb-n-a . See Zeit-
schr. f d. Kunde des Morgenl. H. p. 449.
J ; _' , V I ^o*" *^ origin and use of
which forms see the note below ; Adv. of
interrogation, like Arab. | , a prefix put
before the first word of a clause, and apo-
copated from the fuller bn (Deut. 32. 6
in the reading of the Nehardeenses, see
Kennic. and De Rossi), Arab. J<^.
1. In simple and direct interrogation,
i. q. Lat. -ne 7 Job 2, 3 "bx r,ab nisirn
si'X ''^25 host thou observed my servant
Job? Ex. 10, 7. 33, 16. etc. a) The in-
terrogation is often so put as to require a
negative answer; and then the question
itself has the force of a negative, i. q.
Liit.niim? Gen. 4, 9 ""sbx ^nx latiJn am
I my hrothir''s keeper? i. e. I am not his
keeper. Job 14, 14 n^^n-in i2a ma^ DX
if a man die, shall he live again ? i. e. he
shall not revive. 8, 11. 2i, 22. Comp.
Job 23, 6. 36, 19, where the negative an-
swer is given by the speaker. A strik-
241
bin
ing example is 2 Sam. 7, 5 n:3n nnxn
n*^? "'b , whjr.h in 1 Chr. 17, 4 is exprr.Ks-
ed without interrogation in the negative,
'n npx sib. b) Sometimes the inter-
rogation seems to have an affirmative
force, equivalent to a negative question
in Engl. Job 20, 4 Fir"]^ rstn knowesl
thou (not) this ? Ez. 20, 30. Elsewhere
i<bn is put in the same sense ; conip. Gr.
1) yag ; and / y(t(/ ov ; for /* not 1 and Lat.
-Hie for nonne? see also Heusinger ad
Cic. Off. 3. 17. c) In disjunctive ques-
tions, where the latter clause is preceded
by nx and DXi , see above on p. 61 ; e. g.
OX n utnim? an? more rarely 1x n
Tob 10. 3. But in the poetical books
DSt n and DX1 n are frequently em-
ployed, where two questions expressing
the same or a like sense in different
words, follow one another in poetic par-
allelism, i.q. num an? mini et? (not
iUrum an?) though even here there
is a sort of disjunctive relation, which
however lies more in the words than in
the sense. Job 4, 17 p^S") nibx^s UJiJxn
135 -^rys] iiniir-a ex, comp. 6, 5. 6. S,^
id.' 4. 5.' 11, 2. 7. 22, 3. Hence in such
parallelism, the second member is often
preceded merely by the simple copula,
as 1 n Job 6, 26. 10, 3. 13, 7. 15, 7. 8.
11. 18, 4; comp. espec. 13, 7. 8; and
even the copula is omitted 22, 4.
2. In indirect interrogation, whether,
(comp. CX B. 2,) after verbs of proving,
trying, Ex. 16, 4. Judg. 2, 22. Dent. 8, 2.
13.4; of seeing, Ex. 4, 18. Gen. 8, 8. In
a disjunctive proposition, followed by CX
Gen. 18, 21 ; or n , Num. 13, 18 and see
the land and the people, fisnn x!in ptnn
nn-DX Xin -JiTari whether they be strong
or weak, whether few or many. So too
Tx n Ecc. 2, 19.
Prefixed to other particles, as Bxn,
Bee CX ; "^sii , see ^3 ; xbn . see xb .
Note. As to the vowels under n , the
following may be noted : a) Before let-
ters not guttural, and which have not
Sheva simple, the interrogative n takes
the Hhateph-Patah, as nTn, rnnn; the
vividness of interrogation causing it to
be made still shorter than in the de-
monstrative -n . b) Rarely it takes the
same form as the Article, as ^la^'n Lev.
10, 19. Ecc. 3, 21 ; mostly before letters
with Sheva simple, as ')2fen Gen. 17, 17.
"'' 21
18, 21. 37, 32. c) So too it sometimes
coincides with the Art. in form before
gutturals, as "bxn. d) Also before
gutturals with Kamets, as ^^^l^vlj FJ'?!'
Sn Chald. intcrj. Zo.' behold! Dan. 3,
25. Syr. lot, Arab. L^ id.
n Heb. and Chald. id. Gen. 47, 23.
Ez. 16, 43. Chald. pleon. Dan. 2, 43
ina xn lo as, etc. So Syr. ]<n often.
nsn interject, onomatopoet. of joy,
rejoicing, aha ! Lat. eja ! Is. 44, 16.
Espec. in exultation over a fallen ene-
my, Ps. 35, 21. 25. 40, 16. Ez. 25, 3.
Sn imperat. of the verb 3f]^ q. v.
D'^nnnn m. plur. Hos. 8, 13, pr. gifts,
offerings, here sacrificial, for D">3nrn^,
R. nn-j to give.
*b3ri fut. bann 1, to breathe, to
breathe out, to exhale; for the idea of
breathing as connected with the syllable
sn , see under snx . Hence bzn breath,
something vain, vanity; whence also
2. to be or become vain, to act or speak
rainly, i. e. idly, foolishly. 2 K. 17, 15
sibarj'l ^^y!:>1 ''^V'}^ ^"^^ll ihey followed
after vanity (i. e. idolatry) and acted
rainly. Jer. 2, 5. Job 27, 12 b=n r^^-n-ah
^bann why then do ye thus act (or speak)
so vainly ? A Iso to cherish vain hopes i
Ps. 62, 11 ibsnn'bx b);3 jylace not vain-,
hope in robbery.
HiPH. to make vain, to seduce to vani-
ty, i. e. to idolatry, Jer. 23, 16.
>2n c. suff. ""ban ; plur. o'^ban , constr..
i, a breath, breathing, e. g. of air, a
gentle breeze. Is. 57, 13. Vulg. well,.
atira; Sept. less well xuTuiylg. Oftener
breath of the mouth, Kimchi XS-^O) 'T'X
HBO, Aqu. (tTfiig, Symm. uTfiog, which
word in Wisd. 7. 25 the Syr. Vers, trans-
lates llloi. Prov. 21, 6. Ps. 144, 4. So
very often for any thing evanescent,
transient, frail ; Job 7, 16 '^;; hzn ^"Sfor
my days are a breath. Prov. 13, 11 "(liT
'^T'a') bania wealth vanisheth more swiftly
than a breath. Ecc. 1 1, 10/or childhood
and youth are a breath. 21, 6. 31, 30.
Ps. 39, 6. Ecc. 1, 2. 14. 2, 11. 17. 23. 4, 4:
8. 5, 9. 6, 9. al. Hence theBignif..tJan%,
bzn
242
nan
i. e. something vain, empty, fruitless,
Lara. 4, 17. Jer. 10, 3. 8 ; also as Adv. in
vain, vainly, Job 9, 29. 21, 34. 35, 16. Is.
30, 7. Ps. 39, 7. Spec, of idols as things
vain and worthless, and also of their
worship, 2 K. 17, 15. Jer. 2, 5. Plur.
fi'^bari vanities, espec. idols, Jer. 10, 8.
Ps. 31, 7. Jon. 2, 9.
2. an exhalation, vapour, mist, which
one cannot see through ; so of an abor-
tion, Ecc. 6. 4: for he cometh in mist and
departeth in darkness, seen by none.
11, 8 bzn N2^;"b3 all that cometh is mist,
i. e. shrouded in darkness. 8, 14.
3. Abel, pr. n. Sept. "yl^fl, the second
son of Adam, prob. so called from the
shortness of his Hfe. Gen. 4, 2 sq.
5!in i. q. Vnrt no. 1, breath, hence va-
nity, with Chaid. form CP^n ^5" Ecc.
1, 2. 12, 8.
'-r obsol. root. i. q. *2S ; hence
''?^n m. (stony, qs. '32X from "i^iX i. q.
''Zii a stone) plur. CJSn Ez. 27, 15 Keri,
in Cheth. f^ain , ebon-wood, ebony, q. d.
stone-wood, so called from its hardness.
This etymology is so obvious, that we
need not look for another, much less for
a foreign one. The Semitic name is
preserved in the Gr. and Lat. i'^ivoc,
ebenum, ebony, see Bochart Hieroz. II.
p. 141 ; and from the Greek it has been
transferred back with an epenthesis into
the Arabic and Persian, where it is
written yj-jJot , ji-y^of . The Hebrews
use the plural, prob. because this wood
was cut up into pieces or sticks for ex-
portation, called by the Greeks (puXayytg.
Comp. f^p^N , O"!:?? .
-*} to cut, to cut up, to divide ont,
i. q. Arab. ^tJH. Once Is. 47, 13 Keri
niict^ "^I^H sky-dividers, i. e. astrologers,
who divide up the heavens -for augury,
or to take a horoscope. Sept. atjifioXo-
yoi roi) uvquvov, Vulg. augures cmli.
Cheth. is 't ^-2n (nirx). Others take
2i as i. q. i-*^ to know ; and some
again prefer to read ""^sn, comparing
'n:'?:an V. 10.
5n Esth. 2, 3, and ''^tn v. 8. 15, Hege,
Hegai, Pers. pr. n. of a eunuch in the
court of Ahasuerus. Benfey compares
Aja eunuch ; Monatsnamen p. 192.
-^>^t obsol. root, Arab. ^^ IV to
set on fre, to kindle, ^^^3<Sb heat
Hence J^5!^ . Others, to moan, as fan I.
1 ult.
1. I iJt^i fut. fii^l 1. to murmur,
to midter, to growl, pr. to utter a low
rumbling sound, nearly i. q. t^'CT\ . Spo-
ken of the growling of the lion over his
prey Is. 3J, 4, Gr. i'no^<JV)ruouiii (to roar
is SXffi , (j^vxi'wfittt) ; also of low thunder,
see nsn Job 37, 2 ; of the muttering of
enchanters, see Hiphil ; of the low tones
of a harp, see ,i-'5n Ps. 9, 17. 92, 4 ; of
the murmuring or cooing of doves. Is.
38, 14. 59, 11 ; of the moaning and sigh-
ing of men, oi^oV^fiv, Is. 16, 7. Jer. 48, 31.
2. Poet. i. q. to speak. a) Absol. pr.
to utter a sound, Ps. 115, 7. b) With
ace. of thing. Job 27, 4. Ps. 37, 30. Is. 59,
3. Prov. 8, 7. Hence to speak of, i. q. to
sing, to celebrate, (comp. i^S ,) Ps. 35,
28 T^^-i^ nrnn -^iitb my tongue shall
speak of' (sing) thy right emisness. 71. 24.
3. to meditate, pr. to speak with one-
self in a low murmuring voice, as is often
done by a person in deep meditation ;
comp. no. 1, and nrx, 'iaba ncs. With
2 to meditate in or on any thing, to think
upon it ; Josh. 1, 8 nb-^bi cai"' ia ^''SfiT
and thou shalt meditate thereon (the
law) day and night. Ps. 1, 2. 63, 7. 77,
13 r^brs-bra ''T^^^ri I meditate on all thy
works. 143,5. (Synon. is n*'.) Prov.
15, 28 ri:rb n^l^;; p-^'ns ab the heart of
the righteous meditateth what to answer.
With ace. to think upon, to remember j;
Is. 33, 18 nr^x nsn^ r,2b thine heart re-
membereth the time of terror. Also in a
bad sense, to devise, to plot ; Ps. 2, I
p"^"} ^sn^ tjiJssb why do the nations devise
a vain thing 7 i. e. attempt resistance in
vain. Prov. 24, 2. Is. 59, 13. Syr. jl^oi
to meditate, to read by syllables ; Pa. to
meditate, to contemplate ; Ethpa. to read.
Comp. Eth. iflfl to mimnur, to utter
inarticulate sounds, to speak, to meditate j
Conj. IV, to read. Arab, v^ to matter,
PoEL inf iah i. q. Kal no'. 2, Is. 59, 13.
HiPH. part. plur. C^J^^t '^ inutfer-
ers, i. e. soothsayers muttering enrhnnt-
raents ; or the sighing, the vhimperiwg.
n5n
243
nn
i. e. jugglers pretending to innitate the
low thin voice of the shades, Is. 8, 19,
Deriv. nir\ , nijn , "(rsn .
* II. '^>}!'^ i. q. ns^ II, to be separated,
taken away, comp. TJ^n and T\\^ Transit.
to separate, to take away ; Prov. 25, 4
C|t)?t> D"^l^p isfi separate the dross from
the sillier, where it is Inf. abs. for the
itnperat. Symm. xu&ut()t, Vulg. aufer.
V. 5. Here too is apparently to be refer-
red Is. 27, 8 D-^n;? Di"'a ncisn I'nnia njpj
he taketh them atrnry iri^A. his strong
vind in the time oftlie east-wind. Kira-
ohi well n-'pn .
Note. Maurer not unaptly explains
the connection of this second significa-
tion with no. I, by supposing that nsn II
is pr. to cause to pnff or pant for breath,
then to drive (comp. Jnj, uym), to impel,
Is. 27, 8 ; and with "ja, to drive off, to
separate, Prov. 25, 4. See Maurer ad
Prov. I. c.
nsn m. (r. nSii I) l. a muttering,
growling of thunder. Job 37, 2.
2. a sighing, moaning, Ez. 2, 10.
3. a meditation, thought, Ps. 90, 9 ;
L q. rtart .
In^^ri f (Karaets impure) meditation,
thought, Ps. 49, 4. R. nan I.
''S'? see in 5fi .
H*'in m. (r. 55fi) /iaf,yeTTOwr of mind.
Ps. 39, 4 Uix "i53ri '^?i"'JH3 in my fervour
the fire burned. Hence fervent cry,
prayer, Ps. 5, 2. Others, moaning.
'ji'^an m. (r. nsn I ) constr. i^an , c.
Buff. "'3i-^an Ps. 19' 15. Lam. 3. 62. ' '
1. murmur, sound of the harp or ci-
thara ; comp. n^on Is. 14, 11. Ps. 92, 4
lissa "i'l^'an ^bs with the murmur of the
harp, with its murmuring tones ; Sept.
fttT djdiig iv xtdagn. In Ps. 9, 17 *)'i''r.n
nbp is a musical sign, Sept. ojS'rj dta-
y>difiaroi;, and so Symm. Aqu. Vulg.
Bee in nbp .
2. meditation, Ps. 19, 15 ; device, ma-
chination, Lam. 3, 62 ; comp. Ps. 2. 1.
"^y*^ m. adj. (r. "J") convenient, com-
modious, statable, i. q. Talmud, "i^jn and
)}rvo . Ez. 42, 12.
* 15* t' ''^ ^^ convenient, commodious ;
but not found in this signification in any
of the kindred languages.
* "^^rj obsol. root, Arab, la^ to flee;
whence SjjP Hejrah, flight of Mo-
hammed ; kindr. S'^H. Hence
"Ijn (flight) pr. n. Hagar, the hand-
maid of Sarah, of Egyptian birth, the
mother of Ishmael ; so called as having
fitd from her mistress. Gen. 16, 1. 25.
12. Also
^nan (fugitive) Hagri, 1 Chr. 11, 38
27, 31 ; Plur. D-'ian Ps. 83, 7, and
CX-^-jsn 1 Chr. 5, 10. 19.20, Hagrim,
Hagarenes, pr. n. of an Arabian people,
with which the tribes living beyond Jor-
dan carried on war. It doubtless cor-
G ^ C
responds to the Arab. >-3c', whence the
gentile n. ><.j^U&, a people and region
adjacent to the Persian Gulf, called
'A/qiuoi in Strabo XVI p. 767 Casaub.
'u4y()ifg Dionys. Perieget. 956, in the pro-
vince now called Bahrein.
*Tn m. i. q. Ti^fJ , shout of joy, rejoic-
ing, Ez. 7. 7 ; c'omp. Is. 16, 9. 10. R.
Tin.
'j"'"lS'nn Chald. m. plur. counsellors of
state, ministers, viziers, Dan. 3, 24. 4,
33, 6. 8 ; also xsb^ '")t!?v5 3, 27 the
king's counsellors. It seems to be a
compound word ; and if Semitic, may
be either Chald. T'^^^H (r- "^7^) leaders,
governors, with the Heb. article pre-
fixed, which then coalesced with the
word itself^ as elsewhere the Arabic
article also with several Heb. words,
see bx p. 49 ; or it may be compounded
from ',i-ian-Tin, comp. "P'^T^'JIX ; so
Lee.
'J't' obsol. root, Arab. JjC to break,
kindr. rnrj ; in Heb. trop. to break forth
into joy. to shout for joy, comp. nss,
nsn. Hence in, Ti-n. The Arabic
root is likewise transferred to sound,
comp. JLj8 cry of the camel, a deep
hoarse voice, 51^ the sound of waves
dashing upon the shore, 'idJb a crash-
ing, fragor.
^ir!! Hadad, pr. n. 1. An idol of the
Syrians, and perhaps of the Edomites :
see Ti'Tl? and i.T^l'in .
rm
244
nn
2. Of several Edomites and Ishmael-
ites. a) A king of Edom, Gen. 36, 35.
1 Chr. 1, 46 comp. 50. b) 1 Clir. 1, 30.
c) 1 K. ] 1, 14 ; called in v. 17 lix .
in^"^*^ pr- n. (Hadad i. e. Adod is
: his help, see in Tit!!"'!?) Hadadezer a
king of Syria-Zobah, contemporary with
David, 2 Sam. 8, 3 sq. Written itsn'ir!
2 Sam. 10, 16. 19. 1 Chr. 19, 16. '19;
though some Mss. every where retain
ihe. better and genuine form with 1 .
'}lT2'1'l'in Hadad-rimmon. pr. n. of a
place in the plain near Megiddo, Zech.
12, 11 ; afterwards according to Jerome
called Maximianopolis. Prob. so called
from the worship of the idol Hadad-
rimmon ; see Hitzig ad Jes. 17, 9. Mo-
vers Phoenizierp. 297. See Biblioth. Sac.
1844, p. 220.
* '*^yy\. q. ^yi (comp. n;n and tiS'i)
pr. to throw out the hand. i. e. to stretch
or put out the hand; once Is. 11, 8.
Arab, {^d^ to lead right, to show the
way; Syr. ^?5i, JuJiJO, way, custom,
Gr. h86q.
I'^n (for !i'n:h) Syr. cjjai, Arab.
JJl^, India, Esth. 1, 1. 8, 9. The form
Hidhus. is old Pers. for Sanscr. Sindhtis
(omitting n),the land oi" Sindj Lassen
in Zeitschr. f d. Morgenl. VI. p. 62.
D'^1"I<^ Hadoram, pr. n. a) A tribe
of the Joktanites in Arabia Felix, Gen.
10, 27. They would seem to be the
'AdQufitTai, Atramitce, Ptolem. VI. 7, and
Plin. 28 or 32, on the southern coast of
Arabia, between the Homeritse (Him-
yarites) and the Sachalita?. b) Masc.
i. q. fi-.-inx, cn-^snx q.v. 2 Chr. 10, 18.
'''nn Iliddai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 30 ;
for which in the parall. passage 1 Chr.
I],32i8^nan.
^^n io tread dmcn to the ground,
to trample under foot, once Job 40, 12.
Kindr. roots are KS'H, nr"n . ~='n . Arab.
iSd^ to tear down so. a house, to de-
stroy.
* DjTl obsol. root. perh. to tread down,
intrans. to be trodden down; whence
trop. to serve, to wait upon; Arab.
*Jca-. Hence oSn footstool.
Clil Chald. i. q. Syr. jlejoi membmnt,
amember; comp. Pers. ^ttXiiC. ^tju|
member. Dan. 2, 5 'C'^'^'^ i::?! (Gr.
[xfkri nouli' 2 Mace. 1, 16) pr. to make
into menibem, i. e. to cut or hew iri pieces,
a species of punishment common to many
ancient nations. Comp. >ojoi Barhebr.
p. 218.
Q^ri m. (r. trvn) a stool, footstool, every-
where with n!';iban . Only trop. Is. 66, 1
the earth is thy footstool. Ps. 110, 1 until
I make thine enemies thy footstool.
Spec, the ark of the covenant is called
the footstool of God, because his pre-
sence was supposed to be always upon it,
1 Chr. 28, 2. Ps. 99, 5. 132, 7. Lam. 2, I.
Cj7 obsol. root. Talmud, to leap,
to spring, to hasten. Hence
Cin m. plur. D'^S'iH) the myrtle, so
called according to some because it leaps
or springs up rapidly and grows quickly ;
like salix d saliendo according to Ver-
rius, though sali.v is from Uit Neh. 8,
15. Is. 41, 19. 55, 13. Zech. 1, 8. 10, 11,
See Celsius Hierob. P. II. p. 17 sq. Arab.
(jj-JjC id. in the dialect of Yemen;
among the other Arabs this tree is called
T
^^IT!*. (myrtle) pr. n. Hadassah, the
earlier Jewish name of Esther, Esth. 2, 7.
* '^\2K* fut. t'l'nn'i 1. to thrust, to push,
to smite. Chald. Cinn id. Comp.fiB-i. pB'n.
Num. 35, 20. 22. Ez. 34, 21. With l^ ," \o
thrust away ; Job 18, 18 iixp ''f^E"!^!!
"T^tun-^X they shall thrust him from the
light into darkness. Is. 22. 19. Hence
to thrust down, to overthrow. Jer. 46. 15.
2. to thrust away, to repidse, 2 K. 4,
27. Prov. 10, 3.
3. to thrust out, to drive out, with ''50^ ,
^it);^, Deut. 6, 19. 9, 4. Josh. 23, 5^ '
'_'^' 1. to cause to swell, to make
tumid, and intrans. to be swollen up, tu-
mid. Arab, sjkj&t tumid, \Jc^ to be-
come tumid. Hence part. pass, ilin
swollen, tumid, raised. Is. 45, 2 cnsnn
''\in
245
Tl
l^^it the swelling (raised) places will I
make plain, level. LXX. o^ij, unless,
perh. they read n^"nn. So tumidos
monies Ovid. Amor. 2. 16. 51. Coinp.
Engl, a swell, i. q. a low hill.
2. Trop. of orimmeiit and splendour,
in allusion to the wide and flowing robes
of Oriental pomp; hence to decorate, to
adorn, pr. of appiircl, see "("in . Is. 63, 1
ioi-ba "Win decked, glorious, in hi-s ap-
parel. Also to honour a person, with
'b '3B to honour the /ace. person, of any
one. to reverence. Lev. 19. 32 ; also in a
bad sense, to favour his cause, to be par-
tial in judgment, like D^3B sbj, Lev. 19,
15 ; c. ace. of pers. Ex. 23, 3.
NiPH. Prset. plur. in Pause ii'^ns, were
Jtonoured Lam, 5, 12. Comp. Kal no. 2.
HiTHP. to show oneself proud, to carry
oneself promlly, Prov. 25, 6.
The derivatives follow.
I'lm Chald. Pa. "inn, to honour, Dan.
4, 31. 34.
* "^^C - iy- "^'^'7 "o. 2 ) 1. ornament,
decoration, splendour, pomp, Ps. 45, 4.
96, 6. Ez. 16, 14. ttinp 'inn holy orna-
ments Ps. 110, 3; see in nnnn. Prov.
20, 29 naib d-ij^t "-nn the ornament of
old men is the gray head. Lev. 23, 40
inn ys ornamental trees. Spec, of the
splendour, majesty of God. Ps. 104, 1
Pl'i52b nnni lin thou art clothed with
splendour and majesty. Job 40, 10. Ps.
29, 4 inna nin-j bip the voice of Jehovah
is in majesty, majestic.
2. honour, Ps. 149, 9.
^Tl Chald. i. q. Heb. ^nn , c. suff.
'"inn Dan. 4, 27 [30].
^*1^ m. (r. nnn) ornament, splendour ;
once Dan. 11, 20 r^sbia -inn bsis niasia
sending forth an exactor of tribute
through the ornament of the kingdom,
Pcilestine, q. d. the best part of the king-
dom, like "lasn -jr-ix v. 16, comp. Zech.
9, 8. For the historical allusion, see
2 Mace. 3, 1 sq. Others understand tri-
bute, census, by a Grsecism, like ti//)j.
But see in Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache p. 64.
T?^'^ f- (r- "^1^) constr. nnnn, i. q.
*inn , ornament, decoration, Prov. 14, 28.
Xb'ip T^yyn holy adornment, i. e. apparel
morn on solemn festival occasions, (not
21*
sacerdotal as some suppose.) Ps. 29, 2.
96, 9. Comp. ttJnjs -'^-tn P. 110, 3.
"^T?"^"^"!! so written sometimes for
'^!.?1iri q- V.
Hn interj. expressing grief, onomato-
poetic, like nnx, ah! wo! Ez, 30, 2.
in interj. expressing grief, onomatop.
like 'in , O! wo ! alas ! Am. 5, 16.
S^n m. S^n n he, she; is, ea,id; per-
sonal pronoun of the third person. The
same form dropping the K is found in the
pr. n. ''n''bx . Corresponding forms are :
Phen. xnfsaraar. xm, f. in, and if'n,
'H; SjT. oai, f. ^<Ji; Arab. .JD, f. J*"
As to its origin, see Hupfeld on the Se-
mitic demonstr. Particles in Zeitschr. f d.
Kunde des Morgcnl. II. p. 127 sq. 147 sq.
In the Pentateuch Kin includes also
the feminine gender, and is put for ti'^f} ,
which latter (according to the Masoraon
Gen. 38, 25) is read only eleven times
in the whole Pentateuch. The puncta-
tors, who prob. did not notice this idiom
of the Pentateuch, wherever Sin relers
to a feminine object, seem to have regard-
ed it as an error, and wrote it Xin, sig-
nifying that XTi ought to be read. Be-
sides the Pentateuch, xin is found as fem.
in 1 K. 17, 15. Job 31, 11. Is. 30, 33, where
it is also written by the punctators XiH,
Like the Lat. is, ea, id. so the pronouns
Sin , X"!."} , point out a definite person or
thing already mentioned or well known
from the context. They thus differ from
nt, rxt, which is i. q. oijog,this, point-
ing to a person or thing present and
near ; and correspond rather to the Greek
ai'Tog, especially in the oblique cases, as
lb i. q. HVToi, ir-ix i. q. avxov. Hence Xin
and X'^n are put :
1. Without emphasis, he. she, like Lat.
is. ea. Gen. 4, 20 and Adah bare Jabal,
bnk ad-i 'ax n^n xin he was thefatlier
of such as dwell in tents, v. 21. 10. 8. 9.
12. 19, 36. 37. 20, 16." That its proper
place is where a person or thing is men-
tioned a second time, (see the remarks
above on the artif^le.) is obvious from
passages where it refers to nT preceding ;
so Judg. 7, 4 "^b;; nT r|-'bx irk nrx n^^1
'^\ ~\''\^ "'?j<"""r.? ^-" "^'^ ~\^.Z '*''" "*?!*
"r^bi xb xin -qsy Tjb;] sb, where Sept
i^in
246
Tin
well : xal tarai, ov iuv hjioh TiQog as,
OVT og noQfvaeTt/i avv aol, ulihq noQfv-
atjvti (Tvv aol' xul nag ov uv nno) n^og
at, oi'iog ov noQfvasTai fifxa aov, alrbg
ov noQfvafrai fitTu aoii. So too in the
same relation, nibx and Msn , Gr. ovtoi
and ulrol, Ps. 20,' 8. 9.
2. With a degree of emphasis, as again
taking up a preceding noun. Is. 33, 22
flril-^cii N^n i:??"? n'jn') Jehovah our king,
he xdll save us. 38, 19. So in various
ways and examples; as Gen. 13, 1 Abra-
ham . . . "irri-'N; N^n, Sept. avxog xul tj
ywij ttitov, he and his wife. 14, 15. Gen.
4. 4 Knn ca b?n, Sept. "jjSfk y.ul ainog,
Abel, even he. Gen. 20, 5 "'b nrx Nsin xbn
said liF. not unto me? Spec, a) Some-
times S^in i. q. aviog is referred to God,
as HE who alone is to be adored, wiio
alone created and governs the world.
Ps. 33, 9 "n^l nax s<!in . Job 5, 18. Deut.
32, 39. So in the pr. names in-'^iS,
sirr^ax, etc. b) Put also by way of
contempt, 2 Chr. 28, 22; like Gr. ovjog,
Lat. iste. c) Like o (xviog, the same,
idem, Ps. 102, 28 Xin nnx thou art the
same. Is. 41, 4. 43, 13. 48, 12. d) Put
:after a noun it is often i. q. uxnog, ipse,
iself. Is. 7, 14 niN C2b s^n 'nx 'in';' '|rb
therefore the Lord himself {Seipt. KvQiog
aviog) will give you a sign, i. e. of
"himself of his own accord. Often and
'emphatic after the pronouns ''33N (Is.
43, 25), nns, "la ; as Jer. 49, 12 nnsi
:nf?in n'p3 Nin and shall thoc go un-
punished? Is. 50, 9 ^3''tt5"i! x^n 'a who
lihen shall condemn me? Gen. 27, 33.
3. Put with the art. after a noun having
the art. it expresses the remote demonstr.
that; ille, ilia, illud; and so cnn, 'f'nf}.
."Job 1. 1 Ninri \a-^i<n that man. Gen. 28,
11 Niinn cipBS in that place. Mic. 3, 4
K^nn pra at that lime. So very often
'Kiinn Ci'a in that day, at that lime ;
spoken both in the historical books of a
.day just before mentioned. Gen. 15, 18.
26, 32, 30, 35. 33, 16; and also in the
prophetic writings of a day just before
announced, Is. 2, 17. 20. 3, 7. 18. 4, 1. 2
,(comp. 2, 12). 5, 30. 7, 18. 20. al. Sept.
iv ifi t]fti()n ixiivT). In Syriac ooi, \sm,
are used to correspond with Heb. i^'il^ii ,
4. Like the other personal pronouns, so
sin. x-^n, (also tn ',,) involve the idea
of the verb of existence or substantive
verb, i. q. he is. she is, it is. Gen. 24, 65
what man is this ? . . . "^px N^n he is my
mastei: 20, 7 for he is a prophet. 2, 11
'^V"'"'^^! 7'!]i<."^"r^'<. as-itsn N^n that is
it ichich compasseth the whole land of
Havilah. More frequently put last;
as Gen. 25, 21 X-^n nn^r "^S for slie
was barren. Ps. 18, 31. Is. 41, 7. In
both genders it is not seldom put by
way of explanation, i. q. that is, etc.
Gen. 14, 8 ^y":! XTJ ~ba Bela, that is
Zoar, now called Zoar. v. 7. 23, 2. 19.
Josh. 15, 8. 9. Hence it comes that
these pronouns frequently stand instead
of the substantive verb itself; .s Gen. 7,
2 and of the beasts NOT nnhq xb nt;N
that ARE not clean. Ps. 50, 6 C^ribx "^a
NOT asui for God \& judge. Gen. 41, 26
rattii !-:ot n"^2d yad r'aan nSs saiii
n:n n-'20 yad r'l^-sn ti'^bairn the seven
good kine are seven years, and the seven
good ears are seven years ; comp. v. 27
fin. where instead of rtOT we have I'^fi?*
Gen. 25, 16 bxr^sd-i i:a en n^x tliese
ARE the sons of Ishmael. Zech. 1. 9 /
will show thee nbx njn na ichat these
ARE. Espec. Zeph. 2, 12, where nan
even refers to a different (the second)
person : n5:n '3'^n ibbn n-ic^a cnx ca
also ye Ethiopians shall be slain with
my sword. Comp. Ezra 5, 11 ; also Syr.
Matt. 5, 13.
S'!!! m. K'^n f. Chald. i. q. Heb. he,
she; is, ea, id; Dan. 2, 22. 6, 11. 17.
Often as implying the verb of existence
or substantive verb, he is, she is, etc.
Dan. 2, 9. 20. 28. 32. 47. 6, 5. Put also
for the substantive verb, Dan. 4, 27.
N^O Chald. i. q. nOT q. v.
^in aphferesis for Tins (r. inj) Arab.
tXftJ to swell, e. g. the flesh, tiie female
breast. .
1. a swelling sc. in the exuberance
of health and strength ; hence vigour,
strength, e. g. of the youthful body Prov.
5,9; ofa noble steed Zech. 10,3. Dan. 10,
8 nTiJiittb 'by r^cna ^nOT my strength was
turned within me to destruction, i. c. was
destroyed. Hos. 14, 7 iiin r"i?a like the
oli ve-treehis strength. TrQ\). of strengXh
of voice, snorting, Job 39, 20 [23].
^in
am?
rrti
2. gpUndour, majesty, c. g. a) Of
God, often with -rvn, Ps. 21, 6. 96, 6.
104, 1. Ill, 3. Job 40, 10. b) Of kings
and princes, 1 Chr. 29, 25. Dan. 11, 21.
Comp. Num. 27, 20.
3. ///, pr. n. in. I Chr. 7, 37.
^^^I""^ (pcrh. i. q. n^snin praise ye
Jehovah) llodaviah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
^ 5, 24. b) 9, 7. c) Ezra 2, 40.
in^in^n (id.) Hodaviah, pr. n. m.
I Chr." 3, 24.
n^'lin (pplendour of Jehovah) Ho-
deiah, Neh. 7, 43, i. q. f^llT^ lett. b.
n^nin (jd.) Hodijah, pr. n. of several
Levites, Neh. 8, 7. 9, 5. 10, 11. 14. 19.
nin to be, to exist, i. q. n^n . In
Aramfpan this is the usual form for
the substantive verb, Chald. Min , Syr.
loot ; in Hebrew it rarely occurs, and
only in the poets and later writers.
That it is however the primitive form
and earlier than Si^rt , is apparent, be-
cause the form has obviously an onoma-
lopoetic origin ; and hence n^rt comes
from nin, as n^n from '"^jn. The ori-
gin of fijrt lies in the idea oi' breathing,
comp. SIX, Arab. j^jJ^j and see in no.
2, 3. This idea is then transferred to
the breathing of persons and animals ;
whence to live i. q. nin, and so to be.
Part. r\'r\ Neh. 6, 6.' Ecc. 2, 22. Imp.
f^lli^, S*."]!!' ''^C! Gen. 27, 29. Is. 16, 4. Put.
apoc. X^n-i Ecc. 11, 3, for irri from ^'}]r\;\.
2. to breathe after, to desire, i. q. fi2X ,
h^X 1. 2. Arab, i^^ to desire, to love,
to will. Hence ^n-jri no. 1, desire.
3. Intens. to strive eagerly, to rush
headlong ; hence to fall headlong, to fall
from on high, i. q. ;^^. Job 37, 6
yy^ '<.10 ^^^'' ^V^r^ ""^ /o^ io the snow
he saith, Fall (rush doAvn) tipon the
earth; Vulg. ut descendat in terrain,
Sept. as in no. 1. yivov inl yrjC. Hence
njn no. 2, nin .
flin and i^)T\ Chald. to be, i. q. Hob.
M^rt . Often joined with the participle
of another verb, e. g. n'^in nm thou wert
seeing, i. e. thou sawest, Dan. 4, 7. 10. 7,
2. 4. al.
Note. In the formation of the Fut-
of this verb, there occurs this singulari-
ty, that in the third pers. sing, and plur.
is found the prefix h , where we should
expect the preformative "> ; and this with
the regular and usual signification of the
future or subjunctive. Thus, St;}n^ will
be Dan. 2, 28. 29. 45. 4, 22. Ezra"?, 26;
be it, let it be, Dan. 3, 18. 5, 29. Ezra 7,
23. 4, 12. 13. 5, 8 ; plur. y.r^h may be
Dan. 6, 2. 3. 27. Ezra 7, 25 flem. '(-^rtb
Dan. 5, 17 ; but in 3d fem. sing, nnnn
Dan. 2, 40-42. 4, 24 ; K^nn 7, 23. Ezra
6, 8. Forms of the same kind are found
in the Targums, as Hieros. Ex. 10, 28.
Jonath. Ex. 22, 24 ; and more in the
Talmud, as ir^susb for iSTaa"", inrb for
l-TQi, i?ib for 151"', see Furst Chald.
Lehrg. p. 114. From all this it appears,
that these forms are not infinitives, as is
sometimes supposed ; but that in such
examples either the b is put for the Nun
of the Syrians (so de Dieu, Beer Inscr.
et Papyri I. 19, 20), or else these forms
have arisen out of the Hebrew usage
which began to put bbp^ instead of
bbp-] . Heh. Gr. 129. n. l! Comp. Wi-
ner Chald. Gr. p. 67. edit. 2.
n^n f (r. r^m) verbal of Pi. 1. desire,
cupidity, see the root no. 2. Prov. 10, 3
Ci^n^. c^'J") n^n he thrusteth away the
desire of the wicked; parall. p'^'^S lUS.?.
Comp. njx . Arab. ^Isb desire, will.
s ^
2. fall, ruin, Arab. \^jSb , see the root
no. 3. Only in the plur. calamities, de-
struction ; Ps. 57, 2 niw i'-?.^""i? iinlil
these calamities are overpast. 91, 3 ^sn
n-isin fatal pestilence. 94, 20. Prov. 19,
13. Job 6, 2. 30, 13. (In Job 11. cc.
Chethib n'tt .) Hence also, ^calamities
which one prepares for another,' mis-
chief injury, wickedness ; Ps. 5, 10 CS'ip
niin their inward part (or mind) is
wickedness. 3S. 13 mw ns'n they speak
mischief, mischievous things. 52. 4. 9.
55, 12. Prov. 11, 6. 17, 4 ',i-ab-bs -ptia
n'ln giving ear to a wicked tongue. Job
6, 30. Sing. id. Ps. 52, 9.
nin i. q. njn no. 2, fall, ruin, cala-
mity, Is. 47, 11. Ez. 7, 26. R. Mjn no. 3.
Criin (prob. for crtllT^ , whom Jeho-
vah impels, r. C'qT^ .) Hoham, pr. n. of a
king of Hebron, Josh. 10, 3.
^in
248
ntn
'''in interj. onomatopoetic, like "1S.
1. Of threatening, ho ! wo ! oval, o\,
with nominat. for the vocative ; comp.
Sept. Is. 1, 4 Nisn lia 'in wo, sinful
nation > 5, 8. 11. 18. 20. 21. 10, 5. 28, 1.
29, 1. 15. 30, 1. 31, 1 ; with ^^. Jer. 48,
1 ; hi 50, 27. Ez. 13, 3 ; b 13, i8.
2. "or grief, O! wo! alas! 1 K. 13,30
*ins "in alas, my brother ! Is. 17, 12.
3^ Of exhortation, ho! Zech. 2, 10
[6]. Is. 18, 1. 55, 1.
* "^^^ ' Chald. to go, a softened form
from 7^r^ ; comp. ttJn'n and WW , ybij and
y!lX, p:s and pw ; and in modern lan-
guages Engl, to talk, to walk (in which
the I is not sounded), Fr. doua: from Lat.
dulcis, faux from falsus. Fut. A (the
only instance in verbs 13?) t^n"? i- q- T(:0- '
Ezra 5, 5. 6, 5. 7. 13. Infin.' r^t]Xi 7, 13.
The same forms are found in the Tar-
gums.
nbbin f. (r. ibn Po.) plur. ni^bin,
folly, Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 12. Then, impro-
bity, wickedness, Ecc. 9, 3.
nubbin f. id. Ecc. lo, 13.
Dbin (Milel) m. Is. 41, 7 ; see in C^n .
* D^n to put in motion, throw into
commotion, consternation, to agitate ;
kindr. ci:n, nrn. Deut. 7, 23 crn
nbina mssniD he will bring upon them
great consternation. Hence Dinn .
NiPH. see in Dn.
HiPH. to make commotion, to make a
noise, (comp. I2''pi2n to keep quiet) of
a noisy multitude Mic. 2, 12 ; of an un-
quiet mind, internal commotion, Ps. 55, 3.
Deriv. ms^ma, Dinn.
Dialn (destruction, r. B^n) Homam,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 1. 39 ; for which in Gen.
36, 22 c^^n .
"p^ i. q. Arab, ^jl^, to be light,
easy ; comp. kindr. "X , "'^it .
HiPH. to act lightly, vfith levity ; Deut.
1, 41 ribyb irnni ye acted lightly to go
up, went up heedlessly ; comp. Num.
14, 44.
Deriv. ,''n , and
"jin m. 1. riches, wealth, substance,
Prov. 1, 13. 6, 31. 8, 18. Ps. 44, 13 xba
jin/or nought, pr. for no wealth. Plur.
o^
B"'3in Ez. 27, 33. Arab. ^y ease,
comfort; comp. ^11 mid. Waw, to live
s .f
in comfort and quiet, ^^.f quiet, com-
fort, "jix wealth, substance.
2. Adv. enough, Prov. 30, 15. 16. So
Sept. w^xit, Chald. Syr. Arab. Vers.
*)in and 'in 1. An old and unusual
word, i. q. "^n , a mountain, Gr. oQog.
Gen. 49, 26 ^V i-iin (i. e. 1? ''^in) eter-
nal mountains, parall. with obis risiaa
everlasting hills in the other hemistich.
The Masorites direct it to be read
IS "^nin, and seem to follow the inter-
pretation embraced by the Vulg. and
Chald. i. e. taking '''lin as particip. of
the verb <^'^'^, i. q- my parents, progeni-
tors, and referring ^V to the words fol-
lowing. But against this is the compa-
rison of the similar passages in Deut. 33,
15. Hab. 3, 6 ; and also the parallelism
of the members.
2. Hor, pr. n. of two mountains : a)
One on the borders of Idumea, one and
a halfdays' journey from the Dead Sea
towards the south ; at its eastern foot
lay the city Petra. At the present day
it takes its name from Aaron, who died
on it, ,j^;Uo ^AJ Ju^ Jebel Nehy
Hdrtin, Mount of the Prophet Aaron.
See Comment, on Is. 16, 1. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 548, 651. Num. 20. 22.
33, 32. b) The other was perhaps a
spur of Lebanon at the northeastern
extremity, Num. 34, 7. 8.
yatOin (for yaaiin';i, whom Jehovah
heareth.) Hoshama, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 3,
18.
yiSin (deliverance, safety, see r. SD^J
Hiph. and Niph.) pr. n.
a) Oshea, afterwards Joshua, the mi-
nister and successor of Moses, Num. 13,
8. 16. etc.
b) ILishea, a king of Israel, 2 K. 15,
30. 17. 1 sq. 18, 1 sq.
c) Ilosea, a prophet, Sept. 'iZffijs, Hos.
1. 1. 2.
n^^Cin (whom Jehovah helpeth, r.
5di) Uoshaiah, pr. n. of several men :
a)'Nch. 12, 32. 33. b) Jer. 42, 1. 43, 2.
* Mn see prn .
* nrn to dream, to talk in on^s
'rt
249
n^n
dreams, Is. 56, 10. Kindr. is njn ; and
the primary idea pce:u8 to be that of
nocturnal vision. Sept. iyvTiyiaCofiivoi,
Aqu. (fiitfTit^i'ififvoi, Syinm. ofJUfiuTiaxui.
Arab. (^ jj6 and ! jj6 to talk at ran-
dom, espiic. of one delirious ; and nearly
tlie same in the Talmud.
T* m. (for "ns , r. nnj , as ii2 for biQ-j)
wailing, lamentation, wo, Ez. 2. 10.
K"^n pron. of 3 pers. sing, fern fi/te,
Lat. ea, neut id ; see fully in Stin .
Sometimes in the Masoretic text it is
read S'n, where K^n used in a neuter
sense is referred to the masculine, and
the Jewish critics expected Kin ; e. g.
Job 31, 11. Ecc. 5, 8. Ps. 73, 16.
X^J Chald. i. q. Heb. she. Dan. 2, 9.
20. 21. 7, 7. Ezra 6, 15. See in Kin.
T/'^n ni- ('' '^'^'7) shoid of joy, joyfid
acclamation, e. g. n) Of vintagers
treading the grapes, vintage-shout, Jer.
25, 30. 48, 33. b) Of soldiers rushing
to battle, battle-shout. Jer. 51, 14. Is. 16,
9. 10, where these two senses are put in
antithesis.
flil^n Neh. 12, 8, a corrupted form,
prob. for rinin choirs, as 1 Chr. 25. 3.
Comp. also Neh. 11, 17 ; where in a like
context is ninin.
**X^, ftit. n;;n'?, apoc. ^f^, with
Vav convers. "^tr^l : inf. absol. n'^n and
i^n Num. 30, 7 ; inf constr. i^i^>^, once
n;;n Ez. 21, 15, with pref. m'-^rib, nrna ;
imp. r,'^X\ ; part. f. n^H Ex. 9, 3 ; signi-
fying i. q. TTi'n, Chald. njn, Syr. Icai,
fo9l.
1. to come to pass, to happen, to be ;
for the origin and etymology see the
Note. Ex. 32, 1 we know not ib r^'^ri n^o
what has happened to him. Ecc. 3, 22
T^nnx siin'lB n-o what shall he (happen)
after him. Is. 14, 24 nn^n "jd 'n"'a'7 Tw'xs
as I hare thought, so shall it come to pass.
1 K. 13. 32. So 'o r^'T, mg how comes
(is) it that ? Ecc. 7, 10, i. q. Gr. t/ yi-
yoviv on; John 14. 22. Often in the
phrase bx "^^ nsf r\'^ri the word of Jeho-
vah happened (came) to any one ; see
examples in ">3'n no. 1. c, and comp. Lat.
fama accidil ad aures alic. Liv. Most
frequent of all is the form Ti"^] , Gr. xt
iysvtio, and it came to pass, in historical
narrative, with a notation of time. Gen.
22. 1 o'^nbxn'i nbxn e-innnn innx ti-ji
nS3 and it came to pass after these
things, and God did try Al/raham. 23, 1.
2G, 32 !ix'n;'T iit.'!\nr\ Diss ^n-;'] and it came
to pass on the same day, and tht-y came.,
etc. Josh. 4, J "i^X'T . . . isn "lOS? ^^'J} ,
5, 1 053^1 . . . SauJD "^n-^] and it came to
pass when they lieard . . . then their heart
melted. The notation of time, as apn
pears from these examples, is variously
expressed ; e. g. with 3 and inf. Gen.
24, 30. Ex. 16, 10 ; 2 and inf. Gen. 35,
17. 18. Num. 10. 35 ; ntuxs with pra;t.
Gen. 24, 22. 52. 1 Sam.' 8, 1 ; 'S with
praet. Gen. 6, 1. 27, 1. Corresponding
to this is also the form n^fii and it shall
come to pass, referring always to a future
event, and usually followed by a nota-
tion of time. Is. 7, 18 x^nn ci'a n;m
'^ pHcJ^ and it shall come to pass in thcet
day, Jehovah shall hi.ss, etc. Ex. 12, 25
cmTa!U!i...rixn-bx ixhn "^s rr^ni and
it shall come to pass when ye shall come
to the land . . . then shall ye keep, etc. So
with "^3 Ex. 12, 26. Judg. 12, 5 ; DX de-
noting time or a condition Ex. 4, 8.
Deut. 8, 19 ; 3 and 3 with inf. Deut. 17,
18. 20, 2. 9. Judg. 2,' 19.
2. to begin to be, i. e. to become, to be
made or done. Spec, a) To come into
existence, to begin, to arise, to be ; Gen.
1, 3 nix ^n^l nix Ti") let light be, and
light was. V. 6. Is. 66, 2 nbwH-bs ^i-^rj^l
a7id all these things have arisen, have
come into existence. With *)^ , of or
from any source. Gen. 1 7, 16 3"'52S "^^b^
I'^n^ njHia kings of nations shall be of
her, spring from her. Ecc. 3, 20. b) to
be done, established, opp. to fall, to be in
vain. Is. 7, 7 rrrin xbi cipn xb it shall
' r r ; ' t
not stand, neither shall it be done. With
b auctorie. Is. 19, 15 n"in:ji:b n^n"i xb
nbsia neither shall any work be done by
the Egyptians. It is construed as fol-
lows : ) With a subst. following, to be-
come or be made anything. Gen. 19. 26
nbp 3"S3 "inni and she became a pillar
of salt. 4, 20. 21. So Gen. 1, 5 iins ^n^^
nnx ai-^ np/n ^"I7] and the evening was
and the morning was one day. i. e. even-
ing and morning became one day. /?)
In the same sense, with b before the
subst. Gen. 2, 7 n^n C2:b' cnxrj Ti-jl
and man became a living soul. v. 24. 9,
rr^n
250
n^n
15. Ib. 1, 22. 31. 5, 9. ;') But \ n;n, fo
be or become to any one, as his posses-
sion, property, etc. Is. 17, 2 ^S"iS ^'nS
^5''^'1P} oi'n'isb i^ cities of Aroer shall
be for tlie flocks, i. e. be given up to them.
23, 18. Job 30, 31. So espec. of a wo-
man, >U"X^ '^'v'^'i? 5 *^^ became to a m^an,
i. ?. became his wife, (nirxb being often
added. Num. 36, 3,) Num.' 30, 7. 36, 3.
Deut. 21, 15. 24, 2. 8) 3 n;;n <o 6e or
become as or ZtVce any thing. Gen. 3, 5
CSi'^XS on/^ni and ye shall become as
God. V. 22. Ps. 1, 3. Cant. 1, 7. Then
also, to 6e or become like any one, is to
have the like lot with him ; comp. Fr.
* je ne sais pas ce qu'il est devenu.' Is.
1, 9 ^5"'1'i D*iD3 we shoidd have become
like Sodom, i. e. have experienced the
fate of its inhabitants. Gen. 18, 25. Num.
17, 5. Is. 17, 3. 24, 2. 28, 4. 29, 7. 30, 13.
omp. Is. 10, 9. 20, 6 ; where n;n is
omitted.
3. to be, i. e. the substantive verb, like
Gt. tifii, Lat. sum,, a) As the copulative
connecting the subject with the predi-
cate ; whether the latter be an adjective,
noun, numeral, or adverb ; or whether it
etand alone, or in connection with a par-
ticle. So with an adjective. Gen. 3, 1
ens n^n t-'Hjfi'i aiid the serpent was
cunning. 2, 25. With a substantive,
Gen. 3, 20 '^n-h's fix nn-in s-^n "^^s for she
vxis the mother of all living. 5, 32. 16, 12.
With a subst. and numeral. Gen. 5, 5
and all the days of Adam .... were nine
hundred and thirty years, v. 8. 11. Job
1, 3. With an adverb, Gen. 15, 5 l?
^I?"^! ^'^T]'^. so shall thy seed be. With a
eubst. having the prefix 3 , Ps. 22, 15 n^n
aji^s "^ab my heart is like wax. Is. 1,18.
30. 9, 18. In very many examples of
this kind the substantive verb may be
omitted ; and indeed is more frequently
omitted than inserted ; see Lehrg. p. 849.
But the rules laid down as to its use by
Ewald are too narrow ; Krit. Gr. p. 632.
Kl. Gr. 571. 2. b) As expressing
the being or remaining in any place or
state ; Gen. 4. 8 nT>sa nn'i-'na '^n'li andit
came to pass when they were in the field,
pr. in thcMr being in the field. 13. 3. 17,
13. Is. 7. 23. Gen. 2, 18 cnxn pi-n aia sib
"i'Jiab it is not good for man to be alone.
Ecc. 7', 14. c) Emphatic, to be in e.rist-
ence, to const, e. g. in sonic place, Gen. 2. 5
y^^^ n;;rt'i Ci-nD iTi^^n n-'b the plants of
the field were not yet in the earth, did not
yet exist. 6, 4. Is. 11, 16. Absol. Gen.
13, 7 a*""! ^fi'}'^ and there was strife. 15,
17 n^fi "^^bs there was darkness. Zech.
14, 6. \s. Y5, 6. Ecc. 1, 9. 10. Also, to
exist, to live; so Gr. eifii, e. g. ti liai
Horn. Od. 15. 432 ; ov d^v r/v II. 6. 131.
Matt. 2, 18. So Job 3, 16 as a hidden
untimely birth iT^nx S<b / had not been,
should not have existed, lived. Is. 23, 13.
Dan. 1, 21. Ecc. 2, 7. 18. 4, 16. 6, 12.
The following constructions and phra-
ses may also be noted : aa) bap n^n ,
he was slaying, for he slew ; comp. Syr.
fooi 'C^ua. Gen. 4, 17 nsh ^f}'^'^ and he
was building. 15, 17 nxa ttir^n "ri"^}
and the sun was going down. Is. 10, 14.
Often in the later writers, Job 1, 14.
Neh. 1. 4. 2, 13. 15. bb) b n;n , to be to
any one, i. e. to belong to, and with a per-
sonal subject, to have. Gen. 12, 16 Tl'^l
l|?ai "i^:! "ib and he had sheep and oxen.
Ex. 20, 3 n-inrtx nirfbx r\b n;;n';-xb thou
shall have no other gods. Gen. 13, 5.
2 Sam. 12, 2. Is. 5, 1 ; b omitted 2 Sam.
4, 2. Comp. "^b iu;i , Gr. 'itin fioi, Arab,
o lOD 6^t mihi, i. q. habeo, Cor. 10. 100.
cc) Also b <^^'^, to be for any thing, i. e.
to serve as or for any thing, to be any
thing, Gr, dvai d'g it, yst'sa&at fig xt.
Gen. 1, 15 ni-:kT:b rni and they shall
be for lights, v. 14. 29V Is. 1, 14 "'bs siiJl
tribb they are to me for a burden. With
b c. inf. Is. 5, 5 "i5ab n^H^ and it shall
be for consuming, burning, pr. Eng. it
shall be to bum. With a dat. of pers.
Gen. 6, 21 nbrsb Cfibi r,b n^n'1 and it
shall be to thee and to th^'m for food. Ex.
4, 16 "ib n-^nn nns^i nsb T^b n'^ri'i n^rt
C'^inbNb he shall be to thee for a mouth,
and thou shall be to him- for God, i. e,
he shall speak in public whatever thou
shalt suggest to him in private.
Sometimes b n^fi is i. q. to show oneself
Bo and so, to acipdt oneself as ; 1 Sam.
4, 9 Ctlijxb rni sipmrn be strong and
quit yourselves like men. So with b
twice, 1 Sam. 18, 17 b^n-jab ^b-^^O &
thou valiant for me. pr. quit thyself for
me as a man of valour, dd) The for-
mula ribrb rrjn has a double signif.
) to be about to do, to begin to do, as
Gen. 15, 12 slab tiJr'i-n Tj-ji and the
^n
251
3^n
0un was about to go dovm, was in going
down. 2 Clir. 26, 5 O-^Pibx ttjinp Ti-]
and he began to seek God, upplied him-
self to seeking God. /5) to be ahniit to be
done, implying necessity, it mnM. it onght,
etc. Josh. 2. 5 "lapb i?^'n ^^n^^ and the
gate teas to be shut, it was time to shut
the gate. Is. 6, 13 a tenth part in her
. . . "sab riPTi shall be to destroy, i.e.
hall be destroyed. So with the pas-
sive, Ez. 30. 16 SH^^Ht ^ly]^. ^'^ "^ ^o
(Thebes) shall be to be rent asunder, i. e.
hall be destroyed, ee) B CS n"n to
be with any one, in various senses :
a) to be on his side, of his party, 1 K. 1, 8 ;
see C3 no. 1. Comp. ilvui fttrd mocMatt.
12, 30. (i) n'i'x C5 n-^n to be with a wo-
man, i. q. to lie with her, Gen. 39, 10.
2 Sam. 13, 20. Comp. Syr. >a:k jsn
]ZLi\ , Hist, of Susann. 14. Judith 12, 16.
y) to be in one^s mind, heart, 1. q. CS n%"i
iab 1 K. 11, 1 1 ; see cs no. 2. c. fl*) rrjn
'b ^5''?2 /o 6e tn fAe eyes o/"any one, i. e.
to seem to him, see '^"0 no. 1. b. gg)
i n^n ^0 6e orer any one, i. q. to protect
him ; pr. of a wall, 1 Sam. 25, 16. Metaph.
Zech. 12, 2 n-in-i nnwi 55 csi arf o/so
ouer Judah shall (God) be, i. e. he will
protect Judah.
NiPH. n^nj only in Proet. and Part.
i. q. Kal, but less frequent.
1. to come to pass, to happen, to be.
Judg. 19, 30 nxT3 nrx-.rxbi nrinj-sib
no such thing had come to pass nor was
seen. 20, 3. 12. Deut. 4, 32. Jer. 5, 30.
Ez. 21, 12. Neh. 6, 8. Dan. 12, 1.
2. to become, to be made or done, to be
accomplished. Part. fem. n^ns it is done!
it is over ! Mic. 2, 4. So iTiVia nixn a
desire accomplished, fulfilled, Prov. 13,
19 ; comp. parall. rtxa v. 12. With h to
become any thing, lit. for any thing,
Deut. 27, 9. With rsa noting the au-
thor, 1 K. 12. 24. 1, 27. 2 Chr. 11, 4.
3. to be, as the subat. verb, Joel 2, 2.
Twice emphat. implying the idea of
Bomething finished and past ; as Lat.
^fidmus Troes.' Dan. 2, 1 nn'^ins irsrsi
l^bs and his sleep for him had been, i. e.
sleep for him was over, existed no more ;
J-i^S for Tibx , i!5, Theodot. well, o vnyo^
uvjov anfyivsTO an avToi>, Vulg. fugit
cb iUo. Comp. 6, 19. Dan. 8, 27 and I
Daniel ''r^'^^^JJJ '*!'"-n? ^^ been (vulg.
Engl, wai done up) and was sick. Vul|^
langui et cegrotavi.
Note. As the notion of the substan-
tive verb is too abstruse and metaphy-
sical to be regarded as primitive, etymo-
logists have with good reason sought
after the origin of the Heb. verbs n^n
and njn. With some I formerly em-
braced the conjectural opinion, that the
primary idea was that oP falling, comp.
Arab. iCjJO ruit, decidit ; and that the
sense oi' falling out, coining to pass, was
derived from this ; in support of which
one might appeal to Pers. ^jjUtil to
fall, to fall out, to happen. But I can-
not now regard this signification as the
primary one. The notion of existence
would seem rather to come from that of
living, applied metaph. even to inanimate
things ; so that then the verbs JTin , mn,
and n'H , n^n , may all be referred to the
same origin. Of these n'n and ^^^'^ sig-
nily primarily to breathe, to blow, (comp.
nix , n2!< , anx , ban ,) which notion then
passes over into the signif partly of
breathing after, desiring, rushing, and
partly of living, existing. See more
under niT\ . Some also regard the verbs
t^lT^ and n'jn as very closely related to
the pronouns Xin and X'^n .
n^n f. in Cheth. Job 6, 2. 30, 31, for
T^'^T] fall, -ruin, calamity.
ty^n a form imitating the Chaldee, for
t^-'X h(yw7 1 Chr. 13, 12. Dan. 10. 17.
Freq. in Chaldee writers ; Samar. ^^
id.
'?'^r7 coram, gend. once fem. Is. 44,
28. Plur. n-i-T-, once ni Hos. 8, 14,
1. a large building, edifice, a palace,
Prov. 30, 28. Is. 39, 7. Dan, 1. 4. It cornea
from r. ba^ i. q. bia , bna , to take, to hold ;
espec, to be capacious, spacious. Syr.
\LJn, Arab. J^Xltf , Ethiop. UJi'flA,
id. also a temple. There is likewise a
verb JJuL^O.
2. nin-i ba*!?! the palace of Jehovah,
i. e. the temple at Jerusalem, 2 K. 24, 13.
2 Chr. 3, 17. Jer. 50, 28. Hagg. 2, 15.
Zech. 6, 14. 15; elsewhere 7r\ni n^a.
Spoken also of the sacred tabernacle in
use before the building of the temple,
comp. n-^a no. 2 ; 1 Sam. 1, 9. 3, 3. Ps.
252
adn
5, 8 ; not 2 Sam. 22, 7. Ps. 29, 9, where
the heavens are to be understood. Poet.
for the heavens, Ps. 11, 4. 18, 7 et 2 Sam.
22, 7. Ps. 29, 9. Mic. 1, 2. Sometimes
the epithet holy is added.
3. Spec, for a part of the temple of
Jerusalem, the outer sanctuary, or rather
the temple itself, 6 vahi; xai t^oxy,v, as
distinguished from the holy of holies
(-11=^) ; so 1 K. 6, 5 "1'^3'nV? ^rri^ V. 17.
7, 50. But ^s'^n does not stand for the
holy of holies itself
^TT> Chald. m. emphatic. N^^'^n, c.
BufF. <^^3"'ti, as in Hebr.
1. palace of the king, Dan. 4, 1. 26.
Ezra 4, 14.
2. the temple, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 5.
'?'^'!l Is. 14, 12, according to Sept.
Vulg. Targ. Rabbin. Luth. brilliant star,
i. e. Lucifer, the morning star. Aptly,
eince it is followed by inT!3""|3 so7i of the
morning ; and in Chaldee also this star
is called n^^3 SsiS , Arab. Jiw5>v , i. e.
eplendid star. In this sense ^^""n would
be derived from r. bbrj to shine, as a par-
ticipial noun from a conj. ^^''j^, comp.
Arab. Js-O, Syr. j-cujs, and the like;
or rather it is for hhit verbal of Pi. light-
giving; radiant. The form ^^"^n is else-
where Imperat. Hiph. of the verb bb^
in the signif wail, lament, Ez. 21, 17.
Zech. 11, 2. This gives here a less apt
sense ; though adopted by Syr. Aqu.
Jerome.
D^'T!' see in n^"!!! .
T'9'^r} (i. q. l^^'^^ Chald. and Syr.
faithful) Ileman, pr. n. a) A wise man
of the tribe of Judah, who lived before
the times of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11. 1 Chr.
2, 6. b) A Levite, of the family of the
Kohathites. one of David's chief singers,
1 Chr. 6, 18 [33]. 15, 17. 16, 41. 42. Ps.
88, 1. Some have supposed these to be
one and the same person; but see Thes.
p. 117.
"pf? a kin, a measure of liquids con-
taining the seventh part of a bath, i. e.
twelve Roman sextarii, according to Jos.
Ant. 3. 8. 3. ib. 3. 9. 4 ; or about five
quarts English. Num. 15, 4 sq. 28, 5. 7.
14. Ezra 4, 11. Sept. riv, IV, vy. This
word corresponds to the Egyptian hn,
hno, which signifies pr. vessel, and then
a small measure, sextarius, Gr. h'lov.
See Leemans Lettre a Salvolini p. 154.
Bockh Metrol. Untersuch. pp. 244, 260.
But it is not certain that these Heb.
and Egypt, measures were of the same
size.
vr| see '3.
V once in fut. Kal (or perh. Hiph.
Heb. Gr. 52. n. 4) Job 19, 3 ittiirn ^\>
"O !l"i3nn, Sept. olx (xlaxwo^ivoi [it ini-
y.ii<jds fioi, Jerome : et non erubescitur
opprimentes me. Usually compared with
Arab. Sj^ to be stupified, stunned;
Hiph. to stupify, to stun; whence in
Job 1. c. shameless ye stun me. Better
perhaps i. q. Arab. ^,Xa. to injure, to
litigate pertinaciously ; whence in Job
1. c. shameless ye injure me. Several
Mss. read lisntn .
fT^l^l f (r. n=3, verbal of Hiph. after
the form nban , Heb. Gr. 83. 28. 84. 1,)
a regarding ; hence cri/^DB r'lSIi the re-
garding of their persons, i. e. respect of
persons, partiality, in a judge, Is. 3, 9.
Comp. the phrase D"'5Q I'^Sfi in "=3 Hiph.
no. 1.
-'J 1. The article, Arab. Jt, in
Hebr. -n , the letter h being assimilated
to the next letter and inserted in it ; see
above on p. 240, note 2.
2. Particle of interrogation, Arab, (jjb,
whence comes rt interrogative, q. v. The
full form is found once Deut. 32, 6, ac-
cording to the reading of the Nahar-
deenses ; who separate nini bn, which
is elsewhere written as one word,
nin'^bn . In that case, bi:a is to be con-
strued with the accusative, as is often
done.
^^ : *? (Milel, pron. hd-l'ah) adv. of,
afar off, pr. to a distance, thither away.
It is for r\)T-\ from bn that, as 1NT3 Is. 8,
1 for SITS. Corresp, are Chald. 'K^nb,
^t'"^^) Syr. '^oi, '^ov^, id. whence the
verb '^oL^oi to prolong, to remove.
1. Of space. Gen. 19, 9 MX^^'iJia stand
off, stand back, see in ttiJJ ; Sept. tinotna
^xfi, Vulg. recede illiic ; see Comment,
on Is, 49, 20. (Ot)iers. cojne nearer, but
inaptly.) 1 Sam. 10, 3 nxbnj c^-Qfrom
ibn
253
Tbn
thence. furlJwr. 20, 22 n^n; rjap/rowi
^Aee fartker. i. o. beijnnd thee. v. 37.
(0pp. n:-ni r,:ai3 this sule of thee.) Num.
32,19. 'ls.'l8,2.7nx^nT yi^T\"-o xnia =?
a people terrible and further off' than he,
beyoiiil ; otliors Iiere of time : f/vni the
Jrrst and onward ; see Comrn. on Is. 1. c.
fi )j f^Sj'r'l'? further off than, beyond, as
Am. 5, 27 p'wanls nxbnia beyond Damas-
cus.
2. Of time, flirt her. forward, onward.
1 Sam. 18. 9 nxbnj swn Di'nia from
that day forward. Lev. 22, 27. Is. 18, 2.
7, see in no. 1.
Hence as a denom. verb comes
NiPH. part. fern. ni<5n:n removed,
remote ; collect the far remote, Mic.
4,7.
Dib^^n m. pUir. (r. bbn) verbal of
Piel, days of rejoicing, thanksgiving fes-
tivals, after the ingathering of the fruits
and harvest, Judg. 9, 27. Lev. 19, 24.
Di^n see D^n .
T^ pron. demonstr. coram, gend. this,
these. Masc. Judg. 6. 20. 1 Sam. 14, 1.
17. 26. 2 K. 23. 17. Zech. 2, 8. Dan. 8,
16. Fern. 2 K. 4. 25. The fuller form is
Mtiri , which is apocopated also in Ara-
bic, jJL'f, d3\.
J^T^n m. this, Gen. 24, 65. 37, 19. It
is compounded from nt and the full form
of the article bn . romp, cnas for Cfi^? ;
or according to Hupfeld from HT and X^ti
i. q. J^xbn, which is also favoured by
the Talmudic plur. ib^n for ibx xbn.
Corresponding is Arab. (tf<^|, which
also takes the force of a relative. Hence
by apoc. t|n , jj| , by aphseresis ,^ jJ.
'l'^?'!! id. once Ez. 36. 35 ; joined with
^^X , and therefore fem.
tf^bn or ^yH m. (r. Ti^n) a going,
step. Job 29, 6 ''3'^bn my steps.
TO'^V^I f- (r. "bn) only in plur. nis-^bn .
1. goings, progress, Nah. 2. 6. Spec.
pomp, processions, in honour of God, Ps.
68, 25.
2. ways, Hab. 3, 6 "ib nbis rria-ibn ^Ae
ancient ways are to him, i. e. his ways
are as of old, in ancient times. Trop.
22
ways of life ; Prov. 31, 27 rjn*'? Piis-'^ri
(she looketh well) to the -ways of her
fiousehold, i. e. to her domestic atfairs.
3. companies of travellers, caravanSj
Job 6, 19.
* "^ilO fin'l =l^r (Heb. Gr. 77) fut.
T('.!!) ~\'.J.'^, i'rom Tjb'J, once with Yod
^hS''^ ^^^^- 1) 8 ; poet. Tjbri: from T^^,
twice r|bnn Ex. 9, 23. Ps! 73, 9 ; Imp.
T\?, with He parag. nsb (see in no. 7),
or He being dropi)cd ^:> fem. '^zh, jDb
rarely 1=bn Jer. 51, 50 ;' Inf abs.' T\^^^f},
constr. rab , c. suff. Tisb ; part. T\>n . '
1. fo go, to walk, to go forth, also
rarely to come, etc. Chald. and Syr.
Pa. id. Arab. dUbo to perish. 1 Sam.
17, 39. Gen. 3, 14. Is. 6, 8 :i:b nb? ^Vj who
will go for us? sc. as our messenger,
prophet. Job 38, 35. Often before an
infin. with b, as tTsb ~bn he went to
shear Gen. 31, 19. K'ipb 7|bn he went to
call 1 K. 22, 13. Judg. 8, 1. \n a differ-
ent sense. Gen. 25, 32 rinb Tjbh "isbx njn
lo ! I am going to die, am at the point
of death. With another finite verb Tjbn
is often apparently redundant, mostly in
the language of common life ; as Job 1,
4 nnffl-a sibsi *i3bn they went and made
a feast. Gen. 35,'^22. Ex. 2, 1. Josh. 9,
4. al.
The following constructions are to be
noted : a) With bs of the persom to-
whom one goes. Num. 22, 37 Nb nab*
^^^ '^r^vj wherefore wentest (camest)<
thou not unto me ? 1 Sam. 17, 44. Some-
times in a hostile sense; see bs A. 3.
1 Sam. 17, 33. 2 Chr. 11, 4. Also of
place to which, Gen. 22, 2. Jon. 1; 2.
b) With b of place whither; as Tib n
in-iab he went to his home, went home,
1 Sam. 10, 26. ibnxb 'n to Kis tent
Judg. 19, 9. 'ia-:p^b"judg. 19, 28. c)
With an accus. and He parag. in the
same sense ; Gen. 28, 2 cnx nj'ns ~ib
PX^ra nn"'a go to Padan-aram. to ths
house of Belhuel. 1 K, 17. 9. Without
He, -2 Chr. 9, 21 ;a"i\::nn m=bn ni3s
ships going to Tar.shish. Judg, 19. 18.
But with a simple accus. the sense is
also to go through, to pass through;
Deut. 1, 19 "lanan-bs rx r\^i^ we went
throxigh all the desert. . 2, 7. So too Ty>il
^1"^, fie went the way,' see in ^i"!'^." no. 2.
d) With 1? , Gen.. 22, 5. Judg. 19, 18. al
pn
254
^bn
e) Rarely with P? , Jer. 3, IS. 2 Sam.
15, 20 TjVn "sx naJN b? T,Vn -irxi and I go
whither I go. Jer. 3, 6. f) Tiae phrase
2 Tyfn has several senses: ) ^o ^o
i. e. move about in a place ; Josh. 5, 6
->S'i532 ^X^::^ '3S !i=bn i/i^ children of
Israel went {walked) in the desert. 14,
10. Judg. 11, 16. 18. /5) to go into a
place, to enter, see 3 A. no. 7. Is. 3S, 10
bixttj '^rda n=bs I shall enter the gates
ofSheol. rh'ii r^_r\Ax\A "^ri^'n T^bn to
^0 M?io captivity, Is. 46, 2. Jer. 20, 6.
Lam. 1, 18. y) to go with a person or
thing, i. q. to take along, Ex. 10, 9. Jer.
46, 22. Hos. 5, 6. g) rx , t> Ti'sn , to go
with any one, to accompamj, Gen. 24, 58.
Ex. 10, 24 ; particularly as an ally in
war, Gen, 14, 24. Josh. 10, 24. Judg. 1,
17. 4, 8. 7, 4. More rarely to go in
company with., to compaivy with. Job 34,
8; metaph. 31, 5. h) ^3S? Ts^r^ logo
before any one, 2 Sam. 6. 4. So of God
and his angel as leading his people, Ex.
13,21.23,23.32,1.21.34. i) 'tlDS Ti^n
to go after a person or thing, to follow ;
comp. in N. T. if/Xfa&ai inlaw. Gen.
24; 5 innx rqsb nrxn !n2j<n xb 'b^ix
jjerhaps the woman will not be willing to
follow me. V. 8. 31, 17. Ruth 2, 9. Often
in a bad sense; Hos. 2, 15 [13] T^bpiT
CSnxTa '^'!;nx and she went after Tier
lovers. ' B-inx D"n'^x "'nnx 'n to go af-
ter other godsT>e\M.\, 19.' 11, 28. 13, 3.
Judg. 2, 12. Jer. 35, 15. Metaph. ".nx 'n
ab r!n"^"ic to follow stuhhomness of heart
Jer. 3, 17.' 9, 13. 11, 8.
2. Metaph. to walk, \.(\.to live, to pur-
sue a way of life, see 7\^r\ "o. 3. Very
often in the phrase 'b '^a^is, 'H'J'ia T^bn
to walk in the way of any one, to imitate
his life and conduct, see in T)*"!! no. 3. a.
So '^'^ pipna 'n to walk in the statvtes of
Jehovah eV. 5, 6. 7. 11, 12. 20. "^-JB-rra
'^ Ez. 37, 24. Ps. 89, 31. 'i;;' t^^'^'^S Noli!
5, 9 etc. etc. Also 'b rsra r(:ri to walk
in the counsel of any one, to live and act
as he does, Ps. 1, 1, comp. Mic. 6, 16.
Ps. 81, 13. 2 Chr, 22, 5. Poet. c. ace.
(like Ts^;^^ 'n, Tl'^^a 'n.) Is. 33, 15 r|Vn
T&pi'i walking in righteousness, living a
righteous life. Mic. 2, 11 "^iraj nfin r^p
walking in wind and fahehond.. So
with an adject, subjoined, crin l^Vn
walking uprightly Ps. 15, 2. Pro v. 28, 8.
3- Used often of inanimate objects;
thus ships are said to go Gen. 7, 8. 2 K.
22, 46 ; wheels Ez. 1, 19. 10, 16 ; the
moon in the heavens Job 31, 26 ; rumours
2 Chr. 26, 8. Spec, of waters, streams,
to flow, to run; Gen. 2. 14 r\^7P ~\>'^7} x^n
"i^ttrx which flows before Assyria. Josh.
4, 18. 1 K.'lS. 35. Ecc. 1, 7. Is. 8, 6. 7,
Comp. Virg. JE,r\. 8. 726 ' Euphrates ibit
jam mollior undis.' Poet, of a land, to
go or flow with any thing, i. e. to produce
it in abundance, see Heb. Gr. 135. 1. n.
2 ; with accus. Joel 4. 18 Mj.bpi niyasn
-bn tiie hills shall fow with milk, "b:7
CITS !i=b;i nn^n-i ';r-^X and all the valley's
of Judah shall fow with water sc. in
abundance. So too Ez. 7, 17 et 21, 12
[7] c-^^ n3=ri!) C';s-ia-b3, Vulg. omnia
genua fluent aquis, sc. for terror.
4. Spec, to go away, to depart ; in this
sense opp. to X'is q. v. no. 2 init. 1 Sam,
15, 27 and Samuel turned r.zbb to go
away. 10,9. With "i^a _/"rom! any place or
person 1 K. 2, 41 ; c?o 1 Sam. 10, 2. 14,
17; rx^: Jer. 3, 1 ; "^m^i Ecc. 8, 3; T??.
Judg. 6, 21. So by euphemism for death,
Gen. 15,2 "')'":?. T)bh 'rix I depart {die^
childless. Ps. 39, 14. 2 'Chr. 21, 20.
Also to he gone, to perish, Arab. dUjO'r
of men Job 19, 10. 14, 20; to vanish, of
a cloud Job 7, 9. 27, 21 ; of the breath
Ps. 78, 39.
NoTS. In the preceding senses and
constructions, and espec. in no. 4, there
is sometimes appended to "bn a pleo-
nastic dative of the subject, lb Tjbfi i. q,
Fr. s''en alter, ItaL andarsene ; which
seems to have belonged chiefly to the
language of evcry-day life. Cant. 4, 6
-rrn in-bx "'b r^bx /will go (get me) to
the mount of myrrh. Jer. 5, 5. Imperat,
r|b-~b go for thyself get thee away. Gen,
12, 1.' 22, 2. r,b-^=b Cant. 2, 10. 13.
5-. A not vinu.syal fornnala is the follow-
ing: ">3"]i ""ibri Tbn he went on gainer
and talking, i. e. talking as he went^ 2 K,
2, 11. So I Sam. 6, 12 irsi "ij^bn ^=bn
they went on hiring as they went. Is. 3,
16 Fi3=b?i tiiEa "ibn they walk mincing
as they go. 2 Sam. 3, 16. Josh, 6, 9. In
this sense the same idiom is found in
other verbs of going, as n:3t M'bs TXP
2 Sitm. 15, 30 ; blj^cT KS;; N3^ 16, s';
comp. 1 K. 20, 37. Jer. 12, 47. But ft is
peculiar to "i^bn that to gohalsomaed
Tbn
255
..Ui
n
trop. for to go on in any thin^, to in-
crease ; and tlr.it in a threefold construc-
tion : a) With the infin. pleonast. T\^\>n
and a participle or verbal adj. of another
verb; Gen. 26, 13 bnji 7\sn r,b]] he
vent on going and growing, i. e. grew
more and more. Judg. 2, 21 ""'33 ^^ m^P)3
hnJpT nibn bxib^ and the hand of the
Israelites went on going and being hard,
i. e. grew harder and harder upon Ja-
bin. 1 Sam. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 5, 10. 18, 25.
b) Instead of the first T^^n , is not seldom
put the verb itself which expresses the
action thus increased ; as Gen. 8, 3 ^ITIJ']
aiisi r.ibn vikpi bs z^:sn ami the wa.-
ters returned (flowed)/roHi off the earth,
going and returning, i.e. more and more.
12, 9. Rarely for the first ^\ri is put
n^n , as Gen. 8, 5 and the waters T\^T[ I'^n
^liom were going and decreasing, i. e.
decreased continually, more and more.
c) With the part. I^Vn and a particip. of
another verb ; 1 Sam. 17. 41 "^PiabBn 7(^l
a^i?"! T\?h and the Philistine went on, go-
ing and drawing near, i. e. drew nearer
and nearer. 1 Sara. 2, 26 bxiiaia issni
^nsi 7\^t^ and the child Samuel went on,
going and growing, i. e. grew more and
more. 2 Sam. 3, 1. Esth. 9, 4. Jon. 1, 11.
Prov. 4, 18. Comp. in Fr. ' la maladie va
toujours en augmentant et en empirant.'
See on the above idioms, Heb. Gr.
128. 3, and notes.
6. Intensive, to go swiftly, to run. to
nish, also to rage; e. g. of lightning, Ex.
9, 23 na-ix las Ti^nnl andjire ran along
the ground. Ps. 73. 9 "flita Tj^nr, =5i'db
their tongue rageth through the earth.
91, 6 Tj'bn'^ baxs i?"n the pestilence that
walketh (^rageth) in darkness. Comp.
Piel no. 4. In Kal this signif is marked
by the harder forms "'"'n"!! ~^'n*\'-
7. Imperat. nab with He parag. is not
only : go, depart, etc. Num. 10. 29. 1 Sam.
22, 5. al. saep. nut it also passes over into
a particle of inciting, go to ! come ! come
now ! Lat. age ! Gen. 31, 44. Num. 22,
6. Judg. 19, 11. It is even addre-ssed to
females, instead oi'^zh . Gen. 19. 32. So
without He parag. X3 "3 go to ! go, 2 K.
5, 5. Plur. 12b id. Gen. 37, 20. 1 Sam.
9, 9. al. saep.
NiPH. T)^n.5 pr. to be made to go;
hence, to be gone, to vanish away, like a
shadow, Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Kal no. 4.
PiEL Tjin i. q. Kal, but only poetic,
except 1 K. 21, 17; in Chald. and Syr.
the usual form. Spec.
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to go about, to walk,
like Hithp. Ps. 115, 7. With an adjunct
of manner, Job 30, 28. 38, 7. 1 K. 21.27.
Ps. 38, 7. With a Ps. 131, 1.
2. i. q. Kal no, 2, trop. to walk, to live;
as ; n^ita Ps. 86, 11 ; "'J n-ipna Ez. 18,
9; a'lso Ps. 89, 11. Prov. 8, 20. Ecc. 11,9.
3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to go, to Jlow, of
inanimate things; as ships Ps. 104, 26;
streams Ps. 104, 10.
4. Intens. i. q. Kal no. 6, to go swiftly
to speed, to fy ; spoken of arrows Hab.
3, 10 ; of God on the wings of the wind
Ps. 104, 3. Also to roam about, to rav-
age ; Lam. 5, 18 the foxes ravage upon
it. Part. Tj^"^^ a rover, racager, robber,
Prov. 6. 11; parall. i:^ ^-'X.
HiPH. rpV'" (fr- "n^"), rarely T^^'^f}
Ex. 2. 9 ; part. plur. c^2bni3 Zech. 3,
7 from Ty>^ , formed in the Chaldee
manner.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, pr. to cause to
go, hence to lead, Deut. 8, 2. 2 K. 24,
15. Is. 42, 16. al. Part. n"'=bnT3 leaders,
companions, Zech. 3, 7. Of things, to
take away, to carry, Zech. 5, 10. Ecc.
10, 20. Ex. 2. 9 ntn ib^n-rx ^a-'b'^n
take away this child. 2 Sam. 13. 13
^r.Q-in-nx T\'''bi::i njs whither shall I
carry my shame 7 whither shall I go
with it?
2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to
flow, e. g. a river, Ez. 32. 14 ; to cause to
flow off or out, e. g. the sea or tide, Ex.
14. 21.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to
perish, to destroy, Ps. 125, 5.
HiTHPA. ~5nnn l. Pr. to go for one-
self Fr. se proinener, comp. Gr. nogtvo-
fini ; hence to walk up and down, as for
exercise or amusement. Gen. 3. 8. 2 Sam.
11,2; to go about, to walk about, Ex. 21,
19. Job 1. 7. Zech. 1. 10. 11. 6. 7 ; to go,
to walk. Ps. 35, 14. With ace. (like Kal)
Job 22, 14 TI^H'^'] ^"^."^^ -in he walketh
the ranlt of the heavens.
2. Trop. like Kal no. 2. Piel no. 2, to
walk, to live, r^xa r,^nr,n, era 'n, to
walk in truth, in uprightiwss, i. e. so to
live. Pe. 26. 3. 101, 2. Prov. 20, 7. 23. 31.
To xcalk before God Gen. 17, 1. 24. 40.
48, 15, also to walk with God 5, 22. 24. 6
^bn
256
nbn
9, i. e. to live in a manner well pleasing
unto God.
3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to Jlow, e. g. wine,
Prov. 23, 31.
4. Part. Tj^^jno Prov. 24, 34, a ravager,
robber. Comp. Pi. no. 4.
Deriv. besides those here following,
are Tp^f^, '^^''^r}.-, '^\^.^, "^^^tin.
!l?r! Chald. Pa. to go, to walk, Dan. 4,
26.
Aph. id. Part. plur. T^a^H^ Dan. 3, 25.
4, 34.
^?r} m. 1. a way, jmirney ; then i. q.
ti^n b-'X a wayfarer, traveller, 2 Sam.
12, "4. Comp. Heb. Gram. 104. 2. a.
2. afioxcing, a stream. 1 Sam. 14, 26
ttj^i^ 7(^1^ a Jiowing of honey, i. e. honey
was flowing. Comp. '^^^t^ no. 3.
sf?n Chald. m. a way-tax, toll, Ezra
4, 13. 20. 7, 24.
^5*1 1- ^0 5"*^^ ^ cZear sharp sound,
an onomatopoetic root. In Ethiopia the
women on occasions of public rejoicing
are accustomed to repeat the sounds
ellellell-ellellell ; whence to make ellell is
i. q. to rejoice ; see Isenberg Amhar. Lex.
p. 112. Comp. Germ. /ia//e?i,^e//e?z; Engl.
halloo, yell ; and with a sibilant. Germ.
schallen, Heb. bbs ,
2. Transferred to light, to he clear,
a ^
bright, to shine, Arab. J^, Germ, hell
seyn. Job 29, 3 i'^3 l^H^ when his candle
shined; for the pleonastic suffix, comp.
33.20. Ez.10,3. SeeHiph. andn.^ib-^ri.
3. Trop. of persons to shine, to make a
show, i. e. in external things and in words,
i. q. to boast, to glory, Ps. 75, 5. Part.
D'^bbin boasters, the proud, Ps. 5, 6. 73, 3.
75, 5. Hence
4. tobe foolish; seePoel. In the minds
of the eficred writers the idea of boasting
and pride is always connected with that
of folly; as on the other hand modesty
and humility are the attendants of wis-
dom and piety. Comp. 13S .
PiEL 1. to praise, to celebrate, mostly
spoken of God, c. ace. Pi'^'lblrn praise
Jehovah, Jfaltetnjah, Ps. 104, 36. 117, 1.
145, 2. In the later books c. b , pr. to sing
unto Jehovah. 1 ("lir. 16. 36. 25, 3. 2 Chr.
20.21. 30,21. Ezra 3, 11; c.aP8.44,9.
Also of men, to praise, Prov. 27, 2. 28, 4 ;
with bx , to praise to any one, to com-
mend, Gen. 12, 15.
2. Intrans. to glory ; Ps. 56, 5 C"'^|bsa
i>!bns in God will I glory ; c. bv Ps.
16, 3.
PuAL to be praised, celebrated, renown-
ed, Ez. 26, 17. Part. h)n-q one to be
praised, worthy of praise, e. g. God, Ps.
18, 4. 96, 4. 145, 3.-^Ps. 78, 63 rn^lr2!|
sib|^n sib as the vowels now stand : arid
their virgins were not praised, sc. in nup-
tial songs ; comp. Chald. xb^^iri nuptial
song. But this does not accord with the
parallel sentiment in v. 64 ; and there-
fore it is better to read -ibbin for ^^5?"'^,
they made no lamentation; see in hh"*
Pu.
PoEL b^in. Hit. bbi?T7, causat. of Kal
no. 4, to make foolish, Ecc. 7, 7. Also to
show to be foolish, to put to shame. Job
12^ 17. 13.44,25 hhirn B-iXiDp^ and show-
eth diviners to be fools, puts them to
shame.
PoAL part, b^ifra pr. made foolish;
hence mad, raving. Ps. 102, 9 ^bbina
those mad against me, like "^^f?. Ecc.
2, 2.
HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to shine. Is. 13, 10. Job 41, 10.
2. to shine, pr. to cause light, to give
forth light, i. q. -i''s<n no. 2, Job 31, 26.
HiTHPA. 1. Pass, of Piel no. 1, to be
praised, Prov. 31, 30.
2. to boast oneself, to glory. 1 K. 20, 11.
Prov. 20, 14 b^nn'^ tij ib btit he goeth
away, and then he boasteth sc. of his gain.
With 3 of that in which one glories,
Prov. 25, 14. 27, 1 ; espec. in God Ps. 34,
3. 64, 11. 105, 3. Once c. cs Ps. 106, 5.
HiTHPO. 1. to be foolish; hence to be
mad, to rage, Jer, 25, 16. 51. 7. Nah. 2,
5 2:"!rT iibbinn"^ the chariots are mady
i. e. rage, are driven furiously. Jer. 50,
38 ibbinn-i Q^^-^sa they are mad in (af-
ter) ?V/o/.s
2. io feign oneself mad, 1 Sam. 21, 14.
Deriv. C'bi^n, bb"in, nbbin, r^ibbin,
Vur};q , n^nn . nbnn ; pr. names bxb^n-j,
'^?bbrna, and
b^ri /////(./, pr. n. m. Judg. 12, 13. 15.
* Dbir; ft. cisri:; Ps. 74. 6. 1. to iteat,
to strike, to smite. Judg. 5, 20 K'70-p msbn
she smote Sisera. Ps. 71, 6. 111,5. Is.
41, 7 DSD obiri who smote the anvil, pr
Dbn
257
n-zr*
taSQ Q^in ; for this change of accent see
Lehrg. p. 175, 308. Of u horse's hoof
smiting the ground, Ju.ig. 5, 22. Metaph.
Ib. 28, 1 "i^^ "^^l^n finiUentf'wine. drunk-
ards ; comp. Gr. oUo.ii.i,i, Lat. peracsnus
teminra liaccho Tibuli. and lor fiimiliir
expressions in Arabic see Thcsaur. Heb.
p. 383.
2. to smite in pieces, to break, Is. 16. 8.
3. Intrans. to break up, e. g. an army,
i. q. to disband, to scatter themselves.
1 Sam. 14, 16 thm r^bn and they went
on and were scattered, i. e. dispersed
themselves more and more.
Deriv. the three following, and C'bn^ ,
niabn .
\ -I -
D^r) pr. a stroke or tap of the foot,
as if showing where to come ; hence
Adv. of place, hither. Corresp. is Arab.
aJjO com^ hither, declined as an imper.
whence fem. ^e.Jb. Ewald regards
it as from nxbn vvith C- added, 448 ;
but D seems to be radical.
1. hither, to this place, Ex. 3, 5. Judg.
18, 3. 1 Sara. 10, 22. tfbn-n? hitherto,
thus far, 2 Sam. 7, 18. 1 Chr. 17, 16.
2. here, in this place, Gen. 16, 13.
D?*!? (stroke) Helem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 35.
n^bn f a hammer, mallet, Judg. 5,
26. R. obn.
Dil or D<7 Ham, pr. n. of a region or
district otherwise unknown, the resi-
dence of the Ziizim, prob. in or near the
country of the Ammonites. Gen. 14, 5.
Dn or on m. (r. man) only in Plur.
c. sufT. cnrn for cn-irn their riches,
icealth. Ez. 7, 11 xbi nr.nr^ xbi c.-n: xb
^n^O = (there shall remain) nothing (if
them, neither of tlieir midtitmle, nor of
their wealth. Tiie pa-onomasia of the
words cn^ , cri-^nr , cnrnis . seems to
have given occasion for this new or at
least unusual form.
or? and fITSn pers. Pron. 3 plur. masc.
iiy. Lat. a ; sometimes connected with
a fem. as if for Lat. ece. Zech. 5, 10.
Ruth 1, 22. The general use of this
pron. is similar to that of Xin q. v. viz.
1. Without emphasis, they, Lat. ii.
Gen. 37, 16 D-'sS on na\N| ^b nnsn tell
'22*
me where they arc feeding. 44, 4. Often
with a particip. marking the present
time. Ex. 5, 8. 6, 27. 14, 3.
2. With a certain emphasis, i. q. avrol.
Ps. 37. 9 71X ri-i*^"; nan nin-j ^jp those
that wait ujion Jehovah, they shall possess
tlie land. 23.4. 43, 3. Gcn.14,24. Gcn.44,
3 the men were sent away, cn"<ntni nan
they and their asses. 7, 14. 42, 35.
3. Subjoined to nouns, and with the
article ; e. g. in the formula cfin C^O^S
in those days, Sept. tv inlg ijfxi(iuit; ixti-
vaig, Gen. 6. 4. Ex. 2, 11. Deut. 17, 9. al.
sa*p. More rarely r^Tzriri c-i^'a Joel 3, 2.
4, 1. Zech. 8, 23. See'in xsin no. 3.
4. As involving the idea of the sub-
stantive verb, tliey are, Gen. 3, 7 attd
tliey knew Cii can"'? "'B that they (were)
naked. 34, 23. Ex' 15, 23. Is. 37, 19. saep.
Hence en , nan , stand also instead
of the substantive verb itself; Gen. 25,
16 bsr-:a;i 'JS en nbx the.^e are the sons
if Ishmad. 31, 21. Ps. 16, 3. Zech. 1, 9.
So even with feminines, Cant. 6, 8 D^'aiC
risbis nan there are threescore cpiecns.
Also lor the second person, Zeph. 2, 12;
see in xnn no. 4.
5. With prefixes : a) nana by them
Hab. 1, 16, i. q. comm. cna. b) nns,
nans, as they, i. q. such, like, 2 Sam. 24,
3.'jVr. 36, 32; comp. 2 K. 17, 3. c)
nanb i. q. cnb, Jer. 14, 16. d) nana
from them Ecc. 12, 12. Jer. 10, 2. But
ona Ez. 8, 6 is for on na ; see na.
* '-V fut. i^ani], onomatop. like
Engl, to hum, Germ, hummen, of bees,
whence Hummel humble-bee ; comp.
also Germ, binimmen. summen, Arab.
I. g t.^ , ( yS . and (j*^^ ; pr. spoken of
any murmuring, confused noise or sound ;
similar to nf^ q. v. Hence :
1. Of the sounds uttered by certain
animals, e. g. to groxcl as a bear Is. 59,
11; to groiol or snarl as a dog Ps. 59, 7.
15 ; to coo as a dove Ez. 7, 16. Trop. of
the sighing, moaning of men Ps. 55. 18.
77, 4 : which also is compared with the
growling of bears Is. 59. 11, and the coo--
ing of doves Ez. 7, 16.
2. Of various sounds and noises, genr.
to sound, to make a noise; so of the hum-
ming sound of the harp, comp. Germ.
Hummel as the "name of a species of harp
or gui^tar, Is. 16, 11, comp. 14, 11; also
T2'n
258
y^tl
of other musical instruments Jer. 48, 36 ;
of rain 1 K. 18, 41 ; of waves, to rage, to
roar, Ps. 46, 4. Is. 51, 15. Jer. 5, 22. 31,
35. 51, 55 ; also of a tumultuous crowd,
to be noisy, clamorous, Ps. 46, 7. 59, 7.
83, 3. Is. 17,12. Part. fem. njiain -,^5 Is.
22. 2. Hence ni'Tsin poet, noisij places,
i. 6. the public streets, Prov. 1, 21.
Prov. 20, 1 "13^ n^h )-}^q yh wine is a
mocker, strong drink is raging, noisy.
Comp. Zech. 9, 15.
3. Trop. of internal emotion, tumult,
of a mind agitated and disquieted by
cares, anxiety, pity, and the like, i. q. to
moan internally, to be disquieted, Ps. 42,
6. 12. Jer. 4, 19. 31, 20 ; comp. Cant. 5,
4. This internal moaning or commotion
is sometimes compared by the poets to
the sound of musical instruments, comp.
no. 2 ; just as Forster relates of the na-
tives of some of the islands in the Pacific,
that they call pity ' the barking of the
bowels.' Is. 16, 11 !i^ni -i'i233 sxi'!:^ "^yt!
7ny bowels sound (moan) like a harp for
Moab. Jer. 48, 36 o-'bbns axirb "^ab
'^'r.D!! '"y ^'^<jf''"^ shall moan for Moab like
pipes. Hence
4. Of a person roving about from in-
quietude, q. d. to buzz about, to ramble,
e. g. an adulterous woman Prov. 7, 11.
9, 13.
Deriv. en or cn , n;;sn , -(irn , pr. n.
:niiBn.
n"J2Jl see Cfi .
iian and 'ji'Sn Chald. pers. Pron. 3
rpers. plur. m. tliey, i. q. Heb. cn, Dan.
2, 34. Ezra 4, 10. 23.
nb^'an see nbm .
T -: y \ -
'ji'sn m. (r. nrn) once fem. Job 31, 34.
Comp. Itn .
1. noise, sound,, e. g. of rain 1 K. 18,
41 ; of singers Ez. 26, 13. Am. 5. 23;
espec. of a multitude 1 Sam. 4, 14. 14,
19. Job 39, 7. Hence
2. Meton. a multitude, crowd of men.
lion bip the noise of a multitude. Is,
13,4. Dan. 10,6; espoc. a tumultuous
crowd, a tumult, Is. 33, 3. 2 Sam. 18. 29.
D'i'ia v^sn Gen. 17, 4. 5, c^fi? 'n Is. 17,
12, a viultitnde ofnatimis. Cllis "'irn a
multilwle of women, many wires, 2 Chr.
il, 23. Espec. of troops, a host, army,
Judg. 4, 7. Dan. 11, 11. 12. 13. Also a
multitude of waters Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16.
3. mM//77McZe of possessions, i. e. abun-
dance, riches, wealth, Ps. 37, 16. Ecc. 5,
9, Is. 60, 4. Concr. the rich Is. 5, 13.
4. commotion oi' mind, disquietude. Is.
63. 15 "p?^ Il^n pr. the soimding (moan-
ing) of thy bowels, i. e. thy compassion.
Comp. r. nrn no. 3.
"jian see irn ,
f"C'*i'J2n (multitude) Hamonah, pro-
phetical name of a city in a valley
where the slaughter of Magog is to
take place, Ez. 39. 16. R. ri^r\ .
^T'-''*} f- sound of a harp. Is. 14, 11.
R. m:n'.
^'t}^ obsol. root, Arab. Jc*.JO lo rain
continually, kindr. with ^^ti. The pri-
mary idea is prob. that of noise, sound;
comp. nan spoken of rain 1 K. IS, 41.
Hence
'^f''2n and SlJ^'ain f. noise, sound, i.q.
,i':n. Jer. 11, 16. Ez. 1, 24 hip Dnsba
n;rn2 IJlpD nlb7:n (I heard) as they went
the sound of their noise as the smmd of
a host. Comp. "prn bip Is. 13,4. 33, 3.
1 K. 20, 13. 28 ; espec. Dan. 10, 6.
* Q'=7 fut. ch^ , i. q. C!in , pr. to put
in motion ; hence
1. to put in commotion, conMemation ;
to disturb, to discomfit, e. g. God his ene- '
mies, Ex. 14, 24. 23, 27. Josh. 10, 10. Ps.
144, 6 cfinrii Ti-'SZn nbv send forth thine
arrows and discomft them, sc. the ene-
mies. Ps. 18, 15. 2 Chr. 15, 6 errn c\n'l:i<
nn:-l:Da God did discomft them with
all affliction. Hence
2. to destroy utterly, to make extinct,
Deut. 2, 15. Esth. 9, 24 joined with "ISK ;
Jer. 51, 34 joined with bsH .
3. to impel, to drive. Is. 28, 28 drh
ir^5S bjiba he driveth the wheels of his
car, i. e. threshing-dray.
NiPH. flit. cH;) . to be moved, disturbed,
e. g. a city, land, Ruth 1, 19. 1 Sam. 4,
5. 1 K. 1, 45. Simonis wrongly refers
this form to C>in.
I'Sn i. q. '^viTi q. V. hence Ez. 5, 7
C^i'ivn^ia nsjian "y^ becav.^e of your tu-
mult more than the nations, i. c. because
you have been more tumuitnous than
the nations round about j comp. r. nan
ran
259
Ttun
no. 2. Hero aasrn is for 033bn (from
*jin); or peril, this latter form is the
true reiuiiiig.
fOH Hainan pr. n. of a Persian noble,
celebnited for his plots against the Jews,
Esth. 3, 1 sq. Perh. Pers. -UjO homdm
magnificent. 8])Icn(]id ; or Sunscr. heman,
the planet Mercury.
?p3'an Chald. or according to Cheth.
flSTan, Dan. 5, 7. 16. 2^ a necklace,
neck-chain. Lat. monile. Corresponding
is Syr. ) i >1 Voi , ) n i.1 Snoi , and Gr. ftavi-
axtjg, fiavlanov, fiuyvoi;, also fiaruxiov^
fiitvfuxio}; all which are diminutives
from uuroi:, fiun-og, fiovvos, words chiefly
Doric, whence also Lat. monile ; see
Polyb. 2. 31. Pollux 5. 16; also the
LXX, in Biel and Schleusner. The n
in the Chald. and Syriac words is pros-
thetic, and "^ or Tj"^ is a diminutive
ending common also to the Persians and
Greeks. Comp. also Sanscr. mani, a
gem, pearl.
C^t^i obsol. root, i.q. [wi*.jO; yi.4.jC,
which are spoken of any light noise,
comp. "Tsn, ^B'7, T^rj, ""5*7 ; e. g. as of
persons moving or walking ; or of small
boughs or brushwood thrown together
and breaking, i.e. the cracking or crack-
ling of brushwood ; comp. by transpos.
ajmJ^ to break any thing dry, as twigs,
brushwood, j^juijjb brushwood. Hence
DXiaril m. plur. Is. 64, 1, brushwood,
twigs. Saadias well retains y | 7 ^\ .
'r'.r' "0*^ i" "^^ '"^ Hebrew; Arab.
-4^0 to Jlow rapidly, to stream, to
pour; 'iyjn rain, a heavy shower.
The primary idea is doubtless that of
noise, sound, (comp. n^n , and see l"aj II,
note.) as in ^^n, which indeed comes
from this root, the "i being softened into
b . Hence prob. also the Greek ofi^Qog,
hat. imber. Similar is 'Ti'Q.
Deriv. rin^nis.
! I'..' pers. Pron. 3 pers. plur. fern.
tliey, ece ; found only with prefixes, as
ina Gen. 19, 29. 30, 26. 37 ; '{rvs Ez. 18,
14 ; inia Ez. 16, 47 ; ',nb therefore Ruth
1, 13. As a separate pronoun it always
takes n parag. as T\IT\ , q. v.
* II. "iH^ with Makk."n 1. Adv. or
interj. demonstrative, to.' behold! Kin-
dred particles are Arab. ^\ lo! HjO,
\JJt here, Gr. riv, rfvl i. q. Dsn , Tivl8e, Lat.
en; also Chald. "(H, "jnn, "(nx, pron. dc-
monstr. hie, hsec, hoc. Indeed, demon-
strative pronouns and adverbs are often
expressed by the same or similar words;
comp. tJl, 61 lo! and Ijoe this
x
where, and j^| who? Gen. 3, 22. 4,
14. 11, 6. 1.5, 3. 19, 34. 27, 11. 29, 7. 30, 34.
39; 8. 47, 23. Job 8, 19, etc. More fre-
quent is rtin q. V.
2. It passes over into a particle of
affirmation, lo ! i. q. yea, siirely, as in the
Talmud. Gen. 30, 34 where Saadiaa
well, *ju. Hence 'fryh \. q. -,2^ .
3. Also into a particle of interroga-
tion, num ? or at least of oblique interro-
gation, whether? Jer. 2, 10 nnin in !ix"i
rxTS see, whether there be such a thing.
Comp. Chald. '^Ti no. 2. This transition
of demonstrative particles into interro-
gatives is easy ; comp. Heb. n , CN lett.
B ; also Syr. Itn lo ! which is u.sed inter-
rogatively in some formulas, as foi |3' ig
not 1 Lat. ecquid 1 for en quid or ecce
quid.
4. As a conditional particle, if, i. q.
BK lett. C, like Chald. "irT, Syr. "l ; but
chiefly in the later books which verge
towards Chaldaism. E. g. 2 Chr. 7. 13
where cx follows. Job 40, 23. Is. 54, 15.
Jer. 3, 1. The manner in which this
signification has arisen, is apparent from
the following passages of the Penta-
teuch : Lev. 25, 20 whdt shall we eat the
seventh year 7 snn xb ',n for lo ! we
shall not sow, etc. i. q. unless we sow, if
we do not sow. Ex. 8, 22.
in Chald. 1. lo! surely, Dan. 3, 17.
2. whether, Ezra 5, 17.
3. if Dan. 2, 5. 6. 3, 15. 18. Repeat-
ed, if or, whether or, Ezra 7, 26.
^fn (Milel) I. As pers. Pron. 3 pers.
plur. fern, they, ece. Gen. 41, 19; also
themselves, ipsce, avial, Gen. 33. 6 ; with
art. these 1 Sam. 17, 28. Often as in-
cluding the substantive verb, Gen. 6, 2
W(
:n
260
^3n
hsn ri-ii "^S ; or put directly for it, Gen.
41. 26 r^tT} fij^ S2 ni::'sn nins yno.
V. 27. With prefixes, e. g. l^S'^^ Lev.
5, 22. Num. 13, 19 ; nrn'a Lev. 4^ 2. Is.
34, 16 ; ntrib Ez. 1, 5. 23 ; nsns as they,
such. Gen. 41, 19. Job 23, 14 ; Visn=T nsns
tc^ aH(Z ^M;^ things 2 Sam. 12, 8. See
II. Adv. of place : a) hither, to this
place, compounded from "jfi II, lo, here,
and n parag. local ; Gen. 45, 8. Josh. 3,
9. al. nsni nrn hither and thither, this
way and that way. Josh. 8, 20. 1 Sam.
20. 21 nrni r,^?; from thee hither, i. e.
on this side of thee, opp. nxbJii VjB^,
see nx^n . So nsr!""!? hitherto in
place, thus far, Num. 14, 19. 1 Sam. 7,
12 ; hitfier 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. 8, 7 ;
spoken of time, hitherto, as yet, Gen. 15,
16. 1 Sam. 1, 16, etc. Contracted into
(75, rti"is, q. V. b) here, in this place,
Arab. \jj&, where H is merely demon-
strative, Gen. 21, 29. Repeated, here . . .
there Dan. 12, 5 ; nsni nin here and
there 1 K. 20, 40.
nan, with Makk. Ni-nsn Gen. 19, 2,
i. q. *(H with n parag. having a demon-
strative power, (like "ix , n*X .) a demon-
strative particle, interj. lo ! behold ! For
the etymology, or rather analogy, see in
ji^ II. It serves to point out both per-
sons and things, places and actions ;
Gen. 12, 19 "WTTX Tslt) behnhl, thy wife.
16, 6. 18, 9 ^nsi n|n behold, in the tent.
20, 15. 16. 1, '29' 'w D=^ "'P.r;: nsn lo, I
give unto you every herb, etc. Espec. in
descriptions and in lively narration, ani-
mated discourse ; Gen. 40, 9 rtsr.l ""^na
"SB^ *|S5 t/i my dream, and lo, a vine vas
before me. v. 16. 41,2.3. Is. 29, 8; comp.
Dan. 2, 31. 7, 5. 6. Sometimes it serves
for incitement, exhortation ; Ps. 134, 1
I'l rst !i3"i3 n:n behold, bless ye Jehovah.
When the thing to be pointed out is
expressed by a personal pronoun, this is
appended to MSn as a suffix ; as in Plau-
tus ecaim for ecce eum. The forms are :
"SJn behold mc, the pron. being in the
accus. since the particle contains a ver-
bal idea, sec Hcb. Gr. 98, 5 ; in Pause
''JSn Gen. 22, 1. 11. 27, 1, and ^srn 22,
7. 27, 18. r,sn behold thee Gen. 20, 3,
once n=Jn 2 k. 7, 2 ; fern. r\in Gen. 16,
11. isn befiold him, eccum, Num. 23, 17.
nin behold us Josh. 9, 25 ; in Pause ilisn
Job 38, 35, ^S2n Gen. 44, 16. 50, 18. trsri
Deut. 1, 10. ' csn Gen. 47, 1. The Ibrma
'i3Sn behold me! liSti behold us! are used
by way of answer when persons are call-
ed, and imply that they are present and
ready. Gen. 22, 1. 7. 11. 27, 1. 8. Num.
14, 40. 1 Sam. 3, 8. Job 38, 35. Is. 52, 6.
58, 9. 65, 1. Further, nsrj c. suff. is
very often in animated discourse put be-
fore a participle standing for a finite verb,
and espec. for the future ; Gen. 6, 17
'n rx N"'3T5 "^Jin pr. behold me about to
bring a deluge, i. e. behold, I will bring,
etc. 20, 3 ra r,2!i behold thee about to
die, i. e. behold thou art a dead man. Is.
3, I. 7, 14. 17, 1. Jer. 8, 17. 30, 10. Also
for the prater. Gen. 37, 7. 1 Chr. 11, 25 ;
and the present. Gen. 16, 14. Ex. 34, 11.
Rarely a finite verb follows, the person
being changed ; as Is. 28, 16 IS"^ ">;5n
behold me, who layeth, etc.
"'H'rV ^- (verbal of Hiph. r. n^:) per-
mission of rest, rest, quiet, Esth. 2, 18.
Sept. and Chald. understand a remis-
sion of tribute.
Dsn Hinnom, see in X^a lett. a,
ysn Hena, pr. n. of a city of Mesopo-
tamia, otherwise unknown, 2 K. 18, 34.
19, 13. Is. 37, 13.
*^_! an interject, onomatopoetic like
hist ! hush ! implying silence ! comp. Gr.
ff/>. Hab. 2, 20. Zeph. 1, 7. Zech. 2,
17. Judg. 3, 19. Amos 6, 10. Adv. si-
lently Am. 8, 3, Sept. (Tio}7ir,v. It was
declined like Imp. Piel ; so plur. IBn
Neh. 8, 11. Hence the verb
"kCn denom. only in Hiph. fut. 0^*5,
to hush, to still, e. g. a people, Num.
13, 30.
n^*Bn f. intermission, patise, Lam. 3,
49. R. 51B.
* "^IIV ^^^- "'2^!-) 1 Pers. Tt'cinx Zeph.
3, 9. Aram. .^01 , Arab. viHil .
1. to turn, to turn about or over, e. g.
a cake Hos. 7, 8; a dish 2 K. 21. 13; a
bed, i. q. to make, Ps. 41, 4. T^'l'^ "bn
tiini tliy hand, sc. in driving a chariot, so
as to cause the horses to turn round,
i. e. turn about, return, 1 K. 22. 34. 2
Chr. 18. 33 ; comp. 2 K. 9, 23. t^p -cn
'b 'JB^ to turn Vie back (neck) to any
1
sn
261
m
one, Josh. 7, 8. Intrans. like Engl, to
turn, also axfiiiffiv in Horn, to turn one-
self, to turn about, 2 K. 5, 26 ; hence
to turn back, to flee, Judg. 20, 39. 41.
Ps. 78, 9.
2. to overturn, to overthrow, to destroy
cities, Gen. 19, 21. 25. Deut. 29, 22 ; c.
I ;> -*'i.
a Am. 4, 11. Arab. yyLX-Aj^M the
overturned, destroyed, xat iioxr,v of
Sodom and Gomorrah.
3. to turn, to convert, to change, Ps.
105, 25. With b to turn into any thing,
Ps. 66, 6. 105, 29. Jer. 31, 13 ; without b
Ps. Ill, 8. Intrans. as in no. 1, to turn,
to be turned, changed, c. ace. into any
thing ; Lev. 13, 3 -,2^ ritrt JSSa -irb the
hair in the plag-ue (spot) is turned white.
V. 4. 10. 13. 20.
4. to turn away, to pervert, e. g. the
words of any one, Jer. 23, 36. Comp.
NiPH. '?]Bn3,inf absol. T^iB^lS , part, f
in pause rironj Jon. 3, 40.
1. to turn oneself about, to turn back,
Ez. 4. 8. Lam. 1, 20. Prov. 17, 20 ^nn:
ijuiba who turns about, is versatile, with
his tongue. With a to turn against any
one Job 19, 19 ; 55 to any one Is. 60, 5 ;
bs Josh. 8, 20 ; b Lam. 5, 2. 1 Sam. 4,
19 n'^i.S O'^b? i3Bn: her pains turned
themselves within her, i. e. began to
cause writhings within her ; see in bs
no. 3. e.
2. to be overturned, overthrown, de-
stroyed, Jon. 3, 4.
3. to be turned, i. e. to be changed,
with b Ex. 7, 15. Lev. 13. 16. 17 ; ace.
Lev. 13. 25. Spec, to be changed for
the worse Dan. 10, 8, see in lin no. 1 ;
to be changed, dried up, as moisture,
Ps. 32, 4.
HoPH. T\Qf^^ c. bs to be turned or to
turn against any one, to assail, Job 30,
15.
HiTHPA. 1. to turn oneself. Gen. 3, 24
rsBnn'2 ain a sword continually turn-
ing itself i. e. brandished, glittering.
Of a cloud turning itself, i. e. moving
about on the sky, Job 37, 12.
2. to be turned, changed. Job 38, 14.
3. i. q. to roll oneself, to tumble, Judg.
7, 13.
Deriv. those here following, and also
nrania, nson"9, nsisnn.
^'^r? or ^On rn. the reverse, the cori'
trary. Ez. 16, 34.
^fSn m. trop. perversenesa. Is. 29, 16
BMErt O your perverseness !
riDSn f overthrmc, destruction, Gen.
19, 29. R. T,Bn no. 2.
tJEDBn adj. turning, Vnnding, crooked,
Prov.'21,8. 0pp. -ittJv R. Tisn.
nbsn f (verbal of Hiph. r. bsj) a
snatching away, deliverance, Esth. 4, 14.
"("^V obsol. root, prob. i. q. ^^'^
and Jj 'iT^ , the letters n and n being
interchanged, to be firm, strengthened,
G
fortified; whence j^w^oa. defence, weap-
ons, Ethiop. Jii.'J iron, plur. iron imple-
ments, weapons. Hence
"jsn Ez. 23, 24, weapons, arms, as the
Targums and Kimchi well. Many co-
pies read '|Sh .
"^n m. (r. i"^!! q. v.) with He loc. rnri
Gen. 14, 10 ; with art. "inn, and He lo-
cal iTjnn Gen. 12, 8. 19, 17^ 19. al. Plur.
n-'-in , constr. """in , with art. n'<nnn .
1. a mountain, moitnt, Germ. Berg ;
corresponding is Gr. oqog, Slavic gora.
Is. 30, 25. 40, 9. 57, 7. al. seep. Often
with a pr. n. as "'J'^p "irt Mount Sinai,
"nan -n Mount Tabor ; and with the
art. 'liia'^rt irt Mount Lebanon. Further,
DTibxn in the Tnounlain of God, i. e. a)
Sinai, as the place where the law was
given, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 27. 18, 5. b) Zion
Ps. 24. 2. Is. 2, 3 ; which also is often call-
ed God''s holy mountain, mostly ^tti'ij^ in ,
iffllf? in , where the suff. refers to God,
Is.ii,9. 56,7. 57,13. Ps.2,6. 15,1. 43,3.
Obad. 16. Ez. 20,40. More fully Zion is
called "^i; n-'a in Is. 2, 2. c) In plur. the
Holy Land, Palestine, as being moun-
tainous, the mountains of God, Is. 14, 25.
49, 11. 65, 9. On the superstition of the
ancient nations and partic. of the He-
brews, by which they regarded moun-
tains as sacred and the seats of the
Deity, see Comment, on Is. Vol. II. p.
316 sq. Gramberg die Religionsideen
des A. T. Pref p. XV sq. r-^n-Jrsn in
the mmint i. e. citadel, castle, of the de-
stroyer, spoken of Babylon, Jer. 51, 25.
in
262
nin
2. Collect, mountains, mountainous re-
gion, Germ. Gebirge, Josh. 14, 12 ; e. g.
T^sb 111 iAe Tnountains ofSeirj rTiJirTi ifn
<Ae mountains ofJudah, Josh. 15, 48. "irt
*(Tl's f/i mountains of Bashan, Ps. 68, 16.
With the art. itirt <Ae Tnountains, xax
i^oxr^v, viz. a) The high mountainous
tract extending nearly through Pales-
tine between the plain on the sea-coast
and the valley of the Jordan, Gen. 12, 8.
Josh. 9, 1. b) The mountains of Judah,
i. e. the same tract south of Jerusalem,
(ri o^itLvri Luke 1,39,) Num. 13,29. Deut.
1, 2. c) The mountainous region east
of the Dead Sea, afterwards the country
of Moab, Gen. 14, 10. 19, 17. 19. 30.
3. In proper names : a) Cin "iH
(mount of the sun) Mount Heres, a city
of the Samaritans, Judg. 1, 35. b) Irt
Dins*i , see '^?1
"in see ^in.
^"^^ (mountainous land) Hara, pr. n.
of a region of Assyria, 1 Chr. 5, 26. Prob.
Media Magna, now called t*^ l3'T^
^Jrilk ''Ajamy, also JLa:^! el-Jebdl the
mountains. See Bochart Phaleg III.
c. 14.
'^'^r? (mount of God) put for the
altar of burnt-offering, Ez. 43, 15; called
also there and in v. 16 i'>5'''ix q. v.
no. II.
*J7 fut. 5"i^i'2 , to kill, to slay, viz.
a) Men, spoken not only of homicide
between private persons (for which also
nsn) Gen. 4, 8 sq. Ex. 2, 14 ; but also of
the ehuighter of enemies in war, Is. 10, 4.
14,20. Josh. 10,11. 13,23; and of any
killing, 1 K. 19, 10 sq. 2 K. 11, 18. Esth.
9, 6 ; whether done with the sword Ex.
22, 23. 2 Sam. 12, 9. Am. 4, 10, or by a
Btone thrown Judg. 9. 54. Hence ascribed
also to the pestilence Jer. 18, 21 ; to a
viper Job 20, 16 ; and poet, even to grief,
vexation, Job 5, 2. b) Boasts, Is. 27, 1 ;
hence to slaughter for eating, Is. 22, 13.
c) Plants, like Engl, to kill. Ps. 78, 47
njBJ T^aa jSn"" he killed their vines with
hail; romp. riTS Job 14, 8. and see in
Mia. Virg. Georg. 4. 330 f el ices inter-
Jice messes. Conetnjed mostly c. ace.
rarely c. b , 2 Sam. 3. 30. Job 5, 2 ; also
c. a, q. d. to slay among them, 2 Chr.
28, 9. Ps. 78, 31. Comp. a A. 2.
NiPH. pass, to be killed, slain, Ez. 26,
6. 15.
PuAL id. Is. 27, 7. Ps. 44, 23.
Deriv. the two following :
^^0 ^- ^ killing, slaughter, Is. 27, 7.
30,25. Ez.26,15. Esth. 9, 5. Prov.24,11.
^5'T'O ^ id. nanqn "jKS sheep for the
slaughter Zech. 11, 4. 7 ; comp. the verb
Is. 22, 13. nj-nnn X-^a the valley of slaugh-
ter Jer. 19, 6. ' R. a"in .
* n'^M fut. conv. ^nw ; inf nhn, inn.
1. to become pregnant, to conceive,
spoken of a female ; the etymology
seems to lie in the idea of swelling, kin-
dred with -inn, nnnn. Gen. 4, 1. 17.
16, 4. 21, 2. 25' 21. "29, 32 ; with h of the
man to or by whom one conceives, Gen.
38, 18. Part, nnin she that conceives,
hence poet, for a moth,er. Cant. 3, 4. Hos.
2, 7. The Heb. interpreters also affirm
that plur. cnin is put as if by Zeugma
for both parents Gen. 49, 26 ; comp.
Arab, j^^l the two fathers, i. e. the
parents. But see under nin .
2. Metaph. to conceive in mind ; hence
to meditate, to purpose any thing. Ps. 7,
15 nptti nb^l brs ln'^11 he conceived mis-
chief and brought forth disappointment.
Job 15, 35. Is. 33, 11. 59, 4.
Note. Some ascribe also to this verb
the sense to bring forth, to bear, appeal-
ing to 1 Chr. 4, 17 D^n^-rx nnnn. But
here the writer only omits to mention
the birth.
PuAL ii'yi pass, to be conceived. Job 3,
3 and. (perish) the night which said nnh
nrs a man-child is conceived. Schultcns
well : " Inducitur nox ilia (in qua Jobus
conceptus sit) quasi conscia mysterii et
exultans ob spem prolis virilis."
Po. inf. absol. inh Is. 59, 13, i. q. Kal
no. 2.
Deriv. 'p-in, "inn, *,i"'';n, and
^"''7 adj. only fern. Tr^Ti pregnant,
with child. Gen. 16, 11. 38724. 25. Ex.
21, 22. al. With b of pers. to or by
whom, Gen. 38,25. 'rbb n'\'n with child
near to be delivered 1 Sam. 4, 19. rnn
Bbl5 ever pregnant Jer. 20, 17. Plur.
ri-n Jer. ibid. With snff. rj^^li^^j
cnTinn (forms with Dag. f impl. as if
from"Pi.)2K. 8, 12. 15, 16.
nnn
263
inn
^TTin Chiilil. cnncepdon, thought, from
innn to conceive in mind, to think, see
Chiild. r. I'^n , Plur. Dun. 4, 2, siioken of
visions in dreams, like the synon. )'i'^?1
2, 29. 30, 4, IG. Syr. fioiioi fancy, ima-
gination.
"P"^*!} m. (r. !t;H) conception, pregnan-
cy^ Gen. 3, 16. Tserc impure.
"'"^'7 i- q* ""^-T) ^'^'^- "'"^"i whence
T^ni'nn Hos. 14, 1. R. nnn.
'ji'^'^n m. (r. Tnn) conceplioii, Ruth 4,
13. Ho8. 9, U.
^"^"^n f. (r. ^y}) something torn
doir, a ruin, e. g. a house demolished,
Am. 9, 11.
flWin f. (r, D";n) a tearing down,
destruction, Is. 49, 19.
* D!]7 obsol. root, i. q. nnx, cn, to
he high. Arab. ^^Jb to make great, to
s- -
lift up; whence (j^a pyramid, lofty
building. Hence l"i^";ri and
0"^"^ (height, after the form cbi3 ; or
mountaineer, from iH with the ending
t-,) Horam,, pr. n. of a Canaanitish
king. Josh. 10, 33.
Q^<^ (exalted) Harum, pr. n. ra. 1
Chr. 4, 8.
jTO^in i. q. (I'a'^S^, a fortress, castle,
sc. of an enemy. Am. 4, 3. R. cnn .
"i"?*? (mountaineer, from "iH) Ilaran,
pr. n. m. a) The brother of Abraham,
Gen. 11, 26. 27. b) 1 Chr. 23, 9. For
*,nn n"a see p. 1 29. n.
*0^n fut. Dhnn Job 12, 14. Is. 22,
19, and onn-i Ex. 15, 7. 2 K. 3, 25.
1. to pull or tear down, to destroy.
The primary signif lies in the syllable
OT, which like y^, Gr. ^rja<7b>, ^jJttw,
Germ, reissen, is onomatopoetic, with
the notion of rending, tearing, pulling
in pieces, etc. Comp. ysn , n:'i , also
yi^- T"!^, V"!!?, O'^Q.etc. Arab. ^j-*tf,
4>*J0 to tear in pieces, to lacerate. Pr.
and mostly to tear dovm houses, cities,
walls, (opp. nsa Ps. 28, 5.) 1 K. 18, 30.
19, 10. Is. 14, 18. Jer. 1, 10. 45, 4. Lam.
2, 2. Ez. 13, 14. 16, 39. Mic. 5, 10. al.
Elsewhere also to tear out teeth, i. e. to
break out, Vs. 58, 7 ; to piill down from
a station Is. 22, 19 ; to pull or tear down
a people, to destroy, Ex. 15, 7 ; and hence
of a kingdom, Prov. 29, 4 a king by jus-
tice establisheth the land, ri^^i-n tti^sc^
nsqin";) but he that loveth bribes pulleth
it clown, i. e. an unjust king destroys it.
2. Intrans. to tear through, to break in ;
Ex. 19, 21 '^"^x ^lOin-i-fO lest they break
thrnngh unto Jehovah, v, 24.
NiPH. to be torn down, overthrown, dcr-
stroyed, Ps. 11, 3. Joel 1, 17, Ez. 30,4.aL
Also of mountains, Ez, 38, 20,
PiEL i. q. Kal no, 1, Ex. 23, 24. Is.
49, 17.
Deriv. noinn, nwinn, and
^^^ anal Xtyofi. and of doubtful au-
thority, destruction. Is. 19, 18 ; where
most Mss. and editions, as also Aqu.
Theod. Syr. re;ul: rnxb -irx;i onnn T'S)
one (^oi' these five cities) shall be called.
The city of destruction, i.e. in tlie idiom
of Isaiah, one of these cities shall be de-
stroyed; comp. x^i? Niph. no. 2.y. The
Jews of Palestine, who approved this
reading, referred it to Leontopolis in
Egypt and its temple, which they ab-
horred, and the destruction of which
they supposed to be here predicted.
But the more probable reading is D^n
q. V. no. 2. See more in Comment, on
Is. 1. c.
-'t a ^'^^ "ot m use, prob. to swell;
kindr. with iTin to become pregnant, pr.
to swell, to become tumid ; Chald. in*?!
to become pregnant- Hence "^Ji, irf,
i^n. mountain, "'"^'^H.
"^TT) Chald. in Peal not used, kindr.
with Heb. nnn to conceive; Palp. "iHiri
to conceive in mind, to think. Hence
in-in.
^y^ , once c. sufT. "'"I'lii Jer. 17, 3, and
"T^n only c. suff. "^nnn Ps. 30, 8 ; Plur.
constr. ""Tf^; c- euff. r)'''}::;'^ Deut. 8, 9,
i. q. "ifi , a mountain, but mostly poetic.
Jer. 17, 3 inx fsb nT>3a "^nnn my
mountain (Zion) with the field . . . will
I give as spoil ; in the parallel clause
is PNsna Tj^ni^aa thy high places with
their sin i. e. with their idols. R. '\'^X\.
- T
'^y^TS, 2 Sam. 23, 33, and '7?7 r. 11,
a mountaineer, inhabiting the mountain-
ous tract of Ephraim or Judah. it. "rvrt .
du;n
264
1
tnCn (peril, i. q. Clin fat) Ilashem,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 34; in the parall.
passage 2 Sam. 23, 32 is TIJ^ .
m^iatn verbal of Hiph. (r. 5!^':J)
i. q. inf. a causing to hear. Ez. 24. 26
C^siN niyrCijb tu cause the ears to hear.
?)^r\n verb. Hiph. (r. T|r;3) a melling,
Ez. 22, 22.
'^K''^. Hatach, pr. n. of a eunuch in
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 4, 5. Bohlen
compares 5 JiJ& verity.
^^'^i a secondary root not used in
Kal, formed from Hiph. of the verb hhr\ .
Most of the forms exhibit manifestly an
origin from b|n; while in others the
letter n acquires the nature of a radical.
The former is the case in Prset. brn
Gen. 31, 7; inf bnn Ex. 8, 25; fut.
tl^rnn Job 13, 9; pass. hr\'n Is. 44, 20 ;
all which are real forms of Hiph. and
Hoph. from bbr\. The latter has place
in bnrtn i K. 18, 27; ibrn-i Jer. 9, 4;
and the derivatives n'^^rn, ni^rnia ; in
all which n is retained as if radical.
These forms signify :
1. to deceive, c. 3 Gen. 31, 7. Judg.
16, 10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9, 4.
2. to viock, to deride, 1 K. 18, 27. See
the derivatives above.
Note. In the kindred languages the
root bbn is both primary and secondary,
and the guttural preformative (n) as-
sumes also the power of a radical letter.
Thus Arab. Jo is to cause to fall, to
prostrate ; whence Hiph. blPrt to deceive,
like nai , affuXla, /alio j which trop.
sense also belongs to the kindr. Jds to
defraud. Then from bnn , the letter n
being changed for a harsher guttural,
comes JjCi>- to deceive, to defraud, JJc^
fraud, cunning ; comp. Ewald, Heb.
Gramm. p. 487, where he errs only in
denying that M is at all radical. Other
secondary roots of this kind, in which
one or another servile letter becomes
radical, are rri3 , nntlj , axn , q. v. Also
from the kindred languages we may
add : nCi? bow from r. dip, and thence
w4uA_D ; Tirn from 11TJ , thence Rabb.
Tirrn ; \, n^n\? before, from 'Vila,
thence nnS; .
Deriv. ri^nn'a , and
D'^!?rn m. plur. mockings, derisions,
poet, for mockers, Job 17, 2.
^\}\^ in Kal not used, prob. i. q.
rrn, JLj&, to break; whence to break
in upon, to set upon, to assail any one.
Hence as mjimI Xfyofi.
PoEL Ps. 62, 4 ir-'X bs Jinninn riDX ns
how long will ye break in upon a man 7
i. e. set upon him. Sept. innl&iads,
Vulg. irruitis. Less well Abulwalid
assigns to this root the sense of talking,
prating. Others assume a root nin,
comp. Arab. (c,>UC to acclaim, to ap-
plaud. Simonis compares Arab, cju^ to
harm, to injure.
Vav, the sixth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet ; as a numeral denoting 6.
The name VaV, 1J , sometimes written
fi, denotes a pi^g, nail, hook, see in its
order; to which Its form in many ancient
alphabets bears a resemblalnce.
For the twofold power and oflicc of
this letter, as movable and quiescent,
Bee the Grammars. As a consonant, it
is rarely found at the beginning of a root,
Yod (') being mostly substituted for it,
as *jb; for *ibl tU* ; in the middle of a
root it is sometimes movable, and is
there interchanged with 3 q. v. but
oflener it is quiescent, sec Lehrg. p.
406 ; at the end of a root or word it is
quiescent, except in a few examples, as
ys'^ , nnbuJ . See Thesaur. p. 393.
1 , or 1 before Sheva movable and the
letters r)na, also *) before monosyllables
and barytones eepcc. when marked with
1
265
a distinctive accent (sec Heb. Gr. 102.
2), the Conjunction copulative, aiid,
et, xul, Arab. I H'aw and vj, Syr. o,
Ethiop. (D The use of this particle is
of wide extent; since the Hebrews, in
many cases where sentences are to be
connected, did not accurately distinguish
the exact manner of connection; but
in the Biinpliciiy of an early language
rested sutirffied with this one copula,
where more cultivated tongues employ
various particles, adversative, causal,
Gnal, etc. To its very frequent use is to
be ascribed especially an appearance of
loose simplicity, which is characteristic
of the Hebrew. Hence
1. Primarily and most frequently Vav
is merely a Copula, serving both to con-
nect Mxrrdf, as ^'IXHT c^BiBn Gen. 1, 1 ;
^-I'ai ?nh 1.^; and also sentences, espec.
as cont intuit ice of disrourse. e.g. Gen. 1,
2 inhj ^nh nnin yixni . Special uses
as connecting words, are the following:
a) Where three, (bur, or more nouns
or verbs are connected, the copula is
inserted, either before each one after the
first. Gen. 6. 21. Ex. 25. 4. Deut. 14, 26 ;
or only before the latter ones, as the
third, if there are three, Gen. 13, 2. Ex.
28, 19 ; the third and fourth, if four. Deut.
18, 10 ; the third, fourth, and fifth, if five ;
2 K. 23, 5. Or, what is more remote
from our usage, it is inserted between
the first and second, and not before the
subsequent ones ; as Ps. 45, 9 ribnxl lb
niy^sp myrrh and aloes and cassia, v.
5. Deut. 29, 22. Job 42, 9. Is. 1, 13. For
the omission of the copula, constructio
asyndeta, see Lehrg. p. 842. Ewald
Heb. Gr. 354. 5.
b) Sometimes two nouns are connect-
ed by Vav, of which the first denotes a
genus and the other a species, or at least
the latter is included in the former ; here
Vav is i. q. and especially, and particu-
larly, and namely. So ob^nn'^') nnsin-i
Judah and especially Jerusalem. Is. 1, 1.
2, 1. In like manner. Is. 9, 7 Ephraim,
and among them the inhabitants of Sa-
maria. Ps. IS, 1. More rarely is the
special word put first, 2 K. 23, 2 Jertisa-
lem and the rest of Judah. Is. 24, 23
Zion and Jerusalem. Jer. 21, 7. So
23
Ldt. P(eni el Hannibal Just. 29. 3 ; Hatv-
nilxil et Poeni Liv. 21. 40.
c) The copula is occasionally inserted
between words strictly in apposition,
Engl, even, and that too. 1 Sam. 28, 3
in^sni ma^a in liamah, even in his own
city.' Cli'a'ld. Dan. 4, 10 ttJ''^;?! "i-'J a
watcher {i\nge\), evena holy one. Some-
times the copula thus adds emphasis to
the word to which it is prefixed ; 2 Sara.
13, 20 nisaiiii nian aaJni and Tamar
abode, and that desolate. Lam. 3. 26. Is.
57, 11 have I not held my peace obijai
even from of old? Am. 3, 11.
d) The copula sometimes connects
two words, whether nouns or verbs, in
such a way that they coalesce and form
one idea, a) In nouns this constitutes
the figure Hendiadys (eV diu dvolv) ; in
which the latter noun depends upon and
serves to define the former, as elsewhere
the genitive. Gen. 1, 14 and they shall
be D"'"iSiT3bl nirxb _/(rr signs and for sea-
sons, i. e. for signs of seasons. Gen. 3,
16 / will imdtiply thy sorrow and thy
pregnancy, i. e. the sorrow of thy preg-
nancy. So ni2ST Ton favour and fide-
lity, i. e. constant favour, see in risx no.
2. But the defining noun may also,
stand first ; as 2 Chr. 16, 14 ti'':T!| c-'iaisa:
odours and kinds, i. e. divers kinds oC
odours. Job 10, 17. (i) Of two verbs-
so connected by the copula, the latter is-
dependent on the former, and elsewhere-
is oftener put in the infin. or in a finite-
form without the copula ; see Heb. Gr..
139. Esth.8,6-'n-^xni b=!ix ^2D'^^;^o^c
can I endure and see? i. e. endure to see.
Cant. 2, 3. Very often we may best,
render the first verb in Engl, by an ad-
verb ; as n;5*] ^P'^'^1 he added and took,
i. q. he again took. Gen. 25, 1. 26, 18-
"isni 3t'*l he returned and dug, i. e. he
again dug. Dan. 9, 25.
e) The copula is also used where to
the primary person there is subjoined a
person or thing less important ; which
is expressed in Engl, more definitely by
with, and likewise in Heb. often by the
particles as , a . Esth. 4, 16 "'nisjl '3X
a^as / and my maidens will fast, i. q.
''TT^l^ CS / with my maidens. Jer. 22,
7. Gen. 3, 24 Cherubim and the blade of
a glittering sword, i. e. with a glittering
sword. 1 K. 20, 20. Judg. 7, ID. In a
1
266
eimilar way the ancient interpp. under-
stood the difficult passage : 1 Sam. 14,
18 the ark of God was at that time ""is^
ix-jb-i Engl. Vers, with Hue children of
Israel; Vulg. cum, Syr. Chald. >iik,
2 . Better to read 'b^ "'rsb as Sept. or
f ) In the following idiom peculiar to
the Pentateuch and Joshua. Vav is put
like Lat. etiam, simul, i. q. also as, even
for, at the same time. Num. 34, 6
iiriiii biijn n;^n crb n^rt;; c*n bi-;:i cmd
as tor the westerm border, there shall he
to you the great sea even for a border ;
i. q. in Greek mjvti, vfjuv . ..xul Zqtov,
Arab. \juo. Deut. 3, 16 r\'.7\ '^iiy^ bna i?
b>ir5!| hniTi even unto the brook Arnon,
to the middle of the brook, which is even
for the border, v. 17. Josh. 13, 23 ^r\y\
b^Z}^ -nn^n i^^S'i "^ja h^zi and the bor-
der of tlie children of Reuben was Jor-
dan, even for a border, y- 27. 15, 12. 47.
See Thesaur. p. 394 sq.
g) When a noun is repeated, the in-
sertion of the copula denotes : ) Pr. a
dmibling, something two-fold ; Ps. 12, 3
2^1 aba with a double heart i. e. with
duplicity of mind. comp. 1 Chr. 12, 38.
Deut. 25, 13 'axi lax double weights,
one full and the other light. Heb. Gr.
106. 4. /5) Single things of a kind,
distributively, each, every. Ezra 10, 14
T'rT "i-i^ i:pT the elders of every city. 2
Chr. 11, 12 Vrj Ti3-b:a in every seve-
ral city. 28, 28^ Jer. 48,' 8. Esth. 1, 8.
"lilj "til every generation, see in "li'n no.
1. 'Esth. 3. 4 cri ai"i and 2, 11 nr-bza
n'i"'1 etery doy, daily.
h) Repeated ^ ^, i. q. Lat. et et,
Engl, both and. Ps. 76, 7 a^-il cn-i:
b!lCi fiof/t the chariot and horses are
stunned. Dan. 8, J 3 xasi itinp'] both the
sanctuary and the host. Num. 9, 14.
Josh. 7, 24. Is. 16, 5. Here too belong
the examples where it may be rendered,
whether or; e. g. Ex. 21, 16 and he
that stealeth a man in^a X^^?! "ii^^l
ichethcr Ive sell him or he be found in his
hand, he shall surely be put to death ;
pr. and if Ae sell him, and if lie be found
in his hand. Lev. 5, 3. Dent. 24, 7.
i) That Vav is put a& a disjunctive
between words, i. q. or, is hardly sup-
ported by a single probable example ;
those usually referred hither not requir-
ing such a signification. Thus in Ex.
21. 15. 17 he that curseth hi^ father and
his mother shall surely be put to death ;
here the verb refers not to one or the
other, but to both : he that curseth his
father and he that curseth his mother
etc. Ex. 12, 5, For 1 Sam. 17. 34, see
in rx I. no. 1. [But in 1 K. 18, 27, it is
difficult to avoid the disjunctive sense
of Vav ; and so the author himself else-
where admits, see in "'S no. 2. a. y, fin.
Thesaur. p. 679. R.
k) It sometimes connects two impera-
tives, and then the latter expresses a
promise or threat. Gen. 42, IS do this
and live, i. e. and thou shalt live ; comp.
John 7, 52, also Lat. divide et impera.
See Heb. Gr. 127. 2.
As to the use of Vav aa a copula in
connecting sentences and giving continu-
ity to discourse, for which also Vav con-
versive serves, the following may be
noted :
aa) Sometimes, though rarely and for
various causes, the copula stands at the
beginning of discourse, e. g. a) At
the beginning of some books, Ex. 1, 1.
1 K. 1, 1. Ezra 1, 1. In these cases the
history is continued from a former book.
/3) Twice, 2 K. 5, 6. 10, 2, nni"i stands
at the beginning of an epistle ; the salu-
tation and exordium being prob. omit-
ted. Comp. Arab. Juu Lot ; also Lat.
et at the beginning of epistles, Cic. ad
Fam. 10. 1. ib. 13. 62 ; see Handii Tur-
sell. II. p. 494. y) Ex. 2, 20 and he
(Jethro) said unto his daughters, And
where is he? So Lat. et ot^en ; Handii
Tursell. 1. c. p. 493. no. 14. See more
in no. 4 below.
bb) It serves to introduce the apodo^-
sis, espec. where this is to be distinctly
marked ; Engl, then. Germ, da ; comp.
Arab. o. So when preceded by as,
Gen. 13, 9 V^n csi njri'^x'i bxr^'n d
nb-'STabxi ?/thoH take the left hand, then
I will go to the right ; and if the right
hand, then I will go to the left. Vs. 78. 34
iinid'^'Tl BS^n ex when hestetn them, then
they sought" him. Ruth 3, 13. Job 10, 14.
Preceded by i?:: I Sam. 15, 23; ajjy
Deut. 7, 12 ; "'a Gen. 29, 15. Is. 28, 18 ;
a c. infin. Gen. 3, 5. Ez. 33, 18 alisa
1
267
^.-.p-'-n:!. Comp. in N. T. ui...nal
l8ov Luke 7, 12. Acts 10, 17. Very often
it is put with a certain emphasis after
words and cliiuscs which stand abso-
lutely, cspec. those which mark time.
Ex. 16, 6 ens"!''^ sny at evening, then
shall ye know'. Prov." 21, 27 n-'32!i nnx
tjn'^a afterwards, then build thy house.
Gen. 40, 9. 48, 7. Jer. 7, 25. Here too
belong examples where the copula is
inserted in a clause between the subject
and predicate, so as to take up a sen-
tence not yet completed ; e. g. a)
Where the subject precedes and the
copula is put before the predicate ;
Prov. 23, 24 ia nb7'; n=n "ibi-' he that
begetteth a wise son, and (^then) lie shall
Kate joy in him ; here the copula is em-
phatic. 31, 28 nbbni'i nbra her hus-
band, and he praisdh her, i. e. he too
praieeth her. 1 Sam. 25, 27. Gen. 22,
14. Job 36. 26. /?) When the predicate
stands first j 2 Sam. 15, 34 rpax irS
txr '3X1 thyfather^s servant, and I was
so hitherto. Job 4, 6 ^^^."^"^ cril i^n^pri
thy hope, and it is the uprightness of thy
ways, i. e. in the integrity of thy life lies
thy hope. ;') Where the object stands
first ; 2 Sam. 22, 41 cn-^rssi 'X?^^ them
thai hate me, and (then) I will destroy
them. Num. 23, 3.
cc) It has an intensive or cumulative
force, like Gr. x/, i. q. even, yea, yea
even, e. g. a) It augments ; as Job 5,
19 in six troubles he shall deliver thee,
Srcas yea in seven there shall no evil
touch thee. Ps. 74, 11. Prov. 6, 16. 30, 15.
ISsq. 21sq. Am.1,3.6.9.1]. /?) It di-
minishes; asJob21.6''nbna5i "^n-irt ckt
yea even if I remember. I am afraid, i. q.
if I only remember, if I barely think
thereon. So xbi not even. Deut. 28, 39.
dd) It is put between clauses which
are to be compared together, and marks
espec. an equality or likeness of lot. i. q.
as, 80. (So cr q. v. no. 1. e, f. g.) This
is called by Grammarians nxirm iT
Vav ad<eqi(ationis. Job 5, 7 man is bom
to trouble, and the sons of lightning soar
on high. i. e. as swift birds of prey soar
on high. 14, 19 the waters wear away the
stones, their food washeth away the dust
of the earth, and (.w) thou destroyest the
hope of man. 12, 11. 34, 3. Prov. 20, 9.
ee) It is put before clauses inserted
by way of parenthesis, where also the
relative often stands. Gen. 49, 25 bx
r^ana-") 'ntd rxi ^"jys?;! T^asj from the
God of thy father (atul he hath helped
thee), and from the Almighty (and he
hath blessed thee), shall come the bless-
ings of heaven above. Job 29, 12 for I
delivered the poor . . . ib -,))} xbl Cin^n
and the orphan, and there was none to
help him, i. q. to whom there was no
helper. Is. 13, 14. Ps. 55, 20. On the
intimate connection between the copula
and the relative, see Harris' Hermes,
B. I. c. 5 penult.
2. Vav is also put before adversative
clauses, and yet. but, since. But here the
antithesis lies in the thought or in the col-
location of the words, rather than in the
particle Vav ; and when it is to be more
strongly expressed, the regular adversa-
tive particles are used, as ob^ix , bax , '|3X ,
Cant. 1, 5 n;.X3l "'JX nninq I am black,
and yet comely. Gen. 2. 16. 17 of every
tree of the garden thorc mayest freely eat,
^iirc, b:xn xb yni arj rr^n yVr!^ l^ut
of the tree of the knowledge of good and
evil thou shalt not eat of it. 17, 21. 42,
10. Judg. 16, 15 how canst thou say, Hove
thee, TIN "px -abl and yet (since) thwe
heart is not with me 7 Ruth 1. 21. Job
6, 26. Where the subject of a clause in
this construction is a personal pronoun,
it is put first. Gen. 15, 2 "<b inn-n^
''T'"'"'? ~bH "^rixi what wilt thou give me,
and yet (since) I depart childless? So
"wbxi 18, 13. 27 ; ^:xi Is. 49, 21 ; npix^
Neh.' 2, 2 ; XWI Is. 10, 7. 42, 22 ; CRxi
Gen. 26, 27 ; crjl Is. 1, 2. Sometimes
also it may be rendered though, al-
though; but here ) is in itself only and,
the conditional particle being omitted.
Job 15. 5 for thy mouth teacheth thine
iniquity. Csns ,'itt;b ">nan^ although
thou choosest the tongue of the crafty.
Mai. 2. 14. Ls. 32, 7.
3. Before causal clauses, i. e. those
assigning a cause or reason, i. q. for,
because of Gen. 20, 3 behold ! thou art
a dead man because of the woman thou
hast taken, bra r^ra Kin;: for she is a
man's wife^ 6, 17. Ps. 7, 10. 60. 13 give
7is help from- the enemy, for {"]) vain is
the help of man. Is. 3. 7. 39. 1.
4. Before inferential clauses, tlierefore,
wherefore ; then, so then. Ez. IS, 32 /
268
desire not the death of the sinner, . . .
Ji'^ni fiS"'':3ni wherefore turn ye and live.
Zech. 2, 10. Ps. 81, 13. Here belong
most of the examples in which Vav
stands at the beginning of discourse
(see others in no. 1. aa) ; since there is
usually here some reason implied in the
preceding circumstances, from which the
proposition to which Vav is prefixed is a
conclusion ; i. q. then, so then. 3 K. 4, 41
f?P. ^"p*i ""r.^'l! and hesaid.Then bring
meal, sc. since these things are so. Is.
3, 14 D-isn DF)"iy3 cnxi so then ye have
eaten up the vineyard. Ps. 4, 4 lyT^l kno^v
then. 2. 10. 0*^3^^ filj?' now therefore,
O ye kings, comp. v. 6. 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is.
47, 9. 58^2.
5. Before^Z and conseaitive clauses,
'marking end or aim and result, that, in
order that, so that j followed by the fu-
ture, often apocopated or paragogic. So
where a sentence precedes including a
command. Gen. 27, 4. 42, 34. 1 Sam. 15,
16 ; or an entreaty, Job 10, 20. Judg.
16, 28 ; or an interrogation, 1 K. 22, 7.
lis. 41, 26 ; or a hope, Jer. 20, 10. Thus
'Gen. 42, 34 and bring your youngest
'brother unto me, fi51>?1 that I may know.
Judg. 16. 28 strengthen m.e only this once,
nrpisi that I may be avenged. 1 K. 22,
7 is there r?o^ here a prophet of the Lord
besides, inixa ndn'ij'} that we might in-
quire of him 7
6. Before clauses dependent on verbs
of perceiving and uttering, wliere com-
mon usage admits the relat. conjunction
"'B that. So after a verb of knowing
Gen. 47, 6 ; of swearing Josh. 2, 12 ; of
augury Gen. 30, 27. Also without a
verb, Is. 43, 12 ye are my witnesses "'i^,']
ist that lam God; comp. v. 10 Xin "^SX "'S
in the same connection. Lam. 3, 26 aio
0131^1 ^'1?? good that one wait even in
silence, comp. v. 27 "'S 2ia . Num. 14, 21.
7. Vav conversive of the Prteter, (so
called as converting the prcetcr into a fu-
ture,) is merely the Copula ; and affects
the Preeter simply by connecting it back
to a preceding future. Yet it also has
the effect, that in most verbal forms
having the tone on the penultjmutc. the
same is moved forward by it upon the
final syllable ; e. g. "nrHn I went, "'nsbni
(with a prcced. fnt.) and I will go, 3ui\g,
1, 3. See Heb. Gr. 48 6. 1, 3.
J , and before a gutt. ^ , a particle
prefixed to the Future, and imparting to
it (when a prseter precedes) the sense
of the Imperfect; hence called Vav con-
versive of the Future ; e. g. ^^P7 he will
slay, Vxiyi'';^ (with preced. pra?t.) and he
slew. It appears to be nothing more
than Vav copidative with a peculiar
punctuation ; and affects the Future
simply by connecting it back to a pre-
ceding prseter. When a shortened form
of the Fut. exists, this is preferred; and
very often the tone is drawn back from
the last syllable to the penultimate ; e. g.
fut. r^i^D'i , apoc. rb'^ . with Vav convers.
nr*] . But in the first pcrs. especially
in the later books, the fut. paragog. is
sometimes employed ; e. g. !iLj'nT2SJ Ezra
9, 3. See Heb. Gr. 48 b. 1, k' "
Note. In former editions the prefer-
ence was given to another view of this
Vav; according to which it was regarded
as a contraction or fragment of the v-erb
nin to be, put before the Future so as to
form by periphrasis the narrative tense,
viz. ^tip'^ njri it came to pass (that) he
slew; then dropping n as in Syriac
bbp'1-n; , and contracted -bp^n , like "Ha
iiT, W13; comp. JJciij rijQ he was (ihai)
he will slay, for he slew. But on the
other hand it is evident that the Copida
lies in this Vav, for the following rea-
sons: a) The Put. conversive as con-
nected with what precedes always stands
before the noun, as ti"'r!"^>5 "i"3N'] ; and
where the noun is put firtJt, the Vav is
separated from the verb, e. g. Is. 6, 4
jBis sbs"; psni . . . irs*;; and trembled
the foundations of the thresholds . . . a7id
the h^iuie was filed with smoke. 3, 16.
b) It never stands after the Relative or
Conjunctions, which exclude the copula.
c) In parallel passages there often stands
for it a simple 1, see Is. 59, 16; comp.
63. 3. 5. 6 ; also in the same connection a
simple "1 Is. 43, 28. d) When whole
sections or books begin with Vav con-
versive, as is often the case, this denotes
that they are connected with an earlier
narrative. Ex. 1, 1. Ezra 1. 1 ; or at least
arc regarded as having such connection,
Ruth 1, 1. Esfb. 1, 1. In 1 K. 1, 1 the
book begins with a simple ^ . See in 1
no. 1. aa. Heb. Gr. 1. c.
Ill
269
n? Vedan, pr. n. of an Arabian city,
wlicnce cloths, wrought iron, ciissi.-i, mid
otlier spices were brought to Tyre, Ez.
27, 19. Very prob. tlie prophet here
speaks of the city and mart "jHS , ^^tV-fc 5
'Aden, in connection with which Edrisi
enumerates these very wares, T. I. p. 51.
ed. Jaubert : " La ville d'Adcn est petite,
niais renommee k cause de son port de
mer, d'oQ partent des navires destines
pour le Sind, Tlnde, et la Chine. On y
apporte de ce dernier pays des marchan-
dises telles que lefer, les lames de sabre
damasquinees, . . . le cardamome. la can-
nelle, ... les myrobalaiis, . . . diperses elof-
fes tissues d^herhes, et d'autres ricfies et
velotUees. etc." The text ought there-
fore prob. to read p? or "psi; unless
perhaps '^^^ is here for "iiJi .
Sni a doubtful word, found only in
Num. 21. 14 ann-rx, pr. n. of a place,
Vaheb, in the territory of Moab on the
Arnon; according to Le Clerc i. q. "(nig
V. 18, comp. v_>Jfi5 to give, i. q. '|P0 .
KimMii found it in some Mss. written in
one word an^ns, which would be Aram.
Ethpa. of the verb s^^ i- q- -'"!^ , Jeho-
vah dedit se in turbine. But the whole
passage is abrupt and fragmentary, and
therefore very obscure.
"1) m. plur. D'^'ll (Kamets impure) a
peg, nail. hook, spoken only of the pins
or hooks from which the curtains of the
tabernacle were suspended, Ex. 26, 32.
37. 27, 10. 11. 17. 36, 36. 38. 38, 10 sq.
The etymology is unknown ; see Thes.
p. 399.
J^ Arab. \\1 to bear, to carry, por-
s - ,. .
tare; whence -JV Vizier, pr. porter of
public busincHis ;'comp. bajulu^ uacdhy
writers of the middle ages for an
envoy, charge d''affaire^, whence Engl.
bailiff. Ital. bailo. Also in Pass, to be
laden with guilt, borne dovm vrith pun-
ishment ; since sin and guilt in the Se-
mitic idiom are a burden laid upon the
wicked, Ps. 38, 4. 18.53,11. Comp. Xt'3.
mQtti, to take off or away, i. q. to par-
don. Hence
"^TT xci. laden with guilt, guilty, Prov.
21,8.
^C'T?^ (Pers. 5!ij, pure, pr. white,
see Y^^) Vajezatha, Pers. pr. n. of the
youngest son of Haraan, Eslh. 9, 9.
V>
''tr i- q- "'^^ , to bear, to bring forth;
Arab. Ju . Hence the two following :
^^3 m. a child, offspring. Gen. 11, 30.
"hy m. id. 2 Sam. 6, 23. Keri nb"^. ,
and so the occidental Mss.
"C?^ pr- n. ra. Vaniah, Ezra 10, 36.
"pBI (perh. i. q. "'pB* additamentum
meum) pr. n. m. Vophsi, Num. 13, 14.
"'STJJI pr. n. m. Vashni, 1 Chr. 6, 13
[28]. Prob. a corrupted form for "^SV^'nT ,
comp. 1 Sam. 8, 2. The passage should
read : n*:j< "'^.'^T: ^S'i"' "i"i22n ; see Mo-
vers Chron. p. 54.
"iPuDI (Pers. , Jm*-. a beauty, la belle,)
Vashti, the former queen of Xerxes.
Esth. 1,9.
T
Zayin, *pT, the seventh letter of the
Hebrew alphabet ; as a numeral de-
noting 7. The name is i. q. Syr. \Jl\
a weapon ; which the figure of this let-
ter resembles in all the ancient alpha-
bets. In Arabic there are two corre-
sponding letters, differently pronounced,
viz. b dh {d, z), and \ z, as naj 1^6 to
daughter ; S'^t c \\ seed. For the for-
" ^''^ 23*
mer the Aramsean has 1 ; for the latter
T
it sometimes also has 1 ; hence w<i29,
n^T, for nST to slaughter; ''!"| , S'^t,
for SIT to sow, etc. Comp. in lett. *t.
But 6 and \ are also interchanged ;
e.g. "iT5, ylft and >^ to helpj dta,
AcXsk' and |*y^ to cut off.
Further, t is interchanged : a) Witli
iT
270
nnt
y . in pl>T and pS^ to cry out ; 7^3 and
yhy to exult, to shout ; -nj gold. comp.
ah^ yellow, tawny, b) With D, b, as
"^IT and "ilD to go away ; ibr and cbs to
exult; nja, Syr. Jjic to despise ; "i^DS
harm, from i^OX, (cj! to harm, c)
With "1, as p"^2 and pta, etc.
^J obsol.root. prob. i. q. 2W, ^1^,
fo 6e T/cllow, tavyny. Hence
3^J m. (Tsere impure) 1. a wolf, so
called from its tawny colour ; like Lat.
vidpes from fulmis, Goth, widfs, whence
G 5- Pi
uoJf. Arab, \_aj3, Syr. {-=1?. Gen.
49, 27. Is. 11, 6. 65, 25. Jer. 5, 6. ^SXT
-"i? evening wolveK, prowling at night,
Hab. 1. 8. Zeph. 3, 3; comp. Ivxoi rv-
xTfQtvot Oppian. Cyneget. 3. 266, rvxri-
TiiiQoi ibid. 1. 440.
2. Zeeb, pr. n. of a Midianitish prince,
Judg. 7, 25. 8, 3. Ps. 83, 12.
rii^T this, hcec, fem. of the pron. rtt q. v.
^ obsol. root, onomatopoet. prob.
1. q. C'CT to murmur, to hum, to buzz.
Germ, summen; whence 2>i~t a fly, from
iits buzzing, like Lat. musca fr. jUi'Jw,
musso (mussito). Bochart compares
*_jJo (3 to move up and down in the
. air ; but this is secondary.
^ 3 once Gen. 30, 20, to give, to pre-
fsent with any thing, to endow, Lat. do-
nare ; Sept. well dfdoigojrai, Vulg. doia-
vit. Comp. Chald. Saad. Abulw. Arab.
.Jo-, id. Syr. ]f^\ spec, dowry; see The-
saur. p. 401. That this root was in fre-
quent use in Hebrew, is shown by the
many pr. names derived from it; e. g.
those which here follow, six in number,
and also niz], ^'^^'^\, i?J'i'', "^^J^^-
13T m. a gift, dowry, Gen. 30, 20.
^3T (whom God gave, as "(^3 for ^xsns ,
in:i'i) Zabad, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 36.
b)'l Chr. 7, 21. c) 1 Chr. 11, 41. d)
2 Chr. 24. 26. In the parall. passage
2 K. 12,22 18 12^^
"^S! (for n^'nat gift of. Jehovah)
Zabdi, pr. n. m. a) Josh. 7, 1 ; in the
parallel passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 "'nr'T . b)
1 Chr. 8, 19. c) 1 Chr. 27, 27. d)
Neh. 11, 17.
^^'''\J^T (gift of God) Zabdiel, pr. n. m.
Neh. 11, 14. Comp. ^ui8i,i,l 1 Mace.
11, 17.
^^"^-^I (Jehovah gave) Zebadiah, Ze-
bedce, Gr. Zf/itduloi;, pr. n. of several
men: a) 1 Chr. 8, 15. b) ib. v. 17.
c)ib.l2,7.27,7. d) Ezra 8,8. e)10,20.
^'^^'^^T (id.) Zebadiah. pr. n, m.
a) 1 Ciir." 26, 2. b) 2 Chr. 17, 8. c)
19, 11.
S12T m. (r. =3T q. v.) afy, Is. 7, 18.
Ecc. 10, 1 r-;^ i^iin dead flies. For the
pr. n. :niri ^?3 Beelzebub, see in bra
no. 5. b. Arab. i_}Ij3 , Chald. srz'n, id.
T^^l (donatus) Zabud, pr. n. m. 1 K.
4, 5. R. nzT .
"l^ST (id.) Zablnid, Ezra 8, 14 Cheth.
mint (donata) Zebiidah, pr. n. f.
2 K. 23, 36 Keri ; but Cheth. is nniai .
^^2T and ^21 m. (r. b^]) 1. a dwell-
ing, habitation, Ps. 49, 15. Hab. 3, 11
Tnhzi "I'c'S nn'i ^rOJ sun and moon stand
still in their habitation, i. e. they hide
themselves, do not shine. Of the habi-
tation of God, Is. 63, 15 ; so b-t n^a id.
1 K. 8, 13.
2. Zebul, pr. n. m. Judg. 9, 28.
]^b^aT, ib^nr, "JlbnT, (habitation,
see Gen. 30, 20.) Zebulun, pr. n. of the
tenth son of Jacob, born of Leah ; also
of the tribe descended from him, the ter-
ritory of which is described in Josh. 19,
10 sq. The gentile n. is "'ibiinT Zebidon-
ite, from a form yUz\ , Num. 26, 27.
* '?J kindr. with n2a, Arab. 1*3,
Syr. >.-*?, Zab. w*^? and w"| , Eth.
H'fljn. Perhaps from the same stock
is Gr. a(finaiTu, acpu^m, i. e. ^f/'al'.
1. to slaughter, to kill animals, sc. for
eating, Dcut. 12. 15. 1 Sam. 28, 24. 1 K.
19, 21. Ex. 39, 17.
2. Spec, to Jail for sacrifce, to sacri-
fice, to immolate victims. 1 Sam. 1,4;
with b of the deity to whom sarrifice is
oflered 1 K. 8, 63, also ^:th 1 K. 8, 62.
2 Chr. 7, 4. Lev. 9, 4. This verb is not
used of the priests ns slaughtering vic-
tims in sacrifice ; but of private persons
offering sacrifices at their own cost;
Num. 22, 40. Dcut. 12, 21. 27, 6.
nsT
271
m
PiELUXt, fut. iat"j, to gacrijice, i. q.
Kal no. 2.' 1 K. 12* 32. 2 K. 12, 4. Spo-
ken also of a inultituile of siicrifices, 1 K.
8, 5 ; of repeated or customary sacrifice,
1 K. 3, 2. 3. 11, 8. Hos. 4, 14. al. So
^ r
Arab. ^ J to sacrifice much, often.
Dcrjv. HSTTa, and
7 nnt m. c. siiir. TiaT; plur. ts-'nat,
constr. 'HST . once riinsT Hos. 4, 19.
1. Pr. a slaughtering, e. g. a) Of
men, slaughter Is. 34, 6. Zepli. 1, 7, Ez.
39, 17. b) Of beasts, meton. the Jlesh
of slauglitered animals, i. q. a repast,
Gen. 31, 54. Prov. 17, 1 S'^n-'naT ban-
quets of strife, quarrelsome leasts.
2. a saa'ijice, i. e. the act of sacrificing,
Lev. 19, 6. Also the thing sacrificed,
victim, Is. 1, 11. Ps. 51, 18 ; opp. both to
nra'Q a bloodless offering 1 Sam. 2, 29.
Ps. 40. 7, and to nb"i5 a burnt-offering ; so
tliat nST denoted a sacrifice which was
only in part consumed by fire, such as
were the sin and trespass-offerings, the
thank-offerings, etc. Ex. 10, 25. Lev. 17,
8. Num. 15, 5. d^obttJ nar a victim of
thank-offering Lev. 3, 1. 4, 10. al. Spo-
ken also genr. of any great and solemn
sacrifice and of sacrificial feasts, as Pia:
C^n^n the yearly sacrifice 1 Sam. 1, 21.
20. 6. nns-r^ naj a family sacrifice 20,
29, compV9,' \2. 13. 16, 3.
3. Zebah, pr. n. of a Midianitish prince,
Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12.
''ST pr. n. m. Zabbai, Ezra 10, 28.
Neh. 3. 20 Cheth. Prob. a corrupt read-
ing for "^St , as is read in Ezra 2, 9. Neh.
7,14.
TS~py\ see irn^at .
^r^T (bought, r. laj) Zebiim, pr.
n. m. Ezra 10, 43.
* ^51 1. pr. prob. i. q, ^an to be
round, to make rmmd. comp. ba?i ; whence
Talm. ba| . ba| , dung in balls, round
dung, as of goats, camels. Syr. and
Arab, jls^ , iU-JV .
2. to dwell, see in "^11 no. 2. Gen. 30,
20 '^3^.3^'; he will dwell with me, sc. my
husband, with the accessory idea of con-
jugal intercourse, as in Engl, to cohabit.
Other verbs of dwelling also take the
accuB. in the sense ' to dwell with ;' see
Deriv. bsiat, -(l^at.
bat see VI31|.
'}l'33T see ",l^i3t.
")?T Chald. to get for oneself^ to buy,
to gain, as in Syr. and Samar. Dan. 2, 8
'p:aT "iinjs xjw '^'n that ye would gain
the time, i. e. make delay.
Deriv. pr. n. SpST .
5T m. Num. 6, 4, the skin of a grape
husk, as being transparent. R. iJT .
^fjj to be clear, transparent ; comp.
Samar. 551 i. q. "j=T to be pure. Arab.
, -
_^L=\ glass, i. q. Pi-'aWj ; Chald. MT to
be clear, transparent. Hence 5T .
'^T m. verbal adj. (r. *tit) proud, arro-
gant, pr. boiling, swelling, inflated;
with the accessory notion of wickedness
and impiety, comp. in bbn no. 3, 4. Is.
13, 11. Jer. 43, 2. Ps. 19, 14. 119, 21. 51.
69. 78. 85. 122.
pIT m. (r. ^!1T) constr. "(iTr as if fi-ora
a root nnj , c. suff. ?^p| 1 Saiu. 17, 28.
Jer. 49, 16 ; pride, arrogance, haughti-
ness, combined with insolence, Prov. 11,
2. 13, 10. 21. 24. Tial? lin; the pride of
thy heart, proud insolence, Jer. 49, 16.
Obad. 3. Deut. 17, 12. Concr. spoken
of haughty Babylon, Jer. 50, 31. 32.
^T m. rarely put with a subst. fem.
Josh. 2. 17 ; with pref nT3 , mh ; Fern.
iDiiT, more rarely HT Ecc. 2, 2. 5, 15.
18. 7. 23. 9, 13 ; so in the formula ma
"?.=! Judg. 18, 4. 2 Sam. 11. 25. 1 K. 14^,
5 ; also IT Hos. 7, 16. Ps. 132, 12 (here
relat.) once nrwST Jer. 26, 6 Cheth. Plur.
n|x q. V.
1. Pron. demonstr. this, Lat. hie. Juec,
hoc. Arab. 1*^, t jo hie, Syr. ]?oi hsec,
Eth. "H, fem. H, H^ . Hence the
Aram. '''^, =}, and Eth. H, which have
passed over into relatives. Corresp. are
Sanscr. sa-s. s&. tat ; Goth. sa. so, that;
hie, hsBC, hoc. It stands :
a) Absol. i. e. by itself! this, this one ;
Gr. oi'To?, avTr}, loxno. Job 1, 17 ilt TiS
"la*!^ this one was yet speaking. Ecc.
6, 9 ^n nt Da thvi also is vanity. 9, 13
272
rTT
Ex. 2, 6. 2 Sam. 23, 17. So in the ge-
nit. IK. 21, 2 nj -i-n::: f-OS money, the
price of it Dat. njb to this one, to him,
1 Sam. 21. 12 [11] PKTb to ?/tis woman
Gen. 2. 23. Sometimes in contempt,
lilie Gr. ovTog, Lat. iste ; 1 Sam. 10, 27
nt !i2rai's-nia Aotc s/ia// i^is (fellow) save
us ? Ex. 10, 7.
b) With a subst. and so that like an
adj. it is often put after the subst. and
both take the article ; as ntrt 'i^'nin this
word, rN'rj nirxn this woman, fi^n cia
on this day. Rarely without the art.
where the noun has it ; comp. 1T li'nn Ps.
12, 8. Poet, also PNT -,55 this vine Ps.
80, 15. But HT without the art. is also
put before a noun made definite, e. g.
) When the pronoun marks the sub-
ject or predicate of the sentence, the
substantive verb being implied. Ex. 35,
4 "^'^n PIT this is the word. Judg. 4, 14
t;''>n riT this is ^^ day. 2 K. 6, 13. Ps.
1 18, 20.' Is. 14, 16. /S) More rarely also
p^art nr is i. q. njn P^an ; yet so that
the former has a stronger demonstrative
force. So too in Arameean and Arabic ;
comp. Chald. Ncbn MJ'n this dream Dan.
4, 15 ; Syr. \ic:] \lai this time ; \jjl>
(_)lxCJf this book; also in Greek o'vxoq
6 otxoc. Ezra 3, 12 P'^SH <^T this house,
this temple. Sept. toitov tov oiy.ov, opp.
'(irsnn p-^sn. l K. 14, 14 cin ht this
day, Sept. xavrt] rjj TjfitQa, Vulg. in hoc
die. Ps. 49, 14. Josh. 9, 12 "S^nb PIT this
mir bread. Ps. 73, 12 tt-'SC'\' n|j< nzri
lo ! these ungodly.
c) The difference between Pit, pxt,
and X^Pi, x'^fi, has been pointed out in
art. K"n init. The former, rt; , Pxt , refer
lo a person or thing present, which one
can as it were point at with the finger ;
and also to tiie present time. Gen. 38,
28 n:il5x"} xs^ ht this came out frst, was
first born. Is. 29, 11 nj-x: K^j? read
this, J pray thee. Very often in the
plirasc n?n cia on this day, i. e. this
day, to-day, Lev. 8, 34. Josh. 7, 25. '^S
PITH c*i'n nnto this day, sc. this very day
when I am speaking or writing, Sept.
tb)g Tf/<; IfitQng javfifC, Gen. 32, 33. 47,
26. 48, 15. Deut.2,22. 3, J 4. 10,8. 11,4.
In historical narrative also the follow-
ing arc regarded aa present : o) That
which has just been mentioned ; Gen.
7, 11 on the seventeenth day of the month,
T^rn ci'S on this very day, were all the
fountains, etc. v. 13. Ex. 19, 1 . (3) That
which is immediately to follow, and
which is as it were pointed at ; Gen. 5,
1 cnx Pinbin i?t3 pit this is tJie book of
the generations of Adam. 6, 15 "idx Pit
RPX f^i^!?P this is how thou shall tnake
it, i. e. so shalt thou make it ; Sept.
ovTbi notriafig, comp. Ex. 29, 38. Gen.
45, 19. Ps. 7, 4.
d) These idioms are also to be noted :
m) Repeated, nj HT i. q. this that,
one another, Job 1, 16. IK. 22, 20. Ps.
75, 18; PXT PXT id. 1 K. 3, 16 ; Pit
nT-bx 07ie to another Ex. 14, 20. Is. 6, 3.
/S) Vividly demonstrative is it, when Pit
is added lo interrogatives to increase
their strength ; Is. 63, 1 N2 Pit :: who
is this that cometh 7 Job 38, 2. 42, 2.
The same is xin la, see in sin no. 2. d.
A similar usage with PIT as adv. see
below in no. 3. c.
2. Rarely and only in poetic style it
is put for the relative, like Engl, that,
which is both demonstr. and relative ;
see *1T no. 1. Comp. the relatives as
derived mostly from demonstratives, un-
der nrx A, p. 97, -n no. 1. Ps. 104, 8
^n^ ^y^l "! ^P'?"^2< unto the place
which thou hast founded for them, i.e.
destined. Prov. 23, 22. Job 15, 17. Ps.
78, 54. In this signif. it seems, like
"lUix, to be indeclinable, and is put also
for the plur. Job 19, 19. Also as a mere
sign of relation, like "ilTX no. 2. Ps. 74, 2
13 R5=2j PT "(iss ^i} mount Zion, wherein
thou dwelle.st. Is. 25. 9.
3. It passes over into a demonstr. Adv.
a) Of place, here, for PT2 in this place,
Gen. 28, 17. Num. 13, 17.\l. PTo/rom
here, hence, Gen. 37, 17. Ex. 11,' i. n
PiTr!i he7tee and hence, i. e. on this side
and on that side. Num. 22, 24. Josh. 8,
33. It often corresponds to Engl, liere,
there. Germ. da. dftxnxbK\ Judg. 5, 5
"'S'D PT. this Sinai. Sinai itself. Dan.
10, 17 PIT 'nx my lord here. So Pt PijPt
h here ! see here ! Cant. 2, 8. 1 K. 19,
5. b) Of time, pr. at this time, now.
Mic. 5, 4 oibfli nT n%'i? and no\c there
shall l)e peace. PIT ppy just now, even
now, this moment, Ruth 2, 7. 1 K. 17,
24 FiS'i; PIT Pins now I know. In thia
IT
273
1
signif. it is often put before numerals,
as Gen, 27, 36 D^asB nj now twice. 31,
3S nrj D'^n'JS nj //jw twenty years, now
for tvvfiity years, v. 41. 43, 10. 45. 6.
Nam, 11. 22. Jndg. 16, 15, Zech, 7, 3 Pit
csd n'so this (uow) 80 many years, c)
or niiiiint-'r, tints, so, Gen. 6, 15, 'Ps. 49,
14. It is often added to interroyratives
to augment their force ; as nJr~n^ how
80, haw tlien, Gen. 27, 20 ; n nab pr.
v>hy so that, wherefore, Gen, 18, 13.
4. With prefixes : a) nja in this sc.
place, here. comp. no. 3, Gen. 38, 21. Ex.
24, 14, Trop. of time, then, Esth. 2, 13.
b) nj3 sn<'h, see in 3 B. 1, a. c) rwh
on this account, there/ore; whence ''^<
PNtb wherefore 7 Jer. 5, 7. Comp. It^n
htifl , fin .
jj obsol. root, i, q. -fiS, /o Ame,
to glitter, to he yellow, as gold ; comp, 3XT .
^i^J m. constr. 2nT , once SJij Gen,
2, 12.
1, g-oW. Arab, v^4>, Syr, Chald,
jlioi?, znr\ id. Gen. 24, 22. 53. 36, 39,
Ex, 3, 22, ai. Where numerals precede,
the weight b]?'i3 shekel is to be supplied,
e. g. Gen. 24, 22 nnj nrj? ten {shekels)
of gold.
2. Metaph. of the golden brightness
of the sky. perhaps for the sun itself Job
37, 22. Also for golden oil, i, e, pure
and bright as gold, Zech, 4, 12.
''^'J obsol. root, Arab. LjOv to shine,
to be bright and beautiful ; also to be
S o-
proud ; y^\ brightness, beauty, espec.
of flowers, and hence a flower ; comp.
-J6\ flower, from ^\ to shine, Syr.
loi] to be proud, Ethpa. to be made
bright, splendid.
Deriv. it , -.'T , and r-^T .
D_'I in Kal not used, Arab. 1^\ to
etink. to be rancid, spoken of fat ; Chald.
to bf dirty, flthy. In the Zabian dia-
lect this verb is used of stinking water.
Kindr. are "jns , nsT , aj\ .
PiEL, to rpgard as filthy ; hence to
loathe. Job 33, 20 zrn W^nT he loaih-
eth it, the br<-ad. The suffix is pleo-
nastic; see Lehrg. 195. 2. Hence
Di^T (loathing) Zaham, pr. n. m. 2 Chr.
11, 19.
"^jI in Kal not used, i. q. Ji\ , \n\,
to he bright, to shine, comp, in'J . Hence
"in'T .
HiPH. "I'^nyn 1- ^f^ cause to shine, to
make light, i. e. metaph. a) to enlight-
en, to teach, with two ace. of pers. and
thing, Ex. 18, 20 ; ace. of pers. 2 Chr.
19, 10. b) to admonish, to warn, sc, to
beware of any thing 2 K. 6, 10 ; to desist
from any thing Ez. 3, 19. 20 , with ",13 to
wamfrom any thing, Lev. 15, 31 cnnnTn,
others cn-i-Tn. Ez, 3, 18 sai n-iJiTni
nsann i3"jna to warn the wicked from
his evil way, to admonish him to turn
from it. But Ez, 3, 17 et 33, 7 niHTn
saa cnx warn tliou tliemfrom me, i. e.
in my name, by my authority. Syr, Pa.
et Aph, Chald, Aph. id,
2, Intrans. to give light, to shine, Dan.
12. 3. Chald. ^HTX id.
- 1 -
NiPH. to be taught, admonislied, Ps. 19,
12. Also to receive instruction, admo-
nition, to take warning, Ecc. 4, 13. Ez.
33, 4. 5. 6 ; to beware Ecc. 12, 12, where
'\0 belongs to "ini'^ .
IHT Chald, id. Part, pass, T^riT ad-
monished, cautious, Ezra 4, 22, Syr.
Ethpe, to take heed, to be watchful
over any thing.
"^^T m. brightness, splendour, of the
heavens, Ez. 8, 2. Dan. 12, 3. R, "im.
IT m, i. q, T'T which is read in many
Mss. (pr, for I'^HTi r- '^'7J;) brightness,
beauty, espec, of flowers ; hence as the
name of the second Hebrew month,
Ziv, from the new-moon of May to that
of June, or according to the Rabbins
from the new-moon of April to that of
May; q. d. fiower-month. 1 K. 6, 1. 37.
Chald. N^3S-3 rT nn'i the month of the
brightness of flowers. The same month
is called in Chald. Syr. Arab. "i^'^X,
f. "f Si *?
'HI , >Lj1, also from brightness, splen-
dour.
iT see nt .
^T comm. gend. i. q. ^T and. PXT ,
1, Pron, demonstr. Ps. 12.8. Hab. 1, 11
inbsb inb ^i this his strength is his god.
2, Oftener as relat. comp. MT no. 2,
aiT
274
"^
Ex. 15, 13. Ps. 9, 16. 10, 2. 142, 4. Also
as a sign of relation. Is. 42, 24 siJSIjn IT
ib against whom we have sinned.
Note. In the Talmud IT is not un-
freq. put for MT , and also in compounds.
Among the Tayitic Arabs, .3 is often
used for /^ jJt ; see Schult. ad Har. II.
p. 75.
* ^^T 1. iojlow, pr. of water, Ps. 78,
20. 105, 41. Is. 48, 21. Often also of the
monthly courses in women, Lev. 15, 25 ;
of the seminal flux or gonorrhoea in men,
Lev. 15, 2. To Jiow with any thing, is
also by an idiom of language said of a
person or thing in or from which any
thing flows ; so of a woman having the
menstrual flow Lev. 15, 19 ; of a man
having gonorrhoea Lev. 15, 4 sq. 22, 4.
Num. 5, 2. 2 Sam. 3, 29. Espec. also of
affluence^ abundance, with ace. of that
with which any thing flows or overflows ;
Ex. 3, 8 t'l'-i} sbn naj -jris a land flow-
ing (with) milk and honey, v. 17. 13. 5.
33, 3. Lev. 20, 24. Num. 13, 27. 14, 8.
16, 14. Absol. Jer. 49, 4 r,i5^5 2T thy
p
valley flows, sc. with blood. Aram. >-? ,
2W , to flow, to flow down, to melt.
2. Trop. tofl^w away, i.e.to jiine away,
to die, Lam. 4, 9. Arab. CAb to pine
away, sc. with hunger, disease. See
tinder r. -K'n .
Slit m. (r. SIT) a flowing, flux, as of
the semen in men, gonorrhoia benigna,
Lev. 15, 1-15 ; of the monthly courses
in women, Lev. 15, 16 sq.
*1^T or Tl 1. i. q. kindr. 11^, to
boil, to boil over, as water ; onomatopo-
etic, like Engl, to seethe, Germ, sieden,
Gr. ^so), whence ^vOog (Germ. Sud, Ab-
sud, Eng\. suds) ; comp. the similar ai'QM.
See Niph. and Hiph. no. 1.
2. Trop. of the mind, to boil, to be fer-
vid, like Gr. '^oi and Lnt.ferveo ; (comp.
me and Arab. Uu, Schultcns Opp. min.
p. 80 ;) also of pride, insolence, wirked-
fiPjfif^ Hi' nee, to arJ proiully, wickedly
towards or against any one, c. bs Ex.
18, 11, Vx Jer. 50. 29. In this signif. it
\B kindred with T^S.
Note. Both the Arabic roots 4>K
mid. Waw, and t>K mid. Ye. have eig-
nifications derived from the idea of boil-
ing ; but only secondary. The former,
for 4>,v , signifies, to prepare provisions
for a journey, o\\ provision for a jour-
ney, from the idea of cooking, boiling.
The' latter, for Joj, is, to increase, to
exceed, from the idea of boiling over.
Niph. part. T'TJ (from the form ^"'T,
see Lehrg. p. 411, nor is it necessary to
assume a root '1T3), something seethed,
sodden, pottage, Gen. 25, 29. 2 K. 4, 38-
40. Hag. 2, 12.
Hiph. 1. to seethe, to cook, see Kal
no. 1 ; to prepare by boiling, seething.
Gen. 25, 29 T'TJ apsr'i it*;; and Jacob sod
pottage. Sept. rjiprjcrs 8e 'lay.ot^3 ttprifia.
2. to act insolently, presumptuously,
wickedly, spoken mostly of those who
knowingly and purposely violate the
precepts of God and commit sin, Deut.
1, 43. 17, 13. Neh. 9, 16. 29; with inf et
\ Deut. 18, 20 ; h'S of pers. Ex. 21, 14
nT:nra ^y)r)h ws>n-b? d-'X 'in 13 if a
man act wickedly against his neighbour
in slaying him with guile. Neh. 9, 10.
Deriv. IT , "(iT^T , '(liT .
"l^T Chald. id. Aph. Inf rriTq i. q.
Heb. Hiph. no. 2, to act proudly, wick-
edly, Dan. 5, 20.
n^'^ obsol. root, Arab. (C.v to hide,
to conceal, by putting away, coinp. !i*iD ;
VII to hide oneself, to get in a corner;
in Heb. also prob. to lay up, to hoard.
Deriv. n-^lT , iTa .
* T^T obsol. root. 1. I. q. y^l to glit-
ter, to sparkle, to throw out rays ; hence
of milk, to flow out like rays, to spout;
see T'lT no. 1. Comp. "I'^'n.
2. to move, to move about, from the
idea of sparkling, glancing ; Talmud, id.
Hence T-'T no. 2, nT^Tn .
CT^T Gen. 14, 5 Zuzim, pr. n. of a
people on the borders of Palestine. Sept.
k&vri it;(vqiii, and so Syr. Onk. So called
perh. from the fertility of their country ;
see 1"^* no. 1, and r. TIT no. 1.
tiniT Zoheth pr. n. m. 1 Clir. 4, 20.
A root rnT is not found, eitiicr in He-
brew or the kindred languages.
tri'lT f. (Kamets impure) only in pUir.
P-i'^r , corners, from r. n^J . Syr. ]^oj[
' 0^ .-
Arab. io.K . Spoken of the corners of
b^T
275
ytt
an altar, Zech. 9, 15. Meton. of the
conier-colnmns ol* a palace ; Ps. 141, 12
n-iaan-o p'iT3!irni:a lit. that our dan'rk-
ters iiuDj t)e as corner-colunuut Ji'iel!/
sculpt urt'd, in allusion prob. to the Ca-
ryatides, or columns representing female
figures, so common in Egyptian archi-
tecture ; Aquil. ojf iniyutviu, Vulg. quasi
angidi. The point ol' comparison lies in
the Blenderness and tallness combined
with elegance ; comp. Cant. 5, 15. 7, 8.
^^T 1. i. q. b^T , corap. iiTj , to shake
out, to pour out; once Is. 4G, 6 C^b-Tri
0"3T3 rrjT they pour out gold from the bag,
lavish it. Arab. Jt j IV, to make light
of.
2. Pr. to shake off, i. q. to remove, to
put away or aside; comp. Arab. J|3
mid. Waw and Ye, to remove, to put
away ; intrans. i. q. to go away, to de-
sist, to fiiil. Hence
^^^T f. pr. removal, a putting aside ;
only in constr. nblT, et c. sutT. "^nbiiT,
?irb^T, with the force of a Prep, besides,
aside from, except. E. g. "^rblT besides
me, aside from me, pr. by my removal,
1 being removed. Is. 45, 5. 21 ; constr.
2 K. 24, 14. Sometimes with Yod pa-
ragog. inbnT for nblT Dent. 1, 36. 4, 12;
comp. ''nba. Once as a Conj. for rb^t
10X except thai, save that, 1 K. 3, 18.
"l^T in Kal not used; Chald. Syr.
and Sam. to nourish, to feed, to pasture.
HoPH. Jer. 5, 8 crnia n"'p>iD Cheth.
fed horses, i. e. well fed, fat. Keri has
B''??^^ : which, according to Schultens.
is derived from 1^ , ^\^ , to weigh, in
the sense : ponderibus instrticti, bene
vasati; pondera i. q. testes, see Catull.
62, 5. Stat. Silv. 3. 4. 77. Comp. Engl.
ttone-horses. Sept. i;i;iot x^i^lvftuvug.
Deriv. "ji:^.
(IT Chald. id. Ithpe. fut. fTn^ pass.
Dan. 4, 9.
Deriv. '|1tt3.
^517 f. a harlot, prostitute, part fern.
ofr. nji, where see more.
5^Tj very frequent in Syr. Chald.
Zab. i. q. Gr. asio), crevta, (comp. So
wvo),) pr. to shake, to agitate, see Pil,
and n?jT . In Kal intrans. to be shaken,
agitated; hence
1. to move oneself, Esth. 5, 9.
2. to quake, to tremble, Ecc. 12, 3.
Pil. part. STytia, to agitate, to dis-
quiet, to maltreat, Hab. 2, 7. Aram, and
Arab. id.
Deriv. pr. n. 5^T , and the two here
following.
?1T Chald. to tremble, to fear, c. "i^.
Part. "PSXT , or as in Keri ,''5';t , Dan. 5,
19. 6, 27.
TV"}) f (r- SIT) with Vav movable.
1. agitation, i. e. disquiet, ill treat*
ment. Jer. 15,4 nisbia^ bib nr^yb n-^nns
"^"isn I will give them over for ill treat-
ment to all the kingdoms of the earth.
24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17. 2 Chr. 29, 8. Keri
in all these examples has the form n^rt
q. V. as being more easily pronounced.
2. a quaking, terror, Is. 28, 19.
Vj"li obsol. root, prob. i. q. a^iT to flow
to become liquid ; comp. oO* > O)* , to
flow, to liquefy. Hence PBT pitch, and
pr. n. C)'"r .
! '^' fut. conv. *1T5 1. to press to-
gether, to press out. Syr. 9"| , jo] , to press
in the hand, to grasp, Arab, jv to com-
press, to pinch, spec, the lip of a horse.
The primary idea is to straiten, to bring
into a narrow compass ; comp. the kindr.
roots -t!is, nnri. Fut. Judg. 6. 38 nri
nj^fj-ps and he pressed out the fleece,
wrung it out. Job 39, 15 bs"; 13 nsdni
nn^TFi and (the ostrich) forget leth that
the foot may pj-ess them, i. e. may crush
her eggs. Intrans. Prset. IIT (tor which
intrans. tbrm see Lehrg. p. 401) Is. 1, 6
liT xb they have not been pressed out, sc.
the wounds, i. e. not cleansed from blood.
Part. pass. Is. 59, 5 of an egg : nnwni
nssi< 2^p2n and being crushed it break-
eth out a viper, i. e. when broken a viper
comes forth.
Deriv. liTia I.
* II. *I^T kindr. with 1=10 and n^ti; 3
plur. praet. ^nt , also vii Ps. 58, 4, Lehrg.
p. 401.
\. to go off, to turn aside or away, to
depart, like Arab. |\ mid. Waw Conj.
VI, VIII J with '{ofrom any one Job 19,
"^
276
t^t
13. Ps. 78. 30 ; espec. from God Ps. 58,
4. So from the way of truth and right,
whence 'T'.'t^ II, falsehood, ,\ a false-
hood, lie, \V\ Conj. I, to speak talsehood.
Comp. "116 and Arab, jts*-
2. <o htm aside to a place or person,
sc. in order to lodge, to take lodging ;
Arab. \\\ to visit any one. Hence to be
strange, to be a stranger, Arab. _>l\
a visitor, stranger ; only in
Part, "it strange, a stranger, foreign-
er. Spec. a) one of another nation,
not an Israelite. Ex. 30, 33. With this
is often connected the accessory idea of
an enemy, a barbarian; just as Lat.
hostis was primarily a stranger, Cic. de
Off. 1. 12. and Gr. ^nvoq also denoted an
enemy. Hdot. 9. 11 ; and vice versa Sa-
mar. ^T^ pr. a hater, then a stranger.
So Is. 1, 7. 25, 2. 29, 5. Ps. 54, 5. Ez.
11, 9. 28, 10. 30, 12. Hos. 7, 9. 8, 7.
Obad. 11. "IT bs a strange god, i. e. the
domestic god of another people, foreign
to the Hebrews, Ps. 44, 21. 81, 10 ; ellipt.
-T id. Is. 43, 12. Plur. n-^nj Deut. 32, 16.
Jer. 3, 13. 5, 19.
b) one of another family, Deut. 25, 5 ;
then for another, any other, Prov. 1 1, 15.
14, 10. 20, 16. 27, 13. Fern. fr^T a
strange woman, the wife of another,
(i. q- ^"^ i"'^.^. Prov. G, 29.) spoken espec.
in respect to unlawful intercourse with
her, an adultress. prostitute, Prov. 2, 16.
5, 3. 20. 7, 5. 22, 14. 23, 33. (Syr. and
Sam. |- , ^^'It , is to commit adultery,
pr. to lodge with.) So D'^'iT strangers,
i. q. adtdterers, debauchees, Jer. 2, 25.
Ez. 16, 32. C'lT CSS strange children,
i. e. spurious, bastard children, Hos. 5, 7.
c) 0pp. to true, right, lawful, strange,
i. q. unlavful ; so iT^t lis strange fire
i. e. unlawful, profiine, opp. to the sacred
fire, Lev. 10, 1. Num. 3, 4. 26, 61. rr^i^^
nm strange incense. Ex. 30, 9.
d) Trop. strange, i. e. new, unheard
of, l8. 28, 21.
3. i. q. Arab. t j mid. Ye, to loathe;
intrans. to be loathsome. Job 19, 17 "'nsn
"RtiKb rr^T my spirit (as agitated, quer-
ulous) ia loathsome, to my wife. Hence
Vr^l loathsomeness, for STiT .
Nipu. i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 1, 4.
HoPH. part. "iTlo made strange, es-
tranged, Ps. 69, 9.
Deriv. rriT, niT^ II.
'""T in Kal not used, i. q. Arab. _\
and _, yskj to move, to shove, to displace.
Aram, ^^o"), H'T. Hence
NiPH. to be moved, shoved, displaced,
Ex. 28,28. 39,21.
^'jj 1- to creep, to crawl. Part.
"E^'ibn'T pr. crawlers of the dust, ser-
pents, Deut. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 17. Hence
2. to fear, to be afraid ; pr. to creep
timidly along, see ^HT. Job 32, 6 "3"^?
X'n^xn ""PibpjT therefore I was cfraid and
feared.
^yf^ (serpent) Zoheleth. pr. n. "SX
f^^ri'-n i- q- ^he stone of Zoheleth, near
Jerusalem, 1 K. 1, 9. R. bnT .
"IHT see n-it no. 2. c.
X^"^). adj. m. (r. "TlT) boiling, swelling,
raging, e. g. waters, Ps. 124, 5.
T'T Chald. m. brightness, splendour,
(contr. from T'nT , i. q. Heb. IT , r. T^rri
q. V.) Dan. 2, 31. 4. 33. Plur. of a bright
and cheerful countenance, bright looks,
Dan. 5, 6. 9 '"'rrh-s '^'lyo "^nrT his bright
looks were changed, i. e. his cheerful
countenance grew pale. v. 10. 7, 28.
Comp. the Heb. in c. 10. 8. Syr. fal]
splendour, Arab, ^v and ^\ ornament.
T"^7 m. (r. T"T) 1. a full breast; so,
retaining the image. Is. 66. 11 IStn "|5^b
rri'iis f^TS crijiijriil that ye may suck
and delight yourselves (i. e. suck with
deliglit) from her abundant breast, as
overflowing with milk. Parall. 1t"53
2. any moving thing, whatever lives
and moves ; so poet, ""ib T'^T what moves
on the feld, i. q. beasts of the field, Ps.
50, 11. 80, 14. Comp. Gr. xro>d<dov
beast, for xivMdtitkov, also xiromfTor, urutff,
from xji'tca / nQu^atov from ngofialvta.
SpT (full breast, abundance, i. q. rt)
Ziza, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37. b)
2 Chr. 11, 20.
nrr (id.) Zizah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23,
11 ; for which in v. 10 M^), .
277
-5T
?^T (motion) Zia, pr. n. in. 1 Chr. 5,
13. R. SIT.
v]^T (h flowing, r. "it) Z/'/jA, pr. n. a)
A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15,
55. 2 Chr. IJ. 8 ; also a desert of like
name in its vicinity, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 15.
Now Zif. a place of ruins between He-
bron and Carmel ; Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 191. Gentile n. 'B"'T Ziphite, 1
Sam. 23, 19. 26, 1. b) A man, 1 Chr.
4, 16.
fl'ip'^T plur. r (Ibr nipST , nipt , r. pST)
burning^ arrmcs. fiery darts, Is. 50, 11;
i. q. cpt Prov. 26, 18. where many Mss.
read D''p''T . Syr. )jall a weapon, thun-
derbolt. On the form, comp. the exam-
ples collected in Lehrg. p. 145, and add
jis-'p for 'iap , C*^S< for ass* .
rr*? m. ( r. nn] ) constr. r''T , plur.
1. an olive, olive-tree, Judg. 9, 9 ; more
fully 'iVfi, r-^T oil-olive Deut. 8, 8. n^T '{Ot
olive-oil. Ex. 27, 20. 30, 24. Lev."'24, 2^
D''r''?n T! ih^ Mount of Olives, near Je-
rusalem. Zech. 14,4. 2Sam. 15, 30; used
as a high-place for sacrifice, 1 K. 11,7.
2. an olive, the fruit ; n^!^! 7? ^^
olive-tree Hagg. 2, 19. n^T Tp'^ to tread
olives, in order to express the oil, Mic. 6,
15.
3. an olive-branch, Zech. 4, 11, comp.
V. 12.
Note. This word is current in all the
kindred dialects ; Syr. \h-^\ olive-tree,
Arab. v^iOj olive-oil, ijj-'^) olive, Eth.
HJE^ olive and oil ; hence it passed
into the Coptic StCMJT, Theb. XOeJT.
olive, and Span, azeyte oil. The ety-
mology is to be sought in the root
nw to shine q. v. Arab. ^\ (for .^\)
to adorn, pr. to cause to shine ; V, to be
clothed (adorned) ; f^\ ornament, pr.
splendour ; see Castell p. 1040, and the
examples there cited ; Heb. it , Chald.
VK Hence ri"^: would be pr. fem. of
a form ""t, ^v, and denote brightness,
shining. This might be referred either
to the freshness and beauty of the olive-
tree^ comp. rrinix ; or, better, to the
24
shining of the oil, comp. "sfiS^ oil. from
nnx to shine, also srj] spoken of sliining
and transparent oil, Zech. 4, 12. After
the true etymology had become neglect-
ed or forgotten, the n came to be re-
garded as a radical letter ; and hence it
is that n^T is of the masc. gender, and
the Arabs have thence formed a new
verb, cjK to preserve in oil ; II, to pro-
cure oil.
y^
IC"? (olive-tree, Arab. ijj^S) -^
than, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10.
'^} and ^fT , fern, nst , adj. clean, pure,
e. g. oil Ex. 27, 20, frankincense 30, 34.
Trop. in a moral sense of the heart and
life. Job 8, 6. 11, 4. 33, 9. Prov. 16, 2. 20,
11. 21,8. R. r^zi-
't'^ 1. q. T^?T , to be clean, pure^
every where in a moral sense, Job 15, 14.
25, 4. Ps. 51, 6. Mic. 6, 11. Arab. \J\,
Syr. \si and ll") id.
PiEL to cleanse, to make clean, pure,
e. g. one's way, heart, Ps. 73, 13. Prov.
20. 9. Ps, 119, 9 in-ix-rx is? nsn-naa
how shall a young man cleanse his way!
i. e. keep himself pure.
HiTHPA. ns^n for nsTnn, to cleanse
oneself, to make oneself clean, pure ; Is. 1,
16 i3!ii make yoursehes clean. Others
regard this form as Niph. of the verb
~r J , which however is against the ac-
cent ; for I3?n (Milra) implies a verb
rib. while Niph. of Tj3T w^ould be !|3>IT
(Milel).
^3T Chald. f. purity, innocence, Dar
6, 23. R. n=T .
n^S^DT f. (r. r;3T) once Job 28, 17,-
glass or crystal, Arab. Xs^\, Syr
jiLu^Q^I id. Comp. 5T .
"1^27 m. i. q. "13T . a male, spoken both
of men and of animals, Ex. 23, 17. 34, 23.
Deut. 16, 16. 20, 13. R. "i=t .
"^^2T (mindful) Zaccur, pr. n. of seve-
ral men, Num. 13, 4. 1 Chr. 4, 26. 25, 2
(in 9. 15^137). Neh. 3,2. 10,13. 13,13.
R. -i=t.
""^T (pure, innocent) Zaccai, pr. n..
ra. Ezra 2, 9. Neh. 3, 20 Keri. 7, 14.
Prob. also Ezra 10, 38 ; see in 'at . R.
r^
278
*ist
sjsij i. q. f^^l q. V. to be clean, pure,
physically of things Lam. 4, 7 ; in a moral
sense Job 15, 15. 25, 5. Comp. kindr. 55t .
HiPH. to cleanse, to wash. Job 9, 30.
Deriv. TjT or TjT . ""'rszT . and pr. n. "^3t .
tJ fut. "liw"}; io remember, to recol-
lect, to call to mind; Lat. meminisse, re-
cordari, reminisci, for the ditierence of
which words see Cic. pro Ligar. 12. 35 ;
Doederlein Lat. Synonyme und Etymo-
logien L 166. Arao. J^j, Syr. J^?,
Chald. "13'n, id. The origin seems to
lie in the idea of pricking, piercing,
comp. kindr. ~i;r^ ; whence ^:t mcm-
brum virile, which like the corresponding
fem. ^'Z'2^ seems to be derived from the
shape. The idea of memory then may
come from that oi penetrating, injixing ;
comp. Ecc. 12, 11. A difterent etymo-
logy was proposed by me in Monumm.
Phen. p. 114, viz. that as in Athen. 1. 1,
"ro is written for ~:t memory, perhaps
*i:7 is primarily i. q. -iZD to shut up, and
then to keep, to preserve ; comp. i^'j
no. 2. But the other view is lavoured
by the noun 137 . Hence
1. to remember, to call to mind, as
above ; with an accus. Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29.
al. ssep. more rarely with b Ex. 32, 13.
Deut. 9, 27. Ps. 25, 7. 136, 23 ; 3 Jer. 3,
16 ; "^3 Job 7, 7. 10, 9. Deut. 5, 15'. Part,
pass. "i!i3T remembering, mindful, Ps.
103, 14. Spec, a) to call to mind, to
recollect, Gr. uv</.fii/jvTi(TXfiv, opp. to for-
get. Gen. 40. 23 c-^prBn ib -ir; sibl
iinnsttj'i qo'i-'-rx. v.' 14. 42. 9. Num'.
11, 5. Ecc. 9, 15. Job 21, 6. Jer. 44, 21
synon. with sb bs f^brn. Often with
the accessory idea of care, kindness, to
renew one^s care for any one, i. q. ipB ,
Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29. 30, 22. b) to remem-
ber, i. e. to bear in minti, to be mindful
of, Ps. 9, 13. 98, 3. 105, 5. 42. 2 Chr. 24,
22. Ex. 13, 3 r^^n fii'n-rx ni=j remem-
ber this day, be mindful of it. 20, 8.
n"'"i3n~rs< ist to remember a covenant,
to bear it in mind, Gen. 9, 15. Lev. 26,
43. Am. 1,9. c) to bear in mind, to con-
sider, to rrjlect. Deut. 5, 15 remember
thai thou wast a servant in Egypt. 15,
15. 16, 12. 24, 18. Job 7, 7 n nil "-j ibt
O consider, that my life is a breath ! Ps.
103, 14. d) to recall to mind and con-
template, Lat. recordari. Ps. 119, 55
i^ r,T2-j r^h';hz Ti-izt I call thy name to
mind in the night, O Lord ! i. e. I medi-
tate upon it. V. 52. 143, 5. 63, 7. e)
With dat. of pers. and ace. of thing, to
remember a thing to or for any one, i. e.
to bear it in mind either to his advantage
or disadvantage ; e. g. for good, Neh. 5, 19
Tp'-c'j -itijx bi ns'i-jb Tibx ^b nn=t re-
member to me for good, O my God, all
that I have done, i. e. so that I may at last
obtain from thee reward. 13. 22; for evil
Neh. 6, 14. 13, 29. f) Referred also to
thirigs future, i. q. to think npmi, to con-
sider, comp. Lat. memento wari. Lam.
1, 9 she remevibereth not lier latter end.
Is. 47, 7. Hence also i. q. to think of
to meditate, to attempt, Job 40, 32 "ibt
TiTzrhxi think of the battle, i. e. prepare
to attack.
2. to mention, to make mention of, Gr,
intfivixo^ixi, Jer. 20, 9.
NiPH. 1. to be remembered, recollect-
ed. Job 24, 20. Jer. 23, 16. With dat. of
pers. \, to be remembered to or against
any one, to his detriment, Ez. 18, 22.
33, 16. nin'^-bs -I3T3 Ps. 109, 14 and
"'f ''i^^. '^ Num. 10, 9, to be remembered
with or before Jehovah, to be borne in
mind of him.
2. to be mentioned, Jer. 11, 19. Job 28,
18.
3. Denom. frtjm *i2t , to be bom a male,
Ex. 34, 19. Arab." y^ IV, to bear a
male. '
HiPH. i''3m, inf c. suff. caiSfn Ez.
21,24.
I. to cause to remember, to bring to re-
membrance, to keep in remembrance.
Construed : ) With an ace. of thin,^
2 Sam. 18, 18. So freq. ',1? "'"S^l^ to
bring to remembrance iniquity, 1 K. 17,
18. Ez. 21, 24. 28. 29, 16. Num. 5, 15
(fS r\"!3Ta "|ii3T rnjo cm offering ofme^
niorial, bringing iniquity lo remem-
brance sc. with God. /5) With an ace.
of object and bx of pent. Gen. 40, 14
Mi'"iB"bx "irniSTH bring me to remem-
brance to Pharaoh. 7) With an ace. oi'
pera. Is. 43, 26 '^n'^STn put me in remem-
brance sc. of thy virtues- and merits.
Hi) Absol. *i''3tnb to bring to remem-
brance sc. oneself with God, in the inscr.
Ps, 38, 1. 70, 1 ; comp. 38, 23. 70, 2. 6.-
Spec. a) memori( prodert, i. e. <o
"I5T
279
^.'
record to register ; Part. "i'^S^t? asf3iibst.
a recorder, register, i. q. historiographer,
the king's annalist, whose duty it was to
record the deeds of the king and the
events of his reign, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24.
1 K. 4, 3. 2 K. 18, 18. 37. 1 Chr. 18, 15.
2 Chr. 34, 8. Is. 36, 3. 22. The same
office is mentioned as existing in the
Persian court, both ancient and modern,
where it ia called Wakd' Nuwuih ; Hdot.
6. 100. ib. 7. 90. ib. 8. 100. Chardin Voy-
age en Perse T. III. p. 327 ; T. V. p. 258.
ed. LangUs. So too in the time of the
Roman emperors Arcadius and Hono-
rius, under the name o^ magister memo-
ricE. b) In the ritual language, to offer
as a memorial sacrifice, Hhstx q. v. Is.
66, 3 nshb t^st^ he that bunieth incetise
80. as a memorial sacrifice.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mention, to make
mention of; with ace. of thing, 1 Sam.
4, 18. Ex. 23, 13. Is. 49, 1. With bit
of pers. added, la. 19, 17 ; ^ of pers. Ps.
87, 4 "?n^b baai ann -i-'Stx /will make
mention of Egypt and Babylon to them
that know me ; and without an accus. of
thing, Jer. 4, 16 D'^'is^ I'^'^ST'l make ye
mention to the nations sc. of this, an-
nounce this to the nations. Spec, to
mention with praise, to praise, to cele-
brate ; with an ace. 1 Chr. 16. 4. Ps. 71,
16. Is. 63, 7. nin-i od n^sm Ex. 20, 24.
Is. 26, 13. ^1 Ot^'a 'n Josh. 23. 7. Ps. 20, 8.
45, 18. Is. 48, 1. 63, 7. nin^b 'n 1 Chr. 28,
4 ; with "'S Is. 12, 4. Once, to cause to
praise, to let be praised. Ex. 20, 21 [24].
3. i. q. Kal no. 1. to remember, to call
to mind sc. with oneself^ Gen. 41, 9.
Deriv. the five here following, and
^^t tn. a male ; spoken of men, Gen.
1, 26. 5, 2. 17, in sq. 34, 15 sq. Also of
animals, Gen. 7, 3. 9. 16. Ex. 12, 8. Plur.
fii'naT Ezra 8, 4 sq. Compr. nst Niph.
no. 3, also iirj . Arab. -5 <^, Syr. ]|.s?,
id. The Arabic word also denotes pr.
the membrum virile. For the etymo-
logy, see r. 12T init.
13T m. and ">3T Ex. 17, 14. Is. 26, 14.
Prov. 10, 7, (where however other Mss.
have Tsere, comp. J. H. Michaelis Nott
crit.) c. suff. '-laT . R. -=T.
1. remembrance, meinory, Arab. y^t>
Ex. 17, 14 / will xdtcrly put old the re-
membrance of Amalek. Deut. 25, 19.
32, 26. Ps. 9, 7. 34, 17. 109, 15. al.
2. memorial, i. e. name, by which one
is brought to remembrance, mentioned,
i. q. o-a. Ex. 3, 15 nti nbisb i^ais-m
"in n"i3 ''-i^l this is my name for ever,
and this my memorial (name) to all
generations. Ps. 30, 5 ian|3 "lajb siTin
praise his holy name. 135, 13. Hos.
12,6.
3. praise, laud, Ps. 6, 6. 102, 13. Arab.
8>.
\5^ laud.
4. Zecher pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 8, 31 ;
called also H'^idt 9, 37.
T 1 -I '
pnST m. (r. "!2t) constr. '|il3t, plur.
ciJi-ST and ni:ii2T.
1. remembrance, memorial, Ecc. 1, 11.
2, 16. b "iiSTb n^rt to be for a memorial
to any one, so that his memory shall not
perish, Ex. 12, 14. Josh. 4, 7. So ^sax
"jiist stones of remembrance, memorial
stones, i. e. the two engraved stones
upon the shoulder-braces of the high-
priest's ephod, Ex. 28, 12. 39, 7. v^ryyq
'|i"i3'! a memorial sacrifice Num. 5, 15.
'(i"i3T CViJ to set up a memorial, sc. of
oneself by procreating children. Is. 57, 8.
2. a memento, record, Gr. vjtofivTjfia,
Fr. memoire. Ex. 17, 14 "liiST nXT aha
1BB3 v^Hle this as a memento in the
book. *,i"'3" "^S"? Mai. 3. 16, and Plur.
n->i-i2.tn 1E0 Esth. 6, 1, book of records,
annals, register or journal, comp. 'I'^a'n .
Also of a memorial sign, Ex. 13, 9.
3. i. q. b w"3 , a memorable saying,
ujTocp&f/fiix, Job 13, 12.
4. a day of memorial, a celebration,
festival, Lev. 23, 24. Comp. the verb
in Esth. 9, 28. Ex. 20, 8.
"^"121 (remembered, renowned, comp.
5 5..
_5 j renown) Zichri, pr. n. of several
persons, Ex. 6, 21. 1 Chr. 8, 19. 23. 9, 15
(in 25. 2. 10 -.?,3t). 2 Chr. 23, 1. Neh.
11, 9. al.
^"l^T and ^^^'!^?| (whom Jehovah
remembers, r. "isi) pr. n. Zechariah, Gr.
Ztt/itQiiiii;.
a) A king of Israel, son of Jeroboam
II. put to death by Shallum after a reign
of six months, B. C. 773. 2 K. 14, 29.
15, 8-11.
i<bi
280
TV21
b) A prophet who flourished afler the
exile, whose writings are preserved in
the sacred canon, son of Berecliiah and
grandson of the prophet Iddo, see in '(3
no. 2. Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5, 1. 6, 14.
c) A son of Jeberechiah, contempo-
rary with Isaiah, prob. also a prophet,
Is. 8, 2 ; comp. v. 16.
d) A prophet, son of Jehoida the priest,
slain in the court of the temple during
the reign of Joa.sh, 2 Chr. 24, 20 sq.
e) A prophet at Jerusalem in the reign
of Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26. 5. Also of several
other persons ; see in "i3t no. 4.
* KbT obsol. root, perh. i. q. fnb'n, |f,
to draw sc. water. Hence pr. n. nx'^bT'i .
-*2J obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
^J(> to draiD up, kindr. ribn . Hence
^)i]'^, ^iVil, fork.
tVO'J f. ana^ Xfyofi. pr. a shaking,
trembling, earthquake, see r. bbl Niph.
Hence a storm, tempest; Ps. 12. 9 the
wicked walk on every side, ''sab r-l^iT ons
CiX like the rising of a tempest upon the
sons of men. [Others better, ahjectness,
vileness, see r. b^T no. 3. R.
'??T m. (r. VsT Niph.) only in plur.
^"^^!^1 J shoots, twigs of a vine, so called
from their waving and tremulous mo-
tion, Is. 18, 5. Comp. ni^p^D, Q-^IDIB,
^2J to shake, kindr. with b^'n and
the roots there compared.
1. to shake, to make tremble or quake,
see Niph.
2. to shake out, to pour aid, trop. to
squander, spoken of property, reputation,
etc. Part. bVit a squanderer, prodigal,
Prov. 23, 21. 28, 7. Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23,
20 *b3 "'bbiT srpianderers of their own
body, voluptuaries, debauchees. Comp.
b^it . And as one shakes out and casts
away only worthless things, hence
3. Intrans. to be abject, rile, despised,
Jer. 15,19. Lam. 1,11. Arab. J j id. J^
vileness. abjectness of mind. Syr. '^] to
be vile. Comp. Hiph.
Niph. Vt3 , to be shaken, to tremble, to
quake. Is. 64, 2 ^Vt5 D-^nn ""'SBiq at thy
pretence the mountains quaked. So also
Judg. 5. 5 ibts fi'^'iii the mountains quak-
ed, the form ibfj being for i^T3, Lehrg,
103. n. 15. Sept. well iaaXtv&r,a(xv,
(the root b^T corresponding in etymology
also with (jixkog, aalfv<a,^ and the same is
expressed by Chald. and Arabs Polygl.
Arab. Jwj to shake the earth, u'yK
earthquake. Seen"'^tbT.
Hiph. b''?rt, with Chaldee flexion,
causat. of Kal no. 3, to lightly esteem, to
despise, Lam. 1, 8.
^iclf J quadrilit. not used, i. q. t]?T to
be hot, to glow, the letter b being insert-
ed, comp. Lehrg. p. 864. Hence
nsybr and "S^^T, plur. rri- Ps. 11,
6. Lam. 5, 10, violent heat, glow, espec.
of a wind Ps. 11, 6, prob. the wind called
-T| I M es-Simiim, i.e. the poisonous.
Also of a famine. Lam. 5, 10 ; comp. Ez.
5, 2 and v. 12. 16. 17 ; also Xi^og ucdoi^
Hes. Op. 361. ignea fames Q,uinctil.
Declam. 12. Arab, c ^s-t jLj fire of
famine, Hariri Consess. Of^anger, Ps.
119, 53.
Vi^J obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to drop^
to trickle, i. q. r]b'n . Hence
^^t^ (a dropping) Zilpah, pr. n. of
Leah's maid, Gen. 29, 24. 30, 9.
T52T f- (r. Bbt) 1. purpose, counsel,
plan, sc. for evil, Prov. 21, 27. 24, 8 ;
rarely for good, Job 17, 11.
2. mischief wickedness, crime, Ps. 26,
10. 119. 150. Spec, of crimes arising
from unchastity, as rape, incest ; Lev.
18, 17 !!<"^fi na* this is wickedness. Job
31, 11. Ez. 16' 27. 22,9.11.
3. Zimmah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 5. 27.
2 Chr. 29, 12.
^^? f (r. OCT) purpose, thought, i. q.
rtBT , nrTTs ; Plur. c. suff". 'PbT for 'nirit
Heb. Gr! \ 89. 3. n. Ps. 17, 3 "bi ^rS3T
''B~"3r';! my mouth doth not pass over
(go beyond) my tfw?rghts, i. e. my
language and thoughts are the same.
Or: my thoughts tra7tsgre.<ts not my com-
mand, i. e. do rot swerve I'rom the laws
of God and of virtue which I have im-
posed on myself; see Thcsaur. p. 1087
fin. [Others take "riarr as infin. of cist
c. suff". my thinking, thought, which
gives the same gcncnd sense. R
r^T
281
Tat
nniTST f. (r. net I) Plur. D-'- Nnh.
2,3.
1. a vine-shoot, twiv;., so called from
being pruned, Num. 13, 23. Is. 17, 10.
2. Genr. a twig, shoot, branch ; Ez.
15, 2. 8, 17 and In. they put the branch to
(heir nose; in allusion to the custom of
the Persians (Parsees). wiio adore tlie
rising sun liolding in their lell hand a
bundle of twigs called IJarsoin ; see
Stmbo XV. p. 733 Causub. t? d' t.iw-
ditg noioiiviai tioXvv x{>ovov ^n^iSittv fiv^i-
ttivay XiTixoiv divfirfV xure/oviig. Comp.
Hyde de Rel. vett. Persarum p. 350.
Zendavesta ed. Anquetil du Perron, II.
532.
^lrl quadril. obsol. i. q. Arab.
'wO\ onomatop. like Germ, summen,
i. e. to hum. to murmur, to make a noise;
whence Xjoyox noisy multitude. Hence
C^^iaT m. plur. (noisy people) Zam-
zummim. pr. n. of a race of giants dwell-
ing anciently in the territory of the Am-
monites, but extinct before the time of
Moses, Deut. 2, 20. Comp. cnt .
1"''QT m. (r. -vy\ I. after the form i-^aa,
tjinn , Lehrg. 120. no. 5.) pruning-time
8c. for vines. Cant. 2, 12 ; Sept. well xi^o?
trig lOfitig, Symm. x, Tijg xlndsiafwg, Vulg.
tempus ptUationui. Others, time of the
singing of birds, but contrary to the
usage of the verb it:t and to the analogy
ofnounsof the form ^^'^^.
"l''^T m. Is. 25, 5. (r. n^T II ) plur.
r^^-\'':z^ , a song, Ps. 119, 54. 2'Sam. 23^ 1.
Spec, song of praise, hymn, Is. 24, 16.
Job 35, 10 wJw giveth songs in the night,
i. e. joy, rejoicing in misfortune. Also
song of triumph, Is. 25, 5.
^7"'^T (song. fern, of preced.) Zemi-
Toh, pr. n. of a man, 1 Chr. 7, 8.
^rj prgpt. Ti^^T and "'ri^ST ; fut.
DP. plur. Ji-in for ^an . see Heb. Gram.
66. n. 11. Lehrg. p. 372; to meditate,
to have m mind, to purpose ; Arnb. *.**<
id. I.t seems to come from the idea of
murmuring or muttering, i. e. the low
voice of persons talking to themselves
or meditating ; comp. Ct^T to murmur,
also a?!, n^n, nsn no. 1, 2, 3. With
24*
accus. Prov. 31, 16 i'"in;3ri^ JTib mart she
m-editateth upon afield (purposes to buy
it) and acquirelh it. With inf c. b Gen.
11,6; absol.Jer. 51,12. Lam. 2, 17. For
^nai Ps. 17, 3, see art. nsT .Spec, in a
bad sense, to meditate evil Prov. 30, 32 ;
c. inf. et If Ps. 31, 14. With i of pers. to
plot against Ps. 37, 12.
Deriv. nrt, nai, pisto, and
Q'OT m. a purpose, plan, device, sc.
for evil, Ps. 140, 9.
\ rj not used in Kal, to determine,
to fix, to appoint ; kindr. with OTOT .
Chuld. and Syr. Pa. id.
PuAL plur. part. Q'^saT^ cns Ezra 10,
14. Neh. 10. 35. and niiaTt) s Neh. 13,
31, appointed times, stated times.
Deriv. '{Z\ .
'y^l Chald. Pa. to determine, to ap-
point, to prepare.
HiTHPA. "ia'^n conrenire inter se, to
agree together, pr. to appoint time and
place with each other, Dan. 2. 9 Keri;
comp. Am. 3, 3 Targ. The Chetliibh is
to be read "i^nsrm . and is Aphel ; which
is used also in Chaldee and Samaritan.
T'Sf m. (r. '(^t) plur. CJTST, time, spec.
an appointed time, season; Arab. i^wOj)
s I - . 5, ^
^Ue\, time. Syr. ^"j id. Ecc. 3, 1
'i^l '3^ to every thing a stated time, i. e.
every thing remains but for a time, all
things are frail and fleeting. Neh. 2, 6.
Esth. 9, 27. 31. A word of the later
age. instead of the earlier ns.
I^f and 'I'QT Chald. m. st. emphat.
XJ^T, plur. 'C}^\.
1. time, an appointed time, season,
Dan. 2, 16. x:^7 na at that time Dan.
3, 7. 8. 4, 33. "j^isT ",137 n? even to a sea-
son and time. 7, 12. Spoken of sacred
seasons, festivals, Dan. 7, 25. Comp.
nsiTS no. 3. ^
2. Plur. times, Lat. vices, Dan. 6, 11
nnbn "fOrT three times. So Syr. s") ,
G o
and Arab. oJ'i. time, plur. times, Lat
vices.
1- ' s; to prune a vme. Lev. 25, 3. 4.
Arab. ^ id.
NiPH. pfiss. Is. 5. 6.
Deriv. nvirt, nirt, iT^|. P'^BTa.
n-jT
282
157
Al. '~j in Kal not used; but fre-
quent in
PiEL to touch or strike the chords of
an instrument, to play. Gr. ipi'dXtiv ; and
hence ?o sing, to chant, as accompany-
ing an instrument. Chald. Syr. id. Eth.
H^^ to sing, c. n to strike an instru-
ment. Arab. yX\ I. II. to sing to the
pipe. With dat. of pers. to or in honour
of whom, i. q. to celebrate, Judg. 5. 3. Ps.
9. 12. 30, 5. 47, 7. 66, 4. al. With bx
Ps. 59, IS ; accus. 30, 13. 57, 10. 66, 2.
68, 5. Sometimes with 3 of instrum.
Ps. 33, 2. 98. 5. 145, 3.
Deriv. "f'^T , "iTOTt:, and tlie seven
here following.
Note. The origin of this root, no. II,
seems to lie in the hum, murmur, clang
of chords, of the harp, etc. which is else-
where expressed by the verb T^'C'n , and
also by various kindred verbs, as referred
to the humming or buzzing of bees and
flies, to the murmur of water, the noise
of a multitude, and other like sounds; of
which the iollowing comprises a large
family : a) Drj and CTrT to hum, to mur-
;mur, Germ, summen, swnsen, whence
also the first means to meditate ; 337 id.
spoken of the buzzing of flies, whence
3!13| a fly ; also with an aspirate in place
of the sibilant, drn in Arab. ^ ^^^ to
hum, Germ, hummen (whence Hummel
humble-bee), ti'cr} to clang as a harp,
to clamour as a multitude, b) "irT to
clang as a harp ; Chald. STiizT , Arab.
9 >o>
^Aj^ , Heb. n^'13'n , a bee, so called from
its humming, buzzing ; ">'n to speak
(com p. nsn no. 1, 2, also CNS comp. cnj,
C^n,nrri); -iSp and "i3',a'to meditate
(comp. in err); "iig'^ and "irn i.q. -jn to
give forth a tremulous vibrating sound,
as a rod or branch ; and with an aspirate
in place of the Vibilant or dental, i^i^,
^.^, to murmur as water; and also
without much doubt, *nT:s< to speak, which
then is of like origin with "la^. jc)
With mid. radical n for m, "i35t to make
a noise as the rushing of Hilling water,
conrip. Germ, schnarren, RchnuiTcn ; "i:b
to clang, to clatter, as'armR ; 133 to give
a quavering sound, Germ, kvarren,
whence "iil harp. See Hupfeld in
Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. III.
p. 394 sq. Thesaur. App. h. v.
"TJ?! Chald. m. mrisic of instruments,
Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15.
"TST Chald. m. a singer; Ezra 7, 24.
^"^1 m. once Deut. 14, 5, an animal
of the deer or gazelle species, so called
from its leaping and springing; as ",iai"^_
from ail'n i. q. f''^ . Arab. yje\ saliit ca-
prea. The idea of leaping (i. e. danc-
ing) is connected with that of singing;
comp. -i^T II.
^'O'l f. (r. I5;t II) song, music, e.g.
of the voice Ps. 81. 3. 98, 5 ; of instru-
ments, Am. 5, 23. 2 Sam. 23, 1. Meton.
Tl^rj ^^'t! '^*6 song of the land. i. e. ita
best and most celebrated fruits, Gen. 43,
11. Comp. Gr. uoidi^og sung, celebrated
in song, i. e. renowned.
^"y^l m. (sung, celebrated in song, uol-
difiog) Zimri, pr. n. a) A king of Israel
who slew and succeeded Elah. B. C. 930.
1 K. 16, 9. 10. 2 K. 9, 31. Gr. Zit^(i^L
b) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of
Simeon, Num. 25, 14. c) 1 Chr. 2, 6;
inJosh.7, 1 ^^3T. d) 1 Chr. 8, 36. 9,42.
e) Apparently also as patronym. from
"(1^1 for "^?iOT Zimranite, Jer. 25, 25.
I'^'^T (id.) Zimran, pr. n. of a son of
Abraham by Keturah. and of an Arabian
tribe descended from him ; Gen. 25, 2.
1 Chr. 1. 32. We may compare perhaps
Zabram, a city with a king, according
to Ptolemy, situated between Mecca and
Medina. See also ''It;'; lett. e.
T\yi1 f. (r. irt II) i.q. nnrt, song,
meton. for the object of song or of praise.
Ex. 15, 2 R^ rirTl ''W Jehovah is my
glory and song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, 2.
IT m. plur. C^it ,form, sort, kind, man-
ner ; for the etymology see imder r. "Jt .
Ps. 144. 13 -T-bx 'fTCifrom sort to sort, of
every sort. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Chald. Syr. id.
IT Chald. id. Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15.
J subst. m. plur. PISJI, constr.
ni'ast, tail of an animal, Arab. ,^(>,
JUJ3, Syr. lliJo? id. The verb v_>j6
to follow after, is secondary. Ex. 4, 4.
Judg. 15, 4. Job 40, 17. Metaph. end,
ttump; D-inisn rissj 'Vi these two tails,
n3T
stumps, of Jirebramls, Is. 7, 4. Put iilso
for something suuill. mean, contemptible,
mostly in opp. to ttSxn . Dcut. 28, 13 Jeho-
vah, will make tlue the head, and not
the tail. V. 44. Is. 9, 13. 19, 15. In the
eamn se isn the Arabs put in antithesis
\.^3a oijt nose and tail ; see Comment,
on Is. 9, 13. Hence the denom. verb
Pi EL 3?T pr. to hurt or cut off the tail ;
hence trop. to smite the rear of an army,
to cut of the rear-giiard (Arab. v>j3 >
comp. Gr. oi-^o. ovgityia), Deut. 25, 18.
Josh. 10, 19. Denominative verbs de-
rived from nouns signilying members
of the body, often have in the Semitic
tongues tlii.3 sense of injuring or cutting
off those members ; see Lehrg. p. 257.
Ewald's Heb. Gram. p. 200.
* "PJ fut. n:T"i, apoc. "iT^i 1. to conv-
mit fornication, to play tfie whore or fiar-
lot. Arab. ^\ coivit, scortatusest, Syr.
il\ id. Eth. \\^(S>, although Nun is
retained in rli^ semen coitus. Pr.
and chiefly spoken of a female, whether
married (where it may be rendered to
commit adultery) or unmarried, Gen.
38, 24. Lev. 19, 29. Hos. 3, 3. Constr.
with ace. of the male paramour, Jer. 3, 1.
Ez. 16, 28. Is. 23, 17 unless here rs is
with; also 3 with Ez. 16, 17; bx Ex.
16, 26. 28 ; very often with ''nn>t , pr. to
go a whfiring after any one, to run after a
paramour, Ez. 16, 34. Lev. 17,7. 20, 5. 6.
Deut. 31, 16. al. On the other hand, the
husband from whom a woman departs
in playing the where, against whom
she commits this crime, is put with "i^
Ps. 73, 27, -^"inxT: Hos. 1, 2, rnnia 4, 12
and nnn Ez. 23. 5 (comp. Num. 5, 19.
29), by^ Hos. 9, 1 and bs Judg. 19, 2
where however the reading is doubtful.
Ez. 16, 15 bs i. e. with a husband,
having a husband, in spite of him.
Part. fcm. njiT a whare, harlot, Gen. 38,
15. Deut. 23. 19. al. more fully njiT nirx
Lev. 21, 7. Josh. 2, 1. Judg. 1 1, L Pliir.
niST Hos. 4. 14. 1 K. 3, 16 ; also 1 K. 22,
38 where Sept. al nogrni. Nor is there
any ground to render Mjit in Josh. !. c.
hostess, one who keeps a public house, as
if from 'IT to nourish. Rarely this verb
is applied to men, e. g. with bx Num.
283 ^3T
25, 1 ; comp. Arab. ,.t
monger. *
2. Trop. and often spoken: a) Of idol-
atry, to go a whoring, i. q. to commit idol-
atry; the relation existing between God
and the Israelitish people being every
where shadowed forth by the prophet*
under the emblem of the conjugal union,
see Hos. c. 1. 2. Ez. c. 16. 23 ; so that
the people in worshipping other gods are
compared to a harlot and adulteress. For
the prepositions with which it is constru-
ed, see above in no. 1. A very frequent
formula is D-'ins Q'^lbx "''Dnj? ^f] to go
a whoring after Oliver gods Lev. 17, 7.
20, 5. 6. Deut. 31, 16. Judg. 2, 17; also
vnbx nnnB njT to go a whoring from
their god, see in no. 1. Further, njT
D^ian "^"inx to go a whoring after i. e. in
the manner of the heathen Ez. 23, 30.
b) Of superstitions connected with idol-
atry, niaxn "'^nx n:'i to go a wlwring
after wizards, necromancers. Lev. 20, 6.
c) Of the intercourse and commerce of
heathen nations among themselves, e. g.
of Tyre, Is. 23, 17 and commits fornica-
tion with all the kingdoms of the tcorld.
Comp. Nah. 3, 4, and "jriX .
PuAL nS^T pass Ez. 16, 34,
HiPH. njTn , fut. apoc. ,T^T 2 Chr. 21, 11.
1. to seduce, to fornication, to whore-
dom, Ex. 34, 16 ; to cause to commit for-
nication, to let be a whore, Lev. 19, 29.
2. Intrans. i. q. Kal to commit forni-
cation, Hos. 4, 10. 18. 5, 3.
Deriv. C-^SW , rV.I, WJm.
'I'IST (perh. marsh, bog, comp. r. nsj
Hiph.) Zanoah, pr. n. of two places in
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34. 56. Neh.
3, 13. 11,30. 1 Chr. 4, 18.
Ci^ST m. plur. abstr. from r. ii3t , with
formative Nun added, as ""^s;? from i^S;5,
'ijnx from nsn , Lehrgb. p. 508.
1. whoredoms, fornicution, Gen. 38, 24.
Hos. 1, 2 c:^:: inbi/i n-':!i5T nrx a wife
of wlwredoms and children of whore-
doms, i. e. a wife who is a whore and
bastard children. 2, 6. 4, 12. 5, 4. 2, 4
n''53'3 <i"'?^3T lori'i and let her put away
her whoredoms from her countenance, i. e.
lay off her wanton countenance, 'vultura
protervum ' Hor. Carm. 1. 19. 7,8. Comp.
Ez. 6, 9.
2. Trop. spoken : a) Of idolatry, 2 K.
1ST
284
nsi
9, 22. b) Of the intercourse and com-
merce of heathen nations, Nah. 3, 4;
comp. the verb in Is. 23, 17.
ln'5T f (r. riij) plur. B"'n| , whore-
dom, fornicatio)i, only troTp. a) Of idol-
atry, Jer. 3, 2. 9. Ez. 23, 27. 43, 7. 9.
Hos. 4, 11. b) Of any breach of fideUty
towards God, e. g. of a murmuring and
seditious people, Num. 14, 33.
* '^ij 1. to befoul, rancid, to stink.
Bee Hiph. Arab. i>o\ , ^^s-*-*** Kindr.
are "jna, cnj, /ajv foul water, turbid;
Gr. Totyyo^ and layyT] rancidity, xayyoq
rancid, Engl, tang ; also ff/x^o? loath-
some, aiy.xiv(a. Metaph. to be loath-
some, abominable. Hos. 8, 5 Tj^?? n:T
^i-iBili ^Ay ca//5 O Samaria, is an abomi-
nation. Hence
2. Trans, to loathe, to spit out, i. e.
to reject, to cast off, comp. cnj ; Hos.
8. 3 2ia ^x"^w"] n:| Israel hath rejected
good. Often of Jehovah as rejecting a
people, Ps. 43, 2 ""inniT ns^ u^Ay dost
thou cast me off? 44,' 10. 24. 60," 3. 12.
74, 1. 77, 8. 89, 39. With 'i^: to thrust
away, to repidsefrom any thing. Lam. 3,
17 ""^"S? miiro nsm^ thou hast thrust me
Jar away from prosperity, hast destroyed
my welfare.
HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, pr. to emit a
stench, to stink, Is. 19, 6 riinj iin-^rtxri
the rivers stink, i. e. fail, become shallow
and foul. Sept. Vulg. deficient flumina.
The form !in"'5'tNrt is scarcely Hebrew,
and seems to be made up of two read-
ings, in-^s^n and "n-'STX, the latter of
which imitates the Chaldee.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to reject, to cast off,
1 Chr. 28, 9; c. l^ 2 Chr. 11, 14.
Caueat. to cause to cast away, i. q. to
profane, 2 Chr. 29, 19.
Deriv. n*!:] pr. n.
I^J obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. ^^^
(kindr. with Heb. *|5i^) to form, to shape;
Os, ^^
whence kJLwu form, appearance, ,^^.KtM
rule, mode. Hence Heb. 't form, sort,
BpecicB. (the originof which has escaped
etymologists,) although afterwards, the
etymology being overlooked, it was in-
flected after the analogy of nouns from
verbs rfb .
* pjt in Kal not used. Syr. v-aJI to
throw, to shoot an arrow, spec, to a
great distance. Talmud, to spring, to
leap forth ; and so by transpos. Arab.
^Xjj . The primary idea seems to be
that of binding; comp. Arab. laJs to
bind underneath, Syr. J-aJ] a cord with
which a load is bound. Spoken espec.
of animals, which draw their feet toge-
ther before a leap (comp. y^i^j r^)
pr. to contract the feet for a leap, to
throw oneself forward ; and so of an
arrow. Comp. C^JST .
PiEL to leap or spring forth with vio-
lence, of the lion Deut. 33, 22. Sept.
(KJirj8t]aiTai, and in other Mss. ixnr,drj-
oEi. Kimchi sbn.
Deriv. z'^p>\ for Oipri , rSp^l for nipt ,
">?! f. for nn*! (r. Til ! ^s ^"^ ^^^
?n;)' sweat, Gen. 3, 19 ; \. q. ytv Tal-
mud. nr'^T sweat, y'^'T^ to sweat ; Syr.
]I^c9 sweat, whence a new verb ^>
to sweat.
*^)V1 f by transpos. for tiSIt (as
nibs for i^^i?) pr. a shaking, agitation,
i. e. ojyi)ression, ill treatment, in Cheth.
Deut. 28, 25. Ez. 23, 46 ; in Keri Jer.
15, 4. 24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17.
"i!??! (unquiet, comp. t^;?!) Zaavan,
pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 27. 1 Chr! 1, 42.
n'^yr m. (r. 15T) a little, Job 36, 2 ; like
fitxQov. The form imitates the Chaldee.
T'?! Chald. little, small, i. q. Heb.
-i'ys,'Dan. 7. 8. R. -iST .
* "^^J i- q- TjS'^, to be extinguished,
extinct, once in
NiPH. id. Job 17, 1 ; where three Mes.
read 12^^^, as if from T)?^.
* D>J fut. cr]: Num. 23, 8, and D5T";
Prov. 24, 21, i. q. Arab. ^\ Conj. V, to
foam at the mtnUK spoken of a camel ;
also, to speak in anger. Of the same
family is Germ. Schaum., schdumen,
Engl, to snim, to skim, Fr. ecume ; comp,
qn. Hence
i. to he very angry, to he indignant
towards any one ; often with the idea
of punishment, to pour out one's anger
upon any one, to punish with indigna-
tion, c. ace. Mai. 1, 4. Zech. 1, 12 "^S
nnar; "\'i*x nnsin"; the cities of Judah
vpon ir/jjc/i thou hast jxmred out thy in-
dignation, etc. Is. 66, 14; b? Dan. 11,
30. Part, nin-' cajT Prov. 22, 14.
2. /o curse, c. ace. Num. 23, 7. 8. Prov.
24, 24. Mic. 6, 10.
NiPH. as if pass, of Hiph. to he pro-
voked to anger, to be angry. Prov. 25, 23
CTSytS 0*^30 an angry countenance, i. e.
morose, ill-natured; \\i\g.faciea tristis.
Gomp. C)5T no. 2. Hence
t3?T m. foam, as one angry foams at
the mouth. Is. 30, 27. Lam, 2, 6 ; then
trop. wralh, anger, Hos. 7, 16. Spoken
espec. of the indignation of God, as
manifested in punishment; so Is. 1. c.
Ez. 22, 21 D?T D-i-'a in the day o/" God's
indignation. Absol. cr^n Dan. 8, 19;
without art. Dan. 11, 36 D5T nbs ns until
the indignation (punishment) be accom-
plished. Is, 10, 25.
^,tj fut. rT'i . 1. tobe angry, c. bs
Prov. 19, 3 ; C5 2 Chr. 26, 19. The pri-
mary idea lies either in breathing, blow-
ing. Sam. J V^ 'd- comp. Chald. XQ3T
a strong wind ; or else in burning, comp.
Syr. ..a:^] Ethpe. to be burned, and
quadril. r."bT ; or possibly in foaming, so
that r.~j is i. q. c?t . comp. isx CJT Lam.
2, 6 and' r,i< riST Is'. 30, 30.
2. to be mm-ose, gloomy, sad; the con-
nection of the significations lying in the
joam of mind; comp. in r. 2SS. Part.
C^ErT gloomy, sad. Gen. 40, 6, i. q. Win
in V. 7. Dan. 1, 10 of the countenance
as fallen away from long fasting, and
also sullen and sad. Theod. aptly axv-
&iib}7t6?, comp. Matth. 6, 16.
Deriv. the two following:
5l?T m. adj. angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4.
5|5T m. c. suff. iBST, anger, rage,
2 Chr. 16, 10. 28, 9. Trop. of the raging
sea Jon. 1, 15.
*P?I fut. prt-^, imp. pst, inf prt,
i- q- P"*-?. to cry out, to exclaim, espec.
in pain, by way of complaint and for
help. The form p?s belongs more to
the earlier books of the O. T. while prt
" . "^ '
'-a^l , is the common form in Aramaean ;
the Arabic like the Heb. having both
forms, ^3*^ ^^^ (3^3' '^'"^ <J^^-
The person to whom one cries, whom
one implores, is put with bx Ps. 22, 6.
142, 6. Hos. 7, 14; b 1 Chr. 5, 20 ; in
ace. Judg. 12, 2. Nch.'g, 28. The thing
or cause of complauit \s put after bs Jer
30, 15 ; b Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 31 ; ^3BiT3
1 Sam. 8, 18 ; also in ace. as Hab. 1, 2,
where both constructions are joined :
brn T^ibx psTK (how long) shall I cry
out ttnto thee because of violence ? comp.
Job 19, 7.
NiPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be call-
ed together, convoked, Judg. 18, 22. 23.
Hence to come together, to assemble, 1
Sam. 14, 20. Judg. 6, 34. 35.
Hiph. 1. i. q. Kal to cry out, pr. to
make an outcry. Job 35, 9 ; to proclaim,
to make proclamation, absol. Jon. 3, 7.
2. to cry unto any one, to call upon, to
invoke, c. ace. Zech. 6, 8. Hence, as
referring to many,
3. to call together, to convoke, 2 Sam.
20, 4. 5. Judg. 4, 10. 13.
Deriv. p5T , nprt .
P?T Chald. to cry out, Dan. 6, 21.
p^l m. outcry, cry, Is. 30, 19. More
frequent is
^^^T f. outcry, cry, espec. from pain
and sorrow, or as imploring help. Is. 15,
10. 65, 19. Neh. 5, 6. 9, 9. Jer. 18, 22. 20,
16. 50, 46. R. p5t .
* "iJT obsol. root, Aram, j^^"} , "iTt , to
be small, i. q. Heb. "i5S . Comp. in pTt .
Hence i-irT , nrT^ . '
'ij obsol. root, Arab, ^b to emit
sweet odours, to he fragrant, e. g. a gar-
den. Hence
1'^'^ST (sweet odour) Ziphron, pr. n. of
a city in the north of Palestine, once
Num. 34, 9.
f^BJ f. (r. ti^l) pitch, Ex. 2, 3. Is. 34, 9.
Go ," -
Arab. v,:>i\ , Aram. ]2^} > snB'i , but also
wSBt . -
^p.1 m. plur. for CpST , from a lost
sing. PI for p3T , r. p3T .
1. bonds, fetters, chains, with which
captives are bound ; see the root in its
primary sense. Ps. 149. 8. Is. 45, 14.
Nah. 3, 10. Job 36, 8. Chald. "p;3T id.
Comp. cp'X .
]p^
286
ait
2. burning arrows, fery darts, fitted
with combustibles ; Prov. 26, 18. Comp.
rilp'^T . Arab. i^S the sharp point of
an arrow.
jl^J subst. comm. gend. Is. 15, 2.
2 Sam. 10, 5, the bearded chin Lev. 13,
29. 30. Meton. the beard Lev. 19, 27.
s -r
2 Sam. 20, 9. Arab, ^^b the chin ;
p^) beard, chin. Hence the verb
Ipy denom. lut. 'nt"^ to be or become
old, to grow old, to be aged ; pr. to have
the chin hanging down, from ^J^t , hke
^^ an old man with a hanging chin,
decrepit ; whence perhaps may come
the Lat. senex, seneclus, which some
absurdly suppose to be for seminex. But
IJ^T is spoken not only of decrepit, but
also of vigorous old age. Gen. 18, 12. 13.
19, 31. 24, 1. 27, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. al.
For the difference between this word
and the synon. "j'i|J , ^iu , D'^C^ , see those
articles.
HiPH. intrans. to grow old, to be old,
Prov. 22, 6 ; qs. to contract old age,
comp. P"'!t!'^'. in Heb. Gram. 52. 2. n.
Also of plants, Job 14, 8 ; as Pliny,
* senescunt arbores.'
^T m. (r. 'tpt) constr. ',15'r Gen. 24, 2,
plur. C^SirT , "ilpl , old, aged, an old man;
as adj. joined with a subst. 'pjn ttJ''Xn
Judg. J 9, 17; -.pj =X Gen. 44, 20; and
also separately as subst. Gen. 19, 4. Is.
20, 4. al. ssep. With '(O older than some
one, Job 32. 4 C^s^b !1352td nrn-c'Jpi "'D
for they were elder than lie. ^X'^il?'^ "'jpT ,
O^'^S'O 't, ^""syy 't, elders of Israel, of
Egypt, of the city, i. e. proceres, senators,
the chief men, magistrates, the notion of
age being neglected, Ex. 3, 16. 4, 29.
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 3. 4. 6. 22, 15. 17. 18.
o -
Pfl. 105, 22. In like manner Arab. A.a^
Sheikh, an old man. and then, ' chief of
a tribe ; also Iial. Signcrr. Fr. Seigneur,
Span. Smor, Engl. Sir. all which come
from the Lat. Senior elder ; also Germ.
Graf, Count, is pr. i. q. graw, krawo.
gray-headed. Metaph. of an old and
decrepit people, Is. 47, 0. Plur. fern.
ris;?] old women Zech. 8, 4.
fi^T m. (r. )'^l) old age, Gen. 48, 10.
'^r)?T f. (r- "ik-D old age, Gen. 24, 36.
Ps. 71, 9. 18. Metaph. of a people Is.
46, 4, comp. 47, 6.
D'^SpT m. plur. (r. "(PT) old age, Gen.
21, 2. 7. 44, 20. D'':;5't-l3 son of old age,
i. e. born in one's old age. Gen. 37, 3.
On this form of denominatives, see
Lehrg. 122. 13.
V;|>^ to raise up, e. g. those bowed
down, trop. to comfort, Ps. 145, 14. 146, 8.
Syr. v-s-c"! ^'^*
^j?T Chald. to raise up, to hang up,
e. g. a criminal upon a stake or cross,
Ezra 6, 11. Syr. ^.a^] to crucify.
* P2J 1. i. q. ppb, to strain, to fil-
ter, to fine, e. g. wine, see Pual ; comp.
Arab, ^iv wine newly strained. Trop.
of metals, to refine. Job 28, 1. In this
signif corresponding words are Gr. atix-
Koq, adxog sackcloth, strainer, aa-xxt'ai,
auxxfiu), aaxxi'Qb), Lat. saccus. saccare,
Heb. pb ; and of the same family are
Germ, seihen, seigen, seigern, a form ap-
propriate to metals ; stronger sickern.
2. to make fiow, i. e. to pour, to pour
Old, genr. as Fr. couler from Lat. colare,
Job 36, 27.
Pi EL p;5t, to refine, to purify metals,
Mai. 3, 3.
Pdal. to be strained, fined, e. g. wine
Is. 25. 6 ; to be refined, as metals 1 Chr.
28, 18. 29, 4. Ps. 12, l'.
^1 a stranger, enemy, see r. '"!', II. 2.
^T rn. (r. ^"y^ \) a border, in-eath,
croxcn, around a table, the ark of the
covenant, etc. Ex. 25, 11. 24. 25. 37, 2.
11. 26. Syr. Ij-.] necklace, collar.
ii'^T f for nnt (r. "iST II. 3) loaOtsome-
ness, once Num. 11, 20; Vulg. nausea.
* -!^J in Kal not used ; Chald. Ithpe.
to pour out. to fiow off or away ; whence
ria^l gutter, and by transpos. -I'^'O,
Arab. v_}j^, channel. Once in
Pual, .spoken of streams, torrents, full
in winter, but drying up and failing in
summer; Job 6, 17 nniss? !i2-;.r P?l
what time they fiow of, they fail, i. o.
n-iT
287
nr
when the waters flow off. the streams
dry up. Sec more in Thesnur. p. 42S.
baS'^.T (prob. for isa rini sown i. e.
begotten in Babylon) pr. n. Zenibbafjel,
Sept. Zo^ofluiifk, one of the deRcendants
of David, wlio led out the first colony of
Jews into their own country after the
exile, Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Hag. 1, 1.
~_J obsol. root, Aram. T^t to prune
trees, to remove the superfluous boughs
and foliage ; *i^T exuberant growth of
trees. Hence
I^T Zired, pr. n. of a valley Num. 21,
12, and of the stream flowing through it
Deut. 2, 13. 14, in the territory of Moab
on the east of the Dead Sea. Targ. of
Jonath. brook of willows, vrillow-l/rook ;
comp. c-'S-irn bn? Is. 15, 7. Prob. the
modern Wady el-Ahsy ; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 555.
'yj 1. to scatter, to cast loosely
about, Ex. 32, 20. Num. 17, 2 [16, 37].
Is. 30, 22. Arab. i^yi> to scatter, as the
wind dust ; II, to winnow. Syr. and
Chald. hh ^"i"^,- The following are
kindred roots, all having the primary
idea of scattering, e. g. snt , pnj , nnj II,
also nnj, Arr.b. Kj to sow. In the
Indo-European tongues correspond San-
ger, sri to scatter, Lat. sero ; and with p
or t added to the sibilant, Sanscr. stri,
Gr. (TTOQio), Lat. stemo, Germ, streuen,
Engl, to strew; uTteiQoi, spargo, Goth.
spreihan, Germ, spruhen, Spreu, chaff.
Espec.
2. to winnow, by casting up and scat-
tering in the wind. Is. 30. 24. Jer. 4, 11.
Ruth 3. 2 2-'nr\an "la-rx n-ij s^n-nsn
lo, he winnoweth the threshin:-Jloor of
barley. Trop. of enemies as routed and
scattered, Jer. 15. 7. Is. 41, 16. Ez. 5. 2.
3. Genr. to spread out ; whence r.'r:
a span.
NiPH. to be scattered, Ez. 6, 8. 36. 19.
PiEL nnT 1. to scatter, to streiv, Prov.
15, 7 ; to scatter, to disperse, e. g. nations
Lev. 26, 33. Ez. 5, 10. 6, 5. 12, 15. 30. 26.
Prov. 20, 8 tlie king . . . scattereth all evil
with his look.
2. to winnow, i. q. Kal no. 2, Prov. 20, 26.
Hence trop. i. q. to winnow out, to sift, i. e.
to search out, to prove; Ps. 139, 3 Tj^x
^'^')'l '??"?? my walking and my lying
dawn thou searclwsl out ; Jerome eventi-
lasti, Sept. iiixvUtaaq. In Arab, trop.
(^*k> to know.
PuAL, to be scattered, strewed. Job 18,
15 ; to be bestrewed, besprinkled, Prov.
I, 17. The form nnt Is. 30, 24, which
some refer hither, is part. Kal impers.
The form liT in Ps. 58, 4, is from r.
lilt II.
Deriv, pnt , nn-jq , c^lTtt ,
?1^T fem. rarely masc. Is. 17, 5. 51, 5.
Dan. 11, 15. 22, chiefly in signif no. 2.
Comp, Lehrgb. p. 470. Plur. Q"'?'~1 and
m'5"iT . R. r-iT no. 1.
1. 'tlie arm, Is. 17, 5. 40, 11. al. Spec.
the lower arm, below the elbow, in Lat.
also called brachium mix tio/jfV, diff.
from riDj^ the upper arm, Job 31, 22. In
animals the foi-e leg, shoulder, i^quxioiv.
Num. 6, 19. Deut. 1%.3. Arab. ctTj,
,0
Aram. 5n':j, (^jj, arm, also a cubit.
Hence Tt^^'d siit a stretched-out arm,
ascribed to God and signifying his power
and promptness to protect or punish, Ex.
6, 6. Deut. 4, 34. Ez. 20, 33. 34 ; in like
manner n^an si-iT Job 38, 15.
2. Trop. a) strength, might, power^
2 Chr, 32, 8 "iba si'iT an arm ofjlesh
i. e, human might. Ps. 44, 4. Job 40, 9.
^"''7'? ''?'i*! ^^1^ powers (might) of his
hands. Gen. 49, 24. Hence military
force, an army, Dan. 11, 15. 22. 31. b)
violence Job 35, 9. SiiT ttJ"'i the violent
man Job 22, 8. Here belongs the phrase,
to break the arm of any one, i. e. to de-
stroy his power, to put an end to his vio-
lence, 1 Sam. 2, 31. Job 22, 9. 38, 15. Ps,
10,15.37,17. Comp. Arab, sjudft vllo-
c) strength as imparted to any one, hence
help, aid, Ps. S3, 9. Is. 33, 2. So Arab.
cX<CLfc , Pers. ,\Lj arm, also help, Sjt.
pii? ^ son of the arm, i. e. helper ; see
more in Comment, on Is. 1. c. Meton,
a helper, ally, Is. 9, 19 ; comp. Jer. 19, 9
where it is 5^ . Sept. cod. Alex. aSfXcfoq.
Hence denom. ?i"iTX , with Aleph pros-
thetic.
T^^l m. verbal of Pi. (r. J-iT , after
the form plan ,) sown, to be sown, Lev,
II. 37. Plur. cssnt things sown, garden
herbs, la. 61, 11.
tit
288
!P*1t
Sl'^T'^T m. quadril. a pouring rain, vio-
lent shaicer, Ps. 72, 6. Syr. )s^9^ show-
er, Talmud. N^ST "iB^TIT adspersiones
aqusE. guttn?. It comes from ""7 to flow,
by repeating the first radical between
the second and third ; comp. "i"^!";! from
r. T^t ; also Zab. ws^ and wsjffjjs ac-
cendit.
'^'^T'^T m. hound together, girded, ver-
bal Pilp. from r. t^T I, q. v. Once Prov.
30, 31, where, among those comely in
going, is mentioned C^Jr^ "I'^'t'^I one
girded about tlie loins, by this some
understand a war-horse, as ornamented
with girths and buckles about the loins;
others a greyhound, as having the loins
contracted and slender ; and others again
a wrestler, see Talm. Hieroe. Taanith,
fol. 57. Maurer ad h. 1.
' '_J fut. trin 1. to rise, as the sun
Gen. 32, 31. Ez"22, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 4. Ps.
104, 22. al. So of the light Is. 58, 10 ; the
splendour or glory of God Is. 60, 1. 2.
Deut. 33, 2. Pr. to scatter rays, comp.
kindr. nnj , "i^T II. In the kindred dia-
lects this root has undergone various
changes ; in Arabic and Ethiop. there
have come from it iV>->*'. VOL,^; in
Aram. ri:'?i, ^^>.
2. Trop. spoken: a) Of leprosy rising
in the skin, 2 Chr. 26. 19. Further, in
the derivatives : b) Of a foetus break-
ing forth from the womb, see nnt and
Geh. 38, 30. c) Of a plant springing up,
germinating, i. q. fTnQ; see n'^TX.
Deriv.n-iTx, nn-r^, pr.n. nnn, n;"nnn,
and the three here following.
IT^I m. 1. a rising, of light Is. 60, 3.
2. Zerah, Zarah, pr. n. Gr. ZitQii. a)
A son of Judah by Tamar, Gen. 38, 30.
Num. 26,20. b) A eon of Reuel, Gen.
36, 13. 17. c) Num. 26, 13, for which
in Gen. 46, 10 -n's . d) 1 Chron. 6, 6. 26.
e) A king or leader of the Ethiopians,
who invaded Judea in the reign of Asa,
2 Chr. 14, 8 [9]. See the conjecture of
Champollion, Prficis p. 257 ; et contra,
Rosellini in Monum. Storici 11.87-91.
'^'^1 patronym. o Zarhite, from tTiT
no. 2.'a. Num. 26, 13, 20. See^rntx'
n^TTIT (whom Jehovah caused to be
born, r. n'nj no. 2. b) Zeruhiah, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 5, 32. 6, 36. Ezra 7, 4; for
which n^n-^in l Chr. 7, 3. b) Ezra 8, 4.
W'yi m. (r. cni) i. q. tni , a violent
shower, inundation, bursting of a cloud;
Is. 1, 7 C""iJ r=Dru:3 as the destruction
of an inundation or overwhelming rain.
So Saadias, Aben Ezra, Micliaeiis, etc.
Better, n"i~it is here plur. strangers; and
3 is the Caph veritalis so called, see in 3
B. 4.
C_t to jiow, to pour, i. q. ""iT q. v.
With ace. to pour upon, to overwhelm, to
wash away, Ps. 90, 5.
Po. to pour owl, c. ace. with any thing,
Ps. 77, 18. Hence n:c-iT, perh. fiinT,
also
0"^! m. a pouring rain, violent shower,
storm. Is. 4, 6. 25, 4. 28, 2 Ti3 C-i;i a
hail-storm. Is. 25, 4 T'p C"ij a nail-
storm, i. e. which prostrates walls. Hab.
3, 10 ^'I'Q C")1. g^tsh or Jiood of waters.
nisnT f (r. C*t) a flowing, emi.ssion
of seed, spoken of seed-horses, Ez. 23,
20.
* ^'!!J fut. r-iy^ 1. to scatter, to dis-
perse, Zech. 10, 9. See the kindred roots
beginning with IT under art. rr^l . From
the kindred sense of spreading out, ex-
panding, comes yiiT arm ; as nij span,
from nnj , But a secondary form, and
derived from 5'i"i'j, P^;<^5 is tlie Arabic
verb C\i to attack violently, to seize,
IV to take in the arms. Spec.
2. to scatter seed, to sow, Arab, c \\ ,
Syr. 'Cjl , Ethiop. HCO, id. Construed:
ft) Absol. Job 31, 8. Is. 37, 30. b) With
accus. of the seed sown, e. g. t'^an snt
to sow wheat Jar. 12, 13. Hagg. 1, 6.
Lev. 26, 16, Ecc. 12, 6. c) With ace.
of the field sown, Gen. 47, 23. E.x.23,10.
Lev. 25, 3. Jer. 2, 2 nrifT xb |'-ix a land
not sown, d) With two arc. of the seed
and field ; Lev. 19, 19 n-jxbj snTn s<b r;v^
th(M shalt not sow thy field with mixed
seed. Deut. 22, 9. Is. 30, 23. Judg. 9, 45,
To scatter its seed is said of a seed-bear-
ing plant or tree. Gen, 1, 29 ; comp. v, 12.
Metaph, to sow righteousness Prov. 11,
18 ; also to sow iniquity 22, 8, miwhief
Job 4, 8, tlie wind Hos. 8, 7 ; i. e. genr. lo
prepare for oneself the rewards or pun-
HT
289
1-lT
iahments of good or evil actions, which
in the same connection are also saiJ to
be reaped, harvested ; comp. Gal. G, 7. 8.
In another ronstniction. Hos. 10. 12 IS'^T
*lon "TBb li:tp "i^72t5 c:i sow for your-
selves in ri-fhteoiumesg. aiul reap accord-
ing to your piety, conip. in no no. 6. b.
Trop. Ps. 97. 1 1 p-'^ab yyt -liii U^ht is
town for the righteous, i. e. happiness is
prepared for him. To sirw a people, to
increase, to sprea^l, to multiply, Hos.
2, as. Jer. 31, 27.
3. i. q. to plant, with two ace. Is. 17,
10.
NiPH, 1. to be sown, as a field, trop.
Ez. 36, 9.
2. to he sown, scattered, as seed Lev.
11, 37, Trop. Nah. 1, 14 that no more
tf thy name be s(/wn, i. e. thy name shall
no longer be propagated.
3. Trop. to be snwn, spoken of a wo-
man, i. e. to be made fruitful, to con-
ceive. Num. 5, 28.
PuAL pass, of Kal no. 2. Is. 40, 24.
HiPH. l./o6ertrserf, asaplant; Gen.
1, 11 rnr y-'-iTis rirs;, comp. v. 29 where
in the same connection it is S*]T SIT.
2. to conceive seed, spoken of a woman,
to he fruitful, Lev. 12, 2 ; comp. Niph.
no. 3.
Deriv. the three following, and Sl'it
^T, constr. id. once snt Num. 11, 7,
c. sufF. 'SIT ; plur. c. suff. B^isni 1 Sam.
8, 15. - :
1. Pr. a sowing, then seed-time, time
of sowing, i. e. late in autumn in Pales-
tine, Gen. 8, 22. Lev. 26, 5.
2. seed, which is scattered, sown, whe-
ther of plants, trees, or grain, Gen. 1, 11.
12. 29. 47, 23. Lev. 26, 16. Deut. 22, 9.
Ecc. 11, 1. Meton. of what springs
from seed sown, feld of grain, harvest,
1 Sam. 8, 15 ; crop, produce of the fields,
Job 39, 12 [15]. Is. 23, 3.
3. semen virile, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 18. 21.
19, 20 ; comp. r. snt Niph. no. 3. Hiph.
no. 2. Hence a) i. q. children, off-
spring, posterity. Gen. 3, 15. 13, 16. 15,
5. 13. 17, 7. 10. 21, 13. al. Spoken also
of one child, when an only one, (whence
Gen. 3, 15 does not belong here.) Gen.
-4, 25. 1 Sam. 1, 11 Q-^ttSSK r-i]; a male
child. ?|5n| 5nj seed of thy seed, i. e.
25
children's children, grandchildren, la.
59. 21. b) i. q. a race, stock, family f
bxibi r^t Ps. 22, 24. Ti-2n r-7 . r-iT
nSxTSan , the seed royal, royal line, 2 K.
11, 1. 14. c) a race or class of men, as
tb-ip r-iT Is. 6 13, '' "=ina sit 65, 23:
in a bad sense, i. q. breed, brood, S^T
csna Is. 1, 4, i;33 rnt 57, 4. Comp!
Heb". nnnp, Gr. yivytfia Matth. 3, 7,
Germ. Brut brood, Fr. race.
4. a planting, what is planted, Is. 17,
11. Also a sjn-out, shoot, Kz. 17,5. See
the root in Kal no. 3.
JP"^! Chald. id. Dan. 2, 43.
Q^:?^T and Q'^pi^^T m. plur. (r. Snt)
pr. seed-herbs, greens, vegetables, i. e.
vegetable food, such as was eaten in a
half fast, opp. to meats and the more
delicate kinds of food. Dan. 1, 12. 16. So
Chald. and Talmud. Syr. }JaL?f id.
^|_J obsol. root. Arab. 0)3, to
Jlow, to pour, of water ; to flow as tears.
Comp. CiT . Hence the quadril. C|"'TiT .
P_J to scatter, to sprinkle, kindr.
'^'^1 ! ^1} ^) Things dry, as dust. Job
2, '12. 2bhr. 34, 4 ; cinders, soot, Ex. 9, 8.
10 ; coals, Ex. 10, 2. b) Often of things
liquid, as water, Num. 19, 13 ; blood, Ex..
24, 6. 29, 16. 20. Lev. 1, 5. 11. 3, 2. a?.
saepe. With b? to sprinkle upon Ex. 1. c
Intrans. Hos. 7, 9 ia njT'-iT naia Qjf,
yea gray hairs are sprinkled upon kirn..
Comp. Lat. spargere in the^same sense-
Prop. 3. 4. 24 : and Arab. |x j to sprin-
kle ; mid. E, to be gray on the front
part of the head, pr. to be sprinklediwithi
gray hairs, to begin to be gray.
PoAL pass. Num. 19, 13. 30.
Dcriv. P'^Tn .
! ijj obsol. root, i. q. Amb. s\ to-
bind or fasten together, as with buckles,
clasps, to buckle together, kindr. with "lit'
I. and also with "i"!)!?, "1IS. Hience the
nouns It, "i"'t'^T. Chald. nT to bind
around, to gird, comes from the quadril.
'1. ijT pr. to scatter, like Arab. j>>
kindr. with ny^ , snt , pnt , Hence
Po. ^y^, to sneeze, which scatters the
mucus from the nostrils,. 2. KL. 4, 35i.
wnr
290
i^nh
Comp. Chald. ^''"iT a eneezing. see
Schult. ad Job. 41, 40.
^"^1 (gold, from Pers. y* gold, with
the ending yi) Zeresh, pr. n. of the wife
of Haman, Esth. 6, 13.
fl^T f. a span, Ex. 28, 16. 39, 9. 1
Sam. 17, 4. Aram. ^J-ty, f^j] , Nni] id.
R. (THT to spread out, to expand ; whence
"It for nit, f nnt, as rip from nip.
P03 from n03. According to the Rab-
bins pit is also the little finger (l^.P), for
rii5t ; and hence they derive the mean-
ing span, as being terminated by the
little finger.
^\1 obsol. root, perh. i. q. Aram.
5<nn i. q. xd'n to sprout ; hence
fi5inr pr. n. m. Zattu, Ezra 2, 8. 10,
27. Neh. 7, 13. 10, 15.
l^riT (perh. i. q. Qn''t , ',^'^1 , olive) pr.
n. m. Zetham, 1 Chr. 23, s'. 26, 22.
'^C'.T (perh. i. q. ir(d star) Zethar, pr.
n. of one of the eunuchs of Xerxes.
Esth. 1, 10.
Hheth or Cheth, n^n , the eighth letter
of the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral
denoting 8. The figure of this letter on
Phenician monuments and on Hebrew
coins, is Cl Q, whence the Greek
H; and the name n-^n prob. signifies an
enclosure, fence, from r. Jo La. ) w^-, to
surround, to enclose, n and i: being inter-
changed. The name corresponds to that
of the Ethiopic letter /h Haut. Comp.
Monumm. Phoen. p. 28.
As to pronunciation, this letter, the
harshest of the gutturals, seems ancient-
ly to have been uttered sometimes in a
softer manner, like a strong h or Jih, and
eometimes more forcibly and harshly,
like the letters kh ; which double pro-
nunciation was afterwards marked in
Arabic and Ethiopic by different letters
or characters, viz. hh by _ , xh (Haut),
and /cA by ^ , "J (Harm) ; although at
a still later period this distinction was
neglected in Ethiopic, and both letters
softened down into the simple h. Hence
the same Hebrew root is often written
in Arabic in two ways, as, nsi to kill,
Arab, a^n and 2>-^\ to break or dash
m pieces. Still more frequently, how-
ever, the various significations of one
Hebrew root arc distingiiished in Arabic
by this double manner of pronouncing ;
as p^n a) to be smooth, Arab. ioJLcfc
trans, to make smooth or bare, to shear j
b) to smooth, to form, Arab. i^X^ to
form, to create ; also ii^n a) to pierce,
c _
to perforate, Arab. Jl&. Conj. I, Vj
c ^
b) to open, to loose, Arab. J^^. Comp,
the roots lan, nan, ciin, tiiin.
It is interchanged chiefly with n q. v.
Besides the gutturals, it passes over also
on account of the similar sound into the
palatals, espec. 5 , comp. the roots ^"'5 and
b^n, bin ; b=5 and b=n ; 115 and 1in ^
also 3, as pnn, rns ; 1211,1:3,133;
b3, ^33, b3a; so too with p, as nit
^y^ to rise, as the sun, liJpa c>^ to
seek, l^p "J/i^ to be short.
Sometimes also, like N and n, it is
prefixed to triliteral roots, and thus
forms quadriliterafs, as bajn, C"'?T2iaH,
see Lehrg. p. 863.
Sn m. (r. 33n q. v.) c. suff. ""Sn, the
bosom, lap, so called from cherishing,
Job 31, 33. Chald. Stan, KSin, N3in,
id. Samar. fi^.
* ^'^T} in Kal not used, 1. q. n3n, (0
hide, to conceal j comp. the kindr. roots
n, tinn. Arab. LuS., Eth. fflA,
to hide ; also La^ for *<a^ to put out
fire, pr. to hide or cover it, Conj. X to
hide oncBcIf.
nnn
291
^an
NiPH. to hide oneself, to lie hid, Gen.
3, 10. Judtj. 9, 5. Job 29, 8 tlie young men
aw me and hid themselves, i. e. gave
place to me from reverence and modesty,
V. 10 the voice of the nobles lay hid, i. e.
they held their peace. With a Josh.
10, 16. 2 Sam. 17, 9 ; bs 1 Sam.'lO, 22.
With infin. it may be rendered by an
adverb (like Xav&nviiv with part.) Gen.
31, 27 n-inb nxana nab wherefore hast
thou secretly fled away 7
PoAL id. pr. to he made to hide oneself,
Job 24, 4.
HiPH. to hide, to conceal, Josh. 6, 17.
25. 1 K. 18, 13. 2 K. 6, 29.
HopH. pass. Is. 42, 22.
HiTHP. i. q. Niph. Gen. 3, 8. 1 Sam.
13,6. 14, 11. al.
Deriv. ano , Kisnia .
* ^^^ to love, once Deut. 33, 3.
Arab. ,_^ I, III, X. Syr. ^al Pe. and
Pa. id. The primary idea lies in breath-
ing upon, warming, cherishing ; whence
Sn lap, bosom, in which we cherish ;
comp. further under the root snx. A
manifest trace of this origin is found in
Syr. us-i to burn, as fire, ) nn a burn
ing, heat, espec. from blowing.
Deriv. ah and
^^n (beloved) Hohab, pr. n. of the
father-in-law of Moses, Num. 10, 29.
Judg. 4, 11. Comp. "in^, iinv
^5" i. q. xan , to hide, to hide one-
self in Kal once Imper. ''an Is. 26, 20.
Niph. inf. nann id. 1 K. 22, 25. 2 K.
7, 12.
Deriv. 'j"i"'an, and pr. n. n^an, nai'n,
"ana . ' - -. t
n^inn Chald. f (r. ban) evU deed,
crime, Dan. 6, 23 ; comp. Heb. ban no.
3, and Neh. 1, 7.
'^'^^'^ (joining together, r. *ian) pr. n.
Hahor, Chaboras, a river of Mesopota-
mia which rises in Mount Masius near
JRAs el-^Ain. and flows into the Euphra-
tes near Circesium, 2 K. 17 6. 18. 11.
1 Chr. 5, 26. Arab. ^^Li. Khdbur.
Or. '^OQ^ag Strabo XVI. p. 748 Casaub.
Xa^mgni; Ptolem. Ritter's Erdk. Th.
XI. p. 253 sq. See more under ".as .
nntan and JT^inn is. 53, 5, f a stripe,
weal., bruise, i. e. the mark or print of
blows in the skin. Gen. 4, 23. Is. 1, 6. 53,
5. Ps. 38, 6. R. lan no. 3. q. v.
* ^?V fut. ain^ , to heat off or out
with a stick or club, Arab, t^^^ to beat
off leaves with a stick. Hence
1. to beat off apples or olives from a
tree, Deut. 24, 20. Is. 27, 12.
2. to beat out grain with a stick or flail,
to thresh, Judg. 6, 11. Ruth 2, 17. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 385.
Niph. pass, of no. 2. Is. 28, 27.
^^?n (whom Jehovah hides, protects,
r. ^lan) Habaiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 61 ;
for which man Neh. 7, 63.
I'T'^n m. a hiding, covenng, veil, Hab.
3,4. R. nan.
''-r 1- ^0 tighten a cord, to twist;
and 60 to bind, to bind fast. Correspond-
ing is Arab. J^J^, for which see Camoos
p, 1219. Kindr, are the roots baa, baa,
also "lan, bw. Hence ban a cord, rope,
Part, ban pr, binding, a binder, bond,
poet, for a cord. So is prob. to be under-
stood the parabolic name of the staff" or
crook, plur. f bah bands, Zech. 11, 7.
14, i. e. a crook of cords, bands, which
being broken, the fraternal league be-
tween Judah and Israel is dissolved, v. 14.
Comp. Arab. (>x:^ league, covenant.
2. to bind by a pledge, to take a pledge
rtfany one, with ace. of pers. Job 22, 6.
Prov. 20, 16. 27, 13. Also with ace. of
thing, to take as a pledge or in pledge,
spoken of one who compels a debtor to
give pledges, Deut. 24, 6. 17. Ex. 22, 25.
Job 24, 3, Ibid. v. 9 ibsin;^ "iw bri for -nrxi
'Sr br and what is on the poor man (his
garment) they take as a pledge, comp. bs .
Part. pass, bian taken in pledge Am. 2, 8.
Comp. Arab. JJ^ debt, usury, Camoos
p. 1434; Syr. V^L., Chald. :bian id.
3. Metaph. to twist, to pervert; m-
trans. to be perverse, corrupt ; to act per-
versely, corruptly. Job 34. 31 banx iib
/ will no more do corruplly. With b
Neh. 1. 7. Syr. and Chald. Pa. to act
corruptly.
Niph. pass, of Piel no. 2, to be de-
stroyed. Prov. 13, 13.
bnn
292
22251
PiEL 1. i. q. Kalno. 1, to twist; hence
to writhe, to be in pain ; and so of a fe-
male, to travail, to bring forth, Cant. 8,
5. Ps. 7, 15.
2. to turn upside down, i. e. to destroy,
Ecc. 5, 5 ; spoken of persons Is. 32, 7.
* Mic. 2, 10 ; of countries, i. q. to lay waste,
' Is. 13, 5. 54, 16.
Foal pass. Job 17, 1 S^^n "^ra-i my
spirit is destroyed, i. e. my vital powers
are spent. Is. 10. 27 (Tsq-'JQ^ bs bsni
and the yoke (of Israel) is destroyed
(broken off) for fatness, where Israel
is thus compared to a fat and wan-
ton bullock which shakes off the yoke ;
comp. Deut. 32. 14. Hos. 4, 16.
Deriv.inn nbhn, andnb^ian, nibann.
5?n Chald. Pa. 1. to overthrow, to
destroy, Dan. 4, 20. Ezra 6, 12.
2. to hurt, to harm, Dan. 6, 23.
Ithpa. to be overthrown, destroyed, e. g.
a kingdom Dan. 2, 44. 6, 27. 7, 14.
^^^ m. (r. b=ri) Is. G6, 7, mostly in
plur. C^ban, constr. "'ban, writhings,
pains, pangs, espec. of a woman in tra-
vail, throes, (see the root in Pi.) Gr.
wtTrng, Syr. Ilkul id. Is. 13, 8. Jer. 13,
21. 22, 23 ciVan Tjb-xna when pangs
come upon thee. Is. 66, 7. Hos. 13, 13.
Job 39, 3 njnIcFi Bf^.'^^sn pr. they cast
forth their pangs, i. e. they bring forth
their young with throes ; and since the
pangs cease with the birth, the mother
may strictly be said to cast forth her
pains with her young. In like manner
the Greeks put tijJ/f, oidlvig, for a foetus
brought forth with pain, Eurip. Ion. 45.
.ffischyl. Agam. 1427. Once of other
pains, Job 21, 17.
byn m. once f. Zeph. 2, 6, c. suff.
^ban ; plur. cban , constr. "'ban Ps. 18,
5. 116, 3, and ''ban Josh. 17, 5. R. ban.
G 0^
1. a cord, rope, Arab. Ja> Syr.
VjSlm, Eth. A-flA. Corresponding is
Or. xdfido^, Fr. and Engl, cable; nor
is there any good reason why philolo-
gists should regard this Greek word as
Hpurions, see Passow Greek Lex. art.
na/idoc.Jnuh. 2, 15. Ecc. 12, 6 ban
dosn the silver cord, i. e. made of silver
threads. Spec, a) a me.asnring-line,
Am. 7, 17. 2 Sam. 8, 2. Hence, a por-
tion measured out, as of land, and as-
signed to any one by lot, Josh. 17, 14.
19, 9; and so genr. an hereditai-y pm-tion
of land, possession, inheritance, Ps. 16, 6
D'i^'^r|a ib"^b3 Ciban my portion has
fallen to me in pleasant places. Deut.
32, 9 nrbn? b^n apr^ Jacob is his por-
tion of inheritance. Ps. 78, 55. Also
genr. a tract, district, region, Deut. 3, 4.
13. 14. D^ ban the region of the sea. sea-
coast, Zeph. 2, 5. 6. b) a snare, gin,
toil, Ps. 140, 6. Job 18, 10. bixttb 'ban,
T\V2 'n, toils of Sheol, of death, Ps. 18,
5. 6. 116, 3. c) A cord or thong used
as a bit, bridle, Job 40, 25 [41, 1].
2. As in Engl, a band of men, a
company, 1 Sam. 10, 5. 10.
3. destruction, desolation, Mic. 2, 10.
So Syr. Vulg. See the root in Pi. no. 2.
^iin m. a pledge, Ez. 18, 12. 16, 33,
15. Comp. r. ban no. 2.
52n Chald. m, hurt, harm, Dan. 3, 25.
^5*1 Chald. m. hurt, damage, Ezra
4,22.
'^J? m. (r. ban) mast of a ship ; so
called from the ropes and stays by which
it is fastened. Once, Prov. 23, 34 thou
shall be as one lying ban dxng at the
top of a mast, at mast-head; the other
hemistich has, otie lying z the heart of
the sea. Vulg. freely : sicttt sopitus gttr
bemator omisso clavo.
^?n m. (denom. from ban a ship's
rope.) a shipman, sailor, Jon. 1, 6. Ez.
27, 8. 27-29.
'^^'^^ f. (r. ban) i. q. ban, a pledge,
Ez. 18, 7.
nb^Sn f Cant. 2, 1. Is. 35. 1, a flow-
er growing in meadows and pastures,
which the ancient versions render -some-
times the lily, and sometimes the narcis-
sus. More accurate, however, is the
Syriac translator, who uses the same
word, ]a1\. Viti, which according to
the Syriac lexicographers (cited in full
in Comment, on Is. 35, 1) signifies the
colchicum autvmnale Linn, or meadow
saffron, an autumnal flower similar to
saftron, springing from poi.-:onous bulb-
ous roots, and of a white and violet
colour. This is favoured by the etyrao-
:zr:
293
Jogy > the word bftioipf compounded from
yvtn acitl, acrid, and bsa bulb.
n^ISari pp. n. m. Ilabaziniah Jer.
35, 3. Appellative, perh. light or lamp
of Jehovah, from Chuld. xrsia lamp,
and n^ Jehovah, the n being prefixed;
see in n fin. p. 290.
* p?\? in Kal thrice. 1. to fold the
hands, spoken of a sluggard, Ecc. 4, 5.
2. to fold in one's arms, to embrace ;
c. ace. 2 K. 4, 16 ; absol. Ecc. 3, 5.
PiEL pan, fut. panv part, pan^, to
embrace^ c. ace. Gen. 33, 4. Prov. 4. 8.
5, 20 ; c. dat. Gen. 29, 13. 48, 10. To
embrace the rock, the dunghill, i. e. to
make a bed of them. Job 24, 8. Lam. 4, 5.
Deriv. the two following.
p3n m. a folding of the hands, as
characteristic of the sluggard, Prov. 6,
10. 24, 33.
P^'P^n (embrace, after the form
*)^15'^) Hahakkiik, pr. n. of a prophet,
Hab. 1, 1. 3, 1. Sept. 'Afi^inxoi'ii, after
the form p^tpan, and with x corrupted
into n at the end. R. pan .
i3n pr. to hind, to hind together^
klndr. with ban ; see Piel. Hence
1. to join together, but almost always
intrans. to be joined together, to adhere ;
Aram. -^ , Eth. ^flZ,. id. Ex. 26, 3.
28, 7. 39, 4. Ez. 1, 9. 11. Spoken of
nations, to be confederate, allied, Gen.
14, 3 n'^-n-^n p^s-bs snan n^x-ba all
these came together as allies in the valley
of Siddim. Part. pass. Hos. 4, 17 "iian
D'^ass allied with idols.
2. to bind with spells, to fascinate, to
charm, spoken of a species of magic
which was practised by binding magic
knots. Gr. xaTuSiw, xr5fo-//oc, comp.
Germ, bannen, i. q. binden, and other
words of binding, which are transferred
to magic incantation, as Eth. hWl, .
Spoken of the charming of serpents,
Deut. 18, 11. Ps. 58, 6.
3. to be bound around with stripes, i. e.
to he marked with lines or stripps, to be
-.-^ s .-
striped, Arab. /'*'^-i whence iy*^ a
striped garment, Pass, ^j^j^ the skin is
striped, i. e. covered with stripes and
25*
marks of blows, ace Camoos p. 491.
Hence rr^ian a stripe, weal, and nina">3n
the strijKJS and spots of a leop;ird. Comp.
Schult. ad Har. Cons. V. p. 156, 157.
Piel "lan 1. to join together, to con-
nect, Ex. 26. 6 sq.
2. to join in a league, to confederate.
2 Chr. 20, 36 ias innan-ji and he made
alliance with him.
PuAL nan, once lari Ps. 94, 20.
1. to be joined together, Ex. 28, 7. 39,4.
Ecc. 9, 4 Keri. Ps. 122, 3 of Jerusalem
as restored, i^rn nb nnan-j I'^-a as a
city that is joined together, compacted,
i. e. whose stones and ruins, so long
thrown down and scattered, are now
again brought together.
2. to be confederated, allied. Ps. 94, 20
ni^n xsa Tj-ian-^n shall the throne of
iniquity he confederate with thee ?
HiPH. to join together words, espec.
empty and false. (Comp. bs X^p lan
Targ. Ps. 119, 69.) Job 16, 4 nyarix
C^'ca cs'^bs I would join together (with)
words against you, i. e. I might heap up
vain and lying words against you, imitat-
ing your example. For this use of a see
Heb. Gr. 135. n. 3.
HiTHP. "sannn and by Syriasm
lannx , to join oneself with any one, to
make a league with, to be confeileraie,
cdS, 2 Chr. 20, 35. 37. Dan. 11, 6. Infin.
in the Syriac manner is niiarinn Dan.
11, 23.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 3, also nn^nio ,
ni"ian73 , pr. n. lian , and those here fol-
lowing, "lan rnan .
"^Sn m. an associate, companion, i. q.
"larj , Job 40, 30 ; where fishermen are
to be understood, who follow their voca-
tion in partnership ; see in nna I.
"^5^ m. an associate, companion, Cant.
1, 7. 8, 13. Judg. 20, 11 n-i-ian ins ttJixa
associated as one man, joined or knit to-
gether. Ps. 119, 63. Ps. 45, 8 ^"'^^n^
above thy companions. felUrws, i. e. other
kings ; comp. Barhebr. p. 328.
"1^ Chald. m. id. Dan. 2, 13. 17. 18.
*13n ni. 1. society, company, commu-
nity, Hos. 6, 9. Prov. 21, 9 lan n-^a a
common house. 25, 24.
2. spell, enchantment, Deut. 18, 11.
Plur. Di-ian Is. 47, 9. 12.
or la*
ITNTVF.RaTTTj
^nrt
294
asn
3. Heber, pr. n. a) Gen. 46. 17, for
which -i:n Num. 26, 45. b) Judg. 4, 11.
17. c) 1 Chr. 8, 17. d) 4, 18.
fTl'lS'^nri f. plur. variegated spots of
the panther ; or rather, stripes, slr-eaks,
of the tiger, Jer. 13. 23. See r. "ilin no. 3.
^'^^'^ Chald. fern, an associate, com-
panion, and ihen fellow, other, i. q. n"5n ,
Dan. 7, 20.
TlSn f. (r. 13n) society, company, Job
34, 8. ' '
"Jlll^ri (conjunction, alliance, r. isn)
Hebron, pr. n.
1. An ancient city in the tribe of Ju-
dah, first called ?2'i!<-n::|'jp Gen. 13, 18.
23, 2, comp. Judg. 1, 10 ; and which for
a time, before the capture of Jerusalem,
was the royal residence of David, 2 Sam.
2, 1. 5, 5. It is now called JyJLii.! el-
Khulil, fully ^jU^Sk Jt J-V^ i- e. [city
of] the fi-iend of the Most Merciful sc.
God, i. e. Abraham. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. 11. p. 431 sq. 454 sq.
2. Of several men. a) Ex. 6, 18.
1 Chr. 5, 28. Patron. ^- Num. 3, 27. b)
1 Chr. 2, 42. 43.
''"iSn patronym. a Heberite, from pr.
;n. ^3n lett. a. Num. 26, 45.
rrniin f (r. "^sn) a companion, wife,
Mai.' 2, 14.
tri^n f. (r, "i?'^) a joining, junction,
:Ex. 26, 4. 10.
* ^ jTl fut. isarvi , once iran'i Job 5, 18.
1. to bind, to hind on, to hind around,
6. g. a) As a head-band, turban, Ex. 29,
9. Lev. 8, 13. Jon. 2, 6 "'dx-'S ^Ann 7)^0
the sea-weed was bound around my head,
as if my head-dress, turban. Ez. 16, 10
ft5la "ttJanK)! / bound thee around with
fine linen, i. e. adorned thy head with a
turban, b) to bind up a wound. Job 5,
18. Is. 30, 26 ; c. b Ez. 34, 4. 16. Is. 61,
1. Part. ttJsh a binder up, dresser, sc.
of the wounds of the state. Is. 3, 7 ; comp.
. 1.6.
2. to saddle an animal, which is done
by binding on the saddle or panniers,
c. ace. Gen. 22, 3. Num. 22, 21. Judg.
19. 10. 2 Sam. 17, 23.
3. to bind fast, \.(\.to shut up ; Job 40,
-13 [8] "i^'J? ttjirn Dn-^so shut up their
faces in darhiess, in Sheol. See Piel
no. 2.
4. imperio coercuit, to bind to alle-
giance, i. e. to rule, to govern ; Job 34, 17
(lisn'i 'c^t-o Niib r;.J<r! shall even he that
hatelh right, govern ? Some here take
Cj!* in the sense of anger ; but less well,
on account of the parall. passage c. 40,
8,9.
PiEL 1. to bind up wounds, c. h Ps.
147, 3.
2. to bind fast, i. e. to shut up, to stop,
to restrain. Job 28, 11 fan riin3 i2aa
he stoppeth up the streams (rills) that
they trickle not, spoken of a miner shut-
ting off water from flowing into the pits,
PoAL to he bound up, as a wound, Is.
1, 6. Ez. 30, 21.
^~} obsol. root, prob. to cook, to
hake bread, Eth. 'i'ii\tv\' , Arab, y*^
bread, Va^ to bake bread. Hence rania
cooking-pan, frying-pan, and
D'^nsn m. plur. things cooked or fried,
1 Chr. 9, 31. Comp. nan?? .
^n m- (r- 5?'^) constr. an, and so be-
fore h Ex. 12, 14. Num. 29, 12; c. suff.
"ijn ; with art. inn; plur. ctn.
1. a festival, feast, Ex. 10, 9. 12, 14.
Sn nbr , an an , to keep a festival, Lev.
23, 39! Deut. 16, 10. Spoken xt iloxr(t>
of the passover Is. 30, 29 ; of the feast
of tabernacles 2 Chr. 5, 3. 1 K. 8, 2.
Comp. Arab, op pilgrimage to Mecca.
2. Meton. ay'estival sacrifce, victim,
Ps. 118, 27 B'^nasa an-i-^os bind the
sacrifice (victim) with cords. Ex. 23, 18
'an abn the fat of my victim. Mai. 2, 3.
Comp. -isia 2 Chr. 30, 22.
S55n or ^3H which is read in many
Mss. fem. vertigo, i. q. consternation, ter-
ror, Is. 19, 17. R. aan no. 3.
* ^5v obsol. root, Arab. ,..>^ '0
hide, to cover over. Hence
35ri m. 1. a, locust, winged and edi-
ble Lev. 11, 22; also Num. 13. 33. Is.
40. 22. Ecc. 12, 5. So c.-dWci]. it is .iaid,
as covering the ground, hiding tlie sun,
etc. Another etymology is proposed by
Credner. ad Joel. p. 309. The Samar. in
Lev. 1. c. for san has naann which can
asn
295
in
ignify a leaper, comp. Arab. J>>^% jv ;
and from aann then might come the
triliteral 3jn ; comp. J^yj^, ^?n.
2. Ilagab, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46.
H35H (locust) Hagabah, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 45 ; written also Hzyn Neh. 7, 48.
^i^ kindr. with iin, pr. to move in
' a circle. Hence
1. to (lance, pr. in a circle, 1 Sam. 30, 16.
2. to keep a festival, to celebrate a
holiday, sc. by leaping and dancing,
by eacrcd dances, Ex. 5. 1. Lev. 23, 41 ;
spec, of a public Bolemnity, Ps. 42, 5.
Syr. t-^ '*^' id. Arab. to perform
the Haj, to make a pilgrirnage to Mecca.
3. to reel, to be giddy, spoken of drunk-
ards Ps. 107. 27. Also to be astonislied,
amazed; whence Kan terror, conster-
nation.
Deriv. an, sjrj, and the pr. names
n->'^i obsol. root, i. q. Arab, l^ to
take refuge. Hence C'lan .
Hart see 3n.
C^l^n m. plur. (r. nan) refuges, "''yv^
^\^ the a.'iylums of the rocks, Cant. 2,
14. Obad. 3. Jer. 49, 16. Arab. %\^
refuge, asylum.
Il^n. verbal adj. intrans. (r. "^an)
girded; Ez. 23, 15 liTX-^nisn girded
vdth girdles; comp. 2 K. 3, 21.
"^"i^n m. (r. "^an. after the form biap)
a girdle, absol. Prov. 31, 24; constr.
2 Sam. 20, 8 2in lian ; c. suff. 1 Sam.
18, 4.
nnian f (r. -,an) a girdle 2 Sam. 18,
11. Also a7i apron Gen. 3, 7.
'an (festive, from an with the ending
"t i- q- "-) Haggai, pr. n. of a prophet,
Hagg. 1, 1. Sept. 'Ayyaiog.
"'an (id.) Haggi, pr. n. of a son of Gad,
Num. 26, 15. Patronym. is the same, ibid.
J^^an (festival of Jehovah) Haggiah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 15 [30].
ln\OT (festive) Haggith, pr. n. f. of a
wife of David, the mother of Adonijah,
2 Sam. 3, 4. 1 K. 1, 5.
5^n obsol. root. Arab. J^^ to hop,
to atlvance by short leaps, in the manner
of a bird, or of a person with his feet
shackled. This triliteral seems to have
come from the quadril. ^5"in q. v. by
dropping 1 . Hence
T?*^ (partridge, like Arab. J^, Syr.
\C^) Hoglah, pr. n. f. Num. 26, 33. 27,
1. 36, 11. Comp. n^an nia p. 129.
"^n fut. *i5n7, to bind around, to
gird, to gird up ; kindr. are Arab. ^^
to restrain, Syr. j.^ to be lame. Con-
strued : a) With ace. of the part to be
girded, 2 K. 4, 29. 9, 1 ; and also with a
of that with which one is girded, trop.
Prov. 31, 17 she girdeth her loins with
strength, b) With ace. of the garment
or thing girded on, e. g. a"inn-rx "tan
to gird on one's sword, 1 Sam. 17, 39. 25,
13. Ps. 45, 4 ; pb lan to gird cm sack-
cloth, to gird oneself with sackcloth, Is.
15, 3. Jer. 49, 3. Part. act. 2 K. 3, 21
n'^an -lah bs from all who girded on a
girdle, i. e. who were able to bear arms.
Part. pass. "i"xx "iiari girded with an
ephod 1 Sam. 2. 18 ; with gen. Joel 1, 8
pbTnian girded with sackcloth, and so
sometimes ellipt. Joel 1, 13 1"ian gird
yourselves sc. with sackcloth. 2 Sam. 21,
16 n'inn "i!ian sim aiid he was girded
with a new sword. Metaph. Ps. 65, 13
nj-jjnpi rirsa ica the hills gird on
rejoicing, comp. v. 14. Ps. 76, 11. With
a of a girdle Lev. 16, 4. c) With two
ace. of pers. and that with which one is
girded, Ex. 29, 9. Lev. 8, 13; also a of
that with which. Lev. 8, 7. d) Absol
to gird oneself Ez. 44, 18. 1 K. 20, 11
Here belongs 2 Sam. 22, 46 ''"'arni
cr'i"iaGfi!i3 they gird themselves (and go)
forth Old of their strongholds ; unless we
follow the Syriac usage, 'they creep
or limp forth out of their strongholds ;'
comp. Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11.
Deriv. lian, nnian, n-iania .
I. *in adj. (r. Tin) fern, n-jn, sharp,
spoken of a sword, Ez. 5, 1. Ps. 57, 5.
Prov. 5, 4.
II. ^n i. q. Chald. in, Heb. nnx,
one, Ez. 33, 30.
nn
296
b^n
Tn Chald. num. f. H.'^n , rrin , one, i. e.
UWMS, a, um, for Heb. inx , the X being
dropped by aphaeresis. Used: a) Often
for the indef. article ; Dan. 2, 31 in D^S
an image, a certain image, comp. 6, 18.
Ezra 4, 8. b) Fem. nin is put also for
the ordinal. ^rs<, espec. in the enumera-
tion of years, as uiiisl? rrjn riia Engl.
the year one of Cyrus, Ezra 5, 13. 6, 3.
Dan. 7, 1. c) Before numerals in im-
plies multiplication, times ; as Dan. 3, 19
11 bs nrrc"in lit. one seven more than,
- T : - ^
i. e. one seven times more. So Syr. i-M .
d) iiins as one, i. e. at once, together,
i. q. Heb. inxs . Dan. 2, 35.
"7^ 1. to he sharpened, sharp,
a ^
Prov. 27, 17, see in Hiph. Arab. cXa^
fut. /. Kindr. 1ia , and the roots there
quoted.
2. to be quick, vehement, Jierce; comp.
Gr. o|i'c, Lat. acer. Hab. 1, 8. Comp.
Hiph. to sharpen. Prov. 27, 17 bna
^inri-'ZB in^ UJ'^XI in'i X"["'?3 iron is
sharpened on iron, and a man sharpen-
eth the countenance of his friend ; here
in"; is fut. A of Kal for irr; ; and in^ is
fut. Hiph. formed in the Chaldee manner
for in;^ , in;; . as bn;: Num. 30, 3, bns Ez.
39, 7." See Lehrg. 38. 1. 103. n. 14.
HoPH. in'Pi to he sharpened, e. g. a
eword, Ez. 21, 14. 15. 16.
Deriv. in I, iwn , pr. n. I'^in , and
^T^n Hadad, pr. n. of one of the
twelve sons of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15,
where many read "iin ; 1 Chr. 1, 50,
where most read iin ; and this should
probably stand in both places.
^TV ^^t- 3poc. in'^, to rejoice, to be
glad, Aram. l,-i, Xin id. Correspond-
ing in the occidental languages are yn-
Sib), yuffio), gaudeo. Ex. 18, 9. Job 3,
6 njiu 'Q'Z in^'bs let it not rejoice
among the days of the year.
Pi EI. to make glad, joyful, Ps. 21, 7.
Deriv. '"i*iH, pr. n. bx-iin^, in^^rj';.
Hi'nH (r. Iin) sharp, and perh. subst.
sharpness, a point. Job 41, 22 [30] ""'llin
loin sharp points of a potsherd, sharp
potshcnlH, broken pieces of earthen-ware,
put for the scales of the crocodile. Comp.
^1. Hist. Anim. 10. 24.
ni'in f joy, gladness, 1 Chr. 16, 27.
Neh. 8, 10. In Chald. context, Ezra 6,
16. R. nin.
"T^'in (sharp, r. Iin) Hadid, pr. n. of
a city in Benjamin, situated on a moun-
tain, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7, 37. 11,34. U8i8<i
1 Mace. 12, 38 ; comp. Jos. Ant. 13. 6. 5.
I'^'in Chald. plur. the breast, Heb.
nm, Dan. 2. 32. In Targg. occurs
Sing, -^in . See Heb. Gr. 106. 2. a.
*^^i^ and ^'!1\! fut. bin'i, in pause
bin;; Job 10, 20. For the anomalous
form "^Fibinn see Index.
1. to leave off, to cease, to desist. Arab.
J Jc&- id. also to desert, to forsake, see
Scheid ad Cant. Hiskise p. 53. Schul-
tens ad Job. p. 72. The primary idea
lies in becoming pendulous, languid.fac-
cid, which is transferred to slackening
and desisting from labour. It belongs
to the family of roots quoted under bbl,
which all express the idea of being pen-
dulous, flaccid, flabby. Construed : a)
AVith infin. and h, Gen. 11, 8 sibin^l
"i^rn rissb and they left off to build the
city! 41, 49. 1 Sam. 12, 23. Prov. 19, 27;
poet, also with inf Is. 1, 16 Sin ''bin
cease to do evil ; or with a verbal noun,
Job 3, 17 TS'i nbin they cease from tumult.
b) Absol. to cease from labour; 1 Sam.
2, 5 ibin casi the hungry do not labour.
Also to rest. Job 14, 6. Judg. 5, 6 the
highways rested, were not travelled.
c) Absol. i. q. to cease to he, to be at an
end, Ex. 9, 34 the rain and the hail
ceased, v. 29. 33. Is. 24, 8. Also to fail,
to be wanting, Deut. 15, 11 the poor shall
never fail. Job 14, 7.
2. to cease from any person or thing:
a) With "i^ of pers. to desist from any
one, to forbear from, to let alone, Ex. 14,
12. Job 7, 16 "^3^^ bin let me alone, per-
secute me no more. 2 Chr. 35. 21 for-
bear from God, strive against him no
longer. Without '{O . absol. Judg. 15, 7.
Job 10, 20. b) to cease from, to leave^
sc. a person or thing formerly loved, un-
dertaken, pursued, i. q. to desert, to give
vp, Job 19, 14; with 'f-q 1 Sam. 9.5. Judg.
9, 9 sq. Is. 2, 22 ni!jn",t3 c=b sibin cease
ye from man, i. e. leave the vain confi-
dence ye have reposed in man. Absol.
Ps. 49, 9. c) With ") and inf to cease
yvn
297
TOin
Jrom, to desist, 1 K.'IS, 21. Hence to
forbear from doing any thing, i. q. to
beware of Ex. 23. 5 ; see in STr no. 1.
3. to leave undone, to let alone, to for-
bear, not to do. 1 K. 22, 6. 15 OK . . . -r^bsn
i^n: shall we ^o ... or shall we not go ?
lit. or let it alone. Ez. 2, 5. Jer. 40, 4.
Job 16, 6. Zech. 11, 12. With infin.and
V, Num. 9. 13. Deut. 23. 23. Ps. 36, 4.
Deriv. the three following:
^"TH ni. verbal adj. 1. ceasing to be,
frail, Ps. 39, 5.
2. forbearing to do any thing, Ez.
3,27.
3. Intrans. left, destitute, forsaken,
comp. Arab. J.cXitf id. Is. 53, 3 bnn
D^3''!</o/a/feH o/*mtt, comp. Job 19, 14.
'Tl m. pr. place of rest, region of the
dead, hades, Is. 38, 11. R. bnn no. 1. b.
''^yi (resting, r. bnn no. 1. b) Hadlai,
pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 28, 12!
P!!v o^sol. root, i. q. Arab, ^v Jl&.
to prick, to sting, with which are kindr.
^StX^ to be sour, biting, as vinegar,
and ^^XA. to be sharp-sighted. Hence
p'^n Mic. 7, 4, and p'lH jn pause
p'ln Prov. 15, 19, a species of thorii.
9 ^ .,
Arab. iXjc^. melongena spivosa, i. e.
tolanum insanum Linn, prickhj mad-
apple ; see Abulfadli ap. Cels. in Hierob.
II. p. 40 sq.
''p'^r' in pause ^i?)jn . pr. n. Hiddekel,
i. e. the Tigris. Gen. 2, 14. Dan. 10, 4. In
Aramaean N^S'n, 2uikX, Arab. JL&.4>,
JU:i.i> ; al.so Zend. Teger, Pehlv. Te^e-
ra. stream, whence have arisen both the
Greek name Tigris and the Aram, and
Arab, forms. In Hebrew is prefixed in
active, vehement, rapid ; so that bpin is
pr. the rapid Tigris ; comp. Hor. Carm.
4. 14. 46. The Hebrews seem not to
have been aware that the name Teger
^i5^) of itself signifies velocity; (so in
the language of Media, Tigris is an ar-
row, Strabo 11. 527. Plin. H. N. 6. 27,
Pers. _AJ" arrow, Sanscr. tigra sharp,
swift;) and hence arose a pleonasm,
Buch as we have in Mr'ne "^o king Pha-
raoh and in Engl, the Alcoran.
* "^-lO ' ^' ^y^' ^r^ ^ surround, to
enclose, e. g. with a wall or rampart ;
and in a hostile sense to beset, to besiege.
This root is of the same family with iJCn
and "iia q. v. A secondary form is Arab.
s Jc^ curtain, and \ Jc^ to hide behind
a curtain ; also Eth. f^XZ, to dwell.
Hence Ez. 21, 19 [14] tinb nnnnn ann
the sword which besvtgeth them, which
besets them on every side. Abulwalid
derives the same sense of besetting,
lying in wait, from the idea of dwelling
or lurking ; see Ethiop. and Arab, above.
The ancient versions render, the sword
that terrijieth them, as if i. q. niin ,-^
Hence
'^'I'l ni. in pause nn, constr. ^iin, c.
sufT. i-i'in ; plur. O'^iin, constr. "'I'ln.
1. an apartment, chamber, espec. an
inner one, either of a tent or house. Gen.
43, 30. Judg. 16, 9. 12. Hence, a bed-
chamber 2 Sam. 4, 7. 13, 10 ; female
apartment, harem, Cant. 1,4. 3, 4 ; a
bride-chamber Judg. 15, 1. Joel 2, 16 ;
a store-chamber Prov. 24. 4; "iina Tin
a chamber within a chamber, i. e. an
inner chamber, 1 K. 20, .30. 22, 25. 2 K.
S a
9,2. Arab. tX^ curtain, hanging, by
which the inner apartment is concealed*,
the inner chamber, private apartment ;
comp. ^yj^yi tent-curtain, Euid Syr. P^tj^
tent.
2. Metaph. ITsn-^-iin Job 9. 9, th^
chambers of the south, the remotest re-
cesses of the south, comp. 'jis:* ''SI'Si!!.
Also |a2"^'n'in the chambers of the belly,
the inmost breast, Prov. 18, 8. 26, 22.
Vyi2 "'I'ln the chambers of death, i. e. the
grave, Sheol, Prov. 7, 27.
^'?'7'^ awa| Xeyoft. and very obscure,
Hadrach, pr. n. of a country ; Zech. 9, 1
T('J"?r? T15* land of Hadrach, in the parall.
member is Damascus. Perhaps the land
of Hadrach is the region of Damascus
itself
'^l'^. pr. n. see in Tin .
"^^'.^ in Kal not used, to be new,
Aram, rin id. Arab. ic.>c\^>. to be new,
recent ; IV. to produce something new ;
but Conj. Ill, IV, also to polish a sword.
icirt
298
nin
Perhaps the original idea is to shine, to
glitter J comp. la^i^ to he pure, holy.
PiEL to make anew, to renew, 1 Sam.
11, 14. Job 10, 17. Ps. 51, 12. Espec.
buildings, cities, to rebuild, to repair, Is.
61, 4. 2 Chr. 15, 8. 24, 4.
HiTHP. to renew oneself, Ps. 103, 5.
Deriv. the three following :
'7'7 ^dj. f. fi^'^n, new, e. g. a cart,
threshing-dray, 1 Sam. 6, 7. Is. 41, 15 ;
a house Deut. 20, 5. 22, 8 ; a wife Deut.
24, 5 ; a king Ex. 1. 8 ; a song Ps. 33. 3.
40, 4 ; a name Is. 62, 2. Often also it is
i. q. fresh, of this year, spoken of grain
(opp. *Tr^) Lev. 26, 10 ; imheard of Ecc.
1, 9. 10. So new gods i. e. not before
worshipped Deut. 32, 17. Hdnn a new
thing Is. 43, 19; plur. Is. 42^ 9. For
naj-in n^:in 2 Sam. 21, 16, see in nan
lett b.
tD'in m. (r. liJ'irj) 1. the new moon,
day of the new moon, the first day of the
lunar month, which was a festival among
the Hebrews, Num. 29, 6. 1 Sam. 20, 5.
18, 24. Ex. 19, 1 "'Ta^i'Ti'D ffil'na in the
third new moon, i. e. on the first of the
third month. Hos. 5, 7 irnh nbrxi nns
now shall the new moon consume them,
i. e. in the time of the new moon they
shall be consumed. Plur. C'ttJ'in new
moons, often coupled with sabbaths and
festivals, 2 Chr. 2, 3. 8, 13. Ezra 3, 5.
Is, 1, 13. 14. Ez. 45, 17. al.
2. a month, i. e. a lunar month, begin-
ning with the new-moon. Gen. 8, 5. Ex.
13, 15. al. u^-O"^ tJinh a month of time,
for the space of a month, (see CS^ ,)
Gen. 29, 14. Num. 11,20.21.
3. Hodesh, pr. n. f 1 Chr. 8. 9.
'''in Hodshi, metronym. of tnh no. 3,
2 Sam. 24, 6.
* f^!P!| Cliald. to he new, i. q. t-m .
Hence
^T\ Chald. adj. new, Ezra 6, 4. Syr.
Kirise- rin.
* i^n in Kal not used, to he or come
under penalty, reum esse v. fieri, like
Syr. ^, Arab. C>\^ of debt (Ez. 18,
7) and of guilt.
Pi EL S;n to bring under penalty, to
cause to forfeit, Dan. 1, 10. Hence
Sin m. debt, Ez. 18, 7.
nn'^in (hidden, hiding-place, r. rtan)
Hohah, pr. n. of a place to the northward
of Damascus, once Gen. 14, 15 ; comp.
Xw^a Judith 4, 4. 15, 4. Eusebius in
Onomast. confounds this place with Co-
caba, the seat of the Ebionites ; see the
author's note to Burckhardt's Travels in
Syria, etc. II. p. 1054. Germ.
* wi^n to describe a circle, to mark out
with a compass, Job 26, 10. Syr. s~
to move in a circle, l^wp^ circle. Kindr.
roots are 55^ ^"^^ ^^^
Deriv. tiairiTa and
y^T^ m. circle, sphere, e. g. the arch or
vault of the heavens, Prov. 8, 27. Job
22, 14 ; the circuit of the earth, orbia
terrarum. Is. 40, 22.
* ^T\ 1. pr. i. q. Arab. oL^ mid. Ye,
to turn aside ; II, to tie kiwis ; whence
may be derived Heb. fTi'n an enigma,
riddle, parable. Hence
2. Joined with Ti'^n, to propose a rid-
dle Judg. 14, 12 sq. to propose a parable
Ez. 17, 2. Comp. Y'^ and r\-:i'bi2 , also
Gr. ffinliy-fiv tuvlyfiuia ^sch. Prometh.
Vinct. 610.
Deriv. iTTvi, m-^nit , rw'n'n .
* Tiy^ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to
breathe, comp. Piel. For this power in
the syllable sn, -X, IK, see under ^sjj
n^Xjbrn. Hence
2. to lire, i. q. n;jri, comp. subst. Hjn.
Piel fi-in pr. to breathe out; hence
to declare, to show, a poetic word for the
prose *T^r.n . Chald. and Syr, '5n , ^o^,
Arab, transp. ,^^^5 > ^^^^ ^^^: Arab.
^^. .Job 32, 10. 17 ; with dat. of pere.
Ps. 19, 3 ; also accus. Job 32. 6 ; c. suff.
15, 17. 36, 2.
Deriv. nWH .
^fn Chald. in Kal not used.
Pa. Kin i. q. Hebr. riJin. to declare, to
show, Dan. 2, 11 ; with b of pcrs. Dan.
2, 24 ; c. suff. 5, 7.
Apn. inf n^^nn, fut. ninn*;!, id. with
h Dan. 2, 16. 24. 27 ; accus. 2.' 6. 9.
Deriv. n^jriX.
n^n f i. q. nn. R. ri^n i. q. n^n,
comp. njn and nn .
nn
299
Virt
1. life, i. q. Mjn. Hence pr. n. of the
first womiin, Havrah, Ere, as the mo-
ther of all the living, ^T^'hs CK, Gen. 3,
20. 4, 1. Sept. Lvu, (comp. "'^n Evaiog,)
Vulg. //era.
2. i. q. txm no. 2, a village, nomadic
encampment, (pr. place where one lives^
dwells ; so Germ, lehen in pr. names,
Eisleben, Aschersleben, etc.) Num. 32,
41. Hence "f'X^ risin Hamolh-Jair,
towns or villages of Jair, i. e. Bashan or
a part of it, 80 called from Jair, a descend-
ant of Manasseh, Num. 1. c. Deut. 3, 14.
Josh. 13, 30. ] K. 4, 13. In Judg. 10, 4
this name is given to thirty towns in
Gilead pertaining to Jair, one of the
judges ; comp. 1 K. 1. c.
* T^n obsol. root, prob. i. q. TW to flee
to ; y and n being interchanged. Hence
''Tin (seer, r. Hjn) Hozai, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 33, 19.
Hin m. contr. for nsh. from r. nsn ;
see other like forms in 013 . Others de-
rive it from a root nnn of the like signif
1. i. q. nn , a hook, ring, or the like,
which was put through the nostrils of
large fishes in order to let them down
again alive into the water. Job 40, 26
[41.2]. A similar instrument was used
in binding captives, 2 Chr. 33, 11 ; comp.
Am. 4, 2.
2. a thorn, thom-biish, Job 31. 40.
Prov. 26, 9. 2 K. 14, 9. Plur. D-^nin
Cant. 2, 2. and with Vav movable D'^n'n
1 Sam. 13, 6, thom-huslies, thickets.
In the kindred languages are found
^f^ } H*Q^ the sloe, sloe-thorn.
"^" Chald. to sew, to sew together,
Syr. wj^ . Arab. LL^ mid. Ye, id.
Aph. to mend, to repair, e. g. a wall,
Ezra 4, 12. Comp. XBn .Hence
131H m. a thread, Judg. 16, 12. Ecc.
4, 12. Cant. 4, 3. Collect, thread, Josh.
2, 18. Proverbially, Gen. 14, 23 'Jima
bs? T^iito IS") from a thread to a shoe-
latchet, i. e. neither a thread nor a sandal-
thong, not even the least thing. Corre-
eponding is the Lat. neque hilum Lucr.
3. 784. Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 4. 22, for
neque filum,' whence nihil. The Arabs
have a similar proverb ; see Hamasa ed.
Freytag. p. 245. ed. Schult. p. 404.
''^n (perh. villager, from njn i.q. nsn
no. 2.) gentile n. Hicite. often collect. ^/i
Ilivite, JJicites, Sept. Lvuloi,; a Canaani-
tish people dwelling at the foot of Her-
mon and Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3. Judg. 3,
3 ; but living also at Shechem and Gi-
beon, Gen. 34, 2. 2 Sam. 24, 7. IK. 9
20. Josh. 11, 19.
^f"^!"!! Ilavilah, pr. n. 1. A region of
Arabia, inhabited by descendants of Jok-
tan Gen. 10, 29 ; eastward of the Ishmael-
ites and Amalekites, Gen. 25. 18. 1 Sam.
15, 7. Probably the Xavkojolot of Stni-
bo are to be understood (XVI. p. 728
Casaub.) dwelling on the Persian Gulf,
on the coast of which Niebuhr mentions
a town and district &JL}>,&. HawUahj
Beschr. v. Arab. p. 342.
2. A region of the Cushites. Gen. 10, 7.
1 Chr. 1, 9, which is to be sought in
Ethiopia. Most prob. the Avalit<^. dwell-
ing on the Sinus Avalites, now Zeilah,
to the southward of the Straits of Bftb
el-Mandeb. Pliny 6. 23. Ptolem. 4. 7. So
also Saadias apparently, who three times
in Genesis for nb^in puts MUa\ i. q SJL}
Zeilah. "^ "-^
3. The first Havilah (no. 1) enables
us probably to ascertain the land of Havi-
lah, nb-'inn ynx Gen. 2, 11, abounding
in gold, pearls (comm. bdellium), and
gems, and flowed around by the river
Pishon (Indus?) ; since the Havilah of
Gen. 10, 29, is also enumerated among
gold countries, and, as being on the Per-
sian Gulf^ was adjacent to India. In-
deed we are here probably to understand
India, in accordance with the ancient
usage, in so far as it also embraced
Arabia. See Assemani Bibl. Orient. T.
III. P. II. p. 568 sq. Those who regard
the Pishon as the Phasis, make Havilah
to be Colchis ; so Reland Diss. I, p, 17.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 202. But
the name of the Colchians is a"^n-D3.
\ : -
*^^'^ and ^V, fijt. biiri^ and h^rtr^
apoc. i>n^5 Ps. 97. 4, irri I'Sam. 31, 3,
Vnni Jer! 51, 29; Imp. ""Vn Mic. 4, 10,
and ib^n Ps. 96, 9 ; pr. to turn around,
to twist, to whirl; and intrans. tobe turn-
ed around, to be twisted, to whirl or be
b^r.
300
ttin
tchirled. Arab. JLa- mid. Waw, to be
Jo .
turned, converted, changed, J^.^ round
about, Jy^ a year, Jj-a* full of turns,
wily. Kindred are bsis, Gr. liUo), tllvm,
tlXa; and Avith Vav as it were strength-
ened into Beth, ^311 . Hence
1. to dance in a circle, to whirl in the
dance, Judg. 21, 21, Comp. Pil. no. 1,
and subst. bina .
2. to be whirled, to be hurled upon any
person or thing, pr. of a sword Hos. 11,
6 ; of a whirlwind, c. ? Jer. 23, 19.
30,23. Trop. 2 Sam. 3, 29 ttJXi 1=5 Bbn;i
'l51 asi"' let it (the murder of Abner) be
hurled upon the head of Joab. Lam. 4,
6 D'^n'^ na ^ibn sb and no (human) hands
were hurled upon her, i. e. laid upon her
with violence. Often in the Targums,
see Buxt. Lex. Chald. p. 719. Arab.
JL^ to swing oneself upon a horse, to
mount a horse ; IV to rush upon one
with a scourge, with i^^^. and (,j.
3. to twist oneself with pain, to writhe,
to he in pain, comp. ban ; espec. of a
woman in travail, Is. 13, 8. 23, 4. 26, 18.
66, 7. 8. Mic. 4, 10. Hence to bear, to
bring forth, Is. 45, 10. Metaph. c. b,
to be in pain for any thing, Mic. 1, 12.
Hence
4. to tremble, to quake, in allusion to
the trembling or shuddering of a woman
in travail, Ps. 55, 5. 77, 17. 97, 4. With
yo of pers. before whom one trembles,
1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10, 3 ; 'SBia Deut.
8, 25. Joel 2, 6 ; ''SBba Ps. II4/7!
5. to be strong, firm, stable, just as
also other verbs of binding and twisting
are transferred to strength, see Dna , pTPi ,
'll^l?. Arab. JLa. mid. Waw, id. Aram.
Pa. in to make strong. Eth. "J PA
to be strong, able. Hence b"^!! strength.
Ps. 10, 5 is"^"! ibTl^ his ways are firm,
Btable, i. e. all his affairs prosper. Job 20,
21 iaia b-ri^ Kb his good shall not be
stable, his prosperity shall not last.
Hence
6. to stay, to delay, and so to wait, i. q.
hni , Gen. 8, 10. Judg. 3, 25.
HiPH. CRusat. of Kal no. 4, P. 29, 8.
HoPH. fut. bnic, pass, of Kal no. 3, to
U bom, Is. 66, 8.
Pil. bb-in 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to dance
in a circle, Judg. 21, 23.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to bear, to bring
forth, Job 39, 1 ; things, to create, to
form, Deut. 32, 18. Ps. 90, 2. Causat.
Ps. 29, 9.
3. i. q. Kal no. 4, to tremble, Job 26, 5.
4. i. q. Kal no. 6, to wait for, c. b Job
35, 14.
PuL. bbin to be born. Job 15, 7. Prov.
8, 24. 25. Ps. 51, 7.
HiTHP. bbinrn 1, to whirl or hurl
oneself i. e. to rush with violence, i. q.
Kal no. 2, Jer. 23, 19,
2. to writlie with pain. Job 15. 20.
3. to wait for, c. b, i. q. Kal no. 6
and Pil, no. 4, Ps. 37,'?,
HiTHPALP. bnbnrn to he pained,
grieved, Esth. 4, 4.
Deriv. bw, b'in, b^n, b-^n, bn, ,'ibn,
b-^n, nb-^n, libn, nbnbn, bin^:, nbin^.
-''H (circle) Hul, pr. n. of an Aramae-
an region. Gen. 10, 23. Rosenmiiller
compares the district HUleh, Arab. itOx!
sJ^.^t Ard el-Huleh, near the sources
of the Jordan. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 252,
309. R. b:in .
^in m. (r, biin) sand, Syr. \Lj , from
its rolling and sliding motion, Ex. 2, 12.
Deut. 33, 19. Jer. 5, 22. The sand of
the sea, ^^"^ bin , poet. Ca;^ bin , is very
often put as the image of abundance,
Gen. 32, 13. 41, 49; also of weight Job
6, 3. Prov. 27, 3. In Job 29. IS the Rab-
bins understand by bin the bird phenix,
from a conjecture resting on the other
member of the parallelism, where there
is mention of a nest; and the Codd.
Babyl. for the sake of distinction even
read bin . But sand is the frequent
emblem of numerous days; nor is there
any reason to depart from the common
signification.
D^'^ obsol. root, pr. to be burned,
scorched, and hence to be black. Comp.
^
kindr, can, Arab. *.. to be black.
Hence
t3in adj. black, Gen. 30, 32 sq.
rvain f. (r. nan q. V.) a wall, Ex. 14,
22, 29. Deut. 3, V. 28, 52. Often for the
wall of a city, Is. 22, 10. 3G, 11. 12. Neh.
3, 8. 33. al. rarely of other buiidinga
Din
301
yin
Lara. 2, 7. Meluph. of a maiden chaste
ami ililficult ofiutcess, Cant. S, 9. 10.
Plur. ricin wallit of a city, Is. 26, 1.
Ps. 51, 20; with a verb plur. Jer. 50, 15.
So too Jer. 1, 18 to, I bare made titee this
day a defeiired city... and brazen walls;
altlioiigh in tlie sume phrase in 15, 20,
it is in the singular.
Dual D'jntn , formed from the Plural,
two walls; hence n^ntnn -pa between
the two walls, 2 K. 25, 4. Jer. 39, 4, The.se
were near the king's gardens below Si-
loam, [and may refer to the wall on the
east of Zion and the eastern wall of the
city; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 400,
461. In Is. 22, 11 the same expression
seems to refer to the western part of
Jerusalem, and may perhaps denote the
first and second walls described by
Josephus, B. J. 5. 4. 2. Biblioth. Sacr.
1843, p. 199. R.
*C^r! fut. Din^, Dh^, 1 pers. O^nx
Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Jon. 4, 11.
1. to pity, to hare compassion on, c.
i? Ps. 72, 13 ; also to be grieved for any
thing, Jon, 4, 10 '(i-'i^-'pn"^? POH "PS?
ihoa wast grieved fur the ricinus which
perished ; comp. Gen. 45, 20. Hence
2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. bs ,
Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24,'l4. Joel
2, 17. Aram, yjsct. c. ^^^.l^ id.
Note. In connection with this root,
it is to be observed that the ideas both
of pity and of sparing are attributed
more frequently to the eye than to the
person himself-, as elsewhere weakness
and strength to the hands, comp. nsn ,
pTn ; longing or pining also to the eye,
see rr^s . Hence we may gather, that
the primary idea of the verb is that of a
gentleand henigyi countenance; like Engl.
to overlook, Germ, nachselien, Nach-
sicht. So Deut. 7, 16 r^rs Dinn-sb
BFl'^bs spare them not, pr. let not thine,
eye hare pity on them, i. e. behold them
not with a feeling of pity. 13, 9. 19, 13.
21. 25, 12. Is. 13, 18. Ez. 5, 11. 7, 4. 9.
Gen. 45. 20 os-^bs bs ohn-bx caj'^s be
not grieved for your stuff left behind,
pr. let not your eye grieve. Once ellipt.
1 Sam. 24, 11 rpbr onn;) but (mine eye)
spared thee. In like manner the Arabs
attribute pity to the eye ; Vit. Timur. T.
L p. 542. 1. 14,
26
^in or 5]n m. (r. t)tn \l)acoa8t,8hore^
as washed by the sea. Gen. 49, 13. Deut
1, 7. Josh. 9, 1. Arab. SiLa., oJXa.,
margin, sea-coast. Of the same origin
are also Jc^Lm* and li^tf sea-coast
OSin (perh. coaist-raan, from Clin)
Hupham, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin
Num. 26, 39; for which Gen. 46, 21
c^on . Patronym. ''OBin Huphamite,
Num. 1. c.
* y^n obsoi. root. Syr. Pa. ^.t^ to
gird; comp. .LLa-, w^, to surround.
Hence y*n wall ; also
7^"^ m. pr. wall, side of a building;
then spec, the outside of a house ; whence
the antithesis "^'iims^ r^^^ia on the inside
and on the outside, pr. on the house-side
and on the wall-side or outside, Gen. 6,
14. Ex. 25, 11. Hence
1. Subst. whatever is out of doors or
abroad, i. e. a) Out of a house, tJie
street, Jer. 37, 21 c-iExn y^in the (Hikers'
street, in Jerusalem. Is. 51. 23. Prov. 7,
12. Plur. n-isiin streets Is. .5. 25. 10, 6. 15,
3. Jer. 7. 17. al. IK. 20. 34 and thou shall
make nisin streets for thee in Damascus,
as my father made in Samaria, i. e. build.
whole streets of houses. Others, mar-
kets, b) Out of a city, th^ country, the^
fields, pastures, the desert, Aram. 13,
Job 5, 10. 18, 17. Hence in opp. -pX;
n^'^sw^ the (tilled) land and the deserts,
Prov. 8, 26 ; comp. Mark 1, 45.
2. Adv. out of doors, without, abroad,
Deut 23, 14 ; e. g. y^n-r.^hn borw
abroad, out of the house, Lev. 18, 9.
Also forth, forth abroad, Deut. 23, 13..
Also with n loc. rtsin abroad, withmti,
1 K. 6, 6; forth abroad Ex. 12, 46; c.
art. Y^nri forth abroad Judg. 1'9, 25. Neh.
13, 8, pr. into the street; and so iissinn
Gen. 15, 5. With prepositions: a)-
y^na without, abroad, i. e. out of a tent
Gen. 9, 22 ; a house Ex. 21, 19; a city
Gen. 24, 31. b) y^rh poet, id; Ps. 41,
7. and nswb 2 Chr. 32; 5. c) pna
from without, on the outside, opp. n^ao
Gen. 6. 14. yinrsa id. Ez. 41, 25. d)
h ym^ without, implying-rest, e.g. y^nxi
i-'Sb without the city Gen. 19, 16. 24, 11.
\ nsWB Ez. 40, 40. 44. e) \- ysina-bs-
1-^
in
302
nin
without, out of. after a verb of motion,
Num. 5, 3. 4 n:nab ]'!in:a-bi< icithout the
camp Deut. 23, 11. Lev. 4, 12. f ) Me-
taph. ")^ yw except, besides, i. q. more
fAan, Ecc. 2, 25. So Chald. "(^ na, Syr.
Samar. and Zab. ^ j nN.
Hence "lisin.
p'li i a root not m use, i. q. ijv.^''
/o surround, to embrace. It seems to
have come from P^n, the 2 being soft-
ened. Hence p'^n and
pin or p'ln , 1. q. p"n , the bosom, Ps.
74, 11 Cheth.
Ppn see ppn.
U~ fut. ijn';; 1, to become white ;
and hence of the face, io become pale
for shame Is. 29, 22; comp. Zeph. 2, 1.
Aram. ?a-M , "iW , id. Arab. Waw quies-
cent jLa. to be fulled white, as a gar-
ment. Hence "iin , lin I, and ijrt, "''nh .
2. Trop. io 6e splendid, noble, i. q. "I'^n
no. 2. Hence pr. n. n'nw, fr^'Ti.
'^^ obsol. root, prob. to hollow out,
to bore, or the like, as appears from the
derivatives lin, "isin II, a hole, cavern,
and the pr. names ''"^n, ')'^"n. Comp.
some of the derivatives of r. >L^, as
iVt ^ foramen am, ^y^ mouth of a
river, bay of the sea. Kindred are the
roots *13 and Lc. ; whence n"i5isa ,
isUue , Lc , cavern.
1. *1'n and "^n m. (r. '''ir[)fne white
linen, Sept. (ivaaot, Esth. 1, 6. 8, 15.
. JI. ^'in m. (r. "i!in) 1. i. q. l-in II, a
hole, as of a serpent Is. 11, 8 ; also of a
narrow and filthy subterranean prison,
Ib. 42, 22. Comp. the black hole of Cal-
cutta.
2. Ihir, pr. n. a) A king of Midian,
Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) The hus-
bind of Miriam, Moses' sister, Ex. 17,
10. 24, 14. c) 1 Chr. 2, 19. 50. 4, 1. 4 ;
comp. 2, 20. Ex. 31, 2. d) Neh. 3, 9.
e) 1 K. 4, 8.
I. "Tin m. (r. "i^n) i. q. lin I, white lin-
en, only plur. '^'^n poet, for D^'^'^j white
linens, cloths of linen or byssus, Is. 19, 9.
Kindred is Arab. j^a. white silk; Eth.
AihC cotton, according to Ludolf in
Lex. ^th. p. 36.
II. "lin m. (r. inn) 1. a hole, 2 K.
12, 10 ; spoken of a window Cant. 5, 4 j
of the socket of the eye Zech. 14, 12.
2. a cave, cavern Job 30, 6. 1 Sam. 14,
11 ; of the dens of wild beasts Nah. 2, 13.
III. lin ^ plur. C^^n nobles, see "n .
yp Chald. m. white, Dan. 7, 9. R. mn.
^^In see S-nh .
'n^ (perh. worker in linen, fr. "i=in I,
like Arab, ^^o^ Hariri,) pr. n. m.
Huri, 1 Chr. 5, 14.
'''inn (id. Chald.) Hirrai, 1 Chr. 11,
32; see "^nri.
i"lin see "^in.
D^^n (noble, high-bom, r. "itn no. 2)
Huram, pr. n.
a) A king oi" Tyre, contemporary
with David and Solomon, 1 Chr. 14, 1.
2 Chr. 2, 2, and so always in the Chroni-
cles. But in the books oC Samuel and
Kings this name is written nn^^n Hiramy
2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 1-18. 9,11. 12;
by Greek writers EXqmfiog, Jo. c. Apion,
1. 17, 18.
b) A Tyrian artificer sent by Hiram
to Solomon, 2 Chr. 4, 11 ; elsewhere
Ci-i-'n Hirom 1 K. 7, 40, zy^n Hiram
2 Clir. 1. c. Cheth. Also ^2S< tsnm
2 Chr. 2, 12, 1''3^ cnw 4, 16; where
however "^ax and rSN do not belong tot
the name, but are appellatives : Huram
my (his) father, i. e. counsellor, master-
workman.
c) A Benjamite 1 Chr. 8, 5.
pin Hauran, pr. n. of a region beyond
Jordan, eastwan! of Gaulanrtia ("^i*),
and west of Trachonitis or d-Lejah, ex-
tending from the Jabbok to the territory
of Damascns, Ez. 47, 16. 18. Or. Av{iavt-
Tf, 'Jlqm'hK, Arab. ^^^ HarirAn, so
called prob. from the moltitude oUave
(lin) fovmd there, which even at the
present day serve as dwellings for the
inhabitants. See a fiiH d>pcription of
this region in Burckhardt's Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 51 sq. 211 sq. 285^ 291 sq
"jjin
303
nin
^^^ 1. to haste, to make luiMe.
Arab. JmL^ mid. Ye, to flee hastily.
This root is onomntopoetic, imitating
the sound of nipiii and hasty motion,
lilte Germ, hitschen, transit, fuiscfien, also
hasten, Hast, hetzeii, Engl, to haste, to
chaae. Kindr. are Arab. yC i. q. Germ.
hissen. hetzen, to rouse up, to urge on, to
chase, yDytf id. c jj6 to rouse, to chase,
intrans. to be swift, ^<iL^ to fear, Heb.
non to flee, to take refuge, tiw, ns,
6Lft, q.v. Constr. a) Absol. 1 Sara.
20. 38 ; also i. q. to come hastily, to ap-
proach speedily. Deut. 32, 35. b) With
infin. aiid b, to viake haste to do any
thing. Ps. 119, 60. Hab. 1, 8. Also with
dat. of a noun, Ps. 22, 20 new "'n'^tyb
make haste/or my help, i. e. to help me.
38, 23. 40, 14. 70, 2. 71, 12; and in the
same sense dat. of pers. Ps. 70, 6 n^nbx
'b nvsin O God, make haste for m, help
tme quickly. 141, 1. Part. pass, with
f active power, plur. w^vn, hasting, hasty,
'..quick, Num. 32, 17.
2. Trop. a) Of vehement emotion,
^internal haste or ardour. Job 20. 2 113?3
I ""a "^iasin because of my hasting within
fne, i. e. the fervid impulse by which I
am driven. b) Of the passions, appe-
tites, .lusts. Ecc. 2, 25 din^ "'W bsxi ^o
tcho doth banquet or who is hasty i. e.
eager therein? i. q. who doth gratify his
appetite, or enjoy the pleasures of life ?
In the Mishna it is not unfrequently used
of the feelings of pleasure and of pain.
Syr. . and ua.m to feel, to perceive,
M^ emotion of mind, passion, ]\IJ.^
eg ^ S
lust, Arab, u**^ to feel, whence JL^
and kindr. iLwwLi., Ethiop. hi^tl feel-
ing, sense.
HiPH. 1. to hasten, to urge on, Is. 5,
19. 60, 22.
. 2. i. q. Kal intrans. to haste, to make
haste, Ps. 55, 9. Judg. 20, 37. Job 31, 5
tinni for Cnw ; see in r. WS.
3. Pr. to make haste to flee, i. e. tofee
hastily, Is. 28. 16.
Deriv. OTJ and the four following pr.
names.
tyiDTl (haste) Hushah, pr. n. I Chr.
4, 4 ; see hn^ti. Patron, "^n'^nn Ilusha-
thite, 2 Sam! 21, 18. 1 Chr. 11, 29. 20, 4
iTDin (hasting) pr.n, Hrishai, David's
fi"iend and ally in the war against Absa-
lom, 2 Sam. 15, 32 sq. 16, 16 sq.
Wmn (the hasting) Huahim, pr.n.m.
a) A son of Dan, Gen. 46. 23 ; see Cinili.
b)lChr. 7, 12. c) 1 Chr. 8, 8. 11.'
DTC^n (haste) Ilusham. pr. n. of a king
of Edora, 1 Chr. 1, 45. Written defect.
nirn Gen. 36, 34. 35.
t^'Tl a spurious root. For IHTii Hab.
2, 17, see r. rnn Hiph. no. 2. ^
Oriin m. (r. onn) 1. a seal, signet-
ring, Ex. 28, 11. 21. Job 38, 14. 41, 7.
Jer. 22, 24. al. The Hebrews, like the
Persians of the present day, sometimes
wore their signet-ring suspended upon
the breast by a string, Gen. 38, 18 ; to
which allusion is made in Cant. 8, G.
Arab. (VJ'LS. and *J"L^ .
2. Hotham, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 32.
b) 11, 44.
^i^TH and ^Xnm 2 Chr. 22, 6 (whom
God beholds i. e. cares for, r. ntn) pr. n.
Hazael. king of Syria, 1 K. i'g," 15. 17.
2 K. 8, 9. 12. 'n n^2 home of Hazael, i. e.
Damascus. Am. 1, 4. Lat. Azelus Jus-
tin. 36. 2.
* ^J'^ fut. nm;;, apoc. trin Mic, 4, 11,
in Pause thx job 23, 9 ; to see, to look,
Engl, to gaze, the common verb in Ara-
maean (!>-., Nm, '^^^) for Heb.
fiJJ"^ ; in Heb. mostly poetic, like Engl.
to behold. Germ, schaiten, Ps. 46, 9. 58,
9. al. Spec.
1. to see God, sometimes of the actual
vision of the divine presence, Ex.24, 11.
Job 19. 26, comp. 38, 1 ; elsewhere spo-
ken of those who Avorship in the temple
Ps. 63. 3. So to behold the face of God
is metaph. i. q. to enjoy his favour, to
find him propitious, the figure being
drawn from the practice of kings, who
admit to their presence only those v.^hom
they favour, Ps. 11, 7. 17. \b.
2. Spoken espec. and as the usual
word for what is presented by a divine
influence to the prophet's mind, either
in visions properly so called, or in reve-
ntn
304
^in
lations, oracles. Hab. 1, 1 itfix N^rn
'n ntn the oracle which Habakkuk saw,
i. e. which, was divinely presented to his
mental vision, revealed to him. Is. 1, 1.
2, 1. 13, 1. Num. 24, 4. Am. 1, 1. Ez. 13,
6 KlIJ 'iTH they behold lies, false revela-
tions. Zech. 10. 2. With !? , to announce
or declare visions or revelations to any
one. Lam. 2, 14 sn3 r^ im 'q':s''n3 %
prcfphets announce unto thee lies, false
revelations. Is. 30, 10.
3. ^0 look upon, to gaze upon, to con-
.template, c. 3 Is. 47, 13; espec. with
pleasure, to delight in beholding, to feast
the eyes upon, Ps. 27, 4. Cant. 7, 1. Job
36, 25. Mic. 4, n. With an ace. to look
upon with favour, to care for ; Ps. 17, 2
let thine eyes look upon the right, i. e.
regard justice. Also to look out for one-
self, to choose, to select. Ex. 18, 21. Is. 57,
8 ; comp. ib nxn Gen. 22, 8.
4. Trop. to see, i. e. to perceive, to expe-
rience, to feel, mentally ; comp. nxn no.
3. Job 15, 17. 24, 1. 27, 12. 34, 32' ' By
a bold metaphor ascribed to the root^
of a plant, which feel tRe stones, i. e.
meet with, strike upon the stones ; Job
8, 17 it (thy root) seeth the stony place.
Deriv. nm riTn , '|i^jn , nm-2 . nmp. ,
and the pr. names b5<m, bx^m, n^'m,
fltri and i^W Chald. to see, c. ace.
Dan. 5, 5. 23. 3, 19 nm ^'n b? rtsa-:;-in
one seven times more than (ever was)
seen. Inf wn-q Ezra 4, 14. Also ab-
sol. to behold, to look on, Dan. 2, 34. 7,
4.9.21.
^T^^ m. (r. nm) ^^e breast of animals,
pr. the part seen, front. Ex. 29, 26. 27.
Lev. 7, 30,31. Plur. nim Lev. 9,20.21.
Chald. in plur. "p^ri q. v.
HTH m. (r. nm) 1. a seer, prophet,
a word mostly of the silver age of He-
brew, signifying i. q. l!f^23 , 1 Chr. 21, 9.
25, 5. 29, 29.
2. Scgolate (like rifth Is. 28. 7) and
abstr. i. q. r^lTn no. 3, q. v. pr. a vision ;
then a league, covenant, agreement, Is.
28, 15. See Comment on Is. 1. c.
ITn (perh. for Pim vision) JJazo, pr.
n. of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 22.
"^TH Chald. m. emphat. KJtn, plur.
constr. "'jtn, a vision. Dan. 2, 28. 4, 2. 7,
7,7.13.20. Syr. fo}^.
"pTIl m. (r. ^jn) 1. a visixm, spoken
of a night-vision or dream, Is. 29, 7.
Spec, a vision from God respecting fu-
ture events, prophetic vision. Lam. 2, 9.
Mic. 3, 6. Ps. 89, 20. Dan. 1, 17. Hence
2. an oracle, prophecy, Hos. 12, 11.
Hab. 2, 2. 3. Obad. 1. Nah. 1, 1. Col-
lect. Is. 1, 1, where it is for "jlTn "iSO .
3, a revelation, divine communication^
1 Sam. 3, 1. Prov. 29, 18.
flltn f a vision, revelation, 2 Chr. 9,
29. R. nm.
MTn Chald. sight, view, prospect,
Dan. 4,' 8. 17.
flltn f Kamets impure, r. f^jn.
1. look, appearance, espec. something
conspicuous, remarkable, comp. ns"^B .
Dan. 8, 5 r^tn 'j*ip a, horn of appear-
ance, i. e. conspicuous, large, v. 8 n3">b?in5
53*1 N n>iTn and there came upfotir con-
spicuous horns ; for so the sense seems
to demand, on account of v. 5.
2. a vision, i. e. prophetic, Is. 21, 2.
3. a revelation, revealed law, Is. 29,
11 ; and hence, league, covenant, these
two ideas being kindred in the mind of
the Hebrew, whose whole religion was
a covenant with God, Is. 2S, 18, comp.
nth V. 15. Hitzig derives the signif of
covenant from the fact that in making a
covenant the prophets were consulted ;
comp. 1^=5^ libation and covenant.
^V^ obsol. root, Arab. y&. to pierce
through, to transfix, e. g. with an arrow;
(S ^
y^ to cut in, to perforate, to wound.
Kindred is y'&'n .Hence vvr .
'^""Tn (vision of God) Haziel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 23, 9. R. nm.
"CT*^ (whom Jehovah beholds) Ha-
zaiah. pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 5. R. nm.
fi'^Tn (vieion) Hezion, pr. n. m. 1 K.
15, 18. R. nm.
'ji'^jn 1X1. (r. nm) constr. 11'''^'^, plur.
n';3"i"''tn.
1. a vision, Job 4, 13. 7, 14. 20, 8.
2. a revelation., 2 Sam. 7, 17. )'^'m ii
Is. 22, 5 (comp, v. 1) valley of vision, or
collect, of visions, i. e. Jerusalem, as the
"Tn
305
pm
eat and liome of the divine revelations,
comp. Is. 2, 3. Luke 13, 33 ; perhaps also
in allusion to *|i^:in (whence Sept. Zimv),
or to npb . which Ititter is explained as
signifying ' vision of Jehovah,' Gen. 22. 2.
2 Chr. 3, 1. The city is situated on the
Bide of a valley.
fin or T''Tn m. (r. Ttn) pr. arroio,
hence U<:^htniHg, Zech. 10, 1 ; more fully
mbp T"Tn thunder-jiash Job 28, 26. 38, 25.
"l^tn in. a swine Lev. 11, 7. Syr.
fi-*)^, Arab. ^jJL^ id. with Nun in-
serted ; whence is perh. derived the verb
.y^ to have small eyes or swines' eyes.
See r. nm .
"*T!! (swine) Ilezir, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
24, 14. Neh. 10, 21 [20].
*VT\* fut. pm^ 1. to bind fast, to
gird tight, e. g. bands, ligatures. Arab.
xy^ and vjy^ id. Syr. to gird. Of
the same tiimily are Heb. Tj'i'n, Gr.
la/o), laxvia, t(/^iv, both in the sense of
adhering and of being strong. Intrans.
to he hound fast, made tight, Is. 28, 22.
Hence
2. Intrans. to hold fast to any thing,
to cleave, to adhere firmly. 2 Sam. 18, 9
nbX2 "iaixi pm*T arid his head caught
fast in the terebinth. Trop. nnina 'n to
hold fast to the law, to be zealous in it,
2 Chr. 31, 4. With b c. infin. to persist
in any thing, to be constant, diligent in it,
Deut. 12, 23. Josh. 23, 6. 1 Chr. 28, 7.
3. to make firm, strong, to strengthen.
Verbs of binding, binding together, gird-
ing, are thus transferred also to the idea
of strength, because things are made
firmer and stronger by girding or bind-
ing together ; as also persons with their
loins girded feel stronger and more ac-
tive ; seethe roots cna. bnn, bin no.
5, TJJpj ; also the similar Arabic usage
in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 514 sq. and
Schultens 0pp. Min. p. 101 sq. Trans.
Ez. 30. 21 ; hence i. q. to help, 2 Chr. 28,
20. Oftener intrans. to be or become
strong ; spoken of a prosperous people
Josh. 17, 13. Judg. 1. 28 ; of a famine,
which becomes severe, Gen. 41, 56. 57.
2 K. 25, 3. Jer. 52, 6 ; of a strong and
fixed purpose, will, 2 Sam. 24, 4. 1 Chr.
26*
21, 4. With "i*? to be stronger than, to
prevail over, 1 Sam. 17, 50 ; c. b? id.
2 Clir. 8, 3. 27, 5 ; ace. 1 K. 16,' 22.
Trop. a) Of bodily health, to grow
strong, to recover, Is. 39, 1. b) Of the
mind, to he strong, firm, undaunted, as
in the formula 'j'^X] ptn (Horn. l(fx^o)
be strong and of good courage Deut.
31. 23, comp. Dan. 10, 19; also in the
same sense spoken of the hands of any
one, Judg. 7, 11. 2 Sam. 10, 21. Comp.
in Din ult. c) to he confirmed, establish-
ed, e. g. a kingdom, dominion, 2 K. 14,5.
2 Chr. 25, 3. d) In a bad sense, to he
firm, hardened, obstinate, of the heart,
Ex. 7, 13. 22 ; comp. Mai. 3, 13.
4. to be strong upon any one, i. e. to be
urgent, to pre^s upon, c. bs Ex. 12, 33.
Ez. 3, 14; ace. Jer. 20, 7.
PiEL p?n 1 Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
bind a girdle around any one, to gird,
with two ace. Is. 22, 21 ; with ace. of the
member girded Nah. 2, 2.
2. to make firm, strong, to strengthen;
espec. to fortify a city. 2 Chr. 11, 11. 12.
26, 9; to repair ruins, to build anew,
2 K. 12. 8. 9. 13. 15 ; c. b 1 Chr. 26, 27 ;
comp. Neh. 3, 19. Spec, a) to heal, to
cure, comp. Kal no. 3. a. Ez. 34, 4. 16.
b) to strengthen one^s hand, i. q. to en-
courage him, Judg. 9, 24. Jer. 23, 14. Job
4, 3. 1 Sam. 23. 16 ; without 1^ id. Deut.
1, 38. Is. 41, 7 ; with b to or for any
thing 2 Chr. 35. 2. I'^n^'p!'! fo strength-
en one^s own hands, i. q. to take courage,
Neh. 2, 18. c) to help, to assist one,
2 Chr. 29, 34. Ezra 6, 22. 1, 6 and all
their neighbours ros'^bsa cn^'iia ap?n
aided them with vessels of silver, etc. i. e.
made them presents, d) In a bad sense,
with ab , to harden one''s heart, to make
obstinate. Ex. 4. 21. i-^JS pm to liarden
one''s face. i. e. to be obstinate, perverse,
Jer. 5. 3. Ps. 64. 6 3n nan iisb ip*ni they
are obstinate in wickedness.
HiPH. p'Tnn 1. to bind fast to any
thing, i. q. to fasten to oc upon; so in
the fbrmula^a iii P'^ynn to fasten one's
hand upon any thing, i. e. to lay hold of
to take, comp. Gr. t'o-^w to hold. Gen. 21,
18 ia T\Tr^^ 'P'^iri'': fasten thine hand
upon him, i. e. take him, hold him. So
with t; impl. with a of pers. or thing,
to lay hold of to take, to seize a person
or thing, (comp. Gr. HQdJiiv iiro;,) 17.^-^
ptn
306
rrr
4, 4. Deut. 22, 25. 25, 11 ; also c. h
2 Sam. 15. 5 ; bs Job 18. 9 ; poet. c. ace.
Is. 41, 9. 13. Jer. 6, 23. 24. 8, 21. 50, 43.
Mic. 4, 9 bTi ~i5"'Tnn pangs have seized
thee, and in the like sense Jer. 49, 24
nj^"'Tr!ri lJuJI she hath seized on terror.
So in Lat. ignis comprehendit ligna,
and vice versa doinus comprehendit ig-
nem ; Engl, the fire seizes the haiise,
and the house takes fire. Comp. Heb.
THX Job 18, 20. 21, 6. Gr. l>co, see Pas-
sow 1^0) no. 1. b. Spec, a) i. q. to hold
fast, to retain, Ex. 9, 2. Judg. 19, 4.
b) to take in, to hold, as a vessel, 2 Chr.
4, 5. c) to take or get possession of,
Dan. 11,21.
2. to hold fast to any thing, to cleave
unto, e. g. integrity, innocence, with 3
of thing, Job 2, 3. 9. 27, (3 ; with bs of
pars. Neh. 10, 30.
3. to make firm, strong, e. g. a) Of
buildings, to repair, to rebuild, Neh. 5, 16.
Ez. 27, 9. 27. Nah. 3, 14. b) Of persons,
to strengthen Ez. 30, 25. Intrans. to be-
come strong, powerful, (comp. Lat. robiir
facere, lU\l. far forze,) 2 Chr. 26, 8.
Dan. 11, 32. c) to help, to aid, c. 3 Lev.
-5, 35; comp. p'^THTD helper Dan. 11, 1,
c. ace. V. 6.
HiTHP. 1, to be strengthened, estab-
lished, confirmed, as a new king, 2 Chr.
1, 1. 12, 13. 13, 21. Also to strengthen
oneself, i. e. to collect one's strength,
powers. Gen. 48, 2 ; to take courage,
2 Chr. 15,8. 23, 1. 25, 11.
2. to show oneself strong, courageous,
'brave, 2 Sam. 10, 12 ; "^izh against any
one 2 Chr. 13, 7. 8.
3. to show oneself strong for any one,
:i. e. to help, to aid, with 3 and C5 2 Sam.
:3, 6. 1 Chr. 11, 10. Dan.' 10, 21.
Deriv. the eight following and n*ptni ,
pjn rn. verbal adj. 1. firm, in a bad
nenfic. hardened, e.g. ab ^irm, nST2"''|rTn
hardened in heart, forehead, i. c. obsti-
nate, perverse, Ez. 2, 4. 3, 7. 9, comp.
V. 8.
2. strong, rigorous, Num. 13, 18. Ps.
35,10. Alsopoicer/uZ Is. 28,2. Amos2,
14 ; and in a bad senne, violent, Job 5, 15.
Freq. is the phrase n;5tn 1^ a strong
hand; spoken of men i. q. an armed
force, Num. 20, 20, coupled with 123 DS .
Ex. 3, 19. 6, 1 ; oflener of God, ?iis mighty
power, espec. exerted for the deliverance
of his people, Ex. 13, 9. 32^ 11. Deut. 3,
24. Ps. 136, 12. al.
3. strong, i. e. vehement, violent, e. g.
wind Ex. 10, 19; disease 1 K. 17, 17;
famine 1 K. 18, 2.
p.T'7 adj. strong, powerful, waxing
strong, Ex. 19, 19. 2 Sam. 3, 1. R. pin.
ptn m. c. sufF. ''ptn. strength, in the
sense of help, aid, Ps. 18, 2. R. pm.
pT!1 m. strength, might, Ex. 13. 3. 14
16, Am. 6, 13. R. pm.
^Pfn pr. infin. fern, of the verb p'H,
the being or becoming strong ; as 2 Chr.
12, 1 and 26, 16 irp'ns in his becoming
strong, i. e. when he had strengthened
himself had become strong. Is. 8. 11
THTpfna in the being stroiig of his
hand, i. e. when God's hand was strong
upon me, when his Spirit impelled me ;
comp. the verb in Ez. 3, 14. Jer. 20, 7.
Dan. 11, 2 i^T^SS irpms in his being
strong in his wealth, i. e. trusting in his
riches.
npTn f (r. pm) 1. strength, force;
ripfn3 by force, violently, 1 Sam. 2,16.
Ez. 34, 4; vehemently, greatly, Judg. 4,
3. 8, 1.
2. a strengthening, repairing, of a
building, 2 K. 12, 13. Comp. the verb
Pi. no. 2.
*'PT'7 (strong) Hizki, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
8, 17."
n^ptn and in^'pTH (for ri^ptrT^ Hoa.
1, 1. Is. 1, 1. and this for n'p.m'i Jeho-
vah strengthens) pr. n. HezeMuh, Gr.
^El^fXlnq, Lat. Ezechias. a) A pious king
of Judah 728-699 B. C. 2 K. c. 18-20.
2 Chr. 29, 18 sq. c. 30-32. Is. c. 36-39.
Prov. 25, 1. b) An ancestor of the pro-
phet Zephaniah, supposed by many to
be the same with king Hezekiah. Zeph.
1, 1. c) 1 Chr. 3, 23. d) Neh. 7, 21.
10, 18.
* llv obsol. root ; Chald. -itn , Syr.
hytt , to return, to go about. Arab. jV^
to have small eyes like a swine ; but
perhaps this is a denominative.
Deriv. vm, pr. n. i''!n,nn'Tnv
H^ m. (r. n:ri) c. sufT. mn, pUir.
n'^nn Dag. forte impl. Lchrg. 38. 1.
'nn
307
Httn
The form is contracted for Msn , as til'n
for nsn , ois for osiD , etc.
1. a hook, ring, inserted in the nostrils
of animals, to which a cord was fastened,
in order to drag them about, or subdue
and tame them, 2 K. 19, 28. Is. 37, 29.
Ez. 19, 4. 29, 4. 38, 4. Comp. Job 40;
26, and nin no. 1.
2. a hook or clap, according to Kim-
chi, for fiistening the garments of fe-
males, Ex. 35, 22. Comp. Fr. epingle,
Germ. Spendel, from spinula, see Tacit.
Germ. 17. Otliers understand a nose-
ring, elsewhere called CT3 , gee Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 764.
Tin i. q. nn , plur. C^nn Ez. 29, 4
Cheth.
*^V'7 '^'t. X-jrrj, inf. constr. Kbn,
Kvjn , once ian Gen. 20, 6 ; part, xain ,
also Stan Ecc. 8, 12.
1. Pr. to miss, not to hit the mark,
spoken of an archer, slinger, see Hiph.
in Judg. 20, 16; also of the feet, to
miss, to make a false step, to stum-
ble and fall, Prov. 19, 2. The same
* --
primary idea lies in Arab. 1^''^ to
miss, opp. v)Lo to hit the mark; also
in Gr. u/xafjinvu, spoken of a weapon
Hom. 11. 10. 372. ib. 4. 491, of a way Od.
7. 292. So too as opp. NSa to light
upon, to find. Prov. 8, 36 vafis otj'n ''Xah
whosoever misseth me (doth not find me)
hanneth his own life, opp. ''N2I^ v. 35.
Job 5, 24 thou mttsterest thy pasture
(flocks), sann itbl and missest nought,
nothing is gone, all thy flocks are there.
In this sense corresponds Ethiop. "i^h.
not to find, not to have.
2. to sin, i. e. to err from the path of
right and duty ; Syr. Chald. Arab. id.
Job 1, 22. 2, 10. al. saepiss. rxan xan to
tin a sin Lev. 4, 3. 28. 35. 5, 6. 10. 19, 22.
With ^ of him towards or against whom
one sins, e. g. nini^ xan Gen. 20, 6. 9.
1 Sam. 2, 25. 7, 6. al. With 3 of pers.
and thing in which one sins, Gen. 42. 22.
Lev. 4, 23. Neh. 9, 29 ; b? Lev. 5, 4.
Num. 6, 11. Neh. 13, 26. Prsegn. Lev.
5, 16 T3"i>n--,^ xan iirx rx what he
haih taken sinfidly of the holy things,
Bc. through ignorance.
3. to sin away any thing, i. e. to forfeit
by sinning, to incur as penalty, c. ace.
Lev. 5, 7, comp. v. 11. Prov. 20, 2 KOin
"iOB? he forfeiteth his own life, i. e. ex-
{)oses it to danger, comp. Hab. 2, 10.
Gen. 43, 9 if I bring him not again,
'lai Tiitan'i then will I bear tlte blame
all my life.
PiEL Kan 1. to bear the blame or
loss of any thing, to atone for, c. ace.
Gen. 31, 39. Hence
2. to offer as a sin-offering, as a sacri-
fice of atonement or expiation ; Lev. 6,
19 [26] Pinx Kan^n he who offereth it
for sin, as a sin-ofl'ering. 9, 15 inxarT]!
and offered it as a sin-offering. Also
3. to m/ike atonement, to expiate, i. e.
to cleanse by a sacred rite, to purify, i. q.
"IBS, as men Num. 19, 19. Ps. 51, 9; a
building, vessels, etc. Lev. 14, 49 ; c. bs
Ex. 29, 36. Sept. xa^aqiQuv.
HiPH. "'ann l. Cau.sat. of Kal no,
1; to let miss, not to make hit the mark ;
so a slinger Judg. 20, 16. Arab. Conj. IV.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to catise to sin,
to lead into sin, c. ace. Ex. 23. 33. 1 K.
15, 26 bxnb^-rx X'^ann -icx irstana^
and in his sin, which he made Israel to
sin, i. e. idolatry, as often. 16, 26. 2 K.
3, 3. 10, 29.
3. to cause to be accused of sin, Deut,
24, 4. Ecc. 5, 5. Also i. q. S'^^'in, to
pronounce guilty, to condemn, as before
a tribunal. Is. 29,21.
HiTHP. 1, i. q. Kal no. 1, to miss one's
way, to lose oneself, spoken of a person
in astonishment and terror missing his
way in precipitate flight, Job 41, 17 [25].
Comp. Schultens Opp. min. p. 94.
2. Reflex, of Piel no. 3, to purify one-
self hy a sacred rite, Num. 19, 12 sq. 31,
20.
Deriv. the five following.
^'^^ m. c. suff". "^xari; plur. D'^san,
constr. 'Nan, which latter is from Nan.
1. a sin,faidt, Lev. 19, 17. 22, 9. n%"i
3 xan it is sin unto any one, he is guilty
of a sin, Deut. 15, 9.
2. punishment of sin, calamity, Lam.
3,39.
^^^ m. (Kamets impure) 1. a sin-
ner, not in the sense in which all are sin-
ners, but as wont to sin. Gen. 13, 13. Is.
1, 28. Ps. 1, 1. 5. al. saep.
2. one held guilty, an offender, 1 K.
1, 21.
i^iDn
308
tpr^
nKtjn f. (r. N-on) 1. a sin, Gen. 20
9. Ps. 32, 1.
2. a sin-offering, Ps. 40, 7.
nXDn f. (r. xan) 1. Fern, of xan,
a sinner, Am. 9, 8.
2. i. q. rxan a) a sin Ex. 34, 7.
b) a sin-offering, Ezra 6, 17 Keri. c)
punishment, like nxan no. 4, Is. 5, 18.
nSEn f. once nan Num. 15, 24,
constr. rxan, plur. nixan. R. xan.
1. a miss, misstep, slip of the foot,
Prov. 13, 6.
2. a sin, Gen. 4, 7. Is. 6, 7. al. eaep.
Rarely for the habit o^ sinning, sitiful-
ness, Prov. 14, 34. Is. 3, 9. Meton. of
that in which one sins, the cause or
occasion of sin, as idols, Hos. 10, 8.
Deut. 9, 21 ; comp. 2 K. 13, 2. rNan ''a
water of sin, i. e. of expiation or puri-
fication ibr sin. Num. 8, 7.
3. a sin-offering, Ex. 29, 14. Lev. 4,
1-35. 6, 18. 23. al. On the difference
between it and nrx , see this latter, no.
3. p. 95.
4. punishment/or sin,hamA,G. Zech.
14, 19. Hence for calamity, misfortune,
Is. 40, 2.
~ _'t 1- fo cw^ wood, to hew, Deut.
29, 10 sq. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 2 Chr. 2, 10.
s J- -
Jer. 46, 22. Arab. y^Aja^ wood cut or
hewed, v^^Ja^. to go after wood. Kindr.
is 2Sn to hew stones ; also DS;^ and the
roots there given.
2. Intrans. like Arab. mid. E, pr. to be
cut with a whip, rod, etc. Hence to be
marked with stripes, to be striped, varie-
gated; comp. "i?n no. 3. Arab, i^-jf ^
to be variegated, versicoloured ; Syr.
)A.a^i.MLo an embroidered garment, pr.
striped. Hence Part. pass. plur. niran ,
Prov. 7, 16 / hace decked my bed with
coverings D*^^si3 "paN niran variegated
(stripcd):?7A the thread()f Egypt ; where
riSwH as adj. is to be referred to C'nana .
PuAL piiss. of no. 1, to be hewn out,
sculptTtred, Ps. 144, 12.
riint:n see in aan no. 2.
nian C (r. WJn no. "3) wJieat, as being
of a reddish tinge. Arab. JoJL^) &JaJL^>
Chald. "pasn . In the sing, mostly of
the plant as growing in the fields, Ex.
9, 32. Deut. 8, 8. Job 31, 9. Is. 28, 25.
Joel 1, 11. But the following formulas
are to be understood of the grain, e. g.
nan lhv,fat of wheat Ps. 81, 17, and abn
W^T) niibs kidney-fat of tcheat Deut. 32,
14; for here the fat denotes the marrow
or flour, farina, fivelov ind^wv, and is
also called Qian abn Ps. 147, 14.
Plur. C'an wheat, i. e. the grains, col-
lect, the grain. Sing, nan of a single
grain, Mishna Chelaim 1. 9. Hence
B-^an 5"iT Jer. 12, 13; n-<an n-^sp; Gen.
30, 14. Judg. 15, 1 ; n-'an ^'si^ i Chr.
21, 20 ; can "3 2 Chr. 27, 5. By
Chaidaisra "pan Ez. 4, 9.
tJ^IDn (prob. assembled, r. Itian) Hat-
tush, pr. n. ra. a) 1 Chr. 3, 22. Ezra 8,
2. b) Neh. 3, 10. c) Neh. 10, 5. 12, 2.
* IStSri obsol. root, Aram, wj^ to dig,
to explore, Arab. IqS. to cut in, to write.
Hence pr. n. S<a"'an.
"''2^1 Chald. m. a sin, c. suff. Tj^an
Dan. 4, 24. R. xan i. q. Heb. xan/ '
n^J2n Chald. i. q. Heb. nxan, a sin-
offering, Ezra 6, 17 Cheth. R. Nan.
^V'^^''^ (^ 'digging') exploring) Hatita,
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. R. aan .
^*^t2H (^vavering) Hattil, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2. 57. Neh. 7, 59. R. ban.
'^S'^ipn (seized, captive) Hatipha, pr.
n. m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 56. R. pan .
^ _ T obsol. root, Arab. JJai*. to be
pendulous, loose, to wave to and fro;
kindr. "lan. Hence pr. n. b'^an.
Cum lo muzzle an animal ; Arab.
|Us^, whence ^Ua^ a muzzle. Kindr.
are ccn , CSS , also Crn ; comp. on the
sigiiif of the syllables DT, ca, Bn,
what is said in the note under art. C^'J.
Of a kindred power with this root are
Lat. domare. Germ, d&inmcn. zuddm-
men, zAhvien, Engl, to tame. Metaph.
Is. 48,9 r|b-Danx pr. I muzzle (n)ysclf)
towards thee, i. e. refrain myself.
* H -'7 Jilt- tl^'^^ ' q- ^^^' ' coich,
to seize, to make captive, Judg. 21, 21. Pi.
*it3n
309
Tn
10, 9 bis. Aram. va4u*, Anih. t^hr>. id.
Hence pr. n. XB^:;n.
_\5 obsol. root, to wave, to bran-
dish a. rod, spear, etc. to wag the tail ;
Arab, t^^ . Kindr. are the roots ban ,
J^t^^ J^is-ft) f^"d others, whose pri-
mary syllable is dal. tal, sal, implying
the idea of being pendulous, or waving,
or swinging to and fro ; see under bb^
p. 225. Hence
1'OH m. a rod, i. e. slender and flexi-
ble, Prov. 14, 3 ; a alwot, twig, Is. 11, 1.
Arab, ^y twig, branch, Syr. f'riL*.
a staff, rod. Samar. '^ V A, Aleph and
Heth being interchanged.
"^t't' obsol. root, perh. i. q. ifJuJA.
to gather together, to assemble, as a peo-
ple. Hence pr. n. Dian.
''H constr. "n, fem. n*n ; plur. f-^n,
fem. ni*n. R. i;jn. ^
A) Adj. 1. alive, living. Gen. 43, 7
n CD*'a myn is your father yet alive ?
V. 2?; 28. 45, 3. 20. 46, 30. ^n-bs all
lidng, every living thing. Gen. 6, 19. 8,
21. Job 12, 10 ; espec. all men, every
man. Gen. 3, 20. Ps. 143, 2. Plur. D-^ri
living, alive, Num. 16, 30. 33 ; and with-
out subst. the living, Ecc. 4, 2. 15. 6, 8.
Is. 8, 20. ti^'^r, y:.ii the land of tJie living,
opp. Sheol, Ps. 21, 13. Is. 53, 8. Ez. 26,
20 ; c. art. a^'nn 'j< Ps. 142, 6. Job 38,
13. Very often of God, who is called bx
Ti the living God, i. e. eternal, efficient,
true, (opp. to ilead idols Ps. 106, 28.)
Josh. 3, 10. Hos. 2, 1 ; ^n D^^b!< 2 K.
19, 4. 16; comp. 1 Thess. 1, 9.'' -^na
cbirn by the living forever, i. e. God,
Dan. 12, 7. So in the usual formula of
an oath : nin-i "^n living is Jehovah, i. e.
as Jehovah liveth, Ruth 3, 13. 1 Sam.
14, 45. 2 Sam. 4, 9 ; Qipibxrt <n 2 Sam.
2, 27 ; poet, bx ^n Job 27, 2 ;' also ^3X ^n
as Hive, where Jehovah himself speaks,
Num. 14. 21. 28. Is. 49, 18. Jer. 22, 24.
Ez. 5, 11. 14, 16. 18; so Deut. 32. 40.
Without oath, Ps. 18. 47. 2 Sam. 22, 47.
2. lively, rigorous, strong, 2 Sam. 23,
20 Cheth. in Keri b^n d-x ; comp. nin.
Ahojlmirishing. prosperous, 1 Sam.25'',6.
3. living again, reviving ; whence
metaph. r\>n rrs Gen. 18, 10. 14. 2 K.
4, 16. 17, with the reviving year, i. e. the
coining spring, when the winter shall
be past and nature revives ; nfQiJtlofii-
rov tviuvjoii Od. 11. 217.
4. live, fresh, raw, of flesh, 1 Sam.
2, 15. Lev. 13, 14 sq.
5. living, fresh, e. g. of a plant, green,
not dry, Ps. 58. 10 ; of flowing water as
opp. to stagnant and putrid, which latter
is called in Arab. (.i^ju^Ji L4J1 dead wa-
ter, Gen. 26, 19. Lev."l4, 5. 20.
B) Subst. life. Lev. 25, 36. 1 Sam.
25, 6 'nb ns cn-iajt] and thus shall ye
say : For life, a form of salutation. Lat.
salve ; ''nb in pause for "^nb . Often in
the formula of an oath by things other
than God ; in the accus. as <^i"JB "^n by
the life of Pharaoh Gen. 42, is! 16; "'n
T]aB3 by the life of thy soul, by thy life,
1 Sam. 1, 26. 17, 55. Am. 8, 14. The
name Jehovali in the like formula is
preceded by "^n, see in A. no. 1 ; whence
r,rB3 -^m niirj 'n 1 Sam. 20, 3. 25, 26.
Far more usual in this sense is the
Plur. D'^rH, once V?n Job 24, 22, life,
Gen. 2, 7. 3, 14. 15. 7, 15. al. Q-^'H nn
breath of life Gen. 6, 17 ; Cin ied book
of life, Ps. 69. 29 ; tJ'^'^nr! ys tree of life,
i. e. of long life, x^iodxei.og, of immortal-
ity, Gen. 2, 9, comp. 3, 22. 24. Hence
a) living, sustenance, ft log, Prov. 27, 27.
b) refreshment, recreation, Prov. 3, 22.
4, 22. c) welfare, prosperity, happiness,
Ps. 34, 13. Prov. 4, 22. 23. 12, 28. 13, 14.
14, 27. B"i*rt nnx the way of life, of hap-
piness, Prov. 2. 19. 5, 6. Comp. Syr. )JbM
Luke 3, 6. 19, 9, for Gr. awir^qia.
''H Chald. emph. N*n , plur. '(i^n .
1. Adj. alive, limng, Dan. 4, 31. 6, 21.
27. Plur. the living, Dan. 2, 30. 4, 14.
2. Subst. in plur. 'p^n , life, Ezra 6,
10. Dan. 7, 12.
bSTT (perh. for bs-^n^ God liveth)
Hiel, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16. 34.
n'l'^n f pr, something entangled, in-
tricate ; see r. "i"n , espec. no. 2 ; comp.
Dan. 5, 12. Hence
1. trick, stratagem, Dan. 8, 23.
2. intricate speech, a riddle, enigmn,
1 K. 10, 1 ; comp. n^-'bia . To propose
a riddle is expressed by lin q. v. to
solve a riddle by ^^'m^ Judg. 14, 14.
3. i. q. bfflo, a sententious saying.
tvm
310
rr^n
maxim, Prov. 1, 6 ; a parable Ez. 17, 2 ;
a poem, song, Ps. 49, 5. 78, 2, comp. Hab.
2, 6 ; an oracle, vision, Num. 12, 8.
* ^^, inf. absol. n^n Ez. 18, 9 and
r^n 3, 21. 18, 28 ; inf. constr. c. suff.
cni^n Josh. 5, 8, with pref ni^nb Ez. 33,
12; Imp. with pref t^yv^. Gen. 20, 7,
plur. ^^r\^ 42, 18 ; Fut. H^'n'^, apoc. '>n'^,
1. to live, the usual and frequent word.
GS .^
Arab. _:^ , which form is also in Heb.
see 'l^n ; Eth. AX(D , Syr. )1<* id.
The primary idea is that of breathing,
as the manifestation of animal life, comp.
CSS ; and its more ancient form is njn
q. V. The same origin belongs to the
Gr. Jao), ^woj, kindr. with w, ??/it, to
breathe, and used by .^schylus also of
the winds as breathing, blowing ; comp.
Passow in ^uw. Construed : a) With
ace. of time, Gen. 5, 3 and Adam lived
a hundred and thirty years. 11, 11 sq.
b) With 2 of place Lam. 4, 20 ; also of
that an or from which one lives 2 K. 4,
7 ; and of that by which one lives and
prospers Hab. 2, 4. c) With b? , to live
an any thing, see ^ 1. a. e. Further,
n^n to live is also put : aa) i. q. to live
well, to prosper, to thrive, Deut. 8, 1. 30,
16. Neh. 9, 29. ri>fiv] '"T, i^^ ^he king
live, prosper, flourish, 1 Sam. 10, 24. 2
Sam. 16, 16. Csaab in*: let your heart
live, i. e. be lively, cheerful, joyful, Ps.
22, 27. 69, 33. bb) to live, to be pre-
gerced alive, Josh. 6, 17. Num. 14, 38.
Espec. in the formula 'ttSS? nn-jn my
soul liveth, I remain alive, Gen. 12, 13.
19, 20. Is. 55, 3. Jer. 38, 17. 20. Contra,
tt'^n'^ Jfib he shall not live, he shall die,
Genl 31, 32. Ex. 19, 13. Zech. 13, 3. 2
K. 20, 1.
2. to live again, to revive. Job 14, 14.
Ez. 37, 5 sq. 1 K. 17, 22. Hence a)
to become icell, to recover one's health.
Gen. 20, 7. Josh. 5, 8 ; with l^ of dis-
ease, 2 K. 1. 2. 8, 8. b) to recover, to
revive, spoken of one overcome with
grief or fatigue, Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15,
19.
PiEL nn 1. to make live, to give life
to any one. Job 33, 4. A woman is said
to make live or to quicken the seed of a
man, when she conceives by him, Gen.
19, 32. 34 ; and in like manner Hos. 14,
8 "jS"! ^'t^'} they shall quicken the corn,
make it live and flourish, sc. in the de-
serted land, by tilling and sowing the
fields anew. Metaph. Hab. 3, 2 Jeho-
vah, let thy work live, i. e. accomplish it,
complete it. Also to make live prosper-
ously, to make prosper, to give life and
prosperity to any one, Ecc. 7, 12. Job
36, 6. Ps. 119, 156.
2. i. q. to preserve alive, to let live,
comp. Kal no. 1. bb. Gen. 12, 12. Ex. 1,
17. Ps. 40, 3. 138, 7 ; 'S ITEJ n^n id. 1
K. 20, 31. Ps. 22, 30. S'T n*n to pre-
serve seed Gen. 7, 3. ^jrn n^n to keep
cattle, lit. to keep them alive. Is. 7, 21.
3. i. q. to revive, to bring to life again,
to restore to life, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ps. 30, 4.
Deut. 32, 39. Hence to revive, to com-
fort, to refresh, Ps. 71, 20. 85, 7. Trop.
to revive a city, i. e. to rebuild, to repair,
1 Chr. 11, 8. Neh. 3, 34 D-^ssxn-rx si'H'^n
will they revive the stojies again ? i. e.
again build them up. So Syr. >a*iJ sus-
citare ruinas.
HiPH. n;nn l. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pre-
serve alive, to let live, Gen. 6, 19. 20 ;
with ttJE3 Gen. 19, 19 ; to save one's life,
i. e. to preserve from death, Gen. 47, 25.
50, 20 ; c. ^ 45, 7. Also, to permit to
live, to grant one's life, Josh. 6, 25. 14,
10. 2 Sam. 8, 2.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 3, to restore to life, 2 K.
5, 7. 8. 1. 5.
Deriv. rr^H , fTjniq , and pr. n. ^x'^n ,
n^n and S;in Chald. id. Dan. 2, 4
i-in "pB^rb H'sh'q O king, live for ever !
a form of salutation towards a king. 3, 9.
5, 10. 6. 7. 22. Comp. Neh. 2, 3 Ti^B"
n^n-^ zV.vh . l K. 1, 31.
Aph. Part. i<ni3 saving alive, preserv-
ing alive, Dan. 5, 19. Comp. Syr. K>o .
'^!!''7 f^f^j- plur. f Pl'^H, lively, rigorous,
strong, Ex. 1,19. See ''n no. 2. R.njn.
n^'n f constr. p;n and poet, ir'jn Vav
paraV- Gen. 1, 24.' Ps. 50, 10. 79, 2. 104,
11, comp. Heb. Gram. 88, 3. b; c. suff.
irjn Is. 40, 16 ; pr. fern, of adj. "^n, i. e.
living, where see ; then as subst. living
thing. Hence
1. an animal, beast, e. g. nS'i njn a
ravenous beast Gen. 37,20. 33. Plur. r\'^*n
yr^
311
b^n
Ps. lot, 25. Is. 35, 8. Ez. 1, 5; njj? rm
f/u' ^'</.s-^ (f the reeds, i. e. the crocodile,
Pa. G8, 31. Ollener in the Sing, collect,
njn-bs every licing thing, all beasts,
Geii. s' 19. 9, 5. Lev. 1 1, 46. The word
is thus used: a) In the widest sense, of
all kinds of beasts, including also aqua-
tic animals, Lev. I. c. b) Oftener of
quadrupeds, as opp. to birds, Gen. 1, 30.
2, 19. 8, 19. 9, 2. Lev. II, 2. 27. 17, 3. Is.
46, 1. c) Ofwild animals, as opp. to tame
cattle (mjna) Gen. 1, 25. 2,20. 7.14.21.
8, 1. 9, 10; spec, ofwild beasts, where it
is sometimes more fully nT>sn rn Ex.
23, 11. Lev. 26, 22. Deut! 7, 22. Hos.
2, 14. 13, 8. Jer. 12. 9. Ez. 33, 27; also
nsn njn collect. Ez. 14, 14. 34, 25.
'iann'^n gregarious animals, Zeph. 2,
14. Arab. Xjt^ denotes spec, a serpent.
2. Collect, pr. the licing ; hence a
band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 23, 11. 13.
Poet, a people Vs. 68, 11 ; and so Ps.
74, 19 r\-\yp\ ::b3 r^nb inn-bx deliver
not over to tlie bloody-minded troop thy
turtle-dove, where UJBD signifies a desire
of slaughter and vengeance ; see 1JE5
no. 3.
3. life, but only poetic, i. q. O'^'^n , Job
33, 18. 22. 28. Ps. 143, 3. So in n^n dB3 ,
c. art. n^Hii tt^C?., animal of life, i. e.
living animal, see ttJB3 no. 4. Life is
also put for vigour, strength. Is. 57, 10
nx^Ta T|"l^ ^V^ ifi^u fndest yet strength
in thy hand. Hence
4. i. q. ttb; no. 2. life, vital spirit, ani-
ma, to which is ascribed hunger, thirst,
loathing. Job 33, 20. n^n n,\^ Job 38,
39 i. q. fflBJJ sb^ , to fill the spirit, i, e. to
satisfy, to satiate.
r'^ , ^T"^ Dan. 7, 5, Chald. f. emph.
Kn'i'^n, sr^n, an animal, beast. Dan. 4,
12 sq. 7, 3. 12. 17. It is for n-^n, the
double Yod being changed into I"* .
tl'l'^n f. life, 2 Sam. 20, 3. R. ^^n .
i^'^ i- 1' ^^^^ ^^ ^*^*; ^ '^^'^ of the
' form SJS , like Arab. ^^ . Here belongs
3 Prset. 'n. Gen. 5, 5 "^n-is^Js nnx ""^"^-h^
all the days of Adam, which lie lived. 3,
22 cbisb "ini bsx^ lest he eat and live
for ever. Num. 21. 8. From these are
to be distinguished the passages in which
^n is an adjective, as ''n oa'^a^ "riSJ^ is
your father yit alive? Gen. 43, 7.
Deriv. "'n, nn, wn.
^^n see bw.
^V. m. also ^""n I.S, 36, 2. Job 20, 18;
con.str. b-^n, c. sulf. "'b'^ri, plur. Q''b^rr.
R. bin no. 5.
1. strength, might, valour, Prov. 31, 3.
Zech. 4, 6 ; espec. in war, Ps, 18, 33. 40.
33, 16. b-^n n'ay to display valour, to do
valiantly, Num.'2i, 18. Ps. 60, 14. '115.3S
h']T^ men of valour, valiant men, Judg. 3,
29. 1 Sam. 31, 12 ; metaph. Is. 5, 22 j
bin ^33 id. 2 Sam. 2, 7. 13, 28. Hence
2. forces, a host, army, Ex. 14, 28. 1 K.
20, 25. ^"^nri lia captain or leader
of the host, 2 Sam. 24, 2. b-^n 'sa,
'n 'i^sx , men q/"^/te host, men of war, sol-
diers".' Deut. 3, 18. 1 Sam. 14. 52. Ps. llO,
3 "(b^n Di"a in the day of thy warfare^
i. e. of thy warlike expedition, campaign.
3. ability, i. q. .tubstance, wealth, riches,
Gen. 34, 29. Job 20, 15. Is. 8, 5. Jer. 15,
13. Zeph. 1, 13. al. b-^n nir to get
riches, to acquire wealth, Deut. 8, 17. 18.
Ruth 4, 11. Prov. 31, 29. b^n ^niaa 2 K.
15, 20.
4. Trop. moral strength, good quality,
integrity, virtue, b^n "'iBSX active, capa-
ble mn Gen. 47, 6. Ex. 18, 21. 25. PUix
b7n a capable woman, well qualified for
her station, Ruth 3, 11. Prov. 12, 4. 31,
10. b^H'^iS an honest man 1 K. 1, 52.
5. strength of a tree, poet, for its fruit,
Joel 2, 22 ; comp. ns Job 31, 39.
^'}T^ Chald. m. 1. strength, valour,
Dan. 3, 4.
2. forces, a host, army, Dan. 3, 20. 4, 32.
^"^n and 'r? m. strictly i. q. b^n .
Spec.
1. a host, army, 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 36, 2.
Once bn Obad. 20 ; also Ps. 10, 10 Keri,
where B"'S<3"bn may be rendered the
host of the afflicted ; but it is better to
follow the Chethibh, see n:bn.
2. fortification, intrenchment, espec.
the exterior low wall or rampart which
surrounds and covers the trench, 2 Sam.
20, 15. Is. 26, 1. Nah. 3, 8. Lam. 2, 8.
Comp. 1 K. 21, 23. Ps. 48, 14. 122, 7.
Sept. itQOJHxivfitt, TifQiTfixoc, Vulg. an-
temurale. In the Talmud b"in is the ex-
terior space surrounding the wall of the
temple ; see Lightfoot Opp. T. II. p. 193.
yn
312
nsn
^''n m. also once <^^^n f. Job 6, 10.
1. pain, pang, espec. of childbirth,
Ps.48, 7. Jer. 6, 24. 22, 23. Mich. 4, 9.
R. bn no. 3.
2. trembling, terror, Ex. 15, 14. R.
bw no. 4.
Hb'^n Ps. 48, 14, according to the com-
mon reading i. q. ^"'H no. 2 ; but Sept.
Vulg. Syr. Chald. Jerome, and 18 Mss.
read with Mappik nb-'n, from ^'n q. v.
no. 2, and this is to be preferred.
0^""^? 2 Sam. 10, 16, and Qbn y. 17,
Helam, pr. n. of a city near the Euphra-
tes, where David gained a victory over
Hadadezer. R. bw , eubst. ^'n .
I^'^n HUcn, pr. n. of a city ofthe priests,
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 6, 43 [58].
Written also "j'Vn Holon, Josh. 21, 15. al.
f^n m. (r. l^n) i. q. 'Pi, grace, beauty ;
Job 41, 4 [12] isns 'pn the beauty of his
trappings, armature, i. e. of the croco-
dile. The form is contr. for "jpn, as
ttJiX for ttJ:X , 0*^3 for D5S .
T"?^ m. (r. yin) a wall, side of a
Q
house, Ez. 13, 10. Arab. iajLa- id.
'}iS"'n adj. (r. I'iin) f. rtjia-^n, outer,
exterior, Ez. 10, 5. 40, 17. 31. Hence
civil, as opp. to sacred. 1 Chr. 26, 29 ;
comp. Neh. 11, 16. ''iS''nb without, on
the outside, 1 K. 6, 29, 30.
pn m. rarely pi Prov. 17, 23, c. sufT.
pn Ps. 35, 13, and "'I^n Job 19, 27. R.
pin q. V.
1. bosom of a garment, Ex. 4, 6. 7.
Prov. 6, 27. 16, 33. pna iniu a present
in the bosom, i. e. given secretly, Prov.
21, 14 ; comp. 17, 23. Comp. Lat. sinum
laxare v. cxpedire, spoken of a person
expecting a gift, see Senec. Epist. 119.
Thyest. 430.
2. bosom of a person, as p'^na 2S!l5 to
lie in the bosom, e. g. of a wife 1 K. 1, 2.
Mic. 7, 5 ; of a mother 1 K. 3, 20, spoken
of a child; comp. Ruth 4,16. Hence ofthe
tenderest conjugal affection, ^p^n riBN
the wife of thy bosom, the oVjject of thy
love, Deut. 13, 7. 28, 54. romp. 56. ciuJ
^^n-bx Jer. 32, 18, 't p-'H-bx a-^ttSn Ps,
79, 12, to rejHiy or restore into one's bosom,
to requite, (as God the actions of men,)
i q. elsewhere \l5Kia a"ti5n Judg. 9, 57.
1 Sam. 25, 39. Joel 4, 7. Comp. the simi-
lar Arabic phrase 8)5.^ (^ t>\ ' redit in
jugulum alicujus,' Hist. Tim. T. I. p. 30.
Mang. Spoken of the internal bosom,
the breast, mind, Job 19. 27. Ecc. 7, 9.
3. Metaph. the bosom of a chariot, the
inside, hollow part, 1 K. 22, 35 ; the bosom
of an altar, the cavity or hollow in the
hearth, where the fire is kept burning,
Ez. 43, 13,
nn^n (noble birth, r. ^in) Hirah, pr.
n. m. Gen. 38, 1. 12.
DITI and TTi'^'n see D"i!in.
T T
^V i. q. ojiin, to hasten, to make
haste, imper. noJin Ps. 71, 12, Cheth,
Hence
TiJ"'n adv. hastily, soon, Ps. 90, 10.
'^D m. (r. T\-'n) c. suff. "^sri . the palate,
together with the corresponding lower
part of the mouth, the inside maiith, the
--
jaws, like D'^npb'a . Arab, tijij.2*. the pal-
ate and corresponding lower part ofthe
mouth, beak, Syr. jil t palate. Hence
Job 20, 13 isn Tiira in the m,idst of his
mouth. 33, 2. Spec, a) As the organ
of taste, Job 12, 11, comp. 6, 30. Ps. 119,
103. b) As an organ of speech, Prov.
8,7 'Sn nin;i rrx ^'z for my mouth {^aX-
ate) speaketh truth. Job 31. 30 nor have
I suffered my mouth (palate) to sin;
comp. Hos. 8, 1 the trumpet to the mouth !
Comp. J^sn. In Cant. 7, 11, palate
seems put by way of delicacy for the
moisture which accompanies a kiss,
comp. 5, 16. Lette ad Amrulk. Moall.
p. 180 : See fully in adj. ic^ no. 1.
't'V ^0 look, to look out ; hence with
b to look for, to wait for, to desire. In
Kal once Part, constr. ib "^ri'n those who
wait for him Is. 30, 18. More usual in
PiEL nsn id. 2 K. 7, 9; c. ace. et b
Job 32, 4; espec. nirr^b r\'zn to wait (full
of hope and confidence) /or /f/jora/i, Ps.
33, 20. Is. 8, 17. With infin. and b, Is.
30. 18 DDJjnb 1; ^'^^'', "i^bl and therefore
Jehovah waiteth, that he may be gracious '
unto rj(m, he desires nothing more than
to favour you again, and therefore he
delays punishment. In the parallel mem-
ber is Cli^ he doth ni-ise sc. in order to
do this or that, which thus comes near
;Dn
313
Din
to the Arab. *L , i. q. o(e/(r^<. Inf.
in the Chald. manner, "Sn Hos. 6, 9.
rVSn f. (r. ~3n) a Jionk. angle, so called
as contraHing the mouth of a fish, etc.
Job 40, 25. Is. 19, 8.
nb"^pn (d irksome) Ilachilah, pr. n. of
a hill near the desert of Ziph, 1 Sam. 23,
19. 2(5, 1. 3. R. b=n.
0"'3n Chald. adj. ime Dan. 2, 21 ; spec,
a wise man, magus, magician^ Dan. 2, 12
sq. 4, 3. 5, 7. 8. R. D=n .
* i^^? obsol. root, to be dark, black ;
kindr. with Vns. and spoken in the de-
rivatives of tire darkjlashing eyes of a
person excited with wine: a) In a
good sense Gen. 49, 12; see '>"'^=n.
b) In a bad sense and referring to the
fierceness arising from intoxication, Prov.
23, 29; see rVp-'^an. See Thesaur.
App.
Deriv. the three following :
n^bsH (whose eyes Jehovah enlivens)
pr. n. m. Hachaiiah, Neh. 10, 2.
'b'^^Dn adj. dark, dark-Jlashing, spo-
ken of the eye. see r. ban. Gen. 49, 12
ji'sa 0';i3"'5 '^"'Vsn his eyes darkly flash-
ing from wine, implying abundance of
wine ; dark eyes are here contrasted
with white teeth. Aquila well xara'xo^oi
satiated with colour, dark ; Sept. x"^o-
xoioi.
nibbpn f prov. 23, 29 0*:^? w^^^^n
dark Jiashing of the eyes, fierceness, as
arising from intoxication. See r. ban .
Dji^t fut. t,'ST]'[ , to be or become vrise,
to act wisely, Prov. 6, 6. 23, 19. Ecc. 2,
19. 1 K. 4, 31. Job 32, 9. al. Arab. IXX
to judge, to govern, *Xa- judgment,
^^X^ and |Vi^ a ju'Ige; Aram, to
know, rarely to be wise,
PiEL to Tfiake wise, to teach wisdom.
Job 35, 11. Ps. 105, 22.
PuAL part, made wise, i. e. taught
"wisdom, wise, Prov. 30, 24 ; of a magi-
cian, Ps. 58. 6.
HiPH. i. q. Pi. Ps. 19, 8.
HiTHP. 1. to be wise in one's men eyes,
Ecc. 7, 16.
2. to show OTieself wise, i. e. cunning j
27
with ^ to outwit, to deceive, Ex. 1, 10.
Comp. Gr. aotf>6i; cunning.
Deriv. the six following, and Chald.
c">3n .
D3^ adj. i. q. Gr. croipd;, wise. Spec.
1. knowing, skilful, skilled in the arts,
Is. 3, 3. 40, 20. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 12 ; more
fully 2?-==^ Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 35, 10. 36,
1.2.8. Comp. Hom. liSviai n^anldtg.
Jer. 10, 9 C^asn niasia the work of skil-
ful artisans. 9, 16 (nrp) niiasn i. e.
mourning women skilled in lamenta-
tion.
2. wise, i. e. intelligent, (pQovifiog, sen-
sible, judicious, endued with reason and
using it, Deut. 4, 6. 32, 6. Prov. 10, 1.
13, 1. Hos. 14, 10. Often coupled with
",122 Deut. 11. cc. and opp. b:3 ibid. ^"'IK,
^^03 Prov. 17, 28. Ecc. 6, 8. Also sa-
gacious, shrewd, never at a loss, 2 Sam.
13, 3. Jer. 18, 18. Is. 19, 11. 29, 14 ; wise
from the experience of life and human
affairs Prov. 1, 6. Ecc. 12, 11 ; also skill-
ed in divnne things Gen. 41, 8 ; and
hence spoken of magicians and enchant-
ers Ex. 7, 11 ; comp. Chald. n-^sn . Fur-
ther, skilful to judge, wise in judging,
1 K. 2, 9 ; and hence cunning, artful, 2
Sam. 13, 3. Job 5, 13 ; firm and constant,
in mind, consistent. Is. 31, 2. The wide-,
circle of virtues and mental endowments^
which the Hebrews comprised under-
this word, is best gathered from the his-
tory and character of those whose wis-
dom became proverbial among the He-
brews, e. g. Solomon 1 K. 5, 9 sq. Dtiniel'
Ez. 28, 3; the Egyptians 1 K. 1. c.
Thus the wisdom of Solomon is mani-
fested in his acute judgment 1 K. 3, 16i
sq. 10, 1 sq. in his knowledge of very
many objects, espec. of nature 5, 13 ; ini
the multitude of verses and sentences-
which he either composed himself or
retained in his memory 5, 12: Prov. 1, 1 ;
in a right judgment as to human affairs,
etc. Elsewhere wisdom also includes
skill in civil matters. Is. 19, 11 ; the fa-
culty of prophesying, and interpreting
dreams, Dan. 5, 11 ; and the art of en-
chantment and magic, Ex. 7, 11. A
higher and more enhghtened wisdom is
ascribed to angels, 2. Sam. 14, 20; tO'
God, Job 9, 4. 28, 1 sq. The seat of
wisdom is placed ioi tbe heart; hence:
314
rbn
often trn lh Prov. 16. 23, and ^h crn
11, 29. 16, 21. Plur. ci'!:=n wise men,
magi, magicians, Ecc. 9, 17. Gen. 41, 8.
Jer. 50, 35. Esth. 1, 13.
^^317 f- (r. Crn) 1. skill in an art,
dexterity, Ex. 28,'3. 31, 6. 36, 1. 2.
2. wisdom, for the notion and extent
of which, see in C3n no. 2. Job 11, 6.
12, 2. 12. 15, 8. 26,^3. 20, 18. It com-
prises various learning Dan. 1, 17 ; also
reverence and piety towards God Job
28, 28 ; is attributed to a leader Deut.
34, 9 ; to a king Is. 11.2; and in a
higher and more perfect sense to God,
Job 12, 13. 28, 12 sq.
TVQDT} Chald. id. Dan. 2, 20.
'^?''23n (wise) Hachmoni, pr. n. m. I
Chr. 11, 11. 27, 32.
nTGDn f; sing. (perh. for riasn) wis-
dom; constr. with sing. Prov. 9, 1, comp.
14, 1 ; perh. Prov. 1, 20, where however
HSItn can also be plural. With plur.
Prov. 24, 7. Elsewhere only once, Ps.
49, 4. R. csn .
rT"il2Dn id. with sing. Prov. 14, 1.
^n see iiTl.
?h m. unholy, profane, common, opp.
to holy, consecrated, Lev. 10, 10. 1 Sam.
21, 5. 6. R. bhn Pi. no. 3.
* ^?'t' ^^ "'^j ^^ icear away ; then to
be sick, i. q. nbn no. 2, 3. Once fut.
\^-;^ 2 Chr. le' 12.
Deriv. sibnrn and
^^f'l f. 1. rust, on a brazen pot,
Ez. 24, 6. 11. 12. Prob. pr. external
disease, scab, leprosy of metal. Arab.
^^^^ is spoken of pustules on the lips,
an eruption.
2. Helah, pr. n. f 1 Chr. 4, 5. 7.
O'^N^neee-'bn.
D^Vn see e^'^n .
^i'^' obsol. root, to be fat. The pri-
mary idea lies in the smoothness and
slipperiness of fat things ; corresponding
are Gr. Ima, hnuw, kinoo), ulilqioi, Lat.
lippus. Hence pr. n. -^nx , and the five
here following.
3^^ m. c. art. Z^T^T} , constr. 2^n (as
if from sbn), c. miff. ''S^n , milk, i. e. new
milk, different from nx-an, and so called
from its fatness. Gen. IS, 8. 49, 12. Prov,
27, 27. Is. 7, 22. Yet in 1 Sam. 17, 18
it seems to be for curdled milk : see in
'p1^- For the phrase S^n rsT y-ix
ffl2"!*i see under art. SIT, Poet, to suck
the milk of nations, L q. to make their
riches one's own, to get possession of
their wealth. Is. 60, 16. Arab. s^^X:^,
v_>xAj=>. id. whence y^A-2. to milk, Eth.
xhA.-fl milk.
^5n m. also S^H !<?. 34, 6. c. suff.
iabn- plur. csbn, constr. ""Zibn Gen,
4, 4:
1. fat, fatness, of victims Lev. 3, 3. 4.
9. 10. 15 sq. Is. 1. 11 ; of persons Judg,
3, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Job 15, 27. Plur.
Gen. 4, 4. Lev. 8, 26. 10, 15. Metaph,
a) For the best, richest part of any thing,
as 7"!i<'7 -^n the fat of the land, j. e. its:
best fruits, richest productions, Gen. 45,
IS; nan z\r\ Vs. 81, 17, and c^an 2>n
147, 14, the fat of wheat ; also ri-^^Si' S^H
nun Deut. 32, 14 (comp. Is. Si^ G) the
kidney fat of wheat, i. e. the finest wheat,
the finest flour. b) For a fat heart,
i. e. covered thick with fat, and there-
fore torpid, dull, onfeeling, Ps. 17, 10 ;
comp. Ps. 73, 7 ; also Gr. noxtg, Lat,
pinguis, for dull, stupid. Seme have
s p
here compared Arab. v>Ai^ pericar-
dium ; but iliis seems rather to be so
called from its fatness ; although under
the root v.>Ai>. the Arabs comprise al-
most every thing.
2. Heleb, pr. n. of cme of David's miH-
ti\ry chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 29 ; for which 1
Chr. 11, 30 l^n, and also T Chr. 27, 15
155 n.
^^ :0 (fatness, fertile region) HelbaJt,
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher, 1
Judg. 1,31. R. sbn.
T^'^l^i (lilt, fertile) IMbo, pr. n. of a
Syrian city, celebrated for its wine, Ez.
27, 18 ; Gr. Xulvfioiv. On its oxc<.Ilent
wine, sec Sfnibo XV. p. 1068 (al. 735),
The city is famous in Arabian history in
the middle ages, ander the name sJ>JiA.
Haleb, now Aleppo ; see Freytag Hist.
Hnlebi. Bochart Hieroz. I. 543. Abul-
2bn
315
nbn
feda Syria p. 118. Goliue ad Alferga-
nura p. 270 sq. J, D. Michaelis. Siip-
plem. p. 748 sq. conjertnres without
sufficient ground that tiie city Kennes-
rin, or Old Alcpjx), is to be understood.
^JSbn f galbanum, Gr. xaXjSuvt], a
gum of a strong odour, flowing from the
ferula sridbanifera, which grows in Syria
and Arabia, Bitbon galbanum Linn.
Ex. 30, 34. Syr. ln\.. gum- Comp.
Celsii Hierob. T. I. p. 267.
_ T ^ root not in use, pr. to he
smooth, slippery; then also of smooth
and swift motion, to glide, to slip away,
to fleet ; kindr. with abn , a^n , qbn , nb; .
See Tliesaur. p. 474.
Deriv. the five following.
^f) ra. in pause "ibn 1. life, as fleet-
ing and transient, Ps. 39, 6. 89, 48. Job
11, 17.
2. this world, as fleeting, transient,
vain, Ps. 49, 2. 17, 14.
'>?y} pr. n. see abn no. 2.
"I^n m. a weasel, Lev. 11. 29. So
called from its swift gliding motion, or
from its gliding into holes ; comp. Syr.
|.^ibM insinuavit se. So Sept. Vulg. Targ.
Jon. and so Talmud, mbin a weasel.
Syr. l,^a* and Arab. tX-Ls^ signify a
mole.
T^fn (weasel) Huldah, pr. n. of a
prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22.
'^Ir*^ (worldly, see ibn no. 2) Heldai,
pr. n. m. a) See -bn no. 2. b) Zech. 6,
10 ; and also to be read in v. 14 for cbn .
n5i^t 1. to rub smooth, to polish,
kindr. xbn ; intrans. to be polished; pr.
from the idea of smoothness, lubricity,
so that nbn (ibn) is kindred to the
verbs abn, C|bn, pbn. and also ibn
q. v. Hence "^bn, fTjbn, necklace, fe-
male ornaments, so called as beino-
poli.shed. Syr. > \ t to be sweet, pleas-
ant, (pr. smooth.) Pa. to adorn, ) >V^-
sweet. So of sweet and pleasant sounds.
as Eth. "JAP to sing, whence Heb.
Pibrna q. v.
2. to be worn down in strength, to be
weak, Judg. 16, 7 sq. Is. 57, 10.
3. to be sick, diseased, Gen. 48, 1.
'bn nbn, as Gr. voatlv vuaov, 2 K. 13,
14. rbin-rx nbn to be diseased in the
feet, lame, 1 K. 15, 23; of disease from
a wound or hurt, 2 K. 1, 2. nbin nsn
a deadly ecil, sore evil, i. e. scarcely
curable, Ecc. 5, 12. 15. nanx nbin sick
with love Cant. 2, 5. 5, 8.
4. to be pained, hurt, Prov. 23. 35. Jer.
5, 3. Hence metaph. to be concerned,
anxious, grieved, c. bs 1 Sam. 22, 8.
Comp. Eth. (h AP to be anxious, for Gr.
(ii(jifimv Matt. 6, 28; see Lud. de Dieu
ad h. 1.
NiPH. S^b^^ l. to be worn down in
strength, to be wearied, Jer. 12, 13.
2. to be made sick, to be sir.k, Dan. 8,
27. Part. fern, nbns, e. g. nbnj nso a
deadly wound, i. e. severe, scarcely cura-
ble, Jer. 14, 17. 30, 12 ; comp. 10, 19.
Nah. 3, 19. So ellipt. nbn: id. Is. 17, 11.
3. to be concerned, anxious, grieved,
c. by Am. 6. 6,
PiEL n|n, imperative bn 1 K. 13, 6.
1. Pr. to rub or stroke the face of any
one, from the primary Ibrce of the root;
see in Kal no. 1, and comp. Gr. xrtUw
to soothe, to caress. Always fully,
'b ""SS Wsn to stroke one's face, i. q.
to soothe, to caress; spoken: a) Of
one who strives to please a king or
noble, i. q. to caress, to flatter, to court.
Job 11, 19. Prov. 19, 5. Ps. 45, 13 the
richest of the nations shall make court
to thee with gifts, b) Of one who
entreats God's favour, i. q. to beseech,
to supplicate, Ex. 32, 11. 1 Sam.
13, 12. 1 K. 13, 6. 2 K. 13, 4. Dan.
9, 13. al. Comp. Iliad 8. 371. ib. 10.
454 sq.
2. to make sick, to afflict with disease,
Deut. 29, 21. Ps. 77, 11 x-^n irn'&n this
maketh me sick. ill.
Pdal pass, to be made weak, so of a
shade in Sheol, Is. 14, 10.
HiPH. prset. "^bnn, by Syriasm for
nbnn, is. 53, 10.
1. to make sick, diseased, incurable,
e. g. a wound Is. 1. c. Mic. 6, 13. Also
to make onesplf sick ; Hos. 7. 5 in the
day of our king *'^'a rrn v^'\'a ^ibnn the
princes make themselves sick with the
glow of wine.
2. Trop. to afflict, to grieve, Prov. 13, J 2.
nbn
316
^bn
HoPH. to he hurt, wounded, 1 K. 22, 34.
HiTHP. 1. to make oneself sick, to
fall sick, for grief, 2 Sam. 13, 2.
2. to feign oneself sick. 2 Sam. 13, 5. 6.
Deriv. from the signif to polish etc.
see in Kal no. 1 ; from the signif to be
"*sick, "hn, nbriTs, nbna, "^ibnTa,
^<D f. a cake 2 Sam. 6, 19 ; espec. as
offered in sacrifices, Lev. 8, 26. 24, 5.
R. b^n no. 1, to bore, to pierce ; since
such cakes were perforated like bis-
cuits, as among the Arabs and modern
.Jews.
Di^n and D''5n m. plur. ni^Dl'bn, a
dream, Gen. 20, 3. 6. 31, 10. 11. 24.
Dreams are put for trifles, follies, nugcB,
Ecc. 5, 6 ; comp. v. 2. -R. cbn .
V^T} comm. Josh. 2, 18. Ez. 41, 16;
plur. Di- Joel 2.9. and ri- Ez. 40, 16 ; a
'Window, hole for the light, from r. i^Vn to
perforate. V^n ^^^S through a window,
out of a window. Gen. 26, 8. Josh. 2, 15.
Judg. 5,28.
"Jl^n and l^n (sandy, comp. bin) pr.
n. Holon. a) A city of the priests in
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 51. 21, 15 ;
the same called 'k'^n 1 Chr. 6, 43. b)
A city of Moab, Jer. 48, 21.
Cllbn m. (r. tl;ri) a passing away, de-
parture, decease, as of parents. Prov.
31, 8 S]i'>n "^rs children of decease, i. e.
orphans. Symm. viol xStv ajioixoftsvwv.
Arab. _ff. 1 ^ II, to leave children at
death, Mark 12, 19. 20. Acts 18, 21.
rnC'lbn f: overthrow, defeat, Ex. 32, 18.
R. v\n.
n^ri Halah, pr. n. of an Assyrian
province, into which a part of the ten
tribes were transported by Shalmaneser.
Prob. Culachene, K(d(t/r,vr) Strab. XVI.
1, XwAaxtiT/Ptol. VI. 1. tlie northernmost
province of Assyria proper, on the east-
ern bank of the Tigris. 2K.17,6. 18,11.
1 Chr. 5, 26. Comp. nbs no. 2.
b^iflbn JInlhul. pr. n. of a town in the
mountjiins of Judah, Josh. 15, 58. Jerome
places it near Hebron ; and its remains
still bear the name HulhiU ; Bibl. Res.
in Palest. I. p. 319.
'^f^'f^ ^' (' -"'" Pi'P-) ^- p(iin,pang,
of a woman in travail, Is. 21, 3.
2. tremhling. terror, Nah. 2, 11. Ez.
30, 4. 9.
^2*T "^^ Xiyop,. in Hiph. i. q. Arah
nii.^ ; r?A^ , to he quick and hasty io
any thing, to press, to urge ; for the pri-
mary idea see in kindr. ibn . 1 K. 20, 33
^Sarrt ^Kbn*1 n-in^-jl and they hasted
and urged whether it was from (or q/*)
him. The form labn^i is for Hiph.
rj-'bn*] , as !tp2-T^T for '"pa"?!! 1 Sam. 14,
22. 31, 2. Leiirg. p. 322.' '
'^'ri m. plnr. tjixbn for ni7bn Lehrg.
p. 575. R. nbn no. 1.
1. 7iecklace, trinket, so called as being
polished, Prov. 25, 12. Cant. 7, 2. Arab.
ss ^
Jca.id.
2. //ah', pr. n. of a town in the tribe
of Asher. Josh. 19, 25.
''^n m. in pause "'Vn, c. suff. 'i'^bn,
plur. c'^''bn. R. nbn.
1. sick7iess, disease, hoih internal Deut.
7, 15. 28, 61 ; and external Is. 1, 5.
2. anxiety, affliction, grief, Ecc. 5, 16
i'^bn for ib 'b-n .
3. an evil, calamity, Ecc. 6, 2.
^Of'l ^6m. of ''bn , a necklace, trinket^
Hos. 2, 15. R. nbn no. 1.
'"'rO - ! Subst a /)?/)e, as an in-
strument of music ; so called as being
perforated, see r. bbri no. 1. Is. 5, 12.
30, 29. 1 K. 1, 40.
2. Adj. unholy, profane, see r. bbn Pi.
no. 3 ; also as Neut. something profane,
whence with He parag. nbibn, nbbn
(Milel), pr. ad pnfana, profane be it,
i. q. absiC, far be it, Talmud, 'pbin
"]b, an exclamation of abhorrence. So
1 Sam. 20, 2 ri^n i<b nb-^bn far be it !
thou shall not die. comp. 2, 30. Con-
strued a) -^b nb-^bn with ',?? and inf.
far be it from me to do so and so,
Gen. 18. 25. 44, 7. 17. Josh. 24, 16;
comp. Job 34, 10. b) With cx before
a fut. Job 27, 5. 1 Sam. 14, 45 without b .
2 Sam. 20, 20. To both these construc-
tions there is sometimes added nin'^o,
1 Sam. 24, 7. 26, 11. IK. 21, 3, so that
the sense is : ' profane or accursed be it
from Jehovah,' Goil forbid. Sept. /tii; yi-
votio. or, the primary sigiiificMfion being
neglected : ' wo to me I'rom Jehovah, if,
^bn
317
bbn
etc' Josh. 22, 29 i"irb na-a !i:^ ^Y^'^
hjn'^a iro /o its from him (Jehovah), if
tDe rebel ogdiiist Jehovah. A somewluit
different turn is in 1 Sam. 20, Ofar be it
from thee (for me), that if I knew . . . I
would not tell thee.
HB^bn f. (r. ?|bn) l. a change, sc. of
morals, life, Ps. 55, 20. Espec. of gar-
ments, 2 K. 5, 5 cnaa niEibn nbs ten
changes of raiment, i. e. ten suits, so
that one can change himself, v. 22. 23.
Judg. 14, 12. 13. Gen. 45, 22; also with-
out C'lja Judg. 14, 19.
2. change, exchange, alternation, espec.
of soldiers keeping watch alternately
and relieving each other ; hence metaph.
Job 14, 14 all the days of my warfare
will I wait ^r^V^hn s"ia~i? until my e.x-
change come, until I am relieved by
others; the miserable state of the shades
in Sheol being compared to the hard
service of a soldier on guard. Also spo-
ken of new troops succeeding in place
of those Aitigued ; Job 10. 17 riE-^Vn
^SS N^^l by Hendiadys, cfianges and a
Jiost are agaijist me, i. e. hosts continu-
ally succeeding each other. So of simi-
lar changes or alternations of labourers,
adv. in alternate courses, alternately,
1 K. 5. 28 [14].
'^?''?r| f. spoil, booty, stripped from the
dead bodies of the slain. 2 Sam. 2, 21.
Judg. 14, 19. R. }'^n.
^2't' obsol. root, Arab. (*5U.^ to be
black ; metaph. to be dark, sad, wretched,
as tsSiJLs*. y^X. a wretched life. The
primary idea is prob. to burn, to scorch;
and then this root is a soflened form from
Chald. -"in, Arab. iy^, to scorch;
comp. BW black, from r. COT and csn .
Hence
ro^n or ^^^'^ m. adj. quadril. (for n
or S added at tlie end. see Lehrg. p.
865.) Ps. 10, 8 ; in pause nzhn v.U ;
Plur. ='X:^n v. 10 Cheth. wretched, af-
flicted, the poor ; so the ancient versions
correctly. [The vowels belong to Keri,
whicii takes bn as i. q. b'n host ; hence
nrbn thy host; also cxs bn tJie host of
the afflicted, see HX3. Hengstenberg
(ad v. 8) regards nsVn as compounded
from the two roots nbn to be weak, ill,
and nX3 to be afflicted. R.
27*
^i'^' 1. to bore through, to peifo
a ^
rate, to pierce, Arab. J^ Conj. I and Vj
also reflex, or intrans. to be pierced,
wounded, Ps. 109, 22. Hence bbn, b-!>n,
n^n, *,'ikn, rkrro . Comp. Pi. and Po.
2. to lay open, to loose, to dissolve,
cs _,
Arab. Jl^ ; similar are Gr. jfuAow, Xiiu.
Comp. Pi. and Hiph.
3. Denom. from b^bn, to play the
pipe, to pipe, comp. Piel no. 4. Part
c^bbh Ps. 87, 7.
Piel 1. to pierce, to wound, Ez. 28, 9.
2. to loose a covenant, i. e. to break, to
violate, Ps. 55, 21. 89, 35.
3. to lay open, to give access to; hence
to make common, to profane, to defile,
since holy things were not open to the
people ; e. g. a sanctuary Lev. 19. 8. 21,
9 sq. Mai. 2, 11 ; the sabbath Ex. 31,
14 ; the name of God 19, 22. Mai. 1, 12;
priests Is. 43, 28 ; a father's bed by incest
Gen. 49, 4 ; also splendour, i. q. to pol-
lute, destroy. Is. 23, 9. Praegn. Ps. 89, 40
'i"'!? r"!^? ^'.i^. thou hast profaned his
crown (casting it) to the ground, comp.
74, 7. Ez. 28, 16. ina bbn to make
comrrum (^pollute) one's daughter, to pros-
titute her, Lev. 19, 29; comp. 21,7. 14.
^"]?''3 'In fo make common a vineyard
(which had been consecrated for the first
three years Lev. 19, 23), i. e. to gather its
fruits for common use, Deut 20. 6. 28,
30. Jer. 31, 5. Hence bh, nb-ibn.
4. Denom. from b'^bn, to play the
pipe, to pipe, 1 K. 1, 40.
PoAL pass, of Pi. no. 1, Ez. 32, 26 ;
pass, of no. 3, Ez. 36,23.
Po. bbin to pierce, to wound. Is. 51,9
*p?Pi '^^^.'i'^^ y^ho hath pierced the great
dragon, i. e. Egypt. Pass. part, bbn^
pierced, wotmded. Is. 53, 5. Sept. ir^uv-
finxifrdrj.
Aipn. b from bbns , inf. bnn (like
oan), fut bn;^, bnn Lev. 21, 9. pass, of
Piel no. 3, to be profaned, defied, Ez.
7, 24. 20, 9. 14. 22. Lev. 21, 4.
Hiph. bnn 1. to loose, to set free.
Hos. 8, 10 Tjbp iCiiTz-z uri: ^i^n^i and
tliey (the hostile nations) shall presently
set them free from the burden of the
king, i. e. from his oppressive rule.
2. to loose, i. e. to break one's word,
faith, Num. 30, 3.
:b-
318
)2hr\
3. i. q. Piel no. 3, to profane, to defde,
Ez. 39, 7.
4. to begin, like Engl, to open, as also
in many synonymous words, e. g. Arab.
to open, to begin; Syr. |^ to
C"
loose, to open, to begin ; Germ. erOfFnen.
Constr. with h and inf' Gen. 6, 1. 10,
8 ; without b Deut. 2, 25, 31. 1 Sam. 3,
2. Rarely followed by a finite verb, as
Deut. 2, 24 tti"; bnn . 1 Sam. 3, 12 bnn
f^l?'^ beginning and finishing, i. e. from
beginning to end. Gen. 9, 20 nb br^l
manxtt dij< and Noah began to oe a
husbandman, was the first husbandman.
Also to have a beginning, to be begun.
Num. 17, 11 [16, 46]. 2 Chr. 29, 27.
Horn. pass, to be begun, coiptum est.
Gen. 4, 26.
Deriv. Vn, nlbn, h'on, yihn, n^n^,
n^nn, and
'^'^ ni. adj. 1. pierced, wounded, i.e.
mortally. Job 24, 12. Ps. 69, 27. Jer. 51,
52. Oilen also killed, slain, in a private
feud Deut. 21. 1. 2. 3. 6 ; oftener in battle
Josh. 11. 6. Judg.9,40.al. Collect. Deut.
32,42. Ez.6,7. -zyihhn slain with the
sward Num. 19, 16.' Ez. 31, 17. 18; and
trop. on account of the antith. ~5"|!"''b^n
slain of famine Lam. 4, 9 ; comp. Is. 22,
2. In respect to the active signif. of
slayer, i. e. soldier, which some have
unnecessarily proposed, see Comment.
on Is. 22, 2. Thesaur. p. 478.
2. profane, polluted, Ez. 21, 30 [25] ;
isee the root Pi. no. 3. Fern, -^^^n (joined
with nrT) one profaned, polluted, a pros-
titute. Lev. 21, 7. 14.
* Cbr fut. t^n-: 1. i. q. Arab. IJL^
'Conj. I. V, to be fat, full, roimded,
kindr. with s^n ; and as this takes place
at puberty, hence to arrive at puberty,
'to become ripe, manly, like C^S, ivA^^
puber, cofeundi cupidns fnit. Job 39, 4
[7] their young ones ^"cbr,"^ grow tip ripe,
puberes fiunt, full of manly vigour ; spo-
ken of the ibex.
2. to dream; spoken primarily of the
Of >
sensual dreams of puberty; comp. t^Ack.
nocturnal pollution, a dream ; f^^*^ to
.suffer nocturnal pollution, to dream ;
VIII, to arrive at puberty ; Syr. and
Ethiop. to dream; see Thesaur. p. 479.
Gen. 37, 5 sq. 42, 9. Is. 29, 8. tbin
cilin a dreamer of dreams, i. q. S<"'S3 ,
since dreams were regarded as a me-
dium of divine communication. Deut. 13,
2. 4. Comp. Joel 3, 1. Num. 12, 6.
HiPH. 1. Pr. to make fat. sound, well ;
hence to heal, to let recaver, Is. 38, 16.
Syr. Pe. Ethpe. to be sound, strong,
robust.
2. to cause to dream, Jer. 29, 8.
Deriv. cibn, r^irsn, nabnx.
thn m. 1. Chald. emph. it'ibn, a
dream. Dan. 2, 4 sq. 4, 2 sq.
2. Ilelevi, pr. n. in. see *"bn b.
'obn see nibn,
n^^^n f KTral Xiyon. Job 6, 6, a
much vexed passage, where however all
agree that the context requires this word
to mean some kind of insipid, tasteless
food. The exact signification can be
determined only by the etymology. The
form M^^n then (from r. cbn, after the
form r"a^D) denotes pr. somnolency,
dreaminess, and hence fatuity, simplici-
ty, folly (comp. Ecc. 5, 2. 6), any thing
simple, foolish ; which maj^ then be trop.
referred to tasteless food, just as vice
versa the notion of insipidness is trans-
ferred from food to discourse ; comp.
HutQi'i:; in Dioscorides, spoken of tasteless
roots. What this food was. is clearly
shown by the Syriac translator, who
renders it |^Sn\t, a word similar to
the Heb. name, and denoting portulaca,
purslain, an herb formerly eaten as
salad, and proverbial for its insipidity
among the Arabs, Greeks, and Romans ;
comp. sJl2>) J>5 in-^l portulaca stul-
tior, see Meidanii Prov. no. 344. p. 219
ed. H. A. Schultcns ; Golius ad Senten-
tias Arab. no. 81. So Greek fioitjov irt/-
rov, ftXiior, whence ^Uim\ (Skircts, (ihxo-
pupiu- Aristoph. Nub. 097. of a silly per-
son ; and so Lat. bliteiis Plnut. Trurul.
4. 4. 1. Hence called iUlilt ioixJ!
olu.<i fatuum., silly herb, which very word
the Arabic translator of Job puts for the
Syr. I ^^^'^" , Hence in Job 1. c. "i"*"?
rirbn purslain-slime. prnb. sjioken con-
temptuously for purslain-broth, as in
52bn
319
yiin
German any long and tedious discourse
u jestingly called KofU-Brihe, cabbage-
broth. See Thesiiur. p. 480. The Rab-
bins and Targums regard nilsVri as the
same with Chald. 'jia^n and 1'3^H yolk
of an egg, from r, o^n i. q. abn no, 1 ;
and slime of a yolk they explain by the
white of an egg, as a tasteless, insipid
food. This in itself is not ill; but the
former interpretation is to be preferred,
on account of the analogy of so many
languages.
TDTpSn ni. quadrilit. Jlint, silex, any
hard stone, Job 2S, 9. Ps. 114, 8; more
fully t;-'':bnn ins Deut. 8, 15. 32, 13.
, according
The Arabic has
^.
to others ^yjjjkj>. , pyrites. The pri-
mary idea seems to be that of smooth-
ness, which is found in several roots be-
ginning with bn, e. g. abn, nbn, p]>n ;
comp. Lat. glaber, ghidins, Gerni. glatt.
Comp. also Gr. ;ifMit| silex.
I'H (strong, r. bin) Ilelan, pr. n. m.
Num. 1, 9. 2, 7.
^"^n see "ilVn.
*h2'7 fut. qbn^, to slip, to glide,
spoken of the swift motion of any thing
smooth ; the primary idea being that of
smoothness and slipperiness, as of fat
things; comp. sbn, also ibn, abn. Or.
aXtitfM ; and so Germ, schliipfen, Engl, to
slip, with the sibilant prefixed. Hence
1. to glide along, to pass by, Job 4, 15.
9, 11. 26. Cant. 2, 11. Also, to pass on
I Sam. 10, 3 ; to pass away, to perish.
Is. 2, 18 ; to pass beyond sc. a law, to
transgress. Is. 24. 5. [Here too may be
referred : Ps. 90, 5. 6, of herbage, to pass
away, to wither and die ; also Hab. 1,
II nosji ibs^i nn :;bn tx then his spirit
passes over and he transgresses and is
guilty, i. e. his spirit overflows, becomes
proud and arrogant. The signif to
jlourish, to revive, given in no. 2. b, is
doubtful in Kal. R.
2. to pass through ; hence causat.
a) to pierce, to transfix, Judg. 5, 26. Job
20, 24. b) to let spring up, as new
shoots pierce the ground, i. e, to grow
green, to flourish, as a plant Ps. 90, 5. 6.
Trop. of the mind, to revive, to be reno-
tated, Hab. 1, 11. But see in no. 1.
3. Intens. to pass on againxi any one,
to assail. Job 11, 10 ; to rush on, a the
wind Is. 21,1; a stream Is. 8, 8.
4. to change, intrans. i. q. /o be changed,
pass, of Pi. and Hiph. Ps. 102. 27.
PiEL to let pass- away, to change, e. g.
garments Gen. 41, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 20.
Syr. Pa. id.
Hiph. 1. to change, i. q. Piel, Gen.
35, 2. Lev. 27, 10. Ps. 102, 27 ; to alter
Gen. 31, 7. 41.
2. to change for new, to renew, to re-
vive, to make flourish again, e. g. a
tree Is. 9, 9. Also intrans. to revive, to
flourish again, pr. to produce new
sprouts, foliage. Job 14. 7. Hence with
TVS , to renew one's strength, to gain new
strength, Is. 40, 31. 41, 1; and so ellipt.
without n's, Job 29. 20.
Deriv. r.bn, qibn, nE^^bn, TibntJ,
ni'Ebn-a .
vj^n Chald. to pass, spoken of time,
Dan. 4, 13. 20. 29.
^?r? 1. pr. subst. exchange ; hence
as Prep, in exchange for, instead of for,
Num. 18, 21. 31.
2. Heleph, pr. n. of a place in Naph-
tali, Josh. 19, 33.
* Y^V ^"<- T'^n. 1- fo draw out e. g.
the breast to suckle Lam. 4, 3. Altso to
draw off, to pull off, sc. the shoe, Deut.
25, 10. Arab. ^-L^ id. J and 5 being
interchanged.
2. to withdraw oneself, to depart, with
*^, Hos. 5, 6. Arab. *<L&. discessit e
loco. ^
3. Part. pass. Y^^ expeditus, stripped,
spoken of a warrior disencumbered from
all impediments expedite for war or
battle, i. q. armed, ready, alert for con-
flict, comp. Lat. 'expedire se ad pug-
nam' Liv. 38. 21. Tac. Hist. 2. 99. So
Josh. 6, 7. 9. 13. Num. 32. 21. 27. Deut,
3, 18. More fully .Tsnbsb -jriibn Num.
32. 29; N=sb 'n 1 Chr. 12, 23^; plur.
sa-^ 'S^bn Num. 31, 5. Josh. 4, 13.
2xi^ '^nbn Is. 15. 4, i. q. asi^ '^iaa Jer.
48,41."
Piel intens. 1. to pvll off garments
by force, i. e. to strip, to spoil, with ace.
of pers. Ps, 7, 5 and if I have spoiled him
that without cause is mine enemy. Syr.
Pe. and Pa. id.
ybn
320
pbT
2. to drato out, to take away, e. g.
Btones from a wall. Lev. 14, 40. 43.
3. to deliver sc. from danger. 2 Sam.
22, 20. Ps. 6, 5. 50, 15. 81, 8.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 3, to expe-
dite oneself for war or battle, to arm
oneself, Num. 31, 3. 32, 17.
2. Pass, of Piel no. 3, to be delivered
sc. from danger, Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7,
HiPH. to make alert, strong, vigorous,
e.g. the bones, Is. 58, 11.
Deriv. ns-^bn, niu^n^g, and the two
here following.
y^n only Dual D^^J^ the Zoins, where
one girds himself for strength, vigour,
activity; see r. yhn Kal no. 3. Hence to
gird up the loi7is, to prepare for an en-
counter, Job 38, 3. 40, 7 ; to come forth oid
of one's loins, i. e. to be begotten of him,
Gen. 35, 11. Chald. T'S'in, Syr. \^,
^ or 1 being dropped.
Tv'7 i" pause "j'^.n (perh. loin, i. q.
y^n) Helez, pr. n. m." a) 1 Chr. 2. 39.
h) 2 Sam. 23, 26 ; for which y^n 1 Chr.
11, 27. 27, 10.
* VdJ} fut. pbrr. 1. to be smooth.
Arab. iiA^ '^'^^ lJ^^ ^^- ^"* t^-'^
act. to form, to make, pr. to smooth off;
to which is kindr. iSJL^ to cut off the
hair, pr. to make smooth the head or
chin. This signif of smoothness is found
in several families of roots beginning
with gl, and espec. glc, in the occidental
languages also ; as Gr. yu)Moq, xuli^
smooth silex. calculus ; xoA| a smooth
man, flatterer, i. q. p^n no. 2 ; ylvy.v? of
which the primary idea lies in touch ;
yldlog, yUu/Qoc, Lat. glacies, glaber,
gladius, glisco, gluten ; Germ, glalt,
gleilen, Glas, gleissen i. q. glanzen ;
Engl, to glide, glojis, glue, etc. comp.
Heb. nbj. ^Ls>.. to polish. Metaph. to
be smooth, bland, Jlatlering, e. g. the
heart Hos. 10, 2 ; the lips, words, Ps.
55, 22.
2. to divide, to distribide, to appropri-
ate, cfipec. by lot. Josh. 14, 5. 18, 2. 22, 8.
This signif is derived from the noun pbn,
which denotes pr. a smooth stone used
as a lot, comp. Chald. phn a rcckoning-
Stone, lot, &s^L>> id. Secondary forms
are Arab. (^^'L^' * destine, to predes-
tine, Eth. *iA^ to number, to reck-
on among, "S^A.^ number, lot ; comp.
Aram. }!a^, i^i^^W lot, N;rbn land di-
vided by lot, an inheritance. 2 Sam.
19, 30. 1 Sam. 30, 24 sip'^n^ l^n'i they
shall divide (^share) together, i. e. alike,
in equal portions. Prov. 17, 2 he shall
share the inheritance along with the
brethren, i. e. shall have an equal por-
tion, comp. Job 27, 17. With DS to divide
with any one, to be partner with him,
Prov. 29, 24 ; with ^ to divide out to any
one, to impart to him. Deut. 4, 19. 29,
25. Neh. 13, 13; with a of thing. Job
39, 17 np23 rib phn Kb;i nor hath he
imparted to her with (of) understand-
ing. Comp. pbn no. 2.
3. to divide out as spoil, i. q. to spoil,
from pbn no. 2. 2 Chr. 28, 21 Ahaz
spoiled the house of the Lord and the
house of the king and the princes. Sept.
well ih/(iiv T ir roi olxoj, the house being
put for what is therein contained, see
n"^2 no. 10.
NiPH. 1. tobe divided out, distributed,
Num. 26, 53. ,55.
2. to divide or distribrde oneself Job
38, 24. Prajgn. Gen. 14, 15 cn-'bs pbn;l
and he divided himself against tliem,
i. e. divided his forces and attacked
them. Job 38, 24.
3. to divide among themselves, like
Hithp. 1 Chr. 23, 6 Cpbnn and he di-
vided them into courses. 24, 3. But the
better reading is cpbnv ^ see Lehrg. p.
462.
Piel 1. Like Kal no. 2, to divide out,
to distribute, e. g. spoil, prey. Gen. 49,27.
Ps. 68, 13 ; with b to distribute among,
2 Sam. 6, 19. Is. 34, 17. 1 K. 18, 6 ^p^n^l
^'nxn-rx cnb they divided the land be-
tween them. Also c. b i.q. to apportion,
to assig)}. Job 21, 17. Is. 53. 12 ib-plbnx
ca'^S f trill assign him a portion among
the great.
2. to disperse. Gen. 49, 7. Lam. 4. 16.
PuAL to be divided out, distribided, Is.
33, 23. Am. 7, 17. Zech. 14, 1.
HiPH. 1. Trans, of Kal no. 1, to make
smonUi, to shape, as an artisan Is. 41. 7.
Metaph. to make smooth the tongue, i. q.
to fatter, Ps. 5, 10. Prov. 28, 23 ; and so
to make smooth one''s words, id. Prov.
P^T\
321
phn
2, 16. 7, 5; nlso without nccus. Prov.
29. 5 ^n?-)-bs p'^^rro n2j a man who
jlatterclh another. Ps. 36, 3.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 37, 12
era p^nb to obtain from thence his
portion, his inheritance ; so Vulg. Targ.
But Kimchi: that he might slip away
from thence, a sigriil'. which might easily
come from that of smoothness.
HiTHP. to divide among themselves,
Josh. 18, 5.
Deriv. pbn nipVp>^n, r'^^'^nq.
p^n m. adj. 1. smooth, opp. to hairy,
rough, Gen. 27, 11 ; hence hare, bald, of
a mountain Josh. 11, 17. 12, 7. Trop.
amooth, i. e. bland, flattering, of the pa-
late (i. 6. mouth, words) of a harlot,
Prov. 5, 3 ; comp. 26. 26.
2. slippery, deceitful,false, Ez. 12, 24;
comp. 13, 7.
p^n Chald. lot, portion, part, Ezra 4,
16. Dan. 4, 12. 20. Comp. Heb. p\n .
P^H m. c. suff. T^H; plur. ta-'pbn,
constr. ''P^n, once ^p^n Dag, euph. Is,
57,6.
1. smoothness, polish. Is. 57, 6 spoken
of idol-worshippers : Tj^^n in: "'p^na
t^b'i'ia en en with the smooth (stones)
of the torrent is thy portion ; these, these
are thy lot. i. e. with idols formed of
smooth stones set up (comp. 1 Sam. 17,
40) is thy intercourse, these are thy
gods ; as immediately follows : even to
them hast thou poured out a drink-offer-
ing, etc. So Targ. and most intpp.
Others : in the bare (smooth) places of
the valley is thy lot, i. e. in the open (not
wooded) places dost thou worship idols.
In either case there is a play upon the
double meaning of pbn i. e. smooth-
ness, also portion. Metaph. smoothness,
flattery, Prov. 7, 21.
2. part, portion, share, lot, Job 32. 17.
Josh, 18, 5. 6. 9. pbno pbn portion as
portion, like portions, Deut. 18. 8. Spok-
en of the portion of the sacrifices allotted
to the Levites Lev. 6, 10 ; of a portion of
spoil Gen. 14, 24. Num. 31, 36. 1 Sam.
30, 24. Hence for spoil itself Job 17, 5
tJ^'Sn T^s;^ p^.r!^ '""^o belraijeth friends to
the spoil, i. e, concr. spoilers. Hab. 1, 16.
Especially of a lot or portion by inheri-
tance. Josh. 14, 4. 15, 13. 18. 7 the Lerites
ahull have no portion (p^n) among you.
^'sy pVn the portion of my people i. e.
the land of Israel, Mic. 2, 4 ; comp. Is.
61, 7. In phrases: a) pbn ib (-^w^j) c;;
'b OS fibnsi he has (or /las not) lot and
possession with any one, i. e. receives a
like portion, partakes with him (xot'ci'i'
Tm) Deut. 10, 9. 14, 27. 29. 18, 1 ; 'b rsj
ib. 12, 12. Metaph. to participate with,
to consait with, Ps. 50, 18 ; comp. Dan.
4, 12. b) 3 ib pbn (7s) t2 he has (or
has not) part in any thing, partakes in
it {xoivbivtiv tivQi;) Num. 18, 20. Ecc. 9, 6.
Hence 'E2 ib pbn *,"'X to have no part in
any one, i. q. to have nothing to do with
him, 2 Sam. 20. 1. 1 K. 12, 16. Gen. 31,
14. Josh. 22, 25. 27; also Neh. 2, 20,
c) 2'py^ pbn the portion of Jacob, i. e.
Jehovah, whom it is allotted to Israel to
worship, Jer. 10, 16. 51, 19 ; comp. Deut.
4, 19. Ps. 16, 5. 142, 6. Vice versa, pbn
nin^ the portion of Jehovah, i. e. the peo-
ple of Israel, whom God has allotted to
himself to protect and cherish. Deut. 32,
9, d) lot, portion in this life, fiolou,
Ecc. 2, 10. 3, 22. 5, 17. Job 20, 29. 31, 2
nibx pbn lot appointed of God.
3. a portion of land, q. d. fields, terri-
tory, 2 K. 9, 10. 36. 37. So by transpos.
Chald. Kb|?n and Ethiop. ih4A. field.
Hence the land, terra firma, as opp. to
the sea, Am. 7, 4.
4. Helek, pr. n. of a son of Gilead,
Num. 26, 30, Josh. 17, 2. Patronym.
"'pbn Helekite Num. 1, c.
P^r? adj. (r. pbti) smooth ; 1 Sam. 17,
40 D'^32X ip^n T\^-Qn five smooth ones of
the stones, i. e. five smooth stones. For
this idiom comp. Is, 29, 19. Hos. 13, 2 ;
see Lehrg. p. 678.
"'pfri f. i, q. pbn 1. smoothness,
smooth part, Gen. 27. 16. Plur. smooth
i. e. slippery places Ps. 73, 18. Metaph.
fiattery Prov. 6, 24. Plur. nipbn smooth
things, flatteries. Is. 30, 10. nipbn roiy
flattering lips Ps. 12, 3. 4.
2. portion, part ; with tTiiU added,
portion of afield Gen. 33. 19. Ruth 2, 3 ;
so without nnb id. 2 Sam. 14, 30. 31.
23, 12,
3. Constr. Ppbn as pr. n. Helkath. a)
A city of the Levites in Asher, Josh. 19,
25; written npbn 21.31. b)c-'-i3n Ppbn
Helkath-hazzurim (field of swords) a
place near Gibeon, 2 Sam. 2, 16.
pbn
322
53n
^j5^^ f. plur. t^'.pbnjlatteries, Dan. 11,
32. R.p\n Hiph.
^j??^ f. partition, division, 2 Chr. 35,
5. R. pin.
"'i?fO (for "T|i|?^n Jehovah his portion)
Helkai, pr. n. m.Neh. 12, 15.
^^prn and 'l"'^pfr! (portion of Jeho-
vah, i. e. specially assigned to God,) pr.
n. Hilkiah. a) A high priest in the
reignof Josiah, 2K. 22, 8. 12. b) The
father of Jeremiah, Jer. 1. 1. c) The
father of Eliakim, 2 K. 18, 18. 26. Is. 22,
20. 36, 3. d) 1 Chr. 26, 11. e) Jer.
29. 3. f) 1 Chr. 6, 30. g) Neh. 8, 4.
f^'ip'^J?^'^ plur. f. (r. p^n) 1. slippe-
riness, q. d. smooth or slippery places,
Ps. 35, 6. Jer. 23, 12.
2. Jlatteries, blandishments, Dan. 11,
21. 34.
* ^M 1. Fut. ttJin;: , to prostrate, to
overthrow, to discomjit, Ex. 17, 13 ; with
hy Is. 14, 12, like Engl, to triumph aver.
" "i " I -
Arab. ^J^*X.s> to.prostrate, y/^Aj> man-
fiil, brave. Hence manbn .
2. Fut. tlJ^n^ intrans. pr. to be pros-
trate, i. e. to be weak, frail, to waste away,
Job 14, 10. Syr. Ethpa. to be weakened,
\ '^" weak. Hence
tJ>n m. weak, Joel 4, 10.
1. on m. (r. min) only c. suff. Tf^n,
n'^rn ; o, father-in-law, Gen. 38. 13. 25.
1 Sam. 4, 19. 21. Fern, is nirn q. v.
It follows the analogy of the irregular
nouns rs , nx , Lehrg. p. 479, 605. 606.
6^ So ^
Arab. |v^, **<&, father-in-law, a rela-
tive of husband or wife. Eth. iii<^ father-
in-law, 't"lh^Q) to contract affinity, to
become a son-in-law, Samar.'^^ father-
in-law. also one betrothed. Correspond-
ing is the Greek ynfj/i(jog for y(tfif(j6g
father-in-law, son-in-law, bridegroom,
kinsman, from yiif^og, ynfiiot. See r.
nrn, also nrs.
II. on (r. ern) 1. Adj. warm, hot,
e. g. of bread just baked Josh. 9, 12.
Plur. C^rn Job 37, 17.
2. I/am, pr. n. a) A son of Noah,
whose postrrity are described in Gen.
10, 6-20 as occupying the southernmost
regions of the known earth, thus accord-
ing aptly with his name, i. e. warm, hot
b) A name of Egypt, prob. its domestic
name among the Egyptians themselves ;
but so inflected by the Hebrews as to
refer it to Ham the son of Noah, as the
progenitor of the Egyptians as Avell as
other southern nations. Ps. 78, 51. 105,
23. 27. 106, 22. In the Coptic language,
the name of Egypt is written 'V'HJUII
in the Sahidic dialect KHJtie J which
words, according to Plutarch, have the
signification of blackness and heat ; de
Iside et Osir. VII. p. 437. Reisk. So
also according to their Coptic etymolo-
gy ; see Peyron Lex. p. 66. In the hie-
roglyphic language it is written with
two letters, KM. The same name for
Egypt is likewise found in the Rosetta
Inscription, in which this word occurs
more than ten times, (line 1. 6, 7, 8, 11,
12, 13.) and is read by Champollioa
Chme. See Jablonski Opu.sc. ed teWater
I. p. 404 sq. Champollion I'Egypte sous
les Phar. I. p. 104 sq. Gramm. p. 152.
Akerblad Lettre a Silv. de Sac}- sur I'in-
scription de Rosette p. 33-37.
on m. 1. pr. infl of r. nrn to be xcarm,
e. g. crna Jer. 51, 39.
2. Subst. warmth, heat, Hos. 1, 6 ; of
the day Gen. 18, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 5; of the
sun 1 Sam. 11, 9. Neh. 7, 3 ; comp. Gen.
8, 22. Is. 18, 4.
^'9't obsol. root, Arab. 1 ^ to be-
come thick, to curdle, to coagtdate, as
milk. The primary idea seems to be.
that oC growing together, coalescing ; see
n^n, and the remarks on the syllables
en, cy, ca, under err. Hence Hij-cn,
'"'^^'!!!^, and n^n no. II.
^''?1. by Chaldaism for nrn, anger,
wrath, Dan. 11, 44.
Sisn, Sttn, Chald. r i. q. Hebr.
nrn, heat, anger, wrath, Dan. 3, 13. 19.
nxisn f (r. NTsn) 1. curdled milk,
curds, Gen. 18, 8. Judg. 5, 25 wliere
comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 5. 4 ytiht dii(fi\^o(i6g
i'iSt], milk in this state having an inebri-
ating power. Is. 7, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 29.
Poet, also for milk in general. Job 20. 17.
Is. 7, 15. Dcut. 32. 14. To cat curdled
milk and honey Is. 7, 22, i. e. by those
T^n
323
ten
who remain in the land after it ia deso-
lated by the enemy, without fruits and
grain; see in "'S B. 2. a. Sept. ^uiiiv-
^of, Vulg. biilt/rum, wliich in most places
is inept ; see Tiiesaur. p. 486. Plur.
nixan, see mx-cnis.
2Jdieese, Prov.'sO, 33.
Deriv. by syncope Jrcn II. q. v.
*^*s7 fut. tbn^ and l^n";, whence
plur. 1 pers. innoris Is. 53, 2.
1. to desire, to covet, Ex.20, 17. 34, 24.
Mic. 2, 2.
2. to delight in any thing, to take plea-
sure in, Pe. 68, 17. Is. 1,29. Prov. 12, 12;
also with dat. pleon. i^, Prov. 1, 22.
Part. pass. I'H'zn pr. desired, delighted
in; hence something desirable, pleasant,
a delight, what is dearest to any one,
Job 20, 20. Ps. 39, 12. cn-inian Is. 44. 9
theiT delights, i. e. idol.s. comp. Dan. 1 1, 37.
NiPH. part, i^n? desired, i. e.
1. desirable, pleasant, grateful, Gen.
2, 9. 3, 6.
2. precioits, Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 21, 20.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1. Cant. 2, 3 ifcsa
''na'r;^^ '^f?'7rn *" his shade I desire to
sit dawn. Heb. Gr. 139. 3.
Deriv. 'iisn"? , ntania , and the four here
following.
n^n m. desirabletiess, pleasantness,
beaidij; Ez. 23, 6 non ""nina comeli/
young men. Is. 32, 12 *7T:n "^nb plea-
sant Jields, corap. Am. 5, 11, Is. 27, 2 in
some copies ; others "lan .
^^^l^ ^ ( '^^) 1. desire, 2 Chr.
21, 20 he departed ri-^-cn xba undesired,
i. e. regretted by none.
2. object of desire, a delight, 1 Sam,
9. 20. Dan. 11, 37 a-'ir; n^ian the delight
of women, where the context requires us
to understand some idol specially wor-
shipped by the Syrian women, as As-
tarte, Anaitis.
3. pleasantness, excellence. Jer. 3 19.
frrqn ynx a pleasant land. Ez. 26, 12.
JTiTar) "^bsi pi-ecioiis vessels 2 Chr, 32, 27.
36', 10. Nah. 2, 10.
nin^n and ni^^n f. plur. precious
f^iHo-s. Dan. 11. 38. 43. rnn "^bs/n '-jsa
goodly raiment, precious vessels. Gen.
27, 15. 2 Chr. 20, 25. ninsnan cnb sa-
vawryfood, delicacies, from which a per-
son fasting was wont to abstain, Dan.
10, 3. m'liian ai-'S Dan. 10, 11. 19, and
without ttJ-'X 9, 23, man tfQixVa delight,
i, e. beloved of God. R. n^cn .
- T
V}yn (pleasant) Tlemdan, pr. n. ra.
Gen. 36, 26. In 1 Chr. 1, 41 it is written
jHan, by an error of the transcribers.
*-n obsol. root. 1, to join toge-
ther, spec, to join in affinity ; hence On
father-in-law, rr.'on. Comp. Xan, and
also the force o^ the syllables Dn, OS,
Da, under nas.
2. to sun'ound with a wall ; pr, to keep
or hold together things conjoined. Arab.
U^h, Hence n"in, and pr, names
men, 'Bni.
n^n f (r. Dian) l. warmth, heat of
the sun, Ps. 19, 7.
2. Poet, for the sun itself. Job 30, 28.
Cant. 6, 10, Is. 30, 26, So often in the
Mishna,
! "^r? f once SfQH Dan. 11, 44,
constr, nan; for nrrn from r, oni.
1. heat, sc. from wine, Hos. 7, 5 ; hence
meton. for wine itself as heating, Hab.
2, 16.
2. heat of anger, i. q. anger, vnratk,
often coupled with synon. qx , espec. in
the later books and in poetry. Gen. 27,
44. Deut. 29, 27. Jer. 7. 20. Esth. 2, 1.
3. 5. Ps. 37, 8. Prov. 15, 1. 21, 14. al.
nan ir-^x , nan bsa , a man of wrath, an
angry man, Prov. 15, 18. 29, 22. Often
of the wrath of God, Is. 27, 4. 34, 2.
Ez. 7, 8. Nah. 1, 6. al. n-onr\ -ji^n oSa
Jer. 25, 15, and nann D-iS 'is. 51, 17, the
cup of wrath, of which Jehovah causes
the nations to drink ; see in D"i3 no. 1
comp. Rev. 16, 19 and Job 21, 20 he shall
drink of the wrath of the Almighty.
Plur. nian Prov. 22, 24. Ps,76, 11.
3. poison, so called as causing inflam-
mation, Deut. 32, 24. 33. Ps. 58, 5. Job
6, 4. Arab, x^^ id.
II. rran f l. q. nsrn, the radical K
being dropped, milk. Job 29, 6,
^i?^^n (wrath of God) Hammuel, pr.
n, m. 1 Chr, 4, 26. R. can.
rii^^ian gee nlian.
Jp^H (father-in-law or kinsman of
the dew, or perh, for ba nian) Hamv-
tal, pr, n. of the wife of king Josiah. 2 K.
rr
324
D-n
23, 31. 24, 18. Jer. 52, 1. In these latter
passages the Chethibh is bis'^an.
'^"JSn (pitied, spared) Hamul, pr. n.
m. Gen. 46, 12. 1 Chr. 2, 5. Patron.
i^wn Ilamulile Num. 26, 21. R. bisn,
ITlSn (warm, sunny, r. Q^n) Ham-
mon. pr. n. a) A place in Asher Josh.
19, 28. b) A town in Naphtali, 1 Chr.
6, 61.
f TSri m. (r. 7wn no. 3) a violent man,
oppressor, i. q. "j^T^H , Is. 1, 17. Accord-
ing to others. paKSs. one who suffers vio-
lence, oppressed, Sept. adixovfievog, Vulg.
oppresstis ; nor would I object, since an
intransitive form ('j'i^li) may assume a
passive sense.
p^isn m. circuit, covipass. Cant. 7, 2
C^X^n "i-iS r\]^,':i'! 'fc'i'sn the roundings
of thy hips are like neck ornaments, i. e.
like the knobs or bosses of a necklace.
The maiden is here painted as xu'/Mjiv-
yos. R. p-qn .
"IT'Sri, "l^n m. 1. an ass, so called
from the reddish colour, which belongs
not only to the wild ass, but also often to
the common ass in southern countries ;
hence called in Spanish burro, burrico.
Gen. 12, 16. 24, 35. Ex. 13, 13. Judg.
10, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 23. al. R. "irn no. 2.
2. a heap, i. q. ii:n ; and this rarer
form is chosen perhaps on account of
the paronomasia in Judg. 15, 16 "'nba
f/H'^tn "n^n "ii'ann with the jaw-bone
of an ass, a heap, two heaps, sc. have I
slain. R. "i^n no. 3.
3. Hamor, pr. n. of a Hivite, contem-
porary with Jacob and his sons. Gen. 33,
19. 34, 2. Josh. 24, 32. Judg. 9, 28.
T^iian f a heap, i. q. "nan no. 2, q. v.
ni'On f (r. n^sn , after the form Pinx
q. V.) a mother-in-law, Ruth 1, 14. 2, 11.
See en I.
*lS'n niisn pr. n. see nan .
*t3/2n obsol. root, Chald. to bow
down, to lie upon the ground, in the Tar-
gums for Heb. y^S . Hence
t3^n m. Lev. 11, 30, prob. a species
of lizard. Sept. aaiga, Vulg. lacerta.
notin (place of lizards, or i. q. Syr.
!' l^" bulwark,) Humtah, pr. n. of a
city in Judah, Joah. 15, 54.
bu-'ttn see b-j^an.
y^'On m. adj. salted, seasoned. Is.
30, 24 |-"'an b-iba salted provender, i. e.
sprinkled with salt, which is eaten so
greedily by flocks and herds as to have
occasioned^^the Arabic proverb : ' sweet
fodder (JLL&.) is the camels' bread ;
salted, it is their sweet-meats.' See
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 113.
'TS^ian and "^IS^n m. (fr. card. TUan)
fem. ^\, Adj. ordinal, Jifth, Gen. 1,
33. 30, 17. Lev. 19, 25. Num. 6, 36. al.
Fem. ellipt. the Jifth, the fifth part, Gen.
47, 24. Lev. 5, 16. 17, 15. Plur. irreg.
rnaan Lev. 5, 24 ; comp. nin-^sn .
* V-
^'i'; fut. bar.'i, inf nh^ri Ez. 16, 5,
to be mild, gentle, clement. Arab, by
-- ? ^ go
transpos. *J.^ to be mild, clement, *J^
fiaxQO&vfiia, *j^A.&i mild, gentle. The
primary idea is that of softness; and
this is preserved in Gr. ufiukog, ufiaXog,
uTiuXoq. Hence
1. to pity, to hate sympathy, compas-
sion, with b? of pers. Ex. 2, 6. 1 Sara.
23, 21.
2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. ^5
1 Sam. 15, 3. 15. 2 Sam. 21, 7. 2 Chr".
36, 15. 17 ; bs Is. 9, 18 [19]. Also of
things, to spare, to use sparingly, c. bx
Jer. 50, 14 ; b c. inf 2 Sam. 12, 4 ; b?
Job 20, 13. Ez. 36, 21 and I will spare
my holy name, i. e. have regard for its
honour.
Deriv. bana , unless this is from Arab.
i^-t"^ ; also pr. n. bnan and
^^^O f- P%) "mercy, Gen. 19, 16. Is.
63, 9. ' "
* ^'?^, praet. On, fut. O ch;, conv.
Bn*5 Is. 44, 15. 16. Also fut.' .4 on]
Deut. 19, 6 ; onn Ez. 24, 11 ; plur. "lam
Hos. 7, 7 ; fut. impers. b txy\ 1 K. 1, 1 ;
b en*; Ecc. 4, 11; see below. These
forms of the fut. are by some referred
to cn^ , but they belong rather here ;
comp. proet. 'S'\, fut. 5TV Inf ch, can,
see below. To be or become warm,
kindr. with cnv Arab, a,^ to make
warm, mid. Kesr. to be warm ; ^-^.^ to
be hot, e. g. the day. Ex. 16,21. 18.44,
]'2n
323
yisn
16. Iinpcrs. V> cn, fut. "ib Bn'j, it is
warm to him, lie is made warm, gets
warmth, 1 K. 1, 1. Ecc. 4, 11. Trop. of
the mirul as heated, excited, Ps. 39, 4 ;
and so of lieat from wine Jer. 51, 39 ;
from lust Hos. 7, 7. Also of cattle, to be
in heat, to conceive, Gen. 30, 38. 39; see
in on-. Inf. cn, c. sutf. cans J(;r. 51,
39. Once E'en, with prcf. in pause
Bflnb far warming sc. oneself^ Is. 47, 14.
Ni PH. part. plur. a^'rH? i burning, in-
Jiamed, sc. with lust, c. 3 Is. 57, 5.
Pi EL to warm, to make warm, Job 39,
14.
HiTHP. to warm oneself, Job 31, 20.
Deriv. cn II, cn , nan , '{sn , and the
proper names bx^an , 'jian , ran .
jTSn , only in plur. C">!an . images, idols
of some kind for idolatrous worship. Lev.
26,30. Is. 17,8. 27,9. Ez.6,4.6. 2Chr. 14,
4. 34, 7 ; in which passages it I's several
times joined with statues of Astarte,
n-^ncx : while from 2 Chr. 34, 4 it ap-
pears further that the C'^aan stood upon
the altars of Baal. Arabs Erpen. and
Kimchi long ago explained the word by
sum, images of the snn; and both this
interpretation and the thing itself are
now clearly illustrated by ten Punic
cippi with inscriptions, consecrated to
*,r:n b?3 (p3 brn) i. e. to Baal the solar,
Baal the sun. See the subject fully
treated in Thesaur. p. 489. Monumm.
Phoenic. p. 170 sq. The form ^an solar
is from nan the sun ; and the plur.
C-'san in the O. T. is put ellipt. for
CSan cbrs, and is found in the same
context as elsewhere cbsa.
C'^i^i fut. Oan"i 1. to do violence
to any one. to oppress, to wrong; pr. to
be eager, vehement, and hence violent,
i' <1- V'?0 "- 2- ^- Arab, if-t^ in a
good sense, to be active, brave, con-
stant, jLa/L^.^ warlike valour; comp.
^niS . Jer. 22, 3. Pro v. 8, 36 he that sin-
neth against me, "iCC3 Dan wrongeth his
own sold, injures himself Job 21, 27
^oanri 'bs niata tJie plans wherewith ye
think to oppress me, how ye may over-
come me. nnin can to violate a law
Ez. 22, 26. Zeph. 3,' 4.
> 2. lo tear away with violence, e. g. a
28
hedge, Lam. 2, 6. Also io tear off from
oneself, i. q. to shake off ; Job 15, 33
1103 "(ByS Dan"j like a vine he shall
shake off his unripe grapes.
Nipu. to be treated with violence, Jer.
13, 22 ; i. e. by impl. to be violently made
bare, as the other clause shows.
Deriv. oann, and
can m. 1. violence, oppression, wrong,
Gen! 6, 11. 13. 49, 5. Dan d^S Ps. 18,
49. Prov. 3, 31, and C^pan ir-'S 2 Sam.
22, 49. Ps. 140, 2. 5, a violent man, op-
pressor. Dan ns a wrongful witness,
i. e. false, Ex. 23, 1. A genitive or suffix
after this word may refer either to him
who does the wrong, or to him who
suliers it. Of the former kind are io^n
his wrong i. e. which he does, Ps. 7, 17,
C3">'i'; Dan'SS. 3, comp. Ez. 12, 19. Of
the latter, ''pan my wrong i. e. done to
me Gen. 16, 5, nnsin^ "'SB Dan Joel 4, 19;
also Judg. 9, 24. Ob'ad. 10. Hab. 2, 8. 17.
Jer. 51, 35. So Lat. injuria, e. g. Caes.
Bell. Gall. 1. 30 'pro veteribus Helveti-
orum injuriis populi Romani,' i. e. done
to the Roman people ; see the Commen-
tators, and comp. Heiorich ad Cic. part,
inedit. p. 21.
2. Meton. what is got by wrong, ilC-
gotten wealth, Am. 3, 10. Plur. id. Prov.
4,17.
* 'p2'r\ fut. yan-^., inf. nsan Hos. 7.
4, to be sharp, pungent.
1. As to taste, to be sour, acid, leav-
ened, e. g. fermented or leavened bread
Ex. 12,39. Hos. 7,4; or vinegar, see "j^ah.
Also to be salted, seasoned, see y^sn .
Arab, (j^ t^, Syr. ,^^a**.
2. As to sight, colour, to be bright,
splendid, so as to dazzle the eyes ;
spoken espec. of a bright red or scarlet
colour. Part. pass, ywn splendid, gor-
geous, spoken of the scarlet mantle or
pallium of a prince, Is. 63, 1 ; comp. oSsj
V. 2, and Sept. Syr. In the same manner
the Greeks say XQ<^H'* ^^^ ' ^- *^xxivov,
noqtpvqtti h^viarai, o^vcptyy^ goda, see
Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 114. Simonis Arc..^
Formarum p. 66, 102.
3. Trop. of the mind : a) io 6c eager,
vehement ; to do violence, like kindr.
Darj ; whence part, yah a violent man,
oppressor, Ps. 71, 4. Comp. yi^n and
T-
326
^/^n
y^n no. 2. Eth. DcPe to be unjust,
violent, to wrong, b) (o be sharp, bit-
ter, spoken of pain, see Hithpa.
HiPH. part, intrans. ra^nia soured,
leavened, pr. what has contracted sour-
ness, Ex. 12. 19. 20.
Hithpa. to be embittered, pained,
i. 6. moved with anger, pain, Ps. 73. 21.
Chald. Pa. id.
Deriv. "f'i'^n, y'^.TZ, and the two here
folloAving.
yen m. 1. any thing soured, leav-
ened, Ex. 12, 15. 13, 3. 7. al.
2. Prob. i. q. Brn , ichatisgot by wrong,
ill-gotten wealth. Am. 4, 5 ; see r. y^an
no. 3. So Chald. The common signifi-
cation of something leavened might also
serve ; but the other is preferable.
7'?'^ m. vinegar Num. 6, 3. Ruth 2,
14., Ps. 69, 22. Sept. and Syr. render it
ofifffii, sour grapes, in Ps. I. c. and Prov.
10, 26 ; and this Michaelis also endeav-
ours to vindicate, Suppl. p. 828. But the
common signification is not unapt.
P=V' 1- ^0 go round, kin dr. with
pan . See Hithpa.
2. to turn about, to go away, to depart,
Cant. 5, 6.
Hithpa. to go or wander about, Jer.
31, 22.
Deriv. psirn .
I'S'^' 1. ^0 boil up, to ferment, to
foam. Arab. _ti>. Conj. I, II, VIII. to
ferment, to rise; as leaven ; Conj. VIII. to
ferment, as wine. Spoken of the sea Ps.
46,4; of wine Ps. 75, 9, where others as-
sign to it the sense of redness, see no. 2.
Comp. Poalal, "^n wine, l^h no. ].
2. to be red, from the idea of boiling,
foaming, becoming heated or inflamed.
Arab. 1^^ Conj. IX, XI, to be red;
Conj. I mid. E, to burn with anger;
Conj. II to write with red ink; ^t
red, Sw|-^ redness, ii^.4,;^ vehement
ardour ; ^.4-^ to blush, to feel shame.
Spoken of wine according to some Ps.
75, 9; but see in no. 1. Hence ln,
lian no. 1, "irh no. 2, liiian^ .
3. to swell, to rise in bubbles or heaps,
from the idea of boiling up, foaming, as
the sea, leaven, etc. Hence *i?h no. 3,
"liwH no. 2, nniT-n heap.
4. Denom. from i^n bitumen, to daub
with bitumen, to pitch, Ex. 2, 3.
PoALAL, pass. "?'^^n, doubling the
last two radicals.
1. to be made to boil, to be in a fer-
ment, to be troubled. Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11.
Comp. n^n no. 3, nn"! .
2. to become red, e. g. the countenance
as inflamed by weeping. Job 16. 16.
Note. Forms of this kind, with the
radical letters doubled, are chiefly em-
ployed where rapid motion is to be ex-
pressed ; as has been abundantly shown
by Hupleld in his Exercitatt. ^thiop. p.
27, 28.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. 3.
''C'^ m. a(T(fidTog, cw^phaltus, biltimen,
which boils up in the manner of boiling
oil or pitch, from subterranean fountains
not Hir from Babylon, also from the
bottom of the Dead Sea ; afterwards it
hardens in the sun, and is collected even
on the surface of the Dead Sea, which
is thence called Lacus Asphaltites ; see
Tac. Hist. 5. 6. Strabo XVI. p. 763.
Diod. Sic. 2. 48. ib. 19. 98, 99. Q,. Curt.
5. 16. Comp. also Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II.p.228 sq. Gen. 11,3. 14, 10. Ex. 2, 3.
Arab, ^-iil el-Hummar. It is so called
either from its boiling up from fountains
(Gen. 14, 10) from r. n^sn no. 1 ; or from
its redness, the best kind being of that
colour, Dioscor. 1. 99 amfahoi: 8iu(fSQSi
tj 'lovdii'ixyj Jiji; lomiig- tinl Si xaXr) ij
no(}<f)v^otidMg (jtiXjSo vaa. . . Ffwuriu
x(*i iv rlioirlxT) xiu fv 2:i8m'i x(xt ir Ba^v-
iCtvi xi iv Zuxvvdb).
^'^y] m. (r. "i^n no. 1) wine, so called
as being fermented, Deut. 32, 14. Is.
27, 2 in most editions; others nsn.
Arab, 'ij^h^, Syr. |fifl.i id.
"l^n Chald. m. emph. vrran, id. Ezra
6, 9. 7, 22. Dan. 5, 1. 2. 4. 23.
^'SH an ass, see "lian .
'^'On m. ] . a bailing, foammg, e. g. of
waters, waves, Hnb. 3, 15. R. "i^n no. 1 .
2. clay, loam, sc. of a reddish colour j
see r. lan no. 2. E. g. potter's clay Is.
45, 9. 64, 7 ; as used for sealing Job 3S
ii:r5
327
n^n
U ; mortar, cement, Gen. 11. 3; mire, Is.
10, 6. Job 10, 9. 30, 19.
3. a lieap, Ez. 8, 10 [14] ; Bee r. ^T?n
no. 3. Hen<^e homer, chomer, a measure
for things dry, containing ten ephuhs, or
11^ bushels; Lev. 27, 16. Num. 11, 32.
Ez. 45, ] 1. 13. 14. Called elsewhere
n,q.v.
yyol^ Hamran, pr. n. see in,*,^^n.
* 1. 12J"jn obsol. root, to be fat,
whence ':Jn II, belly, abdomen. Arab.
s ^
is ij" ^ t -^ fat, fatness, Camoos p. 826 ;
but, far more usual is by transpos. jv^
fat, fatness, *^ to be fat, corpulent;
also a jAl't to become fat after leamiess.
* II. ''2'^M a root having affinity
with Don and yen , i. q. Arab. y>*,t -
to be fierce, attive, brave in battle ; II,
IV. to provoke to anger ; XII to be an-
gry ; V to show oneself stern and obsti-
G
nate in (religion and) war ; \jn*.f^i
^j><.^! brave, warlike, &amU-^ bravery,
valour ; comp. (j*i-ifc to be angry, yt* "^
to kindle with anger ; all which senses
come from the primary idea of sharp-
ness, pungency ; see r. "^n init. Hence
Part. pass. plur. ts'iccn , a word of
which the etymology was long sought
in vain, i. e. fierce, active, eager, brave
in battle, Ex. 13, 18. Josh. 1, 14. 4, 12.
Judg. 7, 11. (Comp. also the use of
B^sbn in the same connection Josh. 4,
13 comp. V. 12. Num. 32, 30. 32.) Aquil.
ivanXiafxivoi, Symm. xa&bmXia^ivoi,
Vulg. annati ; and so Onk. Syr. Some
have referred this form to "Czn III,
9 - .
comp. iu<ai^ , i. e. in battle-array, pr.
quinquepartitum, q. d. quinquejied, as
consisting of five parts, the centre, the
two wings, and the front and rear guard,
Theod. nf^nxni^ovifq. Other solutions
have also been given ; but the one above
presented is best suited to the context
and to the genius of the language.
* III. "kZJ'^n f constr. cn ; Hf 'an m.
constr. riSTari , card, nuraeral^re ; Arab.
^ji*^s^, x<Mi^) in the other kindred
dialects 'arn. In the Indo-european fa-
mily, tliis numeral is Satiscr. pantahan,
Zend, and Pehlv. peantshe, pandj, Pers.
^JL), Gr. nivit (.^ol. niiiJit), all of
wiiich have affinitywith the Semitic form
in the last two radicals ; and with a pal-
atal instead of the labial we have also
Lat. quinque (KVxt), like nCtg xuig, Xvxog
lupus, iTiTiog equus, tuofiai seqtcor, etc.
Like the number seven, so also^ce is
sometimes put as a round number. Is.
17, 6. 30, 17 ; especially, it would seem,
in what has reference to Egypt, Gen. 43,
34. 45, 22. 47, 2. Is. 19, 18. This usage
perhaps passed over to the Hebrews
from the religious rites of Egypt. India,
and other oriental nations; among whom
five minor planets, and^ce elements and
elementary powers, were accounted sa-
cred. Comp. the sacred ntviiit; of the
Basilidiani. Iren. adv. Hseres. 1. 23. Epi-
phan. I. p. 68. Colon.
Plur. n^'rsn fifty, c. sufF. "r^'^i!!,
r^^zTi. thy fifty, his fifty, 2 K. 1. 9-12.
C"t'rn "lb a captain of fifty sc. soldiers,
nEi'tr,y.6vTu^)Xog, 2 K. 1. 9-14. Is. 3, 3.
Denom. an, C^h I.
TDlSn PiEL denom. from ^"on. q. d. to
fifth land. i. e. to exact the fifth part,
e. g. of all the produce as a lax, Gen.
41, 34.
I. TCian m. afifth, fifth part, from ttSrn
five ; as rsi a fourth, from rai , ?S"iN .
Spec, the fifth of all produce, paid by the
Egyptians to the king as tribute, Gen.
47, 26.
II, tDrn m. (r. V-cr, I) the belly, abdo-
men, 2 Sam. 2, 23. 3, 27. 4. 6. 20, 10.
Syr. ilifiii id. 2 Sam. 3, 27. 4, 6. Eth.
^^fl womb. Talmud. na'C'^n abdomen,
IB and S being interchanged. From
this Semitic word seems to have come
Lat. omasum.
'ilS'cn see "'ti'^^n ,
*^ SV' obsol. root, Arab. o-.:>. to be
tcarm, hot. as the day ; mid. E, to be
spoiled, foul, rancid, as water, butter, etc.
whence .nvn-^ and v:i>4>^ a bottle or
skin, and any thing becoming rancid
nsarr
328
isn
within it. Or perhaps this root is second-
ary, and derived from these very nouns ;
while the primary root may be ^ t^ to
be warm, hot, whence .r'/.t"^ for iu*^.
^Hence perhaps
fl'9'^ m. Gen. 21, 15. 19, constr. nan
V. 14, a leathern-bottle, water-ski?!. R,
ri52n or fT2n. But constr. nrn Job 21,
20. Hos. 7, 5. is from Msn heat, anger.
f^'^n (fortress, citadel, from r. ircn ,
^indr. n^ain wall,) pr. n. Hamaih, a large
and important city of Syria, situated on
the Orontes near the northern boundary
of the Holy Land, Num. 13. 21. 34, 8. It
was anciently the seat of a powerful
king, the ally of David ; and was called
by the Greeks Epiphania, while the
Arabs retain the ancient name, 'i\^o.
Hamah. Fully Am. 6, 2 na*^ r'an Ha-
viath the great ; also n3i: r52n 2 Chr.
8, 3. The gentile name is "^nrn Ha-
mathite Gen. 10, 18. nrn y-ijt 2 K. 25,
21 land of Hamath, i. e. the country or
district around. See Abulfeda. who was
a prince of this still noble city, Tab. Sy-
rise p. 108, 109. Relandi Palaestina p.
119 sq. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria,
etc. p. 146.
^^n (warm springs, r. CS^i) Ham-
math, pr. n. of a town of Naphtali near-
Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. Josephus calls
it 'jfxfiuovg, which he interprets by &fQ-
fiu, B. J. 4. 1. 3. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 260. The same prob. is -.X'n nisan
Josh. 21, 32.
ir? m. (r. 'Jn) c. BufT. 'Sn 1. grace,
favour, kindness, Ecc. 9, 11. a) xu'a
'J'^B ''3''S3 "n to find favour in the eyes
of anyone, i. e. with him. Gen. 6, 8. 19,
19. 32, 6. 18. 3 "prsa "in -rxsia xrcx
/if now I have fmnd favour in thy sight,
if thou favoureet me. Gen. 30, 27. 47,
29. 50, 4. In the same sense, 'i5n "(H xbs
Esfh. 2, 15. 17. b) 'b "'j'^ra 's -,11 -, tl
give one favour in tlie eyes of any one,
with any one. E.x. 3. 21 'p-rn TinJI
ci-^a^ T"2 n^f} =yrt and I itill give
this pr()])le favour in the sight of the
Egyptians. 11, 3. 12, 36. Gen. 39,21.
Spec, compassion Zech. 12. 10.
2. grace, i. q. graceftdnest, beauty, ele-
gance, Prov. 22, II. 31, 30. 5, 19 "jn r^s^
the gracefid chamois. Ps. 45, 3. Ecc. 10
12- in hX stone of beauty, i. e. precious
stone, Prov. 17, 8.
3. Hen, pr. n. m, Zech. 6, 14. But
comp. V. 10.
TTi^ (for Tirr in favour of Hadad,
see Tin) Henadad, pr. n. m. Ezra 3, 9.
Neh. 3,18.
'^\? fut. njn':; , apoc. in*i i. to
bend, to bow down, to incline ; kindr. "jsn,
135 . Arab. Lv&. to bend, to- incline ;
metaph. to incline, to be favourably dis-
posed, comp. -j-'EPi. Judg. 19, 9 nsn
Di'sn n'jn lo .' the declining of the day,
i. e. the day is declining. Hence n''3rt
a spear, lance, so called as being flexi-
ble.
2. to set oneself down in any place, to
sit down, i. e. to pitch one's tent, Gen.
26, 17 ; to pitch a camp, to encamp, Ex.
13, 20. 17, 1, 19, 2. Num. 1, 51 nijna
'ii''r'?r! where the tabernacle is set down,
i. e. pitched. Poet, of locusts, Neh. 3, 17.
Spec, a) With bs , to encamp against
a city, i. q. to besiege, Ps. 27. 3. 2 Sam.
12, 28. Is. 29. 3 ; with 3 id. Judg. 9, 50 ;
also c. ace. id. Ps. 53, 6." b) With b, to
encamp for or around any one, i. q. to
defend, Zech. 9, 8 ; comp. Ps. 34, 8.
3. Poet. i. q. to dwell, Is. 29, 1 ; comp.
bnx i. q. house.
Deriv. rn, n-^jn, nsna, ni'snn, pr.
n. '(nn.
^2n f (r. "jn) 1. piur. nisn, grace,
favour, compassion, Ps. 77, 10.
2. Perh. entreaty, supplication, prayery
see the root in Hithp. Job 19, 17 "'n'irni
''Jas '33b and my prayers (are loath-
some) to the sons of my womb, i. e. to
my brethren. The form ''Piin is then
for 'nisn , see Heb. Gram. 89. 3. n ; not
1 pers. Prset. from "j^n, contrary to the
accent.
3. Hannah, pr. n. the mother of Sam-
uel, J Sam. 1, 2 sq.
'^^'n. (initiated or initiating, r. T^''^)
pr. n. Henoch, Enoch. a) The first-
born son of Cain, whose mime was also
given to a city founded by his liithcr,
Gen. 4, 17. b) The flitiicr of Methu-
selah, translated to heaven on account
of his piety, Gen. 5, 18-24. Tiic later
I3n
329
yn
Jews, founding a conjecture on the ety-
mology of the name, make him out to
have been not only the most distin-
guished of the antediluvian prophets,
but also the inventor of letters and
learning ; and have forged in hit; name
a spurious book, comp. Jude v. 12.
These fables are current also among the
Arabs ; by whom he is called (jaO>(>I
Idris, i. e. the learned. c) The eldest
son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14.
Patronym. ^ssri Henochile Num. 26, 5.
d) A son of Midian Gen. 23, 4.
"I^SH (graciously reg*.rded, favoured,
r. isn) Hanun, pr. n. u) A king of the
Ammonites, 2 Sam. 10, 1. I Chr. 19, 2.
b) Neh. 3, 30. c) Neh. 3, 13.
^isn m. adj. gracious, merciful, com-
passionate, Ps. Ill, 4. 112, 4. R. '(Sn.
ri^:n f. (r. njn) plur. ni:n, a vault,
cell, so called from its curved or arched
form. Chald. and Syr. r'lrn. {ZoLm, a
s
tradesman's cell, stall, Arab.
gLSL^. Hence in Jer. 37, 16 the pro-
phet is said to be cast "bxn -lian ni3-bx
ni'Snn tn/o the dungeon and into tJie
vaults, i. e. under ground. So common-
ly, and not unaptly. An exposition per-
haps more suitable to the context is given
by E. Scheid in Diss. Lugdun. p. 988,
who understands curved blocks or stocks,
nervi curvi et obtorti, in which a prisoner
sat bent and distorted, elsewhere called
''O , J^r.an^ ) q- V. comp. Jer. 20, 2. 3.
29, 26 ; Gr. xvqxov from xvTrrw. Comp.
Go
Arab. JLa. a saddle-bow, saddle-tree,
i. e. the curved wood which constitutes
the frame.
"2n not in use, i. q. T^sn and psn
(comp. Gr. ny/o), Lat. ango), to straiten,
to choke, to suffocate ; intrans. to be nar-
row, strait, close. Hence deriv. nn for
ran , and nin for nsn .
^i'^' to spice, to season with spices.
Hence
1. to embalm dead bodies Gen. 50, 2.
3. 26. Arab, iax^ I, II, id.
2. Poet, the fig-tree is said to spice its
fruit, i. e. to fill it with aromatic juice,
to ripen, Cant. 2. 13. Arab. iUL& to
28*
ripen fodder; IV to be ripe, of the har-
vest grain.
3. to be reddish; Arab. ^ ^^ to be
red, e. g. leather; see nan wheat.
Deriv. nan, also
D'^^jn m. plur. the embalming of dead
bodies, and hence time of embalming,
Gen. 50, 3. It follows the analogy of
other nouns designating time, as D^nSj ,
jilSpn Chald. m. plur. wheat^ Ezra 6,
9. 7, 22, i. q. Heb. can q. v. in r\-^n .
'^"'^I (grace of God) Hanniel, pr. n.
a) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of
Manasseh, Num. 34, 23. b) 1 Chr. 7, 39.
^^3n m. (r. Tj?n no. 2) pr. initiated ,
hence trained, proved, of tried fidelity,
S. a^i
Gen. 14, 14. Arab. dlJL^ tried, proved,
?.?^
&XjL^ experience.
^?''?n f- grace, favour, mercy, Jer. 16,
13. R. -lin.
n^rH f plur. B^n^jn 2 Chr. 23, 9,
nin"':n Is. 2, 4. Mic. 4, 3 ; a spear, lance,
so called as being flexible, 1 Sam. 18, 11.
19, 10. 20, 33. R. n:n no. 1.
M- T 1- 'o straiten, to choke, Lat.
angere; also intrans. to be narrow, strait,
close, i. q. p2n , p3 , q. v. Hence T]n for
"T^sn) Arab. dLla., the jaws, palate.
Comp. pJS neck, from kindr. p3S, and
pan to choke.
2. Denom. from ^n, dlX^, the palate,
jaws, fauces, pr. ifi^vtiv, Lat. imbuere,
i. e. to stuff into one^s mouth or jaws, to
give to taste, and then by a common me-
taphor transferred to the intellect ; comp.
DTi: and Job 12, 11. Hence a) to im-
bue one with any thing, to initiate, to
train; (comp. ,(ij to put into one's
mouth, also to teach, to train ;) Prov.
22, 6 train up a child according to his
way, according to his disposition and ha-
bits, b) Of things, to initiate, i. e. tode-
dicate, to consecrate, e. g. a house before
taking possession, Deut. 20, 5 ; the tem-
ple 1 K. 8, 63. 2 Chr. 7, 5. Arab, vill^
to understand.
Deriv. "^n, nsn, Ti''?n, pr. name T^^V^,
also
iDn
332
taon
etc. b) Of men towards God, piety^
goodness, love of God. ^on 'tUSX i. q.
cn'^on the pious, Is. 57, 1. Plur. O'^ion
good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6, 42. 32,
32. 35, 26. Neh. 13, 14. c) Of God to-
wards men, goodness, mercy, grace, Ps.
5, 8. 36, 6. 48, 10. al. Very often coupled
with risx truth, fidelity, (q. v. no. 2.)
i. e. faithful mercy, constant goodness.
Here also occur the same formulas as
above in lett. a, as 05 "lOn nias Gen.
24, 12. 14 ; c. b Ex. 20,' 6.'DeutV5, 10 ;
t? nrxT ion r^b^ 2 Sam. 2, 6. 15, 20.
Trop. of God himself as a merciful bene-
factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9. Plur.
C^'ion mercies, benefits from God, Ps. 89,
2. 50. ' 107, 43. Is. 55, 3 C^DTSXi IIT '"ipn
the snre mercies of David, i. e. the per-
petual benefits bestowed on David, d)
Once, like synon. "jn , it seems to denote
grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty, Is.
40, 6. Sept. 5o|, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24.
2. In a bad sense, zeal against any
one, envy j hence reproach, disgrace,
see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov. 14, 34.
Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither
Job 6, 14.
3. Hesed, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 10.
^n?'^ (whom God loveth) Hasadi-
ah, pr. n. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr.
3,20.
* nCv|I fut. nen;; , Praet. 3 pers. fem.
before pause H^on jPs. 57, 2, see Lehrg.
p. 429. Heb. Gr.'74. I. 4; pr. to fee ;
eee under r. Oin no. 1. Spec.
1. to fee to a place, to take refuge or
shelter, with 3 of place, as 'b bsa in the
shadow (protection) of any one, Judg. 9,
15. Is. 30, 2 ; -i; 'BSS b^3 in the shadow
of Jehovah''s wings Ps. 57, 2. 61, 5.
Hence
2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to
confide, espec. in God, c. a Ps. 2, 12. 5.
12. 7. 2. 25, 20. 31, 2. 37, 40. al. AbsoL
Ps. 17. 7. Prov. 14, 32 p-^ns inTsa nch
the righteous in his death tmsteth bc. in
God.
Deriv. rnon, noni?, tT^ona, and
TCn (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho-
sah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10.
"jlCn adj. strong, Am. 2, 9 ; collect, the
mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1. 31.
R.l2n.
n^Orj f refuge, Is. 30, 3. R. rtDn , -'
"^n adj. (r. non) 1. kind, merciful,
benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26. 43, 1. Vib
T'On malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1.
Spoken in allusion to the stork. Job
39, 13 ; see in next art.
2. pious towards God, godly, e. g.
Hirr^ ^T'^pn the pious of Jehovah, i. e.
his pious worshippers, saints, Ps. 30. 5.
31, 24. 37, 28 ; ib I^Gn Ps. 4, 4.
3. Of God, fcmcZ, merciful, graciotis,
Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17.
"O'^Dn f (r. Ipn) i/ie storA;, pr. the
pious, avis pia, so called from the affec-
tion and tenderness it manifests towards
its parents and its young, for which it
was celebrated in antiquity ; see Plin.
H. N. X. 23. ^lian. Hist. An. 3. 23. ib.
10. 16. On the contrary, the Arabs call
the male ostrich ivA-^Ji ^^'e impious, on
account of its neglect and cruelty to-
wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq.
Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps. 104. 17.
Jer. 8, 7. Zech, 5, 9. See Bochart Hie-
roz. il. 327 sq. In Job 39, 13 fTi-^pn
does not stand for the stork, but as an
adj. tem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu-
sion however to the stork, thus : the
wing of the ostrich exults, nnax DX
naiDI fTi^pH bid are her pinions and
feathers pious ? i. e. she is not, like the
stork, affectionate towards her young,
but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15.
16.
^"CH m. (r. bpH) pr. devour er, put for
a species of locust, 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6,
28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1. 4. Sept.
axQiq and in 2 Chr. (i^ovxoq, which how-
ever is rather the Bja .
'J'^CH adj. strong, mighty, Ps. 89, 9.
R. "(Cn.
l"^GH Chald. adj. wanting, deficient,
sc. in weight, light, Dan. 5, 27. R. "ipn .
* ^C'^ to eat of, to devour, Deut. 28,
38. Chald. id. Kindr. are the roots "is;?,
">Ta, non. q, v. Hence b-^on.
* tSDrt to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4 ;
to stop the nostrils, Ez. .39. 11 raphl
C^narn-rN Xirj (the valley) shall stop
the nostrils oUhem that pass by, i. e. by
3Dn
331
ncn
1f1^3!H (id.) Hananiah, pr. n. m. a)
A militiiry leader under Uzziah 2 Clir.
26, 11. b) 1 Chr. 25, 23 ; comp. n^ssn
V. 4. c)Jer. 36, 12.
03n once Is. 30, 4, Hanes, pr. n. of a
city of middle Egypt on the west side of
the Nile, called by the Greeks Heracleo-
polia, 'l/Qaxliovg nokig, Arab. ^jJjJ^\,
'Egypt. ^neC, ^JIHC, e^HHC, an-
ciently a royal residence. See Etienne
duatremere Memoires sur I'Egypte T. I.
p. 500, 501. Champollion I'Egypte sous
les Pharaons I. p. 309. Comment, on Is.
1. c.
* r|3n fut, riin-i 1. to pollute, to de-
file, i, q. q:a . Jer. 3, 9.
2. Intrans. to he polluted, defiled, as a
land with blood Ps. 106, 38. Is. 24, 5.
Jer. 3, 1 ; or persons with crimes Jer.
23, 11.
Hi PH. to pollute, to profane, e.g. a land
Num. 35, 33. Jer. 3, 2 ; so of persons, to
make profane, i. e. to seduce to impiety
and apostasy, Dan. 11, 32. Syr. )'"
one unclean, a heathen, ^j&1m\ to apos-
tatize from the faith. Sept. well ftictive-
a&ai, fioliivKT&ai; but Vulg. wrongly
renders C]:n by hypocrita, a meaning
drawn from the Talmudic and Rabbinic
usage.
Deriv. the three following :
5l.?H one profane, impious, godless, pr.
polluted ; Job 8, 13. 13, 16. 15, 34. 17,
8. al. Sept. a(Tf^r]g, avofiog, nnQuvofiog,
twice vnoxQiiTiq, see in r. C|3n Hiph.
5]5'^ m. profaneness, impiety, wicked-
ness. Is. 32, 6.
riBin f. id. Jer. 23, 15. R. t(m.
Vd'^ in Kal not used, pr. to he strait,
close, to choke, of the same family with
pas, Tisn. p3S (piir). and in the occiden-
tal languages ("tyxf^, uvuyxi], ango. ang-
ustus, enge {Zange, Zwang), anxious.
Hence
PiEL to strangle, to throttle, Gr. u'/x^>
nviyu, as a lion his prey, Nah. 2, 13.
Arab. i^Jii*., Ethiop. "Ji^, Syr. ^aL.,
id.
NiPH. to strangle oneself, to hang one-
Belf 2 Sam. 17, 23.
Deriv. Pjno.
If^l^ (graciously regarded, r. )i'n)
Ilannathon, pr. n. of a place in Zcbulun
Josh. 19, 14.
* '? V ^^^ "^^ '" ^*') ^^^ commonly
said to have the signif of kindness, be-
nignity, and by antiphrasie that of re-
proach, disgrace. The primary idea
seems to be that of eager and earnest
desire, ardour, zeal, by which one is
actuated, i. q. K3;5, and then like 6<3]3
transferred to the trop. senses :
1. to be zealous towards any one, i. e.
to feel desire, kindness, love towards him ;
see Hithpa. and lon no. 1.
2. to be jealous, envious towards any
- ^ .- s ^ ^
one, to envy, Arab. Jum. to envy, Jut^aw
envy ; and hence i. q. to hate, to reproach,
to treat with reproach and contumely ;
see Piel, and Ipn no. 2.
PiEL to reproach, to disgrace, to treat
with reproach and contumely, Prov. 25,
10. Syr. flu id. in Targ. isn for Heb.
tQn to reproach. Syr. I, Am- oppressed
with envy, also beloved, see in Kal.
HiTHP. to show oneself kind, benign,
merciful, Ps. 18, 26. Comp. Kal no. 1.
Deriv. lon, T'on, rrn-'pn. and pr. n.
n;>1pn.
"'C'^ in pause ipH, c. suff. "''npn ; plur.
^'^1^'!! ! constr. "^^pn , pr, desire, ardour,
zeal, see r. ^pn Kal. Hence
1. In a good sense, zecd towards any
one. kindness, love. Spec. a) Of men
towards one another, kindness, good-will,
as shown in doing mutual favours, bene-
fits. Gen. 21, 23. 2 Sam. 10, 2. As re-
ferring to the afflicted, pity, compassion,
Sept. freq. iXtoQ, Job 6, 14. Frequent
in the formula, cr "Jpn nbr to do or
show kindness with or to any one. Gen.
1. c. 2 Sam. 3, 8. 9, 1. 7 ; also with ri*
Zech. 7, 9 ; b? 1 Sam. 20, 8 ; more fully
CS rrxi ipn nb? Gen. 24. 49. 47, 29.
Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam. 9,3 npn -irr nb?J<
O'^'l^?* / will shore him kindness like that
of God. Also b Ipri nas to turn kind-
ness upon any one, to procure favour
for him. Gen. 39, 21 ; more fully Ezra
7, 28 Ti^art "ssb non npri -^^s'] and God
turned kindness upon me before the king,
i. e. gave me favour with him ; also
Dan. 1, 9 ipnb bx!:3^-rx QTibsn "in*]
and God gave Daniel good^ill^ favour
'TDn
332
taon
etc. b) Of men towards God, Tpiety.
goodness, love of God. *70n "'I^JX i. q.
D"'n''pn tJie pious, Is. 57, 1. Plur. a'^'ion
good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6, 42. 32,
32. 35, 26. Neh. 13, 14. c) Of God to-
wards men, goodness, mercy, grace, Ps.
5, 8. 36, 6. 48, 10. al. Very often coupled
with rax truth, fidelity, (q. v. no. 2,)
i. e. faithful mercy, constant goodness.
Here also occur the same formulas as
above in lett. a, as B5 ion rvO'S Gen.
24, 12. 14 ; c. ^ Ex. 20,' 6.'DeutV5, 10 ;
cr nrxi ion ?n"b5 2 Sam. 2, 6. 15, 20.
Trop. of God himself as a merciful bene-
factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9. Plur.
tS'^'ion mercies, benefits from God, Ps. 89,
2. 50.' 107, 43. Is. 55, 3 C'^i'SNi 1^ ''lon
the sure mercies of David, i. e. the per-
petual benefits bestowed on David, d)
Once, like synon. "jn , it seems to denote
grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty. Is.
40, 6. Sept. 5o|a, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24.
2. In a bad sense, zeal against any
one, envy; hence reproach, disgrace,
see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov, 14, 34.
Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither
Job 6, 14.
3. Hesed, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 10.
^n?'^ (whom God loveth) Hasadi-
ah, pr. n. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr.
3,20.
* ^5m fut. ncrn;! , Praet. 3 pers. fem.
before pause n^on iPs. 57, 2, see Lehrg.
p. 429. Heb. Gr.'74. I. 4; pr. to fee ;
see under r. in no. 1. Spec.
1. iofiee to a place, to take refuge or
shelter, with 3 of place, as 't bsa in the
shadow (protection) of any one, Judg. 9,
15. Is. 30, 2 ; 'I ""B:? bsa in the shadow
of Jehovah's wings Ps. 57, 2. 61, 5.
Hence
2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to
confide, espec. in God, c. 2 Ps. 2, 12. 5,
12." 7, 2. 25. 20. 31, 2. 37, 40. al. Absol.
Ps. 17. 7. Prov. 14, 32 p-^n^j iriB3 noh
the righteous in his death tnisteth ec. in
God.
Deriv. non, nonia, rrjona, and
TVSn (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho-
sah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10.
JlDH adj. strong, Am. 2, 9 ; collect, the
mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1. 31.
men f reficge, Is. 30, 3. R. fion . -'
I'^n adj. (r. ion) ] . kind, merciful,
benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26. 43, 1. xb
l^on malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1.
Spoken in allusion to the stork, Job
39, 13 ; see in next art.
2. pious towards God, godly, e. g.
i^jrT^ "''I'^on the pious of Jehovah, i. e.
his pious worshippers, saints, Ps. 30. 5.
31, 24. 37, 28 ; "ib t^On Ps. 4, 4.
3. Of God, kind, merciful, graciotis,
Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17.
"H'^pn f (r. -iDn) the stork, pr. the
pious, avis pia, so called from the affec-
tion and tenderness it manifests towards
its parents and its young, for which it
was celebrated in antiquity ; see Plin.
H. N. X. 23. ^lian. Hist. An. 3. 23. ib.
10. 16. On the contrary, the Arabs call
the male ostrich *.*"i- ^^te impioics, on
account of its neglect and cruelty to-
wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq.
Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps. 104. 17.
Jer. 8, 7. Zech. 5, 9. See Bochart Hie-
roz. II. 327 sq. In Job 39, 13 fTi'^On
does not stand for the stork, but as an
adj. fem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu-
sion however to the stork, thus : the
wing of the ostrich exidts, nnax DX
n^'i:'] tTi^on bid are her pinions and
feathers pious 7 i. e. she is not, like the
stork, aflectionate towards her young,
but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15.
16.
x'^Cn m. (r. ^on) pr. devourer, put for
a species of locust, 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6,
28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1. 4. Sept.
x(nV and in 2 Chr. (i^ovxog, which how-
ever is rather the Dja .
'J'^Cn adj. strong, mighty, Ps. 89, 9.
R. icn.
"T^On Chald. adj. wanting, deficient,
sc. in weight, light, Dan. 5, 27. R. "lOn .
* ^Crt to eat off, to devour, Deut. 28,
38. Chald. id. Kindr. are the roots 12C;3 ,
in, ion. q, v. Hence b'^pn.
* CIDH to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4 ;
to stop the nostrils, Ez. 39. 11 rcohl
n'^narn-PN X'TI (the valley) shall stop
the nostrils of them tliat pass by, i. e. by
:cn
333
nsn
its Btench. Others render with the Sy-
riac : it shall stop the way to them tliat
pass by, m. from the multitude of the
slain. Kindr. can where aee ; comp.
also orn . Hence oion^ .
"l^V 1. to be strong, mighty, like
Syr. and Chald. ou* , ^on . The pri-
mary idea lies in binding together; comp.
in pm no. 3. Hence ,ion , T'On , "(On .
2. Trop. to be rich, wealthy, see *on ;
hence to heap togetlier, to lay up, to
Iward, Arab, jj*^, whence loV^S?
storehouse, magazine,
NiPH. to be laid up, hoarded. Is. 23, 18.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.
ICH Chald. Aph. or rather Hiph. after
the Hebrew manner, to possess, to have
in possession, Dan. 7, 18. 22. Hence
I'?'!? Chald. m. emphat. Sjcn, strength,
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27.
ion m. (r. ion no. 2) riches, wealth,
Prov. 15. 6. 27, 24. Jer. 20, 5. Ez. 22,
25; treasure, abundance. Is. 33, 6 "dH
m'yTO^ abundance of deliverance, parall.
"isix treasure. Chald. "|Dnj< to possess.
J*!?'^ in Kal not used, i. q. titon , to
strip q^bark. to peel, to scale, to scrape.
Arab. i_a*w.u5. to peel dates, and transp.
v..A^ to scrape off; hence Chald. tlOn,
Arab. oy&. and \^Juiiy^, a scale, sherd,
franrment of an earthen vessel, Syr.
M^ id. In the occidental tongues
words of the same stock are Gr. axanTw,
Lat. scabo. squnma. ; Germ, schaben,
schnppen, Schuppe, Scherbe, Schiefer,
schaufeln; Engl. scab, scale, shell, shei d;
in all which a sibilant precedes, as also
in Heb. and Arab. nnD. v.ji^. Hence
qnadrilit. Ospn. part. pass. D3Dn"a; Ex.
16. 14 DQsnis pT sovxething small scaled
off, like scales. Hence
t]?"!! Chald. m. sherds, burnt clay,
earthen-ware, Dan. 2, 33 sq.
'^^9'^ quadril. see in r. C|Dn ,
* ^^'^ fot- "'0'7^ plur. Iion^, pr. to
diminish, to be cut short, intrans.
Kindr. are nta, -iT3, -isj? j comp. bon,
in. Hence
1 . to be diminished, to fail, Gen. 8, 3.
5. 1 K. 17, 14. Also to fail, to be want-
ing, Ecc. 9, 8 ; with b of pers. Deut.
15, 8.
2. to want, to Uzck, to be without any
thing, with ace. like other verbs of
plenty and want, Deut. 2, 7. 8, 9. Ps. 34,
11. Prov. 31, 11. Gen. 18,28 Tnon^ ''Ks
msian n-'p'^sn n-^iriian perhaps there
sJiall lack five to the fifty righteous, lit.
perhaps the fifty righteous shall lack
five. Absol. to want, i. e. to be in want,
to suffer need, Ps. 23, 1. Prov. 13, 25.
Neh. 9, 21. Comp. Arab. -*w^ and
f,***^ to suffer harm or loss.
PiEL to cause to want or lack. Ps. 8, 6
nTibxTa osa in-i&nni thou hast caused
him to lack but little of a god ; see in
Q'^nbx B. 1. p. 54. With "jTa of thing,
Ecc. 4, 8.
HrPH. 1. Cau.sat. to cause to fail,
with accus. Is. 32, 6.
2. Intrans. to want, to lack, i. e. to suf-
fer want, Ex. IG, 18.
Deriv. T^&n , -ibn^ , and the five here
following.
ion verbal adj. wanting, lacking,-with.
ace. 1 K. 11, 52 ; with , Ecc. 6, 2. "ion
cn^ lacking bread 2 Sam. 3, 29. 2^ "^n
lacking understanding Prov. 6, 32. 7, 7.
9, 4. Subst. want of understanding,
Prov. 10, 21.
"^pr? m. want, poverty, Prov. 28, 22.
Job 30, 3.
"Ipn rn. want, poverty. Am. 4, 6. Deut.
28, 48. 57.
nncn Hasrah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 22 ;
for which in the parall. passage 2 K. 22,
14 is onnn .
I'^'^PO - (j- "''?'7) deficiency, defect,
Ecc. 1, 15.
'^ adj. m. clean, pure, morally. Job
33, 9. R. qsn II.
Sjn see Cjin.
* ^Sn prob. i. q. r\^n and ten I, to
cover ; whence Piel, to do covertly, se-
cretly, 2 K. 17. 9.
'^'.r' f^ cover, to veil, e. g. the head
2 Sam. 15, 30. Jer. 14, 4; the face Esth.
nsrt
334
6, 12. 7, 8. Syr. ^ , Arab. Lia. id.
Comp. psn I.
PiEL to overlay with gold, silver, etc.
with two ace. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 7. 8. 9.
PuAL fo 6e covered, Is. 4, 5; see in
nen no. i.
NiPH. pass, of Pi. Ps. 68, 14.
TBJl f. (r. tlSn I) 1. a covering,
protection, Is. 4, 5 fisn linS'bS'bs over
all the glory shall be a covering, i. e.
protection. Others here take MBH as
Pualofnsn.
T T
2. a canopy; hence a bed with a
canopy, curtains, bridal-bed, nuptial-
couch, comp. ians. Ps. 19, 6. Joel 2. 16.
3. Huppah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24. 13.
"^ri'r fi^t. TBH^ to Zeap or start up ;
kindr. with TBj?, VfiJ', comp. ns, yjf,
uj , yij .Spec.
1. to storf up, to rise up suddenly, in
order to flee, 2 Sam. 4, 4.' Job 40, 23.
2 K. 7, 15 Cheth. Hence
3. to be startled, alarmed, Deut. 20, 3.
Ps. 31,23. 116, 11.
NiPH. to Jlee away sc. in terror, to
shrink away, 1 Sam. 23, 26. Ps. 48, 6.
104, 7. Hence
jiTBH m. haste, hasty fight, Ex. 12,
11. Deut. 16. 3.
D'^fen (coverings) Huppim, pr. n. m.
a) Gen. 46, 21, elsewhere CEW q. v.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. 15. R. :]Sn I.'
"?',' obsol. root, Arab. ij-P.r>- to take
with both hands, to Jill both hands.
Hence, unless the verb itself be a de-
nominative,
"JSn only in dual C^SEH, the two Jists,
Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12. Prov. 30, 4. Ez.
10, 2. 7. Ecc. 4, 6. Aram, ^al , Arab.
isJJiSk . By transpos. nijftr,, pugnus.
"'?S'^ (perh. fistcr, fighter, from 'Cn)
pr. n. Hophni, one of the sons of Eli,
1 Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4.
! ^i?!'t' i- ! '^^'^1 '^ coTvr, with ^5,
comp. nos ; hence to protect, Deut, 33, 12.
Arab. i^d^. to cover with a garment.
The idcd of covering lies in llu; syllable
tjn, as also in the kindr. sn, tp, t;p,
35 , t]y ; comp. beeides ntn and NCn , the
roots K2n and Man to hide ; "IBS, ^J^
_ai , and 12JS3 , to cover ; t]W Is. 31, 5,
nns , nss , etc. also Ci33 , t]^S , in which
Nun and Lamed are inserted in the pri-
mary syllable, as in y\,i<, V^^. etc.
Deriv. nen , diBH .
11. iij*n obsol. root. ^ 1. to mb,
scrape, wipe off. Arab. *_fi^ rasit, fri-
cuit.
2. to icas/} o^or atray. to lave; hence
deriv. !:iin , tin .
* Y?r3 fut. j'Bm and I'Cni Ps. 37,
23. al.
1. to bend, to curve; Job 40, 17 'I'sn^j
i33T he bendeth his tail, etc. Arab.
ijaJL^ to bend wood.
2, Intrans, and raetaph. to incline, to
be favourably disposed: a) Towards
any one, to delight in, to favour, to love,
e, g, a person, c. 2 Gen, 34, 19, 2 Sam.
20. 11; God towards man, Nura, 14, 8.
2 Sam, 15, 26, Ps, 18, 20, al. Also of
things, c. a 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 56, 4. Pa
112, 1 ; ace, Ps, 40, 7. Mic, 7, 18. b) To
doing any thing, i. q. to will, to desire, to
please ; absol. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5 ; with a
finite verb Is. 42, 21. 53, 10; infin. c. b
Deut, 25, 8, Ps. 40, 9. Job 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2,
25; inf simpl. Job 13. 3, 33, 32 ''nasn
^k!'^? / desire to justify thee, i, e. thy
justification.
Deriv. the three following:
Y'r!^ m. plur. constr. '^Stn Ps. 35,
27. 40, 15; but cn'^^Ert Ps. Ill, 2; fem.
nssn ; verbal adj. from r. ytn.
1. delighting in, loving any thing. Ps.
5, 8 npK sirn ytn bx xb. 34. 13 ytn
C^n loving life. 35, 27. Ill, 2. With
infin. and b Nab. 1, 11. Also desiring,
Ps. 40, 15 "^pyn "^tn. 35, 27. Mai. 3, 1.
2. willing, 1 K. 21, 6 nns -j-En-cx if
thou art willing, if it please thee. 30. 33.
1 Chr. 28, 9 nsEn tti a willing mind.
T^y^ m. c. suff. 'SErt 1. inclination
to any thing, and hence favour, lore,
delight in any thing. Prov. 31, 13. ib t^
a ytn one delights in any thing 1 Sam.
15. 22, 18, 25, Ecc, 5, 3, 12, 1, Ps, 1. 2.
Concrete, that which ddighls. phases
any one, 1 K. 10, 13. ';; yE.n nt"? to do
the pleasure of God, etc. Is. 44, 28. 46,
ssn
335
isn
10. 48, 14. 1 K. 5, 8. 9. Spec, desire,
Ps. 107, 30. Job 31, 16.
2. hpantij, elea^ance, as causing de-
light ; so yen ^px beniUifid stones, i. e.
precious. Is. 54, 12. ytn ynn a pleasant
land Mai. 3, 12. Plur. cson precious
things Prov. 3. 15. 8, 11.
3. Any application or purpose of mind,
purpose, sttidium ; hence a business, a
matter, affair, Sept. ngUyfta. Ecc. 3, 1
Von-bab rri and a time to every matter,
i. e. all things are frail and fleeting,
nothing ia stable and enduring. 5, 7 "bx
yenn b? n^nn marcel not at the matter.
8, 6. The transition to this signification
is manifest in passages like these : Is. 53,
10 nbs";! in^a mni ytn the pleasure of
Jehovah (i. e. his cause, aflfair) shall pros-
per in his hand. 44, 28. 58, 3. 13. Job 21,
21. 22, 3. Similar is Syr. Q-=)^ a mat-
ter, business, afTair, from ).s^ i. q. ytn
to will.
nn-^SSn (my delight is in her) Heph-
zibak pr. n. of the mother of king Ma-
nasseh, 2 K. 21, 1. Also as a symbolic
name of Zion, Is. 62, 4.
* ! *'IV ^^t- "'^1- 1- io dig, to &r-
cdvate; Arab. .A'^ 1, VIII, X, to dig
S -. ^ 9 c-
the ground, -aa., -i^, a well, pit;
Syr. 'fk> to dig, li-a* a pit, ditch.
Hence with mid. rad. softened "iin q. v.
In the Indo-European tongues the idf^a
of digging is expressed by transpos. in
ygvccpm, /^t/iTirai, Germ, graben, Engl.
grave; and with a sibilant prefixed Lat.
sCRiBo ; with r softened yXucfut, yXvcpm,
eCaLPo, sCuLPo.Ahsol Jer. 13, 7 ;
with ace. e. g. a pit, well, Ecc. 8. 8. Ps.
7, 16. Gen. 21, 30. Num. 21, 18. So to
dig for any thing, Ex. 7, 24. Job 3, 21.
Poet, of the war-horse pawing the
ground. Job 39, 21 P'^sa ^"lon^ theij paw
in the valley ; comp. Virg. Georg. 3. 87,
88 cavat tellurem. Metaph. to dig a pit
for any one, i. e. to plot against him, c.
,S Ps. 35, 7.
2. to dig out, I. e. to search or spy out,
to explore ; Job 39, 29 from thence he
apieth out the prey. With ace. to explore
a land, to spy out, Deut. 1, 22. Josh. 2, 2.
3. For Is. 2, 20 see fr^Qnen.
Deriv. M'no-iBn , pr. n. "iBri , o'^'ic-n .
* II. iSn flit, lon-i, plur. 'nan';, in
pause ^"^D"^ , Arab. ^.A^, to become red,
to bliuth, kindr. perhaps with "nan no. 2
to be red. Hence to be asliamed, to be
put to shame, espec. as being frustrated
or disappointed in one's plans and ex-
pectations, Ps. 35, 4. 26. 40, 15. 70, 3.
83, 18. Is. 24, 23. Jer. 15, 9; with D-'2S
Ps. 34, 6. Job 1 1, 18 =3!i5n naab n-iem
now thou, art ashamed, then shall thou
lie down in quiet. With "|T3 of that in
which one is disappointed, ashamed, Is.
1,29; comp. OJia.
HiPH. to Irring to shame, to cause dis-
grace, Prov. 19. 26.
2. Intrans. like Kal ; comp. verbs of
colour, Heb. Gram. 52. 2. n ; to be
ashamed, to be put to shame, Is. 54, 4.
Trop. of Mount Lebanon, as grieving
for the loss of its beauty, Is. 33, 9. ALso
to act shamefully, to come to shame, Prov.
13, 5.
lEH see nnonsn.
"^^n (a pit, well, r. "lOn I) Hepher.
pr. n.
1. A royal city of the Canaanites,
Jo.sh. 12, 17 ; comp. 1 K. 4, 10.
2. Of several men : a) A son of Gi-
lead Num. 26, 32. 27, 1. Josh. 17, 2. Pa-
tronyra. "^nsn Hepherite Num. 26, 32.
b) An officer of David 1 Chr. 11, 36. c)
1 Chr. 4, 6.
Q'?'^^!! (two pits) Hapharaim., pr. n.
of a place in Issachar, Josh. 19, 19.
iP'lS'7 ?" " Hophra, a king of Egypt,
contemporary with Nebuchadnezzar,
Jer. 44, 30. Sept. Ovacfqri, in Manetho
Ovtiif-Qig, the eighth king of the second
Saitic dynasty ; the same who is called
by the Greeks 'AriQirjg, Hdot. 2. 161, 162,
169. ib. 4. 159. Diod. Sic. 1. 68. See
Rosellini Monum. Storici II. 143.
rrnfi^Sn f: (r. IBH I) an animal which
frequents houses, so called from its dig-
ging or burrowing ; Jerome, a mole ;
better perhaps, a rat. In Is. 2, 20,
where we now read divided niiB "lanb
i. e. into the digging of rats, q. d. rats'
holes, the plural form of this noun ought
prob. to be restored, as better suited to
the context, viz. m'lB-iBnb to the rats,
or moles. Comp. tr^Q .
tDsn
336
ni:n
* ^S^ fut. plur. iii'Qri'n , pr. to dig,
Sept. (TxA/w Ps. 76, 7 ; dhald. and Sa-
mar. CEn id. Kindred perhaps with "isn
I; the "1 and "C3 being interchanged. In
Heb. only trop. to seek, to search after,
to find otct, e. g. wisdom Prov. 2, 4 ; secret
things Prov. 20, 27 ; one's conduct Lam.
'S, 40. Also to devise, to contrive ; Ps. 64,
7 nibi" Ti'sJn"^ they devise wickedness.
NiPH. pass, to be searched out, Obad. 6.
PiEL to seek, to search, absol. Gen. 31,
35. 44, 12. With ace. to search out,
1 Sam. 23, 23 ; to search through 1 K.
20, 6. Zeph. 1, 12. Metaph. once Ps. 77,
7 'riin i:J2n';i;i my spirit maketh search,
inquiry.
PuAL 1. to be sought, and so ' to let
oneself be sought,' i. e. to hide oneself,
Prov. 28, 12 ; comp. v. 28, and Hithpa.
2. to be searclied out, devised, Ps. 64, 7.
Hithpa. pr. to let oneself" be sought,
i e. to hide onesef. see Pu. no. 1 ; hence
to disguise oneself 1 Sam. 28, 8. 1 K. 20,
38 1"ir>-b^' iX3 bsnn^T and disguised
himself with a bandage over his eyes.
22,30. Job 30, 18 "^las^b benn'i ns-ana
through the violence (of disease) 7ny gar-
ment is disguised, i. e. my skin or exter-
nal appearance is changed ; comp. v. 19.
Hence
"^^n m. a device, purpose, Ps. 64, 7.
See r. bsn Pu. no. 2.
'^^r V^- ^(^ b^ loose, free, opp. to
what is bound, restrained. Hence
1. to spread out loose things, to spread
loosely, see csn. Arab. iiiUAd. II, to
stretch out. to prostrate.
2. to lie ])roslrate, and hence to he
weak, feeble, exhausted. Comp. ttJ^n.
Arab. ifLks*- mid. E. Hence wrsri.
3. to set free, e. g. a slave. Arab.
lyuJi^ to be poured out freely. Hence
PuAL to be set free, to be freed, as a
slave. Lev. 19, 20.
Deriv. the four following.
f fin m. a spreading out, stratio ; once
Ez. 27, 20 f^2=")^ Uich-''i:a tapetes stra-
ta ad equitandum, i. e. cloths spread out,
carpets, for riding and driving.
Wjfin f. frted(ym^ Lev. 19, 20. R.
ttsn no. 3.
n^lCSn and tT^tJBri f. weakness, in-
firmity, disease, whence r*it'snr] r"'2
the sick-house, infirmary, hospital. 2 K.
15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 21. R. ttn no. 2.
"^iDSn adj. (pr. from a subst. "Ctn i. q.
i~nan, with the adj. ending '^-^) plur.
1. prostrate, weak, feeble, Ps. 88, 6.
But see in no. 2.
2. free, opp. to a slave or captive, Job
3, 19, "'ffien ritj to let go free. e. g. a
slave, Deut! 15, 12. 13. 18 ; 'aisnb n^aJ
id. Ex. 21, 26. 27. "tzn N:f^, 'iL'Enb 'i
to go out free, to be set free, see under
N:i^ . [Ps. 88. 6 "laisn C'lrjsa free among
the dead, sc. from the cares and oppres-
sion of life ; comp. Job 3, 19.^-R.
3. free from public taxes and burdens,
1 Sam. 17, 25.
fT^ffiSri see r^!i3sri.
V r? m. (r. Y^rC) c. sufT. ^Sn , plur. fiiSn ;
also ""Sn (Milel) with Yod parag. 1 Sara.
20, 36. 37. 38 Cheth. 2 K. 9, 24.
1. an arrow, 2 K. 13, 17. 1 Sam. 20, 20.
CSn i^ra an^ow-men, archers, Gen. 49,
23. Trop. the arrows of God are light-
nings, Hab. 3, 11 ; also poet, evils, cala-
mities, inflicted upon men, Deut. 32, 23
comp. V. 42. Job 6, 4. Ps. 38, 3. 91, 5 ;
espec. famine Ez. 5. 16. Num. 24, 8
ynil^^ 1"^sn he doth shake his arrows in
blood ; comp. Ps. 68, 24, and ^nia no. 2.
2. an arrow-wound, wound, Job 34, 6.
Vice versa, in Eurip. Iphig. Taur. 314,
missile weapons are called T^avfAuja
iniovTn, flying wounds.
3. tr^snn "im l Sam. 17, 7 Cheth. the
iron point of a spear. But in Keri and
the similar passages 2 Sam. 21, 19. 1 Chr.
20, 5, the reading is y^ wood, i. e, the
handle or shaft of a spear ; and this
alone is suited to the context,
* Z'l'n and -^'; Is. 5, 2, fut. asn-j .
1. to cut, to hew, to liew out, espec
stones ; kindr, a'jn . For the primary
idea of cutting, which lies in the sylla
ble yn, see in ^^sn. Deut. 6, 11, 8, 9,
Is, 5, 2. 10, 15. 22V16. Prov. 9,1. Part
cash hewers of stone, stone-cutters, 2 K
12, 13. 1 Chr. 22, 2. 15, 2 Chr, 24, 12
also Jiewera of wood, wood-cuttcra, 1 K
5, 29 [15], 2 Chr. 2, 1, 17, Metaph. Ps
29, 7 the voice of Jehovah deaveth out
isn
337
f.
2n
Jlame8 9/Jire, i. e. eends forth forked
lightniiigt^ ; comp. Pu.
2. Trop. to cut ojf, to destroy ; Hoe. 6,
6 D'<x-'aja "'nrxn / cut tliera off hij pro-
phets, i. v.. I announce to them death
and destruction. The other member has
OTunn .
NiPH. to he cut in, to be graven, on
atones, Job 19, 21.
PoAL to be heton oiU, formed, Is. 51, 1.
HiPH. i. q. Kal. no. 2. Is. 51, 9.
Deriv. asna.
*'^'7 fut, nsni, with Vav conv.
1. to cut in ttoo, to halve, like kindr.
^?n q. V. Chald. and Syr. sn, f^,
to cut or dig out.
2. to divide, espec a) Into two parts,
to halve. Gen, 32, 8. Ps. 55, 24 isn^ sib
O'l"'^? ^f^^y do not halve their days, i. e.
do not live out half their lires. With
V?^ T'? prfEgn. to divide and distribute
hetnteen. amonff, Num. 31, 27. 42. Is. 30,
28 nsn;; ixja n? the stream f/j"ci(fcs him
even to the neck, i. e. rises to the neck
and there divides him as it were into two
parts, b) Also into several parts, Gen.
23, 1. Judg. 7. 16. 9, 43. Job 40, 30 [41,
NiPH. to divide oneself, to be divided,
2 K. 2. 8. 14. Dan. 11, 4. Spec, into two
parts, Ez. 37, 22.
Deriv. "^sn, nisn, HsntJ, n^sriB,
and pr. names ^xsn-^ , bxisn^ .
'^'I^Sri (enclosure, castle) Hazor, pr. n.
a) A city in Naphtali, fortified by Solo-
mon, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19. 19, 36. Judg. 4,
2. 1 K. 9, 15. 2 K. 1.5, 29. [It appears
to have been situated on the high
ground somewhere to the south of Ke-
desh ; see Biblioth. Sacra, 1846, p. 212
sq. R.] b) Another in Benjamin,
Neh. 11, 33. c) Two cities in the
south of Judah. Josh. 15, 23. 25. One is
called also "["iisn v. 25. d) A region
of Arabia, Jer. 49,28.
rriSiSn see fT^:t'S'^, a trumpet.
PllSn f. sing, only in constr. Pisn,
the middle, midst, as nb'^b nisn mid-
night Job 34, 20. Ps. 119^ 62. Ex. 11, 4.
R. nsn,
''Sn m. (r. nun) constr. sn, c. sufT.
^sn .
29
1. half, the half part, Ex. 24, 6. Nora.
15, 9. 10. Josh. 22. 23. W-an the half of
us 2 Sam. 18, 3; rxn Is. 44', 16. 19.
2. the middle, niidit, 2 tSarn. 10, 4.
nb-^hn -acq midnight Judg. IG, 3. Ruth
3,'8."
Note. For ''Sn signifying arrow, see
inyn.
ninjisn "^Sn (midst of resting-
places) Ilatsi-hammenuchoth, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 52. Hence patronyra. 'Sn
'nnjEn v. 54.
*^'^Sn m. 1. i. q. "isn, pr. an enclo-
sure, court ; then poet, a dwelling-place,
habitation, i. q. n"!?. Is. 34, 13 Tisn
n:5^ 1^132^ a dwelling-place for ostrich-
es. 35, 7 a court for reeds and rushes-
R, "isn no. 1.
2. gra^s, herbage, Job 8, 12. 40. 15.
Ps. 104, 14. al. Spec, a leek, collect.
fccA:., Num. 11, 5. R. isn no. 2.
I'^V a root not in use, having the
primary force of strength, firmness, like
the kindr. "j^n, ^On, and Arab. Jv^a^
G u
to be firm, fortified, whence ^'^y for-
tress. Hence the two following :
l^r? m. the arm, fore-arm, as the seat
and symbol of strength. Ps. 129, 7, see-
in 11:3 Piel.
j^Jfl m. (r. '(in) the arm, on which'
children are carried, the bosom, Is. 49; 22..
Hence also bosom of a garment, Sept.
, , Go
ara^oXri, Neh. 5, 13. Arab. ^j^aa. arm,
bosom ; denora. ^^-^ to carry in the-
arms or bosom. Eth. fh^'i besom.
^i-i'J Chald. to be hard, rough;
hence to be harsh, severe ; see Thesaur.
p. 510.
Aph. part, nssnna strict, severe, of a
royal edict, Dan. 2, 15. 3, 22.'
y "^V' ^o divide, and intrans. to be
divided. Arab. (joa. Ill, IV, to divide
one's portion with another, a-^y part,
portion. Talmud, to cut or hew iti
pieces, whence ns'^sn an axe or adze;
trop. to distinguish. Kindred roots are
3sn, nsn, Chald. ixn. The primary
Tl'n
338
^isn
force of cutting, hewing, sharpening to a
point, is possessed by the syllable yn in
common with the kindred Tn, nn, see
'!", ''in, ^'in; also yp, C2, n, nj,
see under Tja, ns. "j^:!!^. Prov. 30, 27
^/ie locusts have no king, i^3 |'sn 5<^}
T/ef go they forth all of them divided, i. e.
in divisions, bands; comp. Gen. 14, 15.
Jerome : per turmas sitas.
PiEL part. n"':ian^ Judg. 5, 11, either:
those dividing sc. the booty, spoil ; corap.
Is. 9, 2. 33, 23. Ps. 6S, 13; or, with the
Targg. and Rabbins, sagittarii, archers,
as denom. from yn an arrow ; comp.
Targ. Judg. 5, 8.
PuAL to he divided out, to he allotted,
e. g. the months of one's life, Job 21, 21.
Deriv. yn, and the two following.
^2tn rn. 1. i. q. yn, an arrow, poet,
for lightnings, Ps. 77, 18.
2. a small stone, gravel-stone, as cut
or broken small ; collect, gravel, grit,
Prov. 20, 17. Lam. 3, 16. Syr. 1,.^,
Arab. ^^'-^^ Eth. '^St.
nr!r\-)'2ssn, n^n-jii^^n (pruning of
the palm) Gen. 14, 7. 2 Chr. 20, 2, Ha-
zezon-tamar, pr. n.of a city on the west-
ern shore of the Dead Sea, renowned
for its palm-trees; afterwards called "py
"'la En-gedi. On the palms of En-gedi,
see Plin. H. N. V. 7. Celsii Hierob. II.
491.
nnsan and nnsSsn n a trumpet,
Num. 10, 2 sq. 31, 6. Hos.5,8. 2 K. 12,
14. This was the straight trumpet,
difTerent from the "isvij huccina or horn,
which was crooked like a horn ; see
Joseph. Ant. 3; 12. 6. Jerome ad Hos.
5, 8. Buxtorf Lex. p. 816. The etymo-
logy has occasioned various conjectures.
With most interpreters, I have formerly
referred it to "isn , Arab. ^^ to be
present, Conj. X to call together, to con-
voke ; whence then the form "'Sisn aHer
the analogy of Arab. Conj. XII, i. q. to
convoke ec. with the trumpet ; and hence
ri"istsn trumpet, so called as used for
convoking an assembly. Others, as re-
cently, Ewald. Heb. Gram. p. 242. sup-
pose the trumy)et to be so called as being
narrov) and slender ; a meaninjf which
i not found in the root either in Hebrew
or A rabic. But there can be little doubt,
that this is an onomatopoetic word, imi-
tating the broken pulse-like sound of the
trumpet, like the Lat. taralantara in
the verse of Ennius ap. Serv. ad Virg.
^n. 9. 503. Germ, trarara. Similar
to this is the Hebrew word, especially
if pronounced in the Arabic manner,
5j-oLo.3. haddderah. Hence the de-
nom. verb :
"^?32n to trumpet, to Mow the trumpet,
found only in part. n""i:ism3 (D''"isijn2)
1 Chr. 15, 24. 2 Chr. 5, 13. 7, 6. 13, 14.
29, 28 Chethibh. In Keri, one S being
dropped, it is every where D'i"i:in?3 i. e.
B'"an^ Part. Pi. by a needless correc-
tion of what was an unusual form. la
2 Chr. 5, 12 is n-^iisna, which seems
to be an error of the transcriber.
-^^ obsol. root. 1. to surroundy
to enclose with a wall, hedge, etc. Arab,
^^.~v to surround, to besiege, Eth^
ih^^ to wall in. Comp. in "Tin.
Hence "isrr, T>sn no. 1, and pr. n. ^isn,
2. to he green, verdant, Arab. o-^
to be green, sc. a field, grain, etc.
Hence i''sn no. 2. grass.
Note. Etymologists harve usually as-
sumed here two difTerent roots. But the
connection of the ideas is shown in the
Greek ;ifo^7oc, which lil^e T'Sn signifies
first an enclosure, court, especially for
cattle ; and then a pasture, and by me-
ton. pasturage^ i. e. grass, green herbage,
etc. See Passow and other Gr. Lex,
art. xoQtot;.
nsn constr. "i2n, c. snff. "'^sn ; plur.
C'lsn constr. "^^sn, also riiiscTi constr,
M"isn, comm. gnd. an enclosure, i. e,
an open place surroimded by a fence,
paling, wall, etc. Spec.
1. a court, before or surrounded by a
building; e. g. a private dwelling, Ex.
8, 9. 2 Sam. 17, 18. Neh. 8, 1-6. nsn
nni:!!??! court of the guard or pri.ton Jer.
32, 2. 12. 33, 1. Neh. 3, 25. Of a palace,
1 K. 7, 8. g. 12. Esth. 2, 11. Before the
tabernacle Ex. 27, 12 sq. 35, 17. 18. 40,
8. Also of the temple, which had two
courts ; one inner, "'^''JBn isnn Ez. 40,
28. 32, and n""- 1 K. 6, 36. Ez. 10, 3;
^sn
339
:prT,
called aleo tfie court of the priests 2 Chr.
4, 9 ; the other the outer, nsiSTin 'nn
Ez. 10, 5. 40, 17. 31. Plur. Is. 1, 12. Ps.
65,5.
2. a village, hamlet, Lat. villa, pagtts,
i.'e. farm-buildings, farm-hamlets, usual-
ly erected around an open space or court,
often in the neighbourhood of cities.
Josh. 13, 23. 28. 15, 32 sq. 1 Chr. 4, 33.
Neh. 11, 25. Diff. from n"yn ri:a. Josh.
15, 47. Spoken also of the movable vil-
lages or encampments of nomadic tribes,
who usually pitch their tents in a circle,
or so as to form an enclosure, Gen. 25,
16. Deut.2,23. 18.42, 11 ; comp. Ps. 10,
8. Hence
3. As the name of several cities and
villages :
a) i'7!<""isn Hazar-Addar (village of
Addar) a place on the border of the tribe
of Judah Num. 34, 4 ; called shortly Tnx
Josh. 15, 3.
b) no^o nsn Josh. 19. 5, and "isn
n-'DSO 1 Chr. 4, 31, Hazar-msah or lia-
Zar-siisim (village of horses) in the tribe
of Simeon.
c) V3"'? i^n Ez. 47, 17, and irs nan
48, 1. Num. 34, 9. 10, Hazar-enan (vil-
lage of fountains) on the northern bor-
der of Palestine.
d) bsrr n^n Hazar-shual (village of
jackals') Josh. 15, 28. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 28.
Neh. 11. 27, in the tribe of Simeon.
e) "psTin nscn Hazer-hatticon (mid-
dle village) Ez. 47, 16, on the borders of
Hauran, Auranitis.
f ) Plur. ninsn Hazeroth, a station of
the Israelites after leaving Sinai, prob.
the fountain now called ^Ain el-Hudhera,
L^4.t; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 223.
Num. 11, 35. 12, 16. 33, 17. Deut. 1, 1.
^'^^'7 Hezro, see in ''nsn .
P^^Sn (enclosed, walled in, r. ">sn)
Hezron. pr. n. a) A son of Reuben
Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14. Patronym. is ''s'isn
Num. 26, 6. b) A son of Perez Gen.
46, 12. Ruth 4, 18. Gr. 'j:aQb>^ Matt.
1, 3. c) A city in the south of Judah,
called also nisn Josh. 15, 25.
*^'P} (id.) Hezrai, pr. n. of one of
David's military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35
Chethibh. In Keri and 1 Chr. 11, 37,
insn Hezro.
^y^'^^T^, (court of death) Hazarma-
veth. pr. n. of a di.'^trict in Arabia Felix,
situated on the Indian ocean and abound-
ing in frcinkincense, myrrh, and aloe ;
but noted for the insalubrity of the
climate, whence the name ; still called
e ^^ o ,^
by the Arabs cj>/>>^~fc) Iladramaut.
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. See Abulfe-
dfe Arabia ed. Gagn. p. 45. Niebuhr's
Descr. of Arabia p. 283-294. Germ.
pn see p'-n .
pn m. (r. p;rn no. 3) c. Makk. 'pn, c.
suif. "^isn , but T;->n Lev. 10, 13, D3;?n Ex.
5, 14 ; plur. ff^isn constr. i;sn and "^IJin Ez.
20, 18 ; pr. something decreed, 'prescrib-
ed, appointed ; e. g. 'pn that which ia
decreed or appointed for me, Job 23, 14.
Spec.
1. An appointed portion, e. g. of la-
bour, a task Ex. 5, 14. Prov. 31, 15 ; of
food, an allowance, Prov. 30, 8. Gen. 47,
22. '
2. An appointed hound, limit, Job 26,
10. Prov. 8. 29. Jer. 5, 22. pn ""bab with-
out bound, without measure, immeasur-
ably. Is. 5, 14.
3. An appointed time, set time. Job 14,
13. Mic. 7, 11.
4. A prescribed statute, ordinance, law,
Gen. 47, 26. 1 Sam. 30, 25. Ps. 81, 5. In
Sing, also collect, of a body of laws
(comp. nn'^in) Ex. 15. 25. Is. 24, 5. Plur.
statutes, laws, espec. laws prescribed
from God to men, Deut. 4, 5. 8. 14. 6,
24. 11, 32. 12, 1 ; of the laws of nature
Job 28, 26. Ps. 148, 6. Also : a) a de-
cree of God Ps. 2. 7 ; comp. Job 23, 14.
b) a statutory portion, appointed portion,
as fixed by law, Ex. 29, 28. Lev. 7, 34.
10, 15. Num. 18, 8. c) a custom, having
the authority of law, Judg. 11, 39. 2 Chr.
35, 25.
^I^'^r' i" Kal not used, i. q. ppn, pr.
to cut in, to hew, i. q. to hack ; hence to
engrace, to carve, see Pual no. 1 ; to de-
lineate, to portray, see Pual no. 2. comp.
ppn no. 2 ; also to hack up the ground,
to dig, see Hithpa.
Pual part, npna 1. engraved, carv-
ed. 1 K. 6, 35.
2. delineated, portrayed, painted, Ez.
8, 10 ; comp. 23. 14.
HiTHP. to hack up the ground with a
pr:
340
ipn
hoe or pickaxe, to dig a trench, etc. So
from the primary signification I would
explain Job 13, 27 njjnnrn ^bsn "i-iir-b?
around the roots (soles) of my feet hast
thffii digged^ i. e. hast made a trench, so
that I can go no further, thou hast stop-
ped my way ; comp. 19, 8. Lam. 3, 7.
Usually, around the roots of my feet hast
thou drawn lines, i. e. made marks how
far I may go.
^J^n fem. o^ ^U no. 4, a statute, law,
ordinance. Sing, spoken always of a
single law; e. g. nt3Sfi ri^n the la%D of
the passover Ex. 12, 43. Num'. 9, 14. 19, 2.
Lev. 3, 17. al. Plur. statutes, laws. Lev.
18, 5. 26. 20, 13. Ez. 5, 6. 43, 18. Deut.
8, 11. 2 Sam. 7, 19. al. Of the laws of
the heavens, of nature, Job 38, 33. Jer.
31, 35. 33, 25. Also customs, 1 K. 3, 3.
Mic. 6, 16 ; of the heathen i. e. idolatry
2 K. 17, 8. Lev. 20, 23.
i^S^pn (bent, crooked) Hakupha, pr.
n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 7, 53. R. t^p^n .
^|E T ^- Q- Arab. ^_fl.'^ to bend one-
self, to be crooked. Hence pr. n. NS^pn .
PP't pr. to cut in, to hew, to hew in;
comp. the kindred verbs (all of which
also are onomatopoetic) Jni^n , lo^ and
(S-gJiJO to cut or hew with the sword,
and then also to stamp violently, to en-
counter violently; i^J^ and {^^\^ id.
Germ, hacken, Engl, to hack. We may
remark in passing, that espec. in verbs
5S, which double the middle radical,
there are many which are onomatopo-
etic, and therefore common to several
languages, as ppb to lick, 22^, tllj, to
tap, to grope, i>^H hallen, bbs tinnio,
schallen. pp'n to beat, to pound, etc. and
also in doubled forms, as "iJ'^a gargari-
zavit, Ci^ES pipivit, bsbs tintinnum edi-
dit, etc. Spec.
1. to cut in, e. g. a sepulchre in a rock,
to hew in, Is. 22. 16 ; letters and figures
on a tablet, to grave in, toinscribe, y^aqxa,
Is. 30, 8. Ez. 4, 1.
2. i. q. yt^fiifo}, to grave, to trace, to
portray, Is. 49, 16. Ez. 23, 14.
3. to ordain, to ajtjmnt, Prov. 8. 27.
29 ; to decree, as a judge Is. 10. ]. Part.
ppn poet, for 'ct'6, judge, hailer, ruler,
Judg. 5, 9.
PuAL part. Pi?l7^ pr. wliat is prescrib-
ed, i. e. a law, statute, Prov. 31, 5.
HoPH. fut. !ipn^ (for !|pn^ Dag. f. be-
ing dropped) to be graved in, inscribed.
Job 19, 23.
Po. i. q. Kal no. 3, to decree Prov. 8,
15. Part, p'^p'^ a) a lawgiver, Deut.
33, 21. Is. 33, 22 ; a judge, leader, rtder,
i. q. KSb, Judg. 5, 14. b) a sceptre, as
the badge of power, Num. 21, 18. Ps.
60, 9. Gen. 49, 10.
Deriv. ph, n^sn, pr. n. pp^^, and
P)?D ni. only in plur. constr. ''ppfi de-
crees Is. 10, 1 ; resolves, determinations,
Judg. 5, 15. where it corresponds to the
similar word "^Ipn in v. 16.
ppn Hukkok, pr. n. of a town on the
confines of Asher and Naphtali. Josh. 19,
34 ; for which pp^n 1 Chr. 6, 60. Perh.
mod. Ydkuk, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
App. p. 133. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 80.
* "^n V fut. ipn;) Job 13, 9, to search,
to search out, to examine, pr. the interior
of the earth, spoken of mining. Job 28, 3.
The primary idea lies in boring and dig-
ging ; kindred with ip3, ^^3. Constr.
absol. Deut. 13, 15. Ez. 3V, 14; with
ace. of pers. or thing, to search out, to
explore, e. g. a land Judg. 18, 2 ; food
and drink, i. q. to taste, to try, Prov. 23,
30 ; wisdom Job 28, 27 ; the mind or
heart of any one 1 Sam. 20, 12. Ps. 139,
1. Prov. 28. 11 the rich man is wise in
hisowneyeSj^f^py]"} "pap ^''}') but the poor
man who hath tinderstanding searcheth
him through ; Sept. xaiuyvMaijai, Aqu.
Theod. i^txviunii.
PiEL i. q. Kal, Ecc. 12, 9^
NiPH. pass, of Kal, Jer. 31, .37. 1 K. 7,
47 ncn3 bpira ipn3 sib the weight of
the brass was not to be searched out, as-
certained ; comp. "ipn *,"!<.
Deriv. "'i^l^'? and
"Ipr? 1. a searching md,e.Taminotion,
Job 34, 24 ; Prov. 25, 27 see in 1123 no.
2 ; hence "^pn "j-^X no searching out,
past finding out, unsearchable. Prov. 25,
3 ; so of what is inr)umerable. Job 5. 9.
9. 1 0. 36, 26. A Iso sb injr'n searchings of
mind, queries, deliberations. Judg. 5. 16.
2. Wliat is known only by searching
out, a. secret, the inmost part. Job 38, IG
Dinn i|rn the secret recesses of the deep.
nn
341
Metaph. P!"i^ "^isn Job 11, 7, i. q. lu
fia9t) roil &tov 1 Cor. 2, 10.
I. "^n m. only in plur. O'^'^n, nobles,
free-born, 1 K. 21, 8. 11. Neh. 2. 16. 4,
13 ; once fully written n-'nin Ecc. 10, 17.
R. -inn no. 3, q. v. But 0">nn Horites
see in "^"^'n II.
II. "in a hole, see "lin.
">n see "lin .
^"T^*? '^'^ pr. n. see in 'iJ'ia .
* K^n or ^'y^ obsol. root, Arab.
iw^ <o ease oneself, the vulgar word
for this act. Hence, wherever a deriv-
ative from it occurs in the text, the He-
brew critics have placed in the margin
or Keri a less offensive expression. See
the deriv. n'ix'ino, and
D'^X'nn m. plur. constr. "^nn for "'S'nn
2 K. 6, 25 ; c. suff. nn-'X-n Is. 36, 12, and
contr. nn'^^n 2 K. 18, 27; excremenls,
dung. In Is. 1. c. and 2 K. 18, 27 is read
in Keri the less vulgar nxis , the vowels
of which are written under this word in
the text. 2 K. 6, 25 D'^ai-' i-in doves'
dung-, which may be taken literally ;
since it is not incredible that persons
oppressed by severe famine should de-
vour even the excrements of animals ;
corap. Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 32. Rosen-
miiller ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. p. 573.
Still, it is not improbable, that some
kind of vegetable food is to be here un-
derstood ; just as the Arabs call the herb
Kali, sparrows' dung, _iLflJLl| .*-^ ;
and as in Germ, asafoetida is called de-
vil's dung. See Bochart Hieroz. II.
p. 580 sq. But comp. Celsius 1. c. p. 233,
who clearly shows that Bochart was
mistaken in affirming that among the
Arabs doves' or sparrows' dung is a com-
mon epithet for chickpeas or vetches
fried. In Keri 2 K. 1. c. is n'^?i"'a^ q. v.
* "^jT} and Sf V fut. ann^, once ann;;
Jer. 26, 9 in some copies ; imperative
n'-in.
1. to be dried tip, to be dry. spoken of
water, streams. Gen. 8, 13. Hos. 13, 15.
Ps. 106, 9. It seems to denote merely
the absence or failure of water, and thus
differs from ttJa"! to be fully dry, dried ;
29*
see Gen. 8, 13 comp. 14 ; also Job 14, 11.
Is. 19, 5, where viz'^ ann^ irj:n ex-
presses gradation. Of the same family
is Or. xu(i(fOiU
2. to be laid waste, to lie desert, e. g.
lands, cities; since dry places quickly
become waste and desert (comp. Is. 42,
15. 48, 21) ; Is. 34, 10. Jer. 26, 9. ; of
sanctuaries Am. 7, 9. Also to be wasted,
destroyed, of a people, Is. 60, 12 ; and
trans, to waste, to destroy, Jer. 50, 21. 27.
Arab. '->>^ to be laid waste, Conj. II,
to waste to destroy ; kindr. with which
is ("Jj-^ I, III, IV, to wage war.
3. to be amazed, astonished, Jer. 2, 12 ;
since the silence and solitude of the
desert overpower the mind. See the
synon. BTS'S.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be deso-
lated, to be laid waste, Ez. 26, 19. 30, 7.
2. Recipr. to icaste one another, to fight
together, 2 K. 3, 23.
PuAL pass, of Kal no. \,to be dried,
Judg. 16, 7. 8.
HiPH. 1. to dry up water 2 K. 19, 24.
Is. 50, 2. Jer. 51. 36.
2. to desolate, to lay waste cities, lands,
Ez. 19. 7. Judg. 16. 24 ; to destroy a peo-
ple 2 K. 19, 17. Is. 4^, 17.
HoPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 2. Ez. 26, 2.
29, 12.
The deriv. all follow.
S'^n Chald. i. q. Heb.
HopH. to be laid waste, destroyed,
Ezra 4, 15.
'^'^'7 adj. fem. n^nn 1, dry. Lev. 7,
10. Prov. 17, 1.
2. waste, desolate. Jer. 33, 10. 12. Neh.
2, 3. 17. Ez. 36, 36.
^y] f. in pause ann, c. suff. "'S'ln,
plur. ni::'^n , constr. mann .
1. a sword, as laying waste, destroy-
., Go-- 7
mg; Arab. <_Jj-2>., Syr. X^f^, whence
Gr. u^nri, see Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 760.
So a"in "^s^ nsn to smite with the edge of
the sword, i. e. to slay with the sword.
Deut. 13, 16. 20, 13. Josh. 6, 21. 8, 24^
10, 28. 2-in3 a-nn to slay with the sword
Josh. 13, 22. 'na bs3 to fall by the sword,
Num. 14, 3. Is. 3. 25. Jer. 11,22. m'si?
ann iniquities (worthy) of the sword i. e.
nnn
342
Tin
of death. Job 19. 29. Metaph. of a false
and slanderous tongue. Ps. 57. 5.
2. Trop. of other cutting instruments,
e. g. a kvife for circumcising Jogh. 5, 2.
3; a knife or razor Ez. 5, 1 ; a graver
or chisel Ex. 20. 25 ; an axe Ez. 26, 9.
Poet, of the curved tusks of the hippo-
potamus, Job 40, 19.
3. dryness, drought., Deut. 28, 22 ; un-
less perhaps it should be written snh .
3'!?'^ and ^"^lin (dry, desert) pr.n.jHb-
re6, a lower part or peak of Mount Sinai,
BO called at the present day, from which
one ascends towards the south the sum-
mit of Sinai properly so called, or J^x:^
^j^yo Jebel Musa. Ex. 3, 1. 17, 6.
Deut. 1, 2. 6. 4, 10. 15. 5, 2. 18, 16. 1 K.
8. 9. 19, 8. Mai. 4, 4. Comp. Burckhardt's
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 566 sq. [But
Horeb seems rather to have been a
general name for the whole mountain,
of which Sinai was a particular summit;
see Hengstenberg Auth. des Pentat. II.
p. 39G. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. pp. 177,
,551. R.
i'!)n m. 1. dryness Judg. 6, 37. 39.
Hence, drought, heat, Gen. 31, 40. Hagg.
1, 11. Is. 4, 6, 25, 4. 5. Also of the dry-
ness and heat of fever, Job 30, 30.
2. waMe, desolation, Ez. 29, 10. Zeph.
:2. 14. -"iH ';'.? waste cities Is. 61, 4.
na'^n r plur. rn'r-^n , with art. ma-nnn,
constr. ri^nn. R. ^nn.
1, dryness, plur. dry places, deserts, Is.
48, 22.
2. wasleness, desolation ; concr. waste,
desolate. Lev! 26, 31 nr^nr-nx 'rira
n3*7n / will make your cities desolate.
Ez. 25, 19. 35, 4. Plur. waste places,
ruins, Ps. 102, 7. Ez. 13, 4. 33, 24. 27.
nisin n:a <o build up waste places, to
rebuild ruins, E^. 36, 10. 33. 38, 12.
Mai. 1, 4. Is. 58, 12. 61, 4 ; also crip
KiS'nn id. Is. 44, 26. Somewhat differ-
ent is : Job 3, 14 kings and cminsellors of
the earth IB^ ^'^'^'V?- ^''r^r! ""/"' l>uild up
ruins for themselves, i. c. who build up
eplcndid palaces which will soon be ru-
ins, cnr risin ruins of the rich, i. e.
their ruined houses, etc. Is. 5, 17.
J^ain f. (for ns^.n) only with art.
annnnn , the dry, the dry land, Gen. 7,
22. Ex. 14, 21. 2 K. 2, 8 ; comp. in ca"'.
R. a-^nr
]13'in m. (r. -"in) plur. constr. ^3ianr^ ,
dryness, drought, heat of summer, Ps.
32.4.
SijIU'in (prob. Pers. ^jUwi*. ass-dri-
ver) Hurbona, pr. n. ot' a: eunuch of
Xerxes. Esth. 1, JO ; for which in 7, 9
n:i3-in.
- j'^' 7rJ Xfyofi. to tremble, to be in
trepidation, to fear. Chald. N^n fear,
trepidation. The primary syllable ia
SI, which like ~"i denotes tremulous
motion, see fan , rrn , rrn . Ps. 18, 46
C^'^~'''"'?0^^ ''^"J'?!'; (tnd they were dis-
mayed out of their strong-holds, they
came out trembling from their strong-
holds and delivered them up ; comp.
Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. Others here
compare Arab. _ ^^ to go forth, i. e.
they came forth from their strong-holds,
but this is languid. In the parall. pas-
sage 2 Sam. 22, 46 is 1"i5n^'i ; see in "isn .
xiiin obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab.
J^j.:2fc to leap, to gallop, as ^ horse,
locust. It comes from the Iriliteral 5"]PI
to tremble, to be in trepidation, which ia
also referred to leaping, comp. ^"a. By
dropping the "i from this root, there re-
mains the triliteral bin q. v. Hence
^il'^n m. a locust, so called from its
leaping ; see r. Va"^)!, and comp. vmnxoe,
uT7ikuj3og, from antir. Spoken of a
winged and edible species of locust. Lev.
11,22. Arab. xJ^ws*. a troop of horses,
a flight of locusts, .jU^n '^ a kind of
locusts without wings, / and n being in-
terchanged.
"Tv ^^^^- ^'^V'^ ! '*' tremble, e. g.
a mountain, Ex. 19, 18. Elsewhere
only of persons, to be in trepidation, to
be terrified, Ex. 19, 10. Gen. 27, 33.
Ruth 3, 8. Is. 10, 29. al. Ascribed to
the heart, 1 Sam. 28, 5; with b of cause,
Job 37, 1. Prtegn. a) Gen. 42, 28
"licxb "."^nx-bx d"'X iT^n^i they trembled
one towards another i. e. they turned
trembling one to another, saying, b)
With """^nx , to follow any one trembling,
1 Sam. is", 7. c) Witl> T\\t,'yph , tu tnm-
343
1^
ble at meeting any one, to meet him
trembling, 1 Sam. 16, 4, 21, 2.
2. Trop. a) i. q. to come trembling,
to hasten, (comp. Lat. trepidare, Virg.
^n. 9. 11.) with '12 from a place, Hos.
11, 10. 11. b) With ^, to tremble for
any one, i. q. to care for, 2 K. 4, 13.
Hi PH. to terrify, to make afraid, Jadg.
8, 12. 2 Sam. 17, 2. Lev. 26, 6. Job 11,
"* 19. I8. 17, 2. ul.
Deriv. pr. n. ni">n and those here fol-
lowing.
"nn adj. I. trembling, fearful, Judg.
7. 3 ; with bs of that ^/br which one trem-
bles 1 Sam. 4, 13.
2. Trop. of reverence towards God,
piety, i.e. fearing, revering. Ezra 10.3
ISTi'^Jt r^STsa n^*nnn fearing, revering
the commandment of our God, comp. 9,
4. Is. 66, 2 'li'n bs nnn who tremblelh
at my -word; with Vx v. 5.
^77'^ f- constr. rnnn, plur. ninnn
Ez. 26, 16. R. -i-m . ' '
1. a trembling, terror, fear. Gen. 27,
and haac trembled nb"ia min a
^eaf trembling, i. e. was in great trepi-
dation and alarm. 1 Sam. 14, 13. Is. 21,
4. al. The genit. following refers to the
person feared, as cni< r^'n^n fear of man
Prov. 29, 25 ; cin'bx n^-in a terror of
God, a great or panic terror, 1 Sam. 14,
15 ; comp. ^fanivios cpv^a II. 9. 2.
2. care, concern, 2 K. 4, 13 ; see the
root no. 2. b.
3. Haradah, pr. n. of a station of the
Israelites in the desert. Num. 33, 24.
But il-^.n Is. 24, 6 is from nin .
1. to 6?<nt, to be kindled, to glow, kindr.
*inn ; spoken only of anger, espec. in
the following phrases : a) 'b qx mn
Ex.22, 23. 32, 22. Num. 11, 10; with 3
against any one Gen. 30, 2. 44, 18. Job
32, 2. 3 ; often of God, Ex. 4, 14. Num.
11, 33. Josh. 23, 16. Is. 5, 25. Hos. 8, 5 ;
rarely with bx Num. 24, 10 ; bs Zech.
10, 3. b) Impers. "ib nnrj it was kui-
dled to him, i. e. he was angry, wroth,
where PX anger is usually supplied. Glen.
31, 36. 34, 7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. 2 Sam. 19.
43. al. c) rrsa rt-^n (anger) is kinr
died in his eyes, anger being chiefly
visible in the kindling eyes and inflamed
countenance. Gen. 31,3.5. 45, 5. Some-
times these formulas express the feeling
of griel^ sadness, rather than anger }
and hence are rendered in Sept. by the
verb Xvjiioftai, as Gen. 4, 5. Jon. 4, 4. 9.
Neh. 5,6. On the affinity of these ideas,
see in zs^ .
2. to be angry, wroth, c. 3 Hab. 3, 8.
NiPH. Part. plur. B'^^nj, i. q. Kal no.
2, to be angry, wroth, with a of pers. Is.
41, 11. 45, 24. The form lin? Cant. 1, 6
is from r. I'^H.
HiPH. nnnn, fut. in5 1. to let bum,
to kitulle sc. anger, c. bs Job 19, 11.
2. to be ardent, zealous, to do toith
ardour, zeal, followed by a finite verb.
Neh. 3. 20 ~iia p''Tnn nnnn T^nnx after
him Baruch zealously repaired, etc. or,
emulating him repaired, etc.
TiPH. fut. n-inr-^ (after the form b'jpn)
to enmlate, to rival, Jer. 22, 15 ; c. rsjt to
contend with any one, Jer. 12, 5.
HiTHPA. fut. apoc. innn, to fret one-
self to be angry, indignant, Ps. 37, 1. 7.
8. Prov. 24, 19.
Deriv. li-in, inn, stinn.
^^ri7'^ (he was dry) Harhaiah, pr.
n. m. Neh. 3, 8. R. n-in.
T^'^n (trembling, terror, r. T^H) Ha-
rod, pr. n. of a fountain, or of a place
near by it, linn ';"'5 Judg. 7, 1. Hence
gentile n. """inn Harodite, 2 Sam. 23, 25.
D'^T'nn m. plur. (r. Tnn) strings of
pearls, gems, corals, or the like, neck-
laces, Cant. 1, 10. Syr. ]'\is^ and
Arab. \y^ a necklace of gems or pearls.
^^^n m. Job 30, 7. Zeph. 2. 9 ; Plur.
n"'Hn Prov. 24. 31, a thorn-bush, bram-
ble, so called from its pricking, burning ;
from a root bnn i. q. Tin. Comp. Eth.
A^ AA to burn, for AihZ^Z^ . See Cel-
sii Hierobot. T. II. p. 166.
^I'^^in (i. q. riX Bn-in snub-nosed)
Harumaph, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 10.
'i'Tl'7 ra- (r- ^"^CO ^ burning, something
burning, Ps. 58^ 10. Of anger, qx -p-in
glow of anger, burning anger, fierce
wrath, Num. 25, 4. 32, 14. 1 Sam. 28, 18.
Hos. 11, 9. Job 20, 23. Jer. 25, 37.
Hence
2. Trop. anger, wrath, Neh. 13, 18.
iin
344
^in
Ps. 2, 5. Ez. 7, 12. 14. Plur. ta^ihn
iwrs/s of anger Ps. 88, 17.
I. y^nn m. plur. constr. mSlPl Am.
1. 3 ; part. pass, from r. yin to cut in, etc.
1. VT,sQmc\\\ingcutin,dugout; hence
a) a ditch, trench of a fortified city, Dan.
9, 25 ; where the verb nnass can be re-
ferred to j'lin only by Zeugma. Chald.
ttS'^'nn. b) Poet, for gold, pr. some-
thing dug out, fossil, Ps. 68, 14. Prov. 3,
14. 8, 10. 16, 16. Zech. 9, 3.
2. sharpened, pointed, see the root no.
2 ; hence as a poetical epithet for the
threshing-sledge, tribulum ; fully 3'iia
ytin a sharp threshing-sledge Is. 41, 15 ;
and then without the subst. in the same
sense. Is. 28, 27. Job 41, 22. Plur.
n-is-in Am. 1, 3. On the form of this
instrument see in yy^iz .
3. Trop. decided, see the root no. 3 ;
and hence decision, judgment. Joel 4,
14 y'H^ P^?? in the valley of judg-
ment, i. e. of punishment. Sept. iv rfj
xoikudi Ttj^ Slxr^g.
II. ^'''^'7) Kamets impure, for 'f"iMH,
r. y^n .
1. Adj. eager, see the root no. 5 ;
hence active, diligent, strenuous, Prov.
12, 27. 21, 5. Plur. Cissiin Prov. 10, 4.
12^24. J3, 4.
2. Hantz,- -pr. n. of the father-in-law
of king Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19.
'-r obsol. root, kindr. with y}^,
to cut in, to puncture ; hence to bore
through, to perforate. Arab. \ys^ to
bore through, e. g. pearls or gems, in
order to string them. Hence CMnn .
Cnnn pr. n. m. Harhas, 2 K. 22, 14 ;
in 2 Chr. 34, 22 written fr^Dn q. v.
'in'IH rn. (r. 1'^n) 1. inflammation,
burning ferer, Deut. 28, 22. Sept. igt-
^lafivq, Vulg. ardor.
2. Ilarhur, pr. n. m. Ezra 2. 51. Neh.
7, 53.
* t3*^!l obsol. root, Syr. <-ii-n, pr. to
9cmpe, to scratch; hence to cut in, to
gram, to inscnlp, like kindr. O'ln, "j^'^n,
iC^n, tJ^n, ;fM^((r(ro, ;f(niiTcj. See
more under r. T^a. Hence li^n a gra-
ver, t3''"in .
tt'^H m. ]. a graver, graving- tool,
chisel Ex. 32, 4.
2. a stylus, style, with which letters
were written or inscribed on wood or
stone ; hence poet, of a manner of writ-
ing, Is. 8, 1 irisx anna with a man's
style, i. e. with the common letters, so
as to be read without difficulty by the
common people.
DU^n m. only in plur. C'^Ba'in , sacred
scribes, skilled in the sacred writing or
hieroglyphics. hgoyQafifiaTng, a class of
Egyptian priests : see Jablonski Proleg.
in Panth. .^gypt. p. 91 sq. Creuzer
Symbolik und Mythologie, I. p. 245.
Gen. 41, 8. 24. Ex. 7, 11. 22. 8, 3. 14. 15.
9, 11. The same name is applied also
to the Magi of Babylon, Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2.
The word seems to be of Hebrew ori-
gin, and derived either from K~n style,
and D- formative, comp. C^TD from
Pins, Dii'n from I'^'n ; or else a quadrili-
teral made up from the triliterals ann
to grave, and cnn to be sacred. See
Michaelis Suppl. 923.
Dbnn Chald. id. Dan. 1, 20. 2, 10.
Plur. n'^53-jnn Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4. 6. 5, 11.
''"^'^ m. (r. i^^n) heat, glow, sc. of anger,
with CIS Ex. I'l' 8. Deut. 29, 23. Is. 7, 4.
al. With the idea of grief, 1 Sam. 20, 34.
I. ''"in m. (r. "iin) white bread, made
of fine flour ; once Gen. 40, 16 "'".h i|d,
Vulg. canistrafarince, Sept. xavii xovSqi-
7(or. In the Mishna, Tract. Edaioth 3.
10, 'in is a species of bread or cake ;
-.a >
Arab. f^\\y^. white bread, white flour.
II. '^'^n (a dweller in caverns, troglo-
dyte, from "tin II, a hole, cavern, and
the ending "'-) pr. n.
1. Horite, Horites. a people who an-
ciently dwelt in Mount Seir, Gen. 14, 6 ;
and were afterwards driven out by the
Edomites, Deut. 2, 12. 22. Gen. 36,
20-30. Plur. ni'ih id. Deut. 2, 12.
2. Hitri, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 36, 22.
b) Num. 13, 5.
D'^r'^"' "^y^. see in art. ts'^X'^n .
tS'i'in m. (r. tt"nn) twice pi. B'^a-'-irt,
purses, bags, for money ; prob. so called
from their long and round form, perh. like
an inverted cone, 2 K. 5, 23. Is. 3, 22.
Arab. xh> j^ Comp. Schroeder de
Vest mul. Heb. c. 17.
345
D^n
Cj'nn (Arab, v^ij*^ the autumnal
rain, from 7\yt autumn,) Ilariph, pr. n.
of a man, Nth. 7, 24. 10, 20. Instead
of this is read nni"* (autumnal rain)
Ezra 2, 18.
TTPO verbal n. (r. T^IJ) 1. a aiiting,
TfiJifin, piece cut off, slice ; 1 Sam. 17, 18
-bnn 'S^'in mt;? ten cuttings (slices)
of CMrf/.<f, new or soft cheese. Sept.
7Qv<pnA.idfi; i. e. according to Hesych.
Tfitjfinja Tov anaXoii Tv^ot*. Vulg. de-
cern formelltp casei. Chald. Syr. 'fJaia .
Arab, (jajj^soft cheese.
2. a threshing-sledge, tribvbtm, i. q.
y^in no. 2 ; spec, for a sharp threshing-
sledge, 2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3.
TC'^in m. (r. ttJ'^n) a ploughing, old
Engl, earing, 1 Sam. 8, 12 ; h'me of
ploughing. u^oTog, Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 34, 21.
1 Sam. 8, 12.
''Oi'^.n adj. (r. CJnn no. 5) 7en/, still,
and hence sultry, spoken of the east
wind, Jon. 4, 8.
^J'^' a root an% Xtyofi. Prov. 12,
27 IT'S n*^-i r^nn^ xb, i. e. either: the
slothful man roasteth no game, comp.
Chald. T('!|H to burn, to scorch ; or bet-
ter: he snareth no game, pr. does not
tahe it with a net; comp. CS'^n net
Kindr. is S^X.
sHn Chald. to bum, to singe, i. q.
Arab. iVj-2>-
Ithpa. r^'^nris to be singed, e. g. the
hair, Dan. 3, 27.
'3'' 2 'in m. plur. lattices of windows,
pr. net, net-work, Cant. 2, 9 ; Sept.
dlxTvn. Chald. S<2'nn a lattice-window.
R. T^n kindr. with jns .
*^'y^ seeiiin.
^_V' pr. to shut up, to shut in ; see
toin not. no. 1.
1. Spec, to shut in the nose, to draw
in, to contract, comp. cen . Hence part.
tai'^n Lev. 21, 18 pr. drawn in as to the
nose, i. e. snub-nosed, flat-nosed ; Vulg.
parvo naso. Arab. *v^ and *'y^ to
bore through between the nostrils of a
camel and pass in a ring ; pr. to con-
tract the nose.
2. to shut up from common use, to
make sacred, to consecrate, to devote to
God, opp. bbn . Arab, lli to shut up,
to prohibit, so. from common use ; II to
make sacred ; IV to devote. i*Jk a
sacred place, adytum ; also the women's
apartment, harem. Ethiop. Ullj^ to
esteem unlawful, KuiL,^ to forbid, to
prohibit. See Hiph.
HiPH. C'^nnn l. to consecrate, to de-
vote unto God, so that the person or thing
thus devoted can never be redeemed.
Lev. 27, 28. 29. Mic. 4, 13. Ethiop.
Arh^^ to anathematize, to put under
a curse. In the exterminating wars
against the Canaanites, cities were often
thus devoted ; and these when taken
were razed to the foundations, and the
inhabitants, both man and beast, utterly
destroyed ; so as to prevent them from
ever being redeemed from this vow.
Hence
2. to devote to destruction, i. q. to viterly
destroy, to exterminate, e. g. cities and
their inhabitants, Deut. 2. 34. 3. 6. 7. 2.
20, 17. Josh. 8, 26. 10, 28. 37. 11, 21.
Judg. 1, 17. Is. 37, 11. Jer. 51, 3. Some-
times with zrm "isb added. Josh. 11, 12.
1 Sam. 15, 8. The formula 'b "'inx Ci'inn
Jer. 50, 21, seems to denote the enemy
as pursuing after those who are to be
utterly destroyed ; comp. '''Dnx "?3 1 K.
14, 10. 21, 21. Poetically, God himseli'
is said thus to devote any person or
thing, i. e. to utterly destroy, Is. 34, 2.
Jer. 25, 9; also Is. 11, 15 nin-n n-^-innT
C-^-is^-n-i liffib ns and Jehovah' will
idterly destroy (dry up) the tongne of the
Egyptian sea ; comp. Ps. 106, 9.
HoPH. C'^nn to be consecrated, devot-
ed, Ezra 10, 8 ; of persons i. q. to be put
to death Ex. 22. 19. Lev. 27, 29.
Deriv. the five following, and CI'Qi'in.
Q"?'7 (devoted) Harem, pr. n. of a place
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38.
Din for n-'nri (i. q. enn flat-nosed)
Harim, pr.n.m. Ezra 2, 32. 10,31. Neh.
3, 11.
D"!"!? once D'^TI Zech. 14, 11, c. suff.
^r-in, ionn, piur. n-'^'in. R. onn.
1. a net. for fishing or fowling, so call-
ed from its shutting in the prey, see the
^in
346
oin
root init. Hab. 1, 15. 16. 17. Ez. 26, 5.
14. 47, 10. Metaph. nets, for female en-
ticements, Ecc. 7, 26.
2. devotion of any thing to destruction,
utter destritctio7i, Mai. 3, 34. Zech. 14, 11.
*'^'?'l ^"^i* o??e devoted by me to destruc-
tion 1 K. 20, 42. Is. 34, 5. Often concr.
aiiy thing devoted to God without power
o^ redemption, and, if animated, to be
put to death. Lev. 27, 21. 28. 29. Num.
18, 14. Deut. 7, 26. 13, 18. al. Sept.
generally avu&sfia.
T'3'IH (place desolated, r. ts'nn) Hbr-
mah, pr. n. of a royal city of the Canaan-
ites, in the south of Judah towards Edom,
afterwards assigned to the tribe of Si-
meon, Num. 14, 45. 21, 3. Deut. 1, 41.
Josh. 12, 14. 19, 4. Anciently called nss
Judg. 1, 17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL
p. 591.
I'ijnn ^1. q. j*^^, f>i*-} promment
summit, peak, of a mountain; perh. pr.
nose of a mountain, comp. vaj|) Her-
mon, the high southern part of Anti-
Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3. 17. Ps. 89, 13. 133,
3. It lies around the sources of the Jor-
dan, and is now called Jebel esh-Sheikh,
^mKMJj' J-*.2>. It has two or more sum-
mits, and is therefore spoken of in the plur.
f'?'^!'^ Ps- 42, 7. According to Deut. 3,
9. 4, 48, this mountain was called by the
Amorites li3':u , by the Sidonians "li-'naj ,
and .sometimes also it was named "(X'^b ;
but in Cant. 4, 8. 1 Chr. 5, 23, Senir and
Hermon are distinguished. Probably dif-
ferent summits or parts of the chain bore
different names, which were applied in a
wider or narrower acceptation at differ-
ent times. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
p. 357. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 13.
'2'^n m. a sickle, Deut. 16, 9. 23, 26.
Prob. made up from tsnn aw^. to cut off,
and ttJ'^n to cut in.
TD (> q- Arab, jjt*^ parched, dry,
r. '^.'^H) Ilaran, pr. n. a) A city of
Mesopotamia in the time of the patri-
archs, Gr. and Lat. Kn(>^Hi, Car-
G |S .' r
rrE, Arab, and Syr. ^mIv^j .J-*, after-
wards celebrated for the defeat of Cras-
us; Gen. 11, 31. 12, 5. 27, 43. 2 K. 19,
12. Ez. 27, 23. See Golius ad Alferg.
p. 249. Schult. Ind. Geogr. v. Charrce.
b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 46.
Dl'Snn (two caves, dual of f^ri i. q.
^in) Horonaim, pr. n. of a Moabitish
city, situated upon a declivity, Is. 15, 5.
Jer. 48, 3. 5. 34. Gentile n. 'Sin Horo-
nite, Neh.2,10.19. Different is ',inn n-^a .
^P'^'l'Tl (perh. for "iB?."in3 fr. inj to
snort, to snore, and Syr. j^ to breathe
hard, to pant,) Harnepher, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 7, 36.
* ^J V and ^!^7 obsol. root. 1. i. q.
fjiiy^a., to scrape, to scratch; intrans.
G
(o be scratched, rough ; ipJ>^ a sherd,
potsherd, so called from being rough
and scratching, comp. Job 2, 8. Hence
b-in potsherd, also D'nn, niionn.
2. Perh. to be dry, arid, hot ; the idea
of roughness being transferred to what
is dry, or shrivelled and cracked from
dryness, and so to heat as the cause of
dryness; see under r. i'n'7- Hence Cnn
the sun.
Onn m. (r. D'nn) in Pause G":.n Judg.
8, 13. '
1. the itch, as the cause of scratching,
Deut. 28, 27^
2. tfie sun, a sense not frequent and
rather poetic. Job 9, 7. Judg. 8, 13 ; with
He parag. nonn Judg. 14, 18, like n:nN.
^^"^5 . Prob. C^n is here pr. Jieat, like
tian , see the root no. 2 ; unless one
chooses with Hitzig to take it as de-
noting the orb or disk of the sun, Germ.
' die Sonne n-sc/te/ie,' from the idea of
scraping, forming, making, as Germ.
Scheibe from the verb schaben to scrape ;
see Adelung h. v. As to Oinn -I'^S Is.
19, 18, (which is read in 16 Mss. and
some editions, and is expressed by the
Sept. Coniplut. 'j/ifiti:, by Symm. nolis
ijUov, by the Vulg. civilas snlis, by Saa-
dias (j*<5-^ ^.y^ ) ^^^ has also the tes-
timony of the Talmudists in Metiachoth
fol. 110. A.) if we follow the certain and
ascertained usus loquendi, it denotes city
of the aicn, i. e. Ifeliopolis in Rgypt. else-
where called "Xand t'rtt) r"'2; wluitever
we may determine as to the autiienticity
of the words: nrstb nrx"^ 0"inn vs.
cnn
347
Etn
Or, from the Arabic usua loquendi,
(comp. iH->^ to defend, to preserve,) it
may be rendered, one shall be called, A
city preserved, i. e. one of these five cities
shall be preserved. Whichever inter-
pretation may be chosen, this reading is
to be preferred to the other, onnn T"*,
for which see O^n p. 263.
MICnn f (from subst. tonn) a pot-
tery, a potter's work-shop. Hence iS"r
nioinn the pottery-gate Jer. 19, 2 Cheth.
a gate of Jerusalem near the valley of
Hinnom ; see in n?id no. 1. Keri n-'Onn
id.
* ^y} a doubtful root, Syr. Ethpa. to
be cunning ; whence snnn.
* ^\2T} fut. Varr^ Job 27, 6. Is. 18, 6.
1. to ptill, to pluck, to giither fruit,
Arab. Oj-^ Kindr. are Cjna , vp^] , Cl'^a ;
comp. in XB^ . Corresp. is Lat. carpo,
Engl, to carp. Hence tnn, i_ij*^!
time of gathering fruits, autumn ; and
from this again :
2. Denom. to pass the autumn and
winter, to ninter, /(ifxa^ca. Is. 18, 6
C]nnn T>bs 7".i<n rcna-iisi and all the
beasts of the field shall winter upon it,
as Chald. Jerome, Luth. Engl. Vers,
correctly. 0pp. "j^lp to summer, to pass
the summer, from y"^^?. The Arabic
verb o*-&- has also many denom. sig-
nifications derived from v_ajyi&..
3. Trop. carpere conviciis, Engl, to
carp, i. e. to upbraid, to reproach, to
scorn, c. ace. Ps. 69, 10. 119, 42. Prov.
27, 11. Job 27, 6 "^53^13 "^asb c^-^n-i xb my
heart reproachelh not one of my days,
i. e. my conscience upbraids me for no
day of my life.
PiEL wl"iri 1. i. q. Kal no. 3, to upbraid,
to reproach, to scorn, c. ace. 1 Sam. 17,
26. 36. 1 Chr. 20, 7. Ps. 42, 11. Zeph.
2, 8. 10 ; spec. God, 2 K. 19, 4. 16. Is. 37,
4.17; also his anointed, Ps. 89. 52. With
h 2 Chr. 32. 17 ; 3 2 Sam. 23, 9. qnn
ne-in Ps. 79, 12." 89, 51. 52. Prsegn"
Judg. 5, 18 rA-db itzi q-ir? cs lib^t Ze-
bulun, that people, scorned their life even
unto death, i. e. jeopardized their lives,
exposed themselves to instant death.
In like manner the Arabs use the words
j^Lftl , J j^ ) \j^y^ ) see Comment, on
Is, 53, 12. ^
NiPH. to be betrothed, spoken of a
woman; Lev. 19, 20 a handmaid rB")n3
ttj^xb betrothed to a mnn. So in tiie
Talmud. nElin is i. q. nonx betrothed.
Pr. to be delivered over to a husband ;
like Arab. J jo, [jo^s, pr. to esteem
lightly, and then to deliver over a wo-
man to a man ; see Schultens 0pp. min.
p. 145 sq.
Deriv. the three following, and Cl'^'^H-
5l*!in (plucking off) Hareph, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 51.
5l"in m. (r. tl'^n no. 1) aidumn, the
season when fruits are gathered, Arab.
ir
'see Schult. ad Job 29. 4. Not
unfrequently it includes also the winter,
so that r]";ni y^^ summer and autumn
is put for the whole year, Gen. 8, 22.
Pa. 74, 17. Zech. 14, 8. q-^nn n-^s wm-
ier-house Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of ripe
manly age ; Job 29, 4 "'Bnn "^ais in the
days of my ripeness, ifig axfirig fiov, of my
manly vigour, in the flower of my age.
Comp. Gr. onbiQu Pind. Isthm. 2. 8. Nem.
5. 10 ; Lat. anctumnus Ovid. Met. 15.
200. Hor. Carm. 2. 5. 11.
^^^I'^ f. (r. Ci"^n no. 3) 1. reproach,
cast upon another, scorn, contmtiely, Job
16, 10. Ps. 69, 21. 79, 12. Jen 51, 51.
Lam. 3, 61. So bs nsnn xbj to take
up a reproach against any one, Ps. 15,
3 ; but also to bear reproach on account
of Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 15, 15 ; without b? id.
Mic. 6, 16. For Zeph. 3, 18 see in rxbi?.
With gen. of him who casts reproach,
Zeph. 2, 8. Neh. 5, 9. Is. 51, 7; c. suff.
id. Neh. 3, 36. Hos. 12, 15, also of him
suffering reproach, Ps. 74, 22. Meton.
a reproach, i. e. the object o? reproach,
a person or thing subject to scorn and
contumely, Neh. 2, 17. Ps. 22, 7. Joel
2. 17. 19. Plur. nienn reproaches, Ps.
69, 17. Dan. 12, 2.
2. reproach, which rests upon any one,
i. q. disgrace, shame. Gen. 34, 14. 1 Sam.
11, 2. 17, 26. Ps. 119. 22. Is. 4, 1. With
genit. of that for which one suffers, Ez.
36, 30. Is. 54, 4 r,-inT3bs 'n the reproach
of thy widowhood, i. e. which rests upon
widows. Josh. 5, 9 the reproach of Egypt,
'nr
348
"iin
i. e. the reproach of being uncircumcised,
resting on Israel as having dwelt in
Egypt. Is. 25, 9. Jer. 31, 19.
3. 'pudenda, Is. 47, 3.
* y!]" tut. f'nn"! 1. pr. to cut, to cut
in, kindr. with ttinn, nnn. The LXX.
sometimes render it by avvri^vtiv Prov.
21, 5. Is. 10, 23. 28, 22. Hence y^-^n
a cutting, slice. Spec, a) to cut into
the skin, to wound slightly; Part, '{^''"'n
slightly wounded Lev. 22, 22. Arab.
- I -
\jO^ to cut the skin, JLoxLak a wound
skin-deep, iiLfiy2. id. upon the head.
b) to dig, see ynn I, 1.
2. fo cut to a point, to make pointed, to
s
sharpen, comp. Arab. (jgL.^.S- point of
a spear. Schult. ad Prov. p. 251. Only in
the prov^erbial phrase, Ex. 11, 7 "^.33 hbh
isitib 2b3 Y^xv^^ xb bxniS'^ against all the
children of Israel not a dog shall sharpen
(point) his tongue, i. e. no one shall even
slightly offend or provoke them; Vulg.
non muliet cayiis. Josh. 10, 21. Comp.
Judith 11, 13 [19]. Hence ^mn I. 2.
3. Trop. to decide, to determine, from
the idea of cutting off. 1 K. 20, 40 such
is thy sentence, n^lin nrix thou thyself
hast decided. Job 14, 5 T'^'J D-^^innn ex
if his days be determined. Is. 10, 22
y!|in *)i"'|3 destruction is decreed. Comp.
Niph. and "f^^nn I. 3.
4. Trop. to be sharp, spoken of the
taste, i. e. to be acid, sour; comp. Arab.
6 >
\jbys^ alkali. Hence ts'^rs'in grape-
kernels.
5. Trop. of the mind, to he sharp,
eager, active. Comp. in Germ, 'sich's
Bauer werden lassen.' Hence adj. yiin
II. q. V. and once in the verb 2 Sam. 5, 24,
ynnn tjj then be thou on the alert, i. e.
bestir thyself, make haste. Arab. ijOv^
to desire eagerly, to be impelled by
eager desire, VIII to covet, to strive
8o
after, to be strenuous and ready, i;Ov^
tudium.
NiPH. part. f. HSnm, constr. rx-inj,
something decided, determined, i. e. a
decision, decree, Dan. 11, 36; chiefly in
the phrase nsipisi nbs destruction and
decree, by Hendiadys for destruction de-
creed sc. from God, Is. 10, 23. 28, 22.
Dan. 9, 27. Dan. 9, 26 ni^iaid n:i':;^^3
desolations decreed.
Deriv. y^nrj I, II, "f^n, fssin,
f'^'^, Chald. m. loin, luvibus, plur. the
loins, the lower part of the back around
which the girdle passes, i. q. Heb. C^sbn,
the letters b and i being interchanged.
In Targg. Sing. Deut. 33, 11. 2 K. 1, 8;
Plur. -p^nn Ex. 28, 42. Job 40, 11. Also
in Syriac, where Sing. \^ (Resh being
dropped) is often put for the back, Rom,
11, 10; see Caslell Lex. Syr. ed. Mi-
chaelis p. 316. So Dan. 5,6 ns-jn i-iMp;
"j1'"iritti^ the joints of his loins were loosed,
i. e. the joints of his back, the vertebrae.
~^~'J obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab,
transp. l ^ ^~^ {o bind fast a cord, to
draw tight, comp. r-\ 'f^"^ and i. <.^ f^i-^.
Hence
n'S'in plur. rriasnn l. tight bands,
cords tightly drawn, Is. 58, 6.
2. Impl. pains, pangs, torments, Ps.
73, 4. Comp. ban and bw no 3.
0^??"?^ m. plur. (r. yin no. 4) grape-
kernels, grape-stones, so called from their
acrid taste, once Num. 6, 4. Syr. (.^j-*^,
Onk. "p?^T- grains. So also the Tal-
mudists ; see Mishna Tr. Nasir. 6. 2.
R. Tanchum in Lex. v. J^lT. See The-
saur. p. 527. Others : sour grapes.
\Jl,n fut. p'"in^, to grate, to gnash
with the teeth, onomatopoetic. Arab.
t^y^, Syr. wCi--) ^^^ grating of
the teeth ; corresponding is also Gr.
x(ji^(ti, aor. txgtyov, from the old root
KPiF. Construed. D^sura pnn Job 16,
9; and n-^taS 'n Ps. 35, Is! 37, 12. 112, 10.
Lam. 2, 16.
'^^'7 ^' to be dry, arid, parched;
Job 30, 30 a-i'n 'S^ nnn "^ass my bones
are dried up with heat ; comp. Niph. no.
1. Syr. fM to be dried up with heat
Kindr. are a"nn , D'^n no. 2, Lat. areo.
9. to bum, to glow. Arab. -&. to be
warm, hot, to glow, Ethiop. Ai^^ *
be hot, to boil. For this signiftcation of
*^m
349
TD-in
heat, burning, comp. frin , Vnn , ![>*)
Lat. areo. ardeo, old Germ. hai\ hyr,
fire, lleerd, luirslen to roast, Engl.
hearth. Spoken of glowing metal Ez,
24, 11; of persons as consumed, Is. 24, 6
3. i. q. Arab. -* for %^ to be of no-
ble birth, to be. free, free-born ; whence
Heb. *in . tin , free-born, noble ; Syr.
i^ to make free, Chald. "i^n id. The
primary idea seems to lie in the glowing
brightness, the purity of one whose rank
and character is obscured by no stain.
NiPH. "ins , also "in? Ps. G9, 4. 102, 4,
after the form bn: from Van and rn:
from rrn; fut. in;) Ez. 15, 5.
1. to be dried up, Ps. 69, 4. 102, 4.
2. to be burned, scorched, Jer. 6, 29.
Ez. 15. 4. 5. 24, id.
3. Trop. to burn with anger, to be an-
gry, Cant, 1, 6 ""a iina . Others make
this form from ^"^^
PiLP. inf. "in^n to kindle strife, Prov.
26. 21.
Deriv. "ih I, -imn , 'r\n , and
'Ol^'^yj^ m. plur. arid places, parched
by the sun, Jer. 17, 6.
* "^y^ i. q- onn q. v. Hence
^'I'l m. in pause iU"iri , a sherd, pot-
sherd, i. e. fragment of an earthen ves-
sel, comp. in O^n no. 1. Job 2, 8. 41, 22.
Ez. 23. 34. Hence U"!n 'bs an earthen
vessel Lev. 6, 21. 11, 33." 14, 5. 50. 15, 12 ;
for which poet, simply b^n Prov. 26, 23.
Proverbially, a potsherd is put for any
thing mean and contemptible, Is. 45, 9 ;
also for any thing very dry Ps. 22, 16.
For b";!! nip see in n-'p no 2. Arab.
So- . -'-r
guy w^ a wme-jar, (j-j-^ to make earth-
en wine-jars, Golius ex Maruph.
f^^'I'n "^"'J? see in vp no. 2.
* ^"'^ V fut. ti-in^ and b-in*; . see no.
3,4. "'
1. to cut in, to grave, to inscribe letters
upon a tablet. Gr. /5(r(r, x"Qi''t^f>, Jer.
17, 1. Kindred roots are rin, onn, y^n ,
y
rntn , which see. Syr. ^^|^ to cut one's
throat.
2. to grave, i. e. to form, to make, to
fabricate, e. g. in metal I K. 7, 14 ; in
30
wood, stone, sec bin ; with ace. ofmate-
rial 1 K. 1. c. Metaph. to work, to devise,
to machinate evil, mischief. Prov. 6. 14.
14, 22 where once by Zeugma also tJnn
aia ; with bs against any one 3, 29. So
hat. fabricarifraudem Plant. Asin. I. 1.
89; dull fabricator Virg. .^ti. 2. 204;
xttxu Tfi'/nv, HoXov Ttv^fiv, Horn. Hcsiod.
Tf/f^a) to m:ichinate, lixtojv machina-
tor, tixTixU'ta&ui ptiTiv U. 10, 19. In
Chald. Syr. Ethiop. spoken of magic
arts ; see in din no. 2.
3. Fut. d-in^ to plough, Arab, vij*.^
Eth. ih^ft id. vijjLi a ploughman, hua-
bandman, vi>!jj^ a plough. Spoken
of cattle ploughing. Job 1, 14 ; also of
the plougher, with 3 of the animal Deut.
22, 10. Judg. 14, 18. Am. 6, 12; with ace.
of the field 1 K. 19, 19. Ps. 129, 3 '25 b?
D*'0"ih I'jnn the ploughers ploughed
upon viy back, i. e. they furrowed my
back with stripes. Metaph. to plough
in iniquity, as elsewhere to sow iniquity
(Prov. 22, 8), is to prepare for oneself
the punishment of it. Job 4, 8. Hos. 10,
13 ; opp. to reap calamity.
4. Fut. bnn^., to be deaf, Mic. 7, 16;
comp. bnn deaf Also
5. to be dumb, which often depends on.
deafness and is joined with it, to be mute,,
to keep silence. Syr. v-A-i^ mid. E"^.
Arab.
id.
LT^ la. jj-^-s*-
t dumb. The-
origin of this signif. lies in the idea; of"
cw/imo- with repeated strokes, hacking,,
beating ; so that bnn is pr. blunted, diill,
as also xoitpog is both deaf and dumb*
from xoTiTiiv, and Germ, stumm, dumb*
is of the same origin with stumpf dull.
So obtusus from Lat. obtundere, tundere.
But the examples show that b")n im-
plies only voluntary silence, and so dif-
fers from C^X which refers to that which
is involuntary. Spoken of God. Ps. 50,
3 ; as not listening to and answering
the prayers of men (opp. nj"). Ps. 35,22
^"I'!!!'^"^'? ^1 ^T^''^'^ ihou beholdest all
things, O Lord, keep not silence. 39, 13.
83, 2. 109, 1. With p preegn. Ps-. 28, 1
ija:3 bnnri bx keep not silence from me.
turn not away from me in silence.
NiPH. pass, of no. 3, to- be ploughed,.
Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 3, 12.
TTir
350
'Trn
HiPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 2, trop. to work,
to devise sc. evil, c. bs 1 Sam. 23. 9.
2. i. q. Kal no. 4, to he deaf, pr. to act
the deaf man. as if deaf, 1 Sam. 10, 27.
3. Corresp. to Kal no. 5. a) Causat.
to put to silence, to make one hold his
peace. Job 11, 3 will thy lies make men
hold their peace! So Chald. b) In-
trans. to keep silence, to lie silent, to hold
one's peace, Gen. 24, 21. 34, 5. 2 K. 18,
36. Prov. 17, 28. Job 6, 24 ; as abstain-
ing from complaint, 2 Sam. 13, 20. Job
13,19. Is. 42, 14; or also from confession,
Ps. 32. 3. With h to he silent towards
any thing, to allow it silently, to let
pass in silence. Num. 30, 5. 8. 12. 15.
With "i^a to be silent from any one,
i. e. not to interrupt him. Job 13, 13 ;
with ^X id. to keep silence towards, Is.
41, 1. With ace. to he silent as to any
thing, to conceal. Job 41, 4. c) Often
by impl. to be still, quiet, inactive. Ex.
14, 14 the Lord shall fight for you, Cinxn
(ii'i'^irir) and ye shall remain quiet.
With -(^ , to withdraw quietly from any
one, to leave hira alone, Jer. 38, 27.
1 Sarn. 7, 8. Also with h and inf. qui-
etly to neglect doing any thing, comp.
Engl, 'to say nothing of doing it,'
2 Sam. 19, 11. Spoken of God, to be
quiet as to sin, to bear it in silence, i. q.
to forgive, opp. to punishment, Zeph. 3,
17.
HiTHPA. to keep oneself still, quiet,
Judg. 16, 2.
Derivat. t-^n nii^n, TT^'n, '^o-'nn,
tjnn m. (for la^n) constr. ^"Ijn Ex. 28.
11. Is. 44, 12. 13 ; comp. B"^Q constr. cns
Ez. 26, 10. Plur. C'Onn , constr. 'tnn .
1. a graver, engraver in stone, Ex.
28, 11.
2. a workman, artificer, craftsman,
e. g. a) In stone, fully l^X ;rnn 2
Sam. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 22, 15. b) In wood,
a carpenter, Jer. 10, 3; fjlly o^: 'n Is.
44, 12 ; plur. 2 K. 12, 1. 1 Chr. 14, 1.
c) In metals, a smith, 1 Sam. 13, 19.
. Jer. 10. 9. Ho8. 8. 6. b^^")? 'n Is. 44. 12 ;
plur. 2 Chr. 24, 12. dj Metaph. "'lann
r.^nvi-q artificers of destruction, skilful
to destroy, Ez. 21, 36 [31j.
^"?^ adj. (for 5"5n after the form
ittp) plur. O-^tSnn, deaf, see r. 5'?n no.
4. Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19, 14. Ps. 38, 14.
Metaph. of those who refuse to hear the
prophets and obey the law. Is. 29, 18.
42, 18. 19. 43, 8.
'2J'!!'n rn. 1. artificial work, work of
the t-jri ; hence ^''tnn ^}_ valley of arti-
ficial works, valley of craftsmen, near Je-
rusalem, Neh. 11, 35 ; comp. 1 Chr. 4, 14.
2. In a bad sense, an artifice, art, spo-
kenof magic arts,like Syr-l-fc-j^j l-*'t-*
comp. lll^, Chald. ^'"^n, magician, en-
chanter. Is. 3, 3 D-'C^n Q?'^ one skilled
in magic arts, a skilful magician; fol-
lowed by "c:nb -j'OD a skilful enchanter.
So Chald. But Sept. Vulg. Saad. un-
derstand a skilfid artificer.
3. silence, comp. the root no. 5. Hence
as Adv. silently, secretly. Josh. 2, 1.
4. Heresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 15.
tiyi m. pr. part. Kal of ^in no. 1, 2,
cutting, graving, forming; hence a cut-
ter, graver, i. e. any cutting instrument,
tool. Gen. 4, 22 Ttpi uinn-^s everif
aitling instrument of brass.
tt'in a thick wood, thicket, forest,
either as being to be cut (r. U-^n). or
from Chald. C'^n to be entangled, inter-
woven, Stcnw a wood, !!<n^;'''^n thicket
of trees; comp. Samar. A*"^A a
wood. Is. 17, 9. Ez. 31, 3. With He
parag. n^nn 1 Sam. 23, 16 ; so too with
prep. n-iHna v. 15, 18. Plur. o'^C'^n
2 Chr. 27.' 4.
^^"^r? (Chald. enchanter, magician)
JIarsha, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52. Neh. 7, 54.
fi'^'! f. (r. 'O'-jn) 1. a work, working
in wood, stone, etc. Ex. 31, 5. 35, 33.
2. n^i^ri 'n Jlarosheth of the Gentiles,
pr. n. of a city in the north of Palestine,
Judg. 4, 2. 13. 16.
* ri^M i. q, trrnn no. 1, to cut in, to
grave, to inscribe, comp. z'^'k"*'^'^''^' X'*-
(jaiiau Once Ex. 32, 16. Chald. ntq
id. Hence
^y^ (prob. i. q. tt5"ri thicket) Ilereth,
pr. n. of a wood in the mountains of Ju-
dah, 1 Sam. 22, 5.
Ktnton (Btrippetl, r. Sltn) Hasuphar
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46.
Sptpn m. (r. 5]irn)pr. something peeled
off, separated ; hence afiuck, i. e. a little
^mn
351
n-in
fock. 1 K. 20, 27 C'W -c-'bn -^z^^ two
little Jlocka of goats ; Sept. 8vo nolfivia
ulydiv, Viilg. duo parvi greges caprarum.
Abuhvalid compurcs *^'*'''' a littlejlock,
so called from being cut. off, separated
from a larger one.
* ^^\? fut. Ipri':, once r,brjs Job 7,
11 ; pr. to hold, to keep, kindr. with pi rj
q. V. Job 16, 5 rpni "iriDb Tisj a72fZ ^/i
comfort of my lijys should hold you, i. e.
hold you up, ironically; parall. BSSfiXX.
Oflener
1. to hold or keep back, to withhold,
with '(Ofrovi any thing, e. g. a) Genr.
Gen. 20, 6 / also withheld thee ''b iana
from sinning against me. 1 Sam. 25,
39. Ps. 19, 14. Job 30, 10. Absol. that
being omitted from which one is with-
held ; 2 Sam. 18, 16 Joab held back the
jyeople sc. from pursuing. Prov. 10, 19.
17, 26. Job 7, 11. Is. 58, 1 cry aloud (pr.
with thy throat), hold not back. 54, 2.
b) With ace. of thing and '(O ofpers. to
keep back or withhold } thing from any
one, Gen. 39, 9. 22, 12 and hast not
withheld thy son . . .from me. ; comp. v.
16 where '{0 is implied. Poet. Ps. 78, 50
he kept not back their life from death.
c) to keep from danger, i. e. to save, to
preserve, Job 33, 18.
2. to forbear, to spare, e. g. a)
Things, c. ace. Prov. 13, 24 VJair r^bin
"isa XSfJ whoso spareth his rod, hateth his
son. With an inf 24, 11 r^'^ann DX ban
if thou forbear . . . to deliver, etc. With b
to spare for any thing, to reserve, Job 38,
23. Absol.Prov. 11,24. 21,26. b) Per-
sons, i. q. to deal gently with, c. ace. 2 K.
5, 20. Absol. Ezra 9. 13 na^b pDbn
IH/ir'a thmt hast forborne below our ini-
quities, hast punished us less than our
sins deserve. Is. 14, 6.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be
restrained, spoken of pain, Job 16, 6.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be spared,
reserved, for any thing. Job 21, 30.
* H^^! fut. Sibn;; , i. q. t;Dn q. v.
1. to strip off bark, to bark, to peel,
e. g. a tree, Joel 1, 7. So of a forest, to
strip off" the foliage, to make bare, Ps.
29,9.
2. to strip off a covering, to uncover,
with ace. of covering. Is. 47. 2 brij 'Ebn
uncover the train. Jcr. 1 3, 26. With ace.
of pers. i. q. to make naked, bare, Jer. 49,
10. Is. 52, 10 the Lord Kath maxle hare
his holy arm. Ez. 4, 7. Is. 20,4 rtii 'Bicn
with the buttocks uncovered.
3. to draw water from the surface, to
skim off. Is. 30, 14. Hag. 2, 16. In Ara-
? '
bic Oj.>*J is a well of living water in
sandy ground ; but the etymology is
different.
Deriv. CT'bri , ?irn , and pr. n. xcrrn .
* ^'^^ fut. S'iJn:;, but "a^^n: Ps. 40,
18, "(laian^ Ps. 35, 20.
1. to think, to regard as so and so.
The primary idea is that of computing,
reckoning, see Piel no. 1 ; Arab, ^^r^-,
Syr. wiL., Eth. ArtQ and iftHIl id.
Or perhaps it may be that of mingling,
like Arab. v_>.<i^ and v^^-wt ; whence
airn a weaver in colours, pr. mingling
threads of different colours. Is. 10, 7
aitSn;; la xb i-zzb nor doth his heart think
so. Often, to think to be so and so, to
hold or count as, Gr. '/.o/i'^ta&ui jivu dg
XI, c. ace. et b Gen. 38, 15 njiib na'rn'i
and he thought her a harlot, regarded
her as such. 1 Sam. 1, 13. Job 13, 24
;;b ai^iwxb "^aarnni and holdesl me for
(as) thine enemy. 19, 15. 35. 2. al. With
two ace. Is. 53, 4 ; ace. et 3 Job 19, 11.
With ace. simpl. to think of, i. e. to
regard, to esteem ; Is. 13, 17 w]D3 iiax
!ia"iin^ xb who regard not silver. 33, 8.
53, 3. Mai. 3, 16. Comp. Rabb. av:;n
one esteemed, honoured.
2. to think of as belonging to any one,
to impute, to reckon to any one ; with
ace. of thing and b of pers. e. g. sin 2
Sam. 19, 20. Ps. 32, 2 ; a good deed Gen.
15, 6, comp. Ps. 106, 31. Ellipt. perh.
Ps. 40, 18. comp. Ps. 32, 3-5.
3. to think, to meditate, to purpose.
a) With ace. to think out, to invent, to
devise, e. g. musical instruments Am. 6,
5 ; artificial work Ex. 31. 4. Hence
Part, airn an inventor, artificer, as of
warlike engines 2 Chr. 26. 15 ; also an
inventive weaver, an artist, Vulg. plu-
marius, whose work is called acn firsia
Vulg. opus plumarium, Ex. 26, 1. 31.
28, 6. 15. 36, 8. 35. 39, 3. 8. Here is to
be understood a fabric artificially woven
nisn
352
an
with figures of various colours, as also
of gold and silver, such as flowers, fruits,
and birds ; used mostly in Babylonia
(see ^55 r-nnx Josh. 7, 21) ; and diff.
from Cf3"), n^spn, in Vulg. likewise opus
plumarium, which consisted of figures
'^embroidered or stitched upon the cloth,
and not woven into it ; see in Cj^'n . See
Braun de Vest, sacerd. I. 267 sq. The-
saur. p. 531, 1310 sq. b) With h and
infin. to think to do any thing, to pur-
pose, to devise ; Ps. 140, 5 Wttin iffiSS
"''oy^ ninnb who have purposed to over-
ihroiD my goings. 1 Sam. 18, 25. Jer. 18,
8. Lam. 2, 8. Job 6, 26. c) In a bad
sense, to meditate evil against one, to
devise, to plot ; so V>s nint^n^ i'::n to de-
vise devices against any one, to lay plots,
Esth. 8, 3. 9, 25. Jer. 11, 19. 49, 30. Dan.
11, 25 ; bx Jer. 49, 20. 50, 45. nrn ncn
hs Mic. 2, 3. Nah. 1, 11 ; comp. Gen. 5,
20, where by antith. it is also put in a
good sense. *)1S< SUJn, n^TB 'n, Ps. 10,
2. 21, 12. 52, i/Ez. 11, 2.' Mic. 2, 1. al.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Pi. no. 1, to be com-
puted, reckoned, accounted, 2 K. 22, 7 ;
to be reckoned or counted to any one, c. b
Josh. 13. 3; b5 2 Sam. 4, 2.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be regarded,
counted, esteemed as so and so ; c. ace.
Prov. 17. 28 even a fool, so long as he is
silent, -ttJn;; firn is counted vnse. Gen.
31, 15. Neh. 13,' 13. With 3 to be count-
ed as, to be esteemed like, Job 18, 3. 41,
21. Hos. 8, 12. (Hence to be like Is. 5,
28.) With h id. 1 K. 10, 21. Lam. 4, 2 ;
3 Is. 2, 22 x^n airnj nss to what is he
to be esteemed like ? i. e. how is he to be
estimated ? nr Ps. 88, 5.
3. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be imputed to
any one, c. b Lev. 7, 18. 17, 4. Num. 18,
27. Ps. 106, 31.
Pi EL 1. to compute, to reckon; see
for the primary signification as often
preserved in Piel, Lehrg. p. 242. With
ace. Lev. 25, 27. 50. 52. 27, 18. 23 ; rx
(ns) to reckon with any one, 2 K. 12, 16.
2. to make account of. to regard high-
ly, Ps. 144, 3. Comp. in Kal no. 1.
' 3. to think upon, to consider, Pe. 77, 6.
119, 59.
4. to think, to meditate, to purj)nse, i. q.
Kal no. 3 ; absol. Ps. 73, 16 ; c. ace. to
think out, to plan, Prov. 16, 9. In a bad
enBC, to devise, to machinate^ Prov. 24,
8 ; with h'S of pers. bs ni^tjn^ ::cn Dan.
11, 24 ; bx of pers. Nah. I, 9.' Hos! 7, 15.
Metaph. of things, to be abend to do or
suffer. Jon. 1, 4 the ship was about to be
broken, wrecked.
HiTHP. reflex, i. q. Niph. no. 1, toreckon
oneself c. 3 among. Num. 23, 9.
Deriv. 3!i;sn, nnrniD, and those here
Ibllowing.
^T?J!| Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, to repute,
to regard, to count as so and so, c. 3 Dan,
4, 32.
^''^r? m. girdle, belt of the high -priest's
ephod, niBxn nain Ex. 28, 27. 28. 29, 5.
39, 20. 21. Lev. 8. 7 ; in^BX 3ffin Ex. 28,
8. 39, 5. So called from its being woven
in colours ; see r. Sll^n no. 3. a.
n:'131n (for nws sen thought in
judging, perh. thoughtful judge,) Hash-
badanah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4.
nniCH (esteemed, i. q. 3rajn with art.
Aram.) Hashubah, pr. n. m. of a son of
Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 3, 20.
"fi^Vn m. (r. 3^n) 1. Power of think-
ing, reason, intelligence, understanding^
Ecc. 7, 25. 27. 9, 10. Vulg. ratio,
2. Heshbon, pr. n. of a city, celebrated
for its fish-ponds Cant. 7, 5 ; formerly
the seat of an Amorite king Num. 21,
26 sq. afterwards within the bounds of
Reuben and Gad and assigned to the
Levites, Josh. 13, 17. 21, 39 ; and still
later ranked among the cities of Moab,
Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 2. Pliny mentions a
tribe of Arabs called Esbonita, H. N.
5. 11 ; comp. Abulfeda Tab. Syr. p. 11.
Now called HesbAn, .jIaa**.;^, according
to Seetzen and Burckhardt, Travels in
Syria etc. p. 365. Comp. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 278.
jinten m. plur. Piszrsn , Ecc. 7, 29 ;
pr. inventions, from r. SOJn no. 3. a. Spec.
1. warlike engines, lor casting darts,
stones, etc. 2 Chr. 26, 15. Comp. Lat.
ingenium, which in the middle ages
came to signify a warlike machine, ba-
lista, whence Engl, engine.
2. arts, devices, Ecc. 7, 29.
n^Sirn , in^^lCn (whom Jehovnh re-
gards) Jlashabiah, pr. n. of several Le-
vi tos: a) 1 Chr. 6, 30. b) 9, 14.
Neh. 11, 15. c) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 19. Ezra
rjjr
353
v.~-
8, 19. d) 1 Chr. 26, 30. 27, 17. e)
Ezra 8, 24. Neh. 12. 24. f) Neh, 3, 17.
10, 12. 11,22.
nraiOn (id. 3 for ') Hashahnah, pr. n.
m. Neh. 10, 26.
J^r??^'^ (id.) IlashabniaA, pr. n. m.
a) Neh. 3, 10. b) 9. 5.
* n^n fut. ntin;; , to be hush, silent,
stili an onomatopoctic root, comp. Engl.
hush ! hist ! Ecc. 3, 7. Is. 62, 1. 6. Ps.
107, 29. Kindr. is on, non. Spoken
also of one not acting, i. q. to be still,
quiet, to rest ; espec. of God as not af-
fording help. Is. 04, 11. 65, 6. With -,13
i. q. to turn away in silence from any-
one, not to render him aid, Ps. 28, 1.
Comp. tonn no. 5.
HiPH. niunn i. Causat. to silence, to
still, to make quiet, Neh. 8, 11.
2. Iiitrans. to keep silence, to be still,
like Kal, (comp. 0"'nnn, a-ipdn.) 2 K.
2. 3. 5. 7, 9. Ps. 39, s! Also as in Kal,
to be still, qtdet, inactive, Is. 57, 11. IK.
22, 3. Judg. 18, 9.
Note. The form ti:nni in Job 31, 5
belongs to t"in ; comp. in r. a'^s.
2Wn (thinking, r. arn) Ilasshub, pr.
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 14. Neh. 3, 23. 11,
15. b) Neh. 3, 11. 10, 24.
^1n Chald. m. emphat. Stsicn , dark-
ness, Dan. 2. 22. R. T(4U'
D'lplCn see nir:"'2n.
fl^n Chald. 1. to be needed, neces-
sary. Ezra 6, 9 inan-.-ng whatever things
are necessary. Syr. >^,a^ to be suitable.
2. to have need, c. inf. et \, Dan. 3,
16. Hence
n^nwn f need, necessity, i. e. what is
necessary, Ezra 7, 20.
riD'^ttJn see !^='^^.
* "^"^V O^t. r\^ryi, to be dark, darken-
ed, obscured, to be shrouded in darkness.
Chald. Tjrn, Syr. >^, id. Spoken of
the light of the sun, Job 18, 6. Is. 5, 30.
13, 10 ; of the stars. Job 3. 8 ; the day.
Ez. 30, 18 ; of the eyes as dim. not able
to see. Lam. 5. 17. Ps. 69, 24, and so of
persons Ecc. 12, 3 ; of the colour of the
skin Lam. 4. 8 ; of the earth darkened
by locusts, Ex. 10, 15.
HiPH. 1. to darken, to make dark ;
30*
Am. 5, 8 rt'^^nn nb^b n'i" he maketh the
day dark even unto night ; with b Am.
8, 9. Metaph. Job 38, 2 ".^rn'o nt ^e
iai nsr jcho is this that darkeneth my
counsel by words without wisdom ? i. e.
strives to liindcr it.
2. Intrans. to be dark, pr. to keep dark,
Ps. 105^ 28. 139, 12. Jer. 13, 16.
Deriv. the five following; comp.Tiicn.
^W7 adj. plur. D'^S'^'n, dark, metaph.
obscure, mean, Prov. 22, 29. Chald.
xsiaSn, xs-^uin id.
?fn m. c. suff. "'Stin 1. darkness,
opp. to nix, Gen. 1, 2 sq.' Ex. 10, 21. 22.
al. Also of a dark place, as of Sheol,
Hades, Job 17, 13. Ps. 88, 13 comp. Job
10, 21 ; ri^an ^c-; days of darkness, to be
spent in Sheol, Ecc. 11, 8; of a subter-
ranean prison. Is. 42. 7. 47, 5. 49, 9.
~i2n r'^-iS'X treasures of darkness, i. e.
laid up in dark subterranean cells, Is.
45,3.
2. Metaph. a) adcersiiy, misery, ca-
lamity. Is. 9, 1, Job 15, 22 aro; ","'^x'j sb
r\'iin 't-o he fwpeth not to return out of
darkness, destruction, v. 23. 30. 20, 26.
23, 17. Mic. 7, 8. Am. 5, 18. 20. Ps. 18,
29. b) darkness o?xn\nA.,ignorance,ioh
37, 19 ; comp. 12, 22. 25. c) sorrow, sad-
ness, Ecc. 5, 16. d) wickedness, Prov.
2, 13 ; comp. to axoxog Rom. 13, 12, and
see Job 38, 13. 15. Is. 29, 15.
^?1?r| f darkness, Gen. 15, 12. Is. 8,
22. Ps. 82, 5; once i^2"^tun Ps. 139, 12.
Plur. criun id. Is. 50, 10. 'r, r^tn.
"9^n or HDOn (Tsere pure) constr.
raain Ps. IS. 12. darkness, sc. of waters,
clouds. R. Tj^^n,
!^3^n f id. Mic. 3, 6 c:b nstun^
cbiSTS and darkness shall be around you
from divining, i. e. so that ye cannot
divine. Some editions read nsajn, as
if praet. 3 pers. fem. impers. it shall be
d-ark tinto you; but the formeris to be
preferred on account of the subst. ^\''0
in the other member.
-'*ifV' in Kal not used, to prostrate,
to enfeeble ; kindr. Itibn no. 2.
NiPH. part. D'^brn: enfeebled, ex-
hausted. Deut. 25, 18. Sept. xoTiiuyisg,
Vulg. las-ii.
^T?n Chald. to make thin, small;
hence to crush, to beat fine, i. q. pw.
t2:sn
354
pizjn
Dan. 2, 40. Cliald. and Talm. of Jerus.
to beat out thin, to draw out with a
hammer, N^^^n pounded barley. Syr.
V ^ >. to draw out thin with a hammer.
* DUjM obsol. root, Arab. (V*i^^ to
he fat, transp. ntiz ; metaph. to be rich,
opulent, to have many servants. Hence
(i::i!Jn, n:i:ian, c-'S^ain, and
D iSn (rich, opulent, Arab. ^^^J^^st. hav-
ing many servants.) Hashurn, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 19. 10, 33. Neh. 7, 22. 8, 4. 10, 19.
DTCn see cmn.
J'i^ttn (fatness, fat soil) Heshmon. pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 27. R. n\iin .
npitttJn (id.) Hashmonah, pr. n. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert.
Num. 33, 29.
biaTSn m. smooth brass, i. e. polished,
bumished, Ez. 1, 4. 27. 8, 2. Bochart,
in Hieroz. II. p. 877 sq. supposes this
word to be compounded from Vbm for
rttJni brass, and Talmud, n'bh'o gold, so
that b^cn for b'?iJn3 would be a mix-
Tture of brass and gold, or at least pre-
isenting the splendour and colour of gold.
But this noun xiiba itself seems to be of
very uncertain authority. And since in
Ez. 1, 7 we read in the same connection
'bhp rttjn: burnished brass, it would seem
that brrn ought to be explained in the
same sense, viz. from llJnj, the 3 being
dropped by aphseresis, and b^, a sylla-
'ble which had the sense not onlyof soft-
'ness but also of smoothness and polish,
;as is manifest from many roots begin-
ning with it, e.g. wb^, yh^, ,j**-Lo,
.1 aJLo; finXuaaut, niulceo, mollis, and
with a guttural prefixed brn ; see y\'0 .
'The LXX translate it jjAfxr^or, Vulg.
^ekctntm, by which words however they
do not mean amber, but a mixed metal
composed of gold and silver, and distin-
iguished for its brilliancy; see Pausan.
5. 12. Plin. 33. 4 or 23. Buttmann uber
das Electron, in hie Mythol. II. 337 sq.
In Rev. 1. 15 in a like connection is
read /alxoUfiavov, which might be for
XaXxoUji(ti>ov burnished brass, i. q. bnttJn.
D'^STOtDn m. plur. (r. 2cri) Unn^ kt-
^6ft. Ps. 68, 32, pr. tJie fat, i. c. the opu-
lent, nobles, princes; comp. Arab.
a great man with a large train of serv-
ants. So Kimchi well, cibins Diirsst
n-n-'53i.
* "(^"^ obsol. root, i, q. Arab. /r>-*^^
to be fair, beautiful, Conj. II, IV to adorn.
In the occidental tongues accord perhaps
Goth, skeinan. Germ, scheinen, whence
skdni, schon, Engl, sheen. Hence
I'iSn m. pr. ornament; spoken of the
breast-plate or gorget of the high-priest,
woven in colours with figures, orna-
mented on the outside with twelve
gems, on which were inscribed the
names of the tribes, and hollow within,
where were deposited the sacred lots
csr" c""i"J< q. V. whence more fully
called -u:o'::an -(irn, Ex. 28, 15. 29, 30.
39, 5 sq. Lev. 8, 8. Comp. D''-ilX . Sept.
Xoytiov, Philo loyiov, Ecclus. 45, 10 ko-
ytiov y()l(Tiw?.
* P"*5 V pr. to join or fasten together,
comp. p^n no. 1. 2. Also intrans. (for
pffin) to be joined or fastened, together,
to adhere, see Piel. In Kal only me-
taph. e. g.
1. to be attached, to cleave to any one,
i. e. to love with warm afiijction ; comp.
Engl, to stick fast to any one, Lat. af-
fixus est, Cic. ad a. Frat. 3. 1. So of
love towards a maiden, c. 3 Gen. 34, 8.
Deut. 21, 11; towards God Ps. 91,14;
of God towards men Deut. 7. 7. 10, 15.
Comp. Arab. (J-iiLc to cleave to a
maiden, to burn with love for her.
Prajgn. Is. 38, 17 "^ba rn'i--2 -^ttiB? 7\p:iin)
in love to my soul thou hast delivered me
from, the pit of perdition.
2. With infin. and b , to love to do any
thing, to delight in doing, to please, 1 K.
9, 19. 2 Clir. 8, 6.
Piel trans, of Kal init. to join or fasten
together, to connect, Ex. 38, 28.
PuAL pass, of Pi. Ex. 27, 17.
Deriv. the three following.
pen m. c. sufi'. "'pirn , delight, plea-
sure^ desire. 1 K. 9, 1. 19. Is. 21, 4 r,!li.3
<pi2in the night of my desire, i. e. long
desired.
D'^pTCn, D'^p^tin m. plur. joinings,
i. e. poles or rods which served to join
p'jjn
355
ttnn
together the tops of the columns around
the court of the tabernacle, and from
which tlic curtains were suspended. Ex.
27, 10. 11. 36, 38. 38, 10 sq.
ff^ptDn tn. plur. spokes of a wheel,
which connect the rim with the nave,
IK. 7, 33. R. pttJn.
^ '^t" obsol. root Arab. -mJ.^ to
gather togetlier, to assemble. Hence the
two following :
^t* ''9'^ ^- constr. n'ltlSn , a gathering
of waters, poet, for clouds 2 Sam. 22, 12.
In the parall. passage Ps. 18, 12 it is
nsw'n.
D'^'lTSn m. plur. the nave of a wheel,
into which the spokes are gathered, 1 K.
7, 33. R. "tn.
^'*57 obsol. root. Arab. luJjs*. is to
fodder with hay; but this is denom.
9
from (jiLA-iic^ hay, dry grass ; while
the primary signif is in Conj. IV, to be
dried tip, to be dry. Hence
O^n m. dry grass, hay. Is. 5, 24 tliajn
nanb the dry grass of Jlame, i. e. flaming,
burning. 33, 11.
rin m. (r. nnn) c. suff. naFin Gen. 9, 2.
1. Adj. broken, e. g. a bow 1 Sam. 2,4.
Trop. broken in spirit, dismayed, terri-
fied, Jer. 46. 5.
2. Subst. dismay, terror, dread, Gen.
9, 2. Job 41, 25.
ft? (terror, dread, r. f^nfj) Heth, pr. n.
of a son of Canaan, Gen. 10, 15; whence
rn "^sa children of Heth. Gen. 23. 5 sq.
25, 10,'also "^nn plur. oinn the Hittites,
a Canaanitish tribe dwelling in the vi-
cinity of Hebron. Gen. 23. 7. Josh. 11, 3;
sometimes also further north, Judg. 1. 24
sq. Tliey still remained in the. times
of the kings, and also after the exile,
1 Sam. 26. 6. 2 Sam. 11, 3 sq. 23, 29.
Ezra 9, 1. tiTinn ''^'b^_ 2 K. 7, 6, spoken
of all the Canaanitish kings. Fem.
n-^Fin Ez. 16, 3. Plur. ri'Pin i K. 11, 1 ;
also rn ri:z Gen. 27, 46.
* ninn fut. nnrri , to take, to lay hold
of, to seize; perh. kindr. with Ci^n,
whence by softening the third radical
might come ann and ipn. Spoken once
of a person Ps. 52, 7 ; elsewhere always
of taking up fire, coals, Is. 30, 14 PiiPinb
^pJO ttSx to take up fire from the hearth.
Prov. 6, 27. 25, 22 pra;gn. nnx s^Vna 'S
iaJxi'bs nnn for thou shall take up and
heap coals of fire upon his head; see
under nbna.
Deriv. nnn fire-pan, and pr. n. nna .
^P^n f. (r. nnn) terror, Gen. 35, 5.
5^nn m. (r. bnn) a bandage, roller,
for binding up a wound, Ez. 30, 21.
nnnn adj. plur. D-^nnnn , timid, terri-
fied, dismayed, Ecc. 12, 5. R. nnn.
'nn see nn.
rr^riH C (r. nnn) terror, dread, Ez.
32, 23. 27. With suff. cn-^nn the dread
of them, i. e. which they inspire, Ez. 26,
17. 32, 24. 25. 26. Also as gent. n. fem.
see in nn.
*
\y} in Kal not used, pr. to cut off;
trop. to divide, and so to determine, to
decree, as in Chald. and Rabbinic ;
comp. ynrj, Tna.
NiPH. pass. Dan. 9, 24 seventy weeks
T^'iS'S b? Tjnn3 are decreed upon thy peo-
ple. Theod. and Gr. Venet. avvsiiiri&ri-
aar, rsTfirjVTai. Sept. ixQi&tjanv.
''Kir ^" Kal not used, to "wrap in
bandages, e. g. a wound, see binn ; also
a new-born infant, to swathe, to swaddle,
see Pual and Hoph. Arab. J,aS pr. to
cover, also to hide, to deceive.
Pual and Hoph. pass. Ez. 16, 4.
Deriv. bnnn, and the two here fol-
lowing.
^<^r! f a bandage, swaddling-band,
Job 38, 9.
"i : "7 (^Tapped up, hiding-place)
Helhlon, pr. n. of a city in northern Sy-
ria, Ez. 47, 15. 48, 1. R. bnn.
* Dnn fut. citnn'n 1. to shut up. to
close ; kindr. with other words of shut-
ting up, closing, as D::n, c::X, ess ; see
Piel, Hiph. Arab. *.X^ id. Conj. IV, to
shut fast, to lock. The general sense of
closing is found also in some forms of
the Ethiop. root J't'^ ; see Ludolph
col. 282.
2. Spec, to seal, to seal up, to close by
a seal. Chald. Syr. Zab. id. Arab.
dnr
356
inn
-tJCi. I, II, Eth. -i-tiP, id. So Gr.
C(fQ(tyig seal, from (fquaaw to shut up.
a) With ace. Is. 8, 16 nnin chn seal up
the oracle. Part. pass. CWn sealed ;
Cant. 4, 12 cwn *)^S19 a sealed fountain,
metaph. for a chaste maiden. Deut. 32,
34. Job 14, 17. The ancients were ac-
customed to make fast with a seal many-
things for which we use a lock, as doors,
gates, fountains, etc. Cant. 1. c. comp.
Dan. 6, 18. Matt. 27, 66. See Lips, ad
Tac. Annal. 2. 2. Salmas. Exercitatt. c.
45. They also sealed up rolls or vol-
umes, espec. oracles Is. 29, 11. Dan. 12,
4. 9 ; bills of sale or purchase Jer. 32, 10.
11. 44. The seal also, as in the East
at the present day, was the token
and confirmation of signature, e. g. in
covenants Neh. 10, 1.2; in letters 1 K.
21, 8. Esth. 8, 10. b) Absol. Jer. 32,
10. 44 ; with 3 of the ring 1 K. 1. c. Esth.
1. c. c) With l?2 pr. to seal up around
any thing, Job 9, 7". d) With 3, e. g.
Cnri^ Dnj<"b3 n;;3 he sealeth up the hand
of every man, i. e. binds up their hands,
hinders the use of them. Job 37, 7. DifF.
is Job 33, 16 nnn^ cnora he sealeth up
their admonition, i. e. admonishes them
in secret, q. d. under seal ; comp. Arab.
aa^ c. vo to reveal to any one ; see
Schult. ad h. 1.
3. As a letter or roll when completed
was sealed up, hence to complete, to fin-
ish ; Dan. 9, 24 x-irji ,'iTn chnb to com-
plete the vision and the prophets, i. e.
until the prophecies are fulfilled. Esc.
28, 12. Arab. AJCi*. to mark with finis,
to finish.
NiPH. pass, of no. 2, to he sealed, with
a of the ring Esth. 2, 12. 8, 8.
PiEL to shut tip, see in Kal no. 1 ;
with ^, q. d. to oppose a barrier to any
one, Job 24, 16 lab wnn CBi" bij day
they shut themselves up.
HiPH. i. q. Pi. to shut up, to stop;
once Lev. 15, 3 i3"itia -i-irs c^nnn is
Krr ^whether he stop his flesh from the
iisue, !. e. the part become so ob-
tructed that the issue cannot flow off
freely.
Deriv. onin , nnn .
DIlH Chald. i. q. Hebr. to seal, lo seal
vp, Dan. 6, 18.
DJ^n see Ctil'n a seal.
rrafin f. a seal, signet. Gen. 38, 25.
THi^i to marry, i. e. 1. to give in
m^arriage, to marry away a daughter.
Hence Part. "Pn a father-in-law, i. e.
the Hither of the wife, one who gives his
daughter in marriage ; the father of the
husband is called DPI q. v. So n^J73 'nh
the father-in-law of Moses Ex. 3, 1. 4,
18. 18, 1-27. Judg. 1, 16. 4, 11. Fem.
P3nn a mother-in-law, mother of the
wVe, Deut. 27, 23.
2. to take in marriage, to m,arry a
wife : hence 'irn, nsnn.
HiTHPA. to miduaJly give and take
daughters in marriage, to contract af-
finity hy marriage, with any one, c. n*<
Gen. 34, 9. 1 K. 3, 1 ; 3 Deut. 7, 3.
Josh. 23, 12. 1 Sam. 18, 22. 23. 26. 27.
Ezra 9, 14; b 2 Chr. 18, 1.
Note. In Arabic we find : i>y*^
Conj. Ill, to contract affinity by marriage ;
6 .-
vAJ-^ father-in-law, son-in-law, any cf-
finis. Further, this root signifies : Conj.
I, to circumcise an infant; ^^UL^ cir-
cumcision ; ,^*aX&- an infant circum-
cised. That these two significations
are connected by a common bond, is
shown not only by Ex. 4, 25, see in 'rn
no. 1 ; but also by another signification
of j^wA^, viz. Conj. I, to give a feast,
both a nuptial feast and one at the cir-
cumcision of a child ; j^^JLi*., j^UL^.}
a feast, either at a wedding or a cir-
cumcision. The primary idea is per-
haps that of cutting off, circumcising;
(comp, jjvX&- a cuttmg off, also the
roots "i:;!? , "pn , and others beginning
with the syllable kal;) and then the
word for the celebration of this rite was
transferred to the like celebration of
nuptial rites.
"jriH m. (r. 'Pfl no. 2) one who mar-
ries the daughter of another, Gr. yaft-
PQog. Hence
1. In respect to the bride, a bride-
groom, spouse, Ps. 19, 6. Is. 62, 5. Jer. 7,
34. Joel 2, 16. al. In Ex. 4, 25 an in-
smrf
357
fant son after being circumcised hy his
mother, is culled by her Q'''3n '|nn a
bloody spouse, in allusion probably, to
the sigiiif. circumcision, i. e. an infant
circumcised ; see r. '^Tjn note. Aben-
Ezra: '*mos est mulicrum, filium, cum
circumciditur, sponsum vocare." Others
regard these words as spoken not of the
child, but of Moses.
2. In respect to the parents, a son-in-
law, Gen. 19, 12. Judg. 15, 6. Neh. 6,
18. al.
3. a relative by marriage, q^nis, 2 K.
8,27.
^r^ri f (r. *)nn) espousals, nuptials.
Cant. 3, 11. '
* H^\? <ut. ffinn- , i. q. rj-jn , to catch,
to seize, in the manner of a lion, Job 9,
12. Comp. Ps. 10, 9. Hence
^rr? m. preij, rapine, then poet, for
Cinn T'^S a robber, Prov. 23. 28. Comp.
t;bn for "^^n a-x 2 Sam. 12, 4.
'^'t ^^^- "^l^l- ! ^(^ dig or break
through a wall, kindr. with nnn, TlJjn.
Constr. c. ace. DTia inn to break
through houses, as a thief, to break into
them, Job 24, 16. With a , as -i"^;32 -inn
id. Ez. 8, 8. 12, 5. 7. 12; also to break
through into, Am. 9, 2 bixian >i"inn^ ox
though they break through into Sheol.
2. to dig through or plough the waves
by rowing, i. q. to row, absol. Jon. 1, 13.
Comp. ' arare aquas ' Ov. Trist. 3. 12. 36 ;
'scindere freta' Metam. 11. 468.
Deriv. r'^nno.
* ^f^'l? fut. prn, plur. siFin-) l Sam. 2,
10. al. The same form is also fut. Kal
ofnn: q. v. and Job 21, 13.
1. to be broken, weakened, destroyed ;
kindr. with the other onomatopoetic roots
f^^3, ^!!;3, d^- Spoken of a king-
dom Is. 7, 8 ; of the justice of God Is.
51,6.
2. Metaph. to be broken with fear,
to be terrified, dismayed, confoumled.
Other verbs of breaking are also trans-
ferred to terror, as nad Job 41, 17, Arab.
\J^yi) y-**^ *^' Schult. Opp. Min.
p. 93. So Is. 8, 9. Obad. 9. Jer. 50, 36.
Often coupled with synon. X';i"', as Deut.
31, 8 rnn xbl xn-n xb foar not, neither
be dismayed. Josh. 1, 9. 8, 1. 10, 25.
With 'SOa befi)re any one Jer. 1, 17. Ez.
2, 6. 3, 9 ; with ",13 of that from which
one flees in dismay. Is. 30, 31. 31, 4. Jer.
10,2. Coupled also with sJia, D'^ain,
where it signifies to be confounded,
faint-hearted, sc. from fear, terror. Is.
20, 5. 37, 27. Jer. 8, 9. 17, 18. 50, 2; also
from shame. Job 32, 15.
NiPH. nro (comp. bna from hhn, nna
from inn) i. q. Kal no. 2, witli 'Ja^ Mai.
2, 5. Another TTO is from nn: .
PiEL. 1. Intrans. but with an inten-
sive power, to be broken in pieces, e. g. a
bow Jer. 51, 56.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to terrify, to
dismay, Job 7, 14.
HiPH. rnn, fut. rm, c. suff. "wn'*,
once jn-'n^ for inm Hab. 2, 17, "see
Lehrg. p. 369 ; once in the manner of
regular verbs "^nnnn Jer. 49. 37.
1. to break, to break in pieces, Is. 9, 3.
2. to terrify, to confound, to put to fear
and shame, Jer. 1, 17. 49, 37. Job 31, 34.
Hab. 2, 17 -(n-irp niana Tjii and the
destruction of the beasts (which) terrifies
them, sc. shall cover thee, shall return
s ^ *
upon thine own head. Arab. o^| to
be terrified, put to shame.
Deriv. nn, ittv}, r'^nn, cpinnn,
nnnia , pr. n. nn , and
f^Otl m. 1. terror, dismay, Job 16, 21.
2. Hathaih, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 13.
/t3
Teth, n''a, Sept. in Lamentations T^&,
ihe ninth letter of the Hebrew alphabet ;
as a numeral denoting 9 ; whence ""M i. q.
9 -f 6, for n-i 15. The signification is
uncertain. It is commonly explained to
mean a serpent, Arab. Jaxb ; others
make it something rolled or twisted to-
358
nnt3
getner, ri'^a from r. nja , Arab. iU^ , so
Lee ; or perhaps it is Egypt, tot hand ;
all which views accord well enough with
the figure of this letter in the Phenician
alphabet ; see Monumm. Phoen. p. 30.
As to the pronunciation, a is f pro-
nounced with a certain roughness or
scraping of the throat, (appropriately
written t\) but differing from n whether
aspirated th, &, or smooth V\, t, t ; just
as p , ^, pronounced at the back part of
the palate near the throat, differs from
3 whether aspirated ch, x> or smooth 3 ,
/r, X. Ewald, in his Gramm. p. 26, main-
tains the opinion, that O is strictly an
aspirated letter ; but in this he has been
ably met by Hupfeld, in his review of
that work in Hermes Vol. 31, p. 9, 10 ;
and more recently by Ehrenberg, in Ar-
chiv f Philologie VIII. fasc. 1. Ewald
appeals ; a) To the Greek &, which
accords with B both in name (H'^a ^f/ta)
and in its place ia the alphabet ; and
which is unquestionably aspirated. But
however much in general the Greek
letters may accord with the Semitic, yet
we are not warranted in deducing from
their nicer and more exact pronuncia-
tion, rules for the Hebrew pronunciation;
especially since some of them have man-
ifestly changed their nature and power ;
e.g.n=E; nz=H; ^=0; i< = A. b)
To the Arabic ^ . which also has a semi-
guttural sound. Correctly; but this must
not be confounded with an aspirate.
The common mode of pronunciation rests
also upon the authority of the LXX. who
with the exception of a very few exam-
ples (one only, 2 Sam. 5, 16, is quoted
by Hartmann in his Ling. Einieitung
page 63, and by Ewald 1. c.) constantly
render it by t, as *|wb .iwiuvMc:, rroaia
Tm^iae, i<|]bo~a TuQKfuXuloi; and like-
wise upon the contrary usage of the
Syriac translators, who for the Greek r
everywhere put ^ , and for & always 2 ;
as Tipo&iog ^acjrvVit l , Tnoi; Offo-jL^ .
In Arabic, the letters corresponding
to the Heb. a are io and Je, more fre-
quently the former ; since the latter, as
approaching more to a sibilant, nearly
corresponds to Heb. S, see under a.
Comp. the roots "ina, bia, '{S'ji.
It is interchanged : a) With S , which
see. b) With n, as Cian, C]rn to seize,
^'^P, J^' to kill, nrn , nra , II4 , to wan-
der, c) With 1 . which see.
? : Chald. to rejoice^ to he glad, c.
b? Dan. 6, 24. Syr. ^U id. See r.
riia no. 3.
Xt25{t3 see after a'^a .
it: Chald. good, i. q. Heb. 2ia . Dan.
2. 32. Ezra 5, 17 3a xsb^-b? ',n if it
seem good to the king, if it be his plea-
sure. Comp. Sla Esth. 1, 19. 3, 9.
"?9 in pause b5<aa (God is good,
by Syriasm for ^NSia, comp. "j'iaisa,
njsia) Tabeal, pr. n. Syr. a) A per-
son of low condition, whose son the Sy-
rians and Ephraimites were about to
make king in Jerusalem, Is. 7, 6 ; see
Comment, on Is. ad h. 1. b) A Persian
governor or prefect in Samaria, Ezra
4,7.
* Hints obsol. root. Syr. wi4 Aph. is
i. q. Heb. ns'n no. 2, to creep about, to
slander; and also in a good sense, fo
spread a good report.^ Hence naa .
Qib^QIp m. plur. head-hands, tiaras,
turhans. Ez. 23. 15. Sept. Alex. T/M^t
aTixal, Vulg. tiarae tinctae. The usual
etymology is from baa to dip, to which
corresponds Arab. Jk^Jc to dye with co-
lours. Better perhaps from Ethiop.
fll'flAA to wrap or wind around; so
Simonis.
^vStS m. (r. "ira) the highest part,
height, summit. Judg. 9, 37 n?t5 D'''i"i^
V"^n "'''2a they come daicn from the
height of the land, in v. 36 D"'"i.'ifi "'wwSn.
Ez. 38, 12 yixn -i!i2a-bs iniri icfto
dwell on the height of the earth, i. e. in
the Holy Land, which the Hebrews re-
garded as higher than all other lands ;
romp, bx'^b^ ^"^n for the land of Israel,
Ez. 6, 2." '33, 28.' 35, 12. 38, 8. Corre-
s]K)nding is Samar. *^3^) Ethiop.
P'flC; mountain. Sept. and Vulg. ren-
der "112a by umbilicus, navel, as the top
or height of the belly; comp. Talmud.
"iW'^a navel.
*rnt3
T
1. to slaughter, to kill ani-
mals, Ex. 21, 37 [22, 11. Deut. 28, 31.
at:
359
*^2t3
Jer. 11, 19 ; espec. for eating, Gen. 43, 16.
1 Sam. 25. 11. Prov. 9, 2. To slaughter
for sacrifice is expressed by the kimired
verb nsT q, v. Ethiop. /IHniifl to
slaughter, to butcher, Arab. -^^J^ to
cook, to roast ; conip. art. D^rra^x .
2. to slay, to kill men, Ps. 37, 14. Lam,
2, 21. Ez. 21. 15.
Deriv. nasi? and the six following.
fl39 m. pr. a slaughterer, slayer;
hence
1. a cook, 1 Sam. 9, 23. 24. Arab.
S I OS,"
^^. an executioner, then a lifeguards-
man, body-guard of a king ; since these
in the East act as executioners. So
d-^ns-jn-nb Gen. 37. 36. 39. 1. 40, 3. 4.
41, 10. 12, and later bn an 2 K. 25. 8 sq,
Jer. 39, 9. 11. 40, 1-5, the captain of the
body-guard, pr. the chief executioner.
In Egypt he had a public prison in his
house, Gen. 40. 3 ; in Babylon Nebuzar-
adan, who held this office, commanded
also a part of the royal army, Jer. 39, 13.
62, 15.
J^^Q Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, an execu-
tioner, and hence lifeguardsman, body-
guard, Dan. 2, 14.
J^^P m. in pause naa , c. sufT. nnsa .
1. slaughter, e. g. of cattle, Prov. 7, 22.
Is. 53, 7. 65, 12. Also of men. Is. 34, 2. 6.
Jer. 48, 15. 50, 27.
2. Meton. cattle slaughtered, meat,
butcher's meat, Prov. 9, 2. Gen. 43, 16.
Comp. nai no. 1.
3. Tebah, pr. n. of a son of Nahor,
Gen. 22, 24.
S^nSt: f. a cook, 1 Sam. 8, 13. R. na-j .
nnstp f. (r. nai:) i. q. masc. naa .
'l. slaughter of cattle, Ps. 44. 23. Jer.
12, 3.
2. cattle slaughtered, meat, 1 Sara. 25,
11.
nnnp Tlbhath, pr. n. of a city of Sy-
ria 1 Chr. 18, 8. In the parall. passage
2 Sam, 8, 8, it is written Piaa q. v.
559 fut. ^207, to dip, to dip in, to
immerse, with ace. of thing and 3 of the
liquid Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 9, 9. Deut. 33,
24. Job 9, 31 Ruth 2, 14 ; also without
ace. Ex. 12. 22. 2 K. 8, 15, Intrans, to
dip, to immerse oneself ; 2 K. 5, 14 he
went doicn o-iBro rsir 'kIT:^ ^^^?3 and
dipped himself sepen times in Jordan.
Chald. hzz, Arab. Jtjo, id.
NiPH. pass. Josh. 3, 15.
Deriv. O'^biaa and
^n^53t3 (whom Jehovah has immers-
ed, purified,) Tebaliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
26^ 11.
^5? 1. pr. to sink, to press in, to
impress into any soft substance, as clay ;
then to impress a seal, to seal, Arab.
Hence rsaa a seal. Kindr. ia
SA.b.
~3S, kjj.^, to dip in, to immerse, Eth,
m^U id. as also iaa . The primary
syllable is aia, which in the western
languages also expresses depth and im-
mersion ; comp. Goth, ditcp, Engl, deep,
Germ, tief; also Goth, doifan, Germ.
taufen, Engl, to dip; Gr. 5i;;iTai and
softened Sbvco.
2. Intrans. to sink, to be sunk, immers-
ed, as in the mire, a pit, c. a Ps. 9, 16.
69, 3. 15. Jer. 38, 6. Lam. 2, 9 ynjja ?ya'J
n'^'iyd her gates are sunk into the ground.
Trop.'l Sam. 17, 49 "inrjra "(axn saBFil
and the stone sunk into his forehead, was
fixed in it.
PuAL i. q, Kal no. 2, Ex. 15. 4.
HoPH. id. Jer. 38, 22 ; of the founda-
tion of the earth or mountains, to be
sunk, settled. Job 38, 6. Prov, 8, 25,
Deriv. the two followmg.
nystJ f phir. risaa , constr. m'saa .
1. a seal, signet-ring, Gen. 41, 42,
Esth.3,10. Ex. 35, 22. Is.3,21.al. The
signet-ring was worn by the Hebrews
on the right hand, Jer. 22, 24 ; comp.
Ecclus. 49, 11 [13j. The person to
whom a king committed his signet-ring
became thereby prime minister. Gen,
41, 42. Esth. 3, 10. 8, 2 ; comp. 1 Mace,
6, 15. QL. Curt. 10. 5.
2. a ring, of any kind, Ex. 25, 12 sq.
26, 24. 28, 28.
Mi3?3'a (rings) Tabbaoth, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 43.
* "'^'9 obsol. root, prob. i. q. "12S to
heap up. Hence niaa , q. v.
'jiTS'nnp (for lian a'J, good is Rim-
mon, comp. in *(1E"1 no. 2,) Tabrimmon,
T\2X:
360
mt:
pr. n. of the father of Benhadad king of
Syria, 1 K. 15, 18.
^^^ perh. i. q. ) ^ '^2 the cele-
brated, r. 32a) Tabbath, pr. n. of a
place not far from Abel-meholah in the
tribe of Ephraim, Judg. 7, 22.
M5P Tebeth, the tenth Hebrew month,
from the new moon of January to that
of February. Esth. 2, 16. So Jerome ad
Ez. 39, 1: "Decimus mensis, qui He-
brasis appellatur Tebeth. et apud ^gyp-
tios Tit^i, apud Romanes Januarius."
Copt. TCUSJ La Croze Lex. p. 107.
Arab.ibJb. The etymology isunknown.
y]T'u2 m. adj. constr. "iho , fem. nnln:: ,
clean, pure, spec, a) In a physical
sense, opp. to filthy, soiled, of a garment
Zech. 3, 5 ; a place Lev. 4, 12 ; water
Ez. 36, 25. b) pure, unalloyed, spoken
of gold Ex. 25, 11 sq. 28, 36. al. c) In
the Levitical sense, opp. to profane, pol-
luted. Lev. 7, 19. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 20, 26.
Is. 66, 20 ; and hence of animals which
might be eaten. Gen. 7, 2. 8, 20. d) In
a moral sense, Ps. 12, 7. 19, 10. 51, 12
I'inii zh a clean heart. Job 14, 4. See
also *iha.
* "^"Ti^ ful "ina-^ 1. to shine, to be
bright, like kindr. "int , ^ns . Syr. fjoi^
noon. Chald. St^vi'M id. Hence ifiii no.
1, -in ji .
2. to be or become clean, pure, a) In
a physical sense, opp. to the filth of
leprosy, 2 K. 5, 12. 13. b) In the Levi-
tical servse, opp. X^^, Lev. 12, 8. 13, 6.
34. 58, Num. 19, 12. 19. al. c) In a moral
sense, Ps. 51, 9. Jer. 13, 27. Job 4, 17.
Prov. 20, 9. Arab. ff^ to be clean,
pure, espec. from the monthly courses ;
kindr. ff^ to be manifest, conspicuous.
Ethiop. h^Ulf to purify, to wash one-
self with water.
Pi EL ina, fut. "ina"! 1. to cleanse, to
purify, a) Physically, as metals from
dross Mai. 3, 3 ; a land from corpses Ez.
39, 12 ; the heavens from clouds Job 37,
21. b) Lcvitically, e. g. things Ez. 43,
26. 2 Chr. 29, 15. 18. Neh. 1.3, 30 ; per-
sons Lev. 14, 11. Num. 8, 6. 7. c) Mo-
rally, Jer. 33, 8. Ez. 24, 13. Mnl. 3, 3.
2. to pronounce dean, spoken of per-
sons or things, a) In a Levitical sense.
Lev. 13, 6 sq. 16, 30. b) In a moral sense
Ps. 51, 4.
PuAL to be cleansed, part. fem. Ez.
22, 24.
HiTHP. -inijn and "iti^n? ^^ purify or
cleanse oneself to make oneself clean.
a) Levitically, Gen. 35, 2. Lev. 14, 4 sq.
Num. 8, 7. Ezra 6, 20. Neh. 12, 39. 13,
22. b) Morally, to cleanse oneself irom
sin, c. ',^ Josh. 22, 17.
Deriv. the lour here following, and
"inip m. Holem pure, constr. "li^li,
i. q. "ititi , cleanness, pureness, e. g. of
hands, innocence. Job 17, 9 ; of heart
Prov. 22, 11 Ken.
"iniS m. 1. brightness, clearness, pu-
rity of ether, Ex. 24, 10.
2. purification, cleansing, Lev. 12,4,6.
"^7^ m. brightness, splendour, see
r. ^na no. 1. Ps 89, 45 i-nj^Ta nattJn
thou makes t his brightness to cease.
The verb n'^arfi c. "O is also found
thus construed Ez. 34, 10, according to
which it should here be rendered, thou
causest him to cea.se from his bright-
ness ; or, better, it is a constructio
pra^gn. for, thou causest to cease and
takest away from his bnghtness. But
as nouns of the form "na are of very
doubtful authority, it may be worth in-
quiry, whether by transposing the Sheva
we ought not here to read ''"^ij'a from
the common 'Hi: . This strikes me now
more favourably, than the solution of
Aben Ezra and Kimchi which I have
formerly followed, Lehrg. p. 87, viz. that
Dagesh in the a is euphonic, and tt ia
formative, so that i~na^ or i'naia (as ia
read in some Mss.) would be for iinijl?
from the subst. "'^aia.
^"^OV f (r. "it^a) 1. pureness, in a
moral sense, 2 Chr. 30, 19.
2. purificaiion, cleansing, Lev. 13, 35.
14, 2, al, ^l^i'^ "?'=J blood of purifica-
tion, i, e, from which a lying-in woman
is to be purified, Lev. 12, 4. 5.
i51t3, see asB aflertJ'^B.
* SiD prset. lat: Num. 24, 5. Cant. 4,
10 ; for the fut. is used the form aa"'".
from ao;; .
sia
361
nitD
1. to be good, Will. Chald. Syr. id.
Arab. ;i_jL^ mid. Ye, to be good, sweet,
pleasiint. espec. offnignint odour, comp.
8)ita, it^MS. Always iinpers. in the loll,
phrawcs : a) ^b sia it is well with vie. it
goes well with me, etc. Deut. 5, 30. 15, IG.
19,13. Num. 11,18. Ecc.9,4; also /am
well, 1 Sam. IG, IG. 23. With bx id. 1 Sam.
80, 12. Job 13, 9 'S aian is it well (for
you) that 7 etc. For Job 10, 3 see lett. b.
b) 'S'^Ta -"ia it is good in my eyes, i. e.
it pleaseth me, is my pleasure. Num. 24,
1. In the later books with ^r , 1 Chr. 13,
2. Esth. 1, 19 3ia r^b52n-b?-DX if it
please tJie king. 3, 9. 5, 4. 8. 7, 3. Neh.
2, 5, comp. Ezra 5, 17; once with 5 Job
10, 3 Tj^ aisn doth it please thee? So
Vulg. Chald.
2. to be goodly, fair, pleasing, Num.
24. 5. Cant. 4, 10.
3. to be in good humour, i. e. to be
clieerful, joyfrU, the prevailing usage in
Syriac ; espec. of the heart, 1 Sam. 25,
36. 2 Sam. 13, 23. Esth. 1, 10.
HiPH. a-'an fut. a-^a;! i. to do well,
to act right, c. ace. 1 K. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 6,
8 ; inf c. b 2 K. 10, 30. Also to do good
to others, to confer benefits, Ez. 36, 11.
2. (o make goodly, fair, Hos. 10, 1.
3. to make cheerful, to cheer, Ecc. 1 1, 9.
Note. More frequent is Hiph. a^a'^r;
from aa^ .
Deriv. the five following.
^^^3 m. good. A) Adj. having fem.
navj .
1. good, xalo:, bonus, in various senses,
according to the character of the ob-
jects ; e. g. of a land, field, pasture, i. e.
fertile, fruitful, Ex. 3, 8. Ez. 17, 8. 34,
14 ; of cattle, in good case, fat. (opp. 5"]
Gen. 41, 26. 27.) Lev. 27, 10 sq. Gen. 18'
7. 27,9; ofatree,fruitful. 2K.3, 19; of
fruits, fresh, sound. Jer. 24, 2; of gold,
pure, Gen. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 8. Spec.
a) Spoken of what is grateful to the
senses, good, pleasant, sweet, etc. ) To
the sight, good to look upon, goodly, fair,
heaiUiful. Dan. 1, 15 ''51 aio cnix-ia their
appearance was better, fairer, than, etc.
Soof persons Gen. 6, 2. Ex. 2, 2. 1 Sam.
9, 2 ; often with a word added, as ns'^ia
Gen. 24, 16. Esth. 1, 11. 2, 3. 7; nxn
1 K. 1, 6; ^xn 1 Sam. 16, 12. Of houses
Is. 5, 9. /?) To the hearing, pleasing,
31
well sounding, harmonious, spoken of a
poem Ps. 45, 2. y) To the smell, plea-
sant, fragrant, sweet-scenti-d ; as \zxii
aia fragrant ointment Is. 39, 2. Pg. 133,
2. aian n:;5 the fragrant cane Jer. 6,
20. d) To the taste, good, pleasant;
brxri: aia good to eat Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6.
Prov. 24, 13 eat thou honey, because it is
good, tastes good. Comp. aiBrt "p;} Cant.
7, 10. f) To the senses and feelings
generally ; Gen. 49, 15 he saw the rest,
tliat it was good, pleasant. Ps. 73, 28
bid to draw near to God is good for me.
84. 1 1 a day in thy courts is better than
a thousand. 133, 1. So aia Ci"' a good
day, i. e. joyful, Esth. 8, 17. 9, 10. 21.
Zech. 8, 19 ; comp. bonus dies Ovid.
Fast. 1. 72. Also very freq. 's "^rra aia
good in the eyes of any one, i. e. grateful,
pleasing to him, Num. 24, 1. Deut. 6. 18.
Gen. 16, 6 Tfr^a aian wib "^is do to her
as it pleaseth thee'. 19, 8. Is. 9. 25. Judg.
10, 15. 19, 24. Esth. 8, 8. Jer. 26, 14.
In the later books for "'S"'?? 's put ''itb,
Ecc. 7, 26 D'^n'pxn ^isb avj whoso pleas-
eth God. 2, 26 ; also h Deut. 23, 27 ;
comp. Job 10, 3.
b) good for a particular purpose, i. e.
well adapted, useful, profitable, etc. Gen^
1, 4 and God saw the light, that it was
good. 2, 18 it is not good that the mgn>
should be alone. 29, 19. With "^S, it is:
good that, Ruth 2, 22. 2 Sam. 18) 3..
With dat. of pers. good for anyone, Ex..
14, 12 'lai na^ . . . nas sisb a'la better for-
us to serve the Egyptians, than to die in
the wilderness. Num. 14, 3. Ps. 119,71.
Ecc. 2, 3. 8, 15 ; with a Ecc. 2, 24.
c) good in measure and quantity, i. e;.
much, great, abundant; Syr. -a^ very,
comp. Fr. Men. So a good profit Prov.
31, 18; good wages Ecc. 4, 9; a good
(ample) present Gen. 30. 20; na*ia na-'b
a good old age Gen. 15, 15. 25, 8. Ps. 69,
17 ?(^3n aia ^a for great is thy loving-
kindness. 63, 4. 109, 21. Comp. aia in
Prov. 22, 1.
d) g-ood in a moral sense: a) Of per-
sons, good, well-disposed, upright, Lat.
vir bonus, honestus, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Prov.
12, 2. 13, 22. 14, 14. Ecc. 9, 2. Espec.
kind, benevolent, benign, of Jehovah Ps.
25, 8. 34. 9. 52, 11. 54, 8; with dat. to-
wards any one Psk. 73, 1. Lam. 3, 25
lit:
362
rit:
Prov. 22. 9 ",:? li-J good of eye, i. e. look-
ing with kindness. Sept. o t'AfoJj' jrTO);^d>'.
Comp. also 2i:: nsn a kind word Prov.
12, 28. /S) Of actions, g'ooc/, rt'o-Ai, //i<e;
e. g. 313 Ti-in ^7<e y-ight uay Jer. 6. 16;
opp. 2i-J Nb Tj-iT Ps. 36, 5. Prov. 16, 29.
3ia bs-T: //te rjV/ji; /;a/A Prov. 2, 9. Job
34, 4 Ze< us know among ourselves -ia'na
TcAaf j> g'ood. //lie. So 2i:2 xb ?zoi g-oocZ.
not right, wrong, Prov. 18, 5. 20, 23.
Hence often as Subst. the good, zh xukvy,
see in B. no. 1, and nnia .
2. Spoken of the character or feelings
as affected by good, viz. a) glad, joy-
ful, joyous J 1 K. 8, 6 -b 'n'i:: glad of
heart. Ecc. 9, 7 -"i:: sba with a glad
heart, b) well, prosperous, happy ; so
of persons as made prosperous and
happy, Is. 3, 10. Jer. 44, 17. Ps. 112, 5
Ty'iX 2ia happy the man; comp. Syr.
5 ^ai_*-i4 Oh, the happiness of! i. q.
>ncs, see Matt. 5, 2 sq. Of things as
making prosperous and happy, 1 Sam. 2,
24 nria nr^ir a g-ooJ report, pleasing.
Prov.^S, 30l 25. 25. 2 Sam. 18, 27 nniba
nnia g-Zarf tidings. Josh. 21, 45 ma ir^
a g-oocZ word, glad promise. 23, 14. 15.
B) Subst. for which also fem. nsit! is
employed , q. v.
1. good which one does, the right, to
xaXov, in a moral sense, Prov. 11, 27.
2it3 nilSS to do good, to lead a good life,
Ps. 14,Y. 3. 34, 15. 37, 3. 27 ; with ns to
do good with or to any one, to deal well
with, Gen. 26, 29. Ps. 119, 65. So ariij
Sia to love good Am. 5, 15 ; lia C^nn Ps.
38, 21 ; =rj lin-n Am. 5, 14 ; also ni:: wb
Mic. 3. 2 ; Si'J UJnn Prov. 14, 22 ; comp.
in t-^n no. 2. Hence 5';ii Sia ?n^ io
/moic ^ooc/ and evil, see in ?"]^ no. 5. bb.
2. g-oo(i which one receives; Job 2, 10
shall we receive good from. God 7 Ps. 21,
4. Hos. 8, 3 2ia bx-^b^ nst /srae/ re/ec/*
/?i ^owZ Bc. that is proffered. Spec,
a) a good thing, a benefit, spoken of sin-
gle benefits; Ps. 34, 11 Sia-bs nOPP sb
they shall not want any good i. e. any
benefit from God. 84, 12. Prov. 18, 22
aia xaia ncx xs^ tr/to^o fndeth a wife,
findelh a good thing. 3. 27. Collect, (or
all good, benefits from God ; Ps. 104, 28
thou openest thy hand, STO "ifyab"^ they
are salisfed wilh good, j. e. with thy
benefits. 107, 9. Prov. 12, 14. b) goods.
wealth; Job 22, 18 aia =n''ri2 ^\o he
filled their houses with goods, wealth.
1 K. 10, 7. c) gootJ fortune, welfare,
prosperity; Ps. 25, 13 "fbn sian 'iOB3
his soul shall abide in good, he shall
prosper. 23, 6. Job 21, 13. 36, 11. So in
the phrases : 3-a nxn to see good, to
prosper, Ps. 4, 7. Job 7, 7 ; nia^ nsn id.
Ecc. 2, 1 ; 3ia bsx id. Prov. 13.' 2 ;' NS^S
=ia id. Prov. 16, 20^ etc. So too ib ai'j
(it is) good for me Ps. 1 19, 71. Lam. 3, 27 ;
also Ecc. 8, 12. 13. siab for good Deut,
30, 9. Ps. 119. 122; c. dat. Deut. 6, 24.
10, 13. Jer. 32, 39.
3. Tob, pr. n. of a region beyond Jor-
dan, Judg. 11, 3. 2 Sam. 10, 6. Prob.
i. q. Toi'fSiov or Tw/jioy 1 Mace. 5, 13.
C) Adv. good, well, xalatg, Ruth 3, 13.
1 Sam. 20, 7. 2 Sam. 3, 13. 1 K. 2, 18.
So too the phrase : "i3'nn aia the thing
is good, i. q. tpcZZ, 1 kV2, 38. 42. 18, 24.
^'"'^?"^^ ^1^ Tob-Adonijah, pr. n. m.
2 Chr. 17, 8.
S"^^ m. subst, 1. goodness, the quali-
ty of being or doing good. Ps. 119, 66
oro 3^3 goodness of understanding,
good insight. Often of the goodness or
benignity of God, Ps.25,7. 31,20. 145,7.
Is. 63, 7. Concr. good things, f. e. things
good in themselves, wealth, Deut. 6, 11,
2 K. 8, 9 ; precious things Gen. 24, 10,
comp. V. 22. 30. With a gen. the good-
ness of any thing, the best, Gen. 45, 18.
20. Spec, a) y^Vi 3na the goodness
of the land, its best fruits and products,.
Gen. 45, 23. Is. 1, 19. Jer. 2, 7. Ezra 9,
la. b) nw 3rj the good gifts of Jeho-
vah, which in his goodness l>e bestows
on men, e. g. the gifts of nature, fruitsj
wine, oil, flocks, etc. Jer. 31, 12. 14. Hosi,
3, 5. Ps. 27, 13. 65, 5.
2. goodness of appearance, fairness,
beauty ; comp. adj. jia A. 1. a. . Hos.
10, 11. Spokenf of the divine imijesty
and glory, Ex. 33, 19. Zech. 9, 17."
3. 3b 3!ta gladness tf heart, joy, EVeut.
28. 7. is. 65, 14. Comp. adj. 3ia A. 2. a.
4. good fortune, welfare, prosperity.,
Job 20, 21. 21, 16. Prov. 11, 10. Comp.
adj. 3ia A. 2. b.
naii: fem. A) Adj. fem. of Sio q. v.
lett. A.
B) Subst. i. q. 2iB lett. B, good, a
good thing, opp. ns"! ; bo Oaiob for
nitt
363
nitt
good, not for evil, Neh. 5, 19. 13, 31. Ps.
86, 17. Jer. 2t. 6. Spec.
1. good wliich one does, confers, bene-
Jit ; so in formulas : nsia rt':iy to do
good to any one Ex. 18, 9. Num. 24, 13.
Judg. 9, 17 ; naio nnn ny-y nisJ Gen. 44,
4. Ps. 35, 12 ; naia n">cn 'to requite good
1 Sam. 25, 21. ^2 Sam.16, 12. Hence
goodness, the doing of good, Ps. 68, 11.
2. good which one receives, viz. a)
Kelfare, prosperity, happiness, e. g. riX"!
na'ia to see goitd, to enjoy prosperity,
happiness, Job 9, 25. 22, 21. Ecc. 5, 17.
6, 6 ; "i^'iaa bsx to eat in prosperity, to
enjoy it. Job 21,^25. So Ps. 16, 2 "'rnia
TJ'^by ba wy happiness is nought beyond
thee. i. e. I delight in nothing more than
thee, besides thee, b) goods, wealth,
riches, Ecc. 5, 10. Ps. 65, 12 ins^a rSUJ
tlie year of thy riches, i. e. of thy rich
bounties ; comp. aia Ps. 104, 28.
3. goodness, sc. in any one ; plur. Piaio
good qiuilities Neh. 6, 19. The signif
goodness in the sense of kindness, benig-
nity, is by some ascribed to this word in
Ps. 65, 12. 68, 11 ; but see in nos. 1, 2.
n^ni-j and ^n^aita (i. q. r^in-^h,, aia
pleasing to Jehovah) pr. n. Tobiah, To-
bias, Gr. Toi^iaQ, a name common after
the exile, a) Neh. 2, 10. 4, 1. b) Ezra
2, 60. Neh. 7, 62. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14.
K^ 1. i. q. Arab. t^%^ to roll up
or together, to twist ; hence to spin, Ex.
35, 25. 26. Hence nna^ .
2. to be hungry, famished, to fast, i. q.
Arab, i^yio, whence (^*-b hunger,
,Lb hungry, famished ; pr. to be con-
volved, twisted, sc. in one's bowels ; so
the Arabs ascribe to hungry persons
bowels convolved, twisted, e. g. Hariri
Cons. 3. p. 142. ed. Schult. LuikSlI ^Jo
i<isJt J<^ to twist up the bowels from
hunger. Comp. Schult. 1. c. Cons. 3. p.
136. Hence nvj ,
Deriv. ria, nVaia.
)j"u to spread over, to daub, to be-
smear, e. g. a wall with mortar, to plas-
ter. Lev. 14. 42. 1 Chr. 29, 4 ; the eyes,
80 as not to see. Is. 44. 18. where praet.
na for na ; with two ace. Ez. 13, 10-15.
22, 28. Arab. aAJo mid. Ye, II to cover
over with fat, to besmear, see Camoos p.
328. In the occidental languages, comp.
Ttyyoi, tingo, to tinge, Germ. tUnchen.
NiPH. pass, infin. Lev. 14, 43. 48.
Deriv. n^X3, nina.
^^"t^ obsol. root, Arab, ic*^ to col-
lect, to gather. Hence a'^a .
PliSOii: plur. f. banrls, filets, spec, the
prayer-fillets or phylacteries of the Jews,
*p^BPi, qtvlaxTKi^ia Matth. 23, 5; i. e.
strips of parchment on which are writ-
ten various sentences from the Mosaic
law, e. g. Ex. 13, 1-10. 11-16. Deut. 6,
4-9. 11, 13-21. and which the Jews are
accustomed to bind around the fore-
head and the left wrist while they are at
prayers, Ex. 13. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11, 18.
Chald. xeaia , xnaa-ia . a bracelet, front-
let. The form is for ncasa, as baa
for baba: aa-ia for aaaa';' rbabj, Syr.
fiJ^Q-^, Lehrg. p. 869. The root is
Piia q. V. not Cjca , to which the signif
of binding has been attributed without
good reason.
''^^ in Kal not used ; Arab. JUfl
raid. Waw. to be long.
HiPH. b'lan pr. to throw down at full
length, to prostrate, comp. Hoph. and
Is. 22, 17 ; hence to throw, to cast, Ez.
32, 4 ; a spear 1 Sam. 18, 11. 20, 33 ; to
cast out, as from a land Jer. 16, 13. 22,
26, from a ship Jon. 1, 5. 12; to send out
a wind Jon. 1, 4.
Hoph. basin, fut. baii, bav
1. to be cast down at fidl length, to be
prostrated, Ps. 37, 24. Job 41, 1.
2. to be cast, as the lot, Prov. 16, 33 ;
to be cast out Jer. 22. 28.
PiLP. baba i. q. Hiph. to cast down, to
prostrate, Is. 22, 17.
Deriv. nbaba ,
* r^^ obsol. root, Arab. \J>\}o mid.
Waw, to go around, to surround. Hence
nisaia q. v. bands, fillets.
* 1^13 obsol. root, prob. like kindr.
'Ill . ~i!in , to go round about, to surround.
Hence
"^^^2 m. \. a wall round about, an en-
closure, Ez. 46, 23. Arab, syh border,
bound. )tj-i^ fence, enclosure.
nits
364
ts'^tt
2. a row, range, as of gems, Ex. 28,
17 sq. 39, 10 sq. Also a course of hewn
stones 1 K. 7, 12 ; of beams 6, 36. 7, 4 ;
of pomegranates 7, 42. etc.
Tlt3 Chald. m. a rock, mountain, i. q.
Heb. -i!is. Dan. 2, 35. 45. Syr. 1^1^,
Arab, jj^, id.
* T2^t3 to Jly swiftly, to pounce upon
vthe prey, as an eagle, Lat. tundere ;
'Comp. Germ, stossen spoken of birds of
prey, whence Stosser, Stossvogel ; also
Engl, to toss. Job 9, 26 "'bs ia^a; new
i>2i< . Corresponding is Syr. ^jn^, of the
flight of the eagle, \ailture, for Heb. iiS'n
Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22 ; Pa. Deut. 32, 11. Job
39, 13 ; f"' " I lofty and rapid flight.
in^tp Chald. f afasting; as Adv. fast-
ing, without food, Dan. 6, 19. R. nia
no. 2 5 the form is like r33 from ri33 .
"^'9 in Kal not used, to stretch, to
extend. Arab, t <^ to to spread out.
PiL. part. rsp.~"''ino^ pr. those draw-
ing the bow, i. e. bowmen, archers. Gen.
21, 16. For the form, comp. S^^'^, Hith-
pal. ninnrrt, doubling the last radical.
]1HT3 m. a mill, hand-mill, Lam. 5, 13.
R. n-j,
D'^'linp m. plur. (r. "i>^ij) tumores ani,
i. e. the piles, hemorrhoids, so called as
protruded from the fundament, with
: straining or tenesmus and a flow of
blood, 1 Sam. 6, 11. 17; also Deut. 28,
27. 1 Sam. 5, 6. 9. 12. 6. 4. 3 in Keri,
for Chethibh C^VbS, which seems to
liave been the more vulgar or less usual
word.
mnp plur. f the reins, according to
the Heb. interpreters ; so called because
overspread with fat, from r. nsia q. v,
Comp. -bn and 2b . Like 2b and ^'i'^bs
it is put as the scat of tlie mind, feel-
ings, intellect ; Ps. 51, 8 lo ! thou lovest
truth in the reins sc. of a man. Job
38, 36 who hath put wisdom in the reins,
i. e. Bo that thou knowest and under-
fitandest all these thingH ; the other
member has "'isb the mind, intellect.
However this whole passage may be
understood, the same eignif must be
attributed to the word Pinij as in Pb. 1. c.
'''J'?, see na Is. 44, 18 in r. mo.
"('J '5 fut. ,n:3'] , imper. fem. "^rn:? , to
crush, to beat small, c. ace. Ex. 32, 20.
Deut. 9, 21 ; spec, to grind with a hand-
mill, Judg. 16, 21. Num. 11, 8. Is. 47, 8.
Arab. ^jjSJ^ , Aram. ^~4 , '(TO , id.
Trop. "'35 'SQ "fi:: to grind the person
(not face) of the poor, i. e. to oppress
him with exactions, Is, 3, 15 ; comp, na^.
Job 31, 10 ""ncx inxb '^ry^V\ let my wife
grind for another, i. e, be his mill- wench,
his abject slave, (comp. Ex. 11, 5. Is. 47,
2.) and also his concubine, a sense re-
quired by the other clause and v. 9 ; so
Sept. Vulg. and Chald. The Rabbins
understood the phrase to grind for ano-
ther in a trop. and unchaste sense, q. d.
'let her be ground, violated, by another
man ;' just as Gr. (ivihiv Theocr. 4. 58,
and Lat. molere, permolere, are spoken
of intercourse with a woman ; see the
commentators ad Petron. Sat. 23. Hor.
Sat. 1. 2. 35. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 188.
But in such instances the word for grind-
ing is every where attributed to the
man.
Deriv. ")"ina , and the two here follow-
ing.
^rtp? f a mill, hand-mill, Ecc. 12, 4.
^^'^^ plur. f. grinders, for the double-
teeth, denies molares, Ecc. 12, 3. Arab.
XjLa^Lb id.
* intS obsol. root, Syr. fMk4 to breaths
hard, to blow, as under a load ; also in
easing the belly with a great effort ; to
have tenesmus ; hence ]fM4, ]yz24 , te-
nesmus with flow of blood ; Arab, :SV.b>
espec, -A, , spoken of the same. Hence
D-nina q, v.
'I'^tp m, plaster, roughcast, spread over
a wall, Ez. 13, 12. R. nvj.
t2''p m. (r, arj) mitd, mire, Eth, ^^
mire, Arab. 'i^y6 mud collected in
the bottom of a pool ; sec the root,
Spec. a) mud, mire, as in streets Ps.
18, 43. Mic. 7, 10 ; at the bottom of the
sea Is. 57, 20 ; in a cistern or subterra-
nean prison Jer. 38, 6 j on the banks of
"i:
365
Dbtt"
the Nile Job 41, 22 [30]. Trop. for deep
calamity Ps. 69. 15. b) clay, potter's
clay, Is. 41, 25. Nah. 3, 14.
Hence the denom. verb :
K^XI2 Pi LP. to remove mud or dirt, to
sweep airay ; comp. *(lS'n to remove ash-
es. from *,d"^ Once, Is. 14, 23 n^nXBsa
lodn xax'jiaa / will sweep her (Baby-
lon) avHiy with the besom of destruction^
i. e. will wholly destroy her, so that her
site shall be as a place swept clean ;
comp. 1 K. 14. 14. 21. 21. 2 K. 21, 13.
In the Talm. is the form "^axa ; Kimchi
has B^'Xa, and also ais'^a a sweeping
away. Heb. X^x:? is either for "'axB
adding X, or else by transp. for a^xa.
A derivation from a root Xia is less cer-
tain.
Deriv. XKXa-'a a broom, besom.
I ^ Chald. m. clay, potter's clay,
Dan. 2, 41. 43 X5'' srion earthen ware,
sherds of clay. Arab, and Syr. i^vx^>
P-<^ , id. whence the denom. verb ,oLb
mid. Ye, to besmear with clay or mud,
to form from clay. Kindr. are "pO, "iSO,
q. V.
fT?''t? f (r. "irj) 1. a wall round about
a place, i. q. isia no. 1. Ez. 46, 23.
2. A place surrounded by a wall, an
enclosure ; hence a) a fortress, castle.
Cant. 8. 9. b) A nomadic encampment,
rustic village, hamlet, usually enclosing
a space in which the cattle were secur-
ed. Gen. 25, 16. Num. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 6,
39 [54]. Ez. 25, 4. Poet of a habitation
Ps. 69, 26. Syr. fjl^ enclosure, fold.
See nsn no. 2.
^ m. (r. b^3 I ) in pause ^a . c. suff.^*3 ,
dew. Gen. 27, 28. 39. Ex. 16, 13. 14. Num.
41. 9. Job 29, 19. Zech. 8, 12. niiix bo
Job 26, 19, see in nn"ix no. 2. The dew as
moistening plants is the emblem of fresh-
ness and refreshing, Deut. 32, 2. Prov.
19. 12. Hos. 14, 6. ^The drops of the dew
are put for a multitude, 2 Sam. 17, 12.
So Ps. 110. 3 from the womb of the morn-
ing shall be to thee the dew of thy youth,
i. e. the youths of thy people numerous
and fresh as the drops of the morning
dew shall go forth to fight thy battles.
Mic. 5, 6. Also, the morning dew is the
symbol of something evanescent, Hos.
31*
6j 4. 13, 3, Arab. Jsl? fine rain, der;
Syr. ]Ll , Ethiop. /HA , id.
^ Chald. id. Dan. 4, 12. 20. 5, 21.
*^^^ to patch, to mend ; see Pual.
Chald. nh'j id. In Kal only Part. pass.
Kiba patched, i. e. spotted, having large
spots like patches. Gen. 30, 32 sq.
Pual part, patched, clouted, Josh. 9, 5
nixbw^ mbrs shoes clouted.
D-'Sblpsee-'bu.
* nbt3 obsol. root, i. q. Syr. \Ll to be
new, fresh, young ; kindr. is n~a, comp.
Gr. &('tlla). Hence "^ba and
^?^ m. a lamb, young and tender
1 Sam. 7. 9. Is. 65, 25. Arab. ^Uo a
young animal of any kind, espec. a young
gazelle just born, Eth. fllA. kid, Syr.
}li4 boy, fi.!^ jrirl.
'^f'^f^ f. a casting doJim Is. 29,, 17.
See r. irj Pilp.
'^r''^ m. (r. nba) i. q. nbo , only in plur.
fi-'xVa for n-i-^ba .
1. iambs, young and tender, Is. 40, 11.
Comp. Lehrg. p. 575.
2. Telaim, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Judah. 1 Sam. 15, 4. See also
oba.
* I. ^bt:, Arab. JIj. Eth. A'l^AA,
to moisten gently, as the dew, light rain.
Hence bo dew.
g* II. 5bt: i. q. ^Vs II, and Arab.
(jJd II. to shade, to overshadow ; hence
to cover, to cover over. Chald. bfea , Syr.
"CJ.id.
Pi EL b|a to cover, espec. with beams,
timber, contignare, Neh. 3, 15 ; else-
where nn;5 q. v. Comp. Gen. 19, 8 bs
Pilp. baba is from bia, q. v.
^^J Chald. i. q. Heb. bba II.
Aph. bbax to get shade, to lie in the
shade, Dan. 4, 9.
* Uyi^ obsol. root, Aram, oba , >a^ ,
Arab. jJUb. Ethiop. /HA^, to oppress,
to do wrong. Hence the two following:
0?^ (oppression) Telem, pr. n. of a
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 24. According to
/-bt:
366
r2^
Kimchi and others it is the same which
is called in 1 Sam. 15, 4 Cixbli .
'JT)2-'I2 (oppressed) Talmon. pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. R. n^j .
* ^'r^, fut. S^'^"^, inf. nsa-J Lev.
15. 32; io be or become unclean, impure;
to be defiled, polluted. Syr. pa4 to pol-
lute, \la4 polluted ; comp. Lat. conta-
mino. attamino. inlamino. The primary
idea is that of immersing ; see in "i^lj.
a) Chiefly spoken of Levitical unclean-
nees, both of persons and animals, (i. e.
animals not to be eaten, see Lev. 11, 1-
31,) and also of things, as buildings,
vessels, etc. opp. "ina. Lev. 11. 24 sq.
12, 2. 5. al. With 3 , <o be defiled with
any thing, Lev. ]5,'32. 18, 20. 23. b)
Spec, to defile oneself sc. with idolatry,
guilt, c. 2 Ps. 106, 39. Ez. 22, 4.
NiPH. J<^K3, part. plur. B-^X^S:? Ez.
20, 30. 31 ; pass, of Pi. no. 1, to defile one-
self, to be defiled, polluted, as a woman
by adultery, Num. 5, 13. 14 ; a people by
whoredom or idolatry, Hos. 5, 3. 6, 10.
With 2 of that with which one is defiled,
e.g. idols, Ez. 20, 7. 23,30; bEz.20,31.
PiEL l!t5ia 1. to make unclean, to de-
file, to pollute, Lev. 15, 31. Hence a)
to defile, to profane, e. g. the name of
God Ez. 43, 7. 8 ; the sanctuary Lev.
15, 31. Jer. 7, 30. Ps. 89, 1 ; a land by
wickedness and idolatry, Num. 35, 34.
Jer. 2,7. Ez. 36, 18; oneself, TOB?, Lev.
21, 44. So of idolatrous high places,
Pi732. i. q. to destroy, 2 K. 23, 8. 10. 13.
16. Is. 30. 22 ; this was done by casting
unclean things, as dead men's bones, up-
on the places, in order that they might
not be rebuilt, 2 K. 23, 6. 14. 16. 20. b)
to defiour, to violate a woman, virgin,
<3en. 34, 5. 13. 27. Ez. 18, 6. 15.
2. io pronounce unclean, e. g. as a
priest, Lev. 13, 3. 8. 11 sq.
3. to let pollute oneself, to let be pol-
luted, c. ace. Ez. 20. 26.
PuAL part, defiled, polluted, Ez. 4, 14.
HiTHP. fut. NTsa"! i. q. Niph. to make
oneself unclean, to defile oneself Lev. 21,
4. Hos. 9, 4 ; with 2 of that with which
one is defiled, Lev. 11, 43. 18, 30; also
^Lev. 21, 3. 11.
HoTHP. KBn id. Deut. 24. 4.
Doriv. the three following.
S'Q'a adj. f. f^ij^'^, unclean, defiled,
imptire, opp. linij, Lev. 10, 10. 11, 47.
Deut. 12, 15. 22. a) Levitically, as per-
sons Lev. 13, 11. 15. 36. 44 sq. 15, 2.
Num. 19, 13. 15. 20 ; spec. CE3 xria de-
filed by a dead body Hagg. 2, 13 ; sra
tt3E:b id. Num. 5, 2. 9, 6. 7. 10. Of ani-
mals which may not be eaten. Lev. 5. 2.
7, 21. 11, 4. 5. 7. Deut. 14, 8. 10 ; of food
Judg. 13, 4. Ez. 4, 13; of houses, from
leprosy, Lev. 14, 44. etc. b) Morally,
Job 14, 4. Is. 6, 5 B^nsb xra unclean
of lips, i. e. sinning with the lips, utter-
ing blasphemies and falsehood. PX^U
D't^n the unclean of nam, infamous, Ez.
22, 5. Of the gentiles, Is. 35, 8, 52, 11.
nijra n:9nx Am, 7, 17.
ns^a-J i: mIc. 2, 10 (r. Ni:a) also
nsptS f uncleanness, impurity, pollu-
tion, a) In the Levitical sense. Lev. 5,
3. 7, 20. 21. 14, 19. Num. 19, 13. 2 Sam.
11, 4. n^:n rXT:i: Lev. 15, 26. Ez. 36,
17. Also an unclean thing, Judg. 13, 7.
14. 2 Chr. 29, 16. b) In a moral sense,
impurity from crime, e. g. adultery, for-
nication, idolatry, Lev. 16, 16. 19. Num.
5, 19. Lam. 1, 9. Ez. 22, 15. nsrun r\^^
the unclean spint, moving the false pro-
phets, Zech. 13, 2. Of the gentiles,
Ezra 6, 21. 9, 11. Plur. constr. rxro
Lev. 16, 16. 19. Ez. 36, 25. 29.
I '-'7 i. q. N^kJ ; at least some forms
of this latter verb follow the analogy of
verbs fib . Thus
Niph. to be unclean, to be defiled,
cnr-js Lev. 11, 43. Job 18, 3 M-'Tsa?
CD*'3''y2 we are unclean in your eyes, i. e.
impious, wicked, comp. 14, 4. Vu'.g. sor-
duimiis. Some of the Hebrew interpret-
ers, favoured by the parallelism, here
make nra to be i. q. Chald. o^B, Dil^
Heb. nax. to be stopped up, i. q. to be
stupid, foolish ; and this sense perhaps
is better in Job 1. c. we are foolish
(stupid) in your eyes.
"'^'9 fut. 'i^a"^, to hide, to conceal,
Josh. 2, 6. Job 31. 33. The primary idea
is that of invnersing. and is common to
several verbs beginning with the syllable
CIS (2a), some of which retain the idea of
immersing, while others pass over to that
oi' hiding and also o\' defiling, jwUnting;
comp. synon. "ES, and sec more in
M3t2
367
Cp
Thesaur. p. 552. Spec, to hide under
ground, to bury, Gen. 35, 4. Ex. 2, 12.
Josh. 7, 21. 22. Jer. 43, 10. ,iaa be? a
hidden abortion Job 3, 16. So b no )
Pe. 140, 6. 142, 4; b nion 'o Ps. 9, 16^
31, 5, i. e. to hide a snare, net, for any
one, i. q. to lie in wait, to plot against
him ; comp. Ps. 64, 6. Job 18, 10. With
^\ to hide for any one, i. e. to hoard up,
to reserve for him. Job 20, 26 T^l^n-bs
T'JiBSb ,1'ca all darkness (caUimity) is
hoarded up for his treasures, where ob-
serve the paronomasia in the kindred
words -(iira and liES . Similar is Deut.
33, 19 bin -^jiir-j 'JB-JS pr. the hidden of
the hid treasures of the sand, perh. glass.
Ironically, Prov. 19.24 nnbsa in^ bss ",ra
the slothful hideth his hand in tlie dish,
i. e. he plunges it slowly and deeply
into the dish. Pass. part. "(Iicaa in the
hidden^ i. e. in secret, in darkness, Job
40, 13.
NiPH. to hide oneself, under the earth,
Is. 2, 10.
HiPH. i. q. Kal, 2 K. 7, 8.
Deriv. p'^aa.
^.5^ m. c. suff. TjXaa, a basket,
Deut. 26, 2. 4. 28, 5. Chald. X3S id.
Kindr. are rssjs basket, ^j-cu to weave,
whence IkXjaajo basket ; also D^^D , etc.
For the origin, see r. bbo no. 2.
* V[wt3 in Kal not used, Aram. ^^
to be soiled, dirty.
PiEL to soil, 10 defle. Cant. 5, 3.
* ' T T 1- q- ^V^ to go astray, to wan-
der, Aram. rj, }1^, and Arab. \jJo,
^
HiPH. to lead astray, to seduce, Ez.
13, 10.
O^u \ to taste, as in all the kin-
dred dialects ; e. g. a) to try the fla-
vour. Job 12, 11. b) to eat a little,
1 Sam. 14, 24. 29. 43. Jon. 3, 7. c) to
have the seme of taste, to perceive the
flavour, 2 Sam. 19, 36.
2. Metaph. to perceive by the mind, to
feel, Prov. 31, 18. Ps. 34, 9 -"^q W}!) siasa
nin"! 2ia O taste and see that Jehovah is
good.
Deriv. those following, and nifisaa .
D?^ Chald. id. Pa. to make taste, l e.
to caiise to eat, to feed, Dan. 4, 22. 5, 21.
D?^ m. 1. taste,flavmr of food, Num.
11,8. Jer. 48, 11. Job 6, 6. Arab. Ijiijid.
S. Metaph. intellectual taste, i.e. judg-
ment, discemment,understanding; comp.
Lat. sapere, sapiens, sapientia, et contra
insipidus. 1 Sam. 25, 33. Ps. 1 19, 66. Job
12, 20. t?a n^D nisst an insipid woman,
i. e. without discernment, Prov. 11, 22.
era nsaJ he changed his understanding,
i. e. feigned himselfmad, Ps. 34, 1. "'a'^ttJio
D?a who answer discreetly Prov. 26, 16.
3. From the Chald. judgment of the
king. i. e. mandate, decree, Jon. 3, 7. See
Chald. era no. 3.
0?^ Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. no. 3, mnn-
date, decree, Ezra 6, 14. More frequent
is
0^9 Chald. m. 1. taste, flavour, espec.
pleasant. Dan. 5, 2 K'^^n craa in thefla-
vour of wine, i. e. while drinking.
2. judgment, discernment, reason, see
Heb. era no. 2. Dan. 2, 14. Hence,
reason as demanded or given, an ac-
count; X^3?a an'i to render an account,
Dan. 6. 3 ; bs era ura to make account
of, to regard, Dan. 3, 12.
3. judgment of the king, mandate, edict,
decree, Dan. 3, 10. 12. 29. ci^a n^b to
give command Ezra 4. 19. 21. 5. 3. 9. 13.
6, 1. 7, 13. Of a cause to he judged, de-
creed, Ezra 5, 5. CSa bra lord of judg-
ment, the title of the Persian governor
in Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17.
* l?*? to thrust through with a
sword, Arab. ^jJtSo id. ^JoL*io thrust
through, sSmo a thrust. Chald. Pa. id.
Pdal pass. Part. plur. constr. '^ira'a
Is. 14, 19. ""' '
^ ' |i 7 to load up beasts of burden,
Gen. 45, 17. Aram. ;ra, ,-^. to be
loaded, laden. Arab. ^ n ]d VIII to sit
, G ) f
upon a camel, /jjJLLJ a loaded camel,
X A.^atl g camel's saddle i. e. with a tent
or canopy. Comp. '^S .
51^ m. (r. t]Ba) c. suff. C2Ba, collect.
little ones, little children, boys and girls,
so called from their quick and tripping
nst:
368
1-lt5
gait, see the root; comp. ^^i?. Gen.
S4, 29. 43, 8. 4.5, 19. 46, 5." 0pp. to
youths and maidens Ez. 9, 6 ; to men
above twenty years old, Ex. 12, 37 ; to
maidens, Num. 31,18. Oflen qijnn c^ttisn
Deut. 20, 12; C^^:) Til? Josh.' 1, 14;
t'O"] Q"!:! O-^lUSX Jer. 40, 7. etc. Some-
times it is applied to a ichole family, ex-
cepting only the father or head of the
family; 2 Chr. 20, 13 Bn-^^rJ CE-J-ca
Cfi/^sai also their families, to wit, their
wives and their children. 2 Chr. 31, 18.
Gen. 47, 12 V'^i"} ""Eb according to their
families. Ex.' 10,' 10. Num. 32, 16.
24. 26.
* nEt2 in Kal not used. Syr. wa^ ,
to spread out, to expand. Kindr. HSS .
PiEL riBli 1. to spread out, to expand,
trans, e. g. the heavens, Is. 48, 13.
2. Denom. from rtBis no. 1, to bear
upon the palms, sc. a child, in Engl. ' to
carry in the arms,' Lam. 2, 22.
Deriv. rnaiir, and the three follow-
ing.
ne'e m. plur. nine-J 1. Pr. the
spread hand, palm. ; put as a measure
of four fingers, a hand-breadth, 1 K. 7,
26. 2 Chr. 4, 5, comp. Jer. 52, 21. Ps. 39,
6 'i?; nnn: rinEL? n:n lo> thou hast
made my days hand-breadths, i. e. very
short.
2. As a term of architecture, plur.
tnutuli, corbils, i. e. projecting stones on
which the ends of timbers are laid, 1 K.
7. 9. Sept. tu '/iiaa.
flBt3 m. i. q. nEli no. 1, a palm, hand-
breadth, Ex. 25, 25. 37, 12. Ez. 40, 5.
43. R. HE-J.
Q'^HBip m. plur. verbal noun (r. nsa
Piel no. 2) a bearing on the palms, nurs-
ing of children. Lam. 2, 20.
''I r ^^^- '''? o Pi*- '" patch, as in
Talmudic ; then trop. to patch vp false-
hood, i. e. to devise, to forge ; comp. dv-
Xov ^I'mitiv, Lat. snere dolos. Ps. 1 19. 69.
Job 13, 4. EUipt. Job 14, 17 "b? VeaPiT
sis thoxt detisest (falsehoods) upon my
iniquity, i. e. thou makcet my eins more
numerous by false accusations in addi-
tion. Comp. the similar passage in Targ.
Jonath. Deut. 1.1 K-J??^ "Y^-o 'IS? (inbca
concinrumtia contra eum verba menda-
cia. Arab. (JJuo to arrange one's dis-
course artificially.
nOSp m. Jer. 51, 27, plur. c. sufF.
Tj'1-iDsa Nah. 3, 17, a foreign word, a
satrap, military governor of a province
among the Assyrians and Medes. If we
may form a conjecture from the modern
Persian language, we may compare
-dWw.U), -jwmjU), war-chief, prince. Boh-
len in his posthumous sheets compares
Sanscr. adhipacara king's legate. In
Targ. Jonath. Deut. 28, 12, it occurs as
the name of an angel of high rank.
^ll-? Arab, ^^jo and o3 to take
short and quick steps, to trip, spoken of
the walk of children, whence wia. Also
of the affected gait of coquettish females,
to mince ; once infin. absol. Is. 3. 16 T^*ihn
niD^n rpEai walking and raincing as
they go ; Luth. well as to the sense: eie
tretcn einher und schwanzen, i. e. wag,
waddle ; so Saad. ^.Jsj^ , Chald. 'i^iPEa
*|Epi3 . Corresponding are -?^, Germ.
tappen, trappen, and its dimin. trippeln,
Engl, to tap, to trip.
*^^ Chald. m. plur. "p-iEa, i. q.
Heb. 'p.SS, nail of a man, Dan. 4, 30;
/too/* of an animal, Dan. 7, 19.
"^ri^ to be fat ; metaph. to be dull,
stupid, like Gr. na^vi, Lat. pinguis, P&.
119, 70. Comp. raujn Is. 6, 10. More
frequent in Chaldee.
PiB'l: (for rS-JD drop, r. Cias) Taphath,
pr. n. of a daughter of Solomon, 1 K.
4,11.
'_7 to thrust, Lat. irud-o with the
same radical letters ; hence to follow on
continually one after another ; only Part.
Prov. 19, 13. 27. 15 "i-ib "b'n stillicidium
trudens, i. e. a continual dropping of the
eaves, one drop following anotlier and
thrusting it forward ; comp. Engl. ' driv-
ing rain.' Arab. (^-Jo trusit, propulit;
IV, res consecuta est aliam ; see Schult.
ad Prov. 1. c. Chald. I^ia, Syr. Vti > to
extrude.
Deriv. pr. n. TDtsa.
Ty'O Chald. to thrust, to drive forth,
Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30.
n^t3
369
nt3
* '^7 obsol. root, i. q. n^a , to be fresh,
new. Arab, {^yio and lyh id. Eth.
'5*Zn^ raw, uncooked. The primary
idea perhaps lies in plucking off, so that
rrna (ina, ana) may be i. q. C]na q. v.
Hence "'"la .
D1"^0 i. q. D-na 710/ yef, Ruth 3, 14
Chethibh.
''^u in Kal not used, Arab, --j-b
Conj. I, IV, VIII, to cast down, to project.
HiPH. once Job 37, 11 n"'-.a^ '^'?s-r!5
as also in rain, he (God) casts down the
thick cloud, precipitates it, implying the
descent and sudden fall ofclouds through
the weight of water in them, tlie burst-
ing of a cloud. But Arab. -vb c. Jkfc
signifies also to cast upon, to lay upon
any thing, comp. n-a a load, burden;
and hence the passage might be ren-
dered : with rain he loads the thick
clouds; so some of the Rabbins. Syram.
iTti/ifjlait. Still another interpretation
see in art. "''na, p. 158. Hence
f^'^'S m. a cumbrance, trouble, Deut.
1, 12. Is. 1, 14. Chald. xn-^a toil, weari-
ness, nna to be wearied, Eth. flCA id.
''"Ita adj. fem. H'na .fresh, new, e. g. a
wound Is. 1, 6; the jaw-bone of an ass,
Judg. 15, 15. R. rr^a.
u^u obsol. root, prob. i. q. tl'^a to
pluck off, comp. j J.O to cut off". Hence
D^^ pr. a cutting off, the place where
a bough has just been cut from a tree ;
then, beginning. Hence, though this
etymology is doubtful :
1. before, sooner than ; with fut. in a
past sense, Ex. 12, 34 the people took
their dough f^n-^ cia before it was
leavened. Josh. 3, 1. Ps. 119,67; with
fut. in fut. sense, Is. 65, 24. In this
signif. we more freq. find cnaa .
2. not yet; with praet. Gen. 24, 15 nna
la'n^ n|2 he had not yet done speaking.
1 Sam. 3. 7. Ollener with fut. in past
sense, Gen. 2. 5 and every plant of the
feld was not yel in the earth. Ex. 10. 7.
Josh. 2. 8. 1 Sam. 3, 3; fut. in fut. sense,
Ex. 9. 30.
3. With the prepositions a and '{0, id.
a) c'^aa when not yel, before; with
priBt. Ps. 90, 2. Prov. 8, 25. With fut. in
the fut. sigiiif Is. 66, 7. Job 10, 21 nnaa
Ti^X before I shall go ; but often in the
signif. of praet. Jer. 1,5/ sanclifed tliee
Ksn cnaa before tlwu earnest forth. Gen.
27, 33. 41," 50. Ex. 1, 19. Ruth 3, 14. 2 K.
6, 32. With inf Zeph. 2, 2 r-ib cnaa.
Ibid, pleonast. xia^ t<b D^^aa pr. before
it conie not upon you, strictly a double
negation. With a subst. y*7;5 onaa be-
fore the harvest, pr. in there being yet
no harvest. Is. 28, 4.
b) c")aia i. q. D^aa, wfum not yet,
Hugg. 2. 15. Comp. "|T3 in the formula
p-iaxn^; , onisiQ , Is. 46, 10.
^Or ^"'- Sl"!^"?, once in pause ^'^'^'J
Gen. 49, 27.
1 . to pull or plu4:k off, kindr. irna , ana ,
comp. Gr. &qvnx(ii. Hence Arab. \^-^
to be fresh, new, i. e. freshly plucked,
Heb. ri"ia, qna no. 1.
2. to pull or tear in pieces, to rend, aa
wild beasts. Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28. Deut. 33,
20. Ps. 22, 14. Nah. 2, 13. Trop. of fierce
warriors and enemies. Gen. 49. 27. Ps. 7,
3 ; even of God, Ps. 50. 22 r|"-iax",9 lest
I tear you in pieces. Hos. 4, 14. 6, 1.
Ascribed also to anger, as of God, Job
16, 9; of men Am. 1, IL Job 18, 4.
NiPH. pass of no. 2, Ex.22, 12. Jer. 5, 6.
PuAL id. Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28.
Hi PH. to tear up food, i. e. into small
pieces or mouthluls, to cause to eat, to
feed a person, Prov. 30, 8.
Deriv. the three following.
^'^ adj. fresh, new, of a leaf^ Gen. 8,
11. See r. Ci'^a no. 1.
vl'^'a m. c. suff". isna 1. a green leaf,
fresh foliage, pr. freshly plucked off, Ez.
17, 9 ; comp. Gen. 8, 11. Chald. et Syr.
stDna , Jjsj-^ , id.
2. prey of a wild beast, pr. an animal
torn in pieces, Job 4. 11. 29. 17. 38, 39.
Is. 5, 29. Am. 3, 4. Nah. 2, 13. 3, 1.
Trop. Ci"ia in'-n mountains of prey i. e.
of plunderers, robbers, fastnesses whence
they sally forth for prey, Ps. 76. 5.
3. food, of animals Job 24, 5 ; of men,
Prov. 31, 15. Mai. 3, 10. Ps. Ill, 5. Comp.
the verb in Hiph.
nS"1t3 f collect, what is torn in pieces,
flocks torn by wild beasts, Gen. 31, 39.
Snt3
370
bi<^
Ex. 22, 12. Lev. 7, 24. Ez. 4, 14. Nah.
2, 13. R. :ina .
!?^STJ Chald. Tarpelites Ezra 4, 9,
the name of a people from which the
Assyrian kings sent colonists to Sama-
ria. Sept. TuQcpaXaioi. Perh. the Ta-
pyri, TanovQoi, dwelUng on the east of
Elymais; Ptol. p. 148.
Yod, the tenth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 10.
The name of this letter, Ti'' , is doubt-
less i. q. 1^ the hand, comp. Cl'^, plur.
C^r^ from obsol. C^ ; and its figure in
the Phenician and Samaritan alphabets
and on Maccabean coins, still presents a
rude image of the hand ; see Monumm.
Phoenic. p. 30, also PI. 3. So too the
Ethiopic, where this letter is called la-
maw, i. e. right hand.
It is interchanged : a) With the other
feeble letters, X , Ji , *i , so that these three
aspirates are softened intoYod ; e. g.with
, see in N ; with n , as "bn r^"^ , nsn 'nv^ ,
see Thes. p. 360 ; often with T . Indeed
most of the Heb. roots which have Yod
for the first radical, i. e. verbs "iS, are in
Arabic and Ethiopic IS , see Lehrg. p.
379 sq. as 1^^, tXJ., (DAJ? etc. For
the affinity of verbs *'"b with other bili-
teral roots, espec. verbs is and si? , see
Lehrg. 112. 2. b) With the semi-
vowel 3, as ns3 rijt^, etc. see in 3. c)
With the other palatals ; e. g. with a,
as iia^ x.Juc^ Iturea; ^D^ Ethiop.
7HJ^ to chastise ; *(7^ Armen. gini
wine. Also with 3 and p, as *it|^ and
1C3 ; see Thesaur. p. 557.
^5t io long for, to desire earnestly,
c. i Ps. 119, 131 ; Sept. inin6ovv. Syr.
%.n*.,A and ^a^)^Z) id. Kindr. are
hsx, nix ; comp. snx where see, -xn.
'^, to he comely, becoming, i. q.
h1X3 (Ps. 33, 1. Prov. 17, 7). Impers.
with b , it is becoming, suitable for any
one ; once Jer. 10, 7 npK'^ r.b "^3 for thee
doth it become. Sept. ed. Compl. (rot
yu(i n^tTiii. Syr. \y* it is becoming, c.
^ for any one, nffinov.
mH'^ see "IS"' river.
^^2?^^ (whom Jehovah hears, r. "|TX)
/aaza?? m^,pr.n.m. a)Jer. 35, 3. b)
Ez. 11, 1.
^^T??^:- (id.) Jaazaniah, pr. n. m.
a) 2 k. 25, 23. Contr. ^n;:n Jezaniah
Jer. 40, 8 ; n^:n 42, 1. b)" Ez. 8, 11.
"^''^T (whom God enlightens, r. lis)
pr. n. Jair, Gr. 'luei()og Mark 5, 23. a) A
descendant of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 2, 21-23,
comp. Gen. 50, 23 ; called also his son,
Num. 32, 41. Deut. 3, 14. b) A judge
of Israel, Judg. 10, 3. Patronym. ''i"'N^
Jairite 2 Sam. 20, 26. c) Esth. 2, 5."
* ! '''^T ^or bsi, in Kal not used, to
he foolish, i. q. bis q. v.
NiPH. bxiD to become foolish, to dote,
Is. 19, 13. Jer. 50, 36. Also to act fool-
ishly, Num. 12, 11. Jer. 5. 4.
11 ^5?^ to will, to desire ; kindr.
with Sanscr. ical, Gr. ^oiXo^ul, Lat.
voio, Germ, wollen, Engl, to will. Found
only in
HiPH. b-^xSn, fut. apoc. bsi'i, to will,
in two senses :
1. Of one who undertakes that which
he wills, however difficult, implying ac-
tive volition, i. q. to take upon oneself, to
assay; Sept. often u^;(Ofiui to begin.
With inf c. h Gen. 18, 27. 31. Josh. 17,
12. Judg. 1. 27. 35. 1 Sam. 17, 39. With
verb fin. vKTwdhmg Deut. 1, 5.
2. Of one willing to yield to the re-
quest or entreaty of another, implying
passive volition, i. q. to he content, to
consent, to please, sc. to do any thing.
Job 6, 28 '3 !i:b sib-'Sin he content, look
upon me. 2 K. 6, 3. Spec. a) Of one
who yields and accepts a kindness oller-
cd; Judg. 17, 11 rrrb r|n b^^'.] and
the Lerite consented to dwell, etc. Ex. 2,
21. 2 K. 5, 23. So Josh. 7, 7 would we
had been conterU, and dwelt on the other
n^''
371
in"
$ide Jordan ! b) Of one who yields to
sin; Hoa. 5, 11 'S-''-;n!< r,bn b-^xln i)
for he consented and went after vanity
i. e. idols ; is being for id i. q. K^ti .
c) Of God, who in his clemency yields
to prayer ; Job 6, 9 "'SSjai"'! nibx bx"*!
that it may please God, and he destroy
me. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 7, 29. Con-
str. infill, c. b Judg. 17, 11; with verb
fin. uavrdiiwg 2 K. 5, 23. Hos. 5, 11. Job
6, 28 ; with verb fin. c. i Josh. 7, 7. 2 Sam.
7, 29. Job 6, 9.
1S5^ and IIS'^, m. an Egyptian word,
signifying canal, channel, river ; in the
dialect of Memphis I^DO, in that of
Thebes 1600, see Jablonski Opusc. ed.
te Water T. I. p. 93, 444. Peyron Lex.
Copt. p. 40. In the Inscription of Ro-
setta. 1. 14. 15, it is written JOR ; see
Kosegarten de Scriptura vett. iEgypti-
orum p. 14. Among the Hebrews it
signified :
1. a ditch, canal, channel. Is. 33. 21,
where it is the fosse of a fortified city ;
Sept. SmqvI. So of the canals of the
Nile, Ex. 8, 1 [5]. Nah. 3, 8 ; comp. in
no. 3.
2. a channel, shaft, sc. of a mine. Job
28, 10.
3. a river, xat Uox^v the river of
Egypt, the Nile; fully D^nsa -lit-i Am.
8, 8. 9, 5 ; often with the art. "(X^n , 6
noiH/ioi, Gen. 41, 1 sq. Ex. 1, 22. 2, 3.
7, 15. 18. So with prefixes : 1x73 Ex.
7. 18. 20. Is. 19, 8 ; nx^s as the Nile Jer.
46. 7. 8. Am. 9, 5, once contracted nx3
id. Am. 8, 8. Poet, also without art. Is.
19, 7. 23, 3. Ez. 29, 9. Zech. 10, 11 ;
whence iX"'3 as the Nile Am. 8, 8. 9, 5.
In one place only is it spoken of ano-
ther river, Dan. 12. 5. 6. 7. Plur. "'"ix"'
t^nsia Is. 7, 18, and -listt '^x'^ 2 K. 19,
24. Is. 19. 6. the rivers of Egypt, i. e. the
branches and canals of the Nile. So
with suff. Ez. 29, 3. 4. 5. 10. Ex. 7, 19.
Ps. 78, 44.
*^?T in Kal not used, Arab. ijJS
and transp. />ol, to despond, to despair.
NiPH. irxiS id. with \a prsegn. to de-
spair of and desist from ; 1 Sam. 27, 1
lis 'r-aisab b^xTi: -isaa 0x131 and Saul
shall desist from me to seek me any more.
Part. CXi3 one in despair, desperate,
Job 6, 2G. Impers. desperatum est, there
is no hope, it is in vain, Is. 57, 10. Jer. 2,
25. 18. 12.
PiEL inf dx;, with lab, to let despair,
to give over to despair, Ecc, 2, 20,
n^tDS?"' (see next art.) Josiah, pr. n. m.
Zech. 6, 10.
inj'tpS?"' (whom Jehovah heals, r. ndx)
pr. n. Josiah, king of Judah 6-12H311
B. C. the restorer of the Mosaic law,
slain at Megiddo in battle with Necho
king of Egypt, 2 K. 23, 23. 2 Chr. 34,
33. Gr. 'loxTiag.
'^y^'^'^ , Jeatherai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 6
[21] ; for which v. 26 "^nx q. v.
^^^ in Kal not used. Piel, to call
aloud, to cry out. Judg. 5, 28. Aram,
id. spec, of shouts of rejoicing, in the
Targums for Heb. <^"i^t, '{^1 ; Syr. also
to blow the trumpet, | ^g.-\ sound of the
trumpet. Arab. ,_^I id. chiefly of the
shout of battle ; but from ^^/^ is also
loUo desert, so called from the howl-
ing o'i wild beasts. Comp. b5i"i .
Deriv. pr. n. 331"'.
^^12? m. c. suff. tnbiiri, once nbs-^ or
rTi.z'j Deut. 33, 22 ; produce, increase of
the earth. Lev. 26, 4. 20. Deut. 11, 17.
32, 22. Judg. 6, 4. Ps. 67, 7. 85, 13. Hab.
3, 17. Trop. Job 20, 28 ir^a b^37 br
the increase of his hottse departs, disap-
pears, i. e. the wealth laid up in his
house. R. b?;; Hiph. i. q. xr:ri, aa
nx^sn proventus, from Xia.
012'? (place trodden down, threshing-
floor, r. Dia) Jebiis, the ancient name of
Jerusalem among the Canaanites. Judg.
19. 10. 11. 1 Chv. 11, 4. 5. The gentile
n. is 'pia^ Jebusite, collect, the Jebusites,
a Canaanitish tribe who inhabited this
city and the neighbouring mountains ;
they were subdued by David, but still
existed in the time of Ezra; Gen. 10, 16.
15, 21. Num. 13, 30. Josh. 15, 63. 2 Sara.
5, 6. Ezra 9, 1. The same gentile name
is sometimes put for the city itself (i. q.
''t?13\'i nis Judg. 19, 11), Josh. 15, 8.
18, 16 ; also poetically in later times for
Jerusalem Zech. 9, 7, as n'^noa for
Chaldea.
372
pn^
*^0'?'^ (whom God chooses, r. "iJ^s)
ibhar, pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam.
5, 15. 1 Chr. 14, 5.
I"''?? (whom God observes, r. *pl3) Ja-
bin, pr. n. of two kings of Hazor. a)
Josh. 11, 1. b) Judg. 4, 2. Ps. 83, 10.
tt'^y^ see CS; .
1 . ^^r 1- ^0 treZZ, tojlow, sc. copi-
ously and with impetus. Arab. Jo. to
flow copiously, to rain, whence Ju)
6 ^
Juf, rain, a shower. Corresponding
are Germ, wallen, whence Welle ; Engl.
to well. Hence bz"^ , h'z^'^ I, Vnix a river,
ina for b!i3'i_ rain, bna^ deluge. Also to
flow, to run, sc. with matter, as a sore,
whence ^3|] sanie diffluens.
2. Poet, to go, to advance gently ; as
in Engl, to flow, to glide, also Germ.
tJcaUen, poet, for to go, the figure being
taken from water ; chiefly spoken of
the waving motion of a crowd or of a
solemn procession ; hence
HiPH. ^^ain, Syr. Vcof, Chald.
^"STT, causat. of no. 2; poet, for st^2n.
1. to lead, to bring, to conduct, sc. per-
sons, chiefly in solemn pomp, Ps. 60, 11.
108, 11. Jer. 31. 9. Is. 23, 7.
2. to bring, to oflfer, e. g. presents Ps.
68, 30. 76, 12. Zeph. 3, 10.
HoPH. h'l'^n 1. to be led, brought,
conducted, Is. 53, 7. Jer. 11, 19. So of
persons, mostly in state or solemn pomp,
Ps. 45, 15. 16. Is. 55, 12; of funeral
pomp, Job 10, 19. 21, 30. 32.
2. to be brought, offered, e. g. gifts,
presents, Is. 18, 7. Hos. 10, 6. 12, 2.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, also bl-'^ and
?12 produce, 7ZF\.
II* -"Tr ^ root not in use, onoma-
lopoet. like hut. jubi tare, i. q. to shout in
joy and triumph ; other kindred forms
see in bai-" . Hence bar , bai'^ II.
bn'' Chald. i. q. Heb. I. Aph. ba-'H
to bring, Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5.
53^ m. (r. ba^ I ) 1. a atream, river.
e'^TS-'ba-; Is. 30,'25. 44, 4.
2. Jabal, pr. n. eon of Lamech, the
father of nomadic pastoral life, Gen.
4,20.
'^- adj. f. ^\!3.2, flowing, running, sc.
with matter as a sore, i. e. having run-
ning sores, ulcers, spoken of a flock Lev.
22, 22. Vulg. papulas habens, having
pimples, pustules ; and so in Talmudic,
s^
see Mishna Erubhin 10. 13. Arab. aJbli
defluxus pilorum.
^.!' see in b^ia-^ .
^?'?-?'' (^or cr nba"] he consumes the
people, r. nbs) Ibleam, pr. n. of a city in
Manasseh, Josh. 17. 11. Judg. 1. 27. 2 K.
9, 27 ; written in 1 Chr. 6, 55 crba.
^r;^ m. c. sun. '^'^'^'], a brother-in-
law, husband''s brother, Lat. levir, who
by the Mosaic law, when a husband
died without heirs, was bound to marry
the widow, Deut. 25, 5-9. Hence the
denom. verb:
PiEL EST pr. to act the Jiusband^a
brother, to perform his duty, to marry a
brother'^s widow, Deut. 25, 5. 7. Gen. 38, 8.
nian^ f. c. suflf. T^nra-i , I'tn^a-^ , sister-
in-law, a brother's wife, Deut. 25, 7. 9.
Also the wife of a husband's brother,
Ruth i, 15. Fem. of na^ .
bs:n:; (God lets build) Jabneel pr.
n. a) A city in Judah Josh. 15, 11.
b) In Naphtaii Josh. 19, 33. R. nja.
nsn;^ (God lets build, r. n;a) pr. n.
Jabneh, a city on the Mediterranean,
taken from the Philistines by Uzziel,
2 Chr. 26, 6, comp. Josh. 15. 46. Sept.
'lixfitiu 1 Mace. 4. 15, and ' lufivna 5, 58.
2 Mace. 12, 8. Strab. XVI. 2. Arab.
LLo Yeb7ia, which name is still borne
by a village among the ruins of the
ancient city. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 22.
n^^^n": (Jehovah will build) Ibneiah,
pr. n.'m. 1 Chr. 9, 8. R. nja.
n^23^ (id.) Ibnijah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
9,8.'
Y^^ obsol. root, Arab. {ja^% to
shine, to be bright. Hence pr. n. yan.
p3^ Jabbok, pr. n. of a stream or tor-
rent near Mount Gileud, flowing from
the east into the Jordan on the northern
border of the Ammonites, now called
L>\\ i5<i>U Wady Zerka, i. e. cerulean,
ny
373
nvf
Num. 21, 24. Gen. 32, 23. Deut. 2. 37. 3,
16. Josh. 12, 2. Judg. 11, 13. See Burck-
hardt's Travels in Syria, p. 347. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 121. As to the
etymology, Simoitis (Onomiist. p. 315)
not unaptly derives pi^ from pj^S to
pour out, to empty, by Chaldaism for
p3^ , i. e. a ponn'ng out, emptyvig. Yet
in Gen 32, 23. 25, there is an allusion to
this name, as if it were for piax'^ , from
r. pax .
'^^^2'!l3'? (whom Jehovah blesses)
Jeberechiah, pr. n. m. Is. 8, 2.
DTD37 (pleasant, r. oba) Jibsam, pr.
n. m.' i Chr. 7, 2.
* ''^^l fut. aa-i^, ir27, plur. vra;i; inf.
constr. rirai Gen. 8, 7, with prep. I13n"'a
Is. 27. 11.'
1. Perh. pr. to be Jiot, to glow, comp.
12 ; then to be arid, to be or become
dry, to (h-y up, as plants, trees, grass, Is.
15, 6. 19. 7. 40, 7. 8. Joel 1, 12 ; bread
Josh. 9, 5. 12 ; fields tilled and sown Jer.
23, 10. Is. 27, 11 ; the earth after the
deluge Gen. 8. 14; bones as destitute of
marrow Ez. 37, 11; the hand as para-
lyzed 1 K. 13, 4. Zech. 11, 17, comp.
Mark 3, 1 ; hence of the vital strength,
Ps. 22; 16 "^nb ianns da; my strength is
dried 2ip like a potsherd. The moisture
itself is also said to dry up ; hence of
streams and the sea Job 14, 11. 1 K. 17,
7. Joel 1, 20 ; a fountain Hos. 13, 15.
Aram. id. Arab. (j*i-o id. For the
difference between laa'^ and a'^n to be
dry, see under a^n .
2. Like Oia , to be ashamed, to be put
to shame, see Hiph. no. 2. Arab. ijLo
pudendum. [This signification comes
from the idea of heat, blushing ; comp.
in "ia no. 1. T.
PiEL t'37 to make dry, to dry up, Job
15, 30. Prov. 17, 22. Nah. 1, 4, where
wira'i is for ^ndai'^T.
HiPH. d'^ain l. to make dry, to dry
up, as plants, trees, Ez. 17,24. Is. 42, 15 ;
streams, the sea, Josh. 2, 10. 4, 23. Is. 44,
27. Jer. 51, 36. Intrans. to becorne dry,
to be dried up, of plants, fruits, the har-
vest, Joel I, 10. 12. 17. Metaph. v. 12
joy ia dried up, withered away, from the
3ons of men,
(^ to shame, to make ashamed, see Kal
32
no. 2. 2 Sam. 19, 6. Intrans. i, q. dia in
Kal, to be ashamed, to feel shame, Jer.
2,26. 6, 15. 8, 12. Often of persons who
are disappointed in their hopes, Joel
1, 11. Jer. 2, 26. Zech. 9, 5. Poet, of
cities overthrown, to be put to sliame,
disgraced. Jer. 48, 1. 20. 50, 2. Also to
act shamefiUly, Hos. 2, 7 [5J.
t33;< adj. f niran . R. ca;" no. 1.
1. dry. Job 13, 25. Ez. 17, 24. 37, 2. 4.
2. Jabesh, pr. n. a) A city in Gilead,
fully written njba TSa'; Judg. 21. 8 sq.
also iria^ 1 Sam.' 1 1, 1.' 3. 5. 10, etc. dis-
tant a night's journey from Bethshean
1 Sara. 31, 11. It was prob. on the
Wady Ydbes, which enters the Jordan
from the east not far below Beisftn;
Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 289. Accord-
ing to Eusebius, it was six miles from
Pella towards Gerasa. b) A man, 2 K.
15, 10. 13. 14.
?- adj. an intensive form, i. q. ca^,
found only in fem. noa^ , dry ; so nra^a
on the dry, i. e. on dry ground, Ex. 14. 16.
22. 29. Josh. 4, 22. Then for the dry
land, opp. the sea, Gen. 1, 9. Ex. 4, 9.
Jon. 1, 9. 13. 2, 11. Ps. 66, 6. Comp.
^ann. So Gr. ^ |ijo and to ^r^Qov,
Matt. 23, 15, opp. } ^uknaaa. 1 Mace. 8,
32. Vorstius de Hebraismis N. T. edl.
Fischer, cap. 2. 2.
rim^ f. id. Ex. 4, 9. Ps.95,5. ChaTtt.
8t. emphat. xn'ia'! id. Dan. 2, 10.
'^^"^ (God will avenge) Igal, ]^al'y
pr. n. m. a) Num. 13, 7. b) 1 Chr.
3, 22. c) 2 Sam. 23, 36. R. bits.
^^ i. q. a^ia, to cut sc. with a'
plough, to plough, to till; only P^rt.
plur. ci3ST> ploughmen, husbandmen,
2 K. 25, 12 Keri. Jer. 52. 16. Hence
:i?^ m. plur. D'^aj'j, a field, as plough-
ed, Jer. 39, 10.
"'^^^^ (elevated, verb. fut. Hbph. r.
nsa; comp. ns"^) Jogbehah, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Gad, Num; 32, 35.
Judg. 8, 11.
1'^^f'^l^'? (Jehovah will make great,
r. bna) Igdaliah, pr. n. m. Jer. 35, 4.
! *?, in Kal not used, to grieve.
The primary idea lies either in being
pained, kindr. 5?^ ; or else in panting,
sighing, groaning, kindt. nan..
374
Pi EL riJ.*! , to afflict^ to grieve, Cut. MS^l
for riir^-T} Lam. 3, 33. Comp. trn^ Pi.'
HiPH. nsin to afflict, to grieve. Job 19,
2. Lam. hb. 12. 3, 32. Is. 51, 23.
NiPH. Part. ns'S for naij, afflicted,
grieved ; plur. Zeph. 3. 18 iriaa "^aiD
^^ose grieved as prohibited y/o??i //le
sacred assembly. Fem. riil3 afflicted
Lara. 1, 4.
Deriv. ',"'i'j , niTO .
II. t^^ i. q. iiiti II, ?o be separated,
apart.
HiPH. nsH for l^3'i^ , to take away, to
remove, 2 Sam. 20, 13. Arab. .^* Conj.
IV, id. Syr. ^*-o) to expel, to eject.
"Jl^^ m. affliction, grief, sorrow, Gen.
42, 38. 44," 31. Ps.' 13, 3. al. R. n;^
no. 1.
^TliJ^ part, or adj. verbal (r. ^i;j) fear-
ing, used with pers. pronouns for a finite
verb, Jer. 22, 25. 39, 17.
^^^^ (lodging-place, r. ^"5) Jagtir, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 21.
5''^^ m. adj. wearied, weary. Job 3, 17.
R. ss; .
?''r^!' m. (r. *?';) 1. labour, toil, espec.
difficult and wearisome ; Gen. 31, 42
"'B3 5"'5'^ the labour of my hands.
2. Meton. the product of labour ; hence
a work. Job 10, 3. Oftener earnings,
gain, wealth. Is. 45, 14. 55, 2. Jer. 3, 24.
20,5. Ez. 23, 29. Ps. 109.11. Neh.5,1?;
espec. as derived from tillage, Ps. 78, 46.
Job 39, 11 ; C^B? S-'r Hag. 1, 11, id. Ps.
128, 2. Plur. 'S'^S'? id. Hos. 12, 9.
3. As connected with suffering, labour,
pain, i. e. the effort and pain of parturi-
tion ; spoken of the ostrich Job 33, 16.
fiy'^5^ f. (r. ?3'^) labour, weariness,
EcJl2| 12.
"^-^r (exiled, r. rt^s) Jogli, pr. n. m.
Num734, 22.
* ^K fut. sr"? 1- to labour, to toil,
espec. with wearisome and painful effort,
Arab. /:>>> to pain ; kindr. is fia^ I.
Conetr. absol. Job 9, 29 ??. ban riT-nab
why then should I labour in vain? Is.
49, 4. 65, 23 ; with \ c. inf Prov. 23, 4 ;
with a of that in which one labours,
Josh. 24, 13. Is. 43. 22 thou hast not call-
ed upon me, O Jacob, so thai thou hast
laboured in me, i. e. so that thou hast
taken much pains about me (comp. v.
23. 24). 47, 12. 62, 8; once with ace. in
the same sense, v. 15; with ^Ijaybr any
thing Hab. 2, 13. Jer-. 51, 58. " '
2. to be wearied, faint, 2 Sam. 23, 10.
Is. 40, 31. With 3 of that in or with
which one is weary, Ps, 6, 7 "^riSSt
Tinrxs / am weary with my groaning.
Jer' 45,' 3. Ps. 69,4.
Pi EL to weary, to make faint, Josh. 7,
3. Ecc. 10, 15.
HiPH. S'^Jin to weary any one, to be
burdeiisomc to him ; with ace. of pers.
and 2 of thing, Is. 43, 23 ?^"^r!?5Sn sii
nri-ba / have not wearied thee with in-
cense, i. e. have not burdened thee by
demanding it. v. 24 ?j''r]'ilba "'srissin
thou hasi wearied me with thy iniquities.
Mai. 2, 17.
Deriv. S-^r, Si;"^, ns-^i-r, and the
two which here follow.
"Sy^ m. labour, i. e. product of labour,
earnings, Job 20, 18.
?J^ adj. verbal (r. 55^) weary, ex-
hausted, faint, Deut. 25, 18. 2 Sara. 17,
2. Ecc. 1, 8 B"'^?'^ cna^n-bs all words
become weary, i. e. would fail in trying
to recount atl those things.
"^5? Chald. m. a heap of stones, Gen.
31, 47, where it is i. q. Heb. ba in irba.
Syr. '^ id. Ethiop. ^IC. id. (Dlil^td
stone. Kindr. in Heb. is r. i5X .
'-*,, , only in 1 and 2" pers. Tlia^,
P'15'J, i. q. "isa no. 2, to fear, to be afraid
of c. ace. Job 3, 25. 9, 28. Ps. 119, 39 ;
with 'iS'a Deut. 9, 19. 28, 60. Arabi.
_& id. Hence
^37 a^j- see "1137.
T ^ (r- ^T,) ^o\\s.iT. I"!, e. sufT. ''*n,
^"1,^, bnt also czn;^, "iS-j;* (for os-j?,
isn'i); Dual C^n^ constr. '''i^, c. snfF. '^4;j;
Plur. ni-r^, constr. niT^.
1. the hand, strictfy the whole hantJ,
as extended, (and bo diff. from C-S the
hollow Jiand,) from r. tvy^ espec. Hiphv
no. 1 ; comp. Si'^t nrm, and rnt span,
both from the idea of expanding ; also
Goth. handwB i. e. a hand, k preAen(2-
375
endo. Syr. -., Arab. Jo , Eth. Ji.?* id.
Strictly and usually only of the human
hand ; once spoken of the feet of the
lizard as resembling the hand of a man
Prov. 30, 28. The following are the
principal j)hra8es in which the literal
signification is retained.
a) 'B-nx inn , 'b ns ', my hand is with
any one, i. e. I aid him, am on his side,
1 Sam. 22, 17. 2 Sam. 3, 12. 2 K. 15, 19.
b) ?? nn\n in-i my hand is upon any
one, i. q. against him (Gen. 16, 12), i.e. I
do him violence and harm, Gen. 37, 27.
1 Sam. 18, 17. 21. 24, 13. 14. Josh. 2, 19.
So a nn%'n i^ 15, of the hand of God as
afflicting and punishing Ex. 9, 3. Deut.
2, 15. Judg. 2, 15. 1 Sam. 7, 13. 12, 15 ;
rarely in a sense of kindness, as aiding,
favouring, 2 Chr. 30, 12. Ezra 9, 2 ; and
for avoiding the ambiguity of this phrase
tliere is added nsnb Judg. 2, 15. So in
a sense of disfavour only: D in^ 'jrij (of
God) Ex. 7, 4, and a "'^ "i^) nxs^ Ruth
1, 13 ; but in a sense of favour. Is. 25, 10
mn nna -^"^ 1^ nsijn the hand of Jehovah
shall rest upon this mount.
c) 'b b? "''; n^ nn'in the hand of Jeho-
vah is upon any one, both for good and
for evil, but more usually in a good sense.
E. g. as aiding, favouring, Ezra 7, 6
r^5 rn-JX ^^ n^ia when the hand of Je-
hovah his God was upon him. v. 28. 8,
18. 31. (Hence to withdraw his hand.,
i. q. to take away his favour, Ps. 74, 11.)
Twice it is added expressly, D^n'bx 1i
nai-jn Ezra 7, 9. Neh. 2, 8; also Viavji
Ezra 8, 22. In a good sense further,
Is. 1, 25 TO^S ^T, ^T^^.^r But in a hos-
tile sense. Am. 1, 8 ")""'?:?. ^? "'T^ "^nb'^On
/ will turn my hand upon i. e. against
Ekron; and so with ^X for bs, Ez. 13, 9.
Comp. in N. T. Acts 13, 11 %hq KvqIov
ijii (jf, xal 'iiTtj TViplng x. x. X.
d) The phrase, the hand of Jehovah is
upon (bs) any one, is further used in the
sense: the Spirit of Jehovah is upon a
prophet, the prophet is moved, inspired,
by the Spirit of God ; since the divine
Spirit was communicated to men by the
laying on of hands, Ez. 1, 3. 3, 14. 22.
37, 1. 2 K. 3, 15 ; with bx for bs . 1 K. 18,
46. The same is bs >;;" T^ nj?m Ez. 3.
14 (comp. Is. 8, 11). and bs '';"-i;i nbE3
Ez. 8, 1, comp. 11, 5 where for i^ is nn .
Hence also Jer. 15, 17 ?)*];; "'jBTa became
of thy hand, i. e. because of the divine
Spirit which rests upon me, by which I
am moved.
fi) '^'J *|J^J to give the hand, as a pledge
of fidelity, as confirming a promise, i. q.
to promise, 2 K. 10, 15. Ezra 10, 19.
Spec, of the vanquished giving their
hands as a pledge of submission and
fidelity to the victors, Ez. 17, 18. Jer. 50,
15. Lam. 5, 6. 2 Chr. 30, 8 nln-'b i;; pi
give the hand i. e. submit yourselves to
Jehovah. Similar is the formula T^ "irs
B nnn to pledge fidelity under i. e. to
any one, 1 Chr. 29, 34. Here belongs
also the gloss of the Arabic lexicogra-
phers, Jo , i. e. surety by a pledge, fide-
jussio; surrender, suojectio, jfft'^wfft?.
f) "i^n , THE hand, xat i^o/rjv, is some-
times spoken : ) Of the hand of Gt)d,
as nnn for >'; nn , Dii'n for riin'^ D'r .
So Is. 8, 11 i^n rj^Tna for <; n^ 'na
(comp. lett. d) with strength of the hand,
i. e. with the powerful hand of God. /5)
Without art. of live hand of man, i. e.
human help, as "i^a sib Job 34, 20, and
"n OBxa Dan. 8. 25, without man's hand,
i. e. without human aid or interference.
Chald. ,-;-i-'a xb Dan. 2, 34. 35. Comp.
Lam. 4, 6.
g) The hand of God is put : a) For
the divine agency, mode of action, provi-
dence; .Tob 27, 11 bx-n;^a canx niix /
will teach you concerning the hand of
God, his providence, how he acts. /?)
For the power, care, protection of God ;
hence nin'i n^a in the power of God, Ps.
31, 16. 95, 4. Prov. 21, 1 ; in the care or
providence of God, Is. 62, 3 ; comp. Ps.
74, 11.
h) "i^b 1^ . hand to hand, from hand to
hand, i. e. through all ages and gtinera-
tions, ever, and with a negative particle
never. Prov. 11, 21 S"] nirr xb n;b Ti
through all generations the wicked shall
not go unpunished. 16, 5. Similar is
the Persian formula, lo^-w Jo ouwutJ ,
Schull. Animadverss. ad Prov. 1. c. Also
Syr. ]|-)j= I,..*] i. e. sigillatim, one after
another. For a like reason Arab. Ju
i. q. succession.
i) nsb 1^ the hand to the month, i. e. lay
tliy hand upon thy mouth, i. q. be silent.
376
fi
hold thy peace. Prov. 30, 32. Comp.
Job 21, 5. 29, 9. 39, 34. Mic. 7, 16. Pers.
k) CX-i ^5 Ti D^io 2 Sam. 13, 19, i. q.
to smite the hands together over one^s
head, a gesture of despairing grief;
comp. Jer. 2, 37.
For other phrases see under the verbs
"' t7 tt" tt' tt' -t'*i-t'
.'5(50, etc. and the adjectives nn, pjn.
With prepositions, where sometimes
the proper force of the noun itself is lost:
aa) """i^a a) in my hand, often for
with me, after verbs of bearing, bringing,
leading, etc. as to bring- in one'^s hand,
i. e. with him, 1 Sam. 14, 34 "bs icsn
il^3 i-iid C-'X c?ri and all the' people
brought every man his ox with him, etc.
Jer. 38, 10 c^rrx Qidbd n-Tia r;n^3 n;?
take from hence thirty men with thee.
Gen. 32, 14. 35, 4. Num. 31, 49. Deut.
33, 3. 1 Sam. 16, 2. 1 K. 10, 29. That
which one has in his hand, or takes with
him, he has in his possession; hence this
phrase is also referred to possession, like
Pit , Dy , Lat. penes. Ecc. 5, 13 he heget-
teth a son maiSTa Ti-^^ "jiit) who has no-
thing inhis hand, i. e. possesses nothing ;
comp. Heb. "inn nxSTS ''i;j under the art.
IXS^ no. 2. cV Chaid. Ezra 7, 25 the
wisdom of thy God which > in thy hand,
i. e. which thou possessest. /3) into my
.hand, i. e. into my power, after verbs of
delivering over. Gen. 9, 2. 14, 20. Ex. 4,
21. 2 Sam. 18, 2. Hence in; '(SS ^A
^oc/c of his hand, i. e. delivered into hie
hand, Ps. 95, 7 ; and here too belongs
Is. 20, 2 Jehovah spake ^^'^yt'; n^a , Sept.
TCQoq'lIauinv, sc. as about to deliver him
a revelation. /) by my hand, often for
hy me, by my intervention. Num. 15, 23
whatever Jehovah hath commanded you
nias'n^a by the hand of Moses, i. e. by
Moses. 2 Chr. 29, 25. 1 K. 12. 15. Jer.
37, 2. al. Often after verbs of sending,
1 K. 2, 25 and king Solomon sent 1^2
xn^ja. Ex. 4, 13. Prov. 20, 6. 1 Sam. lo",
20."2' Sam. 12, 25. Comp. Acts 11, 30.
15, 33. (5) at my hand, i. e. before me,
In my sight, i. q. '1th. 1 Sam. 21. 14 he
feigned himself mad 0*1^2 at their hands,
i. c. before them. Job 15, 23 he knowelh
r\^n Di" in^a "pr; ' that the day of
darkness is ready at his hand, impends
over him. In this sense the Arabs o^en
say, j^Jo ^^vu between the hands
of any one, see Kor^n Sur. 2. 256. Sur.
3. 2. Sur. 20. 109. Schnlt. 0pp. min. p.
29, 30, et ad Job. p. 391. So the Greeks
iv yjQaiv Apollon. Rhod. 1. 1116 ; comp.
nqo jifjf^wr, Germ, vorhanden, at hand.
dia;(ttgbn' txtiv, Lat. ' hostes sunt in ma-
nibtcs^ i. e. in conspectu, Caes. Bell. Gall.
2. 19. Sallust. Jug. 94. Virg. Mn. 11.
311 'ante oculos intergue mantis sunt
omnia vestras,' i. e. ngoxfi^ia ian.
bb) B'^'i; 'i'^3 between the hands, i. e.
on the breast, on the front of the body,
Zeeh. 13, 6. Comp. n75''5 -pa on the
forehead.
cc) 1^3 pro mamt, according to one's
hand, in the phrase T}^^! '^;^^ according
to the hand i. e. bminty of the Icing, 1 K.
10, 13. Esth. 1,7. 2,'l8. The phrase
denotes the open and liberal hand of the
king. Others less well : according to the
royal power; but power and strength
do not here belong to the subject ofdis-
course. but liberality.
dd) 'b 1*?3 from or out of the hantf of
any one, i. q. Engl, at his hand or out of
his power ; often after verbs of demand-
ing Gen. 9, 5. 31, 39. Is. 1, 12 ; of receiv-
ing Gen. 33. 19. Num. 5. 25 ; of delivering
Gen. 32, 12. Ex. 18, 9. Num. 35, 25.
Hence also we find : from the hand
(power) of the lion and the bear 1 Sam.
17, 37, of dogs Ps. 22, 21, of the sword
Job 5, 20, of Sheol Ps. 49, 16. 89, 49, of
the flame Is. 47, 14.
ee) 'e i;: hs, 'b ^'11 b? ) upon the
hand or hands of any one. i. q. into his
hand, after verbs of delivering over,
committing, Gen. 42, 37. 1 Sam. 17. 22.
2 K. 10, 24. 12, 12. 22, 5. 9. Ezra 1, 8.
So to delicer 3nn ^n-^ br hUo the hand
(power) of the sword Ps. 63, 11. Jer. 18;,
21. Also in the same sense is said
'b *i; rriFi , 'b '^'I'J 'n , under the hand of
any one. Gen. 16.' 9. 41, 35. Is. 3, 6. /5) bar
'T'^ on or at the hands of any one. as in
Engl, under the hamls of any one, i. q.
under bis guidance and aii.'jpices, liis
hand guiding atid directing. Germ, 'an
der Hund jemandce.' 1 Chr. 25, 3 "^n-j by
crc^ax "*Wf/<?r the guidance or auspices
of their father, v. 2. 6. 7,29. Also of
one absent or dead, whose ordinances
377
are followed by posterity, 2 Chr. 23, 18
*'"'?'? 'I'J ^? at the. hamh of David, i. e.
under his guidance, according to his or-
dinances. Ezra 3, 10. Of things, 2 Chr.
29, 27 the sotif^ began with the trumpets
'''n '?i' ""T, ^? at or under the lead of
the instruments of David, i, e. it followed
the measures of the instruments appoint-
ed by David. Comp. on this idiom Lud.
de Dieu ad Jer. 5, 31, Criticte Sacrse p.
240. SoArab. sjj JLft, jjJ ^jlx,
under the auspices or care of any one ;
a formula often used on Arabic coins to
denote the persons by whom they are
coined. See also below under no. 5.
ff) i^b. see no. 1. h ; also no. 5.
Dual n^n^j the tiro hands of a person ;
also for the plural, Job 4, 3. Prov. 6, 17.
Is. 13, 7.
2. Plur. M't^ artificial hands, also of
things which bear resemblance to hands,
e. g. a) tenons on boards, Ex. 26. 17.
19. 36, 22. 24. b) axles, axle trees, for
wheels, 1 K. 7, 32. 33. For the distinc-
tion between the dual and plural fem.
in nouns denoting members of the body,
S.-
Bee Lehrg. p. 539. Arab. Jo handle, as
of a mill, axe. Syr. plur. j^oi,-.) han-
dles, tenons. Comp. riD3 .
3. yi(ii?i.ii\\. power, strength.might, the
hand being regarded as the seat of
Btrength ; here too the proper force of
the word is sometimes lost, comp. above
in no. 1. dd. Tj^a with might, Is. 28, 2.
Ps. 76, 6 none of the men of might have
found ^'yy] their hands, i. e. they found
themselves without strength. (Comp. in
Vita Timur. I. 44, they found their hand
and side, i. e. had all their strength rea-
dy.) So of one powerful deed, mighty
work, Ex. 14, 31 ; comp. manus Virg.
JE.n. 6. 688. Spec, protection, help. Deut.
32, 36 -!; r^TX help is departed. So
Arab. LuflJI Jo the force of the east-
wind. L-> viU Jo y thou hast no power
in this or that. Syr. }-fcisooii> ]f^]
the power of the Romans. Pers. \c:jumO
power. For the phrase a short or long
hand, see under the verb "is;5. "^
4. Meton. a stroke, blow. pr. as given
with the hand. Job 20, 22 bios Tn-^js
nspn every stroke of the wretched cometh
32*
upon him, i. e. all that befalls the
wretched. Job 23. 2 my stroke, calamity.
Comp. Lat. manus for blow, as used
of gladiators.
5. a side, pr. of the sides of the body,
where the hands and arms are situated ;
comp. Engl, 'on the right hand, left
hand,' Lat. 'ad banc manum' Terent.
Ad. 4. 2. 31. Hence Dual c^"]^ pr. the
two sides, chiefly in the phrase D^l^ sn"i
large on both sides, on every side, i. e.
broad-sided, spacious, (comp. in ^nn,)
Gen. 34, 21. Ps. 104, 25. Is. 33, 21. al.
Sing, of the side or shore of a river, Ex.
2, 5. Deut. 2, 37. Syr. lial ^L shore
coast. With prepositions : "i^b 1 Sam
19, 3. 1 Chr. 18. 17. 23, 28. Prov. 8, 3
1^ *ir2 1 Sam. 4. 18; l-^ bx 2 Sam. 14
30. 18", 4 ; i: br Josh. 15, 46. 2 Sam. \5.
2. 2 Chr. 17, 15. 31, 15. Job 1. 14. Neh
3, 2 sq. ''17 bj Num. 34, 3. Judg. 1 1, 26
all signifying at, on, by the side of any
one, near, Syr. ,-* Vi^ near. 1 Chr. 6,
16 [31] rr^a n-^-j' in-i b? i^i'n T'lsrn idx
nin'^ whom. David appointed by the side
of the temple-singing, i. e. to whom he
gave an appointment in or by the tem-
ple-music. See further on the partic.
'''yi bs in no. 1. ee. Plur. ryn-^ sides,
e. g. a) Of a throne, i. e. lateral sup-
ports, arms, 1 K. 10, 19. b) lateral
projections, side-borders of a base or pe-
destal, 1 K. 7, 35. 36.
6. a place, Deut. 23, 13. Num. 2. 17
in;; bs ir-'x every one in his place. Jer.
6, 3. Is. 56, 5, see in no. 8, Is. 57, 8 l^
n"'Tn thou lookest out for thee a place.
Ez. 21. 24. Dual id. Josh. 8, 20 n^n xb
Di:? c^'i^ ^'il^tlieyhadnopla.cetofleeto.
7. a part. perh. pr. a handful, a part
of a thing taken up at once in dividing,
Dan. 12. 7. Plur. rii^, 2 K. 11, 7 'Xyq
csa rin^n the two parts of you, opp. the
third part. Gen. 47. 24 ri'i'^n rs'ix the
four parts, opp. rr'i-'^sn the fifth part
Neh. 11, 1. Comp. ro no. 4. Also in
the connection : Dan. 1. 20 and he found
^A*77ia"'2!::nnn-b3 bs ni^ n^v ten parts
above (ten times wiser than) all the ma-
gicians, etc. Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 19. 44.
8. a monument, trophy, i. q. cr, e. g.
of victory, 1 Sam. 15. 12 ; a sepulchral
monument 2 Sam. 18, 18. Is. 56, 5 to
them will I give a place within my walls
T*
378
IT
^^3 "^^ rnonument (or portion) awrf a
name. Perhaps this name for monu-
ment in the Hebrew language may
stand in some connection with the an-
cient custom of sculpturing upon the
cippi or sepulchral columns an uplifted
hand with the arm. See Hamacker
Diatribe de monuraentis Punicis p. 20 ;
also Reuvens ad eadem Animadvers.
p. 5 sq.
Dual see no. 1. 3. 5. 6. For. Plcr.
nn^ see no. 2. 5. 7.
1^ Chald. St. emph. S'l'] Dan. 5. 5. 24 ;
c. suff. --J7 . nn-i, chi; Ezra 5, 8 ; Dual
'CrP, Dan.' 2. 34. 45 ;' i. q. Heb. i;; , the
hand. So T^a in one^s hand, spoken of
what one has vj^Uh him. in possession,
Ezra 7. 14. 25 ; comp. Heb. 1^ no. 1. aa.
'b T^a ZTp_ to give into the hand, power,
of any one, Ezra 5, 12. Dan. 2. 35. 7, 25.
Also "^1 l^ from or out of omt's hand or
power, after verbs of delivering, comp.
Heb. '^I'O in 1^ no. 1. dd ; e. g. from the
power of lions, Dan. 6, 28.
^7? Chald. i. q. Heb. nn'i , to cast.
Aph. to praise God, i. q. Heb. Hiph.
no. 2 ; Part. Knina Dan. 2, 23 ; contr.
.niT3 6, 11.
,^"7"^ Idalah, pr. n. of a place in
.'Zebulun, Josh. 19, 15. Perhaps from a
doubtful root ist'n i. q. Arab, Jfj and
Jf j to go softly and secretly. Or, ac-
cording to Simonis, for P'^^'J^ ' what
'God exalts,' by Syriac flexion from Jt>
to show.
TDa'l';' (perh. honied, comp. laa^) Id-
bash, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3.
1. "j" i. q. rt'i'^, io throw, to cast,
e. g. lots ; only Praet. 3 plur. M^ Joel 4,
:3. Nah. 3, 10. Obad. 11.
II "^^^ i. q. Ill J to love, to esteem.
a _
.highly, Arab. 4>. Hence i"*"!^ one be-
loved, riT'i^ , and the pr. names Ti'^'i'? ,
* HT to throw, to cast. i. q. TT^ I,
Kindr. is niri. Eth. 0.PP id. Imp.
1*1'; Jer. 50, 14'.
PiEL i. q. Kal. to cast e. g. stones. Fut.
i"ni for w^-^i Lam. 3, 53. Inf. nil';
3ech. 2. 4.
Hiph. iT^'in, fut. ill."!", sometimes
n'iin7 Ps. 28. 7. 45, 18. Neh. 11, 17.
1. to profess, to confess, perhaps i. q.
to point out, to show with the hand ex-
terided, as if with the hand thrown out,
projected ; see Kal, and comp. 1"^ n'b'd
and n-.^ Kal and Hiph. to cast, to throw,
and then 'to point out with extended
hand.' Arab. ^_^t>. Conj.X. Syr. Aph.
id. Constr. c. ace. Prov. 28, 13; c. b?
concerning Ps. 32, 5.
2. to give thanks, to praise, to cele-
brate, since the acknowledgment (con-
fession) of benefits is naturally followed
by thanksgiving and praise ; with ace.
Gen. 29, 35. Jer. 33, 11. Ps.7, 18. 30, 13;
also h of pers. Ps. 92, 2. 106, 1. 1 Chr. 16,
7. 8. Neh. 12, 46. al. So in the phrase
^^ c'4 r\'i'^n to celebrate the name of Je-
hovah 1 k. 8. 33. Ps. 54. 8 ; "^^ ccb id.
106.47. 122,4; absol. id. Neh.'l2.'24.
Hithpa. iT^Hrli, Vav being assumed
in place of Yod, i. q. Hiph.
1. to confess, pr. concerning oneself,
to point out oneself as guilty; Ethiop.
Afl't'*PJ?P to accuse, to criminate, pr.
prob. to object. Germ, vorwerfen, from
the sense of casting, i. q. to cast in one's
teeth ; (D'K^ accusation, objection, Vor-
wurf Dan. 9, 4 ; with ace. of thing,
Lev. 5, 5. 16, 21. 26, 40 ; hv Neh. 1, 6. 9, 2.
2. to praise, to celebrate, c. b 2 Chr.
30, 22.
Deriv. I;; hand, perh. r'n law, ''^nh ;
also JTi'in, fiT^fi, and the pr. names
iJirn-i, n-i'i^, niMrr; ; likewise those
which again come fi-om this latter, as
T^? (for "iin") loving) Iddo, pr. n. ra.
a) 1 Chr. 27, 21. b) Ezra 10, 43 Cheth.
I"^"^? (juflge) Jadon. pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 7.
yi'l|^ (known) Jaddva. pr. n. m. a)
Neh. 10. 22. b) 12, 11. 22.
I^n^n;', i^riT, and ^n-'^;' i chr.
16, 38, (praising, celebrating, from obsol.
Bubst, m"! laud. Avith the ending "jl,
r. H'l'J Hiph.) Jedvthun. pr. n. of a Le-
vite, one of the choristers appointed
by David, 1 Chr. 9,16. 16 .?8. 4 J. 42.
25, 1. Put also for his dosrendnntii ("^sa
'(irsiTi) the JediithiinilFs. who also were
musicians, Neh. 11, 17. Ps. 39, 1. 62, 1.
77, 1.
379
yi"
*'?'' (i. q. "it^) Jaddai, pr. n. m. Ezra
10, 43 Keri. R. Ti;; II.
TT m. (r. TJ-; II) constr. T"1V
1. Adj. lorely, pleasant, Ps. 84, 2. Plur.
r-iT^n-; delights, as Ps. 45, 1 niTn"! i-^i^
a delightfal song. Others 'a song of
love,' i. e. an epitluilamium.
2. Subst. one Moved, a friend, Is. 5, 1.
'nin^ I'^n'^ /Ae beloved of Jehovah Ps.
127, 2; so of Benjamin Deut. 33, 12; of
Israel Jer. 11, 15. Plur. of the Israelites,
Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7. Syr. fj^jl beloved.
ri'l'^n^ (one beloved, fern.) Jedidah,
pr. n. of the mother of king Josiah, 2 K.
22, 1. R. IT, II.
n^T^ni" f something beloved, a de-
light, Jer. 12, 7. R. T]^ 11.
M^'!'''?'!' (beloved of Jehovah) Jedi-
diah, the name given to Solomon at his
birth by the prophet Nathan, 2 Sam. 12,
25. R. T]"J II.
n))'1^ (praise God, r. ITi^) Jedaiah,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37. b) Neh. 3, 10.
^^TT! (known of God, r. rn^) Jedi-
ael, pr. n. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr.
7, 6. 10. 11.
'J^tr'n^ see "i^riT;.
515'!^ (tearful, r. Cl^^) Jidlaph, pr. n.
of a son of Nahor, Gen.' 22, 22.
* 3?T fut. 5-1;; , once yTI Ps. 138, 6;
inf absol. 51"!^ , constr. ns'n, rrn ; imp.
S'n , with n parag. once ns"! for ny'n Prov.
24, 14; Part. 5"i"', fera. nST"' ; pr. to see,
and hence to perceive, to come to know,
to know ; corresponding to Gr. lidov.
oiSiu It comprehends the action of
knowing, both as inchoative and com-
pleted, i. e. to come to know, to gain a
knowledge of and also to know, to hare
a knoxcledge of. This root is widely
spread in the Indo-European tongues, in
the sense both of seeing and knowing;
as Sanscr. wid, Zend, weedem, Gr. liSui,
X8ixt, olda. Lat. video, Goth, witan. Germ.
weten, wissen, Engl, to weet, to wit;
and so also in the Slavic languages, as
Pol. widze to see, Bohem. wedeti to see.
See Pott Etymol. Forschungen I. p. 246.
In all these examples the first radical is
; and so y^l is for S'lJ.
A) The primary signif. to see in TV^
is apparent in these examples ; Oen. 3,
7 and their eyes were opened "^3 ""^J!!
en Q^n"i"'5 and they saw that thnj were
naked. Ex. 2. 4 and hi.f sixter stood
afar off ib nBy;s-n nrnb to see what
would be done to him. 1 Sam. 22, 3. So
too Deut. 34, 10 "bit c-'ro <; iri-i "itix
CJO ; elsewhere in the same connection
we find nxn Gen. 32, 31. Judg. 6, 22.
2 K. 14, 8. 11. So Esth. 2, 11 -ns sn-.
'u oibuJ, i. q. 'b nib'a-rx m^-^ Gen. 37,
14. Sometimes r'i'J to see is coupled
with a verb of hearing, to indicate what
one perceives with his eyes and ears;
Is. 40, 21 ir^QCn xbn !i?nn sibn have ye
not seen? have ye not heard? v. 28. 43,
19. 44, 18 i^rn"; sibi nsn^ xb they see not,
they understand not, for he hath daubed
their eyes from seeing, and their hearts
from understanding, where S'l'J and
nxn are attributed to the eyes, as 'pa
and bisin to the heart or mind. The
LXX also often translate STl by iiHoy
to see ; as 1 Sam. 10, 11. Job 28, 13. 31,
6. Ecc. 3, 21. Hence
B) The verb ^^ signifies to perceive,
to know, pr. what follows seeing, or from
seeing, unless one is destitute of the
senses and of intellect, or obstinately
shuts up his understanding; as in Is. 6,
9 lyin bj<;i ixn lx-17 seeing they shall see
and shall not perceive, understand. Ecc.
6, 5. To be more specific, "'i'^ is
1. to know, i. e. to perceive, to discern,
to become aware of, e. g. with the eyes Is.
6, 9, see above ; often with the mind, and
hence to understand, to comprehend,
Judg. 13. 21. Gen. 8, 11. 1 Sam. 20, 33;
with 3=b ns Deut. 8, 5. With 3 of that
by or from which one understands,
knows. Gen. 15, 8 ris naa wliereby shall
I know? 24, 14. Ex. 7, 17. Spec.
a) Often with intent and purpose, to
take knowledge of any thing, to observe,
to mark; 1 Sam. 23, 22 "nx ^sn^ ^irn
JTS'ipia observe and see his place, v. 23.
12, 17. 25, 17. Job 5. 27 -,b yn mark it
for thee. Hence by a peculiar poetic
idiom, not to know, not to mark, '.s said in
respect to things which happen unex-
pectedly, suddenly, as if before one
knows or marks them. Ps. 35, 8 let
destruction come upon him ^"Yl **^ 0.1^
he know it not, i. e. unexpectedly, un*
yr
380
yr
awares, Job 9, 5 God removelh moun-
tains flJ"^'^ xb they know it not, i. e. unex-
pectedly, suddenly. Cant. 6, 12 "FCy^ ^^
lai "'in^b "^aiEJ Iknewnot^ my soul made
me etc. i. e. unexpectedly, before I was
aware. Jer. 50, 24. So S'li"^ "^^3 who
knoweth ? who marketh ? i. e. no one
marketh, for unexpectedly, suddetdy,
Prov. 24, 22 ; parall. DSrB .Koran Sur.
16. 28 ' evertit eos Deus jvJt.wO ^5
et non animadvertebant.' Lokm. Fab. 28.
b) With the like idea of volition, often
to know, i. e. to see after, to care for, to
regard. Gen. 39, 6 n:2WD ryi 5<b he
saw after nothing of what he had. Prov.
9, la 27, 23. Job 9, 21, opp. tJXr . Is.
51, 7 pTS; 'S"!*' Z/iose tf^ regard right.
With 3 Job 35, 15 'rsa sn^ ^b he re-
gardeth not iniquity. Spec. aa) Of
God as knowing i.e. regarding men and
kindly caring for them, Ps. 144, 3. Nah.
1, 7; with 'yO Am. 3. 2 you only have I
known, regarded, loved, of all the fami-
lies of the earth. Gen. 18, 19 ',y^^ i''n""}']
MJiS'^ "ittis him (Abraham) have I known,
regarded, chosen, that fie may command,
etc. With 3 Ps. 31, 8, parall. nxn q. v.
no. 2. d. Comp. Ps. 1, 6. bb) Of men
as knotting God, i. e. as honouring and
worshipping him, Hos. 8, 2, 13, 4. Ps.
36, 11. 9, 11 r(cp^ -'Jy^ who know thy
name, i. e. who worship thee. Job 18, 21
^*$ "^Tl ^^ ('^.?) ^^o knoweth not God,
i. e. who careth not for him, an atheist.
1 Sam. 2, 12. Job 34, 4.
2. to know, i. e. to come to know, to
team, to discover, e. g. by the sight, Ex.
2, 4. 1 Sam. 22, 3, see above ; or by
hearing, Gen. 9, 24. Deut. 11, 2. Neh.
13, 10 ; also to learn by experience, to
experience, Job 5, 25. With an ace.
Ecc. 8, 5 ; '3 Ex. 6, 7. Is. 45, 6. Ez.
6, 7. 13. 7, 4. 9,. 11, 10. al. Often in
threats, comp. Engl, yon shall soon know,
learn, feel ; Lat. lu ipse videbis, sen-
ties, Hos. 9, 7 "^^"p^, =1:^7. Israel shall
see and. know, shall learn. Job 21, 19
yry^ Ti^X c^li*' God .shall recompense
Mm, so that he shall know, feel. Is. 5, 19.
9, 8. Ps. 14, 4. In the KorAn a frequent
plirase is j>.t^> 0-wm then they
Bhall know, understand, learn, e.g. Sur.
26. 48 ; see Schult. Opp. min. ad Job
81, 19.
3. to know, i. e. to become acquainted
with, e. g. a person Deut. 9, 24 ; a land
Num. 14, 31 ; so Prov. 24, 14. Often also
by euphemism for intercourse with the
other sex, e. g. a) Of a man, to know
a woman, i. e. to lie with her. Gen. 4, 17.
25. 1 Sam. 1, 19. al. Also of unnatural
lust, sodomy. Gen. 19, 5. This euphe-
mism is frequent also in verbs of know-
ing in other languages both oriental
and occidental ; e. g. Syr. yssu* , Arab.
OjX, Ethiop. ii^(PL,, Gr. yivbmxw,
see Fesselius Advers. Sac. II. 14. Lat.
cognosco Justin 5, 2 ; and so even Ital.
and Fr. conoscere, connattre, although in
these the usage is perhaps derived from
the Scriptures, b) Of a woman, ns*ii
U"'X to know a man, to have lain with
man, Gen. 19, 8. Judg. 11. 39 ; more fully
^=J =3wr5 Ui-N nrn;; Num. 31, 17. 18.
35. Comp. Ovid. Heroid. 6, 133, ' tur-
piter ilia virum cognovit adultera virgo.'
4. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with,
any person or thing ; with ace. of pers.
Gen. 29, 5. Ex. 1, 8. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Is. 45,
4. 5.. Ps. 18, 44 ^:'n3?'i "^nsj-i^ xb cs a
people whom / have not known shall
serve one. 81, 6 Tisn'; ikh rsb the
lip (language) of one / knew not.
Job 11, 11. With ace. of thing, Deut.
34, 6 'ir'^rp; rx aj'^x 5'i;i Kb no man
knoweth his sepulchre, where it is. Is.
29, 12 -ED "^nrn^ jtb I know not icriting,
am unacquainted with writing and read-
ing. Ps. 104; 19, Job 21, 27. 28, 13. 23.
al. With b of thing Ps. 69. 6 ; ace. et
^3 2 Sam. 17, 8. Jer. 10, 23. Ps. 119, 75.
With ace. of pron. impl. Job 36, 26 6c-
hold,, God is great, S"i5 t<bi ajid we know
him not, sc. his greatness. 37, 5. Is. 1. 3.
Also nS03 B r"i'^ to know one by name,
i. e. to know him well, to have lamiliar
intercourse with him, Ex. 33. 12, 17.
Part. Act, V'p one who knows a person
or thing. Job 19, 13 'SI"' those who know
me, my acquaintances. With a gonit.
of thing, knowing, skilled, skilfvl in any
thing. Gen. 25, 27 n^:* TT skilled in
hunting, a skilful hunter. 1 K. 9, 27
C*n 'sn'i skilled in the sea, in maritime
aflUirJ.' Am. 5, 16. Esth. 1. 13, Part.
Pass, sit; knmrn, with b Dcuf. 1,13 men
dS'^UStub C"i""Ti known unto your trH>e;
dat impl. v. 15. Poet. c. gen. Is, 53, 3
rT
381
rr'
^^n 51T^ known of disease, i. e. familiar
with sickness, for the common prose
construction ^bnb sni. Comp. Syr.
|<^|. known, renowned.
5. to know a thing, to have a know-
ledge of it ; followed : a) By a suhst.
in the ace. as nra sn-i (see nra), ri"'
rl , to know understanding, knowledge,
i. e. to excel in knowledge, wisdom, etc.
Prov. 17, 27. al. Job 15, 9 rnj Dtbl POn'-na
what knowesl thou and we know it not?
20, 4. 38, 18 ; with a , to know of a thing.
Gen. 19, 33. 35. 1 Sam. 22, 15. Jer. 38,
24 ; br id. Job 37, 16 ; b ^3 Jn; to
know (discern) between one thing and
another, Jon. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 36. b)
By a verb, as the infin. Jer. 1. 6 "'FO'i'i xb
la"!. ISam. 16, 18; infin. c. b Ecc. 4,
13. 10, 15 ; a finite verb, Job 32, 22 Kb
max 'IW'}^ /Ar/iojT not to flatter. ] Sam.
16, 16. Neh. 10, 29; so with l interposed
Job 23, 23. c) By a clause, mostly
with --S, Gen. 20, 6. 3, 5. E.\. 31, 29.
Num. 11, 16. Job 9, 2. 28. al. rarely with
'S impl. Job 19. 25 "^n "^bxh ^vp^T, I
know that mij redeemer liveth. Also
with n whether Judg. 18, 5 ; often with
interrog. pronouns, as "^a Gen. 21. 26.
43, 22; n^ Ex. 32, 1. 16, 15 ; nab Dan.
10, 20 ; ,':xa Josh. 2, 4. 5. etc. d') With
an ace. of a pron. impl. as after verbs of
speaking; Gen. 48, 19 "'M']'^ "'Sa ^nsTi
/ know, my son, I know, i. e. I know it.
4, 19. Cant. 1, 8. Job 38, 5. 21. Ps. 139,
14. Spec, in phrases : aa) sn'i -a wlio
knoweth ? i. e. no one can well know,
c. ace. Ecc. 6, 12. 8, 1 (comp. 3, 21) ;
with ix n Ecc. 2, 19. So too as ex-
pressing desire and hope. i. q. ' who can
tell but,' etc. with fut. 2 Sam. 12, 22 ia
^j""^ "r?^!') ^.V '>ho knoweth? perhaps
Jehovah may have mercy upon me. Joel
2 14. Jon. 3, 9. With ox and a prset.
Esth. 4, 14. bb) rnj avj SJn-i to know
good and evil, to know what is good and
what is evil, i. e. to be wise, prudent,
Gen. 3.5.22; whence S'^i ai:: rs'nn vs
Gen. 2, 17, the tree of wisdom. Hence
young children are said not to know
good and evil Deut. 1. 29. comp. Is. 7, 15 ;
also old and decrepit persons who are
in their second childhood. 2 Sam. 19, 36.
See Hom. Od. 18. 228, 6i8a tx<rra, 'Jm&Xu
xe Kul ^iQtiif natQOQ 8' sit vr,Tiioi 7j.
6. Absol. to know, to be knowing, to be
wise ; Job 8. 9 we are of yesterday 8ib"
S'13 and know nothing, i. e. are not wise.
Ps. 73, 22. Is. 32. 4. 44, 9. 18. 45, 20. 66y
10. Part. o-'Sni i. q. D-'asn Job 34, 2.
Ecc. 9, 11. Hence rvr\ wisdom, q. v.
NiPH. sn-ij fut. S'l^'i , S-1SI7 1. Pass, of
of Kal no. 1, to l)e perceived, known, with
the eyes; Gen. 41, 21 "bx ixa 'S vii: v^)>^
n3a"ip and it could not be known that tfiey
had come into tfieir bellies, no one could
perceive it. 1 K. 18, 36. Ps. 77, 20. 74, 5.
2. to be or become known, sc. to or by
any one, with b Ruth 3, 3; or by any
thing, with a Ex. 33, 16. Hence genr.
a) Of persons, with a of place where, Ps.
76, 2. 79, 10. Prov. 31, 23. Is. 61, 9; or
b of pers. to or by whom, Ex. 6, 3. Is. 19,
21. Ez. 20, 5; bx Ez. 20, 9. Comp.
1 Sam. 22, 6. Ps. 9, 17. b) Of things,
Ex. 2, 14. Lev. 4, 14. Judg. 16, 9. Nah.
3, 17. Impers. it is known, with b of
pers. 1 Sara. 6, 3; "^3 Ex. 21, 36;' a
Deut. 21, 1.
3. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be made to
know, to be taught by experience, i. q. to
be punished, comp. Kal no. 2. Prov. 10, 9
^.1^'! '''='^'7 ^?JS^. he that liveth perversely
shall be made to knoic, shall be punished.
Jer. 31. 19 "^sn^n '"i^nx after I was taught
by experience ; Luther well, ' nachdem
ich gewitzigt bin,' i. e. made wiser.
PiEL causat. to cause to know, to shoio
one something; with two accus. Job
33, 12.
PuAL part. S'T'a known, c. sufT. "'ST'a
my acq:uiiniance Ps. 31, 12. 55. 14. 88,
9. 19. Fem. rS'^^a a Icnown thing, Is.
12, 5 Cheth.
Po. sni"^ i. q. Pi, to show, and hence
to appoint, with ace. of pers. 1 Sam. 21, 3.
But perhaps it should read "'t^iy'in for
Hiph. ?"''i'''rt, imp. snin 1. Causat.
of Kal no. 1, to cause to .<tee, to let per-
ceive, to show ; with two ace. Jer. 16, 21
i'7;-rX CS-'nix / will cause tliem to see
my hand, i. e. my power. With b of pers.
Ex. 18. 20 andshalt shaic them the way.
2. to let know, to show any thing to
any one ; with two ace. Gen. 41. 39. Ex.
33." 12. 13. Ez. 20, 11. 22, 2 ; ace. of
thing and dat. of pers. Deut. 4, 9. Ps.
145. 12. Neh. 9. 14 ; ace. of pers. and a
whole clause. Job 10. 2. 1 Sam. 6. 2. 1 K.
^r
382
a^i"
1, 27 ; comp. Josh. 4, 22 ; ace. of thing,
Pb. 77, 15. 98, 2. Job 26, 3.
3. to make known, to acquaint, to teach,
with ace. ofpers. Job 38, 3. 40, 7. 42, 4 ;
dat. Prov. 9, 9 ; ace. of thing Ex. 18, 16 ;
two ace. ofpers. and thing Is. 40, 14. Ps.
16, 11. 51, 8 ; ace. ofpers. and infin. e. )>
Prov. 22, 19. Spec, to teach by experi-
ence, or by punishment, i. q. to punish ;
comp. Kai no. 2. Judg. 8, 16 he took
Uiorns oftJie desert and threshing-sledges,
nisp *ir3i< rx crta >]*] and with them
made the men of Succoth know, i. e. pun-
ished them, prob. by crushing them with
the drays upon a layer of thorns ; see
Vi^ no. 2. Sept. and Vulg. ^jh6r|(Ttv,^
contrivit, as if from Heb. ly'J^I , which
seems indeed better adapted to the con-
text, than is the common reading.
HoPH. S^in to be made known, to he-
come known, with bx of pers. Lev. 4, 23.
28. Part. fern. n^n^'Q Is. 12, 5 Keri.
HiTHP. y^i^rn to make oneself known,
to let oneself be known. Gen. 45, 1 ; to
reveal oneself, c. isx Num. 12, 6.
Deriv. ^}VV.^ Vl, ^Vl-. '^?'^! ^"^'?'
?^'^^ , 'S'TTQ , rr'ii'r) , and the pr. names
Ty: Chald. fut. S^D": Dan. 2, 9. 30. 4,
14 ; i. q. Heb. to know. Spec.
1. to perceive, to understand. Dan. 2, 8.
5, 23.
2. to come to know, to learn, to discover,
Dan. 4, 6. 6, U.
3. to know, to have knowledge of, Dan.
5, 22. Part. pass. XS^t?^ N""^. '.VI, be
it known unto the king, Ezra 4, 12. 13.
Aph. ri^n, fut. 5'1'i'T, part, snintt,
to make known, to show, with dat. of
pers. Dan. 2, 15. 17. 28 ; ace. as sufT.
Dan. 2, 23. 29. 4, 15. 5, 15. 16. 17. 7, 16.
Deriv. ynso .
y^"^ (knowing, wise) Jada, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 28. 32.
^??'?? (Jehovah cares for him) Jeda-
iah, pr. n. m. 1 Clir. 9, 10. 24, 7. Comp.
Zech. 6, 10. 14.
^^^yV^ m. (r. 51^) pkir. ti"'55'n'^ .
1. Pr. knowing, wise; and hence a
vnzard, sorcerer, Lev. 19, 31. 20, 6. Deut.
18, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 3. 9. Comp. ^le. pr.
knowing, wise, magUB; so Engl, wizard
is pr. a wise man.
2. a wizard spirit, spirit of divination,
by which wizards were supposed to be
attended, Lev. 20, 27. Comp. Six no.
2. a.
i^l Jah, a poetic form from fiitr;! Jeho-
vah, or rather from the more ancient
pronunciation n|if7^, whence by apocope
tin^ (as innir") for nnnnd';), and then n^
by dropping the unaccented ^, see Lehrg.
p. 157. Both these forms (ir.^ and n^)
are promiscuously used at the end
of many compound pr. names, as in^lpx
and njbx, in;7:-i'i and n^ai:, 'in;^^??
and '"t^StJ") ; the latter always in such
cases without Mappik. The form n^ is
chiefly employed in certain customary
formulas or refrains ; as M^"!ibbn halle-
litjah. praise ye Jehovah. Ps. 104, 35. 105,
45. 106, 1. 48. Ill, 1. 112, 1. 113, 1. al.
Further, e. g. Ps. 89, 9. 94, 7. 12. Is. 38,
11. Ex. 15, 2 n;) ^yrT] 'i? Jo.h is my
glory and my song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12,
2. Ps. 68. 5 i'cir n^a Jah is his name, see
in 3 lett. C. Is. 26, 4. This form is also
retained in the Syriac in a few doxolo-
gies, as |jii=c? <ji-Jik glory to Jah ; As-
sem. Bibl. Orient. II. 230. III. 579.
* _'* i. q. *I^3 , to give, to set, to put ;
a verb defective and rare in Hebrew,
but very com.mon in the kindred lan-
guages ; Chald. an'^, Syr. ^^3i-, Arab.
,_^., Eth. (DUfl. Once in'Praet. Ps.
55, 23 rph-i niir^-bs TtV^^iH <^^^ '^'P'^^
Jehovah what he hath given (or laid up-
on) thee, i. e. thy lot, for r,b in;; -iCX.
The person to whom, is often thus ex-
pressed after a verb of giving, by a suffix
pron. e. g. '?rir? Josh. 15. 19 ; comp. in
r. "r; no. 1. Others here take an-^ as a
subst. lot. burden, trouble. Elsewhere
only in imper. an once Prov. 30, 15 ;
usually with He parag. nan , f "an Ruth
3. 15. plur. lan Ps. 29. 2. a) give, give
here. Gen. 29, 21. Job 6, 22. 2 Sam. 16, 20
nsr cab Jian give ye counsel ! b) set,
'put. place, 2 Sam. 11. 15. Dout. 1, 13
D'^dJX c=b !ian set ye for yourselves men,
i. e.' appoint. Josh. 18, 4. c) Adv. of
exhorting, of incitement, come, come on !
go to ! Gen. 1 1, 3. 4. 7. 38, 16. Ex. 1, 9.
Arab. Z/Sb give, grant. For lan Hos.
4. 18. see Index.
Deriv. o'^-nan.
383
irp
Sn^ Chald. Dan. 3, 2S, imp. :n Dan.
6, 17 ; part. act. 3n;i 2, 9.1, pass. aTi-;,
Sn-J ; Prat. paPs. rs-n^ , sssin-J Dan. 7,
11.' 12. Ezra 5, 14. The fut. and inf. are
V
borrowed from 'iPJ ; comp. Syr. wi3i- ,
fut. '^I^ from \;^ i. q. *|ns. To give,
to set, i. q. Hchr.
1. to g-ire, with ace. and dat. Dan. 2,
21. 23. 37. 5, 17. 19. 7, 4. 6 ; to give or
deliver over Dan. 2, 38. Ezra 5, 12 ; with
ace. to offer, to yield, Dan. 3, 28, 20"^
Ksro to give accmmt Dan. 6. 3.
2. to set, to put, to lay a foundation,
Ezra 5, 16 ; in the fire Dan. 7, 1 1.
Ithpe. sniT''* , fut. 2"";^? , part.
Sn^ria , to be given, to be delicerd over,
Dan! 4, 13. 7, 25. Ezra 4. 20. 6. 4. 8. 9.
Sn;' Ps. 55, 23, see in r. rn"; .
'*Jr a secondary root, denom. from
l^rri , nnw^ . 7?/f/aA, r. niT .
HiTHP. iri'^ri") pr. to make oneself a
Jew, to become a Jew, by embracing the
Jewish religion, Esth. 8, 17. So Eth.
I'PUJ? , Arab. 5L^ to become a Jew,
n f G >^
from OySt Jews, for 4>-g-J . See in iin-i .
^1 see "lin-i no. 2.
"'^Hv or '';j<7? (for n^^v!!) whom Jeho-
vah directs, r. i^l^) Jahdai, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 47.
in^ JeliovaJi, see in ttV
Kin;^ (for Xin^n-i i. q. s^in'ri"! Jehovah
is He, comp. !<>i-i^j< , xsn-'sx [ and the
same contraction in ?1C3^) Jehu, pr. n.
a) A king of Israel who destroyed the
family of Ahab. r. 884-856 B. C. He
was hostile to idolatry, butof great cru-
elty, IK. 19. 16. 2 k. c. 9. 10. b) A
prophet in Samaria in the reign of Baa-
Bha, 1 K. 16, 1, 2 Chr. 19, 2. 20, 34. c)
1 Chr. 2. 38. d) ib. 4, 35. e) ib. 12, 3.
THiJiri'^ (whom Jehovah holds, sus-
tains, r. Tnx) Jehoahaz, pr. n. a) A
king of Israel, r. B. C. 856-840, the son
of Jehu, 2 K. 10, 35. 13, 1-9. b) A
king of Judah, r. 611 B. C. the son of
Josiah, 2 K. 23, 31-35. 2 Chr. 36, 1;
written also THxi^, v. 2. Sept. '/wa^aj.
2$"1"T|' (whom Jehovah bestowed, OX
prob. from obsol. tJISt, ^\ , donavit)
Jehoash, pr. n. a) A king of Judah 877
-838 B. C. the son of Ahaziah, 2 K. 12,
1. 21. 14, 13 ; written also OHT" ib. 11,2.
12, 20. b) A king of Israel 840-825
B. C. the son of Jehoahaz, 2 K. 13, 10-
25 ; written also by contraction cxi^ ib.
V. 9. Sept. 'luiug.
^'V^'J apocop. from rriiirri . l. Judah,
i. e. the land of Judah, Judea. Dan. 2,
25 ^^T^ "'T xniba '33 the captives of Ju-
dea. 5,' 13. 6,'l4! Ezra 5, 1. 8. Arab.
G >-. B
(^^, , 4>J6, collect, the Jews. Hence
denom. in^rn, see in "ini.
2. Jehud, written ^Ti^ , pr. n. of a town
of the Danites, Josh. 19, 45.
'^7^'^? (pr. verbal from fut. Hoph. of
rrn"! . celebrated, lauded, comp. Gen. 29,
35. 49, 8) pr, n. Judah.
1. The fourth son of Jacob, born of
Leah, Gen. 29, 35. 35, 23 ; also the tribe
descended from him, nnirri naia Num.
1, 27. '^ n^a 2 Sam. 2, 1. 10, '^ "^"aa Num.
1, 26; the bounds of whose territory
are described in Josh. c. 15. rTi^irTi in
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 48.
After the secession o the ten tribes,
the name of Judah was given to the
subsequent kingdom, which comprised
the tribes of Judah and Benjamin w^ith
a portion o( Simeon and Dan, and
had Jerusalem for its metropolLs. The
other kingdom was called ^x"^!^^ Israel,
and also Di'iBX Ephraim ; the latter
chiefly in the prophets. Hence rsnj*
Hn!|iTi the land of Judah, the kingdom of
Judah, Is. 19, 17. nnsinn n-ir the city of
Judah, i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 25. 28. i. q.
l^'n -115 2 K. 14, 20, Ailer the carrying
away of the ten tribes and after the Ba-
bylonish exile, the name Judah. Judea,
was applied to the whole country of the
Israelites, Hagg. 1, 14. 2, 2. Where
the land, Judea, is signified. STi^n"^ i?
fem. Is, 7, 6, Joel 4, 20. Ps. 114, 2 ; where
the people is intended, the Jews, it is
masc. Is. 3, 8. Hos.4, 15, al, but also cou-
pled with a fem. Nab, 2, 1, Jer. 14, 2, al.
2, Of several persons : a) Neh, H,
9, b) Ezra 3, 9, Neh. 12, 8. c) Neh.
12, 34. d) ib. V. 36.
'^1^*V plur. C^nirri , sometimes c-'^'i^n'j
Esth, 4,7, 8, 1.7. 13.9, 15. 18, Cheth.' . '
1. As a gentile name, a Jew, the Jews.
a) A member of the kingdom of Judah
in-
384
in*
2 K. 16, 6. 25, 25. Jer. 32, 12. 3S, 19. al.
b) In the later Hebrew, after the carry-
ing away of the ten tribes, put for any
Hebrew, the Hebrews, Neh. 1, 2. 2, 16.
Esth. 3, 4 sq. 4, 3 sq. 8, 1. al. Fern.
rrnini a Jewess I Chr. 4, 18.
2. Jehudi, pr. n. m. Jer. 36, 14. 21.
^'IT^'} Chaid. a Jew, only in plur.
I'^X'iin'i , .;. emphat. XH^in"; , the Jews,
Dan. 3,^8. Ezra 4, 12. 5,^1.5.
ni'l^n^ f. 1. Gentile n. fem.of '''iwi,
Bs Adv. Judaice, in Jewish, i. e. in the
Jews' language, 2 K. 18, 26. Neh. 13, 24.
2. Judith, pr. n. of the wife of Esau,
Gen. 26, 34.
* ^^~? Jehovah, pr. n. of the su-
preme Deity, D'^n'^xn , among the He-
brews. The later Hebrews, lor seve-
ral centuries before the Christian era,
either misled by a false interpretation
of certain laws (Ex. 20, 7. Lev. 24, 16),
or following out some ancient supersti-
'tion, regarded this name as too sacred
to be uttered, as the ineffable name
which they scrupled even to pronounce ;
Bee Philo Vit. Mosis T. III. p. 519, 529,
ed. Colon. Jos. Antt. 2. 12. 4. Hence in
the sacj^ed text, wherever this ovofiu
ugt^tjzov was written, they substituted
for it in reading, or pronounced for it
the word "^nx ; and for this reason the
vowels of the name '^J'lX are in the Ma-
Boretic readings every where written
with the four letters n-.H"'. The initial
Yod, however, takes only a simple She-
Va, and not the composite one, nin"^ not
irirn ; while prefixes receive the same
points as if followed by 'p!< , e. g. njn"'^,
hSn-'Z , nin-'^ . This practice must al-
ready have existed in the time of the
LXX interpreters; since they uniformly
render n'.n"^ by o Kv()tog i. e. "^px . The
Samaritans also followed the same cus-
tom ; pronouncing however instead of
hin*^ the word KTa"i\:5 i. q. cirn . Wherev-
er the sacred text has nin^ '3*tX, in
order not to repeat "^pif. twice in suc-
cession, the Jews pronounce OTjbx "'px,
and write nin;i "'jnx .
Hence it appears that the name nin"j
is furnished not with its own vowels, but
with those of another word ; and the
quMtion arises, what are its true and
genuine vowels ? Many interpreters
regard it as for nin^ , after the analogy
of -P?^, ni?"iD, justly appealing to the
authority of several ancient writers, who
relate that the God of the Hebrews was
called lAJl, e. g. Diod. Sic. 1. 94, Ictto-
Qovai . . . -toi'g vo^ovg didot'ui naQa da
Toii^ Iov8uioii; Mu)ui]v zbv I All iniy-ulov-
fitvof \)i6v. Macrob. Sat. 1. 18. Hesych.
V. 'OCdag. Clem. Alex. Strom, p. 666.
Oxon. See more, Thesaur. p. 577. To
this may be added, that the same form
is conspicuous as the name of God on the
gems of the Egyptian Gnostics ; Iren.
adv. Hseres. I. 34. Bellermann ubcr die
Gemmen der Alten mit dem Abraxas-
bilde. I. II. Not very unlike is the form
n^rJl of Philo Byblius ap. Euseb. Prsep.
Evang. 10. 11; and lAOT (^in^) ap.
Clem. Alex. Strom, V. p. 562. Others, as
Reland in his Decad.Exercitatt. de vera
pronunciatione nominis Jehova, Traj. ad.
Rh. 1707, following the Samaritans,
suppose it anciently to have been pro-
nounced n]n;i , and have a support for
their opinion in the abbreviated forms
in^ and WV So Theodoret Q,utcst. 15
in Exod. KuXoiiui 8e avio 2^i<fiugnjai
TABE, 'lovdaioi 8i ATA ("^."x) ; Cod.
Aug. I A. Even those who regard >^y^1
as the true pronunciation, as Michaelis
in Supplcm. p. 254, are not destitute of
some apparent grounds ; for the abbre-
viated syllables in^ and i"^, which stand
first in many compound proper names,
can be so readily explained from no
other form. But those only waste their
time and labour, who endeavour to refer
this name to a foreign origin, or assign
to it any special relation with Jw-piter,
Jov-\fi, or the like.
My own view coincides with that of
those, who regard this name as anciently
pronounced T^yn^i, like the Samaritans;
since from this all the apocopated forme
can be more readily derived (^"i^i '^r'
in"' , for in;j , in*;) ; and because allusion
is made in the O, T. to such an etymo-
logy ; e. g. Ex. 3, 14 n^nx ncx n^nx
/ nhall he what I am, (com p. Rev. 1, 4. 8, j
o b>v Koi 6 r^v xfu o f'p/OjUfroc,) the name
mn"< being derived from the verb n^n
to be, and regarded as designating God
as eternal, immutable, who will never b
other than the same. A like allusion is
m
385
in'
found in Hos. 12, C i^St hin-j Jehovah is
Aw name, i. c. tlie Eternul, the Immuta-
ble. Comp. also the Inscription on the
Saltic temple of Isis, Plut. de Iside et
Osir. 9. iyu ft/u to ytyovig xai or xal iao-
fiivov. See Tholuck on the Hypothesis
of the Egyptian or Indian origin of the
name Jehovah, Vermischte Schriften I.
p. 377 sq. traiisl. in BibI, Ropos. IV. p.
89 sq. 1834. Hengstenb. Authentic des
Pentat. I. p. 204 sq.
As to the usus loquendi of this name,
some of the differences of usage be-
tween it and C^n^Pi or DTrbx have
already been noted ; see in CTibx B. no.
6. It may be further added, that in the
prophetical books for the most part only
nini is employed, as being the more
august and venerable name ; O'^n'sx be-
ing there used of the true God only in
certain formulas, as Is. 13, 19. 53.4. Jer.
35, 4. etc. On the other hand, in certain
other usual formulas, ni>T^ alone is em-
ployed, e. g. i^^^7 nx:, nin^ irx n's,
nin'' ".r-^, n'rn') ti, nin^ i::?, etc.
Thes. p. 578. Spec, we may note :
a) cn'sx nin-i, i. e. Jehovah God,
comm. the Lord God, by apposition, and
not as some would have it Jehovah of
gods, i. e. chief or prince of gods. This
is the customary appellation of Jehovah
in Gen. c. 2. 3 ; elsewhere less frequent,
as Ex. 9. 30. 2 Sam. 7, 22. 1 Chr. 28, 20.
29, 1. 2 Chr. 1, 9. 6, 41. 42. Ps. 72, 18.
Jon. 4. 6 ; also n^n'^sn nin7 l Sam. 6,
20. 1 Chr. 22. 1. 19. 2 Chr. 32, 16. Far
more frequent is this compound form
when followed by a genit. as ^'^'^J< niiTi
^xnb"? Josh. 7, 13. 19.20. 8, 30. 9, 18. 19!
al. ?i"'ni3s: -^ribx m^i Deut. 1, 21. 6, 3.
27, 3; r\^rp^ r^'\:^^^, ^ryb^ niri^ Deut. 1,
1.31. 2,7. 4,5. 18, 16. 26. 14.' al.
b) nixas r\'^:r\i Jehovah (God) of hosts,
i. e. of the celestial armies, see in saa
no. 2. b.
c) ^)>^2 ''t^^, 5 for the points in njnn
see above at the close of the first para-
graph ; 2 Sam. 7, 18. 19. Is. 50, 4. Jer. 32,
17; also very freq. in Ezekiel.
d) njn^ i2Bb , see in ''Sfib , under art.
nsB D. "
^5P^? (whom Jehovuh bestows, r.
*nt) Jehozabad, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26,
4. b) 2 K. 12, 22. c) 2 Chr. 17, 18.
33
Ipnin^ m. (whom Jehovah bestows,
r. '(Sn , q. d. &fod(iJ(}o<;) Jfhnhanan, pr. n.
a) A military commander under Jeho-
shaphat, 2 Chr. 17, 15. 23, 1. b) 2 Chr.
28, 12. c) 1 Chr. 26, 3. d) Neh. 1 2, 13.
e) ib. 6, 18. f ) Ezra 10, 6, contr. Ijnl-"
Neh. 12, 22. 23. g) Ezra 10, 28. ' h)
Neh. 12, 42. See |3ni'^ . Hence Greek
' lutuvvui: and 'iwdyvijg.
J?7^ln^ m. (whom Jehovah knows, fa-
vours, r. 5"]^) Jehoiada, pr. n. m. a) A
priest of great authority in the kingdom
of Judah, 2 K. 11, 4. al. b) 2 Sam. 8,
18. 20, 23. c) 1 Chr. 27, 34. d) ib. 12,
27. Hence contr. 51^1"^ q. v.
j'^S^ln^ m. (whom Jehovah hath ap-
pointed, r. "I'ls) pr. n. Jehoiachin. son of
Jehoiakim, king of Judah B. C. 600, 2 K.
24, 6. 8-17. The same name is written
,-3^i-' Ez. 1, 2 : n^JS". E.sth. 2, 6. Jer.
27, 20. 28, 4; in^32V for ln^ "p^ Jer. 24,
1 Chethibh ; and 'in^'JB Jer. 22, 24. 28.
37,1.
D'^p^ln^ m. (whom Jehovah hath set
up, r. nip) pr. n. Jehoiakim, son of Jo-
siah. king of Judah 611-600 B. C. 2. K.
23, 34. 36. 24, 1. Jer. 1, 3. His former
name was cp'^bx q. v.
n-'l^in;' and n-'n^'i'^ (whom Jehovab
defends, r. S"'")) pr. n. Jehoiarib, Joiarib,
a distinguished priest at Jerusalem,
1 Chr. 9, 10. 24, 7. Ezra 8. 16. Neh. 11,
10. 12, 6. 19. Hence Gr. 'laagl^ 1 Mace.
2,1.
5D"n^ (potent, verbal fut. Hoph. from
bb^) Jehucal, pr. n. m. Jer. 37 3 ; for
which contr. bs^i Jer. 38, 1.
S'lp'^n^ and ^73"!'' (whom Jehovah
impels, r. a"!3) Jehonadab, Jonadab. pr.
n. a) A sonofRechab, an ancestor of
the nomadic Rechabites, who bound his
tribe by a vow to abstain from wine. 2 K.
10, 15. Jer. 35, 6. See aan . b) 2 Sam.
13, 5 sq.
'}ri3in'|> and 'JC?'^'' (whom Jehovah
gave, r. "inj, Gr. 6)o5oi^o?.) Jonathan,
pr. n. m, a) A son of Saul, celebrated
for his noble friendship towards David,
1 Sam. c. 13-31. b) A son of Abiathar,
2 Sam. 15, 27. 36. 1 K. 1, 42. 43. Also
of several others, called only "irji'.T) , viz.
c) A son of Gershom, an idolatrous
in-
386
ai
priest, Judg. IS. 30. <i) 2 Sam. 21, 21.
1 Chr. 20, 7. 27, 32. e) 2 Chr. 27, 25.
f ) 2 Chr. 17, 8. g) Jer. 37, 15. 20. 38,
26. h) Neh. 12, 18. See more in -(rjii .
51?"'!^^' i. q. kOT' (by Chaldaism not
contracted, r. ~D^ ) Joseph, pr. n. Ps. 81 , 6,
poetically for the nation of Israel. See
n~27'^ir(1' (whom Jehovah adorns, r.
ITns) Jehoaddah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 36 ;
for which 9, 42 n-;5V
I'^T^in'^ (fem. of preced.) Jehonddan
pr. n. f 2 Chr. 25, 1. 2 K. 14, 2 Keri ;
but "fnrin"! Cheth.
p'lSiJT;' and P7'l'^'' (whom Jehovah
makes just, r. pls) Jehozadak. Jozadak,
pr. n. of the father of Joshua the high
priest, Hagg. 1, 1. 12. Ezra 3, 2. 8. 5, 2.
Dnini' (whom Jehovah has exalted,
r. C^n) Jehoram, Joram, pr. n. a) A king
of Judah 891-884 B. C. son of Jehosha-
phat, 2 K. 8, 16-24. b) A king of Israel
896-884 B. C. son of Ahab, 2 K. c. 3.
c) A priest 2 Chr. 17, 8. Written also
contr. Ciii.
IPntrini' (Jehovah is her oath, i. e.
worshipper of Jehovah, comp. ssd'^^s)
Jehosheba. pr. n. of a daughter of king
Joram, and wife of Jehoiada the priest.
2 K. 11, 2; written in 2 Chr. 22, 11
?^lCin;> and yfO^T]"} (Jehovah his help,
r. SttJV comp. Srai-'bx, Germ. GoUhUf.)
Jehoshua, Joshua^ pr. n. m. a) The
minister and assistant of Moses, after-
wards his successor and leader of the Is-
raelites, the son of Nun, Ex. 17, 9. 24,
13 ; elsewhere called also SuJin Num. 13,
8. 16; see also V^"^.- b) A high priest
contemporary with Zerubbabel, Zech.
3,1. 6, 11. Hagg. 1, 1. 12; see also
9^1. c) 1 Sam. 6, 14. 18. d) 2 K. 23,
8. Sept. 'Jjiuovg, Vulg. Josua.
tSCTDin^ (whom Jehovah judgelh. i. e.
whose cause he sustains.) pr. n.Jehosha-
phat. a) A king of Judah, 914-^89
B. C. son of Asa. 1 K. 22, 41-51. From
him the valley between Jerusalem and
the Mount of Olives is supposed to have
received the sjime name, Joel 4, 2. 12.
2 Chr. c. 20. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 396. b) The recorder or annalist
of king David, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24.
c) 1 K. 4, 17. d) The father of Jehu
king of Israel, 2 K. 9, 2. 14.
"TTl^ adj. (r. "i"!^) elated, prmid. arro-
gant, Prov. 21, 24. Hab. 2, 5. Chald.
and Talmud, id. "iH'^rjl to be proud ;
n^-iTi'^, X^vii'^, pride.
''^^fD? (^vho praises God, r. Vsn)
Jehalelel, pr. n. m. a) 2 Chr. 29, 12.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 16.
D '!!!? m. (r. C^rr) a species of hard
gem, so called from beating, hammering,
Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 28, 13. Several
of the ancient versions render it orv$,
ovv/i&y, the onyx, which is not im-
probable. Others, adamant, but lese
well ; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerdotumi,
II. 13.
Y*-T obsol. root, Arab. \jaJ^m to
tread down, to trample upon. Hence
tn^ Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, M, elsewhere
nsn^j (place trodden down.) Jahaz,
Jahazah, pr. n. of a Moabitish city situ-
ated near the desert, afterwar<fe reckon-
ed to the tribe of Reuben and assigned
to the priests. Num. 21, 23. Deut. 2, 32.
Josh 13. 18. 21, 36. Judg. 11, 20. 1 Chr.
6, 63. Jer. 48, 34. In several of these
examples the final n in ttsn'2 is local ;
as Num. Deut. I. c.
Ut a root not in use, prob. to be
high, iximid, kindr. with "irt , nnn . Arab.
^1 (?'< a prominent heap cf sand.
Hence "i*'?!'?-
^2$"''' ( whose father is Jehovah) pr. n.
Joab. a) The nephew and chief mili-
tary officer of David, 2 Sara. 2, 24. 1 K.
2, 5. 22. al. b) 1 Chr. 4, 14. c) Ezra
2,6. 8, 9. Neh. 7, 11.
'^ijl'' (whose brother i. e. helper i*
Jehovah) pr. n. Joah. a) A son of
Asaph, the reccrder or annalist </f He-
zekiah, 2 K. 18, 18. Is. 36, 3. b) The
annalist of king Josiah. 2 Chr. 34. 8.
c) 1 Chr. 6, 6. 2 Chr. 29, 12. d) 1 Chr.
26,4.
Tnxi^ sec tnxinv
^S?'^'' (Jehovah is his God, i. c. worship-
per of Jehovah,) pr. n. Jotl. a) A pro-
xr
387
nv
phet, son of Pethuel, Joel 1, I. b) The
eldest son orSiimud, 1 Sam. 8, 2. c) A
son of king Uzziah 1 Clir. 6, 21 ; lor
which, by a manifest error in trahscrib-
ing, is read in v. 9 bsistlJ. Also of seve-
ral other persons ; see Thesaur. p. 582.
fi^'y^ (i. q. aJsini q. v.) Joash, pr. n.
m. a) See in oSxin^ a. b) See ibid. b.
c) The father of Gideon Judg. 6, 11.
d) 1 K. 22, 26. 2 Chr. 18, 25. e) 1 Chr.
12, 3. f ) ib. 4, 22.
31'' Job. pr. n. of a son of Issachar Gen.
46, 13; perhaps an error in copying for
aiittJ-j Num. 26, 24. 1 Chr. 7, 1 Keri.
^^T' (i. q. ^i_Lo desert, see in r. 33^)
Jobab, pr. n. a) A people of Arabia,
descended from Joktan, Gen. 10, 29. 1
Chr. 1, 23. A trace of this tribe is to
be found perhaps in Ptolemy, who men-
tions a people on the eastern coast of
Arabia near the Sacalitje, whom he
calls 'ibiiiaQlTai, or as Salmasius and
Bochart conjecture 'liot^u^lTai, chang-
ing the Q into ^. See Bochart Phaleg
II. 29. b) A king of Idumea Gen. 36,
33. 34. 1 Chr. 1, 44. 45. c) A king of
the Canaanites Josh. II, 1. d) 1 Chr.
8, 9. e) ib. 8, 18.
'5'!'' comm. see in no. 2, (r. Vi'^ 11.)
onomatopoetic, i. q. hni. jubilu7n, Germ.
Jubel, comp. Engl, jubilee, signifying
a cry of joy, joyful shout, and then
transferred to the sound or clangour of
trumpets, trumpet signal, alarm, like
HS1"ipi q. V. Roots of like sound and
signification denoting outcry, clamour,
as the expression both of joy and pain,
(since the two are often hardly to be
distinguished, and are frequently ex-
pressed by the same words, comp. bns,
ntn.) are in the Semitic tongues bb"^,
J^j, bbij, also 23^, v^f ; Gr. ololi-
^Hv; ululd^tiv, Lat. ejulare, ululare ; in
the Teutonic dialects, Swed. jokn,
whence the ancient Scandinavian festi-
val called // (Engl. Yule), Dutch joelen,
comm. Germ jodeln. In all these syl-
lables jol, jobl, jodl, the primitive idea
is to cry io ; comp. Lat. io triumphe.
Hence
1. b3i*n 'j'np the horn of jubilee, signal-
horn, i. e. with which a signal of attack or
alarm is sounded, Josh. 6, 5 ; also ellipt.
bgn'' Ex. 19, 13. Plur. n-ibai^ ni-.fticJ
Josh. 6, 6, with art. cbni*,-] riiciib 6, 4.
8. 13, trumpets of jubilee {for the plur.
form see note) i. e. with which a signal
is given, alarm-trumpets, signal trum-
pets. Between baiin 'f-^pjhe signal-fu/rn
and bai'n iBicJ tlie signal-trumpet, there
seems to have been no difference, see
Josh. 6, 4, comp. v. 5. 6. bai'n T|ii5'oa
Ex. 19. 13, and bsi'li "(-ijsa T\^-C3 Josh.
6, 5, when the signal-horn is sounded,
i.q. elsewhere ni">siTl"3 S|?n , comp. Josh.
6, 4 and v. 5. The Chaldee translator
and the Rabbins by an absurd conjec-
ture interpret bai'"' a ram, and bai'n 'p
the ram^s horn; nor are several modern
conjectures much better, for which see
Fuller's Miscell. IV. 8. Carpzov. Appa-
rat. Antiqu. Cod. sac. p. 449. Bochart
Hieroz. I. lib. 2. c. 43.
Note. The plural cbai'sn nincttJ
trumpets of alarms, which stands where
we should expect ba">n 'tt3 , depends on
an idiom of the Hebrew language,
which has hitherto been overlooked by
Grammarians ; see Heb. Gram. 106. 3.
In Hebrew, as in Syriac (Hoffmann
Gramm. Syr. p. 254). there are three
modes of forming the plural of compound
nouns, or nouns in construction, viz.
either : a) The governing noun alone
is put in the plural, and this is much
the most common method, as b'^n nias.
plur. b-^n "^nias; or b) The Genitive
or noun governed is also put in the plu-
ral, as D-^b^n 1-12 a 1 Chr. 7. 5, o^:: inio
for D^n -inia Ex. 1, 11, Q-^bx "'33 iPs. 29*
2 for bx i:a ; or further : c) The gov-
erning noun remains unchanged, and
the Genitive alone is made plural, of
which a striking example is the phrase
riax n-^a ' houses of fathers,' for 3X -^na,
see in nia no. 11. The example above
in question belongs to the second form,
lett. b.
2. bai'n rv6 Lev; 25, 13. 15. 31. 40,
and ellipt. bai" ib. v. 28. 30. 33, (comm.
gender, m. Num. 36. 4. but often fem. on
account of the ellipsis of nrr Lev. 25. 10,)
the year of jubilee, Vulg. annus jubileus,
annus jubilei, so called from the sound-
ing of trumpets on the tenth day of the
seventh month, by which it was an-
nounced to the people, Lev. 25, 9. It
occurred every fiftieth year, Lev. 25, 10.
sr
388
t3V
11. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 3; not as some sup-
pose in the forty-ninth ; and according
to the Mosaic law, in this year all lands
which had been sold returned to their
first possessor, all slaves were to be set
free, and the lands lay untilled. Sept.
tiog utfiiaewg, ixqisaig.
'^^"^ m. 1. a river, stream of water.
Jer. 17, 8. R. bs; I.
2. Jubal, pr. n. of a son of Lamech, and
(the inventor of music, Gen. 4, 21. The
;iiame Jubal signifies perhaps pr. jubi-
>lum, or the sound of trumpets and other
instruments, i. e. music, kindr. with bsii j
and was afterwards applied to its in-
ventor. R. i"?; II.
^^r*^ (i- q- "'51'"'"'?) Jozabad, pr. n. of
several Levites, a) 2 Chr. 31, 13. b)
Ezra 8, 33. 10, 23. c) 10, 22.
*13P'^ (whom Jehovah remembers)
Jozachar, pr. n. of the murderer of king
Joash, 2 K. 12, 22. In 2 Chr. 24, 26
written Ilit , a manifest error in trans-
cribing.
^0'^"' (perh. contr. from D^nii whom
Jehovah revives, comp. HS'^a for n^D'^a)
Joha, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8. 1 6. b)
11, 45.
Ir^*^"^ (i- q- IJO'^"'? where see) Joha-
nan, pr. n. as contracted borne also:
a) By two of David's officers, 1 Chr. 12,
4. 12. b) A son of king Josiah 1 Chr.
3, 15. c) A priest ib. 5, 35. d) 2 K.
25, 23. Jer. 40, 8. e) 1 Chr. 3, 24. f)
Ezra 8, 12.
ntp^'i see n-j"i.
^^t'^"' (> q- ^Tr'^'^. q- V-) pr. n. Joiada,
Neh. 3, 6. 12, 10.
TP'!'^'^ see V=^in^.
O'^PI'I'' (i. q. niprrr;) Joiakim, pr. n.
TO. Neh. 12, 10.
y^'^'^V (i. q. a-'n'J'in'j) Jaiarib, pr. n.
a) See s-n-jirr. b) Neh. 11, 5.
'IS^'^'^ (whose glory is Jehovah, r.
12S) Jochebcd, pr. n. of the mother of
iloees and wife of Amram, Ex. 6, 20.
Num. 26, 59.
^5'!'' Jncal, see Vi^liTj .
D I a root not in une, prob. to be
warm, hot, like the kindred roots D^n,
t^in , cn^ , (c*^ ; ^^^ n being gradually
softened into n and 80 into "^ ; see p.
370. And as there exist three roots
with the harsher guttural, fiW, CT?n,
n^n ; so also with the softer letter. D'i'',
B^;;, n72^. From the root Ci^ come tii''
day, B"^ w|) warm springs ; from tiii"^
comes plur. Q'^'2'J constr. '^x:'^ days.
Di"' c. suir. ''a'i"', ^^"i"^, plur. Din^^
constr. '''C'] . poet, ni^"! ; masc. rarely
fem. as e'cc. 7, 14. Jer. 17, 18. Ez. 7, 10-
1. a day, so called from the diurnal
heat, r. cr. Chald. Samar. id. Syr.
.07 S C _
pca^, Arab. ^jJ) id. Spoken of the
natural day, from the rising to the set-
ting sun, opp. the night. Gen. 1, 14. 16.
7, 4. 12. 8, 22. 31, 39 ; also of the civil
day or 24 hours, which includes the
night, Gen. 7, 24. 50, 3. al. Job 3, 6 let
not (that night) rejoice among the days
of the year, "inx ci"! in or on one day
Gen. 27, 45. 33^13. Num. 11, 19; the
same day Is. 9, 13. n^n m'n CS?a in
the self-same day Gen. 7, 13, see in css .
Gep. 18, 1 nTn Dn3 in the heat of the
day, at noon, elsewhere called oiTi 1133
Prov. 4. 18, see in -(ilS . rarn oii the
sabbath-day Ex. 20. 8. ts-^nDSi ci"i day
of atonement, expiation. Lev. 23, 28. fii"*
n?!i-ipi Num. 29, 1. Prov. 27, 1 boast not
thyself of to-morrow, for thou knowest
not ci"i ib*-n73 what a day (to-day) may
bring forth. Put for the light of day,
day-light ; comp. Gen. 1, 5. So Zech.
14, 7 r\'bi\ jibi Di-' xb . . . nnN m"- n^ni
and there shall be a day . . . when there
will be neither rfay-Iight nor night. Job
3, 5. Also for a day^s journey, i. q. Tj'J'^
Ci-i, Deut. 1, 2; comp. Num. 11, 31.
Adv. absol. oi"' i. q. z.W^ , by day, in tlie
day-time, Ps. 88, 2. Also ci^ cii day by
day. daily. Gen. 39, 10. Ex. 16, 5. Is. 58,
2. Ps. 68, 20 ; in genit. ci"' Ci"^ "^-inj daily
vmcs Ps. 61, 9; crj D'i'' id. Esth. 3, 4;
ora D'i"> pr. day by day 1 Chr. 12, 22.
Neh. 8, 18 ; era crb from- day to day,
daily. 2 Chr. 24, 11 but ai^a era a*
day by day 1 Sam. 18. 10 ; also ci0
Di''-bs from day to day Num. 30, 15.
1 Chr. 16. 23. With a giMiit. of pers.
the day of any one signifii's: a) In a
good sense, h'lo festival day. Hon. 7, 5
ijsbi? ci"' the day of our king, his birth-
day or day of inauguration. 2, 15 "'a'J
nv
389
Dli
C^yan the festivals of idoh. 2, 2 [1, 1 1]
ix5"i]7 o'i"' the (lay of Jezreel, i. e. when
the people shall be assembled at Jezreel.
Spoken of one's birth-day Job 3, 1 ; not
1, 4. So 'iftiga Jivog Diog. Laert. 4. 41 ;
comp. Cic. Att. 13. 42. b) In a bad
sense, day of calamity ; Obad. 12 oi""
:^T7S{ the day of thy brother. Job 18, 60
posterity shall be astonished at his day,
iai"', i. e. at his calamity. Ps. 37, 13.
137, 7. 1 Sam. 26, 10. Ez. 21, 30. Arab.
Ij day of misfortune. Also Is. 9, 3
y^'t^a oi*' the day of Midian. when the
Midianites were defeated with slaughter.
Comp. dies AUiensis, Cantiensis, Arab.
Jo ftyj dies pugnae Bedrensis, Kor. 3.
119. c) the day of Jehovah, i. e. the day
of judgment and punishment which Je-
hovah will hold upon the wicked, Joel I,
15. Ez. 13, 5. Is. 2, 12. 13, 6. 9. Am. 5,
18. 20. Obad. 15. al. Plur. Job24. 1. Gv.
fjfiiqa xov xv^lov 1 Thess. 5, 2. 2 Pet.
3, 10.
2. time, like fj/ii^a and Lat. ^Zies. Judg.
18, 30. Is. 48, 7. Job 15. 32. 30,25. See
the forms nin, Di'^a, ni3, etc. below
in no. 3, under the letters a, b, d, e, f, g.
More frequent in this sense in Plur.
CO^ , see below in Plur. no. 2.
3. With the art. and prepositions pre-
fixed :
a) Di'n this day, to-day, Gen. 4, 14.
Ex. 22, 14. 24, 12. 30, 32. 31, 48. al.
Arab. |5^t id. Also : a) by day, in
the day-time. opp. H^^^n by night, Neh.
4, 16 [22]. Hos. 4, 57 i. q. B^iV (i) at
this time, now, Deut. 1, 39. 1 Sam. 12,
17. 2 K. 6, 26. /) that day, at that
time, then, 1 Sam. 1, 4 ni'n in-i] . 14,
1. 2 K. 4, 8. Job 1, 6, where some ren-
der a day, a certain time, i. q. Leo ,
neglecting the force of the article.
b) c'i"'2 with infin. a) in the day
that, etc. Gen. 2, 17 r;brx era in the day
thai (when) thon eatest. 3. 5. Lev. 7, 36.
/5) in the tim^ that, i. q. when ; Gen. 2, 4
ffi^'ii "f^-ix D'^n'bx 1^ niisr era when
Jehocah made the earth and the heavens.
Ex. 10, 28. 32. 34. 1 K. 2, 8. Is. 11. 16.
Lam. 3, 57 ; after, 2 Sam. 21, 12. With
prjet. Lev. 7, 35. 2 Sam. 22, 1.
c) D"ia a) in the day-tim^, opp.
h^-'ia Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30. /5) in
33*
thai same day. i. c. immediately, at once,
Prov. 12. 16. Neh. 3. 34. y) mi that day,
i. q. the other day, lately, Judg. 13. 10.
For tt'inr\ ci'a see in Kin no. 3.
d) ni*a (with a of time) this day, at
this time, now, 1 K. 1,31. Is. 58, 4. Some-
times it refers to an action about to take
place, now, i. q. before, frst, Gen. 25, 31.
33. I Sam. 2, 16. 1 K. 22, 25.
e) Ti't^ oi'a ) as at this day, as at
this time, as things now are ; a phrase
marking the present state of things as
if pointed to with the finger. Gen. 50,
20 where Sept. wi ar/fif^ov. Deut. 2, 30.
4, 20. 38. 29, 28. 1 Sam. 22, 8. 13. 2 Chr.
6, 15. Jer. 11, 5. al. So too mn oi'na
Deut. 6, 24. Jer. 44, 22. Ezra 9, 7. is!
Neh. 9, 10. /?) Once T^rn zi'r\3 , aboiU
that time, then, 3 being taken as a parti-
cle of time, Gen. 39, 11.
f) ci'^ from the tim that, since, Ex.
10, 6. Deut. 9, 24.
g) Di'ri'ba ) aU days, every day,
daily, Ps. 42,4. 11. 44, 23. 56, 2. 3. 6. 71,
8. 15. 24. 73, 14, parall. C'^I^ab every
morning. Sept. sometimes xud" ixuatrjv
rj(ii(juv. y) the whole day, all the day,
Is. 62, 6 parall. nb-^rj-ba. Ps. 32, 3. 35,
28. 37, 26. 38, 7. 13. Sept. oXr,v lijv fini-
Q(tv. /) at all times, always, continu-
ally. Ps. 52, 3 Ci'n-ba bx non the good-
ness of God is manifested continually.
Prov. 21, 26 nixn njxnn ci'n-ba the
wicked continually burneth with desire.
23, 17. Is. 28. 24 doth the ploughman
always plough ? 65, 5 DlTi-ba nnj?^ ias|
afre always burning. Often with T'an
added. Is. 51, 13. 52, 5. Ps. 72, 15. The
sme is c"i''"b3a every day, at all times,
Ps. 7, 12. 88, 10. 145, 2. This formula
belongs to the poetic style ; in prose the
corresponding expression is n^53'n~ba
q. v. below in no. 2.
Dual n^B^^ two days Ex. 16, 29. 21,
22. Num. 9, 22. Hos. 6, 2 ei*a c^-Ti^ia
^qibirn cifter txco days on the third day,
i. e. soon ; comp. John 2, 19. 20.
Plor. C^^^ as if from a sing. C^ (r.
n^^). by Chaldaism 'C^^ Dan. 12, 13;
constr. "lo^ , poet, r&^l Deut. 32, 7. Ps.
90, 15. Comp. Aram, roii , llioal .
1. days, e. g. c^^ r^"3''-? seven days
Gen. 8, 10. 12. c^nnx D-'r; some days,
i. e. some time, for a time, Gen. 27, 44.
DV
390
DV
In the same sense C^a^ is put absol.
(like UcLsi some days, some time, Syr.
):^^a..* ih> after some time, Barhebr.
Chron. p. 391, 418,) Neh. 1, 4. Dan. 8,
27. Gen. 40, 4 "^rr-ca w-a"^ :iin*l and
tliey were for some time in ward. n*'T3J?3
afler some time Judg. 11, 4. 14, 8. 15. 1.
u-'TZ-^ -f'isr id. Gen. 4. 3. 1 K. 17, 7. '"^ ypb
id. Neh. 13, 6. The space of time thus
signified, often several months, never a
whole year, is apparent ft'om these ex-
amples : Gen. 24. 55 let the damsel abide
with Its "lib? ix 'a^'o'^ some days, per-
haps ten, the indefinite C"^^^ being made
specific by the adjunct ~V:J?. Is. 65. 20
C"'^^ bl" an infant of a few days. A
longer time is implied in Num. 9, 22
t;"<53^ IS ia*]ri ix c^^ii two days or a
Tnonth or some longer itme. 1 Sam. 29,
3 he hath been with me nt ix c-^a^ nj
CJb for these many days or rather
these years.
2. days, time, as consisting of a suc-
cession of days, very frequent. So 1 K.
2, 11 and the time (c^a^n) that David
.reigned over Israel was forty years. 1
am. 27, 11. Gen. 47, 8 rp^n "^.v:: ^tz^
the time of the years of thy life. ts^iD^a
Clin in those days, at that time, Ex. 2,
ll". 23. Josh. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 1. Jer. 3,
:16. 18. Joel 3, 2. al. n-ir^n-bs for all
itime,for ever, Fr. toujours, (Jq^fxia ndvra
Hom. II. 8. 593. ib. 12. 133,) Deut.4,40.
.5, 26. 6, 24. 11, 1. 1 Sam. 1, 28. 18, 29.
.Job 1, 5. Jer. 31, 36. 32. 39. al. "'nr-rj
C^JSJrt pr. the daily affairs, i. e. annals,
.Bee in '^^u^ no. 2. crnsst '0"'a in Abra-
.havvs time Gen. 26, 1. 15. 18 ; so espec. of
kings and princes, e. g. b^s^ '^^^'^ "* ^'^e
.time of Saul, during his reign, 1 Sam.
17, 12 ; of David 2 Sam. 21, 1 ; Solomon
1 K. 10, 21 ; so Esth. 1, 1. Neh. 12, 26.
47. CTjrbB ''a'^2 in the time of the
Philistines, during their rule, Judg. 15.
20. Is. 39, 6 D"N3 cr:;; r^ir^ behold
the days come, the time cometh, etc. a
phrase frequent in prophecies, espec. in
those containing threats ; Jer. 7, 32. 9,
24. 16, 14. 23, 5. 7. 31, 27. 31. 38. al.
comp. Is. 7, 17. With a genit. or suff,
tim^. appointed to any one ; Gen. 29, 21
"^O^ sxbp my time is full, completed, out,
comp. V. 18. Spec, a) Often i. q. time
of life. age. So fi""":^? N2 far gone in
days, advanced in age. Gen. 24, 1. Josh.
13, 1 ; comp. TTfJOi^fjSrjxwg iv ring 7ifis(jaig
Luke 1, 7. C'?^ "I"*?? great of age, i. e.
of great age, very aged. Job 15, 10 ;
opp. C"ir^ "isp short of age, short-lived,
14. 1. n'''?:N'j"b3 all one's days, one's
whole life, Gen' 43, 9. 44, 32. With
genit. ri:N "i^^ a mail's days, life. Job
10, 5 ; '^;> my life 7, 6 ; T^-^r^^TS all thy life
long, so long as thou hast lived. Job 38,
12. 1 Sam. 25, 28. 1 K. 1. 6. ns^r-^a in
your days, while ye live, Jer. 16, 9.
"11^^ rp'ixri to prolong one's days, to live
long, see in 7]'^ Hiph. Poet. Job 32, 7
!i"iaT"^ Ct:^ let age speak, i. e. the aged.
Trop. of things. Gen. 8, 22 yxfi "^^'J'^
all the days of the earth, while the earth
endures, b) C^TS^ in accus. is often put
pleon. after words denoting a certain
and definite time, as D"'i:^ D'?!'J^ Engl.
two years of time Gen. 41, 1. Jer. 28, 3.
11; t^^-Ci'i C"'?="^ T\th^_ Dan. 10, 2. 3;
Cr^ Vljnn a month of time, i. q. a month
long. Gen. 29, 14 ; tr^-q'i n-n;; id. Deut.
21, 13. 2 K. 15, 13. See on this idiom,
Lehrgb. p. 667. In like manner the
Arabic subjoins j^^^S ^iine, and the
Ethiopic <PTOA days, like the Hebrew;
see the Ascension of Isaiah by Laurence,
L 11. XL 7.
3. Sometimes C"^^^ marks a definite
space oUime, viz. a year; as also Syr. and
Chald. .^, ('nS, denote both f me and
year; and as in Engl, several words
signifying time, weight, measure, are
likewise used to denote certain specific
times, weights, measures ; see in nna3.
Certain examples of this idiom are
the following : 1 Sam. 27, 7 and the time
that David dwelt in the countiy of the
Philistines was B'^d'in nyanxi D"<; a
year and four months. Lev. 25, 29.
Judg. 17. 10. B''^)'n n37 the yearly sac-
rifice 1 Sam. 2. 19. n^-c^ c-'r^^ from
year to year, every year. Ex.13. 10. Judg.
11, 40. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1. 3 (comp. njW
nsca v. 7). 2, 19. nrr-bs n^r^ Is. 32*,
10, for which is read 29, 1 n:ir-by nab.
Also for Plur. years, with numerals
added, (as C^IB phir. faces.) 2 Chr. 21,
19 cs-r c^v/^h I'ppn rxs ryi after the
end of two years. Am. 4. 4 cr^ ^^^'^^^
is doubtful, either every three years, or
or
891
yr
better every three days, the latter in bit-
ter irony.
D'i'^ Chaia. m. i. q. Heb. day, Ezra 6,
15. ni-^a ai-' day by day, daily, Ezra 6,
9. Emphat. HfQi'^ Dan. 6, 11.
Plur. has a threefold form : a) 'j'^ai'' ,
constr. 'oi'', emphat. Njai"', Dan. 2, 28.
5, 11. 6, 8. 13 ; and so in the Targums.
b) Constr. na-ji Ezra 4, 19, like the Syr.
and Samar. c) Heb. constr. "'ig"" Ezra
4, 7. Like Heb. 0"'iD^ it denotes in Plur.
time, Dan. 4, 31. 5. 11. Ezra 4, 15 ; es-
pec. time of life, age, as K'oi'i pin? ad-
vanced in age, the ancient one, Dan. 7, 22.
Oarr^ adv. (from ni*' with the adv.
ending C-) by day, in the day-time, opp.
nb^b, Ex. 13, 21. 22. Job 5, 14. Qoi-"
fiV'jbi day aiid night, i. e. continually,
Ps." 1. 2. Is. 60. 11. Jer. 8, 23. Once i. q.
Din-b3 , all the day, Ps. 13, 3 ; so with
genit. D'^i'i "';is every-day enemies, con-
stant, Ez. 30, 16. Once with 3 . as ani^a
Neh. 9, 19. Syr. iiai>al| day-time,
tViVnn daily.
y {'^O obsol. root, prob. to boil up,
to be in a ferment ; whence "iii mud,
mire, and l""^ wine ; as "vzn mire, and
lan wine, from "lorj to boil up, to fer-
ment. Kindred roots are Di^ , dtjI , n?:i .
Deriv. *)'];, nsr, ,';iv
1^^ pr. n. Javan, i. e. 1. Ionia, the
name of which province as being adja-
cent to the East, and better known than
others to the orientals, was extended so
as to comprehend the whole of Greece,
as is expressly said by Greek writers
themselves ; see Aristoph. Acharn. 104
ibique Schol. .^schyl. Pers. 176, 561.
byr. pa-., ^o-., ^q-, Greece ; Arab.
2 1^ >
^U^ Greek. Gen. 10, 2. Dan. 8, 21.
Is. 66, 19. Ez. 27, 13. Zech. 9, 13. Pat-
ronym. is "'iV] an Ionian, Greek; hence
O''?!'!'^! 'H^ ihe sons of the Greeks, vifg
'Axnioiv, i. the Greeks, Joel 4. 6.
2. In Ez. 27, 19, ',r is prob. a city of
Arabia Felix; comp. ^JZJ, (ji^, Ya-
wdn, a town in Yemen ; Catnoos p. 1817.
15^ m. (r. li"') constr. X!"!, mud, mire,
pr. prob. dregs, fceces, Ps. 69, 3. 40, 3
jj'n a^a mire of clay, deep miry clay.
^'^?'^'' see ^liin-y .
flpi"' f. (r. Ti--) plur. D"'?--' 1. a dove,
Gen. 8, 8 sq. Hos. 11. 11. Ps. 55, 7. al.
f^?"'"' '3? ymtng doves Lev. 5, 7. 12. 8. al.
Tijii my dove, a term of endearment,
Cant. 2, 14. 5, 2. 6, 9. 1, 15 n-^si^ 7,73^5
</ii72e eye are dove-like, i. e. like the
, eyes of doves. 4, 1. Derived from r.
ji"' , referring to the sexual warmth of
the dove. Another nsi"' see as part,
fern, of r. rtS^.
TT
2. Jonah, pr. n. of a prophet, Jon. 1, 1.
2 K. 14, 25.
"'?)'' see in 11'' no. 1.
p2i'',r|?iii,see r. p?^ Part.
IC'P'' pr. n. Jonathan, i. q. 'injl'n^ q. v.
This contracted name was borne by se-
veral : a) 1 Chr. 2, 32. b) Jer. 40, 8.
c) Ezra 8, 6. d) 10, 15. e) Neh. 12,
11. f) 12, 14.
?ly"T' m. (whom may God increase, r.
ti^l) Joseph, pr. n. Once PD'H';! Ps. 81. 6.
1. The son of Jacob, the youngest ex-
cept Benjamin, sold by his brothers into
Egypt and afterwards advanced to the
highest honours ; see Gen. c. 37-50.
The two sons of Joseph, Ephraim and
Manasseh, were adopted by Jacob, and
became heads of tribes in Israel ; hence
CjOi"^ and CiCT n-^a are put : a) For
these two tribes. Josh. 17, 17. 18, 5. Judg.
1.23.35; soalsotlOi-' ''Ja Num. 26. 28 sq.
Josh. 14, 4. 17, 14. b) Poet, for the
kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of the ten
tribes, see Qinsx no. 2. Ps. 78, 67, Ez.
37, 16. 19. Zech. 10, 6. c) For the
whole nation of Israel Ps. 80, 2. 81, 6.
Am. 5, 15. 6, 6.
2 Several other persons, a) 1 Chr.
25, 2. 9. b) Neh. 12, 14. c) Ezra 10,
42.
Note. In Gen. 30. 23. 24, allusion is
made to a double etymology, both as if
for rpNi he will take away, or aKso for
Fut. Hiph. apoc. from qo'^ he will add;
and this latter is also supported by the
Chaldaizing form CjOin'i Ps. 81, 6.
^r&O'T' (id.) Josiphiah, pr. n.m. Ezra
8, in.
^^^'^y^ (perh. for ri;b?i> , whom Jeho-
vah helps) Joelah, pr.'n. m. 1 Chr. 12,7.
R. bs^ Hiph.
n'
392
IT"
*1$*T' (his witness is Jehovah) Joed^
pr. n. m. Neh. 11,7. R. n^S.
'^T?'^'^ (whose help is Jehovah) Joezer,
pr. n.'m. 1 Chr. 12, 6. R. nts.
f ?ri'' see r. 'ftl no. 2, Part.
TCyT^ (to whom Jehovah hastens sc.
with help. r. ttJlS) Joash, pr. n. m. a) 1
Chr. 7, 8.' b) 27, 28.
pnsi"> see P'lSin'i.
'ISi'^ see r. nu^ Part.
D^pi"^ (contr. from Cs'^p^ii) Jokim, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22.
n'ni'' (i. q. fTni">) Jorah^ pr. n. m. Ezra
2, 18. Elsewhere called Sl'^nn q. v,
rni*' m. (part. act. Kal of r. nn^) pr.
sprinkling, watering, Hos. 6, 3. Hence
the first or early rain, which falls heavily
in Palestine from about the middle of
October until December or January.
The first showers prepare the ground for
receiving the seed. Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 5,
24. Comp. ttJipipi?. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 97. '
I'^i'i (for i^^'^i"' whom Jehovah teach-
eth, r. nn^ Hiph.) Jorai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
6, 13.
D^T (i. q. cnirfi) Jcram, pr. n. m.
a) i. q. Jehoram king of Judah 2 K. 8,
23 ; comp. v. 16. b) i. q. Jehoram king
of Israel, 2 K. 8, 16 ; comp. 3, 1. c) 2
Sam. 8, 10; for which 1 Chr. 18, 10
tsninn . d) 1 Chr. 26, 25.
*TCn DTCT^ (whose love is returned)
Jushab-hesed, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 20.
n^affli*' (whom Jehovah lets dwell, r.
aia";) Joshibiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 35.
nCi"' (contr. for M^y^S^ q. v. or from
r. nttJ'^ after the form nbis) Joshah, pr. n.
m. I'Chr. 4, 35.
n^lTD'i'^ (forn^'Trr, i.q. M^Sl^i'' q.v.)
Joshariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46.
UnT (Jehovah is upright) pr. n. Jo-
tham. a) A son of Gideon. Judg. 9, 5. 7.
b) A king of Judah, son of Uzziah, r.
759-743 B. C. 2 K. 15, 5. 7. 32-38. Is. 1,
1. c) 1 Chr. 2, 47.
Tl'i'' and T^^ act. part. Kal of r. in"i .
1. Pr. ' that remaining.' ' what is over
and above ;' hence as subst the rwt, re-
sidue, 1 Sam. 15, 15. Also gain, profit,
emolument, Ecc. 6, 8. 11.
2. Adv. a) more, further, of time,
with tX Ecc. 2, 15 ; comparat. Ecc. 7,
11. With *)0 more titan Ecc. 12, 12.
Chald. "inii , Syr. j-iw id. b) too much,
IE 7
overmuch, I. a^. t~^; Ecc. 7, 16, parall.
nann . c) besides ; Esth. 6, 6 ""Sa-Q inii
besides me. So ^, "iri'i'' Conj. besides
that; Ecc. 12, 9 csn n^np n;|n(ii -ini^n
and besides that Koheleth was wise.
^'^T}'^'^, only defect. fT^O'') (fem. of
"ini"', pr. redundant.) in full "?? nnr*n
iDsn Ex. 29,13. Lev. 3,4, also )-a n-in^n
I3zn Lev. 9, 10, and -i?3n rnn^ Ex. 29,
22.' Lev. 8, 16. 25. 9, 19, i. e. collect.
the lobes of the liver, qs. the redundant
parts of the liver, the flaps. Sept. Xo-
^og rov TiJiatog, Saad
iJoUv id. of like
origin with the Heb. from 3K i- q. "'n^.
See other views in Thesaur. p. 645 sq.
*J^ obsol. root, Arab. ^\m intrans.
to gather together, to assemble. Hence
^^"'T? (assembly of God) Jeziel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 12, 3. .
n^-T? (for n'^ rip_ , whom Jehovah sprin-
kles, r. nj;) Jeziah, pr. n. m. Ezra 10. 25.
T''P (whom God moves, to whom he
gives life and motion, r. T't) Jaziz, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 27, 31.
^S?"^^!? (whom God draws out, pre-
serves, r. xbj) Jizliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
8, 18.
* DP a root sometimes assumed for
the form Wt;; Gen. 11, 6; but see r. nt .
* '|I^ see in r. IM Hoph.
fl^^T^ see n-jstKV
* ^11 obsol. root, Arab. cO^ to flow,
tonin. as water, Amhar. Q^H for (D lIU
to sweat. Hence nrt and
I^T!? m. sweat, i. q. nyt , uTia^ Xryofi.
Ez. 44, 18.
Ti'yi'} c. art. tr^rn the Izrahite 1 Chr.
27, 87 prob. for "''n'^t'i , i. q. Tint, '^n'^tJJ.
H^ri'lT'^ (whom Jehovah brings forth,
r. n-it no. 2.) Izrahiah, pr. n. m. a) 1
I Chr. 7, 3, see n:;nnt . b) Nch. 12, 42.
nT"*
393
"?n^
b?np , once ^r?T? 2 K. 9, 10 (God
hath planted) pr. "n. Jezreel.
1. A city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh.
19, 18 ; the royal residence of Ahab and
his successors, 1 K. 18, 46. 21, 1. 2 K. 9,
15 ; whence bx?-in ''i:"n Hos. 1, 4. the
hlood of Jezreel. i. e. the blood there shed
by Ahab and Jehu. [The city lay in the
midst of the great plain, on the brow of
the descent into the ImceT broad middle
arm of it, which runs down eastwards to
the Jordan valley, between the moun-
tains of Gilboa and the modern Little
Hermon. This latter seems to have
been the Valley of Jezreel, ^^'S'\\^ p?
Josh. 17, 16. Judg. 6, 33. Hos. I's. The
great plain on the west is to ^iya mSiov
'LadQtjXaiv the great plain of Esdraelxm.
Judith 1, 8. 1 Mace. 12, 49; now called
->oLt ^^t wo Merj Ibn ^Amir. The
town itself is called i^>*a^)\ ZerHn, a
corruption of ^SS'in . In the valley be-
low the city, about twenty minutes east,
is a large and fine fountain, 1 Sam.
29, 1. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp.
162 sq. 173, 227 sq. This great plain
has ever been a celebrated battle-field,
Judg. c. 4. 6, 33. 1 Sam. 29, 1. c. 31. R.]
There too the prophet Hosea (1, 5) pre-
dicts a great slaughter of the people, ni^
Kss-in Hos. 2. 2. The same prophet
gives to his oldest son, then just born, the
name oi^ Jezreel, 1, 4; and afterwards
makes him, together with his brother
Lo-Ammi and his sister Lo-Ruhama (1,
6. 9), emblems of the people to be re-
stored after punishment and dispersion
and augmented by new favours. 2, 24. 25,
comp. 2, 2. In this way is to be under-
stood the vexed passage Hos. 2, 24, the
earth shall answer, and yield her com,
wine, and oil ; and these (gifts of the
earth) shall answer Jezreel, i. e. the earth
rendered fertile from heaven (v. 23) shall
again yield her produce to Jezreel. The
prophet then proceeds in the allusion
thus made to Jezreel, v. 25 vJ'^ns'^T!!
y;S2 / icill sow her for myself in the
land, and I will again cherish Lo-Ruha-
ma (the non-cherished), and I will say
to Lo-Ammi (not my people), thou art
my people, i. e. the whole people of Is-
rael (whom the prophet thus represents
emblematically by his three children) I
will again plant, cherish, and vindicate
as my own. Here ^i<S"^]l is construed
c. fem. as a collect, like Ephraim Is. 17,
10. 11. al. The gentile n. is "'bxrnn
Jezreelite, 1 K. 21, 1; fem. ribxrnn
f^''^?'^r> Jezreelitess, 1 Sam. 27, 3.
30,' 5.'"
2. A town in the mountains of Judah,
Josh. 15, 56.
3. Masc. pr. n. a) A son of Hosea,
comp. in no. 1. Hos. 1, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 3.
* T^^ fut. nn^ , kindr. inx , iriH , to
become one, to be united, joined ; to unite
oneself, c. a Gen. 49, 6 ; rx (nx) Is. 14,
20.
PiEL to make one, to unite, Ps. 86, 11.
Arab. tXa.. Conj. II.
Deriv. T'n'' , i-itini also
"^r?^ m. 1. a being one, oneness, union.
1 Chr. 12, 17 in;;!? :2b ns-^br "^b n^r-i
my heart shall be towards yo2i for one-
ness, shall be one with you; comp. opp.
"ab apart p. 112. Hence
2. Adv. in union, conjointly, together;
spoken:
a) Of united action, together. Ps. 2, 2
^n'2 snpis they take counsel together. 31,
14. Ezra 4, 3 but we Israelites fisaa lr\1
ninib will together build unto the Lord,
with our united strength. So fifter verbs
of contending together ; as 'iri'^ Df^bj to
fight together 1 Sam. 17, 10 ; also Is. 43,
26. 50. 8.
b) As to place, together, in one place;
in^ y&l to dwell together Ps. 133, 1. 2
Sam. 10, 15. 1 Sam. 11, 11 so that two
of them were not left together.
c) As to time, together, at the same
time. Job 6, 2. Is. 45, 8. Sometimes
sameness of both time and place is im-
plied, 2 Sam. 14, 16. 21, 9.
d) It connects two or more nouns
more closely by the idea of equality,
likeness, together, alike, in like manner.
Ps. 49, 3 high and low, 'rsx'] "i"'"iJ5 ^^^
rich and poor together, alike, v. 11. Job
34, 29. So also as connecting verbs, Is.
42, 14. 44, 11 '^rn rra"; itns"' they shall
fear, they shall be ashamed together, i. e.
shall both (alike) fear and be ashamed.
Ps. 40. 15.
e) With nouns or pronouns it implies
oneness, a whole, all, all as one. Ps. 62,
IfT'
394
Iff
10 in:; ^?v;P f^^n ^^2/ aW are swifter
than a breath. Job 40, 13. Ps. 74, 6
^ni ^}'^^'P^^ all the carved work thereof.
V. 8. Is. 27, 4. A Iso after hb , aM together,
all as one, wholly. Job 34, 15 in"^ nisa-bs
all Jlesh together, all as one. Is. 22, 3.
Hence
f ) With bb implied, altogether, all as
one, wholly, poet, for 'bb itself Job 38, 7
7/i the morning stars all sang toge-
ther, i. e. all as one. 3, 18. 24, 44. 31,38.
Deut. 33, 5. So without a noun. Job
16, 10 1x|T3n'^ "i^S in^ all they have
gaihered themselves against me. 17, 16.
19, 12. Ps. 40, 15. 41, 8. With a nega-
tive, no one, none at all, i. q. bb sib ;
Hos. 11, 7 DBiTj kb ini none of all ex-
alts him.
g) As referring to a single thing, i. q.
Vs, altogether, wholly. Ps. 141, 10 IPi]
ihrx n? ^sijj 7<nii7 that I wholly pass
over, escape. Job 10, 8 thi7ie hands have
fashioned me S'^ro in^; wholly round
about.
T^'^n;? Jer. 46, 12. 21. 49, 3, elsewhere
1'in^, (from the preced.) pr. in his
unions, conjunctions, for l'''^n:;b , i. e.
conjointly, together ; so Is. 40, 5 "ib2"b3
inn^i all flesh togetJier. Ex. 19. 8 Ci^n-bs
1W^ . But by degrees the force of the
suffix was lost, so that iw;] is referred
not only to the Sing, as in these exam-
ples, but also to nouns and verbs plural,
Deut. 33, 17. 2 Sam. 2, 16; and even to
those in the first and second persons, Is.
41, 1. 23. Ps. 34, 4. Job 9, 32, also Is. 45,
20. Hence it is i. q. in^, but more fre-
quent. 0pp. inab in ia no. 1. b.
Spoken :
a) Of united action, together ; Ps. 34,
4 O magnify the Lord with me, MrttiiJ!)
1'nPr iro and let us e.ralt his name to-
gether. Is. 11, 4. So with reciprocal
verbs, as to consult together, etc. Job
2, 11. Ps. 55, 15. 83, 6. Is. 45, 21. Also
with verbs of contending, fighting. Is.
41, 1. 23.
b) As to place, together, in one place,
Deut, 22, 10. 11; l^n^ r;5^ to dwell to-
gether Gen. 13, 6. 36, 7. Dent. 25, 5; to
go together Gen. 22, 6. 8. 19. Job 9, 32 ;
to eat together Judg. 19, 6. Jer. 41, 1;
to gather together Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 6, 33.
P. 102, 23.
c; As to time, together, at the same
time ; Is. 1, 31 and they shall both burn
1'?"- together. 65, 7. 66, 17. 1 Sam. 31,
6. 1 Chr. 10, 6.
d) With the idea of equality, likeness,
together, alike, in like manner ; 1 Sam.
30, 24 sipbn;! iritt'i they shall part alike,
share equally. Deut. 12, 22. Am. 1, 15.
2 Sam. 2, 17. In this way it often con-
nects more closely two nouns; comp.
*in;i no. 2. d. Jer. 6, 12 ".'nm o-asi ninb
felds and wives together, alike, v. 11. 21.
13, 14. Is. 41, 19. 60, 13. Also verbs, Ps
35, 26. Is. 46, 2.
e) Put with a plural, as if comprising
many in one, all, all as one; Jer. 5, 5
"^"^^"^ ^^^. they all, all together. Job 24,
n'rirbs isb n;r> i-^n^; the morning is
to them all the shadow of death, i. q.
ittb IW^ . So after bis , all together, all
as one,' Is. 31, 3 I'l'^ba'i ds3 '!nn^ they all
shall fail together. 43, 9.' 45, 'l (3. Jer. 31,
24.
f ) With b's implied, altogether, all, all
as one ; Is. 10, 8 a^^)^ I'nn:' "i-,b s<bn are
not all my princes kings! Ps. 37. 38. 48,
5. Deut. 33, 17. So without a noun, they
all, i. q. C^3 , Ps. 14, 3. 19, 10. Is. 18, 6,
48, 13. Jer. '51, 38. Prov. 22, 18.
'''^'7- (his union) Jahdo pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 5, 14.
'^'^Tf'7!' (whom God makes joyful, r.
rrin) Jahdiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 24.
in^'^n^ (whom Jehovah makes joy-
ful, r. nnn) Jehdeiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
24, 20. b) 27, 30.
'^'!"^^ (whom God saves alive, for
^i* "5^!? r- i^;") Jehavel, pr. n. m. 2 Chr.
29, 14 Cheth.' '
^^"'T'^^ (whom God beholds) Jaha-
ziel, pr. n. m. of several persons, 1 Chr.
12, 4. 16, 6. 23, 19.
^^T"?- (whom Jehovah beholds) Jah-
ziah. pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 15.
^i*1?Tn';' (for bit ptn-n 'whom God
makes strong,' Patah in a short syllable
being changed to Segol, as ^^ibrx Ex.
33, 3 for T^icsx, Heb. Gr. 27. n. 2. a,)
Ezekiel. pr. n.
a) A celebrated prophet, the third in
the proplictical canon, son of Bu/i a
pricBt. He was carried into captivity
IT]'
696
53n^
with king Jechoniah, and lived in the
Jewish colony on the river Chabonis ;
Ez. 1, 3. 24, 24. His prophecies extend
to the sixteenth year affer the capture
of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar, romp.
Ez.29, 17. Sept.' IfCfxn'il. and so Ecckis.
49, 8 [10]. Vulg. Ezechiel. Comp. the
like forms in n'pm"' , '/i'if^tac, Ezechias.
b) A priest,' 1 Chr. 24, 16.
^rPTr*? m. i. q. nptn , q. v.
I'^^Pin? pr. n. m. Jehizkiah. 2 Chr.
28, 12. For the form, see in n^ipm .
'^IT'7- (whom God leads back, fut.
Hiph. parag. of Chald. "itn to return.)
Jahzerah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12. Better
perh. to read n^TH^ q. v. See also in
'inx.
- I -
^^^r'? (God liveth, r, n^n) Jehiel. pr.
n. of several persons: a) 1 Chr. 15, 18.
16, 5 ; called also tTni 15, 24. b) ib. 27,
32. c) 2 Chr. 21. 2. ' d) ib. 29, 14 Keri,
but Cheth. bxin-i . 31, 13. e) ib. 35, 8.
f) Of others Ezra 8, 9. 10, 2. 21. 26.
From lett. a comes Patronym. "'^X'^ni
1 Chr. 26, 21. 22.
Tn;i adj. (r. nrr) f. rri'^nv l. uni-
ais, one alone, only, espec. an only child,
only begotten, with la Gen. 22, 2. 12. 16;
absol. Am. 8, 10. Jer. 6, 26. Zech. 12, 10.
Prov. 4, 3. Fern, rirr^'^^ Judg. 11, 34;
poet, the only one. put for life as not to be
replaced, Ps. 22, 21. 35, 17. Comp. Tias.
2. alone, lonely, forsaken, wretched,
Ps. 25, 16. 68, 7.
n^n? see in bxTi^ lett. a.
-'"'H^ m. waiting, hoping, sc. in God
Lam. 3, 26. R. bnv
^U,, in Kal not used, i. q. inn no. 3,
to he in pain, see Hiph. no. 2. Also to
stay, to delay, and so to wait, i. q. bnn
no. 6 ; see Pi. Hiph. Niph.
PiEL bn"] 1, to wait. Job 29, 21 ''b
^ferr^l isad unto me they gave ear and
toaited sc. for my opinion ; the Dag. is
euphonic, Lehrg. p. 85. Espec. with
hope, confidence ; hence i. q. to expect, to
hope; Job 6, 11 bn^x "^s '^nis-n^ what is
my strength, that I shoidd (longer) hope?
13, 15. With an ace. of time, Job 14, 14 ;
\ of pers. Job 29, 23. Mic. 5, 6 ; b of
thing Job 30, 26. Is. 42, 4. Frequent is
hin^b bn'i to hope in Jehovah, to await
hL aid, Ps. 31, 25. 33, 22. 69, 4 ; ''^ bil
130, 7. 131, 3 ; -"^ lanb bn-i to hope in the
word of Jehovah, to trust in his promise,
Pb. 119, 74. 81. 114. 147 ; also P. 33, 18.
147, 11. 119,43.
2. Causat. to cause to hope, Ps. 119,
49; inf c. b Ez. 13, 6.
Hiph. 1. to wait, to tarry, i. q. Pielno.
1; with ace. of time 1 Sam. 10,8. 13,8;
absol. 2 Sam. 18, 14 ; b of thing Job 32,
11. Also to wait with hope, to hope, c.
b , as nin^b binin to hope in Jehovah, to
await his aid, Ps. 38, 16. 42, 6. 12. 2 K.
6. 33. Mic. 7, 7; '^ na-rb 'n Ps. 130, 5;
absol. id. Lam. 3, 21, comp. v. 24.
2. i. q. b>in no. 3, to be in pain ; Jer. 4,
19 Keri "^ab ni-i-ip nbTilK / am pained
at my very heart. So too, many Mss.
in the text. Cheth. nbsims, made up
perhaps from nbTiix and nbnnx which
is read in some Mss.
Niph. bnij fut. hry^l (for bm-]) i. q.
Piel and Hiph. to wait, pr. to be made
to wait ; with ace. of time Gen. 8, 12 ;
absol. Ez. 19, 5.
Deriv. bin^, rbnin, also
'^f'7- (hoping in Grod) Jahleel, pr. n.
of a son of Zebulun, Gen. 46, 14. Pa-
tronym. 'bxVn;i Jahleelite Num. 26, 26.
'^'2y 1. q. S'sn to be or become warm,
espec. as cattle in heat ; Arab. .&. to
be warm, as the day ; V, to be in heat.
9 o
as cattle ; jv^I heat. lust. The forms
usually referred to Kal of this verb. I
have referred above to Dian p. 324.
Thither too may be referred ian;9T for
'"^n;" Gen. 30. 39 and thefiocks were in
heat, i. e. conceived ; also nj^m^ v. 38,
which is 3 plur. fem. in the Chald. and
Arab, manner for the comm. njonn],
see Lehrg. p. 276.
Piel cn^ or on';; , to he warm, in lust,
of a flock, to be in heat, to rut. Gen. 30,
41. 31, 10. Hence to conceive, o? a wo-
man, Ps. 51, 7 "^ax 'Jn^n'^ Jxsnan and
in sin did my mother conceive me, where
''^rniari;; i.s for "^aniori;^, as ^nnx for ^iinx
or "nnx Judg. 5, 28. '
Deriv. n^n for '^fy]
l^ttn^ Dut. 14, 5. 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23] ;
Arab, ^t ^-^ , a species of deer, of a red-
396
nt2'
dish colour, (see r. ">^n no. 2.) with ser-
rated horns which are cast every year ;
prob. the cervus dama or fallaw-d^er.
See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 913, or T.
II. p. 284, Lips. Oedmann Verm. Samml.
1. p. 30 sq.
^lani (for nirrr^, whom Jehovah
guards, r. n:2n) Jafimai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 2.
n'-t obsol. root, to be barefoot. Arab.
,^As>. id. Syr. -^-q " unshod, s^] to
take off one's shoes. The ultimate root
lies in the syllable Tin, and the primary
notion is that of rubbing- off, qs. peeling,
removing the bark or shell, etc. see r.
vJBn II. Hence o~- is also 'to have
the hoof worn,' as a beast of burden ;
Ho have the skin rubbed, galled,' as a
horse ; IV. to cut off the mustachios, to
trim the beard. Hence
^r?!) adj. unshod, barefoot, 2 Sam. 15,
30. Is. 20, 2. 3. 4. Jer. 2, 25. '
bSs'Sn^ (whom God allots, r. nsn)
Jahzeel. pr. n. of a son of Naphtali, Gen.
46, 24 ; in 1 Chr. 7, 13 written bx-^an;: ,
Gentile n. -^bs^ni Num. 26, 48.
''Jt i- q- ""I!!*' to delay, to tarry,
once 2 Sam. 20, 5 Cheth. nniii i. e.
-in-^fll fut. Kal. The Keri -ini*T is Hiph.
of r. "n;;', or also of "ins by Chaldaism.
'^'J.r obsol. root, prob. to protrude
itself, to swell out, and hence to put forth,
to sprout, of plants. Comp. Arab, yifl-gj
to shoot up, to grow, as a plant ; also
Heb. Drtia, whence end 'what grows
of itself and 'J^H'^a to lift up oneself] to
rise. Hence
tnn^ ra. a word of the silver age, stem,
lineage, family ; once Neh. 7, 5 "lED
ton'rt the genealogical table or register.
Chald. Dfn;; and oin'^ in Targg. are
put for Heb. nnoda and ni-tbin Ruth
2, 1. Gen. 6, 9. Simonis compares also
^l^ nature, origin ; but this word
strictly denotes brass, i. q. Pdns , and
the formula uA,L^xJt |V^jj 'of a liberal
and generous disposition,' is merely (To-
pical, pr. 'of fine brass.' Hence the
denom. verb in
HiTHP. irn^Pii to enrol one's name in
the genealogical tables, to be registered,
anoy^tiqxa&ui, 1 Chr. 5, 1. 7. 17. 9, 1.
Neh. 7, 5. Inf. ^n;;irrj often as a noun,
i. q. register, genealogical table, 1 Chr.
7, 5. 7. 9. 40. 2 Chr. 31, 16. 17. 2 Chr.
12, 15 the acts of Rehoboam, . . . are
recorded in the annals of Shemaiah . . .
cri^rrib in the manner of a register ;
Vulg. ' diligenter exposita.'
^r?? (perh. union, contr. for H'ln;^)
Jahath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 6, 5. 28. al.
^y^ i. q. 31^3, used only in fut
rj-i^, :-j^, once 'n-j'^n Nah. 3, 8. In
the praet. only sia is used.
1. to be good, well, before '^o comparai.
to be better Nah. 3, 8. Elsewhere im-
pers. a) "^h 3B"''] it shall be well with
me, Gen. 12, 13. 40, 14. Deut. 4, 40.
Prajt. "^b -iii. b) '3"'ya a::i!'i it was
good in my eyes, i. e. it pleased me, was
my pleasure. Gen. 41, 37. 45, 16. Lev.
10, 19. 20 ; in the later books with ''SBb
Esth. 5, 14. Neh. 2, 5. 6 ; b Ps. 69, 32."
2. to be cheerfid, joyous, i. e. the mind
or heart. 3b , Judg. 19, 6. 9. Ruth 3, 7,
Ecc. 7, 3. 1 K. 21, 7.
Hiph. =''13"^, fut. ^"^'^^2^ on^e 2''i:;;'j
Job 24, 21, conv. SlJi*!.
1. Genr. a) to make or do well, sc.
what one does, Deut. 5. 25 [28] ^la-aTl
siia'n "HTN-bD they have done well all that
they have spoken, i. e. have well and
rightly spoken. 18, 17. With infin. c.
b , Jer. 1, 12 mxnb naa'^n thou hast done
well in seeing, hast well seen. 1 Sam.
16, 17 *(55b S'^a'^ia who can play well;
and so b being omitted, poet. Is. 23, 16.
Inf absol. 2l3in, 3"'a"'n, pr. doing well
or right, as Adv. well, carefully, dili-
gently, Deut. 9, 21. 13, 15. 17, 4. 19, 18.
27, 8. So best Mic. 7, 3 D^iB? 5nn b?
a'^a'^nb for evil are their hands dili-
gently, i. e. they do evil diligently. b)
Vrn'n a'^ain Jer. 2, 33. 7, 3. 5, and 'n
I'^bbsB 35, 15, to make good one's ways,
one's doings, i. e. to conduct oneself well,
to live uprightly, virtuously ; also ellipt.
the ace. being omitted. Jer. 4. 22 va-'nb^
sisn^ sib to do well they know not. 13, 23.
Gen. 4, 7, Inf. abs. aa'^n as Adv. well,
right, Jon. 4, 4. 9. c) to do good to any
one, to benefit ; absol. Is. 1, 17. Jer. 10,
5 J with dat. of pers. Gen. 12, 16. Ex. 1,
zx^^
397
ny
20. Judg. 17, 13 ; 03? of pers. Gen. 32. 10.
13. Nura. 10, 32; rx (nix for Fix) Jcr.
18, 10. 32, 41 ; arc. "of pers. Deu't. 8, 16.
30, 5. Job 24, 21. Once in a bad sense,
Ps. 49, 10 they do praise tliee -"'M'^r: "3
t^b because thou doest well to thyself, i. e.
indulges^ thine appetites, etc. d) In-
trans. to be good, well, Mic. 2, 7. Hence
with bx , to pleaaCf as in Kal, 1 Sam. 20,
13.
2. to make well, comely, to adorn ;
Prov. 30. 29 bis ; there are three ''T'^"'^
*I5S which make comely their going, i. e.
wall{ or run gracefully. Jer. 2, 33. So
to dress the head, to tire, 2 K. 9, 30 ; to
trim lamps Ex. 30, 7.
3. to make cheerful, joyous, Judg. 19,
22. Prov. 15, 13.
Deriv. Sa'^o , and those here following.
y^l Chald. fut. yj"':: id. with b? to
seem good, to be pleasing to any one,
Ezra 7, 18.
nDI2^ (goodness, pleasantness, r. -li^)
Jotbah, pr. n. of a place elsewhere un-
known, 2 K. 21. 19.
nnntp;' (id.) Mbathah, Num. 33, 33.
Deut. 10, 7, pr. n. of a station of the Is-
raelites in the desert, with water.
n^|i and HD^"' (extended, r. no; fiit.
Hoph.) Jnttah, pr. n. of a city in the
south of Judah, assigned to the priests,
Josh. 15, 55. 21, 16. [Now LLj Yulla
south of Hebron, see Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p, 190, 195, 628. Erob. the noliq
'lovSa of Luke 1, 39, the birth-place of
John the Baptist ; see Reload Palaest.
p. 870. R.
*VfO'^ (prob. i. q. "i13, "T^"^, an enclo-
sure, nomadic camp, from r. "iia, after
the form Wp"^) pr, n. Jetur, a son of Ish-
mael. Gen. 25, 15. 1 Chr. 1, 31 ; put also
for his posterity, the Itureans, dwelling
beyond Jordan east of Mount Hermon,
1 Chr. 5, 19. Here was later the pro-
vince o{ Iturea, Luke 3, 1. See Reland
Palaest. p. 106 ; now called . Ji^^&.
Jtidur. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria,
etc. p. 286. The general boundaries of
this province seem to have been Gaula-
nitis and Bashan on the south. Mount
Hermon on the west, the territory of
Dama.scus on l-ke north, and Trachonitis
34
(el-Lejah) and Haur&n on the east ; but
its limits appear to have varied at differ-
ent times. The itihabitants were skilful
archers and daring robbers ; Cic. Phi-
lipp. 2. 8, 44. Strabo 16. 2. 10, 18, 20
xaxov(fyoi nuvif^. See Thesaur. p. 548.
F. Munter Progr. de rebus Iturceorura
ad Luc. 3, 1. Hafniae 1824.
1?^ ni. (r.**|i'^) constr. "p^, once "j"^^
Cant. 8,2, c. suff. 'J-'^
1. wine, 80 called from its fermenting,
effervescing ; as "iisn from ion . Arab.
s e
^j^Z collect, clusters turning black,
with the noun of unity XJL> , Eth. ^'5
a vineyard, wine, Gr. oivog, Lat. vinum,
Armen. C}-hfuh^ gini- Gen. 14, 18. 19,
32 sq. Ex. 29, 40. is'ii '11 wine and
strong drink Lev. 10, 9. Num. 6, 3. Judg.
13, 4. 7. '(I'" *1S<3 wine-botlle i. e. skin, 1
Sam. 16, 20. Hence "j")*" r-^a the house
of wine Cant. 2, 4, poet, for nniro rca
|?!r! ^^6 banqmting-hall Esth. 7, 8 ; and
the words in Cant. 1. c. n^^a-bx "'3!t"'an
T}.*1 Ae brought me to the banqueting-
house, imply 'he made me drunk with
love,' fit&vffxoftat bqmti. Vulg. cella vi-
naria. Others understand a vineyard;
but less well.
2. Meton. of cause for effect, wine, for
drtmkenness, intoxication, Gen. 9, 24..
1 Sara. 1, 14. 25, 37.
^^ I Sam. 4, 13 Chethibh, a manifest-
error of copyists for t! side, which stands
in Keri.
* 1^5^ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. i-. q;.
n33 to be right, straight, direct ; then
2. to be in front, right before the eyes;
and so to be clear, manifest. Kindr. i&
Arab, ^-s^j i-q- ,^-^5 to appear; IV
to be clear, manifest, of a way.
HiPH. n'^sin 1. Pr. to make or set
right, e. g. a cause, to decide, to judge,
comp. Gr. tv&vv(a, i&vvw. Is.. 11, 3 xbl
rr^i'' l-iSTX srctari nor decide after the
heamng of his ears, according to what
vhis ears have heard. Gen. 31, 42. Hence,*
to do justice to any one, to defend his
right, see 'p", MBttj ; so with b Is. 11, 4.
Job 16, 21. Also to adjudge to any
one, to appoint, c. ^ Gen. 24, 14. 44.
With 'pa to judge i<ujeen. parties, to
398
te"
set right, to be an arbiter, Gen. 31, 37.
Job 9, 33.
2. to show to be right, to justify, to
prove ; Job 13. 15 r]"'="^2* "'"^jS-bx 'zy\ rjx
only I will prove my own nays before
him. show that they are right, v. 3 / de-
sire to prove my cause, to justify myself.
19, 5 prove against me my reproach,
show that I have deserved it. 6, 25 see
in no. 3. Spec, to defend one's cause
in court, to plead, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 10;
comp. Job 13, 3 above.
3. to set right from error, etc. to admo-
nish, to warn; with ace. of pers. Lev. 19,
17. Prov. 9, 8. 28, 23 ; b of pers. Prov.
9, 7. 15, 12. 19, 25. Also to confute, to
convict, to show to be wrong ; Job 22. 4
rjn'^s"! Tinxn^Jin will he confute thee for
fear of 'thee 7 32, 12. Ps. 50, 21 ; c. 3
Prov. 30, 6. Often with the idea of cen-
sure, i. q. to reprove, to rebuke, to chide,
Gr. iUyyjiv. Ps. 50, 8 not for thy sacri-
fices will I reprove thee. Job 6 25 "nn
C3^ T^ziii T\'^zi''' what doth your reprov-
ing prove 7 i. e. your censure (n2"in tor
n-=in). v. 28. 15, 3. Gen. 21, 25." Part.
n*^2i5a a reprover, censurer, Prov. 25, 12.
Ez. 3, 26 ; OIX 'n Prov. 28, 23 : ni^X '73
Job 40, 2.
4. Intens. to set right by punishment,
i. q. to correct, to chasten, to punish.
(Comp. ISi'vo) &muJO) Hdot. 2. 177.)
Ps. 141, 5 let the righteous smite me . . .
let him chastise me. Prov. 24, 25. Hence
of God as punishing men ; Job 5, 17 hap-
py the man whom God correcteth, chas-
teneth, comp. Heb. 12, 6 nuiSsvu. Prov.
3, 12. Ps. 6,2. 105, 14. Job 13, 10. 2 Sam.
7, 14. Hab. 1, 12. 2 K. 19, 4 it may be the
Lord thy God will hear all the words of
Rabshakeh . . . D-'-iana n-'ri'ni and will
punish him for the words, etc. Is. 37, 4.
HoPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 4, to be chas-
tened. Job 33, 19.
Niph. n=i3 1. Pas.=!. of Hiph. no. 3,
to be confuted, convicted. Gen. 20, 16
rnr:i and she (Surah) was convicted,
liad nothing to say in excuse.
2. Rccipr. pr. to set right one another,
i. e. to argue or reason together, to dig- .
pute with any one. Is. 1, 18 ; c. C5 Job
23,7.
HiTHP. ns^rn i. q. Niph. no. 2, c. 6
Mic. 6, 2.
Deriv. nnai'n, nnsitn.
S^:r^?? see in n^^s-i .
V*?? (whom God makes firm. r. '"S)
Jachin, pr. n.
1. Of men : a) A son of Simeon Gen.
4G, 10 ; for which 1 Chr. 4, 24 S-^n"; . Pat-
ronym.is-'S^r'; Num.26, 12. b) Neh.ll,
10. 1 Chr. 9, 10. c) 1 Chr. 24, 19.
2. The column on the right before the
porch of Solomon's temple, 1 K. 7, 21.
* "2^, rarely ^i=; 2 Chr. 7, 7. 32, 14,
^tnbb^ Judg. 8, 3, i^nbr"; Ps. 13, 5; fut.
b:!i-i , bs'i , pr. fut. Hop'hV' to be enabled,'
see Lehrg. p. 460 ; (that it is not fut.
Kal is apparent from the fact, that the
pr. n. brr Jer. 38, 1, is also written
hzvnl Jer. 37, 3;) fut. plur. !)b=r, !ib=;i
Ps. 18, 39 ; inf. constr. rbi-n Num. 4, 16l
1. to be able, I can. Chald. et Samar.
id. Kindr. is b"3 to take in or hold, to
contain to sustain. Constr. with ace.
Job 4'^, 2 ; more freq. inf. c.}>, to be able
to do any thing, etc. Gen. 13, 6. 16.
45, 1. 3. Ex. 7, 21. 24; inf. simpl. Ex.
2. 3. 18, 23 ; also with a finite verb
Esth. 8, 6 T.-^xni iz^x "=="' how shall
I be able to see the evil ; and without "]
Lam. 4, 14. Num. 22, 6 see in nr: Pi.
Absol. Is. 39, 11. Job 31, 23. 33,"5.
Spec, a) to be able to effect, to accom-
plish, to prevail, stronger than MbS ;
1 Sam. 26, 25 b=in bb^ csn nt;sn rr^'j ej.
1 K. 22, 22. Jer. 3, 5.' With Vegat! Ps.
21,12. Jer. 20, 11. Is. 16, 12. h) to be
able legally, I may. i. q. impers. it is law-
ful for any ohe. Gen. 43, 32 the Egyp-
tians could not eat with the Hebreivs, so.
by law, it was not lawful for them. Num.
9, 6. Deut. 12, 17. c) In a moral sense,
to be able sc. to bring oneself to do any
thing. Gen. 37, 4 they coidd not (bring
themselves to) speak kindly with him.
Job 4, 2. Hos. 8, 5 ellipt. xb "'TX.-^y
"pjsj lb 3 11 how long will they yet not be
able (to show) cleanness of hands, supj)!.
ni'i'Sb, q. d. how long that they cannot
resolve to practise integrity? d) to be
able to bear, for the fuller rxbb b=^ Jer.
44, 22. Prov. 30, 21 ; so Is. 1, 13* bs^'x xb
JJiX / cannot hear iniquity, etc. P. 101, 5.
2. to be able, strong, to prevail, to over-
come, 8C. in battle or in any business, un-
dertaking, etc. Hos. 12,5. Gen. 30,8. 32,
29. With b of pers. to prevail over any
one in contest. Gen. 32, 26 Judg. 16, 5.
by
399
nb-
1 Sam. 17, 9. Jer. 20, 10. With a verbal
suffix, cither as dat. or ace. Ps. 13, 5.
With dat. of thing, metaph. to master
any thing difficult, to comprehend it,
Ps. 139, 6.
Deriv. pr. names n;^3"i, bsii-*, bsiinv
b?;* or ^3;" Chald. fut. ^B-] Dan. 3, 29.
6, 16 ; and with Heb. form b3!|- Dan. 2,10.
1. to be able, I can, with inf. c. h Dan.
2, 47. 3, 17. 4, 34.
2. to prevail, to overcome, with dat. of
pers. Dan. 7, 21.
n^^3^ and ^^:^3? (able through Je-
hovah, r. Vz>i) Jecholiah, pr. n. of the
mother of Icing Uzziah, 2 K. 15, 2 ; also
2 Chr. 26, 3 Keri, where Cheth. "^l?"^?'; id.
*lb^, 1 pers. T"!^") c. suff. ^^'^Pi'ib'i
Ps. 2, 7, 'sn-ib'i Jer. is 10, WFinb-i 2, 27,
Patah changed to Hirek. Heb. Gr. 27.
n. 3 ; Infin. absol. n'^-J , constr. nnb (nn^b
Is. 37, 3, nn|-o Hos. 9, 11), usually nnV,
once nb 1 Sam. 4, 19, c suff. nn^b ; Fut.
nb;]; Part, ibii, fem. fTiH-^, n'ibii and
Pi-ib^ Gen. 16, 11. Judg. 13, 5. 7. '
1. fo 6ear, to bring forth, as a mother,
Arab, jj^, Eth. (DA.?, comp. 1^3, l^J;
Aram. ^^ ^'5"?; '^"'^'J' The primary
idea seems to be that of slipping or
gliding out ; so that lb^ is kindred with
ibn, comp. ^^^, Bba . Spoken of man-
kind Gen. 4, L 17. 20. 25, and often ;
also of beasts Gen. 30, 39. 31, 8. Job
39, 1 ; and of birds, to lay eggs, Jer.
17, 11, comp. Gr. mt ilxxftv. Constr.
absol. Gen. 17, 17. 1 K. 3, 17. Judg. 13,
2. Ecc. 3, 2 ; with accus. and often with
dat. of the father to whom a child is born,
Gen. 17, 21 with Isaac, frnb r,b nbn I'rx
whom Sarah shall bear unto thee. 21, 3.
41, 50. Judg. 8, 31. Hos. 1, 3. al. and
80 ellipt. with the dat. alone Gen. 6, 4.
16, 1. 30, 2 ; comp. Niph. and Pual.
Part. fem. has three forms distinguish-
ed as follows : a) Ti^'i'' as subst. a wo-
man in travail, a lying-in woman. Hos.
13, 13 nnbi-- ibnn . " Is. 21, 3. Jer. 6. 24.
Mic. 4, 9. 10. Ps! 48, 7. b) nnbi"^ as
real particip. often put for a finite verb.
Gen. 17, 19 13 r^ rnb^ r,Pirx r\-\'q . Is!
7, 14. Jer. 31, 8 ; rarely as a subst. a
woman in travail Lev. 12, 17. With
genit. genitrix, motlier of any one, Prov.
17, 25. 23, 25 '[Pp^"" she that bare thee,
thy mother. Cant. 6, 9. Jer. 50, 12. c)
pnb"' like the Arabic (comp. T^'O for
Tjba), for the finite verb in the like for-
rauia: 1? tn-ib^T nnn r\ir[ Gen. 16, 11.
Judg. 13, 5. 7. Part. pass, lib;; born,
hence a child, son, just born, 1 K. 3, 26.
27. 1 Chr. 14, 4 ; with gen. nisx inb-;
bom of a woman, i. e. a man, mankind.
Job 14, 1. 15, 14. 25, 4. Trop. to bring
forth deceit, wickedness, comp. in rr^rt ,
Job 15, 35. Ps. 7, 15; comp. Is. 33, 11.
By a like metaphor, Prov. 27, Ifor thou
knowest not what this day may bring
forth. Zeph. 2, 2 pn n'lb on-ja before
the decree (of the Lord) bring forth, i. e.
take effect
2. to beget, as a father ; so Arab. Ethiop.
as above, Gr. jIxtiiv, ytvvav, Lat. parere,
of both sexes. So D-inb^ Zech. 13, 3
parents, ot tixovts; Hom. Gen. 4, 18
Methuselah begat ("ib'n) LMmech. 10, 8.
13. 15. 24. 26. 25, 3. Prov. 23, 22. al. saep.
Spoken of God in two senses : a) to
create, to produce, i. q. if^a , comp. Job 38,
8. 9. So Job 38, 28. 29' hath the rain a
fatlier (creator) . . . iib-i io n'^isd -ib=l
and the hoarfrost of the heavens who
hath begotten it 7 Dcut. 32, 18. Comp.
-X father, also creator, no. 4. So of an
idol, Jer. 2. 27. b) to constitute, to ap-
point, sc. as son of God, as king ; Ps. 2, 7
son, thi^s day have I begotten thee, con-
stituted thee as king. Comp. f/hrr,ait
1 Cor. 4, 15.
Niph. nbis, twice plur. tii^'is for iibi:
1 Chr. 3, 5. 20, 8, (with Dag. euphon.
and 6 shortened to ?, Heb. Gr. 27. n.
1,) to be born, as iibnn ci"* the day of
one's being born, his natal day, Ecc. 7, 1.
Hos. 2, 5; comp. Job 3, 3. ibis c? a
people to be born, yet unborn, Ps. 22. 32.
With b of father. Job 1, 2. 2 Sam. 14. 27.
Gen. 10. 1 ; impers. or with "iS impl. Gen.
17. 17. shall there be born (ib^-') unto
him that is a hundred years old 7 With
a of the mother. 1 Chr. 2, 3. Ezra 10, 3 ;
b 1 Chr. 3, 1.
PiEL ife"^ to help bring forth, to deliver
a woman, as a midwife. Ex. 1, 16. Part,
f. nnj^^ a midwife Gen. 35, 17. 38, 28.
Ex. 1. 15 sq.
PcAL i^-i and -i'^ Judg. 18, 29. Job
ib^
400
bV
5, 7; to he horn, i. q. Niph. Judg. 13, 8.
Ps. 87, 4. 5. 6. With \ of father Gen.
4,26. 24, 15. Judg. 18, 29; with '{2. impl.
Gen. 10. 21. So with ^ of a near rela-
tive, Ruth 4, 17 'nrjls i? -i^^ . Is. 9, 5 ;
^_ of thing Job 5, 7. Trop. to be brought
forth, created, e. g. the mountains, Ps.
90,2.
HiPH. T^bin 1. fo ca?/se to bring-
forth, as God a woman Is. 66, 9 ; a man
his wife, to make fruitful, to have chil-
dren by her, 1 Chr. 2, 18. 8, 8. Trop.
of rain as fertilizing the earth Is. 55, 10.
2. to beget, as a father, i. q. Kal no. 2 ;
Gen. 5, 4. 7. 11, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 2, 10 sq.
Ecc. 6, 3. al. Trop. to create, Job 38, 28
bus 'baN T^birr'^n who hath begotten
(created) the store-houses of the dew?
3. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bear, to bring
forth ; but only trop. to bring forth
wickedness. Is. 59, 4; parall. bas 'T^fi.
HoPH. pr. 'to be begotten,' hence to
be born. Inf n'i|n Gen. 40, 20. Ez. 16,
5, and n'ib,n Ez. 16, 4, a being born,
: birth, nativity. Gen. 1. c. Tj* nn|n Di'^
niJns the birth-day of Pharaoh, pr. the
day of Pharaoh's being born. On the
accus. with passives, see Heb. Gr. 140.
HiTHPA. to declare one's birth or de-
scent, pedigree ; to give one's name to
be enrolled in genealogical tables. Num.
Ij 18. In the later books this idea is
expressed by iun^nr}.
Deriv. T'b^ , nnbl'rj , n'lbin ; pr. names
^ibio, rrjbiB, ibin, ibinbj<; and the
four here following.
\y^. m. in pause lb^ ; plur. ^'ib'i ,
. constr. 'ib'n , once "''ib'? Is. 57, 4.
1. one bom, a son. poet. i. q. "3 ; spoken
Ttux i^oxriv of the king^s son Is. 9, 5.
Hence n"^")D3 "''ib'^ sons of strangers,
poet, for foreigners, see "J? no. 1 ; also
sons of transgression, for transgressors,
Is. 57, 4. Plur. comm. children, i. q.
tJ-'Sa, Ex. 21, 4. Ezra 10, 1. Hos. 1, 2;
also for the young of animals, Is. 11, 7.
Job 38, 41.
2. a hmj, child, recently horn, nn in-
fant, Ex. 1, 17. 2, 3 sq. Ruth 4, 16.
2 Sam. 12, 15 sq. 1 K. 3, 25 ; as borne in
the arms Gen. 21, 8 ; also as older and
mingling in childish sports 2 K. 2, 24.
Job 21, 11. Zech.8, 5; but still of tender
age Gen. 33, 13. Is. 57, 5. Also as more
advanced, a youth, young man. Gen. 4,
23 parall. ly-^X . 37, 30. 42, 22 of Joseph
when 17 years old. Dan. 1, 4. 10. 1 K.
12, 8. 10. Ecc. 4, 13.
^"7?- fem. of lb"2, a girl, maiden,
Gen. 34, 4. Joel 4, s'. ' Plur. ninbi Zeeh.
8, 5.
nnb^ f. (denom. from lb^) childhood,
youth, Ecc. 11, 9. 10. Concr. youth, for
young men, Ps. 110, 3.
Tl?? adj. verbal, bom, i. q. I^b^^ , Ex.
1, 22. Josh. 5, 5. 2 Sam. 5, 14.
It (passing the night, abiding, r.
Jib) Jalon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 17.
T'r'^ m. (r. lb';) 1. Adj. verbal, horn,
chiefly in the phrase n^S T'b'^ one horn,
in the house, a house-born slave, verna.
Gen. 14, 14. 17, 12. 13. 23. Lev. 22, 11.
Jer. 2, 14. Arab. cXaJ^ , ^Xa-o j ^''
2. Subst. a son, child, 'p^v;r\ in-ib^ the
sons of Anak Num. 13, 22.^28 j "iS^b^
nB'^t^ f/i sows o/" Rapha, i. q. B'^SS'^
jRephaim, 2 Sam. 21, 16. 18.
* "^i^T io go, see Tjbn .
* ^Rr not used in Kal, onomatopoetic,
^o ?/(?^/, to wail, Arab. J^'^, Syr. and
Zab. 'Cf, Chald. bb". Aph. bb";i< .
Kindred roots are bbx II, nbx, Gr.
oXoXv^HV, Lat. ejuJare, ididare, Engl.
<o yell ; also Armen. /a/. Germ. luUen,
Engl, fo /7/.
Hi PH. b-'b^n ; fut. b^b^:: Mic. 1, 8 ;
oftener b-^b;^"; Is. 15, 2. 3, from the form
sib'^bfr; Is. 52, 5 ; n between two vowels
being softened to "^ .
1. to wail, to lament, Jer. 47, 2. Ez.
21, 17. al. With bs of that over or for
which, Jer. 48, 31. 51, 8. Mic. 1, 8 ; b id.
Is. 16, 7. Ascribed also to inanimate
things, as trees Zech. 11. 2; places, as
filled with wailings, nr ^V^n Is- 14. 31.
23, 1. Often in prophetic denunciations
Is. 13, 6. 23. 6. Jer. 25. 34. Joel 1, 11. 13.'
Zeph. 1, 11. Amos8,3 b=^n rin-^d ^b^bri
the songs of the palace wail, are turned
to wailings.
2. Once of the exulting cries ol*
haughty victors, to yelL to shout, Lat.
tdulare, Is. 52, 5. So 'C-f of n warlike
bb*
401
t^N
cry, Barhehr. p. 411, 413; Or. 6Xoi.v!^Hv
of a shout of joy, iEschyl. Sept. ante
Thel). 831. Agam. 28 sq. Vice versa
olala^uv of wailing. Eurip. Phoen. 358.
Comp. also ',5n, 5"nn, ntna, signifying
a cry of either kind.
HoPH. Vs^n (as n'ljJin) to be made to
vail. Ps. 78. 63 the jUre consumed their
young men ibiin xb l^n^irsi and their
virgins made no wailing, comp. v. 64
' their widows made no lamentation ;'
Sept. oi'x iTtir&ijanv, Vuig. nan sunt la-
mentat(. So Schnurrer; but perhaps
it should be read nVbin in the active
i. q. ''b'^^'^n . More usually taken as Pual
of bbn, where see.
Deriv. bbin and the two here follow-
ing.
5?!' m. a yelling, howling of wild
beasts in the desert, Deut. 32, 10. Comp.
Arab. (-^Lo howling, poet, for the
desert in which wild beasts howl ; see
Willmel's Lex. Arab. a. v. Comp. also
Heb. n-i^X .
^T T? ^- (f- ^\'^) constr, nbb'i , wailing,
lamentation, Is. 15, 8. Jer. 25, 36. Zeph.
1, 10. Zech. 11, 3.
^Zy 1. i. q. 5^b to lick up. to swallow
down ; see in Vjh. Hence sbi'n, nsbin.
2. to speak rashly, to utter at random ;
a signif connected with the former, and
frequent in the syllable sb ; see in 5lb ,
note. Prov. 20, 25 cnp sb^ onx tj;!V2
Ijsab Q''n-j3 -,nxT it is the snare of a
man, that he rashly zitters a vow, and
after the vow makes inquiry. Arab. ^iJ
id. chiefly of those who take rash oaths,
Kor. Sur. 2. 225.
Deriv. see in no. 1.
^\r obsol. root, Arab. v-flJ. Conj.
Ill, to stick fast, to cling. Hence
f^??^ f. a sort of itching scab, scurf,
tetter, so called as sticking fast. Lev. 21,
20. 22. 22. Sept. ktixr,v, Vulg. impetigo.
Pdr obsol. root, i. q. ppb to lick, to
lap, also to lick up or off. as an ox in
feeding, to feed off, comp. "^ib Num. 22,
4 also yb^ . Hence
p?^ m. feeding, the feeder ; put for a
species of locust, winged Nah. 3, 16, and
hairy Jer. 51, 27 ; so Ps. 105, 34. Joel 1,
34*
4. 2, 25. Prob. the attiht/Sog, attelabus,
a locust with small short wings, not yet
full grown, and therefore not yet able to
fly ; so Jerome in Nah. 1. c. See The-
saur. p. 597.
t3^p5^ m. a sack, pouch, scrip, 1 Sana.
17, 40. R. 'J;:b to collect.
D^ m. (r. 012^) constr. "3"^ except in
q!iD-s!]; c.sutf.na'^ Jer. 51,36; with He
loc. naj ; Plur. D-ijs;: .
1. a sea, so called from its tumult
and roaring. Arab. ^ , Syr. ):^a. and
7 \ '*
]&^., but the latter is more usually a
lake, Egypt. JOJUL, GJOJUL, id. Where
the sea xt i^o/rjv is spoken of the arti-
cle is usually added : c^n bin the sand
of the sea Gen. 32, 13 [12]. 41, 49; nDiC
cn Judg. 7, 12. 1 Sam. 13, 5 ; Djn ^an
Gen. 1. 26. 28. Job 12, 8 ; also ]n po-
etry Job 36, 12. 36, 30. Ps. 8, 9. 33, 6.
78, 53. al. But in poetry the art. is
often omitted, Ex. 15, 8. 10. Job 9, 8. 11,
9. 38, 8. 16. Ps. 66, 6. 68, 23. Is. 5, 30.
50, 2. 60, 5. al. saep. likewise in prose,
but more rarely, as d;j 7)'^'^ towards the
sea 1 K. 18, 43 ; D^-bs on the sea, by
sea, 2 Chr. 2, 15 [16], comp. o^-bx Ezra
3, 7. Is. 11, 9 tr'oz-o =jb n-^HS as the
waters cover the sea i. e. its depths, bot-
tom. Hab. 2, 14. C:;>-n5 t^^-ofrom sea to
sea, from the Mediterranean to the Per-
sian Gulf or Indian Sea, Am. 8, 12.
Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72, 8 ; comp. Mic. 7, 12.
Various parts of the ocean, and also
several lakes (for D^ is used of these
Job 14, 11, comp. Syr. jl^lo*), are deno-
ted by special names : a) The Medi-
terranean, as 'iiinxn c*ri the hinder or
western sea Deut. 11. 24. Joel 2, 20 ; a^
DTnuibs the sea of the Philistines Ex. 23,
31; b-inr-n c*n the great sea Num. 34, 6.
7. Josh.'l, 4.' 9. 1. Ez. 47, 10. 15. 20. ,5)
The sea of Galilee, or lake of Tiberias ;
r-.ss C"; ^/(esea o/'C/j/J2ere/^ Num. 34,11.
/) The Dead sea : nb^an c^ the salt sea
Gen. 14. 3 ; i^^-^rn n^ the sea of the Ara-
bahordesert Deut. 4.49; "stnpn a^n the
eastern sea Joel 2. 20. Zech. 14, 8. d)
The Red sea : rio's^ the weedy sea Ps.
106, 7. 9, 22 ; D"''^^^ c^ the Egyptian sea
Is. 11, 15. Absol. D^'^ according to the
context is put for the Mediterranean
402
jy
Josh. 15, 47 ; the lake of Galilee Is. 8,
23 ; the Red sea Is. 10, 26 ; the Dead
sea, without art. Is. 16, 8. Poet, the sea
is put for viaritime regions; so c^rt "'K'^bs
the princes of the sea i. e. of countries
around and beyond the sea Ez. 26, 16,
i. q. n^'x '3 Is. 60, 5. Deut. 33, 19. So
Is. 23. 4 t;;;n Tiy^ C^ "i^s tM sea haih
spoken, the fortress nf the sea, i. e. Tyre.
Plur. z-'TS-^ seas Gen. 1, 22. Lev. 11, 9. 10.
Ps. 135. 6. Poet, often where the sing,
stands in prose ; as D'>72^ bin the sand of
the sea Job 6, 3. Ps. 78, 27. Jer. 15, 8 ;
comp. sing, above. D'^a;^ Cjin the coast
of the sea Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5, 17 (comp.
D^n qin Josh. 9, 1) ; n-'s^ sb the heart
of the sea Ps. 46, 3. Jon. 2, 4; comp. also
Gen. 1, 10. Deut. 33, 19. Ps. 8, 9. al.
The word d;^ sea is also transferred :
a) To a large river ; e. g. the Nile
Is. 18, 2. 19, 5. Nah. 3, 8. Job 41, 23 ; the
Euphrates Is. 27, 1. (prob. 21, 1.) Jer.
51, 36. Plur. the branches of the Nile
Ez. 32, 2. So Arab. IJ of the Nile,
Kor. Sur. 20, 39. al. In like manner
-:S!uJI the sea for the Nile, Elmac. 1. 12.
Eutych.. Alex. I. 86. II. 377, 499. The
Egyptians still use f^^\ the sea in
common parlance for the Nile ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 542.
b) By hyperbole, to a large vase or
basin; hence niunirt d^ the sea of brass,
brazen sea, i. e. the great laver in the
court of the priests before Solomon's
temple. 2 K. 25, 13. 1 Chr. 18, 8 ; also
pSW c*ri 1 K. 7, 23 ; C'^n V. 24. 29. 2
.k'i6, \1. 2Chr. 4, 3sq.'
2. the West, the western quarter, since
.the Mediterranean sea lies west from
^Palestine ; see in "lins no. 2. p. 33. nn
d;; the west wind Ex. 10, 19 ; d^txq the
west side Ex. 27, 12. 38. 12; na^ wcst-
.ward Gen. 28, 14. Ex. 26. 22. (But TMZ^Ti
is to or at the sea. Num. 34, 5. Jo^h. 16,
'6. 8. 24, 6 ; so nB*b 19. 11.) t*i: from
Vie west, i. e. ai or on the west, Gen. 12,
8. Josh. 11, 2. 3 ; ^ C^ on the west of
-any place, Josh. 8,' 9.' 12. 13. Twice,
Pe. 107, 3. Is. 49, 12, c; is joined with
jiBX the north ; whence some have
.preferred to understand it. at least in
these passages, of the s(nUh ; but cIhc-
twhere too, other quarters are coupled
together not opposite but adjacent to
each other, comp. Am. 8, 12. Deut. 33,
23.
D^ Chald. emphat. Nh:; the sea, Dan.
7, 2. 3.
''^T obsol. root, i. q. Cii, Cir^, q. v.
to be warm, to be hot. Comp. f^ et
X* ^ ferbuit dies. Hence n^JSi and ni*'
plur. of ci'' ; also
bt/i^'Q'^ (day of God, ^ir^ i. q. C;, fiii,
comp. ^^'^ i. q. 0^, in^J i. q. r\iz man.)
Jemuel, pr. n. of a son of Simeon, Gen.
46, 10 ; for which bsiit:: Num. 26, 12.
niia^ poet. plur. of the noun oii, q. v.
D'^''?^ id. see fiii .
D'^'O.'? m. (r. t2i">) plur. una^ hyofi.
Gen. 36, 24, prob. as Vulg. aqtuB calid.c,
warm springs ; such being actually
found in the region in question on the
eastern shore of the Dead sea, see in
ydb. Arab, j^ u ^ , Syr. )Vi*Vi<, id.
Jerome says, in Glusest. ad. 1. c. '' nonnulli
putant aquas ca//cZas juxta linguae Puni-
cse [Syriacee ?] viciniam, qung HebreeiB
contermina est, hoc vocabulo significa-
ri ;" and this is not to be disregarded, nor
is it destitute of etymological grounds ;
see under Dr and n:av The Cod. Sa-
mar. reads D'^^iSfi the Emim or giants,
and so Onkeloe and Pseudo-Jonathan
understand it. By a groundless con-
jecture from the context, some of the
Rabbins and modern versions render it
mules.
ntJiTa^ (dove, Arab. SjoUj, r. Ca; ;
comp. t^ji"^, r. )i'^) Jemimah, pr. n. of
one of Job's daughters. Job 42, 14.
'J'^'Q^ comm. gend. rarely masc. Prov.
27, 16. Ex. 15, 6 ; constr. Y^l R- "i'??-
1. the right hand, as tlie pledge of
good faith and as lifted up in swearing,
2K. 10, 15. Is. 62,8. Lai. fdissima dex-
6
tra Valer. Flacc. 5. 65. Arab. ^j-**Jj
^?^, Ethiop. P^^, Syr. jl.Vi*. the
right hand, the right. Gen. 48, 8. 14.
Ex. 15, 6. Ps. 44, 4~ al. step. Ps. 144, 8.
1 1 ip;a *f p'J C?"'?? '^^'^ right hand is a
right hand of falsehood, deceit. Is. 62. 8
the Lord hath sworn ir'3"'a bij his r-ight
hand. (Comp. the Arabic oath ^/^^
'12'
403
r
jJUl by the right hand of Allah ; whence
^^wA4_} fern, oiith.) Is. 41, 10 I will up-
hold them ^pns T'a^a with my righteous
right hand. Hence ?;ro*^ la-'S the man
of thy right hand, whom thou sustainest,
aidest, Ps. 80, 18. So freq. '^ y^l Ex.
15, 6. Ps. 118, 15. 16. Hab. 2, 16 ;' '^^1
irbs Ps. 77, 11. al. Pleon. r^^^^) t]-i;J
Ps. 74, 11. The following constructions
may be noted : a) On the right, at
the right hand, is "pa; bs Job 30, 12,
r^;'? 1 K. 7, 39. 49. b) On the right
of any one, at the right hand of any
person or thing, is 'b ,"'13'J is Ps. 109, 6.
Zech. 4, 11, nart -p^n bx 'l Sam. 23. 24,
'b ra^b Ps. 109, 31. Is. 63, 12, 'b p^^'^
Gen. 48, 13. Ps. 16, 8, b TiTa-^B 2 K. 23,
13. 'b pa-' 2 Sam. 24, 5. 8. c) On or
oY the right hand, after verbs of motion,
is TP'^b Neh. 12, 31, T^a^ bs Zech. 12,
6 ; of any one, 'b T'tt-'b , as Ps. 110, 1 3^
'3''Ta"'b sit than on my right hand. d)
To or towards the right hand, is "p^^rt bs
2 Sam. 2, 19. Is. 9, 19, r^tn"^5< Ez. 1,
10, 's'^'Q^'n Gen. 13, 9 ; also f'?: Is- 54, 3^
Zech. 12, 3. So Va^ chiefly in phrases :
bxi3b -ix j'^a^ n-03 Num. 20, 17. 22, 26.
1 Sam. 6, 12, and bxiab ix 'pip; n:io, <o
iwrn to the right or to the left, Deut. 2,
27. 17, 20. Josh. 1, 7. 23. 6. Further in
the phrases : aa) To stand or be at
one^s right hand, i. q. to aid, to assist
any one, Ps. 16, 8. 109, 31. 110, 5. Is.
63, 12. bb) To sit on the right hand
of the king, as the highest place of hon-
our, e. g. spoken of the queen 1 K. 2, 19.
Ps. 45, 10 ; of one beloved of the king
and vicegerent of the kingdom Ps. 110,
1, where see the Commentators. Comp.
Heb. 8, 1. Jos. Ant. 6. 11. 9. Elsewhere
too the right hand is the place of honour,
to which there is allusion in Job 30, 12.
cc) To take or hold the right hand of
any one. i. q. to sustain, to aid, Ps. 73,
23. Is. 41, 13. 45, 1.
2. the right, i. e. the right side, part,
quarter ; comp. 1^ signifying both hand
and side. In the genit. after other nouns
it expres.sses the adj. right (^375"^), as prb
V^jr? the right leg Ex. 29. 22. Lev. 8,
25 ; i3-'^'^ Tii;: his right thigh Judg. 3,
16. 21 ; "pia; "r?"b3 all your right eyes
1 Sara. 11, 2; also irw^^ *i; his right
hand Gen. 48, 17. Judg.' 3, 15. 20, 16;
^S-'a; nU my right hand Ps. 73, 23. Jer.
22, 24 ; B3"'tt'j l;; their right hand for
their right hands Judg. 7, 20, comp. ia^D
Ps. 17, 10 t/ieir mouth for their mouths.
T/ie right part or side seems also to
be put for the right place, the proper
and legitimate position ; Ecc. 10,2 awise
man^s Jieart is "is'^a^'b at his right, i. e.
in its right and proper place, is itself
right ; hut a fooVs Jieart is at his left,
i. e. in the wrong place, perverse.
3. the South, the southern quarter, see
in linsj no. 2. p. 33. Ps. 89, 13. Ace.
pa; in the south Job 23, 9. 1 Sam. 23,
19 'iia-^d^rj pa-'a on the south of the de-
sert. V. 24. 2 Sam. 24, 5.
4. good fortune, prosperity, happiness,
since the right hand was of good omen ;
S o>
hence Arab, ^^yt-i to be happy, ^j-fJ
happiness. So in the pr. name "pa^sa
q. V. p. 142. Hence
5. Jamin, pr. n. m. i. q. Felix, a) A
son of Simeon Gen. 46, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 24.
b) 1 Chr. 2, 27. c) Neh. 8, 7. Hence
iptt; Jaminite, patronym. from pr. n.
T'b;, Num.26, 12.
"'3''^'] 1. Adj. i. q. "'Sa'^, right, not
left, only 2 Chr. 3, 17 Cheth. Ez. 4, 6
Cheth.
2. T'2'?"'? ^^^ <^^^'Pt- T'?'?, Denja-
mite ; gentile n. from 'pa;32 q. v. p. 142.
^f''?? and ^?^'? (whom God makes
full, r. xba) Imlah, pr. n. of the father of
the prophet Micaiah, 1 K. 22, 8. 9.
^?''9- (whom God makes king, r. "ba)
Jamlech, pr. n. of a phylarch or chief in
the tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 34.
n Tt obsol. root. I. i. q. Dart and
nan to make a noise, to rage and roar,
as the billows of the ocean. Hence d;
sea.
II. i. q. m'"' , na; . to be warm, hot, as
the day, whence Syr. |^Sn day-time ;
comp. in Di"^ . Trop. -of desire, love ;
whence f^a'^a'^ dove, as pr. n.
\Q^ in Kal not used, kindr. with
'ax to be firm, also to be faithfid.
Hence 'i"'a; the right hand, as the pledge
of good faith, etc.
HiPH. '('a-'n and T^an 2 Sam. 14, 19,
denom. from 'pa; ,
5t3'
404
!"
l.io use the right hand, (opp. ^"'StrtoSi ,)
part. plur. D^sii^'^a right-handed 1 Chr.
12,2.
2. to take the right, to turn to the right,
Gen. 13, 9. Is. 30, 21. Ez. 21, 21. So
proverb, to turn to the right or left of any
thing, i. q. to evade, 2 Sam. 14, 19.
Arab. /Tv*^ ^nd C^Y-*-?. ^ dextra acces-
eit.
Deriv. ')';; see Kal, ''3*'53'i , "j^'^n,
peril. X^Ti ; also the two following.
^5''?? (good fortune, i. q. aUU-}) Jim-
nah, pr. n. m. a) A son ol" Asher, Gen.
46, 17. Num. 26, 44. 1 Chr. 7, 3. b) 2
Chr. 31, 14.
''p'a^ adj. (r. ir^) f. n'^Stt'i , Hg-^f, not
left, Ex. 29. 20. Lev. 8, 23. 1 K. 6, 8. al.
The form is as if from a subst. ^^"^ ,
s ^^
j^wjj , the right side.
5?!')a7 (whom God keeps back, r. 53)
Imnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35.
1^^^ in Kal not used, i. q. iia, to
change, to alter, intrans. Hence
HiPH. ""^'S'^n to change trans, to ex-
change, Jer. 2, 11 ; where several Mss.
read 'T'cn from r. "i^io .
HiTHP. ifi^r'n ^0 change oneself with
any one, i. e. to substitute oneself for him,
to take the place of any one. Comp.
Arab. J Jo to change, to exchange ;
Conj. V, to take the place of any one.
Is. 61, 6 lis'rn o-i-iasa in their splen-
dour ye shall take their place, i. e. pos-
sess it in their stead. So Saadias and
Jarchi. Others, as Vulg. Chald. Syr.
' m their splendour shall ye glory,' as if
i. q. lExrn .
J^'^''?'!' (refractory, r. *^'y^) Imrah, pr.
n. m. i Chr. 7, 36.
* "^'tI i. q. ttiil^^ , to feel, to touch, in
Kal not used.
HiPH. id. Judg. 16,26 Cheth. '5\13'%'l,
read '5'3"'i3''n , let me feel, touch.
* nr fi,t. nr-^ , part. f. nji'i , to he vio-
lent, raging, cruel; the primary idea
teing that of Jieat, so that nj'; is kindr.
with "(i^ to boil up, and also with Di^ ,
els';, n-c-^, ece in Di"". Part. fem. Zcph.
3, 1 n3"i*n "I'^sn the violent or oppressing
city. Elsewhere as an epithet of the
sword, njiTi D")n the cruel, the oppressing
sword, sword of violence, Jer. 46. 16. 50,
16 ; and without n-nn id. Jer. 25, 38 ')inn
n3i''H the wrath of the cruel sc. sword,
where the epithet is put for the thing
itself^ as Schnurrer well ; or perhaps,
with Sept. Chald. and some Mss. it
ought to read tisi'n 'z'2'n . With an ac-
cus. Ps. 74, 8 Tn'2 crs let us maltreat
them, all. destroy them.
HiPH. njin, fut. nsi'i, to treat with
violence, to maltreat, to oppress; with
ace. as princes a people Ez. 45, 8 ; the
Chaldeans Israel Is. 49, 26 ; espec. of the
rich and noble as oppressing the poor,
widows, orphans, strangers, Ex. 22. 20.
Lev. 19, 33. Deut. 23, 17. Jer. 22, 3. Ez.
18, 7. 12. 26. 22, 7. 29 ; of fraud and
overreaching in buying and selling Lev.
25, 14. 17. With ace. of pers. and )-q,
to thrust out of a possession by violence,
to dispossess, Ez. 46, 18. Chald. Aph.
"is-ix id.
f^l-^ (rest, quiet, r. H^IJ) Janoah, pr. n.
of a place on the confines of Ephraim
and Manasseh; 2 K. 15, 29.' With n
local nnis-i Josh. 16, 6. 7.
D^r (slumber, r. t3!i3) Josh. 15, 53
Cheth. for which Keri has D^:'i (flight,
r. CIJ) Janum, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Judah.
d*"' Janus, see in Q13i.
T 7 T
' 'ir ^ spurious root, assumed for
Hiph. n-'Sn . But see n^ Hiph.
^I^''?'? f i. q. f^P.?."!"^, a sucker, sprout,
Ez. 17, 4. It has the pass, form but ac-
tive power. Chald. p^3^ , p13^ , suckling.
R. p:^ .
*P2r fut. pr": to suck; Chald. pS-J,
Syr. uaiJ, Sam. ^^ITI id. Absol. Job
3, 12 ; pr. to suck the mother's breast,
c. ace. Cant. 8, 1. Joel 2, 16; but also
other things, as Job 20, 16 he sjickelh the
poison of asps. Trop. Is. 60, 16 thou
shall suck the milk of the nations, and
shall suck the breast of kings, i. e. thou
shalt be made rich with tlie wealth of
nations and kings. Deut. 33, 19 rE'O "'S
^'PY"; B'^B'^ for they shall suck the aimn-
dance of the seas, i. e. of nations beyond
the sea. Is. 60, 11. 12. Part, psr a)
a suckling, sticking child, (Syr. M&Ju,
x6y
405
TO"
1 n 1 .) Num. 11,12. Deut. 32, 25. iSam.
15, 3. 22, 19. Is. 11, 8. Jer. 44, 7. Pe. 8,
3. al. More fully O-^ntfl 'j^J'' Joel 2, 16.
b) Trop. a sucker, sprout, as drawing
the sap from tiie parent stock, Is. 53, 2.
More frequent in this sense is fem. P(?3'i'^,
Job 8, 16. 14, 7. 15. 30. Piur. mp:i"
Ez. 17, 22. Hos. 14, 7. Ps. 80, 12.
HiPH. pT^ also p^zn Lam. 4, 3, to
give Slick, to suckle, as a mother her in-
fant. Gen. 21, 7. Ex. 2, 7. 9. 1 Sam. 1,
23 ; also of animals. Lam. 4, 3 ; absol.
nip^S'^a (camels) giving suck, milch-
camels. Gen. 32, 16. Trop. to cause to
tuck sweet things, i. e. to give to taste,
to let enjoy, Deut. 32, 13. Part, fem.
Pj^J-^tJ Ex. 2, 7, c. suflf. iPp53?3 2 K. 11, 2,
giving suck, as subst. a wet-nurse. Piur.
n'ip-'a'^tJ Is. 49, 23.
Deriv. np-'ji .
"^"^l m. once qitJS;^ Is. 34, 11, an un-
clean Dird, prob. a water or marsh fowl
Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14, 16 ; frequenting
deserts or marshes, Is. 1. c. Sept. and
Vulg. render it ibis, i. e. the Egyptian
heron ; Chald. and Syr. the owl, which
also Bochart adopts, Hieroz. P. II. p. 281
eq. and supposes it to be derived from
CltlJJ twilight. Most prob. some species
of heron or crane is to be understood,
whose cry resembles the blowing of a
horn or trumpet, as the ardea stellaris or
bittern, the ardea agami or trumpeter-
bird, or the common crane, etc. and this
is supported by the etymology from w)iB3
to blow. In the list of unclean birds in
Lev. I. c. this bird is followed by the
PWIjsri, derived from the similar verb
ctij'i. q. qajj.
* "^5^ inf. with pref Tioi^ Is. 51, 6,
llts^b 2 Chr. 31, 7 (as if from -jB), c.
suff. ''ID^ Job 38, 4 ; pr. to set, to place,
to seat. comp. Niph. no. 1, and lio
seat. The primary monosyllabic root is
Sanscr. sad to sit, Lat. erf-ere, Goth.
af-jan to put, Engl, to set ; the same
root with harder letters is Heb. r."^.
Gr. ffraoj, 'icrxi]^i, and with softer letters
Gr. i8- (f^o/xai). Arab. tX**- is spec, to
put or place under, e. g. a cushion, pil-
low Hence
1. to set, i. e. to place, put, lay the foun-
dations of any thing, to found, e. g. a
building Ezra 3, 12 ; a city Is. 54, 11.
(Comp. a^ Is. 42, 4. 44, 7 ; n-'tti 1 Sam.
2, 8.) More freq. in this sense in Piel ; in
Kal mostly poet, of God ^s founding the
heavens and the earth, Ps. 78, 69. 89,
12. 104, 5. Job 38, 4. Is. 48, 13. Zech.
12. 1. Am. 9, 6 Fno-j 'jnx bs in'njxi and
hath founded his vault upon the earth,
i. e. the vault of the heavens as appa-
rently resting upon the earth. Ps. 24, 2.
Of a heap, to lay down sc. the bottom,
2 Chr. 31, 7.
2. to set, i. e. to appoint, to assign sc. a
place to anyone (comp. n'^iy Ex. 21, 13).
Ps. 104, 8 they go up mountains, they go
down valleys, nnb mo; nj oipn-bx tmto
the place that thou hast appointed for
them. So of a people. Is. 23, 13 /o the
land of the Chaldeans ; this people till
now was not, B^'^sb R'lO'' n^TS^t Assyria
appointed it for dwellers in the desert,
i. e. for the Chaldeans ; see Comment,
on Is. ad loc. Hence to appoint or con-
stitute for some specific purpose, Hab.
1, 12 I'n'iD'^ nis^inb/or chastisement hast
thou appointed them sc. the Chaldeans,
i. e. hast called them forth ; parallel
in^b KQ-r^b .
3. to set laws, to ordain, Ps. 119, 152.
Comp. W'a Gen. 47, 26, also Gr. yo/io-
&errjg.
Niph. lOis 1. to be settled, sealed
down, i. e. a) to settle in a land. Ex. 9,
18 in Egypt cnpjn niT] "j^b since the
day of their settling in it until now, i. e.
since the Egyptians settled down in the
land, b) to sit down together for con-
sultation ; hence to consult, to take coun-
sel together, with bs against any one
Ps. 2, 2. 31, 14.
2. to be founded, as the temple Is. 44, 8.
Piel 15'^ 1. to set, place, lay, e. g.
a foundation-stone Is. 28, 16 ; to found
an edifice Zech. 4, 9. Ezra 3, 10; a city
Is. 14, 32. Josh. 6, 26 nsno']'] iibaa with
his first-born (i. e. with the loss of him,
a of price) shall he lay its foundation.
Also ace. of material 1 K. 5, 17 [31].
Trop. Ps. 8, 3 out of the mouth of babes
and sucklings ts Fins^ hast thou founded
for thee praise, glory; so Arabic writers
compare glory to an edifice firmly found-
ed and fortified, see Muntinghe ad h. 1.
Thesaur. p. 602.
2. to set, i. e. to appoint^ to constitute
10''
406
for any purpose, 1 Chr. 9, 22. Also to
set fast, i. e. to prescribe, to ordain, c.
b? Esth. 1,8.
PcAL to be founded, e. g. columns
Cant. 5, 15 ; the temple 1 K. 6, 37. Ezra
3, 6. Hagg. 2, 18. Zech. 8, 9 ; with an
ace. of material; as in Pi. 1 K. 7, 10.
HoPH. i. q. Pual. Inf. 'IDW ' the being
founded,' sxihst. foundation, Ezra 3, 11.
2 Chr. 3, 3. Part, n&lis (Dag. euphon.)
founded, Is. 28, 16 l&no nosia a founda-
tion founded, i. e. firm, sure ; comp. il'n
icBn^ Ps. 64. 7, ^ira^J b^Ja Ex. 12, 9. '
Deriv. the three next following, and
"JiD, 'lOl'tl, 101^, TlOI'S, "l*?^ , pr. n. "''lio.
"10^ m. foundation, metaph. begin-
ning,' Ezra 7 , 9, R. "lOV
TlO^ m. fou7idation, as of an altar Ex.
29, 12.' Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. 9, 9 ; of a build-
ing Job 4, 19. Ps. 137, 7. al. [Poet.
foundation of the sea, the ground or
bottom on which it rests, the depths,
Hab. 3, 13; see in -ixj^ . R.] Plur.
O'^nb'^ Mic. 1, 6, and ninb-i Lam. 4, 11 ;
also metaph. princes Ez. 30, 4, comp.
riinir . R. no;; .
T?'? ^.foundation, Ps. 87, 1. R. 10^ .
TlD^ m. (r. iG'j) a corrector, reprover,
censurer, verbal subst. of the form "liaa.
Job 40, 2 [39, 32] -!&] "i-juJ-DS inn con-
tending shall the reprover of God contend
with the Almighty 7 31 is here inf absol.
from S'^l instead of the finite verb (comp.
Judg. 11,25 bxib"! D5 SI sHn, where
the finite verb is added), and to liB'^
then corresponds in the other hemistich
fjibK n-'Din, comp. Prov. 9, 7. The sin-
gle words of this clause have often been
correctly explained, (sec for "ii3'^ Junius
and Trcmellius, and for the form 31
Aben Ezra and Kimchi.) but I have
found no one who has riglitly appre-
hended the whole sense. The above
interpretation was proposed in former
editions, and has been adopted by Um-
breit, Winer, Dc Wette, but neglected
by Rosenmuller.
"l^C^ (verbal of fut. r. "i1D , as ^'ll
from 3^"}) departing, one it/jo departs ;
Jer. 17, 13 Cheth. "'ilO'j those departing
from vie. Keri ''i"'D .
^?T ^ doubtful root, i. q. "03 to pour,
but intrans. to be poured^ comp. Dib and
D'r'i ; once Ex. 30, 32 Tit?"^"^ ^\> it shall
not be poured. Perhaps it should read
TjO^"^ Hoph. of Ti^O.
nSD'^ (she looks abroad, r. i^^^) Fscah,
pr. n. of the sister of Lot, Gen. 11, 29.
^in^SiaD^ (whom Jehovah upholds, r.
tjT?) fsmachiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 31, 13.
V|5r in Kal and Hiph. both of which
are defective, thus : Praet. rjO") , rarely
Cl"iDin 2 K. 20, 6. Ecc. 1, 16 ; Inf. Cj-^qin ;
Imper. twice >iBp Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7, 21,
though this form can be referred to
iiSO; Fut. r)"'pi"', apoc. C]D'i'', in pause
ClDi'n Job 40, 32, flOin-bx Prov. 30, 6,
and by a wrong orthography CjOX"' Ex.
5, 7. 1 Sam. 18. 29 (as vice versa C]0'i-,
tp^, from tTit?!* q. v.) convers. t|0'} ;
Part. C]Di-i for r^Oi"" Is. 29, 14. 38, 5, plur.
D-iBG'ii beut. 5, 22; also :)"'D'ia Neh.
13, 18.
1. to add, Syr. and Chald. Aph. tiOiK ,
^ajccl . The primary idea seems to be
that of scraping, scraping together, like
kindr. nSD , comp. r;^0 . With accus. of
the thing added and bs of that to which
it is added. Lev. 5, 16 C,'0'.'' irc^^n-rx'i
^^^hy and shall add the ffth part of it
thereto. Lev. 22, 14. 27, 13 sq. Deut. 19.
9 ; bx 2 Sam. 24, 3. Often too the ac-
cus. of the thing added is omitted. Deut
13, 1 [12, 32] !i3ar! si^r? ^^1 '"'"';^ s?^"^
thou shall neither add, thereto nor di-
minish therefrom, sc. any thing. Prov.
30, 6. Ecc. 3, 14. Hence
2. to add to, i. e. to increase, to en-
large, comp. French ajouter d. With bs
Ps. 71, 14 Tjnbnn-bs-b? "^riBDini 1 u-il'l
add to, increase, all thy piaisc; comp.
Lat. 'detrahere (aliquid) de laudibus
alic' Ps. 115, 14. Ezra 10, 10; bs Ez.
23, 14; b Is. 26. 15; ace. Lev. 19, 25.
Job 42, 10 3lwxb ibit-bs-rN ii^'n'i c;*!
n_y,dT;b and Jehorah increased twofold
all 'that Job hud. Ecc. 1, 18. Prov. 9. 9.
16, 21. 19, 4. Job 17, 9. Is. 29, 19. Im-
pers. Prov. 9, 11 by me nijr r\h ^B'^Di-'
D^n shall they increase the ijcars of thy
life, i. e. thy years shall be increased;
comp. Heb. Gr. 134. 3. To increase
any thing to any one, is Bomctimes i. q.
togire more, as Ps. 120. 3 -n'il T]b in^-ma
nj^"i liajb r,b q^c* what girclh to thee
and what giteth more (adds to give) to
qc
*407
T
thee thy false tongtie? i. e. what doth thy
false tongue profit thee ? comp. Lev. 26.
21. Ez. 5, 16. Elsewhere to increase
is also i. q. to surpass, to exceed, as
2 Chr. 9, 6 nsifcTBn bs nep; thou ex-
ceedest (hast added to) the fame thai I
heard; comp. 1 K. 10, 7, So Ecc. 1,
16. 2, 9.
3. to add to do any thing, with infin.
either simply or with pref. b ; more
rarely followed by a finite verb with or
without the copula, Prov. 23. 35. Is. 52,
1. Hos. 1, 6. Hence a) i.q. to (/oag-am,
another time, so that it may be express-
ed in Engl, by the adverb again. Gen.
4,2 r^"!^^ ~|5Pi3 and again she bare. 8,10.
12. 18, 29 -lanb tis riO'l and he spake
yet again. 25, 21. Ex. 10, 28. 29. b) to
do further, longer ; to continue to do any
thing. Gen. 4, 12 Ty> nns-rn cipri-j<b
the ground shall no longer yield to thee
her strength. Num. 32, 15. Josh. 7, 12.
1 Sam. 19, 8. 27, 4. Is. 47, 1. c) to
do the more; Gen. 37. 5 3a lis :iBqi]
irk and they hated him yet the more. v.
8. 1 Sam. 18, 29. 2 Sam. 3, 34. Some-
times the action which is thus to be
repeated or continued is not directly
expressed, but is implied in the pre-
ceding words. Job 20, 9 X31 WSTd "i";?
fl"'pin the eye saw him, but shall not add
sc. Cl'f'a^, i. e. shall see him no more. 34,
32 if I have done iniquity, I will (do it)
no more. 38, 11. 40, 5. 32. Ex. 11. 6 such
as was never before, rpprrxb wt:*, sc.
ri^nb, and such as never more shall be.
Num. 11, 25 and when the spirit rested
upon (hem they prophesied, ISO"' xb} sc.
KSsnnb but never again or more after
that day ; so Sept. and Syr. well. Here
belongs also the phrase : carfax >i':iy2 "3
C)''pii nb) God do so and so add to do,
i. e. and more also, 1 Sam. 3, 17. 14, 44.
NiPH. C^pl3 'i.tobe added, c. hy Num.
36, 3. 4. Reflex, to join oneself Ex. 1, 10.
2. to be increased, i. e. intrans. to in-
crease, to groxD, e. g. in wealth, Prov. 11,
24. Part, nisoia Is. 15, 9 additions,
accessions, sc. of calamities, i. q. new
calamities.
Deriv. pr. names SjCi^, Clpini , n^Bpi"' .
tlOt* Chald. in Kal not used. Hoph.
in the Hebrew manner ?|Din to be added,
Dan. 4, 33.
"5^ rarely found in Kal, fut. c. suff.
onex Hos. 10, 10; part, np"' Prov. 9, 7.
Pa. 94, 10. Elsewlicre with the same
sense :
PiEL ID':', <ut. IP^'J, inf. nn^ Lev. 26,
18, lie: Pe. 118, 18. '
1. to chastise or chasten, to ccrrrect, to
punish with blows, strokes, Deut. 22, 18.
1 K. 12, 11. 14 my father chastened you
with whips. Espec. of children as cor-
rected by their parents, Prov. 19j 18. 29,
17 ; of men as chastened of God, Lev.
26, 18. 28. Ps. 6, 2. 38, 2. 39, 12. 118, 18.
Jer. 2, 19. 10, 24. Eth. IllUZ; to chas-
tise, to reprehend, to instruct ; the pala-
tal "1 being changed into the harder 3.
2. to chasten with words, i. e. a) to
admonish, to exhort, Prov. 9, 7. Job 4, 3
(comp. Hos. 7, 15). Ps. 16. 7 n'ib->b-;:)M
''ni"'b3 '^31"^&7 also by night my reins ad^
monish me sc. to praise the Lord. With
)T3 to admonish or dehortfiom any thing,
Is. 8, 11. Often of the admonition and
discipline which parents give to child-
ren, Deut. 21, 18; or which God bestowa
on men. Deut. 4, 36. 8, 5. Ps. 94, 12.
b) to set right, to instruct ; Is. 28, 26
^S-ii-i rnbx -J&^^ab i-iSi he doth instruct
him according to the right, his God doth
teach him. With two ace. Prov. 31. 1.
'It is often coupled with n-'3ln, which
differs from "ip^ only as it primarily de-
notes a milder discipline consisting in
admonition and confutation, and is trans-
ferred to the severer which employs
blows and punishment ; while the latter
is used pr. of the severer discipline, and
trop. of that which is milder. Like the
former is also Gr. naidsvsiv. Germ, zilch'
iigen, from Zucht, ziehen, erzlehen ;
like the latter, Heb. ^^2b .
HiPH. i. q. Kal and Piel ; once DT^CX
Hos. 7, 12.
NiPH. ipia to be chastened, admonish-
ed, to take warning, Ps. 2, 10. Jer. 6, 8.
31, 18 ; c. 3 Lev. 26, 23. Prov. 29, 19.
NiTHPA. Jinsia Ez. 23, 48, to be in-
structed; for !lipW3, see Lehrg. p. 249,
Yet the common analogy would be pre-
served by giving it the vowels of Niph.
as ^-ipia.
Deriv. nisi, "\X3^-a, iDb.
2^^ m. (r. ns^) plur. C"^?^, a shovel for
removing ashes, mentioned among the
S?'
408
IT
furniture of the altar. Ex. 27. 3. 38, 3.
Num. 4, 14. 1 K. 7, 40. 45. al. Vulg.
Jbrceps. In Arab, several nouns deriv-
ed from the root , signify vessel;
but the Arabic usage in this root seems
nevertheless to have differed from the
Hebrew.
T?^^ (he causes pain. r. }'??) Jabez,
pr. n. a) A man 1 Chr. 4, 9. 10, where
the name is so explained. b) A place
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 55.
"i^ fut. TS^"} 1. to point out, to ap-
point, to fix, to or for any one, with 1? ;
espec. a place Jer. 47, 7, or time 2 Sam.
20, 5 ; also punishment, Mic. 6, 9.
Arab. Jc& to point out beforehand,
6c. good, but also evil ; III, to appoint
a time or place. The primary idea is
that of convnanding ; kindr. are y?^,
t5;,q. V. Arab.i^^.
2. tofi.T upon as a wife or concubine,
to betroth, with ace. and b Ex. 21, 8. 9.
NiPH. "iSi3 1. Reflex, to meet with
any one at an appointed place, by ap-
pointment, with b Ex. 25, 22. 29, 42. 43.
30, 6. 36 ; bx Num. 10, 4.
2. Recipr. to meet together at an ap-
pointed time and place, by appointment,
Neh. 6, 2. 10. Job 2, 11. Am. 3, 3. Also
3. Genr. to come together, to assemble,
Josh. 11, 5. 1 K. 8, 5. Ps. 48, 5 ; with i"?
against any one, of conspirators Num.
14, 35. 16, 11. 27, 3.
HiPH. T'^in, to cause or appoint to
nveet at a certain time and place, espec.
before a tribunal, to cite before a court,
to arraign, c. ace. Job 9, 19 '^Stl^'i'' "^a
icht> shall arraign me ? Jer. 49, 19. 50,
44.
HoPH. 1. to be fixed, set, Jer. 24, 1.
2. to be tuimed, directed, of the face,
Ez. 21, 21.
Deriv. nns . iJiis , 'iritt , rriSJia , and
pr. names n^-i^i^j , n^nsis , and
il^;; 2 Chn 9, 29 Keri (in Cheth.
'^^ri') Jedo, pr. n. m. elsewhere 'flS Jddo,
q.v.
* iJ^ 7rS Ifyofi. to itnaich away, to
mceep ^away; Is. 28, 17 non^ ina ns^i
STS and the hail shall sweep away the
refuge of lies. Vulg. subrertet, Saad.
Ov^ abripiet. Arab. ^*j to collect ;
IV, to lay up ; but the primary idea
seems to be that of snatching, which is
applied both to snatching or scraping
together and to snatching away ; comp.
rjDx, qa;, v]^d, nso.
5Siy^ (perh. treasured of God, from
the Arab, see in r. rti';^) Jeiiel, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 9, 6. Elsewhere ^^^y"; is found
only in Chethibh, where Keri has ^N'^S'^ ,
as : a) The founder or restorer of Gi-
beon, 1 Chr. 9, 35. b) A military offi-
cer of David; ib. 11, 44. c) A scribe of
Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26, 11. d) ib. 29, 13.
e) Ezra 8, 13.
V^y^ (counselling, verbal fut. r. yiS)
Jeuz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10.
^^2?'' see in -i-^si .
D'^'liy^ jilur. woods. forests, i. q. C'lS'',
Ez. 34, 25 Cheth. See i?;: no. 2.
^"^^1 (to whom God hastens, r. TTW)
Jeush, pr. n. a) A son of Esau, Gen.
36, 18 ; for which d-^r-^ vv. 5. 14 Cheth.
b) A son of Rehoboam, 2 Chr. 11, 19,
c) 1 Chr. 7, 10. d) ib. 8. 39. e) ib.
23, 10.
"^1^ in Kal not used, prob. i. q. "r"S
to be strong, firm, robust ; see in ft^.
NiPH. Is. 33, 19 rJii C? a firm people,
i. e. fierce, obstinate, sc. the Assyrians.
So Symm. uvuidrjg shameless, Vulg. im-
pudens.
'^"^T?^ (whom God consoles, from r.
(^yt to console,) Jaaziel, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 15, 18 ; for which v. 20 ^N'^TS .
^^T?^ (whom Jehovah consoles, see
preced. art.) Jaaziah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
24, 26. 27.
"^T^!! and TTi?!" 1 Chr. 6, 66. 26, 31
(whom God helps, r. it?) Jazer, pr. a.
of a city in the tribe of Gad, on the bor-
der of the Ammonites, and for a long
time subject to Moab ; Num. 21, 32. 32,
1. 3. 35. JoBh. 13, 25. 21, 37. le. 16, 8. 9.
The sea of Jazer, it?: n^ Jer. 48, 32, is
of doubtful authority, as no such sea is
known to exist ; see Comment, on Is.
16, 8. Gr. 'Ju^t'iQ 1 Mace. 5, 8. Comp.
Eusebius de locis Heb. voc. 'l(*^ii(f. Re-
land Falsest, p. 825. It was perh. situa-
ted where now are found the ruins '.4m
Hdzir, or those of Sdr or Sir ; Burckh.
tS?*'
409
V"
Travels in Syr. p. 355, 357. Seetzen in
Zach's Monatl. Corr. XVIII. p. 429, 430.
^Cr a root uTtitl Xiyofi. i. q. n::S to
doihe Is. 61, 10.
tayi* Chald. i. q. Heb. ^?^ , to connsd.
Part. OS^ coiinxfllor of the king, plur. c.
uff. TJVjs:; Exra 7, 14. 15.
Ithp. to consult together, Dan, 6, 8.
Deriv. KOS .
bX'^y^ (i. q. hn^Ti) Jeiel, Jehitl see
Keriinbx^S^. Elsewhere: a) A prince
of Reuben 1 Chr. 5, 7. b) A Lcvite
ib. 15, 18. 21. 16. 5. 2 Chr. 20, 14. c)
3 Chr. 35, 9, d) Ezra 10, 43.
'^'P.'^ (whom God awakes, r. i^3>) Jair,
pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 20, 5 Keri ; in
Cheth. is 115^ . In the parallel passage
2 Sam. 21, 19, there stands instead of
it CJ-ik '^y^ (forests of the weavers) ;
but D'^aik is prob. repeated from the
following B'^ank "liao by an error of
transcription.
'y see in mt"^ lett. a.
^5^? (afflicted, r. "(3S) Jachan^ pr. n.
M. 1 Chr. 5, 13.
^?t '" ^'^^ "'' used : 1. to go np^
to ascend, to rise above, kindr. with nby ,
Arab, tK^i to rise above, to ascend a
mountain, to stand upon the summit,
JlCk eminent, noble, a prince. Hence
^S^ rock-goat, ibex.
2. to be eminent, to have worth, to be
profitable ; comp. i>S^ in the compound
^S*ba, and see Hiph.
HiPH. h'^sin 1. to be of use, to profit,
to help, absol. Prov. 10, 2. 11, 4. Jer. 2,
8 isbn iibsii-Kb -inns they go afier those
that profit nothing, i. e. false gods, idols.
1 Sam. 12, 21. Is. 44, 10. Hab. 2, 18.
With dat. of pers. Is 30, 5. Jer. 23, 32 ;
or of thing. Job 30, 13 '.b-'S^ ^n^nb they
help my fall. With suff. qib-^si"' Is. 57,
12.
2. Intrans. to profit, to receive profit,
from any thing. Job 21, 15 Wirna
tohat profit should we hare, etc. 15, 3
vords 03 b'lS'i"^ sib by which fie is not
profited.^ 35, 3. la. 47, 12. 48, 17. Jer.
12, 13.
Deriv. the two following.
35
^?^ m. plur. D^ljS'J constr. ''hv'] 1. tke
wild or mountain goat, ibex, Germ. Slein-
9 6 ^
bock, Arab. J^ and J^I. Ps. 104, 18.
Job 39. 1. D"'brn i-n^s the rocks of the
wild goats, situated in the desert of En-
gedi, 1 Sam. 24, 3. See Bochart Hie
roz. P. I. p. 915 sq.
2. Joel, pr. n. a) A judge in Israel
before the age of Deborah, Judg. 5, 6.
b) The wife of Heber the Kenite, who
slew Sisera, Judg. 4, 17. 18. 5, 24. Some
suppose the same to be meant in Judg.
5,6.
^??^ see next art. no. 2.
^f?- fern, of the preced. 1. a wild
she-goat, the female ibe.v ; Prov. 5, 19
T!! ^^?? tf^ gracefid ibex, an epithet for
a lovely woman. The AraKs say pro-
verbially J>.C*jf jj*jo ,^sI more beau-
tiful than the ibex. Bochart Hieroz. I.
899.
2. Jaalah, pr. n. of a man, Ezra 2, 56;
written sbs-i Neh. 7, 58.
0?^- (hidden, r. Db) Jaalam, pr. n.
of a son of Esau, Gen. 36, 5. 14.
* 1?T o^sol. root, Syr. Ethpa. r^-^f
to be greedy, voracious, to be avaricious,
pL^.* greedy, voracious. Hence 'jS'^ .
DJS";, ostrich.
1?!) (for nas-i, r. n:S I. no. 4) pr. subst.
purpose, intent, aim. But it everywhere-
passes over into a particle, viz.
1. Preposit. with a subst. on account
of, because of, propter, Ez. 5, 9. Hagg..
1, 9. With inf Is. 30, 12. 37, 29. Jer. 7,
13. 48, 7. Ez. 5, 7. 16, 36. al.
2. Conjunct. it^X *|S^ because that, be-
cause. Gen. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 22. IK.
3. 11. al. So less freq. "^3 "S^ Num. 11,
20. Is. 7, 5. al. Both forms are followed
by a prjpter. With fut. imx 'p_y to the
intent that, in order that, Ez. 12, 12.
With itix impl. i. e. 'S^ alone as Con-
junct, becaiuse, with prset. Num. 20, 12.
1 K. 20, 42. 2 K. 22, 19. al. Thrice it is
repeated emphat. '|?^21 'S^ because, even
because. Lev. 26, 43. Ez. 13, 10 ; and
without copula "jJ^a 'i?^ Ez. 36, 3. Comp.
^3?^ m. (r. jS';) the ostrich, the male,
80 called from its greediness and glu^
410
p"
tony ; once in plur. ^'TJJ] Lam. 4, 3 Keri,
and there prob. intxolta^;, oslrt'ches. Sept.
ag (TT^ov&lov, Vu]g. sicut slruthio. Com-
pare for the sense, Job 39, 16. 17. Much
more frequent is
^??^ fem. of the preced. the female
ostrich, (tor the form comp. b^"i lem.
fibs'!, not "^^5V) always coupled with
pa, i. e. n3yn ra the daughter of the os-
trich, i. e. the female ostrich herself, see
Bochart Hieroz. II. 230; opp. G^nn
the male ostrich, Lev. 11, 16. Deut.
14, 15. Plur. riDTj ri33, tmxoivMq for
both sexes. Is. 13, 21. 34,' 13. 43, 20. Jer.
6, 39. Mic. 1, 8. Job 30, 29 ; in which
passages they are said to inhabit the de-
sert and to utter a plaintive cry. The
Arabs also call the ostrich, without dis^
tinction of sex, (uu, Xjcuu v.:>jo*
Others derive nj?'! from iiJS to cry
out, referring to the doleful cries of the
ostrich. Others again without good
reason render it an owl.
""s?- (for f^^SSI, whom Jehovah an-
swers, r. njy) Jaanai, pr. n- ra. 1 Chr.
5, 12.
* t\S.1 Jer. 51, 58. 64, fut. r^S^':, Sir*,
to he wearied, fai7it, comp. t^^y , v)|^ ;
either with running, Jer. 2, 24 ?T''tti;33^
!iB?'^'^"5<b thei/ tJiat seek her will not be
wearied. Is. 40, 30. 31 ; or also with se-
vere labour. Is. 40, 28. Hab. 2, 13 ; and
also thirst, Is. 44, 12. Hence to be wea-
ried out, exhausted, Jer. 51, 64. Arab,
v.i. to run swiftly ; IV, to go with
fatigue, to loll as a dog ; I, IV, to look
feeble. The primary idea seems to be
that oi" breathing hard, panting, like one
weary with running; so the s)^L T,?,
comp. an , ax , ix .
HorH. part, wearied, faint, exTiausted,
Dan. 9, 21 C]5''a qs^ wearied with a
wearisome course, i. e long and swift ;
comp. r/iEyin no. 2. Sept. i<<^f qifQo-
finog. Others following Theod. Vul-g.
Syr. derive rsa from r. tflS, and render
'n flying ; but unaptly, since it is fol-
lowed by ClS"'a .
Deriv. riBSin and the two following.
5|?^ m. wearied, faint, Is. 40, 29; ofu
people 50, 4.
5]^^ m. weariness, fatigjie, from a swift
course, Dan. 9, 21 ; see r. rs^ Hoph.
jf 1^ flit, ysi';; ; for imper. is twice
5IS5 trom r. yi", Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10;
to considt, to advise, i. e. both to take and
give counsel. Plienic. ~b^ 7^"^ ^"'X coun-
sellor of the king, Monum. Phten. p. 152,
Chald. xs^'l id. Arab, iift, to admon-
ish, to exhort, as prophets. The native
power of this root is prob. to command,
which is kindred to that of taking and
giving counsel, of exhorting and pre-
dicting, comp. cansid and cons^ulo ; al-
though the ultimate primary idea seems
to be that of strength, frmness, power,
which lies in the root JV , T5. Kindr.
roots are: n^y to make firm, strong, to
be firm, whence yy, La.c, wood; ^ fe.
and l^li. to be firm, obstinate ; {ja- to
be hard, firm, strong ; also c:ss , "jsy ;
further: tts, yg, ^ UHH , to strengthen j
wt. and AHH to command ; also "IS^
q. V. The LXX express the native
power of the root Ps. 32, 8 ; where they"
render the Heb. ''?''? ^pb3 n3S;"'it by
iniairiiJiu ini as toi;s oqiduXfievg fiov.
Hence
1. to considt, i. fr. to take eotmsel, ta
pi/rrpose, to determine. Is. 14, 24 "iCS3
csipp ic"'i7 ''Pjli?'^ as I have purposed (de-
creed) so shaU it stand. V. 27. With an-
ace. Nah. 1, 11 by*ba J^^ piirposi7ig de^
stmetion. Is. 32, 7. 8. nss yr^^ to take
counsel, to purpose a pvtrpose. Is. 8, 10.
14, 26. Ez. 11, 2. With infih. and V
2 Chr. 25, 16 ; with bs agaimft any one
I&^ 7, 5. 19, 12. 17. Jer. 4'9, 30 ; bs Jen
49, 30. Sometimes to consult i. q. ta
derise, c. ace. Hab. 2, 10 thoni hast con-
sulted shame tO' thy house, hast devised
it, prepared' it by thy counsels. Mic. 6,
5 ; with inf and b Ps. 62, 5.
2. to cmmsel, i. e. to admse, to give
coiinsel, Judg. 19, 30. 2 Sam. 17, 15 v
with ace. oC counsel nss j'S^ ib. 16, 23.
17, 7. ProT. 12, 20; with b? against
a;ny one 2 Sam. 17, 21 ; followed by a
whole sentence v. 11. With dat. of pers..
Job 26, 3 ; for which is pot a suffix Ex..
18, 19. 1 K. 1, 12. 12, 8. 13. 2 Chr. 10,8.
Jer. 38, 15. Spec, a) Of God as coun-
py
411
^^
selling, admonishiiij?, and persuading
men, by tlie hivv uiul prophets ; Pti. 16, 7
/ bless the Imi-U "'JXS'J ittJx who giveth me
counsel 8C. to absUiitt from idolatry, comp.
V. 4- 6. Praegn. Ps. 32, 8 'r? Tj-'bs nxs-^x
/ will counsel thee and keep mine eye
upon thee, will be propitious to thee;
Bee in 'i^S. Others refer this to the
psalmist, comp. Jer. 38, 15. b) Of future
things, to advise, to advertise, to predict,
Num. 24, 14 ; comp. Is. 41, 28. So Arab.
laa . Hence
Part. yS"!"^ as Subst. a counsellor, ad-
viser, Prov? 1 1, 14. 15, 22. 24, 6. 2 Chr.
25,16. Ezra 4, 5. E spec, a An'ng-V coun-
sellor, royal adviser, 2 Sam. 15, 12. Ezra
7, 28. 8, 25, comp. 7, 24. 25. '^bab ysi-^
the king^s counsellor 1 Chr. 27, 33. 2 Chr.
22, 4. ni?";D ':fSi'' Is. 19, 11. Also
yy^ '??"i"' Job 3, 14 and i-i^ '" Is. 1, 26.
comp. Mic. 4, 9, the counsellors, chief
men (q. d. consuh) of a state or city ;
and so sirapl. yji"" Is. 3, 3. Job 12, 17.
In Is. 9, 5 Y^'^^ is one of the attributes of
the Messiah, as mighty in counsel.
Fern, nss"' a female counsellor to evil,
2 Chr. 22* 3.
NiPH. ysii 1. Reflex, to let oneself
be counselled, advised; Part. ^^SiJ q. d.
well advised Pro v. 13, 10.
2. Recipr. to consult or take counsel to-
gether ; spoken of several, often with
1WV Ps. 71, 10. 83, 6 Tnrri ab issis
they have consulted together with one
heart, mind. Is. 45. 21. Neh. 6, 7, Of
one. 1 K. 12, 28. With CS, to considt
with any one, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 2 Chr. 32, 3;
with rj< (nx) id. Is. 40, 14. 1 K. 12, 6. 8.
Also with bx, spoken of a king consult-
ing with his servants and giving them
his commands. 2 K. 6, 8. 2 Chr. 20, 21.
3. to decide after considtation, to coun-
sel, to advise, 1 K. 12, 6. 9 o-'isS'ij cnx ma
what do ye advise ? what is the result
of your deliberation ? 2 Chr. 10, 6. With
inf. and b 2 Chr. 30, 23.
HiTHPA. i. q. Niph. no. 2. Ps. 83, 4.
Deriv. ns5, nssi-a.
^p?- (heel-catcher, supplanter. lier-
in-wait, r. a^rs , comp. Gen. 25, 26. 27.
36. Hos. 12. 4.) pr. n. Jacob, the young-
est, of the twin sons of Isaac, called also
Israel. bx'ibV the founder of the Israel-
itish nation, Gen. c. 25-50 ; hence '^^
Sp?,"! 'A God of Jacob, i. e. Jehovah, hi
2, 3. Ps. 20. 2 ; and so prob. Ps. 24. (L
where '^f^'^^ seems to have been dropped
in transcribing. Also 3pS"] O'^a the house
or family of Jacob, poet, for the people
of Israel, i. q. ixnia"], i'X'^b'^ "'33, Ex.
19, 3. Is. 2, 5. 6. Ani. 3, 13;' and 'simpl.
ap5^ id. Num. 23, 7. Ps. 14, 7. Is. 27, 6.
9. al. Elsewhere put for the whole
people regarded as one individual, e. g.
Is. 44, 1. 45, 4. Jer. 30, 10. Obad. 10. al
Put also later, like Israel, for the king-
dom of Ephraim or the ten tribes, Hos.
12, 3. Mic. 1, 5. Is. 17, 4 ; as likewise
afterwards for the one remaining king-
dom of Judah, Obad. 18. Nah. 2, 3.
nsp^r (id.) Jaakobah.JacobaJi.^T.n.
m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.
1??- see V.f,.
* *l?^ obsol. root i. q. Arab. -i. pr.
to boil up and over ; then to be redun-
dant, spoken of any kind of redundancy
or exuberance, as of plants. Hence the
two following:
'^Tl m. c. suff. "ins:, with He local
.Tis-i Josh. 17, 15. Plur. D-'ns^ Ez. 39,
10 ;^ m-ir-^ Ps. 29, 9.
1. redundance or overflowing of honey,
the droppings, i. e. honey flowing or
dropping of its own accord from the
combs, which the Greeks and Romans
call uxr/Tov fjih, mel acetum, (Plin. H.N.
15. 11,) Cant. 5, 1. More fully nns;!
las^n 1 Sam. 14. 27, from the fern, form
nns'] . Some have wrongly rendered it
favus mellis, which signifies honey-
comb, i. e. the cells in which the honey is
contained ; comp. Ovid. Fast. 4. 152 ' ex-
pressis melia liquata fdvis.' It is rather
i. q. CB^iJ ns3 dropping of the honey-
combs. Germ. Honigseim, i. e. liquid
honey, Ps. 19, 11.
2. a thicket of trees, so called from the
exuberance, luxuriousness of trees and
shrubs. Syr. Ji^i^ thicket of briers, Arab.
s 0^
_c rugged tract, whence the verb -ft.
to be rugged, difficult of passage. Is.
21, 13. Ez.21,2. 3. Hence ganr.awood,
forest, Deut. 19, 5. Josh. 17. 15. IS. al.
sjBp. "S^ri "2S trees of the forest Ps. 96,
12. Is. 44, 14; -?:: "in^n beasts of (h-e
forest, wild beasts, Ps.' 50, 10. 104. 20
^T
412
H&''
Contrasted with "IS"; is ^'2"i3 a park,
garden, as the smaller with the greater,
the cultivated with the wild, Is. 29, 17.
32, 15 ; but the forest of cedars in Leba-
non, as being small and beautiful, is
^called ii'^'iS "iS;^ the forest of his park
'i. e. like a park' 2 K. 19, 23. Is. 37, 24.
-iS*n n-'S the hmise of the forest Is. 22, 8,
fully "lis^fcri is^ n'^2 the house of the forest
of Lebanon IK. 7, 2. 10, 17, i. e. the
armoury or arsenal of king Solomon,
called also pH3 Neh. 3, 19, and having
its name from the cedar of Lebanon of
which it was built. Metaph. a forest of
enemies, Is. 32, 19, comp. 10, 18. 19. 34.
Spoken of the sanctuary or tabernacle,
Ps. ] 32, 6 lo we heard of it at Ephratah,
we found it "i?'2 '^'piji in the fields of
the forest, implying a region of Ephraim
with forests where Shiloh was situated;
or perh. in allusion to the name of the
city n"''}^^ ^IIP. Kirjalh-jearim. where
the ark was kept twenty years.
rry$^_ or W^ (r. ^S-^) l. Fem.
honey, 1 Sam. 14, 27; see in '^'SJl no. 1.
2. Jarah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9. 42 ; prob.
a corrupted form, see n^Sirr^ .
D'^^jni^ 'I'l?^ seein^^SV
l^TD'^;^^ (whom Jehovah makes fat,
r. ^"2"^) Jaareshiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 27.
iffi?;; (contr. for ri;;b3!'i , whom Jeho-
vah has made, r. nbs) Jaasai, pr. n. m.
Ezra 10, 37 Keri. In Cheth. sibs;^ Jaasu.
bS'ite?^ (whom God has made, r.
ntos) Jaasiel, pr. n. of one of David's
military officers, 1 Chr. 11, 47, comp.
27, 21.
^^'l?? (whom Jehovah sets free, r.
ms) Iphedeiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8. 25.
* nS^ lut. n?''i, apoc. ti""*] Ez. 31, 7.
1. Pr. to be bright, to shine, kindr. with
SB'', comp. s;"" and iia*'. Hence '^B'' no.
1, and rsi^ splendid deed, miracle.
2. to be fair , comely, beautiful, of a
woman Ez. 16, 13. Cant. 7, 2. 7, comp.
4, 10; of a tree Ez. 31, 7.
PiEL to beautify, to deck, with silver
and gold Jer. 10, 4.
Pu. nS;B'^ , the two first radicals being
doubled, inteiis. to be very beautifid, Ps.
45. 3. But this form is without anfilogy,
there being no other example of thus
doubling the first radicals. According
to some the letters B'^ at the beginning
are spurious ; having arisen perhaps
from a mode of abbreviation practised
by the copyists, which has been the
fruitful source of errors ; see Thesaur.
Heb. p. 64. Others propose a different
punctuation, Pi'^B'^B^ or r!''B''SV com
paring the adj. n^sns'; q. v. so that tlie
signif would then be diminutive rather
than intensive. But in all languages
diminutives are used to express strong
affection and praise. See Thes. p. 612.
HiTHP. to beautify oneself, to deck
oneself, e. g. a woman, Jer. 4, 30.
Deriv. the three following, also ''B"',
*'Bi, and nsia.
nS^ adj. m. constr. ins"^ , f lit"^ constr.
nS'^ ; plur. ri'iB'3, constr. nis"^, TB^.
1. fair, comely, beautiful, of both men
and women. Gen. 12, 14. 2 Sam. 13, 1.
14, 25. Cant. 1, 8. 16. 5, 9 ; often with
nx-iT? 1 Sam. 17, 42, or INFi Gen. 29, 17;
of animals Gen. 41, 2 sq. Of a region
or country Ps. 48, 3; of the boughs of a
tree Ez. 31, 3 ; of a pleasing voice Rz.
33, 32.
2. good, excellent, xaXog. Ecc. 3. 11
God hath made all things beautiful, i. e.
good, well, xaX&g. 5, 17.
n^B-nS^ adj. f Jer. 46, 20, fairish,
tolerably fair. The form is pr. n^BnB"],
a diminutive, Lat. pulcherida, Span.
bonitina, and should be thus written as
one word, the letter Pi being quiescent,
as in bsnm 2 K. 8, 8. 15, Ksntos ,
l^i^innQ ; or perh. Pi*B"^B'j with many
Mss. which however savours of emend-
ation. The division into two words has
arisen from copyists, who did not per-
ceive the grammatical character of the
word; comp. also in Is. 2, 20. 61, 1.
is;" (beauty) Josh. 19, 46. 2 Chr. 2,
15. Jon. 1, 3, also SiS^ Ezra 3, 7, pr. n.
Japho, Gr. '/otttti;, Jnppa, a maritime
city in the territory of Dan, with a har-
bour on the Mediterranean, now called>
liLj YAfa, and still distinguished for its
port. Roland Palfestina p. 864.
* nS^ i. q. ntj, niB, to puff, toblovff
in Kal not used.
HiTHP. to pant, to sigh, lo bewail one-
self, Jer. 4, 31. Hence
ns-
413
2i*'
^^? adj. breathing, P';^/r om/. Ps.
27, 12, Dian na^i anrf breathing oiU vio-
lence. Comp. Prov. 6, 19. Acts 9, 1.
Cic. Catil. 2. 1.
''t^ Ez. 28,7, elsewhere **)), m. m
pause "'B^ , c. suff. i'^B^ . R. hB^ .
1. splendour, e. g. of a king Is. 33, 17 ;
of a city Ps. 50, 2. Ez. 27, 3. 4. 11 ; of a
people Zech. 9, 17.
2. beauty, of a woman Ps. 45, 12. Is. 3,
24. Ez. 16, 25. Esth. 1, 11. al.
?''B)J (splendid) pr. n. Japhia.
1. A place in the tribe of Zebulun,
Josh. 19, 12. Now Yd/a near Nazareth ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest III. p. 200.
2. or persons: a) A king of the city
of Lachish, Josh. 10, 3. b) A eon of
David, 2 Sam. 5, 15. 1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6.
^?S|^ (whom God delivers, r. t:bB)
Japhlet, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 32. 33. Pa-
tronym. with the syllable '' added.
Josh. 16, 3.
nsB'p (peril, for whom is prepared,
see r. njD Pi. no. 2.) pr. n. Jephunneh.
a) The father of Caleb, Num. 13, 6. 14,
6. b) 1 Chr. 7, 38.
^?t i" ^^^ "''* used, to he bright,
to shine, kindr. with HB^ . Chald. Zab. id.
HiPH. 5'^Bin 1. to cause to shine, said
ofGod. Job 37,15.
2. to shine forth, pr. to give light, to
scatter light, (like I'^sn,) Job 3, 4. 10,
22. Espec. of Jehovah as appearing in
light and splendour, Deut. 33. 2. Ps. 50,
2. 80, 2. 94, 1. Trop. Job 10, 3, to shim
upon, i. e. to approve, to aid.
Deriv. pr. names 5'^B^ , nSB'a ; also
Wpl* f. splendour, beauty, of a city,
Ez. 28, 7. 17.
flB^ pr. n. Japheth, the second son of
Noah^ Gen. 5, 32. 7, 13. 9, 18 sq. wliose
posterity are described as occupying
chiefly the western and northern re-
gions. Gen. 10, 2-5. This accords well
with the etymology of the name, which
signifies pr. widely spreading, from r.
nriB ; see Gen. 9, 27. Sept. ' Iu(fi&.
nnS^ pr. n. perh. for !^^HnB1 whom
God sets free, r. nno ; comp. n^nne .
1. Jiphtah, a place in the tribe of Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 43.
35*
2. Jephthah, a judge of the Israel-
ites, who by a rash vow bound him-
self to immolate his daughter. Judg. c.
11.12. 1 Sam. 12, 11. Gr. Vf^i^^t, Vulg.
Jephte.
bS"nr\B;> (which God opens, r. nnD)
Jiphthah-el, pr. n. of a valley in the ter-
ritory of Zebulun and Asher, Josh. 19,
14. 27.
* ^^]!, prept. once T^^ Job 1, 21 ;
fut. KS;^ ; imp. KS , with He parag. njjs
Judg. 9, 29, plur. once anomalous npxs
Cant. 3, 11 J inf absol. xs;i , constr. rxs ;
part. Nsti"', f. xs^ for nxa^ Ecc. 10, 5,
PXa^ Ps. 144, 14, and X being dropped
rsi"' Deut. 28, 51. To go out, to go
forth, Ethiop. 0^A id. In Syr. and
Chald. the corresponding verb as to the
radicals is XS^ , )iJ , to put forth, to ger-
minate, i. e. a plant ; but of men and
other things the usual word for the idea
of going out is . nol . pB9 , and in Arabic,
_, j^ . 0pp. is S3 to go in, to come,
see in Si2 no. 1. d ; and see there also
the phrase to go in and out.
Constr. a) absol. Gen. 24, 11. Ex.
16, 4. Judg. 3, 24. al. seep. /?) The
place whence one goes out is put with
'\Q, Gen. 8, 19. Job 3, 11 j also with ace.
like Lat. egredi urbem, to go out of a
place, Gen. 44. 4 "i-^jri-rs ^xs;! en tliey
had gone out from tfie city. Ex. 9, 29.
33. Job 29, 7. Deut. 14, 22 fTilan ssi''
what goeth forth from the field, its pro-
duce. Am. 4. 3 nss^n n-'Sne ye go forth
from the breaches, ruins. So Part. "'XSi'^
i-i-^S n?t- Gen. 34 24. 9, 10. Ex. 1, 5.
The gate through or by which one goes
out is marked by '{O Judg. 11, 31 ; 3
Jer. 17, 19. Neh. 2, 13 ; in ace. Job 30,
24. y) The person from whom one
goes out is put with cria Ex. 8, 26. 9,
33 ; TN^ Ex. 5, 20 ; iJE^^/roj/i the pre-
sence of a king, etc. Gen. 41. 46. 47, 10.
Esth. 8, 15. Ecc. 10. 5. So ^2B^o Ns;;
nin-;' Gen. 4, 16 ; ">;) "^iB rsTa 'i Job 2, 7.
Poet, also c. ace. Jer. 10, 20 "'Sixs'j 'Sa
my children go forth from me. abandon
me. Different are those passages where
'{0 xs^ is to go forth from a people, i. e.
to go away, to depart from them ; Is.
49, 17 thy waiters ix^"^ ~3'0 shall go
forth of thee, i. e. shall depart from thee.
5^r
414
tCfe^
comp. V. 19. Jer. 43, 12 ; trop. Lam. 1. 6.
d) The place whither and person to
whom, are put with ^X, Ex. 33, 7. Ez.
3, 23. Jer. 19, 2. Deut. 23, 11 ; b, as sri^
Xasb Num. 31, 27. 28 ; 3 1 Sam. 28. T;
c. ace. as nn/van ks'; Gen. 27, 3. Num.
II, 26; S3S K:i^ whence in part. '^K:!''
t<=S 1 Chr! 5,' 18. 7, 11. 12, 33; comp.
below in b. Also with bx of pers. Gen.
1 9, 6. Ex. 2. 1 1 ; r!!<"ipb to go out to meet
any one Prov. 7. 15. Both construc-
tions {y, 8) are found trop. Jer. 9, 2. 25,
32. s) The time when one goes out
is put in regimen with the participle ;
2 K. 11, 7. 9 ra;i-n ixs'i who go out (of
duty) on the Sabbath. ^) Once poet,
with accus. of number or quantity with
which any thing goes forth ; Am. 5, 3
C)bx rxiii'n "^"^Sfi the city that went forth
a thousand.
Spec, to go out, to go forth, is spoken :
a) Of those who emigrate out of a
land ; e. g. persons or families. Gen. 10,
11. 12, 4. Ruth 1, 7. Jer. 22, 11. 1 Sam.
22, 3 ; also a whole people, Ex. 34, 18.
Num. 22, 5. Deut. 9, 7. Hence nbiaa xs;;
to go forth into captivity Jer. 29. 16. 48,
7. Zech. 14, 2 ; and so prob. Ps. 144, 14
nxs^ '("^N nothing going forth sc. into
captivity, exile.
b) Of soldiers, as going forth, march-
ing out, e. g. from the city to war, from
the camp to battle, 1 Sam. 23, 15. 26,
20. 1 K. 20, 39. 2 K. 19, 9. Is. 37, 9. al.
or with nrnbab Judg. 3, 10. 1 K. 8, 44 ;
nanba? 2^ Sam. 21, 17; with rxnpb
Num'. 20, 18 ; bx against Deut. 28, 7 ;
innx Josh. 8, 17. Trop. of God who
goes forth to conquer his foes, Is. 26, 21.
42, 13. Hab. 3, 13. Zech. 14, 3. Ps. 81,
' 6 ; of an angel warring for a people
Dan. 10, 20 ; of a war-horse Job 39, 21.
So DSn "'.rSb N^^ to go out before the peo-
ple to war, to be their leader, e. g. of a
king 1 Sam. 8, 20 ; of Jehovah 2 Sam.
5, 24. Judg. 4, 14. Ps. 68, 8. On the
other hand, K:i^ is also spoken of soldiers
as going forth out of a strong city in
order to deliver it up, 1 Sam. 11, 3. 10.
1 K. 20, 31. Is. 36, 16. al.
c) Of persons going forth or out in
various ways ; e. g. from a house abroad
Prov. 7, 15. Job 31, 34; a shepherd to
hunt wild beasts 1 Sam. 17. 35 ; a hus-
bandman to his labour Ps. 104, 23 ; a
merchant or sailor to exercise his call-
ing, Deut. 33, 18 ^nxsa yhl^ n^iu re-
joice, Zebulon, in thy going forth, i. e. in
thy voyages and commerce.
d) Of children, to go forth, to issiie
from the mother's womb. i. e. to be born ;
Gen. 25, 25. 26. 38, 28. Ex. 21, 22. With
,'J3:3 added Job 1, 21. 3, 11. Ecc. 5, 14;
nn-i7? Jer. 1, 5. 20, 18 ; comp. Deut. 28,
57. Trop. Job 38, 29. So too a son is
said to go forth from the loins or bowels
of his father ; "^sbni: Gen. 35, 11 ; Tp.:!^
Gen. 46, 26 ; 'SB^ Gen. 15, 4. 2 Sam.
7, 12. Hence )^ XS^ to go forth from
any one is i. q. to be descended from
him, Gen. 10, 14. 17, 6. 2 K. 20, 18. Is,
39, 7. al. Of animals Is. 14, 29.
e) Persons are said to go forth, who
are set free, escape, from prison, danger,
etc. e. g. from prison Ecc. 4, 14 (comp.
Ps. 88, 9) ; from trouble Prov. 12, 13 ;
danger Jer. 11, 11 ; fire Ez. 15, 7 ; ser-
vitude, i. q. to be delivered, 2 K. 13. 5,
So of slaves who go forth free, are man-
umitted, Ex. 21, 3. 4. 11. Lev. 25, 41. 54 ;
more fully "'CSn n:j^, as Ex. 21, 5.
Trop. of lands reverting free to their
former owner in the year of jubilee. Lev.
25, 28. 30. 31. 27, 21. Once c. ace. Ecc.
7, 18 he that feareth God tbs-px ss;;
goeth forth {escapeth) from them all. In
a like sense, to go forth free from a lot
1 Sam. 14, 41 ; from trial Job 23, 10 ;
contra 2-XT '< to go out guilty, be con-
demned, Ps. 109, 7.
f) The soul, spirit, heart, is said to
go forth, when one is overwhelmed,
faints, with joy. Cant. 5, 6 ; or fear, ter-
ror. Gen. 42, 28.
Trop. also of inanimate things :
g) Of plants, to go or come forth, i. e.
to put forth, to spring up, to grow, 1 K.
5, 13. Is. 11, 1. ,Tob 31, 40; flowers Job
14, 2 ; fruits Deut. 14, 22 ; also a horn
Dan. 8, 9. So Job 28, 5 the earth nssia
nnb NS;; oiU of which cometh forth bread.
Hence n-^XSXjt. Comp. Syr. pJ to
germinate.
h) Of the sun, to go forth, i. e. to rise,
Gen. 19, 23. Judg. 5, 31. Is. 13. 10. Ps.
19, 6 ; the stars Neh. 4, 15 ; comp. the
dawn Hos. 6, 3. Poet, of deliverance,
as compared with the sun or dawn. Is.
51,5. Ascribed also tt> fire, Num.26,
Kr
415
S''
35 ^1 rstJ hKX;; dx . 21, 29 ; to light-
ning Ez. 1, 13; to the winds Zech.
6,5.
i) Of waters, to go forth, to spring up,
sc. from a fountain, source, Gen. 2, 10.
Ex. 17, 6. Deut. 8, 7. Ez. 47, 11. Comp.
fi-^iQ xs"i Is. 41, 18.
k) Of the lot as going forth from the
urn, with b of pers. Num. 33, 54. Josh.
16, 1. 19, 17. 32. 40. So of an arrow
that is sped, Zech. 9, 14.
1) Of things exported 1 K. 10, 29;
comp. NS'ia V. 28.
m) Of money as being laid out, ex-
pended, with bs 2 K. 12, 13. Talm. id.
comp. the synon. verbs in Syr. Arab.
Ethiop.
n) Of a border, boundary, to go forth,
i. e. to run on, to pass on, Num. 34, 9.
Josh. 15, 3. 4. 9. 11. 16, 6. 19, 12. Jer.
31, 39.
o) Of a building or a part of it
which ricns out, projects, Neh. 3, 25.
26. 27.
p) Of words, discourse, which go forth
from the mouth, Josh. 6, 10. Num. 30, 3.
Espec. of V-0VV.S Num. 33, 24. Judg. 11,
36 ; also of a command Esth. 7, 8 ; pro-
mises Is. 45. 23 ; prophecies Is. 48, 3.
Ez. 33. 30.
q) Of whatever goes forth, is promul-
gated, to the public ; e. g. an edict of the
king or of God Esth. 1, 19. Dan. 9, 23 ;
a judicial sentence Hab. 1, 4. Ps. 17,
2 ; comp. Zech. 5, 3. So of rumours
Esth. 1. 17. Comp. Ps. 19, 5 )r-i5<n-b=3
r) Of things which go or come forth,
from any person or thing as their author,
source ; e. g. physically, Judg. 13, 14
*)';i.sn ',zyo xa;; Tw'x bs any thing that
corrwlh forth of the vine. 14, 14. Also
morally, 1 Sam. 24, 14. Jer. 23, 15. 30,
19. Comp. Job 26. 4. Of the divine
counsel, Gen. 24, 50. Is. 28, 29 ; comp.
Is. 2, 3. 51, 4.
s) Of things which come to an end,
the outgoing or end of any thing. Ez. 7,
10 nnssn nss^ tlie circle is out, the turn
is ended. So of the outgoing or end of
time. Ex. 23, 26 n:'n rxsa at the end
of the year ; and hence of the end, de-
struction of a city Ez. 26, 18. Comp.
Chald. n^-S, for nXS end.
HiPH. x-^sin ; fut. K'^si"', conv. KS-i*! ;
imper. Jtin, once X-^l-in Is. 43, 8; part.
K-'XiTa , once VXra Ps. 135, 7 ; to cause tb
go out or forth ; i. e.
1. to lead forth, to bring out, with ace
of pers. and )ii of place whence, Ex. 13,
14. 16, 6. al. see below; also with bya
of pers./rom whom Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam.
13, 9. With bx of pers. to whom Gen.
19, 5. Jer. 38, 23. Hos. 9, 13, also of place
to which Ez. 46, 21 ; b of place 2 Chr.
29, 16. Tile place thrimgh which is put
with a Ez. 12, 5. E. g. to bring out the
people from Egypt Ex. 13, 14. 16, 6. 18,
I. Deut. 1, 27. 7,8. 16, 1 ; any one from
prison Gen. 43, 23. Is. 42, 7. Jer. 39, 14.
Ps. 68, 7 ; from distress Ps. 25, 17. 143,
II, comp. 31, 5; from the power of
enemies, i. q. to deliver, 2 Sam. 22, 49
^2'isia 'X"'Siti, for which in Ps. 18, 49
is "*3^NO "'aiBia. which is more usual.
Also to lead forth to war Is. 43, 17 ; to
bring or lead forth for punishment sc.
without a city Gen. 38, 24. Deut. 17, 5.
22,24. 1 K. 21, 10. In a stronger sense,
i. q. to send forth, to put away, Ezra 10,
3. 19. Trop. of various things: a) to
bring forth out of the womb, i. q. to let
be born Job 10, 18. Is. 65, 9 ; see Kal lett
d. Also of the magicians who brought
forth flies Ex. 8, 14 ; and of the artisan
who produces an instrument Is. 54, 16.
b) to bring forth, toprvduce, as the earth
herbage, trees, Gen. 1, 12. 24. Ps. 104, 14.
Is. 61, 11. Hagg. 1, 11 ; also to put forth,
as a rod buds, shoots. Num. 17, 23 [8] ;
see Kal lett. g. c) to bring or lead, forth
the stars, to cause to rise, Is. 40, 26. Job
38, 32 ; see Kal lett. h. d) to bring
forth to light, to make conspicuous, Job
38, 11. Ps.37, 6. Jer. 51, 10. e) to bring
or take forth, i. q. to separate , Lev. 26,
10. Jer. 15, 19 bbi -\^1 x-^sm ox if
thmi take forth (separate) the precious
from, the vile.
2. Of things, with the idea of bear-
ing, to bring forth, to bear forth, to
carry out, e. g. from the camp. Lev. 4, 12.
21. 6. 4. 14, 45 ; from the temple 2 K. 23,
4; from a house Ex. 12, 46. Amos 6, 10;
into the field Gen. 14, 18. Deut. 24, 11.
Judg. 6, 18. Also of a report, rumour, to
bring out, to spread, to publish, with bs
of or about. Num. 14, 37. Deut. 22, 14.
19 ; with b , to report icords to any one,
Neh. 6, 19^ Comp. Is. 42, 1 n-^iab oaoo
i<22*
416
*ir
K*i2i"^ he shall bring forth (publish) law
to the nations, v. 3.
3. to take or draw out, as the hand
from the bosom Ex. 4, 6. 7 ; a sword from
the sheath Ez. 21, 8. 10. So to take out
or bring forth from a coffer, etc. Gen.
24, 53. 2 Chron. 34, 14 ; from a pot Ez.
24, 6. Hence
4. to exact money, and with bs to im-
pose a tribute, contribution, 2 K. 15, 20 ;
comp. Kal lett. m.
Ho PH. to be led forth, to be brought
out, Gen. 38, 25. Jer. 38, 22. Ez. 14, 22.
38, 8 ; of water flowing out Ez. 47, 8.
beriv. N'^s^, !!<sia, !^i<si^ , n^b II,
^'isin , D-ixiaxs , nss, hxi:s, stis,
T ' T r: r.* ' T " ' T J
S2^ Chald. in Kal not used. Shaph.
8<^*^ffl and '^""^ in Targg. to bring to an
end, to finish, for Heb. n^3 . Hence
H'^^'^T^ fnished, Ezra 6. 15.
^^ in Kal not used, to set, to pzd,
to place, i.q. as3, from which latter verb
Niph. Hiph. and Hophal, as also many
derivative nouns, are formed.
HiTHP. -S^nri 1. to set or place one-
self to take a stand, to stand. 1 Sam. 17,
16 ci'' cirs-is 22^r.*i andtook his stand
(for combat) forty days. 2 Sam. 18, 30
n's ss'^rn . Ex. 2, 4. 14, 13. Num. 22,
22. 1 Sam. 3, 10. 12, 7. 16 ; i. q. to stand
farih Jer. 46, 4. 14. With 2 of place Ex.
19, 17. Deut. 31, 14. Judg. 20, 2; bs Ps.
36, 5. Hab. 2, 1. Num. 23, 3. 15. Other
constructions are : a) With hy of pers.
to set oneself to any one, to present oneself,
to resort to his party ; 2 Chr. 11. 13 and
the priests and the Levites 1"'^? 1-S;;rri
resorted to him, Rehoboam, i. e. went
over to hi;? party, Vulg. venerunt ad ilium.
So i^lin") b? "2^nr) to present oneself un-
to Jehovah, to stand before him, spoken
of angels as his attendants, ministers,
presenting themselves daily, etc. Job 1,
6. 2, 1. Zech. 6. 5; comp. Luke 1, 19.
Once in a hostile sense, against, Ps. 2. 2.
/3) With CS to stand with, near, any one,
Ex. 34, 5. Num. 11, 16. y) With ^3tb,
as Tj^Bn ^Ztb 'n to present oneself before
the king, to attend upon him, Ex. 8, 16
[20]. 9, 13 ; comp. 1^5 Prov. 22, 29. So
''' ''.Sti? n to present oneself before Jeho-
vali, in the holy place. Josh. 24, 1. 1 Sam.
1 0, 20. It sometimes implies the idea of
rising up, c. 'iSSr against, 2 Sam. 18, J3;
comp. Ps. 2, 2 and i^^ .
2. to stand, to stand forth, of things ;
Job 38, 14 UJ^isb i^3 ^^S^ni^ and (all
things) stand forth as in splendid attire;
see wzb.
3. to stand firm, to endure, sc. before
any one, either as victor before an
enemy, "^ssb Deut. 9. 2. Job 41, 2, ''3Ba
Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25, DS 2 Chr. 20, 6;" or
as upright and innocent before a judge,
^r? '?.;^ Ps. 5, e. Absol. 2 Sam. 21, 5.
4. to stand tip for any one, to stand by
him, with b of pers. Ps. 94, 16.
Note. For the anomalous form 25inF1
Ex. 2, 4 for SS^rn , see Lehrg. p. 386.
32?'^ Chald. Pe. not used, to be firm,
sure, certain.
Pa. to speak the truth, certainty, Dan,
7, 19 . comp. V. 16. Hence adj. 3"'S'i.
-''^^ in Kal not used, but kindr. with
the roots 2S^ (:sj), 'J-JT^, and p'4'; Hiph.
Hiph. a-^an, comp. "S-ST^, Hiph. S'^sn ,
pr. to cause to stand, i. e.
1. to set, to place, e. g. pen^^ons Gen.
43, 9. 47, 2. Judg. 7, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Job
17, 6 : things Gen. 30, 38. Deut. 28, 56.
al. Trop. to set up, to e.<stablish ; Am. 6,
15 establish justice, right, in the gate.
2. to put, to place, Judg. 6, 37.
3. to let stand, i. e. to let stay, to leave,
Gen 33, 15.
HoPH. sari pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be
left Ex. 10,'24.
"inS^ m. from r. "iri^ to shine ; comp.
in "nj no. 2.
1. oil, espec. new and of this year's
growth. Num. 18, 12. Deut. 12, 17. 14,-
23. Joel 1, 10. al. It is often coupled
with uJiT^ti must, new wine ; and seems
to differ from ",tH^ , as ttJii-n from '{^l .
Hence in::';'!! 'Ja the sons of oil, i. e. the
anointed, Zech. 4, 14. Hence the de-
nom. verb T^fi^H j ^^^ '" "'D^-
2. Izhar, pr. n. of a son of Kohath,
Ex. 6. 18. Num. 3, 19. Patronym. in <-.
Num.3, 27.
yi2^ subst. m. (pr. part. pass. Kal, r.
ys") any thing spread down or strewed ;
hence
1. a bed, couch, plur. Ps. 63, 7. 132, 3.
Job 17, 13 ; of the marriage bed, sing.
Gen. 49, 4.
nsr
417
ns"
2. a Jloor, ttory. Viilg. tabula fuin, 1
K. 6, 5. 6. 10 ; Keri J-'X'; . Coiistr. witli
fem. V. 6 ; with masc. v. 10. In Solo-
mon's temple this name is given (1. c.)
to the three stories of side-chambers
(nisbs) which were built around the
temple on three sides, five cubits in
height, one above another. In v. 6,
?is;j fem. is 8{)okenof the single stories;
in vv. 5. 10, wliere it is joined with the
masc. it is put collect for this whole
part of the building. See A. Hirt der
Tempel Salotno's p. 24, 25 ; who how-
ever makes these stories to have risen to
the height of the temple itself, following
indeed the testimony of Josephus, but
contrary to the express words of the
Hebrew text in v. 10 : y!isn-ni< l^'l'l
inaip niax con n^an-bs-bs.
pn^tl* (sporting, mocking, r. pHJt, see
Lehrg. p. 500; to which etymology allu-
sion is made Gen. 17, 17. 19. 18, 12. 21,6.
26, 8) pr. n. Isaac, Sept. 'lautxx, the pa-
triarch, son of Abraham and Surah, Gen.
c. 21. 22. 24-27. In the poetical books it
is four times pTrsy] (Syr. < num .] , Arab.
^J^l ) Ps. 105, 9. Jer. 33, 26. Am. 7,
9, 16. In Am. 1. c. put poetically for the
whole nation of Israel, i. q. bxnO'^ ,
*inS7 Izhar, see *in'S.
^"'^r rn- ^^'j- verbal (r. StS^) pass, in
form but with active eignif. plur. constr.
'S^S'J gone forth, come out, 2 Chr. 32, 21.
^^^"2 Chald. adj. m. (r. -iS":) 1. es-
tablished, fixed, valid, Dan. 6, 13.
2. certain, sure, true, Dan. 2, 45. 3, 24.
7, 16. a^^n^ adv. certainly, 2, 8.
^^r ^^ spread down, to strew as a
bed, Lat. sterner e. Arab. ft-&m to put
or place, to strew. Kindr. are VS."^ , pS^ ,
SS^. In Kal only Part. pass. Sis^ as
subst. q. v.
HiPH. 5''S!7 to spread doicn or under-
neath, as a bed. Ps. 139, 8 biXTS ns-^sxi
and if / spread down Sheol as my bed,
i. e. make Sheol my bed. Is. 58, 5.
HopH. pass. Is. 14, 11 ns-n rs" T]innn
worms are spread under thee, as thy
couch. Esth. 4. 3 ; comp. Is. 58, 5.
Deriv. S!isi . rs .
P^r ''ut- P'S^ plur. Hpx-^ 1 K. 18,
34 ; once fut. E ps^ intrana. 1 K. 22,
35 ; imp. p^ 2 K. 4, 41, and ps^ Ez. 2-1,
3 ; Inf njJS Job 38, 38.
1. to puur, to pour out ; kindr. is p^X
II, comp. T]03 . Spoken : a) Of liquids
Gen 28, 18. 35, 14. Ex. 29, 7. 2 K. 3, 11.
al. Mctaph. to pour out the spirit. Is.
44, 3; also Part. pass. Ps. 41. 9 lan
ia pia^ ^?5^3 his wicked deeds are
poured out upon him, i. e. the wrath of
God is poured upon him on account of
his wickedness; see also in plS I. b)
Of melted metal for molten work or ves-
sels, to cast, Ex. 25, 12. 26, 37. 36, 36.
al. Part. pass. piS^ poured out, cast,
1 K. 7, 24. 30 ; hence hard, firm, solid,
as of cast metal. Job 41, 15. 16.
2. Intrans. to be poured out, to flow out,
1 K. 22, 35. Job 38, 38 pssiab ie? npsa
when the dust fiaws into a molten mass,
1. e. when wet with rain it flows together
and becomes hard.
Pi EL to pour out. Part. fem. Ppa?!^^
2 K. 4, 5 Chethibh.
HiPH. p"'Sin, Part. fem. npaio id.
2 K. 4, 5 Keri. But with another form :
HiPH. P'^aii to set or lay out, to place,
i. q. a-'Sn, Josh. 7, 23. 2 Sam. 15, 24^
The idea of pouring out is kindred with
those of laying out, setting, placing, etc.
HoPH. p'^''^^ to be poured out, as
liquids Lev. 21, 10. Job 22, 16; trop. Ps.
45, 3 ; of metal, to be cast, molten, 1 K.
7, 23. 33. Job 37, 18. Part. pS73 molten,
i. e. molten work, 1 K. 7, 16; trop.^r,
steadfast, intrepid. Job 11, 15. The
form psio 1 K. 7, 37. Job 38, 38, see
in its order ; also in Kal no. 2, above.
Deriv. pstia , nj^SIO , npaiiiiQ , and
Tp^^ f. a pouring out, casting of
metal,' 1 K. 7, 24.
* ^"4^ 1. Pr. i. q. "1>IS, ^"ns, but in-
trans. to be straitened, narrow, scanty ;
found in this signif only in fut. "i^V plur.
^is;^ , Prov. 4, 12. Is. 49, 19. Job 18, 7.
Elsewhere impers. "ib *is^] it is strait to
him, i. e. a) he is in a strait, in trou-
ble, Judg. 2, 15. 10, 9. Job 20. 22. b) he
is in distress, in anxiety, Gen. 32. 8 ; and
so in fem. ib -isni 1 Sam. 30, 6. c) h^
is grieved, takes it to heart. 2 Sam. 13, 2.
For the prjBt. is used "is , from r. "i^S .
^^
418
nss'^
2. to form, to fashion, to make ; from
the idea o{ cutting, see in "i^is . In this
signif. we find prset. 1S^ ; part. "iSi"' ; fut.
*ik"i , also -is"'^] Gen. 2, 7, ns^5 2, 19, c.
suff. Jinnsnis. 44, 12. Spoken of a
workman in wood who carves statues, Is.
44, 9. 12 ; also in iron, who forges any
thing. Is. 54. 17; and of a potter who
moulds clay Is. 64, 7. Hence of God as
the creator. Gen. 2, 19 and the Lord God
formed out of (",13 ""S*^) the ground every
beast of the feld ; with ace. of material,
V. 7. Often without mention of the ma-
terial, Ps. 94, 9 I^S "isi"' who formed the
eye. 95, 5. 104, 26. Am. 4, 13. Is. 45, 8;
whence, the idea of fashioning being
neglected, it is i. q. to create, as Ps. 74,
17 thou hast created summer and winter.
Is. 45, 7. Ps. 33, 15. Zech. 12, 1 ; in all
which passages it differs little from the
synon. K*.3, nbs, with which it is often
coupled, Vs. 43, '7. 45, 7. 18. Am. 4, 13.
Jer. 33, 2. Further : a) With b it is
to form for any thing, to destine ; Is. 42,
C D5 ni-)n^ ^V^^!] ^"^'$ I have formed
and set thee for a covenant with the peo-
ple, as the author or mediator of a cove-
nant. 49, 5. 8. 45, 18 fin. Without b Is.
41, 21. b) Of things predestined, pre-
formed, purposed of God in his counsels,
to take place afterwards, (opp. nbS of
the actual event.) Is. 22, 11. 37, 26." 46,
11 nsbrx r,x ""Fina^ I have purposed, I
will 'also do it. 2 K. 19, 25. c) With
hy , to form in mind, to devise, to plot
against, Ps. 94, 20 ; of God Jer. 18, 11.
Hence
Part. "Si*' as subst. 1. a potter. Is.
29, 16. 41, 25. Jer. 18, 2 sq. Lam. 4, 2.
*iSi'' "'bs a patterns vessel, earthen. Jer. 19,
11. Ps. 2, 9. 2 Sam. 17, 28 ; comp. Is. 30,
14. Zech. 11. 13 cast it isi'n-bx to the
potter . . . and I took the thirty pieces of
silver, and cast tltem isi'sn-bx ii'^n'; rr^a
in the house of the Lord to the potter.
Here Grotius interprets iS'i'n'bx to the
potters, to the pottery, or place where the
potters dwell, where was prob. a court
into which were thrown all the broken
vessels of the temple (comp. Jer. 19, 2. 10,
11), and where it may be supposed that
other filth was cast out ; so that the ex-
pression is i. q. 'to cast upon the dung-
liill,' A" x6(/uxiJii. This pottery was ap-
parently on the south-east part of the
city, at the pottery-gate, n^lO'in "iSd,
near to the valley of Hinnom, which
was polluted by various kinds of filth ;
and some understand here this valley
itself, Hengstenb. Christol. II. p. 249.
But the words nifTi r^^a seem not to
be reconcilable with this interpretation.
[Yet such a place for refuse pottery may
well have been connected with the tem-
ple itself R.] Hence the other and
earlier explanation is preferable, which
here regards "isi"^ as i. q. "i^ix treasurer,
from r. ISN ; so Chald. and Syr. Vers.
Kimchi: nsiit ira xin "isi'ri. Two
Mss. read "isixn bx . The letters H and
"^ are elsewhere not unfrequently inter-
changed ; see in X, and Thesaur. p. 2.
2. a statuary, maker of statues, Is.
44, 9.
3. a creator, spoken of God Is. 43, 1.
44, 2. 24.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, to be formed,
created. Is. 43, 10.
PuAL IS'' pass, of Kal no. 2. b, to be
preformed, predestined, Ps. 139, 16.
HoPH. fut. "isn"' to be formed, e. g.
weapons Is. 54, 17.
Deriv. the two following.
"^^1? m. c. suff. iiS"! 1. formation,
frame; Ps. 103, 14 siS'nS'i s-n"; Niin-^a/or
he knowcth our frame, i. e. he knoweth
how and whence we are formed. Hence
thing formed, work, e. g. of the potter
Is. 29, 16; spec, an image, idol, Hab.
2, 18.
2. Metaph. what is formed in the
mind, imagination, thought, pm^pose,
fully ab ns;:. Gen. 8, 21. 6, 5. Deut. 31,
21. Tj^^O 1S^ staid in purpose, i. e. a
man of stable mind, firm purpose. Is. 26,
3. Comp. Ps. 112, 8.
3. Jezer, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali
Gen. 46, 24. Patronym. is "'^S'^ Jezerite
Num. 26, 49. This latter form after-
wards was also the pr. n. of another
person, Izri, 1 Chr. 25, 11, for which in
V. 3 "i-ia.
D'^'12^ m. plur. (r. ns;; ) pr. things
formed, forms, poet, for members, as
Vulg. well. Job 17. 7. Others under-
stand lineaments of the face.
'^"^r 5 o"'y '" ^"*' ^?^ ' P'"*"' '" pause
ins-; Is. 33, 12, Dag. euphon. for sina"^ .
ap"
419
J. to set on fire^ to kindle, c. S Is.
9, 17.
2. Intrans. to bum, x. q. to he burned,
eonaumed, with CiKS, Is. 33. 12. Jer. 49.
8. 51, 58.
NiPH. prtrt. PS3 1. to be set on fire,
to be bunted, consumed, IVeh. 1, 3. 2, 17.
Jer. 2, 15. 9,9. 11. 46, 19.
2. Melaph. to kindle up, to bum, of
anger, with a against any one, 2 K. 22,
13. 17.
HiPH. n-'sn . once r^^^irt 2 Sam. 14, 30
Cheth. i. q. Kal no. 1, to set on Jire, to
hum, construed : a) i^na x n"'an to
set Jire to any thing, Jer. 17, 27. 50, 32.
Lam. 4, 11. Am. 1,14; c. bs Jer. 11, 16.
b) cxa 'ST n-'an to bum any thing
icith /Ve,'Josh. 8, 8. 19. Jer. 32, 29.
S Sam. 14, 30. 31. With ttJxa impl. Jer.
61, 36.
* j|5'' obsol. root, to hollow out, to ex-
cavate; Arab. s_/j> and &Oa a hollow
in the rock, in which water collects ; the
former also of any hollow in the body, as
df the eyes. Kindr. are Arab. *,jLS' I,
II, to dig. to excavate, Heb. airs to bore,
Chald. aap to vault, and others which
Bee under TiBS . Hence
3^!? m. c. suff. T^api Deut. 15, 14. 16,
13; plur. constr. "^ap-i Zech. 14, 10,
1. a wine-vat, inolrivtov, the vat or
receptacle into which the must or new
wine flowed from the press (rs), Joel 2,
24. 4, 13 [3, 18]. Prov. 3, 10. Hagg. 2,
16. Jer. 48, 33. It was often excavated
in the earth or even in the rock.
2. the wine-press, i. e. the upper vat
or receptacle in which the grapes were
trodden out or pressed. Job 24, 11. 2 K.
6, 27 ; comp. Hos. 9, 2. See na .
'^^^)?'i' (which God gathers, r. yipj
Jekabzeel, Neh. 11, 25, and -SSn^
(God's gathering) Kabzeel, Josh. 15, 21.
2 Sam. 23, 20, pr. n. of a place in the
southern part of Judea.
* '^'9.1 fut. ^p,2 Is. 10, 16, also ^p_-^1
Deut. 32, 22 ; to set on Jire, to bum. Is.
65, 5. Arab. Jo. id. Syr. |J3^ . Part,
pass, llp^ as subst. a kindled or burn-
ing mass upon a hearth, Is. 30, 14.
HoPH. '^^?1i^, to be kindled, to bum,
Lev. 6, 2. 5. 6; trop. of anger Jer. 15,
14. 17,4.
Deriv. "ip^, ijaia, rrjijiia.
'Tp']' Chald. id. Part. fern, emphat.
Knnp^ and Kn"J"7?^ burning, Jlaniing,
Dan. 3, 6. 15. 2V. 23. 26. Hence
i*"??? Chald. f. constr. rn^y], a burn-
ing, conjlagralion, Dan. 7, 11.
D^Tlpr (possepsed by the people, r,
JTjp) Jokdeam, pr. n. of a city in the
mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 56.
^S, obsol. root, Arab. 3m to obey.
Hence nnp"'.
t't :
'i^^ obsol. root, Arab. J5. V, to
venerate ; VIII, to fear God, to be pious.
Hence pr. n. bs'^nsip'^ , also
^^^ (pious) Jakeh, pr. n, ra. Prov.
30, 1.
f^s'^'' f (r. Mp;;) only in constr. rnp-i
Dag. euphon. obedience, Gen. 49, 10
O'^BS rnp'i ibl and until to him shall
be the obedience of the nations, i. e. until
the nations obey him. Prov. 30, 17.
Tlp^ m. a burning, Is. 10, 16. R. t^^ .
Q^p!* m. (r. nap no. 3) whatever exists
on the earth, living thing, Gen. 7, 4. 23.
Deut. 11, 6.
tO'^P'^ m. Hos. 9, 8, also tJ^p^i Ps. 91, 3.
Prov. 6, 5; Plur. QiCJap-i Jer. 5, 26, a
fowler. The first of the above forms is
pr. intransitive ; the other is passive,
but with an intransitive sense. R. '^p)?.
JSTl^p'^ (perh. piety towards God, r.
np^) Jeku^hiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 18.
'i'9pT (who is made small, r. 'pp) Jok-
tan, pr. n. of one of the sons of Eber, a
descendant of Shem, Gen. 10, 25. 26, the
progenitor of many tribes in southern
Arabia. In the Arabian genealogies he
is called ^lia.!o Kaht&n ; see Bochart
Phaleg II. c. 15. Pococke Spec. Hist,
Arab. p. 3, 38. A. Schultens Hist, im-
perii Joctanidarum in Arabia Felice.
Harderov. 1786. 4.
^"^Pr (whom Godjsets up, r. n^ip) Ja-
kim, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 19. b)
24, 12.
T'p!? adj. dear, beloved, i. q. "i|3'j no. 3,
Jer. 31, 20. R. ipv
^^j?!} Chald. adj. (r.^J^^) 1. hard,
difficult Dan. 2, ] 1.
2. honoured, noble, Ezra 4, 10.
^^''?)?? (wliom Jehovah gathers, r.
S^^i^) Jekamiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
2,41. b) 3, 18.
^^i:?? (who gathers the people, r.
r!tt;r) Jekameam, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 23, 19.
24, 23.
0^''9l?T (gathered by the people, r.
M^ps) Jokmeam, pr. n. of a Levitical
city in the tribe of Ephraim, 1 K. 4, 12.
I Chr. 6, 53. For it is read in Josh. 21,
22 nia:;!? q. v.
^'??I?r (possessed by the people, r.
h5)r) Jokneam, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 11,
21, 34.
* ^]11 only in fut. ^l?;] , i. q. yp;5 of
which only the preeter is used, to be rent
or torn away ; hence
1. to be out of joint, dislocated, as a
limb Gen. 32, 26.
2. Metaph. to be alienated from any
one,with'iTaJer.6,8. Ez.23,17; bsav.lS.
HlPH. S'^pin to hang up on a stake or
cross, to impale, uvuaxoloni'QtLv, pr. to
dislocate the limbs, since this was an
accompaniment of this punishment ;
Num. 25, 4. 2 Sam. 21, 3. 9.
HoPH. pass. ofHiph. 2 Sam. 21, 13.
'\'\il only in fut. Y'^^'^.i TI5o once
y|^-''"i Gen. 9. 24, also JT. 1 K. 3, 15
in some Mss. and editions ; intrans. to
awake, Gen. 28, 16. 41, 4. 7. al. For
the prsBt. is used the form y^'p^T^ Hiph.
of yip. Arab, iaib id.
* ^VJl fut. -p^^ 2 K. 1, 13, ^p^D Ps.
72, 14, and ^p;; Ps. 49, 9.
1. Pr. to be heavy, Syr. j^ , Chald.
420
^p^
10^
Arab. _5, id.
2. to be weighty, i. e. to be dear, pre-
cious, costly ; Ps. 49, 9 D'rSJ "iT^nD "ip;)
the redemption {Xviijor) of their life is
precious, costly, i. e. they cannot be re-
deemed from death with money. With
'J'^Sa to be dear, precious, in the eyes of
any one, i. e. to him ; 1 Sam. 26, 21 iTax
p3''5a "^12503 TVyp^ because my life was
precious in thine eyes, becausi; thou didst
spare my life. 2 K. 1, 13. 14. Ps. 72. 14.
With b id. Ps. 139, 17. Also with ^V^
to be highly estimated, prized, by any
one, (comp. I^ pl^, ",73 5xn,) Zech. 11,
13 the noble price cnibxTa ""nTp"^ niajt
which I was prized at of them, i. e. which
I was held to be worth, ironically. 1 Sam.
18, 30.
Hiph. 'T'pi.l to make rare. Is. 13, 12.
Prov. 25, 17. Comp. adj. ""p; no. 5.
Deriv. the three following, and "i^p^
^1?!;' constr. "^p^ ; fem. nnp'i 1. Pr.
heavy, weighty, see the verb ; only me-
taph. of demeanour, grave, calm; Prov.
17, 27 Keri, nn np"; calm, of spirit. In
Cheth. is nn ^p', see in "ip. Arab.
Jjj to be grave, quiet, patient.
2. precious, costly, Jer. 15, 19. '^X
iT^p"^ collect, precious stones, gems, 1 K.
10, 2. 10. 11. 1 Chr. 20, 2. Ez. 27, 22.
28, 13; also of the costlier kinds of
stones employed in building, as marble,
and even hewn stones, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Is.
28, 16 ; plur. nin;^'j d-':2N 1 K. 5, 31. 7,
9 sq. Metaph. Ps*. 36, 8 T^-ncn "ip*-na
BTjbx how precious is thy loving-kind-
ness, O God! 116, 15, comp. 72, 14.
Prov. 3, 15. 6, 26. Also esteemed, prized^
Ecc. 10, 1.
3. Of persons, rf^ar, 6e/orecZ. Ps. 45, 10
kings'' daughters are among thy beloved
ones, in the number of thy maidens;
where ^'r}"''^P^3 is by Syriasm for
'1^'D"'P''2 Dag. euphon. Lam. 4. 2.
4. splendid, beautiful, Job 31, 26 nnj
T(^H "ip^ the moon walking in splendour.
Plur. f rinp"^ the splendid, as an epithet
for the stars; as Zech. 14.6 Cheth. mipi
"(iXBiS*;! the splendid ones are drawn in,
i. e. the stars grow pale, draw in their
brightness, comp. Joel 2, 10. Subst
splendmir, beauty, Ps. 37, 20 C^ns "ip-'S
like the beauty of the pastures, i. e. the
grass, verdure.
5. precious, i. e. rare, 1 Sam. 3, 1. See
the verb in Hiph.
"^^^ m. Karaets impure. 1. precious-
ness. costliness, "ip"^ "^bs a precious ves-
sel Prov. 20, 15. Concr. "ip'J'i'B what-
ever iB precious, precious things, Job 28,
10. Jer. 20, 5. Hence value, price, Zech.
11, 13.
2. honour, dignity, Ps. 49, 13. 21.
Esth. 1,20. 6,3. 6.9. 11.
3. splendour, mag7iificence, Esth. 1,4.
T-
421
T
^'^ CImld. m. 1. jrrtcioM or coatlij
thinga, Dan. 2, 6 ; coinp. Is. 3, 17. 10, 3
Targ.
2. honour, (lif^nity, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27. 33.
* ^p^ (ijakosh) 1 pcrs. Tld?:; Jer.50,
24, i. q. C;?: and dip q. v. to lay snares ;
with b of pers. to lay snares for any one,
{. e. to plot a^ain^t him, Jer. 50, 24 ;
more fully 1> no dp- Ps. 141, 9. Part.
tigr a fowler Ps. 124, 7. Fut "ildp";
Is. 29, 21 is from dip.
NiPH. dpij to be snared, caught in a
mare. Is. 8, 15. 28, 13 ; c. 3 Pro v. 6, 2.
Metaph. to be ensnared by avarice, to
be seduced, Dent. 7, 25.
PiTAL part. plur. D''d;?i" for D-'dls^a
Ecc. 9. 12 ; see, lor this dropping of n,
Lehrg. p. 316.
Deriv. dip^ , dpia , and
"JTCP^ (fowler) Jokshan, pr. n. of the
second son of Abraham and Keturah,
the ancestor of the Sabaeans and Dedan-
ites. Gen. 25, 2. 3.
^SW^pl* (subdued of God, r. nnjs) Jok-
theel, pr. n. a) A city in the tribe of
Judah, Josh. 15, 38. b) Given by king
Amaziah to the city Sela or Petra, the
capital of Arabia Petrwa, 2 K. 14, 7.
* S^"?^ , praet. plur. cnxn-j Deut. 5, 5,
once Crx';': Josh. 4, 24; Fut. xn-i^,
K'n-'ai, N-i'V, plur. ixn-''^ and ixn;) 2 K.
17, 28 ; Imp. stn-^, plur. IXT^ by Syriasm
for ^xn7 Lehrg." p. 417, 1 Sam. 12, 24.
Ps. 34,'iO; Inf. S<t;i Josh. 22, 25, with
pref. s<nb for 5<n'b'l Sam. 18, 29, else-
where fem. nxn7. The primary signif.
is pr. to tremble, since X';]'^ is strictly a
softened form of 5"^^ and W"i^ q. v. Not
found in the kindred dialects. Hence
1. to fear, to be afraid, construed :
a) Absol. Gen. 3, 10, 18, 15. xnTi-bx,
'St-i'n-bx fear not Gen. 15, 1. 21, 17.
26, 24. al. saepe. Poet, of the earth Ps.
76, 9. b) With ace. of pers. or thing
feared. Num. 14, 9. 21, 34. Job 9, 35 ;
also "lO Ps. 3, 7. 27, 1. Job 5, 21 ; pr.
to be in fear from or before any person
or thing, in the manner of verbs of
fleeing, comp. "("a no. 3. b. With -SM
2 K. 1, 15. Jer. 1, 8. 2 K. 19,6; ^SB^^^
1 Sam. 18, 12. c) With b, to fear for
any pers. or thing, Josh. 9, 24 IXO xn-'S]
fi3"'Sl3a im'isjb we feared greatly for
36
our lives because of you. Prov. 3J, 2f.
d) With b and "(13 c. inf. to fear to do
any thing, to hesitate, Gen. 19, 30 xn^ ">!>
i?2ia ^^^^ for he feared to dwell in
Zoar; oftener ',"0 Gen. 46, 3. Ex. 3, 6.
34, 30. e) With -,0, to fear lest, etc.
Gr. diidaifij, Gen. 31, 31. 32, 12.
2. to fear, i. e. to reverence, to hoTwur,
as parents Lev. 19, 3 ; a king 1 K. 3, 28.
Ps. 72, 5 ; a leader Josh. 4, 14; a prophet
1 Sam. 12, 18 ; a sanctuary Lev. 19, 30 ;
an oath 1 Sam. 14, 26. Spec, xn^
'^J'"'V^? , C'n'^^f' f^5<. a) to fear God, pr.
because of his wonders, portents, Ex. 14,
31. 1 Sam. 12, 18. Ps. 33, 8. 40, 4. Is.
41, 5. Mic. 7, 17. b) to reverence God,
as the punisher of wrong; hence to ab-
stain from evil, to be upright, pious, e.g.
Lev. 19, 14. 32. 25, 17. Ex. 1, 17. Prov. 3,
1 fear God and shun evil. Job 1, 9. Ecc.
12, 13. With 'JB^^ before God, Ecc. 8,
12; 13. c) to worship or serve God,
1 K. 18, 12 ; also of false gods 2 K. 17, 7.
35. 37. Deut. 3, 22. In like manner in
Syr. and Arabic, verbs of fearing are
also transferred to religion and piety, aa
Note. The form "^Xin (''X")r}) Is. 60,5
is from nx"! to see ; comp. Is. 66, 14. Zech.
10, 7. Mic' 7, 16. etc. Thesaur. p. 622.
NiPH. xni3 to be feared, fut. X-i||n Ps.
130, 4. Elsewhere only Part. X'nis, dsi-
v6g, i. e.
1. fearful, dreadful, terrible, of a peo-
ple Is. 18, 2. 7. Hab. 1, 7 ; of a desert
Deut. 1, 19. 8, 15 ; of the judgment-day
Joel 2, 11. 3, 4.
2. deserving reverence, august, awful,
holy, of God Deut. 10, 17. 7, 21. Neh. 1.
5. Ps. 47, 3. 96, 4 ; the name of God
Deut. 28, 58. Ps. 99, 5. Mai. 1, 14 ; an
angel or celestial appearance Judg. 13, 6.
Ez. 1, 22 ; a sacred place Gen. 28. 17.
3. As causing astonishment and awe.
stupendoiis, wonderfid, great, Ps. 66, 3.
5. Ex. 15. 11. Plur. mxnis wonderful
acts, glorious deeds, of a king Ps. 45, 5 ;
espec. of God Deut. 10, 21. 2 Sam. 7.23.
Adv. in a wonderfid way, wonderftdly\
Ps. 65, 6. 139, 14; like nixba?.
PiEL X';^!; to make afraid, to terrify, c.
ace. 2 Sam. 14, 15. 2 Chr. 32, 18. Neh.
6, 9. 14.
Deriv. XT'- *,ix"i'' Xiia .
i^T
422
'*f^
i^ll^ m. constr. X"!"^ , plur. constr. "X"i"] ;
fem. rixi'i , constr. rs"!-! Prov. 31, 30 ;
participial adj. r. K^/^.
1. feamig, reverencing; joined with
personal pronouns it forms a periphrasis
for the finite verb, as 'rbx s-;'^ I fear
Gen. 32. 12; nnx xn;; thoufearest Judg.
7, 10 ; Q\\n'n ^:n;x we fear 1 Sam. 23, 3 ;
negat. S"i^ ^iJi'^N hefeareth not Ecc.8, 13.
Followed by the case of the verb ; c. ace.
Prov. 13, 13. Ex. 9, 20. Ecc. 9, 2; also
freq. nin-i-pN ^-}p^ fearing God 2K. 4. 1.
17, 32 sq.' Jon. 1, 9. Oftener with genit.
nini N"i'i . D~n'^x X"i7 , fearer of God,
and therefore abstaining from evil, i. q.
upright, godhj, pioiis, Gren. 22, 12. Job
1, 1. 8. 2. 3. Fem. id. Prov. 31, 30. Plur.
Q^nsx ^sn" Ps. 15, 4. 22, 24. 115, 11. al.
Comp. Ovid, ' timidus Deorum.'
2. fearftd, timid, Deut. 20, 8.
nij^^ 1. Pr. inf of the verb S")^ , to
fear, to reverence, with pref \ Neh. 1, 11
TjisuiTN i^N'^'?^ to reverence thy name.
Deut. 4, 10.' 5, 26. 6, 24. 10, 12. 14, 23.
1 K. 8, 43. al. With pref V^, 2 Sam.
3, 11 "irx inx'n^s because he feared him.
2. Suhst. fear, terror; Jon. 1, 10 wn-"?]
nsins <^5<'^'? c"^d;N!n the men were afraid
with great fear. Ps. 55, 6. Ez. 30, 13.
With genit. of the subject, i. e. of him
who fears, Job 22, 4 ; also of the object,
i. e. that which is feared, e. g. ^f:!^^"! the
fear of thee Deut. 2, 25. Ace. as adv. Is.
7, 25 r'^Ol ^"'^'^ I'i?'?'? for fear of briers
and thorns. Comp.' Ez. 1, 18 cnb nij-17
terror was to or in them, i. e. they were
terrible, dreadful.
3. holy fear, reverence, awe; rs"!^
G'^n-^X Gen. 20j 11. 2 Sam. 23, 3, also
nin"! rS"""!, reverence towards God. piety,
religion; Ftov.1.7 nsn n-^irsn rnn'i rsn^.
Job 28, 28. Is. 11, 2. Ps. 34, 12. Ill, 10.
Melon, precejyts of piety, of religion, Ps.
19, 10. With nin-i impl. Job 4, 6. 15, 4;
and so c. suff. '^nij')'? the fear of me, sc.
of God, piety, Jer.'32, 40. Ps. 5, 8. E.^.
20, 20. Rarely the suff. refers to the
subject, as "^n'x C^iJ"^"^ their piety t(y
wants me Is. 29, 13.
V^'}'^ (piety? r. K^^) Iron, pr. n. of
a city in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38.
'^f^'7? (whom Jehovah looks upon,
r. rinj Irijah, pr. n. m. Jer. 37, 13. 14.
Written !T'X"i'^ in some edhions.
y^^ i. q. -'1'^, an adversary ; hence
--11 7|5i3 an adverse king, hostile, i. e,
the king of Assyria, Hos. 5, 13. 10, 6.
R. ='1.
b'^^'^^'^ m. (contr. for bra n'-i;i, with
whom Baal contends, r. n"^"]) Jerubbaal,
a surname of Gideon, the judge of Israel,
Judg. 6, 2. In 2 Sam. 11, 21 he is called
nffi?"^"^ , q. v. Sept. ' Jf^o/Si.
DyS'^lJ (whose people is many, r. y^"^)
pr. Jarobeam, coram. Jeroboam, pr. n. of
two kings of the ten tribes, a) One,
the son of Nebat, was the founder of
that kingdom, and introduced the wor-
ship of the golden calves, r. 975-54 B. C
I K. 11, 26-43. c. 12-14. b) The other,
the son of Joash, r. 825-784 B. C. 2 K.
13, 13. 14, 23-29.
nffiS"^'? (with whoTQthe idol contends,
r. a'^n, comp. rACa) Jenib-besheth, pr. n.
ra. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Seeb?3^i.
'_T once by aphseresis "Ti Judg. 19',
11; Fut. in;^, nn^i, in pause I'l''^ Ps.
18. 10; Imp. 'I"!, n"T-i, once T:!': Judg.
5, 13 ; Inf. absol. "I'l^ Gen. 43, 20,' constr.
P^t!, c. suir. "n^"}, once rin-i Gen. 46,3.
1. to go down, to descend; Eth. Q)Z,R
to descend ; in Arabic comp. 4> to go
to drink, to go to water, pr. to go down
to the water, etc. but the word in com-
mon use is Jyi . Construed : a) Ab-
sol. Ex. 19, 24. Is. 47, 1. /3) The place
whence is put with "J^, Ex. 19, 14. Ez.
27; 29 ; bsia 1 Sam. 25, 23. Ez. 26, 16 ;
also in ace. Jer. 13, 18 the crown shaH
eome down as to your heads, i. e. from
your heads. /) The place whither with
bs upo7i, e. g. from heaven itpo^i a moun-
tain Ex. 19, 18, also Ez. 47, 8. Josh. 3, 16.
Judg. 11, 37; with bx 2 Sam. 11, 10; b
Cant. 6, 2 ; 3 Ex. 15, 5. Is. 63, 14 ; c. ace",
with or without n- local Gen. 12. 10. s.
55, 10. Job 7, 9. 17, 16. Hence Part. c.
genit, "113 "^"y^"^ those going down to the
pit, i. e. about to die. see "ii3, Ps. 28, 1.
30, 4. al. Ps. 22, 30. Is. 42, 10. Also with
bx of pers. to whom Ex. 11, 8. Neh. 6, 3.
<5) Poet, like o.therverb8.of running down,
flowing, (aee Heb. Gram. J 135. J. n.2.)
it is construed with an accus. of that
which descends or flows down in abun-
dance; espec. of the eye as running
n"
423
IT
down with tears, weeping abundantly ;
Lara. 3, 48 'J^s inn D^a "sbq my eye
runneth dtncn with rivers of water ^ i. e.
pours them forth. 1, 16. Jer. 9, 17. 13, 17.
14, 17. Ps. 119, 136. The same idiom is
frequent in Arabic, ^JCjJ\ <i>t>\ i^^-aaJ!
my eye flows down with weeping, see
Schult. ad Prov. 20, 5. By a different
turn, Is. 15, 3 ''saa Ty* running down
with weeping, i. e. weeping abundantly.
Spoken of motion from place to place,
not only of descending from a mountain
Ex. 34, 29, but genr. of those who go
from a higher to a lower place or region.
Often of God as descending from hea-
ven, Gen. 11, 5. 18,21. Ex. 3.8. Is. 31,4.
Mic. 1, 3. Spec, a) Of those who go
down to a fountain or river Gen. 24, 16.
45. Ex. 2, 5. Josh. 17, 9. 1 K. 2, 8 ; or to
the sea Jon. 1, 3. Is. 42, 10. Ps. 107, 23,
since the land is higher than the water;
but comp. Ez. 27, 29. b) Of those who
go out of a city, cities being mostly built
on hills and mountains for the sake of
security, Ruth 3, 3. 6. 2 K. 6, 18 ; or
who go down from a citadel (acropolis)
to the lower parts of a city 1 Sam. 9, 25.
27. 2 Sam. 11, 9. 10. 13. 1 K. 1, 25. 38. al.
c) Of those who go out to battle, as oc-
curring in plains, Judg. 5, 14. 1 Sam.
14, 36. 2 Sam. 21, 15. 2 Chr. 20, 16. d)
Of those who go from a mountainous
district or country to one lower and
more level, as from Jerusalem or its
vicinity to Egypt Gen. 12, 10. 26, 2 sq.
46, 3 ; or to the country of the Philistines
and the sea-coast ("^BttJ) Gen. 38, 1.
1 Sam. 13, 20. 23, 4. 11 ; or to Samaria
1 K. 22, 2. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6. e)
Of those who go towards the south ;
since the ancients regarded the northern
parts of the earth as the highest ; 1 Sam.
25, 1. 26, 2. 30, 15. See the intpp. ad
Virg. Georg. 1. 240 sq. Hdot. 1. 95.
1 Mace. 3, 37. 2 Mace. 9, 23. Comp. C.
B. Michaelis Di.ss. de notione superi et
inferi. reprinted in Comment. Theol. a
Velthusen aliisque, V. p. 397 sq.
Often also of inanimate things, as
of a stream descending from a moun-
tain Deut. 9, 21; of the rain Ps. 72,
6 ; of a way and of boundaries which
tend downwards or towards the south.
Num. 34, 11. 12. Josh. 18, 13 sq. Of the
diiy as declining, Judg. 19, 11 ; of ca-
lamity as sent down from God Mic.
1, 12. etc.
2. to be brought down, cast down, thnutl
down, to fall. 1 Sam. 23, 6 in^a Tn'^i TiBK
an ephod had fallen into his hand, i. e.
he had an ephod with him. So of a
crown falling from the head (see above
in /5) Jer. 3, 18; a wood cut down Is.
32, 19. Zcch. 11.2; a wall thrown down
Deut. 28, 52 ; a city destroyed Deut. 20,
20 ; horses killed in battle Hagg. 2, 22.
So to be cast into the sea, to sink, Ex. 15,
5 ; into Sheol Is. 5, 14 ; also trop. of
those who are cast down from a state of
prosperity into poverty and want, Deut.
28, 43. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 1, 9.
Hi PH. l^nin to make go down, to cause
to descend, in any way, either a person
or thing, to bring down, Gen. 42, 38. 44,
29. 31. Hence
1. Of persons, to lead or bring down,
cause to come down. Gen. 44, 21. Judg.
7. 4 ; to let down, as with a cord. Josh.
2, 15. 18 ; to bring or send down, as into
Sheol, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ez. 26, 20. Also with
violence, to cast down, cause to fall, as
God nations Ps. 56, 8 ; or kings from
their thrones Is. 10, 13, comp. Obad. 3.
4; to subdue nations 2 Sam. 22, 48.
2. Of things, to bring or carry down,
Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11; to let or take down.
Gen. 24, 18. 46. Num. 4, 5 ; to let descend,
fall, flow down, 1 Sam. 21, 14. Joel 2,
23. Lam. 2, 18. Ps. 78, 16. Also with
violence, to cast down, Hos. 7, 12. Prov.
21, 22.
HoPH. Tnsin pass, of Hiph. to be led or
brought down Gen. 39, 1 ; to be taken
down, as a tent Num. 10, 17 ; to &e cast
or thrust down Is. 14, 15. Ez. 31, 18.
Zech. 10, 11.
Deriv. the two following, and 1"<ii3.
'T^^ (descent) Jared, pr. n. m. a)
Gen. 5, 15. Gr. 'litgid Luke 3, 37. b)
1 Chr. 4, 18.
ll'}1 , always with art. "I'n'i^n , except
Ps. 42, 7. Job 40, 23, (pr. the flowing, the
river, from the idea of descending, flow-
ing down, r. Ti^ , as Gi?rm. Rhyn. Rhein,
from the verb rinnen) the Jordan. Gr.
6 'Jo(idiai]c, the chief river of Pales-
tine, rising at the foot of Anti-Lebanon,
and flowinff into the Dead Sea. where
T
424
fipr
it terminates. Gen.^13, 10. II. 32, 11.
50, 10. Arab. m<^)^^ el-Urdwu and
at present also XJOwwUt esh-SherVah,
watering-place. On the character of
the Jordan, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 257. III. p. 309 sq. and for its sources
see ib. III. p. 347 sq. Biblioth. Sac.
1846, p. 187 sq. 208 sq. Hence "i33
*,'i"ir], 1] TifQtxMQog rov 'lo^ddvov, the
vailey and region through which it
flows, Gen. 13, 10. 12. 19, 17. 2 Sam.
18, 23 ; comp. Matt. 3, 5. Poet, without
;art. "i^-i^ fix id. Ps. 42, 7. In Job 40, 23
Jordan is poet, put for any large stream ;
as a Cicero, for any distinguished orator.
On the etymology, see more in The-
saur. p. 626.
*^Dt 'rS Xfyofi. kindr. with the
roots yy^ , X7.^ , pr. to tremble, and then
to be astonished, amazed, like Arab. *
Hence irrin, in 2 Mss. wn-itn, Is. 44, 8.
Sept. fiT] nXavuff&E, but the other ancient
versions express the sense to fear, to be
afraid, as if it were i. q. IX'i'^Fl.
* ~0t ) i"^- absol. fni , constr. nii"^ ,
also Xin^ 2 Chr. 26, 15 ; Yut. n-i''': , plur.
1 pers. c. sufF. on-'D Num. 21, 30; imp.
rr;)^ 2 K. 13, 17.
1. to throw, to cast, c. ace. Ex. 15, 4 ;
e. g. lots Josh. 18, 6; an arrow 1 Sam.
20, 36. 37. Prov. 26, 18, hence absol. to
shoot 2 K. 13, 17; metaph. of plots Ps.
11, 2. 64, 5; ace. of pers. Num. 21, 30.
Part. plur. D"i")i'' archers 1 Chr. 10, 3.
2 Chr. 35, 23. Eth. (D^<D id.
2. to place, to lay a foundation, to
found; comp. Gr. ^uXlia&m uazv i. q.
to lay the foundation of a city, Syr. po
to cast, also to lay a foundation. Job 38,
6 who hath laid the comer-stone thereof?
Gen. 31, 51 lo this pillar ^n"^"!'; ncx
vMch I have founded, placed, erected.
3. lo sprinkle, to water, c. ace. Hos.
6, 3; pr. to throw water, to scatter
drops of water, comp. plj. Hence
Part, n*!'!'^ as subst. the early rain, see
above p. 392.
Nii'H. pass, of Kal no. 1, to be ca^t at,
shot through, with arrows ; fut. n-n^-^ Ex.
19, 13.
HiPH. nn-in, fut. n-.ii, conv. ni*! 2 K.
13, 17, plur. iX'^i'":! 2 Sam. 21, 24.
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to throw, to cast, Job
30, 19 ; spec, arrows, to shoot, 1 Sam.
20, 20. 36. 2 K. 13, 17. 19, 32. The
person shot at is put with h 2 Chr. 35,
23 ; in ace. Ps. 64, 5. 8. Part, nnirj an
archer 1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10, 3. By
Aramaism, written in the manner of
verbs xb, 2 Sam. 11, 24 D-^i^-ii^an iis-i'l
and the archers shot, etc. comp. 2 Chu.
26, 15.
2. to sprinkle, to water, i. q. Kal no.
3; hence Part, nnia i. q. nnl'' the early
rain, Joel 2, 23. Ps. 84, 7.
3. to thrust out the hand, like TJ rhjo,
espec. in order to point out or show any
thing; hence to point out, to show, Gen.
46. 28. Prov. 6, 13 T>riy3S^3 n^ti point-
ing with his fingers, i. e. making signs.
With two ace. of pers. and thing Ex. 15,
25. Hence
4. to teach, to instruct, comp. Gr. Sti-
xvvw, avacpalra, absol. Ex. 35, 34. Mic.
3, 11 ; with ace. of pers. Job 6, 24. 8, 10.
12, 7. 8 ; ace. of thing Is. 9, 14. Hab. 2,
18; with two ace. of pers. and thing Ps.
27, 11. 86, 11. 119, 33. Also with :i of
thing, pr. to instruct in any thing, Job
27, 11. Ps. 25, 8. 12. 32, 8;' once with
h^ pr. to teach or form to any thing
2 Chr. 6, 27 ; with '{Ci as to any thing Is.
2, 3. Mic. 4, 2. With dat. of pers. and
ace. of thing Deut. 33, 10. Hos. 10, 12.
Part, nnio , teaching, a teacher, see in its
order.
Deriv. fiT''^, i^"!'i^, ^'T''^, and pr.
names ri'ii"', -^nii, bx-TT^, bs-^n-;, n^-}-;,
^^"^T, (founded of God, r. nn'^) Jeruel,
pr. n. prob. of a town and of a desert
adjacent, 2 Chr. 20, 16.
ni"1^ (i. q. nn"' moon) Jaroah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 5, 14. '
P"!"^^ m. green thing, green herb, Job
39, 8. " R. pi: .
STD^"\1' and rnS^T^ (possessed sc. by
a husband, r. ttJI^) Jeimsha, pr. n. of the
mother of king Jotham, 2 K. 15, 33.''
2 Chr. 27, 1.
pbC'ni', according to the Masora
five times fully D'^blT^I"' Jer. 26, 18.
Esth. 2, 6. 1 Chr. 3, 5. 2 Chr. 23, 1. 32,
9; fern. Is. 3, 8. 10. 11. 40. 2. 9. al. (poei.
cb^ Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3 ;) pr. n. Jeru-
IT
425
riT
galem, Gr. * Ttgovaal^/i nnA* fi()ovTvXvfta,
a royul city of the Cunaaniti's Josh. 10. 1.
5. 15, 8 ; ufler the accession of David, the
chief city of the Hehrews, and the royiil
residence of David and his posterity,
situated on the confines of Jiulah and
Benjamin. For a full description of its
topography and antiquities, see Bibl.
Re. in Palest. I. p. 371 sq. Comp. Re-
land Falsest, p. 832 sq.
As to the etymology and orthography
of the name, there has been much dis-
pute. In respect to the former, Reland
Palffist. p. 832 sq. and recently Ewald
Hcb. Gram. p. 332, hold tabcjii-i'] to be
i. q. D7b'J~;i;!|lT possession of peace, one
j being dropped. But this is contrary
to analogy ; since where a letier is
doubled, the first in such case is not
dropped, but compensated by a Dagesh
forte in the other, as in b~S"ii for 311'^
?y2 ; and besides, the form CJin*' no-
where occurs in the sense of possession
(i. q. nirn'j) either separately or in com-
pounds. Hence it is better to regard
!n7 as derived from r. nn^ no. 2, i. q. a
founding, foundation ; whence dV'^I"''^
a foundation of peace, of prosperity ;
comp. bxiTj . As to the other part of
the compound name, there are some who
regard cbc and C^Vd as the dual of
'^V'^ ?!'ef, and suppose the city to be
thus designated as double, or having two
parts, comp. 2 Sara. 5, 9 ; so Ewald and
Maurer. But in the passage cited there
is no mention of a double city ; and that
the O in this word is a primitive radical,
and not servile, is apparent from the
lorms cbd Gen. 14, 18, Chald. nbwiin-i,
Gr. ^ulvfia, "^ If(>o(T6Xv/nu. More proba-
bly, therefore, it was anciently pro-
nounced cbo peace, safety, prosperity ;
but in the later periods of the silver
age, some began to write it cbiUj and
to regard it as a noun plural or perhaps
dual which was to be pronounced O'^br ;
and this in the seventh or eighth cen-
tury, when the points were added, had
become the established view, so that
the grammarians supposed the same
pronunciation was to be restored in all
cases. It follows, in our view, that the
defective form ought every where to be
read and pointed sVJn'' . In like man-
ner Samaria in Heb. and anciently, was
36*
called -p-nato, Chald. ir^d, and thence,
as if dual, "i^"]^'^ ; comp. Lehrg. p, 538.
See more in Thesaur. p. 628, 629.
Cb^"l^ Chald. Jerusalem, Ezra 4, 12
20. 24. 5, 1. 2. 15, also U)m'\'^ Ezra 5^
14. 6, 9.
"t obsol. root, perh. i. q. pn^, to be
pale, yellow, n and p being interchang-
ed; see under n, p. 290. Hence the
two following, and ni"i^ .
^"i?^ m. the moon, so called from its
paleness ; in prose always with the arti-
cle, in poetry usually without it ; Gea
37, 9. Deut. 4, 19. 17, 2. 2 K. 23, 5. Jer.
8, 2. Ecc. 12, 2. Ps. 8, 4. 104. 19. Job 25,
5. al. Ps. 72, 5 nn^ "jeb in the sight of
the moon, i. e. so long as the moon shall
give her light ; comp. v. 7.
TD!? m. plur. ts'^nn'i, constr. ''n'^;; ; de-
nom. from nnv
1. a month, i. e. a lunar month, as was
customary among (he Hebrews ; comp.
Germ. Mond and Monat, Engl, moon
and month, Gr. /ttr/yj; and fii]v, Lat. rnensis.
Syr. }-Mp* month. It is i. q. llJin, but
less frequent, and used mostly by e.arlier
writers. Ex.2, 2 ; and in the poetic style
Deut. 33. 14. Job 3. 6. 7, 3. 29, 2. 39, 2.
Zech. 11, 8. But see 1 K. 6, 37. 38. 8,
2. D'^T?;; nn;} see in nii Plur. no. 2. b.
2. Jerah. pr. n. of a people and region
of Arabia, of the descendants of Joktan,
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. Bochart in
Phaleg II. 19. not unaptly supposes this
name to be itself Hebrew, but yet a
translation from an Arabic name of the
same signification ; and this being pre-
mised, he understands by it the Alilcti,
dwelling in a gold region on the Red sea
(Agatharchides c. 49. Strabo XVI. p.
277). whose true name he conjectures to
be JiLjC ^^ sons of the moon, so call-
ed from the worship of the moon or Ali-
lat, Hdot. 3. 8. For a tribe bearing this
name in the vicinity of Mecca, see Nie-
buhr's Descript. of Arabia p. 270 Germ.
More probable however is the Qpinion
of J. D. Michaelis in Spicileg. II. p. 60,
who understands by it the Moon coast
( t o ^ vj!>i), and Moon mountain
( t'M J'a:?'); near Hadramaut; since
riT
426
V'
n'^1 in Gen. 1. c. is joined with the
land of Hadramaut, i. e. r^T^-iSn q. v.
See Edrisi par Jaubert, I. p. 54.
rrn"' Chald. a month, Ezra 6, 15. Dan.
4, 26.'
inn'^ see in"''i';i .
Dn'"l^ (who finds mercy, r. crn) Jero-
haw,, pr. n. m. a) J Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr.
6, 12. 19. b) 1 Chr. 9, 12. c) 27, 22.
d) 2 Chr. 23, 1. e) Neh. 11, 12. f)
Other persons, 1 Chr. 8, 27. 9, 8. 12, 7.
^^'Pr'"!''? (on whom God has mercy, r.
ann) Jerahmeel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2,
9. 25. 26. 42. Hence patronym. in "'-
Jerahvieelile 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 29. b)
1 Chr. 24, 29. c) Jer. 36, 26.
^T}'}'! Jarha, pr. n. of an Egyptian
slave 'l Chr. 2, 34. 35. The etymology
is unknown.
* '^X ' Arab. io. II, to throw head-
long, to precipitate, ->5 a precipice,
destruclion ; hence in Kal once, to be
headlong, rash, perverse. Num. 22, 32 ;
in Cod. Samar. stands y^fi as gloss.
PiEL 13^"^ to throve headlong, to cast ;
once Job 16, 11 ^y^')'^, S'^i'T^j'^ ''T, ^?
God hath cast me into the hands of tfie
wicked ; Sept. iQ^iipi /xc, Vulg. tradidit
me.
^^'^yi (i. q. ^^'^'^1 q. V.) Jeriel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 2.
S"^"?^ m. (r. y^'i) 1. an adversary,
Ps. 35, 1. Jer. 18, 19. Is. 49, 25.
2. Jarib, pr. n. a) See "ps^ no. 1. a.
b) Ezra 8, 16.
"'5'''^? (see ''y^'i) Jeribai, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 11. 46.
^t"^? and ''''^"^'J (founded i. e. consti-
tuted of Jehovah, r. "T^^) Jeriah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 23, 19. 24, 23^ 26, 31.
in-i"!^ Josh. 2, 1. 2. 3, inn;' Num. 22,
1, and nnin;> 1 K. 16, 34, Jericho, a
celebrated city of Palestine, situated
near the Jordan and Dead Sea. in the
territory of Benjamin, and in a most fer-
tile region. Sept/ IiQixo't, Straho '/f^it-
xovg XVI. 2. 41, Arab. Lai^l Eriha,
called also Riha ; see Reland Palipstina
p. 383, 829 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
.279, 285 eq. The form in'^'i'; is prob.
the primary one, signifying place offra-
grance, from r. n^"i.
nil2'i"l';i see in ^172^7.
n*i'5a''n^ (heights, r. on^) Jerimoth, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 8.
"'?"''?? f. (r. 3?!^) a curtain, hanging,
so called from its tremulous motion ;
spec, of a tent Is. 54, 2. Jer. 4, 20. 10,
20. 49, 29 ; of the sacred tabernacle Ex.
26, 1 sq. 36, 8 sq. 2 Sam. 7, 2 ; of Solo-
mon's palace Cant. 1, 5. Syr. p^j^
tent-curtain, also tent itself.
niyn;' (curtains) Jerioth, pr. n. f. 1
Chr. 2, 18. R. sn^ .
^-T obsol. root, of the same or a
similar power with the kindred T)?'^, to
be tender, soft. Hence T\yi , ^'^'D , pr. n.
riD'n.
^');' constr. Ti"^^, c. suff. ''3'^';; dual
ti']Z-\-] ; fern. Num. 5, 21.
1. the thigh, so called from its soft-
ness, see r. ""^^ ; Gr. fir,gog, Arab. C/vi
and ^l;^^ thigh, buttock, haunch. How
for it differs from CJri'? '^'^ loins, lacfvg,
is apparent from Ex. 28, 42 : thou shall
make for them linen drawers to cover
their shame, D"'?"!'^ "^S) C'^iT^'B'q from the
loins even unto the thighs ; as also from
the general use of the word. That is,
B'^lti'^ denotes the lower part or region
of the back, while T\y^, dual D'o'i'], sig-
nifies the thick and fleshy double mem-
ber which commences at the bottom of
the spine and extends to the lower legs
(C^pic), i. e. the two thighs with the but-
tocks. So T|f *'! w? ^'^6 socket of the thigh,
by which the thigh is connected with
the pelvis, the hip-joint, Gen. 32, 26. 33.
T)^i by on or at the thigh, where the
sword is worn, Ex. 32,27. Judg. 3, 16. 21.
Ps. 45, 4. To smite the thigh, a gesture
of mourning and of indignation, Jer. 31,
19. Ez. 21, 17 ; comp. Hom. II 12. 162.
ib. 15. 397. Od. 13. 198. Cic. cl. Orat.80.
duinctil. XI. 3. Also, to put the hand
under the thigh, as the accompaniment
of an oath, prob. in some connection
with the sacredncss of circumcision. Gen.
24, 2, 9. 47, 29 ; to come out from the
thigh of any one, i. e. to be begotten by
any one or descended from him. Gen. 40,
an-
4S7
pT
26. Ex. 1, 5. Judg. 8, 30 ; comp. Koran
Sur. 4. 27. Sur. 6. 98. The buttocks arc
prob. meant Num. 5, 21. 27. For p-ittJ
?j")^"^? Juilg. 15, 8, see in art. piaJ. In
animals the thigh, haunch, futm, Ez.
24, 4.
2. Trop. of things, in which sense the
fern. Ibrm HD")"' is much more usual.
E. g. a) /Ae shank of the sacred can-
delabra, where the stem (p?."!^) separated
into the three feet, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17.
b) the. side of a tent or tabernacle Ex.
40, 22. 24 ; of an altar Lev. 1, 11. 2 K.
16, 14.
Dual C'^s'i'i the two thighs Ex. 28, 42,
see in no. 1, above. Cant. 7, 2.
TO"!?^ f. (r. "qn^) i. q. r\y^ no. 2. b, the
side, hinder part, e. g. of a country, c. suff.
ins-i^ Gen. 49, 13. Comp. qns, end.
Dual c^nsn'j constr. "'fis'*^ , once
'n-isn: 1 K. 6, 16 Cheth. pr! 'the two
thighs, buttocks, haunches, but used
only of things. E.g.
1. the hinder part, hinder side, rear,
Ex. 26, 22. 23. 27. 36, 27. 28. 32 ; of the
temple 1 K. 6, 16. Ez. 46, 19.
2. The interior of any thing, the hinder
or inner parts, recesses, penetralia, as of
a house Am. 6, 10. Ps. 128, 3 ; of a ship
Jon. 1. 5 ; of a cavern 1 Sam. 24, 4 ; of a
sepulchre Is. 14, 15. Ez. 32, 23. Hence
'(132^ ">n3"j'^ the recesses of Lebanon, i. e.
the extreme and inaccessible parts of
the mountain, Is. 37, 24 ; also Judg. 19,
1. 18 C-i-iEX in ""ns"?^ the recesses of
mount Ephraim. Hence
3. utter most parts, remote regions, e. g.
'(lES "'PS'i'^ the uttermost parts of the
north, extreme northern regions. Is. 14,
13. So in Ps. 48. 3 beautiful in its de-
ration, the joy of the whole earth is mount
Zion ; the joy of the remotest north is
the city of the great king, iuiiUT3 being
repeated, and the remotest north being
put by synecd. for the most distant na-
tions ; so De Wette ed. 4. f^nx "'ns'i"
the extremities of the earth, remotest
lands, Jer. 6, 22. 25, 32 j comp. niEJ?
flS"^!? Chald. f. the thigh, Dan. 2, 32.
^ Jr obsol. root, prob. i. q. |*v. , Wi ,
b^it , to be high. Hence pr. n. niani ,
nw-ii, "nil, also
niTan^ (height) Jarmuth, pr. n. a)
A city in the plain of Judah, anciently
a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10,
3. 12, 11. Neh. 11, 29. Vulg. Jerimoth,
Jerimuth ; Euseb. and Jerome Jarimulh,
Jermucha, ten miles from Eleutheropolis
towards Jerusalem ; now ^yjOjj Yar-
mUk, see Bibl, Res. in Palest. II. p. 344.
b) A city of the Levites in Issachar,
Josh. 21, 29 ; called nnn 19, 21.
T\yQ'\'} (heights, r. nn-i) Jeremolh, pr,
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 14. b) Ezra 10, 26.
c) V. 27. d) 1 Chr. 23, 23, for which
riT3'^-)i_ 24, 30. e) 25, 22, for which
nia-^n-i' v. 4. f) Ezra 10, 29 Cheth.
Keri nian .
''''?^'? (dwelling in heights, r. wy<) Je-
reniai. pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 33.
^^^7^ and I'^^'Q^^ (whom Jehovah
setteth up, r. nian Chald. no. 2) Jere-
miah, Sept. 'itQffutxc, pr. n. a) The
distinguished prophet, son of Hilkiah a
priest, Jer. 1, 1. 27, 1. Dan. 9, 2. etc. b)
1 Chr. 12, 13. c) 2 K. 23, 31, comp. Jer.
35, 3. d) 1 Chr. 5, 24. e) 12, 4. f ) 12,
10. g) Neh. 10, 3. 12, 1. 12.
^-r ^^ tremble, and hence to fear,
to be afraid, i. q. Prn^, n^. Arab. c
and cw> id. This signification lies in
the primary syllable ?"! , comp. the roots
nsn, bsn, DSn. Once in pra?t. Is. 15,4
"i^ '^^12 '^'^^^ ^'* *^"^ trembleth within
him (Moab), sc, for fear, terror. Put.
51^ belongs to r. 5?1 .
Deriv. JiJi'i'i , pr. n. nis-in^ .
bsS'l';' (what God heals, r. NE-n) Ir-
peel, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin, Josh.
18, 27.
* I- PTr 1. to spit, i. q. ppn II, Chald.
p!|-i,Ethiop.Z,^,id. Praet. Num. 12,
14. Deut. 25, 9. Inf absol. pn"; Num.
1. c. The fut. p">^ is borrowed from ppi .
^ ' r-y. obsol. root, to be green, pale
green, as a plant ; comp. "|ip"i;i . Arab.
(^s to put forth leaves, as a tree ; IV,
to sprout; both from the idea of green-
ness, verdure. Hence the six following,
and p'in''.
P7t m. adj. green, neut. something
green, green herbage, 2 K. 19, 26. Is.
p"
428
ISI''
37, 27. Spec, greens, herbs ; p"!^ * a
garden of herbs Deut. 11, 10. 1 kV21, 2.
pn^ rnix a portion of herbs, vegeta-
bles, Prov. 15, 17. Syr. {-o^, po>o^,
an herb.
p"!?^ m. greenness, S'CS p'n;;"b3 aZ/
greenness of plants, every green plant.
Gen. 1, 30. 9, 3. KSi'n p-i"; greenness of
grass L e. green grass, Ps. 37, 2. Else-
where concr. the green, the verdure, foli-
age, of fields and trees, Ex. 10, 15. Num.
22, 4. Is. 15, 6.
VV7- - ( p'^l) greenness, paleness,
jfilw^oTijc, b>x^oifjg. Spoken
1. Of persons, paleness of face, that
ghastly greenish-yellow tinge which
arises from sudden affright. Jer. 30, 6.
2. Of grain, paleness, yellowness, a turn-
ing yellow from disease, Deut. 28, 22.
1 K. 8, 37. Am. 4, 9. Hagg. 2, 17. Arab.
U^T^ id.
Coupled with 'liB-no q. v.
"jlp"^^ m. (r. p"^;) yellowness, see "^"0
j'ipn^n in art. ""n, D^a, bb.
D^"?^ (paleness of the people, r. p^'^ ;
or perh. ' the people is spread abroad,'
for CS Tp^ll) Jorkeam, pr. n. of a town
of Judah,'l Chr. 2, 44.
V^'^yi plur. f. nipnp'n'i . R. p-^-i .
1. Adj. greenish, yellowish, x^coqI^wv,
spoken of a leprous colour in garments.
Lev. 13, 49. 14, 37.
2. Subst. paleness, yelloicness, of gold
Ps. 68, 14. Ethiop. <DC4> gold itself
s
Arab. ^^^^ money, com.
*^^^ Jer. 49, 1, also ^J^, 2 pers.
V\'^_-\1 Deut. 6, 18, but c. suff. nnaJn-i 30,
5, pl'ur. 2. p. CPttJn'i ; Fut. ^Tl, pl"r-
5iian">'^, wn'sn ; Imp. dn Deut. 1. 21, 23"! ib.
2, 24. 31. iind fully tti'i'i, with He parag.
nvyi 33; 23 ; Inf nrn', c. suff. inttin .
1. to take, to seize, to take pa<;session
of, to occupy, mostly by force, 1 K. 21, 15.
16, 18. That this, and not ' to inherit,'
is the primary signification, is apparent
from the derivatives rw^, net, and uiin-'pi
must, new wine ; as also from the sylla-
ble oil , which like 01 , y"i , has the force
of taking, seizing, see in Onn . The
secondary sense of inheriting is found
in Arab, lijs^ , Syr. ^H , Chald. nn"; ,
Eth. (DZ,ft ; and perhaps Lat. heres
for hered-s is from the same source.
Construed : a) With ace. of thing,
spoken very frequently of the occupa-
tion of the promised land, Lev. 20, 24.
Deut. 1, 8. 3, 18. 20. Ps. 44, 4. 83, 13.
al. So of the whole earth Is. 14, 21 ;
houses Ez. 7, 24; the wealth of nations
Ps. 105, 44. Part. ttJnii a possessor, con-
queror, Mic. 1, 15. Jer. 8, 10. b) With
ace. of pers. to take possession of any
one, i. e. to seize upon his possession, to
drive him oid, to dispossess him, to suc-
ceed in his place. Deut. 2, 12 liUS '^321
Cin"i3BT3 CilT'rtU^I D^tlJ'n-"i and the chil-
dren of Esau drove them out (the Hor-
ites), and destroyed them from before
them. V. 21. 22. 9, 1. 11, 23. 12, 2. 18,
14. 19, 1. 31, 3. Prov. 30, 23 a handmaid
who has dispossessed her mistress, has
succeeded in her place. Is. 54, 3. Jer. 49,
2. With 'SB^ from before Deut. 12, 29.
Judg. 11, 24. The proper force of the
word is apparent in the following pas-
sages : Deut. 31. 3 the Lord will destroy
these nations from before thee, tri'rn"'")
and thou shall take possession of them,
seize upon their possessions, succeed
them. Judg. l\, 23 Jehovah hath driven
out the Amorites before his people Israel,
iijfflnin nnxi and wilt thou (Sihon) take
possession of their land ?
2. to possess, to hold in possession,
Lev. 24, 46. Deut. 19, 14. 21, 1. al. So
of a land Obad. 19. Ez.36,12. Judg. 18,
9 ; wealth Judg. 18, 7. Very fi-equent
in the phrase y}^, ttJ'^^ to possess the
(promised) land, spoken of the quiet
occupancy and abode of the Israelites
in Palestine, promised of old to Abra-
ham, and emblematic of the highest
prosperity and happiness, Gen. 15, 7.
Ps. 25, 13. 37, 9. 11. 22. 29. Is. 60, 21.
Comp. Matt. 5, 5. Poet, of animals Is.
34, 11 ; plants Hos. 9, 6.
3. Spec, to inherit, to receive an inhe-
ritance, with ace. of thing Num. 27, 11.
36, 8 ; also, ace. of pers. (comp. no. 1. b.)
to inherit one''s estate, to be ohc'a* heir,
Gen. 15. 3. 4. Absol. Gen. 21, 10 the son
of the bond-woman shall not inherit with
my son, with Isaac. Part, tfi'^'i'^ an heir,
Jer. 49, 1. 2 Sam. 14, 7.
NiPH. CJ'i'is to be dispossessed, to be
driven out of one's possessions, to come
X^T
429
nw
to porerty, pass, of Kal no. I. b. Gen. 45,
11. Prov. 20, 13. 30, 9. In this sense it
has alHiiity with cJ^n to be poor.
Pie I. ttJ"];; twice, i. q. Kal no. 1 ; with
ace. of thing Deut. 23, 42; with ace. of
pers. i. q. to drive out from a possession,
to disponsesa, to hrin^ to poverty, Judg.
14, 15 13b cnx-ip nadn-'bn have ye called
US to impoverish tus ? Here some Mss.
and editions omit Metheg, and the form
would then be Kal. But the regular
Inf. Kal would be ^isncJib .
Hi PH. C'lin 1. to cause to possess,
to give possession of viny thing to any one,
with two ace. Judg. 11, 24. 2 Chr. 20, 11.
PoeL Job 13, 26 '^irj nijij '33'^-nni and
tnakest me to possess the sins of my youth,
i. e. still imputest them to me. With b
of pers. Ezra 9, 12.
2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to take possession of,
to seize tipon. a) With ace. of thing, e. g.
a land Num. 14, 24 ; a city Josh. 8, 7.
17, 12 ; a mountainous tract Judg. 1, 19.
b) With ace. of pers. to seize upon one's
possessions, to drive out of a possession,
to dispossess, to expel, Judg. 1,29 sq. 11,
23. Josh. .3, 10. Ps. 45, 3. al.' Often of
God as driving out the Canaanites, Ex.
34, 24. Num. 32, 21. 1 K. 14, 24. 2 K.
16, 3. al. Trop. also of things, Job 20,
15 God shall drive them out from his
belly, sc. the riches swallowed. Hence
3. to dispossess of wealth, to make
poor, 1 Sam. 2, 7. Comp. Niph.
4. to destroy. Num. 14, 12.
Deriv. ncn";, n;a-i'i , nan, tti'^iiQ,
najni-a, tiii-iTi, and pr. n. m. Xffinv or
^T?"!?!" f. a possession, Num. 24, 18.
JlTS'l'^ f. 1. a possession, Deut. 2, 5. 9.
Josh. 12, 6. 7. Judg. 21, 17. Ps. 61, 6.
2. inheritance, Jer. 32, 8.
pniO^ see pns7,
^^^^'P'? (whom God has set up, r.
Bra) Jesimiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.
* *?T 1- ' q- ^1^ ' to put, to place ;
hence rnsb'^x; Judg. 12, 3 Cheth.
2. Intrans. to be put. placed; comp.
^S- and i:is. Fut. Bb"''] Gen. 50, 26;
also Gen. 24, 33 Cheth. where in Keri
is Ct'ii'i Ilopii. of CTJ .
^^7^"! (for bx nnb": , warrior or sol-
dier of God, r. nnb,' see Gen. 32, 29)
Israel, pr. n. given by Jehovah to the
[lalriarch Jacob, see Gen. 32, 29. 35, 10;
but more frequently put for his pos-
terity, the peopleof Israel. Hence
1. For tlie whole people of Israel, the
twelve tribes, is put b!"b7 ''?2 the chil-
dren of Israel in the Pentat. Josh. Judg.
Sam. Kings and Chronicles; bx"ib7 ^"^
the house of Israel Ex. 16, 31. 40, 38;
also simpl. bx'nb^ Israel, the Israelites,
Ex. 5, 2. 9, 7. 11, 7; with sing. masc.
Josh. 4, 22. 7, 8. 1 ] . Am. 7, 1 1. 1 7 ; sing,
fern. Is. 19, 24. Jer. 3, 11; plur. masc.
Josh. 3. 17. 7, 25. Judg. 8, 27. So too in
the phrases bx'ib'^ ttjnps , 'i irrbx , i. e.
Jehovah ; ^xy^'^a in Israel, 1 Sam. 9, 9.
Judg. 11, 40.' Ruth 4, 7. Deut. 17, 4.
bi<-ib7 y^ the land of Israel, Palestine,
1 Sam. 13' 19. 2 K. 6, 23. Sometimes
the whole people is presented as one
person, Ex. 4, 22 Israel is my son. Num.
20, 14 ; and so Is. 41. 8. 42, 24. 43, 1. 15.
22. 28. 44, 1. 5 ; parall. SpJ"! . Emphat.
bx^iu^ is sometimes put for the true
Israelites (<U;^dJ$ 7ff^a7/>lrt John 1,48),
those distinguished for piety and virtue,
and worthy of the name, Is. 49, 3. Ps. 73,
1 ; comp. Rom. 9, 6 ov yuQ nuvtig oi i^
IaQur,X, ovxoi 'irrgnriX.
2. In consequence of the dissensions
between the ten tribes and Judah after
the death of Saul, these ten tribes,
among whom Ephraim took the lead, as
being the majority, took to themselves
this honourable name of the whole na-
tion, see 2 Sam. 2, 9. 10. 17. 28. 19, 40-
43. 1 K. 12, 1 ; and on their separation
after the death of Solomon into an inde-
pendent kingdom, founded by Jeroboam,
this name was adopted for the kingdom,
so that thenceforth the kings of the ten
tribes are called bxnb'i "^rbia , and the
descendants of David, who reigned over
Judah and Benjamin, nnsifr; "^rbi: . So
in the prophets of that period Judah and
Israel are put in opposition. Hos. 4. 15.
5, 3. 5. Am. 1, 1. 2. 6. Mic. 1. 5. Is. 5, 7.
al. Yet the kingdom of Judah was still
reckoned as a part of the people Israel;
as in Is. 8, 14 the two kingdoms are
called the tivo houses of Israel, comp. Is.
10, 20. And hence, after the destruction
of the kingdom at Samaria, the name
Israel began to be applied to the whole
surviving people ; so in Jer. Ezek. Ezra,
ffilD"'
430
ffi'
Nehemiah, see 2 Chr. 12, 1. 15, 17. 19,
8. 21, 2. 4. 23, 2. 24, 5.
The gentile n. is "^^X'jto': Israelite 2
Sam. 17, 25; fem. nibx'ji^"^ ^.ev. 24, 10.
^^TUT^n Jssachar, pr. n. of the fifth son
of Jacob by Leah, Gen. 30, 18. The
tribe of Issachar (la'-^"^ ^33) inhabited
the region adjacent to the sea of Gali-
lee, Josh. 19, 17 sq. corap. Gen. 49, 14.
Deut. 33, 18. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 22. The
name, as it now stands in the text, is
every where furnished with the vowels
belonging to the constant Keri 13'>^'?
i. e. bought with a reward or price, see
Gen. 30, 16. The fuller form in Chethibh
may be read in two ways, either "isb c;;
there is reward, or "3'w^'l ^^ "*?"? '^^'^
he brings reward, see Gen. 30, 18.
.?, with Makk. "TE^. (r, HTT^, as "ja
fixm MJ3) pr. TO (Ivai, being, existence;
then what is, what ea:ists, there is.
Hence
1. Implying existence, presence, etc.
there exists, there is; so Arab. ^j->i>
Syr. bl\ , Chald. 'n'^N q. v. a) Spec.
there exists ; Ps. 58, 12 fi-'-JSitJ c-^n'^S-ia;;
l^'nxs there is (exists) a God that judgeth
in the earth. Is. 44, 8 '''irba^ rtibx ;y]n
is (exists) there a God besides me 7
Ps. 14, 2. 2 Sam. 9, 1. Jer. 5, 1. Lam.
1, 12. b) Genr. there is, Fr. il y
a, Germ, es gibt, implying existence,
presence, readiness, etc. Ruth 3, 12 la^,
^VStXi DiiJ? bxJ there is (here) a kinsman
nearer ilian I. Judg. 19, 19 there is (USD)
both straw and provender, i. e. here,
ready. ] Sam. 21, 5 t^ x^ip cn^. Ecc.
1, 10. 2, 21. 7, 15. 8, 14. Prov. 13, 7. 18,
24. Hence comes in later Heb. the
phrase "lis TS|] there are (were) who,
twice or thrice repeated, for some, others,
others, Neh. 5, 2. 3. 4 D"i-iait nuJx t^
there were who said, i. e. some said.
Also n^n-i i;rs CD there was that it was,
repeated for ' it was (happened) some-
times,' i. q. ^3 ^n-jn, Num. 9, 20. 21.
Onk. '^'iM n-'St. c) With a note of
place added, Gen. 28, 16 nini t^_ -ax
nm D-ipssa. 24, 33. Num. 13,20. Judg.
4, 20. Job 6, 6 ; or a people, etc. in or
from which one is, Deut. 22, 17. 2 K.
2, 16. Ezra 10, 44.
2. Put directly for the subst. verb to
be, i. q. is, it is ; Judg. 6, 13 rtjn'i '6'}^
!i:h5 and Jehovah is with us. Gen. 23, 8
csuJESTX ia^ DX if it is in youT mind,
if it be your mind. For "^"7^ h'^h ^"^ see
in bit I. 2. Also with a suffix, which
then expresses the subject of the subst.
verb ; as T^^^^^ thou art Judg. 6, 36 ; nsTT'i
ye are Gen.' 24, 49 ; iita;; he (it) is Esth.
3, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 39. 23,' 23 ; with a note
of place Deut. 99, 14. So with a parti-
cip. Judg. 1. c. Gen. 24, 49 n-^iiir csa;; D
Ipn if ye are dealing kindly, if ye deal
kindly.
3. b CD there is to any one, he has,
genr. to have, i. q. ^ 7i'^r\ , see in rt^fi no.
3. bb. Syr. ^I^ iJ] id. Ruth 1, 12
Wpn ""b ^^ there is to me hope, / have
hope. Gen. 44. 20 ]p1 ax Vd;i we have
a father. 43, 7. 1 Chr. 29, 3. Job 25, 3.
Jer. 41, 8 ; so ib xi'2 "ii^.x-ba all whatso-
ever he had Gen. 39, 4. 5. 8. 2 K. 4, 13
Ti^'r.v]"^^. T|^ '?"]^ ^" ri h^si ihou to speak
to the king? So with the dative impl.
Job 33, 32 -pb^a t^ nx for 'p^^ r,b c;; tx
if thou hast words i. e. any thing to say.
Is. 43, 8. 2 Chr. 25, 9. Prov. 8, 21.
Note 1. It appears from the exam-
ples, that the subst. ^"2 corresponds, so
far as the common use of language is
concerned, to the substantive verb n^rt ,
viz. to those significations of it given in
Tvyri no. 3 ; in such a way indeed as of
itself to mark no distinction of number
or time, but more commonly implying
the present time. Thus in very many
examples it is put for is, plur. are, 2 K.
2, 16. Ezra 10, 44. Ps. 58, 12. Ecc. 8,
14 ; also Prget. was, were, Gen. 39, 4. 5. 8.
Num. 9, 20. 21. Neh. 5, 2. 3. 4 ; Fut. will
or shall be, Jer. 31, 6. So too in con-
ditional clauses, after CX Gen. 23, 8.
1 Sam. 14, 39; ^ib Num. 22, 29. Job
16,4.
Note 2. For ^1 S<b there is not, which
is found in Arabic and Aramaean con-
tracted into one word (jamJ , ui_^,
r-^b), the Hebrews employ '"^X, "("',
the various uses of which correspond to
those of ^1 ; see above, p. 43. Strictly
therefore a form t^ px is not admissi-
ble ; yet it is found twice, by a j)loonasm
of the Bubst. verb, 1 Sam. 21, 9. Ps. 135,
17 ; see in '{^ no. 2. b.
SB-
451
atf"
* ^^' , fut. 'S.tl, conv. ad?.1 ; inf aba.
aitb-J 1 Sum. 20, 5, once aid'jer. 42, 10;
conetr. rao, c. suff. 'Fiao ; Imp. ad,
nac ; Pnrl. rem. "='^1"' Nah. 3, 8, else-
where rairii'' , pad"' . For "nab Ps. 23,
6, 8ee Index.
1. to sit down, to seat otieself; kindr.
with as^ to set, to place ; intrans. to be
eet, placed. Aram, an*] , ^BJ id. The
Arab, verb v^aJj has the signification to
ait, only in the Himyaritic dialect ; see
the amusing story in Pococke Spec. Hist.
Arab. p. 15 ed. White ; but this sense
is Ibund in the common Arabic in the
subst. (.^U'a throne, couch, conscssus.
The verb is frequent in the sense to lie
in wait, to spring upon the prey, and
genr. in tiie sense of leaping, springing.
Construed : absol. Gen. 27, 19. Prov.
23, 1 ; with b of place Ps. 9, 5. 110, 1. Is.
47, 1. 1 K.2.'l9; c. dat. pleon. Gen. 21,
16 n^ aiini and sat dmcn/or herself, by
herself Also to be seated, to sit, to be
sitting, with 3 Gen. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 7, 1 ;
hy 1 K. 1, 35. 2 K. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 20,
24. Poet, with ace. of that on which
one sits, Ps. SO, 2 D'^aisn ad"^ who sitteth
upon the cherubim, i. e. upon a throne
borne by the cherubim. 99, 1. Is. 37, 16.
Impl. to sit up, Is. 52, 2.
Spec. ad"i to sit is spoken : a) Of
judges who sit to dispense justice, Is.
28,6 MSrsn b? ztr^ who sitteth at jtulg-
ment, at the judicial table (comp. b? ad"*
Bllbn to sit at meat 1 Sam. 20, 24), i. e'.
as a judge. Joel 4, 12. Mai. 3. 3. Hence
Orn raiy the seat of violence, i. e. of un-
just judgment. Am. 6, 3. b) Of kings
sitting either as judges Ps. 9. 5. 8 ; or
upon the throne. Germ, thronen, Ps. 61,
8. 55, 20. Is. 14. 13. Zech. 6. 13 ; comp.
Rev. 18. 7. Hence in Is. 10. 13 n-^a-rii
are kings sitting upon thrones. Of God
as king and judge of the world, to sit
enthroned for ever, Ps. 29. 10. 102, 13.
c) Of those who sit in ambush, to lie in
wait, to lurk, fully a-ix inb a'd;i Job 38,
40 ; with dat. of pers. Judg. 16, 9. Jer. 3,
2 ; absol. Pa. 10, 8. 17, 12. So ^. ,
see above ; comp. Gr. i.6xoq, Xoxtvta, Xo-
Xt^(>>, from Xiycj to sit down, Lat. insi-
dice. d) Of mourners, who sit upon
the ground Is. 3, 26. 47, 1. Job 2, 13 ; or
Bolitary Lam. 1, 1. 3, 28 ; or who are
said simply to sit, Ps. 137. ]. Neh. 1, 4.
Deut. 21, 23. Hence of a widow. Gen.
38, 11. Is. 47, 8. e) Of those who tit
still, who are quiet, idle, opp. to those
who go out to war or to hunt, Jer. 8, 14.
Is. 30. 7, Gen. 25, 27 o-ibinx adi-" sitting
in tents i. e. remaining at home, occu-
pied in domestic affairs. So xu&Tjfiat
Valckn. ad Hdot. 2. 86. f ) Of an army
which sits duxtm in a place, holds it, 1
Sam. 13, 16. Lat. 'sedere contra aliq.'
g) C5 ais^ to sit with any one, to have
intercourse, to associate with him, Ps.
26, 4. 5; comp. Ps. 1, 1. Jer. 15, 17. h)
The phrase to sit at the king^s right
hand see in yiy^ no. 1. bb. i) Further
atti^ is used also of things which else-
where are said to be set, put, placed,
comp. the primary idea above and also
Piel ; and where other languages em-
ploy either verbs o? standing, being laid,
(comp, lo;; , nyi ,) or like the Heb. those
of sitting, dwelling. Comp. aria site of
a city, 2 K. 2, 19; Chald. an^ to be situ-
ated, of a city, Targ. Is. 22, 1. Nah. 3, 1.
Eth. ifl^ id. So of thrones as set,
placed, Ps. 122, 5 risDD siaj;^ nad 13
aadabybr there are set thrones for judg-
ment, as the highest seat of justice. Ps.
125, 1 as Mount Zion, which cannot be
moved, ad;; Sbirb but is set fast/or ever.
Zech. 12, 6. 14, 10; comp. Jer. 30, IS.
Zech. 2, 8. This last example can also
be referred to no. 4 ; to which also some
interpreters refer all these passages.
But the idea of inhabiting does not suit
the most of them ; while they all admit
and even require the signif of being set,
placed. Hence inf. rad as subst. seal,
see in its order.
*
2. to remain, to abide, to tarry ; since
those who continue in a place sit down.
2 Sam. 10, 5 tarry (^ad) at Jericho until
your beards be grown. 1 Sam. 25, 13.
Gen. 24, 55. 29, 19. Num. 35, 25. Judg.
6, 18. al. With ace. of place, aa in no.
1 ; Ruth 2, 7 asa r>sn Pinad her tarry-
ing in the house is little. With dat.
pleon. Gen. 22, 5 no cab Jiad ahid^ ye
here. With dat. of pers. Hos. 3, 3 ""adn
"'b abide for me, i. e. remain true to me ;
also to stay for any one, to wait, Ex. 24,
y&
432
i'^n
14 ; absol. i;l. Num. 22. 19. Of things,
Gen. 49, 24 in'ii^ inixa arnn A/s ftoip
abides in strength^ remains strong.
3. to dwell, to dwell in, to inhabit, Gen.
13, 6. Ps. 133, 1. al. ssep. With 2 of
place, e. g. a land Gen. 13, 12. 45. 10.
Deut. 2, 10. 12. 20 ; a city Gen. 19, 29 ;
a house Deut. 19, 1 ; with b? as n^nx by
oil or m a land Lev. 25. 18. 19. Jer. 23,
8. Ez. 28, 25 ; also with bs at, by, Ez.
3, 15 ; b Judg. 5. 17 ; C5 Gen. 27, 44 ; r^^
with Gen. 34, 16 ; 'b "'3Bb before a teach-
er, master, i. e. with, 2 K. 4, 38. 6, 1 ; c.
ace. as n^a 2ffi^ Is. 44, 13. 42, 11. Poet.
Ps, 22, 4 bxnb-i n'fenn aiyi'' inhabiting
(dwelling among) the praises of Israel,
in the temple, where the praises of Is-
rael resound before thee. But 3d; c.
ace. is also to dwell at, by, near a place,
.to be neighbour, comp. "ii5 , "3d ; e. g.
in both senses Gen. 4. 20 tii^Xifi bnx nd""
tliose dwelling in tents and by (witii) the
flocks, i. e. nomades ; also Ez. 26, 17 fin.
n"'2dT> her neighbours, i. e. neighbour-
ing cities, nations. To dwell in the
house of God is to frequent his temple and
its worship Ps. 23. 6. 27. 4. 84, 5 ; comp.
"i^fS . Spoken often of God as dwelling
either in heaven Ps. 123, 4. 1 K. 8, 39.
43. 49 ; or the temple Ps. 9, 12. 2 Sam.
7, 6 ; so too of an idol Is. 44, 13 ; of
beasts Jer. 50, 39 ; and also of things,
as the ark 1 Sam. 7, 2 ; justice Is. 32,
16. Part. Sdi"" a dweller, inhabitant,
often as subst. as tbd^n; ^nd'^ Jer. 17,
25 ; b33 'i 51, 12 ; y'-nNr. 'i 10, 18 ; '<
ban Is. 18, 3. Ps. 33, 8.' Sing, often col-
lect 'i'' adi'^ inhabitants of Jerusalem
Is. 5, 3'; -(i-^TSd zty^ 9, 8 ; comp. 20, 6.
24, J 7. Jer. 48, 43. al. Also in fem.
r:;i3^ collect, for inhabitants Is. 12, 6.
Jer.'2l, 13. 48, 19. Mic. 1, 11 sq. See in
pa no. 5. p. 167.
4. Poet, also pass, or intrans. to be in-
habited, to be habitable, i. q. Hoph. with
which Kal often agrees in signif Comp.
bb; fut. bsi"^ . So too Gr. valm, espec.
vnitimo 0(1. 4. 404. Spoken of cities Jer.
17, 25 ; regions Joel 4. 20 Jndah shall
be inhabited for ever, opp. ' to be deso-
late' T. 19 ; Sept. nuToixri&i'iaETai, Vulg.
habitabitur. Zech. 7, 7. Often sd;' xb
to be uninhabited, not habitable, in the
description of desolate cities and regions,
e. g. Babylon Is. 13, 20 comp. parall. Jer.
50, 40 ; also Jer. 49, 18. 33. 50, 13. 39.
Of Tyre Ez. 29, 11 o foot of man or
beast shall pass through it, neilJier shall
it be inhabited (adn jib) forty years,
comp. Jer. 2, 6 and parall. Ez. 26, 20.
Of Askelon Zech. 9, 5 ; the cities of
Idumea Ez. 35, 9. Of regions Jer. 17, 6;
also of single houses Job 15. 28, where
Sept. oiKovq uoixriTovc. In all these pas-
sages the Sept. and Vulg. have the pass.
Kixxoixuadai, habitari ; while the Chald.
and Syr. mostly retain the active form,
which in those languages, as in Heb.
admits the passive or intransitive sense.
This signif therefore stands firm, al-
though denied by Hengstenberg, ad
Zech. 12, 6. Christol. II. p. 286.
NiPH. 2di: to be inhabited Ex. 16, 35.
Jer. 6, 8. Ez. 12, 20. 26, 17 D-'5?^p radij
inhabited from the seas i. e. frequented
by maritime nations. 38, 12.
PiEL causat. of Kal no. 1. i, to set, to
place, to pitch tents Ez. 25. 4.
HiPH. 2-<din, once c. suff. D-^n-izdin
Zech. 10. 6 for D"'Fiadin as in some Mss.
The writer prob. had in mind the similar
form D-'nia'^dn from r. ard.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to sit,
to seat, to set, 1 Sam. 2, 8. 1 K. 21, 9. 10.
12. Job 36, 7.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to
dwell or inhabit, Ps. 4, 9. 68, 7. 113, 8 ;
with two ace. Ps. 113, 9 ; 3 of place Gen.
47, 6. 2 K. 17, 6. Hos. 12, 10 ; b? Hos.
11, 11. Also to let dwell with oneself to
cohabit with, as a wife ; hence i. q. to
take to wife, to marry, Ezra 10, 2. 10. 14.
17. 18. Neh. 3, 27. Comp. Eth. AflJ-rtfl
id.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to be
inhabited. Ez. 36, 33. Is. 54, 3.
Hoph. 1. to be made to dwell, Is. 5,8.
2. to be inhabited. Is. 44, 26.
Deriv. nad, na-^d, adi'^, ad-itn, pr.
n. tn^adi'^, 'ri'^idii, aba iad;, ndj^ad;;,
and the two following.
n33 ^X"^ (sitting in the coneessus)
Josheb-baslishebeth, pr. n. of one of Da-
vid's chief officers. 2 Sam. 23, 8 ; in the
parall. passage 1 Chr. 11, 11 osadv
SJjniDI? (scat of one's father) JesJie-
beab, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13.
TC^ii'] (praising, r. nad) Jahbah, pr.
n. 1 Chr. 4, 17
sm"
433
^^
abS iaUJ;! (hia seat is at Nob) hhbo-
benob, pr. n. ni. 2 Sam. 21, 10 Clieth.
a:a '21D;> (my eat is at Nob) lah-
bi-benob, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Keri.
Onb '30;' (r. a<ti) Jaakubi-khem, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22.
DyilTD^ (to whom the people turneth)
Jashoheam, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 11. 27, 2.
p2t3^ (leaving, r. pai^) lahbak, pr. n.
of a SOD of Abraham by Keturah, Gen.
25,2.
riTD^a^ (forn'Ji;?a atitseat in hard-
ness) Joskbekashah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25,
4. 24.
i^^T "ot in use, pr. to stand, to
9land out. to stand upright, and hence to
be ; whence the noun tti|; being and
njttSin a setting upright, uprightness.
Corresponding are Sanscr. as to be,
Pers. (^waawJC , Lat. e*8e ; comp. Syr.
\ja\ , Arab. . -* . Comp. as to signifi-
cation "(^3 to stand, whence ijIj /o be.
Other traces of this root in Hebrew are
found in the pr. names nt^r, "^c*;".
aW^ (he turneth, r. aitJJ) Jashub, pr.
n. a) A son of Issachar, Num. 26, 24.
Hence patronym. "'atJS^ Num. I. c. b)
Ezra 10. 29.
nnHJ^ (even, level, r. nitu) Ishvah, pr.
B. of a son of Asher, Gen. 46, 17.
n^n'^iO'l' (whom Jehovah bows down,
r. nnr) Jeshohaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.
"^l? (i. q. n;J'') MtTi, pr. n. a) A
son of Asher. Gen. 46, 17. b) A son
of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 49.
yitUD pr. n. Jeshiia, contracted from
S^tb'^ri"] i. q. SOini Joshua q. v. common
in the later Hebrew ; whence Gr. '/jj-
1. Of men. a) Of Joshua the suc-
cessor of Moses, Neh. 8. 17. b) Of the
high priest of the same name, see Sini
noT2. Ezra 2, 2. 3. 2. Neh. 7, 7. c) 1
Chr. 24, 11. d) Three Levites, 2 Chr.
31, 15. Ezra 2. 40. 8, 33. Neh. 7. 43. 8,
7. 9, 4. 5. 10. 10. 12, 8. 24. e) Neh. 3,
19, comp. 7, 11. Ezra 2, 6.
2. Jeshua a city of Judah, Neh. 11, 26.
ft?','!' f (r. Sir;) with n parag. poet.
r\r\'sv&\ ps. 3, 3. sb, 3. Jbn. 2, 10.
37
1. deliverance, safety, salvation in a
temporal sense, Is. 56, 1. 59, 11. Ps. 14,
7. al. Ph. 3, 9 nnc-in n<r\-\ to Jehorah
belongeth deliverance, it comes from
him. ^rrsid'^ 'nSx God, my deliverer
Pr. 88. 2. n?iiy-'b 'Is n^n he is t6 me for
deliverance, is become my deliverer, Ex.
15, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 11. Ps. 118, 14. 21. So
of deliverance from guilt Job 13, 16.
Concr. a) a deliverer, Ps. 68. 20 bsn
sijnysiC'; . 62. 3. 7. Is. 33. 2. Plur. Ps. 4V,
12 and 43. 5 Ti'^Nl '':b rrit''^ my deliv-
erer and my God ; so too doubtless 42, 6.
b) delivered, rescued, (comp. nana Gen.
12, 2, and plur. risna Ps. 21, 7,j k 26,
18 ynx n':^-r3 ba ry^d"; we have not made
the earth delivered, i. e. we have not
delivered the earth, wrought deliver-
ance in it.
2. help, aid, espec. from God. Ps. 9, 15.
13,6. 20,6. 21, 6; fully "'^i ryiC7 Ex.
14; 13. Is. 26. 1 bni pn'rh r''d;i nr^ia'[
his help will God set aji walls and bul-
warks, i. e. Grod's help will be to us
instead of walls, etc. Hence, victory,
1 Sam. 14. 45. Is. 59, 17. Hab. 3. 8. Ps.
118, 15. Plur. victories, espec. those hy
which a people are delivered from dan-
ger through the divine aid, Ps. 18, 51.
44, 5. 74, 12. Comp. the root Hiph.
s 0.-
no. 2. Arab, ^uo^ help, also victory..
3. welfare, prosperity, happiness, Isl
51, 6. 60, 18. Job 30, 15.
' '^.^ obsol. root, Arab, tran^i.
(ji.ak. to be empty, spoken of a desert
and desolate region, also of a hungry
stomach. Conj. IV, to have an empty
stomach, to be hungry, LA^vI fasting.
Hence
'^T?!? m. emptiness, hunger, once Mic;
6, 14.
* '^'^T o"ly Hiph. a-'ia-in. to stretch
out. to extend, c. ace. et b Esth. 4, 11. 5,
2. 8, 4. Chald. otiSx, Syr. >-^lof id.
''T?? (perh. firm, strong, see r. ^'^'^) pr.
n. Jesse, the father of king David, who as
being of humble birth was often called
by his enemies in contempt "^OVI? ^he
son of Jesse, 1 Sam. 20, 27. 30. 31. 22, 7.
8. 2 Sam. 20, 1. 1 K. 12, 16. (1 Sam. 16,
1 sq.) The stem of ' Jesse, -poet for. tho
"X^^
434
family of David, Is. 11, 1 ; and the root
(sprout) of Jesse for the Messiah, id.
V. 10. Sept. 'haauL
tV^'iS") (whom Jehovah lendeth, r. fr^'j)
Ishiah, Ishyah, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 7. 3.
b) EzralO,3J. Aisoof several Levi tes.
fln'^'^'^ (id.) Ishiah, Jesiah. pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 12, 6.
n'!2''TE'j' f. (r. Br';) plur. m'^^-'C'i deso-
lations, ruins, destruction, Ps. 55, 16
Cheth. Comp. pr. n. nia-'UJ^n-r-^S p.
130. r.
'ji'521";' m. a waste, desert, Is. 43, 19.
20. Ps. 68, 8. 78, 40. 106, 14. al. R. ctH .
ID^W'^ m. (r. 'CSVS^)nnoldman, pr. one
grey-headed, only poetic. Job 12, 12.
15, 10. 29, 8. 32, 6. In the kindr. dia-
lects the corresponding word is j * 4 n ,
s
iiijujo, the letter '' being changed to
a rough palatal, see under lett. 3 .
lTilO'|i ^gQjj of an old man) Jeshishai.
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 14. R. rr^ .
* ^''^r J- <1- '^^'^ '^ *^ ^''"^ ^laste,
made desolate; hence fut. crn Gen. 47,
19. Ez. 12, 19. 19, 7. But this form can
be derived from C^d itself, as bj?]] from
bbf3, see Heb. Gramm. 66. n. I. 3.
piur. n:r"i5Ti Ez. 6, 6.
Deriv. htsi^'i , *|'i~"r'^ , pr. n. "li-a-'i ,
and
iC'QTlJ'^ (waste, desolation) Ishma, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3.
bsy^-O^ (whom God heareth. r. rr'r)
khmael. pr. n. a) The son of Abraham
by Hagar, the ancestor of many Arabian
tribes, Gen. 25. 12-18. Hence patronym.
^bxriari 1 Chr. 2, 17. 28, 3, plur. o"-'-,
Ishmaelites, Arabs descended from Jsh-
mael ; they are spoken of as carrying on
a traffic with Egypt, Gen. 37, 25. 27. 39,
1 ; and living a wandering life as noma-
des at the eastward of the Hebrews and
of Egypt as far as to the Persian gulf and
Assyria, i. e. Babylonia, Gen. 25, 18;
which Bame limits are elsewhere (I
Sam. 15, 7) assigned to the Amalek-
iles. Judg. 8, 24 comp. v. 22. Ps. 83, 7.
b) The murderer of Gedaliah, Jer. 40,
8. 14 sq. 41, 2 sq. c) Of several other
persons, 1 Chr. 8, 38. 2 Chr. 23, ]. Ezra
10. 22.
i^^?^^? (whom Jehovah heareth, r.
ST2C) Ishmaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 4.
l-^y'a'O;' (id.) Ishmaiah, pr. n. m.
1 Chr.' 27,' 19.
"iniaUJ^ (for n^"i^ir7, whom Jehovah
keepeth, r. i'?r) Ishmerai, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 8, 18.
*yi!^. 1 pers. '^TOQJ^ Job 3, 13; fat.
'it'^l, plur. ^yc-^ Prov. 4, 16; inf 'jTCJ'i
Ecc. 5, 11 ; pr. to be languid, weary.
Hence
1. Of persons, to fall asleep. Gen. 2. 21.
41, 5. Ps. 4, 9. Also to sleep, 1 K. 19, 5.
Prov. 4, 16. Ecc. 5, 11 ; of beasts Ez. 34,
25. Arab. Jv^j to begin to sleep, to
slumber, XjLm beginning of sleep. Vice
versa, the Arabs use the verb aLj of
sleep itself while the Hebrews denote
by it only slumber, see ni2. Coupled
with C!i3 in the phrase 'it"^"} xbi n^r sib
to neither slumber nor sleep, spoken of
an active soldier Is. 5. 27 ; of a sleepless
guardian Ps. 121, 4. To sleep is also
spoken poetically: a) Of the listless,
those who do nothing, whence uv^^uno-
^oififOK of God, Ps. 44, 24 why slef^pest
thou. Jehotah 1 78, 65. b) Of the dead,
Job 3. 13; more fully c. ace. nbirrja -(tti;-
Jer. 51, 39. 57, and n^rn -,0^7 Ps. 13, 4.
2. Of things, io be flaccid, fiabby, dry ;
hence to be old, not new, comp. bnj,
nbs:. So adj. "^"i, and
NiPH. ci'^a 1. ?o &crfrj/, spoken of old
grain of a former year, opp. to new or
of this year. Lev. 26, 10.
2. to be old, i. e. of leprosy, to be inve-
terate, Lev. 13, 11 ; of a person who has
dwelt long in a country, Deut. 4, 25.
PiEL causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to
sleep. Judg. 16, 19.
Deriv. njttJ , rjO , and the three here
following.
]tD^ adj. fem. "J^'], dry, i. e. ofd. not
new, spoken of grain of a former year
Lev^ 25, 22. Cant. 7, 14; of an old or
former gate Neh. 3, 6. 12, 39; of an old
pool Is. 22, 11. See r. "i^^ no. 2.
pD^ adj. fem. nsc^ , plur. constr. "^t"]
Dan.' 12, 2.
ir
435
JB^
1. Purt. and verbal adj. sleeping,
asleep, 1 Sam. 26, 7. Pe. 78, 65. Cutit. 7,
10 thy palcUe (i. e. ita moisture) is like
sweet wine flowing straight to my belov-
ed^ 0^3^^ TI^'^ ^5''''' gently stealing over
the lips of the sleepers, i. e. those sleepi ng
together. The Arnhian poets often thus
refer to the moisture of kisses, see Hug
ad Cant. p. 49. Doepke ad Cant. 4, 11.
p. 142. Trop. of death Dan. 12, 2. In
the manner of participles it serves to
form a periphrasis for the finite verb,
1 K. 3, 20 nid-j TjHBX thy handmaid was
sleeping, i. e. slept. Cant. 5, 2.
2. Jashcn. pr. n. m. 2 Sara, 23, 22 ; for
which 1 Chr. 11, 34ntt;n.
ro^ (old) Jeshanah. pr. n. of a city
in Ephraim or Samaria 2 Chr. 13, 19;
see Jos. Ant. 8. 11. 3. ib. 14. 15. 12.
""*?^ in Kal not used, Arab. >/ to
be broad, ample, spacious; trop. to be
rich, opident ; kindr. with Sn^j. See
Jauhari in A. Schultens Orig. Heb. T. I.
p. 20. To the Hebrews broad space,
wide room, is the emblem of liberty, de-
liverance from dangers and straits, coinp.
an^ , T^l'^ ; as on the other hand narrow-
ness of space, straits, is put for difficulty,
distress, danger, comp. "i^is , rrn^ . Hence
HiPH. S-'ffiin ; fut. ?"'CJS'', rarely with
n retained SittJin"; 1 Sam. 17, 47. Ps.
116, 6, apoc. Tty^, "ritji'sT , sujt Job 5, 15,
once c. sufT. csSTr"^ Is. 35, 4.
1. to deliver, to save, Sept. awjoi, with
ace. of pers. Ps. 3, 8 'S^'^iBin "^^ n^csip .
Is. 38, 20. Jer. 17, 14. "ah So a city
1 Sam. 23. 2. Is. 37, 35. . Often with '{q
of pers. /rom whom. Ps. 7, 2. 22,22. 109,
31 ; also n^ Ex. 14, 30. 2 K. 19, 9 ; t)?^
2 K. 16, 7 ; also "B of thing, as anriTS
Job 5, 15, WiU-Q 2 Sam. 22. 3. etc. Rare-
ly with a or n;;3 of perp. or thing by or
through whom,' 2 K. 14, 27. Ho.s. 1, 7.
The ace. being omitted. Is. .59, 1. Ps.
118, 25 X3"nS"<mn save now! whence
Gr. oHjavva. Part. S'^iUis a deliverer,
saviour, Sept. ijoixr,Q, Judg. 3, 9 15.
1 Sam. 10, 19. Is. 19, 20 ; of God as de-
livering, saving his people Is. 43. 11. 45,
15. 21. al. S-'UJ'i^ 'px'i and there is no
deliverer, no hope of safety, Deut. 22. 27.
2 Sam. 22, 42. Often coupled with b^^n
in a like signif. Ps. 6, 5. Jer. 15, 20. al.
2. to help, to aid, to succour, Sept
^ori&iui, with ace. of pere. E.x. 2, 17.
2 Sara. 2, 19 ; c. dat. Josh. 10, 6. 2 Sam.
10, 11. Absol. 2 Sam. 14,4 Tj^an ns-'3>in
help, O king ! 2 K. 6, 26. Often of God
as affording help, aid, c. ace. Ps. 12, 2.
28, 9. 76, 10, though these examples can
also be referred to no. 1 ; c. dat. Ps. 72,4.
86. 16. 116,6. Prov. 20, 22; of idols
Judg. 10, 14. Jer. 11, 12. Hence, as help
from God brings victory, i. q. to give vic-
tory, to let triumph, Deut. 20, 4. Josh.
22, 22. 2 Sam. 8, 6, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 14
nbina nsiiaSn i^ rdi'] and Jehovah gave
them a great victory, by which they
were delivered from their enemies. A
customary phrase is "^^1 "^h nsi^riin or
is'iT "'b nS'^llJin, my own hand or arm
hath helped me, i. e. by my own might,
my own valour, have I gotten the vic-
tory, sc. without the help of another,
Judg. 7, 2. Job 40, 9 [14] ; of God Ps.
44, 4. 98, 1. Is. 59. 16. 63, 5. But in a
different construction and sense, 1 Sam.
25, 26 r,b r^^r^ "^.'^^^ ' ^^P thyself with
thine own hand, i. e. to avenge thyself
privately, v. 33. Here ^2 ^^^ "^11 v-
33 is the accus. of instrument, which is
elsewhere coupled with this verb, Ps. 60,
7. 108. 7, comp. 17, 13 ; for which see
Heb. Gram. 135. 1. n. 3.
NiPH. 5i)i'"3 1. to be delivered, saved,
Ps. 80, 4. Is. 30, 15. Jer. 4, 14. Zech.
9, 9 ; with ",p of pers. Ps. 18, 4. Num.
10, 9; -{0 of thing Jer. 30, 7.
2. to be helped, succoured from God ;
and hence, to gain the victory, to triumph,
Ps. 33, 16 where the parall. member has
bss"^ , showing that the primary force of
rto'^ is every where preserved. Deut. 33,
29.' Is. 45, 17.
Deriv. the four here following, also
nsri"), rSytw-iis, the pr. names sruibi<,
yi?.? and yiS^ m. in pause a5v c.suff,
'SJffli . ?;ru;i Ps. 18, 36. once ?(tt5^. Ps. 85, 8.
1. broad place, wide room, freedom,
i. q. an-^ia , opp. to straits, see the root
Ps. 12. 6 S^il^a ^'"^'5< I will set him m a
wide place, at liberty, i. e. I will deliver
him ; comp. 18, 2. Hence
2. deliverance, help , with ace. of the
kindr. verb, Hab. 3, 13 Tjn-^aJia-rx 5J:;b
yti"
436
^W
for the deliverance of thine anointed.
So "'SttJ'^ "isiS my rock of deliverance,
through which I am secure from danger,
2 Sam. 22, 47. Ps. 95, 1 ; ^raS") "ill? id. Ps.
18, 3; '^'Spl "'^'X G'c/d of my deliverance,
i. 6. God my deliverer, my helper, Ps.
18, 47. 25, 5. 27, 9. Mic. 7, 7. Concr.
''SllS'i my deliverer, helper, Ps. 27, 1.
3. safety, tcelfare, prosperity, Job 5, 4.
11. Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61, 10; comp. 2 Chr.
6, 41.
''?^? (saving, salatary, r. 50:'^) Ishi,
pr. n.' m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 31. b) 5, 24.
c) 4, 20.
^T^^? (id.) Jesaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1
Chr. 3, 21. b) Ezra 8, 7. c) v. 19.
d) Neh. 11, 7.
^n^:?^ (help of Jehovah, r. yi^'i)
Isaiah, Sept. 'JIaai'ttg, Vulg. Isaias, pr. n.
a) The celebrated prophet who lived and
had great influence under the reigns of
Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah ;
see Is. 1, 1. 6, 1 sq. 7, 1 sq. 20, 1 sq.
22, 15 sq. c. 36-39. b) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 15.
c) 26, 25.
H^T obsol. root, kindr. with iisd to
smooth, to polish, and <^ES, gJuo, to
shine. Hence
T\tti1 (in some Mss. nSttJ;^) Ex. 28,
20. 39, 13. Ez. 28, 13, jasper, a precious
stone or gem of various colour, but
mostly green. Arab. t_&.MO, vuLmO,
T\^1t^ (perh. bald, r. nsti) Ishpah, pr.
n. 1 Chr. 8, 16.
}: (id.) Ishpan, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 22.
* IT?^ fut. -H^i-i, plur. 3 pers. nj'nffi';
1 Sam. 6, 12.
1. to be even, level, [which seems to
be the primary idea of this verb and its
derivatives. T.] Arab. f***-?. facilis,
lenis, prosper fuit. Metaph. of an even
mind, tranquil, composed, (comp. ri|itt5
Is. 38, 13.) opp. to inflated, proud. Hab.
2,4 iaiaiE? nnd;|i-Kb nbcs nin lo elated,
not tranquil is his soul within him.
Hence iii'; no. 2, i-ittJia, linaJ.
2. to be straight, right, espec. of a way,
kindr. with nax, and also ia)3, iS.
1 Sam. 6, 12 T^l'na ni-^Bn nj-^i^'i pr. and
the kine were straight in the way, i. e.
took the straight way; for the grammat,
form, see Heb. Gramm. 47. n. 3. Me-
taph. only in the phrase '^3''r2 "iffli it is
right in my eyes, i. e. is pleasing to rne,
I approve it. Num. 23, 27. Judg. 14, 3.
1 Sam. 18, 20. 1 K. 9, 12. Jer. 18, 4.
PiEL 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make
even, to level, to make plain, e. g. ways
Is. 40, 3. 45, 13 ; with hfor any one. So
God is said to make plain the ways of
any one, i. e. to give him success, pros-
perity, Prov. 3, 6. 11, 5, opp. ^EJ.
2. to make straight one's way, Prov.
9, 15 who make straight their ways i. e.
who go straight forwards, the upright.
psbb ne'i pr. to make straight to go,
i. e. to go straight forwards, to walk up-
rightly, Prov. 15, 21. Hence to direct^
to lead, e. g. an aqueduct 2 Chr. 32, 30;
poet, the thunder Job 37, 3.
3. to esteem as right, to approve, Ps.
119, 128.
PuAL pass, of Pi. no. 1. Part. 3fTr
*ie^a fattened, gold, i. e. drawn out into
plates, fitted, 1 K. 6, 35.
HiPH. "i"ittJ"'n, also -fUJin Ps. 5, 9 and
Is. 45, 2 Cheth.
1. to make even or level, to level, e. g.
a way Ps. 5, 9, uneven places Is. 45, 2
Cheth.
2. to make straight one's way ; ellipt.
Prov. 4, 25 let thine eye-lids 7,^53 ^niui';'^
make straight (their way) before thee,
i. e. look straight before thee.
Deriv. iiffi"'a, "'a. pr. n. ^'T"!<^, and
the six here following.
"IT^T f>-^\i- ^em. <T^'li'3 1. even, level,
plain, of a way Jer. 31, 9; hence T|'i'5
nnaj"; a plain way, not difficult i. e. pros-
perous Ezra 8, 21. Trap, nab ''n^'; plain-
minded, i. e. prompt, ready to do, c. inf.
et ^ 2 Chr. 29, 34. Comp. Arab. ^^
facilis, obsequiosus fuit. Conj. Ill, faci-
lem se prseboit alicui.
2. straight, right, Ez. 1, 7. 23. Job
33, 27 ^n-'isn !}; I hare made crooked
the straight, i. e. have acted perversely.^
Mic. 3, 9. So espec. of a way 1 Sam.
12, 23. Is. 26, 7. Jer. 31, 9. Ps. 107, 7.
Metaph. a) "^psa "i^^^ right in my eyes,
i. e. pleasing to me, what I approve.
Judg. 17. 6 every one did i''3"'?3 i^^jn
what was right in his own eyes, what he
pleased. Josh. 9, 25. Dcut. 12, 28 iwm
>^x6r>
437
ntv
nin" '^J'^JB i. e. what God approves. 1 K.
li, 33.' 38.' 2 K. 10, 30. ul. 2 Sam. 19, 7.
Raroly with "'38^ Prov. 14, 12. 16, 25.
b) iiprig-ht, righteous, just ; so of God,
Deut. 32, 4. Ps. 25, 8. 92, 16 ; of God's
judgments Ps. 1 19, 37. Neh. 9, 13 ; of the
divine word Ps. 19, 9. 33, 4. Of men,
id. 1 Sam. 29. 6. Job 1. 1. 8. 23, 7. Ps. 11.
7 ; ollen in plur. o"^"!!^"; the upright, t/ie
Hghleous, Job 4, 7. Ps. 49, 15. Ill, 1.
Prov. 2. 21. al. sipp. More fully 35 ^^^0';
Ps. 7, 11. 94. 15 ; oniaba c-inta-i Ps. 125,
4 ; also ^1^ iid'i Prov. 49, 27, ^nT 'nuJ^
Ps. 37, 14. So of a way of life, conduct,
Prov. 20, 11. 21. 8. Subst. ni^'i upright-
ness, integrity, Ps. 37. 37. Ill, 8. Hence
H^n -lED the book of the upright, ( Vulg.
liber jiistorum, Engl. Vers, the bonk of
Jasher.) a collection or anthology of an-
cient Heb. poems, twice quoted in the
O. T. Josh. 10, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 18 ; so
called as celebrating the praises of up-
right men, or perhaps for some other
cause; since the Orientals often derive
the titles of their books from words or
things having little connection with
the argument. See various conjectures
in Wolf Bibl. Hebr. II. 219.
*^^!] (uprightness) JesJier, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 18.
^tO"^ m. (r. ">0^) 1. evenness, smooth-
ness, righlness, of a way Prov. 2, 13. 4, 11.
2. Trop. a) equity, right, duty, what
is right and proper ; Prov. 11, 24 who is
more frugal '^t;''^ than is meet. With
sufT. iio'i what is right for him to do,
his duty, Job 33, 23. Prov. 14, 2. Also
what it is right to speak, right, upright-
ness, sincerity. Job 6, 25. Adv. rightly,
Ecc. 12, 10 nsx 'la'n -wi-^ ^nrsn and
the words of truth are rightly written,
i. e. consigned to this book, as is right,
b) Of persons, uprightness, integrity. 1
K. 9. 4. Ps. 25, 21. -iiri bs becitus^ of
vprightness, Prov. 17, 26. Often' with
a^ , anb . Deut. 9, 5. Ps. 119, 7. Job 33, 3.
nbsnO"! (right towards God. r. n^-i)
Jesharelah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25. 14.
nno;' or nnO';' r (r. ->'a';) constr.
tT5^7 . uprightness, integrity, 1 K. 3, 6.
^I'ltD'l' m. Jeshurun, a poetical nfime
for the people of Israel, apparently ex-
pressive of affection and tenderness, and
37*
occurring four times, Deut. 32, 15. 38, 5.
26, Is. 44, 2. The origin is doubtful ;
but prob. Tl'^d'J is a diminutive (of the
form "(1^=], ]^^11) from "ivi^ i. q. no^
(comp. cniia and cba) q. d. rectulus.jua-
tulxis, 'the good little people;' Aqu.
Symm. fvdvi;, Vulg. rectissimus et dilec-
tus. Others, as Grotius, whom I for-
merly followed, make it a diminutive
from the name bxnb':' itself for "(l^xya") ;
but a contraction of this sort is without
analogy.
* '^2**5'' obsol. root, kindr. OltJ , to be
white, hoary; hence to be grey-headed,
aged ; comp. na'^'J .
Deriv. d''ir;, pr. n. 'C-'t'^, and
^ m. an old man, pr. one grey-
headed, 2 Chr. 36, 17.
^1 Chald. i. q. Hebr. rx, a sign of
the accusative, c. suff. *iinri them Dan.
' ' !>T
3, 12.
* -t?^ Chald. i. q. Heb. air; 1. to sit
down, to sit. Dan. 7, 9. 10. 26.'
2. to dwell, Ezra 4. 17.
Aph. anin to cause to dwell, Ezra 4, 10.
~^r obsol. root, Arab. Jo. to drive
infirmly, to fix fast, e. g. a pin or stake
in the ground ; comp. J^b* . Hence
^T'^ constr. in"^ , plur. riTin'' , constr.
P1^n7 ; masc. Ez.' 15, 3 ; fem. Is. 22, 25.
Deut. 23. 14.
1. a peg. pin, nail, as driven into the
wall, Ez. 15, 3. Is. I. c. Spec, a tent-pin,
stake, driven into the earth to fasten the
tent, Ex. 27, 19. Judg. 4. 21. 22. Is. 33,
20. Judg. 16, 14 a-ixn -iVT) the pin of the
web or braid, with which it was fastened
to the wall, etc. Hence, to drive a peg,
to fasten a nail. sc. in the wall, is to the
Hebrews an image signifying to render
firm, stable, Is. 22. 23 ; for which also
simpl. in^ Ezra 9. 8, comp. ina v. 9.
The Arabs have also the same figure,
see Vit. Timuri, I. p. 134. 228. ed. Mang.
Further, a nail, peg. is put metaph.
for a prince, on whom the care and wel-
fare of the state depends, Zech. 10, 4 ;
where the same person is also called
nss corner stone, on whom the state is
founded.
2. a little spade, spatidu, paddle, Deut.
23. 14.
in'
438
^^'^ m. (r. cn^) an orphan, Ex. 22,
23. Job 6, 27. 3]' 17. al. Also of one
whose father only is dead, a father-
less child, Job 24, 9. With genit. Ps.
109, 12 ; so of a people Is. 9, 16. Jer.
49, 11. Hence tJie stranger, the orphan,
and the widow are named together as
forlorn and needing help from others,
Deut. 14, 29. 16, 11. 14. 24, 19. 20. 21.
26, 12. 13 ; so the widow and orphan
Ex. 22, 21.
"I^ri;i m. (r. l!in, after the form tApl)
a searching out, search, and meton. that
sought out, what is found by search,
Job 39, 8.
' 'Vt obsol. root. Arab. ^^3% , to beat
with a club, s,^S^ a club. Hence nm'F)
club, q. V.
^I'lp^ (pre-eminent, r. "iri^) Jattir, pr.
n. of a city in the mountains of Judah,
assigned to the priests, Josh. 15, 48. 21,
14. 1 Sam. 30, 27. 1 Chr. 6, 42. Perh.
the mod. ^,-ylfr ''Attir; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 194, 625.
1''FI^ Chald. (r. ^n;) 1. Adj. excel-
lent, pre-eminent, Dan. 2, 31. 5. 12. 14.
2. Adv. fern. I'^^Fi^j.rer^, exceedingly,
Dan. 3, 22. 7, 7. 19.
tbrr^ (hanging, high, r. T\\t\) Jithlah,
pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Dan,
.Josh. 19, 42.
nn^ obsol. root, Arab. *JCj and IxJ
Tto be lonely, bereaved. This signif of
loneliness seems to come from the idea
0? silence, so that this verb has affinity
with caty, dB-n, comp. in cbx no. 3.
Hence cir^ an orphan. The form cn'^s
Ps. 19, 14 is from Drn.
^'7^'? (orphanage, r. nn^) Ithmah, pr.
:ii. m. 1 Chr. 11,46.
"l^^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. ,.y3 to
be perennial, tojiow constantly, of water ;
III, to be assiduous, constant; ^^y3\l any
thing perennial, permanentj kindr.perh.
^*
is ^y^\ to stand. The primary idea
seems to be that of extending^ comp.
:)3n. Deriv. 'jn'^K.
^^"^PC- (whom God bestows, r. n:Fl)
Jathniel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 2.
1?^^ (bestowed, r. n:n) Ilhnan, pr. n.
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. ] 5,
23.
n^ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to hang
out over, to be redundant, see "in;; no. 1,
and "in*^^. Hence
2. to be abundant, to be more than
enough, see Hiph. no. 1, in^ no. 2 ; also
to have over and above, to gain, nXso-
vexTi(o, see "P"'?!'^, ini^ no. 1.
3. to be over and above, to be left, to
remain; see Hiph. no. 2, Niph. no. 1,
nn^ no. 3, nnn-; .
4. to exceed bounds ; and hence to be
very great, excellent, pre-eminent ; see
Niph. no. 3.
Part, "ini"', ri")ni'i, see in their order,
p. 392.
Hiph. -iinin. fut. TTiii, nnr, in pause
ini"!, conv. ir^i .
I- ' r- -
1. to cause to abound, to make abun-
dant, sc. a person in any thing, constr.
with ace. of pers. and 3 of thing. Deut.
28, 11. 30, 9.
2. to let remain, to leave, with ace. of
thing Ex. 10, 15. 16, 19. 20. Ruth 2, 18.
Ez. 12, 16 ; and b of pers. added Is. 1, 9.
Jer. 44, 7. Absol. in the phrase ' to eat
or drink, and leave,' sc. when satisfied,
Ruth 2, 14. 2 K. 4, 43. 44 ; also Ex. 36,
7. Ez. 6, 8. Ps. 79, 11 iin^^n '22 ^nin
let remain the sons of death, i. e. preserve
those appointed to die.
3. Intrans. to be more than others, to
excel; Gen. 49, 4 "inin"bx thou shall not
excel, i. e. shalt not be pre-eminent
among thy brethren according to thy
birthright. But"ninmayal.sobeHoph.
for ^nsin, as snin from rn;, ttnli for
nnr Prov. n, 25.
Niph. ^ni3 1. to remain, to be left
remaining, Gen. 44, 20. Neh. 6, 1 ; e. g.
after a slaugiiter or destruction of others
Num. 26, 65. Josh. 11, 11. 1 K. 17, 17.
Is. 1, 8. 30. 17. al. 6a>p. so ol" things Ex.
10. 15 ; with dat. of pers. added 1 Sam.
25, 34. With "^nnit after 1 K. 9, 21 ; -,0
of, out of any number, quantity, etc. 2
Sam. 13, 30. Zcch. 14, 16. Lev. 14, 29 ;
a in or of any thing Lev. 8, 32. 14, 18 ;
also with a in a like sense 2 Sam. 17, 12.
Part, inis, f. n-inis, thai which is left,
nr\''
459
the rest, remainder, remnant, Gen. 30,
36. Ex. 28, 10. 29, 34. Lev. 2, 3. 10. al.
eeep.
2. to remain, to be left, bc. after the
departure of otiiers. Gen. 32, 25 and
Jacob ("^nj?) vxLs left alone. So also
many intpp. Dun. 10, 13 DW Tl-inis >3Xn
and I remained there with the king of
. Persia ; but the context favours a refer-
ence to no. 3.
3. to be more than others, to excel ;
hence to get the victory, to be victorious.
Dan. 10, 13 ^oh-q bsx o'a Tinnij "'sxi
D'^B and I there obtained the victory with
the kings of Persia. Conip. Hiph. no. 3.
Syr. Ethpa. prwstans, excellens fuit.
Deri V. nn"> , n-im'i , >t>'' , nnia , nn-'a ,
and those here following.
"^^ m. c. suff. i^n"^ 1. a cord, rope,
pr. something hanging over, redundant,
see the root in*^ no. 1. Judff. 16, 7. 8.
9. So Arab. J> id. string of a bow, of
a lute, etc. Spec, a) Of the cords by
which a tent is fastened to the pins or
stakes ; metaph. Job 4, 21 na cnn"i SB3
their cord in them is torn away, their tent
is thrown down, i. e. they die ; comp. the
figure of a tent in v. 19, also Is. 38, 12.
b) The string of a bow, Ps. 11, 2. c) Of
a cord used as a rein or halter ; Job 30,
11 Cheth. nr.B iin*! heletteth loose (lets
go) his rein, or collect, they let loo.se
their rein, i. e. are unbridled, impudent.
Keri ^'in'^ they loosen my rein, i. e. the
rein which I have put upon them, the
reverence due to me.
2. abundance, Ps. 17, 14 ; comp. Ex.
23, 11. "iPi. bs abundantly, enough and
more, Ps. 31, 24. Adv. in^, abundant-
ly, exceedingly, Is. 56, 12. Dan. 8, 9.
3. remainder, residue, the rest, "in^
Wn the rest of the people Judg. 7, 6.
2 Sam. 10, 10; 'ttJ ^nan nn'^ the rest of
the acta of Solomon 1 K. 11, 41. 14, 19.
al. ssep. Spec, what is left after de-
struction, the remnant, residue, Deut. 3,
11. Josh. 12. 4. 13, 12. .Tob 22, 20. But
Joel 1, 4 nanxn nn-j thai which the lo-
cust hath left, his leavings. Ez. 23, 11.
4. Spoken of what exceeds bounds or
measure ; hence a) excellence, pre-
eminence, Prov. 17, 7. Concr. Gen. 49, 3.
b) Adv. more than, besides, i. q. "ini^ no.
2. c. Num. 31, 32.
5. Jether, pr. n. m. a) The father-
in-law of Moses, elsewhere l"iri'!, Ex. 4,
18. b) Judg. 8, 20. c) I CJir. 2, 32.
d) 4, 17. e) 7, 38, for which Tinn v. 37.
f ) 1 K. 2, 5, for which snn-] 2'Sam. 17,
26. Patronym. ''in'i 2 Sam. 23, 38.
8^'^P!' see iri no. 5. f
fT^^? f. i. q. "in'2 no. 2, abundance,
wealth, riches, Is. 15, 7. Jer, 48, 36.
"i"^^? (i. q. ll'in"?) Jethro, pr. n. of the
father-in-law of Moses, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 18.
Comp. "^rp^ no. 5. a, and aan.
linn;< m. (r. nn^) a word of the later
Hebrew.
1. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 2, 13.
7, 12 10, 10.
2. gain, profit, emolument, what one
has over and above, Ecc. 1, 3. 2, 11. 3, 9.
5, 8. 15. Syr. yiiZo^ gain.
'J'^ri^ see ''Ti'2 no. 5. e.
0'?"^^'? (residue of the people, r. '^H'j)
Ithream, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 3, 5. 1 Chr. 3, 3.
^'!}Tp see nnnr.
f^D^ (for n'lni pin, nail, r. in'i, so
Simonis) Jetlieth, pr. n. of an Edomitish
chief, Gen. 36, 40.
Caph, the eleventh letter oi the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
20. The name r|3 signifies the hollow
of the hand, palm, to which the ancient
figure of this letter prob. bore a resem-
blance.
It is a palatal of a middle character
as to roughness, and is therefore inter-
changed : a) With the softer 3, see p.
169; and even with '', as ni6;j and "i!C3,
comp. also ttjitb^ and ) > i ^ r> senex. b)
MO
.-(M
With the harder palatal p, see ~='^ and
Py.^ ; "=; and p^n ; ,=?) and "jpri ;' -ipa
and ir 2 ; and others almost innumerable
in the kindred dialects ; see Schult Clav.
Dialectorum p. 295. Scheid ad Cant.
Hiskiae p. 196. c) Less freq. it passes
over into the stronger gutturals n
Go, 6 o C
and S c , as iVn , tX-La*. , JJ^ a mole ;
133 and Tian >*jLs. Chaboras; V"?",
(jcjo cheese ; "i^B3. j-5^) 5-^) young
lion ; "ins and ins to surround.
?' before monosyllables and bary-
tones often 3 (Lehrg. 151, 1), c. suff.
era, ens. ens ; with the other persons
it takes the form i^3, i^iS, q. v.
A) Adv. of quality, abridged from 'S .
as '^^^? for "St , and the like ; see Heb.
Gramm. 100. 1.
1. Pr. demonstr. thus, so, in this man-
ner, Gr, w?. Hence repeated, 3 3 , as
so, where two things are compared.
Lev. 7, 7 C^^NS rxans as the sin-offer-
ing so the trespass-offering. Num. 15, 15.
Hos. 4, 9. 1 K. 22, 4. Is. 1, S. Some-
times (though rarely) inverted, so as;
Gr. a% W5. Gen. 44, 18 ri~iE3 :^i7:3
so thou, as Pharaoh. Ps. 139, 12.
According to the various modes of com-
parison, this particle may also be va-
riously rendered, e. g. as well as, Lev.
24, 16 all the congregation shall stoiie
him, ni]J<3 "153 as well the stranger
as the native. Deut. 1, 17. Ez. 18. 4.
Also how great, so great ; quantus, tan-
tus ; qualis, talis; offoc, roaog; o'log,
toloq ; 80 Josh. 14, 11 Tibr!! TX Tibs
fiTp how gjeat my strength then, so
great my strength now, or in Engl,
shorter, as so. 1 Sam. 30, 24. More
fully, -,33 Ps. 127, 4. Joel 2, 4 ; also
SI 3 Josh.' 14, 11. 1 Sam. 30, 24. Dan.
11, 29. Ez. 18, 4.
2. Relat. in what way, how, after the
verb sn^ (as elsewhere TfX Ruth 3, IS),
Ecc. 11, 5 OS thou knowest not what will
be the way of the wind, "^"2^ crsrs^
nx^T3 nor how the bones grow in the
teeming womb, so, etc.
3. Indef. in some way, in Bome mea-
sure ; hence, where numbers or mea-
sures of space and time are expressed
without strict exactness, about, nearly,
' Gr. cue (w? Ttivxi]xoria), wcjil, oaov. 1 K.
22, 6 UJ-'X risr ra^xs about four hun-
dred men. Ex. 12. 37. Ruth 2, 17 HB'^XS
Cli-'b about an ephah of barley. Num.
1 1, 31 Di^ m"!'!!^ about a dui/s jmimey.
Ruth 1, 4 n-^Dtb' -ibS3 about ten years
Gen. 38, 24. josh. 3, 4. al. sa>p. With a
rarely, 1 Sam. 14, 14. Also of a point
of time not exactly defined. Ex. 11, 4
^^i^^ ^^n? about midnight. 9, 18 rs3
ina about this time to-morroic. Dan. 9,
21 ris rn:^ nrs about the time of the
evening sacrifice. In all these exam-
ples, 3 may be taken adverbially, as is
here done ; and the subst. is then in the
accusative of time Avhen. But see in B.
no. 3.
B) Prep. 1. as, like, as if, denoting
resemblance of any kind, 1 Sam. 25. 36
'n^'?n ''^f}'^^2 ir-^aa nnuji:. Gen. 9, 3.
29, 20. Ps.' 1,3. Job 32, 19." Gen. 25, 25.
So of the form, appearance. Cant. 6, 6
thy teeth are n-'bnnri nnrs like a flock of
sheep. Judg. 8, 18. "Job 41, 10. Of mag-
nitude. Josh. 10, 2 for Gibeon was a
great city, n=b^i? "^ns rnx3 like one of
the royal cities, i. e. as great as one of
them. Of number, Gen. 22. 17 "'aa'iaS
ts-^rbn. 13. 16 -IE??. Also of time. Job
16, 5. Ps. 89, 37 brba ixDS his throne
shall endure like the stin, i. e. as long
as the sun shall shine, comp. 72, I7.
Of lot, fortune, comp. 3 n^n to be as, like,
to experience the same as, etc. p. 250,
col. 1. d; also 3 'iHS see in "jriJ . Ollen so
that the 'tertium comparationis' is sub-
joined, as Job 34. 7 who is like Job, who
drinketh in iniquity like water? Gen. 3,
5. Spec, to be noted are the following
idioms : a) A subst. preceded by 3
often denotes something like itself a
person or thing similar to that which the
noun denotes. Dan. 10, 18 cnx nxnrs
(an appearance) like the appearance of
a man, (something) like the human form.
Deut. 4, 32 \phether there hath been
mn binsn iris any thing like this
great thing? Gen. 41, 38 nT3 NS^rn
ttS'^X can we find a man like this man ?
i.e. such a man. Hence WS, n*N3,
may often be rendered such, Judg. 13,
23. Is. 66, 8 nbx3 nxn 'n pnts yrb "^a
who hath heard such a thing ? who
hath seen such things ? Job 16, 2 ; also
rs<T3 (what) is like this, i. e. the same.
441
in like mnnncr, Jiidg. 8, 8, 2 Chr. 31, 20.
HTSi PITS tluis atid thus, so and so, Judg.
18,'4. 1 k. 14, 5. njtT3i nXT3 id. 2 Sam.
17, 15. b) With verbs of likeness S is
put by pleonasm, e. g. S ^'^^? Ps. 49,
13. 21 ; as in Engl, to be made like as
a person, etc. c) For the article so
frequent after 3 of comparison, see
above under the art. "H no. 2. c. p. 239.
2. according to, after, Gr. kuju, im-
plying accordance and conformity with
some rule or model. Gen. 1, 26 wn'na'is
after our likeness. 4, 17 Tjisn isa ma 3
after the name of his son Enoch. Josh. 6,
15 mn ainJS? after this manner. 2 K.
1, 17 nin^ lans according to the word
of Jehovah. 1 Sam. 13, 14 123^3 ttJ-'X a
man after his own heart, such as is
pleasing to him. Ps. 7, 18 I will praise
Jehovah ip"i:t3 according to his right-
eousness. \. e. as his righteousness de-
mands. Zech. 2, in. Ex. 8, 9. 27. Josh.
1. 7. Jer. 17, 10. Prov.24, 12. al. Comp.
1^5 according to one's hand, i. e. bounty,
see 1^ no. 1. cc. In this signif also 3 is
followed in the apodosis by *|3; Gen. 6,
22 ncr -,3 oin'bx irk nj^ -lox b=3 .
3. From the adverbial use explained
above in A. 3, comes also the use of this
particle as a particle of time or space,
like Germ, lun, Engl, about, at, as in the
phrase, 'z</n. drey Uhr,' which means
not only about three o'clock, but also at
three o'clock. So n^t\t bi^ns i. q.
Ci*jbu bi^Pi yesterday and the day be-
fore, formerly, 1 Sam. 14, 21. 21, 6;
Ci'S to-day, at this time, now, see Di"*
no. 3. d. e ; ?i13 in a moment, at once,
Num. 16. 21 ; aJias in a little while Is.
26. 20. So too of space ; 1 Sam. 20, 3
Pisn yi;n 'ra rrss there is cw a step
(but a step) between me and death. Ps.
73, 2.
4. The notion oHikeness and compari-
son is retained by 3 in those places also
where the Heb. grammarians give it
the name of Caph veritatis (riP'QX 7\Z),
or also of Caph confirmationis et identi-
tatis (Wi^pn tp, Dsrn cjs). Here, al-
though no comparison is actually ex-
pressed, yet 3 is not redundant, but
implies a comparison with all other
things of the same kind; see Lehrg. p.
846. Heb. Gr. 151. 3. f. Neh. 7, 2 ^3
ncx diXD !in for he was as a faithful
man is and should be, i. e. he was what
is called a liiithful man. Ecc. 8, 1 "'0
osnna who is as tfie wise man? who is
such that he may be called wise ? who is
truly wise ? Is. 1, 7 cnt naonTSB niaiaaS
desolation like the overthrow of stran-
gers, truly such as enemies make. This
comparison is so far from weakening the
force of the expression, that on the con-
trary it strengthens it; riax "'XS 'as
only a faithful man can be,' most fiiithful,
hiii. quamfidissimiis ; W^")] naoniss'as
only foreign enemies can destroy,' the
utmost desolation ; comp. the Gr. d>g aXi}-
&(jj:, Passow Lex. in w? ; also oaov Viger.
ed. Hermann p. 563. So espec. in the
phrase MT'^S very few 1 Chr. 16, 19;
venj little Prov. 10. 20, comp. Gr. oaop
oliyov. 135133 T^^iy a very small rem-
nant Is. 1, 9. But very many examples
usually referred to Caph veritatis, be-
long rather to the Caph of resemblance
or similitude (B. 1), though with various
relations ; e. g. 3 Ti^f^ to be as any one,
to act like him; Ex. 22, 24 ib n^nn xb
n^lisa thou shah not be to him as an
usurer. Num. 11, 1 n""3:'xn"33 osn Tj-jn
yn and the people were as if complaining
of evil, complaining as if some evil had
happened to them. 1 Sam. 10, 27. Job
24, 14 3SaD ^n'j nb-]^?!! and by night is as
the thief, acts the thief Hos. 5, 10. 10,
4. Cant. 1, 7. So Lam. 1, 20 abroad the
sword bereaveth, n|;a3 r/iaa at home
there is as death, q. d. as it were death
itself, viz. famine and plague ; see no.
1. a. Is. 13, 6 xia; 'nra nius like a de-
stroying tempest from the Almighty shall
it come, i. e. suddenly, as tempests are
wont to come. Is. 1, 8 see in A. 1. la
Job 3, 5 '^:!''"iT33, the a is radical.
5. Prefixed to the Infinitive 3 is:
a) as, like, comp. no. 1, 2. Is. 5, 24.
Ironically, as if. Is. 10, 15 aad :i"'3n3
VB'i'iaTX as if the rod should brandish
him who lifteih it up. b) as. i. q. after,
when, as soon as, a particle of time,
(comp. no. 3.) where the time of two
actions is compared, like Gr. &>? for ijiii,
Passow in w? B. II. 5 ; comp. Ps. 89, 37.
38. in no. 1 above. Gen. 39, 18 ''Ta-'-ins
3''>!!! ^^lp us I lifted up my voice (i. e.
when, as soon as) . . . tfien he left, etc.
1 Sam. 5, 10 cn'^xn "'"^J' i<^-3 "'H^!
'iai IpS!!'^ as the ark of God came, then
442
52^5
ihey cried out, etc. 1 K. 1, 21. Also of
future time, in a conditional sentence,
Gen. 44, 30 n^ni . . . "'nx-bx ""xbD nnsi
nai . . . inix'is and it shall be as (when)
/ come to my father . . . and as (soon as)
he seeth . . . then he will die, etc. comp.
Deut. 16, 6. Jer. 25, 12. Strictly of both
time and condition in Is. 28, 20 rasn nsj?
CssnnD nns nDSanT ^t!'^'^'? shorter is
tlie bed than that one can stretch himself
and the covering is too narrow when
(if) he will icrap himself. In the same
eense 3 is prefixed also to verbal nouns.
2 Chr. 12, 1 'in;rm3 as his strength sc.
increaised. Is. 23, 5 "li! ^^i^S when the
report of Tyre sc. is heard. 30, 19.
Rarely in like manner before a partici-
ple, Gen. 38.29 in^ a-^TliTiS \"i';5, forin^ns
a'^TO^a, as lie drew back his hand. 40, 10.
C) Conjunct, rarely, where 3 is then
L q. "iCStS , and is put before a whole sen-
tence, as, like as. Is. 8, 23 'liirxnn rr3
'i5i T^a^r. ji'-inxni . . . "jibaT nrjnx bpn
like as the times of old have brought
despite upon the land of Zebulun . . . so
shall future times bring honour, etc. for
prn -iio3. 61, 11. For prepositions
thus converted into conjunctions by an-
nexing to them the relative conjunction
iiyx or "'S. (which also may be omitted
by ellipsis,) see Lehrgeb. p. 636. Heb.
Gr. 102. 1. c. Comp. also on the above
example Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 614.
Note. For the alleged ellipsis of
the prefix 3 after 3 , which many inter-
preters have unnecessarily assumed,
see Heb. Gramm. 116. note.
? Chald. i. q. Heb. B. 1, like, as, Dan.
7, 4. 6. 9. 13 ; as. as if, as it were, Dan.
6, 1. nans i. q. Hebr. PXT3 o.? this, \. e.
80, thus, see in "I'n p. 230; such Dan. 2,
10. For ''73 i. q. T3S3 , as, when, see '^'n .
V
'ytC'H^^ (Aram. ''13, ,j) pr. as who^
as one who, Job 29, 25 ; but varying
according to the different significations
of each particle.
1. according to what, i.e. a) accord-
ing as, as much as, Gen. 34, 12 and I
will give ''hi< ^"'csn "tlJS? according as
ye shall say to me. 1 Sam. 2, 16. b) ac-
cording to what manner, as, like as, i. q.
S A. 2, not prefixed to single words, but
to whole sentences only; Gen. 7. 9 "lixs
CtT^X irk nis as God had commanded
him. 34, 22. Is. 9, 2. 1 K. 8, 57 ; also
before an imperfect or elliptical sen-
tence. Josh. 8, 6 they flee before tcs it'S3
njiuxna as at the first, c) because, pr.
in accordance therewith that. Num. 27,
14 'B DH'^'iTa "itiJNS because ye rebelled
against my commandment. 1 Sam. 23,
18. 2 K. 17, 26. Mic. 3, 4. Compare
the corresponding usage of the prefix 3
in phrases like ^p"]:i3. d) Very often
"'^i^.? is followed by a corresponding "j?,
e. g'. -,3 nrsS, as so. Num. 2, 17. Is.
31, 4 ; even as so, Judg. 1, 7 ; in what
manner so, i. q. the more the more,
Ex. 1, 12. Is. 52, 14. 15. Hos. 4, 7.
So where there is a double protasis,
',3 -,m3 ndx3 Is. 10, 10. 11.
2. as if, as though, comp. "nv;i< B. 4.
Job 10, 19 n;;ni< "^n-i^n xb n^rxs J should
be as though I had never been. Is. 29, 8.
Zech. 10, 6.
3. Of time, as, so as, i. q. 3 before an
infin. (comp. 3 B. 5. b.) i. e. after, when,
as soon as. With prset. Ex. 32, 19 '^I'^l
3^13 "11IJN3 and as soon as he came nigh
to the camp. Gen. 18, 33. 1 Sam. 8, 6.
Ex. 17, 11. Ps. 51, 2. Jer. 39, 4. al. Esth.
4; 16 ^^l^i< "^''75'* ~'^.>?3 tchen I perish,
J perish, the language of despair. Gen.
43, 14. Before a future it acquires a
conditional power ; Ecc. 4, 17 wheii (if)
thou goest to the house jf God. 5. 3 when
tJwu Towest a vow, i. e. if thou dost vow.
Gen. 27, 40. Hos. 7, 12 ; so the verb
being impl. Is. 23, 5.
* ^r^^ (see Syr. and Arab.) fut
3X3 ';i to have pain, to be sore, Gen. 34, 25.
Trop. of the mind, to grieve, to be sad,
Prov. 14, 13. Ps. 68, 30. By hyperb.
pain is attributed to a dead body, with
b? of cause. Job 14, 22; comp. Is. 66. 24.
Judith 16, 7. Chald. 3N3, Syr. ^U to
be in pain, to be sad, Arab. v^aaJ to be
sad.
Hi PH. 1. to cause pain, to wound, to
make sad. Job 5, 18. Ez. 28, 24 ; ace. of
pers. Ez. 13, 22.
2. to afflict, i. e. to mar. to destroy. 2
K.3, igs-'Jaxa laxrn r\r^:ir\ n;rbnn bbj
and every good field ye shall mar icilh
stones, by casting stones upon it so as to
render it sterile, Sept. ti/()na'mttif, comp.
Is. 5, 2. Job 5, 23 ; by a similar figure,
::i<D
443
"02
land lefl untilled is said to die Gen. 47,
19 ; and vinee destroyed by the hail are
poi'tiriilly said to be killed Ps. 78, 47.
Siinonis regards ISxan as by Syriasm
for ^3"'23n, from r. 325, Syr. %ij^, to
harm, comp. Dxa^ for 0;7 Job 7, 5 ; but
this is unnecessary.
Deriv. aixs^ and
1^3 n\. (Tsere impure) constr. 3S3
Is. 65, 14, pain of body Job 2, 13. 16, 6 ;
so of calamity, adversity, Jer. 15, 18. Ps.
39, 3. Also of mind, gri^f. Is. 17, 11 ;
with ab added Is. 65, 14.
niJS in Kal not used, to chide
harshly^ to upbraid, like Syr. ]]^ ; then
intrans. to become dejected, desponding,
to be sad; comp. nns to rebuke, ff^
to be faint-hearted, :fL5 to be sad, *S Xo
terrify, to restrain, intrans. mid. E to
be timid, faint-hearted. The primary
idea lies perhaps in smiting, comp. X23 ;
whence intrans. and pass, to be cast
down, dejected, so that Niph. nxa: is i. q.
K=?
Hi PH. to affiict, to make sad, inf Ez.
13, 22 nb nisrn -(r^.
Niph. to he dejected, desponding, hum-
ble, Ps. 109, 16. Dan. 11, 30. The form
IXS3 Job 30, 8 is Niph. of S33. Hence
nS3 m. dejected, sad, unhappy. Plur.
ti''X3 Ps. 10, 10 Keri. But the Cheth.
is to be preferred, see nsbn.
T03 see after 3, p. 442.
* ^?3 obsol. root ; Arab. .^_>5^ Eth.
Kina, to roll up; Hin-n bail, globe ;
Syr. I nni something rolled up, a ball.
Hence "pas , 33'^3 star, pr. globule.
* "23 Is. 24, 20 and "?5 Judg. 20,
34, fut. naa": .
1. to be heavy ; Eth. KldX id. In
Arabic and Syr. traces only of this signif.
remain ; as Juj to be burdensome, trou-
blesome, as cold, |~is^| to be indignant,
angry. Spoken pr. of weight Job 6, 3 ;
then trop. of any heavy guilt Gen. 18,
20 ; comp. in ir . With by to be heavy
upon any one, as a victorious power,
which depresses and crushes an enemy,
Judg. 1, 35 ; so of the punitive hand of
God Ps. 32, 4. 1 Sam. 5, 11, comp. also
Job 23, 2 ; of sin Is. 24, 20, comp. Pb.
38, 5. Hence to be burdensome, griev-
ous, to any one, Nch. 5, 18. Ex. 5. 9. 2
Sam. 13. 25 rphs 1333 1ji and let ug
not be burilensonm unto thee. 14, 26. Job
33, 7. With bx for b? 1 Sam. 5, 6.
Usually trop. as in the following uenses :
2. to be heavy in the sense o^ abun-
dance, i. q. to be great, abundant, to be
rich in any thing, with 31. Gen. 13, 2 and
Abraham nspaa "ix^a nrs was very rich
in cattle. See Niph. no. 1, 1133 no. 1.
3. to be great in number, to be many /
see Hithpa. no. 1, adj. 133 no. 2, and
133 no. 2.
4. to be heavy, i. e. vehement, sore, as
a battle Judg. 20, 34 ; with bs. 1 Sam.
31, 3. Comp. 133 no. 3, adj. 133 no. 3.
5. Of things as not easily moved, to
be heavy, i. q. to be dull, slow, sluggish^
e. g. of the senses, as the eyes Gen. 48^
10 ; the ears Is. 59, 1. AIo of the mind
or heart, to be dull, stupid, hardened,
Ex. 9, 7. Comp. Piel no. 1, Hiph. no. 3,
adj. 133 no. 4.
6. to be weighty, honoured, comp. Gr,
^aqvg, Ez. 27, 25. Job 14, 21. Of God,
to be honoured, glorified, Is. 66, 5. This
signif is more freq. in Piel no. 2 ; see
Hiph. Niph. Hithp.
Piel 133 1 . Causat. of Kal no. 5, to
harden the heart 1 Sam. 6, 3.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to
do honour or reverence to any one ; spo-
ken : a) Of men, Ex. 20, 12 TSJ i23
TjBXTXI "('SX honour thy father and thy
mother.'Dent. 5, 16. Num. 22. 17. 37.
1 Sam. 2, 29. Lam, 1, 8. 1 Sam. 2, 30 "3
123X "^l^riD for them that honour me I
will honimr. Ps. 15, 4. 91, 15. b) Of
God, 1 Sam. 2, 30. Prov. 14. 31 ; and
hence often i. q. to glorify, to praise, Ps.
22, 24. 50, 15. 23. Is. 24, 15 ; elsewhere
also to honour with oblations, c. '"O Prov.
3, 9 ; a Dan. 11, 38 (of idols) ; with two
ace. Is". 43, 23. So nin^ CTi 133 Ps. 86,
12 ; '"^ neb V. 9. Poet, the beasts also
are said to praise God Is. 43, 20. c)
Of things, e. g. the sabbath Is. 58, 13 ; a
sacred place 60, 13 ; of the olive, Judg,
9, 9 should I leave my fatness, which in
me both God and men do honour ?
PcAL 133 to be honoured, Prov. 13, 18.
27, 18. Is. 58, 13.
ns
444
D!}
HiPH. 1. to make heavy, e. g. a yoke
1 K. 12, 10. Is. 47, 6 ; a chain Lam. 3, 7.
Ellipt. Neh. 5, 15 the former governors
crn bs siT^aDn, ec. bs, Aad made heavy
the yoke ?/;)o?i the people, had heavily
oppressed them.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, fo maA-e a^wn-
tZanf, to heap up, Hab. 2, 6. Comp.
Niph. no. 1.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to make heavy,
dull, e. g. the ears Is. 6, 10. Zech. 7, 11 ;
to harden the heart Ex. 9, 34.
4. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to
cause to be honoured, Is. 8, 23 [9. 1]. Jer.
30, 19. Also, to acquire honour, renown,
for oneself, 2 Chr. 25, 19.
Niph. isr3, Part. plur. Q'^'na^: Dag.
cuphon. Prov. 8, 24. Is. 23, 8. 9. Nah.
3, 10 ; but with grave suff. cni'32=3 Pe.
149, 8.
1. to he heavy, from abundance, i. e. to
abonnd, to be rich in any thing, comp.
Kal no. 2. Prov. 8, 24 n'^a "I'nsrs nirsa
fountains abounding in water.
2. Pass, of Piel no. 2, and Hiph, no. 4,
to be honoured, to be held in honour, to
enjoy honour, Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam. 6, 20.
22. 1 Sam. 22, 14. Is. 49, 5 ^rra "i33x
^"^ yet am I honoured in the eyes of Jeho-
vah. 43, 4. 2 K. 14, 10 r\Tp^ niri nasn
enjoy the honour and abide at home.'
Part. 1233 hrmoured. honourable, distin-
guished, kxim. 22, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19. 23.
1 Chr. 4, 9. Is. 3, 5. 23. 8. 9 (opp. h'^T}),
comp. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 149, 8 ; so of the
name of God as honoured, glorious, Dent.
28, 58. Plur. fem. riinzrj glorious things,
promises, Ps. 87, 3.
3. Reflex, like Hithp. to get honour to
rmeself to show oneself gr-eat and glori-
ous, Lev. 10, 3. Is. 26, 15. Ez. 28, 22.
Hagg. 1. 8 ; with a in or by any one
Ex. 14, 4. ]7. 18.
Hithp. 1. to make oneself many, to
multiply oneself, see Kal no. 3. Nah. 3,
15.
2. to honour oneself, to glory, to boast,
Prov. 12, 9.
Derlv. 133 ri"J33, 1133, ITn^SS.
'T?? constr. 133 Ex. 4, 10, and 133 Is,
1,4.
A) Adj. 1. heavy, e. g. a load Ps.
38, 5; a yoke 1 K. 12, 4. 11 ; an old
man of large frame 1 Sam. 4, 18 ; of a
cloud charged with rain Ex. 19, 16 ; a
rock, i. e. great Is. 32, 2. In a bad sense,
heavy, i.e. oppressive, grievous, sore, e. g.
a murrain, Ex. 9, 3 ; locusts and flies
Ex. 8, 20. 10, 14 ; hail 9, 18. 24 ; famine
Gen. 12, 10. 41, 31. 43, 1. 47, 13. Trop
of sin Ps. 38, 5 ; hence Is. 1, 4 a people
"jlS *T33 heavy with iniquity, i. e. la-
den with heavy sin. Also burdensome.,
troublesome, Prov. 27, 3 ; comp. Ecclus.
22, 17.
2. much, many, great, (comp. ' graves
pavonum greges ' Varro ap. Non. 4. no.
218.) spoken of an army Num. 20, 20.
Is. 36, 2 ; a retinue 1 K. 10, 2. Gen. 50,
9 ; flocks Ex. 12, 38.
3. great, vehement, sore, see the root
Kal no. 4 ; e.g. lamentation Gen. 50, 10.
4. Of things as not easily moved,
heavy, i. e. dull, slow, sluggish ; so of
the speech and tongue Ex. 4, 10 ; of the
heart, hard, Ex. 7, 14.
5. difficult, hard, .sc. to be done, as a
business Ex. 18, 8. Num. 11. 14; hard
to be understood, as a language Ez. 3,
5. 6. Comp. Germ, schwer, schwierig.
So* So
B) Subst. the liver, Arab. JuJ, OJS,
ScXa5, as being the heaviest of the vis-
cera, both in weight and importance ;
Prov. 7. 23. Ez. 21, 26 [21]. Lev. 3, 4.
10. Lam. 2. 11 "^nrs ^-isb r,Ba2 my liver
is poured out upon the ground, hyperbol.
expression for the severest mental suf-
fering ; comp. Job 16, 13.
"ihS see in 1133 and rTn!i33 ,
133 1. heaviness, weight, Prov. 27, 3.
2. a great number, nmltitude, Nah.
3, 3.
3. vehemence, violence, e. g. of fire. Is.
30, 27 ; of war Is. 21, 15. See r. 133
no. 4.
n^ISS f. heaviness, difficulty, Ex. 14,
25. R. 133.
* nl3 fut. nsai , to go out, to be
quenched, pr. of fire Lev. 6, 5. 6. Prov.
26, 20 ; of a light 1 Sam. 3, 3. Prov. 31,
18. Metaph. of the anger of God 2 K.
22, 17. Jer. 7, 20 ; o^ enemies who pe-
rish. Is. 43, 17 like a wick are they
qxienched. Arab. Laj to cover with
ashes, not wholly to extinguish ; but
*CD
445
t3ll
Lx*. to extinguish. The primary no-
tion is tluif iA\-m-e>ing over, concealing ;
comp. Stan , nsn .
PiKL to piU out, to queHch, e. g. fire Is. 1,
31,ahjfht2Chr.29,7. Is. 42, 3. Metaph.
anger Jer. 4. 4. 21. 12 ; love Cant. 8, 7.
So 2 Slim. 21. 17 bx-i^i i3-p!< naan v^bi
that thou quench not the. light of Iiircmt,
i. e. iesl thou, the light of the nation,
perish. Comp. 2 Sam.U, 7, and art. rbna.
TiSS^ defect. "3? twice Gen. 31, 1.
Nah. 2, 10; c. sutf. -"liSS, ^T^^,, rarely
defect, ^nss Ex. 29, 43. 33, 22 ; m. but
^m. Gen. 49, 6 ; pr. weight, but always
.rop. R. 132 .
1. abundance. .viAstance, riches, wealth,
Nah. 2, 10. Ps.49, 17. I8. 10, 3. Gen. 31,
1. al. See r. n=3 no. 2.
2. honour, glory, Sept. 5dS, see the
root no. 6. a) Of men, 1 K. 3, 13 naJS
TisS C5 riches and honour. Ecc. 6, 2.
Prov. 8^ 18. 2 Chr. 1, 11. 12. Prov.20, 3
2''n'a nao ^"'xb Tia3 it is lionourfor a
man to cease from strife. 11, 16. Ps. 8, 6.
Job 19, 9. 1 Sam. 4, 21 of the ark.
Prov. 25. 27 to eat much honey is not
good, TiaS CTias ^.p.ni and the search-
ing out of their honour is not honour, i. e.
to seek one's own honour is not honour,
the negat. being repeated from the pre-
ced. member. Or it may be so divided :
ii33l3 TiaS li^n the searching out of
honour is withoid honour ; comp. for *(ia
Is. 14, 19. Job 11, 15. 21, 9. See The-
saur. p. 515. b) Of God, Ps. 19, 2
^x nizs n-i-iSCTa ciiiaTSn tlie heavens de-
clare the glory of God. 29, 1. Is. 42, 8.
48, 11. al. liasn ~bo the King of glory
Ps. 24, 7. 8. 9. To give or render ho-
nour to any one is : \ Ti23 ^rj , as to
men Prov. 26, 8, to God 1 Sam. 6, 5.
Ps. 1 15. 1 ; b nias ei J , to God Is. 42, 12 ;
h '3 an^ to^God'Ps. 29. 1. 9. 1 Chr. 16,
28 ; \ '3 rvqs to do honour to 2 Chr.
32, 23. 33. comp. Is. 14, 18. Conor.
aa) God is called 'X'^''^'? "i'ia3 tlie glory
of Israel, i. e. in whom Israel should
glory, Jer. 2, 11. Ps.106,20; genr.'sTiaiS
the glory of any one, i. e. who restores
and protects his honour. Ps. 3, 4. 57. 9.
bb) Also bxn-:;"^ TiaD collect, the glory
of Israel, the nobility, nobles, Is. 5, 13
(opp. isi^n). 17. 3. 4. Mic. 1, 15. So too
the nobles of Assyria Is. 8, 7. 10, 16 ; of
38
Moab Is, 16, 14; comp. also Is. 23,23.
24. cc) B niaS the honour, gloi-y, of
any one, poet. Ibr tlie spirit, the heart,
as the noblest part of man, Gen. 49, 6
where it is joined with a fern, like 1^03.
Ps. 7, 6 (parall. tt\ , D-^'n , ab Ps. 16, 9).
16, 3. 30, 13. 57, 9.' 108,' 2. Comp. Gr.
qillov r,ioif. Some here assign to TiaS
the signif. of liver, i. q. "las ; but the
liver is never (like the heart and reins)
assumed as the seat of the mind and
affections. Adv. tcith honour, glorious-
ly, Ps. 73, 24 ; comp. 149, 5.
3. splendour, gloiy, majesty. Gen. 45,
13 and ye shall tell my father "bSTftj
C^^STsa "'"lias of all my glory (splendour)
in Egypt. Is. 4, 5. 11, 10. 22, 18. niaa X33
a throne of glory 1 Sara.li. 8. Jer. 14, 21.
17, 12. V'=?^ '"'-3 '/^ glory (f Leba-
non, its magnificence, beauty, Is. 35, 2.
60, 13. h niaab n^n to be for glory (ho-
nour) to any one. Is. 4. 2 ; comp. Zecii. 2,
9. Espec. njn'j niaS the glory, majesty,
of Jehovah, Sept. 8u^a Kvfjcov, Is. .59, 19.
60, 1 ; pr. that^ry effulgence surround-
ed with dark clouds in which Jehovah is
represented as appearing, or Jehovah
himself as surrounded by this effulgence
(from which lightnings proceed Lev. 9,
23. Num. 16, 35. Ps. 18, 13), such as he.
manifested himself at Sinai to Moses;
and the people, Ex. 16, 7. 10. 24, 16;
comp. V. 17. 33, 18. Lev. 9. 6. 23 ; or ap-
peared in the tabernacle Ex. 40, 34; or-
in the temple 1 K. 8, 11. 2 Chr. 7, 1,
comp. Ez. 43, 2. 5. 44, 4 ; or was seen in'
prophetic visions Is. 6, 3. Ez. 1, 28. 3, 12..
23. 8, 4. 10, 4. 18 ; comp. in N. T. 86la'
Ki'Qiov Luke 2, 9. 9, 11 . Acts 22, 1 1. To
this corresponds the npatd Shekinah of
the later Jews, Buxtorf Lex. Chald. h. v.
God appears too in glory to punish
transgressors Lev. 10, 2 ; and sinners are
said to provoke i^ia3 "^a'^s the eyes ofhia-
glory, i. e. of him as thus appearing iQ'
his glory for their punishment^ Is, 3, 8.
n'1^13 f for iTnas, from a masc. 133,
after the form onx , nsix ., R. laa.
1. Adj. fem. splendid, magnificent,
e. g. a bed Ez. 23, 41 ; the attire of a
queen Ps. 45, 14.
2. Suhst. precioics things, icealth, Jtidg.
18,21; i. q. lias no..l, comp. Is. 10, 3^
Gen. 31, 1.
1S5
446
133
b^n3 (r. h'z'3) Cabnl, pr. n. a) A city
in the tribe of Asher Josh. 19, 27. It
seems to correspond to the viUage A'-
/5wA(u mentioned by Josephus de Vit. s.
43. 44. B. J. 3. 3. 1. Comp. Reland. Falsest,
p. 668. A fortress Jol^'/iatu/ is men-
tioned by Arabian writers in the district
of Safed ; see Rosenm. Analecta Arab.
III. p. 20.
b) A district of Galilee comprising
twenty cities and towns, given by Solo-
mon to Hiram king of Tyre. 1 K. 9, 13;
so called by the latter in token of dis-
satisfaction, comp. V. 12. Josephus says,
prob. by conjecture from the context.
Ant. 8. 5. 3: fif&fQfir^v^vu^ivov yuq to
Xu^tikmy xTM <l>oivUon' ylCniav o r x
ngiaxov arifiulvn. The LXX have
oqiov border, as if bl-S i. q. bi;a, and so
Bochart ; but this neglects the context.
Hiller, in Onomast. V. T. p. 435, takes
iii33 for bisrjS part. pass, of ^^n , ' as
something exhaled, as nothing.' Some-
thing like this was perhaps present to
the mind of the sacred writer ; though
the reading of the Sept. is in itself the
more natural.
pSl? (Syr. |ja^ cake, r. ==3) Cab-
ban, pr. n. of a place in the plain of Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 40; perhaps the same
with X322^ 1 Chr. 2, 49.
"T^DS m. (r. "1^3) something braided
or plaited; hence a quilt, mattress.
1 Sam. 19, 13. 16 n'-irn n-rs the mat-
tress of goafs hair. Comp. iSj"? .
T^as m. adj. poet, mostly in Job. R.
133 no. 2 and Hiph. ^
1. great, vast, mighty, Arab. jJ^'
So C"i"i"23 c"^^ mighty waters Is. 17, 12.
28. 2. T'S? n^n a mighty wind Job 8, 2.
Spoken of great men, renowned, Job 34,
24; of God as great, mighty, Job 34, 17.
36 5. Zi^'C'^ "(^r? of great age, grand-
(Bvus, Job 15, 10 ; so Arab
senex grandsevus.
* b^l obsol. root, Talm. Syr. Arab.
to tie, to bind, to bind together, kindr.
with Vl3^ and ban ; also 139, "i33, 1?n .
Hence the quadrilit. ba^S q. v. pr. n.
bsias, and
ba? m. a fetter, plur. constr, ''ba?, Pe.
105, 18. 149, 8. Arab, and Syr. id.
* "nS obsol. root, Chald. and Tal-
mud, to bind, to bind together, i. q. kindr,
bns ; Syr. to bind around. Hence pr,
names n:23^. ""t^^^.
^'^rf pr. to tread, to trample with
the feet, kindr. with tua3 ; on the syllable,
03, which is primary in this root, see
under art, D^ia p. 119. Hence to wash,
to cleanse, sc. garments by treading them
in a trough, etc. differing from "HI to
lave or wash the body, as Gr. nli'vtiv
from loi'tiv. In Kal not found except in
Part. 03'3 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. a
washer, fuller, Gr. tiXuvitiq, xrimffvc,
whose business it was to cleanse soiled
garments, and to Hill new ones. See
Schneider Ind. ad Scriptt. Rei Rnsticae
p. 385. SchOttgen TriturBe et fuUonia?
Antiquitates,Lips.l763. Theoaia nya
fidhr''s field Is. 1. c. was a pla( on the
west of Jerusalem, where the fullers
spread out the garments after washing
to dry.
PiEL 023 Gen. 49, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 25.
elsewhere 023.
1. i. q. Kal, Ex. 19, 10. Lev. 11, 25.
28. 40. 13, 6. 34. Num. 19, 7. aL Part,
02=73 i. q. 023 Mai. 3, 2.
2. Metaph. to cleanse, to purify the
heart from sin, Ps. 51, 4. 9. Jer. 4, 14 ;
yet so that the primary notion of wash-
ing is retained and alluded to, Jer. 2, 2^
Mai. 3, 2.
PuAL Pass. Lev. 13. 58. 15, 17.
HoTHP. pass, oasrr Lev. 13, 55. 56.
* J^l^S obsol. root like kinJr. "25 and
sa;5, to be high, espec. with a round
form, as a tumor, a cnp, the head.
Hence sa'S helmet.
*'^!23 in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to bind
together, to plait, to braid, i. q. b23 and
the verbs there compared, also i^3 II.
Hence "i"'23 plaited mattress, n"ia
sieve, "i32T3 coarse cloth, ""Ss^ net-
work. Like many other verbs of twist-
ing, plaiting, braiding, (bna, bw, "iCjS.
n;;? .) it is also transferred to the idea of
strength and magnitude ; henc
2. to be great, much, many, also to be
long, both in space and duration, see
133, nn33 . Arab. ZiS'to be great, ^^
to be advanced in years, Syr. fio to
"OD
447
tt25
increase in wealth, Eth. 'tt'fl^, to be
honoured, illustrious.
HiiMi. to make, many, to multiply, Job
35, 16. Part. T^asi? Bubst. (after the
form PiTTJo,) miiltituilc, abundance,
with V pref. n'^saiab i. q. ^ih , (U)U7idant-
ly, Job 36. 31. ' '
Dcriv. see in Kal no. 1 also 133,
T t '
133 pr. subst length, both of apace
and time, see the root 133 no. 2. Hence
1. Chebar, pr. n. of a river in Mesopo-
tamia, called also lian q. v. Gr. and Lat.
Chaboraa, Ez. 1, 3. 3, 15. 23. 10, 15. 22.
This orthography of the name approach-
es to Syriasm, Syr. i-sasj ioiis ; while
the form "lian (.jL^) imitates the
Arabic. Although each form admits
of a tolerable etymology ("'"i^n conjoin-
ing, 133 long river), yet in a river of
Mesopotamia the Aramsean would be
more likely to exhibit tJie genuine and
primitive orthography. See Ritler's
Erdkunde Th. XI. p. 253 sq. Berl. 1844.
2. Adv. of time, long ago, already,
formerly ; found only in the book of
Ecc. and belonging to the later Hebrew ;
Ecc. 1, 10. 3, 15. 4, 2. 6, 10. 9, 6. 7. 2, 16
nsr: ^sn n'^san D-'ic^n las'ra since in
days to come all will have been long ago
forgotten; here 133 qualifies the verb.
Syr. jiis long ago, already.
n'113 f. a sieve. Am. 9. 9. R. 133
no. 1.
nn^S f, (r. 133 no. 2) only constr.
rii33, pr. length, and then a certain
definite measure of distance, like many
other words denoting measure, weight,
time, which are also used to designate
particular measures, weights, intervals
of time; comp. Heb. nso, bj^ffl, r^v<2, c^a;;
a year; Aram. )^a>, u^a, a short time,
spec, an hour ; Engl, a measure of wine ;
Lat. ponrfo, whence Engl, pound. The
exact length of the nnas cannot be
ascertained from the passages where it
occurs, Gen. 35, 16. 48, 7. 2 K. 5, 19.
The Sept. once adds (Gen. 48, 7) by
way of explanation, imiodfjopos, which
may be either a stadium, see Hody de
bibl. Text, originalibus p. 115; or else
a measure common among the Arabs,
jmuLM icyMJ the course of a liarte, I. e.
as far as a horse can run or travel
without fatigue, a stage or post ; see
Koehler ad Abulf Syriam in Addend,
ad p. 7. not. 27.
'*'?7 obsol. root, pr, i. q. tti33 and
033 to tread, to subdue, to force, spec, a
female, comp. 'd33 no. 3. Arab. lytjS
subegit semel pueilam. Hence
'C32 m. a he-lamb, a young ram, from
one to three years old, already fit for
coupling, whence the name. Lambs of
this kind, chiefly a year old, were used
for the sacrifices ; hence frequently with
the addition irjO"")? the son of his year,
one year old, Num. 7J 15. 21. 23. 39. 45. 51.
57. 63. 69. 75; also in plur. n3 "'sa ib. 7,
17. 23. 29. 35. 41. al. Elsewhere lambs
(g^iIJSS) are mentioned as feeding in
pastures Is. 5, 17. Hos. 4, 16 ; as yield-
ing wool Job 31. 20. Prov. 27, 26 ; as aif
emblem of gentleness and patience Jer.
So-,
11, 19. Arab. litjS a he-Iamb of one or
two years; see the Arabian grammari-
ans in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 421 sq. By
transpos. sometimes 3tt;3, fern, nabs ;
but the other forms, as the more dilR-
cult, are doubtless primitive ; comp.
laar'^ , transp. isn-r-] .
niCaS 2 Sam. 12, 3. 4. 6, and riTOas
Lev. 14. 10. Num.6.14, constr. nb33, plur.
nt53a ; fem. of b33, an ewe-lamb, from
one to three years old. Plur. Gen. 21, 28.
29. 30. By transpos. nacs, see in b33 .
*">255 fut. Cias"! 1. to tread upon,
to trample under foot, kindr. with 033.
Zech. 9, 15 rbp-'s^x ''"^a:^ and they
shall trample underfoot the stones of the
sling, i. e. easily turn them aside as
harmless ; comp. Job 41, 20. 21 [28].
Metaph. Mic. 7, 19 ^irnbis cias';' he
treadeih under foot our iniquities, i. e.
disregards them, does not avenge them.
2. to subdue, to make subject to one-
self, e. g. a man the beasts Gen. 1, 28 ;
enemies, slaves, a hostile land 2 Chr. 28,
10. Jer. 34, 16. Neh. 5, 5. Comp. nn-^.
3. to force a woman, Esth, 7, 8, So
Arab, \j^.
PiEL, to subdue a people, i. q. Kal no.
2. 2 Sam. 3, 11.
trns
448
Jt?
HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2. Jer. 34. 11 Cheth,
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2. Num. 32,
22. 29. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Chr. 22, 18.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 3. Neh. 5, 5 fin.
Deriv. the two following.
tJnS m. a footstool, 2 Chr. 9, 18.
Chald. iai23, Syr. }^al, id.
jtDIlS ni. a furnace, i. e. according to
Kimchi a lime-kiln, or also for smelting
metals, and different from "isisri a kind of
oven for baking. Gen. 19, 28. Ex. 9, 8.
10. 19, 18. So called from subduing
metals, from r. 25=3 ; comp. ' igne ferrum
domatur' Plin. H.N. 36. 27.
n? f: (r. T13 no. 2) 1 K. 17. 14. 16 ;
Plnr. n"^^? mas'c. Judg. 7, 16. 1 K. 18, 34 ;
a bucket, pail, both lor drawing water
and carrying it, Gen. 24, 14 sq. Ecc. 12,
6; a tub for keeping meal, 1 K. 17, 12.
14. 16. Water was carried by women
upon their shoulders, Gen. 1. c. Corre-
sponding are Sanscr. ghada, Gr. xuSog,
. xddSog, Lat. cadus, Slav. kad.
* 3jD Chald. Pa. to lie, not to speak
the truth, i. q. Heb. 3|3 . Hence
nS'lS Chald. f. a lie, falsehood, Dan.
2, 9 Fi3'73 n|?3 by apposit. tcords, false-
hood, i. e. false words. Others make it
an adj. contrary to the form and usage.
* "7 j2 obsol. root, kindr. rrs , Lat.
cvdo, to beat, to pound ; hence
1. to strike fire, whence "liT^S spark,
and ^3"l3 sparkling gem, ruby.
2. to labour severely, to toil hard, pr.
in the manner of smiths and other arti-
sans, comp. cudo ; spec, to draw out a
well, to draw water; whence 13, So
Arab. Jkj to hammer or forge, toil hard,
to draw out a well. Comp. Eth. 'QJK^
to tread with the feet, to triturate.
'''13 see ''^.
''13 Chald. see ""n.
lis'l? m. (r. 1-13) Ez. 27. 16. Is. 54,
12, a sparkling gem, prob. r7d)y. Chald.
Kjnsi?, 'i"'"?'i3n3 id. Ex. 39, 11, Targ.
Comp. also Arab. HtX^IX^rubedo max-
ima.
*'^53 obsol. root, kindr. "in|5,Arab.
"sJkJ and jtXi^ to he turbid, troubled, as
water; metaph. of life, ki^ to be dis-
turbed, troubled, by adverse fortune, ca-
lamity, comp. 1??. By another meta-
phor the Hebrews transfer it also to the
tumults of war ; hence tlT'3 ,
'^''?2^5'^7"? P'"- II- Chedorlaomer, king
of the Elamites in the time of Abraham,
Gen. 14, 1. 9. This name if Semitic
may be i. q. handful of sheaves, from
s^ ^ -
s\ Jo handful, and "iS sheaf; but not
improb. the etymology is to be sought
in the ancient Persian.
ris contr. for ins , Heb. Gr. 57, 2 ; pr.
as this, i. q. MTS, Arab. SdS. Hence
1. thus, so, oUtojc, referring pr. to what
precedes; Gen. 15, 5 tell the stars . . .
and he said unto him, T^","}! >T['l'! "^^ so
shall thy seed be. Ex. 5. 15 comp. 14.
1 Sam. 17, 27 comp. 25. But more freq.
to what follows. Deut. 7. 5 but thus shall
ye deal with them ; ye shall destroy their
altars, etc. Gen. 31, 8. 2 K. 12, 10. Of-
ten where the words of any one are re-
peated, Judg. 11, 15 and said unto him,
npE" nrs n'3 thus saith Jephthah. Ex.
5, 10. 3, 15 ; also freq. in the formula
rrin"] nax ri3 thus saith Jehovah Jer. 2,
2.' 7,' 20. 9, 16. 22. 22, 6. 49, 12. al. sa^p.
There are also examples, where nb
stands without any thing to which it
can refer; as in the formula of swearing
and adjuring: (nin"^)n%ni)i< "b nirr: ns
r]'^Di> nil God do so to me and more
also, where at first the words were prob.
accompanied by some gesture of chas-
tisement or punishment ; since they im-
ply: let God infiict dire punishment upon
me; see Ruth 1, 17. 1 K. 19, 2. 20. 10.
1 Sam. 14, 44. 25, 22. Where this for-
mula implies a negative, it is followed
by est, 2 K. 6, 31 God do so ami more
also to me, if (nx) the head of Elisha
shall stand on him this day, i. e. it shall
not remain on him. 1 K. 20, 10. 1 Sam.
3, 17. 25, 22 ; once CX "3 2 Snm. 3. 35.
On the contrary, when the oath is affirm-*
ative, N^ BX follows, 2 Sam. 19, 14 ;
oftener with "^3 1 Sam. 14, 44. Ruth
], 17. 2 Sam. 3, 9. 1 K. 2, 23. 19, 2.
See in CX C. 1. c.
2. Partic. of place, ?iere, like Gr. itSf,
but rarely, Ruth 2, 8 ; so nb nis here
riD
449
tHD
there Num. 1 1 , 3 1 . nb i? /o that place
c. before spoken of yonder, Fr.jusque
Id, Gen. 22, 5. After verlis of motion,
hither, here, Gen. 31, 37. Num. 23, 15. ns
n=; hither and thither Ex. 2, 12. Syr. )ja
here, in comp. ).2^ hither, )jilo hence.
3. Partic. of time, now ; vi'Z-^tl until
now, hilhirrto, Ex. 7, 16. Josh. 17, 14.
ni-is^ n3~i5 till now and till then, in
the mean time, meanwhile, 1 K. 18, 45.
n3 Chald. i. q. ris no. 3. Dan. 7, 28
ns-ns hitherto.
* nriS fut. nna^, apoc. Rsnn Job 17,
7. kindr. with nx3 and nn;? ; to be weak,
feeble, faint, to be dispirited, to despond,
Is. 42. 4. Spec, of a light about to go
out, to be feeble, dim. Is. 42. 3. Also of
eyes, to be or become dim, either from
old age Deut. 34. 7. Zech. 11, 17. Gen.
27. 1 ; or from grief Job 17. 7.
PiEL r\r^^. also rirj^ Lev. 13, 56.
1. Intrans. to become faint, pale, as a
epot on the skin. Lev. 13, 6. 56 ; comp.
adj. nn^ v. 21. 26. 28. Also to be faint-
hearted, timid, to despond, Ez. 21, 12 ;
comp. Is. 61, 3.
2. to chide, to admonish, to restrain,
with a 1 Sam. 3, 13 C3 nr^^ xbn (be-
cause) he rebuked them not, i. e. did not
restrain them. Comp. ns3 . Deriv. the
two following.
^05 adj. found only in the fem. nn3
weak, feeble, faint, spec, of the dim w^ick
of a lamp just about to go out. Is. 42, 3 ;
of eyes bedimmed. dnll. 1 Sam. 3. 2 ; or
ofa faint or pale colour. Lev. 13. 21. 26.
28. 39 spots nisab ninS of a palish white;
romp, the root Pi. no. 1. So of a. faint
heart, desponding. Is. 61. 3.
HilS f. mitigation, alleviation, sc. of a
wound, i. q. healing, Nah. 3, 19. R.
nns.
* ^'Jr' Chald. to be able, I can, kindr.
with b'S , bb^ ; conip. on the affinity of
verbs n"3 and 'i'^ under lett. n. p. 238.
Part, bns plur. VrT^l^ with inf. c. h Dan.
2, 26. 4J 'l5. 5, 8. 15.'
* ItjS not used in Kal ; whence *\'n'S
a priest. The etymology is doubtful ;
Arab, ^y^ and jj-g^ ^ presage, to
s ^
divine; ^J-*o a divmer, soothsayer,
38*
often among the pagan Arabs ; then, OD
internuncio, envoy ; Ethiop. !fKJi to be
a jtriest, to minister; Syr. ^ous to be
ministered, consecrated ; in Bar Ali, to
be rich, opulent, to enjoy the comforts
of life ; )ZaX^aua richness, riches, pros-
perity, happiness. But all these appear
to be secondary meanings, derived from
the station and power of the priesthood,
i. e. from 'P^ priest, which is found in the
Heb. Chald. Syr. and Eth. languages.
The native power of this word, there-
fore, is still to be sought by conjecture.
Hitzig supposes (ad Is. 61, 10) that ^2
is i. q. '(IS to stand, whence *(H3 pr. one
who stands by, an a.isistant. Maurer
regards "iHd as i. q. "inj, "jna, to hicline,
to bend, i. e. to bow down, as is done
in worsliip. whence 'f}^ pr. one bowing
dmrn, making prostrations. Both of
these conjectures are worth attention ;
in favour of the last, we might perhaps
also appeal to the Syro-Arabic gloss
Z] i. e. to bow down oneself
in worship. Other conjectures see in
Thesaur. p. 661, 662.
PiEL "iHS denom. 1. to minister as
priest, to act as priest, to perform the
priestly functions, Ex. 31, 10. 35, 19.
Lev. 16, 32. Num. 3, 34; often with
nin^b Ex. 28, 1. 3. 4. 29, 1. 44. Lev. 7,
35. al. Sept. Uqaxivoi.
2. to be or become priest, Deut. 10, 6.
3. Unusual is Is. 61, 10 'ins'; "rns
"isa as the bridegroom priests it with
his turban, i. e. decks himself with a
splendid turban such as the priests
wore ; q. d. plays the priest with his
turban.' So Aqu. mq rvficpiov Uqutevo-
fifrov aTfifaroj, comp. Jarchi, Symm.
Vulg. Syr.
jHS m. plur. C'sn's, a priest ; Chald.
emph. Xjr:;?, Syr. pavs, Arab. ^^0 ,
Eth. ^KH . id. For the etymology see
in r. 'riS . Very freq. in Ex. Lev. Deut.
of the priests of Jehovah, as Ex. 2. 16. 3,
1. 18, 1. al. sexcent. Also of the priests
of idols, as Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20. 47,
26. al. Constr. a) With genii, of the
divinity, as riin^ -^rfs 1 Sam. 14. 3 ; '3
bran 2 Chr. 23, 17 ; jis'i "'sna i Sam. 5,
^ns
450
a^^
5 ; T'S-ns thy priests, sc. of Jehovah, Ps.
132. 9. Sometimes with a genit. of the
people or city where the priest officiates,
as "S 's priest of On Gen. 41, 45. 50;
*i^n?3 '3 priest of Midian Ex. 3, 1. 18, 1 ;
bwx' r-^a 3 Am. 7, 10; mran "irni ^Ae
priests of the high ^/aces IK. 13, 2. 33; c.
suff. 13'^:~3 our priests sc. of Israel, Ezra
9, 7. Neh. 10, 1. etc. b) With b of the
divinity, as wnib -,^2 Lev. 23! 20. 1
Sam. 1. 3. 2 Chr. 26, 17 ; 'Ths bxb 's
Gen. 14, 18. C^rrbs xbb '3 2 Chr.' 13,
9. Sometimes b marks the person who
employs a priest. Judg. 17, 12. 13. 18. 4.
19. 2 Sam. 20, 26. Among the He-
brews ike High Priest, 6 ui>xtfQfvc, was
called b-;njn 'tTibrf Lev. 21, 10. Num. 35,
25. 28. Josh. 20, 6. Hagg. 1, 1. 12. 14. al.
also TiJN-n -n3 2 K. 25, 18. 2 Chr. 19,
11. 26. 20'; tisin '3n Ezra 7, 5 ; insn
fii^"53ti the anointed priest Lev. 4. 3. 5.
16. The next in dignity was called '3
nrtZJan /Ae second priest Jer. 52, 24 ; but
this phrase in the plur. njnsn ""jris 2 K.
23, 4 seems to imply all the other priests
in opp. to the high priest. Melchize-
dek, the earliest king of Jerusalem, is
also called a priest of Jehovah Gen. 14,
18. Ps. 110, 4 ; and several of the earli-
est Hebrew kings were in fact also
priests, as Solomon 1 K. c. 8 ; comp.
Uzziah 2 Chr. 26, 16. So Virg. ^n. 3.
80: "Rex Anius, rex idem hominum
Phcebique sacerdos."
Note. It is an ancient opinion of the
Heb. intpp. that "iHS signifies ?Asoprince.
Not only have the Chaldee translators
rendered it in several places by X3'n
prince, as Gen. 41, 45. Ex. 1. c. Ps. 110,
4 ; but the author of Chronicles also
seems to have followed this view, since
he renders the words 2 Sam. 8, 18 "'JS^
!i"'n tt"'3ri3 I^T, giving in his manner a
gloss: 1 Chr.' 18. 17 c-'JiUX'iri T'n i;^^
-jbrn n;;b and the sons of David, the
chiefs, were at the side of the king, i. e.
were the chief ministers of the kingdom.
The chief pas.sages are 2 Sam. 8, 16-18.
20, 23-26. 1 K. 4, 2-6 ; from all which
it appears that there were priests con-
nected with the court; partly exercising
their proper functions, and partly as
friends and counsellors of the sovereign ;
as was also often the case witli prophets
and priests in later times. The author
of Chronicles seems to have chosen this
interpretation of the more ancient con-
text, because priests of any other than
the Levitical family were unknown to
him. Of less weight is the authority of
Onkelos. Hence in all the passages re-
ferred to, the signif priest is the only
true one. Comp. the case of Solomon
above. See more in Thesaur. p. 663.
ir?? Chald. m. st. eraphat. Sj"!!?. plur.
"p:n3, i. q. Hebr. "i^S, a priest, Ezra 7,
12. 21. Plur. Ezra'e, 9. 16. 7, 16. 24.
nsns f priesthood, the priests' office,
Ex. 2V 9. 40, 15. Num. 3. 10. 25, 13. 1
Sam. 2, 36. R. ",^3, -(nis.
1? Chald. plur. 'p^3 , a window, Dan. 6,
11. Syr. ]Zq^, Arab. S, sliid. R.
rT3 II.
n'lS 7ra| XfySfi. Ez. 30, 5, Chnh, pr.
n. of a country, coupled with Egypt and
Ethiopia. Some understand Cohen, a
port of Ethiopia, or Cobium, a town near
the Mareotis. Perhaps it should be writ-
ten 215 Nubia, which at least is followed
by the Arabic version, doubtless in ac-
cordance with the Septuagint, although
this word is wanting in our Mss. of the
latter. Thus the Arab, has X^yJI JlJc!
the people of Nubia ; and a vestige of this
reading remains in Cod. de Rossi 409,
which for SIS'] has a prima manu SISSi.
Or perh. we might read 2'b Libya.
y^is (Milra) m. Ez. 27, 10, in pause
53i3 38, 5 ; constr. S2-2 (Milel) 1 Sam.
17', 5. Is. 59, 17 ; plur. n-J:3i3 Jer. 46, 4.
2 Chr. 26. 14, a helmet. Metaph. Is. 59,
17. R. y23 . Twice written with p, as
yaip (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. 5;"ip
(Milel) 1 Sam. 17, 38.
Note. There is in this word a singu-
lar confusion of the Segolate and pena-
cute form "Ip, b?'Q, with the acute form
cbis, which may be tlius explained.
Strictly, the word in either shape was
originally a Segolate, after the torm
b5B, like the Arab. SJuJs cup. But
Holem, as strengthened by the tone, and
also as fully written, contrary to the com-
mon Heb. usage and in fhe later He-
brew and Syriac manner (comp. l^llp
Dan. 11, 30, r,a^5 2 Sam. 18, 9, Syr.
h*iD
461
V^
(-kja-e), became so strong in this word
as to be retained also in the plur. S''y3*3
(instead of 0^523, or C'^S kobaim). as
if from a sing. SS'S, after tiie form nb'is.
Hence it arose, that such a form (yi'iS)
came into actual ufe, at least in the ab-
solute state ; although in the construct
the primarj' Kcgohitc form was preserv-
ed; comp. 125. constr. 123. A lengthened
and secondary form is the Syr. |Sn n .
Intermediate forms fluctuating between
the two, are 5=13 Ez. 27, 10, Saip 23, 24.
*^rT ^ root not used in Kal.
I. to hum, Gr. xalot (xarco). Arab.
I <k5^ Syr. foa , to burn in. to brand, to
murk with cautery. Hence ""S II, n^^3,
T I
II. Like the kindred 25)3, 2fr5, 2{3^,
also M^3, 1^3, prob. to hollow out. to
excavate, of which there is a vestige in
Si.
Chald. 13 window, Arab. mS hole in a
?=> c
wall, 5j window. Simonis refers these
to i5j^to pierce, to bore through ; but
the word has not this meaning. The
signif. given by the Arabic lexicons,
i^5 to prick or sting, as a scorpion,
comes from the notion oC burning ; since
the scorpion injecting the poison with
his sting, may be said to mark the skin
as with a hot iron.
NiPH. pass, of no. I, to be burned,
scorched, with fire. Prov. 6, 28. Is. 43, 2.
ni3 strength, Dan. 11, 6, see n'3.
^t"^-? f. a burning, brand, i.e. a part
of the body burned. Ex. 21, 25. R. n;3 .
Mis m. (for 2333, 33^3, then 32'i3, r.
333) constr. SsiS, a star, pr. a globule ;
Arab. ZSi^ Chald. 33i3, Syr. }li=ai,
Eth. ^(D-^-n and ^'Q-n , id. Gen.
1, 16. 37, 9. Job 3, 9. 9, 7. Ps. 8, 4. al.
Am. 5, 26 cn-'n'^x 3=/3, see in "(I'S.
Often spoken of as animated, see KS^ ;
as pure Job 25, 5 ; as praising God. 38.
7; also as innumerable Gen. 15, 5. 22,
17. Ex. 32. 13. Deut. 1, 10. al. Metaph.
of an illustrious prince Num. 24, 17. So
Arab. <,jSmi, see Camoos.
5 "13 to measure, to include or con-
tain in a measure, e. g. grain, as in Syr.
Chald. and Arab. Jl^for J^ In Kal
only once. Is. 40, 12.
Pi LP. bsbs 1. to hold, to contain, as
a vessel, measure. 1 K. 8, 27 lo the
heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot
contain thrc. 2 Chr. 2, 5. 6. 18.
2. to hold up, to sustain, a) i. q. to
bear up, to endure, to hold out, Mai. 3, 2,
Prov. 18, 14. Jer. 20, 9. b) i. q. to protect
any one Ps. 55, 23 ; to maintain one^s
cause before a tribunal Ps. 112, 5.
3. to sustain, to nourish, to furnish with
the means of living, c. ace. Gen. 45, 11.
50, 21. 1 K. 4, 7. 17, 4. With two ace
Gen. 47, 12. 1 K. 18, 4. 13.
PoLP. pass. ^3^3 to be furnished with
provisions, etc. 1 K. 20, 27.
HiPH. b-'Dn 1. i. q. Pilp. no. 1. 1 K.
7. 26. 38. 8, 64. 2 Chr. 4, 5. Ez. 23, 32
b'^snb nan^ i. e. containing much.
2.' i. q.'Pilp. no. 2. a. Jer. 6, 11. 10, 10.
Joel 2, 11. Am. 7, 10.
* 0^3 obsol. root, Arab. ILs Conj. 11,
to heap lip, gjOyS a heap. This word
belongs to the widely extended family
of roots C3 , ca , OS , ex , for which see
under r. D^s. Hence no'^S.
T'Q'3 m. (r. TB3, after the form 35W) a
globe, globule of gold, perh. collect, glo-
btdes, drops, or rather a string of gold
drops like beads worn around the neck
or arm by the Israelites in the desert,
Ex. 35, 22. Num. 31, 50. Such are
found solid in Arabia according to Diod.
Sic. 3. 44 or 50. Strabo XVI. p. 777
Casaub. Thesaur. p. 692.
p3 in Kal not used, pr. to stand up-
right ; whence ',3 upright, "isTS place
of standing, Hjirp base. Frequent in
the kindred dialects in various forms
and meanings ; Chald. Pa. "i)!? i. q. Heb.
"(3i3 to set up, to establish ; Syr. 1=)
to establish, to plant; Arab. ^O to ex-
ist, to be ; II, to cause to exist, to create.
PiL. "isiS 1. to set upright, i. e. to set,
to place, e. g. a throne Ps. 9. 8 ; espec. to
set up firmly, to establish, a throne 2 Sam.
7, 13. 1 Chr! 17, 12. Ps. 48. 9. Metaph.
Ps. 7, 10. 40, 3. 68, 10. 90. 17. 99. 4.
Also to found, as a city Ps. 107, 36.
Hab. 2, 12 ; the earth Ps. 24, 2. 119, 90.
Is. 45, 18 ; the heavens Prov. 3. IQ
ns
452
ins
2. ^o form, to create, as God creates
man Deut. 32, 6. Ps. 119, 73; the moon
and stars Ps. 8, 4. So to form for one-
self to prepare, sc. a people 2 Sam. 7,
24. Here belongs Job 31, 15 ^SS"'?]
"inx cnna and did (jiot) the same one
form us in the womb 7 for ilSJJis'l'l , the
first and second Nun coalescing into a
double one, and i being shortened to 1 .
3. to ft, to direct, to aim, as arrows,
Ps. 11, 2 DSn 3iS. 7, 13; Avith Can
impl. Is. 51, 13 ; with bs of the mark
Ps. 21, 13. Metaph. for 2^ IpiS, i. q.
animum advertere, to apply aide's mind,
with 1? Job 8, 8. Comp. in Hiph. no. 3.
a, c.
Pol. 'SIS 1. Pass, of Pil. no. 1, to be
established, metaph. Ps. 37, 23.
2. Pa.ss. of Pil. no. 2, to be formed, pre-
pared, Ez. 28, 13.
Hiph. "psn 1. to set up, i. q. to set, to
place, e. g. a seat Job 29, 7. Ps. 103, 19 ;
a statue Is. 40, 20. Also to found, as the
earth, the heavens, mountains, Ps. 65, 7.
Prov. 8, 27. Jer. 10, 12. 51, 15. Inf ab-
sol. "(tin and "fsri as adv. firm, firmly.
Josh. 3, 17. 4, 3. Hence a) to consti-
tute, to appoint any one. Josh. 4, 4. 2 Chr.
2, 6. Jer. 51, 12. Job 28, 27. So to set or
constittUe as king 2 Sam. 5, 12. 1 Chr.
14. 2. 1 K. 2, 24. b) to establish, to con-
firm, e. g. the throne of a kingdom Is.
9, 6. 1 Chr. 22, 10 ; the kingdom of any-
one 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 1 Chr.
17, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 5 ; one's posterity Ps.
89, 5 ; the heart Ps. 10, 17. 89, 5. c) to
repair, to restore, e, g. the temple 2 Chr.
35, 20 ; comp, 34, 10.
2. to set right, i. e. to make ready, to
prepare. Gen. 43, 25 ; e. g. wood and
stones for building 1 K. 5, 33; a sacrifice
Zeph. 1, 7 comp. c. h Is. 14, 21 ; a way
Deut. 19, 3 ; a net Ps. 57, 7 ; food Gen.
43, 16. Ex. 16. 5. Josh. 1, 11 ; the parts
of a building 1 K. 6, 19. 2 Chr. 31, 11 ;
a place for any thing, c. 1? Ex. 23, 20.
1 Chr. 15, 1. 3. 12. Ps. 68, 11 ; war, i.q.
to fit out. to arm, Ez. 7, 14. 38, 7. Jer.
46, 14. Metaph. Job 15, 35. Also to
prepare, i. q. to procure, to provide, often
with a dat. besides the ace. Num. 23, 1.
29. 1 Chr. 22, 5. 14 ; e. g. food Job 39, 3
|"38, 41]. Ps. 78, 20. Prov. 6, 8. 30,25;
armH 2 Chr. 26, 14 ; garments Job 27, 16.
\1 \ to take care of a work, to transact
business, Prov. 24, 27. Of God, to create,
to prepare, to provide, as fruits Ps. 65, 10 ;
the rain 147, 8 ; the sun and light 74, 16.
3. to set, i. e. to aim, to direct, to ad-
just, e. g. weapons against, c. h Ps. 7,
14 ; one's face towards or gainst, c. bx
Ez. 4. 3. 7. So God directs the steps of
any one Prov. 16, 9. Ps. 119, 133 ; a man
his own steps Jer. 10, 23 ; a man his
ways 2 Chr. 27, 6. Prov. 21, 29. Spec.
a) b sb 'prn to set or fi.v the heart on
any thing, to apply the mind to do any
thing ; 2 Chr. 12, 14 he had not applied
his heart to seek the Lord. 19, 3. 30, 19.
Ezra 7, 10. With 3b impl. 1 Chr. 28, 2.
b) nin";i-b!< 'zh ',"rn to set the heart upon
Jehovah, to apply the mind to the wor-
ship of God, 1 Sam. 7. 3 ; with b to idols
2 Chr. 20, 33. With nin-;-bN impl. Job
11, 13. Ps. 78, 8. c) V=r! "ellipt. for
"b "j'^sn to apply the mind, to give
heed, I'Sam. 23, 22. Judg. 12, 6. 2 Chr.
29, 36.
Horn. "::in 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 1,
to be established, as a throne Is. 16, 5.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be made
ready, prepared, e. g. a funeral pile Is.
30, 33 ; a horse for battle Prov. 21, 31 ;
mantlets Nah. 2, 6 ; to be set in oi^der,
arranged, Zech. 5, 11.
NiPH. "(izj pass, of Pilel and Hiphil.
1. to be set up, i. e. to rise up, e. g. the
breasts as becoming round and full Ez.
16, 7 ; to be made to stand, to stand, Mic.
4, 1 et Is. 2. 2 ; to be founded, with br upon
any thing Judg. 16, 26 ; to be established^
confirmed, as a kingdom 1 K. 2, 12. 45.
46. Hence i. q. to stand firm., e. g. a
throne, kingdom, 2 Sam. 7, 10. 26. Ps.
25, 5. 29, 14 comp. 1 Sam. 20, 31 ; the
world Ps. 93, 1 ; the moon 89, 38 ; of
men i. q. to flourish, to prosper, Job 21,
8. Ps. 102, 29. 140, 12. Prov. 12, 3. 19.
Ps. 101, 7 he that telleth lies ^irb -(is-^ xb
"'J'^S shall not abide in my sight, shall
not prosper; parall. 'to dwell with.' So
of the counsels of men Prov. 20, 18. 16,
3. Peculiar is ci*n "pr: the fixedness
{steadiness) of the day, Prov. 4, 18, i. e.
high noon, when the sun seems to stand
immovable in the zenith. Gr. aruOffjov
ijfinQ, axudi(>n ftfatjftjSfjlit, Ruhiikon ad
Timroum p. 236, Arab. ^L^'f UjI
Schult. ad Prov. I. c Trop. mostly in
f*
453
niD
Part I'isj : a) to be firm, steadfast,
fixed i Vs. 51, 12 V=J nnn a steadfast
spirit, a mind fixed in virtuous purpose.
Ps. 78, 37. b) to be firm, steadfast, in-
trepid, Hill of hope and confidence ; so
the heart Ps. 57, 8. 108,2. 112,7. c)
Of things, to be firm, fixed, established;
Gen. 41, 32 n-'n'^^ or^ ns'nn -(iss the
thing is established from Gud, is cer-
tainly decreed. Hence, to be certain, sure,
Deut. 13,15. 17, 4. Hos. 6, 3 ; and as subst.
pSJ the certain, i. q. certainty, Ti3J"^!<
for certain, with certainty, 1 Sam. 23,
23 ; adv. certainly 26, 4. d) to be right,
true ; Part. )izi right, true. Job 42, 7.
8. Ps. 5, 10, co'mp. 78, 37. e) to be
right, fit, proper, Ex. 8, 22 [26].
2. to be made ready, prepared, e. g.
a) Of business, to be taken care of, trans-
acted, 2 Chr. 8, 16. 29, 35. 35, 10. 16.
b) Of things, to be prepared, to be ready
for any one, with h Neh. 8, 10. Prov. 19,
29. Job 18, 12 destruction isbsb '^izi is
ready at his side, impends over him. 12,
5. 15, 23. But. Ps. 38, 18 )iz: sb'sh 'sx /
am ready to fall, am near to ruin, c) Of
persons, to be prepared, ready, Ez. ?8, 7.
Ex. 19, 11 (with an adjunct of time), v.
15. 34, 2. Josh. 8. 4. d) Intrans. or re-
flex, to prepare sc. oneself^ Am. 4, 12.
HiTHPAL. |5i3r.n Prov. 24, 3, else-
where "iP.'isn
1. to be es'ablished, to be made firm,
strong, Prov. 24, 3. Num. 21, 27. Is. 54, 14.
2. to prepare oneself, Ps. 59, 5.
Deriv. -,?. ',=5*, l^?, 'p'?, f =^, ^r=^)
n5!|3, njiisn, and the pr. names 'fS";,
113 Chun, pr. n. of a Syrian city,
1 Chr. 18. 8 ; which in the parallel pas-
sage 2 Sam. 8, 8. is called "^n""!?. Perh.
the Conna mentioned in the Itin. An-
tonini p. 199 ed. Wesseling ; situated
between Laodicea of Lebanon and He-
liopolis or Ba'albek.
JJ? m. a kind of cake, wafer, offered
in sacrifice, Jer. 7, 18. 44, 19. Sept.
*av(>)v, xuvbtv, /ixiiiov, the Heb. word in
Greek letters. R. I'S, Pi. 153, Chald.
"i33, to prepare.
OiS f plur. r'^03 Jer. 25, 15 ; for Ci33
(r. 033) pr. a receptacle, vessel ; as CS
for 0:3, ffi^st for r;x, rna for nsa, nin
for njh J 80 Lebrecht.
1. a cup. Syr. Jjia, Chald. 0"i,
KM, ra, Sam. ^X^ and ^^^,
Arab. j0 , ,j-0 , \yi, a cup, cup of
wi,u,. Gen. 40, 11.13. 21. 2 Sam. 12, 3.
Ps. 23, 5. al. Ps. 116, 13 x'^x nirr^SyoiS
/ will take the cup of deliverance, i. e. I
will pour out to Jehovah a cup of thanks-
giving for his aid. In the prophets Je-
hovidi is often represented as pouring
out for the nations a cup of intoxicating
wine, nbs-inn oi3, in order that reeling
thev may rush into destruction: Jer. 25,
15 take this wine-cup of wrath at my
hand, and came all the nations, to whom
I send thee, to drink it ; 16 and they
shall drink and stagger and be mad,
because of the sword that I will send
amang them. Jer. 49, 12. 51, 7. Lam. 4,
21. Is. 51, 17. 22. Hab. 2, 16. Ez. 23,31.
32. 33 ; comp. Rev. 17, 2. 4. For the
same usage in Arabic poets, see Comm.
on Is. 51, 17. Further, cup is also put
metaph. for lot, portion, and is so coupled
with "p^^n portion, Ps. 11, 6. 16, 5 ; comp.
Matt. 26, 39. 20, 22, also pVn no. 2. c.
See on this metaphor as employed by
Arabian writers. Comment, on Is. 51,
17, also on Matt. 1. c. in Rosenm. Re-
pertorium I. p. 130. Lond. Classical
Journal no. LIII. p. 159.
2. A species of unclean bird, Lev. 11,
17. Deut. 14, 16 ; living among ruins. Ps.
102, 7. The ancient versions render it
an owl, but against the etymology. Bo-
chart more correctly, Hieroz. II. p. 267,
understands the pelican or cormorant, so
called from the receptacle or pouch un
der the throat, as Lat. truo from trua.
* 1. "1^3 a root, doubtful in the verb,
but so far as can be gathered from the
derivatives i. q. to dig, to bore through,
to pierce, like the kindr. frns , -13X , n^p ,
"ip3. Arab. jU to dig in the earth, also
to prostrate ; comp. Sanscr. khur to
cleave, to cut. Hence n";=a , p(ix"^Q"f
a sword, so called from its piercing, "i3
executioner; also Mnsisia, nnisr , place
where metals are dug, then 'native
place.'
The verb itself is found by many in
the vexed passage referred to the Mes-
siah, in Ps. 22, 17. where David as if
"TID
454
1215
hard pressed by the troops of Saul ex-
claims : /o7' dogs do compass me about,
the hamls of evil-doers surround me,
'^^n^ ^11 "i-iXS. Here the simplest
interpretation seems to te that which
preserves the ordinary sense of the
words : as lions they gape upon my
hands and my feet, i. e. they threaten to
tear my hmbs in pieces. The form "'"1*^3
is pr. ti)i Xiav, i. e. as lions, comp. Is.
38, 13 ; and the notion of surrounding,
gaping upon, or the hke, is then readily
derived in this manner by zeugma from
the preceding context. Most of the an-
cient interpreters have taken "'iss as a
verb; and this is certainly possible, if we
regard ""^XS as particip. Kal in the Chal-
dee manner (Wp part. DNj5) and in the
plural number for C'^NS , as ''I'O Ps. 45,
9 for Cip ; although to find two gram-
matical forms of such extreme rarity
combined in this one word, is at least
remarkable ; comp. Lehrg. p. 401, 523.
In this Avay it would be rendered: a)
piercing my hands and my feet, i. e. my
enemies wonnd me with darts and wea-
pons on every side. And it is hardly
necessary to remark, that all this ap-
plies as completely as possible to David,
to whom the Psalm is assigned in the in-
scription; and there is at least no necessi-
ty for understanding here directly Christ
as affixed to the cross. A verb of boring
through, in the sense of wounding, (comp.
hhn and Arab, y^ to pierce, to wound,)
is aptly attributed to hostile weapons ;
and the hands and feet are put poetically
for all the members and so for the whole
body. comp. Hesiod Op. et D. 1 1 4. Sept.
wQv^uv, which word is elsewhere used
in Sept. for n".3, "ipj. Y\i\g. foderunt.
Syr. 0^1^. b) Aqu. Symm. in Hex-
apl. and Jerome in the reading vinxe-
runt. attribute to this word the sense of
binding, which may also be defended on
philological grounds, (and this Hengst-
enberg ought not to have denied,
Christol. des A. T. I. p. 180.) comp. '^15'
I, V, to fold or bind around the turban,
jk> a wreath, turban. But this is far
less suitable to the context c) Finally
Aqu. in the earlier edit, renders it yrx^-
vitv they disfgure, stain with blood, etc.
prob. assigning to the root IXD the sig-
nif of Aram, nxs and -i?3. That '-1S3
was commonly held to be a verb, is also
shewn by the reading found m two Mss.
viz. 1-1X2 (*i"iXS) for ^13.
11. i-lS or ^""S obsol. root, prob.
i. q. I'^a to boil up, and then to cook.
Syr. ia^Z] to boil up, to be hot. Hence
^'^'^''3 frying-pan, "ii*3 basin, and the
two following.
113 m. (r. "113 II) a furnace, for smelt-
ing metals, Ez. 22, 18.20.22. Prov. 17, 3.
27, 21. Metaph. Is. 48, 10 / have tried
thee in the furnace of affliction. Deut. 4,
20 and hath brought you forth out of the
iron furnace of Egypt. IK. S, 51. Arab.
syf, Syr. Ijoa, id.
"^^3 i. q. "13 q. v.
"jtOy *113 (smoking furnace) Chor-
ashan, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of
Simeon, 1 Sara. 30, 30 ; elsewhere )ts
q. v.
tSni3 Ezra 1, 1. 7. 8, also ^i^ , Cy-
rus, pr. n.'^of a king of the Persians, son
of Cambyses and grandson of Astyages
the Mede ; Ezra 3, 7. 4, 3. 5. Is. 44, 28.
45, 1. 2 Chr. 36, 22. 23. Dan. 1, 21. 6,
29. 10, 1. The Greek writers affirm
that this name in Persian signified the
sun, Ctesi^s ap. Plut. Artax. 0pp. T. I.
p. 1012. Etym. M. k6(jo?, xoi'oog, I'lkiog.
Correctly, for it is the Pers. >y^, Zend.
hvare sun, gen. huro ; comp. Sanscr.
sura, suri, and the more frequent siirya.
The ttJ is merely an ending, as in l^^i^i'!]
q. V. [This signification is doubted by
Lassen, but without suggesting another;
see Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. pp. 152,
154. R.
toils Cush, pr. n. 1. Of persons : a)
A son of Ham, and father of Seba, Ha-
vilah, Sabtah, Raamah, Sabtecha, and
Nimrod, Gen. 10. 6. 7. 8. 1 Chr. 1, 8-10.
b) A Benjamite of the court of Saul,
Ps. 7, 1.
2. As the name of a country or region,
Cush was of wide extent, and variously
employed. Of the descendants of Cush
(Gen. 10, 6-8, see no. 1. a), Nimrod peo-
pled Mesopotamia and Assyria ; Raa-
Xi'i'D
455
nn5
tnah and >"' ff|^W^^jjf and Dedan had
their seats in eastern nnd souiheustcrn
Arabia (see these articles) ; wliile at
least Sebii uiid Sabtah are properly re-
ferred to Ethiopia. Hence the posterity
of Cush, the Cushites, occupied tlie im-
mense rejfion stretching from Assyria
in the N. E, through eastern Arabia
into Africa ; carrying with them into
the hitter country a branch of the Semi-
tic language, viz. the Efhiopic, which
stands in tiie closest affinity with the
old Himyaritic dialect of eastern Arabia.
The name Cusk, Cushilee, appears not
to have been used of the posterity of
Nimrod or their country in the north ;
though some find such an application
of it in Gen. 2, 13; see Tin^a. But
these names were evidently applied to
the descendants of Cush both in Arabia
and Africa ; and as a country Cush is
therefore twofold :
a) As denoting Eastern Arabia, in
which were situated the descendants
and territories of Raamah, Sheba, and
Dedan; Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9. All
these, as merchants trading with Tyre,
are expressly coupled with Arabia, Ez.
27, 20. 21. 22, In 2 Chr. 21, 16 the Ara-
bians are said to be CdlS i^^'^S at the
side of the Cushites. When the Israel-
ites were at Hazeroth, in or near the ter-
ritory of the Midianites, Moses had mar-
ried aCiishile woman, prob. from eastern
Arabia, Num. 12, 1. In Hab. 3, 7 the
prophet sees the tents oiCiishan (Cush)
and of Midian agitated, i. e. the noma-
dic tribes of both eastern and western
Arabia troubled, at the advance of Israel.
In Is. 11, 11 Cush is perh. doubtful, be-
ing mentioned between Egypt on the
one hand, and Elam and Shinar. Persia
and Babylonia, on the other. Perh. Job
28,19; see nn-JB. See Ritter's Erd-
kunde, Th, Xl'l,' p, 56, Berl. 1846. Ro-
Benm, Bibl. Geogr. Ill, p. 154 sq,
b) Put for Ethiopia, (fem, Ps. 68, 32,)
in part surrounded by the upper Nile,
and therefore understood by ancient
intpp, in Gen. 2, 13, see in *pn''a and
comp. Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10 ; inhabited
by a people of dark colour Jer. 13, 23 ;
opulent Is. 43, 3. 45, 14 ; situated on the
south of Egypt Ez, 29, 10 ; and there-
fore often mentioned with Egypt Nah.
3, 9. Ez. 30, 4. 5. 9. Ps. 69. 32 ; with the
Libyans 2 Chr. 12, 3, 16, 8 ; with Phut
Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 38, 5; as the extreme
western limit o( Xerxes' empire Esth.
1, 1, 8, 9 ; also Ps. 77, 4,--Sept, AiS>io-
nlu, yfi&lonfg, Vulg. Ethiopia, JElhio-
pea ; Chald. and Syr. retain C^2, <^fi^.
Josephus explains the ancient name;
Ant. 1, 6. 2 Xoiiaov (liv oidiv iliXitftv b
XQoyog, Al&io7iii yu(j x, t, X. The name
Kxish for Ethiopia is also found upofi
the hieroglyphic monuments of Egypt ;
Champollion Gramm. Egypt, p, 150, 151.
See more in Thesaur, p. 673.
Note, In the Thesaurus, art. CIS, p.
67.3, the autiior strenuously maintains,
in opposition to Bochart, Walton, and
Vitringa, that the name Cash, Ctishitea,
is applied only to Ethiopia in Africa.
In the art. n^sn , Thes, p. 1297, written
some years later, he admits that this
tribe (Raamah), as also Dedan and
Sheba, were Cushites, and dwelt in
Arabia. R. for the whole article.
112313 m. 1. a Ciishite, gentile n. from
1213 no. 2. a) Spoken of a native of
eastern Arabia, plur. 2 Chr. 21. IG. Fem.
n-iiy^S Num. 12, 1 ; see in C?3 no. 2. a.
b) i. q. an Ethiopian, see llJ^S nd. 2. b.
Jer. 13, 23, 38, 7. 10. 12. 2 Chr. 14, 8.
Plur. t5^ld!i3 2 Chr, 14, 11, 12. 16, 8.
Dan. 11, 43 ; also D-'ltiaiiS Am, 9, 7, R.
2. Cushi, pr. n. of the father oi' the
prophet Zephaniah, Zeph. 1, 1.
JlEIS Cushan, i. e. eastern Arabiei,
i. q, dis no, 2, a, where see, Hab. 3, 7.
R.
D:^nyC"\ 'JlC'lS Chushan-rishathaim,
pr. n. of a king of Mesopotamia, Judg.
3,8,10,
nniDIS f (r, 1C3 no, 2) prosperity,
plur, Ps, 68, 7, Syr, Ij-A-a^, ft-4.&^, id.
ni3 2 K, 17, 30, and nni3 v, 24, pr.
n, Cuth or Cuthah, the land of the Cutlv-
ites, who with others were brought by
the king of Assyria into the desolated
kingdom of Israel, and there amalga-
mated with the ancienl inhabitants into
the Samaritan people ; whence the lat-
ter are called by the Chaldee Writers
and Talmudists D"in?a , Nothing certain
is known of the ^site of this country ; Jo-
ITS
456
ns
'Bephus places it in Persia, which is not
improbable, Ant. 9, 14. 3 ; others seek it
in Phenicia, because the Samaritans
themselves professed to be of Sidonian
origin. Jos. Ant. 11. 8. 6. ib. 12. 5.5.
See Michaelis Spicileg. P. I. p. 104 sq.
* -11, in Kal only part. ITS Ps. 116,
Jl ; more usual in
PiEL 2T3 to lie, to speak falsehood ;
Chald. 3-]3, Syr. sjSf^, Arab. ijjk5^
id. The primary idea lies perhaps in
breaking and cutting, so that 3T3 may
be a softened form from 2^)^ ; and then
this idea is transferred to falsehood and
fraud; comp. J'^S. Mic. 2, 11. Job 6,
28. 34, 6. Prov. 14.' 5. With b to lie unto
any one, to deceive him, Ez. 13, 19. Ps,
78, 36. 89, 36 shall I then lie unto Da-
vid ? i. e. break my faith, comp. Num.
23, 19 ; Avith a id. 2 K. 4, 16. Metaph.
Hab. 2, 3 ; so of waters which dry up
and thus deceive the hope of the tra-
veller Is. 58. 11, see -T2X. Comp. Lat.
'spem mentita seges' Hor, Ep. 1. 7. 87 ;
'fundus mendax' Carm. 3. 1. 30.
HiPH. to make lie, i. e. to give the lie,
to convict of lying, Job 24,^25.
NiPH. pass, of Hiph. to be proved false,
fallacious. Job 41, 1 [9]. Prov. 30, 6.
Deriv. ats ^'']^ , also arrx, a'^Trx.
ST| m. a lie, falsehood, Is. 28, 15. 17.
ST3 nOfS lying divination Ez. 13, 6 ;
's cd;^ to divine lies Ez. 13, 7. 21, 34
[29J. 22, 28. c^nja n-^sn to utter lies,
to speak falsehood, Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5. 25.
19, 5. 9. Also deceit, fraud, guile ; Dan.
11, 27 ata 13'n. Ps. 5, 7, 58. 4, Prov, 19,
22 aja Tr"'X a man of falsehood, a liar,
deceiver. 23,3 o-^aja cWs deceitful food,
epoken of the banquet of a prince, which
allures his guests into danger. Concr.
liars, deceivers, deluding with false hope,
e. g. idols Ps. 40, 5. Am. 2, 4.
^3p (lying, false) Cozeba, pr. n. of
a place 1 Chr. 4, 22 ; prob. the same
with a-'TS and a-itax b,
''r'TS (lying, false, r, atS) Cozbi, pr, n.
of the daughter of a Midianitish prince,
Num, 25, 15. 18,
i'^T? (lying, false) Chezib, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Judah Gen. 38, 5 ;
prob. i. q. a''T3{ b.
"3 obsol. root, kindr. with Arab,
_*0 (there being no Arabic root kJ^)
to break ^vith violence, to rout an enemy ;
in Heb. transferred to the idea oi' vio
/ece in general. Hence lias, "'"itss
rJi'-iTax,
12 m. once ^'^^ Dan. 11, 6, c. suff.
"'na. R. nna q. V.
1. strength, might, power, both to act
and to endure, Job 6, 11. 12 ; spoken of
men, as of military prowess Judg. 16, 5
9. 19. Hab. 1, 11. Is. 63, 1 ; vital strength
Ps. 22, 16. 31, 11. 38, 11 ; might and
energy in business Gen. 31, 6. Is. 49, 4 ;
virile strength, and poet, for its fruit,
the first-born son, Gen. 49, 3 ; also of
animals Job 40, 16. Dan. 8, 7. Spoken
of the power and might of God. Jer. 10,
12 in=3 y-jN nitJs. Num. 14, 17. Job
23, 6. 24. 22. 37, 23. Ps, 65, 7. (n^n) l!J;i
a na there is strength, power, in any
one. he has power, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 1 Sam,
28, 20, comp, 1 K, 19, 8; c. inf et b to
have power to do any thing, i. q. to be
able, I can, 1 Sam, 30, 4 until cna "j-ix
riaab na they Jiad no power to weep,
could weep no more, 2 Chr. 20, 12. 25,
8. Dan. 8, 7. 11, 15. Is. 50, 2. Some-
times it is put in the genit. after sub-
stantives and adjectives ; as na yfiX
mighty in strength Job 9, 4. Is. 40, 26 ;
nb x-'sb Job 37, 23 ; nb 'iias Ps. 103,
20 ; nb 8<bb for nb xb -icxi Job 26, 2.
Further : a) In a bad sense, vio-
lence. Ecc, 4, 1, b) Trop. ability, i. e.
wealth, ricJies, comp. bin , Job 6, 22. 36,
19. Prov. 5, 10. Hos. 7, 9. c) strength
of the earth, its fj~uits, produce, brought
forth by its vivifying power. Gen. 4, 12
Job 31, 39.
2. A species of large lizard, prob, so
called from its strength. Lev. 11, 30.
Sept. and Jerome the chanielion ; Arab.
Vers. ij5^y^ ^^^^ land crocodile, or a
species of it. [Not improb. cs Bochart
supposes (Hieroz, I, p, 1069), Arab.
\j\%i\ the waral (vulg. waran), a spe-
cies of lizard several feet in length.
lacerta Nilotica, found occasionally in
Palestine ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 253. R.
^nn
457
'J^ in Kal not used, prob. like tfns
and bro luiving the signif. (o corti; to
hide ; which Ihon passed over partly to
the idea nC deiujiHg, deccicin>j. lying, as
ID ons, nn5 ; and partly to that of bt-
tmearing, painting, as in ^ns. The
order of derivation is tins, nns, hro ;
comp. medius, milieu. Eth. ^rhJ? to
deny, to apostatize ; Arab. Jci to de-
ny.
PiEL ins , to hide, to conceal, with ace.
and , of pers. Jer. 38. 14. 2 Sam. 14,
18 ; ace. impl. Josh. 7, 19. 1 Sam. 3, 17.
18. Jer. 50. 2 ; different is "jp in Job 15,
18. With ^3 Gen. 47, 18. By litotes,
"inD 8t3 7iot to hide is for to speak out
openly, to proclaim. Job 27. 11. P8.40, 11.
78, 4. Is. 3. 9; contra, not to hide what
is true, i. q. not to deny, Job 6, 10; comp.
tins.
UiPH. iTisri 1. to hide, Job 20, 12.
2. to destroy, to ciU off, pr. to make
disappear, Gr. Itvpavl^fiv, e, g. men Ex.
23, 23. 2 Chr. 32. 21. Zech. 11. 8; with
IB 1 K. 13. 34. Ps. S3. 5.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Piel, to he hidden,
concealed, with yo from any one, 2 Sam.
18, 13. Ps. 69. 6. 139. 15. Hos. 5 3.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be destroyed,
to be cut off. Job 4, 7. 15, 28. 22, 20.
Zech. 11, 9. 16 ; y\^r\ '{n Ex. 9, 15.
'I'^n? Chald. see in Chald. nn p. 296.
* ri/jS obsol. root, prob. i. q. Syr. s.o
to pant, Germ, keuchen. comp. the simi-
lar onomatopoetic roots nsD, n;s ; then
to exert oneself, one^s strength, etc.
Hence ni strength, power. The Arab.
.15 to prevail in battle, is apparently
secondary, and derived from the Heb.
ni.
^'J? MTT. hyou. i. q. Arab. Jl^v5^ to
paint the eyes with stibium, Ez.23, 40;
comp. 2 K. 9. 30. Jer. 4, 30. The pri-
mary idea is that of covering, besmear-
ing ; see in ins. Chald. Syr. Arab.
Ethiop. id. The paint of the Hebrew
women, called T^19 q. v. Gr. atlpm, axi-
^lov, was a powder producing a black
colour, commonly prepared from anti-
mony or from lead ore and zinc, which
they mixed with water, and spread by
means of a needle or probe of silver or
39
ivory upon the borders of the eye-lids ;
so that the white of the eye miirht ap
pear still whiter by being surrounded
with a black margin. See Bottiger's
Sabina p. 22, 48. Hartmann's Hebr&e-
rin II. p. 149. sq. III. p. 198 sq.
^ - T ! P""' ^o lie, to speak lies, see
Piel. For the primary idea see in kindr.
nns.
2. Trop. to fail, to waste away, e. g.
the body, Ps. 109, 24 '(tJiriQ lanD ''iba
m,y flesh failelh from fatness, i. e. is
without fiitness, pines away. Comp.
tt)ns , also Piel no. 3.
Piel tins 1. to deny what is true,
Gen. 18, 15. Josh. 7, 11. With a of
pers. to deny any one, as if not knowing
him, Job 8, 18 ; hence njn^ ains to deny
Jehotah Is. 59, 13. Jer.' 5, 12. Josh. 24,
27 ; h id. Job 31, 28 ; absol. id. Prov. 30,
9. With a of pers. and a of thing, to
lie or deny to any one as to any thing,
Lev. 5, 21 [6, 2j.
2. to lie, to speak falsehood. Lev. 19,
11, Hos. 4, 2. With b 1 K. 13, 18 tins
"ib he lied unto him. ,
3. to deceive or disappoint hope, ex-
pectation ; hence i. q. to fail, spoken of
the products of the earth. Hos. 9, 2..
Hab. 3, 17. CoAip. in 2T3 Pi.
4. to feign, to flatter, to fawn upon,
chiefly of the vanquished, who profess
devotedness and love towards their vic-
tors, c. b Ps. IS, 45. 66, 3. 81. 16.
NiPH.' Deut. 33, 29, and Hithp. 2 Samv.
22, 45, c. b; i. q. Pi. no. 4.
Deriv. the two following.
TiJns 1. a lie, deceit, Nah. 3. 1. Hos.
10, 13. 12. 1. Ps. 59, 13.
2. a pining away, leanness, Job 16, 8.
TCn? m. adj. lying, false, e.g. children
who deny their father, Is. 30, 9. R. oJna,
! "^ a primitive particle. A.)'Pr. a
Pron. relat. i. q. naiix. although in this,
its primary sense it is extremely rare
and therefore uncertain in the Hebrew
writings. The use of this ancient and
primitive word is also widely spread in
the Indo-European tongues: comp.
Sanscr. relat. yas, yA, yai, (softened for
qas, qd, qat.) Lat. qui, qu<e, qiiodj Pers.
sS, poet. ^, and even Chinese khe he,
and tshe who. Correlative to these EUPt;
458
demonstr. X'^rt, so. Gr. t, k-, hat. is,
see Buttm. Ansf. Sprachl. I. p. 290;
demonstr. and relat. "''n. (<5, corap.
Germ, die ; interrog. ''^ , ni; . il-q, t/.
By dropping also the initial palatal from
the fuller and antique form qui., there
has arisen the Pers. and Zab. (^ , "^1 ,
Germ. wie. The most certain example
of the relat. use, is prob. Gen. 3, 19 till
thou return unto the ground nsjs'a "3
nnjsb from which (whence) thou waM
taken, Sept. s| r^g tXr,(pdrig, and so also
Onk. Syr. Saad. The same idea is ex-
pressed in V. 23 by ot-?3 njsb -rix.
Causal it can hardly be in these words ;
since the cause is immediately subjoined :
nvirn iE>-bNi nn-x ie^' ^3. Soo too in
Gen. 4, 25 )"'?? i5"jn ""S , Vulg. quern oc-
cidit Cain, Sept. or anixitivf Kaiv, and
so Onk. Syr. since nothing could w^ell
be feebler than the expression, ''for
Cain slew him.' The same ancient
usage is again revived in Is. 54, G the
Lord- calleth thee as a wife of youth "'S
ON52r. who hast been rejected, Sept. fifiti-
a7]ftivi]v, Vulg. abjectam, Chald. qucs ab-
jecta eras. Is. 57, 20 the wicked are
like the troubled sea V?^"' xb CjrOin -3
which cannot rest, Vulg. quod quiescere
non potest. Other examples which may
be referred to this usage, are Prov. 30,
23. Deut. 14, 29. Ps. 90, 4. Further, the
LXX take ^3 as a relative in "iS'b:? "3 ,
translating "3"'>? I'nxa tovtov, and "^3
,3"bs ov i'vfxsv. Of the primary prono-
minal power of this word no one can well
doubt, who considers the analogy of
other languages, and compares the two-
fold use of I'oix as relat. and conjunc-
tion.
B) As a relative Conjunction, like
ittix, Gr. on, (whence uti, ut.) Lat.
quod, Fr. que.
1. that, (which also is a relat. pron.)
before dependent clauses following an
active verb and standing in the place of
an accusative, as elsewhere "laJN and
fully -ii^s rx, see "ix B. 1. Gen. 1, 10
3"ia "^3 D-^nyX 6tn^l pr. and God saw
this, that it was good. Job 9. 2 Tis'i';
js 13 I know that it is so. So after verbs
of seeing Gen. 1, 4. 10. 12. 3, 6 ; of hear-
ing Gen. 14. 14. 29, 33. 39. 15 ; of know-
ing Gen. 22, 12. 24, 14. 42, 33 ; of point-
ing out Gen. 3, 11. 12, 18. Ps. 50, 6. 92,
16; of demanding Is. 1, 12; of believing
Ex. 4, 5. Job 9, 16 ; of remembering Job
7, 7. 10, 9; of forgetting Job 39, 15.
Repeated, "'=1 "'S Gen. 29, 12. In for-
mulas with a verb (or verbal) intransi-
tive, the dependent clause with "3 is to
be regarded as in the nominative, e. g.
"iS Dia it is good that , comp. Gen. 2, 18.
Here also belong the following uses
of 'S, viz.
a) After formulas of swearing, as ^n
is nin"^ by the life of Jehovah (I swear)
thal.\ Sam. 20, 3. 25, 34. 26, 16. 29, 6.
C^'?*?: "^n 2 Sam. 2, 27 ; bx ''n Job 27,
2; "^JN "^n Is. 49, 18; n-'n"bx -h nbs^ rt3
:]-pi-'ri=1 1 Sam. 14, 44. 2 Sam'. 3, 9.
19, 2. 1 K.'2, 23 ; see in ri3 no. 1. Hence,
by an ellipsis of a like formula. ''S is put
affirmatively even at the beginning of
an oracle, Is. 15, 1.
b) Where "'S is put before a clause or
words directly quoted, like Gr. oxi, Syr.
5, for which last see a host of examples
in Agrclli Otiola Syr. p. 19. Gen. 29, 33
1^ ?^aj 13 "i53xn;; and she said, Jehovah
hath heard, pr. and she said that Jeho-
vah hath heard. Ex.3, 12. 1 K. 11, 22.
Ruth 1, 10. 1 Sam. 10, 19. al.
c) Subjoined to adverbs and interjec-
tions which have the force of a whole
clause, e. g. Job 12, 2 cs cnx ^2 D:iDit
no doubt that ye are the people. So njrT
13 behold that. i. q. the simple nsrt , Ps.
128. 4; 13 X-iVn id. I Sam. 10, 1 ; ^3 qx
thereto that, see CX ; ^3 DSX only that,
see CSN ; in all which phrases ^S can
be omitted in rendering.
d) i^n is it so that 1 is it the case
that 1 Fr. est-ce que ? for whether ? num 7
Job 6, 22 in-irx ^zr\ is it that I said?
did I say ? 2 Sam. 9, 1. So al.so where
Jin affirmative answer is expected (comp.
t\ no. 1. b), is it not the case that? Fr.
n^est-ce pecs que? i. q. nonne? Gen.-27, 36.
29, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19; comp. 1 Chr,
11, 21.
2. As a relative causal particle, vrcy
quod, viz.
a) As marking the emtse and reason
of any thing, because, since; so where
the causal clause precedes^ as Gen. 3,
14 because thou ha.<!t done this, cursed
art thou, etc. v. 17 because thou hast
459
hearkened unto thy wife, . . . cursed is the
ground, etc. So wliere it follows, which
is fur more common ; Qen. 2, 3 and God
blesned the seventh day became (^3)
in it he had rented, etc. Lam. 3, 28 he
sitleth alone and silent i^bs baj "'B be-
caime God hath laid it upon him. Ps. 22,
9. Wlicre the causal clause is thus put
last, 'S may often be rendered by a de-
monstrative causal partide,/or, Gr. yug,
e. g. Ps. 6. 3 heal me, Jehopuh, i^n^? "'B
'ass for my bones tremble greatly. 10,
14.'25, 16. Is. 2. 3. 6. 22. 3, 1. 10. 11.
Gen. 5, 24. 30, 13. 41, 49. al. ssepiss.
Almost always 'S stands at the begin-
ning of its clause ; very rarely it is in-
serted after one or more words, like Lat.
enim., Ps. 118, 10. 128, 2; so too Gen.
18, 20.
Where two or more causal clauses
follow each other, "'S is repeated, as
^3 13^ i^") '3, because and because,
or for and. Of such examples there
are several classes : a) Where more
than one cause of a thing is assigned, as
Is. 6, 5 wo is me ! for ("'S) / am undone.
?jban rx i3...."'D35< c^nEiu xpa ttj-'x 13
'S^s ^xn niX2S ">^ because I am a man
of unclean lips .... and because mine
eyes have seen the king Jehovah of hosts,
i. e. because I, a man of unclean lips
have beheld the Deity. Ps. 22, 12. /S)
Where the clauses are either less close-
ly connected, as Is. 9, 3. 4. 5. 15, 6. 8. 9.
28, 19. 20. 21. Job 3, 24. 25. 8, 9 (comp.
yaqyuQ Matt. 6, 32. 18, 10. 11. 24, 27.
28) ; or one is. so to speak, conlinuative
of the other, as Gen. 33, 11/or ("'B) God
hath dealt graciously with me, and ("'3')
I have all things. Job 38, 20. Is. 65, 16.
y) When the latter clause depends on
the former ; Gen. 26, 7 for ("'S) he feared
to say, she is my wife, lest the men of the
place should slay him ; because ("^3) she
was fair. 43. 32. 47, 20. To the first
class (a) belongs also the ironical pas-
sage 1 K. 18. 27 cry aloud Q^nbx -3
ib r^-)-| "SI ib 3-<-r 's^. n^b "3 sw for
he is a god, and he is meditating, or has
gone aside, or has gone out, etc. the ^ in
'31, 'p'i, being here evidently disjunc-
tive ; see in T no. 1. i. p. 266.
Sometimes the cau.sal power of "^3 is
not at once obvious, where yet on con-
eidering the connection of the sentences
it is found really to exist. E. g. Job 5,
22 at destruction and famine thou sludL
laugh, and of the beasts of the field thou
shall not be afraid; 22 for ("'3) with
the stones of the field shall thou be in
leag^ie, and the bea-tts of the field shall
be at peace with thee, i. e. thou shalt fear
nothing, because thy field shall be fer-
tile, not covered with stones nor infested
with wild beasts. Is. 5, 10 for (""S) ten
acres of vineyard shall yield one bath,
and the seed of an omer (ten ephahs)
shall yield one ephah ; where the pro-
phet had just said, many houses shall be
desolate, without inhabitant, sc. because
of the impending sterility of the fields.
Is. 7. 21 in that day a man shall keep
a heifer and a couple of sheep, 22 ... .
'"51 -irisn-b3 basi c^n^ "X^.H ""3 for
curds and honey shall every one eat, etc.
i. e. those who remain in the desolated
land, for want of fruits and wine, shall
live only on curdled milk and honey, and
therefore turn their attention to the
keeping of cattle and flocks. Comp. Is. 17,
3 sq. 30, 9. In other examples "^3 refers
not to the words next preceding, but to
others more remote, as Is. 7, 14 therefore
the Lord himself will give thee a sign:
Behold, a virgin shall conceive .... 16
for ("^3) before the child shall hiow, etc.
i. e. in this very thing, contained in v. 16,
consists the sign and prophecy which
Jehovah will give ; comp. 8. 4. Is. 10, 25
fear not .... 26 for yet a very little while
and the punishment shall cease. Josh 5,
5. 14, 12. 17, 18. Ps. 45, 11. 12. Comp.
for the like use of the particle yug,
Herm. ac Viger. p. 846; and for enini,
Ramshorn's Lat. Gram. 119. 1. With
these particles ""3 has also this further
in common, that it is put where one
appeals to a thing as known to all, as
matter of common notoriety, for surely,
for certainly, of course, e. g. Job 5, 6
^X ""S"^ xs;] xb ^'s for surely affliction
Cometh not forth from the dust. Is. 32, 6.
13. So ironically, Prov. 30, 4 what is
his name and what his son''8 name 7 "'B
""?*!! y^r thou knowest it of course. Job
38, 5. 1 K. 18, 27, see end of prcced.
paragr.
Finally, to this causal signification
belong the Ibllovving u.es of "'S : )
Afler verbs implying an aflfection of the
460
mind, as marking' the cause oC that
affection; e. g. of rejoicing Is. 14, 29.
Ps. 58, 11. 105, 38. 107, 30; oC being
angry Gen. 31, 35. 45, 5; of fearing
Gen. 43, 18. Ps. 49, 17; of respecting
Gen. 6, 6. 7. /5/5) As introducing an
* explanation, or the application of a par-
able, etc. for. for indeed, Lat, atqui, Is.
5, 7. Job 6, 21.
b) As marking consecution, result, ef-
fect, i. e. tlie cause or reason why a thing
as or will be so and so, i. q. that, so that,
so as that ; comp. Gr. xt ysyorsv ot.
<jren. 20. 9 what have I sinned against
thee, that ("'3) thou hast brought on me
a great sin ? 40, 1 5 here also I have
done nothing, that ("^3) they shoidd put
me into the dungeon. Is. 36, 5 now on
whom dost thou tntst, that (""S) thou hast
rebelled against me? Ps. 8, 5 what is
man, that ("^3) thou art mindful of him?
comp. Ex. 3, 11. Is. 29, 16 shall the pot-
ter be accounted as the clay, that ("'3)
tJie work shall say of the workman, He
made me not? Hos. 1, (5; also Gen. 20,
10. Ps. 44, 19. 20. 2 K. 8, 13. Job 6, 11.
10, 5. 6. 15, 14. 21, 15. al.
3. From the preceding causal power
is derived the use of '^'S in various ad-
versative constructions. E. g.
a) Preceded by a negative it is i. q.
but, Lat. sed, Germ, sondem. 1 K. 21,
15 Naboth is not alive na "'S but dead ;
pr. for lie is dead. Gen. 24, 3 thou shalt
not take a wife for my son of the daugh-
ters of the Canaanites .... 4 "bx "^S
T|^ri . . . '^S'lJ* but thou shalt go unto my
country, etc. In v. 38 in the same con-
text we find N^-DS . Gen. 45, 8 it is not
you who sent me hither, but (*3) God,
pr. for God sent me. Gen. 19, 2 "3 xb
'i'<b3 Sinnn nay! but we will abide all
-night in the street. Gen. 3, 4. 5. 17, 15.
Ex. 1, 19. Josh. 17, 18. 2 Chr. 20, 15.
Ps. 44. 8. Is. 7, 8. 65, 6. Dan. 9, 18. al.
See below in CK ""S B. 1. Once for
BX ''S B, 2, 1 Sam. 27, 1 nothing is well
for me, obrx "^3 unless that I flee, ex-
cept I flee ; Sept. inv (ir].
b) Similar to this is the use of "'S in
passages where a preceding negative is
not directly expressed, but yet a nega-
tive force lies in the sentence itself;
e. g. where in Latin the full construction
would be, '(minimc vero) ec/,' also sim-
ply enim, as in Cicero Tusc. 2. 24 : "nnra
turn ingemuisse Epaminondam putas,
quum una cum sanguine vitam effluere
sentiret ? Imperantem enim patriam La-
cedseTTioniis relinquebat, qoam acceperat
servientem," for: Minime vero, nam ;
Germ, nein sondem; Engl, nay but ; nay
for; bid no, for ; etc. Job 31, 17 have
I then eaten my morsel alone, and the
orphan hath not eatenfi there f 7 18 Nay
but ('^i))from my youth he grew up with
me as a father. Mic. 6, 3 what injury
have I done to thee 7 4 None, for (but)
/ brought thee up out of Egypt, etc. Ps.
44; 21 sq. if we had forgotten God ....
woidd not God, have searched it out ? 24
But no {^3), for thy sake are we slarigh-
tered. Job 14, 13 Oh that thoti wouldest
hide me in Sheol .... until thy wrath be
past (and afterwards recal me to life,
though I know this cannot be !) 16 "3
iQon i-irs nny but no ! instead of this
thou numberest my steps ; so far from
dealing kindly with me, thou even liest
in wait as it were against me. Ps. 49, 11.
130, 2. 2 Sam. 19, 23. Is. 49, 24. 25.
c) Rarely where no negative pre-
cedes, like uX'ka yag, but tndy. but yet,
yet, nevertheless ; comp. DS ^3 B. 3. Is.
28, 28 bread-corn is beaten out, V^s "'S
firr^iT^ iriix n:i,3b but yet one does not
thresh it always ; see in pjj'n no. 1. Is.
8, 23 nb psia ncKb qs-ia xb 'S never-
theless the darkness shall not abide
where now distress is. Job 23, 10.
4. As a particle of time, like "ittii< B.
5 ; pr. at which time, what time, when.
With a prset. Ps. 32, 3 ^iba "^nv^'^nn ^3
"i^as whe7i (while) / kept silent, my
bones wasted away. Judg. 2, 18. Ez. 3,
19. Job 7, 13. Oftener with a fut. Gen.
4, 12 nrnxn-rx ihsn '3 when thou
tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth
yield unto thee her strength. 24. 41. Is.
43, 2. Jer. 2, 26. 1 K. 8, 44. Job 27, 8. 9;
and so with fut. as pres. Job 22. 2 is a
man profitable unto God. when as a wise
man he is prof table to hini.'^elf? Ps. 8. 4i
when I consider thy heavens, etc. Job
4, 5. Ps. 11, 3. Is. 1, 12. Lev. 21. 9. al.
With a participle Jer. 44. 19. So too
without a verb, Hos. 11, 1 bx'^bi -r; *2)
when Israel was a child. Job 39. 24.
Very freq. in the construction "z "H";;; ,
''S IT^ni and it came to jjoss, when. etc.
461
Gen. 6, 1 and it came lo pans wJien
(^3 TJ*']) men began to multiply, etc.
Sept. Kul iyivtto rivixa x. t. L 2 Sum.
7, 1. 19, 26. nl. sjrp. Ex. 1, 10 aiul it
come to pass when ("'a n^n^) there fall-
eth out, etc. Judg. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 10, 7.
Is. 16, 12. Jer. 5, 19. 15, 2. See in r\ir\
no. 1. p. 249. Sometimes this use ai>-
proiiches near to a conditional power
(comp. T^X 13. 4) as in Engl, when for
if; so witli a praet. E.k. 20. 25; or with
a fut. 2 K. 4, 29 wh^n (if) thou m^etest
any man, salute him not. Gen. 46, 33
where Sept. iuv. Ex. 7, 9. Deut. 14, 24.
Josh. 20, 5. At other times, a strict dis-
tinction is observed between this parti-
cle and the conditional CX . as Ex. 21, 2
V}hen ("^3) tho2i biiyest a Hebrew ser cant,
six' years shall he serve thee, and in the
seventh he shall go ovifree. 3. If (cx)
he came in alone, he shall go out alone ;
if (ox) with a wife, then his wife shall
go out with him. 4. If (Cii) his master
hai-e gicen him a wife ... 5 and ?/"(cxi)
the servant sliall say, etc. So very oilen,
DX being every where used before the
particular conditions of a law. and ""3 be-
fore the whole law. Comp. in the same
chapter, v. 7 "^3, and v. 8. 9. 10. 11, CX.
V. 14. 18 'B, and v. 19 ex . v. 20 i3 and
V. 21 nx . V. 22 ""B and v. 23 DX . So v.
26. 27. 28, comp. 29. 30. 32. Also Lev.
1, 2. 3. In Arabic the same distinction
exists between til i. q. "'S and the con-
ditional ,1,1 i. q. ex. This ''S of time
sometimes stands in a clause after the
nominative, as Lev. 1, 2. 2. 1. 4, 2. Is.
28, 18. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Ez. 14,
13. al.
To the same conditional usage per-
tain the examples where ''S is for the
fuller "^3 oa even when, even if although;
see na no. 4. p. 197. Ex. 13, 17 God led
them not the way of the land of the Phi-
listines, 3iip3 xnn '3 although that was
near. Ps. 49' 19. 1 16, 10. Hab. 3, 17.
5. A less visual but certain use of ''S
is in the apodosvi, Engl. then. so. The
protasis then has a conditional particle,
e. g. ex , Job 8. 6 nns ^-s nnx n'd;i t,t dx
^\'S "i''5^ if thou art pure and. upright,
then lie will soon awake for thee. 37, 20 ;
K"'b nx, Is. 7, 9 if ye will not believe, then
39*
ye shall not be established ; 1^ Job 6, 2.
3 ; ^i;ib Gen. 31, 42. 43, 10 ; 'bix Num.
22, 33 ; ntx condif. Ecc. 8, 12 ; ii^X 1^
Gen. 22, 16. 17. Some assume here an
ellipsis, e. g. I affirm that, sure it is //to/,
or the like. This accords with the like
usage in no. 1. a, and is not improbable ;
although a demonstrative or affirmative
power, which some assume as the pri-
mary one in this particle, is without any
certain traces.
6. Prepositions to which ^'S is sub-
joined, (like "iCX B. 9.) are thus convert-
ed into conjunctions, as "'S "3^ and ''B b?
on this account that, because ; ^S'l" un-
til that, until; ''S -pS and "'B r'nv\ for
the reason that, because. Comp. Lehrg.
p. 637. For **"'? "^S see in its order
after CX "^3 p. 462. For "'S qx see p.
77.
Note. A remarkable example of the
various significations of "^3 is found in
Josh. 17, 17. 18 Thou shall not have one
lot only, but ("3) the mountain shall be
thine ; since ("3) it ts a forest, so thou
shall cut it down, and its utmost ends
shall be thine ; for ("3) thou shall drive
out the Canaaniles, because (''3) tliey
have iron chariots and because ("'3) they
are strong, i. e. because otherwise they
will be a source of trouble and destruc-
tion to you. Comp. 14, 12.
DX "^S a compound particle having a
twofold usage :
A) Where OX refers to an inserted or
parenthetic clause, and each particle
retains its own native force. Thus :
1. that if see "3 B. 1. Jer. 26, 15 but
know ye e'J""'^ "^rx cnx c^nttTa-cx ""S
cr""?? cjnb cnx "^ps that, if ye put me
to death, (that) ye shall bring innocent
blood upon yourselves. 1 K. 20, 6. So
after a formula of swearing, 1 Sam. 14,
39 "'3 '33 '(^1^"'? ''--!"!"=i< "S-.-i^^'^"? T?
mti'^ T'la as Jehovah liceth (I swear)
THAT, IF it be even Jonathan my son,
(that) he shall surely die. Jer. 22. 24.
In these examples "3 is repeated after
the parenthetic clause ; in others Vav
copulative is put instead : 1 Sam. 20, 9
far be it ns-^n nnb="3 r"!;* s^';"cx 'B
M^ T'^ax nrx xbi...-'::x cr^ that, if
/ knew that evil were prepared of my
father . . . then I would not tell it thee.
SS
462
Ex. 22, 22. Gen. 47, 18 ; comp. ] p. 266. i
bb.
2. because if. for if see ''3 B. 2. Ex.
8, 17 [21]. a 2. 10. 4. Deut. 11, 22. Esth.
4. 14. Is. 10, 22. Prov. 23, 18. al. saep.
Also interrog. nam num 7 for whelher 1
see nx B. ]. Lam. 5, 22 DS^-cx "'S
!i:riCJ<i3 for wilt thou then utterly reject
lis? cornp. Jer. 14, 19 where it is fi in-
stead of "3.
3. but if after a negative, see "'S B. 3.
Lam. 3, 32 Dnni nsirrcK '^ but if he
cause grief yet will he have compassion.
Also without a previous negative, see
in -^3 B. 3. c, Ex. 23, 22.
Note. In 1 Sam. 25, 34 "3 introduces
the apodosis, see "^3 B. 5 ; while CN is
the negative after an oath, see cs C. 1.
c. In 2 Sam. 3, 35 "^3 continues the
clause after a formula of swearing, see
^3 B. 1. b ; and CN is negative as be-
fore.
B) Where both particles are closely
conjoined and refer to the same clause.
1. but if after a negative ; Ps. 1. 1
hajtpy the man who walketh not (q. A. if
he walk not) ... 2 but f/"(DS ''S) his de-
light is in the law of Jehovah ; here it is
simply but. Germ, sondem. after a nega-
tive, i. q. 'S B. 3. a ; the force of the
other particle being attenuated and ne-
glected. So Gen. 15, 4 this shall not
be thine heir, but (CX ''3) he that shall
. come forth, etc. 32. 29 thy name shall not
be called Jacob, brd (cs "3) Israel. Josh.
17, 3 he had no sons, but (CS "3) daugh-
ters. 1 Sam. 8, 19 a7id they said, Nay,
bid (CN 'S; we will have a king over us.
2 Sam. 5, 6. 1 K. 18, 18. Is. 37, 19. 65,
18. Jer. 3. 10. al. saep. Sometimes the
negative before DS "^3 is to be supplied,
comp. -3 B. 3. b. 1 Sam. 26, 10 as the
Lord livelh ISSJi nin-;! ex -3 (not I) but
the Lord .smile him. 2 Sam. 13, 33 let
not the king take it to heart because they
say. All the king^s sons are dead ; (not
so) but Aninon only is dead.
2. but if, but when, i. q. unless, except,
^ always after a negative. a) Before a
verb. Gen. 32, 27 I will not let thee go,
except (nx "^3) thou bless me. Am. 3, 7.
Gen. 42, 15. Lev. 22, 6. Ruth 2, 16. 3,
18. 2 Sam. 5, 6. Ecc. 3, 12. b) Before
a noun ; Gen. 39, 9 he huth kept hack
nothing from me except (ex 'S) thee,
because thou art his wife. v. 6. Lev. 21,
1. 2 there shall none be defied for the
dead ... except (Di< '^'Z) for his kin. Num.
26, 65. Josh. 14, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. 22.
Esth. 2, 15. Jer. 7, 23. al. The preced-
ing negative is sometimes implied in a
question, Mic. 6, 8, Is. 42. 19.
3. Without a preceding negative, but,
Germ, aber, comp. '^3 B. 3. c. Gen. 40,
14 "^:ri~isT cx "3 hut remember me. when
it shall be well with thee ; Sept. wAiw,
Syr. jJf . Num. 24, 21. 22 strong is thy
dwelling-place . . . but (ON "^3) Kain shall
be wasted.
C) It is seen above, that one of the
two particles is often redundant and
might be omitted ; and so DX is four
times actually omitted in Keri, Ruth 3,
12. 2 Sam. 13, 33. 15, 21. Jer. 39, 12.
Still more is this the case, where ex 15
stands in the following connections :
1. that. i. q. ''3 B. 1. a, after formulas
of swearing. 2 Sam. 15. 21 where Keri
omits ex. 2 K. 5, 20 ; after a verb of
swearing. Jer. 51, 14 ; after C!:^:x Ruth
3, 12. So where the words of an oath
or affirmation are implied, thus marking
astrongaffirmation, Judg. 15,7 "|ib?n ex
"^ruc;?: ex "3 rxTS if ye have done thus,
(know assuredly) that J will be avenged.
1 K. 20, 6. For 2 Sam. 3, 35, see above,
in A, note.
2. because, for, causal, i, q. "S B. 2.
Job -42, 8.
"j?"^? ''S a formula signifying lit.ybr
therefore, and used to mark not purpose
and end. but rather the reason and cause
of a thing. The examples fall into two
classes, viz.
1. Where "^3 and "i?"^? are to be taken
separately. /or because; so that '3~bs is
for "ii:3x "IB-by on this account that, be-
cause, (see in '3 vMth Prep, d,) and in-
troduces the protasis, which the apodo-
sis then f()lIows. So in these passages :
Gen. 33, 10 receive my present. "iS'b? "3
^Ds-.p;! c^-'bx "^^B rxns rp:s "'Tj^i^'^ for,
because I hace seen thy face as though I
had seen the face of God, so thou wili
receive me graciously. Num. 10. 31. 14,
43/wr. because ye are tunwd away from
Jehovah, so Jehovah will not be with you.
2. Where the f()nnula is i. q. *|3"b?
for it;x *,3"by on this account that, be-
*
463
1-^
eauM, as above. Gen. 38, 26 she (Ta-
mar) is more righleotis than /, because
(,3"b5 ") I gave her not to Shelah mrj
son ; Vulg. (]uia. Judg. 6, 22 alas, O
Lord God ! (I must dio) because I have
seen an angel of the Lord face to face ;
comp. 13. 22. Is. 6, 5. Sept. on, Vulg.
quia. 2 Sam. 18, 20 Keri. Jer. 29, 27.
28. 38, 4. Gen. 19, 8 only unto these men
do nothing ; because (*3"b? "3) they
have come under the shadow of my roof
Note. From the examples in no. 1, it
appears that in this formuhi "'S origi-
nally retained its distinct native causal
power ; and no transposition or trajec-
tion is necessary, such as I formerly as-
sumed. In the other examples *,3 bs "^3
seem to have coalesced into one com-
pound particle, in which two causal
particles are accumulated ; and the
power of the first became by degrees
so attenuated as to be nearly or quite
redundant ; just like """[^X in Chaldee
'i3~br 1-is, which stands for the Heb.
formula in the Targums.
II. "'S subst. (for ''"3. r. niS, as ""X
\ ; T T '
for "^ix, '5 for '^S) a mark burnt in,
brand, once Is. 3, 24. Arab. J> id.
^ ? obsol. root, Arab. 5o mid. Ye,
to use deceit, to overreach; whence Jou
trick, fraud, also destruction, ruin, war.
Hence in Heb. TiS, )ii''S.
T^S m. destruction, calamity, Job 21,
20. See also "liT^B.
TTT^D m. (ina^ Xtyofi. a spark, Job 41,
11. R. 113.
"JITS m. (r. TS) 1. a javelin, spear,
a smaller kind of lance, different from
n-'in (1 Sam. 17, 6. 7. 45. Job 39, 23) ;
borne by soldiers suspended from the
shoulder, 1 Sam. 1. c. and thrown after
brandishing Job 41, 21 [29] ; common
among the Babylonians and Persians
Jer. 6, 23. f>0. 42 ; and so made as to be
conspicuou;3 when lifted up Josh. 8, 18
corap. 26. being probably decorated with
a flag, like the lances of the modern
Polish lancers or Uhlans. So Kimchi
05 13'^ riBiin xin ' this is the spear with
a flag on it.' Bochart aptly derives it from
r.*Ti3, comp. 3*5^ sword, and v-^v^ war.
2. Chidon, pr. n. of a place between
Kirjath-jearim and Jerusalem ; 1 Chr.
13, 9 TIT'S ina the threshing floor of Chi-
don; in 2 Sam. 6, 6 "jiSD "ina, see '("iaj.
^IT'S m. (r. >']3) tumult, espec. lear-
like tumidt, war. Job 15, 24. Vulg. pr<x-
lium, Syr. war.
l^^S una^ Xfyofi. prob. a statue, image,
from r. ')13 Pi. "('B, after the (brm p^on,
blSD , etc. The prophet says ol' the Is-
raelites in the desert : Am. 5, 26 ye bore
the tabernacle of your king (idol), and
the statue (V*^? or statues, Heb. Gr.
106. 3) of your idols, the star of your god
which ye made to yourselves ; so Vulg.
imaginem idolorum vestrorum ; comp.
Acts 7, 43. According to this interpre-
tation, the only one wiiich the received
vowels well admit, the name of the idol
so worshipped by the Israelites is not
given ; and it can only be inferred from
the mention of a star, that some planet
is to be understood, which Jerome con-
jectures to have been Lucifer or Venus.
The Syriac translator gives a differ-
ent explanation, translating oa'^abs "ji^s
byjT>Vi\. ^Xsi Saturn your idol; pro-
nouncing the Heb. "ji^s prob. as "''5,
and regarding it as i. q. Syr. .ej^ Arab.
(^1ju the ])Ianet Saturn, which the
Semitic nations worshipped along with
Mars as an evil demon to be propitiated
with sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. II. p,
343. The LXX held r^= to be the
proper name of an idol ; although chang-
ing 3 into 1 (comp. 'w".^3 Nah. 1. 6 Sept.
aqxi'^i as if for iTXi) they write it cor-
ruptly 'P(jr', 'Pt/ifiuy, which by the fur-
ther corruption of transcribers became
'Pffxcpav, 'Pfficpu. It has been assumed,
but cannot be shown, that 'Pmqiuv or
'Pi]<fdv was an Egyptian word denoting
the planet Saturn. It was so found in-
deed in two Coptic-Arabic Lexicons by
Kircher, Ling. .^gypt. restit. p. 49. 527j
but Jablonsky long since remarked,
that this word and the other names of
planets in these lexicons were of Greek
origin, and were drawn from the Coptic
version of Amos and the Acts. The
more recent lexicographers of the Cop-
tic tongue have been able to find n<i
rs
464
*)5
other examples ; Peyron. p. 1S4. See
more in Thesaur. p. 669, 670.
I'i'^3 and "I**? m. plur. n^y-S 2 Chr.
4, 6. and ni- 1 K. 7, 38. 40, 43. R. 1^3 II.
1. Pr. a basin, fire-pot, fire-pan, so
called from boiling or roasting, 1 Sam.
2. 14. So tJix "li'S afire-pan, fire-basin,
Zech. 12. 6.
2. a basin, wash-basin, laver, from its
form, Ex. 30, 18. 28. 31, 9. 35, 16. 39, 39.
i K. 7, 38. al. Further
3. a platform or pulpit, suggestus, for
speaking in public, so called from the
form, 2 Chr. 6, 13. The context does not
determine whether this suggestus was
round or square ; and the measure of
length and breadth given would rather
imply the latter. But as the name im-
plies a likeness to a basin, it was more
probably round.
''^^S Is. 32, 5, and ''^? v. 7, deceitful,
a deceiver, Vulg. fraudidentus ; by
aphseresis for ^'>"'23, "^z^ (r. ^=3) the
adj. termination '- being added. Syr,
|1 n1 id. The prophet perhaps uses the
form "^V? ^01* "^^"^3; ill allusion to the fol-
lowing ^'^^3.
niBb'^3 f. plur. (r. V^JS) sledge-ham-
mers or axes, Ps. 74, 6. Syr. j-n-^^os
a hammer, axe, mattock. Kindr. is
Chald. Nsbip club, cudgel.
mfl'^S f. (r. D"3) pr. a heap, cluster,
espec. of stars, and hence for the con-
stellation of the Pleiades, or f?ie Seven
Stars, consisting of seven large stars
closely conglomerated with other smaller
ones. Arab. UyJ abundance, multitude,
more fully UyxJ! JJL& the binding to-
gether, bundle, cluster, of Pleiades ; Syr.
like Heb. jials .Am. 5, 8. Job 9, 9. 38,
3J; in which latter passage we have the
similar figure ms-S r"i:"]?^ "'^"p^fi didst
thou bind the bands of the Pleiades 7
Sec more in Hyde on Ulugh-Beigh's
Tabb. p. 32. Niebuhr"'s Arabia p. 114
Germ. Ideler Ursprung und Bedeutung
der Sternnamen, p. 146.
C'^3 m. contr. for 033 from r. D33, like
b'i3 q. V. for 033.
]. a bag purse, for money Prov. 1,
14. Is. 46, 6 J used also by merchants to
carry their weights for money and mer-
chandise, Deut. 25, 13. Mic. 6, 11; see
Chardin Voyage T. III. p. 420. Hence
O-iD 'srs Prov. 16, 1 1. Syr. and Chald. id.
2. a cup, i. q. 013, Prov. 23. 31 Cheth.
where Keri 0i3. Hence "'S and Di3
are seen to be kindred forms
">^3 only Dual D^T? (r. n^3 II) prob.
a cooking-furnace, range for pots, per-
haps of pottery, as it could be broken ;
and double, as having places for two
pots or more, Lev. 11, 35, where it is
coupled with "iliFi oven. So Kimchi.
Syr. l-ks2 Lj^ pot-house, hearth, Sept
/vr^oTTodts: pot-feet, supporters.
'i'^3 see "li^s .
"llTO'^S m. (r. "''^3) a righter, director,
sc. of a spindle, i. e. the whirl or twirl of
a spindle, fixed upon its lower end for
the purpose of twirling it ; once Prov.
31, 19. So Kimchi. In the East the
spindle is held in the hand, often per-
pendicularly ; and is twirled with one
hand, while the other draws out the
thread. Comp. Thes. p. 722.
riDlS (Milel) contr. from ns ns so so,
i. e. so and so, thus and thus, i. q. simpl.
ri3 , but stronger. As referring to
what precedes, Ex. 29, 35. Num. 8,
26. n, 15. Deut. 29, 23. Hos. 10, 15;
also to what follows Ex. 12, 11. IK.
1. 48. It is found in every age of the
Hebrew, and stands always absol. be-
ing never preceded by 3 . Hence nrD"'S||
how? q. V. In Aramaean the final n
is dropped; leaving the form T(3 so;
whence some have regarded n:3 as de-
rived from ~3 with He paragogic. This
opinion, though false, seems to have
been followed by the Hebrew gramma-
rians in placing the tone on the penult.
"I3S f Gen. 13, 10. Ex. 29, 23. 2 K. 5,
5, constr. ^33. pr. a circle, orb, tor "^S"??,
from r. "i"]3 , Pilp. "'SIS Plur. see in no.
2, 3. In the occidental languages corre-
sponding words are circus, ciVculus, and
with the r softened xixlog. Comp. T^^S .
1. a circuit, circumjacent tract of coun-
try, Neh. 12, 28. So i^"^?" i^S ff>e cir-
cuit or tract of the Jordan, i. e. the tract
through which the Jordarj flows into the
Dead Sea, Gen. 13, 10. 11. IK. 7. 46.
IDS
465
<90
2 Chr. 4, 17 ; Sept. ^ n((/ixt>i(/og tov
'Joi/duyov, and eo Matt. 3, 5. Ollen also
nai ilox,]v iMn id. Gen. 13, 12. 19, 17.
25. 2 Sara. 18, 23. Neh. 3, 22. Now
xJkJf el-Cihdr.
2. cnb lis lit. a round of bread, a
round loaf or cake, Ex. 29, 23. 1 8am.
2, 36. Prov. 6, 26. Plur. orjb nii3
Judg. 8, 5. 1 Sam. 10,3.
3. a talent, Syr. )i>as, a weight equal
to 3000 shekels of the sanctuary, as ap-
pears from Ex. 38, 25.26; comp. how-
ever 2 Sam. 12, 30. :nj -iS3 a talent
of gold I K. 9, 14. 10, 10. 14 ; qo? -153
2 K. 5, 22. 23, 33 ; nnB> '3 Zech." 5, 7.
Dual W^'i'ss tico talents, 2 K. 5, 23;
qDS D^nss two talents of silver, ih.
where o^^SS holds as it were the mid-
dle place between the stat. absol. C7"?33
and constr. ""^iSS ; which latter would
not here mark the dual number. Plur.
D-^nss constr. ''::22 f. taleiUs 2 K. 5, 5.
1 Chr. 22, 14. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 26.
"133 Chald. plur. r^SS or "('"iS?, a
talent, i. q. Hebr. no. 3. Ezra 7, 22.
bb m. once blS Jer. 33. 8 Cheth.
c. Makk. "bS, pr. subst. the whole, to-
tality, from r. 'bh'3 to complete. Arab.
S
jy, Syr.V^, Samar. Mj Eth. WAl,
id. Corresponding are Gr. okog, Lat.
ullus, Engl, whole. In the occidental
languages it is mostly to be rendered by
adjectives.
1. Where it refers to a single thing
and includes the idea of oneness, totality,
whole, all, Lat. totiis. Gr. oloc ; followed
by a substantive in the genitive, made
definite either by the definite article, as
Gr. 7i(ina i, y^. toute la terre, the whole
earth ; or by the genit. of a noun or pro-
noun ; unless it be a proper name which
is in itself definite. E. g. V"iNn"^Si all
the earth, the whole earth. Gen. 9, 19. 11,
1 ; nrn-bs aU the people Gen. 19, 4 ;
(Sisn-Vs all the flock 31, 8 ; bixn-bs the
whole ram Ex. 29, 18 ; ci'n-lss all the
day. the whole day, see nii no, 3. g. /5 ;
')'!!')!n 'SS'^ the whole tract of the Jor-
dan Gen. 13. 10; 'i;i3 7"!S-^S) all the land
of Ethiopia Gen. 2. 13. comp. 14. 7. 41. 8.
45, 20; "^as-bs all vty people Gen. 41,
40; ^i'isri'SS!! r,=3V>-l3:3 Deut. 4, 29.
2 Sam. 9, 9. Gen. 2, 2 ; bKnto-^? oil
Israel, the whole people of Israel, 1 Chr.
11, 1. But even in this signif. there oc-
cur certain examples where the subst. is
without the art. (comp. in no. 2. c.) c. g.
\?3-bz3l 3^"^a with all l/i heart and
with all the mind 2 K. 23, 3; so Ps. Ill,
1. 119, 2. 34. 69. 145. Also "iban-bs all
flesh, all men, Gen. 7, 15; but i'>aa~i!3
6. 12. 13. Is. 40, 5. 49, 26. With suff.
T(^, Ti^S, thou whole, Is. 14,29. 31. 22,
1 ; \fS all of him Gen. 25, 25. Rarely
Va is put in the genit. after a noun, (in
the manner of the phrase tU"ipH in and
the like.) as Van riiTn the whole vision
or revelation, Is. 29. 11 ; oftener Avith a
suffix, as Hisa bxnB7 pr. Israel all of it,
i. e. all Israel, 2 Sam. 2, 9; nis C';i']:T3
for a-iiais-ba Ez. 29, 2 ; Pi^a ban Job 34,
13. For the similar usage in the Ara-
bic words Jo and z**^:^ see De S?icy
Gramm. Arabe II. 68.
2. Where it refers to several things,
many individuals, all, evern/, e. g.
a) Absol. a) Without art. b'a all, i. q.
they all, but with verb sing. Is. 30, 5 ba
Ui'^xah all were ashamed. Is. 44. 24 all
things, sc. which exist. Ps. 8, 7. Job 13.
1. 42, 2. p) With art. ban the whole, all
i. e. all men, i. q. cnsrj-ba . Gen. 16, 12 "in^
baa his hand against all. Ecc. 9, 2 ban
bab "Csa all things alike to all, i. e. the
same lot awaits all. Job 24, 24 bas wsn
'l^SS;?'^ they melt away, like all they die.
Joined with a verb sing. Ps. 14, 3. Ecc.
6, 6. So lor all things, every thing, Ecc.
1, 2 bari ban all is vanity. 3, 11. 7, 15.
12, 8. Ps. 49, 18. Dan. 11, 2.
b) Before a plur. subst. made definite,
comp. Fr. 'tous les hommes.' So "ba
C^isn all the nations Is. 2, 2. 25, 7 ; "ba
nib-^n all the nights, every nighl, 21, 8.
D'^Sb-nn-ba all the wicked Ps. 145, 20 ;
C-^bssn-ba all the falling 145. 14 ; "ba
Cis^n all the days. i. e. the whole time,
see in ci-^ no. 2 ; CiX "^V^S '' ^^^ ^^V*
of Adam Gen. 5, 5 ; "^nb ''Ja-ba all the
Levites Ex. 32, 26; ban '^a^-'-ba Is. 18,
3 ; Cii'ia 'abia-ba 14, 9 ;' rj'^n'iNbss-ba all
thy mighty works Ps. 9, 2. Poet, and in
the later books also without the art,
C':"i;-ba Is. 13. 7. ri:nbd-ba 28, 8. comp.
51, 18. 20 ; n-iiBrba ail the women Ezra
*jf)
466
b5
10, 3. With sufF. plur. 13^3 all of vs,
we all, Gen. 42, 11 ; C3^3 // of you, ye
all, Deut. 1, 22 ; c^3 ZaV^ a/Z Is. 14, 10.
18.' 31, 3, also cn|3 2 Sam. 23, 6; f.
n:^3 Gen. 42, 36. "n:n^3 1 K. 7, 37.
T T \ ' T :,T 1, '
Also before the relative, Gen. 6, 2 "53
snna ".CN all (the daughters) u-hom
(hey chose. 7, 22 c^'n nsn-ncrj ^irx-bs
T^Bsa all in whose nostrils was the breath
of life. 39, 5 i> ai;i "ii^ix-bs aZZ that he
hadj and ellipt. 'ni3"'=n-bs all that /
7jave prepared 1 Chr. 29, 3. So too be-
fore a periphrastic plural, "i"iT 'n'rbDa
m all generations Ps. 45, 18 ; Di'^'Vaa
Ci-^l Esth. 2, 11.
c) Before a noun sing, collective, with
the article, as Ciijfi'bs all men Gen. 7,
21. Judg. 16, 7^' nnn-b3 all living
things, animals. Gen. 8, 1 ; 'lati'bs all
S071S, every son, Ex. 1, 22. Rarely
without art. though still definite, as
C:s?-V3 all the smds Gen. 46, 15. 22. Ex.
1, 5 ; rxT-bs all this Is. 5, 25, where the
demonstr. pron. does not require the art.
to make it definite. 1^3 they all Is. 1, 23.
d) Before a noun sing, without the
art. Vs signifies all, every one, whoever,
tthatever, Fr. to^tt homme ; e. g. 05"b3
every people, nation, Esth. 3, 8 ; 'liS'bs
id. 2 Chr. 32, 15 ; onx'^ every man Job
21, 33. 37, 7. Ps. 39, 6^; n-^a-^B every
house Is. 24. 10 ; ;x^-b3 Jer. 48, 37. Am.
8, 10; "i=I"ba every male Gen. 17, 12;
nj^r-^sa every year Esth. 9, 21 ; fiB-Vs
every moidh Is. 9, 17; and in the same
sense c. art. nsn-^S 1 K. 19, 18 ; "laf^-^a
evei-y son Ex. 1. 22.
3. Before a noun not made definite, Vs
is also any one. any thing, as ia'n~bs aity
thing whatever Ruth 4. 7. Num. 35. 22.
Ez. 15, 3. With plur. risa Va any of the
commandments, any commandment. Lev.
4, 2. Hence with a negat. part, not ami,
no one. none, nothing, e. g. a) Where ^3
stands absol. Deut. 8, 9 na ^3 'pnn xb
thou shall not lack any thing in it, thou
shalt lack nothing. Prov. 30, 30. b)
With a genit. sing. Ex. 12. 36 nixbis-bsi
nbS"] nh no work shall be done. 20, 4.
2 Ciir. 32. 15. Gen. 3. 1. Lev. 3. 17. Prov.
12,21. Dan. 11.37. With nog.pnrt. -("^X.
Judg. 19, 19 '=^-^3 ibn-o px there is
no want of any thing, nothing wanting.
Ecc. 1, 9; c. b Judg. 13. 4. c) With
a plur. Dan. 8. 4 'nr' b ni^n-bs'' and
no beast could stand before h im. pr. none
of the beasts. Dan. 12, 10. Different is
b'3 with neg. in the passage Ps. 49, 18,
bsn npj) in-iisa xb (where ba has the
article) dying he takes not this all with
him, i. e. all these things ; and also in
those passages where b3 befor3 a defi
nite subst. signifies the whole, totus, as
1 Sam. 14. 24 onb crn-br. cso s<b the
wliole people did not taste food. Num. 23
13 nxnn xb iks thou shalt not see tJu
whole sc. of Israel, but only a part.
4. all, i. e. of all kinds, cf every kind
and sort, like Gr. nug for nuvToiog, navro-
dunog II. 1. 5 ; just as the Hebrews also
use the periphrastic plural for things
of various kinds, Heb. Gramm. 106. 4;
comp. in Engl, many for many kinds,
Germ. Viel for Vielerley. E. g. "/^"bB
all manner of trees, trees of every kind.
Lev. 1 9, 23 ; "i2t!~b3 all manner of wares
Neh. 13, 16. 1 Chr.' 29, 2. /
5. Adv. for nuvibtg, all, wholly, altoge-
ther, e. g. a) Before substantives, Ps.
39, 6 CnX'bs bafi'bs every man is alto-
gether vanity, wholly a vain thing, i. q.
^T.V| T\^ 45, 14. b) Before other ad-
verbs, chiefly in the later Hebrew, aa
d raS'bs wholly as, in all points like
as, Ecc. 5; 15 ; liyba all the while yet,
wholly so long as. Job 27, 3. Comp.
Lehrgb. 626.
Note. When b'3 stands in connection
with a subst. fern, or plural, the predicate
usually agrees in gender and number
with the noun as the more important
word, e. g. bknr nrttijn-b3 Ps. 150, 6;
more rarely with bs as the governing
word. Gen. 9, 29. Ex. 12, 16. Nah. 3, 7.
Oiice b3 is found separated from its
genitive, Hos. 14, 3 'li? S<^'ri"b3 ; also
Is. 40, 12 according to some.
^3 Chald. with Makk. -b3, i. q. Heb.
1. With the sing. all. the whole, every;
snirb'^-bs the whole kingdom Ezra 6,
IL 12. 7, 16.
2. With the plural, all. every. Dan. 3. 2.
5. 7. With suff. 'p'n^S all of them, them
all, Dan. 2, 38. 7, 19. ' Absol. in st. em-
phat. N^S (Mil^l, as in Syr.) i. q. Hebr.
b2n,a//. i.e. all things (not adverbially),
Dan. 2, 40 sbs ben grinding small all
things. 4, 9 Pia Kb=b i-it^ food for all
was in it ec. the tree. v. 25. Ezra 5, 7.
MbD
467
ibD
Before the relat. ellipt. Dan. 2, 38 in
every place where men dwell.
3. any one, whoever, Dan. 6, 8 mid.
With X^, o one. Dan. 2, 10. 35. 6, 24.
4. Adv. like the Heb. no. 5, wholly,
altogether, before other adverbs pleo-
naslically in the dilFuse manner of the
Araniffian dialects, which delight in the
languid accumulation of particles. So
in the formulas: nj'n'bap'bs wholly for
this cause, '^'^'^zp'b'S wholly because,
i. q. sirapl. because ; see in ^SfJ.
* ^5^3 fut. x^D-^ Pa. 40, 10. 12. Is. 43,
6; but both in prfet. and fut. of^en so
inflected as to imitate verbs rl^. as
'pxbs Ps. 109, 101. 'anbli l Sam. 25. 33,
iVs rSam.6, 10; rhy] Gen. 23. 6. Vice
versa s^3 Dan. 9, 24 is for nis inf. Pi.
from nbs.
1. to close, and so to enclose, to shut up
any one Jer. 32. 3. Part. pass, xba shut
lip V. 2. Ps. 88, 9. Intrans. to be shut up
Hagg. 1, 10.
2. to withhold, to restrain, a person
Num. IL 28. la. 43, 6 ; the wind Ecc. 8,
8 ; the lips Ps. 40. 10 ; also 1 Sam. 6, lO.
With '\0 from doing any thing 1 Sara.
25, 33. Ps. 119, 101. With ",13 of pers. to
withhold a t!iing/roi any one. to prohi-
bit in respect to any thing. Gen. 23, 6.
Ps. 40, 12 ; comp. Hagg. 1, 10. Chald.
Syr. xbs, Ul, Ethiop.^AA to prohibit,
Arab. ^\o to guard j II, to prohibit, to
constrain.
3. From the idea of separating con-
tained in no. 1, seems to come the no-
tion of diversity in O'^s^jp q. v. in xbs
no. 2.
Note. This root is also widely spread
in the occidental langu'iges. e. g. in the
signif of shutting up, as xXtlb), whence
ttXdq, xXr/ig, xAV'V. Claris, claudo, Engl, to
close ; in the sense of restraining xwAi'w,
noXoia, comp. also celo, occulo.
NiPH. to be shut np, restrained, as wa-
ters Ez. 31, 15 ; the rain Gen. 8. 2.
With "(O and inf. to restrain oneself from,
to cease from doing. Ex 36, 6.
Deriv. Kibs, X"'b3, nbs^ and plur.
n-ixbaa , also
i^^l m. c. suff. -ixbs Jer. 52, 33; plur.
1. a shutting vp ; hence a prison, Jer.
I. c. 2 K. 23, 29 ; elsewhere more fully
xbs P"? 2 K. 17, 4. Is. 42, 7 ; c. art.
xbin n-'a 1 K. 22, 27. Jer. 37, 15. 18 j
plur. ^^^b^ ipa Is. 42, 22.
2. separation; then things separated,
diverge, see the root no. 3. Found only
in Dual D7J<b3 two things of diverse
kinds, heterogeneous, Lev. 19. 19. Deut.
22, 9. Corresponding is Eth. ^A./l>
two, of two kinds ; Arab, ik^both, see
De Sacy Gramm. Arabe II. p. 155, 156,
edit. 2.
asbS (perh. like to his father) Chi-
leab. pr. n. of a son of David, 2 Sam.
3,3.
a"^fi$^3 dual, see in Nbs no. 2,
.... .. ^
2? obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr.
imitating the sound of striking, beam-
ing, like kindr. T/bs q. v. Engl, to clap,
Germ, klappen, as a door when shut or
the like ; hence a^bs q, v. Thence
transferred to the barking of dogs, as if
a series of pulses or claps ; as in Engl,
also ' the dog strikes up ;' comp. Germ.
kldffen. French clapir, clabauder, Swed.
glqffa, to bark, Engl, to yelp. Hence
abs dojj, where see.
-r"? (perh. dog, for nbs) Caleb, pr. n.
a) The companion of Joshua, son of Je-
phunneh, Num. 13. 6. 14, 6 sq. Josh. 15,
14. Patronym. "'sbs 1 Sam. 25, 3 Keri.
b) 1 Chr. 2. 18. 19, for which '=ibs v. 9.
c) 1 Chr. 2, 50.
nnnSS nbS CaUb-Ephratah, pr. n.
of a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 2,
24.
3^3 m. (r. aba) plur. B'^sbs constr.
^ab?, a dog, so called from his bark-
ing, pr. the barker. Arab. <^^jJS, Syr.
i^^, Eth. ^A-fl, id. Secondary
verbs, derived from the nature and ha-
bits of the dog, are : vS-i^to be mad,
rabid, to pursue enemies, > n\- i to be
rabid. Among the Hebrews, dogs were
kept to guard houses and flocks Is. 56,
10. Job 30, 1 ; but throughout the East
they are mostly without masters, and
wander half famished and fierce in troops
around the cities and villages, 1 K. 14,
nbs
468
11. 16, 4. 2 K. 9, 10 ; whence dogs is
often an appellation for fierce and cruel
enemies, Ps. 22, 17. 21. Further, as the
dog was to the Hebrews an unclean and
despised animal (Is. 66, 3), so by way
of reproach a person is said to be a dog
2 K. 8, 13 ; a dead dog 1 Sam. 24, 15.
2 Sam. 9, 8. 16, 9 ; a dog's head 2 Sam.
3, 8 ; just as at the present day in the
East, Christians are called dogs by the
Muhammedan rabble. In allusion to
the lechery of this animal, the name dog
is also applied to a male prostitute, sod-
omite, Deut. 23, 19, comp. v. 18 where it
fe ^t!!^ . Comp. xvvtg Rev. 22, 15.
'^5 fut. i^^s";!, once nV^s*^ like verbs
Kb 1 K. 17, 14; apoc. bs"^^ bz^ Job 33,
21 ; inf constr. nbs .
1. to be complete, perfect. Jivished ;
Sept. often fTvrTfliia&ai. The primary
idea is pr. to close up, to come to a close,
kindr. with K^S and b^S, comp. C^n.
This root is almost peculiar to the He-
brew, few traces of it being found in the
kindred dialects. Spoken of any work,
e. g. a building Ex. 39, 32. 1 K. 6, 38.
2 Chr. 29, 34. Hence a) to become
ready, to be ready, prepared, sc.for a
person, to impend over him ; e. g. pun-
ishment, calamity, Ez. 5, 13 "^tSN ribs,
mine anger is prepared, i. e. is ready to
be poured out. Prov. 22, 8. With Dra ,
PVi'O ,from or by any one, and '^'^.for any
one, Esth. 7, 7 ; comp. 1 Sam. 20, 7. 9.
25, 17. b) Of a prophecy, to be accom-
plished, fulfilled, 2 Chr. 36, 22. Ezra 1,
1. Dan. 12, 7.
2. to be finished, ended, past, e. g. a
season or period of time Gen. 41, 53.
Ruth 2, 23. Is. 24. 13 ^^S3 nbs cx when
the vintage is ended. 10, 25 EST nbrl and
the indignation will be past, i. e. the
time of punishment. 16, 4. 32, 10. Jer.
8,20.
3. to be ended, spent, consumed, e. g.
food 1 K. 17, 16; c. ',73 Gen. 21. 15.
Hence a) to be consumed, destroyed,
to perish, as by the sword, famine, di-
vine judgments ; Jer. 16, 4 2?73i a")na
lbs") they shall be consumed by the sword
and by famine. Ps. 39, 11. 71. 13. 90, 7.
Is. I, 28. 29, 20. Mai. 3, 6. b) to waste
aicay, to pine away, to fail, as the flesh,
eyes, strength, Job 33, 21 iiiea ba-^ his
fiesh is icasted away. Prov. 5, 11. Ps. 73,
26. Lam. 2, 11 T? nis^^a Jibs mine eyes
do fail with tears. Ps. 71, 9 Tb ribrs.
So espec. in the phrases : "'D"'? lbs Ps.
69, 4. 119, 82. 123 ; ^ni-^bs -hi Job 19,
27 ; 'rBJ nnbs Ps. 84, 3. 119, 81 : nnbs
I- t:,t ' ' T:rr
"Tni-i Ps. 143, 7, i. e. my eyes, reins, soul,
spirit, pine away with desire, i. q. I my-
self pine away, languish, with the hope
of deliverance so often disappointed ;
coniitr. either absol. Ps. 69, 4. 143, 7 ; or
with b of thing Ps. 84, 3. So the eyes,
as expressive of emotions, are said to
pine away, fail, from disappointed hope.
Job 11, 20. 17, 5. Lam. 4, 17 ; also of
beasts Jer. 14. 6 ; comp. Pi. no. 3. b. c)
to pass away, to vanish, as a cloud Job
7, 9 ; smoke Ps. 37, 20. 102, 4 ; time Job
7, 6. Ps. 31, 11. Jer. 20, 18.
PiEL n^3, 1 pers. 'n-i^S Ez. 6, 12. 7,
8, and Ti-^^S Num. 25, 11. Is. 49, 4, n-^^S
Ez. 4, 6 ; Inf constr. ribs , absol. and
constr. nbs . once sbs Dan. 9, 24 ; Fut.
nb?"^, conv. b^'^i.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to complete, to
finish, to end ; Gen. 2, 2 and on the sev-
enth day God ended (b^ii) his work.
Ex. 5, 14 czpn on-^bs sib yifTn? wherefore
have ye not finished your task ? Ruth 3,
18. Lev. 19, 9 ibipb rj-ib tkb nbsn xb
thoii shalt not finish reaping the comers
of thy field, i. e. shalt not wholly reap
the corners, but leave them for the
gleaners. 1 K. 6, 14. Ez. 42, 15. Ruth
2, 21. Dan. 9, 24 sx'sn itbrb to finish the
transgression ; see on the whole passage
Thesaur. p. 538. In Gen. 6, 16 it differa
little from nkjy to make. Hence, to make
ready, to prepare, sc. evil against any
one, Prov. 16. 30 he who biteth his lips
nrn nbs hath prepared, evil sc. in hia
heart. But a ("irii:!!) iBX nbs is to com-
plete one''s anger upon any one, to pour
it out. spoken of God Ez. 6, 12. 7, 8. 13,
15. 20,8.21. Lam. 4, 11.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to finish doing
any thing, i. q. to leave off", to cease ; Gen.
44, 12 he began at the eldest and left off'
(nbs) at the youngest. 1 Sam. 3, 12.
With inf c. b. Gen. 18, 33 as soon as he
left off speaking ("la^b nb3) with Abra-
ham. 24, 19. 43, l."l Chr. 27, 24 he be-
gan to number nbs Jtbl but finished not,
sc. because of interruption. Deut. 31,24.
Josh. 8, 24. al. 2 Chr. 24, 10 Pibb 13
nbs
469
nbd
Mn/t7 Ihey luid fininhed, done. More
rarely with IXj/Ex. 34, 33. Lev. 16. 20.
1 Sam. 10, 13. Ez. 43,23. AUo tojinish,
i. q. to make an end <f, to make ceajte ;
Num. 17, 25 [lOj SPOnbn bsni and thou
shall make their murviuringa to cease ;
comp. V. 20.
3. Causut. of Kal no. 3, to consume, to
9pend, e. g. food Is. 27, 10 ; elrcnjrtli Is.
49, 4 ; arrows, i. q. to uae up, Deut. 32,
23. Hence a) to consume, to destrmj,
e. g. men, nations, Gen. 41, 30 and the
famine shall consume the land. Often
of God as destroying a people with fa-
mine and pestilence, Num. 25, 11. Josh.
24, 20. Jer. 5, 3. Job 9, 22. Ez. 22, 31.
Of man 2 Sam. 21, 5. 1 Sam. 15, 18 IS
Dnix DPiiSS even unto the destroying of
them, until they be destroyed, nibsb "iS
id. 2 Chr. 31, 1. b) to make pine away,
to cause to fail, e. g. the eyes Lev. 26,
16. Job 31, 16. 1 Sam. 2, 33. c) to
cause to jKLfs away, to make vanish, as
time Ps. 78, 33. 90, 9. Job 36, 11.
PuAL nfesi Ps. 72, 20, fut. ^hz-^ Gen. 2,
I, to be completed. fnislied.
Deriv. nbs, nbs, 'bs, n^bs, p-|3,
nibs^ , ^b3n , rT'bsn , and pr. names
^rbs, 'H^bs.
V? ^^]- ^- ^^^1 pining, failing; of
the eye, Deut. 28,' 32. See r. nbsi Kal
no. 3. b.
n^3 f. 1. completion ; hence ace. tibs
as adv. completely, wholly, altogether,
Gen. 18, 21. Ex. 11, 1; also nbsb id.
2 Chr. 12, 12. Ez. 13, 13.
2. co7i.vimption, destruction, Dan. 11,
16. So nb3 nir? to make a destruction,
i. e. to destroy utterly, Jer. 4, 27. 5, 10.
Neh. 9, 31. Nah. 1, 8. 9 ; with 3 Jer. 30,
II, and rx of pera. Jer. 5. 18. 46, 28.
Ez. 11, 13. 20, 17. For nsnnr nb3 see
in y^n Niph.
^f ? f (r. bb3 no. 2) 1. a bride, spouse,
so called from her bridal chaplet, Cant.
4, 8 sq. Ts. 49, 18. 61, 10. Jer. 2. 32. 7, 34.
16, 9. 25, 10. S>T. liliJ, plur. ib^, id.
2. a daughter-in-law, Gen. 38. 11. 24.
Lev. 18, 15. Ruth 1, 6. 7. 8. 4, 15. Comp.
inn.
ii153 ra. (r. Kbs) a prison, i. q. xbs
no. 1. Jer. 37, 4 and 52. 31 Keri. The
40
Cheth. ha Sfbs, which difTcra only in
form.
3^153 m. (r. abs) 1. a bird-cage sc. of
a fowler, in which he keeps a bird as a
decoy ; furnished with valves or clap-
pers, which as soon as a bird has entered
shut to with a clap, q. d. a ^ro/>-cfl^c;
see the root. Jer. 5, 27 as a cage (-ibs)
ia full of birds, so are their houses full
of deceit ; comp. v. 26. The Greeks have
the same word adopted from the east,
xlbif^oi;, KkoVj36<;, xlo^og ; see Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 062. II. p. 90.
2. a basket, from its likeness to a cage,
as made of wicker-work ; or perhaps as
having a clap-cover; Am. 8, 1. 2.
3. Chelub pr. n. ra. a) 1 Chr. 4, 11.
b) 27, 26.
''a^bS see sbs lett. b.
in^bs, Keri imbD, Cheluhai. Che-
Ivhu. pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 35. R. nbs.
riiblbS f plur. denom. from n^3 , the
bridal state, the condition of a bride be-
fore marriage, Jer. 2, 2. R. bbs.
-if obsol. root, pcrh. i. q. nb3 to
be complete, finished ; comp. nuj^s and
nai;3, nro and nne. n^Q and nas.
Hence
'^'i'rt m. 1. old age, perh. a good or
vigoroiis old age ; Job 5, 26 nbsn Xisni
"12;^ "lbs thou shall come to the grave in-
a good old age, as a shock of com comethr
in its season. Job 30, 2 spoken of despi-
cable persons: even the strength of tlieir
hands, whereto is it to me? "i3X in^bS'
nbs to them old age perisheth, i. e. they
are weak and exhausted, so as to have-
no hope of old age. So Kimchi njpt rs..
Secondary forms are Arab. ^Jo to
look euUen, peevish, and /^-^ to con-
tract the lips, to show the teeth. Some-
have compared here Syr. njiNi ' inte-
gritas, sanitas ;' but this restaed on an
error of Castell in translating a gloss-of
Bar-Bahlul.
2. Calah, pr. n. of a city and province
of Assyria, Gen. 10, 11. 12, prob. the
same which is elsewhere written nbn-
where see; comp. "^33 and'^ian. See-
Bochart Phaleg 3. u! Michaelia^ SupK
plem. p. 767.
hV
i;3
470
bb3
^3 m. (r. i^^S) in pause "Vs ; Plur.
CipS (from an obsol. sing. S^^S) constr.
^^3, c. suff. I"*;? ; pr. 'any thing com-
pleted, prepared, made.' (comp. nr3
Gen. 6, 16.) q. d. apparatus, implement,
eqiMpmoit, etc. Comp. Crerm. Zeicg
from zeugen, Gr. nv^uv i. q. to make.
Spec.
1. Of furniture, utenail. vessel, Gen. 31.
37. 45, 20. anj 'bs , qps 'bs . fe.!>"5e/5 of
g"oW, vessels of silver. Germ. Si^herzej/g,
Ex. 3. 22. 11, 2. n^'ia '53 vesseh for
captivity, equipment for exile. Jer. 46. 19.
Spec, a vase, vessel ; u;~n '^^3 earthen
vessel Lev. 11, 33. Jer. 19, 11. ' r^a 'Vs
riliT^ the liases, vessels of ihe temple,
Ezra 1, 7; i;; "^^S Is. 52, 11 ; also Num.
4, 15. Ex. 27, 19.' 31, 7. 33, 3. 30.
2. Of clothing, equipment, i. e. dress,
garments, trappings. Germ. Zeug. "'^S
"133 a man^s garments Deut. 22, 5 ; of
bridal ornaments Is. 61, 10. Hence n'^^S
impedimenta, baggage, of a person 1
Sam. 17, 22 ; of an army, 1 Sam. 25, 13.
30, 24. Is. 10, 28 ; c^bsn nra ihe bag-
gage-master 1 Sam. 17, 22. Also of the
harness or yokes of oxen, 2 Sam. 24, 22.
3. a vessel for sailing, a boat, skiff, Is.
18, 2. So oxivo?.
4. implement, instrument, tool, Germ.
Werkze?/^-. "I'^ia ^bs instruments of mu-
sic 2 Chr. 34, 12. Am. 6, 5 ; ti> "'^B in-
struments of praise 2 Chr. 30. 21 ; "'\^_
^33 pleon. a harp-ifistrument Pe. 71, 22.
Metaph. riin^ c>^ "'bs instalments of the
divine wrath Is. 13, 5. Jer. 50, 25. Is. 32,
7 O'^^n i"'"r3 "bs the instruments of the
deceiver are evil, i. e. tJie meane and de-
vices which he emplays to accomplish
his purposes. Gen. 49, 5.
5. implements of war, weapons, arms.
Germ. Rustzeug, Gen. 27, 3 ; more fully
n^nbTs-^bs Judg.18,11.16. r.-iia-^bs iw-
plements of denlh, deadly weapons. Pa.
7, 14. cba S<iU3 armour-bearer, much
like the mod. aide-de-camp, 1 Sam. 14,
1 , 6. 7 sq. 31, 4. 5. 6. C-^bs r-^a house of
arms, armoury, arsenal, Germ. Zeug-
haus, Is. 39, 2.
''^S eee. ''b'^3.
i^'^^'2 eee in ^b3.
^^f? f. only m plur. '^'''^bs, constr.
rii''b3. R. nbs.
1. the reins, kidneys, Ex. 29, 13. 22.
Job 16, 13. C'V? r^'i'^bs ibn ^/t^/a/ of
the Iddnerjs of rams Is. 34, 6 ; comp. DeuL
32, 14. Chald. sing. X^bs, Syr. plur.
l^-Jii>.cj3, Arab, ijJS, rarely and leaa
well iajSid. As to the etymology,
Schultens supposes the reins to be so
called as being in two parts, double,
comp. c^xbs , ^Vi^; but this is not well
founded, because C^xbB signifies rather
things of different kinds, and the Arabs
use this word in the sing, dual, and plu-
ral. Aben Ezra and Bochart derive it
fl-om nbs with the idea of desire, long-
ing, comp. Job T9, 27. Perhaps n^bs
may be simply fern, o^ the noun "'bB ,
and so signifies pr. instrument, vessel,
just as physicians call the reins and
arteries vessels, rasu.
2. Meton. reins for the ini^ard part,
miml, soul, as the seat of the desires, af^
fections, passfons, Tike 3^ with which it is
often coupled ; Jer 11,20 =b; nrbs -jna
(God) trieth the reins and the heart.
Jer. 17, 10. 20, 12. Ps. 7, 10. Job 19, 27
'n'jiba ^bs my reins pine away within
me, i. e. my soul pines. Ps. 73, 21.
Prov. 23, 16.
f'T'^S m. constr. ';i"'b3. R. rrbs,
1. consumption, destructioji, Is. 10, 22l
2. a pining, wasting away; O'^S"'? 3
a pining (failing^ of the eyes, i. e. in
pining for one's home and country,
Deut. 28, 65. See nbs no. 3. b.
"'"'f ? (a pining, r. i^bs) ChiHon, pr. ix
m. Ruth 1,2. 4,9.
^"'^S ra. (r. bbs) 1. Adj. complete,
finished.^ perfect, espec. of beauty ; Ez.
28, 12 ^S^ b-^bs pnfect in beauty. 27, 3.
Lam. 2, 15. Ez. 16. 14.
2. Subst. the whole, Judg. 20, 40 "b^bs
n-^yn the whole city. Ex. 28, 31 b-'bB
nbrri the whole of blue, all blue. 39, 22.
Num. 4, 6;
3. i. q. nby no. 2, a holocaust, whole
burnt-offering, i. e. which is whoUy con-
sumed, Lev. 6, 15. 16. Deut. 13, 16. Ps.
51, 21 ; espec. 1 Sam. 7, 9.
4. Adv. whollij, Is. 2, T8. Lev. 6, 15
[22].
bbsS (peril, suslenance, from VsljS
Pil. of ^n,) Chaitcd, pr. n. of a wise man
bbD
471
rj5
before the ago of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11
[4, 31]. 1 Chr. 2, G.
^2 7 1 . <o complete, to make perfect,
Ez. 27, 4. 11. Kindr. with sVs and nbs
q. V. Hence Vs, b^bs, bbso, bibsri,
D-^bbstt, pr. n. bb3. '
2. /o deck, espec. with a crown, to
crown. Arab. Jo Conj. II. Syr. 'Ca,
Ethiop. ^AA, id. Hence nis, nibsibs.
^^3 Chald. id. whence Shaph. bb=:^
to complete, to finish, Ezra. 5, 11. 6, 14.
Inf. nbbsili Ezra 5, 8. 9. Pass. Ishtaph.
bbsnttj'x Ezra4, 13. Often in the Tar-
gums. Ezra 4, 12 Cheth. has ibba'rx,
but a form of this sort is elsewhere un-
known.
T ^ (perfection, r. bba) Chelate pr. n,
m. Ezra 10, 30.
052 in Kal not used, Arab. fJS^
Conj. I, II, to wound. In Heb. it is
always referred to threats, reproaches,
injury, like other words of pricking,
piercing, cutting, as 2J?3, C]^a, etc.
Hi PH. D-'bsn and Q-'bsri 1 Sam. 25, 7.
1. to reproach, to revile, to itimdt, in
words, pr. to wound any one, 1 Sam. 20.
34. Job 19, 3.
2. to hurt, to harm, to injure, in word
or deed, 1 Sam. 25, 7. Judg. 18, 7. Ruth
2,15.
3. to shame, to pid to shame, Job 11, 3.
Prov. 25, 8. 28, 7. Ps. 44,10.
Note. This is a stronger word than
the synon. Cia, Hiph. tl5-<3in, comp. Is.
45, 16. 17. Jer. 31, 19. See Reimarus de
DifTerentiis vc. Heb. Diss. I. p. 67 sq.
HoPH. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to he
hurt, injured, 1 Sam. 25, 15.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be made
ashamed, put to shame, i. e. disappointed
in one's hope, Jer. 14, 3. Comp. Niph.
no. 2.
Niph. 1. to be insulted, disgraced.
2 Sam. 10, 5. 1 Chr. 19. 5.
2. to be affected with shame, i. e. a) to
be ashamed, to feel shame, i. q. ria but
stronger, Num. 12. 14. Jer. 8, 12. Is. 54,
4. 2 Chr. 30, 15. With 1^3 of that of
which one is ashamed, Ez. 16, 27. 54.
43, 10. 11. h) to be made ashamed, to
be put to sliame. 2 Sam. 19, 4. Is. 41, 11.
50, 7. Jer. 31, 19. Spoken often of one
who suffers disappointment, faile in
what he undertakes, Ps. 35, 4. 40, 15.
70, 3. 74, 21 let not the oppressed return
ashamed (sbsa) i. e. disappointed. With
! of cause, Jer. 22. 22 ; a Ps. 69, 7.
Deriv. nabs, nsisbs.
"^3^3 Chtlmad, pr. n. of a city or
region, mentioned along with Assyria,
Ez. 27, 2.3. Both the signification of
this quadriliterjil name, if indeed it be
of Semitic origin, and the situation of
the place, are unknown. Sept. Xn^/juv.
^^r? f (r. obs) shame, reproach,
contumely, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 51, 51. Ez. 16,
54. Is. 30, 3. Job 20, 3. nabs tt?ab to be
clothed, with shame, i. e. wholly covered
with it as with a garment, Ps. 109, 29.
Plur. mab3 Is. 50, 6, Mic. 2, 6.
n^rbS f. id. Jer. 23, 40.
n:b3 Gen. 10, 10, HSbs Am. 6, 2,
i;b5 Is. 10, 9, prob. also n23 Ez. 27, 23,
Calneh. Calno, Canneh, pr. n. of a large
city subject to the Assyrians, according
to the Targums, Euseb. Jerome, and
others, i. q. Clesiphon. situated on the
eastern bank of the Tigris opposite Se-
leucia, and the winter residence of the
Parthian kings; Strabo XVI. p. 312.
Plin. H. N. 6. 30. Cellarii Not. Orb. II.
p. 774. See Bor.hart Phaleg. IV. 18.
Michaelis Spicileg. I. p. 228. The n23
of Ez. 1. c. Michaelis refers to the Kavri
of Ptolemy, a promontory and port of
Arabia Felix; but Arabia had already
been mentioned in v. 21. 22, and n:3 is
here coupled with Haran and Eden,
cities of Mesopotamia.
^;zr a root not in use, onomato-
poetic, and imitating the sound of beat-
ing, striking, pulsation, i. q. Engl, to
clap, Germ, klappen, klopfen ; comp.
Gr. xolunro), whence xoXacpog, colaphus,
Ital. colpo. Fr. coup. Verbs of a kindred
form are transferred, sometimes to the
beating of the feet, i. q. to leap or dance,
Gr. xttXrtri. Engl, to gallop ; sometimes
to hewing or scraping, as ~>5, yXv(poi,
sculpo. scalpo; and also to the barking of
a dog. as if a series of pulses or claps, see
sbs. Hence eubst. risb'S hammers.
'' s? to pine after any thing, to
long for, once Ps. 63, 2. Arab. If^io
1^5
472
"I7J3
become dnrk, as the eye, a colour, the
mind. According to Firuzabadi (Ca-
moos p. 1832) it is used spec, of a person
who changes or loses colour ; hence pr.
to grow pale, and so metaph. of desire,
longing, comp. C|03. Similar is Sanscr.
kam to desire, Pers. |L5 desire ; comp.
also Gr. y.ufjb), xu^vw,
Deriv. pr. n. crir3,
niS? see n^ D. 2.
DniaS (pining, longing, r. iHTDS) Chim-
ham. pr. n. of a son of Barzillai, 2 Sam.
19, 38. 39. Jer. 41, 17 ; Chethibh oniB5.
Called also inT23 2 Sam. 19, 41.
TQSj '^''23, the former before simple
nouns, also before grave suffixes, as
eri^ss. cnin3 ; the latter before light
suffixes, e.' g. '"^S-iTSS as /, T]irj3. !iniT23,
m'rs , W'Q'S ; a separate particle, used
chiefly in poetry, for the 3 of prose ;
instead of which it is likewise almost
every where employed with suffixes.
For the force of io , see in ia I.
A) Adv. of quality, demonstrative, i. q.
5 lett. A, like Gr. ok, thus, so ; e. g. in
the difficult passage Ps. 73, 15: should I
say, i^D rrnoos I will speak thus, i. e. as
the wicked speak. Sept. oI'twc. Others
here take ias for cns as they ; but then
it should read 123. Repeated, as so;
quail's, talis; Judg. 8, 18 cn-r3 r,ii:3
as tlwu, so they ; also inverted, so as ;
talis, qualis; 1 K. 22, 4 ?iir3 "^r'as, so
I. as thou, i. e. I am as thou. 2 K. 3, 7.
2Chr. 18, 3.
B) Prep, implying likeness, similarity,
as, such as, like Gr. u,;. "'Jirs UJ-'S a
man such as I. like me, Neh. 6, 11. Ex.
1 5, 5 they sank into the depths "ix irs
as a stone. Ps. 58, 9. Job 6, 15.' 10, 22
^Bk -irD nnfi-'r l^ix a land of darkness
like thickest darkness. Ex. 15. 8. 11. Ps.
29, 6. 58, 5. 9. al. Hagg. 2. 3 inbs sbn
t!D"'3''53 "pXS is not a temple like this as
nothing in ymir eyesl n^Jt ias words
like these, i. e. such word.s. Job 12. 3.
!inia3 like it, such as this, Ex. 9, 18.
C) Conj. i. q. it^3, before a whole
sentence ; pr. a* that which, like what,
a8 how, i. e.
1 . as, like as, Is. 41, 25 "Oa'^'' ""Si'' IBS
B'^tJ as the potter treadeth tlw clay.
2. Of time, as, i. e. when, after, as soon
as; with prcet. Gen. 19, 15 in^-n irs
fibs wJien (as soon as) the dawn arose.
Is! 26, 18 n!)-! !inb^ i7;3 as we brought
forth, it was wind.
Note. In the kindred dialects corre-
sponding forms are : Arab. LtJ, Chald.
xrs, Syr. jSasf, Eth. Ki(P, as.
jiB? defect, las q. v.
'0?'T!23 m. (perh. subduer, vanquisher,
r. ^23) Chemosh, pr. n. of the national
god of the Moabites, 1 K. 11, 7. 2 K. 23,
13. Jer. 48, 7 ; and of the Canaanites,
Judg. 11, 24; the worship of which was
introduced at Jerusalem under Solomon,
1 K. 2 K. 11. cc. Hence 'i'rrs D? people
of Chemosh, i. e. the Moabites, Num.21,
29. Sept. X(x,uo>?, Vulg. Chamos.
* ^"'5? obsol. root, Arab, 'y^to con-
globulale, whence T73!i3 q. v.
I 'r? obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to
lay up, to hide away; hence D'^saaa
treasures. Arab. Jv+Jj i^y-ir^ ^^- ^^
Syr. also to preserve, to season, espec.
with salt, pr. to lay up in salt ; hence
']'2? m. cumin, Germ. Kiimmel. cumi-
num sativum Linn, used along with salt
as a condiment. Is. 28, 25. 27. See Plin.
H. N. 19. 8. Arab. ^*3T Chald. N3ia3,
Syr. JjQliiis. Eth. ^C^^^, Gr. nvfiivov.
^^r? to lay 7ip, to hide away, perh.
i. q. 0:3, T3a. Once part. pass. Deut.
32. 34 "^"iSS DBS Xin Nbn is not this laid
up with me? i. e. their sins for punish-
ment; comp. Hos. 13, 12. Job 14, 17.
Cod. Sam. Oi33 in the same sense.
Hence pr. n. Oasa .
1. 'Ti in Kal not used, kindr. with
"lan.
1. to be warm,, to grow warm, to
bum; see Niph. no. 1. Talmud. "iai3,
xirD , calefactio.
2. to be burned, scoi'ched, see Niph.^
no. 2 ; hence to be dark, ohscnred. comp.
tin and crn ; also to be gloomy, sad,
like Syr. i-^, Aph. to go about in
black, i. e. in mourning. Comp. nai,
NiPii. I. to be warm, to burn, e. ^.
one's affection, i. q. to yearn, with b?
laD
473
?
1 K. 3, 26 ; bx Gen. 43, 30. So of pity,
compjission, to be kindled, moved, Hoe.
11, 8. Comp. Horn. Od. 1. 48 fiol ufi(p
'OdviTti'i du'i(fi^ovi duitrai t/iof/.
2. to be burned, scorcJied. Lfun. 5, 10
our skin is scoivhed as with a furnace
from the glow of famine. Vulg. exusta
est.
II *T33 i. q. -133, to plait, to braid,
to interweace ; whence ">^3^, "'^^o,
r'nbaia , net.
nips m. (r. nrs I ) only plur. O-^nsS
idol-priests 2 K. 23, 5. Hos. 10,5. Zeph.
1, 4. Syr. ^i^aCQ^ a priest, in general.
But this word, as well as other Syriac
words relating to divine worship, is re-
stricted by the Hebrews to idol-worship ;
see Gesch. der Heb. Sprache p. 58. As
to the etymology, i^B, li^aj, is pr.
blackness, sadness, and concr. ' one who
goes about in black, in mourning;' hence
s * , , ,
an ascetic, a priest. Comp. JuO I , lllaf ,
gloomy, sad, mourning, also an ascetic,
monk, ecclesiastic. See Comment, on
Is. 22, 12. 38, 15.
D''"1'^^T23 plur. m. (r. -irS I ) obscu-
ratioiis. after the form ""'"}B!U, except
Hirek in the first syllable, as in nrins.
Once Job 3, 5 =i-- "'^^"1^= '^^?.'^'! let
obscurations of the day terrify it sc. my
natal day, i. e. obscurations of the day-
light or of the sun, eclipses, which
were anciently supposed to portend evils
and calamities. Some ancient versions
regard D as a prefix before the subst.
d'^"|ii'3 . and then the sense is, tJie bit-
ternesses as of the day, i. e. the greatest
calamities which can happen to a day ;
comp. on this 3 p. 441. no. 4. But the
first sense is far better adapted to the
parallelism.
* ItJ'^ll obsol. root. prob. i. q. 11523 to
subdue, to depress, 2 and "O being in-
terchanged; whence i-4> aSn a incubus,
night-mare, Arab. ^yAS'j poAiaa
grape-husks, refuse, as being trodden
out. Hence Heb. ttJitJB .
*^'iT obsol. root, perh. i. q. DHS to
hide. Hence rposa pr. n.
40*
I. "? a particle in frequent use, from
r. ',fiS .
A) Pr. participial Adj. upright, erect;
metaph. upright, honest, plur. 0^:3 Gren.
42, 11. 19. 31. Neut. right Ezm 10, 12.
With negat. "(3 Kb not right, wrong,
2 K. 17. 9 ; empty, vain, Is. 16, 6 1? ikh
I'^'na his lies are vain. Pro v. 15, 7. Jer.
23, 10. Adv. uprightly, right, well;
2 K. 7, 9 o-iiis IS":** *i? ^^ ^ "^
right. Ecc. 8, 10. 'e'x. 10, 29 nnan -,3
thou hast spoken rightly, well. Num. 27,
7. 36, 5.
B) Adv. so, thus, Gr. otg, o'vtw:, pr.
right according to some rule or standard,
right sn.JKst so. But Gusset, Danz, and
also Ew:ild (Kl. Gr. 455. ed. 2 and 3)
make ",3 so a difterent word, as if contr.
from "(Hs as they, like rir from inS; but
comp. "i^x. and see Thesaur. p. 650, note.
With Makkeph -,3 Gen. 44, 10. Josh. 2,
21. Prov. 23, 7. Almost always '{3 re-
fers to what precedes : Gen. 1, 7 "(3 "^n^n
and it was so, as God commanded, v. 9.
11. IK. 20, 40 na-in nnx ?i'JS':3^ "S so
(this) is thy judgment, thou hast thyself
decided. 1 Sam. 23. 17 and also ^aul
my father "(S 3"]"' so knoweth, where there
is no need of reading ",3 as a demonstr.
pron. this. Jer. 5, 31 "iS 13J^^$ ''SS my
people love it thus, love to have it so.
Prov. 28. 2 but with prudent and wise
m^n. T\''^^2 1? ^(> shall he endure, i. e. the
prince (comp. the other clause) shall
prolong his reign ; here "3 approximates
to a sign of the apodosis, comp. ovxca
Matthiae Gr. Gramm. 565. 1, 2. Ps. 61, 9.
63, 3. 90. 12. Often as corresponding to
each other are 13 3 . as so, see in 3 A.
1 ; -,3 T0ix3, see ^'ix3 no. I. p. 442.
More rarely inverted, "HJ3x3 "3. so tw
Gen. 18. 5. 2 Sam. 5, 25 ; iT:3 IS Ex.
10, 14. In other places 3 is omitted in
the protasis. Is. 55, 9 (comp. v. 10. 11).
Judg. 5. 15.
Further, this adverb maybe variously
rendered, according as it refers to quali-
ty, to quantity, or to time, etc. a) As
to quality or character, so. such, so con-
stituted, etc. Job 9. 35 "^"1335 'sbs )= xb
non ego sic sum (as Terence often) apud
me, Engl. / am not so constituted with
myself I am not so at heart. 1 K. 10, 12
n-^aribx -^ar "p xa jtb there came after-
lb
474
?
vards no siich aim ug-wood. Also so very,
Nah. 1. 12 Q^2n ",=1 c^isblli ex ahhough
they be secure arid so very many ; comp.
Lat. negat. no7i ita mulli, not so very
many. Jer. 14, 10 yilV i^nx "|3 they have
so loced to tcander. Ps. 127, 2. b) As
to quantity, i. q. so mtich, so many. Ex.
10. 14 wrs ns-jx ",3 so many locusts as
these, in such multitudes. Judg. 21, 14
13 cnb ^SS': xbl but they found not for
ifiem so many, i. e. not so many women as
were needed, not women enough, c) As
to time, i. q. so long. Esth. 2, 12 ^ix^,':? l?
jn'^p!!-!^ 'I:? so long continued the days of
tJieir piirification. Also so often, Hos. 1 1,
2 cr!"':D^ ^-^\} "i? cnb ^x-i;t (as often as)
they called them, so often did they go back
from them. Further, so soon, straight-
way, immediately, preceded by 3 of time
(as soon as), 1 Sam. 9, 13 "13 Czxss
Irx "|>!XS"cri as soon as ye be come . . .so
soon ye shall find him, i. e. straightway ;
comp. Gr. o'lc oi? Eurip. Phoeniss. 1437.
Horn. II. 1. 512. ib. 14. 294. In poetry
by a strong ellipsis 3 is sometimes omit-
ted, Ps. 48. 6 W^;n i? sis'^ as they saw,
80 tliey were astonished, i. e. as soon as,
immediately.
Note. This particle is found also in
the kindr. languages; but so that in its
form or signification it departs more from
its original than in Hebrew. Arab, only
in J)-CJ , ij-XJ, see below in c. Syr.
. s refers to time, and is changed also
into vis. Chald. "3, also ixsa here,
jxrb hither, "XS'S hence. Zab. As so.
As connected with Prepositions :
a) '3 "nx, "(S-innx, after so, i. e.
thereafter, after things have so hap-
pened, afterwards ; see iHi<.
b) "3 in such a state or condition,
i. e. 80. then, therein, Ecc. 8. 10. Esth. 4,
16. In the Targums very often then,so.
c) *pb a) As causal adv. lit. 'on ac-
count of so.' i. e. on that acronnt, there-
fore, Ex. 6. 6. Judg. 10, 13. 1 Sam. ?, 14.
Is. 5, 24. Job 32, 10. al. Gen. 4, 15 isb
'lai i^p 3"in"V3 thereforre (lest it be as
thou fearest) whosoever slayeih Cain,
etc. Corresponding to each other are
pb") 'S "i?^ because therefore Is. 8, 0.
7; jsb i?^' is. 29, 13. 14. Num. 20, 12. -
Once it is for "^C^X irb on this account
that, because, Is. 26. 14, where it has the
force of a conjunction ; comp. "S-bs for
-lajs "iS-bs . ^) By degrees ',2b was also
deflected so as to assume an adversative
power, yet therefore, nevertheless, atta-
men, comp. *|3X, So preceded by DX in
the protasis, Jer. 5, 2 although (ex) they
say. As the Lord livethj yet therefore
("1?^ pr. for this very reason) they swear
falsely. Also Is. 7, 14, ' although ye
impiously refuse the offered sign, yet
therefore (nevertheless) the Lord him-
self will give you a sign. Often in the
prophets, where there is a transition
from rebukes and threats to consolations
and promises; as Is. 10. 24 nevertheless^
thus sailh .Tehovah of hosts. . . .fear not,
etc. Is. 27, 9. 30, 18. Jer. 16. 14. 30, 16.
Ez. 39, 25. Hos. 2, 11 [14]. In Job
20, 2, Zophar begins "3le-tti-; irb ^zh
nevertheless my thoughts suggest to me
an answer, i. e. notwithstanding thy
vaunting and threatening words, I
have yet something to reply. Cor-
responding to this is the Arab. JwCI,
f^yXJ attamen, nevertheless, which is
prob. derived from the Heb. "rb ; but
see De Sacy Gr. Ar. I. p. 566. This
adversative 'eb many regard as another
word and of a different origin ; and so
I have also formerly taken it, viz. as
made up from xb (xb) and "3. This
view may indeed be supported by the
authority of the LXX, who have twice
rendered it 017 ovtmc, Gen. 4, 16. Is. 16,7 ;
and by the Arabic orthography, where
it is also written Jv^~y , ^^,^p'^, see
Hamas. Schult. p. 312, 364, 412. But
the adversative use, as we have seen
above, is really connected with and de-
pendent on its causal power ; and so too
in the Chaldee particle irib q. v.
d) IS'b? on that account, therefore,
i- q- 'r\ ' but more frequent both in
prose and poetry; Gen. 2, 24. 10, 9. 11,
9. Is. 5, 25. 13, 7. 16, 9. Job 6. 3. Ps.
45, 8. al. ssppiss. In the poetic style it
has also the force of a causal conjunction,
for "lOiX *(j5"b?. on this accrrunl that, be-
cause ; comp. 'eb Is. 26, 14. and 'S'bs "ts
p. 462 ; also the remarks on the eilipsis
'fSfk
'o4rf5
135
of relative conjunctions Lehrg. p. 636.
Pa. 45, 3 Uuni art fairer than t/ie children
of inen . . . CTibx Tjsna l?"^? because
that God hath blessed theefitr ever. Ps.
1, 5. 42. 7. Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 36.
e) "(S""!? lit. until so, i. e. until now. as
yet, hitherto, Neh. 2, 16 Here 1? refers
to time as in Syri.ic ; see note above.
f) l?"!*! like this, in like manner,
Is. 51. 6; comp. Engl, such-like. Sept.
o}(T7if(t tui'ut, Vulg. sicut hcEc ; and bo
all the ancient versions. But see in 'p
III. R.
n. 1? m. (r. 133 I) c. suff. "?, IIS.
1. a stand, ba.fe, pedestal ; 1 K. 7, 31
13"nasi3 in the manner of a base, like a
pedestal. Spec, of the base or foot of
the laver in the court of the temple, Ex.
30, 18. 28. 31, 9. Lev. 8, 11. Of the
baseorsocket of aship's mast, Is. 33,23;
called in Greek fimoS^i] Od. 15. 290,
iaxoSoxri II. 1. 494, iaionidij Od. 12. 51.
2. a stand, station, place. Gen. 40. 13.
41, 13. Dan. 11. 20 iJS b? msri and there
shall rise up in his place, in his stead, v.
21. 38. So V. 7 iS3 H"''^'"?''^ '^^^?'? '^^-'^
and out of a shoot of her roots (one) shall
rise up in his place, pr. stand in his place.
Sept. and Vulg. render 1J3 by qivTov av-
toij, plantatio ejus, taking it in the nom.
case ; see in Til's.
III. }? m. (r. 'iJSi II ) a gnat, in Sing.
once Is. 51, 6 13-ir3 like gnats. Sept.
frigidly htan-to xavxa, Vulg. sicut hcec ;
see in ',3 I. B. f. above.
Pldr. diss Ex. 8, 12. 14. Ps. 105, 31 ;
Sept. ffxi'Tqojc, Vulg. sciniphes, a species
of small gnats, very troublesome from
their sting,and abounding in the marshy
regions of Egypt ; culex reptans Linn.
cvdex molestus Forsk. See Hdot. 1 . 95.
Philo de vita Mosis T. II. p. 97 ed. Man-
gey. Other ancient and modern testi-
monies are collected in Bochart Hieroz.
II. p. 572. Oedmann's Verm. Sammll.
aus der Naturkunde, Fasc. I. c. 6. The
Hebrew intpp. and Josephus (Ant. 2. 14.
3) with little probability explain it by
lice; and the Tulmudists also use the
sing. Ci3 for a louse. Comp. crs ,
1? Chald. i. q. Heb. so, thais, but re-
ferring always to what follows, where
the Hebrews use not '3 , but ns ; so
Dan. 2, 25. 4, 11. 6, 7. Ezra 5, 3. 6. 2. al.
nSS in Kal not vwed, Arab, ^-jtf'
I, II, IV, to call a person or thing by
another and more honourable name or
title, to deck with a title ; see Tauriz.
ad Hamas. Schult. p. 320. Teblehi ad
Harir. Schult. II. 57. Chald. to address
one by his proper title. The primary
idea is perh. to cover, comp. "sa. In
Heb. only
PiEL fut. nsa"! 1. to culdress in a
soothing manner, to sjieak kindly to any
one. Is. 44, 5 nssi bxya"^ ctti^i and
soothingly names the name of Israel.
45, 4 ^vr\:^11 ^^ If??! / called thee
kindly, though thou hast not known me.
2. to flatter, Job 32, 21. 22.
Deriv. subst. r;3.
^3? f (r. "iSS I ) a plant, shoot, as be-
ing set, placed; comp. aS3, brnd. Pa.
80, 16 T^3iB^ nsas itix ns3i crn</ (visit,
protect) the plant which thy right hand
hath planted. The ancient intpp. as-
sumed also the masc. '3 in the same
sense Dan. 11,7; see in ",3 II. 2. Others
here make nrs imper. Kal with He pa-
ragog. from r. 'VS in a signif. to cover, to
protect ; of which however there is no
other trace.
J^l? jr. hyofi. Ez. 27, 23, Canneh, pr.
n. of a city, prob. Clesiphon, i. q. nsbs
which also is read in one of De Rossi's
Mss. Comp. n;?-! for nj^b-i ; see more
innpbs.
nil23 see P33.
"^^32 m. (r. "(53) plur. nlijs 1 K. 10,
12, c. suff. ^'ni-nss Ps. 137, 2, once
Tj':-iiS3 Ez. 26, 13; Gr. xivvqu, xivrv^a,
a species of harp or lyre, Lat. cithara,
[whence the modern word guitar,} a
stringed instrument of music, celebrated
for David's skill in playing upon it. and
employed both in sacred and profane
music, in rejoicing and in mourning,
1 K. 10. 12. is. 5, 12. 23, 12. Gen. 31.27.
Job 30, 31 ; usually as an accompaniment
to the voice, Ps. 33, 2. 43. 4. 49, 5. 71,
22. al. Josephus relates, Ant. 7. 12. 3,
that the xivv^a had ten string.-?, and was
struck with a plectrum ; but this is con-
trary to the words in 1 Sam. 16. 23. 18,
10. 19, 9, from which it appears that this
instrument was played with the fingers.
IW
476
n^
Corresponding are Arab. i-Xji, Syr.
fjJj=, liJ^, cithara, harp, lyre. The
etymology lies in the tremulous, stridu-
lous sound ; comp. r. "i33 .
f1^?3 Chald. see njS Chald.
^^C?l pr- n. see ')'^2^'in''.
DSS i. q. C-IS3 gnats^ Ex. 8, 13 ; comp.
V. 12. 14. It is construed with the femi-
nine ; and seems to be a collective form
from Sing. '3. Cod. Samar. has plur.
b"'53 . Comp. Lehrg. p. 517.
^"^.^S Chald. adv. so, thus^ in this
manner, referring mostly to what fol-
lows, Ezra 4, 8. 5, 9. 11 ; but also to
what precedes, 5, 4. 6, 13. It seems to
be compounded from 3 and X^iJ , xas ,
which is often negligently used in the
Talmud for "i^"'! , "i^X3 , we say. dropping
the "1 ; pr. therefore as we say, as is said,
referring sometimes to what precedes,
and sometimes to what follows. The
Heb. translator renders it in Ezra 4, 8
by irx 'p (read I'SN:?), and in 5. 4 by
^52X51^3 as is said. In like manner Syr.
hiels namely, is contracted from -<iic)j
giuisi dicas.
|i5 ! J- q- l''^; l>ut trans, to set,
to place; comp. '.n^siS, !in;ij:3. Hence
53 stand, base, nss plant.
II. Perh. to nip, to pinch, Gr. xvum,
nvTi&a, xri^o), Germ, kneipen, Engl, to
nip; comp. xvinog, xvKpug, xrii/j, a nip-
ping insect; and with a sibilant prefixed
axvlf, axvlcptg, a gnat, gnats. Hence
')2, CiD. gnats.
Deriv. '^ II, ill, n|3, and the three
here following.
''-pS (prob. for M^3?3, whom Jehovah
hath set) Chenani, pr. n. m. Neh. 9, 4.
Ii^^r?? (id.) Chenaniah, pr. n. m.
1 Chn 15. 22. 26, 29 j for which 15, 27
in^551S (id.) Conaniah, pr. n. of a Le-
vite, 2 Chr. 31, 12. 13. 35, 9 Keri. In
Cheth.-sin^SJiS.
Cj;3 1. to collect, to heap up, as
stones Ecc. 3, 5 ; treasures Ecc. 2, 8.
26 ; waters Pe. 33, 7. Hence "^S , Di3 .
2. to gather together persons, to assem-
ble, Esth. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 22, 2.
3. to hide, see Hithp. and deriv. 0:3B ,
Chald. D33 id. but more freq. v:3 ,
I, whence X^''?S congregation, sy-
nagogue. Arab. ^J*JJS' to hide one-
self; but in the deriv, also to collect,
as 2UwLo J 2UwUkA> , synagogue, church,
temple ; but yjS'to collect, Eth. H\iii.
to assemble, Hlitl church. See more
in Tja.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 2, to gather together,
to assemble persons, Ez. 22, 21. 39, 28.
Ps. 147, 2.
Hithp. to hide oneself, to wrap oneself
in any thing, see the Arabic above. Is.
28, 20 033rn3 nns nrs'an'j and the
covering is narrower than that he can
wrap himself in it.
Deriv. 0^3, CiS, D:372, nisrOB.
>i5 in Kal not used. pr. to bend the
knee, to fall upon the knees, kindr. with
y^s q. V. This root is widely spread,
comp. yovv, yvv in yvviifinp, genu, San-
Rcr. ganu. Germ. Knie, Engl, knee; /(-
via, iyvvu hollow of the knee ; Aram. Kja,
}-L incubuit; also with the third radical
strengthened, Germ, knicken, einknick-
en. In Heb. spec.
1. to fold together, to lay together, and
hence to collect, to bind up, as packages,
bundles, see ^S3^ ; comp. Arab. aj to
contract, be contracted, Conj. I, V, VII.
2. to be bowed down, to be low, de-
pressed, as a land, see "(SSS ; and trop.
of the mind, to be depressed, like Chald.
and Samar. 533. Arab. A5^Conj. I,
IV, id. ' ' ^
HiPH. ?'^32rt to bow down, to bring
low, to humble any one. Job 40, 12. Ps.
107, 12. Is. 25, 5. So espec. enemies, to
vanquish, to subdue, 2 Sam. 8, 1. 1 Chr.
17, 10. 18, 1. Ps. 81, 15; and sometimes
God is said to subdiie enemies btfore
("Ssl?) any one. Judg. 4, 23. Deut. 9, 3.
2 Chr. 28, 19. Neh. 9, 24.
N I PH. 5*333 \. to be brought low, hum-
bled, subdued, e. g. a vanquished enemy,
with 'b 1;: rnn Judg. 3, 30. Ps. 106, 42
'Sao Judg. 11, 33; absol. 1 Sam. 7, 13.
iciir. 20, 4.
2. to humble oneself, to submit, espec.
before God or a divine messenger, with
477
$p
^^> 2 Chr. 34, 27; "SM 1 K. 21. 29
Me< thou how Ahab liatk humbled hintr-
aelf before me? 2 K. 22. 19; "Sljitt 2 Chr.
33, 12. 23. 36, 12; iihsol. Lev. 26 41.
2 Chr. 12.7. 12. 30, 11.
ny33 f. (r. ris) once c. suflT. T\^^,'i'S> Jer.
10, 17, a package, bundle, bale, so called
fromfolditig' and binding together. Sept.
by conject. vjioaxaai^. Targ. wares.
1??? pr. n. Canaan. R. 533 Kal no. 2.
1. Canaan, the son of Ham, and father
of the Canaanites, Gen. 9, 18. 22. 25-27.
10, 6. 15. Sept. Xuvadv.
2. Canaan, the land of the Canaan-
ites, Ex. 15, 15 ; fully ',r:3 ^nx Gen.
13, 12. 16, 3. 23, 2. 19. 33, 18 ;" pr. Imo
tract or region, from r. 553 with the end-
ing ",- as in "|3rix, opp. to the higher
land nnst or Syria, see ''ISSB no. 1.
Spec. a) The country on this side
Jordan, opp. to Gilead, Num. 33, 51.
Josh. 21, 2. 22, 9. b) Phenicia, Is. 23,
1 1, i. e. the northern part of Canaan at
the foot of Lebanon, whose inhabitants
call themselves "i?33 on coins ; comp.
Comment, on Is. 1. c. Monumm. PhoRnic.
p. 267. They are called by the Greeks
tpoivixfg. The Carthaginians, a colony
of the Phenicians, also retained this an-
cient name ; as is testified by Augustin
(Expos. Ep. ad Rom. 13) as follows :
" Interrogati rustici nostri (i. e. Hippo-
nenses), quid sint ? Punice respondentes
Canani. corrupta scilicet, ut in talibus
solet. una littera. quid aliud respondent,
quam Chanancn?^^ c) Philistia, Zeph.
2, 5 tiTi'-a^Q Y1i< '{S'.S .Hence nisa
1S33 Canaanilish women Gen. 28, 1. 6.
36. 2 ; 3 ^s^? the idols of Canaan, wor-
shipped there. Ps. 106, 38 ; ,r33 rsb the
language of Canaan, i. e. the Hebrew,
which was sfmken by the Canaanites
and Hebrews. Is. 19, 18 ; comp. also Ps.
135, 11. Judg. 3, 1.
3. Put for "irp tS-'X a Caiiaanite, Hos.
12, 8 ; and so for a. merchant generally,
Is. 23, 8 n"'3r:3 her merchants ; comp.
Zeph. 1, 11, and see ""SSSS no. 2.
nilPwS . fern, of the preced. Chenaanah,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 10. b) 1 K,
22, 11. 2 Chr. 18. 10.
nySS Gen. 38, 2, fem. n-'SSW 46, 10.
Ex. 6, 15; Plur. n''???? Neli. 9, 24. Ob.
20, but far more frcq. Sing, with art.
collect. ''3?33n, a gentile noun.
1. a Canaanite, the Canaanitea, I. e.
a) A single people who inhabited, be-
fore the Hebrews, the lower tracts of Pa-
lestine on the sea-coast and the Jordan ;
Num. 13, 29 the Canaanites dwell by the
sea and by the side of Jardan. Josh. 5, 1.
11, 3. Deut. 11, 30 ; see the etymology
in 1S3S no. 2. Often coupled with the
names of other tribes ; and the sacred
writers, while intending to comprise all
the tribes dwelling in Palestine, some-
times by synecdoche mention only two,
the Canaanites and Perizzites, Gen. 13,
7 ; sometimes three, the Canaanites,
Hivites, Hittites, Ex. 23, 28 ; or again
five, the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites,
Hivites, Jebusites, Ex. 13, 5; or six,
adding the Perizzites, Ex. 3, 8. 17. Josh.
12. 18 ; or seven, adding the Girga-
shites, Deut. 7, 1. Josh. 3, 10 ; or finally
ten. the Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmon-
iles. Hittites. Perizzites. Rephaim, Amor-
ites, Canaanites, Girgashites, Jebusites,
Gen. 15. 19-21. In this number are
several which cannot be reckoned as
Canaanites, but as other aborigines ; as
the Rephaim, the Kenites, etc. b) In
a wider sense put for all the tribes
dwelling west of the Jordan and in'Phe-
nicia before the Hebrews, deriving their
descent from Canaan (Gen. 10, 15-18);
Gen. 10, 18. 19. 12, 6. 50, 11. Josh. 16,
10. 17, 12 sq. Judg. 1, 10. 28. 29 ; also
Ex. 3, 8. 17. Deut. 11, 50. Ez. 16, 3.
They are mentioned as Gentiles and
unclean Zech. 14, 21. Sept. for ISSS,
^3533, has usually Xavadv, Xavavaiog,
but sometimes also <I>oivUr], fltolvil, Ex.
6. 15. 16, 35. Josh. 5, 1. 12. Job 40, 25.
So Mark 7, 25 comp. Matt. 15, 22. The
Canaanites were celebrated merchants,
and hence
2. Canaanite for mercJiant, generally.
Job 40, 30 [25]. Prov. 31, 24. So '?t33
Chaldean, for astrologer.
* riDil i. q, Arab. u-flJli' to cover, to
protect ; whence "33 covering, wing.
Comp. 1-. CilS . Not found in Kal.
NiPH. to cover or hide oneself. Is. 30,
20 rp-ii"2 Tis n.33"'"xb iio longer shaU
thy teachers hide themsehes, i. e. they
shall come forth openly, and no longer
tp^
478
t55!3
be vexed by persecutors. So Abulwalid
and Jarchi ; see Comment, on Is. 1. c.
Hence
5i:3 f. 1 K. 6, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12,
constr. tl33 ; Dual C^Bp constr. 'S3? ;
but the same is used for the Plur. as llJia
c^EDS Is. 6. 2. fis:? sanx Ez. 1, 6. 10,
21. ' Plur. constr. nisJ? "fem. Deut. 22,
12. Is. 11. 12 ; but masc. in the signif.
no. 2. a. b, Ez. 7, 2. R. !:i23.
1. a wing, so called as covering,
protecting. Arab. sd>i5 wing, side,
region, protection. Eth. 5l3F'4t wing ;
Chald. r|;3, Sam. 'S}^, Syr. waia,
VaJLs, id. Comp. ?]? Heb. and Chald.
from kindr. tl^a ; also D''BSX p. 12. Is.
10, 14. Job 39, 'l3. 1 K. 6, 27.' Ez. 1, 8 sq.
al. C;<:3"rii3!"73 every fold of wing, every
winged fowl, Gen. 1, 21 ; 'a 'I'iBS birds
of wing Ps. 148, 10 ; '= -ilB^-^s Deut.
4, 17 ; '="^3 "i-^aa Ez. 39, 17 comp. v. 4;
'^-bs "iiE^~t3 erenj bird of every wing,
every species of bird, Gen. 7, 14. Ez.
17, 23. So n:3 1=53 Prov. 1, 17, and
ti'^SjSn b?3 Ecc. 10, 20, 'one having
wings,' poet, for a bird. Poet, nsn "833
the wings of the wind Ps. 18. 11. 104, 3 ;
inttJ ''B23 the wings of the morning 139, 9;
expressive of the swiftness with which
the winds and the dawn move onward.
Metaph. with the idea of protection,
defence, Ps. 17, 8 "^snTipn r^-^^ss bs3
hide me beneath the shadow of thy wings.
36, 8. 57, 2. 61, 5. 63, 8. 91, 4. Ruth 2,
12. Comp. Arab, ^ps^i -Li^ and
._B:<Srhn1t ad Job. 472.
2. an extremity, corner, e. g. a) Of
a garment, a skirt, flap, nri^v'S, mfqv-
yiov, fully b"y52n c:3S the skirt of the
robe 1 Sam. 24. 5. 12. Num. 15, 38.
Deut. 22, 12. Hagg. 2. 12 ; also, the
name of the garment being omitted,
Zech. 8, 23 "^"i-in'i ti-ix ^33 the skirt of a
Jew, i. e. of his upper garment. Ez. 5, 3.
As the outer garment was used by
the Orientals to wrap themselves in
at night, hence r33 is also put lor the
extremity or comer of a bed-covering,
coverlet, etc. Deut. 23. 1 C"33 nbi sibn
1*'3K nor shall he uncover his fafhei-^s
coverlet, i. e. he shall not violate his fa-
ther's bed. 27, 20, comp. Ez. 16, 8. Ruth
3, 9 spread now thy covering overViy
handmaid, i. e. receive me to thy bed ;
comp. Theocr. Idyll. 18. 19, and innrxid-
^eiv Luke 1, 35. b) Spoken of a land,
the earth, etc. a border, corner, end ; as
the habitable earth is often compared
by the ancients to a garment spread out.
Is. 24, 16 yixn SriSSi corner, end of the
earth. Mostly in the plur. Job 37, 3. 38,
13 7'^5<f7 niS33 the comers of the earth,
extrema terrarum ; also Is. 11, 12 and
Ez. 7, 2 V^Nn niB33 nrs'is thefour cor-
ners of the earth or land. c) Of an ar-
my, wing, as in Lat. and Engl, whence
poet, for an army itself. Is. 8, 8. 18, 1.
Comp. D-^esx p. 12. d) The highest
point, battlement, pinnacle of the temple,
Dan. 9, 27. Comp. miqvyiov xoii If^ov,
Matt. 4, 5.
'zi obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr.
to give forth a tremulous and striduloua
sound, e. g. the quavering sound of a
string when struck. Germ, schnarren,
knarren. Hence "iii3 harp, lyre, from
its stridulous sound. Kindred are Greek
xivvQog, pr. whimpering, spoken of a que-
rulous, mournful tone, whence Gr. xivv-
Qu ; qXso yiyyQog, ylyyQn, yiyygag, Lat.
gingrina, i. e. a pipe yielding a stridu-
Jous querulous tone, and gingritus the
cackling of geese. Deri v. "1123, and
tT?23 (i. q. "ii53 lyre) Deut. 3, 17,
ni"133 (plur. lyres) 1 K. 15, 20, nillS
Josh. 11,2, Chinnereth, Chinneroih, pr.
n. of a city in the tribe of Naphtali, situ-
ated on the lake of Galilee, which is
thence called r"ii3 c^ Num. 34. 11.
Josh. 13,27; rinjs c; Jo'sh. 12, 3. In the
Targums is found the later name '^D3'^5,
*iG''5J, whence Gr. rirrrfOuQ 1 Mace. 11,
67. Jos. Ant. 2. 25. 3, 17 ; and in N. T.
rirrr,auQiT Matt. 14. 34. Mark 6, 53.
Luke 5. 1. This beautiful lake is about
twelve miles long by six broad in its
widest part, with limpid Avater and
abounding in fish. See Roland Pala^st.
p. 258 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
261 sq. 312 sq.
* uJ!3 Chald. to gather together., to
assemble, i. q. Heb. D33, Syr. id. Inf.
Dan. 3, 2.
Ithp. to be gathered togf-ther, assein-
bled, Dan. 3. 3. 27. Freq. in the Turgg.
n35
479
no3
Pl23 m. (r. njs) only Plur. r\55; pr.
a aurname, cognomen, title. Melon, one
having the nanie surname or title as an-
other, i. e. sustaining the same office,
ubject to the fiame king, i. q. airdovXoi,
colleague, associate in off\ce. Correspond-
ing is Syr. ]2>jLa plur. ]2q1s, i.e.avvdov-
Xof, avvdoiloi. Once Ezra 4, 7 ixtlJl
l^nijS ami the rest of his colleagues ;
Sept. oi Xoinul ai't'duvXoi. The form
r:9 is for rsjS, rXjS, and the plural is
formed in the same manner as P"iX3^,
ni'<:a , from rj-s , see Lehrg. p. 509, 606.
f'-S Chald. id. rt colleague, avtSovXag,
only plur. c. sufl*. nP133 his colleagues,
Ezra 5. 6 ; *,inni:3 their colleagues 4, 9.
17. 23. 5, 3. 6, 6.' 13. Comp. the Heb.
03 m. uTt. Xfyoft. in the suspected
readint^ Ex. 17, 16, commonly held to be
i. q. XB3 throne, which is read in the
Samaritan codex. But the context and
the words of v. 15 "'SS '"^J"^, demand the
reading o: a standard, banner, where
see.
^*y3 obsol. root, i. q. n03 to cover j
whence SQ3 and
9? Prov. 7, 20, also nC| Ps. 81, 4,
the full moon, time of the full moon. Syr.
)jcia, according to Isa Bar Ali, is 'the
firstday of the full moon,' and also 'the
whole time of the full moon ;' so also often
in Barhebrseus and Ephrem Syrus.
The etymology is doubtful ; unless we
may say that the moon at her full is whol-
ly covered with light, from r. nos, so3 ;
comp. Ps. 104. 2 n^b",a3 nix rrjiv cover-
ing thyself with light as with a garment.
See Thesaur. p. 698, 699.
^S3 m. twice nS3 Job 26, 9. 1 K. 10,
19; c. suff. "^XOS (for ^XS3), T]i<p3 ; plur.
P1XD3 for niXBS . R. ND3 .
1. a throne, i. e. an elevated seat with
a canopy and hangings which cover it ;
Arab. -a^jJ, Aram. s<D^3, V*^'"! id.
the letter 1 being inserted instead of
doubling the O , i. e. rs for ss, see under
lett. 1. The Samaritan has also in the
root ^t^'^ U for n53 .So ',1SJ NS3 a
throne of ivory 1 K. 10, 18 ; ns^iaan 'a
the throne of the kingdom, royal throne,
Deut. 17, 18. 2 Sam. 8, 13; and so '=
nw^Oh 1 Chr. 22. 10. 2 Chr. 7. 18. Eath.
1. 2. 5, 1 ; naiiban '= 1 K. 1. 46. Hence
for the royal dignity or authority ; Gen.
41, 40 only as to the throne will I be
greater than thou, i. e. I reserve to my-
self only the royal dignity. Ps. 45, 7,
see in c-rfbx p. 55, note. So to establish
one's throne, i. e. his kingdom. Is. 16, 5.
Spoken of the throne of God, Ps, 9, 5,
47, 9. Is. 6, 1. Job 26, 9. Also
.2. For the elevated seat or cathedra
of the high-priest, 1 Sam. 1, 9. 4, 13 ;
the tribunal of a judge, Ps. 122, 5 (comp.
Dan. 7. 9). Ps. 94, 20 ni^in '= tribunal of
wickedness, i. e. unjust judges. Hence
for jurisdiction, district, Neb. 3, 7. Of
a military tribunal, Jer. 1, 15; also of
any seat, e. g. a stool or chair, 2 K.
4, 10. Prov. 9, 14 ; espec. an honourable
seat, nias xes 1 Sam. 2, 8. AleUiph. Is.
22. 23 and he (Eliakim) shall be far a
seat of glory to his fathers house, i. e,
through him shall all his kindred be
honoured.
"''=193 Chald. a Chaldean, Ezra 5, 12;
elsewhere "^T^^S q. v.
'CI* ^o cover; kindr. are X03 and
nrs . Syr. IsoLs id. also ' to put on ;'
Arab. L*y to put on ; Chald. nC3 to
cover, and hence to hide, lie concealed.
In Kai only in particip. nois Prov,
12, 16. 23 ; and pass, constr. "'103 Ps.
32, 1. Far more usual is
PiEL nS3. 1 pers. '^n'^ss, in&3 Ps.
143, 9, ^7^^ Ez. 32, 7; fut. nsa^' apoc.
1. to cover, c, ace. Ex. 10, 5. Num. 9,
15. 22,5; or also b? (like other verbs of
covering, e. g. r|2D, -is3). q. d. to cover
over. Num. 16, 33 7"!i<rj cnibs oan^ the
earth covered them over, pr. was a cover-
ing over them. Job 21, 26 nssn nani
C^n"^^? and worms cover them. 2 Chr. 5,
8. Ps. 106, 17. Hab. 2, 14 ; c. b Is. 11, 9.
So to cover a person or thing with any
thing, e. g. construed : a) With ace.
of pers. and 3 of the covering, Lev. 17,
13 -1BS3 WBal he shall cover it (the
blood) with earth. Job 15. 27. Is. 51, 16.
Num. 4, 5. 8. 11. b) With two ace. Ez.
16, 10. 18, 7. 16. c) With bs of pers.
and 2 of covering, Ps. 44, 20. d) With
ace, of the covering and bs of the thino-
covered, Ez. 24, 7 ; comp. Job 36, 32.
-C5
480
'W
Trop. in the phrases : to cover any one
with shame Mic. 7, 10 ; confusion Ps.
44, IG. Jer. 51, 51 : terror Ez. 7, 18. Ps.
55, 6 ; so God covers the faces of judges,
makes them blind, Job 9, 24. Also to
cover any one (a wife) with violence,
heap up injuries upon her, Mai. 2, 16.
Intrans. to cover oneself, to put on any
thing, c. 3 Gen. 38, 14. Deut. 22, 12 ;
c. ace. Jon. 3. 6 pb O?"^' he covered him-
self with sackcloth, put on sackcloth,
Arab. Luo to put on, c. ace.
2. to cover, i. e. to hide, to conceal,
corap. Chald. Prov. 10, 18. 12, 16. 23.
Job 31, 33 ; with b? of pers. Deut. 13, 9 ;
with ace. of thing and '{O of pers. Gen.
18, 17. Job 23, 17 ^>-nS3 \DSr!i and
because he hath (not) covered the dark-
ness from 7ny sight, hath, not freed me
from calamities. Intrans. prsEgn. Ps.
143, 9 "^n-^BD rj^bx unto thee do I hide, I
flee to thee for covert; Sept. n^iog as
tiatitpv'/ov.
3. Metaph. to cover sin, i. e. to pardon,,
to forgive, i. q. 1B3 , c. ace. Ps. 85. 3 ; bs
Prov. 10, 12. Neh. 3, 37 [4, 5]. Ps. 32, l"
nxi;n i^ics whose sin is covered, i. e. par-
doned. Comp. "iE3.
PuAL nSS and nss Ps. 80, 11. Prov.
24, 31, fut. nss":, part, n53T2 ; to he co-
vered. Gen. 7,'i9. 20; with 3 of the
covering, 1 Chr. 21, 16. Ecc. 6. 4 ; also
with ace. Ps. 80, 11 n^a ni"in ^iSS the
inmmtains were covered with its shade.
Prov. 24, 31.
NiPH. id. Ez. 24, 8; c. 3 Jer. 51, 42.
HiTHP. to cover oneself to wrap one-
self up, with 3 of the covering. Is. 59, 6.
1 K. 11, 29; once ace. Jon. 3, 8.
Deriv. ""iDS, moS (and nsiO), PCS,
no3o, neaia.'
HDS see XD3.
riDS i. q. NS3 q. v.
Mn^BS Is. 5, 25, see nnsio ,
T - J 7 T
""lOIp iti. only constr. "liS ""103 a cover-
ing of skins Num. 4, 6. 14. R. no2.
t1103 f. (r. tiOS) 1. a covering,
cover, Ex. 21, 10. 22, 26. Job 24, 7. 26,
6, 31, 19. Metaph. n^?"'? nssos a cover-
ing of or for the eyes, i. e. a present offer-
ed as an expiation for some fault, in order
that one may shtit his eyes upon it, connive
at it ; or, a present made in the hope of
pardon, an atonement, a penalty. So in
the much vexed passage Gen. 20, 16
"OX "''^? '=^ t^-;?-'? nso3 r(b Nsn r^ln
bs rxT lo, this (the thousand shekels) is
to thee a penalty for all which has hap-
pened with thee and before all men.
Comp. Gen. 32, 21 nn:s3 'I'^rB rr^ssx
pr. / icill cover his face (appease him)
with the present. The Sept. though here
neglected or misunderstood by interpre-
ters, renders it correctly: twitm iaiai aoi
fig jifiTiv rot) nQoaamov aov, where rifiri
is a fine, penalty, price, II. 1. 159, i. q.
elsewhere rifjTjfiu. Most interpreters
understand this covering of the eyes to be
a veil, and the whole passage they arbi-
trarily render thus : lo, this shall be to
thee a veil for the eyes unto all who are
with thee and to all others, i. e. so it shall
be manifest to all that ihou art a mar-
ried woman. They add further, that
only married women were accustomed
to wear veils ; but this is contrary to
oriental custom, and is incapable of
proof
2. a garment, Deut. 22, 12.
''^3 to cut off a plant, vine. etc. to
cut down, part. pass. n^iDS Is. 33, 12. Ps.
80, 17. Kindr. are n:xp?, na;?, rsj?,
'f^P,, also yta, ntj, na. Chald. and
Syr. nD2, viim, to prune vines.
^'CS m. (r. bp3) 1. a fool Ps. 92, 7.
94, 8. Prov. 1, 32. 10. 1. 18. 13, 19. 20.
14, 8. 24. 33. 15, 2. 7, and often in Prov.
and Ecc. The notion of impiety, un-
godliness, is often implied, Prov. 15, 20.
19, 1. al. comp. the synon. b'^^X , baj , and
the opp. C2H.
2. Chesil, as the name of a constella-
tion, Job 9, 9. 38, 31. Am. 6, 8 ; according
to most of the ancient interpreters the
constellation Orion, which the Orientals
call >Lji5 lr^iiv ^^'''?^ ' e. the giant.
They appear to have conceived of this
constellation under the figure of an im-
pious giant (b''p3 impious) bound upon
the sky; whence Job 38, 31 canst thou''
loose the hands of Orion? Plur. C''b''pS
Is. 13, 10, q. d. the Orions or giants of
the sky, i. e. the greater con-stellations
similar to Orion. So Lat. Cicerones,
Scipiones, i. e. men like Cicero and
'C5
481
D3
Scipio. Abulwnliil understiimln Juv^
or Gittopug, H bright star in the rudder
of Argo or the ship, in the southern
hemisphere. See more in Comment.
on Is. 13, 10. Michnelis Snppl. p. 1319
aq. Hyde on UUigh Beigh's Tiihles, p.
74. Ideler fiber Urspriing u. Bcdcut. der
Sternenniimcn p. 240, 263.
3. Chesil, pr. n. of a city in the south-
ern part of Judah, Josh. 15, 30.
nib">D3 n folly, Prov. 9, 13. R. bos .
^"^3 a root found only once in the
verb, see no. 2. b; but of various signifi-
cations in the derivatives. The primary
idea seems to be :
1. lo be Jieshy, fat ; whence bo loin,
flank. Then
2. As a denom. from ipS, in a double
signification: a) In a good sense, to be
strong, lusty, the loins being the seat of
strength ; comp. *,^d , IBtixs ; metaph.
to be firm, confident, whence bp33 . nbcs ,
confidence, hope, b) In a bad sense,
to be dull, sluggish, languid, like Arab.
Ju^j to be weak. Hence also as a
kindred idea, to be foolish ; comp. bas ,
333 , nbas ; and vice versa compare
words signifying strength transferred
to the idea of virtue, as b'^n. Or perh.
this sense may come by transpos. from
bso to be foolish. So once fut. .4, bps"^
Jer. 10. 8. I^nce the deriv. b'^p3 fool-
ish, nnb-'ps , bp? , folly.
^05 m. 1. loin. flank, lumbus, Job 15,
27. Plur. D"'bp3 the loins, pr. the internal
muscles of the loins near the kidneys,
to which the fat adheres, y>ot, ifjolm,
as Symmachus well. Lev. 3, 4. 10. 15.
4, 9. 7, 4. Job 15, 27 bp3 'bs na-'s b7l
and because he maketh fatness upon his
loins, i. e. the yaar^idovkog pampers him-
self Also for the viscera generally, the
bowels, inward parts, Ps. 38. 8. Comp.
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 506 sq.
2. confidence, hope, Ps. 78, 7. Job 8, 14.
31, 24. Prov. 3, 26. See r. bos no.
2. a.
3. folly, Ecc. 7, 25. See the root no.
2.b.
^??? f (r. bp3) 1. confidence, hope,
Job 4, 6.
2. folly, Ps. 85, 9.
41
ll?93 m. Zech. 7, 1. Neh. 1, 1, Gr.
XaaiXtv 1 Mace. 1,54, Chialev, the ninth
month of the Hebrews, begiiniing with
the new moon of December. The ety-
mology is unknown; yet it might per-
haps be so called from the languor and
torpor of nature, from r. bp3 no. 2. b.
Or it may be of Persian origin, as would
appear from a Palmyrene inscription ;
see Benfey, die Monatsnaracn, comp.
Thesaur. p. 702.
'JI.'CS (confidence, hope, r. bp3) Che-
salon, pr. n. of a place on the border of
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10 ; there
called also onS'j-in .
Jl^pS (id.) Chislon, pr. n. m. Num.
34, 21'.
ni?C3 (hopes, r. Vp3) Chesidloth, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Issachar,
Josh. 19, 18 ; prob. the same with the
next art.
"linr\-nibD3 (loins or flank of Tabor)
Chislolh-Tahor, pr. n. of a place near the
western foot of mount Tabor, on the bor-
der of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 12. [Prob. the
same as the preced. article, and bothi
identical with the mod. Iksdl JLwvol;.
Gr. Sako'td- Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 1. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 182. R.
D'^nbo? plur. Gen. 10, 14. 1 Chr. 1.
12, Casluhim, pr. n. of a people sprung
from the Egyptians; probably, as Bo-
chart supposes, Phaleg IV. 31. the Col-
chians, whom the Greek writers also-
mention as being a colony of the Egyp-
tians. Hdot. 2. 104. Diod. Sic. 1. 28, 55.
Strabo I. 3 ult. The name Colchians-
might readily come from the fuller
nboD , dropping the s.
CC3 io shear, to poll the head, once
Ez. 44, 20. Kindred are eta, and other
verbs beginning with t3 ; see TtJ
Hence
rracs n ex. 9, 32. is. 2s, 25, plur..
caps Ez. 4, 9, a species of grain like-
wheat, with a smooth or bald ear as if
shorn, hnt.far, adoreum, Gr. ^ia, oXvga,
the modern spelt, triticum spelta Linn.
Arab. Hjum^, which is in fact the same?
word as in Hebrew, m and n being inter-
changed and r inserted. See Comment
on Is. 1. c.
Ct5
482
c?::
^r^ 1. Pr. to divide out, to distri-
bute; kindr. with Y^p^ and other verbs
beg-inning with yp, D3, ta. Hence
&213 tribute.
2. ^o number, to reckon, comp. mJ'O ;
once Ex. 12, 4 ecer-j^ 7i according to
his eating shall ye reckon for the lamb.
Sept. ai'vaQid^Tj&riasjui, Onk. ","i:7:rR,
Syr. ^alLc2.
Deriv. D=p., no272, ca, n3"!2 .
* "?5 fut. !:ib2";i 1. Pr. to be or be-
come pale, as in Chald. Comp. Niph.
no. 1. and C;C3 silver. Less near are
v^Ojwuj and _f?. '^ deficit sol, Inna, ca-
ligavit oculus. diminuttis est.
2. Trop. to pine or long after any-
thing, to desire greatly, with 1? of pers.
Job 14, 15; inf: c. b Ps. 17, 12.'
Niph. 1. to be pale, to tit7-n pale, from
shame, since this feeling is indicated not
only by blushing, but also by turning
pale ; see "i]n and Talmudic "pisn to
make ashamed, comp. Comment, on Is.
29, 22. Hence, to be ashamed; Zeph. 2,
1 r|d:3 xb iisn O nation not ashamed^
i. 6. without shame, shameless.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, Gen. 31, 30. Ps. 84,
3. Hence
5^9? I"- c. suff. ''SC3 1. silver, so
called from its paleness, r. tiCS , as Gr.
uqyiqoi from uqyoq white, and ^fJJ gold
from its yellow colour; comp. -f^S. Syr.
Samar. id. Gen. 23, 15 "b^q rifQ r3"is
^CS four hundred, shekels of silver, v.
16. ' Lev. 27, 3. 6. Josh. 7, 22. Often
with the word bp;r omitted, e. g. "bit
Cp3 a thousand (shekels) of silver Gen.
20, 16. rC3 Dinir? ^enfj/ shekels q/"
j7i-fr Gen.' 37, 28.'Deut. 22, 19. Hos. 3,
2. Metaph. to petrify silver, i. e. to
cleanse a peopTe from their sins, Mai. 3,
3 comp. V. 2. Is. 1, 25.
2. money, which anciently consisted
of bars or pieces of silver weighed out
and not coined ; comp. itityvQtov, Fr. ar-
gent. Gen. 23. 13. 43, 15. 21. Ex. 22. 6.
Num. 3, 49. 51. Deut. 23, 20. inir tr^D?
current money, see in "i3S no. 2. Also,
that which is bought with money, e. g. a
slave, Ex. 21, 21 Kin -iBD? ''S for he is
his money, his purchase ; also Gen. 17,
12. Ex. 12, 44. Plur. pieces of silver,
money^ Gen. 42, 25. 35.
5|C2 Chald. m. id. silver, st. emphat.
NBD3 Dan. 2, 35. 5, 2. 4. 23. Ezra 5, 14.
6, '5. 7, 17. 18.
S^BwS Ezra 8, 17, Casiphia, pr. n.
of a place (cip^) on the way between
Babylon and Jerusalem. To this corre-
sponds neither the Pylce Caspice nor the
city Kaswhi, as held by some.
^?| f (r. i^OS) plur. rlrCS cushions,
pillows, Ez. 13, 18. 20. Sept. n^ovxi-
ifiiXaut, Vulg. pulvilli, according to the
Rabbins lo7}g pillows, bolsters. The
letter n, although not radical and mere-
ly the sign of the fem. gender, is never-
theless retained also in the plural ; as in
''b'n , rrp3 , comp. Lehrg. p. 474.
^?3 Is. 59, IS, see by lett. C. 1.
1?? Chald. adv. of time, now, at this
time, Dan. 2. 23. 3. 15. 4, 34. 5, 12. Ezra
4, 13. al. irsi ns until now Ezra 5, 16.
It is pro>b. derived as a prolonged form
from Heb. *|2 so, also now, comp. '|3~^y
Neh. 2, 16, and art. )3 lett. e. p. 475 ;
just as Samar. n?p from Heb. C*ip. In-
deed '{SJS seems al.?o to have had the
signif so ; whence the following art.
f^??^ Chald. fem. of the preceding,
adv. so, thus, i. q. "3, but fonnd only in
one formula rsrrir and so forth, et cetera,
Ezra 4, 10. 11. 7, 12 ; contracted nraq
id. 4, 17.
^^7* fut. 0?37 ! to be hidignanty
vexed, to take ill, Rcc. 5, 16. 7, 9. Neh.
3, 33 [4, 1]. Ps. T12, 10.
2. to be angry, Ez. 16, 42; with bx
of pers. 2 Chr. 16, 10.
PiEL 0"3 to provoke, to irritate, i. q.
Hiph. Deut. 32, 21. 1 Sam. 1, 6>
Hi PH. C^ySii 1. fo vex, to grieve, to
trouble any one, I Sam. I, 7. Neh. 4, 5
[3, 37]. Ez. 32, 9.
2. to make angry, to provoke, oflen of
men who provoke Jehovah by their sinsy
espec. by idolatry, c. a Deut. 31, 29. 32",
16. I K. 14, 9. 15. 16, '2. 7. 13 sql Ps. 78,
58. Jer. 8, 19. al. More fully cysrt
i;-r5< 0?3 1 K. 15, 30. 2 K. 23, 26; also
with the name of Go<l implied, 1 K-
21, 22 PiDSsn "1CX orsn-bx because of
the anger with which thou hast made
me angry. 2 K. 21, 6. 23, 19. Hos. 12
15. Hence
cys
483
tp
?? m. 1. vexation, irmtblc, grief,
Ecc. I, 18. 2, 23. 11, 10, Ps. 6. 8. Prov.
17, 25. 21, 19 oral D'':''n ririx a con-
teniious and fretful woman. Deut. 32, 27.
2. a^lge^, Deut. 32, 19. 1 K. 15, 30.
Ez. 20, 28. Plur. cors bursts of anger,
2 K. 23, 26.
toy? m. i. q. OS? , found only in Job.
1. vexation, grief Job 5, 2. 6, 2. 17, 7.
2. ang-er, icra/A of God, Job 10, 17.
r^3 see in nWB.
5]? f. (r. riBS) c. euff. 'B?, pr. some-
thing curved, hollow. Spec.
1. th^ hollow of the hand, the palm;
s
Arab, \..ii, Syr. )Aa3. Lev. 14. 15 aiui
pour (the oil) upon the palm (r;? bs) of
the priesVs left hand. v. 18. 26. r;? xVi
ms;? a handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12, comp.
C]? i<\-q Lev. 9, 17. Pa. 129, 7 ; so Is. 28,
4. 2 k. 18, 21. At other times C;? is
used like T^ the hand ; as Deut. 25, 12
rtB?-rx nnisj^i and thou shall cut of
her hand. Often of the hand as that
with which we lay hold of any thing,
Ez. 21, 16. 29, 29, 7 ; or with which we
labour, whence n*'2n ~3 a slack hand
Prov, 10, 4, So espec. in the following
phrases : a) 'b C]?^ out of the hand of
any one, after verbs of freeing, deliver-
ing, like 1*^, 1 Sam, 4, 3. 2 Sam. 14,
16, 19, 10. 22, 1. 2 K, 16, 7. 20, 6. Ps.
18, 1. Jer. 5. 21. al. b) bs S)? cb to
lay the hand upon any one, i. e. to attack
him. Job 40, 32 [41, 8] ; also irs n^b
'!''Bb to lay the hand upon one's mouth, sc.
in order to stop it. i. q. to be silent, Job
29. 9. But bs :3 p^b to put the hand
over any one, i. q. to protect him, Ps.
139, 5 ; comp. Ex. 33, 22. c) Judg, 12,
3 '633 bE3 n"'bx; I put my life in my
hand, i, e. exposed myself to great dan-
ger ; since what we thus take in our
hands is liable to be dropped, or to be
cast away. 1 Sam. 19. 5. 28, 21 ; comp.
Job 13, 14. Ps. 119, 109. The same pro-
verb occurs in Athenseus Deipnosoph.
XIII. p. 569. C, iv TZ/^f/^t i'r,v ifjv/ijv i/wv.
So the Danes also say of a man in dan-
ger of his life : cU gaae med Livet i
Haenderne, i. e. he goes with his life in
his hands, d) ci? n?n, rs r;rn, r;3 Ntra,
to clap the hands, see under these verbs,
DuAi fi-^B?, c. sulT, "03, Tj-B?, both
palms, the two hands, the hand*, Job 30,
.32, Is. 49, 16 ; very freq. also for the
plural. Hence, D^B? b^B to spread out
the hands in prayer, etc, see in b^B no.
2, c ; O^B? Kb; to lift up the hand*. Lam.
2, 19. Ps. 63, 5 ; d";b3 bs Kb: to bear
upon the hands, to deal kindly with, to
cherish. Ps. 91, 12 ; 'b "^833 Dian violence
is in the hands of any one, i. e. he has
done violence, wrong. Job 16, 17. Is. 59,
6. Ps. 7, 4. 1 Chr. 12, 17. Jon. 3, 8 ; con-
tra. 0*^63 ^p3 nf clean hands, innocent, Ps.
24, 4 ; i^E3 b?B tlie work of one's hands
Ps. 9, 17 ; also D';'?? sj^V) the labour of
the hands, profit, Gen. 31. 42. Ps. 128, 2.
Plur. pibS palms, used instead of the
Dual before D^n;^ , as C^^^ 'd the palms of
the hands Dan. 10, 10 ; twice D'^'i;' riB?
of hands cut off and dead, 1 Sam. 5, 4.
2 K. 9. 35 ; see Lehrg. p. 539. Comp.
in no. 3, 4. 5. 6, below.
2. bin rs the sole of the foot, Deut. 2, 5.
11. 24. So in the phrase i?n bn q3TD
("'P^Fv) ^^"^from the sole of the foot even
to the Iiead, i. e. the whole body, Is, 1, 6.
Deut. 28, 35. 2 Sam. 14, 25. Job 2, 7.
Deut. 28, 65 Tjbsn prb niria rest for t/ie
sole of thy foot, i. e. a quiet habitation,
comp. Gen. 8, 9. Plur. always niB?
Josh. 3. 13. 4, IS. Is. GO, 14. Ez. id, 7
ibsn PIS? Di'po the place of the soles of
my feet. i. e. the ark as the footstool of
God ; comp. in onn . Once with nrs
2 K. 19. 24.
3. the foot or paw of a quadruped hav-
ing toes, as the bear Lev. 11, 27. Sept.
Xdq. So Arab. u_4^
4. a hollow vessel, a pan, dish, censer,
(so Syr. and Arab.) Num. 7, 14. 20. 26.
32. 38, al, Plur, P-iB3 Ex. 25. 29. Num.
7. 84. 86. Hence rb;3n rs the hollow or
di.^\ of a sling 1 Sam. 25, 29. TC^rt q3
the holloiv of the thigh, socket of the hip,
Gen. 32, 26. 33.
5. Plur. P1B3 handles of a bolt or bar
Cant. 5. 5. Comp. Pin^ .
6. c-^-i-an PiB3 Lev. 23, 40. palms, i. e.
palm- branches, with green leaves, so
called from their bent or curved form.
See i^B3, and comp. Lat. palma.
5]? m. (r. ^23) a rock, pr. hollow or
arched, used only in plur. Jer. 4, 29. Job
30, 6. Syr. and Chald. jijJ, XB-3, id.
whence in N. H . Kmu^^o-IIii^oe
5125
484
^SD
'-3 io bend, to bow, kindr. with
PiSS ; and hence to tame, to subdue.
Chald. and Talmud. X3 to bow, to sub-
due, to compel, to turn away, see Bux-
torf Lex. p. 1070 ; Arab. Lfl5 io turn
away, to turn aside. Prov. 21. 14 "jP^
v]N ner^ ^r.'?? ^'^^^ ^^ secret tameth
anger. Sept. ctrarqEJiei ogyag, and so
Syr. Contra Symm. a^iasi o^/r'r.Vulg.
extingidt iras, comp. nss to extinguish.
^E3 f. (r. ClES) 1. a palm, palm-
ibranch, the fem. form being often em-
ployed for things without life, Heb.
Gram. 105. 3. Comp. t;? no. 6. Chald.
NB-'S, Syr. ]La^. Is. 9, 13 and 19, 15
"liaax'i nes the palm-branch and the bul-
rush, proverbially for the high and the
low, noble and vulgar.
2. Genr. branch, bough. Job 15, 32.
"TIBS m. (r. "iE3) 1. a cup, goblet,
prob. covered with a lid, 1 Chr. 28, 17.
Ezra 1, 10. 8, 27.
2. hoar-frost, so called as covering the
ground, Ex. 1 6, 14. Ps. 147, 16. Job 38, 29.
Oi)| un. hy6fi. Hab. 2, 11, prob. a
cross-beam, for binding together the
wans oi . uuiiuing, irom r. CE3 to con-
nect. Sept. xttv&aQog, i. q. cantherius
in Vitruv. 4. 2. Jerome: "lignum quod
ad continendos parietes in medio struc-
turse ponitur. vulgo i^avTaaig." Comp.
Ecclus. 22, 16 [18].
T^SS m. (r. -iSS>) 1. i. q. "^3, a vil-
lage, Neh. 6, 2.
2. a young lion, old enough to roar
Judg. 14. 5. Ps. 104, 21. Prov. 19, 12. Jer.
2, 15. Am. 3, 4 ; going forth for prey Is.
5, 29. Mic. 5, 7. Jer. 25, 38. Job 4, 10 ;
ferocious and bloodthirsty in his youth-
ful strength Ps. 17. 12. 91, 13. Is. 11, 6.
How "i^ES differs from "t^J whelp, ap-
pears from Ez. 19, 2. 3: slie (the lion-
ess) brought up one of her whelps (ins
ii'^niaTS), it became a young lion ("I'^ES),
it learned to seize the prey, it devoured
vien. Trop. a) Of cruel and blood-
thirsty enemies, Ps. 34, 11. 35. 17. 58. 7 ;
comp. Jer. 2, 15. Ez. 32, 2 n^ia n-^ES
a young lion of the nations, an enemy
prowling among them, sc. Pharaoh, b)
Of the young princes or warriors of a
state, Ez. 38, 13, comp. Nah. 2, 14. The
etymology seems to be from r. ^E3 no.
3, to be shaggy, with special reference
to the lion's mane. Comp. Arab. ^-i.c>
slAfc, hair upon the neck, back of the
head, jaws; -i.fc hairy on the neck, face,
back of the head.
nn'^S (i. q. -fi3 no. 1, village) Che-
phirah, pr. n. of a city of the Hivites
assigned to Benjamin, Josh. 9, 17 comp.
v. 7. Josh. 18, 26. Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7, 29.
^*^ 1. to divide equally, to dis-
tribute, i. q. Ethiop. KiA,^, whence
s e
51-4^^ part, portion, Arab. JwO por-
tion, like part, equal, and Dual ^^^Li^
D7;3 two portions, double. Hence
2.' to fold, to double. Ex. 26, 6. Part,
pass. blE3 doubled, double. Ex. 28, 16.
39. 9. Chald. h^p, to double, to fold
around, Syr. Ethpe. \.aj3zf to be dou-
bled, infolded.
NiPH. to be doubled, i. e. repeated, Ez.
21, 19 [14].
Deriv. n^B:?2, and
522 m. a doubling. Job 41, 5 'iJ&'i iiE3
the doubling of his jaus, i. e. his double
row of teeth.
Dual o^bss 1. Pr. two folds, double
folds. Job 11, 6 n^tyrh fbED -^3 for
do7ible folds hath God's wisdom., i. e. the
wisdom of God is complicated, inexpli-
cable. Others double, i. e. manifold,
infinite, is the wisdom of God.
2. double, twice as much. Is. 40, 2.
Arab, ^j^i^^i^-
*"?7'' Arab. ^^jS' to roll up (comp.
VE3 no. 2), to twist, to spin; whence
Aram. '(ESi, ,_as, to be hungry, :E3,
t!lal, hunger, sc. as accompanied by
a twisting and writhing of the bowels,
see in n;:2 no. 2. In Syriac with ^ it isj
also to hunger or thirst far any thing.
to pine after, see Thes. p. 705. Hence
Heb. "ES id. once prsegn. Ez. 17. 7 Io,
this vine T'by H'^ir^^ f^;*:^ f'"' ff^irst
(and bend) her roots towards him ....
that he might water it. Vulg. ifiittent
radices suas ad earn. Hence
IBS
485
1E5
^^3 m. hunger, famine, Job 5, 22. 30, 3,
CSS a root of doubtful signif prob.
to contract, to draw together, ai\(l ho to
connect; kimlr. with yt^, ^b;5, yoj:^,
to contract to compress, to gather one-
self for leaping; see also yfs. Syr.
ww.n according to Cnstcll : to connect,
to contract, to abbreviate. Hence CBS.
^^^ tobend,tocurve,tobow. Chald.
id. Syr. -aa to be curved, bent. This
root with its kindred ones is found ex-
tensively in the Semitic and western
languages, both in the aense. of beml in g
curving, and in that of being hollow,
arched, vaulted; see ^ES, saa no. 1,
a ^
nj3 II, :2i5, s^, to hollow, to vault,
ap^ to hollow out, excavate, a;?3 to bore
out ; and comp. Gr. xnfinm, xw/iTiToi,
yvdfiJiTbi, also xu.ttw, xi^irj, xvfilSi], La-
con. xi'^,5a cask; Pers. ^^wiLftj to bend
over, to incline, j a hollow, a cavern ;
Lat. ciibo, cumbo, also cavus; old Germ.
Ga^ i. e. r,3 , kippen, umkippen, in the
sense of folding. So Is. 58, 5. Intrans.
to boxD oneself, to be bowed down, trop. Ps.
57, 7. Part. C^B^SS those bowed down,
depressed, Ps. 145, 14. 146, 8.
NiPH. to submit oneself to any one, c.
} Mic. 6, 6.
" Deriv. =^3, t;?, nas.
'd? 1. Pr. i. q. Engl, to cover,
whence "lisa and n")B3 a cover, lid.
Arab. -a5 fut. /, to cover, to hide ; also
-AC to cover. Spec.
2. to cover over, to overlay with any
thing, as pitch, i. q. to pitch, as the ark
Gen. 6, 14. Comp. is's no. 2.
3. to be covered with hair, to be shaggy;
see i"'B3. Arab. ^Afr I. XI to be shag-
gy, e. g. cloth.
4. to cover over sins, i. e. to forgive.
comp. 153 no. 4, and Piel. Arab. _a^
II to expiate a crime, Ji. to pardon.
Chald. -tQ3 id. '^
Piel "iB3, found only with Vav *iB3|i,
2 pers. nnB3, fut. "Eqv
1. to cover over sin, to hide, spoken of
QoA as the offended party, i. e. to for-
give, to pardon sin, comp. ne3. With
41*
ace. Ps. 65, 4. 78, 38; with i?, Iik
other verbs of covering. Jer. 18, 23. Ps.
79, 9 ; h Deut. 21, 8 ; also ) of pers. Ez.
16. 63 ; once isa 2 Chr. 30,' 18.
2. Sj>oken of the offender or his repre-
sentative, to cover sin, to hide, i. e. to do
away by some expiatory act, to purge,
so that he may be pardoned ; hence
a) to expiate an ofTence, fiiult, to atone
for, c. ace. Dan. 9, 24 ; bs Lev. 5, 26
[6, 7] ; n>a/or Ex. 32, 3o'; )tq Lev. 4,
26. Num. G, 11. h) to muke e.vpiation
or atonement for an offender, to free him
from guilt, comp. Kssn ; with bs of pers,
Ex. 30, 15. Lev. 4, 20; nra Lev. 16, 6;
11.24. Ez. 45. 17; B Lev. 17^11. Spoken
also of things without life which are
polluted, c. ace. Lev. 16, 33. Ez. 43, 20.
26. Deut. 32, 43; bs Lev. 16, 18. Ex.
29, 36. 37. 30, 10. Examples of full
construction are: Lev. 5. 18 T'bs id31
irjij by "iHSn and. the priest shall make
expialicmfnrhim on account of his fault.
4, 26 "irx-jn-Q '^rrsn i^by ne=T and the
pripsl shall make e:rpiation for him from
his sin. 14, 19. Num. 6. 11. c) to ap-
pease, to placate the person offended,
with ace. of pers. Gen. 32, 21. Prov. 16,
14. So of impending evil, i. e. to avert
by expiation. Is. 47. 11. The gift or
sacrifice by which expiation is made, is
put with a, 2 Sam. 21, 3. Num. 5,8.
Lev. 7, 7.
Pdal 1. to be covered, i. e. done
away, obliterated, pr. of letters, writ-
ing, which are covered or erased by
drawing the stylus over them ; Is. 28,
18 crn'i'ia "lES"^ your covenant shall be
blotted out, i. e. cancelled, abolished, re-
ferring to the written law. Aram, j-as,
1B3 . ahstersit, diluit, abolevit.
2. Pass, of Piel no. 2. a, to be hidden,
expiated, purged, sc. iniquity, Is. 6, 7.
22. 14. 27, 9.
3. Pass, of Piel no. 2. b, to be freed
from guilt, i. e. an offender, to obtain
pardon, Ex. 29, 33 ; c. b Num. 35. 33.
HiTHPA. fut. "^Bsr"^ to be expiated
1 Sam. 3, 14.
NiTHPA. 1B33 Deut. 21. 8. to be expi-
ated, forgiven, i. e. an ofTence. See
Lehrgeb. p. 249. note.
Deriv. ie3 r-iS3. also "liES, I'^ES,
and pr. n. nn^ES.
ns5
486
t\t^
"^3 m. a village, hamlet, so called as
being a covering, shelter, to the inhabit-
ants, Cant. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 27, 25. Neh. 6,
2. Arab. Jo Kef r id. very frequent.
ipilGyn 123 (village of the Ammon-
ites) Chephar-haammoni, pr, n. of a place
in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. In Keri
^3 m. (r. ^3) 1. i. q. "^ES, a vil-
lage, hamlet, 1 Sam. 6, 18.
2. pitch, as a material for overlaying,
see the root no. 2. Gen. 6, 14. Aram.
N-^StlS, jj^as, and Arab. Jo , id.
3. i. q. Gr. xvjiQog, cypnis-i\ower, el-
Henna of the Arabs, a shrub or low tree,
with fragrant whitish flowers growing
in clusters like grapes, Arab. EU-c*.}
Linn. So
s'LL^ . Lausonia inermis
called in Hebrew, as Simonis well sug-
gests, because the powder of the leaves
mixed with water into a paste, is used
by oriental females to cover or besmear
the nails, in order to produce the reddish
colour which they regard as an orna-
ment. Cant. 1, 14 "isbr! bbrx a cluster
of el-Henna. Plur. D-inES Cant. 4, 13.
Comp. Celsii Hierob.'l.p. 222. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Alterthurask. IV. i.p. 132.
4. IvjQov, ransom, price of expiation
or redemption, Ex. 21, 30. 30, 12 *iESi
iCE3 a ransom for his life. Is. 43, 3
fpES thy ransom i. e. for thy redemp-
tion.' Num. 35, 31. 32. 1 Sam. 12, 3. Job
33, 24. al.
D'^"1S2 m. plur. (r. "') expiations,
atmement. Ex. 29, 36. 30,' 10. Num. 29,
11. B'^"^F3n Di'i the day of atonement,
Lev. 23, 27. 28. 25, 9. 'sn b"^x Num. 5, 8.
Xrk'Z f (r. -B3) a cover, lid. only of
the lid of the ark with cherubim upon it,
over which appeared r; (Jo| lov Kv()iov,
Ex. 25. 17 sq. 30, 6. 31, 7. al. nnbsn r^a
the holy of holies, where the ark of the
covenant was placed, 1 Chr. 28, 11.
Sept. lhtair,{)iov, Vulg. propiliaforium,,
Luth. Gnadenstuhl, Engl, mercy-seat, as
if from the sigriification of ajtjieusing,
placating; see 1C3 Pi. no. 2. c.
^3 iinit^ Xfyoft. pcrh. i. q. \ZjuS
iofill up, to cover, 8C. with earth, e. g. a
well, channel ; V. to be filled up ; ly^jS'
earth with which a well etc. is filled up.
So in HiPH. Lam. 3, 16 ~BN2 i:dic=n
he hath covered me with ashes. The
Talmudists use it to express crowded,
pressed, heaped measure ; also of the
Jewish church bowed down in ashes, or
covered with ashes, "iBxa riTESiTa Ber.
Rabba. sect. 75. Chald. depressit me
in cinerem,. But Sept. and Vulg. ifo^
[Aiai fis rjnodor, cibavit iTie cinere, from
the context, because verbs of feeding
precede.
* r.|lp Chald. to bind, to fetter; Prset,
pass. ^r^Z-S Dan. 3. 21.
Pa. id. inf iires Dan. 3, 20 ; Part
pass. 'pnC2^2 V. 23.' 24.
"lines and "lin2 Am. 9, 1, a quadri-
lit. prob. compounded from the tri literals
1E3 to cover, and "irS to crown. Hence
1. a crown, chaplet, circlet, a) Of a
column, the capital. Am. 9, 1 . Zeph. 2,
14. b) An ornament of the golden
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 33 sq. 37, 17 sq.
Sept. acfaiQoni'iQic, Vulg. sphceridce. Jo-
sephus pomegranates Ant. 3. 6. 7. Comp.
Syr. (i^oa blo.ssom of the pomegranate.
2. Caphtor, pr. n. of a country on the
sea Jer. 47, 4. Am. 9, 7. Plur. C-^nriBS
Caphtorim Gen. 10, 14. Deut. 2, 23, the
inhabitants. These are described as a
colony of Egyptians and as ancestors
of the Philistines; so that in Gen. 1. c.
the words CTiO^Q CC^ flx:^;; -^qx should
prob. stand after D'^"iriE3, comp. the
other passages cited. Almost all the
ancient interpreters understand Cappa-
docia ; but from Jer. 1. c. it was clearly
an island, or at least on the sea-coast,
"X ; to which indeed the ancient limits
of Cappadocia are said to have extended
on the north upon the Euxine. Some
have thought of Cyprvs, and this is fa-
voured both by the situation of the
place, and a partial resemblance in the
name ; but on the other hand it is next
to certain that the Cyprians were called
CpiS ; comp. Michaclis Spicil. T. I. p.
292-308. Supplemm. p. 1338. Better,
the island of Crete, which is favoured
by the circumstarce that the Philistines
are called ''r~3 Cretans; see thin word.
The choice therefore would seem to lie
^5
487
tT13
between Cappadocia and Crete ; but
the weight of ancient testimony is in
favour of the former.
^ m. (r. nns) plur. n^'}'S 1. a car-
riage, liller, BO called from running;
comp, *i'i''iOX from Sf^O, n^O. Hence i
ion Geii. 31, 3t, a cameVa litter, sad-
die, i. e. the small tent or canopy fas-
tened upon the back of camels, in which
females are accustomed to ride. Arab.
^3 and )*Joo, also J> id. See Jahn
Bibl. Arclia;ol. I. i. 58. [Engl. 49.]
Thesaur. p. 715.
2. a lamb, so called from its leaping
and bounding, see the root no. 2 ; espec.
as well fed and fat, feeding in rich pas-
tures, Deut. 32, 14. Is. 34, 6. Ez. 39, 18 ;
also Am. 6, 4. 1 Sam. 15, 9. 2 K. 3, 4.
Ps. 37, 20. Jer. 51, 40. Collect. I^. 16, 1
'J'nx-baaia -la-sinbtr) send ye the lambs
of the lord of the land, i. e. which be-
long to him, are his due ; comp. 2 K. 3.
4. Trop. a) a battering-ram. Gr. x^loc,
a warlike machine for making a breach
9 ^
in the walls of cities (Arab. litjS ), plur.
Ez.'4, 2. 21, 27. b) pasture for lambs,
meadow, Is. 30, 23. Ps. 65. 14 n-ins rr:b
jsisn the pastures are clothed withfocks,
i. e. adorned. 37, 20. This word was also
adopted by the lonians in the sense both
of lamb and pasture. Hesych. Kuq . . .
nQOfSaiov. Ktx^a . . . fmvtg t ngo^uta.
KuQvog . . . ^uaxrifia, 7igi'j3uTov. Kuqoq . , .
^oaxTifia. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. 429.
"13 m. (r. 113 I ) pr. a digger through,
piercer; hence a slabber, executioner,
a kind of body-guard or soldiers attach-
ed to the person of the king, whose duty
it was to execute capital punishment,
not only by beheading (^nnS, see i^3)
but also by stabbing. Thrice in Plur.
'-13 for u-''-3 Lehrg. p. 525; so 2 K. 11,
4. 19 D'^snnT "'"^Sn ^/' executioners and
the runners, spoken of the guards of
Athaliah ; and 2 Sam. 20, 23 Cheth.
"nbeni 'nan of David's guards ; Keri
Tinsn 'laT. See more in Thes. p. 671.
"^ m. (r. Tils no. 1) car, prop, a
round vessel, then a measure both of
things dry and liquid, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22].
Ez. 45, 14 ; containing ten ephahs or
baths, i. e. 11^ bushels or 88^ gallons,
i. q. "ittH. In Aramtean lis, Mas is
usually put for Heb. nrh. It was dlao
adopted by the Hellenists, i. e. x6{fOi.
^^3 Chald. to he pained, to grieve,
like Syr. fj-a.
Ithp. Dan. 7, 15 "'TTil n?nn my
spirit was grieved.
'-T a doubtful root, see 31*^3 fin.
* ^T^7?* quadrilit. i. q. bas. Pi. bas,
to gird, to put on, with i inserted; see
Lehrg. p. 864. Pass. part. ba"i3^ girded,
clothed, 1 Chr. 15, 27; in' the parall.
2 Sam. 6, 14 is iian. Hence
^?^'13 Chald. f. a muntle, pallium,
plur. c. suff. Dan. 3, 21.
* ! ^vl to dig; Chald. K-^S and Arab,
fj to dig the ground. Kindr. are "lO I,
-OX , also "!ip , ipj . E. g. to dig a well
Gen. 26, 25 ; a pit or sepulchre 50, 5,
Prov. 26. 27. Trop. a) Of plots, de-
vices against any one, to dig a pit, Ps.
7, 16: c. i? Jer. 18. 2o! 22. Ps. 119, 85;
\5B> Ps. 57, 7. With bs of pcrs. the
word for pit being omitted. Job 6, 27
fi=r'!"^? ''"'=?^' ye d^g (a pit) for your
friend; and so in the vexed passage,
Job 40, 30 oi-ian rbr ^^-^.z^ do the com^
panions (tiie fishermen in company) dig
pits, lay snares, for him so. the croco-
dile? do they part him among the mer-
chants 7 i. e. do they catch him and sell
him like fish? So by a bold figure
Prov. 16, 27 nsn nnb by*ba d-ix a wFcked
man diggeth (deviseth) evil, b) Ps. 40,
7 ""^ n-'-ia oiJTX pr. mine ears hast thou
digged out, a bold poetical figure for
the more common 'b n-ibs "(TS 7ny ear
hast thou opened, i. e. thou hast revealed
(this) to me.
NiPH. to be digged, Ps. 94, 13.
Deriv. nns I, Pinatj .
*^ 't r 1- to buy, to purchase,
Deut. 2, 6. Hos. 3, 2 rflSxi c. Dag. euph.
Samar. id. Arab. tJTllI. IV to lend,
VI, VIII to hire. ^
2. to give a feast, to make a banquet,
2 K. 6, 23. For Job 40; 30 see .17 3 I.
Arab. S to make a feast, espec. at
the completion of a building; also iCjJ
to entertain as guest, l>j' entertainment,
ni
488
1^5
hospitality. Perhaps splendid and cost-
ly entertainments are to be understood,
for which one's own stores do not suffice,
BO that he must purchase more.
I- "T^? or n'13 f. (r. tTi3 I ) only plur.
constr. niS, pits, cisterns, wells; Zeph.
2, 6 "iKS ninnr: o-'sn n-is nia Jields full
of shepherds'' cisterns and folds for focks.
In the word n'"i3 lies an allusion to oims
V. 5.
II. nnS f. (r. nns II) a feast, banquet,
2 K. 6, 23.
^^13 m. plur. a'lriinS), n-'ans l. Che-
rub, plur. Cherubim, in the theology of
the Hebrews, a creature of a sacred and
celestial nature ; M^n Ez. 1, 5. 14 sq.
10, 17. 20 ; ^btov nsrfivov, ^oQtptiV 8' ov-
dsrl Twv VTi av&Qwnwv iw^ufidvuv nuoa-
nli'i<Tioi', Joseph. Ant. 3. 6. 5. In the ear-
lier books they are represented as hav-
ing in great part the human form and
erect, 1 K. 6, 23-27 ; with one face Ex.
25, 20 ; two wings ib. 1 K. 6, 24 ; and
prob. also with hands Gen. 3, 24. Eze-
kiel on the other hand (c. 1, 10), while
he ascribes to them the erect human
figure (Ez. 1, 5 nsnb Ci'iX n^nstj). repre-
sents them as having four wings, of
which two covered the body and two
served for flying, 1, 6. 11. 23; with hu-
man hands under their wings 1, 8. 10,
7. 8. 21 ; and four laces (1, 6), viz. of a
man, a lion, an ox (liiii 'JB 1, 10, but "'JQ
aiisn 10, 14), and an eagle ; though in
c. 41, 19 only two are mentioned, those
of a man and a lion ; having the soles
of the feet round like those of a bullock
1, 7 ; and the Avhole body full of eyes
1, 18. 10, 12, comp. Rev. 4, 6. Aboda
Sara fol. 20. 2. Most of the attributes
here assigned to them, go to imply the
power of looking, walking, flying in any
direction, without the necessity of turn-
ing the back.
The office ascribed to the cherubs is
twofold. The earliest mentioned is
where they are set to guard the ap-
proach to paradise, Gen. 3. 24 ; comp.
Ez. 28, H-16, where the king of Tyre
guarding his treasures is compared to
the Cherub which covered with his
wings and protected radiant gems ("'jax
tiK) in the holy mount of Eden. The
other consists in bearing the throne of
God upon their wings through the
clouds; whence 2 Sam. 22, 11 bs ^S"!*!
t,SJ} 3113 he rode upon a Cherub and
did fly. 'Ps. 18, 11. 80, 2 o^nnsn 2tyii
who sitteth upon the Cfierubim, i.e. upon
a throne borne by Cherubs. 99, 1. 1
Sam. 4, 4. 2 Sam. 6, 2. 2 K. 19, 15. Is.
37, 16. These celestial bearers, again,
were represented by the two wooden
images of Cherubs overlaid with gold,
with expanded wings, which stood upon
the cover of the ark in the holy of holies
both of the tabernacle and temple, Ex.
25, 18 sq. 37, 8. 9. 1 K. 6, 23 sq. 2 Chr.
3, 10 sq. Throned upon these Jehovah
is represented as communing with Mo-
ses, Ex. 25, 22. Num. 7, 89. Further,
the figures of Cherubs were woven into
the curtains of the tabernacle Ex. 26,
1. 31. 36. 8, 35 ; and were sculptured
among palms and flowers upon the walls
of the temple 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. 2 Chr.
3, 7, comp. Ez. 41, 18. 20. 25; and with
the figures of lions and oxen upon the
bases of the sacred lavers, 1 K. 7, 29. 36.
As to the symbolic meaning of this
compound figure of the Cherubs, we are
not informed. Many suppose, the forms
of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle, de-
note valour and wisdom ; and that these
figures are symbols of these virtues.
More prob. the attributes of the lion,
the ox, and the eagle are thus added to
the human figure, to mark partly the
strength and partly the swiftness of
these ministers of Deity.
The etymology is obscure. If the
word be of Semitic origin, and I maybe
permitted to suggest a new derivation,
perhaps we may take the root 2n3 as
having had a meaning like S'^n, (*v^)
' to prohibit from a common use.' Conj.
II to consecrate ; Ethiop. hfhZ,^ to
forbid, to prohibit ; at least Ethiopia
.^W'Zn'fl is i. q. fty^ a sanctuary,
adytum, comp. in r. cnn p. 345. Hence
ai""? would be a keeper, warder, giuird,
sc. of the Deity, to guard against all ap-
proach ; a sense according perfectly with
their office as above represented. Or,
as assumed by Gussett, de Dieu, Rodi-
ger, it may be by transpoa. D'^S for 331,
and 31^3 as if 3l3"i steed or courser of
ins
489
013
S 2^
the sky (Pb. \8, U) comp. Arab. v->-?jJ
navis vectoria. Or, as Hyde eupposcH
(de Relig. vctt. Porsarum, p. 263), 3^3
may be i. q. a"ii;3 one near to God, his
minister, one admitted to hie presence ;
comp. \^jj^ i. q. ^Ji- Others, as
Eichhorii (Einleit. ins 'A. T. III. p. 80.
ed. 4). think tlie ca^is to be the same
witli the yyvjifg gri^ttis of the Persians,
the guardians of the golden mountains,
comp. Gen. 1. c. In this case the root
must be sought in the Pers. ^^Jiio'to
grasp, to seize, to hoUI. See further
Thesaur. p. 710 ; also the article of Ro-
digcr ill Ersch and Gruber's Encyclop.
XVI. art. Cherub.
2. Cherub, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 59. Neh.
7,61.
tins Chald. m. emphat. <J*i">3, a her-
ald, Dan. 3, i. Syr. lie ji. R. ns.
' _? Chald. to cry out. to make pro-
clamation, in the manner of a herald.
Aph. Dan. 5, 29. Syr. -j^ Pe. et Aph.
id. This root is widely diffused in the
Indo-European languages, e. g. Sanscr.
krus to cry out, Zend, khresid crying out,
a herald, Pers. ^jjj^S, ^d^y-
to cry out. Gr. xr^^waw, also xQt^a, x(ju-
i<o, Germ, kreischen, kreissen, Engl, to
cry. Comp. xn;?. Among the Christian
Arabs Sv^ is to preach, for xr/^iiffativ.
''"13 2 K. 11,4. 19, see inns.
^"'"^^ (a cutting, separation, r. n'lS)
Cher ilk. pr. n. of a torrent near the Jor-
dan, 1 K. 17, 3. 5. [Perh. the modern
Wady el-Kelt, oJLftJt, near Jericho;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288. R.
n'ln'^nS and nni-lS f (r. nns) pr. a
cutting in tipo of wedlock, separation,
divorce, rn'^ns -ibo bill of divorce
Dent. 24. l.'s. Is. 5o", 1. Plur. c. suff.
*^"'\!r;'"'":3 "BS Jer. 3, 8.
* '!]n|) ohsol. root, Syr. ^jj to sur-
round ; also Syr. and Chald. to wrap
around. It would seem to be a second-
ary root from I'^S. "'S-'S to surround
(whence "i33 circuit, circle), one letter
being dropped. Comp. niin'r chain, for
rrifyr . b;n from bs-.p: q. v.'
Deriv. Tf'isn mantle; comp. C-'as^?.
-?7- obsol. quadrilit. Zab, to siir
round, compounded from 7,^3 to sur-
round, and S33 to roll up or together.
Hence
337? n- c- suff. "iaS-j? Ex. 27, 5. 38,
4, a nwrgin, border, surrounding the
middle of the altar over the brazen grate
or lattice, perhaps in order to receive
what fell from the altar.
D3"13 m. crocus, saffron, both the com-
mon plant, and also crocus Indicus or In-
dian saffron ; Cant. 4, 14. Sept. xQoxof.
Chald. n3"i!i3, fttes-isis crocus, C3n3 to
be dyed a crocus or saffron colour. Syr.
pastas, Arab. (V>p id.
'TSSn? Is. 10, 9. Jer. 46, 2. 2 Chr.
35, 20, Carchemijih, pr. n. of a city on
the Euphrates, doubtless the same with
the Greek Kigxr^aiov, Lat. Cercusium,
Arab. Lu**juJJJ . The city is large and
strong, and is said to be situated on an
island formed by the Chaboras at its in-
flux from the east into the Euphrates.
The Heb. name is compounded from
"^3, N3":!3, Syr. U>r=>, fortress, and the
proper name ttjirs i. q. airs pr. n. of an
idol, pr. ' fortress of Chemosh.'
C?7? Carcas, pr. n. of a eunuch of
Xerxes, Esth. 1. 10. Comp. Sanscr.
karkaga severe ; Benfey p. 199.
nins'lS f plur. (r. l-iB) dromedaries,
swift camels, Is. 66, 20. Comp. Hdot. Z.
103 nl y(XQ a<pi xufxrjloi 'iJinoiv ovx riaaovsg
eV Ta/vTriJu tiai. So called from their
bounding or heaving motion, from Pil.
~3"i3 to dance ; their speed being also
sometimes accelerated by musical in-
struments, according to Sadi Gulist. p.
190. See Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 90.
On the speed of the dromedary see
Burckhardt's Notes on the Bedouins
II. p. 76 sq.
'-'_7 obsol. root, Arab, ^o to be no-
ble, of a generous nature, 2jjj noble,
generous, spoken both of persons and of
things, as |w3 \jOy good and fertile
soil. etc. ^ Hence
D"^3 m. (fem. Is. 27, 2. 3.) c. suff.
'B':? ; Plur. a""P73, constr. '+?":3.
dii
490
52^,il
1. afield or park of the nobler plants
and trees, cultivated in the manner of a
garden or orchard. So n'^t CiS olive-
yard Judg. 15, 5 ; fi'^a'ns T\^'!} the way to
gardens and orchards, i. e. leading to a
cultivated and inhabited land, opp. to
the desert, Job 24, 18.
2. Spec, a vineyard, Ex. 22. 4. Deut.
20, 6. 28, 30. al. ssep. Fully -irn nns
^cine-garden Is. 27, 2. In the prophets
a vineyard is a frequent emblem of the
people of Israel, Is. 3, 14. 5. 1 sq. 27, 2
sq. comp. Matt. 20. 1 sq. 21, 28. Luke
20, 9. In Cant. 1, 6 the spouse says :
viy own vineyard have I not kept, i. e.
her beauty ; comp. 8, 12. Chald. KiQ-;3 ,
Syr. iiejj , id. Hence
D"!P m. (denom. from n"iS, as "ijr'a
from "1)^3) a vine-dresser, Joel 1, ] 1. Is.
61, 5. Syr. iLsJi id.
''H'13 (vine-dresser) Carmi, pr. n. a)
A son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14.
Also as patronym. Carmite Num. 26, 6,
for'^t'?'!?- b) Josh. 7, 1.
^"^"^S m. crimson, a colour prepared
from insects inhabiting a species of oak.
coccus ilicis of Linn. Also crimson stuffs,
2 Chr. 2, 6. 13. 3, 14. It is a word of the
later Hebrew, for the earlier "^rJ , rrbin ;
see espec. in ''iV . The Hebrews adopt-
ed the word from the Persians or Arme-
nians. Among the latter it was called
karviir, from Pers. jt\J, Sanscr. krimi
worm ; and Pers. {j\jojfkermiel is ' the
red of worms,' from *j^and Jf bright
red; Lorsb. Archiv. f. morgenl. Lit. II. p.
305. Comp. Arab. *wej>, also ^^ye^j',
dyed red ; whence Fr. cramoisi, Germ.
camiesin. Engl, crimson. In like man-
ner from vermictdus comes Fr. vermeil,
Engl. Vermillion. See Thesaur. p. 714.
^"^S m. c. sufT. "i^T^-S 2 K. 19, 23 ;
denom. from the noun D";3 , with b ap-
pended, which perhaps may have a di-
minutive force ; see in b.
1. a garden, orchard, park, i. e. a
place cultivated like a garden and
planted with fruit-trees, herbs, corn,
etc. (Kimchi : mi25i nin-'B nijb-'K oipa
nxisr.) opp. to the desert, and also to
the forest. Is. 29, 17 Lebanon shall be
turned into a garden, and the garden
shall become a forest. 32, 15. 16. Jer. 2, 7
/ brought you bpnsn ynx-bx into a
land of gardens, that ye shoidd eat the
fruit thereof Is. 10, 18. 16, 10. Jer. 48,
33. 2 Chr. 26. 10. 2 K. 19, 23, of Leba-
non, 'ii'B'^3 "^"SJl his forest-garden^ prob.
the nursery of his cedars in the deep
recesses of Lebanon.
2. Meton. most prob. garden-fruits,
the produce of gardens, as earlier and
more valued than those of the fields ;
just as with us the finer species of fruits
and herbs are cultivated in gardens,
and are superior to those growing in the
fields. Thus h^y-^ ia"25 Lev. 2, 14, i. e.
grits or polenta of eaiiy grain, and so,
by an easy ellipsis in a word so common,
simply ban? Lev. 23, 14. 2 K. 4, 42. In
both the passages in Leviticus bt;"i3 'a
is offered on the altar along with the
first-fruits, with which also it is coupled
in 2 K. 1. c. and we may perhaps under-
stand grits or groats, polenta, uXtfita,
made from the new and earliest grain,
i. e. fresh wheat or barley groats ; in
preparing which as an offering to God,
the best and earliest ears were selected
from garden wheat or other grain. The
Jewish interpretation therefore is not ab-
surd, but opens the way to the true sense,
viz. nnbi nsn rb-TU a young and tender
ear of grain; not a green ear.
3. Carmel, pr. n. a) A lofty promon-
tory, jutting out into the Mediterranean
on the south-western borders of the tribe
of Asher, beautiful for its forests and
flowers; often with art. bpisn Am. 1,2.
9. 3. Jer. 4, 26. Cant. 7. 6 ; fully bTD^^sn -'H
(the garden-mount) 1 K. 18, 19. 20; with-
out art. Is. 33. 9. Nah. 1. 4. Josh. 19, 26.
Hence Cant. 1. c. b:anS3 T\l\y r|i^'S"i fhy
head is like Carmel. i. e. adorned with
locks, as Carmel with groves of trees.
See Reland Palest, p. 327. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 190. b) A city about
six miles south-east of Hebron, beyond
Ziph, Josh. 15, 55. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 25,5.40.
Now Kurmul ^S\ see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 193. 196 sq. Biblioth. Sacr.
1843, p. 60. Comp. Reland Palppet.
p. 695. Hence gentile n. "'br-;? Car-
melite. 1 Sam. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 23. 35;
fem. n"ba-i3 Carmelitess, \ Sam. 27 3.
rs
491
C-15
T^3 Cheran, pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 26,
Arab, ij^j^i- Q- "^"i** cithara, lyre.
Ki?"12 Clmld. //iroMC, i. q. Heb. XS3,
where see ; Dan. 5, 20. With sull*.
R-'O-S Dan. 7, 9; plur. ,iD-'3 ibid.
-lit I ' r >T f I T
* O?^? quadriht. for DBS Piel of
19M q. V. (see KO^S. and letter i,) to
cut down or o/^i 'o /<iy ira/, /o rfe-
voiir, as the wild-bour a vineyard Ps.
80, 14. Jerome VMlavit, Syr. oii^a]
comedit cam.
^-T to bend, to bow, intrans. spoken
of the knees. Kindr. is r:3 q, v. Chald.
id. Samar. V^^ to lie down. In Ara-
bic only some vestiges of the primary
eignifieation remain, as 'to drink stoop-
ing,' pr. to stoop down to drink ; ' appe-
tivit congressum viri,' pr. to stoop down
to him. By transpos. mi% is ' to be bent
with age, to bow in prayer,' etc. Hence
Is. 45, 23 T^"ja"'3 yi=n every knee shall
bow. Job 4, 4. Then of a person, 5'^2
D73"i2~b5 lo bow down upon his knees,
to Vneel" Judg. 7, 5. 6. 1 K. 8, 54. 2 K.
1, 13. Ezra 9, 5. To bend the knee or
to bow down upon the knees, to kneel, is
also spoken: a) Of those who do reve-
rence to a king, or who worship God, 2
Chr. 29. 29 ; in which sense it is coupled
with n^'nndrt Ps. 95, 6. With b of pers.
Esth. 3' 2. 5. Is. 45, 23 ; 'Jfib Ps. 22, 30.
72, 9. b) Of those whose strength fails
and their knees become feeble and sink,
where it is usually followed by bsa . Ps.
20, 9 !lb33^ sir-iS they bow down and fall.
2 K. 9, 24 Jie sank down in his chariot.
Is. 10, 4. 46, 1. 2. 65, 12. 'Judg. 5. 27.
So of the knees themselves. Job 4, 4
Piyns Q'^S'^a bowing i. e. feeble knees.
c) Of those about to lie down for rest,
Gen. 49, 9 ^nn S-iS he bowed himself
and lay down. Num.24, 9. Or who kneel
down to drink Judg. 7, 5. 6. c) Of wo-
men in labour, who were delivered kneel-
ing, as is still the custom in Ethiopia
(see Ludolf Hist, ^thiop. 1. 15), 1 Sam.
4, 19 ; so of the hind Job 39. 4. Rarely
spoken of those who bow down with the
whole person, (comp. Arab.) 2 Chr. 7, 3
nsnx o-^BX lyja*] and they bowed tliem-
selves their faces to the ground. Hence
n^'st b? 5n comprimere feminam Job
31, 10; comp. tncwrra/e Martial 11.44,
inclinare Juvenal 9. 26. 10. 224.
Hi PH. 1, to make bow down, to cast
dtrwn, to prostrate, e. g. enemies Ps. 17,
13. 78, 31. 18, 40 and 2 Sam. 22, 40.
2. to bring low, to afflict any one,
Judg. II, 35. Hence
D^?73 dual fern. (Lev. 11, 21,) tha
legs of quadrupeds, both the fore legs
and hind legs, from the knee to the an-
kle, so called as being bent under in
kneeling or lying down; Ex. 12,9. Lev.
1, 13. 8, 21. 9, 14, Am. 3, 12; also of
locusts Lev. 11, 21. Chald. and Syr.
r?-;?, Kjsns id. Arab. cll5^
C?7 - ^- fi^^ ichite cotton, cotton stuff,
Esth. 1, 6. Arab. ,j>jJ>S. Pers. ^\jiS,
Gr. xuQTiaaog, Lat. carbamis, a species
of fine linen, or more prob. cotton, which
the classic writers describe as produced
in Spain and in India and the East.
Sanscr. karpdsa cotton, cotton stuff. See
Colsii Hierobot. T. 11. p. 157.
'^'_^ in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to go
or move in a circle, comp. "ina no. 5, and
the kindred but softened root bba, also
b^a , bsin . Hence "13 pr. a round vessel,
i. q. bj, nbs, from bbj ; also '33.
2. to dance, sc. in a circle, comp. b^in
no. 1, (Gr. with a sibilant axai^m,) to
leap, to eandt ; whence "3 lamb, from
its leaping and springing. Also to run,
as a wheel or carriage; whence i3 no.
2, camel's litter or riding tent, niisns.
Comp. Lat. curro, curncs, carrus, car-
rum. Engl. car.
PiLP. "i3'i3 to dance around, e. g. the
ark, 2 Sam. 6, 14. 16; in the parall.
passage 1 Chr. 15, 29 is n;3n .
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.
'^_? to bend, to be curved, i. q. kindr.
O"]??. Hence
itJ'^S) the belly, Jer. 51, 34; so called
from its curved shape, like Germ. Bauch,
from beugen to bend, and Heb. *(ina from
r. na, Aram. >JSfat ]jOfS, KQ'^'2'S, i. q.
'|i^ . Arab. Jliw^ ventricle of ruminat-
ing animals, iL^p a big-bellied woman.
tD'^is pr. n. see Bin-is.
ILI'D
492
ri-i5
^r''^'?? Carshena, pr. n. of a prip.ce in
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1 . 14. Bohlen
compares mod. Pcrs. ^^^-wn Li belli spo-
liatio, or spoiler. Benl'ey suggests Zend
keresva, Sanscr. krishna, black.
*^!]|, 1 pers. ''Vpjs, fut. n-i:"! 1. to
cut, to cut off ; not found in the kindred
dialects ; comp. Sanscr. kril to split.
So to cut off part of a garment 1 Sam.
24, 5. 12 ; a branch of a free Num. 13, 23.
24 ; the prepuce Ex. 4, 25 ; the head
1 Sam. 5, 4. 17, 51 ; to cut down trees
Deut. 19, 5. 20, 20. Is. 44, 14. Jer. 10, 3.
22, 7. 46, 23, whence n-'syn ^rrp tcood-
cutters 2 Chr. 2. 9 ; to cut or hew down
idol-images Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 26.
30 ; C';'2i:;!3 r~3 to cut in two parts Jer.
34, 18. Part. pass. rn-^S Lev. 22. 24 and
more fully n=Bd r.!|-3 Deut. 23, 2, pr.
cut off as to the privy member.
2. to cut off persons, to destroy, Jer. 11,
19. See Niph. and Hiph.
3. Spec. r''*i3 n'lS, Gr. oQxia rtfi-
Vftv, Tifivitv VTzordus, icere Ja'dus, to
strike a league, to make a cocenant, in
allusion to the victims offered in sacrifice
and cut in pieces on occasion of entering
into a covenant; see Gen. 15, 10. Jer.
34, 18. 19. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. T.
I. lib. 2. cap. 35. Danzii Interpres p.
255. Grotius ad Gen. 1. c. Comp. also
Gr. anoiSi] libation, league, whence
epondere. Constr. c. CS with any one,
Ex.24. 8. Deut. 4, 23. 5, 3. 29, 11. 1 K.
8, 9. 21; or rx (nx) Gen. 15, 18. Ex.
34, 27. Deut. 28, 69. Jer. 11, 10. Ps. 105,
9. al. Mostly of the covenant of Jeho-
vah with his people ; but transferred also
to other things, as Is. 28. 15 we have
made a covenant with death. Job 40, 28
[23]. Also 0. dat. commodi Hos. 2, 20.
But with h : a) Where the more
powerful party prescribes the terms of
the covenant. 2 K. 1 1, 4 ; poet. Job 31. 1
'psb "D'S n'^'^a / made a covenant with
my eyes. i. e. imposed this law upon them,
comp. 2 Sam. 5, 3. 1 Chr. 11, 3. Espec.
where a victor grants to the vanquished
the benefits of peace and a league. Josh.
9, 6 ri'in i3^ in'^s nnr make now a
league iirithus, v. 7 sq. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 2.
Ex. 23, 32. 34, 12. 15. Deut. 7, 2. Hence
of Jehovah establishing a covenant with
men, 2 Chr. 21, 7. U. 55, 3. 61, 8. Jer.
32, 40. b) Where any thing is solen.n-
ly promised to God, Ezra 10. 3 nmyj
ciuij-bs N-'sinb ^trn'^x^ n-i-ia-n-ira'/e^
us now make a covenant with our God to
prd away all our wives. Further, n"3
hv tT'^a is to make a leag^te against
any one Ps. 83, 6. Instead of rT'la
we find once ^}'%^. covenant Neh, 10, i
[9, 38] ; and once "ir'n word, promise
Hagg. 2, 5. But r'^-ia can also be omit-
ted, as 1 Sam. 20, 16. 22, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 18.
Is. 57, 8 cn72 Ti^T'^^r.T prob. and thou
didst covenant fur thyself from them, i. e.
to receive from them the price of thy
whoredom. Vulg. fcedus pepigisti cum
eis, i. e. cum quibusdam ex eis.
Niph. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to he cut
down, as a tree Job 14, 7.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to he cut off, d.e-
stroyed, to perish ; spoken of persons,
Gen. 9, 11. Ps. 37, 9. Prov. 2, 22. 10, 31.
Dan. 9, 26. al. saepe. Also of things, as
a land (people) perishing with famine,
Gen. 41, 36 ; the name of any one, Ruth
4,10; a dwelling Zeph. 3, 7 ; hope Prov,
23, 18. 24, 14, comp. nax Job 8, 13 ; with
*i^ Joel 1, 5. Jer. 7, 28. iVb^ to he cut off
is said of those of whom there remains
a perpetual succession ; as Josh. 9, 23
nas C2T3 r"]37 xb there shall not he cut
off from you a servant, i. e. ye shall be
servants for ever. 2 Sam. 3. 29 let there
not be cut off from the house of Joab one
having an issue or a leper, i. e. let there
never be wanting in the house of Joab
such a person. 1 K. 2, 4. 8, 25. 9, 5. Jer.
33. 17. 18. 35, 19. Here too belongs the
frequent formula of the Mosaic law :
n-^ast: x-^nn xttvn nr-iss that smd
(person) shall he cut offfrom his people^
Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 7, 20. 21 ; l-^ara Lev.
17,9; CBS, -irs ai;3n Lev. 17. 4. 18,29.
20. 18. Num. 15, 30; bi<-.C:Q Ex. \2. 15.
Num. 19, 13; hrj-^T] r^^vxi Num. 19, 20 ;
^^'y^.''. ri"]?;^ Ex. 12. 19 ; and simpl.
vc^'nn ttJErri nrnsj Lev. 17, 14. 20, 17 ;
where this phrase denotes the punish-
ment o? death in general, without defin-
ing the manner, see Ex. 31, 14. 35, 2.
Num. 15, 32-36 ; comp. Tob. 6. 12. Heb.
10, 28. It is never the punishment of
exile, as is supposed by J. D. Michaelis
Mob. Recht V. 237.
3. to he cut offfrom one's city, i. e. to
be carried into exile, Zecli. 14, 2.
r^iD
493
11133
i, to be coHsumed, devoitred, as /bod,
Num. 11,33.
5. to be cut ammder, divided, as the
waters of the Jordan, Josh. 3. 13. 4, 7.
Pdal nni Judjf. 6, 28 and n^S Ez.
16, 4 ; /o 6 cm/ o/f. as ihe navel-string,
Ez. 1. c. to be cut down, as a statue,
Judsf. 1. c,
HiPH. n*>"i3n, 1 pcrs. >n'i=n l. i. q.
Kal no. 2, to ctd off, to denlroy ; e. g.
single persons from a people ia a'^rjia
(comp. in Niph. no. 2) Lev. 17, 10. 20,
3. 6, bx-^i:;*^ Is. 9, 13; also whole races
and nations Josh. 23, 4. 1 K. 11, 16. 14,
14. Is. 10, 7. Ez. 25, 16. al. Here be-
long the phrases : "i''pa "pnuJc Tinsni
1 K. 14, 10. 21,21 ; "isr ^':^ ixain cti 'an
Is. 14, 22, coiup. Jer, 44, 7. 47, 4 ; 13T 'n
Ps. 34, 17. 109, 15. Soo too of beasts
Ex. 8, 5. Lev. 26, 22. Mic. 5. 9 ; and of
things Zecli. 10, 10, as idols Lev. 26. 30.
Mic. 5, 12; cities Zech. 9, 10. al. Some-
times /row a place Am. 1, 5. 8. See in
Niph. no. 2.
2. to cut o/?, to withdraw, sc, favour,
kindness, from any one, c. DT3 1 Sam.
20, 15.
Ho PH. n'nsn to be cut off to perish,
c. "(Q Joel 1, 9.
Deriv. n"i-i3 , Wrr^-iS , and the two fol-
lowing.
fTl^'^3 f. plur. hewed beams, I K. 6,
36. 7, 12. R. nn3 .
"^TO^ m. (r. r'^S) 1. an executioner,
see the root in 1 Sam. 5, 4. 17, 51 ; only
in the formula Ti^sn^ T";!??! 2 Sam. 8,
18. 15, 18. 20, 7. 23.' IK. 1,"38. 44. 1 Chr.
18, 16, coll. the executioners and the run-
ners or co\iners,ni\.n\QSQ.T^^\i(iAioD^y\(i''s
body-guard ((Ttf>/imoq)v),axi<; Jos. Ant. 7.
5. 4), whose duty it was both to execute
punishment and to convey the king's
commands as speedily as possible to his
officers; comp. "^S, naa, nnjs. See
1 K. 2, 25. 34. 36, comp! Dan.*2, 14. In
2 Sam. 20, 7 they are sent forth on an
urgent occasion without the king.
Some understand here Cherethites i. e.
Philistines ; but it can hardly be sup-
posed that David would choose his own
life-guard from a people at all times so
hostile and odious to the Hebrews.
2. Cherethite, a gentile name i. q. Phi-
iistine, I Sam. 30, 14; plun O'^n'ns Chere-
'42
thitet, Philistines, Ez. 25, 16. Zeph. 2, 5.
Sept. and Syr. render it Cretans, from
which and the psissages Am. 9, 7. Jer. 47,
4. Deut. 2. 33. the conjecture would be
strong tliat the Philistines sprang from
Crete, were it certain that ihES Caph-
for signifies the island Crete; see itncs.
^^? m. plur. D^abS, by transpos. of
letters i. q. b33) q. v. a la*ib, from the
first to the third year. Lev. 3, 7. 4, 35.
7, 23, Gen. 30, 32. 33. 35. al.
nSTDS f. by trampos, for n'<233 q. v. a
lamb Lev. 5, 6.
~*:7 obsol. root, of doubtful signif.
Arab. JkJiJ^to cut in, JuiJ^gain. Hence
^V^ Chesed, pr. n. o( a son of Nahor,
the brother of Abraham. Gen. 22, 22.
He is perhaps mentioned in order to de-
rive from him the origin of the Chal-
deans, D"ni03. Comp. "itisens.
''niDS only in plur. C^i'S the. Chal-
deans, gentile n. Once D'^'^rs Ez. 23,.
14 Cheth.
1. Pr. as the inhabitants of Chaldea or
Babylonia ; Ez.23,23 n'^'i'ijS-b^T baa 'sa ,.
where baa refers only to the city. Oftea
also called baa "^attji. 2 K. 25, 4 sq. Is.
43, 14. 48, 14'.'jer.'21 9. 32. 4. 24.25.
28. 29. Ez. 23, 14. Hab. 1, 6-11 ; poet..
CTrS na Is. 47, 1. Their country is
called n-'^ra ynx the land of the Choi-
dees, Cftaldea, often parall. with ^aa,.
Jer. 25, 12. 50, 1. 8. 10. Ez. 12. 13. Is. 23,
13; and ellipt. n-'nba f (as Lat. Druttii,
Samnites, for their district.) Is. 48, 20.
Jer. 50, 10. 51, 24, 35 ; with n loc. rTQ^n'ra
U7ito Chaldea Ez. 16, 29. 23, 16. ' In a.
wider sense the name Chaldea compre-
hended also Mesopotamia, which was-
inhabited more or less by Chaldeans,
Ez. 1, 3. 11, 24; hence D-Tra -i!ix Gen.
11, 28 Ur of the Chaldees, a city of upper
Mesopotamia. The Chaldeans in their
irruptions into Palestine are said to come
from the north, (not from the east,)'
through Syria by way of Hamath and
Riblah, Jer. 1, 14. 4, 6. 6, 1. 39, 5.. 52, 9.
Ez. 26, 7 ; but this can be matter of
difficulty to no one, since they would^
naturally march around the Arabian'
desert, *LiJ| Jujo, nor indeed was;
there any other way. Besides the;
lies
494
b-vc?
Chaldeans inhabiting Babylonia, Greek
writers mention a people of this name
as dwelling among the Carduchian
mountains bordering on Armenia ; Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 24. ib. c. 2. Anab. 4. 3. 4. ib.
5. 5. 9. ib. 7. 8. 14 ; and also Chaldeans
adjacent to Colchis and Pontns, Strabo
12. 3. 19. Nor is the opinion improbable,
as held by many, that the primitive seat
of this people was in that mountainous
region (now occupied by the Kurds) ;
and that under the Assyrian sway a por-
tion of them migrated into Mesopotamia
and Babylonia, of which they afterwards
became the masters ; see Is. 23. 13 and
the commentators, Vitringa ad Jes. I. p.
412 sq. Gesen. art. Chaldaer in Ersch
and Gruber's Encyclop. Others main-
tain the Semitic origin of the Chaldeans,
as imphed in Gen. 22, 22 j so Adelung
Mitbridat. 1. p. 314 sq. J. Olsbausen
Emend, z. A. T. p. 41 sq. Ciwnp. Coram,
on Is. II. p. 748. If the former opinion
be adopted, the forms '^'nCS and Xnl-
deuog may be easily reconciled. The
primary form was not improbably "^'^"j? ,
still preserved in the name t^^ Kienl
(plur. o!*5!) ; and from this the He-
brews made "^t'? (putting ttJ for "i),
and the Greeks Xai8u\o<;. Gol. ad Al-
farag. p. 17. Rodlger in Zeitschr. fur
die Kunde des Morgenl. III. p. 8. Las-
een ib. VI. p. 49, 50. Syr. V^f"^.
2. Meton. Chaldeans, for astrologers,
magicians, this nation being particularly
devoted to astrology, Dan. 2, 2. 4. So
also in profane writers, Strabo 16. 1. 6.
Arrian. Exp. Alex. 7. 16. Ammian. 23v
6. Juv. Sat. 6. 553. Comp. Comment.
on Is. II. p. 349 sq.
"'"^toS Chald. m. emph. !^!<^*^?, plur.
-^'^s'H'r? emph. s<;:Tr3.
1. a Chaldean, Dan. 3, 8.
2. an astrologer, magician, Dan. 2, 5.
10. 4, 4. 5, 7. 11. See Heb. no. 2.
* rnrS prob. i. q. noa to cover; spec.
to he covered with fat, to grow fat, comp.
Job 15, 27 ia^na rss ns3 . Once Dent.
32, 15 of Israel, as likened to a bollock :
n^iys r-^'l'S psrl^ thou art waxen fat,
thmi art grown thick, thou art covered
with fatness. We may compare Arab.
^^jmS to be stuffed with (bod, Camoos
p. 31 ; though here is a vajfQov 7X()6rf^or.
biffiS m. an axe, as a felling instru-
ment, Ps. 74, 6. See r. brs Hiph.
Chald. id. Jer. 46, 22 Targ.
* ^ '^l fut. ^i'r=7 Prov. 4, 16 Chetli-
Elsewhere fot, Niph. is used.
1. to be or become weak, feeble, to fail,
Ps. 31, 11 ; see Niph. Sept. often ua&t-
TSb), also uSvrajim, xoTtiua. Corresp,
is Heb. ^'i'n, Arab. Jujo to be weak,^
feeble, sluggish, pr. wealf in the loins,
from bpS loin. It is one of a class of
verbs derived from the namesof members
of the body and signifying an injury or
weakness of those members ; e. g. J'j
to be weak in the ankles, to waddle,
from bb'^^5 airkle ; Jcy and Juj to have
the liver affected, from Jl liver. Kin-
dred is bc3. ^
2. to faint, to falter, to toiler, as being
ready to fall j e. g. the knees Ps. 109, 24.
Is. 35, 3. Oflener of persons w^ho faint
and falter from weakness, e. g. as arising
from weariness and exhaustion, Is. 5, 27.
40, 30. Ps^. 105. 37. Lam. 5, 13 c-'-iss
^*3ir3 yys the youth faltered under the
wood sc. which they had to carry; or as
arising from wounds, followed by bB3y
Jer. 46, 16. 50, 32. Is. 31, 3. Ps. 27, 2.
iTHK }i'-_'3 to falter backwards Is. 28, 13.
Trop. of one who falters in mind, is dis-
heartened, Wis Job 4. 4 ; of a city of
state tottering and faffing Is. 3, 8. Hos,
14, 2. Hence also
3. to stumble, as accompanying a fliint
and faltering g-ait. Is. 59, 10 we slzimble
(tjbirs) at noonday as in the night, v. 14.
With 3 o'C that upon or against which
one stumbles, Is. 8, 15. Lev. 2, 37. Jer-
6, 21. 46, 12.
Niph. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be weak ;
Part. b033 weak I Sam. 2. 4. Zech. 12, S.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to faint, to falter,
Dan. 11, 19, with bfij . Also to falter so
as to fall, Dan. 11, 14. Prov. 24, 16. 17.
Ps. 9, 4, with nss . Ez. 33, 12 where it
is nearly i. q. T3S . Ofa state Hoe. 5, 5.
3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to stJinible, Prov. 4,
12. Is. 63, 13. Jer. 20, II. Hose 14, 10.
Nah. 2, 6 ; c. 3 Nah. 3, 2. Piror. 4, 19.
bwD
495
ans
PiEL to make falter Ez. 3G, 14 Chelli.
but the Keri is to be preferred, ^^S'^sn
thou shall bereave^ comp. v. 13. So too
in V. 15 ; see de Rossi Schol. crit. ad h. I.
HiPH. I. to cause to fail, Lam. 1, 14.
2. to cause to fall, to fell, {comp. h^vii),
to destroy, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 28, 23. Ps. 64. 9.
Metaph. to seduce into sin, Jer. 18, 15.
Mai. 2, 8.
HoPH. to he marie to stumble and fall,
to be overthrovm, Jer. 18, 23.
Deriv. b"isa, bicJao, nbosia, and
liblDS m. afall, ruin, Prov. 16, 18.
* H*?5 in Kal "ot used. Syr. Ethpa.
- ^ -"^1 to pray, to offer prayers or wor-
ship, e. g. Acts 4, 31. 13. 2, for Gr. lii-
TovQ/ilv; Phil. 1, 4 for Gr. ditiviv noifiv.
Like many other Syriac words pertain-
ing to religious rites (as bra, Q''^T53,
tao , cop , q. V.) this word also in the
Hob. language is limited to idol-worship;
whence
PtEL Cl^3 to practise magic, pr. to use
magic formulas, incantations, to mut-
ter, 2 Chr. 33, 6. Part. ri'20 a magi-
cian, sorcerer, Ex. 7, 11. Deut. 18, 10.
Dan. 2, 2. Mai. 3, 5. Fem. "2^*=^ Ex.
22, 17. Sept. (faQfiaxoi, (puQfiax(VKT&ui,
Vulg. maleficus, malefcis arlibus inser-
vire.
Deriv. pr. n. 71i2J3it, and the two fol-
lowing.
5)1D3 only in plur. C'BCB incantations,
sorceries. 2 K. 9. 22. Mic.5, 11. Nah. 3,
4. Is. 47, 12. R. qias.
JltSS a magician, sorcerer, Jer. 27, 9.
R. r.'rs.
* "''*?3 fut. -ids-n 1. to he right, like
the kindred roots "T^i<, "I'^V Constr. c.
'SBb, Esth. 8, 5 7(513" 'le^ "12"^" "iT2=n
and if the thing he right before tlie king,
i. e. if it be approved by, if it please, the
king. Chald. id.
2. to prosper, to succeed; and hence
of seed, to sproiU, Ecc. 11, 6. Syr. id.
HiPH. to make prosper, Ecc. 10, 10.
Deriv. I'iiyiB, nn"ii-3, and
JTITDS m. Syr. jj-*^ ! success, pros-
perity. Ecc. 2, 21. 4. 4. See nnr-B .
2. profit, advantage, Ecc. 5, 10.
* inr^S fiit. r'a=':', "^n^?, 'o write,
Arab. Chald. Syr. Saraar. id. Ethiop.
5l'i''n letter, book. The primary idea
iri to cut in, to grace, comp. "z^n , rsn ;
since the earliest writing was prol)ably
graven on stones.
1. Genr. to write. Ezra 4, 7 ain3
Pi'^pnx written with Aranuean letters.
Construed : a) With an ace. of that
which is written ; as words, discourse.
Num. 5, 23. Deut. 10, 2. 17, 18. 31, 24.
Jer. 45, 1. Also '>tO 3r to write a
book or record Ex. 32, 32 ; a letter 2
Sam. 11, 14 ; a book or writing of accu-
sation Job 31, 35, which in Ezra 4, 6 is
by nz'Sv srs . Further, nba '3 to write
a roll, volume, Jer. 36, 27 ; though this
may also be referred to lett. b. b) The
material or book upon or in which one
writes, is often put after bs, as bs 'a
ninfen Ex. 34, 1 ; icD b? '3 Josh. 10, 13.
1 Chr. 29, 29 now the acts of David the
king bitiiscj ^ns'n bs o-'anrs osn lo,
they are wn'tten in the book entitled the
Acts of Samuel. 2 Chr. 9, 29. Deut. 6, 9.
Josh. 8. 32. Is. 8, 1 ; trop. rb b? =r3 to
write upon the heart Jer. 31, 33. Also
after bx Jer. 36, 2. Ez. 2, 10 ; a Josh.
23. 6. Neh. 7, 5. 8, 14. 13, 1. So too
with an accus. to inscribe, q. d. to be-
write any thing, to cover with writing ;
as part. pass. Ez. 2. 10 c-:b rtn'\rz) x-^ni
linxT and it was written on before and
behind. Ex. .32, 15 'iir'a ni^irs ninb
C'l"'"]?? tables written upon both sides.
31, 18. Deut. 9, 10. Here belongs Is.
44, 5 ni|n*ib in^ -Pir"? ^ inscribes his
hand: I am Jehovah's, i. e. he writes
this upon his hand, (Sept. eTtiyQaifjii /iiqI
avTov' Tot' &fov fifii,) in allusion to the
ancient custom by which servants bore
the names of their masters, soldiers
those of their generals, idolaters those
of their idols, cut or burnt in upon the
forehead, hand, wrist ; see Rev. 13, 16.
Spencer de Legib. Heb. ritual. 135. 1,
note 3. Others : he writes with his hand,
etc. c) The instrument, stylus, is put
with a Is. 8, 1. Ex. 31, 18. For Is. 44,
5, see in lett. b. d) He to or for whom
one writes is put with bs, bsj, b ; as 'a
bx -io to write a letter to any one 2
Sam.'^ 11, 14. 2 K. 10, 6; bs ibo 'a id.
2 Chr. 30, 1. Ezra 4. 7 ; but iq 'a
b r^ri-12 to ^crite a hill of divorce for a
wife Deut. 24, 1. 3. So to write any
nms
496
"hS
thing for oneself, i. e. to write down, to
note any thing, is put with b of pers.
Jer. 30, 2. Deut. 31, 19 ; bit Judg. 8, 14
he wrote down for him the princes of
Succoth. e) To write of or concerning-
any one is bx 2n3 Jer. 51, 60 fin. or 2n3
""b? Ps. 40, 8 ; so Sept. and others, but
see in no. 6 below. Also^r any one, in
his behalf or for his benefit, bs sns
Esth. 8, 8. Spec.
2. to write, i. e. to write down, to com-
Tnit to writing, Num. 33, 2. Judg. 8, 14 ;
e. g. acts, deeds, 1 K. 11, 41 and the
rest of the acts of Solomon ...lo, they are
written in the hook of the Acts of Solo-
mon.
3. to write np, to inscribe in a regis-
ter, e. g. men, inhabitants, soldiers ; Ps.
'87, 6 Jehonah count eth, when he writeth
up the people, when he enrols them. Is.
4, 3 B"''!'nb snrsri'bs every one who is
inscribed unto life, i. e. in the book of
life, the register of those predestined to
live. Jer. 22. 30 ; comp. Is. 10, 19. Part,
pass. d'^SJirs the inscribed, enrolled,
Num. 11, 2a
4. to write aboict, to describe, e. g. a
land Josh. 18, 4. 6. 8.
5. to write or record a sentence, edict,
i. q. to decree, Is. 65. 6 ; with bs against
y^ji. q. ivXsk.
jU-
Job 13, 26. Arab. v*U3 i. q.
dicial sentence, Kor. 4. 104.
6. to write or record a law, i. q. to
prescribe; with by, 2 K. 22, 13 biS
W'^bs -^r3rt according to all that is pre-
scribed unto Tis. Ps. 40, 8 lo, I come with
the volume of the book ^bs s^P3 prescrib-
ed unto me ; where Sept. and others :
iv xfq)aXidi (ii^Xiov yiyQnmat Tif^l iftoii
in the volume of the book it is written of
me, see above in no. 1. e. Also with bit
Esth. 9, 23 ; b 2 K. 17, 37. Prov. 22, 20'
7. to subscribe, ittDS 'd Jer. 32, 12.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to he
written Esth. 3. 12. 8. 5. 8. 9. al. With
3 of the book in which, etc. Esth. 1, 19.
2. 23. 9. 32 ; trop. f'-txa rn:3 to be writ-
ten in the dust. i. e. given over to obli-
vion, Jer. 17, 13. With by id. Ps. 139,
16 ; b/(/r any one Ps. 102. 19.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be written
down, committed to writing. Job 19, 23.
3. Pass, of Kal no. 3, to be inscribed,
enrolled, Ps. 69, 29.
PiEL to write a sentence, edict, to
decree, i. q. Kal no. 5, Is. 10, 1.
Deriv. 3n3, nshs, SPIM.
SI] 3 Chald. fat. -n:^, to write, Dan.
5, 5; with ace. as a letter Ezra 4, 8;
with b of pers. to whom Dan. 6, 26 ; 3
of the book in which Ezra 5, 7. 6, 2.
Also to write down, to commit to writ-
ing, Dan. 7, 1.
2^13 m. (Kamets imptire) a word of
the later Hebrew for the earlier ISO.
R. ars .
1. writing, a writing, 1 Chr. 28, 19.
2 Chr. 2. 10 ansa nnnn "nait'i and Hu-
ram said in writing, by letter. So of
the kind of writing, the form of the let-
ters, Ezra 4. 7. Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12. 8, 9.
2. a prescript, precept, sc. as written,
2 Chr. 35, 4.
3. a document, book; e. g. an edict,
decree, Esth. 3, 14. 8, 8. 13 ; fully r'nn '3
Esth. 4, 8; a register of names Ez. 13,
9. Ezra 2, 62. Neh. 7, 64 ; a book, 2n3
P^X tlie book of truth, in which Grod's
decrees are written, Dan. 10, 21. Syr.
I^is, Arab. '^\ji^, Ethiop. ?l"fl a
book.
3f^3 Chald. m. 1. writing, a writing,
something written, e. g. an inscription
Dan. 5, 8. 15. 16. 24. 25.
2. a prescript, precept, Ezra 6, 18. 7,
22 2n3 Stb ''n without presciiption, at will.
3. a document, edict, Dan. 6, 9. 10. 11.
nnrO f. a writing, mark, Lev. 19, 28.
R. 3n3.
D'ri3 and n'>t'ri3 Jer. 2, 10. Ez. 27,
6. Is. 23, 12 Cheth. a gentile n. plur.
Kittim. Chittim, Lat. Chittm, viz.
1. Citienses, Cyprians, i. e. inhabitants
of the ancient Citium, Khiov, Khuor,
Kr,iior, now Chieti or Chitti, a city of
Cyprus founded by the Phenicians ; as is
shown by the thirty-three antique mar-
bles with inscriptions in the Phenician
character dug out oi" the ruins by R.
Pococke, and first published by him ;'
and also published and explained in the
author's Monumm. Phcenic. p. 124-153
The sing. "'PiS docs not occur in the O. T.
but is found in a bilingual inscription at
Athens ; where the pr. n. of a man of Citi-
um buried at Athens is written in Greek
^ns
497
'tt^
Tfovfit,vios Knttvi, and in Pljcnic. letters
Tis jx . . . ttJin p, i. e. ''na d-'x . . . tinh-)^
Den-Hodenh (son of tlie new moon) ....
a man of Citium ; see Boeckli Corp.
Inscr. Groec. I. p. 523. Among the He-
brews the name OTIS Chittim seems to
have comprised nil the. Cyprians, Gen.
10, 4. Is. 23, 12; DTiS ynx i. e. Cypjvis
b. 23, 1 ; '3 '* the coa.i(s of Cypnis Ez.
27, 6. Comp. Epiphan. in note below.
So in Gr. KiTtuloi, Menand. ap. Jos. Ant.
9. 14. 2. Studer conjectures that "'ns
is for ^Fin HiUile, and that Citium was
a colony of this Canaanitieh people ;
B. der Richterp. 44. This is supported
also by Inscr. Citiens. no. 33; see in
Monumm. Phcenic. p. 152, 153.
2. In a wider acceptation this name
comprehended the islands and coasts of
the Mediterranean sea, especially the
northern parts, and therefore stands for
the islands and coasts of Greece and even
Italy, (in the same manner as C^X,
which also has a wider sense.) Num. 24,
24. Jer. 2, 10. Dan. 11, 30 cnS D'^'^S
ships of Chittim. i. e. Roman ships, Sept.
'Fwfioloi, comp. Polyb. 29. 11. App. Syr.
66. In the like sense also Perseus is
called KiTiiimv /^ixadsvg 1 Mace. 8, 5,
and Alexander the Great is said to have
come x Ti}g yr^g Xniuifi ib. 1, 1.
Note. The truth in regard to this
twofold signification is thus expressed
by Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 1, Xid^tftog Si Xs-
&ilj.a rijv vijiTov eir/fv KvJiQog uvti] rvy
xakiiTiu. xal u:i avTi^q vi](jol ts nuaut xal
T TvXiiui Toi' nnQu &ulu(TfTav Xtd^tfj, tmb
'jEi^Qultov oitjAa^fiui. puQTvg di fiov tov
Xoyov pi't ibiv iv KvnQoj noXioiv hjxmaaa
TTjV TtQOiTTjyoQiuv (fvXu^ui. Kir tog yuQ
vn'o Tbiiv f^fXXrjriiTcx^'Taiv avTriv xaXuxui.
Also by Epiphanius. bishop of Cyprus, a
native of Palestine and acquainted with
Hebrew learning, e. g. adv. Hier. 30.
25, niivil 8k dijXuv i(tti, ort Klitov 7j
KvTifjiar vijaog xuXflrni Kiitoi yitg Kv-
TZQtoi xul'Fodioi. Hence it appears that
some included Rhotles as well as Cyprus
^under this name. The Syro-Arabic
lexicographers mostly understand (rreece,
80 Bar-Bahlul ; Jerome and many of the
Heb. intpp. Italy, and so Bochart Pha-
leg p. 157. Vitringa ad Jes. 23, 1. But
the name doubtless included both coun-
tries. See Thesaur. p. 726.
48*
f^T'3 m. (r. Pn) beaten; hetm$
n-irs -j^^d beaten oil, Ex. 27, 20. 29, 40.
Lev.'24| 2. Num. 28, 5. 1 K. 5, 25 ; i. e.
according to the Heb. intpp. such as
flowed from the olives when merely
pounded in a mortar and not put into a
press ; hence, tiie purest and finest oil.
Celsii Hierob. II. p. 349 sq.
^^7 obsol. root, Arab. JjO in unum
coeg-it; also to enclose; nJjS a com-
pact mass, etc. Hence
^riS m. a wall, c. suff. !l5bn3 Cant. 2, 9.
^ri3 Chald. id. Dan. 5, 5 ; plur. K'bns
Ezra 5, 8. Comp. naa plur. i<J"^2r'.
^bns (prob. for ui-'X brs a man's
wall) Kithlish, pr. n. of a town in the
tribe of Judah. Josh. 15, 40.
nnZl in Kal not used ; the various
significations may be thus brought to-
gether :
1. i. q. Si^3, 3^H, 2sn, to cut stones,
peril, to cut out or dig ore ; hence DPS)
gold.
2. to cut in letters, to grave, to write,
see Niph. and Dns'O. Kindr. is Syr.
)cLs to make scars, to mark ; also to
spot, to soil.
Niph. to be written. Jer. 2, 22 for
though thou wash thee with nitre, and
take thee much soap, yet thine iniquity
is written before me; Kimchi DO"i3.
But Sept. Kixr,XiSmaaL, Vulg. maculata
eris, after the Syriac usage.
Deriv. cns, cns^.
Qf?! m. (r. cr3) a poetic word, gold,
Prov. 25, 12. Job 31, 24; i'^bix 's gold
of Ophir Is. 13. 12. Job 28, 16. Ps. 45,
10 ; TE^x 's id. Dan. 10, 5; also Lam. 4,
1. Job 28, 19. Cant. 5, 11.
"^S obsol. root, Eth. ^J?i to cover,
to hide, 'VHX^i to clothe oneself 5lJfl
tunic. Hence
ribs f only absol. Gen. 37, 31. Ex.
29, 5. Lev. 8, 7 ; also flSriS mostly as
constr. rarely absol. Ex. 28, 39, c. suff.
n:n3 Gen. 37, 23; comp. Gr. ^t/twi',
Engl, coat ; pr. a tunic, i. e. the inner
garment next the skin Lev. 16, 4 ; worn
also by females Cant. 5, 3. 2 Sam. 13,
J^ns
498
f#ib
18 ; and espec. by the priests and Le-
vites Ex. 28. 4. 29, 5. Neh. 7, 70. 72 ;
commonly with sleeves, and reaching to
the knees, rarely to the ankles ; see CBB .
Plnr. n-jrs Ex. 28, 40. 29, 8. 40, 14, also
nisrs Ex. 39, 27; constr. ni:r3 Gen. 3,21;
c. suff. cri:r,3 Lev. 10, 5. The etymo-
logy is doubtful ; Chald. "(PS . ',r3 , )r\''^ ,
Syr. p2o, Arab. ^jU5, ^j-o, ^^^y^ is
s " > s ' >
^a:r, Zien ; comp. j^^^JaJ' , ^iaj' , col-
ton, cotton cloth ; and the garment might
be so named from the material; see
Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2. To the same effect
Bohlen compares Sanscr. katam some-
thing woven, linen. But it is easier to
derive r?.ri3 from the idea of covering,
clothing; see r. "(HS.
* ~ri3 f. constr. Cir3 ; dual c. suff.
rsrs Ex. 28, 22; plur. m'ErS, constr.
nisirs.
1. the shoulder, strictly so called, dif-
ferent from n^U, where see. Chald.
s ^
tins, Syr. ]!slL, Arab. vio', &aXS", id.
whence is derived the denom. verb
cv_aJo to wound in the shoulder, etc.
Burdens are said to be borne 7(pon the
.shoulder, qnS bs Is. 46, 7. Ez. 12, 6,
jrinrs Num. 7, 9 ; also infants Is. 49, 22 ;
so of animals. Is. 30, 6. Hence metaph.
Neh. 9, 29 n-inio C]r3 isn-^l and showed
a rebellious shoulder, refused to bear the
appointed burden, i. e. they refused to
obey, comp. Zech. 7, 11. T'ErS 'r? be-
tween his shoidders, i. e. upon his back,
1 Sam. 17, 6.
2. Trop. of things, the border, side,
e.g. of a building IK. 6,8. 7,39; of the
sea Num. 34, 11 ; of a city or country
Josh. 15, 8. 10. 11. 18, 12 sq. Hence
poet. Deut. 33, 12 (Benjamin) shall dwell
between his shoidders sc. Jehovah's, i. e.
between the sacred mountains, Zion and
Moriah. Is. 11. 14 (the enemies) Jly upon
the shoulder of the Philistines, i. e. rush
upon their borders, the figure being
taken from birds of prey.
Plur. riBrS, constr. niErs 1. shoul-
der-pieces of the high-priest's ephod,
TiBK, Ex. 28, 7. 12. 39, 4. 7. 18. 20. See
Braun de vest. Sacerd. p. 467.
2, sides of a gate, i. e. spaces on each
4Bide of a gate, Ez. 41, 2. 26.
3. shoidders of an axle, 1 K. 7, 30 ;
also V. 34 ^''E^^Sj as if from the dual.
'v? in Kal not used, pr. to sur-
round. Kindr. are "iU? , "i:i^ , -iT5 ; "isn ,
inn, ins.
PiEL 1. to surround, in a hostile sense,
c. ace. Judg. 20, 43. Ps. 22, 13.
2. to wait, as in Syriac and Chald.
Job 36. 2 ; prob. from the idea of going
round and round, comp. b^r> no. 6, and
bnv
HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1 ; in a hostile
sense, to circumvent, Hab. 1,4; but also
in a good sense, c. 3 Ps. 142, 8.
2. Intrans. i. q. to crown oneself with
any thing, to be crowned, see "irS . Prov.
14, 18 rsn i"i''Pi=^ C'^i"'? the prudent
are crowned with insight.
Deriv. nnns, and
"iri^ m. diadem, crown, of the Persian
king Esth. 6, 8 ; of the queen Esth. 1, 11.
2, 17. Gr. xliaQig, xidixQig, comp. duint.
Curt. 3. 3.
tTlinS plur. niirb , f. capital, chapiter
of a column, made of brass, sometimes
in the form of lilies 1 K. 7, 19 ; and some-
times with pomegranates or the like,
2 K. 25, 17 ; so 1 K. 7, 16-20. 2 Chr. 4,
12. R. ins.
*^^? fut. UiFiS';' to pound in a mor-
tar, to bray, to mash, kindr. nrS ; Prov.
27, 22. Chald. ttJrS to pound,' also to
smite, to war.
Deriv. Hi Or'? a mortar. ,
*T\'r^ fut. nb-; Deut. 9,21; imper.
plur. 1F13.
1. to beat, to hammer, to forge, Joel 4,
10. Comp. ^Mafio, percM^j'o ; kindr. TIB
to beat. Lat. cudo, Arab. Jo to pound
in a mortar.
2. to heat in pieces, to break, e. g. a
vessel Is. 30, 14; the golden calf Deut.
9, 21. Part. pass, nirs crushed, i. e.
emasculated by crushing or bruising the
testicles, Lev. 22, 24.
3. to beat down, to rout an enemy, Ps.
89, 24.
PiEL nns 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, Mic. 4, 3.
Is. 2, 4.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, 2 K. 18, 4. 2 Chr.
34,7.
nns
499
3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to smite a land, i. e.
to lay it waste, Zech. 11, 6.
PcAL pass, to be dashed upon any
thing ; 2 Chr. 15. 6 tfiey daxh themselves
nation upon nation, and city upon city,
spoken of civil discord and war.
HiPH. fut. W3^, to smite an enemy,
i. q. Kal no. 3 ; c. arc. Num. 14, 45. Deat
1,44.
HoPH. fut. M^, plur. IPS'', to be beaten
in pieces, broken, e. g. of a gate, Is. 24,
12; idol images, Mic. 1,7; metaph. of
persons, Job 4, 20. Jer. 4G, 5.
Deriv. nT^is, iinsia, pr. n. n-^ns.
Lamed, the twelfth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 30.
The name, ^^^b , signifies the same as
^itJ^Ta ox-goad, in allusion to the figure
of this letter in the Phenician alphabet.
It is interchanged : 1. With the other
consonants of the class of liquids or semi-
vowels, of which it is the softest; e. g.
a) With 3 . as ynh and ^^nj to urge ;
nn: Chald. '^-h , XjY' sheath ; nS'SJ
and nsaib cell, chamber ; "ina Syr. '^j
to give ; in all which examples a seems
to be the primitive form. Vice versa,
yaAnjptoy, Chald. *f "inJtSB ; ass, *jLo
image, etc. where 3 seems to come from
i ; comp. Dor. tjV&ov, ^iviiarog, for tjk&oi',
/Ss'Atktto?, also the multitude of examples
from the Arabic collected by Ev. Scheid
in Diss. Lugdd. p. 953. b) With n,
mostly so that "i as the harder letter
is softened into b, espec. in the later
books and dialects, e. g. rrntuntB chain,
Chald. and Arab. n^5^ , iULlJLwM, and
even JLLwyJLw ; t^'^3'3'^5< palaces, with a
softer pronunciation riiaclsx Is. 13, 22 ;
n^X and !!bx Chald. lo .' 2-1)5 ^^^JLs
midst ; comp. Xflgiov, liliiim. Yet else-
where the b sometimes appears to have
gone over into the harder i, e. g. "ij'cbs ,
xLoy, lillioM' widow; o^sbn Chald.
KStin loins ; nin^a Job 38, 32 for niba
2 K. 23, 5 ; pr. n. nDStj Arab. iX^ya ;
Wnbx Sam. ninnx divinity ; see also
the paronomasia in Tii'^sb and 533") Mic.
1, 13. c) Rarely with 73, as nbaba
- o >
Arab. X|-<^ t*^ skull.
2. Sometimes with *i , as bTS , Chald.
bTX and ITX , to go away, to depart, q. .
comp. the kindr. dl'n and taib ; THS , bnS ;
nsn, b5"i ; pr. n. bxais, mod. Juvl
-t' -t ' X- !:-! ^ ^y*
Irbid. see p. 129. Comp. also 'Odvaatvi
Ulysses ; duxfjvov, lacryma ; odor and
oleo; duTif} Lat. levir ; mediiis, Fr. m,i-
lieu, etc.
duadriliterals are occasionally formed
from triliterals by means of b, viz. a)
By inserting b after the first radical, as
m"I ! P?bT to glow, b) By annexing b
at the end, by which form perhaps the
Semitic languages may have designat-
ed diminutives, like the Greek, Latin,
and German ; comp. Matth. Gr. Gram.
102. Ramshorn Lat. Gram. p. 236, 257.
Grimm's Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 665.
Thus bjnn to hop, to gallop. Germ,
huppeln ; bT:n3 garden, bbi;? ankle,
Germ. Kndche/, knuckle ; biPza calix
of a flower, etc.
r, and before monosyllables and ba-
rytone dissyll. ^ (as nib, nsjb, Lehrg.
p. 628) ; yo} see in its order ; c. suff. "^b ;
T^b , nzh , in pause and fem. ~b ; ib f! nb ;
!i3b ; t:=b f. n3=b ; cnb , nsnb'jer. 14, 16,
poet, iab, f ',rfs ; Arab. J, Eihiop. A,
Syr. ^ ; a prefix preposition, abbrevi-
ated from bx, with Avhich it is in a great
measure synonymous ; but with this
distinction, that bx is more usual in the
proper and physical signification, while
b is more commonly employed in a tro-
pical and metaphysical sense.
A) Pr. as denoting motion, or at leart
direction towards any thing, a turning to
or towards any object.
1. to, towards, unto, Gr. flc, espec. af-
ter verbs of going, where it differs from
b
600
^X in that ^X is put before the person to
whom one goes, and b before the place;
so bx ~^n and b T\^^, see in T(bi"i no. 1.
p. 253 ; Sia c. hsA oV pers. Gen/s?, 23.
Judg. 3, 20, c. b of place 1 Sam. 9, 12.
2 Chr. 28, 9 ; 2-ri c. bx of pers. and h of
place Ruth 1, 8; and so after 1^!^, S"!!!^
Job 33, 22, C^3 1 Sam. 4, 10. Also to be
led to, as nrab Is. 53, 7 ; -.2|5b Job 10, 19 ;
Ez. 5, 10 to scatter to all the winds, "bsb
rm-i . Job 12, 22. Mic. 7, 9. Also b xnp
to call to any one, see in S<"i|^ . Put also
before particles of place to intimate
direction, like Engl, -ward, -wards, as
linxb backwards, nbs'ab upwards, f^t3':b
downwards, etc. So in phrases like the
following : Ps. 99, 5 rbsn chnb ^inntl^n
worship towards his footstool i. e. turning
towards it. Is. 51, 6 C3'^3"'2J C';i5:^-b ^xir
Z?7? wp your eyes towards the heavens.
Trop. of a turning or direction of the
mind to, towards, upon any person or
thing ; e. g. b nsn , b njip to look to, to
wait for; b rriU, b "fTxri, to listen to;
h i!rS3 nrbs Ps. 84. 3 ; S linx to lie in
wait for any one. Opp. is "i^? , see Gen.
9, 10. So 1?1 b Neh. 3, 15. Some-
times b differs little from 13 mito. even
unto; e, g. i^^nib unto fullness, satiety,
Ez. 39, 19 ; Cnicb even unto their death
Ps. 73, 4; b j'^a see in '"'S no. 1.
2. into, ilc, spoken of a passing into
another state or condition, e. g. to make
or change to or into any thing. Gen. 2, 22
nirxb . . . rbsn-rs c^n'bx i^ -,3^1 a7id the
Lord God made the rib ...into a woman.
2 Sam. 5, 3. Job 17, 12. Hence b r,En
to change into ; b 'T}i , b nirs , b c^ib , to
make or /j/acc a person or thing into or
for any thing ; b rr^n <o be for any thing,
to become any thing, see in M^H no. 2.
, /5. So by hyperb. for ' to become as
any thing,' 1 Sam. 25, 37 laNb n^n s!inn
anrf he became as a /one. With H^rt
impl. Job 13, 12. Lam. 4, 3. Is. 1. 5 '^
">bnb ffii<"i the whole head is /or sickness,
is sick-, comp. 2 Chr. 21, 18. Job 30, 3L
So CJicb rns to cut into two parts, Jer.
34, 18 ; corap. Lev. 8, 20.
3. It serves to mark tlie d<itive, like
Engl, to and Fr. d prefixed to nouns,
where the Greek, Latin, and German
employ the dative case. Thus
a) After verbs of giving, b '\T\'i, b tsiiu
Ex. 4, 11 ; of rewarding, retributing,
b baa, b i'^tjn ; of bringing, b s<"<=n
Gen. 27, 31 ; of forgiving, b N'bj ; of
giving over, leaving, b 21S Ps. 16, 10,
b n"'?n Ecc. 2, 18 ; of consulting, b Yt^,
etc. So too "ja ib nib^ she bare to him
a son Gen. 24, 36 ; b rrina rna to make
(grant) a covenant to any one, see in
n'la no. 3. a. Of a person to whom any
thing is said, b lax Gen. 27, 31. 34.
Deut. 33, 9; or narrated, b T^an, b IBO;
or promised with an oath Deut. 6, 23.
26, 3. 15. But for b lax to speak of
any one. see below in no. 11. Very
freq. verbs in Hiph. are followed by b,
if they include the idea of giving, im-
parting, causing to any one, e. g. b ii^nri
to save life to any one Gen. 45, 7 ; n"2n
b to give rest to Ex. 33, 14. Is. 14, 3^
b r\ptr] 1 K. 19, 20; also Is. 53, 11.
Judg. 7, 2.
b) As marking the person (or thing)
to or for whose use, advantage, profit, a
thing is done or serves. Lat. Dat. corn-
modi. Gen. 2, 20 for Adam there was
not found a help, etc. 24, 4 and lake a
wife for my son Isaac. 45, 23. 50, 10.
Ex. 26, 7. Neh. 8, 4. Gen. 12, 7 he built
an altar unto Jehovah, in his honour.
Ecc. 1, 3. 6, 11. 12. 8, 15. So too con-
tra, as marking the Dat. incommodi,
Prov. 17. 25 a foolish son is a grief '^''axb
to his father. 19. 13. A reflexive dative
of this kind is often added after verbs,
and espec. verbs of motion, e. g. of go-
ing, as Tjbfi, b^x. a^i^ ; of fleeing, as
D13, JT^a ; signifying strictly that one
does a thing for his own advantage or
pleasure, for himself; although by de-
grees it passed over into a pleonasm,
which cannot well be expressed in En-
glish. Cant. 2, 17 -^asb "^ni-i :;b nr'n
my beloved, be thou (for thyself) like a
roe. Job 15, 25 iab siair^ xb n^na houses
which 7ione inhabit {for themselves).
Ez. 37, 11. Prov. 13, 13. al. Gen. 12, 1
r|b-r,b go for thyself. See Lehrgeb. p.
736, 737.
c) As implying an effect, impression,
influence, to or upon a person or thing.
Prov. 24, 9 )'b cnxb pa>'in the scomer
is an abomination to men. Cant. 1, 3.
Job 10, 3 Tjb aian is it good to thee? so.
in thine eyes ; comp. ''b aa'^*] Ps. 69, 32.
So 'b nb^bn profane (be it) to me ! far
be it from me, see in b'^bn no. 8. Hero
b
501
too belongs Oen. 45, 1 then Joseph was
not able i-'bs t3^a?n Vzh ppxnna to m-
frain himself to {bvfore) all them that
stood by him, i. e. could not appear firm
and unmoved to those present.
d) Implying possession, or a dative of
the possessor, Lat. e*< mihi; as "'b n^fji
b d;;, 'b -px. see in re^n, tj^, ^^x. AIbo
b "itix what is to any one. what he has;
Gen. 31, 1 I3''2!<b "^dx-bs all that was to
our father, i. e. all that was our father's.
29. 9. 47, 4. See Lehrg. p. 672. ^b-na
"nbi whal is there to me and to thee ?
what have I to do with thee? see in na
A. 1. c. So too r,b nibd, esb oibo, peace
(prosperity) 6e <o thee, to you, 1. e. be
thine, yours, see oibd . Further : a)
Of him who comes into the possession
of any thing, to whom it becomes pro-
perty, etc. as 'b n^rt it becomes mine,
seein n^ti no. 2./. /?) Of him to whom
any thing belongs as a duty, office, etc.
2 Chr. 26, 18 n-^arnb nw rjb xb it is
not iinto thee (not thine), Uzziah, to bum
incense. 20, 17. 35, 3. Ps. 50, 16. Mic. 3,
1. So perh. "^"1^ bxb d;j it is permitted
to the power of my hand ; but see in bx
I. 2. p. 50. y) Of that to which a per-
son or thing pertains ; 1 K. 15, 27 and
Baasha. the son of Ahijah. "^yc^iSI n'^ab
of the home of Issachar, pertaining to
that tribe.
e) As marking the cause and author
of any thing, like the dative in Greek ;
also the instrument. Job 37, 1 rxTb
''sb 'i^h;; for (at) this my heart trem-
bleth. Ps. 18, 45 "'b ^s-qi:^i -tx sadb at
the hearing of the ear they obey me. be-
cause of the report of my fame. Num.
16, 34. Is. 19, 22 nnb -inr: he is entreat-
ed of (by) them, listens to their prayers.
Thus put : a) Afler passive verbs, Ex.
12, 16 n=b nbs;: inab xw this only may
be done by you. Prov. 14, 20. Neh. 6, 1
K^aiob sisti? it wa.s heard by Sanhallat.
Gen. 14, 19. E.t. 13, 7. Lev. 21, 11. 1
Sam. 15, 13. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 65, 1. So
Syr. :^, Hoffm. Gr. Syr. 143. /S)
Afl:er other verbs having a passive
sense ; as b TVVi to be done by any one.
Is. 19, 15 ; b rr^n to conceive by any one,
Gen. 38, 18. 25. y) In the inscriptions
of poems. Lamed anctoris so called ;
comp. the J auctoris of the Arabs in
the titles of books, see Prcpf. ad Qolii
Lex. So inb ifct-a pif(dm of or by Da-
vid Ps. 3, 1. 4, 1. fil. "ibta n^nb id. 24,
1 ; also without the noun, "innb of or by
David Ps. 23, 1. 26. 1. 27, 1. 'al. comp.
Ps. 86, 1. Hab. 3, 1. Is. 38, 9. etc. The
same Dat. auctoris stands alone on Phe-
nician coins ; e. g. onsb (cnsb) of the
Sidonians, i. c. struck by them ; ixb
of Tyre ; in the corresponding Greek
lliHoviaiv, TvQov. 3) In many other
examples, where often some passive
verb or the like is to be supplied ; Is. 2,
12 nxa-bs-br njn-'b oi"' -"S for the day
of Jehovah, etc. i. e. the day of wrath
and judgment held by Jehovah. 22, 5
"1".!) ^ps*^ s^TJima ai*' 'S for a day
of confusion . . . sent by the Lord Jeho-
vah ; Sept. nn^a KvqIov. 28, 2. Zech.
14, 1. Ps. 3, 9 nsid^n nin-'b from (by)
Jehovah is deliverance. Job 33, 6. Jon.
2, 10. Is. 61, 2. 1 K. 10, 1. Jer. 10, 23. Ez.
1, 18 cnb Pixi'^ fear was by them, they
were terrible.' 2 Sam. 3, 2, 3. 5, Hos. 6,
10. Also of the instrument, as "'cb nan
a'^n to smite with tfie edge of the sword,
see in no no. 3 ; so 17rb rtxn to see with
the eye Ez. 12, 12. Ps. 12, 5'-i'^253 iM^bb
with (by) oitr tongue will we prevail,
conquer.
f ) Often after nouns signifying mas-
ter, lord, God, or servant, minister, also
friend, enemy, and the like, as marking
those relations to any one ; comp. Gr.
>'! uvS^faaiv II. 5. 546, also ixaioog,
(pikog, fz&Qog rtvl et Jivog. So espec.
where the first noun is indefinite, as 'a
'^d'^b A son of Jesse 1 Sam. 16, 18. contra
^ir^'-a THE son ofJe.9se. b -ji-ix Gen. 45,
8. i8;'b D-^rtbxn Is, 37, 16; b nss Gen.
9, 25-27. 40, i; also Gen. 14. IS. 1 K.
18, 22. 1 Chr. 27. 33. 1 Sam. 14, 34.
b anx 1 K. 5, 15 ; b S-; Job 30, 29; XJiS
b Deut. 4, 42 ; b a^ix Num. 35, 23. etc.
So the Phenicians ; see Monumm. Phoen.
p. 199, 351.
g) Sometimes also Hebrew writers,
especially the later ones, who inclined
to Chfildaism, employ b (the sign of the
dative) incorrectly after active verbs
fur the acciisative, as in Chaldee, Sy-
riac. and Elhiopic ; e. g. b np?b Jer. 40,
2, b b=x Lam. 4, 5, b inTi Job 5, 2 ; comp.
1 Chr.'l6, 37. 25,' 1. Ps. 135. 11. etc.
Once b is thus put before a whole sen-
502
tence, which must be regarded as in
the accus. Is. 8, 1 and write upon it with
a common stylus (these words), ^D^b
ta dn bVd hasting to the spoil, etc.
comp. V, 3, where 1? is omitted ; see in
"iTJO Pi. no. 1.
4. Many of the examples above cited
(no. 3. d. and e.;') would properly be trans-
lated in Lat. by the Genitive, in Engl.
by the Gen. or by o/^ with its case ; and
hence in various other kinds of examples
also, "b maybe taken as a sign of the Gen-
itive; comp. the like use of the Greek da-
tive for the genitive by the figure called
KoXotpcjviov, e. g. ij xs(palr] to> uv&^wjtw,
see Bernhardy's Greek Syntax, p. 88 ;
also the Gascon idiom, lejils a Mr. A.
s''est marie avec la Jille a Mr. D. for de.
Spec, a) Where several genitives are
dependent on one nominative, as ''^3'n
'iflli "'sb^l? C'S'n the chronicles, annals,
of the kings of Israel 1 K. 15. 31. rphn
Trhb n^'t'n a part of the field, of Boaz
Ruth 2, 3 ; also Judg. 3. 28. 1 K. 15, 31.
2 K. 5. 9. Josh. 14, 1. So too where the
nominative has an adjective, as ins "a
n^.^"""^^ 1 Sam. 22, 20. In both these
kinds of examples the usual form of the
con.struct and absolute could not well be
applied. Comp. Lehrg. p. 673. b) Af-
ter numerals. Gen. 7, 11 in the six hun-
dredth year fji "".^nl; of Noah'' s life. So
hz\ -("iirx") the first of all 2 Sam. 19, 21 ;
cni rns one of them Ez. 1, 6 ; nnxa
tt5"inb on the first day of the month Gen.
8, 13. Ez. 1, 2. c) As marking the genit.
of the possessor, comp. in no. 3. d. Ecc.
6, 1 1 >"':? r. 3^=">^n the abundance of tJie
rich man! ' Ps.' 37, 16 7^T4\ ^"^2 the
little of the righteous man. Is. 34, 6. Jer.
12, 2. d) Where adverbs with b are
put before nouns, and thus take the force
of prepositions ; as V 2"'a0 prep, also
b rnno i. q. rnn preposit. So b bro ,
b yina, b trr^Xi, etc. Lehrg. p. 631. 3.
From the primary signification of di-
rection or turning to or towards any
thing, come also the following tropical
senses :
5. Spoken of/ime, it denotes: a) The
point of time to or nntilvf\\\c\\ something
is done, etc. i. q. 1? . Am. 4, 7 7 have
vpitMiolden the rain from you when yet
three montlts '^'^s;rb to the harvest. Deut.
16, 4 shall not remain all night ip2b un-
til the morning. Comp. tbl^b ug aliZva
for ever i. q. cbi? is ; also nissb etg ulil
for ever i. q. n^i 15 . b) The point of
time for or against which a thing is done ;
Ex. 34, 2 be ready "ifjab for to-morrow.
Num. 11, 18 sanctify yourselves "Diob
against to-morrow. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 41,
23. Prov. 7, 20. Also of an interval of
time ; 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22] and Solomon's
provision inx ni''b for one day, every
day. Other significations relating to
time, see below in B. 2.
6. to, even to, until, iisque ad ; comp.
in no. I fin. So pn "^bnb even to no
measure, i. e. without measure, Is. 5, 14 ;
rr^nxo 'pxb even to no remnant, until
none were left, Ezra 9, 14 ; also 2 Chr.
20, 25. I Chr. 22, 4 ; comp. 2 Chr. 36,
16. Judg. 16, 16 vexed r.^'db even unto
death, comp. Gen. 27, 46. Hence a)
Of a number to which any multitude
amounts, as Greek dg fiv(jiovg, TiQog fiv-
(jcovg. 2 Chr. 5, 12 D-i-iirr". njjrb nirns
priests to the number of a hundred and
twenty. But 1 Sam. 29, 2 belongs in
no. 13 below, b) Of degree, amount.
even; Deut. 24, 5 "lan bbb vbr -;h~"; xb
there shall not pass over (be imposed)
upon him even any thing, not the slight-
est charge ; comp. TS in the phrase
"inx -I? Nb. So 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ecc. 9,
4 "^3 >;i 2i-J S!in -^n sbsb for even a dog
alive is better than a lion dead.
7. Like bx A. 6, it implies an adding,
superadding to, i. e. in addition to, upo7i,
besides. Is. 28, 10 ipb ip lab l:i precept
upon precept, line upon liiie. Ecc. 7, 27
f^n'*^ ''n'* adding one to another. Ps,
135, 7 he maketh lightnings "^t:?3b to the
rain, i. e. accompanying the rain in addi-
tion. Jer. 10, 13. Gen. 46, 26 all the souls
that came -P?^b in addition to (besides)
Jacob into Egypt. In this sense bs ia
more frequent.
8. It marks a direction of mind to-
wards any one, either to, for. or against;
e. g. b T'pn pious towards God Ps. 4, 4 ;
b nori nbs see in iDri no. 1. c; b nits
good, to any one Lam. 3, 25. Contra,
b xan to sin against any one, see in
xan ; ib rr^n to be angry against, see in
n-^n ; b CT3T to plot against Ps. 37. 12.
9. Here too it forms a Dot. commvdt
(comp. no, 3. b), for, in behalf of any
one, for his advantage, on his side, etc.
503
Oen. 31, 42 "'b n^n D-^n^x "'biib mw/pm
Gorf Aarf been for mr. on my Rillt^ Ps. 5(3,
10. 118, 6. Is. 6, 8 i3^"TiV,: 't? irAo will
^ for us? Jiidg. 1, 1. Deut. 30, 12. 13.
So Judg. 7, 20 /A gwortl for Jehovah
and for Gideon ! comp. v. 18. Job 13. 7
n^is inann ^xbn iri7/ ye gpeak wickedly
for God? i. e. in his behalf, to defend
him. Ps. 69, 22. B ttJcjb for one^s life,
to preserve it, see in OB3 no. 2. c. Also
^ Dnbj /o /^Af frr ,- b a-^n <o contend
for ; b T'njn to entreat for.
10. Spoken of a cause, reason, motive,
on account of because of for, Lat. prop-
ter; comp. Arab. JLuut f>J Lam cau-
Hal. So in nb. nab, wherefore? Gr.
etc Tt / TiQoc il ; Germ, wozu ? Also "ab ,
"jnb , proplerea, therefore. Gen. 4. 23 /
^t?e /(im a man "^S^tifb yr my wound
(because he wounded me), "'n'^snb nb;^T
yea, a young man for my stripe. Is. 14,
9. 15. 15. 36. 9. 60. 9 (comp. 55, 5, where
it is more fully 'i^Bb). Hos. 10, 10. Lev.
19, 28. Josh. 9, 9. Ezra 3, 13.
11. As marking the object of discourse,
etc. of for, about, concerning, Lat. de.
Lev. 14, 54 i'sr^sb .Tiinn rxT this is
the law for (concerning) eoery kind of
plague. Ps. 22. 31 linb -"anxb ieo-i. it
shall be recounted concerning the Lord
to the coming generation. So after
verbs of speaking Gen. 20, 13. Ps, 3, 3 ;
of commanding Ps. 91,11. Esth. 3. 2; of
singing Is. 5, 1. 27, 2 ; of inquiring, as
b B-ibirb bx\a ; comp. Gen. 42, 9. Hence
of the subject or argument of an oracle,
as D^TSiab concerning Egypt Jer. 46. 2.
48, L 49,' i. 7. 23. 23. 23, 9. So Arab.
J Kor. Sur. 3. 162. Sur. 4. 64.
12. Of the end or final object ; as
IT^Isb for help, either as sought or giv-
en,' is. 10, 3. 20. 6. 31, 1 ; p-'-ib. xvi'b,
for nojight, in vain. So "iiasab for
-|!|3S3.
13. Spoken of a norm, rule, etc. ac-
cording to. after, by, Lat. secundum..
Gen. 1, 11 ir^ab after its kind. 8, 19.
10, 5 "isSbb la'^X every one according to
his language. Num. 4, 29 after their
tribes and families. 1 Sam. 10, 19.
2 Chr. 25, 5 ; Pl^tb according to right
and justice, i. e. justly, righteously. Is.
32, 1. 11, 3. 2 Sam. 18,4 and all the peo-
ple came ovi fBbxbl nist^b by hundreds
and by thousands. 1 Snm. 2Q, 2. Is. 27,
12. 1 Chr. 23, 3. Gen. 41, 46 CXTpisb by
sheaves. Hence also the idea of like-
ness, q. d. like, like as, as if as though,
Job 39, 16 [19] nb tibb nija n-vspn she
is cruel towards her young, as tlimigh
not hers ; Vulg. qiuuti non sint sui. How.
9, 13 Ephraim . . . is planted in a pleas-
ant place "isb like Tyre. pr. as though he
were Tyre. ""i^'Enb x^^ to go out (from
servitude) as free, i. e. free ; written
also without b in the same sense, XX'J
'CBn, see in '^iOEn. So b aion to re-
gard as, see in 2.'n no. 1.
14. As denoting reference or relation,
as to, in respect to, as for, in ; and thus
subjoined : a) After adjectives, to mark
the nature or quality of an attribute ;
e. g. n-srnb!] idrb b-iij great in (as to)
riches and wisdom, comp. 1 K. 10, 23;
D-73;b c-'Spt older in years Job 32, 4;
n.v-j'^b biij Josh. 22, 10. Comp. Lat.
' praestantior ad rationem sollertiamque,'
Cic. Nat. Deor. 2. 62. b) After verbs,
Gen. 17. 20 and bxriao-'b as for Ishmuel,
I hare heard thee. 19, 21. Num. 18, 7.
Ps. 12, 7. Comp. Lat. ad omnia alia
estate sapimus rectius ' Ter. Ad. 5. 3. 4.5.
c) After substantives; 2 Chr. 21. 3 and
their father gave them great gifts posb
antbl in (as to) silver and gold. 16, S.
Also before a subst. put absol. at the
beginning of a clause : as Is. 32. 1 Q'^niobn
q-i-yn ES'^Tsb and as for princes they
shall nde justly. Vs. 16. 3 "bs . , . C'r'inpb
03 "'ssn as for the saints .. .all my de-
light is in them. 17, 4. 32, 6.
Note. It is affirmed by some (Ewald
Krit. Gramm. p. 60.3. Kl. Gramm. 326),
and denied by others (Winer in Simonis
Lex. p. 509, 510), that b is also prefixed
even to the nominative case ; and the
following examples are quoted : 1 Chr.
3, 2. 7, 1. 24, 20. 22. 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ecc.
9, 4. Ps. 89, 19. But it would seem that
most of these examples may be referred
to one or another of the acknowledged
senses and constructions of this parti-
cle ; (although in particular examples I
would explain it differently from what
Winer has done;) while nevertheless
the b in such instances stands before
what would otherwise have been the
nominative. Thus Ps. 89, 19 our shield
is OF the Lord, and op the Holy one of
b
504
Israel our Icing. For 2 Chr. 7, 21 and
Ecc. 9, 4, see above in no. 6. In 1 Chr.
7, 1 and 24, 20. 22 we may render : to
the sons of Issachar, to the Levites, sc.
belonged, are to be reckoned, those who
follow. In 1 Chr. 3, 2 Dibt-rxb ^C^bt-n
the third was Ahsalom, the reading with
? is indeed suspected, since it is wanting
before the names of the other five sons
V. 1-4, and is not found in 20 Mss. of
Kennicott ; yet b stands in the same
way before the predicate after n^n in
2 Chr. 16, 8 c"iir";Bb-T =5':!^ s'lb b'^nbVn
they were {for) a huge host in (as to)
chariots and horsemen. So too 2 Chr.
15, 3, for which see below in B. no. 3,
B) Less frequently b is spoken :
1. Of rest or delay at^ on, in a place,
i. e. the being at a place to which one
has come ; comp. Lat. ad, also 4' &q6-
vov<; f'Qovio Od. 4. 581 ; Germ, zu Hause.
zu Leipzig. E. g. 'e l^b at 07ieJs side ;
's "CV"')) at one''s right hand, see "i"^^^ ;
ibns rireb at the door of his tent Num.
11, 10; rinj? sb at the entrance of the
city Prov. 8, 3 ; c'^a;; rpinb on the shore of
the sea. Gen. 49, 13 ; 's "p?^ in i. e. before
the eyes, in the sight of any one ; "^iSb id.
This use of b is more extensive in the
poets and later writers, who sometimes
put it for the common a. e. g. "j'wb Ps.
41, 7, and nswb 2 Chr! 32, 5, i. q. ^Wa
foris; nas^b at Mizpah Hos. 5, 1;
rnt'b in the pit, i. e. in prison. Is. 51, 14.
2. Trop. of time, and spoken of a
point of time to which an action has ap-
proached so as to coincide with it ; comp.
in A. no. 5. Hence a) Of time when,
1. e. the moment or point of time at or
tn which any thing is done; chiefly in
poetic style and in the later writers who
imitated this. E. g. "^jrab in the morning,
early, Ps. 30, 6. 59, 17. Am. 4. 4, for the
usual i;r2a ; so Tixb at day-light, dawn.
Job 24, 14 ; ansb at evening Gen. 49, 27.
Ps. 90, 6. Ecc.'u, 6, for the usual ansa;
a-;s rsb Gen. 8, 11, oi'n niinb Gen. 3, 8,
ttJrTSin S3 PSb al the time of sunset Josh.
10, 27 ; also conjoined a-i^b-l i;?2b 1 Chr.
16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3. b) Of a time rcith-
in which any thing is done, e.g. roibttib
D'^T2*n within three days Ezra 10, 8. nnx
is'ijt^ ttJbuib once in three years 1 K. 10,
22. c) Of a space or interval of time
' tffter the lapse of v^hich any thing is to
be done ; comp. Gr. tig inaviov both
'for a year,' and ' after a year,' and so
Engl. ' in a year.' Gen. 7, 4 lis D'^a'^b
nsaia in yet seven days, i. e. after seven
days. Am. 4, 4 Qio; r,<uba:b after (every)
three years. 2 Sam. 13, 23 D"'^^ t-iirjaib
after two years. 11, 1.
3. Also of the state or condition in
which one is ; where espec. in the later
writings the partic. b is said to be used
in nearly the same sense as a. The
examples however are doubtful ; and
most of those usually referred hither, ad-
mit of a different solution. E. g. "^brib
see in A. no. 2 ; "'S'isb Ps. 69. 22, see'in
no. 9; '^'7; bxb llj;; see in no. 3. d. /5. So
lab apart, separately, may be referred
to B. no. 1 ; also n^ab in security, se-
curely; ""i.sb justly ; Kxb gently ; for
Is. 5, 14 see in A. 6 ; and so Job 41, 25.
Contra. 2 Chr. 15. 3 bxnja-ib C"an d-^t;^!
'iJi xbbsi rrwS -^n'bx sibb and long time
to Israel (he hath been) without the true
God, and without a teaching priest, and
without law ; here it might be difficult
to say in what sbb differs from xba ; un-
less we prefer to render it : and for a
long time was Israel withoid the true
God, etc. see in A. 13. fin. Further, we
have in 2 Chr. 20, 21 tt)np nn-nnb in holy
ornaments, for ^ip r'l'ina id. Ps. 29, 2.
96,9. 1 Chr. 16, 29. This analogy also
serves to strengthen the usual interpre-
tation of Ps. 45, 15 "bsb basn niaj^nb
in embroidered garments (adorned with
these) shall she be brought unto the king.
C) The Infinitive with b prefixed has
in general the nature and signification
of a noun, or rather of the Engl, infin.
with to; e. g. Inf ritob:
1. Lat. ad faciendum, to do, denoting
end and purpose, like Engl, to before the
infin. Thus Cant. 5, 5 / rose up riFifib
to open, r^bb r'S a time to bring forth,
Ecc. 3, 2. D^Db nanp near to flee to, Gen.
19, 20. nit'SJb n'l3 what is to be done 7 2
K. 4, 13. Is. 5,4. its'b aba (r^-'^r^) m>n Tis
yet this day (he must) remain at Nob,
Is. 10, 32; comp. p. 251. dd. /5.
2. hat. faciendo, for doing, mb?b n^n
to be ready or disposed/or doing (to do),
see n'^^f} no. 3. dd. EUipt. '??''W"'nb njJTj
Jehovah is ready to save me, i. e. will
save me, desires my safety, Is. 38, 20.
21, 1. 44, 14. So ellipt. and negat. b
b
505
mh
niiC^b one nmy not do, Am. 6, 10 ; or,
one cannot do, etc. Judg. 1, 19, comp.
JoBh. 17, 12.
3. Liiit. far i nidi, of doing ; Num. I, 1
in the second tji-ar orxxb of their coming
out, i.e. qfter their depurture from Egypt.
In other exiunples h c. inf. signiBea:
4. ece?i to, until^ Is. 7, 15. Comp.
above in A. 5. a.
5. on account of, because. Is. 10, 2 init.
30, 1 nibrb . Num. 1 1, 1. Comp. in A. 10.
6. as if as though, 1 Sam. 20, 20.
Comp. in A. 13.
7. at a time, wfien; 3'is niscb lit. 'at
the turning of evening.' wheii evening
drexD near, at even tide, Gen. 24, 63.
D) Once i seems to serve as a Con-
junction, and is apparently prefixed to a
finite verb, in the sense of that, like
Arab. J for _XlJ ; thus 1 K. 6, 19 in the
common reading, '^pph that thou mayest
place. But as this sense is harsh in con-
nection with the context, we may per-
haps with Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 213,
regard "|Rn as a sort of reduplicated in-
fin. for in3n , as also in 1 K. 17, 14 Cheth.
? Chald. prep. i. q. Hebr. 1. to, into,
towards, spoken ol" place, Dan. 2, 17. 4,
19. 6, 11. 7, 2.
2. As sign of the Dative, Dan. 2, 5. 7.
9. Put often also with the Accusative
after active verbs, Dan. 2, 10. 23. 24. 25.
5, 4. Also as a sign of the Genitive,
Ezra 5, 11. 6, 3. 15.
3. Prefixed to the Infinitive, after
verbs of speaking, commanding, etc.
Dan. 2, 9. 10. 12.
Note. For Chald. b as prefixed to the
forms of the fut. of'njn, e. g. Xinb,
I'lnb, etc. see in njrj, note, p. 247. The-
saur. p. 734.
1^5, and 35 times ^"^ according to
the Masora, e. g. Gen. 37, 13 ; Adv. of
negation, no, not. Antique forms were
i<b, lb, whence xb^ib. -^b^b, 'bix. Syr.
1]" and qL, Chald. xb, Arab. ^. The
iiltimate root is 6<13 q. v. whence also
!|b, !ib.
1. Like Gr. ov, ovx, it expresses an ab-
solute negative, and is put : a) With a
Preeter, unlike bx q. v. as Gen. 2. 5. 4,
5. 45, 1. 8. al. b) With Futures, as
43
Gen. 3, 4 linopi n-ia 6<b tltou shall not
surely die. Ps. 16, 10 2T5n jib tlion wiU
not leave. With the 2d pera. it often in-
terdicts, and thus stands l()r tlie ncgaL
imperative as Ex. 20, 15 ZiiT) xb thou
shall not steal, v. 5. Gen. 3, 1. 2. 24, 37.
Lev. 19. 4. 25, 17. Deut. 25, 4 ; here it
ditfers from bx which expresses dissua-
sion, but comp. Prov. 22, 24. Witli the
3d pers. Gen. 31, 32 n'T\'^ xb he shall not
live, i. e. let him die. So Arab. ^ with
the Fut. condit. De Sacy Gr. I. 419.
Whether xb is put (like bx) with the
fut. in chiuses marking purpose, may
justly be doubted ; e. g. Ex. 28, 32 xb
?'!)I|? i^o) it shall not he rent, not : ' that it
be not rent.' Is. 41, 7 he fasleneth it with
nails. ai2i7 xb thus it movelh not, stands
firm. Job 22. 1 1. c) It stands also where
the substantive verb is omitted ; as Ps.
5, 5 nnx rien "^Bn bx xb ihou art not a
God having pleasure in wickedness. Ex.
16, 8. 2 Sam. 18, 12. Is. 63, 9. Very
rarely with a Participle, where "px is
the usual negative; or with an Infini-
tive, where Tlba is comm. employed.
As to its place in a clause, xb is always
closely connected with the verb, andi
immediately precedes it; although oc-
casionally lor the sake of emphasis a
word may be placed between the two,
as Gen. 32, 9 TjiaaJ i'l3 naxi ^PV S<^
1 Sam. 8, 7. Ez. 16, 47. Job 22, 7. 34, 23.
The following uses of this particle-,
may likewise be noted :
2. Absol. in answer to a question, woj.
nay, Zech. 4, 5. Job 23. 6 will he con-
tend with me with all his might? No-
(xb), but. etc. Also in declining an in-
vitation. Gen. 19, 2 nay, but we will abide-
in the street all night. 23, 11. Is. 30, 16;.
comp. Gen. 18, 15.
3. In neg. interrogations, where an
affirmative answer is implied, (different
I'rom bx no. 3.) for xbn is not? nonne?
like Gr. ovx Horn. II. 10. 165. ib. 4. 242.
Mostly in clauses coupled with a preced-
ing one ; Job 14, 16 "^nxan by ^iaJn xb-
d^st thou Jiot watch over my sin?' 2, 10.
2 K. 5, 26. Jer. 49, 9. Lam. 3, 36. Jon. 4,
11 ; also Jer. 49, 25.
4. Put for xba with no, i. e. without,
1 Chr. 2. 30 and Seled died 0133 xb^
without children. Ps. 59, 4. 2 Sam. 23, 4.
Job 34, 24. ^nn xb mthout tvayJoh 12,.
b
506
tt5
24. 12'X S<^ without men, deserted, deso-
late, Job 38, 26.
5. i. q. uyq not yet, 2 K. 20. 4. Ps. 139,
16.
6. Prefixed to nouns it gives them
a negative or contrary meaning, like
Engl. U7i, in, im. a) Before adjectives,
n-^on xb not pious, i. q. ungodly, Ps. 43.
1 ; l\ ikh not strong, i. q. infirm, weak,
Prov. 30. 25 ; nsn xb unwise Deut. 32, 6.
b) Before substantives, as bs sb q. d.
non-deus, a no-god, i. e. an idol, Deut.
32, 21. Jer. 5, 7 ; V"? xb not wood, spoken
of a man in opp. to a rod or instrument
of wood. Is. 10, 15; a:-^? n?. c-:i$ ^^,
spoken of God, as not to be brought into
comparison with mortals, Is. 31, 8. But
the sense is different in phrases like
nb xbb Job 26, 2 and nr:n i<bb ib. v. 3,
where there is an ellipsis for: 'he who
hath no power, no loisdom ; see beloAV in
C. 2. c) For the phrase bi: sb see under
bs no. 3. d) With an adverb, as '^VJC !!tb
no little, i. e. much. Is. 10, 7.
7. c5-xb not even, see in =5 no. 2 ; not
much different is n? sb Judg. 4,16.
Also b xb Deut. 24. 5 ; see in b A. 6. b.
8. By pleonasm sb is joined with 7X
1 K. 10, 21 ; with cn'J Zeph. 2, 2. ^
Note. Some assign also to XP the
power of a subst. nothing, but the exam-
ples adduced are not certain. In Job
6, 21 the reading is doubtful ; and Job
31 23 bsis jib may be rendered, I coidd
not sc. do any such thing. Comp. how-
ever Chald. sb , nb , Dan. 4, 32.
With prefixes xb is connected as fol-
lows:
A) Kba 1. Prep, varying in signifi-
cation, according to the different signifi-
cations of the particle 3 . a) not in a
certain time, comp. 3 of time, A. 5; i.e.
out of, beyond a certain time. Lev. 15, 25
nnnsTS'. xbs beyond the time of her un-
cUanness. Also before, \. q. CII'^JS , Job
15 32 'i'2'i'' S<b3 befrre his time, comp.
above xb for B-j-J , no. 5. b) not for
a certain price, comp. 3 of price, B. 3 ;
Is. 55, 1. Ps. 44, 13 ; also 3 tib Is. 45, 13.
c) not with 8c. any thing, i. e. without,
1 Chr. 12, 33 sbn 3b tibs not idth a
double heart, i. e. with one heart, with
the whole soul, comp. Ps. 17, 1. Job 8. 11.
Ez. 22, 29. 2 Chr. 30, 18 they did eat the
passover 3>ir33 K^a without (doing) as
it was wiilten. In the same sense is said
a j<b. as "''3 sb without (man's) hand
job 23. 20 ; C"D:3 xb not with silver, i. e.
not so as to obtain silver. Is. 48, 10. Syr.
uo P? without, d) not by or wilh, comp.
a of the instrument and cause. B. 2. c ;
Job 30, 28 / walk darliened nrn xbs
but not by the sun. In some instances
also xba is put concisely for xb ~u;x3 ,
as Is. 55, 2 nr3ib xbs/or (that which)
satisfelh not. Jer. 2, 11.
2. Conj. with ful. in that not, i. e. so
that not. Lam. 4, 14 ssa"! ^ibr^"^ xba
cn"'C3b3 so that (men) cannot touch
their garments.
B) xbn nonne? is not? etc. Gen. 4,
7. 20, 5. job 1, 10. Num. 23. 26 ; aimon?
1 K. 1, 11 ; implying an affirmative an-
swer, and xbn is often therefore nearly
i. q. -.n, n:n. "lo! behold! 1 Sam. 20, 37
nxbm T^i2iz "'snn xbrtfo.' the arrow is
beyond thee. 2 Sam. 15, 35. Ruth 2, 8,
Prov. 8, 1. 14, 22. 22. 20. Job 23, 13
(parall. nxi). Hence for xbn in the
books of the Kings, we find in Chron.
often nsn. e. g. 2 K. 15, 36 en xbq
-EC bs c-'aiirs lo! they are itiitten in
the book. etc. comp. 2 Chr. 27. 7 ; so 2 K.
20,20. 21, 17, comp. 2 Chr. 32, 32. 23, 18.
etc. Very rarely both particles stand
together ; as can xbn 2 Chr. 25, 26 ;
nsn Xibn Hab.'2, 13.' See Gesch. d.
Heb. Sprache p. 39. The LXX also
often render xbn by l8ov Josh. 1, 9. 2 K.
15, 21. In Samar. and Rabbinic xbn is
common for nin. Arab. ^| , ^JO.
C) xbb 1. in not, i. q. without, once
2 Chr. 15, 3, pr. in the not having.
2. as though not, Job 39, 16, see in ^
A. 13. Elsewl^ere also for xb it'xb , Is.
65, 1. Job 26, 2. 3.
Note. By a certain laxness of ortho-
graphy, xb is occasionally written for
ib to hrm, according to the Masorites
fifteen times in all. Ex. 21, 8. Lev. II,
21. 25, 30. 1 Sam. 2, 3. 2 Sam. \% 18.
Ps. 100. 3. 139, 16. Job 6, 21. 13. 15. 41,
4. Ezra 4, 2. Prov. 19, 7. 26, 2. Is. 9, 2.
63, 9. Vice versa also "ib is put lor xb
1 Sam. 2, 16. 20, 2. But several of
these examples are doubtful.
V once nb Dan. 4, 32 Chethibh
i. q. Heb. xb
i<b
607
ab
1. not, no, nan, Dan. 2, 5. 9. 10. 11. 3,
12. 14. Kbn aHon? ib. 3, 24. 4, 27.
2. nothing, Dan. 4, 32.
"^57 i^' (no pasture) Lo-debar, pr. n.
of a town of Gilead, 2 Sara. 17, 27 ; writ-
tea in c. 9, 4. 5 nan ib.
'''Dy S55 (not my people) Lo-ammi,
symb. name of a son of Hosea, Hos. 1, 9.
niariT iJS (not compassionated, r.
fcnn) fjo-ruhamah, symbolical name of
a daughter of Hosea, Hos. ], 6. 8. 2, 25.
2bs5 obsol. root, kindr. with aii,
Snb, fo burn, and thence /o thirst,
Arab. u>^ mid. Waw. to thirst. Hence
naixlsFi thirst.
* nsjb ia Kal only fiit. nxb^, apoc.
1. to be wearied, exhausted, i. q. ^7^,
where see for the origin. Chald. nxb
and nrb id. Syr. I}J id. Aph. sll..f.
Job 4, 5 but now it (calamity) is come
upon thee, 8<bn] and thou faintest. With
b c. inf. to labour in vain, not be able,
Gen. 19, 11.
2. lo be weary of a,ny thing, to take ill,
Job 4, 2.
NiPH. i. q. Kal, but more usual.
1. to be jceanj, e.vhaicsted, to faint ;
Part. fern, nxb? weary Ps. 68, 10. Espec.
to labour in rain, Is. 16, 12 ; c. inf Jer.
20, 9. Also to weary oneself sc. by vain
labour, Jer. 9, 4.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be weary of any
thing, to take ill, to be grieved, with inf.
Is. 1, 14. Jer. 6, 11. 15, 6; inf c. b Prov.
26, 15 it grieceth him (the sluggard) to
bring his hand again to his mouth. In-
tens. to disdain, to loathe, Ex. 7, 18.
Hi PH. fi5<br! 1. to make weary, Jer.
12, 5. Ez. 24, 12.
2. to weary out, to tire one's patience,
Is. 7, 13. Mic. 6, 3 ; comp. Job 16. 7.
Deriv. nbijri, also
''^? (wearied) pr. n. Leah, the elder
daughter of L;iban and wife of Jacob,
Gen. 29. 16 sq. 30, 9 sq. 34, 1.
*^^^ i. q- l^J'b and 'cr-h, to wrap
around, to muffle, to cover. 2 Sam. 19, 5.
Comp. Sanscr. bid. Gr. h'e&o), hiv&uyu),
Lat. lateo. For axb Job 15. 11, see un-
der BX .
l3Sb i. q. xih part. Kal from r. B^ib q. v.
12X5 adv. softly, gently, see B .
* "=1^5 obsol. root ; Arab. liilST Conj.
IV, also Eth. \KH\,to send a messenger,
'1'Aa^ (to be sent), to wail upon, to
minister, A?\5l a minister, servant.
Kindred are ~bn , Xy^l .
Deriv. TixbtJ, nsxba, PiWJtbia.and pr.
n. 'sxbo.
^^^ (of God sc. created, comp. Job
33, 5.) Lael, pr. n. m. Num. 3, 24.
^*5? obsol. root, of doubtful signifi-
cation ; Arab. J^ is to agree, to be
congruent. Perh. cxb may be softened
from cnn, *S^\, signifying to make a
noise, whence cnn multitude, and pr. n.
cnnsx ; comp. snn , csn .Hence
Ciib m. c. suff. "laxb, 'aisb Is. 51, 4;
plur. c-isxb .
1. a people, nation, only poetic, Prov.
11, 26. 14, 28 ; Plur. Gen. 25, 23. 27. 29.
Ps. 7, 8. 9, 9. al.
2. Plur. Leummim, pr. n. of an Arab
tribe, Gen. 25. 3; supposed to be the same
with the 'Allovfiaicjtai of Ptolemy 5. 7,
^1? m. (r. rab) c. Makk. "Sb, c. suff.
''sb. rjsb , plur. riab ; also
-^? m. constr. 3:b, c. suff. ''Sab,
crn^b ; plur. niaab i Chr. 28, 9, c. suff.
once inaab Nah. 2, 8.
1. the heart, so called as being covered
2 '
with fat ; see the root. Arab. ,^, Syr.
llall, Eth. A-ft, id. 2 Sam. 18, 14. Ps.
45, 6. al. As the heart is the central
point for the blood, and the seat of life,
it is often put :
a) i. q. Ui3 (Hom. (pQivtc) anima. life,
the vital principle. Ps. 84, 3. 102, 5. Jer.
4, 18, comp. CE3 in v. 10. Hence the
heart is said to live, to recreate itself Ps.
22, 27 ; or to be sick Is. 1, 5 ; and even
to sleep and wake Ecc. 2, 23. comp. 8,
16. Cant. 5. 2. Also to stay the heart is
to refresh oneself with food and drink,
see iro. Ex. 9, 14 ?(2b-bx upon thy
heart, i. e. upon thee, thyself
b) Further, with the Hebrews as in
Kng]. the heart is the seat of the /ec/-
ings. affections, and emotions of various
nb
508
nb
kinds : e. g. of love, as Judg. 5, 9. 16, 15
thy heart is not with me, i. e. thou lovest
me not ; (contra, to love with all the
heart, Deut, 4, 29. 6, 5 ;) of confidence,
Prov. 31, 11; contempt, Pro v. 5, 12;
joy, Ps. 104, 15 ; sorrow, Neh. 2. 2. Ecc.
7, 3 ; contrition. Ps. 109, 16 ; bitterness,
Ps. 73, 21 ; despair, Ecc. 2. 20 ; security,
ib -jisa Ps. 57, 8. 108, 2. Poetically
there is also ascribed to the sorrowful
a heart sick, waiinded, grieved, Prov. 13,
12. 14, 13. Is. 61, 1 ; to the timid a heart
which melts, Is. 13. 7. Deut. 20, 8 ; to the
inflexible and obstinate a hard heart (see
:m;5, rnina) like a stone Ez. 11, 19.
36. 26, not circumcised Lev. 26, 41. The
words too by which we utter or express
those feelings, are poetically ascribed
to the heart; and thus the heart is said
to cry out, Hos. 7, 14 ; to lament. Is.
15. 5; to pant, to sigh, Ps. 38, 9. Also
to pour out the heart is i. *q. to pour out
one's feelings in tears. Lam. 2, 19. Es-
pec. heart is put for fortitude of mind,
courage; so ) nT n\ bold, courageous.
1 Sam. 17, 32 T'bs n-iN ^\ bfi'^-bK let no
man's heart fail, etc. Gen. 42, 28 ss*]
Dsb and their heart went forth, their
courage failed. 2 Sam. 7, 27. 17, 10.
.Jer. 49, 22. Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6]. Firmness
of heart is also put for the same, Job 41,
15 [24]. Commotion, agitation of mind
:seems to be implied in Job 15, 12: "Mp
Tjsb Vjn;?'" whither doth thy heart carry
thee away 7
c) In reference to the mode of thinking
and acting, i. e. to disposition and char-
acter; in which sense there is ascribed
to any one a clean heart, Ps. 51, 12;
sincere 1 K. 3, 6 ; faithful Neh. 9, 8 ; up-
right 1 K. 9, 4 ; also on the contrary, a
heart perverse Ps. 101, 4 ; contumacious,
froward, Prov. 7, 10 ; deep, i. e. hidden,
crafty Ps. 64, 7; ungodly Job 36. 13;
also double-minded men are said to
Bpeak with a double heart or mind, Ps.
12. 3 I'^a'i": ab; :ba ; comp. contra, 1 Chr.
12, 33 abj ab sba with one heart, sincere-
ly. Further, a heart or mind that is
wide an-i Prov. 21, 4, great b-ia Is. 9. 9,
high nah Ez. 28, 5, signifies pride ; but
the former also denotes ^'oy. Is. 60. 5.
d) As the seat of loill. purpose, deter-
mination. 1 Sam. 14, 7 'I'^X'ba n^29
tjaaba do all that is in thy heart, what
thou wilt or hast determined. Is. 10, 7
iaaba T'jst'nb to destroy is in his heart.
Is. 63, 4 the day of vengeance "'aba is in
my heart, i. e. 1 have decreed it, will
bring it to pass. So a thing is said to be
^ab DS in my heart, i. e. I have purposed
it,' 'l k. 8, 17. 18. 1 Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2.
2 Chr. 1, 11. 29, 10. "^aaba i. e. after my
own heart, to my own pleasure, 1 Sam.
13, 14. Ps. 20, 5 ; so -^aba Jer. 3, 15,
''aaba l Sam. 2, 35. Also "^ab-bs Neh.
7, 5.' Ecc. 11, 9 r^ab ^anna r)bn walk in
the ways of thy heart, follow out your
own desires, will.
e) To the heart is also ascribed binder-
standing, intelligence, wisdom, (comp.
S *
J>J heart, intellect, Lat, cor Cic. Tusc.
] . 9. Plant. Pers. IV. 4. 71, also corda-
tus i. e. discreet, prudent.) and even too
the faculty of thinking. Is. 10, 7. 1 Chr.
29, 18. 1 K. 10, 2 she (the queen of
Sheba) spaite with him all that was in
her heart, i. e. all she knew. Judg. 16y
M he told her all his heart i. e. all he
knew. Ecc. 7, 2. Hence one is said to
be aab can wise of heart Job 9, 4, comp.
1 K. 10, 24 ; et contra ab non void of
understanding, foolish. Prov. 7, 7. 9, 4.
ab ^tJ3St viri cordati, men of understand-
ing, intelligent. Job 34, 10. 12, 3 -^b-ca
C3i?2a aab / too have understanding as
well as you. ab na strength of under-
standing Job 36, 5, spoken of the infinite
wisdom of God. A fat heart, i. e. cover-
ed over with fat, is put for a dull and cal-
lous understanding. Is. 6, 10 ; see in '"O^.
The consciousness of right and wrong
the Hebrews expressed by : the heart
knorceth, is conscious to itself Ecc. 7, 22.
f ) Trop. heart is put for self like ttJBa
no 5. in the formulas "iaba -.rs , iaabb 'x,
iab'bx 's , to say in or to one^s heart,
i. e. oneself; see in ins no. 2, also in
la-i Pi. no. 1. f.
2. Metaph. heart, for the middle, midst,
inner part. e. g. of the sea, Ex. 15, 8 ; of
the heavens, Deut. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 18, 14
nbxn aba ??? the midst of the terebinth.
So xu^dia Tf/ yr/g Matt, 12, 40.
3^ and Mb Chald. m. the heart, i. q.
mind, intellect. Dan. 4. 13. 7, 4; c. euff.
^ab 7, 28 ; r,aab 2, 30. 5, 22 ; naab 4, 13.
5, 20. 21.
sb
609
^nb
*>7^ and '^^ obsol. root, whence
are derived X"a^ , 'ib . k=1j . lion, lioness.
Prob. onomntopoetic, imitating the sound
oflowiiig, roaring, Ukc old Germ, liuwdn,
leuen, Engl, to low, whence Germ. Leu,
LOwe, comp. Gr. Xioiv, Lat. leo.
^""^^1 (lions, see 'aV) Lebaoth, pr. n.
of a city of Simeon, Joeh. 15, 32; more
fully riixab n^a 19. 6.
^^i in Kal not used. prob. to be fat.
The primary idea lies in the slipperiness,
lubricity, of fat things ; which notion is
expressed by the syllables ab, C|b ; see
abn to be fat, C^bn, C]bD, pb-r, to be
smooth, slippery; Sanscr. Up illinere.
Hence ab , aab , nab, the heart, as
covered with fat, and therefore called
also abn q. v. no. 1. b. Also r'ia''ab q. v.
NiPH. denom. from aab . pai^s. of Pi. no.
1, to be without heart, i. e. to want under-
standing. Job 11, 12 aab7 a^taj tu-iNi
'l^r ="7^ *^'?.? "^y.": f^'ii man is^ hollow
(empty) and xcanteth understanding ;
yea, man is born like a wild ass's colt,
signifying the weakness and dullness
of human understanding in comparison
with the divine wisdom. There is a
paronomasia in the words a^i:: and aa^"' .
To this interpretation, which alone
accords with the context, I have formerly
objected, that there was no example of
the privative power of Piel thus transfer-
red to Niphal ; but this objection is re-
moved by examples in Arabic, as JuO
in hepate Isesus est, hepate laboravit,
i^yjS^ in hepate laesus. Others com-
pare Syr. - \ '~\\ cordatum fecit, animum
addidit; Ethpa. cordatus, confortatus
est ; and render thus : bid the foolish
vian will become wise, (when) the wild
ass's colt is barn a man. i. e. never ;
contrary to the dignity of the Hebrew.
Piel aab 1. Denom. from aab . to rob
one of his lieart. i. e. to ravish the heart,
spoken of a maiden. Cant. 4. 9. Comp.
on this species of denominatives, Heb.
Gramm. 51. 2. c.
2. Denom. from ma'^ab , to make fat
cafces, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 8. See nia-'ab.
^5? heart, see under ab .
^^) Chald. see in Chald. ab .
43*
*1?^ alone, see la.
* ^^^ see r. ab ,
^3^ f contr. for r\zr\)>Jlame, Ex. 3, 2;
as b->a;?^ for b-^ajTH-i .Others derive it
from r. aab, abas Samar. to shine, to
give light, kindr. with anb .
nab f. (r. aab) the heart, Ez. 16, 30 ;
plur. niab Ps. 7,' 10. Prov. 15, 11.
npiab see njab.
"0^2^ and TD25 m. once with fem.
signif 3ce no. 2. R. ttJab .
1. a garment, vestment, i. q. IJa and
mostly poet. Job 24. 7. 10. 31, 19. 38, 9,
Ps. 22, 19. 45. 14. Prov. 27, 6. Jer. 10, 9.
Spec, a splendid garment, Job 38, 14
llj^ab i^:3 laarn-ji and (all things) stand
forth as in splendid attire, i. e. the
earth as illumined by the morning sun;
comp. E.sth. 6. 9. 10. 11, Is. 63, I. Trop.
of the skin Job 30, 18 ; of the armature
or scales of the crocodile Job 41, 5.
2. Metaph. a wife, spouse, Mai, 2. 16.
Freq. in Arab. comp. Kor. Sur. 2. 183
wives are your garment, and ye are
theirs; so the words -wX. and vjLj,
to put on a garment, and also to lie with
a woman. See more in Schultens Ani-
madv. ad Ps. 65, 14.
T^^sb Chald, i. q. Hebr. no. 1. Dan.
3, 21.
* 1^?^ in Kal not used, Arab. ialJ
to throw upon the ground, to prostrate.
NiPH. to be thrown down, to fall, to
perish, Prov. 10, 8. 10. Hos. 4. 14.
"^^5 m. (r. sab) a lion, not found in
sing. Plur. m. cxab lions Ps. 57, 5;
fem. rixab lionesses, c. suff. T^nixab
Nah. 2. 13; see X-'ab.
^"^^r a lion, pr. a lioness, so called
from their roaring, see r. xab ; a poetic
word. Gen. 49. 9. Num. 24, 9. Deut. 33,
20. Job 4. 11. 38, 39. Is. 5, 29. 30, 6. al.
Arab. sLp, x^^j Svp, also sly, etc.
lioness; Copt. A^SOI I'on. lioness, and
also a bear. Bochart, in Hieroz. I. p.
719. supposes this word to denote, not
the male lion, but the lioness ; and this
rests on good grounds, though different
from those assigned by him, viz. a) It
^Ib
510
snb
is coupled with other nouns denoting a
lion, where it can hardly be a mere sy-
nonyme, Gen. 1. c. Num. 1. c. Nah. 2, 12.
Is. 30. 6. b) The passages in Job 4, 11
and 38, 39, accord much better with a
lioness than with a lion, c) In Ez. 19, 2
the letters S'^ab certainly imply a lion-
ess, and the pointing N*:^ savours of
grammatical artifice. d) The masc.
termination is no objection, since there
are many names of female animals with
masc. endings ; as "ilPiJ she-ass, bn^ ewe,
T5 she-goat.
i<^=l^ f. Ez. 19, 2 a lioness; see ^''i^
lett. c.
fT^3''3^ f plur. (r. 25b) a species of
cakes prepared in a frying-pan, prob.
with fat, q. d. fat-cakes, perhaps a kind
of omelet or the like, fried in fat; 2 Sam.
13, 6. 7. 8. 10. Sept. y.oXlv(ji8sg, Vulg.
sorbitiuncula. Hence the denom. verb
Pi. isb no. 2, q. v.
Ca^, see n-issb.
| ^ 1. ^0 fee irAtYe, in Kal not used,
-eee "jab, nssb. Hence Arab, ^^jj milk.
2. Denom. from iiJab . to make bricks,
Gen. 11, 3. Ex. 5, 7. 14. Arab, r^ id.
HiPH. 1. Causat. to make white, me-
taph. to purify, to cleanse from the filth
of sin, Dan. 11. 35.
2. Intrans. to become white. Ps. 51, 9.
;is. 1. 18. Joel 1. 7. On verbs of colour
in Hiph. see Heb. Gramm. 52. 2.
HiTHP. to purify or cleanse oneself
Dan. 12, 10.
Deriv. "sbo, and the nine here fol-
lowing (without '|2b).
1^^ adj. fern, nsab 1. white, Gen. 30,
35. 37. Ex. 16, 31'. 'Lev. 13, 3 sq. Zech.
1, 8. White raiment was worn on fes-
tive occasions. Ecc. 9, 8 ; conip. Hor.
Sat. 2. 2. 60. Ep. 2. 2. 3. 4.
2. Laban. pr. n. a) The son of Be-
thuel, an Aramsean, the father-in-law of
Jacob, Gen. 24, 29. 60. c. 29-31. b) A
place in Arabia Deut. 1, 1.
15? i. q. "|3b no. 1, white, constr. "lab
Gen, 49, 12."
J?^ in the phrase "isb Pin-b? Ps. 9, 1.
.Here eiome take '|Sb as a pr. n. Liabben,
of one of David's enemies ; others regard
b as servile and "3 as the pr. n. of a Le-
vite, as in 1 Chr. 15, 18. Some moderns
suppose "sb rfia to be the name of a mu-
sical instrument. Better to read rnisbs
"|2b as in many Mss. with virgins' voice
(nrbj' by Ps. 46, 1) for the boys, to be
sung by them ; "3 being taken as col-
lective. See "ia no. 3.
HDnb f. (r. ',ab) 1. the white, poet,
for the moon, as nan for the sun, and
G
Arab. -j moon, from .^jj to be white.
Cant. 6. 10. Is. 24, 23. 30, 26.
2. Lebanah, pr. n. m. Ezra 2. 45. Neh.
7, 48.
^rf? f (1*. 'ab) a brick, a tile, dried
in the sun or burnt, Gen. 11, 3. Ez. 4, 1.
Plur. c-'Jab Gen. 1. c. Ex. 1, 14. 5, 7 sq.
Is. 9, 9. al. So called from the white and
chalky clay of which bricks were made,
as described by Vitruv. II. 3. Arab.
6-f6|So.
^j-J, ,^^, jj^, id. Comp. 'jaba.
^5^^? m. (r. *ab) a species of tree or
shrub, so called from the whitish colour
of its bark or leaves. Gen. 30, 37. Hos.
4, 13. According to the Sept. and Arab,
in Gen. styrax, storax, called in Arab.
^aaJ ; according to the Sept. in Hos.
and Vulg. in Gen. Ifixr], popuhis alba,
the white poplar. See Celsii Hierobot.
I. p. 292. Michaelis Supplera. p. 1404.
Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 263.
^r^. ' (f- 1?^) 1- whiteness, clear-
ness, transparency, Ex. 24, 10.
2. Libnah, pr. n. a) A city in the
plain of Judah, the seat of a Canaanitish
king, afterwards assigned to the priests
and made an asylum, Josh. 10. 29. 12,
15. 15, 42. 2 K. 8. 22. al. b) A station
of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33,
20.
rahb and npinb E Or. XltSavog, ha-
vanoc, Arab. j^LaJ, Syr. )2JaA^.
1. frankincense, Lev. 2, 1. 15. 5. 11.
24, 7. Num. 5, 15. Is. 60. 6. al. So called
from the white colour which marks the
purest frankincense, Plin. H. N. 12. 14
or 32. It is (bund not only in Arabia, Is.
60, 6. Jer. 6, 20 ; but also in PaU'stine
according to Cant. 4, 6. 14, unless id
5ab
611
tfab
these latter paesagea the word is to be
understood of other odoriferous plants.
Used chiefly for burning incense. See
Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 231 sq. Rosenm.
Alterthumsk. IV. p. 153 sq.
2. Ijebonah. pr. n. of a city near Shi-
loh, Judg. 21. 19. Now Liibban^ see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 90.
11235 J in prose always with the art.
Tisain l K. 5, 6. 9. Ezra 3, 7 ; poet.
witliout it, Ps. 29, 6. Is. 14, 8 (comp.
Ps. 29, 5) ; but also with it, Is. 29, 17.
33, 9. Cant. 4, 11. 15 ; pr. n. Lebanon,
I-"?
Libanits, Gr. yli^avog, Arab. ijU-y >
Syr. ir^, a celebrated mountain on
the confines of Syria and Palestine, de-
scribed as abounding in cedars (see
Tnx), vines Hos. 14, 8, and various kinds
of fragrant plants Cant. 4, 11. Hos. 14,
7. It consists of two lofty parallel ridg-
es, of which the western one is called
xat i^o/yjt', Lebanon. Libanus ; while
the eastern ridge bears the name of
Anti-Lebanon, and in its high southern
part, that of Hermon, Ti"^H q. v. [The
whole eastern ridge is called by the
Arabs Jebel esh-Shurkhjeh ; while its
southern part or Hermon, as having
uporrit ice in its ravines for a great part
of the summer, takes the name o? Jebel
eth-TheJj, snow-mountain ; but more
commonly that of Jebel esh-Sheikh.
The name '["isall Lebanon comes from
the whitish colour of the limestone rock ;
bee Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 439. R.]
The valley between the two ridges of
Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon is now call-
ed JutfijJt el-Bukd^a ; different from
which is the Tiss^n rrpa the valley of
Lebanon Josh, ll', 17. 12,'7, see in nrpa .
See Reland Palsestina I. p. 311. Burck-
hardt's Travels in Syria, p. 1 sq. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 236 sq. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 344, 345, 439.
''Wb (white) Libni, pr. n. of a son of
Gershon, Ex. 6. 17. Num. 3. 18. Also
as patron. Libnite Num. 3, 21. 26, 58.
Wnb,see rja^ -limo.
ITSb and "^^ Lev. 16, 4. Ps. 93,
1 ; fut. irab^ , imper. ttJab .
1. to put on a garment, i. e. upon one-
self; Arab. Jl*xl, Syr. ' * ri\ , Ethiop.
A^n A , id. With ace. of garment, Lev.
6, 4. Jon. 3. 5 n'';5b isJab*] and tlicy put
on sackcloth. Gen. 38, 19. 2 Sam. 14, 2 ;
to wear 2 Sam. 13, 18. With br of the
member Lev. 6, 3 ; once c. a Esth. 6, 8,
as Lat. 'induit ee veete,' and Arab.
lujjj c. ace. et \^ . Absol. to clothe
oneself, Ilagg. 1, 6. Part. pas. S'ab,
dab, clot/ied, with ace. Ez. 9, 2. 3. Dan.
10)5. Zech. 3, 3, comp. 1 Sam. 17, 5.
Prov. 31. 21 ; or with gen. having the
art. B^'nan diab Ez. 9, 11. 10, 2. 6. 7.
Dan. 12, 6. 7.
2. Trop. in various senses : a) Ps.
104, 1 nraV -inrji nin splendour and
majesty ha.fl thou put. on, sc. as a gar-
ment. Job 7, 5 nan 'iba cab my body
hath put on worms, is clothed or covered
with worms. Ps. 65, 14 -,x'sr? n''''= ^'^'^^
the pastures are clothed with flocks.
B"'3-in rab clothed, with slain, i. e. lying
in a confused heap of the slain, and
covered by them, Is. 14, 19. b) Often,
to put on or be clothed with shame, i. e.
to be covered with it. Job 8, 22. Ps.
35, 26. 109, 29 ; cursing Ps. 109. 18 ;
righteousness Job 29. 14 ; terror E-/.. 26,
16 ; astonishment Ez. 7, 27 ; salvation,
welfare, 2 Chr. 6, 41. Ps. 132. 9 ; strength
Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. etc. Comp. the Home-
ric formulas, dviiv uXxyiV II. 19. 36 ; tVi'i;-
a&iu (aXxi'iV 20. 381 ; iTiiirvvij&tti uXnr,v
Od. 9. 214. There is a play upon this
twofold use of the word in Job 29, 14:
lyrab'^ ^r'-?^ PI? ^ P^''^ o?i righteous-
ness, and it put me on, i. e. without I am
clothed with righteousness as a gar-
ment, and within it fills me wholly. In
like manner the Spirit of the Lord ia
said to put on any one, i. e. to fill him. to
come upon or enter into him. Judg. 6, 34.
1 Chr. ] 2. 18. 2 Chr. 24, 20 ; comp. Luke
24, 49. Comp. the Syr. phrase U4ua
; ^'-'V Satan has put thee on, i. e. has
entered into thee, Ephraem 0pp. Syr.
II. 504, 505.
PuAL part. B'^tJabTa Ezra 3. 10, and
n-^naa c^cab^ 1 K. 22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9,
clothed in (royal or priestly) robes.
HiPH. to put on a garment upon an-
other, to clothe in or with any thing j
with two ace. of pers. and garment j
Gen. 41, 42 ttJis '''3?? "irx nab^i and
clothed him with vestures of fine linen.
iflsb
612
jm5
Ex. 28, 41. 29, 5. 40, 13. 14. 1 Sam. 17, 38.
Ez. 16, 10. al. With ace. of garment
and Vr of the member, Gen. 27. 16 the
skins of the kids i"^"!^ bs mr"'a^n she put
tipon his hands. With ace. of pers. only.
Gen. 3, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 15. Esth. 4, 4.
Trop. Job 39, 19 n^rn iix^:* liiJ-'abrri
hast thou clothed his neck with shud-
dering? i. e. with a mane ; Bee in "^^^n.
Job 10, 11. Is. 50, 3. So to clothe with
temporal salvation, prosperity, i. e. to be-
stow it largely, Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61. 10 ;
<o c/o/Ae (cover) with shame. Ps. 132, 18.
Deriv. t'^iab, tnzb'q, nirabpi.
tJSb Chald. fut. llJ3b.7 to put on a gar-
ment, c. ace. Dan. 5. 7. 16.
Aph. llJ^S^ri, after the Heb. form, to
clothe, with ace. of garment and b of
pers. Dan. 5. 29.
tJSbj see tt5?.ab.
5i' m. (r. 5^b) pr. as it would seem,
* a deep cavity, basin ;' comp. Syr.
?^_i^ basin, dish, Gr. Xdxxo?, hxxog,
Lat. locus, lacuna. Then as the small-
est measure of liquids among the He-
brews, a log, contairiing according to
the Rabbins the twelfth part of a Hin
("ri); oi" six eggs ; equal to about 3-^
gills Engl. LevTl4, 10. 12. 15. 21. 24.
* ""V '^ T /-
-*-*i^ obsol. root. Arab, vvj has for
C
one of its meanings, to be deep, e. g.
a f
water, the sea ; 2J depth of the sea,
abyss. Hence Heb. Sb .
1^ (perh. strife, quarrel, r. Tib) pr.
n. Lod, a large village of Benjamites,
Neh. 7, 37. n, 35. 1 Chr. 8. 12. Ezra 2,
33. Gr. ytvSdu, AiMti, Lydda, Acts 9.
32. 35. 38. 1 Mace. 11, 34. Jos. Ant. 20.
6.2; afterwards Diospolis. Now jj
Ijudd. See Reland Palffist. p. 877. Bibl.
Res. in Palest III. p. 49 sq.
"5 obsol. root, in Arab, to strive,
to quarrel; hence pr. n. Tb, and Tiba
for *T3b"'|a son of strife, q. v.
fl' Chald. nothing, i. q. xb , Dan. 4,
32 Cheth. See in Kb .
rtb Deut 3, 11 Cheth. for Kb not. *
J;; obsol. root, Arab. \J>^. Eth.
AUfl , to burn, to Jlanie. The origin
lies in the notion of licking, lapping,
gliding over, which is contained in
roots beginning with the syllables nb ,
nb , ?b , and is variously transferred (see
under the verb rib) ; especially to flame
which seems hke a tongue to lick, i. e.
to be lambent ; see cnb , and comp.
yluiaara nvQog Acts 2, 3.
Deriv. the three following, and nab ,
nanbc .
^T^^ m. plur. t-^anb Is. 13, 8, consir.
'anb Is. 66, 15.
1. afiame, Judg. 13, 20. Job 41, 13.
ttiwS anb Joel 2, 5. Is. 29, 6. 30, 30;
<ti5< ^r^S Is. 66. 15. Is. 13, 8 c-ianb "^SQ
Cii-JB faces of fame are their faces,
i. e. red and burning (flushed) with
anxiety, agitation ; comp. Ps. 10, 2.
39, 4.
2. flame of a weapon, i. e. glittering
brightness, e. g. of a spear Job 39, 23 ;
of a sword Nah. 3, 3. Hence genr.
blade of a sword Judg. 3, 22.
^^'7?' ^- (> ^nb) constr. ranb Ez. 21,
3 ; plur. nianb Ps. 105, 32, constr. nianb
Ps. 29, 7.
1. a flaw e, i. q. anb but more freq.
Num. 21, 28. Is. 5, 24. 10, 17. 43, 2.
47, 14. Joel 1, 19. 2, 3. Dan. 11, 23. al.
aix nanb flre of flame, i. e. flaming
fire, Is. 4. 5. Lam. 2. 3 ; n'anb tlix id.
Ps. 105, 32 ; Uis nianb flames of fire Ps.
29, 7.
2. i. q. anb no. 2. blade of a spear, its
point or head, 1 Sam. 17, 7.
C-?*?? m. plur. una^ hyofi. Gen. 10,
13, pr. n. Lehabim, a people of Egyptian
origin, i. q. Ca^b Libyans. Comp. on
the affinity of forms IS and ns under
let. n, p. 238. This is prob. the primi-
tive form, since the roots aib, axb, are
doubtless softened Irom anb .
jTh
obsol. root, Arab.
^p-gJ pr. to
be eager, greedy, for any thing ; often
trop. to be eager, zealous, for any thing ;
to hear or learn diligently ; nearly i. q.
Engl, to study. The primary idea is
that of languishing, fainting, ec. from
exertion j see nnb , nnb , onb . Hence
5nb
613
ib
Snb rn. study of letters, learning, as
Aben Ezra \v>ll, Ecc. 12, 12; parall.
with O^^BO nv>D5 the making of books.
Sept. fiflixtj, Vulg, meditatio.
"J? obeol. root, Arab. JlaJ to prc,
fo oppress. Hence.
"inb Lahad, pr. n. ra. I Chr. 4, 2.
'^y to 6c languid, wearied, ex-
hausted, i. q. nxb ; comp. nxs and Hn3.
Tlie origin seems to lie in the idea of
fainting from thirst, when the tongue
is thrust out, and one burns and longs for
drink ; comp. the verbs beginning with
nb, as jnb, nnb. and see further under
the root 5ib , Comp. Lat. langueo, also
Germ, lechen, whence the frequentat.
lechzen. Once, Gen. 47, 13 yix nbni
arnn -^jd^ c^-^s^ fAf /awrf of Egypt
languished, fainted, because of the fam-
ine. Chald. rirth often for Heb. nxb.
*^*Ji in Kal not used, prob. i. q.
Mi~b and anb , pr. /o /tare burning thir.<it ;
hence, as this is a trait of rabid dogs, to
be mad. rabid, like a dog ; to be enraged,
frenzied. Thus.
HiTHPALp. part. ribrtbnTa a madman,
one insane, Prov. 26, 18. Sept. Aldin.
and Symm. nu(}b)fxivoi tempted, driven,
sc. by a demon. Venet. elsoTtu?. A
secondary form, prob. derived from the
idea of insanity, is the Syriac (n.likavi^zf
obstupuit, horruit.
1. t2(_i5 pr. to lick, to lap, see in
*tib ; then to burn, to flame ; Ps. 104, 4
::nb tax flaming f re. So can'b the
flaming i. e. those breathing out fire and
flames, trop. Ps. 57. 5. Syr. Chald. id.
PiEL Knb 1. to make burn, to set on
fire. c. ace. Ps. 83, 15. Is. 42, 25. So of
the breath. Job 41, 13 [21].
2. to burn up. to consume, c. ace. Joel
1, 19. 2. 3. Ps. 106, 18.
Deriv. anb .
* II- ^VJ? i. q. 'Jib, -jxb, (comp. un-
der i"i, p. 238.) pr. to wrap up. to cover ;
then to use secret and magic arts ;
whence D'arjb q. v.
"^rif m. (r. ::nb I ) pr. flame ; hence
glittering blade of a sword Gen. 3, 24.
Comp. 2t^b no. 2.
D'^IrO? m- magic arts, enchantments,
Ex.7, 11, i.q. cob in V. 22. R. onb H.
*^nf in Kal not used. Arab. LaJ to
swallow greedily ; whence jv^ greedy,
an epicure, glutton. Kindr. is enb .
HiTHP. part, crnbr.ia ' things gree-
dily swallowed,' dainty morsels, Prov.
18, 8. 26, 22.
Tj^ therefore Ruth 1, 13; see in "jr; I.
p. 259.
in^ Chald. (in with b) 1. i. q. Heb.
propterea, therefore, Dan. 2, 6. 9. 4, 24.
Hence
2. As an adversative particle, by a
transition like that of Heb. "(Sb , see in
I? p. 474. c. /S, nihilominus, nevertheless,
i. q. but, Ezra 5, 12 ; and so after a nega-
tive Dan. 2, 30 ; i. q. except, Dan. 2, 11.
3, L'i. 6, 8. Some regard this as a dif-
ferent word, made up from N^ and 'in .
S^PO^ f. only 1 Sam. 19, 20, prob. by
transposit. for nbhp (r. bn;?) an assem-
bly, company ; comp. tlie form inbis"!
2 Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Others make 'it
from a doubtful root prtb, Eth. AU*
lo giuvv old, vvhence A.^ presbyter,
prince ; q. d. a senate.
1' twice for xb not, see i<b note,
p. 506. col. 2.
""37 "^^j see "i2'i fcib p. 507.
1', see in i<*h.
^"^ obsol. and perh. a secondary
root, to negative, i. q. X13 q. v. Hence
Stb not, also
^"^^ 1 Sam. 14, 30. Is. 48, 18. 63, 19;
^ 2 Sam. 18, 12 Cheth. elsewhere 1^ ;
see note.
1. Interject, of wishing, i. q. Oh if!
Oh that .' would that ! Constr. with fut.
Gen. 17, 18. Job 6, 2. Imper. Gen. 23, 13.
Prseter. Num. 14, 2 i:na ^h would that
we had died ! 20, 3 >i:s:5 sb . Josh. 7, 7 ;
but with fut. signif. Is. 63, 19 ny-ij^ X?b
tJ^a'S Oh thai thou wouldst rend the heo/-
vens ! Also as merely concessive. Gen.
30. 34 ^(:2"]3 -rn !ib i. q. let it be accord-
ing to thy word. Hence as
2. Conj. conditional, if implying that
the thing supposed does not exist, is not
true, or at least is very uncertain amd
nib
514
nib
o <*
improbable ; comp. CX C, and Arab, aj ,
De Sacy Gr. I. 885. It is followed,
according as the sense requires : a)
By the praeter, Deut. 32, 29 TOSrt ni
rs^t *i^"^2a^ if they were wise (which
they are not), they would understand
this. Judg. 13, 23 ^n"''??:^ ''1 fsn !ib
''^'n''? ^tz^ ^^ if the Lord were pleased
to kill us, he would not have accepted,
etc. 8, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 30. Mic. 2, 11. b)
The Future, Ez. 14, 15 if I shall send
evil beasts upon the land (which I do not
say will take place), . . . 16 . . . these (three
upright men) alone shall be delivered.
In V. 13 is "^3 in the same sense ; while
in w. 17. 19, the conditional particle is
wholly omitted, c) A Particip. 2 Sam.
18, 12 :|03 r|bi< IBS h'S hj:iQ "^rbx flbi
'lai ^"^1 nbtix 8<b even if I shoidd have
weighed out to me a thousand shekels
(which no one will do), yet would I not
put forth my hand, etc. Ps. 81, 14. d)
la;;, Num. 22, 29. Comp. isb^b. An
example ofaposiopesis is Gen. 50. 15 >lb
irjDii sistjaiy*^ if now Joseph shoidd per-
secute us! what then? Sept. well as
to the sense, (iri nors.
Note. As to the origin, Nl- and ^ are
prub. i. q. R"iV , kIj , iiu/i, itunnt: ? aco >it
no. 2 ; which latter was so pronounced
in interrogation as to express desire,
and thus passed over into a particle of
wishing ; e. g. iTp.^"? ''-' shall he not live?
i. e. Oh that he might live ! "^n^ ^h
nonne sit ? i. q. sit ! Comp. Gr. ov in
entreaties, as Od. 7. 22 ovx uv ftot
doftov uvi^iog fjyr,aaio 'jtlxivoov. ib. 22.
132. This view is confirmed by the
analogy of the Syriac ; in which the
various significations of the Heb. parti-
cle are expressed by particular forms ;
thus the primitive negat. is a-^ non,
also nonne? the optative is s*a^ uti-
nam; the conditional Q^f if.
n*!^ obsol. root, i. q. Ssb to thirst ;
kindr. Sfjlj. Arab. id. Hence
Q'^n^b gentile n. plur. 2 Chr. 12,3. 16,
8. Nah. 3, 9, also D^Sb Dan. 11. 43. Liby-
ans, every where joined with the Egyp-
tians and Ethiopians. Comp. B'^afi^.
e } .
Arab. ^yJ Libyan, strictly, 'inhabi-
tant of a dry and thirsty land.' from r.
'Z^h . Comp. I3''*S .
~^^ Lvd, pr. n. of two nations or
tribes, viz.
1. A people descended from Shem,
Gen. 10, 22 ; not improbably the Lydians
in Asia Minor, according to the opinion
of Josephus, Ant. 1. 6. 4.
2. A people of Africa, (perh. of Ethio-
pia.) sprung from the Egyptians, and
accustomed to fight with bows and
arrows, Ez. 27. 10. 30, 5. Is. 66, 19 j also
plur. Dinib Ludim Gen. 10, 13. Jer. 46, 9.
See J. D. Michaelis Suppl. 1418. Bochart
Phaleg IV. 26.
* J^l^ fut. n^b7 1. to fold, to wreathe,
to twine, whence n"ib and rt^b a wreath,
garland, "(i^^'^b a serpent coiling himself
in folds ; comp. TEb . Arab. (< jj to twist
a cord, (CJ to be distorted, Conj. Ill to
coil oneself, as a serpent.
2. to join oneself to any one, to cleave
to him ; pr. to fold oneself around him.
Chald. Sib, Syr. Zab. lais., id. Ecc. 8,
15 it is good for a man to eat and, to
drink and to rejoice, "ibrra ^ii^b"] Kinn
for Ihin will cleave to him. (abiJp \vit.h
him) in his labour; Vulg. hoc solum se-
cum avfert de labore suo. Hence
3. to borrow, q. d. to bind oneself to
any one, Lat. neams est, Neh. 5, 4. Deut.
28, 12. Part, np a borrower Ps. 37, 31.
Prov. 22. 7. Is. 24, 2. Comp. Lat. neocus,
i. e. a debtor given up. bound to serve
his creditor till payment is made, Varro
Ling. Lat. 6. 5. Liv. 2. 27. ib. 8. 28.
NiPH. to join oneself to any one. like
Kal no. 2 ; either in society and friend-
ship Is. 14. 1. Dan. 11. 34. Esth. 9, 27;
or for aid Num. 18, 2. 4 ; or, in respect
to the Deity, for worship Is. 56, 3. 6.
.Ter. 50, 5. Zech. 2, 15 [II]. Conetr. c.
bs Num. 18, 2. 4. al. bx Gen. 29, 34.
Is. 56. 3. al. BS Ps. 83, 9."
HiPH. causat. of Kal no. 3, to let bor-
ro^c, i. e. to lend; with ace. of pers. pr.
'to bind to oneself Dent. 28. 12. 44.
Prov. 19. 17 r^in-' nnbr a lender to Jeho-
vah; also with ace. of thing Ex. 22, 24.
Absol. Is. 24, 2. Prov. 22, 7. Ps. 112, 5.
Sept. 5i'f/b(ii, ixduvfii^ut.
Deriv. n-'ib, .p-^'^b, nils pi, rn"^, Pib
and pr. n. "^^b .
Tib
615
^
"' 1. to bend, to bend aside; Arab.
6^ to bend, to incline.
2. to turn axcay. to depart^ fut. plur.
ItVi c. p. Prov. 3.21.
NiPii. part. T'35 })crverted, i. e. per-
i>er*e, wicked, (romp. n^s. c5f?5,) Prov.
3, 32. Neutr. Tibs perremenees, wicked-
ness, Is. 30. 12. More fully Prov. 14, 2
l"'3^'i T"ib3 perverse in his ways^ and 2,
15 DPibarisa c^tibj id.
HiPH. fut. !iT-i"i inflected in the Chal-
dee manner (like "J"!?'^ from "ilb). i. q.
Kal no. 2, /o turn array, to depart, Prov.
4, 21. See Heb. Gr. 71. n. 9.
T15 m. 1, As the name of a tree or
shrub bearing iiut.s. Gen. 30, 37; either
Go? S^o^
the almond-tree, Arab. J , 8\J , Syr.
I'la^ ; or /Ae ^ar^Z. Chald. T^b almond
or hazel. Interpreters are divided ; but
the former seems the more probable.
The etymology is hardly to be looked
for in the Semitic dialects. It seems to
be softened from a })rimitlve form, which
the Armenian has preserved in engies,
Lat. mix, old G^irm.hnuz; and which
the Heb. also exhibits in another man-
ner (dropping n) in tIjx nut.
2. Luz, pr. n. a) An ancient city of
the Canaanites, called also bx n''3 Beth-
el as the seat of a sanctuary, see n^a
no. 12. b. Gen. 28, 19. 48, 3. Judg. 1,
23 ; with n loc. nrb Gen. 35, 6. Josh.
16, 2. 18, 13. b) Another in the dis-
trict of the Hittites, founded by an in-
habitant of the preceding. Judg. 1. 26.
* 'n'^J obsol. root. Arab. _^ to shine,
to glitter; comp. Ifvx6g,yluvx6g; Itva-
(T(a, yXotvaaot ; Lat. lux, Germ, leuchten,
Engl, to lighten. Hence to be polished,
smooth.
Deriv. nsib , n-^rjiib .
H^^ m. plur. n'nsib, ninb, a tablet,
table. Syr. ^o^. Arab, ^yi, Ethiop.
ACD'tF, id. a) Of stone, on which any
thing is inscribed or cut in, '"X rhb Ex.
24, 12. 31, 18, and c^JSX Pnb 34,'l. 4,
tables of stone; r-'-ian rmb Deut. 9, 9.
1,5, n^nsn rhb Ex. 31, 18, the tables of
the covenant, of the law. b) Of wood,
a board; ninb a^ia? hollow made with
hoards Ez. 27, 8. 38, 7 ; sculptured 1 K.
7. 36. So o\' tablets for writing, covered
perh. with wax. Is. 30, 8, Hab. 2, 2. Of
the valce of a Iblding-door Cant. 8, 9.
Dual n^rinb the deck of a ship, which
seems to have been double, Ez. 27, 5.
c) Trop. Prov. 3. 3 upon the tablet of thy
heart, comp. Jer. 17, 1. 2 Cor. 3, 3, and
the diXjot (f^tfbiv of iEschyl. Hence
rr'nib^ with art. n'^niin (made of
boards, prob. having boarded houses,)
Luhith. pr. n. of a Moabitish city. Is. 15,
5. Jer. 48, 5.
IDTyb, with art. tn^kr] (enchanter, r.
lanb) Lohesh, JIallohesh, pr. n. m. Neh.
3, 12. 10, 2.5.
* t3lb 1. i. q. axb, cnb II. to wrap
up. to muffle, to cover ; Arab. ^^ id.
Part. act. :3ib covering Is. 25, 5. 7 ; also
ab intrans. covered, clandestine, whence
i:^a privately, secretly, Ruth 3. 7. 1 Sam.
18, 22. 24. 5 ; once as^a Judg. 4, 21.
Part. pass. f. niitb wrapped up 1 Sam.
21, 10.
2. to do or act secretly ; hence Part,
plur. C^-b .secret arts, magic arts, sor-
cery, Ex. 7. 22. 8. .3. 14; for which C'jnb
7,11. Seesnbll.
HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1, 1 K. 19, 13.
Deriv. ab, oib, pr. n. Iljib.
t315 m. 1. a covering, veil; Is. 25, 7
ts'^arn-ba-bs cjiiin ai^n the covering
(muffler) which covers all nations, which
covers their face, makes them sad.
2. Lot. pr. n. the son of Haran. Abra-
ham's brother. Gen. 13, 1 sq. 19. 1 sq.
the ancestor of the Ammonites and
Moabites. who are therefore called the
children of Lot, Deut. 2, 9. Ps. 83, 9.
3. As the name of a fragrant gum;
see in w'b .
T9^' (covering) Lotan, pr. n. of a son
of Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 29.
"'") ? m. (a joining, r. rtjb) Levi, pr. n.
of the third son of .Tacob by Leah, Gen.
29. 34. 34. 25. 35. 23; the head of the
tribe of the Levites, ''lb "^ra. who were
set apart for the worship of God. and of
whom the family of Aaron (7"'^*? f^"*?)
possessed the right of the priesthood.
Also patronym. (for "'T'lb) a Ijcvite, Deut.
12. 18. Judg. 17, 9. 1 1. 18, 3. Plur. D^'sib
Levites Josh. 21, 1 sq. al. ssep.
''lb 516
*'t!^ Chald. plur. emphat. i*!:;^ the Le-
vites, Ezra 6, 16. 18. 7, 13. 24.'
^^"l? f. (r. i^^^) a wreath, garland,
Prov. 1, 9. 4, 9."
IC't'?'? (from n^l^ with adj. ending "i^,
like'in dni brazen fr. ndn3 , liPli??, ir.
n^iTS.) pV. an animal icrenlhed, gather-
ing hseK infolds, see r. nib no. 1. E. g.
1. a serpent, espec. a large one .Tob 3,
8 ; see in r. iis Pil. So Is. 27, 1. as the
symbol of the hostile kingdom of Ba-
bylon.
2. Spec, the crocodile, Job 40. 25 sq.
3. a sea-monster, Ps. 104. 26. Trop.
for a cruel enemy. Ps. 74, 14; comp.
V?n Is. 51. 9. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2. 3. See
Bochart Hieroz. P. II. lib. V. cap. 16-18.
*b^b obsol. root, kindr. with bbj,
i. q. Engl, to roll. Germ, rollen, to wind.
Hence hrh,-h^h,bi?.
^"^ m. plur. c-'^ib, winding stairs, 1
K. 0, 8. Chald. id.
'^^'^ m. (r. ^!i^) only in phir. rixb^b ,
defect, n-isbb , constr. r'sVs (after the
form C^xn^l q. v.) loops, corre.sponding
to the hooks or taches (c'D'^p) in the
curtains of the tabernacle. P'x. 26. 4 sq.
36, 11 sq. Sept. uyxvlm, Vulg. ansid(.
Sb'.b Gen. 43. 10. Judg. 14, 18. 2 Sam.
2, 27. Ps. 27, 13 ; elsewhere always
"^bl^, (comp. from 6 7/ and X^, ''b,
i. q. 5<b not,) a conditional conjunct, ne-
gat. if not, i. e. unless, implying that
the condition has a real existence, and
therein differing from xb nx ; compare
also under Nib no. 2. With Prset. Gen.
31 42 ""b n'^n . . . "^2X "^n'sx "'biib unless
God had been for me. Is. 1, 9. 1 Sam.
25. 34. 2 Sam. 2, 27. With Fut. Deut.
32J 27. With Part. 2 K. 3, 14 rsB "'iib
KtiS ''3N liETl'in^ unless I regarded the
presence of Jehoshaphat, etc. With rr^n
impl. Ps. 94, 17. 119, 92. 124. 1. 2. The
apodosis sometimes takes tx, 'tX, Ps.
119,92. 124, 3; ^3 Gen. 43. 10.
* "1^^ and T^, pr.Tt. "b Gen. 32, 22.
2 Sam. 12, 16, fern, nib for njb Zech. 5,
4, 1 plur. !isb Judg. 19, 13 ; inf constr. c.
pref. "(ibb Gen. 24, 25 et soepe, also *)"'bb
ib. V. 23'; Imper. T> Judg. 19, 6. 9, ^pb ,
irb Ruth 3. 13. Joel 1, 13; Fut. ^b^,
y^\c\, apoc. "ibn 2 Sam. 17, 16, iVn Judg.
pi
19. 20. Job 17, 2 ; conv. ib^n Gen. 28, 11.
32J 14. Part. plur. s-^sb Neh. 13, 21.
1. to jyass the night, to remain over
night, to lodge, kindr. with b^b , nb'jib ,
flight, b and ) being often interchanged,
see lett. b. Not found in the kindred
dialects. Gen. 19, 2 and often ; see the
examples above quoted. Spoken also
of things which are kept over night,
e. g. food. Ex. 23, 18. 34. 25. Deut. 16, 4.
Lev. 19, 13 the wages of the hireling
shall not remain with thee all night until
the morning. Poet. Job 29, 19 the dew
lay all night upon my branches. Cant. 1,
13. Also inchoat. to stop for the night,
to turn in ; Ps. 30, 6 at evening weeping
may come iJi, but in the morning there
is joy.
2. to abide, to remain, to dwell, comp.
Arab. yyU to pass the night, to continue
in any state. Is. 1, 21. Ps. 25, 13 his life
abides in good, he enjoys constant pros-
perity. 49, 13 V^t* ^? ^i^"'^ ^^'J^ y^''
(such a) ma?i in honour abideth not, his
honour is not permanent. Job 41, 14 in
his neck dwelleth strength. 17, 2. 19, 4
yea, be it so. that I have en^ed. "fbn Tis
'rj^C^ with myself abideth mine eri'or,
\. e. / have erred, not you, and I alone
suffer the consequences. Prov. 15, 31.
NiPH. to show oneself obstinate, to be
stubborn, from the idea of remaining and
persisting, taken in a bad sense ; hence
to murmur, to complain, with bs against
any one. as a people against their leader,
Ex. 15, 24. Num. 14, 2. 17, 6. Josh. 9, 18
Keri.
HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer.
4, 14 how long wilt thou let thy vain
thoughts remain with thee ? i. e. cherish
them.
2. i. q. Niph. pr. to show oneself obsti-
nate, to be stubborn, with bs against any
one ; hence to murmur. Prajt. Dnbbn
Num. 14, 29 ; Fut. conv. ib^? Ex. 17. 3 ;
elsewhere always with the first radical
doubled in the Rabbinic manner (see
Lehrg. p. 407. Heb. Gr. 71. n. 9), as
siri-^ , irbn Ex. 16, 8. Num. 14, 36. 16,
11 Keri; Part, n-^r^^ Num. 14, 27. 17.
20. This mode of flexion is found only
in this signification.
HiTHPAL. isibnn, i. q. Kal no. 2, ?
91, 1. Job 39, 28.
Deriv. Tiba,n3!ibn,rij!ibn.
y^b
617
T^b
?^5 fo ttwallntp fp'eedUy, to suck
down. Obad. 16. Hence 5^ gullet, swal-
low. Syr. ^O^ and ^^^ to lick, to suck
up. For 15b Job 6. 3, see r. nsb .
PiL. ybyb to mck up blood, Job 39. 30
[33], if we read i?bsb for i"by^; see in
r. 5b5 .
Note. J. D. Michaelis long ago appo-
sitely remarked, Supp. p. 1552. that the
syllable sb expresses the sound of swal-
lowing greedily^ sucking down ; and this
signification is found in many Semitic
roots in which sh constitutes the first or
primary syllable, e. g. 5b^ to lick up, to
swallow, usb (Arab, fjhxi . (iXaJ) to
eat eagerly and daintily, ^ ns\ Ethpe. to
devour greedily, yxi greedy, an epicure,
ufljJ, jojlI. ;3x-I, to lick, to eat
eagerly ; ^ ras\ , y*oti , to eat ; Syr.
l^aX, Ua:^^:^, li^a^, Uv^o^i., the
jaw. A similar power belongs to the
kindred syllables sb, nb, nb, as csb to
taste, jei., ^^yA^, to lick; T^nb (Pj^b)
to lick, snb to swallow down, and cnb to
eat, ;3^- ^^^j LK^j fj*^ ^^ ''^k)
2nb and I2nb to lick, to be lambent as
flame, i. e. to flame ; corap. Sanscr. lih
to lick, Gr. i-fl/b), li/^uam, Xi;(rsvoi, Lat.
LinGo. LiGurio, transp. GuLa, deglu-
tio, Germ, lecken. Engl, to lick, and with
a sibilant prefixed Germ, schlucken,
schlingen. See Pott Etymol. Forsch.
I. p. 283.
To these may be added a large class
of Semitic roots, beginning with the
syllables sb, nb, nb, which denote va-
rious motions of the tongue ; e. g. to
gape, sc. with open mouth and tongue
thj-ust out, as in burning thirst and mad-
ness, see nnb, nnb, anb, nxb. Germ.
lechen, lechzen, comp. 2nb , ^xb , 3!ib ;
also to vibrate the tongue and hiss, in the
manner of serpents or of those speaking
in a whisper, see ttJnb ; to stammer, to
speak barbarously (unintelligibly) and
ineptly, comp. J?b where see more, nrb,
\ju , ^sb, lirb. The Greeks expressed
the ideas of eating daintily, and of stam-
mering or senseless babble, by the syl-
lables la. lam, lab, lap, led, comp, Xuta
to lick. kd^Qog, Xiifivqoq voracious and
loquacious, lafiog, i.ai^6q gullet, Xa/xUt
44
the voracious (Lamia, man-eater, 'iiyO.
GhAlnh, see in n'^b'^b). XunTbi, btffvavta.
Comp. Lat. lambo, labium. P;rR. y^^
lip. Germ. Lippe, Engl, lip, also to lap,
and vulgar Germ, labbern schltibbern,
svhtappen. Engl, to slabber; also htltu.
Germ, lallen. The signification to de-
ride, to mock, which comes from the
idea of stammering (see in r. asb no. 2),
was expressed by a transposition, as in
yihioi, /Ati''?.
Y^^ pr. to stammer, to speak unin-
telligibly, comp. asb, and the note under
Sib . Hence
1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign
tongue, since those who speak in a for-
eign language seem to ignorant persona
merely to chatter unintelligibly. See
Hiph.
2. to deride, to mock any one, pr. by
imitating his voice or mode of speaking ;
comp. Is. 28, 10. 11, and arb. Corresp.
is Sanscr. lad, Lat. ludere. Gr. Xuad-t]
derision. Prov. 9, 12. Part. "I'b a
mocker, scoffer, scorner, i. e. a frivolous
and impudent person, who sets at nought
and scoffs at the most sacred preceptsi
and duties of religion, piety, and morafey
(comp. nt.) Ps. 1, 1. Prov. 9, 7. 8. 13, 1.
14, 6. 15, 12. 19, 25. 22, 10. 24, 9. Is.
29, 20.
Hi PH. 1. to act as interpreter, to in-
terpret, from the idea of speaking a for-
eign tongue, comp. Kal no. 1. Part^
^'^b^ an interpreter Gen. 42, 23, where
Sept. well kQurjvBVTTj?, Onk. 'j'CSi'iira.
Hence also intercessor, internuncius,
messenger, 2 Chr. 32, 31. Is. 43, 27;
y^hTZ r,xbT5 Job 33, 23 the interceding
angel, i. e. interceding with God for
men, ^Baixrjq, tutelary, comp. Matt..
18, 10.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to deride, to mock,
c. ace. Ps. 119, 51. Prov. 14, 9. Job 16,.
20 ; c. dat. Prov. 3. 34.
PiL. part. plur. D^ssib scomers, for
d-^SSib^ , Hos. 7, 5. See Lehrg. p. 316.
HiTHPAL. 7:iibnn to show oneself a
mocker, i. e. frivolous, impudent, Is. 28,.
22.
Deriv. V^b, ns'^ba.
* IT^b pr. to knead with the hands or
feet; kindr. tin, also TS27, tin'n. Hence
1. to knead dough, c. ace. Jer. 7, 18.
izj^b
>18
nnb
Hos. 7, 4 ; absol. Gen. 18, 6. 1 Sam. 28,
24. 2 Sam. 13, 8. Syr. and Chald. id.
Ethiop. A^tL id. Hence
2. to be Jirm, strong ; whence t'"""' lion.
Arab, vijjj strengtli. vi)!^ mid. "1 e
III, V, to be firm, strong.
ID'I^ Jjiish, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 3, 15
Cheth. See la-^b no. 2. c.
n^^ Chald. (r. ni^, like r-jp, r:^) .
pr. adhesion, connection ; but passing
over into a Preposit. hy. with, like Syr.
J^qIu. Ezra 4. 12 r^T\f> ,?: from tcitJi
thee, i. q. Heb. ^53"t3, Fr. rfe cAes toi.
tb see Tin.
^ p obsol. and doubtful root, i. q.
Tt^ ; whence perh. niib'.
">|^ see fiT^n.
1Tb see Vi\r\.
^^ : ^- perverseness, frowardness,
Prov. 4, 24. R. ntb or T^? q. v.
J^' adj. (r. nrt) plur. Qinb with Dag.
forte impl. see Heb. Gram. 22. 1 ; pr.
moist, and hence green, fresh, e.g. wood
Gen. 30. 37; Ez. 17, 24. 21, 3; grapes
Num. 6, 3 ; spoken also of new cords or
ropes, Judg. 16, 7. 8.
In5 m. (r. nnb) freshness, vigour,
Deut. 34, 7.
* nnb obsol. root. Eth. AlhP to be
T T
^i>, beautiful ; prob. pr. ^o 6e new, fresh,
nearly i. q. nn^ , and spoken of theyresA
colour of the cheeks. Hence "'n'? cheek.
Dinb or Qinb m. (r. cnb) 1. What-
ever is eaten, food, meat, Job 20, 23
iain^a "i^'^S "^i^??? o'*^ shall rain upon
them with his food, i. e. God will send
upon them what shall be their food, fire
and brimstone, the divnne wrath ; eomp.
Ps. 11, 6. The phrase to rain with food,
ninbs, is here poetic, i.q. to send down
food in rain, as we also say: It rains in
or with large drops, i( rains large drops.
2. flesh, body, Zeph. 1, 17 ; wliere for
fiasinb other Mss. and editt. read Z'sxh
as if from a form ch^ . Arab. J-i. flesh.
* '^'j^ obsol. root, to he moist, fresh;
Eth. AfhAlh to moisten, see Ludolf
Lex. in Syllab. p. 635; in both edilione
of the Lexicon itself this word is omit-
ted. Chald. r\\r\h id. nrob, r-nib,
rinnbnb moisture, freshness, vigour.
Kindr. is nnb . Hence nb, nb.
Th I (r. nnb) in pause "vh, c. sufT.
rnb job 40. 26';'Dual c^^nb Deut. 18, 3,
constr. '^nb Is. 30. 28, c. sutf. ~p:nb Ez.
29, 4, but cronb Hos. 11, 4.
1. the cheek, so called from its fresh
colour, see the root; Cant. 5, 13. Lam.
1,2. So "nb by 's r^zr] and 's '.'^nb nzn,
to smite one up&n the cheek, or to smite
the cheeks of any one, in chastisement
or insult, Mic. 4, 14. 1 K. 22. 24. Job
16, 10 ; comp. Lam. 3. 30. Is. 50, 6.
2. the jaw-bone. Job 40, 26. Ps. 3, 8
inb 'iz'iN-bs-rN n-^sn thou hast smitten
all mine enemies as to the jaw-bone, an
image drawn from ravenous beasts,
which are thus rendered harmless. So
the jaw-bone of an ass, Judg. 15. 15-17.
Dual Deut. IS, 3. Ez. 29, 4. 38, 4.
Arab. , _^ id. 2Ua> beard.
3. Lehi, pr. n. of a ditatrict on the bor-*
ders of Piiilistia, Judg: 15. 9. 14. 19 ; fully
V. 17 "^nb n^n the height or hill of Lehi
(the jaw-bone), prob. so called Irom a
chain of steep, craggy rocks ; just as
single rocks are called teeth, see 'j^.
So jaw-bone for a mountainous tract
in the Chald. pr. n. 2NTO n*nb for Heb.
riXi^ ->r, Michaelis Suppl. p. 1453. The
sacred writer himself (v. 17) seems toi
refer this name to the throwing away of
the jaw-bone ; as if written Tib nan-,
from r. n72'n to throw.
*'^'1J? inf ip\, f. q. ppb, to lick,
Germ, lecken. Arab. ^iXjL, Syr. j "^
Pe. and Pa. id. In Kal once, of an ox
which gathers the grass with his tongue
before biting it ofi^ to lick up herbage^.
to feed off. Num. 22, 4.
PiEL TjnV to lick, to feed by Ticking,
as the ox, see in Kal; comp. Arab.
lu*^ to lick up pasture or Ibdiicr, as
cattle. Num. 22,4; sp>ken of fire I K.
18; 38. "iBT 'qnb to lick the dust, Jiyper-
bol. of one who prostrates himself as a
suppliant, Pe. 72, 9. Mic. 7, 17. Is. 49, 23.
* Q^J^ fut. cnb7 1. to eat, to take
food, (kindr. with cnb and D2b to taste.
Dnb
519
cinb
ee note under Sib.) i. q. ir, but used
only in poetic style ; with ace. of fi)od
Prov. 4, 17. 23, G; with a to eat of any
thing, Prov. 9. 5. Ps. Ul,'4 ; nbsol. of a
meal Prov. 23, 1. Metaph. to consume,
Deut. 32, 24 Ci'Sn 'o^nb devoured by
pestilence.
2. to fight, to war ; Part, cnb one
fighting, i. q. an enemy, foe; with nx
of pers. with whom Ps. 35, 1 ; c. b 56, 2.
3; more usual in Niph. Soldiers in
war or battle are hypcrbolically said to
devour their enemies, as Joshua the
Canaanites, Num. 14, 9 fin i:rnb they
shall be our bread; and the sword
also is said to devour (bsx) Ez. 21. 33.
Is. 1, 20. Ar
ab. 1^ to b
e slain in bat-
tle, pr. to be consumed; also kjiojo to
chew, Conj. II to fight, Pers. jj^ r^^r*
man-eater, spoken of a fierce warrior;
also Horn. nToUftoio fiiya atoftu II. 10. 8.
Niph. Dnba, fut. nn^-i, conv. en's*;;, inf
absol. onis , i. q. Kal no. 2, to fight, to
wage war, to contend, in a recipr. signif
like Gr. iiuxtvitin, Fr. se battre. Absol.
Judg. 5, 19. 1 Sara. 17, 10 ^^;) ^'^|? that
we may fight together. The pers. with
whom is put with a Ex. 1, 10. Num.21,
26. al. sa^p. cs 2 K. 13. 12. 14, 15 ; nx
(nx) 1 K. 20, 23. Is. 37, 9 ; bx Jer. 1, 19".
15. 20 ; by Neh. 4, 8 ; also in the ace. ac-
cording to some, but in part of the exam-
ples "PX with a noun signifies with, as
Judg. 12, 4. 2. K. 9, 15. and elsewhere
tnix is for OPiX . as Josh. 10, 25. 1 K. 20, 25
comp. V. 23. Once c. sutf, i2^':n):il they
war against me. The pers. for whom
is put with b Ex. 14, 14. 25. Deut. 1, 30 ;
bs Judg. 9. 17. 2 K. 10. 3. So too, cnbs
^"sa Judg. 9, 45 and n-'S b? to fight
against a city, to besiege it. Is. 7, 1.
2 K. 19, 8. Jer. 34, 22. 37. 8 ; so with
OS Josh. 19, 47. Also nrsnbia nnb: to
war a war. to fight a fight or battle,
1 Sam. 8, 20. 18, 17. al.
Deriv. cnb, nnb, osinb, Jianba, and
pr. n. "^cnb.
or?? verbal of Piel (r. nnV) war, siege.
Judg. 5, 8 C"!?':? cnb tx then was siege
of their gates, i. e. their gates, cities,
were besieged. Segol for Tsere. which
most Mss. exhibit, is perh. on account
of the constr. state; thou gb other like
examples are wanting. Or, better, we
may read with some Mss. cnb, with tone
retracted; comp. nnrj rnn Prov, 17, 10.
on? of both genders ; m. Num. 21, 6.
f. Gen. 49, 20. R. nnb.
1. food, meat, both for man Gen. 47,
12 ; and beasts Job 24, 5. Is. 65, 25.
Ps. 147, 9. al. seep. Dnb bax to eat food,
to take a meal, etc. see in bax no. 1. c.
cnb cb to set on food Gen. 43,' 31. onb
D-'irJjx see in c:^x no. 1. h. Poet, ObadI
7 Tjsrib for T^anb -"dsx those who eat of
thy food, thy household. Num. 14, 9 see
in r. nnb no. 2. 1 Sam. 20, 24. c-nbx enb
th food of God, spoken of a sacrifice
Lev. 21, 6. 8. 17, 21, 22, So Jer, 11, 19 7?
icnba the tree with its food i. e. its fruit;
6 CI i
comp. Arab. J.^1 food, also for fruit.
Further: a) provision, siiste^iance,
living, Ecc. 9, 11, ntb'd cnb Solomon's
provision, supplies, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22].
'"^n?'"! ^nb the provision of the governor,
his table-allowance, Neh. 5, 14. 18.
b) a meal, feast, as cnb bax see in b:x
no. 1. c. cnb ntor to make a feast Ecc.
10, 19.
2. Spec, a) bread, as in mod. Arab.
^ spec, flesh ; Gen. 21, 14. 25, 34. 28,
20. al. saep. Ci^l cnb bread and water,
as daily and common food, 1 K. 18. 4. 13.
Num. 21, 5. Is. 3, 1. crib -laa a cake
or loaf of bread Ex. 29, 23; but when
there is more than one loaf the Avord
nl-aa is omitted after the numeral (as
"'^i^'4 before riCia and ant), e. g. ''r\'S
cnb tivo ]o3.ves of bread 1 Sam. 21. 4. 17,
17. cnb re see in re , For the phrase
^r-b n-j-:^ 'zt:; see in na^ no. 2. So
'="'22n cnb bread of the presence, Sept.
uQToi ivMitioi, Yu\g. panes propositionis,
Engl, shew-bread, i. e. the twelve loaves
which were set out every sabbath before
Jehovah in two rows upon the table in
the sanctuary, Ex. 25. 30. 35, 13. 39. 36;
comp. Lev. 24, 5-9. Called in the later
books ra-iran cnb Neh. 10. 34. 1 Chr.
9, 32. b) wheat, as that from which
bread is made, bread-corn, grain; comp.
Arab. j*LaJb food. spec, wheat, and con-
tra Gr. aXtog: wheat and also food. Gen.
41. 54. 47, 13. 15. 17. fo-^z^ cnb Jg.
36. 17 ; 28, 28 p-ir cnb . see i'n pp^'no. 1.
tinb
520
tnb
0^7^ Chald. food, a feast, Dan. 5, 1.
Dnb see in D^inb no. 2.
"'''Sn^ a) Gentile n. see ''^n^n n-^a
Belhlehemile, art. n'la no. 12. w.
b) Lahmi, pr. n. of a man in 1 Chr.
20, 5, a passage perhaps corrupted from
2 Sam. 21, 19 C^anx "'"iisn? "^n^x r^'l
injn rr^bj nx "'^n'sn n"^s Elhanan, son
of Jaare-Oreghn (a"'3"X is here doubt-
ful, see in i"'"';) the Bethlehemite. slew
Golialh the Gittite; where, in order to
remove the supposed discrepancy with
the account of David's victory over Go-
liath, the text in 1 Chr. 1. c. stands thus:
Elhaiian. son of Jair, slew Lahmi, the
brother of Goliath of Gath. [Vice versa,
Winer and others suppose the true
reading to be preserved in 1 Chr. and
the passage in Kings to be corrupted ;
Realw. ed. 3, art. Goliath. R.
CDtlb Lahmas, pr. n. of a place in
the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 40 ; where
32 Mss. read Bsn^. Vulg. Leheman,
Engl. Lahmam.
* - ^
('Jf Chald. a root not used in the
verb, to be longing, lustful, like Gr. Xu-
yvog ; pr. to be eager, greedy, like kindr.
onb , cnb , and transferred to sexual de-
sire. Hence
*^r'^r Chald. f. a concubine, Dan. 5, 2.
3. 23. More frequent in the Targums.
* Y'Jt f"t- Tr!^."? 1- to press, to crowd,
Sept. -d^Xij^bh Num. 22. 25 the ass crushed
(ynbn^) the foot of Balaam against the
wall. Hence to crowd out, to thrust forth,
2 K. 6, 32 ; a people into the mountains
Judg. 1, 34; comp. Am. 6, 14.
2. to oppress, to distress, e. g. persons
Ps. 56, 2 ; stningers Ex. 22, 20. 23, 9 ; a
people Judg. 2, 18. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 10, 18.
2 K. 13, 4. 22. Is. 19, 10. Jer. 30, 20.
yn\ 'e y^\ Ex. 3, 9.
Kindred is yni ; also y^X, 7IX, D3!<,
Samar. {^HX, Arab, (joi II, to
press, to distress ; also yi. to press, to
importune.
Niph. to press oneself sc. against a
wall Num. 22, 25, Hence
7^? m. oppression, distress, affliction,
e. g. of persons Job 36, 15. Ps. 62, 10 ; of
a people Ex. 3, 9. With a genitive of
the object, bst'^i^'? 715 the oppression of
Israel, which he suffers. 2 K. 13, 4 ; c.
suff. Deut. 26, 7. Ps. 44. 25. Also, with
genit. of the subject, ni^-ist ynh Ps. 72, 10.
y nb C^a , yrib cnb , bread and water
of affliction or calamity, one's food in
time of distress, 1 K. 22, 27. 2 Chr. 18,
26. Is. 30, 20.
ITmD in Kal not used, to whisper,
Gr. ^)i&v^i^siv, Germ, zischeln, all which
as well as the Heb. are onomatopoetic ;
comp. kindr. llJnJ . Syr. ',4 tt\ to whis-
per in the ear, Arab, jwwki the serpent
vibrates his tongue, hisses ; whence
s ,-Y
luji^ijj hissers, i. e. serpents. Ethiop.
AiTlA id. also to mutter, to speak soft-
ly, for Gr. yQv^M, AA.'^fl A to whisper
in the ear, 't'A.^TjLlrt. to whisper
among themselves.
PiEL ilinb to whisper, to mutter, spec.
a.s magicians or sorcerers their incanta-
tions ; only Part, c^ajnba conjurers, en-
chanters, also charmers of serpents, Ps.
58, 6. Syr. v a m\ Pe. to use enchant-
ment, whence j 4>n mN charmer ot ser-
pents.
HiTHP. to whisper among themselves^
2 Sam. 12, 19 ; with b? against any one,
Ps. 41, 8.
Deriv. pr. n. Oin'ft and
^^? m. pr. a whispering ; hence
1 . prayer, uttered in a low voice. Is.
26, 16.
2. incantation, magic, also the charm-
ing of serpents, Is. 3, 3. Jer. 8, 17. Ecc.
10, 11. Comp. C'JS in art. as. Hence
3. Plur. c-'ltinb Is. 3, 20, pr. charms,
remedies against enchantment, i. e. amu-
lets, superstitious ornaments, often gems
and precious stones, or plates of gold
and silver, on which certain magic for-
mulas were inscribed, and which were
worn suspended from the neck or in the
ears, by oriental females. According
to Kimchi ear-rings, amulets being of-
ten so worn ; and so Luth. and Engl.
Vers. comp. Gen. 35, 4 and the com-
mentators, also Syr. l-*|-e. But eaj^
rings had already been mentioned by
Isaiah in v. 19.
t:b
621
b-'b
t35 part Kal, see in .-. aib.
t3^ (ill Cod. Siimar. and many Heb.
Msa. fully -J'b) Ml. Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11,
Lut. ledum, ladanum, Gr. l{,dov, kuduvov,
a fragrant resinous gum, wiiich is gath-
ered from the leaves of a siirub growing
in the island of Crete, Arabia, and Al-
jfica, xhioi, Cislus ladanifera, Herod.
3. 112. So called perh. from covering
over, concealing, from r. U'b ; comp. "iB3
pitch, from r. "iB3. Si^pt. Vulg. aiuKxi],
slacte, Syr. and Chald. pistacla. Saad.
chestnut. See Celsii Hierob. T. I. p.
280 sq.
>5t:b
f^ obsol. root, i. q. Chald. VcSi
*^ > ^l
i. q. aib to hide; or Arab. UflJ and tit
terr( adh<zsit. Hence
^^^7 ! a species of lizard.'hev. 11,
30. Sept. /if:?airje, Vulg. stellio. See
Boch. Hieroz. I. p. 1073. Zab. fhJ^
lizard.
DTC1t2? (the hammered, the sharpen-
ed) Letitshim, pr. n. of an Arabian tribe
descended from Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. R.
s5-j^ .
* ^^b fut. t-c)i 1. io hammer, to
forge, Gen. 4, 22.
2. ^0 sharpen by hammering, e. g. a
ploughshare 1 Sam. 13, 20; a sword Ps.
7, 13. Metaph. Job 16, 9 "o -pj-ir aj'i::!:^
he sharpenelh his eyes against me, be-
holds me with a stern and threatening
look.
PuAL part. iiJ::^^ sharpened, sharp,
Ps. 52, 4.
Deriv. pr. n. tttJiiD^ .
n^'b for n^ib. contr. for JtiiIj (r. r\'f:>)
a wreath ; only Plur. ri"'b wreaths, fes-
toons, in architecture, 1 K. 7, 29. 30. 36.
b':b Is. 16, 3. Lam. 2, 19 Cheth. once
b"*!? Is 21, 11 (in pause, as b-^n and b-in),
constr. b-^b Ex. 12, 42. Is. 15, 1. 30, 29 ;
but far more freq. with He parag. n5">p
(Milel, see note), in pause nb-^b ; Plur.
nib-'b ; masc. R. b^b. ^ ^ ^ ' ' '^
1. night; Arab. JuJ , '^iX^ , Syr.
jll^, jllii^ii, Eth. AA.^, id. in all
which there is a vestige of the He parag.
as in T^h'^h ; see note. This word is by
many regarded as primitive ; and the
44*
etymology is at least very doubtful. But
aa cr^ day comes from the idea of heat;
so b'^b night may come from that of cold,
viz. as causing one to roll or wrap him-
self in his cloak or bed-covering, r. b^ib.
So nb^b C-S2-JX forty nights Gen. 7,
4. 12. i'k. 19, 8; rib-'b najbd 1 Sam.
30, 12. Jon. 2, 1 ; nb-;b-b=2 ^ere'ry night
Ps. 6, 7, but nb^bn-bs tfie whole night
Ex. 14,20.21. Num. 11/32. al. nnx nb-^ba
in one night Gen. 40. 5. 41, 11. nb^ba
Xiinn in that night Gen. 32, 14. 22. 'xna
"b"'^n at midnight Ruth 3, 8 ; nb^b piiJ-'K
see in ,ittj" no. 2. nb';ib is ci'ia from
rffly-break even to night, i. e. in one day,
Is. 38, 12. 13. !^b^b-,a see in la no. 7.
nb^b ")i"'Tn vision of the night, noctur-
nal' visiou.' Job 4, 13. 20, 8. 33, 15; r'n-\z
nb-jb id. Gen. 46, 2 ; nb^b cibn noctunml
dream Gen. 20, 3. nb^b nns nocturnal
terror Ps. 91, 5. By night is expressed
in Heb. by nb-^b Gen. 14, 15. Ex. 13, 22 ;
whence nb^bl z.'zi^ by day and night
Ex. 13, 21. 'Lev. s' 35. Num. 9, 21, and so
O'i"'; "b7b night and day Is. 27, 3, nb7b
ori-i'-'i 34, 10. Jer. 14, 17. Poet, nb^'ba
Job 24. 14. Ps. 42. 9. 77, 7. 88, 2. Y19",
55, nib-^b Ps. 16. 7. mbiba Cant. 3, 1.
Also with art. nb^bn adv. this night, to-
night, (like oi'ii ithis day, to-day.) Gen.
19, 5. 34. nb'i'ba as by night Job 5, 14.
2. Trop. a) For calamity, adversity,
miser]/, comp. T^ain, Is. 21, 11. Job 35,
10. Mic. 3, 6. Arab. JuJ misfortune,
Schult. 0pp. Min. p. 74. "b) For Sheol,
Hades, Job 36, 20.
Note. The form Mb^^ with He parag.
signifies pr. by night ; but by degrees
came also to stand for the time when it
is night,'' and so for night itself; in the
same manner as nasj, ri3"iB:, pr. the
region towards the south, towards the
north, are then put for the south, the
north, whence "jlESa , <"i35i3 ; comp.
cci'^a. Indeed the paragogic ending
became so closely united with this sub-
stantive, that in Chald. and Syr. it was
retained as a radical letter, and passed
over in the stat. emphat. into ^ . Hence
N^'^^b Chald. m. night, Dan. 2, 19.
5, 30." 7, 2. 7. 13. Often in Targg.
n^b'^bf. (from b^b, r. b^b) pr. noctur-
na, a night-spectre, ghost, a creature
r^
522
T2b
of Jewish superstition, frequenting the
desert. Is. 34, 14. According to the
Rabbins it bore the form of a female ele-
gantly dressed, and lay in wait for chil-
dren by night. Similar are the Greek
and Roman tables respecting the female
^]^^novaa, the ovoy.Eriixv(joi, see Aristoph.
Ran. 293. Creuzer Comment. Herod, p.
267; the Lamice, Striges ; and the Ara-
bian Ghul. Ghulah. ( JjjL't . xJ-Jt .) i. e.
female monsters dwelling in deserts and
tearing men in pieces. Comp. the other
names of spectres, in Heb. e. g. Hfjiibs,
D'^n'^rb. See more in Bochart Hieroz.
T. II. p. 831. Buxtorf in Lex. Chald.
Talmud, p. 1140. Also Comment, on Is.
13, 22. 34, 14.
* "\ ..V
I i see ")>13.
tJ'^b m. (r. la^ib) 1. Poet, a lion, so
called from his strength and courage,
Is. 30, 6. Job 4, 11. Prov. 30, 30. Arab.
^4^, Chald. n^^, Gr. Ats'Hom. II. 11.
239. ib. 15. 275.
2. Laish, pr. n. a) A place in the
northern extremity of Palestine, called
also orb and "'n Dan q. v. Judg. 18, 29;
with n loc. nd-;b v. 7. b) Also with n
loc. f^w'^b Is. 10, 30, a place near Ana-
thoth. northeast of Jerusalem ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 149. c) A man,
1 Sam. 25. 44 and 2 Sam. 3. 15 Keri ; in
Cheth. u;!ib.
TJ' imper. see T^bn init. and no. 7.
* "^z^ fut. nsb'i 1. to take, to catch,
so. animals, e. g. in a net, snares, (pr.
'to strike or hit with a net,' comp. Arab.
cXX) percussit,) Judg. 15, 4. Am. 3, 5.
Ps. 35, 8 ; in a pit, Jer. 18, 22 ; of a lion
seizing his prey Am. 3, 4. Metaph. Job
5. 13 he laketh (snareth) the wise in their
own craftiness. Prov. 5, 22. Jer. 5, 26,
2. to take, to .leize, to get possession
of^ viz. a) to take captive in war, Num.
21, 32. Josh. 11, 12. Judg. 8, 12. b) to
take a city by assault, storm, to capture,
Dcut. 2, 34. Josh. 8, 21. 10. I. 11, 10.
c) to take or occupy a land. Josh. 10, 42,
Dan. 11. 18; also single places, as the
fords of Jordan, Judg. 3, 28. 12. 5. So
Judg. 7, 24 ci5sn-nN cnb nrb^ and seize
the wafers before them, even Jordan.
'd") Other things, as chariots of war,
1 Chr. 18, 4. 1 Sam. 14, 47 Saul took
(nab) the kingdom over Israel. Some-
times with '{O ofpers./rom, whom. 1 Chr.
18, 4. 2 Chr. 13, 19 ; comp. b Judg. 7, 24.
3. to take, to choose any one by lot ;
comp. inx no. 7. Josh. 7, 14 "i^JS ^^t^'fi
Wn^ iisnsb-^ the tribe which Jehovah
taketh, designates by lot. v. 17.
NiPH. 1. to be taken, caught, with
snares, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13. Jer. 48, 44. Ps.
9, 16. Trop. Prov. 6, 2. 11, 6. Job 36, 8.
2. to be taken, captured ; of men Jer
51, 56; a city 1 K. 16, 18. 2 K. 18, 10.
Jer. 13, 28. 50, 2. 51, 31. 41.
3. to he taken by lot. Josh. 7, 15. 16. 18.
1 Sam. 10, 20. 21. 14, 41. 42 [43. 44].
HiTHP. to take hold of one a)wt her. to
holdfast together, to cohere. Arab. JjO
Conj. V, to be joined together, to have
the parts compacted. Job 41, 9 [17]
'''^^^r''? tfi^cy hold together, sc. the scales
of the crocodile. 38, 30 ^nsbni ninn i3S3
the surface of the deep coheres, is frozen.
Comp. tnx no. 4.
Deriv. nilsbia and
*55 xn. a being taken, capture, Prov.
3, 26.
I. nD5 imper. see in T|bH init. and no. 7.
II. TDb for T;b to thee. Gen. 27, 37.
^^^ (a going, journey, for t^^b"^.)
Lechah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of
Judah, 1 Chr. 4, 21. R. "b^ .
^"'P^ (either: the smitten, captured;
or : the tenacious, i. e. impregnable, r.
u:=b) Lachish, pr. n. of a fortified city
(Is.' 36, 2. 2 Chr. 11, 9) in the plain of
Judah, anciently the seat of a Canaan-
itish king. Josh. 10, 3. 12, 11. 15, 39.
Neh. 11, 30. 2 Chr. 11, 9. Is. 36, 2. Jer.
34, 7. Mic. 1. 13. Comp. Bibl. Res. ia
Palest. II. p. 389, 393.
1?^ see ',3 p. 474. c.
^-5 obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr.
Arab. viyXJ? cXXJj vJU: a) to strike,
to smite, b) to adhere, to be tenacious ;
hence, to be diUicult. Deriv. pr. n. ^"^ab .
nisbb see -^bnb.
* T^^ fut. iBb-i 1. Pr. to heat with
a rod, to chastise, espec. beasts of bur-
den ; whence T^^b^ an ox-goad. Arab.
tXJ i. q. ( jj to strike, to beat with a
Mttb
623
arb
rod. Hence to discipline^ to train, to
teach, 8c. beasts of burden, etc. see Pual
Hos. 10, 11; also trooj)s to war, 1 Chr.
5, 18 n-anb'S 'Tiiab trained to war, i. e.
practised, skilled. Comp. Pual no. 2.
2. Intrans. to be trained, taught, i. q.
to learn, e. g. war, Is. 2, 4. Mic. 4, 3.
With ace. Deut. 5, 1. Is. 26, 10. Prov.
30, 3. Jer. 12, 16; with infin. Is. 1, 17;
infin. c. ) Ueut. 14, 23. 17, 19. 18, 9;
verb. fin. with ^ Deut. 31. 12; see Heb.
Gr. 139. 3. a. Also, to accustom one-
self, to be wont, c. bx Jer. 10, 2.
Pi EL Hab 1. to train, to accu^tam.
Jer. 9, 4 thei/ have accustomed their
tongue to speak lies. Ps. 18, 35.
2. to leach, absol. Ps. 60, 1. 2 Chr. 17,
7. With ace. of pers. to teach one any
thing. Ps. 71, 17. Cant. 8, 2 Jer. 32, 33.
Part, isbia a teacher, c. genit. Ps. 119,
99. Prov. 5. 13. With two ace. of pers.
and thing. Deut. 4, 5. 14. 11, 19. Ps. 25,
4. Jer. 2, 33 '^^2^^'^*? ''^1^^ ^"^^"^^'^^
wickedness hast thou taught thy ways.
Ecc. 12. 9. With ace. of pers. and dat.
of thing (pr. to train one to any thing)
Ps. 141. I ; with a in any thing, Is. 40,
14; -,13 of thing Ps. 94, 12 ; inf c. b Ps.
143, 10. Is. 48, 17. Jer. 12, 16; so with
niTjb impl. Jer. 13, 21 rj^'b? cnx "'nnab
C^Bsx thou hast taught them to be lead-
ers over thee, accustomed them to exer-
cise dominion over thee. With dat. of
pers. Job 21, 22.
Pual 1. to be traiiud, accustomed,
taught, e. g. a heifer well trained. Hos.
10, 11 ; of troops (comp. Kal no. 1),
Cant. 3. 8 nianbia n-iabp trained to war,
1. e. expert ; comp. 1 Chr. 25, 7 "^ab^
Tiia instructed in song.
2. to be taught, spoken of that in whic'*
one is instructed; Is. 29, 13 n'^'JS ri^^^
iTiEbia a mere human precept taught,
inculcated, which they are made to learn.
Deriv. Ti:2b , i^bia , T^abn .
^TSb see in "iiab .
rrabj rrnb^ niab. see in na d. 3, 4.
i'Q^ poet, for b, as ias for 3, laa for
a, see "ia ; four times in the book of
Job, c. 27, 14. 29, 21. 38, 40. 40, 4.
bsiiab (of God sc. created, see bjjtb)
Prov. 31, 4, also bs^ttb Prov. 31, 1,
Lemuel, pr. n. of a king otherwise un-
known, prob. not an Israelite, perh. an
Arabian, to whom the moral maxims
Prov, 31, 2-9 are directed.
11125 and TS? adj. 1. accustomed,
used to any thing, Jer. 2, 24. 13, 23;
practised, expert. Is. 50, 4 a^"iiab "liiob
the tongue of the practised ec. in speak-
ing, the eloquent.
2. one taught, a disciple, follower;
ni"Ti ^'iiab the disciples of Jehovah,
prophets. Is. 50, 4. 54, 13 ; pious men
8, 16.
* ^'2 ^ obsol. root. Arab. viJLJ to taste ;
s .^
but sJUJLj a strong youth. Hence
^? Lamech, pr. n. a) A son of Me-
thusael, a descendant of Cain, and the
first to njisuse the arms invented by
his eon. Gen. 4, 18-24 b) The son
of Methuselah, a descendant of Seth,
Gen. 5, 25-31.
"py^ see after "ja .
"jy'ob on account of, because, see 1?a .
?b m. (r. Sib) the swallow, gtdlei,
throat, Prov. 23, 2. Chald. XSib .
* !* 5 in Kal not used, Arab. vS*J
to play, to sport, to jest ; also to jest at,
to mock. Kindr. are asb . trb, see Sib
note. Chald. n"'sb mockery, derision,
nsbnx to mock at. to deride any one,
Syr. ^rn^zf id. Comp. Gr. Ao/5i?, ioa-
^UOUHL.
Hi PH. to mock at, to deride, part. c. 3
2 Chr. 36, 16.
* ;5b fut. ssb-^, pr. to stammer, to
speak unintelligibly, Syr. ^-^^, also
w,^;^, pjd, islil, Eth. A0A.0
and A7\AA stammering, comp. TSb and
see s^b note. Hence
1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign
tongue, see in yib, comp. Niph. By
transpos. Jbs, Arab. ^-Lc barbare lo-
quens. w
2. to mock, to deride, pr. by imitating
the stammering voice of any one in de-
rision. Chald. absb to mock. Comp. by
transp. Gr. ytkuo), also x^f^'V> /i-^vd^oi,
Goth, hlahjan, lahhan, Pers. ^jjutc^
njb
524
^Bb
to jest, Germ, lachen, Engl, to laugh.
E. g. absol. Job 11, 3 ; oftener with h of
pers. and thing Job 9, 23. Prov. 17, 5. 2
K. 19, 21. al. Spec, spoken : a) Of
those who mock at others in distress,
Job 9, 23 ; c. 2 Prov. 1, 26 ; \ of pers.
Ps. 22, 8. Job 22, 19 ; also irb-iiarb';! they
laugh among themselves Ps. 80. 7. b)
Of a scoffer, who mocks at God and reli-
gion. Job 11, 3 ; comp. in 'f^ no. 2. d)
Of one who contemns the threats and ef-
forts of enemies, Ps.2,4. 59,9. Is. 37, 22.
NiPH. to speak in a barbarous or for-
eign tongue, Is. 33, 19.
HiPH. i. q. Kai no. 2, to mock, to de-
ride, Job 21, 3 ; c. b Ps. 22, 8. Neh. 2,
19; 3 2 Chr. 30, 10; ^5 Neh. 3, 33
Deriv. the two following,
i?^ m. 1. mockery, derision, scoim,
Ps. 79, 4. Ez. 23, 32. 36, 4. Meton. for
the cause of derision. Hos. 7, 16.
2. scoffing, i. e. impious discourse, Job
34, 7 ; comp. in I'^ib no. 2.
^?? adj. (r. 5?^) 1. speaking a bar-
barous or foreign tongue; Is. 28, 11
MEb "'J^I^S i. e. as barbarians, foreign-
ers, sc. the Assyrians.
2. a mocker, jester, buffoon. Ps. 35, 16
iiyia "^ar^ pr. cake-jesters, table-buf-
foons, i. e. parasites ; Gr. ^ojjuoxoAwxfc,
xviaaoxoluxfg. So in the Talmud "jiirb
.15*1? cake-talk, i. e. jesting, buffoonery.
* "'5? obsol. root, Arab. jiXI to put
in order. Hence the two following :
^"72?? (order) Laadah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
4, 2\. '
1"?"?- (P^t in order) Laadan, pr. n. m.
a)l'chr. 7, 26. b) 23, 7. 26,21.
* m]?^ i. q. Arab. UJ , -iJ , to speak
rashly, to talk at random, kindr. with
51b q. V. yxi rash discourse. Once preet.
3 plur. Job 6, 3 sir^ "^na-n -jS-bs therefore
were my xrords rxish. 'y^ Milel for ^sh
Milra on account of the pause ; like
npix , in pause ntnx .
T?5 to speak in a barbarous or for-
eign tongue, part. TSib Ps. 114, 1. Comp.
srb, and see ssib note. Syr. )^^ to
speak in a barbarous (spec, the Egyp-
tian) tongue.
^1^ to eat eagerly, to devour; comp.
Sib note. Arab, quadril. Af>f t id. noJii
voracity.
HiPH. to give to eat ; once Gen. 25, 30
K3 iJU-'S^n give me now to eat sc. ea-
gerly, hastily, to devour ; spoken of one
hungry and greedy.
|>^^ obsol. root, Arab. ^^yJlJ to curse.
Hence
^7?? f wormwood, Jer. 9, 14. 23, 15.
Prov. 5, 4. It was apparently regarded
as a noxious or poisonous plant, and
hence called the accursed; see the root,
and Deut. 29, 17. Rev.8, 10. 11. Indeed
bitter herbs were commonly so regard-
ed by the Hebrews ; see Heb. 12, 15.
Trop. of a bitter lot, calamity. Lam. 3,
15. 19 ; bitter injury or injustice Am. 5,
7. 6, 12.
* --V
^rii obsol. root, to flame, to shine,
Gr. kufinb}. The origin lies in lap-ping,
being Za?n-bent, which likewise the
Semitic and Greek tongues express by
the syllable lab. lap. and apply also to
flame ; e. g. -!!<^, 2iib, labium, v^^ lip,
see S^h note. The common radix there-
fore of the Hebrew and Greek verb is
Tib, and the third radical 1 is added in
the same manner as in cs, "as, Gr.
o/joi.; ofi(x8og; a vestige of it appears
also in the Greek lufin/tg, gen. hi^nndog.
From the Semitic isb , declined in the
Aramajan manner IB'cb, came the Greek
lufiub) ; and from T^Esb , Syr. i | t -^vN ,
Chald. 'iC^b , the Gr. Xa/unag, Xu^nudog;
and not vice versa. Hence
Tsb m. 1. aflame Gen. 15, 17. Ex.
20. 18. Job 41, 11. Nah. 2, 5. Dan. 10,
6. al.
2. Gr. Xn[xndg, Lat. lampas, a lamp,
torch, see r. leb. Judg. 7. 16. 20. Zoch.
12, 6. So according to some. Job 12, 5
t!i2 T^eb a torch despised, i. e. thrown
aside because it ceases to give light,
the emblem of a man once in high con-
sideration, but now vile and contemned }
comp. Is. 7, 4, and Comment, in loc.
But it accords better with the parallel-
i.sm to make T'Cb correspond to "''^y'iob
bs-i in the other member : for misfortune
(T>Bb from b and T^D) there is contempt
'ftb
525
npb
in the thought of him that U at ease ; it
(conleinpt) ut prejHifed for those who
slip with the feet ; sco T'D.
mTE? (torches) Ijuppidoth, pr. n.
of the husband of Deborah the prophet-
ess, Judg. 4, 4.
''SE? adj. anterior, front, in front, 1 K.
fi, 17. It is f()rmed from "^30^, as "'DID
from ^0^0 , Heb. Gr. 85. 5 Lehrg. p.
516. See "'seb in n:D lett. D.
^*5 fut. rEb"^. pr. to bend, to turn
to fold. Arab. \,:>aJ to inflect, to turn
away the face ; V. to look back by turn-
ing the head ; VIII, to turn oneself to
any one; Kor. Siir. 11.83. Vit. Salad,
p. 17. 22. 26. Hence, to enfold, to em-
brace, to clajfp ; Judg. 16, 29 P'ob'sT
'^51 "iittJcp and Samson clasped the two
iniddle pillars . . . the one with his right
hand and the other with his left. Sept.
TCfQiilrtfif, Vulg. apprehendens ; Jarchi
XS-iarx i. e. Fr. embrasser.
NiPH. to bend oneself, i, e. a) to
turn oneself around or back, in order
to see. Ruth 3, 8. See Arab, above,
b) to turn aside from a way; Job 6, 18
B3"7'n rin-ix ^rtb"; the wayfarers of their
way turn aside, i. e. those who travel
that way. and turn aside to find those
streams, are disappointed and perish.
jISp m. (r. ^lb) mocking, derision,
scorn, sc. of every thing good and noble,
Prov. 1, 22. Hence lisb "iss i. q. u'^^h
mockers. Is. 28, 14. Prov. 29, 8.
V -^T 'o tnock, a doubtful root, from
which some derive Part. plur. n'^a^b
mockers, scorners. Hos. 7. 5. But this
is rather for n-^s^Pia Pil. of r. pb q. v.
C)?^ (pr- way-stopper, i. e. a fortified
place, r. cj^b) Lakkum. pr. n. of a place
in the tribe of Naphtali. Josh. 19, 33.
* '^12^ once 3 praet. np? Ez. 17, 5 ; fut.
n;?"^, plur. inp^, sinpi ; imper. T\'ph Ex.
29, 1, oftener np . with He parag. nnp
Gen. 15. 9 ; Irif absol. n-pb Deut. 3^',
26. Jer. 32, 14 ; constr. rnp. once "rnp
2 K. 12. 9. with pref rn;^b (to be distin-
guished from rin;?b 2 fern, praet.) c. sufi".
"'nnp.
\.to take. I. q. lotfAjSuro). Comp. Arab.
^M semen recepit camela; Malt, la-
qach, Cut. jylqach to receive as a guest,
VaHsali p. 430. Also by transpos. Arab,
/ii to take hold of each other, to co-
here, see in Hithpael, also Gr. hi/ot, Xay-
j^i'tvbi. Pr. to take with the hand, to lay
hold of ; Gen. 8, 9 Noah put forth hia
hand Hnjs'sT and took her sc. the dove.
Ps. 18, 17.1 Sam. 16, 23. 2 Sam. 22, 17.
Job 40. 24. al. step. With ace. of pers.
and 3 of member or part, Ez. 8, 3 ''?n;r*5
'BX-i r:c-'sa and took me by a fore-
lock of my head ; in Greek it would be
T^? xoprfi, comp. Hist, of Bel v. 36.
Rarely with b of pers. Jer. 40, 2. Then
i. q. to take to oneself, with accus. of
thing or pers. Gen. 8, 20 and (Noah)
took of all beasts . . . and offered burnt-
offerings. 2, 15 and God took Adam and
put him into the garden, v. 21 and he
look one of his ribs. 12. 5. 16, 3. Deut.
4, 20. 2 Sam. 2, 8. al. sa?p. In these
and similar examples n;?b. like the Ho-
meric Xa^tttv (see Vigerus ed. Herm. p.
352), often appears as if pleonastic ;
though it strictly serves to place the
action more fully and vividly before the
eyes. Here belongs also 2 Sam. 18, 18
r2ST2"rit I'^^na "ib^s^i npb cibdast
and Absalom had. taken a column and
erected it for himjself in his lifetime. 1
K. 11, 37 and I will take thee and thou
shall reign. But in Jer. 23. 31 they take
their tongues and pronounce oracles, it
seems to signify that the false prophets
misused their tongues.
To the object is often prefixed yo par-
titive, to take of ^ thing ; e. g. cma npb
to take of the blood i. e. some blood,
Lev. 4, 25. Gen. 6, 21. 28. 11. 43, 11.
The accus. of a pronoun is often omit-
ted, as also after verbs of speaking ;
Gen. 12. 19 behold thy wife T)bT n;5 take
her arid go thy way. 24, 51. 27, 14. 33,
11. The person or thing yrom whom
any thing is taken or received, is put
with iri Gen. 23. 13 ; 1?13 Num. 5. 2^. 1
Sam. 10, 4 ; rs^ Lev. 7, 34. Ex. 25, 2 ;
so too the place whence, with ',13 Gen.
45. 19. Josh. 4, 20 ; b? Is. 6, 6.
Sometimes also a Dat. commodi is
added, ib npb pr. to take to or for one-
self; Gen. 38.' 23 nb npn let her take it
for herself. 14.21. Num.8. 16. xMore freq.
. the force of the pronoun is so attenuated
npb
526
npb
that it is apparently redundant ; Job 2, 8
b'nn ib nisf i and he took him a potsherd ;
espec. in the imperative, Lev. 9, 2 tjV nj^
bss toA-e ^Aee a calf. 15, 14. 29. Ex. 30,
23" 1 Sam. 21, 10. Is. 8, 1. Ez. 4, 1. 3.9.
al. saep. Plur. Q=b wps Gen. 45, 19. Ex.
5, 11. al.
Spec, a) niSX t\ph to take a wife,
Gr. kap^univ yvviuxu, Gen. 6. 2. ]9, 14.
1 Sam. 25. 43; more fully n^T-S ib Hj^b
Gen. 4, 19. Ex. 21, 10 ; n^'xb n^:b? ib n;rb
Gen. 12, 19. Ex. 6, 25. al. Also Hfrb
*i2rb nii"X ^e t(X)k a wife for his son, i. e.
the father gave his son a wife, Gen. 34,
4. Judg. 14, 2. 3. EUipt. Ex. 34, 16
tj-^iab (="'Ti':) i"'rbs^ I^IP^"- I" the
later books the more usual phrase is
nii'N xbj q. V.
b) to taiie. i. q. to take away, sometimes
with force and violence (n]^in3 1 Sara.
2, 16) ; 1 Saxn. 12, 3. Gen. 34, 28. Judg.
5, 19. Jer. 28, 3. al. Hence to take cap-
tive and carry atcay, Gen. 14, 12. 1 Sam.
19, 14. 20. 'b tli2 n-b to take the life
of any one, Ps. 31, U. 1 K. 19, 10. 14.
Prov. 1, 19 ; comp. Jon. 4, 3. Job 1, 21.
Gen. 27, 35 thy brother hath taken auay
thy blessing. Job 12, 20 he taketh away
the understanding of the aged. Gen. 5,
24 C'n'bx irk nph ''^for God had taken
Mm away. i. e. translated him to heaven.
2 K. 2, 3. 5.
c) to take, i. q. to take possession of, to
capture, to seize upon, e. g. a city, hos-
tile country, Num. 21, 25. Deut. 3, 14.
29, 7. Metaph. Job 3, 6 that night, let
darkness seize upon it. Also to take or
captivate one by blandishments, wis-
dom, etc. Prov. 6, 25. 11. 30.
d) to take a person any where, to any
place, etc. i. q. to lead, to bring, to con-
duct, with ace. of pers. and bx of place.
Num. 11, 16 and bring (ririjrb) them to
the tabernacle of the congregation. 23,
27. Job 38. 20. '2 K. 18, 32. Is. 36, 17 ;
bx of pers. to whom. Gen. 48, 9 ; b Prov.
24. 11; be. inf Ex. 14. 11.
e) to take and bring to any one, to
fetch; with ace. of thing Gen. 18.5.7.8.
27, 13. 2 Sam. 4, 6 o-^Bn Tit^'b as if
fetching wheat, as if in order to buy
wheat. 1 K. 17, 11 ; with ace. of pere,
2 K. 3. 15 15:13 'b w;? bi-ing me a min-
strel. Gen. 42. 16. 43, 13. Jiidg. 11, 5.
Am. 9, 2. 3. Often to fetch by another,
to let come, 1 Sam. 16, 11. Gen. 20, 2.
Jer. 37, 17. With '{0 of place whence,
Am. 7, 15. Ps. 78, 70.
2. to take, i. q. dixofiai, i. e. a) to ac-
cept, to receive, sc. any thing offered, as
gifts 1 Sam. 12, 3. Ps. 15, 5. Am. 5, 12;
food, 'b 1*^ Judg. 13, 3. Also of a
buyer receiving wares Neh. 10, 32; of
God as accepting prayers Ps. 6. 10 ; of
a person receiving and following coun-
sel, Prov. 2, 1 'nrx n|?ri ex ^:2. 4, 10.
10,8. 24,32. Job 2V. 22. ' b) to' take in,
to receive ; Gen.4. 1 1 the earth, which hath
opened her mouth to receive (r.Hpb) thy
brother''s blood. So to receive a person
under one's care and protection, Ps. 49,
16. 73. 24. c) to receive, i. e. to get. to
obtain; Is. 40, 2 for she hath received
(nnpb) of the Lord's hand double, etc.
ProV'.g, 7. 22, 25. Num. 23, 20. So Prov.
31, 16 slie considereth afield and taketh it,
i. e. gets it, buys it, Sept. in()luro; comp.
2 Sam. 4, 6. Neh. 10, 32. d) to receive,
to perceive, sc. with the ears, Job 4, 12.
NiPH. nj^bs 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1. b, to
be taken airay, 1 Sam. 21. 6 [7] ; of the
ark as captured by the enemy, 1 Sam.
4, 11. 17. 19. 21. 22 ; of Elijah' as taken
up to heaven, 2 K. 2, 9. Also to be taken
away from life by violence Ez. 33. 6.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. d, to be brought,
c. bx Esth. 2, 8. 16.
PuAL njsb and Fut. Hoph. njs;! ; the
fut. of Piel and prast. of Hoph. being
wanting.
1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be taken, with
,r of that whence, G&n. 2, 23. 3. 19. 23.
Job 28, 2. Ez. 15, 3. Trop. to be taken
up. repeated, as a curse, Jer. 29, 22.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. h, to be taken
away, of things, with '"Q of pers. Is. 49,
24. 25 ; b Judg. 17, 2 ; of persons e. g. to
heaven 2 K. 2, 10, comp. Is. 53, 8. Also
to be taken captive, carried away. Is. 52,
5. Jer. 48, 46.
3. Pass, of Kal no. 1. e, to be fetched,
as things Gen. 18, 4; to be brought, as
persons Gen. 12, 15.
Hoph. fut. see in Pnal.
HiTHP. part. rn;sbrr tax Ex. 9, 24
and Ez. 1, 4, a. fire taking hold on itself,
holding together. continuous, i.e. amass
of fire. Comp. synon. isbrn.
Dcriv. np^-c . rinjs-q . nipb^ , c^nirbis ,
and the two following.
npb
527
^tb
np5 m. c. ButY. -n^jb 1. taking aria,
fair speech, by which the mind of any
one is captivated. Prov. 7, 21 ; see r. npb
no. 1. c.
2. doctrine, learning, knowledge, which
one receives, perceives, learns, see the
root no. 2. c. li. Prov. 1, 5. 9, 9. 16, 21.
Conip. Chalii. ba;3 to receive and to
learn, f^^a^i cabhiita, learning; Gr. na-
QuXitft^it'tyoi, Lat. accipio. Hence so far
as this is conununicated to others :
3. instruction, discourse of a teacher,
Prov. 4, 2. Deut. 32, 2. Job 11, 4.
T'lpr (learned) Likhi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 19. Comp. r\p\ no. 2.
* '^12 ? fut. -^p^] , to take up, to gather
up, to collect, pr. things upon the ground ;
as stones Gen. 31, 46; flowers Cant. 6,
2; manna Ex. 16, 4 sq. Num. 11, 8;
ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2, 8. Poet,
of animals gathering up the herbage,
pasture, etc. Ps. 104. 23. U.sually with
accus. but also absol. as fTiiaa ::pb to
glean in ajield Ruth 2. 8. Arab. ]aJii
to take up. ^sJ gleanings, etc. Syr.
w^i.a!^ id.
PiEL i. q. Kal, to take up, to gather up ;
as ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2. 16 sq.
Is. 17, 5 ; grapes scattered in a vineyard
Lev. 19, 10 ; wood Jer. 7, 18 ; herbs 2 K.
4, 39 ; arrows 1 Sam. 20, 38. Trop. of
money Gen. 47, 14. Usually with ace.
but also absol. as rri'^aa '>ip\ Ruth 2, 3.
17 ; and so Judg. 1, 7, comp. Matt. 25, 27,
PuAL to be gathered, as a people dis-
persed, Is. 27, 12.
HiTHP. to gather themselves together,
with bx to any one, Judg. 11, 3.
Deriv, U^ipb^ and
^1?? m. a gleaning of fields or vine-
yardsl Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22.
D)>5 obsol. root, Arab. (vSJ to stop
the way. Hence pr. n. Cipb .
*Pi5?, 3plur. !|ppb, fut. pV, ono-
matopoet. to lick, to lap. of dogs lapping
as they drink, 1 K. 21, 19. 22, 38. Judg. 7,
5. Kiodr. is ~nb q. v, and see Sib note.
Arm en. ]^\t'l lakiel, to lick, Arab.
S - "' ^^
#sJLiiJ tongue.
Pi El- id. Judg. 7, 6. 7.
* ICj^b in Kal not used ; Syr.
to l)e late ripe, of fruit. Hence ttjipba
the latter rain, and C;rb after-grass,
PiEL to gatlier the late fruits, i. e. to
glean a vineyard ; Job 24, 6 50n D'lS
saSpb"' they glean the vineyard of the
wicked. But some Mss. read lapb .
TD^? m. latter grass, rowen, aftcr-nmth,
Am. 7^ 1. R, oj5b Kal.
"^'^T obsol, root, Arab, JumJ to lick,
to suck; hence
"T05 m, c, suff, ''nuSb , pr, something
usually licked or sucked, something
sweet, etc.
1. juice, sap, as being sucked ; spec.
vital moisture, life-blood, vigour, Ps. 32,
4 "^^"^^ TjEHS my life-blood is changed,
i. e. is dried up.
2. a sweet cake. Num. 11,8 "(iSTSn nifib
a sweet cake made with oil. Sept. f'yx(jig
t'l flitlov, Vulg. panis oleatus. Comp.
ns'D from r. j'^TS .
]'iTDb of both genders, but oftener (em,
Ps. 12, 4. Prov. 6, 2i. al. masc. Ps. 22,
16. Prov. 26, 28 ; constr. V'^^ ; c. suff.
siuib. i:ii;b Ex. 11, 7; plur. ristiJb, c.
suff. cn'riib Gen. 10, 20. II. ',trb .
1. the tongue, both of men and ani-
mals, as the instrument of licking, Ex.
11, 7. Ps. 68, 24. Job 20, 16. 40, 25 [41,
1]. al. Arab. ^TjLJ, Ethiop. AlT,
Aram, "'i'b, ^^a\. Comp. also from
languages not Semitic, Sanscr. rasana,
Armen, "^Clm,) Copt. ^<5.C> and
even Gr. yXwaaa, in which the y is an
addition, comp. Xtvaao), yXumuia; yro-
qpoc, vi(pog; xXcdra, lava, and many others,
Spoken with few exceptions of the
human tongue as the instrument of
speech ; (exceptions are Ex, 11, 7, Ps.
22, 16. 68, 24. Lam. 4, 4. Is. 57, 4. Job
20, 16. 40, 25;) thus Job 33, 2 nnan
isna 'i'icb. Ps. 12, 4. 45, 2. 39.'4;
but Ps. 109, 2 "pffl "lirb i^an they
speak with a lying tongue, (for which
accus. of instrum. see Heb. Gr. 135,
1. n. 3.) Prov. 15,4. 18, 21. Is. 33, 19.
45, 23. al. The words which one is
ready to utter, are said to be either upon
the tongue, 't 'piiba Job 6, 30. Ps. 139, 4,
'b ',it"b bs 2 Sam. 23, 2. Prov. 31, 26 ;
I^wb
528
iirb
or also under the tong^ie, 's )yab nnn Ps.
10. 7. 66, 17, comp. Cant. 4, 11 ; which
phrases seem not greatly to differ in
meaning-, comp. 'upon the lips' Ps. 16,
4, and 'under the lips' Ps. 140,4. With
genit. ip3d "iirb a lying tongue Prov. 6,
17. (Melon, for a lying person, with
masc. Prov. 26, 28.) nis-a '^rdh id. Ps.
52. 6. riizcnn "(i-'b id. Prov. 10. 31.
Also xT n^xhv for a spiteful, malignant
tongue, (or as in Chald. and Zab. ' lingua
tertia,' comp. Ecclus. 28, 15,) whence Ps.
140. 12 Ti;b ui^X a man of tongue, i. e. a
tattler, slanderer. (But "(iirib bsa an en-
chanter, charmer, Ecc. 10, 11.) Jer. 18,
18 come, let us smite him with the tongm,
i. e. as Chald. well, let us bear false
witness against him. Job 5, 21 "iV^:' Sjvj
the scourge of the tongue, comp. tlie simi-
lar figure in Germ, klatschen, Engl, lash,
Fr. coup cle langue. Ez. 36, 3 ye go up
'{\th rsa bs upmi the lips of the slan-
derer's tongue, i. e. are traduced in men's
mouths. Metorv a) i. q. speecli. Job
15. 5 C'^^'^y I'i'^'^ crafty speeches. Prov.
16, 1. b) tongue, ibr language, dia-
lect. Dan. 1. 4 c^^'wS iv3 the Chaldee
tongue. Gen. 10, 5 irttiV^ ^"^'^ '^'^'^^J
one after his tongue, dialect. Deut. 28,
49. Is. 28, 11. Neh. 13. 24. Esth. 1, 22.
3, 12. 8, 9. Arab. jtjUJj (J-**4> '^
Hence c) a nation, people, having a
tongue or language of their own. Is.
66. 18 msUJfem D''i5.n~^3 all nations and
tongues ; see Chald. "i^"?.
2. Trop. of what resembles a tongue,
e. g. a) nnT 'firb a tongue of gold, i. q.
bar of gold. Josh. 7. 21. 24. Vulg. regida
aurea. b) tx -prb a tongue off re, i. e.
aflame of fre, Is.' 5, 24, so called from
its shape and motion, whence also it is
said to lap, to be lambent; see -n^,
Knb , and Virg. Mx). 2. 684. Comp. ylb>a-
aai ojad nvgog Acts 2, 3. Arab. ^jUmJ
s\jJ\, Pers. yiot ^li) zabdni dtesh.
c) OT] y.zb a tongue of the sea, a hay.
Josh' 15, 5. 'l8, 19. Is. 11, 15 ; and simpl.
jiir^n Josh. 15, 2. In Arabian geogra-
phers j^^\ [J^' ^'^P- ^"^1-
'tongue of land,' Germ. Erdzunge.
* "^^^ obsol. root, perh. transp. i. q.
r,b. but intransitive, to throw oneself
down, i. e. to lie, to lie down. Henue
perhaps
nstjb f with He loc. nnsicb 1 Sam.
9, 22; Plur. nisc^ , constr. ni=^'b; a cell,
chamber, pr. bed-chamber ; spoken esp.
of the cells or chambers in the courts of
the temple, mostly at the gates, 2 K. 23,
11. 1 Chr.'23, 28. 28, 12. Jer. 36, 10.
Ez. 40, 17. 44 sq. 42, 13 sq. in which. the
treasure of the temple and every thing
necessary for the temple-service were
kept, 1 Chr. 9. 26. 28, 12. 2 Chr. 31, 5.
11 sq. Ezra 8, 29. Neh. 8, 38 sq. 13,
5. 9 ; where the priests, Levites, etc.
lodged, Ez. 40, 38. 44 sq. 42, 1 sq. 45, 5.
Neh. 13, 4; (comp. 1 Chr. 9, 33;) and
where other persons were rare-ly admit-
ted to dwell or as guests, 2 K. 23, 11.
Jer. 35, 4. 5. Once of an eating-room,
1 Sam. 9. 22 ; also of the chamber of
the king's scribe in the palace Jer. 36,
12. Thrice written n2C3 Neh. 3, 30.
12. 44. 13. 7.
Note. The etymology is uncertain. If
the more common nsiT^ be the primary
form, it may come from r. T\~^ as above ;
and at any rate has no connection with
Gr. liu/rj, as has been suggested. But
as n is more readily softened into I than
the contrary, it may be that nrc: is the
older form ; and this Bohlen derives
from Pers. ,jJL**-iiJ to sit. to sit down,
whence might come LiJ seat, though
this is not found. Others make it by
transpos. for nsap dwelling, from r. ",?10.
See Thesaur. p. 762, 763.
* D^b obsol. root, Arab. 1*1) to taste,
pr. to lick ; see in Ti'b . Hence
DTCb m. 1. A species of ^em. Ex.28,
19. 39,12; Sept. hyvgiov, Yu]g. ligu-
rius, Engl, opal The Ir/vQiov or i.vy-
xoi'Qiov is described as a species of am-
ber, and also as a species oniyacinth;
see Thesaur. p. 763.
2. Leshem, pr. n. of a city, elsewhere
called t-'h and I'n ; see Tn. Josh. 19, 47.
* 1^^ in Kal not used, prob. to lick, to
lap. like the kindr. (j*J \a**J> jV*J>
comp. tti-nb , ^Jt*^
Po. "jOib denom. from "jiC^, pr. to
tongue, i. e. to use the tongue freely,
and by impl. to slander; see yiVih no. 1.
wb
529
n^
mid. Part, with ^ parag. ''ST^ii^ Ps.
101, 5; in Keri '3rb for ':al> part. Pi.
' ' IT I I - I
Arab. ^jmmJ to slander.
HiPH. id. Prov. 30, 10.
ysi Chald. in. tongue., and hence a na-
tion, having a tongue or language of its
own, see 'pCJb no. 1. c. Dan. 3, 4 Stji?^5
KJJieb'! X'SX tribes, nut iotis, and tonirues.
v.'Y. 31.' 5,^9. 6, 26. 7, 14. al. Comp.
Rev. 5. 9. 7, 9. "^
*T'Lb obsol. root, Arab. *a*J to
puncture, to sting, as a scorpion ; m*J
a chink, fissure, perh. of chasms in the
earth; fountains, etc. Hence
yf^ Lesha, pr. n. of a place, Gen. 10,
19; according to Jerome (in Gtusest.)
CalUrrhoe on the eastern coast of the
Dead sea, celebrated for its warm
springs ; see Plin. H. N. 5. 16. Jos. B. J.
1. 33. 5. These springs were visited by
Irby and Mangles; Travels, Lond.1844,
p. 144 sq.
' *^^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. nntj,
Samar. nrj, to spread out a garment;
whence Eth. ?iAd"f a garment, tunic,
perh. wide. Hence nnnbia.
M -T obsol. root. prob. i. q. "J^nJ to
be poured out. Hence
=11^^ m. a measure for grain, Hos. 3,
2; so called from pouring. Sept. rifii-
xoQoq, Vulg. corus dimidiua, accommo-
dated to the context.
^ j5 obsol. root, i. q. kju to strike ;
also to bite, whence nrnbTS bitera, teeth.
To this root some refer the form !|"Pi3
Job 4, 10; but it belongs rather to r. yr: .
13
Mem, the thirteenth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
40. The name W'a probably signifies
water, i. q. C"^^ , and the antique forms
of the letter have a certain resemblance
to waves ; see Monum, Phcen. p, 35, 36.
Its name accords with Gr. Mi) i. e. Phe-
nic. IB water ; in Ethiop. also Mai water.
It is interchanged: a) Often with
other labials, as a and C) , which see ;
rarely with 1 , as nisn, Chald. nipi, to be
astonished. b) With liquids, chiefly
*
Nun, comp. cx, Syr. ^, Arab. ^\^, ^jt;
jfia, Arab. (L^l thumb; d''?aa pisla-
cios, comp. fja^ )^ao4^ pistacia tere-
hinthuslAnn. ys'r\, Arab, ^i^ to be fat;
ania, -njJ threshing-sledge, "jaia and
tsaiO to be hostile, c"' and *''- plural
endinffs. Rarely with b. see in ^ no. 1. c.
For Mem dropped at the end of words,
see Lehrg. p. 138. 524. Comp. the similar
usage in the Language of the Etruscans
und Umbri, in O. Muller'e Etrusker T.
I. p. 56.
45
'? prefix, for TVQ what? where see-
note.
*''? prefix, for '\0 , q. v.
i^Ta Chald. i. q. Hebr. 053 what? also
without interrogation ^"t XO that which.
Ezra 6, 8. Seena.
DISSJ'Q m. (r. tsax) a store-house',,
granary, plur. Jer. 50, 26. Sept. una-
&^xri.
^i^'a ra. (r. l^X no. 3) c. suff. ^i^S^w,.
ilka .
1. Subst. might, vehemence; Deut. 6,
5 and thou shall love Jehovah. thyGod,
with all thy heart, with all thy soidl ibai'
r,nka aiid with all thy might. 2K. 23,
25 ; comp. Luke 10, 27. Is. 47, 9 nassa-.
'^^'^ "'^an tcith (notwithstanding) the
great abundance of thine enchantments^
where connect "ika naS5. Job 35, 15.
Hence a) "nxa "ix'ca with might of
might, i. e. mightily, very eaxeedingly.
Gen. 17, 2. 6. 20. Ez. 9, 9. b) ixa TT
even to vehemence, i. e. very' e.rceedingly^.
Gen. 27, 33. 1 K. 1. 4. Dan. 8. 8 ; wholly^,
utterly. Ps. 119, 8 ; too miich. too e.Tceed-
ingly, Is. 64,8. c) ixaBiTS i. q. 'ika:'!?..
uS-J
530
1J^
but in later Hebrew, 2 Chr. 16. 14; comp.
2 Chr. 17, 12. 26, 15.
2. Adv. pr. ace. as adv. a) mightUy,
vehemently, exceedingly, Gen. 4. 5. 7,
18. 13, 13. 19, 3. al. Often joined with
adjectives and adverbs, as "iN^ ZV^ very
good Gen. 1, 31. nx^; nE^ 12, 14. nann
"1X73 rerT/ mj/c/i Gen. 15, 1. Emphat.
doubled ns^ ns^a Gen. 7, 19. Num. 14,
7. Ps. 46, 2 ix^a x-^^aj rr:3 n-nts Ae
is found a help in trouble mightily, i. e.
a mighty helper. b) speedily, quickly,
as being connected with the exertion
of one's strength ; 1 Sam. 20, 19 -i-^Vi
1X13 come doxcn quickly; Yulg. fesii-
nus. Comp. Germ, bald from Lat.
valde ; Low Germ. s-ujjc/A, Anglo-Sax.
swithe, i. q. valde, Germ, geschwind,
Engl, swift.
* ^^"i? f constr. rx^ ; dual c';'rxo
for c^rxTS ; plur. r'iN'3, rx^.
1. a hundred; Arab. Hjuo and XJue,
Ethiop. <P?i^, Syr. ] jla . If an etymo-
logy be sought, we may compare Pers.
ma, mah, meh, great, much ; of which
also some uncertain traces are ibund in
the Phenician, see Monum. Phoen. p.
152. Lev. 26, 8 est? nx5a a hundred of
you. Ecc. 6, 3. al. With substantives it
is joined variously, and is put : a) Be-
fore substantives in the singular, usually
such as denote things often spoken of in
great numbers ; as nrj rix'3 a hundred
years Gen. 17, 17 ; i'-'X nx^a 1 K. 18,
13 ; also Gen. 23. 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2 K.
23. 33. 1 Chr. 18, 4. al. b) Before sub-
stantives in the plural, usually those
denoting things less frequently spoken
of in great numbers ; as C'^X'^as nxTS a
hundred prophets 1 K. 18, 4 ; C"'^?E 'n
2 Sam. 24, 3. 1 Sam. 25, 18. Gen. 26,
12. c) In the construct in like manner,
though rarely, before nouns sing, and
plur. as "132 rx-Q Ex. 38, 25 ; c-3'ix 'a
V. 27. But. on the other hand, rxts
stands very frequently where the num-
ber one hundred is combined with others;
as ny:i C"<rrcJ^ nra rxia a hwulred and
seventy years Gen. 25, 7. )7. 35, 28;
n3\y rxTD^ t:"<30 t-cn Gen. 5, 6. 18. 25.
28.' 7, 24. 47, 28. Ex. 6, 16. 18. Num.
33, 39. al. d) Rarely and only in the
later books is hKO put after a noun plur.
as nwV^ r^rr-i 2 Chr. 3, 16 ; comp. 4, 8.
Ezra 2, 69. 8, 26.
2. Adv. a hundred times, Prov. 17, 10 ;
constr. rXTa id. Ecc. 8, 12.
3. the hundredth or one per centum,,
so. of money or other things, exacted in
monthly usury ; Neh. 5. ] 1 TDSn rxT3
'iV^'T'. , Vulg. centesima. For the cente-
sima. or one per cent, of the Romans,
see Ernesti Clav. Cic. sub. v. and for
the usury still common in the East, see
Volney's Travels, II. p. 410. Bowring's
Report on Egypt p. 82.
4. Meah, pr. n. of a tower in Jerusa-
lem, Neh. 3, 1. 12, 39.
Dual O'l'nxa two hundred ; put before
a noun sing. Iird C^nx"!: Gen. 11. 23. 1
Sam. 18, 27 ; before a plur. n^bpra '12 2
Sam. 14, 26 ; after a plur. 'o c^W Gen.
32, 15.
Plur. nixtJ a) hundreds, as rixrb by
hundreds 2 Sam. 18. 4 ; riHViTi "i-ib the
captains of hundreds, centurions, Num.
31, 14. 48. 52. Hence 'a cc si.v hun-
dred Ex. 12, 37 ; '12 .1:^^ eight hundred
Gen. 5, 7. etc. b) a hundred, q. d. each
hundred, hundred by hundred, 2 Chr.
25, 9 Cheth. comp. v. 6. Keri rxia . A
rare form of the plur. is Cheth. nrx^o
(ni-^XTs) 2 K. 11, 4. 9. 10. 15. Comp. the
Arabic.
f^^'a Chald. a hundred, Dan. 6, 2.
Ezra 6, 17. 7, 22. Dual l^rXB Ezra 6,
17.
''j^.''? m. (r. n*X I) desire ; once plur,
constr. S'in "'^^IX^ the desires oftJie wick-
ed, Ps. 140', 9.
D1X13 for c>ix , usually contr. T:^n q.v.
a spot, blemish, Dan. 1. 4. Job 31, 7. R.
ClX^.
ntl'^K'a Mil6l (prob. for ri73l no, or
perh. for nta ix na, what or what?
though the etymology is doubtful.) ic/m^-
ever, something, any thing. Num. 22,
38 have I now any power at all "'S'l
iiTjitxa to say any thing? 2 K. 5, 21?
and accept of him ni:txa something.
Oftener with a negat. particle, nothing,
nothing whatever, nothing at all ; e. g.
with xb Deut. 131, 18. Gen. 39, 6. 9. 1
Sam. 12. 5. With r- 1 K. 18, 43 ^ij
nanx^ nothing at all. Judg. 14, 6. Ecc.
6, 13 ;' more fully Gen. 39, 23 nxH j-'X
\S13
631
C^
'a"V3"ni not looking to any thing at all.
With hit , Jer. 39, 12 naixn ib to?n-bij
sn. 1 Sam. 21, 3.
liX'Q m. once "^S^ Ex. 25, 6, constr.
nixo ; plur. D-'-ikiQ Ez. 32, 8, and ni-iXtt
Gen'. 1, 16. R. -n'jt.
1. light, a light, Ps. 90, 8. 74, 16 ; also
a luminary, as the sun and moon, Gen.
1, 14. 16. Ez. 32, 8. How it dilFers from
"list, see in h. v. lixan-nnijia the sa-
cred candelabra. Num. 4, 9. 16. Me-
taph. fi'l':''? -lix^ the light of the eyes,
i. 6. bright eyes, joyous, Prov. 15, 30,
2. a candlestick, candelabra, Ex. 25, 6.
27, 20. 35, 14.
nniXtJ fem. of niso (r. "lix) pr. light,
then light-hole. sc. by which light en-
ters, and so melon, hole, den of a serpent,
Vulg. caverna, Is. 11, 8. Or it may also
be taken for nnwa, n^sa. S\ljuo, a
cavern. X and s being interchanged.
D'^STS'Q m. dual (r. ",TX H) balances,
5 ,^
a balance, Arab, f^vyf^, Is. 40, 12. 15.
Job 6, 2. Ps. 62, 10 so that they as-
cend in the balance, sc. for lightness.
pTS 'a a just or even balance Lev. 19,
36. Job 31, 6 ; opp. nana 'a a false bal-
ance Prov. 1 1, 1. 20, 23. It differs from
D^D q. V.
1::TS5T3 Chald. id. Dan. 5, 27.
ni'iS'a , see nxa Plur. fin.
bDSia m. (r. b35<)/ood Gen. 2, 9. 3, 6.
6, 21 ; espec. of grain. 2 Chr. 11, 11.
^DXa ys a tree for food, fruit-tree, Lev.
19,23. beut. 20, 20. baxa "(XS /ocArs
for food, for slaughter, Ps. 44, 12.
nbDSia f. (r. b:i) plur. nibsxa, a
knife, as an instrument for eating. Gen.
22, 6. 10. Judg. 19, 29. Prov. 30, 14. Arab.
JuCue spoon.
nbbi?^ f. (r. bsx) food, trop. Is. 9, 4
tCH rhzi<;Q food for fire, fuel. v. 18.
DcN 2 obsol. root, perhaps to spot, to
soil ; whence Cixa , n^a , q. v.
D"'22^S5'a m. plur. (r. yax) powers;
trop. of wealth. Job 36. 19 nb -^aaxa-bs
all the powers (resources) ofioealth.
TOSft'Q m. (r. "lax) an edict, mandate,
a word of the later Hebrew, Esth. 1, 15.
2, 20. 9, 32. Chald. K-iaxa, xnaxa,
xna-'a. id.
nttXia Chald. id. Dan. 4, 14.
'JX'Q Chald. m. vase, vessel, utensil,
i. q. Hebr. ^bs, Dan. 5. 2. 3. 23. In
Targg. defect, "ja, Syr. ij}^. It eeems
to be for MSxa, from r. njij II, Arab.
_j| IV, to retain ; whence Lit vase, isx
a vessel, ship, q. v.
1^ 9 '" K^l not used, to refuse, see
adj. '(Xa . Syr. .lio , every where impers.
ti^^ L2]^ tffdet me ; Aph. cessavit,
destitit. Kindred is S3a ; comp. in X13.
PiEL 'Xa to refuse, to be unwilling,
(opp. nax.) absol. Gen. 39, 8. Is. 1, 20.
1 Sam.' 28, 23; with inf Jer. 3,3. Ps.
77, 3 ; inf. c. b Ex. 7, 14. 22, 16. 1 Sam.
8, 19. Jer. 25, 28. Hos. 11, 5. al.
Deriv. the two following.
1^''? adj. unwilling, refusing, used
with personal pronouns for a finite verb ;
Ex. 7, 27 nnx "(Xa-DX if thou refusest.
9, 2. 10. 4. '
l^''? m. verbal of Piel, refractory, per-
tinaciously refusing, Plur. O'^jxa Jer.
13,10. R. "jxa.
* CJ<"0 fut. Dxa-^, inf. c. suff. DOxa
Am. 2, 4.
1. i. q. OOa , to melt, to melt away,
to run; see Niph. no. I. Comp. Chald.
Dxa i. q. DOa, and ~xa 1. q. r,3a.
Spec, of a sore which rwn with matter,
see Job 7, 5 ; comp. Arab. iy*XA late pa-
tet vulnus. Kindred is the idea of being
foetid and loalh.some.
2. to reject, to refuse, prob. from the
idea of loathing, comp. n2T , (opp. ina to
choose.) Is. 7, 15. 16. 41,' 9. Job 34, 33.
Constr. c. ace. Ps. 118, 22. Is. 31, 7 ; c. a
Is. 33, 15. Ps. 78, 67 ; ace. et inf. c. i
Job 30, 1 ; ace. et 'a c. inf 1 Sam. 16,
1 ; absol. Job 6, 14. 42. 6. Chiefly spo-
ken : a) Of God. as rejecting a people
or individuals. Jer. 6, 30. 7. 29. 14, 19.
Ps. 53. 6. Job 8. 20. al. b) Of men re-
jecting God and his precepts. Num. 11,
20. I Sam. 15, 23. Am. 2. 4. Job 5. 7. al.'
3. to contemn, to despise, c. ace. Prov,
15. 32. Job 9, 21 ; c. 3 Job 19, 18. Judg.
9, 3S ; ab.?ol, ncxr '^z-S a despiteful,
mi2
532
tint:
scornful tribe, Ez. 21, 18. Infin. &S<a
Lam. 3, 45 as subst. aversion, contempt.
NiPH. 1. to be melted, to melt away ;
Ps. 58, 8 C'?52-ir3 10X537 Zef them melt
away like water, i. e. let them perish.
Spec, of a running sore ; Job 7, 5 "'"^is
' OXS'^l ran 7?!j/ sA:?u shrivels (cracks) and
runs with matter.
2. Pass, io fee rejected, contemned, Is.
54, 6. Part. Ps. 15, 4 0X533 .
nBiC'D m. (r. f^BX) a baking, some-
thing baked, Lev. 2, 4.
bfiit'a m. (r. bsN) darkness. Josh. 24, 7.
n^bsX'a f. (for tn;" ^SST?, compare
'iTrsnV^ Cant. 8, 6) darkness of Jeho-
raJi, i. e. thick darkness ; Jer. 2, 31 "['"iX
n^bssTD land of thick darkness, spoken
of a pathless desert, in which men wan-
der as if in darkness. Comp. in v. 6
n-irba ']^"iN, and Job 30, 3.
^^9 i" Kal not used, but prob.
kindred with ""i^a to be bitter, acrid;
' '' &
comp. DX'a and 0053 . Arab. *Lo recru-
' *''
duit vulnus, to excite hatred, _a^ to
conceive hatred ; all which may come
from the idea of bitterness.
HiPH. pan. 'T^X5353 pr. making bitter,
and heiice causing bitter pain; Ez. 28,
24 "i''X5:'3 'p^D a thorn causing fain,
i. e. pricking. Fern. n"ii<5353 rs'ns pain-
fid leprosy, i. e. fretting, malignant,
Lev. 13, 51. 52. 14, 44.
'ik'Q see "liwS^Q.
2 v'?^ ni- (r- Six) ambush, i. e. place
of ambnsh Josh. 8, 9, Ps. 10, 8. Concr.
troops in ambush, an ambushment, 2
Chr. 13, 13.
n'lJi'Q f. (r. -inx) constr. n-)N53, a
curse, execration, Prov. 3. 33. Mai. 2, 2.
Deut. 28, 20. Plur. Prov. 28, 27.
^^^ , compounded of "(53 and rx , pr.
from with, see next after *|53.
ril^'nll'Q f plur. (r. ^T2) separations,
i. e. separate places; Josh. 16, 9 C^^yn
nib^25in the cities separately assigned.
Xinia m. (r. Sfia) constr. 6<"'353 , ^1-0 ;
pj. ns-isis , constr. ""V^yyo , c. sufT. rxi'nia .
1. an in-coming, entering, Ez. 26, 10.
33. 31.
2. an entrance, place of entering ;
Judg. 1, 24. 25 "|isn xir53 ^Ac entrance
of the city, i. e. the gate. Prov. 8, 3 !si353
cnns fn the entrance of the gates. 2 K.
11, le! Jer. 38, 14.
3. tt5ot;n 8<r53 the going down of the
sun, the west, Deut. 11, 30. Ps. 50, 1.
104, 19. Mai. 1, 11. Ace. towards the
west, westward. Josh. 1, 4. 23, 4.
HDin^ f. (r. r^iia) perplexitp. Is. 22, 5.
Mic. 7, 4.
b'^a'a m. (r. is;! I, the radical Yod
being represented by the Dagheshin 3.)
an inundation, deluge, spoken of Noah's
flood. Gen. 6, 17. 7, 6. 7. 10. 9, 11. 28. 10,
1. 32. So of the floods above the firma-
ment, Ps. 29, 10 ; where others : the
Lord did sit at the flood, sc. of Noah, i. e.
did sit in judgment, comp. Ps. 9, 5. 8. 9.
D'^Sin^ 2 Chr. 35, 3 Cheth. for D^r^^
Keri ; if not a mere error in copying, it
is abstr. wisdom, for concr. viise teach-
ers. R. 'pa .
I iDIS'a ( (r. Csia) a treading down,
sc. of enemies by the victors ; Is. 22. 5.
18, 2. 7 a people noia73 of treading
down, i. e. treading their enemies under
foot.
^^^''3 m. (r. ya;) a fountain, Ecc. 12,6.
Plur. constr. n'^53 irna53 Is. 35, 7. 49, 10.
G.-0.-
Arab. ^*.*Jwo id.
n^^nt] f (r. p?3) emptiness, Nah. 2,
11 ; see ^I'lS.
ninntt m. choice, 2 K. 3, 19. 19, 23.
R. -na.
inn's m. (r. "ina) constr. ^naiQ .
1. choice, and hence whatever is
chosen, choicest, best; only in the constr.
Is. 22. 7 TCP.^V. ""!'^'2 thy choicest valleys.
37, 24 ''ttii-ia inaia its choice cypress-
trees [or pines']. Jer. 22, 7. Gen. 23, 6.
Ex. 15. 4. Ez. 23, 7. 24, 4. Inverted
r"^na5a cs the people of his choice, his
chosen people, Dan. 1], 15.
2. Mibhar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 38.
tsaia m. (r. 1233) e.7ypectaiion, hope,
Zech. 9. 5. Meton. for the object of
expectation. Is. 20, 5. 6. With suffix
R::at: for n::253 Zech. I. c. Patah being
shortened into Seghol. as "'^'^SX for
-in'jax ; comp. Heb. Gram. 27. not. 2. a.
on-a
533
Tj^
^'O^'P m. (r. xaa) Bometliing rashly
uttered, as C^neb 'a Num. 30, 7. 9.
Hoa^ in. (r. naa) constr. naaa, c.
8uff. 'naao and Tiaaa, plur. o-'naaa,
Dag. f. iiiipl. in n .
1. tnist, confidence, firm and certain
hope, Prov. 22, 19. Melon, of a person
or thing in which confidence is placed,
Ps. 40, 5. 65. 6. 71, 5. Job 8, 14. Jer. 17,
7. Plur. Jer. 2, 37.
2. security, safely ; iohXS^H his secu-
rity shall be torn from his tent, i. e. he
himself in his too great security. Plur.
Is. 32, 18.
n-'a-'bni? f. (r. 5^a) exhilaration,
cheerfulness, Jer. 8, 18. The form is pr.
denom. from the Hiph. part, a^'ba'a ex-
hitarans ; see Lehrg. p. .514, wiiere to
the examples ending in W this in ni-
may be added.
^.53'Q m. (r. nja) a building, edifice,
Ez. 40, 2.
''52)2^ see "^330.
"iSn'a m. (r. -laa no. 2) plur. O-i-iStaia ,
constr. ""tl^^T: ; once plur. rm:ia'2 Dan.
11, 15. " "
1. a fortification, fortress, citadel, Is.
25, 12 ; then for a fortified city, i. q. "I'^S
n-i^sa, Is. 17, 3. Hab. 1, 10. The same
is "!sa^ I'^s. e. g. I'a "ism "i-^r Jo.sh.
19, 29,' IS 'nsaTS 2 Sam. 24,' 7, i. e. forti-
fied Tyre, or Palaetyrus, old Tyre ; comp.
Coram, on Is. 23, 7. Plur. Num. 13, 19.
Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2, 2. 5. Nah. 3, 12. 14.
al. So "iS^-Q ')3 Num. 32, 36. Josh.
19, 35 ; or with both words in Plur. "'"]$
Tj-^Vjaa Jer. 5, 17 ; or the latter only,
ni-isa^ 'i'''S fortified cities, Dan. 11, 15.
See in art. bai'"^ note. Heb. Gram. 106.
3. Metaph. Jer. 6. 27 I have set thee as
a watcher for my people, isaia a for-
tress, i. e. secure from the violence of
enemies ; comp. 1, 18.
2. Mibzar, pr. n. of a prince of the
Edomites, Gen. 36, 42.
IT^^^ m. (r. n-ia) pr. flight, then as
concr. fugitive, plur. Ez. 17, 21.
01011)3 (sweet odour, r. Cba) Mibsam,
pr. n. a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25. 13.
b) I Chr. 4, 25.
D'^TOM m. plur. (r. aJia) pudenda,
Deut. 25J 11.
43*
nibisatt f. plur. (r. ba5a) boilers, boil-
ing-places, pr. part. Pie'l, Ez. 46, 23,
comp. 24. Vulg. culiiuB.
^P m. Magus, plur. Magi, the name
for priests and wise men among the
Medes, Persians, and Babylonians, pr.
great, powerfid ; see Hyde de relig. vett.
Persarum, p. .372 sq. Compare Pers. i*
mogh magus, from auo mih magnug,
dux ; Zend, meh, mae, mdo ; Sanscr.
mahat, mahd, in which lies the Greek
root fi/ai;, Lat. magis, magnus. So
3'9~3'^ . in appos. the prince Magus, chief
of the Magi, Jer. 39, 3.
^i?3'a, see in bxa I. no. 3, and 'a no.
3. g.
C'^SS'a (a gathering, r. oSas) Mag-
bish, pr. n. of a place, or, according to
others, of a man, Ezra 2, 30.
nb^ya f plur. (r. bat) cords, i. e.
wreathen work like cords, Ex. 28, 14 ;
see in nibaa.
'^^2S'a f (r. ras) a cap, turban, sc. of
the common priests, so called from its
round form, differing from the rEJSB or
mitre of the high priest ; Exod! 28, 40.
29, 9. 39, 28. Lev. 8, 13. Comp. Jos. Ant.
3. 7. 3, 7. Syr. ilrsa^ cap; Eth. 4-fi<^
mitre or cap of the priests and monks.
^^9 obsol. root; Arab, ji^ to be
honoured, renowned; Jk.^ nobility,
honour, glory. Most prob. i. q. 153 (m.
and n interchanged), Jc^ , to be chief,
to be noble, whence T^53 , t\x^ , prince.
Hence niS'n^Ta precious things, pr. n.
bx-iris'a, and
'^^''3 m. plur. C'lS^, something most
precious, most excellent ; Deut. 33, 13
?^'>^ ^V^. ihe most preciotis things of the
heavens, i. e. rain, dew, as immediately
follows. Verse 14 distu nixian 15^ the
most precious products of the sun. v. 15,
16. Cant. 4, 13 D'-i i-is most precious
fruits. V. 16 ; and so without ""ns , 7, 14
cn.'i'a'ba all precious o> pleasant fruits,
apples, etc. Vulg. every where potna.
Syr. fi-^ fructus aridus.
i'^i'a see in )i^>^
1T2
534
i:?;3
^i^J^ and ^^>^V Migdol, pr. n. a) A
city of lower Egypt, Jer. 44, 1. 46, 14,
situated in the nortliern limits of Egypt,
Ez. 29, 10. 30. 6; according to the Itin.
Anton, p. 171, twelve miles from Pelu-
sium. In Egyptian the name is written
JUiecyTtwA (many hills) ; and the He-
brews seem to have softened this foreign
word into H'^i^ (tower); see Champol-
lion 1' Egypte sous les Pharaons. II. p. 79.
b) A place near the head of the west-
ern gulf of the Red sea, Ex. 14,2. Num.
33, 7. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81.
X\^rQ Zech. 12, 11, elsewhere l'^?^
(perhaps place of troops, r. Tia, Tns)
Alegiddo, pr. n. of a fortified city of
Manupseli, situated within the borders
of the tribe of Issachar, and formerly
a royal city of the Canaanites ; Sept.
Mayiddb), Vulg. Mageddo. Josh. 12, 21.
17, 11. Judg. 1, 27. 1 K. 9, 15; comp.
1 K. 4, 12. I Chr. 7, 29. [It is usually
mentioned along with Taanach ; and ap-
pears to have been the place afterwards
called Legio, now Lejjim; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 177-180. R.] Hence
i'nSTa-rrira the plain of Megiddo 2 Chr.
35, 22. Zech. 12, 11 ; this was part of
the great plain of Esdraelon, and here
king Josiah was slain 2 K. 23, 29. 30.
2 Chr. 35, 22. i^S^a ''^ waters of Me-
giddo, [prob. the brook with mills, flow-
ing by Lejjun into the Kishon, Judg.
5. 19; "see Biblioth. Sac. 1843, p. 77. R.
'^"'Vr^^ (praise of God) Magdiel, pr.
n. of a prince of the Edomites, Gen. 36,
43. 1 Chr. 1, 54. R. niia .
b'^J'Q m. (r. b-is) constr. bnjTS ; plur.
ts'^ls'njTS, mb^sp, constr. nibns^,
1. a tower, so called from its altitude,
Gen. 11, 4. 5 ; spoken chiefly of the
towers of fortified cities and fortresses,
Judg. 8.9. 9,46 sq. 2 Chr. 14, 6 ; oi" a for-
tress itself 1 Chr. 27, 25. Prov. 18, 10;
elsewhere of watch-towers, 2 K. 9, 17.
17. 9 ; of the watch-turret of a vineyard,
Is. 5, 2, comp. Matt. 21, 33. Metaph.of
proud and powerful men. Is. 30. 25. 2, 15.
2. an elevated stage, pulpit, piifia, Neh.
8, 4 ; comp. 9, 4.
3. a bed in a garden, elevated in the
middle ; Cant. 5, 13 thy cheeks are ... as
beds of spices.
4. In pr. names, it marks a town for-
tified by a tower. Migdal, e. g.
a) b>5"^~5Ta (tower of God) Migdal-el,
a fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali,
Josh. 19, 38 ; prob. Maydaka Matth. 15,
39, now JiXs? Mejdel on the western
coast of the sea of Galilee, not far from
Tiberias. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. Ill,
p. 298.
b) '^r^!!^'^ (tower of Gad) Migdal-
Gad, a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 37.
c) "I'lS-b'nS^ (tower of the flock) M/0--
dal-eder, a village near Bethlehem Gen.
35, 21 ; hence put for the city Bethle-
hem itself^ and trop. for the royal line
of David, Mic. 4, 8. [Others, in Mic.
1. c. a tower so called on Zion ; or perh.
for Zion itself. R.
b's^^'a, see bi'^TSa.
tllwM^'D f plur. (r. 1553) precious
things,' Gen. 24, 53. Ezra 'l, 6. 2 Chr.
21, 3. 32, 23.
y\yi2 Magog, pr. n. 1. A son of Ja-
pheth. Gen. 10, 2.
2. A region and also a great and pow-
erful people dwelling in the extreme
recesses of the north, who are to invade
the Holy Land at a future time ; Ez. 38,
2. 15. 39, 2. 6. Nearly the same people
seem to be intended as were compre-
hended by the Greeks under the name
of Scythians, Jos. Ant. 1. 6. 1. Jerome
ad Ez. 38, 2 ; whom the Arabs call
-^.a-Lo. ^aJ^U Yajuj and Majuj,
and have embellished with various fa-
bles. Their king is called SiJ, q. v. See
Kor. Sur. 18. 94-99. ib. 21. 96. Asse-
mani Biblioth. Orient. T. III. P. II. p.
16, 17, 20. D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orient,
arts. Jagiouge, Magiovge. Edrisi par
Jaubertll. p. 349. Rosenm.Bibl. Geogr.
I. 1. p. 240. In the same manner are
joined ,^yxsf.\je ^j-xsf. Chin and Ma-
chin, i. e. the Chinese. On the syllable
ma. in these names, as signifying place,
region. Frahn has given a learned dis-
sertation : de Musei Sprcvi/.iani num-
mis Cuficis, p. 95.
'y^yo m. (r. "^fia 1.2) plur. c-rnia
Lam. 2,22; fear, terror, Ps. 31, 14. Jer.
6, 25. 20, 3. 10. Is. 31, 9.
lyj
liap m. (r. "illi 1. 1) once ning. c. sufT.
6*.ia^ Ps. 55, 16 ; elsewhere only Plur.
constr. 'nnaia , c. Buff. ?j''"^. .
1. Plur. joumeyings, sojnumings, in
foreign pountriea ; Gen. 17,8 ?i'"7.''^ y^.^.
the land nf thy sojourninga, in which
thou art a stranger. 28, 4. 36, 7. 37, 1.
Trop. of human life, as a sojourning
on earth, Gen. 47, 9. Ps. 1 19, 54 ; conip.
P8.39, 13. iChr. 29, 15.
2. arfu-///Hg-,P8.55,16. PI. Job 18, 19.
myn f (r. -i!ia I. 2) i. q. niaa, /ear,
Prov. id, 24.
nn':kTa n (r. nna I) 1. fear, also ob-
ject of fear, plur. Is. 66, 4. Ps. 34, 5.
2. a granary, storehouse, Hagg. 2, 19.
n7.na f. an axe, 2 Sam. 12, 31. R.
ntJ no. 2.
^3'? m. (r. bsj) a sickle, Jer. 50, 16.
Joel 4, 13. Arab. Jc^uo, Syr. IJ^, id.
n35T3 f (r. bbw) a volume, roll, i. e. a
6oofc, Jer. 36, U sq. Ez. 2, 9. Ps. 40, 8
nBO"pfe3''3 the volume of the book. x(xr
Uo/)jv of the roll of the law. Syr. U-^,
f&iib^, Arab. 'iX^ id,
nhia Chald. i. q. Heb. Ezra 6, 2.
?Ta^^a r (r. O'??) a gathering, host,
once Hab. 1. 9. of the invading Chalde-
ans: nT3">'Tp; cn"<:Q rojia the gathering of
their faces is forwards, i. e. all their faces
are turned forwards, pressing on. Arab.
SLt^ J H.*^ > band, multitude. Kirachi
on Ps. 27, 8 uses this word for desire,
e ^
longing; comp. Arab. *j^ appetiit, prope
fuit instititque res.
*|^^ in Kal not used; Piel ISia to
deliver over, c. ace. Gen. 14, 20 ; with
two ace. of pers. and thing. Prov. 4, 9.
Also like 't^J, nib, to make one any
thing, to make as, Hos. 11, 8. It seems
to be kindred with Arab. /]vX potuit,
valuit; II, in potestatem dedit; 3 and 5
being interchanged.
15''? pr. part. Hiph. (r. 'Ja) comm.
gend. (f ] K. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9. 16.) c. suff.
SJtt; plur. c-isa^, mraB 2 Chr. 23, 9,
constr. '.sa'O ; a shield, Judg. 5, 8. 2 Sam.
1, 21. 22, 31. 36. 2 K. 19, 32. al. Arab.
635 ^T2
,jj?, JULa?, id. The laia was of Ie
size and weight than the h^x, see
1 K. 10, 16. 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16. laia ti""K
an armed man, spoken of a robber, Prov.
6, 11. 24, 34. Metaph. a) Of God as
a protector, Gen. 15, 1. Deut. 33, 29. Ps.
3, 4. 18, 3. 31. 144, 2. Ps. 7, 11 "b? 'lao
D^rtbx my shield is upon God. i. e. God
holds as it were my shield, protects me
with a shield; comp. 89, 19. b) yiX-'Sao
shields of the earth or land, poet, for
princes, chiefs, protecting the people by
force of arms, Ps. 47, 10. Hos. 4, 18. Once
of the crocodile's scales, Job 41. 7 [15].
n2!\'D f (r. *5a) a covering, once Lam.
3, 65 abTSaia covering of the heart,
i. e. obduracy, stubbornness, comp. *u-
Ivfifxa inl Tf/y xagdiay 2 Cor. 3, 15, and
Ss ^
Arab. u>JjiJ! ,J^ &JL^f coverings
over the heart, Koran 6. 25. ib. 17. 48.
Kirachi also properly compares fatness
of heart. Is. 6, 10. But Jos. Kimchi, the
father, understands failure of mind, fatal
disease ; comp. Arab. v_>XiiJI XjuwLc
i. e. a veiling of the heart, failure of mind.
^"^??''? f (r. "i?a) rebuke, curse, sc. of
God, fatal to raen,'Deut. 28, 20.
^SS'a f. (r. Cias) Tsere impure, constr.
reaia Zech. 14, 15; plur. c. suff. ^nBaia
Ex! 9, 14.
1. a plague sent from God. Ex. 9, 14.
Spoken chiefly of pestilential and fatal
diseases. Num. 14. 37. 17, 13. 25, 18. 31,
16. 1 Sam. 6, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 21.
2. slaughter in battle, 1 Sam. 4, 17.
2 Sam. 17, 9.
^'2^12 (perh. for'rs-ss^a moth-killer,
r. Ciaj) Magpiash, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 21.
"^ f i. q. "laj , "i''5n , to cast before,
to deliver over ; once Part. pass. Ez. 21,
17 3"]n-bi< ''yiVq cast dmcn before the
sword, delivered over to it. Syr. in-
trans. j^J^ to fall.
PiEL "513, to cast daicn, to overthrow,
Ps. 89, 45.
Deriv. pr. n. |i">aT3 . _
15'a Chald. Pa. laa id. to cast dovm,
to overthrow, Ezra 6. 12.
^>}'Q f. (r. ina no. 2) a saw, 1 K.7,9.
2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3.
)j12
536
1T2
V^'^'^ (precipice, r. ^5^) Migron, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Benjamin
not far from Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 2. Is. 10,
28.
riiyn^^a f. plur. (r. y-ns no. 2) contrac-
tions, drawings in of the wall, ledges,
rests, 1 K. 6. 6.
!lBn!i^ f. (r. cjna) a lump or clod of
earth, as taken up and turned by a spade
or like instrument, pr. a spadeful ; Joel
1, 17 the seeds die beneath their clods, a
description of excessive drought. So
Aben Ezra and Kimchi. Syr. |wsj.^,
\iyjue , spade.
"iSTa m. (r. llS'iw; constr. a-i5T3 ; plur.
constr. ^'q-^^v , once niffinsia Ez. 27, 28.
1. Inf after the Aram, form, to plun-
der, to spoil, Ez. 36, 5 ; see the root no. 2.
2. A place whither herds are driven
to graze, a pasture, 1 Chr. 5, 16. Ez.
48, 15 ; see the root no. 4. Spoken es-
pecially of the open country set apart
for pasture around the Levitical cities.
Num. 35. 2 sq. Josh. 21, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 6,
40 sq. Hence these cities are called
Ci'^qnaia ^ns, 1 Chr. 13,2.
3. an open place, area, around a city
or building. Ez. 27. 28. 45, 2. 48, 17.
Plur. once riia"i;^ (as if from a sing.
nt;-i5i2), but masc. Ez. 27, 28.
^ ra. (r. Tio) c. sufF. "''n^ Ps. 109, 18,
rriTa Job ll, 9 ;' Plur. c-'^T? Judg. 3, IG,
once r^ia Judg. 5, 10, c. suff. ri":'!?^ Jer.
13, 25.
1. a vestment, garment, so called from
its fulness and width, see the root no. 1 ;
Ps. 109, 18. Lev. 6, 3. Also a carpet on
which the wealthy sit, plur. "p"70 Judg.
5; 10.
2. a measure, Job 11, 9. Jer. 13, 25 na
Tl'^'io the portion measured out to thee.
na'l'Q Chald. m. emphat. xna'iia , an
aZtor, Ezra 7. 17. R. na'n.
13^12 m. with n loc. nns"]^ Ex. 4,
27 ; constr. "^W^ i with n loc. once H'^a'iO
1 K. 19, 15. R. 13^.
1. pasture land, open fields, i. e. an
uninhabited tract or region, untilled,
and adapted only to pasture, see the
root no. 2 ; like Germ. Trift from trei-
ben. Syr. fj^?, fr^f^, id. Joel 2, 22
^a^i^ rris: ^a^';^ the pastures of the fiehh
do flourish. Ps. 65, 13 la-iiD nix; iissn'i
the pastures of the fields drop, distil, fat-
ness, fertility. So the opp. Jer. 23, 10
^lano n'ix? rrn^ the pastures of the fields
are dry. Joel 1, 19. Is. 42, 11 let them
exult l'''Ji"l' "i^Tri the open fields and their
cities, i.e. the open country together with
the cities ; comp. 1 K. 2, 34. Often also
2. a desert, a sterile and solitary re-
gion. Is. 32, 15. 35, 1. 50, 2. Jer. 3. 2. 4,
11. al. Also of a region desolated by
violence, Is. 14, 7. 64, 9. n^isq ^ana
Joel 2, 3. 4, 19. With the art. '"^anar!
everywhere the great Arabian desert
towards and around Sinai, Gen. 14, 6.
16, 7. Ex. 3, 1. 13, 18. Deut. 11, 24, of
which the different parts are distin-
guished by separate pr. names, see "pD,
ijiD , ira . -(S , "j-iNs . So too nnini ns'ia
the desert of Judah. on the west of the
Dead Sea, Judg. 1,16. Ps.63,1; seeBibL
Res. in Palest. II. p. 202 sq. Metaph.
Hos. 2, 5 1S153D nTirb I have made her
as a desert, i. e. naked, destitute of every
thing. Jer. 2, 31 bxn^^r'ib Ti-^^n i3"]^."j,
have I been a desert to Israel 7 i. e. have
I commanded them to worship me for
naught, have I been barren towards
them ? 9, 11. Is. 27, 10.
3. Poet, instrument of speech, the motUh,
(r. "lan to speak.) Cant. 4, 3 nnx: ""^ania
thy mouth is comely, parall. thy lips.
Sept. Xalla, Jerome eloquium, and so
the Rabbins ; but the context almost
necessarily demands some member, as
A. Schultens justly remarks.
'_ T", plur. 3 pers. ITi^, twice contr.
'n-i'ni? Is. 65, 7, orw^ Nvam. 35, 5 ; inf.
"lo Zech. 2, 6; fut. la^, llBn, conv.
1. to stretch, to e.vtend, i. q. Arab. JooJ
see Hithp. and the nouns "T^, nno.
2. to mete, to measure. Correspond-
ing are Sanscr. mdd, mA. to measure,
Zend, meett, mate, Gr. fiirgor, fiidiftrog,
Lat. melior, meta ; Goth, niitan. Anglo-
Sax, metan, Germ, messen, Engl, to
mete; see Pott. Etymol. Forsch. I. p.
194. Pr. to measure a thing by extend-
ing a measuring line upon it, Ez. 40, 5
sq. 41, 1 sq. Deut. 21, 2. Zech. 2, 6.
Then also of hollow measures, as of
grain, Ruth 3, 15. Metaph. Is. 65, 7 /
n-j
537
ni2
vill measure their deed* into their bosom,
i. e. I will bring upon them just retribu-
tion.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, Jer. 31, 37.
33, 22. Hos. 2, 1.
PiEL Tna, fut. Tno"' 1. Intraiis. and
intens. to be extended, to be long- ; Job 7,
4 "yy) 1^'a loiif^ in the night! So Saad.
Others take l^a an a noun ; Bee tlie
next art.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mete, to measure,
2 Sara. 8, 2. Ps. 60, 8 I will mete out the
valley of Succoth, sc. to my victorious
troops, wlio shall become its inhabitants.
Po. TTi-a i. q. Picl no. 2 ; Hab. 3, 6
yiii '''1^'?? '^'^^ God stood and measured
the earth with his eyes, surveyed it. So
Vulg. Kimchi and others ; and this is
best in accordance with the Hebrew
usage. But Sept. and Chald. and shook
the earth, from r. I^a q. v. and this ac-
cords best with the parallel clause : ' he
beheld and made the nations tremble.'
But a root ^>I1^ is elsewhere unknown in
Hebrew.
HiTHPO. *nbnn to stretch oneself, 1 K.
17, 21.
Deriv. "n:, nn-a, irta, pr. n. ')'>'na.
TTtt m. (r. '^'^i) flight ; Job 7, 4 when
I lie down. I say, When shall I arise ?
S'JS Tii3^ and when the flight of the
night 1 poet, for : When will the night
be gone % But see in Tia Pi. no. 1.
* ^' - 1. q. *TiTD , to stretch, to measure,
a root not in use, Arab. ^^ Joo to extend,
Hot
f^i^ a kind of measure. Hence the
nouns T10 and "jinB II.
^"^V f. (r. Tiia) 1. extension, length.
n-n-a ir-^x a man of stature 1 Chr. 11, 23.
20. 6. Plur. n?ii3 "dr.X Is. 45, 14. and
rin^a vi:x n,,^ jg ^g ; comp. for the
double form of the plur. in compounds,
Heb, Gram. 106. 3. Jer. 22, 14 n^a
ri'n'a a large house, of ample extent.
2. i. q. ^12 no. 1. a vestment, garment,
plur. nnr: Ps. 133, 2.
3. measure, Ex. 26, 2. 8. 36. 9. 15. 1
K. 6, 25. Ez. 40, 10. 24. al. nni3 b:n
a measuring line Zech. 2. 5. frn'a rMX"
a measuring reed or rod Ez. 40. 3. 5.
Also a portion, as measured out, Neh. 3,
11. 19. 20. 21. etc. Metaph. Ps. 39, 5.
4. From the Chald. tribute, Neh. 5, 4.
H'np Chald. m. tribute, as ifvieeuured
out to each person, Ezra 4, 20. 6, 8.
Also with Dag, forte resolved, rrnja
Ezra 4, 13. 7. 24. Syr. f.^)Ji^.
nnn'TO Sn. Xtyo^. is. 14, 4. if this
be the correct orthography, it is a de-
nom. from Aram. 2ni (q. v.) i. q. sriT
gold, formed in the manner of part. Hiph.
fem. pr. gold-muker, i. e. exactress of
gold, a not unapt epithet of Babylon
(parall. bab) ; or else heap or treasury
of gold, where a formative implies phice,
comp. (^.'n dung, njan^ dung-hill,
Lehrg. p.' 512. n. 14.' With Kimchi,
Aben Ezra, and others, I prefer the for-
mer. But most of the ancient version*
(Syr. Chald. Sept. inia7iQv8uajr,i, Vulg.
tributum) give the sense of the Heb.
nanna, oppression, which is also read
in the edit. Thessalon. 1600. and ought
perhaps to be restored in the text ; comp.
Is. 3, 5, where the similar verbs snn and
U353 correspond to each other in parallel
members,
T}"^ ra. (r. n*ia) plur. c. sufF. =r'';]"7T? ,
a vestment, garment, 2 Sam. 10. 4. 1 Chr.
19, 4.
^j7^ m. (r. Hj'n) disease, sickness,
Deut.'7, 15. 28, 6oV
D'^n^TO m. plur. seductions, Lam. 2,
14. R. nnj see Hiph. no. 3.
I. liTQ m. (r. -pn) plur. C)^3^'7.
1. contention, quarrel, strife. Prov. 15,
18. 16, 28. 17, 14. al. Plur. Prov. 23,
29. 26, 21. 27, 15. al. So of an object
of strife. Ps. 80, 7.
2. Madon, pr. n, of a roj'-al city of the
Canaanites, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19.
II. I^TQ m. (r. riyo) e.rtension. tall-
ness ; 2 Sam. 21. 20 Keri ')i"i^ a-^S a
tall man, i. q. iTn^Q ItJ-'X 1 Chr. 20. 6.
The Cheth. is to be read 'p'no measures,
from sing, na .
^^Ta (contr. from Sai^-m? what is
known, taught ? i. q. for what reason ?
Gr. Tt fia&o')v ;) Adv. of interrog. why?
wherefore? Josh. 17, 14. 2 Sam. 19, 42.
1 K. 1, 6. Job 3, 12. 18, 3. Jer. 8, 5. al.
In an indirect interrog. Ex. 3. 3. In
Job 21, 4, S^i'n'a cs are not to be closely
joined ; for CX corresponds to fi inter-
rog. in the prior clause, and causes the
117J
538
12112
whole vorse to contain a double inter-
rogation : do I then complain of man 7
inJii -ispn iib Sj'n-q cxi wherefore then
should Iiiot be impatient 7 See OS B. 1.
^iTH Chald. (r. ^si'n) habitation, Dan.
4, 22. 29. 5, 21.
rri^'T^ fl (r. 1W) a round /jj'/c of fuel,
i. q. -isi^ no. 3. Ez. 24. 9. Is. 30, 33.
nttJ^^ia see nr*no .
nn'l'a m. overthrow, ruin, Prov. 26,
28. R. nnn.
nien'l'a f. plur. (r. tinn) pr. ' thrust-
ings. impulses,' sc. to a fall ; hence, over-
throw, ruin; Ps. 140, 12 n-isnnrb to his
overthrow. Vulg. in interitum.
''I''? f. (Is. 21, 2) TWed/a. a celebrated
country of Asia, lying on the south and
west of the Caspian sea. Esth. 1, 3. 2 K.
17, 6. 18, 11. Jer. 25, 25. 51, 11. 28. . Me-
ton. the Medes, Gen. 10, 2. Is. 13, 17. 21,
7 7
2. Dan. 9, 1. Syr. ^^io . Gentile noun
'''na a Mede, Dan. 11, 1. The etymo-
logy is perhaps from Pehlv. miavad mid,
comp. Sanscr. madhya medium ; imply-
ing that Media is in the middle of Asia,
or rather of the world ; comp. Polyb. V.
44 r] yag Mtjdla xtiiai fisv nfQi ^iaiiv ttjv
"""T^ Chald. Media, Ezra 6, 2. Dan.
5, 28. 6, 13. Gentile n. emphat. nx^is a
ilferfe Dan. 6, 1 Keri; butinCheth.X^n-Q.
^*l^ (contr. for '^'^TiTs) pr. what is
enough, 2 Chr. 30, 3. See na , note.
'IT'O see ''? no. 2. b.
'J^'I'Q m. (r. "j"^" Niph.) 1. strife, con-
tention, only plur. B"'?"'}^ Prov. 18, 18.
19, 13. Elsewhere in Keri, where Cheth.
O-'JJ"!^ . pee "i-ir ; also Prov. 6. 14 Keri.
2. Midian, pr. n. of a son of Abra-
ham by Kcturah, and of an Arnbian
tribe descended from him Gen. 25, 2.
They would seem to have occupied por-
tions of the tract of country extending
from the eastern shore of the Elanitic
gulf (where Arabian geographers still
place a town ^^ Joo) to the region of
Moab on the one hand, and to the vici-
nity of Mount Sinai on the other, E.\. 2,
15. 3, 1. 18, ]. Num. c, 31. Judg. c.6-8.
Sometimes the Midianites appear to be
reckoned among the Ishraaelites, Gen.
37, 25 comp. 36. Judg. 7, 12 comp. 8,
22. 24 ; elsewhere they are distinguished
from them, Gen. 25, 2. 4. 12-18. This
arose prob. from their being nomadic in
their habits; so that bands of them often
moved from place to place. Hence "'T^a
IIJ'iTS the dromedaries of the Midianites
Is.' 60, 6. "{ly: di-^ the day of Midian Is.
9, 3, i. e. the victory gained over Midian,
see Judg. c. 7. 8. Gentile n. "^J^")'? Mi-
dianite Num. 10, 29, plur. D''- Gen. 37,
28 ; once contr. c^snis Gen. 27, 36 ; f.
n"!-:- Num. 25, 15.
'J'^'^'KJ (measures) Middin, pr. n. of a
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 61.
R. 1-173.
t^T^yq f. (r. T^'n) a word of the later
Hebrew, see the Chaldee ; "pr. judgment,
jurisdiction ; hence
1. a province, district, under the juris-
diction of a prefect or viceroy, as the
Persian provinces and satrapies, Esth.
1, 1. 22. 3, 12. 14. al. e. g. El3-mais Dan.
8, 2. ri'i:"''752ri "^"ya the viceroys, riders of
the provinces, Esth. 1, 3. 8, 9. 9, 3. ^33
njiniaii the sons of the provinces, i. e.
Israelitish exiles dwelling in the Per-
sian provinces, Ezra 2. 1. Neh. 7, 6.
Syr. |AXrJb id. Arab. iJ^CKiO city.
2. In a wider sense, land, region,
country, Dan. 11, 24. Lam. 1,1. Ez. 19,
8. Ecc. 2, 8 (comp. Ezra 4, 13). 5, 7.
^P*!^ Chald. f (r. ""n) a province,
district, Dan. 3. 2. 3. So of the province
of Babylon, bsa 'o , not the empire. Ezra
4, 15. 7, 16. Dan. 2, 48. 49. 3, 1. 12. 30;
so of Media. Ezra 6, 2: of Judea, Ezra
5, 8.
Tdrq f (r. Tjiii) a mortar. Num. 11, 8.
Chald. N=nT3 id.
VrTV^ (dunghill, r. '^cr\) Madmen, pr.
n. of a town in the borders of Moab, Jer.
48, 2.
rWra f (r. -jTsr;) 1. i. q. '|7:^, a
dunghill. Is. 25, 10.
2. Madmenah, pr. n. of a town in the
tribe of Benjamin, not far from Jerusa-
lem, Is. 10, 31.
ns'O'l'a (dunghill, r. y^"!]) Mndmannah,
pr. n. of a town in the south of Judah,
Josh. 15, 31.
\1^
539
n:a
XT9 " ( V?) 1- contention, $trife,
only in plur. csnia Prov.6, 14. 19. 10, 12.
2. JMedan, pr. n. of a son of Abraham
and Keturah. the brother of Midian,Gen.
25, 2.
D'^pTQ Midianitea, see in 'pia no. 2 fin.
T?q m. also y?^ 2 Chr. 1, 10, a
word of the later Hebrew. R. ""i^, the
^ being represented by Daghesh forte,
as in verbs fo .
1. knowledge, intelligence^ 2 Chr. 1,
10. 11. 12. Dan. 1, 4. 17.
2. consciousness, thought ; Ecc. 10, 20
cur86 not the king even in thy thought.
Sept. ffvnidticn^: Chald. ynsT? , Syr.
\|^. id.
^"f^, see S"i'"3.
f^'^''p7^ ^- P^i"". constr. (r. ip^) pierc-
ings, thrusts sc. of a sword, Prov. 12, 18.
yy^ Chald. i. q. "11113, dwelling, Dan.
2, 11. R. n-^.
"'?!!'7^ f. (r. a^'n) a ?ee/) mountain,
precipice, which can be ascended only
by steps or stairs. Cant. 2. 14. Ez. 38,
20. Comp. nUfxa^, e. g. xllfiu^ Tvqiwv.
^TT^ m. (r. 7pi) a treading, i. e.
ffpace trodden upon, a foot-breadth, Deut.
2, 5. Comp. Deut. 11, 24. Josh. 1, 3.
^"^7^ m. (r. ttSni no. 5) a commentary,
as often in Rabbinic.
Arab. jj*<> tX^ a
commentary, book. 2 Chr. 24, 27 ttJni?
D'^aVan ibO a commentary on the book
of the Kings, i. e. an historical comment-
ary containing a supplement. 13, 22.
Comp. Caesar's Commentaries.
T\t'rQ or ntD^TS f. (r. tl'-itj) pr. a
treading out ;' concr. trodden out, thresh-
ed, metaph. of a people trodden down
and oppressed, Is. 21, 10.
KtlT*? with art. XMsri, Medatha,
Hammedatha, Pers. pr. n. of the father
of Haman, Esth. 3, 1. 8, 5.
*rrq, 'r:2, -n-j, n53,-?j,:f for
the diflference of which forms see note at
the end of the article.
A) As a Pronoun. 1. Pron. interrog.
used of things, as "'a of persons, what!
Qt. tli Syr. P, Arab. Lo. In a direct
interrog. Gen. 4, 10 n^tos ni3 wfuil ha$l
thou done ? Is. 38, 15 laiSl na what shall
I say 7 Eth.5,6. lSam.4, IG. 2K.4, 13.
al. 8jBpis. In an indirect interrog. after
verbs of asking, answering, speaking,
seeing, and the like ; 1 K. 14. '.\ he shall
tell thee i?:^ ni^nynia whcU shall be to
the child. Ex. 2, 4. Neh. 2, 12. Job 34,
33. Num. 13. 18. al. Put also in the gen.
after a subst. Jer. 8, 9 cnb n7:-n^3n the
wisdom of what thing is in them 7 or
vice versa before a subst. which is to be
taken as a gen. as Ps. 30, 10 >^a"na
what of gain ? Is. 40, 18 rn^i-ni: what
oflikenes!i7 where in Engl, we say what
gain ? what likeness ? So with plur.
Zech. 1, 9. Ellipt. Judg. 18, 8 cnx na
what word bring ye? Further:
a) Where nia refers to substantives, it
often expresses inquiry after quality, like
Lat. qualis. Engl, what, what kind of 7
1 Sam.- 28, 14 i^xnTi: what form is he
of 7 2 K. 1, 7 ti'xn ao^a rt-q what man-
ner of mail? Num^. 13, 18. 16, 11. So by
way of depreciation, Ps. 8. 5 'JX-na
what is man? 144, 3. Job 6, 11. 7, 17'.
1 K. 9, 13 nixn c-^sn ma what are
these cities? Hence also in reproaches,
Gen. 44, 15. Judg. 8, 1. Is. 36, 4. Josh,
22, 16.
b) r|2-m3 what is to thee ? j. e. what
wilt thou 7 Judg. 1, 14. So with "'3,
what is lo thee that thou doest so and so?
i. e. what aileth thee that, etc. Gr. xt
na&mv iovto noinc; Is. 22, 1 ; with ''IS
impl. Is. 3, 15. Comp. Arab. viU Lo,
jvCJU, Kor. Sur. 57.8,10.
c) ~^? "'^''^^ what is to me and thee 7
what hast thou to do with me 7 Judg.
11, 12. 2 Sam. 16, 10. 1-9, 23.' 2 K. 9,
18 Dibd^n r|b-n^ what hast thou to do
with peace 7 Without th'e copula, Jer.
2, 18 a^-nST? "i-inb T|b-nB . Hos. 14, 9.
So with r!< , Jer. 23, 28 "lan-rx "i^riS-na
what is to the chaff with the grain? what
likeness is there between them? Comp.
Syr. ^o slii. ]:^ Barhebr. p. 170. 1. 8.
Arab, isj Le, ^ L*. Gr. tI ^axaiai, xitftol
Anacr. 17. 4. Comp. Matt. 8, 29. Mark
5, 7. John 2, 4.
2. Pron.indefinite,wAa^erCT-,so/nWAi77o-,
any thing; more fully .-naixia for n^sn na
q. V. Arab. Lo id. Prov. 9, 13 nsni-ba
na he careth for nothing. 2 Sara. 18,
ni2
540
n^a
22 ns^l-iX Ti-o 'n-'l whatever there is, hi
me j-^im. Job 13, 13 n^ ^br "ihs'^l a?zc^
let come itpon me whatever will. v. 14.
Once put after the noun, as nia "iST
v-hatsoeverthingNum. 23,3. Alsoia-nr-
that which (Syr. > jlo) Ecc. 1, 9. 3, 15.
22. 6, 10. 7. 24. 8, 7. 10, 14. Or with
the relat. impl. like Engl, what ; Judg. 9.
48 Ti'^C^ cr;^;!?"! ""^ 'ifAa^ 2/e saw that /
did. Sept. o sldiTs fis noiouvTtx. Arab.
Ijo id quod.
B) Adv. of interrog. 1. why? where-
Jbre ? for the fuller rtab , as Gr. t/, Lat.
quid? Arab. Lo. Ex. 14, 15 p?::n-no
i^X why criest thou to me? Ps. 42, 12.
Job 7; 21. 2 K. 6, 33.
2. Aow, how much, in exclamations of
admiration, as often Arab. Lo . Gen. 28,
17 r^i^n C-irssi"! xn-'j-n^ hotc dreadful is
Ihis place! Ps. 8, 2 hmc glorious is thy
name ! Num. 24. 5 ?i"'^nK ri-^-ryq how
hedutiful are thy tents ! Cant. 7, 2. Ps.
119, 97 "jrnin '^n^nx n^ Aow /ore //Ay
Zawj.' Ironically,' Job 26, 2 PinTS np.
nb'sibb liow hast thou helped the weak!
V. 3.
3. ho^D? in lohat way? Gen. 44, 16
p'n::Si-n'3 how .shall we justify onrsclces?
4. when ? Ps. 39, 5 let me know bnn"n52
''JX w^en I shall cease to he.
C) Sometimes na of depreciation and
reproach (see in A. 1. a) approaches
very nearly to a negative power ; comp.
Lehrg. p. 834, and Lat. quid multa ? for
we midta. So Job 16, Q if I speak, my
grief is not assuaged; and if I forbear,
T\^tT] "^iH'rrc what goethfrom me? i. e.
even so nothing of my pain departs ;
Vulg. NON recedit a me. Prov. 20, 24
'isn'n "pn^-nB ens'! and man, how shall
he know his own way? i. e. he knows it
not ; Cliald. ah . Job 31, 1 I have made
a covenant with my eyes, ~^S l.?'i3r''* ^'9
ntira why should Hook upon a maid?
Sept. 01', Vulg. ne, Syr. P?. Cant. 8, 4
n2nHn-P!i< ii"n'5'n-nr!i .i-i-rpiTiia why
awake ye.... my love ? i. e. awake him
not; comp. 2. 7. 3, 5. where CX stands
in the same construction. Prov. 31. 2. 3.
Comp. below in nra Is. 2, 22, nas Job
21, 17, and nrb lett. b. In Arabic, Lo
has by degrees actually adopted this
negative power, the origin of which we
here clearly see in the Heb.
D) With various prepositions, viz.
1. njaa, naa, T^r.inwhat? wherein?
Ex. 22, 26; in what thing? whereby?
Gen. 15, 8 ; with what? 1 Sam. 6. 2 ; by
what ? whereby? Judg. 16. 5 latter part.
Then according to the various uses
of a, viz. at what price? see 3 B. 3. Is.
2, 22 XW acns n52a at what price shall
he he estimated ? i. e. at an empty price,
he is nothing. So too on what account?
wherefore? 2 Chr. 7, 21 ; see a B. 5.
2. ns3, naa, (for the art. after 3 see
n 2. c.) Arab. 15, L*5^ pr. as what? i. e.
with what shall it be compared ? 'Spo-
ken : a) Of space, how great, Zech. 2,
6 t^an"! nsa how great is the breadth of
it ? Also how long ? Ps. 35, 17. Job 7, 19.
b) Of number, how many ? Gen. 47. 8.
2 Sam. 19, 35. 1 K. 22, 16 C-^c-S njsa-ir
how many times ? how often ? So in an
exclamation, Zech. 7, 3 CJw' nra pit
/A/.s how many years! Also Aoiz; often?
Ps. 78. 40. Job 21, 17, where how oft is
the question of one in doubt, for seldom.
3. nr5 Mil^l (for naV) also H^b Mil-
ra, this latter form except in a few ex-
amples (2 Sam. 2, 22. 14, 31. Ps. 49, 6.
Jer. 15, IS) being used before the letters
X, n, 3?, and the name nin"; (see Nol-
dii Concord. Part. p. 904), thr'ice niab
1 Sam. 1, 8.
a) wherefore ? why ? for what cause ?
Gen. 4, 6. 12, 18. 44, 7. Ex. 5, 4. Ps.49,
6. al. Emphat. n?."'^'?^- see in nT no. 3.
c. Gen. 18, 13. 25, 22'''2bN W-nab why
then am I? why do I exist ? the lan-
guage of an impatient woman. Jer. 6.20.
Prov. 17, 16. So in an indirect interrog.
after a verb of knowing, 1 Sam. 6. 3.
Dan. 10, 20. Sometimes it expresses
dehortation, warning, prohibition; as
Prov. 5. 20 why wilt thou, my son, be
ravished with a strange woman ? i. e. be
not thus ravished. Ps. 44, 24. 1 Sam.
19, 17 let me go, why shoidd I kill thee?
i. e. else I must kill thee. 2 Chr. 25, 16.
Gen. 27, 45. Hence
b) In later writers, where it is chiefly
used by way of dehortation or prohibi-
tion, it often passes over into a prohibit-
ive or negative power of itself lest, lest
perhaps; like Syr. )Sn\, tViS>, Chald.
Nab, xab 'i : Ecc. 5,5 D-^rrbx.-i n'spt haV
n^
541
'rn2
Tjbip hy wherefore should God Jip ffHPy
at thy voice 7 for, kat God be angry ;
Sept. Wfll, j' /i;, Vulg. ii forte, Syr.
llflki. Ef.c. 7, 16. 17. Nch. 6, 3. To
the Syriiic form )^1^* corresponds ex-
actly nci'd Ciint. 1, 7, Sept. /J noxt,
Vulg. ne ; as also na^ '"?S<, which is
put after a verb of fearing, like IB, as
Dan. 1, 10 I fear my lord the king nfflx
'^y\ nxn-i nab lest he should see, etc.
Theod. /iir] noif.
4. n^b on account of what, on tliis
account that, i. e. because; from b prop-
ter (see b A. 10) and ma wAa^ 7 So
once, 1 Chr. 15, 13 contr. njtiJxna^b
for n:iax-ia-n^b because that from the
beginning, etc. Comp. "'^isb enough,
2 Chr. 30, 3.
5. nia-n? , Gr. A- w II. 5. 465, till when ?
how long 7 Ps. 74, 9. 79, 5. 89, 47. But
Num. 24, 22 Aoic /owg- till Asshur shall
carry thee away captive? i. e. he will
carry tliee away shortly.
6. nia-b? pr. upon what 7 Is. 1, 5. Job
38,6; then, wherefore, why? Num. 22,
32. Jer. 9, 11. Job 13, 14. In an indirect
interrog. Job 10, 2. Esth. 4, 5.
Note. On the use of the forms of
this particle, the following maybe noted:
a) The primitive form ilo is found every
where in pause, and also before X and "i,
Makkeph being inserted or omitted, as
nfex-m: Zech. 1, 9, Bn-^xn na Judg. 9,
48. More rarely before H Josh. 4, 6. 21.
Num. 13, 19. 20. Deut. 6^ 20 ; n Josh.
22, 16. Judg. 8, 1; ri Gen. 21, 29; n
1 K. 9, 13 ; also ? 2 K. 8, 13 ; S Gen. 3l'^
32. b) The form "n-Q is particulaj-ly
frequent before letters not guttural, with
Dag. forte conjunctive, as Tt^'nia Judg.
1 14, iT:Ta-na Ex. 3, 13, n:]ni-n73 i K.
14, 3. al. saepiss. Also before the harder
gutturals, e. g. n with Dag. forte impl.
as xw-na Num. 16, 11, Sfn-na Num.
13, 18. Ps. 39, 5. But before n it can
also take Kamets ; see above in a. c)
Sometimes "fr? with Dag. unites with
the foil, word into one, as C3^^ for ~ni3
t23^ Is. 3, 15, nV2 Ex. 4, 2, nxbnia Mai.
1,13. ?>in"3 q. V. So with a foil, guttu-
ral, cn^ for en n^ Ez. 8, 6 ; also the pr.
names "^123^, ''2733^. d) The form
ntt is put before the letters n, s, n with
Kamets, according to the known canon.
46
Heb. Gram. 27, n. 2. b. Lehrg. 47.
1. n-'bJ nc, bnrrna Pa. 39, 5. 89, 48;
also '':is n l Stun.' 20, 1. Very fre-
quently also it stands before letter* not
guttural, chiefly at the beginning of
sentences, "^xn BO'Stt no 2 K. 1. 7. Pg.
4,3. 10,13. Is. 'l, 5.'jer.'ll. 15. Still
more frequently it is found after prefix-
es, as nsb 1 Sam. 1, 8, ns? 1 K. 22, 16.
2 Chr. 18," 15. Zech. 7, 3, also naa Ex.
22, 26. 33, 16. Judg. 16, 5. 1 Sam. 6, 2.
29, 4. Mai. 1, 7. al. Followed by Dag.
f 'srnaa Judg. 16, 5.
^^ Chald. once xa q. v. 1. Inter-
rog. what 7 Dan. 4, 32.
2. Indef. what, whatever, Dan. 2. 22.
Ezra 6, 9. "''i n"3 whatever it is which,
Dan. 2, 28. 29.
3. With pref a) f^r33 how ! how ex-
ceedingly! Dan. 3, 33. b) niab wliere-
fore? in dehortations, and hence i. q.
lest, Ezra 4, 22. nab I'n id. 7, 23. Comp.
Heb. nab in na D. 3. b.
* 1^*1'^ or ^^r"^ in Kal not used,
prob. to deny, to refuse. Comp. in Ara-
bic the particles juo, Xjo, Syr. oiio, he-
ware, desist; whence x^ 7 ^ to forbid^
to hinder; II, to abstain, to desist; comp.
yLgJ and with the final He softened
L^, abegit, prohibuit. interdixit ; see
on negative verbs under X13. Hence
HiTHp. nanarn pr. to refuse, to be
reluctant ; hence to delay, to linger. Gen.
19, 16. 43, 10. Ex. 12. 39. Judg. 3, 26..
19, 8. 2 Sam. 15, 28. Is. 29, 9. Hab. 2, 3.
ma^nia W (r. a!in) l. confusion, con-
sternation, Is. 22, 5. Deut. 7, 23. 28, 20.
1 Sam. 5, 9. 11 ria-rasina a deadly con-
sternation.
2. tumult. Ez. 22, 5 nasina rz"} full'
of tumult. Trop. of the unquiet and
troubled life of the rich, Prov. 15, 16*.
Plur. niaana tumults Am. 3, 9. 2 Chr.
15, 5.
jTSintt (i. q. Syr. ,,^k:o faithful
then eunuch, r. "jax) Mehuman, pr. of a
eunuch in the court of Xerxes, Esth..
1, 10.
'^r^'^'^ri''? (whom God does good to^.
Chald. for bx S'^a'^a) Mehetabeel, pr. n.
a) m. Neh. 6, 10. b) f. Gen. 36, 39.
]12
542
nn:^
"I'^n'O in. (r. "in-n I. 2) quick, hence
prompt, apt. skilled in business, etc.
Prov. 22, 29. Is. 16, 5. Ps. 45, 2. Ezra 7,
6. Syr. Ij-toU^ id.
* ^T}'2 ujiu^ hy6fi. i. q. Chald. Vnr ,
Heb. b^^ (comp. under lett. n), /o ra
o^j to prune ; trop. /o adul/eraie. to spoil
wine by mixing water with it. Is. 1. 22.
The Arabs have the hke trope with
verbs of cutting, breaking, wounding,
killing, which they use lor diluted wine,
etc. See Thesaur. p. 772. So too Mar-
tial forbids jugidare Falernuin.' Ep. 1.
28. [In Engl, also one might speak of
cutting down the wine, diluting it. R.
^^n'Q m. (r. T(^<7) 1- v^ay, jo^imey.
Neh. 2, 6. Jon. 3, 3.'4.
2. a rcalk. place for walking, Ez. 42,
4. But D-ir^ri-c Zech. 3, 7 is part. Hiph.
of r. T|;f7, Kay-fellou-s, companions.
'?'!!''? m. (r. V^f^ Pi.) praise, applause.
Prov. 22. 21 as the cnicihle to silver
so let a man be to the vioidh of his praise,
i. e. let him try closely the mouth which
praises him. Hence
^^?f^"''? (praise of God) Mahalaleel,
pr. n. a) A patriarch descended from
Seth, Gen. 5, 12. b) Neh. 11,4.
riilsbn'D f plur. strokes, blows, Pror.
18, 6. 19, 29. R. c^n .
nilbn")a f plur. (r. "^cn) un. kfyoii.
Ps. 140, 11, streams, whirlpools, abysses
of waters. Comp. e.7t_*. many waters,
whirlpools. The Rabbins, Symro. and
Jerome understand pits of water.
riDSn'a f (r. T\tT\) overthrow, destruc-
tion^ Deut. 29, 22.' Jer. 49, 18. Is. 1, 7.
In the manner of verbals, constr. with
the case of its verb. e. g. ace. Is. 13, 19
chpTX cnsx rssnrs like God's over-
throwing Sodom. Jer. 50, 40. Am. 4. 11.
nDEnTQ f. (r. "fif^) pr. torsion, dister-
tirnij hence a wrench, stocks, Lat. ner-
vus. a wooden frame in which the feet,
hands, and neck of a person were so
fastened, that his body was held bent ;
Jer. 20, 2. 3. 29, 26. 2 Chr. 16, 10 r-'3
rscnisn the house of (he stocks, the pri-
fio'n! Comp. ID . Schei<l in Diss. Lugd.
p. 986. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 694.
' *J^ 1. to hcuslen mtrans. in
Kal once, Ps. 16. 4 n-n^a nnx (hey hasten
after other gods. The primary idea of
haste lies in the syllable "^n ; comp.
High Germ, hurjan to hasten, whence
Germ, hurtig, Engl, to hurry.
2. to be quick, prompt, apt, skilled, in
any art or business. Arab, ff^ solers,
ingeniosus fuit ; see Pi. no. 3 and ~i"'nT2 .
Pi EL "in^ fut. in^l 1. to hasten, to
make haste. 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 17. Jer.
4S. 16. With bx of place whither Prov.
7, 23 ; with rv- loc. Gen. 18, 6 ; impl.
Nah. 2, 6. Inf absol. in the symbolic
name, Is. 8, 1. 3 T3 tn V^^j -n^ Maher-
shalal-hash-baz, i. e. hasting to the spoil
he speeds to the prey ; the subject is the
king of Assyria ; comp. in \ no. 3. g.
Often conpfed with another verb, io do
any thing quickly, where in the occi-
dental languages we nse an adverb,
hastily, quickly, etc. a) With a finite
verb and copula ; Gen. 45. 9 ^^S"} =i'n?
haste ye and go up. i. e. go up quickly,
v. 13. 24, 18. 20. 46. 1 Sam. 4, 14. 23,
27. b) With a fin. verb without copu-
la, Judg. 9, 48. Esth. 6, 10. c) With
inf. and \, Gen. 18, 7 i'rk nrarb '^irir'^T
and he hasted to dress it. 41, 32. Ex. 10,
16. 12, 33. Prov. 6. 18. dj With infl
simpl. Gen. 27, 20 St'u^V P'^^'^"'"'?'""?
how is it that thou hast found it so quick-
ly? Ex. 2. 18. Ps 106. 13. Inf -ifja as
adv. hastily, qidckly. Ex. 32. 8. Deut. 4,
26. Judg. 2. 17. 23. Zeph. 1, 14. al.
2. Causat. to hasten, to let make haste,
of persons Esth. 5. 5. 1 K. 22, 9 ; of things
Gen. 18, 6. So of God, Is. 5, 19.
3. io be quick, prompt, apt, Is. 32, 4.
NiPH. "i^^? pi'- fo be hurried, preci-
pitate ; Jobs, 13n-in:23 d-^^pe? rST the
counsel of the cunning is headlong, i. e,
hastily executed and therefore fruit-
less. Part. "^fTC? hurried, hasty, i. e,
a) rash, headlong. Is. 32, 4. b) im-
pehfous. roshing on in haste, Hab. 1, 6-
c) With Z^, timid, pr. hasting to fiee^
Is. 35. 4.
Deriv. "I'^n^, ^yy^i w- " '^y^?^
*\\. "^ij"^ to buy, espec. a wife (or a
price C'fi'a) paid to her parcnls, Ex. 22^
15. Kindred are "i=ia q. v. and with FT
hardened, nn, "ID'S. Hence
I K> n A /., ^-
r rmm
in^a
543
/NIVERSITI
"^r?^ ni. price, paid for a bride to her
parents, Gen. 34, 12. Ex. 22, 16. 1 Sam.
18, 25. Different from the Arab. ^^
gift, dowry, promised by a bridegroom
to his future wife ; also from Lat. dos,
Engl, dowry, given by a father to his
daughter on her marriage.
^7^'^ ' (r- '3^ \) haste, speed ; hence
nnnra Ecc. 4, 12, n-m^-ns Ps. 147, 15,
and '"inriia adv. quickly, speedily, Num.
17, ll.'Deut. 11, 17. Josh. 8, 19. al.
*''^n^ (impetuous, see "ifio I. Niph.)
Afaharai, pr. n. of one of David's cap-
tains, 2 Sam. 23, 28. 1 Chr. 11, 30. 27.
13.
ta tJn bbO nnia, the symbolical
name of one of Isaiah's sons, Is. 8, I. 3;
see in ifi^ I. Pi. no. 1.
ni^nn'D f. plur. (r. bnn) delusions, Is.
30, 10.
* I. TJ pr. i. q. no wAaf, Arab. Lo,
often annexed pleonastically to the pre-
positions 3 , 3 , ^ , so as to form the sepa-
rate words loa , iiaa , inV ; as in Arab.
Lj for s-j> Lis for 5^ see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe, edit. 2. Tom. I. 1037,
1047, 1048. II. 117. These separate
forms belong almost exclusively to po-
etry ; except that before suffixes i'cs
and Tas are almost always used for 3.
Hence 1)33 poet. i. q. a a) in, Ps.
11,2. Is. 25, 10 Keri. 43, 2. 44, 16. 19.
b) info, Job 37, 8. c) by, with, i. q. a
of instrument, Job 16, 4. 5. For iias and
1t;b see in their order.
II. I'D for sti'ia (r. ifi^) water ; once
Job 9. 30 Cheth. aVr I'^a with snow-wa-
ter; Keri ab'3 "^^aa. Found also in the
pr. n. aS'iia aqtta (i. e. semen) patris. for
which figure see in '^ . O"^!? lett. c. Cor-
responding is Chald. ^io like the form
'15; and Phenic. mu, my. fern, mis mulh,
found in pr. names, as Mysocarus "^p'S "d
aqua mendax. Matigenna n;a "^riTa aqua
horti, etc. See Monumm. Phoen. pp.
418, 425. Thesaur. p. 774.
* i^TJ obsol. root, prob. to hejluid, to
JloiD ; whence """a for xi-a water, and "''O
for X-^ir (as "i? for X'3) plur. C"^t: wa-
ter. From the r. ! Arab. iLe coroea
Arab. SLo, s^Lo, water; and in the
verb is found sLo to have water, sc. a
well ; II, to pour out water. These roots
are softened forms from the harder 5ia,
S'^'O, cLo mid. Ye, to flow, to be liquid ;
also Vi'o, r(i<^, T|=^, PkO, all which
contain the idea of being fluid, flowing.
Kindred are also Arab. Lfijo aqua per-
fudit, and nria q. v. Compare in the
Indo-European languages, Sanscr. mih
to pour out, to void, Gr. ofiixiiv, Lat.
mingere, viejere, and others ; see Pott.
Etymol. Forsch. I. p. 283.
a^JTO (semen patris, see in io II)
Moah, pr. n. a) The founder of the
Moabitic people, born of incest. Gen.
19. 37. See vv. 30-38. Also b) The
Moabites. descended from Moab, masc.
Num. 22, 3. 2 K. 1, 1. Jer. 48, 11. 13 ;
fem. Judg. 3. 30. 2 Sam. 8, 2. Put also
for their country, fem. Jer. 48, 4. The
proper territory of the Moabites, more
fully ax-ii: nyq the field q/" Moab Ruth
1, 1. 2.6. 2. 6.' 4, 3. lay on the east of
the Dead Sea and Jordan, strictly on the
south of the torrent Arnon. Num. 21, 13.
26. Judg. 11. 18; but in a wider sense it
included also the region anciently occu-
pied by the Amorites over against Jeri-
cho, called usually asiw nian? the plains
(desert) of Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26, 3. 31,
12. 33, 49. 50. 35. 1. Deut. 34, 1 ; or
elsewhere simply axia y^s Deut. 1, 5.
28, 69. 32, 49. 34, 5 ; 'which latter region
was afterwards assigned to the Reuben-
ites. but during the captivity was again
occupied by the Moabites, see Is. c. 15.
16. Jer. c. 48. This region is now call-
ed the district of Kerak, from the city
of that name; see asi^ "^"'p. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 569. Gentile n. 'ax'io
Moabite Deut. 23. 4. Neh. 13. 1. Fem.
n^axia Moabitess 2 Chr. 24. 26 ; n*axi
id. Ruth 1. 22. 2, 2. 6. 4. 5. 10; plur.
n-^axiia Ruth 1, 4. 1 K. 11. 1.
biSiU i. q. biia , VlTD , q. v. over CLgainst^
Neh. 12, 38 Cheth.
S31Ta m. for X'a'a (r. X''a) in-anning,
entrance, Ez. 43. 11. 2 Sam. 3. 25 Keri;
a word formed contrary to grammatical
3153
544
b^^
rule in order to correspond to the accom-
panying word X^ia ; comp. Lelirg-. p.
374. n. See also in pBa .
^^'-2 1. to melt, to flow down, see
Pil. and Hithp. It corresponds to Arab,
cbo mid. Ye. Trop. to melt, to be dis-
solved, with fear and terror, comp. OOia ;
Ez. 21, 20. Ps. 46, 7. Am. 9, 5.
2. Trans, to cause to melt; trop. to
cause to melt away and perish, Is. 64, 6.
NiPH. to melt away, of a host 1 Sam.
14, 16. Trop. to melt with fear and ter-
ror, Ex. 15, 15. Josh. 2, 9. 24. Ps. 75, 4.
Is. 14, 31. Jer. 49, 23. Nah. 2, 7 h-^^^rvn
aiTD: the palace metts with terror, i. e.
the king and his courtierg ; or perhaps
better: the palace is dissolved, is bro-
ken down, sinks into ruin.
Pil. S^i'S trans, to cause to flow, to
soften, e. g. the dry earth with showers,
Ps. 65, 11 niWbn c^a-^nna. Metaph.
Job 30, 22 Keri, n*itjn "^r^in Ihmt causest
my health to melt away ; Cheth. ''335'^n
nwn thou causest me to melt, thou terri-
fiest me.
HiTHPAL. to flow down, to melt ; Am.
9, 13 hyperbol. all the hills shall flow
down, as if into wine and oil. Trop. to
melt with fear and terror, Nah. 1, 5. Ps.
107, 26.
* "''T'^ obsol. root. I. i. q. Tia to
stretch, to measure. Hence ^^^an .
II. Perh. i. q. Arab. 4>Lo mid. Ye, to
he moved, to he agitated, to shake, e g.
of an earthquake; kindr. w1^, 113, "IT3.
Pil. Ti'i'i is perhaps found Hab. 3, 6, he
stood y-}i< TTi^^j and shook the earth ;
so Sept. and Chald. But see in I'^'O Po.
ynitt m. Ruth 2, 1 Keri, 5^7^ Prov.
7, 4, acquaintance ; concr. an acquaint-
ance, friend. R. 5"i^ .
ny^iia f. id. Ruth 3, 2. r. m^ .
* t3l7J fut. aia^ , to waver, to totter,
to move or he moved; Chald. et Syr. id.
Arab. JoLo mid. Ye, to swerve from the
right, Ethiop. ^.Rfll to incline ; comp.
Syr. ^4*J5>o to vacillate. Kindr. are ai3 ,
*Tl3. Spoken of mountains, Ps. 46, 3.
Is. 54, 10 ; of a land or kingdom Ps. 46,
7. 60, 4 ; of persons wiiose allairs are
not prosperous, who fail and are ruined,
Prov. 25, 26. Ps. 66, 9 ; in which sense
also we find 'd hy^ nijia the foot wavers,
slides, Deut. 32, 35. Ps'. 38, 17. So Lev.
25, 35 if thy brother becomes poor ^^''2^
rjBS "i"!;; aiid his hand wavers with thee,
i. e. if he is threatened with ruin.
NiPH. liicj , fut. aia"^ , i. q. Kal. but
more freq. to be maced, shaken, i. e. to
shake, to waver, e. g. of the foundations
of tliie earth Ps. 82, 5 ; also of men, comp.
in Kal, Ps. 13, 5. With a negat. not to
waver, not to be moved, is said : a) Of
persons or things that stand firm, secure ;
as things Is. 40, 20. 41, 7. Ps. 93, 1. 96,
10 ; the earth 1 Chr. 16, 30 ; persons
Ps. 112, 6. Prov. 10, 30. 12, 3. b) Of
those who are of firm mind, intrepid,
fearing nothing, Ps. 21, 8. Job 41, 14.
Metaph. Ps. 17, 5 "'SSS rci^} ba let not
my footsteps leaver, slip, sc. from the
paths of virtue.
HiPH. to make totter over any one, by
impl. to cause to fall upon, to bring down
upon, Ps. 55, 4. 140, 11 Cheth.
Hithp. i. q. Kal and Niph. spoken of
the earth Is. 24, 19.
Deriv. the two following.
Ditl m. 1. a wavering, a being
moved, of the foot Ps. 66, 9. 121, 3.
2. a staff, pole, bar, for bearing on the
shoulder, so called from its unsteady
motion, Num. 13, 23. Also, a frame
for bearing, Num. 4, 10. 12. Hence
3. a yoke, Nah. 1, 12. See naia no. 2.
nipi'a f (r. aiTs) 1. i. q. i:i73 no. 2, a
pole, staff, bar, for bearing, 1 Chr. 15,
15. ^sn nit-a the bars of the yoke, i. e-
the ox-bows, of the same form as now,
Lev. 26, 13. Ez. 34, 27.
2. a yoke, Jer. 27, 2. 28, 10. 12. Ez. 30,
18. Metaph. Is. 58, 6. 9.
* Tj'l'-l ). q. Tjs^ to pine away, trop.
to wa.x poor, be reduced to poverty, Lev.
25. 25. 35. 39. 47. Syr. and Chald. id.
Some absurdly refer to tliis root the pr.
names ns"'T3, fi^a"''?, li^l^^"''?, which see
in their places.
* b^'2 fut. conv. in*^ , to cut off. spec,
the prepuce, to circumcise, nfQnt^rtiv.
Kindred are bni: , bbr II, br: . Coiistr.
with ace. of pers'. Gen. 21, 4. Ex. 12, 15.
Josh. 5, 4. 7 ; ace. of the pmkMula Gen.
17, 23. Metaph. Deut. 10, 16 rx cnbn
br2
545
bi^
tS^a^J ^^"7? '*<^ a'mimcine the foreskin
of your hearla, put away impurity from
your hearts. 30, 6. Comp. nfQiTofiijV
xa^dlu^, Rom. 2, 29. Arab. tf t^ cir-
cumcidit, pr. purgavit, since tlie prepuce
is held as something unclean and pro-
fane. Imper. bb Josh. 5, 2. Part. pass.
in Josh. 5, 5. Jer. 9, 24.
NiPH. bias by Chaldaism for hn}
Heb. Gramm. 71. note 9; Ait. bio^,
inf. biari, part. plur. C">biB3 ; ^o he cir-
cumcised, to circumcise oneself. Gen. 17,
10. 13. 34, 15. 17. 22. Ex. 12, 48. Lev.
12, 3. Josh. 5, 8 ; usually of the person,
once of the genitals Lev. I. c. Trop.
Jer. 4, 4 niiTib ban circumcise your-
selves unto Jehovah., i. e. putting away
all impurity from your hearts, conse-
crate yourselves to Jehovah.
PiL. bbi^ tocutilown; impers. Pa. 90,
6 U5s^]i bb'ia'' a"!>b in the evening one
cutteth it down and it withereth, i. e.
grass as the emblem of man.
HiPH. to cut off a people, to destroy^
Ps. 118, 10. 11. 12.
HiTHPAL. bbirnr to be cut of. sc. the
points of arrows, to be blunted; Ps. 58, 8
!ibbbn7 ias lan r,hn7 when he ftteth
his arrows, let them be as if cut off,
blunted ; comp. in 7\'n no. 1. b.
Deriv. nbia and
bra, once bi'a Deut. 1, 1, b^yiZ Neh.
12, 38 Cheth. c. suff. "^b-o Num. 22, 5 ;
pr. subst. the forepart, front, used always
as a preposition, before, in front of etc.
The etymology is doubtful. In a former
edition I suggested that perhaps in the
verb biia to ait off, there lies the notion
o^ the forepart, i. q. bnx ; and then the X
in bxiia might be inserted in order to
lengthen the syllable, as at the end of
K''p3 for 'ps, comp. Germ. hohl. Huhn,
Eng.foal, seal. But I would prefer with
Redslob, to regard the form bsfia as by
transpos. for bix"2 (comp. ixn and Xin)
from r. b^ix ; and this is better than the
etymology proposed by Ewald (Krit.
Gramm. p. 612). who derives bsia from
r. bx'^, as if for bx'^'a. See more in
Thesaur. p. 777. Hence
1. before, in the presence of sc. a per-
son. Ex. 18, 19 O'^n'^xn bw before God.
Deut. 2, 19.
2. over against, opposite, e. g. a place
46*
or city. Deut. 1, 1. 3, 29. 4, 46. 11, 30.
Josh. 19, 46 ; the .lesert Josh. 18, 18.
The force of a eubst. seems to be retain-
ed in 1 K. 7, 5 mna-bx njna bia the
fare of a window to a window, i. e. win-
dow over against window.
3. Preceded by various prepositions :
a) bia'bx pr. to before, i. e. towards
any one, al'ter verbs of motion, 1 Sam.
17, 30. Ex. 34, 3 ; also of rest, Josh. 8,
33 stood O-'pa -in biia-bx towards mount
Gerizim. 9, 1. Spec. ""SB bia-bx pr. in
face or front of afier verbs of motion ;
2 Sam. 11, 15 set ye UriaJi ''30 bins-bx
nanban in the forefront of the battle.
E.X.' 26, 9. 28, 25. fl. Lev. 8, 9. Num.
8,2.
b) bxi'ab as adv. over against, Neh.
12, 38.
c) biaa ) pr.from before, from the
front of i. q. '^.3E^^, after verbs of mo-
tion. Lev. 5, 8. 2 Sam. 5. 23 ="X=a bnaa
from before the trees called liacha. Mic.
2, 8 ye strip off the mantle of the traveller
T^'C'i^':^ biiaia pr. from bifore the robe or
upper garment, i. e. from over it. /?)
Of rest in a place. 1 K. 7, 39 =3: biaa
i. e. on the south side. Num. 22. 5 and
they abide "'bra orer against rne. With
"^353 on the forepart, in front, Ex. 28, 27.
39,' 20. ' '
rnbi'Q (birth, lineage, r. lb^) Mola-
dah, pr. n. of a town in the southern part
of the tribe of Judah, afterwards yielded
to the tribe of Simeon. Josh. 15, 26. 19,
2. 1 Chr. 4, 28. Neh. 11, 26. Gr. Mala-
ga, Joseph. Ant. 18. 7. 2. [Perhaps the
mod. Milh. nine hours south of Hebron;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 621. R.
^i^'^'^ f. (r. ib'^) 1. birth, nativity,
Esth. 2, 10. 20. Plur. rinbia natales,
nativity, Ez. 16. 3. 4. So ribia ynx
native coiintrij. pairia, Gen. 11, 28. 24,
7; simpl. r'lb-a id. Gen. 12, 1. 24. 4. al.
2. Concr. offspring, progeny, children,
Gen. 48, 6 ; so of one child, Lev. 10, 9.
11.
3. kindred, family. Gen. 31, 3. 43, 7;
race, countrymen, Esth. 8, 6.
'^^^'fl f. circumcision, Ex. 4, 26. R,
biia.
^lyTQ (genitor. r. lb^) Molid, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 2. 29.
D112
546
f^t
D^'O m. (for n^ix^, r. CX^) a spot,
blemish ; Syr. j^oiso id. Arab, j^yo ma-
cula, spec, of the small-pox, Gr. ^w/jog.
Spoken: a) Physically of any cor-
poreal blemish, Lev. 21, 17 sq. 22, 20.
24. 19. 20. al. It was essential to per-
sonal beauty to be without blemish,
2 Sam. 14, 25. Cant. 4, 7. b) Morally
Deut. 32, 5. Job 11, 15. 3], 7. Prov. 9,7.
*"j^'^ obsol. root, Arab. (jLo mid.
Ye. to tell lies ; Ethiop. 't'CPVi to be
wily, cunning; Heb. prob. to wear an
appearance, to pretend. Hence "p'S spe-
cies, njiirn.
3D1'D m. (r. 330) circuit, sc. around
an edifice, Ez. 41, 7.
"70"'J2 m. (r. 'lO^) only in plur. n^Oia
Jer. 51, 26, constr.'i'ioi's, miO-iTS.
1. foundations, e. g. of a building, Jer.
51, 26; of the earth, Prov. 8, 29. Is. 24,
is! Mic. 6, 2 ; of the world, 2 Sam. 22, 16.
Ps. 18, 16 ; of heaven, i. e. lofty moun-
tains on which the sky seems to rest,
2 Sam. 22, 8 ; of the mountains, i. e.
subterranean rocks, Ps. 18, 8. Deut. 32,
22. Is. 40, 21 have ye not marked the
foundations of the earth 7 i.e. how they
are laid, etc.
2. ruins, i. e. buildings of which only
the foundations remain, Is. 58, 12.
'^C^'Q m. i. q. "lOia , a foundation ; Is.
28, 16 'i&^iTS :D^'?2 a foundation well
founded, i. e. firm, lasting. Comp. r.
ntD^ Hoph.
JTlD^Ta f. (r. ID'n) 1. foundation,
plur. Ez. 41, 8 Keri, where Chethibh
2. appointment, decree, sc. of God ; Is.
30. 32 nnoia t^'sq the rod appointed of
God. Kent by him ; comp. it?^ Kal and
Pi. no. 2.
^D'l'Q rn. (r. "rC) a covered iralk,
portico. 2 K. 16, 18 Keri, where Cheth.
^tya m. for iDXti (r. -DX) only in
plur. a''"iD'i73 and niiDia.
1. bands, Iwnd^, spec, of a yoke, often
metaph. Ps. 2, 3. 107, 14. 116, 16. Is. 28,
22. 52. 2. Jer. 5, 5. 27, 2. Job 39. 5.
2. As pr. n. Sing. c. n loc. nnoiia Mo-
serah Deut. 10, 6; also Plur. Moscroth
Num. 33, 30 ; a station of the Israelites
in tlie desert.
'iC^'a m. (r. "D^) 1. correction, chas-
tisement, of children by parents, of a peo-
ple by kings, of men from God. Prov. 22,
15 -D'.TS -J3'iJ . 23; 13 -iCfl-3 ^vi-q r-;^n-bx
withhold not correction from a child.
Job 12, 18 nns C^zbri "O^a he looseth tlm
chastisement i. e. discipline, authority,
of kings ; others here take "O't'S as for
"it)i5D, i. e. band or girdle ; so Vulg. bal-
teum regum dissolvit. et prcecingit fine
renes eortim. Job 5, 17 "^nd "iC^i^a the
chastisement of the Almighty. Hos. 5, 2
/will be chastisement to all. Prov. 15, 10.
2. discipline, i. e. reaming, admoni-
tion, reproof, such as parents give to
children, God to men, etc. Ps. 50, 17.
Jer. 2, 30. Prov. 1, 8. 4, 1. 5, 12. 8, 33.
So of the reproof of other men. Job 20, 3.
Hence e.rample, by which others are
warned. Ez. 5. 15 ; comp. the verb 23.48.
3. instruction, learning, joined usually
withprt!, n^DH.Prov. 1,2. 4,13.23,23.
ni^TD m. (r. 15'^) assembly, poet, for
troop, host, of soldiers, Is. 14, 31 ; comp.
IS^ia Lam. 1, 15.
^yi ra. "1?^ Deut. 31, 10 (r. ns-i) c.
sufT. itria , iirb Lam. 2, 6; plur. c^-isia.
ninsi-o 2 Chr. 8, 13, constr. "^'ir'ia .But
1Si72 Job 12, 5 is Part, of r. TJ-Q q. v.
1. appoint ment,o^ time; 2Sam. 24. 15
isi^a ns the time of appointment, i. e. ai>-
pointed time. 1 Sam. 13, 11 trq^t^ ^S^o
tlie appointment of days i. e. time appoint-
ed ; comp. 'I^io ci"" in lett. b. Hence, a
* settime. appointed season; spoken: a)
Of a point of time, set moment. 1 Sam.
13,8. 2Sam.20,5. Gen. 17.21 Wn nri5sb
nnnXii n:^"3 about this set time another
2/ear''l8,'l4.' 21, 2. 2 K. 4, 16. 17. Jer.
8, 7 the stork H'^"!?''!'^ ns^,;; knoiceth her
seasons, sc. of migration. Hab. 2, 3 "ptn
ISisb the visio-n has respect to a set time,
sc. more remote. Dan. 8. 19. 11. 27. 35.
Ps. 75; 3. b) Spec, festival day. festi-
val, Lam. 1.4. 2, 6 ; more fully 1V^^ ci-^
Hos. 9, 5. 12. 10. r\in-i "ly-ra the festi-
vals of Jehovah Lev. 23, 2. 4. 37. Hence
meton. spoken of the victims, festive
offerings, 2 Chr. 30, 22 ; comp. 5n no. 2.
c) Spoken of a space of time, appointed
and definite, i. q. l^T, Gen. I, 14. Poet.
yM2
547
BTJ
In the prophetic style for a year, Dan.
12, 7 ; coiiip. Cliald. ',^y Dan. 7, 25.
2. a coming together, ac. at a time and
place uppoiated, an assembly, congrega-
tion; comp. r. n?"' Niph.
a) Gear. Job 30, 23 "^n-^sb 151:3 r^^
the place of assembly for all the living,
where all convene, i. e. Sheol. Is. 33, 20.
, Num. 16. 2 nric 'xnps those called to the
assembly, elsewhere rt'irn "^X'^ip. Zeph.
3, 18. Lam. 1, 15. nyi^ bnk the tent or
tabernacle of the congregation, ppoken of
the sacred tent of the Hebrews, also
called tlie tabernacle of the covenant,
Ex.27,21. 28,43. 30,16.18. 40.6 eq. Lev.
J, 1. 3. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. 1 K. 8,
4. al. step. It is so called, either because
God there met Moses, Ex. 25, 22. Num.
17, 19; or because the assemblies of the
people were held before it. Sept. (Txrjvi]
Tov fiaQTVQtov, Va\g. taber7iaculum lesti-
moiiii, both taking iriia as equivalent lo
rins, i. e. (ntQTi'(jtov, testimony, it being
elsewhere also called ^^1sn bns Num.
9, 15. 17. 22. 23 [7. 8]. 18. 2". The place
mentioned in the words of the king of
Babylon Is. 14, 13, isiain the ntountain
of assembly (of the gods), is prob. the
Persian mountain _^f, jvxif, el-
Bitrj. el-Burz. (comp. Gr. nvqyog, Germ.
Burg,) called by the Hindoos Mem,
supposed to be situated in the extreme
north, and, like the Greek Olympus, re-
garded by the Orientals as the seat of
the gocls; see Asiat. Researches VL p.
448. VIII. p. 350 sq. Hyde de Relig.
Persar. p. 102. Also Coram, on Is. II. p.
316 sq.
b) Meton. place of assembly, sc. as ap-
pointed. Josh. 8, 14. 1 Sam. 20, 35. isia
n'^n'b.X the place of God's assembly, the
temple. Lam. 2, 6 ; but Ps. 74, 8 "bs
715$3 'X"^i?."'^ all the sacred places of
assembly in the land, i. e. other places in
a certain sense sacred, as Ramah.
Bethel, Gilgal, etc. distinguished as
seats of the prophets and as high
places, ri-aa ; see nisa no. 3.
3. an appointed sign, signal, Judg. 20,
38.
n'l^^'a f. (r. is^) an appointed place
where fugitives assemble^i. e. an asylum,
refuge ; Josh. 20. 9 nnsiian inj cities of
refuge. Syr. Ty^o portua ; 1*^:^^ A-o
asylum, pnrfugium.
n^"i:?Ta pr. n. see n'^^i^jq .
nny^ see r. ISO .
^y^l'SS m. (verbal Hoph. r. {:)W) dark-
ness. Is. 8, 23.
J^??'ta f (r. 1^5^) i. q. nss, only in
plur. niari^ counsels, which one takes
or follows, Ps. 5, 11. 81. 13. Jer. 7. 24.
Mic. 6, 16. Prov. 1, 31 isab'^ crcns^iaa
let them be satiated with their own coun-
sels, i. e. the fruits of them.
T^'^'Sro f (verbal Hoph. r. pw) heaty
burden, Ps. 66, 11.
nysi^ Jer. 48, 21 Cheth. see nsB'^ig .
foci's m. (r. HE^) plur. cnc'io, criEb
Ex.4, 2l,a miracle, prodigy. The etymo-
logy was long uncertain, but there is lit-
tle doubt that it belongs to the root HB^,
and means a great and splendid deed, for
'"SJB"'^ ; although, the etymology being
neglected, the Tsere of the syllable Pi-
is dropped in the plur. Another deri-
vation see in Thesaur. p. 143.
1. Spoken chiefly of miVac/es, wonders,
exhibited by God and his messengers,
Ex. 4, 21. 7. 3. 9. 11, 9. Ps. 78, 43. 105,
5. 27. Often joined with rirx , as nirit
D'^nEbl signs and wonders Ps. 135, 9,
Deut.4, 34. 7. 19. 26, 8. 29, 2. 34. 11. Jer.
32, 21. d-^nsbii ni.-x -nj he gar e signs
and wonders Deut. 6. 22. Neh. 9, 10.
Also with the verb orr Jer. 32, 20.
2. a sign, token, proof, since prodigies
were accounted as tokens of divine au-
thority ; e. g. of the divine protection,
Ps. 71, 7 ; of the divine justice in pun-
ishing the Avicked, Deut. 28, 46. Spoken
often of a sign given by a prophet in con-
firmation of his prediction or promise, i. q.
nix no. 5; 1 K. 13, 3. 5. 2 Chr. 32. 24. 31.
Deut. 13. 2. 3 ; see in niwS no. 5. Hence
3. a sign of something future, a por-
tent, omen, i. q. nix no. 4. Is. 8. 18 lo
I and the children whom Jehovah hath
given me c^nst^n rirxb are far signs
and portents to Is^rael, i. e. our signifi-
cant names shadow forth future things;
see in nix no. 4. Is. 20. 3. Zech. 3. 8
PEio 'rrx men of omen, who themselvea
shadow forth future things. Ez. 12, 6. 11.
24, 24. 27.
'p:
548
ni-2
* V'^'^:^ 1. 1o press ; hence Part, 'j''^
oppressor Is. 16, 4. Kindred is nsia to
press out. Syr, ^ to suck out. De-
riv. y^,
2. Prob. in general, to separate out,
like Arab. \Lo mid. Ye. Hence
fila Zeph. 2, 2, oftener defect, f'a
m. cAo^ separated from the grain by
winnowing; Chald. tia, NTS?3, S<T^15D.
So. Is. 17, 13. 41, 15. Ps. 35, 5 ]'t3 n^n^
n!il~'';Eb ^Aej/ are as chaff be/ore the
icind, driven, dissipated by the wind;
and so Ps. 1, 4. Job 21, 18. Is. 17, 13. al.
S52i"a m. once X^tt Job 38, 27 (r. ss;-)
Kamets impure, plur. constr. ''X^iin, c.
suff. cn-iNuiTs .
1. a going out or forth, exit. 2 Sam.
3, 25 ; plur. Num. 33, 2. Ez. 12, 4. NS-ia
"i::'i the going forth of an oracle Dan. 9,
25, comp. V. 23. So lor the rising of the
sun Ps. 19, 7, comp. Hos. 6, 3 ; the ex-
portation (bringing up) of horses from
Egypt 1 K. 10, 28, comp. v. 29.
2. place of going forth ; e. g. NSio
^')'^ fountain oficaters, i. e. spring-head,
source of a stream, 2 K. 2, 21. Is. 41. 18.
58, 11. Ps. 107, 33 ; comp. 2 Chr. 32, 30.
tlC3 NS'io vein, mine of silver. Job 28, 1.
K^T Staia a place springing up hi grass
Job 38; 27. Absol. for the east, whence
the sun goes forth, Ps. 75, 7 ; and by
zeugma. Ps. 65, 9 ('?"in ai^ilT ^r?h "'Xaia
the outgoings of the morning and of
the evening thou causest to rejoice, i. e.
the east and the west. Comp. surgit
uox Ovid. Met. IV. 92; surgunt tene-
hrce Senec. Also a way out, a gate, Ez.
42, 11. 43, 11.
3. that which goes forth, as C^^sb S^Jiia
'whatever issues from the lips,' i. e.
words, language. Num. 30, 13. Deut. 23,
24; promises, Jer. 17, 16. Ps. 89, 35 ; a
divine command, Dcut. 8, 3.
4. Moza, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 36.
9, 42. b) 2, 46.
riNSTa f. of the preced. only plur.
n-ixsin , c. sufT. TTXiiiB .
1. outgoings, i. e. oiigin, descent, Mic.
5,1.
2. cloacfB, latrina, sewer, by which
filth is carried forth, 2 K. 10, 27 Keri.
Comp. nxs, nxis, and Mark?, 19 tig
xov uifitd^uiru txnofJivETat.
pS^12 m. (r. p2;*) something fused, a
melted mass ; spoken of dust wet by the
rain, which flows together and after-
wards becomes hard, Job 38, 38 ; of fused
metal, a casting, 1 K. 7, 37.
p?^^ m. in pause p^sin (verbal Hoph,
r. p^a I) something narrow, straitness,
opp. 2ni . Job 37, 10 p^i^a o-^-Q ann
the breadth of the waters becomes nar-
row, is contracted; comp. 36, 16, whence
it appears that p^^in in this place can-
not be referred to p^'^ to fuse. Trop.
straitness, distress, Is. 8, 23 P'S^^ without
pause accent.
npSIlD f. (r. ps;) a tube, tunnel, for
pouring. Zech. 4, 2.
^)?^^''3 f (r. ps;) a fusion, casting, c.
suff. 2 Chr. 4, 3.
pVJ in Kal not used. Arab, i wLo
mid. Waw, to be light, foolish.
HiPH. p-'^ti pr. 'to make light of,'
and so to mock, to deride, Ps. 73, 8.
Aram. Pa. p^i:, ua*lo, id. Comp. }*&-
itog, fiMxaai, -ixofint, fimxi^M, fnojxfvb), Fr.
se moquer, Engl, to mock.
'^p'T^ m. (r. 1p;) a burning, confla-
gration, Is. 33, 14. Melon, fuel, faggot,
Ps. 102, 4.
JTipTX] f (r. 1p;)/MeZ, upon the altar,
Lev. 6, 2 [9].
Ti'p'i'a m. (r. irp;) plur. S'^irplB,
tii^pb ; constr. "''^l^'ia, ''^p'3, once
niirpiTD Ps. 141, 9. '
1. a noose, snare, springe, by which
beasts and birds are taken. Am. 3, 5 ;
strictly here perhaps the stick or rod by
which the springe was set. see fully in
art. ns no. 2. Once of a ring or hook in
the nostrils of a beast, Job 40. 24 ; comp.
nin. nn.
2. Mctaph. P C'lrpTS T''^ to lay snares
for any one, i. e. to plot against him,
Ps. 140, 6. 141, 9. nno 'Cp'i^ the snares
of death, fatal dangers, Ps. 18, 6 ; so of
sins as causing destruction Prov. 13, 14.
14, 27. Also of a person or thing as a
cause of ruin, destruction to any one,
1 Sam. 18. 21. Ex. 10, 7. 23, 33. 34, 12.
Deut. 7, 16. Prov. 18, 7. Job 34, 30. al.
Ti'Q see "ib .
Tit]
549
1*1:2
*^*^ in Kal not used, to change, to
alter, intriins. i. q. ">0'. The Syrians
include in Ihis root the idea ol" btiying ;
the Arabs in the form -Xjo mid. Ye, that
of selling ; both from the practice of
barter. The form n^ia is softened from
"ina II, q. v.
Hi PH. I'^^i'i 1. to change for some-
thing else, to exchange^ c. ace. Lev. 27,
33. Ez. 48, ] 4. Mic. 2, 4. With a of the
thing /or which exchange is made, Ps.
106, 20. Jer. 2, 11. Lev. 27, 10 ; also of
that into which any thing is changed,
Hos. 4, 7.
2. Absol. to change, intrans. Ps. 15, 4
he swears n'^s^ xbi and changes not sc.
hie mind. i. e. does not violate his oath.
46. 3 ynx "T^ona xn-'r-xb we will not fear
though the earth should change, i. e. pe-
rish, comp. 102. 27.
NiPH. 1^3 (as iffroraaroot inia) to be
changed, Jer. 48, 11.
Deriv. ni:i:en.
T t
S^'ni'a m. once i^^O Deut. 26, 8. R.
1. fear, Gen. 9, 2 CDX-iiB the fear of
you. Deut. 11,25. Also reverence, Mai.
1,6.
2. object of fear or reverence, spec, of
God, comp. ins. Is. 8. 12. 13. Ps. 76, 12.
3. Metori. a fearful and wonderful
deed, a miracle. Deut. 26. 8. 34. 12. Jer.
32. 21. Ps. 9. 21 Keri : xnia ni-rj nniq
tarib set forth, Jehovah, terrible deeds
among them ; Cheth. fTniia. Plur.
n-^xnira Deut. 4, 34.
^y^ m. (r. J"nr) Is. 41, 15, plur.
Ci5ii^~2 Sam. 24. 22, and wifch the syU
lable prolonged in the later manner
(comp. Lehrg. p. 145) D"<a-'ni^ 1 Chr.
21, 23, a threshing-sledge, Lat. tribulum.
Span, trillo, Ital. trebbio, Arab, -^y^,
a rustic instrument for rubbing or beat-
ing out grain upon the threshing-floor.
It is of two kinds. The one is a sledge
of thick planks, having the bottom fixed
full of sharp stones or irons, and drag-
ged about by oxen over the grain ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 143. The
other consists of three or four rollers of
wood, iron, or stone, made rough, and
joined together in the form of a sledge
or dray, drawn in like manner by oxea
over the grain ; see Varro de R, R. 1.
52. Niebuhr's Reisebeechr. T. I. p. 151.
Of these the former is pr. the Hebrew
ani^ ; the latter is called nbsr Is. 28, 26.
T^'IS m. (r. Ti^) 1. a descent, decli-
vity, Josh. 7,5.' 10, 11. Jer. 48, 5. Mic. 1,4.
2. 1 K. 7, 29 Tiia nbra hanging-
work, festoons.
n^lia m. pr. part. Hiph. of r. nnv
1. a7i archer, see irn^ Hiph. no. 1.
2. the early rain, see ni'^ Hiph. no. 2;
also in tripbi? .
3. teaching. Is. 9, 14. 2 K. 17, 28 ; a
teacher, Prov. 5, 13 ; plur. of prophets,
Is. 30, 20. Job 36, 22 lo, God is mighty
in his power, nil'TS inbD "'O who is a
teacher like him 1 i. e. wise, and impart-
ing unto us wisdom ; comp. 35, 11 13Ebn
Sept. (JiWarijc, perhaps from the analo-
gy of the Aramaean K^a, fjio, lord.
Others here make Mlio i. q. nTiia Ps. 9,
21, and X"^"!^, fear, object of fear and re-
verence.
4. Moreh, pr. n. a) A Canaanite,
like Mamre, whence nnia -pbx Gen. 12,
6, and n-ii^ ijibx Deut. 11, 3o" the oaka
of Moreh, not far from Shechem, so
called from their former owner. b)
n-iisin-nyas the hill of Moreh (teacher's
hill) in the valley of Jezreel, Judg. 7, 1.
I. nnil3 rn. (r. frna) a razor, Judg.
13,5. 16, 17. 1 Sara!i, 11.
II. nnitt Ps. 9, 21 Cheth. i. q. xniia,
fear, terror, which stands in Keri by
way of gloss. See ia xni^ no. 3.
n-'T.ia see iT-ib.
yO'piZ m. (r. TlH^) Kamets impure,
posses.'iion, Is. 14, 23. Obad. 17. Trop.
Job 17, 11 "'aab ^"1"!^ the possessions of
my heart, i. e. my delights, my pleasing
hopes, possessed and cherished in ray
heart.
ncni'a f. (r. is-y^) possession, Ex. 6,
8. Deut. 33. 4. Ez. 11, 15. 25, 4. 10. al.
n5 riCni'a (possession of Gath, r.
tti"!!') Moresheth-Gath, pr. n. of a town
near Eleutheropolis, the birth-place of
Micah the prophet, Mic. 1, 14. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 423. Gentile
n. inqnian Mic. 1, 1. Jer. 26, 18.
ffliia
550
t\yn
1. IL-i/j 1. to give way, to recede,
to depart; absol. Is. 22, 25. 54, 10;
with ace. of place whither, Zech. 14. 4 ;
"a of place whence, Num. 14, 44. Judg.
6, 18. Josh. 1, 8. Is. 59, 21 ; nxiQ id. Is.
54, 10; ''iShVi of pers. Jer. 31, 36. Not
found in the kindred dialects.
2. Causat. to put away, to remove,
Zech. 3, 9.
HiPH- 1. Trans, to let remove, to let
go, e. g. prey, Nah. 3, 1 ; to withdraw
from, c. )'q, Mic. 2, 3 from which ye
shall not withdraw your necks, v. 4.
2. More frequently i. q. Kal, to give
way, to withdraw, to depart, absol. Ex.
13, 22. Job 23. 12 ; with '(Q of place, Ex.
33, 11. Prov. 17, 13 Cheth. Ps. 55, 12 ;
"ja c. inf Jer. 17, 8 "ins nib?a UJi^;; fiibl
and doth not withdraw (cease) from
yielding fruit.
* II. IT^/J i. q. tiSir-a and ^la^, to feel,
to touch, to try by the touch, Gen. 27, 21.
HiPH. id. Ps. 115, 7. Judg. 16, 26
Keri.
Deriv. pr. n. ''d'na.
bci'Q m. (r. 3!^:;) constr. acai'O , c. suff.
"laara ; plur. constr. ni:ttJi:a, once iStB-iti
Ezl 34, 13.
1. a seat, 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. Job 29,
7. Of things, as a city, seat, i. e. site,
situation, 2 K. 2, 19.
2. a sitting, session, an assembly of
persons sitting together, Ps. 1, 1. 107,
32.
3. seat, dwelling. Gen. 27, 39. Num.
24, 21. 1 E. 10, 5. Ps. 132, 13. saJiia-r^a
a dwelling-hoiise, Lev. 25, 19. ycra -i"is
a city of dwelling, to dwell in, Ps. 107,4.
7. Meton. a time of abode, Ex. 12, 40,
Concr. dwellers, inhabitants, 2 Sam. 9,
12K3*'S n-^a suJitt-Vsi.
*'% (prob. for n^tlSia felt out by Je-
hovah, r. "ci^a II) Mujihi, pr. n. m. Ex. 6,
19. Num. 3, 20; defect, "^oia 1 Chr.6, 4.
Patronym. also '^UJia for "^'Uifi^ Num.
3, 33. 26, 58.
mblD'i'a f plur. (r. rs^_^) the drawers,
poet, for cord^, bands, with which one is
bound, Job 38, 31. Com p. Arab. 2JLwm/o
a fetter, from oLwuuo firmiter tenuit.
niytCi'Q r plur. (r. yu)^) deliverances,
Ps. 68, 21.
* !n^'3 prffit. mz , irna , plur. >ina ,
JlsriB ; inf abs. flia, constr. rsiTO; imper.
na ; iut. n^a;; , 3 pers. ran , conv. naj5 .
1. to die, and so in all the Semitic lan-
guages ; Arab. ic^Lo mid. Waw, Syr.
i-o. The middle radical 1, however,
seems to be softened down from the liquid
*"i , comp. tt5~.'n , tliw ; so that the primary
root is probably mrt, comp. Sanscr. mri
to die, mrita dead, mrityu death, also
mdth, muth, mith, melh, mid, med, to
kill ; Malay mita to kill and to die ; Zend.
mreie, merete, Pehlv. mui-deh, mard, mor-
tal, man; Pers. ^<^y^ to die, Gr. jj,o-
Tog i. q. (igoTog, Lat. mors, mortis, Morta
in Liv. Andr. Germ. Mord, in old Germ,
used not only of killing but also for death,
Engl, murder. Spoken of the death of
men or animals, Ex. 11, 5. Ecc. 9, 4;
both natural Gen. 5, 8. 11. 14. 17. 20. 27.
31. al. ssepiss. and violent Ex. 21, 12.
15. Deut. 13, 10. 19, 11. 12. 21, 21. Job
1, 19. al. The instrument or cause of
death is put usually Avith 3 , Num. 35, 17.
18. 23 ; as S-tna Jer. 34, 4. 42, 17. Am.
9,10; alsoJer.'ll,21.22.21.6. 2Chr.21,
19. al. Josh. 10, 11 more died Tisn ^33X3
of the hail-stones than, etc. Judg. 15, 18
Na:i3 riax / die of thirst. Ez. 5, 12 ;
also "'rsa Jer. 38, 9. Freq. is the phrase
rw^ nia dying he shall die, i. e. lie shall
surely die. Gen. 2, 17. 3, 4. 20, 7. 1 Sam.
14, 39. 44. 2 Sam. 12, 14. al. Slightly
different is the phrase raJi"^ ria with fut.
Hoph. he shall surely be put to death,
used in the Mosaic law to denote punish-
ment, Ex. 21, 12. 15 sq. 22, 18. Lev. 20,
2. 9 sq. 27r 29. Num. 15, 35. al. Also-
n^iab nbn to be sick unto death, 2 K. 20,
1. 2'Chr.'32, 24 ; and hyperbol. Judg. 16,
16 riab "ittis: <^'^^2 ''"'' ''""^ """"*' '^^^^^^
unto death, impatient. Trop. the heart
of any one is said to die, i. e. to fiiint, to
fail, 1 Sam. 25, 37; comp. opp. 'n^n
Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15, 19. So the trunk
of a tree Job 14, 8, comp. i'^f} ; or land
untitled, Gen. 47, 19 why shotdd we die,
we and our land, which is afterwards
explained by ca)n nV na^xni . Comp.
Arab. ^^ijLo inculta, stcrilis, deserta fuit
terra. Kor. 2. 150. ib. 25. 51. ib. 29.
63. Spoken ironically Job 12, 2 D3a3
nasn rian wisdom will die with you.
nrj
651
aia
Part. P19 a dead peraon, i. c. one about
to die, Gen. 20. 3 ; or actually dead. Num.
19, II. 13. 16; without distinction ol'gun-
der, like Germ. cin Todler^ein Kranker,
Gen. 23, 1 5 comp. Heb. Gr. 105. 1. n.
Plur. Cf^^ t/ie dead, spoken of idols as
opp. to the living God, T\ bx, Ps. 106,
28 ; of men Is. 8, 19. Lam. 3, 6.
2. lo perinh, lo be dextroyed, of a state
or people, Am. 2, 2. Hos. 13, 1. See
'PiL. pni-a to kill, to slay, Ps. 34, 22.
Judg. 9, 54. 1 Sam. 14, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 9 sq,
Hii'H. n'^an, 2 pers. Mn, I pers. c.
eufF. i-'n-'on 1 Sam. 17, 3o, n-'Fittn Hos.
2, 5; fut. n^T3^, conv. ntJ*l ; to put to
death, to kill, to slay. Judg. 16, 30. 2 Sam.
3, 30. 21, 1. Often of death through
diseases, famine, etc. sent from God, Is.
65, 15. Hos. 2, 5. Ex. 16, 3. 17, 3. Num.
14, 15. 16, 13; and thus opp. to ann,
which implies a violent death by the
hand of man, comp. Is. 14. 30. Part.
B^rnaTa destroyers, perh. angels of death,
Job 33, 22.
Horn. ma!in to be put to death, to be
slain, Deut. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 19, 11. For
the phrase r^l"' r"i^ see in Kal no. 1.
Deriv. ni-a^, nrnian, and
niT3 m. constr. niia, with n parag.
nn^^an Ps. 116,15; plur. constr. ^nia
Ez. 28, 10 ; c. suff. rra Is. 53, 9.
1. death, Arab. ^HyX, Syr. |.ia.io.
Spoken of both natural and violent
death ; so T\^'0 "'bs deadly weapons Ps.
7, 14; niia "O'^ to sleep the sleep of
death Ps.'lS, 4; ^^T^ ^ Sam. 20, 31.
26, 16, and ni^-ffi-'X , one worthy of death,
condemned, IK. 2, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 29.
niT3 usai^ sentence of death, q. d. capital
crime, Deut. 19, 6. 21, 22. nio IBS the
ditst of death, the sepulchre, Ps. 22. 16.
nia "'ban, nna "^sopia, snares of death,
with which death lies in wait for mor-
tals, Ps. 18, 5. 6. Prov. 13, 14; comp.
the personification of death Ps. 49, 15.
Cant. 8. 6 Also Jon. 4, 9 nji: IS ''b nnn ,
comp. Ecclus. 27, 2. Matt. 26, 38. Poet.
the dead. Is. 38, 18.
2. place of the dead. Sheol. Hades, the
grave. Job 28, 22. Hence niia-insai the
gaies of death, i. e. of Sheol, of the grave,
Ps. 9, 14 ; ri^a-innn the chambers of the
grave Prov. 7, 27.
3. deadly disease, plague, pestilence,
Jer. 15, 2. 18, 21. 43, 11. Job 27, 15.
Comp, {>uvuio^ Rev. 0, 8. 18, 8. Chald.
Wfm, Syr. |jiaIo, Arab. ^^"Jo, id.
also Germ, schwarzer Tod, the black
death, a pestilence which raged in the
middle ages.
4. destniction,ruin, opTp.Q'''^J\ prosper-
ity, happiness; Prov. 11, 19. 12,28. Is.
25, 8. Ex. 10, 17.
niT3 Chald. death, Ezra 7, 26.
"iriTa m. (r. iniJ) pr. 'what is over
and above ;' hence
1. gain, profit, Prov. 14, 13. 21, 5.
2. excellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 3,
19.
nSTp m. (r. nst) constr. najip, c.
sutr. 'n3]T3, T^naia l K. 8, 31, 'plur.
PinaTia ; an altar, Lev. 1, 9. 13. 15.
2 Chr. 29, 22. al. Sept. ^vaiiiaTi]{jiov,
Arab. i>Joo, Syr. |l^yio. Tb build
an altar is 'la nja Gen. 8. 20. 1 2 7 ; ' nas
35, 1. 3. 2 Chn 28, 24 ; 'n c^jrn 1 K. 16^
32. 2 K. 21, 3. ORen followed Ijy a geni-
tive : a) Of the materials, as ncnx 'a
Ex. 20, 24; n-'33X 'a 20, 25. Josh.' 8.^31.
b) Of the divinity to which the altar is
dedicated, as "^1 natia Lev. 17, 6. Num.
12, 27. Deut. 26, 4. al. bran 'a Judg. 6,
25. 28. 30. c) Of the species of sacri-
fice offered upon it; according to which
the altars in the sanctuary both of the
tabernacle and temple were : a) 'a
nbiyn the altar of burnt-offering Ex. 30,
28 ; or n'insn 'a the brazen altar Ex.
39. 39; this stood in the vestibule. /5)
r-;-3p)n 'a the altar of incense Ex. 30, 27.
31.8; or -yri^t^ 'a the golden altar 39, 38.
40. 5. 26. 1 K. 7, 48; in the outer sanc-
tuary of the temple (ba-'na). Plur. of-
ten of idol-altars, Is. 17. 8. 27, 9. 2 K. 21,
3. 4. 2 Chr. 14, 2. 33, 3. 34, 4. al.
""If obsol. root, i. q. T^oa q. v. to
mingle, spec, to mix wine, to prepare it
with spices; see Thesaur. p. 808, and
comp. Gr. xtgdrvvpi. Chnld. ata id. Syr.
7
>-,. 1^0 Pe. and Pa. to mingle ; Pa. also for
Gr. xanrjlevia 2 Cor. 2. 17. Arab. 'yX to
mingle, spec, wine with water AbulC
Ann. IV. 463. Kor. 76. 17. Hence
552
bT^
^1'^ m. wine sc. as mixed, i. e. pre-
pared with spices, spiced uine. Cant. 7,
3. Pliny mentions (H. N. XIV. 13 v. 15,
19) a 'vinum aromatites,' made with
myrrh and fragrant cane ; and this
seems to be tiie kind of wine implied in
Stti, and also in -01? , T^O^a, q. v.
Others, from the use of the verb z.vo
in the kindr. dialects, understand wine
tempered with water. See in Thesaur.
p. 808.
* mT"^ obsol. root i. q. n:i72, "j'STa,
q. V. Arab, yo , to suck. Hence
nt"0 m. verbal adj. intrans. sucked
out, exhausted ; once plur. Deut. 32. 24
25n "^^-q exhausted icith famine. Sept.
iTfi^ofjitvoi h[iil>. Vuig. consumentur fame.
n-Tia (fear, r. ^vo) Mizzah, pr. n. m.
Gen. 36, 13. 17.
ITTa (for r-ii'-q, r. mj) plur. t:"^"T:2,
cells, garners, Ps. 144, 13. Sept. nx/^inu.
nT^T'53 fl (r. t^T no. 2) a dmr-post, on
which the door moves on its hinges. Ex.
21, 6. 1 Sam. 1. 9. Is. 57, 8. Ez. 41. 21.
al. Plur. rwi^ Deut. 6, 9. 1 K. 6. 31.
Prov. 8, 34 ; also ''an "-nd Ex. 1 2, 7. 22. 23.
lira m. (r. -(^T) food, Gen. 45, 23. 2
Chr. 11, 23.
jiT^ Chald. food, Dan. 4, 9. 18.
Iv "IITtt m. (r. "ilT I) compression,
binding up, of a wound ; trop. of reme-
dies applied to the wounds of a state,
Jer. 30, 13. Me ton. a wound, sore, sc. to
be pressed and bound up, Hos. 5, 13.
II. "lira m. (r. ntiT II. 1) falsehood ;
then treachery, plot, Ob. 7. So Sept.
Vuig. Chald. Syr. well. Others, a net,
mare, from Aram. "VO to spread out.
* TT/^ obsol. root i. q. t5p , Chald.
TiQTTanK to foxo down, to melt with fear.
Hence pr. n. njia .
'^T"'9 obsol. root, perh. to gird.;
whence are usually derived riTTD and
n^Tn girdle. This sense of these words
is indeed certain, espec. from Ps. 109, 19 ;
but the etymology is doubtful. Thus
MTB and n'^T'O may come from r. T\yo (;if-
ter the forms ns3 , rpi&o) ; and also from
^^IJ) ^'^ i in which case riTtt w^ould be
part. Hiph. of nriT, and ti'^TTS or TTM^
part. Hiph. of niT. But none of these
roots, neither HTTa nor nriT nor n^iT, is
found in the Semitic languages with the
requisite signification. Still, we may
with probability ascribe to the monosyll.
root HT, -T. pT, -^r , and transp. in, the
signif to bind, to strengthen; comp. pm ^
lilysk, (V'n-^j to bind, etc. T^n p^"n,
(^yifc, (^J-A-i>., isl) etc. and there is
notliing to hinder us from assigning the
same power to the biliterals nnj, nsiT,
and to the triliteral riT^. Simonis, Jahn,
Hitzig, and others, follow the etymology
from ntT3 ; the other from nm, nsiT, ac-
cords better with the common analogy.
^V^ m. a girdle Ps. 109, 19. Trop.
of the bonds of a subject people, Is. 23,
10. Seeinr. ni^.
n''T^ m. constr. T\'}->2, a girdle. Job
12, 21. See in r. mo. '
f^"''?''? f plur. (see note) constella-
tions, spec, the twelve ,fign.^ of the zodi-
ac. 2 K. 23. 5. Sept. fx()t'Qov(j(!i , as if
reading mTO as in Job 38, 32. Vuig.
diiodecim signa. Targ. xrbj^n, Syr.
jl^lclc. The same word is frequent
in later Hebrew writers, and also in a
form slightly changed in Aramaean ; e. g.
st*i2d pVt^ the constellations of heaven
Targ. Is. 47, 13 ; S^bj'? "O'^'^n the twelve
signs Targ. Esth. 3, 7. al. The sense
signs of the zodiac, therefore, is sup-
ported not only by the context, but also
by the Aramtean usage, as well as by
the almost constant tradition of ancient
interpreters. See Thesaur. p. 869.
Note. More difficult is it to determine
the origin and true signification of the
forms mbjo and m'"i-Ti2, which are justly
regarded as identical, r and / being in-
terchanged (see in b) ; although it is
uncertain which form is the primary one.
Taking first the softer, nibjo, these con-
stellations are held to be so called from
their infiuv or injltience upon the desti-
nies of men, from r. bt3 to flow (comp.
Lat. infltixus stellarum Firmic.) ; or from
\\\e\r going, revolving, from r. bjX q. v. or
again the signs of the zodiac were re-
garded as the stations or lodgings of the
sun in his course ; comp. Jy^^ station,
M:a
553
*iTa
night-quarter, from r. Jij to descend,
dismourit ; its the Anilw in like manner
cull the zodiac myjj\ dULi the circle
of palaces. More correctly, however,
the harder ni")j Job 38, 32, is assumed
by others as the earlier and primary
Corm, though they have not succeeded
in pointing out its true origin ; for the
n'i*iJT3 are not crowiut, as if kindred with
Its diadem ; nor zones, belts, from r. iTX,
as implying either the belt of Orion or
the zone of the zodiac ; but, in accord-
ance with the certain usage oi' the He-
brew and Arabic, the word signifies pre-
monilioiut. forewarnings, concr. fore-
tDarners, presagers, (comp. pnesaga
Stat. Theb. 8. 145.) i. e. constellations
having a foreknowledge of future events
and loretokening them to mortals, ac-
cording to ancient and popular belief;
see in r. it: Hiph. no. 1, for the Arabic
usage.
^^J^ m. (r. abj) a fork, Jlesh-hook,
with which flesh was drawn out of the
pot, 1 Sam. 2, 13. 14.
TObT^ f. (r. A]) a fork, flesh-hook,
enumerated among the utensils of the
altar, Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 4, 14. al.
n'DT'a f. (r. ort) with n parag. tinato
Jer. 11, 15; plur. niat^Q.
1. meditation, cogitation, ihmight; Ps.
10, 4 i^niHTr-bs wrfs^ -px there is no
God ! such are all his thoughts. Spec.
counsel, purpose ; Job 42, 2 no purpose
is withholden from the, i. e. thou dost
accomplish all thy counsels. Ps. 37, 7
mat 13 nc5 who e.vecuteth his purposes
(parall. "isn^ ri'ibsa). i. e. who prospers
in his plans. Oftener in a bad sense,
evil counsel, vricked purpose, Ps. 10, 2. 21,
12. Job 21, 27. Jer. 51, 11 ; iab niSTa
Jer. 23, 20. 30, 24. Hence
2. machination, device, plot, Prov. 12,
2. 14, 17. 24. 8. Also mischief, wicked-
ness, i. q. naf , Ps. 139, 20.
3. i.q. niaTa nsn (Prov. 8, 12), coun-
sel, prudence, sagacity, Prov. 1, 4. 3, 21;
plur. 5, 2.
"iTQTia m. (r. "laT II) a so7ig, psalm,
Sept. ipcckfiog, found only in the inscrip-
tions of the Psalms, e. g. Ps. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8.
9 etc. 24. 47. 48. 68. 98. etc.
47
T}''?y^ f (r. "laj I ) a pruning-knift,
pruning-hook, only plur. ni^ara, Ig. 2,
4. 18, 5. Mic. 4, 3 ; c. suff. Joel 4, 10.
nn'5?T^ f. (p. naj l ) only plur. ni-iBta,
forcepi, snuffers. 1 K. 7, 50. 2 K. 12,' 14.
Jer. 52, 18. 2 Chr. 4, 22.
"^yyo m. (r. '^Sl) smallness, feloness ;
Is. 16, 14. 24. 6 ina I'isx few men.
Of time, "^Sfa -ra emphat. a very little
time, Is. lo'^S. 29, 17.
I '9 obsol. root of uncertain signif
either i. q. ^(^ to be corrupt, fold,
. ^
whence NtX^ rotten, as an egg, and
filthy, polluted, of a man ; or else i. q.
yo (a and 3 being interchanged) to cfe-
spise, to contemn, pr. i. q. "TJ to separate
out, to expel ; and Syr. , tn'in to contemn.
Hence "^Taa bastard.
'niHj'a f plur. linnl Xf/ofi. Job 38, 32 ;
i. q. nib?a , the twelve signs of the zodiac^
See fully in riibja, and note. R. its.
Tl^'f? m. {r.Ti'yi) awinnower,itirmoit~
ing fork or shovel. Is. 30, 24. Jer. 15, 7..
Arab. ;^>Joo, Syr. |-?jic, id. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 277. 371.
iTlT'a J see B''ita .
'^^T'a m. (r. t\-]\) the sim-rising,
only by meton. for the orient, the east,.
Ps. 103, 12. Dan. 8, 9. Am. 8, 12. al.
Zech. 8, 7 n-;)ta ynx the land of the east,
east country.' Neh. 3, 29. 2 Chr. 29, 4.
With genit. I'n'^n'i nnya on the east of
Jericho Josh. 4. 19. 1 Chr. 4. 39. 6. 63 ;
c. b id. 2 Chr. 5. 12. 1 Chr. 5. 10 "bs-bs
"^^^f^ '^'7!^ "^l?!? on all tlie eastern guar-
ter of Crilead. With Prep. a) nntaV
towards the east Neh. 3, 26. 1 Chr.' 12;
15 ; once nnnrab 2 Chr. 31, 14. b)-
nn^aa from The east Is. 41, 2. 43, 5. 46,
11. Dan. 11. 44. Ps. 107. 3 ; also a/ or on
the east (see in 'a no. 3 h) Josh. 11, 3.
17, 10. More fully cad nnyaa from
the east Judg. 11. 18. Isl-ll. 25. Ps. 50.
1 ; also on the east Num. 21, 12. Judg.
20, 43. Further : c) Accus. n^Ta to-
wards the east, eastward. 1 Chr. 9. 24.
Neh. 12. 37 : and ca'^ n-iTa Deut. 4. 47.
Josh. 1, 15. 13, 5. al. d) With n- local.
-IT-J
554
nr>J2
Mri'if^D towards the east, easticard. Ex.
27. 13. 38, 13. Num. 2, 3. 3, 38 : nnni^Q
"C-c-J id. Deut. 4, 41. Josh. 12, 1. Judg'.
21. 19.
C^ITTa m. plur. (pr. part. Pi. fT7.T^, r.
-rnt) lit. /Ae scattering, poet, for //le
noWA winds, which scatter the clouds
and bring severe cold. Job 37, 9 ; Vulg.
Arct7irus, Sept. ccxfjonrjoia, perhaps to
be read a^xnoa or (<(iXTor^ot'. Comp.
v:i;LwML;ot\ and icyUjt j dispergentes, of
winds, Kor. 51. 1. Others make it the
same with m'lj^ Job 38, 31.
'5'\VQ m. (r. y^t) constr. S'l!'? V^ace
soicn, a yield ; Is. 19, 7 "iX^^ ynr^ the
yields of the Nile, i. e. watered by the
Nile. Arab. x^y>- id.
p'^.T'a m. (r. pny) plur. ti"'p'^T^ constr.
'jri-iTri ; also mpntis, c. sufl'. T'np'iTia ; a
vase, vessel, from which was sprinkled
the blood of victims, a sacrifcial bowl,
basin, Num. 4. 14. 7. 13. 19. 25 sq. Ex.
38, 3. al. Also of a wine-bowl Am. 6. 6.
H''? m. adj. (r. nn-a) 1. fat. marrowy.
spec, of fat sheep, plur. a'Ti^a , Ps. 66, 15;
in some copies D"^n"'i3. Arab. J^-J^^
marrowy, of a fat sheep. O
2. Trop. rich, noble, comp. yi^^, Is. 5.
17.
n^ m. (r. 'nrv2) marrow, Job 21. 24.
Arab. A^ and Aj , Aram. ^woJ^, Xlii
* Xm53 j. q. Aram, xnia, jllic, fo
strike, to smile, in Heb. poet, for the
common nsrt ; comp. '"inn no. 2, With
51? i. q. ?? nrn (2 K. ll' 'l2) to dap the
hands. Ps. 98, 8 r=->isn:a'n ni^ni let the
floods clap their hands, in exultation,
"is. 55, 12.
PiEL id. inf. c. suff. n; r|Sn^. Ez. 25, 6.
XHTS Chald. to strike, to smite, Dan.
2, 34. 35, and often in the Targums.
Comp. Gr. fid/o/jut, ^I'tyj^ Heb. Nnis,
nn^, nr;. Some refer hither xn^ or
xn^ Dan. 5, 19 ; but this is part. Aph.
from i<"n. 'saving alive.'
Pa. sni? hK with n^a to r/it7tf upon
erne's hand, i. e. to stay his hand, to re-
strain. Dan. 4, 32 [35] none can stay
his (God's) Jiand, and aay unto him,
What doest thou 7 This phrase is more
common in the Targums (comp. Ecc. 8,
3) and Talmud, for to restrain, to hin-
der ; and in the same sense the Arabs
have the formula 8 Jo lAx. ^w)wO, Ca-
moos. ^
Ithpe. to be affixed, to be fastened up-
on, so. by nails. Ezra 6, 11.
^^'T!''? m. (r. xsn) a hiding-place. Is.
32, 2.
Q^^^hn^a m. plur. (r. NSn) hiding-
places, 1 Sam. 23, 23.
rnsn-Q f. (r. i^n) c. suff. iTTi'Z.r.-q^
junction, junc'.ure, i. e. the place where
one thing is joined upon another, e. g.
of curtains. Ex. 26, 4. 5 ; of the parts of
the ephofl, Ex. 28, 27. 39, 20.
ni"l3.n'n f plur. (pr. Part. Pi. r. lan)
covjoiners, couplers, i. e. a) beams,
braces of wood, for joining and fastenmg
a building, 2 Chr..34, 11. b) cramps,
hooks, of iron for joining, etc. 1 Chr.
22, 3.
m^n'Q t: Ez. 4, 3 (r. rsn) contr. for
prrr.D, a pan, frying-pan. "Lev. 2, 5. 6,
li V, 9. 1 Chr. 23, 29. Ez. 4, 3.
IT^i^n'Q f (r. iriH) girdle, belt, cine-'
tiire, Is. 3, 24.
'"^ 9 ^^^t- '^'^'^'li P**- ^o stroke, to rut
over, to wipe. Hence
1. to wipe of. to wipe away. a)
Genr. e. g. a dish 2 K. 21, 13 see below ;
tears Is. 25, 8 ; the mouth Prov. 30, 20.
So of letters, writing, to blot out, Ex.
32, 32. 33. Num. 5, 23. Trop. to blot mi
sins, to forgive them, Ps. 51, 3. 11. Is,
43, 25. 44, 22. b) So to blot out, i. q. to
destroy, as men from the face of the
earth Gen, 6, 7. 7, 4 ; the name and
memory of any one Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 9.
14. 25, 19. Ps. 9, 6. 2 K. 14, 27. So 2
K. 21, 13, where the native power is
preserved : / will wipe {destroy) Jeru-
salem as one wipeth a dish, lie wipelh
and turneth it upside down,
2. to stroke, i. e. emph. fo strike, to
smite, i. q. n^ ; hence Tra stroke.
Trop. c. is, to strike upon, in a geo-
grapiiical sense i. q. to reach nnto, to ex-
tend to, as a boundary Num. 34. 11.
3. to rub over with a fa* bubstance
nn:3
665
hence intrans. to be /at, marrowy, i. q.
nna q. v. see below in Pual.
Note. From the primary eignif. of
stroking, nibhins^ over, which is i\lso the
usuul one in this root, have arisen the
otlier two ; and these are more common
in the kindred forms snia and nms q. v.
Chald. xnia to wipe off, to strike ; Arab.
L^ to wipe or wash off, to blot out, to
destroy. In the Indo-European tongues
corresponding in signif are ftuaaia fis-
ftn/n, fiviraw, and with a sibilant vfium,
(Tfivo), aftrj/oi, (Tfiuixo).
PiEL privat. emedullavit, q. d- to un-
s ^
marrow, i. q. Arab. A,jo Conj. II ; see
Kal no. 3. Hence C-
Pual pass, einedullatns est ; Is. 25. 6
DTnaia 0^31313 fatnens nnmarrowed. i. e.
drawn out from marrow-bones and there-
fore tlie most delicate. The form is from
a sing. Ti?3, for the common nn'oia.
and corresponds to the fonn c'^ppTC in
the other clause.
HiPH. fut. apoc. nan Nch. 13, 14, also
""TiXiV) masc. Jer. 18, 23 for nnrn ; i. q.
Kai no. 1, to blot out, to destroy. Neh. 13,
U. Jer. 18, 23. Prov. 31, 3 ^"^^"^l^
'^rsTS nin^b nor give thy ways to the
destroying of kings, n'nTsb for ri'n^nb ;
so those who suppose a warlike spirit to
be here reprehended. Better, to the cor-
Tnipters, destroyers of kings, i. e. courte-
sans ; either reading nintb as part. fem.
of Kal, or else regarding ninia as fem.
plur. of an adj. nnia in an aclive sense.
NiPH. nnos, fut. nnja''. apoc. naMbr
na-^ Ps. lOa 13. Gen. 7,' 23.
1. Pass, of Kal no. 1. a. to be wiped
away, to be blotted out. e. g. from the
book of life, Ps. 69, 29. So of reproach,
Prov. 6, 33 ; of sin Ps. 109, 14. Neh. 3,
37 ; comp. Ez. 6, 6.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. b, to be destroyed,
as men Gen. 7, 23 ; a tribe from Israel
Judg. 21, 17 ; the name of any one Deut.
26, 6. Ps. 109, 13.
^1^ adj. fem. nn^a, see in r. nn^
Hiph.
n^llTQ f (t. 5!in) a compass, compass-
es, for drawing circles. Is. 44, 13.
TlfTa m. (r. T5n) pr. a refuge ; hence
a haven. Imrbour, Ps. 1 07, 30. So Chald.
Syr. Vulg.
bX^^ma and ^T'::Vf1^ (perh. smitten
of God, for bx ^^n-o, r. nnia) Mehujael,
pr. n.ofa patriarch descended from Cain,
Gen. 4, 18.
D^'iirn? (r. njn) Mahavitcs, a gentile
name 1 Chr. 11,46, where wc should
expect the sing, ''^na . Elsewhere un-
known.
bin^ m. (r. bin) constr. hitn.
1. a dance, dancing, sc. in a circle,
Ps. 30, 12. 149, 3. 150, 4. Jer. 31, 4. 13.
Lam. 5. 15.
2. Mahol, pr. n. m. 1 K. 5, 11 [4, 31].
nbin-a or nbnia f (r. bm) a dance,
i. q. bin^ no. 1, Cant. 7, 1 ; Plur. iribh^
E.x. 32, 19. Judg. 11, 34. 21, 21. al.
^TH^ m. (r. njn) o zfision, Gen. 15, 1.
Num.24, 4. 16. Ez. 13,7.
^Tn"g f (r. mn) a loindow, 1 K. 7, 4. 5.
niS'^Tn'O (visions) Mahazioth, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 30. R. njn.
I n J - obsol. root, i. q. nrra no. 3,
Arab. 2s>o IV, to be marrowy, of a bone ;
C
to be fat, of a sheep ; whence nia mar-
rowy, nb marrow. The primary notion
lies in rubbing over, besmearing, with a
fatty substance, comp. nni2 note. Kindr.
are m^ and rT::i2 .
- T - *
^Tyi2 m. (r. iin^a no. 2) a stroke, per-
cussion. Ez. 26, 9 "ibs;? ^n-o the stroke
of what is over against it, i. e. batter-
ing-raras or the like. See in bnp.
S'l'^n^ (perh. junction, r. nw Pa. l*n
to join) pr. n. m. Mehida, Ezra 2, 52.
Neh. 7, 54.
n^niS f (r. n^n) 1. preservation of
life, Gen. 45, 5.' 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ezra 9.
8. 9. Meton. vieans of life, living, suste-
nance. Judg. 6, 4. 17, 10.
2. Prob. something live, the quick, a
raw spot on the body ; hence a spot, the
quick; Lev. 13, 10 rx">sa 'n "^ba r:nw
and if there be a spot (the quick) of raw
flesh in the tumour, v. 24 and [(the spot
of burning be a white spot. So Syr.
Chald.
"I'^TITS m. (r. "n^) 1. price, for which
a thing is bought or .fold, Prov. 17, 16.
27, 26. "i'nra at a price, for money, 2
bri53
556
12^112
Snm. 24, 24. ^"in^n xb not for price,
gratis, i. q. CSn, Is. 45, 13. 55, 1. al.
2. hire, wages, Mic. 3, 11. Deut. 23,
19. Dan. 11, 39. Plur. O-ininia Ps.44, 13.
3. Mehir, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11.
- '^?t!|'^ m. (r. nbn no. 3.) constr. rtbna ,
sickness, disease, Prov. 18, 14. 2 Chr.
21. 15.
nbn'Q (disease, r. nbn) Mahlah, pr.
n. a) Fern. Num. 26^ 33. 27, 1. Josh.
17, 3. b) 1 Chr. 7, 18, where the sex
is uncertain.
nbn^ f. i. q. nbnj? , disease, Ex. 15,
:2G. 23', 25. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28.
T'OTytl f. (r. ^^n) a cave, cavern, plur.
Is. 2, 19'.
Tbrrq f. see nbina.
I'lbn'a (sickly, from the form nbn'C
and ending "(i) pr. n. m. Mahlmi, Ruth
1, 2. 4, 9. 10.
"hm (sickly, r. tibn) Mahli, pr. n. m.
a) Ex. 6, 19. Num.' 3, 20. b) 1 Chr.
23, 23. 24, 30.
C^bnia m. plur. (r. nbn no. 3) dis-
eases, 2 Chr. 24, 25.
5^?n''? - (* ^^l) ^ slaughter-knife,
with which the victims were killed tor
sacrifice, so called as gliding or passing
through the flesh ; once in Plur. "'sbriTa
Ezra 1, 9. Syr. U^ , Rabb. Cj^iin
knife ; hence r. > =i\t to shave the hair,
-comp. r^iro "I'^arn.
niSbnia f. pUir. (r. t|Vn) braids,
plaits, of hair, Judg. 16. 13. 19 ; so all the
ancient versions. The idea of braiding
differs little from that o? changing, inter-
changing, see the root in Pi. and Hiph.
no. 1 ; and a trace of it is found also in
Arab. \^ju.X.s. twisted, convolute.
nisbn'a f. plur. (r. ybn) costly or fes-
tive garments, holiday clotiies, which
are put off at home, Is. 3, 22. Zech. 3, 4.
Comp. Arab. >bA^ exuit vestem, veste
Holemni donavit ; iutjj> a eostly gar-
ment.
^Vy^'9. ^- (r. p^) c. euff. 'np^niD,
plur, p>pbn.
1. smoothness; hence a slij)ping away,
escape, comp. the root Hiph. no. 2. So
in pr. n. ripbnan y\o the rock of es-
capes, 1 Sam. 23, 28.
2. division, class, cmirse; spec, of the
24 classes of the Levites and priesls,
itfrififQiui, xlr,(^oi, 1 Chr. 24. 1. 28, 13.
2 Chr. 8, 14. 31, 2. 35, 4. al. Also of the
people oi: Israel, Josh. 11, 23. 12, 7. 18,
10. Ez. 48, 29 ; of an army 1 Chr. 27,
1 sq.
^p'?'7''5 Chald. id. only plur. "(J^bna
courses of the Levites. Ezra 6, 18.
f^^H''? m. (r. nbn no. 1) 1. A string-
ed instrument, xiif^a^n, cithara, i. e. a
lyre, guitar, accompanied by the voice,
Ps. 53, 1. 88, 1. Comp. Eth. i^'SA^
song, also xi&tx^ut, see Vers. JEthiop.
Gen. 4, 21.
2. Mahalath, pr. n. f. a) The daugh-
ter of Ishmael, the wife of Esau. Gen.
28, 9. b) The wife of Rehoboam,
2 Chr. 11, 18.
"^ribrra MeholatMte, gent. n. from
n3in72 brsj, see bns II. d. 2 Sam. 21,8.
ms^ri'a Ps. 55, 22, commonly taken
as a noun derived from MXian curdled
milk, q. d. milky words, but against the
context. Better, if we take ris?2n73 as
ibr n'x:crT3 or risrTO (as Cod. R. 368),
Hirek or Tsere being changed to Fa-
tah on account of the foil. Hateph-
Patah ; comp. Iinx for n-iPiS Judg. 5,
28, 'Snrn;^ for "^JrTcn-i Ps. 51, 7, and the
like ; and then we may render, smoother
than curds of milk is his mmdh. Chald.
and Symm. also lake the Mem here for
"|T3 ; and this accords too with the paral-
lelism. So Kimchi.
'TCna ra. constr. '^'sriTa ; plur. n^'n'ona ,
constr. 'Iirna . R, "irn.
1. desire J then thing desired, a de-
light, e. g. ~f ?"'? 'I'r'l^ ^/''^ desire, de-
light, of thine eyes, 1 K. 20. 6. Ez. 24, 16.
Is. 64, 10. Hos. 9, 16 the delights of their
womb, i. e. tlieir dearest offspring.
2. loveliness. Cant. 5, 16.
3. something precious, costly, plur. Joel
4, 5. 2 Chr. 36, 19. Is. 64, 10. Lam.
1, 10.
D'^TCn'a m. plur. (r. "r^n) so7)iething
precious, costly. Lam. I, 7 ; also fully
written o-''n!ino v. 11 Cheth.
an^a
557
yriTj
bTaritt m. (r. brn) constr. itj , pr.
object of pity, sijinpafhij ; then of love
nnd nffecUon, a deliglit ; Ez. 24, 21
craJB? bon^ the delight of your soul.
The prophet employs the word in an
unusual signification, for the sake of
paronomasia in the tiouns T^n^ and
^^o ; comp. DttjE? xbia v. 25 in the
same context
n2T5rna f see r. yon Hiph.
Mini? (r. njn) usually masc. but fera.
Gen. 32. 9. Ps. 27, 3 ; constr. T^:'n^Q ; sing.
c. euff. ?;"'3nT5 Deut. 23, is" 29, 10;
C3"':n'a Am. 4. 10; cn-isno Num. 5, 3.
Josh. 10, 5. 1 1, 4. Judg. 8, 10 ; perh. also
1 Sam. 17, I. 53. 28, 1. 29, 1 (comp.
Heb. Gr. 91. 9. n), which last pas-
sages the ancient interpreters and
Kimchi take as in the plural ; see in
nstnia . For the plur. see after no. 2.
1. an encampment, camp, eitlier of
troops Josh. 6, 11. Judg. 7, 10 sq. 8, 11.
12. 1 Sam. 4, 3. 14, 15. 19 ; or of noma-
des Gen. 32, 21. Ex. 14, 19; and so of
the encampment of the Israelites in the
desert Ex. 32, 19. 26. Lev. 14, 18. Num.
4. 5. 15. 5, 2. 10, 34. 11, 9. 30. 31. al. sajp.
Hence
2. an army, host; i'X'iia^ nrnig Ex.
14, 19. Josh. 6, 18. 1 Sam.'2S, 19"; l""-?^ 'a
Judg. 7. 15 ; D-^naibs ':q 1 Sam. iV. 46.
28, 5 ; DTibx 'a God''s host, of angels
Gen. 32, 3 (elsewhere n"?'i"n x^s) ;
perh. also 1 Chr. 12, 22, comp. Dan. 7,
10; elsewhere of the Israelites 2 Chr.
14, 12; and poet, of locusts as sent of
God Joel 2, 11. So of any troop, com-
pany, band, Gen. 33, 8. 50, 9.
Plur. with a threefold form: a) a"'5r:T3
camps, Num. 13, 19. But c. suff. r^-sn'a,
Cfi^jn^, are in the sing, see above,
b) PTsno m. whence '"O ':'IJ two camps
or bands Gen. 32. 8. 11. Num. 2, 17. 32.
1 Sam. 17, 4. Ez. 4. 2. Zech. 14, 15 ;
but nin") risni? the camps i. e. courts of
Jehovah, where the priests aa it were
encamped, 2 Chr. 31, 2. c) n-'in^ , as
from a sing. "'Sn'O ; comp. C'^n'Sia in iin^
Pual. Cant. 7, 1 n^snan the lieavenly
hosts, as in Gen. 32, 3, i. e. angels
(n'iit2s),to whom the poet here ascribes
dances, as elsewhere song, Job 38, 7 ;
comp. the pr. n. Cini? , which some very
ineptly apply in Cant. 1. c.
47*
T7"^.rr|^ (camp of Dan) Mahaneh-
Dan, pr. n. of a place near Kirjath-jea-
riin in the tribe of Judah, Judg. 18, 12.
W^IV^O, (camps, see nsnr Plur. letLc,
according to Gen. 32, 3 ' camps or hosUf
of angels.') Mahanaim, pr. n. of a town
beyond Jordan on the confines of the
tribes of Gad and Maiiassch, afterwards
assigned to the Levites, Josh. 13, 26. 30.
21, 38. 2 Sam. 2, 8. 12. 29. 17, 24. 27.
1 K. 2. 8. 4, 14. [In the same region
arc still the ruins of a place called aLLtf
Mahmh; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App.
p. 166. R.
pfH^ m. (j.^yn) a strangling, -piiTiiW.
rvQ . Job 7, 15.
"9^"'? Ps. 46, 2, elsewhere "Cri'a m,
(r. non) constr. non??, c. suflf. "^cnia Ps.
62, 8 and ^pri-3 71, 7 ; a refuge, slieller ;
Is. 25, 4 C7_?"a nonis a refuge from the
storm. Job 24, 8. Ps. 104. 18. Is. 4,6. 28,
15. 17. Often of God, in various con-
structions, Prov. 14, 26. Joel 4, 16. Ps.
46, 2. 71,7. 73,28. 91,9. 142, 6.
D'^CHTS m. (r. COn) a muzzle, fasten-
ing for the mouth. Ps. 39, 2.
nicrna and "ICTO m. R.itsn.
1. want, deficiency, sc. of any particu-
lar thing; "iS'H'bs I'ion'a "px there is no
want of any thing Judg. 18, 10. 19, 19.
20; comp. Deut. 15. 8.
2. want, need, poverty. Prov. 6, 11. 11,
24. 14,23. 21,5.17i"iDn^ d''^ a poor man.
22, 16. Plur. Prov. 24, 34, comp. 6, 11.
^^?r''^ (his refuge is Jehovah, r.
non) Mahseiah, pr. n. m. Jer. 32, 12.
5l', 59.
Y^'^ ^^^- y^^.i 1- ^0 smite through
and through sc. with a shock, to da,9h
in pieces, to cnush, e. g. the head of
any one Ps. 68. 22. 110, 6. Hab. 3, 13;
the loins Deut. 33. 1 1 ; the temples Judg.
5, 26 ; enemies Ps. 18. 39. 2 Sam. 22, 39;
absol. Deut. 32. 39. Job 5, 18. Trop. Job
26. 12 by his wisdom he smiteth through
(rr>t.<iheth) the prid^ sc. of the sea, i. e.
restrains its proud waves. Arab, ija.^
to smite the earth with the foot, to stamp.
2. to shake, i. e. to more to and fro, to
stir, as the foot in blood dipping it in
blood. Ps. 63, 24 ="i3 M^sn yn^v\ ',7^^^ .
So prob. Num. 24. 8 (Israel as victor)
1/ * l/iJ
558
isrrj
doth eat up the nations hh enemies, he
doth craunch their hones, YV''^'^- "''^'?1'?
(cna) and shake (stir, dip) his arrows
in their blood ; comp. Ps. I. c. Some
ancient interpreters take I'^sn as in-
strument: and with his arrows he doth
crush sc. his enemies ; Sept. xttl jidc
Soklaiv txiiTov TtujmoifVfJii f/xf^fjov. Vulg.
et perforabiint sagittis. Others : his
(the enemy's) weapons doth Israel crush.
Arab. ijcJ^ to shake, to agitate, e. g.
a bucket in the water, milk in a skin for
butter; see Schultens de Defect. Ling.
Heb. p. 75. Origg. Hcb. I. p. ] 00. ad Job
I. 153, 722. Hence
Y'H'C rn. a contusion, wound, Is. 30. 26.
Sari's m. (r. 3Sn) a /ie7CT'??g-of stones,
perh. a quarry ; -^n^ "^i::;:* hewn stones,
quarried stones, 2 K.' 12, 13. 22, 6. 2 Chr.
34, 11.
rrirvq f. (r. nan) the half. Num. 31,
36. 43. "
rr^ina f (r. nsn) l. the half, Ex.
30, 13. Num. 31, 30.' 42, 47. al.
2. the middle, sc. of a day, Neh. 8, 3.
pij :2 to smite through, to crush,
once Judg. 5, 26. Arab. f?j <? delevit,
Conj. II, perdidit. Kindred are StH^,
l^n'J2 m. (r. "ij^n) ' what is known by
searching,' the inmost depth, the recesses,
i, q. -frn no. 2, Ps. 95, 4.
*'2'^ obsol. root, i. q. 1373 to buy, to
sell; see in "in53 II. Hence iTiia price.
'IH''? subst. and adv. 1. to-morrow,
the morrow, Syr. ^-L^ , Samar. id. Judg.
20. 28. 1 Sam. 20, 5. Is. 22, 13. al. tji"!
inT2 id. Is. 56, 12. Prov. 27, 1. in^b
for the morrow Num. 11, 18. Esth. 5,
12; also to-worrow Ex. 8. 6. 19, comp.
iquv^iov. in'O r'S's to-morrow: atnmt this
time, see in T"S no. 1. c ; more fully in^
rs-tn rs3 Josh. 11,6. r"id-l:\rn -inc rrs
aboid this time to-morrow or the third
dmj. 1 Sam. 20. 12, as Vulg. Chald. well;
others here join together n-^aibcn irjT3,
as \[' crastinum tertium, the day after to-
morrow, hut less well ; so Syr.
2. in time to come, hereafter, Ex. 13,
14. Josh. 4, 6. 21. ".n^a Ci-^s id. Gen.
;30, 33. Comp. n^no .
Note. This word seems not to come
from r. in^a, but is rather connected
closely with r. inK. Not nideed for
"inxia as if from Pi. "iHNTa ; but it comes
more prob. from "ins cii, and nmt:
from ninx ci"', contr. -ini3 . r'in?3;^ks
in Targ. Jonath. often NTn-cii, .-n'si"'
see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. p. 941. In the
"O therelbre we have a vestige of ai">.
See more in Thesaur. p. 784.
^ij'^ri^ f (r. xnn) cloaca, a sirik,
prvmj, 2 K. 10, 27 cVeth.
Ts-dyra and t^-^yra f. (r. irin) t
Sam. 13, 20, two agricultural cutting
instruments, one of which perhaps is the
ploughshare, and the other the coulter.
The plur. of both is m'cnpns v. 21. For
the form of oriental ploughs, see Paulsen
Ackerbau d. Morgenlander p. 52. Nie-
buhr's Dcscr. of Arabia p. 155 Germ.
On the Egyptian plough, see Descr. de
I'Egypte I. Plates 70, 71.
'^y^ f (see inTD note) constr. T'lna,
c. suff. nn~n^, the morrow, to-morrow,
once with W\-^, viz. nnnan ci'^ the day
of the m,orrow, to-morrow, Num. 11, 32.
Elsewhere riinrb (comp. "inisb) Jon. 4,
7, tnnnrb I'Sam. 30, 17 (the suff. is
pleon.) and more freq. nina^:, on the
morrow, the next day, Gen. 19. 34. Ex.
9, 6. Num. 17. 6. 23. Josh. 5, 12. Judg.
6, 38. al. rinrr'ii' even unto the mor-
row Lev. 23, 16. With genit. ni'n nina
the morrow of that day, the day after,
1 Chr. 29, 21. Lev. 23, 11. 15. 16 rinsB
r^aii'rt the day after the sabbath. Num.
33', '3. 1 Sam. 26, 27.
ClTUrfO rn. (r. Cl^^n) a peeling, decorti-
cation, adverbially Gen. 30, 37.
nairriiQ and f^^cn^ f ex. 35, 33.
2 Chr. 2, 13; constr. nrcn;?, c. sufF.
inarn?: ; pUir. m-'rn?5 , constr. r,irwn:g.
R. arn.
1. work of art or skill, see the root no.
1. Ex. 31, 4. 35, 32. 33. 35. 2 Chr. 26, 15.
2. counsel, purpose, plan, what one
meditates or has devised, 2 Sam. 14, 14.
Job 5, 12. Ps. 33, 10. 11. Prov. 15, 22. al.
So of God's counsels, Ps. 40, 6. 92. 6. Jer.
29, 11. Mic. 4. 12. Gen. 6, 5 every ima-
gination 'sb niairn'a of the purjmses of
his Iwart. wiiich his heart has medi-
tated; comp. 1 Ciir.28,9. 29, 18. Spec.
Tonia
659
nts^a
oC wicked counsels, devices, machinations,
as -(-X 'a Prov. 6, 18. Is. 59, 7. Jer. 4, 14 ;
n?n' 'o Ez. 38. 10. Esth. 9, 25; siinpl.
Esth. 8, 3. 5. For the phrase ' a:n
see in Sicn no. 3. c.
?JOnia in. (r. "Hrn) darkness Is. 29, 15.
Pb. 88, 19 T^xl^ "^T^ my acquaintances
are in darkneits, i. e. are lost from my
sight. Plur. O^XttJnia darknesses, i. e.
dark places. Ps. 88. 7. 74, 20 y^iK. "'SCnia
</te dark places of the earth. Spec, of
Slieol, Ps. 143, 3. Lara. 3, 6.
Mntt (apoc. for onno taking, grasp-
ing, r. nnn) Mahath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6,
20. 2 Cl'r.'29. 12. 31, 13. See'irirTix.
nnnia f. (r. nnn) plur. ninna 1. a
fire-pan. fire-shovel, censer, in which
coals were taken up and incense kindled,
Lev. 16, 12. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 16,
6. sq. 1 K. 7, 50. al.
2. Plur. snuff-dishes, trays. Ex. 25, 38.
37, 23; Sept. iinod^iftma. Vulg. rasa,
uhi quce emuncta stmt, e.Tsting~uantur.
This accords with the context, which
treats of the lamps.
nrinT3 f. (r. r>nn) pr. a breaking in
pieces; hence
1. destruction, ruin, Prov. 10. 14. 13,
3. 18, 7. Ps. 89, 41.
2. consternation, terror, Prov. 10, 15.
29. 21, 15. Is. 54, 14. Jer. 17, 17; comp.
48, 39.
f^'^D^''? f. (r. "1!^'^) a breaking in, sc.
of a tiiief by night, Ex. 22, 1. Jer. 2, 34.
tM m. (for ni|)T3, r. na; ; as bra for
HbsB) inclination, depression, a Into
place ; only with He local naa , which
see below.
t3'Q see uia.
* 55t:-J Chald. Dan. 4, 25. H^Q 7,
J 3. 22; comp. Heb. ssa. in which how-
ever tiie usus loquendi differs. Freq. in
the Targg.
1. to come to any place or person, c. h
Dan. 6. 24. 25 ; 1? 7, 13.
2. to reach to, c. ^ Dan. 4, 8. 17. 19.
3. to come, to come on, as time Dan.
7, 22 ; with bs to come upon any one, to
happen to him, Dan. 4, 21. 25.
StJS^tST? m. a broom, besom. Is. 14, 23 ;
see stax'J under art. O'^a p. 365.
nang m. (r. ns-j) slaughter, Is. 14,21.
ntaia m. but f. Mic. 6, 9, prob. Hab.
3, 9; constr. naa, c. suff. inaa, r,iji3;
plur. niaa Num. 1, 16. JoHh. 14, 1. 2;
once c. suff. raa Hab. 3, 14. R. naj.
1. a branch, bough, shoot. Ex. 19, 11
sq. So called from its stretching or ex-
tending itself; comp. n^"':^! from Cw3.
2. a rod, staff, for walking supporting
oneself, Gen. 38. 35 (comp. Hdot. 1. 195).
Ex. 4, 2. 4. 17. 7, 15 sq. Num. 17, 21 sq.
1 Sam. 14, 43 ; with which grain is
beaten out Is. 28, 27 ; espec. for chas-
tisement. Is. 10, 5. 15. 24. 9, 3 iasir naa
the rod of his back, with whicli he is
beaten. 14. 5. 30, 32. Ez. 7. 11 oann
r'i'") naas z^ the violence (of the ene-
my) is risen up for a rod of wickedness,
i. e. to chastise it. v. 10 na-sn 7a the
rod hath blossomed, sc. for your cha.stise-
ment. Hab. 3, 9 lax riaa nrsd sworn
are the rods of his word. i. e. the prom-
ised chastisements, he hath sworn the
overthrow of his enemies ; but more in
accordance with the parallelism the Syr.
reads ri>a'>y i. e. sated are the sj)earg
sc. with blood, a song ! Mic. 6. 9 l"a'3
naa hear ye the rod, the chastisement,
punishment. Trop. cnb naa inr to
break the staff of bread, i. e. to cause a
dearth of bread, which the Hebrews call
also 'the strengthener of the heart'
(see in l?o). pr. therefore i. q. to break
the staff of life, which bread is. Lev. 26,
26. Ps. 105, 16. Ez. 4, 16. 5. 16. 14, 13.
Spec, for a) a sceptre of a king Ps.
110,2; hence as an emblem o? power,
empire. Jer. 48. 17. b) a spear, lance,
1 Sam. 14. 27. Hab. 3, 14.
3. a tribe of Israel, (pr. a branch, no.
1.) i. q. aTr. Num. 34, 11. 15. 36. 3. 4.
"lb raa Num. 1, 49; rrrrv] 'a Num.
13, 2 sq. Josh. 20, 8 sq.' 21, 4; also
V"ad "'la ^m^- *(*J ''i?^ 'a, Num. 34
20. 22. 24 sq. Jo.sh. 13^ 29. 18. 11. aL
riaan iqx-i the heads of the tribes
1 K. 8. 1 ; riaan rias "'CS"^ the heads
of the fathers (families) of the tribes,
Josh. 14, 1. 21, 1.
HE'a (Mil^l) adv. from aa q. v. v/ith
n loc. doicn, downwards, beneath. Deut.
28. 43. Prov. 15. 24. 0pp. nbra up-
wards, above. With Prefixes :
a) naab ) down, downward, Deut.
iX:-2
560
^t2^
28, 13. Ez. 1, 27. 8, 2. Ecc. 3, 21. /?)
below, beneath, 2 K. 19, 30. Jer. 31, 37.
1 Chr. 27, 23 twenty years old naiibs
and under. With ',a Ezra 9. 13 ni:rb
JiJDiyo below our guilt, less than our sins
deserve.
b) t^:^^i''a from below, underneath,
(opp. nhvqb'Q from above, above.) Ex.
26, 24. 27^ 5.' 28, 27. 36, 29. 38, 4. 39,
20!
ntS'p f. (r. nu3) constr. ra^a, plur.
m'lS^a ; comp. Gr. xUvr] from ;<AiVa).
l.'a bed. genr. Gen. 47, 31. 48, 2. 49,
33. Ex. 7, 28. al. So for reclining at
table, Esth. 1, 6. Ez. 23, 41 ; for ease
and quiet, a couch, divan, Am. 3. 12.
6, 4. 1 Sam. 28, 23. Esth. 1, 6. 7. 8.
Prov. 26, 14.
2. a litter, palanquin, Cant. 3, 7.
3. a bier, for dead bodies, 2 Sam.
3, 31.
n^lZ m. (pr. part. Hoph. r. naa) 1. a
spreading out, expansion, plur. niiiTS Is.
8, 8.
2. a stretching, bending, wresting of
right, i. e. wrong, iniquity, sing. Ez. 9, 9.
ntsb see n::i73 .
T T
n^t3^ m. (r. M'ti) a spinning, i. e.
//itw"- .s;ji6n, Ex. 35, 25.
b'^'p'a rn. a hammered bar, as of iron,
once Job 40, 18. R. ^^1= .
* ^t3';2 <o draw out, to make long,
kindr. with br:: ; hence to forge, to ham-
mer so. iron. Arab. part. JJavo ham-
mered iron.
'ji'C'J'a m. (r. I^-J) plur. D^iTa-u:^,
constr. '3'3'J^ Is. 45, 3.
J. Place where any thing is hidden
under ground, espec. a subterranean cell,
storehouse for grain. Jer. 41, 8. Such
subterranean storehouses for grain are
still common in Palestine ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 354, 385.
2. hidden stores, hid treasure, so. un-
der ground. Prov. 2, 4. Job 3, 21. Is. 45,
3. So genr. treasure. Gen. 43, 23.
y^ia m. (r. yaj) constr. sai? ; plur.
constr. "^sriso Mic. 1, 6 ; a planting, plan-
tation, Ez' 17, 7. 34, 29. Is. 61, 3. 60, 21
Keri: "'":: ">S5 the branch of my plant-
ing, planted by me.
D^72?tl^ m. plur. (r. C?-J) Gen. 27,
4, and nilQ?t3^ f. plur. Prov. 23, 3. 6,
dainties, savoury dishts. A. Schultens
ad Prov. 1. c. remarks that the Arab.
s " "
*.*jax is used espec. of dishes from the
flesh of animals taken in hunting, which
the nomades esteem a great delicacy.
This accords well with Gen. 1. c. Comp.
his Epist. 2 ad Menk. p. 78.
mSLl'a f (r. nS'J) Ruth 3, 15, plur
ninsi:^ Is. 3, 22, a wide upper garment
of a woman, a mantle, cloak. See
Schroeder de Vestitu mulier. Heb. c. 16.
^-^ in Kal not used, to rain, as
Chald. Syr. Arab. -^.
HiPH. to rain, i. e. to give or send rain,
so God, Gen. 2, 5. 7, 4. Am. 4, 7 ; the
clouds Is. 5, 6 (here more fully -I'^ti^n
"iw?:) ; with ^? upon any thing, Am. Is.
I. c. Trop. of other things which God
sends down from heaven in the manner
of rain ; as hail Ex. 9, 18. 23 ; lightning
Ps. 1 1, 6 ; fire and brimstone Gen. ] 9. 24.
Ez. 38, 22 ; manna Ex. 16, 4. Ps. 78, 24.
Constr. with ace. of the thing rained
down, and bs upon any thing, see the
passages cited above. Once with 3 of
the thing rained down, Job 20, 23 ; see
in n^inb.
NiPH. to be rained upon, Am. 4, 7.
Deriv. pr. n. *^"ii?'3 and
T^'a m. constr. "^'^."O, plur. constr.
ni-i^' Job 37. 6 ; rain, Ex. 9. 33. Deut.
II, 17. al. V? "nija "jrj to give or send
rain upon any one, so of God 1 Sam. 12,
17. 18. 1 K. 8, 36. 2 Chr. 6, 27. al. Also
rj:j"ix "^"Q the rain of thy land. i. e. ne-
cessary for watering the ground. Deut.
28, 12. 24. 11, 14; and so r^vy, "'^^ Is.
30, 23. . To the rain is compared pleas-
ing and flowing discourse Deut. 32, 2
comp. Job 29, 23 ; also gentle and be-
neficent rule Ps. 72, 6.
"rntp'O (propelling, r. '^yS) Hatred, pr.
n. f. Gen. 36, 39.
rVjl^'a n also ^y^^ Lam. 3, 12. R,
1, place of guard, i. e. a prison, jail,
Neh. 3, 25. 12, 39. Jer. 32, 2. 8. 33, I. al.
2. scope, aim. hence mark to shoot at
^t3^
561
'^jj
(see the root no. 3 ; like Gr. trxonot from
axinrofiiu.) 1 Sura. 20, 20. Job 16, 12.
Lam. 3. 12.
>"\t:"a (for n-iats, ruin of Jehovah)
pr. n. m. Matri, 1 Sam. 10, 21.
^ for K^T? (r. xitJ where see) a sing,
not ia use, water. The only vestige of
it is in the pr. n. ''cwx (brother of wa-
ter), Eth. ^, Zab. Ja Norb. Lex. ed.
119. Hence
Plur. D^^ID, constr. "'S and rarely
*'tt''T3 . (comp. on such reduplicated forms
Ewnld's Krit. Gram. p. 508. n.) c. suff.
'TS'ns. :^''r'tj. i-'"!:"'^, cn''ia''T3, witli n
local M^";'2n Ex. 7, 15. 8, 16; waters^
water, comp. ChaUl. t<l?, Syr. ].i^,
^^fVi. Sometimes the absol. a"^^ is
found where we should expect the con-
stnict, as ynh ni^? 1 K. 22, 27. Is. 30.
20 ; al.so D73"?3 c">T3 waters to the knees
Ez. 47, 4. conip. D7?ni3 "'^ waters to tlie
loiiis, which immediately follows ; see
Heb. Gr. 1 14. n. /?. Joined with plur.
adjectives : d''*H n''a living water Gen.
26. 19. Lev. 14, 5. 50. B-'Onp C^"? con-
secrated water Num. 5, 17. C'ST O^a
Ps. 18, 17. With verbs plural. Gen. 7,
19. 8. 5. Ez. 47, 1. So also with verbs
Bing. not only where the verb precedes,
Gen. 9, 15. Num. 20, 2. 24, 7. 33, 14. 2
K. 3, 9 ; but sometimes where it fol-
lows, Num. 19. 13. 20. Coupled also
with a sutf. sing. fem. Job 14, 19 ; see
Heb. Gr. 143. 3. Spoken of the waters
of the ocean Ps. 18, 6, comp. 2 Sam. 22,
16 ; of the waters above the firmament
Gen. 1, 7. Ps. 29, 3. 104. 3. 14S, 4 ; of
water held in the clouds Job 26, 8. Ps.
18. 12 ; of rain Job 5. 10, etc. Joined
with the name of a place, it denotes wa-
ters situated near that place, a fountain,
stream, torrent, lake, marsh, etc. So
"i^S^ iO Judg. 5, 19, either the river Ki-
shon or a stream flowing into it ; so of
fountains, n-^nis: ^-q Jer. 48, 34, na-'-iTj-'a,
nine:-"'!? . daa ys ^q Josh. 15. 7; of a
brook, ini-i-i -"c Josh. 16. 1. (i^'^'i "'O Is.
15, 9. Di-iT? 'q (q. v.) of a lake or
marsh ; comp. n^^sp "'^''^5 the waters
of Egypt Ex. 7, 19. 8. 2. i^S^'i;-: ^T?"':3-b3
2 K. 5. 12. nb "^q the waters of NoaJi,
the deluge. Is. 54, 9.
Trop. a) C"K"i ^^ water of poppies,
i. 0. the juice, Jer. 8, 14. b) B-^^an 'C'^
water (if the feet Is. 36, 12 Kcri, by eu-
phemism for urine, like Syr. \L^9 Zict
Talmud. B"'bsn roio; Pers. ^,y\ \^,
Engl, to make water, c) the water of
a man is put for the semen virile, i. q.
T>1 ; comp, Arab. jLo id. Kor, 86. 5.
Pers. c>-*o Ljf aqua dorsi. Is. 48, 1
Tf^ hace come forth from the waters of
Jndah, are his offspring. Num. 24, 7. Ps.
68, 27. But not improb. for the word
'Sia should here be read '?ti?3, comp.
Gen. 15,4. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11.
In poetry, water is an emblem : ) Of
multitude, abundance, Ps. 79, 3. 88,18. Is.
11. 9. Hab. 2, 14. /5) Of great and over-
whelming dangers, Ps. 18, 17 he drew
m^. out of many waters. 32, 6. 69, 2. 3.
16. Job 27, 20. Comp. also many exam-
ples from the Arabian and Greek poets,
in Dissertatt. Ludg. p. 960 sq. y) Of
terror, Jesh. 7, 5 the heart of the people
malted C^^b Ti"'^ and became as water.
8. .-
Comp. Arab. sUo water-hearted, timo-
rous. 0pp. is a heart like stone, Job 41,
16. 8) Of weakness, debility, Ps. 22. 15
I am poured out like water. ?) Of lust,
as likened to boiling water. Gen. 49, 4,
Further, as found in proper names:
aa) ZTX\ iTD (water i. e. lustre of gold,
couip. Arab. sLe) pr. n. m. Me-zahab,
Gen. 36, 39.
bb) "V"!!?H '''q (waters of yellowness)
Me-jarkon. a town of the Danites, prob.
so called from a fountain or stream in the
vicinity. Josh. 19, 46.
cc) ri'^riB:""'^ Waters of Nephtoah
(opening), a fountain in the tribe of Ju-
dah, south-west of Jerusalem. Josh. 15. 9,
18, 15. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 334,
In other pr. names, "^q with its gen.
coalesces into one word, as X^t^o q. v.
a primitive personal pronoun.
1. Interrog. T<Vy who? pr. of persons,
as na of things. For the correlatives
Ti. x-'n, ITT, '3, see in "'B A. In the kin-
dred languages the Eth. alone has (f\
mi. but in the sense of what? spoken of
things; Aram, 'q, '{q. r^^ Arab. ^jjo.
Gen. 24, 65 nrbn tIJ-'sn "^q who is this
man? Ruth 3, 9 nx ''a who art thou?
'''n
562
T12
Cant. 6, 10. Also where the question
respects several, (Arab. ^yJuo.) Gen.
33, 5 nVx ""B who are these 7 Is. 60, 8 ;
here too for the sake of explicitness we
find '^'C) "^-q , Ex. 10, 8 c-^wbnn ''ri 'O who
are the going? who shall go? comp. Eth.
C^f-, (D<^f-, A"?^<'^5 quinam vos?
Lud. Lex. p. SO. More rarely it refers
to things, but so that the idea of person
or persons is included. Gen. 33. 8 r^P "^o
n-rn npri^n-^^ who to thee (what to thee)
are all these bands? Judg. 9, 28 Crui ''B
ssnar? 'S who (what) are the Shechem-
ites, that we should serve them? 13, 17
riro-'p. iSam. 18, lS-'5n''72n'i:5X"'a.
Mic". 1. 5 nn^n'^ mr2 -"r^ . . . ap?^ suis 't? ,
i. e. who is (//t author of) the transgres-
sion of Jacob . . . who (the authors of) the
high places ofJudah?
Specially to be noted are the follow-
ing uses : a) Put in the gen. as "^B na
the daughter of whom ? whose daugh-
ter? Gen. 24. 23. 47. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 17,
55. Jer. 44, 28. With prefixes marking
the other cases : "''cb cui ? to whom 7
Gen. 32, 18. 38, 25 ; for plur. Ex. 32, 24 ;
on account of whom ? Jon. 1, 3. "''STN
whom? 1 Sam. 12, 3. 28. 11 ; "^JSTa Ez'.
32, 19 ; ''^sa 1 K. 20, 14 ; 'C'hv_ , etc. b)
For the Lat. quis eorum? Engl, toho of
or among them? is put cna "^ja Is. 48,
14; or 173, Judg. 21,8 '^Bai:ST3 nnx ^a
^xnia*^ what one among the tribes of Is-
rael ? c) Put also in an indirect interro-
gation, after a verb of knowing, Gen.
43, 22. Ps. 39, 7 ; of seeing 1 Sam. 14,
17 ; of pointing out, 1 K. 1, 20. d) As
made intensive, in the phrases fit "i^,
t<!in io . nt xin "its , see sin , nt , e) Often
where the question implies a negative
answer, so that the interrogative form
assumes almost a negative power. Num.
23, 10 r"!^^ ^E? ^''9 '''? '"^/io can count
the dust (f the earth? i. e. no one. Is.
53. 1 V^'l^n "^"9 who hath believed? i.e.
no one, few. 51. 19. A ho witli fut. Job
9, 12 "iTSX"' ''0 who will say? who would
say? (comp. tV uv with Opt.) for. no one
ttill say. Prov. 20, 9. Ecc. 8, 4. 2 Sam.
16, 10. Witli part, in the formula 5-ii'' iT3
who knoweth? for no one knoweth. Pe.
90, 11. Ere. 2, 19. (opp. V^ xb ^o Job
12, 9,) in the sense of the Lat. nescio an.
i. e. perhaps, see ""ij no. 5. aa. ; also un-
expectedly, suddenly, see ibid. no. 1. a.
Put also with a following noun by way
of disparagement and contempt; Judg.
9, 28 T|b'!2-i3X "la who is Abimelech. thai
we should serve him? Ex. 3, 11 ''=3X "^"O
rijJ-^B-bx ~bx "13 who am /, that I should
go unto Pharaoh ? for, I am not the
proper man to go to him. f ) With fut.
it often expresses wish, longing. 2 Sam.
15, 4 CEia "'iiyc': "^n who will make me
judge ? i. e. Oh that I were made judge !
Is. 27, 4 '^?.?F}'? ''O who will give to me ?
i. e. Oh that'i might have ! Judg. 9, 29.
Ps. 53, 7. 55, 7. Job 29, 2. Hence '^'rri ^-Q
is a usual formula in wishing, see inj
no. 1. i.
2. Indefinite, whoever, any one who,
Ex, 24, 14 cn-'bs 11557 c-^-in^ bsa "^a
whoever has a suit, let him come to them.
Judg. 7, 3 aitJ^ Tini S"^7 "la whoever is
timid and fearful, let him return. Prov.
9, 4. Ecc. 5, 9. Is. 54, 15. In Gr. and
Lat. this may properly be rendered by
H rig, si quis, Eng. if any one. 2 Sam.
18, 12 "issn "'a iiad take care of the
young man everyone of you. With "ii^S,
Ex. 32, 33 xun -itis "^a whosoever hath
sinned.. 2 Sam. 20, 11. Comp. Syriac
y
Note. Sometimes *^a is said to be
put as an adv. for how ? in what way ?
like na B. 3. But in all the examples
given, it is better to retain the common
signification ; Am. 7, 2. 5 aps^ n^ip^ -^a
pr. who shall Jacob stand, concisely for,
Who is Jacob, that he should stand ? sc.
under these calamities. Comp. the for-
mulas above in no. 1. e. Is. 51, 19 "^a
Tjanrst for the fuller -an:x -^3 "^rbx "'a.
Proper names beginning with "'a , as
bN="^a, !i2"^a, n^3"^a, etc. see below in
their places.
Sn'l"''a (waters of quiet, r. X=n) Me-
deba, pr. n. of a city of the Rcubenites,
situated on a plain of the same name,
Num. 21. 30. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 1 Chr. 19,
7. It was afterwards reckoned to Moab,
Is. 15, 2. Gr. Mr,8u(i-'t, ]\l,,duth, IMr,-
8ava, see 1 Mace. 9, 36. Jos. Ant. 13. 1.
4. 9. ib. 1. Euseb..h. v. Reland Pa-
Ispstina p. 893. At the present day
ruins, called MAdeba, are found in that
region; Burckhardt's Trav. in Syria,
etc. p. 365 sq.
T'2
663
uj-a
TJ"*? (love, r. "Ti^) pr. n. m. Medad,
Num. 11,26. 27.
D'^n'^T? see in n"?.
aU''T3 m. (r. sa*;) (he good, and with
genit. the best of any tliiii}?. the best part.
1 Sam. 15, 9. 15 "(Xan r-j-'ia the best of
the flocks. Ex. 22, 4 aa-^wi inna atrtj
hsiS ;^ 6es^ o/" Aw own field, and the
beat of his own vineyard. Gen. 47, 6
ynxn sa-^aa m the best part of the land.
V. 11. Sept. ^v T>) ^skiiffTij yfi, Vulg. in
Optimo loco.
S?"^^ see n^a-ia lett. b.
bKS-'tt (who like God?) Michael pr.
n. m. a) One of the seven archangels,
the advocate of Israel with God. Dan.
10, 13. 21. 12. 1. Gr. jinxat',k Rev. 12, 7.
h) 1 Chr. 27, IS. c) 2 Chr. 21, 2. d)
Others, Num. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 14. 6,
25. 7, 3. 8, 16. 12, 20. Ezra 8, 8.
nSTQ (for in^r^^ . who like Jehovali ?)
Micah. Sept. .\fix<dui, pr. n. m. a) The
sixth among the twelve minor prophets,
Burnamed Tiir^isn q. v. Mic. 1, 1. Jer.
26, 18 Kcri, where Cheth. has n^D'':Q .
b) 2 Chr. 34, 20, for which in 2 K. 22,
12n';3-i3. c) and d) see ^n^s-^a a, b.
e) and f) see in'^D'^a a, b.
^TO'^12 see in lii?3'''? lett. b.
n^D^p (who like Jehovah?) Micaiah.
pr. n. m. a) See ns-'ia a, b. b) Neh.
12, 35, i. q. i<3^a 11, 17. 22. c) Neh.
12, 41.
Itl^S'^'a (id.) Micaiah^ pr. n. a)
A commander under Jehoshaphat. 2
Chron. 17, 7. b) The wife of Reho-
boam. daughter of Uriel, 2 Chr. 13. 2 ;
but comp. 2 Chr. 11, 21. 22. 1 K. 15, 2,
where the same wife of Rehoboam and
mother of Abijah is called Maachah,
nssa, the daughter of Absalom.
'^TVl'y^'a (id.) Micaiah, pr. n. a) A
Ijevite who set up idol-worship in the
tribe of Dan, Judg. 17, 1. 4. Also more
shortly called ris^a , v. 5. 8. 9. 10. al. b)
A prophet in the age of Jehoshaphat
and Ahab. the son of Imlah. 1 K. 22, 8.
2 Chr. 18^ T] called also na-^ v. 24,
and sins'^a v. 8 Cheth. c) Jer. 36,
11.13.
I. bD'n? m. (r. V)?^) a brook; 2 Sam.
17, 20 n^an bz-^-q the brmk of tpoter,
rivulet. Sept. nixf^ov lov idatof.
II. bsra (contr. for bx3ia, q. v.)
Michal, pr. n. of the daugliter of Saul,
the wife of David, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 19, 1 1
sq. 2 Sam. 6, 16 sq.
D?''? constr. "'a waters, see under "'tt .
{TIl^P (a dextra, unless it is rather
for T'ls^ja,) Mijamin, pr. n. m. a) J
Chr. 2479. b) Ezra 10, 25. Neh. 10, 8.
12. 5; also "P^^Ja Minjainin 12, 17. 41.
T^P m. (r. "iia) Lat. species, i. e. form,
but also kind, sort, Engl, species, comp.
Gr. Idta. which also denotes form and
kind. Only with suffixes : "i^ab . iinj-^o!} ,
according to its kind, Gen. 1, 11. 12. 21.
25. Lev. 11, 15. 16. nrab Gen. 1, 24.
25. Plur. once cn-'S'^nb Ge'n. 1 , 21. Syr.
)^ -'^ family, tribe.
^'^^''^ nurse. Part. Hipb. r. p!^ q. v.
?I9^ia 2 K. 16, 18 Cheth. a very doubt-
ful orthography for T|01"Q q. v.
nys-ia Josh. 21, 37. Jer. 43, 21, also
nyS"!? Josh. 12, 18, (splendour, r. ?S'J , or
perh. lofty place, hill.) Mephaath, pr. n.
of a Levitieal city in the tribe of Reu-
ben, afterwards belonging to Moab, Jer.
I. c. where Cheth. n?Sia .
f^ m. (r. yao) pressure, Prov. 30,
33 ter.
STD"''a (retreat, r. \S^a) Mesha, pr. n.
ra. 1 Chr. 8, 9.
bSTCip (who is what God is? from
^a, -d, bx, comp. bx2-^a) Mishael, pr.
n. m. a) Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. b)
One of the companions of Daniel, Dan.
1, 6. 2, 17, afterwards called ~0''a, c)
Neh. 8, 14.
ni"'^ m. and '^0''^ Ps. 47, 7. R.^o;.
1. evenness; hence a level region,
plain, 1 K. 20, 23. 25. Is. 40, 4. 42, 16. al.
Trop. Ps. 26, 12. 27, 11. 143, 10. With
the art. i"ii::"'S?i , xt i%ox7]v, the plain in
the tribeof Reuben near the city KS'T'^a,
Deut. 3, 10. 4, 43. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 17.' 21.
20, 8. Jer. 48, 21 ; of the plain of Judah
2 Chr. 26, 10. So Jerusalem is called
'an ISIS the rock of thr plain Jer. 21, 13.
Trop. peace, concord Mai. 2, 6, where
12"^^
564
IS'J
it is coupled Avith Dil^d ; see in "'"iij'^^
no. 1.
2. equity, righteousness, Ps. 45, 7. 67,
5. Is. 11,4.'
TflB'i'a Chald. pr. n. Meshach, see
^X-:;^72 lett. b. Dan. 1, 6. 2, 49. 3, 12.
Pcrs. sLwO jjyo guest of the Shah.
yilj'i'a (deliverance, r. r^r;;) iUesZia,
pr. n. of a king ofMoab. 2 K. 3, 4.
"Iffi'i^ (id.) sMesJiar, pr. n. of a son of
Caleb, 1 Chr. 2, 42.
"It'-'^p m. (r. '"ii:^) only in plur. c"^"iir'''2,
once C^l^u Prov. 1, 3.
1. evenness, smoothness, of a way Is.
26, 7, as in the other clause. Adv.
u-^y^i-^-q-z Prov. 23, 31, and ni-id-iiiV
Cant. 7, 10, in smoothness, smoothly.
Trop. for peace, concord; Dan. 11, 6
t3i-iciT3 r'u;"b to make peace, lit. to
make things smooth.
2. equity, uprightness, Prov. 1, 3. Ps.
17, 2. 99, 4. Di-iUi'iT3 liSd to judge
uprightly, equitably, Ps. 58, 2. 75, 3;
n-^-.^r-^ra 'o id. Ps. 9, 9. 98, 9. Also
vprightness. sincerity, in speaking or
acting, Prov. 8. 6. Is. 33, 15. 45, 19.
Cant. 1, 4. 1 Chr. 29, 17. R. for the art.
'ITZJ'^'a see "li'Jia.
^ri'^tl m. (r. "ip;) i. q. "in^ no. 1, only
in plur. c. suft'. '^'ir!''^ ; cords of a tent or
tabernacle. Num. 3, 37. 4, 32. Jer. 10,20.
Is. 54, 2. al. strings of a bow Ps. 21, 13.
niSD-a and 3i53^ m. (r. 2X3) plur.
ft-ixrr:, c. suff. Ti^XD^ Ex. 3.7. also
nirX2-o Is. 53. 3; pain. Job 33. 19. Ps.
69, 27. 2 Chr. 6. 29. Metaph. pain of
mind, sorrow, grief, arising from adver-
sity, calamity. Ex. 3, 7. Lam. 1, 12. 18.
Ps. 32. 10. 38, 18.
T'SDl? abundance, see r. "123 Hiph.
rC3D'a (pallium, r. pS) Machbenah,
pr. n. of a place, 1 Chr. 2, 49 ; see ")i33 .
''laD'a (i. q. 'ISST? for ""J-^s-ma what
like my sons?) Machbanai, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 12, 13.
"0313 m. (r. "<a3) coarse cloth, i. e. of
a coarse texture, perh. hair-cloth, cili-
cium., 2 K. 8, 15. The idea of xwi'w/ihov,
fly-net, proposed by J. D. Michaelis,
doe8 not seem adapted to the context.
^ap'a m. (r. 133) constr. "i33:q. net-
work, grate, of brass, Ex. 27, 4. 35, 16.
38, 4. 5. 30. 39, 39.
nsia n (r. n=:) constr. r-s-q ; plur.
rl375, twice ci3^'2 K. 8, 29. 9, 15.
1. a beating, smiting, the act; Is. 30,
26 ir2^ yn"g the wound of his smiting.
with which he is smitten. Esth. 9, 5 they
smote them, 3-in vzq with the smiting of
the sword, i. e. with the SAVord. Jer. 30,
14. Is. 10, 26. 14. 6. Spec, a) a beat-
ing with rods Deut. 25, 3. b) a heating-
out of grain; so 2 Chr. 2, 9 Pi3^ c-^-jn
(in appos.) wheat, the beatings out, i. e.
wheat beaten out, threshed. But prob.
it should read : ~r'!3>b rVs-g ^''qn %cheat
as food for thy .servants; as in 1 K. 5. 25
[11] 'ir"'3b rVs'o 'n. So Sept. fic /5c'o>-
|UMT 8i.8my.a aliov naiai. aov, Vulg. ser^
vis tuis dabo in cibaria tritici, etc.
Syr. id.
2. a .stroke, blow, either as inflicted by
a rod, Prov. 20, 30. Jer. 30, 17 (comp. Is.
14, 6) ; or by a sword or other iron in-
strument, a wound 1 K. 22, 35. Is. 1, 6.
Jer. 6, 7. Mic. 1, 9. Nah. 3, 19. Zech. 13,
6 ; where it is sometimes trop. for the
wounds of the state, as Is. 1. c. Spec.
strokes, i. e. calamities inflicted of God,
Lev. 26, 21. Deut. 28, 59. 61. 1 Sam. 4,
8. Jer. 10, 19. 49, 17. al.
3. defeat, slaughter, 1 Sam. 4, 10. 14,
14; so in the phrase i^^^i^ ^"^^ 'b '"^SH
to smite with a great slaughter Josh. 10,
10. 20. Judg. 11, 33. 15, 8. 1 Sam. 6. 19.
n^p'a f (r. Pins) a burning, burnt
spot on the body. Lev. 13, 24. 25. 28.
liS'a m. (r. '|i3) constr. "lis^ 1. a
foundation, basis, Ps. 89, 15. 97, 2.
Plur. Ps. 104, 5.
2. Genr. a place, e. g. the temple Is.
4. 5. Ezra 2, 68; espec. in the plirases:
r,ri3rb '"^z-q the place of thy habitation,
for ihee to dwell in, Ex. 15. 17. 1 K.8, 13;
T;n3ir -p^ id. 1 K. 8. 39. 43. 49; li3ST3
innu Ps. 33, 14 ; and r^t being omitted,
ijibiss in my dwelling-place Is. 18, 4.
Dan. 8, 11. Arab. ^L^. iwLxx, placej
Eth. <P^^ place, spec, temple.
nsiDia and n;bT3 f (r. Vs) c. suff.
1 PirjDtt Zech. 5, 11 (Heb. Or. 27. 1) ;
15^
665
ss-a
1. a base, stanrl, for the lavers in
the court of Solomon's temple. 1 K.
7, 27-40.
2. a place, Zech. 5, 11. Ezra 3, 3;
comp. 2. 68.
3. Mekttnah, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Judajj. Nch. 11, 28. situated
between Jerusalem and Eleutheropolis
according to Jerome, Onomast. art. Ueth-
macha. Reland Palest, p. 892.
nnib^ and nn^3^ f. (r. nuB I) c.
8uff. cn-^iis^ Ez. 29, 14 ; plur. T^^n'ii'O
IB, 3, Tj-^nSsB 21, 35; nativity, birth,
pr. a digging: out. a mine, whence met-
als are dug. The metaphor is here
drawn from metals (comp. I.s. 51, 1),
as the German Abstammung is drawn
from plants; comp. also in Engl, 'a
genealogical tree.' Ez. 16. 3. 21, 35.
29, 14 ornfls-a y-^ti by to the land of
their birth. The Hebrew interpreters
take it as i. q. nnsiaia habitation.
I'^D'a (sold. r. -1313) Machir, pr. n. m.
a) A son of Maniisseh, and father of
Gilead, Gen. 50, 23. Num. 27, 1 ; hence
poet, lor that portion of the tribe of
Manasseh inhabiting Gilead beyond
Jordan, Deut. 3, 15. Judg. 5, 14. Pa-
tronym. "'"I'^a^ Machirite Num. 26, 29.
b) 2 Sam. 9, 5. 17, 27.
sj*? ^ fut. -^;, to tumble dovm, to fall
in ruins ; Chald. and Syr. ~2T3, ^, id.
Pa. to depress, to humiliate. ^ Kindred
are T^^-o, Chald. r(X^, Arab. viLo to con-
sume away, to perish. The primary idea
is that of melting, pining away, comp.
Pkl^ , Vi-o . Trop. to be brought low, to
perish; Ps. 106, 43 03153 ^S'z'^'i .
NiPH. fut. t;s'' to tumble down, to fall
in ruins, e. g. a frame, frame-work, Ecc.
10, 18.
HoPH. plur. !t=an a Chaldaizing form
for 13"Qin. to be brought low, to perish
Job 24, 24. '
''-'i obsol. root; Arab. JkX^ spoken
of a well, to hare Utile water, to have
mu
S 6 ^
ddy water; J^X^, J;-^, a well of
this sort; JsXi^ a pool with little water.
Hence ba^r: I.
flisbs-a see in nbsB II.
48
I. npDia f (r. n^s) completion, per-
fctimi. once plur. 2 Chr. 4, 21 nibais
snt pe if I'd ions of gold, i, e. the most
perfect, purest gold.
II. nbDia m. (for sbsp, r. sis ; like
nni^ Ps. 9,21 Ibr xniaj a fold.\heep^
fold, Hab. 3, 17. Plur. constr. nixbats
Ps. 50, 9. 78, 70.
51?D^ m. (r. bb3) perfection, sc. in
beauty, splendour. Ez. 23, 12 and 38, 4
bib2T2 ''?r^ clothed in perfection, i. e.
splendidly, gorgeously.
^?3''3 m. (r. bbs) perfection, bc. of
beauty, Ps. 50, 2.
D"'^^?''? m. plur. (r. bb3) pr. perfec-
tions, beautiful things; hence costly mer-
chandise, espec. splendid garments, Ez.
27, 24 ; comp. 23, 12. 38, 4.
nbis-a f food, once 1 K. 5, 25 [11],
contr. for nbbxa . R. b=x .
O'^S'SD'O m. plur. treasures, once Dan.
11, 43. R. -JTSS to hide.
CaSia Ezra 2, 27. Neh. 7, 31, ICttDn
1 Sam. 13, 2. 5. 14, 31. Is. 10, 28, TCM
Neh. 11. 31, (something hidddett, r:.
DISS.) Michmash, pr. n. of a city of
Benjamin situated on the east oi Beth'-
aven, 1 Sam. 13, 2. 5. Gr. Ma/fiai; 1 Mace.
9, 73 ; Ma%fid Jos. Ant. 13. 1. 6. Still'
called ^JJ^-^ MUkhmds, two miles;
N. E. ofGeba, with a deep and difficult
ravine between ; see Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 115 sq. Comp. 1 Sam. 14, !
5 sq.
^12012 m. Is. 51,20, and "1^3'a whence
plur. C'l^s^ Ps. 141, 10, a net, hunter's-
net. Talmud, id. R. 1123 II.
nnbD^ Is. 19, 8, c. suff. in-iiotRj (a*
if from nn'02^) Hab. 1, 15. 16, a net, fish-
net. R. -.=3 II.
O'CD'a and tDttDT2. see D'os^.
^C't"?"'? (perh. hiding-place, r. rrcS)'
Michmethath. pr. n. of a town on the
confines of Ephraim and Manasseh,
Josh. 16, 6. 17, 7.
in^^Dia (what like the liberal?) for
'^a'l^s ma) Machnadebai, pr. n. ra. Ezrai
10," 40.
566
^^'2
CjS'Q m. (r. bis) only in plur. or dual
constr. ""03^^, drawers. YaJg.feminalia,
worn by the Heb. priests in order to
hide the parts of shame, Ex. 28, 42. 39,
28. Lev. 6, 3. 16, 4. Ez. 44. 18. Josephus
describes them as follows, Ant. 3. 7. 1 :
oiu^ODya Tiff)! in ixidoia ()<tmhv ix ^laaov
xluajfi^ fiiiyvvfiftov, f/j^un6vrotv ftt," avio
rati' noSbtv bKUfQU um^voiditg- unoii^re-
Xayovoi nfgl uvxiiv unotiqiy/fjct. Comp.
Braun de Vestitu Sacerdot. Hebr. lib.
II. c. 1. p. 345 sq.
<2313 m. (r. COS, as nap from "in'a.) c.
sufF. C&S73 , a portion, tribute, paid to
the Lord, Num. 31, 28. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41.
Sept. 76^0?, Vulg. pars. Syr. j.iiLaIo,
Arab, jj**^ census, tax ; whence the
new verb jja^Xxj to collect tribnte ; also
denom. noun Jja-v^, ^J^^\Je, publi-
can. Contracted 0*2 q. v.
nDStt fem. of 03-3 (r. CDS) 1. num-
ber, as of persons Ex. 12. 4. Sept. txgi-
2. price of purchase, Lev. 27, 23.
TiDDia m. (r. ncsi) constr. ncr^a, a
covering, cover, sc. of a tent, Ex. 26. 14.
3(y, 19. Num. 3, 25. al. of Noah's ark
Gen. 8, 13.
T'55'0 m. (pr. part. Pi. r. ncs) constr.
1. a covering, coverlet, sfragula, Is,
14, 11; In a ship, perh. an awning Ez.
27, 8. Hence clothing Is. 23, 18.
2. the caul, omentum, which covers the
intestines. Lev. 9, 19 ; fully ncriin ^y\n
=l"ll''3"''. Ex. 29, 13. 22.
^^SD'a (portion, part, lot, r. bss, like
Eth. CP^Z.A^) Machpelah, pr. n. of a
field or tract near Hebron, where Sarah
was buried. Gen. 23, 17. 19. 49, 30. 50,
13 ; 'sn rnria the cave of Machpelah
Gen. 23, 9. 25, 9. The ancient versions
render it as an appellative from r. btS
no. 3 ; Sept. to anr,luiov to SinXQvv,
Vulg. spelunca duplex.
* "l^'l flit. -i!5t:7, lo sell, kindr. with
ina, -iniQ H, perh. Arab.^ Ill, IV, to
Bell on interest. The primary root is
perl), the syllable "i3 , as in rr^S I ; San-
scr. kri. Constr. with ace. of thing Gen.
25, 31. 37, 28. 36. 47,20.22. Lev. 27, 30;
with 1-0 partit. Lev. 25, 25. With b
added of pers. to whom, Lev. 25, 27, Joei
4, 6; or 3 of price Deut. 21, 14. Ps. 44,
13. Joel 4, 3. Am. 2, G; or ace. of place
whither Gen. 45, 5. Joel 4, 7. Spec,
a) to sell a daughter, i. e. to give her in
marriage for a price, "int. Gen. 31, 15.
Ex. 21, 7. Syr. ^lio to give in mar-
riage, b) Of God, to sell a people,
i. e. to give them over to the power of
their enemies, Deut. 32, 30. Ps. 44. IS
fin sibn r^TSS "O^n thou sellest thy people
for nought. Judg. 2, 14 T^a CiS'S'T
cn-'3''.k and he sold them into the hand
of their enemies. 3, 8. 4. 2. 9. 10, 7. 1 Sam,
12, 9. Ez. 30, 12. Comp. Judith 7, 25
ni7T(jaxfv r^jiuq x^toq fu tsx^ ;(H(jng ui'iwi:
So of a nation. Nah. 3. 4 tlie beautiful-
harlot, the sorceress, n*5!!3tS ty.^ J^";2isfl
that selleth the nations through her
whoredoms, i. e. reduces them to slave-
ry, makes slaves of them.
NrPH. nSTSj 1. fo be sold Lev. 25. 34;
with dat. of pers. Neh. 5, 8. Jer. 'M. 14.
^^yb "I3C3 to besoldfora servant, slave,
Ps.' i05, i7. Esth. 7, 4. Trop. see Kal
lett. b, Is. 50, 1. 52. 3.
2. to sell oneself for a slave, Lev. 25^
39. 47.
HiTHP. 1. to be sold, Deut. 28, 68.
2. Trop. to sell oneself to do evil, tO'
become a slave to the doing of evil, 1 K,
21, 20. 2*5. 2 K. 17, 17.
Derrv. n-ta^, >'i=p, nspa, ri'^fS^tt, and
*^?"Q m. c. suff. ""irTa. 1. ware, any
thing to be sold, Neh. 13, 16.
2. price, value, Nurai. 20, 19,
*^|^ m. (r. nrj) pr. acquaintance ;-
concr. an acquaintance, fricTttl, 2 K. 12.
6.8.
Trai2 m. (r, nns I ). pit, Zeph. 2, 9
rhjq nnsB a salt-pit.
nnDTS f (r. -i!i3 I. Tsere impure)
uni^ Xf/ofi. perh. swmrl. so called as
piercing ; licence Gr. intxniQn. Once
plur. Gen. 49, 5 cn-'rnro D-cn "'b'S^iveap-
mts nfviolenr.e are their svordjt ; Jerome
anna eorum. Among llie Rabbins this
interpretation is followed by R. Eliezer
in Pirke Aboh. c. 38, C2-n rx b5p spy*
nm*' ("'U;ba Jacob cursed their ncords
*is:a
567
Kb'j
(i. e. of Levi and Simeon) in the Orech
tongiie. Another view deserving atten-
tion is that of L. de Dieu in Critici Sa-
cri ad h. 1. and ol' Ludolf in Lex. ^th.
p. 87, who translate machinations, wick-
ed devices, comparing Arab. JCo machi-
natus eat, and d*fl^ con8ultavit.^5lC
consilium. The Tsere impure in this
case would create no ditliculty, comp.
Lelirg. p. 595.
"^"^^"^ (for nj-isa price of Jehovah)
Michri. pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 8.
'^r^'??''? Mechcrathite, gentile n. from
iT^ao, a place otherwise unknown 1
Chr. 11,36.
bWDIQ m. also ^^'Q Lev. 19, 14 (r.
bias) plur. cbilS-ia, a stumbling-block;
Is. 8, 14 birria "iis a stone of stum-
bling. 57, 14. Trop. a) a cause of
falling, cause of ruin to any one, Ez. 3,
20 'tai rsBb bidsa "^nnjl / lay a stum-
bling-block before hinu and he shall die.
Ez. 18, 30. 44, 12. Jer. 6, 21. Ps. 119, 165.
b) In a moral sense, cause of offence,
enticement, incitement to sin, (comp.
the root Mai. 2, 8,) Ez. 7, 19. 14, 3 bit'sia
05*5 their enticements to iniquity, i. e.
idol-images, c) 2^ 'a offence of mind,
scruple of conscience, 1 Sam. 25, 31.
Tbtya C (r. ht's) 1. ruin, i. e. a
state in ruins, Is. 3, 6.
2. cause of offence, incitement to sin,
i. q. biuJ3T3 lett. b ; plur. nibdzia of idols,
Zeph. 1,' 3.
arO'a m. (r. ars) l. writing, Ex. 32,
16. 39, 30. Deut. 10, 4.
2. a writing, thing written ; hence
a) a rescript, edict, 2 Chr. 36, 2"?. Ezra
J, 1 ; a prescript, 2 Chr. 35, 4. h) a
letter, epistle, 2 Chr. 21, 12. c) a poem,
psalm. Is. 38, 9. Comp. Qri=^ .
MriD'53 W (r. rr^) fracture, a break-
ing in pieces. Is. 30, 14.
DrO'Q m. (r. Dr3 Niph.) i. q. 2n3p no.
2. c ; a and "Q being often interchanged,
comp. in a lett. c ; a writing, espec. a
poem, psalm, song, found only in the in-
scriptions of Ps. 16 and Ps. 56-60. comp.
Is. 38. 9. Others translate CBS'S as if
from ors gold. viz. golden psalm, i. e.
precious, pre-eminent.
^^3''? m. (r. drs) 1. a mortar,
Prov. 27, 22.
2. Prob. socket of a. tooth, Judg. 15, 19;
Lat. morlariolum, Gr. blfiltrxog. See
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 202.
3. Maktesh, pr. n. of a valley near
Jerusalem, prob. so called from its re
semblance to a mortar, Zeph. 1, 11.
'"i^ see bia.
* ^^, once ^^'^ trans. E8th.7,5;
pra;t. 1 pers. "'rxba, rarely without
Aleph 'rh-o Job 32. 18, lio Ez. 28, 16 ;
infin. Pxbia Lev. 8, 33, mxbo Job 20, 22 ;
fut. xb^7 . '
1. Tr^na. to fill to m^ke full. Arab.
^Vx, Syr. ILo id. This root prevails
widely also in the Indo-european lan-
guages, where however p is put for m,
as Sanscr. pie to fill, Gr. nXia (nXrj^g,
nlfiTrXtj/ii), nXkog, perh. fiuXa very, pr.
fully, comp. sb^ Jer. 12, 6; Lat. plere,
whence implere, complere. plenus; Goth.
fulljan, Germ, fallen, voll, Engl, full, to
fill. Further. Polish pilny, Bohem. piny.
The primary idea seems to be that of
abundance, overflow. Germ, uherfiiessen,
as we may infer from the kindred words
TtXiw, TtXfio) to sail, and also q)Xio), (pXvai,
fieo, fiuo, pluo.Spec. a) to fill up or
out an empty space with one's own bulk
or abundance, with ace. of place, Gen. 1,
22 n^:a*a n-^rn-rx (ixbis fill the waters
in the sea. v. 28. 9, 1. Ex. 40, 34 "'^ TiaS
jSttJan-rx xb^ the glory of Jehovah
filled the tabernacle. 1 K. 8, 10. 11. Ez.
10, 3. Jer. 51, 11 D-'-jib^'n ^nh^ fill out
the shields sc. with your own bodies, put
on your shields, b) to fill a place with
anything, with two ace. of place and of
thing; Ez. 8. 17 D^n "j^nxn-rx iixbia
they fill the land with violence. 28, 16.
30, 11. Jer. 16, 18. 19, 4; rarely with ',^2
of thing, Ex. 16, 32. c) Often with the
accus. of thing implied, Ex. 32, 29 ixbo
'"'J'"i''b ca'l^ fill your hand unto .Tehovah,
sc. with offerings. Esth. 7, 5 who is he
,3 nibrb ^ab ixbo n^x that hath filled
his heart (sc. with boldness, audacity) to
do this? i. e. who ha.s dared, presumed,
to do it? The suffix in "ixbij is pleonas-
tic, as in Job 29. 3 ; comp. also Ecc. 8, 1 1.
Acts 2. 5. JobSt^giUJ^ij^ ridn 'f-^i'i
^^\,\ A n yT^'
' <'IVER3ITT \
jsb/j
568
v6u
andJiUest thou up the guilt of the wicked,
i. e. the measure of a wicked man's sins;
comp. Gen. 15. 16.
2. Intrans. to hefidl. to hejilled. Josh.
3, 15 ; with ace. of that rcith which any
thing is filled, Gen. 6, 13 yisn nxb^
Ci:n the earth is filled with violence.
Judg. 16, 27 the house was fidl c-icixn
of men. Job 32. 18 / am fidl Q"'^^ of
words. Ps. 10, 7. 26. 10. 33, 6. 48, 11.
65, 10. Is. 11, 9. al. With -{O Is. 2, 6.
^pec. a) "'ttJBJ nsb?a my soul is filled,
my desire is satisfied, e. g. with ven-
geance, Ex. 15, 9. b) Of a space of
time, to be fulfilled or completed ; Gen.
25, 24 r"i^b n"i:o^ ^J^^^"!! and her days
were fidfilled to bring forth, her time to
be delivered was come. 50, 3 ^X^^7 "i?
capnn ^is'^ so were completed the days
of embalming, i. e. so many days did the
time of embalming continue, comp. Esth.
2, 12. Also Gen. 29, 21. Lev. 8, 33. 12, 4.
6. Lam. 4, 18. Jer. 25, 34. Syr. Il^i]
often of time ; comp. nXriQova&at, in N. T.
NiPH. chiefly in the fut. 5<^a7, i. q. Kal
no. 2, to be filled, to be fidl ; with ace. of
thing, Gen. 6. 11 D^n "fixn N^^ani and
the earth was filled with violence. Ex. 1,
7 cnx fISrt i<^53Pl and the land was
filled with them.! 'l K. 7. 14. 2 K. 3, 17.
Also with '-o of thing Ezra 32. 6. Ecc.
1, 8 ; b Hab. 2, 14. Spoken of desire,
to be filled, satisfied, Ecc. 6, 7 ; of a time
completed Ex. 7, 25. Job 15, 32. So
hi"}"! i<h'a'; to be filled with iron i. e. with
armour, q. d. to be fenced with armour,
to be armed, 2 Sam. 23, 7.
PiEL N^iD. rarely xlb^ Jer. 51. 34 ; inf.
Kin and nix^n ; fut. K^a-^.once n^'S'^
Job 8, 21 ; to fill, to make full, to fill up
or out.
1. Constr. with ace. of the place or
thing filled, i. q. Kal no. 1. c. Thus in
phrases : a) to fill the hand of any one,
i. e. give over the priesthood into his
hand. Ex. 28. 41. 29. 9. Lev. 21, 10. al.
b) to fill one's hand to Jehovah, sc. with
abundant offerings, 1 Chr. 29. 5. 2 Chr.
13, 9. 29, 31. Comp. in Kal Ex. 32, 29.
c) Trop. of time, to fidfil, to complete,
comp. Kal no. 2. b. Gen. 29. 27 complete
this work, finish it. v. 28. Job 39. 2 [5].
Dan. 9, 2 comp. 2 Chr. 36. 21. d) to fill
up, to complete, sc. a number ; Ex. 23. 26
/ will complete the number of thy days,
comp. Is. 65, 20. 1 Sam. 18. 27 David
bro7(ght the foreskins T^P.'Bh C^xb^il and
completed them to the king, i. e. gave
them in full number. 1 K. 1, 14 Txi'!2^
"'^'^^nx a7id I will complete thy words,
i. e. supply what may be wanting, e) to
fulfil, to satisfy, e. g. one's desire, hun-
ger, etc. Jer. 31, 25. Job 38, 39. Prov. 6,
30 ; comp. under n;^n subst. no. 4. The
opp. is an empty, famished sonl Is. 29. 8 ;
comp. Kal no. 2. a. f ) tofidfil a promise
1 K. 8, 15 ; a petition Ps. 20, 6 ; a pro-
phecy 1 K. 2, 27. g) Joined with ano-
ther verb it has an adverbial force, fidly,
i. e. strongly, much, etc. Jer. 4, 5 ixnp?
IxV^ cry fidly. aloud, fortiter, as Vulg.
well. Comp. Arab. J,| JajJ\ iL^J
to look fially at any one, iLoi Jjt^
to do fully. So in elliptical construc-
tions, the other verb being suppressed,
nir;rn nh-q to fully bend the bow, for
^^^n rpib X^p, Zech. 9, 13; comp.
Arab. ^jiJr^ ^t, fully ^'T^t
,j*/JLI! ^^ , Schult. Opp. Min. pp. 176,
355. Syr. f^jkl UL. Also^^ "'"^nx xba,
for <; ':.nx rzhh x^^, to follow God
fully, to yield him full obedience. Num.
14, 24. 32, 11. 12. Deut. 1, 36. Josh. 14,
8.9. J4. 1 K. 11, 6. al. sjep.
2. With ace. oi' that with which one
fills any thing, to fill up, e. g. libations.
Is. 65. 11 "Orn '^^b cxbcrr they fill
up libations to fortune, i. e. they fill the
goblets with libations in honour of good
fortune. So O'lJ^X it.\iq to fill in gems,
i. e. to set them in sockets, chasings, Ex.
28, 17. 31. 5. 35. 33. Once absol. 1 Chr.
12. 15 i-'nina-bs-by x^^^ xnn^ aitd (Jor-
dan) filled up to all its banks, i. e. ran with
full banks, was brim-full ; see Bibl. Res.
in Pa!e.t. II. p. 262.
3. With two ace. of the thing filled
and that with which it is filled. .ee Kal
no. ]. b. Ex. 35. 35 sb-nr=n crx x^o he
hath filled them with wisdom of mind.
Job 3, 15. 22, 18. Is. 33 5. al. More rare-
ly with *)ia of the thing with which, Ps.
127,5. Jer. 51. 34. Lev. 9. 17. Also with
2 in the phnise Ptd;r3 "iTj xbn f fill the
hand with the Ixne, i. e. to fully draw the
bow. 2 K. 9. 24 ; comp. ia no. 1. g.
vd^
569
K5*J
PoAL Part, cxiis^ filed, set, with
gems inserted, c. a Cant. 5, 14. Comp.
Pi. no. 2.
HiTHP. pr. to fill Old each other mutu-
ally, i. e. to stand hy each other, and each
fill out what others lack ; hence with bs
to stand together ofrainst any one, to as-
sail too-ether. Job 16. 10.
Deriv. xbia D-'xbp, xiio, nxiia, and
pr. names J<^7, f'^^?.
^^ Chald. /o ///, Dan. 2, 35. Ithp.
pass. Dan. 3, 19.
^l?''? m. nsjbia fem. A) Adj. verbal :
1. Trans. JiHing, with ace. of place,
Is. 6. 1 ba^nn-nx c^xb^a vbiijS /iw train
yfasjilling (filled) the temple. Jer. 23, 24.
Comp. the verb xbia Kal no. 1. a,
2. Intrans. full, filed, as xb^ rosi /Ae
_/// money, i. e. full price, value. Gen. 23,
9. 1 Chr. 21, 22. 24. With ace. Deut.6,
11 sia-bs D-^xba o-ipia houses filed with
all good things. 34. 9. Is. 51. 20; with
genit. Jer. 6, 11 u^'C'^ xb^ full of days,
advanced in age. Is. 1, 21 ; once with
dat. pleonast. ab nxbia Am. 2, 13. So a
fidl wind is strong, vehement ; Jer. 4, 12
HiSX'Q xba nil a irinrf stronger than for
</iese, i. e. than is necessary for winnow-
ing grain. Of a female, one pregnant^
Ecc. 11, 5.
B) Subst. fulness, Ps. 73, 10 xbia ^-q
ivaters of fulness, i. e. full, abundant.
C) Adv. fully, i. e. in full number,
Nah. 1, 10. Jer. 12, 6. Comp. Thesaur.
p. 788.
Si'513 m. also ^'^'^, once "T^^ Ez. 41,
8. r! xbiD .
1. fdness. i. e. that which fills, or with
which any thing or space is filled. Is. 6,
3 1*1133 p'^xn-ba xbia the fulness of the
whole earth is his glory, i. e. the whole
earth is full of his glory. 8. 8. So D*n
ixb^i the sea and if.tfulne.9s Ps. 96, 11.
98, 7. Is. 42. 10 ; Pix'b^ii ]rix the earth
and. its fulness Ps. 24. 1. Is. 34. 1. Jer. 8,
16. Mic. 1. 2 ; nxb':!! b=n Ps. 50, 12. 89,
12 ; Rxb^ai -i'S> Am. 6. 8. With a gen. of
space or measure ; often best expressed
in English by the syllahle/w/Z appended;
as CS'IBn xbia yo^lr haiuls (fsL-i) full,
handfuls.Ex. 9. 8. Lev. 16 12; 1:113? 'a
his handful hev. 5. 12; "*122? xb'a an omer-
full Ex. 16, 33 ; Rnnian xb^s a censer-
JvU Lev. 16, 12. So too in measures of
48*
length, s^sisfi "ibo the fulness of a reed,
i, e. a full reed, Ez. 41.8; banpi xb a
full line 2 Sam. 8, 2; ir-cip xb^a the ful-
ness of his stature, at full length, 1 Sam.
28, 20. Arab. ^, i^X*, fulness, that
which fills ; \,jS j^ handful ; Syr.
)iJ^ Ulio nqo^ bxmv a moment. Gal. 2, 5.
The thing so measured, as after other
words of measure, is put in the accus.
Heb. Gr. 116. 3 ; so nr;3 :]3 xbna a
Jumdful of meal 1 K. 17. 12 ; bcsn xbo
c^T3 a howl full of valer Judg. 6. 38 ; eo
Num. 22, 18. But Ecc. 4, 6 better a
handfid with quiet, than both hands
full with travail.
2. a multitude, company. Gen. 48, 19
niisn xbB . Is. 31. 4. Arab. ^ id.
"'^r''? f (r. xb^) fulness, abundance,
spoken espec. of that portion of the corn
and wine which was to be offered to
Jehovah as a tithe or first fruits; the
lawgiver thus signifying to the Israel-
ites, that such things only were required
of them as they possessed in abimdance.
Of grain. Ex. 22, 28 r,?r3-)i :]rxba, Sept.
unitQ}(o^ (tkbivog mtl Xtjvov. Deut. 22, 9
t3"isn rx'-rs . . . yiTi-i nxbsn ; see Heb.
Gr.'116. 3. Of v.ne, Num. 18, 27
ai?^"i"'i'2 nxb~3 as the abundance of the
wine-press, Sept. ucpni^ffin uno Xr)Voi:
^^{''3 f. filing, I. e. setting of gems,
Ex. 28. 17. Plur. nix^ia v. 20. 39, 13.
See r. xbi: no. 2.
D^X^T2 m. plur. also Q^S^b^a Lev. 7,
37. IChr. 29, 2. R. xbi3.
1. consecration to the priest's office,
pr. the delivering over of the office ;
Lev. 8. 33. Ex. 29. 22. 26. 27. Meton.
the sacrifice of consecration (comp. rxan
sin and sacrifice for sin) Lev. 7, 37. 8,
28. 31.
2. i. q. i^X^iD a setting of gems, Ex.
25, 7. 35, 9.' \ Chr. 29, 2.
trSf'a m. (r. -xb) constr. "xbia, c.
suff. "'^xb:? ; plur. csxbis, constr.
'axbia .
1. one sent, a messenger, e. g. from
private persons Job 1. 14. 1 Sam. 11, 3.
2 Sam. 11, 19 sq. 2 K. 5, 10 ; also from
a king 1 Sam. 16, 19. 19, 11. 14. 20. 1
K. 19, 2. Prov. 17, 11. al.
i6-2
670
ac-j
2. Spec, a messenger of God. viz.
a) an angel ; Syr. jj=iiio, Arab.
6 to ^
d^, Eth. CPAA51, id. Fully r|5<^^
nin^i Gen. 16. 9. 10. 11. Ex. .3. 2. Judg.
2. 1. 4. al. more rarely DTT'bx '"C Gen.
21. 17. Ex. 14. 19. 2 Sam. 14, 7. al. but
also xar f'^o/riv simply "X^"? an angel,
Tjxlsrn the angel, Gen. 48.V6. Ex. 23. 20.
33^ 2. 1 K. 19, 5. 1 Chr. 21, 9. Hos. 12,
5. Zech. 1, 9. al. Job 33. 23 yh^_ '"O,
see in r. yCs Hiph. H'^nc^ 's the angel
destroying, sent from God to destroy,
2 Sam. 24. 16. To angels there is at-
tributed, when they appear on earth, a
human form. Gen. 18, 2. Judg. 13, 15.
20 ; but more august and sublime, 2
Sam. 24, 16. Dan. 8. 15. 16. 10. 5. 6 ;
without wings Gen. 28, 12 (on Dan. 9,
21 see in r. r;?^) ; in habiliments like
the sacerdotal costume. Dan. 10. 5. 12.
5. 6 ; and of the moral virtues there is
ascribed to them superior wisdom 2 Sam.
14, 20. 19, 28 ; justice 2 Sam. 14, 17 ;
clemency 1 Sam. 29. 9 ; integrity, though
not wholly free from imperfection, Job
4, 18. 15, 15. The office of angels is to
assist God in the government of the
world Job 2, 1 sq. chiefly as his messen-
gers to execute his will and his decrees.
By their agency are wrought the phe-
nomena of nature. Ps. 104, 4 ; it is their
office to protect the righteous from dan-
ger, and save them from destruction,
Gen. 24, 7. 40. Ex. 23, 20. 33. 2. 1 K.
19, 5. Ps. 34, 8. 91, 12; to plead their
cause with God, Job 5, 1. 33. 23. Dan.
10, 13. 21. 12. 1; to bear the divine
commands and revelations to men. Judg.
13, 3 sq. Dan. 9, 21 ; and on the other
hand to execute the divine judgments,
and bring punishment upon the guilty,
Is. 37, 36. 2 Sam. 14, 6. Ps. 35. 5. 6. 78.
49. See on the angelology of the O. T.
von Coelln Bibl. Theol. I. p. 187 sq.
Steudel Theol. des Alt. Test. p. 215 sq.
Stuart Sketches of Angelol. in Biblioth.
Sacra, 1843. p. 88 sq. Somefimes the
same divine appearance, which at one
time is called "^ijf^^ M?^^- '^ atU^rwards
called simply '^j-'TJ, aa Gen. 16, 7 sq.
comp. v. 13; 22* 11 comp. 12; 31, 11
comp. 16 ; Ex. 3. 2 comp. 4 ; Judg. 6,
14 comp. 22 ; 13. 18 comp. 22. This is
ito be Bo understood, that the aiigel of
God i.s here nothing else than the invi-
sible deity itself which thus unveils it-
self to mortal eyes ; see J. H. Michaelis
de angelo Dei, Hal. 1702. Tholuck
Comment, zura Ev. Johannis c. 1, 1. p.
52. Ed. 6. 1844. Hence oriental trans-
lators, as Saadias, Abusaides, and the
Chaldee-Samaritan, wherever Jehovah
himself is said to appear on earth, al-
ways put for the name of God the ajigel
of God.
b) a prophet. Hagg. 1, 13. Mai. 3, 1 J
perh. Judg. 2. 1.
c) a jrriest, Ecc. 5, 5. Mai. 2, 7.
d) Once of the people of Israel, as the
messenger of God and teacher of the
nations. Is. 42, 19.
=I^r'? Chald. an angel, c. suff. i'n=xl=T?
Dan. 3. 28. 6, 23.
rosbia f. (r. Tjxb, by Syriasm for
nzxb?? ,) constr. rzxs^ , c. suff. rjnsx^a ;
plur. constr. ri^xb?? 1 Chr. 28, 19.
1. ministry, service, pr. on which one
is sent ; then icork, labour, business ;
Sept. i\)yor, iQ/aala. Ex. 20, 10 sib
nssbu"!:: nbrn thou shah not do any
work. ' 12' 16.' 31, 14. 15. 35. 2. Lev. 16,
29. Num. 4, 3. Deut. 5, 14. al. More
fully Lev. 23, 7 sb nnhr rzx^^-bs
tern ye shall do no work of labour, no
servile work ; Sept. nuv toyov larfjtvjov
ov noir/aiTf. v. 8. 21. 25. Num. 28, 18. 25.
26. 29. 1. 12. So n-i;^n rcx^i: work of
the f eld. tillage. 1 Chr' 27. 26. Ps. 107, 23
n-'sn n-i^:; nzxb^j "^fflr they that do busi-
ness on the great waters, i. e. sailors,
merchants, who follow business on the
sea. Spec. a) work, labour of an ar-
tisan, chiefly of an architect or others
employed in building, Ex. 31, 3. 5. 14.
Jer. 18, 3 ; ir"^n 'o work of the artificer
Ex. 35. 35 ; n=xbian -iar the doers of
the work, the workmen, Ex. 36. 8. 2 K.
12. 12. 15. 16. Ezra 3, 9. Neh. 11, 12;
comp. Hagg. 1. 14. nsx^rn br -irx
the overseer of the works 1 K. 5, 30 [16j.
t^ n*^:! raxbTS work upon the ho7i,s>' of
Jehovah 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3, 8. Noh.
10, 34. b) business of ihe public, of the
king. etc. ^^^xbia nrs to do the king^a
business Dan. 8, 27 ; 'sH niu? one doing
the public business, eRpec. a quiEstor,
procurator in fiscal matters. Eslh. 3, 9.
9, 3. Neh. 2, 16; Vulg. arcarius. So
xb^a
671
^h^
:^ban rDn\^ 'nb l Chr. 29, 6 ; comp.
nqdy^a lov fiiiailibtg 2 Mace. 3, 8. Fes-
selii Adv. Sacra lib. I. c. 1. c) service,
ministry, of the Levi tea, 1 Chr. 9, 13.
28, 13. 20. 2 Chr. 24, 12. d) work of
God, e. g. in the creation, Gen. 2, 2 ;
o of divine judgments, like "'^ "'?S1?,
Jer. 50, 25. Plur. of God'i works Vs.
73, 28.
2. work 8C. as wrought, thing done
or made. Ex. 13, 3. 5. n"is rssb^ a
work of skin, made of skin, Lev. 13, 48.
3. That which is acquired by work,
labour, business, as goods, substance,
property. 2 Clir. 17, 13. Spec, house-
hold goods, stuff, Ex. 22, 7. 10 ; cattle,
herds and flocks, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam.
15. 9 ; comp. njpia .
niDSi'Q _ f constr. rsiDxba , a message^
Hagg. 1, 13. From ~s'5n .
"'P^f^ (apoc. for n^sxbia messenger
of Jehovah, comp. "'"iix for n^iiX.) Ma-
lachi. pr. n. of the latest prophet of the
O. T. Mai. 1, 1. Sept. MuXaxiag, Vulg.
Malachias.
f^i^^^ f. (r. N^o) fulness, sc. of wa-
ters ; concr. full streams. Cant. 5, 12
his eyes as of doves by the rivers of wa-
ters, washed with milk, rsIb"Q bs ris'j'^
gilting in fulness, i. e. by full streams.
Sept. Alex. Aid. inl nXTiQu'iftaia iduiaiv,
Vulg. super fluenta plenissima. Others,
not unaptly, i. q. nx^is , a setting, bezel
of a ring, so that the eyes are compared
to a gem filling the socket of a ring ;
though n'iz'r'' cannot so well be refer-
red to the eyes.
TD^bia m. (r. trab) a garment, vest-
ment, i. q. C^sb , 2 K. 10, 22. Ez. 16, 13.
Zeph. 1, 8 ; collect, raiment Job 27, 16.
Plur. C-'iS!t3b:Q 1 K. 10, 5. 2 Chr. 9. 4.
Is. 63, 3.
ViTQ m. (denom. fr. nssb brick.) a
brick-kiln, place where bricks are made,
Jer. 43. 9. Nah. 3, 14. Erroneously
written ^sba 2 Sam. 12, 31 Cheth.
5^bia f. (r. bb^) c. suff. in|T3 ; plur.
C5"^a. "p^"!?, see below.
1. a word, i. q. lan, only poetic, 2
Sam. 23. 2. Ps. 139, 4.' ' Chald. and Syr.
|iViie , Zab. ]^.l;iJ.:io , word, thing, cause.
Often in plur. D'^^a and more freq.
T^ina (Syr. ^^ISso ) words, but excepting
Prov. 23, 9 and Ps. 19, 5, only in the
book of Job ; as Job 6, 26. 33, 32 C;j DK
'33^rn 'p^'O if thou hast words, atiswer
me. 36, 2 ciba n'bxb n-is there are yet
words to God, God has yet wherewith
to answer. 4, 4. 8, 10. 12. 11. al.
2. speech, discourse ; in sing. Job 13,
17. 21.2. 24. 25. 29, 22. Plur. discourses
Job 32, 11. Meton. object of discourse
or of talk. q. d. by-word, proverb, Job 30
9 nbT:b cnb ^^^J .
"btt Chald. f. Dan. 2, 9; emphat.
xrbT3, once nri^ Dan. 2, 5; Plur. -piia,
emphat. x*^^ ; i. q. Heb.
1. a word. Dan. 4, 28; spec, command
Dan. 3, 28. Plur. Dan. 7, 11. 16. 25.
2. speech, discourse, Dan. 2, 9, 10.
3. a thing, matter, Dan. 2, 5. 8. 15. 17.
Comp. Heb. na^.
ibti. Nibri seexbia.
D'^S^^ia, see c-isiTa.
S1.iTa m. (r. xbia) a maund, rampart,
so called as filled in with stones and
earth ; hence fortress, castle. Chald.
xr-'b'?. sn-'b^, xn"'i^, x^bra. Spec.
a) A part of the citadel of Jerusalem,
prob. the rampart, intrenchment. 2 Sam.
5, 9. 1 K. 9. 15. 24. 11, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 8.
2 Chr. 32. 5. Sept. thrice uxait. Targ.
xn-ibi:, xn-^b^. vallum. See Lightfoot
Opp'.II.p. 189.' Hamelsveld Bibl.Geogr.
11. 46 sq. The same with Xife^a, or a
part of it. is prob. also xiiS'S n"^3, where
Joash was killed. 2 K. 12, 21.
b) A fortress in Shechem; Judg. 9, 6
xi^TS n-3-b3l cad ''bra-bs all the men
of Shechem and all that dwelt in the
castle ; also v. 20 bis.
n^^''? m. (denom. fr. nbp salt,) Gr.
ttXifiog, atriplex halimus Linn, orach,
sea-purslain, a marine plant, the buds
and leaves of which were eaten by the
poor both raw and boiled. Job 30. 4.
Comp. Engl. Fr. Ital. Germ, salad,
salade, Scdat, pr. salt-plant. Athen.
Deipnos. IV. 16. See Abenbitar in
Bochart Hieroz. T. L p. 873 sq. The-
saur. p.791.
^'513 (reigning, r. T^bis ; or i. q. Syr.
>^ ~ NVi counsellor,) Mcdluch, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 0, 29 [44]. b) Neh. 10 5
^b::
572
nb'n
12, 2. Called also 'Sfl^'Q Malluchi Neh.
12, 14 Chetli. where Keri si^-'bi: Melicu.
e)' Ezra 10, 29. d) Neh. 10," 28.
rO^^ia f. also nsb^S l Sam. 10, 25
(r. T^^'O) a kingdom, 1 Sam. 10, 16. 11,
14. 1 k. 2. 15. 22. al. Often in the genit.
e. g. n:i5an q'^ss f^e roya/ diadem Is.
62, 3 ; nsnbsri -i"is i/u; royaZ ci7?/ 2 Sam.
12. 26 ; ns^bsn NSS ^/le roj/a^ throne
1 K. 1, 46 J nr^ban snt f Ae seed royai,
royal line, Jer. 41, 1. Dan. 1, 3; nbs
riDsibTD to administer the kingdom, to
reignj 1 K. 21, 7. Of Jehovah's king-
dom, Ps. 22, 29. Obad. 21.
''D^^IS- see 1^15 a b.
"jibia m. (r. "i^ib) pr. place where trav-
ellers lodge, either in the open air or
under a roof, lodging-place, inn, cara-
vanserai, Gen. 42, 27. 43, 21. Ex. 4, 24.
Of an encampment of troops for the
night Is. 10, 29.
njlb'a fem. of the preced. a lodge, hut,
of the keeper of a garden or vineyard,
Is. 1. 8. Also a hanging-bed, hammock,
suspended from trees, in which travel-
lers and also the keepers of gardens and
vineyards sleep for fear of wild beasts.
Is. 24, 20. Arab, and Aram. J'Sv^j
\fy^, !!<V^i?- See Buxtorf's Lex.
Chald. h. v. Niebuhr's Arabien p. 158
Germ.
* 1. TO'2 prob. i. q. rinia (r being
softened to I), to rub in pieces, to pul-
verize. Once in
NiPH. to be rubbed small, to vanish in
dust. Is. 51, 6 'inbiSJ vry-3 d-'ti'^J "^3 for
the heavens like smoke shall vanish away,
be dispelled; parall. r.b^n 1523 y-:5<n
the earth like a garment .shall wax old.
Hence it appears that there lies a simi-
lar power in the two roots rh-o and n^3 ,
whence cTlbia (see rh-o II ) and c^ybs
old clothes. But it also marks a distinc-
tion between the two roots, that nh-c is
here referred to smoke, and n^S to a
garment; so that liie former seems to
imply a vanishing away as jine dust,
Germ, zerstieben, i. e. the being dis-
pelled as dust or smoke.
II. Hbia denotn. from n^t> salt, <ooi<,
to season with salt, tibaa Lev. 2, 13.
Syr. Arab. Etbiop. id.
PuAL pass. Ex. 30, 35.
HopH. nb^n, inf. absol. nbrn, to be
salted, i. e. touched or sprinkled with
salt, as a new-born infant, Ez. 16. 4. Je-
rome in h. 1. "tenera infantium corpora
, . . solent ab obstetricibus sale contingi,
ut sicciora sint et restringantur." Galen
de Sanit. L 7.
I. n5"J, in pause also nbt! Gen. 14,
3, salt; Chald. rhjQ , Syr. )''mNv> , Arab.
Aje . If an etymology be sought, nb^
salt may be something rubbed smalt,
pulverized, from r. rib's I ; com.p. Syr.
^fisB to preserve in salt and spices, with
j.?ai!fi contritum, and r. ^'f contrivit.
Job 6,6. Judg.9,45. nban c;; the Salt sea,
i. e. the Dead sea, the waters of which
are very strongly impregnated with salt,
and deposit it in the low places along
the shores, especially in the southern
part (Ez. 47, 11. Zeph. 2, 9) ; Gen. 14,
3. Num. 34, 12. Deut. 3, 17. Josh. 3, 16.
18. 19. al. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
pp. 223-26. nb^. sr^ the valley of salt, see
art. X^r. lett. d. nban n-'? the city of salt,
see in I'^S no. 1. aa. Also nba ri'^'ia a
covenant of salt 2 Chr. 13, 5, i. e. a
league for ever sacred and inviolable,
whence cbis nh-q n'^na Num. 18, 19.
This formula arose, from the circum-
stance, that salt as preserving from de-
cay is a symbol of duration and perpe-
tuity, see Philo 0pp. II. p. 225; and
hence the Arabs are said by some to eat
bread and salt together in making a
covenant; Steph. Schiilz V. p. 246. At
any rate they have the phrase Luuo
^^ there is salt between us, i. e. a
covenant ; whence lexicographers ex-
plain ,^wO, jL^^jo, by covenant, oath.
But see also the conjecture of Lee in
Piina no. 1. Hence we may understand
why the offerings of the Hebrews were
to be seasoned with salt, as in Lev. 2. 13
r,rn:^ brr: "'nbs n-'-ia nbn: r-^adn Nbi
nor shnlt thou let lack the salt of the cove-
nant of thy God from thy offering, i. e.
the offerings are to be seasoned with
salt, because salt is the symbol of the
perpetual covenant between God and
Israel, which he thus daily renews and
nb-a
673
'db-2
confirms. With other nation*, too, Bait
WHS a syrnlwl of IriiMKlsitip, and was
addi'd to their sacrifices ; see Sykc's
Essay on Sacrifices. Rosenm. Schol.
ad Lev. 2, 13. Further, Gen. 19, 26
nbia a^^ss a pillar of salt, i. e. statue of
fossil salt, hearing the appearance of a
pillar or cippus; see. for the fossil salt
at the south end of the Dead Sea, Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. pp. 482 sq. and for the
legends of the Arabs respecting Lot's
wife, see ibid. p. 589.
Deriv. nb II, nb-Q, nn\) . niitt .
II. nb^ only in plur. DTj^ia. old
clothes, worn out garments, Jer. 38, 11.
12. R. nb-s L q. v.
Hbia Chald. salt, Ezra 4, 14.
nbia Chald. (denom. fr. subst. n^o) to
eat salt; Ezra 4, 14 because we have eaten
the salt of the palace, i. e. are the ser-
vants of the king, have our maintenance
from him. Syr. >.ii\Sf)Zf to take salt
with one, to eat at his table. Arab.
l\jo to eat with one. Comp. 'men of
thy bread' Ohad. 7. So with the Per-
sians and Hindoos to eat one's salt is
said of servants who are fed by their
masters ; see Rosenra. Morgenl. no. 688.
njT? m. a seaman, mariner, Ez. 27,
9. 27. 29. Jon. 1. 5. Arab. 1"%^, Syr.
\ itSvi id. It is a denom. of the form
ba;?. from nbri in the signif. sea, like
Gr. i] uii, Lat. sal, put poet, for the sea,
whence aknvg seaman ; c^mp. Arab.
^L-M -sl salt sea, the ocean.
^0^^ ' (denom. fr. nbia) a land of
salt, and therefore barren, a desert. Job
39, 6. Ps. 107. 34; fully nnba 7-1X Jer.
17, 6. Comp. Ecclus. 39. 30. " So Virg.
Georg. 2. 238 ' Salsa tellus frugibus
infelix.' Plin. H. N. 31. 7.
n^nb^ f once ^"anb^ l Sam. 13,
22. c. siitf. 'in'sribia ; pkir. ri^nb^a , constr.
ri^nbr: . R. cnb no. 2.
1. As a verbal noun, warring, fight-
ing, i. e. the act. Is. 7, 1 rj-'b? msnbrb to
war against it (the city), to besiege it.
U&nce fight, battle. Ex. 13. 17. Job 39,
25. Is. 28, 6. Ecc. 9, 1 1, n^nbi: Ti":? see
in "^y no, 1. a. Arab. x^sJo battle,
overthrow.
2. war ; so nn^t3 n^v to make war
Prov, 20, 18 ; OS with any one Deut. 20,
12.20; rx (nx) id. Gen. 14.2. nn^n
a 'ia there was war with 2 K. 21, 20;
'i-'as 7a between and, 1 K. 14, 30. 15. 6. 7.
manbsb xs^ see in NX-j lett. b. 'ab 7(bn
id. 1 K. 22, 4. 'a Oi^p sec in OiT]? Piel
no. 3. Hence >^anba c-'X. plur. '"o "'liiix,
a man of war, warrior, Num. 31. 28. Is.
3, 2. Joel 2, 7. Jer. 38, 4. al. Poet of Je-
hovah Ex. 15, 3; comp. 'a "liaa of the
same Ps. 24, 8. Also m'anba b-'X id.
1 Chr. 28, 3. Is. 42, 13. So w'ith genit. of
the adversary, 2 Sam. 8, 10 nianba ttj-"*
n. 1 Chr. 18, 10; so too "'nan^a r"a
the house of my war, i. e. with which I
wage war, 2 Chr. 35, 21. 'a cs people
of war, troops, Josh. 8, 11. 11,7; 'a xax
id. Is. 13, 4. Also 'a ^bs weapons of
war. see in "'bs no. 5 ; and so poet.
nanba id. Ps. 76, 4.
^t '^ in Kal not used, pr. to smooth^
to smooth over, as in Arabic ; then in-
trans. to be smooth, slippery ; and hence
trop. to slip away, to escape, i. q. obB .
Syr. ^^'^ to smooth over ; Arab. ,^JLo
to smooth over a wall with mortar
(whence aba), to shave the head; ^oXjo
to be smooth, to be without hair ; then
Conj. I, IV, to cast (let slip) the foetus.
Kindr. are I'ba to be smooth, ijaXjO id.
V, VII, to escape, (j*JLo to be smooth,
JLo to escape, viy-Lo to smooth, to
soften; JJLo, J0001, tender, soft, comp.
Gr. piX8o), Germ, and Engl, mild; also
with the third radical a guttural or pa-
latal (oJLo to smooth, J^Jlo III to ca-
ress, to flatter, Gr. (laXaxoc, aftiXyo), fii).t,
Lat. mulgeo, mulceo. l^e mid. radical
being hardened, we have :;"^a q. v.
Piel -^a Ecc. 9, 15, in pause -^a,
fut. wba7, to let slip away. i. e.
1. to let escape, to save from danger, to
deliver, with ace. of pers. Job22 30. 29, 12.
Jer. 39. 18 ; ace. of thing 2 K. 23, 18.
Ecc. 9, 15. Is. 46. 2. So 's CS3 'J^a to
save the life of any one 2 Sam. 19. 6. Ps.
116.4 ; iaiES Li^a id. 1 Sam. 19. 11. Jer..
48, 6. Ez. 33, 5. Am. 2. 14. 15. Once with
tsb52
574
Ib^
a of thing partitively (see 3 A. 2. b) ;
Job 20, 20 'J^.T?'^ si^ i'l'i^na /le shall not
save aught among his delights. Some-
times with 1*'a from the hand or power
of any one Job 6, 23. Ps. 89. 49 ; v]?^ 2
Sam. 19, 10 ; 'i'O Ps. 107, 20. Absol. Ps.
33, 17. Is. 46, 4.'
2. to lay eggs, Is. 34, 15 ; conip. in Kal
s
and Hiph. no. 2. Arab. -^jlAjo foetus.
HiPH. 1. i. q. Piel no. 1, to save, to de-
liver, Is. 31, 5.
2. to bring forth, as a woman, c. ace.
Is. 66, 7. Comp. Piel no. 2.
NiPH. 1. tobe delivered from danger,
to be saved, Ps. 22, 6. Job 22, 30. Prov.
11, 21. Ez. 17, 15. Oftener reflex, to de-
liver oneself to escape; with 1*o 1 Sam.
27, 1. Jer. 34, 3. 38, 23; Z-^n^z 1 K. 19,
17 ; , Ecc. 7, 26 ; also with 'r: of place
whence, 1 Sam. 23, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 3 ; ace.
of place whither Is. 37, 38 ; with n loc.
Gen. 19, 17. Judg. 3, 26. Absol. Ps. 124,
7. 1 Sam. 30, 17. Coupled with nna to
flee, 1 Sam. 19, 12. 18.
2. to hasten axcay, without the idea
of escape or flight, 1 Sam. 20, 29.
HiTHP. i. q. Niph. no. 1 ; Job 19, 20
"'ItO "!iy2 ni;^"?r5<|i I am (scarce) escaped
with the skin of my teeth, proverbially
for ' there i no soundness left in all
my body.' The Arabs have a similar
proverb, jUwto L^ he escaped with his
head, i. e. just saved his life, Vit. Tim. 1.
180. Poet, of sparks emitted, Job 41, 11.
Deriv. the two following.
"^fQ ni. mortar, cement, from smear-
ing or smoothing over, Jer. 43, 9; see
the Arabic usage in r. db'Q Kal. Arab.
^^L, Syr. l-Julisie, id. Comp. also Gr.
Itak&ri, Lat. maltha, Ital. malta.
^T^r'9 (whom Jehovah delivers) Me-
latiah, pr. n. m."Neh. 3, 7. R. 'cbTS.
'O'^bia see r(-^ lett. b.
rib''bT3 f. (r. hhis II ) an ear of grain,
pr. an ear cut off; once Dent. 23, 26.
Comp. Job 24, 24. '
n32*btt f (r. y!lb) 1. Pr. interpreta-
tion; mcton. what, needs interprotation,
an enigma, obscure mcuvim, aphorism,
Prov. 1 , 6. Sept. axoifivon h'r/oc.
2. a song of derision, taunt, Hab. 2, 6.
*'^^^'?) ^ut- '^'^'?^ inf- c. suff. -iaba,
1. to reign, to be king. Eth. ^A^
id. Arab. dLLo to possess, to reign ;
Syr. to consult ; Chald. and Samar. to
consult, to reign. So in other languages
the words for consulting, judging, and
reigning, are the same ; comp. Lat. con-
sul, and Germ, rathen, Anglosax. rcedan
and Swed. rada to command. Constr.
with hs of persons and people Gen. 37,
8. 1 Sam. 8, 7. 1 K. 6, 1 ; or of a land
2 K. 11, 3; rarely with a 1 K. 11, 37.
2 Sam. 3, 21. Oftener with 3 of the
royal seat, or residence, where the king
dwells, 2 Sam. 5, 5. Josh. 13, 12. 21.
Judg. 4, 2. al. eaep. With an ace. of
time how long, 1 K. 11, 42. 14, 20. 2 K.
10, 36. 12, 2. Absol. as i=bi=b nsbll? rjttia
in the eighth year of his reign 2 K. 24,
12. 25, 1. Esth. ], 3. Jer. 1, 2. Ps. 93, 1.
96, 10. 97, 1. So of Jehovah, Ps. II. cc.
Ex. 15, 18. Mie. 4, 7. Of the rule of the
wicked Job 34, 30.
2. to begin to reign, to be made king,
2 Sam. 15, 10. 16, 8. 1 K. 1, 11. 13. 22,
41. 2 K. 9, 13. 2 Sam. 2, 10 Jshbosheth
was forty years old "i^b'oa when he began
to reign, was made king. 1 K. 16, 15. 23.
29. 2 K. 3, 1.
Niph. recipr. to consult, to take coun-
sel, Neh. 5, 7. Comp. the Syriae and
Chald. usage in Kal above.
Hiph. to make king, to constitute as
king, e. g. as done by a people 1 Chr.
11, 10, or by a more powerful king 2 K.
23. 34. 24, 17. Jer. 37, 1, or by Jehovah
1 Sam. 15, 35. 1 K. 3, 7; constr. usually
w^ith the accus. rarely the dat. ' to give
the kingdom to any one,' 1 Chr. 29. 22.
Sometimes with ~^T3 pleonast. 1 Sam.
12, 1. Is. 7, 6 ; ->.^.^ Judg. 9, 6. 1 Sam.
15. 11, With h'S_ of the people oierwhom
2 Sam. 2. 9. 1 Chr. 28. 4 ; Vx 2 Sam. 2,
9; M Sam. 8, 22. Absol. Hos. 8. 4.
HoPH. pass, of Hiph. Dan. 9. ].
Deriv. nrsib^. nsbr'o. riiibi:^. and the
nineteen here following ^except r'lsb'o).
^r!^ m. in pause also "b"0. c.suff. "^B'T? ;
plur. c-irbis, once 'C-^,"^. Prov. 31, 3, and
with K as mater lectionis O'^rNb'a 2 Sam.
11, 1, constr. "^tbia. - ^^
1. a king, Arab. dlLo, dUUo , rarely
JULo; Syr. ia^iio id. Ethiop. ^\H\
fa
575
T)
raoilcrator. Coupled often with a gen.
of people or country, us n'lin'j Ty'^'O,
isyr^ 'n, Di-is '"3, n!i^j< 'a, b^a '"o,
etc. But '33'a, "is^'O, my or Am kin^,
i. e. Jeliovjili's king, the king of Isruel
constituted by Jehovah, Ps. 2. 6. 18, 51.
Where the king of any people ia spoken
of xt' r'iox'i*'t the article is often prefixed
"t^^sn, 6 ^uailfv?, e. g. T^^an 'n*^ long lice
the king! 1 Sam. 10,24; also in poetry
Ps. 20, 10. 45, 6. 12. Cant. 1,4. 3 9; but
not seldom the art. is omitted in such
case in both prose and poetry, as 1 K.
81, 10. 13. Is. 32. 1. Prov. 24. 21. Ps. 21,
2. 45, 2. 16. 61, 7. In Ps. 72, 1 -^T3.-|3
tfie son of a king i.s said by way of honour
for a king descended from kings, parall.
with T^bp in the preced. clause, opp. to
one of ignoble birth or without royal
ancestors ; comp. liitotXfV? ix ^airtlfo)v
Xen. Ageeil. 1. 2. Comp. also in the title
of the modern king^!of Persia the phrase
^jUaJLwJI ^ ^UaJLwJI the Sultdn
son of the Sultdn. As in the East infe-
rior princes and likewise the viceroys
and satraps of powerful monarchs were
oflen dignified with the title of kings,
(comp. Is. 10. 8 are not my princes alto-
gether kings?) so the great sovereigns
of Asia took loftier titles, viz. ) ~^^n
biian the great king, put xai f$o;(rjv lor
the king of Assyria, Is. 36, 4. So the
king of Persia in the arrow-headed in-
S(5fiptions, see La.sen die Altpers. Keil-
inschr. 4. 140, 146. 165, 174; and also
among the Greeks, (li/ag .Satrdtvg, 6 ^a-
OiXivi b ftiyri:, Aristoph. Plut. 170. Plat.
Gorg. p. 470. E. Menex. p. 78. D. So
too the emperor of Germany by Syrian
writers of the middle ages, \^i l-'^*^
Barhebr. 334. /5) D-3bo r^v king of
kings, so the king of Babylon Ez. 26,
7, and Chald. x:*:?^ T,^^ Dan. 2, 37 ;
also the king of Persia, Ezra 7, 12 Chald.
So too the king of Persia in the arrow-
headed inscriptions, Syr. Vi\\ft .^S^
Barhebr. Gr. ^nadtvg ^aaiXsav, see Bris-
son de regio Persarum princ. 3. See
also Lassen 1. c. Thesaur. p. 794.
Plur. n"3bi3 kings is sometimes put for
foreign and therefore hosiile kings. Ps.
2, 10. 68. 15. 30. 110, 5 ; i. q. n-^ia 'zb^
18.14,9.18.
Trop. the title o^king is applied : a)
To Jehovah, as king both o( the whole
nation of Israel (sp^^ 'a Is. 41, 21, 'o
bx^ia^ 44, 6). and of each individual ;
Ue'ut. 33, 5 7|bTa Ti-^-3 Ti-in and he
was king in Jeshurun i. e. Israel. Pa.
5, 3. 10. 16. 29, 10. 44, 5, 98, 6. 145, 1.
Is. 33, 22. 43. 15. 1 Sum. 12, 12. al. So
with art. "ban the king Jer. 46, 18. 48
15. 51, 57, comp. Is. 57, 9. With epi-
thets, 21 T,b Ps. 48, 3 ; Ti^sn 'a 24.
7-10 ; rixsa '">^ r,bffln Is. 6. 5. ^ So Eth,
and Arab, of God. b) To idols, in the
language of their worshippers. Is. 8. 21.
Am. 5. 26. Zeph. 1, 5. Comp. Gr. *,
liaadfvg, Horn. II. /. 351. n. 233. c)
To animals, e. g. the crocodile Job 41,
26 [34] ; of locusts, Prov. 30, 27. Here
it is put for chief leader ; since kings
are often introduced as the chiefs and
leadersof armies, Job 15, 24. 18, 14. 29,
25.
2. Melech, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 9,
41. Also with the art, r)ban Jer. 36,
26. 38, 6.
'^^'Q Chald. ni. emphaf. ssbia, plur.
Tzh^ (Kaph without Dag.) Dan. 2, 21.
47. al. and by Hebraism C"*:;::: Ezra 4,
13, eraphat. H'zh-q Dan. 2. 44 ; a king,
Ezra 5, 6. 7. '6. 3. 4, 23. Dan. 2, 46. i,
15. For the king xi iio/r,v, eraphat.
X3V^ Dan. 2, 5 sq. 3. 2 sq. Also 7(^3
s^sbis kiiig of kings, spoken of the king
of Babylon Dan. 2, 37, and of Persia
Ezra 7, 12 ; see above in Heb. T|bo 1. /5.
Dan. 4, 34 [37] N^^'c; T(bt! the king of
heaven i. e. Jehovah. Dan. 7, 17 four
kings, i. e. four kingdoms, as Theod.
and Vulg. comp. v. 23. 24 ; so 8, 21,
comp. v. 20. 22.
1[^12 Chald. m. c. suflf. "'Sba, counsel^
Dan. 4. 24.
^^^ ] K. 11, 7, elsewhere with art.
ban , T,bab . Lev. 18. 21. 20, 2 sq. 1 K.
11, 7. 2 K. 23. 10. Jer. 32, 35, Molech,
pr. n. of an idol of the Ammonites. Aqu.
Symm. Theod. Molox, Vulg. Moloch,
Sept. appellat. o K^t/wr, /5(T*Afiv; called
also cisba Milcom 1 K. 11. 5 (comp. v.
7). 33. 2 K. 23, 13 ; and csbr Malcam,
Sept. Mtlx6(i, Jer. 49, 1. 3. Syr. >c -n\Sft
omp. Zeph. 1, 5. To this idol the He-
brews from the time of Solomon sacri-
ficed infants on riaa erected in the
ibi:
576
sba
valley of Hinnom ; see nra no. 4. Ac-
cording to Iho Rabbins, its statue was of
brass, with the members of the liuman
body, but the head of an ox ; it was
hollow within, was heated from below,
and the children to be immolated were
placed in its arms, while drums were
beaten to drown their cries ; see Jarchi
ad Jen 7. 3. Lund Jud. Heiligthumer p.
638. Carpzov. Antiq. 87. 404. Such a
tradition is strongly confirmed by a pas-
sage in Diodorus Siculus, respecting
human sacrifices offered by the Cartha-
ginians to Kqvvoi; i. e. Saturn, Diod. Sic.
20. 14. Hence it ha.s been commonly
held, that the Molech of the Old Test,
was also Saturn, and indeed the planet
Saturn, which the ancients regarded as
a xHxoSidjjm' to be appeased with human
sacrifices ; see Comm. on Is. II. p. 343,
and conip. in "1'2 p. 463. But from the
language of .Jeremiah, e. g. 32, 35 and
they built the high places of Baal which
are in the valley of the son of Hinnom,
to cause their sons and their daughters to
pass through the fire to Molech, com p.
19. 5 they have built also the high places
of Baal, to burn their sons in the fire for
burnt-offerings unto Baal, it would seem
to follow that the idol Molech (Ti^an)
was no other than /?aa/(bran), to whom
also in the region of Carthage and Nu-
midia children were immolated ; see
three Punic inscriptions. Monumm. Phoe-
nic. pp. 448. 449, 453. It may be sup-
posed that -bt, DSbia, csb??, was an
epithet of Baal in current use chiefly
among the Ammonites, as ri"!P.b^ was
an epithet of the same god among the
Tyriiins ; see in bra no. 5. Among the
Phenicians also a customary epithet of
Baal was cb:? "bo king eternal, and also
simply "br king ; see Monumm. Phcen.
]. c. The forme csbo, Csba, may be
compared with *i5^ p. 214 ; i. e. the end-
ings c and D- may be regarded as di-
minutive forms of endearment affixed to
the names of gods ; although in these
syllables there may also lurk a suffix,
the force of which was by degrees lost,
as in the names of the gods ^iHmvi^,
'nx; /yrmir/s-, "'nbya , Monumm. Phce-
nic. p. 400; see also art. "'px p. 13
above. For the apologetic comments
of the Rabbins eee in tas Hiph. no. 4.
N|'P^ Chald. f. emphat. Nrabia, a
queen, i. q. Heb. nsbia, Dan. 5. lo!
rr\2hi2 f. (r. ^z\) c. suff. in-iabi?, a
noose, snare, springe. Job 18, 10.
*^ii'Q f (r. T|bT2) const r. rs^B , a queen,
i. e. the consort of a king Esth. 1. 9 sq,
7, 1 sq. or as reigning in her own right,
e. g. the queen of Sheba 1 K. 10, 1. 4.
10. 13. Plur. n'irb-a of the wives of
Solomon who were of royal birth, opp.
to concubines (="'r;biB) Cant. 6, 8. 9.
^If'Q (id. or Chald. counsel) Milcah,
pr. n. of the daughter of Haran, the wife
ofNahor, Gen. 11, 29. 22, 20.
ns.-'a, see n^^bta.
IDb^ Chald. f constr. r^zb-q , emphat.
XP!i=ii3, i. q. Heb, r'lzb^, a kingdom,
i. e.
a) dominion, reign, the exercise of
kingly power, Dan. 4, 28. 6, 2. 7. 14. al.
In the genit. as adjunct for an adj. roy-
al ; as irbr n"'a the royal residence,
metropolis, Dan. 4. 27 ; i<ri=bT2 hz^'n,
the royal palace 4, 26. ^^I'l'H ' the
reign of Darius Ezra 4. 24. 6, 15. Spo-
ken of the kingdom or dominion of God
Dan. 3, 33 ; and of the future reign of
the saints 7, 18. 22. 27.
b) realm, a country under kingly rule,
Dan. 2, 39. 44. 7, 23. Plur. emphat.
Nrirb^ Dan. 2, 44. 7, 23. Syr. ol^iie,
f/n-i\Sn, Arab. v::^XJLo, id.
r^D^B f: (r. r^-Q) plur. ri'zb^ , a word
of the later Hebrew, freq. in the books
of Chron. Esth. and Daniel, but rare in
the earlier books, as Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam.
20, 31. Ps. 45, 7. 103, 19. 145. 11 sq.
1. a kingdom, i. e. the royal dignity.
dominion, reign. Dan. 11, 21 comp. v. 4.
Esth. 1. 19. bixd 'a the kingdom {Ao-
mimon) of Saul 1 Chr. 12. 23. 2 Chr.
12, 1. Often in the following phrase :
Dan. 1. 1 in the third yearZt'<7;1^^r^'^ '^''3^'?^
of the reign of Jehoiakim. 2, 1. 8, 1. 1
Chr. 26, 31. 2 Chr. 15, 10. al. comp. the
earlier phrase cran^ -bsb 1 K. 15. 1. 9.
Ollen in the genit. as adjunct ibr the
adj. royal, e. g. Piaban r''a the royal
house, palace, (i. q. "^b^ r"*?.) Esth. 1, 9.
2, 16. 5, 1 ; P!i=b^ lan (i. q. r,ban nan)
a royal mandate Esth. 1, 19; 'q kib:^
iDbtt
577
ttb^
the r(}yal Ihrottc 1 Chr. 22, 10. Eeth. 1, 2.
6, 1. ul. 'a -Jrj Ps. 45, 7 ; 'a Tin 1 Chr.
29, 25. Dan. 1 1, 21 ; also 'a *,':) roya/
tp/n Efith. 1,7. Ellipt. Esth. 5, 1 nic=b
nisba fi/i/" ]it on royal apparel.
2. a kinf^dom, i. e. a realm, a people
under kingly rule; e. g. nnin"^ 'a t/ie
kingdom of Judnh 2 Chr. 11, 17; 'a
O'^^bS the kingdom of the Chaldeans
Dan. 9. 1 ; D"iD 'a the kingdom of the
PersianJt 2 Chr. 36. 20. Dan. 10, 13. etc.
'a -isn the half of the kingdom Esth. 5,
3. 6. 7, 2. Pfur." n->2Va Dan. 8, 22.
'^''^f^ (God's king. i. e. appointed
by him, fr. 'n^a.) Malchiel, pr. n. m.
Gen. 46, 17. Num. 26, 45. 1 Chr. 7, 31.
Patron, in "^ Num. 26, 45.
f^r^i*^ ^nd ^^^^)^ (Jehovah's king)
Malchiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 12.
Neh. 11. 12. Jer. 38, 1. b) Ezra 10,
31. Neh. 3, 11. 14. 13. c) Neh. 8, 4.
10, 3. d) Jer. 38, 6. e) Ezra 10, 25.
P7?~^"?:^ (kinjT of righteousness) pr.
n. Melchizedek. king of Salem (Jerusa-
lem) and a priest of Jehovah, Gen. 14,
18. Ps. 110, 4. Comp. Heb. c. 7.
D'n'^35T3 (king of altitude) Malchiram.
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18.
y^O^Sba (king of help) Malchishua,
pr. n. of a son of Saul. 1 Sam. 14, 49. 31,
2. Also written separately 5llZ3"''3ba
1 Chr. 8, 33. 9, 39.
tD5tt (their king) Malcam, pr. n.
a) An idol of the Moabites and Ammon-
ites, i. q. cbba and "^a , Jer. 49, 1. 3 ;
see in T(^.a . But in Zeph. 1, 5 and Am.
1, 15 OS^a is their king. b) A man, 1
Chr. 8, 9.
DS-'Ta Milcom, i. q. Molech. an idol of
the Ammonites, 1 K. 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23,
13. See in Ti^a .
'}3-'')2 an error for "2^5? q. v.
n?btl fem. of the Chald. form Ti^a ,
(as nsba fr. Tjr!?.) o. qiieen, found only
in Jer.V, 18. 44. 17. 18. 19. 25; in which
passages n^arn rsba the queen of
heaven, which the Hebrew women wor-
shipped, is either the moon, or Astarle
(rn'ntlJs) i. e. the planet Venus. So
Sept. in c. 44. and Vulg. everywhere.
But several Mss. read the word fully
49
written isJfi r2xba the service or worahip
of heaven, as also the Syr. renders it
) -'^^^^ it\ng cultua cadi, i. e. abstr.
for concr. the gods of heaoen.
nobb f. with art. nsban (the queen)
Molekelh, JIanimoleketh, pr. n. 1 Chr.
7, 18.
* ^iT ^0 speak, mostly poet, for
the comm. lan. Chald. and Syr. bba,
%io , id. It has something of the ono-
matopoetic character, like Gr. kalia
Germ, lallen. In Kal once part, bbno
Prov. 6, 13.
PiEL bia, to speak, c. ace. Job 8, 2
how long wilt thou speak such things 7
33, 3. Ps. 106, 6 ; with dat. of pers. and
a direct clause following, as Gen. 21, 7
'lai onnaxb bfea "^a who woidd have said
to Abraham, Sarah shall give children
suck ? Comp. is'n no. 1. c.
Deriv. n^a word, pr. n. ''bba .
* II' -"2*9 i. q. b^a.ina, to cut off, or
to be cut off, espec. oT grass, herbage,
ears of grain. Put. in the Chald. form^
ba"" Job 14, 2. 18, 16. plur. in pause ^iba^
24, 24. Ps. 37, 2, to be cut off; see Bieelc
on these forms, in Rosenm. RepertM-;.
I. p. 80. Job 14, 2 ba^ xa;; y->s3 like
the flower he cometh forth and is crxt
down. 18. 16 beneath, his roots are dry,
in'^sp ba"^ braa above, his branches aire
cut off. Others, as Kimchi and Siraonis^
derive these forms from baj, which;
seems to be supported by the noun
nbas ; but the preceding mode is better
established.
NiPH. to be circumcised, i. q. bias or
bias from r. bia , Prset. onbas for anVas ,
Gen. 17. 11.
Po. bbia. fut. bbSa^, to cut off, Ps. 90,
6 ; see bia Pil.
Deriv. nb-^ba.
^bia Chald. Pa. b^a , to speak, Dan.
7, 8. 11. 20. 25 ; c. 05 with any one Dan.
6, 22.
''??'9 (eloquent, r. bba I ) Milalai, pr,
n. m. Neh. 12, 36.
Tab'a or yi^y^ m. (r. lab) once in
constr. Judg. 3, 31 "li^an "^ab-a an ox-
goad, a stout staff with an iron point at
one end for urging on oxen ', see Maun
drell's Journ. Ap. 15. Gr. ftoi'nh',i II. 6.
135, and ^ovxn'j^ov. See SchOttgen de
Stimulo bourn, Francof. 1774.
jf 2 '7 in Kal not used, to be smooth,
i. q. 'cbi2 q. v.
NiPH. Ps. 119, 103 how smooth (tsbri)
to my palate are thy words, i. e. pleasant,
eweet.
nsbia with art. "i^55afi Dan. 1, 11. 16, a
name of office in the Babylonian court,
prob. Pers. -mJLo master of wine, chief
butler ; so Bohlen Symb. p. 22.
Pr 7 to nip, to nip off", to crack, e. g.
the neck of a fowl Lev. 1, 15. 5. 8. Sept.
unoxvl^b). Kindr. is P']^, the "i being
softened into h, and S interchanged
with n. Syr. and Chald. iba to pluck.
H1p5'a m. (r. n;rb) 1. prey, booty,
espec. of cattle and animals. Num. 31,
12 bb^-n-PKi nipban-rxi '^t'lT-J^s the
captives, and the prey, and the spoils;
but in V. 11. 27. 32, the captives also are
included under this word. Is. 49, 24. 25.
2. Dual oiniphiz the two jaws, with
which food is taken, Ps. 22. 16.
ffilpb'a m. (r. ttjj^b) the latter rain,
i. e. the vernal, the showers which fall
in Palestine in the months of March and
April before the harvest, Prov. 16, 15.
Zech. 10, 1. Hos. 6, 3; often coupled
with nni"', Tii^, the early or autumnal
rain, Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 3, 3. 5, 24. Poet,
of eloquent discourse, Job 29, 23. On
the rains of Palestine see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 97.
Ql'ni?^''? m. dual (r. npsb) tongs for
the fire, Is. 6, 6. So of small tonfrs or
the like, snuffers, for lamps, etc. 1 K. 7,
49. 2 Chr. 4, 21. With suff. n^n^bij kl^
Ex. 25, 38. 37, 23. Num. 4, 9.'
^^f''? f. (r. nnb) a wardrobe, ves-
try, sc. of the Ving, 2 K. 10.22. So the
context demands, and so Vulg. Chald.
Arab. Kimchi.
^ri'?)? (pcrh. for "'rK^T? my fulness, r.
h-Q) Mallothi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4. 26.
iriynblS f plur, (r. yr!b)constr. niynbia
Ps. 58, 7 ; also with the letters transp.
niy^TO Job 29, 17. Prov. 30, 14. Joel
1,6; the biters, (he griiMlera, poet, for the
578
b^T2
teeth. Comp. Ethiop. ^Arf'^^ the
jaw, pr. that with which one bites ;
Ludolf p. 19. There seems to bte no
reference to a particular class of teeth,
as the incisors, maxillary, etc.
nnS'Q'O f. (Dagesh euphonic) plur.
rii^fi^ Joel 1. 17, garners, storehouses,
places or buildings where grain is laid
up, i. q. ni~!f573. It is a denom. from
nn^ST: Hag. 2. 19. with O local prefixed ;
comp. rtiDSTi?. rfrania, and Lehrgeb.
122. 1. no.u! R. nnal. 3.
D'^'lTQ'O m. plur. (r. 'rpj) measures, sc.
of the earth, Job 38, 5,
'JD^tt'Q Memucan, pr. n. of a prince or
satrap in the conrt of Xerxes, Esth. 1
14. 16, 21. Also piaia v. 16 Cheth.
t\'Tll'Q m. (r. M73) only in plur. dti'TOO ,
deaths,^ Jer. 16, 4. Ez. 28, 8. In 2 K. 11,
2 Cheth. concr. the dead, the slain, where
Keri D^n^"0 .
'^T'OB m. (r. "ira) ffUhiness, concn
filthy, polluted ; hence
1. mie sptiriowg, a bastard, Deut. 23, 3-
Sept. ix no(}ri,(t, Vulg. de scorto natusf,
and so the oriental intpp. as also the
Rabbins, who use this word of a bas^
tard.
2. Metaph. a stranger, foreigner,
Zech. 9, 6. Sept. uXloyivr^. In Kke
manner, foreign nations are often com-
pared to harlots by the Hebrew poets,
comp. Is. 23, 17. 18.
nS'Q'a m. (r. ^3^) 1- sale, Lev. 25,
27. 29. 50.
2. Concr. thing sold; Lev. 25, 25
T^nx 13^10 that sold by his brother, v.
28. 33. Ez. 7, 13. Plur. Deut. 18, 8.
3. som^hingfor sale, ware, etc. Lev
25, 14. Neh. 13, 20.
iniSp'a f (r. n2v)sale; a gelling^, i. q-
13:3^ no. 1, Lev. 25, 43.
robtS'a f (r, T^Vt:) constr. rsbrB, c.
suff. 'PiabTaT? ; plur. ri^b^ia , constr.
niibrr ; i. q. n^bo, but of an earlier
age, though also found in the later
books, as 2 Chr. 11,1. 14, 4. T7. 5. al.
1. kingdom, i. e. the royal di|Ernity, do-
minion, reign, t K. 11, 11- 14, 8. I Sam.
28. 17. In genit. for the ndj. rmpiil, as
nsbisBn n"'!? the. royal city imh. 10, 2.
bias
579
1^
1 Sam. 27, 5 ; ' n-^a Am. 7, 13 ; also
2 Chr. 23, 20. 2 K. 1 1, 1. Abstr. for concr.
1 Sam, 10, 18 n'obpan-bs i. e. all kings.
2. a kingdom, i. e. a realm, n people
under kingly rule ; Num. 32, 33. 1 Sura.
24, 21. Ex. 19, 6.
niDb'QTa r. (r. T|^c) only conetr. nwb
a kingdom, i. q. riDbia^ no. 2 ; Josh. 13,
12 sq. 1 Sara. 15, 28. 'i Sam. 16, 3. Jer.
26, 1.
yB'Q, see It) and ! init.
^C'O'D m. (r. T]0^) vn\red -wine, spiced
wine, i. q. T\oa q. v. Prov. 23, 30. Is. 65,
11. SeeinaT.
V V
*^'^'^ m. griff, sorrow, Prov. 17, 25.
R. "i-n:; as D3T3, r. DOS ; Oan, r. DD'C ;
b=n,"r.'bba. '' '' " "'
^^'P''? (pr. fattening, then concr. fat,
r. X"]^) Mamre, pr. n. of an Amorite who
made a league with Abraham, Gen. 14,
13. 24. Hence x-fiB ^:ii>x the oaks of
Mamre, Gen. 13, 18. 18, 1; and simpl.
Nni:^ Mamre 23, 17. 19. 35, 27 ; the
name of a grove of oaks not far from
Hebron. [Mamre is said to be Hebron,
Gen. 23, 19. 35, 27. But the oaks or
terebinths of Mamre are distinguished
from Hebron or Mamre itself Gen. 13,
18. 18, 1. They are placed by a tradi-
tion older than Josephus at some dis-
tance from Hebron towards Jerusalem ;
Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 7. See Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 454. I. p. 318. Bibliotheca
Sacra, 1843, p. 52. R.
D''1*"!"a'a m. plur. (r. "ina. Dag. eu-
phon.) bitternesses, calamities, Job 9, 18.
rJTD'Q'Q m. (r. rid^) expansion ; Ez.
28, 14 nCTSia -si3 cherub of expansion,
Vulg. cherub extentns, i. e. with expand-
ed wings ; comp. v. 16 and Ex. 25, 20.
JCia'Q m, (r. bOB) dominion, rule,
Dan. 11, 3. 5. Plur. cbir^^ concr.
princes, lords, 1 Chr. 26, 6.
nblB'a'a f. (r. bar) Mic. 4. 8 ; constr.
pbdti-a'Gen. 1. 16.' Ps. 136,8; c. suff.
t;riV4i3-a is. 22, 21 ; Plur. constr. rSbdiDTa
Ps."l36,'9, c. suff. "fnib-iJTDT: Ps. 114, 2;
dominion, ride, Mic. 4, 8. Dan. 11, 5;
also 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8. 6. Jer. 51. 25.
34, 1 ; of Jehovah's dominion Ps. 114,
2. 145, 13; also the office of a prince of
the court. In. 22, 21. Trop. of the rule of
the Bun and moon, Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136,
8. Hence concr. a) dominions, juris-
diction, realm, 2 K. 20, 13. P. 103, 22.
b) rtders, princes, chief oncers, 2 Chr.
32, 9. Less well Sept. Vulg. poioer,
army. Comp. 1 Chr. 26, 6.
pTClSTp m. (r. p'^'o) possession; once
Zeph. 2, 9 binn pCB^ the posses.non of
the bramble, a place overgrown with
brambles. Comp. Is. 14. 23.
D''j?r)'0'Q m. plur. (r. pnia) sweetnesses,
sweet things. Cant. 5, 16. Neh. 8, 10.
'J'Q m. (r. jSB) c. suff. r(3U Neh. 9, 20,
but in other Mss. without Dag. manna,
which some regard as identical with the
manna Arabica, a sweet resin similar
to honey, which in Arabia and other
oriental regions exudes chiefly in July
and August, before sunrise, from the
leaves of several species of trees and
shrubs, but principally from the tama-
risk genus. Ex. 16. 15-35. Num. 11, 6
sq. Deut. 8, 3. 16. Josh. 5, 12. Ps.78.24.
Within the present century English
naturalists first proved that a certain
insect, similar to the coccus, is coopera-
tive in producing the manna; see Hard-
wicke in Asiatic Researches XIV. p.
182 sq. Frederick in Transact, of the
Lit. Soc. of Bombay, Lond. 1819. Vol.1,
p. 251 sq. This has more recently been
confirmed by Ehrenberg, who has shown
that the manna flows out of the leaf in
consequence of the punctures of this
insect. The tree which produces it at
Sinai is the Tamarix gallica mannife-
ra, Arab. Li^ Turfa; and the insect
is called coccus manniparus. See Eh-
renb. Symbol. Phys. Berl. 1829. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. pp. 170. 550. Comp.
Niebuhr's Descr. of Arab. p. 145. Germ.
J. E. Fabri Historia Mannae in Fabri et
Reiskii Opusc. med. Arab.p. 121. Arab.
ij- id. pr. a portion, gift from heaven,
fully U-wgJI i^ But allusion is made
to another derivation Ex. 16, 15. 31;
comp. Chald. '(0 . [Of all the charac-
teristics ascribed in Scripture to the
manna, not one belongs to the present
manna; nor could there ever have been
a supply of it sufficient for the consump-
p
580
P
tion of a host like that of Israel, contain-
ing at least two millions of people; see
Bibl. Res. in Pales-t. 1. c R.
I'Q Chald. Pron. 1. Interrog. who?
what ? Ezra 5, 3. 9. Dan. 3. 15. Also
in an indirect interrog. Ezra 5, 4.
2. Indef "''n"")5a whoso, whoever, Dan.
3, 6. 11. 4, li
'J'Q m. (r. )':'C) 1. part, portion. The
proper subst. force of this word does not
indeed occur in common use in the O. T.
since the form iins^ Ps. 68, 24, which
Simonis explains by: the portion of him
{them), i. e. of the dogs, is more readily
solved another way, viz. by rendering
it : that the tongue of thy dogs may lap
.(yTOF}) of it. But the primary subst.
power is manifest in the forms '^353ia pr.
a parte mea, Fr. de ma part, Engl, for
or on my part, (comp. Ez. 3, 17 waim
them '^tJS'Q on my part, from me.) and
^2BT3 a. parte ejus, on his part ; and hence
the prep. '{Ci is pr. originally nothing but
the constr. state sing, of '{O ; and "^20 Is.
30, 11 is its constr. plural.
2. Plur. a"^i?a strings of an instrument,
pr. slender threads, from their being di-
vided, Ps. 150, 4. Syr. ,_JLo id. Prob.
also we may refer hither Ps. 45, 9 : out
of ivory palaces "snatu "^tis the strings
(resounding music) have made thee glad.
On the plural ending ^- for C-, see
Lehrg. p. 525, 526. Ewald's Gram. 359.
"I'j and 'i?, before a guttural '?, rarely
"a (as BOT Gen. 14, 23, p^-io 2 Sam.
18, 16, and constantly in the forms ywa,
Tiiinia), poet. *^31Q with Yod paragog. as
annexed to the constr. state Judg. 5, 14.
Job 6, 16. Ps. 44, 10. 11. Is. 46, 3. al.
once '^I'P plur. constr. Is. 20, 11 ; c. suff.
^San (see '"6 no. 1), poet. "'Sa and '^t'q
i(by Syriasm); T]BT3 in pause ^S^a, f.
^SS ; 1S52^ for ^r\}TZ^ from him, poet.
sinsia, instj. f n:53i2'; plur. sisbts for ijsbts
from Its; 03^; cna poet. Ctiso, f inw.
Syr. T^; Arab. Jw*, usually joined to
the next word by dropping Nun, as
with the art. Joo for Jl ^ De Sacy
Gram. I. 838. Strictly "(^ is constr.
state of the noun ",, (as 1? constr. '(3,)
pr. part of any thing, and hence a Pre-
poBilion; see '(O no. 1.
1. Strictly as a Prep, partitive, (cn
pipiip Mem partitive as the Hebrews
call it,) denoting a part taken fro7n or
out of a. whole, which in Gr. and Lat. is
expressed by the prepositions |, ix, e.r,
e, and also by uno, ah, a. rarely by de.
a) Put after numerals ; Ruth 4, 2 ten
men "I'^yrj ''^^,^'0 of the elders of the city.
2 K. 2, 7 fifty men D^slS:n '330 of the
sons of the prophets. Neh. 1,2 "^nx^a nnx
one of my brethren. Job 5, 1 Cbnp)^ ia
who of or among the holy 7 Jer. 45, 28
all shall know "Ssri c^p"^ "'is -iST
Dili:!! whose word shall stand, of me or
of them, mine or theirs, where *|^ refers
to "^53, as in Job 1. c. So after substan-
tives which denote apart ; 2 Chr. 31, 3
the king''s portion from (''o) his szib-
stance. Is. 21, 11 nb^^^ n^ what of the
night ? i. e. what part (time) of the
night?
b) Indefinitely, the noun being omit-
ted, a) As referring to number or mul-
titude, it implies some out of a whole
number; Ex. 17, 5 take with thee "'JptO
'iU7 (some) of the elders of Israel. 16. 27
DS'n *,^ ^i<.^2 there went out (some) of
the^ people. Gen. 33, 15. Num. 13, 23. 2
Sam. 11, 17. Ez. 5, 4. Am. 2, 11. Cant.
1, 2 !in"'B np'^'isi: "Sj^v^-'i let him kiss me
(with some) of the kisses of his mouth.
So Arab. *-Aj-* some of them Kor. 57.
26 ; also ijOJU c. genit. a part, some ;
Syr. ^o. Comp. the Fr. indef. art. de
anciens, des baisers. More rarely it
marks one out of a number ; Gen. 28, 1 1
and he took Dipsn '3::X'a one of the
stones of the place, comp. v. 18. Ex. 6,
25 Eleazar took him one of the daughters
of Putiel to wife. Jer. 1, 1. Dan. 11, 5 the
king of the south y^'ya '{0} and one of
his princes, Sept. ilg ix imv dwaarwv. So
Arab. ijOJU , Syr. ,-^, of one. /3) As
referring to a whole, something, some of;
as Cn^ (some) of the blood, some blood,
Ex. 12, 7. 29, 21. Lev. 5. 9. (So ovi^? ,^
Barhebr. 529.) Job 11. 6 Hod will remit
to thee "liyt! (something) of thy guilt.
Ps. 137, 3. With a negat. part, nothing,
none at all; 1 K. 18, 5 '-o r^-'-^SJ Nibi
nrna and that we destroy none of the
beast's. 2 K. 10. 10. Deut. 16. 4. Nah. 1,
14 niJ Tj^Ti" y^ljl K^ there shall be sown
ia
581
Ta
nothing of thy name more, nothing which
bciirs thy name. /) Hence is manifest
the proper force of the Arab. ^^%je 'pleo-
nastic,' treated of by Agrcll, cle Variet.
gen. ct num. in Lingg. Orient, p. 142 sq.
and corresponding to which there are
siniihir phrases in Hebrew. In these
Arabic lortnulas. aJLM ^t aJt ^^ Lo,
lit. nothing of God but God, i. e. there is
no God but God, Kor. Sur. 3, 55. 5, 77.
38, 05 (comp. the same words without
^ Sur. 3, 1. 11, 27. 20, 7) ; ^ Lo
Jc^l nothing of one, not even one. Sur.
2, 96. 19, 98; JLfc ^jx *^ Lo lit. no-
thing to them of knowledge, i. e. they
have no knowledge, Sur. 18, 4 (comp.
without j^wo 22, 70. 24, 14) ; in these and
many other like instances, '{^ is not pleo-
nastic, but partitive : not a single part
of God. i. q. no god ; not a particle of
one, not even one ; 7iot a jxirticle of
knowledge, etc. In Syriac the corres-
ponding form is >oou^ ,-i |] and contr.
JcoiJsoiic )] nequaquam, Gal. 5, 16.
Hence in Heb. ) 'inx'? lit. any part
of one, i. e. even one, ulhis. Deut. 15, 7
if there be a poor man among you "inxia
rpnx any one of your brethren. Lev. 4,
2 and if he doeth nsnTD rinx"0 any one
of them ; comp. Ez. 18, 10 where nx
seems to be spurious. Dan. 8. 9 see in
nn"'y2T3. 3) In the negative phrases
')'^StJ . DSSt: , Is. 40, 17. 41. 24, i. e. (some-
thing) from nothing, nihili quid, as if
diminutive of nothing, q. d. less than no-
thing, though there is here no compara-
tive force in "('O . Is. 40. 17 all nations be-
fore him are Tixs as nothing, and they are
counted to him D2XT2 less than nothing.
41, 24 OSXia n=b?Bn 'iSTa cnx ye are
from (less than) nothing, and your work,
from (less than) nought; comp. v. ] 2. 29.
The rendering less than nothing is ra-
ther mathematical than poetical, though
it correctly expresses the fact that the
idea of nothing is diminished by prefix-
ing this particle. Nor is this usage pe-
culiar to Isaiah ; to it indeed belongs the
form "pxti not one, not even one. none, as
Jer. 10, 6 "^7 "1^3 'CV;^ not one ?> like to
thee. Jehovah, v. 7. So too I would ex-
plain the phrase 2iai"' 'j-'X'a i. q. V? -'?"i'',
see in 'pst no, 5. d. p. 43. But to this
49*
idiom do not belong several passages
in which interpreters have thought tiiey
discovered the )V pleonastic ; Storr Ob-
eervatt. p. 450. Tluis Gen. 7, 22 all
in whose nostrils was the breath of life,
I'iSx Vsp of all that was on the dry land,
died; i. e. all animated beings died. So
in the anacoluthon Judg. 10", 11. 12.
e) After verbs of taking or receiving
of or from any thing, i. e. a part from a
whole ; e. g. Gen. 2. 22 the rib which
the Lord took nnii-qfrom the man. Ex.
29, 22 thou shall take of the ram the fat.
Job 23. 6. So after verbs of a similar
sense ; as verbs of eating. '{O bsx Gen.
25. 20. Job 31. 17 ; of satiating, '{O y^'a ;
of choosing from a number Ex. 18, 25.
2 K. 10, 3. Vice Versa also after verbs
of giving Gen. 25. 30. 30. 14 ; so too
after verbs of filling, as *{2 SaTS , '{O Jtbtt ;
of leaving Ex. 10. 5. Lev. 6. 9 ; of teach-
ing Is. 2. 3. Ps. 59, 13. In all these ex-
amples '(0 denotes a part, portion, some ;
which the Greek. French, and German
express also by the genitive, as iir&itiv
xal TtlvBcv jivog, prenez du sang, nimm
des Blutes.
2. From the above partitive significa-
tion comes the notion of proceeding out
of any thing, i. e. out of. of. from, Gr. ix,
Lat. ex. implying that a thing has been
in another and made as it were part of
it. So very freq. in the proper sense
after verbs signifying to go out e. g.
from a people, city, land, gate, and the
like, see in XS^ ; to draw out sc. from
the water, a pit, Ps. 18, 17. 40, 3 ; to
draw water out of a well Is. 12, 3 ; to
deliver or save from, the power of any
one; see the verbs ^"'Sii, -laj, "^"Q'S;
e. g. 3r-,^"r)3 Ps. 17, 13, nia^ 33. 19, ^inn
22, 21 ; also to help (save)/rom Deut.
33, 7. Ps. 43, 1 ; to drive out from a land
Ps. 10, 18 ; to cut of from a land Ez. 14,
17 ; to remove out of Deut. 26, 13. al.
Further, to take or receive from, see
nj?b ; to cry out from any place Jon. 2, 3.
Hab. 2, 11. al. Trop. to pass/rom one
state to another, e. g. to be turned from
sorrow to joy. Esth. 9. 22 comp. Is. 17. 1.
Hence spoken :
a) Of the material out of which any
thing as it were proceeds, is formed or
made. Gen. 2. 10 and the Lord God
formed nn'vafi n^rrba "la^sn ",0 out of
V2
582
(he ground every beast ofthejield. v. 23.
Cant. 3, 9 Solomon made a liller (pa-
lanquin) lisnlDn '^^.v-a of the wood of
Lebanon. Ps. 16, 4. 45. 14. Hos. 13, 2.
b) Of source or origin, e. g. ) Of
parents. Gen. 17, 16 kings shall be nsap
of her. 16, 2. 1 Sam. 2, 20 iAe Lore/ ^lue
thee seed of this woman. Judg. 11, 34
she was his only daughter, ^iSB^ "i^ "pN
he hail no otfier of himself, of his own
body. Gen. 35, 11. Lev. 21, 17. Job 14,
4 N^^'a "iin:: |n';i la wAo will show one
pure born of the impure ! see in "nj
no. 1. i. Is. 58, 12 T^aia those from thee,
thy children, descendants. /5) Of a
people or native place ; 1 Sam. 9, 1
'j"'n;|ij3r ;r''i< a, man of Benjamin. Judg.
13, 2 ns-is^ ffi-'X a man of Zorah. 12,
8. 17, 7.' 2'k. 21, 19. Am. 1, 1. Jer. 1, 1.
Neh. 7, 6. So of beasts and things ;
Ps. 80. 14 ny_?^ -i-^m the boar of the for-
est. Jer. 5, 6. Ps. 80, 9 O'^'nsfio "iSS a tjme
of Egypt. Comp. Ps. 72. 16. Trop. Neh.
6, 8 thoufeignest them "|a^o out of thine
own heart.
c) Of the author or agent from or 6j/
whom any thing proceeds or is done ;
:so Gr. un.6 i. q. vno Hdot. 2. 54. Thuc.
3. 36.. E. g. "i^ "^^^v? ^o conceive by any
one Gen. 19, 36. Hos. 7. 4 a;i oven nnra
riBST? heated by the baker. Ps. 9. 14
^Sl'iZJia "^"ir ?ny sorrow from (caused by)
.them that hate me. 31, 12. 62, 2. Judg.
14, 4. Job 6. 25. Prov. 16. 1. 1 Chr. 13, 2.
Hos. 8, 4. So with passive verbs, Ps.
:37, 23. Ecc. 12, 11. Often as marking
the author of a judgment or estimate ;
Job 4, 17 shall mortal man be accounted
just of God (aTi'~X"Q), a, man pure of
his maker ? i. e. can he be just and pure
in the judgment or sight of God 7 Num.
32,22 riin7?2 Q-^ps guiltless before Jeho-
vah. Zedi'. 11, 13. Contra, Ps. 18, 22 xb
^tnbxa *^nri23"n / have not done tcickedly
before my God, he being judge ; but
others take it here as constr. praegn. /
have not wickedly departed from my
God. Jer. 51, 5. Deut. 32, 47. To the
same idiom may be referred Gen. 3. 14
n^n2n-53T2 nnx iiix, i. e. -ba "^.rsa
nana, cursed art thou of oil beasts, their
curses follow thee ; Sept. nnu nuviMV
XMv xiTjvaiv, i. e. uTto for ino, see above.
Gen. 4, 11. So on the other hand T^ii-'a
^ Deut, 33, 24. Judg. 5, 24; though
both these passages may be referred to
no. 5 below.
d) As the efficient cause ; e. g. after
active verbs. Is. 6, 4 and the posts oftlie
door trembled at {'^12) the voice. Job 4, 9.
14, 9. Ps. 6, 8. 73, 19. After passive
verbs. Is. 22, 3 ntln!'? "~S5< they are cap-
tured by the archers. 28, 7. Ps. 78, 65.
Ez. 27, 34. After substantives, Hos. 7,
5 '1?'? r^n heat from (by) wine. Job 4,
13 thoughts from the visions oftlie night.
Aller an adject. Gen. 49, 12 see in "''b'^hzn.
e) Of the instrument; comp. Soph.
Trach. 1133 (| fju?;? x^uvnv ^iQog. Gen.
9, 11 neither shall allfle,sh be cut off any
more by the icaters of a flood, b^ajsri ^1212 .
Job 7, 14. Ps. 28, 7. So pra>gn. Lev. 14,
16 i^Ti;n",73 . . . iyasN-rx -jnar! ba::'i and
the priest shall dip and moisten his finger
with the oil.
f) Of the remote cau.se. the ground or
motive on account of, because of for
which any thing is done. Joel 4. 19 [3,
19] nnsin-; "^sa o^sn^/or the violence to
the children of Judah. Is. 53. 5 sirsrsa
for (on account of) our transgressions.
Prov. 20, 4. Deut. 7, 7. Josh. 22, 24.
Cant. 3, 8. Zech. 8, 10. So to rejoice
(n5sb) or giieve on account of at any
thing, Ruth 1, 13. Ex. 2, 23. Mic. 7, 16.
Also where the reason is assigned why
something is not done, l^aX. prrp, Engl.
for ; Gen. 16, 10 ana -ieb'^ xb il shall
not be numbered for multitude. Ex. 15,
23 they coidd not drink of the water for
bitterness. 6. 9. Hence it^x^ because,
see in iBx C. 3.
g) Of a law. rule, precept, according
to which, in conformity with or by which,
any thing is done, comp. Lat. e.v more,
e.v lege, e.T fcedere ; i^Jir? "^B^ by com-
mand of Jehovah 2 Chr. 36, 12. Jon. 3, 7.
Hence genr. according to. after, Lat.
secundum ; Ez. 7, 27 onx ntyyx ca-i'nTa
according to their ways will J do unto
them. Job 39. 26. "''nn according to the
number, as often as ; see '^'n.
3. Very frequent, though not as is
usually supposed the primary idea, is
the notion of receding, departing, of
motion from a place, e. g. from, a place
hither, from a place away, out from., off
from, and the like, in any direction
whatever, whether upwards or down-
wards ; e. g. D'^';^''? from, heaven la. 14.
p
583
T
12. Pe. 14, 2. 33, 14 ; ) "i"3^ /o descend
from a mountain ; and vice versa nby
|0 /o ascend from ; 1 Cpn 1 Sam. 2, 8.
So also of" the voice and the senses, as
exerting themselves or called into exer-
cise from any place or distance ; comp.
Judg. 5, 20 the starit fought from heaven.
Thus of the voice Is. 24. 14. 16. 42, 10 ;
of the hearing 2 Chr. 6, 21. 25. 30. 33.
7, 14 ; of tlie sight Cant. 2. 9 comp. 5, 4.
As opposites we find: a) 13 *|0,
and -is^ -,13. Lev. 13, 12 isi i^ii-'a
l^ba^ from his head even to his foot. Is.
1,6. 1 K. 6, 24. 7, 9. The same formu-
la is ot\en used so as to comprehend
every thing without distinction, from
beginning to end, from head to foot, etc.
Jon. 3, 5 cvjp ^S1 cbinaB/ro?/! the great-
est to the least, i. e. all. Esth. 3, 13. Ex.
11, 5. 12, 12. 1 Sam. 5, 9. So too for
whether or. i. q. both and, Ex. 9, 25.
22, 3. Deut. 29, 10. 1 Sam. 30, 19. With
a negative particle, neithei nor. Gen.
14, 23 irj-Tliib -is-\ 0!ima tx neither
thread nor shoe-lachet, i. e. nothing at
all. 31, 24. ^)hit. yofromto, see
bx A. 1. p. 51 ; Ps. 144, 13 IT-bx VTia
from kind to kind, i. e. of every kind.
So b -(^ id. Gen. 9, 10. y) n- -.ti
id. Ez. 25, 13 nm^ ,^"'ma from Te-
man even unto Dedan. For nSni rja'a
and I'iii^.^'} la'O see in nxbn no. 2. In
all these constructions "I'cb is more com-
mon, for which see below. Specially
a) After verbs of going away /row. a
place, see T\?<} ; of coming Gen. 16, 8 ; of
returning, see 2ii3 ; of sending, as nbiT;
of fetching, as n;rb Jer. 13, 7. Also after
verbs of departing, receding, so "lO , "iia
and others of kindred meaning, as '"O nsx
*,o 135, "1^3 nj3, IP xan pr. to err from a
law Lev. 4, 2. Further, of removing,
lion, pTiin ; of repulsing, a-^ain Ps. 44
11 ; of driving out, t'")5; of withholding,
5373; of restraining, T("wrj ; ofdehorting,
\nT3 . So too after verbs of desisting,
b'lti ; of ceasing, leaving off. Esth. 9, 28
and ( 1T2S Gen. 29, 35 ; of resting, nss
naifi ; also of forgetting, "i^a ns'ij Ps. 102
5. Here too may be referred 1 K. 12
28 ritep csb 31 enough to you (i. e
desist) from going up. Joel 1, 12 joy is
withered away from the sons of men. Ps.
104, 35. Prov. 25, 17. So niioja nb-^bn ,
see in b'^bn no. 2. a.
b) From the notion of departing, re-
ceding, comes the use of "'O after verb*
of fleeing, n-;2, 013; of hiding oneself^
nno, obs, ina ; of fearing, xi^, ino
of trembling (comp. in no. 2. d) Is. 6. 4,
Nah. 1,5; ofbeing aware, guarding, "naib
100)3 ; of defending, protecting, Ps
43, 1. 107, 41. All these verbs take ',
of the person from whom we flee, hide
guard, defend, or of whom we are afraid
beware, etc. Comp. xtiVTttw uno, y^uXxinjia
uno, Matt. 11, 25. Luke 9, 45. 19,42.
Lat. ' custodire v. defendere aft,' ' tutus a
periculo.' Similar to these are : '(O "'ttSsn
free from a master Job 3, 19; 3;^ixt5 71773
a refuge from the enemy Nah. 3, 11 ;
3l'n75 bs a shadow from the heat, which
protects from the heat, Is. 4, 6. 2.5, 4.
Job 21 , 9, So Esth. 5, 9 he stood not up
isa'2 ST xbi nor irutted for him, i. e. for
fear or reverence of him. Job 31, 23.
c) After words of receiving, yq npb,
i!^ ^'py,\ of giving, Ecc. 12, 11 ; of
seeking, isa ; of asking, bsoi ; here yo
marks the person from whom one re-
ceives, etc. So too after a verb signify-
ing to take vengeance of or from any
one, ',73 Cp2 1 Sam. 24, 13. al. Also Is.
57, 8, see in ri3 no. 3. fin.
d) After verbs of rising or raising up
from a place. Dip, a'pn. Judg, 3. 20.
2 Sam, 12, 17. So also after verbs of
consoling, comforting; Gen. 5, 29 this
one shall comfort us from (under) our
work and the toil of our Jiands.
e) Often "73 is prefixed to particles of
place, (most of them being nouns.) and
signifies departure from, the place de-
noted by the particle. Thus: Of) Before
adverbs, '\ir:iiT2 from behind ; ^''3^ from
there, thence ; ""^XTS whence 7 n-p , ris'a ,
hence; and so 3"'3!s'a, nbsTibTS ; n::73b73.
/5) Before prepositions, '''inx73/ro;?i af-
ter ; "13273 from amid, from within;
i3Bb73 , biHTS , 15373 , from before ; rx73 ,
nv/q , from with ; hsjo from above, rnn'O
from beneath ; "pa73 from between, etc.
Comp. Fr. de chez, d'aupres.
f ) Put without a preceding verb, it im-
plies distance or absence from any place
or thing./ar/ro)/!, away from, comp. Gr.
ait "A(}ysog far from Argos, (p/ijjc uno
nuTQiSog aijj? II. 2. 162. So Prov. 20, 3
a''173 rai^ to sit away from strife. Num.
15,24 nisn "'S'^Sts away from the eyes
m
584
P
of the congregation. Is. 14, 19. Hence
) i. q. -without ; Job 11, 15/or then shall
thou lift up thy face D^iHTa without spot.
Gen. 27, 39. Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 48, 45. /S)
besides, propter, 2 Sam. 13, 16. 1 Chr.
29, 3. Contra
g) It implies also a connection, a de-
pendence of one thing from another, so
as to seem to proceed from or out of it.
Is. 40, 15 ''h'^'O "ng a drop from the bucket,
Sept. arrnybjv utzo xdSov. Cant. 4, 1. See
in ttJ^a , and comp. ix di<fQOio xaS^fiBvog
Od. 21. 420. Arab. ^ i->JJ prope
abesse ab ahqua re. Perh. Ruth. 2, 20
i\ii fiibniri he is next from our Goel see
in bS5 I.' 3. p. 170. For nn-'raTS Dan. 8,
9, see in its order.
h) Often (a marks the place or region
in or at which a thing is ; as U'l'is-Q from
the east, Wjp from the west, where in
Engl, we say on the east or eastward, on
the west or westward. The mind of the
oriental passes from the place specified
to himself; we- from ourselves to the
place specified. So Gen. 2, 8 and the
Lord God, planted a garden in Eden
07.;5'!2 eastward, i. e. in the eastern part
of Eden. 12. 8 oni^B '^J)'] D^ia ^X-n-^a
Bethel on the west and Ai on tJie east, i. e.
those coming from the west would pass
by Bethel, and those/z-om the east by Ai.
So "I'iB^'Q on the north Judg. 7, 1. In
like manner the following: rri^'Qonthe
inside, within ; l^sma on the outside, with-
out, as Gen. 6. 14; "^V^-q from before, i. e.
in front ; rnxyofrom beneath, i. e. below.
So Gr. TiQos voiov, Lat. a fronte, a tergo ;
Fr. f/essous. fZessus, r/fdans, rfehors, der-
riere for d'arriere. When followed by
a genitive or by h, the following forms
arise : 1S^ at the side of any one ;
h r^^p at or 071 the right of any one,
Ssi-cUJTa on the left ; \ ^?^ above, upon.
i- q- ^? j ^ ^^IP^ beneath, under, i. q.
rnn ; h pni? i. q. yw , etc. see in \ A.
4. d. p. 502. Thesaur. p. 805.
i) Any thing at which we look, may
also be said to look towards us, e. g.
a place at some distance ; hence in Lat.
e regionc, c.v adverse, over against. So
also in Hebrew, iMia e regione, over
against. Gen. 21, 16. Num. 2, 2 ; pinntj
e longinquo, afar off. 1 Sam. 26, 13.
Comp. l(/TijiMVat fiaxijodfv.
k) Sometimes forms of this sort, as
Cn;?^ from the east for in the east, and
pin-nia from afar for afar off, are even
put after verbs of motion to mark the
terminus or place whither; so Is. 22,3
!in;;i3 pinna they have fled afar off, far
away. 23, 7 her own feet shall can^y her
pinntJ afar off to sojourn. Gen. 13. 11
D'liii^ aib ysi] and Lot journeyed east-
ward. Such phrases seem to be taken
as in the accus. of place whither, q. d.
pinnis-bN .
4. Of time, as marking : a) The ter-
minus a quo. a time/ro??i which onward ;
as )<'^T]r\ r'S'n "T3 from that time forth
Neh. 13,21; t^-q from times of old ; nnsig
from now, henceforth ; n'^'is;:^ from
childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, 12; so
too ''53X "i^jaTa from my mother's womb,
from my birth, Judg. 16. 17. Is. 46, 3.
When prefixed to a word implying a
space or period of time, the reckoning is
always from the beginning and not from
the end, like the Gr. acp r,fiE(ju<;, Itno
vvKTog, Lat. de die, de node. Lev. 27, 17
bs'iii f*?i^"^ Vulg. well, statim ab initio
i.ncipientis jubilei, opp. b^^n nnx v. 18.
Is. 38, 12 nb^b *1S Dl'ia from morning
till night, i. e. the whole day. ?i"'^^'3
since thy days, i. e. since the beginning
of thy life, Job 38, 12. 1 Sam. 25, 28.
Di'!iB from time on, from the beginning
of time or of the world, Sept. wtt a^xv?>
Is. 43, 13.
b) Of the time in or at which any
thing takes place, comp. '"O no. 3 h ;
Ps. 94, 13. 1 Sam. 25, 28. So n";nS!^ on
the morrow Gen. 19, 34. Ex. 9. 6.''cbisa
a, long time ago, i. e. of old. Is. 42, 14.
Prov. 8, 23. D-ip.?3, n-'tliX'n^, Is. 46, 10.
c) Of the time which next follows an-
other, immediately after, comp. in no. 3.
g ; so Gr. i% uqiuxov, Lat. ab ilinere, ex
considatu. Ps. 73, 20 7^^^?. 0"i'n? os a
dream after (when) one awakes. Prov.
8, 23 ")'";!< ^'^IP'a immediately from
(after) the begin7iingsoftlie earth ; Cir'^
after two days Hos. 6. 2 ; y^^f at (he end,
see 7P. Simply after, cr'r after a
time, in process of time. Judg. 11. 4. 14,
8 ; CIST C^^ia Josh. 23. 1. oia^ 2'i^ Is.
24, 22 ; C!!)"!!! rbuS?: after three months
Gen. 38, 24. Here too may be referred
ly'isin ",n beyond (after) the appointed
time 2 Sara. 20, 5.
1^=
585
5. From the idea of proceeding from
or out of{>nie no. 2), in which ia incUided
the notion of taking or choosing out oJ\
comes the use of ^C as a comparative, to
mark any thing as prominent or pre-emi-
nent in any way above other thingsy/ow
or out fj/"wliich it is talien. Comp. Lat.
egregius, eximius ; Gr. ix nuvtotv ftuki-
<na II. 4. 96 ; also /x naaitav II. 18. 431.
Hebr. "lO -"na Ps. 84, 11. The same
usage is found in the Syriac and Arabic.
So Deut. 14, 2 a people carn-bsa
out of all nations, q. d. chosen out, supe-
rior to them. 1 Sam. 9, 2 crn-bsa Rha
taller than any of the people, pr. in this
respect eminent out of, above, all the
people. 10, 23. bsa zps deceitful above
all things, i. e. the most deceitful of all,
Jer. 17, 9 ; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 30. 2 K. 10, 3.
2 Chr. 9, 22. Ez. 31, 5. Ps. 45, 8. al. In
other examples a thing is said to be in
some way eminent, distinguished, above
another, to surpass it, e. g. P^a^ Sia
better than Balak, distinguished above
him for goodness, Judg. 11, 25; pina
ttJa'HTa sweeter than honey 14, 18 ; can
iijj-'in^ wilder than Daniel Ez. 28. 3. Also
with a verb implying virtue or vice,
Judg. 2, 19 nniasia in-^rittSn they did
worse tJian their fathers. Ge.n. 19, 9. 29,
30. 38, 26. Jer. 5, 3. al. So too the
phrases : "i^ lon to have less than an-
other Ps. 8, 6 ; "jTS bej to fall more than
another, to yield. Job 12, 3 ; '^"0 1^3 to
stand more than another, not to yield,
Dan. 11, 8. Not much different is the
view of those who refer this comparative
use of '{0 back to the idea of receding ;
see Thes. p. 806. The following uses
may also be noted : a) The terlium con-
parationis is sometimes omitted, but
maybe easily supplied: Is.10.10 nri'^b'^pa
aVilT'ia their idols surpass those of Je-
rusalem sc. in multitude and power. Mic.
7, 4. Ps. 62. 10. Job 11, 17. b) A thing
is said to be above or greater than any
one, when it surpasses his powers; as
Deuf. 14. 24 -nnn r^s^ nsn^ the journey
is greater than thou. i. e. exceeds thy
powers, is too long for thee. Gen. 4, 13.
18, 14. Job 15, 11. 35, 5. Is. 49, 6. Num.
16, 9. Judg, 7, 2. See Lehrg. p. 690.
c) There is a close connection between
the comparative use of yo and its nega-
tive power (no. 6. b); e. g. Hos. 6, Q
/ delight in goodness, and not sacrifice,
in the knowledge of Uod more than in
burnt-offerings.
6. Before an infinitive, yo signifies:
a) 071 this account that, because ; comp.
no. 2. f. Deut. 7, 8 DDnx >; ranx^o be-
cause Jehovah loveth you. b) Most fre-
quently, 80 as not, so that not, lest, with a
negative sense, from the signification of
receding (no. 3), after verbs which in
any way imply restraint, hindrance, etc.
e. g. verbs of restraining, sf^sn Num. 32,
7 ; of guarding, of caution and care, Ps.
39,2. Gen. 31,29; of dehorting Is. 8, 11 ;
of rejecting 1 Sam. 8, 7; of shutting up
Is. 24, 10. Zech. 7, 12 ; (comp. Gen. 27,
1. Ps. 69, 24;) of dismissing Ex. 14, 5;
of forgetting Ps. 102, 5. Is. 49, 15. Thus
Num. 32, 7 wherefore turn ye the heart
of the children of Israel ^ixn'iix ""aco
from going over, etc. i. e. so that they go
not over. Gen. 27, 1 his eyes were dim
ri<"itJ so that he could not see. Is. 49, 15
can a woman forget her sucking child
PiJisa"")? onnia so as not to have com-
passion, etc. So Is. 54, 9 I have sworn
^^^^r CiiJp^ not to be wroth with thee, i. e.
the oath restrains me from it. In this
sense, a noun is often found instead of
the inf and then p is for the fuller
nrriTS ; so 1 Sam. 15, 23 he hath rejected
thee ~t!ST3 from being king. i. e. so that
thou art no longer king. Jer. 48, 2 we will
destroy it ""iaa so that it shall be no more
a nation. Is. 52, 14 TT-X^ nn'Sn dis-
figured so as to be no man, so as scarce-
ly to have the appearance of a man.
Also Is. 17, 1. 23, 1. 25, 2. Jer. 2, 25. 1
K. 15, 13. Job 34, 30. c) Of time, e.g.
from which, since, see no. 4. a. Is. 44, 7
since I created the ancient people. Num.
24. 23. Job 20, 4. 1 Chr. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 10.
Also after, when, see no. 4. c. Ps. 73. 20.
7. Once )^ is found as a Conjunction
before the future, i. q. Syr. ? ^ , Arab.
(!>' ^J^' ^" ^^^ sense of lest, comp. no.
6. h. Deut. 33, 11 j^wpVt'?, Sept. /lif
uvujTTjaovTui, Vulg. " noil consurganL
Comp. Lehrg. p. 636.
jTSb^ 'ab^ "qV, i. q- i'a (which is only
found in certain forms, as n^rBSTSj
na'csa, D'^:Si'D), and corresponding en
p
586
n5t3
tirely to the Lat. inde for de-in. It is put
for ")T3 in the signif. no. 3. a-d, marking
a terminus a quo, from ; so of place,
pinnrb from afar Job 26, 3. 39. 29 ;
also'of time 2 Sam. 7, 19. 2 K. 19, 25.
I Chr. 27, 23 narbii njffi o-^-iias -iitt^
^rojn twenty years old and under. 1 Chr.
17, 10. Mai. 3, 7. Most frequently fol-
lowed by "IS or TS1 , from to, even to,
Zech. 14, 10. Mic. 7, 12; of time, Judg.
19, 30. 2 Sam. 7, 6. Jer. 7, 7. Also i. q.
tc/ieiAr or, 2 Chr. 15, 13 n\yx I?! la^X^^
whether man or woman. Esth. 1, 20 ;
and so with a negative particle, neither
nor, Ex. 11, 7. 2 Sam. 13, 22. Here
however does not belong r"'2i3b Num.
18, 7, nor h rnnrb 1 K. 7, 32, which are
for n''2'2, h rnnia, including the idea of
motion to a place ; comp. yiriB'bij; .
t^'D i. q. C5'a , pr. from with, from
near by any person or thing, Syr. ,-Lo
\^<i!^, Arab. JuLc ^^wo ; hence genr.
from, of a terminus a quo, 1 K. 6, 33;
espec. after verbs or nouns of departing
or sending from any place. Gen. 8. 8.
26, 31 ; also of receiving Job 2, 10; of
buying Gen. 17, 27. 23, 20 ; of asking
from any one 1 Sam. 1, 17 ; of perform-
ance from (by) any one, Ex. 29, 28 this
shall be to Aaron a perpetual statute
'iC'^ "irs rXTD from the children of Israel,
i. e. to be performed by them. Josh. 1 1,
20 nn'^i^ '^ f N^ from Jehovah is this.
Ps. 22, 26 Tfenn T^Pixa from thee is my
eong, i. e. I owe to thee my deliverance,
the cause of my song. In Is. 54, 15
iniXtJ is for TIXO v. 17 ; see in rst II.
In Is. 44, 24 Keri, "^PiXt: is i. q. Gr. uji
f'fiuvTov John 5, 30, of myself, by my
own authority, Arab. (^JoLt ^^vO; Syr.
f*^- ^ , Heb. "Sa-o Hos. 8, 4. Comp.
on this idiom Gesen. Anecdota Orientt.
I. p. 66.
pa Chald. Ezra 6, 14, c. suff. -^Vq,
T^vq, ns^a, v\yq, "I'insiQ, i. q. Heb.
1. part of any thing, pr. constr. state
of the noun '{O. Its partitive power
is apparent in examples of this sort :
Dan. 2. 33 as to his feet binB '^'i ynt-q
rori ''n VHiia a part of them was iron
and a part of them clay. Comp. Syr.
^coUio ^soullo 2 Tim. 2, 20. Barhcbr.
p. 171, 200.
2. from out of, pr. proceeding out of,
etc. Hence : a) Of the author, from
whom as a source any thing proceeds,
after the passive, Ezra 4, 21. b) Of the
moving cause, motive, on account of,
because of, Dan. 5, 19 ; "^"^"{C because,
Dan. 3, 22. c) Of a rule or law ac-
cording to which any thing is done, Ezra
6, 14. 7, 23. Hence arp '{a of a truth,
in truth, truly, Dan. 2, 47 ; 2^2^ '|a of
a certainty, i. e. certainly, Dan. 2, 8.
Comp. Gr. ix as used in periphrasis for
adverbs, e. g. e'S ffKfuroiJg i. q. ipcfavbiq,
e'S \aov.
3. from, with the notion of receding,
departing, see Heb. 'i^a no. 3 ; hence to
require punishmentyrojn anyone, Ezra
7, 26 ; to be in fear of any one Dan.
5, 19. Of time, from, a time onward,
Dan. 4. 23 [26]. Ezra 5, 12. Often fol-
lowed by other prepositions, e. g. rib "^
i. q. Heb. cri3 , nxa . see nib . ci^^' '{q
i. q. Heb. "^JBTS, "'.^E^r. -pnx ^q i. q.
TXTS from, then, from that time, see 'j'^'iN .
Here too belongs the privative or
negative signification, on which see in
Heb. '{O no. 6. b. Dan. 4, 13 ) W2ab
"(iiTT"] NC5S his heart shall be changed
from a nian's heart, i. e. so as to be no
longer the heart of a man.
4. Comparat. above, more than, Dan.
2, 30.
S:^ Chald. see niia .
niSSTCl parts, plur. of r;73 q. v.
nrafia f (r. pj) i. q. nr;3 no. 3, a
50J7O-, espec. of derision, a satire. Lam.
3, 63.
n'nS'a Chald. f. tribute, i. q. Chald.
n'nis q. v.
y'^:")? Chald. m. i. q. Heb. S^B, the
Dag. being resolved in the Chaldee
manner into 3 . R. 5"3"] , fut. SHS"^ .
1. knowledge, Dan. 2, 21. 5, 12.
2. understanding, intellect, Dan. 4,
31. 33.
* np^ Alt. M5^n. pr. to r//i*jV/<' out. to
measure out ; kindred are "l?^ and n:i3.
Comp. by transpos. Gr. vf/jui.ln Kal
1. to o/to^ to appoint, c. b Is. 65, 12.
2. to number out, to count, e. g. money
2 K. 12. 11 ; the stars Ps. 147, 4 ; tlie
dust Gen. 13, 16. Num. 23, lOj a people
nstt
587
Via
by a census 2 Sam. 24, I. 1 Chr. 21, 1.
17. 27,24 (c. 2). 1 K. 20, 25 and number
thee an anny, etc. Purt. njiia the num-
berer, coimler, i. e. iiispoctor of flocks,
Jer. 33, 13. Chald. and Syr. U^ id.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, to be. num-
bered, Gen. 13, 16. 2 Chr. 5, 6. Ecc. 1,
15; tobt numbered with, c. nx Is. 53, 12.
PiEL rijia, fut. apoc. 1157}, imp. apoc.
"jtt. Only in the later Heb.
1. to allot, to appoint, i. e. to divide
out to any one, Dan. 1, 10; with b of
person, Dun. 1, 5. Job 7, 3.
2. to appoint, i. e. to constitute, to pre-
pare, spoken of God, Jon. 2, 1. 4, 6. 8.
Followed by a finite verb vKTwdiiutg, Ps.
61, 8 in"i23"; -f-q appoint (cause that)
they may preserve him. With bj, to
appoint over, to set over, Dan. 1, 11.
PuAL pass, to be appointed, to be set
over. 1 Chr. 9, 29.
Deriv. "'Z'O , r5"2, pr. n. Hjan, and the
four following.
'Ty'a and S!^ Chald. to number;
Dan. 5, 26 God hath numbered thy king-
dom, i. e. the years of thy reign. Part,
pass. SJa V. 25. 26.
Pa. "'Sa, to constitute, to appoint to an
office, Dan. 2, 24. Ezra 7, 25; c. bs over
Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Imper. ^\-a Ezra 7, 25.
Deriv. "I'sa.
nSia m. (r. r\va) plur. ti^vn , pr. part,
portion, number ; spec, maneh, mina,
Gt. pvtt, (Syr. Ul^, Arab. jJjc.) a
weight of a hundred shekels, as we may
gather from IK. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16.
Another and somewhat obscure specifi-
cation is given Ez. 45. 12 : twenty shekels,
twenty-Jive shekels, fifteen shekels, shall
be your mina ; spoken either of a triple
mina of 20, 25. and 15 shekels ; or of a
single mina of sixty shekels, distributed
into three parts, 15+20+25. The lat-
ter is best.
npia f. (r. njTs) constr. P5C , plur. mja,
c. suff. Kamets impure nT^-iin Esth.2,9.
1. a part, portion. Ex. 29, 26. Lev. 7,
33 ; mostly of food. 1 Sam. 1, 4. 5. 9, 23.
rnsia nbiy to send portions from a feast,
Neh. 8,' lb. 12. Esth. 9, 19. 22.
^ 2. a lot, i. q. pbn , Jer. 13, 25. Arab.
LLo fate.
^213 only in plur. CJb parts^ i. e.
times. Gen. 31, 7. 41. R. nj^.
5n:T3 m. the driving of a chariot, 2 K.
9, 20. R. yi3 .
nnn:^ f. (r, nnj to flow.) a fissure,
cleft, in mountains or rocks, hollowed
out by the water ; such were used by
the Israelites in times of distress as
deTis, recesses, retreats, once Judg. 6, 2.
9 .-
See Thesaur. p. 858. Arab. -Aa>o and
?.' - ''^ "
Hj^AJQ fossa aqufB ; see Schult. ad Job
p. 49.
^13^ m. (r. T3) a nodding, shaking.
Ps. 44, 15 icsin nisa a shaking of the
head, i. e. concr. one at whom men shake
the head, an object of derision.
H"^:^ m. (r. mj) plur. c. sufl". "'S'jnisa
Ps. 116, 7.
1. a resting, a settling down in a fixed
place ; e. g. of the ark 1 Chr. 6. 16 [31].
See the root Kal and Hiph. no. 1.
2. rest, quiet; ri'Ja ssa to find rest
Gen. 8. 9. Is. 34, 14. Lam. 1. 3 ; comp.
Deul. 28, 65. b ' TS;5a to seek rest for
a female, sc. in matrimony, Ruth 3, 1 ;
comp. Liv. 3. 45.
3. Manoah, pr. n. of the father of
Samson. Judg. 13, 2 sq.
nn^:^ f also nns^ Gen. 49, 15 (r.
nis) c. suff. -^rmsa .' -ipnja Is. 11, 10;
plur. rha Is. 32, is.
1. a resting, a settling down for rest
(comp. rnj no. 1) ; hence, place where
any thing settles down ;' Zech. 9, 1 the
oracle of Jehovah is against the land of
Hadrach, and Damascus is the resting
thereof i. e. Damascus is the place where
it settles down, on which it rests ; comp.
Num. 11, 25. 26. Is. 11, 2.
2. rest, quiet ; 'a id^K a man of quiet,
i. e. pacific, 1 Chr. 22, 9 ; rin^a 'a wa-
ters of quietness, i. e. still, placid, Ps. 23,
2. Adv. quietly, without noise or tumult,
Judg. 20, 43. Also i. q. comfort, conso-
lation, 2 Sam. 14, 17. Hence 'a ssa to
find comfort Jer. 45, 3 ; but also of a fe-
male, to find rest sc, in matrimony, Ruth
1, 9 ; comp. 3, 1.
3. place of rest, resting-place, Num.
10. 33. Mic. 2, 10. Plur. Is. 32, 18. Spec,
of the temple, as the abode of Jehovah.
^:'2
588
'3tJ
Ps. 132, 8. U. 't2 r^3 1 Chr. 28, 2. Is.
66, 1 ; comp. Is. 11, 10. Also of the
Holy Land, in which the people of God
found rest. Deut. 12, 9. 1 K. 8, 56. Ps.
95, 11 'nn!!:^ my rest. i. e. conceded by
me (God)' to them. Is. 28, 12. Gen. 49,
15. Jer. 51, 59 nnajo nb, an officer of
Nebuchadnezzar's court; according to
Kimchi. chamberlain, who attended the
king when he retired to rest; better
perh. chief of the quarters for the king and
his army, q. d. quartermaster-general.
Comp. Num. 10, 33. Syr. \hZ-f^ ^\
chief of the camp.
'jiS'a m. (r. '('la) a child, offspring.
Once, Prov. 29, 21 when any one bring-
cth up his servant delicately from child-
hood, "p:^ ^''.^'} "i^"'"?"'*'] h^ ii"^^ after-
wards be as a child. So the Heb. intpp.
and many early commentators. Others,
abstr. condition of a child.
DiS'Q m. (r, D^:) c. suff. "'p^JtJ 2 Sam.
22, 3 ; see Lehrg. p. 161.
1. flight, Jer. 46, 5.
2. refuge, i. e. place of flight or re-
treat, Ps. 142. 5. Job 11, 20. al. Of God
as the refuge of man, 2 Sam. 22, 3. Jer.
16, 19.
riC'2'a fem. of the preceding, flight
Lev.' 26,' 36. Is. 52, 12.
*li2'Q m. (r. 1^5) a yokejugum, pr. a
ploughman's yoke ; hence trop. "lij^
fi-'J-ik JHg-z<m teartorium, a weaver's beam.,
1 Sam. 17, 7. 2 Sara. 21, 19. Syr.
fi-*J id. Arab, -o jugum aratormm,
Swo jugum textorium. But in this
latter signif Syr. and Arab, have more
commonly U'ai, J^, Jtp^ with r
softened.
nni;")? and nniW n (r. ijij) a candle-
stick, candelabra ; spoken of the great
chandelier in the tabernacle. Ex. 25,
31 sq. 30. 27. 37, 17. 40, 4. 24. al.
Plur. of the candelabras in the temple,
1 K. 7. 49. 1 Chr. 28, 15. Jer. 52, 19.
Arab. s^Ujo id.
Q^TSia m. plur. (r. ^ri , Dng. euphon.)
j>Hnce8, i. q. ^^T^\, Nah. 3, 17.
* n.'J obsol. root, Arab. A^ I, II, to
give, to bestow, pr. to divide out, to dis-
tribute, kindr. with n3?3 , '{ya . Hence
nni'P f. constr. rrvi-q , c. suff. inn3 ;
plur. c. suff. ~frin3T2 Gen. 32, 14.
1. a gift, present, Gen. 32, 14. 19. 21.
43, 11. 15. 25. 26. al. Espec. of presents
offered to nobles and kings, Judg. 3, 15.
1 Sam. 10, 23. 2 Chr. 17, 5. 11. Ps. 45,
13. Is. 39, 1. 1 K. 10. 25.
2. tribute, which was extracted from
a subject nation under the milder name
of a present, see Diod. Sic. 1. 58. So 2
Sam. 8, 2. 6. 1 K. 5, 1 [4, 21]. 2 K. 17,
4. Ps. 72, 10.
3. an offering to God, a sacrifice. Is.
1, 13. 1 Chr. 16. 29. Spoken espec. of a
bloodless offering, meat-offering, opp. to
nnt a bloody sacrifice ; it consisted of
flour, meal, or cakes, with oil and fran-
kincense, and was burned upon the altar
either by itself or in connection with the
bloody sacrifice ; so Lev. 2, 1. 4. 5. 6. 6,
7 [14] sq. 7, 9. al. Hence nn:i:i nrj
Ps. 40, 7. Jer. 17, 26. Dan. 9, 27 ; nn:^
r,D3i Joel 1, 9. 13. 2, 14. As offered to
idols, Is. 57, 6. 66, 3.
nnSTp Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, Dan. 2,
46. Ezra 7, 17.
nnpia see nn^is^ .
DnDTQ (consoler, r. cnj) Menahem, pr.
n. of asking of Israel, r. 772-761 B. C.
2 K. 15, 17-22. Sept. Marai,ii, Vulg.
Alanahem.
nn:')2 (rest, r. n^3) Manahath. pr. n.
a) Of a man Gen. 36, 23. b) Of a place
otherwise unknown 1 Chr. 8, 6.
"'^'a m. (r. n;^ , see Is. 65, 12.) fate,
fortune, destiny, Arab. LLo, JUyo; with
the art. "isn , Meni as the name of an
idol which the Jews in Babylonia wor-
shipped along with Gad (see 1J); by
lectistemia. Is. 65, 11. Probably the
planet Venus is intended, which, as the
source of good fortune {^^^^*^\ iXx-
bona fmtuna minor), was regarded by
the ancient Semitic nations as coupled
with Gad or the planet Jupiter. It
seems to be the same as the goddess
HLwO of the heathen Arabs, mentioned
':::
589
9a
in the Koran. Sur. 53. 19. 20. See on
these {)()ii)ts, Comm. on Is. 1. c.
I. '^S'a Jer. 51. 27, Minnt pr. n, of an
Armenian province, coupled with on-^x .
According to Bochart^ Phaleg lib. I. c.
3. p. 19, 20, it is i. q. Miyvag, a region
of Armenia. Nicol. Damasc. ap. Jos. Ant.
1. 3. 6 ; perh. tiie region of the Mana-
vasKPi near the centre of Armenia, see
St. Martin Mem. eur I'Armenie I. p.
249. For Ps. 45, 9, see in yq no. 2.
II. ''Sip poet, for "jTS with Yod para-
gogic. Judg. 5, 14. Ip. 46, 31 ; see TC init.
For the form 'S'a Is. 30, 11, see yo no. 1.
rii'^j'O, see r3^.
D''3tl , see ',0 .
"pti^Sp , see "rtt* .
1^:'a Chald. rn. number, Ezra 6, 17.
Syr. jllaio. R. njia.
rV^Sia (r. ',:-:) Minnilh, pr. n. of a
place in the territory of the Ammonites,
Judg. 1 1. 33. Hence wheat was brought
to the Tyrian market, Ez. 27, 17.
nb^ia m. (r. rib}) c. suff. n^3T2, once in
Job 15, 29 cbji: y-tiih rr^i xi their pos-
sessions spread not abroad in the land,
i. e. their flocks. Thus usually ; but
the root H^J is very doubtful, see in
art. nljp. The reading D^S'O is also
doubtflil. and we ought perhaps (with
one Ms.) to restore 3^3^ from H^aia i. q.
b3^, their fold, poet, for their Jlocks.
"ji^ obsol. root, Arab. ^^vJo, to di-
vide out. to allot, kindr. with ii3B and
nac . Hence ]'0. '"q. constr. "jia , plur.
t3"'?T3, and pr. n. "^Jia, n-'Sa.
* ^i^ fut. SSTa"^ , to keep back, to ipith-
hold, to restrain. Arab. *JOo id. Chald.
id. The primary syllable is ?3, which
has a negative power, see r. X13 . Con-
Btrued : a) With ace. of thing and 'la
of pers. to withhold from any one ; Gen.
30. 2 ir^^ '-iQ Tl-a-o 537? -nux who hath
withheld from thee thefniit of the womb.
Job 22, 7 thon hast -icithholden (SS^on)
bread from, the hnnsry. 2 Sam. 13. 13.
1 K. 20, 7. Prov. 3. 27.'Neh. 9, 20. Am.
4, 7. al. Rarely with ^ of pers. Ps. 84,
12; absol. Ps. 21. 3. b) With ace. and
yo of thing, to restrain or withhold from
50
any thing. Jer. 31, 16 "'safl r\^ip ^3XJ
refrain thy voice from weeping. 48, 10
cn^ ia*in TZ'a who keepeth back his sword
from blood. Prov. 1, 15. So with ya
before an infin. 1 Sam. 25, 26. 34 ntSx
"rx S^np 'rssia ; also concisely, Jer. 2,
25 qnTa Tj^an -lys^ withhold thy foot
from being unshod, see in yi no. 6. b.
But to withhold a person from a thing
is the same as to withhold any thing
/roTO A/m, as in lett. a. SoNum. 24, 11
ni:3i3 17 ^r;^ tlie Ijord hath kept thee
back from honour, i. e. hath withheld
honour from thee. Job 31, 16. Ecc. 2, 10.
Absol. Ez. 31, 15 n-'ni-ins r3?3S< / re-
strained the floods thereof. Prov. 11, 26.
Job 20, 13.
NiPH. to be withheld, restrained ; e. g.
the rain Jer. 3, 3 ; with '12 of pers. Job
38, 15 ; '(Q c. infin. Num. 22, 16.
Deriv. pr. n. 3'3^7, SJ^n.
^^^2^ m. (r. bS3) a bolt, bar, Cant 5,
5. Neh. 3, 3. 6.
^^?^ m. id. Deut. 33, 25.
D^'5Sy2)3 m. plur. dainties, delicacies,
Ps. 141, '4. R. D53 .
D-iyrySB m. plur. (r. S^ts) Vulg. sistra,
2 Sam. 6, 5 ; a musical instrument or
rattle, which gave a tinkling sound on
heing shake7i ; soGr. afiirrqn, from (tj/w.
The sistrum was used in Egypt in the
worship of Isis ; see the description and
figures of it in Wilkinson's Mann, and
Gust, of the Anc. Egyptians II. p. 323 sq.
^'^I?;'^ f (r. n;r3 q. v.) only in plur^
n>|3:i3 sacrificial dishes, bowls for liba-
tion, Ex. 25, 29. 37, 16. Num. 4, 7. Syr^
ri)?2'a for r;?3''a , see p3^ Hiph.
TT\Vtl see n-n'3T3.
Tmyq (who makes forget, r. nti3 I ;;
see Gen. 41, 51,) pr. n. Manasseh, Gr.
Mnvnacrriq. a) The son of Joseph,
adopted by Jacob, Gen. 48, 1 sq. For
the territories of the tribe of Manasseh,
which were partly beyond and partly
on this side the Jordan, see Num. 32,
39 sq. 34,14.15. Josh. 13,29-32. 17,7sq.
Patronym. ''^'i'O Manassite, Deut. 4, 43.
b) A king of Judah, r. 699-644 B. C.
son of Hezekiah, and notorious for his
nrj
590
't'2
idolatry, superstition, and cruelty to-
wards those who worshipped God. 2 K.
2], 1-18. 2 Chr. 33, 1-20. c) Judg. 18,
30 Cheth. d) Ezra 10, 30. e) v. 33.
f^P'Q r. (for rx3^ , rx:^ , r. naa) constr.
W^ ; plur. nisj^ 'Neh.'l2, 44, and rr:^
12, 47. 13. 10; (Kamets impure.) a part,
portion, 2 Chr. 31, 4, comp. v. 3. Ps. 63,
11 cbso r3?2 tJie portion (prey) of foxes.
Ps. 11. 6 a scorching wind is cO'iS nr^a
the portion of their cup, i. e. is poured
out to them. 16, 5. So of portions of
food, Neh. 1. c. Syr. fiOifi id. For the
form see Lehrg. p. 509, 606.
CO m. one pining, consumed, sc. un-
der calamities, one afflicted, Job 6, 14.
R. 00?3, see Niph. lett. b.
CI? m. plur. 0^512, tribute; common-
ly derived from r. DDB to pine away,
because tribute is ' a consuming of
strength,' confectio virinm, which is
hardly tolerable. Better to regard D^
as contr. from C253 tribute, tax, from r.
&G3 to number, like fem. MBt: number,
for >^'0Z'q . Instances of the letters ks or
I at the end of words being softened by
dropping the k, exist in multitude in
Greek and Latin, as Ajax. Al'ixg ; pistrix,
pistHs, niaiQiq ; ogrig. Dor. ogvii/ mix-
tus, mistus ; sestertius for sextertins ;
also of X and ss between two vowels,
like Heb. micsa, missa; Ulixes, Ulysses ;
(tah'taabi, malaxo ; further, maximum and
Ital. mas^mo ; Alexander and Alessan-
dro. Spoken mostly of tribute to be
rendered in service, tribute-service, fully
*135 Dia ' tribute of one serving' 1 K. 9,
21 ; and concr. of a Zery of men as labour-
ers ; 1 K. 5, 27 [13] and king Solomon
let come up a levy (oc) otit of all Israel,
and the levy (Dan) was thirty thousand
men ; comp. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 8. Fre-
quent in the phrases: 073^ n^'^ Deut.
20, 11. Judg. 1, 30. 33. 35. fs. 3l' 8, also
13i) 073^ n-^r} Gen. 49, 15. Josh. 16, 10,
to become subject to tribute-service. So
Bab ira Josh. 17, 13 Dab crj Judg. 1,
. 28, and bs Da nib Esth. 10, 1, to impose
tribute-serrice upon any one. Also lOix
oar] bs ' the prefect over the tribute-
service,' tribiite-master, 2 Sam. 20, 24.
1 K, 4, 6. 12, 18 ; plur. CDa inb $er-
vice-magters, task-muisters, Ex. 1, 11.
^?''2 m. (r. 320) c. sufF. i3Da ; plur.
ri2Ca , constr. "'aoa .
1. Subst. consessjis, trielinium, divan
of the orientals, i. e. a company of per-
sons seated round about a room. Cant.
1, 12. Comp. r. 23D 1 Sam 16, 11.
2. Adv. round about, 1 K. 6, 29. Plur.
r-iaoa id. Job 37, 12.
3. Plur, constr. as Prep, round aboid,
2 K. 23. 5 cban-i'^ "^aqa roiind about Je-
rusalem.
^50^ m. (r. "150) pr. part. Hiph.
' shutting up ;' hence
1. Of a person who shuts tip, closes,
etc. a locksmith, smith, artisan, 2 K. 24,
14. 16. Jer. 24, 1. 29, 2.
2. That which shuts up, a prison,
Ps. 142, 8. Is. 24, 22. 42, 7.
ln*iaC'a f (r. -iJD) c. suff. in-ispa,
plur. ni-iaOa.
1. close places, i. e. strong-holds, poet,
of fortified cities, Ps. 18, 46. Mic. 7, 17,
2. a border, margin, so called as sur-
rounding and enclosing any thing. Ex.
25, 25 sq. 37, 14.
3. 1 K. 7, 28. 29. 31. 32. 35. 36. 2 K.
16, 17, ornaments on the brazen stands
or pedestals of the lavers, which appear
from V. 28. 29. 31, to have been square
shields decorated with sculpture upon
the four sides of the stand.
^S'5a m. a foundation, sc. of a build-
ing, 1 K. 7, 9. R. 1D^, in the manner
of verbs 'iS.
I'l^.'ltpTD m. (r. "'ID) a porch, portico,
so called from the rows of columns
wjiich inclose it; comp. '^jo, "Tinio^
row. Once Jodg. 3, 23, where it is the
open gallery or balcony, from which
there was access to the njbs or private
apartment.
* TiC'>2 I q. eoa and Dsa , to melt,
tofmo down. Chald. XDa, Syr. ikio
dissolutus est, computruit ; Eth. ^iKD
to meft.
Hiph. fut. apoc. Dapl Ps. 39. 12. to
cause to flow, to di.s.tolre, to meft ; Ps. 6, 7
noax ^b"is ^rsana with my tears Intake
my couch to fmr. So of ice Ps. 147, 18.
Trop. to caue the heart to melt sc.
with fear, plur. I'^oan by Chald. fc
sioan Josh. 14, 8.
nca
691
J^^ f. (r. nbj) constr, PBTO, plur.
nilDtt.
1. temptation, trial, c. g. a) Of men
from God, viz. tlie mighty works of God
intended to excite and prove the fiiith
of his people, Deut. 4, 34. 7, 19. 29, 2.
So too when these consist of calamities
sent ujwn tliem ; hence calamily, evil.
Job 9, 23; so nft(/aa/ji6i in N. T. b) On
the other hand, temptation of Jehovah
is i. q. complaint, murmuring against
him, Ps. 95, 8. Hence
2. Massah, pr. n. of a place in the
desert, Ex. 17, 7. Deut. 6, 16. 9, 22.
33,8.
^S'P f. (contr. for n03"Q, as Da for
03^, r. t5D3) pr. number ; hence constr.
nisa as Prep. pr. ' according to the num-
ber,' i. e. according as, pro ratione ;
once Deut. 16, 10 Tjn;; nans roia accord-
ing as thy hand is able to give; Sept.
xa&(oi Tj ;|ff/^ cTov ia;(VEi. Syr. LSOlto .
Chald. nsrs for Heb. '^, "'ns. See in
DB.
^39^ m. (r. '^3D) a covering, veil, for
the face, Ex. 34, 33. 34. 45. So all the
versions, and so the context seems to
demand ; and Jurchi remarks that nioa
is used also in the Gemara of a veil.
MDID'a f. for nsviw , a hedge, thorn-
hedge, Mic. 7, 4. R. Tj'!':? .
nSID m. (r. nD3) a keeping off, remov-
ing, sc. of people, a crowd, 2 K. 11, 6.
T}^ m- (r. ^no) trade, traffic, 1 K.
10, 15.
i\Cy2 to mix, to mingle, i. q, iTtt.
This root is widely spread both in the
Semitic and Indo-European languages,
and also in the Slavic. See Arab.
^-Ax, ^^, fl^V*) ji''-^ "lid. Ye
miscuit, (j^U^vyuo , auv.*,**^^ , Engl.
mishmash; Aram. ^Po; i]? , T\1'0 ; San-
scr. maksh, mip, migr, Pers. jjjuujuof,
^^JC:ffcVjucf , Gr. fttayta, Lat. miscen, Po-
lish mieszam, Bohem. smisseti, Germ.
mischen. Engl, to mi.v. Ps. 102. 10. Is.
19, 14 c-'Si? nn nanpa Tjoa r\ir\'^ Je-
Iwvah hath mixed in the midst of her
(Egypt) a spirit of perrerseness. i. e. Je-
hovah hath implanted m the Egyptians
a perverse disposition. Spec, to mix
wine, i. e. to prepire it with spices, Prov.
9, 2. 5. Is. 5, 22. So the Mishna. Maaser
Sheni 2, 1 ; see fully in Thesaur. p. 808.
Deriv. T|pOTa, and
^9^ - inixed wine, i. e. spiced, Pa.
75. 9. Comp. in Sja ,
^CT^ m. (r. 7(30 , Kamets impure)
constr. "^oa , a covering, 2 Sam. 17, 19.
Ps. 105, 39. Spec, of the veil or curtain
before the entrance of the tabernacle,
Ex. 26. 36 sq. 39, 38. 40. 5, and of the
court 35, 17. 39, 40 ; more fully PsSd
TjOan 35, 12. 39. 34. 40, 21. Trop. Is'
22, 8 nn^n-i T^oa rx bri and he uncovers
the covering (veil) ofJudah, i. e. exposes
Judah to reproach ; the figure being
taken from a virgin whose veil wanton
and violent men have torn away. The
Arabs make use of the same figure,
Schult. de Defect. 258. See Thesaur.
p. 953.
^SD'Q f. (r. T|3D) a covering, that
with which one is covered, Ez. 28, 13.
I. HDB'Q f. (r. rj03 I) constr. P3Ba,
plur. c. suff. orhea ; a pouring out,
effusion. Hence
1. fusion of metals; e. g. fi3&a b;s a
molten calf Ex. 32, 4. 8. Mssa Tibx
molten gods Ex. 34, 17. Lev. 19, 4.
Spec, a molten image, Deut. 9, 12. Judg.
17. 3. 4. al. saep.
2. a truce, league, anovSt], made with
libations. Is. 30. 1.
II. HDD'a f. (r. rjD3 II) a covering,
Is. 25, 7. 28, 20.
1?9^ m. (r. '20 no. 4 ) poor, needy,
wretched, Ecc. 4. 13. 9, 15. 16. Chald.
id. Syriac |l >--iMSn, Arab.
^^.jXJLo, Eth. <pfl^1. Hence the
new verbs ^fi^l to be poor, 'Spa,
yim^p , to make poor. Several modem
languages have adopted this word. prob.
through the Arabic, as Ital. meschino
meschinello, Portug. mesqninho, abstr.
me.<squinhez. Fr. mesquin, abstr. inesqui-
nerie. Hence
ri^SSOTS f. poverty, misery, Deut. 8, 9.
See the preced. art.
^^012
592
sd:2
hiSSC'a f. plur. stores, magazines, by
transp. for a form nio:3^ from r. t)33.
Ex. 1, 11. 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 4. 16, 4.
17, 12. 32, 28.
JriDG'a f. (r. -03 II ) i/ireacZ, tJie warp,
:\n weaving, Judg. 16, 13. 14.
n>pi2 f. (r. bbD) constr. r^DB , plur.
ni^D^ .
1. a raised way, causeway, highway,
for public use. Judg. 20, 31. 32. 1 Sam.
6, 12. Is. 40, 3. 49, 11. Jer. 31, 21. al.
Ps. 84 6 cnnbs ri^D^ in whose hearts
rare the wayVsc. to the sanctuary, comp.
V, 7. 8. Poet, of the paths of locusts Joel
2, 8 ; of the courses of the stars Judg. 5,
20. Trop. icay of Me Prov. 16, 17.
2. a staircase, stairs, i. q. C^G . 2 Chr.
9 11 ; Sept. uvi'x^auiq. See Biblioth.
,Sac. 1846, p. 612.
b^bp'a m. (r. hh'o) a raised way, high-
way, Is. 35, 8.
'yiSqri m. (r. -nso) only in plur.
tain^qo^ Is. 41, 7, ninsq^ Jer. 10, 4, also
a-ii:cO^ 1 Chr. 22, 3,'ni-i73t3T2 2 Chr. 3,
9, nails ; comp. Arab. ^UA^^ nail.
'Once written with to, i. e. n'i^at;'? trop.
Ecc. 12. 11 the words of the wise are . . .
nails fastened, i. e. they sink deep into
the heart.
* tt'2 to melt, to flow down; in Kal
once trop. of a person wasting away by
disease. Is. 10. 18.-Chald. DC13 . Kin-
.dred are no's , 0!*^ , also ^\jo to dis-
.solve, to macerate; comp. too r. Xi^a ,
.vra.
NiPH. 6533, in pause orj and t503 ;
fut. tmi ; ini". D^n 2 Sam. 17, 10 ; part.
Xi-oz Nah. 2. 11 ; to melt, e. g. as manna
Ilx. 16. 21 ; wax Ps. 68, 3; hyperb. of
mountains flowing with blood Is. 34, 3.
Judcr. 15, 14 the bands melted from his
hands, were loosened and fell from his
hands. Of difieased or mangy cattle
and flocks 1 Sam. 15, 9. More freq.
trop. to melt, to faint: a) For fear,
2 Sam. 17, 10. Mic. 1.4. Ps. 97, 5 ; often
of the heart, Deut. 20, 8. Josh. 2. 11. 5,
1. al. The primitive force of this con-
struction is preserved in Josh. 7. 5: the
heart of the people melted c"^^^ ^ni!! nnd
became as water, b) For grief, sor-
row, Ps. 22, 15. 112, 110. Comp. Ovid
ex Ponto 1. 2. 57: "sic mea perpetuis
liquescunt pectora curis, Ignibus admo-
tis ut nova cera solet."
HiPH. causat. of Niph. lett. a, to make n^
faint-hearted, to discourage, Deut. 1, 28.
Deriv. D^, tJ^n.
2>5'5a m. (r. 503) 1. a stone-quarry^
see the root Hiph. no. 3. 1 K. 6, 7 ",:
rST? nnbia stones whole (not hewn)/ro?n
the quarry; comp. Heb. Gr. 112. 1. n.
Sept. U&oig axQOTOfioig aQyolq.
2. a dart, arrow, Job 41, 18. Arab.
9 o
CwJuo id. from c'o attraxit s. tendit ar-
cum, Kor. 79. 1 ; the letters and t be-
ing interchanged. See Thesaur. p. 892.
y5'5? m. (r. ?03 no. 2) plur. constr.
"irs?? . c. suff. T^?S^ , a breaking up. de-
parture, journeying, pr. of a nomadic
or other encampment, and also of single
persons, as of Moses Deut. 10, 11 fS^b
nyn i.SSb for departing before the peo-
ple. Num. 10,2 ni3n5an-rx 'J&zbforthe
breaking up, departure, of the camps.
Plur. of the breaking up of different
tribes or bands successively (Num. 10,
4 sq. 14 sq.) Ex. 40, 36. Num. 10, 6. 12.
28. Hence 'place of breaking up,' sta-
tion, Ex. 17, 1. Gen. 13, 3. Num.33, 1.2.
^^Va m. (r. 'ISO) a stipport, balus-
trade, 1 K. 10, 12 ; comp. 2 Chr. 9, 11.
^ECTa m. (r. nao) constr. '^SG^, c.
suff". -"ISD^ Ps. 30, 12, wailing, lamenta-
tion, Gen. 50, 10. Am. 5, 16. 1 7. al. Sept.
XOTIfTOt,-.
SiBC'Q m. (r. K0) fodder for cattle,
Gen. 24, 25. 32. 42, 27. 43, 24. Judg.
19, 19.
nnBD'a f. i. q. rnso q. v. scurf scab,
an eruption not dangerous. Lev. 13, 6.
7.8. R. HED.
ninSCTp f plur. (r. HEO) ciishions,
quilts, mattrasses, so called frorn^ being
spread, Ez. 13. 18. 21. Symm. Inavxi-
via, Vulg. cervicalia.
nEC")? m. (r. ^EO) constr. "iCOr, c.
suf C-^CD-O ; plur. constr. ""lOO^ .
1. ateiling, narration, Judg. 7, 15;
comp. the root in Pi.
2. number, Num. 1, 2. 9, 20. al. Beep.
sc::
593
3?a
Freq. in ace. adverbially for: accoTdii}';^
to the number, Ex. 16, 16 cs-'PttitJ ipo-a
according to the number of' your jMTSons.
Job 1, 5. Elsewhere, like Gr. u(jidfiM,
ui^i&fiov, used pleonast. with numerals,
as 2 Sam. 21, 20 noO'O sa"lJ<i c-nbs
twenty-four in number. Hence 'OD'O *,^X
Gen. 41, 49. Cant. 6, 8, ibo^ ")-Kb i Chr.
22, 4, and "^Bpti 'CV.-1S Job 5, 9. 9, 10,
vnthorit number, innumerable. Contra,
IBDTa 'Ptt, 1DDT3 'CJK, njfn o/*7im6cr,
i. e. few, easily numbered, Gen. 34, 30.
Deut. 4. 27. Ps. 105, 12. Jer. 44, 28. 1 Chr.
16, 19; and by apposit. "^BDia D^r^ days
which are a number, which may be
numhered,/eir, Num. 9, 20. In Deut. 33,
6 "iBD^ rn '^n''"), a negative particle
is implied from the preceding clause, so
as to translate : and let not his men be a
number, i. e. let them be many, innumer-
able. Comp. Arab. c^^fj.Jouo -.LSt
dies numerati, i. e. few, Kor. 2. 180.
3. Mispar, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2 ; for
which nneoa Neh. 7, 7.
ri'lEp'a Mispereth, pr. n. m. see in
IBDt? no. 3. R. "lEC.
"'^^ a doubtful root, found only
twice, Num. 31, 5. 16; prob. i. q. iTj (or
perh. "itia q. v.) to separate, to separate
oneself. Hence in Kal, Num. 31, 16
nin-ia briQ-nDBb to fall auay treache-
rously from Jehfrvah, i. q. bsa b^^b
which occurs in the parallel passages
Num. 5. 6. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 4. 13 ; un-
less perhaps the same reading is to be
restored in Num. I. c. Others : to ven-
ture defection from Jehovah, comp. Syr.
pxa^ ausus est, opus aggressus est. In
a different connection is
NiPH. Num. 31, 5 'b"; "^sbx'? !i"^D^*:)
narb qbs and there were separated (set
apart) out of the thousands of Israel, a
thousand for every tribe, as Saadias well
renders. More freely Onk. and Syr.
electi sunt. Sept. fii,qi&^r,(T(iv, perh.
from a reading ^liES^T, or according to
the Samaritan usage, in which "iDT3 is
i. q. Heb. "i^B .
Note. In Talm. iGia is tradidil. pro-
didil ; Syr. Ethp. accusatus est ; nei-
ther of which is applicable to the pas-
sages in the O. T.
50*
'IC'Q i. q. ^.ofl'a , admonition, inatruc-
tion, Job 33, 16. R. nov
ninob Job 39, 5, see loiis .
nnOTa f. contr. for nnosw (r. nDi<) a
band, bond, Ez. 20, 37. * '
IIRCTQ m. (r. ino) a hiding-place,
refuge. Is. 4, 6.
"^nO'a m. (r. irt?) pi ur. c. suff. I'^'int?^ ,
a hiding-place, lurking-place. Ps. 10. 9.
Hab. 3, 14 ; elsewhere only plur. C-inpp,
Jer. 13. 17. 49, 10. 'n TJ^'Jia hidden
treasures Is. 45. 3. Spec, a place for
lying in wait. Ps. 10, 8. 64, 5. Hab. 3,
14 ; of the dens of wild beasts Ps. 10, 9.
17, 12. Lam. 3, 10.
iripT3 see in r. "ino Hiph. no. 1.
i^TQ Chald. see ny^o .
*T2^ Chald. m. ( r. 13?) c. suff.
'ri-rt^y^ . work. i. q. Heb. nt;?B, bra,
Dan. 4. 34. Once by Chaldaisra in Heb.
context, Job 34, 25.
J^^?'? m. (r. H3S) density, compact-
ness. 1 K. 7, 46 nis-ixn nasra in the
compact soil, prob. clayey.
13?^ m. (r. nas) l. transit, then
place of passing, viz. a) a ford of a
stream. Gen. 32, 23. b) A narrow val-
ley, pass, gorge, in mountains, 1 Sam.
13. 23.
2. a passing over, overwhelming ; Is.
30. 32 nno!\^ n-j^ lar^-ba so often as
the appointed staff shall pass over them,
i. e. so often as punishment from God
overwhelms them.
nna:?!? r. (r. ia?) plur. M-iSSB, also
ni-ia^ia (from r/nayiD) as absol. Josh. 2,
7. and as constr. Judg. 3. 28 ; i. q. "^asn
no. 1, viz. a) a passage, ford, Is. 16,
2. Jer. 51, 32. Judg. 3, 28. al. b) a
mountain-pass, gorge. Is. 10, 29. 1 Sam.
14.4.
ba5^ m. (r. bss) constr. bas^ ; plur.
constr. 'bjSTa, c. suff. m*"^-'^^ Ps- 65, 12,
oftener rpnibsria Ps. 17. 5. al.
1. a track, rut. in which wheels roll,
Ps. 65, 12. Hence, a way. path. Ps.
140. 6. Prov. 2, 18. al. Often metaph.
like T\^y\_ . way or path of life and con-
duct. Ps. 23, 3. Prov. 4, 11. Ps. 17, 5
Is. 59. 8.
-3?"J
594
V12
2. Denom. from n^js wagon, a wagon-
rampart, a defence or bulwark (()rmed
of the wagons and other vehicles of
an army, 1 Sam. 26, 5. 7. With n loc.
n^;:;^ id. 1 Sara. 17, 20.
"?'- to leaver, to he imsieady, to
totter; not found in the kindred dia-
lects; kindr. are isio, lia, Arab. oLo.
Spoken of the ankles 2 Sam. 22, 37. Ps.
18. 37 ; of the step Ps. 37. 31 ; of the
whole man Ps. 26. 1. Job 12, 5 bin "insia
whose feet waver, are not firm. Prov.
25; 19 rTrn^ ba") a wavering fool, un-
steady, for r"!?"!^ , the i being shortened
into =1, comp. Lehrg. p. 309.
HiPH. to make waver, to cause to shake,
e. g. the loins Ps. 69, 24.
1?^ see ISia .
'''^?'3 (for n^-jsa q. v.) Maadai, pr.
n. m. Ezra 10. 34.
'^rl^'^ (ft>r J^t'l?^ ornament of Jeho-
vah, r. n'ly ) Maadiah, pr. n. m. Neh.
12, 5 ; for which in v. 17 n^l^ia (fes-
tival of Jehovah). The passages are
consistent if we point the former as
I. X}'T'^ m. (r. '"IS) only in plur.
*''?'!?'?, c. sufT. 'J'^.^ Jer. 51, 34, also
^ni'S'iri? adv. 1 Sam. 15, 32.
1. delicacies, dainties, Gen. 49, 20.
.Jer. 51. 34. Lam. 4, 5.
2. delights, pleasures, Prov. 29, 17.
Ace. riS'iy'Q as adv. with delight, cheer-
fully, 1 Sam. 15, 32.
II. nis'iy'a m. by transp. for r'i'nJSTa
(r. "i:?) bands, ligatures; Job 38, 31
na'^S risn^'O the banJ^ of the Pleiades;
see in n^^'S.
Tnyia m. (r. 1*15) a weeding-hook, hoe,
Js. 7. 25.
'^ '9 obsol. root. prob. to be soft,
like Arab, juo V, to be soft, as the skin,
cLo soft, tender, as food, from r. , JW ;
kindr. perh. are cLo to flow, V\i2, and
also sLo ; see in r. Kia. Hence
TiSrn m. only plur. Q'^yo, constr. ''?a,
c. Buft". "'5T3, also Bn''?t! (for Di-i-^rB)
Ez. 7, 19; once niTQ Is. 48, 19. See
inote.
1. the bowels, intestines, 2 Sam. 20, 10.
2 Chr. 21, 15. Jon. 2, 1. Chald. J<;'T2 the
belly, plur. 'P"^) l^^- Syr. ^-^^.L in-
testine. Arab. ffj0 5 [<*^j plur. Ucol,
id. Eth. A^O-^ id. Spec, put for:
a) the stomach, the receptacle of the
food. Num. 5, 22. Job 20, 14. Ez. 7. 19,
comp. Jon. 2, 1. 2. b) the womb. Gen.
25, 23. Ruth 1, 11. Is. 49, 1. Ps. 71, 6.
c) As the seat of generative power in
the father ; whence 'e "^Sja-q xs^ to
Qorae forth out of the bowels of any one,
i. q. to be begotten of him, Gen. 15, 4. 2
Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11. d) Trop. like the
breast, heart, etc. for the inmost part, as
the seat of grief pity, affection. Job 30,
27. Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. Cant. 5, 4. Is. 16.
11, 63, 15 ; or of piety, Ps. 40, 9. etc.
2. the belly, externally, Cant. 5, 14 ;
comp. Dan. 2, 32.
Note. The plur. f nis^ occurs in the
VBxed passage Is. 48, 19, which I would
explain thus : thy seed shall be as the
sand, I'^nirrD T^-^s^ "'NSN:!! a7id the off-
spring of thy bowels like the offspring
of its bowels sc. the bowels of the sea
(v. 18). for the fuller iini-a ^N:iS<:3, i. e.
like the fishes of the sea generated in its
bowels. Plur. riiso is i. q. C'^^'o . but
the fem. form implies a figurative use.
The ancient versicJns render I'^niyaB
incorrectly : as the stones thereof sc. of
the sand. This is hardly supported by
referring to the Chald. s^'^ nummtdus,
obolus, perh. lapillus, and Arab. HjlcLo
minutim trita res.
ny^ or Xyti ChaUl. only in plural
i. q. Heb. u'^V'Q no. 2. the belly, i. e. the
exterior, c. suff. Tiira Dan. 2, 32.
SiyiD m. (r. 5!iS) i. q. iiJ?. a round of
bread, bread-cake, 1 K. 17, 12. comp. v.
13. Hence Ps. 35, 16 ai5iQ 'srb scurr(Z
ptacentee, cake-buffoons, i. e. parasites ;
see adj. H^b. Gr. if)0)/:ioxolaxtg, nviaao-
TtoXaxfq. ,
TiS'ia m. rarely T^'S (r. ^\S) Kamets
impure, c. suff. iTSia. ^v^'J-Q, plur. e-'?r^,
constr. 'TW^ Dan.'ll, 19, 'c. suff. n^nria
for "';'!3"9 Is. 23, 11 (like n^jtj for
n'sJS, see art. n*3TS and Thesaur. p.
340) ; a strong or fartifed place, for-
tress, Judg. 6. 26. Dan. 11, 7. 10. al.
tiyn '"jS fortified cities Is. 17, 9. 23, 4
i:p
695
X^9^
6*?l tSsa the fortress of the sea, i. e.
Tyre. Ez. 30, 15. nvs-a nibx the god
of fortresses Dan. 11, 38. a deity of the
Syrians obtruded upon the Jews, prob.
Jupiter Capitolinus, for whom Antiochus
built a temple at Antioch, Liv. 41. 20;
others Jupiter Olympius, comp. 2 Mace.
6, 2. Liv. 1. c. Trop. Ps. 60, 9 Ephraim
is 'Cjin T"iro the fortress of my head i. e.
my helmet. Prov. 10, 29 a fortress to
the upright is the way of God, i. e. reli-
gion, piety. Often of Jehovah, as Ps.
27, 1 Jehovah is the fortress (bulwarl<)
of my life. 31,5. 37, 39. 43, 2. Is. 25, 4.
Joel 4, 16. Nah. 1, 7.
T^y^ (breast-band? r. T)?^) Maoch,
pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 27, 2 ; comp. naro no.
2. a.
X^'STQ m. (r. '(iiy) constr. TirB, c. euff.
iai?^ ; plur. C-'3!i?i3 1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri.
1. a hahilation. dwelling, e. g. of God,
the temple, Ps. 26, 8. 2 Chr. 36, 15;
heaven Ps. 68, 6. Deut. 26, 15. al. Of
men Zeph. 3. 7. Also of wild beasts, a
dm, lair. Nah. 2, 12. Jer. 9, 10. 10, 22.
61, 37. Ace. in mie's dwelling, at home,
like n-^a . 1 Sam. 2, 29. 32.
2. a refuge. Ps. 71, 3. 90, 1. 91, 9.
3. Maon, pr. n. a) A town in the
tribe of Judah. southeast of Hebron,
Josh. 15, 55. 1 Sam. 25. 2 ; in its vicin-
ity was the '(iso lana 1 Sam. 23. 24. 25.
Now Ma'in ^^yjjtjo. see Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 193 sq. b) An Arabian tribe
coupled Judg. 10, 12 with the Amalek-
ites, Sidonians, and Philistines, and 2
Chr. 26, 7 with the Arabians properly
80 called ; Plur. c-'Ssiro 2 Chr. 1. c. and
1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri. At the present day
there exists a town Ma'un, ^jl", with
a castle, in Arabia Petrsea to the south
of the Dead Sea ; see Seetzen in Zach's
Monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 382. Burck-
hardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 437 sq.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 572. That
the Mincei of Arabia are a dMferent peo-
ple, has long since been shown by Bo-
chart. Phaleg. II. 23. c) A man, 1 Chr.
2, 45.
jiya see '{\sxi bsa n-'a, in n-^a no.
12. e. p. 129.
HDiytS and "22?^ f. (r, 1W) a habita-
tion, dwelling, Jer. 21, 13 ; e. g. of Jeho-
vah, the temple, Ps. 76, 3. Also of wild
beasts, den, lair, Ps. 104. 22. Am. 3, A.
Nah. 2. 12. Job 37. 8. al. Of an a^lum,
refuge, Deut. 33, 27
D">?T503 Meunim, pr. n. a) See "jisa
no. 3. b. b) Maac. Ezra 2, 50, Neh.
7,52.
"'flSlirtJ (my dwellings) Meonothai,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 14.
Cl'iy? m. (r. CIVP) darkness, Is. 8, 22
Tiya m. (r. "iw II) only plur. D'^'niSo,
pudenda, Hab. 2, 15.
rriyi? see nria.
Ty^ see tisia.
n^TTQ and 'H^'Tya (consolation of
Jehovah, r, ;^yft to console) Maaziah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 18. Neh. 10, 9. Comp.
in bx-'TSV
* "^T^ fut. ?: 1. i. q. Arab. h^
to be smooth, naked ; then, to be polished,
to be sharp, see ajia . Trans. Uy pr,
to scrape, to scrape off", (comp. ijuXjo
fricuit, also an^, since the letters 5 and
1 are kindred), whence 135^ pr. a scrap-
ing, scrap, and then a little. From this
comes the denonv signif
2. to he little, few ; Lev. 25, 10 'cb
crrn aria according to the fewness of
years. Ex. 12. 4. Also to be made few,
to be diminished, to vanush away. Ps.
107, 39. Is. 21. 17! Prov. 13, 11. al. '
3. to be light, Neh. 9, 32.
PiEL MSB intrans. i. q. Kal, to become
few. Ecc. 12. 3.
HiPH. I3''srn 1, to make small or
few, to diminish. Lev. 25. 16. Num. 26,
54. 33, 54. Jer. 10. 24 '3*-?''?^J!!""|3 lest
thou make me (the people) /e?, bring
me to nothing. Ez. 29. 15.
2. to make or do little, i. e. to do any
thing in a slight degree, to a small
amount. Num. 11. 32 nnbr r;ox a'^sosn
D'^'?^" ^e who did little (i. e. gathered
little) gathered ten homers. Ex. 16, 17.
18. 2 K. 4. 3 borrow empty vessels, "bst
(bituib) 'is'^STan and make not scant sc.
to borrow, i. e. borrow not a few. Spec.
to give little, few. Num. 35, 8, Ex. 30. 15.
t:>T^2
596
^:fi2
I3?tt, in pause 'JS^ Deut. 7, 22. al.
plur. 0"'ESB , pr. a scraping, scrap, see
r. ZiS-Q no. 1 ; hence a little, a few.
1. Subst. a) Absol. a little, not much,
oUyov. Gen. 30, 30 r,^ r\-^n -iajj< aSB it
was little that tJiou hadst. Ps. 37, 16.
Prov. 16, 8. Hagg. 1, 9. Opp. to nann
much Ecc. 5, 11. Jer. 42, 2 ; Sn Num.
13, 18. Also_/r, Gen. 47, 9/cw awrf en7
have been the days. Josh. 7, 3. 1 Sam.
14, 6. Job 10, 20. al. With the art.
::srri , ol lUyoi, c. b pref. Num. 26, 54.
33, 54. b) With other nouns, e. g. be-
fore a genit. Qi^ a?n a /i7^/e water Gen.
18, 4. 24, 17. bz'n -c^Xi a little food 43. 2.
Also put in the gen. after a noun, as
l3r:Q 'ra wzen o/" fewness, few men,
Deut. 26," 5; aSTs its /iW^ Mp Dan. 11,
34. Joined also with nouns by apposi-
tion, Is. 10, 7 KST3 ikh n^ia nations not a
few, i. e. by litot. many. Neh. 2, 12. Ecc.
9, 14.
2. Adv. a little, not much, Ps. 8, 6 ;
of space. 2 Sam. 16, 1. Often of time,
for a little, a little while. Job 10, 20. 24,
24. Hagg. 2, 6. ) s:so ms yet a little
while and, i. e. soon, shortly, Ex. 17, 4.
Ps. 37, 10. Hos. 1, 4. Repeated 'CTO
OS^ little by little, Fr. peu d peu, by de-
grees, Ex. 23, 30. Deut. 7, 22. Spec.
CSrn is it little? is it not enough ? Gen.
30, 15. Num. 16, 13 ; with -jt: of pers.
C3^ a?^f!! is it little for you ? not
enough? Num. 16. 9. Job 15. 11. Is. 7,
13. al. h of pers. id. Josh. 22, 17. But
Ez. 16. 20 r(':ri:tnr Ht^n was it little
this of thy whoredoms?
3. Adj. rarely, small, few ; plur. ts'^ayo
few, Ps. 109, 8. Ecc. 5. 1.
4. With Prefixes : a) l3?'23 in a lit-
tle^ i. 6. a) nearly, almost, little is
wanting. Gen. 26. 10. Ps. 73. 2. 119, 87.
a -J5r3 little that, shortly that, for
scarcely. Cant. 3. 4. /5) Of time, shortly,
soon. Pp. 81, 15. 94, 17; quickly, sud-
denly. Ps. 2, 12. Job 32, 22. Comp. in
art. 3 B. 3. fin. y) i. q. i:?^ but inten-
sive, oaov oUyov, very little, see art. 3
B. 4. Prov. 10. 20. 1 Chr. 16, 19 a few
men, yea, K?T33 very few. Ps. 105, 12;
of space, a, very little, 2 Sam. 19, 37. In
apposit. Is. 1. 9. 26, 20. Ezra 9, 8.
b) oyri (pr. 'according to the few-
ness,' comp. 13^) i. q. aSTa , Hagg. 1, 9.
2 Chr. 29, 34. ' '
tiS^tt adj. fem. Masa once Ez. 21. 20,
smooth, bare, and hence polished, shaiy,
of a sword, i. q. ana v. 15. 16. R. aja
no. 1.
^"^TQ m. (r. nay) constr. nasa, a
vestment, garment, Is. 61, 3.
'^^W'Q f (r. r,a5) a cloak, mantle,
Is. 3, 22. Arab. oUa^ and i iinw^ id.
See Schroed. de Vest. mul. Heb. p. 235.
^^^ m. (for 'isa, r. n^^? ) a Aeo;? of
rubbish, ruins, i. q. -^S , iL' 17, 1. The
prophet here employs an unusual form
in allusion to the preceding lira .
'^?'Q (perh. anXttyxvi^6[xtvoc, comp.
nsr) Maai, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 36.
?''^'Q m. (r. i?^) an upper garment,
robe, spec, an exterior tunic, fuller and
longer than the common one, but with-
out sleeves; that of kings' daughters
was with long sleeves. CBD b^ra 2 Sam.
13, 18. It was worn by women, 2 Sam.
1. c. by men of birth and rank Job 1, 20.
2, 12 ; by kings and princes 1 Sam. 18,
4. 24, 5. 12 : by priests 1 Sam. 15, 27.
28, 14. Ezra 9, 3. 5; and especially by
the high-priest under the ephod. whence
niEsn b^sa Ex. 28, 31. 39, 22. Comp
Ex. 28, 32 sq. Lev. 8, 7. See Braun de
Vest, sacerd. II. p. 436 sq. Schroeder de
Vest, mulierum Heb. p. 267. Hartmann
Hebraerin III. p. 312 sq.
d''5)3 bowels, see nsa .
I^^'a m. (denom. from 'iy) constr.
',;^5a, poet. c. Vav parag. irsa Ps. 114,
8;' c. suff. is^sa Hos. 13, "l5; Plur.
c-^rya , constr. 'rsa ; also plur. m'j^ya,
constr. nis'ya .
1. a place of fountains, watered with
springs, Ps. 84, 7 ; see more luider art.
2. a fountain, i. q. '("^y. Gen. 7, 11. 8,
2. Ps. 74, 15. 114, 8. Joel 4, 18. 2 K. 3,
25. al. Syr. )l Tssi id. Metaph. source
of the highest delight, pleasure, bliss,
Ps. 87, 7 ; comp. Is. 12, 3.
D-'py^ 1 Chr. 4, 41 Cheth. i. q.
Ci-'Mya , see pya no. 3. b.
M?^ /o press, to compress, only
Part. pass. 1 Sam. 26, 7 -nDsya in''5n
D513
697
^933
ynxs hin spear teas pressed (i. e. fixed,
stuck) into the ground. Hence "i^'SO
spoken of an nnimiil emasculated by
com press ing, bruising tle testicles,
Lev. 22, 2-4 ; Sept. iTidUfi(iivoi;, Vulg.
contrilis texliciUis.
PuAL to be pressed, handled, e. g. the
breasts of an immodest woman, Ez. 23, 3.
Deriv. pr. n. ""i^o , also
nD5fa and PD^T? Josh. 13, 13 (op-
pression) Maachah^ pr. n.
1. Of a city and region at the foot of
Hermon, not far from Geshur a district
of Syria (see nsia5a and "'i^lJa), 2 Sam.
10, 6. 8. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 7. Josh. 13, 13.
Hence the adjacent portion of Syria is
called nasi? n^x Syria of Maackah
1 Chr. 19, 6. [It prob. stretched from
Mount Hermon eastwards on the south
of the plain of Damascus. R.] The
gentile noun is "'rissa Maachathite, put
also for the people, Deut. 3, 14. Josh.
12, 5. 13, 11. 2 K. 25, 23. Comp. Pca
nr?-? , also nrsT? n-^a bns .
2. Of several persons, male and fe-
male, a) A man 1 K. 2, 39. 1 Chr. 11,
43. 27, 16 ; also called ""SO q. v. b)
Gen. 22, 24, where the sex is doubtful,
c) The wife of Rehoboam, 1 K. 15, 2. 10.
13. 2 Chr. 11, 20. In 2 Chr. 13, 2 she
is called in^^"'^ . d) A wife of David,
2 Sam. 3, 3^ ' e) Fern. 1 Chr. 2, 48. f )
Fern. 1 Chr. 7, 15. 16.
*b?a, fut. ba7 Prov. 16, 10, bisa^
Lev. 5, 15.
1. to cover, whence V''Sa .
2. Trop. to act covertly, treacherously^
to be faithless, Prov. 16, 10. 2 Chr. 26,
18. 29,6. Neh. 1,8; more fully bST3 Vs72
Lev. 5, 15. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 14, 13'.
Spec, a) With a of pers. to deal trea-
cherously . faithlessly, with any one, e. g.
an adulterous woman against her hus-
band. Num. 5, 12. 27 ; so too nin-'a ^519
to deal treacherously with Jehovah, to
sin against him. Deut. 32, 51. 2 Chr. 12,
2. 30^ 7. Neh. 13. 27. a'l. Often in the
construction nin-ia b5?a ^r^ 1 Chr. 10,
13. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Ez. 17, 20.' b) With
a of thing, to take by stealth, to steal any
thing. Josh. 7, 1. 22, 20. 1 Chr. 2. 7.
Comp. under the verb 133 . Correspond-
hig are Arab. J^Lo to whisper, to back-
er ^^
bite, kiULo perfidy, fraud; also JJL
to steal.
Deriv. b^sa and
I. ?yD m. c. suff. "i^yT?, treachery
against God, transgression, sin, Job 21,
34. 2 Chr. 29, 19. 33, 19. Ezra 9, 2 ; 'a
nbisn Ezra 9, 4. 10,6; nin-a 'a Josh.
22, 22. Also in the formula a bra bja ,
see the examples in r. bja no. 2. For
Num. 31, 16 see in "iOa.
II. ^?^ m. (apoc. for nbsa, r. nbr)
pr. the uppermost, upper part, and then
as Adv. above, over. Found only with
prefixes and affixes.
1. byaa from above Is. 45, 8. Job 3, 4 ;
also simply above (comp. "|a 3. h), Deut.
5. 8. Am. 2, 9. Ps. 78, 23. With b , i. e.
b bsaa, i. q. b b?a and simpl. bs, above,
upon, (on the upper part of any thing.)
as Gen. 22, 9 s'^ssb bsaa upon the wood.
Dan. 12, 6 ik'^n ''a-'cb bsaa upon the
waters of the river. Also near by, Is. 6,
2 the Seraphs stood ib b"aa , Sept. xv-
xko) uvioii, Comp. by of a multitude
thronging around a chief or prince, Ex.
18, 13. 14. Judg. 3, 19; espec. Job 1, 6;
and see in bs no. 3. a, b.
2. With n loc. nbsa upwards ; opp.
naa . Deut. 28, 43 nbsa nb?a 7ipwards
upwards, higher and higher. Judg. 1,
36. Of space, 1 Sam. 9, 2 from his shoul-
der and upwards. 10, 23. 1 K. 7, 31.
Of time, upwards, above, over ; Ex. 30,
14 from twenty years old and above.
Num. 1, 3. 18. 20. 3, 15. 22. al. Also
onward, forward; 1 Sam. 16, 13 from
that day forward. 30, 25. Hagg. 2,
15. 18.
3. nb~ab a) upwards ; opp. H^ab .
Ex. 25' 20.' 37. 9. Is. 8. 21. Ps. 74, 5.
With verbs 'ab itw3 to lift upwards, on
high, I Chr. 14, 2 ; 'ab nbs to ascend
upwards Ecc. 3, 21 ; 'ab bna to let grow
upwards, to greatly magnify, 1 Chr. 29,
25. 2 Chr. 1, 1. Judg. 7, 13 and over-
threw it (the tent) nbrab upwards, i. e.
by tearing up the tent-pins. etc. Deut.
28. 13. nbsab nbrab Ez. 41, 7. Of
time, upwards, above, over, 1 Chr. 23, 27.
2 Chr. 31, 17. b)"With a subst. fol-
lowing, above, over ; Ezra 9 6 CXi 'ab
over our head. With 'yO , above, over
and above, 1 Chr. 29. 3. Also nbrab ns
even to the highest point, to the utmost,
b:?53
598
b:p)2
i. e. exceedingly, 2 Chr. 16, 12. 17, 12.
26,8.
4. Mb"T3^o a) from upwards, from
above ; Gen. 7, 20 fifteen cubits fibSTsba
from above, i. e. measured from the sur-
face of the waters downwards to the
tops of the mountains. 6, 16. Josh. 3, 13.
16. So nbrr^:p 'n IsS ",n5 to place upon
any thin^ from above, q. d. above upon
any thing, Ex. 25, 21. 26, 14. 40, 19;
comp. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 1, 26. 10, 19. b)
above, on high, i. q. ^?ao , Jer. 31, 37.
^Tq for b? "(T:, see in bs C. 2.
^?'5a Chald. m. (r. b^S to go in) the
going down of the sun, plur. constr. "^bsa
Dan. 6, 15.
^?'^ m. (apoc. for M^?^, f^^^^, r.
nbs) a lifting up of the hands, Neh. 8, 6.
"'??"'? m. (r. t^^S) constr. M^S^, sing.
c. suff. 1"'^?,^. Heb. Gr. 91. 9. n; comp.
in nxnia .
1. ascent, place of ascent ; Neh. 12,37
rrainb 'a f/je ascent to the wall. With
suff. T'byr sing. Ez. 40, 31 the ascent of
(to) ?'i had eight steps, t. 34. 37.
2. Spoken of any elevated place : a)
a platform, suggestus, for speaking, Neh.
9, 4. b) an ascent, acclivity, cliff. Josh.
10, 10. Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 5. 1 Sam. 9, 11
T'Srj 13 . Hence the pr. names of ac-
clivities or hills :
a) DTi-^nn nby^ the ascent or mount
of Olives 2 Sam. 15, 30.
/9) C-'onx'TD the hill of Adummim (the
red), on the confines of Judah and Ben-
jamin, Josh. 15. 7. 18, 17.
y) y*'3n 't2 the cliff of Ziz (blossoms),
prob. the difficult pass of En-gedi, 2 Chr.
20. 16; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
208, 215. Also 2 Chr. 32, 33. 2 K. 9, 27.
8) ca'^jps 'o (cliff of scorpions) Maa-
leh-akrabbim, soutli of the Dead Sea,
Num. 34. 4. Josh. 15, 3. Judg. 1, 36; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 501, 611.
e) D^inn 'r (clifl" of the sun) Judg.
8, 13.
*^^y^ f (r. Mbs) phir. ribsTS l. a
going up, ascent, to a higher region,
e.g. from Babylon, Ezra 7, 9. Metaph.
Ez. n. 5 csnn t^'^''^^''^ the risings of
your mind, i. e. the things, thoughts,
Ibal. arit-e in your mind ; comp. the
phrjiife 3b br nb? Ez. 38, 10.
2. a step, stair, by which one ascends ;
plur. 1 K. 10, 19 nibsn iria six steps.
Ex. 20, 26. Neh. 3, 15.' Ez. 40, 26. al.
Trop. plur. put for the degrees of a dial,
2 K. 20, 9-11. Is. 38, 8; hence nibi'Ta
inx the degrees of Ahaz. for the dial of
Ahaz, sc. as divided into degrees, 2 K.
20, 11. Is. 1. c. Others here understand
the steps of a staircase, but less well :
so Sept. Syr. and Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1.
3. Any elevated place, as an upper
chamber, i. q. M*b5J , Am. 9, 6. Also in
the difficult passage 1 Chr. 17, 17 and
hast regarded me f^byan Cixrj nirs in
the manner of men on high, i. e. in hea-
ven, from heaven ; comp. the parall. 2
Sam. 7, 19 CiStn n-iin nki) and this is
the manner of men, not of God.
4. The phrase nibysn T^a, found in
the inscription of fifteen Psalms (120-
134), is of doubtful meaning. The inter-
pretations proposed may be arranged un-
der three classes, a) a song of degrees
or steps, Sept. btSal lojv wjm/SmiS^/jcuj'. Vulg.
carmina graduum ; referred by later
Hebrew intpp. to the place where they
were supposed to be sung, viz. the steps
leading up from the outer to the ini.er
court of the temple, b) Others with
better reason refer this name to the ar-
gument of these Psalms, viz. a spng of the
ascents (comp. no. 1). Theod. ua/utx jojy
uv(x^auib)v, Symm. Aqu. ci^/j flqjuq uva-
^aafig. These ascents or ascendings are
explained in a twofold manner : m) As
referring to the return from the Babylo-
nish exile under Zerubbabel and Ezra ;
comp. Ezra 7, 9 in no. 1. So Syr. This
can mean only that these Psalms were
composed at or about the time of the
return, for the contents have no allusion
to the return itself (i) As referring to
the annual journeys of the Israelites up
to Jerusalem (q. d. pilgrim songs), in
respect to which nbs is used Ex. 34, 24.
1 K. 12, 27. 28. Ps. 122. 4 ; and to which
Ps. 122 evidently refers. So Herder,
Eichhorn, and others. The contents of
Ps. 124-128 suit well to these journey-
ings as undertaken after the exile ; but
some of the rest, as Ps. 120, 132, 134. do
not (iivour this hypothesis, c) Others
again suppose them to be so railed
because of a certain number or rhythm
which they exhibit. Thus Saadiaa
byn
599
yfio
Oaon, Aben Ezra, and other Jewish
iiitpp. rejpfiird ihern as having been eiing
witli an elfrated voice. But more prob.
the name refers to that peculiar rhythm
obvious in some of them, by which the
sense advances by degrees or steps,
some words of a preceding clause being
repeated at tlie beginning of the suc-
ceeding one with additions and ampli-
fication, so that the sense as it were
o-icends. E. g. Ps. 121. 1 / will lift up
mine eyes unto the hills from whence
Cometh MY HELP. 2. My help cometh
from the Lord 3. He will not suffer
thy foot to be moved ; thy keeper will
NOT SLUMBER. 4. Lo, NOT 8LU.MBER nor
sleep will the keeper of Israel. 5. Je-
hovah is THY KEEPER. Ps. 122. 2 our
feet shall stand within thy gatrs. O Je-
rusalem ! 3. O Jerusalem ! bttilded . . .
4. Whither the tribes go up, etc. See
also Ps. 123, 3. 4. 124, 1-5. 126, 2. 3. 129,
1. 2. 130, 5-8. 131, 2. 133, 2. 3. To the
same class belongs the song of Debo-
rah, Judg. 5, 3. 5. 6. 9. 12. 19. 20. 21. 23.
24. 27. 30 ; comp. Is. 26, 5. 6. Similar
in character was the xUpa^ or gradatio
of the Greek and Roman rhetoricians,
except that this was more artificial.
That some of these Psalms do not exhibit
this structure (e. g. Ps. 120), however
it may invalidate the position, does not
overthrow it ; these fifteen Psalms ap-
pear to have formed a particular collec-
tion, and may have been so named from
the peculiarity obvious in most of them.
^''^?^ i. q. bb5i3, Zech. 1, 4 Cheth.
^^?^ m. (r. hhv) only in plur. cb-Vr^ ,
constr. '^^ST? , c. suff. "p^^?^ , naiVsri? ;
works, deeds, e g. of God, facinor a Dei,
Ps. 77, 12. 78, 7; of men Prov. 20, 11.
Hos. 12, 3, and in a bad sense Zech. 1,6.
Jer. 7, 5. 11,18. 21,14. rb^si: s-in,
'a 3"'a"'ii, to make one's deeds good, or
evil, to do well or ill, Jer. 35, 15. Mic. 3, 4.
'TO?''? m. (r. irS) station, post. 1 K.
10, 5. Is. 22, 19. I'Chr. 23,28. 2 Chr.
9,4.
*TO!Sna m. (r. 1T?5) a standing-plnce,
foundation, Ps. 69, 3. Sept. vnoaiaaig.
nOTSSna f. (r. oar) burden ; Zech. 12,
3 I will make Jerusalem'^vy no^ST? "inx
a stone of burden to ail nations. This
is finely illustrated by Jerome ad h. I.
" Mos est in urbibus Paltestine, et usque
hodie per omnem Judseam vetus consue-
tudo servatur, ut in viculis. oppidis et
castellis rotundi ponantur lapides gra-
vissimi ponderis, nd quos juvenes exer-
cere se soleant, et eos pro varietate
virium sublevare, alii ad genua, alii
usque ad umbilicum, alii ad humero* et
caput, nonnulli super verticeni, recti*
junctisque manibus, magnitiidinem viri-
um demonstrantes pondus extollant."
D"*)?^?^ m. pi ur. (r. p^?) deeps, depths^
Is. 51, 10. Ps. 69, 3. 15. 130, 1. Ez. 27, 34.
1?^ (for T\ys-q, no. 2, r. nvs I. 4) pr.
subst. 'counsel, purpose ;' ibund only
with pref. b. i. e. "("^b, c. suff. '^2y^b,
T|35ob . n33"ob , and every where as a
particle.
A) Prep, propter, on account of be-
cause of. for the sake of. e. g.
1. Of the motive or moving cause, Ps.
48, 12 let mount Zion rejoice.. .'S'oh
rj'^aeCTa because of thy judgments. 97, 8.
122, 8. So God is often said to have
done something "i'nas T17 "(risb because
of {for the sake of) David his servant.
i. e. because of his memory and the pro-
mises made to him. Is. 37, 35. Ps. 132,
10. 2 K. 8. 19. 19, 34; inon '^S'c^y>^ for
his mercy^s sake, i. e. because of or ac-
cording to his known mercy, Ps. 6, 5.
25, 7. 44, 27. (See in the same sense
^^nons Ps. 25, 7. 51, 3. 109. 26.) lSb
i'OVfor his name^s sake, according to his
name or character, i. e. what this au-
thorizes us to expect (which, as Winer
observes, is always goodness, mercy),
Ps. 23, 3. 25, 11. 31, 4. This meaning
of the phrase is apparent from the foil,
passages: Ps. 109, 21 '(S^b TlX na?
Tjnpn 3i3 "^S T^od do thou with me ac-
cording to thy Tiame, for great is thy
goodness. 143, 11 '3;;?nri "^^ :^T30 -jrab
'^i^ r,r;7*7Sa for thy nanie''s .sake, Jehty-
vah, preserve me, according to thy right-
eousness or goodness, etc. Another use
of this phrase see in no. 2. ipl^ "(?^^
(Jehovah) for the sake of according to,
his righteousness. Is. 42. 21.
2. Ofthe purpose, object, end, at which
one aims, on account of. for ffie sake of;
e. g. nsjsab for your sake, tor your be-
nefit and advantage, Is. 43, 14, comp.
iria
600
2l3>a
45, 4. 63, 17 ; *'i5T?^ far my own sake,
i. e. in order to vindicate my name, Is.
43, 25. 48, 11. In this sense we find the
fuller construction: Csab)!! ':2'j 'T-qh
rbriri/or my name^s sake and fur my
glory^s sake Is. 48. 9; comp. Tj'od ""^s
Ps. 79; 9, which is immediately explain-
ed : TjTa'r Til^S n^tr bs far the glory of
thy name, and 106, 8 r'^l'inb ii2ir -,r::b
'ir*i!i2ii"rN for his name^s sake, that he
might show h is power. A different sense
of this phrase occurs 1 K. 8, 41 : the
stranger who comethfrom a distant land
?]7D'4 ""^^ for thy name's sake, i. e. to
behold thy glory. In the Psalms, God
is often said or besought to do something
because of his enemies Ps. 8. 3, or because
of the psalmisPs enemies Ps. 5, 9. 27. 11.
69, 19, i. e. in order that these may be
put to shame, q. d. rrz;; '\t'i^. With
an infin. in order that, Am. 2, 7. .Ter.
7, 10. 44, 8. Deut. 29, 18. al. In some
passages interpreters have preferred to
understand '"^^ of the event or result.
and render it so that, i. e. with such and
such a result ; which however is to de-
stroy the force of language. The idea
of purpose or aim is every where to be
retained, e. g. Amos 1. c. a man and his
father go in unlo the same maid (harlot)
'CJnr? D^^-rx Vtn 'sVizh in order to pro-
fane my holy name, i. e. with such wan-
tonness and atrocity of iniquity do they
purposely provoke the divine punish-
ment ; or, to use a Heb. proverb, with
such cords of sin do they draw down
punishment, Is. 5, 18 ; comp. below in
B. [Yet the frequent and undeniable
ecbatic use of tVw and ottwc in the N. T.
not improbably arose from their sup-
posed correspondence to Heb. 1?TS^ etc.
for which they are put in the Sept. To
assert for "i?^^ in all cases a telle power
is equally to destroy the force of lan-
guage ; e. g. Am. 1. c. Jer. 44, 8, etc.
R.
B) Conj. irx *,5a^. Gen. 18, 19. Lev.
17, 5. Num. 17.' 5. Deut. 20. 18. 27, 3.
Josh. 3, 4. 2 Sam. 13, 5. al. also simply
^Tsb , to the end thai, in order (hat. with
a fill. Gen. 27. 25. Ex. 4, 5. Is. 41, 20. al.
B8Bp. and so in all the examples. 'jSrb
Vh that not. lest, with fut. Ps. 125, 3.
We subjoin here some examples as to
which interpreters have hesitated ;
Gen. 18, 19 n^S'i -I'ix ",^72^ iTiyn'i is
for I have chosen him (Abraham, in or-
der) that he may command, etc. see ^"y^
no. 1. b. Is. 66, 10. 11 rejoice ye with Je-
rusalem onsaiB^i iprn 'p_iz^_ that ye
may suck, etc. i. e. declare your joyful
sympathy Avith Jerusalem, in order that
ye may partake of her rejoicing and
abundance. Hos. 8, 4 they have made
them idols r'^S^ "i?^^ that they may be
cut off, i. e. they rush headlong as it
were to their own destruction. Ps. 30,
12 thou hast turned my mourning into
dancing . . . 13 to the end that my heart
may extol thee, sc. God. Is. 28, 13. 36,
12. 44. 9. Jer. 27. 15. where some under-
stand "li'wb of the event ; see at the close
of A. 2. above. So also TfAjxwc, Ps. 51, 6
against thee only have I sinned . . . '5'?^
Tiinna p';5Sn that thou viightest he just
in thy sentence, i. e. to this end have I
been left to sin, that thy justice might
be manifest.
n:?^ m. (r. n:? I. 3) constr. ri35n.
1. an answer, response, Pro v. 15, 1.
23. Hence a) answer of prayer, i. e.
the hearing and granting of prayer,
Prov. 16, 1, b) reply, refutation, Job
32, 3. 5.
2. counsel, purpose, whence apoc. 15a ,
Prov. 1 6, 4. Comp. Arab. ^X. intendit.
See r. njr I. 4,
nsyia f (r. nss II) a furrow; 1 Sam.
14. 14 there fell.. ..about twenty men
nnia ip.^ nss-a ''snis in about half the
furrow of a yoke of land. i. e. a furrow
drawn through the length of a yoke of
land. Plur. Ps. 129, 3 Cheth.
rr^yra f. id. Ps. 129, 3 Keri.
Typi2 f dwelling, see "jlya .
\ ?'9 obsol. root, i. q. ijojuo , to be
angry, whence
7?^ (anger) Maaz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
2, 27. Comp. yso-^nx .
nzlS^'Q f (r. 3S5) pain, sorrow, Is.
50, n.
12?^ m. (r. isy) an a.Te, adz, Is. 44,
12. Jer. 10, 3. Arab. Juojm id.
lisy^ m, (r.^^y) restraint, hindrance.
1 Sam. 14, 6.
:iy:2
601
TLy-i
'TJCp? m. (r. ixy) restraint, i. e. power
ofrestriiiiit, Prov.'25, 28.
n^y73im. (r. fi(5) a ledge, parapet,
around the flat roof of an oriental
house to prevent persons from tailing
off, Deut. 22, 8.
0"^Trp^ m. plur. (r. tips) crooked
tcays or places, opp. lid'^a , Is. 42, 16.
"WQ m, (for n-jso , r. nnr) 1. naked-
ness, pudenda, i. q. ni"^5 , Nah. 3, 5.
2. naked space, empty room. 1 K. 7,
36 tJ^x "I? OS according to the room of
each border.
I. nnsna m. ^r. a^s I) a mercantile
word, found only in Ez. c. 27 in several
senses : a) Pr. barter, and so trade,
traffic, V. 9. 27. b) Place of barter,
r^arket, mart. v. 12. 13. 17. 19. c) gain,
wealth, acquired by traffic, i. q. "ino and
jiatS no. 2 ; or perh. precious wares ; v.
27.'34. Plur. v. 33.
IL nn^Ta m. (r. an? II) Me Occident,
the icest, place where the sun goes
down, Ps. 75. 7. 103, 12. 107, 3. Is. 43,
5. al. With n loc. na"^?^ westward 1
Chr. 26, 30 ; with \> , ^on the west of, 2
Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14. '
n^'n?T3 f i. q. 3";?^ II, the Occident,
the west. Is. 45, 6. R. ans II.
T^?''? m. (r. fT^S) <z naked place, i. e.
a field or plain without trees and dwell-
s ,
ings, Judg. 20, 33. Comp. Arab. i^yS-
the environs of a city, pr. a naked tract
around it.
fT^.ya f (r. ^^S III) constr. n-nSO
Gen. 23. 9. plur. ri'iSTa , a cave, cavern.
Gen. 19. 30. 1 Sam. 24, 4. 8. 9. 1 Chr.
11, 15. Is. 32. 14. al. Arab. guLo. In
Josh. 13. 4 some take it as a pr. name,
Vulg. Maara, Engl. Mearah.
ninsna n plur. l Sam. 17, 23 Cheth.
prob. an error for the Keri r'ia'^yia .
which is expressed by all the ancient
interpreters.
?p5pQ rn. (r. ""^S) arrangement, dis-
position. Prov. 16, 1 aV^3^?^ disposings
of the mind, counsels, g
rO'^l??? f. (r. Tj"^?) 1. arrangement,
disposition, order, e. g. na'^san m"i3 the
51
lamps set in order so. upon the sacred
candelabra, Ex. 39, 37.
2. Spec, a heap, pile, of wood arranged
on an altar Judg. 6, 26 ; comp. the verb
Gen. 22, 9.
3. array, i.e. an army in battle-array,
host, 1 Sam. 4, 2. 12. 16. 17, 22. 48.
1 Chr. 12, 38.
nansn? n (r. j^ns) plur. nianso,
constr. rianSTS.
1. a row, pile, arranged in order, as of
the shew-bread or loaves set out in rows
before Jehovah in the temple. Lev. 24, 6
bis. Hence raiSfiri onb in the later
books, tlie shew-bread, pr. ' the bread of
arrangement' Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr. 9, 32.
23. 29, i. q. n-iJEn cnb in the earlier ;
also without onb 2 Chr. 2, 3. So too
nnb n=-iso 13. 11. nanssn 'nh^^ the
table of the shew-bread, on which the
loaves were arranged, 2 Chr. 29, 18.
2. Plur. ranA-ofan army, array, army
in battle-array, host, 1 Sam. 17, 8. 10.
23, 26. 36. 45.
D'^ia"l?Ta m. plur. (r. Q-^s I ) naked-
ness, for concr. tlie naked, 2 Chr. 28, 15.
nS'^S^ f. (r. yy>) terror, sudden vio-
lence, Is. 10, 33.
f^75fa (i, q. nn?i3 , r. nns) Maarath,.
pr. n. of a place in the mountains of Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 59.
ntesna m. (r. niO) constr. i^r?'?) c-
suff. 'inb?^ ; Plur.' D-'-^S"9 Gen. 20, 9,
c. suff. 'bST? Ecc. 2. 4. 11. which same
form is also sing. Ps. 45. 2 (comp. in
nx"!^. and Heb. Gr. 91. 9. n) ; :^"'=^a
plur. Ps. 92, 6, also sing. Ex. 23. 12. Ps.
66. 3; virsiQ plur. Ps. 103, 22, sing.
1 Sam. 19, 4 ; Da'^t??'? plur. also sing.
Gen. 47, 3.
1. work, i. e. laboxir, business, occupa-
tion, pr. noun of action of the verb nbs .
Gen. 47. 3 na">bra-na what is your oc-
cupation 7 ] Chr. 23, 28 nnas n'rstt
o-'nbxn ni3 the labour (doing) of the
temple-service. Ex. 5. 4 why do ye call
off the people i''toSap/ro?n their labourT
Ez. 46, 1 nrran '07 the days of labour,
as opp. to the sabbath. Hence spokea
of any general mode of acting, conduct,
almost i. q. r,"!^ ; Ex. 23. 24 nrsn xV
cn^bs^a thou shalt not do according to
their works, i. e. thou shalt not do as
arc
602
v,'-
theydo,sc. the gentiles. 18,20. Lev. 18,
3. Mic. 6, 16. Ecc. 4, 3 who hath not seen
torirn nnn nbrs lais s-in nbJJsn-rx
the evil work, conduct, wickedness, that
is done under the sun. Absol. of evil
works, wicked conduct, Job 33, 17.
2. a work, i. e. a deed, act, something
done, e. g. a) Of God, Judg. 2, 10. Ps.
86, 8. b) Of men, deed, action, chiefly
in a bad sense ; Gen. 44, 15 nirrsn n^
^TT'^l, I'wX r^im what deed is this that
ye have done ?' Piur. Gen. 20, 9. 1 Sam.
8, 8. 2 K. 23, 19. Ecc. 1, 14. Absol. of
an evil deed, 1 Sam. 20, 19 nb^:? ci-ia in
the day of that deed, sc. when Saul was
on the point of killing David; others,
working day, opp. to a festival day.
3. a work, i. e. something maJe, creat-
ed, a) Of God, '':; "n^ -"b^ra the works
of his hands, (fingers Ps. 8, 4,) which he
created, e. g. lieaven, earth, all living
things, Ps. 8, 7. 19, 2. 103, 22. In sing.
^3""? '"^??;? the work of Jehovah, spec, of
the judgments of God upon the wicked,
Is. 5, 19. 10, 12. 28, 21. Ps. 64, 10 ; also
""^ ^T, ^'^.'i't id. Is. 5, 12. 29, 23. Ps. 28,
5. Comp. bss . b) Of men, ^'i'^ nr?^
B-iN the work of men's hands, often said
of idols, Deut. 4, 28. Ps. 115, 4. 135, 15.
Spec, of works of art, as 3bn nr?.^ da-
mask-work Ex. 26, 1. 31 ; 5ni< nb?:Q wo-
ve7i-work 28,32; riri nb^^ net-work 27,
4. Inverted, 2 Chr. 16. 14 nbSJig rnjr-ira
with spicery-work. Once of the vx)jk of a
poet, nolrtfia, Ps. 45, 2. Metaph. of the
fruit, effect, of any thing. Is. 32, 17 nbsa
mboj n;?-is the work (fruit) of righteotts'-
ness is peace. Hab. 3, 17. Difficult is
Job 37, 7 iinbs^ ^aiax-ba rs-ib ^/io< all
men of his (God's) work may know him,
i. e. that all men as his creaturt s may
know him. But it is better with Reiske
and A. Schultens to divide the words
differently: sinbir ftljjj^-bs rsnb that
all men may know their Maker.
4. work, i. e. the fruit of one's labour,
goods, ejects, property, i. q. n3xb:a no. 3.
Is. 26, 12 !irb5tt-b3 all (mr goods. Jer.
48, 7. Spec, of fruits, produce, Ex. 23,
16; of cattle 1 Sam. 25, 2.
""^^^ (contr. for n^;yia work of Je-
hovah) Maasai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12.
n^toyi? and in^^ipytt (work of Jeho-
vah) Maasciuh, pr. n. of several men,
I Jer. 21, 1 (comp. 37. 3). 29. 21. 35,. 4.
1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 2 Chr. 23, 1. V^t.
"^'^^."^ m. (denom. from lbs ten)
constr. "ibs^ Num. 18, 24, also -ibsn
Lev. 27, 30. 32, c. suff. iitl'Ti ; pUir'
r-i^bso Neh. 12, 44, c. suff. C3^"ninbsa
Num. 18, 28; a tenth part, tithe, of fruits
and produce, of flocks and herds, to be
paid to the Levites, etc. see Lev. 27
30-33. Num. 18, 21. 24. Neh. 13, 5. 12 [
also Num. 18, 26 sq. Neh. 10. 38. al'
Genr. Gen. 14, 20. 28, 22. nb?sn ibSg
the tithe of the tithes Neh. 10, 39. Also
"i'4-!?'?r?~f*.-b the tillie-year, every third
year^ in which the tithes were to be
applied in giving enteriainments aC
home, Deut. 26, 12; comp. 14, 22-28.
mj>'C?'a f plur. (r. ^t'S) oppressions^
exactions, Prov. 28, 16.
^'a M(yph Hos. 9, 6 and Sib Noph Is,
19, 13. Jer. 2, 16. Ez. 30, 13. 16, pr. n.
Memphis, a very ancient and splendid
city of Egypt, the royal seat of four
dynasties, and from the time of P.sam-
metichus the metropolis of all Egypt j
surrounded with lofty mounds to guard
against the inundations of the Nile and
also against hostile assaults; and em-
bellished with splendid edifices, among;
which was a celebrated temple of Vulcan
or Phiah enlarged and decorated by
many kings, Hdot. 2. 99, 136, 153. Died,
Sic. 1. 50, 51, 67. Not far distant are
the pyramids ; and the long ranges of
tombs stretching far to the south of these
were doubtless once the necropolis of tho
ancient city, which lay between thn>
and the Nile. After the founding ot
Alexandria, Memphis fell into decay,
and in Strabo's time was partly in ruins.
XVII. p. 807. In the thirteendi cen-
tury there were still here extensive and
splendid remains; see Abdallatif p. 184
ed. De Sacy. At present the site is
marked by large mounds and" a few
slight architectural remains. It bear
the name of the nearest village, Mitra-
heny, fully JUiC\ 'ijjuo Minyet Ifaht-
neh. See Jomard in Descr. <Ie I'Egypte
V. 1 sq. 531 sq. CTiampolIion I'Egyptcf
sous les Pharaont I. 336 sq. Comp.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 40, 41. Tho
ancient hieroglyphic name is read Ma-
rj
603
xDZ'n
M-PnTAH, the place of Phtah or Vulcan ;
and later n^JlOTCl Panoitp. the tem-
ple of the good god. From the ancient
form Ma-m-phlak came the Coptic
UeiULSe. UejUK^J. Gr. 7l/t>i(jpj, Arab.
viHjO Meitf and proh. Heb. Cjia ; while
from faraoit/'came Heb. Ci"3. The true
signif. of the name was known to Plu-
tarch, de Isid. et Osir. p. 369 : t^v fiiv
Jiohv Mifiifiv ol fiif oQfiov ayn&iov
kf)fir)Vfvov(Ttv, ol 8i ug ju(pov 'Oaigidog,
i. e. both these interpretations arose out
of the proper signif the place of the good
god i. e. Osiris, or place (sepulchre) of
the good. Comp. Lepsius Lettre A Ro-
scllini p. 52. See Thesaur. p. 812.
ritD2B'a pr. n. see in nira*'BT3 .
3^^?^ m. (r. 550) attack, assault;
concr. object of assault, mark, Job 7, 20.
HE'S in. (r. nE3) conetr. Job 11, 20
tfiEJ neia, a breathing out, expiration
of the sold. i. e. death. Comp. ttJES nE3
Jer. 15, 9. Job 31, 39.
nB"!? m. (r. nss) the bellows of a forge,
Jer. 6, 29. Arab. XULo id.
nCn-^S!^ and nirnBTa (contr. for
Wfla J^XB^ ' extermination of idols' ace,
to Sinionis, r. Mxa,) Mephibosheth, pr. n.
m. a) 2Sam.2'l'8. b) 2 Sam. 4, 4. 9,6.
D'^Ei'a see in CBiiEttS .
T''?^ m. (pr. part. Hiph. r. yse) a
mallet, maid, war-dub, Prov. 25, 18.
Comp. Y^"^'
^B'a m. (r. bB3) 1. a falling, i. e. that
which falls off or away, reftise. Am.
8. 6 "13 bca the refuse oftlie grain, chaff,
straw.
2. Any thing pendulous, a flap ; Job
41. 15 i">'-^3 'boia the pendidous parts of
his flesh, i. e. on the belly of the croco-
dile, the flabby parts, flaps. So the
Latin poets employ cadere of any thing
pendulous, see Gronov. ad Stat. Silv. 36.
Sil. Ital. Pun. 13. 333.
riKpB'Q f (r. xba) once plur. constr.
PixbE^a, miracles, wovdroiis works. Job
37, 16. i. q. ri'ix^EJ . The poet prob. chose
this unusual form because of the like
sounding "^'^bsTa in the other clause.
i^?^^^ f (r. abo) a division, class,
2 Chr. 35, 12.
nbM C. Is. 17, 1. and nbM Is. 23, 13.
25, 2 (r. bB3) fallen buildings, ruins.
Syr. )a\t^V) id.
tsbtT? m. (r. aba) escape, Ps. 55, 9.
rsbSTa f. (r. yhrt) pr. terror; then
an idol, as inspiring terror, 1 K. 15, 13.
2 Chr. 15, 16.
TCbS'a m. (r. tobo i. q. obo) a pois-
ing, balancing of the clouds, Job 37, 16.
irh^'n n (r. bsj) c. suff. inboie.
1. fall, ruin, of a man Prov. 29, 16; of
a kingdom, Ez. 26, 15. 18. 27, 27. 31, 16.
2. a ruin, spoken of a fallen tree, Ez.
31, 13.
3. a carcass, as cadaver from cadere,
nxbt^n from nlrtTw, Judg. 14, 8.
^<S13 m. Prov. 8, 22, and nbyStt
Ps. 46. 9. 66, 5, wm-k, so. of God. R. bsB
ri?Bl3 see nys-o.
YW^ m. (r. 7B3) a smiting in pieces ;
Ez. 9, 2 yh-q 'bs i. e. a deadly weapon,
i. q. nTi'^ia -^bs v. 1. Comp. v. 5. 6.
T?''? m. (r. 'I'EJ) a mallet, maul, war-
club, Jer. 51, 20. Comp.y^t^.
TJ^fiia m. (r. ipo) 1. a review, num-
bering, census of a people, 2 Sam. 24, 9.
1 Chr. 21, 5.
2. an appointment, mandate, 2 Chr.
31, 13.
.3. an appointed place, Ez. 43, 21.
4. Miphkad. pr. n. of a gate of Jeru-
salem, Neh. 3, 31.
T'^P''? m. (r. 7T!B) haven, harbour, pr.
a rent, opening in the coast, Judg. 5, 17,
..-'''
Arab. iLowi inlet from a river where
water is drawn up, also an anchorage
for ships.
r^^'^E'a f (r. p'ns) the neck, pr. the
joints or vertebrae of the neck, 1 Sam.
4, 18. Chald. P'p"^B, Kp"iO, id. Syr.
)wci^ vertebra.
''^7?^ m- (r. '^y^) a spreading out
e.rpan.sio7i. Job 36, 29^^ Ez. 27, 7.
"iPTES'a f. (r. rre) a step, stride,
meton. for the npprr part of the legs or
the buttocks 1 Chr. 19, 4 ; by euphemism
for rir.-J in the parall. 2 Sam. 10, 4.
t^sa
604
r^
D''ri!C'a see PiBia.
nnS^ m. (r. nna) a key, pr. the
opener, Jud^. 3, 25." Is. 22, 22. 1 Chr.
9, 27. Arab, llxix id.
nriBtt m. (r. nno) an opening; Prov.
8, 6 the opening of my lips, what my lips
utter.
'jri&'a m. (r. inB) ^^e sill, threshold,
1 Sam. 5, 4. 5. Ez.' 9, 3. 10, 4. 18. al.
f^ see yi'C.
*i^'2''2^ 1 pers. "'nx^^, also Ti^a
Num. 11, 11; fut. H^^o'^., imp. 5<s?3, inf.
constr. n:it3, c. suff. "'Xa^, but caxsti
(for C3x:i^) Gen. 32. 20; part, xsa,
once xalb like verbs nb Ecc. 7. 26, fem.
nxsb, nxiiia 2 Sam. 18, 22. Cant. 8, 10.
1. to come to, i. e. to attain to, to ar-
rive at, to reach any thing, c. ^S Job 11,
'7. Chald. and Syr, NMt:, }4io, Eth.
<PSK, id. Arab. ,vji,|i" to go away,
kindr. ,e-wiuO to go. Hence to acquii-e,
to get, to receive; with ace. of thing,
'Gen. 26, 12 Isaac in this year received
a hundred measures, i. e. he harvested
a hundred-fold. 2 Sam. 20, 6 ih xs^ -,0
ni^33 D'^~S lest he get possession o^ for-
tified cities.
2. to find, to find out, a person or
thing, Sept. fVQi'tJxio, and this is the most
freq. usage of the word ; pr. to come
upon, to fall in with. So of persons Gen.
38, 20. 23. Num. 35, 27. Deut. 22, 27.
1 Sam. 10, 2. al. Of things Gen. 36, 24.
2 K. 23, 24 ; espec. things lost Lev. 5,
22. 23. 1 Sam. 9, 4; either with search
Gen. 31, 33 sq. Ex. 15, 22. 16. 27. al. or
without Gen. 11, 2. 26, 32. Deut. 24, 1.
al. 1 K. 13, 14 and found him sitting
under an oak. 2 K. 19, 8. Hence in
various senses :
a) to find, i. q. to attain unto, to get, to
gain. comp. in no. 1 ; so in a good sense,
(like Lat. ' invenire laudem, cognomen.')
e. g. to find good, happiness, Prov. 8, 35.
18. 22; wisdom 3, 13. 8, 9; favour, see
in in no. 1 ; wealth Hoa. 12. 9; a vision
from God Lam. 2. 9. comp. Ez. 3. 1 ; the
grave i. e. death Job 3. 22 ; rest .Ter. 6.
16. 45. 3. Lam. 1, 3. (But in Ruth 1. 9
to find, rest is said of a woman in respect
to marriage, i. q. DibuJ wxaia Cunt. 8, 10.)
Job 33, 24 "i^b "'rssia / have fmind a
ransom, Xvjqov, comp. Od. 19. 403 ^am-
Tov Xvaiv ivfjoipriv, also Heb. 19. 12.
Absol. 2 Sam. 18, 22 nx^cb rrnt'S "jis no
tidings finding sc. favour, i. e. no grate-
ful message, none which will bring re-
ward to the bearer. Also in a bad sense,
(like Gr. (VQiaxfiy xaxov Od. 21. 304. ib.
24. 462,) e. g. to find evil, trouble, sor-
row, i. e. to fall into adversity, calamity,
Ps. 116, 3. Prov. 6, 33. Hos. 12, 9.
b) to find out sc. by thinking, men-
tally, e. g. an answer Job 32, 3. Neh.
5, 8. Ecc. 3, 11, 8, 17. (See Ecc. II. cc.
in obis B.) So to find out a riddle, to
solve it, Judg. 14. 12.
c) The phrase "ST t^i<i?13 "'"i; myhand
findeth any thing, is found in a threefold
sense : ) to get for oneself to acquire,
i. q. to possess any thing. Lev. 25, 28
lb ai-::n I'l in;; *^xs^ xb en if he cannot
get enough to restore it to him. 12, 8,
comp. 25, 26. Job 31, 25; c. b Is. 10, 14
and my hand hath found (possessed), as
a nest, DiBrn b^^nb the riches of the na-
tions, ft) Spoken oi^ what happens in-
cidentally, what comes to hand ; e. gv
1 Sam. 10, 7 Tji; ssrn irx 7]h ncsj
do what thy hand shall find, i. e. act as
occasion shall serve. 25, 8. Judg. 9, 33.
Similar is Ecc. 9, 10 whatsoever thy hand
findeth to do, do it with thy might, i. e.
whatever is incumbent upon thee, y^
Of enemies, to find, out, to get into one's
power; 1 Sam. 23, 17 the hand of Saul
shall not find thee out, i. e. shall not get
thee into his power. With b of pers.
Ps. 21, 9. Is. 10, 10.
d) to find, or discover a fault or wrong
of which one is accused ; c. 3 of pers.
1 Sam. 29, 3 PiTSilX^ in ''nssa xb I find
in him nothing, no fault. Ps. 17. 3 ; more
fully Job 19, 28. comp. Luke 6, 7. Dif-
ferent is 2 K. 9, 35 PI3 !ix^t: sib they found
nothing of lier but the skull, etc. here a
is partitive, comp. Job 20. 20.
e) to find God, i. e. to find him propi-
tious, ready to hear and answer pniyer,
Deut. 4. 29. Here belongs Ps. 32, 6
one shall pray unto thee Xii^ rrb jjj a
time of finding thee, i. e. a time wheo
thou art propitious; see Niph,
f) "iab"^^. ^^? to find one's heart, to
take heart, to take courage. 2 Sam. 7,
27 ; comp, Ps. 76, 6.
j^rj
605
Z2'Z
g) As in Engl, to tnj to find, to seek ;
1 Sam. 20, 21 D-'unn-nx xsa t^^ go,
find (seek) the arrows, v. 3G. Job 33,
10. Ecc. 7, 27. So of pleasure, to find
out, to seek after, Is. 58, 3. 1 3.
3. to come Hjx)n any one, to befall, to
happen to, with arc. oi'pers. (comp. Kia
c. ace. no. 2. d.) Ex. 18, 8 (dl the tracail
Tj'i'na onxxtt nrx that had come upon
(befallen) them in the. way. Gen. 44, 34.
Num. 20, 14. 32, 23. Josh. 2, 23. Juclg. 6,
13. Ps. 116, 3. 119, 143. Comp. d'^lan(a
T'd Tob. 12,7.
4. to suffice for any thing, c. dat. Num.
11, 22. Judg. 21, 14. Comp. Engl, to
reach, Germ.hinreicheti, hinlangen, hin-
Idnglich seyn, Gr. ixvovfttvog, ixuvog suffi-
cient, from Ixviofiai.
NiPH. XS133, 2 pers. nxST33 ; fut. S3ta7 ;
part. 3T33, piur. cxs^os 1 Sara. 13, 15,
in pause cxsias Ezra 8. 25.
1. Pr. a) Pass, of Hiph. or i.q. Kal
no. 1, to come to any one, to be brought.
Jer. 15, 16 '^''la'? SXS^3 thy words were
brought so. to me. b) Pass, of Kal no.
1, to be acqidred, with b of pers. Deut.
^ 21, 19 lb xsja-^ "iCX-bs all that has been
acquired by him. all that he hath. Josh.
17, 16. Praegn. Job 28, 12 wisdom, 17X73
XSBn whence shall it be acquired ?
2. to be found, pass, of Kal. no. 2,
1 Sam. 10. 2. 16. 21. Gen. 41, 38. Ps. 37,
36. Josh. 10, 17. al. So of a thief to be
detected, caught, Ex. 22, 1.6. 7. Deut.
24, 7. Jer. 2, 26. Often with an adjunct
of place where. Gen. 18, 29 sq. 44, 16.
17. 2 K. 20, 13. Is. 39, 2. al. Spec, a)
With (Q to be found and selected out of
a number, i. q. Engl, to be found among,
Dan. 1, 19. Ezra 10. 18. b) Of good
and evil ; 1 K. 14. 13 aia laT ia xs":3
there is found in him some good thing.
1. 52 -a xsjan nsn ex. l Sam. 25, 28.
Ez. 28, 15 ; also with CS 2 Chr. 19. 3 ;
bs 36. 8 ; ^ Deut. 22. 20. c) God is
said to be found of men. when he is pro-
])itious. or hears and answers prayer
c. b ] Chr. 28. 9. 2 Chr. 15. 2. 4. 15. Jer.
29,' 14. Is. 55. 6. 65. 1. Comp. Rom. 10,
20 fiosd7]v jolg ifis fii] ^Tjrovdiv.
3. to be found, i. e. to be, to cvist, to be
present in any place. a) With an ad-
junct of place where; 1 Sam. 13, 19
bx"^'::- bba xsa-^ xb 'inn there was no
9milh (found) in all Israel, i. e. none
61*
existed. 1 Chr. 29, 17 rit-5ixxm r,!ffl?
thy people which are here present. 2 Chr.
34. 32. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13. -Is. 65. 8. al.
Of things. Gen. 47, 14 all the money that
was (found) in the land of Egypt. b)
Absol. Gen. 19, 15 rixXTSSn rpnisa TiiiJ
thy two daughters present, opp. to those
absent v. 14. Ezra 8, 25. Is. 22. 3. 1 Sam.
13, 15. Dan. 11, 19 and he shall stum-
ble and fail xsa^ xbl and shall be (found)
no more, i. q. ISS'^XI .
Hiph. X"<a^n l. Causat. of Kal no.
1, to make come to ; with 1^3 to deliver
up or over, 2 Sam. 3. 8. Zech. 11, 6.
ALso to bring to, to present, with bx
Lev. 9, 12. 13. 18.
2. to let acquire, to let receive, i. e. to
allot to any one. Job 34, 11. 37, 13.
XSia see x^iia .
SST? m. (r. as3) constr. asia, a sta-
tion, i. e. place where one stands, Josh.
4, 3. 9 ; a military po-ft, garrison, 1 Sam.
13, 23. 14. 1.4. 2 Sam. 23, 14; office,
post, Is. 22, 19.
3^73 m. (part. Hoph. r. a33) a station
of troops, post, Is. 29, 3. Here too we
may refer Judg. 9, 6 caja n-rx asia *ibx
the oak of the garrison which is at She-
chem, so called prob. from a military
post established there. Others here
take as^ in the sense of a monument,
pill/ir, i. q. nas^ .
nnsia i Sam. U, 12, and Hn^tt
Zech. 9, 8, i. q. as^a , a military post. R.
ass.
TX2^'a f. (r. aS3) constr. P33T2 ; plur.
niaST? , constr. riaSTa , pr. ' something
set upright.' Spec.
1. a pillar, cippiis, of stone, Gen. 28,
IS. 22. Ex. 24. 4. Is. 19, 19. Jer. 43. 13
irp'r rr^a m'aso the columns of Deth-
shemesh, i. e. the obelisks of Heliopolis.
2. a statue, idol-image, e. g. J^asia
bjan the image of Baal 2 K. 3, 2. 10,
26. 27. 18, 4. 23, 14 ; genr. Mic. 5, 12.
Hos. 10. 1. al.
'^?^22'Q Mezobaiah, pr. n. of a place
otherwise unknown. 1 Chr. 11, 47.
nnSia f (r. a-^s) l. i.q. nas^?, a
monument, cippus. Gen. 35. 14. 20. 2 Sam.
18. 18. In this sense it is also found in
Phenician inscriptions.
2. trunk, stump of a tree, Is. 6, 13.
i:s.^
606
I^^J
T^'Q m. (r. n:is) plur. nins?3 . Kamets
impure, a fastness, castle, stronghold, on
a hill or mountain, so called as a place
ol' lying in wait and watching. 1 Chr.
11, 7 and David dicelt "is^a in the
stronghold (castle, citadel) ; . . . therefore
it was called, the city of David. Plur.
strongholds, fastnesses, 1 Sam. 23, 14.
19. 24, 1. Is. 33, 16 c-'^bp ninsia . Jer.
48, 41. 51, 30. Coupled with caverns
Judg. 6, 2. Ez. 33, 27. Chald. Kn"):?^
id. Arab. jLo^ mountain-top; comp.
Maaiidu the name of Herod's strong
castle Jos. B. J. 7. 8. 2.
iHi'in . Trjp2 see nnisB , ni!isn .
* i^-^'r fut. conv. yq;^^ Judg. 6, 38.
1. Pr. i. q. '{^"0, m^, to s^ick, then to
suck ond, to diink end greedily, to drain.
Is. 51, 17 the inebriating cup thou hast
drunk, thou hast sucked it out. i. e. hast
drunk it greedily even to the dregs. Ps.
75, 9. Ex. 23, 34. Syr. f^ id. }1^
epotatio.
2. to press or squeeze out moisture,
with "i^ from any thing, Judg. 6, 38.
Chald. Syr. Pa. id.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, Ps. 73,
10.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2. Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9.
I, n^'Q f (r. Y'4'>^) pr. sweetness, concr.
sweet, i. e. not fermented, unleavened,
. a'Qvfiov. Lev. 2, 5 n;inn nsia it shall be
unleavened. Often in genit. nsa r^n
an unleavened cake Lev. 8. 26. Num. 6,
19 ; '"0 pip-i Num. 1. c. In plur. riiin
ma^ unleavened cakes Num. 6, 15 (for
;the double plur. see in bsi'' no. 1, note.
Heb. Gr. 106. 3) ; '-Q "p^pn Lev. 2, 4.
7, 12 ; riaia nss Ex. 12, 39.' Here be-
' longs also n'ai? onb unleavened bread
Ex. 29. 2, and simpl. nisi? id. Gen. 19,
3 ; also often PIS'? bsx ^) ^ai unleavened
bread Ex. 13, 6. 7. 23. 15. Lev. 6. 9.
Deut. 16, 3. 8 ; comp. Lev. 10. 12. 1
Sam. 28. 24. So nisian an the festi-
val of unleavened bread, the Passover,
Ex. 23, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 13. 30, 13. 21 ;
ellipt. n-iarn id. Gr. t n^vfiu, Ex. 12,
17, romp. 23, 15.
II. nSJ^ f. (r. ns5) contention, quarrel,
iProv. 13, 10. 17, 19. Ib. 58, 4.
rrrn (perh. for XSin fountain) Mo~
zah, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Ben-
jamin, Josh. 18, 26.
^?'~^'^ f. (r. bn:f) a neighing, snort-
ing, Jer. 8, 16. 13, 27.
liTq m. (r. I^ia) constr. 11:^0 , c. Buff.
i'liia^ Job 19, 6 ; plur. ^^yaiz . '
1. capture, i. e. prey, gain, Prov, 12,
12.
2. a Tzef, sc. of a hunter, Ecc. 7, 26.
ft
Job 19, 6. Syr. |^y_.^io, Arab. tXjyox,
net.
3. i. q. ^^'2, a fortress, bulwark, a
besieging tower, Ecc. 9, 14. Two Mss.
read C^-nsTa, which accords better with
the context ; comp. Deut. 20, 20. Ez. 4,
2. Mic. 4, 14.
"^13^12 f: (r. nns) i. q. masc. Tis^.
1. a net, sc. of a fisherman, Ecc. 9, 12.
2. a fortress, castle, on a hill or moun-
tain, Is. 29, 7. Plur. n-ilii^ Ez. 19, 9.
rU^^^ f also nnSla Ez. 13, 21 (r.
lis) constr. msa, c. suff. I'rliisa.
1. capture, prey, Ez. 13, 21.
2. a 7?e^, of a hunter, Ez. 12, 13. 17,
20. Ps. 66, 11.
3. i. q. nrj-a , nnisia , a fortress, castle,
stronghold. Job 39, 28. '^i^-S. 'b thefita-
delofZion 2 Sam. 5, 7. 9. 1 Chr. 11, 5 ;
genr. 1 Sam. 22, 4. 5. 24, 23. So with
art. '52ii of a fortress near the plain of
Rephaim north of Bethlehem 2 Sam. 5,
17. 23, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 16. Trop. God is
said to be a fortress, i. e. a defender,
protector, Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 71, 3. 91, 2.
144, 2 ; and so nin^so tT'a Ps. 31, 3.
n^Sp f (r. n;s) constr. niari, c. suff,
Tii^r ; plur. nis^, once niiSB Neh. 9,
14, c. suff. "'r'':?^ ; a command, precept,
law, Sept. ivroh'j. Spoken : a) Of
human commands, "^Bn n^S'a Is. 36. 21.
Esth. 3, 3. 2 Chr. 8, 15.' 30. 12; also
Jer. 35, 18. Is. 29, 13. b) Of the divine
commands, either singly or of the whole
divine law. comp. nnip, tJB'i'O. Lev.
4. 13 one of the commandments of Jeho-
vah that are not to be done. i. e. a prohi-
bitory command, interdict. Most freq.
in plur. "^^ ^"la^ the cmnmandments of
Jehovah, ollen coupled with the synon.
cpn, nSpn. ni-iin. c"'::dctd. nins ;
Gen.' 26, 5. Ex. 16, 28. Deut 6, 2. IK
1S^
607
y:ti2
2, 3. al. sffip. Collect the law, Deut. 5,
28. 6. 1. 8, 1. 17, 20. 27, 1. ul. Mctori.
n^'lin msT3 the commandment of the
1 - - 1 . /
Jjecilea, i. e. what was commanded to
be given to them, Neh. 13, 5.
nbisra w ex. 15, 5. Neh. 9, 11. Ps. 88,
7, also nb'Sia f. i. q. nVa, a depth, deep
place, e. g. ol" the sen, Jon. 2, 4. Mic. 7,
19 ; trop. Ps. 88, 7 ; ofa river. Zcch. 10,
11 ; of mire, Ps. 69, 3. R. i!is q. v.
plana m. (r. ?: I) straitness, distress,
Ps. 119, 143. Jer. 19, 9. Deut. 28. 53.
55. 57. 'n B''x one in distress 1 Sam.
22, 2.
p'lSlJ m. (r. pis II. 2) plur. ronstr.
"pa^, a pillar, column; Kiinchi well.
liisV. T^ri?. 1 Sam. 2, 8 V"?.5* ""I?^^
<A pillars of the earth i. q. yx "'"I'B? .
Trop. of a rock or cliff isolated like a
column ; 1 Sam. 14, 5 the one crag p^'S'O
'a b^iia "rsa'a a column on the north over
against jWchmash. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 116. In the Talmud pis
is a high and steep mountain.
np^Sia f (r. pis I) strailness, distress,
Job 15, 24. Zeph. 1, 15. Plur. Ps. 25,
17. 107, 6. 13. 19. 28.
I. "liSia m. constr. "iis , c. suff. Tl^isa
Ez. 4. 8. R. "^is I. '
1. strailness, distress, Deut. 28, 53 sq.
Jer. 19, 9.
2. siege. Ez. 4, 2. 7. Zech. 12, 2. Nia
I'iSBa to he besieged, of a city, 2 K. 24,
10. 25, 2. al.
3. a mo7ind, bidwark, of besiegers,
Deut. 20, 20. Mic. 4, 14. Ez. 4, 2.
Hence
4. a fortijication, fortress, Hab. 2, 1.
^isi3 -i5 a fortified city Ps. 31, 22. 60,
11 ; plur. 2 Chr. 8, 5. Mic. 7, 12.
II. *112fcQ pr. n. for Egypt, and appa-
rently for Lower Egypt ; thrice "'nj<7
^'IS'2 the streams or canals o/" Egypt, the
branches of the Nile, Is. 19, 6. 37, 25. 2
K. 19, 24. Under the name liSB there
seems to lurk the Egyptian lieTOTpO
kingdom, as in H?"^? the word ^OVOO
king. But the Hebrews doubtless as-
cribed to it a domestic origin, prob. as
signifying a border, limit, (r. "'ST3,) i. q.
S u
A rab. ^-/^ , perh. as sing, of the dual
Dinso the two Egypta, q. v. Others,
e. g. Bochart in Phaleg IV. 24, suppose
Egypt to be so called as being strong
and fortified, i. q. msa I. 4 ; see Oiod.
Sic. 1. 31.
nn^S'a r (r. iis I) plur. niiis-o, ninsa.
1. a mound, bulwark, of besiegers, i. q.
nisa no. 3, Is. 29, 3.
2. a fortress, fortified city, 2 Chr.
11, 11 ; more fully nnisa 'ns 14, 5; "'n?
n-i-iisa 11, 10. 11. 23! 12^, 4." 21, 3.
n^Sra r (r. nsj) l. q. nsa II, quarrel,
strife. Is. 41, 12 r,riaa -iiUiX thy ad-
versaries, enemies.
^^ a root not in use, perh. to shine,
i. q. v^^ and ^...oJ i comp. ^^ to be
cheerful, and by tran.sp. ^.^. to shine.
Hence the two following :
^'P? m. (Is. 48, 4 proves nothing for
the fem.) c. suff. Ttsa, plur. constr.
rinsa ; the forehead, ' 1 Sam. 17, 49.
2 Chr. 26. 19. nail n^Ex nxa the (shame-
les.s) brow ofa harlot Jer. 3. 3. Ez. 3, 7
^^V. ^Pin of an impudent forehead, t.8.
9. Is. 48, 4 ntoins T;nsa thy brow is
brass, brazen. Plur. Ez. 9, 4.
"7 : ^ f- " greave, greai^es, armoor for
the legs, q. d. frontlets of the leg, constr.
rnsa l Sam. 17, 6. R. nsa .
n^S-a f. (r. ^^s I) only plur. ni^sa,
bells, upon horses and camels for orna-
ment, Zech. 14, 20. See in rbsa .
n^ra f. (r. b^s II) a shady place,
sluide, Zech. 1, 8.
f^^^'Q f (r.b^S I) only in dual Cinbsa,
cymbals, for accompanying music. 1 Chr.
13, 8. Ezra 3. 10. Neh. 12, 27. al. So
in Greek, dual xvfi^uXta, -oiv. See in
nilpsbs.
nS:S:a f. (r. pss) turban, tiara, of the
high priest Ex. 28. 4. 39. 29. 6. Lev. 8,
9. 16. 4 ; of a king Ez. 21. 31. For the
form of it, see Braun de Vestitu sacerd.
Heb. p. 624 sq. Jos. Antiq. 3. 7. 3. B. J.
5. 5. 7.
ysa m. (r. SS^) a couch, bed, som^
thing spread down. Is. 28, 20.
t?3p3 m. (r. lys) plur. constr. "'ISSa,
step, walk, Ps. 37, 23. Prov. 20, 24.
\
rrj
608
irj
'i'i?:ii23 in his steps, i. e. in his com-
pany, Dan. 11, 43. Comp. 1''b5"iS Judg.
4,10.
.rrniyjl'a f; (nyss and )-q) pr. ' what
is next to a little,' i. e. snbparvum, par-
vulum, a little thing, '"Q rnx *|"ij3 Dan.
8, 9 ; see Lehrg. 123, also art. )'Q no.
3. g. Better : even a little one, accord-
ing to the idiom noted in )Xi no. La./;
see Thesaur. p. 805. g.*
lyaia m. (r. "iSS) constr. "iSSia .
1. Pr. smallness ; hence any thing
smaU, little, Gen. 19, 20. Job 8, 7 ; of a
small number, 2 Chr. 24, 24 Q-^aiSX i?ST2
Jew m^n; of a short time, Is. 63, 18
"iSSB^ for a little while.
2. Mizar, pr. n. of a summit prob. in
the ridge of Anti-Lebanon or Hermon,
Ps. 42. 7.
nSS'a m. (r. nea) constr. MESia.
1. a watch-tower, Is. 21, 8. Also a
lofty place, whence one can see far and
wide around, whether furnished with a
watch-tower or not, 2 Chr. 20, 24.
2. Mizpeh, pr. n. of several towns and
cities, in elevated situations : a) In the
plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 38. b) In Ben-
jamin, Josh. 18, 26 ; see nBSiD no. 2. c)
In Moab, 1 Sam. 22, 3. d) In Gilead
Judg. 11, 29. see HB^TS no. 1. This may
be the same with n^^sn r-q-\ Josh. 13,
26. e) A valley in the high region of
Lebanon Josh. 11, 8, comp. 11, 3.
nfiSTa (watch-tower, lofty place, r.
fiBS) always with the art. nBiran, with
n loc. nrss53n , Mizpah. pr. n.
1. A town or city of Gilead, Judg. 10,
17. 11, 11. 34. Hos. 5, 1. Some refer
hither Judg. 1 1, 29 nrbrne::'^ , but see
in nB^tJ no. 2. d. For the origin of this
place, see Gen. 31, 49.
2. A city of Benjamin, where the peo-
ple were wont to convene, Judg. 20, 1.
3. 1 Sam. 7,5-16. al. It was afterwards
fortified by Asa to protect the border
against the kingdom of Israel, 1 K. 15, 22.
2 Chr. 16. 6. Later it was the residence
of the Chaldean governor, Jer. 40, 6 sq.
comp. Neh. 3, 7. 15. 19. Once written
nDsan Josh. 18, 26. '[Prob. the high
point two hours north-weflt of Jerusa-
lem, now called Nehy ISamwil; see Bib.
Kee. in Palest. IL p. 143, 144. R.
Q'^PS^'a m.plur. (r. ^tt) hidden places,
Obad. 6.
* Y^'9 fut. y^; 1. to ^ick, to suck
out, i. q. na^ and ntiD. Arab, ijax,
Chald. 7^^, Syr. ^. id. all of which
imitate the sound, as also Gr. fiv^a,
(iv^dm, fiix^og. Hence to draw out with
relish, to taste. Is. 66, 11 ; comp. pi"^ y.
12. Things sweet and pleasant are
wont to be sucked out, hence
2. to be sweet, whence ns^ sweet i. e.
unleavened. Comp. pn^, which also
has both significations.
p^TS see in p^S^ .
'^'^ obsol. root, which seems to
have had the same power as the kindr.
"1^3, to shut in, to restrain; whence
So
Chald. "12^, Arab. ^jiOjc limit, border
and Heb. lisia II, D'^'is^.
^TQ m. (r. nna , as SD-Q from 3?0)
straitness, distress, Ps. 118, 5. Plur.
n-'-nari, constr. "'^aa, Lam. 1, 3. Ps.
116, v.
nn^'a^ see in rrnsa^.
D"''l2f'a dual pr. n. for Egypt. Gen. 46,
34. 50, 11 ; often more fully D7"^a^ y"?.^.
the land of Egypt, fem. Gen. 45, 20. 47,
6. 13. Also for the people, the Egyp-
tians, in prose, and mostly with plur.
Gen. 45. 2. 47, 15. 20. 50, 3. Ex. 1, 14;
rarely with sing. maso. 14, 25. 31 ; poet,
with sing. masc. Is. 19, 16. 25. Jer. 46, 8,
and fem. Hos. 9. 6. Joel 4, 19. With
n loc. nii^-iso Gen. 26, 2. al. Sing.
"".iiJ^ Lower Egypt q. v. Hence the
dual C^^Jtia seems to have originally
denoted the two Egijpls. i. e. Lower and
Upper Egypt (the latter pr. Oi"'PB) by
zeugma, as we now say tJie two Sicilies,
for Sicily and Naples; although this
origin being afterwards left out of view,
the dual c'^"iaT2 is sometimes so employed
as not to include Pathros or upper Egypt,
Is. 11.11. Jer. 44, 15. Others ineptly refer
the dual form to the two parts of Egypt
as divided by the Nile. The Arabs have
Go
the eing. -a^ Misr, Egypt, pr. limit,
border ; Syr. has the dual, although rare
"12:3
609
ip-J
in this1ill)^ini|re, r:^^^ I'he gentile
noun is ''^2113 an Egyplian Gen. 39, 1 ;
f. r.-"iaT3 Gon. 16, 1. Plur. m. C^^^
Gen. 12. 12. 14; f ri'nsia Ex. 1, 19.
[Engl. Vers, as pr. n. of pers. Mizraim.
Gen. 10, 6. 13. 1 Chr. 1, 8. R.
^"112 m. (r. Ci"is) ajining-pot, cruci-
ble, Prov. 17, 3. 27, 21.
pQ m. (r. pp.'o) rottenness, putridity.
Is. 3, 24 n-Tj-^ pT3 citJa rnn instead of a
sweet smell there shall he rottenness, i. e.
the fuitor of putrid ulcers. 5, 24 the root
shall be as rottenness i. e. rotten wood.
rQJ?tt f. (r. 3;33) a hammer, mallet,
pr. the pointed hammer of the stone-
cutter and smith, 1 K. 6, 7. Is. 44, 12.
Jer. 10, 4. Hence prob. the name Max-
xa^nlog, ^319^, the hammerer; comp.
the French name Charles Martel.
f. (r. 3;?5) 1. i. q. n3p^^, a
hammer, Judg. 4, 21.
2. a mine, ([uarry, broken in the rock.
Is. 51, 1.
n'ljJ'Q (place of shepherds, r. 1|?3)
Makkedah, pr. n. of a place in the plain
of Judah, anciently a royal city of the
Canaanites, Josh. 10, 10. 12, 16. 15, 41.
"npTS m. (r. t'-f^) once TC'lJJTfl Dag.
euph. Ex. 15, 17; c. sutf. "115^^3. once
irreg. '''^'^p.^. Num. 18. 29; plur. b-'mj^TS ,
constr. ^B'np^.
1. any thing sacred, hallowed, Num.
18, 29.
2. a holy place, sanctuary, espec. the
sacred tabernacle of the Israelites, Ex.
25, 8. Lev. 12, 4. 21, 12. Num. 10, 21.
18, 1 ; the temple 1 Chr. 22, 19. 2 Chr.
29,21. Dan. 11.31. al. Often more fully,
^1 ttJnpT3 opia Is. 60, 13; ''I ai'np'a TiaiQ
Dan. 8. 11. 7\?P^. ^"^Ip^ the kiug^s sanc-
tuary, i. e. set apart and sacred to him-
self Am. 7, 13. Plur. ^1 n-'s ^^-^-^tz Jer.
51, 51 sanctuaries (sacred places) of the
temple; bx "'^"^k'^ Ps- 73, 17 id. But
bx"'.',:J7 ^T^vP^ l^^ sanctuaries of Israel,
i. e. idolatrous and unlawful, Am. 7, 9.
3. an asylum, the temple and sacred
places among the Hebrews having the
privilege of an asylum, as also among
the Greeks, Is. 8, 14. Ez. 11. 16; cqmp.
1 K. I, 50. 2, 28. See 2 Mace. 4, 34.
Pausan. Corinth. 13.
D'^Vr?!?^ rn. plur. Ps. 26, 12, and
nibnpia f. plur. Ph. 63, 27. R. bn;? .
1. (isnemhties, chiefly of those praising
God. choirs, Ps. 11. cc.
2. Makhdoth, pr. n. of a station of the
Israelites in the desert. Num. 33, 25.
"31?^ m. also 1IpP 2 Chr. 1, 16
Cheth. once n]pT3 1 K. 10, 28 ; constr.
n;pn 2 Chr. 1, 16- R. n;;5.
1. expectation, hope, confidence, 1 Chr.
29, 15. Ezra 10, 2. Also one in whom
confidence is placed, of God Jer. 14, 8.
17, 13. 50, 7.
2. a gathering together, collection, see
r. njl? Niph. a) Of waters. Gen. 1, 10.
Ex.'?, 19. Lev. 11, 36. b) a band,
company, of men and animals, e. g. of
horses, a caravan ; so prob. in 1 K. 10,
28 iTins nnpTS !)np?7 T^ban 'nnb nn^ijian
and a company of the king^s merchcmts
brought from Egypt a company of horses
al a price; also 2 Chr. 1, 16. There is
a play of words in the double use of the
word ri;ipa for a band of merchants and
a troop of horses. So Piscator and Va-
tablus ; but interpreters have here very
widely differed ; see Bochart Hieroz. T.
I. 'p. 171. 172. Michaelis Supplem. p.
1271. Mos. Recht III. p. 331.
n*j?5a f (r.n|i|5 Niph.) gatlie ring-place
for waters, a pool, reservoir. Is. 22, 11.
OipTO, also Dp^? Ex. 29, 13 (r. o^ip)
constr. Dip^, c. sutf. itsipa, PTTspTS G&n.
29, 3; plur. maipa, c. suff. cniap^a ;
comm. gend. rarely fem. Gen. 18, 24.
Job 20, 9, in plur. 2 Sam. 17, 12 Cheth.
1. place, pr. station, from standing,
etc. Arab. *lXo, Eth. <^<!?^<^, id.
Phen. cpa place, town. Gen. 1, 9. 13,
3. 14. 22, 3. 28, 11. 17. Ecc. 3, 20. 6, 6.
al. ssep. Gen. 24, 23 a place for us to
lodge in. v, 25. 31. "iS cipa a narrow
place Num. 22. 26 ; dinp '73 a holy place
Ex. 29, 31 ; i"na 'a a clean place Lev.
4, 12. 6. 4 ; 8t wi: 'a an unclean place Lev.
14. 40. cipia-bsa in every place, every
where, Num' 18,' 31. Prov. 15, 3. "jM
h n'ipa to assign a place to any one, e. g.
for sitting 1 Sam. 9, 22, or dwelling
Jo.sh. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 27, 5 ; but also to
give place to any one, i. e. to give way
to yield, Judg. 20, 36. b Dipa arcJ to ao-
np:a
610
bp)2
fx)int a place to any one, sc. as a refuge
Ex. 21, 13, or for dwelling 2 Sam. 7,
10. 1 K. 8, 21. With genit. V^-in cip::
the place of ashes Lev. 1, 16; i^ip^ '"O a
place of (for) cattle Num. 32, 1 ; l^^ 'a
David's place, seat, 1 Sam. 20, 25. 27.
Spec, ^/(e place of any one, i. e. a) a
dwelling-place, habitation, home, Gen.
29, 26. 30, 25. Num. 24, 11. Judg. 11, 19;
also Ex. 3, 8. Ps. 44, 20. Is. 18, 7. Pro-
verbially Job 7, 10 iaipj: ^is is'^.'^s;; !!<b
Ais place shall know him no more, i. e.
he shall be wholly forgotten. Ps. 103, 16 ;
comp. Job 20, 9. Ps. 37, 10. Also Job 16,
18 "^rprt]? Dip^ ^n'l h^ let there be no
abiding-place for my cry, i. e. no delay,
but let it ascend at once to God. b) A
place where any thing is found.^rtdmo--
place, as snjs 'n Job 28, 1 (parall. Xi^io).
V. 6. Comp. V. 12. 23. The constr. state
is often found before "^t'N, espec. in the
phrase "iirs nSp^a in the place where,
Lev. 4, 24! 33. 6, 18. 2 Sam. 15, 21. 1 K.
21, 19. Jer. 22, 12 ; also -a CipTD-bwS id.
Ecc. ], 7 ; and with nt as relat. Ps. 104,
8. Sometimes the absol. is retained, as
"^TTX Clpr-bs Josh. 1, 3. Deut. 12, 13.
Ex. 21, 13. al. In the later books cip^a
iirx, or tt! cip'Q. the place where, is some-
times used redundantly for MJ^ere (ilTsa,
irN). ichercver; Ecc. 11, 3 bs^d cip-o
Kin^ cd yrn where the treefalleih there
it shall be. Esth. 4. 3. 8, 17. Ez. 6, 13 ; so
too Gen. 39, 20. 40, 3. Adv. with genit.
i. q. in place of. instead of, Is. 33, 21. Hos.
2, 1 [1, 10]. Ecc. 3, 16. Comp. Arab.
jjixxo, Syr. Ajo5, locus et adv. loco.
2. a place, i. e. a town, village, Gen.
18. 24. 19, 12. 14. 29, 22. 23, 17. ''ffiSX
Cipsn the men of the place, the inhabi-
tants, Judg. 19. 16; i-oip-a "Td Ruth 4. 10.
Also a region, district, Judg. 1 8. 10. aipia
D2ir the region of Shechem Gen. 12, 6.
1'lp^ m. (r. *iip) constr. "ipa Lev.
12, 7; c. suff. i-^Va, nnpa Lev. 20. 17;
a fountain, pr. opened by digging, Hos.
13. 15. Jer. 51, 36. Zech. 13, 1. lipa
fc^n W^Xi a fountain of living waters
Jer. 2, 13. 17, 13. Trop. fmntain of
tears, i. e. the eye, Jer. 8, 23 ; fount-ain
of blood, by euphemism for ptifienda mu-
liebriP. Lev. 12.7. 20. 18 (where C-a^ is
omitted) ; fmntain of life or happiiiefis
Ps. 36, 10. Prov. 10, 11. 13, 14. 14,27:
16, 22 ; fountain of wisdom Prov. 18, 4.
In a different sense, Ps. 68, 27 Tipaa
bxnb'; ye from the fountain of Israel,
i. e. who are the posterity of Israel ;
comp. ui-q Is. 48, 1.
'^'^'Q m. (r. npb) a talcing, receiving,
ofgii\s2 Chr. 19, 7.
tTinj5ia f plur. (r. np? no. 2) wares,
merchandise, Neh. 10, 32, comp. v. 31.
Talm. n;?a emtio.
It2j?'a m. (r. ^;5 I ) incense, Ex. 30, 1.
'^'Ti^'^ f. (r. TJp I) a censer, for
burning incense, 2 Chr. 26, 19. Ez. 8, 11.
^H ? obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ethiop.
ll^A and fl^A to germinate, to
sprout, (3 and a being interchanged,)
whence fl4**A. a sprout, scion, twig.
From this again comes the secondary
verb 't'fl^A to punish, pr. obviously, to
smite with a rod, although Ludolf sepa-
rates these roots in his Lex. p. 238.
Comp. also Syr. }Lca^. The Lat. bacu-
lus is not here to be drawn into compari-
son ; for this comes from (Sua), and is
pr. a walking-stick, comp. ^uxti]^iov.
Hence the two following:
^)?'53 m. constr. bpa Jer. 1, 11. and
bpa Gen. 30, 37, c. suff. ibpa, c=bpa ;
plur. nibpa ; a shoot, rod, Gen. 30, 37 sq.
Jer. 1, 11. Then, a staff (comp. "^'^h),
which one carries in his hand. Gen. 32,
11. Ex. 12. 11. 1 Sam. 17, 40. 41 ; with
which an animal is beaten Num. 22. 27;
the crook of a shepherd Zech. 11. 7 sq.
-i"^ b;3a a dart or javelin Ez. 39, 9.
Chalii. T^ bp-a spiculum.-Castell. Ofa
divining rod, qKf^Sofuxvtua, Hos. 4, 12.
f^'i'lP'O (perh. for nibpTS staves) Mik-
loth. pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 27, 4. b) 1 Chr.
8, 32. 9, 37. 38.
'^ ?)?''? m. (r. l;bp no. 2) a refuge, asy-
lum. Num. 35, 12. 15. Josh. 20, 3. "i-'S
i:bpa a city of refuge, for homicides to
flee to, Josh. 21, 13. 21. 27. 32. 36; plur.
jbp??: >-is Num. 35, 6. Josh. 20, 2. 1 Chr.
6,'42. 52.'
f^?^)?^ f. (r. rb;? II ) sculpture, carved
work. sc. in relief 1 K. 6. 18. Plur.
nrbpa , constr. rnybiria , 1 K. 6, 29. 32.
7, 31.'
Dpa Gil
B^tt see in oipa.
n:pT3 m. (r. npj once fern. Ex. 31.
19; constr. filp^'Q, c. suff. ^3;?TS, 1^5p^l^,
i::j3^ ; also sing, with rnd. Yodli re-
tained (see under nirria, nx-na, Heb.
Gr. 91. 9. n), us '3p 7ny flock Num. 20,
19, rpjpa i/,y flock Is. 30. 23 ; but plur.
where tiie suH". is plur. and refers to more
than one, as D3''5p5i3 your flocks 2 K. 3,
17. Josh. 1. 14 ; cn'':;M their flocks Gen.
36, 7. 46, 6. 47, 17. jer. 49, 32.
1. a purchase, i. e. things bought,
Gen. 49, 32.
2. po.tsessirmn, riches, vealth, but al-
ways of co/Z/e, in which alone the wealth
of nomadic tribes consists ; comp. Gr.
xT^jo?. pr. i. q. xT^/i, possession ; oiV
i. q. Lat. ovis and opg (whence opilio),
plur. opes; Arab. JLo, Syr. ^^Tmnl,
opes et oves ; comp. also Germ, das Gut
used in Holstein for cattle, see Voss on
Virg. Eel. 10. 19. So Gen. 13, 2. 7. 29,
7. Ex. 9, 4. 6. Is. 30, 23. al. sa;p. ^tZii
n;pT3 men of cattle, herdsmen, shep-
herds. Gen. 46, 32. 34. n:p-3 y-}_i< a
land for cattle, adapted for pasturage,
Num. 32. 1. 4. The word mp^ is strict-
ly used only of sheep, goats, and neat
cattle, ("^I^SI ]^'-^,) excluding beasts of
burden ; Gen. 26, 14 n:;?":^ -(Xa njp-Q
ipja. 47, 17 and Joseph gave them
bread "^l^ar! "Hh'^^si "(Xsn wpTsrsi c^p^sa
d"-)tnni.' Ecc.2,'7. 2 Chr. 32, 29. Gen!
36, 6. Num. 31, 9. More rarely asses
and camels are also comprehended, e. g.
Job 1, 3.
^Pl?''? fern, of nsp^ 1. purchase Lev.
27, 22 ; nipari nso a bill of purchase
Jer. 32, 11 sq. Concr. thing purchased,
as C103 rsp^ purchase of money, a slave
bought with money, Gen. 17, 12. 13. 23.
Ex. 12, 44. Also price of purchase,
Lev. 25, 16. 51.
2. a possession, Gen. 23, 18.
^^??(?''? (possession of Jehovah) Mik-
neiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 21.
QDjP'D m. (r. txyp) divination, Ez. 12,
24. 13, 7.
TT?^ (end, r. ysp, like "OB from T^ao)
Makaz. pr. n. of a place in Dan or Ju-
dah 1 K. 4, 9.
^\,^ n ^ f, r^V
L.#A. ^.^y
?"i2pa m. also ?Si?T3 Ei. 46, 21 (r.
ssp) plur. nriffsa, constr. "rispp, e.
sulf. vnirsi^ia ; an angle, comer, Ex.
26, 24. 36, 29. Neh, 3, 19. 20. 24. 25.
Mostly an internal angle, Ez. 46, 21. 22.
Neh. 3, 24.
ny^SjJ'a n (r. rxp) a chisel, carving-
tool, with which wooden images were
carved out ; Plur. nlrspia Is. 44, 13.
Targ. boTX a knife, cutter.
f^Sjt')?, see inPSfj no. 2.
Pj2'9 in Kal not used, to melt, (opine
away, comp. kfndr. "3^ , I^^B , 31B , q. v.
Chald. id. Comp. among occidental
roots maceo, macer.
NiPH. p^a fut. iipa^ 1. to be melted,
to melt. Is. 34, 4 n''7:e.-!-Nas-i>3 ipr;
and all the stars of heaven .shall melt, be
melted, sc. like wax candles, to which
the poet thus compares them ; so Vi-
tringa well explains this image. Hence
toJlouD, to run, of ulcers, Ps. 38, 6 'p^a
^rnnsri my sores run sc. witli matter.
2. to pine away, to consume away, of
the eyes and tongue, Zech. 14. 12 ; of
men, Lev. 26, 39. Ez. 24, 23. 33, 10.
HiPH. p-qry^ causat. to cause to pine
away, Zech. 14, 12.
Deriv. pa .
"Ip^S see in "lipo.
^7)?^ m- (r. ^ITO plur- constr. ''X'^pa.
1. a calling together, convocation ;
Num. 10, 2 vrvsy\ s-ipab for convoking
the assembly. Hence a) a convocation,
assembly, sc. of the people for worship
and for the performance of the sacred
rites, navriyvgtg, Is. 1, 13. Often Jtipa
a-i'p Lev. 23, 3. 7. 8. 24. 27. Num.'28J
25. 26. b) place of convocation, plur.
holy places, Is. 4, 5.
2. a reading, reading aloud. Neh. 8,
8 they gave attention to the reading.
^)I5'Q m. (r. frnp) 1. hap, chance,
accident, 1 Sam. 6' 9. 20, 26. Ruth 2, 3.
2. lot, fortune, event, which happens
to any one. Ecc. 2, 14 n"ip-i nnx n-;pa
o^STX the same event happens to them
all. V.15. 3, 19. 9,2.3.
T!?^'Q m. (r. trip) pr. part. ?i. frame,
frame-work of beams, joists, etc. Ecc.
10, 18.
"1P7J
612
fc^-i-a
'^'^i?''? ^ (r. "i"^!?) a cooling, refreshing,
Judg. 3,' 20. 24.
^pX! see ^i^.i^ .
nffiJpXJ m. (r. nirjs II) pr. turned work,
opus tomatum, i. q. fem. ncpa . Once,
Is. 3, 24 nef?a niyya iwmefZ work, lit.
* work of turned work,' ironically of the
iiair dressed in artificial curls. Otiier
interpretations see in Thesaur. p. 1243.
1. TMD'^'iZ f of the preced. tixrned work,
opus tomatum, both of wood Ex. 25. 18,
and of gold and silver Ex. 25, 31. So
of the golden candelabra Ex. 25, 31. 36.
37,17.22. Num. 8, 4; of the silver trump-
ets, Num. 10, 2 ; of a column, Jer. 10, 5 ;
of the cherubim, Ex. 25, 18 nirsn ncpia
crk with turned work shalt thou make
them, sc. the cherubs. These were of
oleaster-wood covered with gold, as
appears from 1 K. 6, 23, comp. v. 28 ;
hence the signification of solid, beaten
gold, assigned by some to ncp^, as
if from r. niL'j? no. I, is false.
II. ni^jvia m. (for x^'iT^, denom.from
i<'i"p cucumber) ajield of cucumbers. Is.
1, 8. Arab. jSLiiw^
^"0 m. (r. i-,i:) A) From the root
no. 1; svibst. a drop, Is. 40, 15.
B) From the root no. 2. 1. Adj. with
fem. n-^^ , bitter. Is. 5. 20. Prov. 27, 7 ;
of brackish water, bitter, acrid, Ex. 15,
23. Metaph. a) sad, sorrowful, Ez.
3, 14 ; often of the mind Job 21, 25 ; "T3
1!3B3 bitter in spirit, sad at heart. 1 Sam.
1, io. 22, 2. Job 3, 20. Prov. 31, 6. b)
bitter, of a cry. of grief, etc. i. e. vehe-
ment ; ST^^" i^V"^? '"'r?'^^ ^ great and
hitter cryGen.^27'. 34.'E8th. 4, 1. Ez. 27,
81 "^a *iBpT3 bitter lamentation i. e. vehe-
ment. Also of a bitter or cruel fate,
Jer. 4, 18. Prov. 5, 4. Am. 8, 10. c)
For fierce, vehement, raging, i. q. Arab.
f-iyjo, (whence also we see how TS
strong can stand in antithesis to sweet
Judg. 14, 14.) Hab. 1, 6 ; UJE3 no id.
Judg. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 17, 8. d j deadly,
destructive, Ps. 64, 4. Jer. 2, 19. Ecc. 7,
26 ; comp. in no. 2. c.
2. Subst. a) bitterness, as of death
1 Sam. 15, 32. b) 'iB3 ib the bitter-
ness of my soul, sadness. Job 7. 11. 10. 1.
Is. 38, 15. c) bitter lot, calamity, Is.
38, 17. Hence deadliness, destruction,
Num. 5, 24. 27 ; D-inan ^a the deadly
waters v. 18. 19. 24.
3. Adv. bitterly; sola Is. 33,7. Zeph.
1. 14 ; nni: Ez. 27, 30.
lb ni. fully ITa Cant. 4, 6. 5, 5, c.
Makk. -na Ex. 30, 23 ; myrrh, so called
from its flowing, distilling, see r. inia
2,
no. 1, Arab, -x, Gr. fivguu (as if from
a fem. frnp) also o-jUi'^rH ; a substance
which distils in tears from a tree grow-
ing in Arabia, resembling the Egyptian
thorn according to Dioscor. 1. 17. These
tears then harden into a bitter aromatic
gum, which was highly prized, and used
in incense Ex. 30. 23 ; in perfumes Ps.
45, 9. Prov. 7. 17. Cant. 3. 6 ; in unguents
Esth. 2, 12. Cant. 5, 5 ; and among the
Greeks forstrengthening wine, Mark 15,
23. 36. The best kind was called nxj
n^r Cant. 5, 5, and li-i-n -17a Ex. 30, 23,
as distilling of itself from the tree, and
therefore most highly prized, ufjvQva
(TTuxTij, Sept. afivfjva ixXtxTtj. So ""jts
"lisn a bag of myrrh, worn for the sake
of its perfume (as CE3 r'^a Is. 3. 20) sus-
pended from the neck of a female, CanL
1,13. (Others understand here a bun-
dle of the flowers or leaves of myrrh,
against the common usage of the words.)
Of the tree, however, which produces
the myrrh, we have had until recently
no accurate account. Ehrenberg dis-
covered it in Arabia, and has fully de-
scribed it. The name is balsamodendron
viyrrha ; see Nees v, Esenbeck Plant.
Officin. Tab. 357. Comp. Dioscor. 1. c.
with Sprengel's commentary. Celsii
Hierobot. T. I. p. 520.
* I. i^TJ i. q. nyi , ^Ja 1. io lash,
to whip, e. g. a horse into a more rapid
course ; see Hiph.
2. to be perverse, rebellious. Part. fem.
nxniia, i. q. nnio, rebellious, Zeph. 3, 1.
Hiph. once of the ostrich rising from
her nest, and by the flapping of her
wings lashing herself up into her course.
Job 39, 18 ifn^an ciisa rys yet now
she khshes herself vp on high. Comp.
wa and aid. All the ancient intpp.
to raise oneself up, to rise up, as if Stnia
were by transp. for csn , Oil .
Kn?j
613
-i:a
FI. i^'^'2 or ^y^, a root not
found in the verb, to be "well fed, to be
*-^ ^
fat. Arab. Ijjo and (<w bene profecit
6. bene cessit cibus, .^ fortis (pr. pin-
guis), virilia fuit, whence ijjo, Chald.
V!yo , a man. Kindred are xna Hiph. to
feed, to fatten, X'^'ia fat, which we have
referred (see xna) to the idea of cutting
up, and so of eating. But perhaps this
signif may come rather from the notion
of filling, since ^<';)a, X^a, approach near
to xb^ q. V. Comp. the Sanscr. pri.pri,
to fill, nourish, sustain. Hence X"'no
fat. nst'J'O crop, of a bird, and pr. n.
^"?^ (i. q. iTiTa sad) Mara, pr. n. f.
Ruth 1, 20 Cheth. See in nn^ II. 2. b.
S5^T3 Chald. m. dominus, lord, Dan,
2, 47. 4, 16. 21. 5, 23. Syr. jlj^i^ , Arab.
%jX, id. pr. man. R. X-ia II.
t5"nb see K'li^ .
f'li^'Ta Merodach, see Tj"i'"itt .
'J'lSba ^I^i^lia (Merodach i. e. Mars
his lord ; according to Bohlen i. q. Pers.
jMtc>^o t^i^jX vir laudatus, but less
well.) Merodach-Baladan. pr. n. of a
king of Babylon, Is. 39, 1, according to
Berosus (in Euseb. Chron. Vers. Arm.
ed. Aucher. T. I, p. 42, 43), a viceroy
of the king of Assyria, who rebelled and
seized the kingdom of Babylon for him-
self; see Comm. on Isa. 1. c. Hitzig
supposes the Merodach- Baladan of Be-
rosus to have been a different person.
He is also called "("ix^a Ti'jXia q. v. the
C being exchanged for a.
^^^TQ m. (r. nxn) constr. tix"?^, c.
suff. rfX"}^ Cant. 2. 5, T^i^'i'O 2, 14. inx-i^o
Lev. 13, 34, nxnia v. 4.20; more fre-
quently with suffix forms apparently
plural, but of which the Yod is never-
theless radical (see nbSD, Mspia. and
Heb. Gr. 91. 9. n), as TJTX'ii? Cant. 2,
14, 1'^X"!^ Job 41. 1. and cfl''*?'!'? ; V'^''*?"?'? ,
which are construed with the sing. Gen.
41, 21. Lev. 14, 37. Dan. 1, 15; but
irxn^ Dan. 1, 13 constr. with a plur.
verb! Plur. constr. 'J<n Ecc. 11, 9
Cheth. in Keri nxna.
52
1. sight, aspect, view, the act of looking
upon. Gen. 41, 2. Cant. 2, 14. al. Bsep.
Arab. 'i\Jo id. Lev. 13, 12 nxna-bab
,nBn "'3'^5 according to all the viewing
of the priest, i. e. so far as the priest can
see. Deut. 28, 34 rprs nsj^nia wliat thine
eyes behold, v. 67, Is. 11, 3! Ez. 23, 16.
Ecc. 11, 9.
2. appearance, form, Engl, looks, Ex.
24, 17. Ez. ], IG. 28. Often in the gen.
after an adj. nxna rc"; Gen. 12, 11. 29,
17, nsna rai-J 24, 16. 26,7, i. e. of a fair
appearance, fine form; and so with i,
as '^!<^^^ "^^1? ^f ^ pleasant appear-
ance. form. Gen. 2, 9 ; "5$"}^^ i>ina Josh.
2, 10 ; hence put simpl. for comeliness,
beauty, Is. 53. 2. In the prophetic style,
the form of a thing is something like
that thing, comp. in n^nsi no. 3. Dan.
10, 18 nns nsniiS 'a-ra*] there touched
vie something like the form of a man,
i. e. having the semblance of a man.
Ez. 8, 2, and so Ez. 1, 26 nxi-ca n-cn.
3. sight, thing seen, vision, Ex. 3, 3.
Ez. 8, 4, 11, 24. 43, 3. Dan. 8, 16.
nX'l'a f (r. nj<n) 1. a vision, Num.
12, 6.' 1 Sam. 3' 15. Dan. 10, 7. 8. 16.
^V^^n f"**"!"? nocturnal visions Gen.
46,' 2. D'^n^3i< nix-ia visions from God
Ez. 1, 1. 8, 3!" 40, 2'.
2. a mirror, i. e. a polished plate of
metal, i. q. ''XI , plur. Ex. 38, 8. Arab.
8 I *,5 id.
Hijntt f (r. s^na no. II) the crop^
craw?, of birds, Lev. 1. 16. Arab,
id.
nosn'a josh, is, 44, (i. q. nx-ia,
q. d. on the top of a hill, denom. fr. tfixn)-
contr. ncnia 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 11, 8,
14, 8. 9. Mic. 1, 15 ; Mareshah, pr. n. a)'
A fortified city in the plains of Judah,
Josh. Chr. 11. cc. Gr. MaQr^au Jos. Ant..
8. 10, 1 ; MaQiaaa 12. 8. 6. Euseb. and
Jerome place its ruins " in secundo la-
pide Eleutheropoleos," Onomast. art..
MuQt]aa ; and the remains of an ancient,
site are still visible on a hill about a
Roman mile and a half southeast fromj
Beit Jibrin, the ancient Eleutheropolis;.
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. li. p. 422. comp..
p. 397, b) A man, 1 Chr. 2, 42.
i^"!"J
614
TI13
nCiinia f. (denom. fr. t^-i) pr. al the
head, what is at the head, comp. niban??
at the feet. Plur. rrijs-na id. and
poet, the head itself; Jer.'lS, 18 '^'^l
D^PinXEri nnt;? ns-'rosia (from) your
heads shall come down the crown of your
glory ; here T^^ is followed by the ace.
of that from which, like N2t^, ~^>-
Sept. Vulg. and Syr. seem to have read
D3"'ril)XT?3//'oi at your heads, with the
Bame vowels as "'rax-:? 1 Sam. 26. 12,
which is also well. See the next art.
niTrS?ntl f. plur. (denom. fr. OS^) i. q.
fitCS"ii3 . pr. 'place at the head, as 1 Sam.
19,16; opp. ni-ai^. Put in the accus.
as Adv. at the head of any one ; c. sutf.
("nilJNnTD at his head 1 K. 19. 6. 1 Sam.
26, 7. 11. 16 ; also under the head of any
one, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. Gen. 28. 11. 18.
With a genit. 1 Sam. 26, 12 he took
the spear . . . bai ^ritix'^^ from at the
head of Saul, where ^ seems to imply
removal, diff. from v. 11 -i'^.? r'':nrf-n>{
'ia ; and we must suppose, either that
'rttis-ip is here for "'riiisnaT; , one a
being dropped ; or that "^nilJxn is here
put for "iriusna. For the double plur.
comp. ''niaa p. 139, note.
^TQ (increase, r. -?7; ^^ *^^ from
rro) Merab. pr. n. of a daughter of Saul,
1 Sam. 14. 49. 18, 17. 19.
D'^'^S'I'Q m. plur. (3 without Dag.) co-
verings, coverlets, as spread upon beds,
Prov. 7, 16. 31,22. R. ^=7-
r>3"l'a m. (r. J^3^) 1. enlargement,
increase, Is. 9, 6.
2. greatness, abundance. Is. 33, 23
na"!^ bbiu a great spoil.
niil'n'a f. (r. ^y^) largeness, ampli-
tude, concr. ample, large, Ez. 23, 32.
rr'S"!'?? f. (r. fiS^) 1- greatness, mul-
titude, 2 Chr. 9, 'e. 30, 18. With suff.
cn'^an^ the multitude of them, i. e. the
greater part, 1 Chr. 12, 29.
2. increase of a family, offspring, 1
Sam. 2, 33.
3. increase on money, interest, nsury,
Lev. 25, 37. Comp. Gr. loxo,; from
t/xt(i, Lat. fenus from feo i. e, fero. pa-
tio, whence fetus, fecundus ; see Gellius
18. 13. Arab. U fenus, Lj IV fencra-
vit. Syr. ^?. "
T?'?''? Tn. (r. 7?"^) crouching-place,
lair, of animals Zeph. 2, 15 ; of flocks,
constr. 73";^ Ez. 25, 5. See Lehrg.
p. 578.
"prTp^ rn. (r. pan) stall, stable, in
which cattle are tied, Am. 6, 4. '"Q ba
a stalled calf fatted, 1 Sam. 28, 24. Jer.
46, 21. Mai. 3, 20.
-*_;'- obsol. root, prob. i. q. 5^5, Arab,
qoadril
I, so far as can be gath-
ered from the derivatives, viz.
1. to roll rapidly, to revolve, whence
5"ii73 threshing-roller or sledge ; unless
perhaps 5"ia in this noun is i. q. nn3,
pnT2 , to rub, to rub in pieces.
2. to talk rapidly, pr. ' to roll out dis-
course,' as babblers, tale-bearers, whence
s -o^
_wO, 'anj, a whisperer, tale-bearer.
yi51"Q m. (r. rjn) rest, place of rest,
Jer. 6,16.
niba"l'a f. plur. (denom. fr. bin) place
at the feet of any one, opp. nifflxn?: q. v.
Ruth 3. 4. 7. Dan. 10. 6. Ace' as adv.
at the feet of any one. Ruth 3, 8. 14.
MUSI'S f! (r. c>i) a heap of siones ;
5 ^ --
Arab. |va-j a heap of stones to mark a
grave, tumulus. Prov. 26, 8 ',ai< niiss
nTaanra as a bag of gems in a heap of
stones, a proverbial expression similar
to that in Matt. 7, 6. Sept. a sling, as
if from r. Dan to throw stones ; hence
the version : vg unoSeujinti Xl&ov h
atptrdort].
nyan'a f. (r. ran) re^, qtdet, Is. 28, 12.
* "l^^'J fut. n'-n27 to he disobedient,
perverse, to rebel, to fall away from one's
allegiance ; absol. Gen. 14, 4. Neh. 6, 6 ;
with a of pers. against whom 2 K. 18, 7.
20. 24. 1. 20. Is. 36. 5. Jer. 52, 3 ; b?
Neh. 2, 19. 2 Chr. 13, 6; rarely with
ace. (comp. n^Tj) Josh. 22, 19. Job 24,
13 nix '"lib rebels against the light,
enemies of the light. niTT'a nna to rebel
against (fall away from) Jehovah, by
idolatry. Josh. 22, 16 sq. Ez. 2, 3. Dan.
9, 9. Syr. Jjio id. Arab. Owe pervi-
cax. contumax fuit. Kindred is nna .
Deriv. the four (oFlowing, and pr. n.
ninrs.
ITJ
615
ni'j
^t) Chald. m. rebellion, i. q. Heb.
*i-i"a, Ezra 4, 19.
T^^ Chald. adj. rehelliotis, f. K"J';'9,
emphat. xnnnia , Ezra 4, 12. 15.
"T?"? m. (r. Ti) 1. rebellion, defec-
tion, josh. 22, 22. '
2. Mered, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 17. 18.
rm^T? f (r. i"n3) rebelliousness, con-
tumacy, 1 Sam. 20, 30.
'^T^'^ Jer. 50, 2, Merodach, pr. n. of
an idol of ihe Babylonians, prob. the
planet Mars, to which, as the god of
blood and slaughter, as well as to Sa-
turn, the ancient Semitic nations offered
human sacrifices ; see on this worship
among the ancient Arabs, Coram, on Is.
II. p. 344 sq. The name which tliis divi-
nity has among the Arabs and Zabians,
A^wjo, ^ a^^, seems to have come
from the Heb. or Ararasean (Mirrikh
from Mirdich), and the origin of this
latter comports well with the god of war
and slaughter, viz. Merodach, from the
general root Mord, Mort, which in old
Germ, signifies both death and murder
(see in niia no. 1), and the formative syl-
lable ach, och, so frequent in Assyrian
and Chaldean names, comp. Tj!?? , 7^'i''"?S< ,
T^nps. So too Mars, Mavors, mors,
seem to have a kindred origin. Others,
as Hitzig, suppose Merodach to come
from Pers. ^i^yja man, pr. Utile m^n,
manikin, used in endearment ; see in
'(ij'n . Of the worship of this idol by the
Assyrians and Babylonians, besides the
passage of Jeremiah above cited, we
have testimony in the proper names of
the kings of Assyria and Babylonia,
which are often compounded with this
name, (see Comm. on Is. I. p. 281.) as
TCP^ b-iix and Tix'ua -"iKi^ . q. v. also
Mesessimordachus, Sisimordachus.
^Tiy^ (Pers. ^5^v> little man,
raanikm, or else, worshipper of Mars. fr.
"nnr q. V.) Mnrd^cai, pr. n. a) A Jew
of the tribe of Benjamin, living in the
metropolis of Persia, tlie foster-father
of Esther, and afterwards chief minis-
ter of state. Esth. 2. 5 sq. Sept. MnQ-
doxi'loG. b) It is uncertain, whether
the Mordecai who returned with Ze-
rubbabel is the same person, Ezra 2, 2.
Neh. 7, 7.
Sl'^7^ m. Is. 14, 6 (pr. pari. Hoph. of
r. Cl"?^) subst. persecution. So, if the
orthography is correct; but there is lit-
tle doubt that with Doderlein we ought
for 7\T\'0 to replace r'nnia dominion, from
r. JTin , See Comm. on Is. 1. c.
''f '9 1* P*"- ' 1' '^^^ ^> Arab. ;Cwo>
to stroke, to stripe, espec. with a whip, to
lash, as KHT3 ; or the skin with a razor,
whence Hniia razor, see Schultens ad
Harir. Cons, I. p. 24. De defect, ling.
Hebr. p. 117. Kindred is nn'Q to rub, to
rub over, etc. Hence
2. to be perverse, refractory, to rebel;
pr. to resist, to repel by striking and
fighting with the hands and feet. Arab.
^jjo to refuse one's duty, Conj. Ill to
dispute. Constr. with a of pers. against
whom Ps. 5, 11. Hos. 14, 1. Also with
ace. (pr. to repulse any one) Jer. 4, 17.
Ps. 105, 28. Often in the Ibrmula nnia
nin^ ""STK to rebel against (resist) the
divine command, Num. 30, 24. 27, 14.
1 Sam. 12, 15. Possibly this may have
been taken originally in its proper sense,
'to strike or smite upon the mouth of
any one,' i. e. to refuse to hear his words,
to treat him with contempt ; comp.
r. xnia Chald. Piel. Absol. Deut. 21,
18. 20' n-ii'^n nnio -,2 a stubborn and
rebellious son. Ps. 78. 8. Jer. 5, 23. Is. 1,
20. 50, 1. Lam. 3. 42. Metaph. 2 K. 14,
26 -IXT2 n-iia bi<";'C57 ^l-S the affliction of
Israel was very perverse, i. e. stubborn,
incurable. The ancient versions render
it bitter; either reading nnin (for n-173)
as adj. or assigning this sense to the
verb nnia .
HiPH. ri'^'O'n, fat. trnr'i, apoc. ipni
Ez. 5, 6, i. q. Kal no. 2. to resist, to op-
pose, to rebel. Job 17, 2 'i^n cn-i-isna
^?''? pr. on their contradiction rests mine
eye. i. e. they surround me with contra-
diction and reproach in their mouths.
Also freq. of those who rebel against
God; constr. a) With a again.<st.Vs.
106. 43. Ez. 20, 8. 13. 21 ;'once "lan-bx
ia Ex. 23, 21 for '':n~bx. see in r. i-^a
Hiph. note, b) With c? Deut. 9. 7.
24. pr. to contend ir/7/ any one. 37, 24.
c) With accus. as in Kal. Ps. 78, 17. 4a
n-153
616
tn^
5C. 107. 11. Ez. 5, 6. Often in the for- |
niula !Tin7 "^stx i^y^^ for which see
in Kal. Deut. 1, 26. 43.' Josh. 1, 18 ; and
in the same sense 's n^iiTX irj^H P^-
106, 33, also "^^ "'.rr 'n q. d. to provoke
the eyes of Jehovah Is. 3, 8.
Deriv. fTi^ I, nnis, *''n^, and pr. n.
ri'-^'o'^, f^^"^^, f^'i"''^^, 0^152, rinizi, nnia.
1. nn'a f (r. nn73) only dual, Jer. 50,
21 C']r';'2 ynx land of double rebellion
or contumacy, i. e. Babylonia, in which
iirst the Assyrians and then the Baby-
lonians detained and afflicted the people
of God. Others Merathaim, as a syra-
ibolic pr. name.
II. m-n f (r.nnn) 1. Adj. fern, of
nv , bitter ; hence as subst. bitterness,
ii. e. calamity, misfortune, 2 Sam. 2, 26.
j\dv. bitterly, Ez. 27, 30.
2. Marah, pr. n. a) A bitter or
rbrackish fountain in the peninsula of
-.Sinai, Ex. 15, 23. Num. 33, 8. Most
probably, as Burckhardt supposes, the
same which is now called S>t^ iv^-*^
^Ain HawArah ; not the ^Ayun Musa
g~*M^ Lv3?^ ' ^^ Pococke and Niebuhr
thought. See Burckh. Trav. in Syria,
-etc. p. 472. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 96
q. b) A name assumed by Naomi,
Buth 1, 20 Keri.
TVp2 (mon-ah) f bitterness, grief,
Prov. 14, 10. R. -i'n'9 .
nnb f id. Gen. 26, 35 nn n-nb grief
lofmind. R. "i^!'?-
^T^y^ m. (r. "in) c. suff. '^'il'i'a , plur.
C'l'i"^, pr. a wandering, the condition
of a person driven from home and
wandering about destitute and afflicted.
ll,am. 1.7. 3, 19. Concr. one wandering,
ihaving no home ; Is. 58, 7 to deal thy
(bread to the hungry . and to bring home
C'lltTS D"'*55 the needy wanderers. Sept.
'well uuif'/oi, Vulg. ragi.
Til")? (prob. for ""txia , Arab. \ASi
refuge, r. 't'*f) Meroz, pr. n. of a place
in the northern part of Palestine, Judg.
5,23.
HTTQ m. (r. H'lia) pr. one bruised,
crushed; Lev. 21, 20 T^rx r.iiri vmshed
as to his tpulirles, i. e. emasculated by
cruBhing, Gr. OXadlag, &Xu(jia;. But
Sept. fi6vo{)xis. Vulg. hemiosus.
oil's m. (r. t^-i) constr. bi-.c, plur.
1. height, altitude, elevation, e. g. of a
mountain, hill, Is. 37, 24. Jer. 49, 16.
Put in the gen. after noune; Cina ^rt
bx"iw"; the high mount of Israel, i. e.
zionVEz. 17, 23. 20, 40. 34, 14.' ciiB2
on high Job 39, IS, and C1"i53 in ace. id.
Is. 37, 23 ri^rs oi-ia S<^nT and liflest
up thine eyes on high. Concr. the Most
High, excehxis, of God Ps. 92, 9; and
collect, the high, i. e. princes. Is. 24, 4.
Poetically, height, a high thing, said
of what is far above ; Ps. 10, 5 nina
i'ri.lj'3 rpqc'iia high above him are thy
judgments.
2. a high place, height, Hab. 2, 9 ;
n'ip. "'oi-.Ta the high places of the city!
Prov. 9, 3. 14 ; nnb '/= Judg. 5, 18. Ace.
in a high place Is. 22, 16. Spec, of
heaven, Ps. 18, 17. Is. 24, 18. 21. 40, 26.
57, 15. 58, 4. Jer. 25, 30 ; plur. D-^aino
id. Job 16, 19. Of the lofty seat of Je-
hovah in Zion, Ps. 7, 8; of an inacces-
sible fortress Is. 26, 5. Trop. Ps. 73, 8
they speak oilBtJ loftily; also of high
condition Job 5, 11 ; plur. id. Ecc. 10, 6.
3. elation of mind, pride ; as adv.
proudly, Ps. 56, 3.
Oil^ (height, high place, r. t>n)
Din-io th^e waters of Merom iosh. 11,
5. 7, pr. n. of the upper or highest lake
on the Jordan ; Gr. 2^ffifX'^v~nig Jos. Ant.
5. 5. 1. Arab. iU^i el-Hideh. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 339 sq.
f il^ m. (r. 7=i"i) a race, running,
Ecc. 9, 11.
I. n2^"Ta f. (r. ysii) i. q. -J^i^a, a
ninning, 2 Sam. 18, 27. Jer. 8, 6. 23, 10.
II. m^n^ f (for nsna, r. yVi) op-
pression, Jer. 22, 17.
d^p^"Ya m. plur. (r. 'pr^) purifica-
tions, Esth. 2, 12.
nil'a (bitterness, bitter fountains)
Maroth, pr. n. of a place in the tribe of
Judah, once Mic. 1, 12. R. ">']'2
nni? Jer. 16, 5, constr. nnia c.omp.
Leiiro-. p. 578 ; an outcry, either for joy,
shouting. Am. 6. 7 ; or also in sorrow,
wailing. Jer. 1. c. Comp. b^^ and 'Jn,
used both of joy and sorrow. R. nn .
nnia
617
"i::
^^1^*3 1. to 7iib, to bruise, to crush
by rubbing, see Hlia. Kindred are
pnn, nni3, and with i softened nbo II.
o -
Arab, ^wo a tree from which fire is kin-
dled by rubbing.
2. i. q. Arab. ^^ to rub over, to
anoint, e. g. the body with oil ; IV. (o
so/ten. Kindred is naia, the l being
changed for a sibilant. In Heb. once
of a cataplasm or plaster laid upon a
sore ; Is. 3S, 21 Isaiah had said, let
them take dried Jigs. TTj'iTi-bj inn^il
prjEgn. and lay them softened upon the
ulcer. Sept. xt iQtifiov xal xuTunXaoai.
^VTP^ m- (r.zr\n)wideplace,breadth,
plur. constr. ynx ""an-n: Hab. 1,6. Often
metaph.of freedom and deliverance, opp.
to slraitness. straits. ^21 ; see in r. 50^.
Ps. 18, 20 2n"i53b '':>t"'SiT he brought
me out into a large place, delivered me
out of straits. 31,9. 118, 15. Once in
a bad sense, Hos. 4, 16 -niaa ia5?3 as
a lamb in a wide place, where it can
easily wander from the flock.
pHntt m. (r. pn-n) plur. o'^pn-iB and
d-'pn-i^ Is. 33. 17. Jer. 8, 19 ; farness,
remoteness, distant place, e. g. pnn'O 'j^'^x
a distant land Is. 13, 5. Plur. n'pnnt)
Zech. 10. 9, c-'pnnT3 j^nx Is. 33, 17. Jer.
8, 19, |''i!<"';3n-ii3 Is. 8. 9. far countries,
distant lands. Also pn^a'D a) from
afar Ps. 138, 6 ; after verbs of coming
Is. 10, 3. 30, 27. b) afar off Jer. 31,
10; comp. "l^ no. 3. h. c) i. q. pinno,
see in pin-n aa. /?: Is. 17, 13 pn-i^^ Dj^
a7id they shall fee from afar, i. e. while
yet afar off.
mrnn'a f. (r. cm) a pot, kettle, for
boiling, Lev. 2, 7. 7, 9.
'^-T kindr. with db'O q. v. pr. to
make smooth ; hence
1. to polish, to sharpen, e. g. a sword,
Ez. 21, 14. 33.
2. to make smooth the head of any
one, to make bald, i. e. to tear out the
hair, to pluck, e. g. in chastisement
Neh. 13, 25; in scorn Is. 50. 6 (where
cania are those who pluck the beard) ;
in grief Ezra 9. 3. Ez. 29. 18 r.rs-bs
rt::n-iT3 every shoulder is made bald, i, e.
by bearing heavy burdens.
52*
NiPH. to become bald, Lev. 13, 40. 41.
Pdal 1. /o6e/}o/iff/iec/. of metal 1 K.
7, 45.
2, to be sharpened, i. e. to be sharp, of
a sword ; Part. fern. na;^ia Ibr na^b^
(Dag. euphon.) Ez. 21. 15. 16.
3. Is. 18, 2. 7 B-n?:!i r.crs^a cs (for
anb^a) a people drawn out and snwolh,
i. e. tall and naked, sc. the Ethiopians.
Others sharp, fierce, as ^nn Hab. 1, 8.
13'nTa Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, to pluck;
prset. pass, to be pliicked, e. g. wings
Dan. 7, 4.
niania gee in r. an^ Pu. no. 2.
"^"y^ m. (r. Hnia) in pause ''^p. , c. sufT.
Tj-j-^TS Deut. 31, 2V, n;-i7: Neh. 9, 17.
1. contradiction, outcry, as the ex-
pression of discontent and indignation,
q. d. protest ; Job 23. 2 'nb ''1T3 Di'ri Da
even now is my speech outcry, i. e. I can-
not but cry out or complain of injustice.
Others : even now doth my complaint
seem rebellion ? Or : even now is my
complaint bitterness ; so Targ. "T>"1b , aa
if r. n^Tj were i. q. nna. Neither is
appropriate, much less necessary.
2. perverseness, rebelliousness, sc.
against God. Deut. 31. 27. 1 Sam. 15,
23. So 'i^ r"<3 a rebellious house, i. e.
people, Ez.'2, 5. 8. 3. 9. 26. 27. 12. 2. 3.
9; 'no \33 rebels Num. 17, 25 [10];
^-113 CS Is. 30, 9. Also concr. "''iia rebel-
lious Prov. 17. 11; for plur. Ez. 2, 7.
44, 6. Hence
^?? '^y^ Meri-Baal pr. n. of a son
of Jonathan. 1 Chr. 9. 40 ; just before
called bra a-'-iia Merib-Baal (contender
against Baal), which seems to be the
correct form.
55"'1^ m. adj. (r. ^I-q) fatjatted. Ez.
39. 18. Subst. a fading, spec, a fatted
calf (xoaxoi; ansvjo^ ; often coupled with
the words irj and ipa, 2 Sara. 6, 13. 1
K. 1, 9. 19. 25. Is. 11^ 6. Plur. n^S'-na
Is. 1, 11. Am. 5, 22.
na'^nia f. (r. a-^-i) l. quarrel, strife.
Gen. 13, 8. Ex 17, 7. Num. 27, 14.
2. Meribah. pr. n. - a) A Ibuntain
flowing from a rock in the desert of Sin
on the western gulf of the Red Sea. Ex,
17, 1-7. b) n3"'-na "''O waters of strife^
another fountain of the same kind in the
desert of Zin at Kadesh, Num. 20, 13.
618
n-j
24. Deut. 33. 8. Ps. 81. 8. 106,. 32 ; fully
fij? ri^i'ir 173 Num. 27, 14. Deut. 32,
51. Ez. 47, 19. Simpl. Pe. 95, 8. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 581 sq.
byn "inTa see next after "^-i^ .
n^'lT3 (rebellion against Jehovah, r.
nnij) Meraiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 12.
r^'^'yn Gen. 22, 2 and n^'-lilS 2 Chr.
3, 1, Moriah. pr. n. of one of the hills of
Jerusalem, on which Solomon built the
temple. It lay northeast of Zion. from
which it was separated by the valley
Tyropoeon, Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 9. B. J. 5, 5. 1.
Most commonly the name Zion embra-
ced also the temple on Moriah ; and the
latter name seldom occurs, not even 1
K. 6, 1. See genr. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. pp. 393, 413, 416. Gen. 22, 2 -f^X
npian the land of Moriah, i. e. the re-
gion around that mount, its vicinity, q. d.
the fields of Moriah, comp. "irr! yix Josh.
8, 1. As to the etymology of the word,
the sacred writers themselves (Gen. 22,
S. 14. 2 Chr. 1. c.) refer it to the root
^'iX'n , and this is confirmed by regarding
'iT'ib as for <^^"'^N"]'5 the chosen of Jeho-
wah. an appropriate name for a place of
fsacrifice or sanctuary. But so far aa
ithe form is concerned, n^nia may be
ipart. fern, from r. Tn'O pr. the resisting,
ii. e. a fortress, castle.
ri'T'^'a (rebellions, r. frn?:) Meraioth,
pr. n. m'. a) 1 Chr. 5. 32'. 'g, 37. Ezra
7,3. b) 1 Chr. 9, 11. Neh. 11. 11. c)
INeh. 12, 15; but this is apparently for
r-ian^ in v. 3, the letters > and a in the
^ancient character being similar.
W^yo (rebellion, i. q. '"i:? with the
'formative syll.C-^, as in c^o. c^ix) pr. n.
f! Miriam. Gr. MuQiafi, ]\Iaoia. a) The
ister of Moses, a prophetess, Ex. 15, 20.
J^um. 12. 1 sq. Mic. 6, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 17.
n'TT'n'a f. (r. -i"ir) bitterness, bitter
igTjV/ Ez." 21, 11 [6].'
''")''"1'a m. adj. (r. "i"!!^) bitter, then poi-
tonoiis. Deut. 32. 24. Comp. in fT^">^ no. 2.
D'i"l''"l'a, see in D-'ynrs.
Xi^ m- (r- '^?'?' as '^^'2 from l-io)
pr. softness, trop. timidity, fear. Lev.
26, 36 : Sept. 8hi}.in, Vulg. pnror. The
Ral)binic "~'QP5 moliescere, is a secon-
ilary form, derived from this noun.
nsn'D m. (r. 2='^) 1. a chariot. 1 K.
5, 6. '
2. a seat in a chariot or other vehicle,
Cant. 3, 10. Lev. 15, 9.
n32-l^ f (r. ::2n) 2 Sam. 15, 1. 1 K.
7. 33 ; cstr. rrs-i^a'Gen. 41, 43 ; c. suff.
inss-i^. Gen. 46,' 29. 1 Sam. 8, 11 ; Piur.
ni-3-}72 Zech. 6, 1. Joel 2. 5 ; constr,
ni32-;.T3 Ex. 15, 4 ; c. suff. T^'^rhs-i'g Mic.
5, 9 ; a chariot, either for war, Ex. 14,
25. Josh. 11, 6. 9. Judg. 4, 15. 1 K. 10,
29 ; or as used by persons of high rank,
etc. Gen. 41, 43. 46, 29, 1 Sam. 8, 11. aL
Sing, collect. Hagg. 2, 22.
f^r^^^'''? ^- ('" ''5'^) " market, mart, Ez.
27, 24. '
TOn^ f (r. nrn Pi.) l. deceit,frand,
Gen. 27, 35. 34,'i3. Prov. 12. 5. 17. 20.
14, 8. 24, 24. Ps. 36, 4. al. r\^-,^ c^S a
deceitful man Ps. 5, 7. ii^-i53 '32S/a/se
weights Mic. 6, 11. t^^'^^ ''':\^'Qafalse
balance Prov. 11. 1. So to work or frame
deceit Dan. 11, 23. Ps. 50, 19 ; to speak
deceit Ps. 34. 14 ; comp. also Ps. 17, 1. 52,
6, 109, 2. So to s^cear nii-irb deceit-
fully, folsely, Ps. 24, 4. Meton. wealth
got by fraud Jer. 5, 27. Plur. ninn^a Ps.
10, 7. 35, 20.
2. Mirmah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10.
m'G'I'a (heights, r. n^n) Meremoth,
pr. n. m. a) Ezra 8, 33. Neh. 3, 4. 21.
10, 6. 12, 3 ; for which ni^nia v. 15. b)
Ezra 10, 36.
C'Q'l'O rn. (r. OB"!) a treading down,
something trodden under toot, Is. 5, 5.
7, 25. 10, 6. Ez. 34, 19. al.
T'^"^'? n. Meronothite, a gentile name
elsewhere unknown 1 Chr. 27, 30. Neh.
3,7.
C*?''? Meres, pr. n. of a Persian prince,
Esth. 1, 14. Comp. Sanscr. mdrsha
dignus, from r. mri^h, Zend, meresh ; so
Benfey p. 200.
XSC'I'D Marsena. pr. n. of a Persian
prince, Esth. 1, 14. Comp. in cnia;
Sanscr. nidrsha, with the ending nd,
Zend, nominal, nar, man ; so Benfey
I.e.
^TQ m. (apoc. for nrn-a. r. nr-^ no. 5,
ae yn for nr"i) \)v. friendship. tluMi concr.
i, q. ?!. a friend, companion ; always
c. sufT. T^v-yq Judg. 15, 2, ^r\'jyq 14, 20
yn53
619
YY3
15, 6. Gen. 26. 26. al. Plur. fi''')0 Judg.
14, 11 ; c. Buff. inrno for in^J-ntt Prov.
19, 7.
tX^:u m. (r. n5"n) c. suff. ^ns'yia Job
39, 8, ca-'Sna Ez. 34, IS, pasture, i. e.
place of pasture Is. 32, 14 ; &\so paslure,
fe^d for cattle, Joel 1, 18. Gen.. 47, 4. 1
Clir. 4, 39 sq. S'ia nsntt Ez. 34, 18.
|TS'.d 'a V. 14. Of wild beasts, afeeding-
place, haunt, Nah. 2, 12. Arab. ,^yA ,
i\-yO, id.
T\'^Vy2 f (r. nrn) 1. a pasturing,
feeding, Hoa. 13,6; "'H''?")^ "NS sheep
of my pasluring. which I tend, Jer. 23,
1. Ps. 74. 1. 79, 13. 100, 3. "in^rnT? d?
the people ichom he {God) feeds Ps. 95, 7.
2. afock. Is. 49, 9. Jer. 10, 21. 25, 36.
^??'!^"'? (trembling, perh. earthquake,
r. ^sn) Maralah. pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 11.
KB'I'a ra. once HB"!"!? Jer. 8, 15. R.
Ktn to heal.
1. healing, cure of diseases. 2 Chr. 21,
18. 36, 16. Jer. 14, 19 ; remedy, means
of cure, Jer. 33. 6. Hence a) refresh-
ment, health, Prov. 4, 22. 12, 18. 13, 17.
16, 24. b) remedy, help, deliverance,
6C. from calamity, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1.
Mai. 3, 20.
2. tranquillity, placidness of mind ;
see r. xsn no. 3. Prov. 14, 30 StBio ab
a placid mind. 15, 4 'fV:i\ !<2"iTa quiet-
ness of tongue, i. e. gentle and quiet
speech. Ecc. 10, 4: for quietness hinder-
eth many offences.
teBnTa m. (r. t'S"!. een) pr. a tread-
ing ; concr. water madefoid by treading,
Ez. 34. 19.
\ !!} ? . in Kal not used, and of doubt-
ful signification. Kimehi. to be strong,
forcible, vehement, and this is not ill.
Better, with Cocreius and Simonis, to
be sharp, active, vehement ; comp. Arab,
transp. ,^A^ to be acrid, sour.
HiPH. 'to make vehement.' i. e. to
provoke, to irritate. Job 16, 3 TiS^"i'D~na
what so provoketh tfuie 7
NiPH. to be strong, vehement, sore.
Job 6. 25 iiai-^niDX fl^-iiarn^ how forci-
ble are right words! 1 K. 2, 8 nbbjs
PXnoJ a vehement curse. Mic. 2, 10 ian
"I'^OS sore destruction.
??7^ m. (r. run) an awl, for boring,
piercing, Ex. 21, 6. Deut. 15, 17.
DBSI'Q f (r. CiX"!) a pavement, payed
floorJ2'K. 16, 17.
pjj pr. tomb, comp. kindr. rrin,
and Gr. u^iityoi, 6fio(>yvvu). Hence
1. to polish, to scour, as metal ; 2 Chr.
4, 16 p1"i^ ^^.^} jKilished brass. Imper.
Jer. 46, 4 n-^nann sipna furbish the
spears.
2. to cleanse, to purify, by washing,
anointmg, comp. D^pmon. Syr. wo^^
abstersit.
PuAL p'lb pass, of no. 1, to be scoured,
Lev. 6, 21.
Deriv. D'^psiiB, pnsn, p'lnan.
p^"? m. broth, soup, Judg. 6, 19. 20.
9 S
Is. 65,4 Keri. Arab. iVwo and isyo id.
The native form of the word is p^B
q. V. from the root p'^SJ . the letters B
and a being interchanged.
f^p"^^ m. (r. rip"!) plur. aromatic
herbs. Cant. 5, 13.
^n^^"!^^ f (r. f^P'^) 1. a spicing, sea'
soning, Ez. 24, 10.
2. unguent-kettle, for preparing oint-
ment. Job 41, 23.
f^r?P7''? ^- ("" f^I?"?) 1- ointment, un-
guent, 1 Chr. 9, 30.
2. ungttent-kettle, i. q. iinp'iri no. 2,
Ex. 30, 25. 2 Chr. 16, 14;' comp. Job
41, 23. Or, it may be unguent-shop, but
less well.
* "'j^ prset. 1^ , 3 fem. tri^ ; fut.
-i-?:^ Is. 24, 9, see Heb. Gr. 66. n! 3.
1. to fow, to distil, whence "iB a drop,
"lb myrrh, and prob. nnnia bile. Arab.
f^Y" to make flow, iyAyio frequent
rain, -jo a canal. The trilit. ^ often
has the sense of going, passing away,
which in many roots is connected with
that of flowing ; see "rH no. 4. bs^ ,
(^j.&. to run, to flow, Aram, snn to run,
whence D'^artn canals.
2. to be bitter. Arab. ^ fut. A, id.
and so in all the kindred languages ;
nn-J
620
K^'^
comp. Lat. amarus, likewise moereo.
How this signification connects itself
with the preceding is not clear. Per-
haps it is denora. from lb myrrh, and
iTi"|ia bile, as the most bitter things.
Fut. A, ~.o;j Is. 24, 9, see above. Trop.
1 Sam. 30, 6 csn-bs CE3 nn-o the soul
of all the people was bitter, i. e. grieved.
2 K. 4. 27. Impers. ""b "id it grieves me
Lam. 1, 4; also it goes bitterly with me,
I am afflicted, c. "j^ Ruth. 1, 13,
NiPH. "iri, see r. "i^i^.
PiKL fut. "it!^? 1. io ma/ce bitter, to
imbitter any thmg, Ex. 1, 14. Also to
act bitterly in any thing, as Is. 22, 4
"isaa I'^iSN Iwill weep bitterly.
2. to imbitter any one, i. e. to irri-
tate, to provoke, comp. Hithp. Gen. 49,
23.^
HiPH. "iTSfi . inf ~^n 1. to make bitter,
to imbitter life. Job 27, 2. With ^ fo t/ea/
bitterly with any one. to cause him great
sorrow; Ruth 1, 20 1X^ "^^aj '^ lan //te
Almighty hath dealt very bitterly with
me. Comp. 1? s^^n v. 21 .
2. Intrans. to 6e m bitterness, to grieve,
to mourn, c. Vs Zech. 12. 10.
Note. The form ^Bn-Kx Ex. 23, 21,
although apparently a fut. Chald. of
"inia , does not belong to this root, but to
r. nn^ to disobey, to rebel; Sept. ftrj
andd^u avTM. The ancient intpp. all
read it as belonging to n^o, prob. for
nrn, see in r. nnB Hiph. a.
HiTHPALP. "i^-irrn to be imbittered,
exasperated, witli bx of pers. Dan. 8, 7 ;
absol. Dan. 11, 11. Syr. jicj^ exacer-
bavit, lacessivit, Arab, ^yjo iratus fuit.
Deriv. i^, -ib, nnia IL rrr.TD , n-.b,
pr. n. xnia , niia , and the four which
here follow.
*T}'y^ f. (r. "i"!!^) ^'^-^5 g""^^: so called
from flowing or as bitter, Job 16, 13.
Arab. 1, SjiCx, Syr.?^^, U'^, id.
nn'lia f. (r. I'^c) constr. nnSiB ; plur.
1. bitterness, acridness ; Deut. 32, 32
jri-h'Q pibsciN dusters of bitterness, i. e.
bitter clusters. Metaph. bitter things,
severe punishments, Job 13, 26 2Fi3n "'S
ninin "^^s /Aa^ <Ao iprt/c< (layest) bit-
ter things upon me, inflictest such heavy
punishment.
2. bile, gall, Job 20, 25. Also nnna
Q'^jrs i/j.e g-aZZ o/" vipers v. 14, for the
poison of vipers, which the ancients sup-
posed to lie in the gall (Plin. H. N. 11,
37 or 62) ; although in other forms also
of this root the notion of bitterness is
connected with that of venom ; see
'^T'P.- Syr. \-^r^, Zab. X-i-iiD, venom;
(jl^a nixQiaq Heb. 12, 15, i. e. poisonous.
Comp. njrb , tlixn no. 5.
D'^*l""na m. plur. bitter herbs, Ex. 12, 8.
Num. 9, 11 ; Sept. nixgiSig, Vulg. lacfu-
ccB agrestes. Trop. bitter lot. Lam. 3,
15, where in the other member is HDrb
wormwood. R. "i"^^ .
"^yyn (bitter, unhappy, r. ^yo) Mera-
ri, pr. n. of a son of Levi Gen. 46, 11.
Ex. 6, 16. Also as patron. Num. 26, 57.
mantl, see Htlixn^o.
ry tenia f. (r. 5^7) wickedness; concr.
a wicked woman, as scelus for scelesta, 2
Chr. 24. 7.
iniSnb , see in P5 ras-iia ,
i^te'a ni. pr. infin.of r. sr:, after the
Chald. manner; c. suff. "iS'^a^ .
1. a lifting up, elevating, from the
signif. to lift up, see the root no. 1, viz.
a) Of the voice, see Nt'j no. 1. e, f ;
hence S07}g, singing; 1 Chr. 15, 22. 27
x'wBan i^n the master of tlie song, leader
of' the choir. Sept. cod. Vatic. uQ/av
TlxlV biduiV,
b) Far more freq. effatum, an uttering,
something uttered ; e. g. a saying, pro-
verb Prov. 30, 1 ; collect. 31. 1 ^ttix x'^S-a
iax iniB7 the sayings which his mother
taught him. Spec, effatum dirinum. an
oracle, prophecy, a divine declaration,
2 K. 9, 25. Is. 14. 28 in the year that king
Ahaz died r^^n S'va^sn n;;n was this ora-
cle. Hab. 1, 1 'n nm ^trx N'^Bsn the ora-
cle revealed to JIabakkvk. Fully '^ '"0
Jer. 23, 33. 34. 38 ; '^ ^ST ' Zech. 9. 1.
12,1. Mai. 1.1. Sometimes followed by a
gen. ol" the object, as bzz x">2^ the oracle
i. e. prophecy, declaration, against Ba-
bylon Is. 13, 1 ; ^S ' 23, 1 ; also 15, 1.
17, 1. 19, 1. 30. 6. Nah. 1, 1. al. With
a of object Zech. 9, 1. Is. 21, 13 ; b?
Zech. 12, 1 ; "? Mai. 1, 1. As Rtai? ig
KT-J
621
zm^
often found in the inscriptions of threat-
ening or.Ktlcs or denunciutioiiH, Jerome,
Luther, the Engl. Version, and otiiers,
have rendered it, even in the above
cases, burden (see no. 2. c), meaning a
propiiecy which is burdensome or threat-
ening ; see Jerome Prol. ad Habuc. et
ad Jes. 13, 1. But it is used also in re-
ference to good, Zech. 12, 1. Mai. 1, 1.
Allusion is made to both the significa-
tions, burden and oracle, in Jer. 23, 33 sq.
Ez, 12, 10.
c) ttiB3 S<"^T3 the lift in g^ up of the soul,
i. e. that which the soul desires, longs
for, Ez. 24, 25 ; see r. xb3 no. 1. g.
2. From the signif. to bear, r. X'rp no.
4. a) Inf. to bear; Num. 4, 24 nhsb
K^iabl to serve and to bear, for serving
and for bearing sc. burdens, aa porters.
2 Chr. 20, 25 ; comp. 35, 3. b) Subst.
a bearing, the act or service of bearing
burdens, porterage, Num. 4, 19. 27. 31.
32. 47. c) What is borne, a burden,
load, 2 K. 5, 17. Neh. 13, 15. 19. Is. 22,
25. Jer. 17. 21 sq. 2 K. 8, 9. N'i'Tsb fT-n
?S to be a burden to any one. 2 Sam. 15,
33. Job 7, 20; with bx 2 Sam. 19, 36.
Metaph. of heavy care, Num. 11, 11.
3. a gift, see Xtoj Pi. no. 2, 3 ; hence
iribide. i. q. nriso no. 2. 2 Chr. 17, 11.
4. Massa, pr. n. of a son of Ishmael,
Gen. 25, 14. 1 Chr. 1, 30.
Sto'a (pron. massd) m. 2 Chr. 19, 7
D'^JB xta^a respect of persons, partiality ;
see r. xbj no. 3. b.
nSJt^ f. (r. XC3) a burning, confla-
gration, so called from the rising of the
smoke, Is. 30. 27. Comp. r.Hb-g no. l.b.
nistoia r. plur. Ps. 74, 3 in some edi-
tions ; see nixVi'TD .
nSJiria f. (for nx\3"a, r. xr;) constr.
nxb^ Gen. 43. 34 ; plur. nxb^ .
1. a lifting up, e. g. a) Of the hands
Ps. 141, 2. b) a rising, ascemling. as
of smoke in burning, Judg. 20. 38. 40 ;
comp. nx';2^ . c) Concr. a xign, fig-
nal. which is elevated, i. q. 03, Jer. 6, 1.
Perh. a signal given by fire ; comp. also
the Tahnudic n^X'^r'a of signals by fire
given at the time of the new moon;
see Mishn. Rosh hashana 2. 2. d) i. q.
N'ya'a no. 1. b. effatum. oracle, Lam. 2, 14.
e) Zeph. 3, 18 na-jn rxb;a a lifting up
of reproach, concr. for ' those on whom
reproach is lifted up or cast,' i. e. the
objects of reproach.
2. a gift, present, i. q. X'jaia no. 3,
Esth. 2, 18. Jer. 40, 5. Am. 5, 11. Spec,
a portion of food presented to a guest
(Hom. yiouq) Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 11, 8.
Also tribiUe, 2 Chr. 24, 6. 9. Ez. 20, 40.
Note. nix"^ Ez. 17, 9 is infin. Aram,
of Kal. for fi<"ai?, ending irregularly ia
ni like inf. Pi. rr\yCs-q for xii? ; see in
b3 Kal no. 2.
aaiC'a m. (r. aa'r) constr. nabio, c.
sufF. 'aaby.
1 . height, altitude, as of walls. Is. 25, 12.
2. a height, rock, crag, affording se-
curity and refuge, and hence absol. a
refuge, Is. 33, 16; often of God, Ps. 9, 10.
18, 3. 48. 4. 59, 10. 18. 94, 22. al.
3. "With the art. Misgab, pr. n. of a
town (on a height) in Moab, Jer. 48, 1.
nD^TDTa f. (r. r^^) Prov. 15, 19, also
nS^TD'p Is. 5, 5 in some editions, a hedge
thorn-hedge. The latter form would be
from r. 7]3ia .
"lite'a m. a saw, Is. 10, 15. R. tbj.
nn^TSia f, measure, sc. of liquids. Lev.
19, 35. Ez. 4, 11. 16. 1 Chr. 23, 9. R.
toiiSri m. (r. iu^b) constr. biiaa, ;oy,
rejoicing, Is. 24, 8. 32, 13. 66, 10.' Me-
ton. the object and ground of joy, Ps. 48,
3. Is. 60, 15. al. Also Job 8, 19 toiioa
'is'i'i the joy of his way, i. e. his joyful
lot. Poetically Is. 8. 6, subst. for the
finite verb.
pHTCia m. (r. pn) derision, raeton.
the object of it, Hab. 1, 10.
niO'jte'a f. (r. B-jb) 1. a snare, trap,
for the feet, prob. of iron, parall. na,
Hos. 9. 8. Hence
2. destruction, Hos. 9, 7 ; comp. bj^'ia .
b^SOTa m. (pr. part. Hiph. r. bsb)
subst. a poem, song, Ps. 47, 8 ; and so in
the titles of Psalms 32. 42. 44. 45. 52. 53.
54. 55. 74. 78. 88. 89. ]42. Here b-^sbia
prob. implies a poem or song enforcing
intelligence, wisdom, piety, (see the root
Hiph. no. 3. 5.) which is true of all these
Psalms ; not excepting Ps. 45, in which
every thing is referred to the goodness
of God, V. 3. 7. 8.
^1S12
622
i!^lSl2
D'^^HTQ f. (r. nsi;:-) l. an imag,., fig-
ure; Ez. 8, 12 P'^Sibo ^nnn chambers
of imagery, i. e. of images, chambers of
which the walls are painted with the
figures of idols, comp. v. 10. 11. "as
pi2075 a stone or cippus icith the image
of an idol, as Baal, Astarte, or the like,
Lev. 26, 1 ; and so plur. ni^s'ua Num.
33, 52. Prov. 25, 11 ni'Sbisa =nT "^n^Dn
C1C3 apples of gold with figures of silver.
Others, in baskets of silver, assigning to
n'^^'iJ^ this signification as if from T\^'ei
to braid.
2. imagination, conceit, Prov. 8, 11.
Plur. Ps. 73, 7.
nnSteia r (r. i3iy) wages, Gen. 29, 15.
31, 7. 4i ; reward Ruth 2, 12.
m^13 f. plur. rwiife, Ecc. 12, 11.
See"irDO. R. i:cb i. q. "lao .
JlBTp'O m. a shedding of blood, blood-
ed] Is. 5, 7. R. nsb i. q. HED .
* *115'9 obsol. root, of doubtful eignif,
perhaps i. q. Arab. ^.mUjO II, to divide.
Hence nn^ba. *
rT^TCIfl f dominion, empire, Is. 9, 5. 6.
R. nnb no. 2.
n&'lto'a f. (r. irj'^b I ) only plur. conetr.
nienbia .
1. burnings, e. g. of spices at funerals
Jer. 34. 5. see in r. ri~b no. 1. b; of lime
in a kiln Is. 33, 12.
2. D"T3 risiiu^ Misrephoth-maim. pr.
n. of a place or district near Sidon. Josh.
11^8. 13, 6. The name signifies pr.
'burnings of water,' which Kimchi un-
derstands of warm baths. More prob. it
merans ' burnings by the water.' either
lime-kilns or smelting-furnaces situated
near water.
n^'l'p'Q (vineyard of noble vines, see
P'i'CJ) Masrekah. pr. n. of a place appa-
rently in Idumea, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1. 47.
ri'l'iro a frying-pan 2 Sam. 13, 0.
Chald. r-ipis. sn-i^DT?. xni-iD':. id.
The etymology is uncertain, and it is
even doubtful whether n is radical or
servile. But prob. it is servile, and then
the root may be n-iib or n-nb i. q. ^y^i
to shine, to glitter ; whence then i'''^b
or ,'i"'"^b. and r-;bT3 a metal pan. so called
from being kept bright. See r. tTji^.
TStt Ma^h, pr. n. of a people (and re-
gion) sprung from Aram, and therefore
to be sought in Syria or Mesopotamia,
Gn. 10, 23. Most interpreters, follow-
ing Bochart (Phaleg II. 11), understand
the inhabitants o^ Mount Masius, Arab.
^ijysfc, which lies north of Nesibis,
and forms part of the chain of Taurus
separating Mesopotamia from Media,
Josephus confounds this name with
Xb^ , Ant. 1. 6. 4.
S1|'''? m. (r. Xi^'J II) 1. ii^iry, Neh.
5, 7. 10.
2. debt, loan, money borrowed, i. q.
nxb^. Neh. 10, 32 n^-bs ^^-q tfie debt
of every hand, i. e. every debt, perh. so
called either because the debtor prom-
ised to pay by giving his right hand,
or because the hand is the instrument
and emblem of deposit, trust. Some
editions read here S^o burden, which
is less well.
SOT? Mesha, pr. n. of a place men-
tioned in describing that part of Arabia
inhabited by the descendants of Joktan ;
Gen 10, 30 their dwelling was xbBia
Ciisn "in tr^Bp f^2^l:^ from Mesha even
unto Sephar (and beyond even unto)
the mountains of Arabia. Here Mesha
might be taken as Moiiaa or Mov^a, a
celebrated city and harbour on the
western coast of Arabia, not far from
Mocha, where now lies p.\y>o Miizd'a^
or perhaps ^jjo Musij, Niebuhr Ara-
bien p. 223, 224, 225. Mesha would
then constitute the western limit of the
Joktanidse. Sephar is the city ^IaIjj,
the chief place of the dif^trict Shehr in
the province of Hadramaut ; see in art.
~Ep. The mountains of Arabia are
proi). the chain running across the mid-
dle of Arabia, from the vicinity of Mecca
and Medina to the Persian gulf called
at the present day d^ ^'y^r highlands ;
see Jomard Notice sur le Pays de Nedjd
ou r Arabic centrale. Paris 1823. Svo.
But as the Arabic names above given,
Mtisa^a, or Musij. cannot well be com-
pared with Mesha. it may be better,
with J. D. Michaelis (Suppl. 1561. Spi-
cileg. II. 214), to understand Mesent
ViXD12
623
nXDJ2
( V^, ^Lmax Meiadn), situated
among the mouths of ihe Pnsitigris,
where this river empties into the Per-
sian gulf. The sacred writer would
then begin with the eastern limit of the
Joktanidie, and end with the western
and northern ; so that iBO must be
sought between them. See "lED .
aXOia m. (r. ax^) only plur. caxcn,
troughs, watering-troughs, into which
water is drawn for cattle, Judg. 5, 11.
nXIB'Q f (r. vcdi II) debt, loan, money
lent, i. q. Kt^'O no. 2, Deut. 24, 10. Prov.
22, 26.
pS'iBia m. deceit, dissimulation, Prov.
26, 26. R. Ki^J I.
nijitra Ps. 74, 3, see m'xitJa .
bSTD'a (entreaty, r. bxc ) Mishal,
pr. n. of a Levitical city in the tribe
of Asher. Josh. 19, 26. 21, 30. Contr.
h'&a Mashal 1 Chr. 6, 59 [74], as if from
bxtiJn.
nbsjltp'a f (r. bxia) a petition, request,
Ps. 20', 6. 37, 4.
in'lSilD'a f. (r. nsir) a kneading-trough,
in which also the dough is leavened
and swells, Ex. 7, 28. 12, 34. Deut. 28,
5. 17.
natDia , see nanda .
niSSTD^ f. plur. (r. yad) 1. textures,
and with arjj , textures of gold, i. e. stuffs
inwrought with gold, in which threads
of gold are interwoven, brocade, Ps. 45,
14 ; see the root in Piel.
2. settings, bezels, in which gems are
set, Ex. 28, 11. 13. 14. 25. 39, 13. 16.
See the root in Pual.
naOtt m. Is. 37, 3. 2 K. 19, 3, constr.
nattJn Hos. 13, 13, pr. 'place of break-
ing,' i. e. of breaking forth, spoken of the
mouth of the womb, which the foetus
breaks open at birth. R. "13^ .
naOp m. (r. ia) only in plur.
D'^naaJa, waves which break upon the
shore, breakers, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 88, 8.
Jon. 2, 4. D;;-''natt5T3 billows of the sea
Ps. 93, 4. njo 'a 2 Sam. 22, 4. Corap.
Grr. *v(t,cnoq ayi] from ayyva, iip/vfii, to
break.
52* 11
naOtt m. only in plur. c. suff. finaiM ,
destructions, calamiliea, Lam. 1,7. Comp.
r. na Hiph. no. 2.
nSTD'Q m. (r. nsti ) an error, oversight.
Gen. 43, 12. "
1. n^l3 1, to draw, to draw out,
e. g. from the water, Ex. 2. 10. Syr.
jlaJSiO id. Arab. -Aiwuo. Kindr. is T|^a.
Hiph. i. q. Kal, 2 Sam. 22, 17. Ps.
18, 17.
Deriv. "'ttJa , pr. n. nwa, 'qa:.
* 11. SlID/^ obsol. root, Arab. LyuO
vesperi fecit, whence the subst. ttSax
evening, yesternight, q. v.
TW'D pr. n. Moses, Sept. and Josephus
Moj'iaiiq, the great leader, lawgiver, and
prophet of the Hebrews, the son of Am-
ram and Jochebed, of the tribe of Levi,
Ex. 6, 20. The narrative of his life and
actions occupies the four last books of
the Pentateuch. A common appellation
is, the servant of God, of Jehovah, Josh.
1, 1. 2. 15. 1 K. 8, 53. 56. 2 Chr. 1, 3.
Dan. 9, 11 ; once in Pentat. Deut. 34, 5;
also the man of God Ps. 90, 1. His law is
called : nica rriin the law of Moses Ezra
3, 2. 7, 6. 2 Chr. 23, 18; na n-iin ibd
the book of the law of Moses Josh. 23, 6.
2 K. 14, 6. Neh. 8, 1 ; also simply "iBD
nca 2 Chr. 25, 4. Neh. 13, 1. (Chald.
nt-o nsQ Ezra 6, 18.) nca nin^ib the
tables of ihe Mosaic law 1 K. 8, 9. Is.
63, 11 Ae remembered the days of old,
ias nca Moses, his people, i. e. Moses
and his people.
As to the etymology, in Ex. 2, 10 the
name Hiaa is expressly derived from the
idea of his being drawn owf of the water.
But the form of the name is active, draw-
ing Old ; not pass, drawn oat ; and fur-
ther, it is hardly probable that the
daughter of Pharaoh would have given
him a name derived from the Hebrew
language. Hence the Alexandrine Jews
assigned to the name MuvaTjg an Egyp-
tian origin with a Greek flexion, viz.
JULtW, /ut3, water, and OTZ^ or
0V2tei, vajjg, saved, i. e. water-saved,
saved from the water ; so Joseph. Ant.
2. 9. 6. c. Apion. 1. 31. Philo T. II. p.
83 Mang. Some such derivation may
ni2/j
624
nifl^a
also lie in the Heb. form rtttJr . Other
etymologies proposed, -see in Thesaur.
p. 824.
TW^ m. (r. H'ra II) a debt, loan,
Deut. 15, 2. See in i<^^q no. 2.
nSilfi'a f. (r. Kim) i. q. nxifti with
which it is every where coupled, desola-
tion Zeph. 1, 15. Conor, desolate places,
wastes, Job 30, 3. 38, 27.
niS^I'lS'a f: plur. desolations, ruins, Ps.
73, 18. 74, 3. The etymology is doubt-
ful, and hence the orthography varies ;
e. g Ps. 74, 3 in some editions, as that
of Athias, reads nixta?: with Sin. Most
prob. nixi^'a is merely a Chaldaizingor
Rabbinic form for nixi^a (see nsi^o,
r. Xiia) ; corap. the futures "p^^ for "p^^,
T^^: for T-i^;i , and subst. aiisa i. q. liido ;
Heb. Gr.7i. note 9. The form mWo
(with Sin) would be from X^J in the
sense to destroy, as Job 32, 22. Gen. 18,
24 ; see in x'^"3 no. 2.
niilSia (returned, r. '2^10) Meshobab,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr, 4, 34.
nnwT3, nntDia, f. (r. n^iaJ) c. suff.
rnnva^ , a ttiming away, defection, apos-
tasy. Prov. 1, 32 c-;nB nsvaa the turn-
ing away of fools from wisdom. Spec.
defection from Jehovah, Jer. 8, 5. Hos.
11,7 *'riia defection from me. Plur.
niivia Jer. 2, 19. Concr.'iixnb: nair?:
apostatizing Israel Jer. 3, 6. 8. 11. 12.
n^^TQ f c. suff. "^nSiOJa, error. Job
19, 4. R. a^itlS.
tsitJi: Ez. 27, 29, and liiT^'? ib. v. 6,
an oar. For the Dagesh in uiiBa see in
nis^nsJT: . R. a^(ij .
r\'0'W'Q Is. 42, 24 Cheth. for Mfeiaa ,
a spoiling, plundering.
*niDia fut. niro''. inf. absol. niian,
constr. nttSia , once nnttJia Ex. 29, 29, pr.
to stroke, to draw the hand over any thing.
Arab. X y-^ id. also to wipe off with the
hand, to stroke the face, to strike with a
sword. Chald. Syr. id. Monosyllabic
roots are : 113 whence ttJi^^ , and nn
whence nnia , xno , to stroke, to wipe
off, to strike. Hence .
1. to spread over with any thing, to
smear, e. g. with colours, to paint, c. 3
of colour, Jer. 22, 14. Spec, to rtib over
with oil, to oil, to oint, (Arab, ^^s-m^jo ,
Syr. ti>Vi, id.) e. g. cakes Ex. 29, 2.
Lev. 2, 4. 7, 12 ; so too a shield, to ren-
der the leather more tough and less
penetrable by weapons, Is. 21, 5. 2 Sam.
1, 21. Mostly to anoint, as a sacred
rite, to consecrate by unction to any of-
fice or use, e. g. a priest Ex. 28. 41. 40,
15 ; a prophet 1 K. 19, 16. Is. 61, 1 ; a
king 1 Sam. 10, 1. 15, 1. 1 K. 1, 34.
Also a stone or column as consecrated
to God Gen. 31, 13 ; an altar Ex. 29, 36.
Lev. 8, 11 ; a sanctuary Ex. 30, 26. 40,
9. Dan. 9, 24 ; vases and utensils conse-
crated to God Num. 7, 1. The full con-
struction is T(V.p^ 's tiai^ to anoint (i. e.
consecrate) any one as king, Judg. 9, 15.
1 Sam. 9, 16. " 1 K. 19, 15. 2 K. 9, 3 ;
with b?, Judg. 9, 8. 2 Sam. 19. 11 Absa-
lom "^bs !i3nt3J:Q itljx whom we anointed
(constituted king) over us. Is. 61, 1 be-
cause Jehovah hath anointed (i. e. con-
secrated, appointed) me "i>^3^ to an-
nounce. 2 Chr. 22, 7. That with which
one is anointed, as oil, ointment, etc. is
is put with 2 Ex. 29, 2. Ps. 89, 21 ; ac-
cus. Ps. 45, 8. Am. 6, 6.
2. to spread out, to expand, by rub-
bing or smoothing with the hand, see
nc:?3r. Hence also to measure, e. g.
things long or broad, as cloth by mov-
ing the hand over it. Syr. v ma Sti ,
Chald. HttJ^, Arab. /f>***^ Hence
nntija, finiDB. w
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, to be anoint-
ed, i. e. to be consecrated by unction.
Lev. 6, 13. Num. 7, 10. 84. 88. 1 Chr.
14, 8.
Deriv. niaia, n\aaa, and the three
here following.
mt3 Chald. m. oil, Ezra 6, 9. 7, 22.
Often in the Targums. Syr. | m^ V i.
nriTC'a f. (r. ni^a) l. an anointing,
unction; nnttSsn jiQ'd the anointing-oil
Ex. 25, 6. 29,'7."21. al. oJ"!'? r.ntx> lati
an oil of sacred unction, holy anointing-
oil, Ex. 30, 25. 31 ; comp. Lev. 10, 7.
21, 12.
2. a part, portion, as measured out,
Lev, 7, 35 ; see the root no. 2.
na:a
625
nnCTa r l. Inf of the root ni6a to
anoint : see above.
2. a part, portion, Ex. 40, 15. Num.
18, 8 ; sec nnoJa no. 2.
rT^nWia pr. part. Hiph. (r. nntb) plur.
cnnid'a. destroying, which destroys;
hence Subst.
1. destruction, Ex. 12, 13. Ez. 5, 16.
21,36 HTitiia -ittinn artificers of destruc-
tion. 25, 15.
2. a anare, <rap, Jer.5, 26, corap. (tiRia.
Hence, an ambush, i. e. troops in am-
bush, 1 Sam. 14, 15. Also nTjiUBH -in
the mount of destruction, or the enare-
mountain ; spoken of mount Olivet, on
account of the idols there worshipped,
a snare and destruction to the people ;
also of Babylon, for the same reason,
Jer. 51, 25.
1HTD73 m. i. q. ^nt6 , tJie dawn, aurora,
Ps. lib, 3. R. nni II.
tlrW)2 i. q. n-^nira no. 1, destruction,
Ez. 9, 1. R. nnaj.'
nntj'a ni. (r. nnifi) constr. PnttJiD,
destruction, defacement ; for concr. de-
stroyed, disfigured, Is. 52, 14.
fi^l^^ m. (r. nni^) c. suff. tanrifflia,
destruction, i. e. something destroyed or
disfigured, i. q. defacement, blemish. Lev.
22, 25.
nbTSia m. (r. n-Jl^) Ez. 47, 10, constr.
naj&q (or from a form naiJa) Ez. 26, 5.
14, a spreading, i. e. place for spread-
ing.
"lISTDtt m. c. suff. iiaira, dominion,
empire. Job 38, 33 "iiaaJa n-^'rin ex
J^'isja dost thou assign the dominion
(of the heavens) over the earth ? R.
-laaj.
''I^'Q m. Ez. 16, 13, in pause "^aJ^ v. 10,
according to the Heb. intpp. silk, a gar-
ment of silk. Sept. -tQixamov i. e. ac-
cording to Hesychius to ^on^vxivov
vcpaafia. Jerome, ' a garment so fine as
to seem equal to the finest hair.' From
the root ('"i^^ to draw) we can derive
no other sense than 'something finely
drawn,' e. g. a fine thread, stuff com-
posed of fine threads.
'V^, see 'Ifisio.
53
bartDtt (delivered of God, r. 3t>
Chald.) Meshezabeel, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 4.
10, 22. 11, 24.
n^Tptl m. (r. ntjQ) constr. n^oJo, c.
suff. Ti'^OO .
1. Adj. verbal pass. xRi-^^oq, ointed,
anointed, of a shield 2 Sam. 1, 21 ; Tl''tia
T'W the anointed prince i. e. Cyrus,
Dan. 9, 25; n-'ttSan fysri the anointed
priest, the high priest, Lev. 4, 3. 5. 16.
6, 15.
2. Subst. o A'ptffTo'?, the Messiah, the
anointed, the prince consecrated by unc-
tion, Dan. 9, 26. More fully "^^ O-'tta
the anointed of Jehovah, Sept. o X^iaxoq
Kv{jiov, a name of honour given to the
Jewish kings, as being consecrated by
anointing, and therefore most sacred, 1
Sam. 2, 10. 35. 12, 3. 5. 16, 6. 24. 7. 11.
26, 9. 11. 23. 2 Sam. 1, 14. 16. 19, 22.
23, 1. Ps. 18, 51. 20, 7. 28, 8. al. Once
of Cyrus king of Persia Is. 45. 1. Not
used of the great Deliverer predicted
by the prophets ; although his usual
name (S<n"'tt5a o Mtaaiag) among the
later Jews and in the N. T. is drawn
from passages like Ps. 2, 2. Dan. 9, 26 ;
comp. John 1, 42. 4, 25. Buxlorf. Lex.
Chald. art. stnitlJa . [Yet Ps. 2, 2 is refer-
red directly to the Saviour in Acts 4, 26
sq. R.] Plur. the anointed of Jehovah,
spoken of the patriarchs, Ps. 105, 15.
1 Chr. 16, 22.
*'=]^"9, ftit. T\^^'! ; imper. Tjioa.
Ex. 12, 21, and ^isaia Ez.
plur. !i:tl5B
22, 20.
1. to draw, to drag, Arab. i^^jMjo id.
see Lette ad Cant. Deb. pag. 96 ; in
Golius and Freytag this signification is
wanting. Kindred is n'0372. With an
ace. of pers. to draw any one to a person
or place, with 3 or bx of place, Judg. 4,
7. Ps. 10, 9 ; comp. Cant. 1, 4. Contra,
to draw out of a pit, of the water, with
*|iQ Gen. 37, 28. Job 40, 25. Jer. 38, 13.
Absol. to draw to oneself to draw down
upon oneself, Is. 5, 18. Hos. 11, 4. So
with S of manner, to draw in the yoke,
Deut. 21, 3. Spec.
a) ri'^.i^a rp^-Q to draw the bow, 1 K.
22, 34. 2'Chr. 18,^33. Is. 66, 19 nui;? 'aca.
Eth. (PMl id.
b) 5n?n "Tjiua to draw out the seed,
i. e. to scatter it regularly along the
"jir-j
626
^mi2
furrowB, to sow, Am. 9, 13; comp. in
?]<iiQ no. 1.
c) ^ini'sn TjUJa Ex. 19, 13, and T^^^ia
h^^Vt^ 1"!|52 Josh. 6, 5, to draw out the
trumpet, i. e. to sound, i. q. niisiti-'a Si^n
in Josh. 6, 4. 8. 9. 13. 16. 20, comp. v. 5 ;
pr. to draw out the breath (to blow)
with force into the horn or trumpet of
jubilee ; comp. Germ, heftig losziehen.
In both places it is spoken of a signal
given with the trumpet of jubilee or re-
joicing ; see in bai"i no. 1. Compare
Arab. v,>JLa- traxit, also Conj. I, II, IV
clamorem extulit, inclamavit, increpa-
vit.
d) Hos. 7, 5 d^ssVns ii;; T^ira he
draws out his hand with scomers, spoken
contemptuously of intercourse with im-
pious men ; comp. in Engl, to give the
hand, to join hands with.
e) to draw out, i. e. to protract, to con-
tinue, to prolong, Ps. 36. 11 ^'^on T^^'R^
j"'?'!''^ prolong thy loving-kindness unto
them that know thee, thy worshippers.
85, 6. 109, 12. Jer. 31, 3 "lOn T]^n3i2JT3 /
have prolonged loving-kindness towards
thee. Ellipt. Neh. 9, 30. Comp. Syr.
i^ to draw, whence subst. \ry-^ ^ong
continuance.
f ) -liaa T\^'Q to prolong the body, i. e.
to make it durable, robust, firm ; to
strengthen. Ecc. 2, 3 '^'lias-nx T^^a r|iiab
to strengthen (cherish) my body with wine.
Syr. '^aSo arefecit.
g) Intrans. like Engl, to draw on, to
draw towards, i. e. to move, to march, to
advance, Germ. Ziehen. Judg. 4, 6 go
and draw towards mount Tabor ; Sept.
aJTshvaij slg ogog Oa^ojg. 20, 37 the am-
bush drew out, advanced. Prob. also
Job 21, 33. Ex. 12, 21.
2. to lay hold of, to take, to hold, c. a
Judg. 5, 14. Arab. ^^ dLfc/0 id. Intens.
to take away, i. e. to remove, to destroy,
Job 24, 22. Ps. 28, 3. Ez. 32, 20.
NiPH. to be protracted, delayed, defer-
red, Is. 13, 22. Ez. 12, 25. 28.
Pdal 1. i. q. Niph. spoken of hope de-
ferred, Prov. 13, 12.
2. The Ethiopians are called, in Is. 18,
2.7, T|^"n^ "''ia a people drawn out, extend-
ed, i. c. tall of stature, a quality ascribed
to them in Is. 45, 14. Hdot. 3. 20, 114.
Arab. (^Sw/jo X, to be firm, robust, is
also spoken of the body, but in a differ-
ent sense, Vit. Tim. I. 420.
Deriv. niDtlJia and
ftp'a m. (r. T\TiJ^) 1- a drawing; Ps.
126, 6 yytf} "r^ilJia the drawing out of seed,
i. e. the scattering it regularly along
the furrows; see in "^^"Q no. l.b. Comp.
Am. 9, 13.
2. possessio7i, from the signification
of holding. Job 28, 18 ; see the root
no. 2.
3. Meshech, pr. n. prob. the Moschi, a
barbarous people inhabiting the Moschi-
an mountains between Iberia, Armenia,
and Colchis, Ps. 120, 5, (Strabo XL p.
344, 378.) usually coupled with the
neighbouring Tibareni (^ain, ^ailn) Gen.
10, 2. Ez. 27, 13. .32, 26. 38, 2. 3. 39, 1.
So too Herodotus, 3. 94 and 7. 78,
Moaxoi Kot Ti^aQt]voL The Sam. Cod.
exhibits a pronunciation approaching
nearer to the Greek form, "^iffiia, ^IS'I'S,
Sept. Moaox, Vulg. Mosoch.
yztta m. (r. aatfi) constr. a3tt)n, c.
suff. '^asttJa ; plur. constr. "^aaoj^ , c. suff.
Dniaaaja.
1. a lying down, reclining, e. g. for
sleep, 2 Sam. 4, 5 D^tin^^! -^'^'^ *^^^P
at noon; also of a sick person Ps. 41, 4.
Spec, a lying with, concubitus ; Lev.
18. 22 thou shall not lie with a man
n^X""iaatt3a the lying with a woman, i. e.
as with a woman. Lev. 20, 13. Num.
31, 17. 18. 35.
2. a couch, bed, 2 Sam. 17, 28. Gen.
49, 4. For the dead, a coffin, bier, 2 Chr.
16, 14. Is. 57, 2.
aSTDia Chald. m. a couch, bed, i. q.
Heb. no. 2. Dan. 2, 28. 29. 4, 2. 7. 10.
7,1. R. aa(l5.
niDplSj see niairia.
"jStDla m. (r. lattS) constr. -lattSn , c. suff.
iJStlJa ; plur. constr. ^3^a5^ ; often plur.
nissilJo , constr. nisSttJa ; construed c.
fern'. Ps. 84, 2.
I. a habitation, dwelling, as of men
Job 18, 21. Ps. 87, 2. Once of man's
long home, the grave, sepulchre, Is. 22,
16 ; comp. 14, 18. Of animals, a haunt,
lair. Job 39, 6. Plur. of God, i. e. the
temple. Ps. 46, 5. 84, 2. 132, 5.
^VD
627
biDia
2. Spec, a tent, tabernacle, Cant. 1, 8.
Often of the sacred tabernacle of the
Israelites, Ex. 25, 9. 26, 1 sq. 40, 9 sq.
Fully nsnsn -jSiiJo the tabernacle of the
law Ex. 38' 21.' Num. 1, 50. 53. 10, 11.
For the distinction in the descriptiona of
the tabernacle between lBJa and bnk,
see in bnk ; hence isia 7r},ii l?t^ts the
Trameiror/c of the sacred tent, over which
the covering of skins was spread, Ex. 39,
32. 40, 2. 6. 29.
]?^5tt Chald. dwelling of God, the
temple, Ezra 7, .15. R. "ja\6 .
.*bW'a fut. boa^ I. to rule, to have
dominion; not found in the other Semi-
tic dialects, except Phenic. '^'O'O prince,
Monumm. Phoen. p. 448. Corresponding
isGr. I3aail-tvg. Constr. a) Absol.
of a king Prov. 12, 24. 29, 2. Dan. 11, 3.
4. 5 ; of God Ps. 66, 7 ; with an adjunct
of place where Zech. 6, 13. Josh. 12, 2 ;
c. dat. coram. Is. 40, 10. b) With a , to
rule over any one, as a king over his
people Deut. 15, 6. Judg. 8, 22. 23. 2 Sam.
23, 3. Is. 3, 4. 12 ; or over a land or king-
dom Josh. 12, 5. 1 K. 5, 1. 2 Chr. 9,
26 ; also of a viceroy or prefect Gen.
45, S. 26 ; a man over his wife Gen. 3,
16 ; a servant set over household affairs
Gen. 24, 2. Ps. 105, 21 ; of a people over
another people Judg. 14, 4. 15, 1 1 ; and
of God who rules over all things Ps.
103, 19. 1 Chr. 29, 12. Ps. 89, 10. Spoken
also of rule over incorporeal things, as
one's own spirit Prov. 16, 32 ; sin Gen.
4, 7. Ascribed likewise to things, as to
the sun and moon. Gen. 1, 18 Di^a biijob
n^-j^an ; comp. Plin. 2. 4. Cic. Tuscul.
1. 68 'omnium moderator et dux sol.'
c) Rarely with bs over Prov. 28, 15. d)
With inf c. b to have power to do any
thing, Ex. 21,8 nnaab ^11:^7 xb i-ids orb
unto a strange nation he shall have no
power to sell her. Part. buJia a ruler
prince, Prov. 6, 7. 23, 1. 28, 15. Ecc. 9,
17. Jer. 51, 46. Ez. 19, 11 ; also Is. 16, 1.
Ps. 105, 20 ; of the Messiah Mic. 5, 1 ;
of animals Hab. 1, 14. Also in a bad
sense, a master, tyrant, Is. 14, 5. 49, 17.
52, 5 ; comp. D'^a'^'iS Is. 13, 2.
II. to liken, to make like; intrans. to
be like; see Niph. Hiph. and the nouns
baia, bt^a ; Arab. J^ to be like, to
53*
make like, Jjl likeDess, simile, Jjuo
like. Ethiop. (Pf\X to deem, to seem
to any one, <^^\, likeness. Aram.
"^L^ id. The various senses of this
verb in Kal are connected with the
noun bt^a , viz.
1. to propose a parable, with bK to
any one, Ez. 17, 2. 24, 3.
2. to use a proverb Ez. 18, 2 ; with b?
concerning any one Ez. 16, 44.
3. to U3e a by-word or 807ig of derision,
Ez. 12, 23 ; with a Joel 2, 17.
4. Part. plur. C^bttJa poets, as using
the diction of parables, proverbs, etc.
Num. 21, 27.
Note. Various attempts have been
made to show the point of connection
between the two significations, to rule
and to liken; see Scliultens ad Prov.
1, 1. Michaelis ad Lowth de Sacr. Poesi
p. 41, Simonis Lex. etc. Two conjec-
tures formerly proposed by me, see in
Thesaur. p. 828. But not improbably
two roots of different origin have coa-
lesced under this form ; one, correspond-
ing to the verbs JOuo, '\Ls, to liken;
the other, in Arabic Juwuo , having perh.
the signif to be strong, valiant, which is
still found in JuwO fortis, strenuus fuit,
s _, *
(Jwi^^LS vir strenuus, in Gr. ^aaiX-tvg.
Niph. pr. to be made like ; hence to be
like, to be similar to any thing, c. bx Is.
14, 10; 3 Ps. 49, 13. 21; D5 Ps. 28, 1.
143, 7.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. II. 1, to use parables,
Ez. 21, 5 [20, 49].
Hiph. I. to cause to rule, to give do-
minion to, with ace. of pers. and a of
thing. Ps. 8, 7. Dan. 11, 39. Inf subst.
bl^an dominion Job 25, 2.
II. to compare, c. dat. Is. 46. 5.
HiTHP. i. q. Niph. to become like, c. 3
Job 30, 19.
Deriv. boSaa , nbiiJaa , and the three
following.
I. ^1?^ m. (r. boja) c. suff. ibma,
plur. tJ-ibt^a , constr. "^bda .Arab. JSje,
|Jii^, Chaid. Nbna.
1. a similitude, parable Ez. 17, 2. 24
bir^j
628
12tl2
3. See too Judg. 9, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 12, 1
sq. 2 K. 14, 9.
'2. a sentence, yvcofirj, a sententious say-
ing, apothegm, such as consists in the in-
genious comparison of two things, senti-
ments, etc. see in Pro v. 25, 3. 11. 12. 13
sq. 26. 1. 2. 3. 6. 7. 8. 9. 11. 14. 17.
E. g. Prov. 1, 1. 6. 10, 1. 25, 1. 26, 7. 9.
Ecc. 12, 9. Job 13, 12. 1 K. 5, 12. As
this sort of sayings often pass into pro-
verbs (1 Sam. 24, 14), hence boj^ is
also
3. a proverb, naqoinia, e. g. 1 Sam.
10, 12. Ez. 12, 22. 18, 2. 3. Comp. naqa-
l3ol^ Luke 4, 23.
4. Genr. a poem, song, verse, the mem-
bers of which, by the laws of parallelism,
consisted of two hemistichs similar in
form and sense. Spec, of prophecy
Num. 23, 7. 18. 24, 3. 15. 20 sq. of a di-
dactic discourse or poem Job 27, 1. 29,
1. Ps. 49, 5. 78, 2 ; often of a satirical
poem, song of derision. Is. 14, 4. Mic. 2,
4. Hab. 2, 6. So nj^'SlU^^ bl^ab . . . t^iri to
become a song and a by-word, Deut. 28,
37. 1 K. 9, 7. Jer. 24, 9. Ps. 69, 12 ; also
Ps. 44, 15. 2 Chr. 7, 20 ; comp. Ez. 14,
8. Arab. Jcixi parable, fable, sentence,
plur. Jujo! fables, verses.
11. bC'a pr. n, see ^dJa .
btDiZ m. (r. ^^^) I. rule, dominion,
Zech. 9, 10.
II. likeness, similitude, for concr. like,
Job 41, 25.
^te'Q inf. as subst. i. q. bi^n no. 4, song
of derision, Job 17, 6.
nbtp'a m. (r. n^ic) only in constr.
1. a sending forth, i. e. place to which
any thing is sent. Is. 7, 25 nittS nbaJ^
i. e. a place to which cattle are driven.
2. With t; or Q"^"!"; 'that to which the
hand is put,' business, Deut. 12, 7. 18. 15,
10. 23, 21. 28, 8. 20.
n'bBtt, nibffiia, m. (r. n\^j i. a
sending, Esth. 9, 19. 22.
2. With i;;, 'that on which hand is
laid,' prey, booty, Is. 11, 14.
trh'i'Q fern, of the preceding.
1. a sending, i. e. a trooj), host, of an-
gt\M, Ps. 78, 49.
2. a sending away, discharge, from
war or captivity, Ecc. 8, 8.
n)tia (friend sc. of God, r. cV:) Pu.
no. 3) Meshidlam., pr. n. of several per-
sons, Ezra 8, 16. 10, 15.29. Neh. 3, 4.6.
30. al.
ni'Q^TBtl (for nia^i^a retribuentes,
r. ob<U Pi.) Meshillemoth, pr. n. m. a)
2Chr'. 28, 12. b) Neh. 11, 13; for which
ni5a|aJ73 1 Chr. 9, 12, and this is the
more probable orthography.
n^'ablCTS (for rri^J^llia, whom Jeho-
' vah repays, or whom Jehovah treats as
a friend, r. nb<l5 Pi.) Meshelemiah, pr. h.
m. 1 Chr. 9, 21. 26, 1. 29 ; for which
!in^abaJ 26, 14.
ni'a^ttj'a, see in niTS^^lia .
tri2)t'n (friend sc. of God, r. c^ttj Pu.)
Meshidlemeth, pr. n. of the wife of king
Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19.
ffibtptt for ttJb^'^ , see ttJ^<^ .
rrBWZ f. (r. DTsaJ) plur. nia'r^a .
1. astonishment, amazement, Ez. 5, 15.
2. desolation, Ez. 6, 14. 33, 28. 35, 3.
Plur. Is. 15, 6. Jer. 48, 34.
JtlCTa m. (r. "i^ia) fatness ; Is. 17, 4
inba ''{0'(^P. the fatness of his Jiesh, his
liody. Plur. fi-^S^aaia a) fat places,
fertile fields, Dan. 11,24. b) Concr. fat
ones, i. e. stout, robust warriors, XiTia^oi,
Ps. 78, 31. Is. 10, 16.
ns'aTC'a (fatness, r. )-q^J Mishman-
nah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 10.
D"'3'aTP'n m. plur. (r. ",^1^) fatnesses,
i. e. the fat pieces of flesh, delicacies,
tid-bits, Neh. 8, 10.
5?'ail3'a m. (r. sai^) 1- a hearing,i.e.
the thing heard, Is. 11, 3.
2. Mishma, pr. n. m. a) Gen. 25, 14.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25.
n^'QTJJ'Q f. (r. Sai^) 1. a hearing,
audience, i. e. admission to the private
hearing of a king. 1 Sam. 22, 14 10^
?|r)SBiaa-bK and hath access to thy pri-
vate audience. 2 Sam. 23, 23. 1 Chr.
11, 25.
2. obedience, for concr. obedient, sub-
ject, Is. 11, 14. **
'nt'D
629
^wn
TaClp m. (r. ia(^) constr. "lattia ;
plur. c. sufl". l^"nttbT3.
1. watch, guard, i. e. station of a
watch, post, Neh. 7, 3. Jer. 51, 12.
Concr. the watch or guards themselves,
Neh. 4, 3. 16. Job 7, 12.
2. ward, prison, imprisonment, Gen.
40, Ssq. 42, 17.
3. Melon, whai is guarded, kept ; Prov.
4, 23 keep thy heart lOttSa-bso above all
that is kept, above all things else.
4. observance, what is observed or
kept, usage, rite, Neh. 13, 14. Concr.
one who is observed, treated with respect
and reverence, spoken of a prince, Ez.
38,7.
ri'I'OOtt, fem. of the preceding, c.
suff. '^mottJa : plur. niiaiaa , constr.
m"ntt5o .
I I
1. watch, guard, custody, i. e. a)
The act of guarding, 2 K. 11, 5. 6. b)
Place of a watch, station, post. Is.
21,8. Hab.^, 1. Concr. oi the watch,
guards, themselves, Neh. 7, 3. 12, 9.
13, 30.
2. a keeping, preservation, Ex. 12, 6.
16, 32. 33. 34. Concr. an object kept,
preserved in safety, I Sam. 22, 23.
3. a keeping, observance, performance
of a duty, office, charge. Num. 4, 27. 31
DK^*a n^aiaa rxt this is the observance
(charge) of their porterage, this is what
they have to bear. 3, 31 ')ii!!<i7 DPinada
their charge was the ark. Hence "laia
isiljan n-jaOJa Num. 1, 53. 31, 30. 47, or
ttinpn 'a 3, '23. 32. 38, or ninn 'a Lev. 8,
35, to keep the charge of the tabernacle,
etc. i. e. to perform the service in the
sacred tabernacle.
4. The object of observance, a charge,
law, usage, rite, Gen. 26, 5. Lev. 18, 30.
Josh. 22, 3. 1 K. 2, 3. Zech. 3,7. Mai. 3,
14. al.
5. 'b n'laaJa naa5 pr. to observe the
observance of any one, i. e. to keep one^s
duty to him, to follow the party of any
one. 1 Chr. 12, 29 ninaaj cn^a-ia
iist^ r''3 nnattJa , Vulg. magna pars
eorum adhuc sequebatur domum Said.
nSTStt m. (r. njifl) constr, nsttSa . c.
suff. ^Kr'iJ^ "
1. second rank, second place, in order,
dignity, honour, etc. Often in the gen.
after a noun, as HSiSBil 'ivJS the second
priest, who stands next to tlie>bMi
priest (ttJx-n ini) 2 K. 25, 18. Jer-tt
24; Plur. nsttJan ^sn'a the priests of
the second order, 2 K. 23, 4. So rasna
njllJaJi the second chariot in order Gen.
41,43. iJ'^a "i''5n the second purl of
the city Neh. 11. 9, and simpl. n:tia id.
2 K. 22, 14. Zeph. 1, 10.
2. Concr. the second, one who holds
the second place, c. gen. of the person
to whom he thus stands next, the next,
e. g. 'n^'?n '^3^? the next to the king
2 Chr. 28, 7, comp. 1 Sam. 23, 17. Esth.
10, 3. Tob. 1, 22. Spec, the second or
ne.vt brother, 1 Chr. 5, 12. 1 Sam. 8, 2 ;
fully nstua sin^nx his second or next
brother' 2 Chr. 31, 12. Plur. cn-^nx
O'^aiUBii their younger brethren, opp. to
the first-born 1 Chr. 15, 18. C]??? "^y^^
caaJa silver cups of a second (fualiiy
Ezra 1, 10. So 1 Sara. 15, 9 D-'Sldan
cattle of a second quality, (opp. -ijia,)
or perhaps lambs of the second birth,
i. e. autumnal lambs, and therefore
weaker and less valuable.
3. twofold, double, the double, Ex. 16,
22. Is. 61, 7. Job 42, 10. Zech. 9, 12.
tl03"n!tt5a the double in money, double
money. Gen. 43, 15. But fi?aJa t^D? v.
12 is a second money, i. q. inx 's other
money v. 22.
4. a duplicate, copy, of an original,
Deut. 17, 18. Josh. 8, 32.
nSTCtl f. (r. ot?aj ) plur. nisira , plun-
der, prey, booty; nsdab n^n Jer. 30,
16. 2 K. 21, 14. nSttJai ^ns Is. 42, 24
Keri.
* S^''2 obsol. root. perh. i. q. /ciwO,
(comp. irira, Arab. yiJo abstersit,) to
make clean, to cleanse, e. g. cotton by
picking; then also to pour out clean, to
milk clean, to eat off clean (from a plate);
also to plunder clean, i. e. to desolate,
comp. np^i Is. 3, 26. Not found in the
Heb. verb ; but adduced by Abuhvalid
and many intpp. as the root of "'SV'O q. v.
See Thesaur. p. 829.
bi:>a m. (r. bst^ ) a narrow path,
hollow way. Num. 22, 24 D-^ansn biSCa
a narrow way between two vineyards.
^'S'&Q an. Xiyofj.. Ez. 16. 4 nsnn xb
'Toab, of a new-born infant. Here
ric/j
630
STTI^a
iSttJ^ is referred by Abulwalid and many
others to r. Vii'O q. v. as if a cleansing.
q. d. nor wast thou washed to cleansing
i. e. clean, the form "'ST^'a being taken
lor n'^sdo. But no such form can be
derived from sda ; and I wouFd there-
fore rather refer it to r. nstD to look, i. e.
'y'i'a i. q. rtS'Ja, Yod radical being pre-
served, comp. c"'';ibn^ 2 Clir. 21, 25 ; and
tlien the sense would be : nor wast thou
washed for looking upon, i. e. for pre-
senting to thy parents and others, which
is not done until after the infant is wash-
ed and swathed.
Dl^t?^ (their cleansing, or their be-
holding, see *'2Jilia) Misham, pr. n, m.
1 Chr. 8, 12.
'j5'TT3 m. (r. "i^t!) ) constr. IS^lJa, a
stay, support, prop, Is. 3, 1. Trop. Ps.
18, 19.
jyiSia m. id. Is. 3, 1 nD5ll3:Q!\ iS^iSia stay
and support, i. e. support of every kind,
as immediately explained, e. g. food
and drink v. 1, comp, "iSD ; also the
chief persons of the nation on whom
the people lean, v. 2. 3; comp. nSQ.
For this use of the masc. and fem. in
connection to express universality, see
Coram, on Is. 1. c.
npyiD'JS (em. of the preced. stay, sup-
port, Is. 3, 1 ; see in 'jStti'?.
n:?TtJ f. 2 K. 4, 31, constr. id. 18. 21,
c. suff. "^Fis^itiia ; plur. c. suff. nnissaJa ;
a staff, on which one leans, Judg. 6, 21.
Ez. 29, 6. R. ',505 .
nnBtp'a , f. (i . ncoj ) constr. rneyja ,
c. suft". 'nnBttJTS ; plur. ninsaj^ Ps. 107.
41, constr. 'rinBttSo.
1. genus, kind, of animals Gen. 8, 19 ;
also of inanimate things Jer. 15, 3.
2. gens, i. e. a tribe, clan, Gen. 10, 18.
20. 31. 32. 12, 3. Also of a whole peo-
ple, nation, Ez. 20, 32. Jer. 8, 3. 25, 9.
Mic. 2, 3.
3. In the subdivisions of the Hebrew
people,, spec, a family, several of which
were comprehended in one tribe (^21^),
as on the other hand one family con-
tained several households^fathers^ houses,
(niaij rr^a, see n^a no. 11,) Ex. 6, 14 sq.
Num! 1, 2. 20 sq. 26, 5 sq. Deut. 29, 17.
Josh. 7. 14 sq. 21, 5 sq. 1 Sam. 20, 29.
Aih nnsttJ^ nnt we have a family (subdi-
vision) sacrifice. Used rarely and laxly
for tribe, "JniC, as Josh. 7, 17 nnsilja
niw , for n-i^ni MSttJ in v, 16.
tiSTJJ'a m. (r. i::sttj) constr. isstlia, c.
suff. "^liSUia ; plur. D'^BSda, constr.
1. judgment, i. e. a) The act of
judging, Lev. 19, 15 ye shall do no injus-
tice MBTliaa in judgment. Deut. 1, 17
xnn DTi^xb aed^sn '3 for to God be-
longeth judgment. Is. 28, 6 bs "S^y^
LJBrSil who siltelh in judgment. Ez. 21,
32 tJBUJBn ib -liTX ita-n? uniil he shall
come to whom judgment belongeth. b)
The place of judgment, i. q. MQUJart C"!pB
Ecc. 3, 16. So cs ME^aris xi'a to go into
judgment with, to summon before a
judge. Job 9, 32. 22, 4. Ps. 143, 2 ; comp.
Job 14, 3. Ecc. 11, 9. c) the sentence
of a judge, 1 K. 3, 28. 20, 40. Ps. 17, 2.
Plur. nin"i '^xyS'S'Othe judgments of Jeho-
vah Ps.'l9, 10.' 119, 75. 137. Espec. of a
sentence by which punishment is inflict-
ed, e. g. Tsya I3BCT3 sentence of death,
Deut. 21, 22.' Jer. 26, 11. n-'-JBttJia *iati
(nnix) 'B"nx to pronounce severe judg-
ments upon any one. to impose punish-
ment upon him, Jer. 1, 16. 4, 12. 39, 5.
52, 9. 2 K. 25. 6 ; comp. the same phrase
below in no. 2. a. Hence for punish-
ment itself, Is. 53. 8.
2. That on vfWich judgment is passed,
what is brought before a judge : a) a
cause, suit, before a judge. Num. 27, 5.
iJBllJ'a T^"!? to order or set forth a cause,
Job' 13, 18. 23. 4. 'b MEttia Cosir) ntos
to carry on {judge) the cause of any
one, to be his patron, Deut. 10, 18. Ps.
9, 5. (Comp. T'^l and a'^n .) o'^aB'^a la"^
rix to litigate or contend with any one,
Jer. 12, 1. "'^B^'? b?a my opponent,
adversary, pr. who has a suit with me.
Is. 50; 8. b) guilt, crime, for which
one is judged, Jer. 51, 9. ts^a'n liB'ro a
capital crime Ez. 7, 23 ; comp. Deut.
21, 22.
3. right, rectitude, justice, what is just,
lawful, conformable to law. So Han
aBUJa to wrest justice Deut. 16, 19. 27,
19*. ' 1 Sam. 8, 3. Mj^niSI 'JBITIQ HiUS to
do right and justice Jer. 22, 15. 23, 5.
33, 15. Deut 32, 4 BDttJa T'S'JT^S all
tt'D
631
puj^a
hia ways are rectitude i. e. right, just.
tjDttJo ^}]H-o a just balance Prov. 16, 11.
Also BOtiab according to justice, justly,
Is. 32, 1 ; or according to right, as is
right, Jer. 46, 28 ; and so the opp. xba
OBBia without right Jer. 22, 13. Spec.
a) a law, statute^ as a rule of judging,
i. q. pn, Ex. 21, 1. 24, 3 ; often 'aotin
^ of the divine laws, Lev. 18, 4. 5.' 26.
19, 37. 20 sq. Deut. 4, 1. 7, 11. 12. So
collect, the law, tlie body of laws, as we
say: 'the Mosaic law,' 'the common
law;' e. g. ^1 UDOSa Is. 51, 4. 58, 2,
and simply aOttJia 42, 1. 3. 4, the divine
law, (i. q. fTiin ,) the religion of Jehovah.
b) That which belongs to any one by
law, a right, privilege, due, e. g. UBl5a
nibxan the right of redemption Jer. 32, 7 ;
nnsan 'o the right of primogeniture
Deut. 21, 17. Collect. Ti^Bn OQOJo the
royal privilege, i. e. the rights and pre-
rogatives of the king, 1 Sam. 8, 9. 11. 10,
25. SfKic. what one receives by right ;
usr\ rxTs D'^ins^! tJDUSiQ the priests^ due
from the people Deut. 18, 3. 1 Sam. 2,
13. c) Since laws proceed not only
from the will of the lawgiver, but often
also from the manners and customs of a
people, hence UBtlia is also manner, cus-
tom, prescription ; as 2 K. 11, 14 and lol
the king stood upon a stand BBO^BS ac-
cording to custom. 17, 33. 34. 40. Gen.
40, 13 ('ittSst'nn aBOJas in the former
s
mantier. Comp. Arab. ^^yJi^ and Gr.
SlxTi. Hence d) manner, i. e. fashion,
sort, kind. 2 K. 1, 7 'Xn aBttJa no
what was the fashion of the man ? what
sort of a man was he ? Judg. 13, 12 "Jia
sinbsoii isjn asffia riyrf what will be
the manner of the child (i. e. what sort of
a child will he be) and what will he do 7
Ex. 26, 30. Jer. 30, 18 ; also manner,
way, Ecc. 8, 5. 6.
D^nSCtJ dual, Gen. 49, 14. Judg. 5,
16, i. q. D":neil5 Ps. 68, 14, folds, enclos-
ures, open above, often made of hurdles,
in which during the summer months the
flocks are kept by night ; from the root
riBuJ to place, as stabula from stare
(comp. Virg. Georg. 3. 228, with the
noteofVoss), i.q. ninna. nixbao. The
Hebrews seem to have used the dual
form on account of the folds of this kind
being divided into two parts for the dif-
ferent kinds of flocks ; comp. D^niTU*
Josh. 15, 36. To lie down among the
folds. 11. cc. seems to be sjwken proverb-
ially of shepherds and husbandmen liv-
ing in leisure and quiet. The significa-
tion adopted by many interpreters, after
J. D. Michaelis, viz. drinking-troughs,
watering-troughs, from v:>,Ami to drink,
has been refuted by N. G. Schroeder
(Muntinghe ad Ps. 1. c.) who shows that
this root is not used of every kind of
drink, but only of such as is hurtful,
which does not quench thirst but aug-
ments it. The true view was long since
given by Ludolf in his Lex. iEthiop.
p. 76.
P'''^ obsol. root, prob. i.q. "'lUB to
hold, and then to possess, 3 and p being
interchanged; comp. "^'^o. Hence
pttSoo possession, and
pTC'Q uTi. hyofi. possession, Gen. 15, 2,
i. q. T(!lJo. The interpretation of this
vexed passage may then be thus pre-
sented : ^TS'^bs ptoa"! s<!in "^nia ptia-jai
and the son of possession (i. e. the pos-
sessor) of my house or of my domestic
property will be Eliezer of Damascus.
The sacred writer seems to have chosen
this less frequent form pUJa, in order
to form an assonance with the word
piUB'n ; a kind of play upon words not
unknown even to the prose writers of
the O. T. see in nipa no. 2. For a like
reason he puts simply pba'n for ""jS
piaaii a Damascene; comp. "(533 no. 3.
Others derive paia from the root pplfi
to run, (as ia from "I'^a.) and trans-
late : filius discursitationis, i. q. house-
steward. But in this connection there
would be little force in the words : /
am childless and the steward of my
house (or my head-servant) is Eliezer
of Damascus. See more in Thesaur.
p. 829.
p lE^a m. constr. pTSa , a running about,
from r. pp'Oj formed in the Chaldee
manner, Is. 33, 4.
nptJ'Q ni. (r. n;ri6) constr. npSJa, c.
sufl". rrjtaa sing. 1 K. 10, 5, see Heb. Gr.
91, 9; plur. C-'pttJn.
1. Part. Hiph. a cup-bearer, see the
root.
p^a
632
nn^
2. drink, espec. wine, Gen. 40, 21.
Lev. 11, 34. 1 K. 10, 5. 21 np.tlj^' ^^3
drinking-vessels.
3. rt well-watered region, Gen. 13. 10.
Ez. 45, 15.
bipTJJa m. (r. ^I^ti ) weight, Ez. 4, 10.
yjipTOl? m. (r. Cipai) a lintel, the
upper part of a door-way, Ex. 12, 7.
22. 23.
bpTSB m. (r. bpto) constr. ^paJ^a,
1. a weighing, act of weighing ;
2 K. 25, IG nain?!? bfJttJa n^n stb f/iere
icos no weighing of the brass, i. e. it
could not be weighed for abundance.
1 Chr. 22, 3 bfjOJa "px so that there was
no weighing it. v. 14.
2. weight, Lev. 19, 35. 26, 26.
nbpiaa Is. 28, 17, and t^^pTS'? 2 K.
21, 13, f. a plumb-line, plummet, used in
levelling ; so called from its poising.
R. bpt^.
5?ptO^ m. (r. S!5^) constr. 5;5U5?3,
'place into which waters have settled,'
a settling-place, Ez. 34, 18.
^0^, see laJia.
rrnOTS f (r. triai I) maceration, steep-
ing. Num. 6, 3 C-iass-nnaia ^Ae s^eep-
ing of grapes, i. e. a drink prepared from
macerated grapes.
Srj'ipimCia Chald. m. (r. pnaS) a
pipe, syrinx, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15.
'^y'lTD'ja Mishraiie, gentile n. from
S'nOJia Mishra, a town or district else-
where unknown; collect. 1 Chr. 2, 53.
The latter name might signify, * slippery
place,' i. q. Chald. sinoJa .
*V:W2 fut. tt5a^ to touch, to feel, c.
ace. Gen. 27, 12. 22 ; prob. also ?]l5aj< v.
21 (Dagesh being dropped), which is
commonly referred to r. ttiw. Chald.
tiffia, ttJai^a, Zab. v_iLio, Arab. yLc,
Ethiop. with "i inserted, ^QClfl id.
Gr. (ida(T(a. Kindr. are ttJia II, itJtlis,
q. V.
Pi EL ttJisa , to feel in the dark, ^o grope,
Deut. 28, 29. Job 5, 14; c. ace. to feel
out, to explore with the hand. Gen. 31,
34. 37. Job 12, 25 T^'^n iiaJaJa-; they feel
out the darkness.
HiPH, id. c. ace. Ex. 10, 21.
nSrnC'a m. (r. nni^ ) constr. nwdJa , c.
suff. T^nttJa Dan. 1, 5. 8, and Cir!''f?''l^'3 v.
16 (both in sing. Heb. Gr. 91. 9),
plur. c. sufF. D3"'n<iJa v. 10. '
1. a drinking, Esth. 5, 4. 7, 2. So
T?'"! i^fiaja ir^a the chamber of drinking
wine, the banqueting-hall, Esth. 7, 8 ; Yl
T^nuJa the wine of his drinking, i. e.
which the king drank, Dan. 1, 5. 8.
16.
2. drink, Dan. 1, 10. E-zra 3, 7.
3. a banquet, feast, avfiTioaiov, Esth. 1.
3. 2, 18. 8, 17. Is. 5, 12.
nntJ'Q Chald. m. emphat. N^WOJa , id.
Dan. 5, 10 'a rr^S f/te banqueting-hall;
see in Heb. nnoia no. 1.
fl"!? in sing, not used, a man, Lat.
mas, commonly referred to the root
nna , pr. extended, grown up. adult, see
Ewald's Gram. 382 ; comp. n^a ttJ-'X .
Eth. <?^T vir, spec, maritus ; comp. Lat.
mas. In the Hebrew itself there are
traces of the singular number in the pr.
names bxttjiina, n^^Unna, (wa being a
construct form, like wX Chald. constr.
!t::x ; Dt^ , !iaa3 , whence' bx^iaaj ; D-'3B in
sing, constr. *13a, whence bxiJB,) as also
in Punic words e. g. Metuastartus ino
n"inUJ5 i. e. a man or worshipper of
Astarte, Methymatnus "jtna !ina i. e. a
gift-man, comp. Theodorus, Diodorus.
See Thesaur. p. 830.
Plur. D'^na m. twice defective ona
Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6, men, i. e. males, opp.
to women and children, Deut. 2, 34 cna
t[^'>^^ Cttjjn^ the men and women and
children. 3, 6. Job 11, 3. Is. 3. 25. Often
c. genit. "iBpa "^na a few men Gen. 34, 30;
X1U3 ''na men of falsehood Ps. 26, 4 ;
"'^0'$ "^^"^ '"^y i^nt-companions Job 31,
31. etc. In Is. 41, 14 the words "'na
bstnia^ are well rendered by Sept. oXi-
yoarbg 'fagarjA, Luther du armer Haufe
Israel ; though this notion of fewness
and misery lies not in the word "^na ,
but comes from the preceding Psbin.
For Judg. 20, 48 see in art. cha ;
and for the phrase DTia T'S see in "("^S
I. 1. b.
fTQ dead, part, of r. nia, where see.
'jSri'a m. (from subst. *)2n) collect.
straw, heap of straw, Is. 25, 10.
an7j
633
sriM
* trja obeol. root, perh. either to
stretch, to extend, comp, kindr. nptt ,
nno ; or else i. q. Ti^iis , to dr^w, to
drag. Hence
Sf}^ ra. c. suff. 'ana , a bit, curb, 2 K.
19, 28. Is. 37, 29. Ps. 32, 9. Prov. 26,
3. Metaph. 2 Sam. 8, 1 ; see in MBX
no. 3.
nr)^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. .^ijo,
Uuo, and ouo, to stretch, to extend, e. g.
a cord. Kindred is Hna, also Tjo,
Deriv. na (OTia), 'na , pr. n. i>s<a5!ina ,
nbcjiina.
p'ifl'Q m. adj. (r. pna) fem. njDiina ,
plur. O-^psinn, see Heb.' Gr. 27.'n. 1;
sweet, Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 24,
13. 27, 7. Cant. 2, 13. Neut. sweet,
sweetness, Ez. 3, 3. Judg. 14, 14. Me-
taph. pleasant, Ecc. 5, 11. 11, 7.
bS^TD^r.'a (man of God, comp. from
ina man, see in nn , 'UJ i. q. "it^x , and
bx) Methushael, pr. n. of one of the
patriarchs, descended from Cain, Gen.
4, 18.
H5TD^JTa (man of the dart, see pre-
ceding art.) Methuselah, pr. n. of a
patriarch before the flood, the son of
Enoch and grandfather of Noah, who
died at the age of 969 years, Gen. 5,
21 sq.
* mD'J fut. niTO'^ , to stretch, to ex-
tend, as a tent, the heavens, Is. 40,
22. Syr. Chald. id. Eth. <P^ih for
^(0*^111 induit, velavit; whence de-
rivatives signifying pallium. Kindred
roots are nnb , Sam. nns , to expand ;
also nna , ^gjj^ provectus fuit dies.
Deriv. nnnax a sack.
^TP^ pr. subst. extension, space of
time ; then as an interrogative adverb,
when ? Arab. ^-JOo , Syr. y^LLo] , Chald.
ina^X . Gen. 30, 30. Ps. 42, 3. 94, 8.
119", 82. 84. Am. 8, 5. al. Without inter-
rogation (Syr. J ^2^1) Prov. 23, 35
y^pt^ ''na when I awake. Ps. 101, 2.
With prefixes: a) ''nab i. q. ina
(see b B. 2. a), at what time, when,
without interrog. Ex. 8, 5 [9]. Sept.
jrote.
b) 'ra-n? until when ? i. e. how long?
1 Sam. 16, 1. Ex. 10, 3. 7. Ps. 80, 5.
Jer. 4, 14. 21. al. Poet, in aposiope-
sis : Ps. 6, 4 and thou Jehovah, "^ra-ns
how long? sc. wilt thou delay to help.
90, 13; comp. Is. 6, 11.
c) "^na ''inx after how long? i. e.
when? Jer. 13, 27.
Clltl plur. of na q. v.
nsSPiti f (r. -(Sn) c. suff. in33ri,
measure, Ez. 45. 11 ; a daily task, tale,
Ex. 5, 8, comp. "(Sn v. 18. Ex. 30, 32
"nssnaa according to its measure, i. e.
the proportion of the parts of which it is
composed. 2 Chr. 24, 13 and they rebuilt
the house of God iPl33P\a bs according to
its former measure.
nsjbn'a Mai. 1, 13 for nxbpi-na ; see
Ha note, lett. c. p. 541.
riiy?lntJ f plur. by transposition for
niSPiba, biters, teeth, only constr. Job 29,
17. Joel 1, 6. See Disnia .
DfTD m. (r. Qatn) wholeness, sound-
ness, e. g. of body, Ps. 38, 4. 8. Is. 1, 6.
In Judg. 20, 48 instead of nha is to be
read era men, as found in several Mss.
See in TTa .
|ri/-i obsol. root, Arab. ^\Jiio, to be
strong, firm; comp. kindr. inB . Hence
'jpiax , o^sna .
'V^P^ m. (r. irj) constr. 'itna , Kamets
impure, Prov. 18, 16.
1. a gift. Gen. 34, 12. Num. 18, 11.
Prov. 18, 16. "iPia tZ5^s< a liberal man
Prov. 19, 6.
2. Mattan, pr. n. a) A priest of
Baal 2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr. 23, 17. b)
Jer. 38, 1.
Xpn'a Chald. f. i. q. Hebr. njPia , a
gift, plur. 'iSRa Dan. 2, 6. 48. 5, iV.
nsntt f. (r. "jn;) constr. nspia ; plur.
niana , constr. nisna .
1.' a gift, present, Esth. 9, 22. 2 Chr.
21, 3. Gen. 25. 6; spec, a bribe, i. q,
nnitJ, Ecc.7,7. Also a gT/Z offered to God
Ex. 28, 38. Lev. 23, 38. Num. 18, 6. 7.
29. Ps. 68, 19; to idols Ez. 20, 31. 39.
2. MianaA,pr.n. of a place between
3n^j
634
nn^
the desert and the borders of Moab,
Num. 21, 18. 19.
''?P>'^ (apoc. for n^3F)^) Mattenai, pr.
n. m. a) Neh. 12, 19. b) Ezra 10, 33.
c) Ezra 10, 37.
''irna Mtthnite, a gentile name else-
where unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 43.
n^^Sn-a and m^-Sri^ (gift of Jeho-
vah, r. "iPj) Mattaniah, pr. n. of se-
veral men,' 2 K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 9, 15.
20, 4. 16. 2 Chr. 20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra
10, 26. 27. 30. 37. Neh. 11, 17. 12, 8. 25.
13, 13.
Dl'Sri'g m. dual, (r. 'inB) the loins, the
lower part of the back, so called as the
Beat of strength, Gr. oaq)vg, to be distin-
guished from Tp^ the thigh, see in Ti'n^
no. 1. 1 K. 12, 10. ts-^snr ia waters to
the loins, reaching thus far, Ez. 47, 4.
Spec, the loins are that part of the body
around which the girdle is worn 2 K.
1, 8. 9, 1. Is. 11, 5. Jer. 1, 17. Gen. 37,
34 ; on which burdens are sustained Ps.
66, 11 ; in which is the seat of the pains
of travail Is. 21, 3. Nah. 2, 11. Also the
seat of strength, (see above and comp.
Lat. elumbis, delumbare for debilitare,)
whence 's "'Sr"? 7^^ io shatter the loins
of any one, i. e. to crush him wholly,
Deut. 33, 11, comp. Ez. 21, 11 ; to cause
the loins to waver, shake, of one verging
to ruin, Ps. 69, 24. Ez. 29, 7. Arab.
^UJuo and Syr. |AJ\^ id. more rarely
s "^
also sing. ^^j-Xjo one side of the loins or
lower region of the back protuberant
with flesh and muscles.
* Pt)''9 fut, pna"! 1. to suck, i. q.
y
Syr. ^moLHie to suck as a child ; hence to
feed upon with relish, comp. ysa . Job
24, 20 nan ipn^ when the worm feeds
sweetly on him.
2. to be or become sweet, sweet things
being wont to be sucked; Prov. 9, 17.
Ex. 15, 25. Metaph. Job 21, 33 sipna
bna iSJ'i ib sweet to him are the clods
of the^valley, the earth is light upon
him.
HiPH. 1. to make sweet or pleasant.
Metaph. Ps. 55, 15 p'^Fias Tnn;; nqx
TiO (we) who made sweet together our
familiar discourse, i. e. who as fami-
liar friends held sweet discourse toge-
ther.
2. Intrans. to be sweet, (pr. to cause
sweetness, see Heb. Gram. 52. 2. n.)
Job 20, 12.
Deriv. pina, Qiptnaa, and the three
here following.
r'T}*^. m. sweetness, trop. pleasantness,
Prov. 16, 21. 27, 9.
'pTp^ m. sweetness Judg. 9, 11.
'^Jpfp'^ (sweetness, r. pna ; prob.
sweet fountain, opp. r^'?) Mithkah, pr.
n. of a station of the Israelites in Arabia
Petraea, Num. 33, 28. 29.
n'l'llnia Persian pr. n. Miihredath,
Gr. MiTQocdixTrjg, Mid^giduTrjQ, Milhrida-
tes, i. e. a Mithra datus, Mithra being
the genius of the sun, a) A treasurer
of Cyrus the king, Ezra 1, 8. b) An
officer of Artaxerxes in Samaria, Ezra
4, 7. See more in Thesaur. p. 832.
nri'a f. (contr. for n:ria, r. *|n3) a
gift, present, 1 K. 13, 7.' Prov. 25,' 14.
Ecc. 3, 13. 5, 18. ii; nina the gift of his
hand, I. e. as much as he is able to give,
Ez. 46, 5. 11. Only in the constr.
nPiri)? (contr. for n;;nr]73) Mattathah,
pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 33. Gr. Maita&d
Luke 3, 31.
n^nntt and iSl^^nnia (gift of Jeho-
vah, r. *|Pi3) pr. n. Matiithiah, a frequent
name after the exile : a) Ezra 10, 43,
b) Neh. 8, 4. c) 1 Chr. 9, 31. 15, 18.
21. 16, 5. Gr. Maxxa&lag 1 Mace. 2, 1 ;
Mat&ia? Acts 1. 23. 26; also MaT&aiog
the evangelist.
635
113
5
Nun, the fourteenth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a minienil denoting
50. The name } sigiiifii's in Syriac,
Chaidee. and Arabic, ajish, which seems
to have been represented by the primi-
tive form of this letter ; see Monumm.
Phoen. p. 37 sq.
It is interchanged : a) With other
liquids, as Lowed, see left, b ; M^in, see
lett. "2 ; more rarely Besh, as naxj-ian^S
and ^SX-insi^J : niT, Cliald. nn, the
sun is risen; C73"i\ Aram. *|"'"iri two;
Arab, ^yi and ^^y^yi purple, b)
As the weakest of the liquids it is often
softened into Yod. so tiiat very many
verbs *,S and ''B exist side by side with
the same signification, as ns3 and nx^
to be beautiful. :S3 and 2S^ to set. 'Cp^i
and cp^ to lay snares, comp. Lehrg.
112. 2. a ; and for the affinity of verbs
fa with other hi literals, as lis, 5S, rib,
see ibid. no. 2. 3. The primary mono-
syllabic root of verbs "jB, and also of
verbs ""B, is often the last syllable,
whence nn: i. q. n^n to roar ; nn: i. q.
mi , nn^ ; soj and JID to depart ; nsj
and n^iQ to blow ; aj53 and aaj? to curse ;
i3 and bVr , etc.
Nun is very often dropped at the be-
ginning and in the middle of words ; also
Gometimes at the end. On theother hand,
in Chaidee, Arabic, and Ethiopic, in-
stead of doubling a letter. Nun is fre-
quently inserted before the letter which
would otherwise be doubled, e. g. Wa3X
for insx , see 3X ; ynsB for r -jt? ; also
rVa^r , Arab. kLjudm , ear of grain ;
na'j;}. Eth. llllll", etc. see Thesaur.
I. i*5 a particle of incitement and also
of request, entreaty, Engl, now, often
rendered / pray thee, Lat. quceso, Gr.
drj^ Germ, dock. Syr. p, ^^, id. al-
though rarely used and sometimes mis-
understood by the Syrians themselves ;
Sam. ^J; rnX I" Ethiopic the cor-
responding word is iO go to, come,
usually declined like nn imperative, f
^^ plur. lU-, J^ ; comp. fU-, iT,
iP , lo ! Amhar, 5*A . The whole verb
is prob. preserved in the Egyptian Jl^
to come. See Thesaur. p. 833. The
particle X3 i.s joined
1. With the Imperative, both simple,
as X;"nj? Gen. 22. 2 ; and paragogic or
intensive, as xpnsb Judg. 19, 11. Num.
22. 6. It thus expresses : a) Incite-
ment, as rp"' X3"nb'j put forth now thy
hand Job 1, 11. 2, 5. b) Command, but
gently and mildly, as we say : ' do now,'
' do now this or that.' Gen. 24, 2 put now
(xS'Cia) thy hand render my thigh. 13,
14. Num. 22, 6. Job 4, 7 X3 i3T remem-
ber now. 12. 7 x:-5X"a ask now. 33, 1.
So ill the language of God ; Gen. 22, 2
r^rsTX Nj'nj? take now thy son. Is. 7, 3.
Ex. 11, 2. c) Admonition, and even
rebuke and threat ; Num. 16. 26 depart
now (x:"i!Id) from the tents of these
wicked men. 20, 10 hear now (x:"asTac),
ije rebels. Ps. 50, 22. d) Entreaty, very
often; Gen. 27, 19 naq xrcip arise
now, sit and eat. 24, 45 let me drink, I
pray th^e. 12, 13. 13, 9. 32, 30. 37, 16.
50, 17. Judg. 19, 9. al. seep. With a
certain degree of asperity, Is. 47, 12
Tjinnns S3"'iss persist now in thine en-
chantments.
2. With the Future, a) In the frst
person often together with n paragog.
which has a like power ; here it serves
chiefly for incitement. Jer. 5, 24 X3 s'n"'3
"''^"rx let us now fear Jehovah. So sing,
also of oneself Gen. 18. 21 S3-nn"js /
wilt go down now, i. q. come, I will go
down. Ex. 3. 3. 2 Sam. 14, 15. Cant. 3,
2. 1 Chr. 22, 5. The same form is used
by those who speak with others and ask
their leave ; 1 Sam. 20, 29 X3 nabax let
me hasten away, I pray thee. Num. 20,
17. 1 K. 1, 12. Ex. 4, 18. Is. 5, 1. 5.
Ruth 2, 2. Once X3 is found separated
from its verb, or rather the verb is to be
repeated before it, X3....Dbrx Ps. 116,
14. b) In the third person, and here
:5
63S
i:
it expresses : ) Incitement, provoca-
tion ; Jer. 17, 15 where is the word of
the Lord ? nd 6ti3^ let it come now, at
last ; comp. Is. 5, 19. /S) Wish and en-
treaty ; Gen. 47, 4 let thy servants dwell
71010 (x:~!l-t'"'), i. e. suffer us to dwell.
Ps. 124. 1. i'29, 1. Cam. 7, 9. 2 K. 2, 9.
y) Asking leave ; Gen. 18. 4 xj-n;?^ Jet
there be brought now, permit me to bring.
44, 18.
3. Once with the Pra?ter ; Gen. 40, 14
^cn '''It::? NS-n-"i"yT and show kindness,
I pray thee, xinto me, deal now kindly
with me, where X3 gives to the Prteter
the force oi'the Optative ; comp. in =x ""S
B. 3. p. 462.
4. With Interjections: a) NS'nin
behold now! lo vow! Gen. 12, 11. 16,
2. Job 40, 15. 1 6. al. b) w^cj-^ix wo now !
Jer. 4, 31. 45, 3. Lam. 5, 16. c) From
Np-Pix comes contr. KSX and nss ah
noiv ! see p. 70.
5. With an interrog. Adverb, X3-n*i<
where noxc 7 Ps. 115, 2.
6. With Conjunctions: a) X3~^5< nay
now ; not, I pray thee; with fut. and
implying a wish or asking leave that
something may not take place. So with
the frst pers.Job 32, 21 \:3 N';ax. wS:-?5<
0''i< let me not. I pray, accept any man's
person, i. e. let me now remain impar-
tial. With the second pers. Gen. 18, 3
nbsn n;"5J< pass not away, I pray thee.
19, 7. Num. 10, 31. Also with the third
pers. Gen. 18, 32 "j'l.'^b -in": NJ-bs . Ab-
eol. NS-bs not so now, Oh not so ! Gen.
19, 18.
b) N;"3!!t if note, if indeed, Gr. d'nozs,
idv noiE, used by those who modestly
and timidly presuppose any thing. So
in the phrase Ji-'rsa -n ^r^a^-o s:-cs
if now I ha Ke found favour in thine eyes,
which I hope rather than venture to
assume. Gen. 18. 3 (Sept. d utJt*). 33,
10. 47. 29. 50. 4. Ex. 33, 13. 34, 9. In
Gen. 30. 27 the apodosis is wanting after
this phrase, q. d. ' tarry, I will do all that
thou requirest.' Once K3 is separated
from the conjunct. Gen. 24, 42 r,ttJ;|-cs<
'Si'n rr^^xo 3 if now thou do prosper
my way.
Note. In the language of courteRy
and submission this particle is often used
repeatedly ; e. g. Gen. 18, 3. 19, 7. 8. IS.
19. 50, 17. 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3.
II. i55 m. adj. (r. X"'3) raw, half-
cooked, rare, as flesh, Ex. 12, 9. Arab.
!!2 Ez. 30. 14. 15. 16. Jer. 46, 25, fully
'ji'aS'SD Nah. 3, 8, No, No-Ammon, pr.
n. for the Egyptian Thebes or Dlospo-
lis. the ancient and splendid metropolis
of Upper Egypt, called by Homer ex-
Tv[niv).oi II. 9. 383, one hundred and
forty stadia in circuit, situated on both
sides of the Nile, and celebrated for the
multitude and splendour of its temples,
obelisks, statues, etc. see Diod. Sic. 1.
45-50. Strabo 17. 1. 45. p. 816 Casaub.
In the time of the prophet Nahum (1. c.)
it was already destroyed, before Nine-
veh, probably by the Assyrians, Is. 20,
4 ; it was afterwards in part restored by
the Ptolemies and the Romans. Its
splendid ruins, which are named after
the modern villages Medinet Abu. Luk-
sor. Karnak, are depicted in the great
work: Descr. de I'Egypte T. II. III.
Wilkinson's Topography of Thebes, etc.
Lond. 1843. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 28 sq. Sept. in Ez. 1. c. Jioanohg,
m Nahum 1. c. fi((jlg \in^m; which last
is a literal interpretation of the suppos-
ed Egyptian form 2Vb-^wmon, viz. K3,
Egypt. JIOC or JIOTC, i. e. a/mvoq, a
measuring line, then part, portion mea-
*sured, and ,i5:s ^JULOTXl (Jupiter)
Ammon, see 'p'^S III ; whence ",i^i< N3
th^ portion of Ammon, i. e. the possession
of the god Ammon, as the chief seat of
his worship ; see Jablonski Opuscula
ed. te Water, T. I. p. 163-168. But
the ancient Egyptian form was more
probably Jl^-^JULOYJl qiiod Ammonia
est. or better JUL^-^-llOTJl the place
of Ammon, since m and n were often
interchanged, as in Moph and Noph.
* "i<2 obsol. root ; either i. q. Arab.
5b to give forth water, i. e. the earth,
whence t>U a land yielding water ; or
better i. q. 113, to be shaken, agitated.
Hence
n3 m. also Tl3 for Tixs Judg. 4. 19;
plur. n"il3 , o bottle, i. e. a skin or lea-
thern sack, for milk Judg. 4, 19 ; for wine
n3
637
ti3
1 Sum. 16, 20. Josh. 9, 4. 13. The skins
for preserving wine were suspended in
the smoke, I*s. 119, 83. So called either
as being used for liquids ; or better, from
being shaken in order to make butter
from milk ; see Bibi. Res. in Palest. II.
p. ISO, 440.
*nS3 in Kal not used, i. q. OJS, to
sit, to dwell, comp. Gr. vnia, vaoi;. The
primary notion seems to be that of rest,
quiet, see Hab. 2. 5, comp. Eth. lUP
respiravit, requievit ; and it therefore
has affinity with ni3 .Hence nxj , plur.
constr. nixs .
PiL. mxa Ps, 93. 5 (comp. nnrd Hith-
pal. n"innt"n). plur. contr. ^1X3 for iiX3.
1. With h, to be proper, suitable, be-
coming to any one ; pr. ' to sit well' on
any one, comp. Plin. Panegyr. 10 quam
bene humeris tuts sederet imperium, the
metaphor being drawn from a garment.
So in Engl, and also Germ, jemandem
gut sitzen, formerly taken in the widest
sense, whence the word Sitte. (Others
take n;x3 as Niph. of the verb nix , pr.
to be desired, and hence to be agreeable,
decorous, etc.) Ps. 93, 5 niS3 ^^n-'ab
onp holiness becometh thine house. Comp.
adj. rilX3.
2. Absol. to be decorous, becoming, i. e.
to be comely, beauiiful, Cant. 1, 10. Is.
52, 7. Hence ril8<3 .
nS3 f (r. nx3) i. q. ni3, nj3, only in
plur. constr. mx3 , a poetic word, seats,
dwellings, habitations, viz. a) Of men
or of God, as aps;; nix3 Lam. 2, 2 ; rix3
Gorj Vulg. domus iniquitatis Ps. 74, 20.
C-inlJX mx3 83, 13. b) Of flocks and
herds, pastures, in which they remain,
lie down, rest ; see the root nx3 . Jer.
25, 37. Am. 1, 2. "lan^a nixs pastures
of the desert Ps. 65, 'i3. Jer. 9, 9. al.
KttJ^I m'N3 green pastures Ps. 23, 2.
nnX3 adj. (for niX3 , r. nx3) fem. njxa .
1. becoming, suitable, proper, c. b Ps.
33, 1 n^nn nnxs D'^nd'^b praise becometh
the upright, i. e. praise to God. 147, 1.
Prov. 17, 7. 19, 10. 26. 1.
2. comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, 5. 2, 14.
4, 3. 6, 4.
*^^? i. q. ens, r^-cr], Gr. [iva, to
murmur, to mutter, to whisper, to speak
54
in a low voice ; Arab. *u id. Spec, of
the supernatural voice which was rop-
{wsed to whisper onicles in the ear of a
prophet ; see 0X3 . and comp. "(TX nbi p.
192. Once of false prophets, Jer. 23, 31
DX3 i^X3i they mutter (false) oracles.
Hence
DSJ3 m. (r. 0X3, after the form b)
effatum, a declaration, revelation, oracle.
a) Of God ; once in st. absol. Jer. 23, 31.
Very freq. in the phrases: ni~i^ CX3,
niX3S '^ 0X3, (so is) the oracle of Jeho-
vah, so is it revealed from Jehovah ;
usually inserted in the words of the
prophets themselves, as in Engl, saith
Jehovah, saith the Lord, Am. 6, 8. 14. 9,
12. 13. h1. or else added at the end of a
sentence Am. 2, 11. 4, 3. 5. 8-11. Is. 3,
15. 14, 23. So very often in Ezekiel,
e. g. 5, 11. 12, 25. 13, 16. 14, 11. 14. 16.
18. 20. 15, 8. 16, 8 ; constantly in Jere-
miah, e. g. 2, 9. 12. 22. 29. al. in Isaiah
less frequently, e. g. 3, 15. 14, 22. 23.
More rarely found at the beginning of a
sentence, 1 Sam. 2, 30 bis. Is. 1, 24. Ps.
110. 1. On this and similar phrases see
Kleinert iih. die Echtheit der Jes. Weia~
sagungen T. I. p. 246. b) Rarely spok-
en of men, e. g. Num. 24. 3 D~ba cst3:
t/ie saying (oracle) of Balaam, v. 4. 15..
16. So of poets, a saying, song, poem,.
2 Sam. 23, 1. Prov. 30, 1. Ps. 36, 2 CXI-
JJiSQ a song of wickedness, i. e. concern-
ing the wicked. Or perh. in such in-
stances this genit. may be taken pas-
sively, e. g. a revelation to Balaam,
which he received by inspiration.
*H^5 fut. !:iX3'^,and Piel C|X3,part.
CiXJia , to commit adultery, spoken both
of man and woman, absol. Ex. 20, 14.
Deut. 5. 17. Hos. 4, 2. 13. 14. Part. qX3
Job 24, 15 and C|X3^ an adulterer Is. 57,
3. Ps. 50, 18 ; fem. rsxb Ez. 16, 38 and
P?X3^ an adidteress Prov. 30. 20. With
ace. to commit adultery with a woman,
Prov. 6, 32. Lev. 20, 10. Jer. 29, 23.
Contra, with accus. of the adulterer, trop.
Jer. 3, 9 see below. Like n:T it is often
transferred to the apostasy of Israel
from the true God to idolatry ; Jer. 3, 8
bxnir^ naria nrx? "iirx because rebel-
lious kvael commits adultery. 5, 7. 9,
11. 23j 14. With ace. Jer. 3, 9 5lX3Pt
3
638
Jr5
y^'7'~'?: *^!!?'^"^^. and cnmnnts aduUery
with stone and vrood. Ez. 23, 37.
Deriv. tlie two following.
D'^SNS m. plur. adidteries Jer. 13, 27.
Ez. 23. 43. R. ?!<:.
D"'S'iSX3 m. plur. (r. ^iXi) adulteries ;
Hos. 2, 4 ni-id 73^ f7"'S">?? "'?P! ^e^
her put away her adulteries from be-
iweenjier breasts. Here the open bosom
of an immodest woman stands for the
seat of lust and unchaste solicitation ;
as elsewhere the collum resupinibin is
the seat of pride Ps. 73. 6, and the neck
the seat of strength Job 41, 14.
\ *5f fut. yx:';', to deride^ to despise.
to reject with derision and contempt, as
instruction, admonition, c. ace. Jer. 33,
24. Prov. 1, 30. 5. 12. 15. 5 ; the divine
counsel Ps. 107, 11. Often of God as
rejecting men Dent. 32, 19. Lam. 2, 6 ;
absol. Jer. 14, 21 reject not. for thy name^s
sake ! Comp. 'f^h and DX^.
PiEL 7x3, fut. yxj'J 1. i. q. Kal to
despise^ to contemn^ Is. 60, 14 ; chiefly
God Ps. 10, 3. 13. 74, 18. Is. 1, 4. 5, 24.
Num. 14, 23. 16, 30. al.
2. Causat. to cause contempt, to give
occasion for calumny or blasphemy, 2
Sam. 12, 14.
HiPH. fut. yxs'; (by Syriasm for Y^i)
in trans, to excite disgust, to be spurnetl ;
Ecc. 12, 5 ihl'i'n fxa"; the almond is
spurned, rejected, by an old and toothless
man ; comp. *7|3'J no. 2. Sept. Vulg.
Syr. tofoirrish, as iffrom y'i , but against
the context.
HiTHPo. part, yxia for y3na Is. 52,
5, despised, contemned, pr. exposed to
contempt, one who must put up with
contempt.
Deriv. the two following :
f^^SCp f. reproach, reviling, Is. 37, 3.
2K. 19, 3. R. fN3.
nSSi f, (verbal of Pi. r. 7x3) plur.
Tiixxs , reproach, reviling, Neh. 9, 18.
26 ; c. suir. ^^ni:i5<3 Ez. 35, 12.
H^J^ onomatopoet. i. q. kindr. p3X
q. V. to groan, to cry out from pain and
unguish, Ez. 30, 24. Job 24. 12. Hence
^I?'?? ^- constr. r;5et3 , a groaning, out-
cry of the oppressed, Ex. 2, 24. 6, 5.
Judg. 2, 18. Plur. constr. ripsa Ez. 30,
24.
^^P in Kal not u.?ed ; kindr. with
"i';;,i< to curse. Arab. jLj mid. Waw
abhorruit ab aliqua re, refugit. jtj ad-
versatus est. restitit. noluit.
PiEL "IN3, to abhor, to reject, Lam. 2,
7. Ps. 89, 40.
^- (perh. for ns3 a height, hill, r. n23)
Nob, pr. n. of a city belonging to the
priests in the vicinity of Jerusalem, 1
Sam. 22, 11. 19. Neh. 11, 32. la. 10, 32.
With He parag. tiinb (for nrij) towards
Nob, 1 Sum. 21. 2. 22, 9. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. IL p. 149, 150.
^ y in Kal not used, pr. i. q. "33,
the " being softened into N. to boil up,
to boil forth, as a fountain ; hence to pour
forth words, like those who speak with
lervour of mind or under divine inspira-
tion, as prophets and poets. Arab. Laj
I, II, indicavit, nuncravit, i. q. -x^f
Conj. II, spec, of a prophet who an-
nounces, reveals, to men the words of
God. It is a wrong etymology to make
the primary notion that of extolling, ce-
lebrating.
NiPH. X33 , 2 pers. ns23 and once sn-^a?
(like verbs nb) Jer. 26, 9; part. KSS,
plur. a-'ttas. also n-'it33 Jer. 14, 14.16,
as iffrom sing. N33 after the analogy of
verbs tib ; which is also followed by the
infin. c. sutf. irs<3|r} Zech. 13, 4.
1 . to speak under a divine influence,
as a prophet, to prophesy, Gr. npoqpjj-
Tti'w. The Hebrews used the passive
forms Niph. and Hithp. in this verb, be-
cause they regarded the prophets as
moved and affected by a higher influ-
ence, rather than by their own powers.
The same class of notions the Romans
also expressed by deponent verbs ; see
Ramshorn De verbis deponentibua La-
tinor. p. 24 ; comp. also the Lat. verbs
of speaking passively expressed, as lo-
qui, tari, vociferari, concionari. vatichiari,
etc. Ramshorn 1. c. p. 26. This is th
usual word for the utterance of the prtv
phets, whether as reproving the wicked,
or as predicting future events, or as an-
nouncing the commands of fod. Con-
strued : n) Absol. Jer. 23, 21 "'Fi'J3'7 8<"V
sixas cni cn-ibx / have not sjwken to
(commanded) them, yet do they prophesy.
t(n3
639
m
Am. 3, 8 if the linn roar.i, who doth not
fear 7 ifJchovaJi speaks, i<2j7 xb '^a who
shall not prophesy 7 Joel 3.1. Ez. 1 1. 13.
37, 7. 1 K. 22, 12. Jer. 19, U. b) With
the name of the people or country to
which the prophecy refers, c. b Jer. 14,
16. 20, 6. 23, 16. 27, 16. 37, 19.' With
b? oHen in a hostile sense, of tlireats,
Jer. 25, 13. 26,20. Ez. 4. 7. 11,4. 13,
17. 25, 2. 29, 2. 34, 2. 35, 2. 39, 1 ; also
in a good sense where the prophecy
holds out consolation and hope of future
good, Ez. 37, 4. With bx in a bad
sense Jer. 26, 11. 12. 28, 8. Ez. 6, 2. 13,
2. 16. 21, 2 ; in a good sense Ez. 36, 1.
37, 9. c) With ac.c. of that which the
prophet utlers, Jer. 20, 1. 25, 13. 28, 6 ;
^' S- "^Tu^ ^23 to prophesy lies Jer. 14,
14. 23, 25. 26. 27, 10. 14 ; -ip.ij nitfbn 'a
Jer. 23, 32 ; and with 3 , as -i;r;Tr2 pr. to
prophesy with a lie, as a false prophet,
Jer. 5. 31. 29. 9. The words of the pro-
phet are often given after ifcsb Jer. 32,
3, or -irxn Ez. 21, 33. 30, 2. d) With
3 of the source whence the prophet is
inspired ; hence the prophets of God are
said to prophesy ^^ Cds Jer. 11, 21. 14,
15. 23, 25. 26. 9. 27, 15.' 29, 21 ; and the
prophets of Baal, b523 Jer. 2, 8. e)
With b referring to the object of the
prophecy (as in lett. c) Jer. 28, 9 ; also
to the time to which the prophecy re-
lates Ez. 12, 27.
2. to chant, to sing sacred songs, to
praise God. sc. while under a divine
influence, 1 Sam. 10. 11. 19. 20. 1 Chr.
25, 2. 3 ; comp. Luke 1, 67.
HiTHPA. X33nri,also N3sn Jer. 23,
13. Ez. 27, 10 ; 2 pers. once r^"'33rn 1
Sam. 10, 6, also infin. riairn 1 Sam.
10, 13. both imitating verbs rib. Syr.
Jlji|,Eth. TinP.
1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, to prophesy, absol.
Num. 11, 25-27. 1 K. 22, 10. Ez. 37. 10 ;
with ace. of thing and br of pers. 1 K.
22, 8. 18 ; h'J of pers. Jer. 14. 14. 2 Chr.
20, 37 bra: SS2rr; to prophesy by au-
thority of Baal Jer. 23, 13 ; "iabi: 'n to
prophesy out ofone^s own heart, without
inspiration, Ez. 13, 17.
2. to chant, to sing, to praise God,
while under a divine influence ; spoken
of the sons of tlie propliets and of Saul
1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. 13, comp. 1 Sum. 19,
20-24. Of the frantic ravings of the
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 29 ; comp. v,
28. Hence
3. to rave, Gr. puU'KT&ai, to he or be-
come mad, 1 San>. 18, 10. The pro-
phets, when under the power of inspira-
tion, appear to have been greatly agi-
tated and to have exhibited writhings
and spasmodic affections of the body
like delirious persons ; hence the true
prophet in 2 K. 9, 11 is called in scorn
insane, a madman ; and in Jer. 29, 26
the two ideas are conjoined, stasnri sauJa
raving and prophesying, spoken of a
pretended prophet. For a like reason
the Greeks and Latins apply words con-
nected with raving, as fiuvjig from pui-
voput, furor. furere, to the frenzied man-
ner of soothsayers, poetic oracles, etc.
Deriv. x-^aa, ns<-'33, nxsias, also 133
no. 1, and its compounds.
S532 Chald. Ithpa. ''Sir.H to prophesy
Ezra 5, 1.
^? to bore through, to make hollow,
i. q. bbn. Only Part. pass. 3133 hollow
Ex. 27, 8. 38, 7. Jer. 52, 21. Metaph.
hollow, empty, fonli.th, Job 11, 12 where
see under 33b Niph.
Deriv. n33 for ."1333 gate, pupil of the
eye. Others refer both forms to r. 3^3 .
' 5 obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
Lo to be prominent, high. Hence pr.
n. 33 for 1133, rii-133, perb. 133 no. 2.
"'r'^rl? ^- see in r. bns Niph. no. 4.
132 Nebo, pr. n. 1. The planet Mer-
cury. (Syr. and Zab. a_aJ,) which the
Chaldeans (Is. 46, 1) and ancient Arabs
worshipped as the celestial scribe or
writer ; see Comm. on Isa. II. p. 344,
366. The etymology of the name ac-
cords well with the office of Mercury,
viz. i33 for Nia? i. q. X"33 interpreter of
the gods, from the root N33 . The divine
worship paid to Mercury by the Chal-
deans and Assyrians is attested by the
many compound proper names of which
this name forms part, as Nebuchadnez-
zar, Nehuzaradan. Ncbushazban. see
below ; and others mentioned in cla.ssic
writers, Nabonedus. Nahnnassar, Nabu-
rianus. Nabonnbus, Nabopolassar, etc.
2. Of places, e. g. a ) A. mou ntain
^^^ ft A H y
?^
ins
640
ns3
in the confines of Moab, Dent. 32, 49.
34, 1 ; and of a town near it. Num. 32,
3. 38. Is. 15, 2. al. Prob. not the Jebel
^Atldrfcs of Burckhardt and others ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 306. b) A
town in the tribe of Judah, Ezra 2, 29.
'lO, 43; more fully, in order to distin-
guish it from the preceding, "tnx 123
Neh. 7, 33. Both this and the preced-
ing place may have been so called from
the worship of Mercury ; or better, the
name may here come from r. 033 to be
;high.
njJ^SS f. (r. X33) a prophecy Neh. 6,
12. 2 Chr. 15, 8. Also of a prophetic
writing or book, 2 Chr. 9, 29.
nij^25 Chald. id. Ezra 6, 14.
n^!!'!'!'^-? Chald. pr. n. Nehuzaradan,
(Mercurii dux dominus, i. e. chief whom
Mercury favours ; irom 133 , it i. q. liy
prince, and (Ji* i. q. TilSJ lord ; comp.
Sardaiiapaliis, i. e. princeps dominus
magnus), a general of Nebuchadnez-
zar's army 2 K. 25, 8. Jer. 39, 9 sq. 40,
I. 41, 10. al.
n^NDlsnn? Nebuchadnezzar 2 K. 25,
22. 2 Chr. 36, 6. 7. 10. Ezra 2, 1 ; rarely
nSSn'IS^nS Nebuchadrezzar Jer. 39, 1.
II. 43, 10. Ez. 29, 18, pr. n. of the king
-of Babylon who destroyed Jerusalem
and carried the Jews into exile. Other
less usual forms are: defect. I2x:*]3 =3
2 K. 24, 1. 10; with X dropped ^S3n=l33
Esth. 2, 6. Dan. 1, 18 ; also twice
-i'is5ti*i=l33 Cheth. Jer. 49, 28. Ezra
:2, 1. Sept. Nn^oi'XoSovoaoQ, but Na-
^^ov/oSovotjooog in Beros. ap. Jos. c.
Ap. 1. 20, 21. iV/3oxo(?^d<ro(/o? Strabo
XV. 1. 6 ; Vulgate Nabuchodonosor ;
-Arab, contr. -j>aJJisi- The significa-
tion of the name seems to be : Mercurii
rex privceps. compounded of 133; khod-
na or khodAn gods, in plur. majest. like
Pers. J6*!cX^ ; and zar prince ; comp.
the other names beginning with Nebu.
Lorsbach explains it: _jww ^jltXi*- yJ^
Nebo deorum princeps, Archiv. fiir nior-
genlftnd. Litteratur II. p. 247 ; Bohlen
6I \t}J>' yjo Nebo dens ignis. See
Tiicsaur. p. 840. [In the cuneiform in-
Bcription at Behistun this name is writ-
ten Nabiikhadrachara ; Rawlinson in
Journ. of Asiat. Soc. Vol. X. P. I. pp,
V. xxxix. R.
^f tDl33 Nebushazban (comp. of 13>
and Pers. ^jLu*j> cAes/j^???,, adherent of
Mercury,) pr. n. of a chief of Nebuchad-
nezzar's eunuchs, Jer. 39, 13.
rl23 (fruit, produce, r. 3^a) Naboth,
pr. n. of a Jezreelite put to death by
the arts of Ahab, 1 K. 21, 1 sq. 2 K. 9,
21. 25. 26.
nST!!? Chald. f. a gift, present, lar-
gess) Dan. 2, 6 nat3 '^W gifts and
largess, Theod. Sofiaia xul drnQtav,
Vulg. prcemia et dona, Syr. and Heb.
intpp. 'gifts and riches.' Plur. c. suff".
Dan. 5, 17 TiH^ap?'' - T,::? thy gifts
.... and, thy largesses. There can be
little doubt, but that the ancient intpp.
have rightly referred this word to the
root ns , Chald. Pilp. fata to make great
expense, to squander, see in 713 p. 121 ;
hence pr. expense, largess, in honour of
any one. For the Nun formative, comp.
r(3"i3 i. q. ']3nB; btrns and ji n 4.. V> ;
and for the omission of the second T in
the last syllable, comp. 'r^t'TQ chain for
nio-io ; rh\>ht>.,roh/o&!'i, Arab, x.^.^^,
Syr. li^o^; D^jriS for D^is)5, etc.
There is then no need of appealing to
the Persian; much less to the Greek
*mj!I to bark, as a dog, onomato-
poetic, once Is. 56, 10. Arab, ^j,
Syr. wLj, id. The primary syllable is
rs, which (like 13, p3) expresses the
idea of striJcitig, pulsation ; comp. 353 ,
3^3 . So Sanscr. bukh, Engl, to bark.
Hence
nnb (a barking, r. n35) Nobah, pr. n.
of a man Num. 32, 42; from whom the
city Kenath (S-?,) also received tlie
same name, Judg. 8, 11- See ncb.
THIS Nibhaz. pr. n. of an idol of the
Avites 2 K. 17, 31, to which the Hebrew
interpreters have chosen to assign the
figure of a dog. prob. deriving it by
conjecture from r. n33 to bark, although
there are no traces of any idol with this
figure anciently wors^hippcd in Syria;
see Ikcn Dissert, de idolo Nibchas, in
tins
641
*33
his Dissertations, Bremen 1743, p. 143
sq. Ill the Ziibinn books yjaJ (i. e. TX35)
is the name of an evil demon, who sits
on a throne upon the earth, while his
feet rest on the bottom of Tartarus;
but it is doubtful whether this is the
same name with tn23 ; see Norberg
Onomast. Cod. N.isar. p. 100.
^355 in Kal not used, and not
known in its Heb. signif in the kin-
dred dialects.
PiEL aas to look, once c. b to look
upon, Is. 5. 30.
HiPH. a^an to look, to behold, to look
at. It dilfors from nx'^ to see, as ^ST to
ppeak from i^X to say. I Sam. 17, 42
and the Philistine looked (aa^]), and
saxD (nx-i'^) Darid. Lam. 5, 1 n-j-^an
isnairiTX nxni look no\c, and see our
reproach. 1, 12'., Ps. 22, 18. Is. 42, 18;
contra, Lam. 1, 11 na-'am '^ nxn.
Rarely it is so used as not to differ
from nxn; as Num. 23. 21 I'lS a-^an J<b,
ap5^a,'parall. nxn s<b. 1 Sam. 2, 32.
Construed : ) Absol. Is. 42, 18 iia-^an
nixnb look, that ye may see. 63, 5 a"^ax
"ITS "px") I looked (about), hid there was
no helper. Is. 18, 4. /5) With ace. some-
times with n local appended, to look at,
to look towards ; Job 35, 5 07550 aan
nx*i!i look unto the heavens and see ! Ps.
142J 5. Gen. 15, 5 nia^Brn xj-aati look
now towards the heavens, y) With 3,
to look upon with pleasure Ps. 92, 12,
comp. a B. 4. a. 8) With bx Ex. 3,
6. Nura'. 21, 9; b Ps. 104, 32; bs of the
place towards or on which one looks
Hab. 2, 15. ) With 1^ of the place
whence one looks Ps. 33, 13. 80, 15. Is.
63, 15. t) With ^inx to look after
any one departing, to follow with the
eyes, Ex. 33. 8 ; but T'^nx to look be-
hind oneself, i. e. to look back, 1 Sam.
24, 9. Gen. 19, 17. With ^nnx'? . Gen.
19, 26 I'^'^nit? I'ri-^x aani and his
(Lot's) wife looked from behind him ;
Vulg. well, post se. She was directed
to follow her husband and not to look
back, and ought therefore to have look-
ed ever forwards and kept her eyes
upon her husband ; so that T^nnxia is
here equivalent to I'^inx.
Trop. a) to look upon, i. e. to re-
gard, to have respect to, to care for a
54*
person or tiling, c. ace. e. g. God for
men Ps, 84, 10. Lam. 4, 16; for a peo-
ple Is. 64, 8 ; sacrifices Am. 5, 22 ; a
man for laws Ps. 119, 15. With bx id.
1 Sam. 16, 7, 2 K. 3, 14. Is. 66. 2. ' Ps.
119, 6; b Ps. 74, 20; absol. Ps. 13, 4.
b) to look to any one sc. with hope, to
hope in, c. bx Ps. 34, 6. Is. 22, 11. 51,
1. 2 ; absol. Job 6, 19. c) to look upon
with indifference, q. d. to suffer patient-
ly, e. g. wickedness, c. ace. Hab. 1, 3. 13
bis. Absol. Is. 18, 4. But, contra, in
Ps. 10, 14 to look upon iniquity is to not
overlook it, i. e. to punish it.
Deriv. aa^ , also
1323 Nebat, pr. n. of the father of
Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 26. 12, 2. 15. al.
S'lns m. (r. xaj) c. suff. ^x^a^ ; p'ur.
D"'X"'33 . conetr. "'X'^a? ; a prophet, rates,
one who impelled by a divine influence
or by the divine Spirit rebukes kings
and nations, and predicts future events.
Arab, ^aj for ^A-*jj Syr, in1, Eth.
i[l'h, id. Deut. 13, 2. Judg. 6, 8. 1
Sam. 9, 9. 1 K. 22, 7. 2 K. 3, 11. 2 Chr,
28, 9. al. saep. Found often with a ge-
nitive : a) Of the divinity in whose
name the prophet speaks, as "'^ '^<"'a^
1 K. 18, 4. 13. al. saep. bran '3 1 K.
18, 19. 40. 2 K. 10, 19; T^'^^.i<r\ 3 1 K.
18, 19. In Sing, often c. dat. as njn^b '3
1 K. 18, 22. 22. 7. 2 K. 3, 11. al. sa;p.
/5) Of the people and country where
the prophet belongs, e. g. a prophet of
Jerusalem, of Samaria, Jer. 23, 13. 14 ;
of Israel Ez. 13, 2 ; your prophets Jer.
27, 9. 16. 29, 8. al. /) Of the king un-
der whom a (false) prophet lived, 2 K.
3, 13. Num. 12, 6 nin-i C2x-ia3 n-|n"i ex
if your prophet (i. e. a prophet among
you) be of Jehovah, spoken to Aaron
and Miriam ; Vulg. si quis restrumfue-
rit propheta Domini. Sing, as collect.
prophets Dan. 9, 24. So some under-
stand also Deut. 18, 15. 18 ; which pas-
sage however is referred to the Messiah
in Acts 3, 22. 7,37.
With the idea of _a prophet there
was also primarily connected the idea
that he spoke not his own thoughts, but
what he received from God. (comp. Philo
T. IV. p. 116 ed. Pfeiff. TTQO(fr,Ti]i yUo iSiov
l.iiv oi'div u7io(p&eyyiTai, ulloTtiia de nuv-
^13
642
bz5
T vnrjXoi'vtog higov. 2 Pet. 1. 20. 21.)
and that he was the ambassador and
interpreter of God ; as is evident from
the passage, in this respect classic. Ex.
7, 1, where God says to Moses : T^Tir:
?js"'S3 n^Ti-^ TjTis "i^nxi Hr-iEb c'rf?H
I make thee as God to Pharaoh, and
Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet,
i. e. in your intercourse with Pharaoh,
thou, as the wiser, shall act as it were
the part of God. and suggest to thy bro-
ther what to say ; while thy brother, as
more fluent of speech, shall be to thee
as a prophet, and utter what he receives
from thee. In the same sense it is said
Ex. 4, 16 neb r^h r,'p_'; a^n he shall be to
thee for a mouth, comp. Jer. 15, 19. Those
who were educated lor the prophetic of-
fice were called CXi^irt "sa the sons of
the prophets, i. e. disciples, pupils, 1 K. 20,
35. 2 K. 2, 3. 5. 7. 15. 4, 1. 38. 5, 22. 6, 1.
9, 1. Comp. Pers. ' the sons i.e. disciples of
the Magi.' There were also frequently
among the Israelites/a/se prop/te/s, who
pretending to have inspiration from God
;flattered the ears of the people with
bland promises, and were therefore se-
verely rebuked by the true prophets, e.g.
ns. 28, 7-13. Jer. 14, 13 sq. 27, 9 sq. 28, 10.
:Eq. For these too is often put X'^SJ sim-
jply Hos. 4, 5. 9, 7. 8. Zech. 13, 2 comp.
V. 3. 4. The idea of a prophet is also
'frequently taken in a wider sense, so as
to include any friend of God to whom
God makes known his will ; so of Abra-
:ham Gen. 20, 7; of the patriarchs Ps.
'105, 15.
S'^a: Chald. a prophet, Ezra 5, 1. 6, 14.
nS'^IlS f (r. St22) 1. a prophetess,
Judg. 4, 4. 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22.
:Neh. 6. 14. So of a poetess, female min-
.strel, e. g. Miriam Ex. 15, 20 ; who was
.not in the strict sense a prophetess, see
.Num. 12, 1-6.
2. a propheVs ufe, Is. 8, 3. So Lat.
episcopa, presbylcra, are used for the
wife of a bishop or presbyter.
fTi'^33 (heights, r. naa) Nehaioth,
pr. n. a) The eldest son of Ishmael,
the brother of Kednr ; Gen. 25, 13. 28,
9. 36. 3. 1 Chr. 1, 29. b) A people,
Nabathrei, Nabathtfans, descended from
Nebaioth the son of Ishmael. iniiabiting
morthern Arabia and Arabia Petreea,
abounding in flocks, Is. 60, 7 ; and living
otherwise by traffic and plunder, Diod.
Sic. 2. 48. ib. 3. 42. ib. 19. 94. Arab.
,taAJ and JojuJ, where the is comes
from the n servile of the Hebrew. See
Reland Palaestina p. 90 sq. Bihl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 558, 573.
^rz^ obsol. root, i. q. S33 and ^^
Chald. 5^D , to spiing. to gush forth, us a
fountain. Hence
^?.? , once in plur. Job 38, 16 C^j-^aas
the springs of the sea. Sept. nr,yri &a-
XuaarjC.
* ''^.- Is. 40,7, fut. hz-<_ , inf. constr. bhi .
1. to wilt, to wither, to fade and
fall away ; kindr. with nba. bax, also
be: . Spoken of leaves and flowers wi-
thering and falling, Ps. 1, 3. 37, 2. Is. 1,
30. 28, 1. 40, 7. 8. Ez. 47, 12. Poet, of
the stars, Is. 34, 4 and all their hosts
shall fall, as the leaves fall from the vine.
2. Trop. of men, to wither, to faint, to
fall away, Ps. 37, 2. 18, 46. Ex. 18, 18.
Of a land Is. 24, 4 ; of a mountain Job
14, 18 bl37 bsiS""!?! the moxintain which
falleth. faileth, comes to nought, cannot
rise again, like one dead. Comp. the
deriv. nbaD corpse, carcass.
3. to be foolish, to act foolishly, wicked-
ly. Prov. 30, 32 ; see baj . The idea of
withering and decay is here transferred
to folly and wickedness, as elsewhere
that of strength and vigour to virtue
9 o r Go
and piety ; comp. Arab. s^jJu , ^-j-^ >
I - . . ^ .
Jes.Li, all which have the signification
of flaccidity and imbecility, transferred
also to dulness, stupidity.
PiEL b23 , to lightly esteem., to despise,
Deut. 32, 15. Mic. 7, 6. Comp. Arab.
fH^-->>- stultus fuit ; VII, vilis, abjectus
fuit.
2. to disgrace, to treat with contumely,
Nah. 3 ft. Jer. 14, 21 r^yz:: NS3 bsjrn-bs
do not dl.vgrace the throne of thy glory.
Comp. rsiba? .
HiPH. see in bba Hiph. p. 136.
Derive the six here following.
ba: adj. fern, nbaa . 1. stupid, foolish,
Prov. 17, 7. 21. Jer.' 17, 11. al.
ins
643
yna
2. As among the Hebrews the idea
orwisdom inchulcd also virtue and piety
(see in crn, rrasn), so n foolish person
is often put to express the idea of one
vicked, abandoned, impiotis, (com p.
i-'njj,) 1 Sam. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 33.
13, 13. Job 30, 8. Is. 32, 5. 6. a! . Spec.
impious, ungodly. Job 2. 10. Ps. 14,
I. 53, 2 n-Tibx px iaba bss max
/Ae ungodly hath said in his heart,
There is no God. 39, 9. 74, IS. 22.
3. Nabal, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 25, 3 sq.
bn? and ^33 m. (r. bsj) plur. n-ibsi ,
conslr. 'I'SJ , c. suJF. cn-^ba? Jer. 48, 12.
1. a bottle, i. e. a skin, leathern sack, so
called perh. from its flaccidity, see the
root ^33 ; Sept. twice aaxoq 1 Sam. 10,
3. Jer. 13, 12. Used for wine 1 Sum.
1,24. 10, 3.25, 18. 2 Sam. 16, 1. Poet. Job
38, 37 the bottles of heaven, for the clouds,
a metaphor common among the Arabs.
2. As bottles of skin were used for
water, milk, wine, hence ba: is trop. put
for any vessel for liquids, of whatever
material, e. g. genr.avessd, pitcher, flask,
water-pot, etc. Is. 30, 14 n-^ns'i b33 a
patterns vessel. Lam. 4, 2 iyin ibsj
earthen vessels, comp. Jer. 13, 12. 48, 12.
More fully D'^bajn "^bs utensils of bottles
Is. 22, 24, opp. riiiri "^bs basins.
3. An instrument of music, Greek
vu^la (xbaD), vavXa, Lat. nabli^im, a
species of harp, or lyre ; see Strabo X.
p. 471 Casaub. Athen. IV. p. 175 Ca-
saub. Ovid. A. A. 3. 327. Often joined
with the -lira, Ps. 57, 9. 81,3. 92,4.
108, 3. Is. 5. 12. Am. 5, 23. 6, 5 ; pleon.
br:' ''bs Ps. 71, 22, plur. n-^brD -^bsi
1 Chr. 16, 5. Josephus describes this
instrument, Ant. 7. 12. 3, as having
twelve strings, and as played with the
fingers and not with a plectrum ; but
the Hebrew words "irs bsi Ps. 33, 2.
144, 9, would seem to indicate an instru-
ment with ten strings. Jerome says its
figure was triangular, resembling an in-
verted Delta, f/, which also was the form
of the sambuca or harp, Vitruv. 6. 1 ; and
harps of this form are often found upon
Egyptian monuments ; see Wilkinson
Mann, and Gust, of the anc. Egyptians
II. pp. 280, 282, 287.
nbn? f. (r. bas) 1. Adj. ^em. foolish,
Job 2, 10.
2. Subst,_/b%, with the notion oftm-
probity, wickedness, see in baa no. 2 ;
Is. 32, 6. 1 Sam. 25, 25. Hence a)
a shameful deed, crime, as rape, incest,
Judg. 19, 23. 24. 2 Sam. 13, 12. The
usual formula is b!tni373 nba: nbs Gen.
34, 7. Deut. 22, 2l" Judg. 2oVlO.'j'er. 29,
23 ; more fully bxnb'a nbajn nrT nbs,
Judg. 20, 6. b) Meton. punuihment of
folly and wickedness, comp. "p5 ; hence
C5 nbas nios pr. to do punishment with
any one, i. e. to inflict upon him the
punishment of his folly. Job 42, 8 ; comp.
DS ion nbs in art. ion.
nbns f. (r. bai) constr. nb3i, c. suff.
Tbaa Is. 26, 19, elsewhere TiPbas . inbaa
a corpse, carcass, (see r. ba: no. 2, comp
rbB73 from r. bcJ.) e. g. of men Deut. 21
23.' 1 K. 13, 24 sq. Ps. 79, 2 ; oi beasts.
Lev. 5, 2. 7, 24. Deut. 14, 21. al. Trop!
of idols as broken, Jer. 16, 18; comp
130 Lev. 26, 30. Collect, for carcasses,
corpses, Jer. 7, 23. 16, 4. 19, 7. Is. 26, 19
of beasts, Lev. 11, 11. 24. Arab. xJLuo
id. ""
ni51D f disgrace, sham ; hence parts
of shame, Hos. 2, 12 [9]. See the root
bas Pi. no. 2, and Chald. bias obscene-
ness.
t2^n5 (perh. for ab baa) Neballat, pr.
n. of a town in the tribe of Benjamin,
Neh. 11, 34.
^?5 to boil forth, to gush out, to flow,
as a fountain. Part. Prov. 18, 4 saa bna
a gushing stream. Syr. ''^.sJ, Arab.
jfcO and ixj id. The primitive syllable
is 53 , ij , imitating like p3 the sound
or murmur of boiling, bubbling; comp.
ria. nsa.
HiPH, ?^2f7 fiit- '^.'^'^1 1- to gush oiU
with, to pour forth copiously, e. g. praise
to God Ps. 119, 171. Prov. 1, 23 nr-'ax
Ti^i Dab I will pour out upon you my
spirit. Espec. words, 15. 2. 28 ="'"tt5'J "'B
ri'n ?''3^ the mouth of the wicked belch-
eth out wickedness. Hence absol. to
belch out wicked words, Ps. 59, 8. 94, 4.
2. to give out, to exhale ; Ecc. 10, 1
dead flies S^a;^ ttJ"'*?^;; cause the ointment
to stink, to give out a bad smell. "^
3. to lUter, to publish, to declare, Ps.
^ni 644
19, 3. 78, 2. 145, 7. Comp. Hii which
has sprung from this root, " being soft-
ened into X ; also Ci'J: .Syr. ''^-aJ Aph.
vulgavit, Arab. ixJ id.
Deriv. 5131?. ^
fc^nOnSS Chald. f. eniph. a candlestick,
candelabra, Dan. 5, 5. Arab. Q^^yju,
Syr. I'La.J^, Rabb. nt5-;23 , id. It is a
quadrilit. formed apparently from 133
i. q. "113 to shine, and CN fire.
'^^'i (light soil, r. X^.^) ^''ibshan, pr.
n. of a town in the desert of the tribe o^
Judah. Josh. 15, 62.
* ^^D obsol. root. Syr. Chald. and
Sam. to be dry, to be dried up. Hence
3M m. in pause also 353, the south,
the southern quarter, so called from its
dryness ; Ex. 27, 9. Is. 21, 1. Ps. 126, 4.
al. 353 b!i3a tlie southern border Josh.
15, 4. 18, 19 ; 333 "iS'r the southern gate
Ez. 46, 9. etc. "With genit. nii.T^ 353
the south of Judah, southern part, 2 Sam.
24, 7. 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 14 ; in accus.
south of, as n'^bcn';' 'a south of Jerusa-
lem Zech. 14,' 10. Josh. 11,2. So ynx
35:11 a south land Josh. 15, 19 ; spec,
the south of Palestine Gen. 20, 1. 24,
2. Num. 13, 29. Also 35:r! id. Gen. 13,
1. Num. 21, 1. Deut. 34,' 3; and 353 1
Sam. 30, 1. 35sn i-,? the cities of the
south of Palestine, Jer. 32, 44. 33, 13.
Obad. 20. Poet. 353 and 35SI1 the south
put for Egypt Is. 30, 6. Dan. 11, 5-40.
With n parag. r!353 southtcard Gen. 13,
14. 28, 14. Ex. 40. 24. al. and so with
*)13 , as inn '"0 n253 southward from the
fti7/Josh.'l8, 14. With prefixes: 03523
in the soiithward region Josh 15, 21 ;
n35Sb I Chr. 26, 17.
* "^5? in Kal not iised. pr. to be in
front (*T'33 , 153 ), to be in sight ; hence
to be clear, manifest. Arab. 0^ to be
. . ' <
clear, manifest, pr. to be in sight; tXai
r
high land, conspicuous ; Syr. j^ to go
in front, to be a leader. Comp. in T'SS.
HiPH. I'^ytl pr. to bring to light ; so
Job 21, 31 "iaii I"?? b? i-^r "' who
shall bring to light his way to his face ?
i. e. the life and ways of the prosperous
nsi
wicked man, so as to reprove them.
Hence
1. to show, to exhibit before any one,
with two ace. Ez. 43, 10 "r-^STX 15n
n'^sriTX ^Ni'i"? show this house to the
house of Israel. Also to show openly,
prce seferre, Is. 3, 9.
2. Freq. to show, to declare, to tell, to
announce. Sept. avayyikXat, (KJiayyiXXo).
That which is made known is put : a)
In the ace. Gen. 32, 30 r\iz-:i xrni-'sri
tell, I pray thee, thy name. Esth. 2. 10.
20. Job 26, 4. b) With ba% to tell of
any thing, 1 Sara. 27, 11. Esth. 6, 2.
Job 36. 33 isi i"'^:^ l"'?: his noise (thun-
der) showeth concerning him sc. God,
and then follows : r\Vs bs r,N nrpia yea
to the herds concerning him who goeth up
on high, i. e. the thunder proclaims God
even to the herds as he ascends in the
tempest, c) With "rK^ and its clause ;
1 Sam. 25, 14 ibxV ins< ir? i\nn a
young mail told, saying. 2 Sam. 15, 31.
Lev. 14. 35 ; also with ICX that Esth.
3,4; ^3 that Gen. 3, 11. 31! 20. 1 Sam.
10, 16. 2 Sam. 7, 11 ; ti whether Gen.
24, 23. 43, 6 ; fi-n what Judg. 16, 6. Mic,
6, 8 ; ris-'X where Gen. 37, 16. d)
Where a thing before spoken of is im-
plied and would be expressed by the
pron. it, or the like, this is omitted ;
comp. in irx no. 1, and so after Engl.
he told. Gen. 9, 22 "."'ns '3r> ir,^n and
he told his two brethren. 14, 13. 24, 49.
1 Sam. 14, 1. 2 Sam. 17, 17. 2 K. 4, 27.
Job 1, 15 sq. Different are : Job 38, 4
nr3 nri^ cs isn, where nrs is pr. the
object of the first verb, q. d. CX nra isn
tnri;; and Job 42, 3 r3X xbi ^nian,
i. q. -psx xb -irx "^nijri / hare uttered
what I understood not. The person to
whom any thing is told, is put often with
b , and then the verb is mostly construed
with the. ace. of thing and diit. of pers.
Judg. 13, 6 'b l-'r.n xb "ir'r-rx he told
me not his name. 14, 6. Gen. 41. 25. 1
Sam. 9. 8. Is. 21, 10. Mic. 3, 8. Job 33,
23. al. More rarely with double ace.
of pers. and thing, as in no. 1 ; Job 31,
37 iil-5X 'irs iBpa the number of my
steps will I declare unto him rc. God. i. e.
tell him all my steps. Job 36. 33 see above
in lett. b. So ace. of pers. 2 Sam. 15,
31 ibxb I'^jn 111^ and one told David,
saying" But in Job 26, 4 "rrr^ is not
ns3
645
Tfl
to whom, but with or by whoiti 7 by whose
spirit, etc. Sometiiiios a of place where
is added Jer. 5, 20. 1 Saiii. 4, 13. 2 Sam.
1, 10. Mic. 1, 10. Part. T"*^ a measen-
ger 2 Sam. 15, 13. Jer. 4, 15. 51, 31.
Spec. aa) /() denonnce. to inform
against, ta betray ; with ace, of pers.
Jer, 20, ff^^l'sr ''T'J'n denonnce and
we will denounce him, i. e. we will ac-
cuse him. inform against him. With
ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 17. 5
C^S^ T^J^ P^n^ who betrayeth friends
to the spoil, i. e. spoilers, see in P^n no.
2. With ace. of thing to betray a mat-
ter, Josh. 2, 14. 20. Ecc. 10, 20; ace.
impl. Prov. 29. 24. bb) Of a prophet,
to show, i. e. to foretell future events,
found chiefly in the latter part of Isai-
ah, Is. 41, 22. 23. 26. 42. 9. 43, 9. 44, 7.
8. al. comp. Is. 19, 12. Hos. 4, 12. Dan.
11, 2. cc) to tell a riddle, i. q. to solve,
Judg. 14, 12. 13. 14. 19. 1 K. 10, 3. Also
of a dream, i. q. to interpret, Gen. 41,24.
Dan. 2, 2. dd) to declare one's sins,
i. q. to confess, Ps. 38, 19; comp. Ps.
142, 3. Is. 3, 9 in no. 1. ee) Emphat.
to declare, i. q. to proclaim, to praise ;
with ace. of thing, Ps. 9, 12. 19, 2. 22,
32. 51, 17. Is. 42, 12. 57, 12. al. ssep.
Ace. impl. Ps. 40, 6. 75, 10.
HopH. 15M, fut. 15"', inf absol. ^sn
Josh. 9, 24. Ruth 2, 11, pass, of Hiph'.
no. 2. to be shown, to be told, c. dat. Gen.
22, 20. 27. 42. Is. 7, 2. 21, 2. al. saep.
Deriv. *T'53 , 15: .
^?3 Chald. tofow Dan. 7, 10.
'^^3 m. (r. 153) in pause alsoUD, c.
BufT. 'iJS . r,n;3 , 1133 ; with n parag.
n^jj Ps. 116, i4 ; pr.*;ubst. the front, the
front part, next to the spectator. Used
in the accus as a Preposition.
A) Simply. 1. before, in the presence
of, in the sight of, i. q. "'SEb, as "^3 153
t;b5 before all thy people Ex. 34. 10 ; 153
nin-^ before Jehovah 1 Sam. 12, 3 ; "i53
Ois^'rT bifore the sun. i. e. so long as the
Bun is above the horizon. Num. 25. 4
(comp. -r^-r "^izh Ps. 72. 17). Am. 4. 3
a7id ye shall go forth ni;3 r;'i"X each one
before herself, each her own way, comp.
Josh. 6, 5. 20. and "'"'JEb C-'X Jer. 49. 5.
And as things which are before us and
afford us delight become the objects of
our regard and care, hence Is. 49, 16
thy walla arc conlimially ''ISJ before me,
are objects of my constant regard and
care. Ps. 38, 10 ; comp. ""^ ''Jcb Pb. 19,
15. Gen. 10, 9.
2. in front of, oner against ; Ex. 19, 3
"^Tm 153 over against the mountain. Josh.
3, 16. 6. 5. 20. And as things to be
compared are set over against each
other, hence Is. 40, 17 all nations are
aa nothing 1153 over against him, in com
parison with him ; comp. 1533 .
B) With Prepositions : 1. 1333 pr.
as over against ; and as things to be
compared are set over against each
other (Is. 40, 17), i. e. things corre-
sponding to or like each other, counter-
parts, hence Gen. 2, 18 I will make for
hint (man) a helper "11533 corresjKmding
to him, his counterpart, v. 20. Sept.
well in V. 18 xax avxov, v. 20 ofioiog av-
Tw, comp. isjb Neh. 12, 9. By the Rab-
bins 1553 is often used of things corre-
sponding to one another ; see Lud. de
Dieu ad. h. 1. Comp. Pers. ot^J ^ ^^~
gione, similis, conveniens. ^ '
2. 153b, c. suff. ''155b, Mi53b, etc. a)
before, in the presence of i. q. 153 no. 1.
2 K. 1, 13. Hab. 1, 3 ; B ^rs 153b 2
Sam. 22, 25. Job 4, 16. b) ovei- against
Josh. 5, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 1 1. Hence against,
contra, in a hostile sense, Dan. 10. 13.
Praegn. Neh. 3, 37 [4, 5] for they have
provoked God to anger C'Ssn I53b set-
ting themselves against the builders, c)
like, instar, (comp. 1533,) Neh. 12, 9
CI ".lb nn'^nx their brethren like them-
selves, d) for, over, i.e. before ; Neh.
11, 22 the prefect of the Leviles for
or over (153b) the service of the house of
God.
3. 15:73 a) pr.from before, i. e. away
from before, e. g. after verbs of remov-
ing. Is. 1, 16 pid away your evil doings
'^i''S 155^ from before mine eyes. Jon. 2,
5 ; (also with a noun of remoteness Ps.
10, 5 ;) of averting Cant. 6, 5 ; of cast-
ing away Judg. 9, 17 ; of hiding Jer. 16,
17. Am. 9. 3 ; of departing Prov. 14, 7
(^ "15?^), etc. So b i5Sa Judg. 20, 34.
The construction in Judg. 9, 17 is un-
usual : he cast his life away ("'531; for
the fuller 115??:) from him. or as we
might say, he cast it o/f instead of from
him ; comp. below 2 Sam. 18, 13.
h) from over against, ix tow ivaniov.
na
646
"35
Adv. 2 K. 2, 15 and the sons of the pro-
phets at Jericho saw him I5|"ay?-0OT over
against, i. e. from the opposite side.
Deut. 32, 52. Then also over against,
opposite, since a place at some distance
may be regarded as likewise looking to-
wards MS from that distance ; see pirrna
in "i^ no. 3. i. k. Lat. e regione, ex aclverso,
Gr. ii ivuvjlitt;. 2 K. 3, 22 and the Mo-
ahites saw isrB over against them water
red like blood. And as whatever is over
against, is necessarily at a certain dis-
tance, hence ^SJ^ takes also the sense,
at a distance, afar off; so Gen. 21,
16 and. she went and sat down *ia20
pri'in far over against (afar off"), about
a boic-shot ; Sept. /naxfjoS^fv. 2 K. 2, 7.
4, 25 and when the man of God, saw
her iSSri afar off. Num. 2, 2. With
genit. us Prep, over against anyplace or
thing ; Neh. 3, 19. 25. 27. 1 Sam. 26, 20
iiin"] ':a '^tt^Q over against the face of
Jehovah, i. e. before his face. Ps. 38, 12
my friends stand "^553 ^y^v over against
my plague, i. e. aloof from me. as above ;
parall. pin^T? . Deut. 28, 66 and thy life
shall hang in doubt nJS^ r,b before thee,
pr. to thee over against.
c) In a hostile sense, over against, op-
posite, on the enemy's side, Ob. 11. 2
Sam. 18, 13. Comp. o i^ ivavrlug, Tit.
2,8.
I?? Chald. prep, over against, oppo-
site ; Dan. 6. 11 over against Jerusalem,
i. e. in a direction towards Jerusalem, so
that Jerusalem was over against him.
* ^5? fut. T\y], to shine, to give light,
Job 18, 5. 22, 28. Is. 9, 1. Syr. id.
HiPH. I. to cause to shine, e. g. one's
light, Is. 13, 10.
2. to enlighten, to illuminate, Ps. 18,
29. 2 Sam. 22, 29.
Deriv. the three following.
ttM f. Hab. 3, 4, c. suiT. cnw 1. a
shining, biightness, e. g. of fire Is. 4, 5.
Ez. I, 4; of the light Is. 50, 10. Am. 5,
20 ; of the sun 2 Sam. 23, 4, and of the
rising sun Prov. 4, 18 ; of the moon Is.
60, 19; of the stare Joel 2. 10; of a
sword Hab. 3, 11: also the light and
glory by which God is surrounded (Tiss
njn-;) Ez. 10, 4. Hab. 3, 4. Pk. 18, 13.
2. Nogah. pr. n. of a son of David,
1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6.
rtS2 Chald. emphat. S?i53 , the morn-
ing light, dawn, day-break, Dan. 0. 20.
So Targ. Esth. 10, 3. Is. 14, 12. Syr.
ou~3, |oW^) the earliest dawn.
nn!3 f brightness, splendour, plur.
Is. 59, 9. R. n;3 .
* '-*5 ^^- ^?'? ^^ thrust or p^ish with
the horns, spoken of horned animals,
Ex. 21, 28. 31. 32. This is one of the
onomatopoetic roots. The idea of strik-
ing, pushing, thrusting, lies both in the
syllable J3, 23, comp. SSJ, C^:;. ^53, ^33,
riDj, and also in the other which ends
inn, comp. nr3 to bark, pr. to strike,
(see n23 and 2^3.) nnj and ^Jai to
push with the horns. ^
PiEL id. Ez. 34, 21. Dan. 8, 4. Trop.
of a conqueror prostrating nations be-
fore him Deut. 33, 17. IK. 22, 11. Ps.
44, 6. Comp. Dan. 8, 7 sq.
HiTHPA. to push at, i. e. to wage war
with any one, Dan. 11, 40. Comp.
Chald. N2'^P n-'SX c. 05 to wage war
with. Arab. ^fJa^ Conj. Ill, id. Hence
1^53 m. adj. apt to p^tsh with the
horns, Ex. 21, 29. 36.
TM m. (r. l53)constr. 1''53 , 133 1 Chr.
9, 11. Neh. 11, 11; plur. p"''713, constr.
in"^3i3 ; pr. the foremost ; hence a leader,
prefect, prince, etc. See the root, and
comp. Syr. ^^ pra^ivit Ephr. I. 114,
also Germ. Purst i. q. Eng\. frst. Chald.
s -r
I^M , TiSS , id. Arab. Jo^ prince, also
brave, valiant, whence tXsi to be
brave, magnanimous, noble. Spoken
1. Of any prefect, overseer, e. g. of the
treasury 1 Chr. 26, 24. 2 Chr. 31, 12 ;
of the temple 1 Chr. 9, 11. 2 Chr. 31,
13 ; of the priests 1 Chr. 12. 27 ; of the
palace 2 Chr. 28, 7 ; of military affairs,
a leader, chief 1 Chr. 13, 1. 27, 4. 2 Chr.
32.21.
2. Absol. prince o^ a people, a general
word comprehending also the royal dig-
nity. 1 Sam. 9, 16. 10, 1. 13. 14. 2 Sam.
6, 21. 7, 8. 1 K. 1, 35. 14, 7. al. n-'ttSia
l-<53 the anointed prince i. e. Messiah
Dan. 9, 25. n"na T'SS Hie prince of
the covenant, \. e. confederate, Dan. U,
22. Plur. princes, Job 29, 10. Ps. 76, 13
Hence
"M
647
9y:
3. noble, honotinible, in general ; Plur.
ncutr. vobilia. noble thin<^s, Prov. 8, 6.
Comp. the Ambic U8age above.
n2''M f. (r. 133) constr. P^?? ; plur.
1
1. mumc nf stringed instruments, Lam.
5, 14. Is. 38, 20.
2. a stringed instrument, in the titles
of the Psalms, Pss. 4. 6. 54. 55. 61. 67. 76.
Hab. 3, 19.
3. a song, psalm, to be sung with the
accompaniment of stringed instruments,
Ps. 77, 7. Spec, a sang of derision, sa-
tire, epigram, Lam. 3, 14. Job 30. 9. Ps.
69, 13.
^^f obsol. root, Arab. J^ , pr. to
cut, to pierce with a spear. Hence bji?
sickle.
I^J prob. pr. to strike in pulses, to
6eaf, kindr. with njj, r53, "53 , see in
ri53, Hence
1. to strike the strings, to play on a
stringed instrument ; Part. B'^MJ players
on instruments Ps. 6S, 26.
2. i. q. Arab, ^^v^** with n softened,
to heat, to ponnd, as a fuller beats or
treads cloth ; in Heb. to tread grapes, to
press; whence ra forr35.
PiEL "M to strike the strings, to play
on a stringed instrument, 1 Sam. 16. 16.
17. 18. 23. 2 K. 3, 15. Ps. 33, 3. Is. 23, 16.
38, 20. al. Chald. id. Sept. y/wAiw, xi&a-
Deriv. Hj-'M, nra5, ra, n'm, a^m.
* ^55 fut. ya^; inf: 533, c. suflf. iSM,
r(?53 ; also nsa 2 Sam. 14, 10. Ez. 17,
10 ; imper. ra .
1. to strike, to smite ; kindr. are N33,
n33, also mj, "(SJ, ca3. The primary
syllable is 53, S3, which seems to have
had the signif. of striking, heating in
pulses, smiting, see in nsj ; comp. Piel,
Niph. and 553 . So Lat. tango, r. tag,
comes from Gr. t/-w, -d^ly-w, pr. pul-
sare. With a, q. d. to smite upon; Gen.
32, 6 I'sn'^ Cira ra'l and lie smote the
hollow of Jacob's thigh, which in conse-
quence was dislocated, v. 33. Job 1, 19
a great wind from the desert smote upon
the four comers of the house ; Syr. con-
cussit. Hence of God, to smite with
plagues, etc. 1 Sam. 6, 9. Job 19, 21.
So Part. pass. 5=i53 smitten sc. with a
plngue from God, Is. 53, 4. Ps, 73, 14.
Trop. of the wind, to smite, to blast, e. g.
a plant Ez. 17. 10. Arab. .^w^.
2. to touch, Sept. anxta9ai, constnied
very often with a, q. d. to touch upon;
Gen. 3, 3. Lev. 5, 3. 6, 11. 11, 24 sq. Dan.
8, 5. al. With bs Is. 6, 7 ; b Num. 4,
15. Hag. 2, 12 ; n, Job 4. 5 it toucheth
thee, pr. nnto thee. Also c. ace. Is. 52,
11. Job 6. 7. Lam. 4, 15. Spec, a) to
touch any one, i. e. to do him harm or
violence. Gen. 26, 11 n?n a5"'X2 rskn
inilSxa^ whoever toucheth (injures) thi^
man or his wife. v. 29. Josh. 9, 19. al.
b) to touch a woman, to lie with her, c.
a Prov. 6, 29 ; bx Gen. 20, 6. So lin-
riaO^ai yvvuixog I Cor. 7, 1. c) to touch
the heart, i. e. lo move, to affect the
mind of any one, 1 Sam. 10, 26.
3. In a local sense, to touch upon, to
come in contact with, to reach to any
thing, c. a 1 K. 6, 27. Hos. 4, 2 ; iy Mic.
1, 9. Is. 16, 8. Jer. 4. 10; bsj 51, 0; b?
Judg. 20, 34. 41. Hence
4j to reach to, to come to any person
or thing, c. 2 2 Sam. 5, 8 ; bi< Jon. 3, 6.
Dan. 9. 21. Absol. to have come, of
time. Ezra 3,1. Neh.7,73[8, 1]. Comp.
yian no. 5.
NiPH. fut. y?:"^. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to
he smitten, to he heaten, of an army, or
rather to feign oneself heaten Josh. 8, 15 j
comp. n^nnn, iiEynn.
Piel i. q. Kal no. 1, to smite, spoken
chiefly of divine judgments, Gen. 12, 17.
2 K. 15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 20.
PuAL pass, of Pi. Ps. 73, 5.
HiPH. ysn , fut. y^a-i , apoc. sa^i Is.
6, 7.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
touch; Is. 6, 7 "^a bs ya*i and he let (the
coal) touch my mouth. 5, 8 'S'^aB 'in
r^aa n^a wo to those who join house to
house, i. e. acquire longs rows of houses
unjustly. Often in the phrases : S'^atl
f-ii^n-bx Ez. 13, 14, y-^sjb 'n Lam. 2, 3,
-iB5-ny 'n Is. 26, 5, also "lES'is 7-ixb 'n
ib. 25, 12, to cause to touch the ground,
the dust. i. e. to raze to the foundations,
as buildings, a city, etc.
2. to touch, i. q. Kal no. 2 ; c. b Ex.
4, 25. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12 ; bx Ex. 12, 22 j
bs Jer. 1, 9.
3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to reach to any place
TjH
648
iws
or thing Jo toiicJi ; with IS, Is. 8,8 "IS
Sia'2 "ixj:j (the water) shall reach even
unto the neck. With i? "i? 2 Chr. 28, 9 ; b
Job 20, 6 ; accus. c. n loc. Gen. 28, 12.
Trop. of prosperity or calamity, to hap-
pen to, to come upon, Ecc. S, 14 ; with Sx
Esth. 9, 26.
4. to reach or come to a place, q. d. to
draw near to, to arrive at a place ; with
*!?, Ps. 107, 18 Piis-in^ai-n? !!"'.}] and
they draw near to the gates of death,
are exposed to death. With bx 1 Sam.
14, 9 ; \ Ps. 88, 4 ; ace. Is, 30, 4.' Esth. 4.
3. 8, 17. Hence i. q. to attain unto, to
obtain, c. h Esth. 4, 14 ; inf. c. \ Esth.
9, 1. Also in the phrase "''1^ ?"5F) my
hand attains to any thing, i. e. I am able
to get it Lev. 5, 7 ; comp. in X3^ no. 2. c.
5. Absol. to come, to be present, e. g.
men, Esth. 6, 14 ; oftener of time, Ez. 7,
12 ni"ri i:"'i'ii ri;n xa the time is come,
the day is present. Ecc. 12, 1. Cant. 2,
12. Esth. 2, 12. 15.
Deriv. the following.
'Sy^, m. in pause yaj, c. suff. i?53,
plur. crjD , 'is;3 .
1. a stroke, blow, Deut. 17, 8. 21, 5.
2 Sam. 7, 14 ; collect. Prov. 6, 33. Spec,
of strokes, i. e. judgments, calamities,
which God sends upon men, Gen. 12, 17.
Ex. 11, 1. Ps. 38, 12. 39, 11. 91, 10. al.
2. a spot, mark, blemish, in the skin,
whether eruption, scab, or leprosy, Lev.
13, 3 (comp. V. 2). 5. 6. 29. 30. 42 ; hence
prrn r;3 a spot of scurf, scab, v. 31. S53
rsnsn the spot of leprosy v. 3. 9. 20. 25,
and without r?-]:i v. 22 id. Also of the
leprosy of garments Lev. 13, 47 ; and
of walls 14. 34 sq. Meton. for a person
affected with such spots, Lev. 13, 4. 12.
13. 17 ; hence prsn ras one affected with
spots, scall, V. 31 ; comp. v. 33. Also of
a leprous garment, v. 50.
^Irl;' fut. ta"i 1. to smite, usually
of Jehovah as inflicting judgments upon
men, to plague, Ex. 7, 27 [8. 2], mostly
with some fatal disease or death Ex. 12,
23 sq. Josh. 24, 5. 1 Sam. 25, 38. 2 Sam.
12, 15. Ps. 89, 24. 2 Chr. 21, 18. In an-
other sense God is said to smite a peo-
ple before their enemies, i. e. to give
them up to defeat and shmghter ; 1 Sam.
4, 3 wherefore hath Jehovah smitten us
to-day before the Philistines 7 Judg. 20,
35. 2 Chr. 13, 15. 20. 14, 11. Comp.
Niph.
2. to thrust, to push, e. g. as a horned
animal Ex. 21, 35 ; of a man 21, 22.
Comp. njij .
3. to strike against with the foot, to
stumble, Prov. 3, 23. Ps. 91, 12.
Niph. v]J3 , to be smitten, defeated, of
an army Judg. 20, 36. 1 Sam. 4, 10. Of-
ten with "'Ssb , to be smitten (and flee)
before the enemy Lev. 26. 17. Deut. 28,
25. Num. 14, 42. Judg. 20, 32. 2 Sam.
2, 17. 1 Chr. 19, 16. 19. al.
HiTHP. i. q. Kal no. 3, to strike against,
to stumble, with the foot, Jer. 13, 16.
Deriv. '"isa^, and
f|^.5 m. in pause r)53 . 1. a plague, a
divine judgment, mostly of a fatal dis-
ease sent ii-om God. Ex. 12, 13. 30, 12.
Num. 8, 19. 17, 11. 12.
2. a striking of the foot, stumbling,
Is. 8, 14 r;:3 inx ; comp. Rom. 9, 33.
1 Pet. 2, 7. '
^^^ in Kal not used, pr. to flow, i. q.
Heb. "15T3 and Chald. "i3 ; comp. Arab.
i^y^ to flow, also Heb. inj .
Niph. "ir.3 1. to be poured out, to flow
Old ; of water 2 Sam. 14, 14 ; of the eye
Lam. 3, 49.
2. to be stretched out, e. g. the hand
in supplication, Ps. 77, 3. For m"iJ3 Job
20. 28 see nna Niph.
HiPH. "I'^an 1. to pour oid, Ps. 75, 9.
Hence also to pour down, to thrust down,
as stones from a mountain, Mic. 1, 6.
2. Trop. to deliver up, to give over ;
comp. frnrn to pour out, deliver, Is. 53,
12. So in the phrase : ni.n "'"iV^s 'b "Tian
to deliver one into tlie hands (power) of
the sword, Ez. 35, 5. Jer. 18, 21. Ps. 63,
11. See in 1^ no. 1. ee. The common
rendering is wrong : ' to shed by the
hands of the sword.'
HoPH. lin to be poured down, to be
precipitated, spoken of water, Mic. 1, 4.
* '^y fut. dJa^ , once 1il53n Is. 58, 3.
1. to urge, to impel, to drive ; kindr.
perh. wilh }'n3 , ynb. Arab, ^jiji to
drive up sc. animals for hunting ; to urge
on camels ; iiitrans. to be driven, hurried.
So of labourers urged to their work
Is. 58, 3 ; but see In no. 2. Hence Part.
ts:i9
649
13
tejiS a task-master, ^QyoSituKJt];, Ex. 3, 7.
5, 6. 10, 13. 14. Job 3, 18; ulso with a
au "ia iyiJ Ih. 9, 3. Of a drieer ol* ani-
mals, an ass-driver, Job 39, 7.
2. <o urge a debtor, fo ejroc/ a debt,
with ace. of pens. Dcut. 15, 2. 3 ; to exact
tribute, with two ace. 2 K. 23, 35 ; here
too best, Is. 58, 3 ye exact all your la-
bours ; see in no. 1. Part toais an exacfor
of tribute, Dan. 11, 20. Zeeh. 9, 8.
3. ti) rule, to have dominion, and Part.
toJi: a king, tyrant, Is. 3, 12. 14, 2. 60, 17.
Zeeh. 10, 4. Ethiop. ilUJ id. whence
rhw or idui king, wu: iiiw-i-
king oC kings, the title of the king of
Ethiopia.
NiPH. bJ5 \. to be pressed, harassed,
1 Sam. 13, 6. Is. 53, 7. Recipr. to vex,
Jiarass, one another, Is. 3, 5.
2. to be harassed with toil, to be wearied,
distressed, spoken oC an army, 1 Sam.
14, 24.
*^^9 prset. Kal not used, but instead
of it prset. Niph. OJM Gen, 33, 7. Ex.
22, 21. al. Put. Kal ttSr; imp. da,
also -aJa Gen. 19, 9, fem. ^m Ruth 2, 14,
plur. Ilia Josh. 3, 9, c. n parag. naia
Gen. 27, 21 ; inf ntiSa , c. suff. inda .
1. to touch, to join ; with 3, Job 41,
8 [17] they join one upon another, sc.
the scales of the crocodile. Am. 9,
13. The primary idea seems to be that
of impinging, rubbing upon; comp.
kindr. Chald. \aj35 , also aa . The sig-
nx^.o^ joining is found also by transp.
m p<65 .
2. to near, i. e. to come or draw near,
to approach, with ^S? fo any person or
thing Gen. 27, 22. 44, 18. Num. 8, 19.
Josh. 14, 6. Jer. 30, 21 ; 3 Is. 65, 5 ; b
Judg. 20, 23 ; IS Gen, 33, 3 ; ^? Ez. 44,
13; ace. Num. 4, 19 iJ'ip-nx onttJaa
ftfi"!!?" when they approach unto the
holy of holies. 1 Sam. 9, 18 ; absol. Gen.
27, 21. 26. 29, 10. 2 K. 5, 13. Spec, a)
to approach one's wife, in conjugal inter-
course (comp. "yy^), e. bx Ex. 19, 15.
b) to come near, to draw near to Jeho-
vah, spoken of the priests who approach
his altar Ex. 30, 20. Ez. 44, 13; of the
pious who approach him with prayer
and obedience, Is. 29, 13. Jer. 30, 21.
c) io draw near to an enemy for attack,
1 Sam. 17, 40. 2 Sam. 10, 13.
55
3. to near away, i. e. to approach some
other place or object and so recede from
us ; hence to recede, to stand back ; Gen.
19, 9 nxbn-tiJa stand back; Sept. well
unoain ixil, Vulg. recede illuc. Is. 49, 20
'i")!* give place to me, Sept. noltjaoy
flat lonov, Jerome fac mihi spatium. In
many languages, ancient as well as mo-
dern, there is a want of accuracy in the
xise of words signifying approach and
departure, so tliat they are oilcn used
of the contrary motion, e. g. "yy^ for re-
ceding, "1^0 and Arab, .^^ojo of ap-
proaching ; comp. also Germ, herab,
liernm,uscd by thebest writers for hinab,
hinum, which last indeed is hardly ad-
missible.
HiPH. ttS-ian, fut. ttJ-^a;:, apoc. tiav
1. Causat. to cause to come near, to bring
near. Am. 6, 3. So of persons, c. bx Gen.
48,10.13. Ex. 21,6. Lev. 2. 8. al. Of
things, with b of pers. 1 Sam, 30,7. 2 Sam.
17,29;bxofpers.2Sam.l3,ll. 2K,4,6;
^ssb 1 Sam. 28, 25 ; ace. impl. Gen. 27,
25'; e. dat. impl. 1 Sam. 23. 9. Also to
bring forth, to produce, as arguments
Is. 41, 21 ; persons impl. 45, 21. Hence
to offer, to present, Job 40, 19 ; espec
sacrifices to God, c. \ Am. 5, 25. MaL
2, 12; b? 1.7.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to approach, Am.
9, 10.
HoPH. ttSafi pass, of Hiph. to be brought
near, i. e. to be put into, 2 Sam. 3, 34 ;
to be offered, e. b Mai. 1, 11.
HiTHPA. i. q. Kal no. 2, to draw near,
Is. 45, 20.
'I? m. (r. "I!l3) a heap, mound; so called
perhaps from the waving and trembling
motion of a heap of clay, mud, etc. Arab.
Ju a high mound, hill. Only poetically
of the waves of the sea heaped up like
mounds, Ps. 33, 7 n*n ^n njs os'S who
heaped together as a mound the waters
of the sea; and so Josh. 3, 13. 16 the
waters rose (flowing backwards) IHX 13
in one heap. Ps. 78, 13, Ex. 15. 8 ; comp.
Ex. 14, 22 where in the same connec-
tion is n^in a wall. Perh. Is, 17, 11,
but see in ti3 no, 2. Comp. Virg. GeoT
4, 316.
i^'n?. see in ms I.
ll:
650
^1^
*-!!5 fut. i^7 1. i. q. Arab.
>_; Jo to impel, to incite to any thing,
kindr. with rj'13 . A. Schultens finds the
primary idea of this root in humidity,
Jiowing moisture ; Avhich is often trans-
ferred by the Orientals to express libe-
rality, munijicence ; comp. tjo to be
humid, moist, also to be liberal; (^tXJ
j^waaC'I having moist hands, i. e. libe-
ral, opp. to dry, avaricious; Schult. ad
Hamas, p. 309-11, et ad Menken. Ep. I.
p. 31 sq. Comp. Lette ad Cant. Deb.
p. 19-23. But all this is doubtful.
Found only in the- phrase "i^x C"'i<~b3
*isb "22^"^ ichomsoever his heart impels,
i. e. who acts willingly, of his own ac-
cord, Ex. 25, 2. 35,21.29. ,^
2. Intrans. like Arab. (,> Jo to impel
oneself; and hence to be willing, liberal,
generous ; see 2"'73 and Hithpa.
HiTHPA. 1. to impel oneself, to show
oneself willing, to offer voluntarily, with
inf c. b Neh. 11, 2. 1 Chr. 29, 5. 6. Spec,
of soldiers to volunteer, Judg. 5, 2. 9,
comp. Ps. 110, 3 ; so of those who volun-
teered for the sacred military service
2 Chr. 17, 16. Comp. for the same
usage in Arabic A. Schult. ad Ham.
p. 308.
2. to give willingly, to offer sponta-
neously, e. g. gifts to Jehovah, c. ace.
1 Chr. 29, 9. 14. 17. Ezra 1, 6. 2, 68.
3,5.
Deriv. i^:^?, tS'^'iJ, i^?"''?!, and the
pr. n. S'l: , sVii , n^ani .
S'lS Chald. Ithp. i. q. Heb. 1. to be
willing, ready, for any thing, c. b Ezra
7,13.
2. to give willingly, to (ffer sponta-
neously, Ezra 7, 15. Inf by Syriasm
Pia'narn sa\>Bi. free-will offering^ v. 16.
^"7? (spontaneous, liberal) Naddb, pr.
n. a) A son of Jeroboam I, king of the
ten tribes 954-952 B. C. 1 K. 14, 20.
15, 25. 31. b) The eldest son of Aaron,
Ex. 6, 23. 24, 1.9. 28, 1. Num. 3, 2. 4.
%, 60. 61. c) 1 Chr. 2, 28. d) 1 Chr.
8, 30. 9, 36.
nn'Tl f. (r. anj) constr. PS"]? ; plur.
Pis'13 , constr. nims .
1. willingness, voluntariness, sponta-
neoutness; whence H^7?^ Num. 15, 3.
Ps. 54, 8, and ace. n2'i3 Deut. 23, 24.
Hos. 14, 5, spontaneously, voluntarily,
with a willing mind.
2. a voluntary gift. Ex. 35, 29. Ezra
1. 4, comp. V. 7 ; chiefly a free-will offer-
ing, voluntary sacrifce, opp. to a sacri-
fice in consequence of a vow ("i"!!?). Lev.
22. 23 irk narn nan: as a free-will
offering thou mayest offer it. Ezra 3, 5.
8, 28. Ez. 46, 12. Plur. 2 Chr. 31, 14.
Lev. 23, 38. Am. 4, 5. Metaph. Ps. 119,
108. [Ps. 110, 3 pia^s r,i3S thy people
are free-will offerings, i. e. they present
themselves a voluntary offering to God
for the war. R.
3. By impl. liberality, abundance, Ps.
68, 10 niaii nttJs plentiful rain, abundant
showers.
n^lll'jp (whom Jehovah impels, r. -"33)
Nebadiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 8.
?fa*1D Chald. m. (verbal Niph. r. 7)=^)
a layer of stones, from the idea of join-
ing ; or a wall, i. e. the side of a room
or house, once Ezra 6. 4. It has both
of these significations in the Targuma^
as Ez. 46, 23. Zech. 4, 10.
*"''!?3 praet. not contr. nnni Is. la.
31, n-il 22, 2. 33, 3 ; inf nH? ; fiil. Aram.
ni-ri Nah. 3, 7. and "n-^ Gen. 31, 40.
1. Trans, to more up and down, to and
fro, e. g. to flap, as a bird its wings.
Is. 10, 14. Kindr. are 1, JTiJ, 'JJia ;
comp. also Sanscr. nat to move, to be
moved.
2. Intrans. to move oneself ; hence to
wander about, of a bird Prov. 27, 8. Is.
16, 2; of men Hos. 9, 17. Job 15, 23.
Part. T113 a wanderer, fugitive, Is. 16, 3.
21, 14. Jer. 49, 5.
3. to flee, to flee away, Ps. 55, 8. 68, .
13. Is. 10, 31. 22, 3; c. ",73, to flee fromt
any one Nah. 3, 7. Ps. 31, 12. Hos. 7, 13;
'Jmj Is. 21, 15. Of a bird, to fly array,
Jer. 4, 25. 9, 9. Trop. of sleep Gen.
31, 40. Esth. 6, 1. Arab. Jo fugit,
aufogit.
4. Causat. to make flee (see Hiph.)
i. e. to remove, to put away ; and hence
by Syriasm to abominate, to abhor, see
IT^S. Syr. fl Pe. et Aph. abominatus
est.
Foal "T^is, to flee away, to fly away
Nah. 3, 17"
IID
651
Hi PH. l.3rt lo cause to Jlee, to chase
away, Job 18, 18.
Horn, pftse. of Hiph. to be put to flight,
to be chased away, fut. Tn^ ("'!?5'') J"'> 20,
8. Also to be thriist away, part, "ijia by
Chaldaism for njl-Q , 2 Sam. 23, 6 ; but
others read ijn from r. *ii3 .
HiTHPo. to flee, Ps. 64, 9. See also in
r. 113 .
Deriv. o^'i'is , n^ (n"''3), perh. "I'nia .
T13 Chaltl. to flee, prat. M3 Dan. 6,
19. So in the Targums, but rarely.
I3^'7"2 m. phir. uneasy motions, toss-
ings, of a sleepless person on his bed,
Job 7, 4. R. in; .
* I. T^?' in Kal not used, i. q. *Ti3 , to
flee, to recede. Syr. et Sara. id.
Pi EL 0^3 , to remove, to put away, c.
h Am. 6, 3 ; to thrust out, to cast out. Is.
66, 5. With the Rabbins '^in? signifies
excommunication.
Hiph. to drive away, to seduce, 2 K.
17, 21 Cheth. OT!] for nn^jn ; in Keri
11. nJ obsol. root, i. q. Arab.
f Jo mid. Kesri, to be humid, moist ;
then to be liberal : see in r. S^^ .
Hence 'Hi II, also
T^? m. a liberal gift, as the Avages
of prostitution, Ez. 16, 33.
^7? ^- (< "^"^5 "0- ^) P'"- abomination,
i.e. uncleanness, impurity, Zech. 13, 1.
"'=!?T'''3 Num. 19, 9. 13. 20. 21, the water
of uncleanness, i. e. water by which the
unclean were purified, 31, 23. Spec.
z.) filth, uncleanness, of the female men-
ses Lev. 12, 2. 15, 19. 20; and hence of
the menstrual discharge Lev. 15. 24. 25.
33. Ez. 22, 10. 36, 17. Concr. n^3 nisx
a menstrous woman, Ez. 18, 6. b) any
unclean thing, an abomination, e. g. of
idols or things pertaining to them, Ez.
7, 19. 20. 2 Chr. 29, 5. Ezra 9, 11. Lam.
1, 17. c) an abomination, abominable
crime, e. g. incest Lev. 20. 21.
' _? , fut. nn*^ , pr. to thrust, lo im-
pel, sc. forwards, from oneself; comp.
kindr. nn^ and what is there said.
1. to thrust out, to expel, c. yc 2 Sam.
14,14. See Hiph.
2. to thrust forth, to impel, sc. an axe
into a tree, to strike an axe into a tree,
c. ^ Deut. 20, 19.
Hiph. n'^^H, fut. apoc. rrn^i 1. to
to thrust down, to cast down, P. 5, 11 ; c.
{a 62, 5.
2. to thrust out, to drive out, to expel,
i. q. Kal no. 1, 2 Chr. 13, 9. So God the
Israelites into other lands, Deut. 30, 1.
Jer. 8, 3. 23, 3. 8. 29, 14. 18. 32, 37. 46,
28. Ez. 4, 13. Also to disperse a flock
Jer. 23, 2. 50, 17.
3. to impel any one away, to seduce,
absol. Deut. 13, 14. Prov. 7, 21 ; with
)^ to seduce or draw away from any
thing. Deut. 13, 6; njn-j bsB v, 11.
4. to thrust evil upon any one, to bring
upon, c. by 2 Sam. 15, 14 ; comp. Kal
no. 2.
NiPH. nns ; part, n'nj , c. suff. inn? ,
r,nn3 . D:n';i3 .
1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be thrust forth
or out ; Deut. 19, 5 if a man go with his
neiglibour into the forest to cut wood,
yziTi nhzb "jT-jaa in;i ""^sn and his
hand be thrust out with the axe (i. e.
make a stroke with the axe) to cut down
the tree.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be expelled,
driven out, Jer. 40, 12. 43, 5. 49, 5 ; of a
beast gone astray and wandering, Deut.
22, 1. Part. nij3 one expelled, an out-
cast. Is. 16, 3. 4. ^27, 13. Jer. 49, 36 ; fem.
30,17. Collect, masc. Deut. 30, 4. Neh.
1, 9. and fem. nn-n: Mic. 4, 6. Zeph. 3,
19, outcasts, fugitives. With sufi'. irni
his fugitive, banished by him, 2 Sam.
14, 13. Also fem. nn'jS of a flock dis-
persed and driven away, Ez. 34. 4.
16. Trop. Job 6, 13 ''Z'Z'O nr\rf^ n^ffiJin
deliverance is driven from me. Arab.
^<X> V, id.
3. Pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be impelled,
seduced, Deut. 4, 19. 30, 17.
PuAL, to be driven forth, to be thrust
out ; Is. 8, 22 n^p-o nbex thrust forth to
darkness ; comp. Jer. 23, 12.
HoPH. part, n'nia driven up and down^
cJiased, Is. 13, 14.
Deriv. D'^TOnTa.
^'^1} m. (r. -"13) 1. willing, volunta-
ry, ready, prompt, 1 Chr. 2S, 21 ; more
fully iab a"'nD of a. willing mind Ex. 35,
5. 22. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Ps. 51. 14 na-^n: ran
a willing spirit. See ans Kal and Hithp
3
652
in5
2. giving willijigly, of one's owTi ac-
cord, i. e. liberal. Pro v. 19. 6. Hence
3. generous, noble-minded, noble, which
in the mind of an Oriental is closely
connected with liberality in giving;
spoken of character and conduct, Is. 32.
'5. 8. Prov. 17, 7. 26. Cant. 7, 2 a-^"i3 ra
daughter of the noble, i. e. herself no-
ble, generous, comp. in "(2 no. 8. Plur.
nia'i'ii generom, noble things, Is. 32, 8.
.Arab, v-j Jo to be generous, beautiful.
4. Trop. of noble birth ; and as Subst.
a noble, a prince, Ps. 107, 40. 113, 8.
118, 9. Prov. 25, 7. 1 Sam. 2, 8. Plur.
.Job 12, 21. 34, 18. Num. 21, 18. Ps. 47,
18. Also in a bad sense, a tyrant, Job
:21, 28. Is. 13, 2. Comp. B-^bd^.
Note. In most of its significations
this word accords with the synonymous
^"'52, but the order is different. The
one, 3"'"i3 , sets out from the idea of a
willing and liberal mind, and is tropical-
ly used lor nobility of birth ; the other,
"l"'S5 , is primarily spoken of a leader
:and prince, and tropically of those good
qualities which belong to his station.
nS'i^S f (r. "yri) nobility ; trop. ele-
vated and happy state, excellency, Job
:30, 15.
I. yyi m. sheath of a sword, 1 Chr.
21, 27. The etymology is uncertain ;
see in fiS'ii note.
II. Xl} m. (r. n-nj) i. q. ITii , liberal
gift, as the wages of prostitution, plur.
'C. suff. ""ISli Ez. 16, 33. Cod. Ross. 409
hasT)'?'73 for rj?3'i3-
n3^2 Chald. m. a sheath ; trop. of the
"'body, as the sheath or envelope of the
mind. Dan. 7, 15 my spirit was grieved
:n3'i5 153 in the sheath i. e. in my body.
The same metaphor is used by Pliny,
H. N. 7. 52 or 53: "donee cremato eo
inimici remeanti animse velut vaginam
ademeriiit." So too a certain philoso-
pher, who was slighted by Ale.xandcr
the Great on account of his ugly face, is
said to have replied : " corpus hominis
nil est nisi vagina gladii, in qua anima
reconditur ;" see d'Herbelot Biblioth.
Orientale p. 642. The word axflog is
used in the same way, iElian H. An.
17. 11.
Note. The etymology both of n3"i3
and *73 I, is donbtful. I have formerly
referred them to a root "("ni as if i. q.
Arab. (O cVi to be soft, flexible, as lea-
ther : but this is hardly tenable. With
Furst, we might assume a root "("15 , y^h ,
to be hollow, deep, if this could but have
a better foundation than Talm. NJ'^ cask,
Fers. Ljf3 vase, Fr. ioiineaxi.
* H^3 fut. Cf^njn Ps. 68, 3, and ^l^'? Ps.
1,4, to drive away, to disperse, to scatter,
as the wind scatters chafl'. straw, smoke,
Ps. 1,4. 68, 3 ; to put to fight an enemy,
i. e. to vanquish, metaph. Job 32, 13.
The primary idea is to thrust, to push ;
kindr.withCi'in,n'n, q.v. Arab. o Jo
to urge on an animal. Eth. iHA, to
strike, to push.
NiPH. Ci'ni pass, to be driven away,
scattered, Is. 41, 2. Ps. 68, 3. ^'ni nbr a
leaf driven by the wind Lev. 26. 36. Job
13, 25. Inf constr. q^nn Ps. 68, 3.
* 1. ^j3 fut. -i'^"^, conv. "in*l Gen. 28,
20. al. once I'^W 1 Sam. 1, 11 ; to row,
i. e. to promise voluntarily to give or do
something; opp. "ipx to bind oneself
not to do, etc. In Phenician is found the
frequent formula : 115 CN i. e. -17b "'X
one vowing, i. e. devoting or consecrat-
ing a cippus, see Monumra. Phcen. Melit.
1, 1. Garth. 1, 2. 2, 3. al. Syr. p id.
Chald. Sam. id. Arab. J JJ id. The
primary idea is that of setting apart,
consecrating, which is expressed in Heb.
by the kindr. it5 , Arab. tXJ includes
both. Sept. Bvxofiai. Constr. with ace.
of thing. Num. 6, 21. in: -ina to void a
vow Deut. 12, 11. Judg.'ll, 39. 2 Chr.
15, 8. Jon. 1, 16 ; ace. impl. Num. 30, 11.
Ecc. 5, 4. With dat. added, Gen. 31,
13, Deut. 23, 24; riirt^\ Num. 21, 2. 30,
4. Judg. 11, 30. Sometimes the words
of the vow are subjoined, with ^bsb
Gen. 28, 20. 2 Sam. "l5, 8 ; with n^.iti5
Num. 21, 2.
* II. "1^3 i. q. Arab.^jLi, to fail 07it,
to drop down, as the grain from the win-
nowing-fork upon the thresiiing-floor.
Hence Chald. inx threshing-floor.
"17.? and "ll? m. in pause also I"!!! , c.
suflT. '-.15 ; plur. ci^J , constr "^"pi . R.
-n3 I.
13
653
13
1. a vow, Gen. 28, 20. 31, 13. Num. 6,
21. 30. 10. 14. III. O^n-is inj to row mwn,
Bee in r. inj I. n-^nnj cksJ Ps. 22, 26, and
d-^nnj nbs Judg. ll'. 39, to pay or jjer-
form vows.
2. a fA^n/g- vowed, votive offering or
tacrifice. Lev. 7, 16. 22, 18. 21. Deut.
12, 6. 0pp. nans free-will offering.
!|3 m. (r. ni3) something eminent, or-
namental, splendid ; once Ez. 7, 11 xbl
crja nb ??or fAo// aught splendid remain
among them, i. e. all will be spoiled and
plundered by the enemy. Sept. Cod.
Alex, oldk w^aia/iog iv amotg. Accord-
ing to the Jewish intpp. lamentation,
wailing, for nr}i from r. nnj (form like
t5"ip) ; but not suitably to the context.
* ^j5 fut. Jnj"^ 1. to lead, to drive,
to conduct. Lat. ago ; Sept. u/id, amiyui,
inayo), etauyct), umyco. Arab, j^ g '> to
go, Ag;,<) way; Rabb. ana to lead, to
conduct, Jrtsn way, habit. Correspond-
ing in the Indo-European tongues are
Gr. uyto, rjyiofiai, Lat. ago, Pers. ^^wL&.t'
Spec, a) to lead out or drive a flock,
c. ace. Gen. 31, 18. Ex. 3, 1. 1 Sam.
23, 5. 30, 20 ; c. 3 Is. 11, 6. Comp. Ps.
80, 2 who leadest Joseph like a flock, b)
to drive, to urge on, e. g. horses or other
animals in their course ; absol. 2 K. 4,
24 r(^J 5ri3 drive on, and go forward. 9,
20 an3^ *,i'rair2 ^s /or he driveth like a
madman, furiously. Also nbas snj to
drive a wagon or rar< 2 Sam. 6, 3, c. a
1 Chr. 13, 7 ; comp. Is. 11, 6. c) to
drive off, to carry away, as beasts by
violence Job 24, 3 ; to lead away cap-
tives 1 Sam. 30, 2. Is. 20, 4 ; and so Is.
60, 11. d) to lead forth an army 1 Chr.
20, 1. 2 Chr. 25, 11. e) to lead one to
a person or place Cant. 8, 2. Lam. 3, 2 ;
ace. impl, 1 Sam. 30, 22.
2. Intrans. to lead on, i. q. to act,
to conduct oneself; comp. Arab, a (? '>
to go, Germ, sich auffuhren. So of a
way of life, conduct ; Ecc. 2, 3 "^abl
niasna srib and my heart acted in wis-
dom, wisely ; the clause being paren-
thetic.
PiEL ana , fut. ana-^ l. i. q. Kal : a)
to drive a chariot Ex. 14, 25. b) to
55*
lead a person., as God hiH people, Is. 4#,
10. 6.3, 14. Pa. 78, 52 ; men Ps. 48. 15 ;
with an adjunct of place whither Deut
4, 27. 28, 37. c) to bring, to cause to
come, e. g. a wind Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 78. 26.
d) to lead off, to carry away, Gen. 31, 26.
2. to pant, to breathe hard, to moan;
Arab. ^ (^ > to pant from exhaustion by
running. Syr. waU id. Nah. 2, 8 and
her maidens moan as the voice of doves ;
comp. Is. 38, 14. 59, 11. Ez. 7, 16.
Note. Some refer the significations
to lead or drive, and to pant, to different
roots. But they stand nearly related,
since driving and panting go together.
Comp. nan; also nrja, Syr. foO, Eth.
iUP, to sigh ; further prn^ pxa, Eth.
iUifl, to be anxious, solicitous.
Deriv. anac.
Tj3 a root not in use ; Arab. (A g'"
to swell, e. g. the female brea.sts ; mid.
Damm. to be fleshy, large, beautiful, as
Q o^
a horse, comp. Zech. 10, 3; Jcij swell-
ing breasts, a fleshy horse, something
high. Hence Tin q. v.
"^'^ to wail, to lament, (pr. to cry
nn nnx ) Ez. 32, 18. Mic. 2, 4 -ina nna
to wail a wailing, i. e. to make lamenta-
tion. Syr. Ethiop. id.
2. to cry, aloud, to proclaim. ; whence
NiPH. pr. to be convoked, to come to-
gether, to assemble, like Chald. "'nans.
Comp. p?T Niph. to assemble. 1 Sam.
7, 2 all the house of Israel assembled
themselves after Jehocah, prsRgn.for 'they
all with one mind followed after Jeho-
vah,' comp. ""i 'inx Ti^n , also "''i^nx x|a
"'V So the Targ, h. 1. comp. the same
formula Targ. Jer. 3, 17. 30, 21. Hos. 2,
16. 3. 3. 5.
Deriv. ''na , ^'^ ; comp. "^a , n;na
Tins Chald, m, light, emphat. xnina
Dan. 2. 22 Keri, the usual form in Chal-
dee. The Chethibh has xn%n3 , as in
Syr. \-^(n:i . R. %-t3 II.
T'S m. (r. ^Tv:) in pause ^na , n la-
ment, elegy, song of wailing, Jer. 9, 17
sq. 31, 9. 15. Am. 5, 16, Mic. 2, 4.
fl^n? f. part. Niph. from r. n-^Ti , Mic.
2, 4. Prov. 13, 19. See n;;n Niph. no
15
654
^n3
2. Others here make it fem. of preced.
art. lamentation ; but less well.
"TTl? , see r. "linD .
IT^n? Chald. f. (r. ^n; II ) illumina-
tion, icisdom, Dan. 5, 11. 14. Syr.
|Zoi_oiJ id.
* V^>
''*_'; not used in Kal, prob. to Jlow,
to go, like kindr. "ina I. Comp. bns
brook. Hence
PiEL bris, fut. bna-i l. to lead, to
conduct, Ex. 15, 1 3. 2 Chr. 28, 15 otibna^.l
C'lbna and conducted them upon asses.
Ps. 23", 2 '':bn3'i nin^a "^^-b? Ae leadeth
me by or <o s^iYZ waters. 31, 4. Is. 49,
10. With the notion of care and pro-
tection Is. 51, 18; and hence
2. to protect, 2 Chr. 32, 22 (comp.
rj-^sn 1 Chr. 22, 18) ; to provide for, to
sustain. Gen, 47, 17, comp. bsb-s in v. 12.
HiTHP. to lead on, to go on, Gen. 33,
14. Hence
'^J; m. 1. pasture, whither flocks
Bxe led forth, Is. 7, 19. So "iS'ia from
"'?'7
2. Nahalol, pr. n. of a city in Zebulun
-Judg. 1, 30 ; which in Josh. 19, 15 is
called bbri3 Nahalal.
"_7 fut. nH37, to growl, to snarl,
"the usual word applied to the noise of
'the young lion (t'E3) Prov. 19, 12. 20,
:2; distinguished from roaring (SNtlJ),
: although sometimes also attributed to
the full-grown lion, Prov. 28. 15. Trop.
of the roaring of the sea Is. 5, 30 ; of the
cry, groaning, of those who mourn
(comp. t^-CT^), Ez. 24, 23. Prov. 5, 11.
The root is onomatopoetic. Arab.
and Syr. id. See under nT:n.
Deriv. the two following.
0?^? m. a growling, snarling, of a
:young lion. Prov. 19, 12. 20, 2.
TCri; f. constr. rxns , roaring of the
sea, Is. 5, 30; groaning of the afflicted,
Ps. 38, 9. R. cn:.
pnj fut. \i'sy:'^ . to bray, spoken of
the ass when hungry Job 6, 5 ; trop. to
cry out, as wretched and famished per-
sons. Job 30, 7. Chald. and Arab. id.
Kindred roots are pKJ, pax, n3x.
* I. "irijl fut. rs'nv), to flow, to flow
'together, Arab. _^ id. hence nnj river.
The verb is used in Heb. only trop. of
a confluence of nations ; Is. 2, 2 litisi
O'^ijn-bs T^bx and all nations shall fl^ow
unto it. Jer. 31, 12. 51, 44 ; c. bs Mic.
4, 1.
Deriv. "ins . ins , fTinia .
11. "mD iq shine, to be bright;
Chald. Syr. Samar. id. The same is
113, Arab. .Lj, q. v. comp. in lett. n
p. 238. In Heb. only trop. to brighten
tip, to be cheered, to rejoice, strictly of a
bright and cheerful countenance (comp.
nix lett. g), Ps. 34, 6. Is. 60, 5.
Deriv. Hins, -linj, >n">n3.
^0? m. (r. ins I ) constr. ins ; plur.
f^ins .constr. 'nn3 ; also plur. niins (m.
Ps. 93, 3), constr. niin: .
1. a stream, current, flood ; Jon. 2, 4
'^snab';' injl and the floods (of the sea)
surrounded me; comp. wxtuvov ^dt-
&Qct II. ^', 245. Ps. 24, 2. Job 20, 17
nxrni Uian ^bns 'in? the streams of the
milk-and-honey brooks.
2. a stream, river, Gen. 2, 10. 14. Job
.- u -
15,11. 22,16. 40,23.al. Arab.^, ^,
Syr. )j3iJ, id. With gen. of region, as
DEISTS ins the river of Egypt, the Nile,
Gen. 15, 18 ; "itia in? the river of Gozan,
the Chaboras^ 2 K. 17, 6 ; t^o "'ins ^Ae
rivers of Ethiopia, the Nile, Astaboras,
Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; bra ri^n? f^e
n'rers of Babylon, the Euphrates with
its canals, Ps. 137. 1 ; pbr -j riin? 2 K.
5, 12. Also with the pr. n. of the river
in the genit. as ni3 "^ns the river Eu-
phrates Gen. 15, 18 ; iss ins the river
Chebar Ez. 1, 1. 3. With tlie art. insn
the liver xai f$o^?;v so called, i. e. tlie
Euphrates, Gen. 31, 21. Ex. 23, 31 ;
more fully niB ^ns biisn inrn Gen. 15,
18. Deut. 1, 7. Josh. 1,4 ; comp. 1 Chr.
5, 9. Deut. 11, 24; also poet, without
the art. Is. 7, 20. Jer. 2, 18. Mic. 7, 12.
Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72, 8. Once the con-
text requires ins to be taken as the
Nile, Is. 19. 5. In Ps. 46. 5 many under-
stand Siloam, and not unaptly, since
inj is also used of smaller streams, as
of the waters of Damascus 2 K. 5, 12,
espec. Job 28. 11. A river is put as the
emblem of abundance and prosperity,
Is. 48, 18. 66. 12.
nn3
655
T)3
"^^3 m. (r. ins I) a river, i. q. *iro,
Arab. -^ . Hence dual n^ins the tvo
rivers, Tigris and Euphrates, whence
^?"5'!|3 B"]^, Syria of the two rivers, i. e.
Mesopotamia ; see nix .
^r?? Chald. m. emph. xnn? , n-^n , a
river, Dan. 7, 10 ; also xai i^oxriv, tlie
Euphrates, Ezra 4, 10. 16. 17. 20. 5, 3.
6, 6 sq. 7, 21. 25.
"?0? f- (r. in? n)/ig-^<, day-light,
Job 3, 4. Arab. L^ .
* i^^3 in Kal doubtful, Num. 32, 7
Cheth. see Hiph. no. 2 ; pr. to say no,
to negative, like many other roots whose
primary syllable is K5 , 53 , ns , as also the
kindred xia , na , xb , and transp. *|X ; e. g.
UU and &A^ to forbid, to hinder; L^
id. AA-ii to repel ; 2Uo , ovlo beware ;
Pirr:^ to deny. etc. transp. "jlX and *f X ,
whence "i^x , T'X , etc. Hence too r. xib
to negative, and part, xb not, by chang-
ing liq. 3 intob. If a Semitic etymo-
logy be sought, we may find it perh. in
r. S13 to nod. to shake the head, as a
sign for no. But the syllables, ne, na. an,
in, un, have the same force in the Indo-
European tongues ; see in "(IX p. 23.
Thesaur. p. 859.
Hiph. X'^jn 1. to deny, to refuse;
fut. with X dropped ""S^ Ps. 141, 5; whe^e
36 Mss. read in full X*'?^ .
2. to disallow, to hinder; Num. 30, 6
Jnrx n-'rx X-'in-cx if her father held
her hack. v. 9. 12. With l^ to hinder
from, to avert, to dissuade from any
thing. Num. 32, 7 ; ''pbab v. 9.
3. to bring to nought, to render vain,
Ps. 33, 10.
Deriv. nxsun.
J^J fut. S53;j to sprout, to germinate.
The primary idea is that of gushing
forth, boiling up, a power contained in
the syllable 33 and in the roots springing
from it, as ra3 , skaj , kju , ioAJ ; ^>o ;
and trop. either in the notion of sprout-
ing, as Lo ; \c^ju ; or in that of uttering,
asX35. Eth. 233; Arab. (j-o- (j>a-*j ;
or also in that of rising above, being
higher, as nsj, vf5^ Conj. VIII emi-
nuit, -o extulit, accrevit. In Kal only
trop. a) Of men as Jlmtriahing in a
green old age, Ps. 92, 15. b) Of wealth,
to grow, to increase, Ps. 62, 1 1, c) Of
the mouth, as sprouting with, putting
forth words, etc. Prov. 10, 31.
PiL. 3313 , to cause to sprout, to pro-
duce. Zech. 9, 17.
Deriv. S"'?, n3l3n, and pr. n. ''3''3,
n-izs .
T
aiS Is. 57, 19 Cbeth i. q. 3-^3 q. v.
* ^^3 fut. 1; 1. Engl, to nod, i. e.
to move up and down, to and fro, to be
shaken ; comp. kindr. TiJ . Arab. o\j
mid. Waw id. Syr. ,J to be moved,
shaken, terrified. Sanscr. nud to agi-
tate. Of a reed shaken by the wind
1 K. 14, 15.
2. to be driven about, to wander, to be
a fugitive, e. g. a bird Prov. 26, 2 ; a
person. Jer. 4, 1. Gen. 4, 12. 14. Ps. 56,
9. Also to fee Ps. 11, 1. Jer. 49, 30.
Trop. Is. 17, 11 -."':;? 13 the harvest
fleeth; here 13 is 3 pers. praet. like ra ;
but see 13 subst.
2. With a dat. to pity, to commiserate,
as signified by the motion of the head,
comp. Job 16, 4. 5. Hence a) to com-
fort, to console the afflicted, Ps. 09, 21 ;
with h o{' pers. Job 2, 11. 42, 11. Is. 51,
19. Jer. 16, 5. Nah. 3, 7. al. b) to de-
plore, to bemoan the dead. Jer. 22, 10.
Syr. ]ZfJ sorrow.
Hiph. l''3ri 1. Causat. to cause to
wander, to drive out, 2 K. 21, 8. Ps. 36, 12.
2. i. q. Kal to move, to shake, to nod
with the head ('iJxi2) in scorn. Jer. 18, 16.
Hoph. part. 13^2 2 Sam. 23, 6 shaken
out. thnist out. But R. Ben Asher has
15^ , from r. 113 q. v.
Hithpal. liisnn ]. tdbe moved to
and fro, to reel, of the earth Is. 24, 20;
to shake oneself, i. e. one's head in scorn
Jer. 48, 27.
2. to bewail, to bemoan, Jer. 31, 18.
Deriv. 13, I"*?, I"i3, li:^.
TQ Chald. to fee, Dan. 4, 11.
"113 m. (r. 113) 1. fight, wandering,
Ps. 56, 9.
2. Nod, pr. n. of the region to which
Cain fled. Gen. 4, 16.
TO
656
ns
!}*113 (nobility) Nodah. pr. n. of a son
of Ishmael, 1 Chr. 5, 19. R. ZTfi .
>:i" obsol. root, Arab. sLj to be
high, lofty, tail, as an edifice, the neck
and head of a camel, a plant, or the like.
Trop. of honour and dignity, to be high-
minded; see examples from the Arab, in
Thesaur. p. 860. Hence nb.
'^1 J J. q. rixj 1. to sit, to rest, to
remain tranquil ; Hab. 2, 5 T^Ji;; "^Sa
iT]i';i xbl the proud man, he resteth not,
he cannot live in peace and quiet, but
seeks tumult and war. Also to dwell,
see fTi3, ni3.
2. to be decorous, becoming, for the
connection of which with the idea of
sitting, see under nN3 Pil.
HiPH. to decorate with praises, to cele-
brate. Ex. 15. 2 n":j<, Sept. do^daca av-
tov, Vulg. glorificabo eum.
Deriv. the two following and n"*^3.
^3? m. constr. ni3 , c. sufT. r,i_3 , i[n':i ,
cni3. R. n;5.
A) Adj. 1. inhabiting, dwelling, fern.
n;3, cstr. p;;:. Ps. 68, 13 n-^a n;;? the
dweller in the house, i. e. a matron who
remains at home, oixovQOg Tit. 2, 5.
2. becoming, i. e. comely, f n^.3 Jer. 6, 2.
B) Subst. sea/, only poet. ] . a dwell-
ing, habitation, home, e. g. of men Is. 27,
10. 33, 20. Job 5, 3. Jer. 10, 25. 50, 44 ; of
God Ex. 15, 13. 2 Sam. 15, 25. Jer. 25,
30. Of animals, den, Is. 34, 13. 35, 7.
2. a pasture, where flocks and herds
remain, lie down, and rest ; once in prose,
1 Sam. 7. 8 ; elsewhere poet. Hos. 9,
13. Job 5, 24 ; with genit. IXS W? Is.
65, 10 ; D-^^ra ni3 Ez. 25, 5 ; ts'^s'-i rr;?
Jer. 33, 12. Plur'. Jer. 23, 3. For plur.
constr. the form niS3 is used, see in
ri13 f (r. n^3) A) Adj. f. inhabiting,
comely, see ni3 A.
B) S\ibst. i. q. ni3 B, seat, dwelling,
home, of men Job 8, 6 ; of flocks and
herds, pasture, plur. Zeph. 2, 6.
* tj^^ fut. m:^, conv. n?*^ Ex. 10, 14.
1. to rest, i. e. /o set oneself down, to
tettle down in any place for rest. The
primary idea is to breathe, to take
breath, n^-i a"'t:n, comp. kindr. Arab.
\s I, II, IV, X, requievit, quievit. pr.
to draw breath. From the same primary
idea comes Germ, ruhen (ruchenl, and
from the same root also riechen (Low
Germ, ruken, riiken, comp. ruahen to
desire). Arab. ^Ij spec, to kneel down,
of a camel, Conj. IVcausat. aXjuo place
for a camel to kneel down. Syr. and
Chald. i. q. Heb. Eth. itIP to respire,
to rest, comp. under iiJJ . Spoken e. g.
of the sole of one's foot Josh. 3. 13 ; of
an army Is. 7, 2. 2 Sam. 21, 10 (Arab.
^Ij IV to encamp) ; of a flight of lo-
custs or flies Ex. 10, 14. Is. 7, 19. Also
of things, as the ark of Noah Gen. 8, 4 ;
of the ark of the covenani Num. 10, 36.
Constr. absol. Num. 1. c. with S Ex. 1. c.
^5 of place Gen. 8, 4. Is. 7, 2. Metaph.
of the divine Spirit descending and rest-
ing upon anyone, c. bs Num. 11, 25. 26 ;
comp. no. 2. c.
2. to rest, to be at rest ; absol. of men
and beasts Ex. 23, 12. Deut. 5, 14. Job
3, 26. Is. 57. 2 ; of God Ex. 20, 11 ; the
earth Is. 14, 7. So of the rest of death
Prov. 21, 16. Job 3, 17. Dan. 12, 13. Im-
pers. "h n!i;'j there is rest to me, i. e. /
rest, I have rest, Job 3, 13. Is. 23, 12.
Neh. 9, 28. Spec, a) to rest from la-
bour, i. q. r-yd, Ex. 20, 11. 23, 12. Deut.
5, 14. b) Also from vexation and cala-
mities Is. 14, 7. Job 3, 26 ; c. "a Esth. 9,
22. c) i. q. to reside, to abide ; Ecc.
7, 9 anger resteth (dwells) in the bosom
of a fool. Prov. 14, 33. Ps. 125, 3 the
sceptre of the wicked shall not abide upon
the lot of the righteous. So of the di-
vine Spirit, which rests or abides on any
one, c. bs 2 K. 2, 15. Is. 11, 2 ; of God's
hand Is. 25, 10. d) to be quiet, silent,
i. e. to rest or cense from speaking. 1
Sam. 25. 9 ; with h q. d. to bear in si-
lence, to look on, Hab. 3, 16.
HiPH. has a twofold form and signifi-
cation.
A) n-'3n, fut. n'^S^ 1. to set down, to
put down one in any place, with ace.
and 2, bx, Ez. 37, 1. 40, 2 ; to let down
the hand Ex. 17, 11 ; to let fall upon, to
lay upon any one sc. blows, a scourge,
Is." 30, 32 ; also bs na-ja n^jn Ez. 44,
30. Metaph. 3 insn ryzn to allay one's
anger, i. e. to satiate it, on any one Ez.
5. 13. 16, 42. 24, 13. Zcch. 6, 8.
niD
657
D13
2. to cause to rest, c. dat. to give rest
to any one Is. 28, 12. 14, 3. Ofien of
Jehovah, who is snid to give his peofde
rest, i. e. the quiet possession of the pro-
mised land, Ex. 33, 14. Josh. 1. 13. 15.
Deut.3,20. 12, 10 Dsin-jx-bsia oab n-^rni
a'^a* and he shall gite you rest from all
your enemies round aboiU. 25, 19. Josh.
21, 44. al. Comp. in N. T. xuttmvoj,
nujunuvjii.
HoPH. njiin impers. rest is given, c.
dat. Lam. 5, 5 ; pass, of Hiph. no. 2.
B) n-':n, fut. n-'S'^, apoc. nrn ; part.
n-'l-q ; like n-'Sn from rJio , "pi"; from T'b,
and the noun aiTSO i. q. aico from B^tJ ;
eee Heb. Gr. 71, note 9.
1. to set or put down, to lay down, to
deposit in any place, with bx or a of
place, e. g. stones Josh. 4, 3. 8 ; a corpse
in the grave 1 K. 13, 29-31. Spec, to
lay tip for safe-keeping. Ex. 16, 34. Ez.
42. 14. 44. 19 ; before Jehovah Ex. 16,
33. 34. Num. 17, 22. Deut. 26, 4. 10. 1 K.
8, 9. Also to place, to set, as an image
Is. 46, 7. 2 K. 17, 29 ; a table 2 Chr. 4,
8 ; a people or troops in another land,
to transfer, Is. 14. 1. Ez. 37, 14. 2 Chr.
1, 14. lotjiia n"'3ii to put in ward, cus-
tody, Lev.' 24, 12. Num. 15. 34. Also
stronger, to ca^t or throw down. Num.
19, 9. Is. 28, 2 i^a ynxb n-'sn he casteth
it to the ground with might. Am. 5, 7.
Ez. 22, 20.
2. to cause to rest, to quiet, to pacify.
Ecc. 10, 4 gentleness Dilsna D-ixan n-is^
quieleth (hinders) great offences. Hence
a) to give rest to any one, i. e. to let rest,
to leave in quiet, to let alone, c. ace.
^nx nn^iii let me alone that, i. e. suffer
me, Judg. 16. 26. Esth. 3. 8. Often c.
dat. <}> nrf^sn 2 K. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 17 ;
also with'i c. fut. Ex. 32, 10. 2 Sam. 16,
11 b^j^'^'i lb !in2n let him alone that he
may curse, let him curse, b) With ace.
of pers. and inf c. b , to permit or suffer
one to do any thing, pr. to let him alone
that he may do it. Ps. 105. 14 ; with dat.
of pers. Ecc. 5, 11 ,ra"'b ib n^ nrx
doth not siffer him to sleep, pr. does not
leave him in quiet so as to sleep. 1 Chr.
16, 21. Comp. the verbs UJwj and ",r3 in
the sense of conceding, permitting, con-
strued in the same manner.
3. to let, to leave, Sept. ucplri/xi, xr.
XttJtw, in various senses : a) i. q. to let
remain, to leave behind in any place,
Gen. 42, 33. Deut. 14, 28. Josh. 6, 23 ;
e. g. ^ people in a land Judg. 3. 1. 2
Sam. 16, 21. 20, 3. Jer. 27, 11; of a
thing Gen. 39. 16. b) to leave remain-
ing, Ex. 16, 23. Lev. 7, 15. With ace.
of thing nnd dat. of pers. to leave behind
to any one, to bequeath to one's heirs,
Ps. 17, 14. Ecc. 2, 18 ; so Is. 65, 15. c)
to leave or give over to any one, Ps. 119,
121. A) to let leave off; as ip 1^ n"|n
to let the hand rest, \. e. to withdraw it
from any thing, Ecc. 7, 18. 11, 6. e)
i. q. to forsake, to abandon, Jer. 14, 9.
Ecc. 10, 4.
HoPH. niiii to be set down, placed,
Zech. 5. 11 (comp. the Chald. form G-'T^ri
Dan. 7, 4). Part, nsia something left
vacant, vacant place, Ez. 41, 9. 11.
Deriv. nn:n . nis^a , nno , rn: , nn""?,
and the pr. names nj , ni3^ , niris , nnsa .
Also the two following :
niS m. 1. rest, quiet, Esth. 9, 16. 17.
18; c. suff. T;m3 2Chr. 6, 41.
2. Noah, pr. n. eee nb .
TVn'l'i (rest, r. n) Nohah, pr. n. of a
son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 2.
^^J to be moved, to qiiake. i. q. Cio,
once Ps. 99, 1 ; Sept. aaXiv&i]j(a ^ yij,
Vulg. maveatur terra ; and so Syr. and
Chald. Kindr. is Arab, cjlj vacillavit
m iricessu.
rr^lD (r. n^:) in Cheth. for pr. n. ni'j
Naioth in Keri, 1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22.
23. 20, 1,
* ''jj Chald. Pa. i>33, i. q. bas , to soil
to fold. Hence
1^^ 3 Chald. f. Ezra 6, 11, and
'''?)3 Dan. 2, 5. 3. 29 ; a dunghill. Dan.
2. 5 and your houses shall become dung-
hills, i. e. sinks, cloacae ; comp. 2 K. 1 0, 27.
D^S to slumber, to fall asleep from
weariness and lassitude, and thus differ-
ing from Vr?r *o sleep. The primary
idea seems to be that of nodding, like
Gr. vi'o-TM^o), which the LXX put for it.
Of watchmen, guards. Ps. 121, 3. 4.
Is. 5. 27. Trop. of inactive and slothful
leaders, prophets. Nah. 3. 13. Is. 56, 10.
Ps. 76. 6 cnsd VOi they sleep their sleep,
are fallen asleep, perish. Syr. >aa id.
ro
658
515
Contra Arab. |vj signifies to sleep, and
/j^ to slumber.
Deriv. n^^sn , pr. n. fi15^ , and
rraiS f. slumber, light sleep, Prov.
23, 21.
"pJ not found in Kal ; Hiph. fut.
yi"^ , to sprout, to put forth, subolescere.
Ps.'72, 17 Cheth. iv^d "pr ffliaffi-iSEb so
long as the sun endures shall his name
flourish. In Keri, Niph. *iir shall be
spread abroad. Sept. diafisvsl. Hence
j"^) , '|i355 , also
'J'^3 pr. Syr. and Chald. ajish, so called
from its prolificness, see the root. In
Heb. Nun, pr. n. of the father of Joshua,
Ex. 33, U. Num. 11, 28, and so con-
stantly in the book of Joshua. Sept.
everywhere Navrj, obviously from an
error of the earliest copyists (NATIl
for NATN). From the forms IV/5;j and
Nit(il found in some Mss. (see Holmes,)
we may gather that later transcribers
suppo.ed this JSavri to be the pronuncia-
tion, according to Itacism, of the HebreAV
X-'ns. Once "jiD id. 1 Chr. 7, 27.
P^2 fut. 0^ , conv. 133*1 ; inf con-
str. C)!i:b , D3b .
1. to move swiftly, to haste, to fly ;
the radical idea being that of flying,
(comp. to fly and to flee.) although
this again is itself secondary, coming
from the idea of radiating, glittering ;
see under y^i, and comp. Schroeder
Origg. Heb. p. 150. Spoken of the ra-
pid course, flight, of a horse and his
rider; Is. 30, 16 DiD-b? ^o xb nr^{^|^
,lO*i3Pl |3"i>S 0!t33 but ye say, ' No, fur
ice will fly on horses ;' therefore shall ye
flee ; parali. as-is b;5-bs . There is here
a paronomasia arising from the double
meaning of the verb 013 .
2. to flee, siniilar to synon. rrna with
which it is often coupled ; though some-
times put nbsol. to flee away, to escape,
as Am. 9, 1 03 cnb 013;; sb. Jer. 46, 6.
Spoken of single persons, and al.so of
nations, armies. Judg. 7. 22; also of
things which flee away. e. g. waves Ps.
104, 7. 114, 3; sorrow Is. 35, 10. 51, 1 1 ;
vigour Deut. 34, 7. So Cant. 2, 17 and
4, 6 in describing the evening : 103
Dibbz^n the shadows flee, i. e. become
lengthened, as it were flee from us and
are lost. Once "ib 03 , Fr. il s''enfuit. Is.
31, 8 ; see in b A. 3. b. The pers. or
thing from which or throtigh fear of
which one flees, is put after ^}y)'0 Ex. 4,
3. Num. 10, 35. Josh. 10, 11. al. \-q Is.
24,18. Ps. 104, 7; ^3Sb Deut. 28, 25.
Josh. 7, 4. 1 Sam. 4. 17 ; once b Num.
16, 34, comp. in b A. 3. e. The place
whither one flees is put with bx Deut.
19, 5. 1 K. 2, 28 ; b 2 K. 8, 21 . Jer.'lS, 16 ;
ace. with n ioc. Gen. 39, 12. 18. 2 K. 14,
19 ; ace. simpl. 2 K. 9, 27. With bs of
pers. to flee to any one for help. Is. 10, 3.
PiL. DDi3 to impel; Is. 59, 19 as a
confined stream 12 noo's T\i'n'^ nin which
the wind of Jehovah drives onward.
HiPH. O-'sn 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2,
to cause to flee, Ex. 9, 20 ; to put to
flight, Deut. 32, 30.
2. to place in safety, to secure, with
ace. of thing, Judg. 6, 11.
HiTHPAL. OOisPii to betake oneself to
flight, to flee, Ps. 60, 6 ; so the ancient
versions, but see in 003 II.
Deriv. 0'^3 , Oi3^, rtoiSTS, pr. n. 013 V
* 5^2, also i^'^ as inf absol. Is. 24,
20. Ps. 109, 10, but also constr. Is. 7, 2.
1. to nod, to waver, to reel, to move to
and fro unsteadily, Gr. vtva, Germ, nick-
en. Chald. id. but rarely ; Arab, clj
mid. Waw, to be moved ; II. to move to
and fro, to make wave, as the wind a
bough, etc. Spoken: a) Of drunken
persons, to reel, to stagger. Is. 29, 9. Ps.
107, 27 ; and hence of the earth Is. 24,
20 ; of the blind. Lam. 4, 14 ; one's paths
Prov. 5; 6. b) Of a tremulous motion,
to tremble, e. g. as leaves agitated by
the wind Is. 7, 2; also of persons or
things moved with fear, to quake, Is. 6,
4. 19, 1. Ex. 20, 18. c) Of the tremu-
lous motion of any thing suspended in
the air, to vibrate, to wave, to sway to
and fro, as of miners suspended in the
pits. Job 28. 4 ir; ^"isx^ '^"^ they hang
down far from the dwellings of m-en,
and .twing to and fro. So of a tree, to
wave over other trees, metaph. for to
rule over them. Judg. 9. 9. 11. 13. d)
Of the lips of a person speaking softly,
to more, to vibrate. 1 Sam. 1, 13.
2. to wander about, comp. 113 and *T13 ;
Am. 4. 8. 8, 12. Lam. 4, 14. 15. Jer. 14
yi3
6fi9
1^13
10. Ps. 109, 10. aen.4,12lj; TJ a wan-
derer and a fugitive. Causat. to cause
to-wander to and fro, 2 Sam. 15, 20 Cheth.
NiPH. pass, of Hiph. to be shaken, as
a tree in order that its fruit may fall, Nah.
3, 12 ; in a sieve, to be sfted, Anj. 9, 9.
HiPH. 5"'3n 1. to move to and fro, to
shake, e. g. in a sieve, to sift, Am. 9, 9 ;
the hand, as a gesture of scorn, to wave,
.Zeph. 2, 15. More frequent in this
sense is the phrase BiXT S^jn to move tfw.
head to and fro, to nml or wag the haul,
Sept. xivtlv Tr/V KKpulTjV, Vulg. movcre
caput, a gesture of scorn, insult, con-
tumely ; prob. not the shaking of the
head, the usual token of denial, refusal ;
but a continued nodding to or at any one,
which, altliough a usual sign of assent
and approval, may also imply assent and
joy in one's adversity and calamity ;
just as the clapping of hands implies not
only assent and approbation, but also
scorn ; comp. Lakemacher Observv. VII.
p. 56 sq. Thesaur. p. 865. Ps. 22, 8 all
they that see me laugh me to scorn, they
gape with the lips, ffixn !l?^2^ tliey nod the
head. 109, 25 ; with bs of pers. Lam. 2,
15; ""^nx Is. 37, 22. 2K. 19, 21. Here
too some refer ttJNT 1123 ?'^:n to nod
with the head, a (i^a) here marking
the instrument. Job 16, 4 ; but it seems
here rather to imply pity. Yet T"?!!
rs"i3 implies insult, Jer. 18, 16 ; comp.
48, 27. Ps, 44, 15. Ecclus. 13, 7. Matt.
27, 39. Also to move, i. q. to disturb, to
disquiet, e. g. one's bones, 2 K. 23, 18.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a. b, to cause
ioreelor stagger ; Dan. 10. 10 lo! a hand
touched me "'"i;; PiosT "is-ia-bs '35i:ni
and made me reel (stand reeling and
trembling) upon my knees and the palms
of my hands.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
wander about, nXaQut, Num. 32, 13. Ps.
59, 12. 2 Sam. 15, 20 Keri.
Deriv. cSJSSia and pr. n. Wb.
^^7^*^^ (with whom Jehovah con-
venes, r. *!?';) Noadiah, pr. n. a) m.
Ezra 8, 33. 'b) f. Neh. 6, 14.
ki("12 1. to lift up, to elevate, see tll'S,
nw. Arab, olj I, IV, intrans. to be
s '
liigh, Ipfly ; OtJ the highest part of a
camel's hump. Hence
2. to lift up the hand repeatedly, to
move or wave the hand up and (hwri,
see Hiph. Spec, to sprinkle, which is
done by such a motion, with two ace.
Prov. 7, 17 nia "'asaa tib? / have
sprinkled my bed with myrrh. Comp.
Hiph. no. 3, and PBa . More freq. is
Hiph. q-^sn , inf tpirt, once by Chald.
nojn Is. 30, 28.
1. to lift up repeatedly, to more or
wave up and down, Sept. at'(j<a, InuiQia.
Spec, a) 1^ Cl^sn to wave tlie hand, as
one beckoning Is. 13, 2 ; to shake the
hand or fist, e. g. in threatening Is. 11,
15. 19, 16. Zech. 2, 13 (c. b?) ; for
punishment, c, bs Job 31, 21. So of
the hand as applied for soothing, heal-
ing, c. bx 2 K. 5. 11. Comp. xuiuaelta
iTjvXitgu, Syr. IjJ) .jiljf Acts 13, 16. 19,
33; comp. 12, 17. b) to lift up and
shake, or wave, e. g. an iron tool, a sickle,
upon any thing, i. e. to apply an iron
tool, sickle, to any thing, Sept. i7ii(iall(o,
c. b5 Ex. 20, 25. Deut. 23, 26. 27, 5.
Josh. 8, 31.
2. to move to and fro, to shake, to wave,
spoken of a motion not necessarily up
and down, but alwo from side to side, e. g.
of a saw Is. 10, 15 ; a sieve, to aifl, Is. 30,
28. Chald. qis and nas, Eth. iA^,
to sift. Spec, of a certain ceremony in
sacrifices, by which portions of the vic-
tims or offerings, before being placed
upon the altar, were waved to and fro,
as if to show and present them on every
side. Lev. 7, 30 the fat with the breast
shall he bring, and the breast shall be
""I ^.^s^ nsiian inx Ci"3fib for waving it
with a waving before Jehovah. 8, 27. 29.
9, 21. 10, 15. 14, 12. 24. 23, 11. 12. 20.
Ex. 29, 24. 26. Num. 5, 25. 6, 20.
Joined also with the rite of elevating, or
the Aeat'e-ofiering, n^i-in Q">"in , Ex. 2^,
27. Lev. 7, 34 ; between which rites the
Rabbins justly distinguish thus, viz,
that the heave-oSenng is presented with
a motion up and down, and the wave-
offering with a motion from side to side ;
see Carpzov. Apparat. p. 709 sq. In
the case of living victims and in the con-
secration of the Levites, the waving
would seem to have consisted in lead-
ing them about to and fro. Num. 8,
11-21. Saadia.3 renders well, in re-
C]'13 m. elevation, height, see r. Tiia.
Ps. 48, 3 beautiful for elevation is mount
2ion, i. e. it rises gracefully. But C)3
Memphis, is of Egyptian origin, q. v.
V" 1. Vr. to send out raijs, to spar-
kle, to glitter, as Arab. ^joLi raid. Waw;
comp. 7:13 and y'^J"'? a spark. Hence
2. Trop. tojlonn'sh, see Hiph.
3. Trop. to fty, to fee, as in kindr. D^iS.
The idea of sparkling, radiating, is oft-
en transferred to other kinds of swift
tremulous motion ; comp. rjl^"] "'la sons
of the lightning, i. e. switb birds of prey ;
also "I'^IJ no. 2, 3 ; Lat. micare, emicare;
see Schroeder Origg. Heb. p. 144. So
perh. Lam. 4, 15 i?3 3? ^^3 they fee
away and wander y but see in H:$3 no. 1.
Hiph. f'Sn tofourish, Cant. eVll. 7,
13. In Targg. yzv. id.
Note, The nouns y?. , ^^^ , 1^3 are
derived from the kindred verb VS3
q. V.
^2215 f (r. n^3) rt wingfeather, pin-
ion, Ez. 17, 3. 7. Job 39, 13. For the
form ri'Si Lev, 1, 16 see below in its or-
der,
P^3 a doubtful root, prob. i. q. p3^ to
suck; whence lut. Hiph, !in;5''3ri5 and
the suckled him, Ex. 2, 9, But a very
slight change of the vowels gives
^nis-'sni , from ps^ .
'" obsol, root, to shine, i. q. irtj II.
Arab. \lj mid, "Waw, id.
5rp5 G60
Bpect to offerings, by Uo,^ ^y^
agitando agitavit ; and, of living vie-
tims and persons by Li\ O) circiim-
duxit circumdncetido. Among the Ro-
mans the porreclio was a similar rite ;
as also the elevation of the host (mon-
stratio) in the Latin church. Rarely of
offering in general, Ex. 35, 22,
3, i. q. Kal no. 2, to sprinkle, to scat-
ter, as God the rain, Ps. 68. 10.
HoPH. ?j3in pass, of Hiph, no. 2, Ex.
29, 27.
PlL. w]5i3 i. q. Hiph. no. 1, to shake the
hand or fist at any one, as a gesture of
threatening, c. ace. Is. 10, 32.
Deriv. nE3. r3, rE3, r^B^l^n. and
Syr. l?aJ fire, Sam.
, pr, n.
and wAJ light,
^t^id.
Deriv, t"?, -i3, -11373, nni3:Q
nj-i3,
"113 Chald. f. emphat, xn^is.^re, Dan.
3, 6. 11. 15. 17. 27. 7, 9. al.'
''^^^ i. q. ir-^X , to he sick, ill at ease,
once trop. of the mind Ps. 69, 21, Syr.
v.^ id. Gr. voaog, voiiaoq.
* njp fut. nj'i, apoc. ^1 Is. 63. 3, conv
T*1 2 K. 9, 33. '
1. to leap for joy, to exult, to spring.
The primary idea is that of sparkling,
fying out, so that nj3 with the sibilant
softened is kindr, with ns3, ys3, yiis.
Arab, tyj to leap, to spring, has a wide
usage ; see Thesaur. p. 868.
2. Of liquids, to leap forth, to spo7d, to
spirt, to be sprinkled, with by , bx , on,
upon any thing Lev. 6, 20 [27]. 2 K. 9,
33 ; also Is. 63, 3.
Hiph. n?n, fut 'n^'], conv. t"]. 1. to
cause to leap for joy. to cause to extdt, to
make rejoice, with ace. and by in or be-
cause of any thing ; Is. 52, 15 ii?;^ "jS
T^by c"'3n era so shall he cause many
nations to rejoice in himself ; comp.
nin-^a b-a. Sept. omm x^av^aaovxai,
txtvri TioXXit tTt avToi. Gr. Syr. Vulg.
Luth. Engl, so shall he sprinkle many
nations, see no. 2, i. e. my servant the
Messiah shall make expiation for them ;
but this accords less well with the
parallel verb Qtt'a.
2. to sprinkle, e. g. water, blood, also
oil Lev. 8, 11; c. b? Ex.29, 21. Lev. 5, 9.
8, 30. Num. 8, 7 ; bx towards Lev. 14,
51 ; -^SQ-bs Lev. 16,' 14; "'SSb ib. et v.
15; ^:B-rx Lev, 4, 6, 17. ' Ace. impl.
Num. 19. 18. 19.
Deriv. n^n pr, n.
T'T? m. see in r. isiT Niph. p. 274.
'T'T? m. (r, "IT3) constr, I'lts , one con-
secrated, devoted, spoken of persons,
1. a Nazarite, a species of ascetica
among the Hebrews, who bound them-
selves by a vow to abstain from certain
things (see the law Num. 6, 2 sq.) Am.
2, 11. 12; more fully n%*7bx i-'ts conse-
crated to God, Judg. 13, 5, 7! 16, 17, So
i^Tj T13 the vow of a Nazarite Num. 6,
bT3
661
hi'
2. From the Nazarite, who left his
locks unshorn, the word was translerrcd
to the vine, which every seventh and
also every fiftieth year was lell unpinn-
ed. Lev. 25, 5. ] 1. Comp. Talrnudic
nap'S rbins virginitas sycomori, a syca-
more not yet pruned.
2. a prince, as consecrated to God,
Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33, 16. Lam. 4, 7.
Comp. n^TZfia.
^I? fut. b?7 1. tojiotp, to run, kindr.
VlT, bbj ; e. p. liquids, Num. 24, 7. Ps.
147, 18. Part. plur. n-^^na the flowing,
an epithet of waters Jer. 18, 14 ; hence
poet, for floods, streams, Ex. 15, 18. Is.
44, 3. Ps. 78, 16. Prov. 5, 15. Metaph.
of language, Deut. 32, 2 my speech shall
flow (distil) as the dew. Of fragrant
odours distilling and flowing through
the air, Cant. 4, 16. In poetry also to
flow with any thing is put to express
abundance, with ace. (see in T^bfi no. 3,)
Jer. 9, 17 c^^-^ibn iirDi'ESi and our eye-
lids flow with waters. Is. 45, 8. Job 36,
28.
Note. The form ibn Judg. 5, 5 is for
uhli Niph. of bbt q. v. '
HiPH. b'^Jri , causat. of no. 1, to cause
to flow Is. 48, 21. The same form is
found in bbj .
Deriv. nibjo q. v.
DTj obsol. root, either i. q. Arab.
ijhj to perforate, to string pearls, whence
9.0-
itjh^ a string of pearls ; or better, i. q.
Chald. COT to muzzle, whence Syr.
]lflici nose-ring, and Ethiop. *H^<?^
a ring in the nose of animals to be tamed,
i. q. nn . Hence
QT3 m. c. suff. Ptats, plur. B''aj3, cstr.
i^ts , a ring, i.e. a) a nose- ring, a fe-
male ornament common in the East ;
Gen. 24, 47. Is. 3, 21. Prov. 11, 22. Ez.
16, 12. See Jerome on Ez. 16, 12.
Hartmann's Hebraerinn II. 166. III.
205 sq. b) an ear-ring, Gen. 35, 4.
Ex. 32, 2. Genr. and without specifica-
tion, Judg. 8, 24. 25. Job 42, 11. Prov.
25, 12. Hos. 2, 15.
Pir Chald. to siifer loss or detri-
ment. Part, pn Dan. 6, 3. Freq. in
Targg.
56
A PH. pfsn to bring lona upon, to en-
damage, Ex. 4, 13. 15. 22. Hence
pT3 m. loss, damage, Esth. 7, 4.
* ^1} in Kal not used, Arab. jo
to consecrate, to vow. The Arabs thu
embrace in this one word what the He-
brews express by the two kindred verbs
I'lJ and i]3 . The primary idea is that
of separating.
NiPH. 1. to separate oncfelfCrom any
one, e. g. ^j'l'J ''!)'!!5<^ i- e. to fall away
from the worship of Jehovah, Ez. 14, 7.
2. to abstain from any thing, with )'0
Lev. 22, 2 ; absol. spoken of abstinence
from food and drink Zech. 7, 3, comp. v.
5. Syr. Ethpe. id.
3. to consecrate or devote oneself to
any thing, e. g. njnib Hos. 9, 10.
HiPH. "I'^n 1. to separate one from
any thing, i. e. to restrain from, to ad-
monish against. Lev. 15. 31 "rx cni-'nT
cnxn-jia bx-tbi-^aa cause ye tlie children
of Israel to separate themselves from their
uncleanness, i. e. admonish them not to
make themselves unclean. Comp. Arab.
^ Ju IV to premonish, to admonish.
2. Trans, to consecrate, c. b Num. 6y
12.
3. Intrans. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to abstaiUf
c. ',73 Num. 6, 3.
4. i. q. Niph. no. 3, to consecrate or de-
vote oneself nl.T'b Num. 6, 2. 5. 6.
Deriv. vn, Ci''-it2T3, and
"IT? m. c. sufF. l")^? 1. consecration.
of a priest Lev. 21, 12 ; spec, of a Naza-
rite (see Tin) Num. 6, 4. 5. 9 lit: lyxi
his consecrated head. v. 12. Hence me-
lon, consecrated head sc. of a Nazarite,
Num. 6, 19. Also, the primary idea
being dropped, unshorn hair, long hair^
e. g. of a woman, Jer. 7, 29.
2. a diadem, worn as the mark of con
secration, e. g. by the high priest, whoso
diadem was called la^prt "iT3 , Ex. 29, 6.
39, 30. Lev. 8, 9 ; a king 2 Sam. 1. 10.
2 K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23, 11. al. it; ^32X
the gems of a diadem, put Sot any thing-
precious, Zech. 9, 16.
^^ Noah pr. n. Gr. IVm, iVw, (i. q.
Hia rest, r. ni3,) the son of Lamech,
preserved from the deluge for his right-
eousness, Gen. 5, 29. 32. c. 6-9. 10, 1. 32.
1 Chr. 1, 4. 9, 2. Ez. 14, 14. 20. So ''IJ-
nr;3
662
bra
ni the waters of Noah, the deluge, Is.
5-J, 9. On the etymology see Thesaur.
p. 862.
lanS (hidden, verbal of Niph. r. nzr\)
Nahbi, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 14.
"t';' in Kal prset. nni , iraper. nna ,
and in Hiph. nn:n, fut. fin?^, infi
M'nDn.
1. to lead, to conduct, to guide ; kindr.
are 5H3 , inj , Sept. often, odr^yioi, xu&ij-
yibi, sometimes /w, ijiiiyia. Constr. c.
bK to any one, Ex. 32, 34 ; 1? Ps. 60,
11; ^3S-rx 1 Sam. 22, 4; ':sb Prov. 18,
16; also with "("a of place whence Num.
23, 7 ; absol. Job 38, 32. Often of God
as leading or guiding a people or per-
sons : Gen. 24, 27 -nN r-^a ">; ':n: rjnria
"'3'ij$ ?A.e iyO?'d /tai/i led me in the way to
the house of my master'' s brethren, v. 48.
Ex. 13, 17. 21. Neh. 9, 12. Ps. 78. 14;
with bx Ps. 107, 30 ; a Ex. 15, 13. Deut.
32, 12. Ps. 31, 4. 139,' 10. Is. 57, 18. al.
Trop. God is said to lead any one in a
way of righteousness Ps. 23, 3 ; in the
old way, the religion of the forefathers,
Ps. 139, 24 ; in his counsel 73. 24 ; comp.
also Ps. 5, 9. 27, 11.
2. to lead out or away, to carry away
to any place. 1 K. 10, 26 "^nsa ens*]
-rlirj f>^nd brought them out into the cities
for chariots. So to lead or carry away
a people into exile, coupled with nbsn,
2 K. 18, 11. Job 12, 23 he enlargeththe
nations and (again) leadeth them away
into captivity.
B^n3 Neh. 7, 7, see BWJ lett. c
'CPin (consolation, r. am) Nahum, pr.
n. of a prophet, Nah. 1, 1.
CtJ^nS m. plur. (r. cnj) 1, consda-
iions Is. 57, 18. Zech. 1, 13 where many
Mss. and editions have C^sni, but
against analogy.
2. compassion, Hos. 11, 8.
"T^n; (snorting, snoring,) Nahor,^T.n.
a) A postdiluvian patriarch Gen. 11, 22.
b) A brother of Abraham Gen. 26, 27.
^n: tn. adj. (denom. from Pt^nj)
brazen, trop. Job 6, 12. Also
mD*n; pr. fem. of the preced. a)
brazen, as 'a rd;5 a bow of brass, bra-
zen, Ps. 18, 35. Job 20, 24. b) Neut, any
thing made of brass, a brazen thing,
Lev. 26, 19. Job 41, 19. Is. 48, 4. Mic.
4, 13. Hence poet, for brass, i. q. rtUTO ,
Job 28, 2. Is. 45, 2 nc^nj rirb'n doors
of brass, brazen doors. Job 40. IS ^p"'X
nriin: tubes of brass.
TnTtyi f. plur. Ps. 5, 1, an instrument
of music, prob. tibicB, pipes, fates, i. q.
bibn . It is for nbni the perforaled, pr.
part. Niph. ofr. bin.
Q^Tr^? dual (r. ini) the nostrils, from
snoring. Job 41, 12 [20]. Syr. sing.
nose, Arab. 8*.^ nostril.
* ^"3 fut. bnr 1. to take, to get as
a possession, to possess, nearly i. q. ISJ"^'' .
The primary idea seems to be that of
leading, drawing ; so that bnj is oi like
signif with bna. From the idea of
leading, comes, on the one hand, that
o? fowing, whence bn? stream ; and, on
the other, that of taking, receiving, as
we also say, ' to draw money, to draw
profit,' etc. for " to get, take, receive.'
Spoken: a) Often of the Israelites as
acquiring and enjoying possession of
Canaan, c. ace. Ex. 23, 30. Josh. 14, 1.
Is. 57, 13. Ps. 69, 37, aJ. Without ace.
to take possession, to haee possession, to
possess. Josh. 16, 4. Num. 32, 19; with
a of place Num. 18, 20. Deut. 19, 14.
Num. 18, 23. 24. Josh. 17, 6. 19, 9. b)
Of God who takes Israel as his own pos-
session, and therefore protects and de-
fends them ; Ex. 34, 9. Zech. 2, 16 [12] ;
with 3 of place Ps. 82, 8. c) Genr. to
get, to gain, to acquire, as a possession,
e.g. glory Prov. 3, 35; wealth 28, 10;
also folly 14, 18 ; the wind 11, 29. So
Jer. 16. 19 our fathers ibns "ijraJ have
po.fses.9ed lies, i. e. idols for worship.
Ps. 119, 111 tky precepts have I taken
as a possession for ever, d) With ace.
of pers. to take possession of any one,
i. 6. to seize upon his possession, to drive
out, to dispossess him, Zeph. 2, 9. Comp.
^T, no. 1. b.
2. to get by inheritance, to inherit, with
2 of place, Judg. 11, 2 r-'sa bnsn jft
flS'^ax thou shah not inherit in our fa-
ther's house. The LXX render by
xlij^ovofiib) also many passages cited
under no. 1 ; but the specific idea of
inheritance in this verb is rare.
br3
663
bna
3. Causat. i. q. Pi. to give to be pos-
tessed, to distribute any thing, with ace.
of thing iind h of pors. Num. 34, 17
Vixn-nx cab i5n:''"ir!< who shall diatri-
bute the land unto you. v. 18. Josh. 19, 49.
PiEL bn: to give to be possessed, to
distribute. Josh. 13,32; with two ace.
of pers. and thing Josh. 14, 1. Num. 34,
29; b of pers. Josh. 19, 51.
HiPH. bTisn , fut. b-^nr 1. to give as
a possession, to cause to possess, often
with two ace. of pers. and thing, 1 Sam.
2, 8. Zech. 8, 12 ; often spoken of the
distribution of the land of Canaan, Deut.
1, 38. 3, 28. 19, 3. 31, 7. Jer. 3, 18. 12, 14.
Josh. 1, 6. With ace. of thing impl.
Deut. 32, 8 D^-ia '(i-ibs bnjna when the
Most High gave (divided out) to the na-
tions their possession. Pro v. 8, 21. Ace.
of pers. impl. Is. 49. 8.
2. to cause to inherit, i. e. a) to leave
as heir Prov. 13, 22. b) to leave as
an inheritance, with dat. of pers. 1 Clir.
28, 8. e) to distribute an inheritance,
with two ace. Deut. 21, 16.
HoPH. to be made to possess, i. e. to
have allotted or appointed as one's por-
tion, although by compulsion and un-
willingly ; hence with ace. (Heb. Gr.
140. 1. a.) Job 7. 3 xiai-^nn;;; "^b "Tibn:?!
/ have been allotted months of misery,
Buch are appointed as my portion.
HiTHP. i. q. Kal, to receive as one^s
own, to possess oneself of, e. ace. Num.
32, 18. Is. 14, 2. With dat. of pers. to
possess for oneself and. for one's heirs,
i. e. so as to transmit to one's heirs ;
Lev.2D.46 C3''^ni< =3''22b cnx onbnjrirn
and ye shall possess them for yourselves
and for your sons after you ; so all the
ancient versions. In the same manner
are to be explained Num. 33, 54. 34. 13.
Ez. 47. 13. Comp. Ewald's Krit. Gramm.
p. 204.
Deriv. nbns and the four following.
5'^2 m. with He local Num. 34. 5, and
poet, nbn? P.s. 124,4; dual c-^bns Ez.
47, 9 : plur. n"bn3 , constr. "^briD , c. suff.
1. a stream, brook, torrent, so called
from its flowing, see r. bns Kal no. 1.
Lev. 11, 9. 10. Deut. 8. 7. 10. 7. 1 Sam.
17, 40. 2 Sam. 17, 13. Is. 11, 15. Ps. 78,
20. al. ssep. ')n''^^ bns a perennial brook,
see in iri'' no. 1. r,a"35 bnj an overflow-
ing stream Is. 30, 23. 66, 12. Jer. 47. 2.
cbpo ma stones of the brooks Job 22, 24,
comp. 1 Sam. 17, 40. Is. 57. 6. So 3"i5
bro willows of the brook Lev. 23,40. Job
40. 22 ; and hence n''3"J?n bnj the brook
of willows Is. 15, 7, as pr. n. of a stream
on the east of the Dead Sea. perh. the
present IVady el-Ahsy, ^^tM.s,'^\ l^^^9
which descends from the eastern moun-
tains and enters the south end of the
Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 488, 555. Most of the streams in Pa-
lestine are ton-ents flowing only in win-
ter, ^?//i^(5ot, and such an one is meant
in Job 6. 15 : my brethren are deceitful
like the torrent, which dries up unex-
pectedly and so'disappoints the traveller.
The torrents(0"'bn3) of Palestine named
in the O. T. are:"vo-ix '3, -liban 's,
pa^ '3 , called also nr-n 's 2 Sam. 24, 5,
n-'-i3'3, jii'ip '3. (itij-'p '3, n2|5'3, see
under these words. Further, '^S"^??^ 3
the brook of the desert i. e. of the Arabah,
put perh. for the Kidron, which falls into
the northern part of the Dead Sea,
comp. 2 K. 14. 25. a7"^sa bn? the brook
or torrent of Egypt, on the confines of
Egypt and Palestine, later 'I'lvoxooovga,
now Wady el-Arish, yiL>jjLJt, Num.
34, 5. Josh. 15, 4. 47 ; comp. 1 K. 8, 65.
2K. 24, 7. Is. 27, 12; called also xm'
i^oj^tjv simply bn3 Ez. 47, 19. 48, 28.
But the 7-it*er of Egypt. C1'^^^ "ins , is
the Nile, Gen. 15, 18. Poet. ^i-iBj'bnj
a torrent of sulphur Is. 30. 33; streams
of honey Job 20, 17 ; streams of oil Mic.
6, 7 ; bs^ba "^bns torrents of destruction
Ps. 18, 5. '
2. a valley, ravine, watered by a brook
or torrent, Arab. ^^^^'^ Wddy, Syr. fLtJ
for Gr. (p'XQuy^ Luke 3, 5. Gen. 26, 19.
Num. 24, 6. 2 K. 3, 16. Ps. 104, 10. Cant.
6, 11. al. The vallies enumerated of
this kind are : bs'Jx '3 , pnib '3 , n'^^'i'-l 's ,
^"^.l '5 J "^"^^ 3; see under these words.
Since bns signifies both a brook and the
valley in which it flows, the same ex-
pression may be understood of either ;
as n-T '3 of the brook Deut. 2, 13. 14,
and of the valley Num. 21, 12 ; and in
some examples it may be doubtful which
is meant, as Josh. 15, 7. 19, 14, comp
11. See Thesaur. p. 873.
bn5
664
DTtI
3. Prob. shaft or adit of a mine ; Job
28, 4 bna yns ^Aey ireoA: (pierce) a shaft.
nbriD Milel Ps. 124, 4; see in bn:
init.
^^t!!? f. (r. bnj) con8tr. rhyr: , c. suff.
'nbn: ; plur. nibns is. 49, 8.
1. a taking- possession, occupation;
Is. 17, 11 nbns Ci-^a in ^Ae rfaj/ o/" occu-
pation, i. e. of gathering the harvest.
But on account of the following 2N3
laiwS, it is better to read J^^na a deadly
wound ; see in r. nbn Niph.
2. a possession, estate, property, that
which is possessed. Ps. 2, 8 / will give
thee the heathen as thy possession, ^nbns.
So o^ wealth Prov. 20, 21. Ecc. 7J21;
often er of a possession of land, real es-
tate, Num. 16, 14. 36, 7. 8. 9. Ruth 4, 5.
6. 10. Josh. 19, 49. Spec, a) Of the
territory assigned by lot to each tribe,
Josh. 23, 23. 28 ; comp. 18, 20. 28. 19, 1.
8. 9. 16. 23. 31. 39. 48. Hence of the
Levites it is said. Num. 18, 23 among
the children of Israel they shall have no
possession, v. 24. 26. 62. Josh. 13, 14. 33.
14, 3. b) Of the whole land of Pales-
tine, given as a possession to the Israel-
ites, Deut. 4, 38. 15, 4. 19, 10. 20, 16.
21, 23. 24, 4. 26, 1. spr^ nbn_3 Is. 58,
14. al. c) fiin"^ '^^'H? the possession of
Jehovah, his property, i. e. the children
of Israel, whom Jehovah cares for and
protects as his own cherished people,
Deut. 4, 20. 9, 26. 29. 1 Sam. 26, 19. 2
Sam. 14. 16. Is. 19, 25. Joel 2, 17. Jer.
12, 7-9. Ps. 28. 9. 106, 40. al. But in
Ps. 127. 3 '''' rbrij is a possession from
the Lord, bestowed by him. d) For
the phrase cs fi^n?"] p^n "o v:^ , see in
p^.ri no. 2. a.
3. Spec, an inheritance, patrimony,
.Num. 27, 7. Job 42, 15. 1 K. 21, 4. Prov.
19, 14; also Prov. 17,2.
4. a. portion, lot, assigned of God, i. q.
p^n no. 2. d. Job 27. 13. Is. 54, 17. Job
20, 29 bxT3 iirx rhn the lot appointed
unto him from God. With gen it. id.
Job 31, 2 ; comp. Ps. 127, 3 in no. 1. c.
^^"^n? (valley of God) Nahaliel, pr.
n. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert. Num. 21, 19.
''UbniJ Jsfehelamite, patronym. other-
wise unknown, Jer. 29, 24. 31. 32.
^^'T!5 n i. q. f^^ro, a possessio7i, por-
tion, lot, with the less frequent feminine
termination n-;-, Ps. 16, 6. R. h'n^ .
"U^ in Kal not used, pr. onoma-
topoet. to draw the breath forcibly, to
pant, to sigh, to groan, like Arab. 1^ .
Kindred roots are arts, n^n, np3, q. v.
NiPH. nrt3, fut. Bns7, conv. an|ii .
1. to lament, to grieve ; for the use of
the passive and middle in verbs of emo-
tion, comp. n3N3 , o8iQo^ai, contrislari,
also S13 Niph. Spoken : a) In regard
to others, hence i. q. to pity, to have
compassiwi, absol. Jer. 15, 6 cn:n "'n'^sba
I ajn weary of having compassion ; c. by
Ps. 90, 13; bx Judg. 21, 6; b v. 15 ; -,1?
Judg. 2, 18. b) In regard to one's
own doings, to grieve ; hence to repent,
(comp. Germ, reuen which in Switzer-
land means to grieve, Engl, to rue,) Ex.
13, 17. Job 42, 6. Ps. 110, 4; with ^3
Gen. 6, 6. 7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. Often of
one who repents, grieves, for the evil he
has brought upon another, Ps. 106, 45.
Jer. 20, 16. Jon. 3, 9. Joel 2. 14 ; c. b?
Ex. 32, 12. 14. Jer. 8, 6. 18, 8. 10 ; bx 2
Sam. 24, 16. Jer. 26, 3.
2. Reflex, of Piel, to console oneself to
be covforted Gen. 38, 12 ; with bs con-
cerning any thing 2 Sam. 13, 39 ; with
"'"^nx i. e. for the loss of any one Gen.
24, 67. Hence
3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance,
since, to use the wordsof Aristotle, Rhet.
II. 2, TJ] o()yii insTUL ^5o'j Tig uno i^
iknidog rov rL^ioiQi^iiaa&au With "(73 Is.
1, 24 ; comp. Ez. 5, 13. 31, 16. 32, 31.
See Hithp. no. 3.
PiEL ens , fut. cn?"^, to console, to com-
fort, pr. to express grief compassion ;
Job 16, 2. Ecc. 4, 1 cn5Ta cnb ^'S they
had no comforter. Lam. 1, 2. 9. 16. 17.
With ace. of pers. Gen. 37, 35. 50, 21.
Ruth 2, 13. al. With b? of things con-
cerning whic)i, 1 Chr. 19, 2. Is. 16. 7.
22, 4. Ez. 14, 22. Job 42, 11. So God is
said to comfort any one by restoring to
him his favour, Is. 12, 1. 49, 13. Jer. 31,
13. Zech. ], 17. Ps. 23. 4. a I.
PiiAL cn.3, to be con.<ioled, comforted ,
Part, nrn: for nrn3^ Is. 54. 11.
Hrriii>r nn:rn', once cn:n Ez. 5, VS^
i. q. Niph. but less frequent.
orta
665
\r:n3
1. to lament, to grieve : a) For ano-
ther, i. e. to pity, to have compassion, c.
b? Deut. 32, 36. Pa. 135, 14. b) to re-
pent, Num.23, 19.
2. to console oneself, to be comforted,
Gen. 27, 35. Ps. 119, 52.
3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance ;
Gen. 27, 42 nb nnsno Tj-nx nbs nsn
T^annb lo, Esau thy brother will avenge
himself by slaying thee.
Deriv. o'^ainj, D'^osinsn, ni^ain n,
the pr. names Dins, cnjB, rrn:n, and
the five here following.
Qr?? (consolation) Naham, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 4, 19.
Ona , plur. 0'an3 , see in Q'^oin? .
0^3 m. repentance, Hos. 13, 14.
'^''^nD f (r. dhd) Kamets impure, con-
solation, Job 6, 10. Ps. 119, 50.
^''^n^ (whom Jehovah comforts) A'e-
hemiah, pr. n. a) The son of Hacha-
Hah, governor of Judea under Artaxerxes
Longimanus, Neh. 1, 1. 8, 9. 10, 2. 12,
26. Sept. Nsffiiag. Comp. xronn.
Different are b) Neh. 3, 16. V) Ezra
2, 2. Neh. 7, 7.
""r^n? (compassionate, r. tanj) Naha-
mani, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 7.
''"'75 i- q- ''^nix, toe, found only Gen.
42, 11. Ex. 16, 7. 8. Num. 32, 32. 2 Sam.
17, 12. Lam. 3, 42.
ens i. q. Chald. idns brass, see in
\( U^ i. q. ynb , fo urge, to press, see
under the letter b. Part. pass, ynnj
urged, i. e. urgent, pressing, 1 Sam. 21,
9. Arab. tj>i-^ id.
' _? onomatopoetic root, Arab. -^ ,
Syr. i-mJ. to breathe hard through the
nose, to snort, to snore, comp. Eth. imL,
to snore. Gr. ^iyx^h ^oy/oe. Hence
'3'?'5''TO) pi". n. "linj, also the two follow-
ing.
*in5 m. Job 39, 20, and Hnn? f. jgr.
8, 16, a snorting, e. g. of a horse.
"^n? 2 Sam. 23, 37, and "^^riD i Chr.
11, 37 (snorer, r. inj) Naharai, pr. n. m.
1. iTnj in Kai oq^ used, an onoma-
topoetic root, i. q. i:5nb, expressing a low
56*
hissing sound, to hiss, to whisper, espec.
of the whispering or muttering of sorce-
rers. Bee tnb Pi. Ps. 58, 6. Comp. Zab.
amI to whisper, see Cpd. Nas. III. p. 88,
y
line 16. 18. Syr. < amI to practise en-
chantments.
PrEL ^ns, fut. TSn?^, /o ^oAre auguries,
to practise divination, to divine, Lev.
19, 26. Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. 21. 6.
Some here understand btpifinvxtia or
divination by serpents, as if denom. from
ttinj ; see Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 21.
Hence
2. In a wider sense, to divine, to prog-
nosticate, to augur, i. e. to feel a pre-
sage ; Gen. 30, 27 nin'i ''Ssns^l "'Fi^nj
T^bbsa I augur that Jehocah btesseth me
for thy sake. 44, 15 know ye not Ons ''S
^rirs n':jx ly-'x virt:"^ that such an one as
I could certainly divine such things? v.
5 whereby indeed he divineth ? i. e. the
cup, xvlixoftnvTtla. ] K. 20, 33 D-'djxni
van;" and the men took as a good omen
sc. the words of Ahab in v. 32. See
more in Thesaur. p. 875.
Deriv. irns, ism, pr. n. "lianj.
11. iCijJ a root assumed to furnish
an etymology for rrdns brass ; perh. to
be bright, corresponding to '|ian. But
the Semitic languages afford no trace
of such a usage.
^^? m. (r. Viui I) 1. incantation, en-
chantment. Num. 23, 23.
2. augury, omen, which one takes,
Num. 24, 1 ; comp. 23, 3. 15.
r}3 m. (r. irns I) 1. a serpent, so
called from its hissing. Gen. 49, 17. Ex.
4. 3. 7, 15. Deut. 8, 15. Ps. 58, 5. al.
Frequent mention is made of its deadly
bite, Num. 21, 17 sq. Am. 5, 19. 9, 3. Ecc.
10, 11. Prov. 23, 22 ; also of its cunning,
Gen. 3, 1 sq. comp. Matt. 10, 16, and Bo-
chart Hieroz. III. p. 246 Lips. Put for the
constellation of the serpent or dragon in
the northern quarter of the heavens, Job
S j;
26, 13. Arab. gjS^.
2. Nahash. pr. n. a) A place other-
wise unknown 1 Chr. 4, 12. b) A king
of the Ammonites 1 Sam. 11. 1. 2 Sara.
10, 2. c) 2 Sam. 17, 27. d) 2 Sam.
17, 25.
'^n3
666
tS5
^^3 Chald. m. brass, copper, Dan. 2,
32. 45. 4, 20. al. Syr. ]ltli , Heb. POins .
"jlTCJlS (enchanter, r. Vbn I ) Nahshon,
pr. n. of u son of Amminadab, Ex. 6, 23.
Num. 1, 7. Ruth 4, 20.
mens (r. ttjnj II) comm. gend. m.
Ez. 1, 7. Dan. 10, 6, f. 1 Chr. 18, 8 ; c.
Buff. TiFiuin: Ez. 16, 36, "inaim Lam. 3, 7;
dual n-^najn .
1. brass, x^^^o?, pr. copper, mostly as
hardened and tempered, and so used for
arms and other implements, Gen. 4, 22.
Ex. 26, 11. 37. al. saepe. Metaph. Jer.
6, 28 brass and iron are tJiey all, i. e.
base, vile, of less precious metal. Syr.
and Chald. id.
2. Any thing made of brass or cop-
per, e. g. a) money, brass or copper
coin, Ez. 16, 36 r^r\^n r(S^'n );; , Vulg.
quia effusum est ces tuum. b) a chain,
fetter, of brass or copper, Lam. 3,7. So
dual D^nttJnj/eWersJudg. 16, 21. 2 Sam,
3, 34. 2 K. 25, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11.
XrCOnp (brass) Nehushta, pr. n. f
of the mother of king Jehoiachin, 2 K.
.24, 8.
jniCnS m. (from rttJns and the end-
uing '|-) Nehushtan, i. e. the brazen ser-
"pent, erected by Moses, and broken in
'pieces by Hezekiah because the Israel-
iites made of it an idol and worshipped
iit under this name, 2 K. 18, 4.
* ^"^ fut. nr!:7 Ps. 38. 3, and nn;;
>Ptoy. 17, 10, to go or come dcncn, to de-
scend, a root common in AramsBan, i. q.
Heb. Ti^ ; so Chald. rns fut. nw;;, Syr.
l^ fut. Zstti . In O. T. only poetic ;
perhaps denom. from the noun Pn5 (r.
ni3), the r passing over into a radical.
Jer. 21, 13 ^irbs rn^i-^TS who will come
down against 7(s 7 sc. to attack us. Ps.
.38, 3 T\ni 'h:} nnSFil and thy hand cometh
down upon me in chastisement. Plur.
siFiH] Job 21, 13, for ^rn;), Dag. euphon.
comp. Lehrg. p. 85. Trop. Prov. 17, 10
'pat^a ir^ys rnn reproof goeth down
.(sinketh deep) into the mind of the wise,
comp. 18, 8. 26, 22. The form pnn is
ipenacute. comp. Lehrg. 51. 1. n. 1.
.Nipu. rns i. q. Kal, Ps. 38, 3 rpsn-is
''a IP "3 for thine arrows conie down
vpon me, pierce me.
PiEL r.riS to press doxon, e. g. a bow,
i. e. to bend, Ps. 18, 35 ; furrows, i. e. to
level, spoken of rain Ps. 65, 11.
HiPH. to lead down, i. q. ^I'n'in. Jm-
per. Joel 4, 11 Vl'^'i'ias "i; nnsrt na^ thi-
ther lead down, Jehovah, thy warriors;
comp. V. 2. Others : prostrate, but con-
trary to the parallelism.
Deriv. ninns .
r^n? Chald. to come down, to descend,
part, nn; Dan. 4, 10. 20.
Aph. fut. pn;; , imp. pnx, part, pnno .
1. to bring down or arcay, Ezra 5, 15.
2. to lay down, to deposit, for safe-
keeping, Engl, to lay up, Ezra 6, 1. 5.
HoPH. r^nsrj after the Heb. to be
brought down, to be deposed, Dan. 5, 20.
f^ f. (r. nns) as Pna3 from psid.
1. a letting down, e. g. of the arm for
punishment. Is. 30, 30, comp. v. .32.
Concr. that which is let down, set on
upon a table J Job 36, 16 T;:nbaJ PPs
the food of thy table.
2. rest, quiet. Is. 30, 15. Job 17, 16.
Prov. 29, 9. Ecc. 6, 5. Ace. as adv.
Ecc. 4, 6 pns iris ikh-q a handful with
quietness.
3. Nahath, pr. n. see t\it\.
d'^ririD adj. plur. (r. PHj) coming down,
descending. Dag. euphon. 2 K. 6, 9.
' 9t ^^t. i^'^'i , apoc. tJ^ , an , conv.
a^5 , c. Mak. ^}^ .
1. to stretch out, to extend, Arab. UaJ
extendit fila. Kindred roots are nP3,
^^"^ '^^? > q- V. Spec, a) to stretch
out. to extend, e. g. the hand Ex. 8, 2.
13. 10, 12. 21 ; the hand with a spear
Josh. 8, 26. and ellipt. v. 18 ; often of the
hand of God in threat Jer. 51, 25. Ez.
6. 14. 14, 9. 13. Is. 5, 25; or of man as
if to assail God, Job 15, 25. So a mea-
suring line, c. hy, to stretch the line
upon any thing Job 38, 5. Is. 44, 13.
Lam. 2. 8. Also to stretch out in length,
to elongate; Is. 3, 16 "liiJ r.i'rjii see in
",1^5. Ps. 102, 12 ""it^J VjE a lengthened
shadow, i. e. lengthened in the declining
sun, at the approach of evening ; comp.
109, 23. b) to stretch, to spread out, to
e.rpand. e. g. a tent Gen. 12. 8. 26, 25 ;
the heavens Is. 40, 22 c^isr pH? naiirt
who apreadeth out the heavens as a cur
ntD3
667
tDJ
tain, awning. 45, 12. Jer. 10, 12. 51, 15.
Job 9, 8. Metaph. b? nsn nas io spreofl
otit evil against any one, a metaphor
drawn from nets, Ps. 21, 12,-1 Chr. 21,
10 T^-^is naa -"jx ttSibi^ / spread out three
things before thee (i. e. I propose to
tliee), choose one ; comp. 2 Sam. 24, 12,
where for naia is bais. Intrans. to
spread oneself out, e. g. as flocks in the
land. Job 15.29.
2. to incline, to bow, i. e. to make tend
downwards; e. g. the shoulder for bear-
ing Gen. 49, 15; the feet for a fiill Ps.
17, 11 (comp. 73, 2) ; the mind Pa. 119,
112; the heavens, spoken of God, Ps. 18,
10. Part. pass. Ps. 62, 4 ""laj T'p a wall
inclining, leaning. ready to fall. Inlratis.
of feet inclining to a fall Ps. 73, 2 ; the
declining day Judg. 19, 8 ; the shadow
on a dial moving downwards 2 K. 20, 10.
3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, i. e.
to make tend to one side ; Is. 66, 12 lo, I
idIH turnpeace upon her like a river, i. e.
as a stream is turned in its course. Gen.
39, 21 non rbs a1 and turned upon him
favour, i. e. conciliated favour towards
him. Oflener intrans. to turn away, to
decline, Num. 20, 17. 22, 23. 26. 33 ; with
bx to any one Gen. 38, 16 ; with "jia and
05^ from any one, from a way, Ps. 44,
19.119,51.157. Job 31, 7. IK. 11, 9;
with '^nx to turn away after i. e. to the
party of any one Ex. 23. 2. Judg. 9, 3.
1 K. 2, 28 ; comp. 1 Sara. 8, 3. Hence
4. to go atcay, to go, 1 Sam. 14, 7.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, to be stretched,
extended, as a measuring line Zech. 1,
16 ; of a stream, to spread itself out Num.
24, 6 ; of evening shadows, to be length-
ened. Jer. 6. 4; comp. Virg. Eel. 1. 84.
HiPH. n::n, fut. >^'4'^, apoc. 1 pers. ax
Hos. 11, 4, in pause ax Job 23, 11, axi
Jer. 15. 6; 2 pers. an Ps. 27, 9. 141, 4';
3d pers. a;i 2 Sam. 19, 15 ; imp. apoc.
on Ps. 17, 6.
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but less usual, to
stretch out, to extend : a) E. g. the hand
^ Is. 31, 3. Jer. 6, 12. 15, 6 ; the limbs upon
a couch or bed Am. 2. 8. b) As a tent
2 Sam. 16, 22. Is. 54, 2 ; sackcloth 2 Sam.
21, 10.
2. to incline downwards, to bow, to de-
press, Gen. 24, 14 ; the heavens, spoken
of God, Ps. 144, 5. Spec, the ear in or-
der to listen, Jer. 7, 24. 26. 11, 8 ; with
h to any one Ps. 17, 6. 116, 2. Prov. 4,
20. 5, 1. al.
3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, bc.
towards one side, i. q. Kal no. 3. Num.
22, 23. 2 Sam. 3, 27. Metaph. Job 36, 18
a great ransom cannot turn thee away,
sc. from the divine punishment, so as to
avoid it. Spec.
a) 'b 3^ nan to turn the heart of any
one, 2 Sam. 19, 15 ; with br to any thing
Prov. 21, 1; i>!< Ps. 119, 37; b 141, 4;
'nnx 1 K. 11, 2. 3. 4. In a bad sense,
to turn away, to seduce any one, Prov. 7,
21. Is. 44, 20. Also bx iab nan to in-
cline one^s heart to. Josh. 24, 23. 1 K. 8,
58 ; to wisdom Prov. 2, 2.
b) 'b bs ^D^ nan to turn favour upon
anyone, to procure favour for him, Ezra
7, 28. 9. 9. Comp. Kal Gen. 39, 21.
c) as'ria nan 1 Sam. 8, 3, to turn
aside right, to pervert justice, right being
compared to a straight path from which
it is wrong to turn away on either side.
Hence, to pervert the ways of justice
Prov. 17, 23. With genit. 'e asaj-a nan
to pervert or wrest the right of any one,
spoken of a judge, Ex. 23, 6. Deut. 27,
19. Lam. 3, 35 ; and, in the same sense,
to pervert the way i. e. the right of any
one. Am. 2, 7. Ace. impl. Ex. 23, 2.
d) to turn away, to thrust out sc. from
a way. Job 24, 4 they turn the needy out
of the way. Hence metaph. of the way
of right and justice (comp. in lett. c.)
Is. 10, 2 ; and so without mention of a
way. Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 12. Prov. 18, 5.
e) to turn away any thing from a per-
son, to avert, e. g. good Jer. 5, 25.
f ) to turn away a suppliant, to repulse,
Ps. 27, 9.
g) Intrans. to turn aside, to decline
from a way, to swerve, c. ',12 Is. 30, 11.
Job 23. 11, With ace. of place whither,
Ps. 125, 5.
Deriv. a^ (na). na-a. nao, naia or
na'a . and pr, n. na^ .
^"'k?? m. verbal adj. (r. baj) laden,
Zeph. 1. 11.
?''V? . see Q'^saa . -
rr^B^ipp f. plur, (r, t;a:) drops, pen-
dants for the ears, ear-drops, especially
of pearls, Judg. 8, 26, I. 3, 19. Arab.
JuiaJ id. Comp. Gr. (rraKa/fiiov a kind
^t3D 668
of ear-pendant, from (TraAa^w to drop,
distil.
nitjit23 f piur. tendrils, twigs, Is. 18,
5. Jer. 5. io. 48, 32. R. Ci:3 , see Niph.
Is. 16, 8.
* ''^J fut. ^la'i 1. ff) take up, to lift
up. Chald. id. Syr. V^lI to be heavy,
from the idea of lifting. Kindred roots
are ^^n, i^^n ; comp. Sanscr. tut, i. q.
Lat. tollere. Is. 40, 15 bia"^ p-r? di*j< /te
taketh zip the isles as dust, as an atom.
2. to lay upon, to impose upon any
one, c. br , 2 Sam. 24, 12 b-qii -^rbx bu
^"^bs ^/iree things I lay upon thee, i. e.
propose to thee ; comp. the parallel pas-
sage in 1 Chr. 21, 10 where it is naiu,
and in the same sense "^3?^ "(03 Jer. 21,
8. Lam. 3. 28 ^'h^ baa 'i for God hath
r T - T /
laid upon him sc. calamity.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 63, 9.
Deriv. b^'M , bas .
^^5 Chald. to lift up, Dan. 4, 31. Prat,
pass. Dan. 7, 4.
''^1? m. (r. baj) a burden, load, Prov.
27,3.
* y'^P fut. SIS': , inf. 5b? and rsa , pr.
to set upright, tofx in the ground. Kindr.
are rii^ ^. to set, S^;i Hiph. i-'Stn id.
also saj. ::av Comp. Sanscr. dhd, Gr.
ti&rjfit. Spec.
1. to plant, as a tree, garden, vineyard,
Gen. 2, 8. 9, 20. Lev. 19, 23. Num. 24,
6. al. So God is said to plant the forest-
trees Num. 24, 6. Ps. 104, 16. The place
where is put with 2 Jer. 32, 41 ; bs Am.
9, 15 ; in ace. tq plant a field, etc. Ez.
36. 36. Hence with two ace. to plant a
garden, etc. with any thing, Is. 5. 2. Jer.
2. 21 . Trop. a) to plant a people, i. e.
to assign them a fixed and permanent
residence ; comp. in Engl. ' to plant a
colony;' Am. 9, 15. Jer. 24, 6 / vrill
plant them. I will not pluck them up. 32,
41. Ps. 44, 3. Ex. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 7, 10. al.
Comp. opp. isnj. al.'so ya*q and *in^ Ezra
9, 8. b) Ps. 94. 9 God who planted the
ear, i. e. created, formed it.
2. to f.T, to fasten, as a nail, Ecc. 12,
11. Comp. in Engl, 'to plant a nail.'
3. io plant, i. e. to pitch a tent, Dan.
11, 45, and so of the tent of the heavens
Is. 51, 16 ; to set up an image Deut. 16,
21.
Niph. to he planted, metaph. Is. 40, 24.
Deriv. Sa^ and the two following.
T^}. m. in pause Sa3 , constr. 5a3 Is. 5,
7, c. suft". ""SJas ; plur. D"'ya3 , i^;a3 .
1. a planting, i. e. what is planted. Is.
17, 11.
2. a plant, sc. recently planted, Job
19, 9. Sept. well vtoqiVTov.
3. a plantation, place planted. Is. 5, 7.
17, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 23.
D'^5'p2 m. plur. (r. Sas) plants, Ps. 144,
12. '
* ^I^P fut. Cia-^, to drop, to fall in
drops, to distil. Aram, and Arab. ^ _ q U ^
id. Eth. iflin stillavit. and i/H^ per-
colavit, which comes from the idea stil-
lare. The primary syllable r.a is ono-
matopoetic, as in Engl, and Germ, with
r inserted, to drop, tropfen. Metaph. of
discourse ; Job 29, 22 my speech distilled
upon them, was grateful to them as the
ruin. Often trans, like Engl, to drop,
with ace. to drop or distil any thing, to
let fall in drops, comp. ^73 no. 1. Tyi'n
no. 3. Joel 4, 18 Oior cnrin ^t,^'^ the
mountains drop down new wine. Cant. 5,
5. 13. Judg. 5, 4 ; ace. impl. Ps. 68. 9.
Trop. Cant. 4, 11 Tj-^rirBa njsaFi rsb
thy lips distil honey. Prov. 5, 3. In a
similar manner the Arabs transfer the
idea of watering, irrigating, to flowing
and pleasing discourse ; comp. ^c, and
other synonymous verbs.
Hiph. to let fall in drops, to drop, c. ace.
Am. 9, 13. Spec, of discourse, and the
accus. being omitted, simply to speak, to
prophesy, Mic. 2, 6. 11. Ez. 21. 2. 7 [20,
46. 21, 2]. Am. 7, 16. Comp. raj , N33 .
Deriv. n'^B'^as, pr. n. raa, and the
two Ibllowing.
51V? m- 1- a drop. Job 36, 27.
2. An aromatic gum or resin, used for
incense, so called from its flowing out in
drops, distilling, Ex. 30, 34. Sept. ara-
XT] (from (TiK^w). i. e. either myrrh flow-
ing spontaneously, Dioscor. 1. 74 ; or
the resin of styra.T (n32b) used for in-
cense, Salmae. Exerc. 1. 540. The lat-
ter is here to be understood. Engl.
Vers, stacte.
E133
669
Xim
ntb3 (distillalion, r. C;S3) Netophah,
pr. n. of a place not far from Bethlehem
in Judca. Ezra 2, 22. Neh. 7, 26. Hence
the gentile n. TiBia: Netophathile 2
Sam. 23, 28. 29. 2 K. 25, 23. al.
*'^^? , fut. itB"j, "lion, and nias"? Jer.3, 5,
<o guard, to keep, i. q. '^SJ and also lo^.
but usually poetic. Syr. Chald. and
Arab. JaJ id. E. g. <o keep a vine-
yard, Cant. 1, 6. 8, 11. 12.
2. Spec, fo Arfcp anger, to continue
one's anger, the ace. being implied. Ps.
103, 9 lia^ cljisb xb he will not keep his
anger 7o''etrr. Jer. 3, 5. 12; with b of
pers. Nah. 1, 2 ; rx Lev. 19, 18. Corap.
nattJ Jer. 3, 5. Job 10, 14.
3. i. q. Arab. JhJ, to keep watch,
drawn from the notion of guarding ;
whence ir^^^ no. 2.
lt33 Chald. to keep, to preserve, xaba
in one's mind Dan. 7, 28 ; conip. Luke
2, 19.
U3t:3 fut. ca^ ttJiav 1. Pr. to
pound, to heat, to smile ; espec. to heat
small, to hreak in pieces ; whence also
to thrust out, to cast off. to reject. This
primary force of the syllable "C'J is
found in the monosyllable 'i=iM to pound,
comp. Engl, to dash ; and in the dissyl-
lables (j*^5 to break, to break in pie-
ces. t5:ib to hammer, Chald. to scatter,
iimJsJ to pound, to break in pieces, /wyJcj
to smite, dv"^ Heb. and Chald. to break
in pieces, in Chald. also to thrust out, to
leave, to abandon, and Heb. ^33. Sept.
QUfTiTU), unoTirdiiata, ^rj/vvfii, etc. Most
lexicographers take the sense to leave
as primitive ; but against the analogy.
Hence
a) to smile, in battle, comp. nsj. 1
Sam. 4. 2 ncnban cun] and the battle
smote, i. e. the warriors on each side
smote or thrust eacli other. Chald.
well NS-^p ^y!?? l-"'-?"^^^ 'the men of
war smote each other ;' Vulg. more
freely, but rightly as to the sense, inito
certamine.
b) to cast out, and then to disperse, to
scatter. Part. pass. 1 Sam. 30, 16 nsn
ynxri-bD "5Q-b5 cr::! lo, they were scat-
tered upon the ground. Sept. diaxf;(Vfii-
vol, Theodot. iaxogTiiaftivoi. See Niph.
c) to cast or thrust down, to let fall.
Num. 11, 31 a wind from the Liord
brought quails from the sea and let them
fall (cast them down) by the camp; Sept
inijiultv. Ez. 31, 12 of a tree: stran-
gers Jiave cut it off and cast it down ;
Sept. %mi^ulov. Ez. 29, 5. 32, 4. Hos.
12, 14 ttiia'i i-ibs i-'tst God will cast his
(Ephraim's) blood upon him.
d) to thrust Old, to cast off, to reject,
a) As God his people, Judg. 6, 13 but
now Jehovah hath rejected us (^St'Ua)
and delivered us into the hands of the
Midianites ; Sept. i^iQ^npfv, Tliood. unoh-
auxo. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 1 K. 8, 57. 2 K.
21, 14. Ps. 27, 9. 94, 14. Is. 2, 6. Jer. 7,
29. 12, 7. 23, 33. Once a sanctuary Ps.
78, 60 ; Sept. uTibtaajo. /3) Man is said
to reject God ; Deut. 32, 15 he rejected
God his Creator. Jer. 15, 6. Also to re-
ject the precepts of a parent ; Prov. 1,
8 reject not the law of thy mother ; Sept.
pi] uJicuaTj. 6, 20. y) to cftst off care,
business ; 1 Sam. 10. 2 thy father hath
cast off the matter of the asses, etc. Sept.
well, 6 najTiQ aov unoinlvuinui to ((iipa
T(ttv ovo)v. In former editions I have
given in the examples here cited in lett.
d, the sense to forsake, to abandon ;
which is adopted by most modern inter-
preters, and is indeed in itself appropri-
ate, and is sometimes admitted by the
Vulg. Syr. and more rarely the Sept.
But the stronger sense to cast off, to re-
ject, is here admitted if not demanded,
not only by the primary force of the
root, and by the authority of the ancient
versions ; but also by passages like Jer.
7, 29, where iTi:; corresponds to '?]"'b^^'^ ;
and Jer. 23, 39, where the words V'M
>3S bsa do not admit tbe sense to for-
sake.
e) to thrust out, to draw out a sword ;
part. pass, rra^a: ; Is. 21, 15 from the
drawn sword and from the bent bow. So
Targ. Na"ba xann .
f ) With br . to cast upon any one, i. e.
to commit to any one ; 1 Sam. 17, 20 aiul
committed (Oa*^) the flock to a keeper ;
Sept. a(jp^x Tti nQOjSuju (jpiAwxt. 1 Sam.
17, 22. 28.
2. to let, to leave, from the sense of
casting of; e. g. a) to leave, to let lie,
as a field untilled Ex. 23, 11. Neh. 10,
32 [31]; strife Prov. 17, 14. So of debt,
>3
670
&^3
to remit, Neh. 1. c. b) With ace. of
pers. and inf. c. h, to leave to do any-
thing, i. e. to permit, to suffer ; Gen. 31,
28 and hast Tiot suffered Trie to kiss (xb
pTSjb "^snsB::? ) viy sons and my daughters.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be
broken in pieces; Is. 33, 22 thy tack-
lings are broken in pieces (WK3), they
strengthen not the mast j Sept. ig^uyrj-
aav, Symm. i'SfQ^i<PV'
2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. b, to be dis-
persed, scattered ; hence of a multitude,
to spread themselves; so the branches
of a vine Is. 16, 8 ; an army Judg. 15,
9 where Sept. i^eg^lcprjaav. 2 Sam. 5,
18. 22.
3. Pass, of Kal no. l.c, to be cast down
to be prostrated ; Am. 5, 2 the virgin of
Israel .. .is cast down prostrate upon her
land ; Vulg. projecta est in terram siuim.
PuAL pass, of Kal no. 1. c. to be cast
down, destroyed, Is. 32, 14. Others, to
be forsaken'; see in Kal 1. d.
Deriv. mtrj-'as .
''S a word of doubtful authority, which
the Heb. intpp. regard as for "^n (r.
nni), Ez. 27, 32 nn-'ja in their wailing,
according to the Masora. But 11 Mss.
and several printed editions, Sept. (and
Arab.) Theodot. and Syr. exhibit the
reading cn"53 their sons, which is bet-
ter ; comp.' Ez. 32, 16. 2 Sam, 1, 18.
^"? obsol. root, Arab. *^Lj mid. Ye,
to be raw, uncooked, as flesh ; II, IV, to
%
be not well cooked ; ^ raw, half-cook-
ed. Hence X5 II.
3*^2 m. (r. ^K) produce, fruit, Mai. 1,
12. Metaph. c';ir!Bia Z^^ the fruit of the
lips Is. 57, 19 Keri, i.e. offerings pre-
sented to God with the lips, thanksgiv-
ings ; comp. Hos. 14, 3, and yixQJiog ^h-
Xduiv Heb. 13, 15. Chethibh in U. 1. c.
has sis, comp. Chald. 3"i3 fruit.
"^S"^? (pcrh. fruit-bearer, r. tli:) Nebai,
pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 20.
T'r m. (r. *Ti3) consolation, comfort ;
once Job 16, 5 "^rels T'S my lip-condo-
lence, i. e. empty, insincere; see neb,
rVl''3 f (r. Tis , for H'nj , see Lehrg.
p. 145) abomination, uncleanness. Lam.
1, 8, i. q. n^i V. 17. Others a wander-
ing, from the root Ti3.
ni'^p , also Cheth. ni-'li (habitations)
Naioth, pr. n. of a place near Ramah,
1 Sam. 19. 18. 19. 22. 23. 20, 1. R. n;5 .
nn"^? m. (r. ni3) pr. rest, acquiescence.^
as Arab. KiOy4^i> from r. *lt>, -J^-UJ
from r. j^G , De Sacy Gram. Arabe, I.
p. 561. Then, sweetness, pleasantness^
delight, like the Lat. acquiescere in ali-
qua re for delectari, Syr. uS ^M^ i ZZ]
delectatus est aliqua re, Barhebr. p. 221,
UJj delicia;, ibid. p. 38, Talmud. XtT^D
^b placetne tibi? Found only in the
phrase tirr^J H'^n an odour of delight,
i. e. pleasant odour, sweet savour ; Gen.
8, 21 n'n-'sn n-'-i-rx nin'i n"]*i and God
smelted the pleasant odour. Lev. 2, 12.
26, 31. Ez. 6, 13. 20, 41. To the Mo-
saic precepts concerning sacrifices is
very often added the phrase nn"i3-n"in
nin">b a sweet odour to Jehovah Lev. 1, 9.
13. 17. 2, 2. 9. 3, 5. 6, 14. Num. 15, 7 sq.
28. 8 ; also ninib msx nir^s n^nb Num.
28! 6. 13. 29, 6. al. Plur. Ez. 20, 28.
Hence
"jTliTiS Chald. m. plur. from the Heb.
usage in the preceding article, omitting
H'^n , sweet odours, incense, Dan. 2, 46.
Ezra 6, 10.
V? m. (r. 'p:) progeny, offspring, al-
ways coupled with 1^.3, Gen. 21,23.
Job 18, 19. Is. 14,22.
n^?"^? pr. n. Nineveh, the ancient capi-
tal of Assyria, situated on the eastern
bank of the Tigris opposite to where
Mosul now stands upon the western
bank, Gen. 10, 11. 12. Is. 37, 37. Nah. 2,
9. Jon. 1, 2. 3, 3. al. By the Greeks
and Romans it was usually called iN'tiof,
Ninus. after the name of its founder,
Hdot. 1. 193. ib. 2. 101. Diod. Sic. 2. 3.
In Ammianus however, Nineve, 23. 6.
In respect to its site, see the discussion
of Bochart, Phaleg lib. 4, cap. 20 ; also
Niebuhr Reit^ebeschr. II. p. 353, 368,
and Tab. 46. C. J. Rich Residence in
Koordistan. and on the site of ancient
Nineveh, II. p. 29 sq.
C^? Jer. 48, 44 Cheth. i. q. C3 in Keri
feeing, i. e. pass, made to Rce, fugitive.
'JC''? m. Nisan, the first month of the
Hebrews. Neh. 2, 1. Esth. 3, 7 ; called
rj
in the Pentateucli ^''Sxn ttSnn q. v. Syr.
Chuld. and Ariib. id. Tlie name *(0"'3 ,
if Semitic, wuuld eeem to be lor ")S"'3 ,
,!J3 , i. e. tiioiitk ofjlowers^ from yi a
flower. But Benfey with probability
refers it to a Persian origin, from Zend.
nam fan new day ; made up o'inav new,
and agon i. q. Sanscr. ahan day ; die
Monathsnamen p. 131 sq.
'pIS'^p m. a park, once Is. 1, 31.
Talmud, id. R. ysi, after the form
'V'? , see "13 .
' 7 to break up with the plou;ffh, to
till, Hoa. 10, 12. Jer.4. 3. This root has
prob. sprung from Hiph. of the verb *i!t3,
comp. Ewald's Gramm. 235; and sig-
nifies pr. to make glisten.
Deriv. "i-'S II, "iJisa.
I. T'? m. once "13 Prov. 21, 4 (r. "^l)
i. q. *^3 , a light, lamp, only metaph.
e. g. of offspring; 1 K. 11, 36 -,7^^
B-'r^n-bs 'n3r-Ti;inb n-^s-nrn that there
may be a light to David my servant for-
ever, i. e. that his posterity may conti-
nue forever. 1 K. 15, 4. 2 K. 8, 19.
2 Chr. 21, 7. Once the light of the
wicked, that in which they glory, Prov.
21, 4 ; comp. in i3 no. 1. b.
II. T*? m. (r. 113) fallow ground, a
field recently broken up, Prov. 13, 23.
Jer. 4, 3. Hos. 10, 12.
^Y? 'o beat, to smite, i. q. n23 .
Arab. jOo id.
NiPH. to be beaten; Job 30, 8 "{^ 1S33
'J'nxn they are beaten from the land,
driven out with blows.
Deriv. the three following.
^33 m. plur. B^xas smitten, trop. af-
flicted, Is. 16, 7.
^?? adj. (r. n:5) afflicted; fern. rv!r\
hK33 a smitten spirit, afflicted mind,
Prov. 15, 13. 17, 22. 18, 14. Comp. n=3 .
r^35 f. (for rx=3 , r. X23) Gen. 37. 25.
43, 11, strictly infin. after the form rxb?3,
nkif5, rs3b ; pr. contusion, a breaking
in pieces. Hence aromatic powder, and
then this general name seems to have
been transferred to some certain kind
of spice or aromatic substanoe. Sept.
^fiioifta, Aqu. (rriga;, Vulg. styrax.
671 nss
Arab. sLC3 is i. q. XrJo gum, gum
trngacantli. Here seems also to belong
the phraHe HniJS P^a 2 K. 20, 13. U.
39, 2, which literally perhaps may be ren-
dered his spicery-fumse, as Aqu. Syniio.
Vulg. but more correctly as to tiie sense,
treasury, store-house, as Chald. Syr.
Saad. and Arabs Polygl. (alHo Is. I. c. for
Gr. rfX(t>l}u) In this house there seems
to have been laid up, as is said imme-
diately after, "silver, and gold, and spices,
and precious ointments ;" so that it took
its name from the latter rather than
from the former. Less probable is the
suggestion of Lorsb.ach, that Pb3 is a
Persian word from ^MtXxJOUo deponere.
sUo custodia ; Jenaische Lit. Zeit.
1815, no. 59.
"^55 obsol. root, whence
"^35 - progenies, as the Vulg. cor-
rectly renders it, i. e. progeny, always
coupled with the synon. )"i q. v. Simi-
lar is Ethiop. il^ genus, cognatio, tri-
bus, 3 and a being interchanged ; comp.
153 for 123 Gen. 21, 23 Cod. Sam. In
Job 31, 3 in some Mss. and editions 135
is read for the common i33 , and might
then be i. q. Arab. JcXJ calamity ; but
the common reading is preferable.
njJ in Kal not used, to strike, to
smite. Arab, and Ethiop. . ^Jo , Jo ,
illP , id. but rarely used and chiefly
with the idea of harm. Syr. paJ Pe.
and Aph. to harm. Kindred are verba
beginning with 53 , as n53 , 'SS , r53 ;
comp. Lat. nec-o, noc-eo, Engl, to
knock.
NiPH. pass, of Hiph. to be smitten,
slain, once 2 Sam. 11, 15.
PiEL does not occur, since what some
have regarded as the infin. of Piel. viz.
the form nss Num. 22, 6, is there as
elsewhere (Josh. 10, 4) 1 plur. fut. Hiph.
thus: 13^15X1 "ia-nss b^fin h-'.^ perhaps
I may be able that we smile him (Israel)
and J drive him out ; see Hiph. no. 3.
The verb bs^ is here construed with a
finite verb, uairrddroig, comp. in Esth. 8. 6.
PuAL pass, to be smitten, e. g. grain
Ex. 9, 31. 32. But Hoph. is far more
usual, q. V.
lyi
672
n55
HiPH. nsn, 2 pers. r^'Sn. but 1 pers.
*nisn and with suff. ^"P'^sn 1 Sam. 17,
46, "T'^sn Is. 60, 10; infin. n'sn, ab-
6ol. nzn Deut. 13, 16 ; imp. nsn Ez. 6.
11, apoc. T)" ; fut. conv. ns^l . oftener Tj!] .
1. <o strike, to smite, Gr. TrAr^fftrw, e. g.
a) With blows, as with a rod, with ace.
of pers. and 2 of instrum. Num. 22, 23.
27 ; with the fisl or a stone in the hand
Ex. 21, 18 ; instrum. impl. Ex. 2, 11. 13.
1 K. 20, 35. 37. Deut. 25, 3 forty times he
moy strike him, i. e. give him forty
blows or stripes ; hence to chastise Jer.
2, 30. Neh. 13, 25. Also to smite the
cheek, to buffet, Job 16, 10, comp. Mic.
4, 14. 1 K. 22, 24; a rock, ace. Ps. 78,
20 ; with 3 to smite upon the rock Ex.
17, 6 ; to smite the water with a cloak
2 K. 2, 8. With '^-Q , ^^-Q , to smite out
ofone^s hand Ez. 39, 3 ; c. ace. to smite
out an eye Ex. 21, 26.
b) With any thing sharp or pointed,
to smite, to thrtist, e. g. with the horn
Dan. 8, 7 ; a flesh-hook 1 Sam. 2, 14 ; a
spear 2 Sam. 2, 23. 4, 6. 20, 10, c. ace.
2 Sam. 3, 27. In a weaker sense, to
smite as a worm a plant, to puncture Jon.
4, 7 ; the rays of the sun, comp. Engl.
stroke of the sun, with ace. of pers. Is.
49. 10 ; also of the moon Ps. 121, 6, i. e.
to the moon is ascribed the effect of the
nocturnal cold, comp. Gen. 3], 40. Hos.
9, 16. So Arab. (.jwO to smite, to sting
as a scorpion ; also mid. Kesri to be cold,
chilled.
c) With any thing thrown, to smite,
to hit ; as with a stone from a sling 1
Sam. 17, 49. 50, comp. 2 K. 3, 25 ; or an
arrow 1 K. 22, 34. 2 K. 9, 24.
The following phrases are to be noted :
aa) ps "sn to strike the hand 2 K.
]1, 12. Ez. 22, 13, and ri=2 nsn to strike
with the hand Ez. 6, 1 1, fuliy "bx Cj? nan
t|S to smite hand, upon hand Ez. 21, 19.
22, i. e. to smite the hands together, e. g.
either in exultation, to clap the hand^s,
2 K. 1. c. or in indignation Ez. 22, 13, or
in lamentation Ez. 6, 11. 21, 19.
bb) 1 Sam. 24, 6 irx Ti^'sb r{':^ and
David^s heart smote him, i. c. as in com-
mon Engl. ' beat against his ribs.' 2 Sam.
24. 10. Comp. ^ech. Prom. 887 xQudia
tf)6j3oj (fQtva XttHjliiH.
cc) Often of Jehovah or his messen-
gers, who are said to smite a person or
people or land with disease or plagues,
i. e. to inflict a plague upon them. comp.
r;3 . fii . E. g. on;-.:? nrn to smite
with blindness Gen. 19, 11. 2 K. 6. 18 ;
pestilence Num. 14, 12 ; heemorrhoids
1 Sam. 5, 6 ; comp. Zech. 12, 4. Am. 4,
9. Hagg. 2, 17. Also to smite a land
with destruction, with two ace. Mai. 3,
24 ; and impl. Is. 5, 25. Ex. 7, 25 after
Jehovah had smitten the river, i. e. had
turned it into blood, comp. v. 20. So
Ex. 8. 13. Zech. 10, 11. Is. 11, 15.
dd) Qiand nsn to strike roots into
the ground, to shoot forth roots, Hos.
14, 6. Comp. 'd n|o Jer. 17, 8.
2. In a stronger sense : a) to smite
in pieces, to destroy. Ex. 9, 25 and the
hail smote all that was in the f eld. Ps.
3, 8 thoic hast smitten all my enemies as
to the jaw-bone, a figure drawn from wild
beasts. So houses. Am. 3, 15 ; two ace.
Am. 6, 11.
h) to smite or thrust through, comp.
no. 1. b ; e. g. with a spear 1 Sam. 19,
10. 18, 11. 26, 8.
c) to smite down, to overturn, to over-
throw, as a tent Judg. 7, 13. 1 Chr. 4,
41. 2 Chr. 14, 14. Praign. Zech. 9,4
n^^n c*2 Ti'ZT] he doth overturn her ram-
part into the sea.
d) to smite fatally, to kill, to slay, c.
ace. Gen. 4, 15. Ex. 2, 12. Josh. 20, 5.
1 Sam. 17, 36. al. sa?p. With nnna
Josh. 11, 10. Jer. 26, 23 ; oftener 3"in '-^Bb
Josh. 8, 24. 10, 39. Judg. 1, 25. 2 K. lo',
25. al. Coupled with n'^^an, and then
'^'^^, refers to the deadly blow, and the
former to the actual death, 1 K. 16, 10.
2 Sam. 18. 15. 2 K. 15, 10. 30. Josh. 10,
26 ; also 2 K. 25, 25. With UJBJ added,
uiep 'b ^'STi to smite one as to his life,
i. e. so as to touch his life, fatally. Gen.
37, 21. Deut. 19, 6. 11. 27, 25. Jer. 40,
14. 15 ; comp. Lev. 24, 18. So of God
as smiting men, 2 Sam. 6, 7. Ps. 78, 51.
105, 36 ; of the angel of God 2 K. 19,
35. Where only a ;;ari of a whole num-
ber are slain, this is marked by "|^ . Judg.
14, 19. 20, 45. Josh. 7. 5 ; or by 3 parti-
tive. 1 Sam. 18, 27. 6, 19. 2 Sam. 8, 5.
Judg. 15, 15. So without an aec. of
number, D'^S'^xa nsn to smile of the ene-
mies 2 Sam! 23,' lo! 24, 17. 2 Chr. 28, 5.
17. Num. 22, 6 ; and so 1 Sam. 18, 7 nsn
ns3
673
bD3
I'^t^sa Vi!is\:i . 21. 12. 29, 5. Spoken also
of wild beasts, to slay, by tearing in pieces,
1 K. 20, 36. Jer. 5, 6. Trop. to smite
with the tovgite, to bring into reproach
and piinisliment by Blantiers, Jer. 18, 18.
3. In a weaiicr sense, to smile enemies
is often simply to overcome them in bat-
tle, to vaiK/uish, to put to Jiight, fully
n-inx r\2n Ps. 78, 66, So Gen. 14, 15
he smote them and purstied them unto
Hobah. V. 5. 7. Num. 22, 6, see in Piel.
Josh. 13, 12. Judg. 1, 5. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2
Sam. 8, 1. 2. 3. 10. al. With an adjunct
of distance, Gen. 14, 15. 2 Sam. 5, 25.
Josh. 10, 10. 41 ; o( time how long 1
Sam. 30, 17. 2 Sam. 23, 10 ; of numbers
Judg. 1, 4. 3, 31. 1 Sara. 4, 2. Ps. 60, 2.
Also to smite a city, to take it by storm,
Josh. 7, 3. 10, 4. 1 Sam. 30. 1. 1 K. 15,
20. 2 K. 3, 19. al. But nnn 'Bb lis nso
is to slay the inhabitants of a city Judg.
20, 37 ; comp. no. 2. d.
HopH. nan and nsiin Ps. 102, 5.
1. Pass, of Hiph. no. \. to be smitten,
i. e. a) to be beaten Ex. 5, 14. 16. Num.
25, 14. b) to be smitten of God, with a
plague, etc. 1 Sam. 5, 12. Is. 1, 5. 53, 4.
Hos. 9, 16. Ps. 102, 5 t-y^_ abrs r^-^^n
""ib my heart (vital strength) is smitten
and drieth up like the herbage.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2. a) to be smit-
ten, slain, Num. 25, 14. 15. 18. Jer. 18,
21. b) Of a city, to be smitten, to be
taken by storm, Ez. 33, 21. 40, 1.
Deriv. MSI?, and the two following.
HDD adj. smitten, only in constr. ri33
C^ba^ smitten in the feet, lame. 2 Sam.
4, 4. 9, 3 ; n^il fi23 smitten in spirit, af-
flicted, contrite. Is. 66, 2.
re? m. (r. nrj) only plur. tt^Zi Ps. 35,
15. smiting sc. with the tongue, i. e. rail-
ers, slanderers ; comp. Jer. 18, 18.
^32 and 133 pr. n. Necho, king of
Egypt, son of Psammetichus, 2 K. 23,
29. 33. 2 Chr. 35, 20. 36, 4. Jer. 46, 2.
According to Manetho in his book of
dynasties, he was the sixth of the sec-
ond Saitic dynasty, and was called Ne-
cho II, to distinguish him from his
grandfather of the like name ; see Jul.
Afrie. in Routh's Reliq. Sacr. II. p. 147.
Herodotus calls him IVxov, 2. 158, 159.
ib. 4. 42. Sept. Ntxaw. The etymology
is unknown, but is doubtless to be sought
67
in the ancient Egyptian ; see Thesaur.
p. 885.
"JIDJ (prepared, r. "jiB) Nachon, pr. n.
of a threshing-floor 2 Sam. 6, 6. In the
parall. passage 1 Chr. 13, 9 it is *|'i^^^.
^5? obsol. root, pr. i. q. ns^ to be in
front, before the eyes, over against, (see
nab,) to go straight forward. Hence
nbj, nD3, nss.
HDD m. adj. in front, straight, right, pr.
of one who goes straight ahead. Is. 57,
2 ins3 ~bn who walkcth straight before
him, goes straight ahead, i. e. an upright
man. With b, right, just to anyone,
Prov. 8, 9. Fem. nnbs as subst. right,
justice. Am. 3, 10. Is. 59, 14 ; plur. ninba
id Is. 26, 10. 30, 10.
nD2 pr. subst. (r. ri33) ' the front, what
is before the eyes ;' but used only as a
Preposition.
1. opposite to, over against, Ex. 26,
35. 40, 24. Josh. 18, 17. 1 K. 20, 29. al.
b n=3 id. Josh. 15, 7.
2. before, in presence of ; nirr^ nsi
i. q. "i^'"!'^ "138^ , before Jehovah, i. e. ac-
ceptable to him Judg. 18, 6. "'30 nsi
Piini before Jehovah Lam. 2, 19 ; me-
tapli. known to him Jer. 17, 16, and so
Prov. 5, 21. 1''3B nr3 D-lb to set before
one''s own face, i. e. to regard with fa-
vour, to delight in, Ez. 14. 7 ; comp. v,
3 where for r,VO is '{T}.
3. With Prefixes:^ a) rirb-bx pr.
'towards the front' of any thing, i. e.
towards Num. 19, 4.
b) nabb ) Adv. ' to the front,' i. e.
straight forwards. Prov. 4, 25. ft) in
front of, before Gen. 30, 38 ; whence
y) on account of, for, after a verb of
interceding, Gen. 25, 21 ; Sept. mgL
Comp. Germ, vor and /ur, the last of
which has also a local sense.
c) nsb "IS unto the front of, i. e. to
the place over against, Judg. 19, 10. 20,
43. Ez. 47, 20.
^532 c. sufl". insi the front; adv. in
front of over against, Ex. 14, 2. Ez.
46, 9. R. n:3 .
^r^ to deceive, to dealfraudiilently,
part. bD'<3 Mai. 1. 14. Syr. Chald. Sam. id.
Piel id. with b of pers. Num. 25. 18.
HiTHP. id. c. a Ps. 105, 25.; ind so.
b53
674
nSD
with ace. to act deceitfully with any one
Gen. 37, 18.
Deriv. 'b"'3, "^bs, also
bD? m. plur. c. suff. cn-i^rs , deceit,
wiles, Num. 25, 18.
* Zy: obsol. root, i. q. 0:3, '535, q. v.
/o collect, to accumulate. Hence
CD? m. plur. fi'^osi goods, riches,
'wealth, a word of the later Hebrew.
2 Chr. 1, 11. 12. Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Josh.
22, 8. Syr. ,_lBiai id.
C33 Chald. m. plur. 'po:? id. ^oofZs,
wealth; Ezra 6, 8. 7, 26 "pcra (lijs? /rtw/cf
o/" goods.
* *l55 in Kal not used. Arab. jXi
a) to be of acute intellect j contra b)
not to know, not to understand, and
hence to disallow, to reprobate ; Conj.
IV, not to know, to deny, to reject. See
Thesaur. p. 886.
. HiPH. "I'^sn is most in use. and is of
like signif. with yi^-
1. Pr. to look upon, to behold; Gen.
31, 32 ''"3523 n72 ?>V'?r! ffehold for thy-
self what Ys with me. 37, ,32. 38, 25. 26.
Neh. 6, 12. Jer. 24, 5. Spec, a) n-'Sn
n"'3E to look upon (he perso7i of any one,
to have respect of persons, to show par-
tiality, i. q. CIS xai in siri no. 3. b. ^;
spoken of a judge, Deut. 1, 17. 16, 19.
Prov. 24, 23. 28, 21 ; comp. Is. 3, 9. b)
to look upon with kindness and favour,
i. e. to care for, Ruth. 2, 10. 19. Ps. 142,
5 ; also to reverence as a god, to worship,
Dan. 1 1, 39.
2. to know by sight, to recognise a
person or thing, Gen. 27, 23. 37, 33. 42,
7. 8. Ruth 3, 14. Judg. 18, 3. 1 Sam. 26,
17. Job. 2, 12. al. Also to acknowledge;
Deut. 21, 17 he shall acknowledge the
son of the hated as thefrst-bom. 33, 19;
with ^3 Is. 61, 9 ; absol. 2 Sam. 3, 36.
3. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with,
i. q. S"!^ no. 4. Job 4, 16 but I knew not
its form. i. e. was unacquainted with it.
7, 10. 24, 13. 17. 34, 25. Ps. 103, 16. Is.
63, 16.
4. to know, \. e. to have a knowledge of,
i. q. yi^ no. 5, but rare and only in the
later books; inf. c. b, Neh. 13, 24 they
knew not how to apeak the Jews' lan-
guage. Ezra 3, 13.
PiEL 1. i. q. Hiph. no. 1. a, to look
upon, to regard with partiality ; Job 34,
19 nor regardetU the rich more than the
poor. But contra
2. not to know, to be ignorant o^. Arab.
Jo Conj. I, comp. above in Kal, and
see note below. Job 21, 29 ask them that
pass by the way, !i"'3?ri xb Dnhif] and
their signs thou shall not fail to know,
i. e. the signs, tokens, which they give.
Hence
3. to feign not to know, to deinj ; Arab,
Conj. IV, see above in Kal. Deut. 32,
27 'i3"i TO''"]3 !n3:';i-}Q lest their enemiea
should deny, and say, etc.
4. not to know, i. e. to reject ; Arab.
Conj. IV. Jer. 19, 4 they have forsaken
me ('32TS) and have rejected {}"^1'0
this place. Pnegn. 1 Sam. 23, 7 God
hath rejected (and delivered) /lira unto
my hand.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be
known, recognised. Lam. 4, 8.
2. i. q. Hithp. no. 2, to feign, to dis-
semble, Prov. 26, 24.
HiTBP. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be
known, recognised. Prov. 20, 11.
2. not to let oneself be known, to feign,
to dissemble, Gen. 42, 7. 1 K. 14, 5. 6.
Note. Many attempts have been
made to find some point or idea common
to the two significations apparently so
contrary as to know and not to know.
Perh. the following order may afford
hght, viz. "131 a) to look upon intently
Hiph. no. 1, whence to recognise, to know,
Hiph. no. 2-4. But as things unknown,
new, unheard of, cause us to look intent-
ly upon them, to wonder, and admire,
hence b) not to know, to be ignorant,
Pi. no. 2, Arab. I, IV. Eth. 5^*5^^ to
admire, to wonder. Hence "i3i strange-
ness, 'lai strange. Again, as things
known and familiar are pleasing, while
those unknown and strange are dis-
pleasing and irksome, hence c) to
he disagreeable, irksome; whence "i33,
-a , calamity, Arab. 8*AJ i<I-
Deriv. man, "i3 , and the tliree here
following.
13? m. constr. ^=3 Dent. 31, 16,
gtrangeness, foreignness, e. g. strange
worship Neh. 13. 30. 1=3 nanx estrange
-tt3 675
land, foreiprn country, Ps. 137, 4. ^x
133 a alranf^e ^(hI, foreign. Deut. 32,
12. Ps. 81, 10 plur. ^3J 'niix id. Gen.
35, 2. Josh. 24 , 20. 23 ; strange altars,
dedicated to foreign gods, 2 Chr. 14, 2.
Also "IS?"!? a stranger, foreigner, Gen.
17, 12.' 2?! Ex. 12, 43. Lev. 22, 25;
plur. na: -^32 Ps. 18, 45. 46. Is. 60, 10.
Neh. 9, 2.
132 Job 31, 3, also "^3b Ob. 12, a
strange faie, calamity ; see in r. "i?3
note lett. c. Arab. fJ<-ii 8*^> x^-
'''rpS adj. (from i^b with the ending
''-) f. n*nD3 , plur. D''n33 ; unknown,
strange, foreign ; Chald. ''133, "^"5313,
Syr. ^i-oaJ . Spoken: a) Of one from
another land and people, "'iSS ttJ"^X a
stranger, foreigner, Deut. 17, 15. Ezra
10, 2 sq. Deut. 14, 21. 1 K. 8, 41, 43 ; of
a people Ex. 21,8; a land Ex. 2, 22 ; a
city Judg. 19, 12; a vine Jer. 2, 21; a
garment Zeph. 1, 8. b) Of one from
another family, a stranger, not of one's
own household, Gen. 31. 15. Prov. 20, 16 ;
"inss tJ'^X oj^p. to a son and legal heir
Ecc. 6, 2. Fern, fij'^rj strange wo-
man, opp. to a wife, spoken usually in
respect to illicit intercourse, and hence
i. q. an adulteress, harlot, corap. nnt,
Prov. 5, 20. 7, 5. 23, 27 ; hence ,'is'b
Tn33 a strange tongue, i. e. the tongue
of a strange woman, Prov. 6. 24. Of
another's house Prov. 5, 10. With dat.
Ps. 69, 9, comp. Job 19, 15. c) anot/ier,
not oneself Prov. 27. 2. d) strange, un-
heard of, exciting wonder, Is. 28, 21.
rCD . see rxz3 .
*rib]a,ootVoundonceintheMa-
oretic text, but doubtful, viz.
HiPH. Is. 33. 1 n^'^n TnittJ "la'^nn?
"r^a ^"i'^zi laab Tin'bs? in thy ceasing to
spoil, thou shalt be spoiled ; in thy per-
fecting (finishing) to plunder, thoushalt
he plundered ; so the Heb. intpp. by
conjecture from the parallelism ; taking
rsss as inf Hiph. for ri^sns, Dag. eu-
phon. comp. Lehrg. p. 87. A. Schultens
compares Arab. Jlj mid. Ye, to get, to
acquire, Opp. min. p. 276. Comm. ad
Job 15,29; see examples in Thesaur.
p. 888. But this idea does not suit the
parallelism, which obviously demands
the sense of perfecting, finishing. It is
better, therelbre, with L. Cappell, Lowth,
Doederlein, and others, to read r.niss.
from r. nps ; which verb elsewhere also
corresponds to onn , Dan. 9, 24. Is. 16, 4.
Another trace of this root is supposed
to exist in the noun n^S'? q. v. Job 15,
29 ; but the reading is there equally
doubtful.
^'J^^ 1 Sam, 15, 9, the. vile, the bad,
spoken of flocks, i. q. nT33 . Sept. Tjitfio}-
(livov, Vulg. vile. The form is wholly
anomalous ; and arose perhaps out of
the two readings i^Tala abstr. for concr.
and nT33 which savours of a gloss ; see
Lehrg. p. 462, 463.
bX^laj (perh. for ^VtA-o^ day of God)
Neniuel, pr. n. m. Num. 26, 9. Patroiiym.
in ''- ib. V. 12. See also bxiiBi .
=1^? a spurious root, whence some
derive the forms T^B"^ , wan , which be-
long to the root T\~'0 .
^ i J a root doubtful in the verb it-
self since all the forms assigned to it
may be, not to say ought to be, referred
to hh^ and ^i. From r. bbia II, to cut
off, to be cut off", comes the fut. ba^ , iba"^ ,
see this root ; and to Niph. of the same
may be referred cnbas (for cn'^'C3) ye
shall be cut offi. e. circumcised Gen. 17,
11. which is commonly taken as praet.
Kal of this root brs to be circumcised.
To the root bia undoubtedly belong
praet. Niph. bias i. q. b"i"3 to be circum-
cised Gen. 17. 26. 27. part, n-^hb: 34. 22.
Comp. liirn and urjr , m'x^"a for nixca,
and see the remarks under nisica.
Still from a root of this form comes the
noun
nb'G; f an ant, Prov. 6, 6. plur. D''ba3
ants Prov. 30, 25. Arab. aUUJ. Per-
haps so called from its cropping off i. e.
consuming ; or also from creeping, since
Arab. Jcj seems to have had this sense.
' r? obsol. root. I. i. q. Arab, ^^j
to he spotted, speckled j Syr. j^aJ to va-
riegate. Hence laj leopard.
II. i. q. Arab. -4J to be limpid, pnre,
as water ; IV to find limpid and sweet
water ; see n"^':3 .
n525
676
7C5
*1''?P m. (r. "irj) a 'panther^ lecrpard,
BO called from his spots, Is. 11, 6. Jer. 5,
6. 13, 23. Hos. 13, 7 ; plur. D^n^: Hab.
I, 8. Cant. 4, 8. Not improbably the
tiger was also comprised under this
. name ; as the Hebrews had no specific
name for that animal. Syr. f i^aoJ , Arab,
Ifj, lj, Eth. i<?^C, Amhar.i-flC,
id.
1^5 Chald. id. Dan. 7, 6.
"ITQD pr. n. Nimrod, son of Cush,
^founder of the kingdom of Babylon and
of the city Nineveh, Gen. 10,8-12. Perh.
identical with that ancient king whom
Ihe Greeks call Ninus, and make the
founder of Nineveh. "iHrs -j^nx i. e.
Babylonia, Mic. 5, 5. If the etymology
be Semitic, this name may come from
^T5D to rebel, pr. ' a rebel.'
nn)23 and C'^^? (r. ^525 II) Nimrah,
Nimrim^ pr. n. see "TJ'sa iT^a in art. n';'2
no. 12. cc.
''TD'ap (drawn out, saved, i. q. MC'??)
Nimshi. pr. n. of the grandfather of Jehu
;2K. 9, 2; comp. 1 K. 19, 16.
C? m. (r. Cb: II) c. sufT. ""SS, pr. some-
thing lifted ztp, a lofty signal. Syr.
I A 1 a sign, standard. Spec.
1. a column or high pole, Num. 21,
:8. 9.
2. standard or flag oi" a ship, Ez. 27,
7. Is. 33, 23.
3. a standard, signal, planted on a
high mountain, chiefly on the irruption
of an enemy, in order to point out to the
people a place of rendezvous. Is. 5, 26.
II, 12. 18, 3. 62, 10. Jer. 4, 6. 21. Ps.
60, 6. Comp. TNiro no. 1. c. Curt. V. 2.
4. Metaph. a sign, token, so. of admo-
tnition, Num. 26, 10.
naC; r. (r. tno) pr. part. Niph. a turn,
course of things, from God, 2 Chr. 10, 15.
-*?7 see S'lD, note.
'"^S in Kal not uped, pr. i.q. Arab.
LmO to smell, then to try by the smell, to
try. It differs thereibre in its primary
idea from "na to examine by tiie touch,
to try by the touch-stone.
PiEL n&5, fut. nas-j, imp. D3 Dan. 1,
12.
1 . to try, to prove any one, to put him
to the test ; 1 K. 10, I the queen of She-
ba came riT^na irbib to prove him iirith
hard questions, i. e. to try the wisdom
o? Solomon. 2 Chr. 9, 1. Ecc. 2, 1. Dan.
I, 12. 14. Spec. a) God is said to try
or prove men, i. e. their virtue Ps. 26, 2 ;
piety Deut. 13, 4; their faith and obe-
dience Ex. 15, 25. 20, 17 [20]. 2 Chr.
32, 31. This is done by wonderful works
Ex. 20, 17 ; by commands difficult to be
executed Gen. 22, 1, comp. Ex. 16, 4 ;
and by the infliction of calamities Deut,
8, 2. 16. 33, 8. Judg. 2, 22. 3, 1. 4. Comp.
nei^u'^siv in N. T. Vice versa b) Men
are said to prove or teiiipt God, by doubt-
ing, not confiding in his power and aid,
Ex. 17, 2. Deut. 6, 16. Ps. 78, 18. 41. 56.
Is. 7, 12 / will not ask, neither will J
tempt Jehovah. Comp. Acts 5, 9. 15, 10.
Chald. Syr. Sam. id.
2. to try, i. e. to make trial, to attempt,
to prove ; with ace. of thing. Job 4, 2
nxbn rpisx inn nS2ii can one try a word
with thee ? wilt thou take it ill ? Ecc. 7,
23. With inf Deut. 4, 34. 28, 56. Ab-
sol. 1 Sam. 17, 39 ''in^B? xb-^s/or /Aave
not yet tried them. Judg. 6, 39.
Deriv. nao.
f^^J fut. ns";", to pluck out, to tear
away. Kindr. ?D3 . E. g. a person from
his dwelling Ps. 52, 7 ; from his country
i. e. to drive into exile Prov. 2, 22. Also
a house, i. e. to destroy Prov. 15, 25.
Like plants, men and houses are said to
be planted and plucked up ; comp. ras
and TJinj.
Niph. to be plucked ttp, i. e. driven out
from a land, Deut. 28, 63.
Deriv. nSTS .
nD3 Chald. i. q. Heb. Ithpje. to be
plucked out, Ezra 6, 11.
^"C? m . (r. "(?3 1 ) I. a libation, drink-
offering, Deut. 32, 38.
2. a molten image, i. q. ^^5'? , Dan.
II, 8.
3. (me anointed, i. e. a prince conse-
crated by anointing, i. q. H-ti't:, but
more usual in poetry, Josh. 13, 21. Ps.
83, 12. Ez. 32. 30. Mic. 5, 4.
' M -T '"t. plnr. ^-^'^ . liC;' . to pour,
to pour out, Is. 29, 10. Kindr. is TjiO .
Spec.
1. In honour of the deity, tomakeliha-
tion, aniiSuv, Ex. 30. 9. Hos. 9, 4. Hence
Is. 30, 1 nsso r^DJ , ajiirdfa&m ajioiSi'iV,
to pour out a libation, i.e. to make a
league, which the ancients accompanied
with libations. Comp. Gr. anovdi] liba-
tion and league, Lat. spondeo.
2. Of metal, to cast, to found. Is. 40,
19. 44, 10.
3. to anoint a king Ps. 2, 6. Comp.
rj-'OS no. 3.
NrpH. pass, of Kal no. 3, to be anointed
Prov. 8, 23.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1, to make libation
1 Chr. 11, 18. Syr. Pa. id. In the pa-
rallel passage 2 Sam. 23. 16 is Hiph.
HiPH. id. to pour out libations, to make
libation. Gen. 35, 14. Num. 28, 7. Jer. 7,
18. Ps. 16, 4. al.
HoPH. pass, to be poured out ; impers.
libation is made. Ex. 25. 29. 37, 16.
Deriv. n:sa I, rpps, r,03.
* n. TlDpi. q.kindr.r,?0 l.tointer-
twi7ie, to weave, to hedge so. with woven
work, i. q. Arab, ^--uo . Hence rssia
the warp. w
2. to cover, to protect, from the idea of
surrounding with a hedge, Is. 25, 7 ;
comp. nsBTS II.
jfC3 Chald. to pour out, to make liba-
tion, chiefly in Pa. as Dan. 2. 46, where
by zeugma it refers also to ^f^3'!^ . Comp.
Arab. (^J^AwJ to sacrifice.
^C5 Chald. plur. c. suff. Ti-T^SO?, liba-
tions, drink-offerings, Ezra 7. 17,
^52 and ^D? m. (r. ~t?5 I) in pause
?;03, c. suff. 'SD?; plur. B'^20?, constr.
1503.
1. a libation, drink-offering, Gen. 35,
14. Jer. 7, 18. al. TiCs^ ."inj^ the meat-
offering and the drink-offering Joel 1, 9.
13. 2. 14. Num. 15. 24.
2. a molten image, i. q. t^^Sia, Is. 41,
29. 48.5. Jer. 10. 14. 51, 17.'""
'j'aC? , see r. 1^0 Niph.
I. c^J i. q. OCia, to pine away, to
be sick. SyT. ooJ Ethpa. id. )"'"''
sick. Comp. Heb. ir>i3. 1^35*. Is. 10, 18
003 ob^3 as the sick man pineih away.
II. D03 in Kal not used, prob. i. q.
6 "
Arab, [ja^ to lift up on high, so as to
57*
677 pw
make conspicuous ; VIII to be high,
erect; (jiflj a lofly throne. Hence OS.
HtTHPo. Zech. 9, 16 they shall be as
insnx-br mooisnTa y_\ 'sax the stonea
of a diadem lifting themselves up in his
land. [Ps. 60, 6 OOi3rnb/or lifting up. to
be lifted up ; others from r. 013 q. v. R.
* ^'CS fut. T07, inC rbs, c. suff. osoj
Gen. 11, 2 ; imp. plur. irp.
1. Pr. i. q. Arab, cyj to pull up, to
pluck or tear up or out, (kindr. noj,)
e. g. a peg or pin from the wall Judg.
16. 14 ; the posts of a gate v. 3 ; oftener
the tent-pins or stakes in order to take
down a tent for moving, Is. 33, 20.
Hence
2. to break tip a camp, or as in vulgar
Engl, to pull up stakes, i. e. to remove,
espec. of a nomadic encampment Gen.
33, 12. 35. 21. 46, 1. Often with an ad-
junct of place whence, c. '"Q Gen. 20, 1.
35, 16. Ex. 13, 20. Num. 10. 12 ; also of
place whither, ace. and n local. Num. 11,
35. Deut. 2, 1. 10, 7. Said also of an
army Ex. 14, 10. 2 K. 19, 8. 36. Jer. 4,
7 ; and trop. of the angel of God and
pillar of smoke Ex. 14, 19 ; the sacred
tabernacle Num. 1, 51. 2, 17 ; the ark
10, 35 ; the wind 11, 31. Hence also
3. Genr. to remove, to journey, to mi-
grate, Gen. 12. 9. Num. 10, 33. With
dat. pleon. CDb ^ISD Num. 14, 25. Deut.
], 7. Of nomadic wanderings Jer. 31,
24. Zech. 10. 2.
4. to bend a bow, Arab, cyi ; see 50a
no. 2. C/- ' -
NiPH. to be torn aicay, e. g. the cords
of a tent Job 4. 21, see under inv Of
a tent itself Is. 38, 12.
HiPH. r-sn, fut. s-'S?V l. Causat.
of Kal no. 2, to cause to break up, to
make remove. Ex. 15. 22.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to de-
part, to cause to go forth, to lead out. Ps.
78. 52 ; poet, of a wind v. 26. Also of
things, to put awp-y. to set aside, 2 K. 4, 4.
3. to pluck up, to tear up, as a tree
Job 19, 10 ; a vine Ps. SO, 9. So to get
out slones. to quarry, Ecc. 10, 9. 1 K. 5,
31 [17j.
Deriv. tls-o , y&i? .
* P5? fut. pS"^ once Ps. 139, 8, to go
up, to ascend. This root, so far as it can
pw
678
b^^
be called one, is very common in Syriac
and Chaldee, but only in fut. imp. inf. Kal,
s.QjaJ, ^juB, > ntftV , and Aph. -ajol ;
in the other forms, preet. and part. Pe.
and conj. Ethp, the verb vaNw is used,
so that in fact the first radical Nun no-
where appears. Indeed such a root ^'s
would seem never to have existed ; and
Castell was probably correct in his re-
mark, (though censured for it by J. D.
Michaelis, Lex. Syr. p. 600,) that pSi ,
V nm . l , and pBX, ^clX] , are contracted
from php"^,, pbox. See too Roediger
in Zeitschr. fiir d. Kunde des Morgenl.
II. p. 91. Other examples of words
contracted, so that of two consonants
the first is doubled, are n;;rin^ , nnno ;
sjo, vulg. Jo, see Caussin de Perc.
Gramm. Arabe vulg. p. 12. al. In strict-
ness, therefore, this root pD5 should be
banished from the Lexicons.
pD3 Chald. id. (see Heb. pbJ ,) Aph.
p'^&rt, inf njrosn, to cause to ascend, to
take up out of a. place, Dan. 3, 22. 6, 24.
HoPH. after the Heb. form p^^, to be
taken up, Dan. 6, 24.
tjnD3 Nisroch, pr. n. of an idol of the
;iVinevites, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38, perh. pr.
leagle, from the Semit. *1C3 -.*a*J, and
ithe syllable.6c/^, dch. which in Persian is
intensive ; whence Nisj--och great eagle.
'On the worship of the eagle by the
heathen Arabs, see Jauhari art. _**o.
Jurieu Hist, des Dogmes IV. 4. c. 11.
fBohlen proposes several derivations
from the Saiiscr, and Zend ; see The-
Baur. p. 892.
~?^ a spurious root ; the forms
;r'^&^ , r^^'O , which might seem to be-
long here, see under r^iD.
W3 (motion, perh. earthquake, r. >13)
Neah, pr. n. of a place in Zebulun Josh.
19, 13.
TOD (motion, r. 5!i;) Noah, pr. n. f.
"Num. 26, 33.
Q''"l'5'3 m. plur. (denom.fr. "^T}) child-
hood, youth, spoken of both sexes. a)
Of early childhood Ez. 16, 22. """il?:^
from my childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, |
12; srniirs^ Gen. 46. 34, "^^'^^ilri 8, 21.
b) Of youth: n-'-iWD V?3 the husband of
her ijoulh Joel 1, 8 ; ?^"^11>3 ruJN the wife
of thy youth, Prov. 5, 18. Is. 54. 6. Mai.
2, 14. 15; D-'-iJirsn "33 the children of
one's youth, born to one in youth, Ps.
127, 4. Metaph. of the youth of the
Israelitish people Jer. 2, 2. 3, 4. Ez.
IG, 22. 60. Comp. D-'^jrt .
nini2?3 f. plur. (fr. n. n?5) id. youth,
Jer. 32, 30.
'^^^2 (perh. i.q. bx-'S'^, hnt.^^'^) Neiel,
pr. n. of a place in Naphtali Josh. 19,27.
D'^^3 m. adj. (r. DSj) sioeet, pleasant,
Ps. 133, 1 ; of song 147, 1 ; a singer,
m-iri7 ni2JD sweet in songs 2 Sara. 23, 1 ;
a lyre Ps. 81, 3 ; one beloved Cant. 1, 16.
Plur. 0''^"'2;3 delights, pleasures, Job 36,
11, and ni:i:"S3 id. Ps. 16, 11. So of
place, pleasant, delightfidj plur. D'^a'^ys
pleasant regions Ps. 16, 6. Also of a
person, pleasant, and so of God. benign,
gracious, Ps. 135, 3.
^tf 1. to bolt a door, to fasten
with a bolt or bar, c. ace. 2 Sam. 13, 17.
18. Judg. 3, 23. 24. b^r; ",5 a garden
barred, shut up, also ^13^3 ba a fountain
shut up. Cant. 4, 12.
2. to shoe, to put on sandals, Arab. Jutij
which is done by confining, shutting in
the foot with thongs. With two ace. Ez.
16, 10 irnn T^^v^^ I shod thee with seal-
skin, i. e. gave thee shoes of seal-skin.
HiPH. to shoe, 2 Chr. 28, 15.
Deriv. Vmr^-o, bS573, and
^?: f Deut. 29, 4, c. suff. ibss ; plur.
chy: . nby3 ; dual n^brs ; a shoe, sandal,
Josh. 5, 15. 1K.2, 15.al. Toputonone^s
shoe is iba-na ibs: CTO Ez. 24. 17 ; to put
off one's shoe is S hyj-q ib?3 ^^bn Deut.
25, 9. Is. 20, 2 ; Cibd Ruth 4, 7. 8 ; htl
Josh. 5, 15. E.x. 3, 5. Arab. Jutj shoe or
sandal. Syr. UiJ id. In transferring a
possession or domain, it was customary
to deliver one^s shoe (Ruth 4. 7). as in the
middle ages a glove ; hence the action
of throwing down a shoe upon a region
or territory was a symbol of orcvij)ancy.
Ps. 60, 10 up(m the land of Edoin do I
cast my shoe, i. e. I take possession, oc-
cupy it as my own ; see Rosenm. Altes
und neues Morgenland no. 483. Ps. 108k
q:?3
679
'i:p5
10. According to Dcut. 25. 9. 10, a
husband's brother who refused to fulfil
his duty by marrying the widow, was
to have hia shoe plucked olF by the lat-
ter, implying that he gave up a sacred
obligation ; hence he was to be called
br; y'^bn. Elsewhere a shoe-latchet,
thong, br3-^inb Gen. 14, 23, or a -pair
of shoes, dual D^bsj Am. 2, 6. 8, 6, is
put for any thing of little value, worth-
less. Plur. o-'bjs Is. 11, 15; once nibss
Josh. 9, 5.
* US^ fut. 0537 l.tobe sweet; Prov.
9, 17 BSS"^ D'^nnp cnb. Comp. n-'BSS^.
Kindred are cnb, Dnb, cab, to taste ;
pr. to lick, to suck, wiience the notion
of sweet taste ; see ystia .
2. Trop. to he sweet, pleasant, lovely,
of one beloved Cant. 7, 7 ; a friend 2
Sam. 1, 26; wisdom, c. dat. Prov. 2, 10;
spoken of a place Gen. 49, 15. Impers.
Prov. 24, 25 cyj"^ cn-'a'iab to those who
punish (to judges) shall be delight, i. e. it
shall be well with them ; comp. ''b sa^^ ,
b 21SJ, it is well with me. Arab. ivAJ;
aJU , id. f^ju vilaj bonis abundavit.
Deriv. the seven here following ;
also o''53, D'^sssa.
D?? (pleasantness) Naam, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 4, 15.
tU?- m. 1. sweetness, pleasantness,
Prov. 3, 17. DSb '^^X pleasant words,
i. e. suitable, becoming, 15, 26. 16. 24.
2. beauty, splendour; nin'i csb the
beauty (glory) ff Jehovah Ps. 27, 4;
comp. ni.Ti a^a v. 13. Ex. 33, 19.
3. grace, favour, Ps. 90, 17. Zech. 11,
7. Comp. jfwpt?, Germ. Huld from hold,
and Engl, grace.
rrc?? (pleasant, r, CSS) Naamah,-pr. n.
1. Of two females ; a) The daughter
of Lamech Gen. 4, 22. b) The mother
of Rehoboam 1 K. 14, 21. 31. 2 Chr.
12, 13.
2. A place in the tribe of Judah Josh.
15, 41 ; comp. "'na?? .
''^?; Naamite, patronym. from pr. n.
Toys no. 2, Num. 26, 40; pr. for ':t353
which is read in the Cod. Sam.
""^t?? (my pleasantness, fr. DSb) Nao-
mi, pr. n. of the mother-in-law of Ruth,
Ruth 1, 2Bq.
1^?? 1. pleasantness, amenity, of
place. Is. 17, 10 D-'sas? -ly-js pleasant
plantations. R. 053.
2. Naaman, pr. n. a) A son of Ben-
jamin Gen. 46, 21. b) Num. 26, 40. c)
A Syrian warrior and captain, 2 K. 5, 1.
"^11255 Naamalhite, gentile n. from
n7353 , a place elsewhere unknown, but
different from that above mentioned in
naS3 no. 2. Job 2, 11. 11, 1.
* Y?5 obsol. root, Chald. yS3 to punc-
of
ture, to prick, to stick ; whence {joju
(T?3) a species of thorn, perhap.s lotu^
spinosa, see Cel.sii Hierob. 11. p. 191,
and Comm. on Is. 7, 19. Hence
'p'fli?? m. a thorn-hedge, thicket of
thorns, veprelum. Is. 7, 19. 55, 13.
* 1. "'ij lo roar, e.g. the young lion,
Jer. 51, 38. Syr. jij id. This root
would seem to be onomatopoetic, like
the kindred inj .
1 1 . ^yj to shake ; spec. 1. to shake
out, Neh. 5, 13; the hand so as not to
hold a bribe, Is. 33, 15.
2. to shake off; Is. 33, 9 ',Tra 153
ban^i Dashan and Carmel shake off
i. e. cast off their foliage.
NiPH. 1, Pass, of Pi. to be shaken
out, i. e. cast out from a land. Job 38, 13.
Ps. 109. 23. Comp. Arab. (joAi quassit,
excussit, VIII expulsus est, jidij expul-
sio.
2. to shake oneself out from bonds, i. e.
to cast them off, Judg. 16, 20.
PiEL (o shake out. Neh. 5, 13. Prspgn.
Ex. 14, 27 r\^r2 ciinsa-pN ni.T^ -i5:';ii
n^ii and Jehovah shook out the Egyp-
tians into the midst of the sea, i. e. he
drove them from the shore and cast them
into the sea. Ps. 136, 15.
HiTHP. to shake oneselffrom any thing,
c. "a Is. 52. 2.
Deriv. 153 n, ri153.
* rLi Ttt. 1. aboy ; prob. primi-
tive, and found in the Indo-European
tongues for ma7i, e. g. Sanscr. nri and
nara man, f. nari and ndri woman, Zend.
naere, Pers. xLi , J , Gr. avrjQ. Spoken
n3>D
680
^tH
both of an infant just born Ex. 2, 6. Judg.
13, 5. 7. 1 Sam. 4, 21 ; of a boy not yet
full grown Gen. 21, 16 sq. 22, 12. Is. 7,
16. 8. 4 ; and of a youth nearly twenty
years old Gen. 34, 19. 41, 12 (comp. 37.
2. 41, 2). 1 K. 3, 7. 2 Sam. 18, 5. 29!
Spec, a) Often eraphat. to express a
tender age, like Lat. puer, Engl, boy,
child, youth, e. g. in various ways : 1
Sam. 1, 24 "iS? "lyii^l, Vulg. e( puer era t
adhuc infantulus. 30, 17 "IT'^X nlNB sanx
"153 four hundred young men, youths.
Jer. 1, 6 I cannot speak, for Jam a child.
V. 7. Judg. 8, 20. 2 K. 9, 4. Ecc. 10, 16.
Is. 65, 20. More fully Tini -ii'3 t/ojwg-
and lender 1 Chr. 22, 4. Is. 3, 5. Ps. 37,
25. Lara. 2, 21. Sept. vioq, vmviug, vta-
vlaxoq. b) In other passages "i53 seems
rather a name of condition and denotes
servant, like the Greek nalg. Germ.
Bursche, Junge, Engl, boy ; Gen. 37, 2
"ys xin Ae tiJos servant with the sons of
Dilhah, i. e. he was herdsman's boy,
shepherd's boy. 2 K. 4, 12. 5, 20. 8, 4.
Ex. 33. 11. al. Also of common soldiers.
Germ, die Burschen, Engl, boys, lads j
1 K. 20, 15. 17. 19. 2 K. 19, 6. With
genit. or sufT. the servant of any one,
Judg;. 7, 11. 9, 54. 19, 13. Esth. 2, 2. al.
But in Job 29, 5 "'ny: my sons. Spoken
of the people of Israel in its youth, Hos.
11,1. Comp. cnirj .
2. By a peculiar idiom in some of the
books, or rather by archaism, the form
*153 as in Greek ij nuig, is used as if of
the comm. gend. for rr^rs girl, maiden,
and construed with a fem. verb. Gen.
24, 14. 16. 28. 55. 34, 3. 12. Deut. 22, 15
eq. although 'T^S? is everywhere read
in the margin ; comp. in Kin no. 1. In
the Pentateuch this occurs twenty-two
times, and I would also refer hither the
plur. C'^y? used of maidens in Ruth 2,
21, comp. V. 8. 22. 23, (Sept. xoquoiu,)
and of youths and maidens Job 1, 19. In
a similar manner, the Arabs in the more
elegant style employ masculine nouns
also for the other sex, and abstain from
the feminine terminations used in the
II 5 J-
vulgar language ; as ^J*.,wt bridegroom
.- >^
and bride, wliich latter is vulg. JUwaw^ ;
\ys an old woman, vulg. 'i\^:: j comp.
JjU for vulg. 2Uju mistress, _.\ for
Rs^\ wife, like Germ. Gemdhl for Ge-
maklin, Gatte for Gaitin.
Deriv. -.Sb, rriyj, D^-isys, ri-isis? , pr.
II. ^ly? m. (r. "irj II) a casting out,
expidsion, concr. cast out, driven out, of
a flock or herd Zech. 11, 16. Sept.
iaxogjiiafiirov, Vulg. dispersum.
"1?3 m. (denom. from ^53 I) boyhood,
youth, i. q. C-'nw?, poet. Job 33, 25. 36,
14. Ps. 88, 16. Prov. 29, 21. In Job 36,
14 and Ps. 1. c. some have adopted the
sense of expidsion, from r. "i?3 II, but
without necessity.
*T)'?.^ f (denom. fr. ly? I) plur. ninss,
1. a girl, e. g. a) a female child,
Job 40, 29 [41, 5]. b) a maiden, dam-
sel, grown up and marriageable, Judg.
19, 3 sq. Am. 2, 7. ns;;! rr^s: a fair
maiden 1 K. 1, 3. 4. nb^ira ': a young
virgin 1 K. 1. 2. Esth. 2.'3. ' Also of one
not long married, reoyufiog, Ruth 2, 6.
4, 12 ; comp. nbsina no. 2.
2. a handmaid, servant, Prov. 9, 3.
31, 15. Ruth 2, 8. 22. 3, 2. al.
3. Naarah, pr. n. a) A town on the
borders of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 7 ; called
1 Chr. 7, 28 Tjy? . b) f. 1 Chr. 4, 5.
''^?? , see 'nrQ .
^^"7?? (servant of Jehovah) Neariah,
pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 3, 22. 23. b) 1 Chr.
4,42.
")"??? (boyish, juvenile) Naaran, jpr^n.
see fT^y? no. 3. a.
tT}^^ f (r. ^53 II) tow. as bemg shak-
en or beaten off from flax, Judg. 16, 9.
Is. 1. 31.
^t; obsol. root, Arab.
to
take up, to lift ; whence yijlJ barrow,
bier, also constellation of the bear, Ursa
major and minor. Hence ttjy II, for UJrs.
V\2 pr. n. Memphis, see C(b.
jSj obsol. root, Arab. ^^Ju to go or
come forth; kindred are Chald. pB3 to
go out, 533 to sprout. Hence
^B2 (sprout) Nepheg, pr. n. ra. a)
Ex. 6, 21. b) 2 Sam. 5. 15. 1 Chr. 3. 7
14, 6.
n5
681
Vib
TO3 f (r. ti!i3) 1. /ii>A p/rtCf, heifrht,
comp. Cl-^s; hence -i-ii pdj. ni^ PIBJ ,
/^e //er>A/ or Ihights of Dor Jonh. 11,2.
12, 23. 1 K. 4. 11 ; see mi no. 3.
2. a sieve, fan, for winnowing, Is. 30,
28 ; comp. c;^i Hiph. no. 2.
D''P^B3 (expansions, r. 053) Nephu-
rim, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 50 Keri. But
Cheth. has CD-EJ , and Neh. 7. 52 has
Biqc:'^B3 , which last is doubtless a false
orthography made up from O'^CBJ and
* J^Sp fut. no-), inf. nno Ez. 22, 20,
i. q. nnD . to puff, to blow, to breathe, an
onomatopoetic root. Comp. Engl, to
puff, Arab. jgri> and ^o> to blow ;
fi ^ w s ^
e"
while ^j and Aj express the harsher
sound of snoring, snorting. Syr. >ti1,
Eth. i^'i , to blow, to breathe, to fill
the cheeks. Gen. 2, 7 and breathed
(ne'^l) /?i/o his nostrils the breath of life.
Spec.
1. to blow upon any one, as the wind,
c. a Ez. 37. 9.
2. 'CS3 riEj to blow up a fire, to kindle
up, Is. 54, 16. Ex. 22, 21 ; and without
3 V. 20. nisj *Tn a blown pot, i. e. a
pot under which one blows the fire. Job
41, 12. Jer. 1, 13.
3. to blow away, sc. by blowing upon,
c a Hagg. 1, 9.
4. With CB3. to breathe out, to give
up the ghost. Jer. 15, 9.
PuAL to be blown up., as a fire, Job 20,
26.
Hiph. 1. With ^B3, to cause to
breathe out, to cause to expire, Job 31,
39 ; hyperbolically for to extort sighs,
to torment.
2. to blow upon or away, metaph. i. q.
to esteem, lightly, to contemn, Mai. 1, 13.
Deriv. nc??, no"?, niEn, and
nS3 (blast, perh. windy place) No-
phah, pr. n. of a tow^n of the Moabites
Num. 21. 30, supposed to be the same
with nrb q. v.
5''B3 m. only in plur. C^^'ES giants,
Gen. 6. 4. Num. 13. 33. So ail the an-
cient Versions. Chald. 8t^23 the celes-
tial giant, i. e. the constellation Orion ;
plur. Orions, the larger constellations.
The etymology is uncertain. Some
have compared (juuJ> 'iX^xj , which
Giggeius and Castell render magnus,
corpore magno; but wrongly, for it means
excelltns, generosns, sailers. Better to
rest in r. bsj ; yet not so that a^l>'^B3
may be those causing men to fall from
fear (Kimchi) ; but so that b^W may be
i. q. bs3n?3 one falling upon the enemy,
violent, grassans, comp. Gen. 43, 18, and
see r. bE3 Kal no. 2. d. So Aquil. ini-
ninxovxtc, Symm. PiaXoi.
O'^P'^fiS Nephisim, see a"'ClB3 .
TC^By (recreated, r. OB3) Naphish, pr.
n. of a son of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15 ; also
of his posterity 1 Chr. 5, 19.
Q1CTJJ1B2 ^ gee n''D1B3 .
'Iri} obsol. root, of uncertain signi-
fication, comp. T|''8 ; whence
^B2 m. a gem, precious stone, of an
uncertain kind, Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez.
27, 16. 28, 13. Sept. thrice uv&ftui i. e.
carbuncle. Doubtful.
*^S3 fut. Vo-), inf. Ve3, c. sufF. ibBS
2 Sam. 1, 10 and "ibB; 1 Sam. 29, 3 ; imp.
plur. !ibE3 ,
1. to fall, Syr. Chald. VL , bE3 , id.
The primary syllable bsfal occurs also
in this sense in Germ, fallen, Engl, io
fall. The Gr. and hat. fallo, acfuUa is
pr. to cause to fall, to supplant. Spoken
of a person falling to the earth Ps. 37,
24 ; or from a horse or scat Gen. 49, 17,
1 Sam. 4, 18 ; into a pit, rnra Ps. 7, 16 ;
into a snare Am. 3. 5. Is. 24. 18. Also
of things, as of buildings falling down
Judg. 7, 13. Is. 9, 9. Am. 9, 11 ; of a
mountain Job 14, 18; the lightning from
heaven, c. "a Job 1, 16 ; the dew 2 Sam,
17, 12. The place into or upon which
one falls is put mostly with H loc. as
nsnx ; or with bs Lev. 1 1, 32. a , Vi , also
rnn Ps. 45, 6 ; the place whence with
yq , bst! .Part, "b^^ falling. Job 12. 3. 14,
18 ; as praet./aZ/en, lying prostrate ; Judg,
3. 25. 1 Sam. 5, 3. 31. 8. Deut. 21, 1 ; as
fut. ready to fall, Is. 3D. 13 So of a pro-
phet w^ho sees visions sent from God in
his sleep ; Num. 24. 4 who seeth the vi-
sion of the Almighty c';r? ""flbsi bcb lying
in sleep with open eyes sc. of his mind.
bsa
682
5)S3
Spec. VB5 to fall is also further said
of persons and things, as follows:
a) Of those vfhofall in battle or else-
where, i. q. to be slain, like nimo}, ca-
dere, to fall; Judg. 20, 44. 46. 1 Sam.
4, 10. 2 Sam. 1, 4. 2, 23. 3, 38. Is. 10, 4.
Ps. 82, 7. al. Often with an adjunct, as
^"ina '3 6t/ the sword Num. 14, 43. 2
Sam. 1, 12. Is. 3, 25. al. saep. 'E3 l^a '3
fey </ie /uzwZ of any one Judg. 15, 18. 2
Sam. 21, 22. " 1 Chr. 5, 10. Lam. 1, 7;
"'SB^ bsj to fall before any one, espec.
in great numbers, 1 Sam. 14, 13. 2 Sam.
3,34.
b) Of those who fall sick, Fr. tomber
malade. Ex. 21, 18 23':J'2^ ^B3 to/aZ^
sick upon ojie's ftecZ, to take to one's bed.
So Syr. isB-fL \L \li 1 Mace. 1, 5 ;
Gr. Tilytzfiv inl tjjj' xXIvtjv Judith 8, 3.
c) Of a foetus, to fall, to be dropped or
cast, i. e. to be born, Is. 26, 18. Comp.
II. 19. 110 og xev in i'lftuTi Toids niajj fiSTu
noaal ywaixog, where Schol. niat], ysv-
vti&rj. So xuxaiilTixat Wisd. 7, 3 ; cadere
de matre Stat. Theb. 1, 60. Arab.
^'-- , not *i', . In Chaldee ^B3 spec.
of abortion, whence Heb. bss q. v.
d) Of the limbs, which are said to fall
away, to become emaciated. Num. 5,
21. 27.
e) Of the countenance of one in sor-
row, anger, to fall. Gen. 4, 56. 0pp. is
ta'^sB Kt'5 . Comp. Hiph. no. 1. d.
f ) Of the heart, courage, to fall, to
fail, 1 Sam. 17, 32. So Gr. tiIjitsi &v-
uoc, Lat. cadere animis Cic. Fam. 6.
1.4.
g) Of those who fall into calamity,
adversity, Prov. 28, 14. 2 Sam. 1, 10.
2 K. 14, 10. Prov. 24, 16.
h) Of kingdoms, states, which fall,
are overthrown, Is. 21. 9. Jer. 51, 8.
Am. 5. 2. 2 K. 14, 10.
i) Of the lot, as cast upon or concern-
ing any pers. or thing, c. b? Ez. 24, 6.
Jon. 1, 7. 1 Chr. 26, 14. Hence c. ^ ,
to fall to any one by lot, Gr. nimitv
xivl, Num. 34, 2. Judg. 18, 1. Ez. 47,
14. 22. Genr. Ps. 16, 6, comp. Josh.
17, 5. Hiph. no. 1. c. So Lat. cadere of
the lot. Tcr. Ad. 4. 7. 22. Sil. Ital. 7. 368.
k) Also to descend from heaven, spo-
ken of divine revelations, Is. 9, 7 ; comp.
Chald. Dan. 4, 28, and Arab. Jo to de-
scend, spoken of revelations. Hence the
Spirit, or the hand of God, is said to fall,
to descend upon anyone, Ez. 8, 1. 11, 5.
1) bs ^B3 to fall upon any one, e. g.
deep sleep Gen. 15, 12. Job 4. 13 ; terror
Ex. 15, 16. Josh. 2, 9. Ps. 55, 5. Job 13,
11 ; calamity Is. 47, 11. Ecc. 9, 12 ; re-
proaches Ps. 69, 10.
m) Of events, to fall out, to happen;
Ruth 3, 18 "in^ bE"^ Tj^N how the thing
will fall out, will end. Comp. Chald.
Ezra 7, 20. Cic. Brut. 40.
n) to fall to the ground, to fail, espec.
empty promises Josh. 21, 43. 23, 14.
Fully n:i-iN bsj 2 K. 10, 10; Gr. nijntiv
fig yyjV, eQCt^e. Comp. ;^,ui7reTj I'jioj
Pind. Pyth. 6, 37. Nem. 4, 65. Plato
Eutyphr. 17. Also to fail away, no't be
counted, to be lost. Num. 6, 12.
o) to fall from one's counsel, purpose,
i. e. to fail in, c. ")"a, Ps. 5, 11 let them
fall from (fail in) their counsels. Comp.
Ovid Metam. 2. 308.
p) With '"O compar. to fall more
than. i. e. below another, to be inferior,
to yield to any one Job 12, 3. 13, 2. Also
with "'Ssb id. Esth. 6, 13.
2. to fall, with the idea of will, pur-
pose, i. e. to throw or cast oneself down,
to rush on ; comp. Syr. '^^.-aJ , which is
put in N. T. for nlmfiv and (iuXXia&ai.
Spec.
a) to fall down, to prostrate oneself.
2 Sam. 1, 2 nsnx bb*:; he fell prostrate
to the earth. Job 1, 20. Often with
rsB bs Gen. 17, 3. 17. Num. 16. 4. Josh.
7/6'; V2X bs 2 Sam. 14,4; n^nx vEsb
1 Sam. 20, 41 ; also 'b ^iz\>_ Gen. 44, 14;
'b "^bsn "^iBb Esth. 8, 3.
b) 'b 'ixIS hs_ bE5 to fall upon one's
neck, to rush into his embrace, Gen. 33,
4. 45, 14. 46. 29.
c) "isiH'bs bs; to fall upon one's
sword, 1 Sam'. 31, 4. 5. 1 Chr. 10, 4. Of
the locusts Joel 2, 8 ; see in 133 no. 1. b.
d) to fall upon as an enen)y, to at-
tack, Job 1, 15 ; c. 3 Josh. 11, 7.
c) to descend- from a beast, chariot, to
alight, c. bsi: Gen. 24, 64. 2 K. 5. 21.
i') to settle down, i. e. to encamp, of
an army, Judg. 7, 12; of a nomadic
people Gen. 25, 18, comp. 16, 12. Sept.
XaTOJXTjiTf.
g) B "^jBb "^ninn nbcs my supplication
bS3
683
ys3
falls (is laid down) before any one, viz.
in u twofold sense : a) is presented^ I
make eupplicalion, Jer. 36, 7. /?) is
accepted, my prayer is heard and an-
swered, Jer. 37, 20. 42, 2 ; pr. the person
supplicated permits my petition to be
laid down before him. receives it, im-
plying a disposition to give a favourable
answer.
h) to fall away, to desert, to go over
to another party, Gr. nlniitv, Siunlnxtiv,
1 Sam. 29, 3 ; c. b? 1 Chr. 12. 19. 20.
2 Chr. 15, 9. Jer. 21, 9. 37, 14. 39, 9. Is.
54, 15 ; bx to anyone Jer. 37, 13. 38, 19.
52, 15.
HiPH. b-'on, fut. b"^p^, apoc. bo*];
rarely without contraction, as inf. bo:^
Num. 5, 22.
1 . to cause to fall, to make fall, Gen.
2, 21. Jer. 15, 8. Ez. 30, 22. Ps. 73, 18.
78, 28 ; by the sword Is. 37, 7. Jer. 19, 7,
ellipt. Dan. 11,12. Ez. 6,4; by the hand
of any one 1 Sam. 18, 25. etc. Spec.
a) to throw, to cast, e. g. wood upon the
fire Jer. 22, 7 ; to throw clown, to prostrate
any one Deut. 25, 2; to throw down a
wall 2 Sam. 20, 15; to cast down stars
from heaven Dan. 8, 10 ; to fell trees
2 K. 3, 19. 25. 6, 5.
b) to drop or cast as a birth, to bear,
to bring- forth, see Kal no. 1. c. Is. 26,
19 the earth shall bring forth the dead,
i. e. cast from her.
c) to cause to fail away, e. g. a limb,
to make wither, to emaciate, Num. 5,
22 ; see Kal no. 1. d.
d) to cause to fall, to let fall, to cast
down, sc. the countenance in sorrow or
in anger, with 3 of pers. ' to be angry
at any one' Jer. 3. 12. Also 'b "'50 biflri
to cause the countenance of any one to
fall, i. e. to make sad, Job 29, 24. See
Kal no. 1. 6.
e) to cast lots Ps. 22, 19. Pro v. 1, 14.
1 Chr. 24, 31. Esth. 3, 7. Jon. 1, 7 ; also
without bni5 1 Sam. 14, 42. Job 6, 27.
Hence to divide out by lot, to assign to
any one, with ace. of thing and h of
pers. Josh. 13. 6. 23, 4. Ez. 45, L 47,' 22 ;
without dat. Ps. 78, 55. See Kal no. 1. i.
f ) to lay down a petition, supplication,
before any one, i. e. to ask as a sup-
pliant, to supplicate, Jer. 38, 26. 42, 9.
Dan. 9, 18. 20. See Kal no. 2. g.
2. to let fall, e. g. a stone Num. 35, 23.
Hence a) n^^x b-'pn to let fall to the
ground, e. g. a word, promiHc, not to ful-
fil, 1 Sam. 3, 19; without na-ijj Eath.
6, 10. See Kal no. 1. n. b) to let fall,
to desist from any thing, c. yo Judg.
2, 19.
Hit n p. I. to let oneself fall, to fall down
prostrate, Deut. 9, 18. 25. Ezra 10, 1.
2. With b to fall upon, to attack,
Gen. 43, 18. "
PiL. ibsj to fall, once in Ezekiel, who
abounds in unusual forms, c. 28. 23 ; i. q.
bss which stands in the same connection
30,' 4. 32. 20.
Deriv. bcj, b'^t'i, bM, nbsia, rtpia.
^S3 Chald. fut. biT (comp. Syr.
^^h^, in Targg. freq. ^B"^), i. q. Hebr-
1. to fall, i. e. a) to fall down, Dan.
7, 20. 4, 28 bs3 x^iaaS , hp^ a voice fell
from heaven i. e. came from heaven,
comp. Is. 9, 7. b) to fall out, to happen,
Ezra 7, 2o!
2. to fall down, i. e. to be cast down,
Dan. 3, 23. Syr. '''^^ to be cast into
prison. Also to fall prostrate Dan. 3, 6.
7. 10. 11 ; "^nisjx-b? Dan. 2. 46.
^S.3 m. (r. bs3) in pause bsj Ecc. 6, 3j
an abortion, which/a//* from the womb,
Job 3, 16. Ps. 58, 9. Ecc. 6, 3. Comp.
r. bB3 as spoken of birth in Kal. no. 1. c.
Hiph. no, 1. b. So bss is used of prema-
ture birth in the Talmud; also Arab.
s o
rio>> to fall, IV to miscarry, Arab, ^q--
abortion.
bbw , see bsa Pil.
'-'^ obsol. root, Syr. and Chald
C23 to exj)and. Hence C^D^ES .
% ""*^
y rf^ only in praet. and inf absoL
yiSi Judg. 7, 19, part. pass. I'lBJ Jer. 22,
28. Imper. and fut. are from the kindr.
1. to break, to dash in pieces, e. g. an
earthen vessel Judg. 7, 19. Jer. 22, 28.
Hence
2. to disperse, to scatter, as a flock, a
people, Is. 11, 12.
3. Reflex, of a people, to disperse
themselves, i. q. to be dispersed, scat-
tered, 1 Sam. 13. 11. Is. 33, 3. Gen. 9,
19 'f^nxn-bs nas; n^x?: from these the
whole earth dispersed itself, i. e. all the
'53
684
irs3
nations of the earth, comp. 10, 5. Eth.
*A^ to be scattered as chaff. Aram.
yes jSJ excursit, dispersit, effudit.
PiEL 1. i. q, Kal no. 1, to break or
da.sh in pieces, e. g. an earthen vessel
Ps. 2, 9 ; infants upon stones, Ps. 137, 9 ;
to break up rafts of timber 1 K. 5. 23 [9].
2. to disperse, to scatter a people Jer.
13, 14. 51. 23. Inf ys: subst. dispersion
of a people, Dan. 12, 7.
PuAL part, broken in pieces, e. g.
stones Is. 27, 9.
Deriv. yeo , ysB , and
y^.^ m. violent rain, inundation, storm,
Is. 30, 30; from Aram. yS3 to pour out,
kindred to which is Arab. ijcLi mid. Ye
redundavit; see in r. yE3 no. 3. Others,
dispersion, scattering, but not so well.
* Vri^ Chald. fern. rpE?. by Syriasm
for riTED Dan. 2, 13, logo out, to go forth.
Dan. 2, 14. 3, 26. 5, 5; of an edict. Dan!
2, 13 rf?E3 SP-I1 , com.p. Luke 2, 1 (h]l&t
doyfiu. Imp. piur. ^ip^S Dan. 3, 26. In
Targg. often for i<:i"i . Syr. wall, Sam.
Haph. pB:ri , plur. spisjn , to bring
out or forth Dan. 5, 2. 3. Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5.
Hence
^1??? Chald. f emphat. xrpS? , e.r-
penses, pr. an outgo, outfit, what is laid
out, Ezra 6, 4. 8. Syr. fioisJ id. Comp.
Ks;; p. 415, lett. m.
"^^i in Kal not used, to breathe, to
respire. Arab. J^ V, to breathe, to
take breath, to be refreshed.
NiPH. to take breath, to be refreshed,
after fatigue, Ex. 23, 12. 31, 17. 2 Saml
16, 14. Arab. conj. II recreavit aliquem.
Deriv. pr. n. TT-'b: , and
TSS3 in pause lt}B5 , c. suff. ''Vit>, plur.
M-rB5 , once D-'CBJ "Ez. 13, 20,' c. suff.
IS'^rilJEi ; comm. gend. but more usually
fern. Arab. ijjJu , Syr. U.aJ , Ethiop.
1. breath, Job 41, 13. fi'^n CB.3 breath
of life Gen. 1, 20. 30. Hence also odour,
perfume, which any thing healhea, ex-
hales, Prov. 27, 9 ; tiJbj 'Pa perfume-
boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3, 20
2. The vital spirit, y/j^^', anima,
through which the body lives, i. e. the
principle of life manifested in tlie breath,
comp. n^l , Lat. anima, also Gr. uvffiog.
Hence life, vital principle, animal spirit ;
Gen. 35, 18 nCBD rxsa as her spirit vas
departing, as she gave up the ghost. ^
1 K. 17,21 -br r\i'ri ib:^n-cE3 N3-arn'
''2'ip let now the spirit of this child return
into him again. Ex. 21, 23. xdzi nnn C'E?
life for life. Deut. 19, 21. Ps. 69^ 2 ;Vomp!
124, 4 and Jer. 4, 10. This life, spirit,
anima, itself is also said to live Gen. 12,
13. Ps. 119, 175; and to die Judg. 16, 30;
to be poured out, as if along with the
blood, Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53, 12; to be
breathed out, see in nE3 . So also in
phrases, as 'b ITES t-;?3 to seek the life of
any one, see in Up3 no 2 ; '3 npb to take
life, see tipb no. 1. b. ; to put one''s life in
his hand, see in C;3 no I. c. ; CE3 's nsn
see in nr3 Hiph. no. 2. d. Hence it is
very frequent in phrases Avhich have re-
spect to the losing or preserving of life:
a) lCE3-bx for one^s life, i. e. in order to
saveone's'life, IK.19,3. 2K.7.7. Comp.
Gr. T^t/fiv nf^l ipvxng Od. 9. 423. Valk.
ad Hdot. 7, 56. 9, 36 ; and so (of a hare)
TTfpj x^fwr. But in Jer. 44, 7, it is against
one's life, in detriment of life, b) ^"S33
with danger of life, in jeopardy of life,
2 Sam. 23. 17. 18, 13 Keri. 1 K. 2, 23
^vl "^3^r?"ni< in*:HK "a"? it-B^a with
jeopardy of his life hath Adonijah said
this. Jer. 42, 20.' Lam. 5, 9. Prov. 7, 23 ;
comp. ^-^rx-ia 1 Chr. 12, 19. Also/or
life taken away, i. e. on account of the
death of any one, Jon. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 14,
7. c) 'b liE3b for one's life, i. e. for the
good of one's life, its support, preserva-
tion, etc. Gen. 9, 5. Deut. 4, 15. Josh.
23, 11.
Further also, to the vital spirit, anima,
is ascribed whatever has respect to the
sustenance of life by food and drink, and
the contrary. [Here the Engl, version
often renders it byso?/i, but improperly.]
Thus the spirit, anima, is said to be
satiated with food and drink, Prov. 27,
7. Is. 55. 2 ; to be made fat Prov. 11, 25. '^
13, 4; also to fll i. e. to satisfy one's
spirit Prov. 6, 30. So the opposite ; my
spirit hungers Prov. 10, 3. 27, 7 ; thirsts
Prov. 25, 25 ; pines Ps. 31, 10 ; fasts Ps.
69, 11 ; abstains from certain kinds of
1^33
G85
1SS3
food, Lev. 30. 3 ; is poUntetl by them
Ez. 4, 14. Also the spirit is weary,
louiheit, Num. 21,5. Job 6, 7. 10, I. Zech.
11,8; is empty i. e. hungry Is. 29,8;
ii> dried up i. e. thirsty Num. 11, 6.
Hence too trop. for the jaws, throat, as
hungry and wide open, Is. 5, 14. Hub.
2, 5. Trop. tew is also put for that
which supports life, alimetU, Is. 58, 10,
comp. Deut. 24, 6.
Sometimes U3S3 and ni"i are opposed,
so that aJBS is ascribed to brutes, and nn
to men, Job 12, 10; but n^n is also
ascribed to beasts Ecc. 3, 21. Once CE?
is put (or the anima, as separate from
the body, umbra, manes, Job 14, 22. As
the Hebrews held the seat of life to be
in the blood (Lev. 17, 11; for which
cause the eating of blood was forbidden
Gen. 9, 4. 5. Deut. 12, 23), it was natu-
ral when the blood was shed, to say also
that Uie life was shed, poured out, as
above in Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53. 12. Such
too was the notion of the Greek
poets, philosophers, and physicians; see
Sprengel Beitrage zur Gcsch. d. Arz-
neikunde I. fasc. 3. p. 202 sq. So too in
Engl, to pour out one^s life, i. e. his life-
blood ; and also in Arabic, see Thesaur.
p. 901.
3. The rational soul, mind, animus,
as the seat of the feelings, affections,
emotions of various kinds, comp. 3b no. 1,
b. with which it is often coupled, e. g.
Deut. 4, 29. 30, 10. To it are ascribed
love Is. 42, 1. Cant. 1, 7. 3, 1-4. Gen.
34, 3 ; joy Ps. 86, 4 ; fear Is. 15, 4. Ps.
6, 4 ; piety towards God Ps. 86, 4. 104,
1. 143, S ; confidence Ps. 57, 2 ; desire
Ps, 42, 3. 63, 2 ; longing or appetite,
e. g. for food Prov. 6, 30. 10, 3. Mic. 7, 1.
Deut, 12, 20. 21; (hence CEJ bra a
greedy man Prov. 23, 2 ;) or for venery
Jer. 2. 24. Ex. 23. 18 ; or also for revenge
and slaughter Ps. 27, 12. 41, 3. 105, 22.
Ex. 15, 9, comp. Prov. 21, 10. So too
hatred Is. 1, 14. Ps. 17, 9; contemptiiz.
36. 5. Is. 49, 7 ; vengeance Jer. 5. 9 ; sor-
row Job 27, 2. 30, 25. As the seat of
w^arlike valour, in poetic exclamation,
Judg. 5. 21 Ti> irss '=n'iri tread down,
my sold, the strong. Jer. 4, 19 isi'J bip 'S
*^E3 Tiriaiy becaicse thou hast heard, O
my soul, the voice of the trumpet. Spoken
of the feelings in general, Ex. 23, 9
58
->an t'Errs ^rp^.l ye know the feelingg
of a stranger, how n stranger and for-
eigner feels. Job 16, 4. 1 Sum. 1. 15 /
have poured out my soul before Ji'hovah,
i. e. have laid open to him my inmost
feelings. Prov. 12, 10.
Words also which themselves exprens
feelings of the mind or soul, are often
thus used in connection with T^S? ; thus
the soul is said to weep Ps. 119, 28 ; to
be poured out in tears Job 30, 16; to cry
for vengecince 24, 12 ; and also to invoke
blessings Gen. 27, 4. 25. More rarely
things are attributed to the sold, mind,
which belong : a) To the mode of feel-
ing and acting, as pride, '-E3 ann Prov.
28, 25 ; patience and impatience, T]""'Xn
dB3 Job 6, 11. "^t: nns^, see in '\:i}i]
"r^"^!<. b) To the will or purpose, Gen.
23, 8 DDTTBJ.-nx tJD-DJt if it be in your
mind. i. e. if ye purpose, have deter-
mined in your minds. 2 K. 9. 15. 1 Chr.
28, 9 nsEn CE33 with a willing mind.
c) To the understanding or f acidly of
thinking; Ps. 139, 14 my smd knoweth
right well. Prov. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 20, 4
whatever thy soul thinketh. Deut. 4, 9
keep thy soul well, lest thonfrrgel. Lam.
3, 20. In all these constructions the use
of sb is more common, see ab no. 1. c,
d, e.
4. Concr. living thing, animal, kn
which is the 'iJB.3 , anima. life. Josh. 10,
28 OSin"b3 every living creature, v. 30..
32. 35. 37. Often more fully n^n SB3
Gen. 1, 24. 2. 7. 19, and with the arti-
cle nnn c;b3 1, 21. 9, 10, pr. the ani-
mal of life i. e. endued with life, lixh
ing anim-al, or as more comni. in Engl.
living soul, living being. Gen. 2, 7 ; and
very often collect, for living things, liv-
ing creatures, Gen. 1, 21. 24. 9, 10. 12.
15. Lev. 11, 10 ; man being not included,
except Gen. 9. 16. In this formula it is
to be noted that n*n is genit. of the
subst. in*n life, and not fem. of the adj.
"^n living ; so that n^n CB3, like 1ES3 it-
self, may be of either gender, and can
be construed with the masculine. This
serves to illustrate the disputed passage;
Gen. 2, 19 w"S3 tanxn lb X'np'' iqs bbi
'.lad sin T\'^r\ and. whatsoever Adam call-
ed thin. the living creatures, that was
their name, where ib and'^ia'a refer to
nn UJE3 , which is pleonastic after ib .
CI5
686
r
Spec, put for a vian, person^ mostly in
certain fixed phrases, where also in
Engl, we may u.se Siyiil, e. g. 1^23 -33 to
steal a man Deut. 24, 7 ; conip. Germ.
Seelenverkdiifer. '^3 b:x Ez. 22, 25.
So also : a) In laws. Lev. 4. 2 "'3 ^"23
sunn if a soul (any one) shall sin. Lev.
5, 1. 2. 4. 15. 17. Comp. the phrase
ri'^ayp S<'nr? ^'?.?'"! """!r?! under Pns
Niph. no. 2. b) In a census of a peo-
ple, as UJE3 S^:^':;'^ seventi/ souls, persons,
Ex. 1, 5. 16, 16. Gen. 46, 18. 27. Deut.
10, 22. al. (So in Greek ipv/ul Acts 2,
41. 1 Peter 3. 20.) Fully c'ns ;rS3 Num.
31, 46. 1 Chr. 5, 21 ; comp.'Genri4. 21.
c) Of slaves, Gen. 12, 5 nbr I'rx dssn
"j^nn the slaves they had acquired in Ha-
ran. Ez. 27, 1 3. Comp. ^iv/jd m'&<jvi'inwv
Apoc. 18, 13. 1 Mace. 10, 33. d) ttss
n72 , where r?2 is genit. (comp. the phrase
n^n BE3 above,) one dead, a dead body,
corpse. Num. 6, 6 X-'^ s<b n^ ^23"''? iet
him not come near to a dead body. Lev.
21, 11. So too r^ being omitted, as in
the formulas CEsb x-^:: Num. 5, 2. 9, 6.
7. 10, and '^23 Xo'-J Lev. 22, 4. Hagg. 2,
13, i. e. 07ie defiled by touching a dead
body. Comp. Num. 19, 13.
5. With suff. ""Ciss , rjiTE? , etc. it is put
very frequently for : I myself thou thy-
9 ?-
self, etc. Comp. Arab. ijuJu , Sanscr.
Atman soul, self; and Germ, selb, selber,
Swed. .^jel, Engl, self, all from the same
root with Germ. Seele, Engl, soid, see
Adelung Lex. IV. p. 47. Hos. 9, 4
D^S3b n^^nb their food is for themselves,
is consumed by themselves. Is. 46, 2.
Also reflex. ''UiE? myself, i. e. me myself.
Job 9, 21. Interpreters also note that
^ffiB3 , TjiaD3 , are often put for the pers.
pron. "^sx, nnx ; but most of the exam-
ples which they adduce are readily ex-
plained by what we have said above rn
nos. 2, 3. This idiom is most frequent
in passages where life is said or implied
to be in danger ; e. g. Ps. 3, 3 many say
of me (''CJESb), there remains no help for
him. 11, 1 why say ye to me (^'JE3b),^ee
to the mountains. Is. 3, 9 ot^Bil? "^ix wo
to them ! pr. to their life. Ps. 7, 3. 35, 3.
7. 120, 6. Here too belongs Is. 51, 23,
who say to thee (T^'JBSb), prostrate thy-
self that ice may pass over, and the like.
Once SaB3 and Tiin approach so nearly
to the. nature of a pronoun, as even to
be construed with a verb in the first
person. Is. 26, 9. Comp. r,'i2S vvith 1
pers. Gen. 44, 32.
rS? f. (r. r|!i3) i. q. riES . a high place,
height, only Josh. 17, 11 rsrn robur.
Targ. tres regiones. This appellation,
q. d. Tricollis, Tremnnt, seems to refer
to tJie three places just before mentioned,
Endor, Taanach, and Megiddo, which
all lay elevated above the plain ; comp.
Decapolis.
f^S2 f (r. 7)13) a sprinkling, dropping;
whence D'^B^S rE'3 the dropping of the
honey-combs, i. e. honey dropping from
the combs, i. q. "iS"^ q. v. Ps. 19. 11,
Also without c-'EliS id. Cant. 4, 11. Prov,
5, 3. 24, 13 ^,^^-!^^ pinz rt: honey
droppings which are sweet to thy pa-
late ; where the predicate p"TP^ is not
inflected ; comp. Gen. 49, 15.
llinBS (opening, r. nrs), see ni^^S? "'^
under art. "^a cc. p. 561.
trV^nSD m. plnr. (r. bns Niph.) wrest-
lings, struggles, once Gen. 30, 8.
D'^nriSS Naphluhim, pr. n, of an
Egyptian people Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1,
11. Bochart, in Phaleg IV. 29, com-
pares the name of the Egyptian goddess
Nscp&vg, the wife of Typhon, to whom
with her husband were consecrated
those parts of Egypt that border on the
Red Sea ; and the naime Ntcp^vg itself
signified, according to Plutarch (de
Isid. p. 355 exir.) the extreme border of
the land, washed by the sea ; comp,
Egypt. liecfOOJCy terminalis. The
Naphtuldm then were a border-people,
dwelling prob. on the Red Sea. See
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 269.
Jablonski Opusc. ed te Water T. I. p,
161.
"'brifi? (my wrestling, r. ^nB , see Gen.
30^) pr. n. Naphlali, the sixth son of
Jacob, born of Bilhah, and patriarch of
the tribe of Naph tali, the limits of which
are described Josh. 19, 32-39. Gen. 49^
21. Num, I, 42. 43. al. Sept. JSKf&a-
f? m. (r. y2l3) 1. a fiower, blossoMf
Gen. 40, 10 j i. q. rS3. See the root
no. 2.
KS3
687
!25
2. An unclean bird, prob. a hawk, see
the root no. 3. Lev. 11, 1(3. Dcut. 14. 15.
Job 39, 26. Sept. Uija^, Vulg. accipiter.
Coinp. Boclmrt. Hieroz. T. II. p. 266.
KS3, see in naj no. 1.
^^^ not used in Kal, to set, to put,
to place, i. q. 2:i^ q. v. Arab. ^- ^ '^ id.
NiPH. aS3 1. to be set, c. is to be set
over any one, 1 Sam. 22, 9. Ruth 2, 5. 6.
Part, -a? a prefect, director, 1 K. 4, 5. 7.
6,30. 9'23. al.
2. to /)/rtce or station oneself, to take
one's stand, Ex. 7, 15. 17, 9 ; c. i /o or
6e/bre any one, Ex. 34, 2 n 'b tnasai
otm/ present thyself to me there. Also,
to take one's stand, e. g. of God rising
up for judgment, Is. 3, 13. Ps. 82, 1.
3. to stand, spoken of men Gen. 18. 2.
24, 13. Ex. 18, 14. 1 Sam. 1, 26. Ps. 45,
10 ; of sheaves Gen. 37, 7 ; of waters
Ex. 15, 8. With b? to stand upon any
thing Is. 21, 8 ; to stand with or by a
pers. or thing Gen. 45, 1. 1 Sam. 4, 20.
19, 20. 22, 7. 17. Spec, to stand firmly,
Ps. 39, 6 2S3 onx-bs hzn a breath is
every man though he stand firmly. 119,
89. Zerh, 11, 16 a shepherd... .n-^^in
bsbs';' xb who doth not nourish that which
standelh firm, i. e. the healthy part of
his flock ; Sept. to oIox^tiqov, Vulg. id
qiiod Stat. But perhaps it would accord
better with the context to render : toho
relievelh not that which slandeih still in
the way, i. e. which lags behind from
weariness or disease, i. q. to he weak,
sick, comp. A rab.
lassus fuit, la-
boravit, pr. to stand still, to stop, from
inability to go further.
HiPH. a-'sn, fut. s-'S^, apoc. ssrv
1. to cause to stand Ps. 78, 13. Hence
a) to set vp, to erect, as a column Gen.
35, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 2 K. 17, 10 ; an
altar Gen. 33, 20 ; a heap of stones 2
Sam. 18. 17. Trop. 1 Chr. 18, W^set
Mp (establish) h is dominion unto tn^ixer
Euphrates. Hence also 1 Sam. 13, 21
l?"?"^^ 2'^anb for setting the goads, i. e.
sharpening them when the point was
bent. etc. Comp. in Engl. ' to set a
saw,' ' to set an edge.' b) tofi.r, to.es-
blish, e. g. bounds Ps. 74, 17. Deut. 32.
8. Prov. 15, 25. c) to set. to place. Gen.
21, 28. 29. Ps. 41, 13. Lam. 3, 12 ; so
gatcB Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34 ; a trap or
snare Jer. 5, 20.
HoPH. ran l. to be set, placed, Gen.
28, 12. For Judg. 9, 6 see art. :K13.
2. to be fixed, settled, determined. So
commonly in Nah. 2. 8 nnbsh nrba 2ni
it is fixed ! she is led away captive ! i. e.
Nineveh. But 3Sni may also be joined
to the preceding verse and referred to
the root 2:s, where see.
Deriv. 2X3, a-iss, 2ST:, nrsTo, naatia
nasi: , aa^ , and pr. n. nais , sa-'s .
3^3 III. (pr. part. Niph. r. a^j ) g, han-
dle,huft of a dagger. Judg. 3. 22 ; so call-
ed from ht'mg fixed in, comp. the root
Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34. Sept. lu^i
Vulg. capulus. Arab. v^L^aJ haft, han-
dle of a sword, knife, etc. But part. a33
a prefect, see in asj Niph. no. 1.
322 Chald. f. emphat xr2S3,^r?n-
ness, hardness, sc. of iron Dan. 2, 41.
Gr. Venet. yguTuioiijg. Aben Ezra
na i:o3 snas3.
y^-, see r. 3^^.
* ";^2 fut. nai 1. Pr. to fly, to flee,
i. q. 7^3 no. 3, y:;; no. 3. Twice: Jer.
48, 9 give wings to Moab, for S^n Niis
flying she shall go forth ; here K:i3 is
for nbJ3 in order to correspond with xsn ;
observe too the paronomasia y^'S. , KS3 ,
x:in . Lam. 4, 15 ir: =5 nistj -a when they
flee away and wander ; so Kimchi and
others, and this is better than to refer
SS3 to r. 'p"^ ^^ on P- 660. Hence rt:ii3
pinion of birds, and Arab. XjcoLj fea-
thers, plume of birds, also locks of hair
hanging over the f()rehead, q. d. flying
locks. From this noun then comes
2. Arab. Loj and LoJ to seize by
the locks, and Conj. Ill, recipr. to seize
each other by tlie hair. Hence in He-
brew to strive, to quarrel; comp. Syr.
and Chald. f^J, NS3 , i. q. Heb. a"n,
also Arab. Uaj Conj. VI, id. See Hiph.
and Niph. Hence
3. to lay waste, to desolate a city, pr.
to tear in pieces houses, to pidl down.
In Kal intrans. or pass, to he laid waste,
to be desolate; Jt-r. 4, 7 J^J'S" ""^"^^ thy
cities .''hall be laid waste. Sept. xu&ai
^llOljfJOITUl.
nirs
688
nn
HiPH. iiSifi to strive, to contend, see
Kal no. 2. Num. 26, 9 "^^-yj cni^na
ac/te7i i/iey strove against Jehovah. Hence
to icage war ; Ps. 60, 2 c^XTX irlssna
^? J"!!? U'/iCft Ae made tear with Mesopo-
tamia.
NiPH. 1. nas fo sM're one with ano-
ther, to quarrel. Deut. 25, 11 ^sr "^S
"''^'7- "''^;?? 1/^ Je strive one with ano-
ther. Ex'. 2, 13. 21, 22. Lev. 24, 10. 2
Sam. 14, 6.
2. /o &e laid waste, desolate; Is. 37,
26 "'^3 csa desolate ruins. 2 K. J9, 25.
Deriv. nsi3, ns^, riaa.
?TS3 f. (r. 7'SD) i. q. "J^ai no. 1, a flower,
blossom, Job 15, 33. Is. 18, 5.
ns; f. I. i. q. nsiJ , a wing-feather,
pinion, Job 39, 13. R. ns5 .
II. i. q. i^^''3 part. Niph. of VCT^ ,
something cast out, excrement in the
crop of a bird, Lev. 1, 16. Comp. nxs
and nxia.
rn^23 f. (r. "i:i3, after the form
nanb:^) watch, ward, guard; whence
in the vexed passage Is. 1, 8 nn"'.j: "'."'S
a tower of watch, i. e. a tower for a watch
or guard in the desert, i. q. Cisb ^'ns^
2 K. 17, 9. For "i-is as pr. a watch-
tower, or perh. th& small hamlet spring-
ing up around it, see below in TiS . See
also Thesaur. p. 9U8.
I.''-^; in Kal not used. 1. Pr.
prob. to shine, to he bright, which is the
signif of the syllable n::, as in nns,
peril, naio, />,--/i ^ ; and also y3, as in
y^h V'* *^y^* ""^S^ ^^ conquer, but
pr. to shine ; whence i^^'J illustrious.
Hence n^3 no. 1, pr. n. n^'S: .
2. Trop. to do splendid d^eds, to act
splendidly, gloriously; hence to excel,
to overcome, to prexail, as in Chald. and
Syr. See also Piel.
3. Trop. to be clear, pure, faithful,
true; Ethiop. iSii\, Arab. ^>-3J, id.
Hence ns: no. 2. ^
4. Trop. to beflrm. enduring, perpetu-
al; whence nsD no. 3. This may come
from the idea of prevailing in no. 2, or
of fidelity in no. 3,
Piel nsa only inf. nitjl; and Part.
1. to he over any thing, to be chief, to
supeHnteiul, e. g. the temple-service,
with hv and h 1 Chr. 23, 4. Ezra 3,3.9.
Part. ^121:72 a prefect, overseer, 2 Chr. 2
1. 17. 34, 13; for which in the booics of
Kings is 333 .
2. Spec, to had in mjcsic. 1 Chr. 15
21 and Mattilhiah ... played cm. harpa
in the octave (i. e. in the bass, nel
basso), r?*i^ to lead the song, i. e
to govern, regulate the singing. (Opp,
are v. 19 "'^cirnb to sing or sound on a
clear (high) tone ; and v. 20 ni^SS bs;
on the virgin key, treble, nel soprano.)
Hence tj'^^-'zb, which is found in the
titles of 53 Psalms and Hab. 3. 19. is to
be rendered according to Kimchi. Rashi,
Aben Ezra, and many others : for the
leader, precentor, chief musician; i. e.
the Psalm is to be performed tinder his
direction, which also is the sense of the
Targ. nnattib ad cane7idum. And this
interpretation is to be preferred. Some-
times put absolutely, with only the name
of the author, as inb n332b Ps. 11, 13.
14. 18-21. 31. 36. 40." 41. 42. 44. 47. 49.
51. 52. 64-66. 68. 70. 85. 109. 139. 140 ;
sometimes with the name of the instru-
ment, as m3'i333 Ps. 4. 6. 54. 55. 67. 76,
niri:.n hv 8. 8]'. 84. D-^juJiia bs Ps.54.69.
80, nb-^nri-i-bs Ps. 5. rbn?3 hv Ps. 53;
or v/ith the first words of the song or
melody in which the Psalm is to be sung,
see Ps. 22. 56-59. 75; or finally with a
word marking the tone or key. whether
lower or higher, niobs bs Ps. 46, b?
r-'prttJn Ps. 12. Twice then follows
liiriiT: b? Ps. 62, 1. 77, 1, once "(Sm^bk
39, 1. where we may render: to the chief
mifsicicm of the Jedulhuniles ; unless
"i^iniT;! in this connection is also to be
taken as an instrument or as a musical
key or motle. This inscription is wholly
wanting in all the Psalms of a later age,
composed after the destruction of the
tera|imd its worship; and its signifi^
cati^Pwas already lost in the time of the
LXX. Others make n!i3T3 not a par-
ticiple, but an infinitive of the Syriiie
form, comp. Chald. Dan. 5, 12 ; but this
is not admissible, on account of the arti-
cle implied in na3^b for nas^nb.
NiPH. to be per})etual ; Jer. 8. 5 "'3'^'a
rnS3 a perpetual backsliding, apos-
tasy.
689
b23
ll.n^j obsol. root, Arab, ^ha?
and \ n'" , to sprinkle, to scatter, e. g.
waterT Eth. i^Hih id. Hence nS3 II.
n22 Chald. Ithpa. to overcome, to sur-
pass, to excel, c. bs Dan. 6, 4. Syr. id.
See in r. ns3 I. 2.
I. n23 rarely n^? m. (r. nsj I ) c.
suff. Tiss , plur. nTjxs .
1. splendour, glory, 1 Chr. 29, 11.
2. sincerity, truth. Hub. 1, 4 xs;; 6<b
aottJ^ nsjb judgment is not given ac-
cording to truth, not in sincerity ; comp.
Is. 42. 3. Hence coujidence, sc. in one's
truth and fidelity; Lam. 3, 18 Tia? n:x
my confidence is perished. Trop. object
of confidence, as Grod I Sara. 15, 29.
3. perpetuity, eternity, ever, everlast-
ing ; see the root no. 4. So ns3 nJ Ps.
49. 20, and nsib . adv./or erer, <o everlast-
ing. 2 Sam. 2,' 26. Job 4, 20. Ps. 9, 7.
103, 9. Is. 13. 20. al. saep. More rarely
ace. ns3 id. Ps. 16. 11. Am. 1, 11. Jer.
15. IS. Sept. fL Tfioc, Vulg. infinem.
Is. 34, 10 C"^ns3 nssb for ever and ever.
Sometimes the idea of perpetuity is
modified, i. q. long lime, long, Ps. 49, 10.
Job 34, 36 ; comp. nbirb .
4. Some assume also the signif. per-
fection, completeness ; hence accus. ns3 ,
and nspb , as adverbs, wholly, entirely ;
comp. Germ, lauter, Engl, clear, both
of vvliich mean purely and also wholly ;
so Ps. 13. 2 ns3 "'2n3dn nin-^ njx ir how
long, Jehovah, wilt thou wholly furget
me? Ps. 74, 10. 79, 5. 89, 47. Job 34,
36; genit. Ps. 74, 3 ns.3 rw^ total
desolations, i. e. places wholly desolate
and destroyed. But in all these and
like passages the idea oC perpetuity may
better be retained, as in no. 3.
11. nS2 m. (r. n33 II ) c. suff. cns3 ,
juice, liquor, which is scattered or spirt-
ed from grapes when trodden, Is. 63,3. 6.
^"^212 m. (r. 2X3) pr. set. placed /^^ce
1. one set over, i. e. a prefect, overseer,
officer, i. q. rS3 , 1 K. 4. 19. 2 Chr. 8, 10
Cheth.
2. a military station, post, garrison,
i. q. SSTQ , asia , 1 Sam. 10, 5. 13, 3. 4.
2 Sam.' 8, 6. 14. al.
3. a statue, pillar, cippus, i. q. tTSSB ,
So- 3 o
Arab. ,_f,vi' , ^_^.dj , statue, idol. Gen.
58*
19, 26 nbT3 3-X5 a statue of salt, i. e. foMil
salt, of which great quantities are found
in the vicinity of the Dead Sea ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 482 sq. comp.
in nbia p. 573.
4. Nezih, p. n. of a place in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15, 43. Now lint Nesib,
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. HI. p. 12, 13. 11.
p. 399.
H''23 (illustrious, r. nS3 I) Neziah,
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 56.
T'S: Is. 49, 6 Cheth. preserved, de-
livered, from r. -iS3 I. Keri "ins3 .
-'-^J in Kal not used, pr. to draw
out, to take away, to snatch away ; kin-
dred are bidj, bbt^. Arab. J-oJ and
j-<flj id. Eth. iHA. avellit.
PiEL^SS, fut. bs3'^ 1. to take away,
to strip off. 2 Chr. 20, 25. With ace. of
pers. to spoil any one, Ex. 3, 22. 12, 36.
2. to snatch from danger, to deliver, to
preserve, Ez. 14, 14. See Hiph. no. 3.
HiPH. b-'Sn, fut. h^'ll, apoc. bS*T,
1. to pull away, c. 'pa to pull apart ; 2
Sam. 14. 6 tlw. boys strove together in the
field cfii^-^a b-'S^ ']"'n;i and there was
none to tear them apart, i. e. no one parted
them.
2. to take away, Hos. 2, 11 [9] ; e. g.
booty, spoil, i. q. to spoil, 1 Sam. 30, 22.
With 1T3 Gen. 31, 9. 16. Ps. 119, 43.
Also, to turn away any one from an evil
way, intercourse, Prov. 2, 12. 16. Unu-
sual is 2 Sam. 20, 6 ^is?-'? h-'^ri) and take
(turn) away our eye. i. e. elude our sight,
escape us ; like zh 335 q. v. in 335 . Sept.
(TxiH^tiv rovg o(f&ui.fiovg.
3. to snatch from danger, to deliver,
to preserve, tn save, ace. of pers. Ex. 12,
27. 1 Sam! 30, 18. Is. 19, 20. Ps. 72. 12.
al. Once c. dat. Jon. 4, 6. Often in the
phrase b'^S'a 'px (there is) none deliver-
ing, no deliverer, Deut. 32, 39. Ps. 7, 31
50, 22. 71, 1 1. Is. 5, 29. Hos! 5, 14. b^sn
i'dss to preserve one's life, to sait alive,
Josh. 2. 13. Is. 44, 20. 47. 14. Ez. 3. 19.
21. 33, 9. Often with '{O of the pers.
from whose power one is delivered. Ps.
7, 2. 18. 18. 49. 35, 10. 59. 2. 3. Mic. 5,
5 ; also "p of thing, as from waters Ps.
144. 7 ; the mire 69. 15 ; a snare 91. 3 ;
straits 1 Sam. 26, 24. Ps. 34. 18 ; from
death, etc. Ps. 22, 21. 51, 16. 56, 14. 86,
b-z:
690
-5n
13. al. Often 's l^r? h-'S.n Gen. 32, 12.
Ex. 2. 19. 1 Sam. 17, 37 ; ?3?2 2 Sam.
19, 10. Ps. 18, l.Is. 38, 6.
HoPH. bsn to be snatched or plucked
out, as a brand from the fire. Am. 4, 11.
Zech. 3, 2.
NiPH. io ie delivered, preserved, saved,
i. q. <o esca;;e, 2 K. 19. 11. Ps. 33, 16.
Jar. 7, 10. With ',a , i^a , ts-q , Pb. 69,
15. Hab. 2, 9. Prov. 6, 5 ; 'IDia Is. 20, 6.
With Orp and bx , praeorn. to be delivered
from any one to another, i. q. to escape
from and flee to, Deut. 23, 16.
HiTHP. to strip oneself of nny thing, c.
ace. Ex. 33, 6. Comp. Heb. Gramm.
53. 3. c.
Deriv. nbsfi,
bS5 Chakl. Haph. bsn to deliver, i. q.
Heb. b-'sn no. 3, Dan. 6, 28. Inf. nbsn,
c. suff. r^bsn Dan. 3, 29. 6, 15.
"j^? m. afiower, blossom, Cant. 2, 12. R.
y^i, see r. r:i';.
* "^? i. q. pa, !^^3 1. <o glitter, to
sparkle, only part. plur. t.^'^'l} Ez. 1, 7.
Sam. id. Hence yi::"': spark.
2. to flover, to blossom, to fourish, as
in Chald. whence y3 , nSD . '|S; , a flower,
blossom. Verbs signifying splendour
are often transferred to express the ideas
of verdure and bloom ; see in ""^'X p. 27,
nnj , IT . The notion of blop.oming was
also transferred to the shooting feathers
and pinions of birds (comp. Tis) ; hence
3. tofy, whence ^3 a hawk. So kindr.
cs '
iiS3 and Arab. (joj. Comp. nno to
sprout, Syr. to fly.
ps;. see r. pSV
* I- ^?^, fut. IS': (tut r,ns!< Is. 42,
6. 49. 8 is from is^), rarely "iil?"! Deut.
33, 9. al. Imper. "^SS . c. n parag. nnU3
Ps. 141. 3, c. suir. n^b Prov. 4, 13, both
with Dag. euphon.
1. to watch, to guard, to keep, i. q. "iK3.
Arab. JaJ to guard e. g. a vineyard ;
comp. kindr. JhJ adspexit. intuitus est,
like the Lat. tueri and intueri, also -flj
tuitus est, defendit, liberavit. E. g. a
vineyard Job 27, 18. Is. 27, 3 ; a tree
Prov. 27, 18. Part. plur. D''-i:ib watch-
men, keepers, guards, Jer. 31, 6. b'lJTS
D"'isb the tower of the iralch or guard,
watch-to^ver. 2 K. 17. 9. 18, 8. With hy
Ps. 141, 3 'rsb- b^ by n-^ss q. d. he^p
thou watch over the door of my lips. i. e. my
mouth, lest I utter rash words ; the form
nna3 with Dag. euphon. Prov. 20, 28.
13', 6. Is. 49, 6 bxnb-i -^-iVjJS (he kepi (pre-
served) of Israel. With )^ Ps. 34, 14.
Spec.
a) to guard, from dangers, to keep, to
defend, to preserve, as God does men,
Deut. 32, 10. Ps. 31, 24. Prov. 22. 12.
With )^ , Ps. 32. 7 "^r-ian -^^^from trou-
ble thou wilt defend me. 12, 8. 64, 2.
140. 2.
b) to keep. i. q. to watch closely, to ob-
serve diligently, Prov. 4. 23. 13, 3 ^^^ i:i3
lie who keepeth his mouth. 16, 17. 24, 12.
In a bad sense : ) to watch closely a
city, i. q. to besiege ; Part. ni"i:j"3 watch-
ers, besiegers. Jer. 4. 16 comp. 17 ; comp.
also -1?':: 2 Sam. 11, 16. Is. 1,8 "i-'SS
n~!!:J3 like a city besieged J so common-
ly, but see in art. n~!i:3 . /?) Jehovah
is addressed as cnxn naib the observer
of men, as if on the watch to detect them
in wrong doing. Job 7, 20. Hence
2. to keep, to observe, as a covenant
Deut. 33, 9. Ps. 25, 10 ; a law Prov. 28,
7 ; the ways of righteousness Prov. 2,
8 ; a father's commands 6, 20 ; the com-
mandments of God Ps. 78, 7. 105, 45.
119, 2. 22. 33. 34. 100. 129 ; good coun-
sel Prov. 3, 21. Comp. Lat. custodire
modum, regulam, prcecepta, etc. With
dat. Ex. 34. 7 keeping mercy for thou-
sands. Is. 26. 3 cib'r mbd ^an -ji^d -is;j
the man offrm mind, for him thou wilt
keep perfect peace, supply ib .
3. to keep from view, i. e. to hide, to
conceal. Is. 48. 6 cpirT^ xbl r-i-ists? hid-
den things which thou, hast ?wt known.
65, 4 -isib^ cn^riia they lodge in secret
places, perh. the recesses of heathen
temples, or with the Sept. sepulchral
ca^Ms, parall. with sepulchres. Prov.
7, iRz woman -bTi'^^S3 .subtile of heart.
Deriv. nvs3.
* 11. "'^2 obsol. root, Arab, ^oj to
shine, to be in full verdure, whence "'SS.
Note. The significations oC guarding
and of being verdant, which are also
found conjoined in the root *is;n , I have
placed separately, although not impro-
y^gi
691
np3
bably there is n common origin of both,
viz. the idea of shining, being aj)lendid,
. fl \ ; in which is imphed also the no-
tion o^ beholding, Jhi , (comp. r|T5 , Gr.
(paoi dbdo(JXt, also Germ. Jilick and Engl.
glance, signifying hotii pplendour and
the act of looking.) and hence the signi-
fication of obseiving, guarding.
"123 m. (r. isj 11) 1. a shoot, sprout,
Is. 60, 21. Met'aph. of offspring Is. 11,
1. Dan. 11, 7.
2. a branch, Is. 14, 19.
n^3 . see r. ns^ .
Sp2 Chald. adj. pure, Dan. 7, 9. R.
t<j33 i. q. n;:; .
* 2]5p fut. rp-). once =p:: Job 40, 24,
c. sulT. i:=;51 Is. 62, 2 ; imper. c. n parag.
nap: ; pr. <o hollow out, to excavate, like
the kindr. =3^ . apr also "lis or ni3 , C1B3 ,
where see more. Hence
1. to bore a hole 2 K. 12, 10 ; c. ace.
to bore through, to perforate. Job 40, 24.
26 [40. 24. 41. 2]. 2 K. 18. 21. Is. 36, 6.
Hagg. 1, 6 3!ip3 "liis a purse with holes.
Also to pierce, to i^trike through with a
spear ; Hab. 3, 14 ins? 'rxn n=p3 thou
didst strike through the heads of their
leaders. Arab. v,>iu , Syr. ^raaJ , Chald.
Sam. 3p3 . id.
2. to separate, to dUtingtdsh ; and
hence to declare distinctly, to specify, to
call by name ; comp. una no. 1, 2. Gen.
30, 28 '^S "llS^ '^?P? wame me //ly
?og-e. Is. 62, 2. ' Part. pass. D-^ilDS ;A
named Am. 6, 1, i. e. /Ae renowned, the
noble, q. d. ria? "^sx . opp. the ignoble
populace, offl ''ba Job 30, 8. Comp.
1 Chr. 12, 31. Arab, s.^j/j^s^ leader,
prince.
3. i. q. aaj? no. 2, to curse, pr. <o pierce
with words, to c<, like Arab. ,_juu^ to
cut, to perforate, metaph. to curse.^. g.
the name of God, to blaspheme, lW, 24,
11. 16 nan^ nio '^ o^ apb Ae fA^f 6/as-
phemeth the name of Jehovah shall surely
tepid to death ; from which passage the
Jews derive the superstition which for-
bids them to pronounce (no. 2) the name
of Jehovah ; see nin^ . Also Num. 23,
a 25. Job 3, 8. 5, S.'Prov. 11. 26. 24. 24.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, to be called
by name. comp. A rib. s_>aJ to name, 3
and i being interchanged. Num. 1, 17
th^ae men ri'st^a 3p3 iCX who are ex-
pressed by name. 1 Chr. 12 31. 16, 41.
2 Chr. 28, 15. 31, 19.
Deriv. from the primary idea of exca-
vating, ap; bezel. ra;sT3 a stone-quarry ;
from that of perforating, nsps , nsp ;
from that of piercing, striking through,
nspia, rapT?, a pointed hammer.
3]^3 m. 1. a bezel, the cavity in which
a gem is set; Jerome well, pala gemr-
mamm. Ez. 28. 13. Comp. r.'n. Others,
a pipe, as if from ap3 in the sense to
bore, like b-'bn from bin ; but this does
not accord with the context.
2. a cavern ; whence c. art. apsn Ne-
kcb. pr. n. of a place in NaphUili, Josh.
19, 33.
n3|52 f (r. ap3) a female, whether of
man or beast, so called from the form
of the genital organs; Gen. 1, 27. 5, 2.
Lev. 12, 5. 27, 4. Num. 5, 3 ; of beasts
Gen. 6, 19. Lev. 3, 1. 6. 4, 28. 32. 5, 6.
Syr. llaai, Chald. apM, id.
"^^T obsol. root, 1, to prick, to
point, to mark with points. Cinild, id,
whence Rabb, "i;?? one who points a
manuscript, punctator, Arab, JJij pu-
pugit serpens, but .ioAJ punctis notavit.
2, to mark, i. e. to select, to separate
Old what is of a better quality than the
rest, which is done by marking it with
points, etc. Arab. Juij. Hence tXJiJ
(see Camoos p, 424) a species of sheep
and goats, short-legged and deformed,
but distinguished for the length of their
wool and hair, tSUiJ the shepherd of
such a flock. See ipb below,
Deriv. nnp^a , pr. n, XT r 3 , and the
four following,
"Ip? m, plur. t3'''np3 , pr. ' marked with
points,' speckled, spotted, of sheep and
goats, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 31, 8 sq,
G "^
"^^3 pr. i. q. Arab. jLftJ a shepherd
of flocks called JJu from the excellence
of their wool, see in r. *ip3 no. 2. Then
in a wider sense of the keeper of any
cattle, a shepherd, herdsman Am. 1, 1 ;
^P3
Q92
tspo
a sheep-owner, cattle-breeder, 2 K. 3, 4,
spoken of the king of the Moabites. See
Boohart. Hieroz. Tom. I. p. 441. The-
saur. p. 909.
^"^P? f. a point, stud, e. g. of silver,
with which any thing is ornamented,
Cant. 1, 11. R. i-s.
2'''7|f? m. plur. (r. Ijr;) 1. crumbs
of bread, Josh. 9. 5. 12.
2. A kind of cake, which prob. crum-
bled easily, 1 K. 14. 3. Sept. xolkvQig,
Vulg. crustula, Engl, cracknel, crumb-
cake.
* ^j^^ , inf. absol. tip3, to be clean, pure,
Arab. Iaj id. Syr. to sprinkle for puri-
fication (pr. to cleanse), to pour out a
libation, to sacrifice ; hence r>"'l53^, a
sacrificial dish or cup. In Kal only Jer.
49, 12 'n'p': inf. pleon. joined with a form
of Niph. '
NiPH. n;5a, fut. nps-^ 1. to he clean
in a moral sense, to be pure, innocent,
Jer. 2, 35. With ',0 to be free from a
fault, blame, Ps. 19. 14. Num. 5, 31.
With '{Q of pers. Judg. 15, 3 ''n'^isa
Cnttibsr / am blameless towards the
Philistines, i, e. it is not my fault, but
their own, if I attack the Philistines.
Hence often: a) to he free from punish-
ment, to be quit, to go unpunished, Ex.
21, 19. Prov. 6, 29 na ?:.l:n-b= n^rp itb
whosoever toucheth her shall not go un-
punished. 11, 21. 16, 5. Jer. 29, 1. 49,
12 ; c. '-a Num. 5, 19. b) to he clean,
free, quit, sc. of an oath, obligation, Gen.
24, 8. 41.
2. to be cleaned out, to be made empty,
desolate, as a city. Is. 3, 26. So Arab.
Jij X. Also of men who are destroy-
ed, extirpated, Zech. 5, 3.
Pielh;?:, fut. n^:^ 1. to pronounce
innocent, to acquit, to absolve, Job 9, 28 ;
c. "(O Ps. 19, 13. Job 10, 14. Joel 4,21
see in no. 2. Hence
2. to lei go unpunished; to forgive,
with ace. of pers. Ex. 20, 7. 1 K. 2, 9.
Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. Absol. Ex. 34, 7
whoforgirelh iniquity and transgression
and sin, n;5:'j xb n;53n but will by no
means always leave unpunished. Num.
14, 18. Nah. 1, 3. In Joel 4.21 [3. 21] the
words : ''n''(53 kV> dot 'Pi'^jsJl are usually
rendered: I will cleanse (declare inno-
cent) their blood that I have not cleansed,
i. e. I will avenge the blood of Israel
which I have long left unavenged. Bet-
ter perh. to read : '^n''i?3 ^ crT "^n'^isJT ,
and render like Sept. and Syr. xin iy.L,r]-
TJ/trco TO u'lfia uli&v xixl ov fiij u&oiwao},
I will avenge their blood, nor will I let
it go unpunished, unavenged ; comp.
Deut. 32, 43. 2 K.9,7. Thesaur. p. 910.
Deriv. 'p;, N"'p3, "|i''|53, nijsro.
^"t V? (distinguished, r. ijrs) Nekoda,
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 48. 60. Neh. 7 50, 62.
w:.
npb.
^^^ i. q. ^'P, f'P, to be weary of,
to loathe, once in prset. c. 3 Job 10, 1.
The future and other forms come from
the root w^ip.
T? adj. (r. np:) plur. C-f p3 1. pure,
metaph. innocent, free from blame. Ex.
23, 7. Job 4, 7. 9, 23. 17,'8. Ps. 10, 8. Jer.
2, 31; c. -(O 2 Sam. 3, 28. C^BD "^pJ
of pure hands, i. e. innocent, Ps. 24, 4.
'p: CT and "^ps cn innocent blood, see Cn.
2. clear, free, quit, from an obligation,
oath, c. '{C Gen. 24, 41. Num. 32, 22 ;
exempt from military service Deut. 24,
5. 1 K. 15, 22 ; from a charge, Gen. 44,
10. Ex. 21, 28.
^''P? i- q- "i^J with K added, Joel 4, 19.
Jon. 1. 14 Cheth.
T^'^pr m. (r. Mpj) constr. '|i"'p5, clean-
ness, e. g. of the teeth i. e. famine Am.
4. 6; of the hands i. e. innocence Gen.
20, 5. Ps. 26, 6. 72, 13 ; and so without
C^ES id. Hos. 8, 5.
p'^'^'^ m. (r. pp3) only in constr. Jer.
13. 4 srbsn p-'ps the cleft of the rock.
Plur. C-'iybBn 'p''p3 Is. 7, 19. Jer. 16, 16.
* D j5 J J fut. Dip"! , inf. cipJ , to avenge,
to take vengeance ; Arab, j^jij Conj.
Vll^vindicavit se ab aliquo, pcenam
sumsit ab eo, punivit eum. Syr. >aij
^ id. Chald. id. Kindr. cn; .Con-
strued a) Absol. Lev. 19, 18. b) With
ace. of pers. or thing whom one avenges,
Deut. 32, 43 ; once c. b? Ps. 99, 8. In
the same sense is said. Lev. 26, 25 2nn
n''"i3 cp3 ropb a sword that shall avenge
my covenant, c) The pers. of or from
Dps
Ml
m
whom vengeance in taken is put with
'(Q 1 Sam. 24, 13; rxtt Num. 31, 2 ; b
Nah. 1, 2. Ez. 25, 12 ; ace. Josh. 10, 13.
Both constructions (b, c) are united
in 1 Sam. 1. c. r^T3 nirri 'srjrj let Jeho-
vah avenge me of thee. Num. 31, 2
Nii'H. 1. to be puuislied, Ex. 21, 20.
Comp. Lat. ulcisci for pnnire.
2. to avenge oneself, to be avenged,
parall. era Is. 1. 24. Ez. 25. 15 =pr3 wpr .
With a of pers. on whom vengeance is
taken Judg. 15, 7. 1 Sam. 18, 25; with
yc in the same sense 1 Sam. 14, 24.
Esth. 8. 13. Is. 1. 24; with '{o of pers.
^omwhom and also of thing/or which
vengeance is taken, Judg. 16, 28.
PiEL i. q. Kill. 2 K. 9. 7 'Tji'i T)^!??
iaT-'x nT3 . . . n'^x'^ajn ""nas that I may
avenge the blood of my servants the pro-
phets . . .at the hand of Jezebel. Jer.
51, 36.
HoPH. fut. o;?"' 1. to be punished,
Ex. 21. 21. Gen. 4, 15 if any one slayeth
Cain, he shall be punished sevenfold;
others: it shall be avenged, as in no. 2.
See in Niph. no. 1.
2. to be avenged ; Gen. 4, 24.
HiTHP. to avenge oneself, as in Niph.
Jer. 5, 9. 29. 9, 8. Part. =;33r.73 a self-
avenger, a revengeful man, Ps. 8. 3.
44. 17.
Deriv. cj?;, !^tt|^^.
D^3 m. vengeance. Dent. 32, 35. ci"'
Dj^S the day of vengeance Prov. 6, 34. Is.
34.' 8. 61. 2. 63, 4. C)?: cpj to avenge
vengeance, to take vengeance. Ez. 25, 15 ;
"b Ci?3 a^'tifi to render vengeance to any
one. i. e. to take vengeance upon hira,
Deut. 32. 41. 43 ; vp^'i nph to take ven-
geance Is. 47, 3 ; rx n;?3 nias id. Mic.
4,14.
mCjpD f (r. cpj) constr. nrps , c. suff.
''H^p: . plur. ri^;?3 .
1. vengeance, i. q. d;?3 ; so ^"91^3 Ci"^
Jer. 46. 10 ; '3 r? 51. 6.' pn"s;^3 ^X the
God of vengeance, the avenging God. Ps.
91. 1 . With genit. the vengeance of Je-
hovah is that which Jehovah takes. Jer.
50, 15. 23. 51. 11 ; thy vengeance, which
thou takest. Jer. 11, 20. 20. 12. Also
with genit. of that /or which vengeance
is taken, as en '3 vengeance for blood
Ps. 79, 10; "ihz^n '3 Jer. 50, 28. 51, 11.
Phraseft are : a) a n?:;?3 n'rs to fake
vengeance upon, Pd. 149, 7. E/. 25, 17.
b) a ir^^p? *,n3 to give or put one's ven-
geance upon. Ez. 25, 14 ; comp. Num. 31,
3. c) h niopj inj Ps. 18, 48, also nas
b niops Judg. 11, 36, to give or do ven-
geance for any one, to satisfy his desire
of vengeance.
2. desire of vengeance, vindictiveneaa,
Lam. 3, 60. nT:p3a rr:ys to act vindic-
tively, revengefully, Ez. 25, 15.
* 7 1^3 ^ i. q. r j5^ ^ to be rent away, me-
taph. to be alienated, Ez. 23, 18. 22. 28.
Found only in the praeter.
* ^,^3 fut. qp37 1. to strike, to cut
by blows with an instrument, see Piel
andClpb. Chald. "ipS to strike an ox
for slaughter, to fell ; Arab, v^iiij I, III,
to smite, e. g. the head so as to break
it, to strike through i. e. to percolate.
Kindr. is "53, Eth. A^i^ to touch.
The idea o^ striking lies in tlie syllables
J3, 33, p3, see nas ; also in r]p, comp.
XOTITO), iiEipn.
2. to fasten together by driving nails,
to join together, comp. Germ, zusamnien-
schlagen, Engl. vulg. to knock together ;
Syr. and Sam. ..a^f , 3Vi^; to join on;
Pe. '.a^J to adhere, to cohere. Hence
prob. to fold together, e. g. a net (Job
19. 6) ; espec. so as to return upon itself
and form a circle ; comp. iwBJ'. band,
arm-band. See Hiph. no. 3, and nBp3 .
Hence
3. to move in a circle ; Is. 20. 1 C'-in
>isp37 let the festivals run their circle^
i. e. the circle of the annual festivals
being completed.
PiEL r;]53 1. to cut dovm, to fell, e. g.
a wood, Is. 10, 34.
2. to smite in pieces, and so to destroy,
like rna . Job 19, 26 after they shall
have destroyed my skin (body), this sc.
shall be or happen, viz. that which pre-
cedes in V. 25, the advent of God. See
Lehrg. p. 798.
Hiph. 1. to fold or cast around any
one. Germ, umschlagen. see in Kal no.
2. With ace. and br of pens. Job 19. 6
^'Pn ""t? il'sr he hath folded (cast)
his net around me. Metaph. Lam. 3. 5,
where supply ''b^. Hence
2. to lead around, to let go round in a
tp
694
tt
circle ; Job 1, 5 MPtirsn '^'q'] IB*!)??! 13
ithcn they (the sons of Job) had let the
days of feasting go round, after they had
gone round with feasting. Lev. 19, 27
taairx-i nxs ^isiisn xb lit. ye shall not
round the extremity of your head sc. in
cutting the hair, i. e. ye shall not cut
off the outer part of the hair in a circle
around the head ; Symm. ov Tifgi^vQr/GETS
xi'r.lbj TTjv n^oaoijjiv ji^g xscpulfig vfiwv.
This would seem to refer to a custom of
the ancient Arabs, who cut off the hair
round the outer part of the head, but left
that in the middle untouched, Hdot. 3. 8.
ib. 4. 175. Inf absol. rpl^n Josh. 6, 3,
and t;)3ti V. 11, pr. going around, as
adv. round about.
3. to surround^ to encircle, c. ace. 1 K.
7, 24. Ps. 22, 17 ; b? 2 K. 6. 14. Ps. 17,
9. 88, 18.
Deriv. the two following.
?|^2 m. a heating or shaking off of
olives, Is, 17, 6. 24, 13. Chald. :^lp"': id.
TB|p2 f. (r. Ci;?3 no. 2) a rope, cord,
bound around a female slave or captire
instead of a girdle or zone, Is. 3, 24.
Sept. (jxoiviov, Vu\g. funiculus.
P b? obsol. root. prob. i. q. 3^3 and
ipj , to bore, to pierce ; whence P'^p.}
cleft of a rock. A vestige of this root
exists in the Samar. see Anecdot. Ori-
ental, p. 88.
P'' fut. "I'p"^ , to bore, to pierce ;
spoken of the eye, to bore out, to put out,
1 Sam. 11, 2. Prov. 30, 17 the ravens of
the valley shall pick it out bc. the eye.
Chald. Syr. Arab. id. Ethiop. i^Z,
to be blind of one eye, i^A evulsit.
The radical syllable is "ip, which like
13 has the eignif of boring, digging;
see "lip, ^pa, -ij?7, ipn, nps ; also I'S,
rr^s, irx, etc
PiEL 1)33, fut. "ip;"]', to bore or put
out the eye Num. 16, 14. Judg. 16, 21.
Metaph. Job 30, 17 "^p? "^ass nh'^h the
night pierces my bones, i. e. by night
my bones are pierced with pain; comp.
3,3.
PoAL, to he dug out; Is. 51, 1 the
quarry vhence tri'ipS ye irere digged.
metaph. of the ancestors or founders of a
nation. Hence
^"^j?? or ""01?? o. cavern, fissure, only
constr. "i^sn rn|33 the cleft of the rock
Ex. 33, 22. Plur. O'^'isri niip? Is. 2, 21.
* ^l2^ i. q. tpl and ^'ip, but intrans.
to be snared, caught in a snare ; Ps. 9,
17 S'>:3n t'pis 11B3 b?B3 in the tcork of
his otmi hands the wicked is snared.
NiPH. to be snared, caught in a snare,
Deut. 12, 30.
PiEL trans, to lay snares, absol. Ps. 38,
13 ; with h to lay snares for, to cast a
snare over any one, Ps. 109, 11 u;;337
ib'nirx'bwb iT^.13 let the extortioner cast
a snare upon all that he hath, i. e. let
him seize upon all his property.
HiTHP. to lay a snare for any one,
trop. c. 3 1 Sara. 28, 9.
)?5 Chald. to smite, to strike, to knock;
so in Targ. and Talmud. Syr. ' "*
id. also to clap the hands, to strike a
bell, etc. Arab. (u*AJ to strike a bell
or board. Dan. 5, 6 and his knees Kl
"|il*p^ ^-f? smote one against the other.
13 m. (r. nfi3) once T? 2 Sam. 22. 29,
c. suff. "^"13 ; plur. ^^113, c. siiff. '7"ni.3.
1. a light, lamp, Syr. i-^.i-*- li-l id.
Zeph. 1, 12. -i? -i-ix the light of the lamp,
Jer. 25, 10. Prov. 31, 18 her lamp goeth
not out by night, she labours diligently
all the night. Often of the lights of the
sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 37. 30, 8.
40, 4. 25. Lev. 24, 4. Num. 4, 9. 1 K. 7,
49. al. Once of the candelabra itself the
lamp of God 1 Sam. 3, 3. Trop. in va-
rious senses, e. g. a) Put for welfare,
prosperity, happiness, comp. "nx lett. e ;
yet so that the image of a light is re-
tained ; Ps. 18, 29 '-'3 -i-ixn np.y tliou
(God) wilt light my lamp, make my way
prosperous. 132, 17. Job 29. 3. Contra,
Prov. 13. 9 the light of the righteous re-
joiceth, but the lamp of the wicked shall
be put out, comp. Job 21. 17 ; also Prov.
20, 20. Job 18, 5. b) Put for g/ory, as
the light of Israel, spoken of David 2
Sam. 21. 17. So of Barhcbrirus. Asse-
man. II. p. 266. c) Of dirine instruc-
tion, Prov. 6, 23. Ps. 119, 105; comp.
Prov. 20. 27 a lamp of the Lord is the
spirit of man, i. e. lighted of God.
Comp. also (fuig John 1, 4. 5. 8. 9.
2. Ner, pr. ti, of the grnndliither of
Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 50. 51. 26, 5. 1 Chr. 8, 33.
'^
695
XTSD
1^^, see in "i^a.
3!]2 obsol. root, i. q. J"^"!? , to roll, to
revolve rapidly ; then, to talk rapidly
ami much, of babblers and tale-bearers,
to slandrr. Arab, quadrilit. ^^j to
roll or revolve quickly, both of motion
and speech, to slander ; whence ^^%j
threshing-dray, Heb. aniia q. v. urd
.Iaj one turning quickly, a slanderer,
tale-bearer. Hence la"^? .
^?'!^.? Nergal, pr. n. of an idol of the
Cuthites, 2 K. 17, 30. According to
Norberg, hyii is i.' q. Zab.w_.iJ the
planet Mars, corresponding to Arab.
id. The b ia then the mark of a
diminutive, for the use of which in the
names of the gods see in pa^. Better,
according to Bohlen, ban: i. q. Sanscr.
Nrigal. man-devourer, spoken of a fierce
warrior, and corresponding to Tj"]"'''?.
See Thesaur. p. 913. Hence
nSS?llD byyZ Nergal-Sharezer, pr. n,
a) A military chieftain under Nebuchad-
nezzar Jer. 39. 3. b) One of the chief
Magi v-nder the same king Jer. 39, 13.
Sec the name i^iX"}'^ Sharezer in its
order. The same compound name is
jStQiyhaaotq, Neriglissar.
'}3n] m. talkative, then a tattler, tale-
bearer, slanderer, Prov. 16, 28. 18,
8. 26, 20. 22. R. an;, after the form
T^s m. c. suff. '^'n? , plur. B'^'i'^? , nard,
Indian spikenard, Sanscr. narda, very
fragrant and precious, Cant. 1, 12. 4,
13. 11. See Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 1
sq. Sir W. Jones on the Spikenard of
the Ancients, in Asiatic Researches Vol.
IV. Comp. Thesaur. p. 914.
^^'}.? (lamp of Jehovah, r. nsj) Ne-
riah. pr. n. m. a) Jer. 32, 12. 36, 4.
b) 51, 59.
* iiiDD fut. xiS"^, inf. absol. "ii23 Jer.
10, 5. Hos. 1. 6 ; inf constr. Xb3 Is. 1, 14,
Kib Ps. 89, 10, c. suff. 'X':33 Ps. 28. 2 ;
but far more freq. PXtJ, c. pref. PX'rs
Ex. 27, 7, rxrb often, c. suff. "'nxo,
inxb ; imp. xtoa (once ntja Ps. 4, 7) and
XO Gen. 27, 3. Num. 3, 40 ; part, pass,
xr:55, once ""is; like verbs nb Ps. 32, 1.
But'in Ps. 139, 20 x^bJ is lor tOi, wtoa
by Arabism, like \yXXJi.
1. to lake up, to lift up, to raise ; Sept.
al'i^xu, iiui(}ai, inultfta. Kindred is Eth.
iy^A sumsit, accepit, see no. 3; also
Arab. LiJ elatus est, crevit, accrcvit;
but in the sense of taking up, bearing,
taking to oneself the Arabs use other
roots, as is, Jk*^. Gen, 7, 17 the
waters increased and lifted 7tp the ark.
Ex. 10, 19. Judg. 9, 48. 2 Sam. 2, 32. al.
D3 xb3 to lift up (erect) a standard
Jer. 4^6. 50. 2. 51. 12. 27. With bs
praegn. to lift up upon, to place ujxm
any'' tiling. Gen. 31, 17. Trop. J<b3
X-n "'^bs to take up (bring) si7i upon one-
self Lev. 22. 9. Num. 18, 32 ; c. 3 2 Chr.
6, 22. Intrans. to lift up oneself, to heave,
as waves in a storm, etc. Ps. 89, 10.
Nah. 1, 5 ; trop Hab. 1, 3. Specially to
be noted are the following phrases:
a) n; xr: . also C]? xrs , to lift up the
hand, as in taking an oath Dcut. 32, 40 ;
comp. t; O-'-in Gen. 11, 22. Dan. 12, 7.
Virg. ^n. 12. 195. Hence i. q. to swear,
with dat. of pers. and inf c. b , Ez. 20, G
DX"'Sinb cnb in^ ""rixb; . 47, 14. Ex. 6,
8.'Num'. 14, 30. Ps. lo'e, 26. Neh. 9. 15.
Also in order to do violence, c. 3 2 Sam.
20, 21 ; to punish Ps. 10, 12; in prayer
and adoration Ps. 28, 2. 63, 5. 134, 2
(comp. Lam. 3.41); as beckoning Is.
13, 2. 49, 22 c. bx.
b) "ibxi Xw3 to lift up one^s head, spo-
ken : ) Of one who is cheerful and
happy Job 10, 15. Zech. 2, 4. /S) Of one
who increases in wealth, power, pros-
perity, Judg. 8, 28. Ps. 83. 3. Comp.
Lat. 'caput extollere in civitate.' But
/) xbs n"'?^ 'b cx"i xb3 to lift up the
head of any one oaU of prison, is to bring
him up out of prison, these being usual-
ly under ground, 2 K. 25, 27 ; and so
without the words 'a n-3T3 Gen. 40, 13.
20. Another sense of this phrase see
below in no. 2.
c) i"'52 Xb3 to lifl up one's countenance,
spoken of one conscious of rectitude and
therefore cheerful and full of confidence.
Job 11, 15. Ellipt. Gen. 4, 7 if thou doest
well, rxb lifling up of the countenance
^^^r2
WB
te5
will be to thee, i. e. thou wilt wear a
cheerful countenance. 0pp. I'^JS *b3
V. 5. 6. With hii to look up towards any
thing 2 K. 9, 32 ; to look with confidence
to or upon any one Job 22. 26. 2 Sam.
2, 22; also of God beholding men in
kindness. Num. 6, 26. Pass, era XTrs
see in no. 3. b. .
d) fi"^3"2 KbD to lift tip the eyes, often
before verbs of looking, beholding, see-
ing, by a species of pleonasm common
to the Hebrews in similar cases. (Comp.
to lift up the feet Gen. 29, 1 ; to lift up
the voice, in lett. e, below; and see un-
der n;5b no. 1.) So Gen. 13, 10 he lifted
Tip his eyes and beheld, v. 14. 18,2. 31,
10. 33, 1. 5. 43, 29. With bs and b to
lift up the eyes upon, to cast eyes upon
any person or thing, i. e. in love, desire,
longing. Gen. 39. 7. Ps. 121, 1. Trop.
of longing towards God and confidence
in him Ps. 123, 1 ; towards idols Ez. 18,
12. 23, 27. Deut. 4, 19. Comp. in lett. g.
e) bip Kirj to lift up the voice (comp.
in lett. d), before verbs of weeping, wail-
ing. Gen. 27, 38. 29, 11. Judg. 2, 4.
1 Sam. 24, 17. 30, 4; of callFng out
Judg. 9, 7 ; of rejoicing aloud Is. 24, 14.
Also with ^ip implied (Germ, atdiebeu),
Is. 3, 7 ; hence absol. in the sense to
call aloud, i. q. to rejoice, to shout, .Tob
21, 12 they lift 7ip the voice (they shout)
to the timbrel and harp. Is. 42, 11. Ibid.
V. 2 is^l isb nor lift up his voice, i. e.
nor cry aloud, i. q. p?^^ X^ . Hence
f) to lift up any thing xcith the voice,
to take up, i. e. to litter, e. g. a song
Num. 23, 7. Job 27, 1. Ps. 81, 3; prayer
la. 37, 4 ; reproaches Ps. 15, 3 ; the name
of God Ez. 20. 7 : a A\lse report 23, 1 ;
a wailing Jer. 9. 9 [10]. Here too be-
longs Ps. 139, 20 NiTl'b KSibD, for IXirs
R-jirb T;ra5 , see above init.
g) bs tte: srs to lift up the soul unto
any thing, like Engl, to set the heart
upon, i. q. to desire, to long for any thing,
(Arab, ellipt. ^ J,t J^,) Deut. 24,
16. Hos. 4. 8. Prov. 19, 18; c. b Ps. 24,
4 ; often f^'^^'^i h{< i. e. to long earnestly
for help from God Ps. 25, 1. 86, 4. 143, 8.
h) "^1 bs sb xiTD to lift up the heart
unto Jehovah, in adoration, invocation.
Lam. 3, 14. But iab iati his heart
lifts him up, viz. a) it incites him to any
thing, stirs him up, i. e. makes him ready
and willing to do any thing. Ex. 35. 21.
26. 36, 2. /5) Also spoken of pride, 2 K.
14, 10 TiSb Tisr: thy heart hath lifted
thee up i. e. thou art proud. Comp.
' tollere animos ' Plaut. ' animi sublati '
i. e. proud, Ter. ^
i) to lift tip, to raise, sc. in the balance,
i. e. to weigh. Job 6, 2. Comp. Lat.
pendo and Heb. xbo .
2. to take, to take away, which is mostly
donehy taking up ; so Lat. tollere, e me-
dio tollere, freq. for avferre. 1 Sam. 17,
34 and took a lamb from, the flock.
Judg. 16, 31. 2 Sam. 5, 21 and David
and his men took them away. sc. the idols.
1 K. 15, 22. 2 K. 7, 8. Cant. 5, 7 they took
away my veil from me. Ecc. 5, 14. Jer.
52, 17. Mic. 2, 2. al. So 's CE?. NC3 to
take away one's life 2 Sam. 14, 14. Gen.
40, 19 7jet within three days shall Pha-
raoh 'i^^pj^. Tirx-i-rs N'va-i take away
thy head from of thee, i. e. take away
thy life (comp. v. 22), there being here
a play of words as compared with the
contrary signif of 's ilixn xr; in no. 1.
b. ;', above. So Cic. Ep. ad Div. 11, 20
init. "adolescentem (Octavianum) tol-
lendum,^^ which may mean eitiier to be
exalted, promoted, or to be put out of the
way. Hence in a stronger sense : to
take away a person, as the wind, to carry
away, 2 K. 2, 16. Job 27. 21 ; or as God,
i. q. to destroy Job 32, 22. Hos. 1, 6, see
below in b ; spoken of a tree, to pluck
up by the roots Ez. 17, 9, where msffia
is inf Aram. Kal for St'iS^, ending ia
ni in the manner of verbs Hb, comp.
nis^TS. Spec, to take aicay the sin,
guilt, of any one, ('s "(ir, rtCB. rxan xt'3,)
i. e. a) to expiate, to make atonement
for. as a priest, Lev. 10, 17. b) to for-
give sin, to pardon, spoken of men Gen.
50, 17. Ex. 10, 17 ; of God Gen. 4, 13.
Ex. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Job 7, 21. Pe.
32, 5. al. Also rxanb Kib; to forgive
.fin Ex. 23, 21. Josh. 24, 19.' Ps. 25, 18.
With dat. of pers. to forgive or pardon
any one Gen. 18, 24. 26. Num. 14, 19. ^
Is. 2. 9. Hos. 1, &for I will no more have
mercy upon the house of Israel Nt'S 'S
tnb x"J?x that J should, altogether pardon
them. [Better: hxt I will utterly take
them away, destroy them. R.] Part
pass, '(iy ifS'^^^ forgiven of iniquity, whose
3
697
K03
in is pardoned, Is. 33, 24 ; 3?*? "vrs id.
Pa. 32, 1. Comp. in N. T. ulf/u iji'
ufiu()ii(tv for to expiate as in lett. a, John
1, 29. From the idea of taking away
comes the sense
3. to take simply, i. q. T^\ ; Gen. 27.
3 take now thy weapons. . .and go oiU.
Josh. 6, 4. 6. 2 K. 9, 25. 26. Is. 38, 21,
Am. 6, 10. Ps. 139, 9. Gen. 45. 19 take
your father and come. In such pas.sage9
{<iU3 gives more iulnees and vividnesK,
see in npsb no. 1. Hence also i. q. to
get, to receive, to obtain, Ecc. 5, 18 rsis^
ipbn-px. Ps. 24, 5. 116, 13; so non 'a'
^n''3, to obtain favour Esth. 2. 9. 15. 17.
5, 2. So to take a thing offered, to ac-
cept, 1 Chr. 21, 24. comp. v. 23. Spec.
a) nox X'i'J to take a wife, in the later
writers instead of n'Sst n]?b Ruth 1. 4.
2Chr.ll.21. 13.21. Ezral6,44. Ellipt.
Ezra 9. 2 they took wives of their daugh-
ters for themselves and for their sons.
V. 12. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Chr. 24. 3.
b) 'b 'JS x"vU3 to take i. e. to accept the
person of any one, pr. spoken of a king
or judge who receives or admits those
who visit him with salutations and pre-
sents, and favours their cause ; opp.
n''30 3^50n to turn away i. e. not to re-
ceive the salutations of any one. Gen.
32, 21 [20J -^SB H':y\ "^bix peradven-
ture he will accept me, will receive me
kindly. Mai. 1, 8. Hence a) In a good
sense, to accept any one, to admit him as
a suppliant, to hear and grant his re-
quest. Gen. 19, 21 lo, I have accepted thee
(heard thy prayer) concerning this thing
also. 1 Sam. 25, 35. 2 K. 3, 14. Job 42,
8. Trop. of a ransom Prov. 6, 35. Also
to respect the dignity of any one, to re-
vere, Lam. 4, 16; once h D'^SB S<"i"3 id.
Deut. 28, 50. Hence part. pass, xibs
D'^SB one respected, a man of influence,
2 k! 5. 1. Job 22. 8. Is. 3, 3. 9, 14. /?)
In a bad sense, (o be partial, as a judge
unjustly partial or corrupted by bribes.
Lev. 19. 15 thou shalt not respect the per-
son of the poor, nor honour the person of
the great. Job 32, 21. 34. 19. Ps. 82, 2.
Prov. 18, 5. Without genit. Deut. 10. 17
who respecteth not persons, nor taketh re-
gard; comp. 2 Chr. 19, 7. Job 13, 10
^jSn csB ">r32 DJt if ye secretly accept
persons, are unjustly partial. Mai. 2, 9
nnina O'^as CSCttJS partial in tlie law.
59
In N. T. TTQoaoiiTov lafiliurnv. See more
in Thesaur. p. 916.
c) tt5x"t X'rj to take the sum of any
thing, to number, Ex. 30, 12. Num. 1, 2.
49. 4, 2. 22. 26, 2. 31, 26. 49. Also TS3
^D0T3 Num. 3. 40. 1 Chr. 27, 23.
4. to take upon oneself, to bear, to
carry, Ex. 12, 34. 25, 14. 27. 37, 14. Ps.
126, 6. Is. 52, 1 1. al. So of burdens on
the back, as a beast Gen. 45, 23. Is. 30, 6 ;
a child in the arms or bosom Deut. 1, 31.
Is. 46, 3 ; garments, to wear, 1 Sam. 2.
28. 14, 3 ; a shield 2 Chr. 14. 7. So a
tree bears, brings forth fruit Ez. 17, 8.
Joel 2, 22. Hagg. 2, 19; the earth its
products, whence trop. Ps. 72, 3 let the
mountains bring forth peace (prosperity)
to the people. Spec.
a) to take up and bring, to bring ; Ex.
10, 13 and the east wind brought the lo-
custs. 1 K. 10, 11 the ships of Ifiram
which brought gold from. Ophir. 1 Sam.
4, 4. 1 Chr. 16, 29. 18, 2. Ps. 96, 8.
Opp. to take away, see no. 2.
b) Trop. to bear, to endure, e. g. sor-
row Is. 53, 4 ; reproach Ps. 69. 8. Ez. 16,
52 ; also Is. 1, 14. Jer. 44. 22. Mic. 7, 9.
Ps. 55, 13. Prov. 30, 21. With a parti-
tive (see in 3 A. 2. b), Job 7. 13 X^&T"
"asap ^n'^'-V"^ ^y couch shall beam por-
tion of my complaint, i. e. will hefp me
to bear it. Hence, to bear, i. q. to per-
mit, to suffer, c. inf. Gen. 13. 6. Job 21, 3
"SIX"^ suffer me that I may speak.
c) to bear up under any thing, to take
charge of e. g. the burden of a public
office ; Num. 11, 14 I am not able to bear
all this people alone, v. 17. Deut. 1. 9. 12.
d) B (VS) i<n ^'i^}, to bear the sin
or guilt of any one, i. e. take upon one-
self and bear the punishment of sin. Is..
53, 12. Ez. 4, 5. 14, 10 ; 'b Vira. id. Ez.
18, 19. 20 ; ixisn, i2i5 xb3. to bear one^s
own sin, i. e. to suffer its punishment,
Lev. 5. 1. 17. 17, 16. 20, 19. 24. 15. Num.
5, 31 . 9, 1 3. 14. 34. 30, 16. So i-'P^] xiC3
to suffer the pun ish ment of oner's whoredom
Num. 14, 33. Ez. 23. 35. Absol. to bear
punishment, to be punished ; Job 34, 31
bans sb 'nxirj / have borne chastise-
ment, I will offend no more. For another
sense of this phrase, see above in no. 2.
a,b.
NiPH. X"93 1. to be lifted up, elevated
exalted, pass, of Kal no. 1. Is. 40, 4"^^
H3
698
piW
Kbi"^ ^'5 evenj valley shall he exalted,
i. e. filled up. 52, 13. Part. x\S3 lifted
up, elevated, lofty, Is. 2, 2. 12-14. 6, 1.
30, 25. 57, 7. 15. Jer. 51. 9. Reflex, to
lift up oneself Ez. 1. 19-21. Ps. 94, 2 lift
up thyself, arise, thou Judge of the earth.
7, 7. Prov. 30, 13. Dan. 11, 12.
2. to 6e borne, carried, Ex. 25, 28. Is.
49, 22 ; ^0 be carried away, 2 K. 20, 17.
PiEL NtL*D 2 Sam. 5. 12, and N'J33 1 K.
9, 11.
1. to lift up, to exalt, 2 Sam. 5, 12.
Esth. 3, 1. 5, 11. Hence b tzi x'va: i. q.
Kal no. 1. g, to long for any thing Jer.
22, 27. 44, 14.
2. to help, to aid, comp. Engl. ' to give
one a lift,' Esth. 9, 3. Ps. 28, 9. Ezra 8,
36. Is. 63, 9. Espec. with gifts, c. 3
IK. 9, 11. Ezra 1,4. Hence
3. to make or offer gifts, c. b 2 Sam.
19, 43.
4. to take or carry away, i. q. Kal no.
2, Am. 4. 2.
HiPH. N^-JSn 1. Causat. of Kal no. 4.
d, to cav^e to bear sin, guilt, i. e. to let
bear the punishment of one's sin. Lev.
22, 16.
2. With bx to pttt upon, to apply to,
e. g. ropes to a city 2 Sam. 17, 13.
HiTHP. ^3rn and x'^sn Norn. 24, 7.
1. to be elevated, exalted, c. b above
any thing 1 Chr. 29, 11.
2. to lift up or exalt mieself i. e. a)
to rise up in s^trength Num. 23, 24. 24,
7. 1 K. 1, 5. b) to be proud Ez. 17, 14.
Prov. 30, 32. With h'S to exalt oneself
above any thing. Num. 16, 3. Ez. 29, 15.
Deriv. ifbs , nxsiba , nx'tL"? , xiaB , x^a,
nsj'^ea, rx**ea, ifbj rxb, nb, pr. n.
'lix-ib . '
ST?"! Chald. X. to take or carry away,
as the wind Dan. 2, 35.
2. to take, Ezra 5, 15.
Ithpa. to lift up oneself, to rise up
against any one, c. b? Ezra 4, 19.
nx'ffiO f. pr. part. Niph. of Xbj (comp.
Pi. no. 3) a gift, present, 2 Sam. 19, 43.
* ^^? in Kal not used. Hiph. rm,
fut. y^^":, apoc. y^a^.
1. to reach, to attain unto, to overtake,
pr. Bpf)ken of one pursuing another,
Gen. 31, 25. Ex. 14, 9. Deut. 19, 6. 1
Sam. 30, 8. Ps. 7, 6. Jer. 52, 8. al. So
of the sword of the pursuer 1 Chr. 21,
12. Jer. 42, 16 ; of waves and terrors
Job 27, 20. Metaph. of blessing and
cursing Deut. 28. 2. 15. 45; the conse-
quences of iniquity Ps. 40, 13; divine
anger 69. 25; divine threatenings Zech,
1. 6 ; contra, of good I.s. 59, 9. Also of
time, to reach tmto, to attain unto any
time, Gen. 47, 9. Lev. 26, 5. So to at-
tain unto, i. q. to obtain, e. g, joy Is. 35,
10. 51, 11 ; the ways of life, opp. Sheol,
Prov. 2, 19. Spec, my hand attains un-
to, obtains, any thing, i. e. to get. to ac-
quire, to have, i. q. "i^T in^ '^'J^P- see
in r. ssa no. 2. c. Lev.U. 2 J. 22.^30. 31
sq. 25, 26. Ez. 46,7 ; c. b id. Lev. 5, 11 ;
absol. id. Lev. 25, 47,
2. Causat. to reach forth towards or
upon any thing, to apply, to put to or
upon, e. g. the hand to the mouth 1 Sam.
14, 26. With two ace. Job 41, 18 [26]
if one lay at him with the sword.
Note. The form r'^an Job 24, 2 is
lor i"'Sn to remove ; see r. 310 .
nSWJ f: (r. Xbj) 'what ia borne,'' at
burden I*. 46, 1.
S'^TCS in, adj. verbal, pass. oC Xbi, one
elevated, exalted. Spec.
1. a prince, as a general term, spoken
not only of kings (comp. T'51), 1 K. 11,
34. Ez. 12. m. 45. 7 sq. 46, 2 eq. but
also of the heads, chiefs, of single tribes,
a phylarch, e. g. of the Iraelites Num.
7, 10 eq. 34, 18 sq. fully bj<'nb7 'S'^b*
Num. 1, 44. rilT^n 'it^ti 4, 34'. 31, 13'.
32, 2 ; of the Ishmaelites Gen. 17, 20,
etc. Also of the chiefs of families. Num.
3,24 'Sb-rsi 3!J r-^g x*^?- v. 30. 35j
plur. nissn 'H"'b3 1 K. 8, i. 2 Chr. 5, 2,
for rn'2Stn n-^a^ 's ; see in n^a no. 1 1.
Henee the prince, chief, of the whole
tribe of Levi je called ""Tbrt 'Sfb: Nib5
Num. 3, 32, comp. 1 Chr. 7, 40. So
D-nbx S"'b3 prince or chief conatituteci
(f God. spoken of Abrahajfn Gen. 23, 6.
2. Plur. cx-^ba j)r. risings, i.e. vapours^
rising from the earth Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16-
Ps. 135, 7. Hence clouds, Prov. 25, 14.
.^ - * -
Arab. fLiJ and RjjiJ clouds just
fornicd.
* pT?3 in Kal not usedl Hiph. p^'Sin,
fut. P"'^!!, to set on fire. tokimiU, Is. 44,
15. Ez. 39, 9. Chfild. p^x id.
NiPii. to be kindled, Pto. 78, 21.
iir:
699
rrw
***^3 obsol. root, i. q. Chald. -^W,
to saw, onomatopoetic, Arab. ^>A3 id.
jLiklx a saw ; Syr. jiu to saw ; Eth.
lU^ and (Drt/^ . Hence liUSi? a saw.
* ! ''^'*?5 in Kal not used, prob. pr,
to remove from a place, i. q. 503, mU^ ;
whence also ' to put out, to dislocate a
limb, tendon,' see in ril^J . Hence
HiPH. x'^cn, fut. K-its: 1. to seduce,
to corrupt, Gen. 3, 13. Jer. 49, 16.
2. to deceive, to impose upon any one,
c. dat. 2 K. 18, 29. Jer. 29, 8 ; ace. 2 K.
19, 10. Obad. 7. Jer. 37, 9 sixt'n-bx
D3"'riUB3 Jeceice not yourselves. With
by prpgn. Pe. 55, 16 Keri i^-'^S njB ifis:
let death deceive them i. e. surprise and
destroy them suddenly; in Cheth. 'lEV
NiPH. to be deceived, Is. 19, 13.
Deriv. ('iXTS^ .
* II. 6502 i. q. nc3 II, to loan on
usury, c. 3 to any one, Neh. 5, 7. Is. 24,
2 12 x;i3 "icxs nrss a* fA /oaner (bor-
rower), so he that loaneth to him, the
creditor. So part, absoi. K^3 (for nrs)
1 Sara. 22, 2 a creditor.
HiPH. to exact, trop. to re.r, as a cre-
ditor, with a of pers. Ps. 89, 23.
Deriv. xi'ia , nx'i"^ .
^ *i to hreathe. to blow, of the wind,
c. a w/KXrt any thing Is. 40, 7. It is ono-
matopoetic like the kindr. wlCJ3, Cw3,
Cixa, where see. Syr. . n^T, Chald.
ac? , id.
HiPH. 1. to caiwe to blow, e. g. a
wind. Ps. 147, 18.
2. to drive away by a puff, Gen. 15, 11.
I. niDj 1. Y)r. to dry up, to fail, as
water ; comp. (j**j to be dry, as bread,
jjio to fail, as water in a pool. Hence
trop. of strength. Jer. 51.30 Dn'^135 nn-rs
their might faileth ; also of the tongue
parched with thirst, Is. 41, 17 ciirb
npirs X'caa, where Dag. is either eu-
phon. or is to be dropped ; comp. in r.
T^^l. The notion o[' drying up. failing,
is then transferred to torpor of the mem-
bers, Gr. vaQxt], vitQxnM, comp. nira and
Sept. in Gen. 32, 32 ; and also to failure
of memory, forgetfulness. Hence
2. to forgft a thing, Lam. 3. 17 ; a
person, to desert, to neglect, Jer. 23, 39.
Inf. abeol. KCJ3 for ritia, ib. Syr. CJ
id. Arab. ^amJ , Eth. quadril. f &rtP
with PI inserted, id.
NiPH. to be forgotten, to be given over
to oblivion; Is. 44, 21 ""SlCSn 6<b thou
shall not be forgotten of me, for "^h ncspi.
Kimchi "'Saa ndrn. But Targ. and
Jarchi make Niphal i. q. Kal, and then
we may translate be not forgetful of me ;
but not so well.
PiEL. to cause to forget, with two
ace. Gen. 41, 51 "^l^"? for '3TS3 to corre-
spond with the pr. n. nTSsa.
HiPH. riTi-n i. q. Piel ;' Job 39, 17 God
hath caused her (the ostrich) to forget
wisdom. 11, 6 know nibij ?;! nffi::"3
T^3i?'2 that God for thee hath caused to
be forgotten a portion of thy iniquity, i. e.
has remitted a part of thy guilt.
Deriv. nc; , n^ui: , and pr. n. nissa .
* IT >_..;
1 1 . I u^- ^o loan, on mterest, usury,
spoken like the Engl, both of borrowing
and lending, i. q. Xffls II.
1. to lend to any one money or other
things, often on a pledge, c. 2 Deut. 24,
11 ; and on interest Jer. 15, 10. The
primitive idea may be that of delay,
giving time; Arab. Lo to defer, to de-
lay. With ace. of thing and 3 of pers.
Neh. 5, 10 / likewise and my brethren
and my servants ;"l TiOa otna D"tt53
have lent them money and com. Ace.
inipl. Deut. 24, 14. Jer. 15, 10 "'n-'ltjj xb
a TOD sil / have neither borrowed nor
have men lent to me. But a nxxj naja to
lend at one per centum- to any one. sc. in
monthly usury, see in ns^ no. 3. Neh.
5, 1 1 the hundredth of the money and of
the corn . . . cna cttJ: ens "iCX which ye
exact of them; comp. 2 X'^n xt'3 v. 7.
Part, ntlis a. usurer, creditor, money-
lender. Ex. 22, 24. 2 K. 4, 1. Ps. 109, 11.
Is. 50, 1.
2. to borrow, like ha.t. fenero. feneror,
absol. Jer. 15, 10 see in no. 1. Part
MwJ a borrower, debtor. Is. 24, 2.
Note. The verb n^^ is distinguished
from n5E3, x'i;. in that the two latter
include the idea of interest, which the
former does not.
nuj3
700
C|TS3
HiPH. i. q. Kal no. ], with 3 of pers.
to lend to any one on usury, Deut. 15, 2.
24, 10.
Deriv. ''ais , nira , pr. n. nits-i .
J^T^S m. Gen. 32, 33, i. q. Arab. Lli,
prob. nervus ischiadicus, the nerve or
tendon extending through the thigh and
leg to the ankles. R. nffi; I. 1 ; gee
Thesaur. p. 921 sq.
"'3 m. debt, 2 K. 4, 7. R. miSi II.
't^? I'- forgeifulness, oblivion, Ps. 88,
13. r". irrjl.
^tO^ plur. f. women, see sing. MtSX ,
npS f. (r. pi^3) a A:m, Cant. 1, 2.
3>rov. 27, 6.
* ^'4h fut. T]'^7 Ecc. 10, 11, and T^ffl^
Prov. 23, 32, to bite, as a serpent Gen.
49, 17. Num. 21, 8. 9. Am. 5, 19; a man
Mic.3,5. Eth. ift^id. Syr. by transp.
AiSJ . Metaph. a) to vex, to oppress,
Hab. 2, 7. b) to lend an usunj, Deut.
23, 20 ; since not only the lending on
usury, but even the taking of interest,
was regarded as sordid and oppressive.
Comp. Aram. r35 , A^ , to bite, whence
KrisiD usury ; Arab. ijOyS to gnaw,
Conj. Ill to lend on usury; Gr. daxvs-
a&ai vTio Tbiv xQfbiv Aristoph. Nub. 1. 12;
Lat. 'usura vorax' Lucan. 1. 171.
PiEL 1. q. Kal, to bite, Num. 21, 6. Jer.
8, 17.
HiPH. Tp^'H caus. of Kal lett. b. to take
usury of any one, to exact interest, with
dat. of pers. Deut. 23, 20. 21. Hence
^3 m. in pause ^O Ex. 22, 24,
tisury, interest, Prov. 28, 8. Ps. 15, 5.
Ez. 18. 8. 13. is 7(4} n-iia to impose
tisumj upon any one, to exact it from
him, Ex. 22. 24; c. b Deut. 23, 30. Hj^b
",B Tji^3 to take usury from any one Lev.
25, 36! Ez. 18, 17. 22, 12.
nSTDp a cell, see nsttJb and note.
* -'^}, fut. b"^ intrans. in no. 2. b;
imper. btti Ex. 3, 5. Josh. 5, 15.
1. Trans, a) to draw out or off", to
put ojf. e. g. a shoe Ex. 3, 5. Josh. 5, 15.
b) to cast out, to eject a people from a
land Deut. 7, 1. 22. Kindr. are bbiy,
nba, bS3. Arab. JlmO to draw out,
as meat from a pot ; Jjij to put off a
breastplate, to draw out arrows from a
quiver.
2. Intrans. a) to slip off or away ;
Deut. 19, 5 Jfn-'^-q bnsn "biujl and if
the iron slippeth from the helve, b) to
fall or drop off, as the fruit of the olive
Deut. 28, 40, where fut. A. Correspond-
ing is Arab. JuJ to fall (M, as hair,
wool, feathers.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1. b. to cast out, to
drive out, a people 2 K. 16, 6.
* Q^? to breathe ; Chald. Syr. id.
Arab. |V-k**J to blow gently, as the wind ;
V, to breathe. Kindred roots are 3(^5 ,
kHU3 , by transp. tt3s3 , comp. Arab. iy4JL>
anhelavit, also parturivit, peperit. Not
found in the verb; since fut. ctSN Is. 42,
14, as elsewhere fut. CC7, belongs to
the root Dai .
Deriv. na<C3n and
natD3 f conetr, nsoSs, c. suff. T^'^?r
plur. riTSUis .
1. breath, spirit, spoken of the breath
of God, i. e. a) the wind. i. q. '''; riin.
Job 37, 10. b) the breath, breathing, of
his anger Is. 30, 33. Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16.
c) the spirit of God, imparting life and
wisdom, Job 32, 8. 33, 4 ; comp. 26, 4.
2. breath, life, of man and beasts ;
Gen. 2, 7 aiid breathed into his nostrils
n-i'sn r-qt} the breath of life ; more fully
c-i^n n^-i rattSs Gen. 7, 22. Simpl. nrttjs
id. Job 27. 3. Is. 42, 5. Dan. 10, 17. As
something vain and fleeting Is. 2, 22.
Hence, anima, the vital spirit, yia^, i.q.
ttJE3 no. 2, plur. Is. 57, 16.
3. the mind, intelkct, i. q. ttiSS no. 3,
Prov. 20, 27.
4. Concr. i. q. ttiE3 no. 4, living ikingy
animal; e.g. ii7:UJ3"b3 ex-ery thing that
hath breath, Deut.' 20,' 16. Josh. 10, 40.
11, 11. 14. 1 K. 15, 29. 17; 1. Ps. 150, 6-
Ktl3 Chald. f. breath, life, Dun.
5,23! '
* h'^3 to breathe, to blow, Ex. 15, 10;
c. a to blow upon, Is. 40. 24. Kindred
are nt^3, ct^3, also ?, by transp. c'BS .
Arab. _p - ^ to winnow.
Deriv. "ICS^ and
Cl? m. in pause qC3 Job 7, 4 ; c. suft
isuis Job 3, 9.
px^
701
'^'
1, Pr. 'a breathing;' hence the ev fin-
ing twilight, when cooling breezes 6/010
(oi'n mn Gen. 3, 8), Job 24, 15. Prov,
7, 9. 2 k. 7, 5. 7, com p. v. 9. 12. Sept.
(Txoroj. Put for the evening U. 5, 11.
21, 4 ; darkness, night, Jer. 13, 17. Is.
59, 10. Also
2. the morning twilight, dawn, Job 3,
9. 7, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. Ps. 119, 147.
* ! P^? fut. p? , once piJh Cant. 8,
1, whence n|?ts< or njrt^x 1 K. 19, 20,
to kiss; Syr. .aaJ id. Sam. id. For the
origin see note under ptij II. With
dat. of pers. Gen. 27, 27. 29. 11. 48, 10.
50, 1. Ex. 4, 7. Ruth 1, 9. 14. 1 K. 19,
20; more rarely c. ace. 1 Sam. 20, 41.
Gen. 33, 4. 1 Sam. 10, 1. Cant. 8, 1. So
too npj-'rtSa 'b p'i^j , whence Cant. 1, 2
An'^ n"ip->tt5ST3 ""SpiS"^, see in p no. 1. b.
a. p. 580. Prov, 24, 26 he kisseth (he
lips who answereth right words. Job 31,
27 "'Eb "^-i^ P^'ni or my hand hath kissed
my mouth, referring to a species of ado-
ration in which they kissed the hand
and waved the kisses towards the idol,
Plin. 28. 2. 5. Poet. Ps. 85, 11 right-
eoiisness and peace (happiness cibd)
kiss each other, i. e. they are mu-
tually connected, happiness follows
upon righteousness. Among the He-
brews the kiss was likewise the symbol
of veneration, fidelity, homage, e. g.
a) To a king from his subjects 1 Sam.
10, 1 ; and also from vanquished princes
Ps. 2, 12. b) To idols from their wor-
shippers 1 K. 19, 18. Hos. 13, 2; comp.
Job 31. 27. This rite, both in a civil
and religious sense, was common among
many nations ; and was applied to va-
rious parts of the body, as the mouth,
the shoulder, the hand, the knees, the
feet, etc. comp. the adoration of saints
in the ancient church, the kissing of the
black stone in the Kaaba at Mecca ;
Cic. Verr. 4. 43. Coram, on Is. 49. 23.
Such a kiss of fidelity and homage the
Heb. intpp. understand in Gen. 41. 40.
where Pharaoh says to Joseph : t;-q bs
''fiS'bS pTS"7 upon thy mouth shall all my
people kiss, i. e. all my people shall
render to thee homage and obedience.
Of all the interpretations yet given of
this passage, this seems to be the best.
See more in Thesaur. p. 923.
59*
PiEL i. q. Kal, to kiss, Gen. 31. 28 ;
as a pledge of homage and fidelity
from the vanquished to a monarch, Pa.
2, 12.
HiPH. id. Ez. 3. 13 the wings of the
living creatures nrins-bx nisx r-ip-'iEa
which mutually kissed each other, i. e.
of which one reached to and touched
another, i. q. nninx-bx nisx ni-isn 1, 9.
Comp. Ps. 85. U.
Deriv. n;5''il>5.
* 1 1 . piTj to bend a bow ; Eth. (Drt*
id. Kindred are ttJp^ , ttSp; , llSip to set a
springe, whence rtip bow. 1 Chr. 12, 2
nop ^psJS Complut. ivxflvoviiq lolov,
Vulg. tendentes arcum. 2 Chr. 17, 17
)iW ncjp piB3 bending the bow and
shield, by zeugma. Ps. 78, 9 the chil-
dren ofEphraini np "'Bin "'pffiis bend-
ing and shooting the bow; Sept. ivxtl-
rovTti xnl ^lillovifg toJoi', Vulg. inten-
dentes et mittentes arcum.
Deriv. pC3 .
Note. The signif commonly assigned
to p'ra II, is that of arming oneself, and
then this is connected with ih^io? kiss-
ing by an assumed primitive notion of
fixing, adjusting, comp. Ez. 3, 13. But
the context requires the meaning above
given ; and all the ancient versions and
the etymology confirm it. The signif.
of kissing is therefore plainly different
from p'dJ II ; and is perhaps onoma-
topoetic, like the words for kissing in
many other languages, as Germ, kvssen,
Engl, to kiss, Gr. xim (in Hom. xmaa,
xv(T(xa, xvuaui) ; Pers. (j*<*J , Germ, and
Swed. Puss, Engl, buss, comp. Lat.
basium, Ital. bacio ; Germ. Schmatz,
Engl, smack. See Thesaur. p. 924.
ptC? m. also pT^2 Ez. 39, 9. 10; in
pause pffl3 . R. pC3 II.
1. a weapon, collect, weapons. Job 20,
24. 39, 21. Ps. 140, 8. In a wider sense,
arms, weapons and armour, 1 K. 10, 25.
(2 Chr. 9. 24.) 2 K. 10, 2. Ez. 39, 10.
In Ez. 39, 9, it is mentioned along with
various kinds of weapons and armour,
2. an armoury, arseiuil, Neh. 3, 19;
see in is^ no. 2.
"l^D obsol. root. Arab. -a*j , to tear
in pieces with the beak, as a bird of prey ;
^i'D
702
^na
-u*JuO 5 i-*>*^ beak of a bird of prey.
Hence
1.5 m. in pause "iCS ; plur. D-^naJj ,
constr. *^'yCi, an eagle; Arab, -vwjj
Syr. fj^, Ethiop. "JflC, id. So Ex.
19, 4. Deut. 32, 11. 2 Sam. 1, 23. Job
9, 26, al. As there are many species
of eagles, the iffi.: , when distinguished
from others, seems to have denoted the
chief species, the golden eagle, /gvatxi-
BTog, as Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12. The
word however seems to have had a
broader acceptation, and, like the Gr.
uBTog and Arab. _w*j (see Bochart
Hie^oz. II. p. 312 sq.) sometimes com-
prehends also a species of vulture, espe-
cially in those passages where the "iC3
is said to be bald Mic. 1, 16. and to feed
on carcasses Job 39, 27-30. Prov. 30, 17.
(Matth. 24, 28.) The former would
seem to ma rk the vultur barbaius Linn.
To the eagle itself, which often sheds
its feathers as the serpent its skin, are to
be referred the words of Ps. 103, 5, so
that thy youth is renewed like the eaglets.
But the same fact is not alluded to in Is.
40, 31. See Bochart Hieroz. 1. c. with
Jlosenm. annotations T. II. p. 743 sq.
^V^ Chald. plur. "pncs , an eagle, Dan.
4,30.7,4.
~ _ to dry up, to/ail, as the tongue
from thirst Is. 41, 17 ; trop. of the
strength Jer. 51, 30, So Kimchi, who
assumes this root for these two exam-
ples and Niphal. But these two pas-
sages are better referred to r. no I. 1,
where see.
NiPH. id. to be dried up, as water, by
transpos. i. q. Tl'nD Niph. no 2. Is. 19, 5
B*nr c-S! >irr:i. This form might also
1)6 referred to a root nnr . Ethiop.
JFlD'l' destruxit, delevit.
JIPTDS m. Hebr.and Chald. an epistle,
letter, Ezra 4, 7. 18. 23. 5, 5. 7, 11. Its
origin seems to be from the Persian
^XiijU nebishten, ^^wiLuijJ newishlen,
^jJtMyi newisten, to write ; the sibilant
and labial being transposed.
"*J7 obsol. root, prob. to tread, to
tramplCy like Gr. atti^ui, whence S'^na a
beaten path. On the primary syllables
tab, tap, and pad, pat, as imitating the
sound of treading, see above in Ona ,
D-'^^nS i. q. D-'jipj , Ezra 8, 17 Cheth.
'''^5 only in Piel nns to cut in
pieces, e. g. an animal sacrificed Ex. 29,
17. Lev. 1, 6. 12. 8, 20 ; a dead body
Judg. 20, 6. Hence
'^C'.? m. plur. taTiri , a piece of flesh
Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 8 sq. Judg. 19, 29.
Ez. 24, 4.
^T? m. and ^^'^f?? f plur. CS^ns
and nia-r? . R. sn; .
1. Adj. trodden, see in 3r5 , e. g. T\'^^
nnTis a trodden way, beaten path, Prov.
12, 28.
2. Subst. a foot-path, by-way, a poetic
word Job 18, 10. 28, 7. 30, 13. 41, 24. Ps.
78, 50. 142, 4. al. Plur. fern. ip-'Si niS'^na
the paths to his house Job 38, 20. Is. 58,
12. Prov. 3, 17. al.
D''3''riD m. plur. (r. "p:) Nethinim.
i. e. the given, the devoted, pr. name of
the Hebrew hi}68ovXoi, or servants of the
temple, temple-slaves, who were under
the Levites in the ministry of the tem-
ple, 1 Chr. 9, 2. Ezra 2, 43. 58. 70. 8. 20.
Neh. 3, 31. 7, 46. 60. 73. 11, 3. 21. etc.
For the origin of the name, comp. Num.
8, 19. The Nethinim would seem to
have been partly Canaanites reduced to
servitude (Josh. 9, 23. 27), and partly
perhaps captives taken in war ; they
were instituted or at least regulated by
David, Ezra 8, 20. Cheth. once CSira
Ezra 8, 17.
y^y^ty: Chald.id. Mf/imm, Ezra 7,24.
*'^'D?, only in fut. T\Ti1 , kindr. with
~D5 , to pour intrans. i. e. to be poured
out, to overflow, pr. of water Job 3, 24 ;
elsewhere metaph. e. g. of roaring Job
I. c. of anger, c. 3 2 Clir. 12, 7. 34, 25.
Jer. 44. 6 ; b? 42, 18 ; of curses Dan. 9,
II, divine punishment ib. v. 27.
Niph. Tjii)? only in Praet. 1. i. q. Kal,
to he poured out, as water, rain, Ex. 9,
33. 2 Sam. 21, 10. Metaph. of anger
2Chr. 34, 21. Jer. 7, 20. Nah. 1,6.
2. to be made to flow, to be melted
Ez. 22, 21. 24, 11.
bns
703
TM
Hi PH. Tj'^nn , 'u^ T*^- ' '"^- "*^ T'^'?^!
Ez. 22, 20.
1. to pour out or forth Job 10, 10;
money 2 K. 22, 9. 2 Chr. 34, 17.
2. <o makejlow, to melt^ Ez. 22, 20.
HopH. "^nn pass, of Hiph. no. 2, Ez.
22, 22.
Deriv. ^inn .
*br3 obsol. root, Aram. %Lj i. q.
Heb. ^rJ , to gice. Hence pr. n. Tib-^n .
* 1^3 , 1 and 2 pers. ''nnj , Fina (once
nnn 2 Sam. 22. 41, as in for in^ Judg.
19, 11), plur. isnj, cnna . Intl absol,
Tinj; consir. twice in;, -yn Num. 20,
21. Gen. 33, 9; usually rn, with pref.
nnb , and with tone retracted "ib rn^
Gen. 15, 7 ; c. suff. Tin , inn . Imper. "(n,
-jn , Gen. 14, 21 ; c. He parag. njn often
emphat. Ps. 8, 2, see no. 2. aa. Fut
ypT. ! "'?.'? ! 1 P^''^- P^"""- "l^? Judg. 16, 5.
1. to give J Chald. Sam. id. Syr. ''sLl
only in fut. The primary idea seems to
be that o( reaching orU the hand, present-
ing, from the radical syllable /an, whence
jjn to extend, in^ to prolong, njpi to
give. The same is found in the Indo-
European tongues, with t softened to d,
and the final n mostly dropped, although
vestiges of it are not wanting; e. g.
Sanscr. da to give, Gr. 3dw, dld())fii ; Lat.
da-re, but with n preserved donum, dono,
earlier also dan-it, dan-unt, Enn. Pacuv.
Comp. too Egypt, "f , T^.^.J Tei>
THI. TO. TOJ to give, which in
hieroglyphic writing is expressed by a
hand extended and presenting some-
thing. Construed pr. with ace. of thing
and b of pers. Gen. 24, 35 "(SS i3-,nn
"ijsaa '. 29. 28. 33. 30, 6. al. ssepiss. With
bx of pers Gen. 18, 7. 21, 14. Is. 29, 11 ;
rarely ace. of pers. Josh. 15, 19 ^'"ix ^3
'snns 23in for thou Juist given me a
south (dry) land. Judg. 1, 15. Jer. 9, 1.
Is. 27, 4. Also with ace. and as, i. e. to
give to be with me, to give as a com-
panion. Gen. 3, 12 ; ace. of thing and 3
of price Joel 4, 3. Ez. 18, 13. Absol. to
give. i. e. to he liberal, munificent, Prov.
21, 26. Ps. 37, 21. Spec, in phrases :
a) *i^ "iPa to give the hand sc. to the
victor, see 1^ no. 1. lett. e ; but a "ii^ "jna
Bee ib. lett. b.
b) 'b *i^2 'rJ to gire into the hand of
any one, to deliver into his power, see in
T' lett. aa. (i. Sept. nnffudidoifti tl( /-
paf iirog. Ex. 23, 31. Num. 21, 2. 3. 34.
Deut. 1, 27. al. Not much different te
'b 'JBb '(Pa to give up, to deliver over, in
the presence of any one, Sept. nuQadl-
dtDfii iyaiTtiov nvoi, the former phrase
being used more of persons, and this of
things, e. g. a land, region Deut. 1, 8. 21.
2, 31. 33. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46. al. So
too simpl. *)n3 c. dat. to give tip, to de-
liver over, e. g. to the sword Mic. 6, 14 ;
to slaughter Is. 34, 2; to death Ps. 118,
18 ; to wasting Mic. 6, 16 ; one's back to
the smiters Is. 50, 6. But 'b I^ bs -(nj is
to commit to any one in charge, see 1^
no. 1. ee; and so too bs "rj to deliver
the kingdom to any one, Dan. 11, 21.
c) "iiacca "(PJ to gire in ward, to put
in prison, Lat. in custodiam dedit, Gen.
40, 3. Comp. Gen. 39, 20. Jer. 37, 14.
d) 'IB 'inj to give fmit, i. e. to yield,
as a tree, the earth, Lev. 25. 19. Ps. 1,3.
Ez. 34. 27 ; comp. Gen. 4, 12. 49, 20.
e) tf^y *tP3 to give i. e. turn the back,
see in 5)^5. Contra, 3 c^JS "P3 to give
i. e. set the face against, see in nsa
(D-^SQ) no. 1. f. But bx 'b 'rs -,113 to
turn the face of any one towards any
thing. Gen. 30, 40 ; see in n:a no. 1. e.
f ) in 'tTl^ t^ S^^^ favour, to grant
grace. Ps. 84, 12 ; with b of pers. Prov.
3, 34. But 'b 'rra 'b "(n -(PS to give
one favour in the eyes of any one, see in
*)n no. 1. b. The same constructions are
found with c^ann '3 .Job 36. 3 pns "inx
"'b^sb I will give -right to my Maker, do
justice 10 him, show that he is right ;
comp. CQ'r^ "(p; in v. 6.
g) b (Tir) 'n'::3 "pj to give honour,
praise, to any one. Ps. 68, 35. Jer. 13, 16 ;
affection, love. Cant. 7, 13. Also, to
give, grant, to any one his wish, desire,
hope, Ps. 21, 3 comp. 5. 20. 5. 140, 9.
Job 6, 8. In a bad sense to give (cause)
pain, sorrow, Prov. 10, 10.
h) Impers. in^, in?!. Germ, es gibt,
es gab, put for there is, there appears,
there arises, etc. Gen. 38, 28 and it
came to pass when Tamar travailed . "n^l
n;; lo there appeared a hand. Job 37, 10
from the breath of th^ Lord nn]?",n"' there
is (ariseth)/ros^, ice. Prov. 13, 10 inja
nsis "jn-i through pride there is contention.
in:
704
IM
i) The phrase 'jP)': ''a has a twofold
use : ) Who will give me or show vie
this or that ? i. e. no one will or can
give or show me, implying a negative ;
see in ''^ no. 1. e. Job 31, 31 in^ ""a
52ia3 xb iiiya^ who will show me (i. e.
where is) one who is not satisfied with
his meat ? i. e. who is driven from his
door hungry. Job 14,4 N^^^ iini: "(Fi^ "^"O
who will show me (where is) one pure
born of the impure 7 (5) Who will give?
implying wish, i. q. Oh, that one would
give ! Oh that I might have ! Oh that,
would that ; see in ^?3 no. 1. f. Deut. 28,
67 a'7.5 'ft}"^ '''U would it were evening !
Judg.' 9, 29. Ps. 14, 7 Oh tkat the salva-
tion of Israel were come out of Zion ! 2
Sam. 19. 1 woidd I had died for thee !
Hence ""Y'sTTi it; Oh that I had ! Ps.
55, 7. Sometimes there follows an ace.
and infin. Job 11, 5 la'n fiibi^ jn'i in Oh
that God would speak ! Or with infin.
13, 5 njriio ^ni io ; fut. Job 6. 8. 14, 13 ;
pr8et.23,3; prast. and fut. with Vav.Deut.
5, 26. But here those passages are to
be distinguished, where *ni i^ is: who
will make me so and so ? (see no. 3 be-
low.) i. e. Oh that I were! Jer. 8, 23 [9,
1] D713 1CK-1 ini ia Oh that my head
were xcaters ! Job 29, 2. Num. 11, 29.
Further, "jna to give or grant is also
put in various senses :
aa) to permit, to suffer, to let, sc.
to do any thing. Germ, zugehen ; like
Gr. dldoifii, Lat. dare, largiri, Syr. and
Arab. w;oi> , y^j^SH*- So with ace. of
pers. and infin. c. b, pr. to admit one to
the doing of any thing ; comp. the same
consecution in the synon. n-'Sn from n^i.
Gen. 20, 6 nibx srob T]inr3 xb I suffer-
ed thee not to touch her. 3i, 7. Judg. 1,
34. 1 Sam. 18. 2. Job 31. 30. Ps. 16. 10.
Ecc. 5, 5 ; wiihont the b Job 9, 18. Num.
20, 21. With dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 20, 10.
Ps. 55, 23.
bb) to give forth, to utter, at" a voice,
see bip ; words Gen. 49, 21 ; slander Ps.
50, 20 ; impious words Job 1, 22 ; odour
Cant. 1, 12. 2, 13 ; a miracle, i. e. to
show, io work, Ex. 7, 9, comp. didovai
ffTififlix Matt. 24, 24. A bolder figure is
r'n IPJ to give forth a sound by striking
the timbrel, i. c to strike the timbrel
Ps. 81. 3.
cc) to give for a price, i. e. to sell, Gr.
unuSidofxut,, Prov. 31, 24. 0pp. n;5b to
buy, see nj^b no. 2. a, c.
dd) to teach, comp. n|5b no. 2. Prov.
9, 9 give to a wise man (instruction), and
he will be yet wiser.
ee) Perh. to give back, to requite ; Ps.
10, 14 rj^1a nnb to requite it with thy
ha7id ; or, retribution is in thy hand,
power.
fi) With ace. of pers. to give up or
over, 1 K. 14, 16.
2. to put in any place, to set, to lay, to
place, Sept. xi9r,(ii. Gen. 1, 17 and
God set them (ons "iFi*;;) in the firma-
ment of heaven. 9, 13 / have set (Tins)
my bow in the clouds. So of persons 2
Sam. 11, 16. Of things that are set up
or Old. as a statue Dan. 11, 31 ; a table
Ex. 26. 35. 30, 6, or other sacred vessels
V. 18. 40. 5-7. 1 K. 7, 38 ; the ark upon
a cart 1 Sam. 6, 8 ; a monument Ez. 26,
8 ; and genr. of things put, placed, laid
up in any way. e. g. a stumbling-block
Ez. 3. 20. Lev. 19, 14. 26,1. Ps. 119, 110;
corn in cities Gen. 41, 48. So of things
sprinkled, as incense Ex. 30. 6. Lev. 2,
1 ; or poured, as water, oil, Ex. 30, 18.
Lev. 2, 15. Num. 19, 17 ; comp. Ex. 12,
7. Of sharp things, as a hook, awl, to
put in, to fix, to bore, Ez. 29, 4. Deut.
15, 17. Construed according to the
place where a thing is put : a) With
3 in a place, as Ez. 1. c. Deut. I. c. b)
With bx into a place ; Deut. 23, 25 [24j
"(Pin xb r,ib3~bi< thou shall put none into
thy sacA:.' Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25. 21. So
too Ex. 28, 30 thou shall put into the
breast-plate the Urim and Thummim.
Lev. 8, 8 ; see in nnx p. 26. c) With
bs on or upon a place, as fire upon the
the altar Lev. 1, 7. Num. 10, 18 ; a mi-
tre, helmet, upon the head, Ex. 29, 6. 1
Sam. 17, 38. etc. Lev. 8, 7. Ex. 34, 33.
Num. 4, 6. 2 Chr. 10, 9. Metaph. God
is said to put his spirit upon any one Is.
42, 1. Also to put uf/on, i. q. to apply,
as a ring upon the hand Gen. 41, 42.
Ez. 16. 11 ; the rings of the ark Ex. 25,
26 comp. 12. 28, 14. Num. 15. 38 ; blood
upon the horns of the altar Lev. 4.7. 18,
or upon the tip of the ear Lev. 14, 14.
Further, to put, to set, in special senses:
aa) to set, to place, to plant, e. g. the
branch o^ a tree Ez. 17, 22 ; a people
TW
705
:w
and a land Ez. 37, 26. Prov. 12, 12 the
wicked deaircth the jrreij of evil men,
',n7 D*^p-^x cJ-jiiSi bill the root of the
righteous God planteth firmly ; comp. v.
3. Here belongs tle vexed passage Ph.
8, 2 Jehovah, our Lord, how glorious thy
name in all the earth ! by ~\\^7^ njpi icx
D'^OTSn which glory of thine set thou also
above the heavens ! i. e. let thy glory,
thus manifested here on earth (v. 3),
be also acknowledged and celebrated
throughout the whole universe. The
form nsn is here as elsewhere imper. c.
He parag.
bb) With ace. of pers. and b? of pers.
or thing, to set one over any pers. or
thing. Gen. 41, 31. 43. Deut. 17, 15. But
with ace. of thing and by of pers. to lay
upon, to impute guilt to any one, to lay
on him its punishment ; Jon. 1, 14 lay
not upon us ( 13'^by "(Piri'bx ) innocent
blood, i. e. the death of Jonah, comp.
Deut. 21. 8, Ez. 7, 3 and I will lay ripon
thee all thy abominations, cause them to
return upon thy own head ; comp. v. 4.
8.9.
cc) ''33b 'r.3 /o .<fei fce/bre any one, e. g.
laws 1 K. 9, 6 ; judgment to be exer-
cised Ez. 23, 24.
dd) b nb *,ri3 to set one''s mind upon, to
give heed to any thing, i. q. by sb Dib,
Ecc. 7, 21. Also stronger, to set one^s
mind upon doing any thing, to apply
oneself to doing, Ecc. 1, 13. 17. 8, 9. 16.
Dan. 10. 12.
ee) 'b sb-bx "ir'n ",n3 to put a thing
into one's ln'art, spoken of God, Neh. 2,
12. 7, 5. Also "iab-bx "irs . tV (fQtal dn-
vat, to lay to heart, to consider, Ecc. 7, 2.
9,1.
3. ^owaAre, like C"'b,n''C, Arab. Jmja..
Lev. 19, 28 ns-icaa !i:nn t<b anb ye
shall make no incision in your flesh.
Also 3 CIS ",ri3 to make or cause a blem-
ish in, to injure any one Lev. 24, 20.
Spec.
a) to make i. e. to constitute one as
any thing, with two ace. Gen. 17, 5 ax
tj''riri3 a'^is "i"! -"!! the father of many na-
tions will I make thee. Ex. 7, 1. Lam. 1,
13. Ps. 69. 12. 89. 28 ; ace. and b of the
predicate Gen. 17, 20. 48, 4. Is! 42, 6.
Jer. 20. 4.
b) 3 tan 'ri to make a. thing as Bome-
thing else, like, similar to any thing.
I8.41,2'ia")n "iB^ ^Ti'' he will make their
sword as dust. Ez. 16, 7. Hence to
hold as, to regard and treat as or like
something else; 1 K, 10,27 r,DSn-rx irrij
csaxa and he made silver as storws. 21,
22. 'Gen. 42, 30 D-^bai^ja ws -(n'T he
field us, treated tis. as spies. (Comp.
' habere pro hostc' Liv. 2. 20.) Ez. 28,
2. 6. With ^jcb of judgment merely, to
regard or count as such an one, to judge
to be such, etc. 1 Sam. 1, 16 count me
not as a wicked woman. Comp. Gr.
lidiad^ai for vopl^iiv, riyiiad^ai, Passow
h. V. A. no. 5.
NiPH. "(ns pass, of Kal. 1. to be given
to any one, c. b Gen. 38, 14. Ex. 5, 16,
Is. 9, 5. 35, 2. Often to be given up. to
be delivered over, c. *i^a Job 9, 24. Jer.
32, 24. 25. 36. 43. 46* 24. al. So of a
law, to be given, Esth. 3, 14.
2. to be set, placed, Ecc. 10, 6.
3. to be made, c. a Lev. 24, 20 ; a
anything, Is. 51, 12.
HoPH. only fut. ^B''. 1. i. q. Niph.
no. 1, to be given, 2 K. 5, 17. Job 28,
15.
2. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to be put, placed;
2 Sam. 18, 9 and he was placed (sus-
pended) between the heaven and the
earth. Lev. 11, 38.
Deriv. OTW, "jn^, njpna, nnia, also
the proper names ''^7}12, n^snTO, ti^nnia,^
nnnia . and the four here following.
jriS Chald. found only in the fut. inr ,
"Pi37 , inf "iFiia , i. q. Heb. to give, Ezra
4, 13. 7, 20 ;' c. b Dan. 2, 16. 4, 14. 22.
29. The other tenses are taken from
the verb ani . Hence S3nB .
- I T : -
IC? (given sc. of God) Nathan, pr. n.
a) A prophet in the time of David
2 Sam. 7, 2. 12, 1. 1 K. 1, 8. Ps. 51, 2.
b) A son of David 2 Sam. 5, 14. c) 2
Sam. 23, 36. d) and e) 1 K. 4, 5. f)
1 Chr. 2, 36. g) Ezra 8, 6. h) 10, 39.
=??^"1^? (placed i. e. appointed by
the king) Nathan-melech. pr. n. of a
court officer of Josiah 2 K. 23, 11.
bXlHD (given of God) Nethaneel, pr.
n. Gr. Not &nt'nr,l, Nat hanael. a) Num.
1, 8. 2, 5. b) Several other persons,
only once mentioned respectively, 1 Chr.
2, 14. 15. 24. 24. 6. 26, 4. 2 Chr. 17, 7. 35,
9. Ezra 10, 22. Neh. 12, 21. 36.
5W
706
nna
f^l'if}? and 'in^r''^? (given of Jeho-
vah) Nelhaniah, pr, n. m. a) The son
of Asaph 1 Chr. 25, 12. b) 2 K. 25, 23.
25. Jer. 40, 8. 14. c) Jer. 36, 14. d) 2
Chr. 17, 8.
CIjJ to /ear up the ground, to break
up, proscindere terram, ; kindred with
rr3 and rni. Once Job 30, 13 ^lOrs
ina'^rs f/iey iear up my path, mar and
destroy it. Four Mse. read here, by a
gloss, -tsro.
* yW 1. q. i^ns , to break out the
teeth ; the 'j' being changed into S in the
Aramaean manner.
NiPH. pass, sirpq Job 4, 10. The an-
cient Heb. intpp. refer this form to r.
5n^ q. V.
y ";' fut. Y'Vi') to tear or break down,
to destroy, e. g. houses, buildings. Lev.
14, 45. Judg. 8, 9. 17. 2 K. 23, 7. Is. 22,
10; walls Jer. 39, 8. 52, 14; a city
Judg. 9, 45 ; a statue 2 K. 10, 27 ; an
altar Deut. 7. 5. etc. Also to break out
the teeth Ps. 58, 7. Trop. of persons,
to destroy. Job 19, 10. Ps. 52, 7.
NiPH. pass, to be thrown down, broken
down, destroyed, Jer. 4, 26. Ez. 16, 39 ;
rocks Nah. 1. 6.
PiEL i. q. Kal, Deut. 12, 3 ; elsewhere
only in Chron. as 2 Chr. 31, 1. 33, 3.
34, 4. 7. 36, 19.
PuAL i. q. Niph. once pra;t. Judg. 6, 28.
HoPH. i. q. Niph. and Pu. once fut.
Lev. 11, 35-
r-T to tear away, to pluck off, e. g.
a ring from the finger Jer. 22, 24. Trop.
in a military sense, to draw away, to cut
off sc. from a place, c. '('Q Judg. 20, 32 ;
see Niph. and Hiph. Part. pass, pirj
castrated Lev. 22, 24. Arab. iHJCJ to
strip off the skin; i^$>Xi to tear out the
locks ; ^>-*J to tear or break out a tooth.
to tear as an eagle his prey. The idea
o^ tearing seems to belong to the sylla-
ble rs . Hence prs .
PiEL to tear vp or off, e. g. bands, to
break, burst, Judg. 16. 9. Ps. 2, 3. 107,
14. Jer. 2, 20. 5, 5 ; c. bro Judg. 16, 12 ;
a yoke 1.=!. 58, 6 ; to tear the breasts, to
XDOiind, Ez. 23, 34; to tear out roots Ez.
17, 9.
Hiph. trop. to cut off from a place,
see in Kal, Josh. 8, 6. Also c. b to
pluck out, to separate, for any thing,
Jer. 12, 3.
HoPH. pBsn i. q. Niph. no. 3, Judg.
20, 31.
Niph. pPi , fut. pnr l.tobe torn off,
broken, e. g. of a string, cord. Is. 5, 27.
Jer. 10, 20. Judg. 16, 9. Ecc. 4, 12. Is.
33, 20. Metaph. Job 17, 11 my coun-
sels, purposes, are broken off, i. e. ren-
dered vain.
2. to be torn out or away, e. g. from a
tent Job 18, 14. Praegn. Josh. 4, 18 and
when the soles of the feet of the priests
were plucked up from the muddy chan-
nel and placed upon the dry land.
3. Metaph. to be separated out, Jer. 6,
29. In a military sense, to be cut of
from, c. '"0 Josh. 8, 16.
Deriv. from Kal is
pT}} m. in pause prs , a scall, mange,
scab, in the head and beard. Lev. 13, 30
sq. Concr. pr?n y53 V. 31 and pr^'i v.
33 one affected with the scall; comp.
SM no. 2.
* ^Cl? fut. in-i 1. to tremble, e. g. the
heart, to palpitate Job 37. 1. Onomato-
poetic, like T^e'tu, tfiipot, tremo.
C5-'
2. i. q. Arab. J to fall with a sound
or noise, in allusion to the sound or rat-
tling of dry leaves in falling; whence
Chald. and Syr. "irs, jJ to fall, as
leaves, fruit, etc. See Chald. and Hiph.
no. 2.
Pi EL to spring up and down, to leap,
i. e. to move by leaps, spoken of the
locust Lev. 11, 21. Other verbs of
trembling are also transferred to the
idea of leaping; see 5*^)1, ^pn.
Hiph. fut. apoc. "in^, imp. inri.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make trem-
ble Hab. 3, 6.
2. i. q. Aram. Aph. pr. to shake off the
foliage of a tree, hence to shake off a
yoke Is. 58, 6. Also C^i^OX iTin to
shake off the yoke of cap/ires i. e. to
loose, to set free captives-- Ps. 105. 20.
146. 7. Poet. Job 6. 9 "ira:''! Ti^ '^r)!
Oh that God wnidd let loose his hand
and cut me off; here the hand of God,
when not exerted, is figuratively re-
garded as bound, and when extended,
*)n3
707
BR Bet free. For "iPJ?] 2 Sam. 22, 33, see
the root "^in .
^ri: Chahl. and Syr. to fall of, as the
foliage or fruit of a tree, see the Heb.
no. 2.
Aph. to shake q/f leaves, Dan. 4, 11.
Hence
"iri3 m. nilrt, Lat. nitrum, Gr. vItqov,
A/rpoy, pr. the natron of the moderns or
Egyptian nitre, a mineral alkali, gather-
ed from the celebrated natron lakes,
(ditferent from rr^^^ vegetable alkali,)
which mingled with oil is still used as
soap, Jer. 2, 22. With an acid it effer-
vesces, and loses its strength ; hence
Prov. 25, 20. Prob. so called, because
it thus leaps or effervesces. See Hassel-
quist's Reise p. 548 Germ. J. D. Michae-
lisde Nitro 10. Wilkinson Mod. Egypt
and Thebes, I. p. 382 sq. Lond. 1843.
* ^y fut. tiin": , inf. ttSirs , pr. to tear
lip. to pliick up a plant, see Hoph- Arab.
IjiJCJ to pull up c. g. thorns ; Syr. ^^J
to tear up, also in pieces. Hence a)
Trop. to root out, i.e. to drive out, to esrpel^
sc. a people from a land (opp. yaj) Deut.
29. 27. I K. 14, 15. So in the phrase
ttjinx xbl cnraj / will plant them and
not pluck tliem up, i.e. I will give them
a fixed dwelling, and will not drive them
out, Jer. 12, 14. 15. 24, 6. 42, 10. 45, 4.
al. b) to root out, i. e. to tear down, to
destroy, e. g. cities Ps. 9, 7 ; idols Mic
5, 13.
NiPH. pass. 1. to be plucked up, ea>
pelled, as a people, Jer. 31, 40. Am. 9,
15 ; to be overthrown, as a kingdom,
Dan. 11, 4.
2. i. q. P^3 (Is. 19, 5), to be dried up,
spoken of water Jer, IS, 14.
Hoph. to be torn up, plucked up, Ez.
19, 12.
Samech, the fifteenth letter of the
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denot-
ing 60. The name "TOO denotes falcrum,
support, which accords well with the
Phenician form of this letter ; see Mo-
numm. Phoen. p. 39.
As to the sound of 0, it seems to have
been pronounced anciently as a softer
sibilant than io , which latter before the
introduction of the diacritical points
was not distinguished from t5, see
Lehrg. p. 17, 18. Hence it comes, that
very many roots are constantly written
in one and the same manner, either with
B, as aao, l^O; or with b, as mato,
D!ib ; and also that others when written
with D differ entirely from the similar
ones written with b , as bso to be fool-
ish, bsb to view, to understand ; 130 to
shut up, i?b to hire ; O^i and ioai ;
"110 and n^b ; nco and HEb . By de-
grees however this distinction in the
pronunciation was lost so that the later
Hebrew not unfrequently puts O for to
and vice versa ; e. g. 053 and b?3 vex-
ation ; a^on once for i''^r\ Job 24, 2 ;
110 and m*ib : ISO for nab Ezra 4, 5 ;
wbab for W^aO folly Ecc. 1, 17; 5W
andaib; ons and bno ; DBn and bsn.
The Syriac employs only the letter
Samech (Jo) ; the Arabic only Sin (y**)}
the Chaldee imitating the Syriac often
substitutes for the Hebrew b, as "Xto
Chald. -ilxD leaven, lab Chald.iao to
expect.
For the Heb. b the Arabs usually put
Jm , while for they put mostly j*, , as
"jO tX^ to adore, "it3!< ^\ to bind,
103 -tM^ sour grapes, noa \.^ to
cover ; more rarely [i . as "ino sJcw
winter, T^ao iJLi.
In the Hebrew itself^ and in AramsB-
an, is frequently interchanged : a)
With the thicker b, as l^io and
,i""ib coat of mail, o:3 Aram. 033 to
collect, nso and nsb to pour, etc. comp.
bbo, -DO,' and the like. That the
Ephraimites pronounced b like Samech,
we know from Judg. 12, 6. b) With T
and y ; see under these letters, c) With
dentals ; as ""O Chald. 73 raire; comp.
Tji? and Ti^P, ^^O and b^n.
XD
708
ino
f^^9 obsol. root. Arab. !L, to
extend, to expand; then perhaps to
measure, comp. TJia . Hence
^9^- plur. CXO. \. a Seah.a cer-
tain measure for grain, according to the
Rabbins the third part of an ephah,
nB"'X : i. e. nearly 1^ peck English ;
according to Jerome on Matt. 13. 33, a
tnwMus and a half. Gen. 18. 6. 1 Sam.
25, 18. Dual c'i'nxO for n-^HKO 2 K. 7,
1. 16. contracted in the Syriac manner,
like Q^nxia , n'^ns^ . Chald. id. From
the Aram, form \^\sa has sprung the
Gr. (TUTov, in Sept. the N. T. and Jose-
phus,
2. Genr. measure ; so Chald. StrSD
often. Hence with Aqu. Symm. Theod.
Chald. Syr. I would explain the difficult
word njjSXOa Is. 27, 8, contr. from
{iK&'nxpa (Dag. fort, conjunct, as
DBjJTa for cr^"nr), by measure and mea-
sure, according to measure, i. e. with
moderation ; comp. KBtU^s Jer. 10, 24,
and =!EUJ:3 Jer. 30, I'l.' 46, 28. Less
prob. is a solution lately proposed, that
nsesoa is put for nsisTa (r. yiT) in
agitating or terrifying her.
"JISD rn. (r. "(XO) a shoe, spec, the
high and hollow shoe, caliga, vn68r,fiu
Kollov, bound on with thongs, such a.s
rustic travellers and soldiers were ac-
customed to wear as a protection against
the mud ; Chald. xro ; Syr. }Jc|jJ. Is.
9, 4, "Kb "ixp'-S lit. every shoe of the
shod, oDinis caliga caligati, i. e. of the
eoldier, warrior.
"jJ^O 1. Pr. as it would seem, to
be clayey, miry. comp. Chald. "jsto, "D,
Syr. Jj-1 , Heb. '("^p mire, clay, kindr.
with the subst. ^M clay. Hence TiXD
a shoe, as a defence against the mud
and mire. Thence
2. Denom. to shoe, to furnish with
shoes, calceare, like Syr. Aii. Part.
1X0 intrans. shod, Is. 9, 4 ; see in "jixD .
nXDS50 Is. 27, 8, see in nxo no. 2.
^79 ^^ drink to excess, to tope.
The primary idea seems to be that of
tucking up, absorbing, which is express-
ed by onomatopoetic words, as t^t^^,
sorbeie ; with I inserted Germ, schl&rfen;
with 1 dropped Anglosax. supan. Germ.
saufen, Engl, sip, sup ; and in Greek,
the sibilant being dropped, ^ocfiw. Also
rab would seem to be from the same
source. Is. 56, 12. Part. N2b a toper,
drunkard, Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23, 20. 21,
Ez. 23, 42 Cheth. Part. pass. X13Q
drunken; [Nah. 1, 10 for interwoven
like to thorns, 'lai nisizp Cijapsi and
drunken as with their wine, they yet
shall be devoured as stubble, i. e. march-
ing in phalanx and intoxicated to reel-
ing ; see in t313 no. 1. R.
Deriv. the two following.
N?0 Ez. 23, 42 Keri, i. q. Part, snio
Cheth. plur. n-'sno drunkards.
S*50 m. c. suff. Tj^aO 1. wine Is. 1,
22. Nah. 1, 10 see m r. Kap,
2. a drinking-bout, carouse, Hos. 4, 18.
i?2D, plur. 0"S3D, (perh. i. q. Ethiop.
A-nK man, comp. nrinp, nsnsp,)
Seba, the Sabeans, pr. n. of a people de-
scended from Cush, Gen. 10. 7 ; i. e. a
people and country of Ethiopia flourish-
ing in traffic and wealth. Is. 43, 3. 45,
14. Ps. 72, 10 ; and distinguished for the
tall stature of its inhabitants, Is. 45, 14.
Hdot. 3. 20. According to Josephus,
Ant. 2. 10. 2, it would seem to have been
Meroe, a province of Ethiopia distin-
guished for its wealth and commerce,
lying between the Nile and the Astabo-
ras (Tacazze). and called by the an-
cients an island ; with a metropolis of
the same name, of which the ruins are
still found not far from the town of
Shendy. See Burckh. Travels in Nubia
p. 275. Rttppell's Reisen in Nubien und
dem petraischen Arabien 1829. Tab. 5.
Hoskins' Travels in Ethiopia etc. Lond.
1835 For plur. n-'K20 Ez. 23, 42, see
in xno.
"^~T prset. both fully and defect.
!i320 , lap , oniap ; inf. ab , once aaob
Num. 21, 4; imper. ab ; fut. ab^ and
ais^ , ab^i , conv. api .
1. to turn oneself, i. e. to turn intrans.
e. g. Prov. 26, 14 the door tumeth bs
tnn'^a upon its hinges. 1 Sam. 15, 27
rsbb bsinani ab'l and Samuel turned to
go away. The person or place to which
one turns is put with bx Ecc. 1, 6.
nno
709
nno
1 Sam. 14, 24 ; M K. 2, 15. Ps. 1 14. :?. 5 ;
i? Hiib. 2, 16. '2 Chron. 18, 31. That
from which one turns is put with '"O,
\>ro , "jpia ; 1 Sam. 17, 30 ibsxi: rb';;
MIX bn?3-bx ant/ A< turned from him
toward another. 18. 11. Gen. 42. 24.
With ''';)n?"^'* '0 ''""" ^<^^k after any-
one, so as to follow him, 2 K. 9, 18. 19;
and absol. to return Cant. 2, 17. 18. Ps.
71, 21 ; inf. c. b to turn oneself to do any
thing, Ecc. 2, 20. 7, 25. Also absol. to
turn to, for to approach, 1 Sam. 22, 17.
18. 2 Sam. 18, 15. 30. Spoken of things,
to turn to any place, i. e. to be brought,
carried, transferred, to that place or
person ; 1 Sam. 5, 8 3137 ra /e/ /Ae ark
turn about to Gath, be carried thither.
Num. 36, 7. Hab.2, 16; comp. 1 K. 2, 15.
2. <o go about in a place, which in-
cludes the idea of turning oneself con-
tinually, to go over a place, as a city,
cities, c. a Cant. 3. 3. 5, 7. 2 Chr. 17, 9.
23, 2 ; also c. ace. Is. 23, 16 -|is 13b go
about the city. 1 Sam. 7, 16 and he went
over the cities Bethel and Gilgal and
Mizpeh. 2 K. 3, 9 arid they went about
Ca*^ rS3d ~"!'n a way of seven days,
where the words '^ 'la 't constitute an
accusative. Also to go round about a
place, to compass, c. ace. Deut. 2, 1. 3.
Josh. 6, 3. 4. 7. Ps. 48, 13 ; in order to
avoid it Num. 21, 4. Judg. 11, 18.
3. to encompass, to surround, c. ace.
Gen. 2, 11. 13. 1 K. 7, 24. 2 K. 6, 15.
Ps. 18, 6. 22, 17 ; in a hostile sense
Ecc. 9, 14. Also c. 15X 2 K. 8, 21 ;
i) Job 16, 13. Judg. 20, 5. Gen. 37, 7
and lo your sheaves surrounded m)/ sheaf
and did obeisance to it, i. e. stood round
about it. etc. Absol. to surround a table
i. e. to come around it. to sit down or re-
cline at table, 1 Sam. 16, 11 303 5<b we
will not sit down; comp. in 3073.
4. Trop. to turn. i. e. to alter, to change ;
with 3 to become like any thing, Zech.
14, 10. Comp. Pi. and Hiph. no. 3.
5. Trop. to go about any thing, to
bring about, i. e. to be the cause of any
s ^^ - B^
thing. Comp. Arab. vw^a*; cause, s_/ju>m
to cause ; Talmud, nao cause, pr. the
thing or occasion on which any thing
depends ; Engl, circumstance. Germ.
Umstand. from the signification of sur-
60
rounding, comp. PSTij*. 1 Sam. 22, 22
'j^-'ssj P"? c^ES-bas Tiiao 'qjx lam the
cause to all the persons of thy family.
i. e. I have brought about, occasioned,
their death ; Vulg. ego sum retts omnium
animarum.
NrPH. 303 and 305 Ez. 26, 2 ; fem.
n303 for naoj Ez. 41,7, see Lehrg. p.
372^ Heb. Gr.' 66. n. 11 ; fut. 307 , iiao^ .
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn oneself, to
turn, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 17. 10, 11. 16; often
of a boundary Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15,
3. al. Also i. q. to be turned over to any
one, c. b, Jer. 6, 12 o-^-^nxb on-^na 120 j
their houses shall be turned over (trails-
ferred) to others; comp. in Kal Num. 36,7.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to surround, Judg.
19, 22 ; with bs , in a hostile sense, Gen.
19,4. Josh. 7,9.
PiEL 320 i. q, Kal no. 4, to turn. i. e. to
change, 2 Sam. 14, 20.
Po. 33'iO 1, i. q. Kal no. 2, to go
about ifi a place, c. 2 Cant. 3. 2 ; c. ace.
to go about or over a place i. e. in it Ps.
59, 7. 15 ; to go round a place Ps. 26, 6 ;
with b5. in a hostile sense Ps. 55, 11.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to encompass, to sur-
round, Jon. 2, 4. 6. Ps. 7, 8 ; with twoi
ace. of pers. and thing with which Ps;.
32, 7. 10. Espec. in order to protect
and defend, Deut. 32, 10. Jer. 31, 22
"135 33iDn n3p3 a woman protects a
ina7i. Comp. II. 1. 37 og Xv(jr,v upcpi^s-
^rjxag.
Hiph. 30ri, ftjt. 30^ and 307.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to
turn Ex. 13, 18. Trans, to turn, 1 K. 8,
14 I'^JB-rx Tiban 3071 and the king turn-
ed his face. 21, 4. 2 K. 20, 2. I'^J"'? 3Dn-
'(0 to turn away the eyes from any one
Cant. 6, 5. Trop. bs 's 3b 30n to turn
the heart or mind of any one towards a
person or thing Ezra 6, 22. comp. 1 K.
18, 37 ; and so without 35, 2 Sam. 3, 12'
bsno^-bs-rx ^^-'bx 3Dnb to turn all Is-
rael unto thee. Hence also to transfer,
with b of pers. to whom, 1 Chr. 10, 14
'T'lnb na^ban-rx 30l and transferred
the kingdom to David. With bs of
place, i. e. to or into any place, 1 Sara.*
5, 8. 9. 10 ; ace. of place 2 Sam. 20, 12.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, ' to cause to
go about,' j. e. to lead about, around,
e. g. a man Ez. 47, 2 ; an army Ex. 13,
18 ; walls, to build around 2 Chr. 14, 6
I2D
710
ino
3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to turn, i. e.
to change ; 2 K. 23. 34 laa-nN Z'qil
ts'^p'^in^ and changed {turned) his name
to Jehoiakim. 24, 17.
4. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn
oneself 2 Sam. 5, 23. b) i. q. Kal no. 2,
to go about in a place, c. ace. Josh. 6, 11.
c) i. q. Kal no. 3, to surround, in a hos-
tile sense, Ps. 140, ]0.
Ho PH. rO'n , Cut. -B^"! 1. to he turned,
to turn intrans. e. g. a door on its
hinges Ez. 41, 24 ; the roller of a thresh-
ing-sledge, Is. 28, 27.
2. to be surrounded, Ex. 28. 11. 39, 6.
13.
3. to be turned, changed, Num. 32,
38.
Deriv. nsG, f^2p?, -^=0, -O'?, -o^ra.
TiSp f. ( r. 220 ) a turn, course of
things, as from God, 1 K. 12, 15 ; i. q.
nso: 2 Chr. 10, 15.
a''2D ra. (r. 220) 1. Sing, as subst.
a circuit 1 Chr. 11, 8. Hence 2"'2S^
from or in a circuit, round about, on
every side. Job 1, 10. Ez. 37, 21. Josh.
21, 42. al. psep. Sept. xixXo&fv. So
\> 2''2&?3 from round about any person
or thing Num. 16, 24. 27. Accus. 2i2D
as adv. round about, circum,, Gen. 23, 17.
Ps. 3, 7. 12, 9. Job 10. 8. 18, 7. al. sp.
and so after verbs oi" motion Is. 49, 18.
60, 4. 2"20 2'i20 circumcirca, round
aboid, Ez. 40, 5 sq. h 2"'20 as prep.
round about, around any thing, e. g.
"jSUia^ 3"2D round aboid the tabeimacle
Ex'. 40, 33. Num. 1, 53. al. Once c.
genit. y"!!i<n S'^ao round about the land
Am. 3, 11.' '
2. Plur. m. C''2'^20 a) Of persons,
those round about, neighbours, Jer. 48,
17. 39. b) Of place, places round about,
circumjacent, the environs, Jer. 33, 13
obt^i"' ^2''2p3 in the environs of Jeru-
salem! Ps. 76, 12. 89. 8. 97, 2. c) As
prep. c. sutf. round about, around any
one ; Ps. 50, 3 ix^ nnsta? i"'2i2p it is
very tempestuous round about him. Jer.
46, 14. Lam. 1, 17.
3. PInr. f. riS'^SD a) circuits, circles,
orbits, which one runs through. Ecc.
1. 6 nrn no T^nii-^nD hv) and the wind
reiumeth upon its circuils, begins anew
the circuit of its conrses. b) i. q. n'^2'^2C
no. 2, places round about, circumjacent^
the environs, Num. 22, 4. Dan. 9, 16.
Neh. 12, 28. Ps. 44, 14. 79, 4. c) In st.
constr. as a prep, round, about, around ;
Num. 11, 24 ^nsn ri2-^2D round about
the tabernacle. Ez. 6. 5. Ps. 79, 3. Often
c. sutf. 'in"i2"'2D round about me Job
29, 5 ; and so Neh. 5, 17. Job 22, 10.
Ez. 5, 12. Ps. 18, 12. Gen. 35, 5. 2 K.
17. 15.
s|59 ^o interweave, to interlace, e.g.
branches, part. pass. Nah. 1, 10. see in
r. N20 . Comp. T>2b . Arab. \iJL-w II, id.
Kindr. are Tji2, r2i<. From this root
with 2 softened comes the verb li* qui-
escent T^T^a .
PtiAL pass, of roots interwoven, Job 8,
17.
Deriv. the five following.
^3D tn. (Kamets impure) branches
interwoven, a thicket. Gen. 22, 13. Here
also belongs the phrase '^S"r)2D3 Pa.
74, 5, taking - as Kamets Jong, although
Metheg is wanting in the editions. A
similar instance is "^frbnTja Ps. 16, 5,
which all copies write without Metheg,
although it is doubtless to be read m'ndthj
comp. 11, 6. A few Mss. have 7(203,
see T\^0.
^30 Jd- ^ thicket, whence plur. constr.
nj'^n ''=20 Is. 9, 17. 10, 34. Kimchi
and some Mss. read "'220, 'SSO, "^a? j
see Lehrg. p. 77.
^30 c. suff. 1220 or "1230 (Dag. ei>-
phon.) a thicket, Jer. 4, 7. R. T|30 .
3aD Chald. r. Dan. 3, 5, and i^^^V
V. 7. 10. 15, sambuca, Gr. aa^^vui], uuft-
(3vxrii;,aiy^^v^, ^(//ifSixij, a stringed instru-
ment of music, having four strings, simi-
lar to the nablium or b25 q. v. no. 3. i. e.
to the harp or lyre. See Athen, IV. p.
175. XIV. p. 633, 637. Strabo X. p. 471
Casaub. Vitruv. 6. 1. ib. 10. 22. Strabo
affirms, 1. c. that the Greek word oufi-
^vxtj is of barbarian i. e. oriental origin ;
and if so, the name might perhap.5 have
allusion to the interweavingoCthe strings,
from r. Tj2D .
''D3P (for rt^ 'r^no thicket of Jehovah,
i. e. crowd of GmJ's people, comp, ~0,)
Sibbecai, pr. n. of a military chief under
David, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 1 Chr. 11, 29 (for
which 2 Sam. 23, 27 corruptly ''^ya).
20, 4. 27, 11.
>ae
711
nsD
*^'55, fut. Vaq^ to bear, to carry,
BC. heiivy burdotm. Syr. Chulil. id.
Kindr. are b?, bsid. Ih. 46, 4. 7. Gen.
49, 15. Trop. to bear the sorroua, sins
of any one, i. e. to sutler the punishment
which another has merited, Is. 53,4. 11.
Lam. 5, 7.
Pu AL part. plur. n'^^sD^ , laden sc. with
young ; hence gravid, big with young, of
kine Ps. 144, 14. Comp. Arab. J^L^
portans, in utero gestans, JJu gravis
fuit, in utcro gestavit. Syr. )l St la-
den, gravid.
HiTHP. banOrt to become a burden
Ecc. 12, 5.
Deriv. bao , bao , bab , nbao .
^30 Chald, i. q. Heb. also to lift or
raise up, to erect. Comp. xiL'3 .
PoAL pass, to be erected, built, Ezra
6, 3 vbai'DO "^nvi-x^ and its foundations
be set up, built. Chald. and Samar. id.
53? m. a bearer of burdens, porter, 2
Chr. 2, 1. 17. 34, 13. Neh. 4, 4. 1 K.
5, 29 (15) by apposition bao xtas. R.
^30 m. a burden Neh. 4, 11. Ps. 81, 7 ;
trop. 1 K. 11, 28. R. bao.
b^b m. (r. bao) c. sufF. ibao Dag. eu-
phon. a burden Is. 1 0, 27. 14, 25. hs
ibao the yoke of his burden, his burden-
some yoke, Is. 9, 3. For the Dag. f
euphon. in "ibao see Lehrg. p. 87. The
form is not to be derived either from
bao or bao .
nbzip or '^<3D f, only in plur. constr.
ribao burdens, tasks imposed, heavy
and oppressive labours, Ex. 1, 11. 2, 11.
5, 4. 5. 6, 6. 7. R. bao .
nbap in the dialect of the Ephraim-
ites i. q. t^bad, ear of grain, Judg. 12. 6.
* I^D Chald. (in Heb. lab) a root
m frequent use in Chaldee and Syriac,
the significations of which may be ar-
ranged as follows ; see Thesaur. p. 1319.
Buxt. Lex. col. 1424-30.
1. to cut, to divide ; whence Po. "laio
to cut or open a vein. Buxt. no. V.
2. to look at, to discern, to inspect,
which is implied in dividing and distin-
gui.shing. as in r. 'pa ; see Heb. "^ato.
Arab. _a*< to examine a wound.
3. t(t look for, to await ; also to hope^
to trust ; see Buxt. no. II. Often in the
Targums for Heb. njp , naa . Syr. jjav
Pa. to hope. Once in O. T. Dan. 7, 25
n'^rdnb laO'^J and he hopeth, tmsteth, to
change, etc. Sept. Alex, nooadttmu.
4. to judge, to suppose, to think, Buxt.
no. III. Syr Pe. Aph. id.
5. to understand, Buxt. no. IV.
Deriv. from no. 3 is
D'''l3p (two-fold hope) Sibraim, pr.
n. of a Syrian city between Damascus
and Hamath, otherwise unknown, Ez.
47, 16.
nrap Gen. lO, 7 (21 Mss. Knab) and
J?nip 1 Chr. 1,9, Sabtah pr. n. of a peo-
ple and region of the Cushites; see in
bna no 2. There is little doubt tlmt it
corresponds to the Ethiopian city ^u/5t,
2',5m, JtM/5(, (see Strabo XVI. p. 770
Casaub. Ptolem. IV. 10,) situated on the
5. W. coast of the Red Sea, not far from
the present Arkiko, in the vicinity of
which the Ptolemies hunted elephants.
Among the ancient intpp. Pseudojona-
than gives it by 'xniSD , for which read
"'Xnro i. e. Sembritce, whom Strabo 1. c.
p. 786 places in the same region. Jose-
phus. Ant. I. 6. 2, understands those who
dwelt upon the Astaboras.
XDnnp Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sab-
teca, pr. n. of a people and region of the
Cushites, probably in Ethiopia, like the
preceding ; see in C'!3 . Targ. 'X53T
Ziugitani. in the eastern parts of Ethio-
pia. On Egyptian monuments the word
SBTK or Sabatoca appears as the pr.
name of the Ethiopians ; so that J*2n30
can hardly be sought for elsewhere.
See Thesaur. p. 940. Rosellini Monura.
Storici II. p. 108 sq. 120, 121.
50 plur. D'^JD , see 5"'p .
"^V ; ^ut. njp") , to fall down in ado-
ration, to prostrate oneself spoken of
idol worship, c. b Is. 44, 15. 17. 19. 46,
6. It is a word of t-he later Hebrew
and Chaldee ; see the Ibllowing article.
"I?9 Chald. Dan. 2. 46. fut. nap": , i- q-
Heb. to fall down in adoration of idols,
c. b Dan. 3, 5. 6, 10-12. 14. 15. 28; in
i:d
712
"IjD
homage of a man 2, 46. Syr. ,^ to
- ^- 'g o ^
adore. Arab. S^ id. whence tX^^^
mosk. ^
^"1^9 r"- (j"- "'?^) 1- shvtting up, en-
, closure. Hos, 13, 8 csb -iiao ^Ae cawi
of their heart, i. e. the parts around the
heart, pericadiura.
2. Job 28, 15 i. q. "n^JD 2nt , see 150
Xal part. pass.
3. Ps. 35, 3 see in iJO Kal, lett. c.
*5jD obsol. root, Chald. ba^b (for
^5p) fo get, to acquire J comp. SPibwD
property. Kindr. is "i30 . Hence
^T ^9 ^- property, wealth, private pro-
perty,^ 1 Chr, 29, 3. Ecc. 2, 8. Often of
the people of Israel, nin";! J^^ao (comp.
nbni) Ex. 19, 5. Deut'. 7, 6. i4, 2. 26,
18.^1.
1?9 <^'' 1?9 "1- '^"ly '" plur. C155& . a
prefect, governor, ruler, spoken : a) Of
Babylonian magistrates, prefects of the
provinces, Jer. 51, 23. 28. 57. Ez. 23,
6. 12. 23; comp. Is. 41, 25. See the
Chald. b) Of the chiefs and rulers of
the people of Jerusalem in the time of
Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 9. 2. Neh. 2.
16. 4, 8. 13. 5, 7. 17. 7, 5. 12, 40. 13, IL
^ O t*.
Corresponding in mod. Pers. is ejj^
praetor, satrap ; whence Arab. 2CL^, Syr.
, satrap, prefect. A trace of the
Bame from the anc. Pers. seems to exist
in "|5"i."ra q. V. edict of a prince ; also in
' Gr.' to'r/itvr,9 Athen. XIV. p. 639. C.
Benfey compares Sanscr. gangha, or ra-
ther ^tLSuna, command, Monalsn. p. 193
Bq. Bohlen better Sanscr. sagana
(Jtoi^'frnjc) q. d. tvyivtjg, noble. Sept.
(TTQuiriyog, uq/wv.
T?'? m. Chald. a prefect, governor of a
province, Dan. 3, 2. 27. 6, 8. But Dan.
2. 48 'piap an the chief of the prefects, bc.
over the Magi.
^'i'C fut. "^ap"; , toshut, to close. Kindr.
is "ibp l)ut less frequent ; comp. also bap .
The primary syllable is "li, comp. "ijn.
Ethiop. hk^lt, to shut up in a net, to
take in a net. Constr. c. ace. as a
door Gen. 19, 10. Mai. 1, JO; agate
Josh. 2, 7. Ez. 46, 12; the womb, bo as
to render barren, 1 Sam. 1, 5. Job 3. 10*,
a breach m a wall 1 K. II, 27; trop.
one's own heart Ps. 17, 10, comp. I
John 3, 17. Also T^^ns rb'^ri ijo to
shut the door after oneself on entering a
house, Gen. 19, 6; oftener rb^n -ijo
insa id. 2 K. 4, 33. Is. 2G, 2l';' elliptT
l^nnwS 150 id. Judg. 9, 51. So too
'S 153 nbnn 1:0 to shut the door after
{around) any one, to shut him in, 2 K.
4, 4. 5 ; and without rbrtr\ Gen. 7, 16.
For all these constructions with 152 ,
and also for Judg. 3, 22, see in 1S3 no.
1, 2, and note, p. 143, 144. Gen. 2, 21
nrnnn iba 1 Jpl'l and God closed up the
flesh instead thereof, i. e. in place of the
rib. Instead of the ace. we find other
constructions : a) With 1S2 around,
round about; see in 152 no. 1. a. b)
With bs Ex. 14, 3 lairn cn-^bj; -,ap the
desert hath shut them hi, lit. hath closed
upon them. Job 12, 14 UJ-'N-bs i3p';i he
slmtteth tip over a man sc. a subterra-
nean prison, c) With nxn^jb prgegn.
Ps. 35. 3 f/ra3 oid the spear nx"^j?b lipn
'Bll and shut the way against my
pursuers; here many interpreters
take Up or iiap as subst. i. q. Gr.
a('tyu()iq a battle-axe Hdot. 7, 64, comp.
Arab. X^ a wooden spear; but this
is unnecessary, d) Absol. Is. 22, 22.
Josh. 6, 1 nnjio^^ niab 'Tn->i'''T and Jeri-
cho had shut its gates a7id was fast shut
up, where Kal seems to refer to the
closing of the gates, and Pual as intens.
to their being fastened with bolts and
bars ; Vulg. Jericho ante in clausa erat
atquemunita; Chald. ' et Jericho erat
clausa foribus ferreis et roborata vecti-
bus seneis.' Part. pass. i^lO shut up^
closed, Ez. 44, 1. 2. 46, 1. Hence also
precious, whence i-iap 2ilt preciotis
gold, i. e. pure, unadulterated, 1 K. 6,
20. 21. 7, 49. 50. 10, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 2f. 22.
9, 20. Vulg. aurum purum. Chald.
aumm bonum. Others less well, aurum
dendnrides, from ^jS! tree, i. e. native
gold, shooting out in the form of a tree.
NiPH. pass, of Kal to he shut, of doors
or gates Is. 45, 1. 60, 11; shiit vp, of
persons, Num. 12, 14. 15. 1 Sam. 23, 7.
Reflex, to shut oneself up, Ez. 3. 24.
PiEL 1&P i. q. Hiph. no. 2, to deliver
sc. into the iwwer of any one, pr. ' to
nao
713
^no
shut up in the power of any one ; c.
J^a 1 Sam. 17, 4G. 24, 19. 26 8; nhsol.
2 Sam. 18, 28. Comp. avyxknot Rom.
11, 32. Gal. 3, 22. Diod. Sic. 9. 19.
PuAL to he shut %ip, e. g. a city Josh.
6, 1 see above in Kai lett. d. Is. 24, 10.
Jer. 13, 19.
HiPH. I'^jon 1. to shut up e. g. a
house Lev. 14, 38 ; a person Lev. 13, 4.
5. 11.21.26. al.
2. to let shut up, to deliver over e. g. to
the keepers of a prison Job 11, 10; and
genr. to deliver into the power of any
one, c. n^a Josh. 20, 5. 1 Sam. 23, 12.
20. Ps. 31,' 9. Lam. 2, 7 ; bx Deut. 23,
16. Job 16, 11 ; b Am. 1, 6. 9'; absol. Ob.
14. Also stronger, to deliver over, to
give over to the power and discretion
of any one ; c. h Ps. 78, 48. 50. 62 ; with-
out dat. to give up, q. d. to forsake, to
abandon, Deut. 32, 30. Am. 6, 8.
Deriv. "liao , isno , nsor , nnrjoa .
*^9 Chald. to shut, to close, Dan. 6,
23. Syr. ^ id.
"T'^lSD m. rain, heavy rain, Prov. 27,
15. Cliald. xn^nso , Syr. fj^, Samar.
'iT^P^ ; id. Some refer this noun to
to Arab. -^ to fill with water, to pour
out water into the gutter. Better from r.
"C^a ^ to sweep away, to bear off;
Arab. spec, to wash away the earth, as
a torrent ; jjjL^ torrent | hence by
prefixing the sibilant "I'^'^SO . Comp.
Chald. bab;o i. q. baba ; li-s^ i. q.
'T'aj ; see more in Lehrg. p. 862.
ID m. (r. ^"10) stocks, Lat. nervus, i. q.
rrSQn'Q q. v. a wooden frame or block in
which the feet of a person were shut
up. Job 13, 27. 33, 11. Syr. fyi?, Chald.
K^'nt? id.
s
"IjO obsol. root. Arab. Ju*(, to stop,
to shut up by a bar, bolt, etc. Hence "lO .
Y'lO m. (r. '("ID) a shirt, shift, a wide
under-garment of linen worn next
the body, Judg. 14, 12. 13. Is. 3, 23.
Prov. 31, 24. Sept. o-tr^w*-. Chald. id.
Syr. i^OfJB in the Peshito forGr. aovdd-
qiov Luke 19, 20, for Xtvxiov John 13. 4.
60*
Dj9 obsol. root, perh. i. q. D'^'rf,
""la , Chald. to burn, to cunauiiie with
fire. . Hence
DTO Sndx)m, Gr. ^udofta, pr, n. of a
city in the vale of Sidditn near the south
end of tlie Dead Sea, which with three
others was destroyed in the time of
Abraham and submerged in the Dead
Sea. Gen. 10, 19. 13. 10. 18, 20. 19, 15.
Is. 1, 9. al. Hence vines of Sodom, which
were probably degenerated and inferior,
(comp. the apples of Sodom Jos. B. J. 4.
8. 4.) are put Deut. 32, 32 as the emblem
of a degenerate state ; comp. Jer. 2, 21.
Also judges of Sodom, i. q. unjust and
corrupt judges. Is. 1, 10. The name
may signify burning, conflagration, (r.
0*10 ,) as being built on a bituminous soil
and therefore perhaps exposed lo fre-
quent fires ; comp. tlie name Karaxixav-
ftitTj given to a part of Phrygia. Or it
may be i. q. n'C'iC field, vineyard, q. v.
On the site and catastrophe of Sodom,
see Bibl. Ree. in Palest. II. p. 601 sq.
* 1^? Arab. jjju i. q. JJum
(see lett. b) to loosen, to let one's garment
9 ^ S ' ^
hang loose; whence ^^otX-wj ^j\iX*tj,
s - -
jjjuw, a sail, wide garment. Deriv.
* "'!!!9 obsol. root, Chald. "rnO often
in Targ. for Heb. Tj'^S, to set in a row,
to arrange in order. Hence nn'ib,
Jl'THDia , and
^"7? m. order, plur. O'^'i'iO Job 10,
22. Chald. id. Syr. fiji> id.
'J? obsol. root, prob. to go round
in a circle, to be round; kindred with
"fi'n, ~i!n, q. V. Samar. i. q. "ino to sur-
round. Talmud. ~no a wall, fence.
Hence irio, ''Tvo, cs'nnb.
^no m. roundness ; once Cant. 7, 3.
"HSn ",ax a basin of roundness i. e.
a round basin or goblet. Syr. jjoiu
s o
Arab. (^ " the moon, so called from
its round form ; comp: csiirtb.
"inO m. a. tower i. e. a round tower,
castle, fortress ; Syr. l.^i-i*ffl arx. pala-
tium. Hence '^'^^Ti n''3 the tower-
KID
714
nic
house, honse of the fortress, spoken of a
fortified prison, Gen. 39, 20-23. 40, 3. 5.
KID So. pr. n. of an Egyptian king
contemporary with Hosliea king of Israel
2 K. 17, 4 ; Sept. 2'wm, ^ovu, 2:o(iu, ^w-
(5, -ov^u, Vulg. Sua ; the Sevechus of
Manetho, the second king of the Ethio-
pian (XXV) dynasty in Upper Egypt,
successor of Sabaco and predecessor of
Tirhakah, Hirn-Fi. According to Eu-
seb. 12, he reigned 14 years. The name
SBTK or SaBaToK on Egyptian mo-
numents is regarded by Rosellini as
Ethiopic; corresponding to which is
Egyptian Sevech and Seve (s.^0 , Nio),
According to ChampolHon the name
Seve(h denotes an Egyptian deity repre-
sented under the form of a crocodile, the
X^oio.: (Saturn) of the Greeks; Pan-
theon de I'Egypte no. 21. 22. On the
accordance of sacred history with that
of Egypt in that age, see Comm. on Is.
I. p. 5%.
I.j^D, twice jViS 2 Sam. 1, 22.
Job 24, 2 ; fut. SS7 Mic. 2, 6 like verbs
5S, Lehrg. p. 407; to go off from, to
draw back, to depart, espec. from God,
.c. '{q Ps. 80, 19 ; absol. 53, 4. Part. pass.
Prov. 14, 14 sb ViO drawn hack in heart
from God, a backslider ; comp. Ps. 44,
19.
NiPH. 5iD3, once 5rc:3 2 Sam. 1, 22,
.Tut. SiE"^ , inf absol. 3'iD3 , to draw back,
pr. to be made to draw back, to be turn-
ed back; e.g. of a retreating enemy,
often with -inx added, Ps. 35, 4 isb^
"SinEn^i Tinx let them be turned back and
put lo shame. 40. 15. 70, 3. 129, 5. Jer.
46, 5; of others Is. 42, 17. 50, 5. Once
of a weapon. 2 Sam. 1, 22 aiirj. With
nin^ "^"Dnx^ to draw back from Jehovah,
to make defection from him, i. q. Kal,
Zeph. 1, 6. Is. 59, 13; and so without
tliese words, id. Ps. 44, 19. 78, 57.
HiPH. a'^BH; in the Rabb. manner
for 5"'pn (romp, in.nis, r?D, *|!ib), once
fut, i^X"^ Job 24, 2, apoc. 55;^ ; lo remove,
to put away ; Mic. 6. 14 l2''^Er xbl 5sn
thou shall put away thy goods, but shalt
not save them, i. e. ehalt put them away
for saf(!ty. Spec, to remove a landmark,
horder. Deut. 19, 14. 27, 17. Hos. 5, lo!
Prov. 22. 28. 23, 10. Job 24, 2 W^a^ ;
aliK) Hob. 5, 10 in some Mse.
HoPH. S^v', i- q. Niph. to be turned
away, turned back, with "linx , trop. Is.
59, 14.
Note. Most lexicographers assume
also a root 5C5, to which they refer
Hiph. and Hop'h. ^'^^r], i^n ; inf Niph.
aio; : also fut. Kal 58"] . But this is un-
necessary.
Deriv. J1D, T'Xi, J-^b.
* II. J^O to hedge about, to enclose,
i. q. Heh. rnb, Syr. ^, Chald. 5*0.
Part. pass. Cant. 7, 3.
MD Ez. 22, 18 Cheth. i. q. 2-D scoria.
'^yD m. (r. ^iO) pr. prison; then
cage of a lion Ez. 19, 9. Sept. >ir,fi6g,
Vulg. cavea.
"iO m. for TiOl (r. *1D^) 1. consessus,
divan, a circle of persons sitting toge-
ther, an assembly; either of friends in
familiar conversation Jer. 6, 11. 15, 17;
or of judges in consultation, a cozincil,
and hence of God consulting with those
above Ps. 89, 8. Job 15, 8. Jer. 23, 18 ;
also of wicked men plotting together
Ps. 64, 3. Ill, 1. Gen. 49, 6. Ez. 13, 9.^
2. familiar converse, intercourse, inti-
macy, Ps. 55, 15. Job 19, 19 ^nio ^n^ my
confdants, familiar friends, r^^r^l TiD
converse with Jehovah, i. e. his favour.
Ps. 25, 14. Prov. 3, 32. Job 29, 4. Syr.
faj, Arab. i^\yjM, id.
3. deliberation, consrdtation ; Prov. 15,
22 "110 *psa without deliberation, opp.
c-'ssi-' s-a .' Ps. 83, 4.
4. a secret, whence 110 {p\'^) ^\\ ^o
reveal a secret, Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. 25, 9.
Am. 3, 7.
^y\0 (for n*liD confidant of Jehovah)
Sodi, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 10. From 110.
* niD obsol. root, perh. to veil one-
self; comp. nit ^^\ to hide, ^yi to
clothe oneself, !^\ vesture, external "ap-
pearance. Hence ni&?3, no.
* (J^O i. q. nno to wipe away, to
8iveep away. Hence pr. n. "(in-'D and
the two here following.
n^D Suah, pr. n. m.l Chr. 7, 36.
nn'lD f. (r. niO) i. q. 'HO . sweepings,
fllh, dung. Is. 5, 25 nn!iS5 , Sept. ug
toio
715
CpO
noiTQlit, Vulflf. qiiaai aterctu, Tnrg.
KHTitja. Kiinchi here regards the let-
ter 3 as radical, so that nn'O? would be
from r. nos ^mma5 to sweep out. But
Sofcoiiipar. could here hardly be omitted.
"taio (for 'aito , r. nob) Sotai, pr. n.
m. Ezra 2. 54. Neh. 7, 57.
* "r]10foanoi7jf, spoken only ofanoint-
ihg the body after washing or bathing,
and thus dilFering from nuJ^, which is
used only of anointing for consecration;
kindr. with "03 I. Perhaps the primary
idea of TjID may have been that of wip-
ing, rubbing; comp. nsD, Gr. ao'ixiiy-
With ace. of pers. 2 Chr. 28, 15, and a
of the oil Ez. 16, 9. Intrans. to anoint
oneself. Ruth 3, 3. Dan. 10, 3 ; ace. of
ointment (comp. nttSTS Am. 6, 6), Deut.
28, 40 "T^ion sb -,^551 but with oil thou
shalt not anoint thyself. Mic. 6, 15. 2 Sam.
14. 2. Sept. xQiM, uXfitfou
Hi PH. to anoint oneself 2 Sam. 12, 20.
But Part. -'012 Judg. 3, 24 is i. q. r|Dr
covering, from "30 .
Deriv. "lOX.
n^irisiaiO Chald. f Dan. 3, 5. 10. 15,
and Mem being dropped i"i^3S"'p v. 10
Cheth. Syr. )^as. , prob. a double pipe
with a sack, bagpipe. It is the Greek
word avfKfMviu (see Polyb. ap. Athen.
X. 52. p. 439. A. Casaub. Isidor. Orig.
III. 21 extr.) adopted into the Chaldee
tongue, just as at the present day the
like instrument is called in Italy .lam-
pogna and in Asia Minor sambonya.
The Heb. intpp. well 35^5. See the
tract on Hebrew musical instruments
entitled n"'-i3;n "iBb^S in Ugolini Thes.
Vol. XXXII. p. 39-42. Thesaur. Heb.
p. 941.
n3ip pr. n. Syene, a city in the south-
ern extremity of Egypt, on the Nile,
situated directly under the tropic of
Cancer. Copt. COVUt, which Cham-
poUion (I'figypte sous les Phar. I. 164)
explains opening, key, sc. of Egypt, from
OVeJl to open, and c^ a participial
ywwl AswAn. Ez.
to
formative. Arab
29, 10. 30, 6, in both places in ace
Syene. The fi is prob. only for n local;
but was not so taken by the punctators.
CIO obsol. root, to leap, to bound,
i. q. ia^ib; in Zabian spoken of the
leaping and springing of horses ; Nor-
berg. III. p. 298. 3. Hence
D^D m. 1. a horse, so called from his
leaping; Aram. KO^O, {l^oa id. Qen.
49, 17. Prov. 21, 31. Job 39, 18. al.
Sing, often collect, horses, war-horses,
cavalry, Ex. 14, 9. 23. Deut. 17, 16. 1 K.
18, 5. al. The Egyptians excelled in
their cavalry, Ex. c. 14. 15 ; also the
Canaanites Josh. 11, 4. Judg. 4, 3. 7 sq.
5, 22. 28 ; the Assyrians and Chaldeans
Jer. 6, 23. 8, 16. 50, 37. Hab. 1, 8 sq.
But the Hebrews appear to have had
little taste for cavalry. Is. 30, 16. 36. 8 ;
notwithstanding the efforts of Solomon
1 K. 4, 16. 9, 19. 10, 26; and therefore
placed the more confidence in Egypt,
Is. 31, 1. 36. 9. Jer. 4. 13. The war-horse
is described Job 39, 19 sq. Meton. a
horseman Zech. 1, 8.
2. a swallow, so called from its swift
and cheerful flight, urto tov uyuXi.nT&ui
nifQiytaaiv (comp. II. 2. 462), Is. 38, 14
and Jer. 8. 7 Cheth. where Keri CO.
So Sept. Theod. Jerome. The Rabbins
render it a. crane. See Bochart Hieroz.
T. II. p. 602 sq.
nOTO f a mare, the female horse,
Cant. 1, 9 ; Sept. ^ 'imrog, which the
Vulg. renders as a collective, equilatum.
But the comparison of a bride to cavalry
could hardly be elegant.
'DID (horseman) Susi, pr. n. m. Num.
13, 11.
*5^0 obsol. root, Chald. S^nox to
come together, to convene. Hence X5''0.
^pC fut. C]!id;j 1. Pr. to sweep or
snatch away, to carry off ; kindr. with
ClDX and nso. Hence ns^O.
2. to make an end of, to destroy, see
Hiph. but in Kal intrans. to have an end,
to perish, Is. 66. 17. Esth. 9. 28. Here
too we may refer !IE0 Ps. 73. 19 Mil6l,
and '01 Am. 3, 15 Milra on account of
Vav conversive. Syr. and Chald. id.
Hiph. to sweep away, to make an end
of, to destroy ; Zeph. 1, 2. 3 CIDX Cibx
/ will utterly sweep away ; also Jer. 8,
13 CB"'DX ribx , / will utterly s\ceep them
away; where the infin. absol. pleo
TilD
716
^10
nastic in both passages is from the kind-
red verb Cipx no. 5. Comp. Is. 28, 28.
Deriv. qio, nB^o,
v]^0 Chald. id. to have an end, i. e. to
be fulfilled, e. g. a prophecy Dan. 4, 30.
Comp. ribs no. 1 fin.
Aph. to make an end of any thing
Dan. 2, 44.
?11D m. (r. tiio) end, a word of the
later Hebrew, already verging towards
Aramaism, i. q. yp.) Ecc. 3, 11. 1,2. 12,
13. 2 Chr. 20, 16." Of the rear of an
army Joel 2, 20.
SliO Chald. m. (r. t^sG) emphat. XBiO,
72(7. Dan. 4, 8. 19. 6, 27. 7, 28. Targ.
for 715
Pj'C m. a rush, reed, sedge ; specially :
a) sea-weed, sedge, Jon. 2, 6. Hence
r;siO~D;; ^Ae sea of sedge, i. e. the Arabian
Gulf or Red Sea, which abounds in sea-
weed. Ex. 10, 19. 13, 18. 15, 4. Num.
14, 25. Deut. 1, 40. Ps. 106, 7. 9. 22. 136,
13. al. Simpl. v)^0 id. Deut. 1,1; see in
n:"^5 . Called also in Egyptian CflOJUL
Itcy^pj i.e. the sea of weeds. SeeMi-
chaelis Suppl. p. 1726. Jablonski Opusc.
ed. te Water T. I. p. 266. b) rushes,
btdrushes. growing in the Nile, Ex. 2. 3. 5.
is. 19, 6. See Plin. H. N. 13. 23. 45.
The etymology is obscure ; perh. pr.
sword, like Arab. i_fijUA/, and so trans-
ferred to coarse grass, q. d. s?orrf-grass.
as Copt. CHCre. CHSe, sword and
also reed. In the Indo-European tongues
we may compare also Lat. scirpus. sir-
pus, old High Germ. sciluf Germ. Schilf
Dan. sif. sdf. the letter r being softened
by degrees into /, and even into a vowel.
nS^ f (r. TrO) a whirlwind, hurri-
cane, temjipst, which sweeps away all
before it, Job 21. 18. 27, 20. 37. 9. Prov.
10. 25. Is. 17. 13. With n parag. nrc^o
Hos. 8. 7. Plur. n'itiD Is. 21, 1.
* "^^C once niTO Hos. 9, 12. fut. tflO^ .
conv. "10^:: Ex. 8. 27. Judg. 4. 18, which
same form is found also in Hiph.
\. to go off. to turn aside or away, to
depart, c, '{o , bria , csi: . "^^nxo . E. g.
a) From a place. Is. 52, 1 1 ^nsit) iinsio
0X1^13 IMS depart, depart, gel ye out from
thence. Lam. 4, 15. Num. 12, 10. Espcc.
from a way 1 Sam. 6, 12 ; metaph. Deut.
2, 27. 2 K. 22. 2. 2 Chr. 34. 2 ; also Ex.
32. 8. Deut. 9, 12. Is. 30, 11. al. So too
from work, service. 2 Chr. 35. 15 ; from
calamity, i. e. to escape from it. Job 15,
30. Prov. 13, 14.
b) From a person, Ex. 8. 7. 25. Ps. 6,
9 depart from me, all ye workers of ini-
quity, let me alone." 119, 115. 139, 19.
Job 21, 14. 22, 17. With 'yrif.-q to turn
aside from after any one, to desist from
following him, 2 Sam. 2, 21-23 ; c. Tpna
to depart from among, 1 Sam. 15, 6 ; c.
h'SJQ to depart from the alliance of any
one. Is. 7, 17. Often of things which
depart from any one, leave him. e. g.
leprosy Lev. 13, 58 ; a yoke, c. br^ Is.
10, 27 ; the sword 2 Sam. 12, 10 ; the
divine anger Ez. 16. 42 ; the punitive
hand of God 1 Sam. 6. 3 ; an evil spirit
from God 1 Sam. 16, 23 ; folly Prov. 27,
22 ; defence Num. 14. 9 ; the sceptre
i. e. empire Gen. 49, 10. So Prov. 11,
22 a fair woman c?a n'^0 who depart-
eth from discretion, i. e. who is without
discretion. Spec.
aa) to turn away from God. to depart,
i. e. to fall away from his worship, to
apostatize, c. "i^ Is. 17, 5 ; "'^nx^ 1 Sam.
12, 20. 2 K. 18, 6. Job 34, 27; b?t? Jer.
32, 40. Ez. 6, 9 : once c. 3, Hos. 7, 14
"3 sin^io^. like 3 S12B.
bb) to depart from the law or the di-
vine precepts, as from the right way
(comp. Is. 30, 11); c. '{q Deut. 7, 20.
Josh. 23. 6. 1 K. 15, 5. Ps. 119, 102;
bri? 2 K. 10. 31 ; once c. ace. 2 Chr. 8, 15
T(^^'"? r:!^P ^"'O ^^ they departed not
from the commandment of the king ; but
3 Mss. read riSBia . Contra, not to de-
part from, sin, i. q. not to leave it, c. 't'O
2K. 3, 3. 13. 2. 6. 11; b?^ 10,31. 15, 18;
"inx^ 10. 29.
cc) ^"^"O "i!iD to depart from evil, to
avoid it by doing right, often joined with
CPf^x S<-i'-^ , Ps. 34, 15. 37. 27. Prov. 3,
7. Job 1, i. 8. Is. 59, 15. al.
d(l) God is said to depart from men,
when he forsakes them, withholds his
aid and fiwour, o. DSn 1 Sam. 16, 14. 18,
12 ; brn 28, 15. 16. Judg. 16, 20.
Absol. in various senses, c. g. a) to
turn axcay from God, to apostatize, comp.
above in lett. aa ; Deut. 11. 16. Ps. 14,
3. Jer. 5, 23. Dan. 9, 11. /5) /o depaH
110
717
mo
i. e. to pa8s away, 1 Sam. 15, 32 the bit-
terness oj death M past. Hos. 4. 18. So
ofclamour Am. 6, 7 ; the guilt of sin Is.
6, 7 ; envy 11, 13. y) to be taken away,
removed. I K. 15, 14 and the hig-h places
vsere not taken away. 22, 44. 2 K. 12, 4.
14, 4. 15, 4. Job 15, 30.
2. With a preposition implying motion
away into a place, to tuiii aside to a place
or person, sc. from the way. So with
ix of pers. Gen. 19. 3 rbx sno'l and
they turned in unto him. Jiulg. 4, 18 ; of
place Gen. 19, 2. Judg. 19, 12 "inoj tkh
'^33 i^y~bx we will not turn asirle into
the city of a stranger. 1 Sam. 22. 14 who
turneth in unto (hath access to) thy pi-i-
rate audience. With r%- local, as iiD
fis'r to turn aside thither Judg. 18, 15 ;
rtin nriD Prov. 9. 4. 16 ; with adv. l^io
oi Judg. 18, 3. 19, 15. With br to turn
aside toicards any one, e. g. to fight with
him 1 K. 22, 32. Absol. to turn aside and
go to any place ; Ex. 3, 3 ns";xi xs-n-^ox
I will turn aside now, and see. v. 4. Judg.
14. 8. Ruth 4, 1. 1 K. 20, 39. Jer. 15, 5.
HiPH. "forj, fut. conv. ID*] which
can be distinguished from the like fut.
of Kal only by the context. Gen. 8, 13.
30, 35. al.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make de-
part, to remove, to put away, in any man-
ner, with ace. and often '"O , bria ; e. g. by
driving Gen. 30, 32 ; by exile 2 K. 17,
18 ; by uncovering Gen. 8, 13 ; by cut-
ting off or away Lev. 1, 16. 3. 4. 10. 15.
Is. 18, 5. 1 Sam. 17, 46. So the hand
from one's head. OS-i bria Gen. 48. 17;
a ring from the finger Gen. 41, 42 ; gar-
ments from any one Zech. 3, 4. Gen. 38.
14. 1 Sam. 17, 39; a crown Job 19, 9;
the head from anyone, to behead, 1 Sam.
17, 46. 2 Sam. 4, 7. 16, 9. 2 K. 6, 32 ;
a hedge Is. 5, 5 ; idols, idol-worship from
a land 1 K. 15, 12. 2 K. 3. 2. 2 Chr. 14,
2. Is. 36. 7 ; iimocent blood 1 K. 2, 3lj
etc. Deut. 7, 15. Josh. 7, 13. 1 Sam. 17,
26 ; also Is. 1, 16. Job 27, 5. 2 Sam. 7,
15. More rarely of men to remoi-e. to
put away from a land, i. e. to expel, 1
Sam. 28, 3. 2 K. 17, 18 ; also from a
station, power. 2 Chr. 15, 16. Is. 10, 13
I hare remoced the bounds of the people,
i. e. have moved them forwards, extend-
ed them. Spec, to remove is a) i. q.
to take away. comp. in Kal no. 1. y ; es-
pec. the right of any one Job 27, 2. 34,
5 J c. b Job 12, 20. b) to turn away
from the worship of God. c. ''T!'!)'*'? Deut.
7, 4. Prov. 23, 9. Job 33, 17 ens" "i-'onb
ni^jSia, where it should probably read
nbyaia ; comp. Sept. c) to take back,
to retract a promise Is. 31, 2. d) to turn
away the prayer of a suppliant, Ps. 66,
20. e) to turn or put aside, i. e. to leave
undone, to neglect, Josh. 1 1, 15.
2. Causal, of Kal no. 2, to cause to
turn aside to any one, c. I'^bt* 2 Sam. 6,
10.
HoPH. iD^n to be removed Lev. 4, 31.
3.5. 1 Sam.'21, 7. Dan. 12, 11. Is. 17, 1
1^553 101^ P'^r?'?? Damascus shall be re-
moced (taken away) from among the
cities, i. e. destroyed.
PiL. 1^*0 i. q. Hiph. to turn aside a
way, to cause to deflect from the true
course, and so to lead into calamity,
Lam. 3, 11 ; comp. v. 9.
Deriv. nno, "iio;, pr. n. nno, and
^^0 TCI. 1. Part. pass. i. q. iQina re-
moved, I. e. driven out, (comp. 1 Sam. 28,
3.) Is. 49, 21 nnnoi nba an e.Tile and
driven out. Jer. 17, 13 Keri "''I'D those re-
moved from me, i. e. who have departed.
2. a degenerate branch or shoot, comp.
the root no 1. aa, bb. Jer. 2, 21 "'"ilD
n~i3: "(Bsr] degenerate shoots of a strange
vine.
3. Sur, pr. n. of a gate of the temple,
only 2 K. 11. 6. In the parall. passage
2 Chr. 23, 5 it is called ^io:?^ ">?';? the
foundation gate ; and this is preferable.
n'D or ^'v in Kal not used, to
stimulate, to incite. This root is want-
ing in all the kindred dialects, and is
perhaps secondary, derived from n''3 a
thorn, goad, stimulus.
Hiph. r-^pn and risn Jer. 38, 22, fut.
n-p;; and V"^^": Is. 36, 18, conv. rpi 2
Sam. 24, 1 ; part, pip^ 2 Chr. 32, ll'; to
incite, to impel, to move, often in a bad
sen.se ; followed by. an ace. and inf c. V,
1 Chr. 21, 1 afid (Satan) moved (rp*i)
David to number Israel. 2 Chr. 18. 2.
Ace. simpl. to seduce, Deut. 13, 7. 1 K.
21, 25 Ahab . . . whom Jezebel his wife
'^7\:2Ji incited, seduced; where npipn is
for <^ri''pn , following the analogy of
verbs is , as if from a root rrp . Jer.
38. 22. Is. 36, 18 lest Hezekiah seduce
niD
718
nno
you. 2 K. 18, 32. 2 Chr. 32, 11. 15. So
of a thing indifferent. Josh. 15, 18. Judg.
1, 14. With ace. of pers. and 3 to incite,
to stir up. to provoke, against any one,
1 Sam. 26, 19. 2 Sam. 24, 1. Job 2, 3.
Jer. 43. 3. With '{O , to incite, or entice
away from a pers. or place, to move to
depart ; 2 Chr. 18, 31 and God nn-^D"]
^5313 incited them from him, moved
them to leave him. Job 36, 16 and even
THEE woidd he have led away out of the
fraj7. Difficult is Job 36. 18 n-Qn-^3
r!a''-bx 'E3''an'i CEbs r,n"'Oi""|S .usually
thus rendered : if there be anger (from
God, if God be angry), beware lest he
drive thee forth with chastisement ; then
great ransom cannot turn thee away so.
from punishment. But such a meaning
of iT^on is not elsewhere found, and is
not accordant with its usual ascertained
signification. Others : beware lest one
seduce thee with abundance ; and, let not
great ransom (wealth) turn thee away ;
here pBb may indeed be abundance, i. q.
pD Job 20, 22 ; and r,n"'D'i-"|S may be
taken impersonally ; but "lES'i'i can
hardly be put (or wealth in general, and
ni:n is not accounted for. See Thesaur.
p/945. 946.
rflC m. uTia'^ Ifyofi. Gen. 49, 11, a gar-
ment, clothing, usually regarded as by
aphasresis for r^iDS (r. S^CS), which the
Sam. Cod. gives in full ; see the author's
Comment, de Pent. Sam. p. 33, and
Lehrg. p. 136. Better to take it as con-
tracted from riD (r. M^D , as rcs from r.
nos) a garment ; comp. iTiOiS veil. So
Aben Ezra. Thesaur. p. 700, 941.
"jO 1- i. q- Arab. v*^, to drag,
to draw along upon the ground, e. g. a
dead body 2 Sam. 17. 13. Jer. 15, 3
1 will send . . . snpb D-i^^sri-rx the dogs
to drag them about. 22, 19. 49. 20.
2. to pidl or tear in pieces ; whence
^^^79 '' ^ tearing in pieces. Jer. 38,
11.12 nirnsn -"jba old torn clothes, rags,
clouts.
"'^'9 to sweep away, to wipe off.
only in Piel "'ri-'np Ez. 26, 4. Arab. \jS!
id. Syr. [ZomSO a broom, brush, Chald.
nnp to wash. Kindred roots arc snp
(whence 'HO, nnp) and r/no. Hence
'np m. sweepings, offscouring, trop.
for any thing worthless. Lam. 3, 45.
Comp. Gr. TtfQitpijfia id. 1 Cor. 4, 13.
Chald. Nn"'n^ dung.
nD lin. I(y6fi. 2 K. 19, 29, for which
in the parall. passage Is. 37, 30 is found
D^niy , that which grows of itself the third
year after sowing ; on which compare
Strabo XI. 4. 3. p. 502 Casaub. Comp.
n">SO . Sept. 2 K. 1. c. T uvuTii-lovta,
Vulg. qucB sponte nascuntur. The ety-
mology see under cn^S .
Cj'^O 1. pr. to scrape, i. q. ?jnia ;
also stronger, to scrape away, to sweep
away with violence, as rain which
sweeps all before it, "inb "laa Prov. 28,
3. Arab. v_a^ to scrape i. e. shave
G J 6^
the head ; oL> and XRa^ a violent
sweeping rain, torrent.
2. to bear down, to cast down, to the
ground. Syr. > qMc; id. Hence
NiPH. to be prostrated, overthrown,
Jer. 46, 15. Others : to be swept away,
from Kal no. 1.
*"l!nC fut. "^npi. I. to go about, to
travel around in a land, to migrate as
nomades. with ace. of country Gen. 34,
10. 21. With bx to go about or migrate
into a land, Jer. i4, IS. Kindred is "ifiD
q. V. Chald. inp very freq. in the Tar-
gums for Heb. 330 . Syr. spec, to travel
about as a mendicant. In the Arab,
verbs _^ and -^ the notion of going
about is very doubtful, and is not sup-
ported by the usus loquendi.
2. Spec, to travel around, to traverse
countries as a merchant, in order to buy
or sell ; hence to trade, to traffic, f/tiJio-
Qfvofiui. Gen. 43, 34 nnpn ynxn-rsi
and ye may traverse the land sc. to buy
grain, to traffic in it. Part ~nb a trader,
merchant, 'ffi7io(ios, Gen. 23, 16. 37, 28.
Ez. 27, 21. 36. -bsn -^nnb (he king's tra-
ders, who made journeys in order to pur-
chase wares for him, 1 K. 10,28. 2 Chr.
1, 16. Also of traders by sea Prov.
31, 14. Is. 23, 2. Ez. 38.' 13. Fern.
n"!nb a female trader, merchant. Ez. 27,
12. 16. 18. Metaph. to have commerce.,
intercourse, with anyone. Is. 47, 15. In
Aramaean and Arabicthe idea of traffick-
nno
719
3-0
ing is expressed by the kindred verbs
Pi LP. "^n'jno to move about rapidly.
e. g. of the heart, i. e. to palpitate strong-
ly, Ps. 38, 11.
Deriv. ino'a and the five following.
'^'79 - cf>nstr. "ino 1. a mart, em-
porium, Is. 23, 3.
2. Wliat i.s gained from traffic, j37*o/i/,
weallh, Is. 45, 14.
"^n? m. profit, gain, from merchandise
Is. 23. 18. Hence of any gain, profit,
Prov. 3, 14 cios-in8T3 nnno aia "S for
her (wisdom's) gain ia better than that
of silver, i. e. to gain her is better than
to gain silver. 31, 18.
rnno n (r. "no) traffic, merchandise,
for Conor, merchants, Ez. 27, 15 nnno
'^1 ) ' I- 117 "^"yi^ v- 21, e. merchants
at thy hand, ready at hand.
^7^^^ ^- ^ shield, so called from sur-
rounding and protecting a person, Ps.
91, 4. Comp. Chald. irio to surround ;
Syr. f^i.*k tower, castle. R. "ino .
f^'^no f. in pause n'nnb a kind of
costly stone used in tesselated pave-
ments, Esth. 1, 6. It is either a species
O ft. p
of black marble, comp. Syr. ).<l9a.<4^
lapis niger tinctorius (D and CJ being in-
terchanged) ; or. better, marble marked
with round spots like shields, spotted or
shielded marble, comp. n^nb . Hart-
mann (Hebraerin III. p. 363) supposes
'O to be tortoise-shell, consisting as it
Were of shields, comp. nnnb; but this
would hardly be interspersed in a pave-
ment with various kinds of marble.
''DO see ''^S^Q .
D''t3D plur. i. q. D*'aia , pr. deviations
from the right way, i. e, transgressions,
Ps. 101, 3. R. -Jib .
yV m. (r. 5^0) Ez. 22, 18 Keri (Che-
thibh JiO), and plur. ca'^D , pr. what
goes off from metal, recedanea, i. e. a)
scoricB, dross. Prov. 25, 4 "03^ D'^a'O ian
. separate the dross from the silver. 26, 23
fi'^J'^D "03 dra^s-silver i. e. not yet re-
fined, b) base metal, originally mixed
with the finer and separated from it by
emelting, see b^na . Ez. 22, 18. 19. Is. 1,
22. 25.
Note. For D''J''0 we find in several
Mbs. and printed editions Cftp Is. 1, 22.
25. Ez. 22, 18. 19 ; comp. Lelirg. p. 145.
The former is preferable.
};"'P m. Siran, Esth. 8. 9, the third
month of the Hebrew year, from the new
moon of June to the new moon of July.
The Ibrm admits a Heb. etymology, e. g.
from a root "(ID i. q. "j'^O, "|5<0 ; or from
rp i. q. I'^T , M q. V. Better, with Ben-
fey, to regard it as of Persian origin, like
the other names of months ; the name of
the correspondmg Persian month being
Sefend-arinez j<X\\ JJJlm\ , Zend.
gpenti drmaiti, Pehlv. Sapand-omad.
Monathsn. p. 13, 41 sq. 122 sq.
JITT^p (sweeping away, i. e. a warrior
sweeping all before him. r. nio) Sihon,
pr. n. of a king of the Amorites at Hesh-
bon Num. 21, 21. 23. Ps. 135, 11. a!.
Hence the city of Sihon i. e. Heshbon,
Num. 21, 28. In Jer. 48, 45 yn^O ,-3'3
is prob. for "(in'^p r'^Sia from the house
(city) of Sihon; comp. Num. 21, 28.
"|"P obsol. root, prob. to be miry,
kindr. with *|Xp ; whence Chald. "|";p ;
Syr. \jja mire, i. q. Chald. y^, Syr.
c So,
\l^, Arab. ,^^^.
1*^0 (mire) Sin. pr. n. 1. Pelusittm, a
city situated among marshes at the
north-eastern extremity of Egypt, in a
tract now entirely covered by the sea,
Ez. 30, 15. 16. Comp. Strabo XVII. p.
802. In Arabic it is called xJuub i. e.
marsh; and also iuOyi Farameh ; which
latter is from the Egyptian cbeOOJUU
i. e. miry place, from rt art. masc. eo to
be, and OiULI niire ; see Champollion
I'Egypte II. p. 82 sq. Sept. -V, cod.
Alex. Taviq,.
2. The desert of Sin, westward of
Mount Sinai on the coast of the Sinus
HeroOpolitanus or Gulf of Suez, Ez. 16,
1. 17, 1. Num. 33, 12. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 106.
'^'p'O pr. n. Sinai, Gt. Siva, ZivH, a
mountain or rather mountainous tract in
the Arabian peninsula lying between
the two gulfs of the Red Sea, and cele-
brated as the place where the Mosaic
:"D
720
I**
law was given ; Ex. 16, 1. Num. 33, 16.
Deut. 33, 2. Judg. 5, 5. Ps. 68, 9. 18.
Fully "'ro in Ex. 19, 11 sq. 24, 16. 34,
4. 29. 32. Lev. 7, 38. 25, 1. 26, 46. 27, 34.
al. [The proper Sinai is a lofty ridge
between two deep and very narrow val-
leys ; the northern end impends perpen-
dicularly over a narrow plain er-Rahah ;
the southern rises into a higher summit,
the modern Jebel Musa. In tiie S. W.
beyond the deep valley is another ridge,
on which is the summit St. Catharine.
The place o^ the giving of the law was
prob. the north end of the first ridge.
The Arabic name for the whole moun-
tain is now Jcbel et-Tur. ^yioJ\ . See
a full description of Sinai with a Map in
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 129 sq. 139 sq.
148 sq. 157 sq. 175sq. R.] The desert
around the mountain was called "i?"!^
TD , Ex. 19, 1. 2. Lev. 7, 38. Num. \.
1. 19. 9, 1. al. The etymology is un-
known.
''PP pr. n. tJie Sinite, a people prob.
near Mount Lebanon Gen. 10, 17. 1 Chr.
1,15. Strabo mentions here a city Sinna,
XVl. 2. 18. p. 756 Casaub. Jerome also.
Q,uffist. Heb. in Gen. ad h.l. speaks of a
place Sini not far from Area.
DTP, whence Q-'ro y^H land of the
Sinim Is. 49. 12, where the context im-
plies a remote country situated in the
eastern or southern extremity of the
earth : prob. the Sinenses, Chinese, whose
country is Siria, China. This very an-
cient and celebrated people was known to
the Arabians and Syrians by the name
^j^, ^f ' ^"'^A' "^^"i Tsini ; and a
Hebrew writer might well have heard
of them, especially if sojourning in Baby-
lon, the metropolis as it were of all Asia.
This name appears to have been given
to the Chinese by the other Asiatics ; for
the Chinese themselves, though not un-
acquainted with it, do not employ it ;
either adopting the names of the reign-
ing dynasties, or ostentatiously assuming
high-sounding titles, e. g. Tdumg-kue
'central empire,' etc. But when this
name was thus given them by other na-
tions, and whence it was derived, is mat-
ter of question. Not improbably the
opinion of those writers is correct, who
suppose the name B"'3"'t3, Sinenses, to
come from the fourth dynasty, called
Tshin. which held the throne from 249
to 206 B. C. see Du Halde Descr. de la
Chine T. I. 1, and p. 306. Abel Remu-
sat Nouveaux Melanges Asiatiques II,
p. 334 sq. To say nothing of the people
called Tshinas and spoken of in the laws
of Menu, the name of this dynasty may
have become widely known among for-
eign nations long before it acquired the
sovereign power over all China. See
more in Thesaur. p. 949. 950. Others,
who reject this application of the name
to the Chinese, understand the inhabi-
tants of Pelusium (comp. T'O). and by
synecd. the Egyptians ; so Bocharl Pha-
leg 4. 27 ; or the inhabitants of Syene,
comp. nj'io . Sept. yfj Ilf()nbn'.
0"^P a swallow, Jer. 8. 7 Keri for tJIO
no. 2. q. V.
^T'P'^P (battle-array, comp. Syriac
]Zyaltt', perh. for xr~D"iD, from r. 1''0
i. q. jLuw to spring upon, to make an on-
set) Sisera, pr. n. m. a) A military
commander under Jabin king of the Ca-
naanites, Judg. 4, 2 sq. Ps. 83, 10, b)
Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55.
^^'''P (congregation, as in Syr. and
Chald. r. S^D) Sia. pr. n. m. Neh. 7,
47 ; for which i<r\:!_^0 Siaha Ezra 2, 44,
which latter seems to be a corruption
made up from the two forms XSiQ and
ns->0. Comp. D"'D''S3.
n^Sb'ip Dan. 3, 10 Cheth. for .T'Db^^O
q. V.
' V mid. Yod, to boil up, to effer-
vesce, comp, Arab. Luk to spring up, to
effervesce as wine ; to rage, as anger, a
fever; Heb. ixb and -^x^ to ferment,
T^a to boil up, to ferment, Hence
"I"*? m. Jer, 1,13; fern. Ez. 24, G,
1. a pot, pr. for boiling, and then genr,
2 K. 4, 38 sq. Job 41, 32. Ez. 11, 3. 7.
24. 3. 6. al. nt'2n -.^q Ex. 16, 3. Jer. 1,
13 n!iB3 n'p see in r. noj no. 2. Ps. 60,
10 'Sm i-'o a^i^ Moab shall be my pot
(basin) of washing, i. e, my wash-pot,
wash-basin, in contempt for ' I will use
her as the meanest vessel,' Plur, M'l'^O
pota Ex, 38, 3, 1 K. 7, 45. 2 K,25, 14, aL
n'^o
721
"50
2. Plur. C-i-^p and riT* Ps. 58, 10.
Am. 4, 2. u) thot-us. briara, so called
from the idea of springing up, elferves-
cing, in allusion to the luxuriant and
redundant growth of wild plants; comp.
r. 1J^ and art. ^^7 no. 2. Is. 34, 13.
Ho8. 2. 8. So in the paronomasia Ecc.
7, 6 : "i^sn rnn ="*"i"'3n b'ip J an the crack-
ling of thorns iniiler a }Htl. Poet, a thicket
of thorns or briars is an emblem of wick-
edness; Nah. 1, lOO-'saO Q"'"i"'P~i? inter-
tpown like to (horns, see in r. X30 , also IS
B. 2. c ; comp. Mic. 7, 4. Ez. 2, 6. Diffi-
cult is Ps. 58, 10 D3-'nn''0 ira^ nnaa
'TUX before men marked your thtrms, lo a
thorn-bush! i.e. swiftly and unexpected-
ly the wicked grew up; but, whether
quick or bur}iing, God will storm it away,
i. e. God will destroy them with the
same swiftness. Others here take niT'p
as pots. i. e. before your pots can feel the
thorn-bush (fire of thorns Ecc. 7, 6) God
will sweep it away; the figure being
taken from travellers in the desert, who
build a fire which the wind sweeps away,
b) hooks for fishing, from their resem-
blance to thorns, Am. 4, 2; comp. nin.
Note. In former editions I have re-
ferred 0">"n'^p thorns to the root "IID, as
denoting pr. recedanea, degenerated or
wild parts of a shrub, comp. 'Bafl "'"IIO
Jer. 2, 21. But it is better to refer
both significations of I'^p to the same
origin.
rnp see r. WD.
^ m. tiri. Xfyofi. a multitude of peo-
ple, Ps. 42. 5. So all the versions and
intpp. and so the context requires, al-
though in assigning the etymology there
is a great diversity. There can be little
doubt that it is pr. a thicket of trees, a
thick wood, here poet, for a dense crowd
of men, from r. ~=0 ; comp. "0 no. 2.
Comp. also is;j of a hostile troop. Is. 10,
18. 19. 34.
^ m. (r. "^20) c. suff. 130, once iS'.G
Pb. 76, 3 in some editions.
1. a booth, hid. Ps. 27, 5. Poet for a
tabernacle, dwelling. Ps. 76, 3.
2. a covert of trees, as the lair of wild
beasts, Ps. 10, 9. Jer. 25, 38.
* rDw obsol. root, i. q. nab to look
vpon. Hence pr. n. r^SD"^.
61
TOO f (r. r30) constr. VS^, plur.
niso .
1. a booth, hut, made of green boughi
and branches interwoven, as a shelter
from the sun Gen. 33, 17. Jon. 4, 5. Is.
4, 6 ; or for a watchman in a garden or
vineyard. Is. 1, 8. Job 27, 18 ; or for the
Jewish festival of booths Lev. 23, 34. 42.
Nah. 8, 15-17 ; whence the festival it-
self is called msen an the festival (f the
booths, feast of the tabernacles, Lev. 23,
34. Deut. 16, 13. al. Once by way of
contempt of a small ruined house, Engl.
hui, Am. 9, 11. Elsewhere also of tents
for soldiers, 2 Sam. 11, 11. 1 K. 20, 12.
16. Poet, of the dwelling of God Ps. 18,
12. Job 36. 29.-2 K. 17, 30 rija nso
the booths of the daughters, usually ta-
ken for booths in which the maidens
prostituted themselves in the Babylo-
nian manner ; see Hdot. 1. 199, and art.
ntbnp. Perhaps it should read niso
misa the booths in high places, conse-
crated to idols ; see in ma3 no. 3.
2. a covert, as the lair of the lion,
Job 38, 40.
mSO (booths) Succoth. pr. n. 1. A
town in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 27 ;
on the east of the Jordan Judg. 8, 5. 1
K. 7, 46. For its origin see Gen. 33,
17. riso pT3-5 Ps. 60, 8. 108, 8, the valley
of Succoth, in which the town stood,^
perh. part of the valley of the Jordan,^
el-Gh6r.
2. The first station of the Israelites
in the desert, on the Egyptian side of
the Red Sea, Ex. 12, 37. 13, 20. Num.
33,5.
3. Succoth-benoth, see in >130 no. 1.
M'l^p f. (r. "^30) i. q. nSD, a tent, ta-
bernacle, which the idolatrous Israelites
constructed in the desert in honour of
an idol, like the tabernacle of the cove-
nant in honour of Jehovah, Am. 5, 26 ;:
see on this passage in art. "I'S. Comp.
the axr,t'rj Uqu of the Carthaginians
Died. Sic. 20. 65.
C^SD (dwelling in booths) Sukkiim,
pr. n. of an African people mentioned
along with the Libyans and Ethiopians,
2 Chr. 12, 3. Sept. Vulg. Troglodytes,
who dwelt along the coast of Ethio|Hi
and also in Arabia.
^5^, once '^d'"9 Ex. 33, 22; fut.
jSO
1. /o interweave, to weave, to interlace,
espec. boughs and branches as a screen
or to form a booth or hut. nSG ; hence
to hedge, to fence, see Hiph. Kindred
roots are "^'a. J^iD II. "03 II. In Kal
poet. Ps. 139. 13 "'ax ,-^=^ "'??'=!? ^^o"
Acwf icore?! me in my mother^s vrowh,
comp. Job 10, 11. Since booths as well
as hedges were built for the protection
and security of men, and also of gardens
and vineyards, hence "20 is
2. to covir, i. e. a) to shelter, to -pro-
tect, to cover by way of protection, pr. as
boughs and trees, with two ace. Job 40,
22 [17] "i^bs Di'Sx:: "nso^ the Intns-trees
caver him with their shade. With h Ps.
140, 8. b) Genr. to cover, with ace, of
covering and b?, to cover over, Ex. 40,
3. 33, 22 ; ace. impl. 1 K. 8, 7 b^T
li^Nfrbs D''"isn and the cherubim, cov-
ered the ark. lit. they covered over the
ark. Ex. 25, 20. 37, 20. 1 Chr. 28, 18.
Absol. Ez. 28, 14. 16. Intrans. to cover
oneself, to hide. Lam. 3,44 "1^2 nisD.
V. 43. Part. T^^O pr. covering; hence
a shed, mantlet, vinea, used in besieging
cities, Nah. 2, 6.
HiPH. ~on , fut. conv. TiO^] , i. q- Kal.
1. to hedge in.io fence around, Job 38,
8 ; c. 1-3 3. 23.
2. to cover, c, bs Ex. 40, 21. Also to
protect, c. bs Ps. 5, 12, h Ps. 91, 4. ^on
rbn 1 Sam. 24, 4 and Judg. 3, 24. to
cover the feet, an euphemism for to ease
oneself, to satisfy a call of nature ; so
correctly Josephus Ant. 6. 13. 4, the
Talmudists Buxt. Lex. Talmud. 1472,
and so Sept. nnoittTxsvuaoKrdtti i. q. uno-
fTxtvuannOui, vivttaxivmTiiaOai. At >east,
in accordance with Kimehi's opinion, it
is to void urine, which among Asiatic
nations the men also do in a sitting pos-
ture, covering themselves with the folds
of their wide garments. Others: to lie
down for sleep ; so Syr. 1 Sam. 1. c. and
also Josephus (inconsistently) Ant. 5. 4.
2 ; but in that case no such circumlocu-
tion was necessary. See Muntinghe in
Diss. Lugdd. p. 1160. J. D. Michaelis
Supplem. p. 1743.
Pi LP. ?;D30 to inflame, to incite, to
his (Ephraim's) enemies God will arouse.
19,2C":i:":2 ="'"!^'r ^P^^-.^ I trill arouse
the Egyptians against the Egyptians. Sa
Sept. Targ. Syr. Vulg. and this is well
iilu.trated from the Talmud ic usage by
AbuUvalid ; see Thesaur. p. 951. Others
with Schultens, to cover with arms, to
c ^
ann; comparing Arab. dLw id.
Deriv.-O, "b (-'-0>"2O, c-iiSD , rsiSO^
r^C72 , nscia , T(C^:2 , pr. n. h'3D , ri:=q .
'^20, see r. T\-_'o no. 2, Part.
''??9 (enclosure) Secacah, pr. n. of a
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15,
61.
^ - "^ in Kal not ns-ed, to be foolish ;
well to be distinguished from the verb
b^b to look at, which has nearly the
same sound. Corresponding are ^03
no. 2. b. Syr. Aph. Vaiff to act fool-
ishly, impiously, Chald. bsox id.
PiEL to make foolish, i. e. vain, fruit-
less, to frustrate, e. g. counsel 2 Sam,
15, 31. Is. 44, 25. Comp. b^in.
Hiph. to actfoQlishly, with ibS Gen,
31, 28 ; sirapl. 1 Sam. 26, 2L Aram,
Aph. id.
IViPH. I. to act foolishly, pr. to show
oneself foolish, 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Chr,
16,9.
2. to do wickedly, 2 Sam,24i 10. 1 Chr,
21, 8. Comp. B-^DS , ^23 , etc.
Deriv. the three following.
b^O m. foolish Jer. 4, 22. 5, 21. Ece,
2, 19. 7, 17. Syr. iLl id.
'?? ^- folly, concT. fools Ecc. 10, 6.
nibsO f (r. 5=0) folly, found only in
Ecel'esiastes, c. 2, 3. 12. 13. 7, 25. 10, 1,
13. Once r^^b id. Ecc. I, 17. Syr. id.
*15^ fut. ',307 1- Pr. f. q. ',31^
JUXjm , to dwell, c. ace. pers. with whom..
2. to be familiar with any one, to as-
sociate with, from the idea of dwelling;
together in the same tent or house.
Hence Part, "jab an associate, compan-
ion, friend, e. g. of a king Is. 22, 15.
Fern. r33b a female friend., attendant, i
i K. 1, 2. 4". Comp. Hiph. Hence
3. With b and by of pers. to do kind-
urmisc ; Is. 9, 10 ^10=0^ '^''?'^**"^^1 ""'^ t * '0 any one, to benefit, Job 22, 2.. 35j.
'ISO
723
nbo
3; absol. 15, 3. Intrans. to p-qfit, Job
34, 9.
4. i. q. Arab. ^jSi^ Conj. I. IV, V,
to be poor, needy, nee Puiil and 130 ,
niJSOa . Many have despaired of find-
ing an accordance between this signifi-
cation and the others ; but it probably
comes from the notion of bein^ seated,
which is kindred with that of dwelling.
The idea of being seated is closely con-
nected with that of sitting down, of sink-
ing from languor and debility ; comp.
JuL9 to sit, Conj. IV pass, to be com-
pelled to sit, to be lame ; Juii* weak-
i, ^
ness in the camel's foot ; |^cX>i a
weak, feeble man ; also sedire and sidere.
Arab. j2>X**< and Heb. 'iSD therefore
are pr. (o be sunk in one's affairs, to be
ruined, comp. "i^, "2T3.
NiPH. i. q. Chald. Ithpa. to be endan-
gered. Ecc. 10, 9 whoso cleaveth wood
is endangered thereby. This significa-
tion is foreign from the other meanings
of the verb ; but it rnay be perhaps a
denominative from V^b knife, axe, q. v.
and hence to cut oneself, to be wounded,
as Vulg. rulnerabitur.
PuAL part. ISO'S impoverished, see Kal
no. 4. Is. 40. 20'n^nn "Sorn he that is
impoverished by an oblation, i. e. who
has little to offer.
HiPH. "rson 1- ^0 acquaint oneself
with any one. c. cr Job 22, 21. Also
with any thing, and hence to know, c.
ace. Ps. 139, 3 nri:sori '=";^-^3 all my
ways thou knowest, art acquainted with.
2. to be accustomed, to he wont, c. inf.
et b Num. 22. 30.
Deriv. ISDi? , r^SDia .
* I. "^59 " ^^^ "*** used, i. q. to shut
up, to c/oe. Chald. id. Syr. Arab. jijB,
,X*-,id.
NiPH. to be shut up, stopped. Gen. 8,
2.. Ps. 63, 12.
PiEL i. q. 'jO and "^"'^n > ^o deliver
up or over. c. 1^^ ^s. 19. 4.
II. "15 *^ i- q- "^r-? I- v". to hire, Ezra
4, 5. " '
* T\'D'0 in Kal not used, to be silent,
kindred with 'Cp^^ to rest. Arab. c>X-*<
Conj. I, IV, id. Samar. to attend.
Hi PH. to keep silence, once Deut. 27, 9.
Sept. aKunu, Vulg. altende.
^0 m. (r. ^^D) pr. a slender rod, e. g.
ofwillow, osier, from which baskets were
woven ; hence a wicker-basket, brecui-
basket. Gen. 40, 17. Ex. 29, 3. 23. Num.
6, 15. al. Plur. D-'^O Gen. 40, 16. 18.
Comp. xuvtov, xnviug, xuvaaiQoy, canis-
trum, pr. a basket woven from reeds, from
xavTj canna, a reed. Chald. xip, Kr^p ,
Syr. }1, Arab. xJLw id. JX a basket-
maker.
Kbp (twig, basket) Silla, pr. n. of a
town near Jerusalem, 2 K. 12, 21.
* J<bD pr. i. q. n^p, bbp no. 1, to lift
up J spec, to suspend a balance, comp.
Xt'a Job 6, 2. and hence to weigh ; comp.
Lat. pendeo and pendo. Once in
PuAL pass, to be weighed; Lam. 4, 2
T93 n"'J<*p^n who are weighed with fine
gold, i. e. are comparable to pure gold.
Deriv. pr. n. X=ibD, Ktfep, sip.
*^bC anai hyofi. in Piel 1^0 to
spring up, to leap up, to exult, Arab.
jJLo ' the horse so leaps that the
stones give forth sparks.' Job G, 10 this
is still my comfort, i<b nbTia r^1):Xi^
btrt;^ and I exult even under pain which
doth not spare, that I have not denied
the words of the Holy One. Sept. for
nn^px has riU(',^r,v, Targ. S^asT I exult.
So Schultens Comm. in loc Others, as
Saadias, Abulwalid, Kimchi, compare
the Chald. "ibp to burn, to roast, and
then make the second clause concessive
or parenthetic : and though I bum (am
tormented, comp. p^'n) with pain which
doth not spare; other explanations see
in Thesaur. p. 955. But the tradition of
the Sept. and Targ. as the oldest, may
well be received as having most author-
ity. Hence
n'^p (exultation) Seled, pr. n. m. 1
Chn 2, 30.
* I. nbw i. q. x^p and bbp , pr. to lift
up, to raise. Hence
1 . to suspend a balance, to weigh, see
Pual. Comp. in x'5p .
2. to make light of to contemn, like
Lat. elevare, Ps. 119, 118. Comp. Engl.
light and xceighty as applied to things
nbD
724
nbo
trifling or important. Chald. and Syr.
id.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 2. Lam. 1, 15.
PcAL pass, of Kal no. 1. Job 28. 16
wisdom "I'^E'iX eras T^hprj v.h cannot be
weighed uUh gold of Ophir. cannot be
purchased with gold.
* II. nbC perhaps i. q. !i^i (0 and
tti being interchanged), to rest, to be
quiet ; S>yr.%k> to cease, to rest, Chald. id.
nbo always in panse, a musical
word, found 73 times in the Psalms ;
elsewhere only in Hab. 3. 3. 9. 13. It is
pr. imper. n^p from r. nbp II, with n-
parag. nbp , in pause ^^D , q. d. rest,
pause ! Its use seems to have been, in
chanting the words of the Psalm, to di-
rect the singer to rest, to pause a little,
while the instruments played an inter-
lude or symphony. It is a sign o? pause.
This use and interpretation is supported:
a) By the authority of the Sept. which
everywhere renders M^O by dtofaXftu,
q. d. interlude, symphony, ec. by instru-
mental music, b) By the position which
nbp occupies in the Psalm. It stands
usually in the middle of a Psalm, at the
close of a certain section or strophe.
Thus in some Psalms it occurs only once,
Ps. 7, 6. 20. 4. 21, 3 ; in others twice, Ps.
4, 3. 5. 9, 17. 21 ; in others three times,
Ps. 3, 3. 5. 9. 32, 4. 5. 7. 66, 4. 7. 15. 68, 8.
20. 33 ; and is even four times repeated.
89, 5. 38. 46. 49 ; frequently also it stands
at the end of a Psalm. Ps. 3. 9. 24. Thus
it serves to divide a Psalm into several
strophes. Very rarely it is found in the
middle of a verse, Ps. 55. 20. 57,4. Hab.
3, 3. 9. c) From Ps. 19. 17, where for
the simple nbo we find the fuller p^jn
mVd, which by apposition may be ren-
dered : instrumental music, pause, i. e.
let the instruments strike upa symphony,
and the singer pause. In a similar sense
some derive |^^D from r. fibp I, to lift
up, and understatid by it a raising of the
voice 8C. in response to the instruments,
corap. N: no. 1. e, and Job 21, 12. Others,
deriving it from the same root, render
it : suspend the voice, i. e. rest, pause,
as above. But the former etymology
is preferable.
Many have supposed, but without
good reason, that nbo is an abbrevia-
tion, composed of the initial letters of
three words. Such abbreviations are
indeed common among the Arabians
and later Jews, (as "^'^"^ Rashi for "'an
^m"^ nobis Rabbi Solomon Jarchi.) but
it cannot be shown that they were known
to the ancient Hebrews. This supposed
abbreviation has been explained in vari-
ous ways, e. g. iisn J^'^yrs no redi sur-
sum cantor, i. q. da capo, or riJttib "i^'^O
bipri the signfor a change oftoice or key ;
but all these fall away of course with the
hypothesis itself. For more on this topic
see Michaelis Supplem. p. 1760. Rosen-
muller Comment, in Ps. T. I. p. LXVII.
ed. 2. Noldii Concord. Particul. Heb. p.
940. ed. Tymp. Eichhorn Bibl. der bibl.
Litteratur V. p. 542 sq. ForkePs Gesch.
der Musik, I. p. 144. See Thesaur. p.
955 sq.
^^0 (weighed, r. stbo) Salhi. pr. n. m*
Neh. 12, 7 ; for which v. 20 '\X2 Sallai.
K1>D (id.) Sallu, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 7 ;
for which Neh. 11,7 s^p.
1^D (id.) Salu, pr. n. m. Num. 25, 14.
"ji^D Ez. 2, 6, and 1^>P Ez. 28, 24, a
thorn, prickle, pr. such as are found on
the shoots and twigs of the palm-tree;
from bp twig and ',i , see in r. bbp no. 2.
Metaph. of wicked men Ez. 2, 6. Sept.
(7xdAo\c. Chald. s'bo, SPb-^P, Arab.
J jLl thorns of the palm-tree.
* nbO fut. nbp7, once n^box Jer. 5,
7 Cheth. to forgive, to pardon. Chald.
and Zab. id. Eth. by transpos. 'I'UIU A
to be clement, propitious, to pardon,
comp. Arab. {^^ facilem se prsebuit.
Samar. to expiate. The primary idea
seems to be that of lijling up, taking
away, as in xbp , nbp .So of God, with
dat. either of sin Ex.' 34, 9. Num. 14, 19.
1 K. 8. 34. 36. Ps. 25, 11. Jer. 33, 8; or
of pers. Num. 30, 6. 9. 13. Deut. 29,
19. IK. 8, 50. 2 Chr. 6,39; absol. Num.
14. 20. 2 K. 24. 4. Am. 7, 2. Lam. 3. 42.
Sept. iluaxofiiu, uqilijiii, etc.
NiPH. to be forrgiven, pardoned, e.g.
sin, c. dat. pers. Lev. 4, 20. 26. 35. 5, 13.
16. 18. Num. 15. 25. 26. 28. al.
Deriv. nio , nn-bD .
n^P m. forgiving Ps. 86, 5.
^bo
725
jbo
''bo (basket-maker? dcnom. from Vo)
Sallai, pr. n. m. a) Neh. 11, 8. b) 12,
20, see lio .
nn'bD f. forgivenegs Vs. 130, 4 ; plur.
Neh.' 9, 17. Dan. 9, 9. R. nbo.
* "li^ obsol. root, Arab. vJULim ^o
more along, to move about, to go, whence
Ai^iM-^ way, tract Hence
nsbo (witliout Dag. in a , and there-
fore for nako) Salchah. pr. n. of a town
of Gad or Manasseh 1 Chr. 5, 11 ; in the
eastern limits of Batanea or Bashan,
o
now called JJs</a Salkhad, and by
the Arabian geographers iX^y^ Sar-
khad. abounding in vineyards ; see
Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 99
sq. or I. p. ISO Germ, and note p. 507.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 160.
Deut. 3, 10. Josh. 12, 5. 13, 11. 1 Chr.
8, 11.
^2v ^ut. Vb^ to lift up, to raise ;
like the kindred roots xbo , nbo , comp.
nbo, rbo, pbo, also bbn, nbn, baj,
tollo. See Pilp.
1. to cast up into a heap, Jer. 50, 26.
Spec, to cast np earth into a causeway,
i. e. to prepare a way (comp. cn Is. 49,
11), Is. 57, 14. 62, 10. Prov. l.n. 19. Jer.
18, 15. Job 19, 12 uyn 'h's !i^bi and
cast up (prepare) their way unto me.
30, 12. Without T)"^.^ Ps. 68, 5 ^bb cast
up, prepare, sc. the way.
2. From the idea of being elevated,
high, comes the signif. to move to and
fro. to wave, of things lofty, tall, slender,
flexible. Espec. of the slender and pen-
dulous boughs and twigs of trees, as of
willows and the palm-tree, which are
used for weaving baskets and bound
into brooms ; comp. bbn , bhl , J'yi\ ,
whence D^^!^! shoots, tendrils ; also bin
no. 1, 2, whence C^n^ri . Hence n'^^D
G s _,
and rifeobo (Arab. sing. SJL) baskets,
i. e. of wicker-work, woven from slender
twigs ; comp. the lengthened forms
f Sp30 (b being changed for 3) the
pendulous shoots of the palm, from
which brooms are made, (whence the
Syr. and Chaldee verb )iO to sweep
61*
with brooms.) and r:232 basket, as also
kiiulr. N.3a basket, Cluild. S3X id. Arab,
^^wi^a to weave baskets. Further.
as the branches of the palm-tree, be-
fore they put forth, are covered with
thorns or prickles, these are designated
by nouns from the same root, as Jj^am
and t^kZi thorns growing upon the
bninches of the palm, and Heb. 7^0 ,
("'io a thorn or prickle growing upon a
branch or twig, from ho (pr. twig) and
the formative syllable "iL The Arab.
sJLwwjo a large needle, is so called from
its resemblance to a thorn or prickle.
Pilp. i. q. Kal no. 1. metaph. Prov. 4, 8
nbobo exalt her. sc. wisdom, with praises.
' HiTHPO. bVnqn (denom. fr. ^"^b,^)
to oppose oneself as a mound or dam,
to resist, c. 3 Ex. 9. 17 bb-Pi5T: r(iis
'Bra as yet opposesl thou thyself against
my people 7
Deriv. nb^b , cba . nlbqn , bfibon .
From no. 2. ho , -(ibp and -|-i^p , nibt35p ,
and pr. n. K^p . '^S .
nbbb f. (r. bbp) a mound, rampart.
especially a mound thrown up by be-
siegers against a city, 2 K. 19, 32. Ez.
4, 2. 2 Sam. 20, 15. Jer. 32, 24. 33, 4. al.
D5p m. a stair-case, ladder, Gen. 28,
12, i. q. Arab. IJLl . R. bbp .
mVcbo f. plur. (r. bbp no. 2) i. q.
C^p . wicker-baskets, so called from the
slender twigs from which they are
woven, Jer. 6. 9. Sept. Vulg. xd^TuXloi,
cariallus.
^-^ obsol. root. pr. to be elevated,
high, like xbo , nbp , bbp , pbp . Hence
y?9 m. in pause rbo, c. suff. "'S'bp ,
plur. ^"bp .
1. a rock ; not found in the kindred
dialects; but comp. Sanscr. fild rock,
Lat. silec-B silex. Num. 20. 8. 10. 11.
24, 21. Judg. 6. 20. Job 39. 1. 28. Ps. 137,
9. "ip3 'o a great rock Is. 32. 2. rbsn,ti
a tooth (sharp crag) of a rock 1 Sam.
14. 4. Sometimes of a fortress situated
upon a high rock, in which there is
security from enemies. Is. 31, 9. 33, 16.
Hence metaph. of God as a refuge,
Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4. 40, 3. 42, 10.
yio
726
T^D
2. Sela, i. e. Petra, pr. n. of the an-
cient capital city of tiie Idumeans.
eituated between the Dead Sea and the
Elanitic Gulf in a valley shut in by
lofty rocks. AVritten with the article
Sban Judg. 1, 36. 2 K. 14, 7. Poet, with-
out the art. Is. 16. 1 ; perh. Is. 42, II.
Gr. JItTQa, later nl nkiQui ; in the mid-
dle ages Vallis Mosis. whence the mo-
dern name ,-*w*^ l^*^^} ^^^^1/ J^^usa.
The city was subdued by the Romans
under Trajan, and restored by Adrian.
Its remains still exist, consisting of
splendid sepulchres and temples exca-
vated in the rock, an amphitheatre, etc.
They were first visited by Burckhardt
in 1812. See Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p.
421. Irby and Mangles' Travels, p. 415
sq. Laborde Voyage de I'Arabie Petree,
fol. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 514 sq.
573 sq.
^??? obsol. quadril. root, to swal-
low down, to consume, as in Chald.
Hence
D!r--D m. a species of locust, winged
and esculent, Lev. 11, 22. Sept. ariuxrjg,
Vulg. attacns.
W|w in Kal not used. Some mod-
ern intpp. assume for it the primary idea
of slipping, sliding, comparing Arab.
(..fiXwu to oint, to smear, also to slip
;away, to pass away, Germ, schliipfen,
Engl, to slip, and kindr. pbn i. q. Gr.
uAttifbi/ whence in Piel to make slippery
;a way (Prov. 19. 3), and then to cause to
fall, e. g. a cause, atftiXltiv 8ixi]v (Ex.
'.23, 8); so A. Schultens ad Prov. p.
:203. Fasi in Jahn's Neue philol. Jahrbb.
IV. p. 168. But this is not confirmed by
:any exegetical tradition, either of the
: ancient versions or of the Rabbins.
All these give the idea to pervert, to
wrest, and then tn subvert, to overthrow,
I. q. ~Bn , s^JS , either directly or indi-
rectly; Gr. iixoXicio), Vulg. suhvertere.
So too the Chald. though not freq. as
C)*'briDX to be distorted, wry, as the
mouth, Targ. Esth. 6, 10 ; Cl"'bD ])erversc
of lip, Targ. Prov. 10, 10. It is suier
therefore to rest in this view.
PiEL r.^D , fut. Ciio'; , part. TiiM .
1. to peri'ert, to wrest, e. g. a) The
^worda of any one (comp. 'i^^n Jer. 23,
36) ; Ex. 23, 8 for a gift (bribe) blindeth
those that see, and perverlelh (p^D"^^) the
words of the righteous j Vulg. subvertit,
Sept. lip.(uvsjui. Deut. 16, 19. Prov. 22,
12. b) The way or conduct of any
one, i. q. to make perverse, Prov. 1 9, 3 ;
comp. Lev. 3, 9.
2. to subvert, to overthrow, to destroy
persons (comp. T,Sn Prov. 12, 7) ; Job
12, 19 rilO"; C"'?n"^Nl and overthroweth
the mighty ; Sept, xaTfurgfipf. Prov.
21, 12. 13, 6 righteousness keepelh the
upright in the way, nx:^n Ci^on f^yOTI
but wickedness overthro^veth sin i. e.
concr. sinners. Hence
^^9 vn. perverseness, Prov. 11, 3. 15, 4.
* P?P or Pr*? Chald. to go up. to as-
cend, Dan. 7, 3. 8. 20. Plur. npbo Dan.
2, 29. Ezra 4, 12. Fut. pS7 see in r.
pD3 .In Targg. often for Heb. nbs .
Syr. Sam. id.
^2'rf obsol. root, Arab. oJLw to
rub off, to strip off husks, etc. whence
5 " '
v:>J-ww pearl-barley, grits. Talm. nbo
to cut chips of wood, "pFibo chips;
Chald. nbio, Nnb^O , fine meal, flour.
Hence
f^^b f (but with m. Ex. 29, 40,) c.
suff. PFibo Lev. 2, 2 xfine meal, flour, the
finest and purest, Sept. affilduXig, Lev. 2,
1 sq. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 8, 8. 1 K. 5, 2.
1 Chr. 9, 29. Ez. 16, 13. 19. al. nbb
D"'an wheaten flour Ex. 29, 2. By ap-
posit. nbb ni:;^ Gen. 18, 6. Chald. id.
see in r. nbo .
DO see d-^SD .
^2D 'nS'QO Samgar-Nebu, pr. n. of a
Babylonian military commander, Jer. 39,
3, Perh. ' sword of Nebo,' i. e. of Mer-
cury; from Pers. -jUL*^ sword, and
i25 q. V. ' *
~J'79 ' quadrilit. vine-blossom, ol-
rixvdrj. Cant. 7, 13 nns 'Eijn nn-iB ex
"'"!^'l whether the vine puts forth, and
its blossom opens. 2, 13 "i"i^p o"i;E?n the
vines arc in blossom, v. 15 i"i^p ''3"'^~j?
ozir vineyards are in blos.<tom (comp. Ex.
9, 31 bi'35 nnuiDn). Symm. oiruvdtj.
Sept. xr{)ni^in, KV7i()i(T/.tui. Chald. id.
in Targ. for Heb. naa Is. 18, 5. Syr.
]i,ioio id. Boe Is. 17, 11 Pesh. Zab.
yz::
727
K30
also of other bloMoms, as of hemp, see
Norberg Lcxid. p. 159. Some of the
Rubhiiis underslnnd by this word not
the blossom but the young grapes just
out of the hh)88oin, see Sureiihusii
Mishnii T. 1. p. 309; so the VulgiUe Cant.
7, 13, and also Kimchi, but the former
sense is to he preferred on accountof Cant.
2, 13 and 7, 13. This quadril. is formed
apparently from CD aroma, fragrance,
and mn JijO to burst forth as a blos-
som. See more in Thesaur. p. 959,
960.
*!]aO flit. ri^07 1. to place or lay
upon any thing, to impose, so iis to rest
or be supported upon any thing. Chald.
T^^O id. to lean uf)on, be supported ; Ithp.
to trust in. Syr. id. also of reclining at
table. Ethiop. fl^Hl to recline upon,
to lean upon. Kindr. is T^'on . Spec.
^? "^1 "i"?*? 'o ^^y ''"^ hand upon any
thing, pr. so as to lean upon it, Ex. 29,
10. 15. 19. Lev. 1, 4. 3, 2. 8. 14. So too
Lev. 24, 14. Num. 27, 18. Deut. 34, 9.
But Am. 5, 19 "T'lsT^? in; Tj^Dl a}id
leans his hand upon the wall. Intrans.
to lean or rest upon any thing. Ps. 88, 8
Tjnttn nsro ^bs thy wrath lieth heavy
upon me.
2. to xiphoid, to sustain, to support, pr.
to let lean upon c. ace. Ps. 37, 17. 24. 54^
6. Ex. 30, 6 o^nso "^srib they that up-
held Egypt, the allies of Egypt. Is. 59,
16. 63, 5 ; c. b Ps. 145, 14. Part. pass.
tjiatj upheld, propped, i. e. Jirm, un-
moved, Ps. 112, 8. Is. 26, 3. With two
ace. to sustain one with any thing, i. e.
to bestow upon him, to give bountifully;
Gen. 27, 37 iTiarO TC-i-^ni a'n corn and
new wine have I bestowed upon him. Ps.
51, 14.
3. to draw near, to approach, c. bx
Ez. 24, 2. Syr. id. This signification
connects itself with that of leaning up-
on, being contiguous, etc. comp. Rabb.
"jSD to hang together, be connected,
near, "^'^lao near.
NiPH. to be supported, upheld, c. bs
Judg. 16, 29 ; to stay oneself to rest upon,
Is. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21. Metaph. 2 Chr.
32. 8. Ps. 71, 6. Is. 48, 2.
PiEL. to stay, i. e. to refresh, c. a Cant.
2,5.
Deriv. HD'^ttto , pr. n. ^IT'a'QOi and
in^pttD (Jehovah sustains him) 9e-
machiah, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 26, 7.
* ^'=9 obsol. root, of which the sig-
nif. is not known. In Heb. we may
compare r. buS^ II to make like, to be
like ; also tfyi image ; and in the Indo-
European tongues perh. Lat. simile, Gr.
opuXog. Hence
^730 and ^'QP m. in pause biaO , a like-
ness, imaee. Ez. 8. 3. 5. Deut. 4, 16. 2
Chr. 33, 7 SBSn boB a statue of likeness,
i. e. a sculptured likeness, carved image.
V. 15.
* D"^D obsol. root, Arab. |^ to smell;
t j t "' any thing fragrant. Hence
0^130 m. plur. aromatics, spices, Ex.
30, 34. D^BO rnap fragrant incense
Ex. 30, 7. 40, 27. Lev. 4, 7. 16, 12. Num.
4, 16. al. Syr. psAio aroma, (pagpaxov.
* ""^0 in Kal not used, (comp. kindr.
"T3T .) to mark off, to designate. Talmud.
jBO, whence |"'0 mark, sign. It is
sometimes improperly compared with
the Gr. aripulvb), in which v does not be-
long to the root.
NiPH. part. *p3 marked off, designat-
ed, e. g. a place.' Is. 28, 25 -,^,03 nni?to!
and (sows) the barley in the appointed
place i. e. in the field marked off. So
Targ. Saad. Kimchi, and this interpre-
tation is to be preferred. Others, fat
barley, from the root (^S4-ww i. q. l^^ ^o
be fat : but this is repugnant both to the
laws of syntax and to the context ; see
Comm. on Is, in loc. The signification
millet in Sept. Theod. Aqu. Vulg. is
merely conjectural.
"^ "I'^O to stand erect, to bristle, q>gl(r-
(Tfiv. a) Pr. of hair, see Piel and "^^O ;
hence of a person in terror, to shudder,
Ps. 119, 120 i"ib2 1^0, Symm. oq&otqi-
Xii. b) Of bristling points ; whence
inoa any thing pointed, a nail, and
-4^*/, Chald. "Hp, to fiisten with nails-
* Piel id. to stand erect, e. g. the hair
Job 4. 15. Hence
"""laO m. bristling, oq&o&qiI, Jer. 51, 27,
an epithet of the insect pbv
* li^pC obsol. root, perh. i. q. WO to he
2D
728
ri?&
thorny, bristling ; kindr. are StJi^, Syr.
tia, to hate. Hence nx!i:D and
nSID (thorny) Senaah, pr. n. of a
town oi" Judah Ezra 2, 35. Neh. 7, 38.
With the art. Neh. 3, 3.
I2J3:0 pr. n. Sanballat, the satrap of
the king of Persia in Samaria, Neh. 2,
10. 4, 1. 6, 1. 2. 12. 14. 13, 28. He was
a Horonite, from Horonaim, a town of
Moab. The name appears to be of Per-
sian origin. Bohlen compares 4>JoU-kw
' lauded by the army,' and Sanscr. seiid-
balat ' giving strength to the army.'
* riDD obsol. root, prob. to be thorny,
bristling; kindr. with XJD, and perh.
with ISO to be pointed. Hence
nip m. 1. a thorn-bush, bramble,
Ex. 3. 2 sq. Deut. 33, 16. Syr. llji) id.
Arab. IXww and \Jum senna, folia sennae.
Chald. and Talmud. X*^: id.
2. Seneh. pr. n. of a pointed rock
(Thorn-rock) opposite Michmash ; in
pause nJD (as C3^ in pause cs/r) 1
Sara. 14,' 4. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
11. p. 116.
nap J perh. palm-branch, i. q. <^S5!0 ;
see in n20-n;:np, art. n;;'-i;^ lett. e. R.
".so-
nsJ^Sp, c. art. nsj^sen (the bristling, r.
ttSD) Senuah, pr. n. Neh. 11,9, prob. fem.
* \'?? Chald. quadril. to blind ; de-
rived according to C. B. Michaelis from
the trilit. Lj to shine, with D prefixed,
eee Lehrg. p. 862 ; or according to Si-
roonis compounded from Liu*< to glitter
and t?5 to blind. Hence
D'^'?!'?? m. plur. blindness Gen. 19, 11.
2K. 6.18.
2''"''!}?? pr. n. Sanherib, Sennacherib.
Sept. 2'fvvi>xri()ifi, 2'irv(t/ri()tl[x, Hdot.
2nvnyyt{)i(ioc, king of Assyria from 714
to 696 B. C. when he was slain in the
temple of Nisroch by his two sons, 2 K.
18. 13. 19, 16. 36. Is. 36, 1. 37, 21. 37.
See further concerning him Hdot. 2. 141.
Berosi Fragmentum ap. Euseb. Cliron.
Armen. ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42,43.
Bohlen derives this name from Sanscr.
tendgrib ' conqueror of armies,' to which
corresponds rood. Fere. saJ>j jc-*-**'-
1^9 obsol. root, in Chald. and Syr.
to sweep with a broom made of branches /
but this is secondary, see in Vbo no. 2.
Hence nso and the two following.
^|?f? (palm-branch) Sansannah, pr.
n. of a town in the south of Judah Josh.
15, 31.
D'^ip2p m. plur. i. q. ^'hh), . C'^^rnVri ,
palm-branches, i. e. the pendulous twigs
and boughs. Cant. 7, 9. See more in
b^o no. 2. R. 150.
' *f!rP quadrilit. Jin of fishes. Lev.
11,9. Deut. 14, 9. The origin is uncer-
tain. Perh. from jLfiJV to hasten, and
-ftj to flee, to hasten, Pi. to propel.
CD m. (r. tJlO) a moth, in clothing Is.
51, 8 ; so called from its leaping. Syr.
\j^y*^
Mais, Chald. XOD, id. Arab,
moth, weevil, louse. Gr. ariq.
nCD Cant. 1, 9, see nosio.
'^'sC^ Sisemai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 40.
'?l9 fut. '^"p'!'! fo prop, to uphold,
to support. Chald. and Arab. Juum id.
With ace. Ps. 18, 36. Is. 9, 6. Prov, 20,
28. Then to sustain, to aid. to strength-
en, Ps. 20, 3. 41, 4. 94, 18. Spec, ab ISO
to stay (strengthen) the heart, i. e. to
refresh oneself with food, see 2b no. 1. a.
Gen. 18. 5 Cisb ^nsp strengthen your
heart, refresh yourselves with food. Ps.
104, 15. With two ace. Judg. 19, 5. 8 ;
ace. impl. 1 K. 13, 7 rfiyo refresh thyself.
Deriv. "1^073 .
^^P Chald. to aid, to help, c. b Ezra
5, 2. "
i.>;C Ixna^ Xfyofi. i, q. Arab. .-**
to run, to rush, spoken also of tempests ;
see Thesaur. p. 962. Ps. 55. 9 nrb ran
a rushing wind.
V\''SD m. (r. Sjyo) 1. a clef t. fissure. ;
'S\'^T1 n"?^ '/t^ f^*/' </'^<^ '"o*^^ Judg. 15,
8. 11. Plur, o'^sbsn iB-^ro Is. 2, 21.
57. 5.
2. a branch, bough. Is. 17, 6. 27, 10.
See fiBrp . Both these significations
are also united in Arab. jUJUw .
* H-9 '0 divide, i. q. Arab. v.^>AMr,
the letters C] and 3 being interchanged.
Hence C]''50,nD50,nD50.
fi^O
729
PiEL *?5 a deiiora. from tl^*0 no. 2,
to ditbranch. to lop the boughs of a tree,
Is. 10, 33.
Deriv. the three in Kal, n"'psio , "9?^0,
and
S|?0 ndj. verbal (oftlie form Vap) di-
vided, i. e. a man of divided mind, who
has no sure faith in regard to divine
things, but is driven hither and thither,
a doubter, skeptic, mctniixog, plur. C^BSO
Ps. 119, 113. Sept. na^avofiot, Vulg.
iniqiii.
riEyp f. (r. ?ro) i. q. t\''SO, and only
in pUir. r"iB?D branches, Ez. 31, 6. 8.
Comp. nB?"io.
HDyp f. (r. C|SO) phir. D'^cro , divided
opinions, parties ; 1 K. 18, 21 TiTa n?
D''B"on "r3'i'"5s ETjOB cnx . Vulg. us-
quequo claudicatis in duos partes, i. e.
how long do ye hesitate between the two opi-
nions, the worship of Jehovah or Baal?
* "'^^ ^ut. n?07, kindr. with irr and
1510 q. v.
1. to be violently agitated, tossed, e. g.
the sea by tempests Jon. 1, 11. 13. Trop.
of adversity Is. 54, 11. Comp. Pi.
2. Act. to rush on as a tempest, spoken
of a foe Hub. 3, 14.
NiPH. to be agitated, disquieted, of the
heart, 2 K. 6, 11.
PiEL "'"O to toss about, to scatter, e. g.
a people, Zech. 7, 14.
Po. intrans. to be diiven, scattered, by
a tempest, as chaff Hos. 13, 3.
Deriv. the two following.
"lyO m. a storm, tempest, Am. I, 14.
Jon. 1, 4. 12. Jer. 23, 19. 25, 32. al.
^^-^P ^ " storm, tempest, Is. 29. 6. 40,
24. 41, 16. Zech. 9, 14. Job 38, 1. Ps.
107, 29. al. Also n-^ro n^n Ps. 107, 25,
ri-i50 ni-> Ez. 13, 11. i3, a storm-wind.
Once fTjyo in many Mss. 2 K. 2, 1.
>|P m. (r. ?20) plur. CDO , also maa ,
p"iBO ; c. suff. "BO .
\^ sill, threshold. Judg. 19. 27. 2 K.
12, 10. al. sa;p. Chald. and Sam. id.
Syr. \^SB atrium.
2. a dish. basiJi, bowl. Ex. 12, 22. Zech.
12. 2. Plur. c^BD Jer. 52, 19, nisb 2
Sam. 17. 28, n"Bb 1 K. 7, 50. al.
3. Saph. pr. n. ni. 2 Sam. 21, 18 ; for
which 1 Chr. 20, 4 "^BO Sippai.
* SEC obsol. root, Talmud, in Pe. and
A ph. to feed an infant, to give to eat.
Hence KiDDO.
* ISO fut. nop']! to smile the breast,
as a gesture of mourning ; hence to
mourn, to lament, chiefly for the dead,
wi th b of the dead/or whom one mourns,
1 K. 14, 13. Jer. 16, 6. Gen. 23, 2 ; b? 2
Sam. 11, 26. Zech. 12, 10; 'ith 2 Sara.
3, 31 ; absol. Jer. 4. 8. 16, 5. Ecc. 12, 5 ;
for a public calamity Is. 32, 12 (c. by).
Jer. 49, 3. Joel 1, 13. Mic. 1. 8. Zech. 7, 5.
It is often so applied as to include the
voice of mourners, i. q. to wail, Mic. 1, 8
rnBDS< / will wail . . . . I will make a
wailing (lOD^) like the jackals. Jer. 22,
18 they .fhall not lament for him, saying,
Ahmy brother ! 34, 5. Still the primary
signification seems to be that of beat'
ing, i. q. Lat. plangere, and not excla-
mation ; as in the Gr. (7^m3-Jw, and this
the Sept. expresses in several pu.ssages
by xoTTTftrdai, as 1.3. 32. 12 O-'nsb a"'1-:J-bS
they smite upon the breasts sc. the wo-
men, comp. Nah. 2, 8. (Comp. Lat.
plangere pectora, ubera.) There is here
no difficulty in referring the particip.
D'^nsb to the women, since they are
expressly mentioned, though at a consi-
derable distance previously, viz. in the
beginning of v. 11, ris:xd ITjn ; see
Heb. Gramm. 144. n. 1.
NiPH. to be mourned for, lamented,
Jer. 16, 4. 23, 33.
Deriv. IBDB.
*n3D fut. ncc';! l. to scrape, to
scrape off. Kindr. are wino. wipJJ, "P"^.
Arab. Lam/ to sweep away, as the wind
dust ; oLww a scattering wind. Spoken
of the beard, to shave. Is. 7, 20. Hence
a) to take away life Ps. 40, 15; or per-
sons from life, to destroy, Gen. 18, 23.
24. Deut. 29. IS. b) Intrans. to be taken
away, to perish, Jer. 12. 4.
2. i. q. *P7 q. v. to add. only in imperat.
!|p Is. 29. l'. Jer. 7. 21. and inf. riED Is.
30, I. Also, to add to any thing, to aug-
ment, (see r;p7 no. 2.) c. b? Num. 32. 14.
NiPH. 1. to be taken away, to be de-
stroyed, to perish. Gen. 19. 15 17. Num.
16.26. Prov. 13. 23; espec. in war, 1 Sam.
12, 23. 26, 10. 27, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 12.
1SD
730
ISD
2. Pass, of Hiph. to he scraped toge-
ther ; Is. 13, 15 every one found shall be
thrust through, inna Vs"^ t^!P?f]"^3'^
and every one scraped together (seized,
caught) shall fall by the sword; Sept.
o'lTiveg (Tvv7]yfiivoi ilal.
Hjph. to scrape together, to heap up,
c. hs upon any one, as calamities Deut.
32, 23. Sept. avrii^m.
'J^Bp' m. (r. 'ED) pr. a covering with
boards, wainscot^ ceiling, of the temple,
1 K. 6, 15.
* nSD and nSifl , see Piel and neto^.
T T ' T :
1. to pour, to pour out ; Arab. /^Juu
to pour out, as blood, water, tears. In
the derivatives it includes the shedding
of blood, neba ; the inundation of wa-
ter, r)''BO no. 1 ; the falling of seed, n'^BD
no. 2; the falling off of hair, Pi. nsb,
rnBO, rriBpiQ.
2. to anoint sc. hy pouring oil upon a
person ; corap. "DJ , Syr. wjjs to pour,
Aph. to anoint as bishop. 1 Sam. 2, 36
pisnsn rnx-bx n: "jnso a77oint me (put
me), I pray thee, into one of the priests^
offices. ^Hence
3. to spread out, as water poured out
is spread ; Ethiop. A-4iih to expand, to
spread. See Pu. and art. ninBOO cush-
ions.
4. With ^S to pour upon, i. e. to add,
to adjoin; see Niph. and Hithp. In this
way the signif o{ adding together or ad-
joining found in these conjugations, is
readily reconciled with the certain one
of pouring.
NiPH. to adjoin oneself to another, c.
^ ; see Kal no. 4. Is. 14, 1 is iriBp31
a'pr^ r'^S and shall adjoin themselves to
the house of Jacob, add themselves to it.
Parall. nnVj . Sept. TtitoaTfOriijfKu.
PfEL nDp and neia l. to pour out
Btrong drink ; Hub. 2, 15 rjnan nsDiQ
vho pourest out thy glow, sc. of wine as
heating and intoxicating. Targ. cibt .
2. to make flow out or fall off sc. the
hair by disease, scab. etc. hence i. q. to
make hald the head Is. 3, 17; comp. in
Kal no. 1.
PuAL to be jmured out, i. e. to lie pros-
trate ; so of the jxior of the people. Job
30, 7 inoD-^ biinn pnn tmder the Ihorn-
bushea they lie prostrate, stretched out.
Hithp. to adjoin oneself, i. q. Niph.
c. 2, 1 Sam. 26, 19 they have driven me
out this day ''^ nbnja nspicn^yrowi ad-
joining myself to the inheritance of Je-
hovah, from abiding in it. Targ, and
Vulg. habitare.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1.
^n?? f. scurf scab, mange, so called
from the flowing or falling off of the
hair. Lev. 13, 2. 14, 56. Comp. Piel nsilJ
in r. riEO .
''BO Sippai, see 510 no. 3.
H'^BD m. (r. >^S0) pr. 'what is poured
out,' effusum. Hence
1. an inundation, flood, plur. Job 14
19.
2. the self sown, what grows of itself
i. e. grain produced spontaneously from
the self-sown kernels of the former year,
without new seed. Lev. 25, 5. 11. 2 K.
19, 29. Is. 37, 30. Comp. tU-^no. Sept.
T uvTOfxaxa.
n3''D f (r. "jEO) a ship, spec, with a
deck, once Jon. 1, 5. Syr. and Arab. id.
T^BD m. (r. ^BO) sapphire, a species
of gem of a cerulean hue (Ex. 24, 10.
Ez. 1, 26. 10, 1), so called from its beauty
and splendour; Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Job
28, 6. 16. Plur. Q^n^BO Cant. 4. 14. Is.
54, 11. Syr. IJHsj, Chald. VBD, "T-Bro,.
Gr. aunq}(t(}og.
^ri^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Jloam,
bstu . to be low, depressed. Hence
^?? m. a dish, bowl, found only in
Judg. 5, 25. 6, 38. Comp. qt? no. 2, id.
Chald. Talmud, id.
* 119 fut. "ibo?, once "'>? Deut. 33,
19; pr. to cover, comp. the kindred *(BS.
Hence
1. to cover with beams or rafters, to
roof, with two ace. 1 K. 6, 9.
2. to cover with boards, to wainscot, to
ceil, 1 K. 7, 3. 7. Jer. 22, 14. Hagg. 1, 4.
3. to cover over, i. e. to hide, to pre-
serve ; only Part. pass. "lED hidden, pre-
sented ; Deut. 33, 19 bin'-^.s^^a ''JE'IJ,
sec in r. "rnJ Kal. Deut. 33, 21 -i3 sn^l
"iSED pi^rn: rpbn ct^ he saw that
there the portion of (assigned by) the
lawgiver was presenml ; here 'lED does
not agree in gender with n^bn to which
TiSD
731
^10
it belongs, corop. Gen. 49, 15 ; see Lehrg.
p. 721.
Deriv. lino, nreo.
C|SO a root of uncertain signif.
whence "lO thrcshhold. dish.
HiTHPo. ClBinon liunom. from CjO, to
etand or wail on the threshold, P8.84, 11.
* I. pS9- rarely pSTS see Hiph. and
pBiO ; lut. pBD^ ; lo sliike, to smite with
the liand so as to make a noise, to clap;
comp. Engl, to spank. Arab. iSAmx
and (ii-o id. Spec, a) 'H';)^"^? o to
mite upon the thigh, a gesture of self-
reproach, Jer. 31, 19; ^I'^'^i^ Ez. 21, 17.
Comp. II. 12. 162. ib. 15. 397. Od. 13.
198. b) n^DS-px pBO to smite the palms
together, to clap the hands, in indigna-
tion Num. 24, 10 ; in derision, c. ^5 Lam.
2, 15. Job 27, 23 where 31 Codd. have
to instead of 0. Also without c^ds Job
34, 37. c) to smite in chastisement,
spoken of God, Job 34, 26.
Hiph. p"'pbH c, a, to strike hands
toith any one, Is. 2. 6. This may refer
to covenants, or to traffic and other in-
tercourse.
Deriv. pBb.
*Il.pSC and pSir 1 K. 20, 10.
1. to vomit, to vomit forth, Jer. 48, 26.
Syr. Pa. id.
2. to be enough, to suffice, 1 K. 20, 10,
Chald. pBO, Syr. woau, id. The pri-
mary idea, whence have arisen both
significations, seems to be that of abun-
dance, redundancy. Hence
P?0 m. c. suff." "ipso, sufficiency, abun-
dance. Job 20 22.
* "*?? , fut. -iBt?'^ 1. Pr. to scratch, to
tcrape. Chald. iBO to scrape, to shave ;
Syr. Pa. j-aiff id. Ethpa. to be shaven,
shorn; "iBO li^ais a barber; Arab. Juu
to scrape, to sweep, whence Juu a rasp.
From the idea of scraping may come
that Q^ polishing, and hence o^ sparkling,
see '^BO. 'Bttj ; but this is not certain.
2. to write, pr. to scratch or grave in
letters ; comp. '/qncpa to write, also 2ri3 ,
ens, which all come from the idea of
cutting in, graving. It is less usual than
arts, and is found only in Part, "ibd a
tDviler, scribe, Ps. 45, 2. Jer. 36, 3 ; Po;?
iBbn a writer^s ink-horn Ez. 9, 2. 3.
Spec, a) "j^.or? "^EO the king''s scribe,
secretary, an odicer of etiitc who wrote
the royal edicts, etc. 2 K. 12, 11. 2 Chr.
24. 11; so xui (^oxr]v isbn the scribe
2 K. 18, 18. 19, 2. 22, 3. 8 sq. 1 Chr. 24,
6. Is. 36, 3. 37, 2 ; also without art. "iBO
2 Sam. 8, 17. 20, 25. 1 Chr. 18, 16.
Sometimes several scribes are mention-
ed, 1 K. 4, 3. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9 ; comp-
Jer. 36, 23. b) a military scribe or tri-
bune, who had charge of the conscription
and muster-rolls, niuster-master, 2 K. 25,
19. Jer. 52, 25. 2 Chr. 26, 11. Is. 33, 18.
So prob. Jer. 37, 15, as having charge
of the public prison. Genr. of a mili-
tary leader, Judg. 5, 14. Comp. Arab.
y^jjS'io levy a conscription, auju3 an
army so levied, c) In the later books, a
scribe, ysjupfinitvc, one skilled in the sa-
cred books and in the law, 1 Chr. 27, 32.
Jer. 8, 8. Ezra 7, 6 Ezra was a scribe
(iBO K^n) skilled in the law of Moses.
So as a title of Ezra, Neh, 8, 1 sq. 12,
26. 36. Ezra 7, 11. Syr. f^, Arab.
Zi^, id.
3. Fut. "iDD^ 5 fo count, to number, perh.
by marking down or checking each one ;
Gen. 15, 5. 41, 49. Lev. 15, 13. 28. Deut.
16, 9. Ps. 48, 13. 139. 18. So to number
one's steps, i. e. diligently to observe '
him, Job 14, 16. 31, 4 ; to number a peo-
ple, to enrol, Ps. 87, 6.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 3, to be num-
bered 1 Chr. 23, 3. Often 3-i^ ieS'' xb
it shall not be numbered for multitude,
i.e. shall be innumerable, Gen. 16, 10. 32,
13. 1 K. 3. 8. 8, 5. Jer. 33, 22. Hos. 2, 1.
PiEL IBO, fut. IBD";! 1. i. q. Kal no.
3. to count, to number, Ps. 22, 18. 40, 6.
Job 38, 37.
2. to recount, to narrate, to tell, to de-
clare. Job 15, 17. Jer. 23. 28. With ace.
of thing and b of pers. Gen. 24, 66. 29,
13. Ex. 18, 8. Judg. 6. 13. Ps. 48. 14. Job
12, 8. al. bx of pers. Gen. 37, 10 ; '3|i<3
Ex. 10, 2 ; b of pers. and b? of thing Joel
1, 3 ; bx of thing, Ps. 2, 7 ph-bx n-^EDX
/ will declare concerning the decree. 69,
27. Often spec, to recount with praise,
to celebrate, e. g. the name of Grod Ex.
1D
732
"ISO
9, 16. Ps. 22, 23 (b of pers.) 102,22 ; also
his praises Ps. 9, 15. 78, 4. Is. 43, 21 ;
his glory Ps. 19, 2. 96, 3 ; his works and
deeds Ps. 73, 28. 107, 22. 145. 6 ; his
wondrous acts Ps. 9. 2. 26, 7. 75, 2.
Job 28, 27 then did God see and declare
it sc. wisdom in and through hi-s works.
3. Absol. to declare, i. q. to speak, to
discourse; Is. 43, 26 P^Jtn "iri?!: -BO
speak, that thou maijest bejuslifed. Ps.
64, 6. 73, 15.
PuAL pass, of Pie! no. 2, to be recount-
ed, told, Hab. 1, 5 ; i? of pers. la. 52, 15.
Job 37, 20 ; b of pers.' and thing Ps. 22. 31 .
Deriv. HnEO, n-^sio, ri.Eb, "fJSO,
"iBD'Q, and the four here following.
*yS0 Chald. m. 1. a scribe, secretary,
who accompanied the satrap or govern-
or of a province, Ezra 4, 8. 9. 17. 23.
See Hdot. 3. 128.
2. a scribe, /(jre/jjjuTn'g, skilled in the
eacred books and the law, Ezra 7, 12.
21. See r. isD Kal no. 2. c.
IBp m. (r. -EC) c. suff. "''lES, plur.
t5"<nBp, constr. "'"^ED.
1. tcriting, Syr. li-aa, i. e. a) The
art of writing and reading; Is. 29, 11. 12
"lESf] yni"" acquainted uv'lh writing, able
to read and write. b) Kind of writing ;
Dan. 1, 4 C^wS irrb:) -bo the writing
(letters) and language of the Chaldeans.
V. 17.
2. a writing, whatever is written, as
a bill of purchase or sale Jer. 32, 12 sq.
a bill of accusation, memorial, Job 31,
35 ; a bill of divorce Deut. 24, 1. 3 ; es-
pec. an epistle, letter, 2 Sam. 11, 14. 2
K. 10, 6. Plur. n-^'itO letters, epistles,
1 K. 21, 8. 2 K. 10, i.' Esth. 1, 22 ; also
88 in Engl, letters for a single epistle. 2
K. 19, 14. Is. 37, 14. 39, 1. So Syr.
f|aja for sing, to (ii^liov Heb. 9, 19.
3. a book, as written; Syr. \fAtt,
Arab. J^ , id. Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 28, 58.
29, 20. 26. ] Sam. 10, 25. Job 19, 23. al.
Books were anciently written on rolls.
comp. Is. 34, 4 ; hence more fully rhi.'o
lEO roll of a book Jer. 36, 2. 4. Ez. 2, 9*.
Often with genit. of the contents, as ifiO
ITnipn the book of the law Josh. 1, 8. 8,
34'. 2 K. 22, 8 sq. 2 Chr. 34, 14 ; 1BO
rvnan the book of the covenant Ex. 24, 7.
2 K. 23. 2. 21 ; D-'D^an *iEO the book of
the kings 2 Chr. 16, 11.' 24, 27; ieO
D'TS^n '^'^S'n the book of chronicles, an-
nals, see in'n no. 2 ; nf 3^ 'n:^ lEts the
book of the acts of Solomon 1 K. 11, 41 ;
I'r^n '0 the book of the upright, see in
nd^ no. 2. Also onx rii^in lEO th.e
book of the genealogy of Adam Gen. 5,
1 ; D"'n '0 the book of the living, i. e. of
those destined to life, the book of life
which is with God, Ps. 69, 29, comp.
Dan. 12, 1. Rev. 20, 12. 15 ; called also
the book of God Ex. 32, 32. 33. Ps. 139,
16. But 1^ ISO the book of Jehovah Is.
34, 16 is the sacred book, the collection
of sacred books, oracles ; and so too
n"'nBOln Dan. 9, 2 can only be the sacred
books, scriptures, into which the writings
of Jeremiah had already been received.
Further, tEp xt f^oxr/V Is. 29, 18, and
lEp rb^ Ps. 40, 8, the book of the law ;
like Arab. v>ljCJOl the Scriptures, Kor.
2. 50. Pococke Spec. p. 156, also the
Kor^n.
"ISO Chald. m. plur. T'^Ep, a book,
i. q. Heb. i^p, Dan. 7, 10. Ezra 4, 15.
ISO rn. 1. a numbering, census, 2
Chr! 2, 16. R. ^ED.
2. Sephar, pr. n. of an Arabian city
coupled with Mesha Gen. 10, 30 ; ibr
which passage see in NwJ^. There can
be little doubt, that lED is the earlier
jLftis DhafiXr or ZafAr, Bocharl Geogr.
Sacr. II. c. 30 ; now called by the natives
IsfAr, *La^| , ^Juu\ ; an ancient mari-
time city, the seat of the Himyaritic
kings, situated in Hadramaut not far
from the port of Mirb&t ; where its ex-
tensive ruins are still seen. See F.
Fresnel in Journ. Asiatique, Ser. 3. T.
V. p. 516 sq. Niebuhr Arabien p. 236.
Plin. H. N. VI. 23 or 26.
"^"^^DD Sepharad, pr. n. of a region to
which exiles were carried from Jerusa-
lem. Obad. 20. Syr. Chald. and the
Rabbins, by conjecture. Spain. Jerome
says : " Nos autem ab Hebra?o, qui nos
in Scripturis erudivit, didicimus liospho-'
rum sic vocari ; et quasi Judipus, ista,
inquit, est regio, ad quam Hadrianus
captivos transtulit." That the district
Sepharad is indeed to be sought some-
where in the region of the Bosphorus.
nso
733
n-iD
hoB recently been confirmed by a paleo-
gruphic discovery. In the cclebmted
cuneilbrni iiiscriplion containing a list
of the tribes of Persia (Niebuhr Tab. 31
lett. I), after Assyria. Gordyene, Arme
nia, Cappadocia, and before Ionia or
Greece, is found tfie name CPaRDa, as
read both by Burnoul' and Lassen, and
this was recognised also by De Sacy
as the TiBO of" Obad. 20 : see Burnouf
M^moire sur deux Inscr. cunfeiformes,
18.36. p. 147. It was therefore a district
and people of western Asia Minor, or at
least near to it. [In his later researches
Lassen identities it with Sard is ; Zeit-
echr. 1' d. Morg. VI. p. 50. Rawlinson
reads it Sparta ; Inscr. at Behistun p.
i. R.
nntp f. (r. neo) o book, i. q. "iBD , Ps.
56, 9.
rrnbO f: (r. nco) member, plur. riiBO
Ps. 71, 15.
D:'^n2D 2 K. 17, 24. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is.
36, 19. 37, 1 3, Sepharvaim, pr. n. of a
city of the Assyrian empire, whence
colonists were brought into the territory
of Samaria ; prob. Sipphara in Mesopo-
tamia (Ptol. 5. 18) situated on the east
bank of the Euphrates above Babylon.
The gentile noun plur. is D'^liBO Se-
pharvites 1 K. 17, 31.
rritO (scribe, r. iBO, with a fem. end-
ing as a name of office, see Lehrgb. p.
468.) Sophereth, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 57 ;
and with the art. Ezra 2, 55.
-'I^V '0 stone, to pelt with stones, a
species of capital punishment among the
Hebrews, as to which see the decisions
of the Rabbins in C. B. Michaelis Dis-
sert, de judiciis pcenisque capitalibus
5, in Pott Syll. IV. p. 185. The signi-
fication oi' stoning-, however, would seem
hardly to be the primary one, especially
since in Piel it has also the sense to free
from stones. The origin seems to lie
in the root hp^^S , Jjij , to be weighty,
heavy, whence the obsol. form bpo
stone, so called from its weight, and
from this the deiiom. verb ^pO to stone,
Piel id. and to free from stones. Constr.
with ace. of pers. Ex. 19, 13. 21,28. 1 Sam.
30, 6. 1 K. 21 10. al. Often with the
62
word B-'Dasjta added, Dent. 13, 11. 17, 5.
22, 24. al. Comp. syn. cn.
NiPH. pass, to be atoned, Ex. 19, 13.
21. 28 sq.
Piel 1. i. q. Kal to stone, to pelt with
stones. 2 Sam. 16, 6. 13.
2. Priv. like Engl, to stone, i. e. to free
from stones, to gather out the stones from
a field, Is. 5, 2 ; with lax'? added 62, 10.
Comp. Heb. Gramm. 51. 2. c.
PuAL pass, to be stoned, 1 K. 21, 14. 15.
10 m. adj. (r. ino) fnnD. \. refrac-
tory, rebellious, Jer. 6, 28. See in r. nno
no. 1.
2. eml. spoken of the countenance, i. e.
sad, sullen, angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4. 5.
See the root no. 2.
* ^^9 obsol. root, Chald. 2^0 to be
refractory, rebellious ; whence
Sno m. (for 3"nt5, of the form ^a;?)
refractory, rebellious ; Ez. 2, 6 C'^ano "'S
r^rix CS'ikoT though they be rebels and
thorns toward thee ; Targ. "pa'^DTS , Syr-
^g w. Some of the Rabbins have
rendered ca'^O briers, and Castell irt
Heptagl. nettles, (comp. w|^D to singe,
to burn.) but the common interpretation
is properly defended by Celsius in Hie-
rob. II. p. 222.
^rTj^i Chald. quadrilit. to cover, a*
with a garment, flesh, fat, see Buxtorf. col.
1548. Derived perh. from Chald. baO)
to bear, as bs'^a from Vaa . Hence
r'?^''? Chald. m. plur. (Kamets im-
pure) sarabala, a kind of garment: ei-
ther long and wide trowsers, such as are-
still worn by the Orientals ; or cloaks,
mantles ; Dan. 3, 21. 27. The former
meaning, trowsers, is supported by Dan..
11. cc. Arab. Jtj-ww plur. Jo.lJ-w^
Pers. by transpos. )t*JLbw id. whence Gr..
anQK^uQa, aaQt't^ixXla, Lat. sarabara,
saraballa Isid. Orig. 19, 23, Span, zara-
guelles. Portug. ceroulas, Hungar. schal-
wary. Pol. scharmvari ; see Frahn ad Ibn
Foszlan p. 1 12 sq. Pott Etymol. Forsch.
I. p. Ixxx. The other meaning, mantles,
is supported by the usage of the Gfemara
ip which ba'io is often put for cloak j by
the Arabic form jUwww, wiltch is de-
j^O
734
7^0
fined in the Camoos to he a long shirt,
or coat of mail, or any other garment;
and by the Syr. . N'^j h, which is ex-
plained by Bar Bahlul to mean cloaks,
mantles. There can be little doubt that
"'31- Jb*^i U^r^' ai'e Semitic
words, from r. V3"^0 ; and altogether
different from Zend, sdrav&ro. Pers.
\taJLiM, Gr. aa{}u^i*(jit, Arab. JUj-kw,
i. e. Persian trowsfrs. Hence, while the
context affords no clue to determine the
meaning, the orthography with n fa-
vours the latter, cloaks, mantles.
VK^ (perh. Pere. ^^ j^ prince
of the sun) Sarg-on, pr. n. of a king
of Assyria who preceded Sennacherib,
716-714 B. C. Is. 20, 1. Comp. 2 K. 18,
7. Jer. 37, 38.
*T*!D obsol. root, Syr. JjJS to fear,
to tremble; hence
^JD (fear) Sered, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14-
Patronym. "'"ino Sardile Num. 26, 26.
THD f. (r. ISO) pr. a going off, turn-
ing away. Hence
1. defection from Jehovah, apostasy,
Deut. 13, 6. Is. 1, 5. 31, 6. 59, 13. Jer.
28, 16. 29, 32.
2. transgression of law, fault, crime,
Deut. 19. 16.
3. cessation, remission, of chastise-
ment. Is. 14, 6.
rrip (recessio, r. ~1D) Sirah, pr. n. of
a cistern 2 Sam. 3. 26.
^.V I. to pour forth, to diffuse,
to spread, i. q. Arab. _ .aw . see Diss.
Lngdd. p. 700 sq. Part. pass. ns"io
poured forth, trop. extended, stretched,
upon a couch, Am. 6, 4. 7. Arab. ->*
VII, id. Intrans. part. fern. Ez. 17, 6
rn'nb "B^ a spreading vine.
2. to hangover, spoken of a curtain Ex.
26, 12. Part. pass. nsi^D hung over, hang-
ing over, V. 13. Ez. 23^ 15 o-'biirj 'nino
hanging downwith tiirlmna, wearing long
turbans hanging down from the head.
NiPH. to he poured out ; metaph. Jer.
49, 7 cnrsn nniM m their wisdom
poured out 7 i. c. spilled, lost ; comp. Is.
19, 3 and Jer. 19, 7. Hence
JT^? m. supe/fuity, redundance ;
concr. superfuous part, remainder, Ex.
26, 12.
Jl^lp i. q. ")i''"i"'i3, a coat of mail, Jer.
46, 4.' 51, 3.
CIO m. (r. OTO) constr. 0^"iD; piur.
cip"'"io, constr. 'D"'"iD, once ''0''"?p Gen.
40, 7 ; c. suff. i"'9"'"iO Gen. 40, 2 ; a eunuch,
one castrated, Is. 56, 3. 4. Syr. ]ja.^fja.
Such persons oriental monarchs were
accustomed to set over their harems,
Esth. 2, 3. 14. 15. 4, 5 ; and also to em-
ploy them in various offices of the court,
Esth. 1, 10. 15. 2. 21. 6, 2. 7, 9 ; comp.
Gen. 40, 2 7. 2 K. 20, 18. Is. 39, 7. Dan.
1, 7 sq. Joseph. Ant. 16. 8. 1. So
Q-'C-'-isn Z-t Dan. 1, 3, C-'0"'-iEtn -lb V. 7
sq. the chief or prince of the eunuchs, who
had charge of the king's sons, as at the
present day in Turkey the Kislar Aga
or chief of the eunuchs has charge of
the Sultan's children, called Itshoglan.
Hence according to some, genr. a mi-
nister of court, court officer, though not
castrated. Gen. 37, 36. 39. 1. But these
passages determine nothing; becausre
many eunuchs are not wholly impotent,
and sometimes live in matrimony, Ter.
Eun. 4. 3. 24. Juv. 6. 366 sq. Chardin
Voy. III. p. 397. Of the other pass^vges
of the O. T. there are not a few where
the proper sense is obviously to be re-
tained, as Jer. 38, 7. 41. 16. 1 Sam. 8,
15. 2 K. 24, 12. 15. Is. 39, 7. On the
other hand, there is no passage where
the proper sense is not appropriate, a
1 K. 22, 9. 2 K. 8, 6. 9, 32. 2D, 18. 23. II.
25, 19. 1 Chr. 28, 1. Jer. 34, 19. 52. 25.
Sept. constantly tiroixogi twice OTtudcov,
Vulg. eimuchus. See more in Thesaur.
p. 973.
tf^D or XD-iO Chald. only in plur.
';"'3"io, a high officer of the Persian court,
a minister, president, spoken of the three
highest ministers, Dan. 6, 3. 4. 5. 7. 8.
In Targg. ="JD, '1="J'?, p'ur- T?1^j
is put for the Heb. "laiffl prefect, magis-
trate, as Gen. 41, 41. Esth. 2, 13. The
etymology is uncertain, but seems to
come from Zend sara (fa/a) head,
and suff. ka; na Sanscr. firastha chief
prefect, from siras liead i-q. tara; Ben-
fey Monathwiamen p. 193.
ro
735
"ino
if^O only in plur. O"?";, constr. "'S'^o.
1. aj:les, I K. 7, 30. Syr. iJii id.
Chald. 6t:"^o wheel. The etymology is
uncertain.
2. Metiiph. princes, lordjt, a word pe-
culiar to the five chiefs of the Philistines,
Josh. 13, 3. Judg. 3, 3. 16, 5 sq. 1 Sara.
5, 8. 11. 6, 4. 29, 6. al. Comp. Arab.
T^^h * axis, pole ; metaph. prince, q. d.
tlie axis round which a people revolve.
* '^!}9 ol>sol. root. prob. i. q. kindr.
Onifl (denom. from "litS) to root out, to
extirpate, spec, the testicles, and hence,
to castrate, Syr. and Chald. vtffjjs,
G
OHD, to castrate. Hence D'^'^D (j**_}j-w
one castrated (pr. extirpated), a eu-
nuch ; and also the secondary verb
ijuyMi impotens ad Venerem fuit
ns^'^D f. (r. Ci?d) a bough, branch,
i. q. nsSD, the letter "i being inserted,
Ez. 31, 5. Syr. -a^jJS germinavit.
* H^? in Kal not used, i. q. trrs
to burn, to consume with fire. Syr.
PiEL part. C|";DTa lit. the burner sc. of
the dead, he who kindled the funeral
pile, Am. 6, 10. This was usually done
by the nearest of blood ; comp. Gen. 25,
9. 35, 29. Judg. 16. 31. But 23 codd.
Kennic. and several of De Rossi ex-
hibit q-.c:t).
"lB"lp m. Is. 55, 13. a species of plant
growing in the desert, Engl. vers, brier,
Sept. Theodot. xovv^u, Vulg. urtica, i. e.
nettle. This last, the nettle, accords
well with the etymology, whether we
regard "iB'^D as from r. ^B0 to smite,
with 1 inserted ; or, better, as made up
from Ti'no to burn, and ISO to smile, to
sting. Simonis compares Syr. ]fSJB
white mustard; and this has recently
been again brought forward by Ewald
in his Heb. Grammar. But this is from
the Pers. Jouuw white, and cannot well
be regarded as contracted from *iS^O.
* "'^9 once Hos. 4, 16 ; elsewhere
only in the participle.
1. to be refractory, rebellious, intract-
able, pr. of refractory and unruly ani-
mals ; kindr. with "(lO. Part. "^'J'iO,
f. nnnb , r"]";b , refractory, stubborn,
perverse, of an untamed heifer Hos.
4, 16 ; of a disobedient son Deut. 21,
18. 20. Is. 30, 1 ; of a lewd woman
castmg off all restraint Prov. 7, 11 ; of
men disobedient towards God, Hos. 4,
16. 9, 15. Is. 30, 1. 65, 2. Plur. n-^nn'o
the rebellious, spec, of gentile nations,
who reject God, Ps. 66, 7. 68, 7. 19. As-
cribed also to the heart Jer. 5. 23 ; to
the shoulder, see in wjns no. 1. Parono-
masia is found Is. 1, 23. Hos. 9, 15. Jer.
6, 28 ci-ib 'ID rebellious of the rebel-
lious, i. e. most rebellious.
2. to be bad, evil, i. q. Arab. ^.
Hence ip no. 2.
Deriv. 10.
* ririO obsol. root, Arab. Lui. Syr.
Aph. >*hjs\ , to winter, though these per-
haps are denominatives. Hence
iriD m. (form like 3n3) winter, Cant.
2, 11, where Keri ^Tp is probably a
corrupted form after the analogy of the
suff. 11- Chald. ino.x;'np. Syr. foii?,
Arab. eLx* plur. iyjuii, id.
*lirO (hidden, r. ino) Sethur, pr. n.
of the phylarch or chief of the tribe of
Ashcr, Num. 13, 13.
*Ur\^, once Dn\D Lam. 3, 9; fut.
D'np7, iruper. ci^p.
1. to stop up. to obstruct, as fountains 2
K. 3. 10. 25. 2 Chr. 32, 3. 4. Metaph.
Lam. 3. 9 "'r'SEn cnia he stops my prayer,
shuts it out. Chald. cnp to shut up,
Arab. jkw id. The primary sj-llable
is en, c::, whence Chald. map, c^a,
nisrp, Syr. Arab. >ala^ , fja , to stop
a well. Heb. c-qr\ to close up, to finish ;
and with a guttural prefixed ops, cpn,
cnn, npn.
2. to shut up, to keep secret, Dan. 8,
26. 12, 4. 9. Part. pass, carp hidden,
kept secret. Ez. 28, 3. Pa. 51, 8.
NiPH. to be stopped, repaired, e.g. the
breaches of a wall, Neh. 4, 1 [7].
PiEL. i. q. Kal no. 1, Gen. 26. 15. 18.
* ^'^^ fut. TiS';'. to cocer, to veil, see
Hiph. no. 1, and ~ro no. 1 ; then to hide
nno
736
'ino
to conceal. Chald. *^riD id. Syr. bhJD
to protect, ]bLJO veil, hiding-place, se-
cret. A rab. JLm to cover, to cover over ;
III, to hide ; Ju and xlju*< veil, Ju*
shield. In Kal once intrans. to hide one-
self, fut. "iPD"^ Prov. 22. 3 Cheth. where
Keri int??. '
NiPH. 1. to be hid, to lie hid. Job 3,
23 to a man nnnOJ isn^ lax <o whom
his way is hid. who knows not how to
escape from calamities. With )'0 (xa-
Ivmiu&m uno Ttvoc, comp. '{0 no. 3. b)
to he hid from any one Ps. 38, 10. Is. 40,
27. Gen. 31, 49 when we shall be hid
from one another, when we shall be far
distant from one another. Ps. 19, 7. Job
28, 21. With "^yrq , Ho.". 13, 14 repent-
ance is hidden from, mine eyes, i. e. is
'Unknown to me. Is. 65, 16 ; "^asia (Lat.
occultari a conspectu alio. Plant.) Deut.
7, 20 ; ^:tbv Jer. 16, 17 ; issri Am. 9, 3.
Part. plur. f. ni"np: hidden things, se-
crets, Deut. 29, 28 ; spec, hidden sins,
i. 6. unconsciously committed, Ps. 19,
13. Followed by another verb, it may
be rendered by an adverb, secretly, like
Gr. luv&urm; Num. 5, 13 nxTq-Jil n"irip3
and she be secretly defiled.
2. Reflex, to cover oneself; Is. 28. 15
"iI^TSrn iD"iPipD we have covered ourselves
up in Zi>s. wrapped ourselves in them.
Hence, to hide oneself Jer. 36, 19. Zeph.
2, 3 ; with a of place, or D'r , 1 Sam. 20,
b. 19. 24. Jer. 23, 24. Job 34, 22 ; l^ Ps.
.55, 13 ; ^;b^ Gen. 4, 14. Job 13. 20. Of
God as hiding himself Ps. 89, 47, i. q.
rjB "iTlCn ; see Hiph. no. 1. b.
PiEL to hide a person for protection,
Ib. 16, 3.
Pdal part fern, rnno^ hidden, secret,
"Prov. 27, 5.
Hiph. 1. to cover, to veil, eepec. the
face, Ex. 3, 6. With "73 from any per-
son or thing ; Is. 50, 6 I covered vol my
face from reproach and spitting. Is. 53,
3 isaia c^3B "^riCT33 as one covering his
face from ns. sc. for shame, as affected
with an evil disease ; "POp part, of vhe
Chald. form for """^BOT? which is read in
4 Mss. Others: as one from whom men
hide their faces, taking the part, as im-
personal ; this gives a good sense, but
the construction is Icbb easy. Spec.
Jehovah is said to cover or veil his facCy
T^:a i"'Fipn , also tjija i-iripn Is. 59, 2,
comp. Job 34, 29 ; e. g. a) Where he
is said not to regard human affairs Ps-.
10, 1 1 ; c. 'i'a , Ps. 51, 11 cover ("npn , q. d.
turn away) thy face from my sins, i. e.
regard them not, Ibrgive them. b) In
token o? displeasure ; opp. "'."':q "T^xn see
p. 25. and 'b "'SQ Nirs p. 695.' With "itJ
Deut! 31, 17. 32', 20."Ps. 13, 2 how long
wilt thou veil thy face from me 1 22, 25
he doth not veil his face from him sc. the
afflicted, but hears his prayers. 27, 9.
102, 3. Is. 8, 17. Jer. 33. 5. Ez. 39, 23 sq.
al. sasp. So without "f^ Deut. 31, 18.
Ps. 30, 8. 44, 25. 104, 29. Job 13. 2'!.
34, 29 when he veileth his face, who can
behold him ? i. e. if he be displeased,
who can be admitted to his presence ?
tlie figure being drawn from the custom
of kings and princes, who admit only
those whom they favour. So with U^iB
impl. Is. 57, 17 I smote him (the people)
covering my face, a7id I was wroth.
Once the sins of men are said to veil the
face of God, i. e. to avert his favour. Is.
59, 2.
2. to hide, to conceal a pers. or thing,
Job 14, 13. Prov. 25, 2. Spec, a) For
protection and safety from persecutors,
etc. Jer. 36, 26. 2 Chr. 22, 11 ; with 2
of place Ps. 17, 8. Is. 49. 2. Ps. 31, 2l'.
27. 5; with -,3, -^psia. 2 K. 11, 9. Ps! 64,
3. Is. 50, 6. b) to hide a thingyro?/?. any
one. not to let him know it, with '"C of
pers. 1 Sam. 20, 2. Is. 29, 15. Ps. 119, 19.
c) to hide sorrow, calamity, from any
one, i. e. to avert it ; Job 3, 10 ">rip^5
"'a^rtJ brs ; comp. Niph. Is. 65, 16 and
nes Job 23, 17.
HiTHPA. iPPpii to hide oneself 1 Sam.
23, 19. 26, 1. Ps. 54, 2. Is. 45. 15 irvJy
thou art iF\Bp^ bx a God hiding thyself,
whose secret counsels none can compre-
hend. Is. 29, 14 the understanding of the
prudent shall hide itself i. e. shall van-
ish away, disappear.
Deriv. iPD. rtTD. -piO^, "iiPDO,
pr. n. "irp, """irC.
"iro Chald. Pa. 1. to hide. Part,
pass. plur. f sr'HBt372 hidden things, se-
crets, Dan. 2, 22'. '
2. to destroy, Ezra 5, 12; pr. to hide
away, to remove out of sight, comp. ins
and TTiirj. In Targ. often. Syr. Pe. id
*ino
737
"MTip m. (r. "^ro) in pause "iPO Deut.
27, 15. 24 ; c. Buff' '"inp. plur. s""")".
1. a covering, veil ; Syr. Arab. id. see
in r. nro Kal. Job 22, 14 'iai ib nro c-'ar
tAjc/c clowls are a covering to him, so
that he aeeth not. 24, 15 o-^b^ CJO "^ro
he maketh his face a veil, i. e. veils his
face. Ps. 81, 8 cs"i inoa in the veil of
thunder, i. e. a thunder-cloud. 18, 12.
2. a covert, shelter ; Ps. 27, 5 ilsnx nno
fAe covert of his tabernacle. 61. 5. Is. 32,
2. Trop. protection, defence. Is. 16, 4.
28, 17. Pp. 31, 21. 91, 1. Hence God is
said to be a covert, shelter, protection,
Ps. 32, 7. 119, 114.
3. a hiding ; then a hiding-platte,
place of concealment, 1 Sam. 25. 20 ; so
^rssa JM a hiding-place 1 Sam. 19, 2.
Ps. 139, 15. Also, something hidden, a
secret, secrecy ; Judg. 3. 19 "PO ">3i a
secret message. Pro v. 9, 17 O^ino cnb
bread of secrecies, to be eaten in secret
Often irsa in secret, secretly, Sept.
KQvtffi, Deut. 13, 7. 2 Sam. 12, 12. Job
13, 10. Ps. 101, 5. Is. 45, 19. al.
nnnp f (r. ino) i. q. nno no. 2, pro-
tection, Deut. 32, 38.
''irip (Tor "^"irjo protection of Jeho-
vah, r. -no) Sithri, pr. n. m. Ex. 6, 22.
Ain, '^? eye. the si.\teenth letter of
the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de-
noting 70. Compare its figure O in the
Phenician alphabets, whence the Greek
Omicron.
While the Hebrew was a living lan-
guage, this letter, which is peculiar to
the Semitic tongues, and extremely diffi-
cult for our organs to pronounce, seems
to have had, like n, a twofold pronunci-
ation, which the Arabians distinguish by
adiacritical point, c Ain. c Ghain. The
one apparently was only a guttural im-
pulse of the breath, like the letter x, but
more forcible, so as to resemble the
sound of a in father, or short e when ut-
tered furtively or as if abruptly ejected
from the throat. Hence the Greek inter-
preters have sometimes represented it
by the smooth and rough breathings. and
sometimes also by expressing the furtive
vowels, as pk^^. '^tfialr'ix, -h:} 'llXi, 'las
'l5i>ulog, Sldin 'Jlat,e, S2ba FfX^^ovi, t-'S
ftp, see Orig. ad Gen. 28. 19. in Montf
Hexapl. II. p. 397. On the other hand
the harder Ain, which the Arabs call
Ghain. was a harsh sound uttered from
the bottom of the throat, accompanied
by a certain whirring or whizzing, so as
nearly to resemble the letter r when
uttered abruptly with a strong rolling.
This the Seventy have usually repre-
s .- ,
Bcnted by the letter y, as nj? syc r Ja,
^ 62*
nnb? Fo^io^oa, "isis -tj ISoyo^a, ys_ Fat,
ba'S FfiSiil. See Dc Sacy Gr. Arabe
I. 45, 46. Hence it happens, that seve-
ral Hebrew roots comprise what are
strictly two roots of different significa-
tion ; one of which is written in Arabic
with the letter c , and the other with c ;
as bbs J^ to drink a second time, to
glean, and bb^ Jk^ to insert, to enter ;
also n!is, D^y, zxp^, nss, ans. In
other instances, the various powers of
one and the same root are distinguished
by the Arabs in the manner of pro-
nouncing; e. g. -OS i. q. -4^ to bind
closely together, and also i. q. (^ to
serve, to worship ; see in "i^9 .
The softer pronunciation of S seems to
have been the most frequent among the
Hebrews ; as also among the Arabs the
letter c is far more frequent than c.
For this reason 5 is very often inter-
changed, with X, or, to speak more accu-
rately. S is often softened into X, see p.
1 ; also in the middle of words, when
preceded by a Sheva. 5 is often dropped,
like X and n, as b?a contr. ba, 'sa
contr. ''a; to which "we may also refer
njj-aa for nypaJJ Am. 8, 8, and ib for
losb Ps. 28, 8. On the other hand the
harder S was kindred in sound: a) To
the guttural n, as p?n, pjs ; is.n, -i^s,
s?
738
nn:?
Its . Also to the letter * , r, by which
indeed many express the Arabic Ghain,
as K?^ and k-^t; to polish, b) To the
palatal letters, as a, 3, p. which see
respectively, and compare ^^v and ins
to surround; 52: (KS;) and 523, "33 , to
boil up ; Cliald. Ny"!N and Sfr^X earth ;
5rc: and piad . c) The letter s is also
very frequently interchanged with I', in
such a way that for the Hebrew y we
find in Aramjean S, i. e. the sibilant
being dropped, and nothing but a guttu-
ral impulse of breath remaining, as "SS
^jLo U^ flock ; Y^ii ^^\ jljf xr-.N
earth ; ip3 ff^o^ wool. See on the
nature and cause of this permutation,
Ewald Krit. Gram. p. 33.
1.3^ m. (r, 23?) a term of architec-
ture, a threshold, step, i. e. a projection
or offset, perh. collective, forming the
ascent into a portico, 1 K. 7, 6. Ez. 41,
25. Plur. n"^sy V. 26, as if from a sing.
as . Targ. well in 1 K. 7, 6 Nrsipo
thresholds. Yulg. epistylium, architrave,
against the context in both places; al-
though such is the poverty of the He-
brew in terms of this sort, that the Heb.
-35 may perhaps have comprehended
the epistyle. This is also favoured by
ithe etymology from 33r to cover, q. v.
II. 27 comm. gend. (m. Is. 19, 1. Ecc.
11. 3; r. 1 K. 18, 44.) constr. 35 Prov.
16. 15. Is. 18, 4. once 3? Ex. 19. 9'; plur.
cr^. constr. ''3>, twice rizs 2 Sam.
23,4. Ps. 77. 18.' R. 3^^'.
1. darkness, chiefly of clouds, Ex. 19,
'9 "Drn 3r3 in the darkness of a cloud.
Ps. is! 12 cpnui "i^S darkness of clouds.
Hence
2. a cloud. Ts. 19, 1. 25, 5. al. ?-J 35
a cloud of dew Is. 18, 4. Prov. 16, 15.
Often collect, clouds Job 20. 6. 36. 29. Is.
14,14. Plur. Judg. 5, 4. IK. 18,45. Ps.
104. 3. al. A cloud is put as an emblem
'of swift; motion Is. 60, 8 (comp. 19. 1);
also of things evanescent Job 30, 15. Is.
44, 22.
^ 3. dark thicket of a wood, plur. c^'SS
Jer. 4, 29. Chald. Syr. id.
yp see in 35 I.
2?^ obsol. r. prob. to cover, to hide,
ii. q. ^xc , ssn , nan . Hence 35 I.
*^? fut. 13^;; 1. to labour, to work,
to do work. Aram. f^, 125, to make,
i. q. Heb. nb2 ; Arab. jJlfc to serve
God, see no. 3. but Conj. II to reduce to
servitude, Jux. servant ; see Hiph. no.
2. A. Schultens holds the primary idea
to be that of subduing, depressing, ad
Job. p. 6; and so Redslob nearly. Ab-
sol. Ex. 20. 9 I25n B-'r; rffiffi si.c days
shall thou labour, opp. to r3iii. 34^ 21.
Deut. 5, 13. Ecc. 5, 11. With ace. of
land, etc. to work, e. g. to till the ground
Gen. 2, 5. 3. 23. 4. 2 ; a vineyard Deut.
28, 39 ; a garden Gen. 2, 15. So of arti-
sans. Is. 19, 9 CTICS ''135 the workers
in linen. Ez. 48, 18 "i-iyfi-i-iss the work-
men or labourers of the city. v. 19. Ac-
cus. impl. Deut. 15, 19 thoii shall not till
the ground with (a) the firstling of thy
bidlock.
2. to work for another, to serce. Num.
4, 37 ; 3 of price, Gen. 29, 20. 25. Hos.
12, 13. Ez. 29, 20. Often with ace. of
pers. to serve any one, Gen. 29, 15. 30,
26. 31,6.41. Ex.21,6. Mal.3, 17; poet,
of a beast Job 39, 9 ; C5 with any one
Gen. 29, 25. 30. Lev. 25, 40 ; ^2S> 2 Sam.
16, 19 of a minister of the king, comp.
'jsb iTiS . With two ace. Gen. 30, 29
Ti^insr itas nx rs-i^ thou knowest what
(how) I hare served thee. Spoken not
only of single persons, but also of na-
tions, who serve their kings and princes
Judg. 9, 28. 38. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 5, 1.
12, 4. Ps. 18, 44. Jer. 27, 7. 9; or who
are subject to other nations Gen. 15, 14.
25, 23. Ex. 14, 12. 1 Sam. 4, 9 (c. b).
2 Sam. 10, 19. Jer. 40, 9; also of kings
who are tributary to others Gen. 14, 4.
2 K. 18, 7. Here belongs Gen. 15, 13
crx !|>51 t!|-i3?.:_i and they (the Israel-
ites) shall serve them (the Egyptians),
and they shall afflict them, the Egyptians
shall afflict the Israelites, the subject and
object being changed. So too I3i? DO
1 K. 9. 21, see in D"? . Once to serve any
one is lor simpl. to obey, 1 K. 12, 7.
3. to serve in a religious sense, i. e. to
worship, to yield reverence and obedi-
ence to. e. g. Jehovah Ex. 3, 12. 4. 23. 7,
16. 26. Josh. 24, 15. 18. Ps. 22. 31. Job
21, 15. al. ssep. Also idols Deut. 4, 19.
8, 19. 13, 7. 14. Judg. 10, 10. 1 K. 16, 31.
la:?
739
tSP
2 K. 10, 18. al. So of a single sacrifice
or act of worsliip Ex. 3, 12. 4, 23. Constr.
witti ace. rarely with b Judg. 2, 13. Jar.
44, 3. Ace. impl. (Jehovah) Job 36, 11.
Is. 19, 23. With two ace. to serve God
V)ith any thing, i. e. to offer in sacrifice,
Ex. 10, 26 ; hence, the name of God
being omitted, nnjTSsi nai nas to offer
sacrifice and oblation, i. e. to serve (God)
with such offerings. Is. 19, 21.
4. Causat. a nas i.q. T'ayn. to make
C7Te, to impoite service ufmn any one.
Lev. 25, 39 nas nnas ia -lasp-sib thou
shall not make him serve the service of a
bondman, v. 46. Ex. 1, 14. Jer. 22, 13.
34, 9. 10. So of nations Jer. 25, 14. 27,
7. 30, 8. Ez. 34. 27.
NiPH. 1. to be wrought, tilled, of a
field, Deut. 21, 4. Ex. 36, 0. 34.
2. to be served, [projiled, as a king by
his land, Ecc. 5, 8. R.
PuAL 1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, Deut. 21,3;
comp. 15, 19.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 4, Is. 14, 3 the heavy
service T^a nas icx which was imposed
upon thee. For "laS we might expect
nnas ; but see Heb) Gram. 140. 1. b.
HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
cause to work, to compel to labour, c. ace.
Ex. 1, 13. 6, 5. 2 Chr. 2, 17. Hence to
weary with severe labour, to fatigue; Is.
43, 23 /have not wearied thee with offering
sacrifices 24 Ti-'nixsna 'rnnasn r,x
but thou hast wearied me with thy sins.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
serve, Ez. 29, 18 ; to reduce to servitude
80. a people Jer. 17, 4.
3. Caueat. of Kal no. 3, 2 Chr. 34, 33.
Hopn. lasn to be made to serve i. e.
to loorship. Ex. 20, 5 cnasn tkh nor be
made (led, driven) to serve them i. e.
false gods. 23, 24. Deut. 5, 9. Hence
to serve, at the persuasion or urgency of
others, Deut. 13, 3.
Deriv. "lasia , and the seventeen here
following.
^?? Chald. to make, to do, i. q. Heb.
niar no. 2, for which it is usually put in
the Targums. Spec, a) to make an
image Dan. 3, 1. b) to make, i. e. to
create the heavens and the earth Jer. 10,
11. e) to make ready a feast Dan. 5, 1.
d) to keep a festival Ezra 6, 16. e) to
make war Dan. 7, 21. f ) to do a law,
i. e. to keep it, Ezra 7, 26 ; comp. h^V
no. 2. 1. Also to do or perform miracles
Dan. 3, 32. 6, 28 ; to do or commit wrong
Dan. 6, 23 ; to make sedition Ezra 4, 15.
g) Genr. to do any thing, comp. niSS no.
3; Ezra 6, 13. Dan. 6, 11. 4, 32* [35]
HTaS no what doest thou ? spoken in in-
vective, h) a 135 to do with anyone,
sc. customarily, Dan. 4, 32 [35] ; to do
with any thing, to dispose of it, Ezra 7,
18 ; e. cs id. Ezra 6. 8.
Ithpe. to be made, to be done, Ezra 4,
19. 7, 26. With a noun following. Dan.
3, 29 "larn-i ^cnn let him be made pieces,
be cut in pieces, see in Mn. Dan. 2, 5.
Ezra 6, 11. Absol. to be done, spoken of
something before mentioned. Ezra 5, 8.
6, 12. 7, 21. 23. Deriv. etn-'as .
"^^-v "1- ( ''??) '" pause 13S; c. suff.
'las ; plur. o-'nas , constr. 'la? ; a
servant, Arab. JuLfr, Syr. t|^i^.
1. Genr. a servant, who among the
Hebrews was also a slave. Gen. 12, 16.
17, 23. 39, 17. Ex. 12, 30. 44. 21. 2 ;
whether born in the house, verna, (t'V'^
r^a q. V.) or bought with money (^?P'P
r.oa) Gen. 17, 12. 23. las nna? servile
work Lev. 25, 39. nbis nas a servant
for ever, see in cbis no. 2. a. D^nas nss
a servant of servants, the lowest menial,
Gen. 9. 25. Cias P"3 the house of serv-
ants, house of bondage, prison-house, i. e.
Egypt, Ex. 13, 3. 14. 20, 2. Deut. 8, 14.
13. 6. 11. Emphat. Jer. 2, 14 is Israel a
servant ? is he a home-born slave ? why
is he a spoil ? Often followed by b in-
stead of a genit. a servant to any one,
see b no. 3. f. Gen. 41,12. 1 Sam. 30, 13.
17, 8 bsiscb t-inay cnx"). (But 'na?
biist^ are the ministers and courtiers of
Saul ; see below in lett. b.) 2 Sam. 9 12.
1 K. 11, 26. Hence b las n^ri to become
servant to any one Gn. 9. 25-27. 44. 9.
10. 17. 33. 47, 25. Lev. 26, 13. Deut! 6,
21 ; b nasb n-^n id. 1 Sam. 8. 17. 17, 9 ;
(comp. b' narb rij^b 2 K. 4, 1, b nasb -ix^
Is. 44. 21. 49, 5 ;) once i. q. to obey, to be
obsequious, 1 K. 12, 7. Spec, the name
servants is applied : a) To common sol-
diers, who are called the servants of their
general or prince, 2 Sam. 2. 12. 13. 15.
30. 31. 3, 22. 8, 7. b) To the servants of
a king, i. e. his ministers and court offi-
cers, e. g. nJ?iB "lias Gen. 40, 20. 41, 10.
^n?
740
^ny
37. 38. 50, 7. Ex. 5. 21. al. Vis* ^n:?
1 Sam. 16, 17. 18, 22. 28. 7 ; r|>.5?n ""li?
1 K. 1, 47. 9, 27. 2 K. 19, 5. Esth. 3, 3.
Is. 37, 5. al. So of military commanders
1 Sam. 29, 3. 1 K. 11, 26. 2 K. 25, 8.
c) To whole nations, which are subject
or tributary to others. Gen. 9, 26. 27, 37.
Deut. 5, 15 15, 15. 16, 12. 2 Sam. 8, 2.
6. U. 1 Chr. 18. 2. 6. 13. d) Trop. of
beasts Job 40, 28 ; also of things Gen.
47, 19, comp. Judith 3, 4.
In addressing superiors the Hebrews
from modesty or humility were accus-
tomed to call themselves servants, and
those whom they addressed, lords; see
in "(inx . CJen. 18, 3 pass not away from
thy servant, i. e. from me. 19, 19. 33, 5.
44, 18. 24. 33. 1 Sam. 17, 32. 34. 38. 20,
8. Is. 36, 11. Dan. ^, 4. al. So in con-
verse with God, Ex. 4, 10. 1 Sam. 3,
9. 10; and in praj^ers to him, Ps. 19, 12.
14. 27, 9. 69, 18. 119, 17. Neh. 1, 6. 8.
Hence ~\^^y thy servant is in this way
put for "'^ix, so that the suffix of the
first person is referred to it, e. g. Gen.
44. 32 for thy servant (/) became surety
for the lad unto my father. The terra
servants is applied also to absent per-
sons, whom one wishes to commend to
the favour of a patron ; as Gen. 44, 27
thy servant, my father, said unto us. 32,
5. 20. 21.
2. nin*; 135, servant of Jehovah, used
tropically in various senses, viz. a)
For a worshipper of God ; Neh. 1, 10 crt
?i53Si ^"'"'.^i they (the Israelites) are thy
servants and thy people ; comp Chald.
Ezra 5, 11 ire are the servants of the God
of heaven, we worship the God of heaven.
Dan. 6, 21 O Daniel, servant of the liv-
ing God. i. e. who dost worship the liv-
ing God. In this sense it is used as a.
laudatory epithet or title applied to the
pious worshippers of God, e. g. to Abra-
ham, Ps. 105, 6. 42 ; Joshua, Josh. 24, 29.
Judg. 2. 8 ; Job, Job 1, 8. 2. 3. 42, 8 ;
David Ps. 18, 1. 36, 1. 78. 70. 89, 4. 21.
Jer. 33. 21 sq. Ez. 34. 23 ; Eliakim Is.
22. 20: Zerubbabel Hag. 2. 24. Also
in plur. hJ'"'"? **!2S is often said of pious
men, P8.'34. 23! 69, 37. 113. 1. 134, 1.
135. 1. 136, 22. Is. 54, 17. 63, 17. 65, 8.
9. 13-15. b) For a minister or ambas-
sador of God, called of God and sent to
perform any service. Is. 49, 6 r|ni'^rjT3 ij?3
'^y\ bx-n'ri iisair-rs c^priVi ins "^h it is
not enough that thou shouldsi be niy ser-
vant (i. e. my ambassador and instru-
ment) to raise up the tribes of Israel ....
/ will also make thee a light to the Gen-
tiles. V. 5. In this sense it is applied
directly to the Messiah Zech. 3, 8 ; also
to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon,
whom God used as his instrument in
chastising the people, Jer. 25. 9. 27, 6.
43. 10. Often also there is connected
with the term the idea of a familiar
servant, standing in a more intimate re-
lation, chosen and beloved of God for his
piety and approved fidelity, and sent to
perform his service, e. g. thus spoken of
angels (in the other hemistich c"'3J<b'2)
Job 4, 18 ; and of prophets Am. 3, 7. Jer.
7, 25. 25, 4. 26, 5. 29, 19. 35, 15. 44, 4.
Dan. 9, 6. Ezra 9, 11 ; spec, of Moses
Deut. 34, 5. Josh. 1. 1. 13. 15. Ps. 105,
26 ; of Isaiah Is. 20, 3. Sometimes the
two ideas of a pious worshipper of God
and of an ambassador sent from God
appear to have coalesced, e. g. in the
passages which relate to Abraham and
Moses, and particularly in those where
Israel or Jacob, i. e. the people of Israel,
is addressed by this honourable and en-
dearing appellation, as Is. 41. 8. 9. 42,
19. 44, 1. 2. 21. 45, 4. 48, 20. Jer. 30. 10.
46, 27. 28. Ez. 28, 25. 37, 25 ; comp.
Hos. 11, 1. Still it is thepious Israelites
who are here especially meant, i. e. those
truly worthy of the name, uhj&ivul 'Ja-
QniiXlTtxt, Is. 43, 10. 49, 3 wh^e see the
author's note at the end of Tiis Germ,
version edit. 2. Among these again
the prophets particularly are so named,
Is. 44, 26. This same Jacob who is
thus termed the servant of Jehm^ah. is
called in the other hemistich sometimes
the elect, chosen of God, Is. 41. 8. 45, 4 ;
sometimes ambassador and friend 42,
19, and so in the plur. ambassadors 44,
26. But in all the passages respecting
the servant of God in the chapters of the
last part of Isaiah, (42. 1-7. 49, 1-9. 50,
4-10. 52, 1353, 12,) he is represented
as the intimate friend and ambassador
of God, as aided by the divine sj)irit, and
as about to restore the tribes of Israel
and become the teacher of other na-
tions. [Such was to be the character
of the Messiah, to whom these pas-
nar
741
129
sages arc expressly referred in the N.
T. R.
3. Ehed. (servant sc. of God,) pr. n.
m. a) Judg. 9, 26. 28. b) Ezra 8, 6.
iy$, Chald. i. q. Hob. 135 servant;
e. g. sercant of the king, i. e. a minister,
prefect, Ezra 4, 11 ; so those who ad-
dress the king call themselves his ser-
vants, Dan. 2, 4. 7. xnbx n?? the ser-
vant of G(hI, i. e. worshipper, Dan. 3,26.
6,21. Ezras, 11.
*73y m. (Kamets impure) work, deed,
once Ecc. 9, 1. Syr. \f^^'
1?i^,8ee"t?i5.
KT2? (servant sc. of God, after the
Chaldec form) Abda, pr. n. m. a) 1 K.
4, 6. b) Neh. 11, 17, for which 1 Chr.
9, 16rrn:?.
D'lJ^'inb (serving Edom) Obed-edom,
pr. n. of a Levite, 2 Sam. 6, 10. 1 Chr.
16, 38.
bS'nny (servant of God) Abdeel, pr. n.
m. Jer. 36, 26.
nnh? f (r. 135) 1. work, labour;
Ps. 104, 23 man goeth forth unto his work
and to his labour ("innbrb) until the
evening. Lev. 25, 39 "i3? nnhs servile
labour. 23. 7. 8. 21. 35. 36'. Num'. 28, 18.
25. 29. 1. 12. 35. Ex. 39,32 n-nhr-bs
bnx '|3 wia all the work of the tabernacle,
all the labour expended upon it. 36, 3. 5.
Hence a) work, biunness, i. q. !^25*bT3 ,
Num. 4, 47 'i5i nnhs nnhr I'^^h to
work the work of the ministry and the
work of bearing in the tabernacle of the
congregation, i. q. to do the work or
business : for which in 1 Chr. 9. 19
nnhs rsxb's. Is. 28, 21 "innss -i3>b
to work his work. i. e. divine judgments
upon the ungodly. 32, 17. Comp. bjQ,
ni5B , Chald. X1^35 i. q. nbr^ . b)
Spec, work of the field, tillage, agricul-
ture, 1 Chr. 27, 26. Neh. 10, 38.
2. labour of a servant for his master,
service, ministry. Gen. 30. 26 thou know-
est my service ('n-i'35-rs), which I hare
done thee, c? nnh? 13? to serve a ser-
vice with any one. to be his servant. Gen.
29. 27. Ex. 1, 14 and they made their
life bitter (n-l'j? "7-"?) ^'"'^ ^"'^^l' *^^-
vice in mortar, etc. and so nr;? i^*?-^ ^
hard ser\ice rendered by a people to a
king or to another people, Deut 26, 6.
1 K. 12, 4. Neh. 5, 18. Is. 14, 3. Lam. 1,
3 ; of military service Ez. 29, 18. Also
of the service or ministry of the king
1 Chr. 26, 30. 2 Chr. 12, 8. Hence
a) service, i. e. use, profit. Ps. 104, 14
and herb for the service of man. Num.
3, 26. b) service, i. e. furniture, imple-
ments, Num. 3, 31. 36. Comp. in Engl.
a service of plate.
3. service of the tabernacle and tem-
ple, the sacred ministry of the priests and
Levites, 1 Chr. 25, 1. 26, 8. al. Fully
iri^a brixs nn"35 Num. 4, 23. 35 ; nnhJ
'i3 bnxE.x'. 30, 17. Num. 18,6; iSi-:ian 'y
Num' 3, 7. 8. 16, 9; ^^ n-^a nnhs i Chr.
9, 13. 23, 28; cnp 'pnb? Num. 7, 9;
njn-i nnhs Num. 8, 11. Josh. 22, 27;
xai' f^oxr,J r^ihvn 2 Chr. 35, 10. So
rnj;*. ""JS n"i'3S the service of the sons of
Kohath sc. in the tabernacle, Num.4, 4;
comp. V. 24.27.28. nnbsn -"bs the vessels
of service, sacred vessels, 1 Chr. 9, 28.
28, 14. fTiSJn X3a the service-host, the
host of ministering priests and Levites,
Num. 8, 25. v. 26 "13S: xb n^h?^ he
shall do no service, shall take no part
in it. Spoken also of a particular rite
or service, Ex. 12, 25. 26. 13, 5.
rriZl? f. (r. ns?) service, for concr. er-
vants, familia, Gen. 26. 14. Job 1, 3.
Comp. Gr. &(()U7ieia Matt. 24, 45.
"jil^y (servile) Abdon, pr. n. 1. A
Levitical city in the tribe of Asher, Josh.
21, 30. 1 Chr. 6, 59. The same name
according to 20 Codd. should be read
Josh. 19, 28 instead of the usual -pS^ .
2. Of several men : a) A judge of
Israel, Judg. 12, 13. 15; called ',n3 1
Sam. 12. 11 ; see in -."la . b) 1 Chr. 8,
23. c) ib. 8, 30. 9, 36.' ' d) 2 Chr. 34, 20.
n^ia? f (denom. from 135) servi-
tude, bondage, Ezra 9, 8. 9. Neh. 9, 17.
Syr. \Zo)^ id.
I'll? (for n*^3? servant of Jehovah)
Ahdi'.^T. n. m.' " 'a) 1 Chr. 6, 29. b) 2
Chr. 29. 12. c) Ezra 10,26.
bS'^'^a? (servant of God) Abdiel^ pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 15. -
'in^'pS' and n^liniiy m. (worshipper
of Jehovah) Obadiah, pr. n. of several
persons, of whom the most distinguished
was a prophet of this name conlem-
DJ
742
o:?
porary with Jeremiah, Obad. 1. 1 K.
18,3. 1 Chr. 3, 21. 7, 3. 8, 38. 9, 16
(comp. Neh. 11, 17). v. 44. 12, 9. 27, 19.
2 Chr. 17, 7. 34, 12. Ezra 8, 9. Neh. 10, 6.
Sept. 'jl^Siai, which properly comes
from n^:r .
^Vq"^^^ (servant of the king, Arab.
ASiJ\ Jux Abd el-MMek), Ebed-me-
leck. pr. n. of an Etliiopian at the court
of Zedekiah, Jer. 38. 7. 39, 16.
iM *7a? (perh. i. q. I'a? 13? worship-
per of Mercury, see "13; ) Dan. 1, 7. 2,49.
3 12. also X"iX) "535 v. 29, Abed-nego, a
Chaldee pr. n. given in Babylon to Aza-
riah one of Daniel's companions.
*T'iZy 1. to be thick, fat, Deut. 32,
15. 1 K. 12, 10. Comp. the noun "'ZS .
2. to be demise, compact ; whence ''3S ,
nsrr .Syr. '^^ to be fat, hard, as
the heart ; Eth, U^flP to be large, to
grow; Arab, ^xfc to be thick, dense.
tDl3? m. a piedge, pawn, Deut. 24,
10. 11. 12. R. K3S .
*y^y^ m. (r. "i3S) const.r. "j'-ixn i^3S
produce of the earth, grain, corn. Josh.
5, 11. 12; opp. manna or bread from
heaven. Syr. \ ioSiL. , Chald. ii3S , id.
Comp. b!i37 from r. 1=3^ , Hiph. bi3in to
bring ; ns:i3ri from XiB ,
'I'la? (r. -13S , after the form bs35 ,
b^nsa) pr. a passing over, transit; found
only with prefix ^''^?2 , and so used as
a Preposition (and Conjunction) corre-
sponding nearly lo Gr. vnfQ with a geni-
tive, Rngl. over, marking that over or
above which any thing pa.?('s or moves ;
see PasROW Lex. art. vtiiq A ; comp. hv
no. 2. d. 6. Found only in tropical
senses.
A ) Prep. 1 . over. i. e.for, in behalf of,
for the sake of. in the sense of protec-
tion, care, favour, benefit, Gr. vntQ iirog
Passow in vnt(> A. no. 4. G<>n. 12, 13
that it may be Vfll with me ~~*3r3 for
thy sake. 2 Ssmi. 9. I. 7. Gen. 26, 24 for
viy servant Alrraham^s sake. 18,26.29.
31. 32. Pe 132 10. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam.
5. 12. 6, 12. 12. 25. Hence
2./or, l)ecanse of marking the CHUse
on arcounl o/" which any thing is done;
comp. b? no. 2. d. 2 Sara. 13, 2 fie fell
sick *i^n "11352 for his sister Tamar,
because of his love for her. 12, 21. Jer.
14, 4. Gen. 3, 17 cursed be the ground
because of thee. 8, 21. 1 Sam. 23, 10.
2 Sam. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Job 20, 2.
Mic. 2, 10. Also
3. for, spoken of price ; comp. vntg
for i. q. instead of Passow 1. c. no. 5.
Am. 2, 6. 8, 6.
4. With infin. for, i. e. for this cause,
that, in order that. Ex. 9, 16 I have
raised thee up "^n'S'nx r,rk-in n?,332 for
to (that I may) show thee my power.
1 Sam. 1. 8. 2 Sam. 10, 3. IS, IS.-^So
too I!i3y3b c. infin. id. Ex. 20, 20. 2
Sam. 14, 20. 17, 14. Hence
B) Conj. that, in order that, marking
end and purpose ; c. fut. Gen. 21, 30
^^75^ ""^ i^rn^ "il-?? that they may he
to me a testimony. 27. 4. 19. 31. 46, 34.
Ex. 9, 14. 19, 9. 20, 20. Ps. 105, 45;
fully n-rx^ n!i3S2 Gen. 27, 10.
trial? see nrs .
^^^ fut. l:'3S'^ 1. to change, to
e.Tcha.ns-e, see Piel. Kindr. is r33> to
interweave.
2. to give a pledge for any thing bor-
rowed, which lies in the idea of ex-
change ; Deut. 24, 10 "iKhs ah?^ in
order to pledge his pledge, i. e. in order
that he (thy brother) may do so.
Hence to borrow, sc. upon a pledge
given. Deut. 15, 6 abrr. iib nnxi but
thou shalt not borrow.
Piel to change for another. Joel 2, 7
they change not their ways. i. e. nothing
turns them out of their course.
Hiph. to lend upon a pledge, with ace.
of person to whom, Deut. 15, 6 ; with
two ace. of pers. and thing v. 8.
Deriv. wi3y and
tJitiZiy m. (r. kiSS) i)r. a pledging of
goods; concr. things taken in pledge.
Hab. 2. 6 IPO to him who enlargeth what
is not his own ! how long? to him who
ladeth himself with goods taken in
pledge, i. e. unjustly detained and ap-
propriated to his own use ; the figure
being taken from a heartless extortioner.
''^'?. m. (r. M3?) denaeness. compact-
ness, e. g. of shields Job 15, 26. 2 Chr.
4. 17 nTSTxn ''3r3 in the compact soil
prob. clayey; Vulg. in terra ar'gillosa.
^n?
743
*^2S
"^ajjj m. (r. na?) c. sulf. i''3? . thickness 1
K. 7, 26. Jer. 52, 21. 2 ChV. 4, 5.
KTSy Chald. f. (r. W) 1. irorfr,
labour, Ezra 4, 24. 5. 8. 6, 7. 18.
2. bminess, e. g. administmtion of af-
fairs, Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Comp. nsxbia
Neh. 2, 16,
* ^?^ obsol. root, Arab. JJLc to strip
a tree of its leaves, i^LIfi awiiite stone,
* *
JJLftill a mountain whose rocks are
white. Hence pr. n. bais, bs'^;.
* y?*? obpol. root. i. q. 2S? ^o 6e t
pain, according to I Chr. 4, 9. 10.
Hence pr. n. )^35^
*"*?< fut. 125: , 2 p. fern. 'i=i35n
Ruth 2, 8, see Lehrg. p. 306. Heb. Gr.
47. n. 1.
1. to pass aver. Arab. -Aft to pa.ss over
a river, also to pass avvaj', depart, die ;
Go S CI >
_x& J -*-ft bank of a stream, shore ;
-fcfc to pass away, depart. Aram. "i3S
phi^ i. q. Heb. The same root is widely
found in the Indo-European tongues.
c. g. Sanscr. vpnri, Pers. -jI, _j and
-jv super, supra, Gr. vjisq, niffu, niouv,
nffjuw, Lat. super, Goth, ufar, afar,
Germ, ilber, Engl. over. Pr. topass over
a river, sea, c. ace. Gen. 31. 21 "^aJ^^
"v^jn-rx . Is. 23, 2 a; -las . Deut. 3, 27.
4, '21. Josh. 4, 22. 24, 11 ; c. a Josh. 3,
1 1. 2 Sam. 15, 23. Zech. 10, 11; r|"ir3
Num. 33, 8. Accus. impl. to pass over
c. a river Josh. 2, 23. 2 K. 2. 9 ; and
with ace. of place to which one passes
over, Jer. 2, 10 0">^n3 '^x nas pass over
(the sea) to the coasts of the Chittim.
Is. 23. 6. 12. Am. 6, 2 ; c. bx Num. 32. 7.
Spoken also of other impediments
which one passes over ; as a deep val-
ley or ravine Is. 10, 29, see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 116; a wall or fence Job
19, 8, comp. Is. 51, 23 ; a bound Ps. 104,
9. Hence metaph. to pass over, to trans-
gress, Sept. 7T(tQn.3iuv(a, e. g. the com-
mandment of God Num. 22, 18. 24, 13.
1 Sam. 15. 24. Hub. 1, 11 ; or of the king
Esth. 3, 3 ; a covenant Deut. 17, 2. Josh.
7, 11. 15. 23, 16. Jer. 34. 18; a law Is.
24, 5. Dan. 9. 1 1 . So Syr. ^^ to tmn-
grcps a law, Chald. 5tn'"a;^ transgrcHaioii.
With bx. to pa^s over tlic border to any
pers. or tiling, 1 Sam. 14, I. 27, 2. Trop.
also o{' a razor passing aver one's head,
0. bs Num. 6, 5 ; of the wind passing
over upon any pers. or thing, c. a Ps.
103, 16. Comp. no. 4.
2. to pass over, to pass through, to go
through, sc. a region, city, field, etc. with
ace. Num. 20, 17. Judg. 11, 29 narT
'?31 irbsTX and he passed over through-
out Gilead and Manasseh. Often c. 3
in. through. Gen. 12. 6 o-jax fnxs -aj!],
Ps. 42, 5 ~S3 "I'arx ^3 for I had passed
on among the crowd. Gen. 30. 32. 41, 46.
Num. 20, 18. Deut. 2, 27. Josh. 13, 9. I
Sam. 9, 4. Is. 34, 10. Jer. 2. 6 ; ra be-
tween two things, Gen. 15, 17. Jer. 34,
19; Tli"3 Job 15, 19. Ez. 9, 4; 3n;r3
Josh. 1, 11. Am. 5. 17 ; absol. 2 K. 4. V.
So of things, Ps. 18, 13 nna i-ia? ra5
dx 'bns'i there passed through his clouds
(ace.) hail and burning coals ; but see
in no. 4. d. 1 K. 22. 36 and there went
a joyful cry throughout the host. Absol.
Lam. 3. 44 thou hast covered thyself with
clouds n^sri "ia?t3 so that our prayer
should not pass through. So lai? "05
2 K. 12, 5 and "insb la? r;o3_ Gen. 23,
16, money passing among the merchants,
current money, i. e. which passes cur-
rent ; prob. pieces of silver on which
the weight was marked, as among the
Chinese ; since coined money can hardly
have existed in the days of Abraham.
Vulg. probata moneia.
3. to pass over, i.e. to pass beyond, to
pass by. to pass along or away ; with
ace. of pers. or place by which one pass-
es. Judg. 3, 26 n^b^psn-rx na? x^ni
and he passed on beyond the quarries.
Gen. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 18, 23 TX -ia?!l
^'riarj and he passed by Cushi. outran
him. Is. 31, 9 "I'aS'^ niM^a ivhrs from fear
he shall pass on (flee) beyond his for-
tress. With b5 pr. over, beijond, Gen.
18,5 03^35 bs annas l?"^^ '''z for there-
fore do ye pass by your servant, i. e. pass
this way. Judg. 9. 25 Bn^ na?;-iox-b3
Tjl^a all that passed along by them thai
way. 1 K. 9. 8. 2 K. 4, 9. Pror. 24, 30.
Jer. 18, 16. Ez. 16, 6. 8 ; brig Gen. 18,
3 ; -2S-bs Ex. 34, 6 ; ':Bb 2 K. 4, 31 ;
also asisJn rnn las to pass along under
nz?
744
nn:?
the crook of a shepherd numbering his
flock, i. e. to be numbered. Lev. 37, 32.
Absoi. Gen. 37. 28 theie passed by Midi-
anites, merchants. Ex. 12, 23. Ruth 4,
1. Part. Cisb passers by Ps. 129. 8.
Is. 51. 23 ; with genit. of way, T\2''. ^'H^^
passers by on the xvny. they that j)ass by
the way, Ps. SO, 13. S9, 42. Job 21,29.
Spec.
a) Of time as passing away. e. g. the
day Ps. 90. 4 ; the daj^s of one's life Job
17, 11 ; mid-day 1 K. 18, 29 ; the seasons
Jer. 8, 20. Cant. 2. 11 ; the harvest Jer.
8, 20. So of welfare, anger, mourning,
i. e. seasons of welfare, mourning, etc.
Job 30, 15. Is. 26, 20. Ps. 57, 2. Gen. 50,
4. 2 Sam. 11, 27.
b) Of things that pass swiftly away
and ranish ; e. g. chaff driven by the
wind, 'ri? 7t, -i=j r|3, Is. 29. 5. Jer.
13, 24. Ps. 48, 5 ; a cloud Job 30. 15 ; a
shadow Ps. 144. 4; waters drying up
Job 6, 15. 11, 16. Hence
c) to pass away, to perish, e. g. men
Ps. 37, 36. Job 34, 20. Nah. 1, 12; by
a weapon, n^;3 Job 33. 18. 36, 12; of
things, q. d. to bp forgotten. Esth. 9, 28.
d) Trop. r'c;E~l:3 "i^j to pass over
transgression, i. e. to forgive, to pardon,
Mic. 7, 18. Prov. 19, 11 ; and so without
5c;b , c. dat. toforgite any one, Am. 7, 8.
8,2!
4. to pass over from one place to an-
olher. i. e. to pass on, to pass, to go fur-
ther ; i"5b "I'^rB "i35 to pass from city
to city 2 Chr. 30, 10. Gen. 18, 5 ^rx
libyn afterwards ye shall pass on. Neh.
2, 14 no place for the beast under me to
pass sc. lurther. 2 Sam. 18, 9 the mule
that was under him passed on, went
away. 16, 1. Mic. 1, 11. Josh. 6, 7. 8. 2
Sam. 16, 9 let me pass on and take off
his head. SCl "zy to pass on and re-
turn, i. e. to pass hither and thither, to
go to and fro, Ex. 32. 27. Ez. 35, 7.
Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8. With a or bs of the
way ; Prov. 4, 15 pass not ("ia) in it. 2
K. 6, 26 the king was parsing (br) upon
the vxUl. V. 30. Hence
a) to pass on to a place, to go to it ;
c. ace. 2 K. 6, 9. Am. 5. 5 and pass not
to Deersheba; c. bs 1 K. 19, 19. 2 K. 4,
8. Often of a boundary, which passes on
to any point, ace. c. n loc. Num. 34 4.
Joah. 15, 3 sq. 18. 13. 18. 19. 19, 13.
b) With a to pass in. to go in. to en-
ter; Judg. 9, 26 err a !l-ia?l and they
entered into Shechem. Lev. 26, 6. Ez. 14,
17 ; c. ace. to pass in at a gate Mic. 2,
13. Is. 62, 10. Here belong also the
phrases r"'"i3a "iSS to enter into a cove-
nant Deut. 29, 11 ; rnisa las to pass
into the pit of death Job 33. 28. '
c) With ^Jsb, to pass on before, to go
before, so that others follow afterwards,
Gen. 33, 3. Ex. 17, 5. Deut. 3, 28. Josh.
4,5.12. 6,7. Also to pass on frst. to go
first, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam. 9, 27. 25, 19.
2 K. 4, 31. Contra, c. ""^riN, to pass on
after, to follow, 2 Sam. 20, 13.
d) With -i^. rsa, to pass from any
person or thing, to go away, to depart,
Ruth 2, 8 n.:T3 in^arn sib pass not from
hence. Cant.' 3, 4. IK. 22, 24 ; of things,
Pe. 81. 7. fPs. 18, 13 ^^a> "in;: n;:-3
l"ia? from the brightness before him
pa.ssed (went) forth his clouds, hail and
burning coals, i. e. the hail and light-
ning were in the thunder-clouds which
were gathered around his glory. R.]
Trop. Deut. 26, 13 / have not departed
from thy com mandments. have not trans-
gressed them. Is. 40, 27 "'wSris "^nbxig
"^ar^ 7ny righteous cause hath passed
away from my God, he neglects it, no
longer cares for it. Absol. id. Cant. 5,
6. Esth. 4, 17.
e) With hy, to pass over ?o another
owner, Is. 45. 14. Ez. 48. 14 Clieth. Comp.
Lam. 4. 21 Di3 ibrri ri^'b? ca u7ito thee
also shall the cup pass on or over. But
Deut. 24, 5 b? -las to pass over upon is
i.q. to be laid upon, as a burden, charge.
5. From the primary signif of pass-
ing over comes the frequent use of thin
verb in respect to waters which are said
to pass over their banks, to overflow, to
overwhelm ; c. ace. Jer. 5. 22 ; absol. Is.
8, 8 "lari C]ad he shall overflow and over-
whelm.^ Nah. 1, 8 "^aiy ciaaa. Hab. 3,
10. Oaen c. b? Is. 54. 9.' Ps. 42. 8 all
thy waves and thy billows have passed
over me ("^bs), have overwhelmed me.
Jon. 2, 4. Ps.' 124, 4. Hence, Is. 23, 10k
'X;'? Tjaf^X "i3S overflow thy land like
the Nile. i. e. spread thyself abroad in
thy land now free from the bonds of the
oppressor. Hence
a) Trop. of an inundating host, to
overwhelm; Dan. 11, 10. 40 (coupled
nay
745
nar
with ti-Jid). Nail. 2, 1 [1, lo] tJie de-
stroyer s/uiU no more overwhelm Oue.
Is. 28, 18. Mic. 5, 7. So too of wine, c.
ace. Jer. 23, 9 (comp. yba, obn ) ; a
multitude of sins Ps. 38, 5 ; tho wrath
of God Ps. 88. 17. Absol. Ps. 73. 7 naS
aab r">3b"3 the inuiginations of the heart
overflow, tiieir proud thoughts are con-
spicuous in their looks and actions.
Hence
b) to nmh upon any one, to assail ;
c. b?, Job 9, 11 "^bs -ias;i 'jn, sc. God.
13, 13. Hos. 10, ll'. Nlih. 3, 19 whom
hath not thy wickedness assailed ?
c) Also of tears, to overflow, comp. in
Engl, 'to run over;' Arab. ^^ the eye
overflows. 8.a a tear. Part. "i33 ia
tyoerjiowing myrrh, i. e. distilling of itself^
dropping in tears. Cant, 5, 5. 13.
NiPH. fut. "13^1), to be passed over,
e. g. a river Ez. 47. 5.
PiEL "135 , fut. 12>^ , to make pass otrer,
e. g. a) A bar, bolt ; hence to shut np
or close ^cith bolts ; c. "^SBb, 1 K. 6, 21
"\i3^ir! 'jsb snj ripinna "las";!^ ant/ he
closed up with golden chains (instead
of bars or bolts) before the holy of holies.
b) A female is said to let pass, to trans-
mit the male seed, etc. and thence to
conceive, to breed. Job 21, 10 125 TiiCJ
his cow breedeth, becomes big with
young. Chald. 135 Pe. Pa. Ethpa. id.
see Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 291, and Bux-
torf Lex. Chald. col. 1568. Comp. syn.
iTiS to pass, over, Pa. Aph. to be made
giavid. in Targg. for <Tnn, pr, to trans-
mit, Buxt. col. 1579. See Thesaur. p.
984.
HiPH. '''35n, fut. V35::, apoc. "li?!].
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to pass
over, to transport across a river, e. g. a
people, flocks, etc. with two ace. ofpers.
and stream, Gen. 32, 24. Num. 32, 5.
Josh. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 19, 16; ace. of obj.
and 3 of the stream Ps. 136, 14. This
word is employed whether the passing
of a stream be in boats, over 2 Sam. I. c.
or by swimming, as in the case of a
flock, or by wading through at a ford,
Gen. Josh. 1. c. Further : a) to cause
a razor to pass over any one, i. q. to
share, c. bs Num. 8. 7. Ez. 5. 1 ; comp.
Kal no. 1 fin. b) to cause to pass, to
63
transfer from one place to another. Gen.
47, 21 and lie transferred the people
cnsb to other cities, out of Rome citiea
into others, i. e. made them exchange
habitations ; comp. 2 Chr. 30, 10 in Kal
no. 4. c) to cause an inheritance to
jxtss to any one, c. b Num. 27, 7. 8 ;
comp. Kal no. 4. e. d) to cause to pas*
over, i. e. to make transgress a law, I
Sam. 2, 24 ; comp. Kal no. 1.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause or kt
pass through, e. g. a land Deut. 2, 30 ;
to caii.'ie to pass thix>ughout or overrun,
as wild beasts a land Ez. 14, 15. Spec.
^ b"ip T'SSn to cause to be proclaimed,
to make proclamation in i. e. through-
out a land, camp, Ex. 36, 6. Ezra 1, 1.
10, 7. 2 Chr. 30, 5. Also "lEiaJ -i"'35n pr.
to cause the trumpet to pass through
a land, i, e. to blow the trumpet, Lev.
25,9.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make or let
pass by or beyond; 1 Sam. 16, 9. 10. 20,
36 he shot an arrow "in'^ssnb to make it
pass by him, i. e. beyond him. Me-
taph. nxan "''3rn to let a sin pass by,
i. e. to remit, to forgive, comp. Kal no.
3. d. 2 Sam. 12. 13. 24, 10. Job 7, 21.
4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, i. q. !<''3rT, Un
cause to pass, to cause to go or come;;
also i. q. to bring, spec, to offer as in sa--
crificc, to consecrate, c. nin-'b Ex. 13, 12.
-^Often also in the phrase ^33 "i''35n
T^biab to offer children to Molech Jer. 32,
35. Lev. 18, 21. Ez. 16, 21. 23, 37 ; also
with 113X3 added 2 K. 23. 10 ; and with-
out dat. aix3 i33-px i"^35r! Deut. 18, 10.
2 K. 16, 3. 17, 17. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Ez. 20,
31. That children thus offered to Mo-
loch were really burned, the following
passages hardly leave a doubt: 2K. 17,
31. Jer. 7, 31, 19, 5. 2 Chr. 28, 3. Ez.
23, 37; comp. Diod. 20. 14. Euseb. Prsep.
4. 16. The Rabbins however, desiring
to free their ancestors from the oppro-
brium of a superstition so atrocious, have
feigned that the children were only
made to pass through the fire as a rite
of lustration; see Carpzov Apparatus
Antiq. s. Cod. p. 483. Spencer de Legib.
ritual, p. 363-370. The same sentiment
is also expressed by the Severity, 2 K..
16, 3. al. See more in Thesaur. p. 985..
5. Causat. of Kal no. 4. viz. a) Of
Kal no. 4. b, to cause to pass in, to make
^z-j
746
13^'
e7iter, c. 2 , as 13^E2 "^'^SSn (o viake enter
the brick-kiln 2 Sam. 12, 31. b) Of
Kal no. 4. d, to lead away. 2 Chr. 35,
23 ; to take away, to put a icay, to re-
move, e. g. a garment Jon. 3, 6 ; a ring
Esth. 8, 2 ; idols, false prophets, 2 Chr.
15, 8. Zech. 13. 2 ; to put away, to avert
evil, reproach, Esth. 8, 3. Ps. 119, 39.
Ecc. 11, 10; the eye, to turn away, so
as not to see, Ps. 119. 37.
HiTHPA. pr. i. q. Kal no. 5, of waters,
to pass over banks, to oceijlow ; hence
trop. a) Of overflowing wrath, to he
wroth, Ps. 78, 21. 59 ; c. 3 v. 62. Deut.
3, 26 ; tS Ps. 89, 39 ; b? ' Prov. 26, 17 ;
c. Buff. Prov. 20, 2 i-23n^ for lb 'a whoso
poureth forth wrath against him sc. the
king. Comp. nnss no. 1. Arab. xLa*.
i. q. "iSS, to transgress, to be proud, to
be wroth, b) Of pride, to overflow with
pride, to be haughty, v.^ql^tiv, Prov. 14,
16. Comp. nnnsi no. 2.
Deriv. 1^35 ' -b?, "i=5^, iT^2S>73 , and
the eight here following.
^3? m. c. suff. r25 ; plur. :''":=?.
constr. '"['.rS.
1. the region or country beyond, on the
other side of a river or sea which one
must pass ; as "pa'^S "'??r beyond the
Arnun Judg. 11, 18. C^f] ila in the
region beyond the sea Jer. 25, 22. Spec.
|n"*H "15?, TO ntQttv Tov 'logdurov, the
country beyond Jordan, the part of Pales-
tine lying east of the Jordan, Gen. 50,
10. 11. Deut. 1, 1. 5. Josh. 1. 14. 9. 10.
Judg. 5, 17 ; ,'in*b 1=572 id. Num. 35. 14.
Josh. 14, 3. 17, 5. Judg. 7, 25; comp.
Num. 22, 1. In some passages, how-
ever, this expression is applied to the
country west of the Jordan ; as Deut. 3,
20.25. 1 Sam. 31, 7: comp. Josh. 5, 1. 12,
7. 22, 7. Deut. 11, 30; also Josh. 22, 7.
1 Chr. 26, 30 ; espec. Num. 32, 19.
Similar is also the phrase "iHrn ""t?? ^^*
country beyond the river, i. e. the Euphra-
tes, Josh. 24. 2. 3. 2 Sam. 10, 16. 1 Chr.
19; 16; which is used also of provinces
on the west of the Euphrates, 1 K. 5. 4
[4, 24]. Ezra 8, 36. Neh. 2, 7. 9. 3, 7 ;
comp. Chald. Ezra 4, 10. 16. All these
were probably written by persons who
had resided on the east of the Euphra-
tes. Plur. in: '135 id. Is. 7, 20.
2. a region opposite, the other or op-
posite side, a valley or other space
being interposed; 1 Sam. ]4, 1. 26, 13
"i3:yn I'y^ "'31'^] and David passed over
to the other side sc. of the valley, to the
opposite mountain. Hence in antith.
r\^_-z -i2SnT3 HT-a i3Sn^: on this side on
tlial side 1 Sam. 14, 4; also "nnx -i3Sb
nnx "i3s53 id. v. 40. Plur. I"'";:?; -bsia
from all his sides, on every side. 1 K.
5, 4. Jer. 49, 32; cn-in3S5 -^v^-q on both
their sides Ex. 32, 15.
3. With prefixes it often becomes a
preposition, viz.
a) "i35"bx pr. to the region beyond,
i.e. beyond, over, Deut. 30, 13; in the
region opposite, i. e. over against. Josh.
22, 1 1 ; towards the region, i. e. towards,
Ex. 28, 26. More fully VJQ "3r-bx to-
wards the region opposite one's face,
straight before oneself, i. e. forwards,
straight forwards, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 10, 22.
'b n3S b5 id. Ex. 25, 37.
b) i-3^b i. q. ii3y-b!<, straight for-
wards, i. e. one's own way, Is. 47, 15.
c) "3Sa with genit. or suffix ; also
b "I33T3 tx) from the other side, from be-
yond, after verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 20,
2. Job 1, 19. Josh. 24, 3. Zeph. 3. 10.
/5) on the other side, beyond, e. g. ""SStJ
n*b beyond the sea Deut. 30, 13 ; "i3^T3
'ri3 'insb beyond the streams of Ethio-
pia Is" 18^ 1. 1 K. 14, 15.
4. Eber, Heber, pr. n. a) The founder
of the Hebrew race. Gen. 10, 24. 25.
11, 14. 15. See a discussion on this
point, Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache u. Schrift
p. 11. Hence 13? 'sa Gen. 10, 21, and
poet. -"SS collect. Num. 24, 24, i. q. cnss
Hebrews. For the distinction between
Hebrews and Israelites sec under """inS ,
b) Neh. 12, 20. c) 1 Chr. 8, 12. d/s,
22. e) 5, 13.
''4? Chald. i. q. Heb. 135 no. 1, the
region beyond ; hence S^i"!!? 137 the
country beyond the river Euplirates, i. e.
in the Persian mode of speaking, the
country west of the Euphrates. Ezra 4,
10. 11. 16. 20. 5, 3. 6, 6. 8. 13. 7, 21. 25.
nn3^ r (r. -13s) \. a ferry-boat hr
passing a stream 2 Sam. 19, 19. Chald.
ni^35ia , nn3sa , contr. i30 , id.
'2. '2 Sam. 15, 28 Cheth. where Keri
ni3is desert-places, a the context re-
quires.
12j
747
r\as
^'7^'^ ^- (r. "la?) constr. rnss, c. suff.
'n'lar ; plur. n"!-!:? , constr. nii35 Job
40, 11, also ni-iSS Vs. 7. 7.
1. an outjMtiring. overflowing of wrath,
comp. the root in Kal no. 5, and Hifhpa.
Job 40, 1 1 TjDX rii^as the outpourings of
thy wrath. Hence for wrath itself, i. e.
outburst of wrath ; so of the king's
wrath, Prov. 14, 35; of enemies Ps. 7,7.
Spec, of God's wrath la. 9, 18. 13, 9. 13.
Hos. 13, 11. Am. 1,11. Ps. 85, 4; so ttJS
"nnas the fire of my wrath Ez. 21, 36
[31]. 22, 21. 38, 19 ; Tinns OS the people
of my wrath, against whom I am wroth.
Is. 10, 6 ; comp. Jer. 7, 29. Prov. 22, 8.
Lam. 3, 1. nnas nii the day q/" God's
wrath Prov. llV-i. Zeph. 1, 15. 18. Ez.
7, 19; plur. id. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11, 23
nnas o-'jffin r;;pn the expectation of the
wicked is icralh so. from God. Coupled
with synon. C5T Ps. 78. 49.
2. i. q. I'liQiq, pride, haughtiness, inso-
lence, see the root in Hithpa. lett. b. Is.
16, 6. Jer. 48, 30.
^r'^'^r'? (passage so. of the sea, r. "ia)
Ebronah, pr. n. of a station of the L!rael-
ites near Ezion-geber on the Elanitic
gulf, Num. 33, 34. 35.
''^^^ m. plur. D'''?2S, Q'^*"i2S Ex. 3,
18; f. n^nas, plur. r1"*i3S. gentile n.
Hebrew, Hebrews, Gr. 'Li3^it7og. As to
the origin of tliis name, it is derived in
the O. T. from the name "i2S no. 4, q. v.
but would seem primarily to have been
an appellative from that word (i2?), im-
plying the land or country beyond the
Euphrates; whence ^"^a" pr. one from
beyond tl^e river, Gen. 14, 13; where
Sept. well ufQUTTiQ. The name He-
brews differs from the term Israelites
(bs'it"'^ "33) in this respect, viz. that the
latter, as a patronymic derived from the
founder of the nation, was in use only
among the people themselves; while
the former, as an appellative applied by
the Canaanites to the Hebrews migrat-
ing from beyond the Euphrates into
Canaan, was the current name among
foreign nations. (Comp. ctzris and
fpolvcxfc; Chemi. C-isia , jJiyvmoi.)
Hence Greek and Roman writers use
only the name Hebrews, or in later times
Jews ; e. g. Pausan. 5. 5. 2. ib. 6. 24. 6.
Plut. Sympos. IV. 6. 1. Tac. Hist. 5. 1.
Josephus passira. The writers of the
0. T. apply to the Israelites the term
Hebrews, either where Ibrcijfners are in-
troduced R8 speaking, Gen. 39, 14. 17.
41, 12. Ex. 1, 16. 2, 6. 1 Sam. 4. 6. 9.
13, 19. 14. 11. 29, 3; or where Israelites
are represented as speaking of them-
selves to foreigners; Gen. 40, 15. Ex. 1,
19. 2, 7. 3, 18. 5, 3. 7, 16. 9, 1. 13. Jon.
1, 9 ; or where they are opposed to
other nations. Gen. 43, 32. Ex. 1, 15. 2,
11. 13. 21,2. Deut. 15. 12 (comp. Jer.
34, 9. 14). 1 Sam. 13, 3. 7 where there
is a play of words in '"^SS cnrs . 14,21.
The opinion of some that the term Is-
raelites was a sacred name, and Hebrews
the common appellation, is without foun-
dation. See more on this topic in Gesch.
d. hebr. Sprache u. Schrifl, p. 9-12.
Q''"^^?; (regions beyond, from "iD5)vl6o-
rim, pr. n. Jer. 22, 20. Fully D-^-iasnin
Num. 27, 12. Deut. 32, 49, and '"^nn
Qins^n Num. 33, 47. 48, the mountains
ofAbarim, a range of mountiiins beyond
Jordan over against Jericho, in which
was Mount Nebo; see "133 no. 2. The
name Abariin was apparently some-
times so extended, as to include all the
mountainous tract on the ea.?t of the
Dead Sea. For ni-i3r "''S Num. 21,
11. 33, 44. 45, see in art "^9 no. 2. b.
fin? , see in "ji>i2S no. 1.
*u:5^ ^rr. Xfyr'fi. Joel 1, 17, to die,
spoken of seed which loses its germinat-
ing power and dies in the ground from
the effects of too great heat, (Bstu ra-
nescit, to use the words of Pliny on this
very point H. N. 14. 24 ; Germ, verdum-
men. Kindred is Chald. csr pr. to rot,
spec of the kernels perishing in the
ground; see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. 1642.
Bochart.Hieroz.il. 471. That the word
for to rot may be so extended as to apply
to seed cB.9tii vanescens. is shown by the
Gr. Tiv&ofiui, Hesiod. Scut. Here. 153.
Abulwalid compares Arab. i>**aA i. q.
(j<axJ to dry up : so that here -11^35
would be i. q. 1-3^ .
^ 't^ in Kal not used, to be inter-
woven, interlaced, kindr. with the roots
ass , r^s .
PiEL to entangle, to pervert, Mic. 7, 3.
Deriv. the two following.
nny
748
y^^
^^ adj. fern, i^n^y , inferworm, inter-
laced, spoken of trees with thick foliage
Ez. 6, 13. 20, 28. Lev. 23, 40. Neh.ls,
15. Syr. with Tet j!^la id.
f^'^>^ . plur. ainas and ninhs , subst. of
rboth genders (f. Judg. 15, 14), any
thing interwoven, interlaced. R. rz^^ .
Hence
1. a cord Judg. 15, 13. 14. Is. 5, 18.
Job 39, 10. Ps. lis, 27. Plur. cords, i. e.
bands, bonds, fetters, Ps. 2, 3. Ez. 3, 25.
4, 8. Trop. bands of love Hos. 11, 4.
2. a braid, wreath, of small rods or
wires woven together Ex. 23, 24 nrs>o
irhs braided or wreathed work Ex. 28,
14. 22. 39, 15 ; ninhsn ni-icj-jiy wreath-
en chains 28, 14.
3. a branch with thick foliage, thick-
.leaved bough, Ez. 19, 11, 31, 3. 10. 14.
* - J^" fut. ar-si 1. Pr. to breathe, to
blow, i. q. kindr. -Hx no. 1 ; whence 25^5
a wind-instrument of music. This idea
is then transferred to emotions of the
Boul, to breathe after, to desire ; hence
2. to love inordinately, to dote on, i. q.
anx Pi. spoken of impure love, lust, c.
^S Ez. 23, 5. 9. 16. 20; bi< v. ]2; ace. v.
7. Part. W^'y lovers Jer. 4, 30. Comp.
ayanau). Arab. ,,_j^ IV placuit alicui
res ; V accendit amore.
Deriv. the two following, also -5W .
^^ see 25!i? .
^5?? f- c. suff. !^P2aS , inordinate tore,
excessive fondness, Ez. 23, 11. R. 25S.
C'^r*? m. plur. (r. 255) loves; Ez. 33,
32 C''s;i^ n-ittJ a song of loves, i. e. an ero-
tic song pleasing to the people. Then
i. q. ^on, Im-e for men; Ez. 33, 31
cirs nan cn-'E2 u^zyj-^s for with their
woulh they make love.i.c. they show much
lloveand kindness, opp, but their heart fol-
doweth after gain. Comp. Arab. v_a^ id.
n^ f. (r. 31?) also nay i k. 17, 13.
Hos. 7, 8 ; constr. r55 1 K. 19. 6.* Ez. 4, 12 ;
plur, riw, a cake, round-cake of bread,
baked under hot ashes, such as are com-
monly prepared among the Orientals at
the present day when in haste or on a
journey ; CBSn rr.5 a cake baked upon
hot atoms 1 K. 19, 6. nisa niw unleav-
ened cakes Ex. 12, 39. Arab, iba^ egg-
fritter, omelet. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. 11. p. 496. III. p. 76. The or-
thography varies in Mss. and editions ;
in most it is written without Dagesh ;
see J. H. Michaelis in II. cc.
"^^>:? m. (r. n) a verba! adj. of pas-
sive form but active signif chattering,
twittering; hence : a) As an epithet
of the swallow. Is. 38, 14 l-liS QSiDS as
the twittering swallow ; the LXX omit
n!i3S; Syr. 'the chattering swallow;' see
the references under r. ^as . b) Poet,
for a species of the swallow itself; Jer. 8,
7; pr. the chatterer, the twitterer. Bo-
chart endeavours to show, Hieroz. 11.
68 sq. that the word lli^ signifies tlie
crane ; but his arguments are not valid.
The passage in Is. 1, c. is particularly
against this position.
'^^ m. (r. bir) a ring, spec, ear-ring.
Num. 31. 50. Plur. n'^b'^js Ez. 16, 12.
''^^ obsol. root, i. q. hht to roll, to
revolve, Syr. Pa. id. Comp. Arab. Jk!:^
ixy hasten, to hurry. Hence ?"*33J , ba^Ja ,
and the five here following.
-"^^ adj. fern, nhs , round, rounded,
1 K. 7, 23. 31. 35. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 4,2.
'-)? m. (r. ^35) c. suff". ihs, plur.
ts-'bjs , constr. "'bsis , a calf Ps. 29. 6. Is.
11, 6." Am. 6, 4. Lev. % 8. al. Also a
young bullock, steer, Jer. 31, 18 xb bsss
"iisb as a steer jmtrained, unsubdued
to the yoke. Is. 27, 10. Ez. 1, 7.-^33
n:',;j-"j5 a calf of a year old Lev. 9, 3.
Mic. 6, 6. pa-io b3? a fatted calf 1 Sam.
28. 24. More fully "li^S"",? biS a calf of
the herd, of neat cattle, Lev. 9, 2; inas-
much as b3S was used also for the young
of other animals, see the Ethiopic usage
below. Often of the images of a calf
set up and worshipped by the Israelites
at Sinai and in the kingdom of Samaria;
nz^-q bas a molten calf Ex. 32. 4. 8 ; ^\p_
zril golden calves 1 K. 12. 28. 2 K. 10,
29; Ti-iria b^S the calf of Sam aria llos.
8, 6. comp. 13. 2. Metaph. P.s. 68, 31 the
vinltilude of the bidls c"ir? "^bsra with the
calves of the people, i.e. the hostile lead-
ers with their people compared to herds.
Arab. Jj C. xJLa^, Syr. U^^ f
li^ii^, Chttld. b>s, sbss, id, Eth
hz9
749
19
?i^A. foetus, embryo, infant jvist born,
also the young of animals, whelp ; A 1**^
young ofaninials, calves, lambs; o'V'AT
a she-calf, heifer. The etymology is
doubtful. Simonisand others refer it to
the idea of a leaping and bounding
course ; but perhaps the primary signif
lies in the Ethiopic. Not improb. bjs
rkX^ may denote, like 038, something
rolled or wrapped together^ an unformed
viass ; and hence enibryo, ftztua^ and
also the young as just born and still un-
sliapen. On the verbs bba, cba, and
other kindred roots, see in r. bba note.
nbr<:P fem. of ^55 1. a calf, heifer-
calf, or rather heifer, i. q. nno . Dent. 21,
4. 6. Jer. 46. 20; more fully '-i;r3 nhr a
heifer of kine Deut. 21, 3. 1 Sam. l<5,' 2.
Is. 7, 21 ; see "j^a'ia ^'^. in bw . So of
a heifer untrained to the yoke Hos. 10,
11; giving milk Is. 7, 21 ; as ploughing
Judg. 14, 18 ; treading out grain Jer. 50,
11 ; of three years old Gen. 15, 9. So
too prob. n'C-'bTr nb:s a heifer of the
third year, unsubdued to the yoke, as an
emblem of Moab, Is. 15. 5. Jer. 48. 34 ;
so Sept. Targ. Vulg. Of idol images
Hos. 10, 5. Arab. Syr. etc. see in bi5 .
2. Eglah. pr. n. of a wife of David,
2 Sam. 3, 5. 1 Chr. 3, 3.
n^?? f (r. biS) c. suff. iP^5S, plur.
nibss, constr. rib;? Num. 7, 3, a wain,
car, any wheeled carriage, e. g. a wagon
Gen. 45, 19 sq. Num. 7, 6-8 ; an ox-cart
1 Sam. 6, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 6, 3. Is. 5, 18.
Am. 2, 13 ; a threshing-dray or sledge
(see ania) Is. 28, 27. 28 ; a war-chariot
Ps. 46, 10. Chald. S<nb,:s, Syr. jlli^^,
Arab. &JLa& , id.
'\\^y?. (q. d. vituline, from bjs) Eglon.
pr. n. a) A king of Moab Judg. 3, 12.
b) A city in the plains of Judah, for-
merly a royal city of the Canaanites,
Josh. 10. 3. 12,12. 15,39. A tract of ruing
etiU bears the name ^AjUln. ^^3^ ;
see Bibl. Res. m Palest. II. p. 392.
* D3J to be sad, to grieve, c. V for
any one, Job 30, 25. See in cax no. 3.
* 15? only in Niph. from the Chald.
to shut oneself up, to remain shut up.
Ruth 1, 13 nsasn *,nbn toould ye there-
63*
fore remain shut up? i. e. so as not to
marry; for n33;3n or nrasn ; coinp. in
Is. 60. 4. Sept. xutitiTxtOiiatadt. CImld.
T'SS one detained, sliut up, espec. in pri-
son ; whence n355 P'^S prison. According
to Kimchi Talmud, ns^w is a woman
who shuts herself up at home and lives
without a husband.
'^^ obsol. root, prob. onomatopo-
etic, by transpos. i. q. "iSa q. v. to cry out ;
Eth. !20Z^ and 10^ to cry out from
pain, to groan like one sick or dying;
Gr. yTj(jvu). yu()V(xi; Lat. garrio, pr. of
the chirping or twittering of certain
birds, nearly i. q. rmsa ; whence hirun-
do garrula Virg. Georg. 4. 307 ; cicaxla
garrula Phaedr. 3. 16. 10 ; luscinice gar-
rulentes Apuleius. Hence 1153.
*!?, also "t^. after a prefix with Ka-
mets; pr. subst. m. from r. n"i5 i.q. ins.
A) Subst. 1. pr. a passing. progress,
in space ; also duration in time. Hence
perpetual time, eternity, everlasting, i. q.
cbi?; so Eth. Tili time, from jL^ to
pass ; comp. fem. r5 time, for n"i5. So
t^^for ever, i. q. obub . Ps. 9, 19. 19. 10.
21,' 7. 22, 27. al. IS "'1? to everlasting,
for ever, Ps. 83. 18. 92, 8. 132, 12. 14.
Is. 65, 18 ; "isi cbi'rb for ever and ever
Ps. 9, 6. 119.44. U5, 2. Mic.4, 5; cbij
131 id. Ps. 10, 16. 21, 5. 52, 10; '^Tsbisn?
15 id. Is. 45. 17. 19 ^Z^froyn of old, i. q.
nbis^ , Job 20, 4. Aho 19 ^2Vi everlast-
ing father Is. 9, 5 ; i? "'lin , -is innn ,
everlasting mountains Gen. 49, 26. Hab.
3, 6 ; 1? "laiu inhabiting eternity, sitting
enthroned for ever. Is. 57, 15.
2. prey. b(Xity, see the root no. 2. Gen.
49. 27. Zeph. 3, 8. Is. 33, 23. Chald.
xns . "1*13 , nxns , xri-i? , id.
B) Prep. "I? , and poet. plur. constr.
^1? Job 7, 4. Ps. 83, 18; c. suff. ^"iS,
""'"!?, ''''J?- f^'^o OZ^'i'S with Kamets Job
32, 12; once cn-is for on-^ns 2 K. 9,
18. Comp. Syr. {.l^ dum, donee; Samar.
TV id.
1. during a certain time, so long as,
while. Job 20, 5 Si") '"I? during (for)
a moment. 1 K. 19, 45 n3 nsi TVS nr
during so and so, in the mean while ;
prob. accompanied by some gesture of
the hand. 2 K. 9. 22 bsrit '5^3T-n5
during the whoredoms of Jezebel, so
750
i:?
long as these continue. With infin.
Judg. 3. 26 cnrnrrn ns during their
iajTying, while they delayed. Jon. 4. 2.
2. to, unto, even to a certain term or
limit, viz.
a) Of space, as iiian "inSv? *i? unto
the great river Deut. 1, 7 ; I'-ixn nsp: "is
unto the end of the earth Ps. 46, 10 ; "i^"'^?
even unto Dan Gen. 14, 14. C^n ns,
riin ns , hitherto, to this point, 2 Sam. 7,
IS. 1 Sam. 7, 12. So after the verbs y;3
Job 4, 5, XS^ 11, 7, aJ53 Judg. 9,52. Opp'.
are "O -ij: from to, and 1?1 *|13 from
even to, see in )'0 no. 3. . p. 583 ;
also where there are several terms and
a progression from one to another,
"JSWns ',13 Gen. 7, 23, and so )-q being
om'itted 1 Sam. 17, 52. Jer. 31, 40. Cou-
pled with other prepositions : aa) \ l?
which does not differ from "i5 , and be-
longs to the later writers, e.g. "'P.n'ab IS
even to the camp 1 Chr. 12. 22 ; pin"ir^ ns
even to afar, afar off. 2 Chr. 26, 15. Ezra
3, 13 ; comp. 'a is Is. 57, 9. With infin.
see below in b. bb) cn"'bj< IS even unto
them 2 K. 9, 20. cc) ^SbV IS even to
before, e. g. the king's gate Esth. 4, 2;
:eo 153 IS Neh. 3, 26, rq'3 IS Judg. 19,
10. 20, 44.
b) Of time, unto, until, as fiTfl Di*?] IS
iBven unto this day, i. e. this day, still,
Gen. 26, 33. 32. 33. Deut. 34, 6 ; ij^an is
until the morning, i. e. before to-morrow,
. Judg. 6. 31 ; 3isn is until the evening
Lev. 15, 5. Poet SiS "^IS Ps. 104, 23;
15 'IS unto everlasting, for ever, Is. 26,
4, comp. Joel 2. 2. Rarely h IS Ezra 9,
4. Often with an adv. of time: Sijsj'is,
ni:-is, "rx-is, till when? how long?
sec in n:x . n*:. "ipis ; also fisn-is contr.
nns, ns-is, is-is, nrs-is, until now,
. hitherto, see these words. With infin.
until ; "iniis'is until he came near Gen.
33. 3 ; r^^ltii'is until thou come again
Judg. 6. 18; ii-'isilin-is U7itil he had
destroyed him 2 K. 10, 17 ; ~x2-is until
thou come Gen. 19. 22, sec in Sia no. 2.
b. Ex. 22. 25 [26]. Ps.18,38. Jer. 9, 15.
Dan. 10, 3. In the later Hebrew also
h IS id. as N-rb IS Judg. 3. 3. 1 Chr. 5, 9.
13,5; so Ezra 10. 14. 1 K. 18,29. 1 Chr.
28, 20. 2 Chr. 24. 10. 29, 30. Sometimes
the idea of the infin. lurks in a particle
' (originally a noun), e. g. T'S* is pr. until
ttione, i. e. until there be none, as "j^x-is
ieO^ tmtil there be no number, i. c.
innumerable, Ps.40. 13; iprn 'ps-i^ Job
9, 10; NSi^ r!i<V"^? 2 Chr. 36, 16;
n-'p^ CES IS Is. 5,'8 ; ""ba is, ^nba is,
u7itil failure, i. e. so long as, see in ""ba
no. 4. d, "^riba no. 4. c.
c) As marking the degree of excel-
lence or pre-eminence to or unto which
a person or thing has arrived ; 2 Sam.
23, 19 sa xb najbt-n isi but unto the
three he did not attain. Job 11, 7 IS cx
N^irn 'iir n-'brn canst thou attain unto
the perfection of the Almighty ? Hence
in comparisons : 1 Chr. 4. 27 nor did all
their family multiply ni^in^ "'ja 1S even
unto the children of Judah, i. e. to equal
the children of Jndah. like to them. Nah.
1, 10 n-^aas nii-^D is inlei-woven like to
thorns, i. e. so as to be like thorns entan-
gled together, see in r. xan . So ixr IS ,
ixrb IS, 'even unto vehemence,' i. e.
vehemently, exceediv gly ; n^n^ IS 'even
to (great) speed.' speedily, very swiftly;
nbsTzb IS 'even to the highest point,'
exceedingly, see in bsa II. 3. b. Here
too might be referred several examples
quoted above in lett. b, as iQO^ T'>5""'?
Also, even to some extreme limit, e g.
las IS even to destruction Num. 24, 20 ;
of some extreme thing, the last eveii to
which an action or quality might be
expected to extend; 1 Sam. 2, 5 IS
nsailj nib^ '^'^i??. *^) ^^'^n the barren,
hath borne seven, i. e. even she, the bar-
ren. Num. 8, 4 even unto the shaft and
unto the flowers thereof, it (the candela-
bra) If as turned work. With a negat.
Hag. 2, 19. Job 25, 5. So inS'lS . . . sb
not even one Ex. 14, 28. Judg. 4, 16.
2 Sam. 17, 22.
3. After verbs of motion, to, unto, i. q.
bx , but marking the passing over, tran-
sit, through the intervening space, rather
than the arrival at the point or limit;
comp. the root. Gen. 38, 1 !C"'N is u*i
""BbiS and he turned in iinto an Adul-
laniite; so IS T(bn 1 Sam. 9, 9; IS xia,
IS a^OJ, see Xia, asu:. Also of a direc-
tion of the mind to any one, is 'sianii
Job 32, 12. 38, 18 ; IS ',-Tsn Num. 23,
18. Once ntn laib IS towards i. e. as
to this matter Ezra 10, 14.
C) Conjunct. 1. while, comp. in B. 1.
With pra-t. 1 Sam. 14, 19 ; fut. Job 8,
21 ; particip. Job 1, 18 comp. vv. 16. 17.
T?
751
^i:?
jjMore fully 'ti "i? id. Cant. 1, 12. xb-l?
Prov. 8. 2iG. and !<b noix n Eco. 12, 1.
2. G, while not. while as yet not, i. q. Q'lua
be/ore, Syr. Pjl Matt. 1, 18 for Gr.
2. tt/i7, *o /own- as until, spoken of a
term or limit of time, comp. in B. 2. b.
With prnet. Josh. 2. 22 0"<Bn'in laaJ iv
, until the pnrsuvrs have returned. Ez.
39, 15. 2 K. 24, 20; fut. Gen. 38, 11.
Hos. 10, 12. Prov. 7, 23. Job 27. 5. Is.
22, 14. More fully "laJx i? iintil that,
with prffit. Dent. 2, 14. Judg. 4, 24 ; fut.
Num. 11, 20. Hos. 5, 15. '? IS Cant.
3, 4. Judg. 5, 7. 'S -I? id. with prtet.
Gen. 26, 13. 2 Sam. 23, 10 ; fut. Gen.
49, 10. =x n? Gen. 24, 19. Is. 30, 17,
and DX i;ax ns Gen. 28, 15. Num. 32,
17. Is. 6, 1. In 1 Sam. 1, 22 the term
or limit of time itself is signified, not the
space or interval up to that limit, e. g.
1 Sam. 1, 22 T^nx-^ani nyrn b-aa-^ ns
until the child be weaned, then will I
bring him, lor when he shall be weaned ;
comp. Chald. Tinx 15, and the idiom
of southern and western Germany:
'bis Montag reise ich,' i. e. I set off on
Monday next. There is here strictly
an ellipsis, which we may thus fill out :
until the child be weaned (let him remain
with me), then will 1 bring hiui. It has
moreover been often observed, (comp.
Noldii Concord. Part. p. 534. Intpp. ad
Ps. 110, 1 ; et contra Fritzsche ad Matt.
p. S53 sq. Winer Lex. p. 695.) that the
particle *13 sometimes includes also the
time beyond its term or limit : but this is
manifestly without foundation, so far as
it is ascribed to this particle as arising
from any special usus loquendi of the
Hebrew language. Still it is not the
less certain, that the sacred writers
have not in all places assigned the ex-
treme limit, but a nearer one. without
intending however to exclude at all the
time beyond. When a person setting
oflf on a journey says to a friend : fare-
well till we meet again ! he now thinks
indeed chiefly on this nearer term, al-
though he also wishes his friend to fare
well in like manner after his return.
These remarks apply to passages like
Ps. 110. 1. 112, 8. Dan, 1, 21. Gen. 28.
15. 1 Tim. 4, 13. Comp. Hengstenberg
Authentic des Daniel p. 66, 67.
3. even to such a degri^c. i. e. so that,
even so that, comp. in B. 2. c. Comp.
Arab, .^x^ donee, also ul c. fut. Eth.
5^fl*Q donee, ut. Is. 47, 7 thou saidst,
I shall rule forever, b? nh< rnab'xb n?
T|ab so that (even to such a degree of
insolence, that) thou didst not lay these
things to heart. Job 14, 6. More fully
-idx ns Josh. 17, 14, comp. Chald. A. 3.
n;? Chald. i. q. Heb. where see.
A) Prep. 1. during, within; 15
Vnbn poi"' within thirty days, Dan. 6,
8. 13.'
2. until, even until, of time, e. g. TS
JSS even until now Ezra 5, 16. But IP
pnnx until the last, i. q. till at the last,
at last, Dan. 4. 5.
3. to, for. of purpose, end ; '^'T nnan-ns
to the intent that, to the end that, Dan.
4, 14, i. q. in r-tni b? 2, 30.
B) ""l "? Conjunct. 1. until thai,
ere. Dan. 6, 25 they had not yet reached
the bottom of the pit, i. e. the persons
thrown in.ere('''7l?)/^ lions seized them.
2. until, till that, with prait. Dan. 2. 34.
5, 21, 7, 4, 9. 11. 22 ; fut. Dan. 2, 9. 4,
20. 22. 29.
127 m. (r. IS?) Tsere impure, plur.
o^-iV, constr. "'ir, once "yv Ps. 27, 12
in some copies.
1. a witness, Deut. 17. G. 19, 15. Ruth
4, 9. 11. Is. 8, 2. Prov. 19, 5. 9. al Also
of things, Gen. 31, 44. 48. Is. 19, 20. Job
16. 8.
2. witness borne, testimony ; 2 IS njS
to bear witness against any one, Ex. 20,
16. Deut. 5, 17.
3. a prince, chief, pr. a preceptor, law-
giver. Is. 55, 4. See the root in Hiph.
2. c.
"^27, see lis yet.
^7? Chald. see after r. nns .
-\ obsol. root. Arab. Jlc to num-
ber, to reckon, espec. days, time ; Conj,
IV to determine, to fix, sc, a time. This
would seem to be a secondary verb, de-
rived from the noun IS time, like the verb
lS^,with which it' is kindred. Hence
Syr. t^r^ to keep a festival, )t^t^ fes-
tival day i. q. 1S1"0. The form "nis see
under r. l^lS.
Deriv. iii , "j^S , pr. n. 1^ , HIS"]? .
MV
752
"STtf
*T7^ fut. IT^S^, conv. "IS*]; i. q.
12S, Chald. SjT. id. Arab. JJlC for
1. to pass, to pass over or by. Job 28,
a Hence 1? A. 1, B. C.
2. to rush upon, to attack in a hostile
2 ' ^
manner, whence Arab. .Jcc an enemy;
comp. the synon. "15s no. 5. b. Hence
15 A. 2, prey.
3. Causat. ' to cause to pass over up-
on.' i. e. to put on ornaments, to adorn
or to deck oneself with any thing, c. ace.
like rrb. (Chald. id.) Job 40, 10 -nns
(iXJ n; deck now thyself with splendour.
"^IS) ms to deck with ornaments, to put
on,' EzV23, 40. Jer. 4. 30. Hos. 2, 15. Jer.
31 4 ".""En "^isn thou shult deck thyself
with thy tabrets, which as being drawn
over the hands were an ornament of
dancing females. Is. 61, 10. Ez. 16, 13;
with two ace. to adorn, to deck a person
with any thing, Ez. 16, 11.
HiPH. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to re-
move, to put off" or away a garment
Prov. 25. 20, i. q. "i-'rsn Jon. 3, 6.
Deriv. T? , "'"73. r? ibr r-i5 (nrs. 'n),
also the pr. names nns, bx"'"??, "^7?,
. - .-I 5 v ' : -' T ; - -
m? or Sn? Chald. fut. nw^, x-iS^,
L q. Heb. Syr. f^i. id.
1. to pass over i. e. away, and hence,
of a kingdom, to perish Dan. 7, 14 ; of a
law, to be abrogated Dan. 6, 9. 13.
2. to go or come, c. 3 to or w/)on any
thing Dan. 3, 27 ; c. '{O to go from, to
depart. Dan. 4. 28.
A PH. Causat. of Pe. no. 2, to take
away Dan. 5. 20. 7, 26 ; of kings, to re-
move, to depose, Dan. 2, 21.
rny (ornament, beauty, r. nn5 no. 3)
Adah. pr. n. f a) The wife of Lamech,
Gen." 4, 19. b) The Avife of Esau, Get\.
36, 2. 4 ; comp. 26, 34.
I. TTiV f (for nnV r. ^,'^) constr.
pns . plur. r"i5, an appointed meeting,
assembly. Spec.
1. an assembly, congregation, of the
Israolites ; fully i-X^iy": rns Ex. 12, 3. 6.
47. Lev. 4. 13 ; ^"^'tj? ""sa rns Ex. 16,
]. 2. 9. 17, 1. 35, 4V"i!'"''i ^li ^he con-
gregation of Jehovah Num. 27, 17. 31,
16 ; alpo xax ^So/ijv TJ??^ Lev. 4, 15. 8,
3. 4. 5. Num. 13. 26. 14, L al. Sept,
avvny(xv/ri.B\xt ^X r-i3 Ps. 82, 1 is the
assembly (council) of the angels con-
voked q/" God.
2. A domestic or private company,
family, household, Job 16, 7. 15, 34
?:n nnr, parall. nniij 'brts.
3. Any assembly, multitude ; Ps. 1, 5
cp'^'n^ rns the congregation of the
righteous, 7, 8. Often in a bad sense,
troop, band, gang, of wicked men, Ps.
86, 14. 22, 17. 16, 5. 11. 26, 9. 27. 3.
4. Of beasts, as n^n'^ax nns the mul-
titude (herd) of the bidls Ps. 68, 31, Of
bees, a swarm, Judg. 14, 8.
II. fMy f. (r. IW) Tsere impure, plur.
n'ls .
1. a witness, any thing which testifies,
Gen. 31. 52.
2. testimony, Gen. 21, 30.
3. a. precept of God, ordinance, only
plur. Deut. 6, 20 ; c. suff. Ps. 119, 22. 24.
59. 79. 138. 146. 168.
Tt'^y f (r. Tis) only in plur. D'^'nS , pr. a
s a
reckoning, stated time, i. q. Arab. 8cX^ ;
spec, the monthly courses of women, Is.
64, 5 C'nS 153 vestis menstruis polluta.
So Arab. Jcfr conj. VIII menstruata est
mulier.
i'=Ty and ^{'i'^3? (timely) /rff/o, pr. n. m.
a) A prophet and writer 2 Chr. 12, 15.
13. 22. b) The grandfather of Zecha-
riah the prophet, Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5,
1. 6, 14. Neh. 12, 4. 16.
ri^ny and fTl? ^- ( 'i''^) pbir. c. suflf.
rn'ns ; i. q. nns II. 3.
1. a precept of God ; Ps. 19. 8 "'^ r^ins
{^3^X3, parall. n^-^rn '^ rn-in. 78.5.
81. 6 (parall. ph, 'JB*rr). 122.4 whither
the tribes go up ... .hy the precept to Is-
rael. Plur, c, suff, ?]'^n''ns>. Neh, 9, 34 ;
vni-is 1 K, 2, 3, 2 K. 17. 15. al. In all
these pa.s.sages the LXX. have finQiv-
Qiov, pnQTVQia, according to the common
etymology, but against the context ;
comp. r. IIS Hiph. no. 2. c.
2. Collect, precepts, law. spec, the de-
calogue. Ex. 25, 21 in the ark thou
shall jmt the law, the decalogue, v. 26.
psiisn '("i-^H the ark of the law Ex. 25. 22.
26. 33. 34 ; rnsn iinx the tabernacle
of the law Num. '9, 15. 17, 23, 18,2;
^^*jy
753
T^
Misn nin^ Ihc tables nflhe law Ex. 31,
18. Vl, 29.-2 K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23, 11.
3. a revelation, and hence a song or
psalm mcealed, in the inscriptions Ps.GO,
1. 80, 1 ; comp. Ps. 60, 8-10. Others a
lyric song, to be sung to the lyre, as if
derived from "i? i.q. Arab. 4>^ lute, lyre.
"l? m- (r. n*j5) in pause "''is, c. suff.
r^, pliir. D'^"''i>.
1. ornament, and collect. omamen<,
see the root no. 3. Ex. 33, 4. 6. Jer. 4,
30. D""^'ns '"75 splendid omamenta Ez.
16. 7.
2. Pcrh. <ime q/" ///e, age, comp. n A.
1, and rs no. 3. Spec, yoiith, as Ps. 32, 9
he iwt as the horse and as the mule . . .
Dibsb n^ns "lOnj snisa wi/A 6// a(/ 6ri-
dle mtist their youth (vigour, fierceness)
be muzzled. Others : with bit and bri-
dle, even their trappings, must they be
muzzled. Ps. 103, 5 7^]^^ 2vja r^2-;^n
who satisfelh thy years with good, parali.
cnirs . See Thesaur. p. 993.
bS'^'iy (ornament of God) Adiel, pr.
n. m". a) 1 Chr. 4, 36. b) 9 12. c)
27, 25.
^^7? (whom Jehovah adorns, r. tT^S)
Adaiah. pr. n. m. a) The grandfather
of king Josiah, 2 K. 22, 1 . b) 1 Chr. 9,
12. Neh. 11, 12. c) 1 Chr. 8, 21. d)
Ezra 10. 29. e) 10, 39. Neh. 11, 5; for
which in;"is id. 2 Chr. 23, 1.
I'^'IJ adj. (r. y^S) delicale, effeminate,
voluptuous, Is. 47, 8. Very dilficult and
perhaps corrupted is the passage in
2 Sam. 23. 6 Cheth. iSSPn -ir-JS Xin
(Keri ^3a?n) for which the author of
Chronicles gives in 1 Chr. 11. 11 "Xsin
'in"'5n~nx ">"iiS he lifted up his spear.
Simonis renders in 2 Sam. I. c. percussio
ejus hastA sml (fuit) in octingentos, etc.
comp. ijcXc Conj. II. to smite with a
pointed weapon; see below in "|S5.
Better to render '("ns vibration i. e. the
brandishing of a spear, r. '("iS to be soft,
pliant, flexible. Perh. however the read-
ing is here corrupted for "iss^rj 13^57 x=in
he brandished it. his spear, with sutf.
pleonast. 'iS'nS";' for the sake of parono-
masia with "ii^csn ; comp. Ez. 10, 3.
1 Sam. 21, 14.
2. Adin, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 15. Neh. 7, 20.
Jtp'T? (slender, pliant.) Adina, pr. n.
of a military commander under David
iChr. 11, 42. R. 'i-jy.
D'^ri''"I>^ (double prey, see 1 A. 2)
Adithaini, pr. n. of a town in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 16, 36.
* 515 obsol. root, Arab. Jjcfc to be
just, e/piitable, gejierous. Hence the
two following.
"^YP. (fi)r fi;^"!' justice of God) Ad-
lai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 29.
O^iy (justice of the people, for Vt?>
n ; according to Simonis for C^5 15. comp.
tXc latibulum, and cbs to hide.) Adul-
lam, pr. n. of a city in the plains of
Judah, anciently a royal city of the Ca-
naanites, and fortified by Rehoboam,
Jo.sh. 12, 15. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 11, 7. Mic. 1,
15. Neh. 11, 30. Sapi-'OSokhip. In its
vicinity was the cave of Adidlam, r^5a
nb-TS , 1 Sam. 22, 1. 2 Sam. 23. 13. Gen-
tile'n. 'iQfens Adullamile Gen. 38. 1. 12.20.
* l"-^ in Kal not used, prob. to be soft,
lax, pliant J Arab, jm J>-fc V to be flexi-
5 ' r
ble, to waver, to vibrate; (OtX^ soft-
ness, laxness, languor, <j'<^^ ^ cane
or reed, a long pole (pr. vibrating in the
air) ; comp. above in "j'^'is no. 1. The
Gr. aSivog, which Simonis here com-
pares, is obviously not connected with
this root.
HiTHP. pr. to give oneself up to soft-
ness, i. e. to live delicately, sumptuously,
voluptuously. Neh. 9, 25.
Deriv. y}'S. -,73, nps. -p-is, B"'?']?^,
and the pr. names xn?, njns, XJ-^"!'.
n? m. (r. 715), plur. n-is-is, c. suff.
i. delight, pleasure, Gr. t/Jov^, only ia
plur. Ps. 36, 9. 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 51, 34.
See the root in Hithp.
2. Eden, pr. n. of a pleasant region in
Asia, the situation of which is described
Gen. 2, 10-14; in which was placed
the garden of our first parents. Gen. 2,
8. 10. 4. 16. Is. 51. 3 ; hence HS-ia the
garden of Eden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 23. 24.
Joel 2. 3. E2. 36. 35 ; -"is -3S the trees of
Eden, Ez. 31. 9. 16. 18. The place in
n^:?
756
Ti:>
IIoPH. I5^n to be testified, declared,
wade known, c. 3 Ex. 21. 29,
PiLELTii' (improperly referred by some
to the root TiS) to set up again, to re-
store, to relieve, Ps. 146. 9. 147, 6.
HiTHPOL. to right oneself again, to re-
store oneself, plur. 1 pers. l"'"i~riT Ps.
20, 9. Sept. uvo^d^ai&Vifier.
Deriv. 15, nnr, pins, fTiwri, pr. n.
Tl^, rarely ^'t^ (according to the Ma-
Bora twelve time.s, e. g. Gen. 8. 22. Jer.
13, 27. etc.) c. suff. '"iir and 'S'l-ir (see
in'no. 4). pr. repetition, continuance, du-
ration, from r. ii" no. 2 ; but always as
Adv. Not found in the kindred lan-
guages, except the Chald. See below.
1. again, yet again ; comp. Aram. ::*n ,
wSoZ, again, also from the idea of return-
ing, repeating. Gen. 4, 25. 24. 20. 37, 9.
Hos. 1, 6. al. sa?piss. Off en after a verb
denoting repetition, as lis aiia Jer. 3,
1 : -I-" r,D^ Gen. 18. 29. With a negat.
nis itb }wt again Gen. 9, 11. 15. !.!. 54,
9 ; and so ni:? :':3 xb Job 7, 10. ns qo;; ikh
Gen. 8, 21.
2. repeatedhj, i. e. continuedly. contin-
ually, without interruption ; Gen. 46. 29
lir 1"'";ix|is b ^s;ai and wept upon his
neck continuedly . uninterruptedly. Ruth
1. 14. Pm. 84. 5 happy they who dwell in
thy house, r,^bVr!';i lis continually do they
praise thee. Hence
3. yet. yet more, further, longer, pr. of
continued time and action. Gen. 8, 10
and he waited t.'^iy^ riS"a lis yet seven
days longer. 29. 27. 30." 7, 4 lis B-^a^!?
TOipfor in yet seven days. Is. 5, 4. Ecc.
3, 16. With a negat. no more, no longer,
Gen. 17, 5. 32. 29. Is. 2, 4. 30, 20. Job
24, 20. al. Also yet the more, of an ac-
tion continued and increasing ; Gen. 37,
5 inx fir:: nis jieO'i and they hated him
yet the more. Prov. 9, 9. So too i. q.
more than this, besides, where to per-
sons or things already mentioned some-
thing further is added ; Gen. 43, 6 "lisn
nx Dab whether ye had yet a brother,
i. e. besides. Gen. 19, 12. Is. 1. 5.
4. Most freq. of a time or action con-
tinued either up to the present moment,
or to the occurrence of another act. yet,
ojt yet. still. Gen. 45, 3 'n '3X lisn doth
my father yet live? 31, 14. I's. 5, 25 his
hand is stretched out still. Ps. 78, 30
while their meat was yet in their mouths.
Is. 65. 24. Dan. 9. 20. 21 lo, it is yet high
day. So 1 wStt lis yet a little while and
this or that will be done. Is. 10. 25. 29,
17. E.x. 17, 4. Ps. 37, 10. Where the
subject is a personal pronoun, this is
appended to nis as a suffix (comp. also
C':, 'S), thus: "Snis as yet I, Josh. 14,
11. 1 Sam. 20, 14 ;''''iis see in no. 5. a ;
Ti-iiS yet thou Gen. 46, 30, f. r\^y 1 K. 1,
14; ^r-nis Gen. 18, 22; nnis 1 K. 1,
22 ; z'^^S Ex. 4, 18, once tn lis Is. 65,
24. etc. Like d;; and "f'*- Sf^ T'" also
includes the idea of the substantive verb,
and is then construed with a participle ;
e. g. Gen. 18. 22 "';;' '32^ *n;S sisnis he
stood yet before Jehovah ; of with a ver-
bal adj. as "^n fii"iis he is yet alive Gen,
43, 28. Sometimes lis c. suft'. is sub-
joined to a substantive, as Num. 1 1, 33
cn-'jd i-ia sin-'S -irsin while the flesh
7ias yet between their teeth. 1 Sam. 13, 7.
2 Chr. 34, 3 ; here the suffix (as else-
where H^n, xin) has the force of ihd
subst. verb. Once c. sufF. plur. Lam. 4,
17 Keri : Jirj-'S nrbzn sirnis as yet our
eyes languish, pr. by anacoluthon as yet
we languish, our eyes languish. But the
true reading is preserved in Chethibh
npnis, apparently a poetic form for
't^'^T'^ (as ia"'- poet, for cn''-). i. e. as
yet they languish, even our eyes, the suf-
fix being redundant, as above, but with
a finite verb instead of a participle.
5. With Prefixes: a) nisa pr. 'in
the being yet,' i. e. ) while, while yet,
opp. c";'^3. 2 Sam. 12, 22 Ti nbi^n *iiS3
while the child was yet alive. Job 29. 5-
Prov. 31. 15. Jer. 15, 9 CTsi'' lisa while
yet day. With noun sufT. Ps. 146, 2
''"lisa while I yet exist ; but with verbal
suflT. Gen. 25, 6 ''n isnisa while he yet
lived. Deut. 31, 27. Here in '"risa the
"lis is construed as a noun, pr. in viy con-
tinuance, existence, being ; but in ^JniSa
the lis is an adverb, and there is an el-
lipsis, pr. in the time while he yet lived^
>i being the nominative. /5) in yet,
within yet this or that space of time,
Gen. 40, 13 0"^^;^ r-th'q Tsa within yet
three days. Is. 7, 8. '21,' 16. Jer. 28, 3. 11.
Comp. a A. 5.
b) lis^ from as yet. e.r quo. i.e. ever
sinc-e. Gen. 48, 15 ''liStt ever since I
Tl>
757
"1?
am, ever since I exist. Num. 22, 30
nn ovn is I'^'i''? ever since Own wast,
.*pe/t iviUo this day.
niy Chald. yet, I q. Heb. no. 4, Dan.
4,28.
Tliy (for "Ti'STS setting up again,
erecting, r. "iw) Of^rf, pr. n. a) The
father of the prophet Azariah, 2 Chr.
15, 1. 8. b) Another prophet, 2 Chr.
28,9.
* n^? 1. i. q. Arab. (5*^, to bend,
to curve ; also to make crooked, to dis-
tort. Itindr. with mx . See Niph. Pi. Hiph.
2. to act perversely^ to sin, (comp. ban
II. 3,) Dan. 9, 5 ; with V of pers. Esth.
1^ 16_ Arab. i$y- erravit, seductus est.
Niph. I. to be distorted, to writ/ie,
with pains and spasms, like a woman in
travail. Is. 21, 3 S'a^-q 'nrrs I writhe
80 that I cannot hear. Also to be bent,
botced down, depressed, with calamities,
Ps. 38, 7.
2. to be perverse ; part. Mis? perverse.
Prov. 12. 8 a^ n;iS3 perverse of heart.
1 Sam. 20, 30 piinnan ni?!-,3 the son of
perverse rebelliousness, i. e. of a perverse
and obstinate mother; comp. Job 30, 8.
PiEL njS to subvert, to overturn, to turn
upside down, i. e. to destroy ; Is. 24, 1 njs
n-'iB and tumeth the face of it (the
earth) upside down. Lam. 3, 9 "'H'iaTi:
nw he tumeth up (breaks up) my ways.
Comp. T^BfJ .
Hiph. Misri to make crooked, to per-
vert, e. g. to pervert or wrest right, Job
33, 27 ; to pervert one's way or conduct,
i. e. to act perversely, Jer. 3. 21. Also
with 'n*^'^ impl. to act perversely 2 Sam.
7, 14. 24, 17. 1 K. 8, 47. Ps. 106, 6. Jer.
9J 4 ; c. ace. 2 Sam. 19, 20.
Deriv. nw, lis, B^sis, ''S, ''sa,
Chald. X'^'iS, also the pr. names 'W,
n;^, n^'is''"'?, n^s, 'li'S.
n^^ f. an overturning, overthrow, Ez.
21,32. R. nisPi.
n^y 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 37, 13, also
^? 2 K. 17, 24, (i. q. "J? overturning,
ruin, unless perhaps it is to be so read.)
Ivah or Avah, pr. n. of a city under
the Assyrian dominion, whence colo-
nists were brought to Samaria. Some
compare here a Phenician city Avatha,
64
see Rclandi Palmstina p. 232, 233; but
it must rather be sought in Mesopota-
mia. Gentile n. plur. o"'?? AvUea 2 K.
17. 31, see below under "")?.
"Jliy iniquity, see y\'S .
Tiy strength, see ts .
* T^J? or Tij? to flee for refuge to
any pers. or place ; Arab. jLft mid.
Waw id. c. v,> ; II, to cause to flee for
?^^ ' .s, ^^
refuge, i^yS., Juw, refuge. Either
kindr. with verbs oi hasting, lain, OSW;
or perh. denom. from subst. TSn refuge,
asylum, comp. Is. 30, 2.
Hiph. causat. pr. ' to cause to flee for
refuge ;' hence to save by flight, to place
in safety, spoken of one fleeing with his
effects, property, etc. Ex. 9, 19 "rs TSn
:]:p^. Ace. impl. id. Is. 10, 31. Jer. 4,
6.' 6, 1.
* '^^3? perh. i. q. Arab. ioLt mid.
Waw to sink in any thing, as ihe foot
in the sand ; II, to sink, to dig a well ;
IV, to plunge, to immerse ; hence usually
::S stylus. But the notion of digging^,,
graving, is not certain in this root ;. anil it
is better to refer i:S to the idea oS hard-
ness, stiffness, (as Germ. Slift from steif)
which belongs to the kindred syllable
Y^, see in f?^, yi?, ns^ ; so that it
would then be related to y? wood,
whether the root be ois i. q. yis, or
nas i. q. n:S as is more probable.
"'11?, plur. C^iiS, Avite, Avim, i. e.
1. Gentile n. from the name nw, XJS,,
2 K. 17, 31 ; see in njs .
2. Names of the aborigines of the coun-
try of the Philistines, Deut. 2, 23. Josh..
13, 3.
3. B'^wn (the ruins, or Avites'-town)'
a town of Benjamin, Josh. 18, 23.
S^'^y or iif"}? Chald. f perverseness,
sin, often in the Targums ; but in O. T.
only plur. ')*;!?, or in some copies (al-
ways in the Targums) l^W , Dan. 4, 24.
R. nis .
I. ^"^'il? ra. adj. (hyf) wicked, ungodly,'
Job 16, 11.
ILb'^T? m. (r. i>i?) a child, pr. a
suckling, i. q. biS, Job 21, 11, parall
ninb^ ; perh. 19, 18.
'TJ
ion
y\9
tr^l? (ruins, r. n^r") Avith, pr. n. of a
town in tiie territory of the Edomites,
Gen. 36, 35; also 1 Clir. 1, 46 where
Cheth, r^*s .
^2% in Kal not used, to turn away,
to distort, comp. h'jii . hzr\; hence to be
wrovg, perverse, wicked. Arab. JL&
mid. Waw quiesc. to turn aside sc.
from right, to be unjust.
PiEL fut. bW'i to do wrong, to act
wickedly, Ps.71,4. Is. 26, 10. Syr. Apli.
%>ai.f id.
Deriv. bjS. Vs, nb^S ("^"is, nib?),
and b^w I.'
'r< in- (" -!?) o. wrong-doer, one
wicked. Job 18, 21. 27, 7. 29, 17. al.
Syr. jJlI.
'3? m. (r. b^r) once in constr. b;ir Ez.
28, 18, c. Puff. i^'P_ , wrong, wickedness,
iniquity. Job 34. 10. Ps. 53, 2. Jer. 2, 5 ; so
in a judge Lev. 19, 15. Ps. 82, 2; in a
merchant Ez. 28, 18. blS niar to do evil
Ez. 3, 20. 18. 24. 26. 33! 13 ;'b':s b?3 id.
Job 34. 32. b^S ::"'n a wicked man, unjust,
Prov. 29, 27. Conor, for unjust gain Ps.
7, 4. Syr. IJal, Cliald. xbis, xb-^S, id.
'''' to give milk, to suckle, of ani-
mals, only part. fern. r."ib5 miQ milch-
ki7ie 1 Sam. 6, 7. 10. Gen' 33, 13. Also
without subst. part, riby the milk-giv-
ing, milch, poet, for the ewes, Ps. 78. 71.
Is. 40, 11. Kindr. by transp. is rsjb,
where see note. Arab. JLc mid. Ye,
gravida fuit et lactavit.
Deriv, ;>']? II, and
^'l^ m. a child, pr. a sucking-child,
suckling, Is. 49, 15. 65, 20. Arab. JoLc
boy, Syr. \iaL, Chald. bw, b-'S, id.
*^)'}^. f. (r. bis) once contr. nbiy jg.
61, 8 ; with He poet, demonstr. nnbis
Ps. 125, 3. Hos. 10, 3. contr. nrbs JobS^
16; once transp. ^^f? Hos. 19, 9; plur.
nibis Ps. 58, 3. 64, 7 ; i. q. bis , wrong,
wickedness, iniquity. Job 6, 29. 30. 11, 14.
Prov. 22. 8. Is. 59, 3. al. nbis ncs to do
wrong, to act wickedly. Zoph. 3, 5. 13;
f^^;5 12^ Job 13, 7. 24, 7. nbiS",a the
son of wickedness, a wicked man, Ps. 89,
23 ; nbiS'-'ra the wicked 2 Sam. 3, 34.
7, 10. Abstr. for concr. wickedness for
the wicl-pd Job b, 16. 24, 20. Ps. 107,42.
Sept. u8iy.lu, avofila.
>*^'^'S> evil, see in nb" ; also a bumt-
offering, see nbs .
'iT-^ m. (see note) plur. B^^bbiS and
cbbiS as from a form bb"S ; constr.
'bb'-S Lam. 2. 20 ; with light suff. TC^Y^
Ps.l37, 9. r^^bb-^ Lam. 1,5; with grave
sutT. cn"bb"is ; a boy, child, infant, e. g.
of tender age Is. 13, 16. Hos. 14, 1. 2 K.
8, 12. Nah. 3, 10. P.s. 137. 9; carried in
the arms. Lam. 2. 20; playing in the
streets Jer. 6, 11. 9. 20 ; asking lor bread
Lam. 4, 4; carried away captive Lam.
1, 5 ; once of the unborn foetus Job 3, 16.
Sometimes coupled with p;ii suckling
Ps. 8, 3. Joel 2, 16. Jer. 47, 7. Lam. 2,
11 ; from which however it is expressly
distinguished 1 Sam. 22. 19. 15, 3 bbi^Jia
p3i-' nsi . The same is bb-r^ Is. 3, 12.
Plur. c. suff. their children Ps. 17. 14.
Note. The form comes from Poel or
Polel bb'S ; prob. from r. bbs to vex,
and so referring to the petidance ol" chil-
dren ; or it may come from r. b'S to
suckle, though the sense would here be
passive, while the (brm is active. See
in bbs I. 2, and Po. no. 3. Thesaur. p.
1033, 1034.
nibb"iy and nibbi?f.plur.(r.bb?I)
constr. nibbs, gleanings, Mic. 7, 1. Is.
24. 13. Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5. Twice cou-
pled with a preceding masc. sing. Judg.
8, 2. Is. 17, 6 ; see Heb. Gram. 144.
Dbi2> m. rarely 052? Gen. 3, 22. 6, 3.
al. plur. c-iabis . R. cbs I.
A) Pr. ' hidden,' spec, hidden time, i. e.
obscure and long, of which the begin-
ning or end is uncertain or fndefinite,
duration, everlasting, eternity, spoken :
1. Of time long past, gray antiquity,
of old, everlasting, as in the folloAving
phrases and examples : obiS 'a'j Am.
9. 11. Mic. 7, 14. Is, 63, 9, and cbis ri^s-j
Deut. 32, 7, the days of old, ancient times.
^V'^^ of old, from ancient times. Gen. 6,
4.' 1 Sam. 27, 8. Is. 63, 16. Jer. 2. 20. 5,
15. Ps. 25, 6; and so of time before the
world, from everlasting, Prov. 8, 23 ;
with a negative, not from any time,
never, la. 63. 19. 64, 3 ; elsewhere of a
long tinie, long, Is. 42, 14 referring to
the time of the exile. 46, 9. 57, 11;
lati
759
STf
bVS5 ^138 an anciefit landmark, set up
by the 'fort'liitliers, Prov. 22, 28. 23,
10 ; cbiS 'nnp ancienl gates, Ps. 24, 7.
obis "^na //le Jeat/ <>f old, tlioBO long
dead, p"b."i43, 3. Lam. 3, 6 ; cb'S =s Me
peoplf. of old time, long dead. Rz. 26, 20.
Since to men of ancient times were
attributed sincere piety and uncorrupted
morals, hence cbis T^n-i Ps. 139. 24, nnx
ab-is Job 22, 1.5. obis nna^ns Jer. 6, 16,
obis 'b-'nuS Jer. 18, 15, are all put for the
true piety of the fathers of old ; comp.
cobis pna; tlie righteousness of old, tbr-
mer righteousness, Dan. 9, 24. That
not always the remotest antiquity is
implied, is manifest from the phrase
ebis ni3"in Is. 58, 12. 61, 4, spoken in
[prophetic] allusion to the ruins of Je-
rusalem at the close of the Babylonian
exile. Jer. 25, 9 and 49. 13 do not belong
here, 's there referring to time future.
2. Often also o( future time, ever, for
ever, evermore, in such a way that the
terminus ad. quern is to be determined
from the nature of the subject. Thus
where human things are spoken of:
a) Spec, in the affairs of single per-
sons, obis is sometimes put for the whole
period of life, all the days of one^s life,
as obis nns a servant for ever. i. e. not
to be set free in all his life, Deut. 15. 17.
Ex. 21, 6. 1 Sam. 27, 12 ; poet, of an
animal Job 40, 28 [41, 4]. ob-iyns for
ever i. e. so long as he lives, 1 Sam. 1,
22. 20, 15. 2 Sam. 3. 28. cbis -"nba ever
secure, ever prosperous, so long as they
live. Ps. 73, 12. 30, 13 Jehovah, my God.,
^1"iS obisb for ever will I praise thee,
i.e. while I live. 5, 12. 31. 2. 37, 27. 28.
49. 9. 52, 11. 71. 1. 86, 12. Sometimes
put for very long life ; Ps. 21, 5 he (the
king) asked life of thee, thou gavest him
151 cbi5 CTS;; r^.N length of days for
ever and ever, i. e. a long. long life. A
still narrower application of cb""2J is im-
plied in Is. 35, 10 orsi-bs cb-is rr;i:b
perpetual joy shall be upon tlndr heads.
i. e. a joy ever conspicuous in their coun-
tenances, they shall be erer cheerful and
rejoicing (comp. Ps. 126. 2). Is. 51. 11.
61, 7. In Is. 32. 14 the limit of this long
time is specified : hill and watch-tower
shall become caverns rb^S'ns evermore
.... 15 n-is;;-n5 until the Spirit shall be
poured out, etc.
b) As pertaining to a whole race, dy-
nasty, or peoj)le, and including the whole
time of their existence until their de-
struction. 1 Sam. 2, 30 thy family shall
serve me db'^v'fvfor ever, i. e. so long as
it endures.' 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 16, 1 Chr.
17, 12. 22, 10. Ps. 18, 51 he will show
mercy to David and to his seed ob"i5"n5.
So the covenant of God with the Israel-
ites is called cbis n''-ia Gen. 17, 7. Lev.
24, 8 ; the laws given to them are
cbi Pjin , =bi5 pn , Ex. 12, 14. 17. 27,
21'. 28, 43. 30', 21. Lev. 3, 17. 6, 11 ; the
possession of the Holy Land is obis P?nx
Gen. 17, 8. 48, 4.
c) Nearer to the metaphysical notion
of eternity, or at least to an eternity
without end. approach those examples
in which cbis is attributed to the earth
and to the universe. Ecc. 1, 4 but the
earth standeth or ahidelh uh'Shfor ever.
Ps. 104. 5 it (the earth) shall not be moved
for ever. 78, 69. 's mssa everlasting
hills, created of old, and to endure for
ever, Gen. 49. 26. Deut. 33, 15 ; 's riaa
everlasting heights Ez. 36, 2. So too
of human things which refer to a period
after death, e. g. cbia rjo everlasting
s/ee/). for death Jer. 51. 39. 57 ; "i^sbw n'^a
his everlasting house, long home, i. e. the
grave Ecc. 12, 5 ; cb'^S "I'n everlasting
life atler the resurrection Dan. 12, 2.
d) The true and full idea of eternity
is expressed by cbi3 in those passages
where it is spoken of the nature and ex-
istence of God, who is called cbis bx the
eternal God, everlasting God, Gen. 21,
33. Is. 40, 28 ; obizJn -^n the ever living
Dan. 12, 7. (Comp^ nb-s-b n^n to live
for ever, to be imn)ortal like God. Gen.
3. 22. Job 7, 1 6.) To him are attributed
ob"S risiT everlasting arms Deut. 33,
27 ; and of him it i.^ said Ps. 90, 2 cb-iST?
bs nrsx zh'S 1S1 from everlasting to
everlasting thmi a.rt God. 103.17; comp.
Ps. 9. 8. 10, 16. 29, 10. 93,2.
e) Of a peculiar kind are those pas-
sages, where the Hebrews by hyperbole
ascribe efermVyin the metaphysical sense
to human things, chiefly in the expres-
sion of good wishes; Here belongs the
customary form of salutation towards
kings : sbisb "brn -;nx -n-^ let my lord
the king live for ever. 1 K. 1, 31. Neh.
2, 3. Comp. Dan. 2. 4. 3, 9. Judith 12.
760
8fl^
4. iElian. V. H. 1. 32. So in poetical
invocations of good upon kings and royal
lines, e. g. Ps. 61, 8 for ever may he sit
upon his throne before God ; comp. v. 7
let his years be "iHl -h ic3 as many ge-
nerations. 45. 7 thy throne of God [pr.
O God^ 151 cb'Sb is for ever and ever ;
see in 0^^5S note, p. 55. Ps. 89, 37 his
;( David's) seed shall endure for ei:er.
How much this last expression implies
is apparent from the words which imme-
diately follow it: his throne (shall stand)
as the sun before me. 38 like the moon
shall it be established for ever ; and from
Ps. 72. 5 they shall fear thee, (O king.)
so long as the sun and moon endure,
throughoid all generations ; ib. v. 17 his
name shall endure cb'Sbybr ever, so long
as the sun shall his namefourish. That
is, by this figure of hyperbole there is
invoked for the king and his royal pos-
terity, a dominion not less enduring
than the universe itself Also Ps. 48. 9
God will establish it (Jerusalem) for
ever. Jer. 7, 7 the land which I gave to
your fathers cbis nsi Dbi5 )fzh. 25, 5.
Plur. D"'72b'!S' , q. d. ages, everlasting
ages, like Gr. aloivtg, i. e. a) ages of
antiquity, ancient ages, Is. 51, 9. Dan.
9, 24. Ecc. 1, 10. h) future ages, the
remotest future, Ps. 61, 5. 77, 6. 145, 13.
Is. 26, 4. 45, 17.
B) the world, mundus. from the Chald.
and Rabb. usage (Buxtorfcol. 1620), like
Gr. to<' ; hence love of worldly things,
worldly-miridedness, i. q. more fully /-
ntj 70V xotT^uv 1 John 2, 15, mcav loij
.XOCT//OV ToiTou Eph. 2, 2, and Arab.
Lu4> the world, worldly things and the
love of them, as destructive to the know-
ledge of divine things. So Ecc. 3, 11
God hath made every thing beautiful in
its lime, ''baa csba ',rz cbrn-px ea
'un cnxn Ksri Kb -irx' al'ihough Ae
(God) hath set the love of worldly things
in their heart, so that man underslandeth
not the works of God ; i. e. CJ for "'S oa,
see ca no. 4. For the sense comp. Ecc.
8, 17. Another form is cib'^s .
p" obBoI. Tooi, to rest, to dwell;
kindr. jis. Arab, ^f to live quietly,
comfortably; ^j.f quiet, comfort
Hence njis , I'fifra , njiso . pr. n. a'SifiJ&i
yyy for '{ys , see the root "p2> .
ji:? ra.^(r. nis) twice "jil^ 2 K. 7, 9.
Ps. 51, 7 / constr. "(is, "jilS 1 Chr. 21, 8 ;
plur. absol. and constr. ni:is, c. suff.
^^''i'^1, '1"'?^?! oflener "^niis, rfpsir, etc.
pr. wrong, perverseness ; hence concr.
wrong action, iniquity, sin, crime, Gen.
4, 13. 44, 16. Ex. 20, 5. 28, 33. al. sa;p.
Hos. 10, 10 see in ',i? no. 1, note. Sept.
ctfiugrlu, ufiu()Tr,^a, udixia. Often cou-
pled with synon. nxDH Ex. 34, 9. Deut.
19, 15. Jer. 16, 10. al. With genit. of
him who commits the sin, as niax "jiy
Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7 ; or of the place where one
sins, as niSB 's Josh. 22, 17, C^p-o '
Num. 18, 1 ; or also of the punishment
to be inflicted for the sin, as 2-in m'sis
iniquities for the sword, to be punished
by it Job 19, 29, and yp_ lis iniquity of
the end, which brings destruction, Ez.
21, 30 ; comp. C'^b-'bD ",^3 a crime for the
judges, to be punished by them. Job 31^
1 1. To express the pardon or expiation
of sins the verbs used are nba, T^asn,
^?3, i^^"? no. 2. b; for its punishment,
"ipS ; forthesuflferingof its punishment,
Xb3 no. 4. d. By synecd. a) wrongs
iniquity, gitilt, contracted by sinning, as
''1'^^^ "i^i ihe iniquity of the Amontes
Gen. 15. 16 ; 'PS-ufn -jis the iniquity of
my sin Ps. 32. 5. So 3 "jis t,'^_ there is
iniquity in any one, he is guilty, 1 Sam.
20, 8. 25. 24. 2 Sam. 14, 32 : vvith b? 2
Sam. 14. 9 ; b Job 33, 9 ; also 1 Sam.
28,10. 2 K. 7, 9. h) tmrighfeaus gain ;
Hos. 12. 9 [8] in all my gains they shall
fnd no wNC:n -iirx "jtS wrong that is situ
c) the prmishment of sin Is. 5, IS; hence
calamity, misery, Ps. 31, 11.
^pi^ f. (r. '(ts) a liHng together, co-
habitation in the conjugal sense. Ex. 21,
10. Talmud, id. Feir riyy Hos. 10,
10 Keri. see in "j";? no. 1, note.
^'^?'!'? m. plur. perversities, i. e. per-
verseness, Is. 19. 14 ; for C^^.r^S , from the
root fi"S . Vulg. vertigo, not unaj)tly.
^/13? fut. CliS^, with Vav con v. w;r^5.
1. to cover, spec, with the wings, fea-
thers, i. q. ti53 ; from which porlmps
this root hae been formed by softening
the letters, comp. p:s , pis ; yhn . c:
t{\s
761
nv
y<ix, and many others; see the roots
". "J^in, etc. Is. 31. 5 nits cibm ru
bird.t cover (their young with their
wings) gtOi-c^ bs 's ;; *,r 'iS jo w/7/
Jehovah of hosts protect Jeruaalem.
Hence Clis, pr. i. q, Clja wing, then col-
lect, birdti, fowl ; and hence again the
verb as denominative '.
2. tofiy, pr. of birds Job 5, 7. Prov. 23,
5. 26, 9. Deut 4, 17 ; also of locusts Nah.
3, 16. So of the Seraphim Is. 6. 6 ; of
Grod as sitting upon his throne and borne
by Cherubim Ps. 18, 11 ; of a flying roll
Zech. 5, 1. 2. Trop. of an army flying
(ru.lung) to battle Hah. 1, 8. Is. 11, 14
(c. a); of a fleet Is. 60. 8; an arrow
Ps. 91, 5. So to Jly away, to vanish, as
sleep Job 20. 8 ; human life Ps. 90, 10,
Oncetransit.likeHiph.Prov.23,5Cheth.
Arab. oLt mid. Waw and Ye, to
hover in the air as a bird, c. j^^c;
lULf^ flight.
3. to cover over, to wrap, Syr. wal^ in-
volvit, for litWw Heb. 1. 12. Hence in-
trans. to be covered (wrapped) in dark-
ness ; Job 11, 17 n;;nn n;523 nsrri now
covered with darkness (calamity), soon
thou shall be as the morning. Better
perhaps with 3 Mss. to read MBIsn ,
darkness shall become as the morning.
Also
4. to he overcome with darkness, to
faint, to faint away; so fut. CIS"! 1 Sam.
14, 28. Judg. 4, 21 ; this form being
chosen to distinguish it from ri5*1 to fly.
See TjiiS , t]\y , and Arab. uf^
Syr. ^a:^ to become weak, Ethp. to faint
away. Kindred are ~|^5 and 5)5^ to be-
come weak, weary.
PiL. ^B-:? 1. i. q. Kal no 2, to fy,
to fly abotd, Gen. 1, 20. Is. 6, 2. Part!
ti^iy^ flying. Is. 14, 29. 30, 6.
2. to brandish, q. d. to make fly about,
e. g. a sword Ez. 32, 10.
HiPH, to muke fly away Prov. 23, 5
Keri.
HiTHPAL. to fly away, to vanish, Hos.
9, 11.
Deriv. from no. 1, 2, Cji'S , C"iSSBS ;
from no. 3, ns"^!? , qwia , 7\SVG , ns^sn ".
^'S m. (r. C]W) pr. wing; collect.
birds, fowl, i. e. the winged tribes;
64*
sometimes with plur. Jer. 4, 25. Ez. 31,
6. 13; oflener with sing, verb Gen. 1,
21. 30. Lev. 17, 13. Ps. 50, 11. al. sjep.
Of birds of prey, 2 Sam. 21, 10. Syr.
(jsolk bird, but not frequent. Eih. C-4t
id.
?li? Chald. birds, fowl, i. q. Heb.
Dan. 2, 38, 7, 6,
^Bi3^ Jer. 40, 8 Cheth. see in ""S"? .
! y ^^ to consult, to take counsel,
i. q. ^y^ where see ; only in imp. ^I's
Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10. Hence yw^
pr. n.
* 1 1. yiS? pcrh. i. q. isLc , (joLft , to
impress itself to sink, e. g. the foot in the
9^ .'
sand, comp. r. air; whence sJojX light
sandy soil and fertile. Hence
T"^ Uz, Ausitis, fully y^9 j'nx the
land of Uz Job 1. 1. Lam. 4, 21 ; y^^Vi
Y''>^ Jer. 25, 20; Sept. Av<tg, Avalini,
pr. n. of a region and tribe in the north-
eastern part of Arabia Deserta, between
Idumea, Palestine, and the Euph'-ates,
adjacent to Babylon and the Euphrates ;
called by Ptolemy (V. 19) aIvitui, un-
less the reading Avinna is to be restored.
For the origin of this tribe, see Gen. 10,
23. 36, 28; comp. 22. 21. See the dis-
cussions respecting the situation of the
land of Uz in Bochart Phaleg II. 8.
J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. II. 26. Rosenm.
Schol. in Job. Prolegom. 5. See also
Thesaur. p. 1003.
* P^5' in Kal not used, Syr. and Chald.
to be pressed, to be straitened, i. q. Heb.
pis.
Hi PH. to press, c. rnn pr. to press
down, xKTuSU.Sw. Am. 2. 13 lo, I will
press you down (as'^nnn P"^^), as a
cart full of sheaves presseth down sc.
what is under it, i. e. I will press you
down and crush you as a wain loaded
with sheaves.
Deriv. T\T>:S , PipSI^ .
'J? whence Piel i*5 to blind, see in
-1!I5 III.
1^^ adj. (r. "iW III) plur. Ci-ilS and
ni-iiS Is. 42, 7 ; blind, Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19,
14. al. Metaph. of blindness of mind,
the darkness of ignorance, Is. 29. 18.
42, IS. 19. 43. 8.
"ii:?
762
'\i:f
* I. "1^? fut. -iw^ . imper. parug. rriW .
1. to wake, to Ik awake ; Chald. Pal.
and Aph. "Tii?, isx . to awake, to arouse,
*iSnj{ to be oroused, awake ; Syr. i-*^
to awake, to arouse ; Aph. to excite.
Comp. iyiifjM, Sanscr. gri. Perh. kindr.
with r. -i-'S. Cant. 5. 2. Mai. 2, 12
n:5^ -iS Me waking and the answering,
i. e. every one living, a proverbial ex-
pression (like 3Sitsi -nia) drawn perhaps
from the Levites keeping watch in the
temple Ps. 134, of whom one remains
awake and calls, and the other answers.
In the same sense the Arabs say: no
caller and no answerer, i. e. none alive,
Vit. Tim. I. p. 108. ed. Mang. Jerome:
magister et disciptdiis, and so the Engl.
Vers. ' the master and the scholar.'
2. to awake from sleep, intrans. only
in imper. nnw . Ps. 44, 24 n52b r\y:!
13 Hx 'P,""^ awake ! why steepest thou, O
Lord 7 Ps. 57, 9. 59, 5. 108, 3 ; c. bx
Ps. 7, 7. Fem. ''-iW Judg. 5, 12. Cant.
4, 16. Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. Hab. 2, 19.
3. Causat. to awaken one out of sleep,
i. q. Hiph. So fut. IW;; Job 41, 2 Keri.
NiPH. 1133 5 fut. "liST . pass of Piel and
:Hiph.
1. to be awaked, to be roused from
:sleep, Job 14, 12. Zech. 4, 1.
2. Trop. to be raised up, to arise, e. g.
:a wind Jer. 25. 32 ; a people Jer. 6, 22.
.Joel 4, 12 [3, 17] ; Jehovah Zech. 2, 17
l{13]. For Hab. 3, 9. see in r. n^S II.
PiL. iiis , comp. Gr. o^w, opr//i, praet.
OQCIQa.
1. to awaken, to rmise out of sleep, trans.
'Cant. 2. 7. 3, 5. 8, 4 ; to excite or call
forth serpents from their lurking-places
Job 3, 8. Trop. to excite, to stir up quar-
rels, strife, Prov. 10, 12 ; love Cant. 8, 5 ;
commotion Is. 14, 9; c. to against any
one Zech. 9, 13; to rouse up one's
: strength, Ps. 80, 3.
2. to raise up, to lift vp and brandish
:a spear 2 Sam. 23.18. 1 Chr. 11. 11.20;
a scourge Is. 10, 26. But Is. 23, 13 see
mnder r. "i*;!? Pil.
Pri p. 1515 , to raisfe up, to lift vp a cry ;
hence Is. I's, 5 l-isr-i nair rjr^t they
$hall lift up a cry of destruction ; here
>in3yi (in many Msa. insiS"') ib for
Unj-ij*^ , the syll. "i being softened into
;y.; comp. Ewaid Krit. Gr. p. 479. Mo-
numm. Phoen. p. 431, 432. Or pern, it
ehould read "i~5"i2''^, whence in"i3'i might
easily arise, and then defect, 'ii^^i"'^ .
See also in "i";5 .
Hiph. i"'Sn , fut. fS^ , inf "T^sn . with
pref ^"^53 Ps. 73, 20, i.'q. Piel.
1. Causat. to awaken, to arouse any one
from sleep Zech. 4, 1. Cant. 2. 7. 3, 5.
8. 4. Ps. 57, 9 nntt) nn-'Sx / will awake
the dawn. 108, 3. 73, 20 n^a .
2. to rouse up, to excite, to stir up,
Job 41, 1 [10] 7ione so bold ^i^'^,'] "'S that
he will stir him up sc. leviathan, i. e. pro-
voke him. Deut. 32, 11 "isp n-'S'; liB53
as the eagle stirreth up her nest, pro-
vokes her young to fly, Vulg. ad volan-
dum. So to rouse up, to excite to any
thing, e. g. warriors to battle Joel 4. 9 ;
a victorious king (Cyrus) Is. 41, 2. 25.
45, 13 ; c. ^S against any one Is. 13, 17.
51, 1. Ez. 23, 22. So to rouse up, to ex-
cite the ear Is. 50, 4 ; the mind, spirit,
Jer. 51, 11. Hag. 1, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 26.
Ezra 1. 1.5; wrath Ps. 78, 38; ardour
Is. 42, 13 ; valour Dan. 11, 25.
3. Intrans. to rouse oneself, to wake,
i. q. Y"'pr. , with which it is coupled Ps.
35, 3. (73 20) ; c. ^S for any one Job
8, 6.
HiTHPAL. 1. to rouse oneself, to arise,
Is. 51, 17. 64, 6 ; c. ^S against any one
Job 17, 8.
2. to rejoice, to exult, vulg. Engl, to be
wide awake. Job 31, 29.
Deriv. - , i"^S city, Chald. "I'S watch-
er, pr. n. IS , 'n? , *0? , stys , iin-^s , c-n-^s ,
*II.'1^y i. q. nns and -i"]S to be
naked, to be made naked. Arab. LC)
G
'i\m^ nakedness, verenda. Hence lira
q. v.
NiPH. Hab. 3, 9 ^'n'O'^ n"irn n^-i with
nakedness was thy bow made naked, i. e.
wholly drawn forth from its sheath;
comp. Is. 22, 6.
PiL. Ills, see r. "IIS.
Deriv. lis , lisa .
* 111.1^3? i. q. nnn, to dig, to ex-
cavate. Hence fT^sa cavern; Arab.
8, r Sn
\LC) HyJuo, id.
Piel ifis (as IIS Pi. 1*^) to blind, to
make blind, pr. 'to dig out' the eye,
m?
763
V
comp. -ip5 . 2 K. 25, 7. Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11.
Metnph. to Mind a judge with presents,
Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 16, 19. Amm. 15?,
ilL, id. Eth. tF^C to be blind; Arab.
"^Lft and aX to be blind of one eye.
Deriv. "Vis , pnjs , nnj? ; Chald. 1W
chaff.
nV Chald. chaff, Dan. 2, 35. Syr.
fioSk id. Arab. s\y. , /-?>-&> bit of
chaff or the like wliich flics into the eye
and hurts or blinds it. R. 11S no III.
"i'iy m. (r. "iW II ) c. Buff. 'lis , plur.
1. the skin of a man. so called perhaps
from nudity; E.x.34, 29. Lev. 13,2. Job
7, 5. al. sa^p. 'SUS "I'isa with the skin of
my teeth Job 19. 20, i. e. with nothing letl,
with the loss of all ; others understand
the skin of the gums; see in r. a^^
Hithp. where another view is given.
Poet, for the body, Job 19, 26 see under
tljrj Pi. no. 2. Job 18, 13 the parts of
his skin, i. e. the members of his body.
2, 4 Tis 122 "lis skin for skin, i. e. like
for like; [what he holds dear as life
(his wealth) will he give for his life. R.
2. skin, hide, of animals Job 40, 31 [41,
7] ; chiefly as taken off Lev. 4, 11. 7, 8.
Gen. 3, 21. 27, 6; also as prepared and
wrought, leather, Lev. 11, 32. 13, 48 sq.
Num. 31, 20. ttJnn lis seal-skin Num.
4, 8. 11, 12. Plur. ninis Ex. 26, 14.
39, 34.
n^y see on p. 761.
yy^y see yyf.
p"!; y m. blindness Deut. 28, 28. Zech.
12, 4. R. -ins III.
D'^'n:? (read o-^nis) Is. 30, 6 Cheth.
for n"i-}';P asses; see in "i"^? .
nn;;,? n blindness, Lev. 22, 22. Syr.
fzojloi. R. -iin.
* u3^j? a;T. Ifyofi. Joel 4, 11, where
Sept. Targ. Syr. render ' to assemble, to
come together.^ Better, to hasten, to make
haste, like the kindred roots wn, rw,
perh. yi*^ ^^^ to hasten ; IV, to urge
on in haste.
Deriv. Ois, 57?, pr. n. vi^y], tiS'i''.
* '^y^ in Kal not used, /o 6c curved,
crooked, bent, kindr. with r35, ass.
PiEL P!)3 , fut. P531 , to bend, to make
crooked, Ecc. 7, 13. Metaph. to pervert,
to wrest, e. g. justice Job 8. 3. 34, 12 ;
comp. Am. 8, 5. Also with ace. of pens.
to subvert, i. e. to wrest or pervert the
cause of any one. Lam. 3. 36. Job 19, 6.
Ps. 1 19, 78. 'b r\y\_ rw to subvert the way
of any one, i. e. to thrust him down to
destruction, Ps. 146, 9. Chald. id. Syr.
V.*.^a2k deceit, fraud.
PuAL part, njisia crooked Ecc. 1, 15.
Hithp. to bend oneself, to bow doxDn,
Ecc. 12, 3.
Deriv. nnjs,
riV Itji, Xf/oft. a root of the same
origin and signification with ttJW, pr. to
hasten, to hasten up sc. for help, Engl.
' to run up ;' hence to succour, to help.
Arab. c^Lc. pr. to run ; IV, to succour,
to help. Construed with two ace. (like
b2^3 Gen. 47, 12. IK. 18, 4. 13 ;) Is. 50,
4 "is^ ~"^"rx n^yb to help the weary
with a word, i. e. to speak comfort to
him, raise him up. Aqu. vnoati]^iaai,
Vulg. sustentare. Hence
''ri'13^ (for n:;rw, n^nw, whom Jeho-
vah succours) Uthnd, pr. n. a) 1 Chr.
9, 4. b) Ezra 8, 14.
nn^y f. (verbal Pi. r. n-5) a bending
or bowing down of any one, i. e. oppres-
sion, Lam. 3, 59 ; comp. the verb v. 36.
T? adj. (r. Tt5)f nw, plur. m. n-'W,
constr. ^?S.
1. strong, vehement, fierce, e. g. a lion
Judg. 14, 18 comp. 14 ; an enemy Ps.
18, 18 ; a wind Ex. 14, 21 ; waves Is. 43,
16. Neh. 9, 11 ; anger Gen. 49. 7. Prov.
21, 14 ; hunger Is. 56, 11 iSe: "jt strong
of appetite, greedy. Metaph. of love
Cant. 8. 6. Also mighty, powerful, Ps.
59, 4. Am. 5, 9 ; so a people Num. 13,
28. Is. 25, 3 ; a king Is. 19, 4. Neut.
strength Gen. 49, 3.
2. strong, i. e. fortified, guarded, Num.
21,24.
3. harsh, hard, stem; plur. f ni??
harsh words Prov. 18, 23. C^s T~ hurd
of face, i. e. impudent, sharaeleas, Deut.
28, 50. Dan. 8, 23.
TP
764
^1$
^? f- (r. ^15) plur. a^W 1. a she-goat,
Syr. ]}i., Arab. Ux, Phenic. ^a Steph.
Byzant. The Indo-European tongues
have the same word, as Sanscr. aga he-
goat, agd she-goat, Goth, gaitsa. Anglo-
Sax. gAt, Engl, goat, Germ. Geis and
with a harder form Gems the chamois,
Gr. t'|, ulyog, comp. Grimm. Deutsche
Gr. III. 328. The Hebrew furnishes a
good etymology in r. TT3 ; comp. ^^N ,
b^S .Gen. 15, 9. 30, 35. 31, 38. 32, 15.
Num. 15, 27. etc. [But in the great
majority of instances the word is gene-
ral, a goat, goals, as Lev. 1, 10. 17, 3.
Num. 18. 17. Ex. 12, 5. etc. So n^ria
c-^7S a buck of the goats Lev. 4, 23. 28.
Num. 28, 15. 30; n^W ^y^.^^ id. 2 Chr.
29, 21 ; D-JS "^nSi a Arirf o/" the goafs Gen.
27. 9 ; c^73 nit) a g-oai i. e. the goat, an
individual for the species, Deut. 14, 4.
T.
2. Plur. ellipt. f'-fS goats' hair Ex. 26,
7. 36, 14. 1 Sam. 19, 13.
T? Chald. f i. q. Heb. no. l,ashe-goat,
Ezra 6, 17.
Ti? m. (r. TU") rarely TiS' Prov. 24, 5.
31,17.25; c. Makk. "tS, c. suff. ''^r,
r,-:s, 1>S, rarely "'IS Ex'. 15, 2, T;Tr Ex.
15,' 13, once ^5^5 Ps'. 81. 2.
1. strength, might, power, of God Job
12, 16. 26. 2. al. of men Ps. 29, 11. Prov.
24, 5. 31, 17 ; of animals Job 41, 14. Also
vehemence, violence, as of rain Job 37, 6 ;
thunder Ps. 68, 34; anger Ps. 90, 11.
Ty-b=3 iHlh all one's might 2 Sam. 6, 14.
Concr. the strong ones, heroes, Judg. 5,
21; comp. Is. 43, 17.
2. strength, firmness, sc. by fortifi-
cation. tS '"^att a strong tower, fortified.
Judg. 9, 51. Ps. 61, 4 ; \S -.'S Is. 26. 1 ;
XS P^-ip Prov. 18, 19. Ps. 30, 8 thou hast
confirmed strength unto my mountain,
hast made me secure. Hence trop. de-
fence, refuge, j/rotection, Ps. 28, 8 f^)^"^
ycb is Jehovah is their defence. 46, 2.
62,' 8. 84, 6. 140, 8. Is. 49, 5. Jer. 16, 19.
Ez. 26, 11. In a bad sense, B"':o TS
gtrength (hardneee) of countenance, i. e.
boldnees, impudence, Ecc. 8, 1. njS '("iKB
her pride of strength, her shameless
pride, E/. 30. 6. 18. 33, 28. Concr. Ez.
24, 21 c:w visa your strong jrride, that
in which you proudly trust.
3. splendour, majesty, glory, as the
usual concomitants of might and power,
i. q. 1133 with which it is often coupled,
Hab. 3, 4. Ps. 96, 6 n-jNfini ti? .splendour
and majesty. Is. 51, 9. 52, 1. Prov. 31,25.
Ps. 132, 8 r,TS "(iijt the ark (seat) of thy
majesty, i. e. the ark of the covenant (i.q.
ni.-Tj 1133 "li-iiS!) 2 Chr. 6, 41 ; for which
poet. Ti" alone Ps. 78, 61 ; comp. 1 Sam.
4, 21. 22. Arab. Lt glory.
4. glory, praise, laud, Ps. 8, 3. 29, 1.
68, 35. 99, 4. Ex. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 30, 21
;r,-n^3 instruments of praise i. e. used in
praising God.
^J*? (strength) Uzza, pr. n. m. a)
2 Sam. 6, 3, for which v. 6. 7 n-tS Uzzah.
b) 1 Chr. 8, 7. c) Ezra 2, 49. N'eh. 7, 51.
'li^J? Azazel, a word found only in
the law respecting the day of atonement
Lev. 16, 8. 10. 26, and vexed with the
numerous conjectures of interpreters.
Most prob. the averter, expiator, Aver-
runciis, 'AkflUaxog, Sept. 'Anonofntvaoc,
i. e. hli^rs for ^jMr, from the root bTS,
(JwC , to remove, to separate ; comp.
Lehrg. p. 869. By this name is prob. to
be understood originally some idol that
was appeased with sacrifices, as Saturn
and Mars, see "^^ ; but afterwards, as
the names of idols were often transferred
to demons (Spencer de Legg. HebrtBO-
rum ritual ibus III. Diss. VIII. p. 1039-
1085), it seems to denote an evil demon
dwelling in the desert and to be placat-
ed with victims, in accordance with this
very ancient and also gentile rite. The
name Azazel Jovtyt is also used by
the Arabs for an evil demon, see Reland.
de Rel. Muhammed. p. 189. Meninski
h. V. The etymology above proposed
was expressed of old by the LXX. al-
though neglected or misunderstood by
most interpreters. Thus tJiey render
btxi^b in v. 8 T(ji 'AuoTioftTKttoj i. e. 'Ano-
T(Jonalo), 'Ahiixt'iito}, Averriinco ; v. 10
fli irjV ajionofiTirjV, ad averruncandum ;
V. 26 ft? uifioiv- Comp. for the use of
the Greek word ^Anonofjnuloi:, what is
said by Bochart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 651.
Suicer Thes. Ercl. I. p. 468. The ec-
clesiastical fathers have referred this
'AnojiofiTtutot to the goat itself, q. d.
nT7
765
ai9
acape-goat, although obviously in v. 8
the untitheais lieH botween bTXjsb and
nirfb. So too the Vulg. caper einissa-
rf, Symm. unf{i/ofifvOf; Aquil. anolt-
Xvfiiio^, as if tlie name were compounded
of ^5 goat and bix to depart. Bochart
himself (I. c.) understands the place
whither the goat was to be sent away,
and supposes ^txts Jovfyt to be ajflu-
rail's fractus from r. Jyfr pr. separa-
tions, and then desert places. But there
is no trace of the pliiralis fractus in
the Hebrew language, and the place
whither the goat was to be sent away
is specified by the words nnansn v. 10.
21. and nnia V'!!'?'^^ v. 22."See more
in Thesaur. p. 1012.
* -I^ fut. 2Tr^ I. Pr. to cut loose, to
loosen the bands or cords by which any
thing is bound or fastened ; and thus to
let loose, to release, to let go free, e. g.
a beast of burden, i.q.nriB. Arab. (_>yft
to let loose camels that they may wan-
der about, see Sypkens in Diss. Lugdd.
p. 930, 931. The primary idea seems
to be that of cutting loose ; so that 2TS
is kindr. with :ss, 3Sn. to cut. So in
the difficult passage. Ex. 23, 5 when thou
seest the ass of thine enemy lying down
under his burden, STS "ib STrp P^"]"!!
ias -ii?r) beware that thou leave him not,
but thou shall surely loosen (the bands
of the ass) with him. i. e. thou shall help
the owner to loosen the fastenings of
the load ; comp. Deut. 22, 4. There is
here a paronomasia in the double use
of the verb S]S, first in its more usual
sense to leave, to desert, and then in tlie
sense of loosening. See more in The-
saur. p. 1007. Spec.
a) Of a slave set free, whence the pro-
verbial expression aiTST nsiss the shut up
and the let go free, i. e. the bond and
the free, i. q. all, every one, Deut. 32. 36.
1 K. 14, 10. 21, 21. 2 K. 9, 8. 14, 26.
Comp. nsiri -^s Mai. 2, 12. see in r. nw
I. 1 ; also the similar Arabic phrases,
Thesaur. p. 1008.
b) to let go a thing, i. q. nb'r ; opp. to
keep, to hold last. Job 20. 1 3 he spares
it (the morsel in his mouth) and lets it
noi go. Metaph. Job 10. 1 / will let go
my complaint, no longer restrain it. 9. 27.
Ez. 20, 8. Pb. 37, 8 let go wrath, keep it
not, cease from it.
c) to let go a debt, to remit, Neh.
5, 10.
A) to let go, i. e. to leave off. t. ft.
whoredoms Ez. 23, 8 ; inf. c. b Hos. 4,
10. But 'b o13 i^on zrs to leare off
one^s kindness, to withdraw one's favour
from any one, Gen. 24, 27 ; njj iion ZVS
id. Ruth 2, 20.
.) to let go, to let be, i. e. to permit,
i. q. DB'nri ; opp. to keep back, to hinder ;
Ruth 2,' 16 n-j;sbl SB^TJI and suffer that
she glean, let her glean. With dat. Neh.
3, 34 [4, 2] nnb si=TS^ri will they (one)
suffer them sc. to build the walls ? i. e.
shall we permit them ? Clericus : will
the governors permit them?
2. to let go a person or thing, i. e. to
leave, to quit, e. g.
a) With ace. of pers. Gen. 2, 24. 44,
22. 1 Sam. 31, 7. Ruth 2, 11 ; with an
adjunct of place where, 2 Sam. 5, 21. 15,
16. 2 Chr. 28, 14. Also to leave, to let
remain, Judg. 2, 21. Often i. q. to fan-
sake, to desert, e. g. those who need
help Deut. 12, 19. 14, 27. Num. 10, 31.
Job 20, 19. al. Part pass. fem. n2Ty one
forsaken Is. 62. 4. So God is said to
forsake any one, i. e. to withdraw his
help from him, Gen. 28, 15. Josh. 1, 5.
Ps. 27, 9. 71, 9. 11 ; a people Ps. 9, 11.
22, 2. Is. 42, 16. 54, 7 ; a land Ez. 8. 12.
9, 9. Contra, men are said to forsake
God, to fell away from him. Deut. 31, 16.
Judg. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 12, 1. 10. Jer. 5, 19.
al. saep.
b) Of place, to leave, to forsake, Jer.
25, 38. Ez. 8, 12 ; a way, metaph. the
way of the wicked Is. 55, 7 : the right
way Prov. 2, 13. 15, 10. Also to forsake,
to abandon, to desert, houses or cities, so
that they lie deserted and fall into ruins;
comp. Arab. ^-J'yt to be deserted, deso-
late, as a land.' Ms. 17, 2 ^sH? ''"^s niits
the cities of ruins are deserted. Jer. 4,
29. Zeph. 2, 4. Hence Part. pass. fem.
n2!iTS deserted, a desolation, i. e. houses
deserted of the inhabitants, niins, rub-
bish; Is. 6, 12 "I'lxri zipz nsiTrn nani
a7id great be the desolation (ruins) in
the land. 17. 9 his strong cities .^hall
be w"~nn na'Trs as ruins in thf forests
and in the summits of Palestine, which
the Canaanites have Itft deserted before
nt:?
766
TW
Israel, i. e. as they fled before Israel in
the time of Joshua.
c) With ace. of thing, to leave, to for-
sake, as a bird her eggs Is. 10, 14. Josh.
8, 17 they lift the city open. With an
adjunct of place where Gen. 50, 8. 39,
15. 18 ; 'b -J^a Gen. 39, 12. 13. Prsegn.
Is. 10, 3 whither will you (carry away
and) leave your wealth? Metaph. to
forsake a law Is. 58, 2 ; a covenant
Dan. 11, 30; counsel 1 K. 12, 8; the
precepts of God Ps. 119, 87 ; wisdom
Prov. 4, 6 ; piety Job 6, 14 ; also sin
Prov. 28, 13.
d) 'e ^2^ 3!? to leave in the hand of
any one, to commit or entrust to any one
Gen. 39, 6 ; comp. in lett. c. Also to
leave at one's disposal, to give up to his
pleasure, 2 Chr. 12, 5. Ps. 37, 33. Neh.
10, 28 ; c.b id. Ps. 16, 10. Job 39, 14 ; bx
V. 11 ; hs Ps. 10, 14.
e) to leave to or for any one, with ace.
of thing and dat. of pers. Lev. 19, 10.
23,22. Soof onedyingPs. 49, 11 ; of
a destroyer leaving nothing behind him
Mai. 3, 19 [4, 1].
NiPH. to be left, to be forsaken, de-
terted. Neh. 13, 11 ; often of a land left
deserted of its inhabitants Lev. 26, 43
(c. ',). Is. 7, 16. Job 18, 4 ; of cities Is.
27, 10. 62, 12. Ez. 36, 4. With 3, to be
left, given over, to any one Is. 18, 6.
PuAL -TS i.q. Niph. to be left, forsaken,
a city Jer. 49, 25 ; poet, of the tumult of
a city Is. 32, 14.
Deriv. n^nts, and
jlS^y m. only in plur. C'S'Cp, prob. a
technical word signifying traffic, com-
merce ; from the root IXS to leave or let
go for a price, i. e. to sell. Hence
1. a fair, market, market-place. Ez.
27, 19 Dan and Jaran TC.i'^P.^ ^JIXO
Ijrj set out spun-work in (hy fairs, i. e.
brought it to thy fairs. In the similar
passages v. 12. 22. with the same gene-
ral sense we find 3 prefixed to tlie wares,
with silver, iron. etc. do they set out thy
fairs ; in v. 16 a is put twice, i. e. be-
fore both the wares and the place ; and
in V. 14 a is omitted before both. Per-
haps all these constructions were com-
mon among merchants, and therefore
adopted by the prophet.
2. gains, earnintrs, profits accruing
from traffic. Ez. 27, 27. 33. Comp. ino .
p'iST? (from tS and pia, strong de-
vastation) Azbuk, pr. n. ra. Neh. 3, 16.
'^I'T? (from IS and *IJ, strong in for-
tune) Azgad, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 12. 8, 12.
Neh. 7, 17. 10, 16.
* nj!? obsol. root, Arab. (<'<^ to con-
sole ; whence pr. n. ^X'^'tS^ , '^\'^1^. , ^1\'^.^.
TV\S (the strong, comp. Valentia) pr.
n. Azzah Deut. 2, 23, i. e. Gaza, Sept.
jrJ, one of the five cities of the Philis-
tines. Josh. 11, 22. Judg. 16, 1. 21. 1
Sam. 6, 17. Jer. 25, 20. Am. 1, 6. 7.
Zeph. 2, 4. al. It was a royal city
Zech. 9, 5, situated near the southern
border of Palestine Gen. 10, 19. 1 K. 4,
24 ; was subdued by the Hebrews in
the time of the Judges Judg. 1, 18, but
soon afterwards recovered by the Philis-
tines. It is often mentioned in Greek
writers ; Plutarch calls it the largest
city of Syria ; and Arrian says it is a
great city situated in a high and strong
position. The ancient name is still re-
tained, syfr Ghuzzeh. Its history is
copiously narrated by Reland, Palaesti-
na p. 788-800. See Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 372-383. Gentile n. "'rW
Gazite Judg. 16, 2.
njy Uzzah, see NW lett. a.
TiZ^.X^, f. (r. atS) 1. 1-uins, rubbish,
see the root no. 2. b.
2. Azubah, pr. n. i a) The mother
of Jeho-shaphat 1 K. 22. 42. b) The
wife of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19.
T'i'Ty m. (r. ITS) adj. strong, mighty,
of God Ps. 24, 8. Collect, the strong
ones, warriors. Is. 43, 17.
T^Ty m. (r. n5) strength, might, as of
war Is. 42, 25 ;' of God Ps. 78. 4. 145, 6.
I'ff? , see "1?? .
* U"? fut. tS^, conv, ts5, inf constr.
T'lTr and t'lS .
1. To strengthen, to make strong and
firm. Arab, yt fut. O id. fiit. / and
A, to be potent, also to be vehement,
violent ; Eth. DHH to strengthen, also
to be strong. Syr. "pk i. q. Heb. Con-
str. c. b to give strength to any one, to
make secure, to protect ; Ecc. 7, 19
m
7G7
ITf
"''"' csn^ Trn M'aann wisdom slren^th-
eneth the. wist more than ten chirfa, i. e.
protects him more and better than ten
lenders ; coriip. T5 no. 2, and Tra. This
active signification appears also in the
name wtts.
2. Intrans. to become strong, to he
made sliimg. Dan. 11, 12 Tiyi xbl biU
he shall not he imuh strong. Ps. 9, 20.
Of waters. Prov. 8, 28 oinn rirs TlTSa
when (he fountains of the deep waxed
strong, i. e. flowed with violence ; comp.
O-'W n":B Neh. 9, 11. 18.43, 16. With
35 against or over any one, to prevail
aver, Judg. 3, 10. 6, 2. Syr. yl Ethpa.
infremuit. efferbuit. put for Gr. ffi^ifi-
ftuofiui John 11, 33. 38. Also i. q. to
have protection, to he protected, safe, se-
cure ; Is. 30, 2 ns-iQ T-isaa T-isb .
3. to be strong, mighty, pmcerfd, Ps.
89, 14. 52, 9 ; to show oneself strong
68,29.
HiPH. j'^JO TSn, to strengthen one^s
countenance, i. e. to put on an nnpudent,
shameless face, Prov. 7, 13; c. 3 21, 29.
Comp. t5 no. 3, iS no. 2.
Deriv. tS, TS, TS, TW, tsiTS, rS,
WS , njr , perh. n:T5, and the nine here
following.
Tty (strong) ^za^;, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 8.
'"^^TT'? (whom Jehovah strengthens,
r. TTS) Azaziah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 27,
20."b) 15,21. c)2Chr. 31, 13.
'^y (apoc. for n*3rs) Uzzi, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 5, 31. 6, 36. Ezra 7, 4. b)
1 Chr. 7. 2. c) 9, 8. d) 7, 7. e) Neh.
11, 22. f ) 12. 19. 42.
bX"^T?, see i'X-'TSV
bS'^-Tr (might of God, from tj?) Uz-
ziel, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 18. Num. 3. 19.
b) 1 Chr. 4. 42. c) 7, 7. d) 25, 4. e)
2 Chr. 29, 14. f) Neh. 3, 8.
'hi^'^'V Num. 3, 27, Uzzielite, patro-
nym. from bx*'?S lett. a.
S^^T^ and in^Ty (might of Jehovah,
I fr. tb) Uzziah, pr. n. m. Sept. 'O^lag.
a) A king of Judah from 811 to 759 B.
C. 2 K. 15. 13. 20. 32. 34. Is. 1. 1. 6. 1.
7, 1. Hos. 1, 1. Am.1,1. In 2 K. 14. 21.
15, 1. 6. 7. 8. 23, 27, he is also called
n^"iTS and in^^TS, which however is
prob. not another name of the same
king, but would seem to have arisen
from an error of the copyista, n-^TS and
T'lTS being nimilar ; see Theeaur, p.
1011. Comp. in c. b) 1 Chr. 27, 25.
c) 1 Chr. 6, 9, for which v. 21 n''nT5.
d) Ezra 10, 21. e)Neh. 11, 4.
^T^T? (strong, r. ns) Aziza, pr. n. m.
Ezra 10, 27.
n^.'QTy (strong as death? from tS
and ri^) Azmaveth, pr. n. m. a) One
of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23, 21. b)
1 Chr. 27, 25. c) rnoTS n-'a see in n^?
no. 12. ee.
-'1^ obsol. root. Arab. Jyc- to re'
more, to separate, to set apart; see the
kindr. ^TJJ no. 2. Hence bixTS.
n^?Ty f. Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12, a
species of eagle, Sept. uXudtTog, Vulg.
aquila marina ; but Gr. Venet. /i'^ by
conjecture. The Heb. intpp. and also
Bochart (Hieroz. 11.774 Lips.) hold the
Nun not to be radical, and refer the
Ibrm to r. TT , for n^"? i. e. the strong,
Onk. x;:Tr, Samar. Vers, r^^v . This
is well ; comp. from the same root
'ry'irs-c for vj''|sa Is. 23, 11.
Vl% only in Piel pir? , to loosen with
a mattock or hoe, to dig up or over, sc.
the ground, Is. 5, 2. Arab. ^Vyc id.
G ^o
whence iV VJM a spade, mattock.
From the kindred signif. to dig in, to
engrave, comes
J^^yy Chald. f. a signer-ring, Dan. 6,
18. Syr. ]Ls>}^ id.
^pT? (dug over, broken up, r. p?^)
Azekah, pr. n. of a city in the plain of
Judah, Josh. 10, 10. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17,
1. Neh. 11, 30. Jer. 34, 7. See Relandi
Palsestina p. 603.
* "^I? fut. iTS;^ plur. !|">TS 1. to sur-
round, to enclose with a Avail or fence ;
to protect. Kindr. are "sn no. 1, "IS5,
also iTa. Hence nnjs court.
2. to help, to succour, to aid. Arab.
\y^: Syr. 9|i id. not hy^ as Simonis
and Winer have it. Absol. Is. 30, 7;
ace. of pers. Ps. 37, 40. 79, 9. 109. 26.
118. 13. al. > 2Sam.8. 5. 21. 17;espec.
in the later books, 1 Chr. 18, 5. 21, 17.
IT?
768
8<tl?
2 Chr. 19, 2. 26. 13. 28, 16. Job 26, 2 ;
CS (comp. Engl. ' to stand by) 1 Chr.
12. 21 : ''"^nx. 1 K. 1, 7 n^:^x "^^nx !i"i|>!:5
they aided following the party of Adoni-
jah. Also with \ of thing, <o help to or
/or a thing; Zech. 1. 15 nrnb a-T.
2 Chr. 20, 23. Part, -ip a Ae//;er. often
in the phrases: \ "^p n-jn Ps. 30, 11.
ib ^p -px 2 K. 14, 26. Ps. 72, 12 ; -Ti? "f N
Ps. 22. 12. Is. 63. 5; so an associate,
ally, in war 1 Chr. 12, 1, comp. 1 K. 20,
16. Part. pass. -ij Is. 31, 3.
NiPH. to be helped, aided, Ps. 28, 7 ;
espec. from God 2 Chr. 26, 15. 1 Chr. 5,
20 cn-'W ''"'!-?.'l! ^"^ ^''^J' '"'^''"^ helped
against them, i. e. God gave them the
victory. Dan. 11, 34. The Arabs say
in like manner. /-iXjt to be helped sc.
from God, i. e. to conquer.
HiFH. i. q. Kal. Part, after the Ara-
maean form, pkir. Dinpo 2 Chr. 28, 23 ;
inf. c. pref. i-^is? 2 Sam. 18, 3 Cheth.
Deriv. pr. n. ~TS^ , and the twelve here
following.
"IT? m. c. siiff. '-.TS 1. help, Is. 30, 5.
With genit. the help of any one is the
help afforded to him ; as "'"^"5 Ps. 121, 1.
2; int? 124, 8; T^yv Deut. 33, 26. Ps.
20, 3 ; rp.Tr '^Vo the shield of thy help
(O Israel)! i. e. God, Deut. 33, 29. Often
concr. for a helper, Ps. 33, 20. 70. 6. 115,
9 ; so of a female helper Gen. 2, 18. 20.
2. Ezer, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4. 4, for
which nnT5 V. 17. b) 12, 9. c) Neh. 3,
19.
"Ijy (help) Ezer, pr. n. m. a) Neh.
12, 42. b) 1 Chr. 7, 21.
*Wy and "I'lfy (helper) Azzur, pr. n.
m. a)Jer.28,l. b)Ez.ll,l. c) Neh.
10, 18.
*?!? (help, r. "ITS) Ezra, pr. n. m.
a) A priest and scribe, yqafiftaxtvg, who
In the seventh year of Arlaxerxes Longi-
manus, 458 B. C. led up a colony of Jews
from Babylon to Jerusalem, Ezra c. 7-
10. Neh. c. 8. 12, 26. 36. For his line-
age see Ezra 7, 1-5. b) One of the first
colonists, under Zerubbabel. Neh. 12, 1.
13 ; some suppose him to be the same
as the preceding, c) Neh. 12, 33 comp.
36.
^*1>T? (w^om God helps, Germ. Gott-
helf ) Azareel, pr. n. a) 1 Chr. 12, 6.
b) 25, 18. c) 27, 22. d) Neh. 11, 13.
12, 36. e) Ezra 10, 41.
nnr? f. (v. nis) l. help, ri-r^^hfor
help Jer. 37, 7. 'is. 10, 3. 31. 1.'' With
genit. of him who receives help, Judg. 5,
23. Job 6, 13. Ps. 22, 20. 40, 14. al. also
of him who gives it Is. 31, 2. Concr. a
helper Ps. 27, 9. 40, 18; helpers Nah. 3,
9. With He parag. nn;iT:5 Ps. 44, 27.
2. Ezrah, pr. n. see it? no. 2. a.
ST^J? f. (-TS no. 1) 1. A word of the
later Hebrew for the more ancient "i^n
atrium, court, sc. of the temple, 2 Chr. 4,
9. 6, 13 ; from r. "iT in the sense of en-
closing i. q. 1SS, "isn. Often in the
Targums, Arab, transp. 2Lo^ id.
2. a ledge around the altar, formed by
drawing in or diminishing the part
above, an offset, teirace, Ez. 43. 14. 17.
20. 45, 19.
'"'T^ (for Ji**?!?, help of Jehovah)
Ezri.'^v. n. m.'l'Chr. 27, 26.
^i^'^IT? (help of God, comp. the Pu-
nic pr. n. Hasdrubal, i. e. h'Sj^ i-133 help
of Baal) Azriel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5.
24. b)27, 19. c)Jer. 36, 26.
J'C"??? and l'^^'!'!? (whom Jehovah
helps) pr. n. m. Azariah:j a) A king of
ludah called also n;;w'q. v. b) See
n*T5 lett. c. c) One of the companions
of Daniel, Dan. 1, 6. 7. 11. d) Of many
others : 1 K. 4, 2. 5. 1 Chr. 2. 8. 38. 39.
3, 12. 2 Chr. 15, 1. 21, 2. Jer. 43, 2.
Ezra 7. 1. 3. Neh. 3, 23. 24. etc. etc.
See Thesaur. 1014.
D^'''?T? (help against the enemy)
Azrikam. pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 23. b)
8, 38. 9, 44. c) 9, 14. d) 2 Chr. 28, 7.
t^"?!!^ f. (r. "!) help, i. q. nntS, Pe.
60,13.108,13.
*^T}^y , see in njS fin.
"22? m. (see in r. oi5) conetr. a? , stylus,
a style, i. e. a writer's style, reed, cala-
mus, Jer. 8, 8. Ps. 45, 2 ; also of iron for
inscribing letters upon stone or metal,
Job 19, 24. Jer. 17, 1.
W Chald. Cr. a'*)) i- q- Heb. ns.
counsel, i. e. prudence, discretion, Dan.
2,14.
ritt:?
769
y
* nt2^ fut. har^ , nayn . conv. as?5 .
1. /o CO per ; Arab. Lb^ , Syr. )4^>
id. Kindred is C|35. and peril, nos.
Constr. wity bs, like noa and other
verbs of covering, to cover over, Lev. 13,
45. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Mic. 3, 7.
2. /o cowr oneself with any thing, fo
jw/ on a garment, to clothe oneself or be
clothed with, c. ace. b'^Sia na? clothed in
a robe 1 Sum. 28, 14. Metaph. Pa. 104, 2
nob^s -nx nai) doUiing thyself with
light as with a garment ; so with zeal
Is. 59, 17 ; disgrace Ps. 71, 13. 109, 29 ;
cursing Pa. 109, 19. Comp. CJ2b. Jer.
43, 12 of Nebuchadnezzar : and he shall
put on (Has) the land of Egypt, as a
shepherd putteth on (nas;^) his garment,
i. e. he shall get possession of it speedily
and easily. Part. fem. H^as covered,
i. e. veiled ; Cant. 1, 7 why should J be
n^ai?3 as one veiled by the flocks of thy
companions 7 i. e. let me not wander in
search of thee among the shepherds like
a harlot ; comp. Gen. 38, 15. Sept. ne-
^i/SalXofiivTj.
3. to wrap up, to fold tip. Is. 22. 17
nay Tjas he will wholly wrap thee up, sc.
as a ball ; comp. v. 18.
. HiPH. i^asn, fut. nas;, to cover, with
two ace. Ps. 84, 7 iriit: nas^ nisna-ca
yea. with blessings the autumnal rain
doth cover it. With bs of the thing co-
vered Ps. 89, 46. For the forms as^ii ,
U?ni, 1 Sam. 14, 32. 15, 19, see the root
Deriv. nasa.
'i'^? m. (r. *,as) a place where cattle
and flocks lie down, e. g. around water,
etc. Job 21, 24 3^n sisb-a Tiras the rest-
ing-places of his herds are full of milk,
abound with it ; so at least Abulwalid,
Aben Ezra, and many later interpreters.
Better, perhaps, if we take "pas as
i. q. Chald. Kaas , Syr. IIcl^I, the thigh,
side, (m and n being interchanged, see
p. 529.) Chald. and Zab. xras ; and
then the sense will be : his sides (loins)
are full of fat, abrj for abn ; so Sept.
tyxaxa, Vulg. viscera, Syr. sid4'S. But
this interpretation also is by no means
certain.
rW'f^'S m. o sneezing Job 41, 10. R.
65
Cl^C? m. a bat, Lev. 11, 19. la. 2, 20.
Compounded from bay comp. Arab.
(Jj.c to be dark, and rjS flying. Chald.
id. Phenic. in fem. o&oia^uH, see Mon-
um. Phoen. p. 391.
1^^ obsol. root, Arab. ,^viax. to lie
down around tco/er, as camels ; whence
i^^Jaft and ^^jjomjo place near water
where cattle and flocks lie down. Hence
ras .
*?!'?? fut. Xp^"^ and Cias^ 1. to
cover as with a garment, to clothe, i. q.
na , for which it is often put in the Tar-
gums. Arab. v.,8jaftII,V, to put on a gar-
ment, Syr. ^a^Ok to be clothed. Kindr,
and synon. is nas . Constr. with b , Ps.
73, 6 -iob OT:n n-id-rja?^ the garment of
violence doth cover them, i. e. they are
wholly wrapped up in iniquity, as in a
garment. Comp. ttJab .
2. Intrans. to put on, to be covered,
clothed with: c.acc. P8.65, 14 'Basi c'^nias
"la the valleys are covered over (clothed)
with com. Job 23, 9 Vr^ Cias-i (if) fie
put on the south, i. e. if he hide himself
in the south, as in a garment.
3. to be overcome, overwhelmed, i. e. tin
languish, to fainl, comp. the synon. Ciiy
no. 4, Tibs. So of the mind or soul Ps.
61, 3. 102, 1. Is. 57, 16. Part pass. C1VJ5'
languid, faint, Lam. 2, 19 ; weak,feebly
of lambs, kids, plur. Gen. 30, 42.
NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 3, Lara. 2, 11,
HiPH. to act feebly, to show languor^
Gen. 30, 42 ; comp. Kal no. 3,
HiTHP. to be overcome, to languish, to
faint, i. q. Kal no. 3, Lam. 2, 12 ; of the
mind Ps. 77, 4. 107, 5. 142, 4. 143, 4..
Jon. 2, 8.
Deriv. nsasa.
**'^?, fut. c. suff. ISiasn, to sur-
round, to encompass, either for a hostile
purpose, c. bj^ 1 Sara. 23, 26 ; or for pro-
tection, c. dupl. ace. Ps. 5, 13. Kindr.
is "ina q. V.
PiEL "las to encircle with a crown, to
crown, with b of pers. Cant. 3, 11. Me-
taph. Ps. 65,' 12 ; c. dupl. ace. Ps. 8, 6.
103. 4.
HiPH. i. q. Piel, only part. fem. Is. 23,
8 nn-'asan is Tyre the crowning, i:.e..
it::?
770
X:^y
bestowing crowns or diadems ; since
the power and title of king in the Phe-
nician colonies were dependent on the
senate of Tyre. Hence llie two follow-
ing.
nnt2? f. (r. 1^3) constr. n'^ia? , plur.
1. a crown, e. g. convivial, with which
guests were crowned, Is. 28, 1 ; also
royal, a diadem, 2 Sam. 12. 30. Ps. 21,
4. Cant. 3, 11. Ez. 23. 42. al. Figura-
tively crown is used for every thing
which serves for ornament and dignity ;
Job 19. 9 he hath torn the crown from my
head. Pro v. 12. 4 a virtuous woman is
a crown to her husband. 14, 24. 16, 31.
17, 6.
2. AtaraK pr. n. f. 1 Clir. 2, 26.
tmiS? (crowns, r. "i^5) Ataroth, pr. n.
a) A city in the tribe of Gad Num. 32,
3. 34. b) Another in Ephraim Josh.
16, 7 ; which is also called "I'ns-ni-iKS
(crowns of Addar) 16, 5. 18^13. c)
SXi"' rca '"i"'^? (crowns of the house of
Joab) a city in the tribe of Jutiah, 1 Chr.
2, 54. d) "Sid nin-J? a city of Gad,
Num. 32, 35. '
*^~^ obsol. root, Arab. (wwJic.. to
sneeze. Chald. d::r id. Hence fit'^'^s .
''? (for "^^y i. q. "'S heap of ruins) Ai,
with art. ^sr\ Engl. Hai, pr. n. of a royal
city of the Canaanites, eastward from
Bethel in the northern part of the terri-
tory of the tribe of Benjamin, Gen. 12,
8. 13, 3. Josh. 7, 2 eq. 8, 1 sq. Ezra 2, 28.
Sept. yly/ui, Vulg. Hat. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 119, 312 sq. Other forms
of the same name in the fem. gender
are : N^S Aija Neh. 11, 31 ; nS Aiah 1
Chr. 7, 28 in some editions ; and n^S
Aiath Is. 10, 28.
"y m. (for "lis , r. wr) pr. ' subversion,
overthrow ;' hence
1. ruins, rubbish, Mic. 1, 6 ; for Job
30, 24 see art. 'Sa. Plur. C'S nam,
rudera, heaps of ruins, Jer. 26, 18. Ps.
79, 1 ; also ,"" Mic. 3, 12.
2. Plur. D''*S lim or Jjim, pr. n. a)
A town of Judah Josh. 15, 29. b) ^*5
C~iyn Jje-Abarim (ruine at or on Aba-
rim) Num. 21, 11. 33, 44, also simply
6^*5 Jim 33, 45, a town near the desert
on the suuthern quarter of Moab, so
called prob. to distinguish it from the
lim of Judah ; see in cinss.
i*^?, see in 'S.
3""? , see r. 'Z?y .
5?"'? (stone, see r. "bzv) Ebal, pr. n.
a) A mountain in the northern part of
Ephraim, opposite to mount Gerizim
(c-'ns) on the northern side of the val-
ley of Shechem, Deut. 11, 29. 27, 4. 13.
Josh. 8, 30. 33. Sept. rui^i'd, Vulg.
Hebal. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
96, 101. b) A various reading for bais
Obal, where see. c) An Edomite Gen,
26, 33.
n^?, see in 'S.
I'T'S' (a ruin, r. njS) Tjon, pr. n. of a
fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali
1 K. 15, 20. 2 Chr. 16, 4.
tl^"? f. Aijuih, 1 Chr. 1, 46 Cheth. for
n"''i5 q. V.
*t5''J' fut. apoc. as^n and t:S*l, to
rush upon, to Jiy upon any person or
thing ; Syr. ^.Jtli^zf to be indignant, to
storm or rush upon any one, ] l^^ indig-
nation, anger. Arab. JcL& to be indig
nant, JflJLC. heat, anger. Constr. c. a,
1 Sam. 25, 14 cna msst he fiew upon
them, i. e. stormed, railed at them. With
bs, 1 Sam. 15, 19 b^t^'n-^ ::SP1 where-
fore didst thou fly upon the spoil ?
14, 32 Keri, which is the true reading,
bb^-n-bs csn 'c^v\ the people rushed up-
on the spoil. As to the form in both
these passages, there is little doubt but
that CS^I is the same with CSJl 25, 14 j
just like uJnni Job 31, 5 for'\iinni to
hasten, and in^ Prov. 27, 17 for in;;,
*in^ , in which forms perhaps there is a
Daghesh forte implied after the Chal-
daic manner.
Deriv. the two foFlowlng.
13^? m. I. a ravenous beast, i. e. rush-
ing on his prey, Jer. 12, 9. Spec.
2. a ravenous bird, uitog, Job 28, 7 ;
as emblem cA' a warlike king la. 46, 11.
Collect, for birds of prey Gen. 15, 11.
Is. 18, 6. Ez. 39, 4.
0'??'^? (place of ravenous beasts, see
tt"^?) Etam.. pr. n. a) A city in Judah
1 Chr. 4, 3. 32. 2 Chr. 11, 6. [Situated
perhaps not far south of Bethlchni ; 8
771
r
Bibl. Re8. in Palest. I. p. 515. II. p. 16S.
R. b) A rock, apparently in or neur
the plain of Judah, not liir from Samson's
residence, Judg. 15, 8. 11.
D-'^y, D"'"<a5;n -"liy, see In "5 no. 2.
01'"'? m. (r. cbs I) eternity, ever;
2 Chr. 33, 7 nib-'sb '/or ever, i. q. o^is
A. 2. e.
''?'^? (i. q, Chald. '\'3_ supreme, r.
hbs) llai, pr. n. of one of David's war-
riors 1 Chr. 11, 29; called in 2 Sam. 23,
28 Tiabs .
Obiy f. Is. 21, 2, m. Is. 22, 6, Elam,
Elyinais, pr. n. of a province of Persia in
which was the capital Susa. Ezra 4, 9.
Dan. 8, 2. In Greek writers Elymals
is the province adjacent to Susianu and
Media, on the east of Babylonia (Strabo
XVI. p. 744) ; in Daniel I. c. Elam seems
to include Susiana. Saadias renders it
by Khuzisldn, with which it appears to
have accorded ; the name 0^''? corre-
sponding to the Pehlv. Aiijama i. e.
jjljc*;V.i>- . See Thesaur. p. 1016,
1017. Cellarii Not. Orb. ant. II. p. 686.
Roscnm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq.
In Gen. 10, 22, the origin of the Ela-
mites is deduced from Shem. 14, 1. Is.
11, 11. 21, 2. 22, 6. Jer. 25, 25. 49, 34
sq. Ez. 32, 24.
D^?! once Is. 11, 15 "inn c^a , Sept.
iv nvtvfiaxi, /?tatw, Vulg. in fortitudine
spiritussui, Syr. nLio> )J,_o}^,Engl.
with his mighty wind, and so the Heb.
intpp. by conjecture from the context,
without philological grounds. Perhaps
it should read DS? (ss?) strength, force^
which gives the sense expressed by
Sept. Vulg. Syr. The exchange of
Tsade for Yod would be easy in the an-
cient alphabets.
"l"? 1. i. q. Arab. ^Lc- mid. Ye,
to flow, to Jlow out, as water, tears;
whence X]3 eye. fountain, unless this be
regarded as the radical word and the verb
as secondary.
2. Denom. from '"^S . Part. "i;;;'is eyeing
Askance, envious, 1 Sam. 18, 9 Keri ; in
Cheth. is 'i^S. Arab. ^^Lc, jjjjLfc,
id. Corap. Heb. *,:? nsn , in )y_ no. 1.
1?? n (very rarely masc. Cant. 4, 9
Ch.'th. perh. Ps. 73, 7, dual Zecii. 3, 9,)
constr. 'py , c. suff. '3''5 , ii'^y , c. He loc.
ns-js Gen. 24. 16. 45 ; Dual 0"?3"'S , put
also for plur. Zech. 3, 9. Ez. 1, 18. 10, 12;
constr. '^3''5 , once "'SS in some copies Is.
3, 8 ; Plur. in signif. no. 2, n-ij^ji 2 Chr.
32, 3, constr. niJ-'S Ex. 15, 27. Num. 33,
9.
1. the eye ; and so in all the Semitic
dialects. Ex. 21, 24. Lev. 24, 20. al. saep.
"r?3 "i"?? <'yc '0 ^y^ Num. 14, 14. Is. 52,
18. D'^3'^? nc^ fair of eyes, having fine
eyes, 1 Sam'. 16, 12; opp. trisn n'^j-'S
weak eyes, blear. Gen. 29, 17. To the
eye is ascribed weeping Job 16, 20. Lam.
1, 16. 3, 48. 49. 51 ; also various affec-
tions and emotions, which are manifest-
ed through the eyes, as pride, humility,
anger, pity, joy, evy, contempt, etc. as
ni^sn cips lofty eyes, pride, Ps. 18, 28;
CT? nb low of eyes, humble. Job 22, 29;
'^3''53 nnn anger is kindled in the eyes
Gen. 45, 5, see in nnn no 1. c ; "'ps non
bs my eye hath pity upon, see in Din ; Ps.
6, 8 7nine eye pineth away for grief i. e. I
pine, am wasted by disappointed hope.
31, 10, comp. Job 17, 7 and in n33 , ::i<'n .
Also B"'?'^? "^"'^ri io enlighten the eyes,
i. e. to gladden, see in lix Hiph. "^no
^??'^? pure of eyes, i. e. abhorring to look
u|K)n evil. Hab. 1, 13 ; 3 "'3''S nrn mine
eye is evil towards any one, i. e. envious,
I envy him, Deut. 15, 9 ; comp. SSn no.
2. f. Tob. 4, 7 fiTj (f&ovriGUTby aov 6
ocp&nX^oq. So of scorn and contempt,
as Prov. 30, 17 the eye that mncketh at
bis father, and scometh to obey his mo-
ther, the ravens sJudl pick it out. etc.
Trop. of the eyes of the mind. ci3"'S "'iba
having the eyes open, spoken of a pro-
phet in vision. Num. 24, 4. 16. Spec, to
be noted are the following phrases:
a) S "'.3"'?^ before the eyes of any one,
i. e. before him. in his presence. Gen. 23,
11. IS. Ex. 4, 30. 7, 20. 9. 8. 19, 11. al.
ssepiss.
b) B '^5''52 in the eyes of any one, i. e.
in his sight, he being judge, a phrase by
which the Heb. expresses the sense of
the verb to seem, videri. Gen. 19, 14
'jnn "'SiSs FH^^^ "'H?? af^ he was as
one that mocked in the eyes of his sons-
in-law, i. e. he seemed to them as a
mocker. 29, 20. 2 Sam. 10. 3 Tn isrrn
T^
772
yj-'rya """^X-M!* thinkest thou that David
doth honour thij father 1 Hence -lis
'J'^sa it is good in mysright, i. e. it seems
good to me. pleases me, see r. Sia , SZS'i ;
also ''3'^?2 (~n) sn] . it displeases me, see
^"^ ? 5"]^ > comp. under the root "id^ . So
T'j^ya Brn wise in ?iis oicn eyes, self-
conceited' Prov. 3, 7. 26, 12. Job 32, 1.
Also 'b 'i-'ya in saia, see in in no 1.
etc.
c) 'i3 ''5''y^ away yrom ^Ae eyes of any
one, i. e. without his knowledge, Num.
15, 24 ; also after verbs of hiding Job 3,
10. Is. 65, 16.
d) D';:"^5 "pa between the eyes, i. e. upon
the forehead, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11,
18 ; upon the front part of the head Deut.
14, 1.
e) ^? *"'? C''ia to set an eye upon any-
one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to
look with favour upon any one, prospi-
cere alicui, like, Arab. ,J*^. Lul& /o
^^ . 0pp. is b? c^JS Cb , which
every where implies disfavour. E. g.
Gen. 44. 21 l-'b? irs na'^bxi that I may
set my eye upon him, i. e. be kind to
him, Sept. intfis'kov^va aiiov. Jer. 39,
12. 40, 4. Job 24, 23. Ezra 5, 5 ; c. bjt
Ps. 33, 18. 34, 16; a Deut. 11, 12 ^
comp. also Zech. 12, 4. 1 K. 8, 29. 52.
More rarely in a sense of disfavour, of
the angry countenance of Jehovah (else-
where D''3B), Am. 9, 4 where to avoid
ambiguity is added i^ai^sb xbl ns'-ib . v.
8 c. a . Once with na-'-jb Jer." 24, 6 ;
comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12. Simply, -3 rp2is
thine eyes are upon me, i. e. thou lookest
upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea
of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1
'^VfSo^ 'aad \lz^ nnx ys_ r^)T\-\ -^s for
Jehovah^s eye is upon men and upon all
the tribes of Israel, i. e. upon Israel with
favour, and upon till other nations with
disfavour. [More in accordance with
the grammatic.ll construction, is the ren-
dering: for towards Jehovah shall be
the eye of man and of all the tribes of
Israel ; so Engl. Vers, nearly. R.
f ) Ci:-y Nbs , see in N3 no. 1. d.
Trop. also in various senses :
aa) Of one who is eye for another,
i. e. in the place of eyes, who sees for
him, shows him the way; whether to
one blind Job 39, 15. or to one ignorant
of the way Num. 10, 31. So among- the
Persians, the Satraps or royal governors
o^ tlie provinces were called the king's
eyes and ears, Hdot. 1. 114. Xen. Cyr.
8. 2. 7. Comp. Arab. ^vjlC a scout.
bb) Of any thing resembling the eye,
e. g. the eye of wine, its bead. Prov. 23,
31.
cc) Meton. a look, glance o^Xhe eyes ;
Cant. 4, 9 Cheth. Tj'yr?^ "in^a ""Dnaab
thou hast ravished my heart with one of
thy glances ; Keri nnxa , see above init.
Comp. Job 16, 9. Hence
dd) look, aspect, appearance of a thing ;
Num. 11, 7 its appearance was as the
appearance of bdellium. Lev. 13. 5. 55.
Ex. 1, 4 sq. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 6. Spec, the
face, surface, as ^'^xn "S the surface
of the ground, i. q. n i3B , Ex. 10, 5. 15.
Num. 22, 5. 11.
ee) Sometimes referred to the human
face; but incorrectly, since in all the
passages cited for this signif the eye it-
self is to be understood, as Gen. 29, 17.
1 Sara. 16, 12; also ,':S3 T]S Num. 14,
14. Is. 52, 8; and Ps. 6,'8. 31, 10; see
above under no. 1.
Note. In Manuscripts '(""y {'^^V) eye is
sometimes confounded with ")iS {'{^'J) sin,
so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis-
factory decision ; thus Hos. 10. 10 Cheth.
cniJiy "'neb nnpxa , Keri criDis ; here
many prefer the latter, and render: be-
cause of their two sins, i. e. the two
golden calves ; but perh. we may better
rest in Cheth. in binding them (making
them captives) before their two eyes, em-
phat. for cn-^rsb Judg. 16, 28; comp.
Gen. 42. 24 cni's'^yb inx "ibx.f'i . So
Zech. 5, 6 ynxri-b=3 cry rst is ren-
dered by some : this ephah is their image
in all the earth; but incorrectly, since
');? may indeed signify the external ap-
pearance, but never the image of a
thing. Hence it is better, with Sept.
and Syr. to read cjis Pnt this is their
sin, i. e. that in which they sin, false
measure. See also Ps. 73, 7.
2. a fountain ; whether so called from
its resemblance to the eye. or, vice versa,
the eye from its resemblance to a loun-
tain, may be doubtful. Comp. Pers.
jJLsfc eye, K.Aa^ fountain, Chinese
idn eye and fountain. Contra, Or. jnj/if
773
sr9
fountain, corner of the eye. Gc.n. 16, 7.
24, 29. 30. 42 ; c-^a "ps v. 13. 43; nrs v. 16.
45. Plur. f. n-ij'^s , constr. nis"'? , Deut.8,7.
Ex. 15, 27. Prov, 8, 28. On this use of
the plur. fern, for inanimate objects, see
o ^
Lehrg. p. 539, 540. Arab, ^ju^ id.
Many cities and places in Palestine
were named from Ibuntains in their vi-
cinity, thus:
a) ""na V? (fountain of the kid) En-
gedi, a city in the desert of Judah on the
Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En-
gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5. 17). Josh. 15,62.
1 Sam. 24, 1. Ez. 47, 10. Cant. 1. 14.
Anciently iBtn-iissn q. v. [Still called
tCiXssf lO**^ '"''^"^ Jidtj. with a beauti-
ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 209, 214. R.
b) D''Ji"'|"'5 (fountain of gardens)
En-ganiiim, a city : ) In the plains of
Judah, Josh. 15, 34. (3) Of the Levites
in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
21, 29 ; [perh. the Ftvalit of Josephus,
now Jenin ^uAA!^ ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 155, 156. R.
c) ixri -ps Ps. 83, 11 and ^r\ "pS
(fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17,
11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas-
seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount
Tabor; now \%(^\ Endor. See Bibl,
Res. in Palest. III. p. 218, 225.
d) f^'=)'!l T? (swifl fountain) En-had-
dah. a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
e) "n':!?! 'S, En-hazor, a city of
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 37.
f) 'i'^n r?5 see ii"in,
g) OQT01Q *ps (fountain of judgment)
En-inishpat, i. q. TSn;? q. v. Gen. 14, 7 ;
comp. Num. 20, 13.
h) O'lbas ps (fountain of two calves,
unless perh. 's is for C^^JX two pools)
En-eglaim. a city on the northern part
of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, 10.
i) '"^y simply: ) A city of the Le-
vites in the territory of Simeon Josh.
15, 32. 19, 7. 21, 16. 1 Chr. 4, 32. /3)
A place in the north-eastern part of
Palestine, Num. 34, 11.
Sometimes fountains themselves are
designated by proper names :
aa) 1J'2tl3 'ps (fountain of the sun)
En-shemesh, on the border of Judah
and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh.
65*
15, 7. 18, 17. See Bibl. Rea. in Palest.
J. p. 493.
bb) ban 'ps (fountain of the scout;
Targ. fuller's fountiiin) En-rogel, in the
valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru-
salem, on the border between Judah and
Benjamin, Josh. 15, 7, 18, 16. 2 Sam.
17, 17. 1 K. 1, 9, Josephus says it was
in the king's gardens, Ant. 7. 14, 4. Now
a deep well, called Jitr EyHb, the well
of Job ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest, I. p,
490 sq,
cc) CJn "ps (fountain of jackals,
comm. dragon-fountain) near Jerusalem
Neh, 2. 13.
d(l) n^Br\'yy En- Taj^ah, a. ibantain
of the city n'.DFi Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. 8.
Denom, are C'SS, c;s, "l^sia, and the
two following.
D??"^? (two fountains) Enajim, Gen.
38, 21, and Dp? (on which form of the
dual see Lehrg. p. 536) Enam, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34-
1?"^? (having eyes) Enan, pr. n. m.
Num. 1, 15. 2, 29. Comp. ,3-'S nsn un-
der -i:?n .
* fj!!? to languish, to faint, to fail,
comp. the kindr. roots tl^S, C)S"J ; once
Jer. 4; 31. Hence CpS, pr. n. ''B"'S.
^!^? adj. (r. Ci^S) f nE:;s, languid,
faint, weary, of one fatigued with travel
or labour and oppressed also with thirst,
e. g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22, 7
where -S^ stands in the other hemi-
stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25.25 cold waters
for the fainting i. e. thirsty soul. Jer.
31, 25 I will give drink to the thirsty.
Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden
Is. 46, 1, where ^s;;^ is neut. fessum,
i. e, wearied beasts, i. q. ns^S "^'H > of
the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6.^ Is. 32, 2.
i^?"'? f (r. CiW) 1. darkness. Am.
4, 13 HE-'S intU niiis he maketh the
morning darkness. With He parag.
nrss Job 10, 22.
2! Ephah, pr. n. a) A tribe and
region of the Midianites, Gen, 25, 4. Is.
60, 6. 1 Chr. 1, 33. Sept. /'/(? Is. I.e.
perh. i. q. Arab. sJu^, which the Ca-
moos explains to be 'a place near Pelu-
sium.' b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 47. c) A
woman 1 Chr. 2, 46.
772
?|''J'iy2 ^i'^^XTK thinkest thou that David
doth honour thy father 1 Hence 21::
ipsa it is good in mysright, i. e. it seems
good to me. pleaees me. see r. 21^ , 3^'^ ;
also ''3'^?2 {'"]) sn|J , it displeases me, see
'"? ' ^y^ '> comp. under the root "ibi; . So
T'3"^?3 crn vise in his own eyes, self-
conceited' Prov. 3, 7. 26, 12. Job 32, 1.
Also 'a 'p/'sa 'jn xs^, see in "jn no 1.
etc.
c) 'b ''i'^S^ away frxmi the eyes of any
one, i. e. without his knowledge, Num.
15, 24 ; also after verbs of hiding Job 3,
10. Is. 65, 16.
d) D";:"!? "I'^a between the eyes, i. e. upon
the forehead. Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8. 11,
18 ; upon the front part of the head Deut.
14, 1.
c) ^? r? t3''b to set an eye upon any-
one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to
look with favour upon any one, prospi-
cere alicid, like Arab. ,JkX. LuX /t-Om
^j^ . 0pp. is hy c-iSB D-'b , which
every where implies disfavour. E. g.
Gen. 44, 21 i-ibs ipy na-^cxi i/m /may
get my eye upon him, 1. e. be kind to
him, Sept. imy.sXov^ttL avToi). Jer. 39,
12. 40, 4. Job 24, 23. Ezra 5, 5 ; c. b^<
Pe. 33, 18. 34, 16; 3 Deut. 11, 12 ^
comp. also Zech. 12, 4. 1 K. 8, 29. 52.
More rarely in a sense of disfavour, of
the angry countenance of Jehovah (else-
where D-'JB), Am. 9. 4 where to avoid
ambiguity is added naiab xbi n^'-^b . v.
8 c. a . Once with na-::b Jer.' 24, 6 ;
comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12. Simply, -3 T^i-<y
thine eyes are upon me, i. e. thou lookest
upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea
of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1
bx-^bi 'aab b=;i cnx 'ps nin-^b 'a for
Jehacah^s eye is upon men and upon all
the tribes of Israel, i. e. upon Israel with
favour, and upon all other nations with
disfavour. [More in accordance with
the grammatical construction, is the ren-
dering: for towards Jehovah shall be
the eye of man and of all the tribes of
Israel ; so Engl. Vers, nearly. R.
f) C-ij-r xbj , see in NIBJ no. 1. d.
Trop. also in various senses :
aa) Of one who is eye for another,
j. e. in the place of eyes, who sees for
him, shows him the way; whether to
one blind Job 39, 15. or to one ignorant
of the way Num. 10, 31. So among- the
Persians, the Satraps or royal governors
of the provinces were called the king's
eyes and ears, Hdot. 1. 114. Xen. Cyr.
G a ^
8. 2. 7. Comp. Arab, j^wax. a scoot.
bb) Of any thing resembling the eye,
e. g. the eije of wine, its bead. Prov. 23,
31.
cc) Meton. a look, gla7ice of the eyes ;
Cant. 4, 9 Cheth. T)7r?'9 if!!*?^ ^3n33b
thou hast ravished my heart with one of
thy glances; Keri rnxa , see above init.
Comp. Job 16, 9. Hence
dd) look, aspect, appearance of a thing ;
Num. 11, 7 77s appearance was as the
appearance of bdellium. Lev. 13. 5. 55.
Ex. 1, 4 sq. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 6. Spec, the
face, surface, as Y^Xn ',-55 the surface
of the ground, i. q. 'n ^va , Ex. 10, 5. 15.
Num. 22, 5. 11.
ee) Sometimes referred to the human
face ; but incorrectly, since in all the
passages cited for this signif the eye it-
self is to be understood, as Gen. 29, 17.
1 Sam. 16, 12; also ,':?3 ]:? Num. 14,
14. Is. 52, 8; and Ps. 6,'8. 31, 10; see
above under no. 1,
Note. In Manuscripts T^S (",';) eye is
sometimes confounded with 'jiS {'{\'J) sin,
so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis-
factory decision ; thus Hos. 10, 10 Cheth.
cniJir "'niiib nnpxa , Keri cri'Dis ; here
many prefer the latter, and render: be-
cause of their tico sins, i. e. the two
golden calves ; but perh. we may better
rest in Cheth. in binding them (making
them captives) before their two eyes, em-
phat. for cn-'i-'Sb Judg. 16. 28; comp.
Gen. 42. 24 cniryb I'rs ^bx!:^ . So
Zech. 5, 6 }'':ixri-b:3 crs PsiT is ren-
dered hy some : this ephah is their image
in all the earth j but incorrectly, since
'^S may indeed signify the external ap-
pearance, but never the image of a
thing. Hence it is better, with Sept.
and Syr. to read Cjis PNT this is their
sin, i. e. that in which they sin, false
measure. See also Ps. 73, 7.
2. a fountain ; whether so called from
its resemblance to the eye. or, vice versa,
the eye from its resemblance to a loun-
tain, may be doubtful. Comp. Pers.
[Aa^ eye, y..w-'v fountain, Chinese
idn eye and fountain. Contra, Gr. jr//J}
r?
773
V9
fountain, cornnr of the pye. Gen. 16, 7.
24, 29. 30. 42; n-^O TS V. 13. 43; nrs V. 16.
45. Plur. f. n-ij-S , conetr. nis'^S , Dcut.8,7.
Ex. 15, 27. Prov. 8, 28. On this use of
the plur. fern, for inanimate objects, see
Lehrg. p. 539, 540. Arab. ,j^ id.
Many cities and places in Palestine
were named from fountains in their vi-
cinity, thus:
a) ''7* r? (fountain of the kid) En-
gedi, a city in the desert of Judah on the
Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En-
gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5. 17). Josh. 15, 62.
1 Sam. 24, 1. Ez. 47, 10. Cant. 1, 14.
Anciently lon-pssn q. v. [Still called
Jc^ LihiV* ''"^'^ ''"'y- ^^'*^ ^ beauti-
ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 209, 214. R.
b) D''Sa"*p5 (fountain of gardens)
En-gannim, a city : ) In the plains of
Judah, Josh. 15, 34. jS) Of the Levites
in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
21, 29 ; [perh. the Fivuln of Josephus,
now Jenin yjjkr^ ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 155,' 156. R.
c) ^s<^ r? Ps. 83, 11 and lii -j^s
(fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17,
11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas-
seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount
Tabor; now )^<XJt Enddr. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 218, 225.
d) !Tnn 'pS (swifl fountain) En-had-
dah. a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
e) "lisn "ps. En-hazor, a city of
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 37.
f) linn -fS, see liin.
g) aeciQ j"'S (fountain of judgment)
En-mishpat, i. q. IS"!;? q. v. Gen. 14, 7 ;
comp. Num. 20, 13.
h) C^^JS "j'^S (fountain of two calves,
unless perh. 's is for cilsix two pools)
En-eglaim. a city on the northern part
of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, 10.
1) 'S simply: ) A city of the Le-
vites in the territory of Simeon Josh.
15, 32. 19, 7. 21, 16. 1 Chr. 4, 32. /3)
A place in the north-eastern part of
Palestine, Num. 34, 11.
Sometimes /oimtoj'jis themselves are
designated by proper names :
aa) tlip.fli 'f? (fountain of the sun)
En-shemesh, on the border of Judah
and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh.
65*
15, 7. 18, 17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest
I. p. 493.
bb) ban "p? (fountain of the scout;
Targ. fuller's fountain) En-rogel, in the
valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru-
salem, on the border between Judah and
Benjamin, Josh. 15, 7. 18, 16. 2 Sam.
17, 17. 1 K. 1, 9. Josephus says it was
in the king's gardens, Ant. 7. 14. 4. Now
a deep well, called IHr EyHh, the well
of Job ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
490 sq.
cc) csn "ps (fountain of jackals,
comm. dragon-fountain) near Jerusalem
Neh. 2. 1.3.
d(i) niDn-",^S f7n-7\ip/)^, a fountain
of the city niDFi Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. S.
Denom. are t-iSS, c:5, 1^?^, and the
two following.
D??"^? (two fountains) Enajim, Gen.
38, 21, and D^? (on which form of the
dual see Lehrg. p. 536) Enam, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34.
15"'? (having eyes) Enan, pr. n. m.
Num. 1, 15. 2, 29. Comp. irs isn un-
der isn.
* fj!!? to languish, to faint, to fail,
comp. the kindr. roots Cli5, ClS'J ; once
Jer. 4, 31. Hence Ci;;5, pr. n. ''B"'S.
'i^C.y adj. (r. Ci:5) f. ns'::?, languid,
fainl, weary, of one fatigued with travel
or labour and oppressed also with thirst,
e. g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22, 7
where ~'^ stands in the other hemi-
stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25.25 cold waters
for the fainting i. e. thirstrj soul. Jer.
31, 25 I will give drink to the thirsty.
Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden
Is. 46. 1, where i^^^?, is neut. fessum,
i. e. wearied beasts, i. q. ns^S n^n ; of
the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6.^ Is. 32, 2.
nS'iy f (r. rjiis) l. darkness. Am.
4. 13 ns-'S -inaj nias he maketh the
morning darkiiess. With He parag.
nrss Job 10, 22.
2I Ephah, pr. n. a) A tribe and
region of the Midianites. Gen. 25, 4. Is.
60, 6. 1 Chr. 1, 33. Sept. FaKpa Is. 1. c.
perh. i. q. Arab. &Ax&. which the Ca-
moos explains to be 'a place near Pelu-
sium.' b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 47. c) A
woman 1 Chr. 2, 46.
v^
774
^
''B'^y (weary, languid, r. t]2^) Ephai,
pr. n. m. Jer. 40, 8 Keri, where Cheth.
T? m. (r. l-^s) c. suff. rtT'S Gen. 49,
11, plur. C")^?. a young ass, ass^s colt,
food ; Job 11, 12 N"iS n";'S wild ass^s colt.
Sometimes also of a young- ass, full
grown, Gen. 32, 16; as used for riding
Judg. 10. 4. 12,14. Zech. 9, 9; forbear-
ing burdens Is. 30, 6; for ploughing Is. 30,
!ii4.Comp. Gen.32,16. Arab. -aA an ass,
either wild or domestic. Strictly it
would seem to signify a wild ass or colt,
60 called from its swift running, see the
root "I"'? lett. a ; just as N'lS wild ass,
from X'^s to run.
* ^'^ to be hot, heated, ardent, Arab.
*Lfr mid. Waw, to be hot, e. g. the day
at noon. Also causat. for "I'^^ri, to make
hot, to heat, as a baker his oven ; Hos.
7, 4 '"^ai T'Sa P2I1J7 he ceaseth from
heating after the kneading tintil it be
leavened. This idea of heat, being hot,
is then often metaphorically applied :
a) To the heat of running, to run
.hotly i. e. swiftly ; whence ""^S an ass.
.Arab. Lc- IV to run swiftly, of a horse ;
jLc. mid. Ye, to run away, as a horse
when the reins break, comp. pb"^ no. 2.
b) To the heat of anger, an ardent
i. e. impetuous hostile attack ; comp.
Arab. Xi. Conj. I, III, IV, to rush upon
the enemy, and \Lfc mid. Ye, to be hot
with jealousy. Hence 1^9 II, and "iSJ
an enemy.
c) To heat of mind, i. e. anadety, ter-
ror ; see i"'S II. b.
I. "1"'^ f (r. nw I) masc. perh. in the
phrase "'123 i-, also Num. 35, 2. 3.
Deut. 3. 6 ; plur. once C'l^s for the sake
of paronomasia Judg. 10, 4, elsewhere
CIS, constr. "^15. as if from a sing. "iS.
1. a city, town, Sept. nolig; not found
in the kindred dialects. Tie signif is
of wide extent, embracing not only the
idea of aw encampment, but also that of
small fortifications, as watch-posts watch-
towers ; tbus Num. 13, 19 and what the
cities (a-'-iSn) they dwell in. Ci2ni2ari
C"'"i:a"C3 BX whether in camps or in
strong-holds. 2 K. 17, 9 tfiey built them
high-placea cn^'iS'bsa in all their cities,
nsari "i' 'is c^n^ib h-ji'a^ from the
tower of the watchmen to the fenced city.
Is. 1. 8 nn:i:j: -i"^s a tower of watch, i. q.
B1-IS2 bns'o 2 K. 1. c. see in rri^a:?.
Gen. 4. 17 prob. a nomadic encampment
defended by a ditch or wall against wild
beasts. This usage leaves no doubt aa
to the etymology ; and i"'S is pr. ' a
place of watch or guard,' built with a
wall or tower as a refuge for the keej)-
ers of the flocks, comp. "17.? i'?^i3 Gen.
35, 2, also the c^briJ^ built by Uzziah in
the desert 2 Chr. 26, 10 ; then, 'a place,
enclosure, surrounded by a mound or
wall,' to protect the nomades and their
flocks from enemies or wild beasts, a
nomadic hamlet ; and finally a town,
city, often not large, as may be gathered
from the fact that in the land of Canaan
there were 31 royal cities, while in the
one tribe of Judah there are enumerated
124 towns, Qi-iS, Josh. c. 15. With the
pr. n. of the city in appos. "iffiiitU "I'^Stn the
city Shushan Esth. 3, 15. 8. 15; D3UJ '5
Gen. 33, 18. Often with the genit. in
various senses : n^in 's a walled city
Lev. 25, 29 ; -lisia 's , is:^ 's a fenced
city, fortified, see ii:J^ . 1S3^ ; db^TZ '
a city of refuge, see ^bp'O ; c^Jti'sn 's a
city of the priests 1 Sam. 22, 19 ; riD^bati 'S
a royal city 2 Sam. 12, 26; nn^ni'ins
IK. 12, 17; also 2 K. 23, 19. Judg.i2,7;
D'^a'n 's city of blood, slaughter, Nah. 3,
1. So llJIJsn I'^S the holy city, Jerusa-
lem, Neh'. 1, 1. Is. 52, 1. Dan. 9, 24,
comp. nolig ayla Matt. 27, 53 ; also 'S
'npi Is. 60, 14, D^'^Ks 's Ps. 66, 3. 87, 3,
and 'xMT i^oyfiv T'JJn' Ez. 7, 23, -i-^S Is.
60, 6, all for Jerusalem. (But in Is. 32,
19 "I'^sri stands for Nineveh, the metro-
polis of the enemy.) With genit. of pers.
the city of any one is either the capital of
a king, as -(in^o n-^S "pa'in Num. 21, 26,
comp. Josh. 8. 1 ; or oftener one''s pater-
nal city, or that in which he dwells, as T'S
"ins the city of Nahor i. e. Haran, where
he dwelt Gen. 24, 10 ; the city of David
i. e. Bethlehem, 1 Sam. 20. 6 ; and so
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 19-21. Josh. 21, 6. 1
Sam. 8, 22. 28. 3. 1 K. 22. 36. Comp.
Gr. noXiQ /Itt(ii8 i. e. Bethlehem. Luke
2, 4 ; noUc avTwv i. e. of Jesus' parents,
Nazareth, Luke 2. 39, comp. John 11, 1.
Judith 8, 3. With genit. of another city
'"^S is put for the smaller towns and vU-
T?
775
t:p
luges around that city, elsewhere Pisa
n-'Sn ; as vadn >;) Josh. 13, 17. Jer.34, 1.
But i5i-is -ins Is. 17, 2. see in '?i">S no. 1.
Proverbially Ecc. 10, 15 the labour of
the foolish wearielh him, l>e.caujie he
knoweth not i^3?"^!< r^?:?^ to go to the city,
i. e. cannot find his way to the city ; the
figure being tiik(Mi from an awkward
rustic who loses his way on the most
beaten road ; comp. Germ. ' er weiss sich
nicht zu finden.' In Ps. 73, 20 i-'Sa is
for ^''Srja inf. Hiph. of r. iw I. Spec.
'T'S is also put :
a) For a part of a larger city, espec.
as fortified by a separate wall ; like Gr.
noXii see Passow, Engl. Old city, New
city. So Ti'i T^S the city of David, i. e.
the citadel on Zion, a part of Jerusalem,
T] uvbi noXu', 2 Sam. 5, 7. 9. 6, 10. 12.
[Later the name city of David seems to
have sometimes included the whole of
Jerusalem ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p.
97 sq. ib. 1846. p. 633 sq. R.] -i-sn
njisTin the middle city, the middle part
of Jerusalem, 2 K. 20. 4 Cheth. where
Keri has "isn. So Oian i"'S the water-
city, part of the city Rabbah, 2 Sam. 12,
27 ; bssn n"<3 n^S the city of the house
of Baal, a part of Samaria so called
from the temple of Baal. prob. the enclo-
sure of the temple, rifievog. 2 K. 10, 25.
b) As in Engl, the city for its inhabi-
tants, the people of a city ; 1 Sam. 4, 13
I'^an-bs psmi all the city cried out. Is.
14, 31. Here too belongs the phrase
Cpna ^^2J the city of men, i. e. the multi-
tude, crowd of men, Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6.
Job 20, 48. (24. 12) ; also Judg. 20, 48
where read -rna for cha . See Thesaur.
p. 830. and i-^s II. b.
c) With genit. of a people or country,
the chief city, metropolis ; as rTiii.T^ n-is
the city of Judah, i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Chr.
25, 28 : pV^S 's 1 Sam. 15, 5 ; SXiTS 's
Num. 22, 36.'
Proper names of cities are : aa) "T'S
nban the City of Salt in the desert of
Judah, near the Dead Sea, Josh. 15,62.
bb) cri3 -!' (city of serpents) Ir-na-
hash, the site of which is unknown, 1
Chr. 4, 12.
cc) SJtJO 'TIS (city of the sun) Ir-she-
mesh. in the territory of Dan, Josh. 19,
51. Prob. the same with Dtth-shemesh ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 19.
dd) cnflnrt T'JJ the City of palm-trees,
i. q. 'in"'"i'^ Jericho, so called from the
multitude of palm-trees growing there,
see Plin. H. N. 5. 14. Tacit. Hist. 5. 6.
Deut. 34, 3. Judg. 1, 16. 2 Chr. 28, 15.
ee) For onnn T'S see under 0")n.
2. Ir. pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 7, 12 ; for
which in v. 7 ^^''S .
II. T'l? m. (n "TO) heat, i. e. a) an-
ger, wrath; Hos. li, 9 T'sa Kisx ftib /
will not come in wrath. b) Of mind,
anxiety, anguish, terror; Jer. 15, 18
nibna^ -i->s cxriB ry'bp^ "^n^Bn) Sept.
ini^^itpa ill avTtjf ilui(fvi]i; Jt^ofiov xitl
(Tnovdt,y. Here too we may refer Job
24, 12 'ipxs^ DT^ ''^2>o, if with Syr. for
D'^no men we read OTiT? the dying, i. e.
from anguish do the dying groan.
T^y Chald. m. (r. "m?) a watcher, a
name for angels in the later Hebrew, as
keeping watch over the aHairs of men,
Dan. 4, 10. 14. 20. In the Syrian litur-
gies it is also used for the archangels,
as of Gabriel ; elsewhere r^**"^ ^^^
Gr. f'/QriyoQoi of evil angels. In Lib.
Henoch. Eth. ^1*V3F watchers, is spok-
en of good angels 12, 2. 4. 92, 16 ; of
fallen angels 10, 13. 12. 5. al. Suicer
Thes. Eccl. art. iyQr,yooog. Castelli
Lex. Syr. ed. Mich. p. 649.
T?? see before r. ">i5 , p. 774.
^T'^. (wakeful, r. "IW I ) Ira, pr. n. m,
a) A priest under David, 2 Sam. 20, 26.
b) Two of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23,
26. 28.
yy^^. pr. n. m. Irad, an antediluvian
patriarch, son of Enoch and grandson
of Cain, Gen. 4, 18.
^"I"'y (fr. n-') Tru, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4,
15.
"""l"^? (urbanus) Tri, pr. n. see "i''5 I. 2.
WV^ (urbanus) Iram. pr. n. of a phy-
larch or head of a tribe among the Edom-
ites, Gen. 36, 43.
0*1'^? and O"!? m. (r. n-ns I) phir.
can"'?, nakedness, Deut. 28. 48. Ez. 16,
7 ";~'5l dSs ptxi but thou shalt be naked-
ness and need. i. e. most naked and with-
out help. v. 22. 39. 23. 29. Concr. naked.
Gen. 3, 10. 11. Ez. 18, 7. 16 ; and so plur.
n-'an-s naked Gen. 3, 7. The form is
la^j
776
"152?
like fiib-'S i. q. dbiy with Dag. in the
third radical.
T^^? Ursa major, see in 1IJ5 ,
^r^ pr. n. see in 'S ,
"liasy (i. q. naps mouse) Achbor, pr.
n. m. a) An Idumean, Gen. 36, 38. b)
A courtier of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 12. 14. Jer.
26. 22. 36, 12.
^nS? m. a spider Job 8, 14. Is. 59, 5.
Arab. e>vOCi&, Chald. xniaiss. It
seems to be compounded from -23
y^^kXit agile, swift, and Arab. yiXc
to weave (as a spider), q. d. sw//'/! weaver.
So Germ. Spinne from spinning ; also
Gr. aqn^vri, comp. Semit. 5"X to weave.
"1331? m. a mouse, espec. field-mouse,
1 Sam. 6, 4. 5. 11. 18 ; but an esculent
species of dormouse seems to be meant
Lev. 11, 29. Is. 66, 17. At least the
Arab. ^-j-X-t is i. q. p^y^y?. jerboa, m^^
jaculiis Linn. See Bochart in Hieroz.
T. I. p. 1017, who holds this word to be
compounded of the Chald. ^35 to de-
vour and 12 field, the / being elided ;
better from 335 v^^jCt agile, swift, and
nss, ']r5, to dig. pr. swift digger.
6a ^
13? (heated sand, Arab. JUCc , r. "3S)
pr. n. Accho, a maritime city in the terri-
tory of Asher, Judg. 1, 31 ; perh. Mic. 1,
10. where ""^n seems to be for "352. On
Phenician-Greek coins 35 is to be read
25 , see Monumm. Phoen. p. 269, 270. In
Greek "Axt}, Strabo 16. 2. 25 ; more fre-
quently Ptolemais ; now Os-t ^Akka,
also Fr. St. Jean cPAcre. See Reland
Palsestina p. 534-542.
"1''3:? (troubler, comp. Josh. 7, 26)
Achor, pr. n. of a valley near Jericho,
Josh. 15, 7. Is. 65, 10. Hos. 2, 17. R.
c
"=1^17 obsol. root, Arab. liJift pr. to
strike, to smile ; fut. /, to be hot, spoken
of the day. pr. to be struck by the sun ;
comp. ri33 Hiph. no. 1. b. Hence pr. n.
is .
* "5^ obeol. root, prob. i. q. <? to
trouble ; comp. Josh. 7, 1 eq. Hence pr.
n. "(35 ; and
131^ pr. n. (troubler) Achwi, an Israel-
ite who by his sacrilege brought defeat
upon the people, Josh. 7, 1. 22, 20 ; in
1 Chr. 2, 7 written 135 Achar, id.
CO^ in Kal not used, Arab. i>jjCft ,
s ->
to bind back; (w-La-c a cord, halter, by
which the mouth of the camel is bound
to his fore foot. Hence 035 fetter,
anklet ; and from this again :
PiEL denom. to put on anklets as an
ornament ; or rather to make a tinkling
with them, like females desirous of at-
tracting notice. Is. 3, 16. See 035 lett.
b. Hence
'^P? m. a fetter, ankle-band, see the
root. a) For criminals, Prov. 7, 22 he
goeth after her suddenly (the young man
after the adultress) as the ox goeth to
the slaughter-house,'b'^'\i^_ -iDln-'sN 0353-1
and as fetters for the punishment of the
wicked. Or we may here take 035 for
035 T^-^x as one bound in fetters (goeth)
to the punishment of the fool, i. e. of folly
or crime, as also in Engl. ' a criminal to
the punishment of his folly.' b) As an
ornament of showy females, fastened
upon the ankles, ankle-band, anklet, pe-
riscelis. niQiaq)igiov, plur. 0""03s Is. 3, 18.
Comp. 035 Pi. This ornament was com-
mon among ancient nations, as also now
in the east ; comp. Schroeder de Vestitu
p. 1 sq.
ncpy (anklet, from r. 035) Aclisah. pr.
n. of the daughter of Caleb, Josh. 15, 16.
17. Judg. 1, 12.
*'^5? 1. pr. i. q. Arab. jCt, to
trouble water, to make turbid, to disturb.
Hence trop.
2. to trouble, i. e. a) to disturb, to
put in confusion ; Prov. 11, 29 1P"'2 135
he that Iroubleth his house, i. e. lets his af-
fairs get into confusion. 15,27; comp. 15. 6.
b) to afflict any one, Judg. 11. 35 ; often
more strongly, i. q. to bring evil upon
any one. Gen. 34. 30. Josli. 6, 18. 7, 25.
1 Sam. 14, 29 ^isn-px ''2X i35 my
father hath brought evil on the land.
1 K. 18, 17. 18. Prov. 11, 17 TixtlJ 135
ITSX the cruel man afflicteth his own
flesh.
NiPH. to he troubled, to be moved with
^5?
777
bT
grieC Pb. 39, 3. Part. fem. the hew<r trou-
bled, i. e. trouble, disturbance, Prov. 15, 6.
Deriv. liss and the two following.
"isy (troiibler, r. laS) Achar, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 7 ; see in *,35.
'Q^l^ (afflicted, r. "^ss) Ochran, pr. n.
m. Num. 1, 13. 2, 27.
SITBD? m. quadril. an asp, adder, Ps.
140, 4. Derived perh. from. r. ttJsS
j^a.Cp to bend l)ack, and 3;rS to lie in
wait. i. e. an animal coiling itself up and
lying in wail.
^? m. (nV . like i from nnj , na from
Kia) with disjunct, accent bs.
1. Siibst. lieig-fit, summit ; then for
concr. high, most high; so of God Hos.
11, 7 inx"j|57 b?"bx they call them unto
the Most High (i. e. the prophets the peo-
ple), hut not one will exalt him. With a
negat. partic. ^5 !<V> the not-high, non-
suinmus, i. q. tSTi'bx xb nn-god, collect.
no-gods, idols, or i. q. b5b2 worthless-
ness ; so Hos. 7, 16 bs xb Jis^'tij; //k;?/ ^urn
themselves to no-gods, i. e. to idols, or to
wickedness.
2. Adv. on high highly; 2 Sam. 23, 1
bs D^sH whowa^highly cvalled, elevated.
With prof, hv^ from, on high, from above.
Gen. 27, 39. 49, 25 ; also simply afiorfl
Pr. 50, 4, see ')^ no. 3. h.
5? pr. constr. of the preced. article ;
Plur. constr. "'bs (a form peculiar to the
poets like "'bx. i"i5), c. sutf. ""hv, rpbs,
iib. f7"'bs, irbs. CD-'b?, cnibs, poe't.
'is'-'bs Ps. 5, 12. Job 20, 23.
A) Prep, very frequent and of wide
extent, corresponding to the Greek inl
(riff*) and vnit). Lat. super and in, Germ.
auf&nA iiber. Engl, upon, over. Chald.
bs, Syr. '^^>^. id. Its various uses and
applications may be reduced to four
classes.
1. i. q. inl, super, atf. upon, where
one thing is placed upon the upper part of
another, so as to stand, rest, incline upon
it, have it for a substratum, etc. Thus :
a) Of a sUite of rest, e.g. XSS'bs =;<
to sit upon a throne ; "inn-b5 nrs to
stand ripon a mountain ; i^b5";~b5 nrs
to stand upon his feet Zech. 14, 12 ; to
lie "ira^n-bs ujwn his bed 2 Sam. 4, 7 ;
a-'rj "<b5 on or in the way Job 18, 10. Ps.
131, 2 -iax 'b bas aa a weaned child
upon his mother, i. e. upon her lap. Cor-
rectly therefore Ps. 15, 3 he slandereth
not i5tlJb"b up<m his tongue, where
strictly speech arises ; and m j"'IJ"bs
upon thy mouth, where we say ' upon
thy lips,' e. g. Ex. 23, 13 T^-'D-bs r^7 jib
nor let the name of their idols he heard
upon thy lips. Ecc. 5, 1. Ps. 50, 16.
Comp. Gr. uvu aropu i/fiv. Here be-
longs too the phrase riia'bs on or in a
house, of which the following examples
may be noted : Is. 32, 13 hriers and
thorns grow tJrcJia 'n3*b3~b5 upon all
the Jiouses of joy, i. e. upon their
ruins. 38, 20 we will sing with stringed
instruments . . . ."^^ n''3"bs in the temple
nf Jehovah, or as in Engl, up in the tewr
pie, this being on a lofty site; comp.
Germ, auf der Stuhe, auf dem Sa-ole,
(or up in the room, etc. Polish po izhie,
on the parlour, this being higher than
the ground floor. Similar is "iB5"b9 on
the dust, not only upon the surface of the
ground, but also in the sepulchre, where
the dead repose not only on or in the
dust, but mingle with it. Job 20, 11. 21,
26. See "iBS . We may perhaps refer
to lett. b, and to no. 4 below, the follow-
ing examples in which motion is implied:
Hos. 11, 11 / will cause them to dwell
crs/'na'bs in their houses ; Is. 24, 22 the
captives are gathered into the dungeon
and are shut up in the prison. Spec.
) maTX'bs upon a land, where we
say in a land, in a country, Am. 7, 17 ;
so "i^J r^ns bs in a foreign land Ps.
137. 4; also 49, 12. 110,6. Is. 9, 6. 14,2;
D'lnsX'bs 171 Ephraim, in his land. Is. 7,
2. Comp. Lev. 25, 18. Jer. 23, 8. Ez.
28. 25. 37, 25.
/?) It designates clothing which one
wears, has on him. Gen. 37. 23 the tunic
"^bs "ittjx which was on him. which he
wore. Deut. 7, 25. 22. 5. 2 Sam. 13, 18.
Is. 9.5. Ruth3, 3. 15. IK. 11,30. Thus
we may explain the passage Job 24. 9 :
iibsn;^ '?5"b (iiiJN) what is upon the
poor (i. e. his clothes, rags) they take asa
pledge. Comp. bs nh for 'Tw*>|"r^i< "^
bs Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22, under art. n^a no.
2. In like manner the Arabs thus era-
ploy their J^fc, see Schult. ad Job 24,
21. Hariri Cons. ed. Sch. IV. p. 46.
Comp. Gr. /figiSfg inl /f^at Od. 24. 229.
b5>
778
b:?
jr) With words implying to be heavy
upon any one, i. e. to be a burden, trou-
ble to him ; Job 7, 20 / am a burden
lbs upon myself. Is. 1, 14 ITibb "^^s i-^n
they are a burden upon me, i. e. a trouble
to me. Comp. 2 Sam. 19, 36 where bx
for is . Hence bs 123 . see r. "I23 no. 1.
Here too we may refer Gen. 48. 7 ""bs nna
Pl]iT Rachel died, a loss heavy upon me.
Ecc. 6, 1.
^) Hence of any duty or obligation
resting upon any one as a burden, comp.
Comm. on Is. 9, 5. So 2 Sam. 18, 11
f^^b "^bs it lay on me to give, i. e. was my
duty. Prov. 7, 14 "^bs c^ab^ '1127 thank-
offerings were M/)on me, i. e. were due
from me. Gen. 34, 12 inb nsiQ ^bs lann
jRiait /ay tipon me never so much of dow-
ry and gifts, etc. 1 K. 4, 7. Ps. 56, 13.
Ezra 10, 4. Neh. 13, 13. So Arab. *JS
\LL)c> ^ flJf I owe a thousand dinars,
and ^Lot> oiJf k*5jJ^ J, thou owest
me a thousand dinars ; see De Sacy
Gramra. Arabe I. 1062. ed. 2.
f) bs niin , Gr. i,r,v ini tivoc, to live
upon, e. g. cnbn-bs on bread Deut. 8, 3,
"13"^?!";!? upon or 6?/ one's sword Gen. 27,
40. The idea is here that of a founda-
tion, support, by which life is sustained.
Comp. Is. 38, 16.
^) Trop. and rarely of time when, as
the basis on which t nqax&ivia as it
were rest, or as a way on or in which
they have their course. Prov. 25, 11
l'^;BX"b5 on i. e. ai its proper time,
timely, see '|Bi<. So Arab. ScV-g-C (J^A
in its time, Gr. in r)fiaxi Od. 2. 284, im
vvxii, inl nolffiov. Germ, aufden Tag,
Engl, upon the day, upon a time.
f]) Of the norm, rule, standard, which
J8 followed or imitated ; since things
measured or to be conformed to any
model are laid upon the rule or pattern.
Comp. the Greek ijil ^;p,- ' in the man-
ner of beasts.' Lat. ' hunc in modum,'
Germ. 'rtJ/fdie Art.' 'aw/Englisch,' i.e.
in the English manner. Ps. 110,4 "b?
'la '^n^r'7 after the manner of Melchize-
dek ; n;D"br in this manner Esth. 9. 26 ;
bs X'^pj . xuXfurOai tni riroc, to he called
after any one, see K"^!? , Ollen of the
instrument after whose modulations a
ong is to be sung, Ps. 8, J. 45, 1. 53, 1.
60, 1. 69, 1. Also of a song the mea-
sure of which is followed in other poems,
Ps. 56, 1. Comp. the similar use of the
Syr. Vi, Eichhorn Prsef. ad Jones de
Poesi Asiat. p. xxxni ; also Russian po
tact, after the time, measure.
b) Of motion upon or over the upper
part or surface of any thing ; either from
a higher place downwards, down upon,
over, or from a lower place upwards, up
upon, over. Hence
) upon, i. e. doicn upon, as b> "jns to
put upon any thing Lev. 1,7; bs Ti"'btt;n
to cast upon or over any thing Ps. 60, 10;
to rain upon the earth Job 38, 26 ; 3ri3
m'nbn-bi* to inscribe w/jon tablets Ex. 34,
1 ; "^rb? inj , ''i^-b? ',n3 to give over
upon i. e. into the hands of any one, see
in 1^ no. 1. ee. Trop. of punishment or
calamity coming upo7i any one, as "'Dnn
rj-ibr my wrong be upon thee Gen. 16, 5;
M^'^^P ^^? 27, 13; so 38, 29. 42, 36;
comp. h'J "lin Ez. 13, 3; b? J<13 to come
upon, i. e. to happen to any one. see in
N"i3 . So after verbs of presenting, giving
in charge, Engl, to give over to any one ;
as b? -ij^Q , b? n-i:? , b? ans , see these
verbs; comp. arjfiaivtiv inl dfiwjiai Od.
22. 427 ; and also after verbs of speaking
or deciding upon, i. e. against any one,
as 'S h'J 12'n, see in -i31 lett. s ; hs "inx
Ez. 26, 2. To this general sense we
may refer Judg. 15. 8 "bs pir Cinx T\'^^
Ti"!^ he smote them leg upon thigh, Engl,
'hip and thigh ;' also Am. 3, 15 and I
will smite the winter-palace upon (bs)
the summer-palace. Here the idea is to
smite them limb upon limb, i. e. so that
the scattered limbs fall one upon ano-
ther ; and in like manner palace upon
palace, so that the ruins of one over-
whelm and destroy another.
/3) upon, i. e. up upoii, up into ; as
in by nb^ to go up upon or into a moun-
tain Is. 40, 9. 14, 8. 14 ; n33n:2n-bs nbsn
to cause to come up into a chariot 1 K.
20, 33 ; y*^~bs fibn to hang 7cpo7i a tree
Gen. 40, 19. 2 Sam. 4, 12 ; and so nbs
-b"b to come up upon or into the heart
or n)ind. see in nbs no. 1 fin.
;') Trop. it marks sometiiing mtper-
added ; comp. Gr. /uiJAoc inl n>ii.oj Od. 7.
120. inl Tolin, Lat. vuinus super vuIiuib,
Engl, wound upon wound. So bs CiO"'
b?
779
b^
to add upon or to any thing, see "O^ ;
is 3''?!'7? to be reckoned ttpon or lo any
thing 2 Sam. 4. 2 ; "i3d-bs ^ad ruin
upon ruin Jer. 4, 20. comp. Ez. 7. 20. Job
6, 16. Is. 32, 10 nr cbs D"'??^ r/ay* j^/jon
years, or as in Engl, a year and a daij,
for an indefinite period of lime. Gen. 28,
9 he took Mahalaih. .. .^'vii-hs upon
i. e. in addition to Aw other wives. 31, 50.
d) Where any thing ia subjoined,
which might be an obstacle or hin-
drance. b is equivalent to even upon,
i. e. notwithstanding ; Job 34, 6 'aBd'O'bs
notwitfistanding my right. Also c. infin.
although, Job 10, 7 r(n5'n"bs although
thou knawest. See below in B. no. 1.
2. Tiie second class comprises those
significations and phrases in which is
contained the idea of impending, suspen-
tion, being above or over any thing, yet
60 as not to be in contact with it, i. q.
Gr. VTii^, Germ. Uber, Engl, above, over,
upon. Spoken of rest in a place, e. g.
Job 29, 3 when his candle shined over
(^around) my head, Ps. 29, 3 the voice of
the Lord is heard ripon (over) tfie wa-
ters. Also after verbs of motion, Gen.
19, 23 the sun was risen I'lxn'b? upon
(over) the earth. 1, 20. Job 31. 21.
Spec.
a) Of power, dominion over men, as
is "i^. i? i'J'S, bs T'psn to set over,
f>'??n''5? 'i^iN the prefect of the palace,
marshal, see n^? "o. 3. Comp. Gr. 6 irtl
Twv nQuy/j.dxmv one over affairs, a super-
visor, prefect.
b) After verbs signifying to cover, to
protect, i. e. pr. to cover over any one,
see the verbs ')2a, riD3, "20, nas, and
Lehrg. p. 818 ; though the cover or veil
may not be aver or above the thing co-
vered, but around or before it. Ex. 27,
21 the curtain which is over i. e. before
the law. 1 Sam. 25, 16 irbr rn niain
' - T T T
they were a wall over us, i. e. before us,
they protected us. Ez. 13, 5. Zech. 12,
2. After verbs signifying to protect, and
also those implying to defend, to inter-
cede, it may be rendered for, Lat. pro,
(comp. Gr. upvveiv vtibq, -^vfiv vrttQ,) as
is cni: to fight/or any one Judg. 9. 17 ;
is -i^QS id. Dan. 12, 1 ; is nc3 to make
expiation^r any one ; is iiqnn to in-
tercede for any one, in order to avert
punishment.
c) Often it exprespes the idea of sur-
passing, going beyond in any thing, comp.
Lat. super oranes, supra moduiu, Engl.
over, above. Pe. 89, 8 terrible afjove all
them that are round about him. Job 23,
2 'nnjx-bs nnas -^n; my hand (i.e. the
hand of God upon me) is heavier than
my groaning. Ecc. 1, 16. Pa. 137. 6.
Gen. 49, 26. Comp. Arab. Kor. 37, 153
I have preferred the daughters ^X^
j^wAjuJ! above the sona.' Also Gen. 48,
22 /give thee a portion of land ?}'^^<-is
above thy brethren, i. e. a portion larger
than to thy brethren. Hence i. q. over
and above, besides, beyond, Ps. 16. 2 "'naia
Tj^is ba all my good is not hing besides
thee, I. e. I prefer thee to all other good.
So of time, over, beyond. Lev. 15. 25 if
the menstrual^.r continue nnnr-bs be-
yond the time of her uncleanness.
d) Trop. of the cause /or. on account
of, because of which any thing is done,
Gr. vntQ oh. Ps. 44. 23 /or thee (T'bs),
for thy sake, we are slaughtered, job
34, 36. Ruth 1, 19. Hence ni bs Lam.
5, 17, PXT bs Jer. 4, 28, and -,3 bs (see
"?), for this cause, on this account ; is
"13'n (propter rem), niTix bs (propter
causas), on account of became of; nta bs
on what account? i. e. wlierefore 7 With
inf T|"]^i< bs because of thy saying, be-
cause thou sayest, Jer. 2, 35. Job 32, 2.
Often also of the cause (qs. the founda-
tion) both of joy and sorrow, see Piaa ,
'^P.'^f] ? "'BO ; of laughing and weeping,
see pnb, nsa ; of anger Job 19, 11 ; of
compassion Ps. 103, 13, etc. etc.
e) As marking the 06/ec/ of discourse,
upon, concerning, of ; Judg. 9, 3 ^"12"]';']
rbs lax inx and his mother''s brethren
spake concerning him. 1 K. 5, 13. Gen.
41, 15 T^-'bs 'nSTS'r / have heard con-
cerning thee. Also of an oath Lev. 5,
22 ; of confession Ps. 32, 5 ; of a pro-
phecy 1 K. 22. 8. Is. 1, 1 ; of strife Gen.
26, 21 ; comp. bs yi^ to know concern^
ing any thing Job 37, 16.
3. The third class consists of those
examples in which bs after verbs of rest
implies j3ro.rm?7yand contiguity, hat.ad,
apud. Germ, an, bey, Engl, at, by, near ;
yet so that this notion springs out of the
primary idea of being upon, over any
thing. So espec.
te
ISO
b:p
a) Where a thing actually impends
over another, e. g. when one stands by
a fountain or well, "|'^>"'?, over which
one really impends or inclines, Gen. 16,
7 ; 0*1^ b5 by the waters, as being lower
than the surface of the ground. Num. 24,
6 ; c>n b? by the sea Ex. 14, 2. 9 ; "'3 bs
^i<7 ut or on the bank of the Nile Is. 19,
7, "IN";' b at the river Ex. 2, 5, comp.
Gr. fnl norafiov, Lat. S7/pfr fluvium Liv.
i. e. Engl, upon the river, Dutch Kculen
op den Khyn, Russ. poniorski superma-
rinus. i. e. maritime ; C^^jn ~^ by the
camels sc. lying down, so that a man
standing was above them. Gen. 24, 30 ;
*,";*n bv Prov. 23. 30 ; D^ZX bs at or over
tiie crib Job 39, 9 ; cn^n b? at meat, at
table, 1 Sam. 20, 24 ; 'liBrsn b? adjudg-
ment, pr. at the table of the judges. Is.
28, 6 ; in all which cases the head is
above the place named. Comp. inl tw
Shinrb) Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12, super coenam,
in i^yo), ' to sit over one's books.' Here
too belongs hv nrs , b? 3S2 . to stand at
or by a person, e. g. lying down 1 Sam.
4. 20. 2 Sam. 1, 9. 10. 20, 11 ; or sitting
on the ground. Gen. 18, 8 ; or on a seat,
as a judge Ex. 18, 13. 14, or a king Judg.
3, 19. 1 Sam. 22, 6. 7. 17. Also to stand
at or by an altar, sacrifice, bS5 3S3 Num.
23, 3. 6. 15. 1 K. 13, 1. Here too some
refer the phrase "^^ bs irS and the like ;
but these belong rather to lett. b, c, be-
low. So where one inclines or leans
upon or over a person or thing ; Gen.
45, 15 he kissed all his brethren ^(3]^]
tri'^br a7Hl vept upon them, bending
over them. Judg. 14, 16. Gen. 45, 14. Is.
60, 14.
b) Different is it with phrases like :
"IB b5 at the face, in front of a person or
thing, i. e. before him, see in HJB (c^SB);
"'- ^? ) ''1'^ ^? ; o' o'" o the side, i. e. by,
near, see in "i^ no. 5 ; "(""la^ bs on the
right, at the right of any one, see in
J'^t:; no. 1 ; H"'")'!!'? ^? ^^ ^^^ '^^^''^ ^^ 't-
behind it, Ez. 41, 15 ; comp. Gr. inl
iiXiu, in u(JtaTfQu, 11.7, 238. 12, 240;
Engl, on the Ride, etc. The siiperjicies
of a thing is not only its upper surface,
but every other external part ; and by
the same figure we speak of what is on
the side, for at or by the side. Hence
b? simply is put for n;; bs, i. q, at, by,
wsar, e. g. b SSJ, b? i, to stand by
or near, even where a person so stand-
ing is in no way higher than the other,
as 1 Sam. 22, 9. Zech. 4, 14. Here be-
long the phrases : '^ bs :a;;;ri-i Job 1, 6.
2, 1. Zech. 6, 5, '^ b? I7:s 1 K. 22, 19,
spoken of angels and other attendants
of Jehovah, who stand before him seated
upon his lofty throne, comp. Is. 6, 1.
Also Job 30, 4 who pluck up purslain by
the bushes, i. e. around and under them.
31, 9 nrs bs at the door. Ez. 46, 2 bs
'^^.^^ ni'"? by the post of the gate. Job
29, 7 r''"!;i^"''b3f by the city. Comp. below
in bso no. 2.
c) Sometimes the idea ut, by, near, at
the side of, is extended so as to include
several or all sides, and becomes thurf
i. q. round about, aroiind, like 1S3. Ex.
14, 3 ^S'lEn nn-'bs -iSO the desert hath
closed around them, hath shut them
in ; comp. tS3 "^J-0 1 Sam. 1, 6. Is. 35,
10 everlasting joy DCJ<"i bs iipon their
head, i. e. circuml'used around their
head. .Tob 13, 27 see in r. n;?n Hithp.
So too Job 26, 9. 36, 30, unless we refer
these to the idea of covering over ; see
above in no. 2. b.
d) Kindred is the idea of accompani-
ment, vuth, together with ; comp. also the
sense oi adding, no. 1. b. y. So of men
and beasts; Ex. 35, 22 the wen with (bs)
the women. Gen. 32, 12 D"^32 bs cs the
mother with the children. Job 33, 32.
Of things. Num. 9, 11 'iJl nis^ bs with
unleavened bread and bitter herbs shall
they eat it, sc. the paschal lamb. Ex. 12,
8. 9. Deut. 16, 3. So cw bs bax to eat
flesh with the blood 1 Sam. 14, 32. Lev.
19, 26 ; comp. DS b=S< Deut. 12, 23. Of
attendant circumstances, as nat 'bs with
sacrifice Ps. 50, 5 ; b23 ^bs> j/;i//i the lyre
Ps. 92, 4 ; nix 'bs with S7inshine Is. 18,
4. For Judg. 15, 8 and Am. 3, 15, see
above in no. 1. b. a, fin.
e) Hence arise various phrases, in
which bs with refers to that which one
has with or within himself; so that in the
same connection it might be a or 3")I^a.
So espec. in phrases pertaining to the
heart, soul, spirit, (ab, aJB?, nil.) or
their aflections or changes, etc. Jcr. 8,
18 'JT "^Sib 'bs my heart within me is sick.
Has. 11, 8 'Sb ^bs r\^n my heart is
turned within me (comp. *'a"ip;a "^ab T(Bn3
id. Lam. 1, 20). Neh. 5, 7. Ps. 131, 2
781
b?
IBB? '^S b^5S'. Lam. 3, 20. ?e.i2.&whij
art thnacivti down, Omifnoitl, ^59 "''rrjD}
and why disquieted within me ? v. 7. 12.
43, 5. Ps. 142. 4 'nn 'bs anna. 143,
' --II '
4. Jon. 2, 8 ; comp. Ps. 107. 5. Here too
we niiiy refer Pa. 42. 5 'OJp? 'hv naottSs
I pour out my soul within me kc. in tears.
Job 30, 16. Also 1 Sara. 4, 19 ssonj-'a
n*^^^:! O'^"'? fo'' ^'' /'ot"* tnmed them-
selves within her, i. e. beg.in to cause
wri things within her. Dan. 10, 16.
f) With abstract nouns bs forms a
periphrase for adverbs, as "^^'S b? with
falsehood, i. e. falsely. Lev. 5, 22 ; "in"] bs
abundantly, plentifully, Ps. 31, 24; bs
nVp3 //ij-/i%. slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11 ;
"i:tn bs with acceptance, acceptably sc.
before God Is. 60, 7, i. q. V^'^b 56, 7. Jer.
6, 20. Comp. ^71 laa i. q. 'iaotq, inl fiiya,
irtl TtoXv, Arab. ^Lo j_^^ evidently.
But the.e phrases may also be referred
to b no. 1. a. j.
4. Under the fourth class are included
those significations and those examples
in which bs implies motion and espe-
cially rapid motion upon i. e. towards
any place or object, and thus approaches
to the force of the particle bx , for which
indeed ''^s^.lk is everywhere put in Sy-
riac and Chaldee, they being without
bs . This springs out of the signification
o( rushing down upon any thing (see in
no. 1. b. ), downward motion being
usually more rapid, and is expressed in
Greek by ini or xard, down tipon, espe-
cially in compounds as xu&ir,fii,; Lat. in,
ad; Germ, auf etwas hin, auf etwas
los ; Engl, upon, to, towards, etc. So
Job 27. 22 rbs r^bttS^ to cast upon him
sc. arrows, to shoot at him. Also 1''33 bs
fo his face (elsewhere T^3B bx , see a^3D)
Job 21. 31 ; np-o bs to his place Ex. 18,
23 ; "pia; b to the right hand Gen. 24,
49; la-ip bs for ianp bx into his inward
parts, i. e. into him, 1 K. 17, 21. Hence
bs nba and bx nb in the same verse
Is. 36, 12 ; bs be; (also bx bs3) to fall
away to any one; bs ana (also bx ans)
to write to any one 2 Chr. 30, 1 ; bs '^3
Is. 29, 12 i. q. b.s inj v. 11. So after
verbs of going to 2 Sam. 15, 20 ; of
coming to ib. v. 4 ; of fleeing to Is. 10, 3 ;
of sending to Neh. 6, 3; of putting forth
the hand to Is. II, 8; of inclining oneself
66
to or towards, bs njnniSn Lev. 26, 1 ; of
speaking, as 'b ab bs -.an to j>eak to the
/leart i. e. kindly, to comfort, see in "^a^
lett. e ; of announcing Is. 53, 1 ; ab cip
b? , see in D=ib no. 4. c ; of love (see ais)
and desire Cant. 7, 11 ; and also 2 Sam,
14, 1 oib-aax bs r,ban ab the king^s
heart was ujmn (towards) Absalom, i.e.
he loved him. Spec.
a) In a hostile sense, upon, against,
contra; Judg. 16, 12 r\^h9 nTilcbo the
Philistines are upoii thee, i. e. assail
thee. Ez. 5, 8 Tl^bs 'ssn lo, I am against
thee i. e. will assail thee (elsewhere
rc\^ 'h). Job 16, 4. 9. 10. 19, 12. 21, 27.
30, 12. 33, 10. Is. 9, 20. Also bs Dp to
rise up against any one ; "t^s bs njn to
encamp against a city, to besiege it ;
bs aao to surround any one sc. in a
hostile manner ; bs attJn to take counsel
against any one, etc.
b) More rarely in a sense of kindness,
td, towards, e. g. b? 'ton ri'rs 1 Sam. 20, 8.
c) In writers of the silver age of the
Hebrew (see bs Chald.) it is not unfre-
quently used for bx and b, as marking
the dative, e. g. Esth. 3, 9 T^bsn bs DX
aia if it seem good to the king, if it
please him, comp. Ezra 5, 17. So not
rarely in the book of Job, as 33, 23 m D
l^bs i. q. ib Si;) CX if there be to him, if
he have, etc. 22, 2 itjibs ^iso'] "^3 even
when he is profitable to himself. 6, 27.
19, 5. 30, 2. 33, 27. 38, 10 ; comp. Ez. 27,
5. Prov. 29, 5.
d) In a few examples bs approaches
to the force of ns , with which it is some-
times interchanged in Mss. as Is. 10, 25
DH'^ban bs even to their destruction ;
here 2 Mss. have 1? . Ps. 19, 7 and his
circuit onisp bs utito the ends of them,
where ISMss. read ns. Job 37, 3.
Note. Less correctly are referred to
this class such phrases as D''?2!i'n bs
toward heaven Ex. 9, 22, nirrj by Is. 17,
7, ("tr!) bs in3 Mic. 4, 1, and others of
the like kind ; all of which belong rather
to no 1. b. /?.
B) Conjunct, for itix bs 1. although,
comp. A. 1. b. d. Job 16. 17 DTsn xb by
'Dsa although there is not injustice inmy
hands. Is. 53, 9. Arab. ,JkA id. see
Thesaur. p. 1028.
2. on account that, because, see in A.
2. d; c. proet. Gen. 31, 20. Ps. 119. 136.
iJS'
782
vdy
Ezras, 11. More fully ^l^x b? Deut.
29, 24. 2 Sam. 3, 30 ; -iS b? Deut. 31, 17.
Ps. 139. 14.
C) With other Prepositions :
I. b53 pr. as according to, as is fitting,
comp. in hv A. 1. a. ij. As prep, ac-
cording to, Is. 63. 7 ; repeated. Is. 59. IS
C^'^^? ^?3 nblSJ ;S3 according to their
deeds, accordingly (for IH"'^??) will he
repay. Comp. 2 Chr. 30, 18. Far more
frequent is
II. hv-Q, Arab. J^ ^j^, although
not frequent in Arabic, e. g. 1 K. 13, 15
Vers. Arab.
1. Pr. from upon, from above, spoken
of what is removed/row the place upon,
above, over which it was, Germ, von
oben weg ; whether it falls or is borne
downwards, or is removed in any other
manner. Thus Gen. 24, 64 she alighted
b'C'^ii bSTD from the camel ; so to tail
from a seat, XBsn hl)r: 1 Sam. 4, 18 ; to
shoot from the wall, nisinn hl3-q 2 Sam.
11, 20; or even to be lifted upwards,
,r-i5<n i?^ Ez. 1, 19. Gen. 48, 17 he
removed his hand laJS"! b'S'o from his
head; on which he had laid it. ttJSi xrj
's h^iz to take off" the head of any one
Gen. 40, 19. Am". 7, 11. Judg. 16, 20 Je-
hovah was departed ''''^^^ from him, i. e.
the spirit of God which had rested upon
him. Spec. a) Of those who put off"
or lay aside a garment (comp. b? A. no.
l.a./5) Gen. 38, 14. 19. Is. 20, 2; a shoe,
sandal, Josh. 5, 15 ; a ring from the fin-
ger Gen. 41, 42, comp. Deut. 8, 4. 29, 4 ;
hence of the skin, Job 30, 30 "inttj i-iis
'bya my skin turns black and falls off
from me. v. 17. Trop. Judg. 16, 19 his
strength went from him, i. e. in which he
was clothed, see uiab . b) So of those
who are relieved from any cause of dis-
quiet, any burden upon them, comp. bs
A. no. 1. Y- Ex. 10, 28 "'bs^ r^b depart
from me, as being a vexation and burden
upon me. Gen. 13, U. 25, 6. 2 Sam. 19,
10 he (David) i fled out of the land
Bibiasx bST3 from Absalom, to whom he
had become a burden, c) Of those who
read from upon the page of a book, out
of Si book, Jer. 36, 11, Is. 34, 16.
2. from at, from by. from near any
person or thing, comp. by no. 3. Gen.
17,22 and Jehovah went up on'^ax bsxj
fromwith Abraham. 35, 13. Num. 16,26.
Hence after verbs of passing by or away
Gen. 18, 3; of removing Jer. 2, 5. Job 19,
13; ol'turning onselfavvay Is. 7, 17. Jer.
32, 40. Hos. 9, 1.
3. b bs'a nearly i. q. bs (comp. b nntnia
i. q. nnn) above Neh. 12. 37 ; above, over,
any thing Gen. 1, 7. Ez. 1, 25. Jon. 4, 6.
2 Chr. 13, 4. Neh. 12, 31. So too at. by,
near, by the side of, 2 Chr. 26, 19. Also
b being omitted (as rnnB for b rnn72)
above Neh. 3, 28. Ecc. 5, 7 bsx:' ni-j '3
"i?:iij ni:a/or one high above the high
watcheth, i. e. above the most powerful
there is still a higher power which
watches him. Ps. 108, 5. Esth. 3, 1 ; at,
by, near, Jer. 36, 21.
^? Chald. c. suff. 'nibs, xrbs, V'"'''^?,
i. q. Heb.
1. upon, Dan. 2, 10. 29. 46. 48. 49. 3,
12. al.
2. i. q. Heb. no. 2, vnig, above, over,
Dan. 5, 23. 6, 4 ; espec. in the sense of
surpassing Dan. 3, 19. Trop. for, on
account of, because of, hence nn bs
therefore Ezra 4, 15; also of the object
of discourse, upon, concenang, Dan. 6,
13. 7. 16. 19.
3. Often i. q. bs, to, unto any person
or thing, e. g. after a verb of approach-
ing Dan. 7, 16 ; of entering 2. 24 ; of re-
turning 4, 31 ; of sending Ezra 4, 11. 17.
18 ; of writing, 4. 7. Also i. q. b as mark
of the dative, Dan. 6. 19 sleep fied Ti-ibs
to him, i. e. his sleep fled ; hence also
bs rj Ezra 5, 17. 7, 18, and bs -iSTU
Dan. 4, 24, it seems good to any one, i. e.
pleases him. In a hostile sense, against,
Dan. 3, 29. Ezra 4, 19.
^i^ m. (r. bbs II ) once ^i5> Jer. 5, 5, c.
suff. "iis , a yoke, the curved piece of
wood upon the neck of draught animals,
by which they are fastened to the pole
or beam, Num. 19, 2. Deut. 21, 3. I
Sam. 6. 7. Often trop. as the emblem of
servitude 1 K. 12, 4. 9-11. Is. 9, 3. 10, 27.
14; 25. 47, 6. Jer. 5, 5 ; hence to break
the yoke, to become free, Gen. 27, 40. Jer,
2, 20. al. An iron yoke is the emblem
of severe bondage, Deut. 28, 48. Jer. 28,
14. Put also for calamity, suffering,
Lam. 1, 14. 3, 27. Arab. Jlc id.
i^f? Chald. above, over, followed by
1 Dan. 6, 3.
i6k
783
n^y
39.
^^ (yoke) Ulla, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7,
rW^a? Chald. emphat. see "iJ .
^2^ obBol. root, i. q. Arab. v^JLc ,
to be strong, to prevail. Hence pr. n.
'j'iabr-'ax p. 5.
*ri? obsol. root, i. q. is^ , to stam-
mer; hence
i?2? m. adj. stammering, stuttering,
Is. 32, 4. Arab. ,^J(x barbarian.
n5y fut. n^S'i , apoc. b^ , inf constr.
nibs .
1. to go or come up, to ascend, to motint,
opp. *Tn;j . Sept. ma/iitlt'(t). Arab. iLc
to ascertd, also to be high, ^Lfr to grow
up high, as a plant, to be high sc. in
price ; Syr. Pa. . iNs to lift up, Ethpa.
to be lifted up, to go up ; Chald. Pa. to
exalt, to prai.se, Ithpa. to be exalted.
Comp. Lat. alo to bring up, whence al-
esco, aZtus. Constr. a) Absol. Gen.
44, 17. 46, 29. al. b) With 1^ of place
whence Josh. 4, 17. 10, 9. Cant. 4, 2 ;
''''^^^ o^ pers. spoken of God Gen. 35,
13. c) Place whither is put with bs Is.
14, 14. Josh. 2, 8 ; bx Ex. 24, 13. 15." 18.
34, 4. Deut. 17, 8. 1 Sam. 15, 34 ; i? Is.
22, 1 ; a Ps. 24, 3. Deut. 5, 5. Cant. 7,
9 ; ace. Gen. 49, 4 :;i2X ''23'a^ n-^bs "^3
/or thou didst ascend the bed of thy
father. Prov. 21, 22. Num. 13, 17. Judg.
9, 48. Prov. 30, 4 ; c. n loc. Josh. 15, 3.
d) The pers. to whom is put with bs*
Ex. 19; 3 ; bs Josh. 2, 8. But b oftener
marks the pere. against whom one goes
up, 2 K. 17, 3. 18, 25. Joel 1, 6. e) In-
fin. c. b .for doing something Is. 57, 7.
Poetically, like other verbs of going,
flowing, (see "i^^ . "bri .) it takes an ace.
of thing implying abundance, sc. that
of which a great quantity springs up
e. g. upon a certain spot of ground, so
that every thing seems changed into it.
So a vineyard. Is. 5, 6 r'^'rn n-^ad nbsi
and it grew up to thorns and prickles,
i. e. was wiiolly changed into them, as
a burning house goes vip in flame and
smoke (comp. Judg. 20. 40. Jer. 48, 15).
Is. 34, 13. Prov. 24, 31 and lo, it was all
grovm up to thorns. So Am. 8, 8. 9, 5
RM ^X";? nnbs^ and it (the land) shall
go up wholly like the Nile, bc. in inunda-
tion, shall be wholly overwhelmed.
Persons are said to go up, to ascend,
not only upon a mountain, wall, roofj
bed ; but also in other less obvious re-
lations, e. g. a) From a lower region
to a higher, oomp. in Tn^ no. 1. a-d ; bo
of God ascending into heaven Gen. 35,
13. Job 36, 33 see in r. njj Hiph. no. 2. b.
Josh. 4, 17. 19. 10, 7.9. 33. Judg. 1, 1.2.
3. 16. 2, 1. Gen. 46, 29 where Joseph
goes from the capital near the Nile to
the land of Goshen. Spec, of those who
go up to Palestine, e. g. from Egypt Gen.
13, 1. 44, 24. 50, 5. Ex. 1, 10. 2 K. 23,
29 ; from Assyria 2 K. 17, 3. Is. 36, 1. 10 ;
from Babylonia 2 K. 24, 1. Ezra 2. 1. 7,
6. Neh. 7, 6. 12, 1 ; out of all lands Hoe.
1, 11. Zech. 14, 16. 17. But as to Assy-
ria the usage is not consUint, and in
Hos. 8, 9 Israel is said to go up to Assy-
ria (comp. nbsn 2 K. 17, 4), just as the
Greeks used arn^^alvttv of a journey to
the interior of Asia, whence the 'Ava-
(iaviq or expedition of the younger Cy-
rus ; and this physically speaking is
perhaps correct. /5) Of those who go
into d-eserts, since these are often high
regions. Job 6, 18; comp. Josh. 16, 1.
Matt. 4, 1. So too those who go up to
a sanctuary, since these were usually on
hills and mountains, see in noa no. 3, 4;
Deut. 17, 8. Judg. 20, 3. 18. 3L 21, 5. 8.
19. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 10, 3. Ps. 122, 4 ; comp.
Ex. 34, 24. Syr. >n\ro to go up to a
convent. Also to a place of judgment
Deut. 25, 7. Num. 16, 12. 14. Judg. 5, 4.
Ruth 4, 1. Yet perh. the sanctuary and
place of judgment were regarded as
heights also in a sacred and moral
sense ; which would accord better with
some passages, as Num. 1. c. Ruth 1. c.
So too where Joseph is said to go up to
the court of Pharaoh Gen. 46, 31 ; comp.
. fiNw , avit(i(xlvb), of those who go to the
metropolis, Mich. Chrest. Syr. p. 68.
Raphel. Obss. ad N. T. e Polyb. p. 90.
y) To go tip against is said also of those
who go lo attack or besiege a city, per-
son, land ; since cities and fortresses
were situated on heights, Mic. 2, 13.
Nah. 2 2. Joel 1. 6. 1 K. 15, 17. 20, 22.
Is. 7, 1. 6; comp. 1 Sam. 17, 23. 25.
Tibs
784
nbs
Spoken of beasts, e. g. the males of
cattle in gendering Gen. 31, 10-12. Al-
so of things, e. g. a plant, to shoot up, to
grow vp, Gen. 40, 10. 41. 22. Deut. 29,
22. Is. 55, 13; grass Am. 7, 1 ; so of a
horn Dan. 8, 3 ; and even of a person
who grows up Gen. 49, 9. Also of a
stream going up, rising over its banks
Is. 8, 7 ; the wind, to spring up, Hos. 13,
15 ; flame Judg. 13, 20; smoke Gen. 19,
28 ; vapour Gen. 2, 6 ; the dawn, to rise,
Gen. 19, 15. 32, 25. 27; a stench Joel 2,
20. So of a way leading up Judg. 20,
31 ; a border Josh. 15, 15 sq. 18, 12 ; a
rising tract of country Josh. 16. 1 ; the
lot coming up out of the urn Lev. 16,
9. 10. Josh. 18, 11 ; anger, which is often
compared with smoke, Ps. 18, 9. 78, 21.
31. 2 Sam. 11, 20; a battle waxing
fiercer 1 K. 22, 35; of tumult, clamour,
Ps. 74, 23. Jer. 14, 2. So of clamour
going up to the ears of Jehovah 2 K. 19,
28 ; a rumour id. Jon. 1, 2. Metaph.
'b Vs nVs to go up above any one, i. q.
to surpass, to excel, Prov. 31, 29 ; in
wealth, prosperity, Deut. 28, 43. Also
ab bs nts to come up to mind, i. e. to
be remembered, mentioned, Is. 65, 17.
Jer. 3, 16. 7, 31. 19, 5. 32, 35; so wm-
Paivfiv inl t^v xugdiav Acts 7, 23. Hiph.
Ez. 14, 3. 4.
2. As intrans. fibs to go or came vp is
also used for various passive senses : a)
i. q. to be taken up, e. g. from the ground.
Am. 3, 5. Prov. 26, 9 nisd 1^3 nbs nin a
thorn that is taken up in the hand of a
dr-unkard. Job 5, 26 IFOa CJi'ij nibss as
a shock oj com is taken up in its season sc.
and carried to the garner. 36, 20 long not
for the night D"^B5 ribsb whither the
nations are taken away, b) to be put
or laid upon, e. g, a yoke upon an animal
Num. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 7; a sacrifice
lupon the altar 1 K. 18, 36 ; so of ban-
'dages applied to a wound, see in na^nj* .
c) to be put on, worn, as a garment.
Lev. 19, 19, comp. in bs no. 1 a. /5. So
of flesh and sinews made to grow and
cover the bones Ez. 37, 8; comp. in
Hiph. no. 2. e. Of a razor, to be drawn
over or applied to one's head Judg. 16,
17. d) to be ptd upon record, to be re-
gistered, recorded, 1 Chr. 27, 24 ; comp.
b ars , and see Hiph. no. 2. f.
NiPH. ribss , fut. nbs*' l, to be made
to go tip, i. e. to be led or brought vp
Ezra 1, II.
2. to lift up oneself, to rise up, to go up
in departing, etc. So the cloud of the
divine presence Num. 9, 17. 21. 22. Ez.
9, 3 ; an army, i. q. to break up, Jer. 37,
5. 11, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 27. With 'f2 to
get oneself up or away from a place
Num. 16, 24, 27.
3. to be exalted, of God, Ps. 47, 10 ;
c. b above others Ps. 97, 9.
Hiph. nbsn, once nbsn Hab. 1, 15
with Vav conj. n^bsn^ Deut. 27, 6 ; fut!
^b?- , conv. bs^^ , which can be distin-
guished from Kal only by the context.
1. As referring to men and beasts, to
make go or come up, to cause to ascend,
to lead or bring up, Sept. ava^i^a^ca,
avdyw. E. g. upon a roof Josh. 2, 6 ;
into a chariot 1 K. 20, 33. 2 K. 10, 15 ;
out of a pit Gen. 37, 28. Ps. 40, 3. Jer.
38, 3 ; from Sheol Ps. 30, 4 ; also to
evoke from Sheol 1 Sam. 28, 11. So
from a lower to a higher region of coun-
try 2 Sam. 2, 3. 2 K. 25, 6 ; from Egypt
into the desert and into Palestine Gen.
50, 24. Judg. 6, 8. 1 Sam. 12, 6. 2 K. 17,
36. al. into Palestine as mountainous
from other lands 2 Chr. 36, 17. Jer. 27^
22 ; comp. 39, 5. So an enemy, comp.
in Kal no. 1. y ; Ez. 26, 3 against Tyre ;
Jer. 50, 9. 51, 27 against Babylon ; or a
crowd, mob, Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. Also to
bring tip a young lion Ez. 19, 3 ; comp.
Kal Gen. 49, 9. Further, to take up and
away, to take away by death, Ps. 102. 25
^r^ iscna ^ibsn bit take me not away in
the midst of my days. Ellipt. Nah. 3, 3
nbi"?a U'^S the horseman causing (his
horse) to rear, i. e. showing off his horse
by causing him to rear and prance.
2. As referring to things, and to what-
ever may be regarded as things, e. g.
sacrifices, even if human, to make go or
come up, to cause to ascend ; and spoken
of the sea or waves, to cause to rise, to
raise up, c. ace. et b Ez. 26, 3. Hence
a) to bring up, to draw up. as fishes
from the water Hab. 1, 15. Ez. 32. 3 ;
the cud as ruminating animals, Lev. 11,
4.5.
b) to carry up to a loft 1 K. 17, 19.
Neh. 10, 39 ; and so of things carried or
brought up from a lower to a higher
tract of country, 2 Sara. 21, 13; c. b
nbj
785
of pers. 1 Sam. 2. 19; so the ark 1 Sam.
6, 21. 7, 1. 2 Sam. 6, 12. 15 ; the tribute
carried or sent to Afisyria 2 K. 17, 4, see
in Kal no. 1. a. Hos. 8. 9.
c) to put or lay upon, e. g. the lights
upon the candehibra, Sept. ijii-ti^i]fii,
Ex. 25, 37. 40. 4. So a sacrifice upon
the altar, i. q. to offer, to sacrifice ; Is.
57, 6 r\nya n-'bsn. 60, 3. Espec. of
burnt-oflcrings, holocausts, which are
hence called nbi? impositum ; as nbspj
nbb to offer a burnt-offering Lev. 14, 20.
Job 1, 5. al. snep. Sept. itvaq)i(j(a, riffoa-
(fiQta. nataa nbb r^hvn Gen. 8. 20.
Num. 23, 2.'u ; naian'^ 's 'n Ex. 40,
29. 2 Chr.'l. 6. nsi'b 't 'n /o offer any
thing flw a burnt-offering Gen. 22, 2. 13 ;
nbs 'n 'n id. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 2 K. 3, 27.
nin^b nVSii to sacrifice to Jehorah sc. as
a burnt-otfering Judg. 13. 19; "'^ "'SOb
2 Sum. 6, 17. Furtiier, DiQ nbsn /o im-
pose a tribute, q. d. to raise a levy, 1 K.
5, 27 [13]. 9, 15 ; to lay on or rz/j/j/y ban-
dages to a wound, see in nr^nx . Ellipt.
2 Chr.32,5 nib^ssn bs bs^l and raised
up upon the towers, i. e. made them
higher, repaired the towers the tops of
which were broken down. Comp. the
same ellipsis in bs wJO^. see w]D"i no. 2.
d) to put or cast upon, e. g. dust upon
the head, c. b5 Josh. 7, 6. Ez. 27, 30.
Metaph. to send disease upon any one,
Deut. 28. 61.
e) to bring up, i. e. to put or lay on,
e. g. sackcloth upon a person, to cause
him to wear it. Am. 8, 10 ; to overlay
with gold, as 1 K. 10, 17 and with three
mince of gold did he overlay each shield.
Also to bring up flesh upon the bones,
cause it to grow and cover them, Ez.
37, 6 ; to put or fasten upon, as orna-
ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 5. 14.
f ) to put upon record, to register, to
enrol 1 K. 9. 21. 2 Chr. 8, 8.
g) ab bs nbsfn to bring up to mind,
to remember, q. d. to bear in mind, e. g.
idols, idol-worship. Ez. 14. 3. 4. Comp.
Kal no. 1 fin.
HoPH. fibsn for "^^Sfi, to be made to
go up, i. e. a) to be led away. comp.
Niph. no. 2. Nah. 2, 8 npbrn nn^a . b)
to be offered, as sacrifice, comp. Hiph.
no. 2. c. Judg. 6. 28. d) to be put upon
record, to be recorded, registered, comp.
Hiph. no. 2. f 2 Chr. 20, 34.
66*
HiTHP. to lift up oneself, tobe'eTated,
Jer. 51, 3. Chald. Ithp. id.
Deriv. b subst. hv prep, nbs, nbj,
lbs, 'is. mb^, )^^hv. bsia, bsb' nby,
^^1^, "^^f?; pr. n". nbrbx , ""bs. V''9,
,;^5 ; Chald. nbs , n-'is ,' (i'^bs , -^is .'
^^^ m. constr. nbj, c. suff. ^nbo Ps.
1. 3. pkir. constr. "'bs Neh. 8, 15, a leaf.
Gen. 8, 11. Lev. 26. 36. Josh. 13, 25. A
leaf green and flourishing, is the emblem
of prosperity, Prov. 11, 28. Jer. 17, 8.
Collect, leaves, foliage Ps. 1, 3. Is. 34, 4.
Gen. 3. 7. R. nbs in the sense of spring-
"g up, growing up.
nsy Chald. f (r. bbr) a cause, occa-
sion, pretext, Dan. 6, 5. 6. Syr. )^Vv ,
Arab. aLXjt, id. Arab. J^ft Conj. II, to
be a cause, to effect as a cause ; V, to
give a cause or pretext ; VIII, to seek
a cause or pretext. Syr. '^.^ i. q. A rab.
II ; Ethpa. i. q. Arab. V. Bar Heb. p.
416.
nby and ribl*:? f (r. nbs) plur. nibb,
pr. ' what goes up ;' hence
1. an ascent, i. e. steps, a stair-way, 1 K.
10, 5 ; plur. Ez. 40, 26. Comp. 2 Chr.
9, 4. See Biblioth. Sacr. 1846. p. 612.
2. a burnt-offering, holocaust, a sacri-
fice to be wholly consumed, comp. Ex.
29, 18. and b'^bs no. 3 ; so called as being
carried up and laid upon the altar ; see
the root in Kal no. 2. b. Hiph. no. 2. c.
Sept. oloxavrMfitx, oXoxavrwaig, Vulo'.
holocaustum. For the Mosaic rite, see
Lev. 1. 3-17. 6. 9-13. The usual for-
mula is nbi? nbsn . nbi? nrs , Lev. 5, 10.
Judg. 13. 16. Ez'. 45. 23. The patriarchs
seem also to have offered holocausts,
Gen. 8, 20. 22, 3. 6 ; and human victims
were likewise so offered, see Gen. 1. c.
Judg. 11, 31 ; comp. Monumm. Phoen.
p. 446. 453. Often coupled with other
kinds of sacrifices, e. g. with n^T which
included other bloody sacrifices, Ex. 18,
12. Num. 15, 3. 8. 2 k. 5. 17. 10, 24. Is.
nxan Ps. 40, 7 ; obc Ez. 46,
56, 7. al.
12.
Note.
nbis.
For nbs, nbis evil, see
in
ri^? Chald. f. emphat. xnbs , holocatut.
burnt-offering, plur. "ijbs Ezra 6, 9.
lb:?
786 ^'^y
TXuiy 1. By transpos. for nV'.S which
is read in many Mss. evil, wickedness^
iniquity, Hos. 10. 9. Comp. Eth. OA
i. q. b^S .
2. Alvah, pr. n. of an Edomitic tribe
Gen. 36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51 Keri, where
Cheth. has n;b? .
D^'Q^b? m. plur. (denom. fr. c^S,
n^ljs, after the form o^^y>], o-^bnraj
yoiUh, youthful age, Ps. 89, 46. Job 33,
25. Poet, for youthful vigour, Job 20, 11
l-i^sib:; iixbia vnirss although his bones
are full of youth, i. e. youthful strength,
as Sept. Chald. Syr. well. So of the
youth of a people Is. 54, 4. Chald.
r:iia*'^5, Arab. XjcyLfc, id.
13^? (i- q- jo^-^*-^ ^^'^' thick) Alvan,
pr. n. of an Edomite Gen. 36, 23 ; also
written i;Vs 1 Chr. 1, 40. R. nbs.
np^b? f (r. pbv) 7r. Xf'/o^. Prov. 30,
15, pr. a leech, blood-sucker, as correctly
given by Sept. Vulg. Gr.Venet. Kirachi ;
and so Arab. (S-Lfr , Syr. )..n,\S , Chald.
ttj^bs, Nfjiibs ; but spoken also of an
.imaginary female spectre which sucks
fhuman blood and is insatiable, like
.JjiJt. sJaJLft, el-Ghuleh of Arabian
:super.stitioii in the Thousand and One
Nights, and the vampyre of our own fa-
'bles ; thus ^'kJlAj) is rendered in the
' Camoos by this very word Jj-i- M el-Ghul,
which Bochart. Hieroz. II. 801, and A.
Schultens ad Prov. 1. c. have wrongly
interpreted fate. Hence in Prov. 1. c.
the leech hath two daughters crying.
Give. give. i. e. insatiable. On the su-
perstitions of the Hebrews and other
oriental nations concerning spectres, see
our remarks in Comment, on Is. 34, 14.
* "^b? i. q. cb3 and J'';^, to exult, to
tjiumph, (proh. primarily of a cry or
shout of exultation, like uhtXu'QM, "ijn ;
and not of leaping and dancing, like the
Bynon. b-'j.) 2 Sam. 1, 20. Ps. 68, 5 ; c.
B in any thing Ps. 149, 5. Hab. 3, 18.
Trop. of the heart Ps. 28, 7 ; the reins
Prov. 23, 16 ; also inanimate things, Ps.
'96, 12. Sometimes in a bad sense, of
insolent and wicked men. Pa. 94, 3. Is.
:23, 12, comp. 5, 14. Jer. 50, 11.
Deriv. fi? , also
iyS m. one exulting, rejoicing, Is. 5,
14.
* '^i? obsol. root, Arab. iaJLc. to be
thick, dense ; and with the letters trans-
posed JJai. to be dark; whence
"'^T? f- darkness, evening twilight,
Gen. 15, 17. Ez. 12, 7. 12.
"^'y m. a pestle Prov. 27, 22 ; from r.
nbs in the sense to be lifted, comp. rtbs
no. 2. a.
"^r? (ascent, summit, concr. the high-
est, r. '">bs) pr. n. Eli, a hjgh priest,
predecessor of Samuel, 1 Sam. c. 1-4.
14, 3. Sept. 'hU, Vulg. Heli.
'^i^ Chald. adj. emph. nx^S , supreme,
most high; nsVs snbx God the Most
High, Dan. 3, 26^ 32. 5, \8. 21 ; and simpl.
nx^S the Most High 4, 14. 21. 7, 25, of
the one only supreme God. In Cheth.
everywhere X'^bs, after the analogy of
Syr. r.\S. R. nbs.
''jy adj. only in fern. ^''^S, higher,
upper, Judg. 1, 15 ; plur. ni^^S Josh. 15,
19. R. nbs , after the form bap .
n^b? and "J^t"?, see wbs and Ijb?.
^^?? f. (r. "^b^) 1- ?* upper cham-
ber, loft, vTifQojov, Arab. KaX<&) *^y^'
Chald. r'^iiS q. v. So of the upper
chambers of an edifice or private house,
1 K. 17, 19. 23. 2 K. 4, 10 ; or of a palace
Judg. 3, 20-25. 2 K. 1, 2. Jer. 22, 13. 14;
of the temple 1 Chr. 28, 11. 2 Chr. 3, 9;
sometimes over the gate 2 Sam. 19. 1 ;
or built upon the flat roof, 2 K. 23, 12.
Poet, for the heavens Ps. 104, 3. 13.
2. ascent, i. e. stairs or way up to the
temple, 2 Chr. 9, 4; comp. 1 K. 10, 5.
See Biblioth. Sac. 1846. p. 612.
Ti"^^y m. adj. f njrbs, plur. m31>bs.
R. nbV.
1. high, higher^ upper, Gen. 40, 17;
opp. 'linnw, 1 Chr. 7, 24. 2 Chr. 8, 5.
njT'bsn nD-i^rj the upper pool, i. e. situ-
ated on higher ground, 2 K. 18, 17 ; also
Ez. 42. 5. Deut. 26, 19. 28, 1. Once of
a thing exposed in an elevated place as
an example of punishment, correspond-
ing to the Greek nu(ju8Hy^uu^fa&m,
-'b^
787
bb:f
1 K. 9, 8 Ti"^? ri'^rv] n^n p"jani, Vulg.
et donius htec erit in exempltun.
2. most high, supreme, of God, as V
ji^br Gea. 14, 18, Ti^Vs nin-; Ps. 7, 18,
'ji'<^S D-Vibx 57, 3, and' ainipl. (i''bs 9, 3.
21, 8. al. 88pp. The Phenicians and Car-
thaginians used the same word also for
the gods, e. ^. 'JCXioiiy i. q. vfiaroi, Philo
,Bybl. apud Euseb. Proep. Evang. 1. 10 ;
also Aloniiii valunuth [msTibsi csrVs]
gods and goddesses, pr. giiperi 8uper<B-
que Plant. Poen. V. 1. 1 ; comp. also pr.
n. Abdalonimus, D-'3T'i>s nas, servant
i. e. worshipper of the gods.
li'^by Chald. id. only in plur. majest.
V?"!"'!'? the Most High God Dan. 7, 18.
22. 25! 27.
T''^i? m. (r. T^S) one exvlling, rejoic-
ing, mostly in a bad sense, one proudly
exulting, insolently triumphing, Is. 22, 2.
23, 7. 24. 8. 32, 13. Zeph. 2, 15. Is. 13, 3
'nixa ''('fes my proudly e.andting war-
riors. Zeph. 3, 11.
^"'?? m. ;r. Ifyofi. Ps. 12, 7 work-
shop, officina. Others, crucible ; so Chald.
R. Vb3 I. 3.
nbtb? f. (r. h\v I. 3) Ps. 14, 1. 66, 5,
plur. nib^^^S, work, deed, doing, e. g.
a) Of the glorious deeds of Jehovah Ps.
9, 12. 77, 13. 78, 11. 103, 7. Is. 12, 4.
b) Of the actions of men 1 Sam. 2, 3 ;
espec. in a bad sense, of evil deeds,
Zeph. 3, 7 Dnib-^bs; bb flr-^nilin they per-
vert all their doings, i. e. act perversely
altogether. Ps. 141, 4. Ez. 14, 22. 20,
43. Zeph. 3, 11. Deut. 22, 14. 17.
irh-hV f (r. Vbs I ) i. q. nb^bs no. 1,
work, deed, sc. of God, Jer. 32, 19.
niS'^'s? f. (r. ybs) eantltatim, rejoic-
ing, Hab. 3, 14.
troy Chald. f an upper chamber, loft,
i.q. Heb. n^bs , Dan. 6, 11.
* I. 5:^^ i. q. Arab. Jet. pr. to drink
ag-am after a first draught (for which the
Arabs use the verb J^gj), in order fully
to quench thirst. Conj. II, to drink again
and again, also to drink deep. This
primary signification is carried over into
various tropical applications implying
completion ; e. g. to the gleaning of
fields or vineyards ; to the second blow
by which one already struck is cut
down and killed ; to a stripping or after-
milking; comp. Jauhari and Firzubodi
in Alh. Schult. Origg. Hebr. I. c. 6, where
this root is copiously treated of. In He-
brew bbs has the following significa-
tions : J. ^
1. to glean, like Jkfc Conj. II ; see
Poel no. 1, and nibbis .
2. to quench thirst, trop. of lust, see
Hithpa. Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify
one^s desire, to indulge oneself in vexing,
abusing, deriding any one ; and hence
to be pelidant, saucy, mischievous, comp.
Po. no. 2, bHs, bbira, a petulant boy,
abstr. bibsn .
3. to perforin a work, to accomplish, to
exeade ; hence to do a deed, see Hithpa.
no. 2, Hithpo. and the nouns b'^b?,
nb-ibs, bbs^.
Po. 1. to glean a vineyard Lev. 19,
10. Deut. 24, 21. Trop. of a people, to
be utterly cut off. Jer. 6, 9.
2. to vex, to do evil to anyone, with b
of pers. Lam. 1, 22. 2, 20 ris nbbis 'nb
whom thou hast thu^ vexed. 3, 51 ^3"^?
"'UJBjb nbbis mine eye vexeth me, i. e.
pains me sc. from weeping. Pass. Lam.
1, 12 like unto my sorrow, "'b bbi? laix
which is brought upon me, with which I
am pained, vexed. For Job 16. 15 see
in bbs II. Po.
3. to vex, to tease, to be petidant, saur
cy ; hence Part, bbisa a boy, child, i. q.
bbis.Is. 3, 12.
Hithpa. b^snn 1. pr. to que?u:h
thirst, trop. of lust, c. 3 upon any one,
Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify or indulge
oneself in vcring, abusing, deriding any
one, to mock, Sept. well f(innii^i>i, Vulg.
illuclo, 1 Sam. 31, 4. 1 Chr. 10, 4. Num.
22, 29. Jer. 38, 19.
2. to exert one^g might, to do wonders,
c. a Ex. 10, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 6.
Hithpo. to do a deed, to work, c. ace.
Ps. 141, 4.
Deriv. bbi?, nbis , ribbis, b-^bsJ , nb-'bsJ ,
n*bibs, h'bv'q, b^brn.
* II. bb? i. q. Arab. Ji 1. to put
in, to thriuft in, and intrans. to go in, to
enter, like Chald. bbs q. v.
2. to bind on, to bind fast, whence b3>
S )
Jki yoke, like Lat. jugum a jungendo,
Gr. ivyov from iivyyiu.
bb:?
788
23^
Po. to cause to enter, to thrust in ; Job
16, 15 ':'n;5 -iBsa ''n^s^ir / have thrust
my horn into the dust, i. e. my head.
^\t Chald. i. q. Heb. V?'$ II.
1. to go in, to enter, Syr. id. Spec, of
one who is admitted to the private au-
dience of a king, Dan. 2, 16. 24. Praet. b5
Dan. 1. c. fern, rfes , Cheth. nbbs 5, 10.
Part. plur. "pb 4, 4. 5. 8, Cheth. T^bbs .
2, Of the sun, to go down, to set, Dan.
6, 15. Comp. Heb. Nia.
Aph. to bring in, to introduce any one,
c. ace. pers. Dan. 2. 24. 6, 19 ; ^2, 25.
5, 7. Prset. bsirt (with 3 inserted) Dan.
2, 25. 6, 19. Imp. bsn 2, 24. Inf. ri\'ST\
5, 7, and nbs;n 4, 3. '
HoPH. bsn like the Heb. to he intro-
duced, Dan. 5, 13. 15.
Deriv. n|s, b?n. ^
fli^^y see nibbw.
1.0^^ to Atrfe, to conceal ; in Kal
found only in Part. pass. O'^rbs hidden,
secret, e. g. sins, Ps. 90, 8. Kindr. is Cjbs .
The primitive idea is perh. that o'l wrap-
ping up, comp. cb-5 .
NiPH. cbs: (not obSD) to 6e hidden, to
lie hid, with "jis of pers.yrom whom, Lev.
2, 2-4. 1 K. 10, 3. 2 Chr. 9, 2 ; ^^so
Lev. 4, 13. Num. 5, 13. Job 28. 21.
Part. cbSD hidden Ecc. 12, 14; plur.
Ciabs: hidden wen, i. e. crafty, dissem-
blers, Ps. 26, 4. Fem. irabrs hidden, co-
vered in darkness, forgotten, Nah. 3, 11.
HiPH. C"b>n . rarely with comp.Sheva
as 1^-^brn Ez.'22, 26.
1. to hide, to conceal, c. "^0 from any
one, 2 K. 4, 27. Spec, a) n-;?-^? o-'byn
c. "(la to AtV/e /Ae eyes from any one, i. e.
to turn away from him, a gesture im-
plying neglect, Ez. 22, 26; refusal of
help Is. 1, 15, comp. Prov. 28, 27; or
also connivance Lev. 20, 4. 1 Sam. 12,
3 c. a. b) "iTX cbrn to hide the ear, so
as not to hear. Lam. 3, 56. c) Intrans.
to hide (oneself) Ps. 10. 1 ; comp. Hiph.
of -(BS .
2. to hide, to cover over with words,
i. e. to chide, to rebuke, (opp. to enlight-
en 1. e. to praise,) Job 42, 3 ; comp. 38, 2.
HiTHP. to hide oneself; of a stream,
Job 6, 16 5ba5-c!b?ni 'ii0"'b5 in which the
*now hideth itself, Hcb hid, i.e. the melt-
ing snow in spring, b9 here implying ap-
proach, see bs no. 1. b. /. With 'Xi to
hide oneself from any person or thing,
to turn away from, Deut. 22, 1. 3. 4. Ps.
55, 2 "^nsniHTa c|srn-bs< hide not thyself
from my supplication, i. e. turn not
away. Is. 58, 7.
Deriv. obi? , Bib-'S, nobsFi, Chald.
cbiP , pr. n. *|iab5 , nsbs . *' ' '
*II.t]b:? or Db; obsol. root, i. q.
Arab. jv-Lc. puhesfuit et coeundi cripidus,
spoken of young persons and of animals,
Syr. >ai:i..ii| id. The primitive idea
seems to be that oi" fatness, fulness, so
that nbs is kindr. with obn q. v. Hence
obs and n^bs , ca^ibs .
0?^ Chald. m. emph. N^bs ; plur.
p'obs , emph. x*5ab ; i. q. Heb. tbiy , re-
mote time, eternity, everlasting, alojv, of
time past Ezra 4, 15 ; of time future
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31. 7, 27 ; whence Dan. 2,
20 sti:br-n^^i ^-ch^-'^o from, everlasting to
everlasting. So Krbs in who liveth for
ever sc. God Dan. 4,' 31 [34]. For the
Heb. obirb , D^rbirb , for ever, is put
pcbsb ban. 2, U. 6,' 27; as also in the
salutation ^^n "f ttb^b Nab?2 O king, live
for ever. Dan. 2, 4!"3, 9.' 5, 10. 6, 7. 22.
So too s^^b^b 2, 44, once NlJ^bs cbs "rs
7, 18 ; comp. in N. T. elg rovg aimag rCtv
amrow Rev. 1, 6. 18. Gal. 1, 5.
^v? i^'- (r- cbs II ) a youth, young man,
of marriageable age, 1 Sam. 17. 56. 20,
22, for which "i?D in v. 21. Sept. vsavl-
(Txo?. Arab. *Xfc, ft-fJ^t id.
D^ii^ , see in nbir .
rra^y fem. of Cbs, a girl, maiden,
young woman, sc. of marriageable
age, like Arab. xJo^Lfr, *J4^, Syr.
f^ViI\\, Chald. NnTS^S , i. q. nyji . and
like Gr. vfthighy which the Heb. fTjbs
is rendered in Sept. Ps. 68, 26, and Aqu.
Symm. Theod. Is. 7, 14. Gen. 24, 43.
Ex. 2, 8. Prov. 30, 19. Plur. m'cb? Ps.
08, 26. Cant. 1, 3. 6, 8. Spoken of a
bride, a youthful spouse, a wife recently
married, Is. 7, 14, comp. nbsina Joel 1, 8 ;
see in art. ii no. 2. e. p. 239. The pri-
mary idea in this word is not that of
unspotted virginity, for which the He-
::b5
789
brews have the special word h^ira, see
Cant. 6. 8 and Prov. I. c. so that in Sept.
Is. I. c. it is incorrectly rendered 7ia()i^e-
poi ,' nor does it primarily sijfnily the un-
married slate, ns Hengstenberg con-
tends, Christol. dcs A. T. II. p. 69; but
simply the being of marriageable age,
the age of puberty. So too Gr. na{j&i-
voi; II. 2, 514; xofn'taiov Judith 16, 12;
Lat. ptwlla Virg. Geor. 4. 458 ; and even
Heb. nbiina Joel 1, 8. See Comment,
ad Is. 1. c Hence niobs? bs after the
manner of maidens, see b5 no. 1. a. ;/
i. e. with the female voice, i. q. our treble,
topruno, opp. to the deeper voice of
men, 1. Chr. 15, 20 (for which see
under the root nsj I. Pi.) Ps, 46, 1.
Forkei in his Gcsch. dcr Musik I. p. 142,
understands virgin Jti-easures, like the
Germ. Jungfrauweis of the Meister-
s&nger; but against the context in 1
Chr. 1. c.
yVCh? (hidden, r. cVs) Almon, pr. n.
a) A town in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18;
called in 1 Chr. 6. 45 [60] nisb? Alle-
meth. b) no-^rba^-jiiabs Num*. 33, 46,
a station of the Israelites in the desert
south-east of the Dead Sea.
T'labj? a word found twice, but of
doubtful authority, a) In Ps. 9. 1 it
seems to be the same with ni^bs bs Ps.
46, 1, i. e. with the female voice, see un-
der nabs . Perhaps it should be so read.
b) In Ps. 48, 15 the context requires it to
be i. q. cbis eternity, i. q. for ever and
ever., Sept. ft? toi/,- alwyuq, Vulg. in
secida. as if they had read it niiabs .
Many Mss. aiid editions have it rii3"bs
even unto death, which in both cases is
foreign to the context.
"''??? Chald. gentile n. from oVs q. v.
Elamile, Plur. xr^abs Elainites, Ezra
4,9.
troby (covering, r. cbs) Alemeth, pr.
n. m.' ' 'a) 1 Chr. 7, 8. b) 8, 36. 9, 42.
rnOJ? see "litibs lett. a.
* Cb^ , fut. D"b5^ . i. q. tbs and yh^s , to
eandt, to rejoice. Job 20 18.
NiPH. Db?3 id. Job 39. 13 D''33-i-p!3
. - .. , ^ . , . I. ,
nobS3 the tring of the ostrich e.mdts. i. e.
moves itself joyfully, swiftly. Comp.
Hom. 11. 2. 462 uyakXonivai mf^fvytaai.
Hi TUP. to make oneself jnijful, to enjoy
oneself Prov. 7, 18.
^^.''r a very doubtful root, which
some suppose to be i. q. 5lb to sip up, to
suck up, and thence derive fut. Pi.^sbs^
they suck up Job 39, 30. More prob. it
ought to read I3?bsb (changing "^ into
b, a letter of the same form but larger)
i. e. ijbsb or l^bsb they sip up eagerly,
pra;t. Pilel from ?lb , a form often used
of rapid and eager motion. Sec in S^b .
yb? Chald. f. i. q. Heb. sbs, a Hb,
plur. 'psbs Dan. 7, 5.
V|5y in Kal not used, pr. to cover, to
wrap up; Arab. vjiJLc to lay up in a
chest, casket, etc. Gr. xuXvnita. Comp.
C)W no 1.
Pda l Ci^9 l.tobe covered over, Cant.
5, 14.
2. to he overcome, to he languid, to
faint, see the synon. nas , c;ar , Is. 51, 20.
So of trees Ez. 31, 15, where ncbs is for
nsbs and refers to n"|">an "'SS by the rule
in' Heb. Gr. 143. 3.' ' '
HiTHP. 1. to veil oneself Gen. 38, 14.
2. i. q. Pu. no. 2, to be overcome, to he-
come languid, to faint, e. g. from heat
Jon. 4, 8 ; from thirst Am. 8, 13.
"Sby see in ~^s Pu. no. 2.
* yb^ fut. ^bs!-^ , i. q. Tbs and obs, to
exult, to rejoice, to he joyful, Prov. 11,
10. 28, 12. So nin-ia yh'a to rejoice in
Jehovah Ps. 5, 12. 9, 3.' 1 Sam. 2, 1;
<; 'SBb id. Ps. 68, 4. With b to exult
over any one, to triumph, Ps. 25, 2.
Trop of things 1 Chr. 16, 32.
Deriv. n^S-'bs.
P2? obsol. root, Arab. <aj^, to
adhere, to be affixed, spec, of leeches ;
Syr. )n\\ viscous. Hence fi)5ibri leech,
q. V.
nnVy see in nbis .
U^ in St. absol. with conj. ace. and in
constr. but Q^ with disj. ace. and with
art. csn ; c. suff. "^rs , "is? ; Plur. a-^a? ,
constr. -"TSS ; rarely a"'^^? Neh. 9. 22,
constr. "^rp? 9, 24. ^''^^?, Judg. 5. 14. in
the Aramsean manner (see below in
790
Wf
Chald. tS) ; masc. rarely fem. (collect.)
Ex.5, 16.'judg.l8,7. Jer.8,5. R.ctds.
1. a people, nation, so called as being
congregated together, or from their com-
mon interests, etc. q. d. community, com-
monwealth. Syr. Chald. Samarit. id.
05- Sa _
Arab. j^C to be in common, HjoLc the
common people, plebs ; see in r. DrS .
Constr. with sing, and also as collect,
with plur. both of verbs and adj. Ex. 5,
5. Judg. 2, 4. 7. 3, 18. 9, 37. 2 K. 14, 21.
21, 24. Is. 9, 1. 8. 65, 3. Ollen of a/)eo-
ple, properly so called, " ccetum juris con-
sensu et utilitatis communione socia-
tiim," Cic. ap. Augustin. Civ. Dei 2. 21 ;
e. g. the people of Israel ^S'^b';' CS 2 Sam.
18. 7 ; called also nin^ W Ex. 15, 16.
Num. 11, 29. Judg. 5, 11. 1 Sam. 2, 24 ;
B-^n'ssn C5 Judg. 20, 2 ; "i;; rhn: cs
Deut.' 4, 20 ; dnjsn c Is. 62, 12 ; also
genr. of any other people, as CS1 C5 ,
EST ns , every people Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12.
8, 9. Neh. 13, 24 ; to become one people
Gen. 34, 16. 22, comp. 11, 6. Deut. 1, 28
a people greater and taller than we. 2,
10. 21. 20, 1. So y-Kri c the people of
the land, i. e. the Canaanites Gen. 23,
12. 13. Num. 14. 9; the Egyptians Gen.
42, 6 ; tide's C5 the people of Chemosh,
i. e. Moab, Num. 2] , 29. Jer. 48. 46. So
too plur. C^s? nations Gen. 17, 16. Ps.
45,6. 18. 47.4. Is. 2, 3. 10, 13. 14,6. 17,
12.al.'j'-:xn-'SSDeut.28, lOjn'isnxn ""ss
Ezra 3, 3. Somelimes c stands in a
narrower sense, for any number or mul-
titude of persons, even not associated,
like Engl, people, some people, comp.
Go-'
Arab. f*if a people, also some people.
Num.21.6^J<';':?T^ ai n? P^i and there
died much people of Israel. 1 Sam. 9,
24 / hare invited the people, i. e. the
guests, thirty persons, v. 22. Judg. 3, 18.
Ps. 18.28 '55 C5 /he afflicted ones ; comp.
P"^^ ''ia Gen. 20. 4. See below in lett. c.
With a genit. in various ways, e. g.
the people of a king, who are ruled by
him. Ex. 7, 28; the people of Jehovah,
of Chemosh. who worship them, pee
above, and comp. Ex. 6, 7. Lev. 26. 12.
Deut. 27, 9. al. So of private persons,
e. g. my peoj/le. among whom I belong,
am a citizen, Lev. 17. 10. 23, 30. Num.
6, 27. Esth. 2, 10. 20. Ruth 1, 10. al. the
people of Mordecai, the Jews, Esth. 3, 6.
Hence ""SS ''33 the children of my people ^
mycountrymen, my fellow-citizens, Gen.
23, 11 ; poet ''E? na id. see in ra no. 5,
Lam. 2, 11. 3, 48. 4, 3. 6; comp. )r-)N
no. 3. Also the people of a city, its
inhabitants, Gen. 19, 4. 47, 21 ; pboJiiTi cs
2 Chr. 32, 18, comp. Lam. 1, 1 n'-^sn
CS "^nan the city full of people, thronged
with inhabitants. So 7'?.^'7 ^? ^^.e peo-
ple of a land, its inhabitants, 2 K. 11,
18-20. 15. 5. 16, 15. 25, 19. al. put some-
times for the common people in distinc-
tion from the kings and nobles Ez. 7, 27,
Hence the Rabbinic y"iX cs for a ple-
beian, boor, opp. to one learned. Once
DS~i<b a non-people, i. e. not God's people,
gentiles, barbarous enemies, Deut. 32,
21 ; parall. bas i-is .
Spec. W is used in a narrower and
also wider sense :
a) Of a single tribe, race, e. g. C5
"jlbiaT Judg. 5, 18 ; though here it may
be taken as men. soldiers, see in lett. b.
Plur. t:''S3 often of the tribes of Israel,
Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 32, 8. 33, 3. 19. Is. 3,
13. Hos. 10. 14. Ps. 47, 2. 10.' Comp. the
Athenian dtj/xoi. Also of one''s family,
kindred, as 2 K. 4, 13 "^abx "'?:? T\}^^
ra'iJ"^ / dwell among mine own family ;
and espec. plur. B "'SS one's kindred,
friends, Lev. 19, 16. 21, 1. 4. So in the
phrases T'r^'bx ?iOX3 to be gathered to
his kindred, i. q. Triax'bs 'd , see in CjOX
Niph. no. 1 ; also "''5:512 r"i=3 to he cut
off from his people, kindred, Gen. 17, 14.
Lev. 7, 20. 21 ; see in nns Niph. no. 2.
Comp. Arab, j^t uncle, and the proper
names bs'S? , lilT'!?? , a^nrE? .
b) Of common soldiers, men, Horn.
>Ldc, opp. to the leaders, chiefs ; Judg. 8,
5 'ba'ia "i'rx nrn the people (soldiers)
that follow me. 5,' 2. 9, 36. 37. Fully tS
xasn Num. 31, 32 ; nonbrn c? Josh. 8,
13.' 10, 7. 11,7.
c) Oiattendants,serrants,\.(\.'t, '''wrx
one's men. one's people ; Gen. 32. 8 C5n
ins I'rx his servants. 33. 15. 1 K. 19,
21. 2 K 4, 41. Also of the attendants,
followers, train of a prince, etc. Judg. 3,
18. Ecc. 4. 16. Cant. 0, 12 "'E? r-iai-iT?
a"n5 thechariotsnf a princely train ; the
^- is here not suffix, but paragogic qa
the constr. state.
ny
791
W
d) In a wider sense for the human rar^,
cUl mankind, q. d. the people of the earth.
Is. 42, 5 n-b C5^ n^^'5 ir!' ^^' giveth
breath to the jx-ople upon it sc. the earth.
40, 7. Ps. 45, 13 CS ''y^^ the richest of
people, i. e. the Tyriaiia. So in irony. Job
12, 2 c nnx > wrsj no doubt but ye
are all the world, and wisdom will die
ipith you,
2. Poet, of animals, a race, troop, flock,
Prov. 30, 25. 26. Ps. 74, 14 ; comp. ''ia
no. 2. So Arab. iLot and Gr. dripoq.
0? Chald. m. a. people, Dan, 2, 44. 3,
29 ; emphut. XH? Ez. 7. 13. 16. 25 ; nas
5, 12. Plur. em'phat. KJ^^3 Dun. 3, 4. 7,
31. 5. 19. 6, 26. 7, 14. Syr. \^, plur.
].%nV's.
Q? pr. conjunction, communion, from
the root C^S , but used only as a parti-
cle, viz.
A) Adv. therewith, therewithal, at the
same time, Gr. avt>, ptra, Arab. \juo.
1 Sam. 17, i2for he was red-haired nn'^ nS
nxnia onrf withal comely of a.^pect. 16,
l Usually
B) Prep. c. suff. ''ES (for which also
""IBS is used, see "iss ), Ti^as (in pnuse
and fern. -B5). iss' !13S3,' C3SS, CHS
Gen. 18, 16, and cnas Num. 22, 12. Syr.
>qX Arab, by tran^p. x, mx.
1. with, Lat. cum (which indeed has
the same origin, see in CIS), pr. of ac-
companiment, attendance, society ; Gen.
13, 1 iss aibl and Lot with him. 18,
16. 1 Sam. 9, 24. 22, 5. Nah. 3, 12.
Hence spec.
a) Of help, aid, Gen. 21, 22 a"'n'bji|
r^BS God is with thee i. e. aids thee.
1 Sam. 14, 45 ; hence after verbs of
helping, as its 1 Chr. 12, 21, pTnnn
q. V. etc.
b) Of mutual and joint action, as phn
65 to divide with any one Prov. 29, 24 ;
to inherit with any one Gen. 22, 10 ; to
, make a covenant with any one, see r"i3 ;
also OS 13^ (see la'n) to talk with any
one, and hence CS iS'n a word spoken
Vfith any one Job 15, 11. 2 Chr. 1, 9;
e 23Ta to lie with any one Gen. 19, 32
Bq. 30, 15.
c) In a hostile sense tcith, for against
as DS rnlj? to fight or make war with
any one ; C5 "Hi to wrestle with ; y^n
c to strive if/7/j. any one ; ulao Ps. 55,
19 ^nas rn C^a-^a -^ifor with many al-
lies are they with me. i. e. do they come
against me. 94, 16 who will help me C
D^S'^TS contending trZ/A the wicked? Job
9, 14.' 10, 17. 16,21. 17,3.
d) Witii verbs of doing, i. e. to do
with any one well or ill, to do him good
or evil, to treat him well or ill, as n\r5
BS aia, C5 npn nt-s Josh. 2, 12. Ps. uV,
65 ; C5 a"'-"'n to do good to any one
Gen. 32, 10 ; C nsn to be on good
terms with any one Ps. 50, 18 ; also CTSn
as 18, 24; cs cbr, see chv ; cs ,i:3
Ps. 78, 37.
e) From the idea of accompanying,
proceeds also that of a common lot,
event, etc. Gen. 18. 23 wilt thou destroy
the righteous with the wicked ? i. e. as
the wicked, v. 25. Job 3, 14. 15. 21. 8.
Ps. 73, 5. Ecc. 2. 16 the wise dieth with
the fool, as well as the fool, the same lot
falls to both. Hence
f ) As referred to any kind of equality,
likeness, etc. Job 40. 15 lo .' behemoth
(the hippopotamus) whom I have created
Tjas equally with thee, as well as thee.
9, 26. Ps. 73, 25 7"ii<3 Tissn xb r^as so
as with thee I delight in nothing upon
earth. Coupled with verbs oC likeness,
cs h'C'Ci to be compared with, i. e. to be
like to any thing Ps. 143, 7.
g) Of likeness in re.spect to time ; Ps.
72, 5 dT2'r cs ?;iJtn''7 they shall reve-
rence thee with the sun i. e. so long as
the sun endures. Comp. Dan. 3, 33 ;
also Ovid Amor. 1. 15. 16, "cum sole el
luna semper Aratus erit."
2. with, I. q. at, by, near, spoken of
nearness, vicinity, etc. ixa CS at or by
the well Gen. 25, 11 ; D3'S cs by ornear
Shechem (the city) 35, 4 ; nin-i cs by
i. e. before Jehovah, at his sanctuary
1 Sam. 2. 21 ; ''.:Q cS at i. e. before the
face of any one Job 1, 12. Hence, * to
dwell with any one,' i. e. in his house or
family. Gen. 27, 44 ; in or among his
people 23, 4 ; ' to serve with any one,'
i. e. to be his servant Gen. 29, 25. 30.
Spec. ' with or by any one ' is said :
a) For in the house of any one, chez
quelqu'un j see the above examples, and
also Gen. 24, 25 strav and provender
d?
792
b:?
enough is i:a5 with ns, in our house. In
the later Hebrew fully written 's r"'2 cs
1 Chr. 13.. 14.
b) For in one's body j Job 6. 4 the ar-
rows of the Almighty are '''lES , Sept. fV
Toi abifiaxi (xov. Oftener
c) For in one's mind ; Job 27, 1 1 "iirix
*inrx N3 'n'JS C5 tr/iH/ is with the Al-
mighty will I not conceal, i. e. wliat is in
his mind, how he is disposed. 9, 35 xb
^nrs "'lbs ",3 not so am 7 iciV/i myself,
i. e. not so disposed in mind sc. that I
should fear. Num. 14. 24. Also of pur-
pose, intention ; Job 10, 13 rjiT ^3 'rr-i';
?jBS / know that this is icith thee, that
such is thy purpose. 23, 14. Of that
which one knows, is acquainted with ;
Ps. 50, 11 the beasts of the field are with
me, in my mind, i. e. I know them all ;
parall. '^nsn';. Job 15, 9. Of one's opin-
ion, judgment, e. g. ^S cS pns to be
just with God, i. e. in the view of God,
Job 9, 2. 25, 4 ; comp. Lat. " apud me
tnultum valet hgec opinio," Arab. ^OJ^
'with me' i.e. in my opinion. In the
later Hebrew more fully written "'sb cs ,
'Ssb c, like the Gr. fisTu y^fi/tV, Lat.
apt<fia?!/)/nwi staluere.proponere ; Ecc.
1, 16 "^ab na ^ri"i2'n I communed with my
heart, thought within myself Deut. 8. 5.
Ps. 77, 7. 2 Chr. 1, 11 ; so of purpose 1
Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 7. 8. 24, 4.
29, 10 ; of that which one knows Josh.
14, 7. 1 K. 10, 2. 2 Chr. 9, 1.
d) Also with men is often said for
among them, in the midst of them,
as Gr. /i^y ixaiQwv, fiii urd^nai, Lat.
apud exercitum, for in exercitu ; comp.
Germ. mit. which comes from the same
root with Mitte and Gr. fifiu, also Engl,
mid, amid, amidst. Is. 38. 11 "^t"^ CS
V'ln with (amid) the inhabitants of the
iwrld. 2 Sam. 13, 23 n-^nsx CS in the
midst of Ephraim.
e) Metaph. notwithstanding^ comp.
a in B. no. 2. e. Arab. *jo De Sacy
Or. Arabe I. 1094. cd. 2. So nj CS i. q.
in Engl, with this, for all this, i. e. not-
wilhstanding, Neh. 5, 18.
NoTK. In many of its significations C5
Bccords with rx II ; and hence Ewald
projxjses to derive the latter from or , i. e.
pas, contr. nS, which is then changed
to' P , Krit. Gramm. p. 608. But
that both their origin and primary
force are different, is sufficiently shown
above.
3. With '^0 prefixed, CSt; (Arab.
JOLc ij-^)) spoken of those who go
from a person or place with, at. by whom
or which they previously were, Fr.
d''avec. Similar is rxia p. 586. Spec.
a) from with, from one's vicinity,
neighbourhood, after verbs of going
away, departing, Gen. 13, 14. 26, 16; of
dismissing Deut. 15, 12. al. natjsn CSa
from near the altar Ex. 21, 14. Deut.
23, 16. Judg. 9, 37. Job 28, 4.
V)from one^s house, de chez quelqu'un,
comp. n^ no. 2. a. ri>"is CSTS from the
house of Pharaoh Ex. 8, 8. 25. 26. 9, 33.
10, 6. 18.
c)from one's power, i. e.from any one,
after verbs of receiving, taking, 2 Sam,
3, 15; of demanding Ex.22, 13; of buy-
ing 2 Sam. 24, 21. Often of God, from
whom as the author and cause any
thing proceeds ; Ps. 121. 2 my help Com-
eth nin^ cv^ from Jehovah. Is. 8, 18
we are signs ami wonders to Israel C?^
nin"! from Jehovah, i. e. sent by him for
thisnitent. 7,11.29,6. IK.2,33. 2Chr.
10, 15. Arab. J)Jl& ^^vX ex jussu, ex
voluntate alic.
A) from, one's mind, heart, etc. 1 Sara.
16, 14 the spirit of the Lord departed
b^Sttj nv/qfrom with Said, from his mind
and heart. Hence of a judgment or
opinion proceeding from any one. Job
34, 33 doth God retribute r,73Si5 according
to thy mind? 2 Sam. 3, 28; of purpose
or intent Gen. 41, 32. 1 Sam. 20, 33.
e) from among, comp. CS no. 2. d.
I'^nx cyia Ruth 4, 10.
D^ Chald. i. q. Hcb. with, cum, of ac-
companiment Dan. 2, 18. 43. 6, 22. 7,
13 one like the Son of Man came C5
X'siaai "'.?;? with the clouds of heaven;
comp. jUT nvotfig uripoio Od. 2, 148.
In a hostile sense, with i. e. against
Dan. 7, 21, see Heb. CS no. 1. c Of
time during which any thing is done,
comp. the Heb. no. 1. g; K^^"*^ es
Eng. by night, Dan. 7, 2 ; so Arab.
JuJUf JuLc . Also "I'll "I'n CS with all
generations, i. e. so long as the genera-
tions of men shall endure, Dan. 3, 33.
4,31.
^-sy
793
rsf
* I. TiS fut. ItJ?": 1. to stand ;
Chald. nnd Talm. to stand up, see in
^
no. 4. Arab, nnd Eth. more freq. t>Uj&
D^^JT a column ; whence in the verb
J,^ Conj. I, 11, IV, and O^P^ to
make stand, to prop up, sc. by a col-
umn, etc. In the Syriac church yifli*
is ' to bapti/e,' perh. because the per-
son to be baptized stood in the water ;
but see Castell. Lex. Syr. ed. Michaelis
puh v. Spoken of men Gen. 24, 30. 31.
41, 17. al. srep. of beasts Gen. 41, 3 ; of
things Deut. 31, 15. Josh. 3, 16. 11, 13.
It implies not only that one already
stands in a place, but also that he comes
to stand there, q. d. to take a stand, to
place oneself; as 1 K. 20, 38 -\\^h ntsv
rp'nn-bs and he stood to meet the king
on the tcaij. 1 Sam. 17, 51 he ran and
stood by the Philistine. Hab. 3, 1 1 the
sun and the moon stood in (betook them-
selves into) (heir dwelling ; so f")?? "TO^^
to stand in the breach, see in y^jB . The
place in or upon which one stands is
put with a Ps. 1, 1 ; oftener with ^S
Hab. 2, 1. Jer. 6, 16. Ez. 11, 23. 2Chr.
30, 16 ; also i"*^!"^ ^? "i^S to stand upon
one's feet Ez. 2,'\. Zech. 12, 12. But
is nrs is further to stand near any
one (see ^? A. 3. a), i. e. to come near,
2 Sam. 1, 9. 10; and then trop. ) to
'stand by or for, i.e. to succour, to de-
fend, comp. bs A. 2. b. Dan. 12, 1.
Esth. 8, 11. 9, 16; comp. \> n^p Ps. 94,
16. /3) to stand over, i. e. to be set over,
Num. 7, 2. y) to stand upon, i. e. to
confide in, Ez. 33, 26; so Syr. ^ >aj.
Also with 'Ssb, once "'SO'PSt 1 K. 12. 6
where 2 Chr. 10, 6 "^^th, to stand before
any one Gen. 18, 22 ; usually i. q. to
serve, to minister unto him, e. g. to a
king or leader Deut. 1, 38. 1 K. 1, 28.
10. 8. Dan. 1, 5. Jer. 52, 12 ; comp. 1T?S
r^^Tan ^s'^v-s to stand in the king''s palace
Dan. 1, 4. So to stand before Jehovah^
to act as his servant and minister, e. g.
of the priests and Levites Deut. 10, 8.
Judg. 20, 28, comp. Ps. 134, 1 ; the pro-
phets 1 K. 17, 1. 18, 15. 2 K. 5, 16. Jer.
15, 19. Also i. q. to enter upon a ser-
vice or ministry. Gen. 41. 46. Once 113
Jt^ of sexual intercourse Lev. 18, 23.
67
2. to stand, i. e. to stand firm, to per-
sist, to endure, opp, to liill. to perish.
Ecc. 1, 4 r-ixp nb-irl> y-ijjn the earth
standethfor ever. Ps. 102. 27 they (the
heavens) shall perish, but thou endnrest.
Ps. 33, \\ the decree of Jehovah stand-
eth for ever. 19, 10. HI, 3. Ex. 18, 23.
Am. 2, 15. Hos. 10, 9. Hence, to con-
tinue, not to die, Ex. 21, 22 ; of things,'
not to perish, Jer. 32, 14. Also TQV
n^nbaa to stand firm in battle Ez. 13, 5.
With ^38^ to stand before anyone, i. e. to
bear up against him, to resist him. Pa
76, 8. 130, 3. 147, 17. Nah. 1, 6; more
rarely c. '3S32 Josh. 21, 44. 23, 9 ; 133
Ecc. 4, 13 ; "i^ Dan. 11, 8 ; simply Dan.
11, 25. 32. With a to persuit, to perse-
vere in any thing. Is. 47, 12. Ecc. 8, 3.
2 K. 23, 3; once c. ace. Ez. 17, 14 to
keep the covenant and nnia^b to stand to
it ; comp. Esth. 3, 4 whether Mordecai'a
matters would stand, i. e. whether he
would persist in that course.
3. to stand, i. e. to stand still, to stop,
opp. to go on, to proceed. 1 Sam. 20, 38
haMe, 1t?.n ^S stop not. Gen. 19, 17. 45,
9. Jer. 4. 6. Of things, as the sun stand-
ing still in his course Josh. 10, 3 ; oil noi
longer flowing 2 K. 4, 6 ; the sea becom'-
ing calm Jon. 1, 15. Hence a) to stay),
to remain in a place, c. a 2 K. 15, 20 ;
rx , bs of pers. Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 20, 11 ;
absol. Ez. 9. 28. Of things, Dan. 10, 17.
Jer. 48, 11. Ecc. 2, 9. Often to remain
in any state, condition, c. a Lev. 13, 5.
37. b) With '{0 to stop from doing any
thing, to leave off, to desist. Gen. 29, 35
rn^iq lissni and left bearing. 30, 9.
4. to stand, i. e. to stand up, to rise up,
to arise, i. q. B^ip ; Sept. uviijn]fii. Lev.
19, 16 t;S"i cn b? "ibsn xb nor shall thou
rise up against the blood of thy neighbour.
Elsewhere only in the later Heb. e. g. of
one who rises up to speak 2 Chr. 20, 5.
24, 20 ; or for help Is. 47, 13. Dan. 12, 1 ;
of a new king or prince Dan. 8, 23. 11,
2. 3. 20. Ecc. 4, 15 ; of one who rises from
the dead Dan. 12, 13. Of things, to
arise, e. g. deliverance Esth. 4, 14 ; war
1 Chr. 20, 4. Dan. 11, 31. With b?,
to rise up against any one, Dan. 8, 25.
11, 14. 1 Chr. 21. 1. 2 Chr. 20, 23 ; comp.
Ezra 10, 15. Once, to stand forth, i. e.
to exist, to be ; Ps. 33, 9 it?!? njS X^n
he (God) commanded, and it stood forth^
n-i:?
794
r]'2^
5. Pass, of Hiph. no. 1, to be set. con-
stituted, appointed ; Ezra 10, 14 "^i^?^
IJ^'ib N5 let now our rulers be appointed.
Hiph. T'^^^n, fut. T'r?: 1. Causat.
of Kal no. 1, to make stand, to set, to
place, e. g. a person (or thing Ex. 24,
11) in any place, with 3, bs , iJSVi . accord-
ing to the nature of the case ; Gen. 47,
7. Lev. 14, 11. 16, 7. 27, 8. 11. Num. 3,
6. 5, 16. 18. 30. Is. 21, 6. Ps. 31, 9. al.
Hence to set up, e. g. statues, idols, 2
Chr. 33. 19 ; a house, to build up, 2 Chr.
24, 13. Ezra 2, 68. 9,9; doors Neh. 6, 1.
7, 1. Trop. to set up, to constitute, to
appoint, e. g. a) To any ollice, to set
over any charge, 1 K. 12, 32. 1 Chr. 15,
16. 2 Chr. 11, 22. 19, 8. 31, 2. Esth. 4,
5. al. b) to appoint, to establish, c. ace.
2 Chr. 30. 5 ; ace. and dat. of pers. 2 Chr.
38, 8 (in 2 K. 21. 8 irj). Ps. 30, 8. 105,
10; b? of pers. Neh. lb, 33.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make stand
firm. i. e. to establish, to maintain, to
preserve, 1 K. 15, 4. 2 Chr. 9, 8. Prov.
29, 4 ; to preserve alive Ex. 9, 16. Trop.
to confirm, i. q. c^p, 2 Chr. 35, 2. Dan.
11, 14 to confirm the vision sc. by the
event.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. to make stand
still, to settle, to compose, sc. the features,
2 K. 8, 11. Also to set oneself, to stand,
to stand still, 2 Chr. 18, 34; parall. in
1 K. 22, 35 is Hoph.
4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to
arise, to raise up. Job 34, 24 ; a prophet
Neh. 6, 7; an army Dan. 11, 11. 13; a
wind Ps. 107, 25.
Horn, to be set, placed. Lev. 16, 10;
to remain 1 K. 22, 35.
Deriv. i?>, nn^s, "7^35, ''^?i?,
t: t
1 J . ~S7 uTi, Uyofi. in Hiph. but of
doubtful authority; Ez. 29, 7 n-Ti32r.iT
B^JriS'bs cnb, which is manifestly for
'ia^ pinSBni and thou modest all their
loins to shake, tremble, comp. Ps. 69, 24.
Syr. id. Sept. amixlairng. But whether
the letters are thus transjwsed by some
special usage of the language, or merely
by a corruption in this one passage, is
uncertain. In any case this form is pro-
bably to be reckoned among the many
licences or barbarisms in the language
of Ezekiel.
"B2? prep. i. q. CS , found only with
sufT. of 1 pers. i"T535 i. q. "'JSS with me
Gen. 21, 23. 31, 5; % or with me, in
my house, etc. Gen. 29, 19. 27. Other
examples see under CS. This form has
no connection with the root ^^:^ to stand,
but belongs rather to an obsol. root
no5 i. q. T35 to bind, to connect, and
corresponds to the Arab. JkJL&. See
in ^"cs no. 1.
TdS m. (r. Trs) only c. suff. "'i^S,
a word of the later Heb. i. q. Cp^. a
stand, i. e. place where one stands, Daa
8, 17.18. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 7. 9, 3. 13, 11.
2 Chr. 30, 16. 34, 31. 35, 10.
^B? , see in l^B?.
"'"7^? f a station, domicil, Mic. 1, 11,
R. nr^ .
' ^ obsol. root, with the idea of
society, companionship, communion, like
r. QT2S . Deriv. rT'ss .
r.'Ey f (r. crs) 1. Pr. sobst. a ga-
theiing, conjunction, comnmnion ; found
only in constr. r535 Ecc. 5, 15, elsewhere
rasb , c. suff. "^nasb ; once nissb Ez.
45; 7 ; always as Prep. i. q. CS , viz.
a) together with, i. e. by, at, near, Ex.
25, 27. 28, 27. 37, 14. 39, 20. Lev. 3, 9.
b) Spec, of persons or things which
move along parall. to and near each
other, so as to be over against each
other; 2 Sam. 16, 13 and Shiinei went
along on the JiilPs side ir^BS^b over
against him (the king), and threw stones
irssb over against him, i. e. he kept
along by the side of the king's train, and
threw stones and cast dust, not directly
at the king. comp. v. 6. Ez. 40, 18. 42, 7.
Also of things which take place at the
same time ; Ez. 1. 20 and the wheels
were lifted up onssb together with them,
i. e. at the same time with them. v. 21.
3, 13. 10, 19. 11, 22. Comp. c no. 1. g.
Hence
c) equallywith, like, even as; 1 Chr.
24, 31 these cast lots cn^nx rrsb even
as their brethren. 26, 12. 16. Neh. 12,
24. Ecc. 7, 14. Emphat. Ecc. 5, 15
PB5?"b3 altogethtr as, in all points like
as ; comp. Tiybs Job 17, 3.
d) along with, i. e. besides, Ez. 45, 6
comp. T. 1. 48, 13. 18. 21.
r2y
795
b^y
2. Ummah, pr. ii. of a town in Asher,
Tosh. 19, 30.
I^TE? m. (r. irs) plur. o-ntias , C^a?,
constr. ''^a .
1. a column, pillar, Judg. 16, 25. 26.
1 K. 7, 2 sq. "(jsn nsrs //le column of
cloud Ex. 33, 9.' 10, and xn nna? the
column of fire 13, 22. The pillars of
heaven, i. e. lofty mountains. Job 26, 11 ;
of the earth Job 9, 6. Ps. 75, 4.
2. a stand, platform, elevated place
for standing, 2 K. 11, 14. 23, 3.
liia? i. q. 'as-'ia (romp. Gen. 19, 38,
viz. son of my kindred, i. e. born of in-
cest ; from cs no. 1. a, with the syllable
'i added, as '("iianp from nnps, "j-iaxn from
tt>i<">) Amnion, pr. n. of the eon of Lot
by his youngest daughter Gen. 19, 30
sq. Also for the Ammonites descended
from' him, who dwelt beyond the Jordan
in the tract of country between the
streams Jabbok and Arnon, 1 Sam. 11,
11 ; oftener ]iT2V 'ja Num. 21, 24. Deut.
2, 37. 3, 16. al. For their country see
Deut. 3, 16. Job 12, 2. Judg. 11, 13. In
Ez. 25, 2-5 'ias-TJa is put for "^sa y-jx
(ias, like the Lat. 'in Bnitlios, Sam-
mies, profectus est,' i. e. into their terri-
tory. See Reland Piilfestina p. 103.
Ersch and Gruber's Encycl. art. Am-
mon, Vol. III. p. 371. The gentile n. is
'SIBS, f n-'S'iaS, Ammonite Deut. 23. 4.
1 Sam. 11, i. 2. 1 K. 14, 21. 2 Chr. 24,
26; plur. f. rrrrs l K. 11, 1. Neh. 13,
23, where Keri has niiras .
Ditty (borne up, sustained, r. b'CS)
Amos. pr. n. of a prophet, Am. 1, 1. 7. 8 sq.
8, 2. '
pTOy (deep. r. p^S) Amok, pr. n. ra.
Neh. 12, 7. 20.'
5S*'lSy (servant of God, see in CS no.
1. c) Ammiel. pr. n. m. a) Num. 13,
12. b) 2 Sam. 9, 4. 5. 17, 27. c) 1
Chr. 26. 5. d) 1 Chr. 3, 5; for which
2 Sam. 1 1, 3 cr^bx
Tniiay (one of the tribe of Judah,
for Tin"' '5??) Ammihud, pr. n. m. a)
2 Sam. 'l3, 37 Keri. b) Num. 1, 10. 2,
18. 1 Chr. 7, 26. c) Num. 34, 20. d)
ib. v. 28. e) 1 Chr. 9, 4.
ISPTSy (kindred of the giver, i. e.
Jehovah, comp. bx;"^r3, "*nn''B?) Ammi-
zabad, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 6.
Iirns? (kindred of nobles) Ammi-
hur, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 13, 37 Cheth. for
nwas lett. a.
!l'1pT25 (kindred of the prince) Artir
minaxlab, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 23. Num.
1, 7. Ruth 4, 19. 1 Chr. 2, 10. b) 15, 10.
11. c)lChr. 6, 7.
p'^'Oy Chald. adj. (r. pisS) deep, pro-
found ; trop. hidden, unsearchable, Dan.
2,22.
"I'^'py m. (r. "las) 1. pr. a handful of
grain as cut down, before it is gathered
into sheaves, Jer. 9, 22.
2. a sheaf, i. q. iS, Am. 2, 13. Mic.
4, 12. Zech. 12, 6. Chald. K'J-'as id.
ir^TCiTsy (kindred i. e. servant of the
Almighty, comp. bx'^as) Ammishaddai,
pr. n. m. Num. 1, 12. 2, 25.
ri'^'Oy f. (r. nay) 1. society, compa-
nionship; Zerh!'l3, 7 "^n-^a? laa the
man of my fellowship, i. e. my compa-
nion.
2. Concr. i. q. ?^, o nXtjclov, neigh-
bour, fellow-man, Lev. 5, 21. 18, 20. 19,
11. 15. 17. 24, 19. 25, 14. 15. 17. In this
signif it is also joined (ad sensum) with
a masc. Lev. 19, 17.
* T2y fut. bts^ to labour, with the
idea of effort and exhaustion, to toil,
Ecc. 5. 15 ; c. b to labour for any one,
Prov. 16, 26 ; c. 3 to labour in or upon
any thing, Jon. 4. 10. Ecc. 2. 21. Ps. 127,
1. Ecc. 1, 3 bas^tu ibas-b23 of all the
labour wherewith he toileth. 2, 19. 20.
5, 17. Arab. (JlX- to labour, to make.
Syr. '^^Jsftik to labour, to be fatigued.
Deriv. the two following.
b-gy m. (once f. Ecc. 10, 15.) 1. la-
bour, toil, i. e. a) pr. Ecc. 1. 3 2, 11.
3, 13. 4, 8 ; trop. of the mind Ps. 73, 16.
Meton. fruit of labour, Ps. 105, 44. Ecc.
2, 19. b) travail, sorrow, anguish, mi-
sery, including the idea of wearisome
and painful etfort. Sept. novo?, pox&os,
x67io,; Gen. 41, 52. Deut. 26, 7. Job 3,
10. 4, 8. 7, 3. Ps. 7,-15. 73, 5. Often
coupled with synonymous words, as
?.!<: brs Ps. 10, 7. 90. 10 ; ba5l *,^X Ps.
So'llTc??! ^^ Ps. 10. 14, etc. Job
16, 2 ba? 'ansa miserable comforters.
h^y
796
c?j:^
Is. 53, 11 IISb? hiys-Q from tlie travail i. e.
sorrow of his soul. In Num. 23, 21. Is.
10, 1. it is sometimes rendered iniquity,
fault, i. q. *)]5< ; but the signification,
sorrow, misery, may well be adopted in
both.
2. Amal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35.
^"r^y m. adj. (r. bns) plur. W'h^V.
1. labouring, toiling, with severe ef-
fort and exhaustion ; often put with
personal pronouns for a finite verb, Ecc.
;2, 22. 4, 8. 9, 9. Hence a labourer,
workman, Judg. 5, 26. Prov. 16, 26.
2. sorrowful, wretched. Job 3, 20. 20,
:22.
pblS? Amalek, pr. n. 1. The Ama-
lekites, a very ancient people Gen. 14, 7.
Num. 24, 20. who inhabited the regions
on the south of Palestine between Idu-
mea and Egypt, comp. Ex. 17, 8-16.
.Num. 13, 30. 1 Sam. 15, 7 ; also to the
eastward of the Dead Sea and Mount
Seir, Num. 24, 20. Judg. 3, 13. 6, 3. 33 ;
and who appear likewise to have settled
down here and there in Palestine itself,
whence the mount of the Amalekitcs in
the territory of Ephraim Judg. 12, 15;
comp. 5, 14. They often waged war with
the Israelites; the latest mention of them
is during the reign of Hezekiah 1 Chr.
4, 43. In the genealogical traditions of
the Arabians, the i^^^jJ ^ e. , ^^J^'U^ ,
are reckoned among the aborigines of
that country. See Reland PalaR-stinap.
78-82. D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orient, p.
:214. J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr.
Hebr. ext. T. I. p. 170-177. Ejusd.
iSupplem. p. 1927. Ersch and Gruber's
Encyd. art. Amalek, Vol. III. p. 301.
The gentile n. is ""P^^? Amalekite, with
.the art. collect. Gen. 14, 7. Judg. 12, 15.
2. A grandson of Esau, the founder of
an Arab tribe. Gen. 36, 16 ; comp. v. 12.
D'^l? 1. pr, to bring together, to
congregate, to conjoin ; whence cs a
people, ts with, by, nas conjunction.
Arab. f^. to be common, to be in com-
mon. This root is very widely spread
both in the Semitic and Indo-European
languages. In the former comp. c^8 to
collect, whence CS, nojis ; CIS to cumii-
late ; and preserving the guttural csx,
nis? , en kinsman, lalher-in-law. In the
latter comp. Lat. cum, con, czimulus,
cunctus, (from cungo i. q. jungo.) Gr.
xoivog (xvrog), yufiog, and with the pala-
tal letter either softened into an aspirate
or changed to a sibilant Sanscr. sam,
Pers. aJ*) Crr. afia, ofiog, ofiov, (with d
or I subjoined as a third radical ofiikog,
bftadog, comp. Heb. 1H5, Lat. simul.')
avv, ^vvog, Mcesogoth. sama, saman, Fr.
ensemble, Dan. sam, Anglosax. snmod
with, Germ.sammtjZusammen, sammeln.
Comp. also, for the Slavic languages,
Dorn uber die Verwandtschaft des Per-
eischen und Gr. Lat. Sprach?tammes p.
183.
2. to shut up, to close ; hence to hide, ta
conceal ; trop. to overshadow, to surpass,
Ez. 31, 8. Impers. Ez. 28. 3 c!iro-b3
TjlTaias nb no secret thing can they hide
as to thee, i. e. nothing can be hid from
thee ; see Heb. Gr. 134. 3. b. Arab.
s -;
|V.C to cover ; to obstruct, to shut up ;
Pass, to be hidden, veiled with clouds,
sc. the heavens. Chald. cst:S to ob-
scure ; Ithp. n?:srist to be obscured, to
grow dark, as the eyes, etc.
HoPH. cyw to be obscured, to becmne
dim, e. g. the lustre of gold Lam. 4, 1.
Deriv. CS, CS, nas, also pr. n. IIBS,
bx"^BS, etc.
D-'-a^? plur. and Chald. T^^?, na-
tions, tribes, see in CS .
5i5^2T3y (God with us) Immanuel, the
symbolical and prophetic name of a
child, Is. 7, 14. 8. 8. Sept. ^Jb:^fiavov^X.
*t'2V^ once '^'S^ Neh. 4, 11, fut.
Ob?^ , to lake up, to lift up, e. g. a stone
Zech. 12, 3 ; to bear, to carry. Is. 46, 3.
Spec, to take up and place upon a beast
of burden, to load, absol. Is. 46. 1. Neh.
4, 11 [17] ; with bs of beast, the ace. of
burden being omitted, Gen. 44, 13 Cfejy
i-.an-b5 d-'X lit. each one lifted the load
upon his ass, i. e. loaded his ass. Neh.
13. 15. Trop. Ps. 68, 20 ^J^-Drs;: if one
lift (lay) a burden upon us, God is our
deliverer.
HiPH. casri to lift up a load upon any-
one, to load" c. bs 1 K. 12. 11. 2 Chr.
10, 11.
Deriv. norST?, and the pr. n. oia*,
t I --, ) T t-j ) - -i ' - I --e
t'2y
797
p*:?
n^Crpy (whom Jehovah bearB, comp.
le. 46, 3) Ainasiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 17
16.
*Wy? (people of duration) Amad, pr.
n. of a town in the tribe of Asher, Josh.
19, 26.
* ?'?? to be deep, metaph. to be un-
aearchable, Ps. 92, 6. Comp. Gr. jJn&v-
<po(x)V^ ftadoq . . (Tocplug xal yvcaatwg &tov
Rom. 11, 33. Arab. ^34*, more rarely
by transpos. iSJW, Aram. > nSn\ > Eth.
\}CP<P, id.
HiPH. P'''?!??^ . to make deep, often fol-
lowed by a finite verb. Is. 7, 11 pv^rn
n^x'3 make deep, ask, i. e. demand that
a wonder shall come from the deep,
from below. Also with inf c. V so as
to be taken in an adverbial sense. Jer.
49, 8. 30 rairb !ip''T:;?n inake deep to
dwell, make deep your dwellings, dwell
in the depths of the earth. Hos. 9, 9. Is.
29, 15 'T^nob D"'p''SSir! who hide deep.
Things are also said to be deep which
extend to a great length from the eye
of the spectator, as Gr. ^(tdh^ xoTiog a
deep tract i.e. of great length, (ia&dn
avXrj a deep court II. 9. 142 ; as we also
speak of the depth of a house from front
to rear, comp. po? . So Is. 30, 33 p'-issn
nn-inia a'^nnrt d^ep and brvad do they
make the pile thereof. Metaph. P"^^!?"
iTiD to turn deeply i. e. far away, to
depart widely, Is. 31, 6. Hos. 5, 2.
Deriv. piss, p^S, pT3.S, p-si", p"^^S,
C'P'??^ , pr. n. pias .
p^y adj. deep, prof mind, only in plur.
constr. neb "'p^S a people deep of lip,
i. e. of obscure speech, using a foreign
language which cannot be understood,
Is. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6.
pbr adj. (r. p) f. n]3S , plur. Ci"'p^5,
l.deep, e. g. waters Prov. 18, 4. 20. 5 ;
a pit 22. 14. 23. 27 ; the plague of lep-
rosy as deeper than the skin Lev. 13, 3
sq. Plur. f. r''p^5 or T'lprs deep things
Job 12, 22.
2. Metaph. unsearchable, not to be
found out, Ps. 64. 7. Ecc. 7, 24. Job 11, 8.
P^3? m. (r. prs) c. suff. ''P'oV , plur.
B^pcS, a valley, pr. a long low plain,
67*
(iud-vq luTio;, (see the root in Hiph.)
adapted to the culture of grain Job 39,
10. Pb. 65, 14. Cant. 2, 1 ; and also con-
venient for battles Job 39, 21. So Num.
14, 25. Josh. 8, 13. Judg. 7, 1 sq. 1 K.
20, 28. Jer. 48, 8. al. With art. pwn
once poet, for Jerusalem Jer. 21, 13 ;
elsewhere of a valley or plain before
mentioned, Judg. 1, 19. 34. 5, 15. 7, 1. 8.
12. Plur. B'^poS seems once to bo put
for the inhabitants of valleys, 1 Chr. 12,
15 they put to flight Q-'pisrn-bs all (them
of) the valleys ; unless perhaps we may
read n'pjjn-bs all the Anakiin, just as
in Jer. 47'"'5Vor'cpia3 ri-iX'd it is better
with Sept. to read cp:s r-'^N'r (Aske-
lon) the remnant of tlie Anakim. comp.
V. 4 ; see also Josh. 11, 21. It differs in
usage from the words of kindred mean-
ing nspa , "^a , bri3 , in that each of these
words is applied only to certain particu-
lar valleys or plains. So too p^S is
used of the following valleys :
a) nbsn pr5 the Valley of Elah, i. e.
of Terebinths, south-we.st of Jerusalem,
leading out from among the hills to the
great plain, the scene of David's triumph
over Goliath, 1 Sam. 17, 2. 19. 21, 10. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349, 350.
b) N2a pi:? the Valley of Baca, i. e.
of Weeping, see in S33 no. 1.
c) i^^"^:? pT3 the Valley of Berarhah,
i. e. of Blessing, south of Bethlehem,
2 Chr. 20, 26. Now Wady Bereikut,
i,^jjCjo ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 43.
d) "bar! prS the King's Dale. perh.
towards the Dead Sea, Gen. 14, 17. 2
Sam. 18, 18.
e) tt"'XB"i pr5 the Plain of Rephaiin,
I. e. of the Giants, beginning near the
valley of Hinnom, south-west of Je-
rusalem, and stretching off as a plain
south-west on the right of the road to
Bethlehem, Josh. 15, 8. 18, 16. 2 Sam.
5, 18. 22. Josh. 17, 5. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 323, 324.
f) C-i'nb pi:s> the Vale of Siddim, see
in nitib .
g) Y^:s.p pS the Vale ofKeziz, pr. n.
of a city of Benjamin Josh. 18, 21.
Other valleys take their names from
adjacent towns, as Ti^^-'S P'?? near Gi-
beon Is. 28, 1, comp. Josh.' 10, 11 ; niso's
798
12?
Ps.60. 8; has^ll 's. seep. 393; ',ii"n's
Gen. 37, 14; ^li'S 's the Vale of Ajalon,
near that city. Josh. 10, 12 ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. Also from per-
sons, as wSiyin^ 'r the Valley of Jehosha-
phat, JoelX 2. 12; see p. 386. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 396.
p'jay m. (r. pr) depth, Prov. 25, 3.
Chald. i<r?^l?, Syr. jlcioo^, id.
* "'"^^ in Kal not used. Arab. -i
to overwhelm with water ; Conj. II, III,
to rush upon, to assault vehemently ;
Conj. VII, VIII, to be overwhelmed,
submerged. Hence to Heb. ir5 , so far'
as we can judge from the verb and its
derivatives, may be ascribed the follow-
ing significations :
1. to heap together^ to accumulate,
kindr. with nan no. 3. Hence "ir>,
n-'ns , Pi. i!as .
2. to orei^whelm, any one, to rush upon,
as Arab. Conj. II, III. See Hithpa.
3. to overwhelm, any thing, to sub-
merge ; comp. nan. Hence pr. n.
:nni35 ,
Pi EL denom. from "laiJ, to heap toge-
ther, to gather up grass or grain as cut.
Ts. 129, 7 wherewith the mower fillelh
not his hand, issa l^^sni nor the gath-
erer his ami.
HiTHPA. "iBSnn, to rush upon any
one, to lay hands upon violently, c. 3 ;
'Comp. bs:nn and ^i:nM c. h'S Gen. 43,
18. So of a female slave who has been
iher master's concubine, Deut. 21, 14
thou shall not sell her . . . narrn xbl
ijna nor shalt thou lay hands upon her sc.
to chastise her. Of a slave stolen. Deut.
:24, 7 if one steal a man of Israel "i'S'Srii)
inz'^l "ia and lay hands on him and sell
.him; comp. Gen. 1. c. Others by con-
ject. to make merchandise of any one.
Deri V. nrb , n"ir , pr. n. nnb?; , "^i^ar .
ycy Chald. m. wool, i. q. Heb. las ,
Dan. 7, 9.
TCi^ m. (r. nas) 1. a handful of
grain, a sheaf Lev. 23, 10-13. Deut. 24,
19. Job 24, io. Plur. C'-irs Ruth 2, 7.
15. Sept. <5(w/jU. Targ. xn^iis id.
2. an omer, a measure of things dry,
equal to the tenth part of an ephah, or
;3^ quarts (see Ex. 16, 36) ; Ex. 16, 16.
il8. 22. 32. 33. Not lo be confounded
with the nan , which contained ten
ephahs.
nnTS? (prob. submersion, r. "1:2s , comp.
B"iD conflagration) Gomorrah, Sept.
rofio^^a, pr. n. of one of the four towns
in the vale of Siddim, submerged in the
Dead Sea. Where all are enumerated,
Gomorrah is put second. Gen. 10, 19.
14, 2. 8. Deut. 29, 22 ; but oftener only
two are mentioned, Sodom and Gomor-
rah. Gen. 13, 10. 14. 10. 11. Is. 1,9. 10.
Jer. 23, 14. 50, 40. Zeph. 2, 9. al.
"^"yoy i. q. njnaS perh. pupil of Je-
So /
hovah, comp. Arab. -4^ untaught, in-
experienced) Omri, pr. n. a) A king
of Israel, r. 929-918 B. C. the founder of
Samaria, 1 K. 18, 16 sq. 2 K. 8, 26. Mic.
6, 16. Sept. "Afi^qi. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8.
c) 9, 4. d) 27, 18.
UyilX (kindred of the Lofty One i. e. of
God) Amram, pr. n. m. a) The father
of Moses Ex. 6, 18. 20. Num. 3, 19 ;
whence patronym. "'onas Amramite,
Num. 3, 27. 1 Chr. 26. 23.' b) Ezra 10,
34.
to''?^ , see in CJttS .
StoT2? (burden, r. tor?) Amasa, pr.
n. m.' ' a) 2 Sam. 17, 25. 'l9, 14. 1 Chr.
2, 17. b) 2 Chr. 28, 12.
'^iC'ay (burdensome, r. iaas) Amasai,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 6, 10. 20. b) 15,
24. c) 2 Chr. 29, 12.
^C;T2? pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; prob.
a wrong orthography arising out of
the two forms '^'aay and "'0^5. Comp.
D"'DttJ^B3 and xnS-'D .
* u2!? obsol. root of uncertain signif.
Talmud, to conjoin, whence Simonis de-
rives 235 cluster; but as 233? signifies
rather berry, this etymology is unapt.
Better therefore 23S to roll up or toge-
ther, to become globular, like 223 whence
32"i3 (globule) star ; comp. also n3S to
roll up, S and 5 being interchanged.
Hence pr. n. 3^3? . and the two following.
S2? (q. d. grape-town) Anab. pr. n. of
a town on the mountains of Judah south
of Hebron, Josh. 11, 21 (where some
edit. 33S). 15, 50, Still called ^AnAb,
v->Llc ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
194, 195.
13?
799
n:y
33? m. (r. 235) Deut. 32, 14, c. suff.
ioajS V. 32, elsewhere only plur. 0^33^ ,
conetr. "^ass (Dag. ouphon.) Lev. 25, 5 ;
a gra})e, plur. grapes, i. e. the berries, not
the cUiRtcrs ; 0^353' being distinguished
from Vl-^X cluster, as Gen. 40. 10 ^b-'t^am
D^ajS n'^n'b:)i*!< , see in bstJx no. 1.
Num. 13, 23 o-'ass Vsiix dusters of
grapes. Hence asS on Deut. 32. 14, and
t3"'a3S o^ the blood of grapes i. e. wine
Gen.' 49, 11; so Num. 6, 3. Deut. 23,
25. Hos. 3, 1. Gen. 40, 11. Num. 6, 3.
8 -
al. Chald. 335 id. Arab. s.>xe grapes,
JuJut a grape-
*53I? in Kal not used, to live deli-
cately and effeminately; Arab. ^JLc to
delight, to entice, spoken of females who
draw attention by ogling and other co-
quettish gestures.
PuAL fo be delicate^ tender^ part. fem.
najyia Jer. 6, 2.
'Hithp. 1. i. q. Pu. Deut. 28, 56.
2. to delight oneself to rejoice in any
thing, espec. ""J bs Is. 58, 14. Ps. 37, 4.
Job 22, 26. 2?', 10; c. '{O Is. 66, 11;
also to enjoy oneself, c. bs Ps. 37, 11 ; a
Is. 55, 2.
3. In a bad sense, to sport over any
one, i. e. to mock, to deride, c. b5 Is. 57, 4.
Deriv. aisrn and the two following.
52^ adj. f Mr>3S , delicate, soft, effemi-
nate,' Deut. 28,54. 56. Is. 41, 1.
53? m. deliglU, pleasure, Is. 13, 22.
58,13. R.J3S.
*'^3? to bind on, only twice in the
verb. Job 31, 36. Prov. 6, 21. Hence
^
Bubst. n'ij'ijn . Kindred are JuLfi with,
by, and Heb. ns3!.
*I.nj? fut. nsr'], conv. ',S!!1; pr. a
verb ^ i. q. Arab. (-*i .
1. to chant, to sing; Arab. ^Lt Conj.
II, V, id. &TXfr song. Syr. Pa. wJl to
sing. Comp. Lat. cano, Pers. jjtXjfjk.
to sing, to call, to read ; old Germ, han
to sing, whence Hahn cock.
a) Pr. Ex. 15, 21 and Miriam sang
unto them; Vulg. prcecinebat. 1 Sam.
18, 7. Ezra 3, 1 1. With b to tringofaxtj
one, to celebrate in song, 1 Sam. 21, 12.
29, 5. Num. 21, 17. Pg. 147, 7. In all
these passages the LXX hare /J(i/m,
implying to strike up, to begin to sing.
Comp. Piel,
b) i. q. 10 cry aloud, to shout, which
often expressed by words implying sing-
ing, as Lat. ' actor canit, cantat,^ i. e. de-
claims, cries aloud ; ' gallus canit,^ comp.
Engl, chanticleer. Ex. 32, 18 there is a
shout of battle in the camp, . . . bip "(^K
nisr bip pur^bn ni3S bip j-'xi nyai riss
5ttiii 'rbx not the shout of victory, not the
outcry of defeat, but the voice of singing
do I htar ; hence it appears that the
signif to sing belongs more to Piel. Of
the shouting of soldiers in battle Jer. 51,
14; of the wailing cry of jackals Is. 13,
22.
2. to strike up with the voice, to begin
to speak, to speak, which approaches
nearly to n35 i. e. tlu^xoi, in no. 1. a.
Deut. 21, 7 11n;i i351 and they shall speak
and say. 26, 5r27,'i4. Job 3.2 ai'X 'pv]
lOX'T then spake Job and said. Cant.
2, 10. Is. 14, 10. Zech. 3, 4. al. ssep.
comp. Gen. 31, 36. With ace. of pers.
to speak to any one Zech. 1, 11. So
Chald. njs very freq. in the book of
Daniel, see below; and hence in N. T.
aJtox(}ivoixai id. Matt. 11,25. 22, 1. 28,5.
al. see the Lexicons.
3. More freq. to answer, to respond;
pr. of one who answers to another calling
(X"i'p). q. d. ' to call back,' which the He-
brews did by the word "^^sn . So Job 19,
16 n32J^ xbi ""nxniD "''^^a^b / called to my
servant, but he answereth not. 5, I . Prov.
1, 28. Hence of men who an.swer when
God calls, Is. 50, 2. 60, 4. 66, 12. Jer. 7,
13. Job 14, 15. Of God as answering
the cries and invocations of men, after
pss . pyT , Job 35, 12. Is. 46. 7. Mic. 3,4;
yW Job 30,20; i<-;j? Is. 58, 9. Jon. 2, 3.
Ps. 22, 3. 91, 15. al.' So the phrase 1?
r\p), see in "liS I. 1 ; also a)x3 njs to
answer with fire 1 K. 18, 24. Mostly
simpl. to answer, to reply to one speak-
ing; construed : a) Absol. Prov. 15, 28.
26, 5; very often in the formula: "jy^i
"ipx'l Ennax and Abraham answered
and said Gen. 18,27. 31,36.43. 40, 18;
or with "ibsb Gen. 41,16. 42, 22. al. /9)
With ace. of pers. afttifSoftui tivu, Job
nD5
800
n:y
1, 7. Gen. 23, 5. 45, 3. 1 Sam. 28, 15. al.
y) Acc. of thing wiY^ which one answers,
Job 15, 2. 32, 17. Prov. 18, 23 ; or to
which, Job 40, 2 the reprover of God
'^l??'^ ^"^^ him ansxcer this. Hence 8)
With two acc. of pers. and thing, 1
Sam. 20, 10. Mic. 6, 5. Ps. 119, 42. Jer.
23, 37 ; comp. Job 9, 3.
Spec to answer is also said :
a) Of those who respond to the re-
quests or entreaties of any one, who
hear and grant his requests ; hence often
of God as listening to the prayers of
men, i. q. to hear and answer, 1 Sam. 9,
17. Ps. 3, 5. 4, 2. 13. 4. 20, 10. 27, 7. 34,
5. 118, 21. Is. 30, 19. al. seep. comp. above
in no. 3. Sept. tlaaKovoi, iTiaxoiKn. With
an adjunct of place whence one hears
and sends help, Ps. 20, 7 i^lS^ ^nj?;:
i'i'i]^ he will hear (and help) him from
his holy heavens. So of the place whence
one calls, Ps. 22, 22 "'Sn-'sr D'^^n 'o-n^sTD
hear me calling from the horns of the
wild buffaloes, comp. Jon. 2, 3 ; com-
monly taken as constr. praegn. hear
(and deliver) me from the hoiits of
the buffaloes. [The parallelism here
requires the latter interpretation. R.]
On this animal see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 206. With acc. of pers. and 3
of thing, to answer with any thing, Ps.
65, 6. Also with acc. of thing, Ecc.
10, 19 Vsn-px n:s^ POSf^ mo7ie7j an-
swereth with all things, i. e. imparts all,
procures all. Hos. 2. 23. 24.
b) Of God as ansicerivg by an oracle,
to give response, to announce future
things ; so after i<'^^ Jer. 33, 3 ; i^Sttti
1 Sam. 14, 37. 28, 6. " So genr. Jer. 23^
35. 42, 4. Gen. 41, 16 -ri< n;S^ n-'pbN
rJT^B Ci-ttj God responds the peace of'
Pharaoh, i. e. announces to him pros-
perity ; comp. Deut. 20, 11. 1 Sam. 9,
17. Trop. Job 20, 3 "'::>: ^^.}'3^^ nsn
my spirit from my understanding re-
sponds to me, i. e. my spirit, in which is
wisdom, suggests to me what to say.
c) In a forensic sense, to answer, \. e.
) Of a judge giving his response or sen-
tence, Ex. 23, 2. /S) Of a witness an-
swering the inquiries of the judge; hence
to bear witness, to testify, Deut. 19, 16.
31. 21. Job 16, 8 ; c. a concerning any
one, i. e. either for any one Gen. 30, 33.
1 Sam. 12, 3 ; or also against any one
2Sara. 1, 16. Ex. 20, 16. Num. 35, 30.
Deut. 19, 18. Is. 3, 9. Jer. 14, 7. Job 15,
6. Ruth 1, 21. al. sasp. comp. 3 T'rn .
More fully 3 13 n;s Ex. 20, 16. Deut. 5,
18. With acc. of that which one testi-
fies, Deut. 19, 16. 18.
d) Further, to answer is likewise i. q.
to contradict, Sept. uvxanoitQlvofxai, Job
16, 3 ; with acc. of pers. 9, 14. 15. 32; to
refute. Job 31, 35 behold my words ! '^'nia
'^?.??!! 'may the Almighty answer me, i. e.
refute my accusation ; acc. of thing Job
32, 12. Also to give account, with acc.
of thing Job 33, 13 ; comp. 9, 3.
4. i. q. Arab. , -J^ to signify, to intend,
to aim at; hence ^3?;^, "f?^, also "|S|J
pr. purpose, intent, aim.
NiPH. 1. to be ansicered, i. e. a) to
be heard and answered Job 19, 7. Prov.
21, 13. b) to be refuted Job 11, 2.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to answer, c. b Ez.
14, 4. 7.
PiEL to chant, to sing, i. q. Kal no. 1,
where see. Ex. 32, 18 see in Kal no. 1.
Ps. 88, 1. Is. 27, 2.
Deriv. njr??. ',??, ',;;, and pr. n.
n;;? , rjs , nir:?; , n*nri3S ,
11. i.r for '.JS, a verb lb; comp.
the derivatives. "53?, n^DS.
1. to bestow labour upon, to exercise
oneself in any thing, c. 2 Ecc. 1, 13. 3,
10. Syr. u Vlli, Arab. ^jS. curse ha-
buit rem ; ..^^ lassus fuit. Spec. perh.
to till the ground, subegit terrani, whence
n:?Ta , n^:?;?? , furrow.
2. to labour, i. e. to suffer., to be afflict-
ed, oppressed, humbled, Ps. 116, 10. 119,
67. Zech. 10, 2. Hos. 5, 5. Is. 25, 5
n:?:' cs-'-S ni^T the song of the tyrants
shall be brought low, suppressed. With
,T3, 31,4 n:?;:^ sib ci'^'CT^-q'A a7id will not
be depressed at their vndlitudes, will not
lose courage.
Niph! \. tobe afflicted, Ps. 119, 107,
Is. 53, 7 n:S>3 Kin^ and he was afflicted.
2. Reflex, to humble oneself before any
one, to submit to him, c. "'JDia Ex. 10, 3,
where nir^'b is for mssnb .
PiEL nis . fut. riiSJ^ . to o])])ress, to afflict,
to humble, Sept. ntnttrow, xoxo'o). So of
single persons as oppressed and afflicted,
Gen. 16,6. 31, 60. Ex. 22, 22. Ps. 89, 23.
Tsy
801
W
119, 75. Job 30, 11 ; alno whole nations
Gen. 15, 13. E.x. 1, 11. 12. Num. 24, 24.
Deut. 26, 6. 2 K. 17, 20. P. 90, 15. Is.
60, 14. Nnh. 1, 12. al. Referred to the
body, Judg. 16, 5. 19; to the luind, Deut.
8, 2. So Is. 105, 18 iban baia 5 they
afflict his feet with fetters. 102, 24 God
affiicled (weakened) my strength in tlie
way. mid-way of my life. 88. 8 thou
hast afflicted (ovcrwhehiicd) me with
all thy waves. Job 37, 23 nrs-j sib he
will not afflict ; so the common reading,
but it is better to read with Sept. Vulg.
Syr. and several Mss. of De Rossi S<b
n:r^ he will not respond, i. e. will not
give account ; see in njS I. 3. d. Spec,
n) msx njr to hnmble a woman, i. e.
to have carnal intercourse with her,
often by force ; Gen. 34, 2. Deut. 22, 24.
29. Judg. 19, 24. 20, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 22.
Ez. 22, 10. 11. Lam. 5. 11. b) itzz np
to afflict one'^s soul by fasting, i. q. to
fast, Lev. 16, 29. 31. 23, 27. 32. Num. 29,
7. 30, 14. Is. 58, 3. 5. 10; more fully nss
B'iaa ittJE? Ps. 35, 13. Sept. raniivooi
iriv tpv/tp; and so Ecclus. 2, 17. 7, 17.
Judith 4, 9.
PuAL 1. to be made to labour, to la-
bour and toil. i. q. Kal no. 1. Inf. irjs
his labour, toil, Ps. 132. 1.
2. to be oppressed, afflicled,Vs. 119,71.
Is. 53, 4.
HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
cause to labour, i. e. to occupy, to employ,
to busy ; Ecc. 5. 19 he shall not much
remember the days of his life (i. e. its
shortness), because God occupieth him
with the joy of his heart. Others ; be-
cause God will (hear and) answer him
with joy of his heart.
2. to oppress, to afflict, to humble, i. q.
Piel, 1 K. a, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. Ps. 55,20.
HiTHP. "'i"r'n ^' Pass, to be afflicted,
to suffer, 1 k. 2. 26. Ps. 107, 17.
2. Reflex, to humble oneself to submit
oneself. Gen. 16, 9 ; ^; \3E> Dan. 10, 12.
Ezra 8. 21.
Deriv "irs, ni:s, ni:, ri:5, 'js, 'ss,
*,^3S. n:s^, r-'rsT?, n-'srn, also pr. n,
nas, "^rs".
I. rCT or ^^y Chald. plur. i: ; part.
hSS, plur. ','35, i. q. Heb. n:S L '
1. to beg-in to speak, to speak, mostly
with i^x, as irxi bx;n nss Daniel
spake and said Dan. 2. 20. 3, 9. 14. 24.
28. 4, 16. 27. 5, 7. 10. 13. 6 17. al. So
with b of pers. Dan. 2. 15. 3, 9; cnjs^ 6,
14 ; also T^X being omitted c. b 2, 47.
2. to answer, after a question, e. g. n39
iS<l Dan. 2, 5. 7. 8. 26. 3, 16. 25. 6, \3.
14;'c. 9-JI^_ 2,10.27.
II. npS^ Chald. to be oppressed, afflict-
ed, i. q. Heb. njs II. 2. Part. n:3, plur.
1733 the afflicted Dan. 4, 24.
n:y Anah (r. njs I or II), pr. n. a) A
son of Seir, and also an Edomiti.sh tribe
descended from him. Gen. 36, 20. 29.
b) A son of Zibeon and grandson of
Seir, Gen. 36, 2. 14. 24. In vs. 2. 14,
Anah is called the daughter of Seir ; but
from V. 24 it obviously should read "^a
son, with the Samar. and Sept.
\5y m. adj. (r. n:5 II) sing. Num. 12,
3 where Keri I^j5 ; plur. B^^J', constr.
r3S.
1. oppressed, afflicted, wretched, but
everywhere with the accessory idea of
humility, meekness, i. e. the humble, the
meek, who prefer to suffer wrong rather
than do wrong, comp. espec. Ps. 25, 9.
37, 11. 69. 33; and who therefore enjoy
God's favour, Ps. 10, 17. 22, 27. 34, 3.
147, 6. Is. 29, 19. Am. 2, 7. al. yiitn h^ss
Ps. 66, 10. Is. 11, 4. Zeph. 2, 3.' Cha'ld".
,i:s, "(PlSS, Syr. Cajd, id. Hence
2. Simpl. meek, once Num. 12, 3.
Sept. TiQuvi.
Note. In five passages Keri has
crs? for Cheth D"'???, Ps. 9, 13. 10, 12.
ProV. 3, 34. 14, 21. 16, 19. Vice versa,
twice Keri has D"|*3 for Cheth. D^^JS,
Ps. 9, 19. Is. 32, 7. '
S'lSy (bound together, r. 339) Anub,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8.
^^r? pr- fern, of "i39. used as abstr.
1. humility, modesty, Prov. 15, 33. 18,
12. 22, 4. Zeph. 2, 3.
2. As attributed to God, mildness^
clemency, Ps. 18, 36.
^vr"? f- i- q- "^;? no- 2, mildness, clem-
ency, of a king Ps. 45, 5.
pi-?, see in p35 no. 2.
ri12y f. (r. n3 II) affliction; Pa. 22,
25 '33 rn:5 the affliction of the afflicted.
Others, following Sept. Vulg. Chald.
,^y
802
!2D:?
render it the cry of the afflicted, comp.
islilU in the other member ; but njS is
never used for the wailing cry of the
miserable, see the root no. 1. b.
"Si? m. adj. (r. njS II ) f n*3S Is. 10,
30. plur. D'i^;> , constr. "''SS , afflicted, dis-
tressed, wretched, from whatever cause :
whether poverty, see below in lett. a ;
the oppression of the wicked, persecu-
tion, extortion, Is. 3, 14. 15. 10, 2. Job
36, 6. Ps. 12, 6; solitude, abandonment,
as orphans, exiles, strangers, Lev. 19, 10.
23, 22. Is. 58, 7. Ps. 25, 16. Zech. 7, 10 ;
or wars and the harassing of enemies, Is.
14. 32. It sometimes takes also the ac-
cessory idea of innocence and piety, Ps.
22. 25. 34, 7. 35, 10 ; and sometimes that
of meekness, e. g. as opp. to pride Ps. 18,
28. or as coupled with fill 033 Is. 66, 2 ;
but this idea belongs more to 135.
Hence spec, a) poor, needy, Deut. 24,
12. 14. 15. Job 24. 9. Prov. 31, 20. b)
humble, lowly, meek, Zech. 9, 9. Sept.
7i()avg. Put often with synonymes, as
'(I'-'rxi >? Ps. 37, 14. 40. 18. al. dni ';5
Ps. 82, 3 I b-11 ^:S Zeph. 3, 12, comp. Is^
26, 6 ; 'ISl *i"n; Ps. 25, 16 ; ->ai "'SS Lev.
19, 10. 23! 22; 2X31 'JS Ps. 69, SO^c-'sss
Ci"isi-na Is. 58, 7. Sing, as collect. Ps'.
10, 2. 9. 14, 6. With genit. wn ^.^5
Ps. 72. 4. Is. 10, 2. 14, 32 ; 's ^*3S the
poor of any one, i. e. his poor brethren,
fellow-citizens, Deut. 15, 11 ; "^^ ''^!5 the
poor of Jehovah, whose hope and help is
God, Ps. 74, 19. Is. 49, 13. Sept. usually
itTM/oc, nivrjC, sometimes janfivog, nQutq.
Chald. 'sr, K^s, id. See in \3S note.
^fX (j- "$? II ) in pause *':, c. suff.
'^SP . afflictioiu distress, misery, of what-
ever kind ; so l)oth of persons and of na-
tions Ex. 3, 7. 17. 4. 31. 2 K. 14, 26. Ps.
44, 25 ; whether from the oppression of
enemies or of the powerful Gen. 16, 11.
31, 42. Pp. 9, 14 ; or from calamities in-
flicted of God Job 10, 15. 30, 16. 27. 36,
8 ; or from any otiier cause, 1 Sam. 1,
11. Ps. 25, 18. 31, 8. 107. 41. 119, 50.
92. 153. Lam. 1, 7. 9. 3, 19. al. ^5 'ja
i. q. 0''*37 Prov. 31, 5. "':? cni bread
of affliction, i. e. the unleavened bread
eaten with the passover, Deut. 16, 3.
''SJf (for nis-a depressed, r. nss II)
Unni, pr. n. m.' 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20.' Nch.
12,9.
"C?? (whom Jehovah answers, r. }i:
I ) Anaiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4. 10, 23.^*
T'jy Num. 12, 3 Keri for 13S q. v.
C^y (contr. for fi-'rs fountains) Anim,
pr. n. of a town in Judah, Josh. 15, 50.
Perh. the mod. ^yjt}\ el-Ghuwein, di-
min. 'little fountain ;' it being coupled
in Josh. 1. c. with Anab and Eshtemohj
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 625.
1^2y m. (r. .135 II) a word found only
in Ecclesiastes.
1. labour, toil, Ecc. 3, 10. Hence 6m-
siness, employment, comp. ri3S II. no. 1.
Ecc. 2, 26. 1, 13 S'^ ,::3S an evil business^
profitless, in which there is little good.
2. thing, affair, as in Chald. Ecc. 4, 8
S"! '{IVS^ an evil thing. 5, 2 '(^rs Si mxich
ado ; in the other member is ni-13'7 ai
many words. 5, 13 rn ',^353 by mme evil
event, untoward accident. 2. 23 13^35 DSSi
vexation is his affair, his portion. 8, J 6,
5)i^ obsol. root, Arab. (^$Ji.. to be
deep and hard to pass, e. g. sand ; also
6 c^
I, V, to shut a gate ; Ii^JlS. gate. Hence
r|3?ri .
D.?? (two fountains, for the dual in C
see Lehrg. p. 536) Anern. pr. n. of a city
of Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 58 [73] ; for which
in the parallel passages, Josh. 19, 21.
21, 29, is D'^JS"'^"^ fountain of gardens,
see p. 773, b.
0"'''??^ Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 11, Ana-
mim, pr. n. of an Egyptian tribe which
cannot be made out ; see Bochart Pha-
leg. IV. 30. Mich. Spicil. I. p. 160. The-
saur. p. 1052.
^r''??? Anammelech, pr. n. of an idol
of the Sepharvites or Sipparenes, 2 K.
17, 31. The name seems to be made up
from 03r i. q. j^i-o image, statue. 5 and
3t being interchanged, and "bis king ;
or, according to Hyde de Rel. vett. Per-
sarum p. 131, from *^ herd, and "bia,
i. e. the group or constellation Cepheus,
which the Orientals call iV j^M v,.,^l5'
stars of the flock, and (V-uL'f. ^^Iw'l
the shepherd and his flock. The first
part of this name occurs also in the name
"Lvt^faauQ, Tob. 1, 2. 13. 15. 16.
13?
803
p:y
)?? in Kal not UBed, pr. prob. to
cover, like the kindr. ",?, 1?!. Hence
'|5S cloud.
PiBL denom. from *3S, to clotul. i. e. /o
f?Ki/ce or gath^fr douJt. Gen. 9. 14 ; where
^33Sa is for ^3!a, see Heb. Gr. 10. n.
PoEL I?"'', flit. *:"i?7 Lev. 19, 26, part.
jSira . plur. csjy'O Deut. 18, 10. 14, with-
out the 13 also a-'Sry Is. 2, 6. Jer. 27, 9 ;
once f n:3r lor npnria (though it can
also be Kal). to act cnivrlhj, to lute, covert
arts, to practise magic, sorcery, Lev. 19,
26. Deut. 18, 10. 14. 2 K. 21. 6. 2 Chr.
33, 6. Is. 2, 6. 57, 3. Jer. 27, 9. Mic. 5,
11. Several of the ancient versions
Tinderstnnd by it some special kind of
divination, e. g. Sept. xXifiofi^ofiai ;
Vulg. observans somnia. also augiirans,
dicinans ; Syr. sometimes fascinans
oculi^, as if "iJiS were derived from *"'3 .
But it seems rather to imply some kind
of divination connected with idolatry.
Comp. the roots aib , anb II. See The-
saur. p. 10.53.
Deriv. the five following.
Ijy m. (r. ISS) constr, *|3? , plur. 0"'33S.
1. a cloud, collect, clouds, so called as
covering the heavens; Arab. (jLLt
clouds, kJUvft a cloud. Gen. 9, 13. 1 4. 16,
Job. 7, 9. 26, 8. 9. Ps. 97, 2. 105, 39. al.
'?'?*3 "ij^ Q"'"' CL (^oy of clouds and dark-
ness Joel 2, 2. Zeph. 1, 15. Ez. 34, 12.
jSS liias a pillar of cloud, see in Tis5 ,
Once plur. C'SJS clouds Jer. 4, 13. A
numerous army is compared to a cloud
Ez. 30, 18. 38, 9 ; a morning cloud is
the emblem of transientness, Hos. 6, 4;
comp. Job 7, 9.
2. Anan, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 27.
*}?? Chald. a dottd, plur. constr. "'MS
Dan. 7, 13.
^f?? f (r. 135) noun of unity corres-
ponding to collect. IJS , a cloud Job 3, 5.
Theod. well avwttpia. Comp. n^3J< .
"'Spy (apoc. for ?TJ335) Anani, pr. n. m.
1 Chr! 3, 24.
^^??? (whom Jehovah covers i, e.
protects, r. "35) Ananiah, pr. n. a) A
man Neh. 3. 23. Gr. 'Avavlaq. b) A
town in the tribe of Benjamin, Neh. 1 1,
82.
^|3^ obsol. root, prob. to cover, like
C13S, comp. Cibs, qnyj espec. ntS,
Hence the four following.
?|f^ m. a branch, bough, Ez. 17, 8. 23.
31, 3. Mai. 3, 19. Constr. ys rjs Lev.
23.40. Plur.c.suff.n-'BJsPs.SO, 11. Syr.
\9.\\ branch, )ilS mane.
5]?^ Chald. id. c. suff. '^103? Dan. 4,
18.
513? (r. r|35) a branch, bough, once c.
gulf. C3b:5 Ez. 36, 8.
Slr^ m.full ofbranche:s Ez. 19, 10. R.
* P.i< /o adorn with a necklace or
collar, from the primary idea of choking,
throttling, which is expressed by the
kindr. roots pss . psn , where see. Arab.
lo^Lc IV to ornament a dog with a col-
9 "
lar, (JjLfc neck. Germ. Nacken, Upper
Germ, die Anke, Engl. neck. Once trop.
Ps. 73. 6 nisa "iiappjs pride snrroundeth
them like a neck-chain, i, e. clothes their
neck, the collum resupinum being to the
poet the seat of pride. Hence p3?.
HiPH. P''35ri prob. to lay upon the
neck or shoulders in order to bear. Deut.
15, 14 of a manumitted slave, P^3Tn
'151 "(3XSt3 ib p""??:? thou shall lade him
liberally out ofthyjlock, etc. Sept. Vulg.
dabis viaticum. Others apply here the
signif of giving, as if pr. to adorn with
a neck-chain and so with gifts.
p3? m. \. a collar, neck-chain, neck-
lace, Cant. 4. 9 ; plur. D^-;- and ri Prov.
I, 9. Judg. 8, 26.
2. p3S Anak Josh. 15. 13, once p"i3S
Josh. 21, 11, (pr. long-necked, a giant,
comp. Arab. laJ^f long-necked,) pr. n.
of a son of Arba (sanx), the progenitor
of a race of Canaanites celebrated for
their great stature, called pj? ''sa the
sons of Anak Num. 13. 33, also'pjrn 'sa
Josh. 15, 14 ; pjyn ^'r^i Num. 13, 22.
Josh. 15, 14; e^p35 "13. Deut. 9, 2j
Dips? Anakim Deut. 2, 10. 11. 21 Josh.
II, 2I.22. 14, 12. 15. The seat of the
tribe before the invasion of the Hebrews
was in the vicinity of Hebron, Josh. 11,
21. They were nearly extirpated by
the Hebrews, so that only a few re-
15?
804
b^9
inained afterwards in the cities of the
Philistines. Compare the interpreters
and critics on Jer. 47, 5.
*1?^ (i. q. 155 , uvr,Q ?) Aner, pr. n. a)
ACanaanile.Gen. 14, 13.24. b) A Le-
vi tical city in Manasseh, elsewhere "J? P,
1 Chr. 6. 55 [70] ; where prob. also it
should read "JsR or "25 .
'>22y fut. t'lrv io impose a fine, to
amerce ; found elsewhere only in the
Rabbinic dialect. The primary idea
seems to be that of imposing, comp. the
kindr. ors, br ; or better that of ur-
ging^ comp. D3X. With b Prov. 17, 26 ;
with two ace. to amerce one in money
Deut. 22. 19. 2 Chr. 36, 3 where it is
money exacted by war ; in wine Am. 2,
8, Impers. Prov. 21, 11 yV^"??? when
they amerce the scomer, sc. the judges.
NiPH. fv be amerced, Ex. 21, 22 ; genr.
to be punished Prov. 22, 3. 27, 12.
Deriv. is "dp .
'525 Chald. m. a fine, mulct, Ezra 7,
26.
tDI? m. a. fine, mtdct, exacted from
any one, 2 K. 23, 33. Prov. 19, 19.
niy (an answer sc. to prayer, from r.
MiS, like r:3 from r, n:3) Anath, pr. n.
tnVjudg. 3, 31. 5, 6.
P:?, see rsySp. 482.
tliri^ (answers sc. to prayers, ri ser-
vile being retained, see Lehrg. p. 528)
Anathoth. pr. n. a) A city of the priests
in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18. 1 K. 2, 26.
1 Chr. 6, 45. Neh. 11, 32 ; the birth-place
of the prophet Jeremiah, Jer. 1, 1. 11, 21.
23. 32, 7. 9 ; three Roman miles from
Jerusalem towards the north-east, Je-
rome in Jer. 1, 1, comp. Joseph. Ant. 10,
7. 3. Now bLjLc ^Andta; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 109. Gentile n.
"nhjS Anethothite 2 Sam. 23. 27. b) Of
men :' a) 1 Chr. 7, 8. /3) Neh. 10, 20.
n^rniy (answers from Jehovah) An-
thothijah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 24.
Cipy in. (r. t>05) pr. ' what is trodden
out,' and so put for new wine, the pro-
duct of the same year, like new wheat,
Joel 1, 5, 4, 18. Am. 9, 13; intoxicating
It. 49, 26. Also from pomegranates
Cant. 8, 2.
wC > /o (read down, to tread inpieces,
Mai. 3, 21. Chald. KOS, Pa. inf nxs?
to tread grapes.
"1?!^ a fictitious root, whence some de-
rive 1"iyi"' Is. 15, 5 ; but see r. 1W no. I
Pilp.
D'^S<3? see in art. "iE .
'^? obsol. root, Arab. Lac to cover
the earth with herbage ; Syr. \3^ to
fiourish. Comp. i:;i5 , r)35 . Hence ""S^J
Heb. and Chald.
nSy, see in nB""?.
*^W va. plur. C1NSS for t:'^"'E5 (comp.
Lehrg. p. 575. Heb. Gr. 91'. 6. 6),
boughs^ foliage of trees, Ps. 104, 12.
"ty Chald. id. Dan. 4, 9. 11. IS.-Syr.
{.0^ branch, top of a tree, ) -^n*^
foliage.
"ri^ in Kal not used, pr. io swell,
to become tumid, whence bts tumulus,
hill. Arab. Jl&c to have a tumor or
hernia.
PuAL to be tumid ; metaph. to he in-
fiated, elated, proud, Hab. 2, 4 ; see in
art. -.:; no. 1.
HiPH. to act tumidly, i. e. proudly,
presumptuously. Num. 14, 44 ^^"3??]
'iil nibsb they acted presumptuously
in going up, i. e. they went up presump-
tuously, neglecting God's warning.
The same is expressed in DeUt. 1, 43
thus: ^y^ri ^brrii sintnv Hence
^'^'S m. a hill, 2 K. 5, 24. Mic. 4, 8
*,iS na bB> the hill of the daughter of
Zion, i. e. Mount Zion. Is. 32, 14. Spec,
with the art. bE?ii Ophel, pr. n. of a hill
or ridge on the east of Mount Zion, sur-
rounded and fortified by a separate wall
2 Chr. 27, 3. 33, 14. Neh. 3, 26. 27. 11,
21. Josephus 'OifXu B. J. 6. 6. 3. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 394.
2. Plur. D-'bBS (D-'bES) tumors, he-
morrhoids, in Cheth. Deut. 28, 27. 1 Sam.
5, 6 sq. Arab. Jki.c tumor in ano viro-
rum vel in pudendia mulierum; see
Schroeder Origg. Heb. cap. 4. p. 54, 55.
H. A. Schultens nd Meidanii Prov, p.
23. Keri has instead of it cninu q. v
jSJ
805
1BJ
1^*; obsol. root, Arab, and Syr. to
become mould]/ ; hence
'^r'?^ gentile n. Opfini, 0/)htiiCe, once
Josh. 18. 24. where ^itv^ ("'BS) is a town
of Benjamin.
n*C?Ey ra. dual, (r. qw, Pilp. qSM,
Heb. Gr. 54. n. 4.) only constr. "'D?BS,
c. siitr. i"'BSC5, the eye-lashes, pr. the
flying, the fluttering, Job 16, 16. Like
the eyes there is ascribed to them sleep
Ps. 132, 4. Prov. 6, 4 ; weeping Jer. 9,
17; sight Ps. 11, 4. Prov. 4, 25; pride
Prov. 30. 13; beauty 6, 25. Poet. "'BSBS
inaS the eye-lashes of the dawn, for the
rays of the morning sun Job 3, 9. 41, 10.
Comp. vifie(ing j3/.i(ftx^ov Soph. Antig.
103, 104. The Arab poets compare the
sun to an eye. to which they ascribe
eye-Iaphes, ^jMb^JwJf v_,ibd.|fc^; see
Schult. ad Job p. 61. [Better. o^DSES
for the eyelids with the eyelashes as a
whole, like Lat. paljiebrcp ; hence, as
closing or revealing the eyes and giv-
ing to them expression, they are put for
the ej'^es themselves in parallelism ; as
in all the passages above cited, except
Job 3, 9. 41, 10. In these the poetic
allusion is specially to the eyelashes^ as
a figure to represent the first rays of
dawn ; so too the Arabic. R.
'^^ in Kal not used, prob. a verb
of colour, i. q. Arab. _ifc to be whitish,
light-reddish, like sand, the gazelle ;
hence "W _ifc dust, earth, from the
colour (as 'lO'iX from Q'lX), "'BS a fawn,
niBS lead, also from its whitish colour.
PiEL IBS denom. from iSS, to dust,
to throw diist at, 2 Sam. 16, 13.
Deriv. ~BS, ieS, n^BS, andpr. n. IBS,
nnss, ynti] T?"!!!:?.
IBP m. (r. "IBS) constr. ibs , c. suff.
ilBS, plur. n^lBS, constr. ni-tBS.
1. dust, dry earth, Gen. 2, 7. 26, 15.
Arab. Jls. id. Put also for clay, mire,
with which walls are cemented or built
Lev. 14, 42. 45 ; rubbish Hab. 1, 10. Ps.
102, 15 ; Jin diist as driven by the wind,
i. q. pss , Ps. 18, 43 ; and which mourn-
ers cast upon their heads Josh. 7, 6. Job
2, 12. Lam. 2, 10. Ez. 27, 30 ; psn ibs
the diist of the earth Rx. 8, 12. 13. In. 40,
12. Am. 2, 7. Hence "ES bs upon the dust
or sand, where the ostrich leaves her
eggs for warmih. Job 39, 14; then upon
the earth, in orbe terrarnm, Job 19. 25.
41, 25 ; upon the ground 22. 24. Is. 47, 1 ;
or also in the grave, sepidchre. Job 20, 11.
21, 26 ; for which is also said "lEsb 7, 21,
"B^ '^y^ to go down into the dust, i. e. into
the sepulchre, Ps. 22 30. IBS ':3ttS those
who dwell in the dust, the dead. la. 2% 19 ;
B5 nanx 'SttJ'^ id. Dan. 12, 2 ; f^jt IBS
the dust of death, i. e. the grave, Ps.
22, 16. -^ES-bx ari5 to return to dust
Gen. 3, 19.' Ps. 104, 29; IBS 5S id.
Job 34, 15. Hence lEff put for the
dead as dissolving into dust, Ps. 30,
10. Ecc. 12, 8. Also IBS b3X to eat
dust, spoken of the serpent Gen. 3, 14
comp. Is. 65, 25; to lick the dust, hy-
perbol. of those who prostrate them-
selves in the dust, Mic. 7, 17; but trop.
Lam. 3, 29 to put the mouth in the dust,
is to bow in silence and await God's
help. "lESl IBS dust and ashes, a pro-
verbial expression for the lowness and
frailty of human nature, Gen. 18, 27,
comp. Ps. 103, 14. Spoken also of a
multitude. Num. 23, 10 aps'i -lES the dusL
of Jacob, i. e. a people like the dust aT
the earth innumerable, comp. Gea. t3^
16. Plur. n'lES lumps, clods of eatth;
Prov.8.26 bsn ri^BS ttix-i the Jtifsl clod
of the earth. Job 28. 6 snj ni-rffiS lumps
of gold in mines.
s "
*^S? (i. q. -fti a calf; yoong animal)
Epher, pr. n. m. a) A son of Midian
Gen. 25, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 17. c) 5, 24.
^tfS m. (r. "lES) a fawn, i. e. a young
deer, roe, gazelle, Cant. 2. 9. 17. 4, 5. 7, 4.
s . r s "
8, 14. Arab. Jiz. and Jl&. young of
the wild goat, Steinbock.
"O?*? (female fawn) Ophrah, pr. n.
a) A town in the tribe of Benjamin
Josh. 18. 23. 1 Sam. 13, 17 ; fully Mic.
1, 10 fTJSsb n-^a (house of the fawn).
[Perh. the mod. Tayibeh, see"Bibl. Res."
in Palest. II. p. 124. Biblioth. Sac. 1845.
p. 398 sq. Prob. i. q. ',i">BS 2 Chr. \2.
19, where see. R. b) A town in Ma-
nasseh Judg. 6, 11. 8, 27. 9, 5. c) A
man 1 Chr. 4, 14.
w
806
ns:?
{".nsy (fawn-like) Ephron. pr. n. a)
A city on ihe border orBenjainiii 2 Chr.
13, 19. where Keri ,:")?.. [It was the
'j^(f(tnifi of Jolin 11, 54, anil prob. identi-
cal with n~S5 lett. a, where see more.
Biblioth. Sac.' 1845. p. 393. R. b) A
mountain on the confines of the tribes of
Judah and Benjamin. Josh. 15, 9. c) A
descendant of Heth, a Hittite Gen. 23,
8. 25, 9.
T"]^? ( the two fawns) see -i-^ES lett. a.
r."lE2? r (r. 12?) in pause n-iEi? Num.
31. 22. lead, so called from its whitish
colour, comp. "23, -~T. Ex. 15, 10.
Rz. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12."Zech. 5, 7. aT.
r'-.Ern "jrx the leaden weight Zech. 5, 8.
!^V^? Job 10, 22, see in ns^r .
y? m. (r. n^s) c. snff. "i::? ; plur.
^sv , constr. "'j;?. , c. suff. ra^; .
1. a tree, Eth. (jO id. Arab. LLc
a stafi'. rod, also a bone ; comp. Gr. o^og
branch, oaisov, Sanscr. astlii. Lat. hasta,
Ger\n.Ast. For the idea icoorf the Arabs
often employ the kindred form (3-C
Chald. rj< and XS id. E. g. D"''"nr] yy
the tree of life (see'^n) Gen. 2, 9. 3, 1. is",
4. 8. P.s. 1. 3. al. sEep. Often collect.
trees ; "'"iB ys fruit-trees, Gen. 1,11. Is.
10, 19. Ps'. 74, 5. Plur. trees, Judg. 19,
8 sq. 1 K. 5. 13. Ps. 104, 16. al.
2. wood, Ex. 15, 25. Is. 40, 20. 44, 19.
*,2KJ yj>_ wood and stone Deut. 4, 28. Y'3
T^X cedar-wood Lev. 14. 4 sq. y?"b2
all wood i. e. all idols Ez. 21, 15, comp.
Jer. 2, 27. Spec, a wooden post, a
stake, gibbet, cross. Gen. 40, 19. Deut.
21, 22. Josh. 10, 26. Esth. 2, 23. 5, 14.
Plur. C"33 wood i. e. sticks of wood,
as prepared for fuel, Gen. 22, 3. 9. Lev.
1, 7. 4, 12 ; of materials for building,
wood, timber, Ex. 25, 10. 1 K. 5, 24. 10,
12. Is. 60, 17. Comp. art. nsr I.
^^^ \. to wttrk, to form, to fa.sh-
ion, see Piel no. 1. The primary idea
lies perhaps in culling, carving, botli
wood and stone, comp. 3sn , 2:;n , as;? ;
liencc also the 'u]ea. of cutting, wounding,
giving pain. etc. In the kindred lan-
giiages there are pccondary pignifica-
tions, as Arab. y,^.a.e. to be angry.
Hence 2S^' and ::sr a carved image,
idol, 2SS cartken vessel.
2. to suffer pain, to be afflicted, as with
painful toil ; see 3".f2, =s:?, rnas, V2S.
Also in mind, in Kal trans, to pain, to
afflict, to grieve, 1 K. 1, 6. 1 Chr. 4, 10.
Part. pass, f Is. 54, 6.
NiPH. ''4t^. , to be pained : a) In bo-
dy, to hurt oneself with a of instrum.
Ecc. 10, 9. b) In mind, to be afflicted,
grieved Gen. 45, 5. 1 Sam. 20, 3 ; c. isx
1 Sam. 20. 34 ; bs 2 Sam. 19, 3.
Piel. 1. to form, to fashion, comp.
Kal no. 1, Job 10, 8. Sept. inkuauv ftf.
2. to pain, to afflict, to grieve, comp.
Kal no. 2, Is. 63, 10. Ps. 56, 6.
HiPH. 1. i.q. Kal no. l.to labour ; and
thence to serve an idol, to worship, like
synon. 125 ; Jer. 44, 19 nS'^srrfb to wor-
ship her sc. the queen of heaven ; Vulg.
ad colendum earn. Others to fashion
her i. e. ber image ; comp. Kal no. 1.
2. i. q. Piel no. 2, to grieve, i. e. to
provoke to anger sc. God. Ps. 78, 40.
HiTHP. 1. to grieve oneself Gen. 6,6.
2. to be angry, wroth, Gen. 34, 7. See
Hiph. no. 2.
Deriv. 2S3 r2S3 and !i2SSia.
S2? Chald. part. pass, ni^r grieved
afflicted, Dan. 6, 21.
227 m. (r. 2.SS no. 1) only in plur,
CS^?, constr. "2^5, images, idols, 1
Sam. 31, 9. 2 Sam. 5, 21. Hos. 4, 17. 8,
4. Is. 10, 11. Mic. 1,7. ah
3i:? rn. (r. 2::?) 1. an earthen ves-
sel, ras fictile, Jer. 22, 28. See the root
in Kal no. 1.
2. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra^
vail, Prov. 10, 22. Plur. D"'2S? labours;
n''2:J>n nnb the bread of labours i. e.
obtained by labour Ps. 127, 2; genr.
what is obtained by labour Prov. 5, 10.
With sufT. C3"'2SS your labours, i. e.
those which you exact from your ser-
vants. Is. 58, 3 ; see in b"53 .
3. jxiin, e. g. of a woman in travail
Gen. 3, 16 ; comp. Engl, labour id. Also
pain of mind, anger ; Prov. 15, 1 i?"!
2S2J a word of anger, i. e. spoken in an-
ger, bitter, harsh.
SSb m. (r. 2S5) c. svrfT. "S:!? 1. an
image, idol. i. q. 2S5, Is. 4S.5!'Ps. 139,
24 2S? '{^"^idol-icay, i.e. idol-worship,
idolatry.
2. labour, sorrow. Is, 14, 3 ; pain of a
woman in travail 1 Chr. 4, 9-
327
807
^s:?
pasts? m. (r. 2X5) constr. VSSS .
1. labour. luird and ptiiiiful, toil^ tra-
vail, Gen. 3, 17. 5, 29.
2. pai/t, sorrow ; Gen. 3, 16 ~3i3S
Tasini /Ay sorrow and thy pregnancy^
Hendiadys for* the sorrow o/" thy preg-
nancy.'
nas? f. (r. 2X) in pause n22S , con-
str. n^ss as if from a form n:23 ; plur.
constr. m'3S?, c. suff. cnisss.
1. an idol, plur. crii:3? i. q. D"ass ;
Ps. 16, 4 many are their idols, etc. [But
as P'izas elsewhere signifies only sor-
rows, it is better so to take it here, as
Engl. Vers, vuiny are their sorrows, etc.
R.
2. pain, as of body Job 9. 28 ; of mind
Ps. 147, 3 nn-inssb wania he bindeih vp
their sorrows, i. e. heals the wounds of
their minds. Prov. 10, 10. With ab 15, 13.
^^\ obsol. root, to cut. to cut down;
Arab. Jco^ to cut, to cut down a tree.
Hence 1^5^ ixe.
i^? 1. to make fast, firm ; and
hence to close, to shut, e. g. the eyes,
Prov. 16, 30. Arab. Ldi IV, id. Eth.
UACD to shut a door.
2. Intrans. to be hard, firm ; Arab,
^ift fut. /, to be obstinate, stubborn ;
Conj. VIII, to be or grow hard ; comp.
in 7?V
Deriv. ys, n3 I, r.^:>, and pr. n.
nsy m. (r. ns5) Lev. 3. 9, the back-
bone, spine, according to Onkelos and
Arabs Erpen. or else according to Saa-
dias and Bochart in Hieroz. I. p. 497,
OS coccygis, Arab, {jojuoju} , i. e. the
lower joint or vertebra of the spine. In
either case so called from its hardness
and firmness ; see the root. Arab. L^X
is the thigh-bone ; plur. wing-bones of
birds.
! i^?? fern, of *)^5 . collect, icood, i. q.
B*SS. spoken of building materials, tim-
ber, Jer. 6, 6 ; of fragrant wood, "i's: rS3
Prov. 27, 9.
II. nsy f. (for n33';i. r. 7?^) constr.
MS, c. sufF. "^risr ; plur. see in no. 4;
counsel, i. e.
1. purpose, plan, Is, 19, 3. 29, 15. Jer.
18, 23. Hos. 10, 6. Job 5, 13. 21. 16. Ps.
14, 6. 33, 10, 11, a), nxs nt to execute
couTisel. to carry out a puriMwe, Is, 30, 1.
Spec, of the divine counsels, purposes,
'; rs5 Is. 5, 19. 14, 26. 19. 17. Jer. 49,
2*0. Ps^ 107, 11, Is, 46, 11 'nar c-x t?te
man of my cowisel, whom I use as an
instrument for executing my purposes.
Also emphat. nS5 id. Job 38, 2, 42, 3,
2. counsel which one gives or takes,
advice, 2 Sam. 16. 20. 1 K. 1, 12. al. Ps.
1 19, 24 ^r:i> "'^JX my counsellors. T\^T^
'b rs?3 to walk in tlie counsel of any one,
to live according to his advice, Ps. 1, 1.
2 Chr. 22, 5. Of prophetic warnings,
predictions, Is. 44, 26 ; comp. 41, 28 and
(O; no. 2. b.
3. counsel as a quality of mind, i. e.
deliberation, prudence, wisdom, espec.
of God Is. 11. 2. Prov. 8, 14. 21, 30. Jer.
32, 19 nsPn bnj the great in counsel, i. e.
of great wisdom. 1 Chr. 12, 19 nssa
upon adcisement, adrisedly.
4. Plur. niss, once c, sufT, T^^nss Is.
47. 13 ; counsels Deut. 32. 28. Is. 25. 1 ;
deliberations Is. 47, 13 ; anxious cares
Ps. 13, 3.
D^2^ m. adj. (r. n-J5) plur. t;i^1S3>,
1. strong, mighty, powerful, of a people
Gen. 18, 18. Num. 14, 12. Dent. 9, 14.
26. 5. Joel 2. 2 ; of kings Ps. 135, 10 ; of
waters Is. 8. 7. Plur. cci::? the strong,
the mighty, i. e. warriors, heroes, Prov.
18, 18. Is. 53, 12 ; once the ."Strong mem-
bers of a lion. i. c. the claws, teeth. Ps.
10. 10 ="'X=^n i"'r!iar3 b23 the unhappy
fall into his mighty fangs ; but others
understand the whelps of the lion. Arab.
5 r- -
IvaJIoa great.
2. strong in number, numerous, Num.
32, ], Ps. 35. 18. Am. 5, 12. See the
root. Kul no. 3.
13^ T'"'^? (back-bone of a man, r.
n^:?) Ezion-geber, pr. n. of a sea- port of
Idumea on the Eianitic gulf of the Red
Sea, not far from Eiatii (see riii-'X),
Num. 33. 35. Deut. 2. 8 : whence the
ships of Solomon sailed to Ophir 1 K. 9,
26. 2 Chr. 8. 17 ; and where the fleet of
Jehoshaphat was lost 1 K. 22. 49. 2 Chr.
20, 36. The Greek name was Bi^frixTj
b-^^
808
isy
Jos. Ant. 8. 6. 4. Written in Arabic
,- i ^^ Wsyun. [A similar name etill
exists in connection witli a small Wady
north of 'Akabah.jjl:A.ojJ|eZ-6^/mf/i/(in;
but no traces of the city have yet been
found. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
250. Burckh. Travels in Syria p. 511.
R.
* ^-i? ill Kal not used, Arab. JJifc
I, V, tu be at leisure, idle ; Conj. II, to
leave, to neglect. The primary idea
seems to be that of laxness, languor,
corap. snn, JJa^, also bb'n,
NiPH. to be slothful, remiss, Judg. 18, 9.
Deriv. the three following.
^Sy m. adj. verbal, one slothful, a
sluggard, Prov. 6, 6. 9. 13, 4. 15, 19.
:20, 4. al. R. bs5 .
nbsy f (r. bss) sloth, indolence. Prov.
19, 15. Dual c^nbas double slothful-
ness, i. e. great, excessive, Ecc. 10, 18 ;
referring perhaps to the languor and
sloth of both hands.
n^bS? f. sloth, indolence, Prov. 31, 27.
D^5 1. pr. ^0 bind up, to bind fast,
to tie up, e. g. the eyes. Is. 33, 15 ; see
Piel. Arab. (V-o-fc IV, to tie up a leather
bottle or skin ; more commonly v,^.o.,fc
to bind up. Kindr. are c^^i . I\ , ("i^:?),
also CMX, nrn. From the ideaof biiid-
ing up (see "ira, lOjD), comes
2. Intrans. (once mid. E, iSS Ps. 38,
20.) to be strong, mighty, powerfid. Gen.
26, 16. Ps. 38. 20 ; to become strong, etc.
Ex. 1, 7. 20. Dan. 8, 8. 24. 11, 23.
Arab, liixc- to be great, of great mo-
'o," 8 f. '
iinent, *J^ greatness, .^Ainc great.
3. to be strong in number, to be nvme-
r-nns. many. Ps. 38. 20. 40, 6. 13. 69. 5.
139, 17. Is. 31. 1. Jer. 15, 8. 30, 14. 15.
See Bias no. 2.
PiEL CS3 1. i. q. Kul no. 1. to shtit
up the eyes of any one. Is. 29, 10.
2. Dcnom. from Dsr , to gnaw or
craunch the bones, Jer. 50. 17. Com p.
cnj ,
Hi PH. to make strong Pa. 105. 24.
Deriv. Diaw, niasyn, and the five
here following
OS? f. but with masc. Ez. 24, 10. Ps.
22, 18; in pause csS , c. suff. "'SSS ; plur.
crs? , constr. "'^sr , c. suff". "'JS^S ; also
plural ri^rfS , constr. ri5:^s , c. sufF.
ini^=:is) . R. CS5 .
1. a bone, so called from its hardness
and strength, comp. the root no. 2 ; Arab.
p>^^ . Gen. 2, 23. Ex. 12, 46. Num. 9,
1 2. Job 30, 30. "^itos^ 'ass my bone and
my flesh, see in ^ba no. 4. Plur. 0">52S5
constr. '73S5 Ps. G.'s. 31, 11. 32, 3 ; once
of the bones of the dead Am. 6, 10. Of-
tener plur. ni5:ss Ps. 22, 15. 18. 42, 11.
51, 10. Is. 38, 13. Job 4, 14. Prov. 14,30;
mostly of the bones of one dead (comp.
r.S-i;i, ni33), Ex. 13, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2
Sam. 21, 12. 13. 14. 2 K. 23, 14. 18. 20. al.
2. a body, bodily form, Lam. 4, 7.
3. With genit. it is used instead of
the pronoun self, selfsame, ipse, comp.
synon. C";y no. 3, and Arab. i^vaC eye,
ipse, self; but only of things^ e. g. C^?3
PiTn ci'n in the self-same day, that very
day. Gen. 7, 13. 17, 23. 26. Lev. 23, 21.
28. al. Ex. 24, 10 ^']-^tn c:j:22i as the
heaven itself the very heaven. Job 21,
23 ian cssa in his vei~y wholeness, in the
midst of health and prosperity.
4. Azem, pr. n. of a city in the tribe
of Simeon, Josh. 15, 29. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4,
29.
DSi? m. (r. c:iS) c. suff". ""pss .
1. .strength, Deut. 8, 17. Job 30,' 21.
2. Collect, the bones, body, i. q. CSS
no. 2, Ps. 139, 15.
n^Sy f (r. CSS) constr. rass.
1. strength Is. 40, 29. 47, 9.
2. number, multitude, Nah. 3, 9.
"JTOSy (strong, r. oss) Aznion, pr. n,
of a place on the southern border of Pa-
lestine, Num. 34, 4. 5. Josh. 15, 4.
ni"!C^? f plur. (r. csr) strong de-
fences, btditarks. trop. of arguments with
which disputants defend their cause,
Is. 41,81; comp. Job 13, 12. Talmud.
cxsnJt to dispute, to contend with argq-
monle; Arab. &^^ defence, guard,
* "?? obsol. root. prob. of a like lorce
with CSS , r\:is , to be hard, firm, stHmg.
Hence
is:?
809
ip?
12? uTT. Xfyufi. 2 Sam. 23, 8, prol). a
?
spear; comp. Arab. j.ag branch. See
this passage in full under art. *f*7<
* "^^^ flit. "is^ , more rarely "^JSS^
1 K. 18, 44. 2 K. 4, 24.
1. to shut up, to close. The primary
idea lies in surrounding. eiu:losing. witli
a fence, wall; comp. the similar roots
"isn , 1SX , ->TJ< , and the remarks there
made. Arab. vi^ to prohibit, to re-
fuse; -vifr to hold back, to restrain,
like the Heb. no. 2. E. g. to shut up the
heavens, so that it cannot rain, Deul. 11,
17. 2 Chr. 7, 13 ; the womb, so as not to
bear, Gen. 16, 2. 20, 18 (where it is con-
strued with ir2 q. V. no. 1), comp. Is, 66,
9. Also to shut up in a place Jer. 20. 9 ;
espec. in prison 2 K. 17, 4. Jer. 33, I. 36,
5. 39, 15. With-'JBTa. 1 Chr. 12, 1 ii:is
ilX"^ 'JBia shut out from the presence of
Saul, not permitted to see Saul's face ;
others : shut up at home because of Saul,
through fear oP him, comp. ^n^ IV to
keep oneself at home. For the phrase
2!i7Si -rnss , see in 3T^ no. I. a.
2. to hold back, to hinder, to detain a
person anywhere, 1 K 18, 44. Judg. 13,
16 ; c. b 2 K. 4, 24 ; c. 3 Job 12, 15 ^S?:
Disa he holdeth back, withholdeth, the
waters. 4, 2 T'^'oa "lis? to withhold words.
29, 9. 1 Sam. 21, 6 !i:b-n-i:i3' n'i\x wo-
men have been kept from us. A pecu-
liar formula not unfrequent in the later
Hebrew is ns 135 . to retain strength, to
be strong, Dan. 10, 8. 16. 11, 6. 2 Chr.
13, 20 ; c. \ to hare strength for any
thing, to be able, 1 Chr. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 2,
5. 22, 9; and so ns being omitted 2 Chr.
20, 37. 14, 10.
3. coercuit imperio, i. e. to ride, to
reign, c. 3 1 Sam. 9. 17.
4. to collect, to heap up, i. q. "i3X q. v.
hence "iSS wealth; to assemble persons,
see Niph. no. 3, and ""^SS.
NiPH. I. to be shut up. e. g. the hea-
vens 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26.
2. to be restrained, hindered, stayed,
Num. 17, 13, 15 [16, 48. 50]. 2 Sam. 24,
21. 25. Ps. 106, 30.
3. to be assembled (from the idea of
constraining, compelling, see nnsr),
espec. to a festival, fr^ss . 1 Sam. 21,
68*
8 nin-; :e1? nxss assembled before Je-
hocah.
Deriv. the three following, and "'5t3,
"^^^ m. (r. 1S5) treasures laid up,
wealth, riches, i. q. ninJC"!!* . Judg. 18, 7
1SS ti'^'i'' . . . 'px no possessor of wealth ;
comp. "1S9 no. 4 ; Vulg. magnarum
npum ; Sept. Vatic, xkrii/ovopog ixmi'i^vn'
&7i(TnvtJois. Several ancient intpp. give
it by dominion, nde, see "i^s no. 3. But
the e.xprcssion refers to a people, and
not to a ruler.
^Sb m. (r. -IS5) 1. a shutting up,
closure. Prov. 30, 16 cnn -la:? the shut-
ting up of the womb. i. e. a barren womb.
2. constraint, oppression, vexation, P&
107, 39. Is. 53. 8.
nnS? f. (r. -is no. 4) 2 K. 10, 20. Is.
1, 13. Joel 1, 14; elsewhere '^Tp., , in
pause ria? 2 Chr. 7. 9; plur. c. suff.
ca-^ninsr; an assembly, Jer. 9, 1 [2]
D"^"73i2 r">j!? an assembly of wicked men.
Usually, the assembly, congregation of
the people for celebrating public rites,
nnrityvqii;, Joel 1, 14. 2 K. 10, 20. Am,
5, 21. Is. 1, 13; espec. as held on the
seventh day of the passover, and on the
eighth day of the festival of taberna-
cles, i. q. tiJ-ip Nip-3. Lev. 23, 36. Num.
29. 35. Deut. 16,' 8. 2 Chr. 7, 9. Neh. 8,
18. Comp. Arab, x*^'^ assembly, more
fully x,t-s.t ^yi day of assembly, i. e.
Friday, as a festival or holyday of the
Muhammedans. Iken and Michaelis
find the primary idea in restraint from
labour ; see Iken Diss, philol. theol. p.
49 sq. J. D. Michaelis Suppl. Ii. v.
The contrary is shewn by Jer. 9, 1 [2].
* -ii? fut. sp-.": Jer. 9, 3 ; c. suff.
-:=p:;: Gen. 27, .36.
1. Prob. to be high, like a vault,
mound, or the like; kindr. with 33J3
235 . Hence 3pr hill, 3p? heel.
2. Deiiom. fi-om Z'pjS , to take, or seize
by the heel ; Hos. 12' 4 tx 3py ',--;3?
i"nx in the womb he took his brother by
the heel ; comp. Gen. 25, 26. So Arab.
v_>ii has meaningsborrowed from v_>ftft
heel, e. g. to hit in the heel. Spec, in
order to trip or throw one down; hence
-r^'j
810
bpy
3. Trop. to circumvent, to deceive, to
defraud, Gen. 27, 36. Jer. 9, 3. Chald.
SJ?? to lie in wait for, pr. to follow at
one's heels, to track. Comp. 2J?S no. 3,
Sp5 no 2. nrps .
PiEL to Jecive behind., pr. at one's heels,
e. g. the lightnings behind the thunders
Job 37, 4. Arab. v^^JLfc to leave behind,
to defer, to procrastinate ; Chald. 33S to
delay.
Deriv. 2;?s "^^p^ ; and pr. n. Sip? ,
-)?^ m. (r. spy no. 1) constr. 2p?
Gen. 25. 26; plur. C"':p5 , constr. "'Spr
Cant. 1. 8, "iSps Dag. euph. Gen. 49. 17,
and r3p3 Ps. 77, 20; c. sutf. "^rpy,
r|T"irps .'
1. the heel of the foot; Arab. v_Ji^5
Syr. )^nS , id. Chald. s:;ps id. also end
of a thing, a) Of men Gen. 3, 15. 25, 26.
Ps. 41, 10. Job 18, 9. Meion^ steps, foot-
steps ; Ps. 56, 7 iintSJ'i "ispr ^Ae;/ u-a/c^
wy heels, i. e. my steps ; so Cant. 1, 8,
and n-inps Ps. 77, 20. 89, 52 they hare
reproached the footsteps (nirpr) of thine
anmnled. Comp. 2'p5 no. 3. To make
iare the heels of a woman, to show her
^disgrace, the heels of a modest woman
being covered by her train, Jer. 13, 22.
*) Of a horse, the hoof Gen. 49, 17.
Judg. 5, 22.
2. Metaph. the rear of an army. Josh.
;8, 13. Gen. 49, 19.
3. Adj. verbal from the root no. 3, a
lier-in-wait, tracker, Ps. 49, 6.
ypy m. (r. 2p5 no. 1) fern, nap? .
1. a hill, acclivity, Is. 40. 4. Arab.
ioJLc, ''Akahah, a steep pass. Ethiop.
^<i>n .
2. Adj. fraudulent, deceitful, e. g. the
heart. Jer. 17, 9.
3. Adj. denom. from 2ps no. 1. a.
UoR. 6. 8 r'nia ns;rr tracked with blood,
i. o. full of bloody footstopm. the traces
of blood. This adj. 2'p?, f ^"^fT"!,. imi-
tates those which mark colours and the
like, e.g. DH!,npa,':p5.
3^? ra. (r. 3ps) 1. the end, the last
>
of any thing; Arab. ^^.^Aft, Chald. Xip?.
Hence as adv. eren to the end, ever, for
.ever,,PB. 119, 33. 112.
2. recompense, reward, wages, as the
end and result of labour ; comp. Xoi-
a&rjux reward, from huiTdoi last. Ps. 19,
12. Prov. 22. 4. Hence :p?-b? Ps. 40,
17. 70, 4, and rp? Is. 5, 23, as Prep. pr.
in reward of i. e. on account of, because
of, propter. Also with a relat. particle
as Conjunct, e. g. "Uix :py Gen. 22, 18.
26, 5, and "'S Sps Am. 4, 12, proplerea
quod, because ; and so simpl. SpS Num.
14, 24. Deut. 7, 12. 8, 20.
rOj?;^ f or better "^^J?^ ?. fraud, craft,
siditilty, 2 K. 10, 19. R. =pS no. 3.
^^If? see in -pS .
* f 12? fut. nps>^ , to bind. Gen. 22, 9.
Chald. id. Arab. JuLfc nexuit, nodavit.
Kindred roots are HiX , irx , q. v. Hence
^p^ adj. plur. D"'^p3. banded, i. e.
marked with bands or stripes, striped
ring-streaked, comp. "i2n no. 3 ; espec.
on the feet, pied-footed, whitefooled,
Gen. 30, 35. 39. 40. 31, 8. 10. 12. Symm.
9'' s^>
XivxoTTodfg. Saad. JuLa^ white-footed,
from J^^ band, fetter.
^?. see n"'35"-in ips n-^a in art. iT^a
no. 12. ii.
* ')?< obsol. root. Arab. Lie ^o re-
tain. to detain. The primary idea seems
to lie in compressing; see p"", pis.
Hence npsa .
^1^^ f oppression Ps. 55, 4. R. p'S .
S^p? (insidious i. q. aps^) Akkid), pr.
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 24. bj 9. 17. Ezra
2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. 8, 7. 11, 19. 12, 25.
c) Ezra 2, 45.
^I^-^ in Kal not used, to twist, to
wrest, to pervert. Chald. Ijp? to per-
vert ; Syr. \a^ part, perverse. Arab.
JkJL& to bind together sc. the feet.
PuAL part. bps?3 perverted, Hab. 1, 4.
Deriv. the two following.
'prp? m. adj. (r. bp5) winding,
crooked, only plur. Judg. 5. 6 '""'"^J?
^"^^P^P? winding ways. i. e. devious and
unfrequented, by-paths. So without
Ruhst. P'-bpbps id. Ps. 125, 5. Syr.
Vo2i^ id.
bp?
811
V$p9
jin^^y adj. (from a lost subst. nj;?9
and adj. ending yi) winding^ tortuous,
epithet of a serpent Is. 27, 1. R. ?{?5.
* li^-? obsol. root, perh. i. q. bj?9 and
Aram. o;r5 , to twist, to wrest. Hence
T^^J Akan, pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 27 ; for
which "(i??,:; Jaakan, 1 Chr. 1, 42. See
also jiTS'] '23 mixa p. 110.
"j^^ 1. to pluck up, to root out,
e. g. a plant, Ecc. 3, 2. Syr. and Chald.
id. The primary syllable is "^p with the
idea o( digging, digging out; comp. the
kindr. roots "p, "pS ; also 113, Hns,
"I2S .Hence ^ ,
2. i. q. Arab. JJA and ^Jis., to he ste-
rile, used both of male and female, but
pr. to have the testicles extirpated,
comp. under the root CiD.
NiPH. to he rooted up. destroyed, e. g.
a city Zeph. 2, 4.
Pi EL to haiustring, to hough, e. g. a
horse, i. e. to cut the sinews of the hind
feet, by which the animal is rendered
wholly useless and unable to stand, Josh.
11, 6. 9. 2 Sam. 8, 4. 1 Chr. 18, 4 ; of a
bullock Gen. 49, 6. Sept. viVQoxoniiv.
This was ollen and is still done in war
by the victors, when unable to carry off
with them the horses captured. Arab.
jLft id.
Deriv. the six following.
"^^^ Chald. to pluck up, to root out.
Ithpe. pass. Dan. 7. 8.
^ipy m. adj. (r. -i;?s) f. nrc^'S^, r-nps,
sterile, spoken of both male and female ;
for the primary idea see the root no. 2.
Of a male Deut. 7, 14; of females Gen.
11, 30. 25, 21. 29, 31. Deut. 7, 14. al.
Syr. and Arab. id.
"^^? m. (r. i;??) 1. pr. a rooting up,
concr. a plant rooted up and transplant-
ed to another soil. Hence metaph. of a
person sprung from a foreign family re-
sident in the Hebrew territory, Lev.
25, 47.
2. Eker, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 27.
^J?^ Chald. m. a stump, trunk of a
tree, Dan. 4, 12. 20.
^"^p? m. plur. D'^S'np? 1. a scor-
jyion Ez. 2, 6. Arab. <~>yAS- id. Syr.
\'^l "^ id. Comp. Gr. axoiinloq, the
guttural being changed to a sibilant,
as in bp9 axolioi. As a quadriliteral
it seems to be compounded from ipS
Sf to wound, and sps heel. See also
canps-nbsia p. 598.
2. a scourge, armed with knots, points,
etc. 1 K. 12, 11. 14. 2 Chr. 10, 11. 14. So
Lat. scorjno according to Isidorus. Origg.
5. 27. i. e. ' virga nodosa et aculeata.'
jnjp? (eradication, r. "ps ; comp.
Zeph. 2, 4) Ekron, pr. n. of one of the
five chief cities of the Philistines, situ-
ated in the northern part of their terri-
tory, Josh. 13. 3 ; assigned first to the
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 45, and then to
Dan, Josh. 19, 43, but occupied by nei-
therJosh. 15, 11. 19, 43. Judg. 1, 18.
1 Sam. 5, 10. 2 K. 1, 2. al. Sept. y/xxa-
Qwv, ^AxuQtt'iv. Now J^'Lfr ^Akir, a large
village ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
23. Gentile n. '3'i^h? Ekronite Josh.
13, 3. 1 Sum. 5, 10.
* ^12? not used in Kal, to twist, to
pervert, to wrest. Arab. ijiJLc and (joJift
id. This signif of twisting or bending
pes both in the syll. p3, as \aU to bend
or twist back, "tps , JJi^ . i^o^ ne.xuit,
bps, cps >a2i, v-flA ; and also in the
syll. ^rp.as'Cip, bpv
PiEL to pervert, Mic. 3. 9. So to per-
vert one^s ways, i. q. to act perversely,
Is. 59. 8. Prov. 10, 9.
HiPH. to declare perverse, i. e. guilty,
parall. with 5iiljnn . Job 9. 20 though
/ he perfect, "'SCpS^i he will declare me
perverse, guilty ; here "'SOip^!] is for
"'S'^T^?'! . Heb. Gr. 52. n. 4.'
NiPH. pass, to he perverted, perverse.
Part. dD'^'n !lJp53 whose ways are per-
verse, Prov. 28, 18.
Deriv. di?, WttJpS, c.^rpJT?.
TO)?? m. adj. (r. CJpS) plur. Q-'tipS,
constr. "^i^pS .
1. perverse ; tjps "ZZ^s a perverse mind
Ps. 101. 4 ; and vice versa Z35 i'pS a
man of perverse mifid. Prov. 11. 20. 17,
20. I'^r^S'^ itJp" one peri^erse of lips i. e.
speaking falsely Prov. 19, 1. Absol.
false, deceitful, Deut. 32, 5. Ps. 18, 27.
Prov. 8, 8.
2. Ikkesh, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 26.
lap?
812
n-i:?
ri^tJJJJ^ f. (r. !1J;?S) with ns, perverse-
ness of mouth, i. e. false speech, deceit-
ful words, Prov. 4, 24. 6, 12; comp. 19, 1.
I. "^^ m. (r. "iw I) a city, spec, as forti-
fied, whence plur. C'lS used as plural
of I'^S q. V. In sing, only as pr. n. "i2
Ar, Num. 21, 15. Deut. 2, 29; fully is
2xii3 .Ir Moah Num. 21, 28. Is. 15, 1 ;
also axia "i-'S city of Moah, Num. 22, 36,
i. e. the metropolis of Moab, situated
on the southern bank of the Arnon; Gr.
'AitfOTioXiQ (which some neglecting the
etymology have interpreted Urbs Mar-
tis), Abulfeda i,>L and iuJi ; still
called Rabba. See Reland Palaestina
p. 577. Burckhardt's Trav. in Syria, p.
374. 377. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 569.
Twice put for the country of Moab,
Deut. 2, 9. 18.
II- "^y m. (r. "i^S) an enemy ; c. suff.
:;;r 1 Sam. 28, 16. Plur. c-^ns Is. 14,21.
Ps.'l39, 20.
"^^ Chald. i. q. Heb. no. II, an enemy,
Dan. 4, 16.
"V? (waking, r. IW I) Er, pr. n. a) A
son of Judah, Gen. 38, 3. 46, 12. b) 1
Chr. 4, 21. Another i? see in r. - W 1. 1.
I.^j3? 1. Pr. a) to interweave,
to braid; comp. S'lN to knot, to braid,
^SyP^- OpS constringere ; hence 3"]5
woof. b) to mix, to mingle, as Syr.
^^, Chald. an? ; see Hithp. no. 1, a^.t?
no. 2.
2. to exchange commodities, to barter,
to traffic, by exchange of merchandise,
Ez. 27, 9. 27. Hence lyip, .
3. to become surety for any one, with
ace. of pers. pr. to exchange with him, to
Btand in his place. Chald. Syr. Sam.
id. E. g. a) to be surety for one's
life, to pledge oneself for the life of an-
other. Gen. 43, 9. 44, 32. b) For an-
other's debt, to give sectirity for the
payment, Prov. 11. 15. 20, 16. 27, 13;
c. P Prov. 6. 1 ; -^rcb 17, 18. Poet. Job
17. 3 T^'25 "^'r"^^ ^^ surety for me with
tliee, i. e. in the cause which I have with
thee. Is. 38, 14 *':2'J5 be surety for me,
O Lord ! i. e. take me under thy protec-
tion. Ps. 1 19, 122. Deriv. na^s , nansn .
4. to 'pledge, to give in pledge, with
ace. of thing; Arab. W^ Conj. II, IV,
to give a pledge. Neh. 5, 3. Metaph.
iabTN an^ to pledge his life, i. e. to ex-
pose it to pressing danger. Jer. 30, 21.
Deriv. li-'^s.
Hithp. 1. to mingle onself to inter-
meddle, with a of thing, Prov. 14, 10.
2. to intermingle in social life, to have
intercourse with any one, spec, to be
familiar with, c. a pers. Ps. 106, 35 ; b
Prov. 20, 19 ; BS 24, 21 ; by marriage*
c. a Ezra 9, 2. Also to make an en-
gagement, c. PS with any one, so. by
way of wager, 2 K. 18, 23. Is. 36. 8.
Deriv. anS , nais , "lis-nSJ J a-^S:? I,
na-isn.
*1I. 2j? 1. to he black; Arab.
- r . s .
*jwi id. y_,^wC jet-black, crow-black.
Hence -"li? raven.
2. Trop. to he or grow dark, to draw
towaids sunset or evening. Judg. 19, 9.
Metaph. Is. 24, 11 nn^b-ba nans all
joy is darkened, gone down. Syr. w|2k
the sun sets, X^f^ sunset; Eth. UZ,1
the sun sets ; Arab. *->>. id. whence
Oof 8^^- , .\
<^^y., \,jyijo, the Occident, west.
HiPH. to do at evening; Inf ansfi
'doing at evening,' as adv. evening, at
evening, 1 Sam. 17, 16. Comp. cabii
in the morning.
Deriv. a-;S . a-is , a-nr, a-nsiT? ll, na-.sia .
*I1I. S^J* or n^:j, i. q. a-in, to be
arid, sterile. Eth. by transp Ufl^ id.
Hence ^a'^s, and pr. n. a'^S Arabia.
* I V. Z^}^ fut a-n?:: 1. Intrans. to
be sweet, pleasant, (perh. well tempered,
well mixed ? comp. no. 1. 1. b.) with b of
pers. e. g. sleep, Prov. 3, 24. Jer. 31. 26 ;
a desire accomplished Prov. 13, 19;
sacrifices, gifts, Jer. 6, 20. Hos. 9, 4.
Mai. 3, 4 ; c. by Ps. 104, 34. Ez. 16, 37
t^l"^? P3"!l^ "''^i^ fo whom thou hast been,
pleasant. Comp. adj. 3*^5 sweet.
2. From the notion of sweetness is
derived perhaps the signif of sucking,
comp. Y^^ , n^^ . Hence a^5 gad-fly,
as sucking the blood of men and beasts;
comp. Arab, '^^y^ which in the Camoos,
p. 125. 1. 11. is explained by J^.^1
comedit.
Deriv. 315, an.
nij
813
ni^
yy?, Chald. Pa. to mix, to mingle.
Purt. pass, -^sa mixed, Dan. 2, 43.
Itupa. pusa. Dan. 2, 43.
yyif m. adj. (r. T^:i^ IV ) ujee<, plea-
gant, Prov. 20, 17. Cant. 2, 14.
2*1^ m. (r. S";;? IV) a species of fly,
gad-Jly, exceedingly troublesome to man
and beast, so called from its sucking the
blood ; see the root no. 2. Ex. 8, 17.
18. 20. 25. 27 [21. 22. 24. 29. 31}. Ps. 78,
45. 105, 31. Sept. xvvofivia dog-fly,
which Philo describes as so named from
its impudence, Phil, de vita Mosis, T. II.
p. 101 ed. Mangey. The Rabbins al-
most unanimously interpret it of a mix-
ture, conjlux of noxious insects, as if
from Z1V I, to mix ; and so Aqu. nc'tfi-
(ivia. Jerome oinne gemis muscarum,
Engl, dicers sorts ofjlies Ps. 11. cc. But
that 21S denotes some certain species
of insect is clear from Ex. 8, 17. 18 [21.
22]. Oedmann (Verm. Sammlungen II.
p. 150) understands by it the blatta ori-
entalis, Dutch and Germ. Kakerlacke,
Engl, cockroach, which however devours
things rather than stings men, contrary
to the express words in Ex. 8, 17.
any 2 Chr. 9, 14. Jer. 25, 24, and 3"^^
Is. 21, 13. Ez. 27, 21, pr. n. Arabia,
9--
<^y^^ so called from being arid and
sterile; see r. anS III. The gentile n.
is ''an? Arab, Arabian, Is. 13, 20. Jer.
3. 2, of nomadic tribes in both passages;
also -^a-ns Neh. 2, 19. 6, 1 ; Plur. cans
Arabs. Arabians. 2 Chr. 21, 16. 22, 1, and
ta-'S^a-ir 2 Chr. 17, 11. The name Ara-
bia, among the Hebrews did not include
the vast peninsula to which geographers
have given this name, but only a tract
of country not very extensive, on the
east and south of Palestine as far as to
the Red Sea; perh. the same assigned
by ancient writers to the Ishmaelites,
see in bx5i:tB7. Hence in Jer. 25, 24
this name is coupled with other Arabian
tribes. So too Eusebius, of the Midi-
anites: xniuL inixttiu ZTJg'AQnjSluf nfjog
forof sV f'jriuM imv ^agnxi^vcav r^c
i^vS^^iig d^uluuffug iri uvaioh'tq. The
Arabia of the N. T. extended no fur-
ther, Gal. 1, 17. 4, 25. See Coram, on
Is. 21, 13.
a*;)? m. (r. a-)S I ) also a"1? see in no. 2.
1. the woof, weft, in weaving, Lev. 13,
48-59. See the root no. 1. a.
2. Simpl. a-is Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3,
elsewhere c. art. anrn, pr. mixture, see
the root no. 1. b ; hence concr. a mixed
muUitvde, mingled mass, of strangers
and foreigners who follow a migrating^
people or an army. So of strangers
who joined themselves to the Israelites
Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3 ; of Solomon's
foreign troops, auxiliaries, 1 K. 10, 15
a-;srr 'aba ; or those of Egypt Ez. 30, 5.
Jer. 25, 20. 24 where ansn "labtQ and
a'HS 'alja are coupled ; also those of the
Chaldeans Jer. 50, 37. Sept. iiilfiixTog,
avfifuxxoq. Vulg. promiscuum vulgus,
mdgus. Chald. ra"^ans id. Comp. also
6 r
Arab. w^Jvfc stranger; though this per-
tains to r. ans II.
3'iy m. (r. any II ) but f 1 Sam. 20,5 ;
in pause ans Gen. 24, 63; plur. C'ans,
constr. ''ais see in no. 2 ; also m'ai:>
- I - ' T -T
Jer. 5, 6. Dual see below. For aisrt
c. art. mixture, see in a*? no. 2.
I. evening, even-tide, see the root no.
2. Gen. 1, 5. 8. 13. 19. 23. Lev. 23, 32,
al. 3*15 rns's the evening sacrifice Dan.
9, 21. Ezra 9, 4. At evening, in the
evening, is a-nsa Gen. 19, 1. 29, 23. Ex.
12, 18. al. Poet, aisb Gen. 49, 27. Ps.
59, 7. 15. 90, 6. Job 4,' 20; and so in the
later books 1 Chr. 16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3.
Ezra 3, 3. Ecc. 11, 6; ace. a*)? Ex. 16,
6; a-)S m'b Gen. 8, 11. 24, ii. Zech.
14. 7 ; DT^ a")S evening of the day, at
evening, Prov. 7, 9; a")S niSS^ at the
turning of evening, towards evening.
Gen. 24, 63. Deut. 23, 12. Also '3Xt
ais evening wolves, see in axT ; and so
Plur. once ni'ans axt Jer. 5, 6. i;r2 a-is
evening and morning, vvx&r,fifQov, a day
and night, i. e. the civil day of 24 hours,
Dan. 8, 14.
Dual c^a*!* the two evenings, only in
the formula c^anrii ,"'3 between the two
evenings Ex. 16. 12. 30, 8, as marking
the interval of tima during which the
paschal lamb was to be killed Ex. 12. 6.
Lev. 23, 5. Num. 9. 3. 5. and the even-
ing sacrifice offered Ex. 29, 39. 41. Num.
28, 4. This, according to the opinion
of the Karaites and Samaritans, as edso
n-ij
814
n-n?
Aben Ezra (which moreover is favoured
by Deut. 16, 6), was the interval between
sunset and dark. But the Pharisees and
Rabbinists (comp. Jos. B. J. 6. 9. 3) held
the first evening to commence with the
declining sun, Gr. ddXt] nQoiia, and the
second evening with the setting sun,
Gr. 8ii}.ri ofiu ; hence according to them
the paschal lamb was to be killed from
the ninth till the eleventh hour, Jos. 1. c.
A third opinion is that of Jarchi and
Kimchi; who hold the two evenings to be
the time before and after sunset, so that
the sunset divides them. Of all these
the first is best supported. The Arabs
have the like expression ; and also the
Syrian church ; see Thesaur. p. 1065.
II. Only in plur. O'^T^'S^ , constr. "'n^? .
teillotos, osiers, perh. so called from their
ash-coloured leaves. Comp. <o*ijo one
having white eyelashes, *->j-c white-
ness of the eyelashes, silver, also a wil-
low. Syr. l^^i^L, plur. U^fL, id. Is.
44, 4. Job 40. 22. Ps. 137, 2, where the
salix Babylonica Linn, is to be under-
stood, with pendulous boughs, the em-
blem of grief and mourning. Kng\. weep-
ing-willow. Is. 15,7 C"^3~n bn? the Brook
of Willows (comp. Job 40, 22) in Moab,
i. e. ^A-L>.bi( (5^U Wady el-Ahsy,
which Ibrras the boundary between the
district of Kerak or Moabitis, and of Je-
bJll or Idumea; see Burckhardt's Tra-
vels in Syria, etc. p. 400. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 488, 555. The more an-
cient name was l^T Zered, q. v.
y^ m. (r. 2'is II) plur. B"'a"J.
1. a raven, so called from its black
oolour. Chald. xanw , Syr. J^jo:*,
Arab. i^f^. Correspondmg in sound
are Sanscr. kdrawa and kurawa, Lat.
corvus, old Germ, hraban, whence Rabe,
Engl, raven. Gen. 8, 7. 1 K. 17, 4. 6.
Is. 34, 11. Ps. 147. 9. al. Sometimes it
would seem to have a wider sense and
to comprcliend kindred species of birds,
espec. the crow, see Lev. 11, 15. Deut.
14, 14.
2. Orcb. pr. n. of a prince of the Midi-
anites. Judg. 7, 25. 8. 3. Ps. 83. 1 2. From
him the name was transferred to a rock
beyond Jordan, Judg. 7, 25. Is. 10, 26.
nS"}? f (r. 3^5 III ) c. n loc. i^na-n?. ;
plur. nia'n? , constr. ni2^S .
1. an arid trad, sterile region, desert,
Job 24, 5. 39, 6. Is. 33, 9. 35, 1. 6. 40, 3.
41, 19. 51, 3. Jer. 2, 6. 17, 6. 50, 12. 51,
43. Sept. tQTj^og, also u^aiog, unfigog,
yrj dctf'dxTa. With the art. '^S";?'^ the
Arabah, as pr. n. for the low desert tract
or plain of the Jordan and Dead Sea,
shut in by mountains, and extending from
the lake of Tiberias to the Elanitic Gulf;
see Josh. 12, 3 ni^ss c^-n? n^-^ns.
Deut. 1, 1 q^D his n^nss in the Arabah
over against the Bed Sea, i. e. at the
opposite end or part. 2, 8. So Deut. 1,
7. 3, 17. 4, 49. 11, 30. Josh. 12, 1. 3. 8.
8, 14. 11. 2. 8. 16. 15, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 29.
4, 7. 2 K. 25, 4. Jer. 39, 4. 52, 7. Ez.
47, 8. Hence the Dead Sea is called
the Sea of the Arabah Deut. 3. 17. 4,49.
Josh. 3, 16. 12, 3. 2 K. 14, 25. [The
Greek name for this tract was AvXmv,
described by Eusebius as extending
from Lebanon to the desert of Paran ;
Onomast. art. AvXwv. Abulfeda speaks
of it under the name el-Ghdr )-xJt , and
says correctly that it stretches between
the lake of Tiberias and Ailah or 'Aka-
bah. At the present day the name el-
Ghdr is applied to the northern part,
from the lake of Tiberias to an offset or
line of cliffs just south of the Dead Sea ;
while the southern part, quite to the
Red Sea, is called Wady el-^ Arabah
au*Jiit , the ancient Hebrew name. The
extension of this valley to the Dead Sea
appears to have been unknown to the
early geographers ; and in modern times
was first discovered by Burckhardt ; see
his Travels in Syr. p. 441 sq. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 594-600. At Jericho
the valley is broader; and is called in
plur. inn-i n3"is Josh. 5, 10. 2 K. 25. 5 ;
also, east of the Jordan. SS'^a ~'i37?
Vulg. campesfria Moab, Num. 22. 1. 26,
3. al. ri2";rn bnj the brook of the Ara-
bah, see in bn? no. 1, p. 663. R.
2. Arabah, pr. n. of a town in Benja-'
min ; fully ns'^rn n''a , see n?? no. 12. kk.
na^iy f 1. surety, security, Pro v. 17,
18. R. a": I. 3.
2. a pledge. 1 Sam. 17, 18 "rxi
npPFi crais and bring from them a
pledge, token. R. S"JS no. I. 4.
a-)^
815
Ty
T^t*? in. (r. S'^5 1. 4) apledge, earnest,
Arab.
U^T^^
Gen. 38, 17. 18. 20.
6 >--- . ...
y^yiyA. id. Hence p^M/3(u>', arrhabo,
i. e. a pletlcre, earnest, a mercantile term
wiiicli the Greeks and Romans appear
to have adopted from the Piienicians as
the (bunders ol'comnierce.
''r^??) '^?7'?) '^" Arab, Arabian, KQG
in i^v .
T^^^-? Arbalhite, gentile name from
nans no. 2. 2 Sam. 23, 31.
-*_7 flit, aiy^ 1. to rise, to ascend,
Arab. r-r^ '*' ir-r*^ place of ascent,
staircase, ladder. Etiiiop. \JQ1 id. See
2. With bs and bx to look up tmrards
any tiling, to long for, Gr. ofjiyat ; comp.
is Cb: Nb3. Arab. Conj. II, institit,
intenfus fuit rei. Ps. 42. 2. Joel 1, 20.
The assertion of the Hebrew interpret-
ers, that y;i3 is strictly used for the cry
of the stag and is transferred to domestic
animals in Joel 1. c. (the Syriac version
also having iis^ in both passages.) is
not supported by the visage of the kin-
dred languages ; although one might
compare the Gr. onomatop. Movm, wQvyr'i.
See too the deriv. nai-i?. More also
is given by Bochart, Hieroz. P. I. p.
883.
'J^ obsol. root, Arab. Oy. tojlee;
comp. kindr. Tnn. Hence "ii"'S, Chald.
T^3, wild ass. onager.
^^I? Arad, pr. n. a) A Canaanitish
city in the southern part of Palestine, so
called prob. from the wild ass, Num. 21,
1. 33. 40. Josh. 12, 14. The name is
still preserved in Tell 'Ardd otx, a
hill far south of Hebron adjacent to the
desert ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
473, 622. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 15.
W Chald. m. i. q. "iliS , a wild ass,
onager, Dan. 5, 21.
^"^^ to be naked, in Kal not used.
Arab, i^y^ id. The primary idea of
the root seems to lie in plucking out
(comp. frnx), e. g. plants, hair, etc. hence
to be bald. bare, naked, of plantt, trees,
etc. comp. n-jria, isn. Kindr. is ons
and perhaps ti'O II.
Pi EL nns , fut. conv. "Oni , imper. plur.
1. to make naked, to uncover, e.g. the
pudenda Is. 3, 17 ; a shield sc. from tta
covering 22, 6. Zeph. 2, 14 nns nn
the cedar-work they have uncocertd, i. e.
they have torn off the wain.scotings of
cedar and laid the walls bare.
2. to lay nuked, bare, as 'the founda-
tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to
rase, Ps. 137, 7. Inf. ni-^S Hab. 3, 13.
Comp. nbj, nh, Ez. 13, 14*. Mic. 1, 6.
Hence
3. to empty a vessel, to pmir out, in
doing which its bottom is laid bare,
uncovered ; Gen. 24, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 11,
Ps. 141. 8 'CB: isn-bx do not empty out
my life, i. e. let not my blood be shed.
Comp. Hiph. no. 2.
HiPH. n-^yn 1. to make naked, to un'
cover, e. g. the pudenda. Lev. 20, 18. 19.
2. to pour Old. comp. Pi. no. 3. Is. 53,
12 ire? Piab nnsn he poured out his life
unto death, or in death, gave himself up
to death. Arab. XmJu JLlt animam
suam elTudit, h. e. tradidit. Syr. )1^
3i-*.aJ , Gr. nu^ui3uXlea&ui, whence pa-
rabolanus.
NiPH. pass, of Hiph. no. 2, to be poured
out, trop. of the Spirit, Is. 32, 15.
HiTHP. 1. to make oneself naked
Lam. 4. 21.
2. to pour oneself out, trop. to spread
oneself abroad, of a flourishing wide-
spreading tree, Ps. 37. 35.
Deriv. n-5, n^"!?, n;;-is, ir^sa, -isa,
"isn , and pr. n. nnya .
nny f. (r. nns) plur. ri^s Is. 19, 7,
naked places, without trees (see "'Sn,
'^'3?'?)> here of the meadows or grassy
places on the banks of the Nile. Arab.
IwC, EiwC, open place.
^"''? f (r. ins) Cant. 5, 13. 6, 2.
Ez. 17, 7. 10, areola, bed, of a garden
or vineyard, raised in the middle. So
the ancient versions. Others a ladder,
trellis, a frame for training plants up-
s on-
wards ; comp. Arab. ^y*x ladder.
T]?
816
^1^
Tl^y m. (r. l"^?) a wild ass. ovager,
Job 39. 5. Chald.'id. in Targg. for Heb.
So ^
X'^B. Syr. id. Arab. t>j. ass.
f^)"^? f. (r. nns) l. nakedness. Ez.
16. 8.' Hos. 2, 9 [11]. Metaph. rn-^S
77.*frj '^e nakedness of the land. i. e. the
expoi?ed part, where it is unfortified,
easy of access, Gen. 42. 9. 12. Arab.
jj.-ft . Tf/^o? fyvj^rw&Tj Horn. II. 12. 399.
2. pndenda. espec. as exposed, naked-
ness. Gen. 9. 22. 23. Ex. 20, 26. Lev. 20,
17. Ez. 16. 37. 23, 29. Lam. 1, 8. nb
'b ri""3 lo uncover the nakedness of a
woman, either in ignominy Is. 47, 3 ; or
for carnal intercourse with her, see in
nba Pi. no. 1. a. "f^^x ri-^S the naked-
ness of his father, i. e. of his father's
wife, see in nba Pi. no. 1. a. n;-;s "ba
thefenh of nakedness, the privy-member,
Ex. 28. 42.
3. shame, uncleanness.filthiness. ^T)p.
"12^ amj fllhy thing, excrement. Deut.
23, 15 ; a foul blemish found in a wo-
man, 24. 1. See in Thesaur. p. 1068.
Hence ignominy, disgrace ; Is. 20, 4
C^n^i: ryi'J the shame of Egypt. 1 Sam.
26,'30'.
^v"*? Chald. f. pr. an emptying out ;
hence damage, detriment, sc. of the king,
Ezra 4, 14. See Heb. nn^ Pi. no. 3.
Oiiy m. adj. (r. B"!^ I ) also D"l^ 1 Sam.
19, 24.' Job 1, 21. is. 58. 7, fem. Manr,
plur. C'Si^r ; naked, Job 1, 21. Ecc. 5,
14. Mic. 1. 8. Am. 2, 16. Adv. naked,
without clothing. Job 24, 7. 10. Is. 20, 4.
But naked is also put : a) i. q. poorly
clad, ragged, Job 22. 6. Is. 58, 7 ; comp.
Gr. yvfivvK- James 2, 15, Lat. nudtts Se-
neca de Benef 5. 13. Arab. ^wLmuO
undressed, ill-clothed, b) Of one who
has laid aside his outer garment and
goes about in his tunic (rjris), 1 Sam.
19, 24. Is. 20, 2. Comp. John 21, 7.
Virg. Georg. I. 229 and Voss's note.
Aurel. Vict. c. 17.
tmV m. adj. (r. ons I. 2) 1. crafty,
cunning, subtle, Gen. 3. 1. Job 5, 12. 15, 5.
2. In a good sense, shrewd, prudent,
vise, Prov. 12, 16. 23. 13, 16. 14, 8. 15.
18. al.
Di"^? , see D'n^; .
nyi-i?, also "1?^? Is. 17, 2, from r.
ins , like ^2'^'^p, from ^b;5 .
1. ruins, nideia, see the root Po. Pilp.
and Hithpal. Jer. 48, 6. Is. 17, 2. Vulg.
in Jer. 1. c. myrica ; othersjuniper, comp.
Arab. ^y& juniper ; Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 506. In Is. 1. c. nsnr 1^5 jg
usually rendered cities of Aroer ; but
Aroer was not a metropolis, nor does it
suit the context.
2. Aroer, pr. n. a) A city on the
northern bank of the brook Arnon, Deut.
2, 36. .3, 12. 4, 48. Josh. 12, 2. 13. 9. 16 ;
subject to Moab Jer. 48. 19 ; and with a
different form iis-i? Judg. 11, 26. Its
ruins still bear the ancient name, _fctwC
'AriVir; see Burckhardt's Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 372. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. App. p. 170. b) Another city situ-
ated further north over against Rab-
bath-Amnion Josh. 13, 25, on the brook
Gad i. e. a branch of the Jabbok 2 Sam.
24, 5 ; founded by the Gadites Num. 32,
34. Judg. 11, 33. c) A city of the south
of Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Its site still
bears the name ^Ar^drah LcwC. ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 618. Gentile
n. ''"ISIS Aroerite 1 Chr. 1 1, 44.
yT\y m. (r. y-^S, after the form bnat)
in other Mss. fil? after the form xbo ,
terror, horror. Job 30, 6 cbn: yinsa
in a horror of valleys, i. e. in horrid val-
leys, chasms.
"C"*? f (r. '^'7^') nakedness, i. q. ni"is
Hab. 3. 9 thy how i"isn n^ns with naked-
ness was made naked, i. e. quite naked,
the verbal noun being put for the inf.
absol. Elsewhere concr. Ez. 16, 7 Bit
rr^nsi c'lS thou wast naked and naked-
ness, utterly naked, bare. v. 22. 39. 23,
29. Mic. 1, 11.
*'"'?? (for n*"iS watching i. e. worship-
ping Jehovah, r. isis I ) Eri, pr. n. of a
son of Gad, Gen. 46, 16.
^D"^"??! f (r. ens) only in plur. Picns
Num. 15, 20. 21.' Neh. 10. 38. Ez. 44,
30. groats, grits, coarse meal, ptisana.
Talmud. "iOn? ptisana of barley, bar-
ley-groats, pearled barley ; also a drink
made from it. Syr. llisf id. Sept.
Vulg. in Num. <pix>afia, piUmenlum J in
Neh. and z. alxo^, cibus.
n:?
817
T'
CB^"!;? m. plur. (r. r.-^S I) pr. 'ihe
distilling.' Poet, for the clouds, and nie-
ton. the henvens, Is. 5, 30. Syr. and
Vulg. caligo ; comp. quadrilit. ^^S.
T"''^? m. adj. (r. 'j'^ , Kamcts impure
for yr^) plur. n''S'iV, conslr. ''S'^'iS ;
pr. terrible, inspiring terror ; hence
1. powerful, mighty, of God Jer. 20, 11 ;
of powerful nations Is. 25, 3.
2. In a bad cerise, violent, fierce, law-
less, a tyratU, Ps. 37, 35. Is. 13, 11. 25,
4. 5. Job 6. 23. 15, 20. 27, 13. al. Ez.
28,7 D^ia '^S-'ns the violent of the nations.
30, 11." 31, 12. 32, 12.
''T")? m. adj. (r. "^"^9) plur. t3'":."'"iS ,
destitute, forlorn ; hence childless. Gen.
15, 2. Jer. 22, 30 ; plur. D-'n-'ny Lev. 20,
20. 21. Sept. urtxroj.
M* T ^^^- "H"'?^ ^0 place in a row, to
set in order, to arrange, Gr. raaaut, rt-
tw. Comp. kindr. T^ik to extend in a
straight line, and in the Indo-European
tongues : Germ. Reihe (Reige, Riege).
reihen, intens. recken ; Lat. rego (not
for reago, as some suppose), regula., rec-
tus, also r/g-eo to be stiff, rigor right
line. E. g. wood upon the altar Gen.
22, 9. Lev. 1, 6 ; bread upon the sacred
table 24, 8, comp. nsnria no. 1. Also to
put in order, to prepare, e. g. a table for
a banquet to spiead, Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5.
65, 11 ; an altar Num. 23, 4 ; the sacred
candelabra Ex. 27, 21. Lev. 24, 3. 4 ;
arms for battle Jer. 46, 3. Also Is. 30. 33
nnsn bsi-cnx:? r|i"\s "^3 for the place of
burning is already long arr.mged. pre-
pared. 2 Sam. 23, 5 Vsa naiis obis n-^ia
an everlasting covenant ordered in all
things, i. e. confirmed in all ways. Spec,
in phrases :
a) T^'onb/q r^'is to set the battle in ar-
ray, to draw up an army, Judg. 20. 20.
22 ; with rx and f^Sf^pb against any one
1 Sam. 17,"2. Gen. 14, 8. Part. ^::y
n^nb^ 1 Chr. 12, 33. 35; and nT3nb?3 r,iAs
Joel 2, 5, arrayed for battle, in battle ar-
ray. So without nanb:a id. Judg. 20,
30. 33. 1 Sam. 4, 2. 'n, 21 ; c. bs, b,
ns"ipb against any one, 2 Sam. 10, 9. 10.
17. Jer. 50, 9. 14. Part. pass. ?("- ar-
rayed sc. for battle, Jer. 6. 23. 50, 42.
With ace. Job 6, 4 '3i3'i5^ they set them-
selves in array against me.
69
b) D"'il3 Tj"!? to set in order words, i. e.
to utter words, c. bx against any one
Job 32. 14; also without C^, Job 37,
19 T)'i;n~'^3Qp T)"i?3 xb we cannot set in
order (words) by reason of darkness, i. e.
ignorance. 33, 6. With b, to direct
words to any one Is. 44, 7, and dlipt. Ps.
5, 4 jb-T^nrs n;?'3 in the morning 1 will
direct to thee sc. my words, my prayer.
c) KBwT2 T\Z^ to set in order a cause
before a judge, to array it before him,
Job 13, 18; c. 'SBb 23, 4, comp. Ps.50, 21.
2. With b, to place together with any
thing, along side of^ it, to compare. Is.
40, 18 ib-:nsn rfnsn-na what likeness
will ye compare unto him ? Ps. 89. 7. 40,
6 ~\''^. Tp5 "px nothing can be com pared
to thee. Job 28, 17. 19. where in both
verses ns- is dative for nb .
3. to estimate by comparing with mo-
ney, i. e. to value, to esteem ; comp. a^in.
Job 36. 19 TjSid T^'Syi^ will he set value
on thy riches ? i. e. will he regard them ?
HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 3, to estimate, to
value, Lev. 27, 8 sq. 2 K. 23, 35.
Deriv. T^'^J^, "S";?^, l^?"!?'?, and
^"i}? m. c. suff. ^3^5 1. a row, pile..
of the shew-bread Ex. 40, 23.
2. preparation, eqtiipment, pr. a piit-
ting in order, a suit, espec. of ctothes,
arms, etc. Judg. 17, 10 C'lsa 7^"i3 equip-
ment of clothing, i. e. all necessary cloth-
ing. Sept. Vat. well, aroli] l/iuiiiav,
since oroA^ is the word appropriate to
this idea, comp. Lat. stda ; Alex, ^sijyog
1^(xtIu)v, whence Vulg. vestem duplicem,
which L. de Dieu ad h. 1. seeks to de-
fend. Of the armature (qs. slola.) of
the crocodile Job 41, 4.
3. estimation, valuation ; ^3"i5a ac-
cording to thy estimation Lev. 5, 15. 18.
25. 27, 27. Num. 18, 16. 2 K. 23, 35. 12,
5. Lev. 27. 12 "n'sri TjSiSS according to
thy estimation, of the priest I mean ; and
so also the formula is to be taken in v. 2,
nin-ib ni'-SD r(3-}:!iz according to thy {the
priest's) estimation shall the persons be
to Jehovah; comp. on this passage Dt
Wette and Dettinger,Mn Theol. Studier
u. Kritiken 1831. p. 303. 1832, p. 395
396. Hence, estimate, price at which a
thing is estimated, Lev. 27. 3 thy esti-
mate (price) .shall be fifty shekels, v. 4-7.
13. 15. 19. 25. Job 28, 13. Ps. 55, 14
818
19^
''3"i33 '-"irx a man after mine own price,
i. e. whom I equal to myself, my own
equal.
"'^.^ 1. to be uncircunicised ; see
adj. b'^s. Arab. J^i id.
2. Denom. frora'nV.5, q. d. to fore-
skin, i. e. to remove as foreskin, as an
unclean thing, spoken of the first fruits
of a young tree, Lev. 19, 23.
NiPH. to show oneself uncircumcised,
to show one's foreskin, Hab. 2, 16 ;
spoken of a drunken heathen, who
shamelessly uncovers his nakedness.
Deriv. the two following.
^^5 m. adj. constr. ^"5? Ez. 44, 9, and
in? Ex. 6, 12. plur. c^b^r ; uncircum-
cised, Gen. 17. 14. Ex. 12, 48. Often
spoken of other nations in contempt,
and with the idea of uncleanness, pro-
faneness ; as the Philistines. Judg. 15,
18. 1 Sam. 14,6. 17, 26.36. 31,4; of
other gentiles Is. 52, 1. Ez. 28. 10. 31,
18. 32, 19. 21. 24 sq. Metaph. n-^rsb bns
uncircumcised of lips, i. e. dull of speech,
(bbr^ "1^(3;} Onk.) stammering, one
whose lips still have as it were the fore-
skin, and are therefore too thick and
large to bring out words easily and
fluently. Ex. 6, 12. 30. So likewise Jer.
6, 10 c:tx nb"^ their ear is uncircum-
cised, shut up by a foreskin ; also cai^b
bnsn their uncircumcised heart, to which
the precepts of religion and piety cannot
penetrate. Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 44, 9. Comp.
Acts?, 51.
'^'Pr f- (f- ^"P,) constr. r\\-\V, plur.
Pib-r, constr. rib-^S 1 Sam. 18, 25.
1. the foreskin, prepuce, Sept. uy.qo-
^vaua. Arab, 'ijjt-, Syr. jZilk^oi.,
1 Sam. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 14. nbnrn -ira
membrum prcepuliatum Gen. 17, 11. 24.
Lev. 12, 3. Metaph. ^b-rb-ir the fore-
skin of the heart, see in bn3 ult. Deut.
10, 16. Jer. 4, 4. Comp. Kor! Sur. 2, 82.
4, 154.
2. Trop. foreskin of a tree, i. e. the
fruit of the first three years, which by
the law was to be regarded as unclean,
Lev. 19, 23. Comp. r. bns no. 2.
3. Plur. nibnsn ^sa^ Foreskins-hill,
pr. n. of a place near Gilgal, Josh, 5, 3.
* I. !2^^ or t]h^' 1. to make na-
ked; hence Dns (cii?), CT'S, naked,
CE-is^g. Kindr. are nns, -tuy II, perh.
r)"]?, Arab. ^y. to make naked; also
to bark a tree. Intrans. j^ to be
shameless, malignant, i. e. bearing one's
malignity naked before him.
2. to be crafty, cunning, once inf absol.
ni^S 1 Sam. 23, 22. Syr. Pe. Pa. Ethpe.
id. iifllt^, Chald. N'?:'''^?, cunning.
This signif either connects itself with
Arab, ^y^ to be malignant, see above;
or comes from the primary idea of
smoothness, baldness.
HiPH. 1. to make crafty. Ps. 83, 4
TiO 'i-"'"!?'^ they make crafty their coun-
sel, i. e. they take crafty counsel.
2. to act cunningly, craftily, I Sam. 23,
22. In a good sense to act prudently ^
discreetly. Pro v. 15. 5. 19, 25.
Deriv. ciir, cn-'S, t'"!"'?, c"ii7, nr-^s,
Ci53-!?72 , perh. 'p'ai? .
!' "_^ in Kal not used, kindr.
with the verbs cnx, cnn, cx'i, nn,
Cisn , to be high. Syr, Pa. to heap up.
Arab. ^y. V, to be heaped up, Saad.
Ex. 15, 8; kxwC heap of grain on the
threshing-floor.
NiPH. to be heaped up, as waters Ex.
15, 8.
Deriv. M^-^S.
D"^1J naked, see Bi"i9.
Q'i?, s,ee in o"l''?.
0"^!? m. craftiness, cunning. Job 5, 13.
R. ens I.
n^nj f (r, C^S I) 1. craftiness,
guile. Ex, 21, 14, Josh, 9, 4.
2. prudence. Pro v. t, 4. 8, 5. 12.
VnyyS, r (r. ons II ) constr. PB-ny
Tsere impure, plur. r^'iTS'iS , once n"^7:';;sj
Jer. 50, 26 ; a heap, e. g. of rubbish Neh.
3, 34 ; of grain Cant. 7, 3 ; o( sheaves
Ruth 3, 7. Neh. 13, 15. Hagg. 2, 16.
2 Chr. 36, 6 sq.
"{Ton? m. the plane-tree, platanus ori-
entalis, perh. so called from shedding its
bark ; comp. Arab. ^tyC- in r. Cns I.
r?
819
yij
Gen. 30, 37. Ez. 31, 8. See Celsil Hie-
robot. T. I. p. 513.
"j^? (q. d. Vigilantius, i. q. "is with an
adj. ending) Evan, pr. n. m. Num. 26,
36. Patron. ""anS Eranite, ib. R. n I.
C_^ obsol. root, i.q. 0*^8, to break
into coarse pieces, to pound coarsely.
Hence Talmud. C'^a, nio^ia, pounded
beans, polenta from beans, bean-groats.
See the deriv. fiD"^^' .
"Tiy^-? J^'^S- 11) 26, see in -iSiiS no.
2. a.
"^^7'? - ^^J- (' '^'^?) 1- Pr. naked,
bare; then destitute, forlorn, Ps. 102, 18.
Peril. Jer. 17, 6 like one forlorn in the
desert, where there is none to help.
But see in no. 2.
2. ruins, Jer. 17. 6 ; like "isiis Jer. 48,
6. Others as in no. 1.
1i?"l^ and "^"^I^'l?, see in-i9ii.
* I. C|^y fut. ri'ns:. i. q. qsn, /o drop,
to distil, (comp. ?]::;. r^?,) Deut. 33,28;
metaph. of speech ibid. 32, 2.
Deriv. Q''Si-}5.
!' ^|_^ 1. Prob. primarily /o p?/ZZ,
to pluck, which is the force of the pri-
mary syllable C]"! , 3~i , comp. xsn , C]B"i ,
^^'l, and with the palatal or guttural
S o J
prefixed vj^ia, Cl'in, Ci'^S. Hence 0>^
mane of a horse (something to be pulled
out), 0>X to pull out a horse's fore-
lock ; also Heb. Ci";S neck. prob. so called
from the mane. In the Indo-European
tongues comp. Lat. rapio. carpo. Germ.
raffen, raufen. The signif of mane and
top, vertex, is found also in Gr. l6(poc,
mane, then neck, back or ridge, xo^i'qp^,
xQQvfii^oi, xoQVfj^}] vertex.
2. Denom. from ">!?. to break the neck
of an animal Ex. 13. 13. 34, 20. Deut.
21, 4. 6. Is. 66. 3. Trop. of altars, to
break down, to destroy. Hos. 10, 2.
Deriv. the two following.
5)7^ m. neck, nape, the back of the
neck, e. g. of a beast Lev. 5, 8 ; Arab.
So,
Oj-fc mane. So of a man Gen. 49, 8.
Job 16. 12. al. saep. In phrases : a) *n3
C]"!? to present or turti the nape or back,
the back of the neck being thus put
genr. for the back. 2 Chr. 29, 6 ; also
bx"?!"^? n:0 to turn the back to any one,
i. e. to turn away from hrm, Jer. 2, 27.
32. 33, comp. 18. 17. b) ri")3> njB Josh.
7, 12, t;-p nsfin Jer. 48, 39, and q-jr r\^tn
Josh. 7, 8, to turn the nape or back sc. in
flight, to flee, Syr. \^ > * T >f , and Pers.
jjOtk> 0-1*0. Here belongs Ex. 23,
27 qns r.-ibx n-'3"'i<-b3-Pi< tipsi and I
will give thee all thine enemies, their back,
i. e. I will make them turn their backs,
put them to flight. Ps. 18, 41. c) noSp
C)")? stiff-necked, i. e. stubborn, obsti-
nate, see naif? ; comp. Is. 48, 4, and Lat.
' tantis cervicibus est,' Cic. Verr. III. 95.
^?7? (mane, forelock, or ace. to Si-
monis i. q. Sr^ES fawn) Orpah, pr. n. f.
Ruth 1, 4. 14.' R. Ci^s II.
'?75 - quadrilit. thick clouds, dark-
ness, gloom, Ex. 20, 21. 1 K. 8, 12. Ps.
18, 10. Job 22, 13. Is. 60, 2. al. Often
coupled with a synon. word, as bs^sn 'j??
Deut. 4, 11. 5, 19 ; '5i y.v en-' Joel 2,2'.
Zeph. 1, 15. Syr. Usjl id. Vsjlzf to
be dark. It seems to be made up from
the triliterals C)"'"ir cloud, and bcx to be
dark. Comp. oQifvog obscure, dark,
ogq)V7] darkness espec. of the night.
* Y"? fut. I'-!?;: 1. to terrify, to
frighten, to inspire terror and trem-
bling. Arab. itO^-C Conj. VIII, the skin
trcmble.s, is tremulous. ^jo\y& a quiver-
ing lance. Greek perh. pa-(rw. Is. 2,
19. 21. Job 13. 25. Is. 47, 12 ^sirn ^bnx
perhaps thou mayest terrify sc. thine
enemies, make them afraid ; the ancient
versions render : ' thou mayest be strong,
mayest prevail.' With yq of place
whence ; Ps. 10, 18 that man may no
more terrify them out of the land.
2. Intrans. to fear, to be afraid, to
tremble, Deut. 1, 29 ; c. "'SS'a before any
one Deut. 7. 21. 20. 3. 31, 6 ; c. ace. Job
31. 34.
NiPH. part. Y'^'SX terrible, fearful, i. q.
K'^i'^S . Ps. 89, 8. ' '
HiPH. 1. Causat. to cause to fear, to
make afraid, particip. c. suff". C3S"'"^5"a
Is. 8, 13. . '
2. to fear, c. ace. Is. 8. 12. 29, 23.
Deriv, I'l-S, 7"'-)5, "S-;.
pny
820
nic:?
P_< to gnaw ; Arab. iVj-t I, V,
to gnaw a bone. Syr. *-eJl id. Job 30,
3/o7- if;a?7<; and famine ttJtJS n^^ cpnrn
liT nxia ;/tey g-naw //ic rfry land, the
durkness of desolate wastes; Vulg. rode-
bant in solitudine. This expresses hy-
perbolically the deepest misery; comp.
'to embrace the rock' Job 24. 8, 'to em-
Jbrace dunghills' Lam. 4, 5, also 'to lick
the dust' see in T]nb Pi. Job 30, 17 "^XTi^
"i^33'i^7 xb my gnawers take no rest, i. e.
my gnawing pains ; Vulg. qui me come-
dunt. mm dormiunt. But Chald. p'^S is
to fee. often in Targg. for Heb. 013 and
nna ; and so Syr. ^p*, Arab, vut
and (V>X^ to go away, to depart through
a region. This signif most ancient intpp.
apply in Job 30, 3, viz. they fee into a
dry land, i. e. into the desert; Sept.
(fiv/ovifi uvv8()oi; Targ. i<^"iKS TV:'^^
N^-s ; see in brx no. 2. In' Job 30, 17
they render with Sept. tm vivqa fiov, or
rather: 7ny arteries take no rest, cease
, , s > >
not to throb ; comp. iVj^jfc nerves,
veins. ;5'iS ligament. But neither of
these suits the context.
'?'? gentile n. Arkite, Gen. 10, 17.
1 Chr. 1, 15, i. e. an inhabitant of the
city Arka or Arke, Gr. "A^xr/, in Phenicia,
the ruins of which are still found to the
northward of Tripolis, and are called
U*-t and asjwC 'Arka, 'Arkeh. See
Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p.
162. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p.
183.
* "'^^ i. q. -iW II and Mns , to make
oneself hare, to be naked; in Kal once
imper. with He parag. nni? make thyself
bare, Is. 32, 1 1. Hence trop. to be desti-
tute, forlorn, forsaken, whence "iS'iS,
i-i->-i5.
Po. nnis to lay bare, e. g. the founda-
tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to
^ase. Is. 23. 13.
PiLp. "isis and Hithpalp. nsisnn
Jer, 5J, 58, to be laid bare, e. g. the
walls of a city, i. e. to be utterly de-
molished, rased. Comp. nns Ps. 137, 7.
Ilab. 3, 13. Hence "5i"iS.'
Deriv. see in Kal and Pilp.
^!:* obsol. root, Arab. JLyS. to
erect a house or tent ; II to roof, to arch ;
whence J^jX- roof vault, throne with a
canopy ; comp. X5S . Hence
tony f. Cant. 1, 16, in pause b-] Am.
3, 12, c. sufT. 'bns ; plur. constr. nvj"}:?
Am. 6, 4; a bed or couch, (pr. with a
canopy, curtains, comp. Cant. 1. c.)
Deut. 3, 11. Ps. 132, 3; whether for
sleeping Prov. 7, 16 ; for sickness Ps.
6, 7. 41, 4. Job 7, 13; or for reclining,
a couch, divan, Am. 11. cc. Syriac
}jffj., Chald. XD-iS, XOi-iS, id. Arab.
Go
jj*< j^ ' husband ' is secondary, q. d. bed-
fellow, see to-iij .
* '^L'^V obsol. root, Syr. wA-ji. to make
fat, to fatten. Hence pr. n. rt;|'tt5-iS!;; .
~? obsol. root, pr. to shine, to be
bright ; then to be green as a plant.
Kindred is :}X whence SiTix hyssop j
also by transp. anj , :na . Arab. s_>.iA
seems to be denom. e. g. Conj. II, IV,
to yield green pasture, XII to be cov-
ered with green herbage, sc. the earth.
Hence
Siriy m. c. siifF. C2b Is. 42. 15, plur.
constr. rirves (Dag. euph.) Prov. 27, 25,
green herb, plant, collect. gree)i herbs,
growing in the fields tTi'vart 3ir Gen. 2,
5. 3, 18. Ex. 9, 22. 10, 12. 15;' Y'}V.ri '
Job 5, 25 ; and on mountains Is. 42, 15.
Prov. 27, 25; growing up and setting
seed Gen. 1, 11. 12. 29; and serving as
food for man Gen. 1, 30. 3, 18. Ps. 104,
14; and for beast Deut. 11. 15. Ps. 106,
20. Jer. 14, 6 ; comprehending therefore
vegetables, greens, and sometimes all
green herbage Am. 7, 2 comp. v. 1 ; in-
cluding also grain Ex. 10, 12. 15. Men
are said to flourish as a green herb Ps.
72, 16. 92, 8. Job 5, 25; also to wither
aiys Ps. 102, 5. 12. Hence too those
seized with fear and turning pale. ^Aoj(;o,
are compared to the herb (f the feld
which grows yellow and withers. 2 K.
19, 26. Is. 37. 27. Sept. xk*^oi, /5orjj.
Chald. 2irs, Syr. jnmS, id. Arab.
^ . -
^.jJS^kL. green fodder, ,MiJt a field
green with herbage.
n?
821
nusy
ita? Chald. m. Dan. 4, 12 [15j. emph.
K^tos , greea herb, herbage, as tlie food of
cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29. 30 [25. 32. 33]. 5, 21.
* 1. n^7 fut. ntos^ , apoc. to?;: , conv.
te?5 , rarely nb5] 1 K. 16. 25. ul.ntosni
1 k. 14, 9. 17, i.5. al. nisrxi Ez. 20, 14.
Dan. 8. 27 ; but never in Pentnt. Inf.\
constr. nitos, absol. ibr Jer. 22, 4.
1. to work, to labour, to do. The pri-
mary idea lies prob. informing', shaping,
cutting; so that nrs, TOS.is perhaps
formed hysoflcMiiiig the letters from 2^5,
comp. ans and nrt'i , as;^ and ns;^ , aato
andnsto. Of the same origin may also
be Arab. .^***^ to be apt. convenient, pr.
to be adapted. So Lat. facere is prob.
djingendo; comp. Germ, machen, Engl.
to make, with hij(uvt Lnt. machina ma-
chi>iari.?rov. 31, 13 n-^E? j^Bna bSPi^,
and she worketh xcilh tcilling hands. Ruth
2, 19 n-^bs njxi cr7jrf wA^re Aa?/ than
wrought?^ i kV 20, 40 niij? 7,^23 -^n^l
'^S'!!J "'t'3 '^"'^ thy servant was busy (had
to do) Aere o?2(/ there. So of God Job
23, 9. With a of that in or on which
one works, Ex. 5. 9. Neh. 4, 15 ; so of a
material, as qosa^ an?a nti)5 Ex. 31, 4.
5. 2 Chr. 2, 13." "
2. /o make, to do, to produce by labour.
Spec.
a) to make, i. q. to form, to construct,
to prepare, to build, Ex. 25, 13 sq. 26, 4
sq. 27, 1 sq. 28, 2 sq. So of the ark of
Noah Gen. 6, 14. 8, 6; an altar 13, 4.
2 K. 16, 11 ; bricks Ex. 5, 16 ; garments
Gen. 3, 7. 21. 37, 3; idols Deut. 4, 16; arms
1 Sam. 8, 12 ; gardens and pools Ecc. 2,
5. 6. comp. fi^i'i"?n n2-i2n the made pool
as opp. to natural. Neh. 3. 16. So i. q.
to build or erect booths Gen. 33. 17 ; a
gibbet Esth. 5, 14. 7, 9; cities 2 Chr.
32, 29 ; a house for anyone, trop. 2 Sam.
7, 11; landmarks Prov. 22, 28, Sept.
xi9i]fjii. With Vs and b , to make upon
or unto, Ex. 25. 11. 24-26. Also nb5
nssb'2 to do work, to do labour, opp. to
rest, Ex. 20, 9. Dent. 5, 13. n^sban -fejs
the doers of the work, i. e. the workmen,
labourers, 2 K. 12. 12. 22. 5. 9. Neh. 11,
12. al. Where the material is indicated,
of which a thing is made, a double
accusative is employed ; Ex. 30, 25
tip nncB pb ink n-itosn aiid thou shall
69*
make them (the spices, i. e. of them) an
oil of holy unction. Is. 40, 6. Hos. 8, 4.
So too even where the ace. of material is
put last (romp, roa , is;; . Lohrg. p. 813),
Ex. 38, 3 ridns nrs i-^bV^? '' ^"^* **'
sels he made of bras.i. 25, 39. 30, 25. 36,
14. 37, 24. Sometimes the thing thus
made out of any material is put with b ,
e. g. Is. 44, 17 nics bxb in-^iXitJ the rent
of it he makes into an idol, i. e. of the
rest he makes an idol. In the same
way Ex. 27, 3 nana nirrn T'ba-ba^ all
its vessels shall thou make of brass, v.
19, Here too belongs Gen. 6, 14 Q'^Sp
nannTx nbsn chambers shalt thou
make the ark, i. e. in the ark, thou shalt
divide it up into rooms.
b) Of God, i. q. to create, as the hea-
vens, earth, men, Gen. 1. 7. 16. 2, 2. 3,
1. 5, 1. 6, 6. Ps. 96, 5. 104, 19. Hence
part, nifis as subst. creator, c. suff. "^iOJ
my creator, Job 35. 10 ; in ia? his creator
4, 17. I.s. 17, 7. 27, 11. Hos. 8, 14. So
also r"ixb33 nibs to do wonders, wonder-
ful worksVPs.78, 4. 12. 98. 1. Neh. 9, 17 ;
Nbs 'r id. Is. 25, 1 ; nibnj 's id. Ps. 71,
19 ; b r"ix nbs to make i. e. show a sign
to any one, Judg. 6. 17.
c) to make is also put i. q. to produce
out of oneself, to yield ; spoken also of
animals, e. g. to make milk, i. e. to yield
milk, of a cow Is. 7, 22 ; to make fat sc.
upon the loins, spoken of a man grow-
ing fat Job 15, 27 ; comp, ' corpus facere'
Justin; Ital. far corpo ; Gr. ^EyuXrjV
{Jir/ovrlda d^ia&ui Od. 17. 225; tglxag
yfvrnv, sobolem facere' i. e. procreare,
Plin. In like manner trees are said to
make fruit, i. e. to bear, to yield, (comp.
Gr. noiiiv kuqtiov.) Gen, 1, 11. 12. 2 K.
19, 30. Is. 37, 31. Ez. 17. 23; branches
(comp. ' caulem facere' Colum.) Job 14,
9. Ez. 17, 8; so of fruits or grain as
yiehhng meal Hos. 8. 7 ; of the earth as
yielding fruits, a vineyard grapes, Gen.
41. 47, Hab. 3, 17. Is. 5, 2. 4. 10. The
Hebrews often express the same idea by
the conjug. Hiphil; see Heb. Gramm.
52. 2. note.
d) to make, i. e. to gel by labour, to
acquire; as in En^l. to make money,
Lat. pecnniam facere. Gr. noiiiv ^lov to
make a living. E. g. property, wealth,
Gen. 31, 1. Deut. 8, 17. 18. Jer. 17, 11;
wages Is. 19, 10 "i?to ''^S those making
ra:?
822
rur
wages, i. e. hired labourers. So Gen. 12,
5 the slaves which they had got. acquired,
bought Ecc. 2, 8. Also to make or get
for oneself 3. name, renown, Gen. 11, 4 ;
a new heart Ez. 18, 31.
e) to make ready, to prepare, to dress
e. g. food (comp. Engl. ' a made dish ')
Gen. 18, 7. 8. 27, 17. Judg. 13. 15. 1
Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 12, 4. 13, 10; so a
feast, banquet. Gen. 19, 3. 21, 8. Esth. 5,
12. Also to dress the beard, i. e. to trim
and comb it, not to shave, (comp. Lat.
'facere barbam' Lamprid. Fr. 'faire la
barbe,') 2 Sam. 19, 25 ; to dress the feet,
i. e. to wash and anoint them, ibid, to
trim and pare the nails Deut. 21, 12.
Trop. "ilN '!^^^'^ to prepare iniquity, spoken
of the heart Is. 32, 6. Also of God as
making ready future things Is. 37, 26.
f ) to dress or prepare a victim or
sacrifice to be offered to God ; hence to
sacrifce, to offer; Ps. 66, 15. Ex. 29, 36
nb;ri rx-^nn -is thou shall offer a bul-
lock as a sin-offering, v. 38. 39. 41. Lev.
9, 7. 15, 15. 16, 9. Judg. 6, 19. 1 K. 18,
23. Hos. 2, 10 bsab sibs ant gold which
they offered to Baal. So the ace. of the
sacrifice being omitted, nin"'b pib? to
offer, to sacrifice, to Jehovah. Ex. 10. 25 ;
comp. 2 K. 17, 32 cnb ciiis n-^nii who
sacrificed for them. Comp. Gr. liqa
"tijSiiv, IfQu ^i^Hv, and without ace. ^it,(iv
&iJ> II. 2. 400. ib. 8. 250. Od. 14. 251.
g) to make one any thing, i. e. to make
into, to cause to become any thing ; c.
dupl. arc. 1 Sam. 17, 25 and will make
his falher^s house free in Israel. With
ace. and b, (comp. in lett. a, fin. and '{Ti
no. 3.) Gen. 12, 2 bna ^isb r^qT)r^ I will
make thee a great nation. Ex. 32, 10.
. Jer. 10. 13. 51, 16. Hence i. q. to con-
stittUe. to appoint, to an office, etc. 1 Sam.
12, 6 Jehovah ntD/:-rs nirs nrx who ap-
pointed Moses. D-^rni: ncs to appoint
priests 1 K. 12. 31. 2 Chr.'l3. 9 ; comp.
.2K. 21. 6. 2Chr. 33, 6. With h, to
appoint to or over any thing, Jer. 37, 15.
1 Sam. 8. 16.
h) nizr^'O lios^ to make war with any
one, Gr. nohnov noiniTiha, Fr. ' faire la
guerre,' Gen. 14, 2. Deul. 20, 12. Josh.
11, 18. Also b nibli nis to make peace
with, to grant it to any one, t(>Ji'/' noi-
uai^al iivl, Ib. 27, 5, where Schnurrer's
mew is to be preferred ; see Comment.
on Is. in loc. So to make a covenant
with any one Is. 28, 15.
i) Emphat. to effect, to execute, to ac-
complish a thing proposed, a purpose ;
hence ii:jS Tvcv to execute counsel Is. 30,
1. Job 5, 12; D''-i'i3 nirs to accomplish
vows, i. e. to perform or pay them, Judg.
11,39; a n-'-JSa nirs to crecide judg-
ments (punishments) upon any one, Ez.
5, 8. 10. 11, 9. 30, 14. 19 ; -(i-in 's to exe-
cute anger 1 Sam. 28, 18. Ecc. 2, 2 and
of joy I said nttjj) n-rn^ what doth it
effect! i.e. whtit good. Often without
ace. Dan. 8. 24 n'ijSl n"'bsrii and he shall
prosper and accomplish his purpose. 11,
17. 28. 30. Is. 10, 13. So of God Ps. 22,
32. 37, 5. 52, 11.
k) i. q. to keep any stated day, to hold,
to celebrate, e. g. the sabbath, the pas-
chal festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 10. 14.
Deut. 5, 15. Also to pass or spend time
Ecc. 6, 12 ; comp. noiilv xQovov Acts 15,
33. So with adv. aili ncs to spend one's
life well, fv ngdnsiv, Engl, to do well
Ecc. 3, 12.
1) to do i. e. to perform the laws of
God, his precepts, will, etc. Lev. 20, 22.
Deut. 15, 5. Ps. 103. 20. 21 ; also to do
i. e. to practise right, justice, wQ'Jo '3>
nfjn:?:! Gen. 18, 19. 25. Ps, 9, 17. 'is. 58,
2.'jer. 22, 15. 23, 5. 33, 15; (but nirS
'b BQUiia is to maintain one's right Ps. 9,
5 ;) virtue Num. 24, 18 ; good Ps. 37, 3.
Contra, to do or commit wrong, Orn ,
bis. Is. 53, 9. Ez. 3, 20. 18, 26. 33, 18;
wickedness, nba: Gen. 34, 7. Deut. 22,
21 ; fraud Dan.'ll, 23; falsehood 2 Sam.
18, 13 ; rapine Ez. 22, 13. Also ris:n 's
's '^D-'SS {-t'^'rC) to do what is good {right)
in one''s eyes, what is pleasing to him, Is.
38, 3. 1 K. 11, 38 ; contra, comp. Ps. 51,
6. Absol. in a bad sense, to do or com-
mit any thing wrong. Gen. 40, 15. With
b , cs , rx , of pers. to whom one does
kindness or wrong ; e. g. CS "ion niCS
to do kindness with or to any one, see
in *ipn no. 1 ; rx na-j nis Jer. 33, 9 ;
cs, b n^'n nir Ps. 15. 3. Judg. 15. 3. So
Nuni. 5.' 30 rii-Tn nn-nn-ba-rx nb nbsi
and. shall do unto her all this law. i. e.
whatever this law requires. Some! imes
that which one Jias thus done to another
is omitted, and can be gathered only
from the context; whether evil Gen. 27,
45. Ex. 14. 31 ; or good Gen. 30, 30. Ex.
n?
823
tVBlP
13, 8. Deut. 1 1, 7. Often it is taken only
in a bad sense, as Gen. 19, 8 only unto
these men ia"j ibJFj bx do ye nothing, do
them no harm. 22, 12. Ps. 56, 5. So
1^ T\^')S rxj-ms why hant thou done this
unto me? G.m. 12, 18. 20, 9. 26, 10. 29,
25. Ex. 14. 11. Judg. 15, 11 ; ntoJ^ ni
C)''Di'' riST 'Is 'J, see in Ha no. 1. Instead
^of b is fonnd also 05 Ruth 2, 19, PK v.
11. and accus. Is. 42, 16.
m) a ri'^ to do with any one, to
deal with him, according to one's own
pleasure; (fully i3"is"i Dan. 8, 4, 11, 3.
36;) Jer. 18, 23 cna' nbs t]bx rra in
the time of thine anger deal thou with
them sc. according to thy pleasure. Dan.
11,7.
n) Once nsnn ni^s l Chr. 4. 10, pr.
to do so as to abstain from evil, i. q. to
abstain from evil. Others less well, <o
do me from evil, i. e. to keep me from
harm.
3. Often nbs is so put as to express
the simple idea of a verb of action, to do,
to act, rendered definite only by the con-
text or the circumstances. Gen. 3, 13
n-ib^ rxT-n^ why hust thou done this?
V. 14 rx' n''ias ''S because thou hast
done this. Gen. 6, 22 "mix bba nb bs*1
n"^rt5N inx n-i:j and Noah did according
to all that God commanded him. Ps.
115, 3 ^ doeth whatsoever he will. Gen.
8, 21. 18, 5. 17. 29. 30. 20, 5. 6. 10. 21,
26. 22, 16. 27, 19. 1 Sam. 14. 43. Ps. 7,
4. 50. 21. al. saep. 2 Sam. 12, 2 nnst
irea f^'^bs thou didst it in secret, i. e.
didst act secretly. Is. 46, 4 Ti'^bS "^SX
X'Jis "'JXj I have done it, and I will bear,
I. e. as I have borne, so I will bear. Comp.
the Attic use of noitlv, see Passow h. v.
no. 2. f. So of a way of acting, Prov.
13, 16 rsna n^S! csiis-bs every prudent
mail acteth with understanding. Jer. 8, 8.
Sometimes it is pleonastically inserted
before another verb, by way of emphasis.
Gen. 31.26 why hast thou done (this) and
deceived me? (Mark 11. 5 ri noiflTs Xv-
ovitg:) Gen. 41, 34 ^i^i^''^. ri?-is nb5^ let
Phai'aoh do {this, lethim followmy coun-
sel) and appoint, etc. 1 K. 8, 32. With
b of thing, to do to or with a thing, to
deal with it ; Lev. 4, 20 and he shall do
with the bullock as he did with the bul-
lock for a sin-offering. Deut. 31,4. Josh,
8, 2. Is. 5, 4. 10, 11. Dan. 11, 39; also
c. 3 id. Is. 5, 4 ; ace. Lev. 16, 15, comp.
v. 14.
4. to work ocer, in an immodcHt sense,
Ez. 23, 21 ; see in Piel.
NiPH. naJ53, f. nni33, part, ntisa,
fut. S^bS^, (once n'r3"'n c. matr. lecL
against all rule Ex. 25, 31), apoc, toJPJ
Esth. 5, 6. al. to be made, to be dime, Num.
15, 24. Esth. 4, 1 . Ecc. 1, 9. 13. 4, 3. 8, 9. 9,
3. 6. al. Fut. of what ought not to be done,
Gen. 20, 9. Lev. 4, 2. 13. 22. 27. 5, 17.
Impers. in the same sense, Gen. 34, 7
TWri stb 131 and thus it ought not to be
done. Also impers. it must not be so
done, i. e. according to custom, Gen. 29,
26. Spec. pass, of Kal no. 2. lett. a, to
be made 1 K. 10. 20 ; of lett. b, to be cre-
ated Ps. 33, 6 ; of lett. e, to be made ready,
prepared, as food Num. 6, 4. Neh. 5. 18 ;
of lett. f^ to be dressed and offered, as a
sacrifice Lev. 7, 9 ; of lett. i, to be done,
executed, as counsel 2 Sam. 17, 23. pun-
ishment Dan. 11, 36; of lett. k. to be kept,
celebrated, as a festival 2 K. 23. 23. Esth.
9. 28 ; of lett. 1, to be wrought, committed,
as wickedness Deut. 13. 15. 17, 4. Mai.
2, 11. With dat. b nbs>3 to be done to
any one, to happen to him ; Ex. 2, 4 to
see "ib n'wS|) nia what would be done unto
him. Lev. 24' 19. Obad. 15. Num. 15,
11. Deut. 25, 9. 1 Sam. 17,26. 27. Esth.
6, 9. Is. 3, 11.
Piel n*as to work over, i. e. to handle,
to squeeze the breasts of an immodest
woman, i. q. T(?^ , Ez. 23. 3. 8 ; and so
in Kal v. 21. So Gr. noinv and Lat.
facere, perfcere, confcere mulierem, are
put by euphemism for sexual intercourse,
Juv. 7. 240. Petron. 87. Suet. Ner. 29.
PuAL to be made, created, Ps. 139, 15.
Deriv. nbr^ . and the pr. names,
bxnc?. bs<"<rs, n^ias.
11. i'^y obsol. root, to be hairy,
rough, shaggy, Arab, j^^l hairy, Lift
hairiness. Hence pr. n. ibs.
iSntC^ (whom God created, consti-
tuted, r. ^w>) Asahel. pr. n. m. a) 2
Sam. 2, 18. 23, 24. IChr. 27. 7 ; and in
separate words 1 Chr. 2. 16. b) 2 Chr.
17, 8. 31, 13. c) Ezra 10, 15. For the
letter n quiescent in the middle of a
word, see Lehrg. p. 48.
Ytc?
824
nte^
itoy pr. n. (i. e. hairy, rough, Gen.
25. 25. r. nttJ5 II ) Esau, the son of Isaac
and twin-brother of Jacob ; also called
nnx, which name however is used
more of his posterity than of himself
On the other hand, lbs ^:a Deut. 2, 4
sq. nt'5 r-ia Obad. is' and 'its Jer. 49,
8. 10. ' bbad. 6, spoken of the Esauites
i. e. the Idumeans, is mostly poetic, in
lis? the mountain of Esau, i. e. of the
Idumeans, Mount Seir, Obad. 8. 9. 19. 21.
"litey m. (denom. from nias) a ten, a
decad, \. g. a) Of days, like SiaiB a
se'nnight. Gen. 24, 55. Also for the
last day of the ten, i. e. the tenth day sc.
of the month. Ex. 12, 3. Lev. 16, 29. Num.
29, 7. Josh. 4, 19. Jer. 52, 4. 12. al. Comp.
Gr. dtxag, ii'vedg, rsTgag, for the tenth,
ninth, fourth day of the month ; also
Ethiop. UttfC, i^fl, for the tenth,
fifth day. etc. See Ludolf's Gramm. p.
100. b) Of the cords or strings of an
instrument ; hence for a ten-stringed
instrumeitt, decachord, Ps. 92, 4 ; fully,
by appos. li'-S bSD a ten-stringed lyre
33, 2. 144, 9. Sept. dfxdxoQdov.
Is^ifc? (created of God) Asiel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 4, 35.
n*05| (whom Jehovah created, con-
stituted) Asaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 K. 22,
12. 14. 2 Chr. 34, 20. b) 1 Chr. 4, 36.
c) G, 15. 15, 6. 11. d) 9, 5.
in'^TD? adj. ordinal (from lirs) the tenth
Gen. 8, 5. Num. 7. 66. al. ssep. Ellipt.
for the tenth month, i. e. Tebeth, Gen. 8,
5. Jer. 52. 4. al. comp. Decenther. Fem.
n^n-^bs Is. 6. 13 and ni-i"ib,7 the tenth
part, a tenth, Ex. 16, 36. Lev! 5, 11. al.
* P*?^ in Kal not used, Chald. and
Talmud. pDS to have to do with any per-
son or thing, to strive with.
HiTHP. to strive, to quarrel, once c. C?
Gen. 26, 20. Hence
ptD? (quarrel) Esek, pr. n. of a well
near Gerar, Gen. 26, 20.
* ^WV f. in pause "it;5 Josh. 21,5;
masc. TVWS , constr. ri")? ; ten, a Cardi-
ol'' ?.'T'
nal number. Arab. f-^JX- f. and Sj-wi^
m. Syr. yai^ f. and l^xiU m. Etymolo-
giits agree in deriving this form from
the conjunction of the ten fingers ; comp.
Arab. ^.mkC- to be joined together, asso-
ciated ; also 1SS, -lOX, itij, and by
transp. ijwj-fcj ^'' which contain the
idea of conjunction. Every where
coupled only with a noun plural ; in
1 Sam. 17, 17 cnb iiTi'^ the word ni^33
is omitted. E. g. a) Fem. D^CJ "ib
2 Sam. 15, 16 ; ni:rx 's Gen. 45, 23 ; ^'
ria? Ex. 26, 16; and with the numeral
after, li;;? Q-ins Josh. 15, 57. 1 Chr. 6,
46. b) Masc. Gen, 18, 32. n-^ns? nnb^
1 Sam. 25, 5 ; and so Gen. 24, 10. Neh.
5. 18. Deut. 4, 13 ; with the num. after,
nnbS t:"i-)Q Gen. 32, 16. Sometimes te7i
is put as a round number, Gen. 31, 7.
Job 19, 3.
Plur. m'ib5 tens, decads ; hence ''liU
ni-iirS' rulers of tens Ex. 18, 21. Deut. 1,
15. Sept. dixudaqxoi, Sixaqxoi. Arab.
s .^ ^ ^
icj'yXw^ tens. Plur. B'^lwS see in "i^5.
Deriv. "lirs, nibs, "'"I'^br, ii'i'^as,
ibs^, the denom. verb ~b^. Other
forms of the cardinal itself here follow.
"li?:^ m. and !T^^? f. id. 1 . ten, Engl.
teen, used only in those numbers which
are compounded with ten ; as masc.
lbs nnx eleven, "ibs nsans fovrteen,
->bs nbb sixteen : also as ordinals,
eleventh. fourteenth, sixteenth; with art.
ntsn c-^rb the twelve Josh. 4, 4. Fem.
nibs nns eleven, "ibs bb sixteen;
also ord. eleventh, si.rteenth, etc.
-2. Plur. Cib? (from sing. JT^bS)
a) Card, twenty, of both genders, used
with nouns sing, and plur. and either
before or after them, Gen. 31. 41. Lev.
27. 5. al. b) Ord. the twentieth. Num.
10, 11. IK. 15,9. 16, 10.
"ite? Chald. f. and Hntol? m. ten, Dan.
7, 7. 20, 24. "lbs inpi fipe/ve Dan, 4,
26. Ezra 6, 17. Plur. "pnrs twenty
Dan. 6, 2.
"(W fut. ibS^ (denom. from ib) c.
ace. /o take the tenth part of any thing,
to tithe, 1 Sam. 8, 15. "17.
PiEL to give the tenth part, to pay tithes.
Neh. 10, 38 and the tithes of our f elds
(must we bring) to the Levites C'^i':'^^ cn^
Q-^ibSTan /or they, the Lerites. mu.s-t (in,
turn) pay tithes. With acr. of that of
which the tithe is paid. Deut. 14,22;
^'jj:>
825
dat. of him lo whom it is paid, Gen. 2S,
22.
HiPH. like Piel. to give tithes, inf. with
pref ibsa, "lios^, Neh. 10, 39. Deut.
26,12.
n^toy.eee-^bs.
niTOy J see i9 .
yriWV 111. (denom. Irom nirr) plur.
cs'lbs , a tenth, tenth part, a measure
of things dry, spec, for grain and meal,
Lev. 14, 10. 21. 23, 13. 17. al. sajp. Sept.
Sixutoi; more fully Num. 15, 4 Sixuiov
ToD oi(pi, Vulg. decima pars Ephi. the
tenth part of an ephah, or about 3+ quarts,
i. q. lai? ; and this appears to be correct,
comp. Lev. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 5, 15. 28,
5; et ibi Sept.
I. ^ ra. a moth. Job 4, 19. 13. 23.
6 s J
Is. 50, 9. Ho8. 5, 12. al. Arab. kit.
R. iac5 .
II. ty m. (r. crs) Job 9, 9, and ??
f Job 38, 32, the constellation which we
call the Great Dear, Ursa Major, the
Wain, from the Greeks and Romans.
In Job 38, 32 >7^33 its sons are the
three stars in the tail of the bear. The
word tiS does not itself signify a bear,
but is made by aphseresis from t'23 , Arab.
(jiju a barrow, bearer, (from r. jjiju
lo take up, to bear.) the Arabic name
of this constellation. The same three
stars in the tail are also called cjUj
(jijjj, i. e. daughters of the Bearer.
See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 1 14. Niebuhr
Arabien p. 115. Alb. Schultens ad Job.
1. c. regards the Heb. lis as i. q. Arab.
IU./L& night- watcher, from r. ;jLfc and
IS ^
U**. to go about by night, and supposes
this constellation to be so called because
it never sets. But the former etymolo-
gy is preferable. Comp. Michaelis
Suppl. p. 1907. See more in Thesaur.
p. 895 sq.
pICy m. an oppressor Jer. 22, 3. i. q.
p':;-!? 21. 12. R. pt's.
D"'p1l23? ra. plur. (r. p'^'S) oppressions,
injuries, acts of violence. Ecc. 4. 1. Am.
3. 9. Job 35, 9. But in Ps. 103, 6. Jer.
50, 33, it is part. pass. plur. the oppressed.
t\^W m. adj. (r. n^*S) bright ; Ez.
27, 19 niC5 bt-ia bright iron, perh. pol-
ished steel ; others, wrought iron, from
the root no. 2. Sept. vl!it,ijoq il(yutTfU-
vac, \\i\g.fabref actum.
nilT? Ashvath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33.
T'TD? m. (r. -iC5) plur. B-'n-'BS, constr.
'^yt'S ; rich, viz.
1. Adj. i-'ias 'X a rich man 2 Sam.
12,4.
2. Subst. OTie rich, a rich man ; plur.
O^nidr the rich; Prov. 10, 15. 14.20.
18, 11. Jer. 9, 22. Ecc. 10, 20. Ps. 49, 3.
45, 13 C5 ^n'^ias th^ richest of jieople.
Spec, a) In a good sense, honourable,
nohfe, Ecc, 10, 6 ; opp. b:o . b) In a
bad sense, proud, impious, ungo<lly. since
riches are the source of pride, and pride
to a Hebrew is synonymous with impi-
ety ; so Is. 53, 9 and they put with the
wicked (C'Sir^Tx) his sepulchre, and
with the ungodly ("I'^tir-rx) his tumidus;
here the parallelism demands that T^wS
and 3''5'r"i be synonymous. See also
^bb"in (ill bbn no. 3), i:5 and ""VS ; comp.
Is. 2, 7. Mic. 7, 12. Matt. 19, 23'.
* ""*?? fut. yrs;; plur. in pause ris^
Ps. 104. 32 ; to smoke, as mountains Ex.
19, 18. Ps. 104, 32. 144, 5. Arab. ^jls.
id. Kindr. is "JFi, whence "|inx furnace.
In the Indo-European tongues compare
Sanscr. dtman mind (pr. breath, spirit);
Gr. uTftos vapour, smoke, ntfii^. uTfii^ ;
Goth, athma. breath, Germ. Atliem.
Metaph. spoken of the divine wrath
Deut. 29, 19. Ps. 74, 1. 80, 5.
Deriv. the two following.
V^y m. (r. '^5) constr. "i^? Josh. 8,
20, 21, also ir? as if from yqs Ex. 19,
18 ; c. suff. PTjias .
1. smoke. Gen. 15, 17. Is. 4, 5. 6, 4.
Nah. 2. 14. Prov. 10, 26. yrs nis3 a col-
umn of smoke Judg. 20, 40 ; 's r^ixa id.
Is. 9, 17 ; 's m'nTSTl id. Cant. 3, 6. A
people suddenly dispersed is compared
to smoke driven away Hos. 13. 3. Ps. 68,
3. Is. 51. 6. Poet, smoke is also put:
a) For vapour causedby the breathing
and snorting of an enraged animal, Job
41, 12 [20]; comp. 'fumuntem nasum
viri ursi' Martial 6. 64. 2S. Hence of
the divine vvrath, Ps. 18, 9 isxa -,Tr3 nb3
there went up a smoke out of his nostrils
pas^
826
r.Try
Is. 65, 5. b) For a cloud of diist, as
indicating the approach of a hostile ar-
my, Is. 14, 31 ; comp. ' fumantes pulvere
campos' Virg.JEn. 11.909.
2. Ashan, pr. n. of a city in Simeon,
Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. 6, 44.
Called also "iirs lis q. v.
jCy m. adj. (r. "rS) plur. C^?!?*,
smoking Ex. 20, 15. Is. 7, 4.
* P?? fut. "P^T. 1- ^0 oppress, to
treat with violence and injustice ; Arab.
^^^^.M^Lt I, V, to urge, to press, (^-w-fc
injustice, violence. E. g. the poor and
needy. Ps. 119, 121. 122. Am. 4, 1. Jer.
7, 6. Prov. 14, 31. 22, 16. 28, 3. Ecc. 4,
1 ; a king his subjects 1 Sam. 12, 3. 4 ;
a victor the vanquished Is. 52. 4. Jer. 50,
33. Ps. 105, 14. Hos. 5, 11 ; God a man
Job 10, 3. More fiilly pirs 'e pais Ez.
18, 18. 22, 29. Part, act.' p'ris an op-
pressor Ps. 72, 4 ; pass. pTO25 oppressed
Deut. 28, 29. .33. Often coupled with
bn q. v. Metaph. Prov. 28, 17 pTOJS D-iX
aJB3"c"!3 a man oppressed with life's
blood sc. shed by him, i. e. sinking under
the burden of this guilt.
2. to defraud any one, to extort from
him by fraud and violence, with ace. of
pers. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 24, 14 ; also ace.
of thing Mai. 3, 5 "i"^:iu n:io 'pOJs who
wrest h is wages from the hireling. Absol.
Hos. 12, 8. Both senses (no. 1 and 2)
occur together in Mic. 2, 2 133 IprS
ilT'SI they oppress a man and (wrest
away) his house ec. by fraud and vio-
lence; comp. bta,
3. to be proiul. insolent, trop. of a river
overflowing its banks. Job 40. 18 [23].
Comp. synon. Ub *JJs ; ^si .
PcAL part. fern. n;?C5Ta violated, e. g.
a virgin, metaph. of a captured city Is.
23, 12.
Deriv. piili^ , S-^pIC?, p'^p . ^i^ias,
n-ipirsn , pr. n. pt? .
ptD? (oppression) Eshek, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 8, 39.
pC7 m. 1. violence, injury, violent
act, Ip. 59, 13. Spec, oppression of the
poor and needy, by fraud, extortion, pil-
lage. Ez. 22. 7 12. Ps. 73. 8. Jer. 6, 6.
22, 17. With genit. of the oppressor
Ps. 119, 134 ; of the oppressed Ecc. 5, 7.
2. Kny thing extorted, got by fraud
and violence, Lev. 5, 23. Ps. 62, 11;
genr. unjust gain Ecc. 7, 7.
3. distress, straits, i. q. i^pias , Is. 54,
14.
Hj?!? f (r. pT^'S) oppression which
one suffers ; hence distress, sti^aits ; Is.
38, 14 "i^'ni^'as distress IS upon me; read
6shkal-li notwithstanding the Mctheg,
as in cn-iF)! , '?'?.'?';j , see Lehrg. p. 43.
">T?;P fut. nais;; to be rich. Job 15, 29.
Hos. 12. 9. Aram, 'nns, ?L., id. The
primary idea seems that of being right,
straight, so as to be kindr. with "naJx ,
liT'; , *nC3 ; hence the idea of happiness,
and then of riches.
PiEL to build, pr. to erect, from the
primary force of the root ; once 1 K. 22,
49 Clieth. ri3X lt;s liBCir.-i Jehosa-
phat bnilt ships; Keri HtDS , and thus
2 Chr. 20, 36. 37.
HiPH. ^'aisn, fut. c. suff. ^i'pp.1 1
Sam. 17, 25.
1. to make rich, to enrich, c. ace. pers.
Gen. 14. 23. Ez. 27, 33. Trop. Ps. 65,
10 ns-iaiyn ran thou dost abundantly
enrich it, the earth, i. e. with copious
gilts dost adorn it. With two ace. 1
Sam. 17, 25. Absol. 1 Sam. 2, 7. Prov.
10, 4. 22!
2. Intrans. to enrich oneself to become
rich, (pr. to make riches, see Heb. Gr,
52. 2, note,) Ps. 49, 17. Prov. 21. 17.
With ace. of that with which one is en-
riched, Dan. 11, 2.
HiTHP. to feign oneself rich, Prov. 1 3, 7.
Deriv. "fii;^ , also
"^5 m. riches 1 Sam. 17, 25. 1 K. 3,
11. 13. Ecc. 4, 8. Prov. 22, 1. al. sa^pe.
* "^'IiV i. q. nbs , to fall in. to fall
away, e. g. a) Of garments falling in
pieces from use or from being moth-
eaten ; comp. ttJS . aLit moth, b) Of the
countenance/a/Zing- away, pining, wast-
ing, from disease or care. Ps. 6, 8. 31, 10.
11. Arab. jjix.t to fall away, to pine.
*nry 1. to shine, to be bright,
smooth. Jer. 5. 28 iircjs siJiad they are
waxen fat, they shine, i. e. their skin
shines with fatness. Hence rit'y,
2. to make shining, i. e. smooth ; hence
n-i?
827
ntiy
to work, to forge, to form, see deriv. nr? .
Coinp. pbn . Hence
3. Trop. of the mind, wluch fornvt,
fashions, moulds any thing by revolving
it, eee "("in'JS , niFi'lis ; also
HiTHP. lo bethink oneself recogilare as
Vulg. well ; c. b Jon. 1, 6. Chald. nlESnx
to excogitate.
no?, ri"'?, Chald. to think, to have
in mind, to purpose, c. inf. et b Dan. 6,
4. See Heb. nay no. 3, and Hithpa.
tl!^ n (r. n^S) something wrougJU,
artificial work, Cant. 5, 14. The fern.
gender comes prob. from regarding the
n as a mere ending; see Lehrg. p. 474.
Plur. "^nds see in its order.
- I -
n^nO? f. (r. nidS no. 3) thought,
opinion ; Job 12, 5 Ijxa niinsJsb in the
thought of one at ease, i. q. ^3'^?a .
Some Mss. and printed editions read
n'in'J^b plur. constr. of ncJS , which
however ouglit then to be nines ; but
the more accurate exhibit Shurek.
^irnpy a word of doubtful origin, which
joined with a number denoting ten, i. e.
^by ''nci? m. and nnb^ '^n"'^?? ^- signifies
eleven, e. g. masc. Num. 7, 72. 29, 20 ;
fem. with plur. Ex. 26, 7. 8. 36, 14. 15.
with sing. 2 K. 23, 2. Jer. 1, 3. al. Also
as an ordinal the eleventh, masc. Deut. 1, 3.
Zech. 1,7; fern. Jer. 39, 2. Ez. 26,1.
Simonis explains it, after Kirachi, as if
plur. constr. of nttJS, thus: '" cogitationes
ultra decern, i. e. numerus cogitalione
sive niente concipiendus, cum prseceden-
tes numeri ad digitos numerarentur."
This is unsatisfactory enough, though a
better solution is still wanting.
ni3mD5' f. plur. thoughts, counsels, Ps.
146, 4. Chald. id. R. nrs .
rr\r\i^ f i K. 1 1, 5. 33. 2 k. 23, 13,
Ashlnreth, elsewhere plur. nnrnCy Ash-
taroth. i. e. Aslarte, i] 'dcrrnfjuj, pr. n. of
a female divinity worshipped by the
Sidonians 1 and 2 K. 11. cc. by the Philis-
; tines 1 Sam. 31, 10; and after their ex-
ample by the Hebrews in the days of
the Judges and Solomon. Judg. 2, 13.
10, 6. 1 Sam. 7, 3. 4. 12, 10. 1 and 2 K.
11. cc. with great observance and in con-
nection with Baal. Judg. 1. c. 1 Sam. 12,
10. The plur. niiniuyn , which is thrice
coupled with D-ibranJudg. 10, 6. 1 Sam.
7, 4. 12, 10, ecems to denote statues
of Aslarte, coinp. o'^bsa , nl-.trx , Gr.
'j^fiitl; and BO too in 1 Sam. 31, 10
ninn":J3 n'^a the temple of Astartes (since
there may have been several imagcB in
the same temple), and Judg. 2. 13 b?ab
nninaisbii . But some explain these pas-
sages as instances of the ' pluralis excel-
lentitB.' Sept. y/(/r^Tjj, plur. Werra^Ta*
and 'AatuQMd-. The extent of this wor-
ship among the Phenicians and Cartha-
ginians is shown by the frequent occur-
rence of this name in the pr. riames both
of men and women ; as nin'l33 nS5 serv-
ant of Astarte, Qr. 'AiiduaiaffTog, Lat.
Bndoslor. linslor; ninuJ? ''bT served of
Astarte. Delceastarlus, etc. Greek and
Roman writers compare this name partly
with their Juno, as August. Q,Uest. ad
Jud. 7, 16 Juno sine dubitatione a Puni-
cis Astarte vocatur;' more commonly
with Venus and Luna, as Lucian de Dea
Syr. 'AaTaQiijv d' iyoi doxiu) ^ikrivuiiiv tfi-
fitvai. Pliilo Bybl. ap. Euseb. 1. 10 if/y Si
'AinufjTriV iI>oivlxTjg TrjV 'AifQoSiir^v livai
kiyovai. Cic. Nat. 3, 23 'quarla [Venus]
Syria Tyroque concepta. quae Astarte vo-
catur.' The latter is the more correct;
for as bsa was sometimes held to be the
god of the sun (see "lan bra in bsa no.
5), though usually the planet Jupiter and
god of fortune, so Astarte also sometimes
represented the moon, and again Venus,
i. e. the planet Venus, the goddess of
love and fortune, who in a like respect is
called likewise nntux and "'IT? q. v. See
also Mover's Phcenizien p. 601 sq. As
to the figure of this idol it can only be
affirmed that it was horned ; since the
city Ashtaroth of Bashan, so named
from the worship of Astarte, is once
carted o^sn;? ninn'js Gen. 14, 5; and
these horns accord well both with the
goddess of the moon, and also with the
niythus respecting Astarte in PhiloBybl.
ap. Euseb. 1. c. and Sanchun. Fragm.
ed. Orelli p. 34 : 'Aittuqtt] di rj ftf/lazr]
xal Zfhi /lr,fiaoovi xal Adwdo; ("'^"l)
^aaiXsvg &i(ap i^aaihvov riji ^Moai,
Kqovov yt'o'ifitj. 'JI Si 'A(JT(''QTij ini&r,xe
T*/ ISin xtcfixlij ^affdelag nnfjuijij^ov xfcpa-
A^v Tav()ov' TitQivoaxoiaa Si ir^v otxov'
fiirrjv^ f'vod' aioomifi uaii^a, ov xal avt-
loutrT] iy TiQoi rj] uyln rijao* ucpiiouat.
n?
828
tiT
See also Tacit. Hist. II. 3. As to the
etymology of the name, so long sought
for in vain, it would seem that nn'nr? is
for "ir.DX Pers. liLu slar, xt iioxriV
the slar of Venus, like Syr. |.i.ias ; see
art. "inOX p. 76. Hence the name 'Am^o-
oQiCTi, by which Astarte is called. Hero-
dian 5. 6. 10. gives the etymology well.
See more in Thesaur, p. 10S2 sq.
Plur. ri-iriuir, constr. riirn'ir 1. As-
tartes, imagesof Astarte ; see above.
2. "iXS ri-ipuD? Astartes of the fock,
Venuses. prob. for females, ewes, as pro-
pagating the flock, Deut. 7, 13. 28. 4. 18.
51. Kimchi isan m^ps, Gr. Venet.
well oisc ewes.
3. P!ur. Ashlaroth, pr. ii. of a city of
Bashan. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 9, 10. 12.' 4.
13. 12. 31. 1 Chr. 6. 56. Once ri^nui?
fi'i:'^ip Ashtei-oth-karnaim, i. e. horned,
Geri. 14, 5 ; so called from the horned
images of Astarte, with which the city
prob. abounded ; see in no. 1. The an-
cient full name seems to have been r''3
P"i-inys (house of Astartes), whence by
contraction rrnn'rra Josh. 21, 27; see
this art. p. 149. It was assigned first to
Manasseh. and then to the Levitcs. Josh.
13, 31. 1 Chr. 6. 56. Often coupled with
'S'llX Edrei, from which according to
Eusebius it was six Roman miles dis-
tant. The Kamdiv of 1 Mace. 5, 43
seems to be the same. [A large mound
or acropolis, called Tell Wshiereh. now
marks the site of Ashtaroth ; it is in the
midst of a vast plain, 1\ miles S. S. W.
of N6wa towards Mcz&reib, from which
it is 5 miles distant. It is also about 6
miles distant from Der'a the ancient
Edrei. Sec Newbold in Journ. of Lond.
Geogr. Soc. 1846. p. 333. Reland. Pa-
Isest. p. 598. R.
t^y pr. for ry>, fem. of i? (r. irya) as
rV for rnb, rx for nnx ; c. Makk. -ns,
c. suir. "^ns ; usually fem. as in XTiP] rSa,
but sometimes masc. Ez. 7, 7. 12. Cant.
2, 12, since the origin of the word ap-
pears to have been overlooked : see
Lehrg. p. 474. Plur. n-Fi5 fem. Ez. 12,
27. Neh. 13, 31 ; oftencr masc. 2 Chr.
15, 5. Dan. 11, 14. Ezra 10, 14. Neh.
10, 35.
1. time, in general; with genit. ns
ansn iJie time of evening, even-tide, Josh.
8 29; "(''^Jv! rs pruning-time Cant. 2,
12 ; nS"! TV lime of evil, of calamity, P.s.
37. 19 ; Jer. 51. 6. Hagg. 1, 2. With inf.
niV r^ time of bearing Job 39, 1. 2 ; Jer.
8, 7. So before a clause, Mic. 5, 2 PS
^^b'' mb"',"' the time when she that tra-
vuilelh hringeth forth. Job 6, 17. Deut
32, 35. 2 Chr. 20, 22. 28, 22. Also r.?r
rs (is) ^K from time to time 1 Chr. 9
25. Ez. 4, io. 11. With prepositions:
a) rS3, c. art. r?2, in or at a time ;
Nwn r>2 at that time Gen. 21. 22. 38,
I. Num. 22. 4. and so always in the Pent,
see in xin ; in the other books ^'Trr\ rsS.
So "fsp nrs in the time of harvest Jer.
50, 16; nnnV n?3 Gen. 38, 27; r^-^ra
at all times, always, Ps. 10, 5. 34, 2. 62.
9. al. sap.
b) r.sb at a time, espec. of the time
of day. of lite, etc. sns rssb Gen. 8, 11.
24, 11. 2 Sam. 11, 2. al'. " CV^n xia rrb
Josh. 10, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 34; n:p! r'jh in
the time of old age 1 K. 11, 4. 15, 23,
ni^a ci-iTji^ , i. q. nva ni">, day by day.
1 Ciir. 12. 22.
c) rsa about or at a time, see in 3 B.
3 ; as ais nri:^ rsa at the time of the
evening oblation Dan. 9, 21. With the
art. rS3 (for ri^ns) at this time, now.
Num. 23, 23. Judg! 13, 23. 21, 22. Job
39. 18. "in73 rsa about this time to-mor-
row, Ex. 9/l8."l Sam. 9, 16. 20. 12. 1 K.
19, 2. al. more fully nsi-tn rrs in^ Josk
II, 6. nn nsa, see in ''n no. 3. p. 309.
d) Accus. ns , at or in the time ; Ps.
4 8 'isi 0331 r^?'2 more than in the time
when their corn and their wine were
abundant. Absol. at the time, now, i. q.
nns , Ez. 27, 34. Sept. vi)v, Vulg. mmc.
Spec.
2. time of the year, season, Gr. olpa ;
Cant. 2, 12. Jer. 50, 16, see above in no.
1. nn nS3, see above in no. 1. c.
Ezra' 10, 13*D'^:ct^a rsn the season of
rains, i.e. the rainy season; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 97.
3. time or season of life, espec. yoidh,
spoken of a marriageable virgin, Ez. 16,
8 D"'"!^ ns "H^ nrm lo, thy time was the
lime of love." So Ps. 81, 16 their youth
shoidd have endured for ever. Com p. Gr.
dp, e. g. is yt'tftov oi^r^v unlxfadni Hdot.
6, 61 ; fi's (aS()oi; u'i()nv ryxoww }(6(iij Plat.
4. aft time, proper season, like Gr.
Kat(f6( ; often with sulf. as ina i-Jia the
ny
829
nr
rain in its season, i. c. at the proper
time, Deut. 11, 14. 28, 13; of fruit Pa. 1,
3; BO Ps. 104, 27. Job 38, 32. Prov. 15,
a3. Ecc 7, 17. 10, 17. Ace. n? xb not
in time, out of time, untimely, Job 22,
16 ; and so r? in time, betimes, Hon. 13,
13 he is a foolish son 'iJi ntr^ X3 rs ^1)
for he standdh not betimes in the matrix,
i. e. doth not break forth Irom the womb
at the right time, while there is yet
strength to bear ; comp. Is. 37, 3.
5. the lime of any one, i. q. day of any
one, see in DT' no. 1. b; i. e. the time of
the end, the last and fatal day, time of
destruction, Is. 13, 22. Jer. 27, 9. Ez. 22,
3. 30, 3. Ecc. 9, 12. Absol. Ecc. 9, 11.
6. a set time, a certain period, which
will have an end, opp. obiS. Ecc. 3, 1
^Bn'bsb r5 to ereiy thing- there is a
time. i. e. it endures but for a time, is not
permanent ; comp. 8, 6. So rj "^vfor a
time, i. e. a fixed period, which will come
to an end, Dan. 11, 24.
Plor. B'^ns, nins, see above init.
times ; i. e. a) As computed by those
learned in such matters ; e. g. n'^pisn ^r"!"!
Esth. 1. 13, and oTisb n'T'i 'Sn^ IChr.
12, 32. knowing of times, i.e. astrologers.
b) As connected with the vicissitudes of
men and things, 1 Chr. 29, 30. Dan. 9,
26. Is. 33, 6. Hence i. q. destiny, lot,
Ps. 31, 16. Also times of judgment, of
divine wrath. Job 24, 1 ; comp. in no. 5.
c) As implying repetition, Neh. 9, 28
man Ctw many times, repeatedly;
comp. Chald. '(a\ no. 2.
Denom. nn , ins , perh. pr. n. "^n? .
pS^ n? (time of the judge) with n
local p nns , Ittah-kazin, pr. n. of a city
in Zebulun. Josh. 19, 13.
* "T^l in Kal not used ; Chald. Pa.
ins to set, to place, to prepare ; Ithpa.
to set oneself^ to stand, i. q. za^nn.
Syr. Pe. and Pa. to set, to arrange. Arab.
^ > _,
(XxC. to be prepared, ready ; II, IV, to
prepare, to arrange. Kindr. are fO^ , n-'iB .
PiEL to make ready, prepare, Prov.
24, 27.
HiTHP. to be ready, destined, for any
thing, c. b Job 1.5. 28.
Deriv. T^ns, lir^, 1^5.
^1^ adv. (from TO_ time, with !i para-
gog. demonstr.) in pause JiPiS Mild Gen.
70
32, 5, like nnx , nnx ; pr. at the time.
Hence.
1. at this time, now, an opp. both to
time past and future, Josh. 14, 11. Hos.
2, 10. Is. 48, 7 ; and so Gen. 22, 12. 29,
32. Job 3, 13. 4, 5. Ps. 12, 6. 20, 7. al.
sffip. AIo now, already, Job 6, 3 ; and
poet. i. q. presently, shortly. Job 7, 21.
8, 6. cbis nsi niwo from this time even
for ever, Is. 9, 6. nns ns until this lime,
until now. Gen. 32, 5. 46, 34. MT nns
just now, this moment, see in rrr no. 3.
b. nnr ca yea now, see oa no. 3 ult.
nns s<b not now, no more. Is. 29. 22.
Freq. is nnsi and now, therefore. Gen,
3,22. 4, u! 21,23. 41,23. Neh. 5, 5. al.
2. Sometimes the notion of time is
dropped, and then like Gr. vvv, vvv, it is
used by way of emphasis, incitement,
now, come now, mostly with imperat.
Gen. 31, 13. Is. 30, 8. Mic. 4, 14 ; nns
r^iin 1 K. 1, 18. 2 K. 18, 21. Also with
interrog. Is. 36, 5 come now, on whom
dost thou trust ? V. 10 and now (r^ns^)
have I then come up without Jehovah 7
s ' ^
^^n? m. a he-goat ; Arab. OyXs. a
young goat, pr. well-formed, of perfect
age, robust ; comp. Jul. a horse r\dy-
fbr the course ; others, robust, of perfect
stature. Only plur. D'^'iins, o-inns,
Gen. 31, 10. 12. Num. 7, 17. Ps. 50, 9.
13. Prov. 27, 6. Is. 1, 11. al. Put for the
leaders of the flock Jer. 50, 8. Poet, of
the leader of a people, a prince. Is. 14 9.
Zech. 10, 3.
'I'lriy m. (r. Tns) i. q. T^rs, viz. a)
ready, prepared, Esth. 8, 13 Cheth. b)
Plur. mniins things prepared, i. e. ac-
quired, treasure. Is. 10, 13 Keri.
''^ (perh. i. q. "^PiS opportune) At-
tai, pr. n. m. a) 1 Clir. 2, 35. 36. b)
12, 11. c) 2 Chr. 11, 20.
''P^ m. adj. (from rs) timely, fit, op-
portune. Lev. 16, 21.
^Tl^ m. adj. (r. ins) 1. ready, pre-
pared, c. b Esth. 3, U. 8, 13. Job 15, 24.
Syr. and Arab. id.
2. practised, skilful, c. inf Job 3, 8.
Comp. t\JCt Conj. V, artis peritissimus
fuit ; see Schult. ad 1. c.
3. Plur. nin^ns a) things prepared'
for any one, i. e. things impending, des-
^m?
tined, Deut. 32. 35, b) things prepared
i. e. acquired, treasures, riches, lu vnu(j-
jfoJTw. Is. 10, 13 Cheth.
"IT? Chald. ready, Dan. 3, 15.
n^? (perh. i. q. n^b") Athaiah, pr.
1. m. Neh. 11, 4.
pT^ m. adj. (r. prs) splendid, spoken
of garments, Is. 23', 18 p^rs hb:^ ,
Targ. p'''? '03. It is here the splen-
dour of the sacerdotal vestments, handed
down from antiquity and preserved with
the highest care and veneration ; see
in r. '^^'Ti'S no. 4. Arab. ^^J'Lc old, an-
tique, put for that which is superexcei-
lent, of ancient name and honour.
p'^R? m. adj. (r. prs) \. taken away,
taken off, sc. from the mother's breast,
weaned. Is. 28, 9.
2. ancient, old, 1 Chr. 4, 22. See the
root, no. 2.
p"'!?? Chald. m. adj. ancient, senex,
Dan. 7, 9. 13. 22. Syr. ^hL id. See
r. ppr no. 2.
*t]j3n;? obsol. root, Arab. vibLt to
turn in, to take lodging. Hence
jTC? (lodging-place) Athach, pr. n. of
a place in the tribe of Judah 1 Sam,
30, 30,
5^7 obsol. root, Arab. JJlC to treat
with violence. Hence the two following.
''^^^ (for ^^^^S q. v.) Athlai, pr. n,
m. Ezra 10, 28,' '
^^?r? (whom Jehovah afflicts, r,
br) Athaliah, pr, n.
1. Masc. a) 1 Chr. 8, 26, b) Ezra
8,7.
2, Fern, a queen of Judah, the daugh-
ter of Ahab and Jezebel, 880-877 B. C.
2 K. 11. 1 ; elsewhere "n:^:^? id. 2 K.8,
26, 11, 2. 2 Chr. 22, 2, 23,' 21. 24, 7.
DL*; a root an. Xtyoft. in Niph. Is,
9, 18 through the anger of Jehovah CPiTJ
ynx the land is consumed, burned ; pa-
rail. the people are food for fire.' Sept.
ai'/xt'xKi'TMt. Cod. Alex, avyxui&iiaiiui.
Targ. rr'hn in burned. This Fenee is
required by the context; and is con-
9 ",-
firmed by Arab. j^Xr BufTocating heat,
and Eth. <P''V\'<^ angry, heated with
830 pny
anger. The Rabbins render it, the land
is darkened, comp. Arab. -vJiLc to be
darkened ; but against the context.
"^^ obsol. root, kindr, with ^rs,
i. q. Arab. ^^wCi to treat with violence.
s '.' ,
Comp. i^yX. lion. Hence the two fol-
lowing.
i:ri:^ (for n*3PS lion of Jehovah)
Olhni, pr. n, m,' 1 Chr, 26, 7.
hif;^:r<y (lion of God) Oth7uel, pr. n.
of one of the judges of Israel, Josh, 15,
17. Judg. 1, 13. 3, 9, 1 Chr. 4, 13. Gr.
J'oSoyuil Judith 6, 15, R. "ns,
*P^? fut. pPi:?':] 1. to be taken
away, removed, Job 14, 18. 18, 4. See
p'^nr no 1, and Hiph.
2. to be advanced in years, to grow
old, Job 21, 7. Ps. 6, 8 mine eye growelh
old ; comp. Lam. 3, 4. Arab. iSJiLc to-
be antique, old. Syr. v_Cii^ to grow old.
Chald. id. See p-^ns no. 2.
3. to be set free, manumitted, from the
idea of taking away ; comp. Is. 28, 9.
Arab. i^ji- fut. /; i^'Lc. manumit-
ted, free, 14^ freedom. Hence Heb,
'pT^^ in a bad sense, licentious, impudent
4. From the idea of age in no. 2. come
the signif to be antique, and thus to be
venerable, noble, splendid, in the manner
of antique wealth, or old wine, transmit-
ted from one's ancestors and preserved
ontouched ; see Schult. ad Prov, 8, 18.
Hence ^"S, p"'Pi5 ,
Hiph. Causat. o^ Kal no. 1, to take
away, to remove, Job 9, 5. Spec, a)
Of tents, to break irp, to remove, e. g. a
nomadic camp, Gtn. 12, 8. 26. 22. h)to
transfer, to transcribe, from one book into
another, hence i. q. to collect proverbs,
Prov. 25, 1. Sept. iif/Qufixrio, Vnlg.
iranstulerunt. Talmud, to copy, ta
translate, c) to take away from any
one. Job 32, 15 n''^'a cno sp-^nsn they
took from them words, impers. for words
were taken from ihem,' they could say
nothing.
Deri v. prv , pPS , p-'PS , p^P? ,
pn^ m, adj, pr, ' free, licentious,' i. c.
bold, impudent, vicked, 8ee the root no
PM
831
HKB
3, pM '13'n to speak imptulenthj, i. e.
arrogantly, wickedly, Ps. 31, 19. 75, 6.
94, 4. 1 Sam. 2, 3.
pn^ m. adj. (r. pri no. 4) ttplendid ;
Prov. 8, 18 pr'S (in , Vulg. ope auperlxe.
* I. "^^I? fut. ^P5'> 1. 1. q. laj?, to
6um incense lo a divinity ; Syr. i-iblk to
smoke with perfume, Ij-J^ fume, in-
cense; Arab. Jox. to breathe odours.
Hence "^nS no. 1.
2. to pray as a suppliant, to supplicate
God ; the prayers of the righteous
being likened to incense, comp. Rev. 5,
8, and (ivijfioijvrov li/g nQoaivxiji; Tob.
12, 12. Acts 10, 4. With b and bx Gen.
25, 21. Ex. 8, 26. 10, 18.' Judg.'lS, 8.
Job 33, 26.
NiPH. to let oneself he entreated by
any one, c. dat. i. e. to hear and answer
prayer; Gen. 25, 21 n^r^"^^ ib IPS'] and
Jehovah heard him. 2 Sam. 21, 14. Is.
19, 22. 2 Chr. 33, 13. 19. Ezra 8, 23. Inf.
absol. "liny? 1 Chr. 5, 20.
HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to pr-ay. to suppli-
cate, c. bx Ex. 8, 4. 25. 9, 28. Job 22,
27; }> Ex. 10, 17. With b and nsa to
entreat for, i. e, in behalf of any one, Ex.
8, 5. 24.
Deriv. nr5.
* H . "^1?^ in Kal not used, i. q. Chald.
"trs and Heb. 'i'&S , to be rich, abundant.
NiPH. id. Prov. 27, 6 abundant are the
kisses of an enemy ; opp. faithful are
the wounds of a friend.
HiPH. to make abundant, to multiply ;
Ez. 35, 13 D^'^nn'n 'bs cnnnrn'j ye mul-
tiply your iconh against me sc. impi-
ously. Comp. bina no. 2.
Deriv. n^rs and pr. n. irs,
^^ m. (r. lr,5 I ) constr. "inS , plur.
c. suff. "^"ins .
1. incense, fragrant smoke. Ez. 8, 11.
So correctly Sept. Vulg. Syr. Others
render it abundance ; comp. r. nns II.
2. a suppliant, worshipper of Glod,
Zeph. 3, 10.
"If}? (abundance) Ether, pr. n. of a
place in Simeon, Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7.
f^'^'C? f. abundance, riches, Jer. 33, 6.
R. "IPS II.
a
^S the seventeenth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
80. The name XB probably signifies
mx)uth, i. q. MB . It was pronounced like
<p, ph ; but with Dag. lene B also as tt,
p; see Lehrg. p. 20, 21. It is inter-
changed chiefly with the other labials
a and "O, where see
S^B adv. here, see ria .
I (CsS a root not used in Kal, to
breathe, to blow; like the kindr. nss
(nnr), also xiB . WS , n^a . all which are
onomatopoetic, and imitate the sound of
one blowing from his lips. Hence uti.
HiPH. Deut. 32, 26 cn-'XBX / will
blow them away, i. e. scatter them like
the wind. Sept. Siuirrtf^M aiToiv. Si-
ft^
monis compares here Arab. |Li which
has the eignif. of splitting, separating,
and so of wounding, dispersing ; but less
well. See more in Tliesaur. p. 1086.
Deriv. nxB, MB, n^B , niB"'B , and
words compounded with "^B .
nSS f. (from masc. nxB , HB , r. nxB)
constr. rxa , plur. pnb .
1. Pr. the mouth, then the face, like
Lat. OS. Syr. i.^1^ id. Like other femi-
nines it is everywhere transferred to
inanimate objects, i. q. side ; hence
a) Of the side or quarter of the hea-
vens ; as n^ pxs the west side, the west,
Ex. 27, 12.' Josh. 18. 14; rss pjja the
north side Ex. 26, 20. 27. 11 ; 253 PX3
the south side Ex. 27. 9. Num. 34. 3';
C"^1k ^'^^ ^^* ^"^^ *'^^^ ^^- '*^' ^- Often
with n local, as na^ pxe the side west-
ward, to the west. Ez. 48. 16 ; PXB
nres Josh. 15. 5 ; nsa: psb Josh. IS,
15 ; M;^''r^ "?3; ^?^ f^^ south side
nss
832
i9
southward Ex. 26, IS ; ruan]? rxs Num.
35.5; nrj'^i'a r^rf^'^ rNB the east side
eastward Ex. 38. 13. At or o?i the ide
of is r-xsb in Ex. and Joeh. 11. cc. but
rwssr; in Ez. 45, 7. 48, 2 sq.
b) Genr. side, quarter. parts; Lev. 13,
11 if any one have last his hair T'Ja rsB'O
from the side towards his face. i. e. from
his forehead, in front. Neh. 9, 22 cpbnnn
"txsb a??(Z diilst distribute them (the Is-
xaeiites) into rariojis quarters, i. e. dis-
trir.ts of the promised land. Jer. 48, 45
iSxii: rxE the parts of Moah. Parall. in
Num. 24, 17 is dual constr. 2i<l^ inXQ
q. d. the two sides of Moah. the whole
region; comp. n^rs"!^, o';''!^, all bor-
rowed from the human body and trans-
ferred to tracts of country. Symm. xU-
ftuta. Hence
2. the ea-treme part, extremity, cmmer,
e. g. of a field Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22; of the
sacred table Ex. 25, 26. 37, 13; of a
couch or divan, the place of honour, Am.
3, 12. Lev. 19, 27 cstuxn nxE iiEjsn sib
ye shall not round off (cut in a circle)
the extremity of your head of hair ; and
then is subjoined: nSQ rx ir-^nain sbl
?j3J?'r nor shalt thou mar the extremity
(corner) of thy heard; and this again is
thu.s expressed in Lev. 21, 5 C3;?1 nxa
sinba*^ 5<b nor shall they shave off the
extremity (corner) of their heard. Here
the ffiX"! rxB doubtless refers to the
extremities of the hair or locks along
the forehead, temples, and behind the
ears, which are not to be rounded off in
cutting. By the same analogy 'I^Jfl rsB
is put for the extremities or comers of
the heard running up from tlie musta-
chios and beard towards the ears; these
the Hebrews were forbidden to cut off;
,[and in this same respect, at the present
day, the Jews in the East are distin-
guished from the Muhammedans, who
trim this part of the beard. R.] To
the extremities of the hair or locks. rxB
uixn. i.s also to be referred the phrase
nxB ''Sisp clipped as to the locks, hav-
ing the locks clipped, rounded off. Jer.
9, 25. 25, 23. 49, 32. This is said with
a sort of contempt of the Arabs of the
desert, who are described by Herodotus
as wearing their hair cut in this man-
ner, Hdot. 3. 8. The Jewish inipp. here
render Hits parts, as in no. 2.
* Di?5 obsol. root. 1. to fill the
mouth with food, to swallow with effort.
Arab. -L id. also to satiate oneself
Eth. 't'-^'h<^ to have in the mouth a
morsel, lump, etc. 4^ii<3'^ morsel. It
is one of the roots ending in m which
express sounds made with the lips clos-
ed. Kindred is jv^ intellexit, pr. im-
butus est. Hence C^S for C^IXB mouth.
2. Arab. |VAi to be fat ; apparently
of the same family with Sanscr. ptna
fat, nipfXrii, nifiiXri, opimus, pinguis.
Hence n^-ia fat.
* I. "^i^S in Kal not used. 1. to be
beautifid. adorned; see "^XB, P.'iNEFI,
rrnttD, iT^XB. Kindr. is prob. ^^ to
excel in glory, to glory.
2. i, q. Arab. L mid. Waw, to boil,
to he hot, to glow ; i\yi fervid heat,
8 Jjj foam of a boiling pot ; kindr. i^S
to burn? Hence "i!|-iSB, nnQ.
Note. These two significations have
perh. no mutual connection ; that of
beauty belonging properly to this root
with mid. St, and the other being prob.
borrowed from a root i? .
PiEL "iSB to adorn, to beautify, to
honour, e. g. the sanctuary. Is. 60, 7. 13 ;
the people of God Is. 55, 5. Ezra 5, 27 ;
the poor with succour Ps. 149, 4; corap.
ornave beneficiis.
2. Denom. from STisiB, to hough, to go
over the boughs sc. in order to glean,
Deut. 24, 20.
HiTHP. \. to be adorned, honoured,
e. g. a people from Jehovah Is. 60, 21.
61, 3 ; of Jehovah, to glorify himself in
bestowing favours on his people, c. 3
Is. 44, 23. 49, 3.
2. to raunt oneself to glory, c. bs
against any one, Judg. 7, 2. Is. 10, 15.
Deriv. IXB, tr^siB, tTiNB, ItiXQ
Cnne), ir^NEn, n^XEFi.
Jj. iNs fo dig, to bore, esj>ec. in
the eartii J kindr. with "^KS. Arab. ^U to
dig down and hide in the earth. Hence
n^n for 'T^'<0 (Arab. SsLi) a mole or rat,
*1XS
833
and pr. n. 'j'lXD . To this root also wo
may refer
HiTHPA. "^J^Dnn to explain or de-
clare oneself; coinpiiro similar tropical
significations under "isa no. 2, and -;?3
no. 2. Ex. 8, 9 [5] 'lai 'r^lj ""bs nxsnn
declare unto me when, etc. where the
particle b? by n delicate idiom implies
command ; Sept. well ru^ut ni^o^-fit, Vulg.
couslitue tnihi. qiiando, etc. The Rab-
bins and many moderns render : Glory
over vie, when shall I entreat for thee ?
i. e. as they explain it, thou shalt have
from me this honour, viz. to appoint a
day when, etc. But this is far-fetched
and arbitrary.
"1S5D m. (r. nxB I ) c. suff. :;nXB ; plur.
f^nxa, constr. "'nxD Ex. 39, 28, but
C3nSB Ez. 24, 23 ; a head-dress, tire,
turban ; worn by females, Is. 3, 20 ;
priests, nsaai: "inx!? , Ex. 39. 28. Ez. 44.
18; a bridegroom. Is. 61, 10; by others
in gala dress. Is. 61, 3. Ez. 24, 17. 23.
nnSD i: (by Syr. for n^XB , r. "XB I )
only plur. ni-.sts Ez. 17,' 6, c. suff.
Tr-ii<Q Ez. 31, 5. 6, and by transp.
I'^rX'B V. 8. 12. 13, green branches, fo-
liage, pr. the ornament of a tree, Ez. II.
cc. Comp. in Syr. \j\^ fruit.
nnSB f. (by Syr. for n^SB, r. nx3 I )
a bough, branch, adorned with foliage,
Is. 10, 33. Several Mss. read mns .
"mXB m. (ibr i^iXS, r. nxs I) heat,
glow, and hence a pot, see "i^ns. Then
glow, flush of countenance ; Joel 2, 6
-i^-iXS sisap D^JS-bs all faces gather a
glow, are flushed with anxiety. Nah. 2,
11. Comp. for the same thing Is. 13, 8
DH-'.Jp canb 'DB ; also Ps. 10. 2. 39, 4.
Others : all faces withdraw their ruddi-
ness, i. e. grow pale with fear ; comp.
Joel 2. 10 and 4, 15 ens; ?BDX nia:"3
the stars withdraw their brightne.-;s. But
then it should be nnnsB ; and "in-^NS
without suff. implies a quality not natu-
ral to the countenance.
1"?^? (prob. region with caverns, r.
iXB II) Paran. pr. n. of a desert region
inhabited by nomadic tribes 1 K. 11. 18
lying between Mount Sinai, Palestine
and Idumea. So inctB lanis Gen. 21
21. Num. 10, 12. 13' 3. 26.' Deut. 1, 1
1 Sam. 25, 1. In the north-eastern part
70*
next to the 'Arabah, there is a broad
tract of mountains, "nxB "in Hab. 3, 3,
Deut. 33, 2; see Bibl.Res. in Palest. I.
p. 275. 11. p. 508, 609. Once spec. Gen.
14, 6 lanan-bs itix -(nsB b-^x the oak or
terebinth (f Paran which is by tfie desert,
Sept. zi()ij}iv&og rijs fl'uQur, prob. a noted
tree on the borders of Edom. The de-
sert of Paran in its widest sense included
also that of Zin in tiie Gh6r and 'Ara-
bah south of the Dead Sea, Num. 13, 26,
comp. 20, 1 ; and was also not far dis-
tant from Carmel and Maon, I Sam. 25,
1. Josephus mentions a valley Pharan,
apparently towards Idumea. with many
caverns, B. J. 4. 9. 4. This Paran has of
course no connection with the Pharan
of Eusebius, three days east of ^lana,
Onomast. art. 'ItuQiiv ; nor with the Fa-
ran or Feiran in the peninsula of Sinai ;
though it has often been confounded with
them. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
186, 552.
ys m. plur. n^aB unripe figs, which
hang on the tree over winter, grossly
g-rossidi, .Cant. 2, 13. Sept. oXw&oi.
R. MB .
^^S Arab. aS VII to be unripe,
e. g. fruit ; Syr. iia unripe, sour. The
primary idea seems to be that of cold,
transferred to late fruits ; comp. kindr.
JIB.
5^53 m. (r. bas) flth, unclea7iness,
abomination, i. q. y ^^'J ; so blJD nira
meat of pollution, unclean, Ez. 4, 14 ;
plur. c"'bjD pna broth of unclean meats
Is. 65, 4. Conor, for abominable, un-
clean. Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7.
'^^f' obsol. root, Talm. Pi. to make
stink, to render fetid; Hithp. to be fetid,
to stink. Arab, and Eth. (a and n being
interchanged) J^^ the food stinks,
A,ni\ to be unclean. Hence b^iae.
* ^'5? fut. 3:537 , imp. rSB .
1. to strike upon or against, to impinge,
Lat. pepigit from pango or pago which
is a root of the same" family. Comp.
also the kindr. pax for pacs, /jociscor,
Gr. ni\yvv(x}. Germ, pochen, and the
kindr. bocken, Bock, from striking, push-
ing, Engl. buck. Kindr. in termination
is the root S53 ; comp. -IS and 'iJaj .
-:3
834
ns
With 2 to strike vpon any person or
thing, to fall upon, to light upon, either
with purpose or accidentally, either with
violence or gently ; e. g. a) In a hos-
tile sense, to fall xipoji. 1 Sam. 22. 17.
18. Josh. 2, 16. Judg. 18, 25 ; espec. in
order to kill, hence to kill, to slay. Judg.
8, 21. 15, 12. 2 Sam. 1, 15. 1 K. 2, 25.
29. 31 sq. Once with ace. of pers. and
2 of thing, Ex. 5, 3 -in^n II^SB""""/? lest
he fall upon us with pestilence, b) In a
kind sense, to assail with petitions, to
urge, to entreat any one, c. 3 Ruth 1, 16.
Jer. 7, 16. 27, 18. Job 21, 15; also with
h of him for whom one asks or inter-
cedes, Gen. 23, 8. c) to light upon, to
meet with any one. c. 3 Gen. 32, 1 [2].
Num. 35, 19. 21; comp. Gen. 28, 11.
Also c. ace. Ex. 23, 4. 1 Sam. 10, 5. Am.
5, 19. d) to reach unto, to border upon,
c. 3 Josh. 16, 7. 17, 10. 19, 11.22. 26.27.
34 ; c. ^ Josh. 19, 11.
2. to strike a league with any one, to
make peace with him, Lat. paciscor (see
above), c. nx with ; pr. ' to strike hands
with,' in ratifying a covenant; see pSO
I, Hithp. So in two passages of Isaiah,
which have been variously explained by
nnterpreters, Is. 64, 4 nit5"1 bb-rs nssa
*,p"is thou makest peace with him who re-
joiceth to do justice, i. e. with the just
.and upright man thou art in league, thou
delightest in him. he is ^jn'^-is ttJiS . ai'^x
?^T:iVJ. With rx impl. Is. 47, 3 I will
itake vengeance fi*ix "5EX xbl and I will
.not make peace with man, i. e. will make
jpeace with none before all are destroyed.
HiPH. s-'ssn, fut. r-^si .
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a, <o cau.se to
fall upon any one, to lay upon. Is. 53. 6
8i3|3 -,is rx 13 5^ sen he hath laid on
.him the iniquity nf us all.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to caiise to
supplicate. Jer. 15, 11 "nx ... ^3 "^Pi^r.Bn
3|]Xn / will cause the enemy to come as a
suppliant to thee. So Chald. L. de Dieu,
Rosenm.
3. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal. no. 1. a, to
fall upon. Part. S^SB'O an assailant,
.enemy. Job 36, 32. b) i. q. Kal no. l.b,
4o assail with prayers, to entreat, to sup-
plicate, c. 3 Jer. 36. 25 ; c. b of him /or
whom one intercedes Is. 53, 12. Part.
LS'^JE^ an intercessor, defender, Is. 59, 16.
Deriv. '|B^ , also the two following.
;??S m. 'what lights upon any one,'
incident, event, chance, Ecc. 9. 1 1 ; with
yn an evil occurrence 1 K. 5, 18 [4].
^Ifp'Sy^ (event of God) Pa^/e/,pr. n.
of a phylarch of the tribe of Asher,
Num. 1, 13. 2, 27. R. SSQ .
"'i'^ in Kal not used. Piel to he
faint, weak, exhausted, 1 Sam. 30, 10.
21. Talmud. Pi. to be languid, lazy.
Syr. isZ) (3 and B being interchanged)
to be attenuated, weak. Hence
"lI^'S m. in pause *iS ; plur. n'^'nSB,
constr. "^"ir-B , a corpse, carcass, of man
Is. 14, 19.' 34, 3. Jer. 31, 40. Ez. 6, 5.
43.7. 9; of beasts Gen. 15, 11. With
na added 2 K. 19, 35. Is. 37, 36. Comp.
Syr. i|-w^) also of a living body. Sing,
collect". 1 Sam. 17, 46. Am. 8. 3. Metaph.
C3''b<i^; "^753 the carcasses (ruins, frag-
ments) of yo7ir idols, Lev. 26, 30.
'^2^ fut. OSS'! , to strike against, to
light upon, kindr. with s;,B and 11355 ,
comp. in bps . a) In a hostile sense, fo
fall upon, to attack any one, c. ace. Ex.
4, 24. Hos. 13, 8. b) By chance, to fall
in with, to meet, c. ace. Gen. 32. 18. 33,
8. Ex. 4, 27. 1 Sam. 25. 20. 2 Sam. 2,
13. Is. 34, 14; c. 3 Prov. 17, 12.
NiPH. recipr. to meet together, i. e. one
another, Ps. 85, 11. Prov. 22. 2. 29, 13.
Pi El i. q. Kal. lett. b, to light upon any
thing, to meet with, poet. Job 5, 14.
*"^"3 fut. rrns^ 1. Pr. to cut, to
cid in turn or in pieces ; Arab. ItXi id.
Hence r.iiD . Spec. ' to cut loose ;'
whence
2. to ransom, to redeem, Ex. 13. 13. 15.
34, 20. Lev. 27, 27. With 3 of price, as
Ex. 34. 20 nb3 n^Bn -lirn -us the first-
ling of an ass thou shall redeem with a
lamb. Poet, to redeem from death, Ps.
49, 8.
3. With "i^ , to let go free, to set free,
e. g. God his people from servitude
Deut. 7, 8. 13,6. Mic. 6. 4. Ps. 130,8;
any one from straits 2 Sam. 4. 9. 1 K. 1
29. Ps. 25, 22; from death Job 5, 20
from the hand ("!!, ClSt?) of enemies
thewicked. Jer. 15.21. 31.11. Job 6,23
from the power of Sheol Hos. 13. 14
|i3 c. inf Job 33, 28 ; absol. B CBS rv^^
ma
836
Ml
to preserve the life of any one Pa. 34, 23.
71, 23. Sometimea retaining the figure
of a redemption, it is put for the, deliver-
ance of Isruel out of Egypt, 2 Sum. 7,
23. 1 Chr. 17, 21 ; and from Babylon Is.
35, 10. 51, 11.
4. to let go, to dismiss, as the priest a
firstling, Num. 18, 15. 17.
NiPH. pass, of no. 2, Lev. 19. 20. 27,
'29; of no. 3, Is. 1,27.
HiPH. n'ncn, causat. of Kal no. 1, Ex.
21, 8.
HopH. pass, inf absol. n^Brt Lev. 19,
20.
Deriv. bsn-iD oi-na .
'^\^"jO (whom God delivers) Peda-
hel, pr. n. in. Num. 34, 28. R. vn'Q .
l^rriS (whom the rock i. e. God de-
livers) Pedahzur, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 10.
2, 20. R. n-iB .
""no m. (r. nns) only in plur. W^l^tQ ,
price of redemption, ransom, Num. 3,46
8q. IS. 16. Elsewhere D"'71''B as part,
pass. plur. the delivered, rescued, Is. 35,
10. 51, 11. See the root no. 3 fin.
pHB (deliverance, r. fT^S) Padon, pr.
n. m. Ezra 2, 44. Neh. 7, '47.
tVilTS f (r. iTia) 1. division, distinc-
tion, Ex. 8, 19"[23]. Sept. diuaroX^,
Vulg. dicisio. Aben Ezra wisn . Comp.
Muntinghe in Diss. Lugdd. p. 1154.
2. deliverance, Ps. Ill, 9. 130, 7. Is.
50, 2.
^t"?? (whom Jehovah delivers) Pe-
daiah, pr. n. m. a) The father-in-law
of king Josiah 2 K. 23, 36. b) 1 Chr. 3,
18. c) Neh. 3, 25. d) 11, 7. e) 8, 4.
13, 13.
in^'IB (id.) Pedaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
27,20.
Di-^nS m. Num. 3, 49, and tl^ Ex.
21, 30. Ps. 49, 9, price of redemption,
ransom, Ivtqov. R. nns .
\l^ obsol. root of uncertain prima-
ry signification. From it have come:
1. Arab. /j<^ '^ build high; hence
6 '--
jmJo a high tower ; see Heb. n?!*-
2. Arab, .j! Jo and ^ttXi a yoke of
oxen, a plough, a measure of land, Fed-
ddn; also Syr. Jj^*) Chald. I??, id.
But Syr. )J|-i>a a valley, plain, depress-
ed region ; a signif not obviously allied
to the preceding. Hence
n? Gen. 48, 7, i. q. Syr. liyl* , a
plain, low region, fully cnx '("nB the plain
of Syria, Padan-Aram, i. e. MesojKttamia
with the desert on the west of the
Euphrates, opp. to the mountainous re-
gion along the Mediterranean ; Gen. 25,
20. 31, 18. 33, 18. 35, 9. 46, 15. With
n local o-nx ns^Q Gen. 28, 2. 5. 6. 7. In
Hos. 12, 13 c"^^ nnia id. whence it ap-
pears that 'j^s is nearly equivalent to
'^1^ i. q. STiB fo deliver; once Job
33, 24 nno ptnTS wsno deliver him
from going down to the pit ; comp. in v.
28 nnD in a like connection. In other
roots too the forms 53 and rib are kin-
dred and stand side by side ; comp. 51^
and nj^ . SE^ and HB'^ . Five Mss. here
read 1'"'?iB loose or dismiss him; but
less adapted to the context, while the T
is also sustained by the parall. v. 28.
"' J^ obsol. root, prob. to nourish, to
fatten ; comp. Arab. r\ Jo to fatten an-
imals, r and n being interchanged ; and
more frequently ^ Jo to become fiit,
thick. jmJo fat, fatness. In the Indo-
European tongues comp. Germ. Fatter,
Engl. food, fodder, later Lat. fodrum ;
a\so felt. Engl, fat, Icel.feitr from the
root foeden to nourish. The primary
radical syllable is fad, which in many
forms takes r. comp. pita, pater ; pigeo,
piger, "'SB. Hence
"^7 ^- i" pause "t'lQ , c. suff. Ii'ip.ya^,
grease, Lev. 1, 8. 12. 8. 20. Sept." (ttsuq.
i^S ixi. (r. nsQ; for nxB, as naj for
nxb) constr. ''B for ''XB ; c. suff. ''D
Arab. ^ ; ?]''B , f. rpB ; r B and WD , f.
n''D ; irs ; CD-^D ; tr\'^ Deut. 21, 5,
poet. Ta-is Ps. 17, 10 ; plur. in signif no.
3 n-iB I Sam. 13, 21, and r-i'D Prov.5,4.
1. the 'mouth, so called from breathing
and blowing, see the root and Ps. 135,
17, comp. ^^^ ryn Ps. 33, 6 ; like Cjx nose
5 s, - s-
from ?3X. Arab. 8j, ui, sli, }sS,
836
ns
constr. yi, ^^, Li, id. Spoken of the
mouth ot" man and beast, e. g. of the Hon
Ps. 22, 22 (whence poet. Job 36, 16
IS ^^^^c from tlie mouth i. e. jaws of the
enemy) ; of the crocodile Job 41, 11. 13;
and of the beak of birds Gen. 8, 11. Is.
10, 14. As the instrument of speech
Ex. 4, 11. 12. Num. 22, 28 (of Balaam's
ass). Ps. 37, 30. 115, 5. 135, 16. Is. 1,
20. al. saep. So oi eating or devouring
Is. 9, 11. Ez. 2, 8. 3, 27. 4, 14. Dan. 10,
3 ; of tasting Gen. 25, 28 ; of kissing
Cant. 1, 2; of laughter Job 8, 21 ; of
breathing, see above. So ne ^3^ heavy-
mouthed^ i. e. slow of speech Ex. 4, 10 ;
Pr'7 '""S smooth mouth i. e. flattering
Prov. 26, 28 ; niann "^B a mouth of deceit
Ps. 109, 2. As phrases may be noted :
a) To speak with any one fiB'bx ns
mouth to mouth, i. e. in person, without
mediator or interpreter, Num. 12, 8 ;
comp. rs cs re Jer. 32, 4 ; ?]"^B"r!< ^in-'s
34, 3 ; also vga 1 K. 8, 15. b) ^r^^f HB
with one mouth, with one voice or accord
Josh. 9, 2. 1 K. 22, 13. 2 Chr. 18, 12.
Syr. >cas ,_ ,Jjo. c) Job 19, IQ I en-
treat him ''B 1133 with my whole mouth,
i. e. with all my strength of voice ; and
so 'Ea Ps. 89, 2. 109, 30 ; also in ace. Ps.
66, 17 "^rixn;? 'b r^S fcry unto him with
my whole mouth; see for this ace. Heb.
Gr. 135. 1. n. 3. d) 'b "3 cib to put
in one^s mouth sc. words, to suggest what
one shall say, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23,
5. 12. 2 Sam. 14, 19. Is. 59, 21 ; 'Da ",1^3
id. Deut. 18, 18. Ps. 40, 4. Jer. 1, 9^
Also i. q. Deut. 31, 19. Further, to be
'b 'Ba in one's mouth, i. e. so as to be of-
ten spoken of as a law Ex. 13, 9; comp.
Ps. 5. 10. 38. 15. Diff. is 2 Sam. 17, 5 let
US hiar rEa'Pia what is in his mouth, i. e.
what he has to say. e) nE"br vpon the
mouth, Gr. uvu arofta, inl aioftu, where
we say in or into the mouth ; Nah. 3, 12
tfiey (the r}g8)fall b=is 'fi-bs into the
mouth of the eater. Mic. 3. 5. So that
which is spoken is said to be HE'bs upon
the mouth, where we say i/pon the lips.
Bee in fe A. 1. 2 Sam. 13, 32 ''B-bj
ma-'to rtr-r\ cibliax ;>ora the lips of Ab-
salom hath this been purjMsed, i. e. he
has often spoken of it, has not concealed
it. But fTB-b? *i; t!ib to lay the hand
upon the mouth, i. q. to be silent, Judg.
18. 19. Job 21, 5. 40, 4. Mic. 7, 16 ; comp.
nab T^ Prov. 30, 32. f ) 's "iBia ana to
write from the mouth of any one, at his
dictation, Jer. 36, 4. 27, 32. 45, 1. g) nsn
>; 'B the breath of the mouth of Jehovah,
for the wind Job 15, 30; for his power-
ful and creative word or command, fiat,
Ps. 33, 6.
Further, the mouth is also put by
meton. aa) For a speaker, spokesman,
Ex. 4, 16 nsb ^jV n'ln';" xsin, comp. 7. 1
where it is si^a; .' Jer. 15, 19. bb) Fof
voice, sound. Am. 6, 5 basn 'B~bs> to the
sound of the lyre, cc) For speech, dis-
course ; Ps. 49, 14 their followers -v|"'B3
IS"^'^ delight in their sayings, dd) For
command, precept, order ; 'b "'D'bs ac-
cording to the command of any one, by
order of, Gen. 45, 21. Ex. 17, 1. Lev. 24,
12. Num. 3, 16. Josh. 19, 50. Job 39, 27;
more rarely ^a-Ks Josh. 15, 13. 17, 4. 21,
3 ; 'Ea 1 Chr. 12', 23. Also 'b 'B 'lOUi
to keep the commandment of any one
Ecc. 8, 2 ; contra, "'BTX (nn?3) rvran
to relyel against a command, see in nno.
In like manner "^^ "B "i3S to transgress
the command of Jehovah Num. 14, 41.
22, 18. 24, 13. 1 Sam. 15, 24. Prov. 8, 29.
So perh. Ps; 17, 3 'B'tas;;; ba "^niBT,
see in art. nst . ee) For counsel, opi-
nion, decision, e. g. of a judge Deut. 21,
5. So in the phrase 'b "DTN bxtlj to
ask the opinion or counsel of any one
Gen. 24, 57. Josh. 9, 14. Is. 30, 2. Also
of testimony, as C^"}? D^sai "'B"!:? at the
mouth of two witnesses, i. e. by their tes-
timony. Deut. 17, 6. 19, 15; c^n? ''Bb
Num. 35, 30.
2. a mouth, i. e. an aperture, orifice,
entrance; e. g. of a sack Gen. 42, 27. 43,
12. 21. 44, 1 ; of a well Gen. 29, 2. 3. 8 ;
of an ephah Zech. 5, 8 ; of the laver
1 K. 7, 31 ; of a cavern Josh. 10, 18. 22,
27, and hence of Sheol Ps. 141. 7. Is. 5,
14 ; also of any garment which sur-
rounds the neck, Ex. 39. 23. Job 30, 18.
Ps. 133, 2 ; CK-^n -^B id. Ex. 28, 32. So
of a city, Lat. ostium, Prov. 8, 3. Hence
reb ns entrance to entrance, i. e. from
one end to the other, 2 K. 10.21. 21, 16;
rn^-bs nja^a id. Ezra 9, 11. So Arab.
|vi, Ethiop. A-4J, Gr. aTofta, id.
3. mouth of the sword, i. e. the edge,
as biting and devouring like the mouth,
ns
niB
eomp. r. Van no. 2. Syr. U^'^m^ ^oajs ,
Ethiop. ^4^, ed?e of the sword. So in
the phra.ses: a'^n ^cb nan /o smile with
the edge of the sword, see in n35
Hiph. no. 2. d, and b no. 3. e. fin. ""Eb J"in
ann Gen. 3t, 27 ; =-in "tb cnnn Josh.
6,Vl. 11, 11. 1 Sam. 15, 8; ann ^ob man
<o discomfit with the edge of the sword,
Judg. 4, 15 ; a-jn 'ob tibn id. E.\'. 17, 13;
also a-in ub bcj Josh. 8, 24. Judg. 4, 16.
Here ain ^cb nan etc. does not difler
from anna Tijin Josh. 11, 10, except as
being more vivid. Sept. naii'tixau) iv
tTTOfiitTi Ttj: (toft(pniug. Phir. D'^p edges
of cuttintT instruments I Sam. 13, 21 ;
ri'B id. Prov. 5, 4.
4. a portion, part, pr. a mouthful,
morsel, co.Tip. i^ no. 7. Deut. 21, 17 "^D
0^30 the portion of two, i. e. a double
portion. 2 K. 2, 9 ; also two parts of
three, two thirds, Zech. 13, 8 ; conip. T^
l.c.
5. i. q. fem. nxQ , the side or extremity
of any thing. Is. 19, 7 -1x7 "^p-bs on the
sid^oflhe Nile, not ' at the mouth of the
Nile.'
6. With prepositions it assumes almost
the nature of a particle :
a) 'SS ) according to the command
of, 1 Chr. 12, 23. /?) according to the
mention or notation of i. e. in proportion
to. according to. Ex. 16. 21. Lev. 25, 52
I'^jtlj ''E3 according to his years. Num. 6,
81. 7, 5. 8. 35, 8. ;') i. q. 3 , "iiaa , as, like;
Job 33, 6 bxb tj-'sjd "^rx I am, as thou, of
God sc. created. d) illix "^BS Conj.
according as, even as, Mai. 2, 9; and
without I'lJx ellipt. so as, so t/iat, Zech.
2, 4.
b) 'Eb , i. q. IBS , see b no. 13. a) by
or according to the command of i. q.
simpl. according to; Gen. 47, 12 "'fib
Cizjn according to the number of the
children. Lev. 25, 16. 27, 16. Num. 26,
54. Prov. 12, 8. Hos. 10. 12 sow ye in
justice, "ipn ^sb ^'i'^p and reap accord-
ing to your piety, fi) With infin. ac-
cording to. Ex. 16, 16. 18. 12, 4 ; also
when, i. q. b c. inf Num. 9, 17. Jer. 29,
10 ; see in b lett. C. no. 7.
c) ''a"bs ) upon the mouth, where
we say in or into the mouth, see in no. 1.
e. /?) on the side, see no. 5. ;') at the
sound of see no. 1. bb ; according to the
command of, by order of, see no. 1. dd ;
by the testimony of, see no. 1. ee. Hence
d) i. q. 'Ea, "^Eb , according to, Num. 26,
56. Lev. 27, 18." Deut. 17, 10. Ex. 34,27.
Gen. 43. 7 n^xn Q-'na^n "o-hy accord-
ing to these things, as things were, truly.
iiyx 'B'bs according as, Lev. 27. 8.
sis or in, once i^D Job 38, 11, (perh.
contr. from inD i. q. ina in this or that
sc. place, like Sia Ibr ^na) Adv. of place.
1. here, in this place, Gen. 19, 12. 22,
5. 40, 15. Josh. 18, 6. 8. al. ea;pe. ris^ ,
iDa, /ro//i fiere, hence, Ez. 40, 21, 26. 34.
37. riCQ riDTD hence hence, on this
side on that side, Ez. 40, 10. 12. 21. 41,
2. For riB"ix see in its place.
2. hither, 1 Sam. 16, 11. Ezra 4, 2.
G^
ns^D (perh. Arab. SjCji mouth) PmoA,
pr. n. m. a) A son of Issachar 1 Chr.
7, 1; for which Gen. 46, 13 and Num.
26, 23 njD Puvah. b) Judg. 10, 1.
* 3^S3 fut. SIE;^, with Vav conv. MJV
1. to be cold, without vital warmth.
Syr. and Arab. id. The primary idea
is that of breathing, blowing, cooling,
see Heb. fli3 , the palatal and guttural
being interchanged. Gen. 45. 26 33^1
"iab but his heart was cold, did not warm
with joy, was not moved. Trop. to be
torpid, sluggish, slack, Ps. 77, 3. Hab.
1, 4: friget lex.
NiPH. fo 6e torpid, languid, Ps. 38, 9.
Deriv. njsisn and
n^^B f remission, pause, Lam. 2, 18.
'V\ti , see r. n^Q .
n^B see in nxsiES.
* H^S fut. nis; , i. q. nsj q. V. to
pttff, to blow, to breathe. Arab. _Li
and ^vi to breathe odours, to be fra-
grant. Syr. ^.ms to blow, Pa. to refresh,
to cool, sc. the air by a breeze. Cant.
2, nai'sn nis;;'!; ^^ until the day breathes,
i. e. until the breeze comes and the heat
remits, until evening. Cant. 4, 6. Cotnp.
n:n no. 2, and JiQ .
Hiph. 1. With ace. to blow upon, as
a wind Cant. 4, 16.
2. to breathe out words, to utter, e. g.
falsehood Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5. 19, 5. 9 ;
also in a good sense, to speak the truth.
12. 17.
t3l5
838
a*)B
3. to pant, i. e. to hasten, Hab. 2, 3.
Comp. TiXO Ecc. 1, 5.
4. With a to blow into a flame, to
kindle up a 'fire, Ez. 21,36. Trop. c,
ace. Prov. 29, 8 to kindle up a city, i. e.
to excite sedition.
5. ^o puff at, i. q. ^o rai7 af any one, c.
a Pe. 10, 5 ; is Ps. 12, 6 ib n^t'^ (n<^s)
trAojTi f Acy puffed at, i. e. the oppressed.
Deriv. n"B .
* tJ^SH obsol. root, Syr. Aph. fo de-
spise, to afflict. See i>X"^asD .
tJ^B PhtU, pr. n. of a warlike African
people, descended from Ham, Gen. 10, 6.
Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 27, 10. 30, 5. 38, 5. Nah.
3, 9. Sept. and Vulg. usually Libya,
with which also Josephus agrees. Ant.
1. 6. 2. Phut then prob. comprised the
Libyans next to Egypt, while D'^Slb
was a more general term, Nah. 3, 9.
See Thesaur. p. 1093.
bS-ia^D (afflicted of God) Putiel, pr.
n. ra. Ex. 6, 25.
yiB ''tSIS Egyptian pr. n. Potiphera,
the father-in-law of Joseph, and priest
of Heliopolis, Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20.
Sept. lltiBiforj, JIsvTKfQtj, i. q. neTG-
ApH qui Solis est. Soli proprius ; see
Champollion Precis du Systeme Hie-
roglyphique, Tableau general, p. 23. PI.
12. Found in various forms on Egyp-
tian monuments ; see Rosellini Monum.
Storici I. p. 117. Thesaur. p. 1094.
-iSi-piB (contr. for 5^3 "^'J-B) Poti-
phar, pr. n. of the chief of Pharaoh's
body-guard, Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1.
sj^S obsol. root, uncert. but perh.
i. q. Talmud. Pa. n^B . to paint, to lay on
colours. Hence
?I^B m. i. q. Gr. (plxoc, hnt.fitcns, i. e.
paint, dye, with which the Hebrew
women tinged their cye-lashes; prepared
from antimony (stibium) or minium ; see
in r. bns. Sept. axtftfil, Vnlg. Klibinm.
2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4, 30. Comp. pr. n.
"I'^n *i"li^' Ib- 54, 11 with eye-paint
(stibium) will I lay thy stonen. i. e. I will
use it as cement in laying thy walls.
1 Chr. 29. 2 r(iB-'!< atonj-s of paint,
used in building the temple ; prob. a
more costly kind of stones, or species of
marble, used for ornamenting and as it
were painting the walls or pavements.
^ifi m. (r. bbs) a bean, 2 Sam. 17, 28.
Ez. 4, 9. Mod. Arab. J^^ , iijyi , id.
The etymology is to be referred to the
idea of roZ/ing-; from its round form ; comp.
Lat. bulla, Belg. bol a bean, peul, p(zul,
chick-pea, bolle onion.
51B Pul, pr. n. 1. A people and re-
gion in Africa as. yet unknown, Is. 66,
19 ; where it is coupled with l^b . Vulg.
Africa. Bochart, Phaleg. IV. cap. 26,
with little probability understands PAiVcB,
a large island of the Nile between Egypt
and Ethiopia, called by the Egyptians
nj^^K e. border, far country, see
Champollion I'Egypte I. p. 158. See
Thesaur. p. 1094.
2. A king of Assyria who preceded
Tiglath-pileser, about 774-759 B. C.
2 K. 15, 19. 1 Chr. 5, 26. The name
may signify elephant, i. q. Sanscr. pil,
Pers. Joo; or better lord, king, i. q.
Sanscr. pdia, Pers. ^U , lofty, highest.
The same syllable is found in Nabo-
poZasar.
D^S and DB Chald. m. c. suff. .1233
Dan. 7, 5, more correctly without Da-
ghesh ; contracted for D^iXB , C^XB , r. CXB ,
as CTO for C!iXT3 ; i. q. Heb. ns , mouth
Dan, 4, 28. 6. 23, 7, 5. 8. 20 ; an aper-
ture, entrance, Dan. 6, 18. Syr. pco.3
id. Arab. |vi, |vi. (vi.
I^S perh. i. q. Arab, ^jjt or Jol,
comp. bsx.
1. to set, spoken of the sun, to become
dark, see "(blB ,
2. to be perplexed, distracted. Once
fut. Ps. 88. 16 njJiss, Sept. |)jn:o(ir^5jjv,
Vulg. conturbatus sum.
Deriv. pr. n. ""J^B, ',b>iB.
ri21B spoken of a gate of Jerusalem
2 Chr. 25, 23 ; see in r. n:B B. no. 2. fin.
''3^6 Punite, patronym. from a pr. n.
'|iB, a person unknown. Num. 26, 23.
J-IB (darkness, r. 'IB) Punon, pr. n.
of a station of the Israelites in the desert
after leaving Mount Hor, Num. 33, 42.
43. Prob. Gr. 'I'uitM, Lat. Phemm. cele-
brated according to Jerome for its mines
yi3
839
)1B
in which convicts were sentenced to hi-
boar, between Petni and Zoar ; de Locis
Heb. See Relandi Paleestina p. 952.
The same is *|5^n .
0^
nyiD (i. q. nxno, Amb. 1U^ mouth,
or according to Simonis for nsiB"' splen-
did) Puah, pr. n. f. Ex. 1, 15.
Y^S only in fut. yw^, imper. plur.
lUB, once part. pass. c. suff. ^S*0 Zeph.
3, 10, i. q. yt} q. v.
1. to break or dash in pieces. See Pii.
Hithp.
2. to scatter, to disperse ; Ez. 46, 18
that tfwij scatter not my people every man
from his possession, i. e. expel them.
Part. pass. ^1D dispersed; Zeph. 3, 10
"XiD ra the daughter (congregation) of
my dispersed. Elscwliere only intrans.
to be scattered, to disperse themselces,
e. g. a flock Ez. 31, 5. Zech. 13, 7 ; a
people Gen. 11. 4. Num. 10, 35. 1 Sam.
11, 11. 14, 34. 2 Sam. 20. 22. Ps. 68, 2.
3. to overflow, to be superabnnda.nt, of
fountains Prov. 5, 16 ; metaph. of pros-
perity, 2iBia, Zech. 1. 17.
NiPH. 'f^iB: pass, to be scattered, dis-
persed, e. g. an army 2 K. 25, 5. Jer. 52,
8; a people Ez. 11, 17. 20, 34. 41. 28,
25. 34, 12. So of voluntary dispersion,
to disperse themselces, to he scattered, as
a flock not watched Ez. 34, 6. 1 K. 22,
17 ; a people by removing to various
regions Gen. 10, 18. 2 Sam. 18, 8/or the
battle was scattered over the face of all
the country, extended itself. Niph. does
not dirter from Kal in signification; but
in Niph. only praet. and part, are used ;
in Kal only fut. and imperative ; comp.
Ez. 34, 5 Kal, v. 6 Niph.
PiL. I'^iS to break in pieces, a rock
with a hammer Jer. 23, 29.
PiLP. ys^S to break in pieces, a man
by dashing him upon the ground or
against a rock. Job 16, 12.
HiPH. 1. Trans, a) to scatter seed
Is. 28, 25. b) to scatter, to disperse, as
the wind a cloud Job 37, 11 ; inhabitants
Is. 24, 1 ; an army, to discomfit, to rout,
Hab. 3, 14. Ps. 18, 15. 144. 6. Jer. 13, 24.
18, 17. Oi'ten with adjunct of place
whither a people is scattered, Deut. 30,
3. Jer. 30, 11 ; c. 3 Deut. 4, 27. 28. 64.
Neh. 1, 8. Jer. 9, 15. al. comp. Gen. 49, 7.
Also to let be scattered, as a shepherd his
flock Jer. 23, 1 . 2. Part. yt'O a disperaer,
devastator. Nah. 2, 2 [Ij. c) to put to
flight a single person Job 18, 11. d) to
let overflow, to pour abroad, metaph. of
anger Job 40, 11.
2. Intrans. to disperse oneself, spread
oneself abroad, e. g. the east wind over
the earth Job 38, 24 ; a people Ex. 5, 12.
1 Sam. 13, S.
HiTHPAL. yatisnn to be broken in
pieces, to be scattered as dust, e. g. moun-
tains Hab. 3, 5 [6].
Note. An example of the form Tiphel
(see Heb. Gramm. 54. 5. Lehrg. p. 254)
occurs in the common reading Jer. 25,
34 CS'^n'S'iBFi / will scatter you. Other
Mss. and editions read CD^niSicn your
dispersions, which is also expressed by
Aqu. Symm. Vulg. The former is bet-
ter suited to the context.
Deriv. J^'^E^ a mallet.
! H^3 to move to and fro, to waver ^
to be unsteady, Is. 28, 7. Kindr. is Arab.
^kli to become poor, comp. in 715^.
Of the same stock perh. is Germ, wank-
en, with a sibilant prefixed schwanken,
(old Germ, wagen), diminut. racillo,
wac/icln, Engl, to wag. Comp. T^^a.
HiPH. id. Jer. 10, 4 piB"" xbi and it
vwvelh not.
Deriv. Hjria, p-'B.
* 11. p^S to go out, i. q. Chald. pB3 .
Hi PH. 1. to give out, to furnish, to
supply, Ps. 144, 13 ; c. dat. Is. 58, 10, see
in CS3 no. 2, end of 2d par. p. 685.
2. To cause to go out from any one, to
cause him to give, i. e. to get, to obtain^
from any one, Prov. 3, 13. 12, 2. 8, 35.
18, 22. Sept. lafttiavb).
3. to bring out fully, to further, to let
succeed, Ps. 140, 9.
fl/^^D f (r. plO I) an obstacle in the
way, which causes one to stagger, a
stumbling-block, i. q. bidsia, 1 Sam. 25,
31.
"I ^5 i. q. -i^a, to break, to break in
pieces. Hence
Hiph. "I'^BH id. i. q. "iBH, trop. to frus-
trate, Ps. 33, 10. Ez. 17, 19.
Deriv. rrnsis wine-press.
"I1B m. a lot, die, a Persian word, i. q.
^nia by which it is explained Esth. 3, 7.
"1*12
840
ns)
It corresponds to Pers. SnLj pAreh part,
jwrtion, whence ^jk^vJ BjLj topart, and
x^ ^ > behre part, lot Of the same fam-
ily is also Lat. pars ; comp. too Heb. r.
n^B and tiB. Plur. cnsiB lots Esth. 9, 24.
Also c-'Sn 'C7 V. 31. and simply C^nsia
V. 29. 32, the festival of Purim, i. e. of lots,
celebrated by the Jews in memory of
the events recorded in the book of Esther,
on the 14th and 15th days of the month
6c'.
Adar. Arab. (? festival of Purim.
n^^B f. a wine-press. Is. 63, 3. Hagg.
8, 16. R. 1-D .
Srn^D Poratha, Pers. pr. n. of one of
the sons of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. Sept.
Vat. 'iHiQuSuxfu, Alex. Bn(j5u&u or fl'a^-
^a&ii Hence perh. xn^lB is contr. for
6<rn~'!S sorte datus ; comp. n'i"inB .
* umS fut. iliflSPi 1. to he scattered,
dispersed, kindr. with yiB; see Niph.
Chaid. id. A Iso to spread oneself to over-
flow, as a stream ; see 'pd'^a . Hence
2. to be proud, to show off proudly,
from the idea of a stream proudly over-
flowing, comp. pTi'S no. 3. Arab. jiLi
mid. Ye, I, III, id. So of a horseman
prancing proudly Hab. 1, 8; of calves
leaping and sporting. 2 pers. DP'ro Mai.
3, 20 [4, 2]. Jer. 50, 11. Sept. ctx<(<to).
NiPH. to be scattered, dispersed, Nali.
3, 18.
Deriv. pr. n. "liia^p .
ri"S obsol. root, Arab oLi mid.
Waw, 10 be apart, to he separated one
from another, to have an interval be-
tween two things. Kindr. is rns, also
cijbi, interval between the fingers.
Hence ns.
"^n^D Puihite, patronym. once 1 Chr.
2,53.
TB m. (r. TtB I) pr. adj. purified, pure,
an epithetof gold Cant. 5, 11 ; then itself
for pure gold, fine gold, Ps. 21, 4. Lam.
4,2. Is. 13. 12. al. Distinguished from
ordinary gold, Ps. 19, 11. 119, 127. Prov.
8, 19. Roscnmuller prefers to render it
solid or massive gold, comparing \\*\a
Bolid, heavy; but in a case so doubtful
I would not desert the authority of the
book of Chronicles; see in t]0 Hoph.
BibU Alterthumsk. IV. p. 49.
I. "i" in Kal not used, i. q. Arab.
(joi to separate, to distinguish ; comp.
tlie roots beginning with the letters :J3
under fi^iB . Spec, as it would seem, to
separate and purify metals from the
g
scoria by fire ; whence {jaS silver, comp.
b"'*!!? stannum, tin, from bna , and Eth.
'fl^C silver, 'flCT brass, from the root
112 to purify. Hence "Q pure gold, and
HoPH. part. Tela srjT l K. 10, 18,
which in 2 Chr. 9, 17 is expressed by
lina rrij pure gold.
II. mD to be hard, frm, strong;
Syr. {'{-''l-s hard, solid, robust, see above
in Ts . Once in fut. Gen. 49, 24 his bow
abode in strength, I'^l'^ 'Ji" TDJ] and
the arms of his hands were frm, strong,
i. e. the power of his hands. So Kimchi
iptnn"^ ; also Abulw. Others, as Saad.
the arms of his hands were actice ; com-
es-'
paring Arab, ys to leap up, as a gazelle,
to be agile, light ; also the kindr. ysf ,
yi. , yij , Talm. tBS to leap, to dance.
So at least Heb. TTQ in
PiEL. 2 Sam. 6, 16 ^3i=^l tt*2 leaping
and dancing; which in 1 Chr. 15, 29
is expressed by pntU^", i;5i^ dancing
and playing. So too Sept. o(j;(ov^erog
xal vivnxQoi'Ofierog, Vulg. subsiliens et
saltans. Targ. na'i^ii Ijsiis .But Kim-
chi and Abulw. who explain tjq by pin,
render here : strengthened, i. e. girded,
accinctus.
'JS to scatter, to disperse, i. q. ita ,
113 ; in Kal only part. pass. fem. MiilTD
jJr. 50, 17.
PiEL. i?Q, fut. ITS'J 1. i. q. Kal, to
scatter, to disperse, e. g. ashes, frost, Ps.
147, 16; enemies, Ps. 89, 11; Israel
among the nations, C^iaa Joel 4, 2; the
bones of any one Ps. 53, 6. Jer. 3, 13
rjisil-nx "^iTEn] and haM scattered thy
ways i. e. hast roved about.
2. to distribute largely, to he liberal,
hountifid, Ps. 112, 9. Prov. 11, 24.
NiiMi. Ps. 141, 7, and Pdal Esth. 3, 8,
pass, to be dispersed.
I. HD m. (r. nno) plur. D'^no Dag
fort. impl. like DTiK ; constr. ''n? .
ni
841
inu
1. a plaie, lamina, see the ropt in
Kal ; plur. o-na Num. 17, 3. anjn ino
the plates of gold, Ex. 39, 3.
S. a net, snare, trap-nel, Sept. nayii\
espec. of a tbwler Am. 3, 5, see belowr.
Prov. 7, 23. Ecc. 9, 12 ; tiip^ nq Hos.
9,8. Ps. 91, 3; n-'U^jsi-' no Ps. 121, 7.
Also such an one as scixee and holds
beasts or men by the foot ; Job 18, 9
na 2;?S2 rnx*' ifi^ trap sha.ll lake him by
the heel. Jer. 18, 22 'bs-nb J n^no . It
was set in the path, Prov. 7, 23. 22, 5 ;
and hidden on or in the ground, whence
h njs 1T33 Ps. 140, 6. 142, 4. Jer. 18, 22;
alsob ni pj id. Ps. 119, 110; na ^^1
b Ps. 141. 9. The Ibrra of this springe
or trap-net appears from two passages,
Am. 3, 5 and Ps. 69, 23 ; it wiis in two
parts, which when set were spread out
upon the ground and slightly fastened
with a stick (trap-stick) ; so that as
soon as a bird or beast touched the stick,
the parts flew up and inclosed the bird
in the net, or caught the foot of the ani-
mal. Job 18, 9. Thus Am. 3, 5 bisrn
-nbr^n nb -px va^iw Y'i^r" "?'-'? "'"''^^
Tisb^ sb m'sbT n^nxn-jo ns doth a bird
fall into a net upan the ground when
there is no trap-stick for her ? doth the
net spring up from the ground and take
nothing at all? i. e. does any thing hap-
pen without a cause 1 Ps. 69, 23 Ti^
nsb c-fJEb c:nba) let their table before
them become a net : here the ins":; is the
oriental cloth or leather spread upon
the ground like a net, Arab. ^-Juu ; see
in inVa and Niebuhr Reisebeschr. II. p.
372. Metaph. put for any cause of de-
struction Josh. 23, 13. Is. 8. 14. Hos. 5. 1 ;
corap. Ps. 69, 23. Job 22, 10. For the pa-
ronomasia nej nns "inBi , see in ins .
Here is usually referred Ps. 11.6 i:?^']
'lai DTIE D'S'iT'bs upon the wicked God
shall rain snares, fire, and brimstone.
But Jarchi and Aben Ezra long ago
perceived that C^ns might here be re-
ferred to the root nna, whence cna a
coal, burning coal, and then lightning,
comp. liX "^bna Ps. 18, 13. 14. There
is therefore no need with Olshausen to
replace cna *^) smce D^na iva&
means the same thing ; see "^no in its
order. Still the signiCnte,nare5, may
71
here well be retained, as an emblem of
destruction to the wicked.
II. HB i. q. nna q. v. a prefect or gov-
ernor of a province ; once c. sulf. cna
Neh. 5, 14. But the suffix is here suspi-
cious, not being required by the context,
and being in fact omitted by Vulg. and
Syr. though expressed by Sept. Alex.
Perh. it should read nno.
"jS flit. inCJ to tremble, to be in
trepidation; Chald. id. but rare. The
primary idea seems to be that of leap-
ing, springing, comp. Tna , tan , also ttb ,
yi, yil, V*^ ' ^^ ^" ^-9 ^^" Thus:
a) For fear, i. q. to fear, to be afraid,
Deut. 28, 66. Is. 33, 14. 44,8. 11 ; hence
irjD xb not to be afraid, i. q. to be of
good courage, intrepid, coupled some-
times with naa , is. 12, 2. Jer. 36, 24.
Ps. 78, 53. Prov! 3, 24. tno ins to fear
a fear Ps. 14, 5. 53, 6. Job 3, 25^ With
JTa of pers. of whom one is afraid, Ps. 27,
1 nnsx 'HT3 (f whom shall I be afraid?
Mic. 7,' 19. Job 23, 15 ; 'Sari Is. 19, 16.
17. Ascribed to the heart, Deut. 28, 67.
Ps. 119, 161. With bs to turn trembling^
to any one, either as expressing fear^
Jer. 36, 16 (comp. Gen. 42, 28) : or toi
implore help, Hos. 3, 5. b) For joy, Is^
60, 5 r^22b an-il nnsi and thy, heart
shall tremble (leap, throb) and. be en-
larged. Jer. 33, 9. See also r. b"<a spo-
ken both of joy and terror.
PiEL i. q. Kal, but intensive, to fear
continually, to be in terror, c. "'JSia Is,
51, 13. Hence to be cautious, circum-
spect, Prov. 28, 14.
HiPH. to make tremble or shake, c.
ace. Job 4, 14.
Deriv. n'nna and
^riB m. c. suff. i^rra, plur. 0"'*7nB.
\. fear, terror, Ex. 15, 16. Job 4, 14.
13, 11. 22, 10. al. saep. Job 25, 2 bq^an
las ins'^ dominion and fear are with
him. i. e. they proceed from him. Bl'b^
inoTD secure from fear, without fear,
Job 21, 9 ; "sns -^ba id. 39. 10. nb-^b nna
terror by night, nocturnal terror, Ps. 91,
5, comp. Cant. 3, 8. Dxna nna sudden
terror, Prov. 3, 25. 33b ina fear of
heart, terror of mind, Deut. 28, 67. Pa-
ronomasia is nnsj ina Lam. 3, 47, and
PiBT nnej nno fear, and the pit, and at
ins
842
tns
snare Is. 24, 17. Jer. 48, 43, put for any
kind of terror and destruction, and ap-
parently a proverb drawn from birds or
other game, which by some object of
fright were driven into a pit or snare. ;
comp. hat. fomiitlo Virg. Georg. 3. 372,
Vnd Heyne's note. Often with genit.
of pars, who inspires fear ; as ">; nnB
the fear of Jehovah, which he inspires,
1 Sam. 11, 7. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 17, 10. Is.
2, 10. 19; comp. inna 1 Chr. 14, 17. Job
13, 11 ; also c-n'px' nna Ps. 36, 2; nns
s-'it Ps. 64, 2; n-'ninfn nna Esth. 8, 17.
9,"3; r,nnB Deut. 2,'25; r^-ina 11,25;
and in like manner nrn "ira the fear of
evil, calamity, Prov. 1, 33. Pat for an
object of fear or terror ; Prov. 1, 26 N23
n^nns when your fear cometh, i. e. that
which you fear. v. 27 (comp. Job 3. 25).
Ps. 31, 12. Plence for the deity of any
one, as Gen. 31, 42 pn5t:i ins the fear
of Isaac, the God whom Isaac fears, i. e.
Jehovah, comp. v. 53. Plur. D'^'inB
fears, terrors, Job 15, 21.
2. Plur. or Dual, the thighs; Job 40,
17 [12] !i;"'b'^ I'^Tt]? "T? the sinews of
his thighs are wrapped together. Targ.
'iinsn !<:p, Pesh. w^aio,..Ma2) ^'^'
I ' wf * ' '
Arab. s^Ls?' 1555-^-) ^^e same word
in all, but prob. in different senses. Syr,
]|^a is explained in Lex. Adl. by j^,
the jugular vein in a horse ; but the Ara-
bic translator, who follows the Syriac,
s ^.
gives it by 6L^t thighs, from Jcs^
thigh ; and this is most appropriate to
the context in Job 1. c. See more in
Bochart Hieroz. III. 716 Lips. Bat
Chald. T'lna is testicles Lev. 21, 20;
and BO Vulg. teslicull Job 1. c. In this
case the signif. thigh is transferred
to the jmdenda virilia ; comp. in T^^^
and also ha.1. femur. The primary idea
is doubtful. If the signif thigh be the
original one, then it may come from the
idea of leaping (see in r. ins), as p'tlj
leg, from the signification of running.
Or if the meaning pudenda be first, then
the idea of shanie may be derived from
that of fear.
^'^^ f. (r. nnD)/earof Jehovah, i.q.
ntj-^-' , Jer. 2, 19. '
nrifi (for nna Dag. forte impl.)
constr. rna , c. suff. ^^n^ Mai. 1, 8 ;
plur. nina 1 K. 10, 15, constr. riing
Neh. 2. 7, c. suff. n"^nin3 Jer. 51, 28. 57 ;
a prefect or governor of a province lesg
than a satrapy (see in D'^lQi'nilJnN) ; e. g,
in the Assyrian empire 2 K. 18, 24. Is.
36, 9 ; the Babylonian Jer. 51, 57. Ez.
23, 6. 23 ; the Median Jer. 51, 28 ; espec.
the Persian Esth. 8, 9. 9, 3. So of the
Persian prefect or governor on this side
the Euphrates Neh. 3. 7 ; of whom seve-
ral are mentioned Neh. 2, 7. 9. Ezra 8,
36 ; also of the governor of Judea Hag.
1, 1. 14. 2, 2. 21. Mai. 1, 8. This office
was held by Zerabbabef, Hag. H. cc.
and then by Nehemiah, Neh. 5, 14. 18.
12, 26. Rarely spoken of a prefect of
Judea in the time of Solomon 1 K. 10,
15. 2 Chr. 9, 14 ; and of Syria in the
days of Benhadad, 1 K. 20, 24. The
fem. ending appears in this word in
common v\ath many other names of office
(see Lehrg. p. 468, 878) ; though nnS3
being of Persian origin, the ending may
arise from another source. Several ety-
mologies have been proposed ; the best
perh. is by Benfey (Monathsn. p. 195),
who compares Sanscr. paksha compa-
nion, frierfd, Pracrit. pakkha, old Parsee
prob. pakha, applied to the prefects of
provinces as the associates and (quasi)
adjutants of the king. Of the same ori-
gin is prob. LiU , Lilj Bdsha, Pdsha,
coming from the same Sanscr. form.
"nS Chald. constr. rr.&, plar. em-
phat. NriiriS, a prefect, governor, i. q.
Heb. Ezra 5, 3. 14. 6, 7. Dan. 3, 2. 3.
27. 6, 8.
"^^ to leap, to spring, as in ChalJ.
So of water boiling over, comp. Ttnsi Gen.
49, 4. Hence trop.
X.tobe proud, vain- glorious, like Arab,
ys^' ; comp. "ri. Part. plur. CMqiB,
spoken of false prophets Zeph. 3, 4.
2. to be light, wanton, lewd; Part.
D-'tnb Jodg. &, 4. So Syr. >-*, comp,
Gr. Cw-
Deriv. the two following.
THE m. pr. a boiling up, ebullifron, as
of boiling water. Gen. 49, 4 Reuben,
thou my first bom . . . D^B3 THB a boil"
ing up as of water art thou, i. e. thou
rns
843
1t3B
didet boil up like water with lust and
passion, referring to his incest. Symra.
vni(i^iaag, Vulg. effusiia es. Comp. r.
tno no. 2.
rilTHE n vain-glory, boasling, Jcr. 23,
32. R. THB .
* nnS in Kal not used , pr. to strike
upon, to pound, to smile, onomatopoetic
and kindr. with sail, tt5?D, nsD, tpo,
pax , and others in which the syllables
38 , 3D . pD , also 32, pa , have the force
of striking upon, smiting ; comp. Gr.
nriyia (jiij/i'i'a)), Lat. pago (pango). paco
(pax, pacisc.or). Hence HO plate of me-
tal, from beating: also net, snare, from
setting, making fast by pegs, etc.
HiPH. ncn denom. from no , to snare;
Is. 42. 22 0^3 0'>n!in3 nan snaring one
snares theni all in holes, i. e. binds them
fast with fetters in prison-houses.
D^riB m. (r. nna) i. q. nno , a coal, col-
9 ^
lect. coals, like Arab, f^-f^ 5 and so, ac-
cording to some, put for lightning Ps.
11, 6 ; comp. Ps. 18, 13. 14. See in PIB
I. 2, fin.
* DljS obsol. root, Chald. criQ and
Arab, rt "^ ) io be black, like coal ; comp.
Bnn.
Deriv. Cne and
D^E m. (for cna Dag. forte impl.) a
coal, collect, coals, charcoal. Pro v. 26,
21 ; also coal as kindled, burning coal
Is. 44, 12. 54, 16. Arab. 1^,1^,
id. Eth. -4^fhcP a coal, live coal.
* "1"S obsol. root, Syr. Ethp. r^^]
to form, to be a potter. Hence
"in? Chald. m. (for ^Hd Dag. forte
irapl.) a potter, Dan. 2, 41. Syr. 1 j-ia,
Arab. ^Lac , id.
* nnS obsol. root. Syr. Pa. L,m^ to
dig, to excavate. Hence
nna m. 2 Sam. 18, 17, plur. CTn"^
f. 2 Sam. 17. 9 ; a pit. often as the em-
blem of destruction Lam. 3. 47. Is. 24,
17 n^i rnsT nno, see in nnjj no. 1. Jer.
48,43!
SKIttTHD (prefect of Moab, see
nnjj) Pahatli-Mnab, pr. n. m. Ezra 2,
G.'s', 4. 10, 30. Neh. 3, 11. 7, II. 10, 15.
nnnD (fem. of rnij) a hollow, low
spot, in garments infected with leprosy.
Lev. 13, 55. R. nnD.
STltpD f, a species of gem Ex. 28, 17.
39, 10. Ez. 28, 13; found in Gush Job
28, 19; according to most of the ancient
versions the topaz, a pale yellowish gem
found on an island in the Red Sea. Plin.
H. N. 37. 8. See more in Braun de Vest.
Sacerd. p. 508. Bohlen (in Abhand-
lungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft zu
KOnigsberg I. p. 80) seeks the origin
of the word in the Sanscr. language,
where pita is yellowish, pale; and the
Greek name lonu^tov might itself seem
to come by transposition from m::B,
mB'j .
"ImISB m. (r. "i^Q) pr. something c/e/i;;
hence a bursting bud, opening blossom ;
D'^Sta ';)''-9 opening Jiower-buds, 1 K. 6,
18. 29. 32. 35.
I'^tpS m, adj. (r. iob) free, 1 Chr. 9,
33 Cheth. In Keri *ii:2Q part. pass, see
the root no. 3.
"ps m. (r. iJJ-JS) a hammer, Is. 41,
7. Jer. 23, 29. Metaph. Babylon is
called the hammer (desolator) of the
whole earth, Jer. 50, 23. Chald. id. Arab.
(j*fcjJai id.
^rpB Chald. m. plur. c. suff. Dan. 3.
21 Cheth. "|in''r'':23 their tunics, under-
garments. So Syr. ^ai.*^ f^ from
\a ^.- tunic ; Heb. intpp. nisns . In
Keri is "|inir-J3 from t'^B id. R. rB
no. 2.
* "l^S , fut. VJ51 only in no. 3.
1 . to cleave, to burst open ; see "13B .
Arab. Jai id. and intrans. to break
forth, sc. a tooth. Kindred is ina q. v.
2. Transit, to cause to break forth e.g.
water, to let out, Prov. 17. 14. Hence
3. Trop. to let go free, to dismiss, like
Chald. n-J3 ; 2 Chr. '23, 8. 1 Chr. 9, 33
C""i':;s the dismissed, the free, i. e. ex-
empt from public duty, where Cheth.
C"":"':;5 . Intrans. to break or slip away
to get out of the way or place, fut. "CCS"
1t2S
844
B-^B
1 Sam. 19, 10. Syr. j-^s id. Chald. Pe.
and Ithpe.
HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to cleave, to burst
open; hence to gape. So HEiaa 'T'lssn
to gape icilh the lips, i. e. to open wide
, the mouth, to etretch the mouth, as a
.gesture of scorn. Ps. 22, 8 ; comp. 35, 21.
Job 16, 10.
Deriv. "iVJQ , T'Bg , nnaq , and
"^'9^ m. a Jissure, concr. that which
first breaks forth ; hence cnn "ici3 the
Jirst-born. firstling, which first opens the
womb, Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15. 34, 19. Num.
3, 12. al. Also without nnn Ex. 13, 12.
13. 34, 20.
nntpS f id. Num. 8, 16. R. nas .
'JJus 1. /o heat, to pound, to ham-
mer, Gr. najaaam, whence tt3"'BB ham-
mer. Arab. jwuJii to hammer out iron.
This root is onomatopoetic; kindr. are
tt5-J3 , tdb , t-:i'\ . ffiJia , The same idea
of beating lies also in the syllable i:3S
pat ; comp. late Lat. battuere. Fr. battre,
Belg. bot, Engl, /o 6ea^; and with the
second t changed to a sibilant, Germ.
patschen, Swed. batsch, blow.
2. ^0 spread out, to expand, for which
more usually Mi^Jlj . Hence Chald. a'^ua .
"^B constr. state of the noun iis mouth,
q.v.
nCn-*iB Ez. 30, 17, in some Mss.
rC2"'Q in one word, which is better, Pi-
beseth. pr. n. of a city in lower Egypt on
the east side of the Pelusian branch of
the Nile, Gr. JJov^(x<TT6g and Bov^iaang,
Bubastis. Hdot. 2. 59. Strabo XVII. p.
805. It was so called from a temple of
Bubastis, a goddess of the Egyptians,
whom Herodotus compares with Diana,
2. 137, 156. The name was written in
EgyptianrioTS^cf, which Steph.
Byz. erroneously affirms to be the name
(or cat. But the Egyptian name of
Diana was IlW'f ; f*"'i not improb.
riD5"^a was formed by prefixing the
masc. art. nii ^8 in ch^B . The ruins
of the ancient city, now called Tell lias-
tah, Kiim Hastah, were discovered and
are described by Mains in Descr. de
I'Egypte, Etat moderne. livr. III. p.
307. Comp. Quatrcmdre M^moires sur
I'Egypte I. p. 9S. Wilkinson Mod.
Egypt, I. p. 427 sq. Lond. 1843.
>^ obsol. root, Arab. 5Li mid.
Waw and Ye, to die, i. q. ic^li (kindr.
with n^a , toLc) IV, to destroy. Sanscr.
pid to make sad, to afflict. Hence
^''S m. calamity, misfortune. Job 30,
24. 31, 29. Prov. 24, 22. Here also be-
longs Job 12, 5 T!t3 T^S^ to misfortune
(i. e. to the unfortunate) is contempt j
see in T'B^ .
n^S m. (for riND , r. riNS) mouth, i. e.
edge of a sword ; plur. niis "^jd Judg. 3,
16. Comp. iia no. 3.
nilinn-tB Pi-haMrcth, pr. n. of a
place near the northern end of the Gulf
of Suez, eastward of Baal-zephon. Ex.
14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7; also without "S v.
8. According to the Hebrew it would be
the mouth of the caverns; but it is doubt-
less anEgyptian name. ni-^V'J-pCU'^
place where grass or sedge grows. See
Jablonski Opusc. ed. Te Water I. p. 447.
II. p. 159.
D"'? m. (r. nia) ashes, cinders, easily
blown away, Ex. 9, 8, 10.
^D'^S (mouth of all, i. e. all-command-
ing) Phicol, pr. n. of the commander of
Abimelech's troops, Gen. 21. 22. 32.
26, 26.
^??''? a concubine, see in sSs^iB .
rra^l^i f (r. DXB) fat, fatness, Job 15,
27.
CnpS (mouth of brass, from "'B and
on? for cn: i. q. nirna) Phinehas, pr. n.
a) The son and successor of the high-
priest Eleazar, Ex. 6, 25. Num. 25, 7.
Josh. 22, 13. Judg. 20, 28. 1 Chr. 6, 35.
9, 20. Ps. 106, 30. b) A son of Eli, 1
Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4 sq. 14. 3. c) Ezra
8, 33.
P'^B (i. q. "jbiiQ) Pinnn, pr. n. of an
Idumean city. Gen. 36, 41. I Chr. 1, 53;
see "ibiB . R. "(IB .
ni'>fc"B f plur. (by rcdupl. from "'B ,
M3) edges, i. e. two or more. 3^n
r'i''E''D a two-edged svotrl. d!inof.iog, Ps.
149. 6. In Is. 41, 15 oi" a threshing
dray. ni'>B''p ba havingedges, i. e. teeth,
points.
p-'B
845
Kbs
P'^B m. a wavering; tottering, of the
knees Nah. 2. 11. R. piD .
litS'^B (overflowing, r. tilD) Piskon,
pr. n. of a river issuing from the garden
of Ellen and flowing around the hind of
Han'lah or India (see nbvn no. 3) Gen.
2, 11. comp. Sir. 24, 25. Josephus un-
derstands the Ganges, Ant. 1. 1. 3; but
with Schulthess and others I would
prefer the Indus, which actually flows
around India on the west, and was
nearer to the Hebrews. Others, as
Retand (de situ Paradisi 3), Rosen-
muller (Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 194). under-
stand the Phojiis, and tiikc i^^"'''!! for
Colchis ; but the Heb. name for the
Colchians was cnbos. The Samari-
tan translator and others hold Pishon to
mean the Nile, and employ the Heb.
word in this sense ; see Castell Annot.
Sam. ad Ex. 2, 3. See more in J. D.
Miciiaelis Supplcm. p. 2008. Rosen-
miiller 1. c.
jirT^B Pithon, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 8, 35.
9, 41. The etymology is unknown.
^ ni. (r. i^2B) a Jlask, bottle, 1 Sam.
10. 1. 2 K. 9, l.'s.
*nDS in Kal not used, kindr. with
nsa , to drop, to distil.
PiEL to Jlow Old in drops, to flow, Ez.
47,2.
Deriv. T)Q .
"5^ obsol. root, Syr. to bind, to
fetter; Pa. to entangle, to hinder. Hence
D''^3Sin n"13D (snaring the roes;
or, according to Simonis, retarding i. e.
getting ahead of the roes,) Pochereth-
Zebaim. pr. n. of a man Ezra 2, 57.
Neh. 7. 59.
*^>S in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to
separate, to distinguish, i- q. n^a ; see
Pi. and Niph. no. 1. The primary bili-
teral root is bs . which like IB implies
separation ; as Chald. "'bo to cleave, to
cut in two, Pa. to sever, separate, remove ;
Syr. \lLs to search out; Arab. ^Vj de
lacte depulit. Comp. the kindr. roots
nbe , i\B , iVp , Sanscr. phal to separate.
2. to make distinguished. e.rtraordi-
nary, wonderfid, see Niph. Hiph. no. 2,
and pr, n. nix^B .
71*
Niph. xVb3, fut. xbo^ 1. to be distin-
guished, i. e. great, extraordinary, e. g.
of strong affection. 2 Sam. 1, 26. Dan.
11, 36 riix^BJ "^z-t"; shall speak great
things i. e. impious wonls, atrocious
blasphemy against God. Comp. in bin*
no. 2.
2. to be great, i. e. to be hard, difficult,
arduous, with ''S'^sa in the eyes of any
one, 2 Sam. 13, 2. Zech. 8, 6 ; with '(O
too hard, too difficult, Gen. 18. 14. Deut.
30, 11. Jer. 32, 17. 27. Also to be futrd
to accomplish Ps. 131, 1 ; hard to under-
stand Prov. 30. 18. Job 42, 3 ; hard to
judge Deut. 17, 8. Hence
3. to be wonderfid, marcellous, Ps. 118,
23. 139, 14. Part. plur. fern. nix^BJ as
subst. wonderful works, marvellous deedt,
miracle.?, of God, both in creating and
sustaining the world Job 5, 9. 37, 14.
Ps. 72, 18 ; and also in preserving and
aiding his people and pious worshippers
e. g. in Egypt, etc. Ex. 3, 20. 34, 10.
Josh. 3, 5. Judg. 6. 13. Neh. 9, 17. Ps. 9,
2. 26, 7. 106, 22. al. ssep. It also takes
an adjective, as n"ibn5 nixbej Ps. 136, 4.
Adv. nix^ca wonderfully, marvellously,
Job37, 5. Dan. 8. 24.
PiEL, to separate, to set apart, uvpoQi-
^tiv, i. e. to consecrate, e. g. an offering
in fulfilment of a vow. only in the phrase
nin"'b "i"!3 x^B to accomplish, pay. a vow
to Jehovah. Lev. 22, 21. Num. 15, 3. 8.
Hiph. X^^En. twice xbsn like verbs
nb Deut. 28, 59. Is. 28, 29V
1. i. q. Pi. to consecrate a vow. i. e. an
offering vowed, Lev. 27, 2 ; and so in a
difierent construction Num. 6, 2 X'^bs^ iS
T'TJ n-t3 iHsb if one consecrate any thing
for vowing the vow of a Nazarile.
2. to make distinguished i. e. great,
e.Ttraordinary. e. g. kindness, to show
great kindness, with b of pers. Ps. 31,
22 ; calamity Deut. 28, 59. Inf. xbon
adv. eminently, very. 2 Chr. 2, 8.
3. to make wonderful, admirable, e. g,
counsel Is. 28. 29 ; with rx to do marvel-
lously, to deal wonderfully with any one.
in a sense of disfiivour Is. 29. 14 ; but
C5 xibsnb ri'q'S^ id. in a good sense Joel
2. 26. With Vc. inf -.Trnb X"bsri to be
wonderfully helped 2 Chr. 26, 15 ;' X"'bBn
niissb to do or act wondrously Judg. 13,
19.
Hithpa. to show oneself distinguished.
i^bs
846
nbs
i. e. to show oneself stro7ig. mighty, c. 3
towards, against any one. in oppressing
him, Job 10. 16.
Deriv. K>3, "'X^S. S'^^Q , nx^E^ , and
the pr. names x!!^?, "r-'*^^; ^l\^-
i{bB m. in pause 1!<^.B, c. suff. ""N^S,
a wonder^ marvel, miracle, of God Ex.
15, 11. Ps. 77, 12. 15. 78, 12. 88, 11. Is.
25, 1. Plur. D"'i<^B adv. wonderfully
Lam. 1, 9 ; but plur. r"ix>B wonders
Dan. 12, 6. Conor, the Wonderful, spo-
ken of the Messiah, Is. 9, 5.
'SbS ni. adj. (sbe with adj. ending)
wondetful, Judg. 13, 18 Cheth. spoken
of something supernatural. In Keri is
i^B, which is only a contracted form.
The fern, of "^xbe is rr'xbs (n^xbc) Ps.
139, 6 Cheth. where Keri nK"''bB is fem.
of a form S<''^S.
n^SvS (whom Jehovah makes distin-
guished, r. s^a) Pelaiah, pr. n. m. Neh.
8,7. 10, 11.
-5^ in Kal not used, Aram, and
Arab, ^o to cleave, to divide j comp.
on the primary root Vs under !!<^B.
Hence
NiPH. to be divided, Gen. 10, 25. 1 Chr.
1,19.
PiEL to divide, e. g. water-courses Job
:38, 25. Metaph. Ps. 55, 10 divide their
.longtte, i. e. cause dissension among
:them.
Deriv. 5^3 nabs , nabfiia .
5l>B Chald. id. Part. pass. I'll:!? Dan.
:2, 41.'
^^? m. 1. a brook, rivulet; Arab.
^J, Ai. id. Ethiop. Z,A1 river,
large stream. Commonly taken as a
channel, canal, from the idea of divid-
ing; comp. the verb ib^ Job 38. 25. Not
improbably, however, the root jVb may
have also included the idea oC Jioicing,
flucliuiling. boiling up, comp. the words
Jluo,Jluc-si,Jluc-tus, qpAi'-w, pluo, Sanscr.
pin, fthxti) to flow, also ntluyog ; Eth.
Zi.Alh to boil, to boil up ; see Pott Ety-
mol. Forsch. I. p. 212. Ps. 65. 10 abci.
D^nbx the brook or collect, the brooks,
.streamg. of God, i. e. watering and ferti-
lizing the huid with God's blessings.
IPhir. csbi^ Ib. 30, 25, constr. "Ati , as
n^r: -jba Ps. 1, 3. Prov. 5, 16. 21, 1. Of
streams of tears Ps. 119, 136. Lam. 3,48;
comp. ^o id. "t'lyq '53B brooks of oil
Job 29. 6. For Ps. 46, 5 see in itiJ no. 2.
TT
2. Peleg, (division, part.) pr. n. of a
patriarch, the son of Eber, Gen. 10, 25.
1 Chr. 1. 19.
i^bs Chald. a half Dan. 7, 25.
5;fe or f^^bs only in plur. nisba
brooks, streams, Judg. 5. 15. 16. Job 20,
17. R. aba .
n3>l3 f a division, doss of the priests,
i- q- ^h/'Tl^, 2 Chr. 35, 5. R. 5^3 .
n5bs or fi^abS Chald. id. Ezra 6, 18.
TC^^S , oftener l^Sb^fi , c. suff. i w^ab^B ;
plur. c^l^la and n-'irsb-'e , cstr. "'^laiba.
1. Fem. a concubine, Chald. NPipb">a,
snpba . id. comp. Gr. niiXlu^, nnXXnxiq,
nukhtut], Lat. pellex. The etymology
is obscure ; the word seems not to be of
Semitic origin, but may come from Gr.
TTuXXa^, or perh. from the Persian. Spo-
ken usually of a female slave, Avho was
also a legal concubine, Gen. 22, 24. 35,
22. Judg. 19, 2 sq. al. ssepe. Fully nvS!<
dab^S? Judg. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 16. 20, V.
0pp. to wives of higher rank 1 K. 11, 3.
Cant. 6, 8. 9.
2. Masc. i. q. o miXXn^, a paramour^
SfiNC , Ez. 23, 20 comp. v. 5.
*5^ obsol. root, Arab. jJU to cut
up ; comp. in xba . Hence
niJ-'E f iron, steel ; Syr. f|-i5s, Arab.
^Jli, a finer kind of iron, steel. Plur.
rinba irons, perh. hooks or scythes on
chariots of war. Nah. 2, 4 rilba ma
33"!^ icith the fashing of irons are the
chariots, i. e. with polished scythes or
armature.
"BJlbB Pild-ash, pr. n. m. Gen. 22, 22.
The etymology is unknown.
* H^D in Kal not used, i, q. xbe, to
separate, to distinguish.
NiPH. to be separated, disfijignished^
c. "jis Ex. 33. 16. Pa. 139, 14 I will praise
thee 'P'^bB: nix-nia "'S /o/" lam wonder-
fully di.ilingiiished.
Hi PH. ]. to separate, to dii^/ingicish,
Ex. 8, 18 [22] ; c. "(TD to dittinguish be-
tween, ib. 9, 4. 11, 7.
ibB
847
^
3. to diatinguiah^ i. e. to -make distin-
guished, to nuike great, Pa. 4, 4. 17, 7.
Deriv. "'jbo .
SI^B (distinguished, r. kVjj) PoWm,
pr. n. of a son of Reuben Gen. 46, 9. Ex.
6, 14. Patronyra. 'xio Palluiie^ Num.
26, 5.
' 'i^ to cleave, eepec. to plough, to
furrow the ground, Ps. 141, 7. Arab.
Jo id. 2ii
a husbandman. Syr.
Ethp. to be ploughed. Pa. to grave, to
write. Comp. the Chald.
PiEL 1. to cleave, e. g. an arrow the
liver Prov. 7, 2.3. Job 16, 13 ; to ciU up,
to slice, e. g. wild cucumbers 2 K. 4, 39.
2. to let break forth from the wotnb,
to bring forth young, Job 39. 3. Comp.
y;?a Kal, Niph. and Pi. no. 4.
Deriv. nbp. , pr. n. xnba .
tl5B Chald. to labour, to serve, often
in the Targums ; spec, to serve or wor-
ship God. comp. ^3^ ; with ace. and b
Dan. 3. 12 sq. 7 14.27.
Deriv. "(Hi'D.
n^P f. Job 41, 16 (r. nba) 1. a piece,
slice, part cut off. e. g. of an apple, fig,
Cant. 4, 3. 1 Sam. 30, 12.
2. a millstone, so called from the cut
side which fits to the other stone, i. e.
the lower side of the upper stone, and
the upper side of the lower one. Arab.
^^ . The upper stone is also called
in full ::3-! nbs i. e. the rider Judg. 9, 53.
2 Sam. 11. 21, and simpl. S::"] ; the lower
one is nTinn nbs Job 41, \6.
Xn5B (a slice, r. n^s) Pilha, pr. n. m.
Neh. io, 25.
^nbfl Chald. m. service of God, wor-
ship, Ezra 7, 19. R. nbs .
^2^ pr. to be smooth, slippery, i. q.
Xih'O q. V. Hence to slip away, to escape,
Ez. 7, 16 ; also to let escape, to deliver,
comp. pr. n. n^::bs . Arab. ^Xi IV, to
deliver; goJLi II, IV id. V, VII to be
delivered, to escape. Syr. t^u^ika Pe.
and Pa. id.
PiEL 1. i. q. Kal. but intens. to escape
wholly, to be fully delivered, c, "(O Job
23, 7.
2. to let escape, viz. a) From danger,
to deliver, Ps. 18, 3. 40, 18. al. sipp. With
ra Ps. 17, 13. 18, 49; 71, 4. b) A
fiEtus from the womb, i. e. to Irring forth,
Job 21, 10. Comp. isbia Pi. no. 2.
HiPH. to deliver from danger Mic. 6,
14 ; to place in safety Is. 5, 29.
Deriv. abo ^n^ubn, o^bo na-'bi
dbt^. ' ' ' " ' " '
tS^B adj. escaped by flight, i. q. a-'Vo ;
only plur. nia^Q Jer. 44, 14. 50, 28. 51,
50. R. -obo.
^>? inf Pi. as noun, deliverance, Ps.
32,7. 56,8. R. obD.
^5B (deliverance, r. ebo) Pelet, pr. n.
m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b)\2, 3.
^^^rB, see rro-'SB.
T.I T - I
''^f? (for HabB deliverance of Jeho-
vah, r. abs) Palli, pr. n. m. a) Num.
13, 9. b) 1 Sara. 25, 44; fuller bii^-jha
Paltiel, 2 Sam. 3, 15.
''^f B (apoc. from rr^abs) PUiai, pr. n.
m. Neh. 12, 17. R. -jIb.'
bX'^Ljbs see in "i-jbs lett. b.
^^P^B (whom Jehovah deliyera, r.
aba) Pelatiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3,
21. b) 1 Chr. 4, 42.
invjbs (id.) Pelatiah, pr. n. ra. Ez.
11, 1. 3.
''?B , in pause "'bs . see in ''xba .
^''^^, see in ""xba.
ri^^B (i. q. n^<ba, whom Jehovah
makes distingui.shed, r. sbg) Pelaiah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 24.
t3''5B m. adj. verbal (r. aba), one
escaped by flight, espec. from battle,
slaughter, i. q. aba , 2 K. 9. 15. Am. 9,
1 ; often coupled with 'T'~ib. Josh. 8, 22.
Jer. 42, 17. Lam. 2, 22. With the art.
a-'bsn collect, the escaped Gen. 14, 13.
Ez. 24, 26. 33, 21. 22. With genit.
'^T'^BX 'a"'b3 the escaped of Ephraim
Judg. 12, 5 ; but n^n ^a-'ba tho.<<e escaped
from the sword Jer. 44, 28. Ez. 6, 8.
'^'^?B m. (r. aba) i.'q. a-^ba, only in
plur. 0"'aibs the escaped Num. 21, 29.
Is. 66, 19!
nu^B thrice nipbB Ex. 10, 5. 1 Chr.
4, 43. Ez. 14, 21, (r. aba) pr. escape, de-
^bs
848
;Qb&
liverance, Joel 3. 5. Obad. 17. n;n sib
h nB"'bB pr. ^Aerc is no deliverance to
any one, i. e. none shall escape or be de-
livered, 2 Sam. 15. 14. Jer. 50, 29 ; ^'S
b n-j-^bB id. 2 Chr. 20, 24. Ezra 9, 14.
ban.' 11, 42 nij-ibEb iTjnn xb shall not
be delivered, shall not escape. Meton.
that which escapes Ex. 10, 5. Joel 2, 3.
Is. 10. 20. Espec. roncr. collect, i. q.
C-^abB, ca'^bs, the escaped, the deliver-
ed from danger or destruction. Gen. 32,
9. 45, 7. 2 Chr. 30, 6. Ezra 9, 13. So
the escaped of Israel or Jacob are the
people of Israel diminished by repeated
slaughter. Is. 4, 2. 10, 20. 38, 3 ; comp.
Neh. 1, 2.
^"^^B m. (r. bbs) a judge, only in plur.
C-^V^E Ex. 21, 22. Deut. 32, 31. Job 31,
11 cb^bs 'i"'^ o, crime for the judges i. e.
for them to punish ; comp. 2. 28. For
the Stat, absol. instead of the constr. see
Heb. Gram. 114 n. /?; but many Mss.
read here "'b'^ba as in v. 28.
rib'^^B f. judgment, right, i. e. justice
Is. I'e, 3. R. bbe .
"^b'^bs adj. (from b^^bs) pr. judicial,
i. e. pertaining to the judges, Job 31, 28,
comp. V. 11. Fem. n^b-'be judgment.
act of judging. Is. 28,7.
M- T obsol. root, prob. to be round,
globular ; Arab. t^jJU to have the
breasts round and plump, spoken of a
maiden ; II, to be round and plump, spo-
ken of the breasts ; IV, to be round ; (^SJii
the round part of any thing, a mound,
wave of the sea, celestial orb. Hence
?|>B m. in pause "bs.c. sufT. iibs.
1. a circle, circuit, district, i. q. ">r3,
(Chald.-bD id.)Neh.3,9sq. n-^baj^n-^ r,bD
the circuit or district round Jerusalem
Neh. 3, 12. 14. 15. al.
2. the whirl of a spindle, and hence for
the spindle itself, Prov. 31, 19. See in
'iO''3. Arab. HJULi id. Talmud. -be,
Mabo, nsb'^B, id. whence TjbB to spin.
Hence
3. a round staff, crutch, 2 Sam. 3, 29.
Sept. axvJuXt].
^5^ in Kal not used. In Piel and
in the derivatives it has the signif. to
judge, which is usually referred to the
primary idea of cutting, separating, tak-
ing away, comp. xba, nbs, nbfi, and
others beginning with bs ; but Jki is i.q.
"I'^B to break. I would rather refer the
primary meaning of bbs to the idea of
rotting, revolving, comp. biB , sbfi , Ti^Jb ,
tubs, Syr. " ^ i\q to roll in any thing,
to tinge, to dye ; then, to make even by
rolling, to level with a roller, comp. obfi
to roll ; whence to lay even a cause, to
adjust a difference, to act as umpire. So
in Germ, the words richten and schlichten,
used for judging, deciding, strictly signi-
fy ' to make even.'
Piel 1. to judge, 1 Sam. 2, 25. Also
to execute judgment, by punishing Ps.
106, 30 [33]. comp. Num. 25, 7. But
Sept. Vulg. placavit, see under Kal.
With b , to adjudge to any one Ez. 16,
52.
2. to think, to suppose, Gen. 48, 11.
HiTHPA. 1. to intercede for, to sup-
plicate for anyone, pr. ' to interpose as
umpire, mediator,' c. 1?a Gen. 20, 7.
Deut. 9, 20. 1 Sam. 7, 5 ; b? Job 42, 8;
b 1 Sam. 2, 25 id. With bx of him with
whom one intercedes and supplicates
Gen. 20, 17. Num. 11, 2. See both con-
structions in Jer. 29, 7. 42, 2. 20.
2. Genr. to supplicate, to pray, espec.
to God, c. bx Ps. 5, 3. 1 Sam. 1. 26.
2 Sam. 7, 27. Jer. 29, 12. al. b Dan. 9,
4; b? 1 Sam. 1, 10; \:Bb 1 K. 8, 28.
Neh. 1, 4. 6 ; absol. 1 Sam. 2, 1. 2 Chr.
7, 14. That/or which one prays to God
is put with bx 1 Sam. 1, 27. Is. 37, 21.
So too C"ip^~bx bbBnn to pray towards
a place, sanctuary, 1 K. 8, 30. 33. 35,
comp. V. 44. 48. 2 Chr. 6, 38. Rarely
to pray to idols, c. bx Is. 44, 17. 45, 20;
also once to supplicate men Is. 45. 14.
Deriv. from the signif of rolling bie ;
of judging b-^bD . nb-'bs , "'b'^bB ; of suppli-
cating. n|En ; also the pr. names bb^,
n;bbB, bbsx,
'?? (judge) Palal, pr. n. m. Neh. 3,
25.
^r, -'? (whom Jehovah judges i. e.
whose cause he protects, r. bbo) Pcla-
liah, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 12.
''r^f?, see next art. no. 1, ult
Dbs
849
tfbs
''S'bD in. (r. n^D) 1. some one, a cer-
tain one, Gr. 6 dtlva, Arab. j^iLi, Syr.
^^S, pr. one distinct, definite, whom
one points out as with the finger and not
by name ; prob. from an obsoi. noun "p^D
Q distinguishing. Every where joined
with the synon. "'S^^X pr. one concealed,
nameless. So of persons in the voc.
Ruth 4, 1 'Sbbx "ihiQ rio-nsttS git down
here, thou 8uch an one ! Gr. ci oviog, Arab.
jLi b . JJ L> , i. q. I JJC Ij . Of things,
1 Sam. 21,3 "'Jobx '3'^D nnpa-bx to such
ami such a place, i. q. to a certain place
which shall be nameless. 2 K. 6, 8.
From the junction of tliese two words
comes the form "'J^D Dan. 8, 13.
2. Pelonile, a gentile n. from a place
Ti^B , elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 27.
36.
**i^ in Kal not used ; prob. to roll,
and then to roll smooth, to level by roll-
ing. Kindr. is bbe where see.
Pi EL l.to make level, even, plain, sc.
a way, i. e. to make or prepare a way.
Is. 26, 7. Prov. 4, 26. 5, 6. Ps. 78, 50 he
made a way for his anger, i. e. let it
have free course.
2. to weigh, which is done by making
the balance even ; to weigh out, trop. Ps.
58, 3. Also trop. to ponder, to consider,
Prov. 5, 21.
Deriv. iobBB and
05B m. a balance, so called from being
even, level, Prov. 16, 11. Is. 40, 12. In
both passages it is coupled with O^rTX^
scales, and would seem therefore to be
pr. a steel-yard, Arab. (uuuJLaj.
\d^ in Kal not used, prob. of a like
signif with "('"^B , to break, to rend.
HiTHPA. to tremble, to be shaken, of
the columns of the earth Job 9, 6 ; pr. to
be broken, rent. comp. r;?33 1 K. 1, 40.
Deriv. rsbs'a, rsban. an
M^S^S f trembling, horror, Job 21, 6.
Ps. 55, 6. Is. 21, 4. Ez. 7, 18.
* ^2 ? i. q. D^D . whence to^S^ .
* ^c-?' obsol. root, pr. to roll, to
viake revolve, like kindr. D^a , bbo . So
Simoni* correctly in ed. 1-3, and Kimchi
babann .
HiTHPA. to roll oneself, to wallow,
e. g. in ashes, ibx:j , Jer. 6, 26. Ez. 27,
30; in the dust, iE3 , Mic. 1, 10; abrol.
id. Jer. 25, 34. In former editions I have
assigned to this root the sense of strew-
ing, sprinkling, after the Sept. and Vulg.
but the former eerjse is preferable, as
springing from the nature of the root.
*II.12b5 (prob. kindr. with abo,
nbis) Eth. i^Aft to migrate, to emi-
grate; 'T'^ACi. to rove about without
certain dwelling; /i.\fl. a rover, so-
journer, stranger. Hence
fl^B Is. 14, 29. 31. Ps. 60, 10, 83, 8.
87, 4. 108, 10 ; in pause ndbo Ex. 15,
14 ; Philistia, pr. n. fem. ' land of
strangers, sojourners,' see r. ttJbD II,
and "^nobB . It comprised the southern
portion of the coast and plain of Canaan,
along the Mediterranean (hence called
D-^PifflbD 0^ Ex. 23, 31), from Ekron to
the border of Egypt ; though at certain
times the Philistines had also in }X)sses-
sion large portions of the interior ; see
1 Sam. 31, 8. 1 K. 15, 27. 16, 15. Hence
the Gr. name JlotXaicnivrj, Jos. Ant. 1. 6.
2. ib. 2. 15. 2; which name was applied
by most ancient writers to the whole
land of the Israelite.s, as also by Josephus
himself. Ant. 8. 10. 3. See Reland Pa-
IsBst. p. 38 sq.
"ininVD gent. n. (from nrbo) a Phi-
listine, 1 Sara. 17, 4 sq. 23 sq. 19, 3. 21,
9. 22, 10. al. Plur. nTn'JJbss the Philis-
tines Gen. 26, 1. Judg. lo! 6.' 1 Sam. 4, 1.
5, 1. al. ssep. rarely D'^fn'rbsa Am. 9, 7.
They were of Egyptian origin, and
emigrated to the coast of Canaan from
Caphtor, see in "tns3 and Gen. 10, 14.
Am. 9, 7. Sept. ItvXiaruift in Pent, but
elsewhere usually '/^sfi/oqpi'iloi. Josephus
nuhuaiivoi Ant. 5. 1. 18. Comp. Reland
Paleest. p. 42. The Philistines were the
indomitable enemies of the Hebrews ;
and continued to harass them until after
the time of the Maccabees (see Ecclus.
50, 26) ; when by degrees they appear
to have amalgamated with the other
inhabitants of Palestine into one peo-
ple.
nbs
850
n:3
*^5D obsol. root, Arab. v:>Ai to
Jlee, to escape, i. q. Heb. isbQ ; o^Xi
swift, i^UJli a swift horse, runner.
Hence the two following.
f^?? (svvi(lness) Peleth, pr. n. m. a)
Num.' 16, 1. b) ] Chr. 2, 33.
"riiD m. (r. nbe) a public runner, cozi-
rier, with art. collect, the public runners,
couriers, everywhere coupled with '^ri'iS
q. V. 2 Sam. 8. 18. 15, 18. 20, 7. 23. 2 K.
11, 4. 19. Some without good reason
hold both 'n'ns and "'n^D to be Philis-
tines, and regard the latter form as put
by paronomasia for "Ti'w^D , but against
the analogy of the Hebrew language;
60 Ewald Heb. Gram. p. 297. See in
I. ]B m. i. q. fern. MiQ which is more
usual, a corner, c. suff. i^2B Prov. 7, 8.
Plur. CiD Zech. 14, 10. R. '^'i^,
II. IB conj. (for nrs , r. n:s Pi. no. 1)
pr. a removing, taking away ; used only
in the constr. state with Makk. "1? ; ^^ 3-
Conj. of removing, prohibiting, hinder-
ing, i. q. nn, that not, lest. Thus :
1. Where an action precedes, that
serves to hinder or prohibit something
which one fears and wishes to remove
or avoid. Gen. 11, 4 let us build us a
city . . . ynE:"*!? lest we he scattered. 19,
15 arise . . . riESFi""|B lest thou perish. 3,
3 eat not of it. . .,sinpn""B lest ye die.
Then, after verbs of fearing, like Gr.
dtiSu firi, Lat. vereor ne. Gen. 31, 31,
comp. 26, 9 ; of caution, comp. Gr. idilv
(tri, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. Deut. 4, 23 ; also
of swearing Judg. 15, 12, comp. oftvvot p^
II. 23. 585. In examples of this kind bx
is never used.
2. At the beginning of a sentence,
where it implies : a) Prohibition or dis-
suasion, like bx. Job 32. 13 1-icxn"',D
say not, i. e. beware lest ye say. Is. 36,
18 in;rtn csrx n''"i.",B beware lest
Hezekiah deceire you. b) Fear, appre-
hension, as Gen. 3. 22 n^ "^V-'Vi^ nny^
'iai and now (I fear) lest fie put forth
hin lumd. etc. 44, 34 'lai yna ni<-iN",B
(I fear) lest I see the evil. etc.'31, 31. 38.
11. 42, 4. Ex. 1.3, 17. Num. 16, 34.
1 Sam. 13, 19. With prret. where one
f^Vin leat aometliing has already taken
place, 2 Sam. 20, 6 8<S-',B lest he may
have found. 2 K. 2, 16 nirr^. nri-i isbi-iD.
(we fear) lest a wind from Jehovah hath
taken him up. Once it approaches to
the power of a negative adverb, i. q. xb ,
Prov. 5. 6 Di:Br\-',B c"'';in nym. the way of
life she prepareth not for herself, sc. the
adulteress, i. e. she walks not in the way
of life. But' the full sentence is : ' (see)
lest she walk in the way of life.'
5i3B U7T. Xiyo/j.. Ez. 27, 17, perh. a
kind of pastry or sweet cake. The Targ.
renders it X^blp , i. e. Gr. xolia, a kind
of sweet pastry; and in the book Zohar
53B cnb is pastry-work. Other opinions
are enumerated by Celsius in Hierobot.
II. p. 73. Sept. Ttaala, Vulg. balsamum.
The etymology is wholly uncertain.
n3s fut. n:S7 , apoc. and conv.
"i?."?! ')S1 , in the other persons 'EXT,
|En . "Ell ; imper. ri:Q ; to turn, trans, in
one phrase: C|"i3> n;3 to turn the back
Josh. 17, 12. Jer. 2V27. 30, 33. Else-
where always intrans. to turn, to turn
oneself, i. e.
1. In order to go anywhere, to go
away; Ex. 7, 23 n::;^ ri^ns '|E'V 10, 6.
32, 15. Gen. 18, 22.' Deut. 9, 15. 10, 5.
16, 7. al. Sometimes with a dat. pleon.
Deut. 1, 40. 2, 3. 1 K. 17, 3. Hence
a) to turn to or towards any place, to
betake oneself in any direction, c. bs
Gen. 24, 49 ; bi< 1 Sam. 13, 17 ; b Is. 53,
6. 56, 11; ace' 1 Sam. 13, 18. 14, 47
nrE"^ "wjx bb2 whither.^oever he turned
himself; with He parag. 1 K. 17, 3. Deut.
2,3. Cant. 6,1. Also with bx of pers. /o
turn unto any one, to go to him for re-
sponse or for aid, espec. God Is. 45, 22 ;
angels Job 5, 1 ; idols Lev. 19, 4. Deut.
31, 18. 20; wicked men Ps. 40, 5; di-
viners Lev. 20. 6; with bx of thing, to
turn unto e. g. iniquity Job 36, -21.
'''!!r!^ ^'^ '0 ^"^'^ after any one, to in-
cline to his side or party, Ez. 29, 16.
b) to turn away from any one. c. D?
Deut. 29, 17 mentally ; absol. 30. 17 if
thy heart turn away from God. and thou
do not obey, etc. c) Trop. of time,e. g.
m) to turn away, i. e. to pass away. Jer.
6.4 D'i'n n:B the day turns, declines;
also poet. Ps. 90, 9 all our days turn
away, pass away. /3) to tuiii in ap-
proaching, e. g. in the phrases : nis^b
n33
851
n3s
sj?in at the titrning of the morning, at
the approach of dawn, Ex. 14, 27. Judg.
19, 26. Pa. 46, 6; =75 nlSBls cU the turn-
ing of evening, at even-tide, Gen. 24, 63.
Deut. 23, 12.
2. In order to look at any thing, 2 K.
23, 16. Ecc. 2, 12 niasn n"ix-ib ""sx ^n"':!}
/ turned rrnj-felf to iM'Jwld wisdom. Ex.
2, 12 S'l'i risT ris "jt'l a^/ /i^ //hZ
himself (\\\s eyes) hither and thither and
looked. Hence i. q. to turn the eyes, to
look at any thing, c. bx Ex. 16, 10.
Num. 17, 7. Job 21, 5; a 6, 28. Ecc. 2,
11; ^'"^nx behind oneself inAtr. 20. 40.
2 Sam.' 1. 7. 2, 20 ; nbsiai upwards Is. 8,
21 [22]. Metaph.bs n;a <o /ooA; u/jo,
i. e. to regard, to have respect to any
person or thing. Deut. 9, 27; espec. of
God as hearing and regarding men with
favour. Ps. 25. 16 "^JSni 'bx niB . 69, 17.
86.16; also n^Bn-'bx'n:s Ps.' 102, 18.
1 K. 8, 28 ; nnj'an-bx Num. 16, 15. Mai.
2, 13. Of a king 2 Sam. 9, 8. Of
things, to turn or look towards any
quarter, Ez. 8, 3 n^^zs njo nsirn the
gate looking toward the north. 11. 1. 44,
1. 46, 12. 47,2; simpl. njian -iJt'n 2
Chr. 25, 23, comp. 2 K. 14, 13. Of a
boundary Josh. 15, 2. 7.
PiEL pr. to cause to turn and go away,
see Kal. no. 1. b ; hence to clear away
any thing, c. ace. Zeph. 3, 15; absol.
Ps. 80, 10 n-issb n-ira thou didM clear
away before it, i. e. didst make room and
prepare the ground. Also to clear out
sc. from things thrown hither and thither,
impediments, to put in order, to prepare,
e. g. a house Gen. 24, 31. Lev. 14, 36 ;
a way Is. 40, 3. 57, 14. 62, 10. Mai. 3, 1.
HiPH. fut. conv. "|B5 1. Trans, to
turn, Judg. 15. 4 ; espec. the back in
departing, flight, 1 Sam. 10, 9. Jer. 48,
39. Hence
2. Intrans. with C)"!S impl. to turn the
back, to fee, Jer. 46, 21. 49, 24; also to
look back, to stop in flight, Jer. 46, 5.
Nah. 2, 9. With bx to turn oneself to
any one Jer. 47, 3.
HoPH. to be turned back, i. q. to turn
back Jer. 49, 8 ; to be turned, i. q. to look
towards any quarter, comp. in Kal no. 2
fin. Ez. 9, 2.
Deriv. ^^("iD), nsB plur. D^?B, whence
na^JB, ''ia''3D, 'Jfib ; and the pr. names
MSB"', bX!l3B ,' bx-'SB .
n3B not used in eing. (though under
another form ^2D, i:p, it appears in the
pr. names bx-SD, bxiJII.) plur. CTiB,
constr. .:> , m. but fem. Ez. 21, 21.
1. the face, countenance, pr. the part
turned towards any one, see Ez. 21, 3,
from r. MJB ; comp, Arab. SLs^l face,
from K^* V, to turn oneself in any di-
rection. For the use of the plur. comp,
Gr, T TTQoifuna in Homer. Gen. 3S. 15,
50, 1. Ex. 3, 6. al. scepe. Also of the
face of animals Ez. 10, 14. Job 41, 6.
Constr. with a verb or adj. plur. Job 38,
30. Dan. 1, 10, and in the fem. Ez. 21,
21 ; rarely sing. Lam. 4, 16. Prov. 15, 14.
Also as a real plur. faces, e. g. nsatx
CJE Ez. 1, 6. 10, 21. 41, 18 ; a-':s-b3
all faces Joel 2. 6. Is. 13, 8. Nah. 2. 11.
Spec. o'^SBH crib the bread of the face,
presence, the shew-bread, see in cnb no.
2 ; also "nb D''?Bn the table of the shew-
bread, on which these loaves were set
out. Num. 4, 7. i'':B-b5 bej to fall upon
one's face, see bsj no. 2. a. B "'33 n^n to
smooth the face of any one. see in nbn
Piel no. 1.
Spec, to be noted are the following
phrases :
a) c-'jQ-bx n*':3 face to face Gen. 32,
31. Deut.' 34, 10. al. id. aLso c"'3S2 z^'.S
id. Ez. 5, 4; D-issb u^^ id. Prov.'27, 19*
b) To say or do any thing 'b "^.SS'bs to
one's face, i. e. frankly, freely, and also
often impudently, inssolently, in scorn and
defiance ; comp. French dire dans la
barbe. Lat. laudare in os, Ter. So Job
1, 11 Jp')'^) T'.:9'^? he will curse thee to
thy face. 21, 31. Is. 65, 3 who provoke
me ^3a"b to my face, i. e. in scorn and
defiance. In the same sense is said "bx
n^3Q Job 2, 5. 13, 15. Deut. 7, 10 TSB-bx
ib'cbi^'^ he will repay him, to his face sc.
Grod an enemy, i. e. openly and speedily,
Vulg. statim ; the other member has xb
"inx\ Here belongs also i''33 i^jr to
answer one to his face, i. e. to reiute him
strongly, freely, openly ; Job 16, 8 "'OH?
f^.^?!- ''^Sl my leanness refutes me to my
face i. e. testifies openly and strongly
against me. Hos. 5, 5. 7, 10.
c) bs CJB Dib to set the face upon
any one ; for good, 1 K. 2, 15 upon me
did all Israel set their faces, that I
should reign ; or for evil, to set the face
i:3
852
nsa
against any one, Ez. 6, 2. 29, 2. 35. 2.
Also ^JJ.i'^JS csib in the same sense Ez.
13, 17. 21,'7. 25, 2. 38, 2; and with n
parag. Ez.21,2. Siraihiris bx "''^JS n"''J:
ifo se^ (turn) one's face towards a place
Num. 24, 1. Also inlTTiostile sense
t)X D'lrs "rn to direct the face against
any thing Ez. 4, 3. 7 ; i 0-^:3 ^-'in id.
Dan. 11, 18. 19. Absol. 2 K. S, 11 nis^l
^'^.^^ ''";>? fl!f' ^e fired his countenance
and, set it, i. e. beheld him with a fixed
look.
d) T'JS n^ia c. ace. to set one^s face
towards any quarter, i. e. to direct one's
course thither, to go, Gen. 31, 21 ; with
inf. c. 'b to intend, to purpase doing any
thing, but still with special reference to
going or departing, Jer. 42, 15. 17. 44,
12. 2 K. 12, IS. Dan. 11, 17. In N. T.
comp. Luke 9. 53. Syr. in the same
sense has ^oio^j >aji? to set his face,
oii-ki* >oie to fix his look.
e) i"'3E "|r: to set one^s face, q. d. to
cast the eyes, e. g. n3"^5< upon the grmind
Dan. 10, 15 ; c. bx towards any one, as
God Dan. 9, 3. With inf. c. b to set
one^s face to do any thing, i. e. to pur-
pose, to determine, 2 Chr. 32, 2. But
38* 'b 'sa 'fTji to set the face of any one
towards, i. e. to cause him to look to-
wards any thing. Gen. 30, 40. Furtlier
f ) In a hostile sense, 3 "r^jS c^3 to set
one's face ttpon i. e. against any one in
anger, to behold him in anger ; so of
God Lev. 20. 5. Ez. 15, 7; more fully
naiab sbn ni'-b Jer. 21, 10, nsnb 44, 10.
aIso a i-'ja in: id. Lev. 17, 10V20, 3. 6.
26, 17.' Ki. 14, 8. 15, 7. Soo too without
a verb, Ps. 34, 17 rn "^ajja -^^ ijd, comp.
opp. V. 16.
g) T^:s Nia; to lift up orui's counte-
naitce, see in X'C'3 no. 1. c. But in 2 Sam.
2, 22 and Job 22, 26, it is rather to look
with confidence upon any one. So too
i>x era c-'-in Ezra 9, 7.
h) B 'JS TMi"^ to see the face of any
one, i. e. to see him in person, as present.
Gen. 32. 21 / will appease him (Esau)
vnlh the present ;... afterwards I will see
his face, meet him in pwrson, 46, 30.
48, 11. Also i. q. to l>e admitted to the
presence of any one of high rank, as a
prince, king, Gen. 4:1, 3. 5. 44, 23. 26.
2 Sam. 3, 13. 14, 24. 28. Ex. 10, 28, 29 ;
or to have access to the king, as his ser
vants and ministers 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52,
25. Esth. 1, 14. Hence to see God^sface,
to have access to him, to find him propi-
tious. Job 33. 26. Is. 1, 12 (if we read
1:9 n-ixib). Gen. 33, 10; also "'^ 'la nm
Ps. 17, 15. In other passages it is said
that no mortal can see God's face and
live, Ex. 33, 20. 23 (but comp. Gen. 16,
13. 32, 30. Judg. 6, 22. 13, 22. Is. 6, 5).
Hence the ancient intpp. in the follow-
ing passages: Dan. 31,11 ":b rx r'^x"ib,
Is. 1, 12 '33 nsnb, Ex. 23,'l5 ixti xV
cp-'-i "^33, 34, 1.5. Ps. 42, 3 'zn nx-x
D'^n'bx, have given to the verbs the pas-
sive punctuation(nxnb, ixn;^, nxnx) af-
ter the analogy of Ex. 34, 23 and 1 Sam.
1, 22 '^ '33TX nxni ; and the sense
then is : to appear before God. But
peril, the active construction is favoured
by the fact that "^33 stands thrice without
rx ; and also nxnb twice without n, so
tliat it cannot without apparent violence
be pointed nix^.b. Is. 63, 9 i^JS rjxba
the angel of his (God's) face, presence,
who beholds his face, is his minister.
i) As to see the face of any one, is to
be admitted to his presence (see lett. h) ;
and to seek the face of any one, is to seek
admittance to him (see ^f:3 Pi. no. 1,
comp. Prov. 7, 15) ; so B "'iS? X'rj to re
ceive the face (person) of any one, is to
grant him admittance (see xbj no, 3, b) ;
and opp. B 'SB a'^llin to turn away the face
of any one, is not to admit, to repulse
him (see 31125 Hiph. no. 1). So too "^""^n
'(^ T'JB to turn away one's face from any
one 2 Chr., 30, 9 ; 1^ -,133 "I'^Fiqn , see in
-ino Hiph.
k) The face of any one is often put for
one's presence, person, self Ex. 33, 14
isb^ "133 my presence shall go, i. e. I my-
self will go. V. 15. 2 Sam. 17, 11 T^^:n
S'ljsa n^'sbn that thy presence (thyself)
go to the battle. Lam. 4, 16. Ps. 21, 10
T|^3D rsb in the time of thy presence,
when thou art present to fight against
them. 80, 17. Also Ps. 31, 21 thou shall
hide them ?j"^3B "irsa in the coveii of
thy presence. 89, 15, So Ps. 42. 6 *Ti3
'iai inisx i"3B pi5itt5"j ijnix / shaU yet
praise him, for the deliverance of his
jrresence, even my God, i. e. him whose
presence brings deliverance. But in v.
12 and 43, 5 the same words are differ*
nsi
853
n:3
ently divided : / shall yet praise him.
"^^^^2 ""T^ r'irid'j t/ie deliverance of my
presence and my (Jod, i. e. with De
Wette. ' tlie deliverer of my person.'
But prob. we should here divide niJiaJ'J
^n^x T'jD , as in v. 5. 6 ; see Thesaur.
p. 1110."
1) The face, countenance, is also often
put for l/ie look, mien, air of a person, as
expressing the affections and emotions
of the mind. Gen. 31, 2 a7id Jacob saw
the countenance of Laban, and to, it was
not toward him as before, v. 5. Hence
C'^ja TS of hardened looks, impudent,
Deul. 28, 50, comp. Is. 50. 7 ; Q''5B nix
see in "nx lett. g. So n-isn D-'Je an evil
countenance, sad looks. Gen. 40, 7. Ecc.
7, 3. Neh. 2, 3; and simpl. n-<:B id.
1 Sam. 1, 18, comp. v. 8. Job 9,27. For
the same is said n^3S ibes (see bca no. 1.
a, and Hiph. no. 1. d) ; and of a cheerful
countenance, B"'2B sbj, see S"ij3 no. 1. c.
So too shame is expressed in the coun-
tenance, either by blushing or turning
pale, whence n-^SB nqa Ps. 44, 6. Jer. 7,
19 ; and so Ps. 69' 8. 83, 17. Jer. 51, 51.
Also loathing is expressed by averted
looks, Ez. 6, 9. 20, 43. 36, 31. To the
expression of anger in the looks we may
refer Gen. 32. 21 : / will appease (T^JS)
his countenance with the present.
m) DniJB 133 before their own face Is.
5, 21, i. q. c'ri'^SBb, cn^rsa, in their own
eyes or opinion ; see in "('; no. 1. b.
2. Trop. of things, the face, surface
of any thing, e. g. of the earth Gen. 1,
29. 2. 6. Is. 14, 21. 24, 1 ; of a field Is.
28, 25 ; of water Gen. 1, 2. Job 38, 30.
etc. Comp. "^rQ-iix no. 2. "^rB-bs no. 1, 2.
Less obvious is Job 41, 5 "itti^iab 'ps nb ''a
who shall uncover the surface of im (the
crocodile's) garment ? i. e. prob. for the
garment itself, the surfiice or upper
part of his body, the scales, covering the
rest; comp. b no. 1. a. /?. So also
aib 13B the surface of the veil, put for the
veil itself as a covering. Is. 25, 7.
Hence a) aspect, view. Job 26, 9. b)
external appearance, state, condition of
a thing. Ps. 104, 30. Prov. 27, 23 look
well to the state, appearance, of thy flock.
c) a way, manner, as with the Rabbins;
, 9 o
see below in "^Jcb D. 3. Comp. Kr^j
face, manner.
72
3. the forepart, front of nny tiling,
e
Arab. &^; id. Jer. 1, 13 nsisa ''SDia rsB^
and the fi onl thereof (of the pot) is
before ( towards) the north. So theyronf,
van, of an army, Gr. n{)6auTtov, Joel 2,
20. Adverbially: a) D"'3B in front,
before, (opp. "linx ,) Ez. 2, lo'. 1 Chr. 19,
10. 2 Chr. 13, 14. b) u-^:th forwards
Jer. 7, 24 ; of time, before, of old, Deut.
2, 10. 12. Josh. 11, 10. 14, 15. al. c)
n^3Efel3 from of old, from ancient times,
Is. 41, 26. d) CSBO in front, before,
2 Sam. 10, 9. Comp. below in ':b'3 D.
2. The face or front of a sword is
its edge, Ez. 21, 21 [16] niis-O r^-^js njx
whither is thine edge directed ? Ecc. 10,
10. Further, n^3B is also used for the
inner wall of a house opposite the door
as one enters, Hom. tm ivutnia, whence
with He parag. n^"'3B q. v. also a''3Bi!0
id.
With prepositions d"'3B assumes very
frequently the nature of a particle :
A) "^JS'bx 1. into or in the presence
of, before, a) Of place whither, after
verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 19, 2. Lev. 9, 5-
Num. 17, 8 [16,43]. b) Of place ir/icre-
Ex. 23, 17.
2. upon the face, surface, of any thing-,,
e- g. !^T>an ^3B-bx Lev. 14. 53. Ez. 10, 5.
Another meaning of this phrase see
above in no. 1. b.
B) ""jQ'rx pr. with {irC) the presence of
any one, in his sight, before any one ;:
e. g. "H^in "asT^H Esih. 1, 10. "'SB-rx;
"^ before Jehovah Gen. 19, 13. 27.' Pe'.
16, 11. Also for public worship in
the phrase "^ ^:^"nx nxns to appear
before Jehovah in the sanctuary, Ex. 34,
23. 1 Sam. 1, 22. (In this sense we
find also "^^ '33-bx '3 Ex. 23, 17 ; also
poet. -^1 -^yQ 'i Is." 1, 12. Ps. 42, 5, see
above in no. 1. h.) So too before, in
front of, e. g. 'T'Sn "'sbtx before the
city Gen. 33, 18. ns'nsn "^SBTX before
the veil Lev. 4, 6. After verbs of mo-
tion, into the presence of, before any one,
1 Sam. 22, 4. al. "'SB nss from the pre-
sence of any one Gen. 27, 30 ; from be-
fore, from the front of any thing, 2 K.
16. 14.
C) "'SBa , i. q. '^Bb , in front of before,
more espec. in the later writers, Ez. 42,
12; often in the phrase "'383 is^ in
854
stand before any one, i. e. to resist Iiim,
Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25. Josh. 10, 8. 21, 44.
23, 9. Esth. 9, 2. The proper force of
the subst. seems to be retained in Ezra
6, 9 cn"';E2 ^'^p^ t-hey show loathing in
^heir countenances ; see above in no. 1. 1.
D) ^:sb, c. sufl'. "^SE?, ~i\^\, ''J?5,
C3"'_5Eb , cr!'^:Eb .
1. in the presence of any one, in his
sight, under his eyes, he being present
and beholding, before any one. Num.
8, 22 the Levites went in to do their min-
istiry . . . V32 "':b!:^. '|"i~f!!S ^'.th in the pre-
sence of Aaron and his sons, under their
inspection. 2K.4, 38. Zech. 3, 8. '^izh
t'r_C before the snn, i. e. so long as the
Bun (which poets compare to the eye,
see in C7E"S2. ~T':i) shall look upon
and illumine the earth. Ps. 72, 17 ; corap.
n-^;; -=Eb V. 5. (But Job 8, 16 ffi^.a: -^pEb
in the sunshine.) Often trop. i. q. ':"'i;3
in the eyes, sight, of any one, i. e. in his
mind, feelings, judgment, e. g. "lOn
''pBb ConnT favour and kindness with
any one, Dan. 1, 9. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106.
46 ; *'.:e^ e-j'; i. q. -^pra Ea;> , see n-j;; .
T'dSx ^;Eb bin*, great i. e. having great
influence with his lord, 2 K. 5. 1 ; comp.
Prov. 4, 3. 14, 12.
Spec, to be noted is the phrase "^iS^
njn-j or cin'bx "^itib , i. e.
a) Pr. in the presence of i. e. before
Jehovah Gen. 18, 22. Ex. 6, 12. 30. 16,
9. Ps. 95, 6. 96, 13. 98, 9. 1 Sam. 1, 12.
15. Also in the sight of Jehovah, he
being present and a witness, Gen. 27, 7.
1 Sam. 23, 18. Since Jehovah was re-
garded as dwelling in his sanctuary,
hence before Jehovah is i. q. ) in the
tabernacle, usually not in the holy of
holies, Ex. 27, 21. 34, 34. 40, 25. Lev.
4. 6. 7. 8, 26. Once in the holy of holies,
Ex. 28, 35. /S) at the door of the taber-
nacle, where stood the altar of burnt-
offering, Ex. 29, 11. 42. Lev. 3, 1 comp.
V. 2. 14, 1 1. 12. 17, 4. al. y) in the tem-
ple, Is. 37, 14; in its halls or courts, 2
K. 10. 14. Is. 23, 18. Ez. 46, 3. 9. 8)
before the ark of the covenant, on which
the presence of Jehovah rested, Josh. 4,
13 ; comp. 6. 7.
b) Trop. Jehovah beholding, Jehovah
being judge. Deut. 24, 4 an abomina-
tion bffore Jehovah. Josli. 6, 26 cursed
before Jehovah, comp. 1 Sam. 26, 19,
Ex. 28, 3S favour before Jehovah. Deut.
24, 13 righteortisness before Jehovah.
Hence also simpl. in a good sense, Je-
hovah assenting and approving, i. q. well
pleasing to Jehovah, since we set before
the eyes only such things as are pleas-
ing ; so "'l^ "3E5 tiinrn to walk before
Jehovah, to live as he approves, see in
Ti^n Hithp, no. 2. Gen. 10, 9 a viighty
hunter ''^ "'IBb before Jehovah, with whom
God is well pleased, Ps, 19. 15. What
is pleasing to Jehovah he decrees; so
Gen. 6, 13 the end of all flesh V^Eb sa
is come before me, is decreed by me.
The rarer form n'PiSNIi ''lEb has the
like significations: a) before God, i. e.
in his sanctuary Ex. 18. 12. Josh. 24. 1.
Judg. 21, 2 ; on the throne of God's
appointment Ps. 61, 8. b) God being
judge J Gen. 6. 1 1 the earth was corrupt
before God. So c^n'bx ijEb E'ia good
before God, in his sight, well pleasing
to him, Ecc. 2, 26. 7, 26.
Further we may note the use of "'itb
in the following phrases:
aa) r|^5sn ipEb -i?:S to stand before
the king, to await his mandates, i. e. to
minister unto him, see ^^5> ; comp. tes
'DBP 2 Sam. 16, 19.
bb) To adore or worship before a di-
vinity, see n"nnirn in r. nn'j . l K. 12,
30 the people went to worship "instrt iJB^
before the one sc. of the calves. 1 Chr.
21, 30.
cc) To be smitten, put to flight before
an enemy, see v;J3 Niph. and hence
after verbs of scattering, discomfiting,
and the like, Judg. 4, 15. 1 Sam. 14, 13.
20, 1. 2 Sam. 5, 20. Jer. 1, 17. 49, 37.
Comp. below in "'.IJB^ .
dd) 'a ""lE^ "iPJ to set before any one,
e. g. food 2 K. 4, 43 ; trop. for choice, to
propose Deut. 11, 26; a law to be ob-
served, to impose Deut. 4, 8. 1 K. 9, 6.
Jer. 26, 4. 44, 10. Ez. 23, 24. Also i. q.
to give into one's power, to deliver over
to any one (i. q. 'b i;:3), Josh. 10, 12.
Deut. 2, 33. 36. Judg. 1 i, 9. 1 K. 8. 46.
Is. 41, 2. So without the verb of giving
Gen. 24, 51 lo ! Rebecca "I'^Jfib before
tliee, i. e. is given up to thee. 34, 10 tlie
land is before yon, lies ready before you
and your flocks. 2 Chr. 14, 6.
2, before, in front of comp. CSB no. 3.
a) Of place, is-ia bnx ijcb before the
!:3
855
tl5
tabernacle of the congregation I Chr. 6,
17 [32] ; hence eastward o/Gen. 23, 17.
25, 18. Deut. 32, 49. Also of a leader
who goes before his army, see X3i SS'J
DSn 'jBb under art. Kia no. 1. d ; of a
king who stands before, at the head of,
his people, Ecc. 4, 16 there itaa no end
to all the people on-'jBb n;n "rrx bib
to all whom he was over. F'urther of
captives, booty, etc. which, as a shep-
herd his flock (Gen. 32, 18), the victor
drives before him, Is. 8, 4. Am. 9, 4.
Lam. 1, 5. 6.
b) Of time before, e. g. tisnn "^SBb
before the earthfpcakc Am. 1, 1 ; "'JOb
*l^U;5 before the /larcest Is. 18, 5. Gen.
13, 10. 29, 26. Prov. 8, 25. Zech. 8, 10.
Gen. 30, 30 "'SBb btfore me, i. e. before
I came to thee. Jer. 28. 8 HTTS 'JBb be-
fore now Neh. 13, 4. With inf. before
that, before, Gen. 13, 10. Deut. 33, 1.
1 Sam. 9, 15.
c) Of worth, preference, before, above,
like Lat. ante, prce. Job 34, 19 he re-
gardeth not the rich bT "'Ssb above the
poor.
d) After verbs of motion, lit. to onp?s
front, obviam, implying motion to meet
any one, e. g. 'B "'Jsb nnp? Gen. 24, 12;
also often in a hostile sense, against,
Gr. uvii, pr. to one's face, front, e. g.
"3Bb C!ip to rise up against any one
Niim. 16, 2 ; ''SBb KS"; to go out against
1 Chr. 14, 8. 2 Chr 14, 9. Also nisS
'SBb (see las), ''JBb zii-^T^ri to stand
against any one, i. e. to stand out, resist.
3. in the manner of like, see above in
O'^SB no. 2. c. Job 4, 19 lit. they crush
them His "'lEb like the moth, impers. for:
they are crushed as by the moth, as if
moth-eaten ; Vulg. sicut a tinea. Sept.
(rr]iig jqotiov. Comp. Lat. ad faciem
Plaut. Cist. 1. 1. 73. So ''Ssb -,rD to re-
gard as or for any one (comp. 3 'iPj)
1 Sam. 1. 16. From "'Ssb comes the adj.
form "'SBb anterior, q. v.
Note. The following significations
sometimes ascribed to "^rsb are doubtful:
a) for, comp. "ii3 and Germ, vor and fur;
e. g. in the phrase ''isb "jnT to become
surety for any one, Prov. 17, 18 ; but the
surety doubtless gave his pledge before,
in the presence of his friend. /5) on ac-
count of propter, like "'?2^'2. "'iS'a ; so
in ''Jsb *7ED to mourn on account of any-
one 2 Sam. 3, 31 ; better pr. before Wm,
since in the funeral procession the
mourners preceded the bier ; Geier de
luctu Hebneorum c. 5. 15-19.
R) "^jstb^ 1. from before, from the
presence of any one, implying that the
person or thing spoken of was before the
other and goes away from that place.
E. g. to go out "; ':e^'2 Lev. 9, 24 ; 'SBirs
ri5-jB Gen. 41, '46; also Gen. 23, 4.' 8.
Hence after verbs of fleeing (comp. '^
no. 3. a), and of driving out 1 Chr. 19,
18. 2 Chr. 20, 7 ; of fearing and causing
fear 1 Sam. 18, 12. Ps. 97, 5. 114, 7. Ecc.
8, 13. Esth. 7, 6; also of crying for help
(usually conjoined with flight) 1 Sam.
8, 18 ; of humbling oneself 1 K. 21, 29.
2 Chr. 33, 12. 36, 12.
2. Of time, before, i. q. "'Ssb no. 2. b.
Ecc. 1, 10. Comp. 1^ no. 4. b.'
3. Trop. of a cause, on account of be-
caiiJie of. i. q. "^3313 , "53, e. g. to shout or
rejoice because of, 1 Chr. 16, 33.
F) "^3013 1. from the face, presence,
front, of any person or thing, from be-
fore, e. g. Ex. 14. 19 and the column went
Dri"'3ST3 from before them, and'stood be-
hind them.. Hence very often after verbs
of departing, Hos. 11, 2 ; of fleeing
(comp. "|T3 no. 3, a. from which it differs
in that "^IB^ is for the most part used be-
fore persons, '{O before things, see rrn
Niph.) Gen. 7, 7. 16, 8. Is. 20, 6 comp!
Ps. 61, 4; of crying for help Is. 19. 20.
26, 17; of fearing (see xn^, rrn Niph,);
of reverencing, humbling oneself 2 K.
22, 1 9. Lev. 19, 32 ; of hiding Job 23, 17 ;
and other verbs of similar significations.
Thus the idea of flight and fear is im-
plied in Judg. 9. 21, and he dwelt there
linx Tib^-'iS "'.B^ (after he had fled)
from the presence of Abimelech his bro-
ther; Vulg. well, ob metum A. fratrit
sui. 1 Chr. 12, 1 see in r. iSS no. 1.
Is. 17, 9 as ruins .... "'33 '.3S'3 1=T3 -i;^X
bs'ntJ7 which the Canaanites left deserted
from before Israel i. e. fleeing from be-
fore them ; see in r. 2TS no. 2. b.
2. Of the author and efficient cause,
from which any thing -proceeds, i. q. '^'U
no. 2. c. Gen. 6, 1 3 the earth is filled with
violence cr}''}ti^ froin them, i. e. of which
they are the cause. Sept. well un uvtmv.
47, 'l3. Ex. 8, 20. Juig. 6, 6. Jer. 15. 17.
Ez. 14, 15. Also of the remoter cause
nss
856
riDS
because of^ on account of ; Is. 10, 27 the
yoke shall break 'fc^^ 'rSTS because of the
fatness sc. of the ox. Deut. 28. 20. Hob.
10, 15. Jer. 9. 6. So where the reason
is given on account of which something
is not done, Lat. jyrce. Job 37. 19. 1 K. 8,
'11. With "ill" it is equivalent to a
Conj. because that, because, Ex. 19, 18,
Jer. 44, 23.
Note. Winer has needlessly added
the two following meanings, Lex. p. 779 :
.) before, citing Lev, 19, 32, where cnp
'JBTa to rise up in one's presence, is the
^part of modesty and reverence towards
old age, conip. above in no. 1. /?) to-
wards, as if for "'.^B'^Jt, Jer. 1, 13; for
which see above in D'^IS no. 3.
G) ''iB"^? has various meanings ac-
cording to the different power both of
the noun and particle.
1. From the signif. face and front, no.
1, 3, arise the following :
a) at or before the face of any one, be-
fore, i. q. ^?^ no. 1 (comp. bs no. 3. b).
Gen. 32, 22.' Lev. 10, 3. Ps. 9, 20. 2 K.
13. 14. Job 4, 15 ; in the sight of any
one, under his inspection. Num. 3, 4.
Job 6, 28 ^itsx nx nsiss-bs it is before
your eyes (will be manifest), whether I
lie. ^53 ^?^ i. q. ""-^k^ Gen. 23, 3,
b) in front of anything, before, 2 Chr.
3. 17. Ps. 18, 43 as dust before the wind,
driven by the wind. Here belong also
the following : 1 K. 6, 3 the length of it
(of the porch) r^3f3 :ti"! "^^S?"^? before
.the breadth of the temple, i. e. along in
front of the breadth of the temple. 2 Chr.
3, 8. Hence : ) In a geographical
sense, before, i. e. to the east, eastward
of, Gen. 16. 12 and he shall dwell on the
east of all his brethren. 23, 19. 25, 18.
1 K. 11, 7 in the mount which is on the
eaM of Jerusalem, the mount of Olives,
comp. Zech. 14, 4. Deut. 32. 49 mount
Abarim which is on the east (f Jeri-
cho. 1 Sam. 15, 6. Still, as the more
general signif. lufore, ovur against, might
here be applied, the quarter of the hea-
vens is Kometimes added to remove the
ambiguity ; as Zech. 14, 4 the mount of
Olives, which is before JfTusalnii on the
east. Num. 21,11. Josh. 15. 8 the top of
the hill which is btfrn-e the ndhy of Ilin-
noni Wist ward. 18, 14 the hill which is
before Belh-horon southward. Where
there is no snch adjunct, the direction
must be determined by the circum-
stances, and is sometimes uncertain, aa
1 Sam. 24, 3 [2]. Josh. 13, 25. 17, 7
comp. 16, 6. /5) Of time, before, Gen.
11, 28. /) Of preference, before, rather
than, Deut. 21, 16.
c) to the face or front of any thing,
see in hy no. 4 ; hence, towards, in the
direction of. Gen. 18, 16 and the men
looked, dHo "'3S"b5 towards Sodom. 19,
28. Num. 21, 20. 23, 28. So Judg. 16,
3 towards Hebron; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 377. Perh. 1 K. 17, 3;
comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288.
Hence in a hostile sense, against, Ps.
21, 13. Nah. 2, 2.
2. From the signif. surface, ''53"^? is:
a) upon the face i. e. surface, e. g. of the
earth Gen. 1, 29. 6, 1 ; of the heavens
Gen. 1,20; of the waters Gen. 1,2; of a
valley Ez. 37, 2. Hence ^3B bs^ from
upon the face of the earth, spoken of
what is destroyed, 1 Sam. 20. 15. Am.
9; 8. b) After verbs implying motion,
upon the face i. e. surface, e. g. of the
earth Job 5, 10. Am. 5, 8 ; of the fields
Lev. 14, 7. Ez. 32, 4. c) out upon or
over the surface, etc. Gen. 11, 8. Lev. 16,
14. 15. Is. 18, 2. d) Trop. of something
added, i. q. bs no. L b. n, above, besides,
inl, Ex. 20. 3 thou shall have no other
gods "^-B"'? over and above me, i. e. be-
sides me ; Sept. well nlr^v ifioii, Targ.
12T3 13. Job 16, 14.
n|S f (r. *:a) 1. a pinnacle, mural
turret, q. d. a 'branch' or 'shoot' spring-
ing up out of the wall; see the root.
2 Chr. 26, 15. Zeph. 1, 16. 3,6. Hence
2. a corner, angle, pr. exterior, as of a
house Job I, 19 ; of a street Prov. 7, 8.
Also interior, as of a roof Prov. 21, 9. 25,
24 ; of a court Ez. 43, 20 ; of a city
2 Chr. 28, 24. r.ro "(rx a corntj^sione Job
38, 6. Is. 28, 16; and so MSB simpJ. Jer.
51, 26. n:3 ttisin the hi.ad of the cormr,
i. e. the chief corner-stone, Ps. 118, 22 ;
see in ttJsi no. 4. nssn ->yb the cor-
m-r-gate, one of the gates of Jerusa-
lem, 2 K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 26, 9. Jer.
31, 38.
3. Metaph. a prince, the chief of a
people, on whom as a corner-Klone the
burden of the state rests, comp. Ps. 118,
^33
857
C3
22. la. 28, 16. So Is. 19, 13. Zech. 10,
4. 1 Sam. It, 38. Judg. 20, 2.
^S^5D (face of God. from obsol. sing.
158 i. q. 0"'3D, comp. in plur. DT^ia)
P'emiel, pr. n. a) A place beyond
Jordan Gen. 32, 32, where its origin is
narrated. Judg. 8, 8. Once bx-'JB id.
Gen. 32, 31. b) Of men: ) 1 Chr.
8, 25, Keri bx-^SB . /3) 1 Chr. 4, 4.
bS^DD see the preced. art. Ictt. a, and
lett. b. o.
n"'^2D see in O'^J-'SB .
D'^IE face, see art. n:Q.
CrP in D-iSE^T? 1 K. 6, 29; see in
ma-^JB lett. a.
np"':D Mil6l, from o-'SB no. 3, with
He local (once without n 1 K. 6, 29, see
below in a) ; for the plur. ending retain-
ed comp. n^i^Q';, and n^b-'X Ex. 15, 27.
Num. 33, 9; pr. al or by the inner wall
of a house, room, court, i. e. opposite to
or in front of the door and of those en-
terin<T, if rotg ivttmiois, where the throne
is set in palaces. Ps. 45, 14 all glorious
sits the king^s daughter (the queen)
niQ'^Da by the wall, i. e. upon the tiirone.
Also on the inner walL like Gr. ivomiu,
1 K. 6, 18 ; within, in the house, 2 K. 7,
11 ; inward, into the house. 2 Chr. 29, 18.
With prefixes : a) m2-'3Bb inside,
within, 1 K. 6, 30 ; inward Ez. 41, 3.
h rna'^ssb inwardly to, inside of any-
thing, Ez. 40, 16 ; also d"i:b^ (without
n loc.) from within, i. e. on the inside,
1 K. 6, 29, b) nic-'rsia on the inside,
within, 1 K. 6, 19.' 21. 2 Chr. 3, 4.
Hence
"''0"'2B ni. adj. (^ being treated as radi-
cal and therefore retained,) fem. p'^T3':b ,
plur. c-'niDO 1 Chr. 28. 11, f ^ia?^';Q 2
Chr. 4. 22 ; interior, inner, (opp. 'il'^n
exterior,) 1 K. 6, 27. 36. 7, 12. Ez. 40,
15 sq. 41, 15. al.
qi;i;B j^ fjfjiy jn plup. (sing, is the
pr. n. nS3Q.) Prov. 3, 15 Keri. 8. 11. 20,
15. 31, \o'. Lam. 4. 7. Job 28, 18. once
Qifl;^ Prov. 3, 15 Cheth. according to
many of the Rabbins pearls, Gr. niwa,
and so Bochart, Hieroz. II. 1. V. c. 6, 7.
Against this is the passage in Lam. 1. c.
a"'2"':sn DSS i^"!!*, which cannot be
rendered with Bochart : they are more
72*
shining in body than pearls, ee in r. O'lH .
Better there(()re is the opinion of J. D.
Michaelis (Supplem. p. 2022) and others,
who understand red corals ; which is
also favoured by tiie etymology, pr.
'branches, branching trees,' from r. "(3D
q. V. To this it is not an objection,
that corals are called by another name,
niTaxT ; the same is also the case in
respect to pearls, see nbna. Others
understand red gems, as the sardiua,
pyrops ; but this word is never enume-
rated among gems, comp. Ex. 39, 10 sq.
* 133 obsol. root, Arab. \i Conj. II,
to divide up, to separate, to distribute
into classes ; ^^ a species, class, plur.
s -^ s '^^
branches ; ijJLs a branch ; ^o^^l a
thick branch ; iljLi a branching tree.
Hence '(B I, nSB, 3"'3''3B, pr. n. nS3D.
nsSD (coral, i. q. n:"'3B which is found
in some Mss.) Peninnah, pr. n. of the
wife of Elkanah, 1 Sam. 1, 2. 4.
p3S in Kal not used. Arab. {Jy^
to treat and train delicately ; IV, to live
delicately. Syr. Ethpe. to delight oae-
self. Comp. p3"!3.
PiEL to bring up delicately, to spoil by
tenderness, e. g. a servant Prov. 29, 21.
OB m. (r. DOS) end, extremity, only
in the phrase Q-'SB r:h3 Gen. 37, 3. 23.
32. 2 Sam. 13. 18. 19, a tunic reaching
to the D"'S3, i. e. to the palms of the
hands and soles of the feet ; see the
root. It was therefore the long tunic
with sleeves, worn by young men and
maidens of the better class ; so Jos. Ant.
7.8. I. SKf:o^ovv yao lu raiv u()j(aiav nag-
&it'Oi j^fi(>i)8tTov.: uxtji iu)v aqpi'^ciji' noog
TO [ii]8h liXena&at ;^tr(u',', which is well
explained and defined by Hartmann,
Hebraerin III. 280. Aqu. ap. Sam. xp-
ncarog. Symm. /iifjidunog. Aqu. Gen.
u<jT(juyaXn()g (talaris). Others : a tunic
of many colours, i. e. of pieces of various
colours sewed together, from Chald. 03
palm of the hand, also a piece, etc. So
Sept. in Gen.^iTciV noixllog, Vulg. poly-
mila.
CD Chald. m. c. genit. NT^ 03 palm
of the hand, Dan. 5, 5. 24. See r. DOB
C3
Qi'Q'n CB , see n'^E'^j DSN .
858
iC2
^?3 in Kal not used, Chald. StJS fo
fwf w/), to divide, i. q. pc9 which is
more usual.
PiEL once Ps. 48, 14 n^nij^nx !i5Sa
divide ye vp her palaces, i. e. walk
through and survey them ; or perh. con-
sider them accurately, since verbs of di-
viding are thus used metaphorically ;
comp. r. "a. Hence
naCE (Chald. part, piece) Pisgah, pr.
n. of a mountain ridge in Moab, on the
southern border of the kingdom of Si-
hon, Num. 21, 20. 23, 14. Deut. 3. 27.
Josh. 12, 3. al. In it was Mount Nebo,
Deut. 34, 1.
Tic's f. (r. D03) pr. expansion, diffu-
sion, comp. r. ntJQ and Cliald. "|1"'0Q ;
then trop. abundance, once Ps. 72, 16
y';^N2 13 nSB TJ^ let there be abundance
of com in the land. Others take it as
fem. of CS , whence a handful, sheaf
Kimchi Ti? xb^ ; but not suited to the
context.
'"'CS 1. pr. to leap, to dance, see
Piel. See also Thesaur. Niph. p. 1114,
1115.
2. Spec, to leap over, to pass over, e. g.
a stream, river, whence pr. n. nOEn
Thapsactts, pr. passage of the Euphra-
tes. With bs, i. q. b? 135 ; Ex. 12, 23
'i3l nrsn bs "^^ PiDBI and Jehovah will
pass over the door, and will not suffer
the destroyer to come in. v. 13. 27. Sept.
V. 23 nn()iQxofi(ti,\xi\g. transibo. Hence
1. q. to spare. Is. 31, 5.
3. to halt, to limp, to be lame, from the
irregular and leaping gait : see Niph.
and ntJD. Trop. 1 K. 18, 21 how long
D^nCB cnx do ye halt between two opi-
nions'? i. e. hesitate between Jehovah
and Baal. So Arab. t_aAA. pr. to limp ;
Chryeost. ntqi t^v nitniv xutXtviiv.
Piel to leap, to dance ; so the priests
of Baal, 1 K. 18. 26 they danced at
(around) the altar which was made;
Sept. duTfifxov, Targ. prir^ insani-
ebant, which Kimchi explains, 'they
danced after their manner.' Dancing
wap customary at some Bacrifices ; see
2 Sam. 6, 16.
Niph. pass, of Kal no. 3, to become or
be made lame. 2 Sara. 4, 4.
Deriv. IjCa nS3 .
nCB (lame) Paseah, pr. n. m. a)
1 Chr. 4, 12. b) Neh. 3, 6. c) Ezra
2, 49. Neh. 7, 51.
nCS m. (r. riDQ) in pause nCB, plur.
DTIDD ; pr. a passing over, sparing, de-
liverance from punishment and calamity.
Hence
1. The sacrifice instituted on account
of the immunity of the Israelites, the
passover, , the paschal lamb described
Ex. 12, 27 nos icx nin-'b N^n ncs nsT
D';iis^3 bxiir^-'ss "^ns-b? the sacrifce
of sparing (pr. passing over) is this to
Jehovah, who passed over the hoiises of
the Israelites in Egypt, when he smote
the Egyptians, etc. Hence nDsn ana
to kill the pas.sover i. e. the paschal lamb
Ex. 12, 21. 2 Chr. 30, 15. 17. 35. 1. 6;
nocn nnt Deut. 16, 2 sq. nosn bsx to
eat the passover 2 Chr. 30. 18. nos nius
to prepare the passover, i. e. to keep the
festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 4 sq. Josh.
5, 11. al. Plur. Dinoa paschal lambs
2 Chr. 30, 17. 35, 7-9.' '
2. the festival of the passover, the pas-
chal day, i. e. the fourteenth day of the
month Nisan, Lev. 23, 5 ; which was
followed by the seven days' festival of
unleavened bread, ib. v. 6. Ez. 45, 21.
Fully nossn sn Ex. 34, 25. Hence
noan rinia the morrow of the passover,
i. e. the fifteenth day of Nisan, Josh. 5,
11. Num. 33, 3.
HBD m. adj. (r. noB) lame Lev. 21, 18.
Deut. 15, 21. Is. 35, 6. al. Plur. D-^TOB.
(without Dag.) 2 Sam. 5, 6. 8. Is. 33, 23.
QijiCE m. plur. (r. bOB) 1. carved
images of idols, Deut. 7, 25. Is. 42, 8.
Jer. 50, 38. Hos. 11, 2. al. TjBO? "^b-^OB
your carved images of silver Is. 30, 22.
Syr. U^^Ls cut, hewn, as stone.
2. Pesilim. pr. n. of a place not flir
from Gilgal. Judg. 3, 19. 26. Targ.
X*3Sn'Q quarries ; but it is safer to rest
in the common signif. 'images.' perh.
*hewn stones,' i. q. Syr. ^^ ^ S t ftf^ .
*?|CS obsol. root. Chald. Pa. to cut
vp or off , i. q. 5t5D and pDB . Hence
?ICB Pasach, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33.
boB
859
b^B
^ ? *? flit. VdB'J to cut, to carve, to form
by cutting ; e. g. stones, to hew, Ex. 34,
1. 4. Deut. 10, 1. 3. 1 K. 5, 32 [18] ; an
idol, Hab. 2, 18. Syr. Chald. id. Kindr.
i8b:tD.
Deriv. cb^DD and
59? f"- in pause boD , c. suff. "'bpD , a
carved image of an idol. Ex. 20, 4. Deut.
'4, 16; of wood Is. 44, 15. 17. 45, 20.
Spoken also of a molten image, which is
properly called "30^. Is. 40, 19. 44. 10.
Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. For the plur. Q'^b'^pD
is used, q. v.
p"l?30B Dan. 3, 7, and T'^npOB Dan.
3, 5. 10. 15, the Greek word if/uliri^iov,
psallenj, lyre, (which the Sept. transla-
tors often put for bnj, 1123.) adopted
into the Chaldee, b and 3 being inter-
changed. It is of the singular number ;
since it is coupled with other names of
musical instruments in the singular ;
and does not correspond to the Greek
xf)aXir,Q which signifies harper, lyrist,
but to ipuXTi'igiov, the Greek ending iov
among the Orientals usually becoming
j*^ ; as ai'iidQiov )'^':~l'^}0, xoivo/Siov
^^ ' ^T n ^^wjo^jo Kandbin. The same
word may be recognised in the mod.
Arabic -^ h * < , JiLiO, and other like
forms, the name of a species of psaltery
or harp ; see Villoteau in Descr. de
I'Egypte VI. p. 426. Comp. on the
other hand Hengstenberg Authentie
des Daniel p. 15. Havernick ad Dan.
I.e.
^^^ to expand, to diffuse, to dis-
perse, kindr. with nra, Chald. noB
whence "(Vpa diffusion. ^ Hence Chald'.
Kl"^ OS expansion i. e. palm of the
hand; Syr. ly-)? ]Lsis id. iO? )"LcL3
sole of the foot ; ','3 boards ; Heb. nps
diffusion, abundance. Here we may
refer Ps. 12. 2 : tjnx "ijao a"3^^s jibs the
faithful disperse (are scattered) from
among the children of men, comp. Ps.
11, 1. 2 ; parall. n^a. But the ancient
versions, Jarchi, and many moderns,
give to ops in this passage the signif
of DBX, to cease, to fail; Kke parall.
nSDS Pispah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 38.
the etymology is unknown
';sJ onomatopoet. 1. to cry out,
to scream, once of a woman in travail,
fut. 1 p. nsBX Is. 42, 14. Syr. and Chald.
|la, xro, to bleat, to bellow, as flocka
and herds ; comp. Gr. jSoi'm, whence (iovg
bos. Similar is nyj youto, q. v. Hence
pr. n. IJD .
2. to hiss, to blow, as a serpent, viper,
kindr. with njjD q. v. Hence nsin^
viper.
IS^D (a bleating, lowing) Pan, pr. n.
of a place in Idumea, Gen. 36, 39; call-
ed also --SQ T'ai, 1 Chr. 1, 50. R. n3D.
^"iyo (hiatus, cleft, r. 1S2) Peor, pr.
n. of a mountain in Moab Num. 23, 28.
Hence "lira b?3 Baal-Peor Num. 25, 3.
5, and simply -\^T^ 23. 28. 31, 16. Josh.
22, 17, an idol of the Moabites. in whose
worship females prostituted themselves.
Comp. Tira n-'a in art. n^a no. 12. mm.
"^B see in iira .
^?2! fut. bss7; once bSB*; c. Makk.
-b5E-i Job 35, 6, i. q. n'iS, to make, to do,
but only in poetic style. Syr. and Talm.
part. xb-lB ills a workman. Arab.
Jjli to do, to work, but not freq. Job
11, 8 bSBtn-n^ what camt thou do?
Ps. 11, 3 bra-n'a p-'ti^ what can the
righleoiis do 7 Deut. 32, 27 bra r^)r\i xb
nxT-bp Jehovah hath not done all this.
Job 33, 29. Is. 43, 13. Spec. a) to
make, to form, e. g. an idol Is. 44, 15 ;
a pit, i. e. to dig. Ps. 7, 16. Absol. Is.
44, 12 cnaa bsa he worketh (forgeth)
in the coals, b) to produce, to create,
Ps. 74, 12; whence "^bss my Creator Job
36, 3. c) to prepare, Ex. 15, 17 the
place thou hast prepared to dwell in.
Hence to attempt, to undertake any
thing (opp. nrs to effect, to accom-
plish). Is. 41,4 n',^?1 bss '12 xcho hath
attempted and done ill (comp. 43, 7
i^n-'bs qx i^nnsv) Mic. 2, 1. Ps. 58,
3 in heart ye plot wickedness. So Tias
is used in the same manner, Is. 32, 6. 37,
26. d) to do, i. e. to practise, e. g. right-
eousness Ps. 15. 2 ; iniquity, crime. Job
34, 32. 36, 23. Prov. 30, 20. '(ix 'bsb
evil-doers, wicked men, Ps. 5, 6. 6, 9. 14,
4. al. siep. e) With ace. and b of thing,
Ps. 7, 14 brs'^ D"'pbnb vsn he maketh his
arrows burning, lit. into or for burning
b?5
860
;:S)
things, f ) With ^ of pers. to do to or
for any one, either good Job 22. 17. Ps.
31, 20 ; or evil Job 7, 20; with 3 id. 35, 6.
Deriv. Isrs, n'l^a , ^^^Z f^^?^^)
and pr. n. "'P^^^b .
^^2 m. c. suff. ib?B , rjbss (poolcha),
rarely ibSE Is. 1, 31.' Jen 22, 13 ; plur.
C^5?a 1 Chr. 11, 22; work, i. q. "iUS^,
but, with few exceptions, only poetic.
1. work, i. e. labour, busi7iess, Ps. 104,
23; comp. Job 24, -5.
2. a work, i. a. a deed, act, f acinus; of
God's mighty deeds, espec. in preserv-
ing and defending his people, Ps. 44. 2.
64, 10. 77, 13. Deut. 32, 4. Also of
man, Ps. 28, 4. Prov. 24, 12. 29. Spec.
a great deed, mighty act, 2 Sam. 23, 20 ;
6
an evil deed. Job 36. 9. Arab. iUjLS id.
3. a work, i. e. something made, the
product of labour, etc. "'i;! br's the work
of my hands, i. e. Israel, Deut. 33, 11. Is.
45, 9. 11. Spec, of the divine judg-
ments, Is. 5, 12. Hab. 1, 5. 3, 2 ; comp.
nt;?''? no. 3. a. Of the divine aid, Ps.
90^16.
4. work, i. e. the fruit of one's labour,
acquisition Prov. 21, 6 ; wages Job 7, 2.
Jer. 22, 13. Comp. n^rs no. 2, and
i^yov Rev. 14, 13.
hjyS f (r. bra) constr. rb?Q 1, As
abstr. noun of action, i. q. nbsa no. 1,
labour, business, occupation, i. e. the
doing of any thing, Prov. 10, 16. 11, 18.
Is. 65. 7. Jer. 31. 16. Plural ni^SB of
the deeds or conduct of men, Ps. 17, 4 ;
of God's works, Ps. 28,5.
2. tca^as of labour, i. q. bss no. 4. Lev.
19, 13. Ps. 109, 20. Is. 40, 10. 49, 4. 61,
8. 62, 11.
in^^B ( for i;| n^se wages of Jeho-
vah) Peidlhai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 5.
C^D ] . to strike, to beat, to pound;
whence C"D anvil, and "|i^".B a bell.
Also to strike upon with the foot, to
tread; whence C5B step, pace, foot.
2. M>taph. to impel, to urge, to move,
e. g. the Spirit of God a person Judg.
13, 25.
NiPH. to be moved, agitated, ttvublcd,
Gen. 41, 8. Dan. 2, 3. Ps. 77, 5.
HiTHPA. i. q. Niph. Dan. 2, 1.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, and the two
foilowing.
D?E f but masc. Judg. 16. 28. 2 Sam.
23, 8 Cheth. Plur. ciBrs and nirSB .
1. an anvil, Is. 41, 7.
2. tread of the foot, hence : a) step,
footstep, Ps. 119, 133. 140, 5. Trop.
Judg. 5, 28 the paces of his chariots.
b) the foot itself, with which one treads,
Ps. 57, 7. 58, 11. Prov. 29, 5. Cant. 7, 2.
Is. 26. 6. Plur. rii3?B feet, i. e. artifi-"
cial, Ex. 25, 12. 1 K^l, 30.
3. Trop. rnst crs pr. one tread, i. e.
one time, once. Josh. 6, 3. 11. 14. 1 Sara,
26, 8 ; also at one time, at once. Is. 66, 8.
Comp. Arab, xaij, s^, sJa-&-, id.
Dual D":rr3. twice Gen. 27, 36. 41, 32.
43, 10. Plur. f^rra aibo three times,
thrice, Ex. 23, 17. al. C^a:'*? ri523 h-ow
many times ? how often ? 1 K. 22, 16.
n-isn D-^rTB many times Ecc. 7, 22 [23].
Ps. 106, 43.' Also t!7na5!i CSE once and
again Neh. 13, 20. In phrases : a)
With the art. csan, this ?me, in this
thing, Ex. 9, 27 ; hence cssn r|X only
this time, only this once. Gen. 18. 32.
Ex. 10, 17. Judg. 6, 39. 16, 28 ; now
Gen. 46, 30 ; now indeed Gen. 2. 23. 30,
20. c5En nn? 29, 34. b) rx-Tn crea
at this tim/, Ex. 8, 28 [32]. 9, 14. c)
c>en"D?E3 one time as another, now as
before, Num. 24, 1. Judg. 16, 20. 1 Sam.
20.25. d) tra crs, now now, Prov.
7, 12.
'ji'a^B m. (r. csya) a bell, so called
from being struck, Ex. 28, 33. 39, 25.
26 ; comp. 28, 34.
rij?Sj see nJSQ-nJBX.
rL^ to open wide, to gape, constr.
only with na , once nsa Job 16, 10;
spoken of ravenous beasts Job 16. 10; of
longing desire Job 29, 23. Ps. 119, 131.
Poet, of Sheol, Is. 5, 14. Syr. jls,
Arab, ji id. Hence pr. n. ^ira , and
''^^S Paarai, pr. n. of one of David's
military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35; written
more correctly in 1 Chr. 11, 37 '''^53
Naarai.
* J^-f ^ fut. ."iSB"^ 1. pr. to tear apart,
to rend; comp. the kindr. verbs 5^B,
nsD , bsB , CSB . which all have the pri-
mary signification of tearing apart,
I breaking in pieces ; as is also the case
n23
861
"ipB
with roots beginning with the eylhible
ya, ta. Hence to open wide the mouth,
Ez. 2, 8. Is. 10, U ; c. b? to gape ujmi,
e. g. in threat, iis ravenous beasts, Ps.
22, 14 ; in scorn Lam. 2, 16. 3, 46 ; as
uttering hasty words Job 35, 16. Ps. 66,
14. Judg. 11, 35. 36. Trop. tfie earth
also is said fo open her mouth, Gen. 4, 11.
Num. 16,30. Deut. 11,6.
2. to snatch away, to deliver, Ps. 144,
7. 10. 11. So Syr. Chald. and Arab.
^^ Conj. II, IV.
*M^B fut, plur. >inSE";i 1. to break
in pieces; Arab, ^ai id. comp.
to break, to cleave ; see Pi.
2. np nsB , Lat. erumpere jubila, i. e.
to break forth into joy. rejoicing, shout-
ing. Is. 14, 7. 44, 23. 49, 13. 54, 1. 55, 12 ;
twice S-i'j nsB id. 52, 9. Ps. 98, 4. Syr.
t^^Z] to break forth sc. into joy, for
Gr. ^t'lyvvfii id. Gal. 4. 27. Comp. Lat.
'erumpere gaudium' Ter. Eun. 3. 5. 2 ;
* erumpere stomachum' Cic. Att. 16. 3.
PiEL to break in pieces, e. g. bones
Mic. 3, 3.
n'n'^SB m. (r. "1S3) dulne.f.'?, hluntness,
pr. the being notched, spoken of cutting
G ^ '
instruments, 1 Sam. 13, 21. Arab. xUai
a sword notched, dull.
5^3 only in Piel ^SS , to tear or
strip off bark, to peel. Gen. 30, 37. 38.
Comp. kindr. bjta. Arab. Jcoj, Syr.
\^, to cut in pieces. Hence
n'l52D f i}]ar. peeled spots or streaks
on green rods. Gen. 30. 37.
D-i^ to rend e. g. the earth, to
cause to yawn, Ps. 60, 4. Arab, a-oj
to break, to rend. Eth. Zi.8l(^ to break
off, to finish. Kindr. is nsD .
''i^ pr. to cut, to cleave, comp.
kindr. 5^a. Chald. id. Hence <o wownd,
Cant. 5, 7. 1 K. 20, 37. Deut. 23, 2.
' Hence
y?B m. in pause ?2t9 , c. sufF. '5SQ,
plur. c^SS , constr. ^"sa , a wound, Gen.
4,23. Ex'. 21. 25. Is. I, 6. Prov. 20, 30.
Plur. Prov. 23, 29. 27, 6. Job 9. 17. '
if "^"7 obsol. root, 1. q. ")"!B to dis-
perse; whence
f Sp (dispersion) Pizzez, pr. n. m.
c. art. 1 Chr. 24, 15.
, * 1 J2 S fat. 1X137 , pr- to hack, to notch ;
and hence to beat, to blunt, to make dull,
i. q. Arab. Jai see Schult. 0pp. min.p.
168. Hence nn''SD q. v. Trop. to urge,
to press any one, with a of pers. a)
With prayers, entreaties, comp. obtun-
dere precibus, Gen. 19,3. 33, 11. Judg.
19, 7. 2 K. 2, 17. 5, 16. b) In a hostile
manner Gen. 19, 9. Comp. kindr. a yne .
HiPH. obtundere animum, and hence
to be obtuse, dull, stubborn. Inf "iSSjn
as noun, stubbomess, wilfulness, 1 Sam.
15, 23, parall. with "'lo .
Deriv. HT'SO .
T I
'Pt fut.ipB'^,infin. and imper.^pD,
prob. pr. to strike upon or against any
person or thing, to light upon. Kindr.
are 55B , ttiae , q. v. Hence
1. In a kind sense, to go to any one,
e. g. a) to go to see, to visit; 1 Sam.
17, 18 and go see thy brethren cibdb how
they do ; comp. Gen. 37, 14. Unwillingly,
2 K. 9. 34. With a of the pre.sent which
a visitor brings with him, Judg. 15, 1.
b) to visit, sc. in order to examine, to
prove any one, Ps. 17, 3. Job 7, 18. c)
For the sake of inspecting, reviewing,
and hence to review, to muster, to number,
e. g. a people, army, Num. I, 44 sq. 3,39
sq. 1 K. 20, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 4. Job 5, 24.
Part. pass. D^'iipB the mustered, the
numbered. Num. 1, 21 sq. 2, 4 sq. Ex.
30, 14. 38, 26. Comp. Hothpa. and the
noun "ipB^ . Also to mi.'is a person or
thing in reviewing, numbering. 1 Sam.
20, 6. 25, 15. Is. 34, 16. Eth. A^^ to
review, to number, d) As caring for
any person or thing, to visit with kind-
ness, to look after, to take care of , as a.
shepherd his flock Jer. 23, 2 ; as God
men Gen. 21. 2. 50, 24. Ex. 3, 16. 4, 31.
1 Sam. 2, 21. Is. 23, 17. Ps. 8, 5. al.
Sometimes to visit again, to look after
anew, Is. 23. 17 ; to revisit mentally, to
call to mind, Ez. 23. 21. Also to look to
any one expecting help. Is. 26, 16.
2. In a hostile sense, to go to any one,
i. e. fo come or fall upon, to attack, comp.
5;s no. 1. a. With bs of pers. to punish,
to visit with punishment, Jer. 9, 24. 25.
44, 13 ; bx 46, 25 ; 3 9, 8 ; ace. Ps. 59,
Ip3
862
*^
6; absol. Is. 26, 14. Job 31, 14. 35, 15.
The sin to be punished is put in the
aecus. 1 Sara. 15, 2. Ps. 89, 33. Hos. 8,
13. Lam. 4, 22 ; often with bs of pers.
Ex. 20, 5 csa bs nizx "ji? *i;;;s visiting
(punishing) the iniquity of the fathers
upon the children. 32, 34. 34, 7. Num.
14, 18. Is. 1.3, 11. Hos. 1, 4. 2, 15. 4, 9.
Am. 3, 14.
3. Causat. i. q. Hiph. pr. ' to cause
to look after' sc. persons or things, to
let care for them, etc. i. e. a) to set
over, to give the oversight of to appoint,
with ace. of pers. and bs , Num. 4. 27.
27, 16. Jer. 51, 27. Metaph. Jer. 15, 3 /
will set over them four kinds, i. e. will
send upon them four kinds of calamities.
With bs Jer. 49, 19. Absol. Num. 3, 10.
Deut. 20, 9. Part. pass, cnsips prefects,
officers, Num. 31,48. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp.
Niph. Hiph. and n. Tips . With ns (nx)
to set with, to join to any one a com-
panion, attendant. Gen. 40, 4. b) to
charge with, to enjoin upon the care of
any one ; Aram. Pe. and Pa. to charge,
to command. With bs of pers. 2 Chr.
36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Job 36, 23 vbs ipS -^iq
is"!^ who hath enjoined upon him his
uay ? 34, 13 nsnx rb3 nps "^-q who hath
charged him with the earth? i.e. com-
mitted the earth to his care and charge.
Comp. I'lpB mandate, c) to deposit
anywhere, to lay up, i. e. commit to the
care of another, 2 K. 5, 24. Comp. '|iT|>B
deposit, etove.
NiPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1. c, to be
mustered, Ez. 38, 8 ; to be missed, to lack.
Num. 31, 49. 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. 25, 7.
21. al.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be visited with
puniehment, to be punished, Is. 24, 22.
29, 6. Num. 16, 29. Prov. 19, 23.
3. Pass, of Kal no. 3. a, to be set over,
appointed, Neh. 7, 1. 12, 44.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1. c, to muster, Is.
13,4.
PuAL 1. to be mustered, numbered,
Ex. 38, 21.
2. to be missed; Is. 38, 10 / shall be
missed the residue of my years, friends
will seek me in vain among the living.
Hiph. i. q. Kal no. 3. 1. to set over,
to make overseer of any thing, to appoint,
with ace. of pere. and b" of tiling. Gen.
39, 5. 41, 34. Num. 1, 50. Jer. 1, 10. 40,
11; bl K. 11,28; 3 Jer. 40, 5. 41,18;
absol. 2 K, 25, 23. Metaph. Lev. 26, 16;
comp. Jer. 15, 3, in Kal no. 3. a.
2. to charge with, to commit to the
care of any one. c. "r^ bs 2 Chr. 12, 10;
1^3 Ps. 31, 6; c. rx pr. to commit or
entrust with any one, q. d. to deposit with
him, Jer. 40, 7. 41, 10. Absol. 37, 21.
3. to deposit, to lay up anywh.ere, Is.
10, 28. Jer. 36, 20.
HopH. "ipEvJ , part. plur. ts^'ipSTa 1. to
be visited, i. e. punished, Jer. 6, 6.
2. to be set over, to have the oversight
of,2K. 12, 12. 2 Chr. 34, 10. 12.
3. to be deposited with any one, c. nx
Lev. 5, 23.
HiTHPA. fut. ipsn"! for ^t5en'^ , pass,
of Kal no. 1. c, to be mustered, numbered,
Judg.'20, 15. 17. 21, 9.
HoTHPA. plur. ^ipEnn for iipann,
id. Num. ], 47. 2, 33. 'z^. 62. 1 K. 20, 27.
Deriv. H'nps cinnpa , l-'pB , "ipEa .
t)?? f- (f- ""i^S) 1. a muster, enume-
ration, 1 Chr. 23' 11. 2 Chr. 17. 14. 26,
11. See the root no. 1. c.
2. care, providence, Job 10, 12 ; see
the root no. 1. d. Spec, custody, ward,
i. q. -laaj^, n-itJiro, and concr. watch,
2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr.' 23, 18. Ez. 44, 11.
ni'nrrsn n^a the house of ward, i. e.
the prison, Jer. 52, 11 ; comp. Hiph. no. 2.
3. oversight, office, charge, see the
root no. 3 ; Num. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 24, 19.
26, 30. Ps. 109, 8, Concr. officers, 2 Chr.
24, 11. Is. 60, 17; comp. Num. 4, 32.
4. Something laid up, i. e. stores, sub-
stance, wealth, Is. 15, 7.
5. visitation, i. e. punishment, see the
root no. 2. Is. 10, 3. Jer. 10, 15. Hos. 9,
7. Mic. 7, 4, Plur. Ez. 9, 1.
JIIJ^B m. (r. npe no. 3. c) something
laid up, deposited, with any one ; a depo-
sit, store. Gen. 41, 36. Lev. 5, 21. 23.
tvny>^ f (r. ipD) oversight, office, Jer.
37. 13.
^'^pS m. (r. "ips) \. visitation, pun-
ishment, put allegorically as a name for
Babylon, Pekod, Jer. 50. 21.
2. office, charge, see the root no. 3. a.
Conor, a preftct, officer, Ez. 23. 23.
D'^l^pB m. plur. (r. *ipD) mandates,
precepts, sc. of God, Ps. 19, 9. 103, 18.
Ill, 7; elsewhere only in Ps. 119, e. g.
V. 4. 15. 27. 40. 45. al. seep.
npB
863
-f
ngB fut. n;?B7, /o open the eyes ;
once sj)okcn of tlie ears Is. 42. 20. A
wider signif, occurs in nipn;rD q. v.
Chald. id. Arab. ^Jii the whelp firet
opens his eyes, the rose opens itself.
Kind, is nPD , like nn-r and n;?"^ ; also
9i?B . Hence a) "fJ'S nj?B (o open
one's eyes 2 K. 4, 35; in order to see. 2
K. 19. 16. Dan. 9. 18. Job 27, 19. Also
to have the eyes open, to be wide awake,
watchful, opp. to be sleepy, slothful,
Prov. 20, 13. With bs to open the eyes
upon a pers. or thing, i. e. in order to
attend to, to ob.serve Jer. 32, 19 ; or to
look after, to care for, Zech. 12, 4 ; also
in a bad sense, to observe closely, to
watch. Job 14, 3. b) God is said to open
the eyes of any one, i. e. a) to give or
restore sight to the blind, 2 K. 6, 17. 20.
Is. 42, 7; ellipt. Ps. 146, 8. /5) To
enable one to see what he had not seen
of himself. Gen. 21. 19; comp. Niph.
NiPH. to be opened, sc. the eyes: a)
Of the blind, to be restored to sight. Is.
35, 5. b) So as to see what was not be-
fore perceived, Gen. 3, 7. Metaph. v. 5.
Deriv. njrD tiip-n;rB .
'^pB (open-eyed, or ellipt. for n^nj^B
q. V.) Pekah, pr. n. of a king of Samaria
in the time of Isaiah. B. C. 759-739. 2 K.
15, 25 sq. 16, 1. 5. 2 Chr. 28, 6. Is. 7, 1.
n^? m. (r. n;?B) open-eyed, seeing,
opp. to blind, Ex. 4, 11. Plur. trop. Ex.
23,8.
^^Pt? (Jehovah has opened his eyes)
Pekahiah. pr. n. of a king of Samaria,
B. C. 761-759. 2 K. 15, 22. 23. 26.
nip"n^B^ or better with many Mss.
in one word '^'^pHp'?. (r. nj^D, like
Vpi^rB.) an opening of the prison, deli-
verance, Is. 61, 1 ; comp. nrD Is. 14, 17.
In Arabic also nj?D , kindr. with nrs ,
is not exclusively used of the eyes and
ears ; see in r. nj^B .
^"'pB m. (r. ipji) 1. a prefect, over-
seer, Neh. 11, 9. 14. 22. 12, 42. n^pa
I'^aj the chief overseer, head prefect, in
the temple. Jer. 20, 1. 2.
2. an officer, magistrate, Gen. 41, 34.
Esth. 2, 3; with genit. Judg. 9, 28.
2 Chr. 24. 11. Also of military officers,
2 K. 25. 19. Jer. 52, 25.
* ^iiS , Syr. ^-a , i. q. 5pa , to split,
to burst, Arab. AJii crcpitavit. Hence
the two following.
n^jJD t: plur. v)ild encumbers, cucw-
meres asinini, which are egg-shaped, bit-
ter, and burst on being touched and scat-
ter their seeds, 2 K. 4, 39. See Celsius
Hierob. I. p. 393 sq. Others : colocyn-
thides, and so Vulg. but these do not
thus burst.
^"^?I?'? "! plur. (r. 5|?d) id. wild cu-
cumbers, as an architectural ornament,
1 K. 6, 18. 7, 24.
IB and "^B m. (r. l^i^ II ) the latter in
pause and with di.stinct. accents ; c. art.
ion, -^oa, lob, plur. ci-^d, a bull, buU
lock, espec. a young bullock, juve7icus,
a steer; hence often with the adjunct
i;5a-,a Ex. 29, 1. Lev. 4, 3. 14. Num. 7,
15' sq. 8. 8. Ez. 43, 19. 23. 45, 18. 46, 6.
Once a bullock seven years old, Judg. 6,
25. In appos. Ps. 69, 32 "iB liaJ q. d. a
bidlock-ox ; contra "licn "B Judg. I. c.
Coupled with another name for bulls. Is.
34, 7 c-'l-'ax C3 D-i-iB the bullocks with
the bulls. With few exceptions, as Ps.
22, 13, it is spoken only of bullocks for
sacrifice ; hence Hos. 14, 3 [2] n^^:i:!i
J|3"'rsb C^B so will we pay as bullocks
our lips, i. e. we will offer our praise as
victims, as sacrifice ; see the beginning
of the verse. Trop. of princes Jer. 50,
27. Corresp. are Germ. Farr, Fdrse,
Anglo-Sax.^ear, Gr.no^iig, perh. Arab.
s - * s ' ** *
\\yi and ^yS young of a sheep, goat,
deer. etc. It follows the analogy of TiD ,
and might come from the idea o{^ break-
ing forth into ferocious anger; see "^^B
I. But it is better referred to r. t^B II,
to be borne ; the bullock being so called
from bearing the yoke, drawing the
cart, etc. Comp. hxs , Germ. Fahr and
fahren.
^rr "ot used in Kal, i. q. kindr.
ST^B q. V.
1. to bear, spec, fruit, see Hiph.
2. to be borne swiftly, to run swiftly;
hence S<"!B^ Talm. s'l'S to run. Ethiop.
^CU to flee in fear ; comp. Arab. Ju
and -9 to flee.
Hiph. to bear fruit, Hos. 13, 15.
i^na
864
1^3
^*)53, once *T}'^ Jer. 2, 24 (r. N-^s)
coram', gend. (m. Ps. 104, 11, f. Jer. 2, 24.)
a wild ass, onager, so called from his
Bwift running, being fleeter thun the
fleetest horse, Aristot. Hist. An. 6. 29 ;
taller and better formed than the domes-
tic ass, of a reddish colour, wild and un-
tameable. liv'ing in troops in the deserts,
Gen. 16, 12. Is. 32, 14. Jer. 2, 24. Hos. 8, 9.
Job 24, 5. 39, 5 ; comp. Dan. 5, 21. Ecclus.
13, 21 or 24. Arab. |^, i\^, id. This
animal was formerly found in the de-
serts of Syria; but is now exceedingly
rare in western Asia, Mesopotamia, Per-
sia, and Tartary ; see Pallas in Acta
Acad, scient. Petrop. A. D. 1777. R. K.
Porter's Travels I. p. 459, where also an
engraving is given. Hence
DSnB (q. d. 'SIB wild-ass-like, i. e.
indomitable) Piram, pr. n. of a Canaan-
itish king, Josh. 10, 3.
rS"lE f plur. branches, houghs, see in
ITiftis.
nans l Chr. 26, is, and ^^y^. plur.
0"''n;"^Q 2K. 23, 11, prob. the open porti-
cos surrounding the courts of the temple,
from which was the entrance to the cells
or chambers, ni^r^ q. v. The form
IJ'^B corresponds to Pers. ^ijjij Sst.ji j
ull signify a summer-hoiise, or rather an
apartment open on all sides to the light
and air. In the Targ. and Talm. V;'!'?
and 1"'^'''!*S are the subtirbs or places
adjacent to a city.
'_? I- to break off, to break in
pieces, to separate by hrcaldng ; comp.
Engl, to part. This is the primary force
of thebiliteral is, comp. "iiB, 013, bns,
yi^, 1 P'^S ^1'^, '> hence also tropically in
various senses, e. g. of dispersing, strew-
ing, :2")B , y:s ; of letting go, sna ; of
breaking or bursting forth, niD ; of ex-
panding 11D , u;iD . taJiD ; also of deciding,
judging. TiD . Comp. the similar power
of the syllable 13, under the verb stia.
Arab. 5ji I, IV, V, VII, to be separated,
alone ; II, X, to separate oneself from
others; Syr. ?i^ to separate, to put
apart; Chald. n"D to separate, to dis-
join.
2. to expand, to spread out, e. g. the \
wings Ez. 1, 11. Hence Syr. Jjjls to fly,
to flee away. Comp. TjS
3. to strew, to scatter, i. q. ::id ; whence
m-ins q. V.
NiPH. 1. to separate oneself, plur. to
be separated, divided, parted. 2 Sam. 1,
23 in their death 111B3 xb they were not
divided. Of the river of Eden, Gen. 2,
10. With '{Qfrom any one, Judg. 4, 11.
Prov. 19, 4; i?^ id. Gen. 13, 9. 11. 14.
Praegn. Gen. 25, 23 two nations r)"'?'3'2
1T1J37 proceeding from thy bowels shall
separate themselves. Part, lis:: one se-
parating himself from others, a misan-
thrope, Prov. 18, 1 ; comp. Hos. 8, 9.
2. to be divided out, dispersed, to dis-
per-fe themsehes, Neh. 4, 13[19]; of na-
tions Gen. 10, 32; hyperbol. v. 5.
PiEj. intrans. to go aside with a har-
lot, Hos. 4, 14. Arab. Jvi to go aside
for devotion.
PuAL part. ^JiB^ separated, singular,
Esth. 3, 8: comp. Niph. Prov. 18, 1.
HiPH. 1. to separate, c. ace. Gen. 30,
40. Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9; c. "pa (comp.
ra b^^an) Ruth 1, 17. 2 K. 2, 11. Prov.
18, 18.
2. to disperse, Deut. 32, 8.
HiTHPA. 1. to separate oneself, to be
sundered. Job 41, 9 [17]. Ps. 22, 15.
2. to be dispersed, scattered, Job 4. 11.
Ps. 92, 10.
Deriv. "iiB niTiB , and pr. n. xniiB .
"IT'S m. (r. Tib) c. suff". ''^^B, a nnde,
so called from his quick pace, or from
bearing ; comp. the root no. 2, and see
above under iB. 2 Sam. 13, 29. 18. 9.
1 K. 10, 25. 2 K. 5, 17. Ps. 32, 9. Is. 66,
20. al. Comp. Lat. veredus Germ.
Pferd.
"^"13 f. a she-mule 1 K. 1, 33. 38. 44.
See tiB.
fTn'1& f. plur. (r. 1iB) grains, kernels
of grain scattered in the earth as seed,
Joel 1, 17. Syr. iz^^ kernel. Talm.
liB grain of a pomegranate.
'^'vl'^? m. a park, pleasure-grounds,
a place planted with trees, Cant. 4, 13.
Neh. 2, 8. Plur. Ecc. 2, 5. It corresponds
to the Gr. nu^uSfiaoi;, a word applied
to the pleasure-gardens and parks with
M^i
865
TIB
wild animals around the rcBidence of
the Persian monarchs, comp. Xen. CEc.
4. 13. Cyr. I. 3. 14. Sturz Lex. Xen.
Bub h. V. It seems however to originate
neither with the Greeks nor Hebrews,
but in the languages of eastern Asia ;
corap. Sanscr. parade^a, a region of sur-
passing beauty ; Armen. pardes, a gar-
den or park around the house ; Syr.
^auifa; Arab. |jM(>yi, see Camoos I.
p. 784.
* rr^D rarely S'lB q. v. fut. nnsi ;
part. iT^B, fern. njn'B, also n^D for nnb
Gen. 49, 22.
1. Lat. ferre, to bear. Besides the
Semitic dialects this root is also widely
tbund in the Indo-European tongues,
e. g. Sanscf. bhri to bear, Pers. Xj
burden, j'^y^ to bear, Armen. bieril,
Gr. q>igo, ^uoo?, (ia()ig, Lat. fero, porto,
Goth, baimn. Engl, to bear, causat. to
6urden, old Germ, bdren. Other forms
see below in b. Hence a) to bear
fruit, as a tree, plant, Is. 11, I. Metaph.
Is. 45, 8. Part. Deut. 29, 17, n-ia ttJnai,
ttJxn a root bearing poison. Fem. "iBa
n^-ie a fruitful vine Ps. 128, 3. Is. 32, 12.
Ez. 19, 10 ; ellipt. n^ne fruit-bearing
tree Is. 17, 6 ; nnb for^nnis id. Gen. 49,
22. h) to bear young, to bring forth ^ of
men and beasts, to be fruitful, Gen. 26,
22. Ex. 23, 30 ; often coupled with nan ,
as Gen. 1, 22. 28. 8, 17. Ex. 1, 7. Jen 3,
16. Ez. 36, 11. al. Comp. Pers. Li fruit,
Goth. ftarVan to bring forth, barn foetus,
Scotch bairn. But this signif. is in
part expressed in the Indo-European
languages by peculiar forms, as Lat.
par'io, both of young j^nd fruit, fr-uor,
fruges. fructas. Germ. Borde fertile re-
gion. In the Semitic dialects, Syr. )[^
to be fruitful, )-i^ progeny; Eth. jS^QP
to bear fruit, -^Zo fruit.
2. to be borne along, to run, of a car-
riage. Germ, fahren, Chald. S<^B to run.
Hence '|i"'"'ai< sedan, litter. Comp. xne ,
HiPH. fut. apoc. "iB^I to make fruitful
in offspring, Gen. 17, 6. 20. 41, 52. 48, 4.
Lev. 26. 9. al.
Deriv, "^np , p'^^BX .
73
n^B fem. of "^B q. v. plur. riiB .
1. oA?//er, Gen. 41,2 sq. Num. 19.2sq.
Also of a hMfer or young cow in milk
Job 21, 10. 1 Sam. 6,7-12; as bearing
the yoke Hos. 4, 16. Metaph. heifera
of Bashan, put for the voluptuous fe-
males of Samaria, Am. 4, 1.
2. With the art. n-^on (heifer-town)'
Parah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin,
Josh. 18, 23.
n^B f (for nnxB, r. ixd II) a mole or
rat, so called from its burrowing; Arab.
8\Li. Hence plur. rn-D moles or rata
Is. 2, 20, if the word is to be read sepa-
rately, as is usually done. But see ia
nnB"iBn .
nnB , see KHD .
*T}'^ (i. q. nnxB bough) Purah, pr. n.
ra. Judg. 7, 10.11.'
^7^"^ (kernel, r. T^B) Peruda, pr. n.
m. Ezra 2, 55; for whfch X7"'~iB Perida
Neh. 7, 57.
^TnnB plur. DifiBn Esth. 9, 19 Cheth.
i. q. Keri n'^nsn ; see in ''is .
nilB (blossoming, r. H^B) Paruah,^
pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 17.
D'?!]'!'? Parvaim, pr. n. of a regibm
producing gold, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Bochart
regards itas the same with Ophir ; Can.
I. 46. More probably oriental regions,
from Sanscr. purva prior, anterior, ori-
ental ; so Wilford in Asiat. Res. VIII. p.
276. For the form, comp. B'JinBD .
"^^'IB see in na-iB .
"111S m. (for -linxB, r. "iXB I) pr.
heat, then a pot for boiling Num. 11, 8.
Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam. 2, 14.
' jS obsol. root, Arab. \yS to sepa-
rate out, to set apart; Conj. Ill, IV, id.
But Conj. II, to prescribe, to determine,
to decide. It is therefore of like origin
with TIB , b-ns , yna ; the idea of cutting
and taking away being transferred to
the sense of judging. To this comes
also the sense of expanding, spreading,
in ni'^^ , ins ; comp. V'-^Q .
Deriv. na ', -jifiB , nna , ''no , "vinB .
T'lB m. a leader, chief, commander
of troops, pr. i. q. BBtB , Pl^no , (see r
nB ,) Hab. 3, 14. '
TIS
866
n3
^n^ ^- (r- ^"!2) only plur. nina
couiUry regions, open country, as opp. lo
cities; Arab, vis id. Ez. 38, 11 }"^it
niT^B a land of open country ; as imme-
diately follows : icilhout walls and having
neither bars nor gales. Esth. 9, 19 '^'n?
niT'^iBn the country-toicns. opp. to the
metropolis v. 18. Zech. 2, 8 [4] Jerusa-
lem sen niTns shall be inhabited as the
open country, i. e. because of the multi-
tude of her inhabitants no wall can be
built around her.
pT^E m. (r. T-ne) c. suff. iJiTna , nde,
dominion; Judg. 5, 11 there shall they
rehearse the righteousness of Jehovah,
bx"ib'^3 ir'T^S P'ip"!!? the righteous acts
of his rule in Israel. Concr. for rulers,
leaders, chiefs; with plur. Judg. 5, 7
bi<"a)"'a "pI'S ib'in the rulers ceased in
Israel sc. to act, remained inactive.
Sept. Vat. dvvuiol.
'T'lD m. (from nns) a countryman,
rustic, dwelling in the country; collect.
Deut. 3, 5 "'T'^an ^y} country-towns. I
Sam. 6, 18 "''"^Bn "^3 a country-village.
Plur. Esth. 9,'i9Keri.
''TIB (i. q. "itna a countryman, rustic)
Perizzi, Perizzite. Sept. tPtgtsalog, col-
lect, the Perizzites, a Canaan itish tribe
living in the mountain regions, which
they afterwards yielded to the Ephraim-
ites and other Jews. Josh. 11, 3. 17, 15.
Judg. 1, 4. 5; kindred to the Canaanites
strictly so called, Ex. 23. 23. Judg. 1. c.
Sometimes Canaanites and Perizzites
are put for all the tribes of Canaan.
Gen. 13, 7. 34, 30 ; elsewhere the Periz-
zites are enumerated with various other
tribes of the same stock, Gen. 15, 20,
Ex. 3, 8. 17. Deut. 7, 1. al. ssep.
^n? Chald. m. emphat. s^T-)3, i. q.
Hei). bna, iron, Dan. 2. 33-45.' 4, 20. 5,
4. 23. 7,'7.' 19.
*'"0^ fut. nnt-i 1 to break out or
forth, e. g. a) From the womb ; Arab.
^ yi Conj. II, a bird brings forth
(hatches) young; IV, id. ^ji young
of birds, etc. b) toput forth buds, leaves,
blossoms, to flourish, to blonsom, as a
tree Hub. 3, 17 ; a vine Gen. 40, 10.
Cant. 6, 11.7, 13; a rod Num. 17, 20.23 j
the desert Is. 35. 2. Arab. ^ j id.
Metaph. of the flourishing and prosper-
ous state of a person or people, Hos. 14,
6. 8. Prov. 11, 28. Is. 66, 14. Ps. 92, 8.
13; and without a comparison Ps. 72, 7.
Is. 27. 6 ; contra. Hos. 10, 4 punishment
shall blossom like the poppy, comp. Ez.
7, 10. c) to break out, as an ulcer, the
leprosy, etc. Lev. 13, 12 sq. 14, 43. Ex-
9, 9. 10^
2. ^0^?/. asinChald. so Part. fem. plur.
rin-iQ the flying, i. e. birds; Ez. 13, 20
nin";Bb like birds ; see inb no. 13, ult.
For the connection of this signif with
that of sprouting, see under the synon.
yS3 no. 2, 3.
Hi PH. 1. to cause to flourish, to make
blossom, Is. 17, 11. Ez. 17, 24.
2. Intrans. to put forth buds, leaves,
flowers, to flourish, to blossom, Ps. 92, 13-
Job 14, 9. Metaph. Prov. 14, 11.
Deriv. nns, nnns, n'-^Sit, pr. n.WiS.
fTIS m. in pause rv-iB Ex. 25, 33, a
flower, Mossom, Num. 17, 23. Is. 5, 24}
also artificial, Ex. 25, 33. 37, 17. 20.
Num. 8. 4. Abstr. bloom, verdure, Nah.
1, 4.
nn'lS m. progemj of beasts, contemp-
tuously for low and wicked men, broody
Job 30, 12. R. n:;B.
*t3jl pr. to strew, to scatter, kindr,
with T]B, C^B ; then to scatter words,
i. e. to boast, to prate; comp. Arab, jo-ji
to be insolent in word or deed ; also Jo
to scatter, whence -ij a garrulous per-
son. Am. 6, 5 batT ""3"^? D'^'ion they
chatter (are garrulous) to the sound
of the lyre, spoken contemptuously.
Hence
tSIB m. a scattering, concr. any thing
scattered, strewed. Lev. 19, 10r,T:'|!3 a'lD
the scattered grapes of thy vineyard, i. e.
those fallen off of themselves ; as Syr,
Cliald. Vulg. correctly. In the Talmud
also of the scattered grains of the pome-
granate.
'^"IB m. (r. rr^B) in pause ''"^B , c. ssflT.
'^i"iB , 'i'^"'B , but r,7"iEf , CS'^nc Hos. 14, 9.
Ez. 36, 8, and cn^ns, yn-^nB Am. 9, IS.
Jer. 29, 28.
1. fruit, both of the earth and fieftb
ns
867
91V
produce, Gen. 4, 3. Is. 4, 2. Ps. 72, 10.
107, 34. al. hence "no ynx a fruilfid
land Ps. 107, 34 ; iilso of trees Gen. 1,
12. 29, whence ''lO y:?J'rnit-lrfe Gen. I,
11. A tree or fielil producing fruit is
said '"^iB nius , see in nas no 2. c ; itbs
''^B , see in Xi^J no. 4 ; "^"^B ',Vi ; see in
jrs no. 1. d. Metaph. of/Ac residt,con-
sequences of an action or endeavour, the
figure being often preserved ; Is. 3, 10
they shall eat the fruit of their doings,
experience the congequences. Prov. 1,
31. Jer. 6, 19. 17, 10. Ps. 104, 13 with
the fruit of thy works (of God) is the
earth satisfied, i. e. is watered witli rain,
which is the fruit of the sities or clouds.
Prov. 31, 16 D":?? -^ns the fruit of the
hands, i. e. gain, profits. Is. 10, 12. ^*ia
aab i"ta the fruit if a proud heart, i. e.
boasting. Prov. 12, 14 the fruit of one's
mouth, discourse. 13, 2. 18, 21. al.
2. 'f^Z '"B fruit of the womb, see in
jDSl no. 2 ; and so simpl. ''"13 i. q. 5*17,
of men Ps. 21, 1 1 ; of beasts Is. 14. 29.
So "na rtw-S of persons 2 K. 19, 30. Hos.
9, 16. Jer. '12, 2.
X"">">S, see X-JI^B.
piE m. (r. y-^B no. 3) constr. y'^^
Is. 35, 9 ; but plur. a'':?"'"iD , "^isti-iB . (with
Dag. imp!, for y^iB ,) one violent, rapa-
cious ; a?i oppressor, a tyrant. Ps. 17, 4.
Ez. 7, 22. 18. 10. Jer. 7. 11. Dan. 11, 14.
Is. 35, 9 ni'sn y'l'B q. d. a ravenous
beast.
j-T obsol. root. 1. to break, to
break down, to crush; Talm. p"iB to
break or crack nuts ; comp. kindr. p"iB .
Hence TpB .
2. to separate, like Arab. 1 Vyi*
Hence nana . ^
sj"^? m. (r. ""JB) oppression, rigour,
from the idea of crushing, Ex. 1, 13. 14.
Lev. 25, 43. 53. Ez. 34, 4.
1^3"! S f (r. TpB) a vail, curtain, sc. of
separation, which separated the holy of
holies from the outer sanctuary in the
tabernacle, Ex. 26, 31 sq. Lev. 16. 2. 12.
Num. 18, 7. al. saep.
DjS fut. c'lB'^. to rend garments
Lev. 10, 6. 13. 45. '21, 10. Freq. in Tal-
mud. Syr. >cj^ to cleave. See under
i{r\Tria"lB (Sanscr. paranieshta supe-
rior) Pannashta, pr. n. of a son of Ha-
raan, Esth. 9, 9.
^?"?? (prob. either from Chald. T^J? to
leap up. to run swiftly ; or from Heb.
piB to live delicately) Parnak. pr. n.
m. Num. 34, 25.
^_S to break, in Kal only in the
phrase ^ DHb Otd to break bread to
persons, i. e. to deal out or distribute it,
Is. 58, 7 ; also without cn^ Jer. 16, 7,
comp. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Comp. bns no. 1.
HiPH. to cleave, to divide. Lev. 1 1, 4
O^-iBB iisrx nonai but dirideth not the
hoof i. e. has not the hoof wholly cloven.
Elsewhere noTOrt cncn pr. to cleave
the hoof i. e. to have a~ cloven foot, to
part the hoof. Lev. 11, 3. 5. 6. 7. 26.
Deut. 14. 7. 8. So too Ps. 69, 32 IB
G"~iET3!i V'?h''? c- bullock having horns
and cloven hoofs.
Deriv. ono, no-jB.
C^B Chald. to divide, part. act. plur.
("'D"JB Dan. 5, 25. Part. pass, one v. 28.
C^S in pause 0]|JQ, pr. n. Heb. and
Chald. Persia, the Persians. 2 Chr. 36,
20. 22. Ezra 1. 1. 4. 3 sq. 6, 14. Dan. 5,
28. 6, 9. 13. al. Pers. (j-sL), ^Xs,
(jjwji, Fars. Some derive it from Zend
Pdrs pure, splendid ; others from CJ'^Q
\jMyS horse, since Persia abounds in
horses. Hence gentile n. "'Dtb Parsi,
a Persian, Neh. 12. 22 ; and Chald. em-
phat. X^D-iD Dan. 6, 29 Keri.
'3'!?S m. (r. D"^B) 1. i. q. nong, a
cloven foot, claw, plur. c. sufT. in-'OnB
Zech. 11, 16.
2. A cipecies oCeagle. Sept. y^i'ii>,Vu]g.
gryphus. Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14. 12. Ac-
cording to Bochart, Hieroz. II. 185, the
sea-eagle, ossifrage, Arab. _a*(IjOI the
breaker.
nCHB f (r. D"^3) pr. cUft. for cloven
foot, hoof, see the root ; Ex. 10, 26. Ez.
32,11. Mic.4, 13. Then also of a horse's
hoof, not cloven. Is. 5. 28. Jer. 47, 3.
In Chald. it is put also for the sole of
the human foot. i. q. ^5") ~3 in Deut. 28,
35. Josh. 3, 13.
''?"^fe a Persian, see n. D~a.
?1S
868
BIB
*3'^5 fut. y^t"] 1. o Zcf g'o loose, to
dismiss, pr. to let break away. Chald.
5'nS, Syr. '^j.s, id. Comp. the roots
beginning with "^t under art. TiD.
Hence a) to absolve the guilty, Ez.
' 24, 14. b) io let go loose, unbr-idled, un-
checked, and part. pass. S1~B unbridled,
unruly ; Ex. 32, 25 bis. c) fo refuse,
to reject. Prov. 4, 15. 8, 33. 13, 18. 15,
32 ; to acojd Prov. 1, 25.
2. /o iwa/ce naked, to uncover, by loos-
ening the garments, etc. e. g. the head
Num. 5, 18 ; spec, by cutting off the
hair Lev. 10, 6. 21, 10. Part. pass. y^iB
naked, bare, Lev. 13, 45. Chald. and
Talm. id.
3. to begin. uQxoitai, from the idea of
breaking loose, opening, comp. in bbn
Hiph. Hence to lead on, to go before ;
Arab, c^s to be highest, to surpass
others. Judg. 5, 2 ^!<';''a7a nis-.Q s'-isa,
for which correctly Sept. Alex, and
Theod. iv tw ii{)%a(j&ai uQXVy^^'? * "^^ ^
in the leading an of the leaders in Israel,
i. e. in that the princes of Israel took the
lead as leaders, put themselves at the
head. 0pp. t?n ^'ilS^n the people wil-
lingly followed, volunteered.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1. b, to be un-
bridled, unruly. Prov. 29, 18.
Hiph. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to dismiss
from labour, to let rest or cease, c. I^a
Ex. 5, 4. Arab, cwj V, to be free from
labour.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to make
unbridled, unruly, 2 Chr. 28, 19.
y^B m. 1. hair, locks, as being
^shorn, see r. y^Q no. 2. Num. 6, 5. Ez.
44, 20. Arab. c>i id.
2. a lender of an army or people, a
prince, see r. 5'iD no. 3. PI ur. Pirns,
constr. Piis-iD . Deut. 32. 42. Judg. 5, 2 ;
comp. for the gender of nouns of office
Lehrg. p. 468. 878. Arab. cyS prince,
head of a family.
rUTTB J Gr. 'I>a(jubt, Pharaoh, the com-
mon title of the ancient Egyptian kings
in the Old Test, and found only there
and in writers who have drawn from
this source. It often stands simply, like
a proper name, Gen. 12. 15. 37, 36. 40,
2 q, 41, 1 sq. and so genr. in the Penta-
teuch, a? also Is. 19, 11. 30, 2. Cant. 1,
9. al. More rarely other words are add*
ed, as c^-^STS r^h^, 1 K. 3, 1. 2 K. 17, 7.
18, 21 ; sometimes also a more specific
name, as iz} Hri5 2 K. 23, 33 sq. comp.
V. 29. s^sn rirna Jer. 44, 30. The
word originally signifies the king in the
Egyptian language, as Josephus has re-
marked, Ant. 8. 6. 2 ; and was written in
the dialect of Memphis OTOO, Theb.
ppO. eppO, Basm. pp^' epp^
and with masc. art. IlOTpO. UppO^
npp^, see Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 150,
181. Jablonski Opusc. I. p. 374. Kosegar-
ten de prisca yEgyptior. Lit. p. 17. The
idea has been started more recently, that
fiy^S corresponds to the Egypt. A-DH
the sun. which is written as a hierogly-
phic symbol over the titles of kings ; so
Rosellini Monumm. storici I. p. 117.
Lepsius Leltre a Rosellini p. 25. But
more prob. the Egypt. UppO was so
inflected by the Hebrews as to appear
in a Semitic form, i. q. y^D prince, and
then the termination ri i. q. "p was added.
See in Thesaur. p. 1129.
"iT^^lS obsol. quadrilit i. q. Ethiop.
ABACUS, to leap^ to spring. Hence
TUyiS m. 1. a flea, so called from its
leaping, 1 Sam. 24, 15. Arab. v:i3xo,
Syr. transp. p^.^as.
2. Parosh, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 3. 10, 25.
Neh. 3, 25.
jinynB (perh. chief, from S'lB , MS'nQ)
Pirathon, pr. n. of a city of Ephraim
,Tudg. 12, 15. Gr. ItctQa^wv 1 Mace. 9,
50. Gentile n. is ''3ri5"iB Pirathonite,
Judg. 12, 13. 15.
"lene (prob. swift, r. "i-nB II, Arab.
-iwS to hasten, to be swift) Pharpar,
one of the two rivers of the territory of
Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. [The other was
the Amanah(n3T:x)correspondingtothe
present el-Barada. coming from Anti-
Lebanon and now divided on the plain
into several streams to water the city
and fields. The Pharpar has been re-
ferred : a) To one of the channels of
the Barada. This is hardly probable j
-IB
869
ff
since two distinct rivers are apparently
intended. b) To the fountain and
stream el-Fijeh fc^vi-^t, liigh upon the
eastern slope of Anti-Lcbaiiou. This
stream joins the Barada about twenty-
five rods from its source ; its volume of
water being twice as great as the other.
Hence it is regarded as the main source
of the Barada. and not as a distinct river.
Abulfedffi Tab. Syr. p. 15, 174. ed. Koh-
ler. O. V. Richter p. 157. c) To the
Awaj, the next largest river of the Da-
mii^cus territory aller the Barada. It
rises in Jebel esh-Sheikh (Hermon), and
flows S.'W. to Sa'sa'; and then north-
easterly through the plain to the lake
el-Merj. It is described as a rapid and
pretty stream ; and may well be regard-
ed as the Pharpar. It is mentioned by
Abulfeda ; see Tab. Syr. p. 97. Burckh.
Syr. p. 53, 312. Schubert's Reise III. p.
27. R.
*'(^^ fut. yiB";! to break, to rend, to
break out or forih, Gen. 38, 29. This
primary power lies not only in the let-
ters IB, see under "''^S, but also in the
syllable y^ , ^r,aiT(a, reissen ; comp. in r.
CJjrS , lacB . Analogous to this root, with
a syllable prefixed, are Goth, spreilan,
Germ, spreilzen. Engl, to spread. The
middle radical being softened to a semi-
vowel, there arises the root ys. Arab.
\jOyi to cut, to rend, to tear ; ijOvi
to cut in, trop. to define. Chald. i. q.
Heb. Spec.
1. to break or tear down, to demolish,
6. g. the house of God 2 Chr. 24, 7 ; a
wall, etc. Is. 5, 5. Ps. 80, 13. Mic. 2, 13.
Ecc. 3, 3. 10, 8. Neh. 2 13. 4, 1. 2 K.
14. 13mxx5 ranx^.c-^b^n-i^rpinaySs'i
Max and brake down in the wall of Jeru-
salem . . .four hundred cubits, nsiig T'S
a city broken down, i. e. whose walls are
demolished, Prov. 25, 28.
2. to break or retid asunder, i, e. to
dviperse, to scatter, e. g. hostile forces
2 Sam. 5, 20. 2 Chr. 20. 27. Ps. 60, 3.
Intrans. to disperse oneself, to spjead
abroad, as a people, flock, and hence to
incTPase in number, Gen. 28, 14. Is. 54,
3. Ex. 1, 12. Hos. 4, 10 they commit
whoredom, ''^"'s?"] X^'i but do not increa.se
in number. Gen. 30, 30. Job 1, 10. Also
of a person whose substance increases,
73*
Gen. 30, 43 ; of a rumour diffusing itself,
2 Chr. 31, 5. Metaph. to be redundant
with any thing, c. ncc. like other verbs
of abundance, Prov. 3, 10 'T'Sp?^ ibin^n
!IS1B7 thy wine-vats shall overflow with
new wine. Others less well : ' thy presses
shall burst with new wine ;' for neither
the wine-press nor wine-vat can be said
to burst from the quantity of wine made,
the figure applying only to a cask or
wine-skin. Adverbially, 1 Chr. 13, 2
nnbahj ns^BJ let us disperse and send,
i. e. let us send in every direction, every
where.
3. to break forth upon, to break in
upo7i, to rush upon, Mic. 2, 13 ; with a of
person Ex. 19, 22. 24. 2 Sam. 6, 8. 1 Chr.
15, 13; c. ace. Job 16, 14. Also to form
by breaking through or into ; Job 28, 4
^'l? Vf^ he breaks a shaft through, i. e.
sinks a shaft or pit, by breaking through
the ground. Further: a) In a bad
sense, to break out, to act with violence,
Hos. 4, 2. Hence y^^ . b) In kind-
ness, to press upon, to urge with entrea-
ties, c. a 1 Sam. 28, 23. 2 Sam. 13, 25.
27. 2K.'5, 23.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, part. y^S?
spread abroad, common, 1 Sam. 3, 1.
PuAL pass, of Kal no. 1, to be broken
down, demolished, Neh. 1, 3.
HiTHPA. to break away from any one,
i. q. to run away, 1 Sam. 25, 10.
Deriv. V'^'^B , V^S^, and
f^f m. in pause yiQ Neh. 6, 1 ; plur.
ts-'S'iB Am. 4, 3, nis-is Ez. 13, 15, c. suff.
1. a breach, rent, in a wall 1 K. 11,
27. Is. 30, 13. Am. 4, 3. 9, 11. Job 30,
14 i"'rx';i ann 71B3, Vulg. well, ^hoa-i
rupta muro irruerunt, the figure being
taken from besiegers, who rush with
great force into a city through a breach
made in the walls. From the same
source comes also the phrase y'll^^ ^^^
to stand in the breach sc. agninst an
enemy rushing in, and this is the station
of the bravest and most devoted troops,
as being most exposed to danger, Ez.
22, 30 (comp. 13, 5). Ps. 106, 23.
2. breach, i. e. a breaking up, disper-
sion, a) Of enemies, defeat. Judg. 21,
15. Ps. 144. 14. b) breach of waters, a
breaking forth, inundation, 2 Sam. 5, 20
P"!3
870
Tuns
3. breach, i. e. a breaking in upon,
assault, impetus. Job 16, 14 he mslieth
upon me }'"!S"''.?0"?? y?.a breach upon
breach, assault upon assault.
4. Perez (Engl. Vers, sometimes
Pharez), pr. n. a) A son of Judah by
Tamar ; see Gen. 38, 29. 46, 12. Patro-
nym. ''S'lB Perezite (Pharezite) Num.
26, 20. b) Perez- Uzza (HVJ ynj? defeat
of Uzza). pr. n. of a place 2 Sam. 6, 8.
1 Chr. 13, 1 1. c) Plur. c^:?':jB nn (mount
of defeats) Mount Perazim Is. 28, 21.
* P^^ to break; Syr. and Chald. id.
Arab, ^jvi to separate, to distinguish.
This is an onomatopoetic root, found
widely also in the same signif in the
Indo-European languages, as Sanscr.
prah. lu-Ai. frango, GoXh. prik?in.pricha.xi.
Germ, hrechen, bracken, Engl, to break.
In a softer form it appears as T\^^ to
break i. e. bend the knee ; and with the
labial dropped ^'//yf/ut. Spec.
1. to break off, e. g. a yoke, c. ba
Gen. 27, 40.
2. to break or crush e. g. bones, limbs,
as a wild beast, Ps. 7, 3.
3. to let break away, i. e. to deliver,
iPs. 136, 24. Lam. 5, 8. Syr. 0:^.3 id.
Pi EL l.to break or tear off, Ex. 32, 2.
Zech. 11, 16.
2. to bi-eak or rend in pieces, e, g.
mountains, 1 K. 19, 11.
HiTHP. 1. to be broken in pieces, Ez.
19, 12.
2. to break or tear off from oneself, c.
ace. Ex. 32, 3. 24. Comp. Heb. Gram.
53. 3. a.
Deriv. p-nB, p^iB, np'^Ba.
p^l^ Chald. pr. to break off, see the
'Heb. hence to deliver to redeem, Dan,
4, 24.
P"?? "1- (r. p"^B) constr. p-.B, broth,
soup. Is. 65, 4 Cheth. so called from the
y7a^TOe/orcrm6ofbread over which
the broth is poured. Comp. Arab.
jUawRjo a dish made of crumbs of bread
with hot oil poured over them. Another
'form is pnia q. v.
p'^D m. (r. p'^B) 1. violence, rapine,
from the idea of breaking in upon, Nah.
3,1.
.2. Place where two ways separate, a
fork, Obad. 14. Comp. Arab. /Vyi to
separate, ^^^..^uLsjiaJI ijviJ' the fork of
the roads.
1. '_^ to break, to break in pieces,
comp. "I'lB I ; see the roots beginning
with ^B in r. T^B . In Kal once inf.
absol. "lis Is. 24, 19 ; although it may
also be referred to r. "i^3 I.
HiPH. isn, in pause "lEin Gen. 17,
14; inf ^sn, c. sufl". B:nsn*Lev. 26, 15;
fut. "lE^, conv. iB^I ; to break, a.\wa.ya
trop.
1. n'^'13 'n to break a covenant, to vio-
late, Is. 33, 8. Ez. 17, 15. 16 ; so of those
who break their covenant with God
Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 26, 15. Deut.31, 16. 20.
Is. 24, 5. al. So of God Lev. 26, 44.
Judg. 2, I. Jer. 14, 21. Also to break a
law, Ps. 119, 126; God's precepts Num.
15, 31. Ezra 9, 14.
2. to make vain, bring to nought, to
frustrate, as counsel 2 Sam. 15, 34. Ps.
33, 10; comp. Job 5, 12. Prov. 15, 22. Is.
44, 25 ; to declare void, e. g. a vow
Num. 30, 9. 13. Intrans. to be in vain,
to fail, Ecc. 12, 5.
3. to annul, to abolish, e. g. piety Job
15, 4 ; one's right 40, 8. Ps. 85, 5 iBrt
!i5ns TjDSS annul thine anger towards vs,
i. e. avert it, cause it to cease.
HoPH. 'Sn to be made vain, to come
to nought. Is.'s, 10. Jer. 33, 21.
Po. i^"B to cleave, to rend, e. g. the
Red Sea Ps. 74. 13.
HiTHPo. "!"]iBrn to be broken, rent,
by concussion, as the earth Is. 24. 19.
PiLP. fut. iS'iS';', to shake violently, Job
16, 12, comp. Is. 24, 19. Arab. '^Ij to
break. "^ ^
* II. "1^5 1. q. x>^B, rr^B, to be borne
swiflly. to run. Arab. J to flee. Hence
-IB , n-nB , -IB-IB . ^
* ^^3 fut. ttS^B-J 1. i. q. D-^B to
break, to break in pieces, Mic. 3, 3.
b cnb "^B lo break (distribute) bread to
persons, Lam. 4, 4.
2. to .ipj-ead out or abroad, to e.rpand,
pr. from the idea of breaking apart and
arranging, comp. yja no. 2 Chald. id.
Syr. ^Js-fS id. Arab, lij^ ^'^ spread
upon the ground. E. g. a cloth or cover-
tt-lB
871
ISIS
ing Num. 4, 6. 8 ; a sail or flag Is. 33,
23; a tent Ex. 40, 19; a letter rolled
up Is. 37, 14 ; light (c. T'bs around him-
Bclf ) Job 36, 30 ; a cloud Pa. 105, 39 ;
pass. part, ionj} of tlie dawn spreading
itself Joel 2, 2. Spec, a) ntin bno to
spread a net Hos. 5, 1. Ps. 140, 6; c..\>
for any one Lam. 1, 13; bs ((or b, bx)
Prov. 29, 5. Hos. 7, 12. Ez. 12, i3. 17,
20. 32, 3; but in Hoa. 5, 1. Is. 19, 8, b?
refers to place, b) D^BJS ir")D to spread
the wings, as a bird, cherub, Ueut. 32. 11.
1 K. 8, 7. 2 Ciir. 5, 8 ; c. bs, bx, b of
place, ' to spread the wings in order to
fly to any place,' Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22. Job
39, 26. For Ruth 3, 9 see in rjjS no. 2.
c) n":7; b-iD , C7D3 bna , to spread oui
the hands, either in prayer and adora-
tion, c. bx to any one Ex. 9, 29. 33.
1 K. 8, 22. 38. 54. Ezra 9, 5. Job 11, 13;
b Ps. 44, 21 ; or for bounty, c. b Prov.
31, 20 ; or lor spoil, with bs of thing
Lam. 1. 10. Metaph. Prov. 13, 16 a fool
gpreadeth out his folly, lays it open, bears
it before him.
3. to disperse, see Pi. no. 2 ; hence
NiPH. to he dispersed, scattered, Ez.
17, 21.
PiEL. b-ne Is. 25, 11, fut. bns^, inf.
c. suff. C3.:nBa , to spread out, to expand,
e. g. the hands in prayer to God, Is. 1,
15. 25, 11. 65, 2. Ps. 143, 6. Unusual
is ^"'^^2 nb"iB to spread forth with the
hands, id. Lam. 1, 17. Corap. O^Jb pnn
also C"^|b3. Heb. Gr. 135. n. 3.
2. to disperse, to scatter, Ps. 68, 15.
Zech. 2, 10.
Deriv. bnM.
*_^ pr. to cleave, to divide, see
Hiph. Hence
1. to separate, to distinguish, i. q.
Chald. and Syr. whence bns ^^Z-fl,
a Pharisee, i. e. one separated.
2. to declare distinctly, to specify, Lev.
24, 12. Coinp. 3;;j no. 2. Syr. wa,^
for Gr. o^lCa Acts 17, 26. 31.
3. to spread out, to stretch apart, spec,
the feet in riding, see b~B . Comp. the
quadrilit. ibna and Tb-iB .
Nipii. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez.
34, 12 ; where however several Mss. and
editions read mbiEJ, which is more ac-
cording to the usus loquendi ; see r. bna.
PoAL pass, of Kal no. 2, to be distinctly
declared, to he specified. Num. 15, 34.
Part, as adv. Neh. 8, 8 and they read
in the hook of the law of God OiCia dis-
tinctly (so Vulg. i. e. word for word, Syr.
faithfully), and gave the sense and ex-
plained what they read; comp. Ezra 4^
18. Others, as also Hengstenherg Au-
thent. Dan. p. 299, render it here, with
explanation i. e. translation ac. into
Chaldee ; but see Thesaur. p. 1132.
Compare also the use of the noun nbno .
Hiph. to puncture, to sting, Prov. 23,
32. Syr. wA,J.s1 , Arab. ^yS id. jl^-j^
goad.
Deriv. bno , b-iD , rib"iB .
^B Chald. id. Pa. part. pass. tfi-JM ,
as adv. distinctly, accurately, word for
word. Ezra 4, 18. Vulg. manifegte, Syr.
faithfully. See Heb. b^B Pu.
tJ'IB m. (r. b-iQ, after the form bs]?)
constr. bns Ez. 26, 10 before a conj. ac-
cent; plur. o^biD, c. suff, l^biB, with
Kamets retained.
1. ahorseman, rider,eques, Syr. V^pSt
9 ,'
Arab. (>)'- , pr. so called as riding upon
- 9. a ^
a horse, and not on an ass (Arab. ^ t^ )
or camel (^> <^U ). Jer. 4, 29. Nah. 3,
3. Plur. c-^bns Gen. 50, 9. Ex. 14. 9 sq.
1 Sam. 8, 11.' al, ssep. Is. 21, 7 ni3S
C^bns pairs of horsemen ; horsemen
and their steeds in pairs, v. 9. 0pp.
m'lin 3D"] , bo5 asn riders on asses and
camels.
2. a horse for riding, a steed, which
the Romans also called eques, according
toGell. 18. 5. Macrob. Sat. 6. 9. Comp.
equitare, of a horse running with a rider,
Lucil. ap. Gell. ibid. It is manifestly to
be distinguished from B"'piD i. e. com-
mon horses for chariots, etc. 1 K. 5. 6
[4, 26] and Solomon had forty thousand
pairs of horses (coiO) for his chariots,
and twelve thousand steeds, sc. as saddle-
horses. Ez. 27. li from Armenia they
brought to thy fairs U'^'t'^z^ c^b-^Si cpno
horses (common), and steeds for riding,
and mides. Joel 2, 4. n-'bne 'bra 2 Sam.
1, 6 horsemen. Once Is. 28. 28 of horses
treading out grain, but still with riders.
9 ^^
Arab. (H-vi. Ethiop. A,IS^ a horse.
a: -13
872
pirs
Note. It may seem strange to derive
the word for horse from that signifying
horseman ; but for this there are the fol-
lowing reasons : a) The authority of
the vowel-points, since in the signif
horses it is also read C'HIJ'nB not CttJ'^B .
b) The analogy of the Latin usus lo-
quendi. c) The etymology, which can
be probably explained only in this way;
i. e. ir"iS5 a rider, is readily derived from
ttb';)B to separate or spread out the feet,
which in Arabic is more fully given by
i)<jiiyS and ioAwwi.
?B m. (r. ffl-^s) c. sufF. iii5-ia
1. excrement, dung,fceces, in the belly,
so called as being separated and thrown
off; Ex. 29, 14. Lev. 4. IL 8, 7. Num.
19, 5. Mai. 2, 3. Arab. yi>wi , Syr. ]Zf3 ,
Chald. Nn-^a.id.
2. Peres'h, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16.
1?^"!^? Heb. and Chald. a transcript,
copy, e.g. of a letter, Ezra 4, 11. 23. 5.6.
7,11. In Targ. id. Syr. il^ji. The
etymology is obscure ; though the word
18 prob. to be referred to the Sanscrit or
old Persian ; comp. in "50 . Thesaur. p.
1133, 1134. Another ibrm of the same
noun is larrs Esth. 3, 14. 4, 8.
" r??? quadril. not used in the verb,
Arab. (XjMyi and ia-Cuji to separate or
spread out the feet, to straddle ; com-
pounded from C"iD (see no. 3, also dns)
eind i^D . Hence
jiTCnB !i,i. Xfy6fi. Judg. 3. 22, accord-
ing to the Targ. Vulg. Luth. Engl, dimg,
dirt. (comp. ttJ"!S .) hence nnqnan xs;;}
and the dirt (fieces) came out from the
wound. But the He paragog. implies
rather the place to which a thing comes
out; pcrh. therefore better to render:
and (the blade, sn^) came out between
his legs, i.e. in vulgar Engl, 'into his
crotch ;' comp. the root and tlDnjs . Sept.
Vat. xitl f^iiX9tv ( //(i)(J) T)iv n()0(TTu8a,
as if npa".Dn were i. q. nji-.'nDian in v.
23 ; but such a repetition would be fri-
gid, and v. 23 is manifestly a transition
to another topic.
nOnD f (r, ta-iD, for ni^^.D verbal of
Pi(^l) distinct declaration, exposition,
Esth. 4, 7. 10,2.
' ^7 - quadril. to spread out, to ex-
pand, Job 26, 9. Compounded from liJ'nQ
no. 3, and Tna to spread; comp. niTis .
Kindr. with tmna q. v.
^^'7?^7^ Pdrshandatha, Pers. pr. a.
of oneof Haman's sons, Esth. 9. 7. The
form savours of Chaldaism, and might
so denote an interpreter of the law ; but
the name is more prob. of Persian origin
inflected in the Clialdee manner.
* I^!!!S obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to
break, i. q. ^''^.a ; but Arab, cy^i to be
sweet, spoken of water. Hence
ri'^B pr. n. Phrath, Euphrates, a river
of Syria, which, rising in the mountains
of Armenia and uniting below Babylon
with the Tigris, empties itself into the
Persian Gulf Gen. 2, 14. 15, 18. DeuL
1, 7. Jer. 13, 4-7 where some erroneously
understand Ephrata. 46, 2. 6. 10. al. sgep.
Comp. "^nj no. 2. Gr. Z,'iqpoT7j,' from
G .-'
a form r'^BS. Arab, cjl^i, which also
signifies 'sweet water;' comp. Jer. 2, 18.
rriB f. a fruit-tree, see the root irnS
no. 1. a.
D'^'OrilB m. plur. nobles, princes,
among the Persians Esth. 1, 3. 6, 9 ;
among the Jews Dan. 1, 3. It is of Per-
sian origin, i. q. ^ehWi pardom the first,
see Anq. du Perron Zend-Avesta IL
p. 468. Comp. "Len^L frathemd, Sanscr.
prathama, the first ; kindr. are Gr.
ngunoc, Lat. primus.
i"i2?S to spread, as the leprosy. Lev.
13, 7 sq. Arab. LwmlS V, to be propaga-
ted, e. g. disease. Aram. t<CD id. The
primary idea is that of going apart and
spreading out, a signification common to
verbs beginning with the syllables OS,
'^S, irsj (~b)- and often expressed in
Latin by the particles dis, di.
^-^ to stride, to go ; c. 3 to rush
upon, Is. 27, 4. Chald. yoa id. The pri-
mary idea is that of" throwing apart the
legs, see in nca and pt'a.
Deriv. nycBp and
yi?E m. a stride, step, 1 Sam. 20, 3
p^2 to dispart the lips, to open
wide, Prov. 13, 3. Kindr. with rtoB.
PiEL id. of the feet, Ez. 16, 25
Xiai
873
VTS
, V9 an. ktyo/t. Job 33, 15, which, in
entire accordance with the context, tiie
Sept. and Vulg. render nityiintcDfut,
acelua. i. e. trangresaion, as if i. q. JoJd ;
hence SiD is prob. put ibr TV^O , TffiD , the
final 5 being dropped, like "ittJ Job 15, 31
Cheth. Ibr xiw . Others, alter the Rab-
bins, muUilude sc. of transgressions;
but this and other explanations are
forced. See Thesaur. p. 1136.
n^S only in Piel fut. to tear in
pieces Lam. 3, 11. Aram. id.
limCD Pashur, pr. n. m. a) A priest
contemporary with Jeremiah, Jer. 20, 1.
2. 3. Allusion is made to the signif of
tlie name, i. e. prosperity round about,
compounded from ntuc Arab, mo to be
wide, ample, and "lino round about.
0pp. r-^aeia lisa. b) Jer. 21, 1. 38, 1.
c) Ezra 2, 38. 10, 22. Neh. 7, 41. 10, 4.
* O tTS fut. aaSB-i, imp. c. n parag.
n-jttJD Is. 32, 11.
1 . to spread out, to expand, Syr. >-^w.*kS ,
Arab. ia-w*J ; kindr. iras no. 1, 2.
Everywhere intrans. to spread oneself
out, of hostile troops 1 Chr. 14, 9. 13 ; of
Bwarms of locusts Nah. 3, 16 ; with bs
of a land or people, to invade for the
purpose of carrying off booty. Job 1, 17.
Judg. 9, 33. 44 ; bx 1 Sam. 27, 8 ; 3 2
Chr. 25, 13. 28, 18 ; accus. 1 Sam. GO,
14; absol. 1 Sam. 27, 10. Hos. 7, 1.
2. to put off a garment, to lay off;
which implies the opening and unfold-
ing of it, a garment being wrapped toge-
ther in putting it on; c. ace. Lev. 6, 4.
16. 23. Cant. 5, 3. al. Absol. imper.
riBttJD put off thy garments. Is. 32, 11.
Piel to strip, to plunder, e. g. the slain
1 Sam. 31, 8. 2 Sam. 23, 10. 1 Chr. 10,8.
HiPH. to cause to put off one's gar-
ments, i. e. a) With ace. of pers. to
strip any one Hos. 2, 5. b) With ace.
of garment to strip off, 1 Sam. 31. 9.
Job 22, 6 ; comp. Mic. 2. 8. c) With
two ace. to strip one of any thing. Gen.
37, 23. Num. 20, 26. 28 ; or ace. of thing
and bst: of pers. Mic. 3, 3. Job 19, 9.
2. to fay victims Ibr sacrince Lev. 1, 6.
2 Chr. 29, 34. 35, 11 ; comp. Mic. 3, 3.
HiTHP. to strip oneself 1 Sam. 18, 4.
* 3^?B fut. ycB"^ 1. Pr. to break with
anyone, i. e. one's covenant, allegiance ;
hence to fall away, to remit, to rebel, c.
a 2 K. 1, 1. 3, 5. 7 ; c. nnn^ 2 K. 8, 20.
22. Comp. Arab. {JLjmS to revolt, also
Aram. > nffl , pojj , to break. Spec.
nin''a 5u;q to rebel against Jthmah, to
apostatize from him. Is, 1, 2. Jer. 2, 29.
3, 13. Hos. 7, 13. al. srop. Absol. id.
Am. 4. 4. Lam. 3, 42. Hence
2. Genr. to transgress, to sin, Prov. 28,
21 ; c. bs against Hos. 8, 1. Part. Sda
one who makes defection from God, a
transgressor, Is. 48, 8; plur. CStio
transgressors, i. e. who rebel against
God, Is. 1, 28. 46, 8. 66, 24. al.
NiPH. recipr. of Kal no. 1, Prov. 18, 19
yCBJ nx brethren breaking with one
another, offended, discordant.
Deriv. trSo and
3^B m. in pause riJD , c. suff. TJtSB ;
plur. CS'rtJ , constr. ""SwO .
1. defection, rebellion, of a people
Prov. 28, 2.
2. a trespass, fault. Gen. 31, 36. 50,
17. Ex. 22. 8. Espec. transgression, sin
against God Job 7, 21. 13, 23. 14, 17. 31,
33. Ps. 32, 5. 51, 3. al. It would seem
to be stronger than ns::n , Job 34, 37.
Plur. Prov. 10, 12. Am. \\ 3. 6. Meton.
a) punishment of sin Dan. 9, 24. b) i. q.
sin-offering, Mic. 6, 7.
* "^?p Chald. i. q. Heb. "ira , to ex-
plain, to interpret, e. g. visions, dreams,
Dan. 5, 16. In Targg. often for Heb.
"iPB . Syr. j.dft.a , Arab. -A*i , id.
Pa. id. Dan. 5, 12.
Deriv. the two following.
^TCS Chald. m. emphat. X'ltt:!! and
H'lais , c. euff. iVy^^ , plnr. T"}^?? ; ex-
planation, interpretation, Dan. 2, 4 sq.
4, 3. 4. 15 sq. 5, 7. 8. 12. 15 sq. 7, 16.
^T?? Heb. id. Ecc. 8, 1. R. I'SQ .
s ^
* ^'^3 obsol. root ; A rab. yij II,
to dissolve, to separate into its parts ;
spec, to shake up, to card cotton, Avi-
cenna cited by Castell. Syr. \ a 4.n ,q
a carding. Chald. ^'odp to examine
closely, to scrutinize, from the same idea
of separating, etc.
Deriv. the two following.
T\WB
874
nrifi
JntOB f. only c. suff. "'Fi'UQ Hos. 2, 7.
11, and plur. DifiOSb (f. Is.'l9, 9), /ocr,
linen, i. e. the material Is. 1. c. Deut. 22,
11. Prov, 31, 13. D'^rnrs b'^rc a Ztne q/"
/ax Ex. 40, 3, and so Cipica judg. 1 4, 4.
Also as wrought, linen, linen-cloth, Lev.
1 3, 48. 52 D"irny9 *i53 a Zmen garment.
V. 47. 59. Ez. 44, ']7. So Josh. 2, 6 "nuis
Y^n the tree-Jiax, i. e. the stalks offiax;
Vulg. stipnlce lini, Sept. hvoxaldfiT], But
Arab. Vers, stalks of cotton.
Note. This word is usually referred
to a root wre , whence is then derived a
form MPii;B . But there exists no trace
of such a root in the kindred dialects ;
and a Ibrm nnirs is never found. I pre-
fer therefore to assume, as above, a root
CCB , whence CB , fern, rffis and nrjuis,
plur. D'^ri'^r) see Lehrg. p. 575, 576.
The n, though servile, is then treated
as a radical, as in rix, ITink; rn^.i^,
ninfflp , etc.
nntCD f. (see rCB note) l.Jla.v, the
plant as growing, Ex. 9, 31.
2. a wick, as made of linen, Is. 42. 3.
43, 17.
ns f. Prov. 17, 1. (r. nrs) c. sufF.
''BS , plur. ens , a bit, crumb, morsel,
e. g. of bread Gen. 18, 5. Judg. 19, 5.
1 Sam. 2. 36. 28, 22. 1 K. 17, 11. Prov.
28, 21 ; also without cn>. id. Ruth 2, 14.
2 Sam. 12, 3. Job 31,' 17. Prov. 23, 8.
Plur. O-^riD crumbs Lev. 2, 6. 6, 14. Ps.
147, 17 he sendelh forth his ice O'^PiES as
morsels, i. e. the hail.
ris m. (r. nSB) c. suff. ',nnB Is. 3, 17,
plur. nirb, an interstice, space between ;
9 0'
Arab, cjjj id. It follows partly the
analogy of verbs 5S . Spec, of the space
between the feet, i. e. pudenda mnliebra,
Itul. potta, Is. 3, 17. Trop. rir'B/emaZe
hinges, i. e. the eyes or parts with holes,
1 K. 7. 50.
D'^SrE , Rcc 'rB .
CSfB adv. (for n?rB from ?rQ mo-
ment with the ending C . and " changed
into X ,) in a moment, suddenlij Josh. 10,
9. 11, 7. Job 5. 3. 9, 23. Ps. 64. 5. 8. nl.
In the gcnit. after a noun, as =xrB "ine
eudden terror Prov. 3, 25; often iiiten-
Bively after JrC , as CStrs yr^a venj
mddenly Num. 6, 9 ; CxrB yncb Is. 29,
5 ; also transp. Srsb tskra 30, 13. "With
prefix Bsnea 2 Chr. 29,' 36.
SSflS m. constr. aaPB , delicate food,
dainties of the king's table, Dan. 1, 5. 8.
13. 15. 11, 26. Syr. t^i^ in Barhebr.
and Ephr. id. The word is of Persian
origin ; from 53 , Pers. sU ; sU , -^Lsi
>^
food, see p. Ill ; and Sanscr. paiti domi-
nus ; q. d. lordly food, delicate ; so Ben-
fey, Monathsn. p. 194.
D5ri2 Chald. m. emphat. X^srs,
word, i. q. is'^t : whence xrsna a'^nn
i. q. Heb. "ia"n 3'''*ifn to return word, i. e.
to answer, Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. nbia
Nrans to send, word, i. e. a writing, letter,
etc. Ezra 4, 17. 5, 7 ; comp. Heb. Prov.
26, 6. Hence a rescript, edict, decree^
of a king Ezra 6, 11 ; a decree of Jehovah
Dan. 4, 14 [24]. In the Targg. often
for Heb. -isn . Syr, lla' iws id. Prob.
of Persian origin, i. q. Pehlv. peddm,
Pers. peighdm, [LAjO, *Jbo! (t-o>
word, also an edict sent by letter or by
a messenger. The Chald. -Srs would
seem to come from an antique form, in
which both the t and g were preserved.
D3riB m. (Kamets impure, see Syr.
and Pers. above.) word, later Heb. i. q.
preced. Chald. Spec, a rescript, decreee
of a king Esth. 1, 20; of a judge, sen-
tence, Ecc. S, 11.
"*" nrS fut. npE"^ , apoc. PiE^i Job 31,
27.
1. Pr. to open, to expand. Kindr. are
J^CS ) ^CB j and in the Indo-europ. dia-
lects comp. Sanscr. pad to expand. Gr.
ntrub), 7ifTurvv/jt, Lat. pateo. Prov. 20,
19 i"'"2b r^r-3 who openeth his lips,
spoken of a garrulous person who al-
ways has his mouth open. Also to dilate,
to make bioad and large; see Hiph.
Chald. NPB Aph. id. Syr. ]Ls to be
broad ; Pa. and Aph. to make broad.
Sam. ^Ai3 to be broad.
2. Intrans. to be open, and trop. of the
mind, to be open, ingenuous, like children
and youth ; romp. Arab. Lxi to be inge-
nuous, youthful ; hence in a bad sense,
to let oneself be enticed, seduced. Deut.
11, 16 csaab npc^"*,!^ lest your heart be
ins
875
nrs
enticed. Job 31, 27. Part, nno simple,
foolish. Job 5, 2; fem. nrb Hos. 7, 11.
NiPH. lo let oneself be persuaded Jer.
20. 7 ; to let oneself be enticed, seduced,
c. hs lo any thing, Job 31.9.
PiEL Hno 1. lo iKrsuade any one,
corap. nti&u, 8o Jer. 20, 7. Hos. 2, 16
[1 1] ; espec. to evil 1 K. 22, 20 sq. Judg.
14, 15. 16, 5. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Hence to
entice, to seduce, Ex. 22, 15. Prov. 1, 10.
16, 29.
2. to deceive, to delude with words,
Gr. (Innuibi, Ps. 78. 36. Prov. 24, 28
SjTiBiaa i^^PJB^I wilt thou deceice with
thy lips ? i. e. deceive not, see in n no.
1. a.
PuAL i. q. Niph. to let oneself be per-
tuaded Prov. 25, 15 ; to let oneself be
deceived, Ez. 14, 9. Jer. 20. 10.
HiPH. fat. apoc. ns^ to dilate, to make
broad and large, i. q. 2^n-in, comp. Kal
no. I ; c. dat. to enlarge for any one,
to give him ample room ; Gen. 9, 27
rB';b D''n'3X ne^ lit. may God make large
for Japhelh, i. e. give him wide room.
The paronomasia is to be noted.
Deriv. TiB, n!|*n!3 , Chald. ^PB , and
pr. n. rt,^.
binB (prob. for Ks^ria man of God)
Pethuel. pr. n. m. Joel 1, 1.
nir\B m. (r. nna Pi. no. 4) plur.
Cnana , constr. ^nsina , engraving, sculp-
ture, carved work, 2 Chr. 2, 13. Zech.
3, 9 ; Plur. 1 K. 6, 29. Ps. 74. 6. ^mPQ
firnn engravings of a ring or signet, on
gems, Ex. 28, 11. 21. 36. 39, 6. 14. 30.
Sept. ylvcpri, yXvppa.
linB (perh. i. q. Chald. X"i"ira a table)
Pethor, pr. n. of a place on the Euphra-
tes where Balaam dwelt, Num. 22, 5.
Deut. 23, 5.
MinD i. q. no , o bit, morsel, Ez. 13,
19. R^nn^.
* '^^S fut nriis"^, inf. c. suff. 'nrs.
1. to open, Syr. w.jya, Arab. ^^)
,4.'t' A id. Kindred are Ti'TB^ . SrB.also
n|?B q. V. E. g. to open a door Judg. 3,
25. 2 K. 9. 3 ; a gate Is. 26. 2. Ez. 46,
12 ; the doors of heaven Ps. 78, 23 ; a
window Gen. 8, 6. 2 K. 13. 17 : a sepul-
chre Ez. 27, 12. 13 ; treasures Deut. 28,
12 ; a rock, . e. a fountain in a rock Pa.
105, 41 ; a sack Gen. 43. 21 ; the eyes
1 K. 8, 21. Without ace. to open at. a
door Is. 22, 22. Jer. 13, 19; c. dat. to
open to any one a door Cant. 5, 2. 5. 6.
Also intrans. to open, of the earth Pb.
106, 17. Part. paas. nirD open, not cov-
ered, Num. 19. 15. Spec, in phrases:
a) 'i^P"r^ nriD to open one's nututh,
either for eating Ez. 3, 2; or in son^
Ps. 78, 2; or for crying out Ez. 21, 27
[22] ; or for speaking, mostly after a term
ofsilence, Job3, 1. 33,2; hence /opea/c,
to lUler words, Prov. 31, 8. Ps. 109,2.
So the opp. 710/ to open the mouth, i. e.
to be silent, Ps. 39, 10. Is. 53, 7. Prov.
24. 7. Also to open the lips. i. e. to
speak, Job 1 1, 5. b) In a different sense
God is said to open the mouth of -any one
i. e. to make the dumb speak Num. 22,'
28 ; or to make one speak fluently, Ez.3,
27. 33, 22. c) to open the ear of any
one, i. e. to reveal any thing to him, so
of God Is. 50, 5, comp. 48. 8. d) to open
the hand unto any one, c. b , i. e. to deal
liberally towards him, Deut. 15, 8. 11.
e) to open the gates of a city, spoken of
cities which surrender, Deut. 20, 11.
2 K. 15, 16. f) Praegn. to open the grain,
a somewhat bold figure for : 'to open
the granaries and expose the grain for
sale,' Am. 8, 5. Also lo open a sword,
to draw it from the sheath, Ps. 37, 14.
Ez. 21, 33 [28] ; to open prisoners, i. e,
to let them go free. Is. 14, 17.
2. to open, i. e. to"" begin, to lead off
e. g. a song Ps. 49, 5. Arab. id.
Niph. 1, to be opened Gen. 7, 11. Is.
35, 5. Ez. I, 1. al. Trop. Jer. 1, 14.
2. to be loosed, e. g. a girdle Is. 5, 27 }
to be set free, as a captive Job 12, 14.
PiEL 1. to open i. q. Kal, Job 41, 0.
Intrans. to open itself, of a flower Cant.
7, 13 ; of the ear, to be open, Is. 48, 85
of gates 60, 11.
2. to loosen, to unbind, e. g. bonds Is.
58. 6. Job 38, 31. 39, 5. Ps. 116, 16; a
rein Job 30, 11 ; sackcloth Ps. 30, 12. Is.
20, 2. etc. With ace. of pers. Jer. 40, 4
/ will loose thee from the chains, etc.
Ps. 102, 21. 105, 20. Gen. 24, 32. Is. 45,
1. Part. nriB^ one who ungirds himselfj
spoken of a warrior putting off" his ar-
mour after a battle, 1 K. 20, 11.
3. to open or furrow the ground with
a plough. Is. 28, 24. Hence in the simi-
lar sense : .^^^^^
:n2
876
bns
4. to engrave, to carve, to sculpture,
e. g. wood 1 K. 7, 36. 2 Chr. 3, 7; gems
Ex. 28, 9. 36. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 13 ; also archi-
tectural ornaments in stone, Zech. 3, 9.
PuAL pass, of Pi. no. 4, to be engraved,
Ex. 39. 6.
HiTHPA. to loose oneself from bonds,
c. ace. Is. 52. 2.
Deriv. nns n^nra, nwa, nn^na,
jnriB^, nri2^, and the pr. names nriS"^,
nins3 , QTins; ,
nrs Chakl. to open, i. q. Heb. Dan. 6,
11. Praet. pass. Dan. 7, 10. Often in
Targg.
HrB m. (r. nna) In pause nra , c. sufF,
inra . plur. c'rirs , constr. "nra .
1. an opening, entrance, door-way, or
in a looser sense door, e. g. of a house
1 K. 14, 27. Job 31, 24; of a tent Gen.
18,3; of Noah's ark Gen. 6, 16; of a
chamber 1 K. 6, 8. 31 ; of a city Gen.
38, 14. al. It differs from rb^, o-lirbn,
which .signify the door or valves by which
the nra door-way is closed. Hence
nnsa in the entrance Gen. 38. 14. Jer.
g6J 10. 43, 9. Ez. 11, 1 ; 's nrsb. nnob
at the entrance or door Prov. 9, 14. Gen.
4, 7 ; nrs-b? id. Job 31, 9. Most. freq.
simp), nra as ace. of place where, c.
genit. ^'H'*'! '^r'? cit the door of the tent
Gen. 18, 1. 10. Ex. 33. 8. 9 ; 'isi'S bnx 'b
Ex. 29. 11. 32. 42; V-_%r\ 's Gen. 19, 11.
2 K. 5. 9; "iSTSn 's at the entrance of the
gate, in or by the gateway, Judg. 18, 16.
37. 2 Sam. 8. 8 ; comp. 9, 35. 44 ; -iStnn 's
Num. 3, 26. 4. 26. After verbs of motion,
MrtJ'bx to or towards the door Lev. ] , 3.
4,4. Deut.22,21. Josh. 8, 29; alsonnnen
Gen. 19, 6.
2. Poet, for gate, i. q. -i5ll3 , Is. 3, 26.
13, 2. Mie. 5, 5. Ps. 24, 7. 9 C^is -^nrD
the everlasting gates. Metaph. r^S "^nnB
Mic. 7, 5.
'^C? m. (r. nra) opening, insight, in-
0tniction, afforded by any thing, Ps. 119,
130. Syr. \ittZG.a an opening, explana-
tion. Arab. ^^-Jii X, to explain the
11HPB m. (r. nne) constr. *"inrp , open-
ing of the mouth, Ez. 16, 63. 29, 21.
n^nriD (whom Jehovah sets free, r.
UPl^) Pethahiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 24,
16. b) Ezra 10, 23. Neh. 9, 5. c) Neh.
11, 24.
T^^ m. (r. i^ns) in pause "^ra, also
out of pause Prov. 9, 4. 16. 14, 15; plur.
ni-ipa Prov. 22, 3, n';'rB Prov. 1. 22. 32,
and C'lNra 8, 5. 9. 6. al. simplicity, folly,
Prov. 1, 22 ; see r. nra no. 2. Concr.
simple, foolish, easily enticed and se-
duced, Prov. 7, 7. 22, 3. 27, 12. Ps. 116,
6. al. So of one credulous Prov. 14, 15 ;
inexperienced Ps. 19, 8.
^riB Chald. m. breadth, e. suff. n;;nB
Dan. 3, 1, Ezra 6, 3. Syr. t^Ls id. See
r. nna no. 1.
b\VnB lin. XfySfi. Is. 3, 24, a kind of
costly raiment, perhaps an embroidered
festive garment, compounded from rpTiD
b"'a id. comp. Syr. )-ai^ an embroidered
and variegated garment, sfLs to varie-
gate ; and b'^a exultation, rejoicing, as
on festivals, holidays. See Thesaur. p.
1137.
n^^lPB f. simplicity, folly ; concr. sim-
ple, foolish, of a female Prov. 9, 13. R.
nra.
nn'^ns f. plur. mnns drawn swords,
Ps. 55, 22. R. nra no.' 2.
JTlB m. (r. bra) a thread, line, cord,
Num. 19, 15. Judg. 16, 9. Ex. 28, 28. 37 ;
of the cord or string by which the signet-
ring was suspended in the bosom, Gen.
38, 18. 25 ; of a measuring-line Ez. 40, 3.
s
Arab. JytXi a cord.
* br}Q in Kal not used ; Chald. Syr.
Arab, and Ethiop. to twist, to twine, to
spin. Hence b'^ra ,
NiPH. 1. to be twisted, metaph. to be
crooked, crafty, deceitful, part. bnE3 Prov.
8, 8. Job 5, 13^
2. to wrestle, which implies a mutual
twisting and intertwining of the limbs
Gen. 30, 8. See nibWB? .
HiTHPA. to show oneself crooked, craf-
ty, perverse, to act thus ; fut. bnsnn Ps.
18, 27. The form bonPi 2 Sam. 22, 27,
seems to have arisen by transposing
bnonn into bonnn, and then contract-
ing into bonpi.
Deriv. b-^nD, B-'biinBJ, pr. n. ''VnD?,
also
bns
877
-hbriB m. crooked, crafly, perverse,
Deut. 3-^, 5. R. bni} .
Onp Piihoin, pr. n. of a city of Goehcn
in lower Egypt, on the euKtern bank of
the Nile, Ex. 1, 11. Gr. /lujovfiog He-
rodot. 2. 158. Steph. Byz. Also &ov/t,
dropping the fiyllable pa wiiich ex-
presses the Egyjitian art Itin. Anton,
p. 1C3 Wopsel. Egyptian OOJUL) nnd
with art. ni-OOUL the narrow place ;
ee Champollion I'Egypte sous les Pha-
raona, I. 172. II. p. 58 sq.
1^5 obsol. root. I. i. q. *,rTa, /jJuOj
to be strong, to be Jinn; whence inBia
threshold.
II. Prob. i. q. ^HD, to twist, to twine.
Hence
1^? m. in pause '|rD, plur. D'^JtiB an
asp, adder, a poisonous serpent, Is, 11,
8. Ps. 58, 5. 91. 13. Deut. 32, 33. Job 20,
14. 16. On the deafness of the adder,
Ps. 58. 5, see Bochart Hieroz. III. 150,
161 sq. Lips. Chald. )rQ, Syr. ijis>
Arab. i^v^J , id.
'J^B obsol. root, Samar, i. q. nnB
to open. Hence
^DB pr. opening of the eyes, a wink,
twinkling ; then a moment, like Gr. ^mii
ocp&dtXjjoii. Hence as adv. in a inoment,
suddenly, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. Hab. 2, 7.
Srcs Num. 35, 22 une.rpectedly, i. e. acci-
denlallij. Other examples see under
BKHB , which comes from this.
AJ^ fut. '"'nt^ to interpret a dream
Gen. 40, 8. 16. 22.' 41, 8. 12. 13.15. The
Chaldec, which is usually avorse to sibi-
lants, has in this signif. nbs q. v. Ethiop
AS^L,. Hence pr. n. TirD and
JlnriB nj. interpretation of a dream.
Gen. 40, 5. 12. 18. 41, 11. Plur. Gen!
40,8.
onriB Pathros, the domestic pr. n.
for Upper Kgypt, distinguished from
ilSTa, c^^XTa, which denote in their
more limited sense Lower Egypt ; see
these words. Is. 11, 11. Jer. 44, 1. 15.
Ez. 29, 14 where Pathros is called the
native land of the Egyptians. 30, 14.
Gentile noun plur. D^Dirs Palhrusim
Gen. 10, 14. The name in Egyptian ia
n-GT-pHC the region of the south; in
later Coptic called also Jtl<S.-pHC
southern region. See Jablonski Opusc.
ed. te Water I. p. 198. Q,uatremere
Mem. sur I'Egypte II, 30. De Sacy ad
Abdoll. p. 13, 14. See more in The-
saur. p. 1141. Sept. lla&ovQr^q, but Cod..
Vat. in Ez. fluxi^u^ijs, both from Theb.
n^TOTpHC pr. the south wind, south
quarter ; Peyron Lex. p. 49. 182.
1?f r?B , see in IvrnB . J^tt
"y^ to break, to break in pieces:.
Lev. 2, 6. Arab. ^^ id, Eth. Z.'M-
to break bread.
Deriv, na , nine .
Tsade, ''t'X , the eighteenth letter of
the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de-
noting 90. The name signifies perh. a
reaping-hook or scythe, from r. ma no,
I ; so called from the ancient figure of
the letter; see Thesaur, p. 1143.
In the Arabic alphabet there are two
letters corresponding to ac, viz. ^o Sad,
a sharp sibilant, and ijd Dad equiv, to
dor t pronounced with a slight sibilant
or lisping sound ', to this latter approach-
74
es also ij5 Dha i. e, t uttered from the
bottom of the palate near the throat,
which we mightcall with Sanscrit gram-
marians cerebral. Thus p1^ ^vJua,
but '(XS ^Li sheep ; also S^S > h to
thirst, cba aJLIs to be obscure. Hence
in several Hebrew roots there is a differ-
ence of signification, according as they
are written in Arabic with ^jp or .jO or
Jb., see e, g, b^X; but still roots of thi
rii^s
878
ik:^
sort often have the same etymology,
and are united by a very close atfiniry.
comp. "ina lo and 1^, Jisa *,o-J and
AAflJ. The LXX usually drop the den-
lal sound, and express the Tsade by the
simple sibilant s ; as risa^ 2',t^uo'id:
Kindred letters are : a) 13, which in
Aramean is often put for the Heb. S ;
comp. in the Hebrew language itself
the roots "i?: and "4}. "ins and in::,
yss and TZ'Ji, etc. b) More rarely 1 ;
comp. 22a and r?"n , 12:1 ^'^ -. etc. c)
The sibilants T, U. D ; comp. y\v, Tbs,
0^5 ; yrz , cn: ; pr\-s . pnb . d) r , for
which see p. 737. e) The palatals 5,
D, p. This is a singular affinity, but
it is proved by many examples, and is
to be explained perhaps in the same
way, that in Sanscrit the gutturals g. k,
pass over into the palatals dsh, tsh, i. e.
y
Engl.^', ch. Examples are : pns ^-tkrj
xajt'^s"* ; 5^?^ ^"d yJS to be depressed ;
'^I'S. and 133 to screak, to creak ; 1B53
xar&itQog cantharus. i. e. tube ; I3:i and
111? to heap up, to form a mound, and
60 to bury, etc.
n2 f. Tsere impure (for "SS'^, r.
KS^) constr. rsts, c. suff. ^r;s:i ; excre-
ment., ordure, human, Ez. 4, 12. Deut.
23, 14. Comp. nxs-B no. 2, Siis, nxii.
ns^'zi , see nxis .
* vi^!! obsol. root. Arab. JL*^ to he
s ^
//tin. glender ; but with mid. Ye JLo
denotes the /o^ms silvestris. prickly lotus,
perh. kindr. with r. "iJS. Hence
O'lbXI m. plur. Job 40, 21. 22, rendered
by Abulwalid, Schultens, and others,
loti silvestres, lotus trees. Rhamnuji Lo-
tus Linn. Arab. Sidr nJum, also Nubk
/Sjkj. This tree is common in Egypt
and Syria ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 210, 284. Others r\gard C^^XS as an
Aramean form for ^"^^^ shadus, i. e.
shady trees ; as r^ziz , Aram. T\^^o ; CDts ,
Aram. Dxa . So Vulg. Syr. Aben Ezra.
See Theeaur. p. 1144.
") ^j* obsol. root, and doubtful. Arab.
^L*^ to be rich in sheep and goats ;
of'
but it ii a denominative from VK:f ^Lii
flock. Perh. i. q. "?S to wander, to mi-
grate, like nomados ; hence "jXa nomadic
flock.
jSs*^, once r'X^ Ps. 144, 13 Cheth.
comm. gend. see below in no, 1. c ; a
collective noun.
1. a Jiock, jlocks, i. e. small cattle,
sf- -
sheep and goats ; Arab. plur. ^o'-^'
* ^
jmLo, woolly flock, opp. to goats ; but
still (J<A::>'t ijLoJI denotes the wild
goat. For sheep and goats, i. e. ">J<S,
a frequent Arabic word is *-*^' Chald.
,HS, Syr. Iji., id. Gen. 29, 10. 30, 36.
40. 32, 6. 37, 12. Ex. 2, 16. 3, 1. al. seep.
Often with -l^33 herd, as i]^2!i INS
Jiocks and herds Gen. 12, 16. 13,5. 20,
14. 21, 27. 24, 35. 1 Sara. 14, 32. al.
"(Sis ns'l a keeper of flocks, shepherd,
Gen. 4, 2. 46, 32. 34. "^Spec. it may be
noted : a) That "pSS comprehended
both sheep and goats, usually intermin-
gled in the same flock, as at the present
day ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 169,
So Gen. 30, 35. 38, 17 I will send thee a
kid from the flock ; comp. 27, 9. Lev. 1,
10. 5, 6. 22, 21. 2 Chr. 35, 7. But xa/
i'ioyjtv sheep alone are implied 1 Sam.
25, 2. b) As a collect, it titkes nume-
rals, which are put sometimes beibre it,
as -(SS 'na two sheep Is. 7, 21 ; mn
fits 1 Sam. 25, 18 j comp. 1 K. 5, 3. Job
1, 3. 42, 12 ; and sometimes after it, as
Num. 31, 32. 1 Sam. 25, 2. 1 K. 8, 63.
al. The corresponding noun of unity ia
ti'O a sheep or goat, one out of a flock ;
Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if a man steal.... a
sheep or goat (nu), he shall restore.. ..
,XS ya"^(X four sheep or goats. Ez. 45,
15. So in Arabic sLcw as noun of tmity
8'.-
corresponds to aJuc^- c) As to gender,
'S<s is put with the masc, where rama
and he-goats are to be understood ; Gen.
30, 39 ixsn ncn;^5 and the rains and
bucks rutted. With the fem. where
ewes and she-goats are implied, ibid.
INSn *iVnn and thefocks brought forth.
V. 38." 41. 33, 13. 1 Sam. 17,28. Put
also for females xi' i^ox^y, as usually
constituting the flocks, Gen. 31, 8. 11. 12.
2. Spec, aflock. drove, i. q. n"!? (comp.
,XS -^yva Gen. 29, 2. Mic. 5, 7) ; bo Ps.
31^2
Ki:2
44, 18. 95, 7. Jer. 23. 1. Trop. of Israel
Mic. 7, 14. D'^^< ",S<S a jlock (troop) of
men Ex. 36, 37. 38.
JDSS (place of flocke) Zaanan, pr. n.
of a place in tlie tribe of Judah, Mic. 1,
1 1 ; perh. i. q. ! Josh. 15, 37. R. IXS.
n''Xr5||S m. plur. ( r. Ka^ ) coristr.
XSX3t Is. 48, 19 ; c. suff. C3''S<SXX Is.
6i,'9."
1. issttes, what comes out from the
earth, productions, produce, Job 31, 8.
Is. 22. 24. 34. 1. 42, 5.
2. Metaph. issue, offspring, children,
Is. 61, 9. 65, 23. Jpb 5, 25. 21, 8. 27, 14.
Fully rpT^ 'XSXS the offsirring (issue)
o^ thy bowels Is. 48, 19. Arab. _,ix*o
stock, family.
32 tn . ( r. aau ) I. a litter, sedan, palan-
quin, as being lightly and gently borne ;
comp. r. 33^ . also Germ. SAnfle id.
f>om sanft sol\ly. Plur. Dias Is. 66, 20;
Sept. 'AafiTtrivtj. Num. 7. 3 3a rbjs Utter-
wagons, i. e. covered and commodious
like litters; Sept. lifitxiai lafmrfVixai.
Chald. X2S, XS-'S, id. ^
2. A species of lizard, Arab. v.>-o,
lacerla Libyca. living in deserts and so
called from its sluggish motion. Lev. 11,
29. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1044-63.
* ^^^ fut. fctas-^ to go forth to war,
as a soldier, to make war, c. bs against
any one. Num. 31, 7. Is. 29, 7. 8. 31, 4.
Zech. 14, 12 ; absol. Num. 31, 42. In
Arabic the corresponding word has a
wider use, Lyo to go or come forth, e. g.
a star, a tooth, a soldier against the
enemy. Ethiop. ^fl^ to make war,
O'flX war. Comp. nsa . Trop. of
the temple service, a sort of ' militia sa-
cra.' to serce in the temple, Num. 4, 23.
8, 24; of females 1 Sam. 2, 22. Ex.
38, 8.
. HiPH. to cause to go forth to war, i. e.
to levy, to muster, 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52,
25.
Deriv. X3S .
i^^^ Chald. fut. saa^ to will, to
please, pr. to be inclined, prone, i. q.
Heb. nas no. 4. Dan. 4, 14. 22. 29. 32.
5, 19. 2l'. 7, 19. Syr. id.
Deriv. las .
KaS m. constr. ax , c. euflT. "iX2:t , plur.
nixax, constr. n-iM^, i-^rnsax, but
T'MSS Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. Twice con-
strued with a verb fem. Is. 40, 2. Dan.
8,12. R. Kas.
1. war, warfare, military service; so
K32t "^sbn armed for war, see in yhn
no. 3 ; Kasa KJf^ to go out to war Num.
31, 36. De'ut. 24. 5; Kab Ks^ id. Num.
31, 27. 28 ; xax XX^ id. Num. V, 3 eq. So
of the sacred service of the Leviles
Num. 4, 23; xasb X3 coming into the
service, qualified for it, Num. 4, 3. 30.
35. 39. In the later writers trop. war-
fare for hard service, time of ailliction
and calamity, Job 7, 1. 14, 14, comp.
10, 17 ; of the Babylonish exile Is. 40. 2.
Dan. 10, 1 and true is the decree i<3Xi
bina and great the warfare, i. e. heavy
will be the calamity.
2. an army, host ; Sept. often OTporia,
dtivufiic. Ex. 6, 26. 2 Sam. 8, 16. 10, 7.
al. Plur. Ex. 7. 4. Ps. 44. 10. al. sssp.
X32 "lb the captain of a host, general,
Sept. aQXiaT^an,yoi;, Gen. 21, 22. 32.
2 Sam. 2, 8. 1 K. 16, 16. al. "'ttiJK
xasn the men of the host, soldiers. Num.
31V53. 1 Chr. 12,8; xaan as id. Num.
31, 32. Spec.
a) n^ai^'n xas the host of heaven, i, e.
) The host of angels which stand
around the throne of God (ffrparai oh-
Qi'tvm Luke 2, 13), 1 K. 22, 19. 2 Chr.
18, 18. Plur. Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. So too
''^ xaa "la the captain of Jehovah's host,
i. e. one of the higher angels, Josh. 5, 14.
15. /5) Of the sun, moon, and stars,
dvm/Afig Twy ov(jai(xtv Matt. 24, 29 ; re-
garded as inhabited by angels and celes-
tial beings, comp. Job 38, 7. 25, 5, also
4, 18; see Ovid. Fast. 3. Ill 'Sidera,
constabat sed tamen esse deos.' Me-
tam. 1. 73. So Is. 34, 4. 40. 26. 45, 12.
Jer. 33, 22. Dan. 8, 10. Often where
the worship of the heavenly bodies is
spoken of, Deut. 4, 19. 17. 3. 2 K. 17,
16. 21, 3. 5. Zeph. 1.5; where some-
times a special mention of the sun and
moon precedes (Deut. 17, 3. Jer. 8. 2).
and also of the stars (Deut. 4. 19. Dan.
8, 10), and then this phrase is subjoined
as more general, and as if comprehend-
ing all the inhabitants of heaven (Dan.
4, 32), q. d. all the celestial divinities;
comp. Matt. 24, 29. In Is. 24, 21 the
i^nir
880
nn:2
host of heaven (oiiBfi H2S) is put in
antith. with the kings of the earth.
Once by a bolder figure NSS in zeugma
is made to refer to the inhabitants of the
earth, or rather to all the earth contains,
i. q. yi^n 4<^^, including even animals
and plants: Gen. 2, 1 n^iaen ^i^-in
DS2S"b=l yiXHT , which is expressed
without zeugma thus in Neh. 9, 6
comp. Ex. 20 11 -P3T 'n^^) c'^^^-n
-Ca iqx . Hence
b) A very frequent epithet of Jehovah
fis: nixns ^n'PX nin-i Ps.89, 9. Jer. 5, 14.
.38, 17. '44, 7, n"';s:an in!3j< np-i Hos.
12, 6 [5]. Am. 3, 13, more rarely np-'^
niX3S c'^n'^i? Ps. 59, 6. 80, 5, also 's cn'bx
Ps. 8U, 8. 15J and rix^S nin-i Is. 2, I2!
3, 1. Jer. 49, 7. Mic' 4, 4. Neh. 3, 5.
Hab. 2, 13, etc. Jehovah (God) of hosts,
i. e. of the celestial armies. This is a
very usual appellation for the Most High
God in some of the prophetical and
other books, especially in Isaiah, Jere-
miah, Zechariah, and Malachi ; but
does not occur in the Pentateuch, in the
books of Joshua and Judges, nor in Eze-
kiel, Job, and the writings of Solomon.
As to the grammatical construction of
Piistas fii'"'? , some suppose it to he by
ellip.sis for ':i. "^nbx i"! ; but this is not
necessary, and the Arabs too subjoin in
like manner a genitive of attribute to the
pr. names of persons, as wj(jj| SyJCxA
Antara equitum, q. d. Antara dux equi-
tum. So too in the construction CH^X
rpiixas, the word riixas may be taken
as an attribute which could be put in
apposition with the names of God ;
comp. nixrs 'Dnx Is. 10, 16, xv^iog aa-
jSaud- Rom. 9, 29. James 5, 4. See
Comm. on Is. 1, 9. The hosts thus sig-
nified in nixas nin'i can hardly be
doubtful, if we compare the expressions
'^ xas Josh. 5, 14. 15. plur. "^ "'Xas the
hosts of Jehovah Ps. 103, 2*1. 148. 2;
which agiiin do not differ from Stas
C^ia'iTi the host of heaven, embracing
both angels Gen. 32, 2. 3, and the sun,
raoon, and stars, comp. Dan. 8, 10. 11.
The phrase nixas "^i therefore differs
little from the later form C";ipc Tilsx ,
Kja'a nbx, God of heaven; seeinciiair.
D-'K3S and niS3S , plur. of 'as roe.
D'^iiilS (i. q.tD-'Xas roes, or i. q. CSaS
hyenas) Hos. 11, S, also Dl'bS. D'^'l'hi
Gen. 10, 19. 14,2. Deut. 29, 22' Zeboim,
pr. n. of a city in the vale of Siddim, de-
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, and
covered by the Dead Sea.
-^T^ in Kal not used; kindr. with
1. to move gently J io go slowly ; see as .
e "
2. to JiovD ; Arab. v_^ to flow, to
s "
trickle, of water, v_^-o to pour. To this
root I would refer
HoPH. aan after the Chaldee manner,
in the vexed passage Nah. 2, 8, where
the words may be thus joined: '?3''fD<3
asni 3123 the palace is dissolved and
made to Jloiv down, i. e. the palaces of
Ninevah inundated and undermined by
the Tigris, and so falling in ruins; see
Diod. Sic. 2. 26. Usually referred to
r. as3 Hoph. no. 2, where see.
Deriv. as , and
nans, c. art. f^2asr^ (the slow-
moving) Zobebah, pr. n. f 1 Chr. 4, 8".
* J^^^ 1. i. q. 3S , to go forth to
war, to make war ; Part. c. ace. Is. 29, 7
ti'^as waiTing against her.
2. i. q. Arab. Lyfi prodiit stella, to go
forth, to appear, as a star, and so to shine,
to be splendid ; hence "'as splendour.
3. to project, to be prominent ; Arab.
Luo Conj. I, and \juO Conj. II. immi-
nuit in rem. Hence tosvjell, of the belly
Num. 5, 27. Also
4. Trop. to be prepense, inclined, dis-
posed, to will ; comp. yxil and nS3 .
Arab. Lco id. Chald. xas q. v. Syr.
jl^id. *
HiPH. causal, of Kal no. 3, to cause to
swell, Num. 5. 22.
Deriv. nas, 'aS, fi*3S, and pr. n.
s''3S , n;'3S , csths .
nnS in the word nas^ Zech. 9. 8, is
held by some to be i. q. sas /<o,s'/^ which
is also read in some Mss. and in Keri.
But fiiSfT? is here i. q. ^~^^ q- v.
nnS m. adj. (r. nas) fem. nas , sipeU-
ing, swollen, Num. 5, 21.
nS22
881
132
ns'S , see in nai:t .
132 Chaltl. m. (r. N3S) pr. wili pleas-
ttre ; then thing; mailer, affair, Syr.
CLOj, Dan. 6, 18. Comp. ytn no. 3.
?^3S m. (r. 53^ 11 ) once Jer. 12, 9,
'
a hyena, i. q. Arab, /u^- Sept. tat^'a.
Others genr. a 6f<M^ of prey, comp.
Talmud, opsins ravenous beasts. See
Bochart Hieroz'. P. I. p. 829.
* 1^?^ fut. aax"! pr. to lay hold of,
to grasp, to lake with the hand, liite
Arab. Ja^, Eth. eO/Il. Kindr. is
riss . Hence c. dat. to reach out to any
one, once Ruth 2, 14.
''SS m. in pause ^as Dan. 8, 9 ; plur.
c-^a:: . o'^sas , msas , constr. mxa^ Jer.
3,19. R. nas no.'2.
1. splendour, beauty, glory, nearly i. q.
TiaS, nnSBn ; corresponding is Syr.
\Ls^ decus. Is. 4, 2. 23, 9. 24, 16. Ez. 7,
20. 26, 20 ; P'^XBn "^as Is. 28. 1, 4. "^as
risb"3i3 the glory of kingdoms, i. e. Ba-
bylon, Is. 13, 19. So 'asn y^i< the land
of beauty, i. e. Palestine, Dan. 11, 16. 41 ;
y")X -"aa the glory of the earth, id. Ez.
25, 9 ; nisns-bab 'as id. Ez. 20, 6. 15 ;
and with art. ""asn the beauty sc. of
lands, id. Dan. 8, 9 ; so often in the Rab-
bins. Plur. constr. r"ixas; Jer. 3, 19
fi7"ia nisas 'as rin? a possession of
beauty of beauties among the nations,
i. e. a possession most beautiful, most
glorious. So Targ. Kimchi. etc.
2. a roe, antelope, Gr. SoQxiiq, so called
from its beauty and gracefulness; Arab.
^Ils, Chald. K^aa, Syr. jLa^- It is
very timid Is. 13, 14 ; and fleet 2 Sam.
2, 18. 1 Chr. 12, 8. Prov. 6. 5, comp. Ec-
clus. 27, 22 or 20 ; and the flesh was and
is regarded as a delicacy, Deut. 12, 15.
22. 14, 5. 15, 22. 1 K. 4. 23 [5. 3]. See
Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 895 sq. 924 sq. or
II. p. 304 Lips, where he shows that
''as is to be referred to the whole genus
of the roe and antelope, and not to a par-
ticular species. Their fleetness is re-
ferred to in Cant. 2, 9 comp. v. 8. 2 Sam.
1, 19 h\n T^-'ni'33 bs bsnbi izsn thyan-
telope. O Israel, slain upon thy heights!
i. e. Jonathan, as being swift of foot,
comp. V. 25. 2. 18. The roe or antelope,
74*
and espec. the gazelle, is highly prized
by the orientals for its elegance, and
they even obteKt by it; Cant. 2, 7 I ad-
jure you, O dausrhters nf Jernsalem,
n-i'^an niVixa "ix nxasa6y/AeroeamZ
by the hinds of the Jhtld. 3, 5. Plur.
D-jas 2 Sam. 2, 18 ; D-xas 1 Chr. 12, 8;
fern, mxas Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5.
K^iaS (roe, fr. ^3S) Zibia. pr. n. f
1 Chr. 8, 9.
n^32 (roe, fr. "'as) Zibiah, pr. n. of
the mother of king Josiah, 2 K. 12, 2.
2 Chr. 24, 1. Hence the Aramean
Kn-'aa Tabitha, Gr. Jogxug Dorcas,
Acts 9, 36.
^1*32 fem. of 'as, a roe or female
antelope, Cant. 4, 5. 7, 4.
Q''?32, see D'^xas.
! ^T^ obsol, root, i. q. kj^ to dip
in, to immerse; hence to tinge, to dye;
kindr. ?aii, where see. Hence 53S,
53SX . and pr. n. "("iyss .
* IT r^!2
* * "^ - T 1. q. ^*x**( to seize as prey,
to raven as a wild beast; hence S13X
beast of prey, hyena, and pr. n. Dis'as.
So ^ G J ^
Arab. a*w , ^*aaw , lion.
^?2 Chald. to dip in, to immerse;
Pa. to wet, to moisten, Dan. 4, 22. Ithpa.
rarisx to be wet, moistened, Dan. 4, 12.
20. 5, 21. In the Targums often, ' to
dye, to colour.'
5'^2 m. (r. sas I) a dying ; concr.
something dyed, dyed garments, Judg.
5,30.
f'S'1'1 (dyed, r. yas I ) Zibeon. pr. n.
of a son of Seir, phylarch or head of the
Horites, Gen. 36, 2. 20. 24. 29.
W^jfyi (hyenas, see 513S) Zeboim,
pr. n. of a valley and town in the tribe
of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 13, 18. Neh. 11, 34.
R. ras II.
T*^ fut. "i2S7 to heap up, to store
up as grain Gen. 41. 35 ; treasures Job
27, 16. Ps. 39. 7. Zech. 9, 3 ; a mound
Hab. 1, 10. Chald. "^as and Arab. -^^
id. Kindr. is "laa q. v. Hence
D''132 m. plur. heaps of heads 2 K.
10, 8.
t^21
882
n:^
ri -^ obsol. root, prob. to grasp with
the hand ; hence
r^2 m. only in plur. crSi?. hand-
ftds, once Ruth 2, 16. Vulg. well ma7ii-
pidi. Talmud, id.
*!? m. (r. Tis) c. suff. "'^S ; plur. Q'^'^S ,
constr. '''^^. c. suff. r'ns.
1. the side of any thing; 1^3 in the
side e. g. of the ark Gen. 6. 16 ; ot'a man
2 Sam. 2, 16; with the side Ez. 34, 21.
ISa at or by the side of a pers. Ruth 2,
14. 1 Sam. 20, 25. Ps. 91, 7 (opp. to the
right side) ; of a thing Deut. 31, 26 ;
spec, of a place. Josh. 12, 9 ix-n''a ^S^ .
1 Sam. 6, 8. 23, 26. 2 Sam. 13, 34. So
io carry a child "^St"'?? upon the side,
where we say, ' in the arms,' Is. 60, 4.
66, 12. With n parag. nnj 1 Sam. 20,
20. Plur. C^^ Ex. 26, 13.^30, 4. 37, 27.
2. Plur. D"''n5t Judg. 2. 3, adversaries,
enemies, comp. Schult. Opp. min. p. 150.
Vulg. hostes ; Targ. T^P'^S^a oppressors;
Sept. avroxul. But all these versions
seem to have expressed the sense of
Heb. fi*^"iS , which perh. should be read ;
.comp. Num. 33, 55 csnit nn^'i .
*!? Chald. m. i. q. Heb.no. 1, side ;
laia on the side or part of, in respect to,
Dan. 6. 5. lab at or against the part
fof, i. e. against, Vulg. contra, Dan. 7, 25.
^5*7? Chald. m. (r. tTiJi II ) picrpose,
kdesign. Dan. 3, 14 St^sn is it on pur-
pose? etc.
"j*^ obsol. root ; Arab. Jufl to
turn oneself away; IV, to turn away,
to avert ; (Xo to turn away, to avert ;
TTalm. illS to turn one's side to any one.
But all these seem to be denominatives
from *1S side, pr. to turn one's side, to
tvirn away from any one. See Buxtorf
'Lex. Chald. h. v.
Deriv. is , pr. n. C^ns and Tis .
^"72 or T}^, with n loc. iinns. pr.
n. Zedad, a town in the northern extre-
mity of Palestine, Num. 34, 8. Ez.47, 15.
Now a large village, still called t> JlaA
Sadud, in the desert east of the great
road from Damascus to Hums or Emesa ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest III. p. 461. App.
p. 171, 173, 17.4.
1. * ^^ 1. pr. to cut doicn, io mow
or reap ; whence the name of the letter
""IS Tsade, reaping-hook, or scythe ; see
p. 877. Eth. &^Ji harvest, harvest-
time, sumnjer. The primary root is *iS ,
whence l:in Chald. Syr. Sam. also
(X*OJS>- to harvest; 1SS q. v. tXAic, to
cut down branches of a tree, whence
1:^3;^ an axe. Comp. Lat. OBdo. Comp.
in xiri II. no. 1.
2. to lay waste, to desolate a region or
city ; comp. Is. 7. 20. Chald. xnx often
in Targ. for Heb. o^d ; see Buxtorf
Lex. col. 1887 sq. Syr. jlf, and ^L?.
devastation, desolation.
NiPH. to be desolated, destroyed, razed,
as cities Zeph. 3, 6 ; parall. >iair3 .
11. n^ 1. pr. tojix the eyes upon
any thing, to look at. So Syr. f?,,
whence }-.?, a fixing of the eyes, }-??
keen-sighted, etc. The primary idea
is prob. that of sharpness of the eyes,
keenness of sight ; so that this signif.
coalesces with that oi' cutting in no. I.
Hence
2. Trop. to fix the mind, or purpose
upon, i. e. to search, to lie in wait, to
hunt after; c. ace. 1 Sam. 24. 12 nnii nnx
'la*. "'(lisJTX thou huntest after my life
to take it; Vulg. insidiaris vilce mece.
Absol. Ex. 21, 13 : comp. v. 14.
^7?, see n'T'S.
pi"? (just, r. pis) Zadok, pr. n. m.
a) The father-in-law of king Uzziah
2 K. 15, 33. 2 Chr. 27, 1. b) 2 Sam. 8,
17. 15, 24. c) 1 Chr. 5, 38. d) Neh.
3, 4. 10, 22. e) Neh. 3, 29. 13, 13. f)
11, H.
^^7? ^.purpose, design; hence ^**1^31
by design, purposely, Num. 35. 20. 22.
R. n-j:i II.
C'^S, c. art. D-^lsn (the sides) Zid-
dim. pr. n. of a town in Naphtali, Josh.
19, 35.
p'''7? m. adj. (r. piS) plur. D'^p'^'lS.
1. just, righteous, i. e. doing justice,
spoken of a judge or king who dispenses
justice and defends the right, 2 Sam.
23, 3 ; Sept. usually dlxmo^. Hence
very ollen of God as a righteous judge,
Deut. 32, 4. Job 34, 17. Jer. 12, 1. Pa.
ns
883
pi:sL
11,7. 119, 137 ; now in punishing 2 Chr.
12, 6. Ezra 9, 15. Lam. 1, 18. Dun. 9,
14; now in rcvvardiiig Pe. 112. 6. 129, 4.
145, 17. Is. 24. IG, where God xni iloxt'iy
is called p^^Kn ; now as fuiniling his
promisee, Neh. 9, 8 ''3 :]''"i3n-P!< c;?ni
PIPX p-'^S and hast fiUfiUed thy words,
for thou art righteous, v. 33. Is. 45, 21
a righteous God and a deliverer.
2. just in one's cause, right, i. e. in
the right, not in the wrong. a) In a
forensic sense, opp. ^lan. Ex. 9, 27
D-'yt^nn 'cyi -^jsi p'''^liri ^^ Jehovah is
in tlie right, and I and my people are in
the wrong. 23, 8. Prov. 18, 17. b) In
assertion, of one who speaks what is
right and true, whence adv. right, truly.
Is. 41, 26 ; comp. 43, 9, where in the
same context it is nox. Hence
3. Of a private person, just toward
other men (Prov. 29, 7), obedient to
divine laws; hence righteous, upright,
virtuous, pious, good, all which qualities
Cicero also comprehends under the term
jusliiia, e. g. Offic. 2. 10 ' justitia, ex qua
una virtute boni viri appellantur.' De
Fin. 5. 23 'justitia. ..cui adjuncta sunt
pietas, bonitas, liberalitas, benignitas,
comitas, quaeque sunt generis ejusdem.'
Partit. 22 extr. 'justitia erga deos reiigio,
erga parentes pietas, vulgo autem boni-
tas, creditis in rebus fides, in moderatione
animadvertendi lenitas, amicitia in bene-
volentia nominatur.' Gen. 6, 9. 7, 1. Ps.
5, 13. 11, 3, 31, 19. 34, 20. 37, 25. 72,7.
Job 12, 4. 17, 9. Often coupled with
D-^an Job 12, 4; 'p: Ex. 23, 7; and as
often put in opposition with riU'n Prov.
10, 3. 6. 7. 11. 16. 30. Gen. 18, 25. al.
To the just and upright man the He-
brews, like Cicero as above quoted, at-
tributed also kindness and liberality Ps.
37, 21. Prov. 12, 10. 21. 26; temperance
and moderation in eating Prov. 13, 25,
and in speaking 15, 28 ; love of truth
13, 5 ; wisdom 9, 9. Emphat. of inno-
cence from faults, crime, etc. Ecc. 7, 20
there is not a just man on earth, that
doeth good and sinneth not. Just before,
in v. 16, the words : he not righteous over-
much .... lest thou destroy thyself, are
apparently to be understood of a self-
complacent admirer of his own virtue ;
comp. 1''3''53 p-'^S Job 32, 1. In Is. 49,
24, A. Schultens renders p'^'^S bellator
atrenuus, as if i. q. y^^V in v. 25 j but
P'^^X ''ati is here the captives of tht
righteous, i. e. taken from atnong them.
D^:n2, ni^nS, seein^sn^X.
*PT^ fut. p^S-^ pr. to be right,
straight, i. q. "it6^, as if spoken of a way,
comp. pnx Ps. 23, 3, also Is. 33, 15.
Arab. ^- Juo to be true, sincere. Syr.
>-o?, to be right, just. Hence
1. to be just, righteous, in dispensing
justice ; of God Ps. 51, 6 ; of his laws
Ps. 19, 10.
2. to have a just cause, to be in the
right, a) In a forensic sense. Gen. 38, 26
>Jt!^ >^'^']t she (Tamar) is more in the
right than I. Job 9, 15. 20. 10, 15. 13,
18. 34, 5. Opp. ?n to have an un-
just caase, to be in the wrong, b) Of
disputants, to be right, to speak the truth,
Job 33, 12. c) to gain one's cause, to
be just if ed, Job 11, 2. 40, 8. Is. 43. 9. 26.
45, 25. Ez. 16, 52.
3. to be righteous, upright, good, see in
p-"ns no. 3. Job 15, 14. 22. 3. 35, 7 ; wrth
'^i -^JEb Ps. 143, 2 ; bs D5 Job 9, 2. 25,4;
nibx-Q 4, 17, i. e. God being judge.
NiPH. pr. to be declare'd just, i. e. to
he justified, vindicated sc. from violence
and injury ; Dan. 8, 14 ia")'p p~aD. Vulg.
not unaptly mundabitur.
PiEL p"ns, inf rp-nJt Ez. 16, 52.
1. to make righteous, upright, inno-
cent, eccl. ha.t.j list if care, to justify. Ez.
16, 51 thou hast justified thy sisters
through thine abominations, i. e. hast
caused them to appear comparatively
innocent. So likewise Jer. 3, 11 Tip'^'t
'lAT p Ksn'a-i .... Pras3 Israel hath made
herself more righteous than Judah. i. e.
appears so in comparison.
2. to pronounce just, righteous, inno-
cent, a person Job 33, 32 ; c. iaJE? oneself
Job 32. 2.
HiPH. 1. to make righteous, upright,
piojts, by one's example, teaching, etc.
c. ace. Dan. 12, 3 ; b Is. 53. 11.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce right,
just, innocent, a) la a forensic sense,
of a judge, to absolve, to acquit, Ex. 23,
7. Deut. 25, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 4. Is. 5. 23.
Also to make one gain his cause, to do
justice to, Ps. 82, 3. Is. 50, 8. b) In a
disputation, to pronounce right, to allow
pis
884
3(m
to be in the right, to assent to his opi-
nion, Job 27, 5. Comp. in Kal no 2. b.
HiTHPA. to justify oneself to clear
oneself from suspicion. Gen. 44, 16.
Deriv. p"ia in*p"]S, p-'-is, pins.
p'12 ra. in pause p'Ti Ps. 4,6; c. suff.
1. In a physical sense, righlness,
slraighliiess, i. q. n^a*^. Ps. 23. 3 "'bss^
p'l^ straight patlis. See r. p"iS.
2. In a moral sense, rectitude, right,
righteousness, ' what is right and just^'>
such as it should be, comp. lO"' no. 2. a.
Ps. 15. 2 P7.S: ^?'s doing right, acting
rightly ; comp. p"!^ "'>V'^ ^s. 64, 4. Ps.
45, 8. Job 8, 3. 36,' 3 p-i^ inx ^br'sb fo
Twy Maker I will ascribe righteousness,
i. e. will vindicate his justice. Hence
pna lisa fo /M^/^'e the right, i. e. right-
eously,' Justly, Jer. 11,20; p-is usttiia
righteous judgment Is. 58. 2; p"iS ':]S,
p"iS "^r^x , a just balance, just weights.
Lev. 19. 36. Job 31. 6. Ez. 45, 10; TirT
pns rightful sacrifces, i. e. such as are
right, due, proper, Deut. 33, 19. Ps. 4,
6. 51, 21. With suff. the right of any
one, his just cause ; Ps. 7, 9 judge me
ipnss according to my right, my right-
eous cause. 18, 21. 25. Job 6. 29; comp.
Ps. 17, 1. Often joined, 'o^-^-o^ p^:i,
right and justice, Ps. 89, 15.' 97, 2.
Also of what is spoken, the right, the
truth, Ps. 52, 5. Is. 45, 19; comp. 48, 1.
3. justice, i. q. rij^'i^ , e. g. of a judge
Levi 19, 15 ; of a king Is. 11, 4. 5. 16, 5.
32, 1 ; of God Ps. 9, 9. 35, 24. 28. 50, 6.
72. 2. 96. 13. Hence righteousness, up-
rightness, integrity, see in p^'^St no. 3.
la. 1, 21. 51, 1. 7. 59, 4. Ps. 17, 15. Hos.
, 21.
4. delirerance from wrong or evil,
prosperity, happiness, as the conse-
quence and reward of righteousness.
Bee Is. 32, 17 ; or also as resulting from
Jehovah's retributive justice and equity.
So ollen where the other member has
yuj^, nrittJ"', Is. 41. 2. 45, 8. 51, 5. Dan.
9, 24. Ps. 132, 9, comp. v. 16. Of the
servant of Jehovah, Is. 42. 6 ^"^nX'ip
pnS2 / hate called thee with deliverance,
i. e. that thou mayest come with deli-
verance, mayest bring prosperity and
happiness; comp. Jer. 26, 15. In the
ame Bense of Cyrus, Is. 45, 13 ""SW
pnata in'rii^sri / have raised him up
that with deliverance he may come.
Also i. q. ns'na. Is. 61, 3 p-isri -ip-^x the
terebinths of blessing, benediction, on
which God's blessing rests, blessed or
happy terebinths, as we also say a
blessed land. Frequently also the word
tlp")S q. V. is used in the same manner;
and it is in vain to deny this significa-
tion ; see i^i^l^t no. 4.
n^~2 (r. pn2) constr. rp_'i', c. suff.
inpns, plur. f^ip";^, constr. riip^S.
1. rectitude, right, what is right and
just. (A trace of the phys. origin lies
in the phrase nipns T^Vn Is. 33, 15.)
2 Sam. 19. 29 what right have I more?
Neb. 2, 20. Joel 2, 23 nj^nsb nnian the
early rain according to right, i. e. in
right measure, according as the earth
requires.
2. justice, e. g. of a king Is. 9, 6. 32,
16. 17. 60, 17 ; so of God Is. 59, 16. 17,
both as exhibited in punishing the wick-
ed Is. 5, 16. 10, 22, and in delivering,
avenging, rewarding the righteous Ps^
24, 5. 36, 11. Plur. acts of justice, i. e.
benignant or gracious deeds, Ps. 11, 7.
103, 6. Judg. 5, 11 isiTna nip-ist the
righteous acts of his rule in Israel, i. e.
the aid which he gave them, the triumph,
victory, which he bestowed on them.
3. In private persons, righteousness^
integrity, virtue, piety, Is. 5, 7. 28, 17. 46,
12. 54, 14. 59, 14. npns nbs Ps.56, 1. 58,
2. Gen. 15, 6 God counted it to him for
righteousness, held it as a proof of his
upright sincerity and piety. Deut. 6, 25.
Plur. ripnii righteous acts Is. 64, 5.
rrin"^ rpns a, righteousness well pleasing
to God Ps. 5, 9. Sometimes espec. for
kindness, compassion, mercy, Prov. 11,4.
Ps. 24, 5 ; liberality, beneficence, Prov.
10, 2. Mic. 6, 5. Sept. often ihtjfioav^'rj,
Deut. 6, 25. 24. 13.
4. deliverance, prosperity, i. q. p'lS no.
4 where see ; parall. nSMd"; . nSTOPi . Is.
45, 8. 46. 13. 48, 18. 51. 6."8. 54. 17. 56,
1. 57, 12. 59, 9. 17. 61, 10. 11. Ps. 24, 5,
parall. f^^-ia.
n^"2 Chald. f. liberality, beneficence,
Dan. 4, 24. So otlen in the Talmud
and Rabbins. Comp. Samar. nplli of
alms. Arab, ijijjo , Syr. |^*?1 . Comp.
hjsns no. 3 fin.
p12
885
:HU
inj'p'lS (justice of Jehovah, r. p^s)
Zede.kiak, pr. n. a) A king of Ju(hih,
r. 600-5S8 B. C. to whom this name was
given by Nobuchadnczzur instead of his
former one n^sno, 2 K. 21, 17. Jer. 1, 3.
c. 37-39. He was the son of Josiah,
and uncle of Jehoiachin his predecessor,
Jer. 37, 1. 2 K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 3, 15. In
2 Chr. 36. 10 he is called the brother of
Jehoiachin^, prob, in the general sense
of relatire. b) A false prophet under
Aliab 1 K. 22, 24. 2 Chr. 18, 10. 23 ;
also T^ip-]' I K. 22, 11. c) Jer. 29, 21.
22. d) i Chr. 3, 16. e) Jer. 36. 12.
* n2 to glitter, to shine, as gold ;
Talm. id. Arab. ,.>^-o to glitter, also
to be reddish or yellowish, like the hu-
man hair. For the origin see in Hns.
HoPH. Part. ZTVl'O polished, glittering,
like gold, Ezra 8, 27. Hence
Sns m. gold-coloured, yf Woir, of hair,
Lev. 13, 30. 32. 36.
^'^'^ obsol. root, to he sunny, and
BO to become dry, arid; kindr. with
nns , nns , where see. Syr. and Chald.
ttns to be thirsty. With the mid. rad. n
softened the Arabs have ^35-0 , i-o , to
become dry ; and the Hebrews n^^ q. v.
^J-^ \. to shine, to he bright, see
Hiphil. i. q. irts , "inj ; see under nn^ .
2. Trop. of a c/ar shrill tone or voice;
hence to neigh, of a horse Jer. 5, 8. 50,
11. Arab. J (^ ^ , Syr. ''^oi? Also of
persons, to shout, to sing, to cry aloud for
joy. Is. 12, 6. 54, 1. Jer. 31, 7. Esth. 8,
15; c. a for i. e. on account of any
thing, Is. 24, 14. Once of the cry ex-
torted by terror: Is. 10,30 r^ip hrvi
cry aloud with thy voice ; where for the
ace. of instr. see Heb. Gr. 135. 1. n. 3.
HiPH. causat. of Kal. no. 1. to cause to
shine, Ps. 104, 15.
Deriv. nbns-Q.
"''J'^ ,'0 shine, to glitter, like the
kindr. "^nT. ina, see under r. rins .
Arab. (? t^ to appear, to come forth, to
be manifest; IV, to manifest. Hence
"ins light, and ins"] oil.
HiPH. denom. from "inS"^ , to make or
press out oil, with a press, from olives,
etc. Job 24. 11. Chald. id.
^f!'* f 1. pr. li^ht, a light ; collect
Gen. 6, 16 nsnb n'arn inx light ahaU
thou make for the ark, i. e. windows. Gr.
qimTfi, comp. 8, 6. Like collectives it 19
construed with the fern, whence nax'bsj
nsisn of a cufnt long ahalt thou make
them, the windows.
2. Dual n'^'^n^ noon, pr. double light,
i. e. the strongest, brightest. Gen. 43, 16.
25. Deut. 28, 29. 2 Sam. 4. 5. 1 K. 18,
26.27. 29. al. Chald. in-a , nnn-J , Syr.
pouj , Arab. S^*glf> , id. J^ to do at
noon. Jer. 6, 4 c^nn-i: nbss let us go
up at noon sc. against the enemy, i. e. at
once, suddenly, unexpectedly, since an
attack was seldom made at that hour,
because of the heat. 20, 16. Comp.
Kor. 9, 82. Metaph. of high prosperity,
happiness. Job 11, 17. Ps. 37, 6. Is. 58, 10.
1? and 12 m. (r. ms, as ip, in, from
niJ5 , Hip,) a commandment, precept.
Hos. 5, 11 IS 'nnx T)bn to follow the
commandment, unless we prefer to read
liy for X1TC ; with Sept. and Syr. Is. 28,
10. 13 in the language of the wicked ru-
lers : isb IS isb IS precept upon precept,
precept upon precept, i. e. precept is
added to precept, law to law. by priests
and prophets, we are daily wearied with
new precepts. Jerome imitates the pa-
ronomasia : manda, remanda, nianda,
remanda.
i512 m. adj. filthy, of garments, Zech.
3, 3. 4. R. sts;i , comp. nxia .
nsiS or nS2 f (r. MS"!) excrement,
ordure, i. q. nxs, Is. 36. 12. 2 K. 18, 27
Keri. Hence genr. filth, Is. 4, 4. 28, 8
nxbs X">p filthy vomit, Metaph. of the
pollution of sin, Prov. 30, 12. Is. 4, 4.
Chald. Syr. Talm. id.
"IS?? m. (r. "liis II ) constr. 1S13 Jer.
28, 10. 12. c. suff. ')X|iS , once a'llis Neh.
3, 5; plur. constr. "'IX^S, c. suff. 1-7x5?,
once CD-innxiS Mic. 2, 3; the neck. Gr.
iQfi/rjXoi:. pr. the nape of the neck, the
back part at and above the shoulders, so
called from bearing, see the root. Thus
upon the neck are borne burdens, the
yoke. etc. Gen. 27. 40. Deut. 28, 43. Is.
10. 27. Jer. 27. 2. 8. 11. 28, 10. 11. 12. 14.
Hos. 10, 11 ; also garments, ornaments,
Judg. 5, 30 ; upon the neck (the nape) of
i<i2r
886
ni2
the vanquished the victors put their foot
Josh. 10, 24. So of the neck of a horse
Job 39, 19 ; of the crocodile, as the seat
of his strength. Job 41, 14 [22]. Also
nx!isa with nape erect, stiff, i. e. proudly,
obstinately. Job 15, 26. Ps. 75, 6 ; comp.
Gr. Tfju/tjliuo} to walk with nape erect,
to be proud, jQa/akai; an epithet of Con-
stantine the Great. Elsewhere the neck
genr. is understood, the nape included ;
Cant. 1, 10 comely is thy neck icith strings
of pearls. 4, 4. 7, 5. Gen. 27, 16. 41, 42.
[So IXJ^ 15 eve7i to the neck, spoken of
floods of deep waters. Is. 8. 8. 30, 28 ;
trop. and poet, of the deep bottom, depth,
of the sea, as laid bare, Hab. 3, 13. R.]
Also "iXJS neck is perh. put for the head-
less tru^ii; body, Ez. 21, 34 [29]. Plur.
necks, pr. in a plur. signif. Josh. 10,
24. Judg. 8, 21. 26; oflener for the
sing, like Gr. t TQuyj^^a, Lat. cervices,
Gen. 27, 16 ; so 's 'ns^^-ii? bss to fall
upon one's neck, to embrace him. Gen.
33, 4. 45. 14 : B 's bs nsa Gen. 45, 14.
46, 29.
"IS^S Chald. m. nape, neck, Dan. 5,
7. 16.'
ruiS, rarely Hn'S: 2 Sam. 23. 36, XSl'S
10, 6, (for n3'i:i2 station, r. ss; ,) Zobah,
pr. n. of a Syrian kingdom, fully n'^X
n^is Ps. 60, 2. 2 Sam. 10. 6. 8; whose
king made war with Saul 1 Sam. 14, 47,
with David 2 Sam. 8. 3. 10,6. 1 Chr.
18, 5. 9, and with Solomon 2 Chr. 8, 3.
It was on the north of Damascus, and
seems to have comprehended Hamath,
(see rcn , hence called nzi'i rsn 2 Chr.
8, 3,) and to have extended as fiir as to
the Euphrates, 2 Sam. 8, 3. 1 K. 11, 23,
The Syriac translators understand by
it Nisibis in Mesopotamia, _-ja.^, and
they are followed by J. D. Michaelis.
Supplem. p. 2073. But the former opi-
nion is correctly maintained by Hyde ad
Peritsol Itin. mundi p. 60. and Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 144, 249.
*'^'12 fut. IIS^ pr. to lie in wait;
kindr. with nnjt. and of the same origin;
comp. iB3 mac l Sam. 24, 12 and lis
ttStJ Prov. 6, 26. Spec, n) to hunt wild
ani'mak Gen. 27, 3. 5. 33. Jer. 16, 16.
Poet, ascribed to beastn of prey, as the
lion Job 38, 39; comp. 10, 16. Metaph.
Ps. 140, 12. b) to catch birds, to lay
snares. Lev. 17, 13. Trop. of snares laid
for men. Lam. 3, 52. 4, 18. Prov. 6, 26.
Mic. 7, 2. Arab. 4>Lo mid. Ye,, to hunt,
to fish, 4>Uuo hunter, fisher, a lion ;
Chald. IIS, Syr. ?,, of hunting, fowling,
fishing.
PiL, i. q. Kal, to lie in wait for Ez. 13,
18. 20.
HiTHP. I^U^rt denom. from T^S no, 3,
to provide oneself with food for a journey.
Josh. 9, 12. Aram, l^ntx id.
Deriv. t^s, *ia , nn'-'s, "i'Tq , Tiisa,
nmso . niisa , pr. n. *,iT'2 .
n 1^ yft Kal not used, pr. to set up,
to put, to place ; kindr. with nit^ ; hence
'|1''S cippus. Syr. (o, , e. g. }-o, fo.
to set up a monument Ez. 39, 15 Pesh.
Arab, 'iya cippus. The primary sylla-
ble IS corresponds to 3S in aS'i , ~^3 .
PiEL njs, fut. apoc. 1S7, -a"!; imp.
njs Ps. 44, 5, apoc. ^i.
1. to constitute, to appoint, to confirm;
Num. 27, 19 and set him before Eleazar
. . . nn-s-^sb irit nn-^^is^ and constitute
him in their sight. The primary force
of n-is i. q, "ips is found perh. in Ex. 18,
23 if thou shall do this thing, dnss T^^^^
"its P^r^i then God will confirm (estab-
lish) thte, and thou shall be able to en-
dure ; Sept. xuTiaxviii ot o -d^tog.
Hence a) to set over any thing, to ap-
point, with ace. of pers. and bs of thing,
] Sam. 13, 14. 25, 30. 2 Sam. 6, 21. 7,
11. 1 Chr. 22, 12. Neh. 5, 14. 7, 2, Is. 45,
11 '3|i^n in;; brB-^?') '3S-bs pr. set me
over my sotls and over the work of my
hands, i. e. ye may safely commit to
me the care of all that I have created,
b) to appoint, to institute, with ace. of
thing ; Ps. 7, 7 n''|is a&dT3 institute thou a
judgment, triaf. 68, 29.' Ill, 9. Is, 45, 12
all the host of heaven have I appointed,
I. e. constituted, created. Is, 48, 5parall.
nto5 . Also to ajypoini, to ordain, to de-
cree, P8.44, 5. 71, 3. 105,8.
2. to command, to charge ; absol. Ps.
33, 9 ifc?;i nj:! t<in . With ace. of pers.
(Lat. 'jubere aliquem,') Gen. 26, 11. 44,
1. Num. 36, 2. al. smp. More rarely c.
bs Gen. 2, 16. 28. 6. 2 Chr. 19, 9. Am. 2,
12. Nah. 1, 14 ; Vx Gen. 50, 16. Ex. 16, 34.
ni2
887
:?"V2
Num. 15, 23 ; !> Ex. 1, 22. 1 Sam. 20, 29.
al. So with the express words of com-
mand after nbxb Geii. 2, 16. 26. 11. 32. 5.
60, 16. Ex. 5, 6. al. step. Farther, that
which one commands to he done is put:
a) In tlie ace. Qen. 47, 1 1 riy-iB nns nc'x?
accordins; to what (as) Pharaoh had
commanded. Ex. 7, 10. 20 ; with two
ncc. ofpers. and thing. Gen. 0.22. 7,9. 16.
21. 4. Ex. 7, 6. 12, 50. 1 Chr. 22, 13. Neh.
8, 1 . So also to commuml a thing, precept,
gtatiUe, law, i. q. to give a command, to
make a law, etc. Ex. 16, 16 iiax lann nj
'^ ms. :io, 4. Num. 30. 2. 1 K.'l'a 21
^ r,fs I'^wN! n;san . Num. 30, 17 cpnn
<;; rijis nax . Josh. 1, 7 tjjis -hbx nnin
net). Also c. dat. pers. Deut. 33, 4.
Neh. 9, 14. Ps. 119, 4. b) In the inf c. b,
Gen. 50, 2 and Joseph commaiided . . .
the physicians "i^aXTX MJnb to embalm
his father. Ex. 35^ 1. 29. 36,5. Lev. 7,
36. 2 Sam. 7, 7. Jer. 26, 8. Where one
is commanded not to do a thing, i. e.
where any thing is forbidden, it is put
with '{0 c. infin. Is. 5, 6 nsisx c^sn bi
l-^a^nis ; or with "^nblb c. inf. Gen. 3,
11. Jer. 35, 8. c) In the fut. with iiTX
that ; Esth. 2. 10 far- Mordecai had
charged her T^Jn sib "idx that she should
not tell it; andso with "I'i'x impl. Lam.
1, 10. Oftener with Vav. us Gen. 42, 25
IX^a'jT 1S'>] and he commaruled and they
filled, i. e. he commanded them to fill.
Ex. 36, 6. 1 K. 5, 31.
3. With an ace. ofpers. without men-
tion of the thing commanded, to give
charge to any one, to send with com-
mands, to command to go. Jer. 23, 32 /
have not sent them B''n"'^s xbl nor given
them charge, i. e. have not commanded
them to go to you. 14, 14. The pers.
to whom one is thus sent is put with b?
Esth. 4, 5. Ezra 8, 17. 1 Chr. 22. 12. Is.
10, 6; b!< Jer. 27, 4. Esth. 4, 10. The
pers. or thing concerning which charge
is given is put with bs Gen. 12, 20.
2 Sam. 14, 8 ; bx Ex. 6, 13. 25, 22. Is.
23, 11. Jer. 47, 7'; b Ps. 91, 11. Not sel-
dom God is thus said to command or send
things; e.g. his blessing Lev. 25,21.
Peut. 28, 8. Ps. 133, 3 ; his favour Pe.
42, 9. 44, 5 ; the sword Am. 9, 4 ; the
dawn Job 38, 12. So Job 36, 32 '\'S^^
5"'aE'23 iy\p, and commanded it (the
light, lightning) against the enemy.
The person upon whom the command
is laid is put with bs Gen. 2, 16. Job
36, 32; with b, as 'in-'ab r\Vt to give
charge to one's hoicsehold, i. e. to declare
one's last will, to set one's house in order,
2 K. 20, 1. Is. 38, 1 ; also inia-bx njjt
id. 2 Sam. 17, 23. Comp. Rabb. nsMX
testament.
PuAL nj5t to be commanded. Gen. 45,
19. Lev. 8, 35 Ti^lt 'p so I am comr
Tnanded. this charge is given me. Ez.
12, 7 ^n''.?X ^*J>'? as I was commanded.
24, 18. 37,' 7. ''with a of him by whom
the command is given, Num. 36, 2.
Deriv. 1X, "^S, 'A^X, niXO.
' 'J*^ to cry out, to shout for joy, Is.
42, 11. Chald. id. The Arabs use a
contracted ibrm, mid. quiesc. ^Lo for
Both Heb. and Arab, are prob.
softer forms from nns
42. 11. 13. Hence '
tr"
, comp. Is.
'^'^^^t f outcry, e. g. of joy, shouting^
Is. 24, 11 ; of sorrow Jer. 14, 2. Ps. 144,
14 ; c. suflf. ~r;H?S thy cry. i. e. caused
by thee, Babylon, Jer. 46. 12; comp.
Gen. 18, 20.
^^^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. bbx III,
to be sunk, immersed; hence rib"!:i^,
nbiis^ ," and
"^51S f. depth of the sea, abyss, Is.
44, 27.
*Q^^ fut. BIST, conv. BSJ15, to fast;
Arab. ..Lo and Aram. id. The primary
idea lies in keeping the mouth shut, comp.
the remarks on roots ending in n under
art. ma-i note. Judg. 20, 26. 1 Sam. t,
6. 2 Sam. 1, 12. 1 K. 21, 27. Is. 58. 3.
Jer. 14, 12. al. Zech. 7, 5 "'arn:* oijsn
did ye at all fast nnto me? where the
suffix is to be taken in the dative.
Hence
DiS m. plur. ni^'ia Esth. 9, 31 ; a fast,
fasting. 2 Sam. 12, 16. Is. 58, 5. 6. Zech.
8, 19. Esth. 4, 3. Neh. 9, 1. ois xn;? to
proclaim, a fast 1 K. 21, 9. 12. Ezra 8,
21. OiS TO'^p to consecrate a fast, insti-
tute it as a sacred rite, Joel 1, 14. 2, 15.
Ps. 69, 1 1 'iTEa niaa in fasting is my
soul, i. e. I fast, comp. BJB3 no. 2.
?rj
888
112
* 5^S obsol. root; Arab. cLo to
form, to fabricate, to ply the trade of a
goldsmith. Hence Q'^SSrs sculptured
work.
^y^S (smallness, r. 1S^) Zuar, pr. n.
m. Num. 1, 8. 2, 5.
n?i2 see nss .
* TjliS fo ^aw', ^0 overflow, c. 5S Lam.
3, 54. Chald. Ithp. to flow out, Syr.
\Al, Chald. Cja, to overflow, to float, to
Bwim.
HiPH. 1. to make overjiow or over-
tchelm, c. ace. et bs Deut. 11, 4.
2. to cause lojioal or swim, 2 K. 6, 6.
Deriv. nss , ncrfss , and
5]'^2J m. 1. co7?i6, honey-comb, so called
because the honey flows out from it ;
Prov. 16, 24 era "'n^s c?^ r|i:: pleasant
words are as //le honey-comb ; Sept. x/^-
pt'oi' fiiurog, Vulg. fatiis mcllis. Plur.
B-'Ena rE3 P.S. 19. 11, see in rrb.
2. Zuph, pr. n. of an ancestor of Elka-
nah 1 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr. 6, 20 where Keri
has 7C%; also '?"a 1 Chr. 6. 11.
HSiS (a cruse, r. HES) Zophah, pr. n.
to. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 36.
'Bis , see in subst. 7\Vi no. 2.
*^ti2 and ^B2 (perh. i. q. lisSJ? spar-
row) Zophar, pr. n. of one of Job's three
friends and opponents Job 2, 11. 11, 1.
20, 1. 42, 9.
* "p!2 i, q. y^z and y^i , comp. T^IT .
1. to glitter, see Hiph.
2. iojlcncer, tojlourish. Praet. y5t Ez.
7, 10, metaph.
Hiph. fut. V""^")) <^o"'^- T^-' P^'"*'
pSl? Cant. 2, 9. '
1. to glitter, to sparkle, pr. to emit
Bplendour, comp. "'"'xn. Ps. 132, 18.
Hence to glance forth, i. c. to look by
stealth ; pr. to let the eyes sparkle ;
Cant. 2, 9 CS^nn ',12 y'St: glancing
from the lattice, f aim. y'JLn id. Arab.
fjOm^cT^ and ^y>e^ to look by Btealth,
e. g. a female through a hole in her
veil.
2. to bloom, to bloaimm, pr. to produce
blosBoms. Num. 17. 23 [8]. P8.90,G. 103,
15. Metaph. Ph. 72, 16. 92, 8. Is. 27, 6.
Derir. yx,n5''X,rx-Jt.
* I. pT^liobe narrow, straitened, com-
pressed, Arab. ivL*^ mid. Ye. Eth.
m^^ to straiten, to compress ; iS.0^
to be strait, narrow ; IV, to straiten.
Kindr. is pis, also p:S, p:n, and the
like. [Hence perh. to pr-ess close vpon,
to cleave to any one, Ps. 41, 9; but see
in p^l no. 1. a. R.
Hiph. p'^'^'^. 1. to straiten, to press,
upon, to distress any one, c. dat. Deut-
28, 53 sq. Jer. 19, 9 ; spec, a city by a
siege, c. dat. Is. 29, 2. 7. Part. p"':!T3 an
oppressor Is. 51, 13.
2. to press, to urge, with entreaties,
prayers, c. aco. Judg. 14, 17 ; c. dat.
16, 16. Also Job 32, 18 nn ''snp^^n
'3::3 the spirit within me presselh (con-
straineth) vie.
Deriv. p'ia , nf3!i5t , psii2 , pisio ,
iip^rji-q.
* II. p^^ fut. p^.^^ ; kindr. pS^, r,!iO,
1. i. q. ps^ to pour out. Job 29, 6. 23,
2 niw: pnu^ '^z.^f.'] and stone pours out
brass, i. e. ore is molten into brass. Me-
taph. Is. 26, 16 ttJnb -,!ips they pour out
prayer ; where "i^pS Milra is praet. Kal
with Nun paragogic, for IpX .
2. i. q. p"-!?!-! (Hiph. of r. ps;;) to set
up, to place ; hence p^^'O column.
pis m. distress, trouble of the times
Dan. 9, 25. R. piS I.
npIS f (r. prs. I ) id. Prov. 1, 27. Is.
8, 22. 30, 6.
* J. 1^12 fut. -nils';, apoc. -i^^i (like
kindr. "i'!!^), to straiten, to press upon, to
compress; comp. "iM I. Hence
1. to hind up or together, sc. into a roll
or package, i. q. I'^Jt no. 1. Praet. pns
Deut. 14, 25; fut. %-S^T 2 K. 12, 'I'l,
is*i 5, 23.
2. to press, e. g. a) In a hostile
sense, to press upon, to beset, to assail j
c. ace. Ex. 23, 22. Deut. 2, 9. 19 ; c. bs
2 K. 16, 5 ; b 2 Chr. 28, 20. Part. plur.
C"}! assailants, persecutors, Esth. 8,
11. b) Of a city, to press with siege.
to besiege, with ace. of city 1 Chr. 20, 1 ;
often c. b? Deut. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 11, 1.
1 K. 15, 27. 2 K. 6, 24. Jer. 21. 4. Ez.
4, 3; c. bx Deut. 20, 19; absol. Is. 21,
2. Also with b9 of a pers. besieged in a
nn
889
in
city 2 Sam. 20, 15 ; Vi< 1 Sam. 23, 8.
Mctaph. Ps. 139, 5 '?a")5e cn;3i mnx //io
beatUcst me behind and before^ so tliut I
cannot escape thee, c) With ace. and
\iS , to press one thing upoji another ; to
push forward upon ; Is. 29, 3 "^^^S ^P"^*
aso / will push forward jmsIs (of
troops) against thee, Jerusalem. Cant.
8, 9. Judg. 9, 31 fo, they urge on (excite)
the city against thee.
3. to cut, to carve. a) Pr. by press-
ing upon with a knife, comp. Tia no. 1,
2 ; hence "i^:t an edge, sharp rocit. b)
to form, to fashion, to shape, i. q. ix;j
? ^s ^
no. 2. Syr. > to form ; Arab, syo id.
Found only in fut. nal Ex. 32, 4. 1 K.
7, 15 ; Tj"?-:*.*? Jer. 1, 5 Cheth. The other
tenses are from i3t^ .
Deriv. nnix, nn^i, n-^s, ni^ia, pr. n.
lis, -s, bx-^nis, '^ly-'nia.
11. "1^^ or "* to bear, to carry ;
Ethiop. /i^C id. IV. to load; i^C
a load ; K^/j a porter. Kindr. perh.
with Aram. ""^O, i-saffl, to bear.
Hence INJS nape, '(i-JX .
"IIS m. (r. n!ix I. 3) plur. B"^"!^, once
ninsix Job 28, 10.
1. a rock, a) Genr. sharp and pre-
cipitous, see the root, comp. Virg. .^n.
8, 233 'stabat acuta silex, praecisis undi-
que saxis.' Sept. nejga. Chald. X'^113,
Syr. i>a4, a mountain; and so Arab.
syioi as Ujum \yio Mount Sinai.
Ex. 17, 6. 33, 21. 22. Judg. 6, 21. Job
14, 18. Ps. 78, 20. 105, 41. Is. 2, 10. 48,
21. al. Metaph. of a place where one
is secure from enemies, comp. Ps. 27, 5
'Spia'iT^ "liiaa he hath set me high upon
a rock. 61. 3. Hence a refuge, shelter;
espec. of God, as affording refuge and
protection to Israel, Deut. 32, 37 n!i:i
in i-'on . So 'prna 's Ps. 94. 22, Tisa 's
a rock of refuge Is. 17, 10. Ps. 31, 3 ;
^rsiiaa-^ 's Deut. 32, 15, 'Sa-' 's 2 Sam.
22,'47.' Ps. 89, 27; 'Sab 's 'Ps. 73, 26 ;
bKnto7 'S 2 Sam. 23, 3.' Is. 30, 39 ; c. suff.
';' my rock, Ps. 18, 3. 47. 19, 15. 28, 1 ;
c. art. nsisn Deut. 32, 4. Of any tute-
lary divinity, Deut 32, 31. 1 Sam. 2, 2.
By another metaphor, drawn from a
quarry, "ilJt is put lor the founder of a
people, Is. 51, 1.
75
b) a stone, pebble ; Is. 8, 14 birSa^ nnx
a stone of stumbling. Job 22, 24 "ilX
D^bnj pebbles of the brooks ; see Heb.
Gr! Hue. 3. c.
2. an edge, see the root no. 3. a. Pa.
89, 44 a-in -i the edge of the sword ;
according to which analogy Josh. 5, 2. 3
cniS ria"in are sharp knivts ; comp.
ns Ex. 4. 25, and so Targ. But Sept
Vulg. Syr. Arab, understand knives of
stone (comp. no. 1), which the ancient
Orientals were accustomed to use for
castration and circumcision, Hdot. 2. 86.
Plin. 35. 46 ; and this interpretation is
favoured by the words of the Alex,
translator inserted aller Josh. 24. 30, ixii
i&rfxav tig to pv^fia tig o i&utfiav uviov
(Joshua) ixil rug paxit(iug tug ntTQivag,
if uig Tit^iiifps tovg vioig 'j(T()ur]i. . . . xul
ixfl liaiv tmg t^j arfpfQov ijfiiijug. This is
a circumstance worthy of remark; and
goes to show at least, that knives of stone
were found in the sepulchres of Pales-
tine, as well as in those of north-western
Europe. Hence
3. form, shape, Ps. 49. 15 Keri ; pr.
cut, comp. Fr. taille from tailler ; see-
"i^S no. 3. b.
4. Zur, pr. n. m. a) A phylarch .r
chief of the Midianites, Num. 25, 15.
31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) 1 Chr. 8, 30.
9; 36.
"^12 and "^2 (a rock, i. q. i^S, comp..
Rochelle) pr. n. f Tyre, Gr. TvQog, from
an Aramean form K'^o, jia-^, the cele-
brated and opulent emporium of Phe"-
nicia, of which the most ancient and!
strongly fortified part, afterwards called
Palatyrus (^Is isaa 2 Sam. 24, 7, T'S
-.S nsai; Josh. 19, 29), was situated up-
on the continent, and the more modern
part upon an island over against the
former; see Ez. 26, 17. 27,4.25. Is. 23,
4. Comp. Menand. Ephes. ap. Jos. Ant.
9. 14. 2. ib. 8. 2. 7. For the history of
the city see Comment, on Is. 1. p. 707 sq.
Thesaur. p. 1 160. Bibl. Res. in Palest
III. p. 401-8. The domestic name IS is
found in O. T. 2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 15.'
7, 13. Ps. 45, 13. Ez. 26, 2. al. ssep. and
also in inscriptions on Tyrian coins
struck in the time of the SeleucidiE, ei-
ther simply "isb (isb) Tvgov, or more
fully cnx est -ixb (wnjt.ox nbjb). 'or
)r^
890
^r
Tyre the metropolis of the Zitlonians ;'
see Monurara. Plioen. p. 79, 261. Tab. 6.
34. Mionnet Descr. des Medailles, T.
V. pi. 23, 24. At the present day its
ruins, called o Sur. lie upon a penin-
sula, Alexander the Great having join-
ed the island to the continent by a
mole ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 394
sq. Gentile n. ''"iS q. v.
"1^2 see "iNJS 7ieck.
nniS f (r. -isijt I. 3) constr. nn^is , plur.
Pi-iiiS, /or/, Ez. 43, 11 bis.
Ti"^^? only in plur. D'^?'i?^ necks Cant.
4, 9, for neck. The ending )i is dimin.
and implies affection, Lehrg. p. 13.
Others a collar.
biP'^''['S (my rock is God) Zuriel, pr.
n. m. Num. 3, 35.
n'^tD'^n^at (my rock is the Almighty)
Zurishaddai, pr. n. m. Num. 1,6. 2, 12.
i^V<l^ HiPH. ri"'2in to set 071 Jire, to
kindle, i. q. T^''^'!'} , once Is. 27, 4. See
n? m. adj. (r. nns) 1. dazzling
white, bright, Cant. 5, 10.
2. Spec, sunny, bright, clear ; Is. 18,
4 ns nh clear heat. Jer. 4, 11 n^ ttJi-i
a serene wind, i. e. warm and dry.
3. Trop. clear, plain, of words Is. 32,
4. Arab. ^*ci^ to be clear, manifest.
i<n2 and i^H''^? (dry, thirsty, r. nns)
Ziha, pr. n. ra. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46.
11, 21.
'V T obsol. root, i. q. t\Tf, to he
bright, sunny; then to be dry. Aram.
KnJt to be thirsty. Hence ntiS , pr. n.
Btns.
nnS adj. (r. nns , after the form h'^p)
dry, from thirst, Is. 5, 13.
'*'2^ 1. to be bright, to be of a
dazzling white, Lam. 4. 7.
2. to be sunny, i. e. exposed to the
light and heat of the sun ; whence nt ,
3
n^nx, nmnx, pinsns. Arab. ,^oi
minny plain, also the sun ; Syr. wm ,
to shine, to be serene. | * warm ;
Chaid. nicnx to make shine, to polish.
This idea of brightness and splendour
belongs very extensively to roots from
the biliteral stock nst. as also to those
beginning with the softer letters n5,
nt, and with the sibilant dropped nij,
n:: ; comp. nn^, -ina. cri2i, na: ; nns,
sns, nni, pnjt; nnT, :nV imt : nna,
Deriv. ns, ninans, and the three
here following.
XTTTS. m. adj. sunny, hence dry. parch'
ed, Ez. 24, 7. 8. 26, 4. 14. R. nns.
nnT}^ f. a rfrj/ and parched land, Ps.
68,7. R. nni.
^TT'Ti'l id. plur. S^- Neh. 4, 7 Cheth.
I'J"^ obsol. root, Syr. ^^ to he
Jilthy, foul ; also to be impudent.
Chald. "jnt id. The primary idea is
that of stinking ; comp. nsj and 2
to stink. Hence
n:nS r. afeyzc/i Joel 2. 20.
ninsns i: plur. droughts, Is. 58, 11.
R. nna no. 2.
*P'J-? fot. pn:i'i ^0 Zqm^A; Arab.
A^, Syr. and Zab. v^^, Chald. also
Ty^n id. All these are onomatopoetic,
and correspond with Sanscr. knkh ta
laugh, Gr. xax('t^u}, xny;(uibi, Lat. cachin-
nor. Germ, gackem, kichern, Engl, to
giggle. With the exception of Juflg. 16,
25. Ez. 23, 32, this verb is found only in
the Pentateuch ; while the later writers
and the poets use instead of it the softer
form pnb . Comp. pSl .Gen. 17, 17. 18,
12, 13. 15 ; c.\ at any one Gen. 21, 6.
Pi EL to play, to spo7-t, to jest, pr. as
iterat. ' to laugh repeatedly ;' Gen. 19, 14.
Spec, a) With singing, leaping, danc-
ing, Ex. 32, 6. Judg. 16^25. Gen. 21, 9j
comp. Matt. 14, 6. b) With females^
to toy, to caress, like nalytiv, hat. ludere,
Gen. 26, 8 ; c. a Gen. 39, 14. 17.
Deriv. pr. n. pns^, and
pnS ni. laughter, scorn ; Gen. 21, 6
God hath prepared laughter for me, i. e.
against me. Ez. 23, 32.
''Jt obsol. root, Arab. ^^P Conj.
XI, to be dazzling white f kindr. is
"int , see under nnst . Heace tlie iliree
following.
lot-
891
vs
"^H? m. whitetieas of wool Ez. 27, 18.
^nS adj. while, e. g. she-asses Judg.
5, 10 ; prob. those of a light reddisli
colour, since aBses entirely white are
mrely if ever found. A light colour
is highly prized by the Orientals in
asses, camels, and elephants. Vulg.
'
nitens ; Syr. whitish. Arab, s^.^ pr-
white, but also spoken of an ass of a
light reddish shade. R. "inSt .
"ins (whiteness) Zohar, pr. n. m.
a) A son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. Ex. 6,
15; called also n-.T Num. 26, 13. b)
Gen. 23. 8. 25, 9. c) 1 Chr. 4, 7 Keri ;
in Cheth. "insv
1. "'3?, i. q. njs dryness, see in B''*3t.
II. "'S m. (for ^yt, r. njt) a ship, so
called as being set up, built ; comp.
nrEp. Is. 33, 21. Plur. n-'St Num. 24,
24. Ez. 30, 9 ; also D-^^X Dan. 11, 30.
Castell adduces Arab. '&^}f-o a small
vessel ; but this word is not found in
Arabic lexicographers.
i{2''2 (for na^SS statue, r. 3^3) Ziba,
pr. n. of a servant of Saul, 2 Sara. 9, 2.
16, 1.
^?? m. (r. IIS) 1. hunting, the chase,
Gen. 10, 9. 23, 27.
2. game taken in hunting, venison, etc.
Gen. 27, 5. 7. 19. 25. 33. Prov. 12, 27.
A Iso prey, as of ravenous birds Job 39, 3
[38,41]. '
3. food of any kind, Neh. 13, 15. Ps.
132, 15. Spec, provision for a journey
Josh. 9, 5. 14. Comp. nn-^s .
^^? m. (r. n!!S) a hunter, Jer. 16, 16.
ny:i or nnS n (r. nsis) l q. T^S no.
3. food; spec, provision tor a journey
Gen. 42, 25. 45, 21. Ex. 12, 39. Josh. 9,
11. Judg. 7,8. 20, 10. 1 Sam. 22, 10. Ps.
S ^ op
78, 25. Arab. t>k, Aram. Ky^l , j?"),
id.
jiTS and ITS Gen. 10, 15 (fish-
ing, fishery, r. "lis ) Zidon, pr. n. of a
very ancient and opulent city of Pheni-
cia. fully na'n '"'""''S great Zidon, or
Zidon the metropolis. Josh. 11. 8. 19, 28.
The name is fem. where the city is
spoken of, Josh. 11. 8. 19, 28 ; and masc.
where the people is meant, as Gen. 10,
15. Often coupled with Tyre, Joel 4,4.
Jer. 25. ii2. 27, 3. Zech. 9, 2. al. Gen-
tile n. ^3'T'S Zidonian. see in its order.
The name Zidon, Zidonians, is often
applied to all the iniiabitaiits of the
nortliern parts of Canaan, dwelling
around the skirts of Mount Lebanon,
and called by the Greeks Phenicians,
comprehending also the Tyriaris ; so Is.
23, 2. 4. 12. Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 32, 30. Joeh.
13, 6; comp. 1 K. 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23, 13.
Comp. 2i86vioi. Horn. II. 6. 290. ib. 23.
743. Od. 4. 84 ib. 17. 424, which name
has the same extent. Hence it is appa-
rent, why Ethbaal king of Tyre (see
Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2) is also
called king of the Zidonians i. e. of
Phenicia, 1 K. 16, 31 ; and why on
Tyrian coins (see lis) we read "isb
C3ns DX of Tyre the metropolis of the
Zidonians. See more in Comment,
on Is. 23, 2. On the coins of Zidon itself
the inscription is "psb . csnsb , i. e "psb ,
onsb , of Zidon. of the Zidonians. At
the present day a town of importance
still occupies the same site, called I Juu0
Saida; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
415-428. Reland Palest, p. 1010.
''3T2 gentile n. a Zidonian. Judg. 3, 3.
Ez. 32, 30. Plur. cai-^s , D-'ps 1 Chr.
22, 4. Ezra 3. 7; "pjn^S 1 K. 11, 33.
Fem. plur. ni*3TS 1 K. 11, 1; in other
Mss. r,i':"is or nw'ns .
n^^ obsol. root, i. q. iii^S q. v. to
be sunny, dry. Hence n^s , "(T^s , *|i'S ,
n^S n dr7jncss, drought, Job 24, 19;
whence ns yix a dry land, desert, Ps.
63,2. Is. '41, 18'. Jer. 2, 6. Hos. 2, 5.
Joel 2, 20. al. So with f^X impl. id. Ps.
78, 17. Is. 35, 1. Jer. 50. 12. Zeph. 2, 13.
Plur. r-i'S Ps. 105, 41. R. n'js .
"jl^S m. dryness, concr. a dry place,
desert. Is. 25, 5. 32, 2. R. n^s .
(".''S (sunny place, sunny mount, r.
r.'is) Zion, pr. n. f the southwestern-
most and highest of the hills on which
Jerusalem was built ; Sept. I^uln: It in-
cluded especially the most ancient part
of the city, with the citadel and temple,
(mount Moriah on which the temple
was built being reckoned to Zion.) and
r
892
T2r
was also called the City of David. 2
Chr. 5. 2. By the poets and prophets it
is very often put for Jerusalem itselij Is.
8, 18. 10, 24. 33, 14. al. Also for its in-
habitants, iem. Is. 1, 27. 49, 14. 52, 1.
Ps. 97, 8. Zeph. 3, 16. The inhabitants
are also poetically called "ji'sa ns Is. 30,
19, p'S '.ra Ps. 49, 2, li'X ra the daugh-
ter of zioii Is. 52, 2. 62, 11. Ps. 9, 15. al.
:and -i-i'S racii Is. 12, 6. So ps Pa is
also put for the inhabitants even in exile
iZech. 2, 11. 14, comp. Is. 40, 9; once
ifor the city itself Is. 1, 8; see in na no.
:5. But "(i'i ni:3 the daughters of Zion
are the females of Jerusalem, Is. 3, 16.
17. 4, 3. Once c. genit. Is. 60, 14 "p'S
bxnb-i Clip Zion of the Holy One of
Israel, i. e. sacred to him. For the to-
pography, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
388 sq. comp. p. 413. Arab. a% ^,(7 -T' :
Syr. .Q_oi. , as if from nns.
I^^S m. (r. n^S) a pillar, cippus, a
short column, as being set up ; either
sepulchral 2 K. 23, 17. Ez. 39, 15 ; or as
a way-mark, guide, Plur. D''2^S Jer. 31,
21. Chald. id. Syr. }-Of , Arab, iyo ,
id.
Xn'^Sj see inKHX.
D'^^2 m. plur. (from a form '^'t i. q.
njS dryness, with the ending ''-r) inha-
bitants of the desert, viz. a) Men, i. e.
uomades, Ps. 72, 9 ; and so according to
some Is. 23, 13. b) Animals, i. e. jack-
als, ostriches, wild beasts. Is. 13, 21. 23,
13. 34, 14. Jer. 50, 39. Ps. 74, 14.
p? Bee 'it .
P'rS m. (r. p35t) Jer. 29, 26, Sept. and
Vulg. a prison ; better stocks, as confin-
:ing the hands and feet ; so Symm. and
S.-y
the Heb. intpp. Comp. Arab. iVVJX
;fetter.
"^''2 (smallnees, r. ITX) Zior, pr. n.
of a place in the tribe of Juduh, Josh.
15, 54.
SI""? see in art. C^nx no. 2.
ps m. (r. Y""^) 1- brightness, i. e.
a bumijihed plate of gold on the fore-
head of the high priest. Ex. 28. 30-38.
39, 30. Lev. 8, 9. Comp. Pa. 132. 18.
2. a flower, Job 14. 2. Pb. 103, 15. Ib.
28, 1. 40, 6-8. Plur, ta-'Sl for Q-^Jplt
1 K. 6, 18. 29. 32 J see Lehrg. 37. n. 1.
3. a wing; see in 'fiz no. 2, 3. Jer. 48,
9. Chald. y^2t wing, also a fin.
4. Ziz, pr. n. of a place or pass, once
2 Chr. 20, 16. Prob. near En-gedi, see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. IL p. 215.
n:2"'2 f (r. ps) a flower; Is. 28,4
bas ns"'5t aflouer of fading, i, e. a fading
flower, comp. v. 1. But prob. it should
read basn y^ with the same sense.
nS'^2 f. (for n-'S-'St) Tpr. flower-like, or
wing-like, from y't with the adj. fem.
ending n*'-. Hence
1. a lock of hair, forelock, Ez. 8, 3.
Comp. under na: no. 1.
2. fringe, tassel.worn by the Israelites
on the corners of their garments Num.
15, 38. 39. Comp. Matt. 23, 5.
^bj^-^S 1 Chr. 12, 1. 20, elsewhere
^^J?? , in pause sbpst , Ziklag, pr. n. of a
city of Simeon, at times subject to the
Philistines, Josh. 15, 31. 19, 5. 1 Sam.
27, 6. 30, 1. 14. 26. 2 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr.
4, 30 ; comp. Neh. 11, 28. The etymo-
logy is obscure. Simonis derives it
from ViS p'^S^ outpouring of a fountain;
but this has little probability.
' "^ a root doubtful in the verb it-
self, signifying according to the deriva-
tives :
1. to go in a circle, to retoLce, kindr>
with "irj, mn, l^-n. Hence nijt hinge,
writhing.
2. to go, Arab. jLo mid. Ye, to go,
to arrive ; comp. "i=iD . Hence "i"'! a
messenger. Hence also
HiTHPA. fut. fi^'^^tfi Wb^l Josh. 9, 4
could be : they went and betook themselves
to the way, they set off. But since no
other trace of this form or significatioa
exists in Hebrew or in Aramean, it is
better to read with six Mss. itTliS"^ they
provided themselves with food for the
journey, as in v. 12; which is also ex-
pressed by the ancient versions.
I. ^'2 m. (r. n-^) plur. D'^-i-:^ , constr.
1. hinge of a door Prov. 26, 14. Chald.
Syr. Arab, ^^jufl id.
2. Plur. D"'-i''S i. q. C'Van writhing,
throes, pains, of a woman in travail, Is.
n^2
893
nb:
13, 8. 21, 3. 1 Sam. 4, 10. Mclaph. of
terror Dan. 10, 16, which is often com-
pared with the pains and trembling of
childbirth. Comp. Arab, Li V, to
writhe with pain.
3. a messenger, Prov. 13, 17. 25, 13.
Jer. 49, 14. Obad. 1. Plur. Is. 18, 2. 57,
9. See r. n"! no. 2.
II. 'T'S m. (r. -IIS I. 3) ]. form,
shape, i. e. beauty, Ps. 49, 15 Cheth.
2. an idol, image, Is. 45, 16.
^? ra. (r. b^X II ) c. suff. 'is ; once
fem. 2 K. 20, 11. Is. 38, 8, where nin^
can only refer to Vx , comp. n^ ; shade,
thadow ; Arab. J^, Syr. U^ id- So
Judg. 9, 36. Ps. 80, 11. Cant. 2. 31. Ez.
17, 23. 31, 6. Hos. 14, 8. al. 'la; ht a
lengthened shadow, i. e. lengthening
with the declining day. Ps. 102. 12,
comp. 109, 23. Jer. 6. 4. Job 17, 7 all my
members are as a shadow, i. e. wasted,
thin, so that only a shadow of me re-
mains. Metaph. a) Put for any thing
fleeting and transient. Job 8. 9. Ps. 102.
12. Ecc. 6, 12. 8. 13. 1 Chr. 29. 15., So
*i3is bjt a passing shadow Ps. 144, 4.
b) Concr. a shade, i. e. as affording shel-
ter, protection, the figure being preserv-
ed, as Gen. 19. 8 "^nnip b^a under the
shadow of my roof the protection of my
house. So in or under tlie shadow of thy
wings Ps. 17. 8. 36. 8. 57, 2. Is. 25. 4
thou, Jehovah, art a shadow (shelter)
from the heat. 16. 13. Also the figure
being neglected, e. g. in the shadow of
his hand, i. e. under his protection. Is.
49, 2. 51, 16 ; in the shadow of God. Ps.
91^ 1. Lam. 4, 20 ; of Egypt Is. 30. 2 ;
of Heshbon Jer. 48, 45. Ecc. 7, 12 bss
t!03n bxa nTaarr! in the shadoxD of wis-
dom we are in the sliadow of wealth, i. e.
wisdom protects men not less than
wealth. So Ps. 121. 5. Num. 14, 9.
Once bs may be referred to the ap-
proach of evening, as in Engl, the shades
of evening, the end of the day's labours,
Job 7. 2.
^^V Chald. to incline, to decline,
often in Targg. for Heb. >^'^}. Spec, to
incline the ear, to listen. Targg. Ps. 40,
2. Prov. 5, 13. Syr. \f^ id. Hence in
O. T.
75*
Pa. to pray, to implore, pr. ' to cause
to listen;' Dan. 6, 11. Ezra 6, 10. Often
in Targg. Syr. JLikl , Arab. SLfl , Eth.
AAPid.
* nb:2 to roast, 1 Sam. 2, 15. Is. 44,
16. 19. Arab. iLo and ^J>,jiO id. Heace
-bjt.
^f? (.shade) Zillah, pr. n. of a wife
of Lamech, Gen. 4, 19. 23.
bibs, in Kei-i b^bS, pr. xoXXiga, a
round cake ; so called from rolling, from
r. V>i III. Comp. 133. Once Judg. 7,
13 c-iiri:: cnb (bfibs) b"<bs. where Sept.
and Cliald. well, a cake of barley-bread.
* I. nbS and T2?.'4 Jer. 12, 1, fnt.
nb37, Pf- (0 cleave, to cut, to break
through. Chald. to cleave wood ; Syr.
id. Aph. to break through, whence
) m\. rupture, hernia. Kindr. is nbn.
Hence spec.
1. to go over or through, to pass over
a river, to ford, c. ace. 2 Sam. 19, 18.
2. to come upon, to fall suddenly upon;
mostly of the Spirit of God falling upon
men, c. hs Judg. 14, 19. 15, U. 1 Sam.
10, 6. 11, 6; c. bx 16, 13. 18, 10. Of
fire and of God himsielf breaking forth
upon men. poet. c. ace. Am. 5, 6. Comp.
X"i3 no. 2. d.
3. to go on well, to prosper, to succeed,
comp. "i^Jx, T^JS ; e. g. of a business Is.
53. 10. 54,17. Jer. 12, 1. Ez. 17, 15; of
a plant, to thrive, to flourish, Ez. 17, 9.
10 ; of a person in any matter, business,
etc. Ps. 45, 5. Jer. 22, 30. With b, pr.
to prosper^br any thing, i. e. to be good
or fit for any thing, Jer. 13, 7. 10. Ez.
15. 4. 16, 13. Arab. ^>mO aptus fuit.
HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 3. a)
to give success, to prosper, spoken of God
as prospering e. g. the business of any
one Gen. 24, 21. 56. 39. 3. 23 ; also a
person, with ace. ofpers. 2Chr. 26. 5; b
Neh. 1, 11. 2, 20 : absol, Ps. 118. 25. b)
to accomplish prosperously, to finish hap-
pily. 2 Chr. 7, 11. Ps. 1. 3. Dan. 8. 25.
Is. 55. 11. Spec, with the nouns is'j'n,
T'sn'n . pr. to make one's way or counsel
prosper, i. e. to prosper in one's ways, to
be successful, Deut. 28, 29. Ps. 37, 7 n^bsa
nb:
894
nb:
131^ who prospereth in his way, who is
successful in all things. Josh. 1, 8. Is.
46, 15.
2. Intrans. to have success, to he suc-
cessful, e. g. an undertaking Judg. 18. 5 ;
a person in any undertaking 1 K. 22. 12.
15. 1 Chr. 22. 13. 29, 23. 2 Chr. 18, 14.
Prov. 28, 13. al. Jer. 2, 37 c. \ of thing.
* II. nbS i. q. Chald. nbt, to Jiow,
to be poured out. Syr. .m.^') to pour out
into any thing, to sprinkle. Hence nn^^,
ninbx, rnibs, dish.
nbS Chald. i. q. Heb. nbs I, Aph.
nbsn after the Heb. form.
1. Trans, to cause one to go on well, to
promote rapidly so. to public offices and
honours, Dan. 3, 30 ; to accomplish any
thing prosperously, Ezra 6, 14.
2. Intrans. to be prospered i. e. to be
promoted to high honours Dan. 6, 29 ;
of a thing, to be prosperously accom^
plished, to succeed, Ezra 5, 8.
nnbS f. (r. n\- II ) only plur. mnb^
2 Chr. 35, 13, dishes, platters, into which
things are poured. Chald. 8tn""n!ibs ,
.Syr, 1 "'^t ) id. Arab. X\ large plat-
fters.
rT^n"b2 f. a dish. 2 K. 2, 20. R. n^S
JII.
rinbS f a dish, 2 K. 21, 13. Prov. 19,
l24. 26, 15. R. nbx II.
"^'S m. constr. ""bss , roast, roasted, Is.
-.44. 16. uix-'-ss Ex.'l2, 8. 9. R. n^a.
b'^bS . see bibs .
1. ''2^ 'o^j'wWe, onomatopoetic ; as
'metal, comp. bsb^t no. 1 ; also of the
tinkling stridulous sound of insects, see
h'lh'i no. 2. Arab. ,jJo, Syr. '^^, id.
Comp. Germ, schallen. Schelle. and with-
out the sibilant, gcllen, hallen, comp.
ibn. Also I being changed to n. ^^Jo
i. q. Lat. tinnire. Trop. a) Of the
ears, to tingle with astonishment, terror,
fut.3per8,plur.Chald.n3bsn,2K.21,12.
Jer. 19. 3. Arab. ^ id. b) Of the
lips (and teeth) as rapidly striking each
other, to chatter, to quiver, Hab. 3, 16.
HiPH. i. q. Kal lett. a, fut. nj-^^isn 1
Sam. 3, 11.
Deriv. b^bit , n|5a , rb^a .
II. ''2^ to be shaded, darkened, e. g.
by shadows, or twilight ; see Hiph. In
the kindred dialects also the signif. both
of shade and of darkness is prevalent ;
Arab. JJi) II to shade, IV to be shaded,
dark, e. g. the day ; Jl^ shade, also
morning twilight. Eth. AAA to shade,
IV to seek the shade ; but /f A.A dark-
ness. Aram. Vb:: id. Kindr. is cVj .
Once Neh. 13, 19 and it came to pass
when the gates of Jerusalem began to be
dark (ibbs) before the sabbath, i. e. on
the eve before the sabbath, when the
holy time began ; comp. Lev. 23, 32.
Hiph. part, bxia shading, giving shade,
Ez. 31, 3.
Deriv. ba, bbs. f^^^^, '^.1'=^?, and
pr. n. r\h:i , T^s , rs^bis ] n:ibs , "^aisbbs ,
bxb:3." ' ^"''' "'""
III. -^2'^ to roll or tumble down of
oneself to be rolled down ; kindr. with
bba, the letters a and S being inter-
changed. Once, of the Egyptians in
the Red Sea, Ex. 15, 10 r-;ES3 ibba
D^'i'inx 07^33 they rolled down like lead
in the mighty waters, i. e. tumbled to the
bottom, sank ; Sept. idvaar, Vulg. sub-
mersi sunt.
Deriv. bibs , b-ibs .
bbS m. (r. bbs II) c. suff. "ibbs ; plur.
ebbs, constr. ''bbs ; shade, shadow,
Can't! 2, 17. 4, 6. Job 40, 22 ; sn^ -^bbx
the shades of evening Jer. 6, 4 ; comp.
Ps. 102, 12. 109, 23.
'DicbbS (shade looking upon me)
Zelelponi, pr. n. m. with the art. Haze-
lelponi, 1 Chr. 4, 3.
* ^2^ obsol. root, kindr. with bbs II;
Arab. IXb I, IV, to he shady, dark, e. g.
thenight; jvJLb, *-Ui?; darkness. Eth.
jfliA^ to be obscure, dark.
Deriv. the four following.
DbS m. c. suff. inbs ; plur. c. suff.
1"'T2bs . constr. "'ttbs .
1. shade, shadow; metaph. of any
Dbsr
895
yb2
thing empty and vain, P. 39, 7 ; an
illusion, Pb. 73, 20. Hence
2. image, likeness, as shadowing forth
any thing, comp. Gr. axia, axlaaftu, axia-
y(fa(fi<a. Gen. I, 26. 27. 5, 3. 9, 6. Plur.
t/Hflg-e* of things 1 Sntn. 6. 5. 11; of men
Ez. 16, 17. 23, 14 ; spec, idols Num. 33,
52. 2 K. 11. 18. Ez. 7, 20. Am. 5, 26.
Syr. and Chald. )3ia^^, xabx , id. Arab.
I^JLo image, the letters 3 and P being
interchanged.
D^S and tsbs Chald. m. emphat.
Vcobt, an image, idol, Dan. 2, 31 sq. 3,
l.'si. 3. 5. 7. 10. 18. al.
jiiabS (shady) Zalmon, Salmon, pr. n.
a) A mountain in Samaria near She-
chem, Judg. 9, 48. Many suppose this
to be the same as the Zalmon in Ps. 68,
15 : when the Almighty scattered kings
in il (the land), there was snow (impers.)
071 Zalmon, i. e. the fields were whit-
ened with the bones of the slain. [But
the only high mountains around She-
chem are Gerizim and Ebal. and these
would be first covered with snow. R.]
Others here take ')i^^5t as an appella-
tive, shade, darkness, i. e. objt , and ren-
der : there was snow in the darkness,
i. e. light arose in the darkness, cala-
mity ; so Targ. Theod. Kimchi. b)
One of David's military chiefs 2 Sam.
23, 28 ; called in 1 Chr. 11, 29 ^b^S.
npTabS (shady) Zalmonah, pr. n. of
a station of the Israelites in the desert
Num. 33, 41.
niT252 f only poet, death-shade, sha-
dow or darkness of death, i. e. such as is
in the place of the dead or Sheol ; com-
pounded of bx shadow, darkness, and n;ia
q. V. no. 2. Hence thickest darkness, pr.
thatofSheol Jobl0,21.22. 12.22. 28,3.
38,17;andthengenr.i.q.T)^.nbutstrong-
er,Job3,5. 24,17. 34,22. P8.23;4. Am.
5, 8. Jer. 13. 16; of a prison Ps. 107, 10.
14. Metaph. of great evil and calamity
Pe. 44, 20. Is. 9, 1 ; of great distress Job
16, 16. The desert, as being pathless,
is also called 'a y^x Jer. 2, 6.
ys^bS (perh. for SS^ia ht shelter is
denied him) Zalmunna, pr. n. of a prince
of the Midianites, Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12.
rbs
1. pr. prob. to be prominent;
Arab. aXio id. of a tooth. Hence y\t
^ Of
rib, Arab. jJL3 rib, also a large tooth.
2. Denom. from sbs no. 2. pr. ' to lean
on one side ;' hence to halt, to limp, Gen.
32, 32. Part. fern. rt^^Tin collect, the halt,
the lame, pr. of a flock weary with heat
and travel, trop. of the Israelites Mic. 4,
Arab. >Xl9 and /Xa6
6.7. Zeph.3,19
id.
(Deriv. ?b^, rb^.
y^^ m. constr. rbs Ex. 26, 26 sq. once
5bs 2 Sam. 16, 13 ; c. sutf. --rba Jer. 20,
10; plur. n'sh^ m. 1 K. 6, 34 in signif.
no. 2 ; elsewhere ^15^21 fem. Ex. 25,
12. al.
1. a rib, Gen. 2, 21. 22. Arab. ^tLo,
Chald. S^?, Syr. li^f, id. Plur. ribs.
i.e. beams, joists of a building. 1 K. 6,
15. 16. 7, 3. Comp. in Engl, ribs of a
ship.
2. the side, e. g. a) Of a man Job 18,
12. Jer. 20. 10 ''S^S 'nisib the keepers of
my side, who do not leave my side, my
familiar companions. Comp. Arab. Xs>-
v_>JLi.| protector of the side; Lat. 'te-
gere latus,'' Hor. b) Of things, as of a
mountain 2 Sam. 16, 1 3 ; of the taberna-
cle Ex. 26, 26. 27 ; of an altar 27, 7. 38,
7 ; of the ark Ex. 25, 12. 37, 3. So of
a side or quarter of the heavens Ex.
26, 35. Plur. ta-^sbs m. sides or kaves
of a double door 1 K. 6, 34.
3. a side-chamber of the temple 1 K.
6, 5. Ez. 41, 6. Of these there were
thirty (Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2). or thirty-three
according to Ez. 41, 6, surrounding the
temple on three sides, and divided into
three stories ; see SiS^ no. 2. Collect.
a side-story or range of these chambers
1 K. 6. 8 ; and put also, like Sj:i1 , for this
whole part of the edifice, Ez. 41, 5. 9. 11.
Also rir^st n-^a Ez. 41, 9, i. e. the space
between the wall of the rao? and the
external wall, in which these chambers
were erected. See espec. Josephus 1. c.
4. Zelah, pr. n. of a city in Benjamin
where Saul was buried, Josh. 18, 28.
2 Sam. 21, 14.
y'? m. a halting, and hence a fall
Ps. 35, 15. 38,18. R. S^S.
r,b2
896
.'Insist
* H-*? obsol. root, Syr. io break, to
vxnind. Hence the two following.
vjbS (fracture, wound) Zalaph, pr. n.
m, Neh. 3, 30.
^nsbS (first fracture, perh. first-born,
comp. las .) Zelophehad, pr. n. m. Num.
26, 33. 27^ 1. 36, 2. Josh.' 17, 3. R. Cj^S .
nsbS (shade from the sun, from ^S
shade and ni i. q. ^i-<o sun) Zelzah,
pr. n. of a place on the border of Benja-
min, 1 Sam. 10, 2.
bsbS m. (r. bbs I) in pause ^S^3
Deut. 28, 42, cons'tr. bsb:i Job 40, 31.
Is. 18, 1; plur. D^^sb:^, constr. "'^sbs,
see in no. 1. b.
1. Put for any tinkling, ringing, clang-
ing instrument, e. g. a) a Jish-spear,
harpoon. Job 40, 31 [41, 7] ; used by the
ancientEgyptiansfor hunting the hippo-
potamus and crocodile, see Wilkinson's
Mann, and Cust. ofthe Anc. Egyptians
III. p. 72, 73. b) Plur. c->bsb:i 2 Sam.
6, 5, constr. "^^sb^ Ps. 150, 5, cymbals,
which are struck together and produce
a loud clanging sound ; comp. Joseph.
Ant. 7. 12. 3.
2. Put for a stridulous insect, which
gives forth a tinkling or clanging sound ;
e. g. a grasshopper, cricket, Deut. 28, 42.
Sept. and Vulg. not well, rubigo.
3. Put for the whizzing or whirring of
wings ; Is. 18, 1 o"ib::3 h^h^ y^s , lit. the
land of the whirring of wings, i. e. 'land
ofthe clangour of armies,' full of armies
(wings) clanging their arms, viz. Ethio-
pia. Wings are here put for armies, see
rjs no. 1 ; and this double meaning of
C^:3 and 15SV>3 gives room for an inge-
nious play of words. For a review of
other interpretations, see Comm. on Is.
1. c. Thesaur. p. 1167.
p^*^ obsol, root, Chald. to cleave, to
8j)lit, i. q. nbs I. Hence
pbS (fissure) Zelek, pr. n. of one of
David's military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 37.
1 Chr. 11, 39.
"^ribS (rontr. for fl"; riat shadow i. e.
protection of Jehovah) Zillelhai, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 8, 20. b) 12, 20.
* Ui'Iii . prset. (without N) 1 pers. "irBS
Judg. 4, 19. 2 pers. f. nos Ruih 2, 9 ; futi
SQS7 ; to thirst, Ex. 17, 3. Judg. 15, 18. Is.
48* 21. 49, 10. Job 24, 11. Metaph. StTDS
nTi'^N^ to thirst after God, to long for
his worship, Ps. 42, 3. 63, 2. Comp.
f- r
difoto) Matt. 5, 6. Arab. ,ct^) Ethiop.
A<PA,id.
Deriv. the four following.
K"??? m. thirst, Neh. 9, 15. 20. Ps. 69, 22.
104, 11. al. c. h Am. 8, 11. With prep.
a it usually takes the art. as sas2 r^ia
Judg. 15, 18. Is. 50, 2 ; X^sa p-^^n Ex.
17, 3. Hos. 2, 5. al. but without art.
Deut. 28, 48. 2 Chr. 32, 11. Once riBS
Is. 5, 13 in some editions.
N'522 m. adj. (r. Nias) fem. HXTSS,
thirsty, 2 Sam. 17, 29. Is'. 21, 14. 55, l.'al.
Spec, a thirsty land i. e. dry, desert. Is.
44, 3. Fem. Deut. 29. 18 to take away
nxrsn-rx n'^'^f^ the full with the thirsty,
i. e. one and all. Comp. in r. 2TS no. l.a.
nS'CS f. thirst, trop. of sexual desire
Jer. 2, 25. R. X^S.
jiS^S m. (r. KISS) a thirsty land, i. e.
dry. parched, Deut. 8, 15. Is. 35, 7. Pa.
107, 33.
"^'^V in Kal not used. 1. to bind,
to fasten, see Pu. Hiph. Kindr. with
Drs ; comp. wq^ and "IS2? . Arab. iX^
to bind up, e. g. a wound. Syr. ficy
Chald. ^2^, id. Spec. ' to bind to the
yoke ;' hence
2. to subject to the yoke, i. e. to rule and
discipline, to subdue; and in the pass,
conjugations to be subdued, to serve. So
Ethiop. ^^X to subdue to the yoke ;
t*8^^ to serve, spec, of divine wor-
ship ; O^S* and ^^^ a servant,
spec, of God. Hence
NiPH. b?2b ni3S3 to serve Baal to wor-
ship Baal, Num. 25, 3. 5. Ps. 106, 28.
PuAL to be bound, fastened, e. g. a
sword, 2 Sam. 20, 8.
Hiph. with nonia, trop. nectere dolos,
i. e. to contrive, to frame, Ps. 50, 19.
Deriv. *T'b: , and
TaS m. c. suff. ''n^S, plur. B''*iS,
constr. "''^^S .
1. a pair, yoke, e. g. of oxen 1 Sam.
11, 7. 1 K. 19, 19. 21 ; of asses Judg. 19
n-J2
897
^2-1
10. 2 K. 9, 25 fi''"icx crrs'-i riding in
pairs, pair-wise, two and two. Collect.
Is.21,7 o"^CJ"nD "iXi^^ pairs of horaeuien. v.9.
2. yo/re, iis a meusure of lund, i. e. as
much us a yoke of oxen can plough in a
day, comp. L,-Ai. jtigerum ; 1 Sam. 14, 14.
Is. 5, 10. So Arab. ^1 Jl9 feddAiu
mas Is. 5, ]3,^^ee in x^x fin.
H'a? f. a veil, Cant. 4, 1. 3. 6, 7. Is.
47, 2. R. DCS no. 2.
pITSS m. (r. pia^j) only plur. D-'psias
or 0''i:?tDS , dried grapes, raisins, bunches
of raisins, Ital. simmuki. 1 Sam. 25,
18. 30, 12. 2 Sam. 16, 1. 1 Chr. 12, 40.
Diff. from nd"<d!< q. v.
]|t ^"^ M
' ' 2"^ Put. nias^ , to sprout, to spring
up, as plants Gen. 2, 5. 41. 6. Ex. 10, 5;
hair Lev. 13, 37. Trans, once Ecc. 2,
6 o^SS notit "iS^ the grove shooting forth
trees, i. e. producing trees. Metaph.
a) Of men as likened to plants. Job 8,
19. Is. 44, 4. Zech. 6, 12. b) Of cala-
mity Job 5, 6; truth Ps. 85, 12; new
events Is. 42, 9. 43, 19. 58, 8. The pri-
mary root ns see in nns. Syr. wm^.
to be bright.
PiEL i. q. Kal, of the hair Ez. 16, 7.
Judg. 16, 22 ; of the beard 2 Sam. 10, 5.
1 Chr. 19, 5.
HiPH. to cause to sprout or spring up,
to make grow, e. g. God the plants Gen.
2, 9. Ps. 104, 14. Job 38, 27; the earth
plants, to bring forth, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 61,
11, and so with ace. impl. Deut. 29, 22.
With two ace. Ps. 147, 8 o'^-in ni^aST?
"I'^sn who makelh the mountains to bring
forth grass ; impl. Is. 55. 10. Metaph.
God is said : b "("ip? n^ssn to cause the
horn of any one to put forth, i. e. to en-
large his power and authority. Ez. 29, 21.
Ps. 132. 17. Also n^l'i n''sn to cause
deliverance to spring up, i. e. to appear.
Is. 45. 8. 61, 11. Hence
n^2 m. in pause nrs Zech. 3, 8, c.
Buff. 'ncs .
1. a sprouting, springing up; Ez. 17,
9 nnrs ""Bna . v. 10.
2. a sprout, shoot, only collect, growth,
increase, i. e. ' what springs from the
earth.' its fndts, productions. Gen. 19,
25. Hos. 8. 7. Ez. 16, 7. Ps. 65, 11.
Hence T\'\r\^_ m:s; Is. 4. 2, the increase of
Jehovah, i. e. the produce of the Holy
Land as consecrated to God, i. q. ''^B
V"I'J'7 '" tl'c other hemistich; comp.
Gen. 4, 3. 13, 26. Deut. 1, 25. 26, 2. 10.
28, 30. etc. The whole piissage I inter-
pret thus : The increase of Jehovah shall
be splendid and glorious, and llw.fiuilof
the earth excellent and beautiful, for
those esca])ed of Israel, i. e. the land
shall flourish in beauty and with abun-
dance of produce and fruits, in behalf of
those who shall escape the slaughter.
All other interpretations of this passage
fail to accord with the context and with
the parallelism of the words ; and among
them, that which regards "'"J msx as the
sprout, i. e. offspring of God. viz. the
Messiah, which the expression f'isjrj ''IQ
in the other hemistich forbids. But the
Messiah is undoubtedly to be understood
in Jer. 23, 5. 33, 15, where there is
promised to David p'^'156 nisjt , nj^nu nrst ,
a sprout or branch of righteousness, a
righteous descendant; and Zech. 3, 8.
6, 12, where the Messiah is elliptically
called nrx the Branch, offspring, sc. of
David.
Ti'aS m. (r. lT35t) 1. a bracelet, Num.
31, 50; plur. Gen. 24, 22. 30. 47. Ez.
16, 11. 23, 42.
2. a lid, cover of a vessel, as ' made
fast' upon it. Num. 19, 15.
WEIL'S m. sing. (r. n^5t , after the form
p"^S) a snare, noose. Job 18, 9; comp.
vv. 8. 10. Metaph. destruction, Job 5, 5
cb'^n a^fiS "Jt'^!! and destruction panteth,
after their substance ; where destruction
is aptly represented by a snare which
lies in wait gaping for its prey. The
ancient versions here render ctss the
thirsty, as if i. q. O^xtds ; but against
the laws of the language.
rn'^iaS f (r. nrs) pr. destruction,
extinction; hence rn''7:sb . prr^rab ,
until extinction, i. e. so long as a thing
endures, i. q. nbirb , for ever, in perpe-
tuity. Lev. 25, 23. 30.
"? r obsol. root. 1. to braid, to
bind; kindr. with CBT. Arab, j^ to
join two things, to conjoin. Hence
D^BS snare.
2. i. q. Chald. CT3$ , CS::^ . to cover, to
veil. Targ. Gen. 24, 65. Hence nsx .
pm 898
P^T ''^ ^1/ "P) '^ ^^ ^n/j of the
breasts, Hos. 9, U. Arab. (^^Lo dry,
thirsty. Hence pi525 .
^'^'^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. "laj and
Arab, transp. ^yC , to cut off". Hence
^^^ m. in pause -i7:a , c. suff. ''nrs
Hos. 2, 7. 11, wool, perh. so called as
being shorn; comp. ta fleece, from tT5.
Lev. 13, 48. Deut. 22, 11. 2 K. 3, 4.
Prov. 31, 13. Is. 1. 18. 51, 8. al. ics P?a
ajleece of wool Judg. 6, 37, Of woollen
garments Ez. 34, 3. 44, 17. Eth. 0<?=C
wool, a fleece ; Chald. xnr? , Syr. fjlal
id.
'H'aS Gen. 10, 18, the Zemarite, pr.
n. of a Canaanitish tribe, apparently the
inhabitants of Sirnyra, a Phenician city
near the river Eleutherus; Strabo XVI.
p. 753 Causab. [Cellarii Not. Orbis
ant. II. 445. Ruins are mentioned here
by Maundrell (p. 31) and by Shaw (p.
269, 270); the latter says they are five
miles west of Area, and bear the name
of Sumta, prob. \Lf*w Semdr. But
neither Maundrell nor Burckhardt
has this name. Another (>ax&. nLmw
Semdr Jebeil lies near the coast north
of Jebeil ; and a site of ruins called
Zemrah exists north of Tortosa the
ancient Antaradus. R.
D^'TQS Zemaraim, pr. n. of a city
in the tribe of Benjamin Josh. 18, 22.
Hence would seem to be derived the
name D';>';)rs "n Mount Zeniaraim, in
the mountains of Ephraim, which ex-
tended to or into the territory of Benja-
man, 2 Chr. 13, 4.
f^"?^? f (r. "iS) c. suff. I'B'^BX,
foliage, q. d.JJjitce or locks of the trees,
Gr. i-dx^'T/, Lat. 'coma arborum,' as trans-
ferred from animals to plants ; comp.
hizi note, n^B . "l^?"''' , Gr. oloi; umiov
Horn. Od. 1. 443.-^Ez. 17. 3. 22. 31, 3.
10. 14. Others, topmost bough; comp.
*t^^? pr.
to be silent, like Arab.
vaA.4,o; of the same family with ens,
Cin. cisri . arid many others ending in o,
ee id M'^ note. Trans, pr. to make
tilent, and hence to cut of, to destroy,
So Eth. A/tcP-t* to ex-
Lam. 3, 53.
tirpate.
N I PH. to be cut off, to become extinct,
as torrents Job 6, 17 ; a person Job 23, 17.
PiEL i. q. Kal. Ps. 119, 139.
HiPH. i. q. Kal. Ps. 18, 41. 54, 7. 69, 5.
83, 27. 94, 23. 101, 5. 8. 143, 12.
PiL. PriB5 id. Ps. 88, 17, where ^S^inntsa
is read for "'Sirinia^ , which no one seems
to have explained. Prob. Kibbutsisput
for the movable Sheva because of the
following 1 ; see Lehrg. p. 68, 69. Monum.
PhcED. p. 436.
Deriv. nri"DS .
"J? , see erst .
132 Zin (also V^t in some Mss.) pr. n.
of a desert on the south of Palestine and
westward from Idumea, in which was
situated the city ?5"i3 Ci'iJ? Kadesh-Bar-
nea, Num. 13, 21. "20, 1." 27, 14. With
He parag. njs Num. 34, 4. Josh. 15, 3.
It was therefore in the western part of
the 'Arabah, south of the Dead Sea ;
see in dn;^ . Talm. *(^VL a low palm-
tree.
^^"^ and ''^ obsol. root, i. q.
'K5 , Arab. ULo IV, to have largefocks,
Hence
^'^ comm. gend. c. suff. 02N3bl Num.
32, 24, also HSS Ps. 8, 8, i. q. )^:i,focks,
small cattle, espec. sheep.
nrS f. I. Pr. a thorn, from r. "iSS I ;
plur. Ti'l'S. trop. hooks, for fishing Am. 4,
2. Comp. in nin.
II. a shield, buckler, from "|;S II, i. e.
of the largest size covering the whole
body, Sixn6g, see 1 K. 10, 16. 17. Ps.
35, 2. Ez. 23. 24. 38. 4. 1 Sam. 17, 7. 41.
al. Melaph. Ps. 5, 13. 91, 4.
III. cold, Prov. 25, 13. R. ':)t III.
n:2,
r,3S.
see s:s .
i. q. CT'JS , Is. 62, 3 Cheth. R.
lirS m. (r. 15^) a cataract, water-
fall, po called from its rushing sound,
Ps. 42. 8 ; a neater-course 2 Sam. 5. 8.
Chald. id.
^^ fut. nj^Pi to let oneself dniim,
to descend, c g. from an ass, to alight,
Judg. 1, 14. Josh. 15, 18. Once of things,
899
lyt
Judg. 4, 21 she gmote the tent-pin through
. his temples, VJXa njsni and it went
'^down (pt'tictrated) into the ground.
Kindred is $3U q. v. alao aa:>- to incline
oneaelt* see in X lett. e. p. 878.
D'^SS m. plur. thonut, prickles. Prov.
22. 5 ; 80 of a thorn-hedge Job 5, 5. R.
',3X I.
ty3*'32 m. plur. thorns, prickles, Num.
33, 55. Josh. 23, 13. R. l?:* I.
?1^22 m. (r. C12t) a <iara, turban, as
'wound around' the head, e. g. of men
' Job 29, 14 ; of women Is. 3, 23 ; of the
high priest Zech. 3, 5; of kings Is. 62, 3
Keri.
^-^ pr- 'o be hard, as in Samari-
tan ; comp. Syr. l^o^, Chald. X^jiS,
a stone. Part. pass. ClJJt dry, barren, of
ears of grain Gen. 41, 23. Comp. "riTaba .
I^** I. i. q. 'J^iJ, to sharpen; Pass.
to be shuj-p, to be pointed, to prick.
Hence n356 , CJS , Q'^r?* ! thorn, thorns.
II. i. q. "jsa, to cover, to protect ; for
>the affinity of the letters 5 and S see
under a lett. e. Arab, ij^ "lii^- Waw,
to keep, to preserve. Hence T\l% II, a
shield, also r2S3:J .
III. to be cold, whence nss III. So
Talm. "S^^x to cool, to become cold.
Chald. xnsJ: cold.
1 '
1p2, see "iJXl.
^i^ to depress ; Part. pass. 'Syii
' depressed,' then submissive, humble,
modest, Prov. 11, 2. Chald. r^DJt id.
Kindr. are 53?, nsS, aj,j>..
HiPH. c. r'ab, to act or live humbly,
modestly, Mic. 6, 8.
Vji^ fut. CiSS"^, <o roZZ or tcind
around, to wrap around, e. g. the tiara
or turban. Lev. 16, 4. Is. 22, 18 Cliss
nsJS "(SIS';! lit. rolling he will roll thee
together as a roll, or with a rolling.
Deriv. C]"^?* , t{m , PESa^ , and
nB.:2 f. a roll, ball, Is. 22, 18 ; others,
a rolling.
rT22D2 f. (r. -jiS II) a rose, vessel, for
keeping, preserving ; spoken of the ves-
sel in which manna was laid up, Ex.
16, 33.
P--^ obsol. root, kindr. with pix I,
to be narrow, straitened } comp. pon.
Samar. to shut up, Arab. {^Ju^ to be
narrow. Hence pb^X.
y^ obsol. root, prob. onomatopoe-
tic and kindr. with the verb 133, (for
the affinity of S with the palatals, see
lett. a ult.) pr. to screak, Germ, schnar-
ren, (as "i33 to creak. Germ, knarren.)
or rather (o whirr, to whizz, especially
of the rushing sound of fall ingr water, aa
in cataracts, aqueducts, etc. Hence liiX.
'^'f^r? f plur. ninn;x , canthari, canals,
tubes, through which the oil passes Irom
the olive-branches into the reservoir
(nba) of the candelabra in Zechariah's
vision, Zech. 4, 12 ; comp. v. 2. Chald.
"p'iri:s id. The same word is xuv&uffog,
cantharus, 1 and 3 being interchanged.
This quadriliteral seems to come from
"13S and to have nearly the same power.
* "T?-J fut. nss-', inf c. suff. :]7?S3,
to step, to go by steps, spoken both of cw-
cending, as in no. 1, and of descending,
as in Hiph. Arab. JuLO to ascend by
steps ; II, IV, to ascend a mountain, also
to descend into a valley. Correspond-
ing is Lat. scando with n inserted ; perh.
Sanscr. skad, skand, to leap up and
down. Hence
1. to go tip, to mount ; so of a fruit-tree
or vine, Gen. 49, 22 iio -"bs nnrjt ri3a
her daughters (branches) mount upon
the wall, sc. by the aid of supports, trel-
lis-work, comp. Ps. 128, 3. Vulg. well:
JilixB discurrerunt sxiper murum. For
the verb sing, see Heb. Gr. 143. 3.
2. to step, to move slowly in a regular
stately manner, to march, e. g. in solemn
procession 2 Sam. 6, 13. Jer. 10. 5; hence
of Jehovah Judg. 5, 4. Ps. 68, 8 ; of the
sauntering gait of a youth Prov. 7, 8.
With ace. to pass or march through a
land, Hab. 3, 12.
Hiph. to cause to descend, to drive
down. Job 18, 14 nirribs T^bBb smn-^ssn
impers. one drives him down to the king
of terrors, i. e. death, who reigns in
Sheol.
Deriv. ''3ta, fTJ'SX, and the two fol-
lowing.
1"22
900
pys
^?S m. c. suff. 'lyS: plur. B-inss,
constr. *'n5"5 ; a /ep, pace. 2 Sam. 6, 13.
Prov. 5, 5." Job 34, 21. Ps. 18, 37. Jer.
10, 23. al. saep. To number one's steps.
to watch him closely, Job 14, 16. 31, 4;
to hunt one'^s steps, Lam. 4. 18.
rriyS f. 1. a going, inarching, of
God,' 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 Chr. 14, 15.
2. Plur. rinrs: step-chains, Arab.
oULo^o, i. e. short chains which orien-
tal females wore attached to the ankle-
band (0=?) of each foot, so as to compel
them to take short and mincing steps,
to walk mincingly (^^), Is. 3, 30 ;
comp. innnssx.
* riyii 1. to turn on one side, to in-
cline, e. g. a vessel for pouring Jer. 48,
12. Arab. \juo IV, id. Eth. ^1U(D
to pour out. 2 and S being interchanged ;
Bee lett. a ult.
2. to be inclined, bent, bowed down, of
a captive in bonds, Is. 51, 14. Also to
bow oneself ad concubitum, xujuxUve-
u&ai, Jer. 2, 20.
3. to bend or toss back the head, i. e.
to be proud. Is. 63, 1.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1, Jer. 48, 12.
"iiyS for n-'rs Jer. 14, 3. 48, 4 Cheth.
51'':?:? m. (r. rrs) a veil, Gen. 24, 65.
38, 14. 19.
TyS m. (r. ^T'i) c. suff. 1l"'55t, plur.
tin-'rs; . constr. "'"i-'sst . Fem. ni-'ss .
1. Adj. small, Jer. 48, 4 Keri. Arab.
9 --
fjJuc. a) Innumber,/eic, 1 Sam.9.21.
Mic. 5, 1. Is. 60, 22. Judg. 6, 15. b) In
age, younger, minor natu. Gen. 19, 31.
43, 33. 48. 14. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34 ;
with c"'io'^b Job 30, 1. c) In estimation
and value, petty, ignoble, mean, Jer. 14, 3
opp. "T^'HS ; contemned, despised, Ps. 119,
141 ; worthless, of flocks Jer. 49, 20.
2. Zair, pr. n. of a place, 2 K. 8, 21 ;
in the parall. 2 Chr. 21, 9 is rnb cs.
n'l''^S f. (r. "iJX) minority in age,
yotith, Gen. 43, 33.
1?^ fut. 15X7 , pr. to load up beasts
of burden, i. q. '(SO II ; hence to remove,
to migrate, as nomades, Ib. 33, 20. Arab.
^^^jJd id.
Deriv. pr. n. B'*|9^^ .
i;?3t pr. n. Zoan, i. e. Tarn's, an an-
cient city of lower Egypt, situated on
the eastern side of the Tanitic arm of
the Nile, called in Egyptian 2t<JJIH
and 2t^ni 'low region,' whence both
the Hebrew and Greek forms are
derived ; as also the Arabic ^mLaS
Sdn, by which name the site is still
known. See Comment, on Is. 19, 11.
Wilkinson Mod. Egypt, I. p. 449 sq.
Lond. 1843. Num. 13, 22. Is. 19, 11. 13.
30, 4. Ez. 30, 14. Ps. 78, 12. 43.
Q^32?:2 (removals, r. "irx) Zaanannim,
pr. n. of a place in Naphtali occupied
by the Kenites, Josh. 19, 33. Judg. 4, 11.
In Judg. 1. c. Cheth. O^srs Zaanaim.
* ~|^^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. t-'SS to
cover, to veil. Hence Cl'^JS veil.
CyS^Sb jn. plur. sculptured work,
Vulg. opus statuarium, 2 Chr. 3, 10. R.
-J q. V.
* pyi fut, pss"^ , i. q. p?t where see,
to cry out, Is. 42, 2 ; espec. from pain,
sorrow, Gen. 27, 34. 2 K. 4, 40. Is. 33, 7 ;
in complaint and for help Deut. 22. 24.
27. Ps. 34, 18. Job 35, 12. With bit of
pers. to cry to any one, to implore, as
God Ex. 8, 8. 14, 15. Lam. 2, 18 ; idols Is.
46, 7; a king, prophet. Gen. 41,55. 1 K.
20, 39. 2 K. 4, 1; c. b 2 Chr. 13, 14.
With ace. of thing of which one com-
plains, Job 19, 7. Trop. ascribed to the
heart. Lam. 2, 18 ; to blood unavenged
Gen. 4, 10. Arab. j3*.o to cry out for
terror; (ojuo outcry, clamour. More
usual are the forms with 1 , see in p5t .
PiEL to cry out, to exclaim, 2 K. 2, 12.
HiPH. to call together, to convoke, like
p-'rm, 1 Sam. 10, 17.
NiPH. pass, of Hiph. to be called to-
gether, to come together, Judg. 7, 23. 24.
10, 17. 12, 1. 1 Sam. 13, 4. 2 K. 3, 21.
Hence
npys f constr. rpss , c. suff. 'n)rsx ,
cry, outcry, from pain Gen. 27, 34 ; for
help Is. 5, 7. Zeph. 1, 10. With genit,
of the pers. crying out Ps. 9, 13. Job 34,
28. 1 Sam. 9, 16. With genit. of object,
i. e. of those against whom the cry is
raised, Gen. 18, 21. 19, 13. Also -npy
"13d a great and bitter cry, Jer. 48, 5 ;
see in '^'2'd no. I. au
ir::
901
IBS
q. V. Arab. jLifl and Jbfl id. Metuph.
to be low and despised, to be brought low,
opp. nas. Jcr. 30, 19. Job 14, 21. Zecli.
.- - rr
13, 7. Arab. Jua id. Syr. j.!.^ to con-
temn, to dishonour ; Chald. Pa. id.
Deriv. "i"?s, "fisx, n7"'5?2J , "iJSia,
the pr. names isi:c , "is*'s , also
^y'S, fully ^?"i2 Gen. 19, 22. 30,
(smallness, comp. Qen. 19,20,) Zoar, pr.
n. of a place near the southern extremity
of tlie Dead Sea, on the eastern shore ;
Gen. 13, 10. 14, 2. 8. 19, 22.30. Is. 15,
5. Jer. 48, 34. More anciently called
xba , Sept. .Tr^p'oip, Zof^oga, Arab. -i\
Zoghar. [The site was apparently dis-
covered by Irby and Mangles ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 480, 648. R.
"^3^ kindr. with I^S, to adhere
firmly, to cleave fast, Lam. 4, 8. Arab.
iXiuo to bind together.
! ''^V fut. apoc. ti^,''_^, to look about,
to view from a distance. The primary
idea is that of inclining, bending for-
ward, in order to behold, comp. in
Cipti, rppttSii. Similar are axinoi, axi-
nrofiai, axonibt, and also by transp. Lat.
specio, specto, specula, etc. Part. i^Sis
specidator, a watchman stationed on a
tower, 1 Sam. 14, 16. 2 Sam. 13, 34. 18,
24 sq. Metaph. of prophets, who like
watchmen announce future things as re-
vealed to them in vision, Jer. 6, 17. Ez.
3, 17. 33, 7. Is. 52, 8; comp. Hab. 2, 1.
In a still wider sense Is. 56, 10. Once
of things Cant. 7, 5. Hence spec, a)
to look out for any thing, to await ; Hos.
9. 8 D'l'iEX nsis Ephraim awaitelh sc.
response, help; comp. Lam. 4. 17. Ps. 5,
4. h) to watch, to observe closely, c.
ace. Prov. 15, 3. 31, 27; a Ps. 66, 7 ; c.
*p2 to observe and judge between. Gen.
31, 49. c) to lie in wait, c. b Ps. 37, 32.
d) With bx to look out for. i. e. to select,
i. q, nxn ; Job 15, 22 ann ^bx xin sibs he
is selected (destined) for the sword,
where ^iss is for "'^IBS .
PiEL i. q. Kal. to look about, to waich,
1 Sara. 4, 13. Jer. 48, 19. Hab. 2, 1 ; c!
ace. Nah. 2, 2. Part. nBS"3 specidator,
a watchman, Is. 21, 6; metaph. of a
76
prophet, Mic. 7, 4. With bit of that/or
which one looks about, which he ex-
pects, e. g. help Lam. 4, 17 ; a Mic. 7,7.
Absol. Ps. 5, 4 noas / will await bc. the
divine help, I will look unto God.
Deriv. n^OX , n-'BS , nos^ , and the pr.
names TBX , nnBS , iB:t , ""Es , ")i"'BX ,
II. n32 in Kal not used, prob. to
be broad, e^^panded, spread ; kindr. with
HEX, comp. Heb. Gr. 74. init. n.
Hence
PiEL nos to overlay with metal, wood,
stones, c. dupl. ace. Ex. 25, 1 1. 13. 1 K.
6, 22 sq. 2 K. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 3, 4. 10. al.
Rarely with a of the material 1 K. 6,
15; c. ace. id. ibid.
PuAL pass, of Piel, to be overlaid;
part. Ex. 26, 32. Prov. 26, 23.
Deriv. "'IBS. rEa:.
^22 f (r. Cjiis) inundation ; Ez. 32, 6
"rBS y-^^_ thy land inundated by the
Nile. Others, afioating, swimming.
IBS (watch-tower, r. nss I) Zepho,
pr. n. of a son of Eliphaz Gen. 36, 11.
15; called also "'Ea 1 Chr. 1, 36.
^^BS ni. (r. ns: II ) an overlaying-,,
thin covering, of metal, Ex. 38, 17. 19L
Num. 17, 3. 4 [16, 38. 39]. Is. 30, 22L
jiS^ comra. gend. but f Is. 43, 6. Cknt;.
4, 16 ; with n loc. t^^iES . R. -(EX.
1, the north, the northern quarterof the
heavens ; pr. ' the hidden, the dark.' since
the ancients regarded the north as the
seat of gloom and darkness, in contrast to
the bright and sunny south ; see in niTn .
Ex. 26, 20. 35. 27, 1 1 . Nam. 34; 7. al saep.
|iES Y"::^ the land of the north, i. e. As-
syria Jer. 3, 18 comp. 12. Zech. 2, 10 [6] ;
Babylonia Jer. 6. 22. 10, 22. 31, 8. 50, 3.
Zech. 2, 10 comp. 11. 6, 6. 8. In the
book of Daniel the king of the north is
the king of Syria, 11, 6-15. 40; opp. the
king of the south i. e. Egypt. Poetically
also for the north wind ("rss nn) Cant.
4, 16 ; also for the northern heavens or
hemisphere, which is nearly equivalent,
io the heavens generally, since the south-'
em hemisphere is for the most part hid-
den to the inhabitants of Palestine. Job
26, 7. b pESI'3 oil the north of uny place
Josh.. 8; 11. 13; and without Ml, 2.
With' n loc. naiBS northward Gen. 13,
lili
902
'SS
14 ; also of a region situated {mcardathe
north, ^JISS m^b^ia the kingdoms of (he
north Jer. 1, 15; and with prepositions,
njisstn-bx Ez. 8. 14, nrsab i Chr. 26,
17, toxpards the north, norlhwai d; njiBSp
on the north, on the north side. Josh. ]5,
10; b njiES^ on the northward of. Judg.
21, 19; nj-iE!! ''JC^ /row towards the
north Jer. 1, 13. Comp. 233. n253.
2. Znphon. pr. n. ol"a city in the tribe
of Gad, Josh. 13,27.
liS2 , see y.-^Z'S . also liES ^53 p. 147.
^Ttl2 m. (fr. 'j-iss) 1. Adj. northern
Joel 2, 20 ; spoken of the army of locusts
approacliing from the north.
2. Patronym. of the name "(IBS, )i^'^^
q. V. Zephonite, Num. 26, 15.
?1B? Ez. 4, 15 Cheth. i. q. r-^SS .
*11D2 comra. gend. (r. lES I ) m. Ps.
102, 8; f Lev. 14, 4. Is.'si, 5; plur.
B^"BS. as if from a form ir^Sa, which
occurs in the Talmud.
1. a bird. i. e. a small bird, so called from
ha chirping, twittering, see the root ;
s .^
spec, a sparrow, (Arab. ^yAj,a. with
prosthetic guttural,) Ps. 84, 4. 102, 8.
Prov. 26. 2. 27, 8. Job 40, 29. al. Ecc.
12, 6 "i"i2S bipb at the voice of the spar-
row, i. e. at early dawn. Also of other
email birds of the sparrow genus, or simi-
lar to the sparrow, Ps. 11, 1. 104, 17.
124, 7 ; as caught by the fowler Prov. 6,
s c.^
5. 7, 23. Am. 3, 5. al. So Arab. sJui. ,
2. a bird of any kind, sing, as collect.
fncl, birds Gen. 15, 10. Lev. 14, 4-53.
Deut. 4, 17. Ps. 8, 9. al. Also of birds
of prey Ez. 39, 4. With genit. C|33-b3
of every wing or kirid Ez. 17, 23. 39, 17.
Gen. 7, 14; without Vs Ps. 148, 10.
3. Zippor, pr. n. of the father of Ba-
lak king of Moab, Num. 22, 2. 10. Josh.
24, 9. al.
"?* obsol. root, kindr. with riBO .
AraK ^^^ I, H, io draw otU, to spread
out, to expand, as metal into plates, to
overlafy. comp. HEX II. Elh. fK^ih
id. fl'4^m expansion, breadth. Hence
n^n-ipx, pr. n. norat, and
rirt2 f. a cmse, flask, perh. of iron
plates ; for water 1 Sam. 26, 11 sq. 1 K.
19, G ; for oil 1 K. 17, 12. Chald. n^B
id. Syr. h*s. a dish, platter; Arab, by
tran.sp. KA<S^ id.
''SS, see iss.
ri^ES f. (r. nss I) a watch-tower, i. q.
nsi:5a , Lam. 4, 17.
']i"^S2J (a looking out, r. nss I ) Ziph-
ion, pr. n. m.Gen. 46, 16 ; for which "jlES
Ztphon Num. 26, 15.
ln"'n"'E22 f. a flat cake, so called from
its spreading out, conip. nXul, nXuMotiq,
Ex. 16, 31. R. nss.
rS2 Ps. 17, 14 Cheth. for inBa ; seo
*,SS no. 2.
;?''B2 only plur. constr. ''S'^BS excre-
ments of animals, dung, Ez. 4. 15. Arab.
6 ^
aAao . R. ?sa q. V.
ny'^SS f. (r. yB:i) only plur. nirES
shools of a tree, but only such as are
worthless, q.d. eaxrescences; Irop. spoken
of h%imbler offspring , in antith. Is. 22, 24
nirEsni cssKun the offshoots and the
excrescences, the noble and the ignoble.
"T^S2 m. a he-goat, Dan. 8, 5. 21 ; fully
Cifsn -i-'ES Dan. 8, 5. 8. Plur. Ezra 8,
35. 2 Chr.'29, 21. So called from leap-
ing, see the root lES no. 2. It is a word
of the later Heb. and Chald. lor the
earlier "T'Sb ; see the Chald.
n'^SS Chald. plur. TT^'^, , he-goat,
Ez. 6. 17. Syr. w^i^^.
rn-'sa: f (r. ^^-4 i. 3) once nnB3t ez.
7, 10 ; constr. nn-^ES .
1. Pr. a crown, diadem, Is. 28, 5.
2. a circle, cycle, put lor the ricia-
sitode or turn of hnman things, which
return in the same siwcession, as if in a
circle, comp. Pi^^^D IScc. 1, 6. So Ez,
7, 7 T^^'^x nn-'ESin nx3 the circle comes
to thee, thy turn has come; Abulwalid
aptly: i^\ ^^jJ! ^^\' Ez. 7, 10.
IT'BS f (r. HES I) a. watch, watchinfg,
gnard. Is. 21, 5 r"'ESn HEX they watch
the watch, i. e. they keep a watch upon
the towers. Other interpretations sec
inThewmr. p. 1179.
1E2
903
nsx
* 1B2 fut. jbS":', kindr. with ',3 q. v.
1. to hide, to conceal, Ex. 2, 2. Ps. 31, 21.
Espec. in order to protect and delend any-
one Josh. 2, 4. 1*8. 27, 5. Part. pass. Ps.
83,4 nin-j 'SiCX tliose protected of Jeho-
vah ; also as neut. "jlBX hidden, i. e.
secret, private, inaccessible Ez. 7, 22.
Intrans. to conceal oneself, to lurk in am-
bush, c.) Prov. 1, 11. 18. Ps. 10, 8 ; absol.
56, 7 Ke'ri.
2. to lay up, to treasure up, to hoard,
Hos. 13, 12. Prov. 10, 14. With b to lay
up for any one. Cant. 7, 14. Ps. 31, 20.
Prov. 2, 7. 13, 22. Job 21, 19. Trop. IK
iaba to lay up in one's mind Ps. 119, 11.
Job' 10, 13, comp. 23, 12; inx -,BX id.
Prov. 2, 1. 7, 1. Part. pass. plur. CJIES
hoards, treasures^ weaitli, Job 20, 26. Ps.
17, 14 Keri.
3. to keep back, to liold back, to re-
strain, Prov. 27. 16 ; c. *)0 i. q. to deny to
any one, Job 17, 4.
NiPH. 1. to be hidden from any one,
i. e. to be unknown to him, c. *)ia Job 24, 1.
Jer. 16, 17.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be laid up for
anyone, i. e. destined, appointed to hira,
h Job 15, 20.
HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to hide, Ex. 2,
3. Job 14, 13; to hide oneself, to lurk in
ambush, Ps. 56, 7 Cheth.
Deriv. |'iES ("'J'iBJt), D-'3s::, thepr. n.
I^BS and
n^2BS (Jehovah hides, protects) pr. n.
Sept. 2'oq>ovlitg, Vulg. Sophonias, i. e.
Zephaniah, for n-jlBS . a) A prophet,
the ninth in order of the twelve minor
prophets, Zeph. 1, 1. b) A priest Jer.
21, 1. 29, 25. 29. 52, 24; called also
W^JEJt 37, 3. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14. d)
1 Chr." 6, 21.
'l.r?? '^^i^?) Zaphnalh-paaneah, an
Egyptian pr. n. given by Pharaoh to Jo-
seph in reference to his public oHice. Gen.
41, 45. The Sept. translator seems to
have preserved more nearly the genuine
Egyptian form of the word, which he
gives by '4'ov&o(i(pitvr,x, in which both
Jablonski and Rosellini (Opusc. I. p.
207-216. Monn. Storici I. p. 185) recog-
nise the Egyptian nCOUTJULqenC^
the salvation or saviour of the age. from
H article, CCWT fff'^f"', ifwri?, au}ir,qitt,
and cl-ener <'' Jerome : sahalor
mundi. Better perhapu II-CCWJIT-JUL-
d[-61l6C suAleutatur s. cindex swcxdi.
This in Hebrew letters would be pro-
perly expressed by nsSB nsXB ; but the
letters :CB are transposed in order to
bring it nearer to a Hebrew etymology.
For the Egyptian root SNT sustenlare,
tueri, see Cliampollion Gramm. p. 380,
386. Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 207.
* I. 7SII obsol. root, pr. to thrust out,
to protrude, kindr. with ji<^ to thrust,
to push, to impel. Spec, of any thing
ignoble, worthless, mean, as excrements ;
comp. Arab. *M^ to discharge the bow-
els, to break wind, and D"'5'BS excre-
ments. Also of worthless shoots, ex-
crescences of a tree, see ns'^EX .
* 1 1. 'S^ obsol. root, onomatopoetic,
to hiss as a serpent, basilisk ; comp. the
kindr. CjE:: and nrs to blow, to hiss,
whence MSBX viper. Hence the two
following.
yes m. Is. 14, 29, and ""pto m. Is. 11,
8. 59, 5. Prov. 23, 32; plur. D-^rrES Jer.
8, 17; a viper, so called from its hiss-
ing ; perh. with Aquil. and Vulg. basi-
lisctis, reguliis, a small serpent of Africa
exceedingly venomous, which also was
called sibilus, Isidor. Origg. XII. 4.
"iSbSS see in 5B5t .
H?^ only in Pilp. C|:SS , an onoma-
topoetic verb, to peep, to chirp, as a small
bird Is. 10, 14. 38, 14
Arab. &A.<a.g.<g>
peeping of a sparrow ; vtt.<a6 v? a spar-
row. Gr. nmii^dtt, titiQm, rfji^io, G^rm.
zirpen. Like the Greek t^i'sW, it is
transferred to the voice of the manes or
ghosts, which the wizards professed to
imitate. Is. 8, 19. To the same the
Latin poets apply the epithet stridor ;
see the Lexicons.
nS2B2 f. (r. qJis) according to the
Rabbins a. willow, salix, Ez. 16. 5; so
called as growing in places overflowed
by water. Arab. oL^A.o id.
*j. "'S!^ \. to twitter, to chirp, as
small birds. Arab. jJoa id. Hence
-^iss. ChuKl. -3U. al..o pr. n. -is"s.
nss
904
is:
2. to dance in a circle, also genr. to
dance, to leap, to spring ; corop. i'lj., bw
and bin^a. Arab. -Lo id. Hence
-."^E^ he-goat.
3. to go in a circle, to rerolve, see
tTT'BS . Hence, to turn oneself round,
to turn about ; Judg. 7, 3 whosoever is
timid and fcarfid, iBlt'^T siu; let him
turn bad: and return.
* 11. "IS ^ i. q. Ji}b to scratch, sc.
with nails and claws ; comp. "BO and
"1EU. Hence "H'ss.
IBS Chald. (f Dan. 4. 18 and 4, 9
Keri, but Cheth. m.) q. bird, i. q. Syr.
1^^; Sing. Targ. Gen. 7, 14. Deut. 4,
17. Plur. -p-iBS , constr. "''IBS Dan. 4, 9.
11. 18. 30.
IB'S, see iBiJt.
yn"lBS m. a frog ; sing, twice collect.
/rog-/f Ex. 8, 2. Ps. 78, 45, where it is
coupled with a fem. in the manner of
collectives. Plur. C"'?'773^ Ex. 7, 27-29.
8, 1-9. Ps. 105, 80. This quinqueliteral
is compounded from the verb "iBlt I. no.
2, to lefip, to spring, and ^I^>^ marsh,
q. d. marsh-leaper ; and not. as Ewald
suggests, from the root ">ES I. no. 1, since
the twittering and chirping of birds can-
not properly be ascribed to frogs. From
thiij fuller form, the Arabic and Sy-
riac have the contracted quadriliterals
cdJuno and i^'^c] frog,
TTJEl (little bird, see liBX) Zipporah,
pr. n. of the wife of Moses Ex. 2, 21. 4,
25. 18,2.
jnisS m. (r. -^ri II) 1. nail of the
finger, plur. c. suff. i^"'3.'^Bt Deut. 21, 12.
Arab. ^Ilo , Chald. iBa, Ethiop. /t^^C,
id. Corresponding in form are Gr. nfqovrj,
Germ. Spom, Engl. spur.
2. point of the stylus, which was
tipped with adamant or diamond, Jer.
17, 1. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 4. 15.
rtS f. (r. ntS II) chapiter, capital of
a column, i. q. n?,r.3, 2 Chr. 3, 15. Syr.
]&. ornament.
rtS (watch-tower, r. MBit I) Zi-phath,
pr. n. of u Canaatiitish city, afterwards
called no-in , Judg. 1, 17. [This ancient
name is perh. retained in the modern
SufAh, sLftxD, the name of a difficult
pass leading up from the 'Arabah to the
south of Judah ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 592, 616. R.
nrB2 (id.) Zephaihah, pr. n. of a
valley at Mareshah in the tribe of Judah
2 Chr. 14, 9. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 365.
D'i22, see y'Jt no. 2.
5 2-^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. bjsS,
JjLc, to hind together, to tie. Hence
^bjpS, see 25p"'S.
V^'y?^ m. (r. b;7S) a sack, bag, scrip,
from being drawn together and tied ; once
2 K. 4, 42. Talmud, byrs a sack for
straining; comp. also Gr. -d^ii-axog sack.
*1? m. (r. "i-^^) also "^^ with distinct,
ace. and with art. isn, c. sufF. """iS;
plur. C""-!:!, constr. "'is, c. suff. mx.
Fem. iTis see in its order.
A) Adj. strait, narrow, pent up. Num.
22, 26. IS onin a seal closely pressed,
Job 41, 7 [15]. "IS "iiiD a stream pent
up, as between rocks and therefore vio-
lent. Is. 59, 9. Trop. Prov. 24, 10 1?
nzna straitened, will be thy strength, i. e.
limited, small.
B) Subst. 1. an adversary, cTiemy,
i. q. SD-ix, Gen. 14, 20. Nam. 10. 9.
2 Sam. 24, 13 ; elsewhere only poetic,
as Num. 24, 8. Ps. 3, 2. 44, 6. 89, 24.
Is. 1, 24. 63, 18. al. sape ; and in the
later books, Esth. 7, 4. 6. Neh. 4, 5. 9, 27.
2. straitness, narrowness of place ;
1 Sam. 2, 32 'iso "iS. Trop. straits^
distres.<i, affliction, Vs. 4. 2. 44, 11, 78,42.
npr^isri IS distress and affliction Job 15,
24' Ps. 119. 143. ^-1 z.rfs bread of afflic-
tion Is. 30.20. *iS r? a time of distress
Job 38, 23. With prep, naa Is. 26, 16;
ns^ Ps, 32, 7. 60, 13. Also with h, as
b 1S3 in my distress, Ps. 18, 7. 66, 14.
106, 44. 102, 3 'b ns Dl'^a in the time of
my distress. 69, 17.
3. a stone, pebble, fint, i. q. "is and "i^X
no. 1, Is. 5, 28. Arab, lb id.
^S (flint, i. q. lie) Zer. pr. n. of a
place in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 35. R. "i-ix.
"12
905
"IX
IS see VS.
li m. (r. nnx) 1, a rock, i. q. lis
no. 1. Ez. 3, 9.
2. a knife, pr. of flint, Ex. 4, 25. Comp.
IIX no. 2.
3. i. q. "lix T)/re, q. v.
*2'TZ in Kal not used, to bum, to
scorch ; kindr. with ri"]0 , Ci^b , also nnd .
Chald. X2-X a burning.
NiPH. to be burned, scorched, Ez. 21,
3 [20, 47].
Deriv. the two following.
3*12 adj. (for S'ns) f !^3"^S, burning,
scorching, as r3-;5t irx Prov. 16, 27.
PI1")!2 f. (r. -nJt) a srar, cicatrix, as
Sept. Vulg. Chald. well ; whether from
a burn Lev. 13, 28 ; or as left by a sore,
V. 23. Others derive it from Arab.
v^^ to emite ; as Tii from 7S3.
* 'i'y-^^ obsol. and doubtful root, Arab.
i>.o to cool, to be cool. Hence
nn*l2 (cooling) Zeredah, pr. n. of a
city in Manasseh near Scythopolis, 1 K.
11, 26. 2 Chr. 4, 17. For the same we
find nn-1^ Judg. 7, 22 ; where nn-nst is to
be restored. The same is also prob. in-
tended by in-^s Josh. 3, 16. 1 K. 7, 46;
c. n parag. t^jn"?^ 1 K. 4, 12.
i"^^ obsol. root. 1. i. q. Syr. and
Chald. to cleave, to make fissures ; then
2. 1. q. Arab. (5wfl to flow, to run, as
a wound ; hence "'"iS and pr. n. M^liS .
nnS f. of masc. "(S , constr. nns , c. sufT.
Ftms . plur. rinjt . R. "ins .
A) Adj. fem. strait, narrow, e. g. a
well, pit, Prov. 23, 27.
B) Subst. 1. a female adversary ;
spec, a rival, e. g. another wife, 1 Sam.
1, 6. See the root no. 2. a, b.
2. straits, distress, affliction, Gen. 42.
21. Prov. 11, 8. 12, 13. 17, 17. al. saep.
Often, nns ci^a in time of distress Ps.
50, 15. Prov. 21.' 10; nns rra id. Ps. 37,
39 ; ""^sa Tins times when one is in
distress Ps. 9, 10. 10, 1. With synon.
njS^S^ 's Is. 30. 6. Prov. 1. 27 ; njj^i-cn s
Zeph. 1, 15 ; comp. Is. 8. 22. 37, 3*. With
suff. 'n-^Jt Oi-'a Ps. 77. 3. 86, 7 ; also c.
dat. comp. in "^i B. 2. Jon. 2. 3 'b nns^ .
Ps. 120, 1. Plur. ri->5 Job 5. 19. Ps. 25,
22. 34, 7. 18. al.
76*
3. anguish. Let angor, see the root
no. 2. c. /J. Jer. 6, 24 anguish hath taken
fiold of us. 49, 24. 50, 43 ; of a woman
in travail Jer. 4. 31. riti nnx anguish
of soul Gen. 42, 21.
n;;"nS (deft, wounded, r. rr^x) Ze-
ruiah, pr. n. of a daughter of Jesse, sis-
ter of David 1 Chr. 2, 16 ; and mother of
Joab, Abisliai. and Asahel, 2 Sam. 2, 18.
3, 39. 8, 16. 16, 9. 1.
ny^lS (leprous, r. rfyt) Zeruah, pr.
n. of the mother of Jeroboam, 1 K. 11,20.
ni'^S m. Prov. 26, 8 (r. "inx) plur.
ninhs Gen. 42. 35.
1. a bundle Cant. 1, 13. Spec, a bun-
dle of money, and so for a purse, bag,
Gen. 42, 35. Prov. 7, 20. Job 14, 17.
Prov. 26, 8 see in nrni?. Metaph.
1 Sam. 25, 20. see in "i"]S no. 1.
2. i. q. IIS no. 1. b, small stone, peb-
ble, 2 Sam. 17, 13. Hence apparently
a grain, kernel. Am. 9. 9.
3. 2^ror, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1.
*ri^-i obsol. root. 1. i. q. Arab.
^*_o II, to be clear, manifest;
whence ks^y^ high ground, elevated
So-'
land, _, y>o high building, tower ; Heb.
n->-}5: . Kindr. are inx , inx .
2. Trop. of the voice, comp. bnx no. 2,
to cry aloud, i. e. with a clear and loud
voice, Zeph. 1, 14. Arab, ^j-o, Eth.
ACJ and itiCh id. Kindr. is nn.
HiPH. to lift up a cry, to shout, for
battle, Is. 42. 13.
''"IS a Tynan, gentile n. from IS
Tyre, 1 K. 7, 14. 2 Chr. 2, 13. Plur.
D-'na Tyrians 1 Chr. 22. 41. Ezra 3, 7.
Neh. 13, 16.
''12 m. (r. n-S) Gen. 43, 11. Jer. 8,
22. 46. 11. 51.8 ;'in pause ^ns Ez.27,17,
once with Vav. copul. "'isi Gen. 37.25;
opobalsamwn. balsam of Gilead, distil-
ling from a tree or shrub growing in
Gilead, and used foj healing wounds.
So the Talmudists and Rabbins well.
This balsam was always reckoned as
one of the precious gifts of Palestine,
Gen. 43, 11 ; comp. Strabo XVI. p. 763.
Tacit. Hist. 5. 6. Plin. H. N. XII. 25 or
^ni:
906
1^1
51. In the times of the N. T. and Jose-
phus, the balsam which anciently be-
longed to Gilead was cultivated largely
in the gardens of Jericho ; Jos. Ant. 14. 4.
I. ib. 15. 4. 2. B.J. 1. 6. 6. See Bochart
Hieroz. T. I. p. 628. Celsii Hierobot.
II. lSO-185.
"'"IS pr. n. for "'"^S^ , see in is;; no. 3.
n''"l22 rn. a high building, which may
be seen far and wide, e. g. a tower or
castle Judg. 9, 46. 49; a watch-tower,
plur. 1 Sam. 13, 6. R. nns no. 1.
* ^"2'-^ obsol. root, Talmud, and Syr.
Ithpe. to need, to be needy, poor. Hence
^r^l'S m. need, c. suff. 'r\3'^' thy need,
2 Clir. 2, 15. Chald. and Rabb. id.
* y^^ to smite heavily, to strike ;
Arab. CwO to strike down, to prostrate;
whence /Jr^ ^ scourge, also scourged.
Hence part. pass, rns Lev. 13, 44.
22, 4. al. also Pual Part. snSTS , f rsn'Sia ,
2 K. 5, 1. 27. 15, 5. al. leprous, pr. smit-
ten, scourged of God, since the leprosy
was regarded as a special divine inflic-
tion ; comp. the words 55:, ^SS, ns3.
Deriv. rs"is, pr. n. nrns, and
'^'Syr f Ex. 23, 28. Deut. 7, 20. Josh.
24, 12, according to the ancient versions
and Rabbins, a hornet, with art. collect.
hornets, wasps, so called from their /r?A:-
ing as they sting ; comp. nza . "Ov^
But these passages are not to be under-
stood oC hornets literally ; they are put
metaph. as a symbol of the terror,
^panic, sent from God upon the enemy
(s'n'bx rnn Gen. 35. 5), by which they'
are agitated and put to flight as if stung
to madness ; see E.\. 23, 27 comp. 28 ;
also Deut. 7, 23, where just after the
mention of hornets (v. 20) it is added :
he shall discomfit them with a great dis-
confiture, until they be destroyed. In
antithesis to this is the promise, that
God would send his angel before the
Israelites, to aid and guard them, and
help them on their way ; see Ex.23, 20.
23. 32. 34. 33, 2. Gen. 24, 7. 40.
ny*^S (for 'a: P'^a q. d. hornet's town)
Zornh. pr. n. of a town reckoned to the
plain of Judah Josh. 15, 33, but inhabit-
ed by Danites 19, 41 ; not far from Esh-
taol. and celebrated as the birth-place
of Samson. Judg. 13, 2. 25. 18, 2. 8. 11 ;
comp. 2 Chr. 11, 10. Neh. 11, 29. Now
a^yjic SHr^ah, situated on a spur of the
mountains running out into the plain,
on the north of Beth-shemesh ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. 339, 343, 365. III. 18.
Gentile n. '^S'^S Zorite 1 Chr. 2, 54 ;
insn'^ Zorathite' 1 Chr. 2, 53. 4, 2.
f^?"!*? f. (r. S"!S) leprosy, e. g. of per-
sons, i. e. the white leprosy, 1^.^.?, see
Ex. 4, 6. Num. 12, 10. So Lev. 13, 2 sq.
2 K. 5, 3. 6. 7. 27. 2 Chr. 26, 19. The
black leprosy is the elephantiasis, see
"'n'r. Also of garments, prob. mouldi-
ness, spots contracted from lying shut
up ; and likewise of houses, prob. a ni-
trous scab or crust on the walls ; Lev.
13. 47-59. 14, 34-57.
* 5^1^^ fut. ti'ns"; 1. to melt, to smelt
metals, spec, gold and silver ; to refine,
to purify with fire and thus separate
from scoria, Ps. 12, 7. Is. 1, 25. Zech.
13, 9. Metaph. Judg. 7, 4. Part. pass,
metaph. jnire, sincere, Ps. 18, 31. 119,
140. Prov. 30, 5. Part. wi";bl a smelter,
refiner, goldsmith, Judg. 17, 4. Is. 40, 19.
Prov. 25, 4. al.
2. Metaph. to try, to prove any one,
doxiftii^nv, Ps. 17, 3. 26, 2. 66, 10. 105,
19. Is. 48. 10. Dan. 11, 35.
NiPH. to be tried, purified, Dan. 12, 10.
PiEL part. Cl'^Sia a refiner, goldsmith,
Mai. 3, 2. 3.
Deriv. the two following.
^tr\1 (goldsmith) Zorphi, pr. n. m.
(c. art.) Neh. 3, 31.
nB"l!2 (perh. smelting-house, r. C]"^S)
Zarephath, with n parag. nrE"iS, pr. n.
of a Phenician town between Tyre and
Sidon. 1 K. 17, 9. 10. Obad. 20. Gr.
J^iifjinru Sarepta, Luke 4, 26. Now
JOLiwO Surafend ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 413, 414.
"'^V 'o press, to compress, kindr.
with t^s I. Hence
1. to bind up. to bind together ; comp.
(9 "
"lis I. Arab. -*o. With a to bind or
roll up in a cloth, bundle, etc. Ex. 12. 34.
Job 26, 8. Is. 8. 16. Prov. 30. 4. Me-
112
907
np
taph. 1 Sam. 25, 29 the life of my lord
shall be bound up in the bundle of lives
with God, i. e. will be under Clod's pro-
tection. But in u different eenRe, Hos.
13, 12 the iniquity of Ephraim is bound
up, is reserved against the day of ven-
geance ; comp. Job 14, 17. Spec, a)
Hos. 4, 19 the wind hath bound her up
(seized her) in its wings. b) to shut
up, to confine, 2 Sam. 20, 3.
2. to press upon, i. e. a) to persecute,
to be hostile to, Arab. Za6 id. With
ncc. Num. 33, 55. Is. 11, 13 ; with dat.
Num. 25, 18. Part, ins i. q. nu, an
adversary, enemy, Ex. 23, 22. Ps. 6, 8.
7, 5. 23. 5. Is. 11, 13. al.
b) to rival, to be jealous of, spoken
espec. of two wives, Lev. 18, 18. Arab.
a -
r^'
" c) Intrans. to be pressed, straitened,
distressed; in which sense is chiefly
used the monosyll. preet. 1S (fully ins
Prov. 30, 4. Hos. 4, 19) Is. 49, 20. 2 K.
6, 1 ; f. nns Is. 28, 20. Often Impers.
'b "IS lit. * it is strait to me,' i. e. a) I
am in a strait, in trouble. Ps. 31, 10. 69,
18. Judg. 11. 7. /?) I am in distress, in
anguish, 1 Sam. 28, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 14.
y) With bs , too is me for any one, /
grieve for, etc. 2 Sam. 1, 26. In the
same connection is also used fut. ''b njt'l,
see r. "is; no. 1.
PuAL part. nnSTS bound up. Josh. 9, 4.
HiPH. isn, inf 'natn, fut. njci 1 K. 8y
37, plur. !iis^ Neh. 9,27.
1. to prr.ss upon, to straiten, Jer. 10,
18 ; with siege, to besiege, Deut. 28, 52.
1 K. 8, 37 ; /o distress, to harass, to vex,
Neh. 9, 27. 2 Chr. 28, 20. Zeph. 1, 17.
2 Chr. 28, 22 ib isn pS3 in the time (f
(their) distressing him. 33, 12.
2. rnsia ncx a woman in her pains:,
throes, i. e. pr. pressing upon the foetus,
or else intrans. pressed with anguish,
Jer. 48, 41. 49, 22.
Deriv. ns, rns, nbc, Tins, n^ia, pr.n.
"1*1? see innins.
nnnS , see nnns .
nyZ (for nnns splendour, r. if^^)
Zereth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 7.
"in'en rriS (splendour of the dawn)
Zereth-shahar, pr. n. of a city in Reu-
ben, Josh. 13, 19.
Koph. the nineteenth letter of the
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
100. The name Ci'p, Clip, Arab, v^is,
signifies occiput, the back of the head.
Hence two letters. Koph and Resh, take
their names from the Jiead ; just as two
others, Yod and Caph. from the hand.
Koph corresponds to Lat. Q,. Its pro-
nunciation differs from 3 with or without
Dag. lene, in that the sound of p is pro-
duced from the back part of the palate
near the throat, and with a stronger
effort, in the same manner as a , where
see. So Arab. ^S-
Koph is interchanged with the other
palatals J, 3, see those letters ; and also
passes over into the gutturals, so that
we find as kindr. roots e. g. "itai? , Chald.
"1^5, to burn incense ; see in n and S.
Besides this, in the primary elements
of the language at least, the sound of k
appears to have passed over into that
of t, just as children often substitute for
k the sound of t. as being more easily
pronounced ; and in this way has arisen
the affinity of the roots nps and nrs X.o
open, n;^'j and nryo to drink, "ipB Eth.
12B to interpret ; comp. wnia and rv-
nrm, quatuor and lexiagig, quis and jig.
8*5 m. (r. K":p) vomit, Prov. 26, 11.
f^8<? f. (r. Kip) c. art. rN;5n Lev. 11,
18. Deut. 14, 17, constr. ri^j:>. pr. tfie
vomiier, a water-fowl (Lev. and Deut.
1. c.) inhabiting also desert places Is. 34,
908
b=p
11. Zeph. 2, 14. Ps. 102, 7 ; according
to the ancient versions the pelican, Targ.
1d;3, Syr. Jjio, Arab. ^^*. Sept.
jitXixuv. So called from its vomiting
the shells and other things which it has
voraciously swallowed.
S^ m. (r. a3]5) pr. a hollow or concave
vessel. corap.Lat.C!pa, Engl. cwp. Then,
a measure lor things dry, cab, 2 K. 6,
25 ; according to the Rabbins the sixth
part of a seah (nxD), or nearly two
quarts. Comp. Gr. Ku^og i. e. ;!fotvi|.
* ^rl? kindr. with 335, ms II, to
curve, to make convea; or concave ; hence
1. i. q. 3(?3 , to hoUow out, and also to
arch, to vault / comp. 335 , lis i. q. njs .
e '
Arab, y^^j* Conj. 11, Chald. 32;?, id.
Hence 3p, nsp.
2. Metaph. i. q. 3p3 no. 3 (q. v.) to
curse, pr. to pierce with words, to perfo-
rate. The forms found are : Prapt. 3;5
c. suff. Num. 23, 8. 27 ; Inf constr. 3p v.
11, and as absol. v. 25 ; Imper. c. n pa-
rag, 'fe-ns;^ Num. 22, 11. 17 ; with sutF.
and Nun epenth. ijsjs Num. 23, 13.
nnp f. (for n3ps, r. 3p3) f/te maw,
ventricle, i. e. the rough prickly stomach
of ruminating animals, echinus, Deut.
18, 3. Arab. 2ui and aLo id.
nsp f (for T\^'p-:, r. 3p3) c. euff.
Br3;5 once Num. 25, 8. genitalia mulie-
bra, comp. n3;?3 ; so Sept. and Vulg.
correctly.
nap f (r. 3313) a tent, high and round-
ed like a dome, a vaulted pleasure-tent,
devoted to the impure worship of Baal-
peor or Priapus, Num. 25, 8. Syr.
j> fc '
JI-cajB, Arab, ixs, id. Hence with the
Arabic art. Span, alcova alcove ; comp.
later Lat. cuppa, Germ. Kuppel, Engl.
cupola.
T'Sp m. (r. yy^) a gathering, throng;
Is. 57, 13 T^^Stap thy throngs of idols.
Comp. V. 9.
Tliap f (r. -13;?) I. sepulture, burial,
Jer. 22, 19. Ecc. 6, 3.
2. a sejmlchre, i. q. isjs, Gen. 35, 20.
47, 30. Dcut 34, 6. 1 Sam. 10, 2. 2 K.
21, 26. la. 14, 20.
^?I^ in Kal not used, pr. to be be-
?-
fore, in front, over against. Arab. Ju5
front, J^' before. Hence 'to come
from an opposite direction,' to meet any
one, Arab. (juci.
PiEL bap , found only in the later Heb.
pr. ' to let come to oneself i. e. a) Of
persons, to receive, to admit, 1 Chr. 12,
18. b) Of things, to receive, to take
any thing offered, Ezra 8, 30. Esth.4, 4.
1 Chr. 21. 11. Job 2, 10. So to receive,
to admit a precept, law, i. e. to observe
it, Esth. 9, 23. 27 ; instruction Prov. 19,
20. Simpl. to take, i. q. npb, 2 Chr. 29,
16. 22.
HiPH. intrans. to stand over against
each other, to be opposite, Ex. 26, 5. 36.
12. Arab. Conj. Ill id.
Deriv. bsp?. , bs'p .
'?)? Chald. only in Pa. to receive,
Dan. '2, 6. 6, 1. 7. 18.
tI?, prep. (r. b3;5, after the form
G"i|r ) or according to other copies bSj^
(kobai), before, i. q. Chald. bsp no. 1. a.
2 K. 15. 10 cr ^3)?^ before the people.
^?15 and ^3)5, Chald. (r. bsp) pr. the
front ; hence
1. bspb Prep. c. suft". Tjb3^?b a) over
against Dan. 5, 5 ; before, Dan. 2, 31. .3,
3. 5, 1. b) on account of, because of,
propter, i. q. "'rB^ no. 2, Dan. 5, 10. Ezra
4. 16. Before "'T it becomes a conjunc-
tion, because, propterea quod. Ezra 6, 13.
2. Oftener, in the diffuse Chaldee
manner of expressing particles, more
fully and pleonastically "''n bsp-bs. a)
Pr. 'and all because that,^ forasmuch as,
Germ, alldieweil, for the simple because^
since, Dan. 2, 8. 41. 45. 3, 29. 4, 15.
5. 12. 22. 6, 4. 5. 23. Ezra 4, 14. 7, 14.
With relat. /or which cause, wherefore,
Dan. 2, 10. b) in the manner that, i. e.
as, Dan. 2. 40 Sept. ov igonov. 6, 11
Sept. xu&o'k.
3. nj^ b3p~b2 for this cause. Dan. 2,
12. 24. 3, 7."8! 22. 6, 10. Ezra 7, 17. See
Chald. bs no. 4.
'2p m. (r. bs;?) pr. the front, what
IB over against. Arab. ^}J3 ; so Ez. 26,
9 "ibsi? rTo the stroke of what is in front
I of it, i. e. a battering-ram for batterinjf
Tip
909
-lap
down wulls. Other copies rend iis]^
kdbdtlo, which is also adiniBsible. see
jUp; but the form 'ii^ij?, Ibund in J. H,
Michiielis and Van der llooght, is con-
trary to the laws of grammar.
*2??I? fut. yarj7 1. i.q. y?>,53S,/o
be high ami rounded off. like a mound,
hump, the head ; Arab. mj3 gibbosus
fuit. Hence raip helmet, rira;? cup.
Comp. Gr. xv^i\. From these nouns,
which all designate things serving to
cover, comes the signification :
2. to cover, to hide, Arab. *o to hide,
e. g. the head in one's garment, or of a
flower hiding itself in its calyx. Hence
Irop. to defraud, to rob any one covertly,
comp. "J32 , Mai. 3, 8. 9 ; c. dupl. ace. to
rob one of any thing, to despoil. Pro v.
22, 23.
Deriv. see in no. 1.
f1?3^ f. (r. ?2;^) cup, calyx, pr. of a
flower, xnlvt Arab, juuj) ; then also for
drinking, xvkt^, goblet, whence Is. 51, 17.
22 Sis r02p pleonast. the goblet-cup.
Y^R fut. y'^p,1 pr. to take or gragp
in the hand. Arab. (jfiUiJ to take with
the fingers ; {jojji to grasp with the
hand ; ^aj3 id. Kindr. are Aram, "('an,
. *^ , to compress ; also Heb. Y^^ )
yEJ? , Hence
1. to gather, to collect things, e. g.
grain Gen. 41, 35. 48; spoils Deut. 13,
17 (with bx of place) ; wealth Prov. 13,
11 ; cb/oranyone Prov. 28, 8. Metaph.
Ps. 41. 7 hi.<i heart i)> '(JX yap"^ gatherelh
iniquity for itself i. e. my adversary in
visiting me gathers new matter for
hatred and slander.
2. to gather together persons, to as-
semble, Judg. 12. 4. 1 Sam. 7, 5. 2 Sam.
2, 30. 1 K. 18, 20. al. step. With bx of
pers. to whom 1 K. 18, 19. 2 Sam. 3, 21 ;
bx of place at which Ezra 8, 15 ; also
".^X 2 Chron. 32, 6. Hab. 2, 5; rbs id.
ik. 11, 24.
NiPH. 1. to be gathered, collected,
e. g. corpses Elz. 29, 5.
2. to be gathered together, to be as-
sembled, of persons ; also to gather them-
selves togfther ; Gen. 49, 2. 1 Sam. 7,
6. 25, 1. Esth. 2. 8. 19. Is. 43. 9. al. Of
beasts Is. 34, 15. With bx ofpers. Josh.
10, 6. Ezra 10, 1 ; bs 2 Clir. 13, 7.
PiEL 1. to take or fold in the arm*,
as a shepherd his lambs Is. 40. 11.
Metaph. Jehovah his people Is. 54, 7.
0pp. is -TS .
2. to gather, to collect things, e. g.
grapes in the vintage Is. 62, 9 ; sheaves
to the threshing-floor Mic. 4, 12; waters
into a pool Is. 22, 9 ; idols, to get together
Mic. 1, 7. Joel 2, 6 and Nah. 2, 11, see
in liiixB .
3. to gatJier together, to assemble, e. g.
beasts Is. 34, 16; a flock, so that it may
not be destroyed. Is. 13, 14. Chiefly of
persons, a people, nations, Joel 4, 2. Is.
66, 18. Ez. 20, 34. 41. 36, 24. al. as dis-
persed Is. 11, 12. 56, 8. Very "often of
God, as gathering together the Israelites
when dispersed, with "p? of place
whence; e. g. from Egypt Hos. 9, 6;
from foreign lands, Ez. 34, 13. 39, 27.
Ps. 107, 3 ; out of the nations Deut. 30,
3. Ez. 11, 17. With bs /o any one Is.
56,8; against Ez. 16, 37.
PuAL part. f. riaapa gatliered, assem-
bled, Ez. 38, 8.
HiTHP. plur. to gather themselves to-
gether, to assemble. Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 9,
47. 1 Sam. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 2, 25. Is. 44,
11. al.
Deriv. y^^yi , and the three here fol-
lowing.
b:2ap, seebxsap7.
"^?^)? ^- gathering, heap, hoard, Ez.
22, 20.' R. -jrap .
D"!?2p (two heaps, r. yzp^) Kibzaim,
pr. n. of a city in Ephraim, Josh. 21, 22.
See in nscp;;,
~?|? fut. "lapi , to bwy, e. g. one
person Gen. 23, 4. 19. 25, 9. 50, 14.
Judg. 2, 9. 1 Sam. 31, 13. al. ssep.
Once of several, i. q. Piel, Ez. 39, 12.
Arab. Aram. Eth. id. The primary
idea is that of heaping up a tumulus,
see Syr. fSi-o to heap up, for Gr. atD^f i;a>
Rom. 12, 20. Kindr. is las. The bili-
teral root is ap , comp. the verbs aap,
aaa.
NiPH. pass, to be buried, e. g. one per-
son Gen. 15. 15. 35. 8. 19. Judg. 12, 7sq.
Of several, Job 27, 15. Jer. 8, 2. 16, 4. 6.
^np
910
1*7?
PiEL to bury^ e. g. several (comp.
b'4pj Num. 33, 4. 1 K. 11, 15. Jer. 14,
16.'Ez. 39, 14. Hos. 9, 6.
PuAL pass. Gen. 25, 10.
Deriv, nniap and
"^5^ m. in pause ^^Q , c. suff. ''"^2p ;
plur. n''~i2p, constr. ''tisp ; and ninap,
constr. nii3p ; pr. 'a burial-place,' a
sepulchre, grave, Gen. 23. 9. Ex. 14. 11.
Num. 11, 34, 35. Job 21, 32. Jer. 26, 23.
al. Job 17. 1 "^b B^nap the sepulchres
are ready ^o^ fne, i. q. Engl, the grave-
yard awaits me.
niSrinTlTlSp (the graves of long-
ing, see "i?!^) Kibroth-hattaxivah, pr. n.
of a place in the desert of Sinai, Num.
11, 34. 33, 16. Deut. 9,22.
I. ~ JjJ i- q- Arab. Jo, to divide, to
cleave; kindr. with Tia , TTa, and the
like, see Tia; comp. also xtSuoi, xiSu-
^0), axt<5^(o. Hence n^p cassia, and
"^p^^ vertex.
1 ^ ~J 1^ /o how down, to how the knee,
to incline oneself in honour and reve-
rence ; found only in fut. of the Chaldee
form, I'p*^ , ip*1 , plur. inp'l . Followed
always by nwncn , which is stronger ;
Gen. 24, 26 nin-^biinn-r^i n-'sn ip'i and
the man bowed down and prostrated
himself before Jehovah. Ex. 12, 27.
Num. 22. i\. 1 K. 1, 16. 1 Sam. 24, 9.
2 Chr. 29, 30. Neh. 8, 6. al. Sept.
usually xvTnm. Kindr. is Syr. |.Lb to
incline oneself to bend the knee ; comp.
Arab. JuLS to sit down ; also Chald. "ipS
to bend the knee, Samar. ips id. This
eignif cannot well be conciliated with
that of no. I, by assuming it to be a
denom. from ip*iJ5 pr. ' to bow the head.'
* TTl'p obfiol. root, Syr. ^^a to pos-
sess. Hence pr. n. cr"ip^ (possessed
by the people) Jokdeam, q. v. Comp.
crrfs^, Brsp;, from r. ncp, n:p.
n^ f (r. Tip I) Ex. 30. 24. Ez. 27,
19, according to the Syr. Chald. Vulg.
cassia, a species of aromatic bark re-
sembling cinnamon, but less fragrant
and less valuable ; so called from its rolls
being />///. See Dioecor. 1. 12. Theo-
phr. Hist. Plant. 9. 5. Celsii Hierob, II.
186. 350 sq. Comp. n''Sp^ .
D'^'a^^ m. plur. (r. Clp) i. q, cnp no.
3; aforetime, ancient days ; once Judg.
5, 21 n'^n'np bn: a stream of ancient
days. Sept. Vatic. /ftfiuQ^ovg ufyxuimv,
Targ. 'rivus in quo facta sunt Israeli
eigna et fortia facta ab antiquis.' The
form is like B'^'^i?? , D'^sbs , which also
designate time.
tJilp and TZJ'I]? adj. (r. rn;r) constr.
Binp ; c. sufT. 'lanp ; plur. n">ttJi*ip , ci'dlp,
see at the end of the article ; holy, sacred,
sanctus, uyiog, uyvo?, pr. pure, clean, free
from the defilement of vice, idolatry, and
other impure and profane things; opp.
is C|3n impure, profane. In fixing the
primitive signification of this word, the
following are classical passages : Lev.
11, 43 sq. where after the law respect-
ing unclean meats, it is said: ye shall
not pollute yourselves with these, that ye
shoidd be defiled therewith, 44 . . . Dn"i";in'i
^5X ttJinp 'S D"^;iip and he ye holy
(sanctus, pure), for I am holy. v. 45.
So 19, 2, and 20, 26, where the same
formula, be ye holy, for I am holy, is
placed at the beginning and end of a
section (c. 19. 20) containing various
laws against fornication, adultery, in-
cest, idolatry, and other like crimes. In
Deut. 23, 15, after the law for remov-
ing human filth out of the camp, it is
added : for Jehovah thy God. walketh in
the midst of thy camp .... rpinia n^m
Ciinp wherefore let thy camp be holy
(sanctus, clean), that he (God) behold no
unclean thing in thee, and. turn away
from thee. In a sense somewhat varied
it is applied: a) To God as abhorring
every kind of impurity both physical and
moral ; see Lev. II. cc. Also as the
avenger of right and justice, Ps. 22, 4
comp. V. 2. 3. Is. fi, 3 comp. v. 5 sq. and as
the object of fear and reverence to men
Ps. 99, 3. 9. Ill, 9 where it is coupled
with NVij. Sometimes God is xai
f^oxi,v called Oil)? Holy, the Holy One,
Job 6, 10. Is. 40. 25. Hab. 3, 3 ; and more
frequently also bxnia^ cinp the Holy
One of Israel, espec. by Isaiah, as Is. 1,
4. 5, 19. 24. 10, 17. 20. 12. 6. 17, 7. 43,
3. 14. 45, 11. 47, 4. 48, 17. nl. Else-
where rarely, as Ps. 78, 41. 89, 19. b)
To angels, who xr' floxi\v are called
holy, Dan. 8, 13 j see below in Plur. c)
ni'p
911
Dip
To priests, with dat. of the divinity, as
Lev. 21, 6 cn-nb.xb i-^n^ o-'CJtJ let them
be holy (pure, clciin) unto their God, in
his sight, and not profane, etc. v. 7. Ps.
106. 16 and Aaron nin^ ttJinpS holy unto
Jehovah. Also with dat. of other men,
unto whom the priest should be holy,
Lev. 21, 8. Of a Nazarite Num. 6, 5.
d) Spoken of pious men, who are pure
and clean from the defilement of guilt
and sin, so far as is possible for erring
mortals, la. 4. 3 ; then of the people of
Israel, who were bound to abstain from
and avoid every kind of impurity. Lev.
11, 43-45. 19. 2 see above. Deut. 7. 6
comp. v. 5; with dat. holy to Jehovah
14, 2. 21. 26, 19. e) Of places conse-
crated, holy, E.\. 29, 31. Lev. 6, 9. 19. al.
Of days consecrated to God, before
B->n"^sb Neh. 8, 10. 11. Hence ttJn;? a
holy place, sanctuary, Is. 57, 15. Ps. 46,
5 (iibs ';3':3 C"!"!!? the holiest of the
dwellings of the Most High.
Plur. 0-'(dnp>, Q-^'r-ip l. As pinr.
raajest. for the sing, the Most Holy, for
Jehovah, Hos. 12, 1. Josh. 24, 19. Prov.
9, 10. 30, 3.
2. Pr. holy ones, i. e. a) angels, es-
pec. in the later books (see in aj"^!?),
Job 5, 1. 15, 15. Zech. 14. 5. Ps. 89, e!
8 ; perh. Deut. 33, 3. b) the pious wor-
shippers of God. saints, Ps. 16, 3. 34, 10.
Deut. 33, 3 ; spec, the Jewish people
(see ^"""^p.) Dan. 8, 24.
* f"'!!I? 1. to kindle fire, Jer. 17, 4.
Is. 50, 11. 64, 1. Syr. Aph. id. Arab.
^ Jo to strike fire.
2. Intrans. to kindle or be kindled, to
bum, Deut. 32, 22. Jer. 15, 14.
Deriv. n'n;?x and
f^r?"!!!? f burning fever, Lev. 26, 16.
Deut. 28, 22.
B"'*!^ m. (r. cn{3) with n loc. nr'^'i!?.
1. the front, the part or region over
against any one. Hab. 1, 9 ^'O'^'ifs for-
wards.
2. the east, the eastern quarter of the
heavens, i. q. Cip ; see in "\"ins no. 2.
Often in EzekieC as n-inp) rxn Ez. 47, 18.
48, 2. 6-8. 16; in ace. eastward 43, 17.
44, 1. 46, 1. 12. 47, 2; and so n^-'-if; H,
1. Hence poet. Bi"7|5 nn, o''-i;3n nn,
the east vrind, Ex. 10, 13. 14, 21. Ps. 43, 8.
Ez. 17, 10; oftener ellipt. C-ij? id the
most vehement o( all winds in western
Asia and the adjacent seas, Job 27, 21. Is.
27, 8. Jer. 18, 17. Ez. 27,26; as scorching-
and withering plants and herbage, Gen.
41, 6. 23. Ez. 17, 10. 19, 12. Jon. 4, 8.
But tlie east wind is perh. put for any
violent wind between the cast and south j
[so the Arabs at the present day call the
violent south wind of the desert Shur-
kiyeh i. e. east wind ; and hence the
Italian Sirocco, which also is mostly em-
ployed of southerly winds; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 305, comp. p. 287,
289. R.] Metaph. i. q. nrt, of any
thing vain and empty, Ho. 12. 2. Job
15,2.
^'1^ Chald. adj. i. q. Heb. tUinf?,
holy, sanctus ; spoken a) Of God and
also of false deities ; y'tp'^p -I'nbx the holy
gods, Dan. 4, 5. 6. 5, 11. b) Of angels;
Dan. 4, 10 fflin;?') n-s a watcher (angel)
even a holy one. Plur. V'^*'^I5 ^"'y ^"^*>
i. e. angels, 4, 14 [17]. See an;;? Plur.
no. 2. a. c) Of the Jews, Dan. 7, 21 ; fully
psi-ibs ^25"'nf3 the holy ones (saints) of
the Most High, Dan. 7, 18. 22. 25; comp.
Esdr. 8, 70 TO ani^pa ro uyiov.
* ^^^ in Kal not used ; Arab. ^ J^
to go before, to precede ; mid. Damm. to
precede in time, to be of old. The pri-
mary idea seems to be that oi being
sharp, pointed ; comp. quadril. chnp for
n^j3 a sharp instrument, axe ; hence pr.
to be or go in front, at the point, head,
Germ, an der Spitze stehen.
Pi EL c^p 1. to go before, to precede,
Ps. 68, 26 ; with ace. of pers. Ps. 89, 15.
2. to come or get before any on^
to anticipate, cp&aviiv. Syr. >o,s id.
With ace. Ps. 17, 13 T^3S no'n;?. 119,
148 ni-inaJx ^j'^S ^la^p my eyes antici'
pale the night-watches, i. e. I wake ere
the night-watches are cried out. With
inf to do hastily, speedily, i. e. early in
the morning, as Syr. >o^, Eth. *.P^,
Chald. M5 for Heb. csrn. So Jon.
4, 2 therefore nn2^ Ti^^P I made haste
tofee. Absol. Ps. 119,147 riffl:? ''ITO?;?
/ rise early with the dawn.
3. to go to meet any one, to meet, to
encounter, with ace. of pers. Ps. 88, 14.
Dip
912
I2lp
Spec, a) With help, i.q.to succour, Ps.
59, 11. 79, 8. Job 3, 12. b) With a to
meet one with any thing, in order to pre-
sent it, q. d. to succour with, Deut. 23, 5.
Is. 21, 14. Neh. 13, 2; genr. Mic. 6, 6.
With two ace. Ps. 21, 4; 3 of thing Ps.
95, 2. c) In a hostile sense, q. d. to as-
sail ; Is. 37, 33 ',5^ "S^.^p'? X^ no shield
shall vome up against her, the city, i. e.
fihall not be raised against her. Job 30,
27. Ps. 18, 6. 19.
HiPH. 1. to come before, to antici-
pate, in doing a kindness, in bestowing
e favour on any one, so as to make
him a debtor. Job 41, 3. Arab. *jkj*
V . s -
IV, id. I* Jo a kindness, kind office ;
Bee Schult. ad Job. p. 1183.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 3. c, to meet as an ene-
my; to fall upon, as calamity, c. 1?a
Am. 9, 10.
Deriv. rnp^^z'inp_, w^i2^'\p_, C'li^,
On^ ni. in pause tr}p__ Gen. 10, 30 ; also
D'^p only with n paragog. n^"7J5 . Plur.
constr. '^'0~^p_ see in no. 3.
1. Pr. the front, what is before ; hence
as Adv. before, Ps. 139, 5. c-t;3B id. Is.
9, 11. Hence
2. the east, the eastern quarter, see in
"linx no. 2. Job 23, 8. c-\sxi from the
east, after a verb of motion Gen. 11, 2.
13, 11 ; also at the east, eastward, Gen.
2, 8. b c^jSTa Prep, at the east of, east-
ward of Gen. 3, 24. Num. 34, 11. Josh.
7, 2. Judg. 8, 11. With n paragog.
^^IP. towards the east, eastward, Gen.
13, 14. 25, 6. 28, 14. Lev. 1, 16. al.
Sometimes is added pleonast. *^^^ta
Num. 2, 3. Josh. 19, 13; V-q^n nniia
Josh. 19, 12. But r^^lp is also ' what
is towards the east,^ and i. q. DnjS,
(comp. najj. n:iE3,) hence fi^'i|5 rxeb
on the east side Ex'. 27, 13. 38, 13 ; PXB-a
na'Jt' id. Ez. 45, 7. Further, cnp. \:a
tfie sons of the east, the inhabitants of the
Arabian desert, which lies eastward of
Palestine, and extends to the Euphrates,
now jLiJt ^Jo desert of Syria; Job
1,3. Is. 11, 14. Jer. 49, 28. Ez. 25, 4.
1 K. 5, 10. Judg. 6, 3. 33, 7. 12. Also
O^l? y>^ Gen. 25, 6, and D-if^ -3a -j^ix
29, 1, the Syrian desert including Meso-
potamia; and so C"j;3 -n-jn of the moun-
tains of Mesopotamia, Num. 23, 7. But
c^isn in Gen. 10, 30 is the mountain of
Arabia, see in art. X'^o. Is. 2, 6 ixlsp
c'7;3T2 they are filled full from the east,
i. e. with superstitions and sorceries
brought from the east or Babylon. But
perh. it should read CDjsa .
3. Of time, former times, aforetime,
ancient days, iioet. i. q. cbis no.l. Arab.
(Jo olden time, Uojo aforetime, of old.
So Ps. 78. 2. Job 29, 2. Also tt-rpTifrom
ancient times, of old, Ps. 74, 12. 77, 6. 12.
Is. 45. 21 ? D"!|? isbn kings of old, ancient
kings, Is. 19. 11; "Wip iai times of old
Ps. 44, 2 ; nnt? 'B-'ri Is. 23, 7. Mic. 7, 20.
Lam. 1, 7. Spoken also of eternity, at
least that which is without beginning,
e- g. Q"!i5 ""Dbx Deut. 33, 27 ; cn|5 aat
who silleth upon his throne from ever-
lasting Ps. 55, 20; also Deut. 33, 15.
Ps. 68, 34. Put also a) Adverbially
for afurelime, of old, Ps. 74, 2. Jer. 30, 20.
Lam. 5, 21, i. q. C'JS^p, CJSb. b) As
a prep, before, Prov. 8, 22. Plur. constr.
^anf? primordia, beginnings, Prov. 8, 23.
D^JJ. Chald. prep, once 0*7)? ('fi
^niTDipr!!) Dan. 7, 13 ; c. sufT. plur. Tf ^"ij^.,
-n-^s'ipj^. PT'n'7;5. Dan. 7, 7, ,-;n"'r'7i^'",
before, ante, coram, i. q. Heb. "^rsb . So
to speak before any one, i. e. to him,
Dan. 2, 9. 36. 4, 5. 6, 13. 14; also aller
a verb signifying to answer Dan. 2,
10. 27 ; to pray Dan. 6, 11. 12; to read
Ezra 4, 18. 23. 'la'ii^. -isd it was good
before me, i. q. ^S'^sa aia', Dan. 3, 32
[4, 2]. 6, 2. After verbs of motion,
Dan. 2, 24. 25. 3, 13. 4, 3. 5, 13. Also
"7i^, *)P i. q. Heb. -:bt3, cytJ./rom, after
verbs of receiving Dan. 2. 6 ; of asking
2, 18; of commanding 6, 27 ; of sending
Ezra 7, 14. Dan. 5, 24; of fearing Dan.
5, 19. 6, 27.
'^''?'7P ^ (r. 0"^!^) oldness, antiquity.
Is. 23, 7 nnianp cnps la-^TS whose (Tyre's)
antiquity is from ancient days. Also
former state, Ez. 16, 55. Plur. Ez. 36,
11. In the construct state r^'ij?, it be-
comes a preposition, and with laix impl.
a conjunction, before, Ps. 129, 6.
HTS'lp Chald. former time; hence
njn po-j|5|B Dan. 6, 11, K5n-rn;Ba
Ezra 5, 11. in former times, aforetime
formerly.
12ip
913
wip
Mtl'lp (eastward) Kpdemah, pr. n. of
a son of Islimaol, Gen. 25, 15. Another
niaip sec in on^ no. 1.
ITQlp i. q. c'jp no. 2, only in constr.
nttnp . on the east of^ eastward of a place,
Gen. 2, 14, conip. n^ttJX. 4, 16. 1 Sam.
13,5. Ez. 39, 11.
'jiTS'ip adj. (fr. on;?) fern. njiTsn;?,
eastern, Ez. 47, 8.
ipiaip , see "Jiang .
rTnalJ? (antiquities) Kedemoth, pr.
n. of a city in Reuben, Josh. 13, 18. 21,
37. 1 Chr. 6, 61. An adjacent desert
bore the same name, Deut. 2, 26.
^^7? Chald. Jirst, plur. Xlian;? Dan.
7,24. Fern. st. emphat. xn-j^np 7,4;
plur. xn^ianp 7, 8.
^-S'^'QIp (one before God, i. e. minis-
ter of God, r. cn;5) Kadmiel, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 40. 3, 9. Neh. 7, 43. 9, 4. 10, 10.
12, 8.
i^bnp or "^liTS^p adj. f. n^Sbnp; plur.
carinp , ni'sb-i;? ; comp. lianp . R. on;? .
i. eastern, Ez. 10, 19. 11, 1. tafn
isi^nisn the eastern sea, i. e. the Dead
Sea, opp. to the western sea or Mediter-
ranean, Ez. 47, 18. Joel 2, 20. Zech.
14,8.
2. foDner, ancient, Ez. 38, 17. Mai.
3, 4. Plur. s'^J'aniD older persons, the
aged, Job 18. 20. Sing, collect. 1 Sam.
24. 14 ""Sia-iisr! btJa the proverb of the
ancients. Plur. f! DV^bi'i^ former things,
things of old. Is. 43, 18.
4. Kadmonite, collect, pr. n. of a Ca-
naanitish tribe, dwelling prob. in the
eastern part of the country. Gen. 15, 19.
Bochart conjectures them to be the
same with the Hivites ; Canaan I. 19.
^P7P "1- (> "^IP, I) C. suff. i*i;5_"Ti5,
others inp.'];' , Job 2, 7. Ps. 7, 17, rerVei,
top, crown of the head, so called because
the hair there divides itself; comp.
Germ. Scheitel. die Haare scheiteln.
Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33, 16. 20. Is. 3, 17.
Jer. 2, 16. 48. 45. al. Fully "isia npn;?
the crown of hair (pr. the dividing of
s ^
the hair) Ps. 68. 22. Arab. JJLo is the
pari of the head from the vertex to the
neck behind.
77
'_)? I. to be dirty, foul ; spoken
of a turbid torrent, Job 6, 16. Hence, to
go about in dirty garments, like mourn-
ers, i. q. to mourn, Jer. 8, 21. 14, 2.
Part, nnp a mourner Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7.
42, 10. 43,2. Job 5, 11. Arab. j<>i, TjJ
to be squalid, of garments; Chald. inp
id. comp. "'TS.
2. to he of a dirty or dusky colour, to
be dark coloured, e. g. the skin as
scorched by the sun Job 30, 28 ; to be
darkened, to become dark, as the day, the
sun, the moon, Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 4, 28. Joel
2, 10. 4, 15.
HiPH. 1. to cause to mxmm, Ez. 31, 15.
2. to darken, to obscure, e. g. the sun,
stars, Ez. 32, 7. 8.
HiTHp. to be darkened, overcast, e. g.
the heavens 1 K. 18, 45.
Deriv. I'lp n-ijnnjs .
"^7? (dark-skinned) Kedar, pr. n. of a
son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 1.3. Also of aa
Arabian tribe descended from him, Cant^
1, 5. Is. 21, 16. 42, 11 (where it is joined
with a fem.) 60, 7. Jer. 2, 10. 49, 28.
Ez. 27. 21 ; more fully nnp "'33 Is. 21, 17.
Ps. 120, 5 Kedar and Meshech, put for
barbarous tribes. The Kedar are iha
Cedrei of Pliny, connected with the Na-
batheans. Hist. V. 11; comp. Reland
Palsest. p. 96 sq. The Rabbins call all
the Arabs by this name ; whence ywi'x
nip the Arabic tongue.
^"17? (tbe turbid, r. in;? , comp. Job)
6, 16) Kidron, pr. n. of the brook or tor-
rent flowing in winter through the valleys
of like name between Jerusalem and the
Mount ofOlives, and emptying itself into-
the Dead Sea ; 2 Sam. 15, 23. 1 K, 2, 37.
15, 13. 2 K. 23, 4. Jer. 31, 40. Hence
XdfiaQQog loij KidQuiv John 18, 1. See
a lull description in Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 39&-402.
n^ll'l)? f (r. 1*1)5) darkness, obscurity-
of the heavens. Is. 50, 3.
fT^S'inp adv. in mourning^ mournfully^
Mai. 3, 14. R. in;? .
*^!i|$ and "2")|? Num. 17, 2, fut.
1. to be pure, clean, pr. of physical
purity and cleanness-; see Hithpa. no.l,
and adj. din;? . Kjndr. is perU..Wnj oC:
trip
914
is^p
which the primary idea is ' to be bright.'
Hence
2. to be holy, sacred, sanctum ; so in all
the kindred dialects, espec. in Pi. or Pa.
a) Of a person who consecrates himself
to God, and so regards himself as holier
than the profane vulgar ; Is. 65. 5 ?j''rittJ"7p
/ a7ii holy unto thee, for ~p_ ""Tp^^lV, '> or o'
those who are consecrated by touching
sacred things. Ex. 29, 37. 30, 29. Lev. 6,
11. 20. b) Of things destined for the sa-
cred worship Num. 17,2. 3. Ex. 29, 21;
or which are consecrated by the contact
of sacred things 1 Sam. 21, 6. Hag. 2,
12 ; or which are devoted to the sacred
treasury, Deut. 22, 9.
NiPH. 1. to be regarded and treated
as holy, to be halloiced, sanctijied, sc.
God, c. a Lev. 10, 3. 22, 32. Also to
show oneself holy, glorious, in any one,
either by bestowing favours Ez. 20, 41.
28, 25. 36, 23. 38, 16. 39, 27 ; or by in-
flicting judgments Ez. 28, 22. Num. 20,
13 ; comp. Is. 5, 16.
2. to be consecrated, e. g. the sacred
tabernacle Ex. 29, 43.
PiEL ^^p to make holy, to sanctify, to
hallow, i. e.
1. to hold sacred, to regard and treat
as holy, as God Deut. 32, 51 ; a priest
Lev. 21, 8 ; the sabbath, to keep holy,
Ex. 20, 8. Deut. 5, 12. Neh. 13, 22. Jer.
17, 22. 24. 27. Ez. 20, 20.
2. to pronounce holy, to sanctify, e. g.
the sabbath Gen. 2. 3 ; a people Lev. 20,
8. 21, 8. Also to institute any holy thing,
to appoint, e. g. a fast Joel 1, 14. 2, 15
(parall. with K^;?) ; a festival 2 K. 10, 20.
3. to consecrate, e. g. a priest Ex. 28,
41. 29. ]. 1 Sam. 7. 1 ; an altar, the tem-
ple, Ex. 29, 36. Lev. 8, 15. Num. 7, 1. 1
K. 8, 64; the first-born, Ex. 13, 2; the
people of Israel, Ex. 19, 10. 14. Josh. 7,
13 ; a building when completed, Neh. 3,
1 ; a mountain, as separate and distin-
guished from all others, Ex. 19, 23.
Hence to consecrate or sanctify with
solemn rites, e. g. by lustrations for sa-
crifice 1 Sam. 16, 5. Job 1, 5 ; troops for
battle. Jer. 51,27, Comp. Hiph. Also
nonbia li^p to consecrate or inaugurate
a war, battle, (i. e. with sacred rites,
comp. Ps. 110, 3. 1 Sam. 7, 9. 10,) q. d.
to prejMire, to begin, Joel 4, 9. Jer. 6, 4.
Trop. Mic! 3, 6.
PuAL part. tt-npTS , consecrated, spoken
of priests and sacred things, Ez. 48, 11.
2 Chr.26, 18. 31, 6. Is. 13, 3 "^'pia my
consecrated ones, i. e. soldiers whom I
have consecrated to war; comp. Jer. 51,
27.
HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1, Is. 8, 13. 29,
23. Num. 20, 12.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce holy, to
sanctify, Jer. 1, 5.
3. i. q. Piel no. 3, to consecrate to God
Lev. 27, 14 sq. Judg. 17, 3. 2 Sam. 8, 11.
1 Chr. 26, 27. Also of God, to sanctify,
to hallow for himself, e. g. the first-born
Num. 3, 13. 8, 17 ; the temple 1 K. 9,
3. 7.
HiTHP. 1. to cleanse or purify oneself
by sacred ablutions and observances.
2 Sam. 11,4 rtrj<?2-J73 rc^pna r^'^ri^Jor
she hadpinified herself from h er unrlean-
ness. Is. 66, 17 coupled with "I'l^H
Often of the priests and Levites, as puri-
fying themselves for the holy service,
Ex. 19, 22. 1 Chr. 15, 12. 14. 2 Chr. 5,
11. 29, 15. al. Comp. Kal no. 1.
2. to show oneself holy, i. e. pure from
guilt, to sanctify oneself. Lev. 11, 44. 20,
7 ; of God, as the punisher of guilt, Ez.
38,23.
3. to be celebrated, kept, e. g. a festi-
val. Is. 30, 29.
Deriv. anp , mp , ttjn'p, la'^'np , binj?,
tti'^pia .
T^Ti^ m. pr. sabred, consecrated. Hence
1. Spec, a male prostitute, a catamite,
sodomite, xivuidog, so called as conse-
crated to the service ol'Astarte or Venus;
Deut. 23, 18. 1 K. 14, 24. 15, 12. 22, 47.
2. K. 23, 7. Job 36. 14. These wretched
beings were priests or rather tempfe-
servants (w()o5oi'Aoi)of Astarte atHiera-
polis in Syria ; and having been emascu-
lated and wearing a female dress, they
wandered about through the citie*
and villages begging and bearing w'tth
them an image of the goddess. They
were courted by females, and gave them-
selves up to unnatural lusts. See espec.
Lucian. Luc. 35 sq. Id. de Dea Syrsi,
27, 51. Jerome ad Hos. 4, 14. Spencer
de Legg. fit. II. 35. MoTers Phoenizier
I. p. 678.
2. Kadesh, pr. n. Gen. 14, 7. 16. 14.
20, 1. Num. 13, 27. al. also JJ-ja ttinjj
isip
915
zip
Kadeah-barnea Num. 32, 8. 34, 4. Deut.
1, 2. 19. 2, 14. Josh. 10, 41. ul. a city in
the south-eastern extremity of Juduh,
adjacent to Idumea, whiiher the children
of Israel came under Moses, sent spies
into Palestine, and then turned back to
Mount Hor, etc. Gen. 20, 1. Num. 13.27.
20, 14. 16.22. 33, 36. 37. Judg. 11, 16. 17.
There was here a fountain called *p5
ttoaia Gen. 14, 7 ; afterwards n3inT3>a
Deut. 32, 51 ; the adjacent desert was
called also CJn;? lana Ps. 29, 8. [All
these notices go to fix the site of Kadesh
in the western part of the 'Arabah south
of the Dead Sea, perh. not far from the
fountain 'Ain el-Weibeh, the most fre-
quented watering-place in all that re-
gion. See Euseb. Onom. art. Kuddia
BuQrii. Jerome Q,uaest. Heb. in Gen.
14, 7 : " Caxles . . . significat locum apud
Petram, qui Fons Judicii nominatur."
Reland Palsest. p. 114. Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 382, 620. R.] The term 5:na
Simonis regards as from 13 open coun-
try, desert, and 53 wandering, from r. 513 .
7P (sanctuary) in pause ti"!;? Judg.
4, 11. Kedesh, pr. n. a) A city in the
southern part of Judah. Josh. 15. 23. b)
Another in Naphtali, Josh. 12, 22. 19,
37. 21, 32. Judg. 4. 6. 1 Chr. 6, 61.
With He parag. nttJn;? Judg. 4, 9 ; and
>T^"7k 4, 10. This city, Kedesh of Naph-
tali, lay upon the hills west of the upper
ake of the Jordan, el-Huleh ; and still
exists under the same name, Arab.
iuJls Kedes ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 355. Bibiioth. Sacr. I. p. 11 and
Map. c) A third in Issachar 1 Chr. 6,
57, also called p-'itip Josh. 19, 20. 21,28.
tJ^p m. once IV Dan. 11. 30, c.
euff. "^aj");? ; plur. n''ttJ75 (kodashim), with
art. and pref n"'!B'iI3.n , o-'tun;?? Lev. 22,
4, a"'ttJ"i|3^ Neh. 10, 34 ; but c. sutT. "^ain;?
Ez. 22'. ''s, vi^n^ 2 Chr. 15. 18 (comV.
Ewald's Krit. Gramm. p. 335). and "'"aJ'ii?.
Num. 5, 10. ' ', '
1. holiness, sanctity ; so Arab. (j*itXiiJt
el-Kuds,concr. 'the holy,' pr.n. of Jeru-
salem, (Urf JJL't _,.s the Holy Spirit ;
Syr. \.M.ja^9 |-ci id. Most. freq. in the
genit. after another noun, instead of an
adjective, as tanp ra^S holy ground Kx.
3, 5 ; C-ipn oip^J the holy place Lev. 10,
17. 14. 13. So c. suflf. 'ttSnyj "in my moun-
tain of holint'sa, i. e. my holy mountain,
Ps. 2, 6 ; Tjalnp nsn thy Holy Spirit Ps.
51, 13; rarely with c^nbx added, aa 1
Chr. 22, 19 QTj'PX iJnp ^b^ the holy ves-
sels of God. Ascribed also to all those
things which in any way pertain to God
or to his worship, as ''tti'ip 0'^ my holy
name Lev. 20, 3. 22, 2 ; Tj'rip pa J thy
holy sabbath Neh. 9, 14 ; CJniOT i-'s the
Holy City. Jerusalem, Is. 48, 2. Neh. 11,
1 ; T]TUnp bs^n thy holy temple Ps. 1 38, 2 ;
TK1P cnb hallowed bread, the shew-
bread, 1 Sam. 21, 5 ; d-ip "insa holy vest-
ments Ex. 28. 2. 4 ; ^-ip ""sax th^i sacred
jewels, trop. for the nobles of the people,
Lam. 4, 1 ; 83"!p '^'VO the sacred princes,
i. e. the priests of higher rank. 1 Chr. 24,
5. Is. 43, 28 ; fflnp n? a holy people, Is-
rael, Dan. 12, 7 ; ttJl'p n-^na a holy cove-
nant Dan. 11, 28. 30, etc. etc. Rarely
only, and in doubtful examples, is it to be
rendered as abstr. holiness. Am. 4. 2. Ps.
60, 8. 108, 8; in which places "'Uiipa,
"idnpa , is usually translated : by my {his)
holiness ; perh. more correctly: in my
{his) sanctuary. Sept. in Ps. II. cc. iv
Toi ttyiii) nvTov. The notion of purity,
physical or moral, is referred to in Ex.
22,30. 2 Chr. 31,18. Is. 6, 13; see in
art. UJi-ip init.
2. Concr. a holy thing, something sa-
cred, consecrated to God, opp. bn pro-
fane : Lev. 10, 10. Ex. 29, 33. 34. Num.
18, 17. Prov. 20. 25. al. ssep. With dat.
added, nin-^b 'Jj-ip Lev. 27. 10. 14. 21.
Jer. 2, 3. Ezra 8. 28 : t2''n''X^ ^Jlp Lev.
21,7. 23, 20 ; -,nab sfin ilj-ip Num. 6, 20.
18.10; rarelyc. genit. '^en'p id. Lev. 19,
8. Plcr. B'^S'i;?:! the consecrated things
Lev. 21, 22. 22, 3. 6. 7. 12. Q''7;5n c:D3
the silcer dedicated to the temple 1 Chr.
26. 20. 26. 28, 12. With genit. of the
person consecrating, as 1 K. 15, 15 "''Sni?
T^ax. Lev. 22; 15. Num. 5, 9 ; also of
him to whom they are consecrated,
'^ 'tu'ip Lev. 5, 1.5.
3. a holy place, sanctuary, as the ta-
bernacle Ex. 28. 43. 29, 30. 35. 19. 39,
1 ; the temple Ps. 20. 3. Dan. 8, 14. al.
Spec, of the temple itself as distinguish-
ed from its courts, etc. i. e. the ba-'n,
o vu6i, 1 K. 8. 8. 2 Chr. 29, 7. Once of
the inner sanctuary, for S"*"!)? ttJ"i'p Ez.
41, 23.
tip
916
bnp
4. Intens. C'lan^ tip holiness ofholi-
nesses. something most holy. e. g. a) Of
things, as the sacred incense Ex, 30. 36;
the eacred utensils v. 29 ; the altar 29. 37.
30, 10, 40, 10 J the part of the sacrifice&
which only the priesta might eat, Lev.
2, 3. 10. 6, 10. Num. 18,9. Ez. 48. 12. ah
So of things devoted with a curse Lev.
27, 2S. Plur. C^Ttsn "^qnf? the most holy
things, of ofi'erings deat i ned for the priests
alone, Lev. 21, 22. 2 Ohr. 31, 14. Ez. 42,
13. 44, 13. b) Of men, as Aaron, 1 Chr.
23, 13. c) Of j)\ace^ a most holy place,
Num. 18, 10. Spec, the inner sanctuary,
adytum, "1^2^, in the tabernacle Ex. 26,
33. 34. Num. 4. 4. 19 ; and in the temple
1 K. 6, 16. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 6, 34. Ez. 41, 4. al.
Fully c-'ttinisn dnp nia 2 Chr. 3, 8. 10,
ntO'Tj? fem. of subst. 1!Jn|5 no, 1, a fe-
male prostitute, harlot, pr. one conse-
crated like the ffl^r? to the worship of
Astarte, and the gains of whose prosti-
tution went into the treasury of the
temple of that goddess ; Gen. 38. 21. 22.
Deut. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 14. Comp. Num.
25, 1. Jerome 1. c. Hdot. L 199. Lucian
de Dea Syra 6. Id. Heta^r. 7, 1. 14, 3.
Tac. Hii?t. 2. 3. Similar are the Hindu
Bayaderes.
"t'I?) kindr, with nns, to become
dull, to be blunted, e. g. the teeth Jer. 31,
29,30. Ez. 18,2. Syr. id. Chald. N^l? id.
PiEL nng id. intrans. of iron Ecc. 10,
10.
'Ul? in Kal not used, prob. to call,
to convoke, kindr. with r. hip.
Hi PH. to call together, to convoke, e.g.
a people Num. 8, 9. 10, 7. 20, 8. Deut. 4,
10. al. With br against any one, Num.
16, 19; ace. impl. sc. a tribunal Job 11,
10.
NiPH. to be convoked, to assemble, e. g.
a people Esth. 9, 2. 15. 16. 18. 8. 11 ; c
bs Ex. 32, 1. Num. 16, 3. 17. 7 ; bs 1 K.
8, 2. Jer. 26, 9 ; also with bs of place
Lev. 8, 4. Judg. 20, 1 ; b 2 Chr. 20, 26 ;
ace. of place Josh. 18, 1. 22, 12.
Deriv. cbnjTT?, mbnpja, and the four
iiere following,
'01? ni- constr. bnf?, c. eufT. cbn^.
1. a coming together, an assembling,
the act, Deut. 9, 10 bn;jn oi-^a, 10, 4,
18, 16.
2. an ossemNy, congregation, convocor-
tion. a) Spec, of the assembly or con-
vocation of the people of Israel, for any
cause Judg. 21, 8. 1 Chr. 29-, 1. 2 Chr.
23, 3, comp. Job 30, 28 ; mos-tly for re-
ligious purposes, i. q. Tisn, fully bf\p
bi<7r'^ Lev. 16, 17. Deut.'sL 30 ; ^"^ bnj?
Num. 16, 3. Deut 23, 2 ; c-nb^in hrtpr
Neh. 13, 1 ; also c. art. bn^sn xmt f^oxriv
Ex. 16, 3. Lev. 4, 13. 14. Num. 10, 7. al.
sagp. So an bri;? Ps. 35, 18. 22, 26 ; bn{>
bina 1 K. 8. 65. b) In a wider sense, of
any assembly or multitude oi' men, Jer.
31, 8. Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. 47. 32, 22; of
troops Ez. 17, 17, 38, 4, 15; of nations
Gen. 28, 3. 35, 11. 48, 4. Jer. 50, 9; of
the wicked Ps. 26, 5 comp. Gen. 49. 6 ;
of the righteous Ps. 149, 1 : of holy ones
i. e, angels Ps, 89, 6, 8 ; of the dead
Prov, 21, 16,
t'^P (convocation) Kehelak, pr, n.
of a station of the Israelites in the desert,
c, n parag. Num. 33, 22. 23.
'^?'7I? f (r. bnj:?) an assembly, congrC'
gallon, Deut. 33, 4, Neh, 5. 7.
f^^OP Koheleth, pr. n. by which Solo-
mon is denoted in the book thus in-
scribed, i. e. the book of Ecclesiastes.
It is usually of the masc. gend. and
without the article, Ecc. 1, 1. 2. 12, 9.
10 ; once c. art 12, S, see Lehrg. p. 656,
657 ; once with verb fem, Ecc. 7, 27
rbnp iTnT3X, where perh. it should be
read nbnpn iBX as in 12, 8. The fem.
termination is not infrequent in words
denoting office, station, etc, (see nnB,
P33, RaaA^ i, e. Kbah'f,) and also in
later Hebrew even in proper names of
men, see i^'^BD, riSB ; Lehrg. p. 468,
878. As to the signification, the only
true one seems to be that given by the
earliest versions, e, g, Sept. and Vulg.
'jLxxXtjnKtfnrif, Ecclesiastes. i. e. a preach-
er, one addressing a public assembly and
discoursing of human things, i. q. bsa
nsOX 12. 11; pr. 'aconvoker'; unless
one chooses to derive the signif of
preacher or orator from the primary
notion of calling and speaking, bnp? i. q.
bip. JLi*. For other explanations, see
Knobel Comm, p. 2, 3. Thesaur. p.
1199, 1200.
r\np
917
ttip
* r^fjl^ a root of doubtful authority,
found once in Cod. Samar. Gen. 49, 10
D-^ns innp' ibi , for Heb. cffl? rn;37 ibj ,
i. e. from the Chuld. to him shall the na-
tions be gathered tugetlier. It seems
therefore to have been i. q. ChaUJ. xnf^,
Hel). bn;? , to assemble. Hence pr. n.
nnpn and
rnp (assembly) Kehath. pr. n. of a
son of Levi, Gen. 46, 11. Ex. 6. 16. Josh.
21, 5. Written also nn;?^ Kohath Num.
4. 14. 15. Hence patronym. "Tinjsn the
Kohathite Num. 3, 27. 4, 18. 37. ' ''
1p and 1p m. (r. nj;^) the latter absol.
Is. 28, 10. 13. but coiis'tr. 2 K. 21, 13, Is.
34, ] 1 ; c. suff. cjp Ps. 19, 5.
s- >
1. a cord, line, Arab, 'iJi , Spec, a)
a mea<ntring line. Is, 34. 17. Ez. 47, 3.
bs ip n:23 /o stretch a line upon any
thing, in order to measure it; which is
done where any thing is to be made Is.
44. 13; or built Job 38,5. Zech. 1,16
Keri ; or also to be destroyed and made
even with the ground so that the line
may be drawn over the levelled spot,
2 K. 21, 13. Lam. 2, 8. Is. 34, 11. b)
Metaph. a line. i. e. a rule. law. norm. Is.
28, 17. and so vv. 10. 13 "ij^b ip ipb ip
line upon line, line upon line, see in art.
IS c) the margin, rim of a laver, resem-
bling a cord, 1 K. 7, 23 Keri. 2 Chr. 4. 2.
d) a .string of a lyre or other musical in-
strument ; hence sound, q. d. accord, Ps.
19. 5 ; Sept. 6 cp&oyyog, and so Rom. 10.
18, Symm. 6 Tjxoi, Vulg. sonrcs. But
perh. instead of C|i]5 it should here
read obip or nVp , as in v. 4 ; parall.
2. strength, might, Arab. 8J>, see r.
nj;5 no. 2. Is. 18. 8 'i5-ip 'iw a 7jafiott
7rw>.s< mighty. The repetition is inten-
sive.
^ Ip <o spwe oMi. to vomit forth.
Arab. :^U mid. Ye, Eth. 4XA id. It
would seem to have been formed by
softening the final letter of the onomato-
poetic j'Sip . Uip , and perhaps also pri-
marily the form Snp; comp. under the
letter 5 p. 738. Metaph. Lev. 18, 28
that the land spue ymi not out. reject you.
Once Imper. plur. '"''^^ and. spue ye
Jer. 25, 27, as if from a root X^;^ drop-
ping X ; see Arab, and Eth. above.
77*
HiPH. id. Prov. 23, 8. 25. 10. Jon. 2, 11.
Trop. Lev. 18. 25. 28, Job 20, 15 ; where
comp. Cic. in Pis. 37, ' devoratum pecu-
niam evomere.'
Deriv. xp, nx;?,efp.
ynip (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. Sai'p
(Milfil) 1 Sam. 17, 38, a helmet, i. q,
r2i. On the form and tone of this
word, see in SS'S, note. R. ?SJ?.
tJlip , see in ttSVp.
* n^p 1. pr. to twist a rope, cord, to
wind; whence nip, "IJS no. 1, n^p5Pi,
Hence
2. to be strong, robust, the notion of
binding fast, girding being tropically re-
ferred to strength ; see bw , pm no. 3.
Comp. Germ. Str&nge i. e. conk.strenge,
(whence Engl, strength, strong), also
anstrengen. all which come from the no-
tion of binding fast, Lat. adstringere.
Hence ip no. 2. Arab. ^^Ji to be
strong, robust ; II, to strengthen. iJi
strength.
3. to hope strongly, to trust, implying
firmness and constancy of mind, comp.
prxn. So of trust in God, Part, "^'ip
r\ir\'^_ Ps. 37. 9. Is. 40, 31; c. suff. ijp
Ps. 49, 23 ; r^-^^p 25, 3. 69, 7. lip Lam.
3, 25. See Piel.
PiEL n-ip i. q. Kal no. 3, to hope for ^
to wait for, to expect any thing, c. ace.
Job 7, 2. 17, 13. 30, 26; b Jer. 8, 15. 14,
19; inf c. \ Is. 5. 2. Ps.'69. 21. Spec,
a) nin-i-rx' n^^p Ps. 25, 5. 39, 8. 40, 2,
nin-'b 'p Prov. 20, 22, ''3 bx Ps. 27, 14.
37. 34, to wait for or on Jehovah, i. e. for
his help, to rest one's hope on him. b)
to lie in wait for any one, c. dat. Ps. 119,
95 ; c. ace. 'rss Ps. 56. 7.
NiPH. to gather themselves together,
to assemble, (pr. perh. ' to be wound to-
gether,' see Kal no. 1.) spoken of na-
tions Jer. 3, 17; of waters Gen. 1, 9.
Deriv. ip , rt^p^. nip^a, nipn, and
nip or <^!lp i. q. ip , a rope, cord, in
Cheth. thrice 1 K. 7, 23. Zech. 1, 16;
constr. perh. r^^J:> Jer. 31, 39.
Hip Is. 61, 1, see nipnps p. 863.
* '^^p i. q. y^p and Bpj , to loathe, to
nauseate, trop. Praet. ap Ez. 16. 47, where
however both the reading and the inter-
pretation are doubtful ; all the ancient
bip
91S
bip
versions omit UJ? . Others make it i. q.
Arab. Uv only, duntaxat ; see Thesaur.
p. 1202. Fut. 'Jipsj c. 2 Ps. 95, 10.
But '^'."pi Job 8, 14, see in r. wajs.
NiPH. 'id. c. rE3 Ez. 20, 43.' 36, 31.
Once ^iSpJ in some copies lor *-pJ Ez.
6, 9. '
HiTHPAL. -'J'prn id. Ps. 119, 158; c.
3 139,21.
^ ip obsol. root, to call, to cry out;
Arab. JLs to speaii. to say. Correspond-
ing roots are Sanscr. gtll to call aloud,
Gr. xttlim, Lat. calo, whence calendcB,
Eng. to call. Kindred is also appa-
rently hrv^ q. V. and Chald. V>af? .
Hence
^ip m. also ^p Ex. 19, 16, c. suff. "^bip ;
plur. ribp, niVp, the voice ; Eth. 3*A.
So'
voice, word, sound. Arab. Jj' dictum,
saying. Syr. jLo voice ; Chuld. bp id.
Spoken.
a) Of the voice ofmen, e. g. as speak-
ing, crying out 1 Sam. 4, 6. 14 ; singing
Ez. 33, 32. Ex. 32, 18 ; wailing Ps. 6, 9.
Gen. 45, 2; groaning Ps. 102. 6; re-
joicing Ps. 42, 5. 118, 15. Jer. 7, 34; so
<of the voice or noise of a multitude, 1
jK. 1, 41. Dan. 10, 6. Of the voice of
'Grod as speaking, Deut. 4, 33. 5, 23. 18,
16. al. So Gen. 27, 22 s'pr'i bip bipn
.the voice is Jacobus voice. Judg. 18, 3.
1 K. 19, 13. ALo b-ina bipa m'lh a loud
voice 1 Sam. 28, 12. 1 K. 18, 27. 28. Is.
36, 13. Prov. 27, 14; in ace. binj bip id.
Deut. 5, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 23. 19,5. al.
on bip id. Deut. 27, 14 ; nri!< b'p with
one voice 2 Chr. 5, 13 ; "^blp with my full
voice Ps. 3, 5. 142, 2, and so "bip Is. 10,
30 see in bnS. Pleonast. the voice of
words Deut. 1, 34. 5,25. 1 Sam. 15, 1.
Job 33. 8 ; the voice of prayer Ps. 28, 2.
6. 66, 19; the voice of weeping Ps. 6, 9.
Ellipt. in exclamation; a voice! the
voice ! Cant. 2, 8 "'"lin bip the voice of
my beloved! so. I hear. 5, 2. Is. 13, 4.
52. 8. 66. 6. Jer. 50, 28 ; comp. Job 39,
24. Metaph. ascribed to blood una-
venged, Gen. 4, 10. Put also meton. for
gpeech, discourse, Ecc. 5, 2. 5 [3. 6] ; for
rumour, report, Gen. 45, 16. Jer. 3,9.
Ez. 26. 15.
b) Of the voice or cry of beasts, e. g.
the bleating of flocks and lowing of
herds 1 Sam. 15, 14. comp. Jer. 9, 9; the
neighing of horses Jer. 8. 16 ; the roar-
ing of lions Job 4, 10. Zech. 11,3. Also
of the voice of birds Ecc. 12, 4 ; of the
turtle Cant. 2, 12; of the dove Nah.2,8.
c) Of the sound and 7ioise of inanimate
things, as of a trumpet Ex. 19. 19. 20, 18.
Josh. 6, 5; a harp, pipe, Ez. 26, 13. Job
21, 12; a bell Ex. 28, 35; thunder Ps.
104, 7; rushing waters Ez. 1, 24. 43, 2,
Ps. 42, 8 ; rain 1 K. 18, 41 ; of chariots
and horses, a rattling, 2 K. 7, 6. Joel 2, 5 ;
of fire, ibid, of burning thorns, crackling,
Ecc. 7. 6; of a mill Ecc. 12, 4; of a
whip, cracking, Nah. 3, 2; also of the
soimd of steps 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 K. 14. 6.
2 K. 6, 32. and prob. Gen. 3, 8 ; of wings
in motion Ez. 1, 24. 3, 13; of a filling
leaf; rustling, Lev. 26, 36. bna bip3
with great noise Is. 29, 6. So nini bip
xt' iioxr,v for thunder Ps. 29, 3 sq. Is.
30, 30. 31. Job 37, 2. 4. 5. 1 Sam. 7, 10.
Plur. r-ib-^p thunders Ex. 9, 23. 29. 33.
34. 1 Sam. 12, 17 ; fully c^nbi!? 'P Ex.
9, 28. nib'p t^tn thunder-flash, lightning,
Job 28, 26. 38, 25.
Spec, may be noted the following
phrases:
aa) bip xirs to lift up the voice, see in
lK'i'3 no. 1. e; also bip D^"ir] id. see in
csi-i Hiph.
bb) ibip *,r3 ) to give forth one^s
voice, of persons, e. g. in weeping Gen.
45, 2. Num. 14. 1 ; in outcry Lam. 2, 7;
in calling Prov. 1, 20. 8, 1. Jer. 22, 20;
c. b i. q. to call to any one Prov. 2, 3 ;
yisa bip '^ri to proclaim in the land
2 Chr. 24, 9. So of birds singing Ps.
104, 12; of the lion roaring Am. 3, 4; of
the sea Hab. 3, 10 ; of the noise of a
multitude Jer. 48, 34 ; of thunder-clouds
Ps. 77, 58. Of God as thundering Ps.
18, 14. Am. 1, 2. Joel 2, 11. 4, 21. Jer.
25, 30. /?) ibipa "iPS to give forth (to
utter) with his voice, comp. Heb. Gr.
135. 1. n. 3. So of a lion roaring, c.
bs against, Jer. 12, 8 ; of God as thun-
dering Ps. 46, 7. 68. 34.
cc) B bip sa'ii ) to hear the voice
of any one, i. e. to listen to him, Gen. 4i
23. Is. 28, 23. Of God as hearing and
answering a suppliant Num. 20. 16. Deut.
26, 7. Ps. 5, 4. 27, 7. 55, 18. 64. 2. Jon.
2, 3. So bip -pTxn id. Job 9, 16. Ps. 141, 1.
VIP
919
Dip
/?) 'u bipa 50t6 to hearken to the voice
of any one, i. e. to listen and obey, Gen.
87,8. ] 3. 43. Ex. 18, 19. Deut. 21, 18. al.
Spec, to obey God Gen. 22, 18. 26, 5.
Deut. 8, 20. 1 Sara. 12, 15. 13, 19. 20. 22.
al. Of God as listening to a suppliant
Gen. 30, 6. Jndg. 13, 9. Ps. 130. 2. ;')
' Vipb rn"j to hearken to the voice of
any one, to listen and obey, Gen. 3, 17.
16, 2. E.\. 18, 24. 1 Sam. 2, 25 ; to obey
God E.\. 15, 26. Judg. 2. 20. Ps. 81, 12.
d) 'b bip'bx sv-a to listen to the voice of
a suppliant, so God Gen. 21, 17.
dd) a bip i"'2Jn to cause to be pro-
claimed in a land, see in 135 Hiph. no. 2.
n^^ip (i. q. n^bip, voice of Jehovah)
Kolaiah, pr. n. m. a) Jer. 29, 21. b)
Nch. 11, 7.
* D^P fut. onp7, apoc. c;?^ Gen. 27,
31, '^3 c;^;; Job 22. 28; conv. cp*V Cjrni,
but 1 pers. cipsi Neh. 2, 12, CfJiJJ 1 K.
3, 21 ; Imper. C!ip, n|3 Josh. 7, 10, c. n
parag. nissip ; Praet. once nxfs Hos. 10,
14, like Arab. Aji .
1. to rise up; Arab. Aji id. also to
stand. Syr. to rise up, to stand. Eth.
^^<^ to stand. E. g. from the ground,
or from a bed, Gen. 27, 31. 32, 23. Cant!
5, 5 ; c. ITa 1 Sam. 28, 23 ; b?T3 2 Sam.
11, 2. So of one who rises in the morn-
ing Ps. 127, 2 ; or who had fallen down
Prov. 2-l>, 16. Mic. 7. 8 ; or was upon his
knees 1 K. 8, 54 ; or was sitting, e. g. on
a seat c. bs^a Judg. 3, 20, or at table c.
DSa 1 Sam. 20, 34. So n->35no B!ip to
rise itp from fasting Ezra 9, 5, since in
fasting, as connected with mourning,
they sat upon the ground, comp. v. 3. 4.
2 Sam. 12, 16. Job 2, 13. Imper. with
dat. pleon. T,b '^p Cant. 2, 10. Spec.
a) to rise up to or before any one in
token of respect, reverence. Is. 49, 7 ;
c. 'iS^ Gen. 31, 35. Lev. 19, 32; rxipb
Gen.' 19, 1. 1 K. 2, 19.
b) Very often it stands before verbs
of going, departing, and the like : Gen.
22, 3 T)b.5? c;?^] and he rose up and went.
28, 2 T^'c^p. 24, 10. 25, 34. Ex. 24, 13.
Num. 16,25. Judg. 19,5. al.saepiss. 1 Sam.
21, 11 nna'] nn^ npj^i. 26, 2 ni'i op*].
Gen. 21, 32 laafi . .Vcp*l . Deut. 17,'8
nibsi P'spl, etc. Also, these being
omitted, D^ip itself in i. q, to rise up and
go, to set of, Gen. 31, 17. Josh. 8, 19.
1 Sam. 17, 48 ; with ",13 of place whence
Gen. 23, 3. 46, 5. 1 S^m. 20, 41. Some-
times Dip marks the doing or undertak-
ing of any tiling with impetus ; 2 Sam.
23, 10 he arose and smote (TJ*] cp K^in)
the Philistines until his hand was weary.
Judg. 8, 21. 2 K. 11, 1. 2 Sam. 13, 31
then the king arose and tore his gar-
ments. Job 1, 20. 2 K. 12, 21, Jer. 1, 17.
Prov. 31, 28. 1 Sam. 24, 5. Sometimes
it implies a doing again, after an inter-
val ; Josh. 6. 26 that riseth up and build-
elh this city Jericho. Deut. 31, 16. In a
few cases it is pleonastic or marks a ver-
bose style ; Num. 11, 32 and the people
rose up all that day . . . and gathered the
quails. Ex. 2, 17. Arab. *Ls c. fut.
to undertake, to begin. Hence Imper.
cnp rise up ! arise ! as a word of incite-
ment ; either to go, as T)^ cip Gen. 28,
2; XS Cip 31, 13; nb5 cap 35, 1, etc. or
to do any thing, Judg. 8, 20 shpi Dip
cnix. V.21. IK. 21, 15. With n parag.
intens. espec. as addressed to Jehovah
that he may help, Ps. 3, 8 "^^ n^^p
WS^ttJin. 7, 7. 9, 20. 10, 12. 74,22. 82,8.
132, 8. al.
c) to rise up against any one, in a
hostile sense ; c. bs Judg. 9, 43. Is. 14,
22. Am. 7, 9. al. bx Gen. 4, 8. 1 Sam.
22, 13. 24, 8; 3 Mic. 7, 6; ^}zh Num.
16, 2; with iisnbab Ob. 1. Also as a
witness, to rise up'Ogainst Ps. 35, 11 ; c.
a Deut. 19, 15. 16. Ps. 27, 12. Job 16,8.
Part, "^bs C^^fs those rising up against
me, my adversaries, enemies, Ps. 92, 12;
also 'bj n^^:ipn id. 2 K. 16, 7 : oftener
c. suflf. ^^p id. Ps. 18. 40. 49. Lam. 3, 62,
iS^??P Ps. 44, 6, rp^t? Ex. 15, 7, etc.
Arab. J^ Jj id. Trop. Ps. 27, 3
though war should rise up against me.
Hos. 10, 14. Nah. 1, 9. Prov. 24, 22.
d) to arise, to come forth, to appear ;
e. g. a new king after his predecessor
Ex. 1. 8. 1 K. 3, 12. 2 K. 23. 25 ; a leader
Judg 5, 7 ; a prophet Deut. 13, 2. 34, 10 ;
a new generation Gen. 41, 30. Judg. 2,
10. Ps. 78, 6. With nnn in place of.
Num. 32, 14, 1 K. 8, 20. Syr. >oj. often
of a king. Arab. Juu (Ls id.
e) Trop. to rise up out of calamity
nip
920
W
Jer. 51, 64. Also to rise in prosperity,
wealth, q. d. ' to rise in the world,' Prov.
28, 12.
f ) Of God as rising up for judgment,
UBCsb , Ps. 76, 10 ; to punish the wicked
Is! 2, 19. 21. 28, 21. Ps. 12,6. Job 31, 14.
g) to rise up, to rise again, as the
dead returning to life. Job 14, 12. Ps. 88,
11. Is. 26, 14. 19. AJso to arise out of
eleep Prov. 6, 9 ; to rise up from sick-
ness Ps. 41. 9.
h) to sit down and rise up, put for the
general course of life and conduct, Ps.
139, 2. So to lie down and rise up id.
Deut. 6, 7. 11, 19.
i) to rise, as the light Job 25, 3 ; the
noon-day light Job 11, 17.
2. to set oneself, to stand, i. q. laS ; see
the Arab, and Ethiop. usage above. 2 K.
13, 21 T'^3'n"b5 cj^^i and stood upon his
feet. JobTa 25. 30, 12 ; c. 3 Ps. 24, 3.
Of waters heaped up. Josh. 3, 16 ; with
neg. of idols, i. q. to be cast down. Is. 27,
9. Trop. a) to stand Jinn, to be esta-
blished, as a kingdom 1 Sam. 13, 14. 24,
21 ; of a king 2 Chr. 21. 4. Hence to
stand, i. e. to stand out, to endure, Job 15,
29. Am. 7, 2. 5. Nah. 1, 6. Ps. 1, 5 ; c.
"SB^ to stand out before, to witfisland any
one, Josh. 7, 12. 13. Of things Job 41, 18
[26]. b) to remain Josh. 2, 11. Is. 40,
S; c.h to any one. Lev. 25, 30. 27, 19.
With ^r , Is. 32, 8 B^p^ m"3"i'73-bs x^in^
and he remaineth (persisletli) in liberal
things. Arab. ^J>. aLs to persist in.
c) With 1? of .pers. to stand up for any
one, in his behalf, to stand by him, Ps.
94, 16. Arab. ^J Aji id. d) Trop. to
to he confirmed, established, e. g. a pur-
chase Gen. 23, 17.20; counsel or pur-
pose Is. 8, 10. 14, 24. Prov. 19, 21 ; once
c. \, to be established to any one, i. e.
to be successful, Job 22. 28 ; of a pre-
diction Jer. 44, 28, opp. bcs . So to be
valid, to stand good, e. g. testimony
Deut. 19, 15; a vow Num. 30, 5 sq.
e) B DC;"bs Dip to stand upon (in) the
TUDne of any one, i.e. in the public regis-
ters, to be enrolled in his place, to suc-
ceed to the name and estate of any one,
Deut. 25, 6. f ) Vp? si^p 1 K. 14, 4
comp. 1 Sam, 4, 15, his eyes were set,
fixed, spoken of a person afflicted with
A disease of the eye, in which the pupil
becomes fixed, so as no longer to contract
and dilate. Arab. ,j.AJtJI cyjoLi" id.
3. Like Samar. osp, to live ; see Pi.
no. 2, and the nouns cip"; , Dlpbst
(-JiJt) the people.
PiEL 0p , chiefly in the later books ;
like Aram. n*p , >oui^ .
1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, in various
connections : a) to confirm, to establish,
Ruth 4, 7. Esth. 9, 29. 31 init. Of a
prophecy, to confirm by the event, Ez.
13, 6. b) With b? to enjoin any thing
upon any one, pr. to cause to be imposed
upon any one, Esth. 9, 21. 31 mid. comp.
Chald. bs C^p to bind by an oath.
Hence T'bs n*p to take upon oneself, pr.
' to enjoin upon oneself,' Esth. 9, 27.
31 fin. c) to make stand good, i. e. to
perform, to fulfil, an oath, Ps. 119, 106.
2. Trans, of Kal no. 3, to preserve
alive, Ps. 119, 28. Frequent in the Tar-
gums.
PiL. C^ip 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1,
to raise up, to build up, e. g. ruins, Is.
44, 26. 58, 12. 61, 4.
2. Intrans. to rise up ; Mic. 2, 8 long
since hath my people B^ip^ "^"i^. risen
up as an enemy ; Vulg. cojisurrearit.
Others, long since hath my people set
(me) up as an enemy j but this is far-
letched.
HiPH. Q^n, fut. ts-ip;, apoc. cp:;,
conv. cp^l.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to raise up, to
lift or help up, e. g, one lying down 2
Sam. 12, 17. 1 Sam. 2, 8 ; one fallen
Deut. 22, 4 ; the afflicted Job 4, 4. Ps.
41, 11. Spec. a) to raise up. i. e. to
excite a hostile people Hab. 1, 6; an
adversary ("^b) 1 K. 11, 14; c. b?
against Am. 6, 14. Mic. 5, 4. Also to
rouse up a wild beast Gen. 49, 9. Num.
24, 9. Trop. to raise up evil, calamity,
against (bs) any one, 2 Sam. 12, 11.
Ez. 34, 23. Zech. 11, 16; bx id. 1 Sam.
3, 12. b) to raise up, i. e. to cause to
arise or appear, e. g. judges Judg. 2, 18 ;
a prophet Jer. 29, 15; a priest 1 Sam.
2, 35 ; a king in place of another, c. rnn
2 Sam. 7, 12 ; a new generation Josh. 5,
7 ; a plant, to make grow up. Ez. 34, 29.
Spec, b D D-'pn Deut. 25. 7. Ruth 4, 5.
10, and b s-nt B^pn Gen. 38, 8, to raise
Dip
921
V>
up to anyone a name, seed, or offspring,
1. e. by marrying liis widow to niisi', up
children timt bIiuU succued to his name
and inheritance, c) to set up, to rear up,
to erect, e. g. a tent Ex. 26, 30 ; a sta-
tue Dent. 16, 22; an altar 1 K. 16, 32;
towers Is. 23, 13. Also to set up again,
to restore, e. g. a tent fallen down Am. 9,
11; hence ynx taipn, bxnttJ^ 'asoJ 'n,
to restore the land, the tribes of Israel,
Is. 49, 6. 8. So n"^na cpn io set up
(make) a covenant Gen. 6, 18. 9, 1 1. 17,
7. al. d) to lift up a shield, Ez. 26, 8.
e) to raise up again, to revive, Hos. 6, 2 ;
comp. Jer. 30, 9. See Kal no. 1. g.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
stand, Ps. 40, 3. Hence : a) to set, to
set up, to constit7ite, e. g. a king Deut.
28, 36. I K. 14, 14; a watch Judg. 7, 19.
Jer. 51, 12; watchmen, overseers, Jer. 6,
17 ; shepherds 23, 4 ; God. a people for
himself Deut. 28,9; a boundary Prov.
30, 4. h) to make stand firm, to con-
firm,, to establish, e. g. a throne, kingdom,
2 Sam. 3, 10. 1 K. 9, 5. 2 Chron. 7, 18.
Also of a vow Num. 30, 14. 15 ; a pro-
phecy, to fulfil Is. 44, 26 ; and so a pro-
mise, to fulfil, to perform, Deut. 9, 5.
1 Sam. 1, 23. 1 K. 6, 12. Jer. 29, 10. Ps.
109, 3S; an oath Gen. 26, 3. Jer. 11, 5;
a covenant Jer. 34, 18. So to perform,
to execute a command 1 Sam. 15, 11.
Jer. 35, 16 ; a purpose Jer. 23, 20 ; a
vow Jer. 44, 25. c) to make stand still,
to still, a tempest, Ps. 107, 29.
HoPH. Cl^^n, once Cjsn for Dj^n in
some copies 2 Sam. 23, 1.
1. to be raised up, erected, e. g. the
tabernacle Ex. 40, 17.
2. to be set up, constituted, 2 Sam.
23, 1.
3. to be established, performed, e. g. a
rule, command, Jer. 35, 14.
HiTHPAL. D'S'iprin. to rise up, in a
hostile sense Ps. 17, 7; c. b upon or
against any one Job 20, 27. Part. c.
suff. '^aiSipn'O my adversary, enemy,
Ps. 59. 2.' Job 27, 7.
Deriv. niaip, ni'riap, BipV wp^x,
tDipia . c^p , n^ip ,' nrfj , " msipn ,
O^ipn , and the pr. names n'^p'j . yiizp .
Dip Chald. fut. =sp^, part, cx;?,
1. to rise up Dan. 3, 24. 6, 20 ; before
verbs of doing, undertaking, etc. as in
Plob. no. 1. b, Dan. 7. 5. Ezra 5, 2; to
ariAe, i. e. to come forth, to exist, e. g.
a king, kingilom, Dan. 2. 39. 7, 17. 24.
2. to ataiul, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 3. 7, 10. 16;
also to endure, to remain, 2, 44.
Pa. C'P to raise tip, to set up; hence
n^p C'p to make a decree, to give com-
mand, Dan. 6, 8.
Apu. n-ipn Dan. 3, 2, c. sufT. Pra-^prj
5, 11, once n^-'px 3, I ; 2 pers. na"';?!!
3, 18, raipn 3, ll"; fut. n-'p^ 2, 44Valso
cpn-i 5, 21 ;' part. ^^;?.r}r: 2, 21.
1. to set up, to erect, e. g. a statue
Dan. 3, 1 sq.
2. to set rip, to coTistitute, e. g. a king
Dan. 2, 21 ; a prefect 5, 11 ; priests
Ezra 6, 18 ; c. bs to set over Dan. 4, 14.
6, 2. 4.
3. to cause to arise, to set up, e. g. a
kingdom, Dan. 2, 44.
4. to confirm, to establish, Dan. 6, 9. 16.
HoPH. C"'pn, fem. ro'^pn, to be made
to stand, Dan. 7, 4.
Deriv. c;;j5, c;p.
raip f. (r. 0*ip) \. stature; Eth.
i>^ Syr. l^.i>ca_D, id. a) Of a person,
Cant. 7, 8. 1 Sam. 16, 7. 28, 20 siba
iraip his full stature. Ez. 13, 18 "bi
rsiaip every stature, i. e. men of every
stature, b) Of a tree, plant; rnaip RSa
tall of stature Ez. 31, 3 ; nr-p nbsa Imjy
of stature Ez. 17, 6; comp. 19, 6. 31, 5.
10. 14. Is. 10, 33. rnx niaip the sta-
ture (tallness) of his cedars, his tall
cedars, Is. 37, 24.
2. height, altitude, Gen. 6, 15. Ex. 25,
10. 23. 27, 1. 1 K. 6, 10. 20. 26. 2 K. 25,
17. al.
ni^piaip f. (r. Ddp Pil.) pr. upright-
ness ; as adv. upright, erect, Lev. 26, 13.
pP or j P in Kal not used ; prob.
\. to beat, to pound ; kindr. with *(53.
Arab. ..jLs mid. Ye. to forge iron. Syr.
[ ^ 1 * , Chald. '^y^P:, a worker in iron,
a smith. Hence T^p no. 1.
2. to strike the strings of a musical
instrument, to play ; also to sing, to
chant in accompaniment ; see Pil. and
^PP- Syr. )J.i^ a ipusical sound.
Arab. &jLo a maid, also according to
some a female minstrel.
::>ip
922
PiL. laip, fut. 3 plur. nss-ippi Ez. 32,
16 ; spec, to chant a moumfid song, to
lament, fully nj-^p ijip 2 Sam. 1, 17.
Ez. 32, 16 ; c. hs over or upoii any per-
eon or thing 2 Chr. 35, 25. Ez. 27, 32 ;
bx 2 Sam. 3, 33. Part. f. plur. nissip^
female waiters, hired mourners, Jer. 9,
16.
Dcriv. -(^p , nrp , pr. n. "^s^p, ",rg .
* ?^P obsol. root, prob. 1. to dig, to
scrape, i. q. lip ; see in lett. "i . Hence
2. i. q. Arab. cU mid. Waw, Conj. I,
VIII, to motint. to carer, spoken of the
camel in copulation, from the idea of
digging, piercing; see in r. "SJ no. 1.
Deriv. Sp^P and
^ip m. once Ez. 23, 23, pr. a he-camel,
stallion, then trop. prince, noble, as the
Vulg. and Rabbins correctly. This me-
taphor is common among the Hebrews
and Arabians, comp. *1WS , also Arab.
Iwi*, ^vi* all which denote a
he-camel for breeding, espec. of a nobler
race, and likewise a prince. In parono-
masia with r*!JJ wealthy.
rpp obsol. root, i. q. Cip3 no. 3, to
move in a circle ; hence nsipri circuit.
tl^p m. plur. C^B-ip, an ape 1 K. 10, 22.
2 Chr. 9. 21. Sanscr. and Malabar kapi,
ape. (pr. swift, agile.) a word of Indian
origin ; whence also Gr. xJ]no(:, xt,;3oc,
xfi^og, which are used of various species
of apes and monkeys.
* Y-^ ^^^ " 7"^ "^
* I. Y^P f"t. y^P"^, conv. ')'p5.
1. to loathe, to feel disgust, to abhor
any thing. Corresponding are tJ^ip,
Eth. ^/nin to loathe; comp. Chald.
t;:p. The primary idea is prob. to feel
nausea, to vomit, as a sort of onomato-
poetic verb. comp. in X"ip. With 3
Gen. 27. 46. Lev. 20. 23. Num. 21, 5.
1 K. 11.25. Prov. 3, 11.
2. to fear, to be anxious, c. "rcr Ex.
1, 12. Num. 22. 3. Is. 7, 16. The idea
of loathing in several other verbs i also
transferred to that of fear, as Chald. asp
to loathe, Syr. ^jiJ-o to fear greatly ;
- ^ -r *-
SO Arab. >-^, J^ ; comp. also Germ.
' Grauen haben vor etwas,' Engl. ' to
feel horror.'
HiPH. yp.^ , causat. of Kal no, 2, to
put in fear, e. g. a city, region, to terrify
it with invasion, siege. Is. 7, 6. Comp.
Arab. ^^P Conj. III. timorem injecit,
oppugnavit.
* 11. Y^P only in Hiph. J^'^pn in-
trans. to awake from sleep, i. q. y p^ , but
except 2 K. 4, 31 only poetic. Ps. 3. 6.
17, 15. 73, 20. 139, 18. Is. 29, 8. Prov.
6, 22; from drunken sleep Joel 1, 15.
Trop. a) Of God, M^-'pn awake! sc.
for help, Ps. 35, 23. 44.' 24.' 59, 6. Hab.
2, 19. b) From the sleep of death 2 K.
4, 31. Job 14, 12. Is. 26, 19. Dan. 12, 2.
c) Ez. 7, 6 ro^x yyri ypn xa the end
Cometh, it awaketh (riseth up) against
thee, where note the paronomasia.
* III. Y^P and Y_^l? l.i.q.-i^:.p.^o
cut, to cut up or off ; comp. risip .
Hence 'f^p thorn, so called from cut-
ting, wounding ; also y";ip pr. the cut-
ting off of fruits, harvest; then summer.
From the noun y'p then comes
2. Denom. to summer, Is. 18, 6 ; opp.
winri no. 2 to winter. Arab. ibUs mid.
Ye, id.
pp m. (r. Y'^P in ) plur. ^'^S.'p , D^sp
Ex. 22. 5.
1. a thorn, Ez. 28, 24. Collect, thorns^
a thornbush, briers, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 32,
13. al. Plur. Jer. 4, 3. Is. 33. 12. Judg.
8, 7. ' '
2. Koz, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 8. b)
With art. y^pr\ Ezra 2, 61. Neh. 3, 4. 21.
7, 63. 1 Chr. 24, 10.
l^'i^J'^P f plur. (r. Y^p) locks of hair,
forelocks, so called from being cut. shorn.
Cant. 5, 2. 11. Syr. fz^olo or fz^oji id.
Arab. 2uaj* forelocks. Comp. Schul-
tens Opp. min. p. 246.
*'^^\> to dig for water, 2 K. 19, 24. Is.
37, 25. Arab. L mid. Waw, excidit e
medio ; \jj5 to have one eye dug out.
The biliteral root *ip to dig occurs also
in -ip^, ipn, '-p3. npr; comp. "nlB,
rro . "i:n ; -iJis II, lan . Deriv. "i"ipT2 .
HiPH. 2 priBt. f. nnpn, inf i-ipn, to
n^p
923
yop
lei J!ov) forlh, as a fountain its waters
Jer. 6. 7.
Pi LP. ip*JR 1 to dig' under, to wider-
mine a Willi, as in Talmud. So in paro-
nomasia, Is. 22, 5 !? "^P"'!?'^ (ii ^I'ly) ""-
derininin^ t/ie wdlU. when ail nhall be
overthrown. Talmud, "i^pi Hlipip de-
struction of the wall. Hence
2. to destroy pereons ; Num. 24, 17
PIT 'ja'^S "'P")*^ '^ dentmij all the
eom of pride ; Sept. Tifjovofiivofi, Vulg.
vastabit.
Deriv. "("'p , "^ip-ip , rpnp , Tipo .
Hnip m. (r. !T^p)c. sufT. Ti-^, plur.
tiinp ; abeam, joi^t. pr. a cross-beara, 2
K. 6, 2. 5 ; plur. 2 Chr. 3, 7. Cant. 1, 17.
By eynecd. a roof, like Gr. ^iXa&()ov,
Gen. 19, 8. Syr. ]^Llfj> id.
D"*^^? m. plur.^^jje threads, webs, i. e.
spiders' webs, Is. 59, 5. 6. Arab, j*
thread of cotton. Comp. Gr. xalfjog the
cross threads in weaving, whence xut^ou),
xalfjiaaiq. The etymology is obscure.
* ^1p 1. i. q. Arab. ^^ to be
curved, bent, as a bow, the back ; II,
to curve, to bend, as a bow; compare
<-i - 0--
Gr. yavfTo? curved. Hence nd;?, iw-jJj
bow, mrp , and pr. n. "|i'i''P .
2. i. q. cip;^ , to lay snares ; once in fut.
Is. 29, 21 ]^^pi , in other Mss. '(raip-i .
Deriv. see in no. 1, also pr. n. ia"^p ,
tttJipbx , and
'in^lDlp (bow of Jehovah, i. e. rain-
bow) Kushaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 17 ;
called in 6, 29 [44] 'd-'p Kishi.
J^p see r. npb and Index.
I3p Ez. 16, 47, see ap .
* ^''??I$ obsol. root, Chald. and Arab.
\^Wi to cut ; hence to cut off, to destroy.
Kindred verbs are 3Sp,aan,a:;n. The
biliteral root Zip has this sense of cutting,
cutting off, like the kindred yp , yn ; see
,the verbs bap, -jbp, C)3p, Arab. }o3,
*lxi; and comp. under Y^P^i T^'^i ^1?)
ina .Hence 3ap, aap.
3t3p m. in pause Saj? 1. a cutting
off, destruction ; Is. 28,a'Jp3 l?b a de-
ttroying storm.
2. Spec, contagion, pestilence, Deut.
32, 24. Ps. 91, 6.
2^P m. c. Buff. ^2^13 id. apec, conta-
gion, pestilence, Hos. 13, 14. R. sap .
nniisp f (r. lai? I ) incense, Deut. 33,
10.
nn^I3p (incense) Keturah, pr. n. of
the wife whom Abraham took after the
death of Sarah, Gen. 25, 1. 1 Chr. 1,32.
*^^l? fut. bafj-', to kill, to slay, a
poetic verb, Ps. 139, 19. Job 13, 15. 24,
14. Syr, and Chald. id. Arab. JuCi',
Ethiop. ^"tX. The primary idea is
that of cutting, see in aaf? . Comp. the
Gr. KThNu. Hence bap.
^p Chald. to kill; Part. act. bap Dan.
5, 19. Part. pass. b"iap Dan. 5, 30.' 7, 11.
Pa. bap intens. to kill many, more than
one, like Syr. Pa. and Arab, (JjCi'. Dan-
2, 14. 3, 22.
Ithpe. and Ithpa. Dan. 2. 13, pass.
''^p m. in pause bap .slauglUer, Oh.9.
'l^l^ , fut. 'jap'^ , to be little, small,
opp. bna . The primary idea seems to be
that o^ cutting off^ and so making short-
er and smaller, pr. ' to be docked ;' see
in aap. Syr. i-L^J), Ethiop. ^ffi.'Jj
fine, subtle. 2 Sam. 7, 19 and this was
yet small in thy sight, did not sofEce.
1 Chr. 17, 17. Trop. c. 'i^ to be un-
worthy of Gen. 32, 1 1.
HrPH. to make small. Am. 8, 5.
Deriv. "lap , *,ap , '(a'p , and pr. n. nap ,
JVP and "JtSp, constr. once pp 2 Chr.
21. 17; but c. suff. ''Sap , plur! CSaj?
2 K. 2. 23, constr. "'Sap , and fem.nsap',
plur. msap Zech. 4, 10, all from "jap
1. Adj. little, small, opp. bins, a) Of
persons, as not grown up. bns nST lajsa
from small to great, i. e. all. Gen. 19, 11,
1 Sam. 5. 9. 30. 2. Jer. 8. 10. al. binan
y^P^'^V, id. 2 Chr. 34, 30. Esth. 1, 5. 20.
;ap la'a little son 2 Sam. 9, 12 ; -jap 133
I'Sam. 20, 35. 1 K. 11, 17, plur. 2 K. 2,
23. n3a;5 n-inx a little sister Cant. 8, 8.
2 K. 5, 2.' Hence of age, c. art. "jpn ,
'apn , young, the younger, Gen. 9, 24. 27,
15.' 42. 44, 2. 1 Sam. 16, 11. 17, 14. b)
Of beasts 2 Sara. 12, 3. Cant. 2, 15. c)
jttp
924
n-'p
Of things, as ',b;5n Tixrn Gen. 1, 16;
nrJF? ^^5 Ecc. O/U; so'l Sam. 20,2.
22, 15. 1 K. 2, 20. Abstr. smallness,
whence V^i?"^ "'^^ vessels of smallness,
i. e. smaller vessels, Is. 22. 24. Plur.
nis::p oi^ fAe c/ay of small things, Zech.
4, lb."
2. Trop. a) Of a small number 1 Sam.
9, 21. Is. 60. 22. b) Of time Is. 54, 7.
c) Of might, authority, Am. 7, 2. 5;
comp. Is. 36, 9.
3. y.i'^ Katan, pr. n. m. c. art. Ilakka-
tan, Ezra 8, 12.
I^jp m. (r. "jb;?) smallness. then the
little fn g er ; wlience c. sufT. "^Vi^ kofni
'my litle finger' 1 K. 12, 10. 2 Chr. 10,
10, Other Mss. read in 2 Chr. 1. c. -^S::;?
kdlonni, from a form "pp with Dag.
impl. in '|. the moveable Sheva being
changed into Kamets-Hateph ; see J. H.
Michaelis ad h. 1. But it would seem
inadmissible to read with Van der
Hooght 'iZj^ii^ in 1 K. 1. c. Comp. hzp .
* H^)^ fut. Tpp,"^^ , to pluck off, to break
off", e. g. ears of grain, Ibliage. etc. Deut.
23, 26. Job 30, 4. Ez. 17, 4. 22. Arab.
\_aJ3j, Syr. wa^wc, to pluck grapes.
Kindr. are "^H; "i^^"-
NiPH. pass. Job 8, 12.
! 'yp in Kal notused. i. q. "ir2J no.
1, to smoke, see "i"-^P . Spec, oi" fra-
grant smoke, perfume, incense ; Arab.
-109 II, to smoke with aloe-wood ; V, to
perfume oneself with smoke, as a female ;
0- > s ' '
jJOJi and Jaj' odorous wood burned as
perfume, aloe-wood.
PifiL 3 phir. 11'jp , fut. "lap-j , to bum
incense, chiefly to idols, c. dat. e. g. ^?3b
2 K. 23, 5. Jer. 7, 9 ; the queen of heaven
Jer. 44. 17-19. 25 ; the brazen serpent
2 K. 18, 4; the host of heaven Jer. 19,
13 ; to 'other gods' Jer. 1, 16. 19, 4. 44,
8. 15. Absol. or with adjunct of place
1 K. 22. 44. 2 K. 12. 4. 14, 4. Is. 65, 7.
Jer. 44, 21. 23. Trop. Hab. 1, 16. Rarely
like Hiph. no. 2, of sacrifice offered to
God, c. ace. to burn the fat, the odour of
which went up as incenBe, 1 Sam. 2, 16 ;
comp. Am. 4, 5. Part. fern. plur. niiBjjia
altars of incense, on which incense Wfis
burned, pr. 'diffusing odours,' 2 Chr. 30,
14
PuAL part, f ri. wp52 incense Cant. 3, 6.
Hiph. 1. i. q. Piel, to bum incense to
idols, c. dat. 1 K. 11, 8. Jer. 48, 35. Hos.
2, 15; absol. 1 K. 3, 3. 13, 2. 2 Chr. 28,
3. Oflener
2. to bum upon the altar, c. ace. e. g.
incense, nvjp , Ex. 30, 7. 8. 40, 27. 2 Chr.
29, 7 ; the fat of victims and the victim
itself; Lev. 1,9.17. 3,11.16. 4,10. 8,21.
Ez. 29, 18. 1 Sam. 2, 15. 16; an offering
or memorial. Lev. 2, 2. 16. 6, 8. Jer. 33,
18. With dat. of the divinity, as T'L:frn
mbi' '^b 2 Chr. 13, 11, comp, Ex. 30, 20-
without ace. 2 Chr. 26, 18; with "i; "^Dsb
1 Chr. 23, 13. 2 Chr. 2, 3. 5; absof. 1 K.
13, 1. 12, 33. 1 K. 6, 34.
HopH. "itipn pass, of Hiph. no. 2, Lev.
6,15. Part. -i::pa iHre/ise Mai. 1, 11.
Deriv. nnrjp, 'n-ibp , -i-^p , nitt"'p,
"iijpa , n*iqpB , and pr. n. ir^^^p .
* II. "Itip i. q. Aram. "!wp ^-Juo and
Heb. icp, to bind, to tie; and hence to
shnt, to close. Comp. Ethiop. ^^^ to
bind, ^'t'Z, to shut, to watch a door.
Part. Pass, f Ez. 46, 22 rin-jp m'-isn
closed courts, i. e. surrounded by a wall
and closed with doors ; referring to the
smaller courts in the four corners of the
great court, which served as kitchens, v.
24. Hence pr. n. "jii^P and
Tajp Chald. m. only in plur. "p"iil?p ,
knots, i. e. a) vertebrce, joints of the
back, Dan. 5, 6 ; see in Y')'^. Syr.
^i-JuB joint of the hand, wrist, b)
Trop. knotty questions, hard problems,
Dan. 5, 12. 16.
jiltpp (knotty, i. q. Chald. "lyjp , r.
lap II ) Kitron, pr. n. of a town of Zebu-
Ion, Judg. 1, 30. Some hold it to be i. q.
r\Bp Josh, 19. 15; but without reasoa.
nnb)? f. (r. -ia{3 I ) c, euff. "^nyjl? , in-
cense Ex. 30, 35.' Lev. 10, 1. Is'. I, 13.
Prov. 27, 9. al. seep. Ps. 66, 15 nnb?)
o'^b'^X incense of rams, i. e. the fat as
burned in sacrifice.
fllSp (for rssp small, r. ppj Kattath,
pr. n. of a place in Zebulon, Josh. 19, 15.
N""? m. vomit, Is. 19, 14. 28, 8. Jer.
48, 26. R. Kip .
* n^p , Imper. rj^ Jer, 25, 27, see in
r. Kip
ts^p
025
PT
O"?^ Cliald. m. i. q. Heb. yiP,, sum-
mer, Dan. 2, 35.
liB'^P m, (r. "lat? I ) 1. smoke, Gen.
19.28. Ph. 119,83.'
2. vapour, a clotid, Pa. 148, 8.
D"*)? m. (r. Dnp) a rising up against
any one, see the root no. I. c ; hence
coiicr. Job 22, 20 I3"'p our adversaries,
enemies, i. q. ^3"*c{5.
D^p Chald. m. a statute, edict, Dan. 6,
8. in Targ. often for Heb. pn, n'na.
Syr. pifila. R. csp.
D^]? Chald. adj. enduring, sure, Dan.
4,23. Syr.i3^id. R. osp.
n'a'p f. (r. C!ip) a rising up, Lam.
3,63.
tl5'n3"'p, see liisp.
p? see in r. "("p.
1?? m. (r. "I'p) 1. a Zarice, spear, c.
suff. -irp 2 Sam. 21, 16.
2. Cam, pr. n. a) The eldest son of
Adam, the murderer of his brother Abel,
Gen. 4.1 sq. Among bis posterity were
the inventors of arts and arms. The
name comes from r. "jip, perh. lance, as
a murderous weapon; though in Gen.
4, 1 the etymology is explained as if r.
^p were i. q. n:p no. 1, viz. she bore
Cain and said : J have gotten (borne) a
man with the help of the Lord. b)
The tribe of the Kenites, Num. 24, 22.
Judg. 4, 11 ; see "'S^p. c) A town in
the tribe of Judah, c. art. Josh. 15, 57.
rO^ f. (r. ytp) plur. nirp , once on-'p
Ez. 2, 10.
1. so7ig, Syr. ] M n musical sound,
song. Spec, a song of mourning, lamen-
tation, Jer. 9, 9. Am. 5, 1. 8, 10. Ez. 2,
10. 19, 14. al.
2. Kinah, pr. n. of a town in Judah
Josh. 15, 22.
'Pp Gen. 15, 19. Judg. 4, 11. 17. 1
Sam. 30, 29, also "^S? 2 Sam. 27, 10 TV
1 Chr. 2, 55, gentile n. Kenite, collect.
the Kenites. a Canaanitish tribe dwell-
ing among the Amalekites, 1 Sam. 15,
6, comp. Num. 24. 20. 21. Hobab. the
father-in-law of Moses, was phylarch of
one of their tribes, Judg. 1, 16. 4, 11.
The family of Heber the Kenite dwelt
78
in Naphtali, Judg. 4, 11. See too Vf?
no. 2. b. Syr. \ >1 /n id. pr. ' a smith,'
and this is prob. the signif of Heb. '*3'*(>,
from r. *ip.
IPP (smith, perh. lancer, r. Tip) Ke-
nan or Cainan, pr. n. of an antediluvian
patriarch descended from Seth, Gen. 5,
0. I Chr. 1, 2.
f *)? m. (r. pp III ) c. suff. rWP., har^
vest of fruits, fruit-harvest, not of grain
which is i^5t;5 ; pr. the cutting off of
fruit Is. 16, 9. Jer. 8, 20. 48, 32. Spec.
fg-harcest, which in Palestine takes
place in August; although early figs
(a'^nisa) ripen at the summer solstice ;
Is. 28. ^ as the early fig before the har-
vest, Mic. 7. 1. Hence
a) the harvest-time of figs, i. e. sumr-
mr, espec. midsummer, the hottest sea-
Arab. iaJu)
son :
9
Chald. B'^p,
iyi mid-summer.
Syr. I^Ukj, id. Ps. 32, 4
yip ^3"i:nna into the droughts cf sitm-
mer. Pro'v. 6, 8. 10, 5. 26, 1. 30, 35.
7?|5n ^''^ '/*'? summer-house Am. 3, 15.
Sometimes it seems to include the springy
as 7|"!n also includes autumn and wia-
ter; see in CJ^n.
h) fruit, spec, fgs, as harvested, Aim.
8, 1. 2 ; comp. Jer. 24. 1 sq. Jerome po~
ma, which is a general word including
figs ; see the.lexicons. 2 Sam. IG. 1 nx^
y";p, ellipt. for yip niban nv.-q, a hun-
dred cakes of figs. Comp. in Engl, the
harvest for the grain harvested.
jiSS"^!? m. adj. (r. yxp, for TiS-'p, after
the analogy of ^iJC^n from "f"in. Dag.
om. after "^-7) the last, the extreme, only
in f njiu^p Ex. 26, 4. 10. 36, 11. 17.
I^^p'^p m. Jon. 4. &-10, according to
Jerome, the Talmud, and Heb. intpp^
the Hcinus, palma Christi, Arab, c ^iLl
el-kheru'a, Egyptian xixi, xovxi, Diod..
Sic. 1. 34. a tall biennial plant still culti-
vated in gardens, of an elegant appear-
ance and rapid growth, with a stalk or
trunk full of sap. At Jericho it becomes
a considerable tree ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. 11. p. 281. Bochart. Hieroz. II.
p. 293. 623. Celsii Hierobot II. p. 273
sq. Thesaur. p. 1214. According to
Sept. and Peshito, a gourd.
py
926
nbp
1'^^P''? ni. (r. bbf?) i. q. "ji^fj , ignominy^
shame, once Hab. 2, 16. Vuig. vondtus
ignominicB, shameful vomit, as if com-
pounded from 'p for X'j? vomit, and "pbj?
ignominy, in which sense also nine Mss.
write it in separate words, "bj5 "'p? .
Perhaps for "(i-I^^p, comp. risai:: from
CIBlJ. But not improb. the letters "'p
are not genuine, and have crept in by
an error of the copyists.
"^^p m. once "ij? Is. 22, 5 (where seve-
ral Mss. nip), pi ur. ni-.-^p, R. -i^p.
1. a wall, Sept. xn/og, e. g. of a city
Num. 35, 4. Is. 22, 5. "^p "^i^'nn workmen
in walls, masons, 1 Chr. 14, 1, comp.
2 Sam. 5, 11.- vp^ -^ss Hab. 2, 11. Lev.
14, 37. lilwj lip a leaning wall, ready
to fall, Ps. 62, 4; bsj n-p Ez. 13, 12. 14.
15. Spec, a) wall of a house, e. g. ex-
terior 2 K. 9, 33. Ez. 8, 8. 12, 5. Am. 5,
19 ; also the inside wall, often ornament-
ed with panels and pictures, 1 K. 6, 15.
Ez. 8. 10, 23, 14. 1 Sara. 19, 10. 2 K. 20,
2- "''pr! 2dia the wall-seat, by the wall,
1 Sam. 20, 25. So of the walls (sides)
of an altar Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9 ; trop. of
the heart Jer. 4, 19. b) wall of a gar-
den, park, etc. Num. 22, 25. 1 K. 5. 13.
Tp nnt a wall-storm i. e. destroying
walls Is. 25, 4. c) wall-side, as n^inn -|ip
Josh. 2, 15; and so prob. 2 K. 4, 10 'V^ib'S
^jrp "'"P? little wall-chaviber, built
against the side of the house ; here i^l^p
agrees with r?^5. Prob. the primary
idea of n^p may have been a mound,
rampart, Lat. vallum, so called from
digging, r. n?p ; hence a wall ; just as
Engl, ipall comes from Lat. vallum.
2. a walled place, like Gr. Tft/o? (He-
rod. Xen.) a fortress, citadel; whence
3iB -|ip Is. 15, 1 (fortress of Moab,
Chald. SX'i^'] t?':!3) Kir Moab. pr. n. of
a fortified city in the territory of Moab,
now called Kerak, which name is also
applied in a wider sense to the whole
district. The same is called in Is. 16,
11. Jer. 48, 21. 36 ia-jn "iip (brick for-
tress) iia>-Are ; and in Is. 16, 7. 2 K.3,
25 Pbnn n-p Kir-hare-feth, id. For the
present Kerak, see Burckh. Travel.r in
Syria p. 377-390. Irby and Mangten
p. 361 sq. [110 sq.j Bibl. Res. in Palest.
11. p. 569.
3. Kir, pr. n. of a people and region
subject to the Assyrian empire, Is. 22, 6.
2 K. 16, 9. Am. 1, 5. 9, 7. Prob. the
tract on the river Cyrus (Gr. Ki(^og and
KvQ^og) between the Euxine and Cas-
pian seas, called at the present day in
Armenian, Kur.
CT^ (Chald. a weaver's comb) Kiros,
pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 47 ; for which c'-ip Ke-
ros, Ezra 2, 44.
Jo"
T^"*!? (perh. i. q. y^y> nCf^ a l)ow)
Kish, pr. n. m. a) The father of king
Saul 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. 1 Chr. 8, 33.
b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 9, 36. c) 1 Chr. 23, 21.
22. 24, 29. d) 2 Chr. 29, 12. e) Esth.
2, 5. R. tti-ip.
'jitO'^j: (curved, winding, r. ffi'^p.) Ki-
shon, pr. n. of a stream which in winter
rises near Mount Tabor and empties
itself into the bay of 'Akka, Judg. 4, 7.
5, 21. 1 K. 18, 40. Ps. 83, 10. In sum-
mer it is dry in the plain. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 228-233.
'^V'^'p, see wi;d5p.
^"''^''P Chald. i. q. Gr. xi&n^ig,cilhara^
a lyre, harp, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10 Cheth. In
Syriac also the Greek ending tg is com-c
monly ehanged to os. 'Keri 0"tnp q. v*
^P m. adj. (r. bbp) f n^p, plur. Qifep.
1. Ifght, Job 24' is. Hence
2. swift, with lightrress. Is. 19, 1 ; of
one running. Am. 2, 14. Jer. 46, 6. Lam,
4, 19; fully ^^V?"!? ^P- ^ ^i"- ^^ 1^. Am,
2, 15. Poet. spec, a feet horse Is. 30, 16-,
Adv. swiftly, Joel 4, 4. Is. 5, 2&. 'Aram.
bifep , fllN^n J light, swift.
ip Chald. m. i. q. Heb. ^"ip, voicef^
Dan. 4, 28. 6, 21. 7, 11 ; sound of a trum-
pet, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15.
5p , see Vip, also in r. bVp no. 4.
**^2l? whence (ut. Niph. smb;;?*:) 2
Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Better is the Keri
^* tI> '0 roastyto parch, as ears
of grain, etc. Part. pass, ""ibp Lev. 2, 14.
Josh. 5, 11. Also a person, as a species of
tortore. Jer. 29, 2i2. Arab. !ikj> and ^Jji ,
Eth. *A(D . Chald. xbp, id. Kindr. is
ribx . gee under S p. 878.
NrpH. Part, rtbps scorched, burned;
hence bnrnivg, inflammation, Ps. 38 &
Deriv. 'b^.
nhp 927
* 11. ri^|5 i. q. b^^ , to he light, in
Kal not used.
NiPH. to be made light of^ to be con-
temned, Is. 16, 14; to become despised,
despicable, Deut. 25, 3. Part. nbl?5 de-
spised, ignoble, low, 1 Sam. 18, 23. Is. 3,
5. Prov. 12, 9.
Hi PH. to make light of, to lightly es-
teem, Deut. 27, IG. Hence
P'p n. 1. contempt, shame, disho-
nour, Prov. 3, 35. 6, 33. 13, 18. Jer. 46,
12. Job 10,15. Concr. 18.22, 18. Hence
a) shame, i. e. a shameful deed, Prov. 18,
3. Hos. 4, 18. b) shame, reproach, in
words Prov. 22, 10. c) shame, i. e. the
parts of shame, Nah. 3, 5. Jer. 13, 26.
' '21? obsol. root; Talmud, to flow,
to flow out ; Pi. to pour out. Kindr. is
nb^ II, to flow, to be poured out ; whence
nnbx a dish. Hence
^'^?? f verbal of Pi. a pot, kettle, from
pouring. 1 Sam. 2, 14. Mic. 3, 3. Comp.
Lat. futum (Varr.) and futile, vessel,
from fundo.
'^r I? 1. to contract, to draw in, to
ahnnk, i. q. Arab. (jiaJjj , Part. pass.
Bibj? contracted, shrunk; then any
thing of diminished stature, dwarf,
spoken of victims Lev. 22, 23. Arab.
isJj small stature,^k-L9, Jb^', small,
dwarf; see Camoos p. 965. Hence
pr. n. N^'^bp .
2. to take in unto oneself to receive a
fugitive, i. q. Chald. abp . Hence abpia
an asylum.
ibp
'^p m. (r. nb;5 I ), once K"^!:]? with it
in otio (as "'pj, x-'pj) 1 Sam. 17, 17,
roasted or parched grain, i. e. wheat or
barley roasted in the ears and then
rubbed out, as is still common among
the Bedawin Arabs; see Legh in Mac-
michael's Journey p. 235. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 394. Lev. 23, 14. Ruth 2,
14. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 17, 28 where
bi? is twice read, once of grain and
again of pulse. Comp. Lev. 2, 14.
"^^j? (perh. for Pi^^p, rt^bp. the swift
messenger of Jehovah) Kallai, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 20.
^^?P Kelaiah. pr. n. of a Levite, Ezra
10, 23; called also
r)''b]3 (dwarf, r. ubjj) Kelita, pr. n.
m. Ezra 10, 23. Neh. 8,' 7. 10, 11.
*^^|5 fut. bp:, iiK Gen. 16, 4. 5. 1
Sam. 2. 30.
1. to be light, not heavy, see Hiph.
Eth. *AA id. *A.Al light. Syr. 'Co to
be light, swift, lightly esteemed. Hence
2. to be swift, fleet; comp. *ov^,o<;
light, swift, ihtqiQO!; and ila<fog, Lat.
' levis cervus,' Engl, light-lboted ; also
adj. bp . So 2 Sam. 1, 23 lip d-'1'^?
they wure swifter than eagles. Hab. 1,3.
Jer. 4, 13. Job 7, 6. 9, 25.
3. to be or become few, small, to be
diminished ; Arab. Jo to be few. Gen.
8, 1 1 and Noah saw y^xn bsia ta^nn ibp ""S
that the waters were diminished from off"
the earth, v. 8.
4. Trop. of persons, to be lightly es-
teemed, to be insignifcant, vile ; opp. r.
133 no. 6. With.-'rra Gen. 16, 4. 5. Job
40, 4. Nah. 1, 14 rnVp ^'Sfor thou art
become small, thy power is broken, O
Assyria. Sometimes intens. to be de-
spised, contemned, opp. 1233 , 1 Sam^,
30. Comp. nbp II. Hence, according
to some, b'p inf. as noun, lightness, i. e.
shame, reproach. Jer. 3, 9 ; better i. q.
bip voice, rumour.
NiPH. bp: 2 K. 3, 18, bp: 1 K. 16, 31 ;
fut. bpv
1. to be light; Part. fern. n^pD bs
lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11. Also
to be light, easy, 2 K. 20, 10; with dat.
of pens, to any one Prov. 14, 6.
2. to be swift, i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 30, 16.
3. Trop. of things, to be light, small,
trifling; c. ''.rsa 1 Sam. 18, 23. 2 K.
3, 18. Impers. 1 K. 16, 31 ; and so with
TO with inf Is. 49, 6 nnr "^h ^riTTis bpj it
is too light a thing that thou shonldst be
my servant ; also with dat. added Ez. 8.
17. But Hitzig has well remarked on
Is. 1. c. that this construction is not ac-
cordant with the laws of thought or lan-
guage, but we should rather expect TO
of person, thus "i=- "^b ~rn''n 'r'S's bpj .
The writer confounds the two construc-
tions, and puts before the infin. the '{O
which should have stood before the
person.
4. Trop. of persons ; to be lightly ?-
teemed, to be contemned, vile, 2 Sam. 6. 22.
bbp
928
ybp
Pi EL bip to vilify, to curse, pr. io make
vile, contemptible ; Syr. 'VjoI to lightly
esteem, to vilify. Spec, a) to revile,
to ab^isevfllh. reproachfal words. Lev. 19.
14. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Sam. 16, 5. 7. 9. 10. IL
13. b) Intens. to curse, to utter impre-
cations, i. q. inx , and opp. Tj"]? . Ps- 62,
5. 109, 28 ; with ace. as parents Lev.
20. 9. Prov. 20, 20 ; God, i. q. to blas-
pheme, Ex. 22, 27. Lev. 24, 11; also
one's natal day Job 3, 1 ; c. 3 , as the
king and God Is. 8, 21 ; so nin-i DCa 2
,K. 2, 24, rnbN2 1 Sam. 17, 43^ A curse
followed by immediate destruction is
ascribed to the prophets, 2 K. 2, 24.
Deut. 23, 5. Josh. 24, 9 ; espec. to God
Gen. 8, 21. Reflex, ib b^p to curse one-
self, i. e. to bring a curse upon oneself;
1 Sam. 3, 13 because he hiew C^bbj^TS "'S
V32 Ciib that his sons were bringing a
curse upon themselves.
PuAL fut. b^f?7 , part. b|f3i3 , to be ac-
cursed, Ps. 37, 22. Job 24, is ; so i. q. to
perish under a curse, Is. 65, 20.
HiPH. '^PJ'!i , fat. bp^, inf b^n , imper.
>p.n- ~ "
1. to make light, io lighten, a) With
ace. of thing and b^"^ of pers. io lighten
any thing from, off any one, to take it
away, 1 K. 12, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 5. 2 Chr.
10, 10. b) Ace. impl. Ex. 18, 22 bpn
Tj'^bst: lighten from off thee sc. the bur-
den, business, make thy business lighter.
Jon. 1, 5. c) With l^a of burden, to
lighten or remit something y>0OT a bur-
den ; 1 K. 12,4 Tj-'ns nnbiJJtJ bprn lighten
(something) from the service of thy fa-
ther, i.e. remit somethingof the service
which thy father imposed upon us. v. 9.
2. to make light of, to despise, 2 Sam.
19, 44. Ez. 22, 7 ; to mxike despised, to
'bring into contempt, Is. 8, 23.
PiLP. bpbp 1. to shake, to move
quickly to and fro, Irom Kal no. 2 ;
Arab. J<iL> id. Eth. A3f*A4A to be
moved, shaken. Ez. 21, 26 [21] bpbp
CXna he shakelh (waveth) the arrows,
a species of divination.
2. to make .smooth, to polish, and hence
to aharjyen Rcc. 10, 10. The notion of
moothncss exists also in the adj. bbj?.
HiTHPALP. to be moved, shaken. Jer.
4,24.
Deriv. bp , bb;?, nbbp , bpbp , -pbir-^p,
pr. n. '\Xl
5bj5 m. adj. smooth, polished, of brass
Dan. 10. 6. Ez. 1, 7. Vu!g. (ss candens.
See r. bb;? Pilp. no. 2. Thesaor. p. 1217.
'^^^I? ^- ( ^rJj Pi-) constr. nbbp, c.
suff. ~>r)bbp , plur. nibbp ; malediction^
i. e. a) cursing, reviling,, 2 Sam. 16,
12. Prov. 27, 14. b) a curse, impreca-
tion. Gen. 27, 12. Deut. 11, 26. 29. 30, 1.
19. al. Gen. 27, 13 ^rjbbp thy curse, pass,
i. e. which lights on thee. Concr. om
accursed Deut. 21, 23. Jer. 24, 9. 42, 18.
al. Plur. rribbp^ curses Deut. 28, 15. 45.
C5JD in Kal not used, Piel to scoff
at, to scorn, to deride, Ez. 16, 31 thou
art not as a harlot, "iins O^pb who scoff-
eth at her hire, in order to get more.
Vulg. well, fastidio augens pretitim.
Chald. obp to praise, also to mock.
HiTHP. id. c. 3 2 K. 2, 23. Ez. 22, 5.
Hab. 1, 10.
Deriv. the two following.
C^)? m. scorn, derision, Ps. 44, 14. Jer.
20, 8.'
'^O'lp f id. Ez. 22, 4. R. t3bp^ .
* *'2|^ to sling, to throw with a
sling. Part, sb'p a stinger, Judg. 20, 16.
Trop. to slivg out, i. e. to eject a people
from a land, Jer. 10, 18. Chald. and
Syr. id. The primary idea is perhaps
that of iot-/^ up and t/oir. shaking;
comp. Arab. itj3 id. Hence sbp no. 2.
PiEL i. q. Kal. 1 Sam. 17, 49. 25, 29.
Deriv. rbp , 5^p .
* ' ^515 to carve wood, etc. 1 K. 6,
29. 32. 35. Eth. A^ftU to impress,
mark, stamp money; ^A.^0 an image
on coin. Hence rsbpa.
y^l? m. (r. rbp I) in pause rb;?, c
suft'. irbp ; plur. a-iybp, constr. "'rbp.'
1. a sling 1 Sam' 17, 40. 50. 25* 29.
Zech. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 26, 14. Chald.
KSbp, Arab. c^Uw, id.
2. a curtain, hangiiig. Ex. 27. 9 sq.
35, 17. Num. 3, 26. al. Chald. id. Arab.
j3 sail of a ship ; JU IV, to sail, to
navigate. Eth. ^AU the sail is furled.
3?bp
929
K:p
This signification perh. comes from the
idea of moving up and down ; see the
root.
3. In 1 K. 6, 34 for 0"<yVj5 . we ought
prob. to read o'^rbs leaves of the door,
whicli stands in the first clause and in
cod. Kennic. no. 150.
y^p a slinger 2 K. 3, 25. R. rb}3 I.
bjJ'^p adj. (r. b^p5, as is'ns from "ins)
light, mean, vile, of food Num. 21, 5.
* lCbj5 obsol. root. perh. i. q. dl?;? to
prick; then, to be sharp. Chald. ttJbjs
to be thin, lean. Hence
filDsp m. a sharp point, prong ; 1
Sam. 13, 21 "I'it'ip lybd a three-pronged
fork, with which hay, straw, and the
like are gathered up, pr. 'a triad of
prongs.' Spoken of a pointed instru-
ment Ecc. 12, 11 Targ.
*n'^i5 obsol. root, perh. i. q. Arab.
C45 to heap together, to collect. Hence
the pr. names bx^iap?, n^rp-j, cso^r'^,
DSior-' .
T :': T
'^'9'^ f- ( t^p) constr. r-Qi^, plur.
rir]? ; pr. a stalk of grain, collect.
stalks, put for standing grain Ex. 22, 5.
Deut. 16. 9. 23. 26. al. Plur. Judg. 15,
5. Chald. id. also a statue.
^S^TSP (assembly of God ? r. n;?)
Kemud. pr. n. m. a) A son of Nahor
Gen. 22, 21. b) Num. 34, 24. c)
1 Chr. 27, 17.
"jITap (perh. full of stallts or grain, see
JniQp) Kamon, pr. n. of a place in Gilead
Judg. 10, 5.
iiap m. Is. 34, 13, Oi^T Hos. 9, 6,
and plur. D-aitJBp Prov. 24, 31, a prickly
treed, e. g. e/e, thistle ; see Celsii
Hierob. T. II. p. 206. Kimchi thorns.
R. ri:;? .
*^':^|5 obsol. root, prob. to be fat,
marrowy ; comp. Lj' to be fat, and nn^
to be marrowy. Hence
'^'Q]? m. in pause nr;?, meal, fiour,
pr. marrow, ^iviloi avStibtv. Judg. 6, 19.
1 Sam. 1. 24. 28, 24. 1 K. 5, 2. al. seep.
Chald. KHisp id. Arab. ^**S grain,
wheat. Eth. $^jfh pulse from which
meal is made.
78*
* ^ '=1? to lay fast hfdd of Job 16, 8,
Chald. id. Arab. U^a to bind.
Kindr. are yl5. I'B)?.
PiTAL pass. Job 22, 16.
* >*ii$ Is. 33, 9, and ^'2'^^ 19, 6, to
pine away and die, of a tree, plant.
Kindr. is biax. Arab. Jk^* pr. to be
thick set with insects, lice, and so to
languish, of a plant. Syr. \ Vi o to lan-
guish, of persons.
\ ri\i pr. to press together, to com-
press, comp. kindr. 'f^T, > then to take
with the hand or fist, e. g. a handful Lev.
2, 2. 5. 12. Num. 5, 26. Hence
fop m. c. suff. I's^r?, a handful, of
meal etc. as an offering, Lev. 2,2. 5, 12.
6, 8. Also of grain, a handful, manipu-
lus, ns laid down by the reapers, but not
yet bound into sheaves ; Gen. 41, 47
D'^S'Spb by handfuls, i. e. abundantly.
Arab. swi.
''^ sl$ obsol. root prob. i. q. ob;?,
to prick, to sting, as a nettle. Hence
CilBp (dlTD"'p).
IP m. constr. "Ip Deut. 22, 6, c. suff.
isp, plur. D-'Sp. R. 'i?;?.
1. a nest Is. 10, 14." Ps. 84, 4. Prov.
27, 8. Meton. a nest of young birds,
nestlings, Deut. 32, 1 1. Is. 16, 2. Syr.
ilx id.
2. Metaph. a dwelling, espec. one built
upon a lofty rock like an eagle's nest
(comp. Job 39, 27). Num. 24, 21. Jer.
49, 16. Obad. 4. Hab. 2. 9 ; or as being
pleasant and comfortable. Job 29, 18 ;
comp. 'nidum servas' Hor. Ep. I. 10. 6.
Plur. ^''ip cells, chambers in the ark.
Gen. 6, 14.
f-
* ^51$ m Kal not used, Arab. LlS
to become very red. Hence
PiEL NSp 1. to be jealous, from the
redness or flush with which the face is
suffused ; with ace. of one's wife Num.
5, 14 ; with 3 of a female rival Gen. 30.
1. Causat. i. q. Hiph. to excite to jea-
lousy, with a by or with any thing, Deut.
32,21. 1 K.'l4, 22.
2. to envy any one, with a of pers.
Gen. 37, 11. Ps. 37, 1. 73, 3. Prov 23,
X3p
930
;:p
Is. 11,
17. 24, 1. 19; ace. Gen. 26, 14
13. Ez. 31,9; h Ps. 106, 16.
3. to be zealous towards any person
or thing, to bum with zeal, ^ijkow. a)
With 1? to be zealous for any one, for
his cause, Num. 25, 11. 13. 2 Sam. 21, 2.
1 K. 19. 10. al. b) to emulate any one,
c. a Prov. 3, 31.
HiPH. causat. to provoke to jealousy,
see Pie! no. 1 ; c. 3 Deut. 32, 16. 21. Ps.
78, 58. For part. Hipa Ez. 8, 3, see in
r. ^;^J Hiph.
De'riv. fits;?, xSg^, nxDp.
2;? Chald. to hay, i. q. Heb. nj)? no.
3. Ezra 7, 17.
K^J? m. (r. V.'ipJ jealous, spoken of God
as permitting no rival, and the severe
avenger of defection from himself Ex.
20, 5. 34. 14. Deut. 4, 24. 5, 9. 6, 15.
Chald. N2;? and -jNSp id.
nspp f (r. ^<:^3) constr. nN3p, c. sufF.
'nssp : plur. nixjp .
\. jealousy, e. g. in a husband Prov.
6, 34. 27. 4 ; of God Ez. 8, 3 ; of rival
nations Is. 11, 13. Plur. nisjp Num. 5,
15. 18 25. 29. Hence envy Ecc. 9, 6 ;
meton. object of envy Ecc. 4, 4.
2. zeaZ. ardour towards any one. ^^jioc,
'6. g. of lovers Cant. 8, 6 ; of God for his
people Zech. 1, 14. Is. 9, 6 nirr; r^'ip^
riitrs the zeal of Jehovah of hosts, in
behalf of his people. With genit. of
. object. c5-rs<3p the zeal (of God) towards
the people Is. 26, 11 ; so 2 K. 10, 16. Ps.
69, 10.
3. heal, anger, indignation, coupled
with nrn Ez. 5. 13. al. nnas Ez. 38,
19; rx 35. 11. To it is ascribed fire,
;nx5p CX Ez. 36, 5, as devouring Zeph.
1, is. 3 8, smoking Deut. 29, 19 ; comp.
Ps. 79. 5. Spoken of the indignation of
God Num. 25, 11. Ez. 16, 42. Is. 59, 17 ;
. of men Ps. 1 19, 139. Job 5, 2.
* nj|5 lot. n:;?^, conv. "p*! . pr. to set
uprighl. to erect, i. q. 'ppn ; kindr. with
"(Sp. "jis ; see nsp, Hjp, canna. Hence
1. to found, to create, e. g. the heavens
and earth Gen. 14, 19. 22 ; mankind
,Deut. 32, 6. Ps. 139, 13. Prov. 8, 22
where Sept. ixnai fji, Targ. and Peshito
iK-na. ]j^. Arab. Ui* i. q. \^^X^ God
created, eee'Camoos p. 1937
Syr. |J-o, Arab. \j3 and ^c*^i '^- E. g.
a woman to wife Ruth 4,9. 10 ; wisdom,
understanding, Prov. 4, 7. 15, 32. 16, 16.
17, 16. 19, 8 ; God his holy mountain by
conquest, Ps. 78, 54 ; the people of Is-
rael as his own. Ex. 15, 16. Ps. 74, 2.
Gen. 4, I ''^'"rx a"'X '^n"'3p / have gotten
a man with the help of Jehovah, have
borne a son ; see in ""^p no. 2. a.
3. Spec, to get by purchase, to buy,
Gen. 25, 10. 47, 19. 22. 50, 13. Ex. 21,
2. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Jer. 13, 1. 4. Is. 43, 24.
al. ssep. Metaph. to buy the truth Prov.
23, 23. Part, nsp a buyer Prov. 20, 14.
Ez. 7, 12 ; opp. 13b Is. 24, 2. Also to
buy off, to redeem from captivity, Deut.
28, 68. Neh. 5, 8. Is. 11, 11. Comp.
Lat. conciliare for einere Ten Eun. 4. 4.
21. Hence
4. to own, to possess. Part. ri2p an
owner, possessor, master, e. g. of a house
Lev. 25, 30 ; a flock Zech. 11. 5 ; an ox
Is. 1. 3. Comp. nspia .Syr, jlu id. Eth.
^iP to possess, to be master ; Arab.
iJCii to possess.
^NiPH. to be bought, Jer. 32, 15. 43.
HiPH. pr. ' to let buy or be bought,'
i. e. to sell; Zech. 13, 5 ^sspn cnx a
man sold me as a slave ; comp. Kal in
Am. 8, 6. Ecc. 2, 7. Verbs of buying
often take in the causative conjug. the
signif of selling ; comp. "(3] ^"j to buy,
,3! r^\ to sell. Part. n:pT3 , Ez. 8, 3
n:pan nsspn h^zQ S'^iia ci'icx where
was the seat of the image of wrath (i. e.
the idol provoking God's wrath) which
selleth sc. Israel to his enemies, i. e.
which delivers Israel even as a slave
into the power of his enemies ; note the
paronomasia. Others refer nDpan to
r. N:p, and render: which provoketh to
wrath.
Deriv. MJp, *,;3p, nsjsn, nspo, and
pr. n. n:p,r2p."
n;j3 m. (r. n:p init.) constr. MJp), c.
euff. n:p ; plur. C-'Jp , constr. "'Jp, c. suff.
crbp ; a reed, cane, Lat. canna, Gr.
XM>'7j, xwiTij, yntvva, id. Chald. n;p , S^Sp ,
Syr. lie. Cie id. Arab. jjUi' id. also
spear. Of a reed or cane growing in
wet or marshy ground 1 K. 14, 15. Job
2. to gel, to gain, to obtain, to acquire; \ 40, 21. In. 19, 6. 35,7. Ps.68,31 n?p rjn
nap
931
W>^
t?ie beast of the reeda, i. e. the crocodile.
f At the present day the banks of the
Jordan and ttie upper part of the lake
Hiileh are full of tall reeds or cane ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 255. III. p.
340. II.] Spoken also of the sweet cane,
tweet flag, acorus calamus Linn, calamus
odoratus, growing in India (Plin. XII.
12 or 48), Is. 43. 24. Ez. 27, 19. Cant. 4,
14 ; fully ctba naps Ex. 30, 23, aian n?;?
Jer. 6, 20. Also the cultivated cane,
arundo sativa, arundo donax Linn,
growing very tall, and used as a staff
for walking, n:;?n nsrria Ez. 29. 6. Is.
36, 6, comp. yis-1 njrj Ez. 42, 3; and
for measuring rods. See on these spe-
cies of cane Celsii Hierob. II. p. 312 sq.
Hence
a) a measuring reed or rod, fully Ti}p
man Ez. 40. 3. 5. 42, 16-19 ; this was a
measure of six larger cubits (noaj nax,
see in nax), i. e. six cubits and six
palms, Ez. 40, 5-8. 41, 8 ; plur. Ez. 42,
16-19. So Gr. xalafiog was a measure
of 6 5 cubits.
b) a stalk of grain, Gr. xaXafio?, xu-
JiafiTj.Gen. 41, 5. 22.
c) the upper bone of the arm, Job 31,
22. Comp. Germ. Armrdhre ; Arab.
^ '
\,A<^''>' reed, also a marrow-bone.
d) the rod or beam of a balance ;
hence meton. for a balance, Is. 46, 6.
Gr. xavuv.
e) the hollow shaft, stem, of the sacred
candelabriv Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17.
f) Plur. w^p^ arm^, branches, tubes,
bearing the lights of the sacred cande-
labra, Ex. 25, 32. 33. 35. 37, 18 ; c. suff.
s ^
on-ispj Ex. 25, 36. 37, 22. Arab. sUi
channel, trough.
T3^ (place of reeds) Kanah. pr. n.
a) A stream on the borders of Ephraim
and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. 17. 9. b)
A city in Asher Josh. 19, 28. [Now a
village about three hours south of east
from Tyre, still called Kdna LiLi' ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 384. R.
i^'lS^ m. (r. n:;^) i. q. NSp, jealous,
Apoken of God. Josh. 24, 19 ; also angry
against his enemies, Nah. 1, 2.
3 j^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. {jaJJi to
hunt. Hence
T?)5 (a hunt) Kenaz, pr. n. a) An
Edomite, descended from Esau ; alao
a tract of Arabia named from him, Gen.
36, 11. 15. 42. b) The father or ra-
ther the grandfather of Othniel the bro-
ther of Caleb, Josh. 15, 17. Judg. 1, 13.
1 Chr. 4, 13. See "'W^ . c) A grand-
son of Caleb 1 Chr. 4, 15.
"*??)? (hunter) Kenizite, pr. n. a)
A Canaanitish tribe, of which nothing
further is known. Gen. 15, 19. b) Pa-
tronym. of the name tjjs lett. b. Num.
32, 12. Josh. 14, 6.
r?P m. (r. n;;?) constr. '^sp. c. suff.
1. a creature, Ps. 104, 24. Sept. ytxi-
atg. Chald. l^sp id.
2. a getting, acquisition, purchase,
Prov. 4, 7. Lev. 22. 11.
3. possession, substance, wealth, Gen.
34, 23. 36, 6. Ps. 105, 21. Ez. 38. 12. 13.
D j5 obsol. and doubtful root ; perh. to
set up, to erect, like n:p , '(ip , "ijp . Hence
jiTSip cinnamon, after the form *)i"i3T,
pr. i. q. npp cane, since the rolls of cin-
namon resemble a cane or tube.
llttSp m. constr. "^sp Ex. 30, 23, cin-
namon, Prov. 7, 17. Cant. 4, 14. Gr.
xlt'vnfiov, xivvuficiyfiov, according to Hdot.
3. Ill a word of Phenician origin. For
the etymology see in r. C3p.
"jil^ in Kal not used, pr. to set up,
to build ; kindr. with njp, ",!tp, alsoOJfJ.
Hence ')P nest ; and from this :
PiEL *|3p denom. to nest, to build a
nest, as a bird Ps. 104. 17. Jer. 48, 28.
Ez. 31,6; a serpent Is. 34, 15. Syr.
r^] id.
Pu AL to have a nest built, to nestle, Part,
f. Tiilp^ Jer. 22. 23.
i^SSp Job 18, 2, see in yp.
riji? (possession, r. njp) Kenath, pr.
n. of a city beyond Jordan, situated in
Auranitis (Hauran) some distance north
from Bostra, Num. 32. 42. 1 Chr. 2, 23.
Gr. Kixra&tt, Kavo&a. Now called
ot^JLJ' Kunawdt. See Reland Palest,
p. 6:Jl. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria
p. 83.
* DD|5 fut. cbp";!, 2 pers. pi. nj^oppi
Ez. 13, 23, to divine, to practise divitia-
iion. used in the verb only of false pro-
DCp
932
Itp
phets, etc. e. g. of the Hebrews Deut.
18. 10. 14. Mic. 3. 6. 7. 11 ; of necro-
mancers 1 Sam. 28, 8 ; of foreign pro-
phets, as of the Philistines 1 Sam. 6, 2,
of Balaam Josh. 13. 22. Classic for the
three kinds of divination common among
the Semitic nations, viz. arrows, en-
trails, and Teraphim, is Ez. 21, 26 [21].
Constr. with ace. of thing, 2 K. 17, 7.
Ez. 13, 23. 21, 26. 28 ; dat. of pers. 1
Sam. 28, 8 ; ace. and dat. Ez. 21, 34.
22, 28. Part. CDp a diviner, one who
foretells, 1 Sam." 6, 2. Is. 3, 2. 44, 25.
Jer. 27, 9. 29, 8. Zech. 10, 2. Sept.
usually fidvng, fiuvrtvu. The primary
idea is prob. that of dividing, dividing
out ; comp. Arab. t^^tJi to divide out.
As this was often done by lot, hence
CC^3 pr. to divide out by lot, like Arab.
^ftflft^' ; and then for any species of lot or
divination. Chald. BOps, Syr. >c_jj5, id.
Deriv. CDpia and
DD^ m. 1. lot, Ez. 21, 27 [22] ; see
the root.
2. divination, Num. 23, 23. 1 Sam.
15. 23. Jer. 14, 14. Ez. 13, 6. 23. Plur.
C-nop Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. Me-
ton. reward of divination Num. 22, 7.
Comp. nVys.
3. In a good sense, an oracle, divine
sentence, Prov. 16, 10.
* CC'i^ in Kal not used, to cut off, i. q.
Po. ODip to cut off Trait, Ez. 17, 9.
fl?^ f (r. nbjD) any vessel, a dish,
cup, BO called from its rounded form, i. q.
ntrp q. V. Hence lESn POfs a writer's
vessel, i. e. an ink-horn, inkstand, worn
in the girdle, Ez. 9, 2. 3. 11. Eth.
4'U}'^ tt water-vessel, water-pot.
rib'^y]? (prob. i. q. kiLLs arx) Keilah,
pr. n. of a city in Judah Josh. 15, 44.
1 Sam. 23, 1. 1 Chr. 4, 19. Neh. 3, 17.
18. See Reland Palest, p. 698.
yp?)? m. a stigma, mark, cut or burnt
in. Lev. 19, 28. R. Sip no. 1. Talmud.
S'pv^p to dig, to scratch as a fowl, also
to cut in a mark.
**^?i5 obeol. root, Arab, ju to he
deep ; pr. to dig, kindr. with lip, "ipj,
also '^\yn , "ip^ , Hence
*^'^?i? ^- fionstr. r^yp, plur. constr.
ninyp . c. suff. T^niiyp . a deep dish, bowl,
charger, Num. 7, 13 sq. 84. 85. Ex. 25,
S ^ "
29.37,16. Sept. Tpi;/3Aioy. Arab. ^j| Jtj
a deep dish.
^ ^ 1^ /o draw in oneself, to contract.
Kindr. are Y^'^- "^^P^i "^^I^r ^^'^ softened
K35 ; also Arab, vjj* to be wrinkled,
shrunk, as cloth after washing.
1. to draw in the feet, to sit with the
feet drawn under, in the oriental man-
ner, Zeph. 1, 12 ; comp. Jer. 48. 11.
2. to concrete, to coagulate, as milk,
see Hiph. Poet, of the sea, Engl. Vers.
to congeal, Ex. 15, 8.
NiPH. ^o 6e drawn in, contracted, Zech.
14. 6 Cheth. "(IXEls^ ninp-i, see in np^
no. 4. p. 420.
HiPH. causat. of Kal no. 2, to make
coagulate, to curdle milk. Job 10, 10.
Hence
pKBp m. congelation, ice ; Zech. 14,
6 Keri '|"iS5pT niip';', Sept. xal ipv^og
xal nixyog, Vuig. sedfrigus et gelu. Bet-
ter is Chethibh, see in r. Sp Niph. and
-ip-i no. 4.
"?I? to draw oneself together, to
shrink, to roll oneself up; like kindr.
TpB, 7pB, Syr. miP) also NEp, ols.
Hence Tisp hedgehog.
PiEL id. is. 38, J2 ':!n jnxa 'tnnap /
have rolled together, like a weaver, my
life ; or intrans. my life is rolled toge-
ther, as by a weaver; i. e. in either
case, my life is finished, like the piece
of cloth which the weaver, when com-
pleted, rolls together. The latter is
perh. preferable. Intrans. also in Targ.
and Pesh.
Deriv. the two following.
"IBp m. also Tiisp Is. 34, 11 (r. lEp) a
hedgehog, so called from rolling himself
up; Is. 14, 23. 34, 11. Zeph. 2, 14. Arab.
resolving the Dag. tXiJcJ and i)J>JJs ,
Syr. ifsLo id. Eth. 4>*'i4t'H porcu-
pine.
n'lfii? f. MiUl (r. *iE|5) Ez. 7, 25 n-iBp
xa destruction cometh, according to the
Targg. and Heb. intpp. Better, horror,
terror, from the primary signif. of the
lEp
933
=2p
root i. e. ' to ahrink, to start back.'
Comp. Syr. ^m^ . The n is not para-
gogic, and the tone is retracted prob.
only by an error of the punctators ; see
Heb. Gr, 79, note 2. e.
TBJ? , see in i"d|5 .
TIDp m. (r. Ttpj) i. q. Arab. kvLft* , <?r-
pens jacvduK, q. d. arrow-snake, so called
from its darting, springing, in the man-
ner of the rattle-snake, Is. 34, 15. See
Bochart Hicroz. II. p. 408.
T^J^ obsol. root, pr. i. q. "lEfJ, ytp^,
(comp. y^P,, y^p)) to draw oneself
together, to contract, espec. in order to
make a spring, in the manner of a cat,
lion, deer, serpent, etc. So Arab, yij
and Chald. ytp to leap, to spring upon.
Syr. }i Vin locust, grasshopper; comp.
r. yefj .Hence Tiop> .
\ ri^ fut. y5|?7, to draw together,
to contract, to shut, kindr. with TCj? , *1B|5 ,
also y^iS Chald. id. Arab. {jaJiJi con-
strinxit. E. g. the mouth Job 5, 16.
Ps. 107. 42 ; the hand, i. e. to be illiberal,
niggardly, Deut. 15. 7 ; trop. one's com-
passion, sympathy, Ps. 77, 10.
NiPH. to draw or gather oneself up, to
compose the body and limbs as in death,
i. q. to die; Job 24, 24 I'lSBls'i Vss;
comp. Gen. 49, 33. Arab, yu and ^uJMi
to die.
PiEL to leap, to spring, comp. TSfj,
Cant. 2, 8. Chald. yi&p id.
fp m. (r. y:it>) c. suff. 'Sf); plur.
constr. ""S:!? once Job 18, 2 see in Plur.
below, where also see other forms ; an
end, i. e.
1. Of place, end, extremity. 2 K. 19.
23 ristp ,'ib"a his extreme lodging-place,
i. e. the highest. Jer. 50, 26 yjs'a i. e.
'from the extremity of the earth ;' or,
'all from the extremity,^ i. q. najsia, see
in ns;^. So h yp nva to put, set, an
end (limit) to any thing. Josh. 28. 3.
2. Of time, end, e. g. of the year 2 Chr.
21. 19 ; of words Job 16. 3 ; of war Dan.
9, 26 ; of wonders Dan. 12, 6. So ,"'i<
h yp there is ?io end to a thing, i. e. it is
infinite, Is. 9, 6. Ecc. 4, 8 ; or innume-
rable Ecc. 4, 16. Withbom. Ecc.l2. 12
yp ytt nann cnoo ri-:js to the making
of many books t/iere is no end. Also VSJia
with genit. of time, at the end of (comp.
1 no. 4, c), i. e. after, e. g. Gen. 8, 6
after forty days. 4, 3. 16, 3. 41, 1. Ex.
12, 41. Is. 23, 15. 17. al. sajp. Later
writers use yp\ id. 2 Chr, 18, 2. Neh.
13,6. Dan. 11,6. 13. 12, 13.
Spec, a) the end of a person, i. q.
destruction, death, Ps. 39, 5. Dan. 9, 26.
14, 45. Job 6, 11 ; of nations, destruction^
Jer. 51, 13. Ez. 7, 2. 3. 6. Am. 8, 2 ; of
mankind Gen. 6, 13. Also yp "lis ini-
quity of destruction, causing it, Ez. 21,
30. 34 [25. 29]. 35, 5. b) eveiit, fulfil-
ment of a prophecy, Hab. 2, 3. c) yp P5
the time of the end, Dan. 8, 17. 11, 35. 40.
12, 4, also yp nsia id. 8, 19, n-'a^n yp
the end of days 12, 13, and simpl. yp id.
11, 27, i. e. the last days, the time of
calamity immediately preceding the
coming of Jehovah and the Messiah.
Plur. once in the constr. state. Job
18, 2, where '^:p is for ''^p the Daghesh
being resolved in the Chaldee manner,
see Lehrg. p. 134. Thesaur. p. 1223.
The words are : "'Srp ,^'^iuri njjj-ns
y^Xih how long (i. e. when) will ye put
an end to words? Elsewhere for plur.
absol. is used the form niisp , see nxj5 ;
for the constr. and c. sufT. ''2^p, i^n"i:tp,
from is^., nisi?. Denom. is 'j"iS''E5, for
fp see y^p.
* ^^1^ fut. S'sp'^ 1. to cut, to cut of,
e. g. wood, a stick, 2 K, 6, 6. Arab.
,..>.flj> to cut off, to cut in pieces. Kindr.
is3:2f>, also 3Sn, Z'jn. But all verbs
beginning with the letters Sp have the
notion of cutting, cutting off, e. g. y^p,
nsp, -is;?, SSfJ ; comp. tTj, y^n, also
Tia, which are all of the same family.
2. Spec, to shear sheep, Cant. 4, 2.
Arab. i-^*%,-n!f a shorn sheep. Hence
^^p m. 1. cut, i. e. form, shape^
comp. Fr. faille, Germ. ZuschnitI, 1 K.
6, 25. 7, 37.
2. Plur. constr. D'^nn 'asp Jon. 2, 7,
cuttings off" (i. e. e.xtremities, founda-
tions) of the mountains sc. in the depths
of the sea, Vulg. extrema. montium.
riilp 934
ni^P 1. Pr.<ocfq^ spec, the end
or extremity, to curtail, and so differing
from nan to cut in the middle ; see P
Kindr. are ^'?15, 3S;5, q. v. Arab. LoJ
I, II. Then
.2. to end, to jinish ; Arab. i^oLi'j
vi^'j extremity. Hence nsf?, "^SfJ,
naps , end.
3. to cut off persons, to destroy, inf
Hab. 2, 10 C^S-n D-^as-map) . Arab.
iVt'"' IV to exterminate.
4. to decide, to judge, Arab, j ai>5
hence y^p^ judge.
PiEL i. q! Kal no. 1. Prov. 26, 6 nsr5a
D^^sn wAo cuileth off the feet i. e. whose
feet are cut off. The wliole verse is to
be rendered thus: he cutteth q^hisown
Jeet, he drinketh (suffereth) damage.
who sendeth a message by the hand of
a fool, i. e. uses a fool as his messenger.
2 K. 10, 32 Jehovah began mS]5b
^xnb^a to cut off in Israel, i. e. to re-
move one part after another.
HiPH. to scrape off or away, i. q. SSi:? ,
Lev. 14, 41. 43.
Deriv. ns|5 lap. , fSt? , nap> ,
*^'^ f- (r- nai5) pr. fem. of naf5. an
end, e.vlremity. Sing, only in the form
ns;3:a at the extremity Ex. 25, 19. 26. 4.
36' 11. 37, 8. Elsewhere only in plur.
constr. n"is{? . c. suff. T'n'ia)?, i. e.
1. ends, extremities, e. g. of a vine-
stock Ez. 15, 4 ; of wings 1 K. 6. 24; of
a breastplate Ex. 28, 23 sq. 'j''";8<n ria|5
the ends of the earth, the remotest regions
and nations. Is. 40, 28. 41, 9. 29. Job 28,
24. D';iT:TEn piap ra^x the four ends
(quarters) of the heavens Jer. 49, 36 ;
comp. Ps. 19, 7. Metaph. Job 26, 14
T'sn^ T"\'Sp the ends (f his ways, i. e. the
extreme part, outline, sketch, of the di-
vine operations.
2. the ends of a thing, i. e. the whole,
to the very end, to the uttermost ; see
in naj5 no. 3 ; so the whole number, Judg.
18, 2 they serit of Ihiir family five me7i
Criai?B out of their whole number. 1 K.
12', 31". 13, 33. 2 K. 17, 32.
HSp m. (r. na{3) ronstr. nsfl?, c. suff.
*ia;i3 ; but also cn^^p^ sing. Ez.' 33, 2.
see in nx-jo and Ileb. Gr. 91. 9. n. an
end, i. e.
ISp
1. Of place, the end, extremity of a
thing ; e. g. in length, as of a staff Judg.
6, 21 ; a spear 1 Sara. 14, 27 ; the Jordan
as it enters the Dead Sea Josh. 15, 5.
Also of length and breadth, as of a cur-
tain Ex. 26, 5 ; a field Gen. 23, 9 ; the
desert Ex. 13, 20; a city 1 Sam. 9, 27 ;
the Dead Sea, its southern end, Num. 34,
3. Josh. 15, 2. etc. "inn naf? the extremity
of the mountain, i. e. its loot, Ex. 19, 12 ;
r^t^in 'p id. 1 Sam. 14, 2. trq'n nap?
the extremity of the water, water's edge,
Josh. 3, 15. i^ias nap? the extreme bor-
der of a land Gen. 47,' 21. Num. 20, 16.
22, 36. in"'"}'! nnTTO napa in the ex-
treme east of Jericho, i. e. on the eastern
border of its territory. So 7"?.Nn nap
the end of the earth, the remotest parts
and regions, Ps. 46, 10. Is. 5, 26. 42, 10.
48, 20. Jer. 10, 13. al. and so ^'^.'C'etr} nap>
the end of the heavens, i. e. the remotest
parts of the world ; Is. 13, 5. Deut. 4, 32.
Is. 7, 18 i:ry3i)2 'nk'^ napa in the uttermost
streams of Egypt, in its remotest parts.
Peculiar is Gen. 19. 4 all the people
na|50 even from the extremity, i. e. from
the remotest parts. Jer. 51, 31 his city
is taken nai^pyrom its extremity, at all
ends, wholly. So ina;;^ Is. 56, 11. Ez.
25, 9. Arab. Laj't ,j^ ab extremo,
i. e. omnes. Comp. in no. 3.
2. Of time, end; often in the con-
nection : D-ia;) H'rbuJ napia at the end of
three days. i. e. after three days Josh. 3,
2 ; and so Gen. 8, 3. Deut. 14, 28. 2 Sam.
24, 8. 1 K. 9, 10. Ez. 3, 16. al.
3. the end of a thing, i. e. the whole,
q. d. to the very end, to the uttermost.
E. g. the whole number. Gen. 47, 2 nap^a
I'^nxyrow, the whole number of his breth-
ren. Ez. 33, 2. So Num. 22. 41 he saw
cyn nap5 the tdtermost of the people, i. e.
the whole people even to the extremi-
ties. See in no. 1. fin.
^^P m. (r. nap) end, only in the for-
mula : h nap j-'X there is no end to a
thing, i. e. it is infinite, innumerable, Is.
2, 7. Nah. 2, 10. 3, 3. 9. *
"l^p or 12|? m. (r. nap) only in plur.
constr. I'-ix '.;ap the ends of the earth,
Ps. 48, 11. 65, 6. Is. 26, 15.
f^'lSp plur. see in nap .
n:ip
935
H^P
n2j5 obsol. root. Arab. -, yjl is to
prinkle onion-seed and other coiiiliments
.
upon food in a pot ;' - V* onion-seed
and other condiinenta.' The primary
idea seems to be : to sprinkle, to strew.
Hence
nsp m. Is. 28, 25. 27. according to
Sept. Vulg. and the Rabbins, nigella,
vulanthiiim, i. e. black cumin. See Cel-
sii Hicrobot. P. II. p. 70.
V?? m. (r. ns;5 no. 4) conatr. ,''Xf5,
plur. consfr. T^r5-
1. a judge, magistrate^ Is. 1, 10. 3, 6. 7.
Mic. 3, 1. 9. Arab. (joLs k&dy, a judge.
2. a leader, chief, in war Josh. 10, 24.
Judg. 11, 6. 11. Is. 22. 3. Dan. 11, 18.
Comp. aodi.
3. a prince, Prov. 6, 7. 25, 15.
ny'']SJ3j: (r. rs;^) \.cassia,Gr.xnala,
laurus cassia Linn, a bark resembling
cinnamon, but less aromatic, so called
from being strippfd off"; plur. m5"'a;?
Ps. 45, 9. See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p".
360. Arab. KXA.>a.'i id. Castell.
2. Keziah. pr. n. of one of Job's daugh-
ters, Job 42, 14.
niSp m. (r. -".Si?) constr. I'^Sp) , c. suff.
1. reaping, harvest of grain ; diff. from
y^|5 harvest of fruits, figs, where see. [In
Palestine the barley-harvest precedes
the wheat-harvest about two weeks.
At Jericho, in the depressed valley of
the Jordan, the former takes place in
the last half of April, and the latter in
the first half of May; comp. Josh. 3, 15.
On the plain along the coast, the har-
vest is usually a fortnight later; and on
the mountains at Jerusalem and Hebron
still later by another fortnight; seeBibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 99, 100. R.] The
harvest is described as beginning with
the barley cnsb i-spJ 2 Sam. 21, 9. 10.
Ruth 2, 23 ; and ending with the wheat,
O-ian -\isp Gen. 30. 14. Ex. 34, 22. and
with the festival of Pentecost, >''S;3n SO
Ex. 23, 16. Harvest-time is ''s;5r! ns
Jer. 5, 16. 'r^'S.p^ "^^7 Gen. 30, 14, i^:!;? oi-'
Prov. 25, 13, and simpl. nis)? Prov. 6, 8.
10, 6. 26, 1. Coupled -i-'si?! ynx Gen.
8, 22 ; n-'XIsi ttJ-'-in Gen. 45, 6. Es, 34,
21. Melon, harvest is put : a) For the
grain, crcip, either to be harvested Lev.
19, 9. Joel 1, 11. 4,13; or as already
harvested, Jer. 5, 17. Job 5, 5. I'x^ "i''Sfy
the harvest of the Nile Is. 23, 3. b) Po^t'.
lor n^s^ 'lijs harvest-men Is. 17, 5.
Metaph. for destruction, slaughter of a
people, Jer. 51, 33. Hos. 6, 11.
2. a bough; collect, boughs, foliage,
of a tree Job 14, 9. 18, 16. 29, 19. Is. 27,
11 ; of a vine Ps. 80. 12. So called, it is
usually said, from the notion of cutting
off. Better perh. to refer it to r. nsn
no. 2, to be green, verdant ; at least the
roots "i^ii? and isn are closely kindred.
3'?I5 in Kal not used. 1. to cut, to
cut off or out ; comp. y^P, . nap? , and see
in -:*;>. Arab. miaJi to cut off. Hence
^5VJp^a chisel. ^
2. to scrape, to strip off bark ; see
Hi{)h. and njisp) .
3. to break, i. q. Syr. ^wj ; see Pual.
PtiAL Part. plur. n?3^^ Ex. 26, 23.
36, 28, and Hoph. Part. plur. ni?3;rnt3
Ez. 46, 22, pr. ' parts broken in, bent,'
i. e. angles, comers, internal angles, i. q.
HiPH. to scrape off, i. q. nsys Hiph.
Lev. 14, 41. ' . ' '
HoPH. see in Pual.
Deriv. ny"s}5 , ?"is|3, wsi^i!?!? .
*^i?l? fut. Sri'sp^ 1. to break, to
break in pieces, as wood, see r| af? no. 1,
and '^B3f)5. Arab. '_fl -o/i the wind
dashes in pieces a ship; mid. Kesr. to
be broken, as a tooth, spear,- Hence
2. Metaph. to break out or forth in
anger, Gr. ^i]yvvfii ; and so to be angry,
wroth, 2 K. 5, 11. Esth. 2, 21. Is, 57, 16.
64, 8 ; with b? of pers. Gen. 40. 2. 41, 10.
Ex. 16, 20, al bx Josh, 22, 18. Syr.
l-s^ rivalry, envy.
Hi PH. to provoke to anger, e. g. Jeho-
vah Deut. 9, 7. 8. 22. Ps. 106, 32. Zech.
8, 14.
HiTHP. i. q. Kal no. 2, to fret oneself,
Is. 8. 21.
Deriv. Cis;?, MBSp.
51?I5 Chald. i, q. Heb. no. 2, Dan. 2, 12.
Hence
^1-^7^
936
nsrp
5lS)? Chald. m. anger, wrath. Ezra 7, 23.
Sj^p m. (r. "jSps) in pause fiS^ , c. suff.
1. Collect, chips, splinters, comp. the
root no. 1, Hos. 10, 7. Sept. cp^v/avov.
Othcrs.foam.
2. anger, wrath, from the root no. 2.
Ecc. 5, 16. Spec, of Jehovah, Num. J,
53. Josh. 9, 20. Is. 34, 2. 2 Chr. 19, 10.
24, 18. 32, 26. al. Also strife, alterca-
tion, Esth. 1, 18.
n2Jp f. (r. CiS;?) a breaking, a broken
thing, spec, of tbiiage, boughs, a tree,
Joel 1, 7. Sept. av/xXaafiog.
'\ ^^ to cut off, e. g. the hand Deut.
25, 12; the beard Jer. 9, 25. '25, 23,
see in tiXS no. 2. Arab, [jcji to trim
the nails and locks. See under SStj? .
PiEL f ap and ^Sp 1. to cut off, e. g.
a cord Ps. 129, 4 ; the hand, the thumbs,
Judg. 1, 6. 2 Sam. 4, 12; a spear Ps. 46,
10; ornaments 2 K. 16, 17. 18, 16.
2. to cut up into threads, Ez. 39, 3;
into pieces, to cut in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13.
PuAL part. C^spiQ pass, of Pi. no. 1.
Judg. 1, 7.
Deriv. ^p , whence the denom. 'jis'^p ;
pr. n. "I'pa .
V?)? Chald. Pa. to cut off, Dan. 4, 11.
*'^^|? and ^-^1? 1. Mid. A, fut.
"lisp'^, to cut off or doitm; spec, grain,
whence to reap, to harvest, c. ace. Is. 17,
6. Lev. 19, 9. 25, 5. al. Part, "i^tip a
reaper, moicer, harvestman, Ruth 2, 3
eq. 2 K. 4, 18. Jer. 0, 21. Am. 9, 13. Ps.
129, 7. Part. pass. liiSp cut off, shorter,
of cells Ez. 42, 5. Metaph. Job 4, 8
they that sow trouble reap the same.
Prov. 22, 8. Comp. snt no. 2. a,
2. Mid. E (comp. adj. nsp), fut. iSp";",
once "iSp^ Prov. 10, 27, intrane. to be cut
off; hence to be shortened, short, Is. 28,
20. Arab. -aJ* to be short. Spec, a)
""l^ 'T^^5 "'y luind is shortened, i. e. I
have no power, am weak, feeble. Num.
11, 23. Is. 50, 2. 59, 1. Comp. Arab.
iXjJt ^Ls 'short-handed,' and ^ n *
cU jJt ' short-armed,' spokenof a person
without strength or power ; vice versa
^likJb Jo 'a long hand,' for strength,
power ; see more in Comm. on Is. 50, 2.
b) ir^3 (Ti!!-;) nnsg my soid, spirit, is
shortened, i. e. I am impatient, grieved,
vexed, Num. 21, 4. Judg. 16, 16. Job 21,
4. Mic. 2, 7 ; with 3 for, on account of,
any thing, Judg. 10, 16. Zech. 11, 8.
Comp. niBN Tj-ix under T('iX .
PiEL to cut off, to shorten, one's days
Ps. 102, 24.
Hi PH. \. to harvest, to reap, Job 24,
6 Cheth.
2. i. q. Pi. Ps. 89, 46.
Deriv. "i-illp, isp, -iip .
"^r?p m. adj. (r. ns:p) constr. ^Sp.plur.
constr. '''^Itp, short ; ci^; nijp short of
tZays, short-lived, Job 14. 1. Spec. a)"isp
^'^ short-handed, i. e. weak, fetble, 2 K. 19,
26. Is. 37. 27. b) nn -isp Prov. 14, 29,
and n-SX "iStp v. 17, short of spirit, of
anger, i. e. impatient, prone to anger.
"iSp m. (r. "!2p) only nn ^a;p short-
ness of spirit, i. e. impatience, Ex. 6, 9.
ri2)? f (for pxsp , r. nsp ; like nsa
fr. n:^) a Chaldaizingform.
1. e7id, extremity, always with pref.
jia, i. e. rspT? for rsp2, af //jg ewrf o/;
after. Dan. 1, 15 nnbs C^^c^ r:ipi3 a<
?/ie ewrZ o/" ten days. v. 5. 18 o'^o^n n:spab
o^ /Ae fTJc/ of the days, see ",'ab p. 585.
Comp. nsfpr for i^^pQ , see in Ti'S.p no.
2, 3. Pli;r. ni^p (for nii^p , as nis , piur.
rijS,) ends, extremities, Ez. 38, 5; c.
art. the ends sc. of the earth Ps. 65, 6
comp. V. 6. With suff. ini>Sp Ex. 37, 8
and 39.4 Cheth. where Keri has ITiiap
from nsp.
2. the sum, the whole number, i. q. nsp
no. 3. Dan. 1, 2 tTi'bxn n-'n '^s n:spiQ
some o/" //le whole number of the sacred
vessels ; here ^'^tC^ is used partitively,
like 1^ no. 1, Neh. 7, 70 "^ffixn ntpa
risxfi some of the number of the phy-
larchs, i. e. a part of the heads of tribes.
Comp. VPii< nsp^ Gen. 47, 2. Some of
these examples, as Dan. 1, 2. 18. Neh.
I. c. are referred by commentators to a
noun oi the form r:tpT3 , to which they
give the signification of part. But the
CImldee, which is of special authority in
all these examples, is clearly destitute of
any such form, (since the passage in the
Targ. Gen. 47, 2, is of the same charac-
ter with those above cited,) and we
n^p
937
ip
cannot therefore doubt but that rtfjtt ,
wherever it occurs, is to be explained in
one und the suine manner.
rSp Chald. ra. constr. nxpj 1. end.,
Dan. 4, 31 Kjai^ r|3b at the end of the
days.
2. the sum, the whole. Dan. 2, 42 '{O
Kni2b"9 n5tp5 a part f/ the whole king-
dom, i. e. a part of the kingdom, Parall.
is nia a part of it.
1P m. adj. (r. n"n}3) plur. B-'ni? , cold,
cool. Prov. 25. 25. Jer. 16, 14. Trop.
cool, quiet. Prov. 17, 27 Cheth. nn i;5
/"a ^M< spirit. Keri see in ij?^ no. 1.
"Ip , see in 'T'p.
^p m. (r. nn;?) coW, Gen. 8, 22.
* I. ^71? . 3 fern, nxn;? for nxn^ Is.
7, 14 ; inf. Xip) , once niKifJ Judg. 8, 1
like verbs rib , c. sutF. "'X-i;? ; fut. X^p^^ ,
c. suff. IX-^P? Jer. 23, 6; imper. xnp,
plur. f. IX-ip Ex. 2, 20, ^ix^p Ruth 1, 20.
1. to cry oiU, to call out, xfjn^eiv. It is
an onomatopoetic verb comprising also
inarticulate sounds, see art. KIlP; like
Syr. li^ to call, also to sound as a trum-
pet, to crow as a cock. Comp. Gr. xgii^ta
(x^^), xriQitjau) (xij^iy) ; in the Germa-
nic tongues charen to cry out, charo cla-
mour, wailing ; often of the cry of ani-
mals, as Germ, ki&hen, Engl, to crow,
French crier, Engl, to cry ; with a sibi-
lant prefixed skreian, Swed. skria. Germ.
tchreien. Engl, to scream; and with a
sibilant added at the end kreischen, T'^3
q. V. Spoken absol. of any cry or cla-
mour, even inarticulate, like pss ; Gen.
39, 14 bi-ia bip3 x-!psi and I cried with
a loud voice. Sept. i(iqr,aa cpumj fifyakrj.
V. 15 S'^pxi '^p 'n'i"''in . Often follow-
ed by the words thus uttered with a loud
cry, i. q. either immediately, Gen. 45. 1
'lai siX-^Sin K"^p^] and Joseph cried,
Cause every one to go out. Lev. 13, 45.
Judg. 7, 20. 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. llj 14.
Esth. 6. 9. 1 1 ; or also with a word inter-
posed, as ntXS Ez. 9, 1 ; naxai 2 Sam.
18,28; comp. 2 K. 18, 28 bipi xnpsi
">as<T "IS*!":] n1^^^7 hiti and he cried
vnth a loud voice in the Jewish tongue,
and spake and, said. Spec.
a) With bx of pere. to cry out to any
one, to call to any one, Is. 6, 3. Judg.. 18,
79
23; and with the words uttered, pre-
ceded by itxb 1 Sam. 26, 14, n8(1
Judg. 9, 51. fSam. 17,8. 1 K. 17,'ll.
Also with b?of pers. Is. 34, 14 the satyrs
shall cry to each other. With "'^nx of
pers. to cry after any one, i. e, as he
departs, 1 Sam. 20, 37. 38. 24, 9.
b) Often i. q. to cry for help, to implort
aid, espec. from God, absol. Ps. 4, 2
'SSS ''K'^i^2 when I cry. hear thou me.
22, 3. 34. V. 69.4; with nin-^-bx P8.4,4.
28. 1. 30. 9. 55, 17, 61, 3^ Judg. 15, 18.
2 K. 20, 1 1. Hos. 7, 7 ; o^nbxb Ps. 57, 3 ;
ace. Ps. 14, 4, Is, 43, 22 ; c. sufl". Ps. 17,
6. 88, 10. 91, 15. Also with b? of pers.
on account of or against whom one cries
to God for help, Deut. 15, 9.
c) i. q. xfiffrnfffiv, which the LXX
often put for it, to cry, to proclaim,'m the
manner of a herald or prophet. Absol.
Prov. 1, 21 wisdom crieth in the public
places. 8, 1 ; c. ace. 20, 6. Is. 40, 6 t?ie
voice said. Cry. And he said. What .rhaU
I cry? 58, 1. Zech. 1, 14. 17 ; with br of
the object Jon. 1, 2. Followed also by^
the words cried, Gen. 41, 43. Ex. 32, 5-
Jer. 2, 2. 7, 2. 19, 2. 51, 61 ; or as couple*
with an ace. Zech. 7, 7. Is. 44, 7, Joel
4, 9 t3"iaa nXT isnp proclaim ye thi
among the Gentiles ; or with ''S Is. 40, 2,
b "ii"iT S^j? to proclaim or announce lib-
erty to slaves, captives, Jer. 34, 8. 15. 17..
Is. 61, 1. cis X^p to proclaim a fast sc.
to the people, Jer. 36, 9. Jon. 3, 5.
From the sense of proclaiming comes-
the signif of reading aloud, reciting, see-
in no. 4.
2. to call, Sept. xaXtiv, very oflen.
Spec.
a) to call any one to oneself, i. e. to-
bid him come, to call or send for, c. ace
Gen. 27, 1. Ex. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 3, 16.
Hos. 7, 11. Is. 46, 11; b Gen. 20, 9..
Lev. 9, 1. Hos. 11. 1 ; bs Gen. 3. 9:
Ex. 3, 4. 1 Sam. 3, 4. rbs x-,p to call to-
oneself 2 Sam. 15, 2. Metaph. Prov. 18,6
his mouth callethfor blows, i. e. deserves
and invites them. Ruth 4. 11 OUJ Knp-
cnb-nina i. e. call thee (get thee) a
name in Bethlehem., become thou flimous.i
b) As referring to several or many, to
call together, to convoke, c. ace. Gen.
41, 8; dat. Gen. 20, 8. 39. 14. Josh.
23, 2. 24, 1 ; bx 49, 1. Josh. 10, 24.
Hence nixs xip to call a solemn assem^
5<-^p
938
-ip
bly, to convoke, Joel 1, 14, comp. Is. 1,
13; a festival or holy convocation Lev.
23, 2. 4. n"7?D ''>?1~|5 ^/iose called, con-
voked, io a assembly, Num. 1, 16.
c) to call, i. e. io invite, to bid, to a
repast, banquet, comp. xuXtlv fit duTivor,
1 Sam. 9, 13. 22. 1 K. 1, 9. 10. 41. 49.
Part. D^s<1">P? guests Prov. 9, 18. Trop.
b mbuib sn;? to invite to peace, to pro-
pose an alliance, Deut. 20, 10; comp.
Judg. 21, 13.
d) to call, to summon before a judge,
xaXfTi', y.ui.uv ti^Slxriv, Job 13, 22. 14. 15;
comp. 5, 1. Is. 59, 4 parall. we"i'3.
e) to call out or forth, as warriors
Is. 13,. 3; also God the generations of
men Is. 41. 4.
f ) to call.any one to an office, i. q. "in3
to choose ; c. ace. Is. 42, 6. 49, 1. 51, 2 ;
b 22. 20. In the same sense, but
stronger, is 'b Diia S<nj5 to call one by his
name, i. e. to the name and character
which he now bears. Is. 43, 1. 45, 3. 4.
Comp. Ex. 31, 2. Part, c^xn-ip the call-
ed, renowned, Ez. 23. 23.
g) 's C'^3 N'n]? to call upon the name
of any one. lit. 'to call with the name,'
i.e. pronouncing the name; hence to
praise, to laud, e. g. ) Men, as Ps.
49, 12 cninca !iifi(5 they laud their
names i. e. of the rich. Prov. 20, 6
i'HDn C'^X J<~f?7 they praise every one his
own goodness. A somewhat different
turn of this sense occurs in Is. 44, 5 HT
a'py^ cu;2 S'^p7 another lauds the name
of Jacob, i. e. follows and praises the
side or party of Jacob. /?) '''^ Cffla 8<~f3
to call upon the name of God, to invoke
his name, i. e. to praise, to celebrate, to
worship God Gen. 4, 26. 12, S. Ps. 79,
6. 105, 1. Is. 64. 6. Jer. 10, 25. Zeph. 3,
9. Comp. '^ C'ia T'S'tn, Without 3,
we find "^ cilj K-^I? id Deut. 32, 3. Ps.
99, 6. Lam. 3, 55. Sometimes to call
upon the name ofn divinity, is to implore
his i)id, 1 K. 18, 24 sq. A different sense
occurs in Ex. 33, 19, where God him-
self says: '("psb ni.-r; era 'nx'^151 and I
will proclaim by name before thee, Jeho-
vah ! 8C. as present, i. e. in order that
thou maycst know that God indeed is
here, I will myself be the herald to an-
nounce my coming. Comp. Gen. 41, 43.
3. to call, i. c. to name, fully3 DO Kn)?
to call {give) a name to any one, Or.
xidtlv Tiru Tt II. 5. 306. Od. 8. 550. So
Gen. 26, 18. Ruth 4, 17. Ps. 147, 4.
Construed : a) With ace. of name and
dat. of that to which the name is given,
Gen. 1, 5 ni-" n-sb DTibx Nnpr^i . v. 8. 10.
31, 47. 1 Sam. 4^ 21. Ruth 1, 20. 21. Is.
47, 1. al. ssepe. b) With two ace. Num.
32, 41. Is. 60, 18. c) Oftener as Ibllows :
Gen. 4, 25 no i^cir-.-X i<"^pnT and she
called his name Seth. v. 26. 5, 2. 3. 29.
11, 9. 19, 22. 27, 36. 29, 34.
4. to read aloud before an assembly,
etc. to recite, (pr. from the signification
of crying or calling out, see no. 1. fin.)
with ace. of thing Ex. 24, 7. Josh. 8, 34.
35. 2 K. 23, 2 ; also -iSOS xnj? to read in
a book, i. e. what is written in it, (comp.
2 nraj to drink what is in a vessel,) Neh.
8, 8.' 18. 9, 3. Jer. 36, 14 sq. Hab. 2, 2,
Often with the adjunct 's -3]N2 Ex. 1. c.
Josh. 1. c. 'b 133 Deut. 31, 11. Hence
genr. to read Deut. 17, 19. 2 K. 5, 7. 19,
14. 22,8. Is. 29, 11. Arab. tv9, Syr.irO,
to read.
NiPH. X'^ps 1. to be called, i. e. bid
to come, to be called together, convokedy
Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9. 'b na s-ij?: the name
of any one is celebrated, becomes fa-
mous, Jer. 44, 26. Ruth 4, 14.
2. to be called, i. e. named. Constrtied :
a) With dat. of pers. or thing to which
the name is given ; Gen. 2, 23 rxTb
ncix aO:^') this shall be called Woman.
1 Sam" 9, 9. Is. 1, 26. 32, 5. 62, 4. 12.
b) With a double nominal. Zech. 8, 3
r^xn -lis c^V^'''''? '^*$'^R?'! and Jerusalem
shall be called the city of truth. Is. 54. 5.
56. 7. c) With D-3 added. Gen. 17, 5 )>
cnnx r,^c-r!< lis X^is^ no longer shall
thy name be called. Abram. 35. 10. Deut.
25, 10. Dan. 10, 1. For this threefold
construction comp. in Kal no. 3.
The following phrases are also to be
noted: a) 'b era n{?3 to be calltd by
the name of any one, i. e. to be reckoned
to his fjimily, tribe, etc. Is. 43, 7. 48, 1 ;
c. a Gen. 21, 12 ; and in like manner b?
Dia , 48, 6 W^i^i nn^nx n'lj bs they hall
be called afti^r the name of their breth-
ren, i. e. shall be reckoned as belonging
to Ephraim and Manasseh, not as distinct
tribes, nor as sons of Jacob. Deut. 3, 14.
Also with "(^ , Is. 48,2 wnp? ro-^'pn niya
1. e. they call themselves from the holy
K-lp
939
a*^?
city, inhabitants of it. fi) "oaJ xnr??
b? my name is called upon any thing,
i. e. my name is given to it, it is called
mine, implying properly, relation, etc.
Is. 4, 1. 2 Sam. 12,23. So of the people
of Israel, to whom the name of Grod is
given, i. e. who are called tlie people of
God, Deut. 28, 10. Is. 63, 19. Jer. 14, 9.
Am. 9, 12. 2 Chr. 7, 14; of the temple
1 K. 8, 43. Jer. 7, 10. 1 1. 14. 30. 34, 15 ;
of Jerusalem Dan. 9, 18. 19 ; of prophets
Jer. lo, 16. Also with a id. Gen. 48, 16.
y) Further, to be called is often i. q. to
be, since men and things are called that
which they are, or at least seem to be ;
e. g. Is. 1, 26 afterwards thou shall be
called the city of righteousness, i. e. this
will be thy name because thou wilt be
so in reality. 9, 5. 30, 7. 35, 8. 47, 1. 5.
48, 8. 56, 7 ; comp. 4, 3. 19, 18. See
Comm. on Isaiah, HI. p. 29. So Gr.
xtxXlia&ai II. 4. 61. Od. 7. 313. Monk ad
Eurip. Hippolyt. 2. Person ad Piiceniss.
570.
3. to be read aloud, recited, Esth. 6, 1 ;
c. 2 in a book Neh. 13. 1.
Foal X"i'p, Part. c. suff. "'St'ipa.
1. Pass, of Kal no. 2. f, to be called,
chosen, Is. 48, 12.
2. to be called, named, Is. 65, 1 ; often
^ Kip 48, 8. 58. 12. 61.3. 62, 2. Ez. 10,
13. But see in Niph. no. 2. ;'.
Deriv. Kip, K"*")!?, f^X"*"^!?, Xipl3.
* II. i^"^l5 fut. Xip": to encounter, to
meet any one, i. q. n^r. The primary
idea is to strike upon, lo impinge or hit
against, comp. 550 ; like Gr. Jvyxdvat pr.
to hit a mark. Its stronger sigiiif. ap-
pears in "^ip a hostile encounter. Kindr.
roots are 3ij5 , l^l? whence "(ip , Gr. *v-
*
^0). Comp. Arab, f JJ and \Js. Only
trop. c. ace. to encounter, to assail any
one, as terror Job 4, 14 ; to befall, to
happen to anyb'ne, as evil. harm. Gen.
42, 4. 38. Lev. 10, 19. Is. 51, 19. Jer. 13,
22; genr.Gen.49, 1. Once without ace.
Ex. 1, 10.
Niph. to be encountered, to be met
with, to be found ; e.g. by chance, i. q.
to happen to be. 2 Sam. 1, 6. 20, 1. With
'^it'b to be found before any one. e. g. of
things Deut. 22. 6 ; of persons to meef^
to come to meet, 2 Sam. 18, 9 ; with br
id. E.K. 5, 3. Trop. to come to pass, to
happen, Jer. 4, 20.
HiPH. to cause to happen or befall,
6. g. evil to any one, c. dupl. ace. Jer.
32, 23.
K'lJ? Chald. fut. K'^js'?, once rrips^
Dan. 5,7 ; part. pass, -"-ig Ezra 4, 18. 23.
1. to cry, to call out, as a herald, Dan.
3,4. 4, U. 5,7.
2. to read aloud, to recite, Ezra 4, 18.
23; to read Dan. 5, 8. 16. 17.
fc^"*p see X'^i;3 .
i^"?p m. (r. fitifj I) 1. a partridge,
pr. 'the crier, caller;' so in German it
is said of the partridge, ' das Rebhuhn
ruft;' comp. Kra'ie from krdhen, and the
Arab. Uflj' KUtA, i. e. a species of part-
ridge so called from its cry, see Burck-
hardt's Travels in Syria p. 406. 1 Sam.
26,20. Jer. 17, 11. in which last passage
there is an allusion to the fable of an-
cient naturalists, that the partridge
steals the eggs of other birds and sits
upon them ; Epiphan. Physiol. 9.
2. Kore, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 19. 2 Chr.
31, 14.
^^1? f- ( ^"^Pr n ) pr- noun of ac-
tion, encounter, meeting ; found only with
b prefixed, constr. rsipb contr. for
r'J^lpb . c. suff. 'PwSipb . crxnpb , also
cznxipb, and only as Preposition.
1 . Pr. for encountering, for meeting,
i. e. to meet, towards, obviam,. after verbs
of motion, as Ti^ri , K^^. nbs ; either in
a hostile sense Josh. 8. 14. Judg. 7, 24.
1 Sam. 4, 1. Job 39. 21. Ps. 35, 3^ al.
sajpe ; or genr. Gen. 14. 17. 18. 2. 29.
13. 46, 29. Ex. 4. 27. 18, 7. al. ssepel
Pra;gn. after a verb of rest, where
however a verb of motion is implied ;
Gen. 19, 1 nrx-ipb cj^^l and he rose up
and went to meet them. Judg. 19, 3
irsipb n-^'r^ he joyfully went to meet
hvn. ' 1 Sam. 16. 4. 21, 2. Am. 4, 12.
Ps. 59, 5. Is. 14.9. Jo.sh. 11,20.
2. over against, opposite to. Gen. 15,
10: in a hostile sense 1 Sam. 17, 21.
* I. -^1? and ^ll? Zeph. 3, 2 ; inf
2ip, c. suff. 0==":;^'Deut. 20, 2, fem.
nz-)|i5 Ex. 36, 2; fut. a-^p"^, to draw
near, to come near, to approach. Arab.
UJ>i> and ^yi id. Syr. ^JSJJ*, Elh.
nnp
940
n^p
$Cfl id. The primary idea seems to
be that oi^ striking t/pon, touching, reach-
ing to, comp. 553 , ttJlJ ; kJiidr. therefore
with i<";?J II, ";{?. Conatr. with ^X of
pers. Gen. 37, 18.' 2 Sam. 20, 17. Jon. 1,
6 ; of thing and place Ex. 32, 19. Deut.
2, 37. Prov. 5, 8. More rarely with br
'2 K. 16. 12; b Job 33, 22; 3 of place
Judg. 19, 13. Ps. 91, 10. Also accord-
ing to the context, c. "i? 2 Sam. 20, 16;
rxnpjb 1 Sam. 17, 48 ; "'SEb Josh. 17, 4 ;
'b^-o Deut. 2, 19, etc. Absol. Deut. 25,
11. Is. 41, 5. Ez. 9, ]. Strictly only of
ranimated beings ; but trop. also of time
Gen. 27, 41. Deut. 15, 9. Ez. 12, 23.
Lam. 4, 18; inf. c. b Gen. 47, 29.
Deut. 31, 14. 1 K. 2, L Spec, a) In
a. hostile sense, to draw near for battle,
Ex. 14,20; with nnnbia-bx and iranbsb
Deut. 20, 2; -^""yr^'^ii Deut. 20,' 'lO.
Josh. 8, 5. 'b bs Ps. 27, 2 ; comp. Ps.
119, 150. See y}p^. b) Vice versa, in
kindness and good-will ; 1 K. 2, 7 "ja ''S
'bs ^y^^for so they came in kindness to
ine. So God is said to draw near to
,men, in affording help to the afflicted,
Ps. 69, 19. Lara. 3, 57. c) to draw
near to God, "^^ bx ; also before God,
'^ ^3Bb, Ex. 16, 9; with sacrifice Lev.
16, i." 1 Sam. 14, 36. Ez. 40. 46; the
priests in their ministry Ez, 44, 15 ;
all those who come with pious hope and
confidence, Ps. 32, 9. Zeph. 3. 2; comp.
Pe. 119, 169. Olten of those who take
part in sacred rites, Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 21,
17, 18. 22, 3. Num. 17, 5. 2 K. 16, 12.
d) nt"i<"bx r"^!? to ajjproach a woman
in conjugal intercourse. Gen. 20, 4. Lev.
18, 14. Deut. 22, 14. Is. 8. 3. Ez. 18, 6 ;
absol. Lev. 18, 6. 19. But "bx na-^^
nena is said of a woman lying down to
.a beast. Lev. 20, 16. Arab. k_jjj>, Eth.
'1*3* -^fl id, Gr, Ttli)(Tiu^at, also nikti^w.
e) Is, 65, 5 'T'bx 3^p> come near to thy-
self, sc. and not to me. i. e. stand back,
approach me not ; comp. Hiph. no. 2.
NiPH. 1. i. q. Kal to come near, to
approach, Josh. 7, 14.
2. to be brought, pass, of Hiph. Ex.
22, 7,
PiEL Z'^pi 1, Causal, to bring near
or forth, to cause to approach, Hos. 7, 6.
Is. 41, 21. 46. 13 ; to oneself i. e. to ad-
mit, to receice, Ps, 65, 5. Job 31, 37; to
bring near to one another, to join to-
gether, Ez. 37, 17, where ""^f? is imper.
for Sjf? .
2. Intrans. and intensive, to be very
near, c, b et infin. Ez. 36, 8.
Hiph. 1. to bring near, to cause or
command to approach, e. g. persons,
with bx to any one Ex. 28, 1. 29. 4.
Num. 8, 9, 10 ; times, to bring on Ex.
22, 4 ; to admit to oneself, to give ac-
cess, Jer. 30, 21 ; of things, to bring to-
gether two things, to join, Is, 5, 8,
Hence
2, to bring, to offer a giil Judg. 3, 18.
5, 25. Ps. 72, 10. Mai. 1, 8; espec a sa-
crifice of any kind Ex. 29, 3. 10. Lev. 1,
13. 14. 3, 3. 7. Num. 9, 13. al. seepiss.
Sometimes there is added "^^ "'rsb Lev.
3, 12. 12, 7 ; ninVj 2 Chr. s's, 12. Ez.
44, 15. Also to bring a cause before a
judge Deut. 1, 17. Arab. v_>vi> II, to
offer. ^
3. With infin. and b to draw near to
doing any thing, to be near or about to
do, c. nibb Is. 26, 17 ; Nirb Gen. 12, 11 ;
absol. id. Ex, 14, 10. Arab. ^( Ovijjid.
With I'O, to bring away from one
place to another, to remove, 2 K. 16, 14
n^sn ':q rx^ anp^l and he removed
the brazen altar from the front of the
temple. Comp. Ui33 no. 3, where add
Sanscr. dgam to approach and recede.
Deriv. 3"^p -ia-il^, ai-j3 .
1 1 "*_1$ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
v.^Jj' (r and I being interchanged) to
turn, to turn about ; mid. E, to turn in-
side out, to invert, e. g. as the lip ; v_>JLs
the interior, inner part. Hence 3"!:??.
^"y^ Chald. plur. I3"ip> , to draw near,
to approach, Dan. 3, 26. 6, 13; c. bs to
anyone Dan. 7, 16; b 6. 21.
Pa. to bring, to offer. Ezra 7, 17.
Aph. 1. to bring near Dan. 7, 13.
2. to bring, to offer. Ezra 6, 10. 17.
^"^p m. (r. a^{5 I) Kamets impure,
encounter, battle, war, i. q. nrnbi:,
2 Sam. 17. 11 ; elsewhere only in poetic
style. Ps. 55, 19. 22. 78, 9. 144, 1. Job 38,
23. Ecc. 9. 18. Zech. 14, 3. Plur. nianp)
Ps. 68, 31. Syr. l^^ id.
37)5 Chald. m. id. Dan. 7, 21. In
Targg. often for Heb, M^nbio,
n^p
941
yy^ m. adj. verbal (r. Z'^p^ I ) plur.
Ca^pj, draxcing nigh, approaching,
Deut.'20, 3. 1 Sara. 17, 41. I K. 5, 7.
^"7^ m. (r. y^p^ 11 ) in pause an{3 , c. euff.
Sanp, plur. c. siitf. 'S'^p) once Pb. 103, 1.
1. the midgt, middle, inner part ; hence
with Prep, a) a'^jTS in the midst of,
itself almost a prei)ositioa, like TjiJ^a ;
e. g. yiijfi 2"!i^jJ "* '/^^ midst of the
land, i. e. in the land Gen. 45. 6. Ex. 8,
18. Is. 7, 22. 10, 23 ; nisn anj?a tw /Ac
middle of the streets Is. 5. 25. a'^jSa
''Syssn among the Canaanites Judg. 1,
32. c?n 'a Gen. 24, 3, i-tix 'a Deut. 18,
2, 'ab 'a Ps. 36. 2. etc. Also after verbs
of motion, as trcnban :"!;?3 into the
midst of the battle 1 K. 20, 39 ; to pass
ninsn a";p.a through the midst of the
camp Josh. 1, 11. Of time, cs^J a"!;ra
in the midst of (within) the years Hab.
3, 2. b) anjsia from the midst, after
verbs of taking away, removing, etc.
e. g. "fpr!, r'^a. ira, Ex.31. 14. Lev.
17, 4. 10. Dent! 13, 6. Mic. 5. 9. al. sisp.
2. Spec, tfie interior of the body : a)
t?ie bowels, intestines, e. g. of victims Ex.
29, 13. 22. Lev. 1, 13. 9, 14. al. Also the
belly or stomach Gen. 41, 21 ; the womb
Gen. 25, 22. b) the inner part of a per-
son, as the seat of life 1 K. 17, 21, and
of the mind Ps. 39,4. '^a'lpa within me
61, 12. 55,5. Is. 16, 11. 26,'9. al. Hence
for the mind, heart, as the seat of
thought and affection, Gen. 18, 12. 1 K.
3, 28. Ps. 5, 10. 62, 5. 64, 7. Jer. 31, 33.
2"^JJ. see in ai"^|5,
fTS'l)? f. (r. aifs I) constr. nanp, a
drawing near, approach, Ps. 73, 28. Is.
58,2.
"JS"!? ^- ( 2"it5 I ) c. art. in pause
langn Ez. 40, 43 (comp. lan-in 1 Sam.
13, 2 1), constr. iai;5. c.suff. isan;? ; plur.
c. sutf. once cn-ija-f? Lev. 7. 33 (in other
copies Dn"'33'^;5), an offering, oblation,
sacrifice, either bloody or without blood,
either to be wholly burned or only in
part ; so Ez. 20. 28. 40. 43. but elsewhere
only in Leviticus and Numbers; e. g.
Lev. 1, 2. 3. 10. 14. 2, 1. 4. 3, 1. 2. 7, 13.
22, 27. Num. 5, 15. 7. 17 sq. 15, 4. 31,
50. al. See r. a"^|3 Hiph. no. 2. Comp.
KoglSap Mark 7, 11. Chald. 't^-}p, l^nip,
Syr. (J^JQ-o, Arab. ^jUjJ", id.
-^ 79*
l?*?^ m. an offering, oblation, Neb.
10, 35.13, 31. R. aipj no. I.
DTIl? n*. an axe, c. suff. iwn'^t? 1 Sara.
13. 20. Plur. ca^'^p? v. 21. and nia^"ip
Ps. 74, 5. Jer. 46, 22, also man-jp with-
out Dag. Jndg. 9, 48. Arab. ft^iX^-
Talmud, cnnp, id. But Heb. c^np
prob. comes from the verbal Pi. thji ,
^Jo, (the letter "i being inserted.)
from r. cn|3 in the primary signif. to
sharjyen, to be sharp, comp. BTa, Cpp.
Another and softer form of tiie same
word would seem to be *iT.^a, where see,
and comp. the Arabic forms there quot-
ed.
* n^|5 fut. n-ip'i, once n-npj-^ as if xb
Dan. 10, 14, apoc. and conv. "ip.';'] ; i. q.
H-\p II.
1. to meet, to go or come to meet any
one, in a hostile sense, c. ace. Deut. 25,
18. See Niph. and 'i;;.
2. to befall, to happen to any one, as
good Of evil. Is. 41,22; with ace. of pers.
Gen. 42, 29.' 1 Sam. 28, 10. Esth. 4, 7.
6, 13. Ecc. 2, 14. 9, 11 ; c. b Dan. 10,
14. So Ruth 2, 3 npbri nnp;^ -ip-si
Tyab ni'iSn lit. a7id her hap happened
upon a part of the field belonging to
Boaz; Engl. Vers, well, her hap was to
light upon, etc.
Niph. 1. to meet, to fall in with, c.
bs , like Engl, to light upon any one,
Ex. 3. 1 8, comp. 5, 3 ; bx Num. 23, 4. 16 ;
nxnpb v. 3 ; absol. Num. 23, 15.
2. to be by chance, to happen, 2 Sam.
1. 6. Comp. Kn;^ II. Niph.
Pi EL nnp to lay beams or joists, con-
tignare. pr. to make them meet and fit
into each other, (comp. nnip a beam.)
2 Chr. 34, 11. Neh. 2, 8. 3. 3. 6. Hence
to frame, to build, Ps. 104, 3.
Hiph. 1. to cause to meet, to let hap-
pen to any one, c. "^isb Gen. 27, 20. 24,
12 nl'n 'SEb Nj-n-ipn let happen to me
this day sc. what I seek, send me good
speed.
2. to make convenient, ready of access.
e. g. cities of refuge convenient to flee
to. Num. 35, 11.
Deriv. rr^p, nn-ip, 'np, r\yrp^ nnp,
rrnpia, n-ipo, and the pr. names nn'^p,
',Pi-ip, ni'-ips.
n i|
-D
942
n^p
T^)5 Chald. see r. i<"np5 .
^"^^ < (r- ^':!r5) coZrf, Ps. 147, 17. Job
24, 7. 37, 9. Prov. 25, 20. Nah. 3, 17.
rri^ m. (r. T^i^) ^ap, chance, acci-
dent. Deut. 23, 11 nb^b rT^rsTS 6y rea-
son of accident by night, an euphemism
for nocturnal pollution. So in Talmudic
the noun "'"ip?.
fl^P see n^ip.
ainp m. adj. also Sh^ Ex. 12, 4. al.
(r. zn^ I ) c. suff. "iiiip, plur. C^i-p, c.
sufl'. "nnp; fern. nDiip, nrnp Deut." 21,
3, plur. i'. r.iznp Ez. 22, 5 ; tiear, nigh,
spoken :
a) Of place ; with bs of pers. Gen. 45,
10 'bx 2i-ip n-i-^n ;Aoj< AaZ^ &e 7jear unto
me. Ex. 12. 4. Deut 13, 18. Josh. 9. 16 ;
with b^s 1 K. 21, 2. ::inp jSC a near
neighbour Prov. 27, 10. Trop. near in
dignity Esth. 1, 14; in public relations
2 Sam. 19, 43. Spec. God is said to be
near to men. when he affords them help,
Deut. 4, 7. Ps. 34, 19. 119, 151. 145, 18;
and vice versa the people of God, the
righteous, the priests, are said to be near
to God, Ps. 148, 14 (where isi-p is i. q.
=i^p). Lev. 10, 3. Ez. 42, 13.^43, 19:
comp. 1 K. 8, 59. Diff. is Jer. 12, 2
"iji cn-^ss nriN ainp near art thou in
itheir mouth, bid far from their heart,
li. e. they speak of thee always. Ps. 75, 2.
b) Of kindred, affinity; with bx Lev.
21, 2. 3. 25, 25. Num. 27, 11. Deut.'21. 6;
b Ruth 2, 20. Neh. 13, 4; ',0 of com-
parison, Ruth 3, 12 'SSB 21-ij^ nearer
than I. With suff. iSTip i. q. "ib ai-,p
'one near to him,' his kinsman, Ex. 32^
27. Ps. 15, 3; plur. c. suff. '''Ti'^p^ my
kinsmen Ps. 38, 12. Job 19, 14. Also
friends, i. e. paramours, Ez. 23, 5. 12;
see r. --^ip Kal lett. d.
c) Of time. i. e. ) near to come, im-
pending, as the day of Jehovah Is. 13, 6.
Joel 1, 15. 4. 14; deliverance Is. 51, 5.
Ps. 85, 10; distress Ps. 22, 12. Fully
6fi:b ri^p Is. 13, 22. 56, 1. Jer. 48, 16.
Here too belongs Job 17, 12 ni-^p -lix
"li-'n ':c73 the Light is not far from
darhiens, will soon be merged in it ;
comp. Lat. prope absiim. Hence ainpa
in a near time, soon ; Ez. 11.3 -i'pa Nb
CPiaTisa is it not near, the building of
houses? i, e. soon we shall rebuild the
houses ruined in the siege. So -'i"^po
after a near time, soon, shortly, Ez. 7, 8.
Jer. 23. 23 (see in pinn) : also Job 20, 5
the triumphing of the wicked is 2i"ipT3
sho7-t, i. e. will shortly come to an end.
Arab. >^>-s ,^>jO soon, shortly. /5) Of
time ju^st past ; hence aii;352 in recent
times, neicly. lately, Deut. 32, 17.
* ^^I? fut. plur. !l^'^p^'1 , imper. f.
in'ip, pr. to make smooth, see irnp ice ;
spec, to make bald, to make a bald
place, Lev. 21, 5. Mic. 1, 16. Hence by
softening the letters, comes the root nba
q. V. Syr. w j-o having no horns ; Arab.
&wji baldness.
NiPH. to be made bald, c. b for any
one, e. g. the dead, Jer. 16, 6.
HiPH. i. q. Kal Ez. 27, 31.
HoPH. pass, nnpp make bald, shorn,
Ez. 29, 18.
Deriv. H';ip PH^IP'
^'y^ (bald-head) Kareah. pr. n. m.
2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8.
n";ip m. (r. rrip) a bald-head, having
a bald spot on the crown or hinder part
of the head, different from ns.^i q. v. Lev.
13, 40. 2 K. 2, 23. Chald. n^np id.
^"^p m. (r. n^p) in pause rr^)^.
1. ice, so called from its smoothness,
Job 6, 16. 37, 10, 38, 29. Hence cold,
Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30.
2. crystal, like Gr. xgitnaXXoi, as re-
sembling ice, Ez. 1, 22. Chald. sn^^p id.
T^p m. (r. rrip) 1. i. q. nnj? no. 1,
ice; poet, for hail, Ps. 147, 17.
2. Korah, pr. n. a) A son of Esau
Gen. 36, 5. 14. b) A son of Eliphaz,
also an Edomitish tribe descended from
him, ib. v. 16. c) A Levite, cousin of
Moses and Aaron, who conspired against
Moses, Ex. 6, 21. 24. Num. 16, 1 sq. 26,
9-11. Of the same stock are the n-np "^32
the sons of Korah, the Korahites, a liimily
of Levites and singers in the time of
David (see "'n-^p), to whom ten of the
Psalms are ascribed, Ps. 42-49. 84. 85.
87. 88. d) 1 Chr. 2, 43.
nnnp f (r. n-ip) once SiHIp Ez. 27,
2\,baldne.<is, a bald place, a) On the
crown or hinder part of the head. Lev.
21, 5 ; as shorn in token of mourning
nnp
943
^'^p
Is. 3, 24. 15, 2. Jer. 47, 5. 48, 37. Ez. 7,
18. al. b) On tlie front part of the
head, i. q. nnaft, Deut. 14, 1.
''n^j? KorahUe, patronym. from nn'p
no. 2. c. Ex. 6, 24. Num. 26, 58. 1 Clir.
12, 6. 26, 1. Plur. Q^n-j;5n l Chr. 9, 19.
f^H'^P f. (r. nn;5) c. 8uiT. "innnir, i. q.
nrn^s , IxUdiiess. bald spot on tlie crown
or hinder part of the head. Lev. 13, 42.
43. Trop. bareriesa. a thread-bare spot
on the wrong side of cloth. Lev. 13, 55.
''">p m. (r. nnp) in pause "^"^l? , hostile
encounter Lev. 26, 28 ; and so in the
phrase DS "^^P T(^n to go into encounter
with any one, i. e. to walk contrary to
hin, to oppose, to resist him, Lev. 26, 21.
23. ^npa id. v. 24. 27. 40. 41.
X'''?? m. (r. X*;;? I ) called, chosen, se-
lect, Num. 16, 2 ;' also Num. 1, 1 6 Cheth.
^^'''^p a public crying, proclamation,
Jon. 3, 2. R. xn;5 L
^T^P '(' i^li^) city, town, i q. "i''S ,
comp. nip ; so called perh. from the
eignif ' to frame, to build,' see the root in
Piel ; better perh. ' a fortified place,' as
resisting enemies, comp. in "^np . With
a few exceptions (Deut. 2, 36. 1 K. 1, 41.
45), found only in the poetic style, Num.
21, 28. Is. 1, 21. 26. 22, 2. 25, 2. 26, 5.
32, 13. Ps. 48, 3. Prov. 10, 15. Job 39, 7. al.
Syr. )t>o< l>-r-0) Arab. 2L)^', Juj, city,
also village.
Hence the following pr. names of
cities ;
a) ranx n^-np Gen. 23, 2. Josh. 15,
54.20,7; cart. 52"^5<fi ni^np Neh. 11,
26 ; Kirjath-Arba, i. e. the city of Arba,
one ofthc A nakim (see 3r3"ix), the ancient
name of Hebron, but still used in the
time of Nehemiah, Neh. 1. c.
b) ^ra r-inp (city of Baal) Kirjath-
Baal, the same city which is more usu-
ally called o-^nS"! r^np (see in lett. d),
Josh. 15. 60. is' 14.
c) ri:jn-n^-ip (city of streets) Kirjath-
huzoth, in Moab, Num. 22. 39.
d) D'l-iS'i-ri-"'!^ (city of forests) Kir-
iath-jearim, on the confines of Judah
and Benjamin Josh. 9, 17. 18, 15. Judg.
18, 12. 1 Sam. 6, 21 ; cart. n--)5'n-n^-ip
Jer. 26, 20; contracted Din^-n^ip Ezra
2, 25, and simpl. n;:-jp Josh.'l8, 28 ; else-
where also ^??"ri^'iR see in letL b.
Eusebius places it at nine Rum. miles
from Jerusalem towards DioM|)<)lia or
Lydda. Prob. tlie modern Kuryct el-
^Enab, three hours west of Jerusalem ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 334 sq.
e)njO*n'5"ip(palm-city.comp.C'^3p30)
KirjaJh-sannah Josh. 15. 49, also called
iBDTi^ip (book-town) Kirjath-scpher,
in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 15. 16.
Judg. 1, 11. 12. The same city was
likewise called T'a^ q. v. Josh. 15, 15.
49.
f) D-^-ir n^ip , see in lett. d.
g) c^n^np (double city) Kiijathaim:
a) In the territory of Reuben Num. 32,
37. Josh. 13, 19 ; afterwards subject to
Moab Jer. 48, 1. 23. Ez. 25, 9. Euse-
bius and Jerome speak of a place Kor-
qiuSa [KuQiit&u) Koreiatha, ten Roman
miles west of Medaba. /5) In the tribe
of Naphtali, 1 Chr. 6, 61 [76] ; else-
where '[H^p
n;'7P and i<^7)? Chald. a city, Ezra
4, 10 sq.
riT'lJ? (cities) Kerioth, pr. n. of two
cities, one in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 25; the other in Moab, Jer. 48, 24.
41. Am. 2, 2.
Pljnp , see in n^-ip lett. d.
Q^l^ to overlay, to cover ; Syr. and
Chald. to overlay with metal. With
^S , like other verbs of covering; Ez.
37, 6 -ir BD-ibr "^n^ip / will cover you
with skin. Intrans. to be covered, fut.
D-ip7 , V. 8.
)_l? 1- pr. prob. to strike, to push,
kindr. with xnp II, nnp , anp ; whence
")"!P horn, as the instrument of striking,
pushing. Eth. *PZ,i to push with the
horn, also to assail; "^C^ horn. The
primary syllable is "ip ; comp. Sanscr.
gamis, farfigan, horn, sharp point, firis
sharp point, all from par to bore.
2. Denoni. from lip lett. e, to emit
rays, to shitie, e. g. the face of Moses
Ex. 34, 29. 30. 35 ; Sept. df86ia(TTni to
TrpofftuTTov ai'ToD. Aquil. and Vulg. ab-
surdly, xB^ttTO)Sr,g ijV, comuta erat. Hence
painters and sculptors often represent
Moses with horns.
Hi PH. to have horns, pr. ' to shoot out
horns,' Ps. 69, 32. Hence
944
PP
l"^p f- in pause ""i;? , c. suff. "iS"!)? ; Du-
al D'^Jn;?, also C']'?-.;? (as if from ",'^15)
Dan. 8. 3. 6. 20, constr. ''J'^l? used also
for plural ; Plur. n'i'ii!? , constr. niDnj? Ps.
75, 11 mostly in lett. c ; a horn, as of an
ox, ram. see in r. '^y^ no. 1. Gen. 22, 13.
Deut. 33, 17. Ps. 22, '22. Dan. 8, 5. 8. 9.
al. sjep. Also of artificial horns 1 K. 22,
11. Zech. 2, 1. 2. 4 [1. 18. 19. 21]. Meton.
for a Jlask, vessel, made of horn, comp.
Engl. drinking-Aorn, powder-Aor, I
Sam. 16, 1. 13. 1 K. 1, 39. Arab, ^y
horn, also point of a sword; Eth. ^C^?
Syr. JJ^i, Chald. X3'^15, horn. Sanscr.
see in r. "|"|5 . Comp. Gr. xe(jng, also
iei^avtx>g thunder-bolt, Lat. comti. Goth.
haums, whence Germ, and Engl. horn.
Metaph. a horn is put as the symbol
of strength, might, power, the image
being drawn from the bull and other
animals which push with their horns.
Jer. 48, 25 the horn of Moab is broken,
i. e. her strength, might, is broken,
comp. Lam. 2, 3. Ps. 75, 11. So God is
eaid B "("p. D"*"!") to lift up, exalt, the horn
qfauy one, i. e. to strengthen him, to in-
crease his power and dignity, Ps. 89, 18.
92, 11. 148, U. 1 Sam. 2, 10. Lam. 2,
17. Contra, to exalt the horn ofGod, i.q.
to praise, to laud him, 1 Chr. 25, 5.
Hence '^;'^;? nrn mij horn is lifted up,
txalled, i. e. my strength is augmented,
I acquire new courage and spirit, Ps. 89,
25. 112, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 1. In the same
sense. Am. 6. 13 ^T'-P. ^-\ ''Snjrb we have
taken to us horns. Vice versa, in a bad
ense "b^j? o^"in to lift upone^s horn, i. e.
to be proud, Ps. 75, 5. 6. Comp. Lat.
comua sumere. of those who place too
much confidence in their own strength
and thus become overbearing; also Hor.
Od. 3. 21. 18 ''addis comua pauperi."
A similar metaphor is in Job 16, 15, /
have thrust my horn into the dust, where
we should naturally say ' my head.' In
Ps. 18, 3 David calls God ''5137 i";;? the
horn of my deliverance, i. e. the instru-
ment, means of deliverance, the image
being drawn from animals which use
their horns as a defence. Ps. 132, 17
there (in Zion) will I make the. horn of
David to sprout, i. e. will cause the
kingdom of David to flourish in power ;
or rather, I will raise up to the house of
David a powerful offspring. Ez. 29, 21.
Hence in prophetic vision, horns are put
trop. for kings, powerful princes, Dan.
7, 7. 24. 8, 8. 21. The same general
metaphor exists in Syriac and Arabic;
see Bar Hebrseus p. 516. Hariri Con-
sess. 43. p. 498 ed. De Sacy. Comp. the
Arabic epithet of Alexander the Great,
i^wjuJLM .3, i. e. bicornis, Kor, 18,85
sq. doubtless as the symbol of power,
might; so both Alexander and the Se-
leucidae are represented on coins with
horns. Curt. 4. 7. ^
From the resemblance to a hoj-n came
also the following uses of ]''2p. .
a) a horn, as a wind instrument, cor-
net, trumpet, like Lat. comu, Josh. 6, 5.
See bni"' no. 1.
b) ",ia PIS'!;? horns of ivory, for ele-
phants' teeth, by a common error, Ex.
27, 15. So Plin. H. N. 18. I 'comua
elephanti et uri.' Eth. id.
c) naiBn niS"!!? the horns ofthe altar ^
i.e. the projecting points or risings, like
horns, on the four corners of an altar,
yoyviai xigmofidng Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 6 ;
which were to be smeared with the blood
of the victims Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 4, 7 ; and
which malefactors laid hold of as an
asylum 1 K. 1, 50. 2, 28. So Ex. 27. 2.
30, 2. 3. 10. Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. Ps. 118. 27.
Am. 3, 14. Jer. 17, 1. al. Similar orna-
ments are found upon the altars of the
Greeks and Egyptians.
d) horn for peak, summit of a hill or
mountain. Is. 5, 1. So Gr. xigag, Lat.
0-
comu, Arab. jMyi" as in Kiirii SurtHbeh,
Kurun Hatlun, see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 251. III. p. 238. Comp. Germ,
Horn in the names of Swiss mountains,
as Schreckhorn, Welterhom. Aarhom.
e) Dual B"??"^!? , i- q. rayi^ of light,
splendour, Hab. 3, 4. So Arabian poets
compare the first rays of the rising sun
to horns ; and hence call the sun itself ^/le
gazelle xJtykJf ; comp. in n^^x p. 12.
P^ Chald. f. emphat. XJ"^!? ; Dual
1\3'!n Dn. 7, 7, emph. K;'3>ih' 7, 8.
1. a horn, Dan. 7, 8. 20. 21.
2. A wind-instrument, hom, comet,
Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10. 15. 7, 7. 8
Dip
945
p-^p
tpsn p^ (the paint-horii)/iert;n-/trt;>-
piuh, pr. II. ol" one of Job'a daughters,
Job 42, 14.
* ^^I? /o bend, to bow down, hence to
rink together, to colla})se, i. q. 5^3 in ihe
other member. Is. 4G, 1. Sept. ai'yfri}i,3tj,
Vulg. contritus est. Hence 0"Jp. . iibnj; ,
01^ in. plur. O^P'pf), constr. "'0^15,
pr. a curve, joint, comp. ^b^fs ; hence a
hook, lachf, to which a loop or eye is
fitted, Ex. 26,6. 11. 33. 35, 11. 36, 13. 18.
39, 33.
31)?, see DT'p.
50"!^ pr. diminut. from 0"^|3 (see in
lett. b p. 499 ), a joint, small joint, espec.
the ankle, which also the Germans ex-
pres.s by the diminutive KnOchel, comp.
Engl, knuckle. Dual c. suff. Ps. 18, 37
*bo"ip sinro sib my anklts do not waver,
i. e. my feet stand firm. 2 Sam. 22,
37. Vulg. tali. Comp. Targ. Ez. 47, 3.
Syr. )])^ax. From this word, by con-
tracting the quadriliteral into a triliteral
form, is derived the Arab. J*j> to walk
unsteadily, to waddle, as if with weak
ankles, comm. to limp ; Jyii a person
so walking, one weak in the ankles and
* ^^15 fut. 5':!P'^ 1. to rend, to rend
asunder; kindr. with y^i^, Arab. ijOvi*
to cut. E. g. the garments in grief,
Gen. 37, 29. 34. Num. 14, 6. 1 Sam. 4,
12. 2 K. 5. 8. Ezra 9. 3. Jer. 36, 24. Job
1, 20 ; cushions Ez. 13, 21 ; a roll or book
with a knife Jer. 36, 23 ; to rend in pieces,
as a wild beast Hos. 13, 8; of God. to
rend the heavens Is. 63, 19. Also r*!;?
CS'^p to rend in pieces IK. 11. 30;
cij-ipb 'p id. 2 K. 2. 12. -"E? ci3-'5 snfs
to rend the eyes with paint, i. e. to dis-
tend the eyes and make them appear
large by painting them thickly with sti-
bium ; see in bn3 , Tjiia . So Jer. 22. 14
"'I'hn ib y*p he rendeth himself windows
in the palace, i. e. he makes many and
large windows; the "'- in '3'i^n being a
plur. ending, Lehrg. p. 523.
2. to tear riff or away, to rend away,
c. 1^ Lev. IsioG; br^ Ez. 13,20. Trop.
c. bs-Q , 1 Sara. 15. 28 .Jehovah hath rent
the kingdom of Israel from thee. 1 K.
11, 11; "i^ia v. 12. 1 Sam. 28, 17; ip
1 K. 14, 8. Reflex, to rend oneself away
2 K. 17, 21.
3. Metaph.'t>cr6i# proscindere, as in
Engl, to pull in pieces, i.e. to slander, to
backbite, Ps. 35, 15. Arab, cwi II, in-
crepuit, corripuit. Comp. apj no. 3.
NiPH. pass, to be rent, torn, of gar-
ments Ex. 28, 32. 39, 23. 1 Sam. 15, 27 ;
of an altar torn down 1 K. 13, 3. 5.
Hence
O"*?"^!? m. plur. torn pieces of cloth
1 K. 11, 30. 31. 2 K. 2, 12; rags Prov.
23, 21.
* y!]]? fut. plur. isnp"^ 1 . to tear or cut
asunder, nearly i. q. kindr. ^ip ; hence
to ciU off, to destroy, whence y^p de-
struction, and Chald. y^p, piece. Arab.
\joJi to tear, to tear off"; (jOjJ* id. II,
to cut, to gnaw.
2. Spec. ' to cut with the teeth,' to bite,
e. g. in the phrases: a) D^'!?"'^ fli^ lo
bite the lips, said of one plotting mis-
chief; Prov. 16, 30. b) I'^S 'p Prov.
10, 10. Ps. 35, 19, and ny_y_^ Prov. 6, 13,
lit. to bite or pinch the eyes, i. e. to press
together the eyelids (in the manner of
biting the lips), to wink behind one's
back; also a gesture of malice and mis-
chief! Arab. \jOyS to pinch, to nip ofT.
Comp. Nazar. ,i-o to pinch together the
eyelids.
PuAL yip to be torn or broken off, to
be nipped. Job 33, 6 "^ix-ca Tisnp i^ha
/ also am nipped from the clay, the
image being drawn from a potter, who
pinches off a portion of clay from the
mass in order to form a vessel.
f "?^ m. destruction Jer. 46, 20. R.
nP, no. 1.
7115 Chald. m. a piece, bit, Syr. !^r^
see r. y^p no. 1. Only in the phrase
'} ''r?1P ^'.^. ^0 ' i^^ pieces of any one,
q. d. to eat him up piecemeal, metaph. for
to slander, to accuse falsely, to inform
against; as also in Lat. mordere, dente
carpere, dente rodere. Dan. 3. 8. 6, 25.
Syr. f^i^'Cjf id. Arab, d J^f
to eat one's flesh, to slander.
^1? m. (r. "i=tp Pilp.) 1- a founda-
tion, bottom, i. q. Talm. "ipnp id. from
p-^p
the idea of digging, see the root Pilp.
and for the i softened into 5 , see lett. "i .
G-.--
Comp. Arab, ^ys level :round. Spo-
ken: a) Of the bottom of the sea, Am.
9, 3. b) Of the tabernacle and temple,
Jioor.'pavement, Num. 5, 17. 1 K. 6, 15. 16.
30. 7, Trp-ijSn isi y'^'^pTvq from floor
to floor, from the floor to the ceiling, i. e.
the walls or sides of the room from bot-
tom to top ; not, as De Wette, ' over the
whole floor.'
2. Karkaa, pr. n. of a place in the
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 3.
Ipnp (foundation, r. "i^p Pilp. Arab.
S-o-
Jj-j* level ground) Karkor, pr. n. of a
place beyond Jordan, Judg. 8, 10.
_)t obsol. root, to be cold, cool.
Trop. to be cool, quiet. Chald. and Syr.
&' ,
id. Arab. _5 id. Comp. XQvog.
Deriv. ^p,, np, nn;^, nnpia.
* "^^l? obsol. root, kindr. with tt5'in,
to cut, to cut up or in pieces. So Arab.
{jt^yji according to the Camoos p. 823,
i. q. itiaji . Hence
IJ^p m. in pause ttJ"i;5 , c. suff". Tidi'ip
Ez. 27, 6 ; plur. C-ifflnp , constr. "'"^P ;
a board, plank, Ex. 26, 15 sq. 35, 11.
36, 20 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. Collect.
benches, banks, of a ship Ez. 27, 6.
f^"?^ f (r. nn;5, as nD3 from n03) in
pause r^j-? . a city, i. q. n^-np , but less
frequent.' Job 29, 7. Prov. a 3. 9, 3. 14.
11,11. Chald. xn-ip id. This word is also
preserved in the names of Carthaginian
and Syrian cities, as Cirta (xtnip), Ti-
granocerla, etc. and on the Phenician-
Sicilian coins struck at Panormus ; see
Monumm. Phten. p. 288, 291. Tab. 38.
^^'!'? (city. r. nn]^) Kartah, pr. n. of
a place in Zebulun, Josh. 21, 34,
I^^P (double city, old dual form from
^'^f^) Kartan, pr. n. of acity in Naphtali,
Josh. 21. 32; elsewhere D'^n^ip, see in
n^-ip lett. g..
I^I^ obsol. root, perh. i. q. naJp
II, and Aral). LiJJ, to lake oflf the hark
by turning ; then to turn, and gi'.nr. to
round of. to bring into a round form.
Hence no;?, also
946 'it'-^p
nte^ and "^^'^j?, only plur. nibf5 Ex.
37, 16, cstr. niiap Num. 4, 7, c. suff". I'lnfop
Ex. 25, 29, bowls, cups, for libations;
Sept. anovdsia. Chald. niDp , n'&p , id.
^W2 obsol. root, prob. to weigh, to
weigh out; whence the notion oi' equity,
justice, as inkindr.li^p . Arab. U ...V to
be just. pr. to weigh out justly, with even
scales ; whence V">--V a measure, a por-
tion measured out, a balance. Hence
nt2''ir)? f Gen. 33, 19. Josh. 24, 32.
Job 42, 11, pr. something weighed out;
hence as the name of a certain weight,
KesitaJi, (comp. ^p^J. njia,) espec. of
gold and silver, by which, as also by the
shekel, money was estimated in the time
of the patriarchs. It was heavier than
the shekel, and contained indeed about
four shekels, as appears from a compari-
son of the passages Gen. 33, 19 and 23,
16. According to Rabbi Akiba, in a
later age a certain coin in Africa was
called Kesita ; see in Rosh hash-shana
c. 3. fol. 26. a. Most of the ancient intpp.
understand by it a lamb, a sense which
has no support either from etymology
or in the kindred dialects, nor is it in
accordance with the patriarchal usages;
since in their age merchandise was no
longer usually exchanged, but actual
sales were common for money either by
weight or by tale, comp. Gen. 23, 16. 47,
16; see Bochart's triumphant remarks
(Hieroz. I. p. 433-37) against F. Span-
heim in Hist. Jobi, 0pp. III. p. 84. The
coin bearing the figure of a Iamb, in
which Mtinter thought he had found the
Kesita, (Progr. in Danish on the Kesita,
Copen. 1824.) is undoubtedly a coin of
Cyprus, the money of which bore that
image. See Thesaur. p. 1241.
nT?3j5to]5 f (r. b-rp) plur. tD^-apbp
1 Sam. 17,5, c. suff". Tj-'PCptp Ez.29,4';
a scale. Lev. 11, 9. lo'. 12. Deut. 14,9.
10. 1 Sam. 17, 5 C'tapbp "p-'-i'J a har-
ness of scales, a scaled coat of mail, con-
sisting of small plates like scales.
^"'^l^ obsol. root, prob. to strip of
bark, scales, etc. to scale off; like Arab.
LmO, comp. Heb. nt'p and niBp II.
Comp. also Arab. ^wj\
bark, a scale.
whence s
iytMtJ
tip
947
niDp
tJp m. (r. ti'^;5) straw, the dry halm
of grain, partly as left staiuliiig in tlie
fields, stubble, Ez. 5, 12; which then
wero. sometimes burnt over, Ex. 15, 7.
Is. 5, 24. 47, 14. Joel 2, 5. Nah. 1, 10. Ob.
18 ; and partly as broken up in treading
out the grain and so separated by venti-
lation, chnjf, e. g. q^? Vip, Is. 41, 2; ^p,
nais Jer. 13, 24; also Job 13, 25. 41, 20
[28J. Is. 40, 24. Ps. 83, 24.
* ^''^J^ obsol. root, to be hard, heavy,
difficult, like nc;? I. Hence
tXtB'p , only in plur. n-^KTSp , cucum-
hers, Num. 11, 5. Arab. xUS, xUi',
Chald. "^^p, Syr. >*^, Vt-i^', whence
aicumis chate Linn. By transpos. Gr.
fftxroc, trtxi'K. The Talmudists rightly
refer the orisrinof the name to its hard-
ness and difficulty of digestion, from r.
H'Cp ; comp. Plin. H. N. 19. 5. On the
cucumbers of Egypt, see Abdollat. ed.
De Sacy p. 34, 125. Forskal Flora
^gypt. p. 169. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 249.
Denom. rivp-q II.
* ^"^i? fat. nrp7 to attend to any
thing, e. g. of the ear, to listen, to heark-
en, once in Kal, Is. 32, 3. The primary
idea seems to be that of sharpening, so
that aCfs maybe nearly i.q. a2f5 ;comp.
in Engl, to point or prick up the ears, a
figure drawn from animals ; comp. under
jTJJ I. p. 29.
HiPH. with "iTX, e. g. 1515$ a'^ttipn pr.
'to point one's ear.' i. e. to attend, to
hearken, Ps. 10, 17. Prov. 2, 2. Without
ISTX id. c. bit Ps. 142, 7. Neh. 9, 34 ; i?
ProV. 17, 4.' 29, 12; \> Ps. 5, 3. Is. 48,
18; S Ps. 66, 19; acc.'job 13, 6. Ps. 61.
2 ; absol. Is. 10, 30. 28, 23. al. seep. Of
God, i. q. to hear and answer, Ps. 5, 3.
17, 1. 61.2 ; of man also. i. q. to hear and
obey, 1 Sam. 15, 22. Is. 48. 18. Jer. 23, 18.
Deriv. the three following.
SIBp adj. only fem. nais;?, altentive,oi
the ear, Neh. 1, 6. 11.
3TD^ adj. id. only plur. fem. nia^';?, of
the ears Ps. 130, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 40. 7, 15.
3^^ m. (r. 2Cj3) in pause atij? , at-
terUim, heed, Is. 21, 7 "an aa5|5 a^'rpn
a^i? ' he hearkened heedfully with much.
heed,' i. e. with the greatest poMible aV
tention. 1 K. 18, 29. 2 K. 4, 31.
* I. nT]5 fiit. ra&p^i, conv. id;?'?.
1. to be hard, harsh, e. g. of words
2 Sam. 19, 44. Arab. L-o id. Syr.
^..o to harden.
2. to' be hard, severe, vehement, of
punishment from God 1 Sam. 5, 7 ; of
wrath Gen. 49, 7.
3. to be hard, difficult, Deut. 1, 17.
15, 18.
NiPH. part. ntdpD, hard bestead,
harshly oppressed, Is. 8, 21. Comp.
(iuQovfifvoi, 2 Cor. 5, 4.
Pi EL fut. conv. ttJpBl . Gen. 35, 16
inn"i33 ^p^^ -"he had hard labour, it
went hard with her in the birth. In v.
17 Hiph. stands in the same phrase.
HiPH. nis|^n, fut. ntap;;, conv. tpj'^.
1. to harden, to make hard, e. g. a)
The neck, Cj^b , i. e. to be slijf-necked,
stubbom. Deut. 10, 16. 2 K. 17, 14. 2 Chr.
30, 8. Neh. 9, 29. Jer. 7, 26. Prov. 29, 1 ;
without Ci-iisi id. Job 9, 4. b) WitR sb ,
to harden the heart of any one, i. e. to
make him obdurate, wilfid. perverse. Ex.
7, 3. Deut. 2, 30 ; iab 'n tu harden one's
own heart Ps. 95, 8. Prov. 28, 14.
2. to make lieavy, burdensome, e. g. a
yoke 1 K. 12, 4.
3. to make hard, difficult. 2 K. 2, 10
biX'rb n"^Opn thou hast made hard in
asking, i. e. thou hast asked a hard thing.
Ex. 13, 15 '^^nh-^'b risna n-cpri 'S when
Pharaoh made it hard to let its go, would
hardly dismiss us.
Deriv. nia;? , i^p , and the pr. n. "p-'Cp .
* II. rj'vD]^ i. q. Arab. Lio , to strip
off the bark, espec. by turning ; hence to
turn, to bring into a round form ; comp.
Tvcp.
Deriv. noSpjia, nopa,
nop m, adj. (r. map I) constr. iTCfr,.
plur. C"^U3|5; fem. <Tw'|3, constr. niDfJ^
plur. nittJiD .
1. hard, harsh, spoken of hard bond-
age Ex. 1, 14. 6, 9. 1 K. 12, 4; of harsh
words Gen. 42, 7. 30. 1 Sam. 20, 10. 1 K.
12, 13. 14,6; of men, hard, churlish,
stern, 1 Sam. 25, 3. Is. 19, 4. Spec,
a) Of the neck, stiff, unyielding, obsti-
nate, Deut. 31, 27. Hence qni? ncf?
stiff-necked, i. q. stubborn, rebellious, Ex. .
T::p
948
l^p
32, 9. 33, 3. 5. Deut. 9, 6. 13; sb ntrp
hard-hearted, stubborn, Ez. 3, 7 ; nap
CSE hard-faced, i. e. shameless, impu-
dent. Ez. 2, 4 ; simpl. ntU|5 id. stubborn,
obstinate, Is. 48, 4. ncf? rj-irj a stubborn
way, obstinate life, Judg. 2, 19. b) Of
a hard and adverse lot. Ps. 60, 5. Job 30,
25 Di"' ncip whose day is hard., i. e. his
life or lot. Is. 21, 2 nt^l? n!iTn a hard
vision, i. e. announcing adverse things.
r) In a good sense. ^rm, fixed, once of
love Cant. 8. 6.
2. hard, stern, severe, Judg. 4, 24. Is.
27, 1. Spec, a) nn map severe in
spii-it, sad, sorrowful, 1 Sam. 1. 15. b)
severe, vehement, strong, of a wind Is. 27,
8 ; a battle 2 Sam. 2, 17. c) hard,
i. e. strong-, in authority and power, 2
Sam. 3, 39.
3. hard, difficult, Ex. 18, 26.
t3ijp Chald. m. truth, i. q. Heb. -JCp,
Dan. 4, 34. 'Jaij^"')^ of a truth, i. e.
truly, Dan. 2, 47.
'^^1^ in Kal not used, Arab. >ao,
I ^
J. q. ncp I, Lwo , ro be hard. Comp.
UBS II, i. q. ngri.
HiPH. ].o/m/rfentheheartIs. 63, 17.
2. to ^reoi harslily, as the ostrich her
young, Job 39, 16.
^"*ti? obsol. root, i. q. -Jfflp, Arab.
V^M V , pr. to weigh out justly ; hence to
be just, upright, true. In Heb. this root
takes the sense of truth ; that of justice
being expressed by pns . Hence
"Otp m. truth, Prov. 22, 21. Chald.
t3i1rF^ q. v. xae^p , Syr. fLA.Lo id. the
letters a and n being interchanged.
"tSTBp m. uTiaJ Af^o^. Ps. 60, 6, a bow,
I. q. Chald. x-jr^ip for xncp, Heb.
pop; see Targ. Ps. 61, 4. Esth. 1, 3.
So Sept. Synim. Peshito. For this
change of n into a, see in nttJp.
[Others truth, i. q. aiJJP, and this is
preferable. R.
"^ m. (r. ncp I ) hardness of heart,
thtbbomness, Deut. 9, 27.
P^P (hardness, r. nt^f^I) Kishion,
pr. n. of a place in Issachar. Josh. 19, 20.
21, 28 ; called in 1 Chr. 6, 57 ^"^^ q. v.
lett. c.
* '^"^el^ fut. laip^ 1. to bind, to tie;
corresponding is Aram. i_Juo , ^,ap see
in nap^ II; Eth. ^^Z, to bind with
cords. Constr. with ace. and bs. to bind
or tie one thing upon another. Gen. 38,
28. Prov. 3. 3. 6, 21. 7, 3 ; ace. and 2 Job '
39, 10 [13]. Josh. 2, 18. With dat. add-
ed, Job 40, 29 wilt thou bind him for thy
maidens? i. e. that they may play with
him. Metaph. c. 3 , Prov. 22, 5. Gen.
44, 30 it-B3a nnicp iu:_3 his soul is
bound to his (the child's) soul, i. e. the
father is bound to the child by the strong-
est love ; comp. Niph. 1 Sam. 18, 1.
2. to conxpire, pr. ' to bind oneself to-
gether with others,' Neh. 4, 2; with
bs against any one, 1 Sam. 22, 8. 1 K.
15, 27. 16, 9. 16. 2 K. 10, 9. al. Fully
"'^in: '^^.P,, see in -iffi;?. Part. plur.
en dp conspirators 2 Sam. 15, 31. 2 K.
21, 24.
3. Part, pass. "iiCp, bound, hence
compact and firm, strong, robust. Gen.
30,42. This transition from the idea of
binding to that of strength, see also in
pm no. 3, hm no. 5.
Niph. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, metaph.
1 Sam. 18, 1 ; comp. Gen. 44, 30.
2. to be bound or fastened together,
e. g. the portions of a wall, and hence
to be completed, Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6].
PiEL 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bind, Job
38,31.
2. to bind upon oneself, m the manner
of a girdle, c. ace. Is. 49, 18 D'^'iirpn
ni33 thou shall bind them on thee as a
bnde bindeth on her girdle; in the
other member it is: thou shall put them
on as an ornament.
PuAL part, nin^'i^p the strong cattle
Gen. 30, 41 ; see Kal no. 3.
HtTHP. i. q. Kal no. 2, c. bx 2 K. 9, 14.
2 Chr. 24, 25. 26.
Deriv, ^^p^, D'^'^ffip.
"I'tp m. (r. ni2j;3 no. 2) in pause niLl^,
c. sufF. "iiirp, a conspiracy, 2 K. 11, 14.
Is. 8, 12. br -idp nop to make a con-
spiracy against'ixny one 2 K. 12, 21. 14,
19. 15, 30.
Q''"lp m. plur. girdles, belts, ae a fe-
male ornament, espec. of a bride (comp.
Is. 49, 18), Jer. 2, 32. Is. 3, 20. Comp.
*itii? no. 2.
TrC]5 1. to be dry, as a plant,
Arab, yio id. Kindr. is ctin. Hence
);? stubble.
2. Deiiom. Trom 3p , to gather strav)
or stubble, sec Po. Hence genr. to col-
lect, to gather, imperat. Zcph. 2, 1 ; see
Hitlipo.
Po. laiap to collect, to gather straw or
stubble, Ex. 5, 7. 12 ; wood Num. 15, 32.
33. 1 K. 17, 10. 12.
HiTHPO. metaph. to collect oneself, i.e.
to collect one's thougbts. to look into
one's own mind, to prove onesell"; Zeph.
2, 1 iiisipi iiciiaiprin collect (examine)
your own selves and be ye collected. Kal
and Hithpo. are here coupled for em-
phasis ; comp. Is. 29j 9.
Deriv. Og.
MtJp (r. ttSip. as PBT from 5liT, nns
from nij) in pause na^, c. suff. ''n^p ;
plur. ninirp, constr. ninisp, onirtt'p
Dag. euphonic ; comm. gend. pr. fern.
Is. 21, 15. Job 20, 24; but. the etymo-
logy being neglected, also masc. 2 Sam.
Go'
1, 22. Ez. 1, 28 ; a bote. Arab, (j***,
Eth. *fl^, Syr. fi-^, id. But the
origin of the n servile being by degrees
neglected, it was regarded as a radical
and changed to ts ; as Arab. ^UaJiJ)
bow ; Syr. --JwajbZ] to shoot with a bow,
Chald. liiap id. statr^ip bow. E. g.
a) a bow for shooting arrows Gen. 21,
16. Is. 13, 18. Job 20, 24. al. ssepe. -j^
i9
"^,
ni^f? the son of a how, i. e. an arrow, Job
41, 20. To bend a bow is exprcHsed by
the verbs T^'^S'S, p-J. rnj, espec. T^'i^
q. V. 7'o shoot with a bow, see the verbs
man, ni^ Kal and Hiph. Meton. the
word bow is put : a) For bowmen,
archers, no;? '^z-vi, Is. 21, 17. 22, .'}. Ps.
78, 57 where n^an rid;? arc deceitful
archers, who feigtj flight in order to de-
ceive. Comp. f's;? of reapers. (i) the
song of the bow 2 Sam. 1, 18, i. e. the
lament of David over Saul and Jona-
than, in which there is mention of a bow
in V. 22. On this mode of inscribing
poems and books, so common among
oriental writers, see Jones de Po^si
Asiat. p. 2G9. Comment, on Is. 22, 1.
Metaph. a bow is also the symbol of
strength and power ; hence to break the
bow of any one, i. q. to take away his
strength, to destroy his power, Hos. 1,
5. Jer. 49, 35 ; also vice versa. Job 29,
20 my bow is strengthened in my hand,
i. e. I wax stronger and stronger. Gen.
49. 24.
b) a rainbow, iris, Gr. to'^ov, Gen. 9..
13. 14. 16. Ez. 1, 28.
mSp m. (denom. fr. mcp) a bowman^
an archer, Gen. 21, 20. Syr. )-e>--o id.
nr)|5obsol. root ; ArB.b.\j3fo serve,.
to be a domestic. Hence pr. n. bxrpv
D^ri^ Chald. m. everywhere in Keri
for oSn^p cilhara, harp, lyre, q. v. Dan.
3, 5. 7. 10. This latter is the more usual
form in the Targums.
Resh, the twentieth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
200. The name cJ-'n i. q. Chald. dxn
and Heb. ttJStn . denotes head, and refers
to the figure of this letter in the Pheni-
cian alphabet {^), from which by in-
verting its head is derived the figure of
the Greek 'Pw. See Monumm. Phoen.
p. 44.
This letter has affinity : a) With
the other liquids, and as being the hard-
est of the hquids, it is sometimes inter-
80
changed with h and 3, see p. 499, 635;
b) With the guttural 5, as being partly
pronounced in the throat, p. 738. c) It
is interchanged with the sibilants, espec-
t, comp. p'na and pia to emit rays; Arab.
Iw^ and (j-^) also - and *yto muz-
zle, ^jd and 'jjd to be proud ; also Q"5n
and con . See also the paronomasia in
the words *,'i'"^ and ',"iTn Ez. 7, 13.
It is further to be noted, that, instead:
nKn
950
ni
of doubling a letter, the simple letter is
sometimes written with i inserted be-
fore it, especially in Aramaean and the
later Hebrew. Thus S33. Chald. sons,
throne ; p'^js'n, in Chr. pr^nt;, Damas-
,cus ; ^2^3 qnadrilit. from Pi. bas to
bind; also C0-;3. Diip. C'Bi'nb. In the
same way are to be explained : t3"'nnd
sceptre i. q. cirr. Chald. S"i"'^'i? cubit
i. q. n^a, arising from such forms as
wao, "T'taa, although these forms are
not elsewhere extant.
* ni<^, inf absol. nxn, \><n Gen. 26,
28; inf constr. nsn Gen. 48, 11, once
hjxn (like nsn^) Ez. 28, 17, usually
ris-i ; fut. nxn"^. apoc. xn-^, convers.
K"]*] , rarely nxn^i 1 Sam. 17, 42. 2 K.
5, 21 ; in the other persons K"!n, Xini,
*"?.'?: \^
1. lo see, to look, generally ; Arab. ^ | s
id. It corresponds to Gr. oQaia, as sn^
to Gr. ildot, Lat. video. Constr. with
ace. very often, rarely with dat. Ps. 64,
6 ; and with two ace. Gen. 7, 1 T^rx
pi-ns "'P'^xn thee have J seen righteou^s ;
with ^3 before a whole sentence, e. g.
Gen. 6, 5 c-iNrj rsn nan ^s nin^ sn*l .
28, 6. 29, 3L 38, U; al'so by antipho'ne-
sis [attraction] Gen. 1, 4 n-'Hsx sn;^]
Sia 13 Tixn-rx. 6, 2. Ex. 2, 2; with'n
interrogative, whether. Ex. 4, 18. Also
with T\ip, thus : Gen. 8. 13 'lil nsni s-i'i
and he looked, and behold ! 18, 2. i9,
28. Lev. 13, 20. 14, 3. al. With ace!
impl. Ps. 40, 13 viy punishments si^
nixnb ""Rsi;^ / cannot see them all, i. e.
cannot take in the multitude of them at
a view. 40, 4 isn"'?i C'an ^x-17 many
saw {my deWvemnce) and feared ; comp.
the same paronomasia Ps. 52, 8. Job 6,
21. Often ascribed to the eye. Job 13,
1. 28. 10. Is. 29, 18. 33, 20. al. Spec.
n) to see the face of any one, e. g. of
God. see in 0^30 no. 1. h.
b) Absol. to see is put for to enjoy the
light, to live. Gr. (Hindv ; more fully to
nee the sun Ecc. 7, 11. to see light Ps.
49, 20 ; comp. Gr. Jwn' x o()uv ifuog
'l/fXioio Horn, in later writers simpl.
ofm: In the same sense, to see Jehovah
in the land of the liring Is. 38, 11. Thus
also is to be understood the difficult
passage in Gen. 16, 13, 'r"'!n tbri csn
after the vision of God, i. e. after having
seen God ?
c) to see in vision, i. e. lo be taught
of God in visions, as the prophets. Is. 30,
10 ; comp. 29, 10. Hence part, nsn q. v.
a seer, prophet, nxnia vision. Comp.
mr. no. 2.
2. to see. i. e. to look at, to view, to he-
hold, with intention, purposely, c. ace.
Gen. 11. 5 and Jehovah came down rxnb
'\-^^X\-rii . Lev. 13, 3. 5. 17. 1 K. 9, 12.
With a Gen. 34, 1 ^isn r^isaa r.'ix-ib
to see the daughters (f the land. Judg.
16, 27. Ez. 21, 26 [21] nasa nsn to in-
spect the liver. Ecc. 11,4 dara nxn he
that viewelh the clouds. 3, 22. Cant. 6,
11. But Ecc. 12, 3 nia-ixa nx-i is,
those looking ant at the windoics. Jer.
18, 17 I will look 7/pon them with the back
and not with the face, i. e. will turn my
back upon them. With 3 and inf. Is.
18, 3 behold ye, how he liflelh up an en-
sign on the mountains. Spec.
a) io look upon with delight, to gaze at,
to gloat upon ; comp. Engl. ' to feast the
eyes upon.' Prov. 23, 31 look not upon
the wine when it blushes. Is. 53, 2. Ecc.
7, 13. Usually with a, (comp. a B. 4.
a,) Job 3, 9. 20, 17. Is. 66, 5. Pe. 106,5,
very often of the joy felt at the destruc-
tion of one's enemies, Ps. 54, 9 "^aiSS
1315 t^T^^"} mine eye hath looked (with
delight) upon mine enemies, i. e. on their
destruction. 22, 18. 37, S4. 112, 8. 11 &
7. Obad. 12. Contrariwise
b) ^0 look upon with pain, to behold any
thing painful or afflictive; c. 3, Gen.
21, 16 "rbr: ri^a nx-is-bx let me not
look upon the death of the child. 44. 34.
E.\. 2, 11. Num. 11, 15. Esth. 8, 6.
c) to look upon with disdain, q. d. to
look down upon anyone, comp. xamtpQo-
vfb) to contemn; Job 41, 26 was-bs nx
nxni he looketh (down) ttpon all high
things, with contempt, as if he himself
were higher than all. Comp. Cant.
1, 6 nnh-inu; ^sxtu "sxiFi-bs look not
(disdainfully) upon me because I am
dark.
d) to behold, to regard, to have respect
to; Is. 26, 10 nini p^xa nxn^ sib he
regardeth not the majesty of Jehorah
Ei>pec. of Gwl as looking upon afflictions
and removing it; Ex. 4, 31 -r nsn"*^
0^35 that he had looked upon their afflie-
rim
951
S^HH
Hon. Ps. 9, 14. 25, IS. 31, 8. 2 K. 14,
26 ; also c. a G.'.ii. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1. 11.
Ps. lOG, 44. FolIow!cl by a clause Ecc.
7, 14 in the day of adcersity nxn co)isi-
der this: God hath set, etc.
e) to see to any tiling, to look after, to
take care of i. q. S'l;' no. 1. b. 1 K. 12, 16
nn ?jn^a nxi see to thine own house^
Dacid! Gen. 29, 23 the prefect of the
prison saw to nothing' that was under
Joseph's hand. Is. 22, 11. Ps. 37, 37
IC^ nx^. see to uprightness, i. e- take
care to practise it.
f ) ib ntjn to look out any thing for one-
self i. e. to provide, to choone out. Gen.
22, 8 God will provide for himself a lamb
for a burnt-offer in '^ ; v. 14 and Abraham
called the name of that place (Moriah),
nxn*;! nin"^ Jehovah will provide, i. q.
iTitn'O , contr. n"it q. v. comp. Niph. no.
3.' Deut. 33, 21 lb r,""rx"n X-i?i he chose
out th^ first for himself i. e. the best.
1 Sam. 16, 1. 17. Dat. omitted, Gen. 41,
33. Deut. 12, 13. Part, ""ixn chosen,
selected, Esth. 2, 9. Comp. fob. 12, 1
oga, rixvov, piir&ov tw tn'&ijbjnM.
g) to go to see, to visit any one. in order
to pay one's respects and salutations.
2 Sam. 13, 5. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6.
More fully in the construction "rx nxn
'b Dibd Gen. 37. 14 ; comp. b cibffll: bxb .
h) With bx to look unto any one, as ex-
pecting help from him. Is. 17. 7; with
bs to look upon anyone, as about to con-
sider and judge his case, Ex. 5, 21.
i) With 3 , to look upon as, to regard
as any thing ; Judg. 9. 36 thou lookest
upon the shadow of the mountains as men.
k) With '(13 of pers. prjEgn. q. d. to see
and learn from ; Judg. 7. 17 ixiri "'2213
see and learn from me, do as ye see me do.
1) Trop. to look at any thing, i. e. to
have in view, to aim at; Gen. 20, 10
what hadst thou in view, that thou
shoiddst do this thing 7
3. Not unfrequently the Hebrews, like
the Greeks and others, employ the word
to see (p^l) of things which we per-
ceive, not b}'^ the eyes, but in some other
way. viz.
a) By the other senses, e. g. by the
hearing, Gen. 2. 19 ib-x-j^r'-n-? r-ijtnb
to see what he would call them. 42, 1.
Jer. 33,24 ; by the touch Is. 44, 16 "'n^X'n
!!|X / perceive the fire, feel the heat.
So Gr. ofMOJ, Ree Brunck ad Soph. (E<1.
Col. 138. Lat. video, Virg. JEii. 4. 49.
Hor. Sat. 2. 8. 77.
b) Of what we perceive, experience,
enjoy, tlirough the medium of the vital
principle, the animal spirit, life, anim/i,
Heb. UJBJ q. v. uo. 2. E. g. to see life
Ecc. 9, 9 ; to see death Ps. 89, 49, comp. "
I5uv &uvaioy Heb. 11, 5; and in the
same sense to see the pit, the grave, Ps. 16,
10. 49, 10. Also to see sleep, Ecc. 8, 16,
comp. Terent. Heautontim. 3. 1. 82 j to
see famine Jer. 5, 12 ; to see good, bona
videre (Cic. Mil. 28), i. e. to enjoy the
good things of life, Ps. 34, 13. Ecc. 3, 13.
6, 6 ; also 2iaa nxn Jer. 29, 32. Mic. 7,
9. Ecc. 2, 1. Vice versa to see affUction
Lam. 3, 1 ; to see evil Prov. 27, 12. Jer.
44. 17 ; also rwnn nxT Obad. 13. Comp.
bqitv xivdvyovg Tob. 4, 4.
c) Of what we perceive with the mind,
rational soul, aninuis. ais ; hence i. q. to
perceive, to understand, to learn, to know,
Gen. 3, 6. Ecc. 1, 16 niaari TMr^n nxn 'sb
my heart hath learned great wisdom.
2, 12. Jer. 2, 31. 20, 12. 1 Sam. 24, 12.
1 K. 10, 4. Often spoken of those things
which we learn by the experience of
life; Is. 40, 5 all fiesh shall see (under-
stand, know) that .Miocah hath spoken.
Job 4; 8 'ri'^xn nirxa as I have sten. ex-
perienced. Ecc. 7. 15. "fa nxn to dis-
cern between, to distinguish, Mai. 3, 18.
Niph. nx"i3, fut. r.xn;;, apoc. xnv
1. to be seen, Judg. s' 8. 19, 30. 1 K. 6,
18. Prov. 27, 25.
2. to let oneself be seen, to show oneself,
to appear. Gen. 1. 9. 9, 14 ; of men and
things Gen. 8, 5. Lev. 14. 35. 2 Sam.
17, 17 ; c. bx, to show oneself to any one
Lev. 13, 7. 19. 1 K. 18. 1. '^'J 'JB-nx nxn:
to appear before Jehovah, at his sanc-
tuary, see C^IB no. 1. h, p. 852. Often
of Jehovah or an angel as appearing to
men, Ex. 16. 10. 1 Sam. 3, 21 ; with bx
of pers. Gen. 12,7. 17, 1. 18, 1. al. b Jer.
31. 3. 2 Chr. 3, 1.
3. Pass, of Kal no. 2. f to be provided
for, cared for. Gen. 22, 14 nin'} ina
nxn;) in the mmint of the Lord it is pro-
vided. I. e. in mount Monah God provides
for men and brings them help, as formerly
to Abraham (v. 8) so now. This would
seem to be a proverbial expression, sig-
nifying that God will ever care for and
I1
952
'n
aid those who worship in his temple ;
alluding at the same time to the etymo-
logy of the name H*"ib , q. v.
PuAL to be seen; plur. IKT Job 33, 21,
with Dag. forte impl. or better Mappik
in the letter S, see Lehrg. p. 97.
^ HiPH. nx-in and nx^irt, fut. nx-iv
'"conv. XI*] like fut. Kal, 2 K. 11, 4.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, lo make one
^ee, to let see, Gen. 48, 11. Deut. 4. 36.
2 Sam. 15, 25. Hence with ace. of thing,
to show. Is. 30, 30 ; with two ace. of pers.
and thing, to show one any thing, Ex.
25, 9. Num. 8, 4. Is. 39, 2. 4. Nah. 3, 5.
al. Spec, in sleep Gen. 41, 28 ; in vision
2 K. 8, 13. Jer. 24, 1. Am. 7, 1. 4. 7. 8,
1. Zech. 2, 2. 3, 1 ; with "'3 2 K. 8, 10.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. a, to cattse to
look upon with pleasure, c. 3 Ps. 59, 11.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. b, to cause one
to see i. e. to experience evil, c. dupl. ace.
Hab. 1. 3. Ps. 60, 5. 71, 20 ; to let one see
i. e. enjoy good, Ecc. 2, 24. Ps. 4, 7. 85,
8; with ace. of pers. and 3 of thing Ps.
50, 23. 91, 16.
HoPH. nx-in. Part. nx-iiQ , pr. 'to be
made to see any thing,' i. e. to be shown
any thing. Ex. 25, 40 according to the
pattern "n3 ns-iis nnx "iirx which thou
wast shown in the mount. 26. 30. Deut.
4, 35. Lev. 13, 49, nsnT'X ^^"fi) and
it shftll be shown to the priest.
HiTHPA. recipr. to look at one another,
e. g. a) Of persons waiting in doubt
and hesitation what to do, Gen. 42, 1.
b) In a hostile sense, to look one an-
.other in the face, i. e. to fight hand to
hand in close combat, 2 K. 14, 8. 11.
2 Chr. 25, 17. 21 ; comp. Is. 41, 27. Com-
pare the old German proverb : " sich
die KOpfe besehn, eich das Weisse im
^uge besehn."
Deriv. nxn, nK";, nxS, rix-i, 'sn,
^!<7, n-'X'i ,"nsnT3 , ntj-iTa, Chald. i'^,
perh. 1"<K (''^s). and the pr. names
n^jjn, laiKn, rin, n^s?"?*?, "*"?^.
nX"! Deut. 14, 13, a species of rapa-
cious bird, 8o called on account of its
keen sight; but in the parail. passage
Lev. 11, 14 it is nstT vulture, which per-
hups should be restored in Deut. 1. c.
^8?"^ adj. verbal, teeing; constr. Job
10, 15 '^SS nst'n seeing (experiencing)
my qfflictum. See r. nK'n no. 3. b.
ns'l pr. Part. Kal r. nxn. 1. Act.
seeing visions, i. e. a seer, prophet, comp.
r. ns"i no. 1. c y the more ancient name
for prophet according to 1 Sam. 9, 9 ; and
attributed xut iSoxr,v to Samuel, 1 Sara.
9, 9. 19. 1 Chr. 9, 22. 26, 28. 29, 29; to
another prophet 2 Chr. 16, 7. 10. Plur.
Dixn Is. 30, 10.
2. Abstr. i. q. ""S^ , a vision, in which
sense perhaps the accent is to be placed
upon the penult, in the manner of Sego-
lates. Is. 28, 7 nxSa ^iW they reel even
in their visions. Comp. nth no. 2.
Jli^iin (pr. see ye, a son ! but the
sacred writer in Gen. 29, 32 explains it
as for '7?53 (^'ix'n) ^ixn ' provided in my
affliction,' see r. nxn no. 2. e,) Reuben,
pr. n. of the eldest son of Jacob by Leah,
Gen. 29, 32. 37, 21 sq. though deprived
of his birth-nghtGen.49, 3.4; and head
of the tribe of like name. For the loca-
tion of this tribe beyond Jordan, see
Num. 32, 33 sq. Josh. 13, 15 sq. Patro-
nym. ''Sn^X-i (K in otio) Beubenite 1 Chr.
11, 42 ; collect. Reubenites Deut. 3, 12.
4, 43. Josh. 1, 12. 12, 6. 22, 1. al.
n^X'n inf fem. Kal of r. nx"!, q. v.
''^S"} selected, chosen, see in r. MH"!
no. 2. f.
TTa^JST (raised, high) Reumah, pr. n.
f. of a concubine of Nahor, Gen. 22, 24.
R. Dxn.
nisn f. (r. nsn) sight, seeing, Ecc. 5,
10 Keri. In Cheth. n-^X"; .
''N'7 m. a mirror, plate of metal, i. q.
njjnia'no. 2. Job 37, 18. R. nsjn .
"i^T m. in pause "xH . R. "xn .
1. a vision, sight. Gen. 16, 13 ; for
which see in r. nxn no. 1. b.
2. i. q. nsn73 . sight, view, 1 Sam. 16,
12. Job 33, 21 hisjlesli is vanished 'xna
from the sight.
3. a spectacle, gazing-stock, naqa-
diiyfia, Nah. 3, 6.
n^H"l (whom Jehovah cares for, r.
nx-n) Reaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 2;
for which in 2, 52 nTitSn. b) 1 Chr. 5
5. c) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 50.
D'^itl, see DH"i.
'jitJ'^Sn, see "jiox"?.
'1
953
V}||^
ri''7 f. sight, seeing, Ecc. 5, 10 Cheth.
R. nxn .
* ^^"^ obfiol. root, perh. i, q. ^J'^ ;
hence "'V^'?'?-
* 0^57 to be high Zech. 14, 10; i.q.
Dili, cnsj, onn. Hence pr. n. naixn,
niaxn, also
DXn m. Num. 23, 22. Deut. 33, 17,
tr7 Ps. 92, 11, D"''? Job 39, 9. 10;
Plur." ctJxn Ps. 29, 6. Is. 34, 7, also Q-'an
Ps. 22. 22 ; a wild and ferocious animal,
bearing a like relation to the ox as the
wild ass does to the domestic one, Job
39, 9. 10. Deut. 33. 17. Is. 34, 7. Ps.
29. 6 (where Vl? calf is parallel with
caXT*!?) ; horrted and destroying men
with his horns Ps. 22. 22. 92, 1 1 ; comp.
Deut 1. c The species of animal here
meant is somewhat doubtful ; but we
need not hesitate to understand, with A.
Schuitens ad Job. 1. c. and De Wette on
Ps. 22, 22, the bos bubalus or oriental
buffalo. The corresponding Arabic
word indeed, (vJ\, denotes the oryx, a
large and fierce species of antelope,
Oppian. Cyneget. 11. 445 ; and this sense
has therefore been also given to the
Hebrew word by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p.
948 sq. by Rosenmiiller, and others.
But whatever may be said, no one will
deny that the buffalo of the east is
much more aptly compared with the ox,
than the antelope could be. The Arabic
usage in this word, therefore, though
similar to the Hebrew, is clearly not
identical ; and in Arabic the larger
antelopes appear to have received the
appellation of buffaloes, just as in Greek
they are called ^ovfiidog, jSov^hIL:, and
just as in Arabic animals of the deer
genus are termed -A^yt jAiJ\ wild
oxen. Sept. has fiov6xb(ja)g. Vulg: tini-
corn. an animal described by Pliny H. N.
8. 21, which for a long time natural his-
torians, espec. since Buffon. have held to
be fabulous, but which a few years since
was said to have been discovered in the
deserts of Thibet ; see Rosenmiiller
Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 192. Q,uar-
terly Review No. 47, Oct. 1S20. But
this sense is also inadmissible ; since the
80*
unicorn, as described, resembles the
horse much more than it doen the ox,
and is in any case an extremely rare
animal ; while the cxn. an appears from
all the passages, was an animal frequent
and well known in Palestine and the
adjacent regions, just as the buffalo is
known there at the present day ; though
prob. at that time not as now domesti-
cated ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. HI. p.
305, 306.
ni'aS'l f. plur. (r. D^'n) i. q. n'ia'i.
1. high things, heights, trop. sublime
or difficult things, Pro v. 24, 7.
2. high-priced or precious things; ac-
cording to the Rabbins red corals, Job
28, IS. Ez. 27, 16.
3. Ramoth, pr. n. of a city: a) In Gi-
lead, Deut 4. 43. Josh. 20. 8. 1 Chr. 6,
65; called also riian, ne^-a ran, q, v.
b) In the tribe of Issachar, 1 Chr. 6. 58
[73] ; perh. i. q. nan Josh. 19, 21, and
ria-i^ 21, 29-
ni3 1^0X7 (southern height) Ra-
math-negeb, pr. n. of a city in Simeon
Josh. 19, 8 ; for which 22! rian 1 Sam.
30, 27, q. v. Others, =53 nan .
^5t obsol. root, perh. i. q. t'Sn, to
be moved, shaken ; Arab. \jt*A\ , [J>*-^) j
to tremble, espec. of the head ; whence
iax"i heaxl of an}' thing, as of a mast or
tree, which is shaken.
5^7 poor, see in r. Oin.
CST rn_. i. q. ^^n , poverty, Prov. 6, 11.
30,8. R. csn.
tJSn Chald. i.q. Heb. t'xn, c. suff.
PTOjxn , plur. T^xn , "ffisn .
\.'lhe head, Dan. 2, 32. 38. 7, 9. 20.
T^dxn "^yw] visions of thy head, presented
to thy mind or imagination. Dan. 4, 2. 7.
10. 7, 15.
2. Trop. the sum, amount, Dan. 7, 1.
Plur. 'po.xn V. 6 ; c. suff. ch-jx-i Ezra
5, 10.
I. Sn m. (for laxn, r. ttJsn) c. suff.
''ttJX-i, plur. csJsn for n-^rxn , once c.
suff. rcx-i Is. 15, 2. \,^
1. the head. Arab. (ji^K- Chald. tisfi
q. V. Syr. |-*^, Ethiop. CJifl ; Arab.
denom. \ju\s to be head, prince, etc.
*rsn
954
^l
Pr. of men and animals, Gen. 3. 15. 28,
18. 40, 16. al. saepiss. So in phrases:
'B ttJsiiTX ri"!3, see in P-iS ; ttJJti S'?",
Bce in 513 ; oixi xio: , see in xb; no. 1. b ;
si-'. C'^'^n to lift vp the head Ps. 110, 7,
and with genit. to lift up the head of any
one. to exalt him, Ps. 3, 4. So to return
(fall back) upon one^s own head, i. e.
to be requited, recompensed, Ps. 7, 17.
comp. Joel 4. 4. 'b ffixia )Bi to give
(back) tipon one's head, i. e. to recom-
pense, to requite ; e. g. evil Ez. 9, 10.
11, 21. 16, 43. 17, 19. 22, 31. Meton.
a) Like rbJbr. q. v. it is used in enume-
rating espec. soldiers, for one person,
individual, 1 Chr. 12, 23. Judg, 5, 30
-.25 irs'lb to the head of a man, i. e. to
one man, each one. The Arabs often
employ the word \jn\\ head in like
manner, espec. in enumerating flocks
and herds, see Schult. 0pp. min. p. 206.
b) For life, Dan. 1, 10. So "^OJxna with
our heads, i. e. in jeopardy of our lives.
1 Chr. 12. 19 ; comp. ffiS3 no. 2. b. See
Iliad 4. 162. ib. 17. 242."'
2. Trop. head for what is highest, up-
jpermost, e. g. a) the top. summit, of a
imountain Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 17, 9. 10. 19,20.
Am. 1, 2 ; of a tower Gen. 11, 4; of a
column 1 K. 7, 19 ; of a throne 10, 19 ;
of a sceptre Esth. 5, 2 ; of an ear of
grain Job 24, 24. tiasis ttixi the sum-
mit of the stars, the highest heaven, Job
22, 12. c-:i:tt5 x-'S aixn the head of the
fat valley, i. e. impending over it. Is.
28, 1. 4. nasn irxi the head of the bed.
where the head lies. Gen. 47, 31. b)
head, i. e. chief prince of a people or
state. Deut. 1, 15. Judg. 10, 18. 11, 8
liii-b !i:b r^-^ni . l Sam. 15, 17. 2 Sam.
23. 8. is'. Ps. 18, 44 C'a irx-i privce of
the nations. Is. 7. 8. 9. al. 2:n txi see
in ajT . Of a fiimily. a head, chief patri-
arch, as r-irx P"^? aJsti Ex. 6, 14. Num.
7, 2. 1 Chr. 5,' 24. 7, 9. 40 ; also niax ttJii-i
id. Ex. 6, 25. Num. 32,28. 1 Chr. 8!6. al.
ttisi^b n^n to become the head, to be the
victor, Lam. 1, 5 ; comp. Deut. 28, 44.
Job 29, 25 }-! aiSX / sat as prince, held
the chief place. So Arab. ^m\k head,
prince, c) head, for the highest place
or rank, the chief; go tiK"^n '{rys the high-
priest 2 Chr. 19, 11 ; nlpo simpl. ttJsi-^n
Jd. 2 Chr. 24, 6. Spec, of a head city,
the metropolis, capital, Josh. 1 1, 10. Is.
7, 8. So Arab. ij*-Ut of Mecca, d)
Metaph. of that which is highest, chief,
best J as D"''a^'a "^'^^'J ^f*'^ chitf spices,
most costly, Cant" 4' 14. Ez. 27, 22 ;
nnob ttiX"! the chief joy, highest joy, Ps.
137,' 6; Cip. '''H'}^ ^^"^ the best gifts of
the ancient mountains Deut. 33, 15.
Hence
3. the sum, amount, pr. ' the whole
number,' which is also the highest, Lev.
5, 24. Ps. 119, 160. 139, 17. Hence xi^i
tlixi to take the sum., to number, see XiS3
no. 3. c. Trop. a body, band, conipaiiy,
espec. of soldiers Judg. 7, 16. 20. 9, 34.
37. 43. 1 Sam. 1 1,11. Job 1, 17. Ps. 140, 10.
4. head, for what la first, foremost, i. e.
the beginning, first part, front ; Deut.
20, 9 c2;n irx-i2 at the head of the peo-
ple, in front as leaders. Jer. 31, 7. Mic.
2, 13. Am. 6, 7. Is. 2, 2 the mountain
of the Lord^s house shall be established
Q"'"inri ttix^a at the head of the moun-
tain's, and shall be higher than the hills,
i. e. it shall be a prince among the moun-
tains. Also Tj")^ irxi the head of the
way, where ways branch off. Ez. 16, 25.
21, 24. msw cxn the head of the
streets, corner, id. Lam. 2, 19. Is. 51, 20.
Hence we may explain the phrase nsa'ix
n-tliXT four heads of rivers, i. e. four
streams into which the river divided
itself Engl, branches. Gen. 2, 10. Sept.
and Gr. Venet. ^^m/. Comp. Lat. ca-
put, Engl, head, for source, fountain.
Ecc. 3, 11 the works of God nri dxiTS
ti'^Ofrom the beginning to the end, from
first to last. Also Ps. 118, 22 nss ^sil
the head of the corner, Gr. xftfidtj rf/s
yoiviug Matt. 21, 42, i. e. the foremost or
chief corner-stone, the leader as it were
of all, i. q. Xi&oe uxQoyojviuiog 1 Pet. 2,
6 comp. Is. 28, 16. It is made a ques-
tion, whether this chief corner-stone is
the highest, forming the top or coping
of the corner; or the lowest, which
forms the foundation of the building.
The latter seems preferable; for ttSsil
here refers not to the highest })Iiice, but
to the head or point where two walls
meet. Often of time, as r^}^T\ uixi t/ie
beginning of the year Ez. 40, 1 ; tt:i<"i
C^UiTn the beginning of months, the
first of the year, Ex. 12, 2. Judg. 7, 19.
1D-|
955
tt^n
lJ"ttt from the beginning, Is. 40, 21. 41,
26. 48, 16. Syr. ^hf ^ id. Prov. 8,
26 bsn ninBS OXi the frsl clod of the
earth, i. e. first created.
5. 'Sstn, once for distinction i"i"i Deut.
32, 32, is the name of a poisonous plant
Deut. 29, 17. growing quickly and luxu-
riantly Hos. 10, 4. of a bitter taste Ps. 69,
22. Lam. 3, 5, and therefore coupled with
wormwood Deut. 29, 17. Lam. 3, 19.
Hence it would seem to be, not the hem-
lock, ciciUa, with Celsius in Hierob. II.
46 sq. nor the colocynth or wild gourd
with CEdmann, Verm. Samml. IV. p. 63;
nor lolium, darnel. Michaelis Supplem.
p. 2220 ; but the poppy, so culled from its
heads, Livy 1. 54. Tiius irxi "'P. juice
of the poppy, poppy-juice, Jer. 8, 14. 9,
14. 23, 15. Hence for poison genr. Deut.
32, 32 ; even of serpents v. 33. Job 20,
16. Chald. "jITt ^'n the poison of ser-
pents, Targ. Ps. 69, 22. Lam. 3, 19.
Denom. ndxn r.-'ax"). "i'iir-'-i, ncxn?:,
nifflXl-Q , and pr. n. naxnia .
II. tDSil Bosh, pr. n. of a northern
nation mentioned along with Tubal and
Meshech, Ex. 38, 2. 3. 39, 1. Prob. i. q.
the Rmsians, who are described by the
Byzantine writers of the tenth century,
under the name ol 'Fm?, as inhabiting
the northern parts of Taurus ; and also
by Ibn Foszlan, an Arabian writer of
the same period, under the name fj^m^
Bus. as dwelling upon the river Wolga.
See Ibn Foszlan's Bericht liber die Rus-
een alterer Zeit, von Frahn, Petersb.
1823, espec. p. 28 sq. Com p. Von Ham-
mer OriffinesRusses. Petersb. 1827, who
also here compares the nation ^jmx . men-
tioned in the Kor^n, Sur. 25, 40. 50, 12.
nOSn f (denom. from t'X-i , by Syri-
asm for nir"'X"j) beginning, plur. c. suff.
D3-'niUX-i Ez.36, 11.
ntDSin f (from )l"Xi) beginning, first
part, front ; hence rrajinn '^z^.r^ Zech.
4, 7, by appos. the stone th^ beginning,
i. e. the first corner-stone, i. q. HJB ttixi ;
see in TTii"! no. 4.
"jiCXn ra. adj. (from tt5s<-i; by Syri-
asm for "('i'ii''S<"i , which is found in Cheth.
Josh. 21, 10. Job 15, 7,) once ptJ"'"! Job
8, 6 j fern, nsiuxn ; plur. fSUSstn , nisttSx") .
1. Pr. head,higheat, chief; Syr. \XA^'i
head-men, magistrates. Yet t^li8 pri-
mary signif is found only in the. later
Hebrew in imitation of the Syriac; aa
n">3tl5xn O^'^i^ chief princes Dan. 10, 13.
1 Chr. 18, 17. Fern, nitaxn adv. tfi
the chief place, highest rank, Esth. 1,
14.
2. first, i. e. a) In place and order,
the first, foremost, Gen. 32, 18. Hence
nJttJxn adv. in the first place or rank, in
front, foremost, Gen. 32, 2 ; n:iiJx-)a id.
Is. 60, 9. b) More freq. of time, the first,
former, earliest; -pttix-in ttJnnn the first
month Ex. 40, 2. 17. Ezra 7, 9; ellipt.
^iaxna in the first month Gen. 8, 13.
Num. 9, 5. Ez. 45, 18. 21. 'in ni- the
first day Ex. 12, 15. 16; tsnx "(i'lixn tJie
first nuin Job 15, 7 ; liffiX^n r,^3S thy
first father Is. 43, 27. Plur. D^siuxnn
the first, the former, 2 K. 1, 14. 2 Sam.
21, 9. In antithesis: a) With ordinals
following, as second, third, seventh. Gen.
32, 18. Ex. 12, 15. 16. Dan. 8, 21. 2 Chr.
29, 3. /3) With the last, )'i"insn , Ex. 4,
8. Ti"inN1 "("iCXi the first and the last, of
God Is!44, 6. 48, 12. /) With the later,
following, posterior; e. g. the first or
former husband Deut. 24, 4 ; former
time, at first. Is. 8, 23 [9, 1]. Plur. first
and Ixter acts, 2 Chr. 9, 29. 16, 11. 20, 34.
d) Often the first, former, earlier, as opp.
to tWe present time ; e. g. a former king
Num. 21, 26 ; the first temple Ezra 3, 12.
Hagor. 2, 3. 9 ; the former manner Gen.
40, 13, etc. Plur. D'^SitJS'nn the first ta-
bles Ex. 34, 1 ; tlie former governors
Neh. 5, 15; former kindnesses Ps. 89,
50, comp. Is. 65, 7 ; former days or time
Deut. 4, 32. 10, 10. u'^m^-j o-^ifas for-
mer prophets Zech. 1, 4. 7, 7. 12. Absol.
D'^riixn ancients, ancestors. Lev. 26, 45.
Deut. J 9, 14. Ps. 79, 8. Is. 61, 4 niia^OJ
DijilJxn the ruins of the ancients, which
have laindesolatefrom formerdays. Plur.
fem. ri:tlJx-in Ihe former things, events
long passed, 'is. 43, 18. 46, 9; also long
since predicted Is. 42, 9. 43, 9. 48, 3. e)
Spoken of the time which is yet first to
come, opp. to a more remote future
time. Joel 2,23 yxan-\z in the first time,
i. e. immediately, presently ; comp. EngL
'at the first moment.' See also n:iUit"i3
Zech. 12, 7, below in C. a.
"a"l
956
a^
Fem. nsffiS'n A) Adj. fem. Jirst, for-
mer, Jer.' 16, 18. Plur. niailixn fornier
things Is. 63. 17.
B) Adv. a) in the highest place, see
above in no. 1. b) in front, foremost,
see no. 2. a. c) Of time, first, earliest,
Gen. 38, 28. Num. 2, 9. 1 K. 18, 25 ; at
first, the first time, Dan. 11, 29.
CJ With prefixes : a) njilisna, spo-
ken of place and order Is. 60, 9; see
above in no. 2. a. Of time, frst, before
something else, 2 Sara. 20, 18. 1 K. 17,
13. Zech. 12, 7 ; and so of pers. frst, be-
fore others in time, Num. 10, 13. 14.
Deut. 13, 10. 17, 7. 1 Chr. 11,6. Neh.7,
5. Also at first, formerly, beforetime, 2
Sam. 7, 10. 1 Ciir. 17, 9. Is. 1, 26. Jer.
7, 12. Prov. 20, 21. al. So for the first
time, the former time, Gen. 13, 4 (comp.
12, 8). Josh. 8, 5. 6. Judg. 20, 32. 1 K.
20, 9. n:'iJxn23 as at the first, as for-
merly. Is. 1, 26; njitisnarb , contr. for
rciaxns-.Tib . 1 Chr. 15, 13.'
b) n;tr/X~i3 as at the first, as formerly,
Deut. 9, 18. 'Dan. 11,29.
c) njiyx'ib at first, formerly, i. q.
nscsna. Gen. 28, 19. Judg. 18, 29.
Plur. ri:ii;x"i , see above in no. 2, b. 8.
"'^'tDNT adj. (from li'Xi) fem. nijilJwSn,
first, i. q. 'pcs"^ , Jer. 25, 1.
riiUJST , see nidxno .
'rr^Xn f. once n-itjn Deut. 11, 12;
denom. from C6<"> ; pr. abstr. ' the being
head ;' hence concr.
1. the topmost, the highest; trop. the
chief best, most excellent ; as n"'iL"N'i
CJi: the most precious ointments Am.
6, 6. =7i"| n"'Cxn the chief of the na-
tions Am. 6. 1. Num. 24. 20. Dan. 11,41
the. chief of the children of Ammon, their
princes ; also 1 Sam. 15. 21. Jer. 49, 35.
Ps. Ill, 10. Prov. 1, 7. Job 40, 19 the
chief of the ways of God, his most won-
derful work, ec. the hippopotamus.
2. beginning, comp. CX"i no. 4. Syr.
I&LapI^ . E. g. the beginning, as opp.
to the end, r-'inx , Ecc. 7, 8 ; of strife
Prov. 17, 14; of a reign Jer. 26, 1. 28, 1.
49, 34; of sin for concr. the beginner,
author. Mic. 1.13. "iBrbtti? 'n the begin-
ning of his (Nimrod's) kingdom, the
territory of which it was at first com-
posed, Gen. 10, 10. Hos. 9, 10 at the
early fig in the fig-tree nr^'^'i^^^'m in its
beginning, i. e. when the tree first begins
to bear. Absol. of the beginning of all
things, Gen. 1, 1 ; comp. iv ufj^fi John 1,
1. Gr. di uQX^ig Hes. Theog. 45; Lat. a
principio Cic. Nat. Deor. 1. 12.
3. former time, times of old, opp.
niinx , Is. 46, 10. Also first state, for-
mer condition. Job 8, 7. 42, 12.
4. Concr. the first in its kind, first-
fruits, firstliiigs ; often of the first pro-
ducts of the harvest Lev. 23, 10. Deut.
18, 4 ; or of fruits 26, 10 ; of wool 18, 4 ;
or generally Prov. 3. 9. These were of-
fered to Jehovah, and hence r'^CK'i "iSTp
an oblation of the first fruits Lev. 2, 12.
But c-^n^sa r.iirxn is the first of the first-
fruits Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. Ez. 44, 30.
'(ix r'^CXT the firstling of one's strength,
poet, for the first-born. Gen. 49, 3. Deut.
21, 17. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 36. isn^ 'n the
firstling of his icay, the first created of
God, i. e. the hypostatic wisdom, Prov.
8, 22 ; comp. dg;(h tJfi xilaib)? lov &iov
Rev. 3, 14. Of Gad, Deut. 33, 21 xn*l
ib ri"'OS'i he chose for himself the first-
fruits of the land, i. e. the first portion
of which the Israelites took possession.
y^ m. adj. in pause 2"n, plur. B'^2'n ;
fem. na'n, constr. na*!, withYod parag.
'ran Lam. 1,1, plur. man. R. ran.
1. vndlus, i.e. either as one continuous
whole. Engl, much, as an afit much gold
1 K. 10. 2. Ps. 19, 11. Gen. 24, 25. Deut.
28, 38 ; or as a collective whole which
contains many parts or individuals. Engl.
many, numerous, as an ns much or many
peoju/f i.e. numerous, Josh. 17, 14; an cnx
many men Job 36, 28 (here ol noXlol) ;
nan n'nay a numerous family GoXi. 26,
14 ; an n:pT2 numerous flocks and herds
much cattle, Num. 32, 1. Josh. 11, 4.
Hence c. plur. O'^an C'lTS^ many days, a
long time. Gen. 21, 34 ; Q-'an cias many
nations Ps. 89, 51. With genit. njiiapi an
a man of much (great) xinder standing
Prov. 14, 29 ; CSa ran a woman having
many children 1 Sam. 2. 5 ; with Yod
parag. DS ^Pan numerous in people, full
of people, i. e. a city, Lam. 1, 1. Often
as neut. an much, i. e. collect, many. Ex.
19,21 an !ijaB be; and there fall (perish)
of them much people, many. 1 Sam.
14, 6. Gen. 33, 9; hence adverbially,
nn
957
nai
even with suhst. pliir. Ps. 18, 15 3^ n-'p'^a
and lightnings much, i. e. m;iiiy. in great
number. Ecc. 6, 3 r:;d 'tt'; rn*':J n-?^
although the days of Aw year* 6e miich,
many. Often i. q. enough, it is enough,
Gen. 45, 28. Ps. 123, 3 ; chiefly in the
formula (comp. W'o) niw an enough
now! i.e. desist! 2 Sam. 24, 16. I K. 19,
4 ; more fully "i^Va-n Deut. 3, 2G, ca^an
Ez. 45, 9. Num. 16. 3, enough for thee,
for you, let it suffice thee, etc. With infin.
Deut. 1,6 na'i ca^'a"^ ye have dwelt long
enough. 2, 3-, before , , Ez. 44, 6 na^'an
Da^r"a5"in~b3ia enough for you of all
your aboniinalions ! i. e. desist from
them. 1 K. 12,28. Ex.9,28.-Also fern.
nan is often put adverbially for much,
enough, Ps. 62. 3. 89, 8 ; ollener in the
constr. ran id. Ps. 65, 10. 120, 6. 123, 4^
129, 1. 2 Chr. 30, 18. So Syr. iJsi
often.
2. large, great, vast, comp. noXv? in
Passow no. 1. b ; spoken of a vast space
Gen. 7. 11. Esth. 1, 20; of a long way,
noXXri odog 1 K. 19, 7 ; of a great battle
and slaughter 2 Chr. 13, 17. Num. 11,
33 ; of heinous sin Ps. 19, 14 ; of the
multiplied goodness and mercy of God
Ps. 31, 20; of diligent attention (comp.
nolli) aiyri) Is. 21, 7. Spec, a) i. q.
mighty, powerful, Ps. 48, 3. Is. 63, 1.
Plur. o-'an the mighty Job 35, 9. Is. 53,
12. b) major natu, elder. Gen. 25. 23.
Plur. can great in age, the aged. Job
32. 9. c) Subst. a great man, chief a
leader, i. q. nb . chiefly in the later He-
brew, e. g. c^naa an chief of the body-
g-uard 2 K. 25, 8 ; n-^Dino an chief of
the eunuchs Dan. 1. 3. Esth. 1, 8. Neut.
abstr. greatness, Ps. 145, 7. Is. 63, 7. d)
Subst. a master, one greai or skilled in
any art, Prov. 26, 10; comp. the Tal-
mudic an doctor, teacher, learned man.
g ^
Syr. v^i, l^i. id. Arab. kj lord, mas-
ter, owner.
3. In Job 16, 13 i-an is rendered by
nil the ancient versions his (God's) ar-
rows, from aan no. 2. Others, his arch-
ers. We may however well retain the
sense, his many hosts, warriors.
y^ Chald. m. emphat. xan ; fem.
emph. stran ; plur. redupl. T^'J^n, fem.
sanan. emph. xnanan.
list-. ^ T T . .
1. Adj. great, Dan. 2, 10. 31. 35. 7, 2.
Plur. 2, 48. 3, 33. 7, 3 sq. 'janan b}n to
speak great things i. e. to speak proud-
ly, impiously, Dan. 7, 8. 20: comp. bina
no. 2.
2. Subst. a chief, leader, prince, Dan.
2, 14. 48. 4, 6.
37) see in r. a*'*!.
^'7, see subst. a'^n.
31 m. (r. aan) also in the later books
fully 2'i'> Job 35, 9. Esth. 10, 3 ; c. Makk.
"an . c. suff. nan ; midlitude, abundance ;
with plur. B"'3'J an multitude of years
Lev. 25, 16. Is. 1, 11 ; with sing, collect,
dn^ni lan an Gen. 27, 28. Ps. 49, 7. Is.
37, 24. Often also where in Engl, abun-
dance, greatness, m.uch, as n^an~an
much wisdom Ecc. 1, 18; cibd an Ps,
37, 11. 72, 7 ; ina an Is. 63. 1 ; TQ-^^ri an
the greatness of the way, the long journey,
Josh. 9, 13. Is. 57, 10. Adv. ahb in mul-
titude, abundantly, 1 Chr. 12, 40. 22. 3. 4.
Gen. 48, 16 ; often also in comparison
with things implying a vast multitude, .'is
with the stars, anb D-^^'sn "^aaiaa aasri
Deut. 1, 10. 10, 22. 28, 62 : so' with the
sand on the sea-shore Josh. 1 1. 4. 1 Sam.
13, 5. 2 Sam. 17, 11 ; with locusts Judg.
6, 5. Also arna from {for) multitude,
Gen. 16, 10. Z2, 13. 1 K. 8, 5. Poet. aS
is put for a whole multitude, and so
hardly diflTers from ba, as Job 4, 14
which made all (an) my bones to .shake.
33, 21 ; comp. Jer. 23, 9 and Schult. ad
Job 1. c Plur. constr. -"an Hos. 8, 12 Keri.
^5^ 1. to become much or many^
to midliply. Gen. 6, 1 ; to be much or
many, to be multiplied, manifold, 1 Sara.
25, 10. Ps. 3, 2. 69, 5. 104, 24. Is. 59, 12.
al. ssepe. Found only in prset. "an, and
once inf an Gen. 6, 1 ; the other forms are
taken from the kindred root nan . Arab.
(^j* to be great, mighty ; also to m-
crease, multiply. Syr. and Chald. Palp.
..sjoj for ^^fSih to magnify.
2. Mid. O, prjBt. !iani Gen. 49, 23,
according to Kimchi and Gr. Venet.
prob. to shoot, i. e. they have shot ; the
signif being drawn from the mullitude
of arrows, comp. ca'^an ; also &jLj\
I mullitude of arrows. Cam. Hence some
nn^i
958
nil
derive i'^ no. 3, an arrow. But ^lail
can also be referred to the subst. 2") by
a slight change of vowels : they provok-
ed him with their multitude, etc. Some
refer hither also Ps. 18, 15 nn cpia he
shot out lightnings, but see in 3"^ no. 1.
PuAL. denom. from ""123^ , part. plur.
ni33'iT3 multiplied by myriads, by ten
tliousands. Ps. 144, 13.
Deriv. 2n , nan , an , naa"! , ia"! . nia-i ,
ca-'a'n, and the pr. names n^an, nj^ffian,
csai"''.
T t TIT
^5'?7 f. (r. 23*1) a myriad, ten thou-
sand. Lev. 26, 8. Deut. 32, 30. Judg. 20,
10 ; often for any great indefinite num-
ber Gen. 24, 60. Cant. 5, 10. Ps. 91, 7.
Ez. 16,7. Plur. rrisa'i, constr. riaa^i
and niaa'i , ten thousands 1 Sam. 18, 7.
8 J often for any great and indefinite
number, Ps. 3, 7. Deut. 33, 2. 17.
^33^ Chald. f. ten thousand, whence
plur. "jaan Dan. 7, 10 Keri. See in Chald.
ian .
'1" I. i. q. *iS'n, to spread a bed,
stemere lectum, Prov. 7, 16. Hence
C!"'??!'?, Beth without Dag.
II. i. q. Arab. Joj^ to bind, whence
T^a-n collar. '^
*1'^ plur. fla'l ; fut. na-i^, apoc.
ani and "zrri ; imp. nan, plnr. lan ; part,
^an. Prait. and inf are formed from
aa~ q. V.
1. to become much or many, to vndti-
ply, to increase, Gen. 7, 17. 18. E.x. 1,
10. 12. 20. Deut. 8, 1. Ezra 9, 6. al.
Often coupled with nno, e. g. Gen. 1, 22
sian^ ?-.D be fruitful and multiply, v. 28.
8, 17. 9, 1. 7. 47, 27. Jer. 3, 16. Ez.36, 11.
With dat. Deut. 8, 13. Prov. 4, 10.
Hence t/j be multiplied, many, numerous,
1 Chr. 5, 9. 23. Ps. 16, 4. 139, 18.
2. to bf'come great, to increase. Deut.
30, 16. Hence to grow up, Job 27. 14.
39. 4. Ez. 16, 7. Gen. 21. 20 nah ^n-jl
mt;? and he grew up an archer. Also
to be greed Gen. 43, 34 ; of a w:iy. to be
long, Deut. 14, 24. 19, 6 ; comp. in an
and an no. 2. Trop. of God, to be pow-
erful, mighty, Job 33, 12; to be great,
abwulant, of wealth Pe. 49, 17 ; of wis-
dom 1 K. 5, 10 [4. 30]. Chald. id. see
below. Syr. Jjci to increase in number
and magnitude. Pa. to bring up.
PiELrtan, imp. nan i. to multiply,
to increase, trans, c. ace. Judg. 9, 29.
Absol. to make much, i. e. to get much,
to increase one's substance, comp. Hiph.
no. 1. a, and n^US no. 2. a. Ps. 44, 13
t=sJ''":3''r!^2 i;"'an xb thou ha.<it not made
much by their price, i. e. thou hast sold
them for a small price ; or, thoit hast not
increased thy wealth, comp. Prov. 22. 16.
2. to let grow up, to bring up, Ez. 19, 2.
Lam. 2, 22. Syr. Zsh, Arab. ^7, id.
Hiph. nann, fut. nan^, apoc. any,
imp. apoc. ann ; inf abs. nann and
'"'?ir! (the latter always adverbially),
constr. r.iaTn .
1. to make or do much, to mtdtiply, to
increase any thing, c. ace. Gen. 3, 16.
16, 10. Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 1, 10. Judg. 16,
24. Is. 9, 2. Jer. 46, 11. al. rarely c. b
Hos. 10, 1. Followed by b with the
infin. of a verb, it often expresses the
adverbial idea much, greatly ; e. g.
baxb nann i. q. to devour much 2 Sam.
18. 8 ; b^snnb nann to pray much
1 Sam. 1, 12'; Ps. 78, 3S. 2 K. 21, 6.
2 Chr. 36, 14. Ezra 10, 13. Is. 55, 7.
Also too much Ex. 36, 5 ; and so before
a finite verb 1 Sam. 2, 3. Ps. 51, 4. Put
likewise : a) With ace. of thing and
dat. of pers. to multiply to any one, Hos.
2, 10 [8] ; and so with dat. impl. Ex.
30, 15. But ib 'n nann reflex, to nmlti-
ply to oneself, i. e. to get or take much
or many, Deut. 17, 16. 17. Jer. 2, 22.
b) With ace. i. q. to have much or many,
see Heb. Gr. 52. 2. Lev. 11. 42 na-i^
Ciibjn having many feet. Job 29. IS /
multiply days as the sand, i. e. my days
are many as the sand. Nah. 3. 16. 1 Chr.
7, 4. 8, 40. 23, 11 ; ace. om. 1 Chr. 4,
27. c) With by , to make i. e. to im-
pose much upon any one, for the fuller
br nvjb nann, Gen. 34, 12. Infin.
Absol. nann, rarely niann Am. 4, 9.
Prov. 25, 27, pr. in making or doing
much, always as Adv. aa) much, great-
ly, like aa^n well ; coupled : ) With
a verb, as J'i^'^T} na? to serve much, dili-
gently, 2 K. 10, IS; nk nann naa to
err very greatly 1 Sam. 26, 21. Ecc. 7,
17. /3) With a subst. plur. e. g. c'^na'n
'^?'7'3 ' <! tnany words Ecc. 5. 6 [7] ;
nann a-'-tcO many books 12, 12. 1 K. 10.
1 1 ; also with sing, mostly collect. 2 Sam.
nhn
959
:?a*i
13, 2 'iktt na"jn ipsai iss . 8, 8. 2 Chr.
32. 27. li, 12.' GenV41, 49. Aa predi-
cate Gon. 15, I. Rarely put belbre the
subnt. Ecc. 1, 16 ; and bo pcparated from
it, Ps. 130, 7. y) Abaol. 2 Sam. 1, 4
crn "(-a btj nann wmcA (many) o/* the
people are fallen ; com p. S5^. 2 Chr.
25.9. Ecc. 5, II. Sona-jnb idf.'2Chr. 16,
8. Neh. 5, 8. bb) too mtu-h, Ecc. 7, 16.
2. /o make great, to enlarge. Ps. 18, 36.
1 Chr. 4, 10. Job 34, 37 he maketh large
his words against God, i. e. he talks
largely, impiously ; see in an Chald.
Deriv. naix, naio, naia, n-^aitt,
twain, n-^ain.
nST Chald. to become great, to grow,
as a tree Dan. 4, 8. 19.
Pa. to viake great, to exalt. Dan. 2, 48.
Deriv. ia-i .
ns^ 1. Adj.fem.of3i,mMcA, many;
Bce in 3"] .
2. Subst. pr. a great city, metropolis,
Syr. \hJ^S, and then pr. n. Rahbah.
a) The capital of the Ammonites,
2 Sara. 11, 1. 12 27. Josh. 13. 25. 1 Chr.
20, 1. Jer. 49, 3. (not Ps. 110, 6.) fully
*|ias ""sa nan Deut. 3, 11. Gv.'Fn^nitti-
fiava Polyb. 5. 7. 4 ; usually Philadel-
phia ; in Abulfeda and at the present
s . s^
day .jLt-ft ''AmmAn. Tab. Syriap p. 91.
See an account of its ruins by Seetzen in
Zach's monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 429;
Burckhardl Travels in Syria, p 356 sq.
b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 60.
13"! f. (for nian q. v. P being dropped,
Syr. osi) Jon. 4, 11. 1 Chr. 29, 7 ; also
Kian with X added (Heb. Gr. 23. 2. n.
3) Ezra 2, 64. Neh. 7. 66 ; a myriad,
ten thousand^ i. q. naai, but found only
in the later writers. Dual ^7*^*31 (from
rial) twice ten thousand Ps. 68, 18.
Plur. also nixa-i Dan. 11, 12, contr. r-nian
Ezra 2, 69.
ia"? Chald. fem. plur. "jjan like Syr.
oaf (Keri "aan) id. 'jan ian a myriad
of myriads, ten thousand times ten thou-
sand, Dan. 7, 10.
IS*!! Chald. f (r. na")) emphat. HPian ,
greatness, majesty, Dan. 4. 19. 33 [22. 36].
5, 18. 7, 27.
flTSII f. (r. Ml) a myriad, ten thau'
sand ; Neh. 7, 71 na-i -nd twice ten
thousand. Hence iai by dropping n.
D'^S'^Sn m. plur. (r. 331) rain, a shower,
from the multitude of drops, Deut. 32,2.
Ps. 65, 11. 72. 6. Jer. 3, 3. 14, 22. Mic.
'^
5, 6. Arab. \^-i\ aqua copiosa.
Tai m. (r. 131 II ) a collar, chain,
for the neck, Ez. 16, 11. Gen. 41, 42.
'yi^n ord. adj. (fr. card. 531 , 531,
lour) plur. C''5"'3i ; fem. r^3*3l and
VV^Z^l; fourth, Gen. 1. 19. 2, 14. 15, 16.
al. sa^p. Ellipt. the fourth (day) of the
month I K. 27, 7 ; the fourth month Bz.
1, 1. Zech. 8, 19. O^S-iSi i:a children
of the fourth generation, i. e. the children
oi great-grandchildren, 2 K. 10. 30. 15,
12. Fem. n"'5"'3i eUipt. a fourth, the
fourth part, Ex. 29, 40. Lev. 23, 13.
Num. 15. 5. al.
i?''a"l Chald. m. emphat. i<'',5''3l . Keri
nj<?-'3i". id. fourth, Dan. 2.' 40. 'l, 23.
Fem. emphat. xn^JSi id. Dan. 7, 19.23.
Pian (multitude, r. 33i) Iiabbith,pT.
n. of a city in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20.
^Zr '" mingle, to dip into a fluid,
e. g. bread in oil ; only Hoph. Part. C
r=aiT2 Lev. 6, 14. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 23, 29.
Arab. (^5o\ id.
^-r obsol. root, Arab. Jos to be
much, fertile, abundant. Hence
nbai (fertility) Riblah, pr. n. o^ a
town in the northern borders of Pales-
tine, in the district of Haraath. through
which the Babylonians both in theii*
irruptions and departures were accus-
tomed to pass. Traces of it are extant
in the place Ribleh jJLjv situated some
30 or 40 miles south of Hamath on the
Orontes ; see Biblioth. Sac. 1847. p. 404,
408. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 461.
App. p. 176. Num. 34, 11. 2 K. 23, 33.
25, 6. Jer. 39, 5. 52, 10.
^5'!' obsol. card. /owr; hence Saij?
with S prosthetic ; denom. ?3i II ; also
531 , ?31 , 531 , '5''31 .
* ! ^5"^ 1. q- 7?'^, to couch, to
lie down, 5 and S being interchanged ;
Bee 531 I.
5>nn
960
n^i
2. to couch down to, to lie with, with
ace. spoken of bestiality Lev. IS, 23.
20, 16. Arab. *j IV, id. ofmen. Chald.
and Talm. id. otien of bestiality.
HiPH. to cause to cover, to let gender,
of beasts Lev. 19, 19.
II. y?"^ denom. verb from obsol. y?"!
i. q. ~a'i5< four ; Part. pass. ri-^ quad-
rated, i. e. four-square, Ex. 27, 1. 2S,
16. 30, 2. 37, 25. 38, 1. 1 K. 7, 5. Ez.
41, 21.
JPuAL Part, ranio id. 1 K. 7, 31. Ez. 40,
47. 45. 2. Arab." id.
I. y2"1 m. c. suff. ''53'l, a lying down,
Ps. 139. 3. R. 5=tl'
II. yy^ m. from ran, yanx , four.
1. a fourth part, i. q. S31, Ex. 29. 40.
1 Sara. 9, 8. Hence
2. a W, i. e. one of four sides, Ez.
43, 16. 17; comp. 1, 17.
3. Reba. pr. n. of a king of the Midi-
anites, Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21.
y?"^ m. (from sa"i) a fourth, fourth
part, 2 K. 6, 25. Num. 23. 10 who can
number even the fourth part of Israel 7
Comp. TO T'rptov i^f yiig, to Xfjiiov if/g
y^?, Rev. 6, 8. 8, 7. Arab. jj id. Syr.
Pko9 quadrans. The Heb. intpp. ren-
der it cnncubitus, see 5an L 2 ; and hence
offspring.
yai m. (from 52"i) only in pi. cyan,
descendants of the fourth generation, i. e.
children of great-grandchildren, Ex.20,
6. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9.
y r V fut. yan"^ , <o couch, to lie down,
pr. of quadrupeds which lie upon the
breast with the limbs gathered under
them ; spoken of flocks and herds Gen.
29, 2. Is. 11, 7. 17, 2. Zeph. 2, 14.
Ez. 34, 14 ; of wild beasts Gen. 49, 9.
14. Is. 11. 6. Ps. 104, 22. Ez. 19, 2 ; of
the ass Ex. 23, 5. Num. 22, 27 ; also of a
dragon lying in the water Ez. 29, 3 ; of a
bird brooding upon her nest Deut. 22, 6.
Arab. (jidJj id. Spec, a) Of a beast of
prey lying in wait, to crouch, Arab. {JQ^\
id. \jDy-3\ the lier-in-wait, lurker, poet,
for the lion. Gen. 4, 7 if thou doest not
well (but givest way to secret hate)
yqn rxun nnob sin couchelh (lurk-
eth) at thy aoor, i. e. sin lieth in wait
for ihee as a wild beast crouching at
thy door. Here 'J'an is put substan-
tively and inixoivwg, not agreeing in
gender with J"5<Bn, comp. Heb. Gr.
144. note 2. For the sense comp. Ps.
37, 8. 1 Pet. 5, 8. b) Trop. of men
dwelling in tranquil security Gen. 49,
14. Job 11, 19. Is. 14, 30. Zeph. 3, 13;
of waters reposing in the bosom of the
earth Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; of a
curse which rests upon any one Deut.
29, 19.
HiPH. 1. to cause to lie down, e. g. a
flock Jer. 33, 12. Cant. 1, 7. Is. 13, 20;
persons Ps. 23, 2. Ez. 34, 15.
2. to lay stones in cement. Is. 54, 11.
Deriv. ya-iia, and
T^!? m. c. suff. "'San . \. a couching-
place, resting-place, of flocks, etc. Is. 35,
7. 65, 10. Jer. 50, 6.
2. resting-place, quiet dwelling, of
So.-
men, Pro v. 24, 15. Arab. *j* resting-
place, any dwelling. ^
r-r obsol. root, Arab. (S-?) ^'' '*^
firmly, to fasten, espec. an animal, cattle.
Hence panis , and
np3"l (a cord with a noose, not un-
aptly of a maiden who ensnares by her
beauty.) Rebekah, the wife of Isaac,
Gen. 22, 23. 24, 15 sq. 25, 20. al. Sept.
'FejSe'xxtt Rebecca.
I'^anS'l . see art. an Chald.
jannn Chald. m. onlyinplur. panan,
magnates, nobles, princes, Dan. 4. 33. 5,
1 sq. 6, 18. Freq. in Targg. R. aan .
njJTDZl'n (Aram. \Jljl, w> chief cup-
bearer) Rabshakeh. pr. n. of a military
chief under Sennacherib, 2 K. 18, 17. 19.
26. 28. 37. 19, 4. 8. Is. 36,' 2. 4. 12. 13. 22.
37, 4. 8. R. a?n and njsir .
f'^'^ see in an no. 1, fin.
^-T obsol. root, kindr. with 05n, to
heap together stones, to throw stones,
perh. also lumps, clods, etc. Hence pr.
n. aanx , also
^y^ m. plur. D'^aan , constr. "'San , a
clod, lump of earth. Job 21, 33 sweet
unto him are the clods of the valley, i. e.
the earth is light upon him. 38, 38
T31
961
S>Tf
ipan-^ caj"^^ and (if) ^/i c/orf c/eare
Jaal together.
* T57 I'ut. tn^, to be moved, dulurbed,
to be throvm into commotion, 2 Sum. 7, 10.
1 Clir. 17, 9 ; with ^ of cause Is. 14, 9.
The same sigiiiflcation is fouiul under
various tropical forms in the prjmary syl-
lables 3^, S'\, and also m; coinp. 53^.
^an . C3T ; nnn , cnn ; and see below un-
der yyn . It corresiwuds to the Satiscr.
rag to move oneself] to go, and trop.
rAga, Gr. ogy^ linger, grief ^'i'^Tot{oij/M),
Germ, regen, Engl, to rage, and with
another letter prefixed frangn (fregi,
fragor), krac/ien, etc. To the root tan ,
of which the last letter is a sibilant,
approach nearest the roots an , tiJsn ,
where see. Spec.
1. to be moved with anger, to be angry,
wroth. Prov. 29, 9. Is. 28,21 ; with b to-
wards or against any one, Ez. 16, 43.
Cbrap. Hithp. Syr. }-Ii id.
2. to be moved with grief to be grieved,
effected, 2 Sam. 18, 33 [19, 1 J.
3. to be moved with fear, to tremble, to
quake, Arab. d>^\ GJen. 45, 24 be ye
not timid by the way ; but Sept. and
Vulg. against the context, fi>i oQyl^ecrd-e,
ne irascimini. 1 Sam. 14, 15. Ps. 4, 5.
Is. 32, 10. 11. Joel 2, 1. Hab. 3, 16 ; with
'pBia before, because of any person or
thing, Deut. 2, 25. Is. 64, 1 [2]. Also
of things, Joel 2, 10. Is. 5, 25. Ps. 18, 8.
Mic. 7, 17 cn-'nisoaa fiTan-^ they tremble
front their strongholds, i. e. they come
out trembling from their strongholds
and surrender to the victors.
4. to be moved with joy, to rejoice, Jer.
33,9.
HiPH. 1. to more, to disquiet, c. ace.
1 Sam. 28, 15 ; c. b Jer. 50, 34.
2. to provoke to anger. Job 12, 6.
3. to make tremble, to shake, for fear,
Is. 14, 16. 23, 11; of things 13, 13;
praegn. Job 9, 6.
HiTHP. to rage, to rave, with b^5 against
any one, Is. 37, 28. 29. 2 K. 19, 27. 28.
Deriv. Tsn , Tan, i'^i:<'i, Ti-^x.
TSi'?' Chald. to be angry. Aph. to pro-
voke to anger, Ezra 5, 12.
W^ Chald. m. anger, rage, Dan. 3, 13.
W"? jn. adj. trembling, palpitating,
Deut. 28, 65. R. tan no. 3.
81
Tin m. (r. tan) c. auff. in pause rj|an,
commotion ; hence
1. restlessness, turmoil, tumult. Job 3^
17 ; of a horse Job 39, 24 ; noise, of
thunder Job 37. 2. Arab. j:>.% and tf*^\
of thunder.
2. disquiet, trouble. Job 3, 26. 14, 1.
Is. 14, 3.
3. anger, wrath, Hab. 3, 2.
T^Xyy f trembling, trepidation, Ez. 12,
18. "r. tai.
-J? to tread, to walk, to go ; kindr.
is ban . The idea of moving lies also in
Sanscr. rag to go ; see in tan . Spec.
1. to go about tattling and tale-bear-
ing; hence to slander, to backbite, Ps.
15,3.
2. to tread garments in washing,
cleansing; hence bah a washer, fuller.
See the pr. names ban "ps and cbah.
PiEL i. q. Kal. to go about, i. e. a) As
a slanderer, to slander, only 2 Sam. 19,
28, c. 3 pers. b) For the sake of re-
connoitering, to search, to spy out, c.
ace. Josh. 14, 7. Judg. 18, 2. 14. 17. 2
Sam. 10, 3. al. Part, banrs a scout, spy,
Gen. 42. 9 sq. Josh. 6, 22. 1 Sam. 26, 4. aL
TiPH. bann i. q. SynV^j.!., to teaclk
to walk, e. g. a child, to lead by ther
hand. Hos. 11, 3.
Deriv. ban ("^ban), nibania , ban , jw; nj.
t3"'bah.
^5"!? f. in pause ban , c. suff. iban;-dbaJ!
(also of more than two Lev. 11, 23, 42)
?^?'^ ) constr. "^ban, comm. gend. (^.
Prov. 1, 16. 7, 11. Jer. 13, 16) ; plur.
cban f in signif 2.
1. the foot of men and beasts, Ez. 1,
? o
7. 29, 11. Arab. Je^, Syr. \l^, id;
So I'^ban nsi ittJxng from his head even
to his feet Lev. 13, 12, and n?i ban Cjsa
"'Pin from the sole of the foot even to the
crown of the head Deut. 28, 35. Is. 1, 6.
Job 2, 7 ; comp. Gr. ek nodag ix xf<)pai^?
Horn. II. 18. 353 ; ex noSutv dg xiipali^t
Arist. For ban saxx toe of the foot, see
in 52SS ; for ban -jn? see in ina ; foi
^ii^l '^1^ see in OJniu ; for n"^ban nx
see in nsa ; for C^ban 'Q'^Ta uri7ie, see in
C"^:: b. So C^ban nsia the huincfthefeet^
i. e. of the pudenda. Is. 7, 20 ; but D-^ban
is not put by eupbemism for pudenda, as
!3n
962
dlil
seme suppose, in Ex. 4, 25. Is. 6. 2. For
the phrase c"35T ~on , see in T(=0 .
Also ""^ "^55") cip'S ;/ie p/ace o/" Je/'jo-
vah's feet, where he sets his feet, i. e.
*he temple Is. 60. 13, comp. Ez. 13, 7;
for I'^bsT c"in m a lilte sense, see in onn .
Often that is ascribed to the feet,
which strictly pertains to a person walk-
ing or journeying on loot ; 1 Sam. 23. 22
the place where his foot conieth. 2 K. 21.
8. Is. 23, 7. 32, 20. 52, 7 how beautiful
upon the mounlaiiis are the feet of him
that briugelh glad tidings. Nah. 2, 1.
Deut. 11.10 ba-in n;r-ijn to water with the
foot. i. e. to irrigate land by raising
water with a small tread-wheel, turned
with the feet and hands ; such as were
anciently and are still sometimes used in
Egypt for watering gardens, and also in
Palestine for raising water from wells;
in Gr. fh^. See Philo de Contiis. Ling.
I. p. 410 Mang. Niebuhr Reisebeschr.
I. p. 149 and Tab. XV. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. T. p. 542. II. p. 351. III. p. 21.
2. Metaph. a) a step, beat, tap of the
foot ; only in plur. C^bj"! beats, for times,
these being counted by beating with the
foot; comp. c?Q no. 3. Num. 22. 28
n-Vsn ajb'r nt "'ar'^Sn thou hast beaten
vie these three, times, v. 32. 33. Ex. 23,
14. b) foot-step, step, pace ; as bip
-?^?"] '/*^ sound of foot-steps 1 K. 14. 6. 2
K. 6, 32. Gen. 33, 14 nzxb^sn b}ph ac-
cording to the pace of the flocks, as they
are able to travel, c) foot-step, track ;
so in 'b 'bj'na , 'e ''bj'ib , see in no. 3.
a, b.
3. With Prepositions: a) bins on
foot Ps. 66. 6 ; l''b;^2 on his feet, on foot,
Judg. 4, 15. 17. C^b5-i2 bp swift of foot
2 Sam. 2, 18. Am. 2.' 15. Also to be
't "^bs^a at the fett of any one, in his
footsteps i. e. to f Alow any one, Ex. 11,
8. Deut. 11, 6. Judg. 4, 10. 15. 5, 15. 2
Sam. 15, 17. 1 K. 20, 10. 2 K. 3, 9. al.
Comp. Gr. xi rtodug riroi.
b) 'b banb , to be al the foot of any one,
in his footsteps, i. e. to follow any one,
1 Sam. 25, 42. Gen. 30, 30 Jthovah halh
blessed thee in my footsteps, has caused
prosperity to follow me into thy dwell-
ing. So of Cyrue. Is. 41. 2 inx7;5i p-ijt
iba^b prosperihj encounters him (and fol-
Iowh) in his footsteps ; unless pcrh. we
render simply: at every step. Plur.
'2 ^bj^b id. Job 18, 11. Hab. 3, 5. Syr.
? lLv.i^ and ? U^'A* ^t one's feet, after
him. See also in lett. c. /9.
c) n"b3"i b^ upon or at the feet, e. g.
a) T'b?"!! br n?:s to stand upon one\s feet
Ez. 2.1. Zech. 14, 12; also rb:n bs c^p
2 K. 13, 21. Comp. Dan. 7, 4.' ft] bs3
'2 'bS'i bs to fall at the feet of any one.
1 Sam. 25, 24. 2 K. 4, 37. In the same
sense, 'b -^bsT "^JEb Esth. 8, 3, and EH
7ib:nb sisn Deut. 33. 3.
d) 3 'bj'i rnn tinder one^sfeet, as an
emblem of subjection, 2 Sam. 22, 39.
Ps. 8, 7. 18, 39. 47, 4.
e) QtV?"!! T? between the feet Judg. 5,
27. The phrase rba-i -j-ia-o see in T^S
no. 4. c. Gen. 49, 10.' Deut. 28, 57.
^')'? and '2?"1 Chald. m. the foot, opp. p(^,
Dan. 2, 33. Dual "I'I'bj'n the feet, spoken
also of quadrupeds, Dan. 7, 4. Enipliat.
K^ban Dan. 2, 41. 42 ; c. suff. 2, 33. 34.
7,' 7!
'?"^ m. (r. ban) a fuller ; see in Qibai^
and ban -p^ in "i^? no. 2. bb,
r'?'^ m. (r. "^i-f) a foot-man, i. e. one on
foot, only in a military sense, foot, foot-
soldier, Ex. 12, 37. Num. 11,21. 1 Sam.
4, 10. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 10, 6. al. With 'X
added Judg. 20, 2. 1 Chr. 18, 4. 19, 18.
s
Plur. D-'ban Jer, 12, 5. Arab. J^C, S^\\
id, Syr. ),t\.,>?.
tr5^n (fullers'' place, r. ban) Bogelim,
pr. n. of a town in Gilead, 2 Sam. 17,27.
19, 32.
D jT 1 . to heap or ^ife t^, to accu-
mulate ; Arab. *5j and ^jr") VIII to be
accumulated, heaped up : kindr. with the
biliteral roots ca, C3, o?. for which see
under D13, D"C5. Hence nsan heap,
crowd.
2. Spec, to heap icp stones tipon any
one, see n^an?? ; hence to throw stones
at any orfe, to stone. Arab. a^ to heap
up stones upon a grave ; also to cover
with stones, to stone. Syr. >a^. to stone.
Chald. D5n to cast s-tones^ arrows, etc.
Construed : a) With br of pers. to stone
to death, prob. so as to form a pile of
stones over the dead body ; Ez. 23, 47
px cn-'bs !iaani and they shall stone
'VV V-'t IiTt ^
t3S1
963
T!5:i
them with stones, b) With a of pere.
Lev. 24, 16 ; and with i^X adtled I K.
12, 18. c) With ace. of pens. Lev. 24.
U; often with ',ZHZ added, Lev. 20, 2.
27. Ez. 16, 40, D-'S^xa Num. 14, 10, or
jax Lev. 24, 23. Josh. 7, 25. Hence
3. to throw or lay on colours, to bedaub
any thintj, i. e. to colour, to paint .^ kindr.
with C;?";! ; pr. from the idea of throwing,
as we speak o^ throwing any thing upon
paper, into writing, etc. comp. also Germ.
Entwurf sVctch. Hence l^a'jx a costly
colour, purple.
4. From the signif. of throwing cornea
also Chald. quadrilit. D5")n pr. trojicere,
to set one ocer a river ; and hence to
translate from one language into an-
otiier, to interpret.
Deriv. oa"! , msa'i , nrana , '(lanx , cann.
9 -
t35iT (i. q. f^y friend sc. of God) /?e-
gem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 47.
fb"a DJi") (friend of the king) Regem-
melech, pr. n. m. Zech. 7. 2.
STQ!*"! f. a /leap, then a throng, band,
Ps. 68, 28. R. can .
* "(^"^ /o murmur, to rebel, kindr. with
BS"!, cnn, see in tJ"! ; Part. Is. 29, 24.
The kindred dialects have not this root.
NiPH. id. with a of pers. Deut. 1, 27.
Ps. 106, 25.
'^r ^- P'"- ^^ "j^fre tremble, comp.
in ta"! , tflan , Arab, transp. ^p-^s to
tremble, see in no. ?. Hence to lerrify,
to make afraid, espec. by threats, up-
braiding, is. 51, 15 r^a ^on^^ cn ran
who maketh the sea afraid, and its waves
do roar, i. e. are agitated, thrown into
commotion as by fears ; Sept. well t-
(iuaiTbtv. Targ. chiding, upbraiding. Jer.
31, 35. Job 26, 12 n^ri yai inba by hi^
power he makcth ihe sea afraid, -pnrAW.
by his wisdom he smiteth through its
pride. Comp. ^ra Ps. 106. 9. Nah. 1, 4.
2. Intrans. to be afraid, terrified, to
shrink together for fear ; hence to be
still, quiet; comp. Eth. Z,1U to con-
tract, to be coagulated as milk ; and for
the sense comp. "aa , nxs . ne;? . Job 7. 5
ftxa^'i "a*! '"^"is viy skin contracts i. e.
shrivels (and cracks), and nins with mat-
ter. Syr. to be contracted, of the skin.
3. i. q. Arab. ^^\ to tremble, pr. to
be terrified ; hence of the tremulous
motion of the eye, to wink, see Hiph.
no. 3, and Ja"! .
NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be quiet, to
rest, of the sword Jer. 47, 6.
HiPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to rest, to give quiet to a people,
Jer. 31, 2. 50, 34. Also for to set, to found,
to establish, Ib. 51, 4 Cns nixb ^astrio
5->a"i5< /ic/7/e/ (establish firmly) my tetp
as a. light for the nations.
2. Intrans. to rest, to dwell quietly,
Deut. 28, 65. Is. 34, 14.
3. to wink with the eyes, to give a
wink, see Kal no. 3. Jer. 49, 19 ""a
ijs"^"ix n5"'a"^i< / will wink, I will cause
him to run, i. e. at my wink he shall run.
50, 44. Prov. 12, 19 ns-'nx-ns while 1
wink, i. e. for a moment ; opp. "i?^ for
ever.
Deriv. sa*!, sa'n, sia-ja, nya-)B.
^P''^ m. adj. still, quiet, see r. saT Kal
no. 2. Plur. constr. Y'}}< "'Sa'l Ps. 35, 20.
y?") m. (r. ra^i) in pause sa^ ; plur.
D-'ya'n .
1. a wink of the eye ; then a moment
of time, comp. Germ. Augenblick. also
momentum for movimentum. Is. 54, 7
pp ra"i2 in a little moment. Ex. 33, 5.
With Prepositions : a) Sana in a
moment, suddenly, speedily. Job 21, 13.
b) ?a'-j '15 for a moment. Job 20, 5. c)
ra~'3 as in a moment, suddenly, un-
expectedly, Num. 16, 21. 17, 10. Ps. 73,
19 ; -a'1 "ina id. Lam. 4. 6. Stronger is
ran asra for a Utile moment Is. 26, 20.
Ezra 9. 8. d) Ace. ran , for a moment
Is. 54, 8. Ps. 30. 6; in a moment, sud-
denly, at once, Jer. 4. 20. Ps. 6, 11. Job
34, 20. e) Plur. C"'Sa-ib in all moments,
every moment. Job 7, 18. Is. 27, 3. Ez.
26, 16. 32, 10.
2. one time ; repeated, omce again,
like Chald. "i^T , Arab. c:J5^ Jer. 18, 7
once (?ai) / speak to a people 9 and
again ("a";^) I speak to a people. See
^ Chald. 's^] no. 2.
* ^5t kindr. with '>lJ5'n , to rage, to
make a noise, tumult ; of nations Ps. 2, 1.
In Targg. for Heb. T\-zr\ , yn .Hence
(Sia-i, ni-ai.
can
964
5-in
5n Chald. i. q. Heb. Haph. 8)^5'^",
to run together with tumult, c. i>3 Dan.
6, 7. 12. 16.
tJ^n m. Ps. 55. 15, and ntDin f. Ps. 64,
3, pr. ' a noisy crowd,' hence genr. a
. crowd, multitude.
* "^ J^ pr. to tread down or ? pieces,
to break in pieces by treading, kindr.
with }'S"^ , (jot , comp. nnn . Ps. 144, 2
^rinn 'SS Ti"in w/io treadeth down the
nations under me ; "^TSS for n''SS which
is read in many Mss. Sept. languidly:
inotuaaorv xov Xaov fjov, and so Vulg.
Pesh. qui subdidit, yTiSA >. Targ. re-
tains 1-i'^'a. Ls. 45, i n^ij vjsb nnb io
frecrrf c/oirn before him the nations j "i^!
inf. for the usual n'"i, Hence
HiPH. to spread nut, to expand, as if by
treading, stamping ; then to overlay, i. q.
^Ti, e.g. with gold 1 K. 6, 32.
Deriv. T'l'^, pr. n. ''n'n.
* rj'l'n fut. irri"!'^ , conv. 'nn*i ; kindr.
with I'l'i. Arab. (<*>>
1. to tread, to trample down or in pieces,
to break in pieces by treading ; Arab,
^(^s I, IV, id. E. g. the wine-press,
i. e. the grapes in it, with ace. impl.
Joel 4, 13 [3. 13]; with 2, Ps. 49, 15
n-^nis^ C3 inn-i the upright shall tread
upon (over) them, i. e. walk upon their
graves. Is. 14, 6 C^is CiSa fTjn tramp-
ling down in anger the nations.
2. to tread, i. e. to walk, to go ; Syr.
'!> id. l^ii a going, journey. So Jer. 5
31 the proj)hels prophesy falsely , Z'^^iW3T\^
OPi^n"^ by wi^ and tlie priests walk at
tfieir side, i. e. are their companions and
helpers, see in y\s no. 2. a. Targ. well
'(in-'n'j bs T'r'or they help at their side.
Others: they bear rule, as in no. 3. Of
fire, to run or puss through, c. ace. Lam.
1, 13 (Jml hath sent fire into my bones,
ni^"!'!; and it runneth through them all.
Syr. )? of fire. Bar. Heb. 216.
3. to have dominion, to nde, to bear
rule, c. 3 orer any one, Gen. 1, 26. 28.
Lev. 25. 43. 46. 1 K. 5, 4. 30. Is. 14. 2.
Ez. 29. 15. al. With ace. id. Lev 25, 53.
Ez. 34. 4. P. 68. 28 ; absoi. Num. 24,
19. P. 72. 8. 1 10, 2. Sept. xv^iivcj, tJ^p/oi,
etc. Chald. id. but rare.
4. From the idea of breaking comes
the sense to break off] to tear off, and so
to take out or away, as honey from a
hive. So in the vexed passage Judg. 14,
9 TiBB-bs irrnTil a7id he broke it off
(tore or took it out) in his hands but
he told them not rri'} f^2'^^^^ r'ls-o '3
ttj^'^n that out of the carcass of the lion
lie had broken (taken) the honey ; Sept.
i^nXfv, Vulg. sum-sit. In Talm. Ten is
used of bread or cakes which adhere to
the oven and are torn away.
Pi EL i. q. Kal, to tread or break in
pieces ; fut. apoc. T^^ for "'T^'? Judg. 5,
13 bis. So Abulwalid ; but the usual
and better interpretation takes T]^ a
imper. ofT^^, where see.
HfpH. causat. of Kal no. 1, Is. 41, 2.
Deriv. perh. nnnia , see in ti'^"i53 p. 615.
^'Ty (treading down, r. TiT) JRaddtdy
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 14.
T"IT m. (r. I'l'n) c. suff. ^TI'J, p'ar.
D'^1"'"}'! ; pr. ' something expanded ;'
hence of a wide and thin female gar-
ment, a veil. Is. 3. 23. Cant. 5. 7. Chald.
xnin*i for Heb. C]-^ys veil Gen. 24, 65.
38, 14. Syr. fi^?>, Arab. ?|o., id.
D^ J in Kal not used, pr. to snore,
to be in a deep sleep, onomatopoetic.
Comp. Gr. dui/i^uvb), 6k(jitiu (sterto). and
transp. Lat. dormio.
NiPH. C^"i3 1. to lie in deep sleep,
pr. to be oppressed with sleep, Prov. 10,
5. Jon. 1, 5. 6.
2. to sink down atupifed, senseless, te
be stunned. Dan. 8, 18. 10, 9. Judg. 4, 21,
Ps. 76, 7.
Deriv. n^'n-in.
^""TP 1 Chr. 1, 7 (also Gen. 10, 4 in
Samar. and Sept. where the Heb. text
has B^:'it) Roilanim. pr. n. of a Grecian
people descended from Javan. and men-
tioned along with the Cyprians, D'^PiS.
Most probably the lihodians are to be
understood, whom Epiphanius. himself
a Cyprian, describes as being of the
same origin with the Cyprians, and as
included with them under the name
Kiiiot, Chittim ; Epiph. adv. Hieret. 30.
25. But the reading D^?"i^ Dardani
has the greater authority; see that art.
p. 215.
n
963
im
* ^\T^ fut. t{il1 . once q'^"i^ Ps. 7, 6
in some editions (a false orthograpliy
from the two forms qnn") and TP'^) atler
the analogy of T^^nn Pa. 73, 9; see
Lehrg. p. 402) ; pr. lo run after, to follow
eagerly, to jmrHtie.. Chalil. and Syr. id.
Arab, less strongly, to follow, to be after.
The primary idea is that of treading,
going, running, which lies in the sylla-
ble Ti in nT> , mn : also that of thnutt-
ing. urging, in the syil. qn, see wj'in,
Cinj , nci . comp. in r. r;?s . Judg. 3, 28
<*.ns !|BT1 run ye after vie, Ibllow me
closely. '2 K. 5, 21. Ps. 23, 6. Spec,
a) In a hostile sense, to pursue after, to
chase, c. 'nnx Gen. 3L 23. 35, 5. Judg.
4, 16. 1 Sairn! 23, 25. 28. 2 Sam. 17, 1. al.
ssep. With ace. and this oftener in poetic
style, Gen. 14, 15. Judg. 4, 22. Ps. 7, 6.
Job 13, 25. Is. 41, 3. Am. 1, II. al.
Rarely c. bx Judg. 7, 25, b Job 19. 28;
absol. Gen.^ 14, 14. Ex. 15, 9. Part.
D'^E'T'i pursuers, persecutors, Josh. 2, 7. 16.
22 ; c. suff. 'B-iH , TJ-'^nn , Ps. 7, 2. 35, 3.
3 Sam. 24, 13.' b) Tr'op. to follow after
any thing, to pursue as an object of de-
sire, with ace. e. g. strong drink Is. 5, 11 ;
bribes Is. 1, 23; the wind i. e. vain
things Hos. 12,2; the right Dent. 16,
20. Prov. 21, 21. Is. 51, 1 ; wrong Vs.
119, 150; peace Ps. 34, 15; c. inf et b
Hos. 6, 3. c) to chase away, to put to
flight, Lev. 26, 36. Trop. Job 30, 15.
NiPH. pass, of Kal lett. a, Lam. 5, 5.
Part, ci^nj Ecc. 3, 15, pr. 'chased away,
put to flight,' i. e. the past.
PiEL i. q. Kal, but only in poetical
style.
1. to pursue, in a hostile sense Nah.
1, 8. Prov. 13, 21.
2. to follow, to rim after any one Hos.
2, 9. Prov. 12, 11. 28, 19. Trop. to fol-
lino after righteousness Prov. 15, 9; evil
11, 19. 19, 7 he followeth after words,
i. e. the poor man catches at the words
of friends and tru.sts in them.
FvAL lo be chased, driven away. Is. 17,
13.
Hi PH. to pursue, to chase, Judg. 20, 43.
Deriv. C]'n"iT3 .
* jjj'n fut. plur. ri-i'^ 1. to rage, to
be outrageous, violent, c. 3 against any
one. Is. 3, 5. Syr. ^soi) to make noise
and uproar. Kindr. with the verbs cnn ,
81*'
csn. and otherH beginning with m, Sn,
an , see under U^ . Hence
2. to press upon, to urge strongly, with
ace. of pers. Prov. 6, 3 t^^s^ sni be
urgent with thy friend. Found alwo la.
60, 5 in some Mas. for 3n"i ; but less well.
Hi PH. 1. to make fierce, courageous,
to embolden, Ps. 138, 3.
2. to press greatly, to overcome, trop.
Cant. 6, 5.
Deriv. ann , 2n"i , n^n-jo , and
^'*y^ m. adj. violent, proud, plurD^an*!
Ps. 40. 5.
2n^ m. 1. violence, insolence, pride.
Job 9. 13 ZT^'^ ^ys proud helpers ; comp.
Is. 30. 7 in no. 2. b.
2. Poet, a) a sea-mon-fter, a ferocious
aquatic animal, as to xt,Tog, the croco-
dile, and so differing little from *p3n
and 'n^'^b . Job 27. 12 by his power he
makelh the sea afraid, and by his under-
standing ZTV^ *("1^ he smitelh the sea-
monsters ; Sept. TO x^ro$. Here the sea
and its monsters are then in parallelism.
Is. 51, 9 art thou nut it, (O arm of Jeho-
vah.) ('sn nbbima ani nssLnan that
hast cut off the sea-monster, that hast
wounded the dragon ? i. e. Egypt, which
elsewhere also is represented under the
image of an aquatic monster, e. g. as
smitten in the Red Sea Ps. 74, 13. 14;
so Pharaoh Ez. 29, 3. 32, 3, comp. Ps.
68. 31 ; also Babylon under the like
image Is. 27. 1. Hence
b) Rahab (sea-monster), as an appel-
lative for Egypt, Ps. 87, 4. 89, 11. Perh.
Is. 51. 9. see above. Allusion is made to
the origin of the name in Is. 30, 7 : Egypt
helpeth in vain . . . therefore I call her:
nar nn ann violence (i. e. the violent)
they sit still, i. e. boasting and blustering
they are yet cowards ; prob. a prover-
bial expression.
^V^T m. pride, meton. that of which
one is proud, c. sufF. D3i7"i Ps. 90, 10.
**Jt obsol. root, Arab. i^^\; lo
cry out ; hence v-r
^37^ (outcry) Rohgah, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. '7, 34 Keri; tor which Cheth.
nani-1 .
^"7"? 3, spurious root Is. 44, 8 ; see r.
t3n"i
966
n-i
* tSjT^ obsol, root, Aram. -H"?) -i<^^t
i. q. I'll . lo run, to flow, as water ; comp.
under lett. n. Hence the two follow-
ing.
ISn^ m. plur. cr^rjn 1. watering-
troughs, Gen. 30, 38.' 41. Ex. 2, 16.
Chald. X^^n"!, Syr. jI^oiV, Qoi), id.
2. locks, curls, po called from their
flowing down, Cant. 7, 6.
tSTl"! m. (r. wnn) carved ot fretted
ceiling, so called from the hollows in it
resembling troughs or channels; comp.
Sept. (f,uivct)fiu from (purvrj manger.
Cant. 1, 17 Keri ^yj'^ifl , in a ihw Mss.
plur. ID'^a'^n-i , Vulg. laquearea. In
Cheth. Q'^iJ-'n'n , see art. J'TiT .
* 0_i'^ obsol. root, prob. to make a
noise, tumult, like the kindr. csn , i"}^,
and also nsn, n^n. Hence cnn, Arab.
jLJCj. multitude, in the pr. n. crj'nax .
From this lost form come also, as it
would seem, by softening the letters,
s " -
both the form GX? , and Arab. jvJ^J mul-
titude.
1"!? Chald. (for ixn , r. ntj-n) aspect.form,
Dan. 2, 31. 3,25.
ST^ , see art. 2'"i .
yr\ i. q. a*"! , to contend, to quarrel.
Traces of a root with mid. Vav are
found in the pr. names ^52-1"] , nican'' ;
also in Cheth. Slin Prov. 3.^30.
* "^"i i. q. Arab. Su , to wander about,
to ramble, spec, of animals which have
broken loose ; Conj. Ill, IV, to inquire
after, to seek. sc. by running up and
down ; to desire, lo wish. Hence trop.
of a people who have as it were broken
loose li"om God's yoke and run wildly
about, Jer. 2, 31. Hos. 12, 1 [11, 12j
bx-cs T^ T!5 IT^il.Tj Judah yet runs wild
tovards God.
HiPii. flit. T'-i-; . i. q. Kal. Gen. 27, 40
~C.K,"^ ^"^ "'^ Pir?"?Ei T'nn "it'x? n^ni
and it shall be. when thou shttU rove at
large, that tlum shall break his yoke
fromoffthy neck. Of one driven liither
and thither by cares and anxiety, Ps. 55,
3 ^n^toa "'"'"^x / wander about in my
-complaining.
Deriv. nna , and pr. n. ij'ix .
* Hl'^ to drink to the full, to be
sated with drink, drenched, as Tab to
be sated with food; once with fatness,
which is sucked or drunk in rather than
eaten, Ps. 3t5, 9. With "|T3 of thing Ps. 36,
9. Jer. 46, 10; see Hiph. Poetically of
ihe sword as drinking up blood Jer.
1. c. also of persons sated with forbidden
pleasures. Prov. 7, 18. Arab. 155), Eth.
^(D'P to be sated with drink, to be wa-
tered. Aram. Si'n, joi, stronger, to be
drunken; see Piel no. 1. b.
PiEL 1. to satiate, to drench oneself;
hence i. q. Kal, but intens. a) to be fully
sated, drenched, i. e. wet, soaked, of the
earth, c. "i^a Is. 34, 7. b) to be drunk,
poet, of the sword. Is. 34, 5 ; comp. Syr.
2. Causat. to make drink in, to water,
e.g. fields Ps. 65. 11; c. dupl. ace. Is.
16, 9 ''Pr^'7 r|.;!^li< / will water thee
with my tears ; tlie tbrm r)li,''^X being by
transpos. for Tj^^J"]!*, see Lehrg. p. 143.
Also to satiate any one, e. g. with fat-
ness, c. dupl. ace. Jer. 31, 14; spoken of
conjugal desire Prov. 5, 19.
Hiph. to give to drink, to water, Jer.
31,25; afield Jer. 55, 10; to dre7ich ham.
3,15. Also fosarja/e Jer. 31,25; with fat-
ness Is. 43, 24, comp. Ps. 36, 9. Jer. 31, 14.
Deriv. n^".'], I'l, and
n^T m. adj. fem. T^^^, sated with drink,
Deut. 29, 18 ; well watered, of a garden.
Is. 58, 11. Jer. 31, 12. R. m-l.
romi see in nsm.
HI obsol. root, prob. to hide, to con-
ceal ; Syr. "Il* to make secret; Aph. y\')]
to hide counsel. Hence Chald. tn,
*'^l\1 fut. nn-i, to breathe, kindr.
with nil ; to breathe freely, by which
the breast is enlarged, dilated, refreshed
(see Is. 60, 5) ; hence intrans. to be large,
ample, spacious. Impers. "'b nil it is
enlarged to me, I have room to breathe,
/ am refreshed, 1 Sam, 16, 23. Job 32,
20, 0pp. ^b IS. Chald. m'l, Syr.
<-o), id.
PuAL part, npa aired, airy, spacious,
Jer. 22, 14. " '
Deriv. Hni*i and
J^^"^ m. 1. enlargement, relief, bc.
from straits Esth. 4, 14.
m-i
967
nin
2. gpace, toidthf Oen. 32, 17. Arab.
'jl'' in Kal not used, to breathe, to
blow, espec. through the nostrils. The
word is onomalopoetic, like the kindr.
niO to blow with the mouth, and ni3 to
breathe, to respire. Arab. _K the wind
blows; IV, to rest, to be quiet, pr. to
take breath.
HiPH. n-'-in. Alt. n-'n^, conv. nn5,
to snielt. by snuffing or breathing the air
in and out through the nostrils; Arab.
' ir I, IV, X, to perceive a thing by the
Kmell ; II, to make odorous ; Syr. .4m)
to smell. Comp. Germ, riechen to smell,
also Rauch smoke. With ace. Gen. 8,
21. 27, 27. 1 Sam. 26, 19; absol. Ps.
115,6. Deut. 4, 28. Me taph. ^o/jerceire
by the smell, e. g. fire brought near
Judg. 16, 9 ; to sce)U, to snuff, as a horse
the coming battle, prob. owing in fact to
acuteness of smell, Job 39, 25. With 3
to smell at any thing i. e. with plea-
sure, to enjoy the odour of any thing, Ex.
30, 38. Lev. 26, 31. Hence genr. to
enjoy, to delight in, Am. 5, 21. Is. 11, 3
';; rxn^a in"'")n his delight shall be in
the fear oftfie Lord. The signification
o^ sweet odour is often transferred to any
thing whirh delights, pleases ; see under
nisa, cir2, nn-is.
Deriv. n*''] , pr. n. irr^n"' ; and espe-
cially
n^n f. rarely m. Ex. 10, 13. Ps.5l, 12.
Job 4, 15. al. Plur. ninn, ninn Jer.
49, 36.
1. breath, a breathing, blowing, i. e.
a) breath of the nostrils, a snuffing,
snorting. Job 4, 9. Ps. 18. 16. Hence
anger (comp. CIX from "SX to breathe)
Judg. 8, 3. Is. 25. 4. 30, 28. Zech. 6, 8.
Prov. 16, 32. 29. 11 ; also pride Pa. 76, 13.
b) breath of the mouth, fully no nil
Ps. 33. 6. here spoken of the creative
word of God ; n"^riB"3 nn Is. 11.4. s-^uin
tin to draw breath, to take breath. Job
9, 18. Often of the vital breath, breath
of life, fully n'l'n nn Gen. 6. 17. 7, 15.
S2 ; comp. in no. 2. As an emblem of
any thing transient, like the synon. bnn ,
Job 7, 7. Ps. 78, 39.
c) breath of air, air in motion, i. e.
) Lat. offr, aura, a breath of air. a slight
breeze, Job 4, 15. 28, 25. 41, 8 [16]. qsib
nm to snuff up the breeze Jer. 2. 24. 14,6.
mn jrn the breeze of the day, i. e. the
evening, when the cool breeze springs
up. Gen. 3. 8, comp. Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6.
Plin. H. N. 2. 47 'sub crepusculo com-
motior aura spirare solet.' Sept. to dn-
Xtvov. Arab. _,K to do at evening. /?)
Oftener wind, i. e. a strong wind. Gen.
8, 1. Is. 7, 2. 17, 13. Ps. 1, 4. 18, 43. 35,
5. Job 21, 18. al. saep. Also a temjjcst,
hurricane, Job 1, 19. 30, 15. Is. 27, 8.
Jon. 1, 4. 1 K. 19, 11. The air was sup-
posed to be put in motion by the breath
of God, see Ex. 15, 8. Job 15. 30; hence
the wind is also called nin"^ nil the
breath, blast, wind of Jehovah, Is. 40, 7.
Hos. 13, 15. (Not Gen. 1. 2, see no. 4.)
Poet, the wind is said to have wings,
Ps. 18, 11. 104, 3. Hos. 4, 19. Comp.
Ovid. Met 1. 264.
Further, ni"i, wind, is also put:
aa) For a sid^ or quarter of the hea-
vens, e. g. D"*"!;? nit the eastern quar-
ter, the east, Ez. 42, 16; comp. 17. 18.
19. rini-i "snx the four winds or quar-
ters of the heavens Ez. 37, 9. 42. 20. 1
Chr. 9. 24. Zech. 2, 10.
bb) For anything empty, vain. Is. 26,
18. 41, 29. Mic. 2, 11. nii "^-^a^ vain
words Job 16, 3. Hli rS'n vain know-
ledge 15, 2. nn (nsn) ,i"'Sn vain de-
sire, see r5i5"i, "(i'^ST. So to sow the
wind Hos. 8, 7 ; to inherit the wind Prov.
11,29; ni^b ybr wind, for nought, in
vain, Ecc. 5, 15. Jer. 5, 13. Job 6. 26 mere
wind are the words of one desperate!
comp. Gr. fit uiga lahlv 1 Cor. 14. 9.
Trop. a wind or tempest is put for an in-
vading army. Jer. 4, 11. 12, comp. V. 10. 13.
2. i. q. dB5 no. 2, Vv/ij. anima, i. e. the
vital breath, spirit, life, the principle of
life as embodied and manifested in the
breath of the mouth and nostrils, see in
no. 1. b ; spoken both of men and beasts,
Ecc. 3, 19. 21. 8, 8. 12, 7. Job 12. 10.
"13 ni-i "pst th^re was no breath in him,
spoken of the dead, Ez. 37, 8 ; also of
things, as idols, Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. Hab.
2, 19 ; metaph. of one overcome with
surprise and astonishment, IK. 10, 5 ;
comp. Ez. 2, 2. 3, 24. Hence is said
nil
968
nil
nn i^n the life of my spirit, i. e. my
life, Is. 38, 16 ; "^nn nn";n Gen. 45, 27
and "Tin na'i my spirit, life, revives, re-
fa/nw, Judg.'lS, 19. 1 Sam. 30, 12, i. e. to
revive, to be refreshed. Job 6, 4 arrows,
the poison of which drinkelh up my life.
10, 12. 17, 1. Ps. 31, 6. Poet. ^DX nr.
ZA breath of our nostrils i. e. our life,
melon, for an object dear as life, Lam.
4, 20. Once the human spirit or life is
called also ni^X nn Job 27, 3, as being
breathed into man from God and again
returning to God, Gen. 2, 7. Ecc. 12, 7.
Ps, 104. 29 ; so too in Gen. 6, 3, for which
see in r. "jW. Twice in the description
of prophetic visions the term spirit, life,
is used of a certain divine and miracu-
lous power, by which things otherwise
inanimate are animated and moved, Ez.
10, 17. Zech. 5, 9.
3. i. q. ffiEJ no. 3, animus, the rational
soul, mind, spirit.
a) As the seat of the affections, emo-
tions, and passions of various kinds. Prov.
25, 28 one not ruling "inn his own spirit
i.e. his passions, affections. 29.11. Gen.
41, 8 his mind was agitated, troubled.
Job 19, 17. To it are then attributed
patience TO"! T\2^. Ecc. 7, 8. impatience,
nn ^sp q. V. pride nn n:5 q. v. quiet-
ness, lowliness of mind, see "i(5 and bsuj ;
grief of mind Gen. 26. 35. Ps. 34, 19." '
b) In reference to the disposition, the
mode of feeling and acting; in which
ense one is said to have firmness of
mind, a firm spirit Ps. 51, 12 ; a manly
spirit Prov. 18, 14 ; a new and better
spirit Ez. 11, 19. 18, 31. etc. Sometimes
also of a spirit or disposition common to
many, as CSiST nil the spirit of whore-
dom Hos. 4. 12; n-'S^s n!in Is. 19. 14;
nc^-in nn-t 29. 10 ; nx:p nn Num. 5, 14,
etc. and such a spirit is said to be pour-
ed out on men from on high, to be im-
parted to them from God, comp. Is. 11,2.
32, 15. Ez. 36, 26. 27. Similar is Is.
28, 6 Jehovafi will be siiJi'b -jBtrJia n^i-ib
CD-'fin'bsybr a spirit of justice to those
vho sit for judgment, i. e. he will fill all
judges with a spirit of justice. 1 K. 22,
22.
c) Of mil, counsel, purpose ; Ez. 1, 12
tehillmr the mt;u/(purpo8e) M7aj to go.they
vent. Hence B nnTK "I'^yn to stir up the
tnind, spirit, purpose of any one to any
thing, 1 Chr. 5. 26. 2 Chr. 21, 16. 36,22.
Ezra 1, 1 ; and in a sense nearly similar
nn "ia "(nj to suggest a purpose to any
one, to inspire him with it, 2 K. 19, 7. Is.
37,7. 'iri<in!nna"73-iaNu-Aose7?(/(Z(wiIl)
impels him Ex. 35, 21, whence nain: nsn
Ps. 51, 14. So nn bs nbr i. q. ab by nbs
to come vp into the mind. e. g. a purpose,
Ez. 20, 32.-1 Chr. 28, 12 the pattern of
all IBS rjii-^a T^ir\ -iCX that he had in his
mind, which he purposed to make.
d) More rarely of the icnderstanding
intellect, n^:n S Ex. 28, 3. Deut. 34,9.
Is. 11, 2; also Is. 29, 24. 40, 13.
Absol. nil aa) spirit, courage, Num.
27, 18. Josh. 2, 11. 5, 1. Hab. 1, 11. bb)
spirit, genius, by which man is as it
were inspired to be wise, eloquent, etc.
Job 20. 3. 32, 8. 18. Is. 19, 3.
4. Q^l'bxn nn, nin-; nn, the Spirit
of God, of Jehovah ' poet, bx ivn Job
33, 4. ni'bx '-I Job 27, 3 ; rarely Cinp nn
the Holy Spirit of God, and then always
c. suff. r,itinp nsn Ps. 51, 13. Is. 63, 10.
1 1 ; also xax iloxriv ran Hos. 9, 7 ; the
divine Spirit or power, which like the
wind and the breath cannot be seen, but
whichpervadestheuniverse.PS. 139.7 sq.
animates and fills it with life, Gen. 1,2.
Job 26, 13. 27, 3. 33, 4. Ps. 104. 29. 30;
through which God governs and pro-
tects the world and also mankind. Is. 40,
13. 63, 14. Neh. 9, 20 ; and invites to a
life of virtue and holiness, Ps. 51, 13. 14.
143, 10.
Especially the O. T. refers to this
divine Spirit all extraordinary gifts and
powers of mind, as of the artificer Ex.
31. 3. 35, 31 ; of the prophet Num. 24, 2.
1 Sam. 10,6. 10. Is. 42, 1. 61, 1. Mic. 3,
8. al. whence n''"'t7 Ta"'>c the prophet Hos.
9, 7; of the interpreter of dreams Gen.
41, 38; of warlike valour in a chief
Judg. 3, 10. 6, 34. 11, 29. 13, 25 ; also of
royal virtues Is. 11, 2 sq. This same
spirit is given to some and taken away
from others, 1 Sam. 16, 13. 14 ; is trans-
ferred from one to another Num. 11, 17.
2 K. 2, 15; but in the glorious reign of
the Messiah will be poured out upon all
men, Joel 3, 1. Is. 59, 21.
Spoken also of aJi evil spirit from God,
which entered Saul and made him mo-
rose and furious, 1 Sam. 16, 14. 15. 16.
23. 18, 10 ; also a7i unclean spirit, false
n*!^
Q^l
nnd deceitful, which iiisplred fnle pro-
})het8, Zech. 13, 2, comp. 1 K. 22, 21 eq.
Sometimes it is put in antilh. with
^to3/'A, Is. 31, 3. Zech. 4, 6. Gen. 6,
3 ; sec "> wS no. 2.
nil Chald. i. q. Hcb. 1. wind, Dan.
2, 35. Plur. constr. Dtin. 7, 2.
2. spirit, mind, animiis. Dan. 5. 20.7, 15.
3. a /j/n7 from God in man, Dan. 4, 5.
C. 15. 5, 12. 14. 0, 4.
nn"1"\ n (r. n;^n) a breathing, Lam. 3, 56 ;
a hreathing-time, respite, Ex. 8, 11 [15].
^tt7 ^* obundant drink, abundance,
Pa. 23,' 5. 66, 12. R. m-n .
*D^1 fut. 01^, apoc. o""i^, conv.
C-ii , once Cfl Ex. 16, 20. Part. Bi
.r- ' \-
see after Kal.
1. to lift up oneself, to ri^e, to be lifted
or raised up ; Chald. id. Syr. Aph. to
e\istain. Samar.^*^ to behigh. Kindr.
rcots are D^T, nnx, cnn, D"i3. A
trace of transitive power seems to exist
in the pr. n. Ciin"^ '- whom Jeliovah sus-
tains.' Spoken of persons and things;
e. g. of Noah's ark Gen. 7, 17 ; the glory
in the sanctuary Ez. 10, 4. Hence to
rise up, to arise, Is. 30, 18 see in nsn Piel
(where others less well : to be afar off").
Trop. of prosperity, e. g. a city Pro v.
11, 11 ; once i. q. to grow, of worms Ex.
16,20. Metaph. a) 3^ C^ the heart is
lifted up. is elated with pride, Deut. 8,
14. 17, 20. al. crs i^n the eyes are
lifted up, lofty, from pride Prov. 30. 13.
Ps. 131. 1. b) to exalt oneself to show
oneself powerful, Ps. 21, 14. 57, G; with
bs to triumph over any one Ps. 13, 3.
c) to extol oneself, i. e. to glory, to boast,
in a good sense, Ps. 89. 17.
2. to be raised up, to be made high;
e. g. of a highway that is cast up. Is. 49,
11 (comp. bbo. n|pT3). Metaph. to be
extolled with praises Ps. 18. 47; also to
be exalted in power, might, dignity, to
become powerful. Ps. 140. 9. Num. 24. 7.
Is. 52. 13; ascribed to the hand Deut.
32, 27. Ps. 89, 14; to the head Ps. 27,6;
to the horn 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 89, 18. 25.
1 12, 9 ; comp. in ""ip .
3. to be high, lofty. Job 22. 12. Me-
taph. of those conspicuous in })ower and
glory, to be high, exalted, Ps. 46, 11.
Mic. 5. 8.
Part. B"; , f. n'^ 1. lifted up. high,
. g. of the threatening hand of God Is.
26, 1 1. T\'G-\ n^a with uplifted hand, i. c.
openly, proudly, with defiance, Ex. 14,
8. Num. 33, 3; comp. 15, 30 and ?i-it
na-i Job 38. 15.
2. high, lofty, e. g. a mountain, tree,
Deut. 12, 2. Is. 2, 13. 14. Ez. 6, 13. 17,
22. 20. 28. 34, 6; a seat, throne Is. 6, 1 ;
a mountain Ez. 20, 28, etc. Of men of
stature, tall, Deut. 1, 28. 2, 10. 21. 9, 2;
comp. Is. 10, 33. Of God as dwelling
on high Ps. 113, 4. 138, 6. Plur. o-'an
the heights of heaven Job 21, 22. Ps. 78,
69. Metaph. a) a high i. e. loud voice
Deut. 27, 14. b) powerfid, mighty,
whence nia"! n|J mighty hand Deut. 32,
27. c) ricn n';3''5 lofty eyes, i. e.
proud looks Ps. 18, 28. Prov. 6, 17. d)
high i. e. difficult to comprehend Prov.
24. 7. where it is written in the Arabic
manner niiixn q. v. Comp. 22a .
NiPH. see under r. B?5"j .
PiL. noil to lift up, to raise, to make
high, Ps. 107, 25 ; hence to build a house
Ezra 9. 9 ; to make grow e. g. a plant
with water Ez. 31, 4; to bring up chil-
dren, Is. 1, 2. 23. 4. Metaph. a) to set
one on high, i. e. in a high and secure
place, to place in safety (see a^'Sbn) Ps.
27, 5; c. TO 18, 49. 9, 14. b) to lift up,
to exalt, e. g. in honour and prosperity,
1 Sam. 2, 7. Ps. 37, 34. Prov. 14, 34-
Job 17, 4. c) to exalt with praises, to
extol, to celebrate, Ps. 30, 2. 34, 4. 99,
5. 9. 107, 32. 145. 1. 18.25, 1. al. '
PoLAL main to be exalted in honour,
power, Ps. 75, 11. Part, ciai-itt cxall<-d,
glorious. Neh. 9, 5.
HiPH. B-i-in . fut. C^ll , apoc. t";;;; , conv.
n"!*l ; inf Binn ; imp. B-nn , also Ty> B-irt
Mil6l 2 K. 0, 7.'
1. Causat. of Kal : a) to make high,
e. g. a throne Is. 14, 13 ; a nest Job 39,
27. Trop. of pers. to exalt any one. opp.
b"'BtJn. Ps. 75, 8; espec. from a low
condition to honour and prosperity, c.
,^ 1 K. 14, 7. 16, 2. Ps. 89. 20; comp.
1 Sam. 2. 8. Ps. 1 13. 7. In a like sense,
to lift up the head of any one Ps. 3, 4 ;
the right hand Ps. 8^, 43 ; the horn of
any one. i. e. to increase his strength
and power. 1 Sam. 2. 10. Ps. 89 18 Cheth.
Ps. 92. 11. 148. 14. But is";?) n''-iri
to lift up one^s own horn, i. q. to be proud,
DH
970
yin
insolent, Ps. 75, 6. b) to set up, to erect,
a monument Gen. 31, 45 ; a standard Is.
49, 22. 62, 10.
2. to lift up, to raise up, e. g. any thing
from the ground 2 K. 2, 13 ; a rod or
staff Ex. 14, 16. Is. 10, 15; also with 3
of the rod Ex. 7, 20, comp. Heb. Gr.
1.35. I. n. 3. Spec, a) to lift up the
hand or right hand, Ex. 17, 11. Num.
20, 11 ; in an oath, with ''^ bx Gen. 14,
?2. Dan. 12. 7 ; or to do violence, c. 3
1 K. 11, 26. 27. Comp. TJ xa; in r. xbj
no. 1. a. h) to lift up the feet, i. e. to go,
Ps. 74, 3. But to lift up one^s hand or
foot, i. q. to move, to do any thing. Gen.
41 , 44. c) to lift up the face to any one,
i. e. to look upon him unabashed, c. bx
Ezra 9, 6. Also to lift up the head,
spoken of one who recovers strength
and spirit after quenching his thirst, Ps.
110, 7. d) ^ip ni"in to lift up the voice
or cry, to cry out, Gen. 39, 15. 18. Is. 40,
9. 58, 1 ; with ni^-l-rs added to shout
aloud, Ezra 3, 12. Ez. 21, 27; c. ^ to
any one Is. 13. 2. Job 38, 34 ; c. hv against
2 K. 19, 22. Is. 37, 23. So also of
a trumpet, 2 Chr. 5, 13 bip C^nns
ninsiins when they lifted up a voice
with trumpets, i. e. when they sounded
the trumpets; also elliptically "(1.;^; c"""}!!
to lift up the horn or trumpet, in the same
sense, 1 Chr. 25, 5. Also bipa oi-in 1
Chr. 15, 16 ; corap. in lett. a. e) to raise
a tax or tribute, to levy. Num. 31, 28.
3. to take up and put before any one,
e. g. food upon a table, 1 Sam. 9, 24!
Hence to offer, to present, e. g. gifts to
God, to tlip temple or the priests, Ex. 35,
24. Num. 15, 19 sq. 18, 29. 31, 52. Ezra
8, 25. Ez. 45, 1.13; distributions of flesh
to the people 2 Chr. 30, 24. .35, 7. 8. 9.
Pro v. 14, 29 one hasty in spirit sets forth
his folly, presents it to public notice.
4. to take up and away, e. g. a stone
Josh. 4, 5. Is. 57, 14 c. 1^ . With dut.
r<b D-)n take it up to thyself 2 K. 6. 7.
Trop. Prov, 3, 35 "ibj? z^-\^ cb-^pa
fools take up and bear shame. Hence
simpl. to take. Lev. 2, 9. 4, 8. 6. 8. Num.
17, 2. 18, 30. 32 ; of a crown, to take awai/.
to remote, Ez. 21, 31. Dan. 8, 11 Clietii.
HoPH. on^n pass, of Hiph. no. 3. Ex.
29, 27; pass, of no. 4, Lev. 4, 10, Dan.
8, 1 1 Keri.
HiTHPAL. to lift up oneself to rise up,
Is. 33, 10 coi-ix for nai^nx. Also to
lift up oneself in pride and insolence,
Dan. 11, 36.
Deriv. tin Who'll, nan, niBn,
ni>a, nrfnn, n'rsnn, and the pr.
names Ci , nic'i , ri'a'i, 355 niri'n,
ITS "^nrnsh, rp.n, n'r';'.^, oi-ia.
UT\ Chald. id. Praet. pass. C^ to he
lifted up, of the heart Dan. 5, 20.
Pal. can to exalt with praises, to
extol, to celebrate, Dan. 4, 34. Pass, to
lift up oneself to rise up, c. bs against
any one Dan, 5. 23.
Aph. to lift up, to exalt to honours
Dan. 5, 19.
0^"^ m. 1. height, elevation, Prov. 25, 3.
2. elation of mind, pride; D^D'^S on
Prov. 21, 4, Is, 10, 12; ab 'n Jer. 48,29;
also simpl. en Is. 2, 11. 17.
UT\ Chald. m. height, Dan. 3, 1. 4, 17.
Ezra 6, 3.
D1"l m. i. q, cn, height, elevation;
hence ace. as adv. on high Hub. 3, 10.
rra^n (lofty, r, nn) Bumah. pr. n. of
a place 2 K, 23, 36, Perh. i. q. nan q, v.
TV/Til f. (r, cn) elevation, adv. with
uplifted head, elatedly, hausrhtily. Mic.
2,3.
01211 m. (r. cn) exaltation, praise^
Ps, 66, 17. Plur. constr. riaaii Ps.
149, 6.
tr\1Zm f (r. cn) pr, inf Pil, after
the Syriac form, a lifting up, c. suff.
r^niaan Is. .33, 3.
p"^ Arab. ^^K mid. Ye, to over-
come, to get the upper hand, c, ^J^^;
perhaps kindr. with cn . In Kal not
used, since fijt. "jn^ Prov, 29, 6 belongs
to "(Sn ,
HiTHPAL. Ps. 78, G5 '("^^a 'inra mass
as a mighty man overcome with wine,
i, e. as Vulg, crapulatas a vino. Comp.
the Arabic phrase A-t^\ *^y^ v:>jl)
wine overcame him, i. e. he became
drunk.
*?'''*' i. q. ^Z"^ 1- Pr. to make a loud
noise, see Hiph. Arab. Lt> id.
2, to be evil, see Niph.
Note. The forme of Kal n . y'-i . y^i ,
and of Hiph. J'^n, S^n, which are com-
ni
971
11
monly referred to this root, belong to the
verb ssn ; see Ewald's Krit. Gr. p. 472.
NiPH. fut. ?ii;j 1. to suffer evil, to
come off ill, Prov. 11. 15. Here the noun
y^ is intensive, in the manner of un in-
Rn. absoi.
2. to become evil, to be marie worse,
(opp. to become wise.) Prov. 13, 20.
HiPH. ?^"in, plur. once Win 1 Sam.
17, 20. pr. to make a loxul noise ; hence
1. to cry with a loud voice, to shout.
Josh. 6, 20 ; c. 1>? Job 30, 5. Spec, a)
to shout for joy, in triumph, etc. Jud^.
15, 14. 1 Sam. 4, 5. 10. 24 ; in jubilee
Zech. 9, 9. Is. 44, 23. Zeph. 3, 14. Job
38, 7 ; c. b? over a vanquished enemy
Ps. 41, 12; with dat. in honour of any
one Ps. 47,2. 95,2. 98,4. 100, 1. b) Of
warlike shouts, outcries (nsnn), Josh.
6,16. 1 Sam. 17,20. 2Chr'. 13, 15. Is.
42, 13 ; c. bs against any one Jer. 50,
15. c) More rarely of a mourning cry,
Mic. 4, 9. Is. 15, 4. Hos. 5. 8.
2. to sound a trumpet. Num. 10, 9
pii^isna cni's"in sound ye with trum-
pets. Joel 2, 1. Spec, to sound an alarm,
sc. by blowing loud and long upon the
trumpets, as a notice for breaking up an
encampment. Num. 10,7, i. q. ns-i-in ~;5n
10, 5. 6 ; ditFerent from "i^n, which sig-
nifies to blow a trumpet (once) in order to
convoke an assembly. Comp. bsi^ no, 1.
PoLAL fut. ?s-ii to be shouted joyfully
Is. 16, 10.
HiTHPAL. S5irn to shout for joy Ps.
60, 10. 65, 14. 108, 10. The same form
is found from the verb SS'i q. v.
Deriv. s;i, nsiiin.
V]^ ' not used in Kal, Engl, to rub,
Germ, reiben, i. e. to rub or pound in
pieces ; hence riB''T , also noiiPi q. v.
PoLAL CIBIT to be nwved as by a stroke
or blow, to feel a concussion, to be shaken
Job 26, U.
*y^'^ fut. yvy'^. conv. 'J'nj^; also
nisSn Prov. 23, 26' Cheth. to ran, Eth.
L,(S^R , Aram, ann , v-^oii , id. see under
the lett. n. Fut. once c. suff. aat'nx trans.
Jer. 50, 44 Cheth. see in Hiph. See also
note at the end of the article. Spoken of
men Num. 11,27. 1 Sam. 20, 36. 2 Sam. 18,
19. 23. Prov. 4, 12. al. sap. Of horses
Joel 2, 4. Am. 6, 12 ; of locusts Joel 2,
9. With bs< of pcr. Gen. 18, 7. 24, 29.
Is. 55. 5. and of place Gen. 24, 20 ;
PxnjDb Gen. 18, 2. 24. 17. 33. 4. 2 K. 4,
26 ; '::n 2 K. 5, 20 ; b, as snb 'i to run
to evil Is. ,59, 7. Prov. 1, 16; PX with,
i. e. in a rare Jer. 12, 5. With ace. o(
place whither 1 Sam. 20, 6; ace. of way
P.S. 19. 6. Trop. Jer. 23, 21 / luive not
sent these prophets, yet they run. i. c.
with a false zeal they act as prophets.
Ps. 119, 32 I will run t/ie way of Ihy com-
mandments, will studiously walk in them.
Hab. 2. 2 80 that the reader may run, i. e.
may read curj-enlly, fluently. Spoken o^
things, Ps. 147, 15. Spec. a) to run
or nunh upon any one, in a hostile sense,
with bx and bs Job 15, 26. 16, 14 ; ace.
Ps. 18, 30. b) With 3 to run to any
one, for refuge Prov. 18, 10.
Part, 'f^ a J^mner, ctmrier, Jer. 51,
31. Job 9, 25. Plur. O-'X'J and -fsn 2 K.
11, 13. runners, couriers, i. e. a) The
servants who ran before the chariot of
a prince, q. d. running foottnen, 2 Sam.
15. 1. 1 K. 1, 5. So Lat. cursores Suet.
Ner. 30. b) The body-guard and royal
messengers of the Hebrews in the time
of Saul, 1 Sam. 22, 17 ; and of the kings
after David 2 K. 10, 25. 11, 6 eq. 2 Chr,
12, 10. 11. 23, 12. 30,6. 10. Prob. the same
who under David are called '^nbfi q. v.
Comp. 1 K. 1, 5. 14, 27. 2 SamVl5, 1.
c) The mounted couriers of the Persians,
who carried the royal edicts *o the pro-
vinces, Esth. 3, 13. 15. 8, 14.
NiPH. yinj, see r. y^").
PiL. ysii i. q. Kal, to run, e. g. a
chariot Nah. 2, 5.
Hiph. fut. y'^1 , imp. ynn , to cause
to run up, Jer. 49, 19 ; hence to lead up
hastily, to bring quickly, Gen. 41. 14. 1
Sam. 17, J7; to let make haste, Ps. 68,
32 nTjbxb i"in^ -f^i-in aiO Ethiopia shall
let her hands make haste unto God, i. e.
shall hasten to stretch them forth unto
him in adoration or with oblations.
With bs^ to cause to run away from ;
Jer. 50, 44 Keri / will make them flee
away from, her, i. e. the Babylonians
from Babylon. Chethib: nsinx in Kal.
Deriv, f'i-ia , nsna .
Note. Several forms of the verb}'^"i,
as fut. yi"!;;, Niph. I'iij, and the noun
nx^n^ no. 2, have their significatioa
from the verb yxn , q. v.
pn
972
Tfl
* P^*^ in Kal not used, pr. to pour
iiself out, to he pojn ed out. also to be
emptied ; whence p"'"] and p"'"^ empty.
q. V. It seems to be kindred with the
verbs ppT . p"!!^, Gr. i^fv/o^ui, which
the poets use of rivers emptying tliem-
eelves, Lat. ructo. eructo.
HiPH. 'p'^yi, lut. 'P'^T,, conv. p-;^].
1. to pour out, c. ace. Ps. 18. 43. Ecc.
11, 3. Zech. 4, 12. Mai. 3. 10. Chald.
and Saraar. p'^-^St , Arab. j^M , id. Trop.
for: a) to draw out the sword, i. e. to
draw and use the sword, Ex. 15. 9. Lev.
26, 33. Ez. 5, 2. 12. 12, 14 ; the spear
Ps. 35, 3. b) to draw out, to lead out, as
troops to war Gen. 14, 14. For the
Heb. p"i^T the Cod. Samar. here has
pT'i (PT!']) to muster, from the Aram.
root pi'n, and the same is expressed by
the Sept. and Vulg.
2. to empty, as vessels, sacks. Gen. 42.
35. Jer. 4S, 12. Hab. 1, 17. Abo, to
leave empty, trop. Is. 32, 6; comp. CE3
no. 2. par. 2.
HoPH. pas.s. ofHiph. no. 1. Jer. 48.11.
Cant. 1, 3 Tjtitt: pnin '{q-^^ ointment is
poured out even thy nam^, or. as oint-
ment is thy name poured forth, the sense
in both cases being the same : Thy name
diffuses fragrance (comp. c(U2, li-NS),
i. e. is grateful and acceptable to all. In
the former construction, "'C is here
coupled with a feminine ; and in the
latter. CtB . The latter is to be preferred.
Deriv. p-n, p^n (p-^), ofs-^n.
'^ ' to spit out, with ace. to emit
Boliva or any like fluid, to run with; so
of the privy member Lev. 15, 3. Arab.
jj)x saliva of infants, JK mid. Ye to
spit, to pule, as an infant. Chald. Syr.
i''n, fi->, saliva.
Deriv, n^n.
Wn poppy, see in Tiixi no. 5.
"^^i to be poor, to suffer want ; the
Mune as ttJnis Niph. of ttJn^ q. v. to be
di t pote9ed, to come to poverty. Prset.
once ^T Pa. 34, 11. Part tn poor,
needy, p'rov. 14, 20. 18, 23. 19, 1. 7. 22.
29. 13. Ps. 82, 3. 1 Sum. 18, 23 ; fully
tjfi 2 Sam. 12. 1. 4. Prov. 10. 4. PJur.
t^n Prov. 22, 7 ; D'^lris'i 13, 23.
Pol. tfuJin, see in uJb-i.
HiTHPAL. to feig-n oneself poor, part.
uJ^riiriT? Prov. 13, 7.
Deriv. ffi'^'i, d"'n, 3!<n.
nil (i. q. Piisn female friend, in Pe-
shito ZaJij, r. nsn) Ruth. pr. n. of a fe-
male among the ancestry of David,
whose history is given in the book which
bears her name.
n Chald. m. emphat. Nn , r^V^ , a se-
cret, Dan. 2, 18. 19.30.4'?'; pi'ur. ^n,
emph. s^Tn 2, 29. 47. Syr. ]-\b{ a secret.
R. m. '
^i-r P^- ^0 make thin and lean;
hence to make waste away, to consume,
to destroy, Zeph. 2, 11. Arab. |\ and
^ - . . .
(^\j to diminish any thing. The pri-
mary idea perh. is that of abrading ; see
nn , -jM-i , and Niph.
NiPH. to become lean, to waste away,
Is. 17. 4.
Deriv. "^n , "jin I, and
nn m. adj. lean, in flesh Ez. 34, 20 ;
of the soil Num. 13, 20.
I. "JITT m. (r. >^y}) leanness, and then
consumption, pining. Is. 10, 16. Ps. 106,
15. Mic. 6. 10 -ii't-j-rB^x a lean ephah,
i. e. scanty measure, too small.
II. pn m. (r. "in) i. q. "n , a prince,
Prov. 14, 28 ; parall. is Tj^t:. The form
is like pi'iUS i. q. pTas.
jITT (prince, i. q. 'tH) Rezon, pr. n. of
the founder of the kingdom of Damas-
cus, 1 K. ] 1, 23.
* HT"^ obsol. root, to cry out with a
clear (loud) voice, kindr. with nns.
Hence nni3 q, v.
''T'^ m. (r. nn) consumption, destruc-
tion ; Is. 24, 16 ^b 'n / am consumed,
like "^1? "IS ; parall. is ""b "'ix wo to me !
* D T ^ lo wink with the eyes, a gesture
of pride and insolence, once fut. plur.
'y^-oxy] Job 15. 12. See in yp^ no, 2.
So by transp. Aram. Tan, poi, Arab.
^;,id.
"(I* i. q. Arab. J^ to he heavy,
weighty ; hence to be reputed, honoured.
Part. "jT"! pr. weighty, august^ pnet. for a
nni
973
ann:
prince, kins^. paniU. with "^'2, S'E'^;
Plur. D-'ST-i Judg. 5, 3. Pa. 2. 2. Prov. 8,
15, 31, 4.' Is. 40,23. Hnb. 1, 10.
Deriv. 'pn II, and pr. n. Vt^.
^'!]^ <o 6c or become wide, large,
tpaciottg. Arab. v_Ai^>) ^_^^^) E^thiop.
CfllH, id. The primary root ia nn,
whence nin to be large, spacious, Sa-
mar. nan trausp. am. Spoken pr. of
chambers which are made wide, large,
E;:. 41,7; of the mouth, to open wide
1 Sam. 2, 1 ; metaph. of the heart, to
dilate, swell with joy, Is. 60, 5.
NiPH. part. an-i3 , large, spacious, e. g.
pastures Is. 30, 23.
HiPH. a-rnn, fut. a-'n-ii, to make
wide, broad, Is. 54, 2 ; a bed Is. 57, 8 ;
a funeral pile (opp. to make deep, i. e.
long) Is. 30, 33 ; one's steps Ps. 18, 37.
Also to make large, i. e. long and broad,
to enlarge, e. g. baldness Mic. 1, 16 ; the
borders or boundaries of a kingdom. Ex.
34,24. Deut. 12, 20. 19, 8. Am. 1^ 13;
and so with ace. of pers. Deut. 33, 20
*15 3''7"'^ "'/'" enlargeth Gad i. e. the
borders of this tribe. Spec. a) With
b of pers. io make wide for any one, i. e.
to make room for him Gen. 26, 22 ;
to give him entrance Prov. 18. 16; or
also to give him enlargement, deliver-
ance, from straits Ps. 4, 2. Comp. STT"'
and opp. nsv b) ns 3''l1">n to open
wide the mouth Ps. 81, 11 ; c. b? upon or
against any one, in scorn and mockery
Ps. 35, 21. Is. 57, 4. In a similar sense :
c) 'iJE? Vt to open wide the life, i. e. the
jaws, throat, comp. c:E3 no. 2. par. 2 fin.
Is. 5, 14. Hab. 2, 5. "d) aV 'n to open
wide the heart, mind, of any one, so as
to receive instruction, Ps. 119, 32. Comp.
3^ an-i .In Ps. 25, 17 instead of the
common '"3^ i=''n"jn 'aab niiu it is
better to read 'b"21 a'^nnri '\> 'u enlarge
the straits of my heart, and . Others
here render it intrans.
Deriv. ann orann, ann^.
S'^"^ m. adj. constr. 3nn; fem. ^5'^'^)
constr. rann .
1. wide, broad, large. Job 30, 14; of
the sea (opp. long) Job 11,9; of a wall,
referring to its thickness, Jer. 51, 58.
Neh. 3, 8. 12.38. A\so, long and broad,
large, spacious, of a land Ex. 3, 8. Neh.
82
9. 35 ; of a cup large in circumference
Ez. 23. 32. More fully o-jn; ari-j, fern.
0?17 '^?'7? ' broad-sided, i. c. widely ex-
tended, as of a land Gen. 34, 21. Judg.
18, 10. 1 Chr. 4. 40. Is. 22. 18 ; of a city
Neh. 7, 4 ; of the sea Ps. 104, 25 ;
streams, canals. Is. 33, 21. Neut. nanna
at large, unrestrained. Ps. 119. 45. Me-
taph. Ps. 119, 96 thy commandment is
exceeding broad, i. e. thy law is compre-
hensive and without limit ; also ab anT
Ps. 10], 5, CBJ ar^n Prov. 28, 25. of a tu-
mid, inflated heart or spirit, i. e. proud,
arrogant. Also ab ann as subst. pride,
arrogance, Prov. 21, 4.
2. ann Rahab, pr. n. of a harlot ia
Jericho Josh. 2, 1. 6, 17,
^H"? m. breadth, wide place, Job 30,
16. Plur. constr. V"!i<""'3n'^ the breadths
of the earth Job 38, 18.
Sn'l m. c. suff. iann , breadth Gen. 6,
15. 13, 17. Ex. 25, 10.' Deut. 3, 11. 1 K.
6, 6. 7, 27. Ez. 40, 6 sq. Metaph. ani
ab breadth of mind, great understand-
ing, 1 K. 5, 9 [4, 29J.
3nn f also 3inn Dan. 9, 25 ; plur.
marrj m. Zech. 8, 5. R. ann,
1. a street, so called from its breadthy
pr. a wide street, like Gr. nXuruix, Gen,.
19, 2. Judg. 19. 20. Ez. 16, 24. 31. Cant.
3, 2 ; collect, streets of a city, Eslh. 6, 9.
11. Plur. rSann streets Prov. 1, 20. 5,
16. Jer. 5, 1. 9, 20. al,
2. a place, i. e. a) a market-place,
forum, a broad open place at the gate
of oriental cities, Deut. 13, 17 [16] ;
where public trials were held Is. 59, 14.
Ps. 55, 12 ; and where the inhabitants
were wont to assemble, Job 29. 7. Neh.
8, 1. 3. 16. 2 Sam. 21, 12. b) an area,
court, before the temple, 2 Chr. 29, 4,
Ezra 10, 9 ; before the gate of the palace
Esth. 4, 6. Ethiop. (PCfh-fi platea,
vicus.
3. Rehob, [pr. n. of two cities : a)
One in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 28,
30. 21, 31. Judg. 1, 31. b) i. q. rca
ahn , see in n^s no. 12. pp. R.
ninhn (wide places, see Gen. 26,22 ;
or, streets, comp. Plalcea in Boeotia ; r.
ann) Rehoboth. pr. n.
\. Of a well. Gen. 26,22.
2. "i-^s niarri Rehoboth-city, a city of
nm
974
Assyria, Gen. 10, 11. of which nothing
definite is known.
3. "insn mrh-i Behobolh of the river,
a city on the Euphrates, as it would
seem ; prob. &x:^w)t er-Iiahabeh. on the
west bank between Circesium and Anah.
Gen. 36, 37. Thesaur. p. 1281.
n^3n*n and ''^^^HT (whom Jehovah
enUirges. i. e. makes free and happy, r.
snn) jRehobiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 17.
24, 21. 26, 25.
H??*^"? (he enlarges the people, comp.
Ex. 34. 24, r. snn ; q. d. J::liJi8>j^iog)
JRehoboam, pr. n. of thf son and succes-
sor of Solomon, wlio reigned in Judah
B. C. 975-958. 1 K. 11, 43. 12, 1 sq. 14,
21. 2 Chr. 11, 5 sq. Sept. 'Po;5om^.
'^"^ obsol. root, prob. to rub, to
pound, to crush ; corap. Arab. ^ ^ to rub
or pound, to tread ; as also the syllable
rn in the kindred verbs nnx to tread a
path, nn^, -^nn. The Arab. L. to
construct a mill, to turn a mill, is a
secondary verb derived from the noun
l^j . Hence
^n*!? m. a mill-stoTie, so called as rub-
bing and crushing the grain ; found only
in dual C7n"]) pr. 'the two millstones,'
a mill, hand-mill, Ex. 11, 5. Num. 11,8.
Deut. 24, 6. Is. 47, 2. Jer. 25, 10. Arab.
La.r, dual ijtj-^) id. See in n^Q , 23"^.
SilTI , see in ahn .
ff^nn m. adj. (r. cnn) merciful, com-
passionate, used only of God. and often
coupled with ',isn , Deut. 4. 31. 78, 38.
Ps. 86, 15. 103, 8. Ill, 4. Joel 2, 13. al.
Din^ (compassionate, r. on^) Rehum,
pr. n. m. a) A Persian governor in
Samaria, Ezra 4, 8. b) Neh. 3, 17.
c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 26 ; for which
Neh. 7, 7 Dins, prob. by an error of the
transcriber, d) Neh. 12, 3, for which
onn V. 15.
P"inn m. adj. (r. pm) also pH"! Deut.
30, 11, plur. o-'pn-j ; fern, nisin-i , n;5n"j,
plur. ripni ; far off, distant, remote.
a) Of place ; as rountrios Deut. 29. 21.
Ps. 66, 6. Is. 66. 19 ; a journey Num. 9,
10 ; a people Joel 4, 8. Josh. 9, 22; nsj
pinn a brother living ^cir off Prov. 27,
10. With "i^ .far off from any one. Deut.
13,8. Neh. 4, 13. Trop. one is said to be
far from wisdom Ecc. 7. 23; from de-
liverance Is. 46, 12 ; vice versa, deliver-
ance is far from anyone Ps. 119, 155;
God is far off from men when he with-
holds his help. Ps. 22. 2. comp. Prov.
15, 29. So *,^ pm-^ farther off than. i.e.
beyond, far above, spoken of value Prov.
31, 10. Subst. pin-1. a distance, space,
Josh. 3, 4. See also pinn^ , p-inni:^,
below.
b) OC time, far dista7it, either future
or past. ) Future, as c'pinn CTiy
times far off .7.. 12,21. Jer. 23, 23 ami
a God of things near (niilsia) and
not a God. of things far off (p^nn^:)?
i. e. am I acquainted only with things at
hand ? so P'nniabybr a long time to come
2 Sam. 7, 19. 'l Chr. 17, 17. /5) Past;
p-in-iTS long ago Is. 22, 11. 25, 1; also
pin-i:ab id. Is. 37, 26.
c)far off, i.e. strange, foreign to one's
mind and disposition, Deut. 30, 11.
With Prepositions: aa)pTn"i-a, Syr.
)j-io9 ,_io, i. e. ) from afar, afar off.
Gen. 22, 4. 37, 18. Deut. 28, 49. Is. 43, 6.
al. Also pin-nis 1^5 to stand afar off
(comp. "^ no. 3. i ), like Gr. ioTTjxhui
fiux(j6^iv,' Ex. 20, 18. 21. 2 K. 2, 7. Ps.
38. 12. Is. 59, 14 ; comp. Jer. 51, 50. Of
time, see above in lett. b. /S) After
verbs of motion, far away, to a distance,
Prov. 7, 19. Is. 22. 3. 23, 7; comp. -, no.
3. k. pinn^ ns id. Is. 57, 9. Neh. 12, 43.
bb) p'in'nob a) from afar Job 36, 'i.
39, 29; of time past. yroHt long ago Is.
37, 26. /3) for a long time to come, 2
Sam. 7. 19 ; see above in lett. b. .
pinnTsb IS to far avay, far abroad, 2
Chr^26, 15. Ezra 3, 13.
cc) pinn ns to a distance, far avay,
Mic. 4, 3. '
dd) pTTTna at a distance, afar off, once
'na -iBSPa. 10, 1.
'OT''? m. plur. B"'an'n Cant. 1, 17 Cheth.
i. q. aT}n in Keri, carved or fretted ceil-
ing, either from an error in the tran-
scriber, or because n in this word was
sometimes pronounced harder, like ri; aa
among the Samaritan.^, in whose Penta-
teuch instead of D'^cm is read D'^am .
'rn
975
Evrald on Cant. 1. c. supposes O'^nn to
be put by a transpos. of letters for a^in ,
^,^itf, turned work; but tliis is less
probable.
D'^ni dual, a hand-mill, see in MHT.
pTJn Chald. adj. plur. TP^n-jj/arq^,
distant, Ezra 6, 6. R. prn .
* ^n*^ obsol. root, Arab. J^ , to mi-
grate, to journey, espec. with camels.
Hence perh. ^n^ a sheep ; comp. *)S<S.
A secondary and denom. verb is Arab.
Jl.s Conj. V, to own lambs.
bnn f plur. O'^btin 1. an ewe, a sheep,
Gen. 31, 39. 32. 15.' Is. 53, 7. Cant. 6, 6.
Arab. S^)- J^5> ^'""^
2. liacliel, pr. n. of the wife of Jacob
Gen. 29, 16 sq. mother of Joseph and
Benjamin Gen. 30, 22. 35. 16 ; who died
near Bethlehem, where her sepulchre
is still shown Gen. 35. 19. 1 Sam. 10,2;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 322. II. p.
157._For Jer. 31, 15 see in nan no. 2. a.
soften, to soothe, and also to be fond of
to cherish ; kindr. with C]nn . Arab.
*^ to soothe, to cherish, as a mother
her infant ; to brood, as a bird her eggs.
Hence Bnn . cnn . belly, womb. Also
2. Fut.O, nnn^ , to love, Ps. 18, 2. Syr.
^omH id. Arab, ^^s to pity, also to love.
PiEL Dn-i , inf. cm , fut. onn-^ , to have
mercy, compassion, upon any one, to
pity ; from the ideaof fondness, cherish-
ing. Syr. Pa. id. Strictly of compassion
towards the needy and helpless, as wi-
dows Is. 9, 16; infants 13, 18; also of
parents towards their infmt children as
helpless Ps. 103, 13. Is. 49. 15 ; espec. of
God as pitying his afflicted people Deut.
13, 18. Is. 14. 1. 30, 18. 60, 10. Jer. 12,
15. Hos. 1, 6. Hab. 3, 2. al. Rarely as
towards things Jer. 30, 18. Constr.
with ace. usually; rarely with bs Ps.
103, 13; absol. Lam. 3. 32.
PuAL nnn to be pitied, to fnd mercy.
Prov. 2S, 13' Hos. 14, 4. Part. fern, rronn
for r^-arrrc Hos. 1, 6. 8. 2, 3. 25.
Deriv. nnn "'S'sn'^, cnnn, also the
pr. names cinn , nnh^ , ^x^rn'j , nrrn xb .
nrr\ m. Lev. 11, 18, and fTCH^ f.
(Milfel) Deut. 14, 17, a amaller species of
vulture, white, with black wings, feeding
on dead bodies, the carrion-vulture, viil-
tiir percnoptems Litm. The Heb. name
comes from its tenderness to its young,
like fTi'^on stork. Arab. f^\ and &4^\>
See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 207-322.
Russell Nat. Hist, of Aleppo II. p. 295.
on"!? f (r. cnn) in pause cnn . Plur.
Cann see below in its order.
1 . i. q. cn-i womb Gen. 49, 25. Is. 40,
3. Ez. 20, 26! Prov. 30, 16.
2. Poet, for a female, viaiden, from
the womb as peculiar to the sex, Judg.
5, 30. Comp. r\-arn .
3. Raham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 44.
Dnn comm. gend. (m. Job 24. 20; f.
Jer. 20, 17) in pause cnn, c. suff. HTarrn ,
the belly, spec, the womb, Num. 12, 12.
Job 10, 18. 24, 20. 31, 15. Hos. 9, 14; in
beasts Ex. 13. 2. 12. 15 ; trop. Job 38, 8.
Ps. 110, 3. To shut up the womb see in
!5D, "IS?; to open the womb see in nns.
nn-iT3 from the womb, from one's birth,
Ps. 22. 11. 58, 4. Jer. 1, 5; at birth Job
3, 11. Arab. L^''^, iLy, id. R. cnn.
rani f. (r. cnn) i. q' cnn no. 2, a
Tuaiden, damsel; Dual C^rjann Judg.
5, 30.
mann . gee in r. cnn Pual.
D''''2n^ pr. plur. of subst. cnn , like
n-^nios . crij^q ; see Lehrg. p. 576.
1. the inwards, bowels, t aJiXdyx^a,
Syr. V ; so called from their soft-
ness, see r. cnn . Spec, as the seat of
affection, compassion, etc. Prov. 12, 10.
So T anXayxva dliovg Luke 1, 78. Arab.
S u )
f^^K pity. Samar. id. Hence
2. Trop. affection, tenderness towards
one's kindred, Gen. 43, 30. 1 K. 3, 26 ;
pity, compassion, mercy, towards the
needy, helpless, afflicted. Gen. 43. 14.
Am. 1, 11. Is. 47, 6. Zech. 7, 9 ; espec.
of God towards men as helpless, wretch-
ed, sinful, and deserving of punishment,
Ps. 25, 6. 40, 12. 51. 3. 69. 17. 79. 8. al.
^^^n"!) "'pn Hos. 2. 21. Ps. 103. 4. ^na
h a"'T3nn to give or shoic mercy towards
any one Deut. 13, 18. Jer. 42. 12; n^SJ
snn
976
pn'^
h frn-i id. Is. 47. 6 ; see in n!) no. 6.
iJEb 'eb C'^Jinn "pa /o give one mercy
before any one, to procure hira favour,
Gen. 43, 14; comp. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106,
46. Neh. 1, 11. Dan. 1, 9.
^ V'"?'^'-' Chald. plar. id. mercy, cornpas-
'.sion, Dan. 2, 18. Freq. in the Targg.
'Sian'^ ra. adj. (r. D^'^) merciful, com-
passionate, fem. plur. rii'S^nn Lam.
s. ^0 ^
4, 10. Arab. ^^U^=fc\ ia-
"j"^ obsol. root of doubtful signifi-
cation, Arab, to bend, to incline. Hence
pr. n. t^jn-pi .
^I'-O Pf"' 'o ^^ ^^fi: kindr. with cn"!
q. V. Arab, iwfl^) id. Hence to be or
become faccid, lax, weak, nearly i. q.
riEi . Jer. 23, 9 my heart is broken,
"'n'i^2S5"b3 ^En-i all my bones are re-
laxed, from terror. The ancient ver-
sions have to tremble, to shake, by mere
conjecture.
PiEL fut. txyy) to cherish one's young,
to brood or hover over. (comp. in r. cnn ,)
as the eagle its young Deut. 32, 11.
Trop. of the Spirit ofGod as thus brood-
ing over and vivifying the chaotic mass
of the earth, part. fem. rEnnTa Gen. 1, 2.
Syr. ^js^'t is far more common, and is
used of birds which brood over their
young, Ephr. II. p. 552 ; of a mother
cherishing her infant ibid. p. 419 ; of
Elisha cherishing the dead body of the
child, Ephr. II. p. 529 ; also of a voice
descending from heaven and hovering
in the air. Ephr. III. p. 143 ; also to pity,
;. q. Heb. cnn.
* ytj"^ flit YTl'\ ) inf- yj^"^ and nsri-i
Ex. 30, 18.
1. to wash, to lave, c. ace. e. g. the
human body or its parts. Gen. 18, 4. 43,
31. Lev. 14, 9. 15, 13. 16, 4; meats Ex.
29, 17. Lev. 1. 9. 13. Metaph. to wash
away the pollution of sin from man Is.
4, 4. To wash the hanila in innocency
is to declare oneself innocent Pb, 26, 6.
73, 13; comp. the symbolical action
Deut. 21, 6 sq. Matt. 27, 24. It differs
from D:s to wash clothes. Arab. go.^v
to waHli the body and also clothes.
2. to wash oneself, to bathe, Ex. 8, 5.
Ruth 3, 3. 2 Sam. 11, 2. 2 K. 5, 10. 13.
With 3 of that in which one bathes,
Cant. 5, 12. Job 29, 6 ; ace. of water
Ex. 30, 20 ; "i^ of vessel Ex. 40, 31.
PuAL yn"i to be washed, cleansed,
Prov. 30, 12.'Ez. 16,4.
HtTHP. to wash oneself, Job 9, 30.
Deriv. yn'n , n:;nn .
f nn Chald. Ithpa. to trust, c. bs on or
in any one, Dan. 3, 28.
f nn m. a washing Ps. 60, 10. 108, 10.
nsnn f washing of sheep, washing-
place. Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6. Ft. yn-i .
* P'^'^ fut. prni , inf n^^n-n Ez. 8, 6.
1. to go far away, to recede from any
one, c. -f-q Ecc. 3, 5. Job 30, 10. Prov.
19, 7. Ciiald. and Syr. id. But the
primary signification seems to have
been transitive, to thrust away, to repel,
i. q. pn'n . With bsia Ez. 8, 6; trop. to
go far away from God, nin^ bs-Q Jer.
2, 5. Ex. 11, 15. 44, 10 ; from the law,
nnirms Ps. 119, 150; from sin Ex. 23, 7.
Is! 54, 14. Chald. pnn id.
2. to be far off, distant, remote; in
place Deut. 12, 2L 14. 24. Ps. 103, 12;
in time Mic. 7, 11. Often of God as
being far from affording aid, i. e. as re-
fusing to help, Ps. 22, 12. 20. 35, 22. 38,
22. 71, 12. Of men as far from safety
Job 5, 4 ; and vice versa, deliverance,
judgment, as far from men. Is. 46, 13.
59, 9. 11; comp. Job 22, 18.
NiPH. to be put far away, re^noved^
Ecc. 12, 6 Cheth.
PiEL pn"i to pid far away, to removCy
Is. 6, 12. 29, 13 ; to spread far and wide^
Is. 26, 15.
Hi PH. 1. Trans, i. q. Piel, to put fur
away, to remove, c. ace. Job 11,14; with
*a of pers. or place added Ps. 88, 19.
Job 22, 23 ; with bria of pers. Job 13,21.
19, 13. Prov. 5, 8 ; of place Joel 4, 6
(comp. 2. 20). Jer. 27, 10; once with Si
of place Ez. 11, 16. Metaph. Prov. 4,
24. 30. 8. Ps. 103, 12 God doth remove
our sins from us, i, e. he forgives us our
sins. With inf (nH: Ps. 55, 8) or inf c.
b. it is taken adverbially, rsbb pTintt
to go far away Ex. 8, 24 [28]. Hence
2. to go far away. pr. with "sbb impl.
Gen. 44. 4. Josh. 8. 4. Judg. 18, 22. Inf.
absol. pnnh m\v. far away, far off ^ Geo.
21. 16. Ex. 33, 7. Josh. 3, 16.
Deriv. pinn, X>n'vo^ and
i. q. Heb. pnn.
977
Hence
prr\ chaij
adj. p"^^.
pn^ m. adj. verbal, going far avxiy,
departing ; plur. c. suff. Ps. 73, 27 ^""prn
toko go far from thee.
pnn adj. f. njsrn, see in pinn.
"'^'Jt ^^ ^*' **/* '" over, as a foun-
tain or boiling water ; Syr. wA^i Pe.
and Aph. id. The primary idea seems
to lie in the noise of water boiling or
bubbling, comp. ds^ . .Melaph. c, ace.
Ps. 45. 2 2ia i2T ""sb ttjnn my Aear^ boiU
up with goodly song.
Deriv. rdnna.
f^n'l f. a winnowing-fork or shovel, a
fan. U. 30,24. R.nm, after the form rnj.
* liti'n fut. a:: "77 ?o be wet, moistened,
with rain Job 24. 8 ; also with sap. see
aisn. Arab. -Aiop and Eth. Z^/IIQ id.
espec. of the moisture or juiciness of
plants in full verdure. Hence
3^"^ m. juicy, in full green, Job 8, 16.
Chuld. 3io-i, 2''Ui. id.
nt3'^ a spurious root, see ^"^V
'^ _ T obpol. root i. q. rv>') to trem-
ble, to be terrified. Chald. id. Hence
t3^"? m. tremour, terror, Jer. 49, 24.
* *2St2^ quadril. pass. Job 33, 25. to
grow green again, to grow young again,
to revive, prob. compounded from s::"! to
be juicy, green, and uJsa to be thick, flU.
Arab, transp. yiJ Jo according to the
Camoos to recover, to revive after ste-
rility.
*^-:7 '"^ Kal not used, to smite,
break, dash in pieces ; kindr. with (ti^J,
tfiab , tflsiO ; Arab. y*Jo\ (JaJo. .
PiEL fut. aJ^'n'i to dash in pieces, spec,
children against the .stones. 2 K. S. 12,
i. q. yes in Ps. 137. 9. Comp. Pual.
Also to dash to the ground, with arrows
Is. 13, 18.
Pual Can , fut. 13 Ji'' . to be dashed in
pieces against stones Is. 13, 16. Hos. 10,
14. 14, 1. Nah. 3, 10.
''T ra. (for ^Ti , r. nnn ; as ''S for ''IJ ,
''K for "^IK) a watering, rain. Job 37, 1 1 ;
Bee fully in n^a . Arab. ^%
id.
*2'''1 and ZT\. praet. 3T, nan, also
nia--i; inf abol. an Judg. 11,25. Job
40, 2; fut a-i-i^. apoc. an-; Hos. 4, 5,
before a monosyll. "tb an^ Judg. 6. 31. 32,
conv. a-)*i Gen. 31, 36. But an;ii 1 Sam.
15, 5 is from r. anjj .
1. to contend, to strive, to quarrel. Syr.
uS^M to strive. Arab, 'ou mid. Ye is
to doubt, to hesitate , a secondary sense
derived from the idea of contending and
quarrelling. The primary ideaof a^n is
' to seize each other by the hair.' like the
synon. nS3 ; and this root belongs to the
same family with rapio, Goth, raujjjan
to pull or pluck, Germ, raufen. rupfen,
see more under the verb XBn . Spoken :
a) Pr. but rarely, of those who contend
by blows etc. Deut. 33, 7 ib an T'n^ with
his hands let him contend for hiniself;
here l"'"!^ is the instrument, see Heb. Gr.
135. 1. n. 3. b) Ollener of those who
strive in words, Ps. 103. 9 ; c. CS Gen.
26, 20. Job 9. 3. 40, 2 ; r^x with Is. 45, 9.
Judg. 8, 1 ; bx Judg. 21, 22. Job 33. 13;
a Gen. 31, 36; also with ace. of him
with whom one contends Job 10, 2. Is.
27. 8. With b of himjbr whom one
contends Judg. 6. 31. Job 13. 8 ; bs of
that about which one strives Gen. 26,21.
2. Spec, to contend before a judge, to
manage or plead a cause, with ace. of
the person whose cause one sustains. Is.
1, 17. 51, 22 ; fully 'b a-n-PX a-"! 1 Sam.
24, 16. Lam. 3, 58. Jer. 50. 34. 51, 36.
Prsegn. 1 Sam. 25. 39 blessed be Jehoixih
baa ij-Q 'nann a-i-i-rx an nirx who hath
pleaded (maintained) the cause of my
reproach from Nabal, i. e. who hath
taken vengeance for me of Nabal. Ps.
43, 1 T'on xb 'iaia 'a-'n na-^n maintain my
cause (^and deliver me) from a merciless
people. Ps. 119,154. Prov. 22.23. Part.
an a defender Is. 19. 20. God is also
said to plead his cause, when he rebukes
or punishes the wicked, Is. 3, 13. Am.
7. 4. Ps. 103, 9.
HiPH. i. q. Kal. found only in part.
a-inia l Sam. 2, 10. Hos. 4. 4.
beriv. an;; , a-'i;; , na-'i^ , the pr.
names ''^^y., ''a"'n, bran"i, r'iai^, also
S"*"! m. and 3"? Job 29. 16 ; plur.
D'^a-'n and P'an , constr. '^a'^n .
1. contention, strife, quarrel. Gen. 13.
7. Deut. 25, 1. Is. 58, 4. Prov. 20, 3. al!
82*
2''"1
978
V
2"'n tt)"'S mi/ adversary. Is. 41 . 1 1. Trop.
Job 33, 19. Plur. cS ''n'^n Ps. 18. 44.
2. a cause. swi7, before a judge. Ex.23,
2. Deut.21,5. Is. 1, 23. 41. 21. 3^") C%\
one who has a cause or suit Judg. 12. 2.
2 Sam. 15, 2. 4 ; ':"'"i tti"'X my adversary,
opponent. Job 31, 35. Plur. ^ncb nisn
iAe pleadings of my lips Job 13, G.
^'2'^'^ (i. q. "2"'"i'?, n;;'::"'!'^, for whom
Jehovah pleads) Ribai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam.
23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 31.
H'^T m. (r. nil"!) sccnf, odour, which
any thing exhales, emits. Cant. 1, 12. 2,
13. 7, 14. Gen. 27, 27. al. Trop. Job
14. 9, comp. Judg. 16, 9. Often in the
connection nrf: n"''n , see nrr^J .
ryn Chald. m. odour Dan. 3, 27 ;
comp. Job 14, 9.
D"^"!, see DXT buffalo.
Sy^, c. suff. 035'^^, see in art. T}. H.
riiB"""! f plur. (r. C|1t) pounded corn
or grain, grits, polenta, 2 Sam. 17, 19.
Prov. 27, 22.
riB'^'i Gen. 10, 3, Riphath, pr. n. of a
region and people sprung from Gomer,
i. e. from the Cimmerians. Most, intpp.
^compare the Riphcean mountains, in the
remotest northern regions.
p"*"! m. (r. p^ii) 1. Adj. empty, as
p-'l 1^3 Jer. 51, 34. Neut. emptiness,
trop. a vain thing, Ps. 2, 1. 4, 3.
2. Adv. in rain, to no purpose, Ps. 73,
13. Is. 30. 7. More fully p-i^b id. Lev.
26, 16. 20. Is. 65, 23; p-^nb job 39, 16.
18.49, 4: p-'n ^'13 id. Hab. 2, 13. Jer.
'51, 58.
p"*"? m. adj. (r. pii) also p"? Gen. 38,
-24; fern. n;rn : plur. C-'p''"], also B'^pn
2 Sam. 6. 20 ; empty, Chald. p-'T , -(rsin ;
Syr. f "* " " So of an empty vessel
Judg. 7, 16. 2 K. 4, 3; a pot Ez. 24, 11 ;
a ciftern Gen. 37, 24 ; ears of grain with-
out kernels Gen. 41, 27, comp. ' vanie
arista?' Virg. Georg. 1.226. So of an
empty spirit, i. e. hungry, Is. 29, 8, comp.
. 32, 6 atid CB3 no. 2 ; also of empty hands,
i. e. iviporerislied, needy, Neh. 5, 13;
'Comp. in cjs^n. Metaph. a) empty,
iVain, of words Deut. 32, 47. b) worth-
less, wicked. Jadg. 9, 4. 11.3. 2 Sam, 6,
20. 2 Chr. 13, 7.>rov. 12, 11. 28, 19.
Dp'^t' fidv. (r. pii) q. d. emptily, i. e.
a) with empty vessels, Jerl 14. 3 ; empty-
handed, i. e. poor, needy, Ruth 1, 21 ;
also witiioLit a gift Ruth 3, 17. Hence
cp''-i 's n^d to send one away empty,
without a gift, Gen. 31, 42. Deut.
15. 13. Job 22, 9, comp. 1 Sam. 6, 3 ;
cp^"! T\^n to go away empty, id. Ex.
3. 21. Deut. 16. 16 they shall not appear
before Jehovah cp'^n empty, without an
offering, Ex. 23, 16. 34, 20. b) vaitdy,
void, to no purpose, without effect ;
2 Sam. 1, 22 the sword of Saul returned
not empty, i. e. not without slaughter and
victory. Jer. 50, 9; of God's word Is. 55,
11. So Ps. 25, 3 cp-in D-^njan ^cs;; let
them be ashamed that transgress in vain,
i. e. whose wicked counsels are frustrated,
c) for naught, undeservedly, without
ground or cause, i. q. DSn no. 3 ; Ps. 7, 5,
comp. Ps. 69, 5.
"\'''7 m. (r. "i^n) spittle, slaver, slime,
1 Sam. 21, 14. For n!",T:|n i^n Job 6, 6,
see in rTO^n.
"^T m. (r. irin) poverty, Prov. 10, 15.
13, 18. 24, 34.
"^"1 m. (r. ttJn) poverty. Prov. 28, 19.
31,7.
jWin, see in 'puJxn.
^"^ m. adj. (r. TjS'j) plur. D'^S'n ; fem.
ns-n , plur. ris'n .
1. tender, e. g. foliage Ez. 17, 22;
children and youth of tender age. Gen.
33, 13. Prov. 4, 3. 1 Chr. 22, 5. 29, 1 ;
the young of flocks and herds and their
meat, Gen. 18, 7.
2. soft, not hard, e. g. the tongue Prov.
25. 15. Trop. soft, i. e. a) gentle, bland,
Prov. 15, 1. nisn soft words Job 40, 27 ;
comp. fiaXaxit tnt], finXnxol X< yoi, Hom.
b) delicate, tenderly brought up, Deut.
28, 54. 56.
3. weak, feeble, 2 Sam. 3, 39. WZ"^?
rian weak or dull eyes Gen. 29, 17,
which were esteemed a defect, comp.
1 Sam. 16, 12. Vulg. lippi. blear. Sept.
Kffdtiac. Trop. 33b rj-i faint-hearted,
timid, Deut. 20, 8. 2 Chr. 13, 7.
^T m. (r. T|?"j) softness, dcUcateness,
Deut. 28, 56.
nsn
979
n5-i
^? T ^^^- -?"*? > 'o "'^) whether on
an anidial ur in a vehicle, Lat. rehi.
Arab.
^y Syr. siAs) and
i,
Chald. Sam. 33*1, id. The primary
idea seems to be to bend the knee, so
that a?*! is pr. i. q. Tpa ; hence Chald.
a-; , Kan , xais^nx . iU^x , knee.
1. to ride upon a beast, as a horse,
ass, camel; with bs ofbeastGen. 24, 61.
Num. 22, 22. 30. 1 Sam. 30, 17. al. sajp.
a Neh. 2, 12. Jer. 17, 25. 22, 4. With
ncc. DID 331 a rider, horseman. 2 K. 18,
19. Am. 2, 15; romp. Ex. 15, 1. "^aan
Pijhx Judg. 5, 10.
2. to ride, to drive in a vehicle, rectus
est; comp. old Germ, rilan, Anglosax.
ridan. Engl, to ride; whence reila, reiti,
carriage, rheda Cses. With a of the
vehicle Jer. 17, 25. 22, 4 ; ace. Hagg. 2,
22 ; absol. 1 K. 18, 45. Ps. 45, 5. 68, 5.
Poet of Jehovah who is borne, rides,
upon the cherubim Ps. 18, 11 ; upon the
clouds Is. 19, 1 comp. Ps. 104. 3 ; upon
the heavens Deut. 33, 26. Ps. 68, 34.
HiPH. a"'3nn, fut. apoc. aan^i.
1. to catise to ride, to let ride, on an
animal, Esth. 6, 9. 1 K. 1, 33. Ps. 66, 12.
2. to cause to ride in a vehicle, c. ace.
pers. Gen. 41, 43 ; to convey 2 K. 23, 30.
2 Chr. 35, 24. Metaph. to cause to ride,
to be borne, upon the wings of the wind,
Job 30. 22. Here belongs the expres-
sion I'lx-^n'ira-bs ais-in, see in niaa
no. 2. Spoken of things, to set or place
upon a vehicle, 2 Sam. 6. 3; also simpl.
to place upon, to put or lay upon, e. g.
the hand, c. hv 2 K. 13, 16. Arab. ^.^
II, to impose or insert one thing upon
another. Syr. Aph. id. Chald. Aph. id.
3. to fasten or yoke to a vehicle, e. g.
as a draught-animal, Hos. 10, 11.
Deriv.33-! naan, 3n, asn^, naDnia.
^5"^ m. in pause 32i, c. suff. "^aa") ;
plur. constr. ''33'n ; constr. once with
plur. f. Nah. 2, 5 ; pr. 'a riding,' concr.
' rider.' Hence
1. Collect, riders, troops. Is. 21,7; so
v. 9 ttJ'^X 331 man-riders, comp. Is. 22, 6.
Arab. \,^\j\ riding-camels.
2. a wagon, chariot, i. q. naa^i? , either
for war or serving for luxury and pomp,
Judg. 5. 28. 1 K. 1, 5. 22, 35. 2 K. 2, 11.
2 Chr. 35, 21. Often collect. vHir-charioU;
e. g. CCne^ aan chariots arul horsemen
IK. 10.26. V 22! 7. 31,1; Jer. .51, 21 331
iaail the chariots and t/wse thai ride
tfierein ; also with numerals, 2 K. 7, 14
aan 'Stz; . Ez. 14, 7. Jndg. 4. 2. 1 Sam. 13,
5. al. With a verb plur. fcm. Nah. 2, 5;
only once itselfplur.ri-nB "'Ssn Cant. 1,9.
bna 33"; chariots of iron, either covered
with iron plates, or armed with hooks,
scythes, Josh. 17, 18. Judg. 1, 19. 33-in -^nj
the clmriot-cities, where war-chariots
were stationed, 1 K. 9, 19. 10. 26. 2 Chr.
1, 14. 8, 6. 9, 25. asnn lyr captains
over chariots 1 K. 22, 31.' 33. 2 K. 8, 21.
Often 33"), like (/i in Homer, refers
chiefly to the horses, and also to the
warriors who sit upon the chariots, e. g.
2 Sam. 8, 4 and David houghed all the
chariots i. e. the chariot-horses. 10, 18
and David slew of the Syrians seven
hundred chariots i. e. the warriors of
so many chariots. 2 K. 7, 14 331 "'385
CO'iD two pairs of horses. Ez. 39, 20.
But not infreq. 33") and a"'piO are joined,
and so distinguished from each other,
Josh. 11, 8. 1 K. 20. 25. 2 K. 6, 14. Jer.
17, 25. Ps. 20, 8. Like the Hebrews, the
Canaanites also used war-chariots Josh.
17, 18 ; and espec. the Egyptians Ex. 14,
9. Is. 31, 1 : see the sculpture on Egyp-
tian monuments, Rosellini Monn. stor.
Tab. 46-49, 102 sq. Wilkinson Mann,
and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians, I. p.
338 sq. Poet, chariots are al.so ascribed
to the celestial hosts, Ps. 68, 18 ; comp.
Hab. 3. 8.
^S"^ m. (r. 33n) c. suff. 1331 1. a
rider, horseman, 2 K. 9, 17.
2. the driver of a chariot, charioteer^
1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr, 18, 33..
'^y^ (i. q. Arab, tj&j a band of riders
on camels) Rechab, pr. n. a) The
founder of the tribe of Rechabites, who
were bound by a vow ever to follow the
nomadic life. 2 K. 10, 15. 23. Jer. 35. 2sq.
1 Chr. 2. 55. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19. 94.
Gentile n. plur. 0''33";3 Rechabites. Jer.
35, 2. 3. 5. 18. b) 2 Sam. 4, 2. c) Neh.
3, 14.
nSD"! f (r. 33^) vectura, a riding or
driving, Ez. 27, 20.
15-1
980
'D1
^'^ (for nnn"! q. v.) Rechah, pr. n. of
a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 4, 12.
2^.3n 111. a chariot, Ps. 104, 3. R. 33*^ .
O^DT m. delect. tJSl Gen. 14, 11. 16.
21. 15, 14; c. suff. "ittJ^i-i , 'itti:'] Gen. 31,
18 ; pr. ' what one has.' possestiions. pro-
perty, substance; Sept. tu vnu(iXovitx, tj
V7ivi(}^ig. Thus :
a) In the most general sense, as fields,
gardens, vineyards, grain ; hence '^'nb
T\^psn mz"! overseers of the king^s sub-
stance ] Chr. 27, 31 ; comp. v. 25-31.
Flocks and herds are also mentioned as
part of the king's substance, 2 Chr. 21,
14. 35, 7.
b) In a sense less general, moveable
property, such as can be transported or
driven, as flocks and herds, gold and sil-
ver, household stuff, Gen. 12, 5 where
slaves are excepted. 13, 6. 14, 12. 16.
15. 14. Num. 16, 32. 2 Chr. 21, 17. Ezra
8, 21. Dan. 11, 13. 24. 28. Sometimes
flocks and herds are not included, Gen.
31. 18. 46. 6. Num. 35, 3. 1 Chr. 28, 1 ;
also grain Gen. 14, 11.
c) In the strictest sense, household
goods, taggoge, not including precious
things, nor gold and silver, Ezra 1, 4. 6.
5'^D"! m. (r. ^3*l) tale-hearing, detrac-
tion; hence b"'2'i "'CJX tale-bearers, slan-
derers, Ez. 22, 9. ^'2'j Xy^X^ to go about
for tale-bearing, as a tale-bearer, Lev.
19, 16. Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. Jer. 6, 28. 9,3.
sji^ ) praet. Tj'^, fut. TjlD see in no. 3.
1. to be tender; see Til adj. Arab.
~ fi
Vijr. Kindr. is pj^n I.
2. to be soft ; trop. to be delicate, ten-
derly brought up, Deut. 28, 56. Of
words, to be soft, gentle, bland, Ps. 55, 22.
3. to be weakened, broken, e. g. the
mind, S^, to become faint, timid; so
prait. T,"! 2 K. 22, 19; fut. Tp" (like -n?;:,
cn-) Deut. 20, 3. Is. 7, 4. Jer. 51, 46. "
PuAi. "3"i to be softened, mollified, as
a wound with ointment, Is. 1, 6.
Hii'H. Causat. of Kal no. 3, Job 23, 16.
Deriv. TO , Tp ; Tp^
557 ' q- ^?"7 ) pr- '0 go about, i. e.
a) For trafTic, as a trader, i. q. ino,
hence to trade, to traffic. Part, bzn
a trader, merchant. Cant. 3, 6; plur.
O-ibsi Ez. 27, 13. 15. 17 8q. al. Fern.
pVs'-i a female trader, Ez. 27, 3. 20. 23.
Syr. lis? is spec, a perfumer, apothecary.
Hence n|3n, rVsna.
b) For tale-bearing, slander; whence
b^sn tale-bearing.
Deriv. the two following and nVsna.
5Dn (traffic) Rachal, pr. n. of a city in
Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 29.
rby"} I trade, traffic, Ez. 26, 12. 28,
5. 16.'l8. R. b=n.
C?"^ fut. plur. ^03'^.'^, to bind on or
to any thing, Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21. Arab.
{jtS\ id. e. g. cattle in stalls. Hence
the two following.
^rT), only in plur. C'GD'n bound-vp
places, i. e. rough, rugged, difficult to
pass, Is. 40, 4. Jarchi : mountain ranges,
chains of mountains.
CD'I m. (r. DD-i) once Ps. 31, 21 ^OS-i
aJ"^!* , either : a) snares of men, their
plots, Arab. (ja,o a cord, noose ; or b)
bands, troops of men, as fTnSX from
"i5ij ; or c) leagues of men, conspira-
cies ; comp. "ii^.l?. from r. "it'|5 .
''^^1 1. i. q. Arab. ijaS's pr. to
hit u-ilh the foot, to kick; spec, to urge
on a horse xoith the feet ; and hence of a
horse, to be urged, on, to run. like Arab.
ljc.^p\ ; also ija^ss I, VIII, to run
swiftly, to flee. Hence ttis^ .
2. to gather, to acquire, to get proper-
ty; pr. 'to drive or bring together;'
Gen. 12, 5. 31, 18. 36, 6. 46, 6.
'^^'!) m. (r. ttJs'i) in pause ^3n , a
horse of a nobler and fleeter race, a
steed, courser, Mic. 1, 13. 1 K. 5, 8 [4,
28] ; distinguished from 0*0^0 Esth. 8,
10. 14. Syr. \.^^i horse. See Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 95.
^y} , see art. UJIS'I .
Cl 1. Part, of the verb i31"i , high, see
r. on Kal.
2. i?awi, pr. n. a) A family or clan of
the Buzites Job 32, 2 ; the same, as pome
think, with o^ix Gen. 22, 21. b) Ruth
4, 19. 1 Chr. 2,9; for which l^pw'iu Matt.
1, 3. Luke 3, 33. c) 1 Chr. 2, 25. 27.
D"!? bujah, eee tssj-n .
n-ai
981
n:2t
* TM2^ 1. to auif, to throiD, Ba into
the scii. Kx. 15, 1. 21.
2. / sh(M)t with a bow ; nc]5~n"in a
bow-shuoter, archer, Jer. 4, 29 ; pliir. "^-il
nvp^ Pa. 78, 9. Arab. -x, Ethiop.
^^P, Syr. and Chald. \ui , id. Comp.
Gr. {(Intut.
PiEL nan /o deceice ; pr. ' to cast
down, to make fiill,' like Gr. atfuXXw,
whence Lat. /alio; c. ace. Prov. 26,
19. Gen. 29, 25. Lam. 1, 19. 1 Sam. 19,
27. Josh. 9, 22. Prrogn. 1 Chr. 12, 17
'nxb 'snia'^b to deceive (and betray) me
to my enemies.
Deriv. 1*^1, ^"^1^} ^^l^^ ^''^l^,
wo-in , and'pr! n. n-'cn , n-iBT' .
n^l, Tan, Chald. l. to cast, to
throxD, Dun. 3, 20. 21. 24. 6, 17.
2. ^0 e^ <o p^cc, e. g. thrones. Dan.
7. 9. Comp. Rev. 4, 2 ^pdvo? txtiio, and
nn^ no. 2.
3. fo impose tribute, Ezra 7, 24.
Ithpe. ^0 be cast, thrown, into a fur-
nace Dan. 3. 6. 15.
man f. (r. ci->) constr. nn, Kamets
impure ; plur. niian ,
1. a high place, height, 1 Sam. 22, 6 ;
espec. as consecrated to the worship of
idols, Ez. 16, 24. 25. 39. Comp. n7:3.
2. Ramah. pr. n. of several towns situ-
ated on heights. Gentile n. "'I^^'^ Rama-
ihite, once 1 Chr. 27, 27.
a) With art. n^'^n, except Neh. 11,
33, and mana Jer. 31, 15, a town of
Benjamin Josh. IS, 25 ; in the vicinity of
Gibeah andGeba Judg. 19, 13. Is. 10,29.
Hos. 5, 8. Ezra 2, 26. Neh. 7, 30. 1 ] , 33 ;
on the way from Jerusalem to Bethel
Jutlg. 4, 5 ; and not far from the confines
of the two kingdoms 1 K. 15, 17. 21. 22;
mentioned also Jer. 31, 15. 40, 1. Je-
rome places it six Roman miles north of
Jerusalem. Now er-RAm ^\-J\ -, a small
village on a hill two hours from Jerusa-
lem on the east of the great northern
road ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 315-
317. Josephus calls it'Pafin&btv Ant. 8.
12. 3. [Jer. 31, 15 a voice was heard in
Ramah . . . Rachel tceepingfor her chil-
dren ; here the context refers to the e.x-
iles carried away captive by Nebuzara-
dan to Babylon, who passed by way of
Ramah which was prob. their rendez-
vous, see Jer. 40, 1. Ab Ramah was in
Benjamin, the prophet introduces Rachel
the mother of that tribe as bewailing the
captivity of her descendants. R.
b) y^a/?ui/tof Sunjuel, so called, where
that prophet lived and was buried, 1 Sam.
1, 19. 2, 11. 7, 17. 8, 4. 15, 34. 16, 13. 19,
18. 19. 22. 23. 25, 1. 28, 3; always with
the art. and eitiier He loc. or a pref. as
nana 1 Sam. 19, 19. 23. 25, 1. 28.3.
The same, as usually supposed, is o^nTa"^n
D"'BiS Ramathaiin-Zophini in the moun-
tains of Ephraim, 1 Sam. 1, 1 comp. 19;
but this is less certain, since the natice
town of Elkanah (1, 1) might be differ-
ent from the Ramah in which he resided,
V. 19. [But in v. 3 Elkanah is said to
go up from his city ("IT'S^) to worship,
which can only refer to the preceding
Ramathaira of v. 1 ; and in v. 19 he and
his wife return to their house in Ramah
(nroin cn'^3~bx), obviously the same
\ IT T r - V " .^
place. R.] The position of this Ra-
mah was early lost sight of by tradition;
and a variety of opinions has prevailed
ever since Eusebius and Jerome. Its
site has been fixed : a) At the Ramah
of Benjamin (lett. a), although this was
less than an hour distant from Gibeah
where Saul resided and in full view of
it ; comp. 1 Sara. c. 9. 10. So Pococke,
Raumer, Winer. /3) Eusebius and Je-
rome regard it as the Arimathea of the
N. T. and place it near Lydda, where a
Ramah anciently existed. Hence some
have held it to be the same with the
present Ramleh ; which however is a
modern town, y) At the present Neby
Samvnl, a high point two hours north-
west of Jerusalem. But this is irre-
concileable with the mention of Rachel's
sepulchre in 1 Sam. 10, 2. d) Another
suggestion places Ra mathaim- Zophim
and Ramah at the modern Soba west
of Jerusalem ; where however the like
difficulty presses, though in a less de-
gree ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
330-334; comp. inq^::. If then we
allow weight to the mention of Rachel's
sepulchre, we can only seek (or this Ra-
mah near Bethlehem ; where also Euse-
bius speaks of a Ramah : ivi\ Sk xa
'Pnpa Toil Bfvutfiiv tiffil x)]V Bri&lfip.
Not far south-east of Bethlehem is Jebel
Fureidis or the Frank Mountain, the aw-
n53"i
982
ni2i
cient fortress and city of Herod called
Herodium ; and if we fix there the site
of Ramah. all the circumstances men-
tioned in 1 Sam. c. 9. 10, are easily ex-
plained. But then the Ramathaim-Zo-
phira of 1 Sam. 1, 1, must have been a
different place. [This last supposition,
as we have seen above, is inadmissible.
Besides, no one who had ever stjcii the
Frank Mountain could suppose for a
moment that a city ever lay upon it. It
was indeed occupied by Herod's fortress,
but (he city Herodium lay at its foot ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 171-173. Euse-
bius, as above cited, places the Ramah
of Benjamin near Bethlehem, obviously
in order to help out a wrong interpreta-
tion of Matt. 2, 18. A recent hypo-
thesis places this Ramah at a site of
ruins now called er-RAmeh two miles
north of Hebron. This also makes Ra-
mathaim-Zophim, the place of the pro-
phet's birth, to be different from the Ra-
mah of his residence and burial; against
the express testimony of Josephus, Ant.
6. 4. 6. ib. 13. 5. See Biblioth. Sacra,
1843, p. 46-51. See generally Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 141-143. p. 330-334. In
this uncertainty interpreters may yet be
driven to the position, that the city where
Saul found Samuel (1 Sam. c. 9. 10) was
not Ramah his home. R.
c) A city of Naphtali Josh. 19, 36;
perh. the same mentioned v. 29 ; see Re-
land Palsest. p. 963.
d) A town of Gilead 2 K. 8, 29; fully
no^jsn r-cn Josh. 13, 26.
e) 'H^ ran , see in -"nb no. 3.
^^1 f (r. en II) a worm, collect.
worms, as bred from putridity. Ex. 16. 24.
Job 7, 5. 17, 14. 21. 26. 24, 10. Is. 14. 11.
^ Gg
Once trop. of man Job 25, 6. Arab. iLox
putridity, worms. v
T^") m. also T13T, c. suff. "'Jan ; plur.
c^rrn. constr. "'ro'^.
I. a pomegranate, spoken of the tree,
Num. 20. 5. Deut. 8, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 12.
Joel 1, 12. al. Of the fruit, Cant. 4, 3.
6, 7. 8, 2 ; also artificial, as an architec-
tural ornament, Ex. 28, 33. 34. 2 K. 25,
17
Arab. ^jLos id,
etymolojjy is uncertain : pince it is hard-
The
Syr. id.
pince it i
ly pouible, as come have supposed, that
pomegranates should have this name
from the worms (fiB"i) with which they
are infested. Better to interpret *(ian as
the marrowy, from | marrow, ^s IV
the bone is full of marrow. The pome-
granate tree is still found in Syria, Pa-
lestine, and Egypt ; see Celsius Hierob.
I. p. 272 sq. From their abounding in
pomegranates, several places received
the pr. name "lia"! Rimmon, viz.
a) A city of the tribe of Simeon in
the southern part of Palestine, Josh. 15
32. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. Zech. 14, 10.
b) A town on a high conical rock or
peak north-east of Geba and Michmash,
near the desert, Judg. 20, 45. 47. 21, 13.
Now Rumm6n ^j*.^) ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 113, 122. Here too some
refer 1 Sam. 14, 2.
c) A city of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13;
where "^Nhrn does not belong to the
proper name, see under "iNtn Pual.
The same is ir'a-i 1 Chr. 6, 62.
d) yTB "jis-i astationof the Israelites
after leaving Sinai, Num. 33, 19.
e) "jia"! rs, see in rs no. 4.
II. Rimmo7i, pr. n. m. a) A Syrian
idol. 2 K. 5, 18 ; comp. pr. n. "H'lS^ and
'('"3''71^! ; perh. tlie exalted, from r. n"?-!
I. Hesych. 'PjUs vfiarogitfog. b)
A man 2 Sam. 4, 2.
ni^t" (heights, plur. of nan) Ra-
moth. pr. n. a) A city in Gilead. else-
where riaxn, Josh. 21, 36 [3Sj. 1 K. 4,
13. b) :?: nian, i. q. 25:-raxn q. v.
1 Sam. 30. 27.
f^'1^'7 f (r. ail) a heap, viound, of
corpses Ez. 32. 5. Better, with J. D.
Michaelie, to write Tj^nia'^ or perhaps
^nai . thy worms, from nan .
' "2^ obsol. root, Arab. ^^-x to
pierce with a lance, to lance. Hence
JTOI ra. plur. cna'n, c. suff. CD/^na-i,
a lance, spear, used by heavy-armed
troops Num. 25. 7. Judg. 5, 8. Neh. 4, 7.
10. 15 ; coupled with n:s 1 Chr. 12. 8. 24.
2 Chr. 11, 12. 14, 7. 25. 5. Sometimes
tlie iron point, lance-head, Jer.iQ.i. Joel
4. 10. 1 K. 18, 28. Aram. Nnain , ^mLcob,
id. Arab. ^-\ id.
TJ1
983
to-ai
'''fi'l m. plur. c. art. a-'ann 2 Chr. 22, 5,
i. q. n-'S-ixn . iii/rians ; comp. 2 K. 8, 2S.
For the upliajresis of the letter X see p.
1, also art, "'S'^x.
^?^'!' (whom Jehovah hath set, comp.
Chahi. nisn no. 2 ) Jiamiah, pr. n. m.
Ezra 10, 25'.
n^n f (r. nan Pi.) 1. a letting fall
of the hands, i.e. remissneKS.slolh ; ldB3
TV^xn a slothful snul. person, Prov. 19, 15.
Concr. 07ie slothful Prov. 12, 24. 27.
nan pa nr? /o labour with a ./ocA:
^anrf. slothful, 10, 4 ; see Heb. Gr. 135.
1. n. 3. Adv. remissly, slothfully, Jer.
48. 10. This notion of the root ap-
proaches near to the kindr. noT . Arab.
^ VI, laxum, remissum fuit nego-
tium.
2. deceit, fraud, Ps. 32, 2. Mic. 6, 12.
Job 13. 7. n^rn "ifb a deceitful tongue
Ps. 120, 2. 3. n'lan rCjD a (hceilful
bow, which sends the arrows wide of the
mark, Hos. 7, 16. Poet, for treacherous
bowmen, who feign flight in order to
deceive, Ps. 78, 57.
?fTSl f a mare., once Esth. 8, 10. Arab.
i(Joo\ id. Syr. Xsiao') herd of horses and
mares, also of other animals ; prob. from
Vers. XjCj flock, herd, troop.
*j'2'^ obsol. root., Arab. Juc* to deck
with gems, to stain with blood. Hence
in^b^T (whom Jehovah decks) Re-
maliah. pr. n. of the father of Pekah
king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 25 ; prob. a man
of low birth and standing, whence his
eon is called in contempt n^b'2"i""i3 Is.
7, 4. 5. 8, 6.
* I. DH"! i. q. nn, to be high, to be
lifted up, exalted. Prspt. sian Job 22, 12
where many Mss. and editions have i^'i ;
also "S"! Job 24, 24 where other copies
have lai"! . Part. fem. noBil uplifted,
exalted, Ps. US, 16.
NiPH. imp. plur. IB-in Num. 17, 10
[16, 45]. and fut. -la-i^ Ez. 10, 15. 17. 19,
to lift up oneself to rise up. In both the
forms a few Mss. omit the Dagesh.
11. D ^^ Arab. to rot, to be ca-
rious, of a bone ; also to be marrowy.
Hence nan , -jiBn .
1Ty-ri^7an (I have exalted his help,
r. 31") liouuiinti-ezer, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
25. 4. 31.
]TS"1 . see TiaT .
*CO'n fiit. Ob'iv, kindr. is DB'i.
1. to tread with the feet, e. g. a potter
the clay, c. ace. Is. 41, 25 ; a Neh. 3,
14 ; also Ez. 34, 18. Hence to tread
upon. i. e. to walk over any thing, Ps.
91. 13.
2. to tread down, to trample underfoot,
2 K. 14, 9. Is. 26. 6. Dan. 8, 7. 10 ; also
persons so as to destroy life 2 K. 7, 17.
20. 9. 33 ; a lion his prey Mic. 5, 7.
Trop. Is. 63. 3. Ps. 7, 6. Part. 0^1 a
treader down, oppressor, Is. 16. 4. As-
scribed to the foot Is. 26, 6 ; comp. Ez.
34, 18. Further, to tread down, to trample
streets with horses' hools Ez. 26, 11.
Also Is. I, 12 "'n^n Ot"i to trample my
cimrts i. e. to profane them ; comp. Rev.
11. 2. 1 Mace. 3. 45.
NiPH. pass, of no. 2. Is. 28, 3.
Deriv. DOH.
^'i'^ fut. ^"Oy) 1. to creep, to crawl,
the appropriate verb for the motion of
the smaller animals which creep along
the ground ; both those which have four
feet or more, as mice, lizards, crabs, (and
this is the proper signification, comp.
Dian .) and also those without feet, which
glide or drag themselves upon the
ground, as worms and serpents. Gen.
1; 26, after the mention of quadrupeds
both domestic and wild, of birds, and
fishes : 7":>!<n"^? biahn tyia-in-bs all the
creeping things (reptiles) that creep
upon the earth, v. 28. 30. 7, 8. 14. 8, 17.
19. Lev. 11, 44. Sometimes the earth
is said to creep with creeping things, c.
ace. (comp. T|^n no. 4,) Gen. 9, 2 bsa
ms^xn ia^-ipi idx upon all with which
the earth creeps, i. e. all reptiles which
creep upon the earth.
2. In a wider sense spoken of aqaatic
or amphibious reptiles ; Gen. 1,21 n*nn
D"Tan siand ic^s; rbiann the creeping
animals with which the waters swarm.
Lev. 11, 46. Ps. 69. 35. So of all land
animals whatever. Gen. 7, 21 init. Ps.
104, 20 all the beasts of the forest do creep
forth, sc. by night Irora their dens.
Hence
W'2^
984
"it^l
W?"!? m. a creeping thing; reptile, col-
lect, reptiles. Gen. 1, 25. 26. 6. 7. 7, 14.
23 ; often '"(^"iXi"] bo") whatever creeps
upon the earth Gen. 1, 23. 6, 20. Hos. 2.
20 [18] ; comp. Deut. 4, 18. Once of
aquatic animals Ps. 104. 23. So of all
Jand animals whatever, Gen. 9, 3.
riTS") (height, i. q. m:-,) Remeth, pr.n.
of a city in Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
HM r.'Q'l in some editions, see in
D^tiS n^nian, see in nis>i no. 2. b.
"J"! m. (pr. inf. of r. "Sn) o shouting,
rejoicing; Plur. constr. ::|3"'^jn shouts
of deliverance Ps. 32, 7.
* *~*i.^ fut. nsn-i, i. q. 'n, to give forth
a tremutons and stridulous sound ; once
of the ichizzing of the arrow as shot from
the bow Job 39. 23. where ns'rx quiver
is put poet, for arrows. Arab, ^v and
jj* I, IV, to sound, to twang, as the
bow when the arrow is shot. See Bo-
chart Hieroz. I. p. 134. Alb. Schultens
ad Hariri Cons. I. p. 11.
nsi f. (r. *:"n) I. shout of joy, re-
joicing, Ps. 30, 6. 42. 5. 47. 2. Is. 35,
]0. 51, 11. al. 1 K. 22, 36 n:nn nn:']
i^ "it?X5 . . . n;nr3 aiid there went the joy-
ful cry l/iroiighoul the camp . . . Home !
2. a mournful cry, outcry, wailing,
Ps. 17, 1. 61, 2. 88, 3. 106, 44. Jer. 14,
12. al.
3. Rinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.
* ^""^ /> 1 />
\ ; int. and imp. "p ; fut. "p^, twice
ns'in Prov. 1, 20. 8, 3. once |i'V; Prov.
29, 6 ; pr. to give forth a tremulous and
stridulous sound. Spec.
1. Of the tremulous creaking or whi-
ning sound mace by a mast or tall pole
vibrating in the wind ; hence "px, "p'n.
Also of the noise, roaring of a tor-
ts .^
rent, see 'pS'^X . Arab, ^s to twang as
abow, to whizz.
2. to give forth tlie voice in vibrations.
to shake or trill the voice ; hence a) to
Utter cries of joy, to shout, but not with
an articulate voice, Lev. 9. 24 ; elsewhere
poetic Job 38, 7. Is. 12. 6. 42. 11. 54. 1.
al. Ascribed also to the human tongue
Is. 35, 6; to Inanimate things Is. 44, 23.
49, 13. With ace. to shout one^s praise,
to praise with rejoicing^ Is. 61, 7 see p^n
no. 2. c. With a id. Is. 24, 14; on ac-
count of Jer. 31, 7. b) Of mournful
cries, to cry aloud, to wail, Lam. 2, 19.
PiEL (S'l i. q. Kal no. 2. to shout for
joy, to rejoice, Ps. 98, 4. 132, 16. Is. 26.
19. 52, 9; with 2 in or over any person
or thing, Ps. 33,' 1. 89, 13. 92, 5; with
bs over the destruction of any one Jer.
51, 48. But with ace. of pers. or thing,
to shout aloud one^s praise, i. e. to praise
with rejoicing, Ps. 51, 16. 59, 17; c. bx
Ps. 84, 3; h 95, 1. Inf as noun "(n
shouting Is. 35, 2. Ascribed to things
Ps. 96, 12.
PuAL fut. 'ST', pass. Is. 16, 10.
HiPH. *p3nn 1. Trans, to cause to
shout for joy, to make rejoice, Ps. 65, 9.
Job 29, 13.
2. Intrans. to shout for joy, to rejoice,
Deut. 32. 43. Ps. 32, 11 ; c.h Ps. 81, 2.
Deriv. see Kal no. 1 ; also "p , nS"i , and
^p2T f. constr. r:2l 1. a cry of joy,
shout, Ps. 100. 2. Job 3, 7. 20. 5. Plur.
ry^'.\-i Ps. 63, 6.
2.'Plur. C^:5'l Job 39, 13 [16] sq. /e-
male ostriches, poet, for the coram. ri32
^J?- j so called from their wailing cry,
see 'i?"} Lam. 2, 19 and in njs;] . Comp.
Arab. jLov female ostrich, from her cry.
Vulg. strulhio. See Bochart Hieroz. II.
p. 24.
^B"^ (a ruin, r. 00*1) Rissah, pr. n. of
a station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 21. 22.
D'^P'^O'l m. plur. constr. "O'^P'n .
1. breaches, ruins, Am. 6, 11. R. bOT
no. 1.
2. drops, dew-drops. Cant. 5, 2. R. DG*
no. 2.
"rv obsol. root, Arab. ^JV*w^, to
bind, e. g. with a cord, halter, curb.
Hence
'jD'l m. c. suff. iSD'l 1. a curb, halter,
pr. which goes over a horse's nose Is.
30. 28 ; hence genr. n rein, bridle, Ps.
32. 9. Job 30, 11 in^aJ "^SDn (O-i they cast
off the bridle before me, i. e. they take
unbridled liberties ; comp. the Arabic
phrase jcLo\ loJLb ' he throws off his
bridle,' said of an unbridled person.
Hence
con
985
yi
2. the inmith, i. e. the interior where
the bit is placed, the jaws, the teeth, like
Gr. xidu'oi. Job 41,5 [13j 1:0-) biDS.
i. e. the jiivvs, the double rov of teeth in
the crocodile.
3. Resell, pr. n. of an ancient city in
Assyria, Gen. 10, 12.
* con inf oHb 1. to break in pieces,
kindr. with Cjxn and onn q. v. Chald.
001 to pound, to crush ; Zab. wffi to
break bones. Hence CO^") no. 1, and
pr. n. nST .
2. to sprinkle, to moisten, Ez. 46, 14.
Hence D-'O-'pn no. 2. Chald. oqn,
Arab. jji id. This connects itselfwith
the sigiiif. no. 1, since what is broken in
pieces or cniJihed small, is easily scat-
tered, spri)ikled.
y? m. (r. S?"!) in pause and after
distinct, ace. S"^ ; with art. snn and
y\ri; with Vav copul. 5")% but with dis-
tinct, ace. 7";^ ; plur. 0"<S"1.
A) Adj. with (em. ns"!, plur. nisn.
1. 6ai/. evil, worthless, in quality or es-
sence ; opp. 3ia. E. g. merchandise
Pfov. 20, 14 ; water, unwholesome, 2 K.
2, 19 ; cattle Lev. 27, 10 ; figs Jer. 24, 2 ;
sterile soil Num. 13, 19, comp. Deut.
15, 21. 2"io IX sn nan ro *peaA; 6arf or
good, i. e. any thing at all. Gen. 24, 50,
comp. 31.24. Spec, ill-favoured, of bad
appearance, Gen. 41, 3. 4. 19. 21. sn i3i
filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 23, 10 [9].
Trop. B '.5"'S3 Sn evil in the .tight of
any one. displeasing to him. Gen. 28, 8.
38, 7; absol. Ex. 33, 4. Often in the
phrase '';; ''Tt^ "^1^ f^^? to do evil in
the sight of Jehovah, what is displeasing
to him, spoken of idolaters and trans-
gressors. Num. 32, 13. Deut. 4, 25.
Judg. 2, 11. 1 Sara. 15, 19. 1 K. 11, 6.
2 K. 3, 2. al. step. For '3"'S3 is put also
'JSb in the later books, as Neh. 2, 1 ;
also bs Ecc. 2, 17.
2. bad, evil, i. e. causing evil, hurtful,
harmful, a) Physically, e. g. a raven-
ous beast Gen. 37, 20. 33 ; malignant dis-
ease Deut. 28, 59 ; S"^ VnaJ a malignant
ulcer V. 35 ; 3"5 "iS"! an evil thing, poi-
sonous, 2 K. 4, 41 ; "pS >n evil-eyed, i. e.
envious, miserly, Prov. 23, 6. 28, 22.
Is. 32, 7 n^S"^ Tibs 'bs the weapons of
the deceiver are hurtful, destructive to
83
others, b) Morally bad, evil, wicked;
of persons 1 Sam, 30, 22. Ps. 5, 5. 140,
2. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11,21. Esth. 7, 6 ;
j)kir. D"'S'J the wicked Prov. 4. 14. 14, 19.
So y^rj nsa, see in nra Piel no. 3. Of
a wicked people Jer. 13. 10; or genera-
tion Deut. 1, 35, Then also of things,
as S"n nan a wicked thing, crime, Deut.
17, 5 ; a way, mode of life, Prov. 2, 12. 8,
13. 28, 10. Jer. 23, 22 ; 5"l ab an evil
heart Jer. 7, 24. 11, 8. Prov. 26, 23 ; ix;?
5"! an evil imagination, thought, Gen.
6, 5. 8, 21. So ns"; nn an evil spirit
from God upon Saul 1 Sam. 10. 15 ; but
in Judg. 9, 23 Pisn TOi is an evil spirit
of discord.
3. ill, evil, i, e. sad, sorrowful, e. g. the
countenance. Gen. 40, 7. Neh. 2, 2 ; the
heart Prov. 25, 20.
4. ill, evil, i. e. unprosperous, unhappy,
Is. 3, 11 comp. V. 10. Gen. 47, 9. For
csb Jib see below in B. 1. b.
B) Subst. sn 1. ill, evil, i. e. a) evil
which one does, Ps. 97, 10. Is. 59, 7.
s-^ ns to do evil 1 Sam. 29, 7. 2 Chr.
33, 9. Neh. 9, 28 ; sn 'iUS evil-doers Ps.
34. 17 ; 5*1 ibrs id. Mic. 2, 1. n nrs
B D5 to do evil with or to any one Geo-
31, 29 ; c. b id. Jer. 39, 12. an b^ to>
recompense evil Ps. 7, 5. b) ei7i7 which
happens to any one, adversity, calamity,
Gen. 44, 34. Job 2, 10. 5, 19. 30, 26. Ps.
121, 7. Prov, 5, 14. Is. 31, 2. al. 5n n"i-
rfay of evil, of calamity, evil day, Am. 6,
3 ; rn "iTa-^ Ps. 49, 6. c=b snb /or evil
unto you, for your hurt, instead of the ful-
ler phrase C=b ST rrnb, Jer. 7, 6. 2.5,7.
Ecc. 8. 9. So to prophesy evil, calamity,
1 K. 22, 8. 18. Plur. csn "'Dxbia angeU
of evils, evil angels, bringing calamity,
Ps. 78, 49.
2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness,
depravity; S'ltJ "lO departing from evil,
doing right. Job 1, 1 ; comp. Prov. 8, 13.
Also ill-will, malice, Ps. 7, 10 ; sna with
malice, wickedly, Ps. 73. 8. Sometimes
in genit. expressing quality, as ?t ''3??H
wicked men Prov. 28, 5 ; S"] n wX a wicked
woman Prov. 6. 24 ; 5*1 r'lV wicked coicn-
set Ez. 11, 2 ; comp. Ecc. 4, 8. Sept.
norr/Qog, xaxog.
I- T) m. (r. 511) c. sufF. isi, (wtfcrj^,
noise, e. g. in joy, a shout, Ex. 32, 17 ;
in grief Mic. 4, 9. So ^^ 51 for f^ thun-
n
986
der; Job 36, 33 iS': v^S -i-a;; Ajs thunder
shnweth concerning him. God ; see in "tJJ
Hiph. no. 2.
II. r? m. (for nr*]. r. n?*! no. 3) c.
sufl'. "^y-l, 'iS'i Jcr. 6. 21, bui fur oftener
sins'], oiice fully c??;-'^ Job 6, 27; Plur.
csn . c. suff. '?] , ^"':?'^ r '^'^V>- Job 32. 3,
also'^insn for W^rn Job 42, 10. I Sam.
30, 26. cn-'sn Ps. 28, 3.
1. a friend, companicm, acquaintance,
with whom one lives, has friendly inter-
course, Gen. 38, 12. 20. 2 Sam. 13. 3.
Job 2, 11. 19, 21. Prov. 19, 6. 25. 17;
but implying less than snx Prov. 18, 24.
With dat. like Gr. o ffiol (f^Uug, Job 30,
29 n:?^ i"i53b ?] a companion (i.e. like)
to ostriches. The epithet ?], friend,
companion, is also put for : a) a locer.
one beloved of a woman, Cant. 5. 16. Jer.
3, 1. 20. Hos. 3, 1. Comp. n;;rn. b)
any one, any other member of the hu-
man family, o nXr^aiov, neighbour, fellow,
Ex. 20, 17 sq. 22, 25. Lev. 19, 13. Deut.
5, 18. Prov. 3. 29. al. c) Preceded by
ti-'K, one another ; Judg. 6, 29 ^^iSwS'l
^PijJn'bx "^It they said each man to his
fellow, i.e. one to another. Gen. 11, 3.
ISam. 10, 11. 2K. 3, 23. Ex. 18. 7.
2Chr. 20, 23. Gen. 31, 49. Also of
things Gen. 15, 10, see in llJ''i< no. 4.
Comp. nx no. 7. Rarely without C'^s
preceding. Is. 34, 14 K-ip7 "ns^-bs "i-ria
the satyr shall cry to his fellow, i. e. one
satyr to another.
2. thought, will, desire, i. q. Chald.
nn, Ti^S"!, Ps. 139, 2. 17. Chald. nsn
to will ; also Syr. \L^ Ethpa. to think.
yi m. (pr. inf. off. S?"^) 1. badness,
bad quality. Jer. 24, 2. 3. 8. 29, 17. Also
ugliness, deformity. Gen. 41. 19.
2. In a moral sense, evil, wickedness,
U. 1, 16. Jer. 4. 4. 21. 12. 23, 2. 26, 3.
3. sadness of the heart, countenance,
Neh. 2, 2. Ecc. 7, 3.
* Sy'l fut. 'ys_y\ to hunger, to be
hungry. Arab. w^) to be ample and
^ 9
id.
wide-bcl-
capacious ; \,^^\ >(> ^-m/-f^)
lied. The primary idea seems to be
that of having a wide and empty sto-
mach ; comp. kindr. -H"^ and Ethiop.
Q'itX to hunger. Spoken of individu-
als Is. 8. 21. 49, 10. Ps. 34, 11. 50, 12;
of a whole country, to be famished, to
suffer famine, Gen. 41, 55. With b to
hunger for any thing, Jer. 42. 14.
Hiph. to cause to hunger Dfiut. 8, 3j
to let famish Prov. 10, 3.
Deriv. srn. "'^"J, and
^^"^ m. hunger, famine, o^ single
persons Lam. 5, 10. Deut. 32, 24. Jer.
11, 22. Am. 8, 11; of whole countries
i. e. famine, scarcity of grain. Gen. 12,
10. 26, 1. 45, 11. Ruth 1, 1. Job 5, 20. al.
Syn m. adj. plur. Q"':??"), fern, r^:?"!,
hungry 2 Sam. 17, 29. .Tob 5, 5. Is! 29,
8.al. hunger-bitten. famished, Job 18, 12.
"j^Syn m. (r. 25"?) constr. 'i'iz::^, famine
Ps. 37. 19. Gen." 42, 19.33.
'? T ^^^- "'?'!'? '^0 tremble, to quake,
e. g. the earth Ps. 104, 32. Arab. J*c
Coni.IV,VIII,id. Eth.COJCid. Kindr.
are bsn,crn.
Hiph. intrans. to tremble, to shake, of
persons, part. T'5"!'a Dan. 10, 11. Ezra
10, 9.
Deriv. the two following.
^"^ m. a trembling, Ez. 15, 15. Ps,
55,6.
f^"?"! f. (r. 1?";) a trembling, Ps. 2, II.
48, tVis. 33, 14. 'job 4, 14.
*t'i^1 fut. nsn^, apoc. rn;; Job 20. 26.
1. Trans, to feed a flock, to pasture,
Lat. pascere. Arab. ^ id. and trop.
to tend, to guard, to govern. Ethiop.
Q<}? id. Syr. Chald. Samar. id.
Constr. with ace. of flock Gen. 4, 2. 30,
36. Ex. 3, 1. Is. 40, 11. Jer. 23, 4. Cant.
1, 8. al. 2 Gen. 37, 2. 1 Sam. 16, 11.
17, 34; absol. Gen. 29, 7. 37, 13. Nam.
14, 33. Cant. 1, 7. al. Part. nsS snbst,
a shepherd, herdsman, Gen. 46, 34. Ex.
2, 17. Is. 13,20. Jer. 43, 12; with genit.
of flock or herd Gen. 13, 7 ; and of the
owner, as pnJt^ ""Si Gen. 26, 20. Fem.
n'l Gen. 29, 9. Arab, c K id.
Trop. to feed: a) i. q. to lead, to
rule, to care for, the figure being often
preserved, e. g. ) Of a prince or kinw,
like Gr. noifx^v Xauiv. 2 Sam. 5, 2 thon
shall feed my people Israel. 7,7. Jer. 23,
2 sq. Mic. 5, 3. 7, 14 ; c. 3 Ps. 78, 71.
IJI
987
H3n
Hence rtS"i a nhepherd, spoken ofn prince
orkirig.Jer.2,8. 3 15. 22,22. Ez. 34.2 sq.
Is. 41, 28. /J) Of God, Ps. 23, 1 Jekorah is
my shepherd, I shall not want. 28,9. 80.
2. Gen. 48, 15. 49, 24; comp.Hos. 4, 16.
;') Ofu teacher of virtue and wisdom,
Prov. 10, 21. Hence ri5-i a master or
teacher Ecc. 12, 11; and so perh. of
prophets Zech. 11, 5. 8. 16, where others
understand princes, d) Ps. 49, 15 ryo
varp death fecdeth (paatureth) them, i. e.
in Sheoi, like a flock ; see the preceding
clause.
b) to nourish, to afford sustenance ;
Hos. 9, 2 the threshing-floor and wine-
press shall not feed them, i. e. shall be
cut off. fiiil.
2. Intrans. to feed, to graze, to pas-
ture, as does a flock, Lat. pasci, Is. 5, 17.
11,7. 05, 25; with bs of place added Is.
45, 9; a Gen. 41, 2. With ace. of the
pasture on which a flock feeds, Jer. 50,
19. Ez. 34, 14. 18. 19. Mic. 7, 14. Trop.
to feed down, to consume ; Mic. 5, 5 Iheij
shall feed down the land of Assyria with
the sword. Job 20, 2(5 "i^^xa t^"]^ J"!;)
(the fire) shall devour what is left in his
tent. Jer. 22, 22. 2, 16 "tpifj 7,irn'? they
feed off the crown of thy head ; comp. Is.
7,20. Job 24, 21 nnj?? n?-i who feed eth
down (oppresseth) the barren woman ;
Chald. confringens. Also trop. to feed
in quiet, is to live or dwell in security Is.
14, 30. [So Ps. 37, 3 nj^^x nsnJi and
feed in faith, trusting in God, i. q.
"'':.n'? "^"^J"^^? Hab. 2, 4; see the pre-
ceding clause. R.
3. Metaph. to feed upon any thing,
i. e. to feast upon, to delight in any per-
son or thing; comp. Cic. Pis. 20: 'his
ego rebus pascor. his delector.^ Chald.
nsi id. comp. Heb. nsn, nna, ytn.
Kinilr. is ns'n , Arab. Lfl . Construed :
a) With ace. of pers. to delight in any
one, to be his companion, Prov. 13, 20.
28, 7. 29, 3. b) With ace. of thing.
Prov. 15, 14 the mouth of fools nbiix ns"i7
delights in folly, feeds upon it, seeks
after it. ftin nrn to feed upon the wind,
i. e. to strive or grasp after something
vain, inania sectari, Hos. 12. 2 ; comp. Is.
44. 20. Comp. nf,-i rw-i and n!n ',i''5n.
PiEL nS"i denom. from nrT and 5n
a friend, to treat as a friend, to make the
companion of any one, Judg. 14, 20.
HiPH. All. c.raff. oy*i;5, to feed. In.
Kal no. ], Ps. 78, 72.
HiTHP. to make friendship, to hold
intercourse, c. nx with any one Prov.
22, 24.
Deriv. nsn , 5-1 H, nrn , 'j-i, 'S'l,
and the proper names wn, bxwn, 'jn,
n^T r (r. 55n) A) Adj. fem. eoU, had,
see in masc. 5^ .
B) Subst. ill evil, Ecc. 5, 12. 6, 1. 10,
5. nsnb _/br evil, i.e. with bad intent or
purpose, e. g. to set one's face upon any
one nai-b xbn nsnb for evil and not for
good Jer." 21, 10.' 39, 16. 44, 11; comp.
Am. 9, 4. Deut. 29, 20. Judg. 2, 15. 2
Sam. 18, 32. Hence
1. ill, evil, i. e. a) evil which one does
to others; thus b nST riias to do evil to
any one Ps. 15, 3. Neh. 6. 2 ; c. CS Gen.
26. 29. Judg. 15. 3; nx Judg. 11, 27.
nai:3 rnn nrn cb"J to reward evil for
good Gen. 44,4; also Is. 7, 6. Ps. 21, 12.
Piur. nisn Ps. 140, 3. With genit. nr^
"ba'^sx the evil of Abimelech, which he
did to others. Judg. 9. 56. 57. 1 Sam. 25,
39. b) evil which happens to any one,
calamity, i. e. a) hurt, mischief destruc-
tion, Gen. 19, 19. Ex. 32, 12. Jer. 2. 3. 4.
6. 5, 12. 11, 11. al. T?"? '''^P?^ they
that seek my hurt, my destruction, Ps. 71,
13. 24 ; comp. Ps. 35, 4. /?) affliction,
trouble, adversity ; i^S'^a in or with af-
fliction, sorrow, Neh. 1, 3. Gen. 44, 29.
nsn rra in time of evil. i. e. of afflic-
tion, distress, Ps. 37, 19. 41, 2. Jer. 2. 28.
11, 12. Plur. nir"! emfe, calamities, Deut.
31, 21. Ps. 34, 20'.
2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness,
depravity ; so bxnb*^ nsn rriJaJ that
we may put away evil (concr. evil per-
sons) out of Israel Judg. 20, 13 ; see in
*5a Pi. no. 3. Also wicked deed, sin,
Gen. 39, 9. Hence of active wickedness,
deliberate mischief malevolence, malice.
Gen. 6, 5. Nah. 3, 19. Is. 47, 10. Job 22. 5.
Hos. 10, 15 C3n?'7 nr^ the evil of your
evil, your great wickedness.
*^^.l m. (r. ri7-}) constr. nsn, c. suff.
Ti'Sn Prov. 6. 3 (like n:j?'a, rfrp^D). a
friend, acquaintance, companion, i. q. ?"!)
which is more usual. 2 Sam. 15, 37. 16,
16. 1 K. 4. 5.
n:?-i
988
5:3?"t
m?^ fern, of fisn , plur. m'sn female
companions, Ps. 45, 15. Judg. 11, 37
Keri.
n?1 inf of r. 5S'n , where see.
Vn (friend sc. of God) Reu, pr. n. m.
; Gen. 11, 18. Gr.'Puyav Luke 3, 35.
' Strictly i. q. nsn , like 'i?3 i. q. nba . R.
nsn.
bNi:?n (friend of God) Reml, Sept.
'PayovlfX, pr. n. m. a) A son of Esau
Gen. 36, 4. 10. b) The father of Jethro,
JEx.2,18. Num. 10,29. c)lChr.9,8. d)
In Num. 2, 14 should be read instead of
it bxir-i ; comp. 1, 14. 7, 42. 10, 20.
tW) pr. fem. of W-i q. v. R. nsn .
1. a female friend, companion, plur.
ni^Si Judff. 11. 37 Cheth. Hence a)
another, any other, Esth. 1, 19, comp.
1 Sam. 15. 28. b) Preceded by nrx
one another, Ex. 11, 2. Jer. 9, 19. Zech.
11, 9 ; of birds Is. 34, 15. 16. Comp. in
sn no. 1. c.
2. desire, a striving, grasping after
any thing. nsn r^iST a striving of
wind, q. d. windy striving, vain endea-
vour, Ecc. 1, 14. 2. 11. 17. 26. 4, 4. 6. 6,
9. Comp. n^-i ns'n Hos. 12, 2, and
Chald. msn .
tW^ Chald. f will, pleasure, Ezra 5,
17. 7, 18. R. nsn no. 3.
*^T} m. pasture, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. R.
nsn,
''^^ (friendly, social, denom. from sn)
i?', pr. n. m. 1 K. 1, 8.
*'?"^ adj. denom. from nsn, of a shep-
herd, pastoral, Is. 38, 12. Subst. a shep-
herd, Zech. 11, 17.
^^^'!? T. (r. nsn) a female friend, com-
panion, plur. c. suff. ^n"'S'i Judg. 11, 37
Cheth. Also one beloved, as a term of
endearment. Fr. man amie. Cant. 1, 9. 15.
2, 2. 10. 13. 4, 7. al. Comp. 5n no. 1. a.
T^y) m. i. q. Piyn no. 2, desire,
ttrivinfr. Ecc. 2. 22 "iS^ *i''S'i the stHv-
ving of his heart, nni i"'Sn a striving
' of wind, windy Btriving, vain effort, Ecc.
1, 17. 4, 16. R. ns-1 no. 3.
T^Jf? Chnld. m. thought, cogitation,
Dnn. 4, 16. 5. 6. 10. 7, 28; spoken of
nocturnal viBionB Dan. 2, 29. 30. R. nsn
to think.
^? J to tremble, to reel, kindr. with
ISn . Chald. and Syr. id. Found only in
HoPH. to be made to tremble or quiver,
e. g. a spear, to be brandished. Nah. 2, 4.
Deriv. ^S'l, J^^?*^^, and the pr. names
'?'^ in. 1. a reeling from intoxica-
tion, Zeeh. 12, 2.
2. Plur. niby-t ireiY.s;, as a female orna-
ment, so called from their tremulous or
pa-
fluttering motion, Is. 3, 19. Arab. JlCj.
^^^?7 (whom Jehovah makes trem-
ble, i. e. who fears Jehovah) Reelaiahy
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2 ; for which Neh. 7, 7
^' J fut. t?'^7 I- fo 5^ moved, agi-
tated, to tremble, kindr. with isn, ^r'^ ;
Ez. 27, .35. Spec, of the sea, to be trou-
bled, tossed, to rage, Ps- 96, 11. 98, 7.
1 Chr. 16, 32.
2. to thunder, see Hiph. and C5'n . Syr.
>=! id. jla^io tliunder. Chald. D?-in
to murmur, to roar.
3. to be angry, wroth, see Hiph. no. 2.
Syr. Ethp. id. Arab. *x. Ill, V, id.
Hiph. 1. to thunder, sc. Jehovah Ps
18, 14. 29, 3. Job 40, 9. 1 Sam. 2, 10.
7, 10.
2. ?& provoke to anger, to irritatBy
1 Sam. 1, 6.
Deriv. the two following.
0?"^ m. c. suff. r^i3S"l, thunder, Ps. 77,
19. 81, 8. 104, 7. Is. 2*9, 6. Hence for
a voice of thunder, as of warlike leaders
shouting their orders. Job 39. 25. Me-
taph. Job 26, 14 ijiari';' ""Ta "in^iJ^a csn
the thunder of his power who can under-
stand ? i. e. the whole compass of the
divine power, all the mighty deeds
which can be predicated of God.
TQyn f (r. DST) 1. a trembling, qui-
vering, shuddering, poetically for the
mune of a horse, prob. a.s erect from
excitement, and waving or streaming
in the wind. Job 39, 19 [22j aj-abnn
nyn 'i"'xjs hast thou clothed his neck
with shuddering? i.e. with a waving
mane ; comp. Gr. tpOf6i} mane, from tfoflog.
Other interpretations are reviewed by
Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 118 sq. and Alb
Schult ad. h. 1.
i::?i
989
y^^.
2. jRaamah, pr. n. of a son of Cush,
who wilh his sons Shcba and Dcdun
fburulud fiuniUcs or tribes in south-east-
ern Arabia, which afterwards Imd com-
merce with the Tyrians, Gen. 10, 7.
1 Chr. 1, 9. Ez. 27, 22; see the arts.
tin , iO'i , yn . Sept. in Gen. 1. c. ren-
ders it 'J*i/fia, i. e. a city on the Persian
Gulf mentioned by Ptolemy and Steph.
Byz. See Bochart Plialeg IV. 5.
n^tjy'l see in n^^?"i
COayn Gen. 47, 1 1. Ex. 12, 37. Num.
33, 3. 5, and 0?^^ Ex. 1, 11, Barneses,
or /iaaises, pr. n. of an Egyptian city in
the land of Goshen, built or at least for-
tified by the labour of the Israelites. Ex.
1, 11. The name of this city seems some-
times to have been given to the whole
province, (see Gen. 1. c.) from which it
would appear to have been the chief
city of the district. It was prob. situated
near the water-shed between the Bitter
Lakes and the Valley oC the Seven
Wells, not far from HeroOpoIis but not
identical with that city ; see Thesaur. p.
1297 sq. Hengstenb. die Biicher Mose u.
Agypten p.48 sq. [Engl. p. 47 sq.] Comp.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 79 sq. 547-550,
The name accords with that of seve-
ral kings of Egypt, Ramses. rHJULCC
i. e. son of the sun ; one of whom pro-
bably founded the city and gave it his
own name.
* *y"l in Kal not used. Syr. Jaloi
is the plant mallows; prob. so called
from its greenness.
P[L. '(DS'n to put forth leaves, to be
green, 3 pers. f njjsn Job 15, 32. Cant.
1, 16. But both these examples can be
referred to the following adjective.
Hence
I??"]! m. adj. plur. Crjrn Ps. 92, 15 ;
fern, nrss"] ; green, e. g. leaves, foliage.
Jer. 17. 8; of trees which are vigorous
and flourishing. Deut. 12. 2. 2 K. 16, 4.
al. A green tree is then the emblem of
prosperity e. g. in the wicked Ps. 37, 35 ;
in the righteous 52, 10. 92. 15. al. Also
green oil, i. e. fresh, new. Ps. 92, 11.
I??"? Chald. m. id. green; metaph. of
a person flourishing in prosperity. Dan.
4, 1 [4].
83*
^i r 1 '" break, to break in pieces,
i. q. ys"^ , I'Sn . Also intrans. as in Engl.
to break, i. e. to be broken ; Chald. Syr.
id. Pra?t. 1ST are broken, Jer. 11,16.
Inf fem. njl in breaking, pleotiast. Is.
24, 19 ; as subst. a breaking, e. g. n5"l *(i>
a broken tooth. Prov. 25, 19. Fut. sS"'
Jer. 15, 12. Job 34, 24 ; c. suif. osin Pal
2,9.
2. Intrans. to be f.vil, bad, from the idea
of breaking, being broken, and so made
worthless; opp. of Dan to be whole,
sound, good. Praet. sn, f nsn Deut. 15,
9. 2 Sam. 19, 8; inf si Ecc.Y 3; imp.
plur. isH be ye evil, i. e. though ye are
evil, angry, though ye rage. Is. 8, 9;
fut. Snv sometimes wrongly referred to
Sn\ The folio wingconstructions. mostly
impers. may be noted ; comp. in aia and
aav a) Praet. 'J"'?a sn it was evil in
my sight, it displeased me, Num. 22, 34.
Josh. 24, 15. Jer. 40. 4 ; fem. of a woman
Ex. 21, 8. Fut. \r52 sn->_ (5^!?) id.
Gen. 21, 11. 38, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 6. 2 Sam.
11, 25. al. Later writers for 'r?^ put
'h, Neh. 13. 8. 2. 10. Jon. 4, 1. Also
Gen. 21. 12 '5Sn-b ^rsa ^"r^? iet it
not be ei'il in thy sight (not grieve thee)
on account of the lad. 1 Chr. 21, 7;
comp. 2 Sam. 19. 43. b) 'b Sn: it is evil
to me. i. e. it goes ill with me, Ps. 106, 32.
c) to be sad, sorrowful, of the counte
nance, heart, Neh. 2, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 8 ',
comp. Deut. 15. 10. d) Of the eye, to
be evil. i. e. to be envious, c. 3 Deut. 28,
54 ; comp. 15, 9.
NiPH. fut. si-i^), see in r. S^n.
HiPH. ?in and snn ; inf S'^n , in pause
snn ; fut. 5n;, conv. sn^i ; part, s^o,
plur. D^5n^.
1. to break in pieces, to destroy, Ps.
44, 3. 74. 3. Jer. 31, 28.
2. to do ill. i. e. a) to make evil so.
what one does ; comp. opp. a*^^"^'"!! . Gen.
44. 5 or!'''*^?! "^r!*!? cri?-in ye have done
evil what ye have done, i. e. in so doing.
To do good or to do evil is sometimes
put genr. i. q. ' to do something or other'
any thing. Zeph. 1, 12. Is. 41, 23. Jer. 4,
22. Lev. 5, 4 if one swear unadvisedly to
do evil or to do good, i. e. any thing what-
ever, he is bound. Hence ellipt. Ps. 15,
4 "i"'~^ S^i r^n^ y3!i:3 if he siceareth
(unadvisedly to do good or) to do evil,
he changeth not; snnb being here put for
m
990
5<S1
the fuller 3"'M''nV!> yyfs . i. e. if he swear
to do any thing, and it turn out evil to
himself or others, he yet performs his
oath; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 11, 31.
Others here render it neighbour, friend,
as if for rnnb from S'n ; so Sept. Symm.
Pesh. De Wette takes snnb for sn^,
and understands a wicked person. Also
n-iiasb r"in pr. 'to make evil in doing,'
to do' e'riLl K. 14. 9. Jer. 16, 12; Mic.
3. 4 cn-'VsSTa wnn they make evil their
doings, tiiey work evil. Hence
b) Ellipt. to do evil, to act wickedly,
Gen. 19. 7. Judg. 19, 23. 1 Sam. 12, 25.
Is. 1, 16. Jer. 4. 22. Ps. 37, 8. Prov. 4, 16.
al. Part, snt: Prov. 17, 4. in pause S;;'?
Is. 9, 16. plur. O'Sna , an evil-doer, evil-
doers, Ps. 22, 17. 26, 5. 27, 2. Is. 1, 4. 14,
20. 31. 2. al.
c) to do evil to any one. to deal ill with,
to afflict; c. b Gen. 19, 9. 43, 6. Ex. 5,
22. 23. Num.' 11, 11. 1 Sam. 26, 21.
Zech. 8, 14. Ps. 105, 15 ; c. ace. Num.
16. 15. Deut. 26. 6 ; b? IK. 17, 20 ; fcS
Gen. 31, 7; 2 1 Chr. 16, 22. Of God
as afflicting men, c. h Ruth 1, 21. Jer.
25, 6.
HiTHPO. ?5innri 1. to be broken in
pieces, from concussion, Is. 24. 19. Hence
/ 2. to destroy or ruin oneself, Prov.
.18, 24.
Deriv. V'l, nsn, sh.
y?^ Chald. to break in pieces, fut.
Sin;) after the form p^7, Dan. 2, 40.
Pa. id. ibid.
^ll fut. WiSn"^, to drop, to distil,
c. ace. Prov. 3, 20 the clouds distil the
dew. Ps. 65, 12. 13. Job 36, 28. Arab.
'_fl.fr ^ id. Comp. by transp, ^"15 I.
Hi PH. i. q. Kal, to drop, to distil, as
the heavens, c. ace. Is. 45, 8.
* V?! fut. ys-iFi, i. q. yun and rsn ,
to bleak or dash in pieces, Ex. 15. 6.
Mctapli. to harass, to oppress a people,
Judg. in, 8.
^i"^ fut. tJS'n^ , to tremble, to quake;
comp. Engl, to rustle. Arab. {j>*^\ and
jmX^ id. Kindr. are l?n, bsn, c?n .
Spec, for fear, terror, Ez. 38. 20 ; the
earth Judg. .5. 4. Is. 13. 13; the heavens
Joel 2, 10. 4, 16; mountains Jer. 4, 24.
Niih. 1, 5; Uliinds Ez. 26, 15; the foun-
dations of the earth Is, 24, 18 ; walls,
door-posts. Ez. 26, 10. Am. 9, 1. With
;t2 of the cause of fear, Jer. 10, 10. 49,
21 ; ''i^^o Ez. 38, 20. Once of the mo-
tion of grain as agitated and rustling in
the wind, Ps. 72, 16.
NiPH. i. q. Kal, to be moved, shaken,
to quake, e. g. the earth Jer. 50, 46.
HiPH. 1. to cause to tremble, toshake.
e. g. the heavens and the earth Ps. 60,
4. Hagg. 2, 6. 7 ; kingdoms Is. 14, 16 j
the nations Ez. 31, 16.
2. Spec, to cause to leap, as a horse, a
locust ; verbs signiiying to tremble, to
move to and fro, being often transferred
to the idea of leaping, springing, comp.
-ir: Pi. snn, brnn, also"5pT. Job 39,
20 of the horse: na-iXD ^^"^s-inn dmt
thou make him leap like the locust!
Hence
TC;pT m. 1. a trembling, .shaking, as
of a spear Job 41, 21 [29] ; of persona
Ez. 12, 18 ; of the earth, an earthquake,
1 K. 19, 11. 12. Is. 29,6. Ez. 37, 7. 38,
19. Am. 1, 1. Zech. 14, 5.
2. a leaping, bounding, see the root
Hiph. no. 2 ; e. g. of a horse in running
Job 39, 24 comp. 20. Poet, of war-
chariots Nah. 3, 2. Jer. 47, 3; comp.
3. tumidt, uproar, as of battle Is. 9, 4.
Jer. 10, 22. Perh. thunder Ez. 3, 12. 13 ;
comp. l?n to tremble, cX-fr) to thunder.
* ^1"^ fut. NB-)'^ ; see also r. nan II.
1. Pr. to setc together, to mend, to re-
pair. Arab. Li*, Eth. L,^h, id. It
corresponds to the Gr. ^mtttoj. These
roots all have their origin in a common
stock, the primary and onomatopoetic
syllable C)"! , which has the force of Lat.
rapere and carpere, Gern). raffen, rup-
fen, comp. rj-ift, r^n, Ti"!!^. The pre-
sent verb imitates the sound of a person
sewing rapidly. See Niph. and Pi. no. 1.
2. to heal, to cure, pr. a wound, a
wounded person, which is often done by
sewing up the wound. Ps. 60, 4. Jer. 30,
17. Job 5, 18. Ecc. 3, 3; also one sick,
c. ace. Gen. 20. 17. Ps. 6, 3. 30. 3. 41,
5. With dat.of pers. Num. 12, 13. 2 K.
20, 5. 8. Lam. 2. 13; or of the disease
Ps. 103, 3. Part. NBH a physician Jer. 8,
22. 2 Chr. 16, 12. Gen. 50, 2 ; metaph.
of God, Ex. 15, 26. Comp. Gr. wKua&ai
Bn
991
^B-l
i. e. to mend and to cure ; also Arab.
JX^ id.
Metiiph. a) God is said to Aea/ a per-
son, a people, a land, i. e. to restore to
former prosperity and happiness, 2 Chr.
7, 14. Hos. 5, 13. 7, 1. 11,3. Is. 19, 22.
30, 26. 57, 18. 19. Jer. 17, 14 ; as vice
versa God is said to wound by inflicting
calamities, see Deut. 32. 39. Is. 19, 22.
al. b) As farther this restoration is con-
nected with and depends on the reipis-
sion of sins (see Matt. 9, 2 sq. Mark 4,
12, comp. 2 Chr. 7, 14. Is. 6. 10. 53, 5),
hence to heal is i. q. to pardoti. to forgive,
2 Chr. 30, 20. Jer. 3. 22. Hos. 14, 5. Is.
6, 10 lest .... they be converted, and God
heal them, i. e. forgive and restore them.
Comp. Ps. 103, 3. c) Also to cojnfort.to
console ; Job 13. 4 b-^bx "'XEl empty com-
forters, comp. Ps. 147, 3 ; unless we re-
turn to the primary meaning of the verb,
and render: patchers np of vanities,
i. q. ij^r "^'PBi: in the first hemistich. So
the verb solor, consolor, seems also to
have the primary sense of ^o heal, to make
"whole, from solus, oloi; ; comp. also Arab.
LwkI to cure, and to console.
3. to allay, to quiet, i. q. Arab. Li^ , q. d.
to heal a tumult. See 0''i<B-J (ssn) and
Kania no. 2.
NiPH. KB*??, see also in r. HB^ II.
1. Pass, of Kal no. I, to he repaired,
Jer. 19, 11.
2. to be healed, cured, either a disease
Lev. 13, 18. 37. 14, 3. 48 ; or a sick per-
son Deut. 28, 27. 1 Sam. G, 3. Jer. 17. 14.
51, 8. With dat. Is. 53, 5 ^2b ssn: there
was healing for us, i.e. God hath forgiven
us. So bitter and unwholesome water
is said to be healed, when it is rendered
wholesome, 2 K. 2, 22. Ez. 47, 8. 9.
PiEL XB-i ; but part, san^ Jef. 38, 4
is for ns"]ia , see in r. nen I, Pi.
1. to mend, to repair, e. g. an altar
broken down I K. 18, 30.
2. to heal, to cure, e. g. a wound Jer. 6
14 ; the wounded or sick Jer. 5, 9. Zech.
11, 16. Ez. 34. 4. Also to render whole-
tome e. g. bad water 2 K. 2, 21. Metaph.
to comfort, to console, Jer. 8, 11.
3. Trans, to cause to be healed, i. e. to
bear the expense of a cure, Ex. 21, 19.
Inf. pleon. Kisn Ex. 1. c.
HiTHP. to let oneaelf be healed, 2 K.8,
29. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 22, 6.
Deriv. KB"i , nNBi , rnxBi , HD^ia ,
and the pr. names ""^Bn, bj<Bn,Kn,
BT m. 1. Plur. tJ-^Bn pr. ' the quiet,
the silent,' i. e. the shatles. manes, dwell-
ing in Hades, whom the Hebrews sup-
posed to be destitute of blood and ani-
mal life (t'B3), but yet not wholly with-
out some faculties of mind; Ps. 88, 11.
Prov. 2, 18. 9, 18. 21, 16. Is. 14, 9. 26
14. 19 ; c. art. Job 26, 5,
2. Rapha, pr. n. a) The founder oTa
race or family among the Philistines
celebrated for their tall stature, c. art.
SB-jn 1 Chr. 20, 4.6. 8; butnsnn 2 Sam.
21, 18. 20. 22. His sons or posterity,
HEnrj '^'^b';!) in the time of David, were
distinguished for their great stiUure and
bravery. 2 Sam. 21, 16. Perh. XBn , nan,
signified also to be high, tall ; from mS\
to be high, lofty. Comp. c-ixsn in 'XS7.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 12. c.) ib. 8, 2. "
nSBT f: (r, stsn) only plur. niXB"!
medicines for wounds, medicaments, Jer.
30, 13. 46,11. Ez. 30.21.
n^XSn f a healing, health, Prov. 3, 8.
R. Bn.
^KSl, only plur. CXB"}, a gentile
name Rephaim, Rephailes, an ancient
Canaanitish tribe beyond the Jordan,
celebrated for their gigantic stature,
Gen. 14, 5. 15, 20. Josh. 17. 15. In a
wider sense, this name appears to have
comprehended all the gigantic races of
the Canaanites, the Emim, Zamzum-
mim, and Anakim, see Deut. 2, 11. 20.
Of those beyond Jordan, Og king of
Bashan was the last. Deut 3. 11. Josh.
12, 4. 13, 12. From the Rephaim on
this side Jordan was named the Valley
of Rephaim, see in p'C? letl. e. Giants
of like name are mentioned in the time
of David among the Philistines 3 see in
SBn no. 2. a.
bjSn (whom God heals, r. xsn) Re-
phael, pr. n. 1 Chr. 26, 7. Gr. 'Fu(pa'^X
as the name of an angel, Tob. 9, 5.
"'^'^ fut. IB'7";' to strew, to spread,
Job 41, 22 [20]. kindr. nan.
\
ns-1
992
'B^.
PiEL 1. to spread a bed. stemere
lectiim, Job 17, 13.
2. to stay up, to support, pr. with
cushions, pillows ; Arab. Jkij pr. to sup-
port, then to help; comp. Heb. t?0.
Hence to refresh a weary person, Cant,
2,5.
Deriv. T^'^S'^ , and the geogr. names
*I. HET fut. nsn-i, conv. rjn*^ Ex.
4. 26', to be relaxed, slackened, to sink
down. Syr. Pa. and Aph. to relax,
to slacken ; Chald. id. Kindr. perh. is
ti*rn, Spec, a) Of the hands, to be
slack, to hang down listlessly; 2 Chr. 15,
7 CD'n^ !iB"i7"bx let not your hands be
slackened, become weak. i. e. be not
slothful in your work. Frequently also
hands hanging dottn, i. e. relaxed, feeble,
are ascribed to those who are discour-
aged, faint-hearted ; 2 Sam. 4, 1 1B"i?]
|">'i^ his hands were feeble, he became
discouraged. Is. 13. 7. Jer. 6, 24. 50, 43.
Ez. 1, J7. 21. 12. Zeph. 3, 16. With ",13
Jrom any thing, i. q. to desist from Neh.
6. 9. b)Of persons; Jer. 49, 24 f^^lBn
pba*! Damascus is slackened, waxed
feeble, in mind, i. e. is discouraged,
weakened. With '"Q of pers. to desist
from, to let go, Ex. 4, 26. Of anger
Judg. 8, 3. c) Of other things; Is. 5,
24 nen^ ranh tcn^ and as the flaming
grass sinks down, i. e. in the flame. Of
the day as declining Judg. 19. 9.
NiPH. to be slack, i. e. remiss, idle, Ex.
5,8. 17.
PiEL non, part. NB-iB Jer. 38, 4, as if
from vh ; to 8laA:ken, to let fall, to let
down, e. g. the wings Ez. 1, 24. 25 ; a
girdle, to relax, to loosen, Job 12, 21.
Spec, the hands of any one, to make
hang dotcn, to relax or weaken, i. e. to
discourage, Jer. 38, 4*. Ezra 4, 4.
Hipii. ncnn , imp. apoc. Vpf] , fut. apoc.
and conv. r]";i .
I. to slacken one's hand, to desist.
S Sam. 24, 16 Tj^^ P;nn slacken thine
hand, i, e. desist from smiting. With "jO,
i. q. to detert or forsake any one, Josh,
10, 6, So Syr, Without 17 , to slacken
the hand, i. e. to desist from any person
or thing, c, '{O ; Ps, 37, 8 S1X ^171
desist {cQdJx) from anger. Deut. 9, 14
"TT? ^yi desist from, me, L e. let nae
alone. Judg. 11, 37 let me alone two
months, i. e. give me two months. Hence
also with \ of pers. to let alone or allow
to any one 1 Sam. 11, 3. 2 K. 4, 27, Ab-
sol. 1 Sam. 15, 16. Ps. 46, II.
2. to let go, to dismiss a person or
thing (opp. to hold fast), c. ace. Cant. 3,
4. Job 7, 19. 27, 6. Pro v. 4, 13.
3. to let drop, to leave off", e. g. a work
begun Neh. 6, 3; a person, i. e. to cast
of, to forsake him, i. q. 3tS. Deut. 4, 31.
31, 6. 8. Josh. 1, 5. Ps. 138.' 8.
HiTHP. to show oneself slack, remiss,
i. e. a) to be slothful Josh. 18, 3. Prov.
18. 9. b) to be discouraged, to faint,
Prov. 24, 10.
Deriv. ns"i, '.iisn.
***''7't, put sometimes for NST
to heal; comp. i<"ip? II, i. q. rri;?. in
this sense occurs imper. ns-i for KSl Ps.
60, 4 ; fut. nj'Bnn Job 5, isl
NiPH. nnsn: Jer. 51. 9; inf ne-^n 19,
11; fut. ^Bn;^2 K. 2, 22.
Deriv. n^iEn and
r.n (for NEn) Baphah, pr. n, a)
With art. ns-^n , a Philistine, whose sons
(ne-^n '^T-'^^) were giants; see in art.
XEn no. 2. a. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 37 ;
for which in 9, 43 M^sn q. v.
^Bn m. adj. (r. ns-i I ) fem, riEn , plur,
1. slack, remiss, espec. with C^T^ add-
ed, slack-handed 2 Sam. 17. 2. riEl CT^
slack hands, as implying discourage-
ment, faint-heartedness, Job 4. 3. Is,
35, 3.
2. weak, feeble. Num. 13, 18,
i^'^B'^ (healed, r. Nsn) Baphu, pr. n.
m. Num. 13, 9.
'^-"^ obsol. root, Arab. I>r to be
rich ; lience Cr
HB"I (riches) Rephah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7,25.
n'l'^B'1 f support, stay, railing, on
the sides of a litter or sedan, Cant. 3. 10.
Sept. munhiov, Vulg. reclinatorium.
R. ion Pi, no. 2.
D'^'^'^Bn (refreshments, r. ^t-^) Rephi-
dim, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites
before coming to Sinai, Ex. 17, 1. 19, 2.
Num. 33, 14. See Bibl, Res, in Palest.
I. p. 178.
't1
993
ns-i
TV^t'y ( whom Jehovuh healed, r. nt"^ II)
Rephaiah. pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 21.
b) 4, 42. c) 7, 2. d) 9, 43, comp. ncn
lett. b. c) Neh. 3, 9.
"jTB"! m. (r. nc"^ I)onIy constr. Ti^B"?,
slackness, remhuiess, with B"^"!^ added ;
trop. lor discouragement, fainlneas of
heart, Jer. 47, 3.
* CE'1 and ^17 used without any
distinction ; lut. iucn-^ Ez. 34, 18. 32, 2 ;
ro tread with the feet, ro trample upon;
espec. to trouble water, to make turbid
by treading. Kindr. 0^7* ^Y^' '"*''*'
id. Arab. ;J**i^ to kick.
NiPH. part. Prov. 25, 26 bons ,; a
troubled foil ill a in.
HiTHP. DB"^nn pr. ' to let oneself be
trampled under foot,' i. e. to prostrate
oneself, to humble oneself, Prov. 6, 3. Ps.
68, 31 ~D3 "'sna OCnn^ collect, pros-
trating themselves with pieces of silver,
i. e. submissively offering them as tribute.
Deriv. JDno.
OBT Chald. to trample down, to stamp
vpon. Dan. 7, 7.
ni"ibSn f. plnr. floats, rafts, 2 Chr. 2,
15; a word of the later Hebrew, as it
would seem, for niin'n 1 K. 5, 23. It
s ^^
is obviously kindred with Arab. vi/uCj ,
Eth. l/^tl a raft ; and is perh. com-
pounded from DS1 i. q. s^a^n and synon.
Talra. X'nOS ; or, according to others,
from OBT to tread and ibt to strew.
W|S^ obsol. root, which prob. had
the primary signif to pull out or off, to
pluck, Lat. carpere, see in r. XB'^ no. 1 ;
and to this may be reduced several of
the many glosses so confusedly exhibit-
ed by Arabian lexicographers under the
word o
suxit ubera, edit olera,
assuit (comp. s^B"!), corripuit aliquem
s
febris. Hence is derived o sheep-
cote, flock of sheep; and to this doubt-
less corresponds in the Mishnah the word
rE-i (ren. as rb'n from hh"^. rhb from
Vbo) stall Baha bathra 2. 3. and 6. 4.
pr. a rack from which hay or straw is
pulled, like Germ. Raufe ; comp. n^^'nx
and D^-X. Hence also the biblical
DTij^n stalls, q. v. in art. PD"!. The form
CiBin Job 26, 11, see under r. qn.
VrT} in Kal not used ; Arab. iSJ)
VIII, to lean upon the elbow; Ethiop.
J^A/P to recline at table.
HiTPH. to lean oneself, c. bs upon any
one, Cant. 8, 5.
teB"^, see r. OBI.
* ^rTl obsol. root, kindr. with teST
and DBn, to tread with the feet, aa ren-
dering water turbid. Hence
TCfiT m. mud, mire, i. q. a"' a, Is. 57,
20. In the Talmud, id.
HDn, only in plur. o-^ran Hab. 3, 17,
stalls, as the Hebrew interpreters cor-
rectly give it. See the etymology and
the Talmudic usage under r. "6"^. The
r ofthe sing, is servile, although retained
in the plural, comp. rtii;?, mruip. Comp.
Arab. 0>, 'sJy. <:^y also oiv, straw,
fodder of cattle, as being pulled from the
rack. Sept. Vulg. prcesepia.
TT^ m. (r. "f sn) a fragment, piece, e.g.
of silver not coined, Ps. 68, 31.
1^ m. a runner, see in r. ]"n.
* ^-^^ I. i. q. ]"i"i to run; Inf absol.
K-isn Ez. 1, 14.
II. i. q. ns"! to delight in ; whence at
least 'nxs'i for "Tj-'sn Ez. 43, 27.
"^7 ^^ ^^^ "*- used, Arab. Jco%
to watch closely, spec, to lie in wait for.
PiEL to watch insidiously, to look
askance at, Ps. 68, 17. See Schultena
Animadv. in loc. Thesaur. p. 1305.
*~-?7) ^ut. ns-j7, apoc. yy:-, see
also in r. SS"! II.
1. to delight in any person or thing, to
take pleasure in. Arab, ,-^^ to like,
to choose, a) Of persons, c. ace. i.q. to
/ore; Prov. 3, 12 n^-^"] laTX 3X3 as a
father delighteth in his son, loves him.
With 3 1 Chr. 28, 4 : impl. Is. 42, 1.
With CS prsBgn. to delight in intercourse
with any one. to be on good terms with
him. Ps. 50. 18. Job 34, 9. Part. pass.
'"iS'n delighted iii, acceptable, c. i to
any one Esth. 10, 3 ; poet c. genit. ac-
:2"i
994
nn
cepted of any one Deut. 33, 24. b) Of
things, c. ace. Ps. 102, 15 thy servants
take pleasure in her stones, i. e. the ruins
of Zion. Job 14, 6 until he shall delight,
as a hireling-, in his day, sc. as past, in
the rest and quiet of evening. Ps. 62, 5.
Of God as taking pleasure in things,
1 Chr. 29. 17. Ps. 51, 18. Prov. 16. 7. Ecc.
9, 7. With a Ps. 49, 14. 147, 10. 1 Chr.
29, 3. Mic. 6, 7. Hagg. 1,8.
2. to be kind, favourable, gracious, to-
wards any one ; of a king 2 Chr. 10, 7.
Mostly of God, with ace. of pers. Ps. 44,
4. 147, 11. Jer. 14, 10. Hos. 8, 13; ace.
of thing DeuL 33, 11 ; 3 Ps. 149, 4. Also
i. q. to receive into favour, a land Ps. 85,
2 ; c. inf Ps. 40, 14 ; absol. Ps. 77, 8.
Am. 5. 22. Spec, to receive graciously
one bringing a present. Gen. 33, 10.
Mai. 1, 8. Of God as receiving gra-
ciously those who approach him with
sacrifice and prayer, Job 33, 26. Ex. 20,
41. 43, 27. Jer. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 24, 23 ;
with ace. of sacrifice Am. 5, 22. Ps. 119,
108.
3. to satisfy a debt. i. e. to pay it qff^;
pr. to satisfy the creditor and render him
favourable, Lev. 26, 34. 41. 43. 2 Chr.
36,21.
NiPH. 1. to be graciously received or
accepted, to be well pleasing, e. g. a sa-
crifice, gee Kal no. 2. Lev. 7, 18. ] 9, 7.
22, 23. 27; also Lev. 1, 4. 22, 25, in
which passages there is added a dat.
commodi ib, csb. In the same sense
("is-.ij n%n Lev. 22, 20.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 3 and Hiph. to be
satisfed, i. e. paid of, discharged, Is.
40,2.
PiEL to render well pleased, i. e. to
seek to please anyone, to seek his f:ivour.
Job 20, 10 his sons shall seek the favour
of the poor, or what comes to the same
thing, shall conciliate the poor, sc. by
restoring the goods extorted from them ;
comp. Arab. L^^ II conciliavit.
Hiph. to satisfy, i. e. to pay off. i. q.
Kal no. 3. Lev. 26. 34 then shall tfie
land rest and pay off her sabbatfis, viz.
those which she still owes.
HiTHP. to make oneself pleasing, ac-
ceptable, to pet the favour of any one,
e. bij 1 Sam. 29, 4.
Deriv. pr. n. X';:t-i , -psn , n^cnpi ; also
'jiS'l m. constr. )iS'i , c. suff. ''3'iS'i .
1. delight, acceptance, approbation,
Prov. 14, 35. Is. 58, 5. 'psnb n-^^ri Is.
56,7. Jer. 6, 20, and 'JlS'i-b^'ls.'eO, 7,
to be acceptable, grateful to God, to be
approved. Ex. 28, 38 "'SBb cnb -(iscnb
niiTi/or acceptance to them before Jeho-
vah, i. e. that they may be graciously
accepted of Jehovah. Ps. 19, 15. Lev.
22, 20. 21. With suff. Lev. 1, 3. 19, 5
CDS'iS'nb that ye may be accepted, i. e.
that your sacrifice be acceptable. 22,
19. 29. 23, 11. Concr. a delight, that
in which one delights, Prov. 11, 1. 20.
12, 22. 15, 8. 16, 13 ; spec, what is accept-
able to God, Prov. 10, 32. Mai. 2, 13.
2. good-will, favour, grace, as of a
king Prov. 16. 15. 19, 12; espec. of God,
Ps. 5, 13. 30, 8. Deut. 33, 16. Ps. 51, 20.
Is. 49, 8 "(IST rra r a time of gjuce,
when the way is open to my favour.
Meton. favours bestowed, benefits, Ps.
145, 16. Deut. 33, 23. Prov. 18, 22.
3. will, pleasure, i. q. Chald. nJisn, pr.
'what pleases any one.' his pleasure, Fr.
'tel est mon plaisir;' Ps. 40, 9. 103. 21.
143, 10. 145, 19. 2 Chr. 15,, 15. iJisnD nbS
to do according to his pleasure Esth. 1,
8. Dan. 8, 4. 11, 3. 16; with a of pers.
to treat a person according to one's plea-
sure, as one will, Neh. 9, 24. 37. Esth.
9, 5. In the sense of wicked pleasure,
wantonness, Gen. 49, 6.
' '^^ fut. nsi'i" 1. to break or antsh
in pieces; kindr. with T'Sn. Arab.
/^^\ 4>^) ; i*^'- ^66 Pi. no. 1, and nsi .
2. to kill, to slay, c. ace. pers. Num. 35,
30. Deut. 4,42; absol. Ex. 20, 1.3. Deut.
5,17. IK. 21,19. Jer. 7, 9. Hos. 4, 2.
aJBS 'e n^n Deut. 22, 26, comp. 'b nsn
ttJEJ, under n=: Hiph. no. 2. d. Part.
n^'"i a slayer, murderer. Num. 35, 16 sq.
Deut. 4, 42. Josh. 20, 5. 6. Job 24, 14. al.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 2, Judg. 20, 4.
Prov. 22, 13.
PiEL to bleak or dash in pieces, Ps.
62, 4. ^
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but iterative like
bap, to kill many, to be a murderer,
Hos. 6. 9. Ps. 94, 6. Part, nsnis a mur-
derer 2 K. G, 32. U. \, 21.
'^?^ m. (r. ns'n) 1. a breaking in
pieces, crushing. Ps. 42. 1 1 with a crush-
^tt^.
*1
993
pi
ing of my bones, i. e. causing me the
severest (Kiiii.
2. outbreak of the voice, outcry, cla-
mour, coinp. r. n:iB ; Ea. 21, 27, where
it is couplet! with n?l"in.
S<;"21 (delight) Rizia, pr. n. ni. 1 Chr.
7, 39. II. nan.
'\'^2'\ Hezin, pr. n. a) The last king
of DiiiTiuscus, sluin by the Assyrians,
2 K. 15, 37. 16, 5-9. Is. 7, 1. 4. 8. 8, 6.
9, 10. b) A man. Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7,
50. The etymology is uncertain. It
may come from r. njcn after the form
j^SjS , by Syriasra for 'j^Jl'i ; or from
G
Arab. ^^%ju^\ firm, stable ; or perh. it is
kindr. with ^iti prince, also pr. n. of the
founder of the kingdom of Damascus.
J''^^ to pierce, to bore, e. g. the ear
Ex. 21, 6. Arab. ^ I, IV, id. Chald.
rsn id. ^
Deriv. SSITS.
- : -
^j'^ T ^'^ range stones artificially, to
inlay a pavement or* other work, to
checker ; part. pass. CJ^sn checkered, ies-
eelated, inlaid, Cant. 3, 10. Arab. _4vj
id. "^
Deriv. qan, nsan, rsanp.
ClS"^ m. 1. a sti/ne which is heated in
order to roast meat or bake bread upon
it. 1 K. 19, 6 n-'ES-i rsr a cake baked
on hot stones. Arab.
id. The
Rabbins understand a coal; comp. ri'an.
2. Rezeph, pr. n. of a city subdued by
the Assyrians, Is. 37, 12. Prob. the 'Pt)-
<ru(pM of Ptolemy situated in Palmyrene,
Arab. xiLo^ . See Ptol. Geogr. 5. 15.
HBSn f. (r. qsn) 1. i. q. Cisn, a hot
stone, Is. 6, 6. Vulg. calculus. Sept. and
the Rabbins a coal.
2. a tesselaied pavement, Esth. 1, 6.
2 Chr. 7, 3. Ez. 40. 17. 18. 42. 3. 2 Chr.
7,3.
3. Rizpah, pr. n. of a concubine of
Saul, 2 Sam. 3, 7. 21, 8. 10. 11.
* "f ^"^ fut. ]"ii'n for y-n;; Is. 42. 4. 'j'-iri
Ecc. 12. 6. But DsV.x Jer'sO, 44 Cheth.
also DS'i-ix ib. Keri. belong to r. yv^ .
1. to break, to crush or shatter, i. e.
60 as to make a flaw or crack, but not en-
tirely off. Arab. ^jd\ ; kindr. fS^ and
rrn .Is. 42, 3 )"ian n:;? a broken reed
.ihall he not break off (''3:^) ; Vulg.
cptasKolum. 30, 6. 2 K. 18.21. Intrans,
to break, to be broken, cninhed, Eicc. 12,
6 ; trop. Is. 42, 4.
2. Trop. to treat with violence, to op-
press, ollen joined with pais , Deut, 28,
33. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 4. Am. 4, I. Is. 58, 6,
Hos. 5, 11.
NiPH. ynj fut.yii;; (as if from r. pn),
pass, of Kal no. 1, Ez. 29, 7. Ecc. 12, 6.
PiEL yan 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but
stronger, to break in pitces, Ps. 74, 14.
2. Metaph. i. q. Kal no. 2. a, Job 20,
19. 2 Chr. 16, 10.
Po. 7^11 , to oppress, to vex, i. q. Kal
no. 2 and Pi. no. 2, Judg. 10, S. But
ySTi Nah. 2. 5 belongs to r. y^'^,
HiPH. fut. conv. ynpii (so as to differ
liom '('IFii to make run), to break in
piecr.s, Judg. 9, 53.
HiTHPo. f'STirn to dash one another,
to struggle, Gen. 25, 22.
Deriv. yi, nana II.
pi) m. (r. pi^'n I) 1. Adj. fern, njsn,
plur. ripn, thin, lean, of kine Gen. 41,
19. 20. 27.
2. Adv. of limitation, restriction, only,
alone. Job 1. 15 '^sIj 'SX p"; only I
alone. Gen. 47. 22 only the land of the
priests bought he not. 14,24. 41, 40. -50,
8. E.K. 10, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 5, 4. Am.
3, 2. al. sEppc. Also of exception, only,
except, provided ; Gen. 19, 8 only unto
these men do nothing. 24. 8. Num. 20, 19.
Deut. 3, 11. Josh. 1, 7. 18. Is. 4, 1 we
will eat our own bread. . . . only let us be
called by thy name. Once emphat. pT
TjX ordy indeed Num. 12, 2. Spec. a)
After a negation, only, i. e. save, besides ;
2 Chr. 5, 10 there was nothing in the. ark
r-in^n "^ya pn save or besides the two
tables. Josh. 11, 22 there were none of
the Anakim left nw^ p'l only, except, in
Gaza. 1 K. 15, 5. b) Put before ad-
jectives as an intensive, in the same
manner as ^^^^ no. 2. a. b, c ; thus 21:5 p"!
only good, nothing but good. Gren. 26, 29 ;
S"! p'l only evil, nothing but evil, Gem. 6,
5. 1 K. 14, 8 ia^ PI only right, nothing
but what is right. Deut. 4. 6. Also with
an adverb Deut. 28, 13 ; with a verb
Judg. 14, 16. So before *,"'X there is not.
pi
996
"pn
intensively, as "ps p'^ surely there is not,
i. e. it is only so that there is not ; Gen.
20, 11 n?n n'ipaa c^rrVx rxn^ -,-'x pn
merely the fear of God is not in this
place. At the beginning of a clause,
pT refers sometimes not to the next
word, but to one more remote ; Is. 28, 19
nsirttJ "j-irn nrny pn it is a terror only
to hear tJie rumour. Ps. 32, 6 Ci^'i"? pT
is-'ilj Kb T^bx c^r'1 C^a in the food of
great waters, only to him (the righteous)
shall they not come near. . Prov. 13, 10.
Deut. 4, 6. Gen. 24, 8.
P^ empty, see p"''D .
pT m. (r. ppn II ) c. suff. ip"! , spittle,
Job 7, 19. 30, id Is. 50, 6.
"I^"^ , fut. -p'l'^ , to be carious,
tporm-eatvn, rotten, as wood, Is. 40. 20.
Metaph. Prov. 10, 7 ; comp. the Rab-
binic phrase : ' ascendit putredo in no-
men alicujus.' Not found in the other
dialects. The primary idea seems to
be that of hollowing out, excavating ;
comp. =;;?, :p;, apj, alsoinnsn.
Deriv. the two following.
3p7 !" constr. 2pT , caries, rottenness.
a) Of the bones Prov. 12, 4. 14, 30 ;
metaph. of terror striking through all
one's bones Hub. 3, 16. b) Of wood,
Job 13, 28. Hos. 5, 12.
V^]^'^ m. (r. -P'j) rottenness of wood
Job 41, 19.
"12 , fut. plur. 1'ip'^n , to leap, to skip,
e. g. tor joy. to dance Ecc. 3. 4. Poet, also
things are said to leap or skip from fear,
J. q. to start, to quake, Ps. 114, 4. 6.
Comp. Hiph. and "tns Pi. also dsn . Syr.
Pa. id. but Aph. is to wail, to beat the
breet. The primary idea seems to lie
in beating or stamping the ground, see
in yp-; .
Pi EL, to leap, to spring, to dance,
1 Chr. 15, 20. Is. 13, 21. Job 21, 11.
Poet, of a chariot driven rapidly and
bounding over rough ways, Nah. 3, 2.
Joel 2, 5.
Hiph. pr. to make leap or skip, e. g.
mountains, i. e. to cause to tremble or
tart, to shake, Ps. 29, 6. Comp. Kal,
also BSsn and nrj .
n^fl f. (r. p'^i"^ I) c. iuff. iPlJn, pr.
<Atnne, something thin; hence
1. the temple, temples, a part of the
head, Judg. 4, 21. 22. 5, 26.
2. Poet, lor the cheek, Cant. 4, 3. 6, 7.
Comp. tempora id. Prop. 2. 24. 3.
VP"^ (thinness, r. pp"! I ) Rakkon, pr.
n. of a city in Dan lying on the sea-
coast, Josh. 19, 46.
* nj2" fut. npy) to season, to spice,
e. g. oil for making ointments, to per-
fume, Ex. 30. 33 ; also wine, see npn ;
and flfcsh, see Hiph. Part, npn season-
ing, .spicing, 1 Chr. 9, 30 ; subst. a maker
of imguents, pirfumer, Ecc. 10, 1. Ex.
30, 35. 37, 29. The primary idea is
prob. that of heating, boiling, pr. i. q.
nr"^ , the letters p and n being inter-
changed; see in lett. p,
PuAL pass, of Kal, 2 Chr. 16. 14.
Hiph. to season flesh, to spice, Ez.
24, 10.
Deriv. rtpi n-^np-t, np-n3,nnpn^,
pnp-ia .
^p"^ m. spice ; ^^p'^'^ 'p;; spiced wine,
i. q. T(0^ q. v. Cant. 8, 2.
'^P'l m. ointment, perfume, Ex. 30,
25. 35.
1^)5'!! ra. (r. npn) plur. cn;?-! . a maker
of ointments, perfumer, pigmentarius,
Neh. 3, 8. Pem. nn;?"] , plur. mn;3n id.
1 Sam. 8, 13.
^f^J?"!? f. see preced. art.
C^ni!"! m. plur. (r. Hpn) ointments,
perfumes, c. suff. Is. 57, 9.
?"^P7 m. (r. yplj constr. S'^p'i , pr. a
solid expanse ; see the root no. 2.
Hence
1. thefrmumentoC heaven, Gen. 1, 6.
7. 8. Ps. 19. 2 ; fully C^rattfn S-'pn Gen.
1, 14. 15. 17. 20. The Hebrews sup-
posed the firmament to be spread out
like a solid hemispheric arch over the
earth, shining and pellucid as sapphire
Ex. 24, 10, comp. Dan. 12, 3 ; in it were
fixed the stars. Gen. 1, 14-17 ; and above
it was the celestial ocean with windows
in the firmament through which the wa-
ter fell as rain upon the earth, Gen. 1, 7.
7, 11. Ps. 104,3. 148,4; this latter being
the common notion, although the true
state of the case was not unknown to
them, see Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 28.
Sept. axtgiafia, \u\g.firmamentu7n. So
Horn, ol^arog noAiyfnixof II. 5. 504. Oil.
3. 2 ; oiff. iiidr,(fioi Od. 15. 328. Arab.
e ^
Ai\ the heavens. Syr. Chald. xypi
the firmament.
2. apavenient, fool-pavement, beneath
a throne, i. q. ^TTlTi. 5 P"- ^ foundation,
from stamping, founding, see the Syriac
visage in r. Sj5n no. 2. So of the pave-
ment borne by cherubs, above which
was the throne of Jehovah, Ex. 1, 22. 23.
25. 26. 10, 1.
p'^p'^ m. (r. p'iTi I ) plur. constr. "S'^p'i ,
a thin cuke, wafer, Ex. 29, 2. 23. Lev. 2,
4. Num. 6. 15. 19. al.
D^T ^'^ ^^^^ "'*'^ colours, to make
versicoloured, to variegate ; spoken of
the colours in the eagle's pinions, and
of variegated marble, see nrfsn ; but
chiefly of variegated cloths and gar-
ments. Chald. in Targ. of the spots
and shields of the leopard, Jer. 13, 23.
Arab. (vi\ I. II, to make striped, as cloth j
also to write J ^j*' variegated. From
the Anibic comes Span, recamare, Ital.
ricamar, to embroider with the needle.
The primary idea seems to be that of
laying on colours, as in kindr. oa'i no. 3,
where see. Spec, to variegate a gar-
ment, to embroider with coloured Jigures,
Lat opere pluniario ; which seems to
have been done by needle-work in
figures of various colours, as blue or
purple, upon a white ground or byssus ;
the -figures having the form sometimes
of feathers or scales, and sometimes of
little shields or tesselse. Hence Part.
t2j3"i plumarius, a worker in colours, em-
broiderer, Ex. 26, 36. 27, 16. 28, 39. 36,
37. 38, 18. 39, 29. The work of the o;5i
differed from the work of the 3'n, in
that the fbriner was stitched with the
needle or sewed upon the cloth, while
the latter was woven into it; see in
aidn no. 3. The LXX also understand
needle-work Ex. 27, 16. 38, 23 ; and so
the Talmudists. See more in Thesaur.
p. 1310 sq.
Pdal pass, to be curiously, etaborately,
vrought or shaped, of the formation of
the foetus in the womb, Psv 139, 15.
Deriv. cp-i , TiTSfjn .
84
997
p^^
Dp") (variegation, flower-gardening,
Arab. SL^\ ) Bekem, pr. n.
1. Of a city in Benjamin Josh. 18, 27.
2. Of several men : a) A king of the
Midianites Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b)
1 Chr. 2, 43. c) 7, 16.
^^i?^ n (r. Bjsn) c. suff. erxj?"!, plur.
m'rijn, dual oinrj?*!.
1. variegation, versicolour, i. e. play
of colours, e. g. in the eagle's wings Ez.
17, 3; of stones, a pavement, 1 Chr. 29,
2, comp. in TpB .
2. work in colours, embroidery, also
cloth embroidered with colours, see in r.
Dpn . Ez. 16, 10. 13. 27, 16. nrpn "^laa
embroidered garments, decked with co-
lours, as worn by princes. Ez. 16, 18. 26,
16. Plur. Pi^iS-i id. Ps. 4.5, 15. Dual
Judg. 5, 30 n'^ni:;)'? ras dyed garments
of double embroidery, i. e. embroidered
on both sides, or so that the work and
figures on both sides correspond.
* ^li"^ fut. c. suff. cSjT-nx , inf c. suff.
1. to beat, to smite the earth with the;
feet, to stamp, either in indignation Er.
6, 11 ; or in exultation Ez. 25, 6. Kindr.
with p;^^ . Hence to tread down ene-
mies, 2 Sam. 22, 43.
2. to beat out. i. e. to spread out or
expand by beating, see Piel ; hence
simpl. to spread out, to expand, as God
the earth Ps. 136, 6. Is. 42, 5. 44, 24.
Syr. '^^-e? to malte firm, stable ; Aph. to
found, pr. by beating and stamping in
order to make a solid foundation. Arab.
i\ to make firm.
PiEL 1. to beat out, i. e. to spread out
or expand by beating, as thin plates Ex.
39, 3. Num. 17, 4. Hence
2. to overspread, to overlay with plates
of metal Is. 40. 19.
PoAL part, y;?"^^ , to be beaten or spread
into plates Jer. 10, 9.
HiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to spread out the
heavens fut. V7>1^ Job 37. 18.
Deriv. S'^p'i , also _ '
Q''^)?'^ ni. plur. plates, lamincR, Num,
17, 3.
J'Pl^"^ obsol. root, pr. to beat, to
pound, spec, to spread out by beating, (o
pp-i
998
yn
beat thin. Arab, intrans. ^% to be thin.
Iti.sonomatopoetic. likethe uiiidred roots
Deriv. pn , njsn , p'pT , and pr. names
* li PlZ"^ i- q- P11 ?o spit, to spit out,
an onoraatopoetic root, like kindr. "p^"^ ,
comp. Lat. screo, Fr. cracker. Fut. pi'J
c. 3 to spit upon any one Lev. 15, 8. For
the PriEt. 'p'y\ is used. q. v.
Deriv. pi .
f^J?"!? (pr. shore, Chald. itr;3"n , Arab.
Xi""! ) Rakkath, pr. n. of a city in the
tribe of Naphtali, situated according to
the Rabbins on the spot afterwards occu-
pied by Tiberias. Josh. 19, 35. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 266.
^ poor, see in r. cisn .
*n'*ri obsol. root, Chald. xr-1 to fte
able, to have leave, r^aJn leave, permis-
sion. Hence
'JT^TD'1 m. leave, a permit to do any
thing, Ezra 3, 7.
rr^Tp"! J see in n'^irs^ .
^ _ T ''^ write down, to record, part.
pass. DTOT Dan. 10. 21. Arab.
r9
id.
OTO"I Chald. fut. nti-i-' , to write. Dun.
5, 24. 25 ; also to subscribe, to sign an
edict, Dan. 6, 9 sq,
*^^'^ fut. Stdn") 1. Pr. as it would
neem. to make noise and tumult, to cause
disturbance, see the adj. sen Job 3, 17.
Is. 57, 20, and Hiph. Job 34, 29. Syr.
KZy Aph. to disturb, to agitate, pkZj
disturbance, commotion, also ^C^^Z) to
be disturbed. Comp. by transp. ttSsi
no. 3. Hence
2. to do evil, to be wicked, impious, opp.
p'lS ; since wicked men are usually noisy
and boieterouB in doing injury, while
good men are gentle and quiet. 1 K. 8,
47. Dan. 9, 15. Ecc. 7, 17.
3. to have an unjust cause, to be guilty,
opp. pns ; Job 9, 29. 10, 7. 15. With
OTf3*iT3 , to be held guilty of God, before
God, Pb. 18. 22.
HiPii. S-'lJ-jn, fut. ?"'ri";: 1. to dis-
turb, to stir up tumult ; sec in Kal no. 1.
Job 34, 29 V'^^. '' 3"^*? K""" he
(God) giveth quietness, and who shall
stir up tumuU 7
2. to pronounce guiUy, i. e. to condemn
any one, as a judge, opp. p'''=iaii ; Ex. 22,
8. Deut. 25, 1. Job 32, 3. Prov. 12, 2. 17,
16. Ps. 94, 21. Is. 50. 9. al. So too one
who gains his cause, Is. 54, 17. Hence
simply to gain one's cause, to be viclurious,
e. g. of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 47 and whilher-
soecer he turned himself . ?''li';^ he gained
his cause, i. e. was victorious; victory
being accounted the reward of a just
cause, defeat the punishment of unright-
eousness ; comp. P7.S no. 4, ^j^'^S no. 4;
so Heb. nat to be innocent, Syr. jJiT
to conquer. Sept. iab'i^io, Vulg. snper-
abat. Others here as in no. 1, he causeil
disquiet, Engl. Vers, he vexed them, i. e.
his enemies.
3. Intrans. to do evil, to act vrickedhj,
fully riasb S-'ili-in 2 Chr. 20, 35; ellipt.
id. (like n-'^-^n, vy}.) 2 Chr. 22, 3. Neh.
9, 33. Ps. 106, 6. Job 34, 12. Part. c.
genit. Dan. 11, 32 r-inn '?"'a"!^ who do
wickedly against the covenant, i. e. who
impiously break it.
Deriv. siun, s\i-j, nsbn, rS'riTa.
2?tDn m. adj. and subst. plur. c'^saj'^r
constr. 'SttJ-i. Fem. nrajn twice Ez. 3,
18. 19.
1. unjust, fazdty, guilty, having an un-
just cause, a wrong-doer, opp. p'^'=T3 inno-
cent. So Sirn p"'7sn to acquit the guilty
Ex. 23, 7. IsVs. 23 ;' an S-^ainn to con-
demn the guilty Deut. 25, 1. 1 K. 8, 32.
'Also Ex. 2, 13 5C-;b iCX*] and he said
unto the wrong-doer. Num. 35, 31 S'lj"!
n!!723 faulty to dying, guilty of death,
worthy to die.
2. wicked, ungodly, impioxis ; with
subst. Sdn c^jj a wicked man (opp. p''^^
no. 3) Job 20,' 29. 27, 1.3. Prov. 11, 7'.
Ollener as sobst. a wicked person, evil-
doer, Job 9, 24. 15, 20. Ps. 9. 6. 17. 10,,
2. 3. 4. 37. 10. 12. 21. 32. 35. 55, 4. Plur-
C-'Sffl'i the wicketl Job 3, 17. 8, 22. 10. 3.
Ps. iVl. 5. 6. 3,8. 12.9. 28, 3. al. sarpiss.
espec. in the Proverbs. Spoken of indi-
viduals who plot against the good and
vex them, and also of public heathen
enemies, Is. 13, 11. 14, 5.
y^"? m. ( r. i^ ) in pause i^;t, e.
sufl'. 'aJ").
1. injustice^ unrighteotisness, Job 34,
St^:
999
pM
10. Mic.6, 10. 5tin ninxix treaturea got
by wickedness Mic. 6. 10. vi-^ "Sjxia
unjust balances, i. e. IuIbc, v. 11. Hence
spec, fraud, falsehood^ opp. nasj , Prov,
8,7.
2. wickedness^ ungodliness, Ps. 5, 5 ;
opp. pnx Ps. 45, 8. srn nbs /o t/o ir/cA:-
crf;jes Prov. 16, 12. sil?-) "'ttSS!* wicked
men Job 34, 8 ; comp. Ps. 84, 1 1. Plur.
D-'Sirn wicked deeds Job 34, 26.
rC^TDT <em. of Suin q. v.
nytDT f. (r. sd-j) constr. rsain, c. suff.
1. injustice, anil hence fraud, false-
hood, Prov. 13, 6 ; spec, of the fraud of
those who give scant meaBure Zech. 5,
8, comp. Mic. 6, 11.
2. wickedness, ungodliness. Is. 9, 17.
Mai. 3, 15 ; a wicked deed Deut. 25. 2.
Q7n:?1D"\, see c^nscin "i^is.
V|?^ obsol. root, to inflanie, to kiti-
dle; kindr. S)"], a^O. Samar. id. trop.
Hence
51"^ m. plur. n"'Bi:Jn , constr. "^Bdn and
1. Jlame, Cant. 8, 6. Comp. Chald.
Ps. 78, 48 Targ.
. 2. lightning, Ps. 78, 48. Poet, a) Ps.
76. 4 nop 'SCn /^ lightnings of the bow
i. e. the arrows. b) Job 5, 7 qiU"] ">3a
f/ie S0W5 q/" lightning, i. e. birds of prey
which fly swift as the lightning. Others,
arrows ; others, sparks.
Z. fever, burning plague, with which
the body is infamed, comp. n^n heat
and poison. Deut. 32. 24 "'^i'l '''oph con-
sum^'d with burning pestilence. Hab. 3,
5, parall. "isn plague.
4. Resheph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 25.
"^'*? T ^^ break down or in pieces, to
destroy, in Kal not used, kindr. with
PoEL fut. ba-.'^ , id. Jer. 5, 17.
PuAL plur. 1 pers. ^3CT?^ , pass, of Kal,
Mai. 1,4.
Deriv. pr. n. 0"'c}'in.
ri^"^ f. (r. cn^) in pause rcn, c. suff.
'Bt'i; a net. Ps. 57. 7. 9. 16. 31, 5.
Lam. 1. 13. bs rc") b^B to spread or
cast a net over any one. Ez. 12. 13. 17.
20. 19, 8. 32, 3. nisn nrro net-work
Ex. 27, 4, and so simpl. ron v. 5.
P'iR'? m. (r. pnn) a chain, Ez. 7, 23.
Plur. n-ipwi 1 K. 6. 21 KTi. where in
Cheth. rip-'nn id. Plur. nipnn see in
its order.
*rr'^ to boil, to be hoi, in Kal not
used. Syr. and Chald. id.
PiEL to make boil e. g. a pot, imp. nn'i
Ez. 24, 5.
PuAL to be made to boil, i. q. to boil,
spoken of the bowels, metaph. for com-
motion of mind Job 30, 27. Comp. ^i(ov
in nvfvpuTi Rom. 12, 11.
HiPH. like Pi. Job 41, 23. Hence
'^C'^ tn. a boiling, only plur. c. suff.
n^nrn Ez. 24. 5.
p"'r\n 1 K. 6, 21 Cheth. see in art.
pin").
D*5^ to bind on, to make fast, e. g.
horses to a chariot, imper. oh"i Mic. 1,
13. Comp. 1DX no. 4. Arab. *j\ IV,
to bind a thread upon the finger. Hence
the two following.
Dn'-I m. 1 K. 19, 4 (but fem. in Cheth.)
plur. dan-i 1 K. 19, 4. 5. Job 30, 4. Ps.
120. 4, i. q. Arab. IL^y, collect. *j\, ge-
nista, broom, spartium junceum Linn, a
shrub growing in the deserts of Arabia,
with whitish flowers and bitter roots,
which the Arabs regard as yielding the
best charcoal ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest,
I. p. 299. Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 483.
This illustrates Job 30. 4 and Ps. 120, 4.
Prob. GO called from the notion of
binding, as juncus a jungendo. Germ.
Dinsen from the verb binden. See Cel-
sius Hierobot. T. I p. 246 sq. Oedmann
Verm. Sammiungen Fasc. 2. c. 8. The
Heb. intpp. and Jerome understand the
juniper, but on no good grounds ; see
Celsius 1. c.
rrcnn (genista) Rithmah, pr. n. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 18. 19. R. cnn .
* P^"^ in Kal not used, to bind, to
put in fetters. Arab. j^\ clausit, con-
suit
NiPH. Ecc. 12. 6 Keri : before the sil-
ver cord T"^-}"^. be loosed, unbound ; in a
signif directly contrary to Kal. Prob.
it should read prs? to be broken, from r.
pnn
1000
snia
pri q. V. in Niph. no. 1. Frigid is
Cheth. pn'J2 io be removed.
PuAL pnn to be bound, Nah. 3, 10.
Deriv. p'Tin and
riipnn f. plur. chains Is. 40, 19.
^Tll obsol. root, i. q. aan and Aram.
rn'n , Zi , /o terrify ; hence
nnn m, terror Hos. 13, 1. ChalA
stn'^m id.
W
The letter 12 originally, and before the
invention of diacritical signs, served to
express both the simple sound of s. and
also the thicker sound sh. In like man-
ner the Irish language has only one
sign, s, for these two sounds, e. g. sold
solace, and se (she) he, si (shi') she. At
a later period a distinction was made by
the Grammarians, so that the simple
sound of s came to be indicated by a
point over the left horn, and the thicker
sound sh by one over the right.
For the Heb. ia the Chaldee often
and the Syriac always (as being desti-
tute of the letter Sin) -substitute D ; see
in lett. O, p. 707. The Arabic, from a
peculiarity of the langviage, in almost all
these words has ^i ; as etS''^ vjui, i?'^
JCcw, ^?"J JXaw. etc. much as the
people of Wirtemberg give a thicker
sound to the German *, pronouncing ist
like isht. Very rarely does the Arabic
Tetain jj*,, as nbia i^JLv quail.
In the Hebrew itself, kindred letters
:are: a) The other sibilants, as Oi, D,
S , T , see p. 707 ; comp. also "(SS , ;tb ,
jtD; pns, pnb; ppb, ppi to strain;
"H^ and -iX'a to ferment. b) Some-
times the aspirates, almost like Gr. vi
Lat. sus. vIt] sylva ; comp. nnb i. q. rrin
to extend ; "50 (ijJL** i. q. Tj^ti to go ;
yva i. q. -"ix to plait, to weave. Some-
times alw), in the formation of roots, a
sibilant is prefixed to the primary bilite-
nil syllable, as 35to i. q. 23J to be high,
KSto i. q. nsjj. etc. Comp. y(>qpw scribo,
yXrqitt sailpo. if/li^oj atrideo. tego atiyu>,
fallo aqiiXXa, and many others.
ntj^ obsol. root, see in rra.
"sSlD obsol. root, kindr. with the
verbs "iJ*'^, "i"0 q. v. to become hot, to
ferment ; comp. Arab. jLj to boil up, to
break out, as an ulcer. In the western
languages we find from the same stock,
Germ, in Ottfr. suar, Anglosax. sur,
Germ, sauer, Engl. sour. Hence
^Sto m. leaven, Ex. 12, 15. 19. 13, 7.
Lev. 2, 11. Deut. 16, 4. Chald. nxD id.
ns^to pr. inf fem. of the verb Xbj (for
PXb), c. suff. ""nsb, once contr. inb Job
41, 17, where other Mss. have tnxJ.
1. a lifting up, Job 41, 17 [25] ; so of
the countenance, elation, cheerfulness,
Gen. 4, 7. See the root xb: no. 1. c.
2. elevation, a rising in the skin, hence
genr. a spot, Lev. 13. 2. 10. 19. 28. 43.
14, 56 ; so too where more than skin
deep, comp. Lev. 13, 2 with v. 3. 4.
3. e.mltation, dignity, majesty. Gen.
49, 3. Ps. 62, 5; of God Job 13, 11. 31,
23. Here too we may refer Hab. 1, 7
from himself go forth his law and his
dignity, i. e. he acknowledges no law
and no dignity but his own.
^'tt? an old man, see in r. -"'b .
m5^ ^0 interweave, to braid, i. q.
t;=o. Hence Ti^b, ri^^'yq, ri9"it:.
1\yO m. only plur. C'asb lattices, ba-
lusters, around the capitals of columns,
IK. 7, 17. See in n32b.
SOSTD sambuca, see xrso .
nsniC r. (r. r^Z'a) l. a net Job 18, 8.
2. lattice, lattice-work, baluMrade, es-
pec. upon or around the capitals of col-
umns. 1 K. 7. 18. 20. 42. 2 K. 25. 17. Jer.
52. 22. 23; plur. risrb 1 K. 7. 41. 42.
2 C'hr. 4, 12. 13. Also before a window
or balcony, 2 K. 1, 2.
cniD
1001
((3^
* DIV obsol. root ; Arab, j^a^ to be
cokl. Simoniri asBigiis to it tlie Hignif. of
the verb Cba to be fragrant. Hence
D31D (coolness, or fragrance) Sebam
Num. 32, 3, and nijate (id.) Num. 32, 38,
Sibniah, pr. n. tC <i city in the tribe of
Reuben abounding in vineyards, Josh.
13, 19. Is. 16, 8. 9. Jer. 48, 32. Jerome
places it near Heshbon.
* yya , also ?=i^ oeut. u, 29. 26,
12. Is. 9, 19 ; fut. ?ab-; .
1. to be or become satisfied, satiated,
filled; Arab. 1*^ id. Chald. 530, Syr.
''i-aifl, id. The primary idea is that of
abundance.superabundance ; comp. Pro v.
25. 16. Kindr. is SCaJ .Of one sated
with food, Deut. 31, 20. Ruth. 2. 14. Is.
44, 16. al. More rarely with drink, i. q.
njn. Am. 4, 8. Jer. 46. 10; hence also
of the earth as watered Prov. 30, 16.
Ps. 104, 16. Absol. Ps. 37. 19. Hos. 4,
10 ; hence sari bsx to eat and be filled,
satisfied, i. e. to eat one's fill, Deut. 6, 1 1.
8, 10. 12. 14, 29. Ruth 2, 14. Joel 2, 26.
Ps. 22. 27; so sr^l p:^ Is. 66, 11 ; also
52b sib to be insatiable Ez. 16, 28. 29.
Prov. 27, 20. Ascribed to the belly Prov.
18, 20; to the spirit (see ITE.: no. 2)
Ecc. 6, 3 ; and raetaph. to the eye as
not satisfied with seeing, Ecc. 1, 8. 4, 8,
comp. Is. 53, 11. Ps. 17. 15 ; to the sword
Jer. 46. 10. Constr. with ace. of thing,
as cnb snb to be filled with bread Ex.
16. 12. Job 27. 14. Prov. 12. 11 ; with -,13
Prov. 14. 14. 18,20. Job 31, 31; 3 Ps.
65,5. 88.4; b c. inf Ecc 1, 8. Metaph.
to be satisfied with wealth, Ecc. 5, 9 ;
to be filled with reproach. Lam. 3, 30.
Hab. 2, 16 ; with contempt Ps. 123. 3 ;
with calamity Ps. 88, 4; with poverty
Prov. 28, 19; with one's own devices,
i. e. to reap the full reward of them,
Prov. 1, 31. 18, 20.
2. to be sated, glutted, tired of any
thing Prov. 25, 16. Is. 1, 11. Job 7. 4.
O'^TS'; ?3b to be sated with life 1 Chr. 23,
1. 2 Chr. 24, 15. Also it comes from a
feeling of satiety and fulness, that the
heart is proud and estranged from God ;
Prov. 30, 9 lest I be full and deny God.
Hos. 13, 6.
PiEL to satisfy, to satiate, Ez. 7, 19;
84*
with two Rcc. of pers. and thing P. 90,
14.
HiPH. to satisfy, to satiate, with ace.
of pers. Ps. 107, 9. Is. o8, 11. Job 38, 27;
with two ace. of pers. and thing Ps. 132,
15. 147, 14; with '^q of thing Ez. 32, 4.
Ps. 81, 17; a of thing Ps. 103, 5. Lam.
3, 15. Once with h of pers. and ace. of
thing, Ps. 145, 16 l"*:*"] "'"^2^ ?"'aiOBl
and satisfiest every living thing with
bemfits. Metaph. Ps. 91, 16.
Deriv. the five following.
3?3tD m. satiety ; hence abundance,
plenty, e. g. of food Gen. 41, 29 sq. Prov.
3, 10.
ynto m. adj. (r. 53"r) constr. 53i0.
plur. 0"'S3b, satisfied, satiated, full^
Prov. 27. 7. 1 Sam. 2. 5. Metaph. a)
In a good sense, abundant, rich in any
thing, e. g. "("isn r3i:J rich in favour sc.
with God Deut. 33, 23. b) In an ill
sen&c.saled with sorrows, i. e. abounding
in them Job 14, 1. 10, 15. Hence with
the notion of weariness superadded,
O"'^^ ?3b sated with life Gen. 35, 29.
Job 42. 17 ; and simpl. S3b id. Gen. 25, 8.
y?to m. 1. satiety, fulness ; sacb to
tliefull Ex. 16, 3; hence 53bb ^dx Ex.
16, 3. Lev. 25, 19. Prov. 13, 25.
2. abundance, Ps. 16, 11.
nyn r (r. S3!a) c. euff. "nris^as, a-
tiety. fulness, Is. 56, 11; nssirb to the
full Is. 23, 18. Ez. 39, 19.
n:?nte f. (r. 53(0) constr. n?3b, satiety,
fulness, Ezra 16. 49.
-r 'o ^ook ; with 3 to look upon,
to inspect, to view, Neh. 2. 13. Some
editions have here ^Siii for "i3"i) , but less
well. Chald. "^30. where see in full.
Arab, -j^ to examine a wound.
Pi EL I. to look for, i.e. to expect, to
wait for ; comp. nsij Pi. no. 2. Ruth 1,
13.
2. to hope. c. bx Ps. 104. 27. 145. 15;
b Ps. 119, 166. Is.'38, 18 ; b c. inf Esth.
9, 1. Aram. Pe. and Pa. id. comp. Lat.
spero. Hence
*13 m. c. suff. '''?3i0, expectation,
hope, Ps. 119, 116. 146, 5.
* ^^^ not found in Kal (the form
naia being used), to be or become great.
5^:^13
1002
1^
to grow. Chald. X50 , "50 , to be multi-
plied, many ; Syr. ]1^ id. also to grow,
to be increased. Kindr. with nS5, the
sibilant being prefixed, see under iU,
p. 1000.
HiPH. 1. to make great, c.hJohl2, 23.
2. to magnify, to laud, Job 36, 24.
Deriv. x-'a::.
S^tD Chald. id. to be or become great,
Ezra 4, 22. Fut. Dan. 3, 31 xsb": f2^J
may your peace be great, i. e. be multi-
plied unto you ; a form of salutation.
6, 26. In Turgg. always XJD .
* 2312 1. to be high, e. g. of a city,
to be inaccessible, strong, Deut. 2, 36;
elsewhere only in poetry. Not found
in the other dialects. Kindr. perh. with
325, tiie sibilant being prefixed; see
under lett. itJ.
2. to be exalted, to be raised up, e. g.
to safety as in a high place, Job 5, 11.
Comp. -Jp'?.
NiPH. to be high, as a city, a wall, Is.
26, 5. 30, 13. Prov. 18, 11. Trop. a) to
be exalted, supreme, of God Ps. 148, 13.
is. 2, 11. 17. b) to be set in a high and
secure place ; hence to be safe, to be
protected, Prov. 18, 10, comp. -J^^.
c) to be high, i. e. difficult to compre-
ihend, Ps. 139, 6.
PiEL to set up on high, to exalt any
'one ; only metaph. a) to make power-
ful, to strengthen, Is. 9, 10. b) to set
(orr high i. e. in safety, to protect, to
.defend, Ps. 20, 2. 69, 30. 91, 14; c. l^
from an enemy (comp. '{Ci no, 3. a) Ps.
^59, 2. 107,41.
Pdal pass, of Piel lett. b, Prov. 29, 25.
HiPH. to exalt oneself, to show oneself
.exalted. Job 36, 22.
Deriv. aaioiQ, and pr. n. 215b.
WTD a spurious root, see Wb II.
* n J^ flit, nsb^ , i. q. X5(U . to become
.great, to grow. Job 8, 7. 11.' Ps. 92, 13.
Hi PH. to cause to grow, to increase,
Ps. 73. 12.
TOiW (elevated, r. aab) Segub, pr. n.
m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 21.22. b) 1 K. 16,
34 Cheih. for which Keri a-'Sb Segib.
i^'^itO m. adj. (r. yo) great, of God
Job 36, 26. 37, 23.
S'^ate Chald. m. (r. xab) 1. Adj. great,
Dan. 2. 31. 4. 7. Also much, many,
Dan. 4, 9. 18. Plur. f. lS"'aiB many Dan.
2. 48. Ezra 5, 11.
2. Adv. much, greatly, very, Dan. 2,
12. 5, 9. 6, 15. 24. 7, 28.
y^ytS see in Slab lett. b.
c
* 1TT2 in Kal not used. Arab. tX^
has two different significations, traces of
which remain in Hebrew, viz.
1. to be straight, eoen, level, comp.
"lb"" no. 1, 2; conj. II, to make straight ;
VIII. to be straight, made straight. See
Piel.
2. to stop, to shut up a way, door, etc.
comp. TJD ; and this seems to come
from the idea of binding, comp. TiiU
a ^ S ^ S ,
Jui. Hence tX* and Ju*/ something
intervening between two points and
stopping the passage, spec, a mountain ;
plur. Si> Jum a valley full of rocks and
stones, where the rain-water stands.
Hence pr. n. C^nit) .
Piel to harrow, i. e. to level a field, Is.
28,24. Job 39, 10. Hos. 10, 11.
* rri^ obsol. root; Arab, tju** to
extend the hand (comp. I'^IJ^ , nn^), to
tend towards any thing, to go with large
and free steps ; IV, to be let go free.
The primary idea therefore is that of
wide, free, ample space. Hence
TVitD m. constr. nib; c. suff. 'Tb ,
T^nb, ^^y^^', plur. ninb, constr. '^'yq
Ruth 1, l.V also niTi) 'Neh, 12. 29, c.
suff, cn-'niib , crinb ; a field, the open
felds, the country, lying unenclosed and
without fences or hedges, as is still the
case throughout the East. Not found in
the kindr. dialects, except in the Punic;
see Monumm. Phoen. p. 394. Often opp.
to cities, villages, camps. Gen. 4, 8. 24, 63.
65. 29, 2. 34, 7. 37, 15. 1 Sam. 20. 5. 11 ;
also to vineyards, these being enclosed
by a wall (romp. Is. 5. 2. 5. Nnm. 22,
24), Ex. 22, 5. Lev. 25, 3, 4, Num. 16, 14,
20, 17. It embraces both tilled fields
and pastures Gen. 31, 4. 37, 7. Ex. 9, 3.
Ruth 2. 2. 3 ; also mountainous land and
fields planted with trees Judg. 9, 32
comp. V. 36. 1 Sam. 14, 25. 2 Sam. 1,21 ;
likewise the houses of the peasants not
no
1003
nvj
surrounded by a wall were reckoned to
the open field. Lev. 25, 31. Hence ""X
rina a man nf the field, i. e. Esau as a
hunter and living in the open air, Gen.
25, 21 ; n-i\Bn rn collect, the beasts of
thefidd, wi'ld beasts, Gen. 2, 20. 3, 14.
Wy^'r\ 3'^5 the herbs or plants of the field,
wild plants, Gen. 2, 5. 3, 18.
Spec, a) a field as ploughed and
tilled but not enclosed, Gen. 47, 24. Lev.
19, 19. Ofien for nn'a np^n part of a
field, i. e. a portion of the open field be-
longing to one owner and tilled by him
(cornp. Gen. 33, 19. Ruth 2. 3. 4, 3),
Gen. 23, 13. 17. 49, 30. 32. Ruth 4, 5.
Jer. 32, 9. 25. Is. 5, 8. [Melon, for the
produce of the fields, parall. y")X I'l'T''?)
Ecc. 5, 8. R.] Once xt i^o/riV for wild
plants, pasturage. Ex. 32, 5.
b) T'rn ni-i) the field of a city, i. e. its
iern'lonj. the open country round about,
Gen. 41,48. Neh. 12,29. Ps. 78, 12.43.
f^"!'>^'r! ^"^^ the country-towns, opp. the
metropolis, 1 Sam. 27, 5.
c) So the field or country of a people is
their territory, Gen. 14, 7. 32, 4." 1 Sam.
6, 1. 27, 7. 11. Ruth 1, 6. 4, 3. Plur. as
in Engl, territories; Ruth 1, 1 3S113 "inio .
V. 2. 22. 2. 6. Spec, of a level country,
as cnx nyj Hos. 12, 13, for c-^ix -(Tia ;
see in '(^^ .
d) As opp. to the sea, i. q. the land,
terra firma, Ez. 26, 6. 8.
'ItD m. i. q. Tty.:: , field, country, but
only poetic, Ps. 8,8! 50, 11. 80, 14. Deut.
32, 13. al. That "' is the proper and
primitive sing, form, and common in
Arabic for the Hebrew n-, from verbs
rib. is shown Lehrg. p. 158. Simonis
and others incorrectly hold ''"liy as plur.
i. q. n-'-iia ; but see Ps. 96, 12.
D^^t? m. plur. pr. n. Siddim, whence
fTvan pr5 the Valley or Plain of Siddim,
the plain of the cities Sodom and Go-
morrah, now occupied by the Dead Sea,
Gen. 14. 3. 8, 10. Aqu. Onk. Saad. trans-
late ' Valley of the fields ' (a-^-iia). But
B'^'nb is prob. i. q. Arab. Ju*/, plur.
5;>Ju*<, 'a depression (Wady) full of
rocks and stones,' and therefore difficult
to pass, see in T^b no. 2; hence 'a plain
cut up by stony channels.'
rnntD r. (r. nno, with to for 0) a row,
rank of soldiers 2 K. 1 1, 8. 15 j of stories,
chambers, 1 K. 6, 9.
ntD, constr. nb Deut. 14, 4, c. eufll
i^b Deut. 22, 1 and in;:b 1 Sam. 14, 34,
comm. gend. (m. Ex. 12, 5; f. Jer. 50, 17.
Ez. 34, 20.) one of a fiock. i. e. a sheep
or goat, a noun of unity corresponding
to the collect. ")XS q. v. a flock of sheep
or goats ; Gen. 22. 7. 8. 30. 32. Ex. 12, 5.
Deut. 14, 4 cw nian C'S'^a nb one of
the sheep and one (f the goats, i. e. a
sheep and a goat. Lev. 5, 7. 27, 26w
1 Sam. 15, 3. 22, 19. Judg. 6, 4; comp.
lib and 'Ija . It admits of no plural;
but is put as collect. Jer. 7, 25. 43, 23.
9 ^ ^
Arab. SLA. plur. xLi . id. The etymo-
logy is doubtful ; though the word seems
derived from a verb nxb , as na from
nsQ ; and this prob. had the same signi-
fication with Arab. LuoLcu to drive sheep
by tittering the sound Li Lcw repeat-
edly ; comp. in Engl, the sound sh,
sh. Nor is it strange that a sheep
should be so named from this call or
sound of the shepherd ; just as in the
language of German children a horse is
called Hotlo from the word holt ! used
by coachmen.
* nnir obsol. root, i. q. Aram. JoUff,
ino, Arab. (Xg-Cu, to testify, pr. to be
an eye-witness; Conj. Ill, coram spec-
tavit. Hence the two following.
*inTD m. c. suff. '^'inb Kamets impure,
like part. Peal in the Aramaean dialects;
a witness, once Job 16, 19.
XM^^iB f (r. nnb) an Aramsean
word in stat. emphat. used by Laban the
Syrian, testimony, a testimonial. Gen.
31. 47. Targ. xnnno Ex. 20, 6. Syr.
.'> .
Q"'?"'r|i? m. plur. (r. ''rn , with b for D)
dimin. crescents, little moons, worn as an
ornament on the necks of men, women,
and camels, Judg. 8, 21. 26.' Is, 3, 18.
Sept. pTjvuTxoi, Vulg. lunuloR.
SW to be gray-haired, see r. S"ib .
tflilD i. q. "SO, thick branches, thick-
et, 2 Sixm. 18, 9. R.r,3b.
51C
1004
Ql^
* I. J Vu3 to go off from, to draw back.
i. q. 5^0 I, where see. So Niph. SIO; 2
Sam. I. 22, where however many Mss.
and editions have B. Hjph. 15"'*J3^ Job
24. 2. see in r. 510 Hiph.
* 11. S^ID i. q. J50 II, to hedge aboui,
to enclose, in Kal not used.
PiLP. 5iB5ic lo hedge about, e. g. a vine-
yard. Is. 17, 11 ^scstPi Ti?-^? cT^a m
Me day thou plantedM it. //tow didst also
hedge it i??. Kinichi and Aben Ezra
render it by ''<'^?n thou didst cause it to
grow, as ir from 55'S i. q. X3 , nsb ; but
the former is to be preferred.
*VV3 to plaster with lime, see r. T'b .
rib, once Gen. 24, 63 /saac had
gone out nn'i*2 nrrb , Vulg. ad! meditan-
dum in agro, i. e. ?o meditate, so that
nia would be i. q. nib I. lett. c. So too
most of the ancient versions ; for both
Sept. uSoXiaxf,(Tai, and Aqu. ofiilf,am,
are to be understood of pious meditation
and discourse. The Syriac alone has it :
ad deambulandum, to take a walk ; and
this is almost demanded by the nature
of the context. But not improb. it
should read n"i'^a ::!ittib to go to and fro
in the f eld, in order to muster his flocks
and shepherds. This is the sense of the
phrase 71X3 liTO Job 1, 7. 2 Sam. 21,
2. 8 ; comp.' Zech. 4, 10. 2 Chr. 16, 9.
Jer. 5, 1.
u*1C i, q. nab, to go or turn away,
to turn aside to any thing, part. plur.
-T3 ::':: Ps. 40, 5.
Deriv. ciab,n''2D.
^1^/0 hedge, to hedge in or about.
Arab. cJLii mid. Waw, to hedge with
thorns, ^^Xi , M v^ thorn
See the
kindred verbs Jib II. 510 II, "SO and
T|Sb. jiJKo ~3b and ~?0 , which seem
to have come from Ty^S , ~"0 , by strength-
ening the middle radical. Compare also
Sanscr. sdkhd, Pers. -^Um , a leal^ bough.
Metaph. Job 1, 10 inya nab thou hast
made a fiedge about him, i. e. dost pro-
tect him. But the same phrase is also
ued in a sense of disfavour, for to shut
tip one^t way, i. e. to shut in, to straiten,
Hos. 2, 8 ; comp. Job 3, 83.
Pol. T^siiO to iniertwine. to weave ;
trop. Job 10, 11 '?==iJ5n ^""TT: J^"^?a
with bones and sinews hast thou woven
me; comp. Ps. 139, 13.
Deriv. nsiba and n2lDT3 . afso the
three following.
?fito m. Judg. 9, 49, and TOite f; y.
48, a bough. Chald. Tjio and T|ib, Syr.
\^ija , id.
isittJ (for "iisito branches, see rpti))
Josh. 15, 48 Keri, also T\y\^ ib. Cheth.
Josh. 15. 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1, Socho, lSocho\
pr. n. of two towns of Judah : a) One
in the mountains near Anab and Eshta-
moa, Josh. 15, 48; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 195. b) The other in the
plain. Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1 ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest, ibid. p. 349. The
modern Arabic name of both is Slmwei-
keh sjC^yuy , dimin. from Shaukeh nSyii ;
comp. the ^orpftad' of Euseb.
"'riD^'C Sucathite, patronym. from a pr.
n. nsib elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 2,
55.
*D1T23 and Q"'*^, fut. O^bi, apoc.
Cfci , conv. Cb^l , once Olb^ Ex. 4, 11 ;
imp. D^b , no^b ; inf absol. Dib , constr.
clb . rarely D-'b Job 20, 4 ; part. pass. f.
rittlb 2 Sam. 13, 2 Keri, nia-'b Cheth.
genr. to ptd, to set, to place ; Syr. >cjb,
Ethiop. \JJ^(P, Ul<P, id. Less fre-
quent is Arab. |*Lww mid. Ye. to set, to
constitute, e. g. a price. Kindr. are
CD , cbi .Hence
1. to put, to set, to place where the
person or thing thus piU stands erect, or
IS regarded as standing rather than as
lying down, Gr. t'ffTjjm. So of persons,
to set, to station ; 2 K. 10, 24 Jehu sta-
tioned (lb cb) in the street fourscore
men. Ex. 33, 22. 1 Sam. 8, 1 1 ; troops
in garrison 2 Sam. 8, 6. 14. or in ambush
Josh. 8, 2. 12. Judg. 20, .36 ; hence also
to .let or ptU the loot upon the neck of
any one Josh. 10,24. Of things, which
stand or seem to stand ; as an idol, to set
up, Deut. 27, 15 ; a monument, cippus,
Gen. 28, 22. 1 Sam. 7, 12 ; a table Ex.
26, 35 ; an altar Ex. 40, 26. 29 ; the ark
Ex. 40, 3 ; a throne Jer. 43, 10. 49, 38 ;
a door, to set or put in, Gen. 6, 16, comp.
DVr
1005
mw
Job 38, 10 ; n tent P. 19, 5. So too the
boards of the sacroil tabenmcle. wliich
Blood u\x)i\ bitsea, Ex. 40, 18*, the court
before the same, by Kcttiiig up the co-
lumns from wliich llie curtains were sus-
pended, Ex. 40, 8 ; also to pui up the
curtains, i. q. to hang them upon the co-
lunuis, Ex. 40, 5. Spec.
a) to set troops, i. e. to draw up, to
array, c. ace. I Sam. 11, 11 Said set
(or^) the people in three companies.
Job'l, 17. Ace. impl. 1 K. 20, 12. Ez.
23, 24. So 1 Sam. 15, 2 T^-!-^.? ib DO he
set himself for him in the way, i. e.
against him.
h) to set, i. e. to constitute, to appoint,
(Tt&ivai Acts 20, 18.) e. g. a king Deut.
17, 15 ; u prince Hos. 2. 2 ; judges 1 Sam.
8, 1 ; c. dupl. ace. 1 Sam. 1. c. Ps. 105,
21 ; ace. and h Gen. 45, 9. Ex. 2, 14 ;
ace. and bs , to set over, i. e. a person
over others Ex. 1, 11. 5, 14. 1 Sam. 18,
5. So UJX-12 DfliU to put at the head of,
to set over, Deut. 1, 13 ; comp. in C6tn
no. 4.
c) to set a plant, i. e. to plant, Is. 28,
25. Ez. 17, 4. 5. Is. 41, 19. So Lat, -po-
nere arborem ' ; Arab. _ ^ '< .
d) to set up. to erect, to build, e. g. a
sepulchral monument Nah. 1, 14; a nest
in a rock Num. 24, 21 ; a mound against
a city Mic. 4, 14. Mctaph. to establish a
covenant, i. q. n'^'^a cpsn , c. b 2 Sam.
23, 5.
e) rriin c^v , Gr. vofiov ti&svai, to set
a law, i. e. to establish, to appoint, to
make a law, Ps. 78, 5. 81, 6. Gen. 47, 26.
Ex. 15, 25. Josh. 24, 25. 1 Sam. 30. 25.
Of the laws of the heavens Job 38, 33.
Jer. 33, 25. So to set or appoint a term,
limit. Ps. 104. 9. Prov. 8, 29 ; a place Ex.
21, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 10.
2. to set, to put, to place, pr. a person,
BO that he may sit (be seated), dwell, or
in any way exist in a place ; Gr. Tii^svai,
which also i used in several of the
senses under no. I. 2 K. 10, 3 cririai
I'^as XSS'bs and set him (cause him to
sit) upon the throne of his father, csi'i)
ttbs r."'5 B to put one in prison 2 Chr.
18, 26. Gen. 40. 15. Gen. 2. 8 and there
(in the garden) he put the man. caused
him to dwell there. Job 20, 4. Withb
of place Jo!) 5. 11; ace. Cant. 6, 12.
Also of things:
a) With bs , to put ufwn any thing, aa
upon the ht:ad Ex. 29, 6. Also to fasten
or fi.c upon, Ex. 28, 12. 20. 37, 38. 39, 7;
a sword upon one's thigh Ex, 32, 27.
b) With a, to put in, to insert, e. g. a
hook or ring in the nose, Is. 37, 29. Job
40, 26 [34]. Gen. 24, 47. C-'na wtD to
put in the staves into the rings Num. 4,
6.8. 11,14.
c) With "pa , to put between, Judg. 15, 4.
d) i. q. to found, to establish, e. g. the
world Job 34, 13; metaph. a people Is.
44, 7 ; the divine law 42. 4. Here be-
longs the expression, where God is said
to set his name anywhere, i. e. to estab-
lish the seat of his worship, Deut. 12.5.
21. 14, 24, 1 K. 9, 3. 11, 36. 2 K. 21,4;
i. q. iaiti |3'a Deut. 12, 11. 26, 2.
3. to put, to place, to lay things (rarely
persons), so that they may remain in a
recumbent posture. Gen. 22, 9 and laid
him (Isaac) upon the altar. 24, 2, 9. 28,
21. 31, 37. 48, 18. al. With bs of pers.
to put or lay upon any one for bearing,
Gen. 21, 14. 22, 6 Ex. 3. 22; bs of thing
Lev. 24, 6. Gen. 9, 23. Ex. 29, 29. cso
^3 ^? "^7 io Icty '^e hand upon the mouth,
as imposing silence on oneself, Judg. 18,
19. Job 21, 5; ns-bx 'a id, 1 Sam. 19,
13; n?.b Job 29, 9; ."s-iab 40, 4. With
a to put or lay in any place. Gen. 30. 41.
31, 34. 44. 1. 50, 26, Ex. 2, 3. Job 13. 27 ;
rarely to lay upon, i. q. bs cTiU , Ps. 66,
11. With 'JEb , to set before anyone,
e. g, food 1 S"am. 9, 24, 2 K. 6, 22 (also
b cnb nrj 2 Sam. 12, 20 ; comp. Gen.
43. 31); a law, to set before, to propose,
Ex. 21, 1. Deut. 4, 44. With ace, of
place ; Gen, 28, 11 and he took a stone
-.in-itusn?: ciu] and put it at (under) his
head. ' v! ]8"l Sam. 19, 13. Spec.
a) to put or set to any thing, to apply s
e. g. tt5x era to put f re to or under. 1 K.
18, 23, 25; D-'ia nvj to apply batter-
ing-rams, c. br Ez. 4, 2. 21.27. Also
to put a knife to one's throat Prov. 23, 2;
to apply a measure to a building Job 38,
5, So 3 n^ CTiJ to lay hand upon any
pers. or thing; e.g. in a hostile sense, in
order to afflict or punish, Ez. 39. 21,
comp. Job 40, 32. But in Ps. 89, 26 /
will put his hand upon the sea. i. e. I, Je-
hovah, will cause his dominion to extend
to the sea.
b) to put on a garment, ornamenta
DltD
1006
D1IS
etc. c. ^? Ruth 3, 3. Ez. 16, 14. Gen.
41, 42. Lev. 8, 8. 1 K. 20, 31. 21, 27.
So to put on or apply a bandage Ez. 30,
21 ; a girdle upon the loins Jer. 13, 1.
With 2 Gen. 37, 34. Ez. 24, 17.
c) 'b n^a niU5 to put into one's hand,
e. g. a cup Is. 51, 23. Contra ii^S C!lb
to put into one's own hand, i. e. to take in
one^s hand ; e. g. a hammer Judg.4,21 ;
goods, 1 K. 20, 6. "1023 iCS2 Olb topid
or take one's life in one's hand, see in C]?
lett. c. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 28, 21. See also in
lett. d. here fbilovving.
d) 'b 'Sa cna'^ wb to put words in
the mouth of any one, to suggest them to
him, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 5. 16.
2 Sara. 14, 3. Is. 51, IG. al. So to put
wonders in the hands of s^ny one, to give
him the power of working miracles, Ex.
4, 21 ; to put any thing in the ears of any
one, to rehearse it to him, Ex. 17, 14.
e) to put or latj upon any one, to im-
pose, e. g. any thing to be done, with i?
of pers. Ex. 5, 8. 14. 22, 24 ; or to be suf-
fered, c. a Ex. 15, 26. Deut. 7, 15; also
to impute to any one sc. guilt, with
Judg. 9. 24; b Deut. 22, 8. 14 [17] ;
2 1 Sam. 22, 15.' Job 4. 18.
f ) b DC c-iic to put i. e. gixe a name
to any one. (fivojin &iivttl xivt, Od. 19.
403, Zvofta ^t<Tai 19. 406,) Dan. 1, 7;
and with a somewhat different construc-
tion, Judg. 8, 31 r(l3"0"'2X iiattJTwH cb^
and he set i. e. called his name Ahimelech.
2 K. 17, 34. Neh. 9, 7, and Chald. Dan.
5, 12; comp. Num. 6, 27.
g) "i^3:b CT3 to set before oneself be-
fore one's eyes, spoken of that for which
one has high regard, Ps. 54, 5. 86, 14.
h) Absol. to put, to lay down, sc. a
pledge. Job 17, 3. Comp. Arab. /t-*d*
Conj. Ill, i. q. ^mLj> /^ ; Gr. tI&hj&iu
PasRow. A. no. 8.
i) With bx to lay before any one, i. e.
to projmund. to explain. Job 5. 8. Also
absol. bro ci^ to ej^)Uiin the sense Neh.
8, 8.
k) to lay up, as if in storA ; Job 36, 13
the wicked "X IB^'i*^ lay up wrath sc. in
their heart i.e. they treasure up their
wrath, indulge in anger and hatred
af^ainHt God. and do not humbly turn to
him ; no Umbreit correctly. Usually
they lay up i. e, heap up divine terath
against themselves, i. q. ^ijuoevQl^ovai
kavTolg Svfiov Rom. 2, 5.
1) Similar is ab"b5 D>lb to lay to heart,
Gr. ^ia&ai ivl cp^eai, Is. 47, 7. 57, 1. 11.
Jer. 12, 11. Also ab-bx t:W 2 Sam. 19,
20. aba 'b l Sam. 21, 13. Job 22, 22.
With inf and b Mai. 2, 2, also xb nbx
(that not) Dan. 1, 8, to care, to take care
sc. to do or not to do any thing. Ellipt.
Ps. 50. 23 "^-n cb who layeih to heart
his way i. e. his walk, life, who takes
care to live aright.
m) i. q. to throw, to cast, e. g. stones
and timber into the water, Ez. 26, 12.
n) Spoken of liquids, to poxr, to pour
out, e. g. blood in war, to shed, 1 K. 2, 5.
With 2 to pour into Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam.
17, 54. Ps. 56, 9. With bs to pour upon,
as blood Ez. 24. 7 ; oil Lev. 5, 1 1. Trop.
to put (pour out) the Spirit upon any
one. Num. 11, 17; 'i2"ijra Is. 63, 11.
4. to put, to set, \. e. to direct, to turn
in any direction ; Judg. 7, 22 and Jehovah
set (turned) every man's sword against
his fellow Spec, a) bl? )y_ c^ib to set
eyes upon, see in 'i*^? no. 1. e. b) Q^b
T'JS to set one's face upon or towards, in
various senses, see in n:Q no. 1. c, d, f.
c) iab nib to set one's mind, upon, animum
advertere, to attend to, to consider. Is. 41,
22. Hagg. 2, 15. 18 ; and without ab id.
Is. 41, 20. Job 34, 23. 37, 15. Judg. 19,
30. Comp. ab -psn and -prn id. With
b? upon or towards any thing Job I, 8 ;
bx Ex. 9, 21 ; b Deut. 32, 46. Ez. 40. 4 ;
with a (c. ab' impl.) Job 23, 6. But
1 Sam'. 9, 20 b ab cw is to set the heart
upon, i. e. to care for, to hold dear.
5. to set as any thing, to put into any
state or condition, i. q. to make, to ren-
der ; comp. Gr. rt&irui i. q. notna&m,
see Passovv in ri&rifii B. Ex. 4, 11 "'13
B^X c*ib] who maketh the dumb? Ez.
11,7. 19,^5. With two ace. Ps. 39, 9
make me not (set me not as) the reproach
of the wicked, i. e. the object of their re-
proach. 40.5. 91,9. 105.21. Job 31, 24;
ace. and b Gen. 21. 13. 18. Job 24, 25.
Is. 5, 20. 23, 13; to turn into Hos. 2, 14
[12]. With ace. and 2, to make one
as or like any thing. Gen. 32. 12 [13]
f will make thy seed as the sand of the
sea. 48. 20. 1 K. 19, 2. Is. 14, 17. The
two constructions are mingled in Is. 25,
2 bjb i''5ia rvda thou hast mude of a city
Diffl
1007
^S^^S
ruins, lit. ' thou hast turned from n city
into ruins ;' ll)r bfb T'S or ba "^^52.
6. to set or put, i. q. /o vuike, to prepare,
to produce, to do; Gr. iiOivui. So 013)
Mnij5 /o make baldness i. e. a baiil sjxjt
I)eut. 14, I. "lafaa 7^')'^ oiia <o ma/i^ a
way in the desert In. 43. 19; and so Job
19, 8. Ps. 46, 9. niPX oia: to do signs
or wonders, to work miracles, c. a in or
a/no/ii'. Ex. 10, 2. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 27.
Is. 66, 19; comp. Num. 24. 23; but OW
i nix to set (give) a sign to any one
Gen. 4, 15. CJa n^il) ;o /^/'^'e/ children
Ezra 10, 44, comp. &i(r&ut naldu vn'o
^mji Hymn. Ven. 256, 283. b nrn ow
io f/o ecj7 /o any one Ps. 109, 5. Often
with dat. of pers. ' to do this or that to
or for any one.' 1 K. 20, 34 make thou
streets for thyself in Damascus, as my
father made in Samaria. E.x. 8, 8 [12]
the frogs 'th ciy niUX which he had
brought upon Pharaoh. So b y^ CIIB to
put ail end to, to make an end of any
thing, Job 28. 3 ; comp. 18. 2. With "ib,
as "ib oaj niit) to make oneself a name, to
get renown. 2 Sam. 7, 23. I Chr. 17, 21.
Sometimes to set or make for any one is
i. q. to give, to grant ; e. g. b snT oiii) to
give seed (offspring) to any one 1 Sam.
2, 20 ; h onxil) cW to waA'c survivors to
any one, i. e. to give or preserve a pos-
terity. Gen. 45, 7. 2 Sam. 14, 7. cittJ
>? 0")"i^ /o ^t fe place to any one, to make
roora,'2 K. 11, 16. 2 Chr. 23. 15; see in
n^ no. 6. So oiiub i. q. nrb Is. 61, 3.
Also b Bibaj Cilia /o give peace (prosper-
ity) to any one Num. 6. 26; b Ti-3 c^is)
<o gipe honour (glory) to, Josh. 7, 19.
Is. 42, 12, comp. Ps. 66, 2 ; b B-Tann niic
to ^j'ee or show mercy to, Is. 47, 6. Comp.
Gr. &iivni Tivl uXyta, ii&v&oi, see Passow
in ri&r,jni B. no. 2.
HiPH. i. q. Kal. Imper. "'^'^'vCri either
attend, see Kal no. 4. c ; or set in array
8c. the battle, see Kal no. 1. a ; Ez. 21,
21 [16]. Part. o^iBia attending, regard-
ing. Job 4, 20.
Horn. fut. cttJl'si , to be pnt, set, once
Gen. 24, 33 Keri. See ca?^ .
Deriv. nwicn, and pr. n. bxia^iSV
Wto Chald. praet. Bto ; prset. pass. WfO ,
f. PBlia Dan. 6, 18, also n'^'V 3. 29 ; imper.
plur. ' Ezra 4, 21 ; i. q. Heb. to put,
to place, to set. Spec.
1. to set over, i. e. to constitute, to op-
point, Ezra 5, 14.
2. rrodj cnb to make one^s name any
thing, to name. Dan. 5, 12.
3. b ba B'b to set the heart on any
thing, i. e. to make a point of, to en-
deavour, Dan. 6, 15.
4. ESa Bib to set forth an edict, i. e.
to give, make, publish it, Ezra 5, 13.
6, I. 3. 12. Dan. 3, 10; c. dat- Ezra 5, a
9. Impers. ESa B^b "'S'O from m^ is set
forth the decree, i. e. I have made a de-
cree, Dan. 3, 29. 4, 3. Ezra 4. 19. 6, 8.
11 ; ''57k', "i^ '^'- Dan. 6, 27 [26].
5. bs era Bib to make account of to
regard, Dan. 3. 12.
Ithhe. fut. Bbn^ 1. in be put, c. 3 to
he put in, inserted, Ezra 5. 8.
2. to be made, c. dupl. ace. Dan. 2, 5.
3. to be given, as a decree Ezra 4, 21.
* I."1^^ fut. ib*i, i. q. n-^b, nnb,
where see.
1. to contend, to strive, c. bx m7i7A or
against Hos. 12, 5.
2. to &e prince, to have dominion, to
reign, Judg. 9, 22.
HiPH. "^^'on to make princes, Hos. 8, 4.
II. 1*2 onomatopoetic. i. q. ifes
to saw, fut. ^b*l 1 Chr. 20, 3.
III. "113 once for "iiD , to g-o away,
to depart, inf. c. suff. -iniba Hos. 9, 12;
see r. i10.
T^'TW f. (r. n-ito) a row, range ; Arab.
^\y** row of stones. Is. 28, 25 rx-.^r) abl
nnib and seU (plants) the wheal in rows;
the accus. ny'a being put adverbially ;
Jerome per ordinem. In the east wheat
is often thus sown or dropped in rows J
see Niebuhr Arabian p. 157.
p'nitEJ, see p"ib.
*1S'^'W and 'W'lD, fut. b^b^, once
bib; Is. 35, 1 ; imp. ^""'JJ ; inf. absol.
bib , constr. W'O ; to e.-ndt. to be glad,
to rejoice. The primary idea is that of
leaping, springing, comp. Oio. Kindr.
is ijfiLi to leap, as the foetus in the
womb, comp. Luke 1, 41. 44; 2Loa.M>
pulsation of an artery. Sanscr. sas to
leap, sasa a hare. With bs of that at
which one rejoices Deut. 28, 63. Zeph.
r,T2
1008
It: 125
3. IT. Jer. 32, 41. Is. 62. 5. Ps. 119. 162 ;
with 3 Job 39, 21. Ps. 35, 9. Is. 65, 19 ;
epec. nin^s Wti Ps. 40, 17. 70, 5. Is. ,
01, 10 ; ace. once Is. 35, 1 ; b c. inf Ps.
19, 6 : "^3 Job 3. 22. Lam. 1, 21 ; also
Vav Is. 64, 4. In the vexed and prob.
corrupted passage : Ez. 21, 15 [10] (hat
to it (the sword) there may be Ughliting.
it is sharpened rosb "'Sa aacj ttJ-^iaa ix
yr-bs , where it .should prob. read bx
K'ilJ: against the prince of the tribe of
my son ( Judah), which despiseth all wood,
i. e. since the king and people of Judah
contemn all the wooden rods with which
I have hitherto scourged them, there-
lore I will now briiig against them a
sharp sword. In this way ann and ys
are in antithesis; the LXX express
bn for ix ; and X"'ii:J is usual in this con-
nection.
Deriv. TiWiO, toiiCO.
nto m. (r. ri"'iu) meditation, thought.
Am. 4, 13.
* i^"^ tosicim. inf. niniu , part, nnja,
both Is. 25, 11. Chaid. sno, Syr. ^,
to wash, also to swim.
HiPH. to make swim, i. e. to inundate,
Ps. 6. 7. Hence
vHTD f. (Milel, for 'niu) a swimming
Ezra 47, 5.
pinte, see pnia.
t2'j1fl to press, to press out, e. g.
I> grapes, fut. Bnbx Gen. 40, 11. Chald.
ttno id.
* P"^ fut. pnb';' to laugh, i. q. pn:^
q. V. but more usual in the later Hebrew;
Eth. UJlh*,\"fh*, to laugh; Zab.
nulti to rejoice. Abeol. Pro v. 29, 9.
Ecc. 3, 4. With bx to laugh or smile
upon Job 29, 24 ; c. bs to laugh at, to de-
ride, Pe. 52, 8. Job 30. 1. With \ id.
but eepec. in contempt, to laugh at in
Kom, to Bcorn, espec. powerleBs threats,
Job 5, 22. 39, 7. 18. 22. 41, 21. Prov. 31,
25 ; abpol. id. Ps. 2. 4. With a to mock,
to rejoice in others' calamities, Prov. 1,
26; c.bs id. Lam. 1, 7.
PiEL pnto, fut. pn'Q'; 1. to jest, to
tport, pr. to laugh repeatedly, Pi. being
Iterative, Prov. 26, 19. Jer. 15, 17, Also
to refoice Prov. 8, 30. 31.
2. to sporty to play, e. g. children Zech.
8, 5 ; sea animals Ps. 104. 26, comp. Job
40, 20. 29 ; also of the play or mock-figlit
of armies or armed men, to skirmish,
2 Sam. 2. 14.
3. to dance, always as accompanied
with song and instrumental music, comp,
Engl, to play on an instrument ; Judg.
16, 25. 1 Sam. 18, 7. 2 Sam. 6, 5. 21.
1 Chr. 13, 8. 15, 29. Jer. 30, 19 bip
Cpnbis the voice (song) of dancers
and singers. 31, 4 cprib?: binra in
the choriis of dancers.
Hi PH. to laugh at in scorn, to deride.,
c. bs 2 Chr. 30, 10.
Deriv. pniuia, pr. n. pnb"^ i. q. pn:t7,
also
pnto and pinto m. 1. laughter Ecc.
2, 2. 7", 3. 6. 7. Joij 8, 21. Ps. 126, 2.
2. derision, sco7ii, meton. for the object
of it. Job 12, 4. Jer. 20, 7. 48, 39. Lam,
3, 14.
3. jest, sport, Prov. 10, 23; dancing
to music, Judg. 16, 27,
tito see n-'::^ .
* nt21C fut. naitJi, apoc. lib^, to turn
aside from a way, to deviate j kindr. with
Bsiia. Aram. K'JD, )4a9, id. With bsn
T\y}.from the way Prov. 4, 15 ; 'b 13'i'n-bK
7, 25. Spec, of adulterous females Num.
5, 12; with cJ-<s<n rnn (i. q. rnrin) 5,
19, 20. 29. Comp. njT no. 1, in Hos. 4,
12 and Ez. 23, 5.
Deriv. "^aio for "^-qib .
ff^uT? m. plur. (r. Xi'.b) deviations Trora
right, transgressions, Hos. 5, 2. Also
C-^'JO q. V. id. Ps. 101, 3. The form is
like xp from r. Xl'p, iin or b^n from r.
bin . Others concr. apostates, revolters.
* Dti^ fut. Cbto"^ to lie in wait for
any one, to jjcrsecide him, c. ace. Gen.
27, 41, 49, 23. 50, 15. Job 16. 9. 30, 21.
Ps. 55, 4. The primary signif. is to set
a trap, comp. Syr. yo4^ ; whence the
deriv. naisii;??.
* "1^^ i. q. oaiB 1. to lie in wait, to
be an adversary, to persecute, c. ace, Ps.
71,13 'ttiBS 'sattj i.q. ""irBS ""cpa^. 38,
21. 109. 4. 'St: my adversaries, perse-
cutors, Ps, 109,' 20, 29,
I 2. to oppose, to resist, in the forum,
1009 rr'xD
inf. c. sufif. "isaiub Zech. 3, 1. Cliiild.
^D c. b id. Arab, v \r " to resist.
Deriv. the two following.
Tl^tD m. I. a/i adptrsary, e. g. in war,
an enemy, I K. 5, 18. 11, 14. 23. 25.
1 Sam. 29, 4; in the forum Pb. 109, 6,
corap. Zech. 3, 1. 2 ; also of one who in
any way opposes another, 2 Sam. 19. 23.
Num. 22, 22 fhe angel of Jehorah stood
in the way ib ysiib to oppose hint. v. 32.
Chald. -(aii:, "JO, Njao, id.
2. With the an. '(^'Sn the adversary
uai iio;(>,v. it as-sumes the nature of a
proper name (Heh. Gramm. 107. 2),
i. e. Solan, b du't^oXog, the Devil, the
evil spirit in tiie theology of the Jews,
who seduces men to evil 1 Chr. 21, 1
(where alone the article is wanting,
comp. 2 Sara. 24. 1 ), and accuses and
calumniates them before God, Zech. 3,
1. 2. Job 1. 6-9. 2. 1 sq. Comp. Rev. 12,
10 6 xutiyoiQ Ttuf udiX(puiy ijf^div, o xrij-
yoQuiv avTbiv evbimiov xov &fov Tjfidiy
r^fiegag x* vvxTog. Syr. P-^JB, Arab.
^jUax-iJf, Eth. A^"lLi, id. The
hypothesis of A. Schultens, Herder,
Eichhorn, and others, i.3 now univer-
sally exploded : these writers held the
Satan of the book of Job to be differ-
ent from the Satan of the other books,
regarding him as a good angel appoint-
ed to try the characters of men ; and
hence they proposed in the prologue of
this book everywhere to read 'i^^^n i. e.
nigiodnir/g, from the root oiffi.
nsip f. (r. y^ii) 1. accusation, let-
ter of accusation, Ezra 4, 6.
2. Sitnah. pr. n. of a well, so called
from the opposition and strife of the
Philistines against Isaac, Gen. 26, 21.
"lt:te Chald. see in na^fi .
i^'^V m. (for "'(B?, r. 03) elevation,
eminency, i. q. nxb , Job 20, 6.
'}iS''TB (for *|iX"^iH3 elevated) Sion, pr.
n. of the mountain usually called Her-
mon, prob. nothing more than an epi-
thet, ' the lofty,' Deut. 4. 4S. R. x:.
i"'^ to be gray, hoary, i. e. gray-
headed, to have gray hair, 1 Sam. 12. 2.
Part. 2b gray-headed, an old man, se-
nex, Job 15, 10. Chald. aiq, Syr. wcjij,
85
Arab. (^jLi mid. Ye, id. Hence a^lQ,
n3"tt) .
n"" Chald. id. Part. plur. emphat.
i<J3iD, constr. "^ZJO , old men, elders, Ezra
5, 5. '9.
S"*!? m. sc. suff. i-'', grayness of the
hair, meton. old age, 1 K. 14, 4.
n^'^to f. (r. l^b) constr. rn-'B, c. euff.
ina'^ia , grayness of hair, hoariness, Hos.
7, 9. Job 41, 24. Meton. a) Of a per-
son who has gray haira, one gray-head-
ed. Gen. 42, 38. 44, 29. 31. Ruth 4, 15.
1 K. 2, 6. 9 ; espec. Lev. 19, 32 ; fully
na-'ffl UJ-'X Deut. 32, 25. b) For old age,
Ps. 71, 18. 92, 15. nai-j na-'b a good
old age, i. e. far advanced. Gen. 15, 15.
25, 8. Judg. 8, 32. 1 Chr. 29, 28.
y^lD m. (r. aio or a^ib I ) a withdraw-
ing ; 1 K. 18, 27 lb a-^b he has with-
drawn himself, sc. into his private apart-
ments.
*^"*? to cover with lime, to plaster,
Deut. 27, 2. 4. Arab. jLi mid. Ye,
Chald. TiD, id. But this is prob. rather
a denom. signif from n. T* liine ; which
itself may come from the idea of boiling^,,
r. T'b i. q. T'T .
T^TO m. lim, see in r. I^to uft. Deut.
27, 2. 4. Is. 33, 12. Am. 2, 'l. Arab.
Juui, Syr. 1,-iJB, Chald. it'i-'O, id.
'*^']V. 5 see the suff. forms in nb .
* Jj"^ fut. n^b^ to speak, to talk, to
converse; Talm. niD id. but not found
in the kindr. dialects. With b , Job 12, 8
77'^^ n"*^ speak to the earth, i. e. to the
reptiles. With a to talk of any one Ps.
69, 13; c. ace. to talk with, to converse
with, Prov. 6, 22. Hence a) to speak
or utter a song, to sing, i. q. ^2*1 no. 1 .
c. p. 211 ; absol. Judg. 5, 10 ; c. ace. to
sing of. to celebrate in song, Ps. 145, 5 ;
c. a id. Ps. 105. 2. b) to utter complaints,
to complain. Ps. 55, 18. Job 7. 11. Comp.
subst. nib I. 3. c) i. q. iai>3 -la^ to
talk with oneself, i. e. to meditate, espec
on divine things, Ps. 77, 4. 7 ^aab-CS
nrj^bij. With a of thing v. 13. 119, 15.
23' 27! etc.
Pol. fut. nnib";, i. q. Kal lett. c, to
meditate, c. a Ps. 143. 5. Also to think,.
-^JJ
1010
bsis
to consider. Is. 53, S ; see Comment, on
Is. 1. c. Thesviur. p. i:-i2S.
Deriv. nt , n^b I, rn-'q .
I. rfip m. (r. n-ia) c. siifT. """O .
1. speech, discourse. IK. 9. 11. So
perh. in irony of Baal, 1 K. 18, 27 "ib n-ia
Ae js talking with some one ; or perh.
he is meditating, is in a brown study, so
that he does not hear; see the root lett.
c. The first is more certain.
2. sung. Ps. 104, 34 ; see the root lett. a.
3. complaint, com plaining, I Sam. 1, 16.
Job 7, 13. 9, 27. 23, 2. Ps. 55, 3. 64, 2.
102. 1. Prov. 23, 29.
II. n^to m. plur. CT!"^ , a shnih. bush;
collect, shrubs, bushes, Gen. 2, 5. Job
30, 4. Plur. Gen. 21, 15. Job 30, 7.
Comp. ^ia-fc. sArw6, from >--ajk, /o sj[>ro?//,
to grow. Perh. of the same origin with
rjsia, TjDb.
nn"* f. (r. H'to) meditation, espec.
pious, in respect to divine things. Ps.
119. 97. 99. Job 15. 4 bx i:sb nn-'tt) we-
ditation before God, i. e. devotion. Germ.
Andacht.
TTtO to pui, to place^ see filtt) .
?pD m. (r. r\'zb) plur. C^siU, thorns,
prickles, Num. 33, 55. Arab, ij
thorn.
/mW
s^TD m. (r. 'n=tt3 i. q. r|?o) c. suff. 1203,
a booth,hut, also a tabernacle, dwelling ;
Lam. 2, 6 isia ",5? tjtw God /la/A <om
ctira^ Ais dwelling as the hut of a g-or-
den, i. e. the temple, comp. nso. Others
less well, a hedge, enclosure.
*r!2^ obsol. root,!, q. Chald. sro
to look at, to vieic, Syr. v^^a . Samar. ri2D ,
to look for, to long for, Samar. 'iro
eye. Kindred is nsiu . The primary
idea seems to have been that of cutting,
separating, discerning, comp. in "pa;
whence "psi? knife.
Deriv. !i:b "psto , nntoi? .
nsto f (r. T^SW i. q. TJIOJ) a pohited
weapon, dart, pr. a thorn, Job 40, 31.
Arab.
syii a thorn, sharp weapon.
"DTD (watch-tower, r. 5^^) Sechu, pr.
n. of n region near Ramah, 1 Sum. 19,
22.
''"DTO m. (r. i^^ii^) intelligence, comp.
n-iri)^ and r. bsb no. 2 ; meton. the
seat of it, the mind, heart, Job 38, 36 ;
for this passage see in art. Pina .
Others, phenomenon, meteor, but against
the context.
n^DTEi f (r. n=b) the flag o? a ship,
a standard, seen as a signal from afar ;
Samar. fH^P signal, standard. Plur.
Is. 2. 16 upon all Iht- ships ofTurshish by 7
n^^nn n'^b'bs aitd npun all their gay
flags } comp. the paralleh'sra v. 13-16.
Sept. correctly as to sense, inl nuauv
diitv nlolbiv xixXlovg. The Phenician
and Egyptian vessels had their flags
and sails of purple and other splendid
colours ; see Ez. 27, 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 57.
Wilkinson's Mann, and Cust. of Anc.
Egypt. III. p. 211.
V?^ ni. (r. nsb) a knife, Prov. 23, 2.
Chald. -pSO, Arab. ,j.aX*w, id,
T'StS m. (r. i^iij) one hired, a hire-
ling, hired labourer. Ex.22, 14. Lev. 19,
13. 22, 10. Deut. 15, IS. Job 7, 1. al. Is.
16. 14 in three years "i"'=ia ''.r^'S accord-
ing to the years of a hireling, i. e. it will
happen at this exact time, will not be de-
ferred longer, just as the hired labourer
does not continue his work beyond the
stated hour.
rn'^Dto f (r. -isaa) a hiring; Is. 7, 20
iTi"':*v2Jn "isn the hired razor.
'\-T 1- J- q- ~2D, ?o mferweave ;
also to cover, Ez. 33. 22. Hence Ti5 .
2. i. q. T\''to, to hedge, spec, to hedge
Tcith thorns; hence ij^^w thorn, pointed
weapon, viJLcw to be armed.
Deriv. r>^,r|W, nsiu and nssibB.
* 55^ 1. Pr. fo look at, to behold, to
view ; Chald. and Samar. b:o Ithpa. id.
See Hiph. no. 1. Oflener
2. Trop. to he prudent, circumspect, to
act prudently, wisely, pr. ' to look well
to any thing', 1 Sam. 18, 30.
PiELcausKit. of Kal no. 2. Gen. 48, 14
1'^'i7"f*'< bjJia he laid his hands cirnnn-
sjiectly. i. e. placed them purposely thus.
Bnt all the ancient versions give the
sense, he laid his hands cross-trine, Sept
bsto
1011
Sb}5
iraXlal to? /it^-xf, Ytt\g. commiUans ina-
rms.
HiPH. 1. to look at, to behold ; Gen,
3,6 btBbnb y^n Tons^ and pleasant was
the tree to behold ; Vu\g. aspect udelec-
tabile, and so tlie other ancient versions.
Others refer it to no. 5.
2. Trop. to look at with the mind, to
consider, to attend to, absol. Dun. 9, 25 ;
c. ace. Deut. 32, 29. Ps. 04, 10; b?
Prov. 16, 20; bx Neh. 8, 13. Ps. 41, 2
b^~bj< b'^SiU^ icho considereth the poor,
i. e. careth for him; c. b Prov. 21, 12;
a Dan. 9, 13; ''S 18.41,20.
3. to be or become intelligent, prudent,
wise, Ps. 2, 10. 94, 8 ; c. 2 Dan. 1, 4,
comp. V. 17 ; to act prudentli/, wisely,
Jer. 20, ] 1. 23, 5. Part. b-'SiOi? one in-
telligent, priulent, wise, Job 22, 2. Prov.
10.5. 14,35. Am. 5, 13; also upright,
righteous, godly, Ps. 14, 2. Dan. 11, 33.
35. 12, 3; comp. can, nrsn . But
subst. b'^SiC'a a poem, see in its order, p.
621. Inf Vsicn Jer. 3, 15 and bsiun
Prov. 1, 3. 21. 16, subst. intelligence, un-
dernlanding, wisdom.
4. i. q. ri"^bai7 to have success, to pros-
per, in any undertaking or business,
Josh. 1, 7. 8. 2 K. 18, 7. Is. 52, 13. Jer.
10, 21. Prov. 17, 8. Also
5. Causat. to make wise, i. e. to teach,
to instruct, c. ace. Ps. 32, 8. Prov. 16,
23 ; c. dupl. ace. Dan. 9, 22 ; c. b pers,
Prov. 21, 11.
6. to give success, to cause to prosper,
1 K. 2, 3. Deut. 29, 8.
Deriv. bsiB and bsia, also b'^syJo .
bsto Chald. Ithpa. c. a to attend to
any thing, to consider, Dan. 7, 8. Hence
!i3pb2-i> .
^?i? m. 1 Chr. 22, 12, also -30, in
pause bziO , c. suff. ibsiB . R. bDiU .
1. intelligence, imderstanding, wisdom,
1 Chr. 22, 12. 26. 14. Prov. 12^ 8. b=a)
aia good understanding Prov. 13. 15. Ps.
Ill, 10. 2 Chr. 30, 22. briJ crj) to give
the understanding of any thing, i. e. to
cause to understand it, Neh. 8. 8. In a
bad sense, craft, cunning, Dan. 8, 25.
2. prosperous success. prosperity, Prov.
3,4.
mbDC f. Ecc. 1, n folly, i. q. r^bro
which is found in many Mss. and edi-
tions.
'iSnbDb Ciiald. f. (r.bsto) intelligence,
understanding, Dan. 5, 11. 12.
*"I5^ fut. I'siD-^, to hire; Arab.
^.Xxw to reward, to thank. Talm. i. q.
Heb. With ace. of pers. Gen. 30, 16.
Prov. 26, 10. So to hire workmen 2
Chr. 24, 12. Is. 46, 6 ; troops 2 Sam. 10,
6. 2 K. 7, 6. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 2 Chr. 25, 6;
a priest Judg. 18, 4. In a bad sense
i. q. to bribe Judg. 9, 4. Deut. 23, 5. Neh.
13,2.
NiPH. to hire oneself out, to be hired,
1 Sam. 2, 5.
HiTHP. to hire oneself out, to earn wa-
ges. Hag. 1, 6.
Deriv. "iso , ^sto , -|i3iD , nn''2tt: ,
ni's^iag, pr. n. "sffita^.
"IStD rn. constr. nriOjC. sufT. 'insis. R.
"isto.
1. hire, wages, of a labourer Gen. 30,
28. 32. Deut. 15, 18. 1 K. 5, 20. Zech.
8, 10. Mai. 3, 5 ; of a nurse Ex. 2. 9 ;
fare, passage-money, Jon. 1, 3 ; also
hire of a thing Ex. 22, 14 ; stipend of the
priests Num. 18, 31.
2. reward, espec. from God, either for
virtue Gen. 15, 1. 2 Chr. 15, 7. Jer. 31,
16. Ps. 127, 3 ; or for labours and suffer-
ings Is. 40, 10. 62, 11. Ez. 29, 18. 19.
3. Sacar. pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26. 4.
b) 1 Chr. 11. 35. for Avhich in the parall.
passage 2 Sam. 23, 33 ">ncj.
"^?^ m. (r. '3) hire, wages, Prov. 11.
18. is. 19, 10 13b lirJs those making wa-
ges, hired labourers; comp.Ji'iSS no. 2. d.
*^^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab. J<*w,
pr. to be quiet, i. q. nbd ; then to be fat,
i. q. Arab. (^^ VIII. Hence
l^iO m. (Keri rbto) a quail, so called
from its fatness, comp. Arab. sL ^w ;
thrice collect, quails, Ex. 16, 13 where
it is joined with a fem. in the manner of
collectives. Num. 11, 32. Ps. 105, 40.
Plur. cnbaa Num. 1 1, 31, as from a sing.
'"'*V'?i corresponding to Arab. (tfjJLww,
and Samar. "^ibD, whrch the Cod. He-
brseo-Sam. also has. Sept. oQTvyofiriTqu,
Vulg. coturni.v. See Bochart Hieroz.
II. p. 92. Not the bird now called kiild
sXiaJs, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
G20.
il^
1012
ni2TS
T)^ Keri, see iljifl .
STObiD (garment, see n^Vi) -S'aZmct,
pr. n. m. "a) A son of Caleb 1 Chr. 2,
51. 54. b) See in nabto no. 2.
TVqbiO f. by transpos. for n^^aiB q. v.
1. a t-arxe/ Ex. 22, 8. Mic.' 2, 8.
2. Salmah, pr. n. of the father of
Boaz, Ruth 4, 20 ; for which K^^^ 1
Chr. 2, 11, and -(TO^iB Ruth 4, 21.
jiTabiS (clothed) Salmon, pr. n. m.
.see T^-chiO no. 2.
i'cVtD Salmal pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 48 ;
for vvhi'ch Ezra 2, 46 Keri ^^)^
bS'at? a quadrilit. root not used in
Kal. denom. from bs^to .
HiPH. ^^x^'iv", fut- b-'.^^to: Gen. 13,
9; inf and imp. i'-'^'i^n 2 Sam. 14, 19,
^b-r:i:^ Ez. 21, 21; part. plur. C^bSBttJa
1 Chr. 12,2.
1. to turn to the left, Gen. 13. 9. Is. 30,
21. Ez. 21. 21. 2 Sam. 14, 19 see in "iTa^ .
2. to iise the left hand, to be left-hand-
ed, 1 Chr. 12,2.
*bK"^i?, more fully ^"l^^-OiS which
oucrht perh. to be pronounced ^"ix^to ,
Arab. JILi-w-
1. the left hand, opp. V"^ the right
hand. Gefi. 48, 14. Judg. 16, 29. Jon. 4,
11. Cant. 2, 6. 8, 3. Accus. bxiaia and
bxi:'a}n (Gen. 13. 9) to the left hand,
towards the left; often in the phrase
'bsTSwl "f ^"^ "iD h'' not to turn to the right
hand or to the left Deut. 2, 27 (conip.
Num. 20. 17). 5, 29. Josh. 1. 7. 23, 6.
1 Sam. 6, 12. 2 K. 22, 2. blk^'^-q on or
.at the Ifft hand 1 K. 7. 49 : c. genit. (f
any one Gen. 48. 13. 2 Sam. 16, 6. 1 K.
,22, 19. 2 Chr. 4, 8. bxrb-bs on the left
hand 2 K. 23. 8 ; to the left hand, towards
Ahe left, Gen. 24, 49. Is. 9, 19.
2. the left, i. e. the left side, quarter,
part ; hence bjiisto-n^ the left hand, Judg.
3. 21. Ez. 39, 3.
3. the north, the northern quarter, see
in i"inx no. 2. Job 23, 9. Gen. 14, 15
rteaib bji^iSia on the north of Damas-
cng. Corresponding in Arabic is JLiAu
the led hand, the left, the north.
Note. As to the origin of this quadri-
literal, some regard it ns from CXtJ ^\mM!i
and h, the latter either as added, or as
borrowed from b^a, i. e. hi^r^'a from DSia
and bia. Others, as Simonis, make it
from a root bnu3 jLt-w to wrap oneself
in a garment ; as if b^^yci the left hand
were so called asbeing usually enveloped
in the mantle or outer garment.
Deriv. denom. bx^'J Hiph. and
''bS'nto adj. left, on the left, opp. '2-Q1
right;' 1 K. 7, 21. Ez. 4, 4. Fer^l
n'bx^to Lev. 14, 15. 16. 26 sq. 2 K.
11, iiV
* M/jir and ^^'"^ Neh. 12, 43. Zech.
10, 7 ; imp. r,72U, fut. nTsb"^ ; to rejoice,
to be joyfid, to be glad. The primary
idea seems to be that of a smiling, cheer-
ful, merry countenance, comp. nniaia
lett. a, b ; and hence Arab. ^p-tJ^ to be
cheerful, gentle, liberal. Judg. 9, 19.
1 Sam. 11, 15. 1 K. 5, 21. Ecc. 3, 22. al.
Sometimes of a louder joy, to be or make
mein^y. spoken of persons feasting and
indulging themselves, 1 K. 4, 20. Ecc.
8, 15 ; comp. Zech. 10, 7. Hence r\-qa
^'1 'Ssb to rejoice before Jehovah, spoken
of the sacred festivities held in the courts
of the sanctuary. Lev. 23, 40. Deut. 12,
7. 12. 18. 14, 26. 16, 11. Neh. 12,43;
comp. Is. 9, 2. Also of those singing
and dancing. Job 21, 12. So too nrb
iaba Ex. 4, 14 ; elsewhere ascribed to
the 'heart itself Ps. 16, 9. 33, 21. Prov.
23, 15 ; and to inanimate things, as the
heavens Ps. 96, 11. 1 Chr. 16, 31;
Mount Zion Ps. 48, 12; once to a light,
Prov. 13. 9 the candle of the righteous
mcb";! rejoicelh, i. e. shines with a cheer-
ful light. With 3 of that in or at which
one rejoices, 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 21, 2. 104,
31. 122, 1. Prov. 23, 24; often na
nS.T'a to rejoice in Jehovah i. e. in his
favour and protection Ps. 9, 3. 32, 11. 85,
7. 97, 12. Joel 2, 23. With b? id. Is. 9,
16. 39, 2. Jon. 4, 6. 1 Clir. 29, 9 ; rarely
c. "i^ Prov. 5, 18 (where many Mss. have
a). Ecc. 2, 10 ; c. b et ini". as piwSnb n^tt
i Sam. 6. 13, comp. Judg. 19, 3 ; 'S Ps.
58. 11. Job 31. 25. For the idea of re-
joicing over the calamities or destruc-
tion of any one is put b nso Ps. 35, 19.
24. 38. 17. Is. 14, 8. Mic. 7. 8. Ob. 12;
rarely 3 n^b Prov. 24, 17. Job 31, 29.
PiELnrb, fut. HE',;;";, to make rejoice^
n"j
1013
iCW
to gladden, to cheer, c. ace. Deut. 24, 5.
Prov. 10, 1. 15, 20. 30. Ps. 45, 9. 104,
15. al. Of a rejoicing over the cala-
mities of others, c. h Ps. 30, 2 ; b? Lam.
2, 17; ,2Chr. 20.'27.
HiPH. i. q. Piel, Ps. 89, 43.
Deriv. the two following.
T}iyO m. adj. verbal, fern, nn^to, joy-
ful, glad, rejoicing; Deut. 16, 15 ; c. ",13
because of or in any thing Ecc. 2, 10;
plur.c.b et inf. Prov. 2, 14 mb5^ C^n^b
ST xcho rejoice to do evil. Plur. constr.
once 'nca Ps. 35, 26, once .''ni3 Is.
24, 7. " " '
nniaiB r (r. nob) constr. rn^b, c.
suff. ">nn^b. plur. nimsb ; joy, gladness,
rejoicing', Ps. 4, 8. 45,' 16. nniab rnsb
nbina to rejoice with great joy, i. e. ex-
ceedingly, 1 K. 1. 40. Jon. 4, 6. Spec,
a) The loud expression of joy, as songs
of joy, shouts of rejoicing, Gen. 31, 27.
Neh. 12, 43. 2 Chr. 23, 18. 29, 30. b)
festicity, i. e. festive banquets, plea-
sures, Judg. 16. 23. Prov. 21. 17 rnx
inniib loving pleasures, nn'sb Tvav
Neh. 8, 12. 12,27. 2 Chr. 30/23. n"^a
nniab Ecc. 7, 4.
ro'^^to f. (r. T(^0 , b for D) a carpet,
quilt, mattrass, Judg. 4, 18 ; where some
Mss. read nD-iro. Comp. )iVib? bed,
couch.
*b*JID obsol. root; Arab. Jw^-ii to
cover with a garment ; Conj. IV, to
wrap oneself. Hence nbiS'iJ, KJLtMf
garment.
HiPH. b""Qbn , see r. ^x^b .
nb-aiS r (r. b^Db) constr. rbi2b . c. suff.
inbiab ; plar. n-ibrb . c. suff. C3"'nibTDb ;
a garment, both of men and women
Deut. 22, 5 ; espec. the wide outer gar-
ment or mantle Gen. 9, 23. Judg. 8, 25.
Prov. 30. 4 ; in which a person wrapped
himself at night. Deut. 22. 17 ; the sol-
diers' cloak. Is. 9. 4. Also genr. rai-
ment, as nbiabi cnb food and raiment
Deut. 10. 18.' Is. 3, 7. 4. 1. Plur. ribiab
garments Gen. 45, 22. Ex. 3, 22. al.
From tliis primary form comes by trans-
pos. niabb q. v,
^b''?^ (garment) SamJah. pr. n. of a
kingof Edom, Gen. 36, 36. 1 Chr. 1. 47.
85*
Du^ obsol. root, Arab. |m> to poi-
son ; whence (^-mm Samitm (Simoom)
a jK)isonou8 wind.
tT'TaiaiD (in some Mss. n-'aist}) a spe-
cies of poisonous lizard, Prov. 30. 28 ;
Sept. xAM,?oirj?, Vulg. stellio. Arab.
S -
Luw is a poisonous lizard spotted like a
leopard. See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 1084.
*1*J^ i. q. r. 1120 ; hence nimabiQ
naih ; comp. in "i^Oia .
*^.5'^. fut :b''. inf. abs. J<:b, con-
str. K3b and PX3b Prov. 8, 13, to hate.
Syr. \JJ0, Arab. Liui. id. but Arab, also
intrane. to be ugly, deformed, i. q. >ui .
In this idea o\' ugliness, deformity, seems
to lie the primary meaning of the root ;
comp. Engl, ugly pr. in a phy.ical sense,
but also provincially of temper and dis-
position. Constr. with ace. of pers. Gen.
26, 27. Deut. 22, 13. Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 5,
6. 31, 7. 139, 22; with ace. of thingj
e.g. Hilsehood Ps. 119, 104. 128.163;
wickedness Ps. 45, 8 ; also 50, 17. Prov.
5, 12. Ecc. 2, 17. Ps. 120, 6. al. Rarely
with b of pers. Deut. 19, 11. Ascribed
to the soul (bs:) Is. 1, 14. Ps. 11, 5.
0pp. SHwS Deutr2l, 15. 2 Sam. 19, 7.
Part. x:".a. X3ib, subst. a hater, an ene-
my, either personal Ex. 23, 5. Job 8, 22.
Prov. 25, 21. Ps. 35, 19 ; or public Gen.
24, 60. Ex. 1, 10. Ps. 21, 9. With suff.
is3b Deut. 7. 10 ; but also ib s:b id.
Deut. 4 42. 19, 4. 6. 11. Josh. 20. 5;
comp. Gr. f';(9o6g jivi. Heb. Gr. 113. 2.
Fern. plur. msrc Ez. 16. 27. Part. pass.
hattful. odious, fern. Prov. 30, 23.
NiPH. pas.s. of Kal, Prov. 14, 17. 20.
Piel only in Part. NSbia a hater, an
enemy, either personal Job 31, 29 ; or
public Deut. 33, 11. Ps. 18, 41. 44, 11.
68, 2. 89. 24. Only in poetic style.
Deriv. N-^rj, tinz'::.
J*.?i!? Chald. i. q. Heb. Part. 3b a
hater, enemy, Dan. 4, 16 [19].
nx;te f. (r, sjb) constr. nxsb, c. suff.
^pxsb .
iV Pr. inf of the verb X3b Deut. 1.27.
2. hatred, 2 Sam. 13, 15. Ps. 109, 5.
Ecc. 9. 1 . njj3ba in hatred Num. 35, 20.
':iD
1014
nyjj
ns-iiS nsi'C s:b to hate with greof ha-
tred, i. e. exceedingly, 2 Sam. 13, 15.
<: m. (r. K:b) adj. verbal, only
fem. nx-:b. /*a/fc/, Deut. 21, 15.
T:tD (r. i:i3, coat of mail, i. q. jl-'-jq
q. V. no. 2 ; or, cataract, i. q. "liss, from
the noise of waters) Senir, pr. n. of
Mount Hermon among the Amorites
Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 27, 5 ; in a narrower
sense for a part of Hermon. Cant. 4. 8.
1 Chr. 5. 23. According to Abulfeda
the part of Anti-Lebanon north of Da-
mascus is called ^.aJLim Senir ; Abulfed.
ed. Kohler p. 1(54 ; ed. Paris p. 68.
Written also i"^?-* in some copies Deut.
3, 9. Cant. 4, 8.
^'i'^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. "i:s to
make a noLte, to clatter, e. g. as arms,
whence >y*Mt armature, coat of mail.
Hence see pr. n. "r:b.
nniyto. piur. n-^nirb, see in n-ij?to.
y^yO m. (r. -yb) constr. "i^Jb ; plur.
n''i"<r'r , constr. "'yy^ .
1. hairy, shaggy, rough, Gen. 27, 11.
23. Dan. 8, 21. Chald. -(nro, Syr.
,P ^ r G '
.Ujijs. Arab. Jtjuj, id.
2. a he-goat, buck, (Lat. hircua i. q.
Ihirtus. hirsutus, hairy.) Lev. 4. 24. 16, 9
f^q. Fully n"*S "'5ia a buck of the goats,
^out-buck, Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 4, 23. 16, 5.
Num. 7. 16 sq. 28, 30. 29, 11. al. i-'JU
rxanr] the goat of the sin-ojfering Lev.
9, 3. 15. 10, 16. 16, 15. 27. For the wor-
ship of the he-goat among the Hebrews,
after the example of the Egyptians, see
Lev. 17, 7. 2 Chr. 11, 15. Fem. nn^siu
a $he-goai, see in its order. Plur.
C^T'^ri!;; he-goala for satyrs, wood-demons,
supposed to resemble he-goals, and to
live in diifierts Is. 13, 21. 34, 14. Sept.
dftifioria. See on these popular supersti-
tions Comment, on leu. 11. cc. Bochart.
Hieroz. II. p. 844.
3. Plur. cr-i-'Sb, showers, Deut. 32, 2 ;
comp. r. i?to to shudder.
^"'Tt? (hairy, shaggy, r. I5b) Seir,
pr. n.
a) A phylarch or chiefof thcHorites,
Gen, 36. 20-30,
b) The mountainous country of the
Edomites. extending from the Dead Sea
to the Elanitic GultJ the northern part of
which is now called Jebdl (see brr.). and
the southern esh-Sherah, slj-tiJt ; see
Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, p. 401,
410. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 552.
This region (i''?b -n Gen. 14, 6. Deut.
1, 2. 2, 1) was first inhabited by the
Horites, C-^nin Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 2, 12 ;
then by Esau Gen. 32, 4. 33. 14. 16J and
his posterity the Edomites Deut. 2.4 sq.
2 Chr. 20, 10. al. This mountainous
country may possibly have derived its
name from the Horite Seir, see above
in lett. a ; but it is better to render ~i"irb
as an appellative, the shaggy mmintains,
i. e. clothed and as it were bristling with
trees and forests ; comp. Gr. Xuaiog, and
Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3.
c) A mountain on the northern border
of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10.
nn'^S'to f (r. -irb) constr. r'n'^rb
1 . a she-goat, comp. in l"irb , Lev. 4,
28. 5, 6.
2. Seirah, pr. n. of a place or tract in
the mountains of Ephraim, c. n loc.
nnn-^r'tan Judg. 3, 26 comp. 27.
QiB^to m, plur. (r. SSO, b for G)
thoughts, cogitations, which divide and
distract the mind ; Job 20, 2. 4, 13 in
thoughts from the visions of the night,
i. e. nocturnal dreams which distract
and agitate the mind ; comp. Dan. 2, 1,
^ fut. "ilfb"^ to shudder, to shiver ;
Germ, schauern. schaudern.
1. Like "i?0, spoken of the sudden
conmootion and raging of a storm or
tempest, to storm ; see Pi. Hithp. Niph.
Comp. Lat. 'dies horruit imbre' Val.
Flacc. ' tempestas horrescit nimbis' Sil.
1. 133; Germ. "Regenschauer, Engl.
shower. With ace, to sweep army in
storm., Ps. 58, 10. Hence "i?b no. 1,
ri'^y-q. v^y-s}:: ("'"'yiy no. 3).
2. Of the convulsive motion and shrink-
ing of the skin in sudden terror, to shud-
der, to shiver, Gr. qr^j/tK/w, giijinm. Ez.
27, 35 "i?b !iirb cn^abo their kings
shall greatly shudder, i. e. be seized
with great and sudden terror. Jcr. 2, 12;
with bs of the cause Ez. 32, 10. With
ace. like Gr. (pglaao) iivu, to shudder at,
i. e. to feel a sacred awe before a divi-
1y
1016
nsffl
nity, to fear, Deut 32, 17. Hence i?to
no. 2.
3. Of the hiiir, to stand on emL to bris-
tie, as the eflect of tlie eudjen shudder
of the skill ; comp. q{>iaaw Sept. Job 4,
15 ; (piflfjaovm Tp//?? Hesiod Op. 540 ;
Lat. 'capilli horrent' Tib. 2. 3. 23.
Hence in the derivatives is found the
fiignif. of standing on end. bristling,
^aggy, hiiiry ; as "iSb. nnrb, a hair,
collect, hair. comp. Germ. Hoar. Lat.
Airtu.s. Ai/siitus. A/rcus; x^iQ^ he^^ hcres
(eres) i. e. hedgehog ; also nnbir hnr-
^eura, barley, so called from its bristling
ears ; and "i^Jto /ttrsutus, shaggy, a goat ;
Arab. JLiii to be shaggy, hairy.
NiPH. iinpers. it storms, is tempestuous,
a tempest rages, Ps. 50, 3.
PiEL to sweep away in storm, c. '"O
Job 27, 21.
HiTHP. to rtish on like a tempest, c. b?
Dan. 11, 40; comp. isa Hab. 3, 14.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 3.
W? m. (r. isffl) 1. i. q. nTO, a tem-
pest, slorni. Is. 28, 2.
2. a shuddering, horror, Job 18, 20.
Ez. 27, 35. 32, 10.
3. Once as constr. of "isb q. v.
"T^to m. (r. isis) constr. I5b, once
"iJb Is. 7. 20. c. suff. i-*SU) , hair, so called
from standing out or erect, bristling;
So "
see r. I5ia no. 3. Arab. Jt-ti, Syr.
ijii:, lij.llffl, id. Spoken: a) Of
the hair of the head, with ttJXl added
Judg. 16, 22. 2 Sam. 14, 26. Ezra 9,
3; without iDXi Cant. 4, 1. Ps. 68, 22.
b) Of hair on other parts of the body.
Lev. 13. 3 sq. c^ban -\s)l) the hair of
the feet, i. e. of the pudenda Is. 7, 20;
and so xt iioxTi^ of the hair of puberty,
Ez. 16, 7. Arab, jj JLi id. c) Perh.
the shag of coarse woollen cloth ; so
isia P'l'nx a hairy mantle, i. e. made
either of hair or fur (Arab. I^jlw), or of
shaggy woollen cloth. Gen. 25. 25. Zech.
14, 4. Hence i^b bsa tU"'St a man clad
in such a mantle 2 K. 1, 8.
"lyip Chald. m. hair, with 03 xn added
Dan. 3, 27. 7, 9. In Targg. id. "
n^TO f. i. q. nnro a tempest, storm,
Job 9. 17. Nah. 1, 3! ' R. ns .
ni^O f (r. -IS) constr. n^yto, c. Buff.
ip'ny, plur. constr. mirto , n. unit, of
nyig, a hair. Arab, jjjui id. Judg. 20,
16 nns'JSn-bs to a hair, proverbially of
slingefs who could hit a mark without
varying a hair's brefidlh. Elsewhere
collect, hair, e.g. of the head 1 Sam. 14,
45. 2 Sam. 14, 11. IK. 1, 52 ; or genr.
of the body Job 4, 15. Plur. "aixi rinsto
the hairs of my head Ps. 40, 13. 69, 5.
TTpXD f. also nniTTD Joel 1, 11 (r. -i?tO
no. 3) plur. Bi-iytO, n-^-iiiCJ ; bar-ley, so
called from the bearded and bristling
ears of this grain ; like Lat. hnrdeum a
horrendo, and vice versa rrD3 spelt
(q. V.) from its smooth and shorn ears.
Syr. l^^iJB, Chald. Nnnro , f-i'irip,
T^nrto ; Arab. ^juLm barley, 8*a*^ a
barley-corn. Sing, only of barley in
growth. Job 31, 40. Joel 1, 11. Ex. 9, 31.
Deut. 8, 8. Is. 28, 25. Plur. Q-i-jria of
the grain after threshing (comp. nan,
o^-jn) 2 Sam. 17, 28. 1 K. 5. 18. Jer. 41,
8. Ez. 4, 9. al. c-'-iria -iish a homer of
barley Lev. 27, 16. O-'-iSffl nn;^ barley-
meal Num. 5, 15 ; 'ttJ onb barley-bread
Judg. 7, 13. comp. Ez. 4, 12. So too
D^nsiO T^^i^ barley-harcest, the gather-
ing in of the grain, Ruth 1, 22. 2, 23.
2 Sam. 21, 9.
Qi">^ (barley) Seorim. pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 24, 8.
' *^~ obsol. root, which seems to
have had the signif. to suck or lick up
greedily, to absorb, like kindr. x:d q. v.
The same idea is expressed in other
families of languages (inserting the let-
ters I or r) by the roots slab, smb. comp.
^Jww to drink, ^sjjo to absorb, Lat. sor-
berc, Grerm. vulg. schlappen. Dropping
/ there arises Lat. sapio to taste ; or cast-
ing off the sibilant, Pers. s_>i, Lat. la-
bium. Engl, to lap.
Deriv. nsia, zzw.
^'SIO r. dual D^PEiU , constr. "'rBiO , c.
suff. iT^sb ; plur. constr. rirstt) as from
a form rs";? . R. nsb .
1. a lip, dual the lips. Chald. XBO,
ISffl
1016
ipir
SBEO . xrEb , Syr. ]Lsa , Arab. iUxi , id-
Is. 37, 29. Cant. 4, 'S. 11. 5, 13. Prov.
24. 28. nstoa T^asn Ps. 22, 8, see in
-.KB Hiph.' Often put : a) As an organ
of speech ; e. g. to open the lips, to begin
to speak, Job 11, 5. 32, 20; also to open
the lips of any one, to cause him to
speak. Ps. 51, 17; to refrain the lips, to
keep silence, Ps. 40, 10. Prov. 10, 19. So
speech or discourse is said to be upon
the tips Prov. 16, 10. Ps. 16, 4; once un-
<kr the lips Ps. 140, 4; comp. Ez. 36, 3,
for which see in '{\th no. 1. p. 528. Job
2, 10 Ae did not sin with his lips. 12, 20.
Ps. 45. 3. CT^Eiu b'ns of uncircumcised
lips, i. e. not of ready speech, Ex. 6, 12.
Hence b) Of the manner of speech,
e. g. ) In nations, i. q. speech, dialect,
Gen. 11, 1. 6. 7. 9. Is. 19, 18 1??3 rEb the
dialect of Caiumn. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5. 6.
) In individuals whose manner of
speech varies according to their disposi-
tion and habits ; e. g. 'y^ TEB lip of
deceit, lying lips, falsehood, Prov. 10, 18,
comp. 17, 4. 7. Ps. 120, 2 ; -^X nsb id.
Prov. 17. 4. nrs HEJU tip oftnith, vera-
city, Prov. 12, 19. C'^pb'n c'^iTEa burn-
ing lips, ardent professions, Prov. 26. 23.
cirsb pn^. sweetness of the lips, plea-
sant discourse, Prov. 16, 22 ; so Zeph. 3,
9. Is. 6, 5. Ps. 12, 3. 4. Also the word of
one's lips, e. g. of Jehovah, a divine pre-
cept, Ps. 17, 4 ; comp. Prov. 23, 16. Else-
where in a bad sense, of what one utters
with his lips, but without consideration
and without meaning what he says
(comp. Is. 29, 13) ; hence lip-talk, i. e.
empty words, vain and foolish discourse.
Is. 36, 5. Prov. 14, 23 ; and so C^nsiD tlJ-'S
a man of talk, an empty talker. Job 11,
2 ; B^nEO) b^X a prating fool Prov. 10,
8 ; comp.' Lev? 5, 4. Ps. 106. 33. Ps. 81,
6 yiarx TIS'i"' tih rBiS / heard a lan-
guage (manner of speech) that / had
7iot known, i. e. the divine communica-
tions. Arab. ^iJUj*i\ ^- S-ft-iJt vi^i-J,
the Bon or daughter of the lip, i. e. speech.
2, a lip, i. e. the edge, border, margin,
as of a cup 1 K. 7, 26 ; of a garment
Ex. 28, 32 ; of a curtain 26, 4. 36, 11 ;
of the ea. the shore Gen. 22. 17. Rx. 14,
80. Joh. 11, 4 ; of a river, the bank Gen.
41, 3. 17. Ex. 2, 3. 2 K. 2, 13. rrto
VTi"^ the bank of the Jordan; and so
Judo-. 7, 22 ribin-a bsx rEto the bank of
(the stream at) Abel-meholah.
* n ETC. whence Pi. noia and n.neba,
see in r. nsD .
OS'S m. (i'rom MSia lip, and a-, comp.
c^p, cbiis) c. suff. i^E'if, pr. lip-beard,
ihemustachios ; e. g. Ct'SSn nbs to trim
the musiachios or beard 2 Sara. 19, 25,
Sept. Tioiiiv fivaraxa. Also CS'^art'^S n:::S
to cover the mustachios, i. e. the mouth
and the beard over it. in token of leprosy
or falsehood, Lev. 13, 45. Mic. 3, 7. Ez.
24, 17. 22. Sept. axofia, xiibj. Graec,
Venet. in Liv. fivara^.
"jSIB, see in r. "iBO .
pBTS. see in r. pEO.
pBTD m. (r. pEp I, iu for G) a smiting,
chastisement, from God, Job 36, 18.
Comp. pEp Job 34, 26.
pi? m. (r. ppb) c. suff. ipb; plur.
D-'piD , c. suff. cn-'piD .
1. sacking, sackcloth, a coarse cloth,
espec. as made of hair, used for sieves
and strainers (see the root) ; also for
sacks to hold grain and for mourning
garments. Comp. Eth. ID^ sackcloth,
also the garments of monks and pilgrims ;
lU^lU^ lattice; Gr. atixog, uaxxoc,
sackcloth, Lat. sacciis, which Jerome
uses likewise for the garment of pilgrims;
also onyog, sagum, i. e. the coarse mantle
or blanket of soldiers. Chald. ^ti , x;3p ,
Copt. COK , COJK , id. Is. 3, 24 tTjinia
pb a girdle of sackcloth. Then
2. a sack for grain Gen. 42, 25. 27. 35.
Lev. 11, 32. Josh. 9, 4.
3. sackcloth, as used for a mourning-
garment, fully pb tf,zh Esth. 4, 2 ; pr.
a close and rough garment of sackcloth
(Is. 3, 24. Job 16, 15, comp. Rev. 6, 12)
worn upon the naked body 1 K. 21, 27.
2 K. 6, 30. Job 16, 15; and not laid aside
at night 1 K. 21, 27. Joel 1, 13. Also
iBXi p'^ bsb to put on sackcloth and
ashes, as a mourner Esth. 4, 1 ; comp.
Is. 58, 5. Spoken of the garment of
ascetics and prophets ; Is. 20, 2 loose the
sackcloth fro in off thy loins.
"^W^, once in Niph. Lam. 1, 14, ac-
cording to Kimchi to be bound, made
fast, 80. a yoke. It would seem to stand
PPXD
1017
l"ia
in affinity wifh ip5 , 1345, 'ijx, the as-
piratesuiul sibilants beingoften kindred;
see under iS3 p. 1000. Targ. a<^g-ravatiivi
est. Several Mss. have ip'i?, which is
also expressed by Sept. Vulg. Syr. but
against the sense of the context.
Pc^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. pjTt
q. V. to strain ; Gr. aaxxilot, Lat. sacca-
vit. Hence pb .
* ^^^^ in Kal not used, i. q. Chald.
IpO , to look, to behold.
PiEL pr. to let (the eyes) look about,
i. e. to look about, to ogle, in the manner
of wanton and shameless females, Is.
3, 16. Sept. iv vtvfiuaty iiifdulfiMV.
Others fucantes oculon, comp. "ipO to
stain, to paint; but against the context.
"It? m. (r. n-ib) c. suff. na-itb; plur.
D'^'ib, c. suff. 'lb, constr. "'ib.'
1. a prefect, leader, master, chief;
not found in the kindred dialects. 1
Sam. 22, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 19. With genit.
C^p'wBn nb the chief of the cup-bearers
Gen. 40, 2 sq. 41, 9. C^sLxn -ib the chief
of the bakers ibid. D''Oi-iSn nb the
chief of the eunuchs Dan. 1, 7. T'sn "ib
Z^e prf^jc/ o/" tfie city Judg. 9, 30. I K.
22. 26. T,b2n -ib //te c^ie/ 0/ /Ae dis-
trict Neh. 3. 14 sq. c'^S'a inb masters
overtlie tribute-service, task-masters, Ex.
1. II. >nD|3'!3 "inb masters over the cattle,
chief herdsmen, head-shepherds. Gen.
47, 6. Espec. of mihtary chiefs and
leaders, a commander, captain, Ex. 18,
21. 2 K. 1. 9 sq. Is. 3. 3. Deut. 1, 15. 1
Sam. IS. 3; plur. 1 Chr. 15, 25. Gen. 21,
22. 2 Sam. 12. 9 C'naijn -ib the captain
of the body-guard Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 41,
10. Jer. 40, 1 sq. ALso absol. of a mili-
tary commander. 2 K. 19, 9; plur. Num.
21, IS. Job 39, 25. Is. 21, 5. 31, 9. 2 Chr.
32, 21.
2. a prince, noble, chief e. g. a) Of
one who holds the power over a whole
people, although less than a king, i. q.
T'j; no. 2 ; so o-^nrba 'nb the princes of
the Philistines 1 Sam. 29, 3 ; perh. Job 3,
14. Is. 49, 7. al. b) Of the chief men in a
state. Job 29. 9. 34. 19; on whom rest
authority and power, chief officers, min-
isters, the companions and friends of
the king, plur. c-ib 2 Sam. 18. 5. 1 K. 4,
2. Is. 30, 4. Jer. 26, 11 sq. 37, 14 sq. id.
riyiD '"Dto Gen. 12, 15; 1?!X ''^b Is. 19,
11. 'l3. o-i-ibi r\\-q Hos. 13, 10. Is. 49,
3S ; con) p. Hos. 7.' 3. 8, 10. Is. 23,8 Tyre
. . . O'lnb rj'^^rjO ""^^t whose merchants
are princes, i. e. like princes in wealth
and power. So in sacred things : o)
b"!p "'nb sacred princes, i. e. the priests.
Is." 43, 27. (3) In the book of Daniel,
the princes of the angels, i. e. tlie seven
archangels (o hitiU iiyyiloi oi tfumiov
tov Oioii iatfjxaai Rev. 8, 2 ) who act as
the patrons and advocates of particular
nations before God ; Dan. 10, 13. 20. 21.
12, 1. Hence y) E'^i'^sn -ib the prince
of princes, i. e. Grod, Dan. 8. 25.
- J^ in Kal not used, to interweave,
to braid. Chald. and Syr. 5^0 , "^i-o*
id. Kindr. are the roots T\Tii , p~\^ ,
prob. J'lX to weave, comp. under letter
b ; also Ty^^ , 3*0 , the mid. radical being
softened.
PoAL fut. plur. W^^b";! to be woven toge-
ther, inlencoven. Job 40, 17.
HiTHP. fut. plur. "S'^nb"^ to interweave
themselves, to be woven together, trop. of
transgressions Lam. 1, 14.
Deriv. n^S^'ib , and pr. n. aiib .
! "j7 obsol. root, i. q. Arab. t>w
to pierce, to perforate, kindr. with a^b ;
whence Jo-w; an awl, Heb. T^b stylus.
Then, to sew together, espec. things hard,
as leather with wire and an awl ; also to
interweave, to net, in the manner of net-
So -
work, as a coat of mail, whence OyM
a coat of mail woven from iron wire or
rings ; see T^b .
II. I J^ to fee, to escape. Josh. 10,
20. Arab. 5*-w id. Syr. jjjs to trem-
ble, to flee in trepidation. Kindr. is
TiS.perh. irn .
Deriv. T^'^b'.
"^7^ ni. (r. T^b I ) pr. a coat of mail ;
then a species of cloth or/?{^ resembling
mail or network, wrought of threads by
means of needles, of which the curtains
of the tabernacle were made ; comp.
y20; hence 17b ''naa Ex. 31. 10. 35,
19. 39, 1. 41. Comp. Chald. rn^D cur-
tains, hangings, so called from the kind
1"ltD
1018
^<yO
of stuff from which they were made,
xn-iD sieve. Sept. incorrectly, aiokitl
liiTov^/ixui, as if for nnu: iijn , which
the Samar. actually exhibits; but the
sense requires curtains, tapestry, and
not garments.
G ^
TW m. Is. 44, 13, i. q. Arab. tX-N
an awl, or rather a stylus, graver, with
which the artist sketches the outlines
of the figure to be sculptured.
*n*^S ]. toset in a row, to range
in order, i. q. Arab. Xjm mid. Waw.
Hence nyio a row, range, q. v,
2. to be a leader, prince, chief, i. q.
"Uto I. no. 2. and I'^ia; from the notion
of arranging and drawing up troops.
Arab. iCv** and ^wu< to be noble, liberal,
/<dMw a prince, noble.
3. to contend, to strive with any one,
c. ns Gen. 32. 29; rx Hos. 12, 4. Arab.
(CwM Conj. Ill, id. Fut. "ii'iJ^ comes
from "iw I.
Deriv. n-iiic ; nnisia , and the pr.
names "^nb, xrryq , ^-ifflV
"O^ fra- of subst. "1-^ (r. inffl) 1. a
princess, noble lady, Judg. 5, 29. Eslh.
1. 18. Spec.of the king's wives of noble
birth Is. 49, 23. 1 K. 11, 3; different
from his concubines, comp. Cant. 6, 8.
Metaph. Lam. 1. 1 n'i3''")a3 "^r"^^ princess
among the jtrovinces.
2. SaraJi, pr. n. a) The wife of Abra-
ham, at first called "'niU q. v. Gen. 18. 6
Bq. 20, 2 sq. 21, 1 sq. 23, 1. 19. Is. 51, 2.
al. b) A daughter of Asher, Num. 2C,
46.
yrW (shoot, branch) Serug,^r. n. m.
Gen. 11, 20, R. snb.
^"nte m. (r. ':\'^b) a latchet, thong,
which fiiHtens a shoe or sandal, so call-
ed from lacing and binding together,
!. 5. 27. Proverbially for any thing
of little value Gen. 14, 23 ; see in a!tn
r,
p. 299. Arab. JII4 id.
D'^)?1"liD , see in pnto no. 2.
^yO (abundance, i. q. nnp) Serah,
pr. n. i; Gen. 46, 17. 1 Clir. 7J 30.
u j'vS to cut, to gash oneself to
make incisions in the flesh, as was cus-
tomary in mourning, fut. plur. luitC'J
Lev. 21, 5. Arab. isw<i id.
NiPH. to be lacerated, i. e. to be hurt,
crushed, in lifting too great a burden,
Zech. 12, 3. Hence
t3"lte m. Lev. 19, 28, ri'jnte f. Lev.
21, 5, an incision, gash.
'^'y^ Sarai, pr. n. of the wife of Abra-
ham, Gen. 11, 29 sq. 12, 5. 11 sq. 16, 1 sq.
afterwards called irnb q. v. Gen. 17, 25
sq. The LXX write the first name
2"uQa, pronouncing '^ like a, in the Ara-
bic manner, comp. '^S'^p Zivix ; the latter
they write 2a(^^a, because nnO is in
reality for the form T^"^V The etymo-
logy of "'"lb is obscure. Some compare
60-
(^wii colocynth, Michael. Orient. Bib-
lioth. IX. 188 ; others i^yM noble, gene-
rous, Iken. Diss. Theol. p. 17 sq. Ewald
explains it, ' contentious, quarrelsome,'
from r. nnb no. 3 ; Gram. 324. This
is prob. best.
D^S'^'^'C m. plur. (r. 5"^b, Kamets im-
pure) c. suff. ri"'5"'na3, shoots, branches,
of a vine, Gen. 40,' 10. 12. Joel 1, 7.
Kindr. are Chald. "pS"!! , "j^rnT , a shoot,
vine; Arab. kjLAS-\v ivjVr^))? 'J-
T^ySD m. (r. nyj II) plur. tai-jinb,
constr. ^T"'~ib.
1. one left, one escaped from a slaugh-
ter, a surcipor, i. q. ^"Vs, whence i""iiO
U^bs!) Jer. 42, 17. 44, 14. Lam. 2, 22'.
Often in the phrase b "i^^ii ">^^cn xb
there was not left to him a surviror, one
remaining, i. e. there was none left alive.
Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3,3. Josh. 10,28. 37.
11, 8 ; also Num. 24, 19. Deut. 2, 34. al.
Collect, the snrvirors, those who remain
alive, Judg. 5, 13. Is. 1, 9. Of things
left, remaining, Job 20, 21. 26. Plur.
Josh. 10, 20. Joel 3, 5. zr\n '^n-'nb those
Iff I of the sword, who esciiped it, Jer.
31,2.
2. Sarid, pr. n. of a town in Zebulun,
Josh. 19, 10. 12.
n^nte and '^^^'^'B? (warrior of Jeho-
vah) Scrnidh. pr. n. m. n) The scribe
or secretary of David, 2 Sam. 8. 17 ; ia
no
1019
C)-
other places corrupted, e. g. into K^d
2 Sam. 20, 25, xuJ'aJ i K. 4, 3, tiVrs
1 Chr. 18, 16. b)' The liithcr of Ezra
the priest, Ezra 7, 1. c) Of Bevcriil
other persona, see 2 K. 2.5, 18. 23. Jer.
36,26. 40,8. 51,59.61. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 14.
35. 5, 40. Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 3. 11, 11.
12, 1. 12.
jTnip , see iii"ja5 .
p'^yO iKlj. (r. p-ib I) plur. f nip-'-ito,
hackled, hatcheled. as flax Is. 19, 9. An-
cient combs, for this purpose, see in Wil-
kinson's Anc. Esryptians, III. p. 140.
* ^^^ i. q. "^i?, in Kal not used, to
interweave, to lay crosswise, to entangle.
Chald. rj"]0 id. spec, to entangle one's
path ; Arab. ^lw i. q. Heb.
Pi EL, Jer. 2. 23 the swift camel na^lb^
h^s^'n entangling her ways, i. e. running
about wild in her season of heat.
Deriv. T("i"i'^.
O'^^O'?^ Sarsechim, pr. n. of a chief
of the eunuchs in the army of Nebu-
chadnezzar, Jer. 39,3. Perh. ^so (plur.
fi^ap) is sectus, e.Tsccttu, i. q. D"'^0, from
r. nai. whence also "psia knife.
^-T io stretch out, to make long or
large ; Arab.
tr'
id. Part. pass, snta
stretched, prolonged, i. e. having any
member too long or large, and so being
deformed, e. g. of persons Lev. 21, 18 ;
of cattle Lev. 22, 23.
HiPH. to stretch oneself out, Is. 28, 20.
CEynte m. ^lur. thoughts Ps 94, 19.
139, 23, i. q. csria q. v. with the letter
i inserted ; see under 1 , p. 949, 950.
* ! ^D^, fut. qhb") 1. to bum up,
to consume with fire. Syr. id. but rarely.
Zab. ws)^ id. Syr. s^ m also ' to suck
up, to absorb,' see Middledorpf Curse
hexapl. in Job p. 15. Comp. also sn heat.
Construed : a) With ace. to bum,
e. g. wood Is. 44. 16 ; garments Lev. 13,
52; stubble Is. 47, 14; a sacrifice Lev.
4. f2. 21. 8. 7. 16, 27 ; a city Judg. 18,
27. Is. 1, 7 ; sanctuaries Ps. 74, 8 ;
wooden idols Deut. 12, 3. 1 K. 15, 13;
reeds forming stockades Jer. 51,32, see in
DIX ; also children in honour of an idol,
2 k. 17, 31. Jer. 7, 31. 19, 5. Deut. 12,
31. In many of thefie examples tixs
with fire is added, b) b >^fys Ti'^b to
burn a burning fur any one, to niaJce a
burning, i. e. to institute a Holemn pub-
lic funeral for any one, during which
precious spices were burned, 2 Chr. 16,
14. 21, 19. Jer. 34, 5. Comp. Jos. B. J.
1. 33. 9, where, in the funeral of Herod,
it is said there followed niviuxoxjiot. liuv
oix(TU)v xitl unektvittQotv u(^ofiittvif6(fOi.
Geier de Luctu Hebncor. 6. 2. But
this custom had no connection with the
burning of the body, c) to bum or bake
bricks, Gen. 11. 3.
NiPH. pass, of Kal, io he burned, e. g.
in punishment Gen. 38. 24 ; genr. Lev.
4, 12. 6, 23. Josh. 7, 15. Jer. 38, 17. Mic.
1, 7. Prov. 6, 27. al.
Pi EL see in q^o.
PuAL i. q. Niph. Lev. 10, 16.
Deriv. q-nb, ntyjl, nfiya::.
* II. vJC, Arab, oli, Owi,
i.tobe high, lofty, prominent ; whence
^jjii elevation, loftiness, Owij high,
prom i ne nt. Hence
2. to be emineTit, noble, to excel in no-
bility and glory ; whence Ov-ti noble-'
6 ^ /
ness. glory, vj-ti noble in rank, a
prince. Hence C^BI!'*!? q. v.
vl"^te m. (r. C]"] I ) plur. n"'BTJ3 ;
see also the next article.
1. Pr. Adj. burning, Jiery ; then poi-'
sonous, venomous, deadly, as an attribute
of a serpent, from the burning inflam-
mation caused by its bite ; comp. nisn
I, heat and poison ; also Gr. TXQrjiTiriQ,
xtxiKTog. ^o Num. 21, 6 a7id Jehovah
sent wtyjsn n"iun|n-nx j?ery (poison-
ous) serpents among the people ; Sept.
Tovg oifttg Tovg ^avurovvTac, Vulg. ig-
nitos serpenles. Deut. 8, 15 T.'niB ttins
S'^pS'i poisonous serpents and scorpions/
Sept. o(pig d('txvon>, Vulg. serpens Jlatu
adurens. Also as Subst. without "fins
id. Num. 21, 8 q"Jffl ^^ n^^^. Is'.
14, 29 CjE'iSia Ti'^tU a venomous flying
serpent; ascribed also to the Arabian
desert, Is. 30, 6 ClBisa Ci-iOl nrss the
viper and the venomous flying serpent.
Sllfl
1020
imuj
It is now known that no species of fly-
ing serpent exists; but this ancient opi-
nion probably rested upon a species of
flying lizard, draco volans Linn, found
in Africa and Asia, which in its general
appearance resembles a serpent but is
not venomous. See Comm.on Is. 14, 29.
^Corresponding in sound is Sanscr.
earpa serpent from srip. serpere, fijnftv,
to creep; but this seems to have no
relation to ""^b, which signifus not ser-
petit, but venomous.
2. Saraph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22.
CSniS m. plur. (r. *Q^ II) Seraphim,
Seraphs, Is. 6, 2. 6 ; an order of angels
and ministers of God, who stand around
his throne, each having six wings, also
hands and feet (v. 2), and praising God
with their voice. They were therefore
of human form, and furnished with wings
as the swift messengers of God, like the
Cherubim (see 31*^3) ; though by no
means identical with these, as some
have supposed. They are so called as
being of elevated rank, princes ; as in
Daniel the archangels are also called
C-inttJ princes, Dan. 10, 13 comp. 8, 25.
Other proposed etymologies, see in
Thesaur. p. 1341 sq.
nsnto f. (r. r;-iit; I, Tsere impure)
constr. nE~iB, a burning with fire Gen.
11, 3 ; a burning, afire. Lev. 10, 6. Num.
19, 6. 17 ; espec. a burning of spices at a
funeral (see in r. qnin I), 2 Chr. 16, 14. 21,
19;covfiagrali(m beut.29, 22[23]. Am.
4, 1 1. nE~iu ~n a mount of burning, i. e.
tobeburnedup.Jer. 51.25. neniub n;n
to be for burning, i. e. destined to be
burned up. Is. 9, 4. 64, 10 [11].
! P!D"9 to comb e. g. flax, to hackle.
Zab. 'Jiftt id. Talm. pno id. also to
curry a horue. etc. Hence adj. p'l'ito
q. v.
*II.p!}'^ or p^'^ to be reddish,
fox-coloured; spoken of a horse, see
adj. pi ; also of cerulean purple grapes,
yielding red wine. Arab. ^Aw id. of
homes and camels, the Imir, etc.
Deriv. the two following, and pr. n.
p'lto m. (r. p-iiU U ) 1. reddish, bay,
fox-coloured, of horses, plur. C^iSnib
, ,- o t '
Zech. 1, 8. Arab, by transp. Juii a
reddish horse, with the mane and tail
also red. Germ. Fuchs, fox-coloured.
2. a vine bearing cerulean or purple
grapes, phir. D'^js^ib Is. 16, 8. See
more in pib .
pnto m. Is. 5, 2, pT^ Jer. 2, 21, also
np-^to f Gen. 49, 11. R. py:: II.
1. a vine of a finer and nobler kind,
prob. so called from its cerulean or pur-
ple grapes. According to Abulwalid it
grows in Syria; it is called in Arab,
(oj^-ww and ia_>xj-ww. as also at the
present day in Morocco Serki, i. q. Pers.
(wX*,*L^3 Kishmish, and is still cele-
brated in Arabia and Persia ; the grapes
are small, partially round, dark-coloured,
with the stones soft and scarcely percep-
tible. See Niebuhr's Arabien p. 147.
Oedmann's Verm. Sammlungen aus der
Naturkunde VI. p. 98 sq.
2. Sorek, pr. n. of a valley, prob. so
called from its vineyards, Judg. 16, 4.
[Eusebius and Jerome place it north of
Eleutheropolis and near to Zorah. Ono-
mast. art. Sorech. R.
*"'!]^ i. q. nnb no. 2, and lib I, <o
have dominion, to rule, to be a prince.
Part, n-iiu Esth. 1, 22. Put. nu)-; Is. 32,
1. Prov. 8, 16.
HiTHP. "iiR^n , to make oneself a
prince, c. ^? Num. 16, 13.
Deriv. lb, ri^O.
jitoiS m. (r.b!lb)conBtr. 11 bb Kamets
being dropped, as if from a root T\Wi ;
j(yy. gladness, Joel 1, 12. Is. 12. 3. Jer. 31,
13. 51, 14. 119, 111 ; often coupled with
nn?3ia Is. 22, 13. 35, 10. 51, 3. 11. yoio
'(ibb oil of joy, i. e. oil used in anoint-
ing the guests at festive banquets, etc.
Ps. 45, 8. Is. 61, 3.
nilJ , see nxb .
*Dnia,6ee incno.
* n^\C /o split, to hurst, Arab. JL&.
NiPH. to be bitrst forth, protruded,to
break forth, of hemorrhoids, fut. plur.
!iin'^7 1 Sam. 5, 0. Comp. Spa Niuh.
no.' 3.
133
1021
w
Shin, forming together with Hin the
twenty-flrst letter of the Hebrew alpha-
bet, us a numeral denoting 300. The
name of this letter, *ptt5 i. q, yo . signifies
a tunlh, in allusion to its figure, which is
nearly the same in all the Semitic alpha-
bets. It is pronounced like the Engl, sh,
Germ. sch. a sound which was wanting
to the Greeks, unless perhaps the Doric
2^ay, Hdot. 1. 139, is to be so pronounced.
Hence the LXX, in order to give some
approximation to its sound, fiir UJ"'") , j'^tt) ,
write 'f/i/c, Xtriv, see Lam. c. 2. 3. 4.
To the letter O, which is fiir more
frequent than (O . there are in Arabic
three corresponding letters, viz. a) In
much the greater number of cases, ,ju j
as cVa |JLw, bx'r JL. etc. b) Far
So'
less oken yU*. as -130 /u*.4w the sun,
D'*?"^ *-wj to write down. In roots of
both these kinds, the Aramasan pre-
serves \.A/ . c) Sometimes vi>. in words
where the Aramaean has n , as rtjisTO
jjUj jiifiZ ^3an eight ; aVo po
tJ^kZ Jbw snow ; WD 1^* and ^ "'^^n,
*|Bn . Rarely in such examples has the
Arabic v;^ for C , as "1313 _aj' "i^Pi to
break, Sid u^lj sin to return, to turn
about. d) Tlie Arabic sometimes also
admits different ways of writing the same
word, and thus apparently divides one
Hebrew root into two Arabic ones, as
'dS'n (j*-C\ and ji^) ; f^^Jv ^-^ ^"d
Li^' ; ^I?''^ JJuif and Jju ; Cttia *-<*:>> j
j^U-**fc3 and ^mL.x,'>. body.
In the Heb. itself itJ is interchanged:
a) With b , see p. 1000. b) With n . as
ffl^n and ri'nn, like X'^Qaaao), xitot'txTm ;
;ST13 and ni"i3 pine ; comp. 3!ld , Aram.
ain, Arab. v^jLj; i3id , Aram. i3n ,
Arab, -xj' . c) With other sibilants in
, . ?cr
the dialects, as t, S, e. g. iVCJ JoO
train ; Ozn ijd5C to gallop ; c^h . Rab-
bin. KSain the groin ; tt5;5 , ^J^JOA and
'86
(jAftfe- d) With dentals, as nt^j?, Aram,
i^ Tjp ; tJns and ins to lie.
In those Semitic roots which have
been adopted into the occidental lan-
guages, chiefly the Greek, IS is ex-
pressed sometimes by a simple a, , as
rrilO afi()a. axrjn'i from "|3ai ; bbd ffvXuat;
sometimes by ax and <tx> 'is ^V'^ (rxDAMw,
bT^^ (/xi'TfUi/, I33'iJ axfjmov, axJjiiT{fov,
oXoXi] from nbid . Sometimes it passes
into t (</); as nrr, Aram. lJo.<i, Gr.
iiJ(o,'; "(iU3 Bttxavniu, C^d"?) Tartessus ;
jtB oJoiv dens; though in these the
Aramifian form seems often to have in-
tervened.
^, rarely *'? Judg. 5, 7. Cant. 1, 7.
Job 19, 29, before gutt. TD Judg. 6, 17,
and tD Ecc. 2, 22. 3. 18, i. e. the prefix
Shin, i. q "idx ; the S being dropped by
aphseresis. and the i either assimilated
and inserted as Daghesh in the next
letter, or (in the form llJ) also dropped..
Except in the book of Judges (5, 7. 6. 17.
7. 12. 8, 26), this prefix is usual only in
the later Hebrew.
A) Relat. Pron. who, which, what ^
that. Judg. 7, 12. 8, 26. 1 Chr. 5, 20. Psi.
122, 3. 124, 8. 129, 6. 7. Lam. 2, 15. 16.
Cant. 4, 1. 2. 6, 5. Ecc. 1,3. 9. 14. 2, 9.
11. 21. 22. al. saep. Without a demonstr.
i. q. he who. Ecc. 1, 11. Cant. 1, 17. 3, 3..
Besides in the Heb. O. T. this f^rm of
pronoun is found widely in the Phenic ian
dialect, where it was pronounced si^
sy, se ; sometimes followed by a Ifetter
doubled; see Monumm. Phcen. p. 356,
438. Perhaps also in the same dialect
the fuller form 'OX is found ; see The-
saur. p. 1345. In the other dialects
comp. Amhar. fl wheyi, prefixed to a
verb. Spec, like "laix a) As a mere
sign of relation, e. g-Q^ "J? whither
Ecc. 1, 7; D'i-a Ps. 122, 4. b) With b,'
i. e. ^SJ so frequent among the Rabbins,
used like b ids to express the genitive
of a possessor ; Cant. 3, 7 Pi^'se^d inao
the litter of him, Solomon, pr. which is
to Solomon. Cant. 1, 6 emphat. ""Via ^ni})
ns"
1022
ISa
my vineyard, even mine; for the pleo-
nastic suffix, see Heb. Gram. 119.3.
note.
B) Relat. Conjunct, i. q. I'lix. -^3.
1. Ihol after verbs of seeing. Ecc. 2,
,13. 3, 18; of knowing Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 14.
9, 5; of thinking Ecc. 2, 15; of giving
a sign Judg. 6, 17. Also: a) what
is thai,'' 'this is that,' Ecc. 2, 12. 5,
15. 7, 10. Cant. 5, 9. b) Ecc. 12, 9
n^nc nr'i'' besides that he was, etc. 6, 3
I'ljd "^^i itin'B IT so that 7>iany be the
days of h is years. U wS^ 3 scarcely that
Cant. 3. 4. ns aV/ </if/^, nnlil, Judg.
5. 7. Cant. 2,'l7. c) UJ nbr i!o make
or caMse /Aa/ Ecc. 3, 14.
2. because that, because., Cant. 1. 6 bis.
5. 2. Ecc. 2, 18 ; fully e rrirn-br Ecc. 7,
14. Alsoybr; Cant. 1, 7 n^^r/or 7cAy ?
3. w-Aen, Ecc. 5, 10. Comp. -mix B. 5.
4. With Prefixes: a) -UJs i. q. ""US3
lett. c, because that, Ecc. 2, 16. b) x;3
i- q- ""^.^i!? ! P''- according to what, i. e. as^
Ecc. 5, 14. 12, 7. Also, as, when, Ecc.
9, 12. 10,3.
-^'^ fut. SX'::^ <o draw water.
Chald. id. Arab. IwjLww and ._>aa* to
slake one's thirst by drawing water.
Comp. Goth, skephan. Germ. schOpfev.
Construed either with ace. cits Gen. 24,
13. Deut. 29, 10. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 1 Sam!
7, 6. 9. 11 ; or absol. Gen. 24, 11. 19. 20.
With dat. of instr. Gen. 1. c. Nah. 3, 14 ;
jT? of fountain 2 Sara. 23, 16.
Deriv. caster ,
* ^^ '^ fut. 5Xt': to roar; Arab. ' ij
to bellow, to bleat, also to roar. Spoken
pr. of the lion. Judg. 14.5. Ps. 22. 14. Hos.
10, 11 ; c. b Ps. 104, 21. Trop. of thun-
der Job 37, 4, comp. Am. 1, 2. Joel 4,
10; of raging warriors Ps. 74, 4; also
of persons in extreme pain, to cry out, to
groan, Ps. 38, 9. Hence
TOS f constr. rax'i , c. suff. "'njxifi ,
plur, c. Hufl'. 'J?'?^ ; roaring of a lion Is.
6, 29. Job 4. 10. Zech. 11,3. Trop. out-
cry, groaning, of a person in great pain
Job 3, 24. P. 22, 2. 32, 3.
* I. nfi<'^ i. q. K-ioJ 1. to make a
noi$e, to rage, to roar, of floods, a tumult
of people, eec T'Kti, n^ II.
2. to crash, to full with a crash, e. g.
a liouse, etc. hence to be laid waste, Is.
6, 11 init.
NiPH. 1. to make a noise, to rush, to
roar. e. g. of floods and nations, Is. 17,
12. 13.
2. to be laid waste, of a land Is. 6, 11.
HiPH. to lay waste, inf rlxttinb Is. 37
26 ; and so X being dropped rittinb 2 K.
19,25.
Deriv. n'sd, ";ixtD, n^N'r, rxa.ro.
* 1 1 . njj"^' not used in Kal. i. q. nj ,
to look at, to behold with attention.
HiTHP. HKntiin id. Gen. 24, 21, c. V,
Sept. xixiufiuvi^dvb), Vulg. contemplor.
nSTDj see nxiTT.
^"^^P. Prov. 1, 27 Cheth. see in nxic.
51N1D and 5i5tD comm. gend. (m. Job
26, 6 ; i: Is. 5, U. 19. 9 ;) Sheol. Hades,
Orciis, the under world, Sept. usually
lidtis, once i)avmog 2 Sam. 22, 6 ; a vast
subterranean place Job II. 8. Deut. 32,
22; full of thickest darkness .Job 10, 21.
22 (but see Is. 14, 9 sq.) where dwell the
shades of the dead (-"'XSn q. v.) Ps. 30,
4. 86, 13. 89,49. Prov. 23, 14 ; to w^hich
are poetically ascribed valleys Prov. 9,
18, and also gates and bars Is. 38, 10.
Job 17, 16. The dying are said to go
down to Sheol, nbisd Tn^ Num. 16, 30.
Ez. 31, 15. 17 : poet, bxtlj' T^;; Job 7, 9.
Ps. 55, 16; comp. nb-ixia "Jinin to h-ing
down to Sheol Gen. 42, 38. 1 Sam. 2, 6.
1 K. 2, 9. Those who save the life of
anyone are said to deliver him bisuj n*a
from the hand (power) of Sheol Hos. 13,
14. Ps. 49, 16. Elsewhere Sheol is said
to devour all Prov. 1, 12 ; to be in.satiable
Prov. 30, 16. Is. 5, 14; to be stern and
cruel Cant. 8, 7. To it by prosopopoeia
are ascribed snares, with which it lies
in wait for men, Ps. 18, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 6 ;
and those who escape death are said to
have made a covenant with Sheol. Is. 28,
15. 18. Poet, and by melon. Sheol is
put for its inhabitants, or rather is per-
sonified. Is. 14, 9. 38. 18, comp. Ps. 6. 6.
See eepec. Num. 16. 30 sq. Is. 14, 9 sq.
Ez. 31, 16 sq. 32, 21 eq. Chald. and
Talmud, bi-itfi id. Syr.^.o-J*-. Ethiop,
fl.hA.. As to the etymology, b-ixw
comes from r. bsiZJ I. and is i. q. bisd a
cavity, a hollow aubtetranean place ; just
MK^S
1023
b123
ai the Germ. Hdlle hell, is originnlly the
Hame with Ilohle a hollow, cavern, and
Lat. cinlum is from Gr. xoUoj hollow.
The usual derivation has been from the
notion of asking, demanding, r. bjtai no.
II ; since Orcus lays claim unsparingly
to all alike, whence the epithet orcus
rapax Catull. 2, 28. 29.
blXO (asked for, desired, r. bx\^ II )
Shaid, Saul, pr. n. a) The first king
of tlie Israelites, from the tribe of Ben-
jamin, 1 Sam. 8, 4. 9, 2 sq. c. 15. b) A
king of the Edomites, Gen. 3*3, 37, c) A
son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. d) 1 Chr.
6. 9, see in bxi^ lett. c. From lett. c.
comes the patronymic 'bixi^ Shaulite
Num. 26, 13.
]iXTD m. (r. nxid I) constr. -jixir, c.
suff. R5"ixr .
1. Jioise, ragging, tumult, e. g. of wa-
ters Ps. 65, 8. Is. 17, 12. 13; of a crowd
or multitude of men. Is. 5, 14. 13, 4. 24,
8. 25, 5. 66, 6 ; of war Am. 2, 2. Hos.
10, 14; of outcry, clamour, Ps. 74, 23.
Jer. 25, 31. 48, 45 "iixttj "'Ja sons of up-
roar, i. e. tumultuous warriors.
2. desolation, destruction ; Ps. 40. 3 113
"ix'JJ the pit of destruction, Jer. 46, 17.
* t3><"iD obsol. root. i. q. a:iaS II, to con-
temn, to despise. The primary idea is
prob. to stink; comp. ^LS" and .ioju
to stink, iLbLj stinking mud. Hence
W5J m. (Kamets impure) c. suff.
t^lsx'vB Ez. 25, 6 ; contempt, i. e. pride,
arrogance, Ez. 25, 15. 36, 5.
n^SO f. ruins, Is. 24, 12. R. ns'fl I.
* 55<'>3 fuLbx-a-^ I. i.q. bstii, to dig,
to excavate, to hollow out ; hence btxd
Hades, pr. a hollow place under ground.
From the idea of digging comes rea-
dily that of searching out, inquiring,
comp. ipn, ^jr2 no. 3, isn no. 2; also
percontari, to search, to explore with a
xovTo; stick, probe, etc. Engl. ' to dig,
to grub.' Hence
II. to ask, to inquire, to ask for, either
by way of demand or entreaty.
I. to ask, to inquire of to interrogate ;
Chald. id. Syr. '\|-a, to interrogate, to
ask for. Arab. JLm* to interrogate, to
ask ; V, to beg. Eth. ATiA and ftAA io
demand, to ask, to beg. Constr. absol.
Ueut. 13, 15 : with ace. of pers. Gen. 24,
47. 32, 18. 44, 19 ibxb 'nss-rs bxd ''p^^
my lord asked his serninls, saijing. Deut.
32, 7. Judg. 4, 20. Job 40, 7 ; rarely with
b of pers. 2 K. 8, 6. Job 8, 6. Tiiat of or
about which one asks is put with b. Gen.
32,30. 43.7. Judg. 13, 18. Jer.6,'l6; bs
Neh. 1 , 2. Ecc. 7, 10 ; ace. Jer. 50, 5 ; hence
with two ace. of pers. and thing Jer. 38,
14. Is. 45, 11. 58,2. Hagg.2, 11. Ps. 35,
11. Spec. a) to considt an oracle, to
inquire of e. g. Six bj<-r Deut. 18, 1 1 ;
oftener c. a, as nin-ia bxuS to impure
of (at) Jehovah Judg. 1, l.'l8, 5. 20, 8.
1 Sam. 28, 6; also 2 Sam. 16, 23. Ez.
21, 26. With b for any one 1 Sam. 22,
10. 13. 15. Num. 27, 21. b) 'eb bxd
nibtub to ask one as to his health, wel-
fare, etc. to ask how one does ; hence
to salute, to greet. Gen. 43, 27. Ex. 18, 7.
Judg. 18, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 14. 17. 22. 2 Sam.
8. 10; and so Jer. 15. 5 Ty; D'bob bxaib.
Poet. Ps. 122, 6 C7brn-i7 cibiu nbxd wish,
prosperity to Jerusalem, i. e. salute her.
[Others, perhaps better, pray for the
welfare of Jerusalem, as in no. 2. R.]
Without the idea of salutation, 2 Sam,
11,7 Band inquired after the welfare
ofJoab and of the army, etc. Syr. '\j^
9 ]\n\k n id. to salute.
2. to ask for, i. e. a) to require, to
demand, absol. 1 K. 3, 5. 2 K. 2, 9. Is.
7, 11. 12. Mic. 7, 3; with ace. of thing
1 Sam. 12, 13. Lam. 4, 4 >tbx;i5 a-'bbi?
cnb . Ps. 40, 7 ; c. ",13 Ps. 2,' 8 ; rXTD
1 Sam. 8. to. With two ace. nlTiin
Ttm 71, Deut. 14. 26. Is. 58. 2. Ps. 137. 3.
With dat. ib bxta to ask (demand) for
oneself 1 Sam. 12, 17. 19. Ascribed to
the mind, 1353. Deut. 14.26; to the eyes
Ecc. 2, 10. Spec. Jon. 4, 8 TX bxd'1
nsi^b lilJE: he required of his soid to die,
i. e. he prayed that he might die. 1 K.
19, 4. Job 31, 31 ira? nbxa bxtib by
requiring his life with curses, i. e. pray-
ing for his (my enemy's) death. So
itavrdhbjg Is. 7, 11, comp. 2 K. 2, 10.
b) to ask, i. e. to entreat, to beseech, io
beg, with ace. of thing Jndg. 5, 25. 1 K.
3. 10 sq. 10, 13; also with '13 of pers.
from. whom. Judg. 8. 21. 1 Sam. 1. 20.
Ps. 21, 5 ; nx-a 2 Sara. 3, 13. 1 K. 2
:"J3
1024
hKts
20. Ps. 27, 4 ; tsia Deut. 10, 12. 18, 16.
With dat. of pers. for whom 1 K. 2, 22.
ib bxttJ /o ask for oneself 2 Chr. 1, 11.
Spec, u) to ask ns a loan, to borrow
from any one Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2. 12, 35.
Part. pass. i^xiU borrowed 1 Sam. 1, 28.
' 2 K. 6, 5. With h prob. /o /e?jd i. q.
Hiph. 1 Sara. 2, 20! Syr. Aph. to lend ;
Ettaph. to be lent. So in Rabbinic often.
/3) to ask aims, to beg; i. q. Pi. no. 2,
s *^
Prov. 20, 4. Arab. Conj. V, id. J-jUw
a beggar. Ethiop. id.
NiPH. to ask for oneself, to ask leave,
like Gr. aiiovftal as toSto, see Heb. Gr.
50. 2. With ',13 of pers. and \> with
inf of that which one asks leave to do,
1 Sam. 20, 6. v. 28. where the inf. is omit-
ted. So with a finite verb Neh. 13, 6.
Others, ' to obtain liberty or leave from
a master by entreaty.'
PiEL bxttj , fut. Isyc-; . 1. to ask, to
interrogate, 2 Sam. 20, 18.
2. to beg, i. q. Kal 2. b. /3. Ps. 109, 10.
HiPH. to loan, to lend, Ex. 12, 36.
1 Sam. 1, 28 ; comp. Kal no. 2. b. a.
Deriv. from no. I, bixtti ; from no. II,
nVsai, nbtU, nbxcn, and the pr. names
ixttJ, b^xd, bx-iFiVKia, bistrrajs.
5STD Chald. 1. to ask, to interrogate,
with b of pers. Ezra 5, 9 ; also witli ace.
of that abotit which one inquires, v. 10.
Dan. 2, 10. 27.
2. to ask, to demand, c. dupl. ace.
Ezra 7, 21. Hence nbstia Chald. and
51<1D (an asking) Sheal, pr. n. m.
Ezra 10,29.
^, see b-iKto.
nbSTD f. (r.bxc) c. suff. T^xaJ , dnbxifl
Ps. 106, 15, and contr. T^nboi 1 Sam. 1,' 17'.
1. an asking, request, petition. So
nbxttJ bxttJ to ask a petition, i. e. to ask
a thing of any one, to make a request,
Judg.a24. IK. 2, 16.20. 't '^r^} to grant
a petition Esih. 5. 6. 8. 7, 3. 9, 12. ns<a
nbKtti the petition is gravled Job 6, 8.
2. a loan, thing loaned, 1 Sam. 2, 20.
Comp. tile root bxtti no. 2. b. a.
nbKTC Chald. f. emphat. xnbxuJ, pr.
a qiteafion. i. e. a subject of inquiry, a
cause in law. nnd hence a decree; Dan.
4, 14 KnbsreJ "pai''?;? "^'S'*'? the mandate
of the Holy ones is this decree. Arab.
sJUmjo question, cause in law, matter.
bx-'n^SS? (I have asked him of God)
Shealtiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 17. Ezra 3,
2. Neh. 12, 1 J i. q. bitTibq Hagg. 1, 12.
14. 2, 2.
'^'^ to rest, to be quiet, in Kal not
used ; kindr. with *)St^ to rest or lean
upon any thing, for repose and quiet.
Syr. Pa. t-*^ placavit.
PiL. (5?>'2 to be quiet, tranquil, to live
in quiet, Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27. Job 3, 18.
Prov. 1, 33. Hence
)}i^V m. adj. plur. C'^SiSt'S 1. quiet,
tranquil, ofa dwelling Is. 33, 20; of one
dwelling in quiet Zech. I, 15. Job 12, 5 ;
comp. ISNb^B Job 21, 23.
2. In a bad sense, living at ease, care-
less, proud (secundis rebus ferox, Sal-
lust. Jug. 94,) Ps. 123, 4. Am. 6, 1. Is.
32.9.11.18. Comp. n:?S no. 2. b. ibt^ ,
nib^, and Schultens Animadv. ad Job.
26, 5. Subst. pride, arrogance, Is. 37,
29. 2 K. 19, 28.
CSiS, see r. DOOi.
* Wi^"^ fut. qxffi-^ 1. to breathe hard,
to pant, to blow, e. g. of an angry per-
son, to snort, Is. 42, 14 ; of one in haste,
hence to hasten Ecc. 1. 5. Comp. niD
Hiph. no. 3. Of the same stock are the
roots r)!ittJ, ttaj, 3ffi3, 3r I; and kindr.
to these is the syllable Sfi, ''St. which
has the signif. of breathing and desir-
ing. In the Indo-european tongues we
have, with a sibilant, schnu^lbcn, schnap-
pen, to snuff.
2. to pant after, sc. with open nostrils,
mouth, etc. e. g. the air, wind, to snuff
up Jer. 2, 24. 14, 6; nightfall Job 7, 2;
night i. e. death Job 36. 20 ; absol. Ps.
119, 131. Poetically ascribed to a snare
or trap laid for any one. Job 5, 5 ; see
CBS . W^ith by , Am. 2, 7 they pant for
the dust (fthe earth on the head of the
poor, hyperb. expressing the sordid
avarice of the rich, as envying the poor
even the slightest possession and striv-
ing to deprive thorn of it. Elsewhere
to pant after any one. is to Ihirst lor his
blood, the metaphor being taken Irom
wild beasts, Ps. 56, 2. 3. 57, 4. Am. 8,4.
Ez. 36. 3.
n
"li^lD
1025
IKTiJ
'^"9 1. to become full and turgid,
to swell up or wit ; spoken of fuliiefis or
roundness q\' flosli in the luitniin body,
espec. in youth, wliencc "ixaJ flesli ; also
of the rising or swelling of fermentation,
whence nnxtli'O kneading-trough. Kin-
dred roots are nxio wlienre ixio leaven;
also "I""!? to swell, to boil ; Arab. L* id.
%Lj id. also of swellings on the body.
2. to be abundant, redundant ; hence
to be left, to remain. Chald. and Sara.
id. Arab. ASm to let remain ; _jum to
be left. In Kal once 1 Sam. 16, U.
NiFH. pass, of Hiph. 1. to be left over,
to remain ; Gen. 7, 2;i nb T^X >!<',S^ and
Noah only was left. 42, 3S. 47. 18. Ruth
1, 3. 6. al. sffip. Ex. 8, 27 [31] iSttSa ki
ins there remained not one; so 14, 28.
Judg.4. 16. Josh.8. 17. 2K. 10.21. With
dat. to remain for any one Zech. 9, 7;
c. 3 in any place Is. 17, 6. Dan. 10, 8 ;
c. "(^ Neh. 1. 2. Part. "ixaJ: one left, a
survivor. Gen. 32, 9. Is. 4, 3 ; plur. Gen.
14, 10. Fem. Is. 37, 31.
2. to remain any where, to remain be-
hind. Ex. 8, 5. 7. Num. 11, 26. Job 21,
34 bs^-- 1X453 cs-'nb^ilSn your answers
remain treachery, i. e. being examined
there remains of them only treachery.
Note. In Ez. 9, 8 in some editions is
found the anomalous form "^SX -ixiCXST ;
which has doubtless arisen from the
mingling of two readings, iXttJD part, and
IX^x . Some Mss. also are without the
X , and others without the 3 ; see De
Rossi.
Hiph. 1. to leave, to let remain, e. g.
after eating Deut. 28. 51 ; after the har-
vest Ob. 5 ; espec. after a slaughter, xb
T^-ita "I'^XttJn he left none remaining; no
survivor, Josh. 10, 28. 37. 39. 40 ; c. dat.
to any one Josh. 8, 22. 10, 33. 11, 8.
1 K. 16, 11 ; and so after a public de-
portation 2 K. 25. 12. 22. Jer. 39, 10.
So to leave behind, spoken of one depart-
ing, Joel 2. 14.
2. Intrans. ib "i^xt;n to be left to any
'one. there remains to him ; Josh. 8, 22
and they smote them cn^ "I'xrii ""nba ns
T^nit; until there was not left to them one
remaining. Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3, 3.
2 K. 13, 7. Without dat. to have left, to
retain ; Am. 5. 3 the city that went out
86*
a thousand nxa ^'XttSn hath a hundred
left. etc.
Deriv. nxd, nxd (nnxaJ), n-'-ixtJ,
rixdia , and pr. names n'lH'^ , aw)*' nxai.
"liJO m. (Kamets impure) remainder,
remnant, residue, th jest, a word of the
later Hebrew for the earlier n^"ixa3 .
Is. 10, 20. 14, 22. al. With genit. n'xlo
IB? the remnant of his people Is. 11, 11;
so 10, 21. Zeph. 1, 4; Aho tlie remaining
part, t/ie rest, as opp. to something pre-
ceding, Is. 17, 3 Damascus nix -ixq
and the rest of Syria. 2 Ciir. 9, 29.
IS Chald. m. constr. "iXttJ , once
iXtti Ezra 7, 18 ; remainder, residue,
Dan. 7, 7. 19; the rest, as opp. to sorae-
tliiiig preceding, Ezra 4, 9. 10. 17. 6, 16.
7, 18. 20.
3^TD^ '^^TD (the remnant shall return,
be converted) Sliear-jashub, symbolical
pr. n. of a son oi Isaiah, Is. 7, 3 ; comp.
10, 21. 22.
"IS m. constr. nxttJ Lev. 18. 12. 13,
c. suff. "iiXttJ , Jlesh, so called as swelling
out in fulness and roundness in the well
fed body, see in r. -XtlJ no. 1. Ps. 73. 26
^aabi '-ixtt) nbs. Prov. 5, 11 nibra
Tj-ixilJi Tj'nca when thy flesh and thyful-
iiess (fat) are consumed. Prov. 11, 17.
Trop. to eat the flesh of a people is to op-
press and exhaust them, Mic. 3, 3 ; see
in b3X no. 1. g. Also Jer. 51, 35 "'DTsn
baa~b3 '^'ixaSi my injury and my flesh
(devoured by the Chaldeans) be npon
Babylon. Hence
a) the flesh of beasts as eaten, Ps. 78,
20. 27 ; also genr. meat, food, of any
kind, Ex. 21, 10.
b) the flesh of any one, put for his
blood-kindred, blood- relatives, comp. "itC3
no. 4; Lev. IS, 12. 13. 17. 21. 2. Num.
27, 11 ; more fully iiba nxiU (where the
primary idea of "ixttj is already lost)
Lev. 18, 6. 25, 49. Comp. Arab. -jD*
avenger of blood, which signif. seems to
have come from Heb. ^xd.
nnjjtlD f. (denom. from "ixd) blood-
relationship, blood-kindred ; concr. kins-
woman. Lev. IS, 17.
^'}^^. (id.) Sherah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr.
7, 24. '
^JJ5D
1026
in-c
tt>n f. (r. -X'r) once contr. fT''}
1 Chr. 12, 38, port remaining^ remain-
der, residue, the rest, Is. 44, 7. Jer. 39, 3.
Neh. 7. 72 ; espec. the remnant, the sur-
rifors, after great slaugliter, as r'^'isd
riling the remnant of Judah Jer. 40, 15.
42". 15. 44. 28 ; and so Jer. 24, 8. Ez. 9,
8. 11, 13. Am. 1, 8. al. Of a total de-
struction it is said, h n-'nxo r^-;ri xb
there is no remnant to any one, none
(nothing) is left, Jer. 11, 23. 50, 26;
contra b 'ttj "in: to grant a remnant to
any one, to leave a remnant, Jer. 40. 11 ;
b 'aJ i-'rin id. Jer. 44, 7 ; V^ ^''^ Gen.
45, 7, comp. 2 Sam. 14, 7. Ps. 76, 11
for the wrath of man doth praise thee,
nann risn n'^nsaj the remainder of thy
wrath thou dost gird on, i. e. dost exert
thine extreme wrath, comp. Deut. 32,
23. The remainder of wrath is here
God's extreme wrath, reserved for ex-
treme cases, opp. to the less degree of
wrath manifested on less aggravated
occasions.
T'SitD f (for ns , r. nsBi) desolation,
devastation, Lam. 3, 47.
NSTO Sheba, pr. n. m. comp. Ethiop.
'A'flzi man.
1. Three men in the genealogical ta-
bles in Genesis and 1 Chron. founders
of families or tribes in Arabia, a) A son
>of Raamuh and grandson of Gush, also
'brother of Dedun, Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1,
SL b) A son of Joktan, and brother of
Uzal; Ophir, etc. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1,
22. Comp. Abulfeda p. 98 Paris, c) A
son of Jokshan and grandson of Abra-
ham and Keturah, also brother of a
Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 32. Comp.
in no. 2 6n.
2. Sheba, the Sabaans, a region and
people in Arabia Felix, abounding in
frankincense, spices, gold, and precious
.stones, 1 K. iO, ] sq. Is. GO. G. Jer. 6. 20.
.Ez. 27, 22. Ps. 72, 15; celebrated also
'for their great traffic Ez. 1. c. Ps. 72, 10.
Joel 4. 8. Job 6, 19; but in Job 1, 15
driving off plunder in the vicinity of Uz
or Ansiiis. With all this accords what
Greek ariJ Arab writers say of the Sa-
baavH (2'(5Htoi), whose chief city thoy
call Saba and Mariaba (Mititiiiiiu, now
^yjo MArcb), three or four days' jour-
tney distant Irom Sana'a; see Strabo
XVI. p. 768, 777, 780. Agatharch. p.
64. Diod. Sic. 3. 38, 46. Plin. VI. 32.
Abulfeda p. 96 Par. Edrisi I. p. 53. 147,
ed. Jaubert. See Thesaur. p. 1351.
Comparing now the three names in
Genesis (no. 1. a. b, c), it appears that
the Sabffians of Arabia Felix adjacent to
Sana'a are descendants of Joktan, Gen.
10. 28 (lett. b). Nor is it less evident
that the other two passages, Gen. 10, 7
and 25, 3 (lett. a, c), refer to one and the
same people, although a different origin
is assigned ; since in both, Sheba is
coupled with Dedan and Raamah. We
may therefore assume two tribes of Sa-
bajans ; one of which (b), the more
powerful and noble, was in Arabia Felix ;
while the other (a. c) dwelt towards the
Persian Gulf not far from the mouths of
the Euphrates. This latter tribe is not
mentioned except in Genesis I. c.
l'-*^^ obsol. root, i. q. Arab.
v_^ to kindle kindr. is Syr. \.a^ to
inflame. The primary idea is perh.
' to blow into a flame,' to kindle by
blowing, comp. 3^'3 , pjttJ: . Hence S'^attJ
flame.
* II. 31'^ i. q. Chald. 3a(^ to break,
whence xaiJ fragment. Hence
D'^ISTC m. p\\ir. fragme7its, Hos. 8, 6.
l^'^ fut. conv. acifi , to make pri-
soner, to take or lead captive, to carry
of; Arab. La*w , Chald. S<r:J , Syr. )n^.,
id. E. g. either persons Gen. 34, 29.
1 K. 8, 48. Is. 14, 2. Jer. 41, 10. 14. 43,
12. al. or cattle, flocks. 1 Chr. 5, 21.
2 Chr. 14, 14; or wealth, substance,
Obad. 11. 2 Chr. 21, 17. So of a con-
queror leading his captives in triumph,
Judg. 5, 12. Ps. 68, 19 ; also to hold cap-
tive Ps. 137, 3. Part. pass. D-^^n^^ cap-
tives Is. 61, 1 ; fem. Gen. 31, 26 ni'^iisttj
S'^n captives of the sword i. e. taken in
war. like Gr. ulxfirdwrtxi, dof^viiXtoiui,
comp. 2 K. 6, 22. Is. 22, 3.
NiPH. pass, of Kal, Gen. 14, 14. Ex.
22. 9. 1 Sam. 30. 3. 5. Jer. 1 3. 17. Ez. 6, 9.
Deriv. nima . ad . n^ad , r^zt , and
pr. names hv.*.Z'V , "^aUJ, "'iii: , ""Sen .
i2To m. a species of precious stone,
Sept. Vulg. uxtirijc, agate, Ex. 28. 19.
39, 18. See Braun de Vest. sac. U. 15
IITD
1027
12212)
bS'^rnC (captive of God) Shebuel, pr.
n. m. a) I Olir. 23, 16. 26, 24 ; culled in
24, 20 ix2^e Sknhad. b) I Chr. 25, 4;
called in v. 20 bKaia) .
b^a Jer. 18, 15 Clieth. for b"2^ q. v.
yiaiD m. (denom. from S3l^. seven)
conslr. ?a':J Gen. 29. 27. 28 ; duiil n-iysnJ
Lev. 12, 5; pliir. o''53'd m. JJiin. 9. 25.
10,2. 3, and nirs'd, constr. nwao, c.
suff. cs^rsroS Num. 28, 26; a seven, a
sennight, i^jiSofn'tg, i. e. a week. In the
phrase nXT STJ Gen. 29, 27, 53ttJ is not
fem. but is st. constr. belbre nXT , i. e. the
week of this daughter.
1. Pr. a week of days, seven days,
Gen. 29, 27. 28. Dan. 10, 2 c-'Sra nujba
V^Xi'^/or three weeks, where 0"'a'i is not a
jfenitive, see under DT^ Piur. no. 2. b.
nirati an the festival of (seven) weeks,
Pentecost, so called from the seven
weeks which were reckoned from the
paspover to this festival. Ex. 34, 22.
Deut. 16, 10 comp. 9; fully Tob. 2, 1
uyia BTiru ifidofiitSuiv. But in Ez. 45, 21
D^13^ n"isa-; ;n the festival of sevens of
days, is the passover, as being celebrated
each time during seven whole days.
2. a week of years, seven years, Dan.
9, 24 sq. Comp. hebdomas annorum
Gell. N. A. 3. 10. Censorin. c. 14. Aris-
tot. Polit. 7. 16.
n^^yO and ^ya f (r. ra^r) constr.
nsao , c. suff. TS3d ; plur. niyn'r : a
twearing, an oath, Lev. 5. 4. Judg. 21.5.
] Sam. 14. 26. Ecc.9,2.al. ns^nd rsttJs
to swear an oath Gen. 26, 3. Josh. 9.20.
"(jSTa n73"J a fiilse oath, perjury, Zech.
8, 17. nin-i n^aia an oath by Jehovah
Ex.22, 10. Ecc.8.'2; also with gen. of
the person swearing Ps. 105, 9, and of
him to whom one swears, as ^rsrj the
oath to me. sworn to me, Gen. 24, 8.
For Hab. 3. 9 rial? nisaaJ , see in n::^
no. 3. p. 559. Spec, a) An oath sworn
in making a covenant, i. e. a covenant
confirmed by an oath, 2 Sam. 21. 7.
b njiiTJ "'bsa joined in a sworn league
with any one. Sept. ivofjxoi, Neh. 6, 18.
b) An oath of cursing, an imprecation,
curse, Dan. 9, 11. Is. 65, 15 ; fully r?iac
nbxn Num. 5, 21.
m^lTS and rii3 f (r. nai^) the first
form being sometimes in Cheth. where
Keri has rf^ai^ , as Pa. S5, 2. 126, 4 ; bat
oftener in Keri where Cheth. has PCaaJ,
as Job 42, 10. Jer. 29, 14. al. captivity,
Num. 21. 29 ; alwo concr. fJ)r captives, as
'b niad aili to bring back the captives of
a people. Deut. 30. 3. Jer. 29, 14. Ez.29,
14. Am. 9, 14. Zeph. 3, 20. Ps. 14, 7.
53, 7. al. 'b niiatB a-'irn id. Jer. 33, 7.
11. 49, 6. Ez. 39, 25. Trop. to restore to
one's former state and prosperity ; Job
42, 10 ai'X riad-rx a-r r^iro-^ and Jeho-
vah restored Job to his former prosperity.
Ez. 16. 53, comp. v. 55. Hos. 6, 11.
' '?:"9 in Kal not used, to stroke, to
soothe; Arab, aa^, to swim, pr. to
stroke the water. Hence
Pi EL \. to soothe, to still, to restrain,
e. g. billows Ps. 89, 10 (comp. mulcere
fliiclits Virg. JEn. 1. 70); anger Prov.
29, 11. Comp. nbn Piel.
2. to praise, to laud. pr. to soothe with
praises, mulcere laudibus Pacuv. (Arab.
^>-*-w- , Ethiop. fl-fl A , id.) Ecc. 8, 15 ;
espec. to praise God Ps. 63, 4. 117, 1.
147, 12; c.dat. 145,4.
3. to pronounce happy Ecc. 4, 2 ;
where naia is for part. naSJia. Comp.
Chald. *""
HiPH. i. q. Pi. no. 1, fo still, to restrain,
e. g. billows Ps. 65, 8.
HiTHP. c. 3 to laud oneself, to glory
in any thing, Ps. 106, 47. 1 Chr. 16, 35.
Deriv. pr. n. nattJ^ .
nnW Chald. Pa. na^r to praise, to
laud, as God Dan. 2, 23. 4, 31. 34 ; idols
5, 4. 23.
"r'^obsol. root, which with its kin-
dred forms seems to have had the signif.
to stand, to make stand, and then to be
stable, fixed, firm. Kindred are the fol-
lowing three classes : a) :;Eia to set up,
to decree, to judge ; nsd q. v. to set up,
to fix in the ground, b) isao whence
aa-i; nattJ to rest, to stand still; Arab.
o-AJ to be stable, firm, c) -fj to lash,
to row ; nvr or rT^tt) to set. to place.
I3nTS and t2n m. once fem. Ez. 21,
15; in pause isax. c. suff. "'^aui ; plur.
D'^-ja-iJ , constr. "'jad . R. aaai .
1. a stick, rod, staff. Chald. XaStti
id. Syr. J-^^a^ a stafi", rod, tribe. Not
t:n"jj
1028
OTS
improb. the primary signif. of MSI^ may
have been a shoot, sprout of a tree, a rod
growing up from the root, see naT2 no.
I, also no. 2 below. Corresponding
forms are Gr. axr^Trrwi', axijjiTQov, axr,niwv,
oxifiTibtv, Lat. scipio, scapus ; Sanscr.
skabh, to make firm ; Germ. Scha/i,
Engl, shaft. Spec.
a) a rod or s/q/f lor chastising, Ex. 21,
10. 2 Sam. 7, 14. Is. 10, 15. 24. Mic. 4,
14. Prov. 10, 13. al. sajp. Hence a=!B
">.D113 the rod (if collection Prov. 22. 15.
C^n'^ c:;c the rod of God, with which
he corrects men Job 9, 34. 21. 9. 37. 13.
Is. 10, 5 "^BX wStt; the rod of my anger.
II. 4 he doth smite the earth ^^^ BSD
with tite rod of his nundh. i. e. his severe
sentence, stern decree. Also for beat-
ing out pulse. Is. 28, 27.
b) a staff on which one leans. Ps.
23, 4.
c) the crook oi a. shepherd. Lev. 27. 32 ;
see in nns no. 3. Trop. Ez. 20, 37.
Mic. 7, 14.'
d) the staff of office, e. g. of a leader,
chief, Judg. 5. 14. Hence the sceptre of
a king Gen. 49, 10. Num. 24. 17. Zech.
10, 11. Am. 1, 5. 8 aad T(^h, axijUTov/og,
q. d. a sceptre-bearer, a king. Trop.
for Tide, administration ; Ps. 45, 7 a
sceptre of equity is the sceptre of thy
kingdom. Also of unjust rule, liSlC
Tffinn Ps. 125, 3; but bna t=d an iron
sceptre, a stern and inflexible authority,
Ps. 2. 9.
e) a spear, lance, as composed of a
staflf or rod with an iron point, 2 Sam. 8.
14. Comp. riBT? no. 2. b.
2. a tribe, espec. of the children of Is-
rael ; Arab. n* id. The expression
is metaphorical, and is derived from a
plant, from whose root there spring up
several sprouts, shoots, steins j thus the
founder of a whole race is compared to
a root (Is. 11. 1). wiiile the ancestors of
the several subdivisions or tribes are
called stems (Gen. 49, 28). as also the
tribes themselves, comp. naia no. 3. So
1 K. 11, 13. 36. nnnn^ asa)' the trilye of
Judah Josh. 7, 16; "'"ib 'aJ Ueut. 18, 1.
B3ti nfcs -ijtiS the twelve tril>ps Ex. 28, 21.
bxnJBi "uaw 'the tiibea of Israel Ex. 24, 4.
Deut. 29, 20. Judg. 18, 1 . al. Called also
; -"BS* the tribes of Jehovah Ps. 122, 4.
It differs from 'inB'iJTa family, which
is strictly part of a iribe (Deut. 29, 17.
Judg. 18, 19. 21, 24) ; yet -J^UJ is some-
tin)es used in a narrower sense for the
families of a tribe, e. g. of the Kohath-
ites Num. 4, 18; of Dan, Judg. 18, 1
comp. 2 ; of Benjamin, Judg. 20, 12.
1 Sam. 9, 21. Vice versa it is also put
for the whole people of Israel, called
"'r f^^n? ^5*^ Iribe (race) the possession
of Jehovah, his own peculiar people,
Jer. 10, 16. 51, 19. Ps. 74. 2 ; comp. plur.
Is. 63, 17, Once of the Egyptian tribes
Is. 19, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 7 spake I a word
with one of the tribes of Israel (nnx
'iC7 "^^saj), tchom I commanded to feed
my people? Here for "yJ2'J should doubt-
less be read "'asiU judges, as in the parall.
1 Chr. 17. 6.
IjD Chald. m. a tribe, plur. constr.
^Mffi Ezra 6, 17.
IDntO Shebal, the eleventh month of
the Hebrew year, from the new moon of
February to the new moon of March,
Zech. 1, 7. Syr. v_Jlia., Arab. ^Uu*
and ioLLi) id. See Thesaur. p. 1353.
"'^tO tn. (r. nao) 1. Adj. captive,
i. q. "i^StU , Ex. 12,' 29. Fem. n*atlJ id.
Is. 52. 2.'
2. Subst. abstr. in pause "^31^, c. suff.
i-^am, Vi^atJi, cq-^^^',captirity^bent. 21,
13'. 2 Chr. 29, 9'. Ezra 3, 8. 9,7. Neh. 8,
17. D;;'aaj y-ix the land (f their captivity
Jer. 30. "lb. 40, 27. ^"Z^Z r\>^ to go into
captivity Jer. 20, 6. 22, 22. 30, 16. 46, 2.
Ez. 12, 11, Am. 9, 4; once ''2fiO 'l^^n id.
Lam. 1, 5 ; also ""a^'a nj^b to take away
into captivity Jer. 48, 46; ^a^"b 'rs to
deliver into captivity Ps. 78. 61. ''aai
nbijn the captivity of the e.riles Ezra 2,
1. Neh. 7, 6. Spec, a) Coucr. captives,
^attj naiiU to take captive captives, i. e. to
lead away captives. Num. 21, 1, Judg.
5. ] 2. Ps, 68, 1 9, ia C'DX to gather cap-
tives Hab, 1, 9. Ci';<"i^T2 'ai) the captives
of Egypt Is, 20, 4. Jer. 52, 2. nipbia
^aisn the prey of captives Num, 31, 26.
b) Putfor6oo/j/ofcattle,etc, Am.6. 10. Is.
49, 24 p-'^S 'attJ lawfid booty, v. 25 -^ati
"lis J the booty of the warrior, comp. v. 24.
"^^iS (i. q. naili taking captive) Shobai,
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45.
'nuj
1029
tetf
latD (id.) Shobi, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 17,
27.
3''aT m. flame, constr. S-'Sti Job 18,
6 ; Sept yioj. R. arid I.
S'laO Chiild, emphut. xa''3tt) , /awM
D;ui. 3. 22. Plur. Uan. 7, 9.'
n;'n f (r. n=id) captivity, Neh. 3, 36.
Jer. 48. 46. Meton. captives. Deut. 21,
11. 32, 42. 2 Chr. 28, 5. 11. 13. 14. 15.
n-aO f. see ill "'attJ
T : .J
b'^a m. (r. bai^) only plur. constr.
'^'3 , c. sntV. :;''b"'r, a ux/y. patk, Ps.
77,20. Jer. 18. 15; where Cheth. b^=0 id.
Chald. K^^*^) Syr. |1 /n h< , Arab.
G ^
JuUb*M way.
D'^C'^aO m. plur. (r. D2tJi) nettings,
cauls, caps of net-work, rcticida Varro
de Ling. Lat. IV. 19, a female orna-
ment for the head among the Hebrews,
Is. 3, 18. Sept. i fpnkoxin. So the
Talmudists and Rabbins. Schroeder,
de Vest. mul. Hebr. c. 2, compares Arab.
aLwguL-i (diminvit. from ^jt*.^ sun), and
understands liltle suiis, or studs resem-
bling suns worn upon the neck ; this
would also seem to be supported by the
mention of c^D"in(tJ little moons, imme-
diately after.
'^^'^aiC ordin. adj. the. seventh, Ge.n. 2, 2.
3. 8. 4. Ex. 12, 15. 16. al. Fem. n^S-aili ,
Ex. 21. 2. 23, 11. al. Denora. from yrilj
seven.
n^atp, see niatd.
M -V obsol. root, Arab. oLum to pour,
i. q. T)BiiJ . Hence pr. n. T\'y^^ .
^?'*? nearly 1. q. ba^, a root not
used in the verb.
1. to go, whence b'^sai way. Arab.
JuUbAM way ; J^xam IV, to be travelled,
as a way ; Syr. ViiA. to show the way.
2. to go up, to rise, to grow. Arab.
jLfc**/ Conj. IV, and quadril. JJj-w. to
produce ears. See rbaaj. rbiauJ no. 1.
3. to Jlow. espec. largely, copiously.
Arab. Conj. IV. the heavens pour down
rain ; hence JJLw rain. Deriv. baic,
nbaui no. 2 ; perh. pr. n. bai .
'^"O m. the skirt or train of a robe,
Is. 47, 2. Comp. kindr. bid. Arab.
sJLlww id. R. ba) no. 3.
515atD or 51'a m. a snail, espec.
without the Bhell, so called from its
slime and moisture, (like Gr. Xilftu^ from
Xii^u),) from conj. Shaphal of the verb
bba. Ps. 58, 9 spoken of the wicked: let
them melt away.. . . T^bti"; orjF) bnba'J 1^3
as the snail which melteth as it goeth,
i. e. which leaves a slimy trail as it goes,
and thus wastes away more and more
the further it advances. See Bochart.
Hieroz. II. 646.
nbatj f. (r. ba no. 2) a twig, branch,
with fruit on it, as resembling an ear of
grain ; plur. constr. Zech.4, 12 ^batt) ^Bttb
C^''?'! the two olive-branches. It is
sometimes written "'bad (from nbaoJ),
but against the Masora.
nbatj f. (r. bao no. 2) plur. c-ibaoS.
R. baaJ no. 2. '
1. an ear of grain, Job 24, 24 ; plur.
Gen. 41, 5 sq. Ruth 2. 2. Is. 17, 5.
Chald. s<bi3tt5, Syr. jlaX, U\nZ, id.
Arab. JJLw , &JLLm , iJyi^jM , and with
Daghesh resolved isj^jJum ; Ethiop.
AflA id.
2. a stream, jlood. see the root no. 3,
Judg. 12, 6. Ps. 69, 3. 16. Is. 27, 12. Syr.
)l>\n^ channel of a river.
|^~ obsol. root. perh. to increase,
to grow up, i. q. ba no. 2, and Arab.
O^-kMt ; comp. Arab, ^iyjyit to be tender,
delicate, as a youth. Hence the two
following.
KSaC and npaiD (perh. youth) Sheh-
na, pr. n. of the prefect of the palace,
Is. 22. 15. After this office was given
to Eliakim (Is. 22, 15), he became scribe
or secretary to the reigning king Heze-
kiah, Is. 36, 3. 2 K. 18^ 18. 26. 37. 19, 2.
n^Saip (whom Jehovah has made
grow up ?) Shebaniah. pr. n. m. a)
1 Chr. 15, 24. b) Neh. 9, 4. 5. c) Neh.
10, 11. 1.3. d) Neh. 10, 5. 12, 14; for
which 12, 3 n^saaj, and 1 Chr. 24, 11
tniB
1030
y^XB
* DS'iD obsol. root, i. q. y^t^^ , to mingle,
to interweave; Chald. \1J3U: id. Hence
y^lD to swear, denom. from sa(^ seven,
since seven was a sacred number, and
oaths were confirmed either by seven
victims offered in sacrifice Gen. 21, 2S
sq. or by seven witnesses and pledges,
see Hdot. 3. 8. Hom. II. 19. 243. In Eth.
^fl'flOJP'J are enchanters, Lib. Hen.
ms. c. 8, 3 (eomp. 7, 10 ed. Oxon.) because
the sacred number seven was also em-
ployed in magic rites. In Kalonly Part,
pass. Ez. 21, 28 nwsa) ^yatu lit. those
sworn with oaths, i. e. who have sworn
oaths. For Hab. 3, 9 nviii? nisntiJ , see
in HE'S no. 3. p. 559.
NiPH. 531^3 to swear, [lit. ' to seven
oneseUj' i. e. to take an oath confirmed
by seven victims or before seven wit-
nesses. R.] Construed : a) Absol.
Gen. 21, 24. Ps. 110, 4. "^^yf? S2ttJD
to swear to a falsehood i. e. falsely.
Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5]. 19, 12. Jer. 5, 2. Mai!
3, 5. al. Htt-iTsb '3 id. Ps. 24, 4. b) Fol-
lowed by the words of the oath, after
-iK] 1 Sam. 20, 3 ; "ntsb Num. 32. 10.
Deut. 1. 34. Josh. 14, 9; without an in-
tervening verb 1 Sam. 19. 6. Ps. 110, 4.
Hos. 4, 15. c) That which one swears
to do is put with "'3 Gen. 22, 16. 2 Sam.
19, 8. Jer. 22, 5. 49, 13 ; or with infin. Lev.
4, 4. Deut. 1. 35. What one swears not
to do is put with "B Judg. 15, 12; '(O c.
inf. Is. 54, 9; 'PbaV c. inf Deut. 4, 21.
Judg. 21, 7. d) With a of that by which
one swears, e. g. by Jehovah Gen. 21. 23.
31, 53. Josh. 2, 12. 1 Sam. 28, 10. al. by
an idol Jer. 12, 16; also "'^ era Taais
Lev. 19. 12. Jer. 12, 16. God also is
said to swear by himself Gen. 22, 16. Is.
45.23. Am. 6. 8. 8.7; by his right hand
Is. 42. 8 ; but in "^tJnira rars the a seems
to refer to place, see in Onp no. 1 fin.
Further, to swear by Jehovah is some-
timee i. q. to worship him, since one
Bwears by the divinity he worships,
Deut, 6, 13. 10, 20. Is. 19, 18. 48, 1. Pa.
63,7; to swear by idols id. Am. 8, 14.
But to swear by one afflicted, wretched, ia
to imprecate upon myself the ennw evils
if I prove fulje. Ps. 102, 9; conip. Is. 63,
15. Jer. 29, 22. e) With h of pers. to
wear to any one Gen. 21, 23. 24, 7. nl.
Also with ace. of thing, to promise with
an oath, to swear a thing to any one,
Gen. 50, 24. Ex. 13, 5. 33, 1. al. JJafflS
C^ii'^xb to swear allegiance unto God,
2 Chr. 15, 14; comp. Is. 19, 18. Zeph. 1,
5, where it is once c. a . f ) With hs
of that about which one swears. Lev. 5,
24 [6, 5]. Sometimes sad is taken in a
bad sense, i. q. to swear rashly, falsely,
Ecc. 9, 2. Zech. 5, 3 comp. v. 4.
HiPH. 1. to cause to swear, to bind
with an oath, Num. 5, 19. 2 Chr. 36, 13.
Followed by the words of him who im-
poses the oath, with '^'2xb Gen. 50, 5.
Ex. 13, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 28; also with
b and inf Neh. 5, 12; nrx Gen. 24, 3.
i K. 22, 16.
2. to adjure, to charge solemnly, c. ace.
Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. 1 Sam. 20, 17. Jer. o, 7.
Deriv. nn-0 , sad II,
* I. yriT f constr. ra'r, and M^'D'^J
m. constr. n^ad , sexen, a cardinal nume-
ral. Syr. 'VsIa. , Samar. V3p , Arab.
So -.
*A*w, Elhlop. A'flO and fl-flO, Si-
milar is ancient Egypt. CCltU , Theb.
C^tycT ; and in the Indo-European
tongues Sanscr. saptan. Zend, hapta,
Pers. cy^fije , Gr. smd, Lat. septem, all
with the letter t, which both in the Se-
mitic and Teutonic languages is drop-
ped, as Goth, sibiin, Germ, siehen, Engl.
seven. The absol. form usually precedes
a noun, as c-'iOj "rd Gen. 5, 7, ni-Ss ~ata
41, IS, D-^-13 nsaaJ Num. 23, 1, 29 ; more
rarely it follows, espec. in the later He-
brew, as raic ni^;;^ Ez. 40, 22, D^b-^x
TOaC 2 Chr.' 13. 9. 29, 21. (Num. 29, 32.)
If tlie preceding noun be in the construct
state, "aiS e.xpresses the ordinal, as nS'J
sad the seventh year 2 K. 12, 1. The
construct form always precedes a noun,
but is found only in certain formulas,
as D'^n'^ rsaia a seven of days, a week,
Gen. 8! 10. 12! 31. 23.al. sff>p. nix^ raaJ
seren hundred Gen. 5. 26. Also ri:J3"J
nrad seven seven, i. e. by sevens, Gen.
7, 2. With Buff. DPSaiU those .sv-rcn
2 Sam. 21, 9.Seven)ee7i'\s -lias n?aai
m. and n-;il5 yad f Gen. 37, 2. 1 Chr.
7, 11. The number seven among the
Hebrews, as in other oriental nations,
was also used: a) Asa sacred number
y2iD
1031
n^'jj
very common in Bac.rcil things; the
origin of which may be reterred to tle
8evt>n phmets and the early worship of
them among the Egyptians and Semitic
lations; see Von Hammer Encyclop.
(Jebersicht der Wissensciiallen dea Or.
). 322. Jabloneki Pantheon ^Egypt. Pro-
ig. 24. 25. Winer Realw. 11. art.
Zahten; comp. in ^W. So Gen. 21,28.
50, 10. Ex. 12, 15. 13, 6. Lev. 4, 6. 17.
Num. 12, 14. Josh. 6.4.8. 1 Sam. 31, 13.
Job 42, 8. Zech. 3, 9. a), sap. Hence
b) As a lesser round number ; comp.
^sanx in ra"jx no. 1, also Engl, 'a
dozen;' Gen. 4, 24. 31, 23. Judg. 16, 7.
1 Sara. 11, 3. 2 K. 8, 1. Prov. 9, 1. Is.
11, 15. al. saep.
The formS2'i5 is also: aa) Adv. seven
times. Lev. 26, 18.21. Ps. 119, 164. Prov.
24, 16.
bb) Shclta. pr. n. m. o) 2 Sam. 20, 1.
P) 1 Chr. 5, 13.
cc) Sheba, pr. n. as some suppose, of
a town of Simeon, Josh. 19, 2 Sa'iJ -iX3
S3'i^ Beer-sheha and Sheha; but prob.
sad is here the name of the well (like
Oyaiy Gen. 26, 33) and we may render:
B-ier-sheha with the well Sheba. Other-
wise the number of cities is fourteen
instead of thirteen ; comp. v. 6,
dd) Fem. nsaia Shebah, pr. n. of a
well, Gen. 26, 33.
Dual o'^nsaaj seven-fold Gen. 4, 15.
24. Ps. 12,' 7.' 2 Sam. 21. 9 Cheth.
Plur. O'lyad seventy, often as a larger
round number, Gen. 50, 3. Ex. 15. 27.
24, 1. Num. 11, 16. Judg. 1, 7. 9, 2. 5.
2 K. 10, 1. 6. 7. Comp. Kor. Sur. 9, 8.
Hence seventy years, often in predictions
Is. 23. 15. 17. Jer. 25, 11. 12. 29. 10. Dan.
9, 2. 24. Zech. 1, 12. 7, 5. nsaiiji csaiij
seventy and seven-fold Gen. 4, 24 ; comp.
Matt. 18, 22.
Deriv. rao (nssiair), swir, 'S'^aiiJ,
nwaia.
II. y^i? m. an oath, i. q. ns^acj, ac-
cording to Gen. 21, 31. 26, 33; see in
sail) ixa . Hence also the pr. names
sa'i"'bx,'saTr-ra.
SyO see in S^iaa .
nyn Chald. m. id. seven, Dan. 4, 13.
20. 22. 29 ; constr. nsaUJ Ezra 7, 4. For
the phrase n?ai3 *Tn Dan. 3, 19, see in
1i p. 296.
n7:2ID , Bee in njsia^ .
n;y20 m. i. q. nsauJ , eren, lin. Iryofi.
Job 42. 13; comp. 1, 2. For the ending
nj- see Lehrg. p. 612.
jf ? 7 in Kal not used, i. q. Oati , to
mingle, to intet-weace. Syr. n^. to
mingle; Arab, {joj^^i Conj. V, to be
interwoven, entangled, of a tree. Chald.
Xbsv to entangle ; Part. Pu. confused.
PiEL to weave in checker-work, Ex.28,
39, i.e. so that the stuff (byssus) maybe
figured, tesselated, woven in squares or
bezels; comp. Pnul. For this kind of
texture, see Braun de Vest. Sacerd. p.
293 sq. ibique Maimonides. Salmas. ad
Scriptt. Hist. August, p. 507, 512. The-
saur. p. 1356.
PuAL to be set, enchased, q. d. in-
woven, as gems in gold. Ex. 28, 20.
Deriv. r-iS3iai3 , yS'rri, and
1^3 m. once c. art. 2 Sam. 1, 9, pr.
perplexity, confusion of mind.' i. e. ver-
tigo, giddiness.
* P?^ Chald. to leave, Dan. 4, 12. 20.
23. Syr", id.
Ithpe. to be left. Dan. 2. 44.
Deriv. pr. n. Heb. paiuj , pau^ .
* "?'*? fut.-a':|7 I. tobreak.to break
in pieces. Ethiop. and Amhar. fldl,
id. Arab. _aj* to break, -o to destroy,
see below in lett. c. Chald. "lan, Syr.
fS)A, Samar. 'i^A , id. E. g. a staff
Is. 14, 5. comp. cnb-n-ji-q nad in nag
no. 1 ; bars Am. 1.5; a door Gen. 19,9;
a yoke Jer. 2. 20. 28, 2. 13; the arm of
any one, i.q. to break his power. Ps. 50,
15. Ez. 30. 21. 22. 24, comp. in Sfa no.
2 ; the bow of any one, id. see in ndgj
an earthen vessel Judg. 7, 20. Is. 30, 14.
Jer. 19. 10; bones Ex. 12, 46. Prov. 25,
15. Diff. from y^") , see in Is. 42. 3. Of
a tempest as breaking trees and ships
Ps. 29, 4. Ez. 27. 26. Praegn. Hos. 2, 20
the bow and the sword and the armour of
battle will I break and cast out from th
land.
Spec, a) to break in pieces, to rend,
as a wild beast, 1 K. 13, 26. 23. Lat.
frangere of a lion Hor. Carm. 1. 23. 10.
b) Part. pass, i^iad broken, spec, of
oae having a limb or member broke^
"ir-vD
1032
^n'JD
Lev. 22, 22. Ethiop. Afl^ to break
aiiy one, spec, his leg; rtft*C one
whose leg is broken. Comp. Niph.
lett. a.
c) to break a people " as a potter's
vessel," i. e. to break down, to destroy,
Lev. 19, 11. 48, 38; and so without the
comparison Is. 14, 25. Lam. 1, 15. Also
of single persons, fo destroy, Dan. 11,26.
Jer. 17, 18. Arab. ^x^ to destroy; in-
trans. to perish.
d) to break one's thirst, i. q. to quench,
Ps. 104, 11. Comp. Lat. 'frangit se
calor,' Cic. Varr.
e) to break the pride of anyone. Lev.
26, 19. Also to break the heart {zh) of
any one, i. e. to afflict him sorely, Ps. 69,
21 ; 2b ^'n'!3"a the broken-hearted Ps.
147, 3. Comp. Niph. lett. c, and Hoph.
So Syr. ^^ J^Z A. Gr. xwte-
ulaaitil fiot (fiXov 7]to(j Horn, animofran-
gi Cic. Att. 7. 12.
f) to break off sc. a portion, an allow-
ance ; hence trop. to apportion, to ap-
point ; comp. in iTa. Job 38, 10 ^2"J)XT
ijsn l"'b^ ichen I appointed for it (the
sea) 7)ry limit. Cocceius well supposes,
that the expression pn iniD is borrowed
from the breaking off of a daily allow-
ance of bread, etc. and this is here poet-
ically transferred to the space assigned
to the sea, pn signifying both an allow-
ance and a limit; comp. in pn.
II. Uenom. from latl) no. II, grain,
i. e. a) to buy grain, with i^U) added
Gen. 47, 14 ; b:> Gen. 42, 7. lO. 43. 4.
20. 22. Deut. 2, 6 ; "la Gen. 42, 3 ; absol.
Gen. 41, 57. 42, 2. 5. Is. 55, 1. b) to sell
grain Gen. 41, 56 ; comp. Hiph. II.
So
Comp. Arab. ^^vaJ straw, ^\jLi to sell
Btraw.
Niph. pass, of Kal no. I, to be broken,
as a BtafT. wood, vessel, bone. Lev. 6, 15.
81. Is. 14, 29. Jer. 2, 13. 48. 17. Ez. 6, 6.
Dan. 8, 8. Ps. 34. 21. Job 24. 20. al. Of
a springe or snare, no. Ps. 124. 7; to
be wrecked, of ships, 2 Chr. 20, 37.
Ez. 27, 34. Jon. 1, 4. Spec a) fo
be broken, i. q. to break one's own limbs,
U. 8, 15. 28, 13; of animnlH Ex. 22, 9.
13 [10. 14]. Part. fem. r-jatin the bro-
Jcen, the hurt, i. e. an animal having its
limba broken, Ez. 34, 4. 15. Zech. 11, 16.
See Kal no. I. b. b) Of an army, to be
broken down, i. e. to be overthrown, de-
stroyed, 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ez. 30, 8. 32, 28.
Dan. 11,22; so of a people, kingdom,
Jer. 48, 4. 51, 8. Dan. 11, 4; a city Is.
24, 1 1. Of persons, i. q. to perish, Dan. 8,
25. Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. Comp. Kal no.
I. c. c) Of the heart; to be broke?!, spo-
ken of a penitent and contrite mind, Ps.
51, 19 [17]. Hence sb "^nattJ: the broken-
hearted Is. 61, 1. Jer. 23,9. Ps. 34, 19.
d) In Ez. 6, 9, nii^rn nab-rx "Finar: naix
is manifestly i. q. 'ii1 Ti'^attJ "tiJx, when
I shall break their whorish heart; comp.
Ps. 51, 19 [17]. Here -aaJ? is i. q. to
break for owee//l like bx,:;: to ask for
oneself, comp. Heb. Gr. 50. 2. c ; i. e.
God will so break and change the heart
of the people, that they will turn again
unto him.
PiEL "lattj i. q. Kal, but xniens. to break
in pieces, to shiver, e. g. tables of stone
Ex. 34, 1 ; teeth Ps. 3, 8 ; bones Is. 38,
13 ; ships, as the wind Ps. 48. 8; trees,
as the hail Ex. 9, 25 ; rocks, as a tem-
pest 1 K. 19, 11 ; idols and their altars
Ex. 23. 24. Deut. 7, 5. 2 K. 18, 4. 2 Chr.
14. 2. Is. 21, 9. al.
Hiph. I. to cause to break, to burst
the womb, as the foetus at birth. Is. 66,
9 T'bix xbT niattix 'sxn shall I cause to
break (the womb), a7id not cause to
bring forth 7 Comp. subst. t3*IJ52 . Syr.
]fja^ a boy, infant, who has just broken
the womb.
II. Denom. from "latli no. II, grain,
i. q. Kal no. II. b, to sell grain, Gen. 42,
6. Deut. 2, 28. Prov. 11, 26. Am. 8, 5. 6.
Hoph. to be broken, e. g. the heart Jer.
8, 21 ; see Kal no. I. e. Niph. lett. a.
'Deriv. "^^'P,, Tiia^a , i?tt5T3, lauJa ,
and pr. n. O'^iatl) .
"13 TD m. Is. 30, 14, oftener "I^O, in
pause i3t$, c. suff. "^nair ; plur. tji-iatt),
c. sutr. '^''Tl^'li ; also piur. as pr. n. see
in its order.
1. a breaking, breach, fracture ; e. g.
of a wall. i. q. I'uin. destruction, Is. 30,
30. 14 ; so metaph. Prov. 16. 18 natti 'Jcb
"(ixa pride goeth before destruction. 18,
21.' Of a limb, member, Lev. 21, 19. 24,
20. T rop. a) a breaking dov>n, breach^
preserving the figure of a wound, hurtj
Lam. 2, 13 '7^'^^. OJ? biia thy breach
^
ISTD
1033
mnis
(hurt) is great like the sea. bi'ift ^aaJ
Jer. 4, 6. 6, 1. 48, 3. Nuh. 3, 19 nns VK
;]ia'rb no healing for thy breach, liurt.
Jer! 30, 12. Pa. 60, 4 n-^-^nd nB") heal
thou its wounds, Tlic figure being ne-
glected, i. q. destruction, ruin, e. g. of a
people, nations, Is. 30, 26. Jer. 6, 14. 8,
11. 21. Lam. 2, 11. Ez. 32, 9 ; of the
wicked Is. 1, 28. ns'rj ^^s is intens. Is.
59, 7. 60, 18. Jer. 5lj'l9. nad nprt a
cry as o/* destruction, a loud and bitter
cry. Is. 15, 5 ; comp. Jer. 30, 15. b)
ran n^'r a breaking of the spirit, i. e.
bitterness, anguish of mind, Is. 65, 14 ;
also nna na'r id. Prov. 15, 4. c) a
breaking of the mind from fear, etc.
comp. r. rnn no. 2 ; hence terror, plur.
n-inaa (errors Job 41, 17 [25]. Comp.
Cha'ld. xn^an for ina Ex. 15, 16 Targ.
Jon. d) a breaking, i. e. solution, inter-
pretation of a dream, Judg. 7, 15.
II. grain, com, commonly said to be
so called as being broken or ground in
the mill, or because it breaks hunger.
But r. "ad is never used of a mill, nor of
hunger ; and the signif of graiVi must be
sought elsewhere. I do not hesitate to
compare Arab, -^j ' the tree bears fruit,'
whence _J fruit, 8_j' tree ; and what
the Arabs thus put for the fruit of a
tree, the Hebrews employ for the fruits,
produce of the field. A vestige of the
same remains also in Arab. J{>-o-
Gen. 42. 1. 2. 19. 26. 43, 2. 44, 2.^7, 14.
Neh. 10, 32. Am. 8, 5. Hence denom.
12C in Kal no. II, Hiph. no. II.
jiia m. (r. "12) constr. liiSttJ.
1. a breaking, fracture ; Ez. 21, 11
d'^sna '|i^3iy a breaking of the loins,
broken loins, put for the sharpest pains,
as of a woman in travail ; comp. Is. 21,
3. Nah. 2, 11.
2. destruction, Jer. 17, 18.
O"^*?-?^ (breaches, ruins, as of walls,
Is. 30, 13. 14, plur. of lair) ShebaHm,
pr. n. of a place, between Ai and Jeri-
cho ; c. art. Josh. 7, 5 they chased them
before the gate even unto Shebarim ; so
Vulg. Arabs, Kimchi. Peril, even unto
the ruins.
''r'9 Chald. a verb not used in
Kal; kindr. with y?0, oaiD.
87
Fa. to perplex, to disturb, to trouble ;
hence
Ithpa. pass. Dan. 5, 9.
*n5^ fut. piaoi, also rattJ'' Lev.
26, 34.
1. to rest from labour, to lie by, to
keep holyday. Arab, o^*^ IV to take
rest. The primary idea seems to be
that of standing or sitting still, kindred
on the one hand with auj"^, inJ! rauJ.
and on the other with nsitt) and rxia ; see
in tiSttJ. Spoken of persons, in opp. to
labour. Ex. 23, 12. 34, 21 ; of land not
tilled Lev. 26, 34. 35, comp. 25, 2. With
'"Q to rest from labour, Gen. 2, 2. 3. Ex.
31, 17. Is. 33, 8 n-ix laj? ra'j the way-
farer resteth, lies by, abstains from jour-
neying. 14, 4. Lam. 5, 14 the elders rest
from the gate, do not go to the public
place or forum.
2. to cease, to desist, with 'j^ c. inf
(pr. to rest from doing any thing,) Job
32, 1. Hos. 7, 4. Absol. to cease to be,
to have an end. Gen. 8, 22. Is. 24, 8.
Lam. 5, 15.
3. With ace. riad, to keep or celebrate
the Sabbath, Lev.' 23, 32.
NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, pr. pass, of Hiph.
to cease, to have an end, Is. 17, 3. Ez. 6,
6. 30, 18. 33, 28.
Hiph. 1. to make rest, with '{q from
labour, Ex. 5, 5 ; or of a work, to let
rest, to intermit, 2 Chr. 16, 5 ; of an ene-
my, to make rest, i. e. to restrain, to still,
Ps. 8, 3.
2. to cause to cease, to make desist.
a) A person, with )-q c. infin. Ez. 34, 10 ;
^ribab Josh. 22, 25. b) A thing, i. e.
to put an end to, e. g. war Ps. 46. 10;
contention Prov, 18, 18 ; exultation Is.
16, 10. With h Jen 48, 35. Ruth 4, 14
bxa r)b n-iaan i<b -irx who hath not let
a ransomer be wanting to thee. Lev. 2,
13. Also i. q. to destroy, c. b Am. 8, 4.
3. to put or take away, to remove, with
yafrom any person or place, i. q. T'pri.
Ex. 12, 15. Lev. 26. 6. Ez. 34, 25. Is. 30,
11. Jer. 7, 34. Ps. 119, 119. al.
Deriv. naiy I, na, lirao, inad
naiya.
I. Tilta f. (r. na^) c. suff. 'Fiaia.
1. a silting still, a doing nothing, in-
activity, Is. 30, 7. Hence interruption
of labour, loss of time, Ex. 21, 19.
nTfi
1034
bjiij
2. a ceasing, cessation, Prov. 20, 3 ;
comp. 18, J8. 22, 10.
II. nn f. pr. inf. of rna^, to s?7, to
dwell, q. V. As subst. a sitting, seat,
1 K. 10, 19. Am. 6, 3 ; also place, 2 Sam.
23,7.
natD m. (r. nno) constr. naiT, c. suff.
inaiy. plur. rina'O, constr. r.inaia; of
both genders, Ex. 31, 14 comp. Lev.
25, 4.
1. /^e Sa&6a?/i; day ofrest, the seventh
day of the week.' Ex. 16, 25 ni^n nst?
nirr^b this day is /Ae Sabbath cf Jeho-
vah. r3 rad Sabbath by Sabbath,
every Sabbath, 1 Chr. 9, 32. D^SirJ nau:
the Sabbath-year, every seventh year,
in which the land was not tilled, Lev.
25, 4. 8.
2. Perh. a week, as in Syr. and Greek
(Matt. 28. 1), Lev. 23, 15 ; comp. Deut.
16, 9.
JinaiD m. id. but intensive, a great
Sabbath, holy, solemn, Ex. 16, 23. Lev.
23, 24. Espec. in the connection natlJ
-,lP2tB Ex. 31, 15. 35, 2. Lev. 16, 31.
'^riS'O (sabbath-born, comp. Paschal
i. e. passover-born) Shabbethai, pr. n. m.
Ezra 10, 15. Neh. 8, 7. 11, 16.
* SijTD i. q. m(^ ; hence f^i^'^SttS and
SytD (erring) Shage, pr. n, m. 1 Chr.
11, 34.
* ^5^ i. q. kindr. Wtd and SiittS , i. e.
1. to winder, to go astray ; hence
2. to err, to do wrong, through igno-
rance or inadvQrtence, to transgress, Ps.
119, 67. Num. 15, 28. niSttJ aair Lev. 5,
18. Here belongs also Gen. 6, 3 DJttJa
because of their transgression, where 5ia
is infin. after the form T\'0 Jer. 5, 26.
nyaiw aaia Job 12, 16 the erring and the
causing to err, the seduced and the se-
ducer, i. 6. a proverbial expression for
men of every kind ; comp. similar ex-
pressionfi in Mai. 2, 13. Deut. 32, 36.
Hence
n350 f, c. BufT. "inM^, an error, mis-
take, transgression through ignorance
or inadvertence, Ecc. 5, 5. f^5?^3 Kn
Lev, 4, 2. 27. Num. 15, 27.
*I. nSTC, fut.n|J', i. q. kindr. asti
andan).
1. to wander, to go astray, Ez. 34. 6-
Syr. i-.s-A' id. Trop. to err, to trans-
gress, through ignorance or inadver-
tence, 1 Sam. 26,21. So with "j^, to
wander from a way, and trop. from the
divine precepts, Prov. 19, 27. Ps. 119,
21. 118. Also to be led astray by wine
(comp. nsrn) Is. 28, 7. Prov. 20, 1. Of a
person led away, ravished with love,
Prov. 5, 19. 20.
2. to perish, Prov. 5, 23. Comp. 13X
no. 2.
HiPH. to maice wander, e. g. a blind
person from the way, Deut. 27, 18.
Trop. to cause to err, e. g. from the di-
vine precepts, ic. "j^ Ps. 119, 10; to se-
duce Job 12, 16.
Deriv. ^y^.'O ; comp. also njniyia,
*II. i^^tS, perh. i. q. Xib, nab, to
be great, the letters ^ and b being inter-
changed, comp. ixb and "iXb. Hence
PiEL, not used, to magnify, to extol
X y
with praises, i. q. Syr. '-^-^io to praise, to
celebrate in song, |^,-v.ais song, hymn.
Hence the Piel subst. ')i"'5b hymn, q. v.
'^i^ in Kal not used, to look, to
gaze, poetic; kindr. with nab, nsb.
On the affinity of verbs rib and nb , as
nnQ and nne, nb;:? and nbf5, see Heb.
Gr. 74, third paragr.
HiPH. ti-iabn, fut. n'^sb^', to look, to
view, with bx at any thing Is. 14, 16 ;
with '{ofrom any place Ps. 33, 14. But
Cant. 2, 9 nij'^nn -{q n'^sb^ looking in
from (at) the windows. Chald. metaph.
to provide, nnabn providence.
riN'^^TD f. (r. Kib) error, transgression
through ignorance or inadvertence, Ps.
19, 13.
pattJ m. Ps. 7, 1, and plur. m'a^ab Hab.
3, 1, a song, psalm, hymn, i. q. M^np?
For the etymology see in nab II.
* ^y^ fut. bab-^, to lie with a woman,
c. ace. Deut. 28, 30. Arab. J^ pr. to
pour out water, to draw water with a
bucket, trop. of sexual intercourse ; see
Diss. Lugd. p. 168. The Masorites re-
gard this word as obscene, and substi-
tute for it every where in Keri a?*^ .
bsffl
1035
NiPH. to be lain with, ravished, as a
woman Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2.
PiiAL id. Jer. 3, 2. Hence
'? il a king's consort^ queen, Ps. 45,
10. Neh. 2, 6.
bj Chald. f. id. Piur. the king's
wives Dan. 5, 2, 3. 23 ; from whom are
distinguished the "jjnb concubines.
* ^5'9 in Kal not used, Arab, mjtf
to be vigorous, brave ; ^ one vigorous,
brave, also fierce, of u camel ; so the
Camoos. The primary idea seems to
be that of any impetuous excitement.
PuAL Part. SW'O l.one raving, fren-
zied, furious, as if inspired, spoken of
false prophets Jer. 29, 26. Hos. 9, 7 ; also
of true prophets in contempt 2 K. 9, 11.
2. a madman, one insane, 1 Sam. 21,
16. Deut. 28, 34.
HiTHP. to be insane, to play the mad-
man, 1 Sam. 21, 15. 16. Hence
jiyaO ra. madness Deut. 28, 28. 2 K.
9,20.'
* ^I^IS obsol. root, Chald. Pa. to cast
forth, to eject. Hence
*^5ttD m. Ex. 13, 12, constr. "iSaS Deut.
7, 13. 28, 4, a foetus, which is cast forth
at birth (comp. ^EJ no. 1. b), i. e. young,
offspring.
^T? m. Lam. 4, 3, Dual n^nilj , constr.
"^ya Hos. 9, 14. Cant. 4, 5, the breast,
pap, both in woman Cant. 4, 5. 8, 1 ;
and in animals Gen. 49, 25. Comp.
j> s " -:
IB. Aram, nn, I?.*:, Arab. ^^Jo, Gr.
xij&i], tiiS-ri, Engl, teat, id. R. perh.
"JT? only in plur. O^'i'^, idols, pr. lords
(comp. n^Vsa), Deut. 32, 17. Ps. 106, 37.
R. IW to rule, whence JuLu*;, JJU*,
dominus, lord. Syr. pjL*/ demon. Sept.
Vulg. daifiovia, dcemonia, demons, since
the Jews regarded idols as demons
which let themselves be worshipped of
men.
1. ^O m. i. q. ic3, the breast, pap, Job
24, 9. Is. 60, 16. 66, 11. R. perh. rrntti.
If. ^T m. once fully Titti Job 5, 21.
R. Titti .
1. violence, oppression, act, Prov, 21,
7. 24, 2 ; pass. Ps. 12, 6 B"'*?? 1(6 op-
pression of the poor. Melon, -wealth
gotten by violence. Am. 3, 10.
2. devastation, desolation, destruction,
Job 5, 22. 18.51,19. 59,7. Jer. 48, 3.
Hab. 2, 17 niana Iti5 the ravage of wild
beasts. Spec, a desolating tempest. Is.
13, 6 Kis;' 'niSB 'ittJs like a whirlwind
shall it suddenly come from the Almighty.
Joel 1, 15. In an imprecation, Hos. 7,
13 cnb lil5 destruction unto them !
"j^, kindnwith^^ttS, pr.fo6efrong-,
powerful; Arab. JoJum strong, vehe-
ment, hardened. Hence Heb. '^'nttJ , n^lli .
In the verb itself only in a bad sense:
1. to practice violence, to treat with
violence, and hence to oppress, to destroy
any one, Ps. 17, 9. Prov. 11, 3. Is. 33, 1 ;
e. g. a people Jer. 5, 6. 47, 4. 48, 1. 49,
28 ; espec. through hostile invasion Is.
15, 1. 33, 1. Part, nb-'b ''iniu night-
robbers Obad. 5. Part. pass. nsiTttj de-
cs ^
stroyed, dead, Judg. 5, 27. Arab. Jui
to bind, to strengthen, also to rush upon
an enemy ; V, to be strengthened, to
grow strong.
2. to lay waste, to desolate, as a land,
cities, Ps, 137, 8. Jer. 25, 36. 48, 8. 18.
51, 55. 56.
Note. The forms of I'ltXi are some-
times contracted and sometimes not, as
preet. ITit^ , c. sufF. '3>i'nllJ ; fut. i^OJ;; (as
if from l^ilS) Ps. 91, 6 ; c. suff. cnii^^Jer.
5, 6, and D-nir^ Prov. 11, 3.
NiPH. to be laid waste, devastated,
Mic. 2, 4.
PiEL i. q. Kal no. 1, Prov. 19, 26. 24,
15.
PuAL IllU and T'ntlJ Nah. 3, 7, to be
laid waste. Is. 15, 1. 23, 1. Jer. 4, 13.
Po. i. q. Pi. Hos. 10, 2.
Ho PH. nffliin pass, of Kal no, 1, Is. 33,
1. Hos. 10, 14.
Deriv. niu 11, nntti, "^ntu, and pr, n,
* JlTiC obsol. root, Chald. K^tti to
cast, to .shoot, to pour out ; Arab, (j^
and I Jo to moisten, to irrigate ; hence
many derive itt5 and ^xb I, breast. Also
TlTD f pr. domina, mistress, and
thence wife, fern, of the noun Itfi lord.
nu:
1036
dnia
but formed as if from a root 55 , since
the verb Ti'fl f^^'so has the notion
of power, dominion, see Ti'i^ init. and
the subst. 'T^' Corresponding is
Arab. S Juuw mistress ; comp. the root
t>Lw* Conj. V. to marry. Nor need we
regard those who consider the appella-
tion domina, mistress, as inappropriate
to oriental marriages ; since the Arabs
themselves give to a wife the name of
jjuu i. e. mistress. Found only once,
Ecc. 2, 8 I got vie the delights
(niajrn) of the sons of men, nifltiJi n^tu
a wife and wives, where the sing, may
be referred to the queen, and the plur.
to the king's other wives and concu-
bines. In the Talmud nnilj , rTj-^OJ , de-
notes a woman's camel-saddle, pilen-
tum ; comp. in Germ. Frauenzimmer,
pr. ' woman's apartment,' gynseceum,
but also woman; and in Arabian poets
pilenia (pr. camel-saddles) are likewise
women, see Hamasa ed. Schultens, p.
232. Other conjectures and fancies of
interpreters, as Syr. and Sept. oivo;(6og
xal oivoxoai, Targ, thermos, et balnea,
Vulg. scyphi et urcei, have no support
either in the etymology or in the con-
text. Better than the rest, perhaps, is
that of Aben Ezra, who suggests that
rrniB woman may be derived from ia3
breast. Comp. cn^ Judg. 5, 30.
^"7^ m. (r. "''itli) Almighty, Omnipo-
tent,a an epithetof Jehovah, sometimes
preceded by bx Gen. 17, 1. 28, 3. Ex. 6,
3 ; or also absol. Job 5, 17. 6, 4. 8, 3. 13,
and often in this book. Gen. 49, 25. Ruth
1, 20. 21. al. It is strictly a pluralis ex-
cellcntise, from a sing, lui mighty, pow-
G
erful, (comp. Arab. JuJum powerful,
strong, under r. '^'i'^,) with the plural
ending '' , Lehrg. p. 523. Sept. often
nuvToxQUTO)<j. Vulg. in Pentat. Omni-
potent.
IIK'^nO (darting of fire, r. rrii^) She-
fleur, \)t. n. m. Num. I, 5. 2, 10.
T^. Job 19, 29, prob, not a simple
won), but compounded of the prefix 'OJ
(^tij<) and V"?, q. that [there is] a
judgment. Keri ,iinb, id.
UJ^ obsol. root of uncertain signi-
fication, whence
n^lUJ f I. a blasting, blight, Is. 37,
27, i.q. nsntl) 2K. 19, 26, the letters a
and S being interchanged ; see under 3 .
II. Plur. nianai, constr. nia'iaj ,^eZ<is
Jer. 31, 40. 2 K. 23, 4 ; espec. 'fields of
grain Hab. 3, 17 ; or of vines, vineyards,
Deut. 32, 32. Twice, Is. 16, 8. Hab. 3,
17, it is joined with a verb singular.
This signification of the word, although
no vestige of it exists in the kindred dia-
lects, is sufficiently established by the
context and by the authority of ancient
versions. It is sometimes unaptly ren-
dered vines.
^|_' T to scorch, to blast, as the east
wind grain, Gen. 41, 23. 27. Chald. Ci^aS
- of . '
to burn, Arab. oJu*<! black, i^Ju*<
Conj. IV, to grow dark. Hence
nB^l f. 2 K. 19, 26, also
'JIB'lTD m. a blasting, blight, e. g. of
grain by the east wind (Gen. 41, 6 sq.)
1 K. 8, 37. Am. 4, 9. Deut. 28, 22. R.
'"^ Chald. Ithpa. to exert oneself
to strive to do any thing, c. ^ Dan. 6, 15.
Elsewhere, both in Chaldee and Rab-
binic, it is written ^"itti, the *i being
softened ; see in b lett. b.
^'I'lTS Chald. Shadrach, pr. n. given
to Hananiah, one of Daniel's companions
at the court of Babylon, Dan. 1,7. 2, 49.
3, 12. According to Bohlen, i. q. Pers.
8Kt>Lw rejoicing in the way ; accord-
ing to Benfey, royal, from Zend khasa-
thra and sufT. ka ; Monathsnaraen p. 201.
cn^ obsol. root, Arab, a ^-f to
G o ^
be pule; ^ ff-Y nrrnw Heucc
Q<^T23 m. 1. A species of gem, ac-
cording to many sardonyx or ony.v, so
called from its resemblance to the human
nail; Gen. 2, 12. Ex. 28, 9.20. 35,9.27.
Job 28, 16. Ez. 28, 13. See Braun de
Vestitu sacerd. Hebr. 2. 18. J. D. Mi-
chael is supposes it to be the onyx with
S S5 -
whitish stripes, comp. Arab, a g m> < a
striped garment ; Supplem. p. 2289.
2. Shoha7n, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 27.
1j
1037
niTD
1^ Job 15, 31 Cheth. i. q. K^ti .
^"I'^S 1. i. q. nsttJ , to make a noise,
to crash ; also to Ik laid waste, destroy-
ed; hence Kitti, nx-itti, nxittSa, nixt^n.
2. i. q. Arab. ^L2 mid. Waw, to be
evil, bad; hence S<1<^ . The Bame sig-
nifications are found united in the verbs
??) 5i^'3, q. V.
feillD m. plur. c. sutf. Dii'^KUi, destruc-
tion, ruin, Ps. 35, 17. See fem. hjcitt).
R. KittJ no. I.
^^^ m. (pron. /ja') pr. a eubet. of
the segolate form, but without the fur-
tive Segol, like attSp. R. Kit; no. 2.
Arab. %yM, Smw .
1. evil, i. e. a) evil done, iniquity,
^cickedness ; K"^^ ''no wicked men Job
11, 11. Is. 5, ISKiirn'-'ban the cords of
iniquity. b) evil suffered, calamity, de-
struction. Job 7. 3. Is. 30, 28 NVi^ ncs Me
yhn of destruction. Both tliese signifi-
cations (.1. b) are found together in Job
15. 31, let him not trust in evil (i. e. men
of evil), he is deceived ; for evil (cala-
mity) shall be his recompense.
2. Spec, falsehood, a lie, (as on the
other hand p'^'^JS denotes also truth.) Ps.
12, 3. 41. 7. Job 31,5. Xittj 5ll5 a false
report Ex. 23, 1. N'laJ 15 false witness
Deut. 5, 17. Ex. 20,' 7 D(^-nx X'^an &i^
^)^^ '^j'^7 ^^^^ shah not utter the name
of Jehocah unto a falsehood, i. e. thou
shalt not swear falsely, comp. Ps. 24, 4.
Is. 1, 13 syj nniia a lying sacrifice,
false oblation, i. e. offered by a hypocrite
without any pious feeling. Hence
3. emptiness, vanity, nothingness, spo-
ken of that which deceives the hopes.
Job 15. 31. StltO iban vain idols Ps. 31,
7. Mai. 3, 14 n-'n^ij ihs jfiu) it is vain,
useless, to serve God. Hence KiTSb in
vain Jer. 2, 30. 4, 30. 6, 29.
i^'J'l^ Sheva, pr. n, m. 2 Sam. 20, 25
Keri, for X^jttJ Cheth. See in n^noj .
SlSitD f, (r. KiaS) constr. nxttj Prov.
3, 25.
1. a storm, tempest, so called from its
noise, roaring, crashing, Prov. 1, 27
where Cheth. njsttS . Ez. 38, 9.
2. desolation, often coupled in parono-
masia with the synon. nxit^a , Zeph. 1,
87*
15. Hence desolate places, ruins, Job
30, 3. 14. 38, 27.
3. destruction, ruin, espec. sudden and
unexpected ; Ps. 63, 10 Itt^isa^ njjntib
'ttJc? they lie in wait for my life to de-
stroy it. Is. 10, 3. 47, 11. Pb. 35, 8.
* l^W infin. absol. 31(6, fut. 3!ittJ^,
apoc. and convers. sai"', auS'l.
1. to tuni about, to turn back, to re-
turn. Syr. and Chald. ^soZ, z^F\, id.
Arab. oLi' metaph. to turn oneself, be
converted, e.g. a sinner. AbKoI. Judg.
14, 8. 19, 7. 2 Sam. 6, 20 ; with ',10 from,
out of any place Ruth 1.22; with "'"linxo
from after a person whom one has fol-
lowed or pursued, Ruth 1, 16. 2 Sam. 2,
26. 30 ; with hit to a person Gen. 8, 12.
22, 19. 37,30, or' to a place 37, 29. Ecc. 1,
7 ; though the place is oftener put with
b Gen. 18, 33. 32, 1. 33, 16. Num. 24, 25;
also with ace. of place, either with n-^
added Gen. 50, 14. Ex. 4, 20, or simply
Is. 52, 8 "i-i'S "ij a-liua when Jehovah shall
return to Zion; others, 'when Jehovah
shall bring again Zion.' mil "iri? pass-
ing on and returning, i. e. going and
coming, passing hither and thither, Ez.
35, 7. Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8. Part. pass. ^SlttS
n^anbo those relumedfrom war Mic. 2. 8.
Followed by another verb, e. g. to
return and do, or. to return to the doing
of any thing, it is i. q. to do again, to do
a second time. The latter verb is then
put : ) In a finite tense with the copu-
lative ^, as 2 K. 1, 11. 13 nbttj'i zai5
and he sent again. 20, 5. Gen. 20 18.
Somewhat different is Ho.s. 2, 11 -ittix
"'r"?!?^' Iv:ill return and take away. i.e.
what I have given I will take back again.
/5) Without 1, Gen. 30, 31 ns"ix n^sioiK
I will again feed, etc. /) With inf. c.
V , Job 7, 7.
Trop. a) ^o turn, to return to any
person or thing, i. e. to convert, be con-
verted, e. g. to Jehovah, with bx and \,
1 K. 8, 33. Ps. 22, 28 ; with bs 2Chr. 30,
9; 1? Is. 19, 22. Joel 2, 12. Am. 4, 6 sq.
a Hos. 12, 7. Absol. Jer. 3, 12. 14. 22.
2 Chr. 6, 24. Is. 1, 27 n-'2t^ her cm-
verts, i. e. of Zion. a?tt5^ ixaj a remnant
shall return, be converted. Is. 10, 21.
b) With '{Q, to turn from, i. e. to cease
from, to leave off, e. g. an evil way 1 K.
13, 33. Zech. 1, 4 ; sin, evil, Ez. 3, 19.
nvj:
1038
avij
14, 6. 33, 14. Job 36, 10 ; anger Ex. 32,
12 ; justice Ez. 18,24. c) With bsa and
^-inxia to iiiniaicay from any one, espec.
from Jehovah Josh. 22, 16. 23. 29. 1 Sam.
15, 11 : absol. Josh. 23, 12. D-'b^fean bs^
from idols, idolatry, Ez. 14, 6. d) to re-
turn into the possession of any thing,
i. e. to recover it, c. ^S< Ez. 7, 13. Lev,
25, 10 ; h Is. 23, 17. e) Genr. to turn
oneself any whither, even where one
has not been before, Ps. 13. 10.
2. Often of things : a) to return to
a former owner, i. e. to be returned,
restored, c. h Lev. 27, 24. Deut. 28, 31.
1 Sam. 7, 14. 1 K. 12, 26. b) to return
to a former state, to be restored, renewed,
Hos. 14, 8; of cities Ez. 35, 9 Keri.
1 Sam. 7, 14, comp. Ez. 16, 55; of a
diseased member of the body 1 K. 13, 6.
2 K. 5, 10. 14. Ex. 4, 7. c) In the con-
trary sense "iSS'bx S>ill5 to return to dust,
be changed to dust again, Gen. 3, 29.
Ecc. 3, 10 ; comp. Is. 29, 17. d) to be
recalled, revoked, to be made void, as a
decree, prophecy, (opp. S<i3,) Is. 45, 23.
55, 11. Ez. 7, 13. e) So anger is said ^0
return, to turn back, when it is calmed.
Gen. 27, 44. Is. 5, 25 ; also c. "j^ to turn
back from any one, i. e. to cease as
against him. Gen. 27, 45. 2 Chr. 12, 12.
3. Causat. i. q. Hiph. a) to cause to
return, i. e. to lead or bring back, Num.
10, 36. Ps. 85, 5 ; espec. in the phrase
P.!13U) iltu to bring back captives, see
niaaJ . b) to restore to a former state,
Nah. 2, 3. Not unfrequently in Che-
thibh Sitti is to be taken as causative,
where the Masorites without necessity
have substituted Hiphil, as Job 39, 12.
Ps. 54, 7. Prov. 12, 14. Jer. 33, 26. 49,
39. Joel 4, I.
PiL. aaiOJ causat. of Kal. I. to cause
to return, to bring back, Jer. 50, 19 ;
metaph. to God, to convert. Is. 49, 5.
See Kal no. 1. a.
2. to restore, to renew. Is. 58, 12 ; c. b
Ps. 60, 3. With C?: to refresh Ps. 23*,
3 ; comp. ^''Cn ,
3. to turn atcay, i. e. to take away,
Mic. 2, 4. Metaph. to turn one away
from Jehorah. Ib. 47, 10 ; sec Kal no.
I.e.
Pri,. ar-iti, part. f. naaida brought
back, i. e. rescued from the power of the
enemy, Ez. 38, 8.
Hiph. a^dn, fut. a-iii:^, apoc. aiu'j,
conv. ac*1.
1. to cause to return, to lead or bring
back, e. g. captives Jer. 32, 44. 33, 11.
49. 6. 39 ; to draw back, to withdraw the
hand, Ps. 74, 11. Lam. 2, 3 ; also to turn
back, to repulse, Is. 28, 6 r^^OTf?^ ''a-'Ca
who turn back the battle, i. e. repulse
the enemy. 36, 9. 14, 27 133'^^'': "^n who
shall turn him back? i. e. hinder. 43, 13.
Job 9, 12. 11, 10. 23, 13. Spec. a)
'a ''JB a''i2Jr| to turn away the face of any
one, i. e. to repulse him, deny him ac-
cess, not grant his petition, (opp. K'JUJ
t2^:s,) 1 K. 2, 16. 17. 20. 2 Chr. 6, 42.
b) UJsa aidfi to restore life to any one, to
revive, to refresh. Ruth 4, 15. Lam. 1, 11.
16, 19. Trop. Ps. 19, 8. To the weary
and faint, life has vanished as it were ;
refreshmentbringsitback; comp. 1 Sam.
30, 12. Judg. 15, 19. But iran aii^n is
to draw in the breath Job 9, 18. c) a"'\l5in
n^n . vjX a"'dn , to withdraw i. e. to ap-
pease anger, to calm it, Job 9, 13. Ps. 78,
38. 106, 23 ; with )'q from anyone Prov.
24, 18. Also ('a nin^ nan a-^ on to turn
away (avert) the anger of Jehovah from
any one, Num. 25, 11. Ezra 10, 14. But
in Is. 66, 15 it is spoken of anger which
is allayed by being wholly poured out.
2. to return a thing to any one, to
render back, to restore, see Kal no. 2. a.
With ace. of thing and dat. of pers. Ex.
22, 25. Deut. 22,2; soof any tiling pur-
loined Lev. 5, 23. Num. 5, 7. Hence
a) to reward, to recompense, Prov. 17, 13;
c. dat. of pers. Ps. 18, 21. 116, 12 ; is
of pers. Ps. 94,23; ace. of thing and dat.
of pers. Gen. 50, 15. b) ia^ a-^uin to
return word, i. e. to answer, c. ace. of
pers. (like ns5) 1 K. 12, 6. 9. 16; also to
bring back word, as a messenger, Num.
22, 8. 13, 26. 2 Sam. 24, 13. In this sense
of answering is also said : D'^iisx 'n
Prov. 22, 21, V^'? '" Job 35, 4 ; and
simpl. a^UJn 2 Chr. 10, 16. Job 35, 5. 20,
2 ''3!ia'^tt5'^ ^BSiy wy oxon thoughts answer
me, i. e. suggest what I shall answer.
3. to restore to a former state, to re-
new, Pe. 80, 4. 8. 20. Is. 1, 26. Dan. 9, 25.
Comp. Kal no. 2. b. With IS , to turn
again into, Ps. 90. 3.
4. to recall, to revoke, as an edict Esth.
8, 5. 8; a decree, sentence, Am. 1, 3 for
the many tranagresaiona of Damascus
miD'
1039
miD
ilia'^lOK xb / will not recall that which I
have decreed against her ; comp. v. 4. 5,
and Num. 23, 30. So of a benediction
Num. 23, 20.
5. to return a thing, in the sense to
bring again and again, to offer repeat-
edly, to render as tribute, 2 K. 3, 4. 17, 3.
2 Chr. 27, 5. Ps. 72, 10 ; sacrifice Num.
18, 9. Comp. Lat. sacra referre Virg.
Georg. I. 339. Mn. 5. 598, 603.
6. With p and Vsa , to turn away, to
avert from any thing, e. g. bsa T^JB 'n
C^^Ji^a to turn away one^s face from idols
Ez. 14, 6 ; also without D'':d ibid, and
Ez. 18, 30. 32.
7. With bx, V?, to turn to, towards,
upon any one, e. g. a) b? in;j s^irn to
turn one's hand upon or against any one,
Is. 1, 25. Am. 1, 8. Ps. 81, 15 ; with a id.
2 Sam. 8, 3. b) b rjs ::->irn to turn
one's face to or upon any one, Dan. 11,
18. 19. c) ab-bx n-^dn fo recaW /o
mind, to lay to heart, Deut. 4. 39. 30, 1 ;
dh b? Is. 46, 8. Hence to repent 1 K. 8,
47.
HoPH. main 1. to he hroxight hack
Ex. 10, 8.
2. to he returned, restored, Gen. 42, 28.
43, 12. Num. 5, 8.
Deriv. a^iiu, saittj, naiiij, na"',
nai^ra, na^irn, and pr. names ania;;,
csa^::;;, ion avBii, aaida.
bxnw see bxiair .
7 . " '
aaitJ m. (r. aiia) l. Adj. turning
away, apostate, rebellious, Jer. 3, 14. 22.
Is. 57, 17.
2. Shobab, pr. n. m. a) A son of
David, 2 Sam. 5, 14. 1 Chr. 3, 5. 14, 4.
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18.
SniTD ni. adj. (r. aiTO) apostate, rebel-
lious, Jer. 31, 22. 49, 4.
nS'lC? f. (r. aw) return ; metaph. co?i-
version, Is. 30, 15.
fai (r. -qa^") Shobach, pr. n. of a
general of Hadarezer king of Zobah,
2 Sam. 10, 16. 18 ; for which 1 Chr. 19,
16. IS ^tra Shophach.
^210 (perh. flowing, or a shoot, r.
bad) Shohal, pr. n. ra. a) A son of
s'eiV, Gen. 36, 20. 23. 29. b) 1 Chr. 2,
50. 4, 1.
"pyVO (forsaking) Shohek, pr. n. m.
Neh. 10, 25. R. patu.
* 5^123 i. q. aati and nad ; hence
njiittjo .
TlTOj see *itt5 desolation.
'^^ pr. i. q. Tid to be strong, pow-
erful ; hence
1. to treat with violence, to lay waste ;
fut. I!itt5;> Ps. 91, 6.
2. i. q. Arab, 4>L*, to rule ; hence ntb
dominus, lord.
*I. t^^^ fut. njaJpi, pr. kindr. with
n;s to set, to place ; see Piel no. 2.
Theli
1. to be or be made even, level, see
Piel. Hence
2. /o be equal, like in value, to equal
any thing, c. a Prov. 3, 15. 8, 11 ; also
to countervail, to be equivalent, as Esth.
7, 4 T^ban ptsa niit) -isn I-ik ^/te enemy
cannot countervail the king^s damage,
i. e. cannot make it good. Esth. 5, 13
'b nw !is.3"'S nrba all this is not an
equivalent to me, i. e. does not suffice me,
is not enough. Impers. ''b nittJ it is made
even to me. i. e. made good, Jfob 33. 27.
3. to be ft, proper, suitable, c. b to any
one, Esth. 3, 8.
4. to be like, to resemble, c. b Prov. 26,
4. Is. 40, 25.
Piel 1. to make even or level, e. g. a
field, Is. 28, 25. Metaph. of the mind, to
compose or calm the mind Ps. 131, 2 ;
ellipt. Is. 38, 13 ipa 15 '^n'^ra / quieted
[my mind, myself] until the morning ;
Vulg. and Jerome sperabam usque ad
mane. In this rendering the word "'^xa
is referred to the following clause. But
others make it causat. of Kal no. 4, /
have made me like the lion sc. in roar-
ing ; Targ. ' rugiebam, ut leo.'
2. to put, to set, to place, i. q. Olia. n">1D,
often in the Targums ; Ps. 16, S. 119, 30.
ins nju: to put forth fruit, to yield, Hos.
10. 1. With bs to put, lay, bestow, upon
any one, e. g. honour, help, Ps. 21, 6. 89,
20. With ace. and 3, to place or make
one like any thing, Ps. 18, 34.
Hi PH. to liken, ta compare, Lam. 2, 13.
Deriv. nid, rr^q";, vdv
* II. ni^ to fear, as in Chald. Ithp.
Here seem to belong the two following
examples in the O. T.
Piel Job 30, 22 Cheth. mujn "'SaaiBri
(read njdP)) thou makest me to melt (be
niiij
1040
bl3
faint-hearted), thou terrifiest me. Keri
NiTHP. frequent among the Rabbins,
see Lehrg. p. 249. Heb. Gr. 54. 9. Prov.
27, 15 a dropping of the eaves in a rainy
day mnr: D"'?J'7a '^'^^) and a conten-
tious woman are to he feared. Others
compare njiT I. 4, and render njrniJ3 are
alike ; so Vulg. comparantur, Gr. Venet.
laoiiai. But in proverbs, things to be
compared are never connected by so fri-
gid a word of comparison. Targ. 'a
contentious woman, who quarrels,^ and
this might be supported by comparing
ino winter, and the Gr. jjff/^aai&jjj'at
ujiiiXuii, xf/fi'/xavTui (fqivi?, pr. there-
fore, to be wintry, stormy. But the first
solution is to be preferred.
niO or X^ Chald. i. q. Heb. no. I.
Pa. i. q. Heb. Pi. no. 2. to put, to set,
to make ; c. 05 , to set with, i. e. to make
like any thing, Dan. 5, 21. Comp. D5
no. 1. f
Ithpa. to be made, rendered into any
thing. Dan. 3, 29.
tVtXD (plain) Shaveh, pr. n. of a valley
near Jerusalem, called also ' the king's
dale,' Gen. 14, 17 ; comp. 2 Sam. 18, 18.
But n-n;"ip nya Shaveh-Kirjathoim
Gen. 14. 5, is a plain near the city Kir-
jathaim in the tribe of Reuben ; see art.
n;"ip lett. g.
M^ir fut. niiiiri 1. to sink down,
to settle down. Arab. ^Lww mid. Waw,
to sink in the mud. Kindr. with ntl'j,
nna. Prov. 2, 18 nn-'a ritt-bs nn'a
her house sinks down into death, i. e. into
Sheol, Hades ; so Vulg. But as iT^a
is elsewhere always masc. Aben Ezra
refers nnis to the woman herself: she
sinks down into death (Sheol), her future
house.
2. Metaph. to be bowed down, depress-
ed, e. g. the mind, soul. Ps. 44. 26 nniy
^B3 "'Bsb our sold is bowed down to the
dust. Lam. 3. 20 Keri.
HiPH. i.q. KnI no. 2. Lam.3.20Cheth.
Deriv, r\md . nn-'ti, nntd, and pr.
names nntb , oniti , n^nittS'j .
nit) (pit) Shuah. pr. n. of a son of
Abruham and Keturah, and also of an
Arabian tribe descended from him, Gen.
25, 2. Hence the patronymic and gen-
tile n. '^n^iri Shuhite Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 25, 1.
The country of the Shuhites was not
improbably the same with the 2"tty.xttia
of Ptolemy 5. 15, eastward of Batanea.
tynW f (r. n^aS) l. a pit Jer. 2, 6.
18, 20. Prov. 22, 14.
2. Shuhah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11 ; for
which V. 4 ni^W .
UT\W (perh. pit-digger, r. rm) i^hu-
ham, pr. n. of a son of Dan, Num. 26, 42 ;
called in Gen. 46, 23 Q-'iDn .
* I. ti^lij fut. pi. VJtfi^ 1. Pr. to whip
to scourge, to lash, i. q. Arab. ioLww.
Kindr. is unoS q. v. Hence aiui, li'uJiy,
B^UJ . a whip, scourge.
2. to row, q. d. to lash the sea with
oars. Part. C^DOJ rowers Ez. 27, 8. 26.
Deriv. '0''P_ no. 2, isiffia.
3. to run up and down, to go to and
fro, hither and thither, in haste ; pr. so
as to lash the air with one's arms as
with oars ; comp. Lat. remi used of the
arms and feet of a person, Ovid. Heroid.
18 fin. and also more frequently of the
wings of birds. Num. 11. 8. y-iija '^^^
to go over the earth or a land, to travel
through it, espec. in order to visit and
inspect it. Job 1, 7. 2, 2. 2 Sam. 24, 2. 8.
PiL. a-jittj i. q. Kal no. 3, Jer. 5, 1.
Am. 8, 12. Zech. 4, 10 the eyes of Jehovah
j'lxn-bra n-^uaittJa run to and fro in
the whole earth. 2 Chr. 16, 9. Metaph.
to run through or over a book, i. e. to
examine it thoroughly, Dan. 12, 4.
HiTHPAL. i. q. Pil. Jer. 49, 3.
* II. ti^lD, Aram. wj1a i. q. DX(^, to
contemn, to despise. Part. wSlU Ez. 16,
57. 28, 24. 26. See ostti .
131 m. Arab. JCjMt, a whip, scourge,
Prov. 26, 3. ] K. 12, 11. "jir^ aioJ the
scourge of the (slanderous) tongue Job 5,
21. Trop. the scourge of God. i. e. cala-
mities, plagues, which God sends upon
men. Is. 10, 26. Job 9, 23. t^b aioS
an overwhelming scourge, i. e. calamity
rushing upon one, spec, a ho.*tiIe army,
Is. 28, 15. 18. Comp. Kor. Sur. 88. 12.
ib. 89. 33.
5*TC obsol. root, Arab. JLww mid.
Waw, to be loose, pendulous, e. g. the
blTD
1041
y^iD
belly; kindr. with Jf6 to drag the train
of one's robe, also with istli by soften-
ing a. Hence
5W m. plur. conatr. '^h^^ 1. a train,
the flowing Rkirts of a robe, i. q. bsu), Is.
6, 1. cbittS n|a to uncover the skirts or
traiti, i. e. to expose to the deepest dis-
grace, Jer. 13, 22. 26. Nah. 3, 5.
2. <A(e hem of a garment, Ex. 28, 33. 34.
^^iTJJ m. (r. b\t) 1. stripped, either
of clothes i. e. naked, or of shoes i. e.
barefoot, as Sept. Syr. Mic. 1, 8 Keri.
Corap. b'sii no. 1, to put off a shoe.
2. a captive, prisoner. Job 12, 17. 18. 19.
IT^IS^^t!? Shnlammith, pr. n. of a maid-
en celebrated in the book of Canticles,
Cant. 7, 1 ; Vulg. pacijica. But the form
n^abiittin may also be taken as a gentile
name, the Shtdamite, i. q. n''H3!itt5 Shu-
namite ; since according to Eusebius
the place Shunein was also called Su-
lem; and this seems preferable, on ac-
count of the article.
UW m. garlic, only plur. D'i1!i5 Num.
11. 5; comp. Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 53.
Arab. Iji, Syr. ^oZ, Eth. i^<^^,id.
It would seem to have its name from the
strong odour which it exhales ; comp.
c5 ; 9 >
A^ to smell.
era
rr^
res odorata ; also
1^^ obsol. root. perh. i. q. "Ji^td to be
quiet. Hence the two following.
''p^TD (quiet) Shuni, pr. n. of a son of
Gad, Gen. 46, 16. Also as patronym.
Shunile (for >'i^^) Num.26, 15. R. 'iW.
DilTD (perh. two resting-places, for
D'^SIOJ, r. )^'<!0; comp. 035 for 07515)
Shtmem, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of
Issachar Josh. 19, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 4. 2 K.
4, 8 ; prob. tlie Sulem of Eusebius (s. v.
^ov^r^n) five Roman miles south of
Mount Tabor. Now Sdlam (Jy**/ , see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 169, 170.
Gentile n. "^"Bi^^, i'. T\i-, a Shunamite,
1 K. 1, 3. 2, 17. 2 K. 4, 12.
* S'V^S and ?^^ in Kal not used.
1. i. q. Siai , to be broad, ample ; hence
2. to be rich, opulent, powerful; see
SitS, rittj no. 1.
3. to he set free, delivered out of straits
and danger; comp. in 'S'&l.
PiEi- 55^5 to cry for help, to implore
aid, Ps. 18, 42. Job 35. 9. 36, 13 ; c. bx
Ps. 30, 3. 72, 12. 88, 14.
Deriv. sniti nritS.
JP^tD m. a cry for help, supplicatioUy
Ps. 5, 3.
T^tO adj. (r. ritb) 1, rich, opulent,
Job 34, 19. Ez. 23,^23.
2. liberal, noble. Is. 32, 5. Comp.
Ai^b. aams Conj. VIII, X, liberalis, no-
bilis fuit.
3. Subst. i. q. S5<^., a cry for help,
supplication. Is. 22, 5.
1. 51 m. (r. S^Qi) 1. riches, wealth,
Job 36, 19.
2. cry for help, supplication. Job 30, 24.
3. Skua, pr. n. m. Gen. 38, 2. 12.
II. T\1D an oath, i. q. S2^ (3 being
softened into ".. see in 3 lett. b, p. 105),
whence pr. n. S^ittJ ra Dath-shua 1 Chr.
3, 5, i. q. sao) pa q. v. p. 167. b.
^TilS (riches, r. 51^ ) Shua, pr. n. f.
1 Chr. 7, 32.
T^VytD f a cry for help, i. q. JliS , Ps.
18, 7V 39, 13. 102,2. R. ysiaS.
^?^T2J m. plur. CiiV5!i1l3, ti'^bsai. 1. a
fox, Cant. 2, 15. Lam. 5, 18. Ez. 13, 4.
Neh. 3, 35. Arab. aJuiJ, but oftener
s -r -:
v_Juu5 with t J added; comp. pr. n.
ciabrffl , also fiibrai . As to the origin
of the word, Bochart supposes the fox
to be so called from a word signifying to
cough, which he refers to its yelp, comp.
JjUw to cough. But more probably the
animal has this name from its burrowing
under ground, from r. bs'OJ , so that bs^C
denotes pr. a digger, burrower, corap.
bSiU II. But under the general name
of fo.ves the Hebrews and other Ori-
entals appear in common usage to have
comprehended ahofackals, Pers. JJLCw
Shaghal; see Niebuhr's Arabia p. 166.
Germ. Thus jackals seem to be meant
in Judg. 15, 4, since the fox is with great
difficulty taken alive; and also in Ps.
63, 11, inasmuch as foxes do not feed on
dead bodies, which are a favourite repast
for the jackal. See Bochart Hieroz. T.
yiis
1042
"llltf
II. p. IQOsq. ed. Lips. Faber's Archseol.
I. p. 140. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii.
p, 154.
2. Shual, pr. n. a) bs^SJ yi^ j a dis-
trict in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 13,
17. b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 36.
nyitJ m. (denom. from 'isjo ) gate-
keeper, porter, 2 K. 7, 10, 11. 2 Chr. 31,
14.
* H^^ 1. Pr. i. q. C1X(^, to pant af-
ter; hence
2. to attack, to fall upon suddenly, un-
expectedly. Job 9, 17 who assaileth me
in tempest. Gen. 3, 15 c:!!<-i T^'SVii'i XW
a|5S siJEilirn nnxv /le shall attack thy
head, and thou shall attack his heel,
i. e. he shall crush thy head and thou
shalt bite his heel. Metaph. Ps. 139, 1 1
'3B1ttS'^ T]an darkness shall fall upon me,
overwhelm me.
JSi, see T^aitfi.
''lOB^lD Shuphamite, patronym. from
DBIBttJ q. V. Num. 26, 39.
"jBitJ Num. 32, 35 J see in ni-irj5 lett.d.
nSiO m. (r. ^Ba5 no. 2) plur. mnBittJ,
constr. irinsioi, a trumpet, horn, cornet,
G iS ^
K/Mt, Arab. ^^--ww, (diff, from Tiri'isn,)
so called from its clear and shrill sound,
comp. Engl, clarion; either made of a
horn or similar to a horn, i. q. ')'nf3 (Josh.
6, 5, comp. 4. 6. 8. 13), Ex. 19, ie. Lev.
25, 9. Job 39, 25. Jerome says, on Hos.
5,8, "buccina pastoralis est et cornu re-
curvo efficitur, unde et proprie Hebraice
Sophar, Greece xEfjujlvt], appellatur."
Sept. adXniy^, xfgauptj.To blow the
trumpet is "iBitlJ Sgn q. v.
* P^^ in Kal not used 1, to run,
like kindr. ppti . Hence pitti leg, and
plld street.
2. to run after any thing, to desire, to
long for; hence njSiiuJn desire. Arab.
^^LA to excite desire ; V, to manifest
J . 06 -
desire ; ijiy^i desire,
HiPH. to let run over, to pour over, to
ocerflovD, c. ace. of thing with which ;
Joel 2, 24 tiin-'Pi D-^ayj-jn Mp'^tn the vats
oterflov) with wine. Absol. Joel 4, 13.
Ph.. pp'i;^ causat. to cause to overflow
with plenty, e. g. the earth Ps. 65, 10,
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.
plTD f (r. piittJ no. 1.) dual Q'^irili Prov.
26, 7, constr. ''15ittJ ; the leg, from the
knee to the foot, as that with which one
walks or runs. Arab. iVLwu, Chald.
paj, id. Spoken of persons Is. 47, 2.
Cant. 5, 15 ; of animals, where perhaps
the thigh is included, Ex. 29, 22. 27.
Lev. 7, 32. 33. Num. 6, 20. 1 Sam. 9,
24. Poet, of foot-soldiers, infantry, as
opp. to cavalry; Ps. 147, 10 "^piirn-xb
t^'S.y] ttJ'^Xii he taketh no pleasure in the
legs of men, 1. e. infantry. A proverbial
phrase occurs in Judg. 15. 8 cnx 'r\'^']
m"]';"^? pi'ti and he (Samson) smote
them leg upon thigh, Engl. Vers, hip and
thigh, i. e. he cut them in pieces, so that
their limbs, their legs and thighs, were
scattered one upon another, q. d. he to-
tall}'^ destroyed them ; see in bv no. 1. b.
a. Comp. the Germ, hyperbole : er hieb
den Feind in die Pfanne ; also : er hieb
ihn in Kochsliicken ; Engl, 'he made
mince-meat of his enemies.'
p'lTiJ m. a street Prov. 7, S. Ecc. 12,
4. 5. Plur. B-^piaJ Cant. 3, 2; comp.
DiTi'n from "11^. ' R. prj.
* ^y^ obsol. root, Chald. and Syr.
Pe. and Pa. to leap or spring upon any
one ; also to be strong, robust. Arab.
L<i to leap upon, to assault. Hence
"lilJJ m. plur. Q'^njll) Hos. 12, 12. an o.r,
bullock, so called from its strength and
boldness; comp. ^B. Arab, xyj bull,
Chald. fi<'^iFl, Syr. ]io^, id. whence Gr.
and Lat. TuvQog, taunts. Germ. Stier,
see Grimm's Gramm. III. p. 325. It is a
general word, denoting an animal of the
ox kind, without respect to sex or age ;
comp. Lev. 22, 27 wrhere a calf is to be
understood ; and Job 21, 10 where it is a
cow, although joined inixolvoig with a
verb masc Ex. 21, 37. Lev. 22, 23. 28.
27, 26. Num. 18, 17. Deut. 14, 4. Its
kindred collective is "ij^a oxen, cattle, a
herd q. v. Once, Gen.'3'2, 6. nia5 itself
is put as a collective, like the other
nouns of unity in the same verse, viz.
*ins, nnBU5, liian, the noun "iXS being
an exception ; prob. also Gen. 49, 6.
* I. ^^1D fut. 1!|ia^ 1. i. q. IW, to go
round or about, to travel about, espec. as
^IID
1043
UJIUJ
a merchant, for traffic, Ez. 27, 25 ; comp.
Ghald. Once c. a to go with any thing,
i. e. to ofler it in traffic. Is. 57, 9. Arab.
\L* mid. Ye, to go, to journey ; Chald.
K'l^lJ a company of travellers or mer-
chants, a curavan ; also in Palmyrene
Inscr. see Tychsen Element. Syr. p. 76.
2. to look around or about ; the idea
o^ looking and of going in any direction
being oilen expressed by the same verb,
see nssn . ci-ipiiin . a) Of one looking
around from a height, c. 'i^ Cant. 4, 8.
b) Of one lying in wait, to look after, to
watcf^for, Jer. 5, 26. Hos. 13, 7 ; c. ace.
Num. 23. 9. c) In the sense to consi-
der, to regard, i. e. to look u{X)n or after,
c. ace. Job 24, 15 T^? ''sn^ttin xb no eye
lookelh after me, observes me. 35, 5 ilttJ
CpntlJ look upon the clouds, consider
them.' 35, 13 ns-n/ttJ^ i<b I'nai the Al-
mighty doth not regard it. d) Simpl,
to look upon, to behold, Job 7, 8.
PiL. "I'^'itiJ, see nioJ.
Deriv. n^ii) I, nnfitijn.
* II. ^^l^D i. q. ^"^tli to sing, q. v.
* III. 1^1123 i. q. n'lio and sr^io, to
place in a row, to lay in order, e. g.
stones ; whence "ilttS a wall, also "i<^ .
Comp. triia) .
1. I^TU a lier-in-wait, enemy, Ps. 92,
12. Comp. nnitS, and the root "isia3 I. 2. b.
II. ni m. (r. ilttS III) 1. i. q. Arab.
s^, a wall, Gen. 49, 22. Ps. 18, 30.
Plur. ninsittj, Job 24, 11 orn-isiti) i-ia be-
tween (within) their walls, i. e. the rich
in their own houses.
2. Shur, pr. n. of a city on the confines
of Egypt and Palestine, Gen. 16, 7. 20,
1. 25, 18. 1 Sam. 15, 7. 27, 8. Josephus
understands by it Pelusium, Ant. 6. 7. 3,
comp. 1 Sam. 15, 7 ; but this city was
called in Hebrew, 'J''D . More prob. Iia3
was somewhere in the vicinity of the
modern Suez. The desert extending
from the borders of Palestine to Shur. is
called in Ex. 15, 22 "iW nana the desert
of Shur; but in Num. 33, 8 it is called
Dn-^X nana the desert of Etham.
'y^'O Chald. m. a wall Ezra 4, 13. 16.
* 123^^ obsol. root, prob. to be white.
Hence ^^^ white marble, ttJ<^ id. and
bysBUB, l^sittJ, itiiaJ , njtii* , lily. Kindr.
is tl>lti^ to be gray.
Stf'ltO, 8een;;nb lett. a.
jtD^ m. (r. oSitttJ) 1. a lily, espec.
white, see the root. "jt^sittJ ntora lily-
work, i. e. ornamental work imitating
lilies, 1 K. 7, 19. Arab, and Syr.
i^tuM/sduw, ^^.w^w/ ) liM A-n A', id. Comp.
Gr. aovaov Diosc. 3. 106 or 116. Athen.
12. 1. See Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 383 sq.
2. r^^T )^W Ps. 60, 1, a musical in-
strument, prob. so called from its resem-
blance 10 a lily. To the common lily
several kinds of trumpets may be said
to have a resemblance ; but to the mar-
tagon lily, or Turk's cap, the cymbal
approaches nearest, and indeed the name
of cymbal was at a later period some-
times given to this flower ; comp. "illJidS
no. 2. Hence rmns i^fl^ltt5 I would ren-
der cymbal or trumpet of song; see ninj
no. 3.
3. Shushan, pr. name, i. e. Susa. the
capital of Susiana (and of all Persia), in
which the Persian monarchs held their
winter residence, Dan. 8, 2. Neh. 1. 1.
Esth. 1, 2. 5. It was situated on the
Eulseus or Choaspes, prob. on the spot
now occupied by the village Shush ; see
Kinneir's Memoir p. 99. Ker Porter's
Travels II. p. 411. Ritter's Erdkunde,
Asien, IX. p. 294. Berl. 1840. According
to others its site is now occupied by the
village Suster; see Von Hammer in the
Trans, of the Geogr. Soc. of Paris, Vol.
II. p. 320 sq. 333 sq, [According to
Lassen, the name 'jt^lttj has an etymolo-
gical affinity or identity with the mod.
(jULuA^^ Khuzistdn; Zeitschr. f. d.
Morgenl. VI. p. 47. R.
lOi m. (r.aj.1ttj) 1. a lily; only plur.
Ci^St^iiiJ Cant. 2, 16. 4, 5. 5, 13. 6, 2.3. 7,3.
Of artificial lilies 1 K. 7, 22. 26.
2. An instrument of music resembling
the lily, see -(l^^aj no. 2. Plur. n'^2tt)ilb
Ps. 45, 1. 69, 1. 80, 1.
nsci C (r. aJiittS) a lily, 2 Chr. 4, 5.
Hos. 14, 6. Cant. 2, 1. 2.
J5n33T^?nn Chald. gentile n. plur. Shu-
shanchites, Susians, the inhabitants of
the city Susa, Ezra 4, 9. See IttJIttJ no. 3.
tiW
1044
nni)
ptC^tJ 1 K. 14, 25 Cheth. where Keri
pC-<CJ q. V.
ViMO to put, to place, see n''a3 .
n^ri^TD (for nbp^StilS 'noise of break-
ing.^ see ns'r and nbtn) Shuthelah, pr. n.
m. ' a) Ason of Ephraim Num. 26, 35.
36. b) 1 Chr. 7, 21. From the former
comes the patronym. ^nl:n^4J Shuthal-
hite Num. 26, 35.
* irO? Chald. found only in the rare
Conj. of
Peil. sr*^ ) ^"'T'^ 5 ^'^ set free, to deliver.
Fut. aT^P."? J in^- '^?r'^ ^^^- ^' ^^- ^^"
28. 6, 17. 28. Frequent in the Targums.
Syr. ^lo^ id.
Deriv. pr. n. ^Wpffi^.
*ril^ pr. i. q. Cliaj, Chald. CliaJ , to
scorch, to bum; espec. of the sun. Cant.
1. 6 t^j4.ri '^jnsjiaia /or the sun hath
scorched me, made me swarthy. Poet-
ically of the eye, (which is often com-
pared to the sun, and vice versa, see
C^BSSS.) as casting its glances upon
any tiling, i. e. to look upon, to scan, Job
20, 9. 28, 7.
* 1 T tD i. q. Arab, ywti , to twist a thread
from right to left, or back-handed, to
twine several threads together. Hence
HoPH. Part. "iJ'U'a ttiui twined byssm,
i. e. of several threads twisted together,
double or three-threaded, etc. Ex. 26, 1.
31.36. 27,9. 18. 28, 6.8. 15 sq.
HID m. adj. (r. HHl^) depressed, cast
down. Job 22, 29 c:?"^? nt with down-
cast eyes, one depressed.
* ITjTD fut. 2 fem. "''inilJn, to give, to
make a present, espec. in order to be
free from punishment, Job 6, 22. With
ace. of pers. Ez. 16, 33. Syr. ^JL^, to
give once, Pa. to give often, both in a
good and bad sense. Hence
'TniOS m. a gift, present, 1 K. 15, 19 ;
eapec. in order to be freed from punish-
ment, 2 K. 16, 8. Prov. 6, 35 ; comp. Job
6, 22. Also in order to corrupt a judge,
a bribe, Ex. 23, 8. Dcut. 10, 17. npb
into to take a reward, bribe. Ph. 15, 5.
26, 10. 1 Sum. 8, 3. Prov. 17, 8 \n -jax
V*)n ''3''?a in'in like a precious atone
is a gift in the eyes of its possessor, i. e.
of him who receives it ; comp. bS3 no. 4.
* niniD , comp. n^iaS and nnso .
1. to bow down, to incline oneself. Is.
51, 23. Chald. id. and more frequent.
2. to sink down, to be depressed ; comp.
the deriv. nwttJ , niniU .
HiPH. nnaJtn to make bow down, to de-
press, metaph. the mind Prov. 12, 25.
HiTHPAL. Hinriajn , the third radical
being doubled\'like WND, n']S<3,from r.
nx3), fut. nintntti';!, apoc. 'inpiHJ^, in pause
1. to bow down, to prostrate oneself
before any one in order to do him honour
and reverence, i. q. Trgodxwuv, with b of
pers. Gen. 23, 7. 37, 7. 9. 10 ; less often
"i^sb 23, 12 ; b? Lev. 26, 1. This mode
of salutation consisted in falling upon
the knees and then touching the fore-
head to the ground ; hence there is often
added nrinx D-^QX Gen. 19, 1. 42. 6. 48,
12. This honour was paid not only to
superiors, as to kings and princes 2 Sam.
9, 8 ; but also to equals Gen. 23, 7. 33,
3. 6. 37, 7. 9. 10. Hence
2. Spec, to bow down before God, to
worship, to pay adoration. Gen. 22, 5.
1 Sam. 1, 3 ; even without prostration.
Gen. 47, 31. 1 K. 1, 47.
3. to do homage, to yield allegiance,
Ps. 45, 12 he (the king) is thy lord,
ib '^inPiaJn do thou homage unto him.
Inf. Chald. rrjjrilndjr! 2 K. 5, 18. For
nn'i'inn^lJa see Index.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 2.
'linia , see in ^rnu .
^iniS, see -iin"'tt5.
nin^ m. (r. ".nui) blackness, Lam. 4, 8.
"nTiia f (r. nntlJ no. 2) a pit Prov. 28,
10. Comp. n^aj'.
* tltll^ i.q. n!nii and nnd, kindr.with
T^aia ; prset. inin)^ , plur. iniiJ and T^rva ;
fut.^niiSv
1. to bow down, to incline oneself; as
animals lurking for prey, to crouch, Job
38, 40 [39, 2j.
2. to be bowed down, to sink down,
e. g. the hills Hab. 3, 6. Trop. to be
brought low, depressed, Ps. 10, 10. 107,
39. Is. 2. 11. 17; spec, with grief^ sor-
row, Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7. Lam. 3, 20 Keri.
tintD
1045
CiniD
Also to submit, to humble oneself; Is. 60,
14 ninid t^?^!* ^^^''21 *'"'''^ '^"'"* '^ *"^
miY themselves to thee. Job 9, 13. Prov.
14, 19.
NiPH. to be boxced dovm, brought low,
Is. 2, 9. 5, 15. or a low and nuiflled
voice or sound, Ecc. 12, 4. Prcegn. Is.
29, 4 'inn^i* nF) ifisa^ a7id thy voice
shall be low and out of the dust, i. e. low
and feeble as heard from the dust.
HiPH. to bring low, to cast dawn. Is.
25, 12. 26, 5.
HiTHPO. to be brought low, cast down,
trop. of the soul, Ps. 42. 7. J 2. 43, 5.
Deriv. nuJ.
*t3nm fut. on'a^ inf. nanyi.
1. to kill animals, to slaughter. Arab.
ia^. Gen. 37, 31. Is. 22, 13; espec."
victims for sacrifice Lev. 1, 5. 11. Hos.
5, 2 ip'^arn caii? nontu in the slaugh-
tering (of victims) they make deep their
transgressions. Also a human victim
Gen. 22. 10. Is. 57, 5.
2. to kill persons, to slay. 2 K. 25, 7.
Jer. 39, 6. uniuJ yn a deadly arrow
Jer. 9, 7. where Keri has Kiinffi in a si-
milar sense, pr. made to kill.
3. uWtD nnt 1 K. 10, 16. 17. 2 Chr. 9,
15. 16, prob. mixed gold, alloyed with
some other metal ; comp. Arab, t^*^
to dilute wine with water, and see more
in Comment, on Is. 1, 22. Sept. beaten
gold, i. e. drawn out into plates; comp.
naiD to spread out, to expand, the letters
being transposed.
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, Lev. 6, 25.
Num. 11, 22. Hence
n'O'inO f a killing, slaughter of vic-
tims, 2 Chr. 30, 17. R. DPyJ .
ll^TW m. (r. "jntd ) a burning sore, in-
flamed tdcer, a boil, botch, Ex. 9, 9. 11.
Lev. 13, 18-20. c^nita pniu the botch of
Egypt Deut. 28, 27. 35, and' 5") 'pnttJ a
sore botch Job 2, 7, a species of the black
leprosy endemic in Egypt, called by
physicians elephantiasis, from the dark
scales with which the skin is covered,
and the swelling of the legs. Comp. Plin.
H. N. 26. 5. Schilling de lepra p. 184.
0''TO m. (r. onai) i. q. xa'^no, that
xchich groxDS of itself the third year after
sowing, Is. 37, 30. This would seem to
be the primitive form, and to signify pr.
sprout, shoot ; see the root.
Cj'^n m. (r. Cinr^ ) only constr. qTlttS .
a board, as made thin by hewing, plan-
ing, etc. Ez. 41, 16.
ninO f. (r. nnai no. 2) a pit, plur.
rin-^nitl Ps. 107, 20.' Lam. 4, 20. The n
is not radical, but is nevertheless pre-
served in flexion ; see Lehrg. p. 527.
HPl'^ntD Chald. part. f. see r. rrnti .
* I. ^t!]^ obsol. root, Arab. J^ to
peel, to shell, to scale; hence nbnttS.
Comp. in the Indo-European tongues,
Gr. attijXov, Germ. Schale, schalen, Engl.
to shell, scale, to scale.
11. ^n*2 prob. to roar, as a lion;
comp. Arab. Jk^ to bray, as an ass.
jL=f 'vox in pectore reciprocata,' the
braying of an ass, Jauh. and Camoos.
Kindr. with the roots bbn, bbs. Germ.
hallen, gellen, schallen, skellen. Hence
jVytD m. a lion, (pr. a roaring, the
roarer,) as a poetic epithet, Job 4, 10.
10, 16.. 28, 8. Ps. 91, 13. Prov. 26, 13.
Hos. 5, 14. 13, 7. Bochart in Hieroz.
1. 717, understands the swarthy lion of
Syria; Plin. H. N. 8. 17. Comp. nhtfi
black ; the letters \> and "i being inter-
changed.
^^fy^_ f (r. \>m I) pr. a shell, or ac-
cording to the Heb. intpp. owl, unguis
odoratus, the blatta Byzaniina of the
shops. Germ. Teufelsklaue ; Ex. 30, 34.
It consists of the shell or cover of a spe-
cies of muscle, found in the lakes of In-
dia where the nard grows ; when burned
it emits a musky odour. See Dioscorid.
2. 10, and the Arabian writers cited by
Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. S03 sq. Comp.
Rabb. xbn-iOJ the shell or pod of dates.
I'J*^ obsol. root, Arab. ^^^ to be
hot,inflamed ; Syr. .^-t^^ Pa. to ulcerate.
Hence VH*^-
C'JiS obsol. root, perh. to sprout,
to grow; comp. Arab, (jioitx^ to lift or
raise oneself up ; also vnttj . Hence
* rp^ 1. i. q. tino, and by transp.
5)^0) ^^'0) which see; to bark, to hew,
intD
1046
nnw
to chip off. i. e. by hewing, planing, etc.
See q'^nffl.
2. to become thin, lean, to consume
away, i. q. Arab, ui^- Hence r?na:
and
qn m. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15, ac-
cording to Sept. and Vulg. the sea-mew,
sea-gull, Vulg. larus, an aquatic bird, so
called from its leanness. See Bochart
Hieroz. II. lib. 2. c. 18. R. r,n(U .
rsn f. (r. tinfii) consumption, l^ev.
26, 10.' Deut. 28, 22.
* yijTr obsol. root, Arab. ijQ.r=^iii to
lift up or raise oneself, to rise ; comp.
onui .Hence the two following.
fTW m. elation of mind, pride; Arab.
(j^ -bv A _ Talmud, yniy, id. Job 28, 8.
41, 26 ynuj' "i^^, Vulg. //u superbice,
the sons of pride, i. e. the larger beasts
of prey, as the lion, so called from their
proud gait. The Chaldee renders it
lions, in c. 28, 8 ; but the other passage
requires it to be taken in a wider sense.
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 718.
D'^SniD (heights) Shahazim., pr. n. of
a place in the tribe of Issachar, Josh. 19,
22 Keri. In Cheth. nisatc . R. -j^rn^ .
* Ptj^ fut. pntJi"^ 1. to rub or beat in
pieces, to pound fine, i. q. Arab. \J^^
Ex. 30, 36. Trop. of enemies, Ps. 18, 43.
2. to rub or wear away ; Job 14, 19
D^a ^pna D''32X waters wear away the
stones. So Arab, la^ to wear out, as
a garmeiit. Hence
pntD m. 1. dust, fine dust, Is. 40, 15.
2, a cloud, Arab. iS^ a thin cloud, pr.
as it would seem, a cloud of dust, or the
like. Mostly in plur. D^pTOb clouds Job
38, 37 ; to which \a ascribed rain Job 36,
28. Pa. 78, 23. Prov. 3, 20, and thunder
Ps. 77, 18. Melon, for the firm,ament,
the heavens, the sky, i. q. 0']'Oxb and S^^pn ,
comp. in Engl, the clouds. Job 37, 18
hast thou like him spread out the sky
(Cprro), which is firm like a molten
looking-glass? Ps. 18, 12 D''RnilS "^as
darknrss (f clouds. Prov. 8, 28. Job 37,
21. Often as the dwelling of Jehovah,
parall. with D'^5), Deut. 32, 26. Job 35,
5. P. 68, 35. So too the Sing. Ps. 89,
7. 38. Comp. Samar. fT^pmU for C^^tlJ
Gen. 7, 19.
* I. "'tj''? lo be or become black;
Aram. \"-^ , '^H'^) id. Prsegn. Job 30,
30 "^bsa "lOQJ '"112? my skin is black from
off me, i.e. turns black and peels off.
Deriv. ^haj , lintti , -itrnnoj , and pr. n.
* II. ^n^ 1- Pr. as it would seem
to break, to break forth, as the light,
dawn ; hence "inl^ aurora.
2. to break in, to pry into, and hence
to seek, comp. "ipla no. 2, 3. In Kal only
once Prov. 11, 27. See Piel.
PiEL "inai to seek, only poetic, c. ace.
Job 7, 21. Prov. 7, 15. 8, 17 ; also h c. inf
'Job 24, 5. Prov. 13, 24 now inn*^ ianx
he that loveih him (his son) seeketh for
him chastisement, q. d. prepares it for
him, does not let him go without it. The
suffix is to be taken as a dative. To
seek God is: a) to long after him Is. 26,
9. Ps. 63, 2. b) to turn unto him, Hos.
5, 15. Ps. 78, 34 ; c. bs Job 8, 5.
Deriv, M-in, nnd^, pr. n. !^^"J>j'^ ;
D'^intlJ, and
Tn rn. aurora, the dawn, morning ;
Arab. 'iJSi id. Gen. 19, 15. Josh. 6, 15.
Poetically there are ascribed to it eye-
lashes, see c^Bi'SS ; and wings Ps. 139, 9.
inTZi~'j3 the son of the morning, i. e. the
morning star, Lucifer, Is. 14, 12 ; see in
bbin. Hos. 6, 3 "ix^b 'jisj nnias his
going forth is sure as the dawn, i. e. the
coming of Jehovah ; but 10. 15 like the
morning dawn lie perishes, i. e. suddenly.
Adv. at dawn, early, soon, Ps. 57, 9. 108,
3; so "ilniaa Hos. 10, 15. Metaph. of
prosperity, as again dawning upon the
afflicted, Is. 8, 20 (see in iirx B. no. 8),
47,11, 58,8. The same metaph. occurs
in the use of the words ip3 Job 11, 17,
tlliJ Jer. 13, 16, and Arab. J>Lo . An-
wari Soheili : ' in calamitate est spes,
nam finis noctis opacse est aurora.'
"IHTD and "^iHlS m. adj. black, e, g.
hair Lev. 13, 31. 37 ; a horse Zech. 6, 2.
6 ; of a dark or swarthy countenance
Cant. 1, 5. R, nntii I.
"intj see fimttJ,
in
1047
nnio
tTTiriTD f. (r. inttJ II) dawn; trop.
youth, Ecc. 11, 10.
nnnni6 m. adj. (r. nntd I ) f. n-nhnnui ,
dark, swarthy, Bpoken of complexion
Cant. 1, 6. For diminutive adjectives
of colour after the form Mtt'iK. p'1^?yl^
see Lehrg. p. 497. Heb. Gram. 54. 3.
83. no. 23.
n^nniD (Jehovah seeks him, r. "int^
II) hhehariah, pr. n. ra. 1 Chr. 8, 26.
0?"^^!^ (the two dawns, comp. t37a*i?,
n-^nns) Shaharaim, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 8.
* T\TVD in Kal not used, Arab, oc^
to destroy.
PiEL nnilJ 1. Trans, to destroy, to
ruin, to lay in ruins j either by laying
waste, as a land, district, field. Gen. 9,
11. 19, 13. Josh. 22, 33. 2 Sam. 24, 16.
Jer. 12, 10 ; or by breaking down, over-
throwing, as walls, a city, Gen. 13, 10.
Ez. 26, 4; or by wounding Ex. 21, 26;
or by killing, putting to death, e. g. sin-
gle persons 2 Sam. 1. 14, and also whole
nations Gen. 6, 17. 9, 15. Num. 32, 15.
Ira. 1*, 90. Mctuph. Am. 1, 11 rmJ
T^onn he destroyed (i. e. suppressed) his
pity. Ez. 28, 17 ^inrEj^-br T^n^sn Pintt)
thou hast destroyed thy wisdom in be-
half of thy beauty, i. e. thou art so taken
with the latter, as to neglect the former.
Also to waste, to lose, Prov. 28, 8.
2. Intrans. to act wickedly, for the
fuller rDn'n nnit), Ex. 32, 7. Deut. 9, 12.
32, 5. Comp. Hiph. no. 2.
HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1, to destroy, to
ruin, either by laying waste and break-
ing down, as a land, kingdom, Jer. 36,
29. 51, 20 ; a city Gen. 19, 14. 2 K. 18,
25 ; or by killing, as a single person
1 Sam. 26, 15, enemies 2 Sara. 11, 1 ; or
by injuring in whatever way Prov. 11,
9. So n-indari r^i^h^n the destroying
angel 2 Sam. 24, 16, and simpl. nTiufsn
the destroyer Ex. 12, 23, i. e. the angel
of God who inflicts calamities and death
upon men. The phrase nnrn-bx (de-
stroy not) in the titles of Pss. 57. 58. 59.
75, seems to be the first words or name
of a song, to the melody of which these
Psalms were to be sung.
2. is-in nTi'l'n Gen. 6. 12, l-n-;bi^ 'n
Zeph. 3. 7, to destroy one's way, i. e. to
corrupt or pervert it, and hence to act
wickedly. With the ace. suppressed, id.
Deut. 4, 16. 31, 29. Judg. 2, 19. Is. 1, 4.
Comp. S^ti . But in the expressions
HTida Ki-^x Prov. 28. 24, and n-^nda bsa
18, 9, the form nTiirJn appears to be a
substantive (see n'^nda no. 1), i. q. man
of destruction, i. e. in c. 28, 24 act. a
destroyer, desolator, but in c. 18, 9 pass,
one who brings destruction on himself,
a waster, prodigal.
HopH. nnt'n , to be destroyed, i.e. to be
corrupted, spoiled, Prov. 25, 26. Mai. 1, 14.
NiPH. 1. to be destroyed, corrupted,
e. g. by putridity Jer. 13, 7 ; morally
Gen. 6, 11. 12.
2. to be laid waste, Ex. 8, 20.
Deriv. HTiioo , prjTTo , nniaa , ^T}^,''^
nniD Chald. to destroy, to corrupt;
Part. pass, f Dan. 2, 9 nn-^ntan na'is n^a
lyitig and corrupt words. Neut. HnTjti
a corrupt deed, crime, Dan. 6, 5.
tinit f (r. nva, as nns from nij) c.
suff. cFinoJ Ez. 19, 4. 8, a pit, e. g. a)
In which traps are laid for wild beasts,
a pit-fall ; trop. for plots, treachery, Ps.
7, 16. 9, 16. 35, 7. 94, 13. Prov. 26, 27.
Ez. 1. c. b) a cistern, having mire at
the bottom. Job 9, 31. c) a subterra-
nean prison Is. 51, 14. d) Spec, a
sepulchre, the grave, Ps. 30, 10. Job 17,
14. 33, 18. 30. rniij t^; to go down to
the pit or grave Job 33, 24. Ps. 55, 24.
rn)sa 125 to perish in the grave, sepul-
chre, Job" 33, 28. rn!i5 nxn to see the
grave, i. e. to die and be buried, Ps, 16,
10. 49, 10. The LXX often render
nnaj by diacp&oQa, as if from r. rinttj dca-
(p&tiQb) to corrupt ; not however in the
sense of corruption, putridity, but of de-
struction; see the examples in the Con-
cord, of Kircher or Trommius. The
Greek word is indeed taken by Luke
in the sense of corruption in Acts 2, 27.
13, 35 sq, but il would be difficult to
show that the Heb. rniD has this sense
even in a single passage, as derived from
r. nnto . The appeal is indeed made to
Job 17, 14, where the other hemistich
has i^^an, and nni^ is called /a/Aer,
which seems to accord only with a
masculine noun ; but in such cases the
sacred writers often neglect both the
etymology and gender of words ; comp.
'fy na "liis-'x Ps. 17, 8.
note
1048
^t:i2
niStB f. (for na3(^ , Arab. iaH Su7it)
acacia, the s;)?72a jEgyptiaca of the
ancients, Mimosa Nilotica Linn. Is. 41,
19. It is a large tree growing in Egypt
and Arabia, from which the Gum Ara-
bic is obtained ; its bark is covered with
large black thorns ; the wood is exceed-
ingly hard, and when old resembles
ebony. See Celsii Hierobot. T. I. p.
499. Jablonsky Opusc. ed. te Water I.
p. 260. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349.
Plur. QiatO 1 . acacias, whence ""SS
V^'^t acacia-wood Ex. 25, 5. 10. 13. 26,
26. 27, 1. 6.
2. Shittim, pr. n. of a valley in Moab
on the borders of Palestine, Num. 25, 1.
Josh. 2. 1. 3, 1. Mic. 6, 5 ; fully bra
n^arn (the valley of acacias) Joel 4, 18
[3,'lS].
* JTD1II fut. nti'rn, to spread out, to
expand ; Syr. \ u,l li, Arab, ^^.kuu ,
Eth. A^A, id. Job 12, 23 O^iab n-jil3
he spreadeth out the nations, i. e. gives
them ample territories. Kspec. to spread
any thing upon the ground, e. g. bones
Jer. 8, 2; quails Num. 11, 32 j ground
corn, coarse meal, 2 Sam. 17, 19.
PiEL to spread out, to stretch out, e. g.
the arms, hands, Ps. 88, 10.
Deriv. nottja, niaipiQ.
"CntO m. (r. ::ltl5 Pil.) a scourge, Josh.
23, 13; i. q. aiuJ q. v.
* Cits TO fut. CjiJO^ 1. to gush or pour
out, tojlow abundantly, Ps. 78, 20. niaa
Ciati a pouring rain, Ez. 13, 13. 38, 22.
2. to overflow, to overwhelm, as a stream
l8. 30, 28. 66, 12 ; metaph. of an army
Dan. 11, 10.26.40. So with ace. a) to
overflow or inundate any thing Jer. 47,
2 ; also stronger, to overwhelm, and swal-
low up, Ps. 69, 3 '?r^B-Jtti nbisiu the floods
overwhelm me, swallow me up. v. 16.
124, 4. Is, 43, 2. Cant. 8, 7. b) to sweep
away as with a flood, to wash away. Is.
28, 17. Job 14, 19 the flood aweepeth
away the dust of the earth. Ez. 16, 19.
Vice versa c) to bring in as with a
flood; Is. 10, 22 Hjjnx riMtiJ yiin p-^is
dentnictiim is decreed, bringing in jus-
tire like a flood, i. e. overwhelming the
wicked with merited punishment, nj^-is
being an accui. governed by tiXip. d) to
wash, to rinse, i. e. copiously, Lev. 15, 11.
1 K. 22, 38.
3. Metaph. to run swiftly, to rush, as
a horse, Jer. 8, 6. Comp. no. 1.
NiPH. 1. to be overflowed, overwhelm-
ed, trop. of a hostile army Dan. 11, 22.
2. to be washed, rinsed. Lev. 15, 12.
PuAL i. q. Niph. no. 2, Lev. 6, 21.
Hence
v|t3Tp and Clt^lB m. 1. a gushing, out-
pouring, e. g. of rain Job 38, 25; of a
torrent, whence metaph. Prov. 27, 4
S]X ^Btlj anger is an outpouring, i. e. is
outrageous.
2. an overflowing, inundation, flood,
Ps. 32, 6. Nah. 1, 8. Dan. 9, 26 Ci'JTi;? iSJ?
his end cometh as a flood, i. e. suddenly ;
comp. in^2 Hos. 10, 15, and see 3 lett.
C. Metaph. of an army, Dan. 11, 22.
*^^^, Arab. Jtww, to write;
whence Part. iiaiiJ pr. a writer, scribe,
Sept. ygcfifiaxsig, ygoifificinotiauyaysvg,
Peshito Yfaso . Then, as writing was
anciently employed chiefly in the admi-
nistration of justice (comp. Sns no. 5, 6,
Arab. v_/j'L5' scribe and judge, Gf. yqa-
cpeiv, yq'dtpta&ai,), a magistrate, prefect,
leader of the people ; comp. Arab. >.la^*<
to be over any thing, c. ,Js^ ; > h * m A
a prefect. Targ. '?\^D , laiD , Vulg. ma-
gister, dux, exactor. Spec, the d'^'ittOi
were : a) the leaders, oflicers of the
Israelites in Egypt, Ex. 5, 6-19 ; and in
the desert, i. q. the seventy elders. Num.
11,16. Deut.20,9. 29,9. 31,28. Josh.l,
10. 3, 2. 8, 33. 23, 2. 24, 1. b) magis-
trates in the cities and towns of Pales-
tine, Deut. 16, 18. 1 Chr. 23, 4. 26, 29.
2 Chr. 19, 11. 34, 13. Spoken of supe-
rior magistrates or oflicers Prov. 6, 7 ;
also 2 Chr. 26, 11, where it is not neces-
sary to understand a military officer,
since the census of the troops could be
taken by a civil magistrate. Ecc. 6, 7.
Deriv. pr. n. '''^^tt? .
"TU Chald. m. (or rather 'laio , as is
read in 26 Mss. and editions, and this
is also supported by 11 others which
have i0) the side, Dan. 7, 5. In the
Targums "ao, 6<"3D, Syr. lr^, Arab.
id.
lti;c
1049
b^w
'^'yOtO (yQafifiaiixoi, r. "iB\3) Shilrai,
pr. n.'m. 1 Chr. 27, 29 Chetli. Iti Keri
- I
"C m. (r. X^irJ , for K'^^J, as "'ft for H"^^,
IW for KVCJ) a gift, present, as being
brought ; eo in the phrase ''lO b'^ain to
bring presents Ps. 68, 30. 76, 12. Is. 18,7.
*K;^ or K^ obsol. root, Arab.
* T
^jUm to will, to desire ; Conj. II, to lead
or"^ bring to any one, to impel. Hence
> for N-'ttJ .
i^'^tO pr. n. 2 Sam. 20, 25 Cheth. see
in "^"^ia.
]iM'' (destruction, r. JtiTI!) <S/n'ow, pr.
n. of a city in the tribe of Iseachar, Josh.
19, 19.
I. riD"^ f. (r. nittJ) return^ and concr.
fAose returning Ps. 126, 1.
II. nn'^O f. (for na'^O'^ , r. a?^) cZtreZ/-
ing, stay, 2 Sam. 19, ^^33 [32].
I^^ a doubtful root, to which is
apparently to be referred fut. apoc. "^UJn,
after the form ^n^^, Deut. 32, 18 ; Sept.
fyxaiiXmsg, Vulg. dereliquisti, i. e. thou
hast forsaken ; the other hemistich has
nsffini thou hast forgotten. The root
M^iy then would seem to have signified
the same as riHia , Lo^ww , to forget, to
neglect, whence % g vr negligence ; the
letter n when interposed between two
vowels being changed into "^ . as is often
done; comp. nrj:! and fi^S, nna and
n^Q, nsit and _j to deck, L&j and Lo
to be raw, e. g. flesh, also 3'^I3|^'^ lor
S'^a'^n^ ; and comp. the like change of
K in nx'n, n*'n, vulture, '>o\jd, jIq^.
Or 'Cn may be derived from the root
riHia itself^ regardingr it as contracted
from ''^t7\ (for 7\T\^_T\ , comp. ""n^n Jer.
18, 23 for nnian), like it for IW.
' ^ obsol. root, Arab, to love impa-
tiently. Hence
i^r^ Shiza, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 42.
^.T''^ to deliver, see in r. Staj.
T\Tpt3 f (r. n!iCJ) i. q. nnsiuj, a j>i/, Ps.
119, 85. 57, 7 Cheth.
niniW, ^iniD, in, pr. black, tur-
bid, from r. "inia ; hence Shihor as the
88*
Heb. pr. name for the Nile, iK'j being
the Egyptian name, so called from its
muddy and turbid waters ; (whence also
Lat. Mdo i. q. nilag, according to Festus
and Serv. ad Virg. Georg. 4. 291. iEn.
1. 745. ib. 4. 246;) Is. 23, 3 ihnJ snj
nsfj I'^^tlD the produce of Shihor, the har-
vest of the Nile, Vulg. Nili. Jer. 2, 18.
In two passages. Josh. 13, 3. 1 Chr. 13, 5,
Shihor is put as the south-western limit
of Palestine, where one might expect the
torrent of Egypt, D^nsa bns , see bna ;
but in the similar passage Gen. 15, 18,
the Nile, c^tl^'^ nna, is alo mentioned.
n:nb nir^lS Shihor-Hbnath Josh. 19,
26, pr. n. of a small stream or river,
which empties itself into the sea, in the
territory of Asher; according to J. D.
Michaelis G'/aas river (comp. i^jsb no. 1),
i. e. the Belus, from the sands of which
the first glass was made by the Pheni-
cians.
t3^1? m. (r. t3v:j) 1. i. q. uinJ, a
scourge. Is. 28, 15 Cheth.
2. an oar, i. q. aio^. Is. 33, 21.
Tib^tO m. (r. ri^d) after the form
-iti-'p, ntt3"i3, or also like nba from nba.
1. rest, quiet, tranquillity J such seems
to be the meaning of the word in the
difficult passage Gen. 49, 10, the sceptre
shall not depart from Judah . . . ""'S IS
D-53S rnp-^ "ibi n'^-'ia xia;; until rest shall
come and the nations obey him (Judah) ;
then shall he bind, etc. etc. That is,
Judah shall not lay aside the sceptre of
a leader, until he shall have subdued
his enemies and obtained dominion over
many nations ; referring to the expected
kingdom of the Messiah, who was to
spring from the tribe of Judah. Others,
whom I formerly followed, take nb^TO
here as concrete, i. e. pacificator, prince
of peace, understanding either the Mes-
siah, comp. Diba "lb Is. 9, 5 ; or Solo-
mon, comp. niab'iij 1 Chr. 22, 9 ; so the
Samaritan, see Repert. f bibl. und mor-
genland. Litt. XVI. 168. The ancient
versions take nba ('iVi) as compounded
of -la i. q. -MBX, and rih i. q. ib to him, in
this sense : until he shall come to whom
it belongs, sc. the sceptre, dominion, i. e.
the Messiah ; comp. Ez. 21, 32 xa-ns
aadan ib-nirx, Sept. w Ha&>lxH. Sept,
in several Mss. ju anoxsipeva alru which
b^TD
1050
"I'^iB
are laid up for him ; in others (c. Symm.)
w itnoxiixaifor whom it is laid up. Syr.
Saad. is cvjus est. Targ. Onk. Messias,
cujus est regnum. The variety of the
readings here, viz. rfb'^izi in most Mss.
and editions, n'V^ in 28 Jewish Mss. and
all the Samaritan, ib^'ttJ or ibttJ in a few
Mss. is of little moment, since the same
threefold orthography is found also in
the proper name, no. 2. This only fol-
lows from it, that Hebrew critics and
copyists regarded iTbitiJ as a simple
word and not a compound, as in the
ancient versions. The views of theolo-
gians on this passage have been col-
lected by Hengstenberg, Christologie
d. A. T. I. p. 59 sq.
2. Shiloh (place of rest), pr. n. of a
city in the tribe of Ephraim, situated
among the hills to the north of Bethel,
eastward of the great northern road ;
where the sacred tabernacle remained
for a long (ime, Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 4, 3 ;
comp. Ps. 78, 60. It is written various-
ly : lb"' Judg. 21, 21. Jer. 7, 12 ; -ibttS
Judg. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 24. 3, 21 ; nbdj
Josh. 18, 1. 8. 1 Sam. 1, 3. 9. 1 K.2,27.
The full form would be pr. ')'ib"'!l5 , whence
the gentile noun ''Sb"'tt5 q. v. and also
the present Arabic name ^^yXju^ Sei-
lun, Joseph, SiXovv. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 86-9. [Comp. the forms
of the pr. n. nabb, 'linbio, Ruth 4, 20.
21. R,
bb->0 Mic. ], 8 Cheth. i. q. bbittS no. 1,
where see. ,
''3^ gentile n. Shilonite: a) From
n'b-'ttS no. 2, where see ; IK. 11, 29. 12,
15. Neh. 11, 5. Comp. nba and '^sb-'a.
b) For "Sbl^ from nbi^ , 1 Chr. 9, 5. '
^itt"^ (for lio^ti^ desert) Shimon, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.
* y^ obsol. root, i. q. Ethiop. TU^i
and Syr. .cii mingere ; comp. "jntiJ .
Henoe
V.V or V^ m. only plur. crifl , nn'rifi,
in Cheth. Is. 36, 12. 2 K. 18, 27."
*?^ Chald. to finigh, see in r. KS''
Chald.
l-^ID, rarely IJlTD Cheth. 1 Sam.
18, 6; fut "i***^, apoc. once ntt'' Job 23,
37, conv. IQi^l Judg. 5, 1 ; to sing.
(Part, plur, ninttj Ez. 27, 25. see in I^OJ
I.) Not found in the other Semitic dia-
lects, but in Sanscr. comp. shiir to sing.
Judg. 5, 1. Ps. 65, 14. Constr. a)
With ace. of the song Ps. 7, 1. 137, 4 ;
also with ace. of the pers. or thing cele-
brated, Ps. 21, 14. 59, 17. 89, 2. b) With
h to sing unto any one in his honour, to
celebrate in song, Ps. 13, 6. 27, 6. 33, 3 ;
also to sing of or concerning any thing
Is. 5, 1. c) With 3 to sing of Ps, 138,
5 : comp, 3 -i2^ . d) With br of him
whom one addresses in song, before
whom one sings; Job 33, 27 b? "i(l3^
Dittjjx he singeth before men, chants
unto them. Prov. 25, 20 b? D^*iV!;3 nttJ
2''n"3b he who singeth songs to a. heavy
heart., i. e. to one afflicted. But to sing
. is also sometimes put for to declaim, to
recite with a loud voice, comp. njs no.
1 ; see the examples above cited. Is. 5.
1. Job 33, 27.
PiL. ^nia3 to sing habitually, Zeph. 2,
14. .Job 36, 24 C'laisx sniitj nbjt which men
do sing, celebrate. Part, 'r^tti^ a singer
1 Chr. 9, 33, 15, 16, Neh. 12.28 sq. 13, 5.
HopH. pass, to be sung, as a song Is,
26, 1.
Deriv. nittJ , n'l^iij .
*1''T2J m. plur. ni"iiaj and Di"ittJ , c. suff.
^^^-laj Am. 5, 23. " "
1. song, singing ; 2 Chr, 29, 28 "I'^^rt
D'l'njibjno m'-isianni i-nimn the song
sang and the trumpets sounded, i. e, the
song struck up and the trumpets began
to sound ; which is expressed in v. 27 by
fiirr^ 1*^(1) bnn the song of Jehovah began,
i. e, in his praise, Kimchi here need-
lessly explains n^ai as if for "i"HlJ bra
singer ; better would be "T^ttJ "'bra choir
of singers. Also singing i, e, music of
instruments, e, g. "I'^tti "'ba musical in-
struments 1 Chr, 16, 42" '2 Chr, 7, 66.
34, 12. Am. 6, 5. Neh. 12, 27 D^nba^ "I'^ttia
with music of cymbals.
2. a song, hymn, e. g. sacred, a psalm,
Ps, 33, 3, 40, 4, al, ssepiss. Also not sa-
cred Is. 23, 16, 24, 9. Ecc. 7, 5. Ez. 33,
32 ; espce. a song of joy Am. 8, 3. 10,
opp. nj-'p. So D"i'n"'\an i-tt5 Cant. 1, 1,
Vulg. canticum canticorum. the song of
songs, i, e. the most beautiful of songs ;
comp. the phrases C'l-^'tS "'"is 'the most
beautiful ornament' Ez, 16, 7, "'afti
VlD'
1051
n'"iD
D'jttisn 'the highest heaven' 1 K. 8, 27.
As the title of a book, (which however
could hardly proceed from tlie author,)
this epithet contains an encomium simi-
lar to niT'-i'; n-'^i) Ps. 45, 1.
n'!"' f. constr. nn-'Ol, i. q. vt^, a
song Deut. 31, 19 sq. Pb. 18. 1. Is. 23,
15 ; also of a parable written in rhythm,
Is. 5, 1. Plur. niT>tli Am. 8, 3.
tJ'^TD m. Syr. ^4 > ^, w/tiVe niarble,
alabaster, 1 Chr. 29, 2. Comp. U5\d no.
I. R. tw.
itTD'^TD, see n;;nto .
pT^i Shishak, pr. n. of a king of
Egypt coteniporary with Jeroboam, 1 K.
II, 40. 14, 25 (Clieth. pUJilD). 2 Chr. 12,
5. He is prob. the same with Sesonchis,
the first king in the 22d dynasty of Ma-
netho.
*r\''^^ fat. rr^iy';, apoc. nc;), man
Ex. 23, 1, conv. na5 ; inf absoi.^niij is'
22. 7 ; to set, to put, to place, i. q. CliU,
Ti&ivat, but less frequent. Kindred He-
brew roots see in U3tt5 . The other Se-
mitic dialects do not contain this verb;
but it is widely diffused in the Indo-
European tongues, both in the signif! to
set, and also to seat, e. g. Sanscr. sad to
sit, Gr. i'QofiaL fut. kdoi/fiui, (root id). Lat.
sedere, Goth, satjan to set, to constitute,
Anglosax. sattan, Engl, to seat, to set,
Germ, setzen, comp. the Greek. Trans-
posing the vowel, there arises the kin-
dred root sld. in ffia-w, laiTjfit, sta-re.
1. to set, to place, to put, where it re-
fers to persons or things which stand
erect (or at least sit, Ps. 132, 11), or
are regarded as erect rather than as
lying down, e. g. to set a watch, guards,
Ps. 141. 3 ; any one upon a throne. S<03^ ,
'Ps. 132, 11 ; ttJxib n-ii55 ni(i5 to set a
crown upon the head Ps. 21, 4. Metaph.
Gen. 3, 15 / 7cill put enmity between thee
and the woman. Ps. 73, 28 "^nxa "^n!!)
"'Orna in the Lord have I put my trust.
Spec. a) to set in array as an army,
the ace. nana being everywhere implied
(comp. Josh. 8. 2. 13), i. e. to set oneself
in array. Is. 22, 7. Ps. 3, 7 WtU 3'^aD iCX
'^\s who set themselves in array against
me round about, b) to set, i. e. to consti-
tute, to appoint, e. g. any one as prince.
with two ace. 1 K. 11, 34 ; ace. and ^
Ps. 45, 17 ; b? of thing, to set one oner
any thing, Gen. 41, 33. c) to set i. q.
to found ; 1 Sum. 2, 8 and he hath set,
founded, the world upon them i. e. the
columns. d) D"^t'pil3 n*'!!) to set or lay
snares, springes, i. e. to lay plots, to plot
against, Ps. 140, 6. e) to set a bound
Ex. 23, 21 ; of a term of time, p'Pl, to set,
to appoint, Job 14, 13. Ellipt. and im-
pers. Job 38, 11 :;-|a lixia n-'d;; riuii
and here let one set (bounds) to thy proud
waves, i. e. here let thy proud waves be
stayed. f ) With ace. of pers. and a
of place, to set or put one in any place ;
Ps. 88, 7 ni'sFinn "liaa -^vfxo thou hast
put me in the lowest pit, i. e. hast cast
me into it. Once with h of pers. and a of
place, Ps. 73, 18 inb ir^cn P'ipbna thou
hast set them in slippery places ; comp.
Ps. 12, 6 ib n^E^ 5ir;;a niirx I will place
in safety him at whom one puffs, i. e. the
oppressed. Nearly similar is a 'o IT^ttJ
to set or pjU one in a certain class or
number, to reckon him to that number ;
2 Sam. 19, 29 thou didst set me among
them that eat at thy table, and Jer. 3, 19
D"i23a riri-'CJN r^'^x how have I set thee
among my children ! i.e. in what hon-
our. g)'With b? to put to any thing,
to add to, Gen. 30, 40. h) cs 'b VT't
to set with another person or thing, i. e.
to compare, to make eqrial, Job 30, 1.
2. to pid, to place, to lay any person or
thing, so that they may remain in a re-
cumbent posture. Ps. 8, 7 nnn nnifi b'a
l^ban thou hast put all things under his
feet, hast subjected them to him. Ruth
4, 16 and Naomi took the child, i~n"'i^n]
PiiDTia and laid, it in her bosom. Ps. 84,
4 a nest where she (the sparrow) may lay
her young. Spec, a) bs in^ niffi to lay
one's hand upon anyone Gen. 48, 17 ; in
protection Ps. 139, 5; or as an arbiter,
mediacor, who lays a hand upon each of
the disputants. Job 9, 33. Also to lay the
hand upon the eyes, of a dead person,
i. e. to close his eyes, the last act of filial
affection, Gen. 46, 4. On the contrary,
DS in^ n"'^, to put or lay one's hand with
anyone, i. e. to join hands with him in do-
ing any thing, Ex. 23, 1. Ellipt. Job 10, 20
iSB?2 n-^ai, sc. T]*!^ , put from me thy hand,
let me alone, b) With a , to put or lay
in any place; Job 38, 36 who hath put
n^izj
1052
lilD"
wisdom in thy reins? Ps. 13, 3 how long
shall I put (have) cares in my .soul?
Prov. 26, 24 nana rr^u:; "ia'^pa Ae puiteth
deceit within him, i. e. has it. cherishes it
within him. c) "'"'S T^^S n-^ttJ to put on
one's ornaments Ex. 33, 4. Conip. the
subst. r"^UJ . d) With ace. of thing and
by of pers. to lay upon any one, either
something to be endured Is. 15. 9, with
h of pers. Ps. 9. 21 ; or to be performed,
paid, Ex. 21, 22; also to impute to any
one a fault, sin, Num. 12, 11. e) n-'O)
i^asb to set or lay before oneself, before
one's eyes, so. that for which one cares,
either to punish Ps. 90, 8 ; or to cherish
101, 3. f) Sometimes from the nature
of the case it is i. q. to pour, e. g. grain
into the bosom of one's garment Ruth 3,
15 ; to cast, Job 22, 24 1S3 ^SS-b? n^tti
cast upon the earth the precious ore.
3. to set, to put, i. e. to direct, to turn in
any definite position or direction, e. g.
a) hi< l"':s n''tt3 to set or turn one's face
any whither. Num. 24, 1. b) rrs 'tU
with inf c.}> ,to set one's eyes upon doing
any thing, to attempt something, Ps. 17,
11. c) 23 n''tt5 animum adverlere, to
turn the mind, i. e. to regard, 1 Sam. 4,
20. Ps. 62, 11 . Prov. 24, 32. With bx to
any thing, to set the heart upon, to attend
to, Job 7, 17 ; b Ex. 7, 23. 2 Sam. 13, 20.
Ps. 48, 14. Prov. 22, 17. 27, 23. Jer. 31, 21.
4. to set as any thing, i. e. to make, to
render, comp. the sense to constitute in
no. 1. b. With two ace. Is. 5. 6. 26, 1.
Jer. 22, 6. Ps. 21, 7. 84, 7. 88, 9. 110, 1 ;
ace. and b Jer. 2, 15. 13, 16; ace. and
3 to make as any thing, Is. 16, 3. Hos.
2, 5. Ps. 21, 10. 83, 12. 14. Rarely
Bimpl. to muke, to do, i. q. nias. as n"'llJ
nink to do signs, wonders, Ex. 1, 10.
Hence
5. With dat. to make or prepare for
any one, i. q. to give, Gen. 4, 25. Im-
pers. Hos. 6, 11 "^^ "i-'s;? nui rri^rr^ cs
also for thee, Judah, a harvest of evils
ia prepared.
Hoi'ii. pass. c. b?, to he laid upon,
imjmed, Ex. 21, 30.
Deriv. nuj, Pi-'ttS, pr. n. r>t.
n^tb m. c. suff. in-itti, a thorn, collect.
thoma, U. 5, 6. 7, 23-25, 9, 17. 10, 17.
27, 4. The etymology is doubtful ; but
prob, n^^ i for nsib, the middle radical
9 being aoflened, (as n^^ for r\^^ , ils for
tVc, slg for ivg,) from r. )y^ , whence 'jttj
fem. r:!a ; comp. r^'n from bh"^ , nsn
from Cisn . Others understand a thorn-
hedge, as being set around gardens and
vineyards, from H'^aj ; but the word does
not signify a hedge of thorns, but thorns
as growing spontaneously in the fields
and among ruins.
fT^TO m. (r. fT'ttJ ) something put on,
i. e. attire, dress, Prov. 7, 10. Ps. 73, 6.
Comp. r. riiOJ no. 2. c.
^^, see -3tU.
*^5^, fut. ^SUi":; inf. nstti, c. suff:
Pi32'd3 Gen. 19, 33. v^iatu (from niiu) Deut.
6, 7 ; imperat. DDttJ , c. He parag. nz3ttj ;
to lie down, to lie; Syr. Chald. and Eth.
jftllfl, id. but Arab. y^^jCyw to pour out,
by inclining a vessel. The primary root
is -3, rp, which has the signification
of curving, inclining oneself see in tJES,
Gr. and Lat. xvmai, cubo, cumbo. For
the sibilant prefixed to biliteral roots in
order to make them triliteral, see under
ia, p. 1000. Ps. 68, 14 when ye shall lie
among the stalls, i. e. the shepherds in
order to take rest. Is. 50, Wye shall lie
down in sorrow. IK. 3, 19 she (the
woman) had lain upon it, the child, and
so had smothered it. Also to lay oneself
in a particular posture ; Ez. 4, 6 lay thy-
self upon thy right side. Spec. a) Of
persons lying down to sleep, Gen. 19, 4.
28, 11. 1 Sam. 3, 5. 6. 9. Ps. 3, 6. 4, 9.
1 K. 19, 5. Job 7, 4. Prov. 3, 24 ; and as
lying in bed, sleeping, 1 Sam. 3, 2.
2 Sam. 11, 9. 26,7. 1 K. 21, 27. Also
to lie down for rest, comp. Ps. 68, 14 ;
hence, to rest, to take rest, Ecc. 2, 23
even at night his heart taketh no rest.
Job 11, 18 see in isn II. p. 335. Job 30,
17 my gnawing (pains) take no rest, b)
Of sick persons 2 Sam. 13, 6. 2 K. 9, 16.
c) Of mourners as lying upon the ground
2 Sam. 12, 16. d) Of persons dying, to
lay oneself down, very oilen in the phrase
respecting the death of kings, OS 23U:*1
i-^niax 1 K. 2, 10. 11, 43. 14, 20. 31. 15,
8. 24. 16, 6. 28 ; also of the dead. Is. 14
8 Pi23Ui IH'O since thou art lain down,
liest dead.'v. 18. 43, 17. Job 3, 13. 20, 11.
21, 26. "la;? ^asttJ those lying in the
grave Ps. 8J3, 6. e) With DS , to lie with
a woman, Gen. 26, 10. 30, 15. 16. 34,2.
n5j
1053
blDlD
39, 7. 12. Ex. 22, 18. Deut. 22, 23 eq.
2 Sam. 12, 11; also rx Gen. 35, 22.
1 Sam. 2, 22 ; c. sufl'. "'rx , Pinx , Gen.
34, 2. Lev. 15, 18. 24; also c. ace. Deut.
28, 30 in Keri, where Cheth. baoi .' Usu-
ally spoken of men; once of a woman
Gen. 19. 32.
NiPH. to be lain with, ravished, of a
woman, Is. 13, 16. Zcch. 14, 2.
PuAL id. Jcr. 3, 2 Keri.
HiPH. 1. to make lie down, to pros-
trate any one, 2 Sam. 8, 2 ; to lay down
1 K. 17, 19 ; to cause to rest Hos. 2, 20.
2. to lay down or incline a vessel ; and
hence to pour out, to empty a vessel, Job
38, 37. So Arab. y_>jCww to pour out.
For the connection of this meaning, see
above in Kal in it.
HoPH. S3t^n , part. 32Ca , to be laid,
to lie, 2 K. 4, '32. Ez. 32^ 19'. 32.
Deriv. nssaj, rabtt), 23tt;a.
nnsO f. (r. aaai) constr. nasttJ, efu-
sion ; see r. asai Hiph. no. 2, and comp.
in Kal init. E.g. a) Of dew Ex. 16,
13. 14. b) Of seed in concubitu, emis-
xitm, T.p.v. 15, 16. 17. 18. 32. 19,20. 22, 4,
Num. 5, 13.
nnb f. i. q, naSD lett. b; hence "jn;
ni^xa in3Dtt)-nx i. q. to lie with a wo-
man,'Lev.' IS, 23.' 20. 15. Num. 5, 20 ; also
msx-bs s-iTb iBasoJ-rx ',nj Lev. 18, 20.
*^*~ a doubtful root, according to
some i. q. nsi^ , Eth. fl^P, to wander,
to roam. Hence.
Hiph. part. Jer. 5, 8 like fed horses (in
lust) ^"'t^ B"'3'aT3 do they roam about ;
corap. Jer. 2. 23. Prov. 7, 11, and nsoJ
no. 1. But it is perhaps better, with the
Hebrew interpreters, to take C'raTS here
as part. Hiph. of the verb DDttj , put ad-
verbially in the sing, instead of ni^">30^ ;
the sense then would be, they are like
fed horses in the morning, i. e. early in-
flamed with lust; comp. Is. 5, 11.
Deriv. pr. n. fi^Sffl ; see also T^il|s .
^"1313 m. (r. bbti) 1. bereavement,
loss of children, metaph. Is. 47, 8. 9.
2. the being forsaken, abandoned by
all, Ps. 35. 12.
b^3 ni. (r. hb^^ ) f nbsti , plur. nibsti .
1. bereaved of children Jer. 18. 21 ;
robbed of whelps, as a bear, 2 Sam. 17, 8.
Hos. 13. 8.
2. without young, barren, Cant. 4, 2.
6, 6.
*li3TS , 13 , m. (r. nsti ) drunk, in-
tojricated, 1 Sam. 25, 36. 1 K. 16, 9. 20,
16. Fem. n'j'ziii^ 1 Sara. 1, 13.
5^5^ and tjD"0 Is. 49^ 14, Prov. 2,
17 ; fut. nsis^ ; to forget, perh. kindr.
with ."12113, Gen. 27, 45; c. ace. Gen.
40, 23. Ps. 9, 13 ; ya c. inf Ps. 102, 5.
Also to leave a thing from forgetfulness,
Deut. 24, 19. Often men are said to
forget God, Deut. 6, 12. 32, 18. Judg. 3,
7 ; or the divine law, Hos. 4, 6. Vice
versa, God is said to forget men, i. e. not
to care for them, Ps. 10, 12. Is. 49, 14 ;
or to forget his kindness, i. e. not to con-
tinue it, Ps. 77, 10.
NiPH. to be forgotten, to fall into ob-
livion. Gen. 41, 30. Ps. 31, 13. Job 28, 4
bs-i 'S^ DTisira forgotten of the foot, i. e.
not supported by the feet. Prsegn. Deut.
31, 21 is'jT lira nsTSn xb the song shall
not be forgotten out of the mouth of their
seed, i. e. shall not be forgotten and cease.
PiEL to cause to forget Lam. 2, 6.
HiPn. id. Jop. 03, 37.
HiTHP. i. q. Niph. Ecc. 8, 10. Hence
n? m. forgetting, forgetful, Is. 65,
11. Plur. constr. ''nsaJ Ps. 9, 18.
nSTJJ Chald. tofnd. Hithpe. nSPitirt
to be found Dan. 2, 35. Ezra 6, 2.
Haph. nsirn 1. tofnd Dan. 2, 25.
6, 6. 12.
2. to get, to obtain, Ezra 7, 16.
il^DTC (perh. roaming, r. nsti ) Sha-
chiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. Most edi-
tions have fi^aiS in Cheth.
* ^5^, fut. r<aJ^ imper. r\^^, inf. 1]*;
kindr. with HfTO.
1. to incline oneself, to sloop, as one
who sets snares Jer. 5, 26.
2. to subside, as water Gen. 8, 1 ; of
anger, to be appeased Esth. 2, 1. 7, 10.
Hiph. to cause to subside, to still a
sedition, Num. 17, 20 [5].
*y'^^, fut. bstfi?, to be bereaved of
children, to become childless, Arab. J^G,
Aram. brn. '^.i. With ace. Gen. 27,
45 c=-^:ttJ ca bscx nrb why shotdd I be
bereaved of you both? 43, 14 irXD '3X1
''Fib 30) "iPlbilC and if I be bereaved. I
bsffl
1054
0513
am bereaved, the expression of a person
who calmly bears up under what ap-
pears inevitable, corap. Esth. 4, 16.
1 Sam. 15, 33. Part. pass. nblsaJ be-
reaved of children, childless, Is. 49, 21.
Pi E L bSttJ 1 . (o bereave, to make, child-
less. Gen. 42, 36. 1 Sam. 15, 33. Spoken
a) Of wild beasts which devour chil-
dren ; Lev. 26, 22 / will send wild beasts
among you, which shall make you child-
less. Ez. 5, 17. 14, 15; comp. Hos. 9, 12.
b) Of the sword as destroying young
men ; Deut. 32, 25 ann-iisirn ynna
abroad (in battle) the sword shall make
childless, i. e. destroy your sons. Lam.
1, 20. Jer. 15, 7. Ez. 36, 13-15.
2. to cause abortion in women, flocks,
etc. spoken of an unhealthy soil 2 K. 2,
19. Intrans. to make i. e. to suffer abor-
tion, to miscarry, e. g. of a woman Ex.
23, 26; sheep and goats Gen. 31, 38.
Hence of a vine, to be barren,uvfruitfid,
Mai. 3, 11. Part, rb.'ziyq barren, of land
2 K. 2, 19. 21.
HiPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1. b, to destroy
young men in war Jer. 50, 9, where
Sl^tJJTa ie to be readj Vulg inierfectnr
not ^'Sba with Sept. Syr. and some
editions.
2. to miscarry Hos. 9, 14. See Pi. no. 2.
Deriv. bisOJ , bm, and
0^312? m. plur. bereavement, childless
slate, Is. 49, 20.
^^3?, seeChald. r. i>b3.
DDTD denom. in Kal. not used; only in
HiPH. cson, fut. apoc. DSdv
1. to rise early in the morning, either
c. "i|5i2 Gen. 19, 27. 20, 8. 28, 18. 32, 1 ;
or eimpl. Gen. 19, 2. Ex. 32, 6. Josh. 8.
14. The primary eignif is prob. to load
up camels and other beasts of burden,
which among the nomades is done very
early in the morning, i. e. denom. from
30 shoulder ; like Eth. f\^<P to lay
a burden on one's shoulders Matt. 23, 4 ;
comp. Chald. K^ttJ, xuraAiw. With b to
get up early to any place, to go early,
Cant. 7, 13. Coupled with another verb
it is equivalent to an adverb, early;
Hob. 6, 4 r^n O-'JCJ^ ba the dew early
vani thing. J 3, 3. ' Hence inf absol.
cxrn adv. eaily, Prov. 27, 14.
2. Trop. to do with earnestness, to
urge eamettly. Jer. 7, 13 CS-'bx lanxi
"13'ni C?'ii-^? / have spoken unto you
wilh earnest zeal. 11, 7 "^nnijn ^>^'^ "^s
lyrfi . . . csrri for I have . . . most ear-
nestly admonished, etc. 7, 25. 25. 3. 26,
5. 32, 33. 35, 14. 15. 44, 4. 2 Chr. 36, 15.
Zeph. 3, 7 cnitjibs -in-inrn ^aistri but
they were in earnest to act wickedly.
Once infin. of the Chaldee form C^suis
for o-'3'din Jer. 25, 3. For Jer. 5, 8 see
in nsffl . '
* Q5"9 "1- in pause QSiii. Ps. 21, 13,
c. sufF. iaaaj .
1. the shoulder, or, as Simonis has
well remarked, the shoulder-blades, i. e.
the part where these approach each
other behind, the upper part of the back
next beneath the neck, called in Engl,
indifferently the shoulders or the back.
Hence found only in the singular, and
different from rin3 ; as Job 31, 22 "lanSi
bisn n-o'zysi2 let 7ny shoulder fall from
its shoulder-blade, i. e. from the back to
which it is joined. Here the ending
1, although without Mappik, is to be
taken as in the printed Masora for a
suffix (comp. Num. 15, 28), so that it is
not necessary to assume a new fem.
niSDUJ i. q. nauj .The word B:aj seems
to be primitive, like the names of seve-
ral other members of the body; and the
verb Q-isaJn is derived from it.
Spec, a) As the part on which bur-
dens are carried. Job 31, 36. Is. 5, 9 the
dominion shall be upon his shoulder, like
a burden laid upon him and borne by
him. 22, 22 the key of the house of David,
will Hay upon his shoidder, i. e. commit
to his charge ; comp. the formula 'n,') bs,
in art. ^; . Zeph. 3, 9 to serve the Lord
*inx C3U5 with one shoulder, i. e. with one
mind, o(io&vfta86v, the metfiphor being
taken from those that bear a burden or
yoke together ; comp. Syr. ]^Ls fjt
jointly,
b) As the part on which blows are
inflicted. Is. 9, 3 insttJ na^ the staff of
his shoulder, i. e. with which he was
beaten.
c) In the phrase D=tt5 nsBn to turn
(he shoulder, i. e. to turn the back, said of
one going away, 1 Sam. 10, 9 ; comp.
tins njD Josh. 7, 12 and Jer. 48, 39.
Hence may be explained Ps. 21, 13 "'B
031^ ion'^iijn, Vulg. quoniam pones eos
D5t
1055
DSU3
dorsian, i. e. thou wilt make them turn
their backs; comp. Cjlb "(PJ Ps. 18,41.
Sept. on &7)ati{ uvtov^ voijov.
2. Metaph. a trad or jwrtion of land,
Gen. 48, 22 ; pr. a ridge or hill, as Arab.
y^^jjOuO shoulder, also tract of land.
3. Shechem, Sichem, pr. n. a) A
city among the mountains of Ephraim,
situated in the narrow valley between
Mount Ebal and Mount Geiizim, after-
wards called by the Romans Flavia
Neapolis, whence the modern lujulj
Ndbnlus; Gen. 12,6. 33,18. 34,2. Josh.
20, 7. 21, 20. 21. Ps. 60, 8. 1 K. 12, 25.
Sept. -r^t'/i, comp. Act. 7, 16. Vulg.
Sichern. With He local "'33^ to She-
chem Hos. 6. 9. See Relandi Palaestina
p. 1004 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
96 sq. 119sq. b) A Canaanite, Gen.
23, 19. 34, 2 sq.
Deriv. Hiph. O-'Stln (see D?), and
tDTD (shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. m,
a) A son of Gilead, Num. 26, 31. Josh.
17, 2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 19. Patronym. of
lett. a, is ^'32Ta a Shechemite, Num. 1. c.
STDpiC according to some i. q. D3ttJ Job
31, 22 ; but see above in C3a no. 1.
*']5"d, "5^, fut. -p'^JV 1. to let
oneself down, to settle down. e. g. the
column of fire and cloud, Num. 9, 17. 22.
10, 12. Ex. 24, 16.
2. to lay oneself down, to lie down, e. g.
for rest, as the lion Deut. 33, 20 ; of a
people lying in tents, to encamp, Num.
24, 2 ; of clouds resting heavily upon the
day. c. h'S Job 3, 5. Hence to rest, to take
rest, Judg. 5, 17. Prov. 7, 11 xb nn'^aa
H'^ban ^:3ia'^ her feet rest not in her house.
3. to abide, to dwell, Arab. j^OCw id.
With a of place Gen. 9, 27. 14, 13. 26,2.
Judg. 8, 11 ; ace. of place Deut. 22, 5. Is.
33, 16. Ps. 68, 7. A frequent formula is
ynx "(Sr to dicell in or inhabit the land,
to possess it quietly, Prov. 2, 21. 10, 30.
Ps. 37, 29 ; and so without ynx Ps. 102,
29, to dwell, i. q. to abide, like nffl^ in v.
13. (Comp. the similar ellipsis Is. 57,
15 God "IS "iSiu who abideth for ever.)
2 Sam. 7, 10 rnnn "(STri that they (the
people) way dwell in a place of their
own. Deut. 33, 16 tisb "lasaj the dweller
in the hush i. e. Jehovah, comp. Ex. 3, 2.
With a pleonastic dat. Pb. 120. 6 nssttS
nb hath dwelt for itself. Part. pass.
*|!1313 as act. dwelling, like the Fr. logi,
Judg. 8, 11. Once metaph. to dwell in
any thing, i. e. to he familiar, intimate
with it; see "jSO no. 2, and Arab. ^^>X/
to be familiar. Prov. 8, 12 / wisdom
rns"!? ''Fi:3iy dwell in prudence, am inti-
mately united with her.
4. Pass, to he dwelt in, inhabited, e. g.
a place, i. q. I'd") no. 4. Jer. 50, 39. 33,
16. 46, 26. Is. 13*, 20 ; of a tent, to he
pitched, set up. Josh. 22, 19.
PiEL to cause to dwell Jer. 7, 7. Num.
14. 30. Of Jehovah it is sometimes said,
ii-'j "Sd to make his name dwell any-
where, i. e. to fix his abode there, Deut.
12, 11. 14, 23. 16, 6. 11. 26, 2 ; i. q. Oio
iiyia , see in wa no. 2. d. From this ex-
pression is derived the Talmudic word
n3"^3Ta the divine presence, Shechinah.
Also to pitch a tent, Ps. 78, 60 -(SttJ bnx
Cijja the tent (which) he pitched among
men ; comp. in Kal no. 4, and Hiph.
Comp. also in 3123^ no. 1. i, and Piel.
Hiph. 1. to cause to dwell, of a person
Gen. 3, 24. Job 11, 14 ; to set up or pitch
a tent Josh. 18, 1 ; comp. Kal Josh. 22, 19.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2 ; Ps. 7, 6 '"liaS
"i3's;j *^ssb let him lay mine honour in
the dust, I. e. let him prostrate me in
the dust ; see in ii33 no. 2. cc.
Deriv. '{y6 ^n^ssci, "jSiaB.
1?^ Chald. fut. fem. plur. "iJS^"?, to
d;e Dan. 4, 18.
Pa. IS'^ to cause to dwell, Ezra 6, 12.
1?T^ m. constr. I? Hos. 10, 5 ; fem.
c. suff. nnssio Ex. 3, 22, plur. nisso
Ruth 4, 17V " '
1. a dweller, inhabitant. Is. 33, 24.
Hos. 1. c.
2. one who dwells near, a neighbour,
Prov.- 27, 10 ; spoken of nations Ps. 44,
14. 79, 12. Jer. 49, 18 ; of places Deut.
1, 7. Fem. a female neighbour, Ex. 3.
22. Ruth 4, 17.
]9^ m. c. suff. 1330, a dwelling, once
Deut. 12, 5. R. ")3^.
n^pD (familiar with Jehovah, r. 'SO
no. 3 fin. ) Shecaniah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
3, 21. b) Neh. 3, 29. c) 6, 18. d)
Ezra 10, 2. e) 8,3. f)8,5. g) Neh.
12, 3, seen;350.
55^
1056
3blS
5in^2DtJ (id.) Shecaniah, pr. n. m.
2 ChV. 31, 15 ; also 1 Chr. 24, 11, see in
* 1. ^5''?' fut. "i?^"!, Arab. jCi-
1. io drink to the full, i. q. nin, Hag.
1, 6 ; ^0 drink to hilarity, to be merry,
Cant. 5, 1. Gen. 43, 34. Oftener
2. /o JrinA: deeply, to be drunken, in-
toxicated. Gen. 9, 21 ; with ace. of the
drink, Is.' 29, 4. 49, 26 ; 1^3 Is. 51, 21.
Metaph. in the prophets the wicked are
said to be drunken, since they rush by a
sort of madness into their own destruc-
tion. Is. 29, 9. 51, 21. Lam. 4, 21. Nah.
3, 11 : see in 0'3, nb^^nn. Part. pass.
m!i3d drunken, intoxicated. Is. 51, 21.
PiEL to make drunk 2 Sara. 11, 13.
Metaph. Jer. 51, 7. Is. 63, 6 ; see in Kal
no. 2.
HiPH. id. to make drunk trop. e. g.
arrows with blood Deut. 32. 42 ; nations,
see Kal no. 2, and Pi. Jer. 51, 57.
HiTHP. nsnirn to make oneself drunk,
to get drunk, 1 Sam. 1, 14.
Deriv. 13"^, listtj. '|i"i3ia, pr. n. '|ii3T2J.
* II. 15^ kindr. with *.3b, to hire, to
reward ; whence '3^X .
ID m. (r. "latJ I) temetum, strong
drink, any intoxicating liquor, whether
wine Num. 28, 7 ; or an intoxicating
drink resembling wine prepared or dis-
tilled from barley (Herod. 2. 77. Diod.
1. 20, 34), from honey, or from dates ;
see Hieron. 0pp. ed. Martian. T. IV. p.
364. Arab. a.am wine prepared from
dried grapes and dates. It is then often
distinguished from wine, as Lev. 10, 9.
Num. 6, 3. Judg. 13, 4. 7 ; and the poets
often use in one member "iSTJJ and in the
other y)1, as Is. 5, 11. 24, 9'. 28, 7. 29, 9.
56, 12. Prov. 20, 1. 31, 6. Mic. 2, 11. In
Is. 5, 22 a wine mingled with spices
seems to be intended, i. q. T^'O , ^ts .
^StJ , see n-isttj .
nnaiD C (r. nsttJ I) fullness of drink,
satiety, Hag. 1, 6. Others take it as inf.
constr. c. n- parag. II.
P^^ m. drunkenness Ez. 23, 33. 39,
19, R. nstil.
JTO^ (drunkenness, r. i?ti I) Shic-
ron, pr. n. of a place on the northern
border of Judah, Josh. 15, 11.
^T? m. error, fault, 2 Sam. 6, 7, R.
nVJ 11.
51? a particle of the later Hebrew,
made up of the prefix *ia i. q. "iu3>{ , and
b , hence i. q. ^ ""iJi* , which see in art. "itJX
A. no. 3. So Cant. 3, 7 ri^s'^'T^o iraa ."
Cant. 1; 6 ; comp. 1, 1. It occurs most
frequently with a prefix.
1. bra on account of, because of, i. q.
h ndxa p. 99. Jon. 1, 7 "^'^^'^a because
of whom, on whose account, for which v.
8 has ''ab ittJxa . v. 12 ''|a53 on my ac-
count. It corresponds to the Aram, b'^na ,
compounded of 3 , "'H i. q. "lUJX , and h .
2. ittilS; baJa , pr. eo ipso quod, in uhat-
soever ; Ecc.'s, 17 ri^i<ri htv-^ 'nfflN bffla
XS^7 ikh) in whatsoever a man labours,
yet shall he not find it. It is emphat.
for "I'iJNa eo quod, in what, (comp. Syr.
J 01.^? ejus ipsius, see Agrell Synt.
Syr. p. 195.) and so is equivalent to "^33
"i;dn in all whatsoever, i. e. how much
soever. The text needs no correction.
3. IJjJlsa la who of those to us ? i. e.
who of ours, who of us, 2 K. 6, 11.
jlXb rn. adj. tranquil, dwelling at
ease, Job 21, 23. It is either made up
from two synonymes iibid and 'jsaj ; or
comes from the latter alone by inserting
b, as CjsbT i. q. CiSt to be hot.
* nblZ: in Kal not used ; Arab. v._JLj
is i. q. ivJLS' to break notches e. g. in the
edge of a vessel, sword, etc. Chald.
sbir Pa. to join together, to connect ;
whence 'i"'2bo, |"'3">ba, steps or rounds
of a ladder, so called as joining together
the two sides. In Hebrew this word
seems to have signified to notch into
each other, iojoin by tenon and mortise.
Pdal part. Ex. 26, 17 two tenons to
each board, jnninH-bK nisJsi nirfeujn
joined one to another, perhaps by trans-
verse pieces of wood under the sockets,
V. 19; or fitted (corresponding) one to
another. But Sept. uviinimoviaq m-
Qov Tw ixsQ^, opposite one to another.
Hence
D'^SblB m. plur. pr. joinings, joints,
e. g. at the corners of a base or pedestal j
able
1057
ib^D
then ledges or borders covering these
jointB, 1 K. 7, 28. 29.
* -^2^, to be white, bright; Arab.
^JLS . Hence si's enow, and
^HiPM. J"^^tin, denom. from subst. sbtfi,
to snoxD, i.e. to be white as snow, to be
of a snow-white colour; so Syr. Arab.
Comp. for the use of Hiph. in desig-
nating colours, under n^ij, l?^. Ps. 68,
15 when the Almighty scattered kings in
it (the hind), Ti^:?3 a^on it was snow-
white (like snow) on Mount Zalmon, sc.
with the bones of the slain ; comp. Virg.
JEn. 5. 805. ib. 12. 36, campi ossibus al-
bent. Others differently, as Kimchi :
nivis instar Izicet in tenebris; Schnurrer:
recreabitur in umbra, comp. ^^JLj IV
to enliven, pr. to make white, bright.
^)10 m. snoiD Job 24, 19. Ps. 147, 16.
Arab. ,^JLj, Aram. W^l^.
I. nD'iC and ^2^ to be secure, tran-
quil, at rest, espec. of one who enjoys
quiet prosperity, Job 3, 26. 12, 6. Ps. 122,
6. Preet. "^nibto Job 1. c. Fut. ^'OV'}
Ps. 1. c. Arab. ^Lww to be tranquil and
serene in mind. Kindred roots are nbo
and nVa ; and from the same stock there
are also branches in the Indo-European
languages expressing the idea of quiet
and silence, and also of security, as
o/oAjj rest, leisure, Lat. sileo i. q. nbo,
and salv-Ms, salu-s.
Deriv. nbiB or Tiboi, ibifi, nn^fii, n))i!ij.
I I . ) y< i. q. Chald. to go astray,
to sin from ignorance or inadvertence.
NiPH. id. 2Chr. 29, 11.
Hiph. to lead astray, to deceive, 2 K.
4, 28.
Deriv. baj, -^bttj, !ibtt5 ( m^ttj ), nbid .
"' *!' T^ t/? TT
* III. tibrn i. q. i,^^^ b^3^ to draw
out. Hence is commonly derived fut.
apoc. hvb^ for n^ia-i ; Job 27, 8 bia;; 'S
jlTB? i^ilsx when God shall draw otd his
spirit EC. from his body as a sheath
(comp. HS'iJ), i. e. shall take away his
soul. So Chald. and Syr. and in this
sense we may acquiesce. Still, the con-
jecture of Schnurrer is not to be slighted,
who supposes biD'' to be contracted for
89
bxtti'^ shall demand, comp. Arab. J^^mJ
for JLmO ; though it would then seem
necessary to read hid2 -
Deriv, n^^ttJ .
^? Chald. to be secure, to be at rest,
Dan. 4, 1.
nb) Chald. f (r. nbt6 II) error, wrong,
any thing amies, i. q. ^bi^, wbi^, Dan. 3,
29 Cheth.
nbtD f. Li, q. nbxtt) , petiti<m, c. suff.
t^nbt^ 1 Sam. 1, 17.' See in nbxoS .
2. Shelah, pr. n. of a son of Judah,
Gen. 38, 5. 46, 12. Patronym. ''abti
Shelanite, Num. 26, 20.
I'^tp, see iT?'^tli .
nnnbW f. (r. nnb, whence Chald. and
Syr. Shaph. -tnbti, ^^ctSa. ) Jlame,
nsrib'^ T)Z'nh intens. a Jlame of Jlame,
Ez.'20, 47 [21, 3] ; of a burning wind
Job 15, 30. Cant. 8, 6 S^-nanbttJ the
Jlame of Jehovah, i. e. lightning; where
others read tn^nsnbaJ in one word, or
without Mappik n^nsnbl^, but in the
same sense.
1^T m. once T'^W Job 21, 23, also
"I'^^O Jer. 49, 31 ; fern. nibttJ ; plur.
constr. i.'ibiu . R. nboi no. I.'
1. secure, tranquil, at rest, 1 Chr. 4,
40 ; espec. of one living in tranquil secu-
rity, enjoying quiet prosperity, Job 16,
12. 21, 23. Ps. 73, 12. Jer. 49, 31. Neut.
security, quiet. Job 20, 20.
2. In a bad sense, at ease, careless ;
hence for wicked, Ez. 23, 42. Comp.
)3i<t^ no. 2.
I^TS m. tranquillity, security, Ps. 30, 7.
R. nbaj no. I.
^^tD, see Mboj.
"i^TO pr. n. see nb-iti .
niblD f, (r. nb!^ I) eonstr. Plbi^,
tranquillity, security, Pro v. 17, 1. Ps.
122, 7. Ez. 16, 49. Plur. Tpn^boa in
thy living at ease, while thou wast in
prosperity, Jer. 22, 21. S^^bira in the
midst of security Dan. 8, 25. 11, 21,
(comp. Job 15, 21.) i. e. unexpectedly,
suddenly, like Chald. and Syr. n^jbtia,
24.'
Comp. Dan. 11,
ibir
1058
nbiD
2. In a bad sense, careless security,
tcickedness, Prov. J , 32. See nbffl .
n^,5tD Chald. f. security, safety, quiet,
Dan. 4," 24.
Qin^i^Tjj nj_ piur. (r. nstd ) a sending
away. e. g. a) Of a wife, divorce Ex.
18, 2 ; then 6i7Z of divorce, metaph. Mic.
1.14. b) or a daughter, dotation, mar-
riage-present, 1 K. 9, 16. Comp n^OJ
Judg. 12, 9.
nibO , tfbiS, m. (r. D^tii) constr. cibttJ .
A) Adj. whole, sound, safe, e. g.
1. Of the body, sound, well, in health,
Gen. 43. 27 n2''3X cibirn is your father
well? 1 Sam. 25,6. 2 Sam. 17, 3. 20,9.
Job 5, 24. Ps. 38, 4 "^lassa cib^ 'px
fAez-e IS nothing sound (no health) tra
my bones. Is. 26, 3.
2. Of number, whole, in fidl number,
Jer. 13^ 19.
3. secure, tranquil, Job 21, 9. Plur.
the careless, i. e. the wicked, Ps. 69, 23.
Hence
4. friendly, allied, Ps. 55, 21.
B) Subst. 1. wholeness, soundness,
i. e. health, weal, welfare, prosperity,
good of every kind, Arab. * jLu ; Deut.
29, 18. 1 Sam. 16, 4 riXia D'^a comest
thou for good? and the answer is DibtB.
1 K. 2, 13. 2 K. 5, 21. 9, 11. 17. 22. Ps.
37. 11. Particularly in the following
constructions and phrases :
a) h cibcn. once without He h oibtfi
2 Sam. 18, 29, lit. is health to him? i. e.
is he well? is it well with him? in ask-
ing after the welfare of an absent per-
Bon, Gen. 29, 6. 2 K. 4, 26. The answer is
oibo, Gen. 1. c. comp. 43, 28. Hence
b) C'brb 'th bxo) to ask one after his
welfare, i. e. to salute any one, see in
bxto no. 1. b ; comp. 2 Sam. 11, 7 bxttj'^
nnnVan nibcb iin and David asked,
how the war prospered. Also "nx nxn
'b BibuJ to see after the health, welfare, of
any one, to see how he does. Gen. 37, 14 ;
with 5-1^ Esth. 2, 11 ; with ^|^0 1 Sam.
17, 18. Ellipt. 2 K, 10. 13 we go down
(to see) after the welfare of the king^s
children, i. e. to salute and visit them.
c) Bib^b (^3b) r|b 1 Sam. 1, 17. 20,
42, and Dibtia 'r^_ 2 Sara. 15, 9, a form
ofwiihing well to one departing, go in
peace, i. e. may every good befall you t
Gr. vJTays tig uQrivriv Mark 5. 34, and
noQsiov tig siqt'ivtjv Luke 7, 50.
d) On the other hand. Dab, r,b Dibaj,
welfare to thee, may it be well with thee,
Judg. 6, 23. 19, 20. Dan. 10, 19. Gen. 43,
23, a form of address when one would en-
courage a timid person and assure him of
safety, i. q. ' thou hast [ye have] nothing
to fear, thou art in safety;' hence we
thrice find added xn-^Fi-bx, six-i-'Pi-bx ,
comp. 1 Sam. 20, 21 r[b mb^D ^3 for then
all is well with thee, thou art in safety, thy
matter is prosperous, v. 7. Comp. also
2 Sam. 18, 28, where a messenger of
good tidings exclaims cibttS , q. d. all is
well ! comp. 1 Chr. 12, 18. Among the
Arabs viJlAJLft *^LwwJt , es-salAm 'aleika,
and among the Syrians .anVi^ ) VNa<,
are forms of salutation to persons ap-
proaching or passing by; but in this
sense the above Heb. phrase is not
found in the O. Test.
2. peace, opp. to war, since in a time
of peace one's affairs are in safety and
prosperity, Lev. 26, 6. 1 K. 2, 5. Judg.
4, 17. b nibffib x'nj^ to invite any one to
peace, i. e. to offer peace, Deut. 20, 10.
Judg. 21, 13 ; nx niboJ njs to answer
peace, i. e. to accept offered peace, Deut.
20, 1 1. b nibai nbs to make or gra:nt
peace to any one Josh. 9, 15. Is. 27, 5.
nibtti "^x a man of peace, peaceful, Ps.
37, 37. niboj '^T2'n words of peace, paci-
fic, Deut. 22,'26.-^Hence
3. concord, friendship, ^aibaj '1J"'S< my
friend, my ally, Ps. 41, 10. Jer. 20, 10.
38, 22. Obad. 7. Dibaj in2^ speaking
friendship Ps. 28, 3 ; comp.' Esth. 9, 30.
D1?1D, see D^tti .
U^51D retribution, see DjJttJ .
J^b (prob. corrupted for D^^) ShaJ-
lun, Shallum, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 15.
Tdib three, see ttJboi.
n^btD or ^b Chald. f. error, wrong.
something amiss, Dan. 6, 5. Ezra 4, 22.
R. nbi^ II.
*nb^ fut. nbT!;-:, inf. absol. nbttJ .
coDstr. rAil5, once nbttS Is. 58. 9 ; imper.
nbflb. Fut. 2 p. plur. njnbttJn for sing.
Ob.'l3. Judg. 5, 26 ; see Lehrg. p. 800, 801.
1. to send, Sept. unoajiXXa), ilano-
milXta. Conatr. a) Absol. Gen. 38, 17.
nbTD
1059
nbxD
b) With ace. of pers. Geo. 43. 8. 45, 5.
Ib. 6, 8 ; with a dat. pleonast. added, nbttJ
?]b send for thyself Num. 13, 2 ; once in
later Hebrew c. b of pers. 2 Chr. 17, 7.
c) With bx of him to whom one sends
Gen. 37, 13.' Ex. 3, 10. 7, 16 ; rarely as
in Chald. c. b? Neh. 6. 3. Jer. 29, 31 ;
also with h c. inf to send to do any thing
Num. 14, 36. Is. 61, 1. d) With ace.
of thing and bx of pers. to send any thing
to a person, as letters Jer. 29, 25. Esth.
9, 20. 30 ; c. b of pers. Gen. 32, 19. 45,
23. e) Often the accus. of the person
sent is suppressed ; Gen. 31, 4 and he
sent and called RacheL i. e. he sent a per-
son to call her. 41, 8. 14. Or the person
sent is construed with ^;;a, 1 K. 2, 25
!in^32 1^3 "r^ban nb"r*i and the king sent
by the hand of Benaiah, i. e. he deputed
Benaiah. Ex. 4, 13 nbirri-l^n X5-nbt3
send now by whomsoever thou wilt send.
f) Pra?gn. 2 Sam. 15, 12 nibC3X nht^^
nb"iaa ii'^ya bshTix-nx and Absalom
sent [and called, i. e. sent for] Ahilhophel
from his city, from Giloh. g) Zech.2.
12 [8] 'snbd 1133 nnx after glory doth,
he send me. i. e. to show forth his glory.
Spec, of things : aa) to send to any
one, i. e. to send word, to send a messen-
ger to him. Prov. 26, 6 i::3 0"'i2'n nbiti
b'^pS whoso sendeth a message by the
hand of a fool, i. e. whoever makes use
of a fool as his messenger. Gen. 38, 25
-ibsb nirin-bx nnb\a she sent to her fa-
ther-in-law, saxjing, i. e. she sent him
this word. 1 K. 20, 5. 2 K. 5, 8 ; without
nbxb 1 Sam. 20, 21. With ace. of the
thing thus sent by a messenger, 1 K. 5,
23 'bx nbaSn-nmx D-ipsn-is urito the
place which thou shall send word to me,
i. e. shall point out. 20, 9. 21, 11. Jer.
42, 5. 21. 43, 1 ; c. dupl. ace. to send one
with or for any thing, 2 Sam. 11, 22 and
he told David 3Xii inbttj ntiis-bs-nx all
that for which Joab had sent him. 1 K.
14, 6. Is. 55, 11. bb) God is said to send
calamities, plagues, Josh. 24, 12 ; or help
Ps. 20, 3 ; his word, oracles. Is. 9, 7. Ps.
107, 20. But see Piel.
2. to send away, i. e. to let go, i. q. Pi.
no. 2. Ps. 50, 19 nsna tjnb r,iB thou
letlest go thy mouth to evil, as if unbri-
dled. Praegn. ^^ ii^ nbttj to let go one's
hand from any thing, i. e. to withdraw
it, 1 K. 13, 4. Cant. 5, 4.
3. to send out or forth, j. c. to put forth,
to stretch out, to extend, e. g. the finger,
as in scorn. Is. 58, 9 ; a rod. stafT, Ps.
110, 2. 1 Sam. 14. 27 ; a sickle into the
harvest Joel 4, 13, comp. Rev. 14. 15. 18.
Espee. to send out or put forth the
hand, (Hom.;if7^a? luXXta Od. 9. 388. ib.
10. 376,) Gen. 3. 22. 8, 9. 19, 10. 48, 14.
Job 1, 11. a) With b? upon any thing
1 Chr. 13, 10 ; in a hostile sense, against,
1 K. 13, 4. b) With 3 to or upon any
thing Job 28, 9 ; also to put forth or
stretch out the hand upon or against any
one. to lay hands on him. Gen. 37, 22.
1 Sam. 26, 9. Esth. 8, 7 ; and to put
forth the hand to any thing, i. q. to pur-
loin it, Ex. 22, 7. Esth. 9, 10. Ps. 125, 3.
Dan. 11,42. c) bi< in^ nbtiS to put forth
one^s hand upon, to lay hands upon, Gen.
22, 12. Ex. 24, 11. Occasionally in^
is omitted, Ps. 18. 17 ci-.a^ nb7 he
stretched forth (his hand)yro/n on high ;
e. bx 2 Sam. 6, 6 ; 3 Obad. 13. Part,
pass. n!|buj stretched out, i. e. slender in
growth, of a hind Gen. 49, 21 ; comp.
Pi. no. 4.
NiPH. to be sent, inf. absol. nibti?
Esth. 3, 13.
PiEL nbttJ 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to send,
e. g. to a place Is. 43, 14 ; with ace. of
pers. Gen. 19, 13. 28, 6. Is. 10, 6, and of
the thing sent 1 Sam. 6. 3 ; with bs of
him to whom one sends 2 Chr. .32, 31.
But in this signif Kal is far more fre-
quent ; while Piel is more usual in the
sense to send upon any one, as God
sends calamities, plagues, see Kal no. 1.
bb ; c. 2 Deut. 7, 20. 32, 24. 2 K. 17,
25. Ps. 78, 45 ; bx Ez. 14, 19 ; by 5, 17.
jina n|(U to send strife, i. e. to excite or
occasion it, Prov. 6, 14. 19. 16, 28.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to send away, to let
go. to dismiss, e. g. one about to depart,
Gen. 32, 27. Ex. 8, 28. Lev. 14, 7 ; a
captive Zech. 9, 11. 1 K. 20, 42 ; comp.
1 Sam. 20. 22 ; to set free a slave, see
^ttJBii ; to set out a daughter, to give her
in marriage, more fully nsin n^tt5 Judg.
12, 19. Also to accompany one depart-
ing, to send him on his way, ixqoittfintiv,
Gen. 18, 16. 31, 27. Judg. 3, 18 comp.
19 ; with a and T^3 to deliver up to the
power of any one, to leave in his power.
Job 8. 4. Ps. 81, 13. Further, to let dovm
any one into a subterranean prison Jer.
nb'j?
38, 6. 11 ; to let hang down or grow long,
e. g. the hair Ez. 44, 20.
3. to send forth, in a stronger sense,
i. e. to cast, to throw, to shoot, e. g. a)
Things, as arrows 1 Sam. 20. 20 ; fire
into a city Am. 1. 4 sq. Hos. 8, 14 ;
which is also expressed by (13X3 't nbtt)
to give to the fire, to set on fire, Fr. met-
tre a feu, Judg. 1, 8. 20, 48. 2 K. 8, 12.
Ps. 74. 7. b) to cist forth, to cast down,
Ecc. 11, 1. Job 30, 11 they cast off before
me the bridle, i. e. act in an unbridled
manner. 39, 3 they cast forth their fains,
i. e. they bring forth the foetus with pain.
c) to cast out, to eject, to expel any one,
Gen. 3, 23. 1 K. 9, 7. Is. 50, 1 ; spec, to
send away a wife, to divorce, Deut. 21,
14. 22, 19. 29. Jer. 3, 8, comp. C^n^^tlS .
Job 30. 12 wbtlJ 'bJi'i they thrust away
my feet. Also to send forth or spread
strife, Prov. 16, 28.
4. i. q. Kal no. 3, to put forth or stretch
out, to extend, e. g. the hand Prov. 31,
19. 20. So a tree its branches Jer. 17,
8. Ez. 17, 6. 7. 31, 5. Ps. 80, 12 ; God a
people Ps. 44. 3.
PuAL 1. Pass, of Piel no. 1, and of
Kal no. 1, to be sent, Prov. 17, 11.
2. to be sent away, to be let go, dis-
missed. Gen. 44, 3. Is. 50, 1 ; hence to be
left, forsaken, Is. 27, 10. Prov. 29, 15
Viht-3 "153 a neglected child.
3. to be cast out, e.vpelled ; Is. 1 6, 2
nilfia "((D nestlings driven out, see in '(g .
So to be cast anywhere, to fall into any
place, c. 3 Job 18, 8.
4. Reflex, to send or throto oneself, to
rush, as troops Judg. 5, 15.
HiPH. i. q. Pi. no. 1, to send plagues,
calamities, upon any one, c. a Lev. 26,
22. Am. 8, 11.
Deriv. nbti inbob, DTiiiittJ, nbaitj,
n-ibttbo, nnbttJa.
nbl^ Chald. fut. nbta-^ 1. to send
Dan. 3, 2 ; c. ace. of thing Ezra 4, 17 ;
with bs of him to whom one sends, Ezra
4, 1 1, 18. 5, 7. 17.
2. With K'i'J, to put forth or stretch out
the hand, Dan. 5, 24 ; c.h to attempt any
thing, Ezra 6, 12.
^iV. ro. in pause ribti, c. sutf.
1. a missile weapon, as sent against an
eoemy, u. g. a dart, javelin^ spear, etc.
1060 nbTS
Arab. i^>jm and ,m^'j<*M collect, arms,
spec, a sword ; XLy an armed man ;
^Su Conj. V, to arm oneself. 2 Chr.
32. 5. 23, 10. nb^aa -ins to perish by
the weapon sc. of death. Job 33, 18. 36,
12 ; for Joel 2, 8 see in 1?a no. 1. b.
Here belongs prob. the difficult passage,
Neh. 4, 17 [23] D^an inbuJ uj^x every
man his weapon for water, i. e. every
man went for water with his weapon in
his hand ; comp. 2 Chr. 23, 10. See
Maurer.
2. a shoot, sprout. Cant. 4, 13. Comp.
r. nboj Pi. no. 4.
3. Shelah, Salah, pr. n. a) A son of
Arphaxad Gen. 10, 24. 11, 12. b) An
aqueduct and pool near Jerusalem, ap-
parently the same with ribuj q. v. Neh.
3, 15. Vulg. Siloe.
n'b m. (r. nbu3) for nib'^O) as in
Chaldee, after the form "lia""!?, littJ'^S ;
pr. a sending of water, i. e. a conduit,
aqueduct, comp. r. nbtli Ps. 104, 10, and
Gr. iivai ^oov 11. 12. 25. With the art.
n'blSrt Shiloah, ^iloah. Siloam, pr. n. of
an aqueduct at the foot of Zion on the
south-eastern part of Jerusalem, Is. 8, 6.
See Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 5. 12. 2. ib. 6.
7. 2. ib. 6. 8. 5. It is apparently the
same with that called nbl^ in Neh. 3, 15.
The LXX. and Josephus (I. c.) write
the name 2:dwdfi, and so John 9, 7,
where it is explained by o amaTaliiivoq,
abstr. for concr. [This refers probably
to the long subterranean passage or
aqueduct with which it is connected.
For a full description of this ancient
fountain, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
493-498, 500 sq. By a misapprehension
of the language of Josephus, several
writers have formerly sought for Siloam
on the south-west of Zion ; Reland
Palsest. p. 858. Gesen. Comm. on Is. 7,
3. R.
ninbtD f plur. (r. nbt^) shoots, sprouts,
is. 16, 8.'
'nbtp (perh. armed) Shilhi, pr. n. m.
1 K. 22, 42. 2 Chr. 20, 31. R. nba) .
D'^nbO (armed men, r. nbll)) Shilhim,
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 32.
nbffl
1061
5 ID
JTI^TS m. (r. nbtd ) conetr. Y^ht ; plur.
hlsnbtt) , constr. nijniii) : a table, bo called
From its being extended, spread out, see
the root no. 3, and lavlnv r()unf^uy Od.
10. 370. Ex. 25, 23 sq. "(nbaJ r^S to
spread or prepare a table Ps. 23, 5. Prov.
9, 2. cson "(nbt^ Num. 4. 7, and in the
later Hebrew naisan '{nhvi 1 Chr. 28,
16. 2 Chr. 29, 18, the table of shew-bread ;
Bee Lev. 24, 6 and onb no. 2 ; also Joe.
Ant. 3. 6. 6. r^p1 -(Hbtb' the table of Jeho-
vah, i.e. his altar, Mai. 1,7. ^anb;;? 'bsk
Ma9e wAo ea/ at thy table 2 Sam. 19. 29.
1 K. 2. 7, i. q. 'snbtiJ-bs D-'bak 2 Sam. 9, 11.
* ^5'*?, fut. ubd": , a verb of the later
Hebrew : a) to rule, to have dominion
over any one, c. a Ecc. 8, 9 ; b? Neh.
5, 15. b) fo o6/atn power over any one,
to get the mastery, c. a Esth. 9, 1. Ecc.
2, 19. Arab, [i^-- to be hard, vehe-
ment, imperious; whence i:"^l5Ui no. 1,
'^\'^. The sense of dominion appears
only in the derivatives, as ,' Ul... sul-
iAn, power, whence concr. the Sidldn.
It corresponds to Germ, schallen.
HiPH. 1. to let have dominion over
any one Ps. 119, 133.
2. to give power to do any thing, to
permit, Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Comp. bttJa
Ex. 21, 8.
Deriv. ttbjfi, "jiabo), B-^kud.
^^1^ Chald. fut. ttbo'? 1. to rule, to
have dominion, c a in or over anything
Dan. 2, 39. 5, 7. 16 ; to /tare power over
any thing, so as to affect it, Dan. 3, 27.
2. With a , to get the mastery of, i. e.
to rush or fall upon, Dan. 6, 25.
Aph. to let bear ride, to make ruler or
lord over ahy one. c. a Dan. 2, 38, 48.
Deriv. Chald. "jiMbti) ', i-jb , lii^ta .
13^0 m. (r. ablfi ) a sAieW, only plur.
0"'abltJ , constr/ "'abttS shields, apparently
so called from being hard or perh. tough;
see the signif of the Arabic root under
obtth , and comp. the adj. a^feid . 2 Sam.
8, 7 anjn "labtd fAe shields of gold. 2 K.
11, 10. 2 Chr. 23, 9. Cant. 4, 4. Ez. 27,
11, in which passages shields are spoken
of as suspended for ornament upon the
walls. Jer. 51, 11 sharpen the arrows,
D-iabcn ^nhrifill out the shields, i. e. put
them on, see in r. xbo no. 1. a. Interpre-
89*
ters have long hesitated as to the signi-
fication of this word ; and some have even
rendered it by quivers, as (after Jarchi)
Jahn A rchseol. II. ii. p. 428 ; or also darts,
^
comp. h, Jl tM arrow. The signification
here given has been adopted by most
commentators from Kimchi onwards,
and is supported by probable etymology,
by the context of all the passages, and
by the authority of the ancient versions.
Thus the Targums and Syriac version
often retain the sanie word, as being
common in Aramaean ; but the Clialdee
translator of the Chronicles gives it in
two places by shields, 1 Chr. 18, 7.
2 Chr. 23, 9; and the translator of Jere-
miah, c. 13, 23, uses the words "^abtti
Pfnrps'n to denote the spots of the leo-
pard, as resembling the figure of a
shield. Among the later Syrians this
word appears to have become obsolete;
for Bar Bahlul, in Lex. Oxon. Ms. under
|-j > N ^', himself fluctuates between the
various opinions of Syrian interpreters,
the most of whom however understand
by it quivers.
JltSilD m. (r. abt^ ) powerfid, potent,
Ecc. 8, 4; with a having power over
any thing, v. 8.
jiab Chald. (r. obci ) one in power,
a rzder, magistrate, Dan. 3, 2.
1t35T Chald. m. constr. ',l?bttj, domin-
ion, power, empire, Dan. 3. 33^ 4, 19. 7, 6.
14. 6, 27 'Piiiaba jabt^'i'sa in every do-
minion of my kingdom, i. e. throughout
my whole empire. Plur. empires, king-
doms, Dan. 7, 27. Arab. ^\JajJL do-
minion, and concr. dominus, rex, Sultftn.
^"^^10 f. gee o-'^i^ no. 1.
^lV, m. (r. nbaj I) in pause -ibir.
quiet, stillness; 2 Sam. 37, 27 "ibt-a in
quiet, i. e. privately.
^i^^ f (r. nbaJ III) the afler-birth,
the membrane which envelopes the foe-
tus and follows the birth, Deut. 28, 57.
Arab. iLu; membrane enveloping the
foetus, ,^M*/ Conj. II, to extract this
membrane; Talmud, xn'^bo , K^bttJ, af-
ter-birth.
1''^'? and T'^C, see in ibc.
^bT2J
1062
^bt
C^TD m. adj. (r. i:V^ ), fem. nB^l^ for
ne^tJ, the ""^ being dropped in the femi-
nine flexion.
1. hard, vehement, imperious, fem. of
an imperious woman, impudent, Ez. 16,
30. Arab. JojJom, xIajlLm.
2. powerftd, mighty, i. e. having power
over any thing, c. a Ecc. 8, 8. Snbst.
one having power, a rider, magistrate,
Ecc. 7, 19. 10, 5. Gen. 42, 6.
ta'^blD Chald. (r. ob ) 1. powerful,
mighty, Dan. 2, 10. 4,23; having power
in or orer any thing, bearing rule over,
c. a, Dan. 4. 14. 22. 29. 5, 21. Subst.
a ruler, prince, Dan. 2, 15. 5, 29. Ezra
4,20.
2. With ^ c. inf. there is poicer to do
any thing, i. e. it is permitted, licet,
Ezra 7, 24.
ID'htO and b m. (from vihti ), plur.
n"'tt;bd, Kamets impure.
1. a third. Is. 40, 12 ; i. e. a measure
for grain, prob. the third part of an ephah
(see HE^X) i. q. nsD, (aei^ov. since Sept.
often renders ns"^!:* hy r^lu (iiiQa. Comp.
Gr. i) TtT^Tjj, Engl, quart. Genr. for
any measure ; ace. as adv. Ps. 80, 6
a'^ht nirona iBj^ttirii thou givest them
tears to drink by measure, i. e. in great
quantity, abundantly. Sept. fv (xtT^oj,
Vulg. in mensura.
2. a triangle, i. e. an instrument of
music struck in concert with drums, as
in modern military music. Plur. 1 Sam.
18,6.
3. Prob. a third man, i. e. one of three,
Gr. T()iatuiTig, a higher class of soldiers,
who fought from chariots, chariot-war-
riors, um^uxai, naQu^ujai. Ex. 14, 7 he
took all the chariots of Egypt, n-^ttj^tn
iil"b? and three warriors ripon each of
them. 15, 4. 1 K. 9, 22, comp. 2 K. 9, 25.
They served also as tlie body-guard of
kings 1 K, 9, 22. 2 K. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 11,
11. 12, 18. Sept. T()iajuxai, i. e. accord-
ing to Origen in Catenis, (although
the Grcrk Glossarista decide otherwise,
ee Schleusner Thee, in voc.) 'soldiers
fighting from chariots,' and so called
because each rlinriot contained three
otdiera, one of whom managed the
horae while the other two fought ;
comp. mioaiuTr^f, one of the three per-
sons who constituted a row or subdivi-
sion in the Greek tragic chorus. The
leader or chief of these troops is called
ifflbl^'n Tlixn 2 Sam. 23, 8, and with the
fuller form ciC-^^^'n cisi-i 1 Chr. 12, 18;
and the same person seems to be de-
noted by C:"^b\:^"n, xar iioxr,v, as applied
to one of the nearest attendants of the
king. 2 K. 7, 2. 17. 19. 9, 25. 15, 25.
Hence plur. Diiabaj Prov. 22. 20 Keri,
perh. principalia, i. e. things honoura-
ble, princely ; comp. 8, 6.
"^tp'^b m. ord. adj. (from dsaj ) f.
jTaiailpa: , r,'iq">^tt3 ; plur. n'^iybttJ ; third,
the third, Gen.' 2, 14. Num. 2,' 24. Is. 19,
24. Job 42, 14. al. saepe. Plur. Ciffibttj
subst. cell^ or chambers of the third
story Gen. 6, 16. Fem. spec, as subst.
a) a third, the third part, Num. 15, 6.
7. 2 Sam. 18, 2. b) With He parag.
nnlli-i^ttS adv. the third time, Ez. 21, 19.
c) the third day, the day after to-mor-
row; 1 Sam. 20, 12 n-^aJbTEr! ^n^ f^53
about this time to-morrow or the day
after. d) the third year. Is. 15, 5. Jer.
48, 34, see in nbas no. 2. Comp. in
Engl, 'the third of queen Victoria.'
* "^c^ in Kal not used, kindr. with
HiPH. 'n'^ba3n, fut. T|"'ba3': 1. to cast,
to throw, Gen. 21, 15. Num. 35, 20. 22;
to cast off or away 2 K. 7, 15. Ez. 20, 8.
Ecc. 3. 6 opp. "i^aJ to retain ; to scatter
by casting, as stones Ecc. 3. 5, opp. 033
to gather. Constr. with bx of the place
into which any thing is cast, as into a
pit, water, the fire. Gen. 37, 22. Num. 19,
6. Deut. 9, 21. ier. 36, 23; also c. a
Gea. 37, 20. Ex. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 19;
with bs of him at or upoT^ whom any
thing is cast, Judg. 9, 53. Job 27, 22
libs T)btt)^ he casteth upon him sc. ar-
rows, he shooteth at him ; with b to cast
a thing to the dogs Ex. 22, 30 ; c. 1^ of
place, to cast out a person or thing/roTW.
a place, Neh. 13, 8. Deut. 29, 27. Job 29,
17 Cina T^"'bttii< rsisa /roni his very teeth
I cast (plucked) out the spoil; with
^laa, T'bst;, to cast away from oneself
to throw off, to lay aside, Ps. 2, 3. Ez.
18, 31. Also, to cast oneself, Am. 4, 3;
others here read Hophal. Trop. in the
following phrases : a) it^B? ?^''bt6n
*! he cast his life from him, i. e. ex-
i>
ID
1063
099
posed it to great danger, Jiidg. 9, 17 ;
see in laj no 3. c. a, and coinp. Gr. na-
qa^aXXiaOm tT)t> itivxriv U. 9. 322, wiience
Lat. parabolanua. b) T^nrjK r^^ttin Pa.
50, 17, and i "^nnx 'n, to cast Miind
one, behind one''s back, i. e. to neglect, to
contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Neh.9, 26. Is. 38, 17.
Ez. 23, 35. Tiie Arabs have tiie same
expression, see Comment. on Is. I.e. c)
"'^ bs Tp^lJn to cast upon Jehovah one's
burden, i. e. to commit any thing to his
care, Ps. 55, 23 ; corap. Ps. 37, 5. d) "'^
rjD bsia 'c Tl'^^ttin Jehovah casts one
- - "I I
from his presence, i. e. rejects him from
his favour, 2 K. 13, 23. 17, 20. 24, 20.
2 Chr. 7, 20. Jer. 7, 15.
2. to cast down^ to overthrow, as a
house Jer. 9, 18; to destroy, as a locust
the vine Joel 1, 7. Metaph. Job 18, 7
jr:!? sins'^bttJn'i and his own counsel shall
cast him down.
HoPH. "T^^ian and Ti^ttJn 1. to be cast
Old or forth, to be thrown, Is. 14, 19,
where it is not to be rendered : thou art
cast out of thy sepulchre, but thou art cast
forth without thy sepulchre, i. e. without
the burial due to thee. With 3 and bx
of place 2 Sam. 20, 21. Jer. 14,' 16. Ez.
16, 5 ; c. b to be ca^t forth to any one, to
be given up to him, Jer. 36. 30. Metaph.
Ps. 22, 1 1 on-iri '^riDbtlJrj 7,1^5 / was cast
upon thee from the womb, i. e. I have
committed myself to thee.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 2. Dan. 8, 11.
Deriv. the two following.
^^TO m. Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14. 17, a
sea-fowl, Sept. xaTagdxjtjg or xajag^u-
xxrjg, i. e. a species of pelican which casts
itself from high rocks into the water after
fish, prob. the gannet, Pelicanus Bassa-
nus Linn. Vulg. mergulus. Syr. and
Chald. ' fish-catcher.' Comp. Bochart
Hieroz. P. II. lib. 2. c. 21. Oedmann
Verm. Sammiungen aus der Natur-
kunde, III. p. 68.
riDb f (r. r^^) 1. a casting dovm
or felling of a tree, Is. 6, 13.
2. Shallechelh, pr. n. of a gate of the
temple 1 Chr. 26, 16.
^2*7 sometimes with the regular
form, and sometimes with that of verbs
ss,asbb;6, sibbtb, 'nibuj; inf bbic and
be ; fut. bo^, c'sufi". r^ibaj'; Hab. 2, 8.
^
1. i. q. Arab. Juw, to draw or pull
out, Ruth 2, 16; comp. bttJJ and nbl^
III.
2. to atrip off, to plunder, to spoil;
comp. Gr. aiikov, axijlov, axvlov, spoli-
um, spoil, and avluu, avhiio, axvlivfo,
spolior, to spoil, also axvlku) to strip off
the skin, ailloy in Hesych. a cord.
Constr. c. ace. of thing, Ez. 26, 12; or
of the person plundered 39, 10. Hab. 2,
8. Zech. 2, 12. bbti hbxb to spoil the
spoil, to seize the spoil, Is. 10, 6. Ez.
29, 19.
HiTHPo. bbinttJx Aram, for bbincn to
be spoiled, plundered, Ps. 70, 6. Is. 59, 15.
Deriv. bbittJ and
T
^50 m. constr. bbtt3 , spoil, plunder,
booty, Gen. 49, 27. Ex.' 15, 19. al. saepe.
Of flocks and herds driven off; 1 Sara.
15, 19 11'n bbttJ David's booty, i. e, driven
off by him. ib. 30, 20. bbaj p^n to divide
the spoil, to distribute the booty, Gen.
49, 27. Ps. 68, 13. Jer. 21, 9 ib nn-jn
bbirb ittSsa his life shall be to him for
booty, i. e. he shall be preserved alive.
Prov. 31, 11. Jer. 38, 2. 39, 18. Once for
bbttj TT'^x a spoiler, warrior, Judg. 5, 30.
*^^t fut. cbtli-i 1. to be whole,
sound, safe ; Arab. ivLkM id. Kindr. are
ib^ , nbffi .Job 9, 4 who hath set him-
self against him Bbtt5*5 and remained in
safety? 22,21.
2. to be completed, finished, ended,
e. g. a building 1 K. 7, 51. Neh. 6, 15;
of time Is. 60, 20.
3. Denom. from Cibd , to be at peace,
in friendship with any one. Part. "''sbiS
Ps. 7, 5 my friend, ally. i. q. i^lbo c'-'X
Ps. 41, 10. Part. pass, n^bd 1 Satii. 20,
19. See Pu. no. 3.
PiEL c^ttj and cb!tj 1. to make secure,
to preserve in safety i.e. safe and sound,
Job 8, 6.
2. to complete, to finish, e. g. a build-
ing 1 K. 9. 25.
3. to make whole, to make good, e. g.
to restore any thing stolen Ex. 21, 36 ; to
repay a debt Ps. 37, 21. 2 K. 4, 7. Also
to pay or perform one's vows Ps. 50, 14 ;
sacrifices Hos. 14, 3. Trop. to restore or
impart comfort Is. 57, 18.
4. to requite, to recompense, with dat.
of pers. Judg. 1, 7. 2 K. 9, 26. Ps. 62, 13 ;
Db-jj
1064
nbxD
with ace. offhing Jor. 16, 18. 32. 18 ; with
ace. and dat. as h ibira c^^ , see bl^a no.
1 ; also 1"'tt3S^3 Eb ch'q to requite any
one according to his deeds, Ps. 62, 13. Jer.
50, 29. Rarely also c. ace. of pers. to
whom any thing is requited, Ps. 31, 24.
Prov. 13, 21 sia-clttJ") D'lpi'riS-rNn but
good requiteth the upright, i. e. happi-
ness is the reward of the righteous, Ps.
35, 12.'
PuAL 1. Pass, of Pi. no. 3. to be paid,
performed, as a vow, Ps. 65, 2.
2. to be requited, recompensed, Jer. 18,
20. Prov. 11, 31 c^^ V^xa p^l% V. io,
the righteous is recompensed upon earth,
much more the wicked and the sinner.
13. 13.
3 to be at peace with any one, to live
in friendship, i. q. Kal. no 3. Part. cVi^
a friend, ally, sc. of God, i. e. Israel, Is.
42, 19; parali. with m.T; 1=:^. Comp.
Hiph. no 2.
HiPH. 1. to complete, to perform, to
execute, Job 23, 14. Is. 44, 26. 23; to
make an end of any thing, Is. 38, 12. 13.
2. to make peace with any one, to seek
and cherish peace; Arab. LILww id. With
nx Josh. 10, ]. 4; 05 Deut. 20, 12. 1 K.
22, 45. But with bx , to submit oneself
in peace to any one, i. e. by a treaty of
peace. Josh. 11, 19. Comp. Arab. aJLww
Conj. IV, to submit oneself to the domi-
nion of any one, spec, to commit one's
affairs to God, c. c. lif . whence ^^Luwt
1 g>
Isldm, i.e. obedience to God and Muham-
med, the true religion, Muhammedanism.
3. Causat. to make a friend of any
one Prov. 16, 7.
Hoph. to become the friend of any
one, c. b Job 5. 23.
Deriv. cbtti r"ia*)':5 , csb^oJ, dib(t3,
oxiiu . iuid pr. n. ''abaJ , n"sbiu; , oiujo ,
1 V V I
DfC CImld. to complete, to finish a
work. Part. pass. D'^bo) finished Ezra
5, 16.
A PH. 1. to finish, to make an end of,
Dan. 5, 26.
2. to restore Ezra 7, 19.
ObtJ Chnld. ni. i. q. Heb. dibti , pros-
perity, peace, Ezra 5, 7. Dan. 3, 31. 6, 26.
D^TD m. adj. (r. D^(d) f. n^^tt) ; plur.
1. whole, sound, perfect, i. e. a) Of
full and just weight and measure, as
t-i'oh'd "j^X a fall weight, perfect, Deut. 25,
15 ; comp. Gen. 15, 16 where it is spoken
of the full measure of one's sins, n^ba
niabiy the whole number of the captives
Am. 1, 6. 9. b) whole, safe, unharmed,
Gen. 33, IS; of an army Nah. 1, 12.
niobd c"'3::n whole stones, i. e. not hewn,
DeuV27, 6. ] K. 6,7.
2. completed, finished, 2 Chr. 8, 16.
3. living in peace and friendship,
peacefid. friendly, see the root in Pu.
Hiph. Hoph. Gen. 34, 21 en D'^abuJ
iisnx they live in peace with us. Spec.
niiTi DS 'UJ at peace with God, devoted
to him, 1 K. 8, 61. 11, 4. 15, 3. 14; and
so by implic. 2 K. 20, 3. 1 Chr. 28, 9.
2 Chr. 15, 17. Comp. Hiph. no. 2 ; also
G I o >
*A*mjo Muslim, devoted to God and
Muhammed, a Muhammedan.
4. Salem, pr. n. i. q. Dbttjl-^ Jerusa-
lem, for the etymology of which, see in
its place ; Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3. Jos.
Ant. 1. 10. 2 trjV pfvxoi, Solvpa v(jt(qov
ixaksaav '^liQoaoXvua. See Relandi Pa-
lapstina p. 976. Arab. (JLi, *-Ll, id.
D^tO m, (r. nbui) plur. n-^abta , constr.
1. Pr. requital, see the root Pi. no. 4 ;
hence thanks, thanksgiving. Plur. nat
cobd a thank-off ering.di sacrifice otfered
in thanksgiving, Lev. 3, 1 sq. 7, 1 1 sq.
Num. 7, 17 sq. liabttS nnin nat Lev.
7, 13. 15, a sacrifice offered to God with
praise and thanksgiving. Hence
2. a thank-offering Am. 5, 22 ; plur.
Q^'obuj id. Lev. 7, 20. 9, 4. Also in a
wider sense, for sacrifices offered in a
lime of distress, Judg. 20, 6. 21, 4.
Q? m. (r. nbt^) 1. requital, recom-
pense, retribution, Deut. 32, 25.
2. Shilleni, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali
Gen. 46, 24. Num. 26, 49; for which
1 Chr. 7, 13 Diiia .Patron. "'a^oS a Shil-
lemite Num. 1. c.
D'bj see nibtfi.
DbO and Dli" m. (r. obl^) requital,
relrilmtion, Hos. 9, 7. Mic. 7, 3; plur. Is.
34,8.
D^tD (retribution, r. oboJ) Shnllum,
pr. n. a) A king of Israel, 773, 772
B. C. 2 K. 15, 10 gq. b) A king of
Judali, son of Josiah and younger bro-
ther of Jehoiakim and Zedekiah, prob.
the same with tnjjin"' no. 2. Jer. 22, 11.
Sec RoBcnm. ad h. I. c) The husband
of Huldah the prophetess 2 K. 22, 14.
d) Of several other men, Ezra 2, 42. 7,
2. 10, 24. 42. Neh. 3, 12. 7, 45. 1 Chr.
2, 40. etc.
rittStp f. i. q. c^uJ , retribution, pwiish-
mcn/, Vs. 91, 8. R. tJ^ti.
ri'a'blS (pacific, from tiiblJi with the
syll. ri i. q. "i, V, comp. 1 Chr. 22, 9)
pr. n. Solomon, the tenth feon of David,
1 Chr. 3, 5, comp. 2 Sam. 3, 5 ; born of
Bathsheba ; the successor of his father,
and the third king of the Hebrew na-
tion, r. 1005-975 B. C. and celebrated
throughout the world for his wealth,
splendour, and wisdom, see 1 K. c. 2-11.
1 Chr. c. 23. 2 Chr. c. 1-9. Prov. 1, 1.
Cant. 1, 1. Sept. 2aXmfiu)V, in N. T.
Soldfidiv, and so Josephus.
"^ttb (my thanks, r. cboS) Shalmai,
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46 Keri.
ipbtp (pacific) Shelomi, pr. n. m.
Num. 34, 27.
bS'^tjb (friend of God) Shelumiel,
pr. n. m. Num. 1,6. 2, 12.
in^'ab (i. q. n^:a^.a5a) Shelemiah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 14.' '
fT^'D'5 (pacific, abstr. 'love of peace')
ShelomitK pr. n. R. Q^ttJ .
1. Fem. a) Lev. 24, 11. b) 1 Chr.
3, 19.
2. Masc. a) A son of Rehoboam
2 Chr. 11,20. b) Ezra 8, 10. c,d,e)
1 Chr. 23, 9. 18. 26, 25.
pa^TS Hos. 10, 14; fully "iCXSlsbl?
2 K. 17, 3. 18, 8, Shalman, Shalmane-
ser, pr. n. of a powerful king of Assyria,
733-716 B. C. by whom the ten tribes
were carried into exile, B. C. 722. Vulg.
Salmanassar. Comp. Pers. jmLowCm
3t verecundus erga ignem.
D'^SbbO m. plur. (r. e^>s3) rewards^
gifts, by which any one is corrupted. Is.
1,23.
1065 HJbtf
* H5'>? fut. Ci'bai'^ 1, to draw out, to
pluck out ; Chald. id. Eth. rt Afl to strip,
to spoil ; kindr. with hhti, nbtt) II. IJl^J.
E. g. a weapon from a wound Job 20,
25 ; a sword from its sheath, to draw the
sword Num. 22, 23. 31. Josh. 5, 13. P^
3"!H ^1?^ rt thousand drawing the sword,
i. e. armed warriors, Judg. 8, 10. 20, 2.
15. 17. 46. 2 Sam. 24, 9.
2. to draw or pull off one's shoe, Ruth
4, 7. 8.
3. to pull or pluck up, e. g. grass Pe.
129, 6.
S]?"!? Sheleph, pr. n. of a tribe in Ara-
bia Felix, Gen. 10,26. 1 Chr. 1,20; perh.
the 2'alaTirivol, whom Ptolemy (VI. 7)
reckons among the tribes of the interior.
*'^bXD and TSib'^D f constr. aJbui , c.
Makk. -ttSbiD Ex. 21, 11 ; also nTCb
m. constr. ruibtl) . _
1. three, Arab. viJu f iJJJi m.
Aram. r^Fi, ^nbtn. In the Indo-Euro-
pean tongues the primary form seems to
have been preserved in the Zend teshro,
whence by transp. Aram, teldt, Gr. and
Lat. T^flg, tres. The Sanscrit has the
abridged form tri. E. g. D-^i'O vohvo
three years Gen. 11, 13 ; rarely after the
noun, as ttibttj f "i5 three cities Josh. 21,
32. B'^33 nrubtli three sons Gen. 6, 10 ;
f'ttjin rtubti three months ; whence
n-iffinn tulsUJ^S about three months after
Gen. 38, 24, where O is prefix for 'iJ't'a,
not formative, see "i^ no. 4. c. "HS'^a
ttSibaS in the third year, pr. in the year
three, 2 K. 18, 1. So nnirr ttSbttJ f. thir-
teen Josh. 19, 6. 21, 4, and'"iias niabttJ m.
id. Num. 29,' 13. With suff.'orn'Jibii ye
three, otnttSbll) they three, Num. 12, 4.
2. thrice, Job 33, 29.
Plur. C^iubtti comm. gend. thirty Gen.
5, 16 ; also, the thirtieth 1 K. 16, 23. 29.
Deriv. ttSbiu aioibttJ , 'bti , ''ttj-'bifi .
^T? (triad) Shelesh. pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7,35.
TSb , see tti'^bai .
Obt? PiEL denom. from tiblU.
1. to divide into three parts Deut.
19,3.
2. to do the third time, 1 K. 18, 34.
3. to do on the third day ; 1 Sam. 20,
TCb'JD
1066
DID
19 Tnn Ptu^l^l and on the third day thou
shall go down.
Pdal part. ttJbttJo 1. threefold., triple.
Ecc. 4, 12. Ez. 42,'6.
2. three years old Gen. 15. 9.
0"^!^ m. plur. (from OJbsij) descend-
ants of the third generation, great-grand-
children, Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7. D-'ffilttJ ^33
Gen. 50, 23 children of great grand-
children, i. q. B''52"i the fourth genera-
tion. Some have wrongly taken dUJ^aJ
for the grand-children themselves ; but
their name is csa "'JS . and in Ex. 34, 7
they are expressly distinguished from
the B"'ffl^tt5. In Ex. 20, 5 the grand-
children, i. e. D''33 ''za , seem to be omit-
ted.
HiTbTD Shalishah, pr. n. of a district in
the vicinity of the mountains of Ephraim,
1 Sam. 9, 4 ; in which appears to have
been situated the city najSaJ-b?2 Baal-
shalishah, 2 K. 4, 42. This'^ city Euse-
bius calls Beth-shalishah, and says it
was 15 Roman miles distant from Dios-
polis. towards the north.
ntCbtO (triad) Shilshah, pr. n. m.
1 Chr.' 7, 37. R. ttSblli . ,
DitJbO and Ut^lS adv. (comp. from
tibffi i. q. lljbta and Di"') three days ago,
the day before yesterday, i. e. before^
Prov. 22, 20 Cheth. opp. fii'n v. 19.
Elsewhere always coupled with biatl,
as ct^bttJ biTStn yesterday and the day be-
fore Ex. 5, 8 also ctdJbii5 oa bi^sns oa
id. 2 Sam. 5, 2 ; i- e. heretofore, former-
ly. DilSbis b"ion3 as before, as formerly.
Gen. 31,' 2. 2 K. 13, 5. isiiabiZJ bl^nia
before.^ in time past, Deut. 19, 6. Josh.
20,5.
bX'nbtD, see bxTibxc: .
uTD adv. there, then; Arab. Iji
there, aJ then ; Chald. en, Syr. _^z.
There is a vestige of another form ciu
a*
i- q. |vJ extant in the pr. n. Dib'is Ez. 2,
22, (or which see in its place. In the
Indo-European languages kindred forms
arc Or. i'/iop then, Lat. turn, (tunc, comp.
num, nunc,) Anglosax. thcenne, whence
Engl, then, Germ, dann, all of which
have been transferred to time ; see no.
2. Spoken
1. Of place, there, i. e. a) in that
place, wt, Gen. 2, 8. 12. 11, 2. 31. 12,
7. 8. 10. 13. 4. 18. al. ssepiss. With the
sign of relation prefixed. CO liax where
Ex. 20, 18 ; often with one or more words
interposed, offi . , . n^iJN Gen. 13, 3. 2 Sam.
15, 21. cd . . . diy here . . . there Is. 28, 10.
b) After verbs of motion i. q. n^aia thither,
as iysl for sxilcrs. Gen. 2, 8. 1 Sam. 2, 14.
2 K. 19, 32 ; whence cir . . . I'ajt whither
1 K. 18, 10. Jer. 19, 14.'
2. Of time, then, at that time, like Gr.
exfl, Lat. ibi, illico, Ps. 14, 5. 132, 17.
Judg. 5, 11. Comp. the remarks above
on the affinity of other languages.
3. therein, in that thing ; Hos. 6, 7
they have transgres.^ed the covenant ;
therein (i. e. in doing this) they have been
treacherous towards me.
4. With He parag. HH'J, pron. shum-
mah. a) thither Gen.' 19, 20. 23, 13.
Is. 34, 15 where render : thither shall she
place her nest ; comp. Ps. 122, 5. Ex. 29,
42, b) i. q. WSi , there, so that ti-^ has a
merely demonstrative power, Jer. 18, 2.
Ecc. 3, 16. With the relative, nizt lirsc
whither Gen. 20, 13. Deut. 11, 10. Jer.'
29, 7 ; rarely where 2 K. 23, 8.
5. With pref "j^, i. e. CTSa/rom there,
i. e. thence. a) Of place Gen. 2, 10.
1 1, 8. 9. 1 Sam. 4, 4. Bisa . . . nirx whence
Deut. 9, 28. b) Of time Hos. 2, 17.
c) i. q. from that thing, thereof thence;
Gen.3,23totillthegrounda^T2 njsb -I'ix
whence (from which) he was taken. Mic.
2, 3. IK 17, 13 nsr at-73 --b "^ias make
me thence (therefrom) a cake. Ez. 5, 3.
Pleonastically Gen. 49, 24 13i< nyn B^a
hit.n'q'; from thence, from the shepherd,
the rock of Israel, come, etc.
* ^'i? m. constr. niU, c. Makk. "OlU ;
c. suff'. i53iy, r|T2TU, D?^o ; plur. ri^ii,
constr. mai!J ; once fern. Cant. 1, 3. see
in pn Hoph. ^
1. name, Arab. *->**!, less freq. j^^,
Eth. tl<P, but Chald. ct:5 , id. It would
seem to be primitive, and to signify pr.
(ri\fia, signum.sign; although a kindr. root
exists in Arab. |VM/a to set a niark upon ;
^ .
I^AwI a sign, name, k^jM a sign, mark,
which one receives. From this noun
are then derived
^S^
Conj. II, oi-iaA.,
DID
1067
313 ID
M to nnmc. Some hold Difi to be
an abridged form for 5^ii5, the 5 being
dropped ; comp. the Sept. tranelator, who
not unfrequently renders sntti by Zvofitt.
E. g. 'b ciaa in the name of any one,
by his authority, Ex. 5, 23. Esth. 3, 12 ;
i^ 0.32 in the name of Jehovah, by divine
authority, Jcr. 11, 21. 26, 9. cca by
name Ex. 33, 12 ; niottJa by their 7iames,
by name, 1 Chr. 12, 31. Ezra 10, 16.
For the formulas Dl^ X-^JD, DC3a 7p3,
etc. see xnps no. 2. f, g, and Niph. no. 2.
Spec, c^ is : a) a grea/ name, fame,
renown, like oo^a and nomen, 1 K. 5,
11. rtl) lb n-X'S Gen. 11, 4. Jer. 32, 20,
and cit) r> C!ib 2 Sam. 7, 23, to make
oneself a name, to gain renown. So
ctsn "'CSX the men of renown Gen. 6, 4 ;
also men of standing, nobles, Num. 16, 2;
niaiu 'l^sx id. 1 Chr. 5, 24 ; and vice
versa CUJ "^ba "^ja os of no name, of low
parentage, i. e. themselves ignoble, base-
born, Job 30, 8. Gen. 9, 27 otu "'bnxa in
tents of renown, fame. Zeph. 3, 19
umb^ n|ririb o-^riTaiUT and I will set them
for a praise and fame, i. e. will make
them celebrated, renowned, v. 20. Deut.
26, 19. b) a good name, good reputation,
Ecc. 7, 1. Prov. 22, 1. Where it stands
for a bad name, bad reputation, 5"] is
always added, as Deut. 22. 14. 19. Neh.
6, 13. c) name after death, memory, as
in the phrases to destroy or blot out one^s
name, i. e. utterly to destroy a people
or city, so that their name and memory
shall perish, Deut. 9, 14. 1 Sam. 24, 22.
2 K. 14, 27. Ps. 9, 6. Zech. 13, 2 ; also
Ecc. 6, 4 its name is covered with dark-
ness, spoken of an abortion. Hence d)
a monument, in memory of any person
or event, 2 Sam. 8. 13. Is. 55. 13.
2. nln^ cto the name of Jehovah, i. e.
a) the honour or good name of God, his
estimation among mankind, the sum
total of his attributes ; as in the phrase
iatt; ly^hfor Ids name's sake, i. e. as vin-
dicating his good name, in accordance
with his name and character, or with
all that is known of him ; see in "jSia A. 2.
Hence also put ^or the glory of God, "jSiob
'nti for my name's sake, i. e. that the
glory and honour of the divine name
be not obscured. Is. 48. 9. 1 K. 8, 41.
Ps. 79, 9. 106, 8. Ez. 20, 44. Ps. 138, 2
Tjottj-bs'b? above all thy name, i. e. above
all the glory and praise which can bo
rendered unto thee, b) As pronounced
in rendering invocation, adoration,prai8e.
to Jehovah ; e. g. nin'' BtiSa xip to call
upon the name of Jehovah, i. e. to wor-
ship him, see in xn;? no. 2. g. Ps. 5, 12
T|i3tb ''anx those who lore thy name, i. e.
who delight in thy praise. Ps. 9, 11.
c) For the deity. Godhead, as present
to mortals, nearly i. q. nin^ '3B. Ex. 23.
21 iS'^pS ''SttS "^^for my name (divinity)
is in him, in the angel. 1 K. 8, 29 f^^n^,
Dt^ "^OttJ my name (divinity) shall be there
sc. in the temple. 2 K. 23. 27. 1 K. 3. 2
there was yet no house built unto the
name of the Lord. 8, 17. 20. So DTO
iatti ("iSi?), said of Jehovah, to place or
cause his name to dwell any where, i. e.
to fix his abode there, see in csiio and
)3t^ . Often spoken of the aid which the
present deity vouchsafes to men ; Ps.
54, 3 O God, '';S''tt5in TjOttJa save me by
thy name, by thy presence and aid. 44. 6.
124, 8. 89, 25. 20, 2. Is. 30, 27. Also
DOi, Disn, absol. for nin-j ctt). Lev. 24,
11. 16. Deut. 28, 58. ' ' "
3. Shem, Sem, pr. n. of the eldest son
of Noah, Gen. 5, 32 ; from whom (Gen.
10, 22-30) are derived the Semitic na-
tions, i. e. the nations of Western Asia,
the Persians, Assyrians, Aramaeans, He-
brews, and part of the Arabs. Comp.
Gesch der Heb. Spr. u. Schr. p. 5, 6.
Compound pr. names with ct^ are :
QT^ Chald. m. c. suff. ntti (from offi).
constr. plur. nnattJ , a name. Dan. 2,
20. 26. 4, 5. 5, 12.' Ezra 5, 1. 14 la-^n-'T
WTSttJ "laacirb and they were delivered
to Sheshbazzar by his name, i. e. to one
whose name was Sheshbazzar. Plur.
constr. Ezra 5, 4. 10.
XILT? (desolation, r. Dig^ ) Shamma.
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 37.
nnS^tD (for 13X530 lofty flight, from
nvj i. q. n^tu height, and tax) Shemeber,
pr. n. of a king of Zeboim, Gen. 14, 2.
nti (perh. i. q. nsOD fame) Shi-
meah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8. 32; for which
in 9, 38 BXSttJ Shimeam.
latiO Shamgar, pr. n. of one of the
'judges of Israel, Judg. 3, 31. 5, 6. The
etymology is unknown. Comp. ")|aO .
ni2ir
1068
'12X0
* T^'*3 in Kal not used, prob. io
smite; kindr. with "Jatu , ISO, astu (anl^)
where see.
HiPH. T'nffln to destroy, i. e. a) to
lay waste, e. g. cities, altars, Lev. 26, 30.
Num. 33, 52. b) Oftener to cut of
persons and nations, Deut. 1, 27. 2, 12.
21. 22. 23. Ez. 25. 7. Esth. 3, 6. Inf.
nn'rn subst. destruction Is. 14, 23.
NiPH. pass. ^o6e c/es/ro?/erf, i. e. a) to
be laid waste, as fields Jer. 48, 8 ; high-
places Hos. 10, 8. b) to be cut of, to
perish, of nations Deut. 4. 26. 28, 20 ; of
single persons Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 37, 38.
TDtJ Chald. A ph. to destroy, Dan.
7, 26. "
* Tl'^'iS obsoi. root, Arab. L-w to be
high; hence O'^izW the heavens.
JTQ . see in CtlJ .
T T y T
TTBtD f (r. 0tb ) 1. a laying waste,
desolation, Is. 5, 9. Jer. 2, 15. Ps. 73, 19.
2. astonishment, Jer. 8, 21. Meton.
object of astonishment, Deut. 28, 37.
Jer. 19, 8. 25, 9. 18. 51, 37.
3. Shammah, pr. n. m. a) A son of
Reuel Gen. 36, 13. 17. b) A son of
Jesse, brother of David, 1 Sam. 10, 9.
17, 13; elsewhere written nsnd) Shi-
meah 2 Sara. 13. 3. 32, and XS^'ttJ i Chr.
2,13. c)2Sam.23, 11. d)'2Sam.23,
33. e) ib. v. 25 ; for which niai^ Sham-
moth 1 Chr. 11, 27, and nsinaai Sham-
huth 1 Chr. 27. 8.
n^rTDO . see na no. 3. e.
f'T'?^ Chald. plur. constr. names;
see DV .
JKIttTD Samuel, pr. n. m. according to
1 Sam. 1, 20, i. q. bxsiisaj a Deo exaudi-
tu8; unless perhaps it may be nomen
Dei, 60 that toe may be sing, constr.
i.q. Oti ; comp. ?"i and 15^ , na and ina ;
D, ''3D, i. q. nJD face, a) The great
judge and prophet of the Hebrews, the
son of Elkanah; of the tribe of Ephraim,
1 Sam. 1, 1 Bq. b) Another person, also
the Hon of an Elkanah, and grandfather
of Hcman the singer, 1 Chr. G, 13. 18,
where he is mentioned among the Lc-
vitea and singers, c) Num. 34, 24. d)
1 Chr. 7, 2.
T^t vee KSsti ietua.
n:?^l3TD and ^^'KH^ f (r. 3J52(tJ ) constr.
nynttJ , pr. ' what is heard ;' hence
1. tidings, a message, news, 1 Sara. 4,
19 ; whether of good Prov. 15, 30. 25.
25, or of evil Jer. 49, 2.3. Ps. 112, 7. Jen
10, 22. Espec. a message sent from God.
Is. 53, 1. Jer. 49, 14. Hence
2. i. q. instruction, teaching. Is. 28, 9.
3. report, rumour, 2 Chr. 9, 6.
1*13, see -i-inaj.
flilSffi, see in nia(^ no. 3. e.
* X2'2'X fut. pi. ii-jaTS-; 1. Pr. i. q.
yai^, to smite, to strike; also to thrust,
to cast, to throw down; corap. Arab.
[j^ t " to strike, to smite, also to urge
on a beast violently. Corresponding to
it are the Germ. vulg. schmeissen to
strike and to cast, Anglosax. smitan.
Engl, to smite, and dropping the sibilant
Lat. miltere. Hence a) 2 Sam. 6, 6
nj^an !i::i2ia "13 for the oxen kicked, were
restive ; Vulg. calcitrabant. Other in-
terpretations of this passage see review-
ed in Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 372. b)
to cast or throw down, e. g. a person
from a window into the street, 2 K. 9. 33.
2. to let fall, to let lie, e. g. a field
untilled Ex. 23, 11 ; a debt, to remit, to
release, Deut. 15, 2. With 'fn, to desist
from any thing, to discontinue, Jer. 17, 4.
NiPH. pas!s. of Kal. no. 1. b, to be cast
down, e. g. from a rock Ps. 141, 6.
NiPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to remit, to re-
lease, Deut. 15, 3. Hence
nj^tt f. remission, release, Deut. 15.
1. 2. na^t'H r:aj the year of release.
i. e. the year of jubilee, in which all debts
were to be remitted, Deut. 15, 9. 31, 10.
'^12'D (desolated, r. DattJ ) Shammai,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2. 28. ' b) ibid. v. 44.
c) 4, 17.
3?1'^'DTJJ (fame of wisdom) Shemida,
pr. n. of a son of Gilead, Num. 26, 32.
Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr. 7, 19. Patronym.
^ST^ntt) a Shemidaite, Num. 1. c.
D^ttTD m. plur. (r. PiailS ) constr. "^Tyo,
the skies, the heavens, heaven, from an
obsol. sing, ^ati, Arab. ?l_wj Ethiop.
AC^LK, the high; i.e. the firmament,
S'^pn, which seems spread out like an
I arch above the earth, and is represented
''j2W
1069
niZXD
as supported on foundations and columns,
2 Sam. 22, 8. Job 26, 1 1 ; hence the rain
is said to descend through its gates or
windows, Ps. 78, 23, conip. Gen. 28, 17
and n'aix ; and above is supposed to be
the abode of God and the angels, Ps. 2,
4. Gen. 28, 17. Deut. 33, 26. I^risn qir
the/owl of the heavens, of the air, Gen. 1,
26. 28. 30. With He loc. na-'ttirn lo-
T : - T -
wards heaven, heavenward, Gen. 15, 5.
28, 12; so the accus. in the same sense
O'lad, c-ia^l-n, l Sam. 5, 12. Ps .139, 8,
also c-^a^^n-bs Ex. 9, 22. 23. 10, 21. 22.
C^r'i'n rnn wider the heavens, i. e. on
earth, Ecc. 1, 13. 2, 3. 3, 1 ; comp. rnn
n^r'i'n'bs under the whole heaven, i. e.
in the wlioie earth, Gen. 7, 19. Deut. 2,
25. .Tob 28, 24. 37, 3. 41, 3. Dan. 9, 12.
n-^auj "icttj^ n?li'r! the heavens and hea-
ven of heavens, i. e. all the extent and
regions of heaven, however vast and
infinite, Deut. 10, 14. 1 K.S, 27. C^ail-n
I'nxriT the heavens and the earth, i. e.
the universe, Gen. 1, 1. 2, 1. 14, 19. 22.
In the later books Jehovah is often called
'2'?^">^"r! "^n'^?* the God of heaven, (see the
Chald.) 2 Chr. 36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Neh.
1, 4. 5. 2, 4. 20. Ps. 136, 26. Jon. 1, 9 ;
comp. D'^at'n inKN| nln-i Gen. 24, 7.
Meton. for the inhabitants of heaven,
Job 15, 15 ; parall. the saints.
Vy?^. Chald. m. emphat. St^^iQaS , the hea-
vens, heaven, Dan. 4, 8. 10. 7, 2. Some-
times for the inhabitants of heaven, i. e.
God with the angels, who govern the
world, Dan. 4, 23 ; comp. on this usage
in the Jewish writings and also in the
classic authors, Fesselii Advers. Sac. p.
349. Wetstein ad Matt. 21, 25. nbx
x^aaj the God of heaven, see Heb. above,
Dan.' 2, 18. 37. Ezra 5, 11. 12. 6, 9. lo!
Comp. Tob. 10, 12. Rev. 11, 13.
'P'^ID m. adj. ordin. fem. fT'p'^iaTJJ
(from nibaj) the eighth, Ex. 22, 29. Lev.
9, 1. al. Fem. n-'poai an octave in
music, a word denoting the lowest and
gravest notes of the scale, sung by men,
the modern bass, basso, opp. to niabs
(q. v.) 1 Chr. 15, 21 ; also Ps. 6, 1. 12"
1. where some wrongly understand a
musical instrument.
T^TD m. (r. na(^ II) c. suff. iT'siiS .
1. a sharp point ; hence thorn, collect.
thorns, Is. 5, 6. 7, 23. 24. 25. 9, 17. 32, 13.
90
Metaph. of enemies Is. 10, 17. 27, 4.
0^-. 0,-.
Arab. 8.t-M collect. -4^ is the Egyp-
tian thorn, a thorn-tree.
2. a diamond, so called from its per-
forating and cutting other Bubstancea;
e. g.^ the point of the stylus was of dia-
mond, Jer. 17, 1. In poetical compari-
sons, adamant, Ez. 3, 9. Zech. 7, 12.
t- *i -
Arab. ^kxLw id. Perhaps we may com-
pare Gr. afilqiq, (Tfivgog, i. e. diamond-
dust used for polishing. Bohlen sug-
gests an Indian origin of the word, and
compares asmira, stone which eats, lapis
rodens, spoken of gems, iron, etc.
3. Shamir, pr. n. a) A city in Judah
Josh. 15, 48. b) A city in the moun-
tains of Ephraim, Judg. 10, 1. 2. c) A
man 1 Chr. 24, 24 Keri, where Cheth.
mia'l'^'aO (name most high, or hea-
ven most high, Semiramis?) Shemira-
moth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5.
2 Chr. 17, 8.
''5''?^ Shamlai, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46
Cheth. see ''cbid .
* ^"^^, fut. tais'i, plur. iBfe;); fut. A
BQ3|^ see under the root n(^". .
1. to be astonished, amazed, pr. to be
struck dumb, since the primary idea is
that of silence ; comp. the kindr. roots
DO'n and Dl'n, and see the note under
B^^. IK. 9, 8. Jer. 18, 16; c. bs at
at any one Is. 52. 14. Jer. 2, 12. So 2 Chr.
7, 21, see under b A. 6. b. Hence to be
confounded. Ps. 40, 16.
2. to be laid waste, to be made desolate,
since desolate places are silent and quiet,
in contrast to the noise and turmoil of
inhabitants ; Ez. 33, 28. 35, 12. 15. Part.
tDBitlJ desolate. Lam. 1, 4. 3, 1 1 ; of per-
sons, wasted, perishing, Lara. 1, 13. 16,
also solitary 2 Sam. 13, 20. Is. 54, 1.
Plur. f maT2ilJ desolate places, ruins, Is,
61, 4. Dan. 9, 18. 26.
3. Trans, to lay waste, to make deso-
late; Ez. 36, 3 Dsnx :]i<aji niaai -,5^3 "(Sij
because they make you desolate and pant
after you, where niauJ ispr. a verbal noun
plur. put here lor the infin. Is. 42, XA^long
time have I heUl my peace, I hare been
still and refrained myself; nrsx mbi'S
in^ CjKilJijJ Dis now aa a woman in ira-
n:j^
1070
513TS
raj7 iffill I cry- 1 will destroy and snort
together, i. e. my wrath, long restrained,
I will now let break forth. Part. npiaJ
a desolator, prob. Antiochus Epiphanes,
Dan. 9. 27. c^iffl ^^.^'^ for '^"n St'S
Dan. 8, 13 the transgression of the desola-
tor, and Ca^ ripui /A^ abomination of the
desolator 12, 11, i. q. ^Sekvyfia sQTifiwaemg
1 Mace. 1. 54. 6, 7, (comp.Matt. 24, 15.)
i. e. either an altar, or an idol which An-
tiochus caused to be erected over the
altar in the temple of Jerusalem.
NiPH. Ci^3 1. i. q- Kal no. 1, to be as-
tonished, Jer. 4, 9 ; c. by Job 18, 20.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be laid waste,
made desolate, Jer. 12, 11. Ps. 69, 26; to
be wasted, to perish, of persons Lara. 4,
5; to be desolate, solitary, of a way-
Lev. 26, 22. Is. 33, 8.
Po, 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be astonish-
ed Ezra 9, 3.
2 Part, c^iii^ a desolator Dan. 9, 27.
11, 31.
HiPH. c^cn, fut. n-'rsj'n, inf. onttin,
part. QirfflT? .
1, Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make asto-
nished Ez. 32. 10. Intrans. to be asto-
nished Ez. 3, 15 ; c. br Mic. 6, 13.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3. to lay icaste, to make
desolate, e. g. a land Lev. 26, 31. 32. Ez.
30, 12. 14.
HoPH. cttJn (pron. hosham) for DTSn
which is found in some copies, plur. lasBfi ,
1. to be astonished, Job 21, 5.
2. to be laid waste, made desolate,
Lev. 26, 34. 35. 43.
HiTHPo. coin'i'n; fut. once uw^i
Ecc. 7, 16.
1. to be astonished Is. 59, 16. 63, 5 ; to
be confounded, Dan. 8, 27 ; of a person, to
be wasted, faint, discouraged, Ps. 143, 4.
2. to desolate or destroy oneself, Ecc.
7,16.
Deriv, ciouJ "littBOS , nail5 . ni2tl3n,
and the pr. names KBUJ , "^BC .
DQTD Chald. Hithpo. oninobK to be
astonished, Dan. 4, 16.
MI9 "> ^tlj. /ai'c/ iww/c, desolate, Dan.
9,17. Fcm. naairi Jer. 12, 11.
rrnaC r (r. oisti) plur. constr. niacti ,
1. astonishment, Ez. 7, 27.
2. a desolation, waste, desert, Is. 1, 7.
noTJ* -^^no a desolate waste, Jer. 12, 10.
nmis^ f^'O'ov a desert and de<^ation, a
complete desert, an utter waste. Ez. 33,
28. 29. 35, 3.
n'atJtp f. (for n^aBtU, r. Qi:aJ) plur.
constr. ni^aayj , a desolation, -waste, Ez.
35, 7. 9.
'ji'a'ETS, m, (r. D^^) astonishment,
amazement, Ez. 4, 16. 12, 19.
n'l'a'G'fi? , see in n^^s^^ .
*]'2W or p^^, fut. ',5auii., to be or
become fat, Deut. 32, 15. Jer. 5, 28. Arab.
^j-4^ id.
HiPH. 1. to make fat, to cover over
withfat, metaph. the heart, as enveloped
in fat, and thus made dull and callous to
the words of the prophet. Is. 6, 10.
2. to become fat, pr. to make or pro-
duce fat from oneself, Neh. 9, 25.
Deriv. "(^o ni353ia, n^STattix, 'I'slip.
D'^snuJa, and pr. n. nSTS'^o.
JCit m. adj. (r. yq^) f. nSTsaJ, /a<. Is.
30, 23 ; of a strong, lusty, robust man,
Judg. 3, 29, see 'I'S'iJ^ ; of a land./eri7e,
Num. 13, 20; of bread Gen. 9, 20.
yatt m. (r. "(qt) c. suff. ''Sa^lJ, plur.
V. fatness, Ps. 109,24. c-^3T:ttJ nFiC?a
a banquet of fatness, i. e, sumptuous,
splendid. Is. 25, 6. 10, 27 -liB?? bi? bani
"jTSQi and the yoke (of Israel) is broken
fromfatness, the figure being taken from
a fat ox which breaks and casts ofl" his
yoke; comp. Deut. 32, 15. Hos. 4, 16.
Also/er<t77yof the earth, e. g. D^3^ttJ i^''?
valley cf fatness, i. e. most fertile, Is. 28, 1.
2. 077, Gen. 28, 18. 'tc^, 7? oil-tree, i. e.
oleaster, wild olive, (different from n")!
the olive,) Neh. 8, 15. 1 K. 6, 23.
3. spiced oil, i. e. ointment, unguent,
Ps. 133, 2. Prov. 21, 17. Is. 1, 6.
D'^S'aTJJ m. plur. (r. ',attJ) fatness of
the earth, i. c. fat fields, fertile regions.
Gen. 27, 28 God gave thee insn ''2^aJ
fertile fields, pr. of fertile fields, as the
other hemistich has 'ti bija o/"the dew of
heaven. But v. 39 ri'^p^^ ^nxn ^3^^t5a
?]3\s3ia without the fatness of the earth
shall be thy dwelling, parall. n baia . In
both places D-'SiaaiB is for D-'S^TSa ; but
there is a play of words arising from the
twofold use of "1^ , which in v. 28 is taken
in the partitive sense, see ^a no. 1 ; and
in v. 39 in its privative sense, see "Jo
no. 3. f.
3^3125
1071
y^T23
njbTfl f. and nSb^ rn. conetr.
nsbti) , tight ; Arab. ^jUj , iujLS ,
*
Eth. Ai'^i, id. Judg. 3, 3. Num.29,
29. 2, 24. Plur. B-^stttJ comm. tighty^
Gen. 5, 25. 26. 28. al.
Deriv. T^"^
* 3?5J1D and ?"-a^ fut. SnttJ^, imper.
- I ' T I
1. lo hear; Syr. Chald. id, Arab.
^
, Eth. A<?^U, to hear, to obey.
Gen. 18, 10. Is. 6, 9; c. ace. of thing
Gen. 3, 10. 24, 52. Ex. 2, 15 j c. ace. of
pers. speaking Gen. 37. 17. 1 Sam. 17,
28; with "'S before a clause or sentence
Gen. 42, 2. 2 Sam. 11, 26. Spec. a)
to hearken, to listen to any one, to give
attention, c. ace. Gen. 23. 8. 11. 15. Ecc.
7, 5; ^X Gen. 49, 2. 1 K. 12. 15. Is. 46,
3. 12; ^ Job 31, 35. Ps. 58. 6; c. 2 Job
37, 2. Deut. 1, 45. But 3 5iQ<lJ is 'like-
wise often lo hear any thing, to be an
ear-witness, testis aurifus fiiit Plant.
Gen. 27, 5. Job 15, 8. 26, 14; also to
hear tcith pleasure 2 Sam. 19. 36. Ps.
92, 12. b) Of God, to hear and accept
prayer, to hear and answer, c. ace. Gen.
17, 20. Ps. 10, 17. 54, 4; c. bx Gen. 16,
11. 30, 22 ; 'b b-ip Deut. 33, 7. Ps. 5, 4.
18, 7. 27, 7. 28, 2. 64, 2. Lam. 3, 56 ;
'a bipa Gen. 30, 6. Deut. 1, 45 ; ^"ip-bx
Gen. 21, 17. Sometimes also with b of
the object Gen. 17. 20. c) to hearken
to. to hear and obey . Ex. 24,7. Is. 1, 19; c.
^X Gen. 28, 7. 39, 10. Deut. 18, 19. Josh.
1,17; h Num. 14, 27; 'd bipa Gen. 27,
13. Ex.' 18, 19. Deut. 26, 14. 2 Sam. 12,
18 ; 'b bipi? Gen. 3. 17. Judg. 2, 20. Ps.
58, 6.
2. to hear distinctly, to understand,
Gen. 11, 7. 42, 23. ?rtt5 2b an under-
standing heart I K. 3, 9. But :rcp (I3"'5t
Prov. 21, 28, the man that hath heard sc.
the thing to be established by testimo-
ny, i. e. a true witness, in opp. to a false
witness.
NiPH. 1. to be heard I Sam. 1, 13;
c. b by any one Neh. 6, 1. 7. Also i. q.
to be regarded, Ecc. 9, 16; to be heard
and accepted Dan. 10. 12, comp. 2 Chr.
30, 27.
2. to show oneself obedient, to obey, Ps.
18, 45.
3. to be understood Pa. 19, 4.
PiEL pr. ' to make hear,' i. e. to call,
to summon, i. q. Hiph. no. 3; c. ace. of
pers. and b of the thing to which one
is called, I Sam. 15, 4. 23, 8 and iSatU
called all the people to war.
Hiph. 1. to cause to hear, to let hear,
e. g. one's voice Judg. 18, 25. Cant. 2,
14 ; (to cause to hear with acceptance
Is. 58, 4 ;) a cry Jer. 48. 4 ; c. dupl. ace.
of pers. and thing, to cause one to hear
any thing 2 K. 7, 6. Ps. 143. 8 ; c. bx of
pers. Ez. 36, 15. Without hip absol. to
let oneself be heard, to utter aloud, and
so with -ibipa Ps. 26, 7. Ez. 27, 30, comp.
ibipa *,P3 in bip bb. Spec, to sing
with the voice Neh. 12. 42 ; also to sound
with instruments 1 Chr. 15, 28. 16, 5;
espec. of loud music 1 Chr. 15, 19, comp.
nsa. Comp. Arab. XJU^fcX songstress,
cL^ music.
2. to announce, to declare, c. ace. of
thing Is. 45, 21 ; ace. of pers. Is. 44, 8.
48, 5 ; c. dupl. ace. of pers. and thing
Is. 48, 6.
3. to call, to summon, i. q. Pi. 1 K. 15,
22. Jer. 50, 29. 51, 27.
Deriv. saiJi njrtti, also nyiiatfl,
nwBifin, :s-c^v, rsra3o, and the p'r.
names ?bFi^x , bxS52(U'i , n^siiaJ'^ .
2^123 Chald. to hear, c. b? of or con-
cerning any one, Dan. 5, 14. 16.
Ithpe. to show oneself obedient, to obey,
Dan. 7, 27.
yaO (hearing, obedient) Shama, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 44.
yQV m. (r. SB) c. suff. "'5100).
1. the hearing, as opp. to the sight,
Job 42, 45. Ps. 18, 45 ''b ^siyd'] iTX rat^b
at the hearing of the ear they obey me,
i. e. my mandate is obeyed as soon as
heard.
2. Something heard, report, rumour,
fame, sn raic an evil report Ex. 23, 1.
With gen. of pers. of whom the report
is spread, as nisbuj 5CtU the fame of So-
lomon 1 K. 10, 1; IS raj the report
concerning Tyre, as destroyed, Is. 23, 5;
-p?.!) ^'?'^ ^^^ report of the coming of
Jacob Gen. 29, 13. Is. 66. 19. Hos. 7, 12
cnnrb s^iis as the report (hath come)
to their congregation.
y53"C
1072
^12W
3. so7md,music. Ps. 150,"5 sat^ ^b^rbs
/oud cymlmls.
ynaO (rumour) Shema, pr. n. m. a)
1 Chr.' 2, 43. 44. b) 5, 8. c) Neh. 8, 4.
d) 1 Chr. 8, 13.
ynV (id.) Shema, pr. n. of a city in
the south of Judah, Josh. 15. 26.
yat m. (r. ?ia\;5) c. suff. isa^ , /awe,
rumour. Josh. 6, 27. 9, 9.
Sy'Q (rumour, r. 5r(^) Shimea, pr.
n. m. a) A son of David 1 Chr. 3, 5,
for which is read rsiEOJ Shammua 2 Sam.
5, 15. 1 Chr. U", 4. b) 1 Chr. 6, 15.
c) ib. V. 24. d) A eon of Jesse, else-
where nsui q. V. no. 3. b.
n5T2p (id.) Shiineah,2 ^am. 13, 3. 22:
see na'JJ no. 3. b. Patronym. is TiS'QaJ
a Shimealhile 1 Chr. 2, 55,
nyatj Skemaah, pr. n. m. c. art.
1 Chr.' 12, 3.
nyiaTD. see ny^BttJ .
'J'lya (a hearkening, r. 5B) pr. n. m.
Simeon, Gr. 2v^mv. a) The second
son of Jacob, born of Leah Gen. 29, 33,
the progenitor of the tribe of the same
name. The cities of this tribe were
within the territory of Judah, and are
enumerated Josh. 19, 1-9. b) Ezra 2,
31. Patronym. is "^SSa^ a Simeonite,
Num. 25, 14.
^yatl (renowned, r. SBlj) Shimei,
Shiini, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 17. Num. .3,
18. b) 2 Sam. 16, 5. c) 1 K. 1, 8. i,
18. d) Esth. 2, 5. Also of several
other persons of less note. Patronym.
yod a Shimite for "^'SattJ Num. 3, 21.
n^iyatj and '^n^yTaC (Jehovah hear-
eth him) Sheinaiah, pr. n. m. a) A
prophet in the time of Rehoboam 1 K.
12, 22. b) Another in the time of Jere-
miah, Jer. 29, 31. c) Of several other
persons of less note, see Simonis Onom.
p. 546.
riTQC (i. q, airi, nsartJ) Shimealh,
pr. n. f. 2 K. 12, 2*2.' 2 Chr. 24, 26.
* Y^ obsol. root, kindr. with aad
q. V. Arab, {jn t " to thrust forward,
to puxh. to strike.
1. to thrust , to cast, to throw, espec. in
fugam conjiccre, Enjfl. to put to Jlight
an enemy. Hence n:tatt) .
2. to hasten, pr. to urge on, espec.
in speaking, to speak rapidly, comp.
G > Q ^ "
(joLiXw haste, y^,^; rapid speaking.
Hence
m. a transient sound, a whisper,
rapidly uttered and swiftly dying away,
Job 4, 12. 26, 14. Symm. ipi&vgicrfiog,
Vulg. susurrus. In the Talmud ya'J
is a little, which the Targum and Syr.
have expressed in the above passages ;
but this use of the word not improbably
sprang at first from these passages of
Job.
nS'JptD f (r. Y^^) a rout, overthrow oi"
enemies, Ex. 32, 25. The Hebrew and
other ancient interpreters render ill
fame, reproach, comp. S"?':o ; the letters
S and S being interchanged. But the
former sense is the only correct one.
* I. I/Jia fut. -ibai-i, 2 m. c. suff.
dnaajpi. 3 f c. suff. t!"n!i'7:ti:ri Prov. 14, 3;
inh'c. suff. inaiab , Tjnaoj^ .
1. to keep, to watch, to guard, e. g.
a) In the narrower sense, as a garden
Gen. 2, 15. 3, 24 ; a flock 30, 31 ; a house
Ecc. 12, 3. Part, ^ailj subst. a keeper,
watchman. Cant. 3. 3 ; of a flock i. e. a
shepherd 1 Sam. 17, 20. Trop. of pro-
phets Is. 21, 11. 62, 6; comp. B'^Sbs.
b) In a wider sense, to keep safe, to pro-
tect, to preserve, c. ace. Job 2, 6. Prov.
13, 3; 2 2 Sam. 18, 12; bx 1 Sam. 26.
15 ; b? v. 16. Prov. 6, 22. Often of God
as keeping and protecting men, c. ace.
Gen. 28, 15. 20. Ps. 12, 8.^6, 1. 25, 20;
c. la to protect/ro?/^i any thing, Ps. 121,
7. 140, 5. 141, 9.
2. to keep, to retain, to reserve, Ex.
22, 6 ; also trop. e. g. kindness Dan. 9, 4.
Neh. 9, 30; anger, Am. 1, 11 in-ias
ns3 nnTD and he (Edom) keeps his
wrath for ever, does not cease from it ;
where Hniaii: with these vowels and the
accent on the penult is masc. c. r! parag.
or sufi". So with nnnS or qx impl. (like
no; no. 2), Jer. 3, 5 nssb nad'^-cx u-ill he
keep his anger/or ever? Spec, to keep in
mind or memory, Gr. cpvlaTJia&ai it,
Gen. 37, 11. Ps. 130, 3. With arc. impl.
and with suff of pers. Job 10, 14 ^3n"jT3tt}!i
theii thmi dost reserve for me sc. punish-
ment, thou keepest it in mind for nie.
3. to keep in view, i. e. to ot)serve, to
i:3TD
1073
152113
mark, c, ace. 1 Sam. 1, 12. Ps. 17, 4 /
have marked the ways of the violent, sc.
in order to avoid ihetn ; (but in another
sense Prov. 2, 20;) c. ace. impl. Is. 42,
20; c. bs Job 14, 16; bit Ps. 59, 10.
Sometimes in a bad sense, to watch nar-
rowly, to spy out, c. ace. Job lU. 27. 33,
11. Ps. 56, 7. 71, 10. vy itii to watch
a city, i. e. to besiege it, 2 Sara. 11. 16 ;
comp. 1S3 no. I. 1. b. Also to watch at
a door, Prov. 8, 34.
4. to kef p. to observe, i. c. not to break,
e. g. a covenant Gen. 17, 9, 10 ; the pre-
cepts of God 1 K. 11, 10; the sabbath Is.
56, 2. 6 ; a promise 1 K. 3, 6. 8, 24. With
ini; c.h , to observe to do any thing, to take
heed to do it. Num. 23, 12. 2 K. 10, 31.
5. to regard, to honour one's master
Prov. 27, 18; to worship God Hos. 4, 10 ;
idols Ps. 31, 7. Comp. Virg. Georg. 4.212
'observant regem non sic ^gyptus,' ete.
6. Reflex, i. q. Niph. no. 2, and nrui
iCE? Dent. 4, 9, to keep oneself from any
thing, c. *|T3 Josh. 6, 18.
Niph. 1. Pass, to be kept, preserved,
Ps. 37, 28.
2. Reflex, to keep oneself from any
thing, c. "153 Ueut. 23, 10. Judg. 13, 13.
1 Sam. 21, 5. Comp. Kal no. 6.
3. to take heed to oneself to beware
of any thing, Is. 7, 4 ; c. '(O Jer. 9, 3 ;
'Saia Ex. 23, 21; a 2 Sam. 20, 10; c. inf.
Ex. 19, 12 take heed to yourselves not to
go up into the mount ; also with "|Q lest,
before a clause, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. 29.
Deut. 4, 15. 16; the 'pleonastic pron. Tjb
being sometimes added after an impera-
tive, as Gen. Ex. 11. cc. Occasionally in
a strong prohibition, there is added to
the verb of caution the formula T]ttJB53,
?|U;E3b , by thy life, as thou lovest thy
life, which however is not dependent on
the verb -ar? . Deut. 4, 15. 16 cnnairj)
,!irndr}"Q . .' . cs'^naJBJb '^\f,o take good
heed therefore, as ye value your lives . . .
lest ye act wickedly, etc. Jer. 17, 21
ix'^a isbn-bx'i CD"iniisiB3a 'n'stSn take
heed to you.rselves.for your lives, and bear
no burden, etc. Josh. 23, 11. Once with
inf. c. \, to take heed to do any thing,
not to omit it ; Deut. 24, 8 nn'rb . . . icisn
nibrbi ni<Ta take heed ...to observe dili-
gently and do, etc.
PiBL i. q. Kal no. 5, to worship idols
Jon. 2, 9.
90*
HiTHPA. 1. i. q. Kal no. 4, to keep, to
observe, pr. for oneselij Mie. 6, 16.
2. to take heed to oneself c. 'p Pa. 18,
24.
Deriv. naia mattj, nnaiCK, itsioa,
nnafa , and pr. n. "nad"' .
* II. 17J"r i. q. nao, -nsttJ , Chald.Pa.
<B0, to fix or fasten with nails ; whence
T'lSUi a sharp point. Is it perhaps the
point of accord between the two signifi-
cations, no. I, II, that the sense of keep-
ing, guarding, is derived from that of
shutting up. making fast with nails?
^JSTO m. (r. "iraj I) only plur. n"i*^att5 ,
lees of wine, so called becau.se wine is
kept, preserved, in strength and colour
by letting it stand upon the lees. S3|3tt5
rnattj-br (xe;^) Jer. 48, 11. Zeph. 1, iV,
to rest upon one''s lees, i. e. to live a life
of quiet indiff"erence, the figure being
drawn from wine. Is. 26. 6 Cpista C"!?:
lees racked off or fined, i. e. generous old
wine purified from the lees.
2. Shemer, pr. n. m. a) 1 K. 16, 24.
b) 1 Chr. 6, 31. e) 8, 12. d) 7, 34,
for which v. 32 "niofe q. v.
'T'STD (keeper, r. nroj ) Shomer, pr. n.
a) Masc. 1 Chr. 7, 32 ; comp. irtt) no.
2. d. b) Fern. 2 K. 12, 22, for Which
2 Chr. 24, 26 n-^nrtl) Shimrith.
"\T2 m. (r. nicaj ) only plur. ni-iHttJ,
observance, celebration ol'a festival, Ex.
12, 42.
nnUTS f. (r. -lot^) plur. rinnib, eye-
lids, Ps. 77, 5. Others, watching, wake-
ful
TVyOiW f. (r. -io)U ) watch, guard. Ps.
141, 3.'
JTltl (watch, guard, r. inffl ) Shim-
ron, pr. n. of a son of Iseachar, Gen.
46, 13. Patronym. ''SiattS a Shimronite
Num. 26, 24.
"JII^IC f. (watch-post, watch-height)
Shomeron, Samaria, pr. n.
a) A hill and city built upon it by
Omri, in the territory of Manasseh, and
named by him after Shemer the former
owner of the soil ; afterwards the capi-
tal of the kingdom of Israel, 1 K. 16, 24.
Am. 4, 1. 6, I. 2K. 3, 1. 13, 1. 18. 9. 10.
Is. 7, 9. Ez. 16, 46. Chald. T.^toVO,
whence Gr. ^afid^sia, Lat. Samaria,
-15312
1074
lie
called also by Herod the Great ^f/5aoTj/
in honour of Augustus, Jos. Ant. 15.7.7.
It is now a small village called Sebics-
lieh ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
138 sq.
b) In a wider sense, the kingdom, of
Samaria, i.e. of the ten tribes, of which
Samaria was the metropolis. *|i"^ii: "^"15
the cities of Samaria, i. e. of the king-
dom, 2 K. 17, 26. 23, 19. So said also
by prolepsis even under Jeroboam, 1 K.
13, 32. y\'\-Cf6 "inn Jer. 31, 5; 'iu bss the
caif of Samaria, i. e. the calf at Bethel
Hos. 8, 5. 6. Gentile n. is 'sHoilJ a Sho-
vieronile, Saviaritan, 2 K. 17, 29.
in-a (watchful, r. n^l^ I) Shimri,
pr. n. ra. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37.' b) 11, 45.
c) 26. 10. d) 2 Chr. 29, 13.
n^lDTp (whom Jehovah keeps) She-
mariah. pr. n. m. a) A son of Reho-
boam, 2 Chr. 11, 19. b) Ezra 10, 32.
c) ib. v. 41.
'"C"^^^ (id.) Shemariah, pr. n. m-
1 Chr.' 12,' 5.
'jl'^'OtD Chald. Samaria, the city,
Ezra i\o. 17, i. q. Hebr. "linjsiy.
niniaiC f. (watchful, r. n^ai) Shim-
rilh, 2 Chr. 24, 26 : see in naia b.
tyyalD (watch, guard, r. iBQi) Shim-
rath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21.
* 12^^ Chald. Pa. tt5i3<^, to minister,
to wait upon, Dan. 7, 10. Syr. id.
TD'J^ comm. (m. Ps. 104, 19, f Gen.
15, 17,) c. suff. ''^.^^^..
Go" .
1. the sun, Arab. ^jt*4jii, Syr. M^aA>,
a primitive word, found with the radi-
cal letters sm, sr, sn, si, in very many
languages ; corap. old German Summi
(whence Summer, Somnier), Sanscr.
sura, surya, Germ. Sunne, Sonne, Engl.
sun, Lat. sol; and with a breathing in-
stead of the sibilant, Pehlv. hur, Pers.
,,^ Gr. rjliog, see Merian Etude com-
parative des Langues, p. 66, 67. rnn
tiTSSn undfr the sun, i. e. on earth, an
exprsHHion frequent in the book of Ec-
clcsiuHtes, art I, 3.9. 14. 2, 11. 18. 19. 22.
4, 1. 3. 7. 15. al. BJeti ^.th befrre Vie
nm. i. R. in ttie sunshine, Job 8, 16 ; but
for I. 78, 17 lee ^tb no, 1. p. 854. ''rjis
ttJ^QU'ri in the sight of the sun, i. e. the sun
being as it were present and looking on,
2 Sam. 12, 11. The rising of the sun
is expressed by the verbs XS";, PinT ; its
setting by the verb xia. Metaph. God
is called the sun of any one. the emblem
of prosperity and blessings, Ps. 84, 12.
2. Plur. niOTillJ notched battlements,
q. d. suns, rays of the sun. Is. 54, 12.
Sept. indk^ug.
Deriv. the two following.
f.tX^t} (sun-like, denom. from ttJBtli )
Shimshon, Samson, pr. n. of a judge of
Israel celebrated for his strength, Judg.
13, 24 sq. Sept. 2afnp(uv, which Jose-
phus (Ant. 5. 8. 4) explains by Iitxvqoi;,
but against the etymology ; see Gesch.
der Heb. Spr. p. 81, 82.
'^'52 (sunny, from viT2ya),Shi7nshai,
pr. n. m. Ezra 4, 8. 17.
I'lTD'aiS Shamsherai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
8,26 It seems to have sprung from a
double orthography, inattj and "'VOTiaJ ,
"ipTatD Shumathite, patronym. from
nrl^ (garlic ?) 1 Chr. 2. 53 ; elsewhere
unknown.
* 1^, with Makk. -",QJ, c. suff. isa?,
comm. gender ; raasc. in signif. no. 2,
] Sam. 14, 5 ; fern. Prov. 25, 19. Dual
t;';isia, constr. "^s^u. g
1. a tooth, Arab, ^^y^ id. This word
in Hebrew may indeed be referred to
the root "(50 ; but still I would prefer to
regard it as primitive, since tooth in very
many languages is expressed by the syl-
lable de7i (dent), zen, as Sanscr. danta,
Zend, rfen/^no, Pers. ^jf J6t>, Gr. v8ovg,
for o5ovc, Lilt, dens, Goth, tunlhus, Fris.
tan. Ex. 21, 24. 27. Spec. ehphanVs
tooth, i. e. ivory, (fully C^aniai q. v.)
1 K. 10. 18. Cant. 5, 14. "ti: "^na ivory
palaces, i.e. with walls inlaid or covered
with ivory. Am. 3, 15; and so '|ttJ '^^3'^'!!
Ps. 45, 9. Dual c^S^lJ teelh, pr. two rows
of teeth, Gen. 49, 12. Am. 4, 6; also for
plur. c-^riU ttiblli three teeth 1 Sam. 2, 13.
Job 1 3, 1 4 '3C3 '-itoa X^X / take my
jlesh (life) in my teeth, i. e. expose my-
self to danger ; inasmuch as what one
carries in his teeth is apt to be dropped.
Comp. the similar proverbial expression
in Judg. 12, 3, explained under C]? no.
1. c.
HZW
1075
HDC
2. a peak or hill, ao called as resem-
bling a tooth, 1 Sam. 14, 4. Job 39, 28.
Comp. )1\s lett. d. Syr. ]LjL1> clifl's,
crags.
2. iSAcn, pr. n. of a place, prob. a ror k
or peak, 1 Sam. 7, 12.
i55TD , see n: .
K3TD Ciiald. fut. wd-;! 1. Intrans. 'to
change, to be changed, Dan. 6, 18. 3, 27.
Espec. for the worse, to be altered, as
the countenance, Dan. 5, 6. 9.
2. to be different, diverse, c. ya Dan.
7, 3. 19. 23. 24.
Pa. '3123 1. Trans, to change, to alter ;
Dan. 4, 13 let them change his heart, im-
pers. for let it be changed. Part. pass.
different, diverse, Dan. 7, 7.
2. to transgress a law, royal mandate,
decree, Dan. 3, 28. Syr. id.
Ithpa. 'Sn'lJX, to be changed Dan. 2,
9 ; espec. for the worse, to be altered,
disfigured, Dan. 3, 19. 7, 28.
Aph. '':m, fut. xson-^ l. to change,
to alter, Dan. 2, 21 ; a royal mandate,
Dan. 6, 9. 16.
2. to transgress a statute, ordinance,
Ezra 6, 11. 12.
^52 Chald. f c. suff. WWO, see in
naia li.
fi^?!?, see in nairj.
n30 (father's tooth) S/itna6, pr. n. of
a Canaanitish king, Gen. 14, 2.
JS: m. (for ',^3a, r. njia) repetition;
Ps. 68, 18 ,X3a iBbst thousands of repeti-
tion, i. e. thousands upon thousands.
"^^J^?^ Shenazzar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
3, 18.
^i*5 obsol. root, Arab. v_>Jui /o 6e
cooZ, spoken of the day ; see Schult. ad
Prov. 7, 6. Hence Si'-r'X q. v.
*I. HD^ fut. nr^-i, once J<;C';i Lam.
4, 1. Denom. from c"^:":: two.
1. fo do the second time or again, to
repeat, Arab, j^aj, Syr. \^Z. Neh. 13,
21 cn ex ?/ ye rfo it again. 1 K. 18,
34. With b . 1 Sam. 25. 8 ojice wj7/ /
S7nite him ib nj^x xbi anrf ict'// 7?o^ re-
pea/ it to him. i. e. there shall be no need
of smiting him twice. 2 Sam. 20, 12.
With 3 Prov. 26. 11 a fool inbiixa nsuj
who repeatdh (persists in) his folly. 17,
9 3"73 ^\^ vho repeateth a matter, i. e.
rakes up anew unpleasant things which
sliould be lijrgotten.
2. liitrans. to be different, diverse from
any thing, c. 1^2 Esth. 1, 7. 3, 8. '
3. to be changed, altered, espec. for
the worse, Lam. 4, 1. Pe. 77, 11 ; of the
mind, Mai. 3. 6 / Jehovah change not.
Part. plur. O'^JitS changing sc. the mind,
changeable, fickle, spoken of discontent-
ed pertjons, turncoats, who change from
party to party, Prov. 14, 21 ; comp. Jer.
2, 36.
Niph. to be repeated, e. g. a dream
Gen. 41. 32.
PiEL nsd, once XittJ by Chaldaism
2 K. 25, 29.
1. to change, to alter, e. g. garments
2 K. 25, 29. Jer. 52, 33 ; a promise Ps.
89, 35 ; right, justice, i. e. to pervert,
Prov. 31, 5. Also to change often, to
vary, e. g. a way Jer. 2, 36 ; to change
the countenance of any one, i. e. to cause
it to change to sadness, Job 14, 20.
2. to tran.<fer to another place Esth.
2,9.
3. i^ra'nx ns'r, to change i. e. disfi-
gure one's understanding, to feign one-
self mad, play the madman, 1 Sam. 21,
14. Ps. 34, 1. Syr. |ViS^ ^.JjL, and
ellipt. yl^, to be mad.
Pdal to be changed for the better, Ecc.
8, 1, where XiC-" is for nri"'.
HiTUP. to change oneself i. e. one's
garments, to disguise oneself, IK. 14. 2.
Deriv. "|X:":J, njia, iijirr .
II. l-'*r i. q. Arab. -a*w to shine,
to he bright ; hence "^at^
^V^ f (r. n:d I) constr. n:d ; plur.
c':;^, constr. 'S'r ; poet. plur. niaa,
constr. riJ'iJ ; a year, pr. repetition sc.
of the course of the sun. or of the sea-
sons, ns spring, harvest, winter, etc.
comp. Lat. annus, pr. i. q. annul us, a
rin^. circle, Gr. iriavTog, Arab. JyA.
orbit, year. njd nra DeuL 14, 22, nso
n:ra 15, 20, nsra njo itj^ i Sam. 7,
16, i. e. ercT-y year, from year to year.
Bind r:T^' the second year 2 K. 14, 1.
ssnxb ::2"^x rrd the fourth yearofAhab
1 K. 22. 41. Sometimes T\y^^ is pleon.
repeated, as r^i'O nista ;ad nsda in the
nrj:
1076
^3 ID
sLr hundredth year Gen. 7, 11, pr. in the
(last) year of six hundred years. Plur.
D''3'J indef. some years, 2 Chr. 18, 2 ;
comp. C^^ some days. Trop. year for
the produce of the year Joel 2, 25.
Dual O'nS'r two years, biemiiutn.. Gen.
11, 10; also C">7:^ c^njia pr. two years
of time, see 0"'n;j no. 1. b, under art. Dii
Plur.
n:tD f. (for n3d7, r. l^^) once i*?T?
by Chaldaism Ps. 127, 2, constr. nsd,
c. suff. T'?^) P'ur. ni30; /ee/), Arab.
iL, Gen. 31, 40. Pro v. 3, 24. 6^ 4. 9.
20,'l3. al. Plur. Prov. 6, 10 ni:q 'JSia '
a little sleep. 24, 33. Spoken of any
thing transient, Ps. 90, 5 'I'TJ^ nra /Aey
are (as) a s/eep / others here a dream,
but without good reason.
n:T Chald. f I. i. q. Heb. njiy a
yeor, plur. "psia Dan. 6, 1.
II. i. q. njCJ sleep, c. suff. HM^' Dan.
6, 19.
a"'2n;iC m. plur. ivory 1 K. 10, 22.
2 Chr. 9. 21. Sept. oSuvisg iXfcpurTivoi,
Targ. b-'E'n ^V elephant's tooth. It is
compounded from "jd tooth, and (as was
first shown by A. Denary in the Berliner
litt. Jahrbucher 1831, no. 96) C-^SSfi
contr. C^sn, from Sanscr. ibha-s ele-
phant, (whence with the Arabic article
Or. ili(fng.) because the Hebrews were
unable distinctly to pronounce nas< or
S2X (plur. c^ait) with the article. Egypt.
also eSO), eSOV, elephant.
'^t'^, see nad.
"SID m. (r. nad II) crimson, rose col-
our, the colour obtained from a certain
inficct. Arab. fj^xJi Kernies, Coccus
Ilicis Linn, which adheres with its eggs
to the twigs of a species of oak, and is
related to the cochineal or coccus cadi,
Bee Comm. on la. 1, 18. Rosenm. Alter-
thumsk. IV. ii. p. 447. From Arab.
Kermes comes Ital. cremesino, Engl.
crimaon. Gi-n. 38, 28. 30. Jer. 4, 30;
fully ^JO nrbnn pr. crimson-worm Ex.
25. 4, and n?bin "3d worm-crimson Lev.
14, 4. Plur. CSd crimson cloths, gar-
ments, Is. 1. 18. Prov. 31, 21. It signi-
ficii. pr, ' a bright colour,' from r. hsti II ;
">mp. Aram, ^'^'int, fbSha^], coccus,
from ^nl to bo bright ; also yw no. 2.
Others suppose "'Sd to be pr. i. q. 8i^a-
(pov, twice dyed, from r. njd I ; but only
purple cloths or garments were dyed
twice, never those dyed with coccus.
See Braun de vestitu Sacerd. p. 237 sq.
Boch. Hieroz. III. p. 527 sq. ed. Lips.
^rl?? m. (r. n:d I) r-^sd f. adj. ordi-
nal, the second, Gen. 1, 8, Ex. 1, 15. al.
Arab. ^U, f. atAJLS', Chald. "i^:?}, Syr.
p_?Z. Feni. n''3lU also as adv. a se-
cond time, again, Gen. 22, 15. 41, 5.
Plur. C'sjd the second Num. 2, 16 ; also
for 'cells or chambers of the second sto-
ry, Gen. 6, 16.
^.2 7 m. dual, constr. "^Sd , two.
Arab. ^^ Lot, Aram. ,^.*j^, "P'^n, which
two latter vary more from the primary
form. Kindred with this numeral is
the verb njd I, to do a second time ,
but the verb is probably derived from
the noun, which, like most of the nume-
rals, corresponds v/ith those of the Indo-
European tongues ; although the varie-
ties of form are here particularly great.
The primary form of this numeral seems
to have been ''3nj from which softened
come Sanscr. dwi, dual dwdu, comp.
twa other, different, Goth, twa, twa,
twai, whence Engl, and Germ, tico, zwo,
zwey, Gr. and Lat. 8vo, duo. Tiie high
German, like the Hebrew, has a sibi-
lant, zwo, zwey. 0';i:d n^jd two and two
Gen. 7. 9. 15 ; c. suff. cn^jd they two,
both of them, Gen. 2, 25. Ecc. 4, 3. In
1 K. 17, 12 two, and Is. 17, 6 two or three,
for a few.
Fem. W^T^lt by sync, for D^nsd ."(Arab.
^UuJI ,) Dag. lene being put irregu-
larly after a movable Sheva, as if Aleph
were prefixed (C^rndx), constr. "^nd ; c.
pref "^nda Gen. 31, i\. "'ndb Ex. 26^ 19 ;
but ""rdp Judg. 16, 28, contra n-^Fidia
rrnds Jon. 4, 11.
1. two, c. Buff. 'ifj''F)d they two, both of
them, Ex. 23, 13.
2. of two kinds, two-fold, Is. 51, 19 ;
comp. Va of all kinds.
3. a second time, again, Neh. 13, 20.
n^ndsi id. Job 33, 14.
Note. The form for ttoelve and twelfth
'3TD
1077
T\:?w
is mnsc. itos cattS Ex. 24, 4. 1 K. 19,
19 ; fem. tT;;bS n'ntt) Gen. 14, 4. Lev.
24, 5.
nS'^pTD f. (r. '|3ll) ) a s/jarp or pointed
saying, and hence mockery ^ derision.
nj^job n;jri <o ie for mockery, an object
of scorn, Deut. 28, 37. 1 K. 9, 7.
^^110, see n"jto.
"JJ^ <o sharpen; Chald. id. Arab.
s ^
^^.*. E. g. a sword Deut. 32, 41 ; me-
taph. the tongue, i. e. to utter sharp or
pointed sayings against any one, Ps. 64,
4. 140, 4. Part. pass. *f13:^ sharp, of a
weapon Ps. 45, 6. Is. 5, 28.
PiEL, to sharpen in, Germ, einschdr-
fen, i.e. to inculcate, c. ace. of thing and
dat. of pers. Deut. 6, 7.
HiTHPO. to be pricked, pierced, e. g.
with pain Ps. 73, 21.
Deriv. Pi*:!:) for nsu), n:''3!U ; corap.
also ) w' .
*2i^ in Kal not used, perh. to force
or hind together, to compress, kindred
with D3X, the breathing and sibilant
being interchanged. Chald. j'StB , yjaS,
sandal-thong, shoe-latchet. Different is
Arab. yiaJui implexus est. adhaesit.
Pi EL OSai to gird up the loins 1 K. 18,
46. So all the ancient versions, and the
context demands it.
^'^'i^ Shinar, pr. n. of the country
around Babylon, Gen. 11,2. 14.1. Is.ll,
11. Zech. 5, 11. Dan. 1. 2. For its ex-
tent see Gen. 10, 10. Comp. Bochart
Phaleg 1. 5. J. D. Michselis Spicileg.
Geogr. I. p. 231. Syr. j-l^lm of the coun-
try around Bagdad ; see Barhebr. p.
256. The derivation is unknown. '
n2 f. (r. -jC^) i. q. n:a). sleep, Ps.
132, 4.
* l!y"9 fut. ilDC^, kindr. with ODtlJ ,
"08J, to plunder, to spoil, Ps. 44, 11 ; c.
ace. of pers. 1 Sam. 14,48; and of thing
plur. Hos. 13, 15. Part. C^cai spoilers,
plunderers, Judg. 2, 14. 1 Sam. 23. 1.
Po. nir-iaS, for ntjitti which is read in
some Mss. to plunder, to spoil, c. ace. of
thing Is. 10, 13.
* CCTT fut. Gi:;;. to plunder, to spoil-
i. q. nottj , c. ace. of thing Judg. 2, 14.
1 Sam. 17, 53. Ps. 89. 42. Part. plur. c.
suff. Ti^oxiii by Syriasm for Tj^DDta Jer.
30, 16 Cheth. comp. -*> part. <^]j .
Nipn. to be plundered, spoiled, Is. 13.
16. Zech. 14, 2.
Deriv. hSfljo .
"C^ to cleave, to split, to divide.
Kindred roots are ?T5, 5ia, SSfs ; com-
pare also Saner, chid to cleave, Or.
ff^f/fo), Lat. scindere. Germ, scheiden.
no-ID rou3 sotij Lev. 11, 7, and ' 'o
niOHQ V. 3. Deut. 14, 16, to cleave the
cleft of the hoof or hoofs, i. e. to have the
hoof entirely parted. Comp. D'^'iBn,
PiEL r&tt) 1. to cleave, Lev. 1, 17.
2. to rend, to tear in pieces a lion
Judg. 14, 16.
3. Metaph. verbis dilacerare, i. e. to
chide, to upbraid, 1 Sam. 24, 8. Hence
^'QV. cleft, fissure, see r. TUO in Kal.
*^9^ i" K^' "0^ used, to cut in
pieces ; kindr. with C]S|5, C]"ia, corap. in
yoai .
Pi EL fut. PSIC'^ , to cut or hew in pieces
1 Sam. 15, 33. Sept. taq>a^B, Vulg. in
frustra concidit.
* J. ri5tU fut. Ti'St;), apoc. S1?5, to
look, kindr. with fi3\a, nsttj. where see :
hence absol. to look around for help,
2 Sam. 22. 42. Spec. a) With bx to
look upon with I'avour, to. have respect
to the prayers of any one, Gen. 4. 4. 5.
b) to look to anyone, expecting help, c.
bx Is. 17, 8 ; br 17, 7. 31, 1 ; 3 Ex. 5, 9.
c) With '{>2 and bja to look away from,
to turn away the eyes from any person
or thing to let alone, Job 7, 19. 14, 6.
Is. 22, 4.
HiPH. i. q. Kal lett. c, with )Ti Ps. 39,
14 ''I'B'Q sen look awuyfrotn me, spare
me. The form rUJfi is here imper. apoc.
for njrrr;, whence Jiiin. and. the first
syllable being made long. St^n, like
na";7, n-)^, ; rin'si , n^v There is then
no need of deriving this form from a
root 53? , nor of changing the vowels.
Another rcin see in rJO Hiph.
HiTHP. nrnrn , fut. apoc. snii;^ . l. to
look around for help. Is. 41, 10.
2. to look upon each other, sc. with
astonishment, to he amazed. Is. 41, 23.
Deriv. Chald. ns!0, perh. "'sqa.
ilTI)
1078
3>3J1I3
* 1 1 . n3>^ i. q. Syr. fi^ . Heb. r?ia ,
to be smeared together with viscous mat-
ter, spoken of the eyes, to be blinded,
Is. 32, 3.
T\S1D Chald. f emphat. xnsiB , SPSUJ ,
a moment of time. pr. a look, glance of
the eye, Germ. Augenblick. Syr. li^lj-A'
and Arab. JLcLw moment, also hour ;
comp. Dutch Standi, which signifies
both. xn"<^"na in that vwment. i. e.
instantly, immediately, Dan. 3, 6. 15. 4,
30. 5, 5 ; but 4, 16 X'ln nsrsi /or a mo-
ment, i. e. for a short time.
* t3?Tr obsol. verb, prob. to beat, to
]X)U7id, to stamp. Arab. ioAJ H, to
stamp, to pound in pieces. Hence
TCiyO f, constr. HMyt^, a stamping,
e. g. of horses advancing in warlike ar-
ray, Jer. 47, 3.
TSpyiD a kind of cloth or garment
made of different threads, linen and
woollen, woven together. Lev. 19, 19,
where it is coupled with D'i'xbs. Deut.
22, 1 1 thou shall not wear Shaatnez, wool-
len and linen together, Sept. xl^dtjlov,
i. e. adulterated, not genuine. The
etymology is very obscure. That pro-
posed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 406, and
that of Buxtorf, Lex. Chald. 2483, both
of whom seek its origin in the Semitic
languages, have little probability. Nor
js that entirely satisfactory which is
suggested by Jablonsky, Opusc. ed. te
Water I. p. 294, and by Forsler, de
Bysso Antiquorum p. 92, who refer it
back to the Coptic word cyOilTJteC
Shonines, i. e. byssusjimbriulus.
^?^ obsol. root, prob. to be hollow,
as appears from the derivatives, bsiu
hollow of the hand, b5ttJ hollow way,
bs^lB tiie fox, i. e. the burrower. Kin-
dred is W'J II, whence bixo Sheol,
Orcus ; atid comp. in the Indo-European
tongues xoUo(, cmluin, Germ. hohl.
^^ m. c. suff. iVsttJ, plur, D'^Vsti,
constr. ^bSB . Syr. UlikO^ id.
1. the hollow of the hand, the palm,
Ii. 40, 12.
2. a handful I K. 20, 10. Ez. 13, 19.
^^, ee bs^t).
'D^:ibW Judg. 1, 35. 1 K. 4, 9, and
liab^TD Josh. 19, 42, (city of foxes, for
^ S -r o -r
the fuller tt) n^a, comp. Arab. ^_>AJtJ'
i. q. bsVlJ fox,) Shaalbim, Shaalabbin,
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Dan, see
Reland Paltest. p. 988. Gentile noun
-'Sbbsaj (asiffrom '"izh^i^) a Shaalbonite,
2 Sam". 23, 32. 1 Chr. 11,33.
D''??^ (foxes' region) Shaalim, pr. n.
of a district 1 Sam. 9, 4 ; prob. in the
territory of the city D''3^?d q. v.
* 1?^ in Kal not used ; found only in
NiPH. 1. to lean upon, to rest upon,
e. g. a spear, c. bs 2 Sam. 1, 6. "SOS
's 1"^ hv to lean upon the hand of any
one, said of kings who lean upon their
high officers and attendants in public,
2 K. 5, 18. 7, 2. 17. Metaph. to rely
upon, to trust in any person or thing, c.
bv Is. 10, 20. 31, 1. Job 8, 15. 2 Chr. 13,
18. 14, 10. 16, 7. Mic. 3, 11 ; hi< Prov. 3,
5 ; a Is. 50, 10 ; absol. Job 24, 23.
2. to lean against e. g. a column, c. bs
Judg. 16, 26; of a country, to be adja-
cent, to adjoin, c. h Num. 21. 15.
3. to recline, pr. to be leaning upon
the elbow, Gen. 18, 4.
Deriv. ')SUJ^, nDS/ris, "jSO^, and pr.
n. ISTlJx.
* yy"^, imper. plur. ^riti, pr. to stroke.
also to overspread, to smear. Chald.
and Syr. S?J and SIUJ ; comp. nro II.
In Kal once intrans. to be smeared toge-
ther, e. g. the eyes, to be blinded. Is.
29, 9 ; see in Hithp.
HiPH. Imp. rcn to smear, i. e. to blind
the eyes, Is. 6, 10.
PiLP. SttiStt? 1. Trans, to delight, to
rejoice, pr. to stroke, to soothe. Ps. 94, 19.
2. Intrans. to delight oneself, to be de-
lighted. Is. 11, 8; c. aec. in or with any
thing, Ps. 119, 70.
PoLP. sVTp to be soothed, to be ca-
ressed, dandled on the knees. Is. 66, 12.
HiTHPALP. rdsri'lin to delight oneself
to take one's pleasure ; Is. 29. 9 iiSUJypiUJn
!i5ttbl delight yourselves and be ye blind-
ed, i. e. indulge, if ye will, in your de-
lights and pleasures; but soon ye shall
be blinded with astonishment at the
things which shall happen. For this
use of two imperatives, of which the
I first is permissive while the second as-
t\st
1079
12?1jj
gerts and threatens, see Heb. Gram.
127. 2. With a in or ivilh any thing
Pa. 119, 16. 47.
Deriv. crdso.
\ -1 -
H?*T obsol. root, prob. i. q. t|SO, to
divide. Hence
51? (division) Shaaph, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b) ib. v. 49.
1. "15 *S I. to cleave, to split, to di-
vide. Arab, intrans. ju to be cleft, to
. ^ OcT
open in fissures, Ju cleft, aperture ;
Eth. llU^ to let go, to set free, from
the idea of opening ; see L. de Dieu ad
Gen. 23, 10. Hence -i5l^ gate.
2. to estimate, to fix the value of any
thing, Prov. 23, 7. Verbs of cleaving,
dividing, readily pass over to the idea
of deciding, judging. Arab. JLww II, to
fix a price, -jlu price of grain, Chald.
<?tt5 id. Hence I5tc no. 2, and pr. n.
* II. *l?^ i. q. ^5ia q. V. to shudder,
not in use in the verb ; but hence the
deriv. "lyiu, nnnsd, ''"ninrffl.
"^^I? comm. gend. but f. Is. 14, 31. comp.
Neh. 13, 16 ; plur. C'lSOJ , constr. ''nrttJ .
1. a gate, Syr. and Chald. by trans-
pos. rnpi, iL^Z. E. g. of a camp. Ex.
32, 26. 27 ; of a city Gen. 23, 18. Josh.
2, 7; of the temple Ez. 8. 5. 10, 19; of
a palace Esth. 2, 19. 21, whence "iSb for
the palace itself (comp. the Porte) Esth.
4, 2. 6-, comp. nFi. Nah. 2, 7 -instli
m-insn the river-gates, those next the
river. So yisn ''nsti the gates of the land
are the passes into a country, where the
enemy can have entrance, Jer. 15, 7.
Nah. 3, 13. ?;'''i5a3 within thy gates, i. e.
in thy cities, Deut. 12, 12. 14,27; and so
?j--;raJ -inxa in one of thij cities 17, 2,
comp.' 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Hence
I'^n'^X -iSttJ rx u"!^ to possess the country
or cities of one's enemies, Gen. 22, 17.
At the gates of cities was the market-
place, fotnm, ann, (comp. espec. Neh. 8,
16,) where trials were held, and where
the inhabitants came together either for
business, or to sit and converse with
each other. Gen. 19, 1. Ruth 4, 11. Prov.
31, 23. Lam. 1, 4. Hence is\sa in the
gate, often Cor in court, before the tribu-
nal, Dent. 25, 7. Job 5, 4. 31, 21. Prov.
22, 22. Is. 29, 21. Amos 5, 10. 12. 15;
nyid 'acj'^ those sitting in the gate, i. e.
idlers, Pe. 69, 13 ; Ps. 127, 5 see in na^
note, p. 212. Ruth 3, 11 ''B5 "i?l^-ba all
the gate (i. e. concourse, assembly) of
my people.
The gates in the walls of Jerusalem
bore the following names : a) 'j'^sn "isti
the fountain- gate, so called from the foun-
tain of Siloam, on the southeastern part
ofthecity, Neh. 2, 14. 3,15. 12,37. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 473. On the
southern and western sides of the city
there followed : b) rbaJxn nsttJ the dung-
gale Neh. 2, 13. 3,14. 12.31; contracted
n-iBUin 'aJ 3, 13. Josephus calls it the
gate of the Essenes, B. J. 5. 4. 2. Bibl.
Res. 1. c. c) K'^an "isaS the valley-gate
Neh. 2, 13. 15. 3,' 13. 2 Chr. 33, 14. This
was prob. on the western side, near the
valley of Gihon, the upper part of Hin-
nom; Bibl. Res. I.e. On the north side
of the city there followed: d) HiSri "iSC
Jer. 31, 38. 2 Chr. 26, 9, and D^SQfi nstti
Zech. 14, 10, the comer-gate. This was
prob. near the northwest corner of the
city, e) O'l'lBX 'UJ the gale of Ephraim
Neh. 8, 16, which is also called T'5:^33 'iIJ
the gate of Benjamin Jer. 37, 13. 38, 7.
Zech. 14, 10, as leading out to the ter-
ritory of both these tribes ; here was
also a market-place or forum, Neh. 8,
16. Other gates mentioned are: f)
n:iij^n ' the old gate Neh. 3. 6. 12, 39.
prob. the same called '|iJX-n nrti Zech.
14, 10. g) D-'S'rir! 'b the fish-gate, prob.
as being the place where fish were sold,
Neh. 3, 3. 12, 39. Zeph. 1, 10. h) 'o
jsan the sheep-gale Neh. 3, 1. 12, 39,
near the temple, so called from the sheep
which were here sold for the sacrifices of
the temple, i) irrsan 'd, Vulg. p(rrta
judicialis, Neh. 3, 31 ; this gate others
refer to the temple, k) the horse-gate
Neh. 3, 28. Jer. 31, 40. 1) the water-
gate Neh. 3, 26. 12, 37; this some sup-
pose to be the same with the following :
m)n^Dnnn "Siu the pottery-gate Jer. 19,
2, which led to the valley of Hinnom, and
is doubtless to be sought on the south-
east part of the city ; comp. ayqog tow
xfgapscit; the potter's field Matt. 27, 10.
n) the inner or middle gate, t^lPlO '^ Jer.
-13? t
1080
t:SD3
39, 3, which seems to have led from the
upper to the lowerjcity. See on the whole
:<ubject, Bachiene Beschr. von Paieslina
II. 94-107. J. E. Faber Archaologie
der Hebraer I. p. 336 sq. Rosenm. Al-
terthuraskunde II. ii. p. 216 sq. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 471 sq. Some of
these gates, as well as others mentioned,
were perhaps not in the walls of the
city, but in the external wall of the
temple, or in the wall between Zion and
the lower city ; see "10, n^^'^
2. a measure, see r. isttj no. I. 2. Gen.
26. 12 =""i5'>^ nXT3 a hundred measures,
i. e. ixaiov TrXaalojg, a hundred fold.
'WO adj. horrid, i. e. bad, foul, loath-
sorae, of figs, Jer. 29, 17. R. ^?a II.
11"1?0 adj. (r. I5tt3 II) horrible; fern.
something horrible, Jer. 5, 30. 34, 14.
'^ynSW id. Jer. 18, 13; fern. n^n^nS'JJ
Hos. 6, 10.
n^li^TD (whom Jehovah estimates, r.
^yo I) Sheariah, pr. n. m, 1 Chr. 8, 38.
9,44.
3'?'!'?''? (two gates) Skaaraim, pr. n.
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15,
36. 1 Sam. 17, 52. 1 Chr. 4, 31.
TSCyO Shaashgaz, pr. n. of a Persian
eunuch, the keeper of the women in the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 14. Pers.
pAwLfuv beauty's servant.
D''y05TD plur. delight, pleasure, Prov.
8. 30. Ps 119. 24. Jer. 31. 20. R. 55515
Pilp.
* ^1"? in Kal. not used. 1. Pr. to
scratch, to scrape, then to scrape or
pare off. Aram. Xs^ to file, pr. to make
smooth, bald; lllffin^ file, |vIia a
filing, paring.
2. i. q. Syr. Pa. to cleannefrom dregs,
to purify ; comp. Talmud. nctlJ to filter.
Hence neri .
NiPH, Part. noaJS, hare, hold, naked,
of a mountain Is. 13, 2. Sept. opoj
Plau Job 33. 21 Keri mbX5 Bil5 his
T 1 - \
fiones are made bare, are stripped of
flesh.
Dcriv. PiBti, 'Bal, and pr. n. iBtb,
nSiC or "^5^, (r. i^S'oi) only in plur.
2 Sam. 17, 29 "i;?3 niS'J, according to
Targ. Syr. and the Heb. intpp. cheeses
ofkine, so called as filtered from the
whey, dregs, etc. see r. nsttj no. 2. Abul-
walid renders it by 3^n "^Siinn 'slices of
curd.'
IStC (nakedness, r. fiSttj) Shepho, pr.
n. m. Gen. 36, 23 ; for which ^tit Shephi
iChr. 1, 40.'
tSIBTB m. (r. MSaJ) judgment, punish-
ment, 2 Chr. 20, 9. Plur. nia^stJj (';
shortened to ^) Ez. 23, 10.
DB^B'O (i. q. ',is^sa5 serpent?) She-
phupham, Engl. Vers. Shupham, pr.
n. of a son of Benjamin, Num. 26, 39.
In Gen. 46, 21 written C^aia .
"JB^BTS (id.) Shephuphau, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 8, 5.
m'BTD Neh. 3, 13, see in rS'JJx.
' 'ri^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. nss.
Eth. fl-^^ih to spread out; comp. nsttj ,
S3ia. Hence nnattia family, and also
nnsc f. constr. nns^ , plur. m'nsaS ,
famula, 'one of the family,' a family ser-
vant, i. e. maid-servant, handmaid. Gen.
16. 1. 29, 24. For the difference be-
tween it and '^^X, see 1 Sam. 25,41
nnSttJii Tjnrx iiiri lo thy handmaid is
as a servant, slave, housemaid.
uaiO fut. libttJ'^ , imper. parag.
r.uBti: .
r I T
1. to judge ; not found in the other
Semitic dialects. The primary idea
seems to be to set upright, to erect, like
the Germ, richten ; comp. the kindr.
rs'a, and see espec. in wnaj. Traces
of this root are perhaps found in the
Indo-European languages, as Germ.
scheffen to judge, in Gloss. Mons. ge-
schefft testament, SchOppe judge. Ab-
sol. Job 22, 13. Ez. 44, 24 ; c, ace. of pers.
whose cause is judged, Ex. IS, 22. 26.
Deut. 16. 18. Is. 11, 4. p"is -JBd Prov.
31, 9, and Q'^i'^j'^a '15 Ps. 75J 3, to judge
justly, uprightly, to do justice, equity. Ez.
16, 38mBi<b "^'JStiiia :]-ni3Bffi!| I will judge
thee (according to) the judgments of
adulteresses. 'p2>i '("'a 'ttJ to judge be-
tween i. e. to be arbiter, umpire. Gen.
16, 5. 31, 53. Part. aBiOS subst. a judge
Deut. 16, 18.
135^:
1081
^STD
Spec, to judge any one, like r. j'^'i no.
2, is : a) i. q. to condemn, to punish
the guilty, xaiaxQiyu), 1 Sam. 3, 13. Obad.
21. Ps. 109, 31. Comp. uiBir . b) to do
justice to any one, to defend or vindicate
his cause, espec. the poor and oppress-
ed ; Is. 1, 17 nin^ iiacaj defend the cause
of the fatherless. \s. 10, 18. 26, 1. 82, 3.
'b aoiija d Jer. 5, 28. Lam. 3, 59. With
l^ and 1553 prcegn. to defend one's cause
and deliver him from his enemies, 1 Sam.
24, 16. 2 Sam. 18, 19. 31. Ps. 43, 1.
2. to goce7-n, to rule, as connected with
the power of judging, since to dispense
justice was the part of kings and chief
magistrates; comp. 1 Sam. 8, 20. 2Chr.
1, 10, and see "p? no. 1. 2. So Judg. 16,
31. Hence Part. asiizS, asiiJ, a judge,
for a ruler, piince, chief, Ps. 2, 10. Am. 2,
3. Spec, of the leaders and chief magis-
trates of the Israelites from Joshua to
Samuel, who led out the people to war
against their enemies, and. after having
delivered them from the oppression of
the neighbouring nations, exercised dur-
ing peace the office of chief ruler and
judge, (comp. Judg. 4, 5.) Judg. 2, 16.
] 8. Ruth 1,1. 2 K. 23, 22. al. The same
name, suffes, plur. suffetes, was borne by
the chief magistrates of the Carthagi-
nians.
NiPH. I. to be judged Ps. 37, 33.
2. Recipr. to go to law, to plead, to
contend before a judge, with any one,
Prov. 29, 9. Is. 43, 26 ; with M of pers.
Joel 4, 2 [3, 2] ; nx (Fix) Ez. 17, 20. 20,
35. 36 ; b Jer. 25, 31 see below ; ace. and
bs of thing Jer. 2, 35 ; also ace. of thing
about which one contends 1 Sam. 12, 7.
Ez. 17, 20; c. 3 with truth Is. 59, 4.
Where Jehovah is thus said to plead
or contend with men, it has sometimes
the sense to punish, see Ez. 38, 22. Is.
66, 16 ; comp. 2 Chr. 22, 8.
Po. part. BBiua i. q. liSra. Job 9, 15.
Deriv. asia 'i^Bd, oiB":?, ao'iia.
12BTD Chald. part. aSW a judge, Ezra
7, 25. This is a Hebraisrj, since the
verb itself is wanting in Chaldee.
t3BT& (judge) Shaphat, pr. n. m. a)
Num. 13, 5. b) 1 Chr. 3, 22. c) 1 K.
19, 16. d) iChr. 27, 29. e) 5. 12.
"OtlD m. only plur. ^''Xit^ , judgments,
punishments, Ex. 6, 6. s ciasaJ niss to
91
do judgment upon, to inflict punishment,
Ex. 12, 12. Num. 33, 4. R. UBO.
^^'9?'? (whom Jehovah defends i. e.
jiis cause) Shephatiah, pr. n. m. a) A
son ofDavid, 2 Sam. 3, 4. b) Jer. 38, 1.
c) Neh. 11, 4. d) Ezra 2, 4. 57. e)
Ezra 8, 8. Neh. 7, 9. 59.
in;<I2BT0 (id.) Shephatiah, pr. n. m.
a) A son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Chr. 21, 2.
b) 1 Chr. 12, 5. c) 27, 16.
JCfiO (judicial, r. OBO) Shiphtan, pr.
n. m. Num. 34, 24.
^t^lt m. (r. PiBIS) plur. O'l'^B and n-^DTb .
1. bareness, nakedness, Job 33, 21
Cheth. where the subst. is poetically
put for the finite verb. Keri has in the
same sense IBIIJ ; see the root in Pual.
2. a naked hill, i. e. bare, destitute of
trees, (comp. nac;? -in Is. 13, 2,) Jer. 12,
12 13'iaa tri^"^ hills in the desert. 3, 2.
21. 4,'lL 7, 29. 14. 6. Is. 41, 18. 49, 9.
Num. 23, 3 *'B'^ T|^55 Ae went upon a
hill.
3. Shephi, pr. n. m. see 'iBlO.
QiB (serpents ? r. C|B^) Shuppim,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 12. Is". b) 26, 16.
'jiS"'BtD only Gen. 49, 17, a species of
sei'pent, from r. 5)810 , Syr. to creep, to
s
glide. Arab, ua-^ a kind of speckled
serpent with black and white spots;
see Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 416 sq.
f'STO (fair, r. IBU:) Shaphir, pr. n. of
a place in Judea, Mic. 1, 11. [Accord-
ing lo Eusebius, it lay between Eleu-
theropolis and Askelon ; prob. the mo-
dern Sawdfir, wtsl-ww; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p.''370. R.
TSffi Chald. adj./aiV, beautiful, Dan.
4, 9. 18. R. iBd .
* t|3TII fut. T^^^ 1. to pour out, to
shed; Arab. t5^ft*w id. Ethiop. UJfl^
to pour out metals; kindr. with nsb,
/^Am . E. g. a libation Is. 57, 6. en r^stt:
to shed blood, i. e. to kill any one, Gen.
9, 6. 37, 22. Ez. 14, 19. Metaph. -^Br
iir^a Ps. 42. 5, and 'iab 'd Lam. 2, 19,~^o
pour out one's soul sc. in tears and com-
plaints ; with '^ ^JB^J 1 Sam. 1, 15. Ps.
62, 9 ; comp. Lam. 1. c b? innn "^ttj t&
^STC
1082
ISIS
pour out one's anger, wrath, upon any-
one, Ez. 14, 19. 22, 22. Lam. 2, 4.
2. Of dry things, to throw up, to heap
up, e. g. a mound Ez. 26, 8.
NiPH. 1. to be poured out 1 K. 13, 5.
Metaph. Ps. 22, 15 I am poured out like
water, describing a person unable to rise
from weakness.
2. to he poured out, i. e. profusely ex-
pended, of money Ez. 16, 36. Comp.
inX^a Tob. 4, 18.
PuAL to he poured out, e. g. one's
steps, i. e. to slip, to fall, Ps. 73, 2 Keri.
Comp. hat. fundi for prosterni.
HiTHPA. lit. to pour itself out, i. e. to he
poured out. Lam. 4, 1. The phrase his
soul (life) pours itself out signifies : a)
he pours himself out in complaints. Job
30 16. b) his hlood is shed, he dies,
Lara. 2, 12.
Deriv. the two following.
?fSTlJ m. a place of pouring out. Lev. 4,
12. ' R. r|S^ .
nDBTD f. (r. T|S'^) the privy memher,
pr. urethra, through which the urine is
poured off, Deut. 23, 2. Vulg. veretrum.
Others falsely, testicle, see T)'^.S< .
*b^, fut. ^B'lj^ inf. ^a<l3, Arab.
^ ^ ^ ^ > ^
AjhL , J j . w , <o he made low, to be de-
pressed, cast doxm, opp. c!n Job 5, 11.
E. g. a mountain Is. 40, 4 ; lofty trees
Is. 10, 33 ; a city 32, 19. Metaph. to be
made low, depressed, e. g. a) Of per-
sons who fall from a high state of digni-
ty, to be humbled, abased. Is. 2, 9. 11. 12.
17. 5, 15. 10, 33. b) Of the voice or a
sound as depressed, low. Is. 29, 4. Ecc.
12 4. c) Inf. n*in IsEttS to he humbled in
spirit Prov. 16, 19. Comp. ^B(^.
HiPH. 1. to bring low, to make hum-
ble, to abase, (opp. 0^")^,) Pa. 18, 28.
75, 8. Intrans. to he brought low, pr. to
humble oneself, Job 22, 29. When fol-
lowed by another verb, it assumes the
nature of an adverb ; Jer. 13, 18 sib-^Bttin
!|3I1J make low, sit down, i. e. sit ye down
in a low place. Ps. 113, 6.
2. to lay low, to cast down, as walls
Is. 25, 12.
Deriv. ^t^ W^BttJ.
bttD Chald. A PH. to make low, to hum-
ble, to abase, e. g. kings, powerful per-
sons, Dan. 5, 19. 7, 24. Also with R?a> ,
to humble one's heart, to become humble,
Dan. 5, 22.
bStD ni. adj. (r. bsai) constr, ^BBi ;
fern. nbSttJ , constr. tn^SttS ; low, depress-
ed, of a tree Ez. 17, 24 ; of a spot in the
skin Lev. 13, 20. 21. Metaph. a) low,
humble, base, 2 Sam. 6, 22. Job 5, 11.
Mai. 2, 9. b) nn bsOJ humble in spi-
rit, lowly. Prov. 29, 23. Is. 57, 15; so
without nsn id. Is. 1. c. Masc. c. He
parag. <i^S^"<3 the humble, what is hum-
ble, Ez. 21, 31 [26].
^StJ Chald. m. low, humble, Dan. 4, 14.
bSiTO m. (r. bsiu) c. suff. ^iS^SttJ, low-
ness, i. e. low condition, low place, Ecc.
10, 6. Ps. 136, 23.
nbBlS f. (r. ^Stij) lowness, a low place.
Is. 32,' 19. '
^'^^P f. (r. ^S'ij) low country, as opp.
to mountains. Josh. 11, 16 fin. With
art. nbs^'ii the low country, plain, along
the Mediterranean from Joppa to Gaza,
Josh. 11, 16. Jer. 32, 44. 33, 13. Gr. t)
2i(friXa 1 Mace. 12, 58.
Jl^bS! f. (r. bsai) a letting down, e. g.
t3'!'1^ 'll5 a letting down of the hands, re-
missness, slothfulness, Ecc. 10, 18.
DST^ (perh. bald, shaven, r. nst^ )
Shapham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 12. Of a
root CEttj there is no certain trace.
DSTO (bareness, place of naked trees,
r. iiB^) Shepham, pr. n. of a place on
the northeastern border of Palestine,
north of Riblah. Num. 34, 10. 11.
ni'53BtD (bare places, plur. of CfiOS)
Shiphmoth, pr. n. of a place in the south
of Judah, mentioned with Aroer and
Eshtemoa, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Others read
ni^B^U, Siphmoth. Gentile n. "^SB'iS a
Shiphmite 1 Chr. 27, 27. R.
* "JSID obsol. root, prob. i. q. "jBS, iBb,
to cover, to hide, espec. under ground,
s '
whence "jBtfl , Hence trop. Arab, j.i-ii
cunning.
jBTB m. plur. O-^rBtt) 1. A quadruped,
chewing the cud in the manner of the
hare, Lev. 11, 5. Deut, 14, 7 ; living in
flocks among the rocks, and distinguished
for its cunning, Ps. 104, 18. Prov. 30, 26.
The Rabbins render it the coney or rabbit.
5S
loas
TiZTL
The LXX in these phices have xo'QO-
ygvlXiog, fiedgehng^, [which is indefinite.
Some refer it to the mua v. dipm jacic-
lus of Linn. Arab, py^y?, jerboa. The
animal is doubtless correctly specified
by Saadias, who renders *|Btl5 by -j
wabr, i. e. the hyrax Syriacus, a small
animal liite a marmot, found in Pales-
tine and Arabia, and still called in the
Himyaritic dialect of Hadramaut ^^yJu
thnfuu, kindr, with "(Btli . It is scarcely
larger than a rabbit; has no tail; and
in its ears, feet, and snout, resembles
the hedgehog. It lives in families
among the rocks, making its bed in the
clefts ; but does not burrow. It is lively
and quick to retreat on the approach of
danger ; and is difficult to capture. The
name might come either from its hiding
itself, or from its cunning. See Seetzen
in Ritter's Erdkunde XV. p. 596. Wil-
son Lands of the Bible II. p. 28 sq.
Fresnel in Journ. Asiat. Ser. III. T. V. p.
514. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1001 sq. R.
2. Shaphan, pr. n. m. a) The scribe
or secretary of king Josiah, 2 K. 22. 3.
12. Jer. 36,10; comp. Ez. 8, 11. b)
2 K. 22, 12. 25, 22. Jer. 26, 24. 39, 14 ;
perh. Jer. 39, 3.
*S"9 obsol. root, to overflow, to he
superabundant, as in Chald. and Syr.
'^^^.a^'. Hence the three following.
J^T m. abundance. Deut. 33, 19
abundance of the sea, i. e. wealth ob-
tained from the sea.
n^SlO f. (r. SBtti) constr. ^?t^fi, abun-
dance, i. e. multitude, as of waters Job
22, 11. 38, 34; of men 2 K. 9, 17; of
camels Is. 60, 6. Ez. 26, 10.
"^^BC (abundant, r. SESJ) Shiphi, pr.
n. m.'l Chr. 4, 37.
^l-"^ obsol. root, prob. i. q. Syr.
y
<^.^, to creep, to glide. Hence 'jis'^aiii
serpent, and pr. n. DE^Bt^ , ^BJiBlO , D-^Dlti.
"^^"^ 1. i. q. Arab. Jiji, to scratch,
to scrape, kindr. with "BS, "iSD ; hence
to polish.
2. Intrans. to be polished, i. e. to be
bright, shining, comp. Arab. Juu I, IV,
illuxit aurora, and X'^onBaJ ; hence to
be fair, beautiful, i. q. Chald. and Syr.
With bs, to be pleasant, acceptable, to
any one, Ps. 16, 6; comp. Dan. 4, 24.
The notion of brightness is also trans-
ferred to sound, as in Engl, a brilliant
tone, i. e. clear and sonorous (comp.
bbn) ; whence "iBittJ trumpet.
3. i. q. Ethiop. i\li,L,, to measure,
whence iB'^J* measure q. v. Kindr. is
"iBD no, 3, to number. For the passage
Job 26, 13, seennBtt).
Deriv. "iBOS XiBiBOJ , "ifiiti, IBttiX.
IB Chald. fut, "iDttf': , to be fair,
beautiful; c, b? Dan. 4, 24, and D^;?^ 3,
32. 6, 2, to please, to be acceptable to any
one. Syr. id.
"IBTD m. (r. iBtfi) 1. brightness, i. e.
beauty, pleasantness, e. g. of words Gen.
49, 21.
2. Shepher, pr. n. m. of a mountain in
the Arabian desert, Num. 33, 23. 24.
"iBtJ, see iBiaS.
rriBtJ f. (r. lEti) 1. brightness, beau-
ty; here seems to belong (as suggested
by Simonis) Job 26, 13 nnB<l5 D-^atS Insina
by his (Grod'e) spirit the heavens are
brightness, i. e. are bright, splendid,
beautiful. But most intpp. lake nnSttJ
for nnaai (Piel of nsiC) to make bright,
beautiful, to garnish so. with stars and
constellations; and suppose there is a
mingling of two constructions, 'ttJ "inn
fTnoaJ and iDOi c^rtu ini-iS , Vulg. spi-
rilus ejus ornavit coelos. But Dag. forte
characteristic is very rarely if ever
dropped from the letters PiBsian .
2. Shiphrah, pr. n. f Ex. 1, 15.
T'*\BTD m. (r. iB(fi) throne-ornament,
tapestry, with which a throne is hung,
Jer. 43, 10 Keri ; for which Cheth. l^iEtU .
K'nB'iBtp Chald. m. the dawn, aurora.
Dan. 6, 20. Syr. ffsl id.
* T\Z1L fut. rit'Si'; 1. to set, to put, to
place, i. q. kindr. rliS, see fully in r.
aailj .2 K. 4, 38. Ez. 24, 3. Ps. 22, IG
''SnBaJFi n';^ "^Erb thou dost set me in
the dust of death, i. e. dost bring me down
to the grave.
3. With dat. of pers, i, q. to give. Is.
26, 12.
Deriv. nocx, n^neien, and
ns'^r
1084
tip^i
D^nSTD m. dual, slalls. folds for cattle,
Ps. 68, 14 ; comp. C^nSttJa . Also Ez.
40, 43, where it denotes places (Eng.
Vers, hooks) in the court of the temple,
to which the victims were fastened.
* fj^lC obsol. root, i. q, tji:'^ to pour
wit, to overflow. Hence
51^10 m. once Is. 54, 8 t)S!5 tjSUJ oitl-
pouring of anger, effusion of wrath ; i. q.
S]X riaiD Prov. 27, 4. The form t]:iUJ
seems to have been chosen instead of
?)t3tl5 for the sake of the paronomasia.
p Chald. i. q. pilJ, the leg, from
the knee to the ankle, plur. Dan. 2, 33.
Theod. well xvrjfiai.
*1j2ir. fut. IpTlJ':, to wake, to be
vjakeful, sleepless, Arab. tXft^, Ps. 102.
8 ; hence to watch Ps. 127, 1. Ezra 8, 29.
Hence *i|5iB . Trop. with bs , e. g. a)
to watch over any thing, to give attention
to it, Jer. 1, 12. 31. 28. 44, 27. Dan. 9, 14.
Job 21, 32. Is. 29, 20 ))ii "'niDto theij who
watch over iniquity, i. e. who sedulously
take care that wrong and not right shall
be done, b) to watch or wait at a door,
Prov. 8, 34 ; to lie in wait by or against,
e. g. as the leopard, Jer. 5, 6.
PuAL part, "ijs'iij^, denom. from 'ip'^,
made like almonds, i. e. having the form
of almond-flowers, Ex. 25, 33. 34.
H^'^ ra. plur. fi''*7i5t3 1. an almond-
tree, pr. ' the waker,' so called as being
the earliest of all trees to awake from
the sleep of winter, Jer. 1, 11. There
is also here an allusion to the haste and
ardour thus implied, comp. v. 12. See
Celsius Hierobot. I. p. 297.
2. an almond, alnutnd-nut. Gen. 43, 11.
Num. 17, 23. Ecc. 12, 5 ip'r ^xri and
the almond is spurned, rejected, sc. by
the old and toothless man, although
in itself a delicate and delicious fruit.
Others less well, the almond-tree shall
flourish, which they refer to white hairs ;
though the flower of the almond tree is
not white, but rose-coloured.
*n|?^ in Kal not used, i. q. nni^ ,
to drink ; for the interchange of the let-
ters k and /, see under p, p. 907. Arab,
(^iuw , Eth. ft*PP , to let drink, to water.
HiPH. n;5irn, fut. n^y&i, apoc. ;3tt|;i.
1. to give to drink, to let drink, c.
dupl. ace. of pers. and thing, Gen. 19,32.
24, 43. Judg. 4, 19. Num. 5, 24. Ps. 60, 5.
Job 22, 7. Jer. 9, 14. 35, 2 ; c. a of thing
Ps. 80, Q; )^ of any thing Cant. 8, 2.
Part. Mpiy'? subst. a cup-bearer, butler.
Gen. 40," i.' 41, 9. But in Gen. 40, 21
njD'ao denotes dri7ik (see ^p.'-''? no. 2) ;
and the words are to be understood thus :
and he again gave the chief cup-bearer
charge 1f^P^'^ b? over his drink, i. e. re-
stored to him his charge and office as
chief of the cup-bearers.
2. to water cattle, Gen. 24, 46. 29, 2.
Ex. 2, 16. 17. 19.
3. to water the ground, to irrigate.
Gen. 2, 6. 10. Ps. 104, 13.
Note. Kal and Niph. are borrowed
from the synom. "^rjlii, which again has
no Hiph.
Niph. see 3rp'>l3 Niph.
PuAL to be moistened, irrigated. Job
21, 24 the marrow of his bones is moist,
i. e. fresh, vigorous ; comp. Prov. 3, 8.
15, 30. 17, 22.
Deriv. rpjH , ri^V-q, and the two fol-
lowing.
'^ptD m. (r. n^t , for l^ip^ , after the
form l"i^P) drink, only in plur. D'l'ipttJ
Ps. 102, 10.
*i^j? m. (r. ni5^) plur. c. suff. '':*lp!l3
Hos. 2, 7. ' '
1. drink Hos. 1. c. where not water,
but some more delicate drink, as wine,
is to be understood ; Sept. ed. Aid.
6 ohog fiov. Comp. Gen. 40, 21.
2. a watering, moistening of the bones,
i. e. refreshment, Prov. 3, 8. See r. Mfjto
in Pual.
ppTl? and 7)?15 m. (r. f'paJ) plur.
Q''Spll3 , an abomination, abominable
thing, spoken of things unclean, e. g.
filthy garments Nah. 3, 6; of meats
offered to idols, iiSmXo&vxa, Zech. 9, 7 ;
espec. of idols, 1 K. 1 1, 5 Milcom Q-isias 'ttj
the abomination (idol) q/"/Ae Ammonites.
2K. 23, 13. Dan. 9, 27; comp. 11, 31.
12, 11. Plur.* of idols 2 K. 23, 24. Ez.
20, 7. 8.
* '^12"'? fut. u'pttJ'?, to rest, to have or
keep quiet, to be still ; pr. to lie down, to
recline; comp. Arab. l->o to fall, kindr.
with nao , v^JCw , to be silent. Spoken :
tspnJ
1085
53pTD
a) Of one who is never infested, har-
assed, troubled, Judg. 3, 11. 5, 31. 8, 28.
Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27; whence n-onba^ apttJ
Josh. 11, 23. 14, 15; also of one who
troubles or harasses no one, Judg. 18, 7.
27; which sometimes arises from fear,
Ps. 76, 9. b) Of one who does nothing,
remains inactive, idle, Is. 62, 1. Jer. 47,
6; hence of God, as not affording aid,
Pa. 83, 2.
HiPH. 1. to cause to rest, to quiet, i. e.
to appease strife Prov. 15, 18. Also to
give quiet, to render tranquil and secure,
Job 34, 29 ; c. b of pers. and )'Q of thing,
i. e.from danger, Ps. 94, 13.
2. Intrans. to find rest, to be quiet, pr.
to quiet oneselt! Is. 7. 4. 57, 20. Inf
4i]5u:n subst. rest, quiet, Is. 30, 15. 32, 17.
Trop. the earth is said to be quiet, tran-
quil, when the air is still and sultry. Job
37, 17. Hence
^)5T? m. rest, quiet, 1 Chr. 22, 9,
* ^E" fut. bpcj^ , once n^ECK (as if
from ^Pci^7) Jer. 32, 9. to poise, to weigh.
Arab. JjLti, oftener Jju. Syr. 'Voa.
and ''^i-oZ id. but alsp to depart, to mi-
grate ; whence pr. n. j'i^t?ttJi< . The pri-
mary idea is to suspend the balance ;
comp. Eth. fl^A to suspend, as upon a
cross; comp. also i<\^, "'^0, and Lat.
pendo, pendeo. Ex. 22, 16. 2 Sam. 14,
26. Is. 40, 12. With h to weigh out to
any one, e. g. metals, money, Gen. 23,
16. Jer. 32, 9. Ezra 8, 25 ; with 'b '^'r]-hs
into the hands of any one, Ezra 8, 26.
Esth 3, 9 ; with bs over to or into the
king's treasury, Esth. 4, 7 ; with ^/or a
thing, Is. 55, 2.-2 Sam. 18, 12 though I
might weigh a thousand shekels into
my hands, i. e. though they should be
weighed out to me. Trop. to examine,
to try a person Job 31.6; a thing 6, 2.
NiPH. to be weighed, trop. Job 6, 2 ; to
be weighed out Job 28, 15. Ezra 8, 33.
Deriv. i>^ttjn, bipoo, r^i^ida, pr. n.
TiVptOK , and '
b^ m. plur. D-'VijitB , constr. '>\pt> ,
a shekel, siclus, a definite weight of gold
and silver, containing twenty gerahs
(nna) i. e. grains, pr. kernels, beans, Ex.
30, 13 ; and this being weighed out
passed as current money among the
Hebrews (see in iSij no. 2), Gen. 23, 15.
91*
16. Ex. 21, 32. Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3. 6. Josh.
7,21. ISam. 17,5. Two kinds of shekel
are distinguished, the shekel of the sanc-
tuary Ex. 30. 13, and the king^s shekel
2 Sam. 14, 26; but which of these was
the heaviest, cannot be known. In the
time of the Maccabees (1 Mace. 15, 6)
silver coins were struck, each weighing
one shekel, and stamped with the words
iX'ttJ"^ bp2J ; see Bayer de Numrais
Hebrteo-Samaritanis, Valent. 1781. 4to.
p. 171 sq. These were equal to four
Attic drachma}, i. e. to one stater, ac-
cording to Josephus, Ant. 3. 8. 2 ; nor
do the specimens still extant differ much
from this, since even now when worn
away by age they still contain 215-229
grains troy weight, of which 60 make
one drachm ; see Eckhel Doctr. Numm.
vett. III. p. 464. FrOhlich Annal. regum
Syrias, Prolegg. p. 84. Rasche Lex. rei
nummariffi IV. 2. p. 904. The LXX
have often rendered Vp.'4 by Sidqaxnov,
which can be reconciled with the words
of Josephus and with the weight of the
specimens still extant, by supposing
that the shekel, before the Babylonish
exile and before the use of coined mo-
ney, was of less weight than afterwards.
Of less weight and value was also the
aixkog, aiyXog, used by the Persians, and
containing 7^ oboli (six oboli make one
drachma) Xen. Anab. 1. 5. 6. At Ephe-
sus a shekel of gold was in use, accord-
ing to Alexander .^tolus ap. Macrob.
Sat. 5, 22.
* I3j2^ obsol. root, Arab. jvJLww to be
ill, sick. Hence
ntti?, only plur. O'^ppttS 1 K. 10, 27.
Is. 9, 9. Am. 7, 14, and riopw Ps.' 78,
47, (the sing, occurs in the Mishna,) a
sycamore-tree, Gr. avxofiOQog, avxdfiivog,
very frequent in the level parts of Pa-
lestine, resembling the mulberry-tree in
its leaves and general appearance, with
fruit similar to the fig growing directly
from the stem and larger boughs, and
very difficult of digestion; Dioscorid. I.
182 ; comp. the root cp(^ . The fruit is
used only by the poorest classes, comp.
ts^a. See Celsii Hierob. L p. 310.
Warnekros Hist, naturalis Sycomori, in
Repertorium f. morgenl. Literatur, St.
11, 12.
yp"i2J
1086
"Iptt
*3?I2"'5 fut. yp.^_1, to sink down, to
subside, as fire Num. 11, 2; of a land, to
be submerged, overflowed, drowned, Jer.
51, 64. Am. 9, 5 c^nSTD -x^s nspaj it is
overflowed as with the river of Egypt,
where it is coupled with an ace. of
abundance.
Nipn. to be submerged, overflowed, as
a land, Am. 8, 8 Keri. In Cheth. for
nSpjQJD stands rij^ai?, the S being elided;
see in 5, p. 737, col. 2.
Hi PH. \. to catise to subside, as water
Ez. 32, 14.
2. to sink, i. e. to press down; Job 40,
25 isitjb ?"'p^ri bans cansf ^Aow press
down his tongue with a cord? i. e. canst
thou tame him (the crocodile) by a
thong or bit thrust into his mouth?
Deriv. Sj^ttJo.
rrn^^l^i?^ f. plur. sunken places, hol-
lows, in a wall Lev. 14, 37. Sept. xoi-
XuSig, Vulg. valliculcB. This quadrilit.
comes from Sj5tt3 to sink, and jus to be
deep.
* Tli^''? in Kal not used. prob. to lay
upon or over, to lay or cover with beams,
joists, etc. i. q. Arab. \,Jia>m , Gr. axEndo),
axsTXtt^o). Hence tlfJaJ , fi'^Sl^OJ , Cl'pli3B .
NiPH. to lie out over any thing, to pro-
ject ; hence to bend forward, Gr. naga-
xvmtiv, eepec. in order to see, and thus
i. q. to look forth or abroad, comp. in
HBS ; e. g. from a window, '|i^nn 153
Judg. 5, 28. 2 Sam. 6, 16; from heaven
Ps. 85, 12. Also of a mountain, to over-
hang, to look towards. Num. 21, 20. 23,
28. Metaph. Jer. 6, 1 evil impendelh
(appfoacheth) from the north. Arab.
^oo... i long and bending from length,
as the neck of the ostrich, or a tall man
who stoops.
HiPH. id. D'^ioT^'o n'^pirn to look down
from heaven, so of God, Ps. 14, 2. 53, 3 ;
c. bit Ex. 14, 24 ; to look out at a win-
dow' c. isa Gen. 26, 8. 2 K. 9, 30.
Deriv, see under Kal.
V^tl m. (r. tpt) in pause tijsl^, a
layer of beams or joists, etc. 1 K. 7, 5
all Uie doors and the posts were csai
Ciirai made square with layers of beams,
i. e. were not arched, but covered^above
with beams, and therefore square.
D''&^tt' m. plur. (r. fl{?>^) beam^ or
bars laid over, frame- work, 1 K. 7, 4. 6,
4 C^nZJX D"iH3pa) iJiisn windows with
closed (fixed) bars, lattice-work. See
under CMX.
* Y 12^ in Kal not used, to be filthy,
loathsome, abominable.
PiEL YW^. 1- io make filthy, to conta-
minate, to pollute, iaJBS oneself Lev. 11,
43. 20, 25.
2. to loathe, to abominate, to abhor,
Ps. 22, 25; espec. any thing unclean,
polluted. Lev. 11, 11. Deut 7, 26.
Deriv. y^'^t , and
T^^ m. an abominable thing, spoken
of things (and persons) unclean, pol-
luted ; espec. of things relating to idol-
atry, Lev. 11, 10. 12. 13. 20. 23. 41. 42.
Peril, vermin Is. 66, 17.
V I? 12? , see I'^ptlJ .
* PI2^ fut. paj;j, kindr. with p^iiu .
1. to run up and down, to and fro,
spoken of those who eagerly seek any
thing, e. g. of locusts Joel 2, 9. Is. 33,
4 c. 2 of the prey. Hence
2. to roam about, to range in search of
prey, as a bear Prov. 28, 15. Trop. to
be eager, to long, of a person thirsty. Is.
29, 8. Ps. 107, 9.
HiTHPALP. pajpnilin i. q. Kal. no. 1,
Nah. 2, 5.
Deriv. p^"^ .
* "^^^j fut. I'pOJ^ to lie. to tdl lies;
c. dat. to lie to any one, to deceive him.
Gen. 21, 23. The primary idea is per-
haps that of colouring, painting ; comp.
JLiM to be red, ruddy, 'iJLiii red colour,
paint, falsehood ; see Tsepregi in Diss.
Lugdd. p. 115. Comp. kindr. pittj-
PiEL ip.i2J to lie, 1 Sam. 15, 29 ; c. 3 of
pers. to lie to any one, to deceive. Lev.
19, 1 1. Also c. a of thing, as n^-iaa n;?tt5
to be false to a covenant, i. e. treacher-
ously to break it, Ps. 44, 18. fij'iaxa 't
to be false to one^s faith, fidelity, Ps. 89,
34 ; absol. id. Is. 63, S. Hence
1^10 m. plur. B-^ij^ttJ, c. sufT. tsn-^lFjIfi
Jer. 23, 32.
1. a lie, falsehood; ipi^ ''lai false
words Ex. 5, 9. li?tti ns a false witness
Deut. 19, 18. 'il5isi saoi? to swear to a
t\pm
1087
triw
falsehood, i. c. faleely, Lev. 5, 24. 19, 12.
ijjisa Kas ^o prophesy false things, i. e.
not received from God, Jer. 5, 31. 20, 6.
29, 9. Absol. and as an adv. a lie ! it is
false! 2 K. 9, 12. Jer. 37, 14. Plur. lies,
falsehoods, Ps. 101, 7. Once for concr.
a liar, man of falsehood, for "i^tli tt5''K,
Prov. 17, 4.
2. deception, a vain thing, any thing
which deceives or disappoints one's
hopes ; Ps. 33, 17 nyJiOnl? DiBn -ij5t^. i. e.
they are deceived, disappointed, who
trust in cavalry for victory. Hence
*^J?^J^ in vain 1 Sam. 25, 21. Jer. 3, 23;
and "ijruJ without cause, wrongfully, Ps.
38, 20.^69, 5. 119,78.86.
fl^tj f (r. n;?ttj), plur. constr nirj^iii
(as if from rij^U)), a watering-trough,
made of wood or stone for watering cat-
tle, Gen. 24, 20. 30, 38.
ItD or TVitO , plur. mnt^ , walls Jer. 5,
10, i. q. ni-isiuJ. So Sept.' Vulg. Chald.
and so the context demands. R. "i1tt5
III.
"ITS, see "i''t6.
'ytS m. (r. nnuJ) c. sufF. r^'^^ . 1. sinew,
muscle, collect.' Prov. 3, 8 "^nn wxcn
?]'ncb it shall be health (refreshment)
to thy muscles, in which is the seat of
strength. The other hemistich has, to
thy bones.
2. the navel, pr. the navel-cord, Arab.
r'
. Ez. 16, 4. Comp. inttS.
SnC Chald. also S"? Dan. 2, 22.
1. to loose, to unbind, to solve, e. g.
knots, trop. knotty questions, Dan. 5, 16.
Part. plur. "i^";!!) loosed, unbound, i. e.
from bonds. Dan. 3, 25. Spec, of travel-
lers who stop and put up for the night,
and so unbind the loads of their beasts
a __
of burden, Arab. Jk^, Gr. xuTalvot,
whence xajotlvfiu. Hence
2. to put up for the night, and in gene-
ral to lodge, to dwell, Dan. 2, 22. Syr.
li-fc. to put up, to dwell. Comp. D^Stfirt.
Pa. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to solve Dan.
5, 12.
2. to begin, pr. to open, comp. bnti
from bbn, Ezra 5, 2.
Ithpa. to be loosened, to become weak,
Dan. 5, 6.
ISSt^C tSharezer, Persian pr. n. a)
A son of Sennacherib, a parricide. Is.
37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37. b) Zech. 7, 2.
Pere. 6t ^jm prince of fire ; comp.
Sanscr. Athar-s fire. See i^X'J'Ji b?^5.
* S!!!'? obsol. root, Syr. and Chald.
to be hot, dry ; kindr. S'^X. Hence the
two following.
y^tO m. 1. heat of the sun, Ib. 49, 10.
Then
2. Spec. Sharab, Is. 35, 7, of a pheno-
menon frequent in the deserts of Arabia
and Egypt, and also occasionally seen
in the southern parts of Russia and
France, Arab. v->tv* SerAb Kor.24. 39,
Fr. le mirage, by which name it is also
commonly known in English. It consists
in this, that the desert, either wholly or
in parts, presents the appearance of the
sea or of a lake, so that the most expe-
rienced travellers are sometimes deceiv-
ed. See Erdmann and Frahn in Gilbert's
Annates Phys. T. XXVIII. p. 1, and
Comment, on Is. 35, 7. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 61. Hence we are enabled
to understand Is. 1. c. caxb nniirj n;'nn
the mirage shall become a pool, i. e. the
desert which presents the appearance of
a lake, shall be changed into real water.
n^inntJ (heat of Jehovah, r. ani6)
Sherebiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 8, 18. 24. Neh.
8, 7. 9, 4. 10, 13. 12, 8. 24.
ta'^n']', m. (for ::3aJ with n inserted,
see under "i . p. 950) a sceptre, a form of
the later Hebrew, Esth. 4, 1 1. 5. 2. 8,
4. The 2 is without Dag. after i ;
comp. D'^'nana .
* I. H'Hlj in Kal not used, i. q. Chald.
NTOi to loose, to solve.
PiEL nn'iU to loose, to let go free. Jer.
15, 11 Keri aiab rpn-^-iaJ I will loose thee
for good, i. e. will set thee free. The
Hebrews would seem to have used this
word also in a bad sense ("'^^) for de-
serting any one ; whence here the ad-
junct "zidhi is added; For Cheth. see
Deriv. nni^, !T;!tt?.
11. nn(D perh. i. q. Arab, (^wi to
gleam, to glitter, e. g. lightning; whence
n^nuj, 's^^fo, -j^ntt), coat of mail, armour.
nnic
1088
p'^ni
'T^P. f. (r. '-^'a^J plur. ni-HU chains,
bracelets, Is. 3, 19 ; so called as being
twisted together, intertwined. Chald.
"1"';^ id. comp. also Gr. aei^a, and Heb.
fT?iriUi q. V. in its place.
jn^ntD (for "jn nntt) pleasant lodging)
Sharuhen, pr. n. of a place in the tribe
of Simeon. Josh. 19, 6.
yniD (for 'jiiia'^ plain, r. ittJ^) always
with art. TiiTSn , Sharon, pr. n. of the
level tract along the Mediterranean be-
tween Mount Carmel and Joppa, cele-
brated for its rich fields and pastures.
Josh. 12, 18. Cant. 2, 1. Is. 33, 9. 35, 2.
65, 10. I Chr. 5, 16. 27, 29. Some sup-
pose another plain of the same name to
be meant in 1 Chr. 5, 16; but this is not
necessary. See Reland Palaest. p. 188,
370. Hence gentile n. '3'iiuJ Sharonite
1 Chr. 27, 29.
nip^"lO Jer. 18, 16 Cheth. i. q. nip^nttj
q. V.
t^Vitl f. beginning, Jer. 15, 11 Cheth.
Chald. n(U id. R. frilS I, comp. Chald.
xn'JJ Pa. no. 2.
""Kiti, see "^ntslJ.
'''ITB (beginning'? r. if^^) Sharai, pr.
n. m. Ezra 10. 40.
n;nTS f a coat of mail Job 41, 18 ;
prob. so called from its glittering, see
r. nnuj II.
^V-ytO m. (r. STit^ II) 1. a coat of
inail 1 Sam. 17, 5." 38. Plur. o^s'^na
Neh. 4, 10 ; nis^nai 2 Chr. 26, 14. Syr.
]HfS> id. The same is also I'l'^'ip q. v.
2. Shiricm, pr. n. by which Mount Her-
mon was known among the Sidonians,
Deut. 3, 9. Ps. 29, 6. Comp. -i^:b . This
name would seem to be derived from
some fancied resemblance to a breast-
plate ; as also Gr. Ou^u^ is the name of
the mountain near Magnesia. Some
editions in Deut. 1. c. read "li'^na Sirion.
Vy^ m. (r. rrni^ II) a coal of mail,
1 K. 22, 34. Is. 59' 17.
nip"^"! f plur. (r. p-^nj 1. whist-
lings, or ^rather pijmigs ; Judg. 5, 16
D'^ms nip'^'^ttS pipings of the flocks, i. e.
of the shepherds who play on the pipe
while guarding their flocks.
2. hixsings, i. q. scorn, derision, Jer.
18, 16 Keri. In Cheth. nipiinttJ .
T^'lTD adj. (r. "\-]ll5) firm, hard, tough.
Chald. "i'''7'y id. Only in plur. constr.
'1^3 "'l^'^'ili^ the firm parts of the belly, the
sinews, brawn, e. g. of the hippopota-
mus, Job 40, 16. Comp. "lilJ no. 1.
nnnintj and T\Tr\1D f. (r. -^yt) hard,
ness, firmness, and coupled with sb and
sn nb , hardness of heart, stubbornness,
Ueut' 29, 18. Ps. 81, 13. Jer. 3, 17. 7,24.
9, 13. 11, 8. Aram. jZei-i-A< m a good
sense, firmness, truth.
rTilT?, see in rr^nxui.
ni^n Jer. 31, 40 Cheth. most prob.
an error of the copyists for Vi'i'O'iti fields.
which is read in the parallel pa.ssage
2 K. 23, 4, and also in Jer. 1. c. in Keri,
in six Mss. and in several printed edi-
tions. That the common reading (which
the LXX also have followed, giving it
hy 'AauQr,ij.aid-), in the sense of fields cut
up or overflowed, may be justified in
the Hebrew, has been attempted to be
shown by Kuypers in Dissert. Lugdd. I.
p. 537, comparing Arab. ^yM, ^y^ ,
to cleave, to cut ; but with no semblance
of truth.
*Y^^, fut. ptl"^ 1. to creep, to
crawZ, spoken of reptiles and the smaller
aquatic animals, Gen. 7, 21. Lev. 11, 29.
41. 42. 43. Sometimes a place, as the
earth or the sea, is said to creep with
creeping things, reptiles, i. e. to teem, or
swarm with them, c. ace. comp. in T|^n
no. 3; e. g. the sea with aquatic ani-
mals Gen. 1, 20. 21 ; Egypt with frogs,
Ex. 7, 28. Ps. 105, 30. Hence^
2. to breed abundantly, to swarm, to
mulliply, of animals Gen. 8, 17. 9, 7 ; of
mankind Ex. 1, 7. Eth. IU^& pullu-
lavit. Hence
"f^T? m. collect. 1. reptiles, creeping
things, Gen.l,2\. Lev. 5, 2. 11,29. v. 20
sa'^K-b? Ti^Hn tiiyn yn^j winged rep-
tiles going upon all fours, i.e. bats, not
crickets, which latter have six legs,
though they are said to use only four
in going, v. 21. 23. Deut. 14, 19.
3. the smaller aquatic animals Gen. 1,
20 ; fully o^an Y'\t Lev. 11, 10.
* V'y^ fut. piia": 1. to hiss, to whistle,
an onomatopoBetic verb, like Gr. avql^w,
avqlaaot, av^ltTu, from the root ffuft/,
pni23
1089
niTD
comp. ffi'p'/'f a^Qtyfi", (n'Qiyyiov. a)
With ^, to hiss or whistle for any one,
/o co// 6y a hiss or whistle, e. g. bees, flies,
in the manner of bee-keepers, Is. 5, 26.
7, 18; trop. nations Is. 11. cc. Zech. 10, 8.
b) to hiss in scorn and derision, 1 K. 9, 8.
Lam. 2, 15. IG ; c. b? of pere. or thing
Jer. 19, 8. 49, 17 ; praign. Job 27, 23
iapa i^bs p^O"^ tlcey shall hiss him out
of his place. Hence nirntlJ ,
2. to pipe, i. e. to whistle, not with the
mouth, but with an instrument; hence
nip'^-ioi, xnip'-iitS^a.
Hp"! f. (r. p'^lJ) a hissing, derision ;
njsnttib n^n to become a hissing, i. e. an
object of 'scorn, Jer. 19. 8. 25, 9. 29, 18.
* ^'y^ 1- to twist, to twist together,
in the manner of a cord, kindr. with the
roots IVB, "liia, "ID, "lit, nsfl, all of
which contain the primary idea oUurn-
ing, turning about, going in a circle, in
various modifications. Hence "lio and
*i")a5 the navel, pr. the navel-corcZ,
c-i-i-^naj nerves, sinews, STitB, nnianaJ,
ni3i"itB , chain, q. d. cord made of metal.
Hence
2. to be firm, hard, tough, (Syr. Pa. to
make firm, to strengthen,) espec. in a bad
sense; whence WT'nttJ hardness of heart.
3. to press together, and hence to op-
press, to treat as an enemy, i. q. "1"^^ no.
2. a. Part. 1"^ an adversary, enemy,
Ps. 27, 11. 54,7. 56, 3. 59, 11.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. Also
T^T? Sharar, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33 ;
for ^32) 1 Chr. 11, 35.
"T^lilJ m. (r. -int^) c. suff. r\T^<^^, the
navel, pr. nuvel-cord, i. q. "liU , Cant. 7,
3 ; here it seems to stand for the region
around the navel, the belly, which is
compared to a bowl or goblet. Comp.
vice versa ni2l3 high place, also navel.
riin"ltJ , see m"-itu .
tO'yO denom. from ttSniiS root ; found in
PiEL 13";)!^ , to root out, to extirpate,
Ps. 52, 7, Job 31, 12.
PuAL nil) pass. Job 31. 8.
Po. ttJ-iiU , lo root, to take root, Is. 40, 24.
PoAL id. Jer. 12, 2.
HiPH. to strike root, to take root, i. q.
Poel, spoken metaph. of one flourishing
in prosperity, Ps. 27, 6. With C-'tfi-ia
added, Ps. SO, 10.
'^'y^. (root, i. q. C'^tb, comp. Syr.
U^'r^) Sheresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16.
* TDniZJ m. c. suff". 'tti-jti ; plur. D-'ttJn^ ,
c. suff. '''Qi'^ttJ , constr. ''C'^'^ .
1. a root, Syr. l^^^, comp. ointb.
Job 30j 4. Jer. 17, 8. al. scepe. Maurer
derives it from the idea of creeping ;
comp. yyii of reptiles. Trop. a) For
the bottom, the lowest part of any thing,
e. g. bottom or sole of the foot (comp.
Lat. planta pedis) Job 1 3, 27 ; of a moun-
tain, like Engl, root, Lat. radix. Job 28,
9 ; of the sea Job 36, 30. Hence b)
root of controversy, i.e. the cause, ground
of strife. Job 19, 28. c) root, poet, for
fixed dwelling, abode, Judg. 5, 14 ; just
as nations teJcing up their abode in a
land are said to be planted in it, to take
root in it, see in 5133 .
2. a shoot, sprout, springing from the
root. Is. 53, 2. Metaph. ""CJ? tt5"ntu the
sprout of Jesse, i. e. the Messiah. Is. 11,
10; comp. ql^a Ja^id Rev. 5, 5. But
in Ls. 14, 30 the root itself is meant, the
metaphor being transferred from plants
to a people.
Deriv. WittJ, tinai, and the denom.
verb UJn^U .
tOya Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. root Dan.
4, 12.
men n for quadril. frnttinti, plur.
constr. riunts), chains, small chains, Ex.
28, 22. R.' nno .
ion (pron. sh^roshu), Keri "^TCn
Chald. f. a rooting out, i. e. expulsion,
banishment, Ezra 7, 26; comp. 10, 8.
See cJnia no. 1. c.
rrytnyb r (r. -i-^oi) only piur. rinwn*
chains, small chains, Ex. 28. 14. 39,
15. Arab, with the letter r softened
, ; Chald. n^c^oJ , rb;^^(U . Hence
by contraction rt\S"^tU q. v.
* m^lC in Kal not used ; only in
PiEL r'liij. inf. rinaJ and with the tone
drawn bnck n-itu Deut. 17, 12. fut. con-
vers. nnC'^l, to wait upon, to serve, to
minister unto, c. ace. of pers. Gen. 39, 4.
40, 4. Num. 3, 6. 1 K. 1, 15; c. ^ Num.
4, 9. Often in the phrase '^"nx r^ya
to minister unto Jehovah, spoken of the
priests as performing the sacred rites of
nn-fl
1090
^tt
worship, Num. 18, 2. 1 Sam. 2, 11. 3, 1 ;
and so c. ace. impl. Num. 3, 31. Difterent
from this is "'^ C\U3 nniU to minister in the
name of Jehovah, Deut. 18, 5. 7, i. e. to
worship Jehovah with invocation, after
the analogy of the phrases ''^ Diua Tit)? ,
1^ Dira H'^fs . By a bold figure it is said
Is. 60,' 7 the rams of Nebaioth TiSWiaj';
shall minister unto thee, i. e. shall serve
as victims for the sacrifices. Part. rinuJTD
subst. a minister, attendant, Josh. 1, 1 ;
spec, in the sacred rites, Ezra 8, 17.
Fem. nnuia for nn-^^jo , 1 K. 1, 15.
tTlTD m. (r. P'^lS) service, ministry,
c. art. n-)ian Num. 4, 12. 2 Chr. 24, 14.
n, see noilj Po.
* I. T2U3 f and t-iW m. constr.
ndia, ?:.r, Gen. 7, 6. 30, 20. Ex. 21, 2.
2 k. 15, 8. al. seep. Plur. D^lBaJ st.r;y,
Gen. 25, 26. Num. 7, 88. al. This nu-
g
meral is widely spread : Arab, sc^kim ,
'xJJ^, Aram, ii^, Jntu q. v. Eth. iiS'ft
contr. flfr, Sanscr, shash, TienA-qswas,
Slav, s^es^, Gr. I'S, Lat. sex, Engl. si>,
etc. But see Rodiger Heb. Gr. 95,
marg. note.
Deriv, nia, "iffittJ ; see too "'ttittS .
II. tJ m.. (r. tti^id) pr. something
white, whiteness.
1. white marhU, i. q. t^^ai, Esth. 1, 6.
Cant. 5, 13.
2. byssus, i. e. fine linen, so called
from its whiteness. E. g. that of the
Egyptians, Gen. 41, 42. Prov. 31, 22;
and of the Hebrew priests Ex. 26, 1. 27,
9. 18. 28, 39. The later name was y^a
byssus; where see espec. the notice of
recent experiments with the microscope.
[Comp. Uvov (3vaaog Jos. Ant. 3. 6. 1. It
may be still a question, whether ttJlJJ,
^vaaoq, was not also used more widely
to include cotton fabrics; comp. Arab.
XjuuiLw , muslin, a fine fabric of cotton.
See Wilkinson Mann, and Cust. of the
Anc. Egyptians, III. p. 115, 116. R.]
We have assigned to this word a He-
brew origin ; but it nevertheless ap-
proaches very near to the Egyptian
CyeUCy shensh, and perh. the Hebrews
HO imitated the Egyptian word as to
give it the appearance of being derived
from a Hebrew root. See Celsii Hierob.
II. p. 259. Hartmann Hebraerin III. p.
34 sq.
* 5^'0'iD a doubtful root ; only in
PiELXTi-ii), Ez. 39, 2 T^-TiNn^xi rpnaaii:
^"^nibsfil I will turn again, and will lead
thee, and will bring thee up, etc. Sept.
xa&odtjyrjab) as, but Compl. xmt|oj af.
Targ. 'errare te faciam.' Vulg. sedu-
cam te. The signification of leading is
quite clear from the context; as to the
etymology, comp. Eth. ilQ)"!^ contr.
fifl, whence A?fi10 to walk or
go about, to traverse countries, and
jft(D'/l(D' a ladder, as aiding to go up.
The ancient interpretation which refers
it to Pi. iivixsi to make six, i. e. to divide
into six parts, does not suit the context.
nsatDTS Sheshbazzar, Pers. pr. n.
borne apparently in Persia by Zerubba-
bel, Ezra 1, 8. 5, 14. Perh. contr. from
\ jljUaA*.s>. fire- worshipper.
tW'03 PiEL denom. from ttittj I, pr. to
make six, to divide into six parts ; hence
to give the sixth, Ez. 45, 13.
^idlD (whitish? r. (iJ^aJ) Shashai,pr.
n. m. Ezra 10, 40.
*>tD (id.) Sheshai, pr. n. of an Anak-
ite, Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15. 14. Judg. 1, 10.
"i Ez. 16, 13 Cheth. for t^_, byssvs.
The writer seems to have chosen this
unusual form for the sake of a parono-
masia with the word "^CJo .
""tJ m, (from ttJC I) f. n'^^Sll), ord.
adj. the sixth. Gen. 1, 31. al. Fem. also
the sixth part, a sixth, Ez. 4. 11. 45, 13.
^ Sheshach, a name of Babylon,
Jer. 25, 26. 51, 41. Its etymology and
proper signification are doubtful. The
Hebrew intpp. as also Jerome, suppose
yHTiJ to stand for baa, according to the
secret or cabbalistic mode of writing
called ttJanx, i. e. in which the alphabet
is inverted, so that n is put for X , O for
a, etc. and this they think was done by
the prophet through fear of the Chalde-
ans. But even supposing (what how-
ever we by no means admit) that these
cabbalistic mysteries and trifling were
already current in the age of Jeremiaii.
how can it be explained that in c. 51,41.
in the very same verse, baa is likewise
-^tl
1091
"nti
mentioned under its own proper name?
C. B. Michaelis not unaptly supposes
r^tilb 10 be contracted from T^ilSsii comp.
viLX, 'to .overlay a gate with iron or
other plates,' so that Tfi'O would desig-
nate Babylon as j^aAxoTiuAos. Bohlen
compares Pers. sLm IL& house of the
prince.
)1Dl6 (perh. i. q. |ttiitt) lily) Sfieshan,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 31. 34. 35.
jIDiD, see yiii^.
"pWIC (for ptl5p2J eagerness, longing,
according to Simotiis,) Shashak, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 8, 14. 25. R.ppai.
' _ T obsol. root, to be red, ruddy ;
Arab. j-iif ruddy, rubicund. Hence
yOSID m. in pause ^^^, red colour,
red ochre, rubrica, Jer. 22, 14. Ez. 23,
14. Vulg. sinopis, i. e. rubrica Sino-
peiisis, which was the most celebrated,
see Plin. H. N. 35. 5 or 13. Sept. nlXrog,
which in Horn, is i. q. rubrica. The
Heb. intpp. understand by it cinnabar^
vermilion.
ntD m. (r. n^tfi) only plur. ninlS , co-
lumns, pillars, and metaph. princes, no-
bles, i. e. pillars of a state. Ps. 11,3 when
the pillars are overthrown, i. e. when the
noblest, the firm supporters of what is
right and good, have perished. Is. 19,
10 and her (Egypt's) pillars are broken
down, i. e. the nobles of her state ; opp.
hired labourers, i. e. the vulgar. So
s
Arab. Jul^X pillar, for a nobleman,
prince.
1. nW m. (r. n-^tti) 1. the buttock Is.
28, 4 ; plur. c. suff. nn'^p-intt) 2 Sam. 10, 4.
Arab. v:i^*f, Syr. pi. ^A-i*.], id. Its
origin must be referred to the root ri'^ti ,
(comp. Engl, sitting-part, seat, Germ.
Gesdss,) although ninttJ follows the ana-
logy of verbs rib, as do also the Arab,
and Syr. forms. -
2. Seth, pr. n. of the third son of
Adam, Gen. 4, 25. 26. 5. 3 sq. In the
first of these passages, it is derived
from r'^ttj to set, to place, to replace,
q. d. ' compensation.'
II. mo C (r. nxttb, contr. for naS
Lam. 3, 47) noise, tumult ; Num. 24, 17
ra5 'sa the sons o/" (warlike) tumult, i.e.
the tumultuous enemies of Israel. In
Jer. 48, 45, which is imitated from Num.
1. c. it stands "jisid '3a.
no and fITO Chald. i. q. Heb. Ifiti fix,
Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 15. Plur. Y^X^. 'i^ty
Dan. 3, 1.
*I. nri^, fnt. nriti-;', conv. Piifil.
1. to drink, Syr. Chald. Ethiop. id.
Synon. is S^l^'Ji, whence Hiph. Mp'^H
q. v. With ace. of the drink. Ex. 34, 28 ;
c. ^Xi Job 21, 20 where comp. Gia ; c. a
of any thing, with the notion of enjoy-
ment, Prov. 9, 5 ; also with 3 of the ves-
sel, comp. 3 A. 1. b, Am. 6, 6. Metaph.
Job 15, 16 nbl? ^"^TZO nrtU drinking in
iniquity like water, i. e. wholly filled and
overflowing with iniquity ; comp. 34, 7.
But in Prov. 26, 6 the same phrase is to
be taken in a passive sense, the lame
man drinketh in injury, i. e. must suffer
it, cannot avenge it.
2. to drink together, to banquet, Esth.
7,1. Comp. nntiSa .
NiPH. pass, of Kal no. 1, Lev. 11, 34.
Hiph. see J^l?'^.
Deriv. "^noj i' nvtt) ^ niniaa .
* 11. nr) iS obsol. root. Arab. ^C*
IV, i. q. ^^tX^I, to fix the tcarp to
the loom, Syr. ^^L^] to weave. Hence
'ntd II.
^^tO and NCtJ Chald. to drink, Dan.
5, 1. 2. 23. Praet. c. Aleph. prosthet.
l"'Pia36t they drank Dan. 5, 3. 4 ; comp.
Syr. ^Lm.] to drink. With a of the
vessel, V. 3. Comp. the Heb. no. I. 1.
Deriv. nniaa Chald.
nirro, see nt^.
I. ''tliD m. (r. nntlJ I) a drinking, ca-
rousing, Ecc. 10, 17.
II. ""tW m. (r. nn^ II) the warp in
weaving. Lev. 13, 48 sq.
n*rn f. (r. nnia I) a drinking, i. q.
^r\ya I, Esth. 1, 8.' '
bin m. (r. i>ns$) plur. constr. ""^nti,
a plant, shoot, Ps. 128, 3.
n;>F|tD f. two, see in D'?3ti.
br\t
1092
i^n
bT\-^
fut. Ij'pittJ^ io plant, a poetic
verb, Ps.' 1, 3. 92, ii Hos. 9, 13. Jer. 17,
8. Ez. 17, 8. 19, 10. 13. Hence b^naj.
uV,w prob. to unclose, to open, kindr.
with Dno , cnb , to close. Chald. to per-
forate. Found only once of a prophet,
Num. 24, 3. 15 "I'l'sn nntlS unclosed of eye,
i. e. with the (mental) eye opened, i. q.
^'?5'^? "''1^? in V. 4. For the sense comp.
Ps. 40, 7.'
* 1^^ only HiPH. part. )^'Pii>'q mail-
ing water, mingens. The Talmudists
use also the inf! 'pnajn, fut. ")Ti^"i, but
there is extant no other vestige of a
root '|na ; on the contrary, to express the
voiding of urine the usual word is 'j'^aj ,
whence '\1'<0 . Simonis therefore (ed. 2)
has not unaptly regarded 'pPidri as a
contracted form for |*l!)'^n Hithpa. of
the root )'^ti . Found only in the phrase
'T'pa "r^'lj'? mingens ad parietem. i. e.
against the wall, a sort of contemptuous
expression to denote a small boy, espec.
where mention is made of exterminat-
ing a whole tribe or family. 1 K. 16, 11
he slew all the house of Baasha j Tie left
him not one pissing against the wall (not
even a boy), nor kindred, nor friends.
14, 10. 21, 21. 1 Sam. 25, 22. 34. 2 K. 9,
8. Comp. the same phrase in Syriac,
e. g. Assem. Bib). Orient. II. p. 260, an
diacesis -sacra Gumce (me teneat) in qua
nan remansit qui mingat ad parietem ?
i. e. which is wholly devastated. The
phrase seems thus contemptuously to
denote a boy, because in the East it is
customary for men to perform this office
of nature in a sitting posture, beneath
their flowing garments, nor does decency
permit it to be done in the presence of
others ; see Hdot 2. 35. Xen.'Cyr. 1. 2.
16. Ammian. Marcell. 23. 6. Some
understand by this phrase a slave or
a person of the lowest class, see Jahn
Arch. I. 2. p. 77. Hermeneut. Sacrse p.
31 ; others, a dog, Ephr. Syr. 0pp. I.
542, Abulwalid, Judah ben Karish (Mss.),
Kimchi, Jarchi ; but neither of these
accords with the context. See L. de
Dieu ad 1 Sam. 25, 34. Bochart Hieroz.
I. p. 675.
* p^^ fut. pFiaJ':, to subside, to settle
down ; hence io be still, to be hushed ;
kindr. with Mpttj, ri?0, Syr. wd^^ ; of
waves Ps. 107, 30. Jon. 1, 11. 12 ; of strife
Prov. 26, 20.
iritD (i. q. XXmj Pers. a star) Shethar.
pr. n. of a Persian prince. Esth. 1, 14.
"laria ^tyx (i. q. Pers. ^U^L? sU*w
shining star) Shethar-bozenai, pr. n. of
a Persian governor, Ezra 5. 3. 6, 6.
*Jnlni23 i. q. TTT'ti, to set, to place;
hence twice pra>t. plur. ^Sn'iJ . Ps. 49, 15
impers. W^ bisaj^ "ixas like sheep they
put them in Sheol, i. e. they are driven
or thrust down thither ; comp. Ps. 88, 5.
Ps. 73, 9 cn-'Q D'^^v^h iinaj they set their
mouths against the heavens, i. e. they
assail the heavens, and as it were pro-
voke them, with proud and impious lan-
guage.
Tav or Tau, the twenty-third and
last letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as a
numeral denoting 400. For the signifi-
cation of the name, see under art. "ipi.
As to the pronunciation, n without
Dag. lene is an aspirate and seems to
have had a lisping sound, like Gr. ^,
Engl. th. With Dag. lene (n) it is a
slender t, difTering from O ; for which
difference see under a. In Arabic the
corresponding letter is i>, rsyely vi),
as in flpn, v-aJO. It is sometimes in-
terchanged with ci p. 1021, and tt p.
! 358. It even has some affinity with the
I breathings X, n ; comp. nix, n^d, 2!in.
! to return ; iTiX and iTiR to dwell, also
' T T FT
I to mark : "I53X and "il^, etc. So also in
I Arabic often.
I
i5P\ m. (r. nw III) a chamber, 1 K.
14, 28. Ez. 40, 7sq. Plur. B-'NFi, once
nixn Ez. 40, 12. ChalJ. V.yi, 1^, Syr.
PoZ, )JooZ* The form sn comes from
in for nin, the letter 1 being changed
to X on account of the preced. Kamets,
as in D5;5, DXj5, B|5.
nn
1093
nn
* I. HKn only 1 p. ^naxn, to desire,
to long after, c. \ Ps. 119, 40. 174. In
Chaldee frequent It is kindr. with nssj ,
nix, and might peem a secondary verb
derived from Hithpa. of these roots.
Deriv. naxn,
* II. n5<ri only in Piel part. as||nn,
i. q. a5ri''3, abominating, abhorring. Am.
6, 8; the letters 5 and S< being inter-
changed in the Aram, manner, see p. 1.
n3i<n f. desire, longing, Ps. 119,20.
R. =sn I.
* I. Mi<ri i. q. niPj I, to mark out, to
describe ; only in
Piel fut. sixrn id. Num. 34. 7. S.
Sept. xKTa^frpij'fftif, Syr. determinabi-
tis. Comp, ni III.
11. nijri i. q. Arab. ^^\3 to outi-un,
to get before. Hence
ifctn Deut. 14, 5, and contr. i^iP Is.
51, 20, a species o^ antelope or mountain-
goat, so called from its swiftness; comp.
Engl, doe. In Deut. 1. c. Sept. Vulg.
and in Is. 1. c. Aqu. Symm. Theod.
Vulg. render it o()v^, oryx, Targg. bos
sylvestris, wild ox, which is a kindred
signif. comp. DX'n . See Boch. Hieroz.
T^ I. p. 973.
^')^^ f. (r. nii< I) constr. nixn , c. suff.
nnxtn.
1. desire, longing, wish, whether right
and good Ps. 10, 17. 21, 3. Is. 26, 8; or
wicked Ps. 10, 3. 112. 10.
2. desire, appetite, longing for flesh ;
Num. 11, 4 nii<n siiixnn thej/ longed a
longing, i. e. fell a longing. Ps. 78, 29.
30. Hence pr. n. WXPin m"-i3p ' the
sepulchres of longing,' see on p. 910.
3. a desire, delight, something desir-
able, Gen. 3, 6 ; also nixn baxa food of
desire, i. e. delicate, dainty, Job 33. 20.
Hence, desirableness, charm.. Gen. 49,
26. Prov. 19, 22.
Dli^n m. (r. exri) a twin, only plur.
c^okri twins Gen. '38, 27 ; by Syriaem
contr. C-ai'n Gen. 25, 24 ; constr. in-ixPi
Cant. 4, 5.
Hbsri c (r. nist) c. suff. Tin^xn, a
curse Lam. 3, 65.
Q^V '0 be double, twain ; Part.
B"'OX'n doubled, twain, coupled, of boards
92
Ex. 26, 24. 36, 29. Syr. and Arab, to
be twin.
Hi PH. to bear twins, Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6.
Deriv. cisn, c^an, and
Dfctr^ or D^Ji^, whence plur. constr.
'iQXn twins Cant. 7, 4. It is pr. a mono-
syllabic abstract noun, of the form bHi.
b"ia, here put as concrete.
nasn r (r. njx II) c. suff. PinjNn, pr.
a coming together, and then of the copu-
lation of animals. Once of the wild ass
in her heat, Jer. 2, 24. Not less aptly
N. G. Schrceder, in his Observatt. ad
Origg. Hebr. p. 10, derives the signifi-
cation of heat, lust, from the root ^| to
be hot, to boil, comp. tnB .
'^f^^ f plur. C^SSPi , constr. "'SXn , a
fig-tree. Gen. 3, 7, where the feus Jn-
dica or Musa paradisiaca, Engl, plan-
tain-tree, with very large leaves, seemp
to be meant. Num. 12, 23. 20, 5. Deut.
8, 8. al. Also the fruit, a fig, 2 K. 20, 7.
To sit under one^s own vine and fig-
tree, is to lead a quiet and happy life.
1 K. 5, 5. Zech. 3, 10. Mic. 4, 4. Sei
Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 368 sq. The ety-
mology is obscure, since it cannot well
be derived either from the root px, oi
from 'iSPi, Arab, ^jb" Conj. III.
nSS/n f, (for nsxn, r. njx II) occa-
sion, Judg. 14, 4.
'^r?^'^ f sorrow, mourning. Is. 29, 2.
Lam. 2, 5. R. njx L
D'^IXn m. plur. (r. -,!1X no. 3) hard
labours, travail; Ez.24, 12 nxbn C-'JSP
it (the pot) doth weary itself with toils.
Vulg. multo labore sudat^im est.
n'bO ln;xr\ (approach to Shiloh, r.
n;j$ II) Taanath- Shiloh, pr. n. of a'
place in the confines of Ephraim, Josh.
16,6.
5v to be marked out or off,tobi
described, e. g. a border, boundary, to
extend, to stretch; c. "ip from and bx or
07 to, i. e. from... even to, Josh. 15, 9.
11. 18, 14. 17. Others Act. to mark off,
etc.
PiEL to markout, todelineate, Is. 44. 13.
PuAL Part. iKn^. Josh. 19, 13 Bim-
nwn nssri njjhan which was marked off
(pertains) to Neah. Hence
li^n
1094
bnn
liSn m. c. suffi i-ixh for iiNn , d'^xP!,
form, figure of the body, 1 Sam. 28, 14.
Lam. 4, 8. "ixh ns^, nxFi ns-j, of a
beautiful form or figure, often said of
men Gen. 29, 17. 39, 6 ; also of beasts
Gen. 41, 18. 19. Spec, good figure,
comely form, Is. 53, 2. 1 Sam. 16. 18
"iNFi ^"'X a man of figure, i. e. handsome.
Ty^r^ Tarea, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35 ;
for 5'nnn 1 Chr. 9, 41. where see.
n^1Bfi?r\ m. (r. -srx no. 1) Is. 41, 19.
60, 13, pr. ' erectness, tallness ;' hence a
tall tree, and as pr. n. for a species of
cedar growing on Lebanon. Vulg. and
Chald. render it huxus, the box-tree;
Syr. and the Hebrew intpp. Sherbin,
(jjjOwCi, l^'or^,) i.e. a species of
cedar distinguished by the smallness of
its cones and the upward direction of its
branches. See Rosenm. Alterthumsk.
IV. i. p. 292. Niebuhr Arabien p. 149.
Celsii Hierob. II. p. 153.
n3Fl f. constr. ri2n . a box, chest, coffer,
Chald. Nn!i2''n, Arab. ^U, i:y^U,
chest, coffer ; comp. also Gr. S^ifiT], -^r/lSr],
in Sept. after the oriental usage. Spoken
of the ark of Noah as built in the form
of a chest or coffer Gen. 6, 14 sq. also
of the ark in which Moses was exposed
Ex. 2, 5. Sept. xi^oDioc, Vulg. area.
Luther and the Engl, version have
properly retained the word Arche, ark,
as denoting both a chest and a vessel of
the like form. The etymology is ob-
scure.
nSISri f (r. X"a) constr. nxsisn, piur.
rristwin.
1. produce, increase, e. g. of the earth
^Josh. 5, 12. Is. 30. 23; of the threshing-
floor and wine-press Num. 18. 30 ; of the
vineyard Deut. 22, 9. Trop. Jer. 2, 3.
2. gam, profit, Is. 23. 3. Ecc. 5, 9.
SCJnn nxisn the gain of the unjust Pro v.
10* 16. 15, 6. i^=n nx^sn the profit of
wisdom, resulting from it. 3, 14. 8, 19.
3. Trop. residt, consequence; nxiSFi
rrcla the result of his uords, Prov. 18,
20. ' Comp. "^"iD no. 1.
jian m. (r. T^a) insight, understand-
ing. Hos. 13, 2 they have made idols
according to their own understandings,
L e. as they pleased.
Jly^DP f. (r. 'pa ) id. insight, under-
standing, spoken of God and men, Prov.
2, 6. 3, 19. 21, 30. Deut. 32, 28. Plur.
id. Prov. 11, 12. 28, 16. Is. 40, 14 ; also
intelligent words, reasons, Job 32, 11.
Spec, of skill in arts, Ex. 36. 1 ; comp.
nra no. 2.
riD^ari f. (r. D^3 ) a treading down,
destruction, 2 Chr. 22, 7.
Tl^n (quarry, r. "latn i. q. laiJJ ; or
height, mount, umbilicus, i. q. isiaa q. v.)
Tabor, pr. n. a) A mountain on the
confines of Zebulun and Naphtali, stand-
ing out in the border of the plain; called
by Josephus 'IxuSvqiov, 'Atu^vqiov, Re-
land Palsestina p. 331 sq. now \^ J^<<^
Jebel Tur ; see Burckhardt's Travel>
in Syria 332 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 211 sq. Josh. 19, 22. Judg. 4, 6.
8, 18. Ps. 89, 13. Jer. 46, 18. Hos. 5, 1.
b) A grove of oaks in the territory of
Benjamin 1 Sam. 10, 3. c) A Levi-
tical city in Zebulun, situated upon
mount Tabor, 1 Chr. 6, 62 [77].
'?^ f. (for ^a'^n, each Tsere impure)
a poetic word. R. ba^ Hiph. see in b^a^ .
1. the earth, as fertile and inhabited.
the habitable globe, world, olxovfit>T]. Syr.
\l>]l,^T^2,\^2,id. Is. 14, 17 opp.
na'ic. Job 18, 18. Twice 'iit'^J* i>ati tht
7corld {the habitable parts) of Tiis earth .
i.e. God's, Prov. 8, 31. Job 37. 12. Comp.
bani y-jX Ps. 90, 2. Also often
2. the whole earth, the world in gene-
ral. Is. 14. 21. 27, 6. Ps. 77, 19. Prov. 8.
26 ; espec. where the founding of it i.^
mentioned, 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ps. 18, 16. 93, 1.
Meton. for the inhabitants of the earth.
Ps. 9, 9. 96, 13. 98, 9. Hyperb. spoken
of the kingdom of Babylon Is. 13, 11 :
and of Israel 24, 4 ; comp. orbis Ro-
manus.
bSri m. foul pollution, profanation.
Lev. 18,23 afler the law against bestial-
ity, B<>!ri bar) that \sfoul pollution. 20, 12.
R. bba no. 3, as Gcn from r. DD :
comp. Chald. baba to profane sc. by in-
cest Gen. 49, 4 Targ. Jon. Arab. Jo
to be profane, to commit adultery.
^3r, see baw.
tr^SSR f, (r, nba) constiniption, de-
struction, c. sufT. DH'^bacj Is. 10, 25.
bnn
1095
nn
Some Mss. and editions read here
nn"^b2n, which would also have the
sense of consumption, from r. 0^3 Pi.
But this reading seems owing rather
to the copyists, to whom the word
iT^bsn was more familiar; comp. the
similar variety of orthography in Job
21, 13. 36, 11.
552r\ m. adj. (r. bVs no. 3) stained.
i. e. having stains, spots ; only Lev. 21,
20 iS'^sa b^2n having a (white) spot on
his eye. Vers. anon, in Hexapl. Xtvxtafia,
comp. Tob. 2, 9. 3, 17. 6, 8. where the
Heb. translator renders the Gr. hvxojfxa
by this word, biban . Targg. f^bin,
"litin , here for blear-eyed, lippus ; comp.
r. bba no. 1, and Talra. nn-'baba .
"jSn m. straw as broken up by thresh-
9 o
ing, short straw, chaff. Arab, i^^-o id.
whence denora. i^wo to fodder with
straw, to sell straw. The etymology is
doubtful ; but not improb. '^'SP. is so writ-
ten for M52n from r. n:a, and denotes
material for building ; see Ex. 5, 7 sq.
corap. also ',ax and "^sqn. Job 21, 18.
Gen. 24, 25. Is.' 11, 7. 65,25.
Deriv. denom. 'iSnn , and
'jSR (prob. for i^*^aP^ building of Je-
hovah, r. .153) T\bni, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16,
21. 22.
fT'DIin f. (r. nsa) 1. structure, mode
of building, Ps. 144, 12.
2. a model, pattern, after which any
thing is buiit, Ex. 25, 9. 40. 2 K. 16,
10. al.
3. image, form, likeness of any thing,
Deut. 4, 16. 17. 18. Ez. 8, 10. Hence Ez.
8. 3 n; n-^sap nbia*ii and he put forth the
form, of a hand, something like a hand,
10, 8. Comp. niiotj no. 3.
nnyan (a burning, r. "ira) Taberah,
pr. n. of a place in the desert, Num. 11,
3. Deut. 9, 22.
fan (brightness, r. ya^) Thebez,
pr. n. of a place near Shechem, Judg. 9,
50. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Prob. mod. Tubds
lyX^yio, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
158.
* 111^ Chald. i. q. Heb. -lato; to break.
Part. pass. "T^an fragile, frail, Dan. 2,
42. Comp. -lian ,
nOSbfi nban pr. n. m. ISglath-pile-
ser, king of Assyria B. C. 753-734. 2 K.
15, 29. 16, 10. Written also lobo rbsn
2 K. 16, 7 ; "^DXibD nabn 1 Chr. 5, 6.
2 Chr. 28,20 ; and'-iojbe r:bn 1 Chr. 5,
26. The first part of the name seems
to be equivalent to Diglath, the river
Tigris, see bj^'nn , pr. acer, swift. The
latter part, which appears also in the
name Nabo-polassar, is prob. i. q. Pers.
^HkM^L) magnus rex, comp. Sanscr. p4/a
lord, king, from r. pAl to guard, to rule ;
unless peril. Pileser and Polasar may
be i. q. Sanscr. pura sara, preceding, a
leader ; see Bopp's Glossar. p. 220. ed. 2.
The whole name may be translated :
lord of the Tigris.
blia^n m. (r. b5?a) a benefit, i. q. b^oa ,
Ps. 116, 12.
JTlSn f. (r. n"i5) strife, contention;
Ps. 39, 11 ''n''bD^'''3X '7\-]i Toypm from,
the contention of thy hand (thy strokes,
judgments) I am consumed. Chald. id.
man?r\ Gen. lO, 3, and nWiin l Chr.
1, 6.'ez. 27, 14. 38, 6, Togarmah, pr. n.
of a northern region and people sprung
from Goraer, i. e. the Cimmerians, and
abounding in horses and mules. Most
prob. Armenia, which was noted for its
horses, inno^oiog atpodQu Strab. 11. 13.
9 ; or at least a part of it. Such too is
the tradition or opinion of the Arme-
nians themselves, who claim Torgom
the son of Gomer as the founder of their
nation, and call themselves the house of
Torgom; comp. Sept. 11. cc. where by
transpos. of the letters we find also Ooq-
yafia, OfQ/afid, Ovgyafia, as likewise
some Heb. Mss. have n^ann. See J. D.
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 67-78.
'in'in m. name of a tree growing
in Mount Lebanon. Is. 41, 19. 60, 13.
Vulg. tdmus, elm ; Chald. 'i^na i. e. a
species of^ plane-tree called by the Arabs
_,Lu . Better, hard oak, holm, ilex, pr.
lasting, firm, from r. ""H^ no- 2. Comp.
xn-^nn. See Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p.
271. Comment, on Is. 41, 19.
i<y"lPi Chald. f (r. "iW) circuit, hence
continuity, perpetuity, i. q. T^^Pi . Adv.
K*Ti*7ra pr. in a circuit, continually,
Dan. 6, 17. 21. Freq. in Targg.
121T\
1096
bnin
"ib'in 1 K. 9, 18 Keri, and 2 Chr. 8, 4.
Tadmor. pr. n. of a city in a fertile spot
of the Syrian desert between Damascus
and the Euphrates, founded by Solomon,
, c, >
and still called by the Arabs -xjo Tud-
mur. Prob. for '^nPn ' city of palms,' from
"lan ; hence Gr. naX(xvQa, IlaXfiiqa, Pal-
myra ; see Schultens Ind. ad Vit. Salad.
So vice versa the Arabs called Palma
a city of Spain -jyo Jo Tadmir. The
same city is called i^an (palm) 1 K. 1. c.
Cheth. which seems to have been less
usual. In the numerous Acamaean and
Greek inscriptions which are still found
among the ruins of Palmyra, the name is
written both "itnn and "iialn ; see Swin-
ton in Philos. Transactions, Vol. XLVIII.
Rosenmiiller Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 274 sq.
5^^n (fear, veneration, r. bS'n) THdal,
pr. n. of a king. Gen. 14, 1.
* riiiri obsol. root, Chald. Knn to be
waste, desert, desolate, kindr. with nijtsj ;
whence Chald. ^tycx , Xlrtsn , waste, desert,
Arab. _^* empty. Hence
'inn subst. for IrtCl a Segolate form,
likettS'ip. R. nnn!
1. wasteness, desolateness ; concr. waste,
desolate, Gen. 1, 2. Job 26, 7. Hence a)
a desert Deut. 32, 10. Job 6, 18. 12, 24.
b) desolation; Is. 24. lOinh n;;'np a city
of desolation, i. e. laid waste. 34, 11.
2. Trop. nothingness, emptiness, vani-
ty, and concr. a vain, worthless thing,
(synon. b=n,) Is. 41, 29. 44, 9. 49, 4. 59,
4. 1 Sam. 12, 21 ; nothing, parall. with
-(iK, Is. 40, 17. 23.
3. Adv. in vain ; so irirt Is. 49, 4, and
ace. nnh Is. 45, 19.
Dinn comm. gend. (r. D^in) plur.
niahsn; masc. Job 28, 14, oftener fern.
Gen. 7, 11. Ez. 31, 4; a poetic word,
pr. ' a mass of raging waters,' so called
from their noise and roaring; spec, the
sea, ocean, the deep. Gen. 8, 2. Job 28,
14. 38, 6. 30. Ez. 26, 19. 31, 15. Jon. 2, 6.
Hab. 3, 4; more fully na-i tsinrj the
great deep, Gen. 7, 11. Ps. 36, 7. Am. 7,
4. Is. 51, 10. Less often of any other
niass of waters, as those covering the
liarth at the creation, Gen. 1, 2. Ps. 104,
6 ; or the subterranean waters, the deep,
the abyss, whence spring fountains and
streams, Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; also
in the description of roaring waters or
floods, Ps. 42, 8 Jiood calleth unto jlood.
Ez. 31,4. Job 41, 24 [32].
Plur. ni^hp) 1. waves of the sea,
billows, Ex. 15, 5. 8. Ps. 33, 7. 77, 17.
78, 25.' 106, 9. Prov. 3, 2. Is. 63, 13.
2. abysses, depths of the sea, Ps. 107,
26. 135, 6. 148, 7. But fns^ niahri Ps.
71, 20 are the depths of the earth full of
water ; also Deut. 8, 7 D'^a i^riD ynx
'in ni^hriii nii'^S a land of water-brooks,
of fountains, and of deeps, etc. Sept.
ri u^vffdog, plur. al uvaaoi.
nii>nn f (r. ^bn Pl.) constr. n^nn,
c. suff. 'in^nPi ; plur. ni^nn .
1. praise, i. e. the singing of praise,
2 Chr. 20, 22. Ps. 100, 4. Also song of
praise, a psalm, hymn, Ps. 147, 1 ; c. ^
to any one, in his honour, Ps. 40, 4. 65,
2; h of the author, Ps. 145, 1 "^Tih n^ntn
a hymn of David. With suff. Ps. 22,
26. 71. 6. Plur. ni^rttn psalms, hymns, Ps.
22, 4 ; also C^nPi as the later name of the
Psalter. Hence praise, laud, espec. as
sung ; Ps: 106, 12 irkl1T\ ^n-'Oi;! they sing
his praise. Ps. 34, 2. '66, 2.' 8. Plur.
praises, Ps. 78, 4. Is. 60, 6. 63, 7. Meton.
a praise, i. e. object of praise, he who is
lauded, Deut. 26, 19; comp. Jer. 13, 11.
33, 9. Zeph. 3, 19. 20. Jer. 51, 41 n^ntn
ynxn-ss the praise of the whole earth,
i. e. Babylon ; and so Jerusalem Is. 62,
7. Jer. 49, 25.
2. praise in which one stands in re-
spect to others, glory, renown, Ps. 48, 11.
51, 17. Is. 42, 8. 48, 9. 61, 3. Jer. 48, 2. al.
Hence of a person or thing as the object
of one's glory, that in which one glories ;
Jer. 17, 14 nnx '^n^n'^ ihou (Jehovah)
art my glory. Deut. 10, 21. For the
form vpn^nn Ps. 9, 15, see Lehrg. p.
215, 527. The Yod is superfluous.
'^^0'? ^ "'' ^f/'^l^- folly, and then sin,
Job 4, 18; Sept. axoXiov xt, Vulg. pra-
vum quid, Targ. iniquitas. The opi-
nions of interpreters as to the etymology,
have been various; but the Hebrews,
and among them Kimchi, have long ago
suggested the true one, to wit, that nbnn
is fern, of Isrin or bn'n , from the root sbri
no. 4 ; as oan , ban , T?.'n , from odid . bba .
'jS'i . Nor is it an objection that the b is
bnn
1097
mn
without Dagesh forte, comp. 03 from
Dps, fern, riosa, see Lehrgb. p. 503.
Others, as Srhnurrer, refer it to the root
Jje, to wander, to err. whence (JJbl
error ; anil from this they derive the
noun n^nin, nbn'n, and thence "^^viPi ;
as vice versa nbrh for nbsn Judg. 6, 28,
HOST for nast Num. 23, 7.
n3lbr\ri f. (r. T^bn) a procession, plur.
Neh. 12, 31.
niDDtin f plur. (r. Tjcn) I. perverse-
ness, folly, Deut. 32, 20. '
2. deceit, falsehood, fraud, Prov. 2, 12.
14. 6. 14. 8. 13. 23. 33. al. nisonn "iith
a deceitful tongue 10, 31.
1R m. (r. nin I) for mn ; c. suff. 'TO.
1. a mark, sign, Ez. 9, 4. Arab.
j<1j, t\yS, a mark, i. e. a cross burnt
in upon the neck or thighs of horses and
camels ; whence the name of the letter
n, which has the form of a cross in the
Phenician alphabet and on the coins of
the Maccabees. From the Phenicians
the Greeks and Romans derived both
the figure and name of the letter T.
2. a mark or cross as subscribed to a
bill of complaint ; hence subscription, or
meton. the bill itself^ charge, Job 31, 35
to here is my mark, i. e. my bill of com-
plaint. It is related of the synod of
Chalcedon and other oriental synods,
that the bishops who could not write
their names affixed the mark of the cross
instead of them ; and this is common at
the present day in the case of persons
who cannot write. Much more must we
suppose it to have been so in the infancy
of writing ; and thus to have passed into
the common usage of language.
Kin, see iXFi.
* n^n Chald. fut. aiin-; , i. q. Hebr.
a^O, to turn back, to return, Dan. 4, 31. 33.
Aph. -^rn (with Heb. form) to re-
turn, to restore, Ezra 6, 5. DSrB 2'^r^'!|
i. q. Hebr. 13^ ^'^^'fl , c. ace. of pers.
Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. (For Dan. 2, 14,
see JKUS .) XiJPiirj 'n to return a letter,
i. e. to answer by letter, Ezra 5, 5.
bn W Ez. 27, 13. 38, 2. 3. Is. 66, 19, and
ban Gen. 10, 2. Ez. 32, 26. 39, 1, pr. n.
T\d>al, i. e. the THbareni, a people of
92*
Asia Minor dwelling near the Euxine, on
the west of the Moschi ; see T^i^a no. 3.
y^"^ ba^n 'i\ibal-cain, pr. n, of a son
of Lamech. the first who wrought in
iron and brass, Gen. 4, 22. Peril, sco-
riarum faber, compounded from Arab.
fcjjj) faber, and Pers. JoaJ) metal li sco-
riie, the genitive being put first, which
savours of an Assyrian or Persian origin.
nsnin job 26, 12 Cheth. for ns^n
insight.
njiin f (r. na^) grief sorrow, vexa-
tion, Prov. 14, Vs. 17, 21. Ps. 119.28.
Meton. cause of grief Prov. 10, 1.
rro'ia'in see nonsh .
rriip f (r. nn;; Hiph.) constr. P"iin,
plur. rinin.
1. confession Josh. 7, 19. Ezra 10, 11.
Syr. id.
2. thanksgiving, praise, Ps. 20, 7. 42. 5.
Is. 51, 3. rrnTO D^nbxb n::] to offer thanks
to God as sacrifice Ps. 50,'l4. 23. 107, 22.
16, 17 ; but this formula is not to be un-
derstood of actual thank-offerings. nST
rriin Lev. 22, 29 ; n-i^abTi-n n-iin nat 7,
is'. 15, comp. 12 ; and ellipt. rrn-in Ps. 56,
13. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Jer. 17, 26 ; all imply-
ing thank-offering, sacrifice of thanks-
giving. Syr. id.
3. a choir of singers, celebrating God
in songs of thanksgiving, Neh. 12, 31.
38. 40.
^y^ Chald. kindr. with niQPi, to be
astonished, Dan. 3, 24.
* I. ^^'^ in Kal not used, i. q. nxn I.
to mark, to delineate ; comp. niX III.
PiEL fat. conv. ir^^ , to mark, to make
marks ; 1 Sam. 21, 14 of David feigning
madness, iST^'in ninb'n~b5 in^i he made
marks, scrawled, on the doors ofi/ie gate,
in the manner of mischievous boys.
Hiph. in l^1^^ to make a mark, c. bs
to set a mark upon any one, Ez. 9, 4.
Deriv. in .
11. nir) (o repent, to be grieved.
Syr. id.
Hiph. causat. to grieve, to afflict, e. g.
as a people God, Ps, 78, 41.
* III. n^ri obsol. root. i. q. nix I, and
Arab. (^5-5 io abide, to dwell ; whence
Kn chamber, for IP).
nin
1098
bin
nin ToaJi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 19 [34] ;
tor which in v. 11 [26] nn: Nahath; and
1 Sara. 1, 1 Wpi Tohu.
nbnin f. (r. hn-^) c. suff. "^Pibnirn, ex-
pectation, hope, Prov. 10, 28. 11, 7. 13,
12. Lana.'s, 18. Job 41, 1. With h , hope
in any one Ps. 39, 8.
* Tj^n obsol. root, perh. i. q. viXi*, to
cut up, to divide. Hence
5T!)P) m. constr. T^in. c. suff. ''3iFi, the
midst, middle of a thing, so called from
dividing, corap. "isn . So iT^Sfi T^i'Pl the
midst of the house, the interior court,
3 Sam. 4, 6. It is also put in the genit.
after a noun, Judg. 16, 29 T^wn ''1>IBS
the middle pillars.
With Prefixes. 1. Tpria a) in the
midst or middle of any thing, as T|'iri3
ri'^sn in the midst of the house 1 K. 11,
20. "iwrt 7(1^3 in the middle of the gar-
den Gen. 3, 3. D'^^wr.'? rpna Zech. 8,
S. Also after verbs of motion, D^fi t^ina
in the midst of the sea Ex. 14, 27, Some-
times it does not differ from 3 A. no. 1,
in a place, Gen. 9, 21. 2 Sara. 23, 20,
A.m. 3, 9 ; also as in a A. no. 7, into a
place, Ps. 57, 7. Further. t]ina 13?
to pass through the midst of any thing
Ez. 9, 4. Ex. 14, 29. b) As referring
to several, among, pr. in the midst of;
233 ina in the midst of you, among you,
Gen. 35, 2. Prov. 17, 2. Ez. 2, 5. Also
ibr "i""? to express distinction, separa-
tion, Gen. 1, 6 d'^bh Tiina between the
waters sc. which are above and below
the firmament.
2. Tpma o^ q/'/^e jwirfsf of any thing ;
hence simpl. out of from, Jer. 51, 6. Ex.
33, 11.
3. Tjin~bx into the midst of any thing.
Num. 17, 12. 19, 6. Corap. synon. a-ij?.
Deriv. "jis'^n .
^11^ i. q. TjFi oppression, q. v.
nHDiR f. (r. ns'^) chastisement, pu-
nishment, i. q. nnsin no. 3. 2 K. 19, 3.
Ib. 37, 3. Hos. 5, 9. Plur. nlns-in Ps.
149, 7.
nrJDin f. (r. ns;>) c. Buff. "nnsin;
plur. ninsitn, constr. rins'tn.
1. Act of proving, proof, demonstra-
tion that one is in the right, Job 13, 6.
Plur. proofs, arguments, Job 23, 4. Pa.
38, 15. Hence Prov. 29, 1 ninDitn tJ-^X
a man of arguments, i. e. who when
censured defends himself Others : ' one
often reproved,' from signif no. 2.
2. reproof admonition, correction by
words, Prov. 1, 23. 25. 30. 3, 11. 5, 12.
27, 5. 29, 15. D-'^n nnsin reproof of life,
life-giving, Prov. 15, 31. Plur. rinain
no^a reproofs of instruction, instructive,
Prov. 6j 23 ; comp. in "iOV3 no. 3.
3. correction, chastisement, punish-
ment, Ps. 73, 14. Hab. 2, 1. Plur. Ps.
39, 12. Ez. 5, 15 MTin ninsin. 25, 17.
Qi!(3!lp\ 2 Chr. 9, 21, see D'^l'SFi .
"l^iri (birth, r. lb^) Tolad, pr. n. of a
place in Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29 ; called
also ^^inbx Eltolad Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4.
nhbin and rii^bh f piur. r. ^Y^ .
1. generatiovs.familieSjdescents.Num.
1, 20 sq. nrnbinb according to their ge-
nerations, families, descents, Gen. 10, 32.
25, 13. Ex. 6, 16. al. Hence nSbiPi nsD
a book of genealogy, a genealogical re-
gister or tree, Gen. 5, 1. Hence
2. history, esipec. family history, since
the earliest history among Oriental na-
tions is mostly drawn from the genea-
logical registers of families. Gen. 6, 9
nb nnbiti nks this is the family- history
of Noah. 25, 19. 37, 2. Then also for
the origin of any thing, i. e. the history
of its origin ; Gen. 2, 4 this is the origin
of the heavens and the earth, i. e. the
story of their origin. Comp. uJn" and
Syr. ]^fJf family, genealogical tree,
history.
jibm , see in jib-'Pi .
bb*ir\ m. (r. bb"') a ve.rer, tormentor,
pr. abstr. ' vexation,' the acts of one who
extorts lamentation from others, verbal
of Pil. after the form Vjpn, u w>
nnxsn . Once in Plur. Ps. 137, 3 ^irbb^n
our tormentors, oj)pressors. Sept. una-
ynyovrsg ijfiuc, Vulg. abducentes nos ;
Targ. 'prffidatores nostri,' bb'in being
taken for bbillj (by interchanging the
letters vi and r), which however has a
passive sense.
ybin m. fi:?l?iPi and n?bin f c. suff.
Dnrbin , plur, csbin . R. sbn .
1. a worm, espec. such as are gene-
Din
1099
tm
rated in putrid substances, Ex. 16, 20.
Is. 14, 11. 66, 24 ; or dcHtroy plants, Jon.
4, 7. Deut. 28, 39. Metapli. ofu person
feeble and despised, Ps. 22, 7. Job 25, 6.
2. Spec, th^i coccus worm or insect,
coccus ilicis, Linn, and hence meton.
crimson colour, more fully "'Jtu risbin, see
in ""Sttj . Also crimson cloths or garments
Lam. 4, 5. Is. 1, 18. Comp. r. ybn Pu.
3. Tola, pr. n. m. a) The eldest son
of Issachar, Gen. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 7, 1. b)
A judge of Israel Judg. 10, 1. Patronym.
of lett. a, ""rbin a Tolaite Num. 26, 23.
Q'ln, a root to which some refer seve-
ral forms belonging to r. ccn.
D'ir\", see ni?i .
D'^ttin twins, see oktn .
JTSin C^ain) Gen. 36, 15 Cheth. for
*,T3''Pi q. V.
nnyin f (r. arn) constr. nasin ; plur.
niasin, constr. nissin; an abomination,
an abominable tiling, Prov. 21,27. 28, 9.
ninii nnsin an abomination to Jehovah,
what he abhors, Prov. 3, 32. 11, 1. 20.
Often of things declared by the precepts
of one's religion to be unclean and un-
lawful, e. g. Gen. 43, 32 for that is an
abomination to the Egyptians, sc. to eat
with the Hebrews. 46, 34. Deut. 14, 3.
Spec, of every thing connected with the
worship of idols, 1 K. 14, 24. 2 K. 16, 3.
21, 2. Ezra 9, 1. Ez. 16, 2, and of the
idols themselves 2 K. 23, 13. See ypja ,
nyin f (r. risn) 1. error in respect
to things of religion, impiety, wickedness,
Is. 32, 6. See the root no. 3.
2. damage, injury, Neh. 4, 2 [8].
risyin n plur. (r. ri?^) constr. nlBSin ,
pr. ' fatigues, wearinesses ;' hence
1. labours, toils. Job 22, 25 msrin ClD3
the silver of labours, i. e. got with toil.
Then, product of labours, treasures,
wealth, i. q. ?"'a7 no. 2 ; Ps. 95, 4 niBSin
C'lti the labours of the mountains, i. e.
treasures of the mountains obtained with
toil.
2. swiftness, speed in running, as
Dxn Pierin the swiftness of the buffalo,
Num. 23^ 22. 24, 8. Sept. d6iav, Vulg.
Onk. Syr. Arabs Erp. Kimchi strength,
which does not accord with the etymo-
logy.
Note. Some interpreters compare
this word with the Arab, root mJo to go
up, to grow up; IV, to be tall. Hence
in Num. 1. c. 'the tallness of the buffalo.'
Ps. 95, 4 the heights of the mountains.
Job 22, 25 silver oi' heights, heaps of sil-
ver. But the etymology above given
is to be preferred, as resting on the cer-
tain and demonstrable usage of the He-
brew language ; comp. in r. ti'S'^ .
* Cj^S^ obsol. verb, Chald. to spit out.
Arab. '_flo^' onomatopceet. to spit out
with contempt.
Deriv. nch.
nissin f. piur. (r. ks;;) constr. piiKSin ,
1. a going forth ; metaph. from dan-
ger, i. e. escape, deliverance Ps. 68, 21.
Comp. r. xs; Ecc. 7. 18.
2. place of going forth or exit, e. g.
a gate Ez. 48, 30 ; a fountain, Prov.
4, 23 nin nixs-in the fountain of life, of
happiness. Also of the exit or termina-
tion of any thing, i. e. extremity, end,
Num. 34, 4. 5. 8. 9. Josh. 15, 4. 7. 17, 9.
18. al.
nnpin, see in rrypT\.
"InIH fut. "i^n|j 1. to go or travel
about, Arab. \U> id. Comp. the kindr.
roots under "i!|'n . E. g. a) For the
sake of traffic, as a merchant, 1 K. 10,
15; comp. ban, ino. b) For the sake
of inquiry, e. g. 4is a scout, spy, to spy
out, to reconnoitre a land, c. ace. Num.
13, 16. 17. 21. 14, 6 sq. Also to search
out, to find Old any thing, Deut. 1. 33.
Ex. 20, 6. Trop. to investigate, to exa-
mine, c. ace. Ecc. 7, 25 ; also c. b? Ecc. 1,
13 ; with inf. c.^ , to turn in one's mind.
to think to do something, to think how
one shall do it, Ecc. 2. 3.
2. With ''^nx to go about after, i. e.
to follow, metaph. Num. 15, 39.
HiPH. fut. "in^, and with Rabbinic
form ^Fi'2 2 Sam' 22, 33.
1. to lead one about, espec. in order to
show him tiie way in places where he is
unacquainted ; hence to show the way ;
comp. Chald. i^n a guide. With ace.
Prov. 12, 26 p'^'ns >r\Trq -in"; the right-
eous showeth his friend the way. With
two ace. of pers. and way. 2 Sam. I. c.
nin
1100
nntn
'Isn'n n-T3Fi nmn and (God) showeth the
upright his way, i. e. the way in which
he should walk. So at least this passage
may be aptly explained; although it
seems to have been given up in despair
by interpreters on Ps. 18, 33.
2. i. q. Kal no. \.h. to spy out, to re-
connoitre, Judg. 1, 23.
Deriv. i-in-^ , nin II,
* I. "^ijH m. "^Pl Gen. 15, 9, a turtle-
dove, an onomatopoeetic and primitive
word; Gen. 15, 9. Lev. 12, 6. Cant. 2, 12.
As a name of endearment for the people
of Israel. Ps. 74, 19 ^"^in thy turtle-dove,
i. e. the people dear to thee and iiovv
afflicted and affrighted.
II. "^in and l'r\ ni. (r. "i^in) 1. a row,
order, turn, espec. of what goes round
in a circle, Esth. 2, 12. 15.
2. a row or string of pearls, or of gold
and silver beads, as an ornament for the
head, Cant. 1, 10. 11.
III. "lin 1 Chr. 17, 17, i. q. r.-jin in
the parall. passage 2 Sam. 7, 19, mode,
manner. If the reading is genuine, the
form would seem to be apoc. from n';)in
i. q. nnin.
"1in Chald. m. an ox, i. q. Heb. "iaj .
Plur. -pnn oxen, cattle, Dan. 4, 22. 29.
30. 5, 21. Ezra 6, 9. 17.
nnin f (r. rrn-j Hiph.) constr. nnin,
c, suff". Tinin; plur. ni-i-n .
1. instrniction, precept, Job 22, 22. a)
Human, as of parents, ^Pro v. 1, 8. 3, 1.
4, 2. 7, 2. Ps. 18, 1. b) Divine, through
the prophets, Is. 1, 10. 42, 4. 21 ; hence
an oracle Is. 8, 16.
2. law. a law; the same Heb. word
is retained for the Mosaic law m Arab.
sKy Kor. 5. 47; Chald. KPi"jnix, Syr.
il^lo] , Eth. hLrt . E. g. a) Of sin-
gle laws and precepts. Ex. 12, 49. Lev.
7, 7. 37. 14, 54. Num. 5, 30. 15, 16. 29 ;
with genit. of object, as Lev. 6, 2 nn-in
nbirn the law of the burnt-offering. 12,
7.' U, 2. Ez. 43, n. 12 the law of the
house, i. e. the plan which the builder
is to CjIIow. Plur. mnin laws Ex. 18,
20. Lev. 26, 46. b) Of the whole law
of Moses ; fully niara nnin 1 K. 2, 3.
2 K. 23, 25; also nin-i nnin Ps. 19.8.
37, 31. Is. 5, 24; c. sufl! id. Is. 51. 7. Ps.
40, 9. 78, 10; also xot i^oxi^v irnipn
Deut. 1, 5. 4, 8. 17, 18. 19. Josh. 1, 7
poet, without art. Deut. 33, 4. Is. 2, 3.
8, 20. The book of the law of Moses is
called niu:a n-^in nso 2 K. 14, 6. Josh. 8.
31 ; n^f7'% 'n 'o Josii. 24, 26 ; r\in'^, 'n 'o
2 Chr. 17,9. 34, 14; fTiinn nap Deut.
-28,61. 29,21. 2 K. 22, 8. 11. ah
3. a custom, maimer, comp. UBUia in
2 K. 11, 14; so 2 Sam. 7, 19 nni'n nxT
D'lxri this i^ the manner of man. not of
God, i. e. to deal with me thus, so fami-
liarly, as man with man; comp. v. 14.
3in ra. (r. 3UJ^) c. suff". ^i^ttjin , plur.
n"'2<U'in, constr. "'aijn, Kamets impure;
pr. ' habitation,' concr. an inhabitant,
dweller, usually a sojourner, stranger.
from another country without the rights
of a citizen. Lev. 22, 10. 25, 47. Ps. 39.
13. Plur. constr. 1 K. 17, 1.
n^TD^n f. (r. ntb^) a poetical word, pr.
' a setting upright, uprightness ;' hence
1. help, succour; see the root. Job
6, 13 '31372 r.ms n^oJwi and succour, is
it driven from me? parall. with nn'tS in
the other member; Sept. ^oij&siu. Prov.
2, 7, Sept. awjtjQia. Mic. 6, 9 n^tliw^
T|^a) ''ik'^\ as in several Mss. and in the
versions, comp. in no. 3. Job 30. 22 !TtaPi
Keri.
2. purpose, undertaking, enterprise,
pr. what one wishes to set up or esta-
blish. Job 5, 12 n^^tJm un'^']'^ i^jttjrn jtb
their hands perform not their enterprise ;
Vulg. quod cce-perant.
3. counsel, wisdom, understanding.
Job 11, 6 n^airb c^besi, see in VfiS.
12, 16 iTsiaW) is .strength and counsel.
26, 3. Prov. 3,' 21. S. 14. 18, 1. Is. 28, 29
n*ffi!itn b-'nin n^s nbtn lit. who maketh
wonderful his counsel, and vast his un-
derstanding. Mic. 6, 9 in the common
reading; see in no. 1.
nrilR m. (r. nn'j) a club, bludgeon.
Job 41, 21. Sept. atpvga, Vulg. malleus.
TTr\, see fn.
niSTri f. (r. njT) fornication, whore-
dom; mctaph. for idol-worship, Ez. 16,
26. 29. 23, 8. 17. Plur. c. eufi'. Ti':ni3TP;
etc. Ez. 16, 15. 20. 22. 23, 7 sq.
nib^ann and nibann f. piur. from
r. ban no. 1 ; strictly denom. from the
nouns ban rope, bah sailor, pilot.
inn
1101
ujnn
1. a steering, guidance, management,
Job 37, 12.
2, the art of steering or guiding ;
hence wise counsel, prudent measures,
in a good sense Prov. 1. 5. 11, 14. 20,
IS. 24. 6; in a bad sense, cunning de-
rices. Prov. 12, 5.
^nr\j see in Pfin.
ninr\ Chald. preposit. under, i. q-
Heb. nnn , Dan. 7, 27. It is pr. a noun
plur. and hence c. suft'. "^ninnn under it
Dan. 4, 9. 18.
''pttSHn Tachmonile, patronyra. 2
Sam. 23, 8; in the parall. 1 Chr. 11, 11
litsn q. V.
n^nn f. (r. \>\n Hlph.) constr. n|nri,
a beginning Am. 7, 1. Ruth 1, 22. Ecc.
10, 13. Hos. 1, 2. Prov. 9, 10. al. n^npia
in the beginning, i. e. before, formerly.
Gen. 13, 3. 41, 21. Is. 1, 26 ; the first
time Gen. 43, 18. 20 ; first, as making a
beginning, Judg. 1, 1. 20, 18.
S^bnpl m. (r. Kbn) only plur. D-'X^nri,
constr. ^X'l^nri ; sicknesses, diseases,
Deut. 29, 21."2 Chr. 21, 19. Ps. 103, 3.
Jer. 16, 4 sinni B\sbnn 'nitna deaths
of diseases they shall die. Conor. Jer.
14. 18 2sn-''X*ibnn the sick (pining) with
famine.
Canr) m. (r. O^n) an unclean bird,
so cHlled from its violence and cruelty;
Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15. According
to Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. 232. the male
ostrich, which is called also by the Arabs
AjiXid violentus, iniquus, from its cruelty
towards its young ; comp. Job 39, 14 sq.
Lara. 4, 3, The name MDs;} ra which
precedes it 11. cc. seems then to be un-
derstood in the narrower sense of the
female ostrich. Sept. and Vulg. render
it noctucL^ night-hawk, Jonath. the swal-
low.
jnn (for nSHF) station, camp, r. i^jn)
Tahan, pr. n. m. a) Num. 26. 35. b)
1 Chr. 7, 25. Patronym. from lett. a,
'JHT! Tahanite, Num. 26, 35.
narin f. (r. isn) constr. nsnin, plur.
nisnn.
1. favour, mercy, Josh. 11, 20. Ezra
9, 8.
2. prayer, supplication, pr. ' cry for
mercy,' from r. "(Sn Hithp. Ps. 6, 10.
55, 2. 119, 170. 1 K. 8, 30. 45. 52. al.
Pkir. niinpi 2 Chr. 6, 39.
3. Tehinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 12.
I^Snn m. (r. "jsn) only plur. B-^SWnP
Ps. 28, 2. 6. 31, 23.' 116, 1. al. and once
nis'snn Ps. 86, 6, i. q. ninn no. 2, prayer,
supplication.
MISnri m, plur. (r. njn) camps, en-
campment, i. e. place of encampment,
2 K. 6, 8. Comp. Lat. castra in plur.
omsnn ez. 30, is, and oniBnn jer.
43, 7.' 8. 9.' 44, 1. 46, 14, also 2, 16 Keri
(where Cheth. Osenn), Tehaphnehes,
Tahpanhes, pr. n. of a city in Egypt,
which the LXX render by Tticpvi], Ta-
cpvai, the name of a goddess, Tphnet,
Champoll. 121, 123. It was doubtless
i. q. Daphne, a strong city near Pelusium.
Jablonski. in his Opuscc. I. p. 343, sup-
poses the Egyptian name of this city to
have been written thus, T^^G-eiie^
i. e. capitt V. principium seculi, or as we
would say, ' the beginning of the world,
or earth,' i. e. the Egyptian world, in
reference to its position at the northern
extremity of Egypt.
C'SBHn (caput seculi, see the pre-
ceding art.) Tahpenes, pr. n. of an Egyp-
tian queen, 1 K. 11, 19. 20.
Xinri m. (r. !T^n) a coat of mail,
breastplate, &(u(jri^, made of linen, Ex.
28, 32. 39, 23, a military garment, pr. of
linen strong and thickly woven, and
furnished around the neck and breast
with a breastplate or coat of mail ; see
Hdot. 3. 47 ; comp. Xivo&aigr/^ Horn. U. 2.
529. Syr. jj-i. Ethpe. to fight, to make
war, Aph. to prepare for battle ; comp.
r. n-jn Tiph.
^'^ni?, see r. nnn Tiph.
^^^P^ (cunning, r. snn) Tahiea, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 9, 41 ; written in 8, 35 ?":Htn.
TCnin m. an obscure word, found only
in the connection : irnn lis skin of Ta-
hash Num. 4, 6 sq. Plur. n-^trnpi riTiS
Tahash-skins Ex. 25, 5. 26, U. 35, 23.
39. 34; also in the same sense simpl.
lanin Num. 4, 25. Ez. 16, 10 where the
shoes of females are said to be made of
it. The ancient interpreters understand
by it a colour given to the leather, e. g.
irnn
1102
jnnn
Sept. vaxlv&Lva, Aqu. Symm. luv&iva,
Chald. and Syr. rubra ; and these are
followed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 989 sq.
But this is mere conjecture, having no
support either in the etymology or in
the kindred dialects. On the other hand
the Talmudistsand Hebrew interpreters
almost unanimously hold the 'Jintn to be
an animal, the skins of which were used
for covering the sacred tabernacle and
also for shoes or sandals. To this view
I do not hesitate to accede, and follow-
ing the opinion of R. Solomon ad Ez.
1. c. with Luther [and the Engl. Ver-
sion] to understand here either the seal,
pJwca, or the badger, taxiis v. taxo, the
metes of Varro and Pliny. Besides the
context, which seems to demand an ani-
mal, this view is sustained: 1) By
the authority of the Talmudists, Tract.
Sabb. cap. 2. fol. 28, where in treating
of this animal they say it resembles the
viverra or marten, "jb^X IKbn , which ac-
cords well with the badger. 2) The
agreement of languages, which in the
names of animals and plants is of great
s ^
weight. The Arabic yAjLiDo tuhas, and
s - >
^jkhbt.1^ duhas, are indeed translated dol-
phin by the Lexicographers; but this
name has a wider extent and embraces
also seals, which in many respects resem-
ble the badger, and were frequent on the
shores of the peninsula of Sinai, Strabo
X Vr. p. 776. See Beckm. ad Antig. Ca-
ryst. c. 60. The Lat. name taurus or taxo,
whence in modern languages Ital. taxo,
Fr. taisson, Germ. Dachs, is indeed not
found in Latin writers before Augus-
tine ; but it must not on that account be
regarded as a word newly coined, but
only adopted from the vulgar tongue
and of foreign origin. 3) The etymo-
logy which the Hebrew itself presents,
and which is satisfactory, viz. that ttinn
may be regarded as put for ni^nn , from
the root n^n to be silent, to rest, which
would apply well to the badger in re-
spect to his six months' sleep ; nor is
the seal less somnolent. 4) The skins
either of badgers or of seals might
doubtless have been used both for co-
vering the tabernacle and for shoes ;
those of seals are made into shoes at
the present day. But not improbably
the Hebrews designated under this one
name both the seal, the badger, and
also other like animals which they did
not know nor distinguish accurately ;
while at a later period the same name
was applied by the Arabs and western
nations only to certain species of these
animals. [At the present day the
Arabs of Sinai wear sandals made of
the thick and clumsy skin of a fish,
named by Ehrenberg Halicora Hempri-
chii; but this would seem hardly suita-
ble for the female shoes spoken of in
Ez. 16, 10. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. L
p. 171. R.
*" U Ij 1 . Subst. ^Ae lower part, what
So'
is underneath. Arab. c:;w^Vo id. comp.
Eth. A^/h"!" to let down, to lower,
't'^ifl't* to be lowered, depressed.
^ih-^ low, d'ih't* under. Still, it
may be doubted whether the final n is
a radical belonging to the primary root,
or is perhaps only secondary; and this
latter is countenanced by the Arab.
^U> descendit et demersus est digitus,
whence nliPi can be derived, as nna
from n^S. Hence
a) Accus. as adv. below, beneath, Gen.
49, 25. Deut. 33, 13 ; nnn73 id. (see 'i^
no. 3. h,) Ex. 20, 4. Josh. 2, 11.
b) In Stat, constr. as Preposition, (for
which once h nnn Cant. 2, 6,) and c.
sufF. chiefly in the plural form, "^nnp,
:]'^r)nri, i"'nnr!, n^^ririn, irnnn, cs'^nnn.
cri"'r)npi; rarely in the sing, form, as
^snnn' 2 Sam. 22, 37. 40. 48, cnnn , see
Heb. Gramm. 101. n. 3 ; below, beneath,
under, vno, Arab. i^>,^Nj) ; e. g. nnn
n'l^^n under the heavens Dan. 9, 12.
tsSattn nnn under the sun, see ttia^.
inn nnpi under the mountain, at its
foot' Ex. 24, 4. l"itti^n nnn under the
tongue Ps. 10, 7. 66, iV, and OMncilJ nnn
under the lips 140, 4, i. e. in the mouth.
'b *i^ nnn under one's hand, i. e. in his
power or keeping, 1 Sam. 21, 9. Of a
woman who commits whoredom or adul-
tery under a husband, i. e. while married
and owing fidelity to her husband, Num.
5, 19. Ez. 23, 5 ; comp. in nst and below
in aa. But in Hab. 3, 16 we may ren-
der tft"i ''nnn / tremble in my lower
nnn
partg, \. e. my knees and lirobs. So
with verbs of motion : ) beneath, under
any thing, 2 Sum. 22, 37. 40. 48. Gen.
18, 4. Judg. 3, 30. /?) under, i. e. down,
downwards, xotm, i. q. PittTS ; Am. 2, 13
na'^nnn P''?'? ''335J pr. I press you down-
jrards. Job 40, 12. Hence
With Prefixes : aa) nnn adv. be-
low, beneath, sec above in a. As Prep.
u;i' in, from binder, from beneath, spoken
of persons or things which come out
from under any thing. Ez. 47, 1 waters
came out *|PiEBf] nnt^^ from under the
threshold. Pro v. 22, 27 why should one
lake axcay thy bed ^T^ontnia from under
thee 7 i. e. on which thou liest. Ex. 6, 6.
Deut. 7, 24. Hence 'b rryppi n:T, see
above in lett. b, and nJJ. Rarely for
5 nntnis below, under any thing. Job 26,
5. Ex. 42. 9. Another PnOB e loco, see
in no. 2. init.
bb) b rHP)B(opp.^ byB)6eZow, ?m(/er
any thing ; as T^p^^, ^f^P!^ under the
firmament Gen. 1, 7. Ex. 30, 4. nnn^
bx rT'sb utider or 6eZow Bethel, i. e. be-
low the hill on which Bethel stood. Gen.
35, 8 ; comp. 1 Sam. 7, 11.
cc) h nntniab i. q. the preceding, after
a verb of motion, 1 K. 7*, 32.
dd) nnPi'bx under, pr. 'to under,' of
place whither Jer. 3, 6. Zech. 3. 10 ;
h nrn-bi* Ez. lO, 2. Of place where,
i Sam. 2i, 4.
2. What is under any one. i. e. place,
stead, in or on which one .stands or is ;
Zech. 6, 12 nos'^ ^'^T\T^V\'0 from his place
he shall spring up, i. e. in his own na-
tive land; comp. Ex. 10, 23. Hence a)
Ace. in one's place, in loco. Ex. 16, 29
T'FinB TU'^X 12TIJ abide ye every one in his
place. Judg. 7,21. 1 Sam. 14, 9. 2 Sam.
2, 23. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Job 36, 16 =nn
n^Pinpi p^ia xb a broad place, where
(in which) there is no straitne.ss. b) in
place of instead of spoken of a person
succeeding in the place of another. Lev.
16, 32. Esth. 2, 17. Ps. 45, 17 ?l"'ni3s< nnn
Tj'^sn "Ti"^ in the place of thy fathers
shall be thy children. Hence of things
exchanged for others, e. g. of price, in-
stead of for, Gen. 30. 15. 1 Sam. 2, 20.
1 K. 21, 2 ; also after verbs of requiting,
1 Sam. 25, 21. no nnn/ortcAaf? why?
Jer. 5, 19.
With a relat. conjunct, e. g. iCJst nntn
o) instead of thai, whereas, Deut. 28,
62. /S) instead of in return for, because,
Deut. 21, 14. 2 K. 22, 17. Also "^S nnp)
id. Deut. 4, 37. The same is likewise
nnn c. inf Is. 60, 15. Ps. 38, 21 ; comp.
Job 34, 26 D-^sdi nnn for the fuller nnn
Q^STrn cnvn because they are wicked.
3. Tahath, (place, station,) pr. n. a)
A station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 26. b) A man a) 1 Chr. 6,
9. 22. (i, y) 7, 20.
rinr\ Chald. prep, under, Dan. 4, 11
^ninptn ,?? i. q. Heb. i"'nnni3. The
more usual form is ninn .
ppnn m. adj. (from nnpi) f nainnn
lower, lowest, i. q. "'Finn, Josh. 18; 13.
1 K. 6, 6.
innn m. adj. (from nnn) f. n^nnn
and n-^pinn ; plur. B'nnn, ri''nnn ; /oip-
er, loxces't, Ps. 86, 13. Job 41, 16. Subst.
Gen. 6. 16. ynx-ni'FiPin the lower parts
of the earth, Sheol, Hades, Is. 44, 23 ;
poet, for any hidden place, e. g. of the
mother's womb Ps. 139, 15. The same
is ni'nnn-y-^x Ez. 26, 20. 32, 18. 24 ;
comp. nis'tnnn "lia the lowest (deepest)
pit, Ps. 88, 7. Lam. 3, 55.
* T'^ri, Arab. U> for yju pr. to cut
off or away ; intrans. to be cid off, to
S. o^
die ; \Lo dwarf pr. cut off, shortened ;
Hence in Heb.
HiPH. inn (as if from ttn). in pause
^nr? ; io cut off the tendrils or shoots of
a vine, Is. 18, 5. W^ith the Talmudists
rnn and TTnn is. ' to cut off the head.'
XCnP^ m. adj. (from rp^n) f. njaTl,
middle, mid, Ex. 26, 28. eV. 42, 6.'
jib'^n (for '|ibT)3 gift, according to
Simonis,) Tilon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20
Keri, where Cheth. -libsin. R. bnj.
i^^'^I? Is. 21, 14. Jer. 25, 23, and SttP
Job 6, 19, (r. '1?;', -pa^) Tema, pr. n.
a) A son of Ishmael. Gen. 25, 15. b)
A tract and people in the Arabian de-
sert, so called from Tema (lett. a) ; and
still called by the Arabs LjO Teima,
corresponding to the Oulfia of Ptol. 6. p.
179. But the Arabian Teima is only
about three days' journey northwest of
Medina. Prob. therefore Heb. xa^n is
i. q. "jO'^n no.2.b ; and so the LXX always
write it Oaifidv. See Thesaur. p. 600.
/3^
1104
V^
')'a''ri , once "i'^JJ? Job 9, 9, comra. gend.
(masc. in signif. 2, Obad. 9 ; tem. in
signif 1, Is. 43, 6. Cant. 4, 16.) pr. " what
is on the right hand,' denora. from "po^ .
Hence
1. the south, the southern quarter, see
pa^ no. 3 ; Josh. 12, 3. 13, 4. Job 9, 9.
Is. 43, 6. Hab. 3, 8. Zech. 6, 6. al. With
n loc. H:^"^ri southward, to the south,
Ex. 26, 18. 35. 27, 9. Num. 3, 29. Ez.
47, 19. nj-a-'in rr^^ Ez. 21, 2. h njnip.
southwards of, on the south of. Num. 2,
10. Poet. 'lO'^n for 'i^"'Fi nt-i, the south
wind, Ps. 78, 26. Cant. 4, 16. Comp.
2. Teman. pr. n. a) A grandson of
Esau, Gen. 36, 11. 15. b) A city, re-
gion, and people on the east of Idumea.
sprung fi-om Teman (lett. a), Gen. 36,
4&. Jer. 49, 7. 20. Ez. 25, 13. Am. 1, 11.
12. Ob. 9. Like other Arabs (1 K. 5. 11)
the Temanites were celebrated for wis-
dom, Jer. 49, 7. Baruch 3, 22. 23 ; comp.
Job 2, 11. 22, 1. Patronym. ''3i3''ln Te-
manite. Job 1. c. Gen. 36, 34. 1 Chr. 1, 45.
"'P''?''^ (comp. patronym. ''2'9'"'t|3 in
(^^ri) Temeni, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 6.
rr^'JO'^ri f (r. "^sfi) a column, pillar ;
twice in the phrase "|\^3~nina"^Pi (other
Mss. niiisn) pillars of smoke Cant. 3, 6.
Joel 3, 3 ; poet, for the common "Tiis l^iB?
Judg. 20, 40. Comp. Talmud. '-naFl to
rise in a column, as smoke ; "i>iapi col-
umn, sc. of the rising sun or moon.
TCiT'ri and T'P m. (r. '^"y^) new
wine, so called because it gets posses-
sion of the brain, and inebriates ; comp.
Syr. fI^ilfi, Chald. nn-a, id. Hos. 4,
n 3b n;?^ ujii'^n^ y)'^) r^T whoredom
and wine and new wine take away the
heart, i. c. the understanding. Judg. 9.
1 3. Mic. 6, 1 5. al. Often coupled : Vl '(Sti
com and new wine Gen. 27, 28 ; "j^nx
on'^ni 'iS"! a land of com and new wine,
i. e. abounding in them, Deut. 33, 28.
Is. 36. 17 ; also more fully, com, wine, and
oil, Deut. 28, 51. 2 Chr. 32, 28. Joel 2,
19, al. Of the juice of the grape, Is. 65.
8. [AH the passages go to show, that
OinTl is new wine of the first year, the
xcine-crop or vintage of the season ; and
hence it is mostly coupled with wine and
oil as a prodrict of the land. That it
was regarded as intoxicating is shown
by Hos. 4. 11 ; see above. R.
^^Tr\ (fear, r. N^^) Tiria. pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 4, 16.
On'iJ? m. T^ras, Gen. 10, 2. pr. n. of a
northern people sprung from Japhet :
according to Josephus, Jerome, Jonath.
and Targ. of Jerusalem, Thrace. See
Bochart Phaleg. II. 2.
*"*i'*P3 m. plur. t3ic;;ri, a he-goat,
buck, Prov. 30, 31. Gen." 30, 35. 32, 15.
S o-
Arab. ijuj3 caper, capreolus.
^r^ m. (r. T(?Pi) oppression, violence.
Ps. 10, 7. 55, 12 ;' fully Tpn Ps. 72, 14.
^V in Kal not used, according to
the Heb. intpp. ' to be fitted, joined :"
better, to lean upon, to lie down, comp.
Arab. ^Uo Conj. VIII.
PuAL Deut. 33, 3 ~|3?'^3 "sn cni ami
they (the Israelites) are laid down (en-
camped) at thy feet, i. e. at the foot of
Mount Sinai. Some prefer to read ^z'r
they abide, from r. T|''tn Syr. to abide.
' I. nS^DH f (r. ',!|3) place, dwelling.
Job 23, 3. '
II. nS^DIj^ f (r. "lapi) 1. arrange-
ment, fashi 0)1, Ez. 43, 11, i. q. n'^ssPi in
V. 10.
2. costly furniture, splendid equipage.
Nah. 2. 10. Comp. r.-^i^T\ no. 2.
Oi^Sn m. plur. 1 K. 10, 22, and D^^S^n
2 Chr. 9. 21, peacocks, according to tlie
Targ. Syr. Arabs, Jerome, and the Heb.
intpp. Corresponding are Malabar to-
gei, Sanscr. sikhi. This would seem to
have been the domestic name of thit;
bird in India ; and hence comes also Gr.
laws, Twwc, pr. Taiw,', Athen. IX. p. 397,
(whence Arab. jw.lJo, Chald. C^a,)
and also Lat. paco, the letters t and p
being interchanged ; comp. kaixg, lapis,
U&og. See Bochart Hieroz. T. II. p.
135 sq. A. Benary in Berliner litt. Jahr-
bucher 1831. no. 96.
IS ^
* "^5^^ obsol. root. Arab, db* to cut.
to cut off; and hence to tear off, to spoil,
i. q. bra, prjs, comp. sia. Kindr. is
"TjiR. Chald. damno affecit, raultavit.
Syr. '^lii. q. Hcbr. bu.
Deriv. ^R, and
bsn
1105
bn
D'^pDH ra. plur. gpoilingtt, oppressions,
enpec. of the poor; Prov. 29, 13 ir"'S<
casp) an oppressor of the poor, Sept.
davei<TTr,g, Vulg. creditor. In the Bimilar
passage Prov. 22, 2, it is n-'ttJs the ricli
man.
* ^5^ obsol. root, prob. to shell, to
peel, i. q. ^Htt5, whence rbnui a shell-
fish, muscle. Hence rbspi.
nban n (r. nbs) completion, perfec-
tion, Ps. 119, 96. Others Aope, conf-
dence, from r. isPi, '*^Z, to hope.
rV'bDn f. (r. Hb) 1. perfection, com-
pleteness. Job if,?. Ps. 139, 22 n-'bDn
nxsia pe//ec hatred. For Is. 10, 25, see
in'n''bap).
2. enJ, extremity, Neh. 3, 21. Job 26,
10 '^n-os nix n^bsn-is lit. unto the
end of light with darkness, i. e. where
the light terminates in darkness. 28. 3
n^^n Kin n'^bstn'^Db he searchelh even to
all ends, i. e. into the deepest recesses
of the earth.
f^??r^ f. (r. ban) a shell-fish, muscle,
helix ianlhina Linn. i. e. a species of
muscle found in the Mediterranean, with
a cerulean shell, from which is procured
the bluish or cerulean purple, Rabbin.
*(iTbri . Hence for cerulean purple, and
also for stuffs (wool, thread) dyed with
this purple, Ex. 26, 4. 31. Num. 4, 6 sq.
Ez. 23, 6. 27, 7. 24. Sept. and Vulg.
well vdxiv&og, vaxiv&ivog, hyacinthina.
Falsely Aben Ezra, R. Solomon, and
Luther, yellow silk. See Bochart Hie-
roz. II. 720-742. T. III. 655-686 Lips.
Braun de Vestitu sacerdot. p. 187-200.
]r.\ 1. Pr. to make even, to level,
see Niph. Kindr. is "jl^n.
2. to poise, to weigh, by the equilibri-
um of the balance ; metaph. to weigh,
i. e, to prove, to try, Prov. 16, 2 ish
fi'vn'} ninin Jehovah proveth the minds.
21, 2. 24, 12.
Niph. pr. to be made even, to be equal,
level, as a way ; trop. of a way of con-
duct, to be equal, right, comp. r. *id'^.
Ez. 18, 25. 29. 33, 17. 20. 1 Sara. 2," 3.
Comp. in Kal.
PiEL "jSn 1. to weigh, e. g. the wa-
ters Job 28, 25 ; metaph. to prove, to try.
Is. 40, 13.
93
2. to measure; Is. 40, 12 who hath
measured the heavens with a span 7 in'
the other clause i1o, ^RlJ.
3. to set up, to fix, to adjust^ e. g. by a
level or plumb. Ps. 75, 4.
PuAL part. '(Sna, weighed out, e. g.
money 2 K. 12, 12.
Deriv. *ph, nsiain II, n"'33n, rasna.
JSri m. (r. ISFi) 1. a task, as weighed
or measured out, Ex. 5, 18.
2. a measure Ez. 45, ll.'
3. Tochen, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 32.
n*3Dr\ f. (r. "jsn) 1. arrangement,
pattern, Ez. 43, 10.
2. completeness, perfection, sum, Ez.
28, 12.
X^^yyp^ m. (r. Ti*?3) a wide robe, man-
tle, pallium, the long and flowing robe
of an oriental monarch, Esth. 8, 15.
Chald. id.
bri m. (r. b^n no. 1) c. suff. ?n^n, a hill,
Josh. 11, 13 ; espec. a mound, a heap of
rubbish, Deut. 13, 17. Josh. 8,28. Jer.49,
2. Arab. Jo Tell. id. Hence come the
following names of Babylonian cities,
called after hills or mounds in their
vicinity, see Assemani Bibl. Orient, ind.
geogr. T. III. 2. p. 784. Burckhardt's
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 69 sq. 142.
a) a"'2S< bn Tel-abib, i. e. corn-hill.
Ez. 3, 15, in Mesopotamia on the river
Chaboras, perh. the Thal-labba on
D'Anville's map, 'I'Euphrate et le
Tigre.'
b) Kirnn bn Tel-harsha, i. e forest-
hill (see cnn), in Babylonia. Ezra 2, 59.
Neh. 7, 61.' '
c) rh-a bn Tel-melah, i. e. salt-hill,
also in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61.
^pV i. q. tibpi 1. to hang up, to
suspend, once in part. pass. Deut. 28, 66
thy life will hang (be suspended) before
thee, i. e. will ever be in present and
pressing danger.
2. With b , once in pass. part, to hang
after, to be bent, inclined. Hos. 11, 7 ^B5
^n2!iirab Dixsibn my people are bent (in-
clined) to defection from vie.
nxbn f (r. nxb, as Mbrn from r.
nb5; for i^Jijbrj, ViijNbn, see Lgb. p.
509) travail, trouble, distress, Ex. 18, 8.
Num. 20, 14. Neh. 9, 32. Lam. 3, 5.
xbm
1106
nbm
nn'iSbn f. (r. 2xb) thirst; once Hos.
13. 5 niriNbri ynx a thirsty land, i. e. dry.
nifsbn 2 K. i9, 12, and *ite^ri is. 37,
12, Telassar, pr. n. of a region in Assy-
ria or Mesopotamia, which also further
occurs in Targ. Hieros. Gen. 14, 1. 9, for
Heb. lO^x, and likewise in the same
Targ. and in Jonath. Gen.lO, 12 for Heb.
jDl . Prob. for '^'n^i( bn Assyrian Tel.
mcabri f (r. n?) a garment, Is. 59,
17.
5i^P Chald. m. snow, i. q. Heb. a^.tO,
Dan. V, 9.
"IpsbB Wbn, see 's n^an.
nilVp, see nnbin.
* n^ri fut. plur. ^bri"^, to j^ang- up, to
suspend, Chald. and Syr. id. Comp. Gr.
tAm to suspend in a balance, whence
TakavTov. 2 Sam. 18, 10. Job 26, 7. nVri
ysf^ by 'a to hang upon the slake or cross,
to crucify, a species of punishment com-
mon to the Hebrews Deut. 21, 22 ; to
the Egyptians Gen. 40, 19 ; and to the
Persians Esth. 7, 10. 5, 14. Absol. id.
2 Sam. 4, 12.
NiPH. pass. Lam. 5, 12.
PiEL i. q. KalEz. 27, 10. 11.
Deriv. ""^Fi.
HS^bn f. (r. i^b Niph.) a murmuring,
complaining, e. g. of a people, only plur.
nisbn (others less well nisbB) Ex. 16,7.
9. 12! Num. 14, 27. 17, 25. ' '
' '5v obsol. root, Aram, to break or
tear in pieces ; hence
J^bri (breach) Telah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 25. '
''bn m. MTT. At^O(U. Gen. 27, 3, a quiver,
according to most of the ancient intpp. so
called as being suspended; from r. nbn .
But Onk. and Syr. render it a sword.
'ri'^br^ Chald. ord. num. the third, Dan.
2, 39. R. nbn three.
"^^v ^' I* ^^^ ! ' heap up, to
make high. Part. pass, bibn pr. heaped
up, i. e. elevated, lofty, Ez. 17, 22.
2. to vibrate, to wave, Arab. JoJu,
see in bbo no, 2. Hence D'^inbn .
Note. For the form PHTj see under
Deriv. of no. 1 bn, of no. 2 D'^ipbri.
D2%) obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
jvXj to break, to cut in. Hence the two
following.
Q^Pl m. plur. constr. "''sbn, c. suff.
n-'TDbri , a furrow. Job 31, 38.' 39, 10. Ps.
65, 11. Arab. *JU> id. R. nbn.
iiabri (full of furrows, r. obn) Talmai,
pr. n. a) A king of Geshur, father-
in-law of David, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37.
b) An Anakite, Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15, 14.
Judg. 1, 10.
^T^labr) m. (r. "i^b) a disciple, scholar,
1 Chr. 25,8. Syr. ffJ^Z, Arab.
60-
tXA^J-J, id.
nisbp, see in njiibtn.
* 2?5r) in Kal not used, Arab. .Jj
to be long-necked, to be stretched out lung.
Hence sbin a worm.
PoAL part. "shVi^ , denom. from sbin ,
clothed in crimson, Nah. 2, 4. For
lr\i::!^nja teeth, see in its order.
H- T obsol. root, Arab. (_iAj'
to
perish; IV to destroy; i^iXj* destruc-
tion. Hence perhaps
'^B-'Pl adj. destructive ; only plur.
ni'Dbn the destructive, the deadly ; po-
etic for weapons, arms. Cant. 4, 4 as
the tower of David ri'i''Sbnb i>i53 built for
the weapons, i. e. on or in which the
weapons are suspended ; comp. Ez. 27,
10. 11. Others, in nearly the same
sense, take ni'Dbn as compounded from
bin (r. ribp) to hang) and ni'Q edges sc.
of swords, comp. Prov. 5, 4 ; i. e. suspend-
ed weapons, and hence an arsenal.
The form ni'fibp) might also be referred
to the root ntb, which however gives
no apt etymology.
^itebn, see I'^xbn.
T - ; 7 T -
*nbri Chald. f also ^bri, ^^)^
m. three, i. q. Heb. ttJbia ; so nnbn oi''
the third day, Ezra 6, 15. Plur.'f-'nbt)
thirty Dan. 6, 8. 13.
Deriv. the two following.
flbr\ Chald. cmphat. snbn abstr. the
third order or rank. Dan. 5, 29 O'^iti
Nnbn a ruler or noble of the third order ;
comp. nsuSn . In v. 16 cllipt. Nnbn id.
nbn
1107
M2T\
TJ^n Chald. m. (from n^n) the third,
Dan. 5, 7. Synon. is "'ri'^^Pi.
Qilpribr) m. plur. (r. bbn no. 2.) wav-
ing branches, i. e. the pendulous flexible
boughs, with which flowing locks are
compared, Cant. 5, 11. LXX iXbtai,
Vulg. elath(B patmarum. Comp. bio
.- - o -
no. 2. Arab. 'iXxJu wicker basket, pr.
pendulous bough, as Schultens justly
remarks, 0pp. min. p. 246.
Dri ra. adj. (r. D^Pi) f. nnn, Lat. inte-
geY, i. e. whole, perfect, upright, in a mo-
ral sense, nearly i. q. "itfi^ , Job 1, 1. 8, 20.
9, 20. 21. 22. Ps. 64, 5. Hence simple,
plain, innocent; Gen. 25, 27 tt5\^ ^PIVl
D'^bnx 2ii5^ en Jacob was a plain man,
dwelling in tents, where cn seems to im-
ply the milder and placid disposition of
Jacob, in opposition to the wilder and fe-
rocious character of Esau. Fern. c. suff.
^nsn my innocent one. Cant. 6, 9. Neut.
abstr. i7itegnty, Ps. 37, 37.
DR Chald. adv. i. q. Heb. QttJ, there;
always with n local, nan, Ezra 5. 17.
6, 6. 12.
Dh m. (r. myp\) once D'iin Prov. 10, 9 ;
c. Makk. "Dn , c. sufF. "'BFi ; wholeness,
entireness.
1. Of number and measure, fullness;
Is. 47, 9 oars in ilieir fullness.
2. Of condition or fortune, welfare,
prosperity, i. q. Oibo. Job 21, 23 cssa
ion in his full prosperity. Ps. 41, 13.
3. In a moral sense, integrity of mind,
uprightness, innocence ; Z'zh'V,:^ integrity
of heart Gen. 20, 5. 6. Ps. lo'l, 2 ; t^bn
Dha Prov. 10, 9, and isina Ps. 26, I, to
walk in integrity, to live uprightly.
Prov. 13, 6. Put for that simplicity of
mind which is remote from mischief or
ill design ; 1 K. 22, 34 one drew a bow
"ianb in his simplicity, i. e. without any
evilintent. 2 Sam. 15. 11 canb D'^abh
who went (with him) in their simplicity,
not conscious of any evil design.
4. Plur. o^an Thummim, i. e. truth,
Sept. uh]d-tia; see in -IX no. 1. b.
fif^l? , see xa'^n .
*^~V ^11 1- '^^f?'?! 'o ^6 astonished, to
wonder ; Syr. oi^Z, Chald. n;;ri id. the
Labial letters being interchanged. For
its origin see in Don note. Absol. Is.
29, 9 ; c. bs ofcause Ecc. 6, 7. Pnegn. Is.
13, 8 insn7 in5")-bK hS'^k they looked
with astonishment at one another ; comp.
Gen. 43, 33. Sometimes in a stronger
sense, to be struck with fear and amaze-
ment, to be in consternation, Ps. 48, 6.
Jer. 4, 9. Ecc. 5, 7. Job 26, U.
HiTHP. nsnn id. Hab. 1, 5.
Deriv. "linan, and
^^P Chald. m. a wonder, miracle,
plur. 'pnoPi Dan. 3, 32. 33. 6, 28.
man f. (r. Don) i. q. masc. en, integ-
rity, innocence, Job 2, 3. 9. 27. 5. 31, 6.
jiman m. (r. Rn) constr. linon,
astonishment, consternation. Deut. 28, 28
withaab. Zcch. 12, 4.
T^'Sri Tammuz, pr. n. of a Syrian
deity, the Adonis ('li^X) of the Greeks;
for whom the Hebrew^ women also were
accustomed to hold an annual lamenta-
tion in the fourth month, called Tiian,
beginning with .the new moon of July.
Ez. 8, 14. For this Syrian solemnity,
see Lucian de Dea Syra 7 sq. Comp.
Selden de Diis Syris 2. 31. Creuzer
Symbolik des Alterthums, T. II. p. 91 sq.
ed. 2. The etymology is obscure.
iTQR and 5Wr\ adv. yesterday, i. q.
bi^Dnx , b!ianx , q. v. Often coupled with
oittJbttJ ' day before yesterday,' where
see more. Job 8, 9 isnss bian we are
of yesterday, for bian ""iBSS*. The ety-
mology is obscure. Most, intpp. hold
bian to be the primary form, whence
with S prosthetic comes biarx , b^ianx ;
but the root ban and its significations
in the kindred dialects afford here no
light, unless perhaps we assign to it the
sense to veil, to cover over. (comp. bato .)
so that time past may be regarded as
veiled, hidden; comp. cbi5 from the root
obs. But I wovild nevertheless prefer
to consider biaps (1 Sam. 10. 11) as the
primary form, for biaTit before, former-
ly ; whence by aphaeresis bian.
nD^lan f (r. pa) constr. njsian . once
nsan Num. 12, 8.
1. appearance, form, shape. Num. 12,
8. Ps. 17. 15. Job 4, 16 "'J-'S i5Db njiian
a shape was before my eyes. Deut. 4,
12. 15.
2. an image, likeness, Ex. 20, 4. Deut.
4, 16. 23. 25. 5, 8,
i53n
1108
D5an
iTnitir^ f! (r. "isixi) 1. exchange, bar-
ter, espec. in buying and selling, Ruth 4,
7. Hence exchange, i. q. that for which
any thing is exchanged ; Job 28, 17
TB "^bs nn'nion!! and the exchange of it
is [not] vessels of gold, i. e. wisdom is
not to be acquired for gold. Lev. 27,
10. 33.
2. compensation, retribution, Job 15,
31. 20, 18 th'S'^_ xbi in'nsirr] b^ns as a
possession of restitution [to be restored],
in which one rejoices not.
nri^an f. (r. tniia) death, only in the
phrase nn!ian"\33 sons of death, persons
condemned to death, i. q. P1^""'52, Ps.
79, 11. 102, 21.
TOP* (in Samar. laughter) Temah,
pr. n. Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55.
TTan m. (r. n^n) 1. Subst. continu-
ance, perpetuity, i. e. perpetual time, as
moving on continually without interrup-
tion. Only in the genit. after other
nouns, in place of an adjective; e. g.
Tian "^t^JX men of continuance, i. e. hired
constantly, and not for a short period,
Ez. 39, 14; *T^^Pi ribis a continual burnt-
offering, i. e. continued daily, both morn-
ing and evening, Num. 28, 6. 10. 15. 23.
24 ; T^Jarir} OD^ ^^^ continual bread, i. q.
D'^aa nnb Num. 4, 7. Rarely in apposit.
as nipn hb-is Num. 28, 3.
2. Ellipt. for T^ann pbi5 fAe daily
sacrifice Dan. 8, 11. 12. 13. 11, 31.
3. Adv. continually, ever, always, Ps.
16, 8. 25, 15. 34, 2. Is. 21, 8. 49, 16. al.
D'''ar\ m. adj. (r. Ban) constr. nian ,
plur. ca-irn , constr. "'n'^^r} ; fem. na'^an ,
plur. niBicpj .
1. complete, perfect, Ps. 19, 8. Job 36,
4. 37, 16.
2. whole, entire, Lev. 3, 9. 25, 30. Josh.
10, 13.
3. whole, sound, i. e. a) without blem-
ish, as victims Ex. 12, 5. Lev. 1,3. b)
safe, secure, of men Prov. ], 12. Hence
4. Trop. in a moral sense, Lat. integer,
i. e. whole-minded, upright, blameless,
good, Gen. 6, 9. 17, 1 ; Di^sn T^n^T an up-
riffhl way Ps. 101, 2 ; 7p'!~"'0"'^n upright
of life Ps. 119, 1 ; niiTi cs w^-qV} blameless
with Jehovah, i. e. wholly devoted to him.
Deut. 18, 13. Ps. 18, 24. 2 Sam, 22, 24
(c. b). Comp. obuJ no. 3. Subst. in-
tegrity. Josh. 24, 14. Judg. 9, 16. 19.
Hence Q''ri2 r(bn Ps. 84, 12, and "T^bn
D'^sn Ps. 15, 2, to walk (live) uprightly.
1 Sam. 14, 41 D-isn nan g-ive //te truth!
Q'^'Bri m. plur. (r. B^l^) contr. for
CHSn, /i/;ain, coupled, Ex. 26, 24. 36,
29. See BNFi .
* t|/jri fut. TipT}"} 1. to take hold of
c. ace. Gen. 48. 17 ; c. 3 Prov. 5, 5. 28,
17. Part. "^laiR Ps. 16, 5; see Heb.
Gr. 49. n. 1.
2. /o obtain, to acquire, e. g. honour
Prov. 11, 16. 29, 23.
3. to hold fast, c. ace. Am. 1, 5. 8.
Metaph. Prov. 4, 4.
4. to /io/ri ?ip, to support; c. 3 Ex. 17.
12 they supported his hands. Often of
God who is said to uphold a person or
thing, c. a Ps. 41, 13. 63, 9. Is. 42, 1;
c. ace. Ps."l6. 5, 17, 5.
5. Recipr. to take hold of each other,
i. e. to hold together, to follow each other.
Job 36, 17 bri'^ aaajia^ -p^ . see in y^"^
no. 1. c. Comp. tnx and isb Hithp.
NiPH. pass, of no. 3, Prov. 5, 22.
blari a supposed root, see under bian .
bbn, see bian.
*D/jri^ 1 pers. pi. ttn for IJlBn
Num. 17, 28; fut. tah^, rarely Din'i Ez.
47, 12, cnn 24, 11, also 1 pers. once
nn'^X for nnx Ps. 19, 14 ; plur. Iian*
Deui. 34, 8, in pause 'ran'i Ps. 102, 28.
1 . to complete, to perfect, to finish, Ps.
64, 7 ; with b c. inf to make an end of
doing any thing, to finish doing, Josh. 3,
17. 4, 1. 11. 5, 8. Often intrans. to be
completed, finished, 1 K. 6, 22. 7, 22.
dan IS even unto their being finished,
i. 'e! in full, wholly, Deut. 31, 24. 30.
Arab, ^j' id. The primary idea seems
to be that o^ closing, shutting up or off;
comp. the kindred roots Bnn, oasj, and
the same primary signif. in the eynon.
nbs.
2. to be finished, ended, to have an end,
mostly of time, Gen. 47, 18 init. Ps. 102,
28 snani sib T^-'nijaJii and thy years have
no end, Ez. 47, 12 i-^nD d'in'i sibi whose
fruit shall never fail.
3. to be consumed, exhausted, spent,
i. q. nbs no. 3, Gen. 47, 18. Num. 32, 13
linn-bs on-n? until all that generation
]12T\
1109
ii2n
rpua consumed. Josh. 5. 6. Jer. 27, 8. So
ian-is 1 K. 14, 10, and nan is Deut. 2,
15. Josh. 8, 24, Mn//7 /AeiV being con-
sumed, until they were destroyed, i. q.
Dntfes-ns , see nbs Pi. no. 3.
4. to be complete, whole, e. fr. a) In
number, 1 Sam. 16, 1 1 Q''13n ^lann are
these all thy sons? Num. 17, 18. b) In
mind, to be whole-minded, upright, blame-
/es.?, Ps. 19, 14. Comp. en , D-'on
NiPH. only in fut. plur. tBFi^ to he con-
sumed, i. q. Kill no. 3. Num. 14, 35. Ps.
104, 35. Jer. 14, 15.
HiPH. orn ; inf. arH. once t^tstjiI for
?]T2rn Is. 33, 1; fut. cn^
1. Causat. i. q. Kal no. 1, to complete,
to perfect ; e. g. flesh in cooking, to make
ready, to prepare, Ez. 24. 10 ; counsel,
to execute 2 Sam. 20, 18.
2. to finish, to cease. ; Is. 33, 1 riiaT^ns
Tiid when thou shalt cease to spoil.
Causat. to cause to cease, and c. yo to
remove from any one, Ez. 22, 15.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to make whole,
to complete, e. g. a) Of a number ;
Dan. 8. 23 DiyoJen nnns when the trans-
gressors shall have completed sc. the
number of their sins. Dan. 9, 24 Keri.
Hence to pay over in full, as money, i. q.
C^-J, 2 K. 22, 4. b) Of a way of life, to
make upright; Job 22, 3 ^"'a^? CF}n ''S
if thou livest uprightly.
HiTHP. cant! to show oneself upright,
to deal uprightly with any one, c. nS Ps.
18, 26.
Deriv. cn, Dn, c^rtn, nhia.
I'Ol?, seelTa'^n.
'^?''2P (portion assigned, r. f^i'o) Gen.
38, 12. Josh. 15. 10. 57. 2 Chr.' 28, 18;
with n local tirs^iPi Judg. 14, 1. 5, and
with n parag. Josh. 19, 43. Judg 14, 5 ult.
Timnah, THmnath, {Oafiva&n 1 Mace.
9, 50.) pr. n. of an ancient Canaanitish
city. Gen. 38, 12; first assigned to the
tribe of Judah Josh. 15, 10. 57, and after-
wards to Dan Josh. 19. 43. It remained
long in possession ofthe Philistines.Judg.
14. 1. 2 Chr. 28, 18. Comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 8.
5. Now &JLo THbneh, see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 343. Gentile n. '^V2y\ THm-
nite Judg. 15. 6. [Josephus speaks of a
Timnah or Oa/jva, in connection with
Gophna and Lydda, as giving name to
a toparchy. Ant. 14. 11. 2. B. J. 3. 3. 5.
93*
Now called Tibneh, lying northwest df
Gophna on the Roman road to Antipft-
tris ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 484. R.
nS'on see in nsiian .
^DTSn, see ycrr^.
''j'QR, gentile noun, see riDan.
yp^n (one withheld, inaccessible, r.
5313) Timna, pr. n. of a concubine of
Eliphaz the son of Esau, Gen. 36, 12. 22.
1 Chr. 1, 39. From her the name passed
over to an Edomitish tribe, Gen. 36, 40.
1 Chr. 1, 51.
nribiari, see in Hjrn.
D'nn"n;ttn, see the next article.
rriDTlS^n (portion of abundance,
i. e. remaining portion, see t^J^n) 7*im-
nath-serah, pr. n. of a town in the moun-
tains of Ephraim, assigned to Joshua,
and the place of his burial. Josh. 19, 50.
24, 30. The same is called in Judg. 2, 9
Dnn-rsrFi (portion of the sun) Timnath-
heres. The former is prob. the correct
reading ; since a posses.ion thus given
to Joshua after the rest of the land was
distributed (Josh. 19, 49) would strictly
be a portion remaining ; see Studer in
loc. [Prob. i. q. Oafivii TYmnaA of Jose-
phus, the head of a toparchy lying be-
tween those of Gophna and Lydda; see
above in HSisri . R.
DTSn m. (r. Dp^) a melting away, Ps.
58, 9. ' See in bsiba*^ .
''^k) obsol. root, which prob. signi-
fied to be or stand erect; perh. kindr.
with "i^sj, since verbs XB and ns often
have the same power, espec. in Ara-
bic. Arab. _4Jf Conj. XI. riguit hasta,
membrum virile ; -p palm-tree, }^i>J
and SvjjoLj* tower. For the Talmudic
use see in nniSTI.
Deriv. irrj nnan, STiaT), d'^'isinotj
II; comp. "a'lri.
Tan m. (r. -rn) plur. Q"'"i^n.
1. a palm-tree. Phoenix dactylifera ;
Arab. -j id. Joel 1, 12. Cant. 7, 9.
Plur. Ex. 15, 27. Q-^nrnn -i^s the city of
palms, see under "''S.
2. Tamar. pr. n. a) A place on the
southern borders of Palestine, Ez. 47, 19.
^)2ir\
1110
i5n
48, 2S, See Bib). Res. in Palest. 11. p.
616, 622. b) i. q. -i53-in Palmyru q. v.
1 K. 9, 18 Cheth. c) Fern. ) The
daughter-in-law of Judah, Gen. 38, 6.
/5) A daughter of David, 2 Sam. 13, 1.
Y) a daughter of Absalom, 2 Sara. 14,
27.
Tah a palm-tree, Jer. 10, 5. R. "isn .
JTITClRj see inn'nT2''F).
TXrC^T) f (r. -inn) plur. C'liaPi Ez. 40.
16; and niniaPi 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. Ez. 41^
18. 19, palm-trees, i. e. artificial, as an
architectural ornament.
p^Tan m. (r. p'^-o) plur. constr.
'l?5inan, c. suff. n-'i^msF), 'in'^rjiicn ;
purifications, e. g. of the virgins admit-
ted into the harem of the Persian king,
Esth. 2, 12. Meton. precious ointments,
perfumes, for these purifications, Esth.
2, 3. 9. Metaph. a cleansing, remedy.
by which one is corrected and amended,
Sing. Prov. 20, 30 Keri.
I. D'l'l^'Tari m. plur. (r. "Tn^Q) bitter-
nesses; e. g. Di"i!|-iBn "^Da bitter weep-
ing Jer. 31, 15. 6, 26.' Adv. bitterly Hos.
12, 15.
IT. D'l'l^^l'an m. plur. (r. IttS) upright
columns, pillars, prob. as way-marks,
Jer. 31, 21.
piniari i. q. pii-iatn q. V. Prov. 20, 30
Cheth."
1^1 m. (r. lap) I. 2) only plur. CSP),
T^Sn, (perh.Pisn, see in nsn fin.) jack-
als, an animal dwelling in deserts Is. 13,
22. 43, 20. 34, 13, (whence Q-'3n mp^ Ps.
44, 20, and 0^30 "jisa Jer. 9, 10. 10, 22'. 49,
33, for the desert.) suckling its young
Lam. 4, 3, and uttering a wailing cry
Job 30, 29. Mic. 1, 8. Bochart, Hieroz.
II. p. 429, understands huge serpents, as
if i. q. 'J"'itn; but R. Tanchum Hieros.
correctly interprets the word by the
Arab. (<! ^^o! jackal, wild dog, so
called in Arabic from its howl (also in
Heb. 'X, plur. o^'X); comp. Arab.
^uJ* wolf. ' '
^fl?, see in nSPi.
ntrifut. plur. sun"! l.togivepre-
tenla, to distribute gifts, espec. in order
U> hire any one. Kindred are l?n q. v.
jna, ')P!^. Hos. 8, 10 c^ian isn'^-'is Qa
although they give presents (hire) among
the nations, where others read >'iT\') from
r. 'ina .
2. Trop. as in Piel, to give forth, to re-
hearse, i. e. to praise, to celebrate ; so
perh. Prov. 31, 31 Mb ^DFi celebrate her,
to which corresponds f^l'?^n"''l in the
other clause.
PiEL, to give forth, to rehearse, i. e. to
praise, to celebrate, c. ace. Judg. 5, 11 ;
c. h Judg. 11, 40. Aram, "^rn, JJZ, i. q.
"iBD to recount. Arab. Jij IV, to cele-
brate with praise, pr. to utter.
HiPH. i. q. Kal. Hos. 8, 9 sisnlf ts'^'iSX
D'^SiiX Ephraim hireth lovers.
Deriv. !^3ri!<, IjriN, and pr. names
Ijn'i , bx-'3n'i .'
nDr\ Chald. i. q. Heb. MS^ to repeat,
whence ")^?Pi, n^iD^Dn.
nsn f. only plur. niSPl Mai. 1, 3, dwell-
ings, according to Sept. and Syr. The
same is Arab. 'isXjJ, from r. LxJ", XJP),
to abide, to dwell ; the third radical
sometimes falls away, whence ijU>
dweller, for E^LJ*. So risn can be
for niWF) with Dag. forte euphonic, i. q.
nixrn; comp. 'rh^Xi for nsbsTa, and
nupjia for nxuipa ; unless we prefer to
assign also to the root "jSPi the signif of
r. stjR. [Easier and better is it to re-
gard nisn as a plur. of *|Pi, i. q. n*i2n,
jackals. R.
nXIDn f (r. X!i3) c. suff. ''n5<!i3ri, plur.
nis<!i3n .
1. a holding back of oneself wilh-
drawal, alienation, of God from men,
Num. 14, 34. Hence
2. enmity, Job 33, 10 ''\'3 riNiiSFi yn
KSTS'^ to ! he seeketh enmity against me.
Comp. Arab. f\j mid. Waw, Conj. Ill,
to rise up against any one in a hostile
manner.
nn^;ri f. (r. 3^3) constr. naisn, plnr.
ni3i3tn, produce, increase, Deut. 32, 13.
Judg. 9, 11. Is. 27, 6. Ez. 36, 30; plur.
Lam. 4, 9.
^^5n m. (r. T)3n) end, extremity, and
with (.li< added, tip of the ear Ex. 29,
20. Lev. 8, 23. 24. 14, J 4.
lan
1111
TE3n
naiSn f. (r, DW) slumber, plur. Job
33, 15 ; espec. from indolence, aloth,
Prov. 6, 10. 24, 33. Ps. 132, 4. al.
TTt'lSn f, (r. C]!13) constr. ncirn, a
waving, a mooing to and fro, e. g. a)
Of the hands, as a gesture of threaten-
ing, Is. 19, 16. b) Of a pacrifice before
Jehovah, a certain ceremony or rite,
for which see in Cjli Hiph. no. 2. Hence
PiB^SFin mn the wave-breast, i. e. offered
or to be otfered with waving to and fro,
Ex. 29, 27. Lev. 7, 34; HBiSPin las the
wave-sheaf Lev. 23, 15 ; and so v. 17.
Ex. 38, 24. 29. ncsisnn SHT Ex. 38, 24.
c) i. q. tumult ; Is. 30, 32 noirn nianbo
wars of shaking, i. e. of tumult, tumul-
tuous.
Iisn m. (fem. perh. Hos. 7, 4,) afire-
i"
oven, oven, furnace, Arab. )Jo, com-
pounded from obsol. *)r) oven (r. "|5R II)
and -i!l3 fire. Ex. 8, 3. Lev. 2, 4. 7, 9.
11, 35. Hos. 1. c. The oriental ovens
oflen have the form of a large pot drawn
in above ; see Jahn Bibl. Archajol. T. I.
i. p. 213, and ii. p. 182. Beckmann Bei-
Irage zur Geschichte der Erfindungen
T.II. p. 419. So prob. Gr. xXl(iavog, see
Schneider and Passow Lex.
D'l^inpn m. plur. (r. DHJ) 1. pitrj,
compassion. Ps. 94, 19.
2. consolations, conforl, Is.66, II. Jer.
16,7.
nitt^nsn f plur. (r. onj) consolations,
Job 15, li. 21, 2.
rrtsnsn (comfort, r. onj) Tanhumelh,
pr. n. m. 2 K. 25, 23. Jer.'40, 8.
D"'3n sing. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2, a great
serpent, dragon, i. e. here the crocodile,
as the emblem of Pharaoh and Egypt:
i. q. "piH , which latter is read in several
Mss. [Perh. plur. of a sing, "jp) (i. q.
yiT\) from r. "irn I. 1 ; and used as a
pluralis excellentiee; comp. niana. R.
r?!? m. (r. "(lU I) plur. D-irrn, Arab.
S w
^^waaj ; [a great serpent, dragon. Spec.
1. a water-serpent, dragon, sea-mon-
ster (conip. Am. 9, 3), Gen. 1, 21 where
Sept. xi]io?. Job 7, 12. Ps. 74, 13. 148. 7.
Jer. 51. 34. Put for the crocodile, as the
emblem of Egypt and her king. Is. 27, 1.
51,9; comp. Ez. 29, 3. 32,2.
2. a lamShadffmU, dragon, Ex. 7, 9 sq.
Deut. 32, 33. Pe. 91, 13. Neh. 2, 13.
R.
y^'^T\ Chald. the second, Dan. 7, 5. R.
n:n to repeat. Comp. la'^SttJ . Hence
ri13^2n Chald. adv. a second time,
again, Dan. 2, 7.
* "jIm obsol. verb, Syr. Ethpe. to
come to an end, to cease. Hence TjliFi .
* (iV obsol. root, the native force
of which may be gathered from its de-
rivatives and from the kindred roots,
which extend also into the Indo-Euro-
pean languages. Thus
1. Pr. to stretch out, to extend ; comp.
in the Semitic tongues Eth. "t^ length,
PJ and njn to give, pr. to extend the
hand (comp. 1^, nn;), -in;; to extend it-
self' e. g. time, to endure, to be perpetual;
and in the Indo-Europ. tongues, Sanscr.
tan, Gr. nivu), juvvbi, jnuivw, Lat. tendo
(comp. Diss. Lugdd. II. 852), whence
tenuis, (Sanscr. tanu.) Goth, thanjan.
Germ, dehnen, with many others, as old
High. Germ. Tanna fir-tree. Hence
r?P) a great serpent, sea-monster, so
called from its length ; comp. luivla
(from jHvoj) a long fish, also tcenia.
2. Trop. to run swiftly, i. e. with
outstretched neck and limbs extended,
like Gr. rdvvfii. Hence "jn jackal, so
called from its swift running.
* II' ]^V) Syr. and Chald. to smoke.
Hence 'i^nx for -(iianx oven, furnace, and
the compound ntiSn from *|n and "iW.
f^^^fn t: (r. ora to breathe) 1. Lev.
11. 30, an unclean animal, classed with
other species of lizards ; according to
Bochart (Hieroz. T. I. p. 1083) the cha-
meleon, so called as living upon air ac-
cording to the opinion of the ancients,
Plin. H. N. VIII. 33. Hasselquist Reise
p. 350. Sept. and Vulg. talpa, mole.
Saad. lizard.
2. Lev. 11, 18. Deut. 14, 16, an unclean
aquatic bird, prob. the pelican, pelecanus
onocrolalus, so called from its pouch,
which it can extend by inflation, see
Oedm. Verm. Samml. III. 50. Sept.
(foQffVQiwv, i.e. the crested purple heron,
ardea purpurea Linn. Vulg. cygnus,
swan.
n>T,
1112
33>n
"1^ V in K^' "ot used, <o abominate j
corap. ssn II.
PiEL 3?Pi, fut. 3SnPi 1. to abominate,
to abhor, Deut. 7, 26.' Job 9, 31. 19, 19.
Ps. 5. 7. Is. 49, 7.
2. Causat. ^o cause to abhor, toJilL one
wi7A abhorrence. Is. 49, 7 "'ia '^'^XP. t^ho
causeth abhorrence to the people, who is
an abomination to the people.
3. to make abominable, to cause to be
abhorred, Ez. 16, 25. See Hiph.
HiPH. to make abominable, shameful.
Ps. 14, 1 nb-^bs sia'^Stin they make abomi-
nable their doings, i. e. they do abomi-
nable deeds, act abominably. So with
nb^b? implied, id. 1 K. 21, 26. Ez. 16, 52.
Comp. niniin , s'ln .
NiPH. pass, to be an abomination, to
be abhorred, detestable, 1 Chr. 21, 6. Job
15, 16.
Deriv. ii2Siin.
^nyri fut. nsn-i, apoc. rnri.
1. to go astray, to wander, to err;
Aram, jl^, Arab. ib, id. Ex. 23, 4.
Job 38, 41 ; with 2 of place Gen. 21, 14.
37, 15. With ace. to wander through
or over, metaph. of boughs, branches. Is.
16, 8. Also : a) Of drunken persons,
who go reeling about ; Is. 28, 7 ^SP
"I3ian""(i3 they go astray (reel) from
strong drink ; and hence trop. of the
mind, Is. 21. 4 "'anb nytn my heart reeleih,
is seized with giddiness. b) Trop. of
the mind as erring from the paths of
virtue and piety, Ps. 58, 4. Ez. 48, 11 ;
comp. anb irn Ps. 95, 10, rv\'^ isn Is. 29,
14. With "jia, e. g. from God's precepts
Ps. 119, 110, comp. Prov. 21, 16; with
t^j'"''? "^V-i Ez. 44, 10. 15 ; with "'^nxo
rriri^ from following God, from his wor-
ship, Ez. 14, 11. Comp. Chald. ns-j
spec. ' to be given to idolatry,' Syr. to
be a heretic.
2. i. q. 13J< to perish, Prov. 14, 22.
Comp. Arab. Ju to pass away, to
perish.
NiPH. to wander, pr. to be made to
wander, to stagger about. Is. 19, 14.
Metaph. to be deceived, to err, in a mo-
ral sense, Job 15, 31.
Hiph. nsnn, f. nsn;:, f. conv. 5n;i
2 Chr. 33, 9.'
1. to cause to wander Job 12, 24. Ps.
107, 40. Jer. 50, 6 ; e, g. a drunken man
Job 12, 25. Metaph. to cause to wander
or err from the paths of virtue and piety,
e.g. a nation into impiety, ungodliness,
Is. 3, 12. 9, 15; into idolatry 2 K. 21, 9;
c. )Xi Is. 63, 17.
2. Intrans. to err, pr. to let oneself
wander, Jer. 42, 20 Keri. Prov. 10, 17.
Deriv. nsiP., and
Wr\ (error) Tou, pr. n. of a king of
HamaJh or Epiphania, 1 Chr. 18. 9. 10;
written iJ'Sn Toi 2 Sam. 8, 9. 10.
n'7^5)'r\ f (r. 1^3J Hiph.) a divine pre-
cept; hence an oracle Is. 8, 16; law. v.
20 ; in both cases parall. with IT^'iPi .
Also custom, as having the force of law,
Ruth 4, 7.
nS^yn f. (r. Ci^iS) darkness, Job 11,
17 in 3 Mss. See in r. Cj^S no. 3.
'^S'in, see *irn.
nbyn r (r. nbs) constr. ribsn, plur. c.
suff. riT'brn ; comp. nxbn from r. nxb.
1. a channel, trench, in which water
is raised from a stream to water or in-
undate the fields, 1 K. 18, 32. 35, 38.
2 K. 18, 17. 20, 20 ; a conduit, aqueduct,
Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. Ez. 31, 4. Poet. Job 38,
25 nbyn ti^^b sbs-ia who hath divided
channels for the rain ? i. e. distributed
the rain-water to all parts of the heavens.
2. a plaster, bandage, something put
over a wound, Jer. 30, 13. 46, 11. Comp.
ns-ix sibsn.
D'^b^b??!? m. plur. (r. bbs I) 1. vexa-
tions, adverse destiny, Is. 66,4. See the
root Po. no. 3.
2. boyishness, for concr. fi'^bbis, boys,
babes, Is. 3, 4.
nrib^n f. (r. cbs) a hidden thing,
secret^ Job 28. 11. Plur. ni- Job II, 6.
Ps. 44, 22.
^^3?r\ m. (r. 525) Prov. 19, 10 ; plur.
n-^sprr! Cant. 7, 7, and ni-Ecc. 2, 8, deli-
cate living, delights, Mic. 2. 9. Prov. 1. c.
Mic. 1, 16 'r)'?5JSn "'sa children in whom
thou delightest. Espec. pleasure, enjoy-
ment, i. e. sensual Cant. 7, 7. Ecc. 2, 8.
fT'??^? f (r. nss II) pr. 'self-affliction,'
i. e. fasting, Ezra 9, 5. See the root- Pi.
lett. b.
?yi?r\ and ^3^n (sandy soil, r. T;35)
Taanach, Tanach, pr. n. of a royal Ca-
naanitish city Josh. 12, 21, in the territory
y:fir\
1113
"Bn
of lesachar, but assigned to Manasseh.
Judg. 1,27. 5,19. IK. 4, 42. Josh. 17, 11.
21, 25. Now dllxJ Ta'annuk, see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 156. Biblioth. Sacr.
1843, p. 76. Comp. in n35 Ictt. b.
*y?Pl in Kal not used; Pil. SRSPi
to mock, to scoff, Gen. 27, 12, pr. to stam-
mer, see in 55b no. 2. Comp. Arab. iXAJ'
I, II, to stammer, stutter, iUUJu a stam-
mering.
HtTHPAL. io mock, to scoff at, c. a
2 Chr. 36, 16.
Deriv. c-iJnSFi .
ni'aS?ri f. plur. (r. DS) strength,
powers, Ps. 68, 36.
*")?r) obsol. root, i. q. Arab. *ij,
Hcb. "15 I, to cleave, to split. Hence
^sri II.
I. "lyP m. (r. irns) a razor, sharp
knife, so called as making naked or bald ;
Num. 6, 5. 8, 7. Pe. 52, 4. Is. 7, 20. Ez.
5, 1. "ifiisil "^Sn a xcriter's knife, with
which he sharpens his reed pen, q. d.
pen-knife, Jer. 36, 23.
II. "I?!? m. (r. -i5n) c. suff. tn-isri, the
sheath of a sword, (pr. cleft.) 1 Sara. 17,
51. Ez. 21, 8. 10. 35 [21, 3. 5. 30]. Jer.
47,6.
nn^'^jn r. (r. a-iS I. 3 ) suretyship ;
plur. 2 K. 14, 14 ninnrn "ija hostages,
given as surety.
D''^I^r) m. plur. (r. SSn) mockery, de-
lusions. Jer. 10, 15. 51, 18 a''5nsn nbso
i. e. idols, Jerome opus risu clignum ;
better, work of delusions.
5]^ m. (r. ClSn) plur. C^QPi, c. sufF.
1. a drum, tabret, timbrel, Arab. Ot>,
whence Spanish adduffa. In the East
it consists of a thin wooden rim covered
with a membrane, and hung around with
brass bells or rattles ; it is used chiefly
by dancing females. Ex. 15, 20. Judg.
11,34. Jer. 31,4; comp. Ps. 68, 26. See
Niebuhr's Reisbeschr. I. p. 181.
2. Ez. 28, 13 the drum or hollow in
which a gem is set, bezel ; comp. 3J?3 .
nnSSn r. is, 28, 5. Jer. 48, 17, else-
where triXBn f! absol. and constr. in
pause nnxEFi , c. suff. "^PinxEFi . R. nxD I.
1. ornament, beauty, Ex. 28, 2.^0. Is.
3, 18. nTlKCn inaa beautiful garments
Is. 52, 1. n"!Bn 'bs beautiful trap-
pings, jewels, Ez. 16, 17. 39. 23, 26.
'n n")S5S a crown of beauty^ an orna-
mented crown, Prov. 4, 9. Is. 28. 5. 62.
3. Ez. 16, 12. 23, 42. 'n 'as beautiful
ornament Is. 28, 1. 4. The proud beauty
of the Chaldees, i. e. Babylon, Is. 13. 19;
the beauty of Israel, i. e. Jerusalem. Lam.
2, 1 ; the ornament of children are their
parents, Prov. 17, 6; comp. Ez. 24, 25.
So Is. 4, 2. Jer. 13, 11. 33, 9; comp.
Deut. 26, 19. 1 Chr. 22, 5. Also nnxBn
nnx the beauty of man^ i. e. the human
form in its beauty. Is. 44, 13.
2. splendour, magnificence, glory. YiSiYi.
1, 4. Is. 60, 19. 'rinttBPi n-'a my glorious
house Is. 60, 7 ; 'n'sint 63, 12 ; 'n oa v.
14 ; often of the divine glory, the light
and splendour of the divine presence.
Is. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 11. Poet, of the
ark of the covenant, as the seat of the
divine glory, Ps. 78, 61 ; see in is.
3. honour, glory, in a moral sense, Judg.
4, 9. Prov. 19, 1 1 . Also a glorying, boast-
ing, Is. 10, 12. Zech. 12, 7 ; concr. the
object of it. Is. 20, 5. Ps. 89, 18.
niBn m. (r.nBJ) plur. ninsiBR, constr.
1. an apple, so called from the fra-
grance which it exhales ; Cant. 2, 5. 7,
9. Prov. 25, 11. Also an apple-tree Joel
1, 12. Cant. 2, 3. 8, 5. Arab. -,Uj pr.
apple, but also said of the lemou, peach,
apricot, etc.
2. Tappuah (apple-region), pr. n.
a) A city in Judah, Josh. 12, 17. 15, 34.
Now ff^yJLi Teffuh, northwest of He-
bron ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 428.
b) A city on the confines of Ephraim
and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8. c) Of a
man, 1 Chr. 2, 43.
nsisn n (r. ynn) pi. c. suff. oaipnsiBP)
your dispersions, Jer. 25, 34. But other
copies read Tiph. ED/'nisiBPi, which is
better ; see in r. y^Q note, p. 839.
D''3'^Sr\ m. plur. (r. HEX) cookings,
cooked pieces ; after the form nwn ,
n^iasin, with Nun formative, as T'SJS
from n^l^. Once in the difficult pas-
sage Lev. 6, 14 [21] of a cake for sacri-
fice, fried (in oil) shall thou offer it,
ban
1114
tesn
D'>PiQ Pini'a ''3'iStn lit. as //le cookings jf
the meat-offering in pieces, i. e. cooked
or prepared like the meat-offering, and
broken up into pieces, comp. Lev. 2, 4 sq.
7, 9. The construction is a common one
in Hebrew ; see Lehrg. p. 810.
* 53ri obsol. root. 1. i. q. Arab. JsAJ*
to spit out; mid. E, to be insipid, not
seasoned, comp. n^na^n ni'i Job 6, 6 ;
Chald. 'to be unsalted.' Hence bsn,
2. to glue or stick on, (pr. with spit-
tle ?) like Chald. baa , comp. Heb. bsia .
Hence ^BFi no. 2, lime, cement.
.5BF\ m. (r. bsn) 1. any thing un-
seasoned, unsavoury, Job 6, 6 ; metaph.
insipid, foolish, vain, Lam. 2, 14. See
2. lime, plaster, as spread upon walls,
cement, Ez. 13, 10 sq. 22, 28. In both
passages contemptuously ; see ^BIi no.
G ^^ 6 ^>
2. Arab. JLaJb and JUio, Chald.
?>"'Bts,id.
'Sn (lime, cement) Tophel, pr. n. of a
place in Edom, on the east of the 'Ara-
bah, Deut. 1, 1. Now aJLtib Tufileh ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest, il. p. 570, 600.
il5SF\ f. ( r. ^Btn ) pr. insipidness ;
hence folly, i. q. impiety. Job 1, 22. 24,
12. Jer. 23, 13. Comp. in iin: .
n^BP f (r. i>^QHithp.)constr. n^BPi,
plur. niiiEFl.
1. intercession, supplication for any
one, 2 K. 19, 4. Is. 37, 4. Jer. 7, 16. 11,
14.
2. Genr. supplication, prayer, to God,
Ps. 63, 5. 80, 5. Is. 1, 15. Job 16, 17. al.
With h of pars. Ps. 42, 9. 69. 14 ; bx
2 Chr. 33, 18. Ps. ]09, 4 n^Dn -isxi but I
am ail prayer, poet, for 'I give myself to
prayer.' n^Bnri T\'^^_ the house of prayer,
the temple. Is. 56, 7. 7'o o/fer prayer
is 'n Ntaj Is. 37, 4 ; 'n b^Qnti Neh. ], 6.
Of God as hearing and answering prayer
is said : 'n n;?b Ps. 6, 10 ; 'n bi< nsQ Ps.
102, 18 ; 'n ymi Ps. 4, 2 ; 'n f-^txK Pk.
17, I. Prayer is also said to come (X'ia)
before God, Ps. 88, 3. Jon. 2, 8. So
nkBD has the sense of prayer in the ti-
tles of Psalms 17. 86. 90. 102. 142. In a
wider sense
3. a hymn, sacred song, Hab. 3, 1 . So
Ps. 72, 20, where the whole preceding
book of Psalms, 1-72, is called ni^BPi
Til. A similar usage is found in the
verb b^ann 1 Sam. 2, 1.
naibBn f (r. ybs) terror, c. suff.
tjPisbBn thy terribleness, Jer. 49, 16.
nDBr\ (passage, ford, r. nas) Tiphsah,
Thapsacus, pr. n.
a) A large and opulent city on the
western bank of the Euphrates, situ-
ated at the usual point of passing that
river, 1 K. 5, 4 [4, 24]. See Xen.
Anab. 1. 4. 11. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 2.
13. ib. 3. 7. Strabo XVI. p. 1082. Q,.
Curt. 10. 1. 9.
b) A place in Palestine, 2 K. 15, 16.
R.
* rjSSp to strike, to beat, e. g. the ta-
bret, Ps. 68, 26. Arab. o5. From
the same stock are Gr. tvjitu) (tvji-o)),
Sanscr. tup to smite, to kill ; whence
TVfinavov i. q. 5]ri ; Engl, to tap.
Po. to beat, to smite, pr. to drum, e. g.
upon the breast, c. hv Nah. 2. 8.
Deriv. tfn.
* *l2r) to sew together Gen. 3, 7. Ecc.
3, 7. Job 16, 15.
PiEL id. Ez. 13, 18.
* W^T) fut. ifiBn"^ 1. to lay hold of
any one, to seize, c. ace. Gen. 39, 12
(with 11533 by his garment). 1 K. 18,
40 ; c. a is.' 3, 6 ; of things, c. 3 Deut. 9,
17. Hence to take in war. to capture,
e. g. men 2 K. 7, 12 ; cities Josh. 8, 8.
Deut. 20, 19. Trop. ''^ nttJ bfiPi Prov.
30, 9 to lay hold upon the name of Jeho-
vah sc. unlawfully and unwarrantably,
to do violence to the name of God by
falsehood and perjury ; comp. lans in
the preceding member.
2. to hold, to have in possession, as a
city Jer. 40, 10 ; then to handle, to wield,
as a sickle Jer. 50, 16 ; the bow Amos 2,
15. Jer. 46, 9 ; the oar Ez. 27, 29 ; the
harp Gen. 4, 21. Trop. to handle the
law, spoken of a priest, Jer. 2, 8 ; to
practise war. Num. 31, 27.
3. to make fast in gold and silver, for
to overlay ; Part. pass. 3nt ttJlBn over-
laid with gold Hab. 2, 19." Comp. tns
no. 5, 6,
nen
1115
bpn
NiPH. pasB. of Kal no. 1, to be taken,
seized, Num. 5, 13 ; to be captured, e. g.
men Pa. 10, 2 ; cities Ez. 19, 4. 8. Jer.
50, 46.
PiEL, i. q. Kal no. 1, to take hold, to
lay hold, Prov. 30, 28.
I. T\tr\ n (r. riW) spittle ; melon, one
spit upon. Job 17, 6 n;)ni< n-^jeb nBJn
/ am become as one in whose face men
spit, i. e. the vilest and most contemned
of mortals ; comp. ^axd Matt. 5, 22, i.e.
Kjs'i from r. ppn to spit out.
II. f^Bn, always with the art. riBnfi,
Tophet, pr. n. of a place in the valley of
the sons of Hinnom (see in X"^? lett. a),
near Jerusalem, noted for the human
sacrifices there offered to Moloch and
finally abolished by Josiah, 2 K. 23, 10.
Jer. 7, 32. 19, 6. 13. 14. nBFiri niaa
Jer. 7, 31 the high places of Tophet, i. e.
the artificial mounds, tumuli, on which
those sacrifices were offered. As to the
etymology of the name nsh , it is com-
monly referred to r. CjiR to spit, and
rendered ' place to be spit upon,' to be
abhorred ; but it seems to have borne
this name with all, even among the
idolaters themselves. It is better, there-
fore, with Noldius in Vind. p. 948, with
Lorsbach, and others, to regard ns'ln as
i. q. nnsn q. v. denoting the place of
burning dead bodies in the funeral rites.
nnSn is. 30, 33 a place of burning,
i. e. where dead bodies were burned for
sepulture, a word of Assyro-Persian ori-
gin ; comp. jjJCibf tdften, ,^^JCaj , to set
on fire, to burn, and Gr. -d^amtiv, fully
nvql &anxuv to burn (a corpse) with
fire, then to bury. The form itself of
the Heb. word betrays a foreign origin.
^!?j^^^ Chald. m. pi. emphat. persons
learned in the law, lawyers, Dan. 3, 2. 3.
Arab. Conj. IV j-xit to give a response
Of
concerning the law ; whence .^-XA4j\
the Mufti, pr. a wise man, one whose
response is equivalent to law. Theod.
oi in i^ovaiuv, Vulg. prczfecti.
tyy&'lT\^ see in nixs-in.
* Kj^ri obsol. root, Arab. _iu to fear,
to beware ; hence pr. n. R^n^X .
nn)3n ( r. nn;? ) Tokhath, pr. n. m.
2 Chr. 34. 22 Keri'; where Cheth. nnjsin
Tokahath, from r. npv The parall,
passage in 2 K. 22, 14 has Mifsn q. v.
n^J?n f. (r. nj;3) constr. nifrrj, c. suff.
1. i. q. i;? , a cord, line, Josh. 2, 18. 21.
2. expectation, hope, Job 11,20. 19, 10.
Prob. 23, 18. al. ''b nipn uj;; there is hope
to me, I have hope, Ruth 1, 12. Job 5, 16,
Zech. 9, 12 nip;nn '^y'O'i^ the prisoners
of hope, i. e. who cherish hope of deliver-
ance. For Job 4, 6, see under i no. 1.
bb. /?. ; 267. Melon, for what one hopes,
Job 6, 8 ; for the person (God) from
whom one hopes any thing Ps. 71, 5.
3. Tikvah, pr. n. m. 2 K. 22, 14, for
which in the parall. 2 Chr. 34, 22 rnprn
q. V. Cheth. nnp-itn.
HTS'lpri f (r. n!ip) power of standing,
i. e. of resisting. Lev. 26, 37.
Dttipn m. (r. C!ip) i. q. oaipna , one
who rises up against, an adversary, plur.
c. suff. Ps. 139, 21.
yipn (a fixing or pitching of tents, r.
SpPi) Tekoa, pr. n. of a fortified city south
of Bethlehem, on the borders of the
eastern desert (Sipin nana 2 Chr. 20, 20,
comp. 1 Mace. 9, 33),' 2 Sam. 14, 2. 1 Chr.
2, 24. Jer. 6, 1. Am. 1, 1. Gr. Ofxae
1 Mace. 9, 33. Relandi Palsest. p. 1028.
Its ruins are still called c yJLi TekiCa.
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 182-184.
Gentile n. fem. n'^sippi a Tekoite
2 Sam. 14, 4. 9.
nSlpn f. (r. d^ip) constr. nS!ipn, plur.
rrispPi ; a circuit, as of the sun Ps. 19,7.
Hence the coming about or return of
the seasons, lapse of time, 1 Sam. 1, 20.
nsTsn PBipnb at the return of the year,
i. e. after a year, 2 Chr. 24, 23 ; comp.
Ex. 34, 22, where i is omitted.
'^''p^ m. adj. strong, mighty, Ecc. 6,
10. R. ClpPi.
Sl'^pn Chald. m. (r. ClpJn) 1. strong,
hard, Dan. 2, 40. 42.
2. mighty, powerful, Dan. 3, 33.
*gri Chald. to poise, to weigh, i. q.
Hebr. i>pir. Part. pass, bgn for ii'pn
weighed Dan. 5, 25.
PiEL pass, to be weighed, Dan. 5, 27.
ipn 1
Ihv ifi^ lP*?i to he or 6e made
straight, kindr. with ")3ln ; a word of the
later Hebrew, and usual in Chaldee and
the Talmud. Ecc. 1, 15.
PiEL "iisfi , to make straight, Ecc. 7, 13.
Hence to set in right order, to compose,
e. g. proverbs, parables, Ecc. 12, 9.
Ipn Chald. id. only Hoph. "l^nn , with
Heb. flexion, to be set upright, establish-
ed, Dan. 4, 33 [36].
"^^125 fut. 5j5n7 1. to strike, to
smite, spec, with ace. C)3 ; i. e. a) to
cZa^ f/te hands, as a token of rejoicing,
Ps. 47. 2 ; also at the calamities of
others, c. b? Nah. 3, 19. b) to strike
hands as a pledge of suretyship, Prov.
17, 18. 22, 26 ; c. h/or ^ny one, Prov. 6,
1. Without Jri? id. Prov. 11, 15.
2. to strike or drive a thing itito ano-
ther, i. e. to ^.r or fasten by driving,
e. g. a nail Judg. 4, 21. Is. 22, 23. 25 ; to
/oston with nails 1 Sam. 31, 10. 1 Chr.
10, 10, Judg. 16, 14 ; hence hr>k Sjstn to
pitch a tent, by fastening it with pins
driven into the earth. Gen. 31, 25. Jer.
6, 3 ; to thrust, e. g. a spear, sword, dart,
Judg. 3, 21. 2 Sam. 18, 14; also to cast
into the sea, Ex. 10, 19.
3. 'nsittja Sj^n Num. 1, 3. 4. 8, and
iBid 'n Ps. 81,'4. Jer. 4, 5. 6, 1. 51, 27.
Num. 10, 6. 7, to strike up the trumpet,
i. e. to give one blast, to blow the trumpet
once, as a signal, Arab. , -{Jt UJ^-o .
It differs from J'^'in and nSiiiF} Vpy\ to
sound an alarm ; see in 5">"in no. 2. p.
971.
NiPH. 1. Reflex, of Kal no. 1. b. Job
17, 3 S15PI7 "in^b X!in-ia wj/io is Tie that
will strike with my hand 1 i. e. that will
strike hands or pledge himself/or me.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 3. Is. 27, 13. Am.
3,6.
Deriv. pr. n. SipPi and
^i?'? m. Ps. 150, 3, a blast, clangour,
of the trumpet.
* 5)12^ fut. c. suff. WB)5riPi, to over-
power, to oppress wholly, c. ace. Job 14,
20. 15, 24 ; to prevail against, to assail,
Ecc. 4, 12. Comp. Chald. Arab, oiiij id.
Deriv. Cl'^pP], Clp/ti.
f|pP^ Chald. to be or become great,
strong, powerful, Dan. 4, 8. 19. In a bad
116
i^n
sense, of the mind, to become firm, hard-
ened, obstinate, Dan. 5, 20.
Pa. inf to make strong, to confirm,
Dan. 6, 8.
Deriv. Chald. 5li|3n, t]pPi.
5])^n m. (r. Cipri) c. suff". isppi, w,f>A.<,
power, authority, Esth. 9, 29. io, 2. Dan.
11, 17.
^Ipri Chald. m. emphat. NBprj id.
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4,27. R. Sign.
SlBpn , see nssipn .
"I'ri , see nin .
^^^7^ (perh. i. q. ^J^S'^F] a reeling)
Taralah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin,
Josh. 18, 27.
in^S'iri f (r. nia'n) a brood, progeny.
in contempt. Num. 32, 14.
tT'3'|ir| f (r. fl^'^) increase, interest.
i. q. n-'S'ia q. v. LeV. 25, 36. Prov. 28, 8.
Ez. 18, 8. 13. 17. 22, 12.
bSnri Tiph. denom. from hn, r. isS-n,
where see, p. 961.
0^"!*^ Chald. quadrilit. to translate
from one language into another, to z'ntor-
pret. Arab, and Ethiop. id. For the
origin of this word, see ci'n no. 4. Pual
part. pass. Da'nna translated Ezra 4, 7.
nmnn f. (r. Trr\, Tsere impure)
constr. riTo'irnn, deep sleep, Gen. 2, 21.
15, 12. 1 Sam. 26, 12. Put for deep
lethargy, sluggishness. Is. 29, 10. Prov.
19, 15.
^^ri'l'P^ Tirhakah, pr. n. of a king oi"
Ethiopia and Thebais, Is. 37, 9. 2 K. 19.
9 ; the TtocQxojv of Strabo 15. 1. 6, 7'ap-
xog or Tagaxog of Manetho ap. Syncel-
lum, see Routh Rel. Sacrse II, p. 46 ;
comp. Comment, on Is. 18, 1. This name,
written in the hieroglyphic-phonetic
characters, is found on one of the tem-
ples of Egypt ; see Wilkinson's Mann,
and Cust. of the anc. Egyptians, I. p. 140
sq. Rosellini Mon. Stor. II. p. 109 sq.
nttnnn f. (r. tssi-i Hiph. no. 3) constr.
Pi5a!iir), plur. niaiin.
1. an offering, a present ; e. g. Prov.
29, 4 Piiaiin Ta"^X a man of presents, i. e.
a judge loving presents. Hence
2. an oblation, an offering to God or to
idols Is. 40, 20 ; spoken : a) Of tke ofler-
1-in
1117
"in
ings of the Israelites for erecting and or-
namenting the pacrcd tabernacle, Ex.25,
2. 3. 35, 5. 21. 24. 36, 3. 6; also of other
offerings to the temple 2 Chr. 31, 10. 12.
14. Ezra 8, 25. b) Of the annual offer-
ing of a half-shekel, Ex. 30, 13-15. c)
Of an offering made to Jehovah after a
victory. Num. 31, 52 ; comp. vv. 29. 41.
d) Of the offering of the first-fruits, Num.
15, 19. 20. 21. e) Of the tenth of the
tithes, which was to be paid over by the
Levites to the priests, Num. 18, 26. 28.
29. f ) Of the portions of the sacrifices
which belonged to the priests, and which
it was unlawful for others to eat (Lev.
22, 12), Lev. 7, 14; eepec. nannn pid
the oblation-shoulder, which together
with the wave-breaat (nB^lDnrt S^in)
in sacrifices ol" thank-offering was the
portion (riro) of the priests, Ex. 29, 27.
Lev. 7. 32-34. 10, 14. 15. Num. 6, 20 ;
see also Num. 5, 9. Neh. 10, 38. 12, 44.
13, 5. g) Of the territory reserved for
the priests, Ez. 45, 1. 48, 8-10. 12. 20.
21. Coupled with a genit. of him to
whom the oblation is made, '''^ raiiPl
Ex. 30, 14. 15. 35, 5. 21 ; o-^snisn 'n Neh'.
13, 5 ; with genit. of thing offered Neh.
10. 40. Ex. 35, 24. Ez. 48, 12. So too
'rnp 'n a holy offering Ex. 36, 6 ; 1^ 'n
an offering of the hand, as that with
which the offering is brought and pre-
sented, Deut. 12, 11. 17 ; comp. i;; MFiTS
Deut. 16, 17. Also niiann '^rq fields
of offerings, i. e. fertile fields, yielding
rich fruits, suitable for oblations to God
as first-fruits or tithes, 2 Sam. 1, 21.
2. a present exacted by a prince, i. e.
tribute, i. q. nnsa no. 2. Ez. 45, 3. 16.
Note. The origin of this word, as
stated above, is from the idea o^ offering
in Dinn no. 3. just as vi'ii'q and nxba are
from Xir; ; not from the idea of taking
away in tJ'^'irt no. 4, although there is
once an allusion to this power in Pual,
Ex. 29, 27; comp. Num. 18, 26. Many
of the Rabbins, though not all, assign to
no^inrj the signif. elevation, and refer it
to a certain rite in sacrifice, the heave-
offering so called, consisting in present-
ing the offering with a motion up and
down ; comp. nsiiari wave-offering, and
see in Ciia Hiph. no. 2. p. 659. But this
signification is supported by no certain
example. See Thesaur. p. 1276 sq.
94
n^pinn f i, q. nainn no. 1. g, Ez.
48, 12.
TVT\n r. (r. ?n) constr. ny^i-in.
1. loud noise, tumult. Spec, a) shouts
of joy, rejoicing. Job 8, 21. 33, 26. S-'-in
nmn 1 Sam. 4, 5. Ezra 3, 11. 13.
"r^^p nsnnn the shouting for a king, i. e.
joyful acclamations with which a king
is welcomed, Num. 23, 21. b) a shout
for battle, war-cry, Am. 1, 14. Job 39, 25.
Jer. 4, 19. 49, 2. nsinn S-i-in to raise
the shout of battle. Josh. 6, 5. 20.
2. sound, clangour, of trumpets Lev.
25, 9. Zeph. 1, 16. Also a signal, alarm,
as sounded, e. g. nsiTi ~pn to sound
the alarm, to give the signal with sound
of trumpet. Num. 10. 5. 6. nsnn -iBi
a signal-tnimpet Lev. 25, 9 ; and so
Num. 31, 6. 2 Chr. 13, 12. Also 'n ''bsbs
clanging cymbals Ps. 150, 5. nrnn ci^
i. e. the first day of the seventh (after-
wards the first) month, which was an-
nounced by the sound of trumpets. Lev.
23, 24. Num. 29, 1-6. ns^in "insT sa-
crifices offered with the sound of trum-
pets, Ps. 27, 6 ; comp. Num. 10, 10.
nS^nn f. medicine, Ez. 47, 12. Vulg.
medicina, Sept. vyUta, comp. Rev. 22, 2
&(qaniia. Prob. pr. medical powder,
from r. Ti^n to crush. Others assign to
this root the signif. ' to heal,' i. q. KB'J .
* "^ID^ obsol. root, Arab. \Ji to be
hard, dry ; \Ji firmness, hardness.
Hence
^pP) f. Is. 44, 14, a species of tree so
called from its hardness and strength,
perh. an oak, like Lat. robur. Aqu.
Theod. otyqio^alavog, Vulg. ilex. See
Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 270.
* n^ri obsol. root, Chald. to delay.
Hence
'T^S? Terah. pr. n. a) A station of
the Israelites in the desert. Num. 33, 27.
b) The father of Abraham, Gen. 11,24.
Josh. 24, 2.
n5n"in Tirhanah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2,
48. 'r. inn.
'{''DP^ Chald. constr.'^tJPj, fem. "pnnr),
two, Dan. 6, 1. Ezra 4, 24. For the ac-
cordance of other languages, see Heb.
5a^n
1118
is"iln
rra'nn f. fraud, deceit, Judg. 9, 31.
R. n?3n Pi.
n^'Qirij see in n'^ann.
n'^'5a"iri f. (r. n^-i Pi.) fraud, deceit,
Zeph. 3, 13. Ps. lia 118. Jer. 8, 5. 23, 26 ;
also 14. 14 where Cheth. has TWoy^ id.
yyP^ m. c. sufF. 03-in, prob. i. q. T^.'^, a
pme, Chald. Nrii5"i!ili . Hence : a) the
mast of a ship/ls.'33,. 23. Ez. 27, 5. b)
a signal-pole, set up on mountains. Is.
30, 17. The root is "|3'i, whence T^n
after the analogy of Ti'^a from r. Tp.'^ ,
D^QF] from r. DO^ . See in 'i^X .
y"!)n Chald. m. i. q. Heb. 1?^5 1. a
gate, door, e. g. of a furnace or oven
Dan. 3, 26.
2. the gate of the king, i. e. of the
royal palace, put for the palace itself,
or rather lor the court of the palace, into
which there was only one entrance, Dan.
2, 49 ; comp. "?^ Esth. 2, 19. Comp. also
Arab. UjU , Turkish yjJi Kapii, for the
court of the Khalifs and Turkish sove-
reigns ; Engl, the Porte. Gr. al &vQai
for the Persian court, Xen. Cyr. I. 3. 2.
ib. 8. 3. 2, 11. ib. 8. 6. 7. Syr. |lj2
Arab. JLco an opening, a door. Comp.
also Sanscr. rfrara, whence both Gr. d^iqa
and Lat. /ores; Pers. jt>, Engl. door.
3^'^n Chald. (each Kamets impure,
for 5'nn, after the form n\Q, rxt-p^,)
plur. emphat. N^?^^), the door-keepers,
porters, Ezra 7, 24.
^^?"^'^ f- (r. ^S"^) reeling, drunken-
ness ; whence i^^?"!!:! "i';';!! wine of reel-
ing, pr. Vjine even reeling, i. e. which
causes it, Ps. 60, 5. n^?"jnn 013 the
cup of reeling Is. 51, 17. 22. See for the
metaphor under Ois.
'>ril?'ir\ Tirathite. gentile n. from a
place nsnpi (gate) otherwise unknown,
1 Chr. 2, 55.
H- T o^sol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
O5J' to live in comfort; whence KiJi
prosperous and comfortable life. With
this accords Sanscr. trip to delight, Gr.
rignofiai. Hence
Q'^B'in m. plur. Iiousehold g'oc/s, domes-
tic idolS; q.d. the Petiates o{^ the Hebrews,
(according to Schultens, ad Harir. Cons.
III. p. 155, i.q. Tiin "^bs's guardians and
givers of prosperous life.) Gen. 31, 19.
34. 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. They seem to
have had the human form and stature,
1 Sam. 1. c. and to have been consulted
as oracles, Ez. 21, 26. Zech. 10, 2. Also
Judg. 17,5. 18, 14sq. 1 Sam. 15, 23. 2 K.
23, 24. Hos. 3, 4. Constr. c. plur. Gen.
1. c. but in 1 Sam. 19, 13 under the plural
form n"'Bin (pluralis excellentise?) only
one image seems to be understood.
niann (delight, r. nii-n) Tirzah, pr. n.
a) A city of Israel situated in a pleasant
region, Cant. 6, 4 ; and from Jeroboam
to Omri the capital of the kingdom of
Israel, Josh. 12, 24. 1 K. 14, 17. 15, 21.
2 K. 15, 14. al. b) One of the daugh-
ters of Zelophehad, Num. 26, 33. 27, 1.
36, 11. Josh. 17, 3.
1^'!)D Teresh, (Pers. livi* severe, au-
stere,) pr. n. of a eunuch at the court of
Xerxes, Esth. 2, 21. 6, 2.
ffiilC'iri (perh. a breaking, subjection,
i. e. a subdued country, r. ViV"^) pr. n.
Tarshish.
1. Tartessus, Gr. TixQTrjaaog, less freq.
Tagajfi'ov Polyb. and Steph. Byz. a city
of Spain with the adjacent country,
situated between the two mouths of the
river Bsetis or Guadalquivir, a flourish-
ing colony and mart of the Phenicians,
Gen. 10, 4. Is. 23, 1. 6. 10. 66, 19. Jon,
1, 3. 4. 2. Ez. 38, 13. Kings of Tar-
shish are spoken of^ Ps. 72, 10. From
hence silver (comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 35-38.
Strab. III. p. 148 Casaub.) iron, tin, and
lead, were brought to Tyre. Jer. 10, 9.
Ez. 27, 12. 25. See Bochart Geogr.
Sacra lib. III. cap. VII. p. 165 sq. J. D.
Michaelis Spicileg. geogr. Hebr. exterse
P. I. p. 82-103. Comp. Comm. on Is.
23, 1. Hence a'>^-in ni*3X ships of
Tarshish, Tarshish-ships, spoken pr.
of ships employed by the Tyrians in
voyages to and from Tarshish, Is. 23, 1.
14. 60, 9; but also genr. for all large
merchant vessels, although sailing to
other and different countries, Is. 2, 16.
Ps. 48, 8 ; comp. the Engl. East-India-
men. So in 1 K. 10, 22. 22, 49, of ships
sailing from Ezion-geber on the Red
Sea to Ophir ; although the writer of
the Chronicles seems either not to have
win
1119
:nn
known or not to have approved of this
usage, see 2 Chr. 9, 21. 20, 36. 37.
See more in Thesaur. p. 1315.
2. A precious stone, so called as
brought from Tarshish, just as Opliir also
is put (Job 22, 24) for the gold brought
from thence, Ex. 28, 20. 39, 13. Ez. 1,
16. 10,9. 28,13. Cant. 5, 14. Dan. 10.6.
According to the Sept. and Joeephus,
(he chrysolite^ i. e. the topaz of the mo-
derns, which is still Ibund in Spain ; so
Braun de Vestitu Sacerd. II. 17. Others
understand amber, but contrary to Ex.
28, 20. 39, 13.
3. Tarshish, pr. n. of persons : a) A
Persian prince, Esth. 1, 14. b) 1 Chr.
7, 10.
nir\, always with art. KTOnnn,
(comp. Pers. jiofors/i, severe, austere.)
the Tirshatha, the title of the Persian
governor of Judea, q. d. your Severity ;
comp. Germ, geslrenger Herr, a title for-
merly given to the magistrates of the
free and imperial German cities ; so of
Zerubbabel, Ezra 2, 63. Neh. 7, 65. 70.
Also of Nehemiah, and put ai\er his
name, Neh. 8, 9. 10, 2 ; comp. 12, 26,
where for it is nncri the governor.
jriir) Tartan, pr. n. of a general
under Sargon and Sennacherib kings of
Assyria, Is. 20, 1. 2 K. 18, 17.
pr\ir) Tartak, pr. n. of an idol of the
Avvites (n-^^r) 2 K. 17, 31. In Pehlvi,
tar-ihakh might be ' deep darkness,' or
' hero of darkness.'
n^nton f (r. WC) with gen. "i; added,
' something put into one's hand,' i. e. a
deposit, trust, Lev. 5, 21.
niSTCn f. plur. (r. Xid) noise, e. g.
tumuli of a multitude Is. 22. 2 ; shouting,
shouts, Zech. 4. 7 ; clamour Job 39, 7 ;
a crashing Job 36, 29.
^atnn m. TishhUe, 1 K. 17, 1. 21, 17,
gentile n. of the prophet Elijah, from a
city of Naphtuli called nacn or nairn,
Gr. Ota^i'i Tob. 1, 2. See Reland' Pa-
lajst. p. 1035. Thesaur. p. 1352. R. natJ .
pSTDn m. (r. ynt) tesselated stuff, i. e.
cloth (byssus) woven in checker-work,
see the root ; hence 72'itn nshs a tunic
cf checker-work, Ex. 28, 4.
nn'lOn r (r. aid) l. a return, 1 Sara.
7, 17. 2 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 20, 22. 26.
2. an answer Job 21, 34. 34, 36.
Comp. a-idn no, 2. b.
ni^'lCn f. ( r. 5id no. 3) 1. deliver-
ance, salvation, Ps. 37, 39. 40, 11. 71, 15.
2. victory, 2 Sam. 19, 3. 2 K. 5, 1. Ps.
33, 17. Comp. nsrrv
n^lTCn f (r. pvj no. 2) desire, long-
ing, Gen. 3, 16. 4, 7. Cant. 7, 11.
ni^iCn f (r. "inttj I ) a gift, present,
1 Sam. 9,7. So too in the Heb. version
of Daniel, Dan. 2, 6. 5, 17, for Chald.
nstn? . See r. "iid I. 1. c. 3 ; comp.
espec. Is. 57, 9.
T\'^'WT\ , see in n^dm .
*^'^^tD'r\ m. (from Sdn) f. nisidpi, ord.
adj. t?ie ninth. Num. 7, 60. Lev. 25, 22.
*3?12in f constr. sen, and HJ'^n
m. constr. risdn, nine, Gen. 11, 19. 2
Sam. 24, 8. al. Also the ninth in enume-
rating days, as tti'i'nb nscna on the ninth
of the month Lev. 23, 32. Plur. d-'Sdn
comm. ninety. Gen. 5, 17. 30.
''2r\r\ Tatnai, pr. n. of a Persian
governor, Ezra 5, 3. 6, 6. Perh. i. q.
^*^b gift.
ADDENDA
The student is requested to mark the following Addenda in the proper places.
Page 27, col. 1, before Art. ir^s add this article :
nS'liX, see nsi-iN.
" 32. " 2, 1. 3 from bott. for ' q. d. etc' read : lit. soothes, keeps it within
himself.
" 38. " 1, 1. 25 sq. read : ksatrapa, pr. protector (representative) of the regal
power, viceroy ; Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI, p, 18,
" 38. " 1, 1, 6 from bott. read : khysydrsA, rex pius, Lassen in Zeitschr, f. d.
Morgenl, VL p, 124, It is certain, etc,
" 66, " 2. 1. 3 from bott. after to say; add : but see in lat II. Note. Comp.
" 69, " 2, 1, 3, add at the end: See more in r, p-iy,
'' 84. " 1, 1. 15. after 166, add : Irby and Mangles p, 478,
" 104, , " 2, bott, after [41], add : In v, 6 [21] written "^"^S^X'? q. v.
" 144. " 1.1. 22, for come among us, read : fall upon us round about.
" 150. " 1, 1. 20, for wounded, read : hurt, broken;
" 151, " 1, 1, 2,'for Keri,read: Chethibh;
"' 170. " 1, 1. 16 from bott, dele : Nah, 2, 3.
" 191. '' 2, after Art, '^ib'^^ add this article :
nS'ia (garden, r, "|3a) Ginath, pr, n, m, 1 K. 16, 21. 22.
" 211, ' 1, 1, 12, read : to speak ; see more in r, "iJgt II, Note.
" 216. " 2, before Art. .Tni'n add this article :
D'^S'l^'^, .see in "^nii^.
285. " 2, 1. 11 from bott. add : See Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 684.
" 333. " 1, 1. 7 trom bott. after m. add : emphat. KBOn,
^' 371. " L 1. 15 from bott. dele : Zech. 10, 11.
" " " 1, 1. 13 from bott. read: In two places only it is spoken of the Eu-
phrates, Zech. 10, 11. Dan. 12, 5. 6. 7.
" 484. " 1, 1. 20, before 1. add : also 1S3 Job 38, 29.
" 486. " 1. before art, n-^-iBS add this article :
"1S3, see lies.
" 549, " 2, 1. 3, end of the line, add : Russell's Aleppo I. p. 76. Biblioth. Sac.
1848. p. 473.
" 664. " 1, 1. 16 from bott. before d) add : Also of the Holy Land, Jer. 2, 7.
16, 18, Ps. 79, 1, Ex, 15, 7.
*' 773, " 2, before art. D^r?, add this article :
yjV Chald. m, constr. ')''? ; Plur. I''?'^? , constr. ''_3'^5 ; an eye, i. q.
Heb. Ezra 5, 5, Dan, 4, 31. 7, 8. 20,
" 1016, " 2, after art. CBiU. add this article :
ni'aSiO, see nioeo.
INDEX
GRAMMATICAL AND ANALYTICAL.
The references to Sectiont (^) in this Index are to the Hebrew Grammar of Gesenius as revised
by Roediger, fourteenth edition, Halle 1845 ; English, with the same divisions, by M. Stuart,
Andover, 1847 ; also by T. J. Conant, New- York, 1847. In all the examples of verbs and
nouns, Prefixes with Sheva only, Vav conversive {.^), and the Article, are omitted.
M
;]nas5 Ez. 28, 16 for ^l^^^, 1 Tut. Plel
from r. 13X, the first radical X being
dropped by Syriasm, Lgb. p. 378.
',nax Cliald. fathers, plur. of 2S .
K^X Is. 28, 12 for ^3X they will, by Arab-
ism, 44. note 4. Lgb. 265. R. nax .
ffliax , see ttJ1a;i .
'ax for x-^ax l "fut. Hiph. from r. xia 1 K.
21, 29. Mic. 1, 15. 75. 2. f Lgb. 436.
iTi-^ax 1 fut. Hiph. from. r. *12X , for
nyaxXjH'i'iaxx. 67.notel. Lgb. 377.
"ipibxax 1 praet. Hiph. for "'fibxin from
^xa il. 52. note 6. Lgb. 319."
f^"^/!^ 1 fut. Hithp. from nn^ . Also with
suk D'n^X . See p. 215V
DS-inx 2 Sam. 22, 43 for cjs'iX 1 fut. Hiph.
c. suff. B-, from r. pj^'n. the Dag. of a
short syllable being resolved into a
long vowel, Lgb. 145, 369.
na-nx 1 fut. Hithp. from n^a^ I,
isninsc 1 fut. Hiph. c. suff. ^i- for i-nix ,
a form not contracted, from nn'i Hiph.
to praise Ps. 28, 7. Comp. nnin^ 52.
note 7.
'n? 1 fut. apoc. from n;n to be, for t^y^iK .
n;;orix 1 fut. c. n parag. for manx from
nan to sigh, to complain, Ps. 77, 4.
74. note 4.
n^^nix Jer. 4, 19 Cheth. see in r. bn^
Hiph. no. 2. p. 395.
b-^aix Hos. 11, 4, 1 fut. Hiph. for b^3XX ,
i-irxx , from r. b2X . 67. note ].
n-nsix l fut. Hiph. c. n parag. by Chal-
daism for nysix, nni^XX, from r.
nsx : 67. note 1.
Vti} 1 fut. Hiph. for V!l!<'< from r. ',TX no.
I.' 67. note 1. Lgb. 378.
i|X Chald. Ezra 5, 15, imp. Pe. from r.
btx , by Syriasm bjx , c. Makk. "btx.
94*
tnx. see in r. n:n init. p. 303.
nrjnx 1 fut. Piel, c. suff. for "sxanx
Vroni r. xan , Gen. 31, 39.
ni'^nx f plur. sisters, see sing, mnx p. 33.
bnx'l fut. Hiph. from r. h\n , I will pro-
fane Ez. 39, 7, (pr. with Dag. forte
impl. 22. 1,) differing from hni<
I will begin Deut. 2, 25. Josh. 3, 7 ; just
as bn;;' Num. 30, 3 he breaks (his word)
differs from bn;; he begins Judg. 10, 18.
13,5. 66. 5. Lgb. 370, 371.
!l"inx 3 plur. prset. Piel for ^linx from r.
nnx , Judg. 5, 28 ; corap. "^sn^n^ and
Lgb. 170.
nnx Chald. imp. Aph. from r. nri3 to
descend.
nnnx l fut. Kal from r. nnn , c. n parag.
Jer. 17, 18.
ax 1 fut. Hiph. apoc. for nax from r.
na; Hos. 11. 4. Job 23, 11. Comp.
a^ , ap), imp. an.
na'sx where art thou ? from ""X and suff.
nab-^X , see in r. T\bn init. p. 253.
DP'^x Ps. 19, 14, i. q. cnx . which is read
in several Mss. 1 fut. (A) Kal from r.
C^Pi /shall be upright. Lgb. 52, 366.
brx 1 fut. apoc. Piel from r. nba Ez.
"43, 8.
^jbSwNt Ex. 33, 3 for r,b2X 1 fut. Piel c. suff.
tile Dag. being dropped and Pattahh
passing over into Segol, comp. 27.
note 2. b. Sept. i^vulwaa at, Vulg.
disperdani te. Lgb. 164, 433.
visx for TjSX 1 fut. Niph. from ?jB3 , Mic.
i 6. "
ni3X for fi"i3X 1 fut. Kal. c. suff. from
r. JT^S, c. Dag. forte euphon. Hos. 3,
2. Lgb. 87.
2^
1122
rbx Deut. 9, 21. 1 fat. Kal from rns,
66. note 5. Lgb. 370, 371.
r,SDN-!:x Hos. 4, 6, 1 fut. Kal (r. DX^) c.
He paraff. and sufF. ^ . perh. correctly
pronounced r,i<DXT:5<. The ti parag.
before the suffix seems to have passed
over into X , as elsewhere into n, see
?]nxi2F}. The Arabs also retain the
sound a in the fut. antithet. before a
suffix, k*5wljLJb .
niHTSX f plur. from ni2^ maid, q. v.
R32it Chald. for nax its fruit, the Dag.
being resolved, from the noun 2X,
Dan. 4, 9. 11. 18. Lgb. p. 133.
5^3x, see r'ljr.
Cnrox by Syriasm for Ci'^"G!!t 1 fut. Pi.
from r. ISO. 23. note 2. Lgb. 152.
irjBbk 1 Sam.'l5, 6, 1 fut. Kal from r. ^lOX ;
"but 2 K. 22, 20 the same form is Part.
Kal.
nnsx fut. Kal from r. "^'^ . 70. Lgb. 390.
nn-'XSN 1 fut. Hiph. from r. nXQ, c. suff.
en.'
^5X imp. Kal for !iSS cook ye Ex. 16, 23,
from r. iiBS , by Syriasm. 23. note 2.
TiEX , and with 1 conv. nSKI , 1 fut. Niph.
apoc. for nnax , from r. rinB .
ns-^SX 1 fut. Hiph. from Ssf'/ 70.
p'sx' 1 fut. Kal from pS;. 70.
-ikx 1 fut. Kal from ns^ . 70.
npk 1 fut. Kal from np5 .
nn-X Is. 56, 12 in some Mss. i. q. ^iHpX
1 fut. Kal from r. npb ; see the follow-
ing form.
nx-jpx 1 Sam. 28, 15, for xnpx with n-
(Ibr n-) parag. Lgb. 286.
ri'ix Num. 22, 6, imp. Kal from r. "I'lX .
OBi'-iX 1 fut. Hithpal. for tai:i-irix from
r. Din .
Ti!!^'!!X transpos. for T('?.3"!!X 1 fut. Pi. from
nin . Others suppose a Piel n^n in-
stead of n-i"i .
CBttiX inf absol. Hiph. from t^'DjO .
-ittJX Ez. 3. 15 Cheth. "iirxi , read it^xj
and I beheld, from r. "i1^ L no. 2.
l-'niyx Chald. 3 plur. prset. Kal for rna ;
see nntij .
5ninx 1 fut. Hiph. from r. Sn^ .
I'^nx imp. Kal from r. nni< to come, for
^^nx . by Syriasm. 23. note 2. Lgb.
152r
ninx I plur. praet. for the usual Wnx we
are come, from r. Hnx . It imitates
the (brms of verbs xb.
?i3plnx 1 fut. Kal from pl^j to tear off,
with Nun epenthet. and suff.
.12X3 Ruth 1, 19. Jer. 8, 7, inf. from r.
Xia, c. suff. of 3 pers. plur. fem. with
He parag. Lgb. 213.
j'^sna 2 Chr. 1, 4 for -panna, from 'p^n
(Hiph. of "|ia), fi art. for relat. and a ;
comp. y^t}r\ 2 Chr. 29, 36.
snna Ez. 26, 15 for s^nna inf Niph.
from r. Snrj (Dag. fort, impl.) for
5-inna. Lgb. 331.
naaina'Lev. 26, 43, for rifi^una inf.
Hoph. from C^'iU to lay waste.
napiyia inf Po. from GtlJa , q. v. Others
take it for inf Kal for DSGiaa (comp.
B3X:ib), but in forms of this kind
Hholem is always defectively written.
Ta Zech. 4, 10 i. q. ta , from tna .
?i-^n"npia Ps. 45, 10, see in "ip^ no. 3. p.
420.'
ifira plur. constr. from MTsa or rather
nra , see n^a p. 139 note.
13a for 13X3 we are come, from Xia,
1 Sam. 25^, 8.
"|';ini33 thy building for 'Tirii3a inf constr.
c. suff. Ez. 16, 31 ; an irregular form,
which seems to have come from taking
the termination rii as a plural fem.
which it is not. Lgb. p. 463.
iinxsia for I'^nisia , see nsa .
n-is, nnab Ecc. 3, 18, inf Kal from i-ia,
c. suff. c-^.
^iJOJa , see under btu .
ba imp. for h\ from r. bba to roll Ps. 119,
12, comp. Josh. 5, 9 ; but in v. 18 the
same form is forM^jj imp. Pi. from nba.
nsa inf constr. Kal, li'om 2?a3 to touch.
laa , "ca , tira , imp. from t::a3 . But Josh.
3, 9 in plur. we have l^a goshu, and
Ruth 12, 14 fem. "^ca goshi.
ri\ua inf Kal, from ttJaj io approach.
1'^b'n for 1^'n from r. bb'n , where see.
5^ imp. from r. "sy^.
f^?.^ or ns'n Prov. 24, 14, i. q. 5'n c. n pa-
rag. Hence T]'rB?^ '^^='7 ^'^/\ 1? *
learn {get) wisdom for thy sotd. Sept.
aiadrfit]. Lgb. 286. R. S'lV
n
1123
n
WStsn Is. ]9, G for in-^J^n ; see nsj
HJph.
an. nan, imp. from "Zin^.
a'^xan a corrupted form Is. 30, 5, where
the context demands "'ain from r.
ttJa^, which also 12 Mss. read.
!ian , Hos. 4, 18 n-'Mia 'pb;? tan iianx ;
here the Heh. intpp. take lan for laf]^
(r. an^, comp. *Ti for "J"i^, nnn for
rtFinj), and render: Tier princes love to
give reproach ; Jerome : dilexerunt
afferre. But this is languid ; and the
context requires: they love reproach.
Hence the letters lan are prob. spuri-
ous, and arose from an error of a copy-
ist, who let them remain rather than
mar the beauty of his manuscript.
pian Inf. Niph. from r. ppa.
lari Inf. Hiph. from r. -nna'
iah'inf Po. from r. r^^n I.'
nbsn for nnbsn 3 f praet. Hoph. from r.
nba, by Aramaism.
r\'iO'r\T} Hothp. from |C'n to he fat.
nnain Chald. inf. Aph. from r. last to
perish.
*ia!in Chald. Hoph. from r. las.
Piiin Hiph. c. sutf. from r. ns'^ , Lam. 1, 5.
n^i^ Hiph. r. n^v
nn^in inf. Hoph.' from r. ^b'J, for tTibiin.
ilblsin Ps. 78, 63, see bbn Pu.
NSiri Gen. 8, 17, imper. Hiph. of r. Nri^.
Thepointing belongs to the KeriSSf^n;
the Cheth. would be read xsin .
D'^niattiin Zech. 10, 6, Hiph. from r. a^^,
for cnairin , which also some Mss.
exhibit. This form imitates the ana-
logy of verbs "3 . and the poet or copy-
ist would seem to have had in mind
the similar form B'^nia'^irin from r.
aiiOJ . Lgb. 46 1.
bnsin from r. bnn q. v.
nntn Chald. inf. Aph. from liT Dan.
'5, '20.
'(TOSB'n'rn Chald. prset. Ithpa. from '{q\ ,
q. V.'
lb"^n proet. Hiph. from r. bbt, with
Chald. flexion. 71. note 9.
!|2?n for !i3!nn imp. Hithp. from nat.
M"ini-ijn Ez". 6, 8, inf. Niph. from r. nnj ,
for Daninjn ; with suff. as attached to
the plur. contrary to grammatical rule ;
see T|'?ni33.
npS{ann fi)r nx-^ann 3 f pra^t. Hiph.
she hid. from r. Kan, c, n parag. Josh.
6, 17. Lgb. 266.
"'Pi^'^nrj thrice, Judg. 9, 9. 11. 13, with
n interrog. should I cease from ? etc.
corrupted, as it would seem, for Tib'inn
in Kal ; or else for Hiph. '^V}^^'^^'!^. omit-
ting He interrog. which some Mss.
exhibit, see J. H. Michaelis ; although
there are no other vestiges extant of
a conj. Hiphil in this verb. A similar
example seems to be nia'nnn (wastes,
deserts) Ez. 36, 35. 38, where we
should expect naiinn ; also Segol be-
fore - in c^cinn. o-^dnnb, (the new
moons, in the new moons,) on which
form see Ewald's smaller Grammar
127. 2. But the sound 6 in Tib-in,
niann, remains unaccounted for.
"^'^nri arid "^^snn, for "'^nn and Bf^'J^r!,
praet. and inf Hiph. from K^n, Jer.
32, 35.
bnn inf Niph. r. bbn , Ez. 20, 9.
'^1} imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. fraj, for
n-jn,Ps. 17, 6. 119, 36.
xaan Hothpaal from r. stao .
^inisn 3 fern, praet. Hiph. from naj , c. sufT.
3 pers. Prov. 7, 21.
'i^'^n Chald. prost. Aph. from l^St.
^n^n Chald. praet. Aph. from nrx Dan
5, 3. Pass, is ''n'^n .
TiH imp. apoc. Hiph. r. naj.
b^an Ez. 21, 33 inf. Hiph. for b'^ann.
The same form is also Hiph. from bl3,
Jer. 6, 11.
tjSn praet. Hiph. from fias , c. suff. ?] .
can praet. Hiph. from naj , c. sufF. c-^.
isan 1 plur. praet. Hiph. from r. "iia.
"^san praet. Hiph. from naj, c. suff. "'3.
rsbn 3 fem. praet. Hiph! from r. nsb,
Aramaean for i^nsbn .
i^n Job 29, 3, see bbn Kal no. 2.
cn^O J see art. en p. 257.
yvn i. q, 'pa'^n , see r. ',;; .
^aan for ^lac^n Job 24. 24, Hoph. from
r.Ti=T3. 66.5. Lgb. 371.
Oan inf Niph. r. 00^ , for Dsn .
liDcn by Chaldaism for lO^n? Hiph.
from r. no^ , Josh. 14, 8. Lgb. 433.
dni-iBn Job 17.2. inf Hiph. fromr. nna,
c. Dag. fort, euphon.
nsn imp. Hiph. from r. ras , where see
iiiph. B. 71. note 9.
n'^rn praet. Hiph. from r. n^3 , where see
' Hiph. B.
n
1124
nrr^sn prset. Hoph. B, from r. ri>i3 .
b'J-,r\ Chald. prset. Aph. r. hhv q. v.
ns:n inf. Hiph. by Chaldaism for q-'rn,
fromr. q, Is. 30^ 28.
nisn Hiph. from mo, Chald. form, 71.
note 9.
ntsn for n.u;n prset. Hiph. from r. tTS,
'Dag. being dropped. 66. note 11.
brrs imp. apoc. for nbsn , Hiph. from r.
nbrn'for nlsrri Hiph. from r. n^^ . 57.
Vote 4. Lgb. 170.
nhsh for n^sn Hoph. from r. nVJ , ibid.
c=-iEn Lev. 26, 15, for ca-isn inf. Hiph.
v. siiff. fromr. nns I, q. v.
n'-j^n Hitlip. denom. from ti";"^:^, q. v.
irssn ibr "irssn c. Dag. forte euphon.
Lgb. 88. R. IS^.
ni:jpn inf Hiph. for nis;rn, Lgb. 320.
n;rh' Prov. 25, 17, imper. Hiph. of r.
rnn imp. apoc. Hiph. for nann . R. inn'n
fo 6e many.
n^'^>n , nann , nis-in , infin. Hiph. forms
from nnn q. v.
iia'-in imp. Niph. from r. ti^n ^o 6e
high.
Ti^Ti imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. ns'n .
n^-in by Chaldaism for nn^J-nn 3 fem.
prat. Hiph. from r. nsn . Lev. 26, 34.
arn imp. Hiph. in pause for airn , from
r.'aTJJ. Is. 42, 22.
='rn (hosham) Hoph. from r. DTStd q. v.
But wherever it occurs, some Mss.
and editions have cirn, others Dlin,
the latter after the analogy of ^laan
for !i373!!n .
3'rn Ps. 39, 14, imp. apoc. Hiph. from
r.' n?ai, where see; but the same
form' in Is. 6, 10 is imp. Hiph. from
rs'OJ to besmear.
ninnrn Hiph. from r. innui .
yirnin Hithp. from r. rsui , q. v.
T,n!iann, Chald. inf. Aph. c. suff. from
nin to return.
n^lirn Hithp. from r. tinv
bnnn imp. apoc. Hithp. from r. n^n to
be sick.
Ji-'nn imp. Hiph. from nnx to come, for
r,tt^nn 'is. 33, 1, for ^ann inf. Hiph.
from man . c. sulf.
bnn , see r. ?rin Piel.
niasnn inf Hi\hp. for K23nn from r.
X33 , like verbs rib .
ns^n for nst Pual, from r. tijt .
iniHT for "^niHT . see nst .
!i^"in Judg. 5, 7 (in many Mss. and edi-
tions) lor nb^n they cease, c. Dag. forte
euphon. Lgb. 85.
'P'^'^n' ^'^^ 'inb'inn above.
ip-n'Prov. 8, 29 for ipn inf of r. pi^n,
with suff. 66. not. 11.
r^r: and nN'jn inf Kal from r. Nun .
n;^ri Piel from r. '3.TI.
ni;n Ex. 1, 16 let her live, in pause for
'n^n, 3 prset. fem. from i^n, Daghesh
being dropped because the syllable is
prolonged by the pause, 66. note 11.
Comp. W;}-] for ^iz^. 1 Sam. 2, 9 (r.
Q-a-!\), iipm for fipn;; (r. ppn) Job 19,
237n;5sn"Ruth 1, 13 for ns?sn.
inin con'str. form with i parag. from
n^n a beast, for r*n. 88. 3. b. Lgb.
548, 549.
isn for nan inf Piel from nyn to expect.
"ni'^n Ps. 77, 11, inf Piel from r. nbn I.
"ip^n c. Dag. euphon. for "P^n plur.
constr. of p^>j-
crr^nn 2 K. 18,'27, see art. n^st'^n p. 341.
t)
ns-J inf Kal from r. 2."J3 to plant.
^'^. ^i<';!) fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. n^X
^0 sicear.
nxi, rix'i;^, fut. apoc. Kal from nnx to
come, ibr nrx';;, nnx^
!irx;; 3 plur. fut. Niph. from r. niX to
assent, q. v.
ia'i , izv\ 2 K. 12, 12 for K3^?, fut. Kal
iromVia. The same is read 2 K. 3,
24 Cheth. where, if the reading be
genuine, it is ibr plur. si!!<a;'l. But
Keri has ^IS^T and they svwte.
laia;] fut. Kal from aia, a form peculiar
to this one verb. Lgb. 403.
iin^a'i, !iniya5 for WiJa^'ji, Nah. 1,4,
fut.' Pi. from Uia"; to be dry. h 68.
note 6.
ns^ , nj^n , fut. Pi. for nr.';5 from r. nj^
i. (58. note 6.
1125
^5"' ^?"5, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. nba.
na*; fut. Niph. r. ">na .
KID , i*"!!!] , fut. apoc. Kal from r. nsj'n to
cast. 68. nolR 6.
KS-n^ lut. Hithp. from r. KS'n.
nan;! and "s"!;;, for osn^ and 'ja']?, your
hand, Gen. 9, 2.
d'^") plur. I'di'i by Chaldaistn, fut. Kal
from r. ca^ . 66. 5. n.
Hm") fut. Niph. in pause, for IB'!!'! (r-
BO'n) ; see the form JTjn above.
Kiin"; Ecc. 11, 3, for sin-j, fut. apoc. Kal
from r. nnfi to be, fut. n'ln'^, .
'lain'^ Chald.'fut. Aph. from r.lSX.
rnirn fut. Hiph. from r. til'l , by Chal-
daism for (Tii"' . 52. note 7.
irji , '^n'11 , fut. apoc. Kal from r. !T;n to be.
sib^'^n'i'ls. 52, 5, Hiph. from r. bb^ , for
the comm. contracted ib'^b'^!} .
T\T}'! Chald. fut. A, Pe. from r. T(1!^ to go.
bT}2 Is. 13, 20 contr. for bnx'; fut. Pi.
from r. bns .
siiSHn"! , see under r. bnfi .
sibsi"' Ez. 42, 5 for iibait";' fut. Hoph. from
r. b2!< q. V.
tn'iVS"' part. fem. for the usuni J^'^^'i"' ,
' Gen. 16, 11. Lgb. 591.
li'' , m1^ , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. <Ti^ .
St'ii"' Prov. 11. 25 (al. nnii) is sprinkled,
watered, prob. fut. Hoph. from tri^
for rril'^ , comp. ynitn for 5'i>in Lev. 4,
23. 29.
''^ ) ^?^ fut. apoc. Hiph. from nn .
t*! and 1"^, , with l conv. f'^'^ , Tjl , fut. apoc.
Kal from njj .
si^T'i fut. Kal for ran , from r. Cat .
'=?r!"^ , ^n?!) ; fut. apoc. Kal from nnn to
rejoice.
in^, fut. Hiph. see r. ^^_n p. 296.
''H'? ) T"?!! ) f^^t. apoc. Kal from r. iT^n .
jn-i'n^ Hab. 2, 17 for -,0^ fut. Hiph.
from rnn, c. suflf. 1 in pause for "j .
Lgb. 145' 177.
bli^, see btix above.
I^n^ in pause for ibn"! , c. Dag. forte
euphon. Lgb. 85.
'"^O" f^*" '"^'n^ praet. Pi. from cr.i. Lgb.
170.
naam 3 plur. fem. fut. Kal, for the usual
njann from r. cn'n or aari , Gen. 30,
38.' 47. note 3. Lgb. 276.'
'sri^O?- Ps- 51; "'' ^or ''?r"?'!)'? prJEt. Pi. with
sufF. from r. tn^ . Comp. 1~ns< .
"1^? , 'in'5 , fut. apoc. Kal from r. njn .
T^sn"! for '^sn'j fut. Kal from r. "jSn . Lgb.
' 171, 366!"
ipn^ in pause for fipn** , fut. Hoph. from
r- Pl^n 5 ^^^ above under the form
"^H"? '^'^*1! ) fut. apoc. Kal from r. nnn .
nn;; fut. Kal from r. nna , and fut. Niph.
from r. rinn .
V2 , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. naJ .
IS7 , 051 , fut. apoc. Kal from r. Piaj , for
b-j';< fut. Hoph. from r. brj, Job 40, 1.
S'l;?^ Ps. 138, 6 for ^^2 fut. Kal from r.
sni . Comp. on these and the fol-
lowing forms, Lgb. p. 388. 389. 69.
note.
'2'^'^y, for 2'1'O'^r!'? , ^3"'^'';; , fut. Hiph. from
aa'^ . See as before.
h'>^2'i for b-ib-^n'i , b-'b-';; , fut. Hiph. from
bb"! to lament. See as before.
S^"^? , q"'*] , fut. apoc. Kal from r. riB;; .
Tj!! , T\:) , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. nsJ .
'i33n33'! Ps. 50, 23 he will honour ine,
fut. Piel from r. 123 c. suft". et Nun
epenthet.
133137 he fashioned ns Job 31, 15, for
'issiisi fut. Pil. from r. ".IS, c. stiff.
1 plur. The two Nuns coalesce into a
double one, and i is shortened into 1 .
b37 Chald. fut. Peal from r. bz^ .
la^pD^ for 'ia'^03'? or iaiBS"! Ex. 15, 5,
fut. Pi. from r. nos . Here la is writ-
ten for ia on account of the preceding
vowel u.
rs^, ins-J, fut. Hoph. by thaldaism
from nns , for nsi-^ , 1Pi=1i . 66. 5.
ins^ for I'n?^, and this for ins;; fut.
Hiph. from rns to pound. 66. 5. n.
ir^: for iT-'b'; fut. Hiph. from r. Tib.
71. note 9.'
I3i^'i , 13"i^51 , fut. Hiph. from r. "jib ; see
in *|lb Hiph. no. 2.
n'??, "^!5 Gen. 7, 23, fut. apoc. Kal
from r. nna . But other very respect-
able copies, both Mss. and editions,
e. g. the edition of Van der Hooght,
read na*] fut. Niph. of the same verb.
n^a-^ fut. Pi. from r. xba , for x^a^ .
-ia;i fat. A. from r. n^a to be bitter, for
^-na-i . 66. note 3. Lgb. 366.
?ji-iaV for :;nax'> fut. Kal from r. "lai^ ,
Ps. 139, 20.
yxs-i fut. Hiph. by Syriasm for yss^
fromr. yX3. Lgb. 411.
1126
S^?": Chald. fut. Pe. from S'l': lo know^
for S^l" , the Dag. forte being resolved
into Nun. Comp. S^3^ for "'n^ .
';; fut. Hiph. from r. X>lD . for Uf^?^ . Ps,
Ml, S.
n^?: fut. Hiph. B, from r. raa .
ab"! fut. Kal by Chaldaism for abv from
r. =2G .
S&: fut! Hiph. from r. 'Z'^'o by Chalda-
ism, for 30'^ .
"^Tl , "^tll , fut. Hiph. from r. i^S .
^?^ , ^??5 and (c. Dag. forte imp!.) DS^il
1 Sarn. 15, 19, and U, 32 Keri, fut.
apoc. Kal from r. 12*^35 .
^?!3 ) ^^^l ) fut. apoc. Kal and Hiph. from
r. nbs .
!^n^?^'3 fut. fern. plur. for f^^'^^SP) .
' 47. note 3. Lgb. 276.
!!l^i'7 Is. 15, 5 for l"!?"]?"^, see r. n>i2 I.
Pilp. p. 762.
i^C , "i?^!! : fut. Hiph. from r. "i?,? .
is;; fut. Hiph. apoc. from r. irnS, for
PIS'] fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. nriQ .
as'i fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. n::5 , Deut.
32, 8.
sa-j:J7 Chald. fut, Ithpa. from r. sns .
!n*l32'^ , see r. "i-'S Hithp. p. 892.
p^:: , pk^ , fut. Kal from r. pIs;; q. v.
"i^j-i (is*l) and "iSi'i , fut. Kal from r. ^2i
no. 2.
is;; , nsl , fut. apoc. Kal from r, "i>iS ;
also fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. "Tia:.
ns'i , na;"] , lut. Kal from ^s-; no. 1.
inS'^ fut. Kalll-om ns^ to ki7idle, in pause
c. Dag. euphon.
nj37 plur. ^-i;?: , fut. Kal. from r. Ti;?, by
Chalduism.
n'is'! fut. Kal, and np^ fut. Hoph. from
r. np^ , for ripb-i , npb'i .
yp"^ 1 K. 3, 15 in some Mss. and edi-
tions, for j'p'^'^ , from r. yp^ .
Tl'np': 1 Sam. 28, 10 for rpp': (c. Dag.
euphon.) fut. Kal from frnp, c. sufF.
^P^ , '^P/!^ , fut. apoc. Kal, r. n\i:p .
ttJp;; fut. apoc. Hiph. r.. ntljp .
^i":. , i^l''.'^ , fut. apoc. Kal from r. nxn .
iixil" for the comm. IX"!"! imp. from X'^^
to fear, Ps. 34, 10 ; inflected after the
manner of verbs tib , so that K be-
comes in otio, comp. 1X0*13 Ez. 47, 8.
Lgb. 417.
sxn^ they fear for txn*!^, difl'erent from
nxn"^ they see, with short Hirek.
nni , 3"!*] for Snx*] , fut. Hiph. from r.
'nnx .
t{n-:''- Fs. 7, 6, see Cj'in .
x-h-i'for in": 2 Chr. 26,'l5, inf constr. Kal
from r. nn^ with X appended.
i^"; for 'PI fut. Kal from r. "S'l , Lgb. 369.
yn-i^ for f n^ fut. Kal from r. I^ri-^ , but
intrans. Lgb. 369.
Tit!l] fut. Kal from r. T\^_'y , where see.
sn^ fut. Kal from r. 2"Sn no. 2, where see.
But S'^i^ Job 20, 26 is fut. apoc. from
ny'n to eat up.
^n^d^ Jer. 22, 23 Cheth. for rnai sit-
ting, c. Yod parag. 88. 3.
nw-i for liti'i fut. Kal from iiaJ . Lgb.
369.
sima"! fut. Niph. from r. nnttj .
^va] for X"!^] fut. Hiph. from XC3 fo (fe-
ceive.
Diir;^ fut. Hiph. from r. nTSttJ ; by Chal-
daism.
btti;; fut. apoc. see in r. nbuJ III.
ci^-i fut. Kal by Chaldaism' from r. Q^a3 .
amis'} for xjaJn'^ fut. Hithpo. from r. DTqttj .
isu;^ made up from ^ i^ere is, and suff.
3 sing. masc. with Nun inserted.
S'^'? , 35^!5 , fut. apoc. Kal from nstS .
r>:-'.^'} 1 Sam. 6, 12, 3 fern. plur. fut. Kal
"for nj'il^n from r. iir^ . 47. note 3.
Wlnia'i ^ iinn^'sl , fut. apoc. sing. Hithp.
from fut. n^nriTii . R. nrj'a .
JipdpRdi fut.' Hit'hpal. from ppu3 .
xn;; , xn;^;; . fut. Kal from r. nnx to come,
for ''^^x:l and nnx;; .
nsin': fut. Hithpa. from r. n3^ .
ptPi';! Chald. fut. Ithpe. from ',1T to nou-
rish, Dan. 4, 9.
DSn'^ fut. apoc. Hithp. from r. t^03.
crri' plur. >iri'^ , in pause Wn"] , fut. Kal
from r. CSPi .
sirr)-^ fut. Niph. from r. tsrtn .
Dirn-i Chald. fut. Ithpe. from r. Qi'^ .
'I'nxs Ps. 22, 17, see under 113 I.
,'iin"'3 for *)iin']3 with the vowels after
the Aramaean manner, Ecc. 2, 13.
Lgb. 151.
Dnibs all of them, from bb with the unu-
sual suff. Cii for D-.
ri:nb2 id. but fern.
iinVs, 3 sing. fern, preet. Piel, r. nS3, c.
80 0". for innis.
r.nibrs Is. 33, 1, see under r. hbs.
1127
3
rf'rrJS Is. 23, 8 her merchanta, plnr. with
' light, suir. from ISSS no. 3, iiillected in
the manner of"!??.
a'^nxb inf. Hiph. contr. for S'^'iKnb, from
r. anx .
nix^ for "lixnb inf. Niph. from r. nix ,
TTJ^, l^'jn^ ) see in Chald. nin note p.
247. " '
mcjnb 2 K. 19, 25, contr. for nixdnb Is.
37," 26, inf. Hiph. from nxttJ .
Drnb Is. 47, 14. inf. in pause from r. DfJ ,
after the form bap ; comp. D33:nb Is.
30, IS.
liB^^ 2 Chr. 31, 7, inf Kal from r. no;,
for the usual lio'^l? Is. 51, 16.
nn;3"'b for rnp^b by Syriasm, from the
noun nnp-; , " Prov. 30, 17. Lgb. 151.
Tjb imp. from "^^ to go, see Tj^fi.
i"i3b . Tjb , see in T\^i} init. and no. 7, p.
253, 255.
r2^_ inf fern. Kal from T|^^ , see T\?>} .
npb for njb i7 lodgelh, 3 fern, praet. from
jiib Zech. 5, 4.
niasb contr. for r^issnb inf Hiph. from
r. nizs .
Nib for Xiib inf Kal from xn;; to fear.
rib, c. h pref nbb, inf Kal contr. for
mis, from ib"^ fo bear. Lgb. 133.
'S^ part. Hiph. for X'^a^ from r. xia.
?|n?3'q for r,Pinsaa part. Pi. fem. from
r. nra Pi. to terrify, 1 Sam. 16, 15.
nj-icxnaia l Chr. 15, 13, compounded
from ni: , a , njiirxnn the former. See
n^ note, lett. c. p. 541.
('''nTa Judg. 5, 10, plur. of n^ garment,
after the Chaldee form.
T'^"!!^!'^ Chald. part. Aph. from nns to
descend.
jTa-^n^a Chald. part. pass. Aph. r. '|rx .
r(fi^ Chald. inf Pe. r. r^^n to go.
r\TD!|^ part. Hoph. from r. rfl^ to die.
aOlTS part. Hoph. from r. asD .
ms^ia part. Kal for rnsia, r. isa to
waver, p. 594.
Xl^na part. Hoph. from r. X2^ .
D'^S^'iia plur. of ania threshing-sledge,
for D'^a'i'ia . Lgb. 145.
XtT5 , c. sufF. P\2]^ , Chald. inf Pe. from r.
riTX to kijidl'e.
na what is //ii ? for f^ff^o . sec fiB
note, Ictt. c. p. 541.
VTO for T'TXO part. Hiph. from r. ',TX 1.
xna Chald. part. Aph. from r. X^n to
live.
,nip Chald. inf Pe. from r. isn,
c-isisnia , see issn p. 338.
nnaa part. Hithp. from r. ina, for
"inaro .
d-^axbia 2 Sam. 11, 1, i. q. n-'sbo (which
also 31 Mss. and 7 early editions ex-
hibit) kings, the X being redundant,
as a ' mater lectionis.'
iibia for ixba prajt. Kal from r. xb^ .
C"'3"'^o part. Hiph. from r. 'pb no. 2.
inflected in the Rabbinic manner,
Lgb. 407.
C]|^ for S^xa part, from r. Clbx <o learn,
after the Syriac.
''nb^s for 'nxb^ prajt. Kal from xba .
?]ETS m. "? f.from thee, from *,^ q. v.
rpnTJo Nah. 3, 17, see o-i-iits^ p. 588.
nj^ part. Hoph. from Hiph. 13, from r. niJ.
n-^sa part, of Hiph. B, from. r. nis.
n-^JtSia for n-'f?^ Is. 23, 11, from Tisn q. v.
b5^', see b? p." 782.
era , see C5 p. 792.
c=xsb Gen. 32, 20, for Ciaxsa , inf Kal
from x:^a . Comp. nbyh for' nbrrj ,
''a'ibbpa Jer. 15, 10, a form made up, as
it would seem, from two readings,
ijbbpa and "'Slbbp, and attributable
to copyists rather than to the writer.
'PiJSira Jer. 22, 23 Cheth. part. Pu. f.
from r. ').?P?i with Yod parag. which is
omitted in Keri. 88. 3.
ipn;?^ part. Pil. from. r. "i-ip.
^t^'^iriH!'*^^ Ez. 8. 16, prob. an oversight
of copyists, for Cinnir^ worshippers.
Some have supposed that the ending
cn is for cnx you, so that the whole
form may be a contraction from this
word and from the particip. by Syri-
asm ; but we could here hardly expect
the second person, on account of the
preceding nari .
xn^ Chald. int' Pe. from r. nrix .
nno . "^FiB , 2 and 1 pers. praet. Kal from
r. n^na, q. v.
m'x:, see wx;;.
sibxb Niph. ofr. bx;i, Jer. 50, 36.
ix'rxa Ez. 9, 8, see in nxaj note, p. 1025.
3
1128
ntba 1 Sam. 14, 36, for nihs fut. Kal from
TT3 , Dag. being dropped. 66. note 11.
'ri'133 for ^^l^<3^ prset. Niph. from t^as to
prophesy.
hzi , basi , we fade, wither, Is. 64, 5, has
its form from bba Hiph. fut. but its
signif from ^33 ; prob. for baSl 1 fut.
Hiph. ofbns.
nbn: for n^nj fut. Kal from r. bba.
^66. 5, and note 11. Lgb. 372.
n|?23 for nj323 prset. Niph. from r. p|53.
Lgb. 372.'
!ibx53 Is. 59, 3. Lara. 4, 14, see Niph.
bi<i II.
no'ns'jer. 8, 14 for n^3 fut. Niph. from
E?2'n II. Comp. 66. 5, and note 11.
"^iii , iriJI , 1 plur. fut. apoc. Kal from n^rj .
Dia!l3 , constr. ^5^3 , fem. nia , part. Niph.
from r. ns;; , for D^ai3 etc.
!l1^!i3 preet. Niph. from r. lb^, for >ltbi3
c. Dag. euphon.
!ilS|!3 Ez. 23, 48, see in r. lo;; Nithp. p.
407.
bns prset. Niph. from r. bbn, also preet.
Pi. from r. bns .
dre prsBt. Nipli. and Pi. from r. Gns .
O'lTsriD part. Niph. plur. from r. Cn , for
D-ifflnp. 66. not. 11.
Fisns 2 praet. Niph. from r. "jsn .
*in3 prset. Niph. from r. ^tirj-
nns praet. Niph. from r. rinn.
0313 1 plur. fut. Kill from r. tir , c. suff. d .
onij, nn-iSi , 1 plur. fut. Kal from r. nn; ,
c. suff. C .
t^s, T\S!!, 1 plur. fut. Hiph. apoc. from
r. n33.
n3i33 part. fem. Niph. from r. "i^iS.
nn33 part. fem. Niph. from nr;j to con-
vince.
1E33 Deut. 21, 8, Nithpa. from r. -iB3.
Lgb. 249.
"laa prcet. Niph. from ^la, the form
being derived from "I'^'a .
nnpj lor n3t?3 preet. Niph. from 230.
Vee. 5, and not. 11. Lgb. 372.
n03 Ps. 4, 7 for S\a3 imp. from KiUS , a
negligent orthography.
liS3 prset. Niph. from r. "iW q. v.
nnxbc? for "^xbe? c. M parag. 2 Sam.
'l, 26. Lgb. 266. R. xbo .
bbB3 Pil. from bss.
p'no:t3 1 plur. fut. Hithpa. from r. p'lS,
for ""nnss , p'nsns .
ITiS? for nns3 imp. Kal, c. n parag.
from r. 1^3 , c. Dag. euphon. Ps. 14 J, 3.
bp3 praet. Niph. from bbf?.
niaj Ez. 39, 26, and X>ib3 (Aleph ap-
pended, comp. Arab. t^JjCs) Ps. 139,
20, for !15<\!J_3 they bear.
lilb; Ps. 32, 1. for xra; part. pass. Kal
from !!<^55 inflected like verbs tib, so
as to be assonant with "^^03, which
stands near.
ti^^l 1 plur. fut. Hiph. from r. DaUJ, by
Chaldaism, for c^ia; or nfflj .
nwds Nithpa. from r.' n;tD IL
siyps'job 4, 10. 3 plur. praet. Niph. of r.
srs ; comp. in r. ynb .
W!i3j5n3 for ^nii3pn3 , Dag. euphon.
irir3 for "'Wns praet. Kal from r. "jDJ.
-^T'zp 2 K. 8, 21 for 230, the Yod being
a ' mater lectionis.'
"IssCi for i33t5 from T^3b c. suff. et Dag.
euph.
ibso from bjb q. v. c. suff'.
nj^> for iiJS imp. Kal from r. TTS .
13225 for i33S> c. Dag. forte euphon. from
333? cluster of grapes.
nbS for fi^'O'J she made, 3 fem. prtst,
from r. nluj Lev. 25, 2L
S
nns Neh. 5, 14, i. e. nns c. suff".
rnQ inf. Kal from r. nsa to breathe.
ibyb for ibys his work, from bSQ. Lgb.
170,571."'
XS imp. Kal from r. XS^ .
nxs inf Kal of the same verb.
1\r!^^^ Ez. 16, 52, inf Pi. fem. c. suff.
from r. pl^ .
isinnas, see in r. nas Pilp. p. 898.
p'^i imp. Kal from r. p^i to pour.
rps inf. Kal of the same verb.
6X13 preet. Kal for 0)3, from r. Olp, in
the Arabic manner. 71. not. 1. Lgb.
401.
1129
0X15 Chald. part. Pe. from r. oip .
najs Lev. 22, 1 1 (read kObah) imp. from
3J33 , c. n parag.
ijais curse him ! imp. from r. SpJ , with
Nun cpenthet. and suff.
n|5 imp. Kal from r. npb .
n|3 Ez. 17, 5 for npb to take. The b is
jdropped from the beginning, and be-
longs to the characteristic neglect of
grammatical forms in Ezekiel. Comp.
nnn for nnna, in for Til-
onj? Hos. 11,3 inf Kal masc. from r. np^ ,
c. siilf. i. e. by taking or holding them.
r.np, once rnj3 2 K. 12, 9, inf. Kal fern,
from r. n;?^ to take.
n^x-n inf Kal fem. from r. nsj-n Ez. 28, 17.
Ti inf from T^'i to subdue, where see.
But in Judg. 19, 11 the same form is
put for Ti^ to go down, the first radi-
cal being dropped ; comp. MlJR, iilZJ.
Lgb. 139.
Ti , n'ln , imp. (the latter once inf Gen.
46, 3.) from r. "in^ .
Ci'i part. Kal from WT^ , c. suff. D-.
23"^ and tin , imp. from r. tZJ'i'' to possess.
ria"! inf of the same verb.
t)
Kto imp. Kal from r. XbJ .
nx\a , ns\y^ , inf and c.'^ , from r. xbj .
Xiia also inf from r. itbs, for Kba .
Tl-inwb fully written (br.?]nS3b'Ez. 35,
11. Lgb. 527.
tJ
axia part. Kal from aiir IL
"inab (Milra) Ps. 23, 6, usually rendered
my dwelling, for ""Piab inf c. sufF. from
attJ^. But the authors of the points
seem to have regarded it as for "^nsb^
by aphseresis. Comp. Ti , 3ib .
Dao, see in Wiy no. 2.
2ltJ for aiir;j inf pleonast. from 2b'' Jer.
42, 10. Comp. in, nnrn.
'nbid prset. Po. from r>'\::^ 1. q. nob,
q. v.
Vib imp. Kal from r. bbs .
m'Bb inf pl"Ur. from Oiab fo /ay iccwfe,
Ez. 36, 3. Lgb. 365" '
95
D'^nsb dual of njb year,
nb, nnb, 'Pib . pnet. from r\"'b fo set.
!inb. sec in r. rnb.
wnxn Prov. 1, 22, fut. Kal for isnxn,
the vowels being contracted in the
Aram, manner ; comp. 'H^'?, T(^^-
rnbaxn Job 20. 25, fut. Pi. for sin^ssn,
Irom ?::x.
i-ixh for iixn , from nxh . Comp. '^'':>t'g .
K5'n Prov. 1, 10, by Chaldaism for nsn,
riixn , fut. Kal from nnx to will.
ns'^xbn 3 plur. flit. fem. Kal from r. etia,
Vs. 45, 16.
nnxnn Deut. 33, 16, for Six'sn, He pa-
rag, being added twice, as it would
seem. So also in
t^nxisPi Job 22, 21 for ^ixiaP! ; and ''ni<2P| ,
Keri'ns<2tn, for "^xisn 1 Sam. 25, 34.-^
Others, as Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 488,
suppose the afformatives of the prseter
to be appended to the future, so that
nnxarn is from xsn and nrxa (but the
sense requires f^5$2), ~)f?5J2ri from
VjshFi and ?irij<2, Vrxstn 'ironi "'xbtn
and nxa or "^rxa . Comp. Lgb. 464.
"Sn, Ti^PiT, fut. apoc. Kal from r. ns3 to
weep.
nrna^Fi for nsnaan Ez. 16, 50, the syl-
lable ''- being inserted in the manner
of verbs tV? and SS , for the sake of
assonance with the word ni"<bSJn .
jii-'Sh fut Hiph. from r. ns; .
b^T\ 2 fut. apoc. Niph. from r. nba.
'^iVa'iPi fut. Pi. from r. HTa'n, for ''JiaiR,
the third radical "^ being retained.
"'fiia, ^i^T}^, in pause '^^'^!! ^^^- apoc. Kal
from r. fl^H .
nsoinpi for\-irx5"'nn Mic. 2, 12. Lgb.
'405. ' R. D^-i Hiph.
?]"ir)^r)tn for ?|r|r7ri thy praise, the '' ^
'mater lectionis' being redundant.
See above in rpnxDb.
l^Piin fut. from r. ^Trtj where see.
Tj'^'sirn Ps. 16, 5, a less freq. form of the
part. Kal, for Tj^in holding. Lgb. 308.
R. T^rn.
'Mn for'-^MxPi fut. Kal from r. Mij to
depart. Lgb. 377.
'snTn 2 Sam. 22, 40, i. q. ''Jntxrn (Ps. 18,
40) fut. Pi. from r. ^TX to gird.
Tnn for Tnxn 2 fut. Kal from r. Tnx to
hold.
' 1130
""flPi fut. apoc. Kal from r. M^n .
bnn fut. Niph. from r. hhn to profane, to
pollute. Lev. 21, 9.
ujnn , uinni for "anr;5 , 3 pers. fut. Kal
from r. TJJin ; for an analogous instance
see under r. a^S p. 770. Job 31, 5.
pnri Prov. 17, 10; fut. Kal of r. nnj q. v.
t3P) fut. apoc. Kal from r. Maj , for nan .
nia^s'^ri Ex. 25, 31 in many editions, with
Yod as ' mater lectionis,' for Mbrn ;
but contrary to rule and almost cer-
tainly a corruption. Lgb. 52, 331.
^V^.; '^?'!)!1) fut. apoc. Kal for nnsn,
from r. nns.
DSln fut. apoc. Pi. for nsSFl , from r. n03.
n^pi, nbpil, fut. apoc. Kal from r. nn^
q.v.
")bn lut. Kal shortened from "p^Pi, from
r. 'y^ or '(""^ .
TiaFi for nnatn 2 masc. (the Yod be-
longs to the root) of fut. Hiph. from
nn?a to wipe away. Jer. 18. 23.
DBF) , Dani , fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. noa
tojlow down.
-lari Ex. 23, 21, fut. Hiph. see n-na Hiph.
note, p. 620.
!inari for snaxn fut. Kal from r. nax .
",Pi, nspi, imp. Kal from r. )t^i q.v.
sttsn, see s^sv
!i:n fut. Hiph'. of r. ns^ q. v.
Cl&'n for t^Osn fut. Kal from r. CjOX .
njaisn for nsssn 2 plur. fut. Niph. from
r. *)5S , Dag. forte being omitted ; see
above in n^n. 66. note 11.
n2r;rri Ez. 4,'i2, fut. Kal c. suff. from r.
ins q. V. Dag. forte euphon. in a.
ntV), 'nsni, fut. Kal from r. nsx ?o
6aAre, for -"iinExn .
D3''ri:iiiBPi Jer. 25, 34, see under the root
y^B, note.
njb^in Jer. 19, 3, fut. Kal from r. bbs,
Vor the comm. nj-'lspi . See b^:i I. '
nssnn l Sam. 14, 27 Cheth. (by a cor-
ruption) for n5"ii<r|i. The copyist
seems to have had in mind the word
nj-'N'ntn .
nnn , d-i'ni , fut. apoc. Kal from r, nn-n .
I^iin fut. Niph. from r. y^'-) to break,
the form being borrowed from yil.
nss'iri Prov. 23, 26, i. e. lor Keri njisia
'fut. Kal of r. ns5. The Cheth! is
fut. Kal of r. I^in, and aliould be read
n2:inn.
njtaW Jer. 9, 17 for rtin^m fut. Kal from
'r. <ia3 .
^^iJin Deut. 32, IS, see r. rrjia p. 1049.
tndn fut. apoc. Kal from r. nn;a to
drink.
WnuiPi fut. apoc. sing. Hithp.for PTinnain,
from r. nno to bote down.
SP)Vt\ Is. 41, 10, fut. apoc. Hithp. from
r. n5^ .
ntn inf! Kal from r. ^'ni to give, contracted
for ri:n . With suff. "ipiPi .
-innn 2 Sam. 22, 27, for Tnsnn fut.
Hithp. from r. ^"la. Lgb. p. 374.
njntn by aphseresis for ninns, which is
read Ps. 18, 41. Comp.Nn for 'I'TC
ippi, see in inPi above.
cinri, citirn, fut. Kal from dan, q. v.
'nn 1 K. 17, 14 Cheth. commonly taken
for nn to give, with Nun parag. as in
1 K. 6, 19, where however '|nn is fu-
ture. Here the Keri, Pn , is to be pre-
ferred.
ypn , yPPi] , fut. apoc. Kal from r. Pirn .
benn 2 Sam. 22, 27, see in bpQ Hithp.
p. 876.
astPn Ex. 2. 4, for SS'^nn Hithp. from
r. as"" . Lgb. 386.
Tvr^o
m^w
r
13^3